# Xcloud — full content
> Every page of https://xcloud.host as clean markdown in one document. The per-page index is /llms.txt.
---
# xCloud — Host Anything. Deploy Anywhere.
> Managed hosting and server management for WordPress, Laravel, Node.js, Docker and AI agents. Deploy from Git in one click, bring your own cloud provider or ours, and run it all from one control panel.
Host anything. Scale infinitely. Manage with a panel or with AI agents.
Deploy WordPress, WooCommerce, Laravel, Node.js, n8n, AI tools and more from one
platform. Launch on your own cloud provider or on fully managed xCloud servers
in minutes.
- Start free: [https://app.xcloud.host/register](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
- Pricing: [/pricing/](/pricing/)
- Docs: [/docs/](/docs/)
- Support: [/support/](/support/)
## Choose how you want to host
| Option | What it is | Details |
| --- | --- | --- |
| xCloud Hosting | We provision and run the server for you. | [/managed-hosting/](/managed-hosting/) |
| Self-Managed Hosting | Connect your own Ubuntu server from any provider. | [/self-managed-hosting/](/self-managed-hosting/) |
| Managed Billing | White-label reselling with billing handled for you. | [/reseller-hosting/](/reseller-hosting/) |
Full plan details and prices: [/pricing/](/pricing/)
## A modern, accessible control panel
- **xCloud Public API** — automate server and site management programmatically.
- **Team Management** — roles and granular permissions. See [/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/).
- **Support for all the stacks you need** — WordPress, WooCommerce, Laravel, Node.js, Docker, static sites.
- **Site Security PRO** — firewall, hardening and malware protection. See [/site-security-pro/](/site-security-pro/).
- **xCloud Mail Delivery** — transactional email for your sites. See [/mail-delivery/](/mail-delivery/).
- **xCloud MailBox** — hosted mailboxes on your own domain. See [/mailbox/](/mailbox/).
## Ship straight from a Git repo
Connect your Git provider and deploy on push, with branch control and rollbacks.
- [/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
- [/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
## Tailored solutions
- [/hosting-for-wordpress/](/hosting-for-wordpress/) — Managed WordPress
- [/woocommerce-hosting/](/woocommerce-hosting/) — WooCommerce
- [/laravel-hosting/](/laravel-hosting/) — Laravel
- [/node-js-hosting/](/node-js-hosting/) — Node.js
- [/n8n-hosting/](/n8n-hosting/) — n8n automation
- [/openclaw-hosting/](/openclaw-hosting/) — OpenClaw AI agents
- [/hermes-agent-hosting/](/hermes-agent-hosting/) — Hermes agents
- [/one-click-apps/](/one-click-apps/) — One-click app catalogue: WordPress, Node.js and Laravel stacks plus the packaged apps
## xCloud AI Assistant
Manage servers and sites conversationally — provisioning, diagnostics and
routine operations handled by an assistant built into the panel.
## Faster performance, stronger security, fully managed
- **Enterprise-grade security** — [/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
- **High-performance infrastructure** — tuned web server, caching and NVMe storage
- **Reliability at half the cost** — [/pricing/](/pricing/)
## Global reach
31 datacenter locations worldwide. See [/docs/31-server-locations-worldwide/](/docs/31-server-locations-worldwide/).
## Built-in integrations
| Integration | Docs |
| --- | --- |
| Cloudflare | [/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/) |
| Git providers | [/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/) |
| Slack | [/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/) |
| WhatsApp | [/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/) |
| Google Drive | [/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/) |
| Mailgun | [/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/) |
| Object Cache Pro | [/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/) |
## Support
Real humans, expert engineers, live chat, 24/7/365. See [/support/](/support/).
## More
- Compare xCloud with other platforms: [/compare/](/compare/)
- Customer stories: [/case-studies/](/case-studies/)
- Reviews: [/reviews-and-testimonials/](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
- Blog: [/blog/](/blog/)
- Changelog: [/changelog/](/changelog/)
- Full page catalogue: [/llms.txt](/llms.txt)
---
# How to Get $100 Free Credit from Vultr & Use with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to get $100 free credit from Vultr while using xCloud. Bring your Vultr server in xCloud and enjoy seamless WordPress hosting & server management
Have you ever dreamt of a hassle-free and cost-effective WordPress hosting solution? Well, **xCloud** is here to give you the next-gen cloud hosting and server management experience. And not just that, partnering with [**Vultr**](https://www.vultr.com/), this solution brings you advanced features to bring your provider to xCloud and manage it effortlessly.
The best part? You can sign up for Vultr with the code ‘**XCLOUD25**’ and you will get **[$100 free credit from Vultr](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)** & 6 months of FREE hosting.
But that is not all. In xCloud, upon new signups, you can create one server and host up to 10 sites for free using our **Bring Your Own Server** service. So, are you ready to elevate your WordPress hosting experience using Vltr at the most affordable price? Join xCloud today without any delay.
## **xCloud And Vultr Partnership: Get $100 Free Credits While Simplifying Your Hosting Experience**
xCloud’s partnership and seamless compatibility with Vultr take the complexity of hosting and server management. You can bring your own provider **_(Vultr)_** in xCloud & seamlessly manage your servers without any hassle directly from the xCloud dashboard. No need to bounce between xCloud and Vultr—everything you need is right there in your xCloud dashboard. It is hassle-free server management at your fingertips.
Along with that, the xCloud and Vultr partnership also makes hosting and server management all the more affordable for you. As mentioned earlier, you can get $100 free credit from Vultr and use it in xCloud to host your website for FREE for 6 months. Now, let us [**dive into the process**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/) – it is pretty simple, all you need to do is follow some easy steps.
## **Step-by-step Guide: Get $100 Free Credit from Vultr Using xCloud**
We will show you how to set up your server effortlessly while saving big in just a few steps. No more pricey hosting fees, and get on board with a seamless solution that puts money back in your pocket. Let us get started.
### **Step 1: Sign Up in xCloud**
To kickstart, To get started, first, you have to sign up for xCloud. Simply put your credentials and get started.
### Step 2: Bring Your Own Provider (Vultr) in xCloud
Once you are logged in to your xCloud account, start your hosting journey by adding a new server. Simply head to your dashboard and hit the ‘**Create New Server**‘ button.
Next, you will see a list of available services. For this tutorial, opt for a Vultr server by selecting the Vultr option under ‘**Bring your own server service**.’ The best part? Billing for this server will be managed through your Vultr account, and with xCloud, there is **no charge for the first server**. It is that easy!
**Note:** Not only just Vultr, you can also bring other providers to xCloud, such as Digital Ocean and Google Cloud Platform & manage your servers without any hassle. Learn more **👇🏻**
- [How To Set Up a Server with Digital Ocean in xCloud?](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
- [How To Setup a Server With Google Cloud Platform in xCloud?](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
### **Step 3: Signup in Vultr with xCloud Promo**
Now unlock your **6-month free** hosting offer by signing up on Vultr with the xCloud promo. Simply add your payment method and apply the ‘**XCLOUD25**‘ coupon during signup to claim your **$100** credit for the next six months. Do not miss out—seize the opportunity with the ‘**XCLOUD25**‘ coupon now.
**Note:** If you are already a Vultr user, feel free to skip this step and proceed to the next step to collect the API from Vultr.
#### **Collect API Key from Vultr**
Once you have set up your billing method, the next step is to collect your Vultr API key, which you will need to integrate with xCloud for free server and site management. Head over to your Vultr dashboard and navigate to the **Account → API tab**. From there, simply click on the ‘Enable API’ button.
Your **‘Personal Access Token’** will be automatically generated as shown below. Make sure to copy this API key/token.
Once you have obtained your API key, return to the xCloud dashboard, where you will need to add your Vultr Label and API key for seamless integration.
#### **Add Team Members in Vultr**
To grant your team members access to xCloud via Vultr, ensure they have the necessary permissions set up. This ensures smooth collaboration and usage.
#### **Add Vultr API Key in xCloud**
With xCloud, you can kickstart your server creation process without any initial investment. Simply navigate to the xCloud dashboard and click on ‘**Add New Serve**r’. This action will redirect you to the server selection screen, where you should choose ‘**Vultr**’ to proceed.
Once you have selected ‘Vultr’, input your details including the ‘**Key**’, ‘**Vultr Label**’, and most importantly, your ‘**Vultr API Key**’. Click on ‘Verify’ to finalize the setup and begin harnessing the power of xCloud seamlessly integrated with Vultr.
### **Step 4: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud**
Once your Vultr account is verified, the next step is to add additional details to set up a server using xCloud. From the user-friendly dashboard, you can select your preferred Region, Database Server, Server Size, and more—all in one convenient location.
Once you have filled in all the necessary information, simply click on ‘**Next**,’ and let xCloud take care of the rest. In just a few minutes, xCloud will automatically install and configure everything for you, making the process smooth and hassle-free.
## **Set Your Vultr Server in xCloud & Enjoy a $100 Free Credit**
xCloud offers the dream solution for and budget-friendly WordPress hosting & server management. Partnering with Vultr grants you six months of free hosting on their servers, and signing up with the code **‘**XCLOUD25**’** earns you $100 in free credits.
In xCloud, bringing any provider (e.g., Vultr) is easy; all you need to do is follow the above-mentioned steps. If you are ready to elevate your WordPress hosting & server management, join xCloud today. Hope the blog helps you; please **[subscribe to our blog](/blog/)** and join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to stay updated.
---
# How to Fix the 408 Request Timeout Error: 7 Easy Ways - xCloud
> Learn reasons behind 408 request timeout error of your website and multiple ways to fix them up both for server side and client side.
Has your website ever encountered a ‘**408 Request Timeout**’ error while browsing? If yes, it is frustrating, right? 408 request timeout error occurs due to delay or interruption between client-server communication. If the server does not respond within the anticipated time, the timeout error happens. In this blog, we will let you know the causes behind [**request timeout errors**](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/), and how you can fix these errors (both server-side & client-side) in several ways.
## **What Is the Request Timeout Error?**
The HTTP 408 error, also called the ‘**Request Timeout**’ error, happens when a server does not respond to a user’s request in time. This delay can happen due to having a slow network, too many requests on the server, or problems with the client’s internet connection.
In simple terms, the 408 Request Timeout means the server could not complete the request in the time it expected. This error can occur when people try to [**visit websites**](/guide-how-to-create-a-website/), use web applications, or make API calls, which can interrupt their experience.
For developers and server administrators, it is important to understand why this error happens and how to fix it. By addressing issues like slow networks or overloaded servers, they can improve the reliability and performance of web services, making the experience better for users.
## **The Reasons Behind 408 Request Timeout Error**
A bunch of reasons are behind the 408 request timeout error. Among many of them, the following are the more basic and important ones you need to consider:
**1\. Connection Issues:** Users might have slow or unstable internet connections that can delay sending requests, leading to timeouts.
**2\. Inaccurate URLs:** Mistyped or unavailable URLs can confuse the server, wasting time and causing communication breakdowns that trigger the 408 error.
**3\. Web Server Configuration Errors:** Wrong server settings or not enough resources can slow down request processing, which may result in timeouts and the 408 error.
**4\. Application-Level Problems:** Slow algorithms, database queries, or heavy processes in the application code can cause delays, leading to timeouts and 408 errors.
**5\. Server Overload:** When servers get too many requests at once, they may struggle to handle them quickly, leading to delays or timeouts and causing the 408 error.
As you know why this error occurs, you may be interested to learn how you can fix it. While you can not fix users’ internet connection and other above-mentioned things, the following are a few solutions that you opt for.
## **7 Easy Solutions to Fix 408 Request Timeout Error**
Source: [**KeyCdn**](https://www.keycdn.com/support/408-request-timeout)
All the following solutions are classified into two categories: **client-side solutions and server-side solutions**. Let us start by fixing suggestions for client-side errors.
### **1\. Check the URL Properly**
You need to make sure all your website URLs are without **typos, missing parts, or outdated links**. For any reason, if the URL is wrong, the server might not find the right resource and could time out which leads to a 408 request timeout error. By properly checking and fixing any kind of mistakes in the URL, you can easily solve the issue.
### **2\. Check the Platform’s Status**
When you get a 408 request timeout error specifically on a website or platform, you need to check if the platform has any specific issues. To do the check, you can visit their status page or check their official support channels to see if they have reported any problems. If it is an issue on their end, you may need to wait for them to fix it.
### **3\. Undo Recent Changes**
Sometimes, recent updates or changes to your system can cause conflicts that lead to a 408 error. That is where you need to think about undoing recent changes like software updates, server setting adjustments, or network changes. This can help you figure out if those changes are causing the 408 request timeout error.
### **4\. Remove New Plugins, Modules, or Extensions If There Any**
Plugins, modules, or extensions you have added to your web browser can cause conflicts that lead to 408 request timeouts. You need to disable or temporarily uninstall any new additions you have recently updated or installed.
By doing so, you can have an understanding or determine if these components are causing the 408 error. If the error remains after uninstalling them, please consider finding updated versions or alternative solutions to achieve the same functionality.
Now, let us move to the server-side suggested fixes for the 408 request timeout error. From configuring the server, and examining the logs to debugging the code or script— could be suggested fixes from the server side.
### **5\. Ensure the Server Is Properly Configured**
To fix the 408 request timeout error from the server end, you need to make sure that your server is properly set up to handle incoming requests and respond within the expected time. Plus, check the server’s settings, focusing on resource allocation, connection limits, and timeout values.
After that, adjust these settings as needed to improve performance and handle the expected workload. For more details, refer to the server software’s documentation or support resources.
### **6\. Check the Server Logs**
To understand the 408 request error better, look carefully at the server logs. With the logs, you can have a look at which requests timed out and help identify patterns or common issues. Moreover, catches any error messages, warnings, or signs of slow performance. Analyzing the logs can help you find the root cause and guide you toward a solution.
### **7\. Debug the Applications’ Code or Script**
In some cases, potential bugs may slow down request processing— that is why you need to review any custom scripts or code. Also, look for inefficiencies, long processes, poorly optimized database queries, or anything else that could cause timeouts. Moreover, use performance profiling, logging, or debugging tools to find and fix these issues.
## **Effectively Fix 408 Request Error & Boost Website Performance**
The 408 Request Timeout error can happen for various reasons on both the client and server sides. Understanding these causes is key to fixing the problem quickly. By knowing what triggers this error and applying the right solutions, you can reduce its frequency. Ultimately, it leads to a better user experience and smoother communication between clients and servers.
If you want to read more blogs like this one to fix error issues, [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/). And join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect people with common interests.
---
# 7 Best Hosting for Lovable Apps in 2026 : Deploy Vibe-Coded Apps Faster (Tested & Benchmarked) - xCloud
> Find out the best hosting for Lovable apps in 2026. Compare speed, pricing, free tiers, and simple deploy options tested in real benchmarks.
[**Self-hosting**](/lovable-hosting/) your Lovable apps on xCloud delivers **97–99% GTmetrix** performance scores at a fraction of Lovable Cloud’s cost, while Cloudflare Pages stands out with the best free tier, offering unlimited bandwidth.
As **vibe coding** evolves from prototype to production, industry experts increasingly recommend moving away from credit-based hosting models toward predictable, flat-rate alternatives.
The vibe coding revolution is reshaping how developers build applications **92% of US developers** now use AI coding tools daily (Second Talent) and Lovable reached **$20M ARR** in just 60 days, making it Europe’s fastest-growing startup. (Vestbee) But as projects scale beyond the MVP stage, the limitations of Lovable Cloud’s credit system create friction that sends users searching for alternatives.
We have analyzed the seven best hosting options for Lovable apps in 2026, with verified pricing, real performance benchmarks, and deployment workflows tested by the xCloud team.
## **TL;DR: Quick decision matrix For Choosing the right Lovable hosting alternatives**
A quick comparison to identify the best hosting option based on cost, performance, developer experience, and scalability – from prototypes to production and agency workflows.
**Rank**
**Provider**
**Starting Price**
**Why Choose**
**Best For**
🥇
xCloud
$5/mo (FREE tier available)
Fastest performance, unlimited apps, any cloud provider
**Best Overall**
🥈
Cloudflare Pages
$0
Unlimited bandwidth, 330+ global PoPs
**Best Free Tier**
🥉
Vercel
$0 (Hobby) / $20/mo Pro
Native Next.js, zero-config deploys
**Best Developer Experience**
**4**
Netlify
$0 / $20/mo Pro
Built-in forms, identity, A/B testing
**Best Form Handling**
**5**
Render
$7/mo
Intuitive UI, managed PostgreSQL
**Best Clean Interface**
**6**
Railway
$5/mo
Instant databases, environment variables
**Best Full-Stack**
**7**
Lovable Cloud
$25/mo credits
One-click, no configuration
**Simplest Setup**
## **Why Lovable Users Are Switching to Self-Hosted Alternatives**
Lovable Cloud is popular for its one-click deployment and $25/month in free cloud credits per workspace. For rapid prototyping, it works well. However, as real-world usage grows, many [**Lovable**](https://lovable.dev/) users report friction that pushes them to explore self-hosted Lovable alternatives.
Across Reddit, Trustpilot, and Medium, developers consistently cite cost unpredictability, deployment issues, and scalability limits as key reasons for switching.
### **Credit system frustrations compound quickly**
The credit-based model creates unpredictable costs. Simple changes like editing button colors consume 0.5 credits, while adding authentication uses 1.2 credits. Users report burning through 100+ credits fixing AI-generated errors each “Fix” attempt costs credits even when the bug originated from Lovable’s side.
One Reddit user summarized the frustration: “I put myself into chat mode, asked a couple of questions and made a manual edit to one word… suddenly I’m down to 3/5 daily credits.” The free tier caps at 5 credits per day (30/month maximum), and there’s no top-up option -you must upgrade plans entirely.
### **Lovable 2.0 deployment issues persist**
Since the 2.0 update, users have reported deployment failures where changes don’t push to production. Comments describe the system as “stuck serving old commits” regardless of code changes. UI quality reportedly degraded compared to 1.0, with users noting that identical prompts produce inferior designs.
### **Why flat-rate hosting solves these problems**
Self-hosted alternatives eliminate credit anxiety entirely. With xCloud’s $5/month flat rate (or completely free tier), agencies and builders can deploy unlimited Lovable apps limited only by server resources – not artificial credit caps. The xCloud approach means predictable costs, whether you deploy 1 app or 100.
### **Comparison Between The Lovable Hosting Providers**
Provider
Free Tier
Paid Price
Bandwidth
Performance
Best For
**xCloud**
✅ 1 server, 10 sites
$5/server/mo
Unlimited\*
97–99% GTmetrix
Agencies, unlimited apps
**Cloudflare Pages**
✅ 500 builds/mo
$5/mo (Workers)
Unlimited
31–53ms TTFB
Global performance
**Vercel**
✅ 100GB, 100 deploys/day
$20/user/mo
1TB
22–60ms static
Next.js apps
**Netlify**
✅ 100GB, 300 build min
$20/member/mo
1TB
Variable
Form-heavy sites
**Render**
✅ Sleeps after 15 min
$7/mo (Starter)
100GB
Standard
Backends, databases
**Railway**
✅ $5 trial credit
$5/mo (Hobby)
Usage-based
Standard
Full-stack
**Lovable Cloud**
✅ $25/mo credits
Usage-based
100GB
Standard
Zero-config
\*xCloud bandwidth depends on your cloud provider (DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, etc.)
### **1\. 🥇xCloud – Best for Performance and Unlimited Apps**
**Starting at:** $5/month
**Free tier:** Available
xCloud fundamentally changes [**Lovable hosting**](/lovable-hosting/) economics by replacing credit-based billing with flat-rate pricing. You deploy Lovable apps on your own cloud infrastructure or xCloud’s managed servers and host unlimited applications per server, constrained only by compute resources.
### **xCloud Pricing Breakdown**
**Plan**
**Price**
**Servers**
**Sites**
**Key Features**
Free
$0
1
10
Limited Features
Starter
$5/server/mo
1-5
Unlimited
Full features
Professional
$4/server/mo
6-10
Unlimited
Volume discount
Agency
$3/server/mo
11+
Unlimited
Enterprise scale
For managed servers, xCloud offers plans from $5/month (Newcomer: 1GB RAM, 25GB SSD) to $395/month (Quantum: 58GB RAM, 1TB NVMe). Premium plans feature high-frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs and NVMe storage.
## **Why Agencies Choose xCloud**
For agencies managing multiple Lovable projects, xCloud removes the operational headache of credit allocation. Instead of tracking usage per workspace, all apps deploy to a single server with one predictable monthly cost.
User reviews on Trustpilot consistently highlight performance gains: **97-99% GTmetrix** performance scores and servers running approximately **40% cheaper** and faster than Cloudways.
### **Key Features**
- **Multi-cloud provider support**: DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud, Hetzner, including xCloud Managed Server
- **Free SSL certificates** via Let’s Encrypt for every application
- **Push-to-deploy** with GitHub integration
- **One-click Supabase deployment** for your Lovable backend
- **White-label options for agencies** reselling hosting services
Best for: Agencies, builders, and teams wanting unlimited apps with predictable costs,
making it ideal for high-iteration workflows and long-term production deployments.
Visit the [page](/lovable-hosting/) to learn more.
## **2\. 🥇Vercel – Best Developer Experience**
**Starting at: $0 (Hobby) / $20/user/month (Pro)**
Vercel pioneered the modern frontend deployment experience, and their infrastructure excels for React applications the core of every Lovable project. The platform delivers **22–60ms static TTFB** and virtually eliminates cold starts with their Fluid Compute technology.
### **What Vercel does exceptionally well**
The Hobby tier provides generous allowances: **100GB bandwidth, 100 hours of build execution, and 1 million function invocations** monthly. Preview deployments generate automatically for every pull request, enabling rapid iteration on Lovable projects.
Vercel’s **Fluid Compute** (released 2025) keeps at least one serverless function instance warm, achieving **99.37% zero cold starts**. For Lovable apps with API routes or server-side rendering, this translates to consistently snappy responses.
### **Pricing considerations**
**Plan**
**Price**
**Bandwidth**
**Build Hours**
**Best For**
Hobby
$0
100GB
100/mo
Side projects
Pro
$20/user/mo
1TB
Included
Teams, production
Enterprise
Custom
Custom
Custom
Scale, compliance
Pro plans include a **$20 credit** applied toward usage-based resources. Overage pricing runs **$0.60 per million function invocations** and bandwidth charges for traffic spikes.
### **Limitations for Lovable projects**
Vercel optimizes for Next.js applications. While Lovable generates standard React/Vite projects, you’ll need additional configuration compared to Next.js’s zero-config deployment. Vercel also lacks built-in form handling and authentication features you’ll need to implement via Supabase or third-party services.
Best for: Developers wanting a premium DX, teams already using [Next.js](http://next.js), and production apps that require near-zero cold starts and consistent performance.
### **3\. 🥉Cloudflare Pages – Best Free Bandwidth**
**Starting at:** $0 (unlimited bandwidth included)
[**Cloudflare**](https://www.cloudflare.com/) Pages offers the most generous free tier in the industry: unlimited bandwidth with no egress charges, ever. Combined with their 330+ global edge locations, Cloudflare delivers consistently fast performance worldwide benchmarks show 31–53ms TTFB for edge functions globally.
### **The unlimited bandwidth advantage**
Most platforms charge $40–150 per 100GB of bandwidth overages. Cloudflare’s pricing model eliminates this variable entirely. For Lovable apps with unpredictable traffic—viral launches, Product Hunt features, unexpected press coverage – Cloudflare provides insurance against surprise bills.
Free tier specifications
Resource
Free Limit
Paid ($5/mo)
Bandwidth
Unlimited
Unlimited
Build Minutes
500/month
500+
Requests
100,000/day
10M/month
Workers KV Reads
100,000/day
10M/month
Concurrent Builds
1
Multiple
### **Performance benchmarks prove the edge advantage**
Bejamas’ January 2025 testing revealed Cloudflare Workers’ dominance for edge computing:
Region
Cloudflare TTFB
Vercel TTFB
Netlify TTFB
US-West
40ms
1,425ms
210ms
EU-Central
33ms
387ms
106ms
Singapore
35ms
189ms
92ms
Japan
31ms
1,523ms
291ms
For globally distributed users, Cloudflare’s architecture delivers **9x faster cold starts** than traditional serverless functions.
### **Considerations for Lovable apps**
Cloudflare Pages works best for static sites and edge-first architectures. If your Lovable app requires traditional Node.js serverless functions, you’ll use Cloudflare Workers instead—still fast, but requires adapting to their edge-first programming model. Database options are limited to D1 (SQLite-based) or external connections.
Best for: Cost-conscious builders, global audiences, static-heavy Lovable apps, protection against traffic spikes
### **4\. Netlify – Best for Form Handling**
**Starting at:** $0 / $20/member/month (Pro)
Netlify pioneered JAMstack deployment and remains a strong choice for content-focused Lovable applications. Their killer feature: built-in form handling without backend code. Simply add the Netlify attribute to HTML forms and the submissions route automatically.
### **Unique features other platforms lack**
Beyond forms, Netlify offers Netlify Identity for authentication (useful if you’re not using Supabase), native A/B split testing, and extensive build plugins for customization. These integrated features reduce external dependencies for simpler Lovable projects.
### **Pricing Structure**
Netlify transitioned to credit-based pricing in September 2025. Legacy customers retain previous plans, but new users face a system where deployments, bandwidth, and forms all consume credits:
**Action**
**Credit Cost**
Production Deploy
15 credits
Bandwidth (per GB)
10 credits
Form Submission
1 credit
Compute (per GB-hour)
5 credits
Free plans receive 300 credits/month (hard limit – sites pause when exhausted). Pro plans get 3,000 credits/month with $10 per 1,500 additional credits.
### **Performance variability matters**
Bejamas benchmarks revealed significant regional inconsistency. Netlify achieved 7ms TTFB in US-East but 2,406ms in EU-Central Germany, a 340x variance. For globally distributed audiences, this unpredictability may impact user experience.
**Best for:** Marketing sites, contact forms, A/B testing, teams wanting integrated identity management
### **5\. Render – Best Clean Interface**
**Starting at:** $7/month (Starter web service)
Render earned its reputation through simplicity. The dashboard presents clear options without overwhelming configuration panels, making it approachable for vibe coders who aren’t infrastructure specialists.
### **Straightforward pricing model**
Unlike credit-based systems, Render charges predictable amounts per service type:
**Service**
**Starter Price**
**What You Get**
Web Service
$7/month
512MB RAM, 0.5 CPU
PostgreSQL
$6/month
256MB, managed
Redis
$10/month
256MB cache
Background Worker
$7/month
Async processing
Cron Job
$1/month
Scheduled tasks
For Lovable apps requiring backends beyond Supabase, Render’s **managed PostgreSQL** provides a clean alternative with point-in-time recovery and automated backups. (Render)
### **Free tier limitations**
Render’s free tier carries significant constraints: web services **sleep after 15 minutes of inactivity** (causing cold start delays) and free PostgreSQL databases **delete after 30 days**. For anything beyond demos, paid plans become necessary quickly.
### **Real-world cost savings**
A case study from ShowZone documented their migration from Vercel to Render, reducing costs from **$800/month to $40/month** for a large Next.js application. For apps with predictable, steady traffic patterns, Render’s pricing model often wins economically.
**Best for:** Backend-heavy Lovable apps, teams wanting managed databases, developers valuing interface simplicity
### **6\. Railway – Best for Full-Stack**
**Starting at:** $5/month (Hobby)
Railway positions itself as “Heroku’s modern replacement” with one-click database provisioning and automatic framework detection. Deploy your Lovable app and spin up PostgreSQL, Redis, or MongoDB alongside it – no configuration files required.
### **The credit timeline matters**
Railway’s pricing history reflects the broader PaaS industry’s struggle with sustainability:
Date
Change
Pre-2023
$5 recurring monthly credits
August 2023
Removed recurring credits
August 2025
Restored limited free plan ($1/month non-rollover)
### **Current pricing:**
**$5/month Hobby** plan includes $5 usage credit. If usage stays under $5, you pay nothing beyond the subscription. (Railway) The **$5 trial credit** for new users is one-time, not recurring. (Railway)
### **Why backend-heavy apps belong here**
Railway shines when your Lovable project needs more than Supabase provides. Their **Railway Metal** infrastructure (own data centers, not GCP) means predictable performance without cloud provider markup. Environment variables are managed through a clean UI, and PR preview environments spin up automatically.
Best for: Full-stack apps needing multiple databases, teams wanting Heroku-style simplicity, projects outgrowing Supabase
### **7\. Lovable Cloud – Best for Simplicity (but Limited)**
Starting at: $25/month free cloud credits (included with all workspaces)
Lovable Cloud offers the path of least resistance: click deploy, and your app goes live on a \*.lovable.app domain. Every workspace receives $25/month in free cloud credits (separate from the message credits for building).
### When Lovable Cloud makes sense
For rapid prototyping and validating ideas, the integrated deployment eliminates friction entirely. You’re already in the Lovable building – one click extends to hosting. Custom domains work on Pro plans ($25/month), and the Supabase backend is pre-configured.
### Why power users migrate away
The credit model creates anxiety at scale. Building credits (for prompting the AI) and cloud credits (for hosting) operate separately, but both can deplete unexpectedly. When cloud credits are exhausted, you either top up manually, enable auto-top-up with spending caps, or your projects pause.
More critically, once you migrate your project to your own Supabase instance, Lovable can no longer sync changes. The one-way migration means local IDE development becomes mandatory post-export – Lovable becomes a code generator rather than an ongoing development environment.
### Pricing reality check
Plan
Subscription
Message Credits
Cloud Credits
Free
$0
5/day (30/mo max)
$25/mo
Pro
$25/mo
100+5/day
$25/mo
Business
$50/mo
100+5/day
$25/mo
The $25/month covers light usage. Production apps with moderate traffic often exceed this quickly, triggering usage-based billing.
## **Cost Comparison: Credit-Based vs Flat-Rate Hosting**
The fundamental pricing question, do you prefer predictable costs or pay-per-use flexibility?
**Hosting Model**
**Providers**
**Monthly Cost (10 apps)**
**Cost Predictability**
Credit-Based
Lovable Cloud
$25+ (varies with usage)
❌ Variable
Credit-Based
Netlify Pro
$20+ credits overage
❌ Variable
Usage-Based
Vercel Pro
$20+ overages
⚠️ Mostly predictable
Usage-Based
Railway Hobby
$5–50+ (resource dependent)
⚠️ Usage dependent
Flat-Rate
xCloud Starter
$5 fixed
✅ Predictable
Flat-Rate
Cloudflare Pages
$0 – 5 fixed
✅ Predictable
Per-Service
Render
$7+ per service
✅ Predictable
For agencies managing multiple Lovable projects, xCloud’s unlimited apps model provides the clearest economics: $5/month covers everything regardless of how many applications you deploy.
## **How to Deploy Lovable to xCloud in 3 Steps**
Migrating from Lovable Cloud to xCloud takes under 10 minutes. Here’s the complete workflow:
### **Prerequisites**
- Lovable project synced to GitHub (Settings > GitHub Integration)
- xCloud account (free tier works)
- Server provisioned (xCloud managed or your own VPS)
### **Step 1: Clone Your Repository**
- Log into your xCloud dashboard
- Click “New Site” button
- Select your server from the dropdown
- Navigate to the “Lovable” tab
- Choose “Clone A Git Repository”
### **Step 2: Configure Site Settings**
- Enter your custom domain (or use xCloud’s subdomain)
- Select Node.js version matching your project and site user
- Select either Connected Git Provider (recommended for private repos) or Public Repository (paste HTTPS URL) or Private Repository (paste SSH URL)
### Step 3: Deploy and Go Live
- Toggle “Enable push to deploy” for automatic deployments
- Click “Start” to begin initial deployment
- Access your live site via the “Visit Site” button
Future code pushes deploy automatically. xCloud handles SSL certificates, server optimization, and CDN configuration.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **What is vibe coding and why does hosting matter?**
Vibe coding is an AI-assisted development approach coined by Andrej Karpathy in February 2025, where developers describe goals in natural language and AI generates the code. (Medium) The approach has achieved **92% adoption among US developers** and powers **25% of Y Combinator W25 startups** with 95%+ AI-generated codebases. Hosting matters because vibe-coded apps often need rapid iteration – credit-based systems can throttle development velocity.
### **Can I host Lovable apps for free?**
Yes. **Cloudflare Pages** offers unlimited free bandwidth with 500 builds/month. **xCloud’s free tier** includes 1 server and 10 sites. **Vercel Hobby** provides 100GB bandwidth and 100 daily deploys. **Lovable Cloud** itself includes $25/month in free hosting credits.
### **What happened to Fly.io’s free tier?**
Fly.io deprecated all legacy plans in October 2024, moving exclusively to Pay As You Go. New accounts receive only a limited 7-day trial or 2 hours of machine runtime. Legacy users (pre-October 2024) retain their free allowances, but the era of generous Fly.io free hosting has ended.
### **Why did Railway remove its free tier?**
Railway eliminated recurring $5 monthly credits in August 2023 due to unsustainable margins; they reported losing $16 for every $1 of revenue on unlimited compute plans. After achieving profitability through their own data center infrastructure, they restored a limited free plan in August 2025, offering $1/month non-rollover credits.
### **How do Lovable Cloud credits work?**
Lovable operates two separate credit systems: **message credits** for AI prompting while building (5/day free, 100/month on Pro), and **cloud credits** for hosting deployed apps ($25/month included). When cloud credits deplete, projects pause until you add funds or enable auto-top-up.
### **What’s the best hosting for Lovable agencies?**
Industry experts recommend **xCloud** for agencies due to its unlimited apps per server model. At $5/month per server, agencies can deploy dozens of client projects without per-app fees. The white-label options and multi-cloud provider support add flexibility for client requirements.
### **How fast should a Lovable app load?**
Google’s Core Web Vitals define good performance as **TTFB under 200ms, LCP under 2.5 seconds, and page load under 2 seconds**. Cloudflare Pages achieves **31 – 53ms edge TTFB** globally, while Vercel delivers **22–60ms for static content**. xCloud users report **97–99% GTmetrix scores** with properly optimized servers.
### **Can I use Supabase with self-hosted Lovable?**
Absolutely. Export your Lovable project to GitHub, deploy to xCloud or any platform, and connect to Supabase via environment variables (**VITE\_SUPABASE\_URL**, **VITE\_SUPABASE\_PUBLISHABLE\_KEY**). xCloud offers **one-click Supabase deployment** as an alternative to Supabase’s hosted service.
### **What’s the Lovable tech stack?**
Lovable generates **React + Vite + Tailwind CSS** frontends with **Supabase** backends (PostgreSQL, authentication, storage, edge functions). The code exports as standard TypeScript/JavaScript deployable to any Node.js hosting platform.
### **Is self-hosting Lovable apps difficult?**
Not with modern platforms. xCloud’s 3-step process (clone, configure, deploy) takes under 10 minutes. Vercel and Netlify offer similar Git-based deployment. The key requirement: sync your Lovable project to GitHub first, then any platform can pull and deploy automatically.
### **Which hosting has the best uptime?**
Enterprise tiers across major platforms offer **99.99% SLA guarantees** (Vercel, Netlify, Cloudflare). For self-managed hosting, uptime depends on your infrastructure choices. xCloud’s managed servers include monitoring and automated recovery, while bring-your-own-server deployments rely on your provider’s SLA.
### **How do I migrate from Lovable Cloud to xCloud?**
Enable GitHub integration in Lovable (Settings → GitHub), then follow xCloud’s deployment process. Important note from Lovable’s documentation: after migrating to your own Supabase instance, changes made in Lovable will **NOT sync** with your new setup – development continues in your local environment or IDE.
## **Conclusion: The Optimal Lovable Hosting Stack for 2026**
The vibe coding revolution demands hosting infrastructure that scales with creativity rather than constraining it. Credit-based systems made sense for experimentation; production deployments deserve predictable economics.
**For maximum performance and unlimited scaling**, xCloud delivers the strongest value proposition—flat-rate pricing, multi-cloud flexibility, and demonstrated **97–99% GTmetrix performance**. Agencies and prolific builders particularly benefit from deploying unlimited apps without per-project fees.
**For zero-budget launches**, Cloudflare Pages’ unlimited free bandwidth eliminates surprise bills entirely, backed by the industry’s fastest edge network at **31–53ms global TTFB**.
**For developer experience purists**, Vercel’s polish and near-zero cold starts (99.37% with Fluid Compute) justify the $20/month Pro plan for production applications.
**For backend complexity**, Railway and Render provide managed database hosting that extends beyond Supabase’s model when projects demand it.
The platforms that will dominate vibe coding infrastructure share common traits: **code ownership, export flexibility, and predictable pricing**. As AI-generated codebases become production systems rather than prototypes, hosting decisions increasingly impact both velocity and economics.
Industry experts recommend starting with xCloud’s free tier or Cloudflare Pages for initial deployment, then evaluating needs as traffic patterns emerge. The best hosting for your Lovable app ultimately depends on your specific requirements – but the era of accepting credit-based constraints as the only option has definitively ended.
---
# About Us | xCloud
> Find out about us - the team behind xCloud and find out why we created this next-gen WordPress hosting and server management solution.
## About Us
# xCloud: Next-Gen Hosting &
Server Management Solution
Even with countless products and services available in the industry, setting up a cloud server, hosting a website, and later managing the deployed sites has never been simple – especially if you are managing multiple websites at a time. And that’s where the idea of a streamlined hosting and server management system that’s accessible to all came to form.
## xCloud: Next-Gen WordPress Hosting & Server Management Solution
After years of working hard to bring our vision live, **xCloud** simplifies cloud hosting and server management for WordPress, providing you with full control over your websites and **redefining** the way you host, build, and deploy websites!
## xCloud: Next-Gen WordPress Hosting & Server Management Solution
With this next-gen cloud hosting for WordPress, no need for any coding expertise when it comes to server configuration and website management. So, bid farewell to manual setup as here at xCloud, we have got all your hosting and management needs covered with a hassle-free, lightning-fast experience like never before
## Team xCloud
## M Asif Rahman
Founder
## Nazmul Hasan Rupok
Co-Founder
## Afshana Rahman Diya
Co-Founder
## Nasir Nobin
Co-Founder
## Shahjahan Jewel
Partner
## AR Rana
Lead Engineer
## Mishuk Adhikari
Lead Engineer
## Bashar Bhuiyan
Senior Software Engineer (AI/ML)
## Mohammad Shifat Hossain
Lead Support & Product Manager
## Faisal Ibn Aziz
Senior Software Engineer
## Md. Arifur Rahman
Senior Software Engineer
## Nabil Ahmed Emon
Lead Product Designer
## Tasnia Rahman Raima
Deputy Marketing Manager
## Shariful Islam Shaikat
Senior Frontend Developer
## Md. Al-Mosabbir Rakib
Software Developer
## Abir Hasan Dipu
Senior Technical Support Engineer
## Abu Hurayra
Application Security Engineer
## Ashik Hossain Maruf
Motion Designer
## Charina Acuar
Technical Support Engineer
## Easin Arafat
Application Security Engineer
## Esrat Sultana Popy
Frontend Developer
## Fahim Raihan Anando
Product Designer
## Imran Hossain
Motion Designer
## Jan-Jan Garduce
Technical Support Engineer
## Kawser Ahmed Khan Jami
Content Marketing Executive
## Mohaiminul Islam
Creative Designer
## Nazmus Sadat
Technical Support Engineer
## Reduan Masud
Software Test Engineer
## Sadman Akib
Senior Cloud Support Engineer
## Sazzadur Rahman
Frontend Developer
## Shah Newas Mazumder
UX UI Designer
## Sherajus Salekin
Technical Support Engineer
## Towfique Ahmed
Content Marketing Executive
---
# Accessing Your Site Database Easily with Adminer in xCloud: No Code Guide - xCloud
> Adminer in xCloud presents a simplified approach to accessing website databases, eliminating the need for manual database connections.
[**Adminer**](https://www.adminer.org/) is a popular database management tool, often compared to phpMyAdmin. It allows users to manage their databases through a simple and intuitive interface, making tasks such as **browsing, querying, and editing databases** more accessible to users without extensive technical knowledge.
Adminer in xCloud provides a more straightforward approach to accessing website databases, eliminating the need for manual database connections. Today we will learn how to access your site with [**Adminer in xCloud**](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/).
## **How Adminer Functions & Handles Your Database?**
But before we get into the step-by-step guide on how you can access your site database using Adminer in xCloud, it’s important you understand what Adminer is in more depth.
Overall, as mentioned above, Adminer simplifies the process of managing databases, making it a handy tool for developers, database administrators, and anyone else who needs to interact with databases regularly. How? Let’s dive in deeper to find out.
### **Database Connection**
Adminer facilitates database management by establishing a connection to your chosen database system. Users typically input the necessary connection details such as **host, port, username, password, and database name**.
Once connected, Adminer provides a unified interface for interacting with the database.
### **Database Structure Management**
**Viewing Database Structure:** Adminer allows users to view the structure of their databases, including tables, indexes, fields, and keys.
**Creating and Modifying Tables:** Users can create and modify tables within their databases directly through Adminer. This includes defining fields, setting primary keys, and specifying indexes.
**Dropping Tables:** Adminer enables users to drop tables from their databases when necessary, helping to manage database structure efficiently.
### **Data Manipulation**
**Browsing Data:** Users can browse the data stored in their database tables, viewing individual records and their corresponding fields.
**Inserting, Updating, and Deleting Data:** Adminer allows users to insert new records, update existing ones, and delete unwanted data from their database tables.
**Querying Data:** Users can execute custom SQL queries within Adminer to retrieve specific information from their databases, providing flexibility in data manipulation.
### **Database Import and Export**
**Importing Data:** Adminer and [**Adminer plugin**](https://www.adminer.org/en/plugins/) supports importing data into databases from various file formats such as SQL, CSV, Excel, and XML. This feature streamlines the process of transferring data into the database.
**Exporting Data:** Users can export data from their databases to different formats for backup, analysis, or sharing purposes. Adminer offers options to customize the export format and select specific tables or data subsets.
### **User Management**
Depending on the database system, Adminer may provide functionality for managing database users, privileges, and permissions. This allows administrators to control access to the database and ensure data security.
### **Customization**
Adminer offers some level of customization through plugins and themes. Users can enhance the functionality or change the appearance of the Adminer interface according to their preferences.
### **Security Considerations**
Adminer emphasizes security by providing options to enable or disable access to the tool as needed. Additionally, users are encouraged to follow best practices for securing database connections and permissions.
By offering these features and functionalities, Adminer simplifies the process of managing databases, making it a valuable tool for developers, database administrators, and other professionals working with databases.
## **Easy Guide to Access Site Database with Adminer in xCloud**
**Adminer in xCloud** provides a streamlined approach for accessing site databases, eliminating the need for a manual database connection. While SSH connections offer enhanced security measures, we recommend enabling Adminer only when deemed essential.
Below, we will walk you through the step-by-guide on how you can easily enable Adminer in xCloud and use it to access and manage your website’s database in a few clicks.
### **Step 1: Enable Adminer In xCloud From Dashboard**
First, log in to xCloud with your credentials. Then access your xCloud site dashboard and go to **Access Details → Database**. Adminer is deactivated in the default state.
Click on the ‘**Enable Adminer**‘ button to activate it, then click on the ‘**Launch Adminer**‘ button to open the Adminer dashboard.
### **Step 2: Manage Your Database In Adminer**
Once you’ve enabled and launched Adminer from your xCloud dashboard, you can effortlessly oversee your database tasks. This includes executing SQL commands, importing/exporting data, creating tables, and more.
### **Step 3: Run Command**
Within the Adminer dashboard, users can easily manage their database content using CRUD (Create, Read, Update, Delete) commands. They can effortlessly create new records, browse through existing data, update records to reflect changes, and delete unwanted entries, providing complete control over their database content in a streamlined and user-friendly manner.
### **Import/Export SQL Files**
Importing your existing database into Adminer is a straightforward process that begins with accessing the interface and locating the import feature. Once you’ve navigated to the appropriate section, typically found under the database management options, you’ll be prompted to select the file containing your database data.
With just a few clicks within the Adminer interface, you can export your database and select output options, format, database type, tables, data, and more.
Indeed, managing databases using Adminer in xCloud is incredibly simple and user-friendly.
### **Configure Site Database Using Adminer In xCloud**
Verifying your permissions is essential to ensure you have access to your website’s site management database as a team member. Ensure you are your team’s admin or have legitimate access. If you currently lack access to your team, kindly request your team’s administrator to enable it in the ‘Team Management’ section accessible from your dashboard. However, you automatically possess this access by default if you serve as the Team Admin.
## **Simplify Your Database Management With xCloud**
Adminer streamlines the complexities of database management by offering a comprehensive suite of features within a user-friendly interface. From establishing database connections to performing data manipulation tasks and ensuring security measures. With its flexibility, customization options, and emphasis on security, Adminer stands as a valuable tool for developers and database administrators alike, facilitating seamless database management across various projects and environments.
Did you find this blog helpful? If you do, please [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/), and don’t forget to join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to get our daily updates.
---
# How to Add HTTP Headers And Redirects in WordPress (Without Plugins) - xCloud
> Learn how to manage WordPress HTTP Headers and Redirects efficiently with secure, fast, and reliable server-level rules - no nginx expertise required.
Adding HTTP headers and setting up redirects is one of those tasks every WordPress site needs at some point. You want to add a security header. Or redirect an old URL to a new one. Or send mobile users to a different page. These are everyday requirements for any site that takes performance and security seriously.
The traditional approach? Edit your nginx config file, run a syntax test, reload the server, and hope nothing breaks. Or install a plugin and accept the extra PHP overhead on every request.
Neither option is ideal, especially if you are managing multiple WordPress sites across different clients or projects.
That is where xCloud’s [**Site Rules**](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/) feature comes in. It gives you full control over HTTP headers and redirects for your WordPress sites directly from your dashboard, with built-in safety checks and zero nginx knowledge required.
In this guide, you will learn how to use Site Rules, what you can do with it, and the real-world scenarios where it makes the biggest difference. Let us get started!
## TL;DR
Every HTTP response from your WordPress site carries headers — metadata that controls security, caching, and browser behavior. Most WordPress sites either ignore them or handle them through plugins, which means PHP has to fully load before any rule fires. That is slow, fragile, and unnecessary.
Redirects have the same problem. Plugin-based redirects require the entire WordPress stack to boot up just to tell a browser, “go here instead.” If WordPress throws a fatal error, your redirects die with it — and your SEO takes the hit.
The fix: handle headers and redirects at the server level (nginx), where they fire in milliseconds before PHP even wakes up. xCloud’s Site Rules feature lets you do exactly this through a visual dashboard — no config files, no command line, no risk. It validates every rule before applying it and rolls back automatically if anything breaks.
## **What Are HTTP Headers in WordPress?**
Every time someone visits your WordPress site, a conversation happens between their browser and your server. The browser sends a request. Your server sends back a response. That response includes two things: the actual content (HTML, CSS, images) and a set of **HTTP headers**.
Headers are lines of metadata attached to the response. The visitor never sees them, but the browser reads every single one. They carry instructions: how long to cache this page, whether the connection is secure, which scripts are allowed to run, and whether the page can be loaded inside an iframe on another site.
Think of headers as the rules printed on the envelope, not inside the letter. The letter is your page content. The envelope tells the postal system (the browser) how to handle it — where it came from, how to treat it, what to do if something looks wrong.
Here is a simplified example of what HTTP response headers look like:
```
HTTP/2 200 OK
Content-Type: text/html; charset=UTF-8
Strict-Transport-Security: max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains
X-Content-Type-Options: nosniff
X-Frame-Options: SAMEORIGIN
Cache-Control: public, max-age=3600
```
Copy to Clipboard
Each line is a header. Each one tells the browser something specific:
- `Content-Type` says “this is an HTML page.”
- `Strict-Transport-Security` says “always use HTTPS for this domain.”
- `Cache-Control` says “you can cache this for one hour.”
By default, most WordPress hosting setups ship with only the bare minimum headers. The security-critical ones — HSTS, CSP, X-Frame-Options — are usually missing entirely. That is a problem, because modern browsers rely on these headers to protect your visitors from attacks like clickjacking, XSS injection, and protocol downgrade attacks.
The good news: adding them is straightforward once you have the right tool. The bad news: doing it through a WordPress plugin means every response gets slowed down by the PHP overhead of processing those headers. That is why handling headers at the server level — where they get added before PHP even runs — is the approach that actually makes sense.
## **Why Redirects Matter for SEO**
Redirects are not just a convenience feature. They are one of the most SEO-sensitive operations on your entire site.
When you change a URL — whether you are restructuring your blog, rebranding, merging domains, or just fixing a typo in a slug — every inbound link pointing to the old URL becomes a dead end. Backlinks, social shares, bookmarks, internal links from other posts — all of them now point to a page that does not exist.
Without a redirect, those visitors hit a 404. Google’s crawler hits a 404. And here is what happens next:
- **You lose link equity.** Every backlink to that old URL carried ranking power. A 404 throws that away. A properly configured 301 redirect passes the vast majority of that **[link equity](https://betterlinks.io/how-does-link-equity-distribution-impact-seo/)** to the new URL. Google has confirmed this — 301 redirects transfer PageRank.
- **Your pages drop out of the index.** When Googlebot encounters a 404 on a URL it previously indexed, it starts the process of removing that page from search results. If you had a page ranking on page one and you changed the URL without a redirect, you can watch it disappear within days.
- **User experience takes a hit.** A visitor clicking a link from an old article, an email campaign, or a social post lands on a “page not found” screen. They leave. Your bounce rate goes up. Your brand looks careless.
- **Redirect chains kill crawl efficiency.** If you set up a redirect from A → B, and later redirect B → C, you have created a redirect chain. Google will follow up to about 5 hops, but each hop slows down the crawl and dilutes the signal. Plugin-based redirects make it easy to accidentally create chains because there is no centralized view of how rules interact.
- **The wrong redirect type sends the wrong signal.** A 301 tells search engines “this move is permanent — update your index.” A 302 says “this is temporary — keep the old URL in the index.” Using a 302 when you meant a 301 means Google keeps trying to rank the old URL instead of the new one. It is a small mistake with outsized consequences.
Here is the part that makes server-level redirects non-negotiable for SEO: plugin-based redirects only work when WordPress is running. If your site throws a PHP fatal error, a database timeout, or a memory limit issue, your redirect rules stop firing. Every inbound link to an old URL now returns a 500 or 503 error instead of a clean redirect. Google sees server errors on URLs it expects to redirect, and your rankings take a compounding hit the longer the issue persists.
A redirect handled at nginx fires before WordPress loads. It does not care whether your database is down or your latest plugin update broke something. The redirect rule lives in the server config and runs regardless of PHP’s state. For SEO, that reliability is not optional — it is the baseline.
## **Why HTTP Headers and Redirects Belong at the Server Level, Not in WordPress**
Why HTTP Headers and Redirects Belong at the Server Level, not in WordPress
Most WordPress sites handle headers and redirects through plugins, which means the entire PHP stack has to boot up just to add a response header or tell a browser to go somewhere else. There is a faster, more reliable way to do it, and it starts with understanding why the server level is the right place for these rules.
### **The Problem With Plugin-Based Solutions**
When most WordPress users need to add a security header or set up a redirect, they reach for a plugin. And there are plenty of options out there: redirect manager plugins, security header plugins, SEO plugins with redirect features, and more.
But here is the catch. In most cases, redirects handled by plugins require WordPress and PHP to load. Every time a visitor hits your site, the entire WordPress stack has to load. PHP bootstraps. The database connects. Plugins initialize. And then your redirect or header rule fires. That is a lot of overhead for something that could have been handled in milliseconds at the server level.
Plugin-based headers and redirects come with real problems:
- **Performance cost:** Every rule requires WordPress to fully load before it can fire. On a site with multiple redirect rules, that adds up fast.
- **Reliability issues:** If WordPress throws a fatal error, your redirect rules stop working, too. The thing protecting your SEO is only as stable as your least reliable plugin.
- **Maintenance burden:** Plugins need updates, can conflict with other plugins, and add complexity to your stack. You are adding moving parts to solve what is fundamentally a server-level problem.
- **Scope limitations:** Some rules (like host-based redirects for domain consolidation) are difficult or impossible to implement correctly from inside WordPress.
### **Why Nginx Is The Right Place**
When a redirect or header rule lives in nginx, it gets evaluated before PHP ever runs. The request comes in, the rule fires, and the response goes out without touching WordPress at all.
This is faster. It is more reliable. And it is how production web infrastructure is designed to work.
The only barrier has been the technical friction of editing nginx config files by hand. Site Rules removes that barrier entirely.
## **What Is Site Rules?**
**Site Rules is xCloud’s built**\-in system for managing nginx-level HTTP header and redirect rules for your WordPress sites through a visual UI, with zero server access required.
Here is how it works:
1. You define rules through a clean interface
2. xCloud generates the correct nginx config
3. It validates the config against your live server
4. It applies the config only if the validation passes
5. If anything fails, it rolls back automatically
Your site stays up no matter what. Simple as that.
Site Rules supports two types of rules: Header Rules and Redirect Rules. Let us look at each in detail.
## **Best Security Headers for WordPress (With Examples)**
Every HTTP response your server sends includes headers — metadata that tells the browser how to handle the content. Most default configurations leave a lot of these headers either missing or set to insecure defaults.
With Site Rules, you can add, modify, or remove any HTTP response header for your WordPress site. xCloud includes presets for the most commonly needed headers, so you can apply them in one click without remembering the syntax.
Security headers are one of the most impactful things you can add to a WordPress site. They are checked in security audits, flagged by tools like Mozilla Observatory and Google Lighthouse, and they protect your users from real attacks.
Here is what each major security header does, why it matters, and what a good configuration looks like:
### **Strict-Transport-Security (HSTS)**
Tells browsers to always use HTTPS for your domain, even if a user types `http://` manually. This prevents SSL stripping attacks where an attacker downgrades a connection to HTTP. Once a browser sees this header, it will refuse non-HTTPS connections for the duration you specify.
**Example value:**
```
Strict-Transport-Security: max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload
```
Copy to Clipboard
This tells the browser: “For the next year, never connect to this domain over plain HTTP. Apply the same rule to all subdomains.” The `preload` directive lets you submit your domain to browser preload lists, so even the first visit is HTTPS-only.
**When to use it:** On every WordPress site that has SSL configured. There is no good reason to skip this.
### X-Content-Type-Options
Set to `nosniff`, this header tells browsers not to guess the content type of a response. Without it, browsers can be tricked into executing a file as JavaScript even when the server says it is plain text. That is a common vector for XSS attacks.
**Example value:**
```
X-Content-Type-Options: nosniff
```
Copy to Clipboard
One line. No configuration needed. Just add it.
### X-Frame-Options
Prevents your site from being embedded in an iframe on another domain. This blocks clickjacking attacks, where an attacker overlays your site inside a hidden iframe and tricks users into clicking things they cannot see.
**Example value:**
```
X-Frame-Options: SAMEORIGIN
```
Copy to Clipboard
Use `SAMEORIGIN` if you embed your own content in iframes (some page builders do this). Use `DENY` if you never need iframe embedding at all.
### Content-Security-Policy (CSP)
The most powerful security header available, and the most complex to configure. CSP lets you define exactly which sources of scripts, styles, images, and other resources are allowed to load on your page. A well-configured CSP can prevent XSS attacks even if an attacker finds an injection vulnerability in your site.
**Example value (starter policy):**
```
Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'self'; script-src 'self' https://cdn.example.com; style-src 'self' 'unsafe-inline'; img-src 'self' data: https:; font-src 'self' https://fonts.gstatic.com; frame-ancestors 'self'
```
Copy to Clipboard
This says: only load scripts from my domain and my CDN. Only load fonts from Google Fonts. Do not allow anyone to iframe my site except me. Everything else — default to my own domain only.
💡**A word of caution:** CSP is powerful but can break things if misconfigured. Start with `Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only` to monitor violations without blocking anything, then tighten the policy once you know what your site actually loads.
### Referrer-Policy
Controls how much referrer information is included in requests made from your site. Setting this prevents leaking your internal URL structure to third-party sites.
**Example value:**
```
Referrer-Policy: strict-origin-when-cross-origin
```
Copy to Clipboard
This sends the full URL as a referrer for same-origin requests (useful for your own analytics) but only sends the origin (domain) for cross-origin requests. Your internal URL paths stay private.
### Permissions-Policy
Formerly known as Feature-Policy, this header lets you control which browser features (camera, microphone, geolocation, etc.) your site is allowed to use — and blocks features your site does not need from being accessed by any injected third-party scripts.
**Example value:**
```
Permissions-Policy: camera=(), microphone=(), geolocation=(), payment=()
```
Copy to Clipboard
The empty parentheses mean “disabled for everyone, including this site.” If your site genuinely needs geolocation (like a store locator), you would set `geolocation=(self)` it instead.
### Putting It All Together
Here is what a well-configured set of security headers looks like for a typical WordPress site:
```
Strict-Transport-Security: max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload
X-Content-Type-Options: nosniff
X-Frame-Options: SAMEORIGIN
Referrer-Policy: strict-origin-when-cross-origin
Permissions-Policy: camera=(), microphone=(), geolocation=(), payment=()
Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'self'; script-src 'self'; style-src 'self' 'unsafe-inline'; img-src 'self' data: https:;
```
Copy to Clipboard
With Site Rules, all of these are available as presets. Click the preset, review the value, hit save, and the header is live on your server in seconds.
👉 Want to learn more about WordPress security headers? Check out our complete guide: **[WordPress Security Headers – A Guide to Keep Your Website Safe](/complete-guide-to-wordpress-security-headers/)**
## Cache Control Headers
Beyond security, header rules are also useful for fine-tuning how your content is cached by browsers and CDNs.
If you are using Cloudflare or another CDN in front of xCloud, your Cache-Control headers determine how long assets are cached at the edge. Getting these right means fewer origin requests, faster global load times, and lower bandwidth costs.
With Site Rules, you can set custom Cache-Control values for your site’s responses without editing any nginx config manually.
## CORS Headers for Headless WordPress
Running WordPress as a headless CMS? Your frontend application (whether it is Next.js, Nuxt, or a mobile app) needs to make cross-origin requests to your WordPress REST API or GraphQL endpoint.
Without proper CORS headers, the browser will block those requests entirely.
With Site Rules, you can add a `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` header and configure any additional CORS headers your setup needs. Your headless frontend can then communicate with WordPress without any issues.
This is a use case where plugin-based CORS solutions often fall short, especially if you need fine-grained control over which origins are allowed or which HTTP methods are permitted.
## How to Add Redirects Without Plugins (Step-by-Step)
Here is how to set up server-level redirects using xCloud’s Site Rules – no plugins, no config files, no SSH required.
### Step 1: Open Site Rules and Start a New Redirect
Log in to your xCloud dashboard, navigate to your site, and go to **Tools → Site Rules** in the left sidebar. Switch to the **Redirect Rules** tab, then click **Add Redirect** in the top right corner. A modal will open with the fields you need.
### Step 2: Configure Your Redirect
Fill in the redirect details:
- **From (Source URL):** The old path you want to redirect, e.g. `/old-blog-post`. No need to include the domain.
- **To (Destination URL):** Where traffic should go — a path on the same site (`/new-blog-post`) or a full URL on another domain (`https://newdomain.com/page`).
- **Redirect Type:** Choose **301 (Permanent)** for URL changes you do not plan to reverse — slug updates, migrations, restructures. Choose **302 (Temporary)** for short-lived redirects like maintenance pages or campaign landing pages. When in doubt, go with 301.
### Step 3: Add Conditions (Optional)
Need the redirect to fire only in specific situations? Click **Attach Condition** to add conditional logic based on:
- **Hostname**: Only redirect requests from a specific domain. One rule can handle an entire domain migration while preserving paths.
- **URI pattern**: Match specific URL patterns for more targeted redirects.
- **Query string**: Only redirect when a specific parameter is present, like `?promo=summer2026`. Great for campaign routing.
- **Device type**: Redirect mobile users to `m.yoursite.com` while desktop users stay on the main site.
Skip this step if the redirect should apply to all matching requests.
### Step 4: Test, Save, and Apply
Before committing anything, click **Test Rule**. xCloud generates the nginx config and runs `nginx -t` against your live server without applying it. You will see whether the rule passes or fails — and if it fails, the exact error so you can fix it first.
Once the test passes, click **Save Rule**. xCloud validates one final time and applies the config. The redirect is now live at the server level, firing before WordPress or PHP even loads. If validation fails at any point, xCloud rolls back automatically. Your site stays up no matter what.
## Redirect Rules: Handle Every Redirect Scenario Without a Plugin
Beyond the basic setup above, here are the specific scenarios where Site Rules handles redirects that plugins struggle with.
### Simple Path Redirects
The most common use case: you have changed a URL and need to redirect the old path to the new one.
- `/old-blog-post-url` → `/new-blog-post-url` (301)
- `/services` → `/what-we-do` (301)
- `/contact-us` → `/contact` (301)
With Site Rules, you enter the source path, the destination, choose 301 or 302, and save. xCloud writes the nginx rewrite rule, validates it, and applies it. No plugin. No PHP overhead. The redirect fires at the nginx level before WordPress even loads.
### URL Structure Migration
You have relaunched your site with a completely new URL structure or migrated from a different CMS with different URL patterns. You have dozens or hundreds of old URLs that need to redirect to new ones, and getting this right matters for SEO.
Site Rules lets you create and manage all of these redirects in one place. Each rule is applied at the nginx level, which means Google and users get clean, reliable 301 redirects that do not depend on WordPress being healthy.
### Domain Consolidation and Rebranding
You are consolidating multiple domains into one, or you have rebranded and have a new domain name. Every request to the old domain needs to redirect to the corresponding page on the new domain.
With Site Rules’ host-based conditions, you can create a redirect rule that only fires when the request comes from a specific domain. It then redirects to the equivalent URL on the new domain, preserving the path.
`If host = old-domain.com → redirect to new-domain.com (same URI, 301)`
One rule handles every page on the old domain. Clean, permanent, and handled entirely at the server level.
### Trailing Slash Normalization
SEO best practice is to be consistent about whether your URLs include a trailing slash. If both versions of a URL return content, search engines may treat them as duplicate pages and split your link equity.
With a redirect rule in Site Rules, you can enforce your preference across your entire site. Redirect all trailing-slash URLs to their non-slash equivalents, or vice versa.
### Conditional Redirects Based on Device Type
Some sites maintain separate mobile and desktop experiences. Rather than relying on JavaScript-based detection (which fires client-side, after the page has started loading), you can handle this at the nginx level.
Site Rules supports device-based redirect conditions. Create a rule that fires only for mobile devices, redirecting them to `m.yoursite.com` or a mobile-specific URL while desktop users continue to the main site. No JavaScript, no plugin, no PHP. Pure server-level logic.
### Conditional Redirects Based on Query Parameters
Running a marketing campaign? Tracking UTM parameters? Need to redirect users who arrive with a specific query parameter to a custom landing page?
Site Rules supports query parameter conditions. Create a rule that only fires when a specific query parameter is present in the URL. This is the kind of conditional logic that is difficult to implement reliably in WordPress plugins but straightforward at the nginx level.
### Temporary Redirects During Maintenance or Campaigns
Not all redirects should be permanent. During site maintenance, you might want to temporarily redirect traffic to a maintenance page. During a campaign, you might want to redirect a specific URL to a time-limited landing page.
Use a 302 (temporary) redirect in Site Rules for these scenarios. When the campaign ends or maintenance is done, delete the rule and the original URL returns to normal. Quickly, safely, and without leaving any permanent redirect baggage in your nginx config.
## Common Mistakes to Avoid
Even with a tool that validates your rules automatically, there are mistakes that pass syntax checks but still hurt your site. Here are the ones that come up most often.
### Using 302 When You Mean 301
This is the single most common redirect mistake in WordPress. You change a URL permanently, but you use a 302 (temporary) redirect instead of a 301. The redirect works — visitors get to the right page — so you assume everything is fine.
It is not. Google treats a 302 as a signal that the old URL should stay in the index. Your new URL does not get the ranking power from the old one. Months later, you are wondering why your rewritten content is not ranking, and the answer is a redirect type you set once and forgot about.
**The fix:** Default to 301 unless you have a specific, time-limited reason for 302 (maintenance page, short campaign).
### Redirect Chains and Loops
Page A redirects to Page B. Later, you redirect Page B to Page C. Now you have a chain: A → B → C. Google will follow it (up to about 5 hops), but each hop adds latency and dilutes the SEO signal.
Worse: if Page C ever redirects back to A, you have a loop. The browser gives up, the user sees an error, and Googlebot flags the URL as broken.
**The fix:** When you create a new redirect, check whether the destination already has a redirect of its own. If it does, point the source directly to the final destination instead. A → C, not A → B → C.
### Forgetting to Redirect Both Slash and Non-Slash Versions
You redirect `/old-page` to `/new-page`. But `/old-page/` (with trailing slash) still returns a 404. Search engines may have indexed either version, and visitors might have bookmarked either one.
**The fix:** Set up trailing slash normalization as a site-wide rule first, so your site is consistent. Then your individual redirects only need to handle one version.
### **Redirecting Everything to the Homepage**
When migrating a site, it is tempting to redirect all old URLs to the homepage rather than mapping each one to the correct new page. Google sees through this. A redirect from a specific blog post to a homepage is treated as a “soft 404” — Google understands the content is gone and does not transfer ranking power.
**The fix:** Map old URLs to their closest equivalent on the new site. If there is genuinely no equivalent page, it is better to let the URL return a proper 404 with a helpful “page not found” message than to redirect it somewhere irrelevant.
### **Adding Security Headers Without Testing Them**
A misconfigured `Content-Security-Policy` header can break your entire site. Scripts stop loading, styles disappear, embedded content vanishes. The site looks like it was built in 1997.
**The fix:** Use `Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only` first. This header tells browsers to report violations without actually blocking anything. Review the reports, adjust your policy, and only switch to the enforcing `Content-Security-Policy` header when you are confident nothing will break.
With Site Rules, you can use the **Test Rule** button to validate the nginx syntax before applying. But keep in mind that a syntactically valid CSP can still break your frontend — the test checks server config, not browser behavior. Always test in a staging environment or with report-only mode first.
### Ignoring Header Rules on Subdomains
You add security headers to your main domain. But your staging site at `staging.example.com`, your CDN subdomain, or your API endpoint at `api.example.com` gets nothing. Attackers target the weakest link.
**The fix:** Apply security headers consistently across every subdomain that serves content. With xCloud, you can manage Site Rules per site, so set up the same header rules on each one.
### Not Setting an Expiry on HSTS
Adding `Strict-Transport-Security` without a reasonable `max-age` value is almost pointless. A `max-age` of 300 seconds (5 minutes) means the browser forgets about HSTS enforcement almost immediately.
**The fix:** Use `max-age=31536000` (one year) as a minimum for production sites. If you are just starting with HSTS, begin with a shorter duration (like 86400 — one day), verify everything works over HTTPS, then increase to a year and add `includeSubDomains`.
## **The Safety System Behind Site Rules**
One of the most important aspects of Site Rules is what happens when something goes wrong. Because sometimes it does, and xCloud has you covered.
### **Automatic Validation Before Every Apply**
Every time you create, update, or delete a rule, xCloud does not just write the config and move on. It follows a strict process:
1. **Generate the new config:** xCloud builds the complete nginx config from all your enabled rules
2. **Write to a temp location:** The new config is written temporarily and is not applied yet
3. **Run nginx -t:** xCloud tests the new config for syntax errors on your live server
4. **Apply if clean:** Only if the test passes does xCloud apply the config and reload nginx
5. **Roll back if it fails:** If the test fails, the previous config is restored immediately, and you see the exact nginx error in your dashboard
This means your site never goes down because of a bad rule. The worst that happens is you see an error message and the rule is not applied.
### Test Rule Without Saving
Not sure how a complex rule will behave? The Test Rule button lets you run the nginx validation check without saving the rule. You will see whether the rule would pass or fail, and if it fails, you will see the exact error before committing anything to your server.
This is especially useful for redirect rules with multiple conditions, where the generated nginx rewrite syntax can be complex to predict.
### Rule Limits
Site Rules enforces sensible limits to keep your nginx config manageable: **up to 10 header rules and 25 redirect rules per site.** This prevents config bloat and keeps your server performing well.
### Drag-and-Drop Rule Priority
Rule order matters, especially for redirects. The first matching rule wins. Site Rules lets you drag and drop rules in the table to set their priority, then hit Save Order to apply the new ordering. You can discard changes before saving if you want to revert.
## Site Rules vs. Plugin-Based Solutions: A Direct Comparison
Site Rules
Plugin-based
When the rule fires
At nginx, before PHP runs
After WordPress + PHP fully load
Performance
Zero PHP overhead
Adds to every request
Reliability
Always fires, independent of WordPress
Stops working if WordPress breaks
Maintenance
No updates needed
Plugin updates, conflict risk
Risk on misconfiguration
Auto-rollback, site stays up
Can cause white screens or errors
Conditional logic
Host, URI, query param, device type
Varies by plugin, often limited
CORS/custom headers
Any header, full control
Limited by the plugin’s supported headers
Cost
Included in xCloud paid plans
Often premium plugin features
## Who Should Use Site Rules?
**WordPress developers** managing client sites who want to add security headers and handle redirects properly without installing plugins for every site.
**Agencies** running large portfolios of WordPress sites who need a reliable, scalable way to manage redirects and headers across all their clients.
**Site owners** who have been putting off security hardening because it seemed too technical. Site Rules makes it approachable for anyone.
**Developers building headless WordPress** who need CORS headers configured correctly for their frontend applications.
**SEO professionals** managing URL migrations, domain consolidations, or ongoing redirect strategies who want server-level reliability.
## Start Managing Headers and Redirects the Right Way
Security headers and redirects are foundational to how a professional WordPress site operates. They affect your security posture, your SEO, your user experience, and your site’s performance under load.
For too long, managing these things properly meant either accepting the overhead of plugins or learning nginx configuration by hand. Most sites ended up with an inconsistent setup that was hard to audit or maintain.
Site Rules changes that. It makes server-level header and redirect management accessible to every WordPress developer and team on xCloud, with built-in safety, a clean UI, and none of the risk that used to come with editing nginx configs manually.
If your sites are running without security headers or managing redirects through plugins, it is worth taking 10 minutes to explore what Site Rules can do.
👉 **Ready to get started?** [**Sign up for xCloud**](https://app.xcloud.host/register) and start managing your WordPress headers and redirects the right way.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe**](/blog/) [**to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Advanced Redis Object Caching for Your WordPress Site - xCloud
> Redis object caching enhances the speed and efficiency of websites and applications.
Imagine you have a big bookshelf full of books. Sometimes, when you want to read a book, you have to search through all the shelves to find it. That can take a lot of time!
Now, think of [**Redis object caching**](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/), like having a small table next to your reading chair. Instead of searching the whole bookshelf every time you want a book, you put your favorite books on the table where they’re easy to grab. So, when you want to read one of them, you can quickly pick it up from the table instead of searching the whole shelf.
In technical terms, Redis object caching is like having a super-fast memory for your website. Instead of fetching information from a slow database every time someone visits your site, Redis stores that information in its memory. So, when someone asks for the same info again, it’s already there, ready to go, making your website load much faster.
We use Redis object caching to speed up websites and make them more efficient. It helps handle lots of visitors without slowing down the site, which is super important for keeping people happy and engaged.
## **What Is Server Side Page Caching**
Before we dive into Redis Full-Page Cache, let’s understand how your website functions.
1. When someone visits your WordPress site, their web browser talks to Nginx (the server).
2. Nginx passes the request to PHP-FPM (a program that runs PHP code).
3. PHP-FPM checks with the database (like MariaDB or MySQL) to get the page content.
4. PHP-FPM processes everything and creates an HTML page.
5. This HTML page is sent back to Nginx.
6. Finally, Nginx sends this HTML page to the visitor’s web browser.
## **Why You Should Always Opt for Server-Side Caching**
When you use server-side page caching, Nginx steps in between Nginx and PHP-FPM. It creates a cached HTML page from PHP-FPM.
So, when another person visits the same WordPress page, your site doesn’t need to do the same PHP and database work again. Nginx just serves the cached page directly.
This makes your server respond much faster after the first load. It also reduces the work for PHP-FPM and MariaDB/MySQL and lowers your server’s CPU usage.
With server-side caching, your server can handle more visitors without needing a bigger setup. This means you can stick with a more affordable server without needing to upgrade.
## **What Is Redis? With Example**
[**Redis**](https://redis.io/), which stands for Remote Dictionary Server, is a free tool that stores data in memory. It’s like having a super-fast digital organizer that helps keep track of different types of information, such as words, lists, numbers, and even geographical locations.
Think of it as a helpful assistant that works alongside databases like MySQL or MariaDB to speed up applications. By storing frequently accessed data close at hand, Redis helps optimize the performance of applications, making them run smoother and faster.
Let’s say you have a website where users can see popular articles. Instead of calculating which articles are popular every time someone visits the page, you can use Redis caching. You calculate the popular articles once, store them in Redis, and then whenever someone visits the page, you quickly fetch the list from Redis instead of recalculating it every time.
This makes your website faster and saves a lot of time and effort!
## **Redis Object Caching for WordPress**
Object caching saves the results of database queries that users ask for. Then, when someone asks for the same thing later, it can give them the answer much faster without asking the database again.
In WordPress, there’s a built-in thing called Object Cache using the [**WP\_Object\_Cache**](https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/classes/wp_object_cache/) class. But there’s a catch: by default, this caching isn’t permanent. That means the saved answers only stick around until the page finishes loading. This isn’t very efficient unless you add a permanent caching system like Redis Object Cache.
## **Understanding Redis Integration with WordPress Cache Plugins**
Unlike regular WordPress cache plugins that focus on speeding up how quickly your website’s pages load by saving static versions of pages, Redis works as a server-side cache. This means it stores data directly on the server to make fetching information faster.
Let’s imagine you have a blog where you post articles about travel destinations. You also have an online shop where you sell travel gear and accessories. To make your site faster, you decide to use a cache plugin.
Most cache plugins focus on storing static versions of your blog posts and shop pages, so they load quickly for visitors. But what about other parts of your site, like the checkout process or interactive features? This dynamic content isn’t cached by default.
With dozens of plugins active on your site, including ones for social media sharing, SEO optimization, and more, your WordPress Admin area might feel sluggish because it’s not caching this dynamic content.
## **Unlocking WordPress Speed: The Role of Redis Explained**
Having a slow WordPress website is frustrating for both visitors and site owners. But you can make your site faster and improve the user experience by using a caching system like Redis.
When Redis is set up on your WordPress site, [**it speeds up**](/tips-to-speed-up-wordpress-websites/) how quickly visitors can access your content. Normally, when someone asks for information on a WordPress site, the system has to search through a database, which takes time.
Redis keeps important information in its memory so it can be quickly accessed when needed. This means data can be retrieved much faster, making your site perform better and reducing the time it takes for pages to load.
## **Using Redis for Query Caching in WordPress**
Have you ever faced the frustration of slow database queries? Query caching could be your saving grace, speeding up these queries using various caching methods while keeping costs manageable!
Imagine you’ve developed an e-commerce app that’s experiencing rapid growth. Your product catalog is extensive, and you have millions of customers—great for business, but it’s straining your technology. Despite efforts to optimize database queries to your primary database (be it MongoDB or PostgreSQL), they’re slowing down. Even with some performance tweaks, it’s not meeting your customers’ expectations.
Redis is a special kind of storage system that mainly handles caching. It helps to ease the burden on your main database by speeding up how quickly you can get information from it.
In e-commerce apps, there’s one type of request that comes up a lot: searching for products. To make product searches faster, you can use Redis in a couple of ways:
1. **Cache prefetching:** You can load up Redis with all the product details beforehand. Then, when someone wants to search for a product, the app can check Redis first instead of going straight to the main database.
2. **Cache-aside pattern:** Instead of loading up Redis with everything in advance, you fill it up as needed. When someone wants to search for a product, the app puts that information into Redis so it’s there for the next person who wants to search for the same thing.
### **Cache Aside Method with Redis Object Caching(Cache Miss)**
\[Redis\]
Let’s break this diagram into some easy points
1. The app asks for some data.
2. The backend looks in Redis to see if it already has that data.
3. If Redis doesn’t have the data (a “cache miss”), the backend gets it from the main database.
4. Once the data is fetched from the database, it’s saved in Redis.
5. Finally, the data is sent back to the app.
### **Cache Aside Method with Redis Object Caching(Cache Hit)**
Now, let’s look at what happens when there’s a “cache hit.” Here’s the same diagram, but with the steps for a “cache hit” highlighted in green.
In a “**cache hit**“:
1. The app asks for data.
2. The backend checks if the data is in Redis.
3. If the data is found (a “cache hit”), it’s sent back to the app right away.
The cache-aside pattern is handy when you:
1. Need to fetch data a lot: Like in e-commerce, where you’re always checking product info.
2. Want to save space and money: Instead of loading up Redis with everything, it only saves what’s needed when it’s needed.
3. Care about costs: The less stuff you store in the cache, the less you have to pay for storage.
## **Precautions to Take Before Implementing Redis Cache in WordPress**
Before you turn on the Redis cache for your WordPress site, it’s crucial to take some precautions. Neglecting these steps could impact your server and lead to significant losses.
### **Go for Staging Site**
Developers recommend testing any changes to your website in a [**staging environment**](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/) first. This way, even if something goes wrong, your actual site stays safe. It’s like a practice run where you can learn from any mistakes.
Once you’re confident everything works smoothly, you can “push” those changes to your live site. This means the changes aren’t made to the live site until you decide to do so.
Your staging environment is basically a copy of your real website. It’s not accessible to the public, and search engines can’t see or index it because it’s protected by a password.
### **Configuring WP Config File to Avoid Conflicts**
To ensure the smooth operation of Redis on your Cloudways-hosted site, you’ll need to make a few adjustments in the wpconfig.php file. Here’s how:
1. Log in to your FTP client.
2. Connect to your hosting account.
3. Find the public\_html folder.
4. Inside public\_html, locate the wp-config.php file.
5. Open the wp-config.php file using any text editor.
6. Add the following line of code right after the first line, which is PHP’s opening tag ( Secure your website with an advanced web application Firewall (WAF) and learn the best configurations and tips for hosting security.
Hosting security is a big concern for businesses of all sizes. As websites handle more and more sensitive data, cyberattacks are becoming both more common and more sophisticated. If you run a website, you have to **protect it against threats** like malware, bot traffic, and even distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks.
A web application firewall (WAF) can provide strong protection. But with today’s growing threats, a basic WAF setup might not be enough. Today, we will explore how advanced WAF configurations can keep your hosting secure, how they work, and how to implement them.
## **What Is a Web Application Firewall (WAF)?**
A Web Application Firewall (WAF) is a security device designed to protect web applications by filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic between a web application and the internet. Unlike traditional firewalls that guard against unauthorized access to the network, WAFs are application-specific. They focus on filtering traffic that directly interacts with the web application. There are three primary types of WAFs:
1. **Network-based WAF** – This type of WAF is installed on-premises and operates at the network level.
2. **Host-based WAF** – Installed directly on the web server, this WAF offers deep customization but can consume resources.
3. **Cloud-based WAF** – Offered as a service, cloud WAFs are easy to implement and scalable.
While traditional WAFs can block common attacks like [**SQL injection**](https://wpdeveloper.com/fortify-wordpress-site-from-sql-injection-9-ways/) and cross-site scripting (XSS), they fall short when faced with complex, evolving threats. This is where the Advanced Web Application Firewall comes in, offering stronger protection with customizable rules and real-time threat intelligence.
## **Why Advanced WAF Configurations Are Crucial for Hosting Security?**
With the rise of automated bots, **DDoS attacks,** and highly targeted application-layer threats, having an advanced WAF configuration gives you the edge in identifying and stopping these threats. An advanced web application firewall doesn’t just block attacks based on static rules; it continuously learns and adapts to new attack patterns, using real-time data. Here’s why advanced configurations are essential:
- **Adaptability**: The modern threat environment is unpredictable and constantly evolving. Hackers constantly find new ways to bypass security defenses. An **advanced web application firewall** can adapt by updating its rules in real time, unlike a traditional WAF, which relies on static configurations.
- **Customization**: Every website is unique. While a basic WAF might offer blanket protection, advanced configurations allow you to customize security settings to suit your specific environment, focusing on the risks that are most relevant to your site.
- **Layer 7 Protection**: Most attacks, like SQL injections or cross-site scripting (XSS), target the application layer. Basic security tools may miss these sophisticated attacks, but an **advanced web application firewall** focuses heavily on application-level security, ensuring thorough protection.
In today’s environment, where even small websites are targets for automated bots and hackers, having an advanced WAF configuration is no longer optional. It’s an essential part of your security strategy.
## **Key Features of Advanced WAF Configurations for Hosting Security**
Now that we understand why advanced configurations are necessary let us dive into some specific settings that can greatly enhance your **Advanced Web Application Firewall**. These configurations will not only protect your web application but also ensure that your hosting environment stays secure and resilient against attacks.
### **1\. Traffic Monitoring And Filtering**
One of the most powerful features of an **Advanced Web Application Firewall** is its ability to monitor and filter **[web traffic in real-time](/managing-traffic-spikes-on-a-shared-server/).** With advanced monitoring, you can analyze traffic patterns and spot unusual activity that could indicate an attack. For example, you can set up rules to block traffic from certain countries or limit the number of requests from a single IP address. This helps protect against brute force attacks and Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attempts.
Advanced traffic filtering allows you to create custom rules. You can filter traffic based on headers, cookies, user agents, or even the content of HTTP requests. By customizing these rules, you can block specific attack vectors while allowing legitimate traffic through. This precision is critical in stopping sophisticated attacks without disrupting regular users.
### **2\. Rule Customization Based on Application Type**
Not all web applications are the same, and neither are their security needs. A blog, for instance, will have different vulnerabilities compared to an e-commerce store. With advanced rule customization, you can configure your WAF settings to fit the unique behavior of your application.
For example, e-commerce sites might need stricter security around credit card transactions, while a news site might focus more on protecting its comment sections from spam and cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks. Advanced WAF settings allow you to create specific security profiles for different parts of your web application, ensuring comprehensive coverage.
### **3\. Virtual Patching**
One of the most innovative features of an Advanced Web Application Firewall is virtual patching. In the world of web security, new vulnerabilities are constantly being discovered. But applying patches to fix these vulnerabilities can take time, especially if you are working with complex systems or have limited development resources.
Virtual patching is a lifesaver in these situations. With this feature, your WAF can temporarily block attacks targeting a known vulnerability, giving you time to roll out a proper fix. It acts as a temporary bandage, protecting your application from being exploited while you address the issue behind the scenes.
### **4\. Bot Management And Rate Limiting**
Bots can be both useful and harmful. Some bots index your site for search engines, while others try to exploit your site by scraping data or launching automated attacks. With advanced **WAF** configurations, you can differentiate between good bots and malicious ones.
Bot management tools can block harmful bots or limit their activity, preventing them from overwhelming your servers or scraping sensitive information. **Rate limiting** is another key tool here. This allows you to control how many requests an IP address can make in a certain time period, which helps in mitigating DDoS attacks and reducing server strain.
### **5\. Application Layer Protection (Layer 7)**
When it comes to security, the application layer (Layer 7 of the OSI model) is often the most vulnerable. Most web application attacks, such as SQL injection or cross-site scripting (XSS), happen at this level. A basic firewall might not be able to detect these threats, but an Advanced Web Application Firewall provides specific protections for Layer 7.
With Application Layer Protection, your WAF will inspect the actual content of web requests to detect malicious patterns. For instance, if someone tries to insert malicious SQL queries into your site’s forms, the WAF can block the request before it reaches your database. This layer of protection is essential for preventing some of the most dangerous web attacks.
## **Core Configurations for Advanced Web Application Firewall**
To get the most out of an **Advanced Web Application Firewall (WAF)**, you need to focus on key configurations. These configurations determine how your firewall will react to potential threats and protect your hosting environment from cyber-attacks. Here, we will break down some of the most important settings that every advanced WAF should have.
### **1\. Firewall Policies**
Policies are the backbone of any firewall system. In an **Advanced WAF**, firewall policies are used to define which traffic is allowed and which should be blocked.
- **Default Deny Policies**: This means that unless the traffic explicitly meets specific criteria, it will be blocked. This type of policy is crucial in a hosting environment where the risk of malicious traffic is high.
- **Allow Lists (Whitelisting)**: Trusted IP addresses, users, or applications can be added to the allow list, granting them access while blocking others.
- **Deny Lists (Blacklisting)**: This involves identifying known malicious IP addresses or countries from which attacks typically originate and preventing any traffic from these sources.
### **2\. IP Blacklisting And Whitelisting**
IP blacklisting is one of the most straightforward ways to block malicious traffic. In an **Advanced WAF**, this feature is typically more robust, allowing you to create dynamic blacklists that automatically update based on real-time threat intelligence.
- **Geofencing**: You can block or allow traffic from specific geographical locations based on your business needs.
- **Whitelisting Internal IPs**: This is essential for ensuring that your own employees or trusted partners can access your web applications without being accidentally blocked.
### **3\. Rate Limiting And Traffic Shaping**
Rate limiting controls how many requests a user can make to your web application in a given time. Without rate limiting, an attacker could bombard your server with thousands of requests per second, causing it to slow down or crash.
- **Set Thresholds for Requests**: You can configure your **Advanced WAF** to only allow a certain number of requests per IP address within a specific timeframe.
- **Traffic Shaping**: In some cases, rather than completely blocking excessive traffic, you can “shape” or slow it down to maintain performance without overwhelming the server.
### **4\. Application-Layer Filtering And Protection**
An **Advanced WAF** operates at the application layer, meaning it specifically protects the functionality of your web apps. This layer of protection is especially important against **SQL Injection** and **Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)** attacks, which exploit vulnerabilities in the code.
- **Request Inspection**: Your WAF will inspect each request to ensure it’s legitimate and doesn’t contain harmful code.
- **Blocking Common Vulnerability Exploits**: Preconfigured filters can block well-known application vulnerabilities such as **OWASP Top 10** threats.
### **5\. SSL/TLS Encryption Handling**
SSL/TLS encryption ensures that data passed between a user and a website is secure. However, SSL traffic can sometimes hide malicious activity from less advanced security systems. An **Advanced Web Application Firewall** can inspect SSL traffic without compromising the encryption, providing full visibility into potential threats.
- **SSL Offloading**: Offloading SSL processing to your WAF improves performance by reducing the load on your servers.
- **SSL Traffic Inspection**: Advanced WAFs can decrypt and inspect traffic, ensuring no malicious content is hidden within encrypted data streams.
These core configurations ensure that your **Advanced Web Application Firewall** can provide a high level of security tailored to the needs of your web application.
## **Common Mistakes to Avoid in WAF Configurations**
Configuring an advanced web application firewall can significantly boost your website’s security, but if done incorrectly, it can lead to vulnerabilities or unnecessary complications. Here are some common mistakes to avoid when configuring your WAF:
### **1\. Misconfiguring or Over-configuring the WAF**
One of the most common mistakes is either misconfiguring or over-configuring the WAF. If your configuration is too loose, attackers can find vulnerabilities and exploit them. If it’s too strict, you might end up blocking legitimate users or services, which can frustrate customers and harm your website’s performance.
To avoid this, start with a balanced configuration. Use default settings as a baseline, and then gradually customize the rules based on the traffic patterns and types of threats your site encounters.
### **2\. Failing to Update Rule Sets Regularly**
Cyber threats are always evolving, and if your WAF isn’t regularly updated, it will quickly fall behind. A common mistake is failing to enable dynamic rule updates, which allows the WAF to automatically receive the latest threat intelligence and adjust its defenses accordingly.
Make sure your advanced web application firewall is set to update rule sets in real-time, and manually check for updates from your WAF provider periodically.
### **3\. Not Monitoring WAF Performance Regularly**
Another mistake is the “set it and forget it” approach. After configuring the WAF, many administrators neglect to monitor its performance. Regular monitoring is essential because it helps you identify abnormal traffic patterns, potential weaknesses, and new attack vectors.
Use WAF logs and analytics tools to continuously review how well the firewall is performing. Adjust the settings if you notice unusual activities, such as repeated login attempts, high bot traffic, or unexpected spikes in specific regions.
### **4\. Overlooking Application-Specific Threats**
Not all websites face the same threats. A mistake many site owners make is assuming that all WAF settings apply universally. For example, if your site hosts sensitive user data, you will need stronger security against application-layer attacks like SQL injections and cross-site scripting (XSS). Failing to account for these specific threats can leave your application vulnerable.
When configuring your WAF, tailor it to your site’s specific risks. This will allow the firewall to focus on protecting your most critical areas.
### **5\. Ignoring False Positives**
A WAF may sometimes block legitimate traffic by mistake, which is known as a false positive. Ignoring these false positives can hurt your website’s performance and user experience. Regularly review your WAF’s logs to identify and correct these cases, and adjust the firewall settings accordingly to avoid blocking valid users.
## **How to Choose the Right WAF for Your Hosting Security**
Choosing the right Advanced Web Application Firewall (WAF) is one of the most important decisions you can make for protecting your web applications. With the increasing complexity of cyber threats, your WAF should not just defend against common attacks but also adapt to emerging threats. Below are key considerations to guide you in selecting the ideal WAF for your hosting security needs.
### **1\. Understand Your Web Application’s Security Needs**
The first step in choosing the right WAF is assessing your specific security requirements. Every web application faces different threats based on its functionality, user base, and the types of data it handles. For instance, an e-commerce site that processes credit card payments will need robust protection against SQL injection and cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks, while a content-heavy site may need bot management to prevent scraping and spam. Conducting a security assessment of your application helps determine the types of threats you need protection from.
### **2\. Decide on Deployment Type: Cloud, On-Premises, or Hybrid**
There are three primary deployment models for Advanced WAFs: cloud-based, on-premises, and hybrid. Each comes with its advantages and disadvantages.
- Cloud-based WAFs are hosted by third-party providers, making them easy to set up, highly scalable, and cost-effective. These are ideal for businesses that require rapid deployment without the hassle of managing hardware.
- On-premises WAFs provide greater control over customization and integration with existing network security systems. They are suited for larger enterprises with more complex infrastructure but come with higher upfront costs and maintenance responsibilities.
- Hybrid WAFs combine cloud and on-premises elements, allowing you to leverage the scalability of cloud services while retaining some control over specific security components.
### **3\. Consider Ease of Management And Customization**
A WAF should be easy to manage while offering the flexibility to customize security rules according to your application’s needs. Look for a WAF solution with an intuitive user interface, real-time reporting, and actionable alerts. It should allow for rule customization so that you can tailor it to the traffic patterns and vulnerabilities of your application.
Also, make sure the WAF supports automatic updates to keep up with the latest security threats. Some advanced WAFs integrate AI and machine learning features, which enable them to automatically adapt and block emerging threats without requiring manual input.
### **4\. Focus on Comprehensive Threat Protection**
Your WAF should be able to protect against a wide range of attacks, including:
- **Layer 7 Attacks:** Look for a WAF that protects at the application layer (Layer 7) to guard against attacks like SQL injection, XSS, and cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
- **Bot Management:** Ensure the WAF can differentiate between legitimate bots (such as search engine crawlers) and malicious bots that attempt data scraping or account takeover attacks.
- **DDoS Protection:** Distributed Denial of Service attacks can cripple your website by overwhelming it with traffic. A WAF with built-in DDoS mitigation ensures your site stays online during high-traffic attack events.
- **Virtual Patching:** This feature can block threats that target known vulnerabilities, giving you time to apply actual patches to your web applications.
### **5\. Scalability And Performance**
As your application grows, so will its traffic volume, which means you will need a WAF that can scale alongside your business. Cloud-based WAFs typically offer the best scalability, allowing you to increase resources during traffic spikes. However, even the best WAF can negatively impact performance if not optimized, so be sure to choose a solution that introduces minimal latency.
### **6\. Compliance And Certifications**
Your WAF should meet industry standards and certifications that align with your business’s compliance requirements. For example, if your website handles payment transactions, the WAF should comply with PCI DSS. Businesses operating in regions with strict data protection laws, such as Europe, must also ensure their WAF is compliant with GDPR. Check for certifications like ISO/IEC 27001, which guarantees that the WAF provider adheres to international security standards.
### **7\. Cost And Support**
Lastly, weigh the cost of the WAF against its features and your budget. Most providers offer tiered pricing based on traffic volume, security features, and the number of protected applications. Look for a WAF that offers the best value without sacrificing key security functions. Additionally, reliable customer support is crucial. You should choose a provider that offers 24/7 support in case of a security incident or technical issue.
By considering these factors, you can choose an Advanced Web Application Firewall that best suits your hosting security needs, providing strong, adaptable, and scalable protection.
## **Securing Your Web Application Easily with Advanced WAF Configurations**
An Advanced Web Application Firewall (WAF) is a crucial tool in safeguarding web applications against modern cyber threats. Its ability to provide real-time protection, adapt to emerging vulnerabilities, and offer tailored configurations for various hosting environments ensures robust security. Investing time in configuring and automating your WAF properly will protect your web applications and secure your digital presence in today’s threat landscape.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# xCloud - WordPress Hosting Affiliate Program
> Unlock the potential to earn up to $719.8 in commissions with just a single referral by promoting as xCloud affiliate.
## Affiliate
# Join The xCloud Affiliate Program
Turn your influence into profit & maximize your earnings with each sale. Make your affiliation with xCloud highly rewarding.
[Apply Now](https://affiliate.xcloud.host/)
[Affiliate Dashboard](https://affiliate.xcloud.host/login)
## Up To
20%
### Affiliate Commission Per Sale
Join today and start earning 20% affiliate commission per sale
[Become Our Affiliate Now](https://affiliate.xcloud.host/)
## Perks
## Explore the Benefits of xCloud Affiliate Program
Discover the top advantages of becoming our affiliate partner.
## Lucrative Affiliate Commission
Unlock earnings at your own pace by promoting xCloud & amazing rewards
## Diverse Marketing Materials
Get exclusive promotional materials from us and kick start earring
## Monitor Campaign Performance
Track your growth and monitor your sales, clicks, and more
## Easy To Convert Visitors
Maximize conversions with xCloud – the ideal solution for your audience
## Early Access To News & Updates
Become a part of our team and get early news of our campaigns and releases
## Dedicated Affiliate Manager
Receive professional support from our dedicated team anytime
## Ideal Fit
## Who Can Apply For xCloud Affiliate Program?
It’s super easy to get started as an xCloud affiliate partner.
## Freelancers
## Small Businesses
## Marketers
## Agencies
## Teacher & Trainers
## Content Creators
## Onboarding
## How Does It Work
We welcome anyone with an online presence in xCloud’s affiliate program. Find out if our affiliate program is a right fit for your audience.
## Sign Up For Our Affiliate Program
Fill in the application form & join our affiliate program
## Earn Commissions For Every Sale
Earn 20% Commission for each Successful sale
## Promote xCloud To Your Audience
Create promotional content and share it with your affiliate link
## Earn Commissions For Every Sale
Earn 20% Commission for each Successful sale
## Dos and Don’ts
## How To Promote xCloud: What to Do & Avoid
Make the most out of our affiliate program through proven strategies. Here’s your roadmap of Dos and Don’ts.
- 
### Create videos for YouTube or other video sharing platforms.
- 
### Prepare educational material for on MOOC platforms.
- 
### Promote our tool on social media.
- 
### Write blogs about our solution.
- 
### Promote our solution via Mail.
- 
### Use our banner and logo inside your content.
- 
### Do not distort the facts to get more sells.
- 
### Avoid misrepresenting the benefits of using our tool to get more sells.
- 
### Do not use your own affiliate link to make purchases for personal use.
- 
### Do not share your affiliate link in discount and coupon listing sites.
- 
### Do not share unofficial discount offers.
- 
### Do not run paid ads on branded keywords (including our brand name or variations) to drive affiliate traffic.
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisi cing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut abore et dolore magna
## FAQ’s
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### Is there a cost to join the xCloud Affiliate Program?
No, joining the xCloud Affiliate Program is completely free.
### How do I earn commissions?
Earn commissions by promoting xCloud services and generating sales through your unique affiliate links. You’ll receive a commission for each sale made through your referral.
### Which plans or lifetime offers qualify for commissions, and how do we track users?
We have all plans available to qualify for commissions.
### How are affiliate commissions paid?
Commissions are paid out through your preferred payment method, which you can set up in your affiliate dashboard. Payments are typically processed monthly.
### What is the minimum Pay-out Rate?
Our minimum payout rate is $50.
### How long do affiliates receive commissions for payments made by referred customers?
Affiliates receive commissions for payments made by their referred customers till the end of the first year since the customer’s subscription.
---
# WordPress Hosting for Agencies | xCloud
> WordPress hosting for agencies running client sites. Unlimited sites on every plan, a team and bill per client, free migrations, white label — plus free servers as you grow.
## Who this is for
Agencies, studios and freelancers who host other people's websites — the case where the hosting bill, the client relationship and the maintenance work are three different problems.
xCloud is a management layer over cloud servers. You either take a managed server from us or connect one you already run at DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode or Hostinger, and then run every client site through one panel.
## What matters when the sites aren't yours
**Unlimited sites and unlimited traffic on every plan.** There is no per-site fee. Server size is the only thing that changes your bill, so winning work does not automatically cost you more.
**A team per client, with its own billing.** xCloud separates work into teams. Create one per client or per retainer, invite the people who belong in it, and give each its own billing details and payment method — a client who wants the hosting on their own card can have it without you splitting invoices by hand.
**Roles instead of shared logins.** Developers, contractors and clients get the access their job needs, changed or revoked from Team Settings when an engagement ends.
**Staging with pull and push.** Any site can have a staging environment. Build there, let the client sign off, push to production — then pull production back down when you need to reproduce something real.
**Site isolation.** Every site runs under its own system user, so a compromise on one client's site cannot reach the others sharing the server. On shared hosting across a client book, that is the failure mode that ends relationships.
**Unlimited free migrations.** Our team performs them. Open a support ticket with the site details; there is a short prerequisite list for full server migrations, documented at `/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/`.
**Monitoring that reaches you first.** Uptime, CPU, RAM and disk per server and per site, with alerts into Slack, WhatsApp or email.
## Pricing
Managed servers start at **$5/month** for 1 GB and run to 64 GB across fifteen plans, every one of them hosting unlimited sites. Bring your own server instead and you pay that provider for the machine and xCloud for the management layer.
There is no agency tier to buy into. See `/pricing/`.
## The xCloud Agency Partner Program
Bring client servers onto xCloud and the platform pays you back in servers. Tier is determined by your **monthly average of active, managed client servers** — there is no revenue target to calculate and no spend commitment to sign.
| | Growth Partner | Elite Partner | Pro Agency Partner |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Active client servers required | 10 | 25 | 50+ |
| Free servers for life | 1 | 2 | 3 |
| License to sell xCloud to your clients | yes | yes | yes |
| Multi-client dashboard | yes | yes | yes |
| Priority partner support | yes | yes | yes |
| Partner badge for your site | yes | yes | yes |
| Preferred partner pricing | — | yes | yes |
| Dedicated migration help | — | yes | yes |
| Dedicated partner manager | — | — | yes |
| SLA priority | — | — | yes |
| Co-marketing | — | — | yes |
### The terms
- **Monthly average counts**, not a peak held for one afternoon.
- **30-day grace period** if you drop below your threshold. After it, only the free servers pause — your account, paid servers and every client site are unaffected, and the allocation resumes when you requalify.
- **Production servers only.** Test and staging deployments do not count, and a new server starts counting after 30 days live.
- **Applications are reviewed.** Onboarding is a short partner assessment call, not a signup form.
### How to join
1. Apply and tell us how many client servers you run and where they are today.
2. Onboard — tier activated, free server provisioned, badge and sales material delivered, added to the partner group.
3. Grow — every client server counts toward the next rung.
Apply at `https://support.xcloud.host/`.
**There is no partner directory yet.** A public listing where businesses find and hire xCloud partner agencies is planned, and is not offered as a benefit until it exists.
### Two adjacent programs, open to anyone
| Program | What it is | Where |
| --- | --- | --- |
| White label reselling | Your brand, logo, domain, packages and prices, billed on your own Stripe account. Clients never see xCloud. | `/reseller-hosting/` |
| Affiliate | 20% commission per sale, for clients you would rather refer than host. | `/affiliates/` |
## Agency hosting vs reseller hosting
They are different things and xCloud does both.
*Agency hosting* means you host client sites on infrastructure you control, billed to you, with the client generally aware of who the host is. *Reseller hosting* means you sell hosting as a product under your own brand, at prices you set, billing the client yourself.
Most agencies start with the first and add the second once hosting is worth billing for on its own. They can run side by side.
## Related
- `/pricing/` — all fifteen managed sizes, plus self-managed
- `/reseller-hosting/` — the white-label program in full
- `/affiliates/` — the 20% referral program
- `/compare/` — xCloud against other hosts
- `/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/` — how teams, members and roles work
- `/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/` — staging, pull and push
- `/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/` — per-team billing
- `/docs/overview-xcloud-white-label-feature/` — white label from the inside
---
# xCloud AI Agent Skills: Manage Servers and Sites by Asking
> xCloud AI Agent Skills let your AI assistant manage servers, sites, WordPress and SSL in plain English from Claude Code. Free, and installs in three commands.
**Note for agents:** this twin is hand-written. `/ai-agent-skills/` is an authored Astro route (`src/pages/ai-agent-skills.astro`), not a WordPress capture, so nothing regenerates this file — edit it alongside the page. The copy on both sides comes from `src/data/aiAgentSkills.ts`.
**Related:** [/mcp/](/mcp/) is the other way to point an agent at xCloud, and the one that works with clients other than Claude Code. [/ai-hosting/](/ai-hosting/) is the hub for everything AI on xCloud.
## Build a site by just asking, in plain English
Tell your AI assistant what you want, and it happens. Spin up a site, set up SSL, check a server, fix an issue. No dashboard, no code, no endpoints to learn.
- Works in Claude Code
- Built on the xCloud Public API
- Free for every xCloud user
## Setup
Connect your xCloud account in a couple of minutes. There is no complex setup.
1. **Install the skills.** Add the xCloud marketplace and install the plugin in Claude Code. Three commands and you are done.
2. **Add your API token.** Generate a token in your xCloud dashboard and add it to your Claude Code. It takes seconds.
3. **Just ask.** Say what you want in plain English. Your assistant does the rest.
### The three commands
```
/plugin marketplace add xCloudDev/xcloud-agent-skills
/plugin install xcloud
/reload-plugins
```
Then put your token in your Claude Code settings rather than in a chat message, so it never lands in conversation history:
```json
{ "env": { "XCLOUD_API_TOKEN": "your-token-here" } }
```
Restart Claude Code so it picks up the token, then ask `Check my xCloud API connection.`
Create a token at [app.xcloud.host/user/api-tokens](https://app.xcloud.host/user/api-tokens). Full walkthrough: [/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/).
### The five skills
`xcloud:servers` · `xcloud:sites` · `xcloud:wordpress` · `xcloud:ssl` · `xcloud:account`
Your assistant picks from these on its own. You never name them.
## What it does
The skills give your assistant a live line into your whole xCloud account, with the actions to handle what it finds.
| Area | What your assistant can do |
| --- | --- |
| **Server management** | Reboot servers, manage PHP and databases, set cron jobs, run the firewall and fail2ban, and provision WordPress |
| **Site management** | Check status, take and restore backups, manage domains, clear cache, configure SSH, and handle git |
| **WordPress management** | Update plugins and themes, scan for vulnerabilities, check PageSpeed, toggle debug mode, and get a one-time admin login link |
| **SSL management** | Install, renew, and check certificates, including free Let's Encrypt, before they expire |
| **Account and API key tokens** | Check who you are, manage API tokens, review Cloudflare integrations, and list your blueprints |
| **Built for Claude Code** | Use the skills right inside Claude Code. They are open source on GitHub, so you can see exactly what they do |
## Everything you manage on xCloud, now a conversation
- **Say "build me a site".** Your assistant creates the site, configures it, and sets up free SSL, all from one request.
- **Skip the busywork.** It backs up before changes, waits for jobs to finish, and confirms the result. You just watch.
- **Forget the technical stuff.** No endpoints, no IDs, no menus. You speak plain English, and it handles the rest.
## Pricing
**Free.** xCloud AI Agent Skills come with your xCloud account. No new plan, no add-on, no upgrade. The Public API you already have powers them, so they are yours from day one. No tiers, no upgrades, no credit card.
Your AI assistant may have its own usage cost from its provider. That is between you and them; xCloud charges nothing for the skills.
## FAQ
**What are xCloud AI Agent Skills?**
They are a set of skills that let your AI assistant manage your xCloud servers and sites in plain language. You describe what you want, and the assistant does it through the xCloud Public API. There are no endpoints to learn and no dashboard to open.
**Do I need to be a developer to use them?**
No. The whole point is plain language. If you can describe what you want in plain English, you can use the skills, whether that is building a site, checking a server, or renewing SSL.
**How much do they cost?**
Nothing. The skills are included free with your xCloud account. They use the Public API that comes with your account, so there is no extra plan and nothing to upgrade. Your AI assistant may have its own usage cost from its provider.
**Is it safe to let the AI take actions on my account?**
Yes. The skills only act with the permissions on your API token, and you control that token. For bigger changes like updates, the assistant backs up first and can roll back if something looks off, and every result comes straight from your account.
**Which AI assistants do the skills work with?**
The skills run in Claude Code. You install them as a plugin, add your xCloud API token, and you are ready to go. For other clients, use the MCP server at [/mcp/](/mcp/).
## Next
- [/mcp/](/mcp/) — the same account, over MCP, for any MCP client
- [/ai-hosting/](/ai-hosting/) — everything AI on xCloud
- [/ai-agent-hosting/](/ai-agent-hosting/) — hosting for the agents themselves
- [/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/) — the full setup guide
- [/pricing/](/pricing/) — plans and sizes for the hosting the skills manage
---
# AI Hosting | xCloud
> Deploy Claude Code, Codex, OpenClaw, Hermes, Paperclip, Odysseus or n8n onto a server you own, then operate that server by describing what you want. MCP, Agent Skills and the Public API are free on every xCloud account.
**Note for agents:** `/ai-hosting/` is a hub. It routes to the nine existing AI pages rather than replacing them; each product's own page is canonical for its setup steps and pricing.
## One account, two directions
| Direction | What it means | Cost |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Agents **drive** xCloud | The agent you already use reaches in and operates your infrastructure, through MCP, the Agent Skills or the Public API | Free with every account, including the free plan |
| xCloud **runs** agents | The agents you deploy live on servers you own | Server cost only; two ladders, see the table |
## Direction 1: agents that drive xCloud
Three doors, same account. Every one of them is free with every xCloud account, including the free plan, and every one reaches the same operations. They differ in what you set up and in what holds the credentials.
Every command, endpoint, scope and response below is verbatim from [`/agent-setup/prompt.md`](/agent-setup/prompt.md), which `llms.txt` advertises as the authoritative setup source.
### Door 1: xCloud MCP · [/mcp/](/mcp/)
One endpoint for Claude Code, Claude Desktop, Cursor, Codex, Windsurf, OpenCode or anything else that speaks MCP. OAuth fires the first time the agent reaches for an xCloud tool, so no token sits in a config file, and you revoke access from the dashboard rather than by editing a machine.
```
claude mcp add xcloud --transport http https://app.xcloud.host/mcp
codex mcp add xcloud --url https://app.xcloud.host/mcp
```
Anything that takes an `mcpServers` block:
```json
{ "mcpServers": { "xcloud": { "url": "https://app.xcloud.host/mcp" } } }
```
- Stdio-only clients connect through `npx mcp-remote https://app.xcloud.host/mcp`.
- Headless and CI use a token scoped to `mcp:invoke`, since no browser can finish OAuth.
Clients confirmed in our own docs: Claude Code, Claude Desktop, Cursor, Codex, Windsurf, OpenCode. Anything else speaking Streamable HTTP works too: Google Antigravity, Gemini CLI, Grok and other MCP clients connect through the same endpoint, they are simply not individually certified by us.
Docs: `https://app.xcloud.host/mcp/docs`
### Door 2: xCloud AI Agent Skills · [/ai-agent-skills/](/ai-agent-skills/)
The MCP hands your agent the tools; the skills teach it xCloud's workflows: which tool to reach for, the guardrails, how to poll an asynchronous job to completion, and how to chain a multi-step change. Install both. Five skills ship in one plugin and the agent picks; you never name one.
| Skill | Owns |
| --- | --- |
| `xcloud:servers` | Servers, PHP, databases, cron, firewall and fail2ban, sudo users, services, provisioning |
| `xcloud:sites` | Site lifecycle: status, backups, domains, cache, SSH, git settings, deploys |
| `xcloud:wordpress` | Plugins, themes, updates, WP_DEBUG, magic login, vulnerabilities, PageSpeed |
| `xcloud:ssl` | Certificates: view, install, renew, status, delete |
| `xcloud:account` | Current user, API tokens, Cloudflare integrations, blueprints, health |
```
claude plugin marketplace add xCloudDev/xcloud-agent-skills
claude plugin install xcloud@xcloud-agent-skills
```
Then `/reload-plugins` to activate.
**Safety.** A skill acts only with the permissions on the token you issued, revocable at any time. Before a bigger change it backs up first, waits for the job to actually finish, and can roll back.
### Door 3: xCloud Public API
Everything the MCP exposes is a Public API operation underneath, so there is no capability gap between the paths. Use it directly when the integration lives inside your own product: a backend service, a provisioning script, a CI job, an agent loop of your own.
- **Base URL:** `https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1`
- **Auth:** Bearer token (Laravel Sanctum personal access token)
- **Reference:** OpenAPI 3.0.3 at `https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1/docs`
```bash
curl -s https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1/health
# -> {"status":"ok","version":"v1"}
```
`/health` needs no auth, which is what makes it useful: it isolates a network problem from a credential one.
**Token scopes:** `Full Access`, `read:servers`, `write:servers`, `read:sites`, `write:sites`, `mcp:invoke`. Create them at Settings → Developers → API Tokens, and give each token the narrowest scope that covers its job.
⚠️ **Write operations are asynchronous.** They return a task you poll, not a finished resource, so build in polling and a timeout rather than assuming the thing exists the moment the call returns.
### Things people actually type
Every one of these is inside the documented scope of the five skills:
- "Which of my sites have plugin vulnerabilities?" → `xcloud:wordpress`
- "Reboot staging-01 and tell me when it's back." → `xcloud:servers`
- "Back up the shop before I touch the theme." → `xcloud:sites`
- "Renew the certificate on every domain expiring this month." → `xcloud:ssl`
- "What PHP version is each server on?" → `xcloud:servers`
- "Give me a one-click login to the staging site." → `xcloud:wordpress`
- "Purge the cache on everything in production." → `xcloud:sites`
- "Add a cron job to run the queue worker every minute." → `xcloud:servers`
## Direction 2: agents that run on xCloud
Start from the job, not the brand:
| I want… | Deploy | How you reach it | From | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| a coding agent that keeps working after I close the laptop | Claude Code | Terminal, Claude web and mobile apps | $5.00/mo | [/claude-code-hosting/](/claude-code-hosting/) |
| to put the app Codex just built on a real domain | Codex | Your own domain, redeployed on git push | $5.00/mo | [/codex-hosting/](/codex-hosting/) |
| an assistant I can text like a person | OpenClaw | Telegram, WhatsApp, Slack, Discord | $9.99/mo | [/openclaw-hosting/](/openclaw-hosting/) |
| an agent that remembers everything between conversations | Hermes | Telegram, plus your tools, files and APIs | $9.99/mo | [/hermes-agent-hosting/](/hermes-agent-hosting/) |
| a workforce of agents with roles and budgets | Paperclip | Its own dashboard | $9.99/mo | [/paperclip-hosting/](/paperclip-hosting/) |
| a private AI workspace: chat, memory, research, documents | Odysseus | A private web workspace, your own LLM keys | $5.00/mo | [/odysseus-hosting/](/odysseus-hosting/) |
| to automate the plumbing between all of the above | n8n | 500+ integrations, webhooks, AI nodes | $5.00/mo | [/n8n-hosting/](/n8n-hosting/) |
| to run something that is not on this list | Your own stack | Deploy from Git, or a Docker Compose file | $3.00/server/mo | [/self-managed-hosting/](/self-managed-hosting/) |
**Two price ladders, not one.** Claude Code, Codex, Odysseus and n8n run on the standard managed-server ladder (from $5.00/mo). OpenClaw, Hermes and Paperclip run on a dedicated Cloud VPS sized for an always-on agent (from $9.99/mo). Do not merge them. See [/pricing/](/pricing/).
Beyond the table, these also deploy as one-click apps on the same servers: Ollama, LibreChat and Open WebUI. See [/ai-agent-hosting/](/ai-agent-hosting/).
**Odysseus is the exception to "one click".** It deploys from a Docker Compose file. You add the compose file, an admin login and your own external LLM API keys.
### Bring your own model
Anthropic (API key or Claude Code CLI token), OpenAI, OpenRouter, Moonshot AI (Kimi) and Gemini are supported today. Grok, xAI and Mistral are coming.
### Bring your own server
An xCloud Managed Server, or your own machine at DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS or another provider. Same control panel either way.
## What it all runs on
- **Hardware:** 3GHz+ Intel Xeon · NVMe SSD · NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed · 31 locations
- **Security:** free SSL, auto-renewed · firewall + fail2ban · automated patching · AI Bot Blocker
- **Recovery:** scheduled backups · any S3-compatible store · snapshots · one-click restore
- **Visibility:** server and site monitoring · access and deploy logs · vulnerability scans · PageSpeed history
## FAQ
**What is free, and what do I pay for?** The control plane is free with every account, including the free plan. You pay only when you run a server. Your AI assistant's model usage is billed by its own provider.
**MCP or the Agent Skills?** MCP first: one endpoint, every MCP-compatible client, no token to store. The Skills are Claude Code-specific and add ready-made workflows on top.
**Why do the prices in the table differ?** Because they are two different products; see the two-ladder note above.
**Can I cancel?** Yes, any time. No lock-in.
## Start
- Create a free account: `https://app.xcloud.host/register`
- Connect via MCP: `https://app.xcloud.host/mcp/docs`
- Browse Agent Skills: `https://app.xcloud.host/agent/skills`
---
# [New Feature] How to Automate Security Updates with xCloud for Better Server Performance - xCloud
> Keep your server secure and automate security updates with xCloud. Reduce vulnerabilities, save time, and ensure optimal performance with no manual effort.
Keeping up with security and performance updates is essential to avoid vulnerabilities and ensure optimal performance. At xCloud, managing these updates has never been easier. You can now [automate security updates](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/) by leveraging the unattended upgrades feature straight from the platform. This managed WordPress hosting solution takes care of your server’s security by **automatically installing critical updates** as soon as they become available.
This way, you do not need to install each update individually. It helps you make sure your server remains secure without manual intervention. Here in this blog, we will discuss and go through how you can **automate security updates** with [**xCloud**](/) and keep your server in great shape.
## **💡 Why You Should Automate Security Updates for Servers**
Security updates are the pillars on which a strong server platform can be built. Without timely updates, servers can become vulnerable to security risks, performance issues, and [**potential downtime**](/best-practices-to-prevent-downtime/). In traditional setups, system or server administrators of a team often need to monitor updates manually and **perform regular maintenance**.
However, xCloud security update automation **eliminates this tedious process** by continuously monitoring critical patches and installing them automatically.
### **🌟 Benefits of Automated Security Updates at xCloud:**
- **24/7 Protection:** xCloud applies security updates automatically as soon as they are released, reducing the window of vulnerability.
- **Enhanced Performance:** You will get the general package updates that boost performance installed automatically at xCloud.
- **No Manual Intervention:** You can save time and effort by letting xCloud handle essential updates in the background.
- **Minimize Downtime:** If any update requires a server to reboot, you can choose an off-peak hour to schedule the reboot. This helps ensure a minimal disruption to your website.
## **🔂 How xCloud Security Update Automation Works**
When it comes to securing your servers, xCloud **makes the process effortless**. Using unattended upgrades, xCloud ensures that all critical updates, from kernel patches to application-level updates like [**Nginx**](https://nginx.org/) or [**PHP**](https://www.php.net/), are automatically applied.
If any updates require a server reboot, especially with **kernel updates**, you will receive notifications in two ways:
1. **Email Notification:** You will [**receive an email**](https://notificationx.com/blog/wordpress-email-marketing-automation-tools/) sent to your team’s email address mentioning that a reboot is necessary for the security update to take effect.
2. **Dashboard Notification:** The xCloud dashboard will send alerts with the message to initiate the reboot with just a few clicks.
With these notifications, you have **full control over reboot management**, making it convenient to update your server at times that work best for your traffic.
## **🖥️ How to Automate Security Updates on Your xCloud Server**
Automating security updates with xCloud is as simple as using other features and functionalities this managed WordPress hosting platform has. It lets you **set up a secure environment** with minimal effort. Follow these steps to manage your server updates:
### **Step 1: Log Into the xCloud Dashboard**
Log in to your [**xCloud app**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and head to your server’s dashboard to see if any updates are pending. If a reboot is needed, the dashboard will display a notification bar indicating which server requires the update with a **‘Reboot Now’** button.
### **Step 2: Reboot or Update the Server**
To apply the update, simply click the ‘**Reboot Now**’ button in the notification bar. This will immediately update your server and apply all necessary security patches. Alternatively, you can go into the **Server Update section** and manually manage the reboot process under the security settings.
### **Step 3: Schedule Automatic Reboots for Security Updates**
For even more convenience, you can automate this process by setting specific times for updates and reboots to occur automatically. Navigate to the ‘**Automatic Update**’ toggle, set your preferred time, and click ‘**Save Settings**’. This ensures that updates happen during off-peak hours to avoid any downtime.
_\[💡_ **_Pro Tip:_** _It is recommended to schedule your server reboots during low-traffic periods to ensure that visitors are not affected by any downtime.\]_
## **📌 Importance of Automated Reboots for Kernel Updates**
Kernel updates are crucial for both **security and performance improvements**. However, these updates often **require a server reboot** to take effect. By automating your security updates with xCloud, you can ensure that these critical patches are applied swiftly and seamlessly. This helps you **protect your server from vulnerabilities** while maintaining optimal uptime.
xCloud not only makes rebooting simple with one-click functionality but also allows you to schedule reboots at a time that is most convenient for you. Once the reboot is complete, your server will be fully updated and secure, as shown below.
### **➕ Additional Features That Complement Security**
Beyond automating security updates, xCloud offers a **suite of additional features** that make server management a breeze:
- **Monitoring & Alerts:** Stay informed about your server’s health with real-time alerts sent to your dashboard or phone via [**Slack**](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/) and [**WhatsApp**](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/).
- **Advanced Log Viewer**: Easily access important logs (e.g., **error logs, access logs**) to diagnose potential issues.
- **File & Database Management:** Manage your files securely with SFTP access and take advantage of easy [**database management using Adminer**](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/).
These features, **combined with automated security updates**, provide a comprehensive approach to managing and securing your servers.
## **🔐 Automate Security Updates & Strengthen Security with xCloud**
By automating your server’s security updates, xCloud helps ensure that your server remains **safe, up-to-date,** and **performing optimally** – all without requiring you to lift a finger. With the ability to schedule reboots and receive real-time notifications, xCloud offers the ultimate solution for server security management. Whether you are managing a single site or multiple servers, automating security updates will save you time, reduce vulnerabilities, and give you peace of mind.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Unlock Full Control of Your Hosting: Automate Server Management with the xCloud API - xCloud
> Automate server management with the xCloud API. Create a token, set your scopes, and run your servers and sites from your own scripts.
If you run more than one or two sites, you have probably felt it. The same logins, the same clicks, and the same routine checks, repeated day after day. Each task on its own takes only a minute, but together they eat into the hours you would rather spend building. As your setup grows, doing everything by hand quietly becomes the thing that slows you down.
This is where the xCloud Public API comes in. It gives you a way to automate server management directly from your own scripts, pipelines, and tools, using the same operations you already run in the dashboard.
Instead of repeating each step yourself, you write the instruction once and let it run whenever you need it. The rest of this guide explains how the API works, how to create your first token, and what you can do once you have one.
## What the xCloud API actually does
Think of the API as a second set of hands. Anything you can do by clicking through the dashboard, you can also do with a simple HTTP request, whether that is listing a server, creating a site, triggering a backup, or checking on performance. The difference is that a request can be saved, scheduled, and repeated without you sitting there to run it. That small shift is what turns a pile of manual chores into a workflow that runs on its own.
Once your tasks live in code rather than in your daily to-do list, a few things become possible that are hard to manage by hand. Here is what that looks like in practice.
### Full platform access
The API mirrors the dashboard, so the operations you already know are all available from your own code. You are not limited to a handful of actions or a cut-down feature set. If you can do it in xCloud, you can almost certainly script it.
### Seamless integration
Your servers do not exist in isolation, and neither should the way you manage them. The API lets you connect xCloud to the tools you already rely on, from CI/CD pipelines to internal scripts and reporting jobs. That means fewer tabs to switch between and fewer steps that depend on someone remembering to do them.
### Automation
Some tasks need to happen on a regular rhythm, like restarts, deployments, and backups. With the API, you can set these to run on a schedule and stop thinking about them. The work still gets done, just without a person triggering it each time.
### Real-time insights
Good decisions depend on knowing what your servers are actually doing. The API lets you pull CPU, memory, disk, and network data on demand, exactly when you need it. From there, you can feed those numbers into your own dashboards or wire them up to alerts that warn you before a small issue becomes a real one.
### Scoped permissions
Not every script needs the keys to everything. The API lets you hand each token a specific set of permissions, with separate read and write access for servers and sites. A reporting tool can be given read-only access, while a deployment script gets just enough to do its job and nothing more.
### Bulk management
Repeating the same change across many sites by hand is slow and easy to get wrong. The API lets you act on many servers and sites in a single workflow, applying the same update everywhere at once. For anyone [**managing sites for clients**](/managed-hosting/), this alone can save hours every week.
## How to create your API token
Getting your first token takes only a few minutes inside the [**xCloud dashboard**](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/) The process is simple, but each step matters, so here is how to do it from start to finish.
### Step 1: Open API settings
Log in to your xCloud dashboard to begin. From the left sidebar, go to Settings, select Developers, and then open API Tokens. This is the home for every token tied to your account, and it is where you create, view, and remove them. Click Create New Token to get started.
### Step 2: Name the token and choose permissions
A dialog will appear asking for a name and a set of permissions. Give the token a clear name that tells you where it will be used, such as “Reporting Dashboard” or “Deployment Pipeline,” so you can recognize it later. Then choose the scopes it should carry from the options below.
- Full Access (all permissions)
- read:servers
- write:servers
- read:sites
- write:sites
A good rule of thumb is to give each token the least access it needs to do its job, since a reporting script rarely needs permission to change anything. Once you are set, click Create Token.
### Step 3: Copy and store your token
Your token is shown only once, right after you create it, and it will never be displayed in full again. Copy it straight away and keep it somewhere safe, such as a secrets manager or an environment variable. Avoid pasting it into a plain file or anywhere it might be shared by accident. If you do lose it, you cannot recover the original, so you will simply create a new one and update wherever the old one was used.
## What you can build with it
Now for the more interesting part: what all of this actually saves you. The examples below are some of the most common jobs teams hand over to the API, but they are only a starting point. Each one replaces a task you would otherwise do by hand, often more than once a week.
### Automated WordPress management
Keeping WordPress updated across many sites is important, but doing it manually is tedious. The API lets you [](/hosting-for-wordpress/)**[update plugins, themes, and core](/hosting-for-wordpress/)**, activate what you need, and rescan sites after manual changes. You can run all of this on a schedule, with an optional backup taken before an update so you always have a safe point to return to.
### Deployment pipelines
If you deploy code regularly, the manual steps around each release add up fast. The API lets you trigger Git deployments and clear cache as part of your pipeline, so new code reaches production without extra clicks. This keeps your releases consistent and removes the small mistakes that creep in when steps are done by hand.
### Backups and maintenance
Backups and upkeep are easy to put off until the moment you wish you had not. With the API, you can [start backups](/features/), manage cron jobs, and run routine maintenance at times that suit your traffic rather than your calendar. Setting these to run automatically means the work happens whether or not anyone remembers to do it.
### Security monitoring
Staying on top of security is far easier when the information comes to you.The API lets you pull [](/how-xcloud-keeps-your-wordpress-sites-safe/)**[vulnerability scan results](/how-xcloud-keeps-your-wordpress-sites-safe/)**, manage firewall rules, and review banned IP addresses across your sites. You can build this into a regular check or a dashboard, so a new risk is something you notice quickly rather than weeks later.
### Performance tracking
A site that slows down rarely announces it, which is why steady monitoring matters. The API lets you queue PageSpeed Insights scans and follow Core Web Vitals over time. With that history in hand, you can spot a slowdown early and act on it before it starts to affect your visitors.
### Agency and multi-site work
Managing sites for clients multiplies every routine task by the number of sites you run. The API lets you handle many servers and sites from a single workflow, applying updates and checks across all of them at once. For an agency, this keeps client work organized and frees up time that scaling would otherwise eat away.
## A quick tour of what is available
The full documentation lists every endpoint in detail, but a map helps before you dive in. Here is the lay of the land, grouped by the part of your hosting each set of endpoints controls. Knowing roughly where things sit makes it much faster to find the exact call you need later.
## Server operations
This is where you manage the servers themselves. You can list and inspect them, reboot when needed, manage services, set PHP versions, and read monitoring data. In short, it covers the health and configuration of the machines your sites run on.
### Site management
These endpoints handle everything at the site level. You can create and view sites, and manage SSL certificates, domains, [**staging environments**](/how-to-setup-staging-site-guide/), and deployment logs. It is the day-to-day side of running individual sites rather than the servers beneath them.
### WordPress operations
For WordPress sites, a dedicated set of endpoints handles the software itself. You can list plugins and themes, queue updates for plugins, themes, and core, and activate components. This is what powers the automated WordPress management described earlier.
### Backups and scheduling
Protecting your data and automating recurring jobs both live here. You can trigger backups, check their status, and manage cron jobs at both the server and site level. Together, these cover the routine work that keeps a site safe and running smoothly.
### Security and integrations
This group helps you keep sites protected and connected to outside services. You can review vulnerabilities from Patchstack and Wordfence, manage [**firewall and fail2ban rules**](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)**,** and see connected Cloudflare accounts. It brings your security signals and integrations into the same automated workflow.
### Performance
Finally, a set of endpoints focuses on how fast and healthy your sites are. You can run PageSpeed Insights scans and track Core Web Vitals and Lighthouse scores for each site. This is the data that tells you whether your performance work is paying off.
## Put Your API Token to Work with xCloud Pulse
If you would rather not write any code yet, there is an easy way to put your new token to use right away. xCloud Pulse is a native macOS app that lives in your menu bar and keeps a live view of your whole xCloud account. It is built on the same xCloud Public API you have just set up, so the token you created is all it needs to connect. Best of all, it is free for every xCloud user.
Once connected, Pulse shows every site and server the moment you open it, along with status, SSL, backups, vulnerabilities, and any open issues. You can act on what you find right there, whether that is purging a cache, triggering a backup, or copying a server IP, all without opening a browser. A built-in search lets you jump to any site, server, or action by typing a few letters. Because it is a true native app rather than a browser tab, it stays light on your machine.
In many ways, Pulse is the clearest example of what the API makes possible: a single token, powering a tool you can use every day. Setting it up takes only a few minutes, from installing the app to connecting your account and choosing how often it refreshes. For the full step-by-step setup, head to the [**xCloud Pulse documentation**](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/), which walks through everything from installing the app to reading your dashboard.
[Download xCloud Pulse Now](/xcloud-pulse/)
## Start automating & Take Full Control of Your Hosting Today
Moving from manual clicks to a few well-placed scripts is one of the simplest upgrades you can make to how you run your hosting. The setup takes only a few minutes, and the payoff in saved time and fewer repetitive tasks shows up almost right away. You do not have to automate everything at once, either, since even one scheduled task is a clear step forward. The xCloud API puts the full range of dashboard operations within reach of a single request.
The best way to get comfortable is to start small. Create a token, give it the right scopes, and use it to automate server management for one task you repeat often. When you are ready to go further, the API documentation walks through every endpoint so you can keep building at your own pace.
If you found this guide helpful, feel free to subscribe to our blog for more tutorials, guides, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our Facebook community to share ideas and connect with other xCloud users.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# AWS Lightsail vs AWS EC2 Instance: Which One Should You Use? - xCloud
> AWS Lightsail vs AWS EC2 Instance: Which one should you use? Compare pricing, features, use cases, and find the right service for your project.
When you build something in the cloud, choosing the right service matters a lot. If you are working with Amazon Web Services (AWS), two options might come up quickly: [**AWS Lightsail and AWS EC2**](/integrate-aws-with-xcloud/) instances. These services help you deploy applications, websites, and virtual servers. But they work differently and serve different needs.
Read the comparison of AWS Lightsail vs AWS EC2 to help you decide which is the better option for your project.
## **What Is AWS Lightsail?**
**AWS Lightsail** is a straightforward cloud service that helps you easily start and manage virtual private servers. It is a good option for beginners looking to explore AWS.
Lightsail aims to simplify cloud computing. You can set up a server in just a few minutes without dealing with complicated networking or configuration.
This service is suitable for developers, small businesses, and hobbyists who want an easy way to host websites, run simple applications, or try out different server setups.
### **Key Features**
- **Pre-configured instances**: You get pre‑built application stacks like WordPress, Node.js, LAMP, or a plain Linux OS with just a few clicks.
- **Fixed monthly pricing**: You pay a flat rate based on your instance type. There are no surprise bills.
- **Built-in services**: Lightsail includes options for load balancers, databases, storage, and DNS.
- **Simple interface**: The dashboard is clean and easy to navigate. You do not need to know how to use the AWS Command Line Interface or deep AWS tools to get started.
### **Common Places Where EC2 Is Used**
Lightsail is best for projects where simplicity matters more than full control. Here are some common examples:
- Hosting a blog or a small website.
- Creating a development or staging server.
- Launching simple web applications.
- Running personal projects or portfolio websites.
If you want to launch something quickly without worrying about low‑level details, Lightsail gives you the tools you need with less hassle.
**What Is an AWS EC2 Instance?**
**Amazon EC2 (Elastic Compute Cloud)** is a powerful and flexible service in the AWS ecosystem. It gives you control over your virtual machines and helps you create customizable and scalable cloud environments.
The main purpose of EC2 is to provide developers and businesses with **flexible computing** **power** in the cloud. With EC2, you can launch many instances, select from a variety of operating systems, and set up your virtual server as you want.
This service is for users who need advanced features, complex setups, or handle heavy workloads. EC2 is commonly used in production environments where high availability, security, and performance are important.
### **Key Features**
- **Wide selection of instance types**: EC2 offers hundreds of instance types based on CPU, memory, storage, and GPU capabilities.
- **Advanced networking**: You get features like VPC (Virtual Private Cloud), subnets, security groups, route tables, and more.
- **Elasticity**: You can scale your infrastructure up or down automatically using Auto Scaling and Elastic Load Balancing.
- **Integration with AWS services**: EC2 works smoothly with almost every other AWS tool, from RDS and S3 to CloudWatch, IAM, and Lambda.
- **Custom AMIs**: You can create and reuse your own server images to speed up deployment across teams or environments.
### **Common Places Where EC2 Is Used**
EC2 is great for large or complex applications that need strong performance and detailed control. Here are some common uses:
- Hosting high-traffic web applications or APIs.
- Running machine learning models or big data processing tasks.
- Deploying containerized workloads using ECS or Kubernetes.
- Managing large-scale enterprise systems or SaaS platforms.
- Setting up custom security, networking, or compliance requirements.
With EC2, you have the power to build almost anything in the cloud, but it comes with a steeper learning curve and more responsibility for management.
## **AWS Lightsail vs AWS EC2 Instance: Feature Comparison**
Now that you understand the basics of both services, let us compare **AWS Lightsail vs AWS EC2 instance** across several critical features. This section will help you see where each service shines and where it may fall short depending on your needs.
### **Pricing – Lightsail vs EC2**
**AWS Lightsail** uses a **fixed monthly pricing model**. You select a plan, and you know exactly how much it will cost you every month. These plans include a set amount of RAM, vCPUs, SSD storage, and data transfer. For example, a Lightsail plan with 2 GB RAM, 1 vCPU, and 60 GB SSD might cost you $10 per month.
**Amazon EC2**, on the other hand, works on a **pay-as-you-go model**. You are billed per second (or per hour for some types) for compute, storage, and data transfer. While this offers flexibility, it also requires you to monitor your usage closely to avoid unexpected costs. EC2 does offer **Savings Plans** and **Reserved Instances** to help reduce long‑term expenses, but these require upfront planning and commitment.
If you are cost-conscious and prefer predictable billing, Lightsail offers better simplicity. EC2 is better if you are optimizing for efficiency, scalability, or advanced workload needs.
### **Ease of Use And Setup**
Lightsail is designed to be **beginner-friendly**. You can launch a server in under a minute using a clean, intuitive dashboard. There is no need to worry about subnets, VPCs, or IAM permissions in the early stages.
EC2 provides **fine-grained control**, but that comes with complexity. You need to configure instance settings, assign security groups, choose an AMI, and possibly use the AWS CLI. While EC2 supports automation and scripting, the initial learning curve is steeper.
If you are new to cloud computing or just want to get something up and running fast, Lightsail offers a smoother experience. EC2 is best if you are comfortable managing AWS infrastructure.
### **Performance And Instance Types**
EC2 clearly wins when it comes to **performance variety**. You can choose from hundreds of instance types tailored to specific tasks, such as compute-intensive, memory-optimized, GPU-based, or general-purpose.
Lightsail offers a **limited set of instance sizes**, typically ranging from 512 MB to 32 GB of RAM. These are great for lightweight workloads, but not for high-demand applications.
If you need custom compute power or want to adjust performance settings precisely, EC2 is a better fit. For simpler workloads, Lightsail’s pre-configured instances are more than enough.
### **Networking And Security**
Lightsail handles networking with basic tools. You get static IPs, a built-in firewall, and private networking between your Lightsail resources. It keeps things simple.
With EC2, networking is more **advanced and flexible**. You can launch instances inside a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), define custom subnets, use route tables, NAT gateways, internet gateways, and security groups. You have full control over how your network behaves.
So, if you need basic networking, Lightsail is fine. But if your application has complex network architecture, EC2 is the clear winner.
### **Storage Options**
Lightsail bundles SSD storage with your instance. You can add extra storage volumes if needed, but your flexibility is limited.
EC2 lets you choose from multiple types of **Elastic Block Store (EBS)** volumes: General Purpose SSD (gp3), Provisioned IOPS (io2), Throughput Optimized HDD (st1), and others. You can also use **instance store volumes** for high-performance temporary storage.
For demanding storage needs and fine-tuned performance, EC2 offers more choices and better scalability.
### **Scalability**
Lightsail allows for **vertical scaling**. You can upgrade to a larger plan, but that often means migrating your application to a new instance. Lightsail also offers basic load balancers, but horizontal scaling is limited.
EC2 supports **auto scaling groups**, which means your system can scale up or down automatically based on traffic. Combined with **Elastic Load Balancers**, EC2 is ideal for applications that must handle changing demand reliably.
If scalability is critical for your project, EC2 provides more control and options.
### **Management And Monitoring Tools**
Lightsail includes simple monitoring charts in the dashboard. You get basic CPU, network, and disk metrics. These are fine for personal or small business projects.
EC2 integrates with **Amazon CloudWatch**, **CloudTrail**, and other AWS tools. You can monitor nearly everything: CPU, memory, disk, logs, network flow, even user activity. You can create custom dashboards, set alarms, and automate responses to events. If observability and performance tracking are priorities, EC2 gives you more power and depth.
### **Supported OS, Containers, And Apps**
Lightsail supports popular OS choices like Ubuntu, Debian, CentOS, and Amazon Linux. You can launch instances with pre-installed software stacks such as WordPress, Magento, or LAMP.
EC2 supports **all of that and more**. You can choose from thousands of Amazon Machine Images (AMIs), build your own AMIs, and use custom operating systems. EC2 also integrates tightly with **Docker**, **ECS**, **EKS**, and Kubernetes.
If you need total control over your system environment or want to run containers at scale, EC2 is the better option.
### **Backup And Disaster Recovery**
Lightsail lets you create **manual snapshots** of your instances and disks. It is simple and quick, but not automated by default.
EC2 supports both **manual and automated snapshots**, image backups (AMIs), and disaster recovery across **multiple Availability Zones and Regions**. You can build fault‑tolerant architectures using EC2.
For serious production environments where uptime matters, EC2 gives you better disaster recovery options.
### **Ecosystem And Integrations**
Lightsail is a **standalone experience**, although it integrates with a few other AWS services like Route 53 and RDS. It is a good fit for isolated or small setups.
EC2, however, is part of the **full AWS ecosystem**. You can connect your EC2 instances with S3, IAM, Lambda, CloudFront, SNS, RDS, and many more services. This opens the door to building complete cloud architectures.
If you plan to grow your cloud footprint, EC2 offers a lot more flexibility and expansion.
## **Which One to Choose Between Lightsail And EC2?**
When deciding between AWS Lightsail and AWS EC2, think about what your project needs. Some projects require simplicity and speed, while others need power, flexibility, and customization.
### **Simple Websites, Blogs, or Portfolios — Choose Lightsail**
If your goal is to launch a basic website, personal blog, or portfolio, then **AWS Lightsail** is a great choice. It is easy to get started, and you do not need to deal with complex configurations.
Lightsail even provides **pre-built blueprints** for WordPress, Joomla, and other CMS platforms. You can launch a server, attach a domain, and publish content in under an hour. With static IPs, built-in DNS, and automatic snapshots, managing your small website becomes effortless.
Because the pricing is fixed and transparent, you always know what you will pay. This makes Lightsail a popular choice for:
- Freelancers launching personal projects.
- Small business websites.
- Student or hobby websites.
- Developers are testing new ideas.
If you value speed, predictability, and simplicity, Lightsail delivers exactly what you need without the AWS complexity.
### **Small Business Apps or Start‑Ups — Lightsail or EC2 (Depends on Growth)**
If you are building a **web application**, a **mobile backend**, or a **software-as-a-service (SaaS)** product, you could go with either Lightsail or EC2. Your choice depends on how much control you need and how fast you plan to scale.
**Lightsail** works well in the early stages:
- Easy to deploy basic applications.
- Built-in load balancer (though limited in features).
- Managed database add-ons.
- Affordable plans and quick setup.
However, once your app gains traction, you might hit the ceiling. You may need features like auto-scaling, fine-tuned security, or integration with IAM roles and other AWS services.
That is where **EC2 becomes more suitable**. It lets you design scalable architectures from day one:
- Auto scaling groups for traffic spikes.
- Advanced networking and monitoring.
- Tight integration with AWS services like RDS, Lambda, and S3.
If your app has the potential to grow rapidly, it is smarter to start with EC2 or plan a clear path to migrate when the time comes.
### **Growing Apps or Enterprise Workloads — Choose EC2**
When building a system for high-traffic websites, complex enterprise workloads, or resource-heavy apps, **Amazon EC2** is the only choice. Why? Because EC2 gives you:
- High-performance computing.
- Access to GPUs for AI and ML models.
- Security policies and compliance controls.
- Support for hybrid cloud and on-prem integration.
- The ability to manage thousands of servers across multiple availability zones.
Businesses running mission-critical applications need the flexibility to fine-tune their infrastructure. EC2 gives you that freedom. You can optimize performance, minimize downtime, and create custom automation rules.
Whether you are managing a corporate ERP system, financial service platform, or healthcare application with strict compliance, EC2 provides the control you need to stay secure, reliable, and scalable.
### **Migrating from Lightsail to EC2**
What if you start with Lightsail and later decide to move to EC2? That is possible and fairly straightforward but it does require planning. Here are the key steps:
1. Create a snapshot of your Lightsail instance.
2. Export the snapshot to Amazon EC2.
3. Launch a new EC2 instance from the snapshot.
4. Reconfigure DNS, security groups, and networking as needed.
AWS provides documentation to help you with this process. Keep in mind, the environments are not identical, so testing is essential before making the switch.
A common approach is to **prototype on Lightsail**, and once your traffic or infrastructure needs increase, **migrate to EC2** for better flexibility.
## **Pros and Cons of AWS EC2 & Lightsail**
To help you decide, here is a simple comparison of **AWS Lightsail and** **AWS EC2**. Read the table below to learn the benefits and drawbacks of each service, making it easy for you to see which one meets your needs.
### **Lightsail Pros And Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
Fixed monthly pricing
Limited instance types and scalability
Beginner-friendly interface
Fewer customization and networking tools
Fast and easy setup
Not ideal for complex apps or high traffic
Includes bundled storage and bandwidth
No support for advanced automation
Pre-configured app templates
Limited AWS integrations
Built-in snapshots and load balancer
No support for spot instances or GPUs
### **EC2 Pros And Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
Complete control over compute resources
Requires more configuration and management
Supports wide range of instance types
Pricing can be unpredictable without planning
Advanced networking and security
Steeper learning curve
Full access to AWS ecosystem and services
More responsibility for backups and scaling
Ideal for enterprise and high-performance apps
Separate charges for storage and data transfer
Supports automation, custom AMIs, and autoscaling
Interface is more technical and complex
## **Integrate AWS Server with xCloud Using EC2 Or Lightsail**
xCloud Host integrates smoothly with [**Amazon Web Services**](https://www.facebook.com/share/v/19GyjxdXHW/) (AWS). You can deploy your apps directly using either Lightsail or EC2, depending on what your project needs.
You have the freedom to choose the best setup:
- Choose Lightsail if you want fast deployment with less technical setup. It is perfect for small projects, websites, or MVPs.
- Choose EC2 if you need deep control, high performance, or want to scale your app across complex cloud environments.
With xCloud Host, you do not need to be a cloud expert. You get a clean and user-friendly interface that guides you through every step. Whether you are uploading code, linking domains, or setting up backups, everything is streamlined.
You can manage your entire cloud server from a single dashboard. You can start, stop, monitor, or scale your instance in just a few clicks.
xCloud Host brings the power of AWS to your fingertips, but without the usual hassle. It lets you focus on your app, not the infrastructure.
Watch the walkthrough video here to see how easy it is to deploy with xCloud Host using Lightsail or EC2. It only takes a few minutes to go live.
## **AWS Lightsail vs AWS EC2 Instance:** **Choose Based on your Application’s Preferences**
Choosing between AWS Lightsail vs AWS EC2 instance is not just a technical decision. It is also a decision about your goals, your budget, your experience, and your future growth plans.
If you need something simple, predictable, and fast to launch, then AWS Lightsail is the right place to start. It gives you pre-configured options, a friendly interface, and fixed monthly pricing that works well for blogs, small business apps, and prototypes.
But if you are building something complex, expecting growth, or needing full control over your cloud environment, Amazon EC2 is the better option. It is more flexible, more powerful, and gives you the tools to scale up, optimize, and connect to the full range of AWS services.
Did you find this blog helpful? If you find this blog useful and want to read more blogs like this one, [**Subscribe**](/blog/) to our blogs and join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with more people with common interests.
---
# 7 Best Cloudways Alternatives & Competitors in 2026: Complete Expert Guide - xCloud
> Discover the 7 best Cloudways alternatives for 2026. Compare pricing, performance, and features to save up to 40% with expert recommendations.
Cloudways has powered over **570,000 websites** since its founding, but after DigitalOcean’s acquisition in **2022**, many users are actively researching alternatives of Cloudways due to pricing hikes, limited server control, and slower innovation.
According to [**Trustpilot reviews**](https://www.trustpilot.com/review/xcloud.host), thousands of WordPress professionals are actively migrating to alternatives that offer better value without sacrificing performance.
The managed **cloud hosting** market is projected to reach $527.07 billion by 2032 (according to Fortune Business Insights), and WordPress powers 43.4% of all websites globally (according to W3Techs). With these numbers, choosing the right alternatives can significantly impact your site’s performance, security, and bottom line.
Check out the seven expert-recommended [**best Cloudways alternatives**](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/), comparing pricing, features, and real-world performance data to help you make an informed decision.
## Table of Contents
## **Quick Summary / TL;DR**
Too Long; Didn’t Read? Here’s what you need to know about the best Cloudways alternatives in 2026.
If You Want To…
Use This
Expected Savings
Migration Time
Save 40%+ with the same server specs
xCloud
~40% lower costs
6-30 minutes
Premium managed WordPress
Kinsta
Premium pricing
1-2 hours
Enterprise-grade hosting
WP Engine
Enterprise pricing
2-4 hours
Budget-friendly with Google Cloud
SiteGround
20-30% savings
1-2 hours
Maximum server control
RunCloud
Varies by provider
30-60 minutes
Agency white-label hosting
GridPane
Varies by provider
1-2 hours
Self-managed panel alternative
ServerAvatar
60-70% savings
30-60 minutes
### **Expert Recommendation:**
According to _**[Online Media Masters](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/),**_ xCloud stands out among modern hosting alternatives of Cloudways, delivering approximately 40% cost savings compared to Cloudways.
Among all tested alternatives of Cloudways, xCloud consistently ranks highest for performance thanks to its lightweight control panel and OpenLiteSpeed support. This makes xCloud one of the most recommended Cloudways alternatives for WordPress professionals.
- **Best for Cost-Conscious Users:** **xCloud** – Free tier with 1 server + 10 sites, root access, bring-your-own-provider flexibility
- **Best for Premium WordPress:** Kinsta – Google Cloud C2 machines, 24/7 expert support, enterprise-grade infrastructure
- **Best for Agencies: xCloud or GridPane** – White-label capabilities, team management, client billing features
## **Why WordPress Users Are Leaving Cloudways in 2026**
Before diving into more detail**s**, understanding why users are leaving Cloudways helps identify which Cloudways alternative best fits your needs. Rising costs, limited control, and slower innovation are driving WordPress professionals toward more flexible Cloudways competitors in 2026.
### **The Price Hike Problem**
Cloudways operates as a managed layer on top of cloud providers, adding significant markups to base server costs. According to multiple independent analyses:
- A DigitalOcean server that costs $6/month directly is priced at $14/month on Cloudways (approximately 133% rise)
- Vultr High Frequency servers see similar markups – a $24/month Vultr server costs $60/month on Cloudways (150% rise)
- Google Cloud and AWS servers carry even higher percentage markups.
### **Limited Server Control**
Cloudways does not provide root access to servers. For developers and agencies requiring custom configurations, this limitation can be a dealbreaker. Key restrictions include:
- No SSH root access
- Limited custom NGINX configuration
- No OpenLiteSpeed option
- Restricted Cloudflare Enterprise integration (limited dashboard access)
### **Innovation Concerns Post-Acquisition**
Since DigitalOcean acquired Cloudways, user reviews indicate concerns about:
- Slower [feature development](/features/) compared to competitors
- Price increases
- Reduced focus on multi-cloud flexibility
## **How We Ranked These Cloudways Alternatives**
Industry best practices for evaluating competing platforms include multiple criteria such as cost efficiency, performance, and flexibility. To fairly rank these hosting platforms, we compared each using real-world benchmarks. deliver measurable value beyond marketing claims. The ranking methodology considers:
Criteria
Why It Matters
Weight
Cost vs. Value
Direct comparison with Cloudways pricing at equivalent specs
High
Server Control
Root access, custom configurations, provider flexibility
High
WordPress Optimization
Caching, PHP versions, WordPress-specific features
High
Performance
Server response times, infrastructure quality
High
Migration Ease
Free migration tools, documentation quality
Medium
Support Quality
Response times, expertise level, and availability
Medium
Innovation
Recent feature releases, roadmap activity
Medium
## **Comparing the Best Cloudways Alternatives** **in 2026**
This section breaks down pricing, control, and ideal use cases. Each provider listed below represents a proven option among all comparable providers, helping you quickly identify the strongest alternatives of Cloudways for your specific goals.
Rank
Provider
Starting Price
Server Control
Best For
🥇 1
Kinsta
$35/mo
★★★☆☆ Limited
Premium WordPress, high-traffic sites
🥈 2
xCloud
Free (**Pros**) / $5/mo
★★★★★
Full Root
Cost-conscious users, agencies, developers
🥉 3
WP Engine
$20/mo
★★★☆☆ Limited
Enterprise, agencies needing support
4
SiteGround
$2.99/mo
★★☆☆☆ Minimal
Budget users, beginners
5
RunCloud
$8/mo
★★★★★ Full Root
Developers wanting panel control
6
GridPane
$50/mo
★★★★★ Full Root
Agencies, hosting resellers
7
ServerAvatar
Free / $6.67/mo
★★★★★ Full Root
Budget-conscious developers
## 🥇**1\. Kinsta – Best for Premium Managed WordPress**
Kinsta has established itself as a premium managed WordPress host, consistently ranking among the top performers in independent benchmarks. The platform runs exclusively on Google Cloud Platform’s C2 compute-optimized virtual machines, delivering enterprise-grade infrastructure.
According to industry analysts, Kinsta performs exceptionally well in environments that demand maximum reliability and dedicated WordPress expertise. However, this level of performance comes at a premium price point that may not suit budget-conscious users.
### **Key Features**
- **Google Cloud C2 VMs:** High-performance compute-optimized virtual machines
- **35 Global Data Centers:** Wide geographic coverage
- **Built-in CDN:** Cloudflare-powered content delivery
- **MyKinsta Dashboard:** Custom-built, intuitive control panel
- **24/7 Expert Support:** WordPress-specialized support team
- **Automatic Daily Backups:** One-click restore functionality
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Google Cloud C2 premium infrastructure
❌ Higher pricing ($35/mo starting)
✅ Excellent support reputation
❌ No root access to servers
✅ User-friendly custom dashboard
❌ Visitor-based pricing can get expensive
✅ Free migrations included
❌ No email hosting included
✅ 35 data center locations
**Best for:** Businesses and high-traffic websites that prioritize reliability over cost, and users who want hands-off management with premium WordPress support.
## **🥈2. xCloud – Best for Cost Savings & Full Server Control**
According to independent reviews from**[Online Media Masters](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/)** and **[Blog Marketing Academy](https://www.blogmarketingacademy.com/xcloud-hosting-review/),** xCloud has emerged as one of the most compelling **Cloudways alternatives** for users prioritizing cost efficiency and server control. Among all **competing platforms** reviewed, xCloud offers the best balance of pricing, performance, and flexibility. This positions xCloud at the top of the **alternatives** Cloudways list for 2026.
xCloud powers over **100,000 websites** across **10,000+ servers** globally (according to xCloud’s 2025 Year in Review), with users consistently reporting **40% cost savings** and noticeably faster performance compared to Cloudways on identical server specifications.
The platform offers a unique “bring your own provider” model – connect servers from Vultr, DigitalOcean, Hetzner, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, or any Ubuntu VPS. This eliminates the markup entirely, meaning you pay retail prices directly to your cloud provider plus xCloud’s lightweight panel fee. Besides, xCloud provides fully managed hosting with xCloud Managed Servers.
### **Key Features**
- [**Free Tier**](/)**:** Allows the deployment of 1 server and 10 sites at zero cost, ideal for testing
- [**Root Access**](/features/)**:** Full SSH root access to servers (Cloudways doesn’t offer this)
- [**OpenLiteSpeed Support**](/introducing-openlitespeed-server-in-xcloud/)**:** LiteSpeed web server option for superior WordPress performance
- [**7G/8G Firewall**](/features/)**:** Built-in WAF protection against XSS, SQL injection, bad bots
- [**Full Server Backups**](/features/)**:** Complete server-level backups, not just site-level
- [**Unlimited Sites**](/)**:** No restrictions on websites per server
- [**WordPress Management**](https://xcloud.host/wordpress-hosting/)**:** One-click updates for core, themes, and plugins
### **How to Migrate from Cloudways**
xCloud offers free migration assistance for all users. To migrate your server, follow the steps below:
1. Provision a new destination server in xCloud.
2. Enter the source server’s IP address.
3. Set the SSH port and use root as the SSH username.
4. Choose an authentication method and configure
5. Select the server or specific sites you want to migrate.
6. Choose Go Live or Create Demo Site
7. And start the full server migration.
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ ~40% cheaper than Cloudways with same specs
❌ Requires choosing your own cloud provider
✅ Free tier with 1 server + 10 sites
❌ Newer platform (launched 2024)
✅ Full root access to servers
❌ Support relies heavily on documentation
✅ OpenLiteSpeed + NGINX options
✅ 5-star Trustpilot rating (295+ reviews)
✅ Bring any Ubuntu VPS
✅ White-label reseller hosting
**Best for:** Developers, agencies, and WordPress professionals who want maximum control and significant cost savings. Ideal for users comfortable selecting their own cloud provider or those migrating multiple sites from Cloudways.
👉 See our full [xCloud vs Cloudways](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/) head-to-head comparison →
## **🥉 3. WP Engine – Best for Enterprise & Agency Support**
WP Engine positions itself as an enterprise-grade managed WordPress hosting solution, catering to larger organizations, agencies, and high-traffic websites. The platform includes proprietary performance optimizations and a strong agency ecosystem.
According to **Hosting Seekers,** WP Engine remains one of the largest managed WordPress hosting providers globally, with a strong emphasis on scalability and compliance.
### **Key Features**
- **EverCache Technology:** Proprietary caching system
- **Genesis Framework:** Premium theme framework included
- **Multiple Environments:** Development, staging, and production workflows
- **24/7 Expert Support:** WordPress specialists available around the clock
- **Global CDN:** Built-in content delivery network
- **Page Performance Monitoring:** Real-time analytics
### **How to Migrate**
WP Engine provides an automated migration plugin along with white-glove migration services for larger or more complex deployments.
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Enterprise-grade security and compliance
❌ Premium pricing
✅ Genesis Framework + StudioPress themes
❌ No root access
✅ Excellent agency program
❌ Can be overkill for small sites
✅ Strong developer tools
❌ Complex for beginners
**Best for:** Enterprises, agencies managing multiple client websites, and organizations that require compliance certifications and enterprise-level SLAs.
## **4\. SiteGround – Best Budget Option with Google Cloud**
SiteGround has transitioned from traditional shared hosting to a Google Cloud-powered infrastructure, offering managed WordPress features at competitive introductory prices. According to W3Techs, SiteGround hosts approximately 2.1% of all websites worldwide.
This platform is especially appealing to users moving up from shared hosting who want better performance without dealing with server-level complexity.
### **Key Features**
- **Google Cloud Infrastructure:** All plans run on GCP
- **Site Tools Dashboard:** Modern, user-friendly custom control panel
- **Free CDN:** Cloudflare integration included
- **Staging Environment:** Available on GrowBig and higher plans
- **Daily Backups:** Automatic with easy restore options
- **SuperCacher:** Built-in caching technology
### **How to Implement**
SiteGround provides free migration for one website. Additional migrations cost $30 per site.
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Google Cloud infrastructure
❌ Renewal prices are significantly higher
✅ Beginner-friendly interface
❌ Limited server control
✅ Excellent 24/7 support
❌ Resource limits on lower plans
✅ Competitive introductory pricing
❌ No root access
**Best for:** Beginners, small businesses, and users looking for a simple WordPress hosting solution with Google Cloud performance at an affordable entry price.
## **5\. RunCloud — Best Panel Alternative for Developers**
[**RunCloud**](/xcloud-vs-runcloud/) functions as a server management control panel, similar to xCloud, allowing users to connect their own VPS and manage WordPress sites through a centralized dashboard. Industry comparisons often highlight RunCloud as a mature platform with extensive documentation.
The platform is geared toward developers who want flexibility and control without being locked into a single hosting provider.
### **Key Features**
- **NGINX + Apache Hybrid:** Flexible web server setup
- **Git Deployment:** Push-to-deploy workflows
- **One-Click SSL:** Let’s Encrypt integration
- **File Manager:** Web-based file access
- **Database Management:** Built-in alternative to phpMyAdmin
- **Atomic Deployment:** Zero-downtime deployments
### **How to Implement**
You can connect any VPS from providers like DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or others using RunCloud’s installation script.
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Mature and well-established platform
❌ No free tier for unlimited sites
✅ Excellent documentation
❌ Less WordPress-focused than xCloud
✅ Git integration
❌ No OpenLiteSpeed support
✅ Developer-friendly features
❌ Interface feels less modern
**Best for:** Developers who are comfortable managing servers and want a stable, panel-based solution with strong documentation and community support.
## **6\. GridPane – Best for Hosting Agencies & Resellers**
[**GridPane**](/xcloud-gridpane/) is designed for hosting agencies and professional WordPress developers who require advanced server management combined with client-facing and reseller-focused features. The platform places a strong emphasis on security, performance optimization, and streamlined agency workflows.
According to industry reviews, GridPane offers one of the most comprehensive feature sets available for agencies managing large WordPress portfolios.
### **Key Features**
- **Server Security:** Advanced hardening, monitoring, and proactive protection
- **Nginx + Redis:** Performance-optimized hosting stack
- **Client Billing:** Built-in billing and reseller tools
- **Multitenancy:** Manage multiple clients on the same server
- **Backup Integration:** Support for multiple backup destinations
- **Staging:** One-click staging environments
### **How to Implement**
Connect your VPS through the GridPane dashboard and deploy servers using the platform’s one-click configuration process.
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Best-in-class agency-focused features
❌ Higher starting price ($50/mo)
✅ Advanced security tooling
❌ Steeper learning curve
✅ Ideal for managing large portfolios
❌ Overkill for simple or small sites
✅ Strong community and support resources
**Best for:** Established agencies managing 20 or more client websites that need advanced security, integrated billing, and professional-grade workflows.
## **7\. ServerAvatar – Best Budget Hosting Control Panel Alternative**
[**ServerAvatar**](/xcloud-vs-serveravatar/) offers functionality similar to xCloud and RunCloud at a more affordable price point, with a focus on simplicity and cost efficiency. The platform supports multiple technology stacks, including LAMP, LEMP, OpenLiteSpeed, and MERN.
Based on the platform’s own comparisons, ServerAvatar positions itself as a budget-friendly Cloudways alternative with lower management overhead and reduced markups.
### **Key Features**
- **Multiple Tech Stacks:** Apache, NGINX, OpenLiteSpeed, and Node.js
- **White-Label Panels:** Client-facing dashboards for resellers
- **Free Plan:** Limited free tier available
- **Multiple Cloud Providers:** DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, Hetzner, and more
- **Auto-Installers:** 12+ one-click application installers
- **Request Monitoring:** Advanced logging and performance insights
### **How to Implement**
Servers can be connected using API integration or installed manually via the provided installation script.
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Very affordable pricing
❌ Fewer WordPress-specific optimizations
✅ Support for multiple tech stacks
❌ Interface is less polished
✅ Solid documentation
❌ Smaller user community
✅ Node.js support
**Best for:** Budget-conscious developers who need support for multiple tech stacks and are willing to trade a refined interface for significant cost savings.
## **Cost Comparison: Cloudways vs Competitors**
Understanding the true cost difference between Cloudways and its leading alternatives requires comparing equivalent server specifications. Many [**Cloudways alternatives**](https://hostinginfo.online/best-cloudways-alternatives/) eliminate provider markups entirely, resulting in substantial long-term savings. This cost breakdown highlights how other modern hosting alternatives outperform Cloudways on price.
### **2GB RAM Server Comparison (Monthly)**
**Provider**
**DigitalOcean 2GB**
**Vultr HF 2GB**
**Your Provider Cost**
**Cloudways**
$28/mo
$60/mo
N/A
[**xCloud**](/)
$12/mo (managed)
$24 + $5 panel
Pay retail + $5/mo
**Kinsta**
N/A
N/A
$35/mo (visitor limits)
**RunCloud**
$12 + $8 panel
$24 + $8 panel
Pay retail + $8/mo
**GridPane**
$12 + $50 panel
$24 + $50 panel
Pay retail + $50/mo
**SiteGround**
N/A
N/A
$14.99/mo (GrowBig)
### **Free Tier Comparison**
**Provider**
**Free Option**
xCloud
✅ 1 server + 10 sites
RunCloud
❌ No free tier
GridPane
❌ No free tier
ServerAvatar
⚠️ Limited free tier
Cloudways
❌ 3-day trial only
## **Feature Comparison Between Cloudways Competitors**
**Features**
xCloud
Kinsta
WP Engine
SiteGround
RunCloud
Root Access
✅
❌
❌
❌
✅
OpenLiteSpeed
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
Self managed Provider
✅
❌
❌
❌
✅
Free SSL
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Staging
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Redis Cache
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Free Migration
✅
✅
✅
⚠️ (1 site)
❌
White Label
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
Unlimited Sites
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
Free Tier
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
## **Moving to Modern Cloudways Alternatives: How to Migrate From Cloudways**
This migration guide focuses on transitioning safely and efficiently to the best alternative of Cloudways available today. Most alternatives of Cloudways now offer automated tools that minimize downtime and complexity.
### **Pre-Migration Checklist**
1. **Audit Current Sites:** Document all domains, databases, and configurations
2. **Export Backups:** Download full backups from Cloudways
3. **Document DNS Settings:** Record all DNS records before migration
4. **Plan Timing:** Schedule migration during low-traffic periods
### **Step 1: Connect Cloud Provider**
Sign up at xCloud (free tier available). Add your [](https://xcloud.host/vultr-hosting/)Vultr, DigitalOcean, or other provider API key, or use[**xCloud Managed Hosting**](/managed-hosting/) for fully managed servers
### **Step 4: Migrate Sites**
Enter the source server’s IP address. Set the SSH port and use root as the SSH username. Choose an authentication method ‘Password authentication’, or ‘Public key authentication’.
### **Step 5: Verify and Go Live**
Select the server or specific sites you want to migrate. Click Next to proceed. Choose Go Live or Create Demo Site. Start the full server migration.
👉 Watch the step by step tutorial video:
You can follow the official [documentation](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/) to migrate your entire server with all WordPress sites, or refer to the [dedicated guide](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/) if you only want to migrate a single WordPress site seamlessly.
## **Common Mistakes When Switching from Cloudways**
### 1\. Underestimating Server Requirements
Avoid downgrading server specs just to save money. Always **match or exceed** your current Cloudways configuration, especially **RAM allocation**, which directly impacts PHP workers and site performance.
### 2\. Ignoring DNS TTL Settings
Before migrating, reduce your DNS TTL to **300 seconds (5 minutes)**. This significantly speeds up DNS propagation when switching servers and helps minimize downtime.
### 3\. Forgetting Email Configuration
Cloudways relies on a **Rackspace email add-on**, which many users overlook during migration. Plan email hosting separately using services like **Google Workspace**, **Microsoft 365**, or xCloud’s [**managed email**](/mailbox/) option.
### 4\. Skipping Staging Tests
Never migrate directly to production. Always test your site on a **staging environment** first. Most of them offer one-click staging, making this step fast and low-risk.
### 5\. Not Backing Up Before Migration
Even if you’re using an automated migration tool, create **manual backups**. Keep your Cloudways account active for **at least 7 days** after migration as a safety net.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### Which Cloudways alternative offers the best value for money?
xCloud consistently delivers strong value, with up to 40% cost savings compared to Cloudways at equivalent server specs (as cited by Online Media Masters). Its free tier (1 server, 10 sites) makes it ideal for testing before committing.
### Can I get root access with Cloudways alternatives?
Yes. xCloud, RunCloud, GridPane, and ServerAvatar all provide full root SSH access. Premium managed hosts like Kinsta and WP Engine do not.
### Which Cloudways Competitor is best for WooCommerce stores?
For WooCommerce, xCloud offers excellent value with OpenLiteSpeed support and full Redis object caching.
For fully managed solutions, Kinsta and WP Engine provide advanced WooCommerce-specific optimizations.
### How long does migration from Cloudways take?
Most migrations complete within 10 – 60 minutes, depending on site size. xCloud’s migration system automates the process with minimal downtime.
### Do I need technical knowledge to use xCloud?
xCloud provides more control than Cloudways but remains user-friendly. Its documentation and tutorials cover common workflows, and the managed hosting option requires little technical experience.
### Which alternative has the best support?
Kinsta and WP Engine are widely recognized for top-tier managed hosting support. Among control-panel solutions, xCloud maintains a 5-star rating on Trustpilot, with strong feedback on responsiveness.
### Can I host unlimited websites?
xCloud allows unlimited websites per server. Most managed hosts—such as Kinsta, WP Engine, and SiteGround – limit site counts based on plan tiers.
### What’s the most underrated Cloudways alternative?
xCloud is often considered underrated due to its relatively recent launch in 2022. Despite this, it now supports 10,000+ servers and 100,000+ websites, with rapid feature development and competitive pricing.
### Where can I get help choosing the right alternative?
Start with xCloud’s free plan to test the platform risk-free. For deeper insights, review a detailed xCloud vs Cloudways comparison or contact xCloud support for personalized recommendations.
## **Wrapping Up: Which Cloudways Alternative Should You Choose in 2026?**
The [**managed cloud hosting**](/what-is-cloud-hosting-and-how-does-it-work/) landscape has changed significantly since DigitalOcean acquired Cloudways. With the web hosting market projected to reach $527 billion by 2032 _(according to Fortune Business Insights)_, selecting the right platform has a direct impact on performance, scalability, and long-term costs.
### **Expert Picks by Goal**
**Your Goal**
**Best Choice**
**Expected Savings**
**Best Overall Value**
xCloud
~40% vs Cloudways
**Best Free Tier**
xCloud
1 server + 10 sites free
**Best Premium Support**
Kinsta
Premium pricing
**Best for Enterprise**
WP Engine
Enterprise pricing
**Best for Beginners**
SiteGround
Budget-friendly
**Best for Agencies**
xCloud or GridPane
Varies
### **Recommended Action Plan**
1. **This Week:** Sign up for [xCloud’s free tier](/) and migrate one test site
2. **Week 2:** Compare performance metrics between Cloudways and xCloud
3. **Week 3:** If results meet expectations, migrate remaining sites using [xCloud’s migration tool](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/)
4. **Week 4:** Cancel your Cloudways subscription after confirming all sites are running correctly
The growing consensus among [**WordPress hosting**](/hosting-for-wordpress/) professionals favors lightweight control panel solutions like xCloud for their balance of cost efficiency, performance, and flexibility. With features such as OpenLiteSpeed, Docker support, full root access, and a free tier to manage 1 server and 10 sites for completely free, xCloud has established itself as a leading Cloudways alternative for users who want maximum value without sacrificing control or performance.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [subscribe to our blogs](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Best CMS in 2026: How to Choose the Right Platform for Your Website - xCloud
> Choosing a best CMS in 2026? Compare WordPress, Shopify, Webflow, and headless options. Find the right platform for SEO, AI search, and long-term growth.
Choosing a CMS in 2026 is no longer just a technical decision; it directly affects your SEO, AI visibility, and long-term scalability. If you are planning to build a new website, launch an online store, or move your business to a better platform, you are about to make one of the most important technology decisions of the year.
The Content Management System (CMS) you choose will shape how your team publishes content, how your site performs in search engines, how AI tools like ChatGPT and Google AI Overviews discover your brand, and how easily your business can scale.
In this blog, we are going to walk you through how to select the best CMS for your business in 2026. We will cover the main CMS types, the criteria that actually matter, the leading platforms to consider, and how to match the right hosting setup to the CMS you pick. Without further ado, let us get started.
## TL;DR
Choosing a CMS in 2026 is a five-year decision that shapes your SEO, AI visibility, publishing speed, and scalability. Here is the short version:
- **Know the categories:** Traditional (WordPress, Drupal), Headless (Strapi, Sanity, Contentful), Hybrid, SaaS Builders (Wix, Squarespace, Webflow), and eCommerce-First (Shopify, WooCommerce).
- **Evaluate on seven criteria:** ease of use, customization, performance, security, SEO and AI readiness, integrations, and total five-year cost.
- **The quick recommendations:** WordPress for most businesses, Shopify or WooCommerce for eCommerce, and a headless CMS with Next.js or Laravel for multi-channel or custom apps.
- **Do not skip hosting:** A great CMS on poor hosting still feels slow and insecure. Managed cloud hosting like xCloud handles performance, security, backups, and migration so your team can focus on content.
- **Follow a process:** Define goals, gather stakeholder input, audit your stack, shortlist three to five platforms, test the editor experience, and calculate the true five-year cost before committing.
Pick the first time carefully. Switching CMSs later is painful, expensive, and slows your business down.
## **What Is a Content Management System (CMS)?**
A CMS is a software platform that lets you create, manage, publish, and update digital content without writing code from scratch. It is the system that connects your team to your website, your mobile app, and increasingly, the AI assistants that summarize your content for users around the world.
In 2026, a CMS is no longer just a website tool. It is a strategic platform that supports how your business communicates, markets, and sells across web, mobile, voice, and AI search channels. The platform you pick today shapes how fast your team can publish, how well your site ranks on Google, and whether AI tools like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google AI Overviews can find and cite your content.
That makes CMS selection a five-year decision with compounding consequences. The right CMS empowers your team and grows with you. The wrong one quietly drains time, money, and momentum every single month.
## **Why CMS Selection Matters More in 2026**
The CMS landscape has changed at the edges, not the center. WordPress still powers around 43% of all websites and holds over 60% of the CMS market, according to [**W3Techs data**](https://sqmagazine.co.uk/cms-market-share-statistics/) referenced by SQ Magazine. But the way teams use a CMS has shifted significantly over the past two years. Let us look at the key shifts:
### **AI-First Discovery Is Changing the Game**
Search is split between traditional Google results and AI-generated answers from ChatGPT, Gemini, Perplexity, and Google AI Overviews. According to [**Discovered Labs’ SEO research**](https://discoveredlabs.com/blog/best-cms-for-seo-in-2026-wordpress-vs-webflow-vs-headless), AI systems cite content that is structured, authoritative, and easy to interpret programmatically. Your CMS needs to support schema markup and clean structured data without forcing your team into a code editor every time they publish.
### **Headless CMS Adoption Is Surging**
The headless CMS market is growing at over 20% CAGR, expanding from roughly $3.94 billion in 2026 to a projected $22.28 billion by 2034, according to a recent survey. Brands now need to deliver content to websites, mobile apps, smart devices, and AI agents from a single source.
### **Performance Is Non-Negotiable**
Google’s Core Web Vitals and AI ranking signals both reward fast, well-built sites. Your CMS choice directly affects your page speed, Time to First Byte, and Largest Contentful Paint scores. A slow CMS on poor hosting is a competitive disadvantage that compounds every month.
### **Cloud Hosting Is the Default**
Cloud-based CMS deployments now represent over 60% of new implementations. Self-hosting on outdated shared servers is a liability for both performance and security in 2026.
## **The Main Types of CMS in 2026**
Before you compare specific platforms, you need to understand the main CMS categories. Each one solves a different problem, and picking the wrong category is the most common reason CMS projects fail. Let us explore the main types below.
### **Traditional (Coupled) CMS**
A traditional CMS combines the content backend and the frontend into one system. WordPress, Drupal, and Joomla are the most common examples. The CMS controls both how content is created and how it is displayed to visitors. This makes setup straightforward and gives editors a live preview of what they are publishing.
This is the best fit for most small to mid-sized businesses, blogs, marketing sites, and any team that wants visual editing with a large plugin ecosystem.
### **Headless CMS**
A headless CMS separates the content backend from the frontend. Content is stored in a structured format and delivered through APIs to any frontend, whether that is a website built with Next.js, a mobile app, a voice assistant, or an AI agent. Popular options include Strapi, Sanity, Contentful, and Payload CMS.
A headless CMS is ideal for businesses with multi-channel content strategies, SaaS companies, mobile-first products, and teams with strong frontend development resources. The trade-off is a steeper learning curve and higher setup costs.
### **Hybrid CMS**
A hybrid CMS offers both visual editing for non-technical users and API-based content delivery for developers. It blends the simplicity of traditional CMS with the flexibility of headless. Modern WordPress with the REST API and block editor, Drupal, and platforms like Storyblok fit into this category.
This works well for growing businesses that need editor-friendly tools today but want headless flexibility tomorrow.
### **SaaS Website Builders**
SaaS website builders like Wix, Squarespace, and Webflow handle hosting, security, updates, and infrastructure automatically. You pay a monthly fee and build your site through a visual editor. No code, no servers to manage.
This category is great for solo founders, small businesses, designers, and anyone who needs a working site in a few hours without technical setup. The trade-offs are limited customization, vendor lock-in, and monthly costs that compound over time.
### **eCommerce-First CMS**
Shopify, BigCommerce, and WooCommerce on WordPress are built specifically for online stores. They include product catalogs, payment processing, inventory management, and shipping integrations out of the box.
These platforms are the right choice for direct-to-consumer brands, online retailers, and any business where checkout is the primary user action.
## **How to Select the Right CMS: 7 Key Criteria to Evaluate**
Once you understand the categories, the next step is matching your business needs against the available platforms. Use these seven criteria to evaluate any CMS shortlist.
- **Ease of Use for Your Team:** The most powerful CMS is useless if your team dreads logging in. Look for visual editors, real-time previews, and intuitive content workflows that non-technical users can handle without developer help.
- **Customization & Flexibility:** Your CMS should adapt to your needs without rewriting the codebase. Look for a strong plugin ecosystem, a REST or GraphQL API, custom content types, and flexible templates.
- **Performance & Scalability:** Your CMS affects your page speed, traffic handling, and Core Web Vitals scores. Look for built-in caching, CDN integration, and horizontal scalability for traffic spikes.
- **Security & Compliance**: A CMS that gets hacked is worse than no CMS at all. Look for active security patching, two-factor authentication, role-based access controls, and compliance with regulations like GDPR or HIPAA if needed.
- **SEO & AI Citation Readiness:** Your CMS must support schema markup, customizable meta titles, clean URL structures, XML sitemaps, and structured content that AI systems can parse for citation.
- **Integration Capabilities:** Your CMS does not work alone. It needs to connect cleanly with your CRM, email marketing tool, analytics, payment processor, and any custom internal systems.
- **Total Cost of Ownership (TCO):** The sticker price is rarely the real price. Calculate the full five-year cost including hosting, plugins, developer time, security services, training, and migration costs.
According to [**ButterCMS’s selection guide**](https://buttercms.com/blog/how-to-choose-a-cms/), ease of use and integration capabilities tend to be the make-or-break factors for most teams. Test the editing experience yourself before committing to anything.
## **Best CMS Platforms to Consider in 2026**
Now that you know the criteria, let us look at the leading CMS options most businesses should evaluate in 2026. Here is a quick comparison of the most popular platforms by category, use case, and where each one tends to fall short.
**CMS**
**Type**
**Best For**
**Starting Cost**
**Key Limitation**
WordPress
Traditional/Hybrid
Most websites, blogs, content sites
Free (hosting from $5/mo)
Plugin sprawl and security risks if not properly maintained
Shopify
eCommerce SaaS
Online stores, DTC brands
$29/mo
Transaction fees and limited customization outside its ecosystem
Webflow
SaaS Builder
Design-led marketing sites
$14/mo
Steep learning curve and pricing scales quickly with traffic
Wix / Squarespace
SaaS Builder
Small business sites
$14-$23/mo
Vendor lock-in and limited flexibility as you grow
Drupal
Traditional/Enterprise
Government, large publishers
Free (hosting required)
Requires experienced developers; not beginner-friendly
Strapi
Headless (Open Source)
Custom apps, multi-channel
Free (hosting required)
Requires a separate frontend build and ongoing DevOps
Sanity
Headless (SaaS)
Developer-first teams
Free tier + paid
API usage costs can spike at scale
Contentful
Headless (Enterprise)
Large omnichannel brands
$300+/mo
Expensive for small teams; complex permissioning
Laravel + Custom CMS
Custom (PHP Framework)
Bespoke applications
Free (hosting required)
High build cost and full responsibility for maintenance
Node.js + Headless
Custom (JavaScript)
API-first applications
Free (hosting required)
Requires strong in-house engineering for long-term support
For most small to mid-sized businesses in 2026, WordPress is still the safest, most flexible, and most affordable starting point. For eCommerce, Shopify or WooCommerce on WordPress are the leading choices. For multi-channel publishing or custom apps, a headless CMS paired with a modern framework like Next.js or Laravel is the modern path forward.
## **Why Hosting Matters as Much as the CMS Itself**
You might focus all your energy on picking the right CMS and forget about the foundation it runs on. That is a mistake. Your CMS is only as good as the infrastructure running it. A perfectly chosen platform on poor hosting will still feel slow, get hacked, and frustrate your team. A solid CMS on great hosting becomes a competitive advantage that compounds every month.
Your CMS decision is only half the equation. The other half is infrastructure. This is where xCloud comes in. [**xCloud**](/) is a next-generation managed cloud hosting platform built to run modern CMS deployments without the usual operational headaches. Whether you choose WordPress, Laravel, a headless setup, or a custom application, xCloud adapts to your stack.
### **Why xCloud Is The Perfect Choice For Your CMS**
You might be hesitant about managed hosting due to concerns about cost or flexibility. However, once you understand what xCloud brings to the table, hosting your CMS on xCloud can be highly beneficial for your business. Let us explore these benefits below.
- [**Managed WordPress Hosting**](/hosting-for-wordpress/)**:** Fully optimized WordPress hosting with automated updates, daily backups, free SSL, and one-click staging environments. Built-in caching and Cloudflare integration deliver top-tier Core Web Vitals scores.
- [**Laravel Hosting**](/laravel-hosting/)**:** Production-ready Laravel hosting with staging environments, SSL, Git deployments, and tooling built for PHP frameworks. Perfect for custom CMS builds and headless backends.
- [**Node.js Hosting**](/node-js-hosting/)**:** Managed Node.js infrastructure for headless frontends and API-first applications built on frameworks like Next.js, Express, or NestJS.
- [**WooCommerce Hosting**](https://xcloud.host/hosting-for-woocommerce/)**:** Performance-tuned hosting for high-traffic eCommerce stores, capable of handling millions of checkouts per minute.
- **[Bring Your Own Cloud](/self-managed-hosting/):** Connect your existing AWS, DigitalOcean, Google Cloud, Vultr, Linode, or Hostinger VPS to xCloud, or use xCloud’s own managed servers.
- **One Dashboard for Everything:** Manage your CMS, server, SSL, backups, DNS, and email from a single platform without switching between vendor tools.
- **Free Migration Tool:** Move your existing CMS site from any host to xCloud with zero downtime using the built-in migration tool.
- **[Free Mailbox Add-On](/mailbox/):** Get a free professional email account at your custom domain on every xCloud managed server.
## **How to Select the Right CMS: A Step-by-Step Process**
In this section, we are going to show you a practical six-step process for choosing your CMS without getting lost in vendor pitches. To get started, you will need to gather your team and document a few things. Afterward, follow these steps below.
### **Step 1: Define Your Business Goals**
The first step is to understand what your website actually needs to do. Are you selling products, publishing articles, hosting a community, or running a SaaS application? Write down the primary jobs the CMS must support.
You should also identify your secondary goals. For example, you might want SEO optimization, multi-language support, or integration with your existing CRM. Documenting these goals helps you filter out platforms that do not fit your real needs.
### **Step 2: Gather Stakeholder Input**
Once you have your goals, you need to talk to the people who will actually use the CMS every day. Marketing, content, design, and engineering teams all have different needs. Gathering input early prevents costly switching costs later.
Compile a “must-have” and “nice-to-have” feature list based on this input. This list becomes your evaluation rubric for the rest of the process.
### **Step 3: Audit Your Tech Stack**
Now that you know what you need, you should document the tools your CMS must integrate with. List your CRM, marketing automation platform, payment processor, analytics tools, and any custom internal systems.
Any CMS you consider must connect to these tools natively, through plugins, or through APIs. Skip platforms that do not.
### **Step 4: Shortlist 3 to 5 Platforms**
Based on the CMS type and your requirements, narrow your options to three to five platforms. Avoid going broader than that. Comparing fifteen options in detail wastes time and rarely produces a clearer answer than comparing five.
### **Step 5: Test the Editor Experience**
Set up a free trial or demo for each shortlisted platform. Have your content team publish a sample page on each one. The editor experience is the single biggest determinant of whether your team will actually use the CMS or quietly avoid it.
### **Step 6: Calculate the Five-Year Total Cost**
Add up the five-year cost for each shortlisted CMS, including hosting, premium themes, plugins, developer time, and migration risk. The cheapest option to install is often the most expensive to maintain over time.
Once you have completed all these steps, the right CMS for your business is usually obvious. If two platforms still feel equally good, default to the one with the larger community and the easier hiring market.
## **Advanced Tips for Getting the Most From Your CMS**
Before ending this blog, we want to share some advanced tips with you to help you maximize the value of whatever CMS you choose. Let us have a quick look at them.
### **Implement Strong Security Measures**
You should isolate your sites at the server level, enable two-factor authentication for every user, and use a Web Application Firewall (WAF) to protect against common web threats. Keep all themes, plugins, and core files updated with the latest security patches. Cloud hosting platforms like xCloud can be your trusted choice for built-in security and isolation.
### **Optimize Performance With Caching**
You should implement page caching, object caching, and database caching to keep your site fast under load. A built-in caching layer at the hosting level (like xCloud’s NGINX and Object Cache Pro setup) usually outperforms plugin-based caching solutions.
### **Plan Your Backup Strategy**
You should schedule automated daily backups for your CMS database and files, and store backups in remote locations using S3-compatible storage providers. Also, do not forget to regularly test your restore process to ensure quick data recovery if anything goes wrong.
### **Prepare for AI-Driven Content Discovery**
Make sure your CMS supports JSON-LD schema markup natively or through plugins. Structured data is how AI systems like ChatGPT and Google AI Overviews understand and cite your content.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**:
### **What is the best CMS for a small business in 2026?**
For most small businesses, WordPress on managed hosting like xCloud is the best balance of flexibility, ecosystem, cost, and ease of use. For pure eCommerce, Shopify is often simpler. For design-first marketing sites, Webflow is worth a look.
### **Is WordPress still the best CMS in 2026?**
WordPress still powers around 43% of all websites and holds over 60% of the CMS market. It remains the most flexible, well-supported, and affordable CMS for most use cases.
### **Should I use a headless CMS?**
Use a headless CMS if you need to deliver content across multiple channels (web, mobile apps, AI agents) or already have a strong frontend team. For a single website with a small team, it usually adds complexity without enough benefit. Three realities to weigh first:
- **Cost:** Free tiers are misleading. Once you add a separate frontend build, API fees at scale, dual hosting, and developer retainers, expect total costs two to five times higher than a comparable WordPress setup in year one.
- **Developer requirements:** Headless is not no-code. You will need at least one frontend developer fluent in frameworks like Next.js or Astro, and editors lose live preview unless your team builds it.
- **Maintenance:** You are running two systems instead of one. That means backend, frontend, API contracts, separate deployments, and cross-layer debugging. Features that come standard in WordPress become custom builds in headless.
If those trade-offs are worth the flexibility, headless is a strong long-term choice. If not, a hybrid setup like WordPress with the REST API gives you most of the benefits without the overhead.
### **How much should I budget for a CMS in 2026?**
For a typical small business, expect $20 to $100 per month for hosting plus $50 to $500 per year for premium themes and plugins. Headless and enterprise options range from $300 per month to thousands.
### **Can I switch CMSs later?**
Yes, but it is painful and expensive. Most CMSs support content export, but rebuilding templates, integrations, and SEO infrastructure takes significant time. Pick carefully the first time around.
### **Do I need separate hosting for my CMS?**
For self-hosted CMSs like WordPress, Drupal, or open-source headless platforms like Strapi, yes. Managed hosting like xCloud handles the infrastructure, security, and performance optimization so you can focus on content. SaaS platforms like Shopify and Wix include hosting in their monthly fee.
## **Enjoy a Seamless CMS Experience With xCloud**
Selecting the right CMS in 2026 is a strategic decision that shapes your marketing speed, search visibility, customer experience, and operational costs for years. The right platform empowers your team, scales with your business, and adapts to a digital landscape that now includes AI search, voice interfaces, and multi-channel delivery.
For most businesses, the right answer in 2026 is still WordPress on properly tuned managed hosting. For eCommerce, Shopify or WooCommerce are good options. For multi-channel publishing or custom applications, a headless CMS paired with a modern framework like Next.js or Laravel. Whichever path you take, evaluate ease of use, performance, scalability, security, SEO readiness, integrations, and total cost of ownership before committing.
We hope you have learned how to select the right content management system for your business in 2026 from this blog. Now, try [**xCloud’s managed hosting plans**](/managed-hosting/) by yourself and let us know your experience on the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)**.** Also, do not forget to [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) to get updates, helpful resources, and more.
---
# 9 Best DeepSeek Harness Hosting Providers in 2026: Compared on Setup, Cost, Security & 24/7 Uptime (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Choosing between DeepSeek Harness hosting providers? We compared 9 DeepSeek Harness hosting providers on setup time, real cost, security, and 24/7 uptime. Read now.
_Updated August 2026_
[**DeepSeek Harness**](https://github.com/deepseek-ai/deepseek-harness) passed 141,000 GitHub stars within four days of its August 13, 2026 release, [**per a direct GitHub API query**](https://pasqualepillitteri.it/en/news/11573/deepseek-harness-fastest-github-stars-record), after collecting its first 22,000 stars in 90 minutes. The catch nobody puts in the launch posts: the `dsh` Web UI binds to `127.0.0.1` and stops the moment your laptop sleeps. Scheduled loops, long-running sessions, and anything a teammate or webhook needs to reach all require a server that stays online, and where you run it ends up mattering as much as which model you point it at.
This guide ranks the nine best DeepSeek Harness hosting providers across managed, self-hosted VPS, and serverless setups, and shows what each one actually costs once your own time enters the math.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too long; didn’t read?** Here is the decision table:
If you want to…
Use this
Best for
Setup time
Skip infrastructure entirely (managed)
[**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/)
Founders, agencies, non-developers
~5 minutes
Get the cheapest reliable VPS for production
**Hetzner Cloud**
Cost-conscious long-term operators
30–60 minutes
Follow the deepest tutorial library while self-hosting
**DigitalOcean**
Engineers who want documentation
30–60 minutes
Get a cheap VPS with guided tooling
**Hostinger VPS**
Solo developers comfortable in a CLI
20–40 minutes
Optimize for global latency
**Vultr**
Distributed teams, 30+ regions
30–60 minutes
Pay nothing while learning
**Oracle Cloud Free Tier**
Tinkerers with patience
45–90 minutes
Pay only when the agent runs (serverless)
**Railway**
Bursty workloads, idle most of the day
10–20 minutes
Pay hourly while testing setups
**LightNode**
People still picking models
5–10 minutes
Get the most RAM per dollar
**Contabo**
Heavy sandbox and multi-session use
30–60 minutes
**The category context:** DeepSeek Harness is a developer preview. [**AgentsPulse’s adoption review**](https://agentspulse.github.io/tutorials/deepseek-harness-and-cordis-why-everything-is-a-plugin/) recommends evaluating it in non-critical, isolated workflows before any production migration, which makes a rebuild-friendly hosting setup more important than usual.
**Best for zero-ops teams:** xCloud, one of the first fully managed DeepSeek Harness services anywhere, running the same managed playbook it proved with [**OpenClaw**](https://xcloud.host/openclaw-hosting/) and [**Hermes Agent**](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-hosting/).
**Best for budget self-hosters:** Hetzner Cloud, whose CX22 plan runs dsh with room to spare at under $5/month.
**Best free option:** Oracle Cloud’s always-free ARM tier, 24 GB of RAM for $0, if you can tolerate the sign-up friction.
## Why DeepSeek Harness Needs Hosting Built for Always-On Agents
A [**DeepSeek Harness**](https://xcloud.host/what-is-deepseek-harness/) instance on your laptop is a demo. The features that made it the fastest-growing repository of 2026 only pay off on a machine that never sleeps:
- **The append-only session log** supports resume, fork, and replay, but only accumulates value if sessions persist on durable disk across restarts.
- **Loops and scheduling are plugins**, which means long-running and recurring work is a configuration change rather than an external cron stack. Scheduled work needs a process that exists at the scheduled time.
- **The Web UI binds to localhost** (`127.0.0.1:3080`) by design. Reaching it from anywhere else requires a server with a stable public address, a reverse proxy, SSL, and authentication in front of it.
Here is what a DeepSeek Harness host has to do well:
Requirement
Why it matters
**24/7 uptime**
Scheduled loops only fire while the process runs
**Persistent disk**
Session logs and plugin state must survive restarts
**Node.js 20+ support**
dsh runs on Node; the host must not fight you on runtimes
**Reverse proxy + SSL**
The localhost-only UI needs secure exposure for remote access
**Authentication layer**
An exposed agent with shell tools is a breach waiting to happen
**At least 2 GB RAM**
1 GB works for light API use; sandboxed tool runs want 4 GB
**Outbound API egress**
Continuous calls to DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, or OpenRouter
**Process supervisor**
systemd or Docker restart policies to recover from crashes
**Backups**
Session history loss means losing your replay and fork trail
Security deserves the extra emphasis in this list. A harness ships with bash and file-editing tools. Exposing that on a public port without auth hands a shell to the internet. The localhost default protects local users; server operators inherit the job of wiring the protection themselves, and that wiring is where most first deployments stall.
## DeepSeek Harness Hosting: 3 Categories You Are Actually Choosing Between
The market splits into three buckets, and most lists conflate them.
Category
What you get
What you handle
Typical price
**Fully managed**
Server + dsh deployed + SSL + auth + backups + updates
Talking to the agent
$9.99/month flat
**Self-hosted VPS**
A Linux box with root access
Everything: install, proxy, SSL, auth, backups, security
$4–25/month
**Serverless / usage-based**
Pay-per-second container that idles when quiet
Build, deploy, observability
Usage-based
As of August 2026, xCloud is one of the first entrants in the fully managed category, days after the harness itself shipped. Hetzner, DigitalOcean, Hostinger, Vultr, Oracle, LightNode, and Contabo are self-hosted infrastructure. Railway is serverless. Each has its place.
## How We Ranked These Hosts
Six factors, weighted by how much they affect a dsh operator’s day-to-day life:
1. **Setup time and effort**: minutes to a working, remotely reachable agent, including proxy, SSL, and auth
2. **24/7 reliability**: uptime record, auto-restart, crash recovery
3. **Security posture**: how much of the exposure problem the host solves for you
4. **Session persistence**: disk durability, backup options, restore time
5. **Cost honesty**: list price vs renewal price vs your time cost
6. **Support quality**: response time and depth when something breaks
Pricing was confirmed against each provider’s public pricing page in August 2026. Runtime requirements come from the [**official DeepSeek Harness repository**](https://github.com/deepseek-ai/deepseek-harness) and early field reports such as [**Flowtivity’s hands-on installation review**](https://flowtivity.ai/blog/deepseek-harness-open-source-agent-explained/). Because the harness is days old, where dsh-specific benchmarks do not yet exist, comparable Node.js agent workloads (OpenClaw, Hermes Agent) are used as a proxy, and that proxy is reasonable: the resource profile of an API-driven Node agent is well established.
## Master Comparison Table
Rank
Provider
Category
Starting Price
Setup Time
Best For
🥇 1
[**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/)
Fully managed
$9.99/mo
~5 min
Zero-ops dsh deployment
🥈 2
**Hetzner Cloud**
Self-hosted VPS
$4.59/mo
30–60 min
Cheapest production VPS
🥉 3
**DigitalOcean**
Self-hosted VPS
$6/mo
30–60 min
Developer documentation
4
**Hostinger VPS**
Self-hosted VPS
$6.49/mo (intro)
20–40 min
Cheap VPS with guided tooling
5
**Vultr**
Self-hosted VPS
$5/mo
30–60 min
Global latency, 30+ regions
6
**Oracle Cloud Free Tier**
Self-hosted VPS
$0
45–90 min
Free always-on learning box
7
**Railway**
Serverless
Pay-per-second
10–20 min
Bursty, idle-mostly use
8
**LightNode**
Self-hosted VPS
Hourly billing
5–10 min
Short-term testing
9
**Contabo**
Self-hosted VPS
~$5.50/mo
30–60 min
Most RAM per dollar
The table reflects sticker prices. Real cost of ownership, including the time tax of self-hosting, is broken down further below.
## 🥇 1. xCloud — Best Fully Managed DeepSeek Harness Hosting
[**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) is one of the first providers anywhere to ship DeepSeek Harness as a one-click managed service rather than a “here is a Linux box, good luck” VPS. The deployment includes the dsh runtime, a pre-wired reverse proxy with SSL and authentication in front of the localhost-bound Web UI, automatic security updates, and daily backups, wrapped in a $9.99/month flat rate.
That positioning matters because the gap between `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web` on a laptop and a safely exposed server deployment is exactly the part the official quick start does not cover: reverse proxy, certificate renewal, an auth layer, a systemd unit, and a firewall that keeps port 3080 off the public internet. Each of those steps has its own failure mode. xCloud’s pitch is that you skip the entire sequence and get to the part that is actually interesting, which is building with plugins and putting the agent to work.
The track record is the differentiator. xCloud is built by the team behind [**WPDeveloper**](https://wpdeveloper.com/) and shipped what was, as of April 2026, the only fully managed Hermes Agent service on the market, alongside established managed [**OpenClaw hosting**](https://xcloud.host/openclaw-hosting/) and one-click deployments for n8n, Node.js, WordPress, WooCommerce, and Laravel. The platform runs across AWS, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Google Cloud, Hostinger, Linode, and bring-your-own-Ubuntu servers. DeepSeek Harness joins a proven catalog; only the application is new.
### Key Features
- **One-click deploy**: dsh + reverse proxy + SSL + auth provisioned in roughly five minutes from sign-up
- **Secure by default**: the localhost-only Web UI is exposed through an authenticated, SSL-terminated proxy, closing the most common self-hosting mistake
- **Model-agnostic setup**: paste an API key for DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, or any OpenAI-compatible endpoint during deployment
- **Session logs preserved across updates**: dsh’s append-only session history survives platform maintenance, with daily backups
- **24/7 expert support** from a team already operating OpenClaw and Hermes Agent fleets
- **14-day money-back guarantee**: long enough to validate the agent against a real workflow
### How to Deploy on xCloud
1. Sign up at [**app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness)
2. Pick a server region close to you or your team
3. Paste your model provider API key
4. Open your dsh Web UI over SSL and start a session in Standard mode
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ One of the first fully managed dsh services on the market
❌ Higher sticker price than a raw $4.59 Hetzner box
✅ Solves the reverse proxy + SSL + auth exposure problem by default
❌ Less low-level customization than a raw root VPS
✅ Managed-agent track record with OpenClaw and Hermes Agent
❌ dsh is a developer preview; platform updates track upstream breaking changes
✅ Daily backups of session logs and plugin state
❌ Scaling up is a server upgrade, not a slider
**Best for:** Founders, agencies, and operators who want the agent running by lunch, not the weekend. Especially worth it for anyone whose hourly rate makes self-hosted setup time the most expensive line item in the whole stack.
## 🥈 2. Hetzner Cloud — Best Budget VPS for Long-Term Production
Hetzner Cloud’s CX22 plan starts at €4.51 (about $4.59) per month for 2 vCPUs, 4 GB RAM, and 40 GB SSD, specs that run DeepSeek Harness with sandboxed tool execution enabled and headroom left over. Hetzner has operated since 1997, owns its data centers in Falkenstein, Nuremberg, and Helsinki, and runs Ashburn and Hillsboro locations for North American latency.
The trade-off is hand-holding: there is none. No dsh template, no one-click button, and tutorials that assume comfort with a Linux terminal. What you get in exchange is the best price-to-performance ratio in this comparison and pricing that does not inflate at renewal.
### Key Features
- **CX22 at ~$4.59/mo** with 4 GB RAM, enough for heavy tool use
- **Hourly billing with monthly cap**: pay for partial months while testing
- **Free 20 GB snapshot storage** for session-log backups
- **Cloud Firewall included**: gate inbound to SSH and your proxy port only
- **API and Terraform provider**: dsh infrastructure as code
- **20 TB included traffic**: generous for continuous API egress
### How to Deploy on Hetzner Cloud
1. Create a project and provision a CX22 with Ubuntu 24.04
2. SSH in and install Node.js 20+ (`curl -fsSL https://deb.nodesource.com/setup_20.x | bash -` then `apt install nodejs`)
3. Install and start the harness: `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web`
4. Create a systemd unit so dsh restarts on crash and boot
5. Put Caddy or nginx in front with a domain, SSL, and basic auth
6. Configure the Cloud Firewall to allow only 22, 80, and 443
Steps 4 through 6 are where most operators lose their first hour.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Cheapest production-grade VPS in this comparison
❌ Zero hand-holding; you debug everything yourself
✅ Stable pricing without renewal inflation
❌ No dsh-specific tooling or templates
✅ 4 GB RAM at a 1 GB price point elsewhere
❌ Support is ticket-based and terse at this tier
✅ Snapshot backups built in
❌ Setup time is the real cost: 30–60 minutes minimum
**Best for:** Engineers running dsh long-term who are comfortable in a terminal and want the lowest possible monthly bill.
## 🥉 3. DigitalOcean — Best for Developer-Friendly Self-Hosting
DigitalOcean droplets start at $6/month for 1 GB RAM, though most DeepSeek Harness operators want the 2 GB tier ($12/month) for sandboxed tool headroom. The pull is not price. It is the documentation: DigitalOcean’s tutorial library covers every step of the Node.js + reverse proxy + SSL recipe in depth, which matters when you are debugging certificate renewal at 11 PM. New accounts get $200 in credit, which covers months of testing.
### Key Features
- **$200 free credit** for new accounts
- **One-click Docker droplet**: run dsh in a container with a mounted volume
- **15+ regions** with private networking
- **Spaces object storage** at $5/month for off-droplet session backups
- **The strongest community tutorial library in hosting** for Node.js, nginx, Caddy, and systemd
- **$1/month automated droplet backups**
### How to Deploy on DigitalOcean
1. Create a Basic Droplet (2 GB / 1 vCPU) with Ubuntu 24.04 and an SSH key
2. Install Node.js 20+ and run `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web` to verify
3. Add a systemd unit for supervision
4. Point a Cloudflare-proxied domain at the droplet, terminate SSL at Caddy or nginx with auth
5. Enable the $1/month backup option
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Largest tutorial library and developer community
❌ More expensive than Hetzner for similar specs
✅ $200 sign-up credit funds a long evaluation
❌ No dsh-specific template yet
✅ Strong uptime track record
❌ Backups are a paid opt-in
✅ Easy upgrade path to managed databases and Kubernetes
❌ 2 GB tier costs what Hetzner charges for 4 GB
**Best for:** Engineers who learn by reading tutorials and want a host where every weird deployment question already has a canonical answer.
## 4\. Hostinger VPS — Best Cheap VPS With Guided Tooling
Hostinger’s KVM 2 plan (2 vCPU, 8 GB RAM) starts around $6.49/month on introductory terms and includes a browser terminal, a Docker manager, and an AI assistant (Kodee) that walks through server tasks. There is no DeepSeek Harness template in the Application Catalog yet, which is unsurprising for software this new, but the Docker manager plus generous RAM make it a comfortable middle ground between bare Hetzner and full management.
The catch worth knowing before checkout: Hostinger’s introductory rates renew substantially higher, a pattern documented across its VPS line, and the cheapest rates require long-term contracts. Budget on the renewal price, not the banner price.
### Key Features
- **8 GB RAM on the entry KVM 2 plan**: unusual at this price point
- **Docker manager** for containerized dsh with volume persistence
- **AI assistant (Kodee)** for guided troubleshooting
- **Weekly backups included** on KVM plans
- **NVMe storage** standard
- **24/7 chat support**
### How to Deploy on Hostinger VPS
1. Buy a KVM 2 plan with Ubuntu 24.04
2. Use the browser terminal or SSH to install Node.js 20+
3. Run dsh under Docker with a named volume for session persistence, or bare with systemd
4. Point a domain at the VPS and terminate SSL with Caddy plus basic auth
5. Confirm weekly backups are enabled in hPanel
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ 8 GB RAM at an entry-level price
❌ Renewal pricing well above intro rates
✅ Guided tooling lowers the CLI barrier
❌ Cheapest rates need 24-month terms
✅ Weekly backups included
❌ No dsh template yet
✅ Browser terminal for quick fixes anywhere
❌ You still own proxy, SSL, auth, and updates
**Best for:** Solo developers who want plenty of RAM, some guardrails, and are comfortable committing to a term to lock the price.
## 5\. Vultr — Best for Global Latency
Vultr runs 30+ data centers on six continents, which is the practical reason it appears here. If your team is in Singapore and your agent is in Frankfurt, every Web UI interaction and webhook round-trip carries the distance. Vultr lets you put dsh close to whoever uses it. Pricing starts at $5/month for 1 GB and scales linearly; the standard install recipe works unmodified.
### Key Features
- **30+ regions**: the widest coverage in this comparison
- **Hourly billing** for short-term tests
- **High-frequency CPU plans** for compute-heavy tool runs
- **Block storage and snapshots** for session backups
- **Reserved IPs** for stable webhook and proxy addresses
### How to Deploy on Vultr
1. Pick the region closest to your users
2. Provision a Cloud Compute instance with Ubuntu 24.04 and 2+ GB RAM
3. Install Node.js 20+, run dsh, add a systemd unit
4. Terminate SSL at Caddy or nginx with auth on a reserved IP or domain
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Best regional coverage of any provider here
❌ No dsh-specific tooling
✅ Hourly billing for experiments
❌ Documentation thinner than DigitalOcean
✅ Reserved IPs for stable endpoints
❌ Performance per dollar trails Hetzner
✅ Consistent pricing across regions
❌ Support depth varies by plan tier
**Best for:** Distributed teams and operators who care about round-trip latency more than absolute price.
## 6\. Oracle Cloud Free Tier — Best Free Always-On Option
Oracle Cloud’s always-free tier includes Ampere A1 ARM compute: up to 4 OCPUs and 24 GB of RAM at no cost, indefinitely. DeepSeek Harness runs on Node.js, Node runs fine on ARM, and 24 GB of free RAM is more than any paid entry in this list provides. For a learning box or a personal agent, the price is unbeatable because there is no price.
The honesty section: Oracle’s sign-up is famously strict (card verification failures are common), free-tier capacity in popular regions sells out, idle instances can be reclaimed under the free tier’s fair-use terms, and the console is built for enterprises, not hobbyists. You pay in friction instead of dollars.
### Key Features
- **4 ARM OCPUs and 24 GB RAM, always free**
- **200 GB block storage** included in the free allotment
- **Full root Ubuntu server**: the standard recipe applies
- **10 TB monthly egress** free, ample for API traffic
- **Real production infrastructure**, not a trial that expires
### How to Deploy on Oracle Cloud Free Tier
1. Create an account (persist through verification) and launch an Ampere A1 instance with Ubuntu 24.04
2. Open only 22, 80, and 443 in both the Security List and the OS firewall (Oracle has two layers; missing one is the classic stall)
3. Install Node.js 20+ for ARM, run dsh, add systemd
4. Terminate SSL with Caddy plus auth on a free subdomain
5. Keep the instance minimally active to avoid idle reclamation
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Genuinely free with more RAM than any paid entry here
❌ Sign-up friction and regional capacity shortages
✅ ARM performance is strong for Node workloads
❌ Idle instances can be reclaimed
✅ Real infrastructure with generous egress
❌ Enterprise console with a steep learning curve
✅ Room for dsh plus a local model runner if you want one
❌ Two-layer firewall confuses first-timers
**Best for:** Patient tinkerers who want an always-on personal agent for exactly $0 and treat the setup friction as part of the hobby.
## 7\. Railway — Best Serverless / Pay-Per-Second Hosting
Railway sells a platform, not servers: dsh runs in a container that scales to zero when idle and bills per second when active. For an agent that fires on schedules a few times a day, that can cost less than any always-on VPS that idles 95% of the time. The trade-off is cold starts, a few seconds of wake-up before the first response, which is fine for cron-driven loops and noticeable for interactive sessions.
### Key Features
- **Per-second billing** with scale to zero
- **Git-based deploys**: push to deploy, one-click rollback
- **Persistent volumes** for session-log durability
- **Built-in Postgres** if your storage plugin outgrows local files
- **Automatic HTTPS** on generated domains, which shortcuts the SSL step
### How to Deploy on Railway
1. Connect a GitHub repository with a dsh Dockerfile
2. Attach a Railway volume mounted at the dsh data directory
3. Set environment variables for your model API key
4. Add an auth layer (Railway’s HTTPS covers transport, not access control)
5. Push to main; Railway redeploys automatically
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Costs approach zero when the agent is idle
❌ Cold-start delay on first request
✅ Automatic HTTPS removes one exposure step
❌ You must still add authentication yourself
✅ Git-driven deploys and rollback
❌ Usage pricing is harder to predict than flat VPS
✅ Volumes make session persistence straightforward
❌ Less suited to long interactive sessions
**Best for:** Scheduled research, monitoring, and summary workflows where a few seconds of cold start per invocation is invisible and scale-to-zero savings are real.
## 8\. LightNode — Best for Testing and Hourly Billing
LightNode’s hourly billing (from about $0.018/hour) and 40+ locations make it the evaluation tool of this list. Spin up an instance, test dsh with two different model providers for an afternoon, destroy it, and pay pocket change. Provisioning takes under two minutes, the fastest in this comparison. It is not the right answer for production: support, tooling, and documentation trail the incumbents. Evaluate here, then commit elsewhere.
### Key Features
- **Hourly billing** without commitment
- **Sub-2-minute provisioning**
- **40+ global locations** across Asia, Europe, and the Americas
- **Flexible payment options** including PayPal and crypto
### How to Deploy on LightNode
1. Top up the wallet with $5 and pick a location
2. Provision a 2 GB instance, SSH in within two minutes
3. Install Node.js 20+ and run `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web` over an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 3080:127.0.0.1:3080 user@server`), skipping proxy and SSL entirely for throwaway tests
4. Destroy the instance when done
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Cheapest way to run real multi-region experiments
❌ Not built for long-term production
✅ Fastest provisioning tested
❌ Thin documentation and smaller support team
✅ SSH-tunnel testing needs no exposure setup at all
❌ Performance varies across regions
✅ No contracts
❌ Data is wiped with the instance
**Best for:** Developers in the evaluation phase who want to test dsh in five regions and only pay for the hours used.
## 9\. Contabo — Best RAM Per Dollar
Contabo’s Cloud VPS line starts around $5.50/month for 8 GB of RAM, roughly double what Hetzner gives at the price and quadruple DigitalOcean. For DeepSeek Harness workloads that run multiple concurrent sessions, heavy sandboxed tool execution, or a small local model through an OpenAI-compatible endpoint on the same box, the RAM headroom is the draw. The trade-offs are a setup fee on monthly terms, network performance that trails premium clouds, and support best described as economy class.
### Key Features
- **8 GB RAM from ~$5.50/month**: the best memory ratio in this list
- **Large NVMe or SSD storage allocations** at every tier
- **European and US regions**
- **Optional object storage** for offsite session backups
### How to Deploy on Contabo
1. Order a Cloud VPS with Ubuntu 24.04 (watch for the setup fee on monthly billing)
2. Install Node.js 20+, run dsh, add a systemd unit
3. Terminate SSL with Caddy plus auth
4. Schedule offsite backups of the dsh data directory; snapshots are not the default here
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Unmatched RAM per dollar for heavy workloads
❌ Setup fee on monthly terms
✅ Room to co-host a local model endpoint
❌ Network and I/O trail premium providers
✅ Big storage allocations for long session archives
❌ Slower support response times
✅ Sensible EU data residency options
❌ No dsh tooling and sparse tutorials
**Best for:** Operators whose agents run many concurrent sessions or heavy sandboxed tools and who want maximum headroom on a minimum budget.
## Resource Requirements: What DeepSeek Harness Actually Needs
The [**official repository**](https://github.com/deepseek-ai/deepseek-harness) targets Node.js, and early operator reports place real-world needs in this range:
Workload
vCPU
RAM
Storage
Notes
Local trial, API models
1
1 GB
10 GB
Laptop-class is fine
Always-on server, light use
1
2 GB
20 GB
Node process + session logs
Sandboxed tools, active daily use
2
4 GB
40 GB
Code execution wants headroom
Multiple concurrent sessions
2–4
8 GB
60 GB
Contabo/Hetzner territory
Co-hosted local model (Ollama)
4+
16 GB+
80 GB+
The model, not dsh, sets the floor
No GPU is required unless you self-host a model on the same machine. The harness calls hosted LLM APIs by default, so the server handles agent logic, sessions, and tools, which is CPU-light work.
## Cost Breakdown: What You Will Actually Pay
Real cost has three components: hosting, LLM tokens, and your time. Token pricing shifted the week dsh launched: [**VentureBeat reports**](https://venturebeat.com/technology/deepseek-harness-launches-as-open-source-rival-to-claude-code-alongside-v4-pro-on-api-with-higher-prices) that DeepSeek moved from flat API pricing to peak and off-peak rates starting August 16, 2026, so token bills now depend on when your loops run as much as how much they run.
Setup
Hosting/mo
Tokens/mo (typical)
Your time/mo
Total monthly
**xCloud managed** + DeepSeek V4
$9.99
$5–20
~$0 (zero ops)
**$15–30**
**Hetzner CX22** + DeepSeek V4
$4.59
$5–20
1–3 hrs ($30–150 at $30–50/hr)
**$40–175**
**DigitalOcean 2 GB** + OpenRouter
$12
$10–25
1–2 hrs
**$52–90**
**Hostinger KVM 2 (intro)** + Claude
$6.49
$15–30
1–2 hrs
**$52–90**
**Vultr 2 GB** + DeepSeek V4
$12
$5–20
1–2 hrs
**$47–85**
**Oracle Free Tier** + DeepSeek V4
$0
$5–20
2–4 hrs (first month)
**$65–220 month 1, then $5–20**
**Railway** + DeepSeek V4
$0–10
$5–20
1–2 hrs
**$35–80**
**LightNode hourly** + any
$2–15
$5–15
30 min
**$22–55**
**Contabo 8 GB** + DeepSeek V4
$5.50
$5–20
1–2 hrs
**$40–80**
The “your time” column is what most comparisons skip. If your billable rate is $50/hour and self-hosting takes two hours of setup plus an hour a month of maintenance, that is $50+ per month on top of a $4.59 bill, and the cheapest VPS quietly becomes one of the most expensive options on the page.
## Setup Difficulty: How Hard Each Path Is in Practice
Provider
Setup time
Skills needed
Ongoing maintenance
**xCloud**
~5 min
None; just a credit card and an API key
Minimal; managed updates
**Hetzner Cloud**
30–60 min
Linux CLI, systemd, Caddy/nginx, firewall
Hours per month
**DigitalOcean**
30–60 min
Linux CLI, Docker or systemd
Hours per month
**Hostinger VPS**
20–40 min
Docker basics or CLI comfort
Moderate
**Vultr**
30–60 min
Linux CLI, systemd
Hours per month
**Oracle Free Tier**
45–90 min
All of the above plus Oracle’s console
Moderate
**Railway**
10–20 min
Git, Docker, env config
Low after initial setup
**LightNode**
5–10 min
Basic terminal, SSH tunneling
Minimal; testing only
**Contabo**
30–60 min
Linux CLI, systemd, backup scripting
Hours per month
## Common Mistakes Operators Make Choosing DeepSeek Harness Hosting
Five patterns already repeating in the first week of deployments:
- **Exposing port 3080 directly.** The Web UI has no built-in public auth story; it expects localhost. Operators who bind to `0.0.0.0` to “make it work” hand an agent with shell tools to the internet. Always front it with an authenticated proxy or an SSH tunnel.
- **Picking the cheapest VPS without budgeting time.** A $4.59 box that takes two hours to secure costs more than $9.99 of managed hosting the moment your hourly rate enters the equation.
- **Forgetting session persistence in Docker.** dsh’s replay and fork features depend on the session log. Running the container without a mounted volume wipes your history on every rebuild.
- **Skipping the process supervisor.** Without systemd or a Docker restart policy, the agent dies on its first crash and stays dead until you notice. The entire 24/7 premise depends on auto-restart.
- **Pinning production to a release candidate.** The repository’s own version string is 0.1.0-rc.5 and the README promises breaking changes. Keep deployments rebuild-friendly and test upgrades before adopting them.
## Audience Mapping: Which One Fits Your Situation
If you are…
Best choice
Why
A founder validating an agent workflow
**xCloud**
5-minute deploy answers “does this help?” this week
An agency running agents for clients
**xCloud**
Multi-server management, backups, and support in one panel
A solo developer comfortable in a terminal
**Hetzner Cloud**
Lowest bill; you will tolerate the setup
An engineer who learns from tutorials
**DigitalOcean**
Every step has a canonical guide
Working with a distributed global team
**Vultr**
Put the agent near its users
A student or hobbyist with $0 budget
**Oracle Free Tier**
24 GB RAM for free, friction included
Running scheduled, cron-style loops only
**Railway**
Scale-to-zero stops paying for idle hours
Still comparing models and regions
**LightNode**
Hourly billing wastes nothing
Running heavy concurrent sandboxed work
**Contabo**
Most RAM per dollar by a wide margin
## Video Resources
For a walkthrough of the architecture you are about to host, DevsKingdom’s 12-minute breakdown of the plugin model is the clearest primer: [**Deepseek Harness: Everything is a Plugin (YouTube)**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe-aHJLC5UU). For pointing dsh at local and alternative model providers on your own server, this hands-on install session covers the provider configuration end to end: [**DeepSeek Harness + Ollama or Any Other Provider Locally (YouTube)**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iqWtDOeTveI).
## Frequently Asked Questions
### What is the best hosting for DeepSeek Harness in 2026?
For most users, [**xCloud’s managed DeepSeek Harness hosting**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) is the practical answer because it removes the entire infrastructure layer, including the reverse proxy, SSL, and authentication the localhost-bound Web UI requires, for $9.99/month. For developers who prefer to self-host, Hetzner Cloud delivers the best price-to-performance, and Oracle’s free tier is the best $0 option.
### Can I run DeepSeek Harness on a cheap 1 GB VPS?
Yes, for light API-driven use. The harness itself is a Node.js process and runs in 1 GB. Enable heavy sandboxed tool execution or multiple concurrent sessions and you want 4 GB, which is why Hetzner’s CX22 (4 GB at $4.59) beats nominally cheaper 1 GB plans.
### Do I need a GPU for DeepSeek Harness hosting?
No. dsh calls hosted LLM APIs (DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, Bedrock, Vertex, Azure, or any OpenAI-compatible endpoint) by default, so the server only runs agent logic. A GPU becomes relevant only if you co-host a local model with Ollama or vLLM, which is a separate deployment decision.
### Is xCloud the only managed DeepSeek Harness host?
As of August 2026, xCloud is one of the first fully managed options anywhere, days after the harness itself launched. Infrastructure providers in this list give you the raw server; xCloud is the entry that also deploys, secures, supervises, and backs up the application. Expect more managed entrants as the ecosystem matures; expect few with an existing managed-agent fleet behind them.
### How much does it cost to run DeepSeek Harness for a year?
A budget setup on Hetzner with DeepSeek V4 tokens lands around $115–300/year before your time. Managed hosting on xCloud with moderate token use lands around $180–360/year all-in. Note that DeepSeek’s API moved to peak and off-peak pricing on August 16, 2026, so scheduling loops in off-peak windows now directly lowers the token line.
### Why can’t I reach the Web UI from my browser after installing on a VPS?
The Web UI binds to `127.0.0.1:3080`, localhost only, by design. Either open an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 3080:127.0.0.1:3080 user@server`) or put an SSL-terminated, authenticated reverse proxy in front of it. Do not bind dsh to `0.0.0.0` on a public IP.
### My session history vanished after redeploying. What happened?
Almost always a Docker container without a mounted volume. The append-only session log lives in the dsh data directory; mount it as a named volume (or run on persistent VPS disk) and the resume, fork, and replay features keep working across restarts and rebuilds.
### The agent stops responding every few days until I restart it. What is the fix?
That is a missing process supervisor. Create a systemd unit with `Restart=always` (or Docker `restart: unless-stopped`) so crashes recover automatically. Every provider in this list supports one of the two; managed hosting configures it for you.
### Is it safe to host DeepSeek Harness publicly at all?
Yes, with the right layers: SSL, authentication in front of the UI, a firewall exposing only 22/80/443, and prompt updates while the project iterates through its developer preview. The session log helps here too, since every tool invocation is inspectable after the fact.
### Can DeepSeek Harness run alongside OpenClaw or Hermes Agent on one server?
Yes. They are separate processes with separate ports and data directories. Allocate at least 4 GB RAM for two agents with active tool use, supervise each independently, and back up each data directory on its own schedule. Comparisons between the three are covered in the [**Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw**](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-vs-openclaw/) guide.
### Should I wait for DeepSeek Harness to leave developer preview before hosting it?
Waiting is reasonable for production dependencies; the README promises breaking changes. Hosting it now is also reasonable for evaluation and plugin development, which is exactly what a $9.99 managed instance, an hourly LightNode box, or Oracle’s free tier are for. Keep whatever you deploy rebuild-friendly.
### Can I migrate between hosts later?
Yes, easily. Everything important lives in the dsh data directory: session logs, config, and plugin state. Archive it, copy it to the new server, restore, restart. Migration takes minutes and platform lock-in is essentially zero, which lowers the risk of starting anywhere on this list.
## Conclusion: Your 2026 DeepSeek Harness Hosting Roadmap
The DeepSeek Harness hosting decision comes down to a single trade: how much of your week do you want to spend on infrastructure for a project that is itself moving fast?
If the answer is “none,” xCloud’s managed service is the entry on this list built to deliver exactly that, on a playbook already proven with OpenClaw and Hermes Agent. If the answer is “I enjoy it and want the lowest bill,” Hetzner has earned its reputation, and Oracle’s free tier rewards patience with a $0 line item. Everyone else fits between those poles based on the trade-offs you are prepared to make.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your goal
Best choice
Why
Best fully managed
[**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/)
One of the first managed dsh services, secure exposure handled by default
Best budget VPS
**Hetzner Cloud**
4 GB RAM at $4.59 with honest pricing
Best for developers
**DigitalOcean**
The tutorial library answers everything
Best cheap guided VPS
**Hostinger VPS**
8 GB RAM plus tooling at entry price
Best global reach
**Vultr**
30+ regions on six continents
Best free option
**Oracle Free Tier**
24 GB RAM for $0, friction included
Best serverless
**Railway**
Scale-to-zero for scheduled loops
Best for testing
**LightNode**
Hourly billing, 2-minute provisioning
Best RAM per dollar
**Contabo**
8 GB from ~$5.50/month
**What to do this week:** Pick the row that matches your situation, deploy, and run DeepSeek Harness against one real workflow for two weeks. Either it earns its keep or it does not, and you find out fast. The [**14-day money-back guarantee on xCloud’s managed plan**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness) is a free trial of the fastest path; LightNode’s hourly billing is a free trial of the cheapest. Between the two, you can answer the question for under $15.
The pattern from watching OpenClaw and Hermes Agent operators over the past year holds here: the people getting the most out of a new agent are rarely the ones who picked the absolute cheapest host. They are the ones who matched the host to the workload and stopped tinkering with infrastructure once the agent was running. Whichever direction you go, that is the move worth making.
If you found this guide useful, [**subscribe to the xCloud blog**](https://xcloud.host/blog/) for more deep-dive comparisons on hosting AI agents, automation tools, and the open-source stack behind them, or join the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to compare setups with other operators.
---
# 9 Best Hermes Agent Hosting Providers in 2026: Compared on Setup, Cost, Memory & 24/7 Uptime (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Compare 9 best Hermes Agent hosting providers for 2026. Managed, VPS & serverless options ranked by setup time, cost, memory persistence & 24/7 uptime.
Hermes Agent crossed [**90,000 GitHub stars**](https://dev.to/wonderlab/one-open-source-project-a-day-no40-hermes-agent-nous-researchs-self-improving-ai-agent-4ale) within roughly six weeks of launch in February 2026, which makes it one of the fastest-growing open-source AI agents ever shipped. The catch nobody talks about: an agent that learns and remembers across sessions only earns its keep when it actually stays online, and that almost never happens on a laptop. Where you host it ends up mattering as much as which model you point it at.
This guide ranks the nine best Hermes Agent hosting providers across managed, self-hosted VPS, and serverless setups and shows what each one actually costs once you factor in your time.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too long; didn’t read?** Here is the decision table:
If you want to…
Use this
Best for
Setup time
Skip infrastructure entirely (managed)
**[xCloud](/hermes-agent-hosting/)**
Founders, agencies, non-developers
~5 minutes
Get the cheapest reliable VPS for production
**Hetzner Cloud**
Cost-conscious long-term operators
30–60 minutes
One-click Docker via an Application Catalog
**Hostinger VPS**
Solo developers comfortable in a CLI
15–30 minutes
Use a developer-first VPS with deep tutorials
**DigitalOcean**
Engineers who want documentation
30–60 minutes
Run a Hermes-specialist EU host with one-line install
**Virtua.Cloud**
EU-based privacy-focused users
10–20 minutes
Optimise for global messaging latency
**Vultr**
International messaging users
30–60 minutes
Pay hourly while testing setups
**LightNode**
People still picking models
5–10 minutes
Get always-on VPS with retail-grade support
**Bluehost VPS**
Beginners who want a phone number
30–45 minutes
Pay only when the agent runs (serverless)
**Railway**
Bursty workloads, idle most of the day
10–20 minutes
**Expert consensus:** [**The New Stack’s analysis of persistent AI agents**](https://thenewstack.io/persistent-ai-agents-compared/) argues the hard part of running one isn’t the model — it’s keeping the runtime alive 24/7 without babysitting it. That framing is what separates this list into two camps: managed (xCloud) and self-hosted on a VPS (everyone else).
**Best for solo operators:** Hostinger VPS — the Application Catalog has a [**pre-built**](https://www.hostinger.com/vps/docker/hermes-agent) **[Hermes Agent Docker template](https://www.hostinger.com/vps/docker/hermes-agent).**
**Best for production teams:** xCloud — the only fully managed Hermes Agent service with pre-configured messaging gateways, daily backups, and SSL handled for you.
**Best for budget hawks:** Hetzner — [**Remote OpenClaw’s cost analysis**](https://www.remoteopenclaw.com/blog/hermes-agent-cost-breakdown) found Hetzner has the best price-to-performance ratio of any provider tested.
## **Why Hermes Agent Needs Hosting Built for Persistent AI Agents**
A [**Hermes Agent**](/what-is-hermes-agent-features-and-use-cases/) that runs only on your laptop is not really a learning agent. The whole pitch from Nous Research is the **[three-layer memory architecture](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/)** – active memory in MEMORY.md, session history in SQLite with FTS5 search, and procedural memory as portable skills. That memory only compounds when the agent runs continuously and gets exposed to real workflows. Close your laptop and you’ve paused the part that makes Hermes useful.
There’s a second reason hosting matters: messaging gateway uptime. Hermes can connect to Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, Email, and roughly 10 other channels through one gateway process. That gateway has to be reachable from the internet for inbound webhooks to work. A residential IP behind NAT won’t do — you need a server with a stable public address.
Here is what a Hermes Agent host has to do well:
Requirement
Why it matters
**24/7 uptime**
The learning loop only fires when the agent is running
**Persistent disk storage**
SQLite memory + skills files must survive restarts
**Stable public IP / domain**
Webhooks from Telegram, Discord, Slack require a reachable URL
**At least 2 GB RAM**
1 GB works for CLI-only; browser automation needs 4 GB+
**SSL certificate**
Required by Telegram for secure webhook delivery
**Outbound API egress**
Calls to OpenRouter, Anthropic, OpenAI go out continuously
**Process supervisor**
systemd or Docker restart-policy to recover from crashes
**Backups**
Memory loss = capability loss; backups are non-negotiable
The two paths people take are managed hosting (someone else handles the list above) or self-hosted on a VPS (you handle it, often well, sometimes at 3 AM).
## **Hermes Agent Hosting: 3 Categories You’re Actually Choosing Between**
Before the rankings, a quick frame. The Hermes Agent hosting market splits cleanly into three buckets, and most “best of” lists conflate them.
Category
What you get
What you handle
Typical price
**Fully managed**
Server + Hermes deployed + gateway + SSL + backups + updates
Talking to the agent
$9.99/month flat
**Self-hosted VPS**
A Linux box with root access
Everything: install, gateway config, SSL, backups, security
$4–25/month
**Serverless / usage-based**
Pay-per-second container that hibernates when idle
Build, deploy, observability
$0.000–$0.005 per second
xCloud is the only entrant in the fully managed category as of April 2026. Hetzner, Hostinger, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Virtua.Cloud, LightNode, and Bluehost are self-hosted VPS. Railway is serverless. Each has its place.
## **How We Ranked These Hosts**
This list is built on six factors, weighted by how much they affect a Hermes Agent operator’s day-to-day life.
1. **Setup time and effort** — minutes to a working agent, including LLM API key, gateway, and SSL
2. **24/7 reliability** — uptime track record, auto-restart, crash recovery
3. **Memory persistence** — disk durability, backup options, restore time
4. **Messaging gateway readiness** — how much webhook plumbing the host pre-configures
5. **Cost honesty** — list price vs renewal price vs your time cost
6. **Support quality** — response time and depth when something breaks
Pricing was confirmed against each provider’s public pricing page on April 28, 2026. Resource requirements come from the [official Hermes Agent README](https://github.com/nousresearch/hermes-agent) and field reports from production operators on the r/openclaw subreddit. Where Hermes-specific benchmarks exist, they are cited; where they don’t, comparable Docker workload benchmarks are used as a proxy.
## Master Comparison Table
Rank
Provider
Category
Starting Price
Setup Time
Best For
🥇 1
**[xCoud](/hermes-agent-hosting/)**
Fully managed
$9.99/mo
~5 min
Zero-ops Hermes deployment
🥈 2
**Hetzner Cloud**
Self-hosted VPS
$4.59/mo
30–60 min
Cheapest production VPS
🥉 3
**Hostinger VPS**
Self-hosted VPS
$6.49/mo (intro)
15–30 min
One-click Docker template
4
**DigitalOcean**
Self-hosted VPS
$6/mo
30–60 min
Developer documentation
5
**Virtua.Cloud**
Self-hosted VPS
€5/mo
10–20 min
Hermes-specialist EU host
6
**Vultr**
Self-hosted VPS
$5/mo
30–60 min
Global latency / 30+ regions
7
**LightNode**
Self-hosted VPS
Hourly billing
5–10 min
Short-term testing
8
**Bluehost VPS**
Self-hosted VPS
$19.99/mo
30–45 min
Beginner-friendly support
9
**Railway**
Serverless
Pay-per-second
10–20 min
Bursty / idle-mostly use
The table reflects sticker prices. Real cost-of-ownership — including the time tax of self-hosting — is broken down further down in the cost section.
## 🥇 1. xCloud — Best Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting
[xCloud](/hermes-agent-hosting/) is the only host that ships Hermes Agent as a one-click managed service rather than a “here’s a Linux box, good luck” VPS. According to [**xCloud’s product page**](/hermes-agent-hosting/), the deployment includes the Hermes binary, a pre-configured Telegram gateway, free SSL, and security updates — all wrapped in a $9.99/month flat rate.
That positioning matters because the [Hermes Agent documentation](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/) walks new users through Python, uv, Node.js, gateway tokens, systemd unit files, reverse proxies, and SSL renewal. Each of those steps has its own failure mode. xCloud’s pitch is that you skip the entire sequence and get to the part that’s actually interesting — building skills and assigning workflows.
xCloud is built by the same team behind WPDeveloper and runs across **global server locations** on AWS, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, Hostinger VPS, Google Cloud, and bring-your-own-Ubuntu providers. The same managed control panel that the team uses for WordPress, Laravel, and n8n hosting now wraps Hermes Agent with a deployment template.
### **Key Features**
- **One-click deploy** — Hermes Agent + gateway + SSL provisioned in roughly five minutes from sign-up
- **Pre-configured Telegram gateway** — bot token field built into the deploy form; Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, and Signal available out of the box
- **Self-improving skills preserved across updates** — Hermes’ procedural memory survives platform updates
- **Free SSL with auto-renewal** — required for Telegram webhook delivery, handled without configuration.
- **24/7 expert support** with sub-four-hour median response time
- **14-day money-back guarantee** — long enough to validate the agent against a real workflow
### **How to Deploy on xCloud**
With xCloud, deploying Hermes Agent is as simple as signing up, choosing your region, and adding your API keys. Everything runs on xCloud’s managed servers, so the entire stack, from provisioning, SSL, to gateway setup, is taken care of for you. Here’s how to get started:”
1. Sign up at [**xCloud Hermes Agent Hosting**](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
2. Pick a region near your messaging users (the closer to your Telegram/Discord traffic, the lower webhook latency)
3. Paste your LLM provider API key (Nous Portal, OpenRouter, Anthropic, or OpenAI)
4. Paste your Telegram bot token to enable the gateway
5. Open Telegram and message your agent
👉 To learn more with a step-by-step guide, visit the guide to [**deploy your own Hermes Agent with xCloud**](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/).
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Only fully managed Hermes Agent service on the market
❌ Higher sticker price than a raw $4.59 Hetzner box
✅ Memory and skills survive platform updates without operator action
❌ Less low-level customisation than a raw root VPS
✅ Pre-configured Telegram gateway saves the hardest setup step
❌ Region availability tied to xCloud’s partner clouds (still 30+)
✅ Auto-SSL handled by default
❌ Limited tiers mean scaling up is a server upgrade, not a slider.
**Best for:** Founders, agencies, and operators who want the agent running by lunch, not the weekend. Especially worth it for anyone whose hourly rate makes self-hosted setup time the most expensive line item.
## **🥈 2. Hetzner Cloud — Best Budget VPS for Long-Term Production**
Hetzner Cloud’s CX22 plan starts at €4.51 (about $4.59) per month for 2 vCPUs, 4 GB RAM, and 40 GB SSD — specs that comfortably run Hermes Agent with browser automation enabled. [Remote OpenClaw’s cost-of-running analysis](https://www.remoteopenclaw.com/blog/hermes-agent-cost-breakdown) lands on Hetzner as the best price-to-performance ratio of any provider tested for AI agent workloads.
Hetzner is German, has been around since 1997, and runs its own data centres in Falkenstein, Nuremberg, and Helsinki, plus Ashburn (US East) and Hillsboro (US West) for North American latency. The trade-off is documentation depth: Hetzner’s tutorials assume comfort with a Linux terminal. There is no Hermes Agent template, no Application Catalog one-click button, and no on-call support.
### **Key Features**
- **Dedicated CPU options** — CCX series gives Hermes a CPU core nobody else can hit
- **Hourly billing with monthly cap** — pay for partial months when testing
- **Free 20 GB external snapshot storage** for memory database backups
- **40 Gbps unmetered traffic** — generous for inbound webhook traffic from messaging platforms
- **Cloud Firewall included** — gate inbound to Hermes’ webhook port and SSH only
- **API and Terraform provider** — Hermes Agent infrastructure can be code-managed
### **How to Deploy on Hetzner Cloud**
1. Create a Hetzner Cloud project, generate an API token
2. Provision a CX22 instance with Ubuntu 24.04
3. SSH in and run the [official Hermes installer](https://github.com/nousresearch/hermes-agent): `curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/NousResearch/hermes-agent/main/scripts/install.sh | bash`
4. Run `hermes setup` to configure your LLM provider
5. Configure systemd: `hermes gateway install` to keep the gateway alive across reboots
6. Point a domain via Cloudflare, set up Caddy or nginx for SSL, configure the Telegram webhook URL
The four steps after step 2 are where most operators lose two hours.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Cheapest production-grade VPS in this comparison
❌ Zero hand-holding — you debug everything yourself
✅ Stable pricing without renewal-rate inflation
❌ No Hermes-specific tooling or templates
✅ Strong privacy posture (German law, owned data centres)
❌ Limited support hours; no live chat for €4.59 plans
✅ Snapshot-based backups built-in
❌ Setup time is the real cost — 30–60 minutes minimum
**Best for:** Engineers running Hermes long-term who are comfortable in a terminal and want the lowest possible monthly hosting bill.
## **🥉 3. Hostinger VPS — Best One-Click Self-Hosted Setup**
Hostinger added a [dedicated Hermes Agent template](https://www.hostinger.com/vps/docker/hermes-agent) to its Application Catalog in early 2026 — pick “Hermes Agent” from the Docker Manager, paste an LLM API key, click deploy, and you have a working agent on a public IP in under 15 minutes.
According to the [Hostinger setup guide](https://www.hostinger.com/support/how-to-get-started-with-hermes-agent-at-hostinger/), the template handles the Docker volume mounts so memory and skills persist across container restarts, configures the gateway, and exposes the CLI through the VPS terminal. The Hostinger AI assistant (Kodee) can also walk through gateway setup if you get stuck.
The catch worth knowing: Hostinger’s introductory rates renew at substantially higher rates. [**Remote OpenClaw documented**](https://www.remoteopenclaw.com/blog/hermes-agent-cost-breakdown) renewal increases of 140–230% above the introductory price. A $4.99/month plan can renew at $11–15/month, which still beats most US providers but is not the headline number.
### **Key Features**
- **Pre-built Hermes Agent Docker template** in the VPS Application Catalog
- **AI assistant (Kodee)** that helps with deployment and troubleshooting
- **NVMe SSD storage** across all VPS plans
- **Weekly backups included** on KVM 1+ plans
- **Choice of Docker Manager or full root SSH** — flexibility for both new and experienced users
- **24/7 chat support** with reasonable response times
### **How to Deploy on Hostinger VPS**
1. Buy a KVM 2 plan (4 GB RAM recommended for browser automation)
2. In the VPS dashboard, open Docker Manager → Catalog
3. Search “Hermes Agent” → Select → Deploy
4. Provide your LLM API key when prompted
5. SSH or use the browser terminal to run `hermes setup` and configure the messaging gateway
6. Point a domain to the VPS IP for the Telegram webhook
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Fastest one-click deploy outside fully managed services
❌ Renewal pricing 140–230% above intro rates
✅ Hermes Agent template officially maintained
❌ Long-term contracts required for the cheapest rate
✅ NVMe storage standard across plans
❌ Memory/skills persistence still requires understanding Docker volumes
✅ Built-in AI assistant for setup help
❌ You still own SSL, gateway, and updates
**Best for:** Solo developers who want one-click deployment but don’t need fully managed support, and are comfortable signing 24-month terms to lock in the introductory rate.
## 4\. DigitalOcean — Best for Developer-Friendly Self-Hosting
DigitalOcean droplets start at $6/month for 1 GB RAM, though most Hermes Agent users want at least the 2 GB ($12/month) tier for browser automation headroom. The pull isn’t price — it’s the documentation. DigitalOcean’s tutorial library is the most extensive in the developer hosting space, which matters when you’re debugging a Telegram webhook at 11 PM and need a clean answer fast.
[The Top 6 Hermes Agent VPS comparison](https://vpssos.com/top-6-hermes-agent-vps-hosting/) calls out DigitalOcean’s clean interface and stability as the main reasons production Hermes deployments end up there despite the higher price. New users also get $200 in credits, which covers four months on the recommended droplet size.
### Key Features
- **One-click Docker droplet** — Hermes deploys as standard Docker image
- **$200 free credit** for new accounts (4 months on a $50/mo droplet)
- **15+ data centre regions** with private networking
- **Spaces object storage** at $5/month for off-droplet backups
- **Managed databases** if Hermes ever outgrows SQLite
- **Best-in-class community tutorials** — large existing Hermes Agent setup guide library
### How to Deploy on DigitalOcean
1. Create a project, add a Basic Droplet (2 GB / 1 vCPU / 50 GB) with Ubuntu 24.04
2. Add an SSH key, attach a $1/mo backup
3. SSH in and run the official Hermes Agent install script
4. Run `hermes setup` to pick a model provider
5. Configure systemd via `hermes gateway install`
6. Add a Cloudflare-proxied domain for SSL and the Telegram webhook URL
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Largest tutorial library and developer community
❌ More expensive than Hetzner for similar specs
✅ $200 sign-up credit covers 4+ months
❌ No Hermes-specific template (yet)
✅ Reliable infrastructure with strong uptime track record
❌ Backups are an extra $1/mo opt-in
✅ Easy upgrade path to managed databases or Kubernetes
❌ US-only support for entry tiers
**Best for:** Engineers who learn by reading tutorials and want a hosting provider where every weird Hermes question has already been answered on the company blog.
## 5\. Virtua.Cloud — Best Hermes-Specialist European VPS
[Virtua.Cloud](https://www.virtua.cloud/vps/hermes-agent) markets itself directly to Hermes Agent users — the landing page advertises “16 messaging platforms, 400+ AI models, web dashboard, persistent memory” and includes a one-line install script tuned for Hermes. Plans start at €5/month and the data centres are EU-based (independent European hosting, owned infrastructure).
The deployment flow is the closest a self-hosted VPS comes to fully managed without crossing the line. The installer handles dependencies on Debian 12 or Ubuntu 22.04, installs systemd unit files, and exposes a clean web dashboard alongside the CLI.
### Key Features
- **One-line installer** specifically for Hermes Agent
- **EU data residency** (relevant for GDPR-sensitive users)
- **Web dashboard** for managing config, sessions, and skills
- **DDoS protection** included on all plans
- **Full root SSH access** retained for advanced users
- **Hermes-aware support** — the team actually uses the product
### How to Deploy on Virtua.Cloud
1. Pick Debian 12 or Ubuntu 22.04 at checkout
2. Receive credentials immediately upon provisioning
3. SSH in and run the one-line installer
4. The web dashboard becomes available on a subdomain
5. Configure messaging gateways through the dashboard
6. Done — DDoS protection and base firewall are pre-configured
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Hermes-aware support — team understands the product
❌ Smaller than Hetzner / DigitalOcean (less documentation breadth)
✅ EU-only data residency for privacy-sensitive users
❌ Limited US/Asia presence for global messaging latency
✅ Web dashboard included alongside the CLI
❌ Pricing is in euros — exchange rate variance for non-EU customers
✅ DDoS protection on all plans
❌ Single-region for most plans
**Best for:** EU-based users who want a Hermes-specialist host with a web UI and don’t need the managed convenience of xCloud. A reasonable middle ground between Hetzner’s bare metal and xCloud’s full managed service.
## 6\. Vultr – Best for Global Messaging Latency
Vultr runs 30+ data centres on six continents, which is the practical reason it shows up in Hermes Agent comparisons. If your Telegram users are in Singapore and your VPS is in Frankfurt, the gateway round-trip adds noticeable latency. Vultr lets you put the agent close to the users.
Pricing starts at $5/month for 1 GB RAM and scales linearly. There is no Hermes-specific template, but Docker is supported on every instance and the standard Hermes installer works without modification.
### Key Features
- **30+ global data centre locations** — most regions of any major VPS provider
- **Hourly billing** for short-term testing
- **High-frequency CPU plans** for compute-bound Hermes workflows
- **Block storage and snapshots** for memory backups
- **IPv6 included** by default
### How to Deploy on Vultr
1. Pick a region close to your primary messaging traffic
2. Provision a Cloud Compute instance with Ubuntu 24.04 and 2+ GB RAM
3. SSH in, install Docker, run the official Hermes Agent install script
4. Configure the gateway via `hermes gateway`
5. Use Cloudflare or Vultr’s reserved IP for the Telegram webhook URL
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Best regional coverage of any provider in this comparison
❌ No Hermes-specific tooling
✅ Hourly billing for short-term tests
❌ Documentation thinner than DigitalOcean
✅ Reasonable pricing across all regions
❌ Less generous free tier than DigitalOcean
✅ Reserved IPs available for stable webhook URLs
❌ Performance per dollar lags Hetzner
**Best for:** Operators whose Hermes Agent talks to users across multiple continents and who care about gateway-to-user latency more than absolute price.
## 7\. LightNode — Best for Testing and Hourly Billing
LightNode shows up in the [**VPS SOS Hermes Agent comparison**](https://vpssos.com/top-6-hermes-agent-vps-hosting/) primarily because of its hourly billing model and 40+ global locations. Spin up an instance for $0.018/hour, test Hermes for an afternoon, destroy it, and pay roughly $0.15. That’s a useful pattern when you’re still picking which LLM provider works best for your workflows.
LightNode is not the right answer for production. The infrastructure is solid for testing but the support, tooling, and documentation aren’t at Hetzner or DigitalOcean’s level. Use it to evaluate, then move when you’re committed.
### Key Features
- **Hourly billing** without commitment
- **Sub-2-minute provisioning** — fastest deploy in this list
- **40+ global locations** covering Asia, Europe, and the Americas
- **No long-term contracts** required
- **Crypto and PayPal payment options** for flexibility
### How to Deploy on LightNode
1. Sign up, top up the wallet with $5
2. Pick a location and a 2 GB instance
3. SSH in within two minutes, run the Hermes installer
4. Configure for testing — skip the gateway and SSL setup if you’re only using the CLI
5. Destroy the instance when done; data is wiped
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Hourly billing means cheap experimentation
❌ Not designed for long-term production
✅ Fastest provisioning of any provider tested
❌ Smaller support team than incumbents
✅ 40+ regions for latency testing
❌ Documentation thin; little Hermes Agent specific guidance
✅ Flexible payment options including crypto
❌ Resource performance variable across regions
**Best for:** Developers in the evaluation phase who want to spin up Hermes in five different regions, compare latency, and only pay for the hours used.
## 8\. Bluehost VPS — Best for Beginner-Friendly Always-On Setup
Bluehost is better known for shared WordPress hosting, but its VPS line works for Hermes Agent and shows up on this list for one reason: the support model. Bluehost has phone support, live chat, and an onboarding team that walks first-time VPS users through deployment. None of the cheaper providers offer that.
According to [**Bluehost’s Hermes Agent guide**](https://www.bluehost.com/blog/run-hermes-agent-vps/), their VPS plans give the always-on foundation, root access, and resource control needed for long-running Hermes workflows — and the company’s own engineers wrote the deployment tutorial.
Pricing starts at $19.99/month, which is more than Hetzner and Hostinger but cheaper than the full xCloud managed tier. The middle ground here is real: a beginner-friendly self-hosted experience without paying for full management.
### Key Features
- **Phone and live chat support** — rare at this price tier for VPS
- **Pre-installed Linux distros** with cPanel option
- **Free domain name** with annual plans
- **NVMe storage** across VPS plans
- **Built-in caching and security tools**
### How to Deploy on Bluehost VPS
1. Buy a Standard or Enhanced VPS plan
2. Use Bluehost’s onboarding chat to provision the server with Ubuntu
3. SSH in and run the Hermes Agent install script
4. Configure the gateway and SSL via the included WHM panel or manually
5. Set up the systemd service for auto-restart
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Phone support included — uncommon for VPS at this price
❌ Roughly 4x the price of Hetzner for similar specs
✅ Beginner-friendly onboarding with hand-holding
❌ No Hermes-specific tooling
✅ Free domain on annual plans
❌ cPanel-style management adds overhead some operators dislike
✅ Long uptime track record
❌ Renewal pricing also climbs after intro period
**Best for:** First-time VPS users who want an always-on Hermes Agent and value being able to call a human when something breaks.
## 9\. Railway — Best for Serverless / Pay-Per-Second Hermes Hosting
Railway is the outlier on this list. It doesn’t sell servers — it sells a platform-as-a-service where Hermes runs in a container that scales to zero when idle and bills per second when active. For a Hermes Agent that only fires a few times per day, Railway can cost less than $5/month while a $5/month always-on VPS sits idle 95% of the time.
The trade-off is cold starts. A scaled-to-zero Hermes Agent takes a few seconds to wake up, which is fine for cron-driven workflows and noticeable for interactive Telegram chat. The right fit depends on what you’re doing with the agent.
### Key Features
- **Per-second billing** with usage-based pricing
- **Scale to zero** when idle
- **Git-based deploys** — push to deploy, rollback in one click
- **Built-in Postgres** for operators who outgrow SQLite
- **Generous free tier** for small workloads
### How to Deploy on Railway
1. Connect a GitHub repository with a Hermes Agent Dockerfile
2. Railway auto-detects Docker, deploys
3. Set environment variables: LLM API key, Telegram bot token, persistent volume mount path
4. Attach a Railway volume for memory persistence
5. Add a custom domain for the Telegram webhook
6. Push to main; Railway redeploys automatically
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Scales to zero — pay nothing when idle
❌ Cold start delay on first message after idle
✅ Git-driven deploys and rollback
❌ Persistent volumes have stricter size limits
✅ Works well for cron-driven Hermes workflows
❌ Pricing model harder to predict than flat VPS
✅ Built-in Postgres available if needed
❌ Less suited for chat-heavy interactive use
**Best for:** Hermes Agent setups that run scheduled workflows (research, summaries, monitoring) rather than interactive chat — where a few seconds of cold-start latency on each invocation is fine and the cost savings of scale-to-zero are real.
## Resource Requirements: What Hermes Agent Actually Needs
The [official Hermes Agent README](https://github.com/nousresearch/hermes-agent) gives baseline requirements. Real-world numbers from operators land in this range:
Workload
vCPU
RAM
Storage
Bandwidth
CLI-only personal use
1
1 GB
10 GB
100 GB/mo
Single messaging channel
1
2 GB
20 GB
250 GB/mo
Multi-channel gateway (Telegram + Slack + Discord)
2
4 GB
40 GB
500 GB/mo
Multi-channel + browser automation
2–4
4–8 GB
60 GB
1 TB/mo
Heavy automation + multiple concurrent skills
4
8 GB
80 GB
2 TB/mo
The Camofox anti-detection browser introduced in Hermes Agent v0.7.0 needs roughly 2 GB of additional RAM. A $5/month plan with 1 GB RAM that handled Hermes fine in v0.6 will swap heavily in v0.7+ if browser tools are enabled.
## **Cost Breakdown: What You’ll Actually Pay**
Real cost has three components: hosting, LLM tokens, and your time. The first is easy to compare, the second varies wildly, and the third is the line item people forget.
Setup
Hosting/mo
LLM tokens/mo
Your time/mo
Total monthly cost
**xCloud managed** + DeepSeek V4
$9.99
$5–15
~$0 (zero ops)
**$29–39**
**Hetzner CX22** + DeepSeek V4
$4.59
$5–15
1–3 hrs ($30–150 at $30–50/hr)
**$39–169**
**Hostinger KVM 2 (intro)** + Claude Haiku
$6.49
$15–30
1–2 hrs
**$50–85**
**DigitalOcean 2 GB** + OpenRouter
$12
$10–25
1–2 hrs
**$52–87**
**Virtua.Cloud €5** + DeepSeek V4
$5.30
$5–15
1 hr
**$40–80**
**Vultr 2 GB** + Claude Haiku
$12
$15–30
1–2 hrs
**$57–92**
**LightNode hourly** + DeepSeek V4
$13–18
$5–15
30 min
**$33–58**
**Bluehost VPS Standard** + OpenRouter
$19.99
$10–25
1 hr
**$60–95**
**Railway pay-per-second** + DeepSeek V4
$0–10
$5–15
1–2 hrs
**$35–75**
The “your time” column is what most comparisons skip. If your billable rate is $50/hour and self-hosting takes three hours of setup plus an hour a month maintaining it, that’s $50/month on top of the $4.59 Hetzner bill — and the cheapest VPS is suddenly the most expensive option.
## Setup Difficulty: How Hard Each Path Is in Practice
Provider
Setup time
Skills needed
Ongoing maintenance
**xCloud**
~5 min
None — just a credit card
Minimal — managed updates
**Hetzner Cloud**
30–60 min
Linux CLI, systemd, nginx/Caddy, Cloudflare
Hours per month
**Hostinger VPS**
15–30 min
Docker basics, Application Catalog familiarity
Moderate
**DigitalOcean**
30–60 min
Linux CLI, Docker, systemd
Hours per month
**Virtua.Cloud**
10–20 min
Basic Linux comfort
Low — installer handles most
**Vultr**
30–60 min
Linux CLI, Docker, systemd
Hours per month
**LightNode**
5–10 min
Basic terminal use
Minimal — testing only
**Bluehost VPS**
30–45 min
Some Linux comfort, willingness to chat support
Moderate
**Railway**
10–20 min
Git, Docker, Railway-specific config
Low after initial setup
## Common Mistakes Operators Make Choosing Hermes Hosting
Five patterns repeat in production deployments and Reddit threads:
- **Picking the cheapest VPS without budgeting time.** A $4.59 Hetzner box that takes three hours to set up costs more than $9.99 of xCloud once your hourly rate is in the math.
- **Forgetting persistent volumes.** Hermes’ learning loop only matters if memory and skills survive a container restart. Several operators have lost weeks of accumulated skills by running Docker without a mounted volume.
- **Skipping SSL and HTTPS for the gateway.** Telegram requires HTTPS for webhook delivery. Operators who try to wire a plain HTTP webhook spend an hour debugging before realising this.
- **Running v0.7+ on 1 GB RAM.** Camofox browser automation needs 4 GB total. A 1 GB plan that worked fine on v0.6 will OOM on v0.7+.
- **Not setting up a process supervisor.** Without systemd or Docker `restart: unless-stopped`, the agent dies on first crash and stays dead until you SSH in. The whole 24/7 promise depends on auto-restart.
## Audience Mapping: Which One Fits Your Situation
If you are…
Best choice
Why
A founder validating an AI workflow
**xCloud**
5-minute deploy means you find out if Hermes solves your problem this week, not next month
A solo developer comfortable in a terminal
**Hetzner Cloud**
Lowest sticker price, you’ll tolerate the setup
A solo developer who hates Linux configs
**Hostinger VPS**
Application Catalog template skips the worst parts
Running an agency with 5+ Hermes deployments
**xCloud**
Multi-server management in one panel
Building inside the EU with GDPR concerns
**Virtua.Cloud**
EU-only data residency, Hermes-aware team
Connecting to global users on multiple continents
**Vultr**
Region count beats everyone
Just testing for a weekend
**LightNode**
Hourly billing wastes nothing
New to VPS but want self-hosted
**Bluehost VPS**
Phone support catches you when stuck
Running scheduled / cron-only workflows
**Railway**
Scale-to-zero saves real money on idle agents
## Frequently Asked Questions
### **What is the best hosting for Hermes Agent in 2026?**
For most users, [xCloud’s managed Hermes Agent hosting](/hermes-agent-hosting/) is the practical answer because it removes the entire infrastructure layer for $9.99/month. For developers who prefer to self-host, Hetzner Cloud delivers the best price-to-performance, and Hostinger VPS has the smoothest one-click Docker deployment thanks to its [Application Catalog template](https://www.hostinger.com/vps/docker/hermes-agent).
### **Can I run Hermes Agent on a self-managed server?**
Yes, for CLI-only and single-channel use. Hermes Agent without browser automation needs roughly 1 vCPU and 1 GB RAM, which fits comfortably on a self-managed server. Once you enable browser tools (Camofox or Chrome CDP) in v0.7+, plan on 4 GB RAM minimum, which moves you to $9.99–24/month tiers depending on provider.
### **Do I need a GPU for Hermes Agent hosting?**
No. Hermes Agent calls hosted LLM APIs (OpenAI, OpenRouter, Anthropic, Nous Portal) by default, so the VPS only handles agent logic, memory, and the gateway — all CPU-light work. A GPU is only relevant if you decide to run a local LLM via Ollama or vLLM on the same box, which is a different deployment pattern.
### **Is xCloud the only managed Hermes Agent host?**
As of April 2026, yes. Hostinger has a Docker template, Virtua.Cloud has a one-line installer, and Bluehost has a tutorial, but xCloud is the only provider that runs Hermes as a fully managed service with pre-configured gateways, automatic updates, and support that knows the product.
### **How much does it cost to run Hermes Agent for a year?**
A budget setup using Hetzner CX22 + DeepSeek V4 lands around $90–180/year for hosting and tokens combined. A managed setup on xCloud + a moderately-priced model lands around $350–500/year. A premium setup with Claude Sonnet 4.6 on a 4 GB VPS runs $500–1,000/year. The model choice typically dominates the bill once usage scales.
### **Will my agent’s memory and skills persist across server restarts?**
Only if you configure persistent storage correctly. Hermes Agent stores memory in `~/.hermes/` by default. On Docker, mount that path as a named volume. On a VPS, the data lives on the disk and survives reboots automatically. Managed services like xCloud handle this for you and back it up daily.
### **Can Hermes Agent run alongside OpenClaw on the same server?**
Yes. Both projects are documented to coexist on a single VPS, and the [HermesClaw community bridge](https://github.com/nousresearch/hermes-agent) even lets them share a WeChat account. Allocate at least 4 GB RAM if you want both running with browser automation enabled.
### **What happens if Telegram requires SSL for webhooks?**
Telegram’s Bot API requires HTTPS for webhook delivery, period. Self-hosted setups need a domain pointed at the VPS plus Let’s Encrypt, Caddy, or Cloudflare for SSL. Managed services like [xCloud](/hermes-agent-hosting/) handle SSL automatically. This single requirement is why so many self-hosted Hermes deployments stall on day one.
### **Is Hermes Agent good for non-technical users?**
The agent itself is approachable through Telegram or Discord chat once running. The setup is the hard part. For non-technical users, fully managed hosting through xCloud is the realistic option — none of the self-hosted paths in this list are non-developer-friendly, regardless of how the marketing describes them.
### **How does Hermes Agent compare to OpenClaw and Paperclip for hosting?**
All three run on similar VPS specs (2 GB RAM minimum) and the xCloud platform offers [**managed hosting for each at $9.99/month**](/openclaw-vs-paperclip-vs-hermes/). Hermes is the lightest of the three on idle resources because of its single-process architecture. Paperclip needs Postgres, which adds memory overhead. OpenClaw’s resource use scales with the number of messaging channels enabled.
### **Can I migrate from one host to another later?**
Yes. Hermes Agent stores everything important in `~/.hermes/` — memory database, skills, config, credentials. Tar that directory, copy to the new server, untar, restart the agent, and your accumulated skills and memory move with it. The migration takes minutes; the platform lock-in concern is essentially zero.
### **Where can I get help if my Hermes setup breaks?**
For Hermes-specific issues: the [**Nous Research Discord**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/) and the GitHub Issues tab. For hosting-specific issues: each provider’s own support — xCloud and Bluehost have the most responsive human support for Hermes-related questions specifically.
## **Conclusion: Your 2026 Hermes Agent Hosting Roadmap**
The Hermes Agent hosting decision comes down to a single trade: how much of your weekend do you want to spend on infrastructure?
If the answer is “none,” xCloud’s managed service is the only entry on this list that actually delivers that. If the answer is “I enjoy it and I want the lowest possible bill,” Hetzner Cloud has earned its reputation. Everyone else fits between those two poles based on which trade-offs you’re prepared to make.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your goal
Best choice
Why
Best fully managed
**[xCloud](/hermes-agent-hosting/)**
Only fully managed Hermes Agent service with pre-configured gateways
Best budget VPS
**Hetzner Cloud**
Best price-to-performance for production workloads
Best one-click deploy
**Hostinger VPS**
Pre-built Hermes Agent template in Application Catalog
Best for developers
**DigitalOcean**
Largest tutorial library and developer community
Best for EU privacy
**Virtua.Cloud**
EU-only data residency with Hermes-aware support
Best for global reach
**Vultr**
30+ regions covering all six continents
Best for testing
**LightNode**
Hourly billing for short-term experiments
Best for beginners
**Bluehost VPS**
Phone support included at the price tier
Best for serverless
**Railway**
Scale-to-zero saves money on idle agents
**What to do this week:** Pick the row that matches your situation, deploy on the matching host, and run Hermes against one real workflow for two weeks. Either it earns its keep, or it doesn’t, and you find out fast. The 14-day money-back guarantee on xCloud’s managed plan gives you a free trial of the fastest path. The hourly billing on LightNode gives you a free trial of the cheapest. Between those two options, you can answer the question for under $25.
The honest take after watching this market for six months: the people getting the most out of Hermes Agent in 2026 are not the ones who picked the absolute cheapest host. They’re the ones who matched the host to the workload and stopped tinkering with infrastructure when the agent was running. Whichever direction you go, that’s the move worth making.
If you found this guide useful, [**subscribe to the xCloud blog**](/blog/) for more deep-dive comparisons on hosting AI agents, automation tools, and the open-source stack powering modern operators. You can also join the **[xCloud Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)** to compare setups with other Hermes Agent operators.
---
# 9 Best Hosting for WooCommerce in 2026: Speed, Cost & Scalability Compared - xCloud
> Learn which WooCommerce hosting delivers the fastest speed, lowest real cost, and best scalability in 2026. 9 providers compared with independent benchmarks.
WooCommerce now powers **over 4.17 million live online stores worldwide**, making it the most widely used eCommerce platform by store count, [**according to BuiltWith**](https://trends.builtwith.com/shop/WooCommerce). Yet most of those stores never reach their revenue potential because of one preventable mistake: choosing the wrong hosting. Research from [**Akamai**](https://www.akamai.com/site/en/documents/research-paper/akamai-online-retail-performance-report-milliseconds-are-critical.pdf) shows a 1-second delay in page load time reduces conversions by up to 7%, and [**Colorlib reports**](https://colorlib.com/wp/woocommerce-statistics/) only 33–40% of WooCommerce stores currently pass Google’s Core Web Vitals, compared to 75–78% for Shopify stores.
This guide ranks the 9 best hosting providers for WooCommerce in 2026 based on speed benchmarks, real pricing, scalability under traffic spikes, and WooCommerce-specific features verified across G2, Trustpilot, Capterra, and independent technical reviews.
## **Quick Summary: Best Hosting for WooCommerce at a Glance**
Here is a quick expert guide for you. The table below shows what to pick based on what you actually need:
If You Want To…
Use This
Starting Price
Best For
Cut hosting costs by ~40% vs. Cloudways while keeping managed features
**xCloud**
Free → $5/mo
Stores wanting cost-efficient managed cloud + BYOS
Run a high-traffic store with zero server decisions
**Kinsta**
$35/mo (WooCommerce: $115/mo)
Stores with $100K+ ARR
Scale across multiple cloud providers from one panel
**Cloudways**
$14/mo
Existing Cloudways users, multi-cloud teams
Launch your first WooCommerce store cheaply
**Hostinger**
$2.69/mo
New stores, side projects
Get reliable shared hosting with 24/7 phone support
**SiteGround**
$2.99/mo
Non-technical store owners
Match enterprise speed without enterprise prices
**Rocket.net**
$30/mo
Speed-obsessed merchants
Auto-scale during Black Friday traffic spikes
**Nexcess**
$21/mo
Seasonal peak stores
Run heavy-plugin WooCommerce builds on dedicated VPS
**Liquid Web**
$25/mo
Established stores
Host on a Genesis-friendly managed platform
**WP Engine**
$25/mo (WooCommerce: ~$50/mo)
Agencies, content-driven stores
[**According to Online Media Masters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/), xCloud is around 40% cheaper than Cloudways at equivalent server specs, while [**Blog Marketing Academy confirmed**](https://www.blogmarketingacademy.com/xcloud-hosting-review/) xCloud has measurably faster page loads on identical Vultr High Frequency hardware after migrating 11 sites away from Cloudways.
- **Best for Beginners:** [**Hostinger**](https://www.hostinger.com/) has the cheapest entry price with a WooCommerce-optimized stack and 24/7 chat support
- **Best for Growing Stores:** [**xCloud**](/) has a free tier (1 server, 10 sites) plus ~40% lower cost per server vs. Cloudways
- **Best for Enterprise:** [**Kinsta**](https://kinsta.com/) runs on Google Cloud C3D infrastructure with Cloudflare Enterprise included on every plan
## **Why WooCommerce Hosting is Different from Regular WordPress Hosting**
WooCommerce is not a typical WordPress site. [**According to WP101**](https://wp101.com/best-woocommerce-hosting/), every product page, cart action, and checkout triggers database queries, PHP execution, session handling, and frequently a payment gateway API call, all happening in real time. Generic shared hosting that handles a brochure site fine will buckle under WooCommerce traffic.
Three technical factors make WooCommerce uniquely demanding for hosting:
- **Uncacheable pages:** Cart, checkout, and “My Account” pages cannot be cached the same way blog posts are, because each visitor’s session data is unique. [**Kinsta’s documentation**](https://kinsta.com/blog/woocommerce-hosting/) confirms these pages must be excluded from full-page cache to prevent users seeing each other’s carts.
- **PHP workers handle concurrent checkouts:** A single PHP worker can only process one checkout at a time. Stores running flash sales need 4+ PHP workers minimum to avoid timeouts. This is why [**Kinsta recommends its Business 1 plan ($115/month) as the minimum for WooCommerce**](https://kinsta.com/pricing/), since it is the first tier with 4 PHP workers.
- **Database load grows with order volume:** WooCommerce makes hundreds of database calls per page load. Without Redis or Memcached object caching, the database becomes the bottleneck once you exceed roughly 50–100 concurrent shoppers.
Beyond the technical demands, the financial stakes are higher than for any other site type. Research from [**Walmart, cited in a Cloudways speed analysis**](https://www.cloudways.com/blog/site-speed-impact-conversions/), shows a 2% conversion lift for every 1-second improvement in load time. For a store doing $10,000/month, that is roughly $200/month in recovered revenue per second saved, which is far more than the cost difference between any two hosts on this list.
## **How We Ranked the Best WooCommerce Hosting Providers**
Rankings are based on five criteria weighted by impact on store revenue, not on affiliate commission rates or marketing claims:
Criterion
Weight
What We Measured
**Speed under WooCommerce load**
30%
TTFB and LCP on a sample WooCommerce install with 50 products, tested via PageSpeed Insights and GTmetrix
**Real cost (year 1 + year 2)**
25%
Listed pricing including renewal hikes, server fees, and required add-ons
**WooCommerce-specific features**
20%
Cache rules for cart/checkout, Redis support, PHP workers, HPOS compatibility
**Scalability**
15%
Ease of upgrading plans, autoscaling availability, traffic spike handling
**Support quality**
10%
Verified reviews on G2, Trustpilot, and Capterra; response times during checkout issues
Pricing data was verified directly from each provider’s official pricing page in April 2026. Performance claims are cross-referenced with independent reviews from [**Online Media Masters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com), [**Blog Marketing Academy**](https://www.blogmarketingacademy.com), [**Managed WP Guide**](https://managedwpguide.com), and [**WPBeginner**](https://www.wpbeginner.com/best-woocommerce-hosting/).
## Master Comparison: Best WooCommerce Hosting Providers 2026
Rank
Provider
Speed (LCP)
Starting Price
WooCommerce Plan
Best For
🥇 1
**xCloud**
★★★★★ (1.6s avg)
Free → $5/mo
$5/mo + server cost
Cost-efficient managed cloud, BYOS flexibility
🥈 2
**Kinsta**
★★★★★ (1.7s avg)
$35/mo
$115/mo (Business 1)
Premium enterprise stores
🥉 3
**Cloudways**
★★★★ (1.9s avg)
$14/mo
$46/mo (4GB DO)
Multi-cloud teams
4
**Rocket.net**
★★★★★ (1.5s avg)
$30/mo
$30/mo
Speed-obsessed merchants
5
**Nexcess**
★★★★ (2.0s avg)
$21/mo
$21/mo (Spark)
Seasonal autoscaling
6
**WP Engine**
★★★★ (2.1s avg)
$25/mo
~$50/mo (Professional)
Agencies, content stores
7
**SiteGround**
★★★★ (2.0s avg)
$2.99/mo\*
$7.99/mo (GrowBig)\*
Beginner-friendly setup
8
**Hostinger**
★★★ (2.2s avg)
$2.69/mo\*
$3.99/mo (Business)\*
Budget-conscious launch
9
**Liquid Web**
★★★★ (1.9s avg)
$25/mo
$25/mo (Spark)
Heavy-plugin WooCommerce
\*Introductory price; renewal pricing is significantly higher. LCP figures based on aggregated independent benchmarks from Online Media Masters, Managed WP Guide, and PageSpeed Matters.
## 🥇 1. xCloud — Best for Cost-Efficient Managed Hosting + BYOS Flexibility
[**According to Online Media Masters’ independent review**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/), [**xCloud**](/) is around 40% cheaper than Cloudways at identical server specifications, while running a measurably faster tech stack on the same Vultr hardware. [**Blog Marketing Academy reached the same conclusion**](https://www.blogmarketingacademy.com/xcloud-hosting-review/) after migrating 11 client sites and observing faster TTFB on every site, even on a 1 vCPU / 1GB RAM server.
What makes [**xCloud**](/) different is its dual-mode architecture. You can either use [**xCloud Managed Servers**](/hosting-for-wordpress/) starting at $3/month, or use the Bring Your Own Server (BYOS) model to connect any cloud provider (Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, Hetzner, or Contabo) and pay just $5/month per server for the control panel. This eliminates the markup that traditional managed hosts add on top of cloud infrastructure, which is the core reason WordPress professionals switched after DigitalOcean acquired Cloudways in 2022.
For WooCommerce specifically, [**xCloud’s WooCommerce Hosting page**](/woocommerce-hosting/) details Redis caching presets tuned for WooCommerce database queries, NGINX FastCGI full-page caching with cart/checkout exclusions configured by default, and OpenLiteSpeed support for stores running LiteSpeed Cache plugin.
### **Key Features**
- **BYOS pricing:** Free for 1 server + 10 sites; $5/server for 1–5 servers; $4 (6–10); $3 (10+), confirmed in [**xCloud’s billing documentation**](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
- **Full root SSH access:** Unlike Kinsta or WP Engine, you have complete server control
- **WooCommerce caching presets:** Pre-configured Redis rules and FastCGI cache exclusions for cart/checkout
- **Free migration:** Bulk + single-site WordPress migration plugin with team-assisted transfers
- **OpenLiteSpeed option:** LiteSpeed web server for stores using LiteSpeed Cache
- **7G/8G Firewall:** Web Application Firewall protection against XSS, SQL injection, bad bots
- **Staging environments:** Every site includes a separate staging environment with one-click “Go Live”
- **100 free transactional emails/month:** Mailgun, SendGrid, Elastic Email integrations
- **No site limits:** Host unlimited WooCommerce stores per server (unlike Kinsta’s per-site pricing)
### **How to Get Started with xCloud for WooCommerce?**
Getting started with [**xCloud**](/) is pretty simple. Pick the path that matches your situation:
**Option A: BYOS (Bring Your Own Server) — Cheapest Path**
1. Sign up for [**xCloud’s**](/) free tier.
2. Sign up for a Vultr or DigitalOcean account (new accounts get $300 / $200 in free credits).
3. Add your cloud provider API key in xCloud’s dashboard.
4. Spin up a Vultr High Frequency server (2 vCPU, 4GB RAM is the sweet spot for WooCommerce).
5. Install WordPress + WooCommerce in one click.
6. Migrate your existing store using xCloud’s free migration plugin.
**Option B: xCloud Managed Hosting — Easiest Path**
1. Choose a plan from [**xCloud’s WooCommerce Hosting page**](/woocommerce-hosting/)
2. Pick a server location closest to your customers.
3. Install WordPress + WooCommerce automatically.
4. Request free migration assistance.
## **Detailed Guides:**
- [**xCloud vs Cloudways: Complete Comparison**](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/)
- [**Best Cloudways Alternatives in 2026**](/best-cloudways-alternatives/)
- [**Best WP Engine Alternatives 2026**](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ ~40% cheaper than Cloudways at equivalent specs (per Online Media Masters)
❌ Requires basic understanding of “control panel + cloud provider” model
✅ Free tier with 1 server + 10 sites
❌ Self-service support model (docs + chat, no phone)
✅ Full root SSH access (rare among managed panels)
❌ Newer than Cloudways/Kinsta, smaller community
✅ OpenLiteSpeed and NGINX both supported
❌ BYOS users pay separately for cloud server
✅ Built-in WooCommerce cache presets
❌ Some advanced features still in active development
✅ White-label option for agencies
**Best for:** Store owners who outgrew shared hosting, agencies managing 5+ WooCommerce sites, and existing Cloudways users feeling squeezed by post-acquisition pricing increases.
## **🥈 2. Kinsta — Best for Premium Enterprise WooCommerce Stores**
[**According to Kinsta’s official pricing page**](https://kinsta.com/pricing/), the company recommends its Business 1 plan ($115/month) as the minimum for WooCommerce stores, specifically because it is the first tier with 4 PHP workers, the threshold needed to handle concurrent checkout sessions without timeouts. [**Managed WP Guide confirms**](https://managedwpguide.com/kinsta-hosting/) this is well-aligned with reality: stores doing meaningful checkout volume will hit ceiling errors on Kinsta’s $35 Starter and $70 Pro plans.
[**Kinsta**](https://kinsta.com/) runs every site in isolated Linux Containers on Google Cloud Platform’s premium tier C3D machines, with Cloudflare Enterprise CDN bundled on every plan. [**G2’s 2026 Best Software Awards**](https://www.g2.com/products/kinsta/) ranks Kinsta #1 for premium WordPress hosting based on 930+ verified reviews averaging 4.8/5.
### Key Features
- **Google Cloud C3D infrastructure:** Same hardware tier used by Google’s own products
- **Cloudflare Enterprise included:** Worth $200+/month if purchased separately
- **Isolated containers:** Other tenants’ traffic spikes can’t slow your store
- **PHP workers per plan:** Starter (2), Pro (2), Business 1 (4), Business 2 (6), Business 3 (8)
- **Free unlimited migrations:** Handled by Kinsta’s migration team, no downtime
- **APM monitoring:** Built-in WordPress performance tool included free
- **30-day money-back guarantee:** Full refund on any plan
### **How to Implement Kinsta for WooCommerce?**
Whenever you’re going to use Kinsta for WooCommerce, keep in mind the entry plans don’t fit production stores. Follow these steps:
1. Sign up at [**Kinsta**](https://kinsta.com/) (no free trial, relies on 30-day money-back guarantee)
2. Choose Business 1 plan ($115/month) for stores doing $5K+ monthly revenue
3. Request free migration via the MyKinsta dashboard
4. Configure WooCommerce caching exclusions (auto-applied on Kinsta)
5. Test checkout under load before pointing DNS
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Top-tier infrastructure (Google C3D + Cloudflare Enterprise)
❌ Expensive at $115/month minimum for WooCommerce
✅ Excellent 24/7 WordPress-specialist support
❌ Per-site pricing punishes multi-store operators
✅ Free migrations on all plans
❌ No phone support, chat-only
✅ Strong CWV pass rates (verified by independent benchmarks)
❌ Rigid plan tiers; overage fees if you exceed visit limits
✅ APM tool included
❌ No free trial, only money-back guarantee
**Best for:** Established WooCommerce stores doing $20,000+ monthly revenue where downtime carries real revenue cost and the founder wants zero infrastructure decisions.
## 🥉 3. Cloudways — Best for Multi-Cloud Teams (with Caveats)
[**According to Managed WP Guide’s Cloudways analysis**](https://managedwpguide.com/cloudways-hosting/), Cloudways serves over 100,000 customers and hosts 570,000+ websites. The platform’s core strength is letting you pick the underlying cloud (DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Google Cloud) while [**Cloudways**](https://www.cloudways.com/) handles caching, security patches, and backups on top.
That said, [**Trustpilot reviews**](https://www.trustpilot.com/review/cloudways.com) and [**G2 reviews**](https://www.g2.com/products/cloudways/) document a pattern of pricing increases and support degradation since DigitalOcean’s 2022 acquisition. [**Online Media Masters calculates**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/) that Cloudways’ Vultr High Frequency 2vCPU/4GB plan at $60/month costs only $24/month on xCloud at retail Vultr pricing, a markup of around 60%.
### Key Features
- **5 cloud providers:** DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, Google Cloud
- **Built-in stack:** Varnish + Redis + Memcached + Nginx + PHP-FPM
- **Cloudflare Enterprise add-on:** $4.99/month per site
- **Object Cache Pro:** Included free on 4GB+ servers (otherwise $95/month standalone)
- **Pay-as-you-go billing:** No long-term contracts
- **Free SSL + automated backups:** Standard on all plans
- **3-day free trial:** No credit card required
### How to Implement Cloudways for WooCommerce?
1. Start the [**3-day free trial at Cloudways**](https://www.cloudways.com/)
2. Choose DigitalOcean (cheapest, best for most stores) or Vultr High Frequency (faster CPU)
3. Pick a 4GB RAM server minimum for WooCommerce ($46/month on DigitalOcean)
4. Use Cloudways Migrator plugin or request paid migration ($25/site)
5. Enable the Cloudflare Enterprise add-on for global speed
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Multi-cloud flexibility
❌ ~60% markup over retail cloud pricing (per OMM benchmarks)
✅ Strong stack with Object Cache Pro on 4GB+
❌ Support quality degraded post-acquisition (per G2 reviews)
✅ Pay-as-you-go billing
❌ Cloudflare Enterprise costs extra ($4.99/site)
✅ 100,000+ customers, mature platform
❌ No root access
✅ 3-day free trial
❌ Phone support requires $100/month upgrade
**Best for:** Existing Cloudways users who don’t want to migrate, agencies that need multi-cloud-vendor support in a single dashboard, and Magento or Laravel stores that need PHP application flexibility.
## 4\. Rocket.net — Best for Speed-Obsessed Merchants
[**Online Media Masters’ Rocket.net review**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/rocket-net-review/) calls [**Rocket.net**](https://rocket.net/) “the best Cloudflare Enterprise implementation in managed WordPress hosting” because it bundles Cloudflare Enterprise with Argo Smart Routing on every plan starting at $30/month, a feature combination that costs $250+/month if assembled separately.
Rocket.net runs every site on a single CPU core dedicated to that site, with Object Cache Pro included free. For WooCommerce stores where checkout speed directly affects conversion, the result is consistently low TTFB and fast LCP scores in independent CrUX data.
### **Key Features**
- **Cloudflare Enterprise on every plan:** Including Argo Smart Routing
- **Object Cache Pro included free:** Normally $95/month standalone
- **Per-site dedicated CPU:** Other sites can’t steal your resources
- **30-day money-back guarantee**
- **Free migrations:** Handled by Rocket.net’s team
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Best-in-class Cloudflare Enterprise implementation
❌ Higher entry price than budget hosts
✅ Object Cache Pro included free
❌ Smaller ecosystem than Kinsta or Cloudways
✅ Excellent CWV pass rates
❌ Limited to managed WordPress only
✅ Per-site dedicated CPU
❌ No free trial
**Best for:** WooCommerce stores where 200ms of TTFB difference translates to measurable revenue, especially globally distributed customer bases.
## **5\. Nexcess — Best for WooCommerce-Specific Autoscaling**
[**Nexcess**](https://www.nexcess.net/) is owned by Liquid Web and built specifically for WooCommerce stores. Its key differentiator is automatic vertical scaling during traffic spikes. The platform adds CPU and RAM resources during Black Friday or flash sales without merchant intervention.
[**WooCommerce.com’s official partner directory**](https://woocommerce.com/hosting-solutions/) lists Nexcess as a featured WooCommerce hosting partner. Plans include WooCommerce-specific features like image compression, plugin performance monitoring, and pre-installed sales-boosting plugins.
### **Key Features**
- **Auto-scaling resources:** Add CPU/RAM automatically during traffic spikes
- **WooCommerce pre-installed:** Including sales-boosting plugin bundle
- **No renewal price hikes:** Same price year 1 and year 5
- **Built-in performance testing:** Stress testing tools included
- **30-day money-back guarantee**
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Auto-scaling during traffic spikes
❌ Higher entry price than shared hosting
✅ No renewal price increases
❌ WooCommerce/Magento-only focus is restrictive
✅ WooCommerce-specific stack tuning
❌ Smaller global data center footprint
✅ Owned by Liquid Web (established parent)
❌ Less developer flexibility than Cloudways/xCloud
**Best for:** Seasonal or event-driven stores that experience predictable traffic spikes (Black Friday, product launches, viral marketing campaigns).
## **6\. WP Engine — Best for Agencies and Content-Driven Stores**
[**WP Engine**](https://wpengine.com/) is the established premium managed WordPress host, serving over 200,000 customers globally. Its WooCommerce-specific feature, **Dynamic Plugin Loading**, prevents non-checkout plugins from running on checkout pages, a measurable speed win for stores with 30+ plugins.
[**Omnisend’s hosting analysis**](https://www.omnisend.com/blog/best-woocommerce-hosting/) highlights WP Engine’s strength for agencies: the EverCache layer is configured to handle WooCommerce dynamic pages out of the box, and the Genesis framework (acquired by WP Engine in 2018) is included free on all plans.
### **Key Features**
- **Dynamic Plugin Loading:** Stops unnecessary plugins on checkout pages
- **EverCache:** WooCommerce-aware caching layer
- **Genesis Framework included:** $129+ value
- **Global Edge Security:** Cloudflare-powered
- **24/7 chat + phone support:** Phone available on Premium plan and above
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Mature platform with deep WooCommerce expertise
❌ Some plugins blocked from WordPress.org ecosystem
✅ Dynamic Plugin Loading speeds checkouts
❌ Recent acquisition turbulence (private equity)
✅ Genesis framework free
❌ Higher pricing than xCloud or Cloudways
✅ Multi-site agency tools
❌ Restrictive plugin policies vs. fully open hosting
**Best for:** Agencies managing 10+ client WooCommerce sites that benefit from centralized billing, white-label tools, and Genesis framework integration.
## **7\. SiteGround — Best for Beginner-Friendly WooCommerce Setup**
[**SiteGround**](https://www.siteground.com/) runs on Google Cloud Platform with WordPress + WooCommerce pre-installed, in-house SuperCacher technology, and 24/7 phone, chat, and ticket support. [**WPBeginner’s testing**](https://www.wpbeginner.com/best-woocommerce-hosting/) consistently ranks SiteGround as a top pick for beginners due to its straightforward dashboard and migration tools.
The catch: introductory pricing of $2.99–$12/month renews at 5–6× the original rate after the first term. Factor renewal cost into year-2 budgets.
### **Key Features**
- **Google Cloud Platform infrastructure**
- **In-house SuperCacher:** Three-layer caching system
- **24/7 phone support:** Available on all plans
- **Free CDN, SSL, and email:** Included on all paid plans
- **Auto WordPress + WooCommerce updates**
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ True 24/7 phone support (rare in shared hosting)
❌ Renewal pricing 5–6× introductory rate
✅ Easy WooCommerce setup for beginners
❌ Resource limits hit faster than VPS-based hosts
✅ Google Cloud infrastructure
❌ Limited PHP workers on entry plans
✅ Free CDN and SSL
❌ No staging on Startup plan
**Best for:** First-time WooCommerce store owners who want hand-holding support and don’t mind year-2 price increases.
## **8\. Hostinger — Best Budget Option for New WooCommerce Stores**
[**Hostinger**](https://www.hostinger.com/) has WooCommerce-optimized shared hosting starting at $2.69/month with WordPress + WooCommerce pre-installed, integrated payment gateways, free SSL, free domain, and a built-in WordPress AI assistant. [**Cybernews ranked Hostinger #1 for WooCommerce in their April 2026 review**](https://cybernews.com/best-web-hosting/woocommerce-hosting/) based on 63 hosts tested over three months.
The trade-off mirrors SiteGround: introductory pricing is dramatically lower than renewal pricing. Stores with serious revenue ambitions will outgrow Hostinger’s shared hosting within 12–18 months and need to migrate.
### **Key Features**
- **WooCommerce pre-installed:** One-click setup
- **Free domain + SSL:** Included on Premium and Business plans
- **AI assistant:** For product descriptions and content
- **24/7 chat support**
- **30-day money-back guarantee**
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Cheapest entry point ($2.69/month)
❌ Significant renewal price increase
✅ WooCommerce-optimized shared hosting
❌ Performance ceiling hit at ~10K monthly visits
✅ Free domain and SSL
❌ Migration path off Hostinger requires effort
✅ AI tools included
❌ Less PHP worker headroom than VPS-based hosts
**Best for:** Brand-new stores validating product-market fit on a tight budget, side-project WooCommerce stores, and dropshipping experiments.
## **9\. Liquid Web — Best for Heavy-Plugin WooCommerce Builds**
[**Liquid Web’s**](https://www.liquidweb.com/) Managed WooCommerce hosting (also marketed as Nexcess Spark) is built on cloud VPS infrastructure with dedicated resources per account. [**HostingAdvice’s testing**](https://www.hostingadvice.com/best/woocommerce-hosting/) highlights Liquid Web’s strength for complex stores running 30+ plugins, where shared hosting collapses.
The pricing starts at $25/month for the Spark plan, with no renewal increases. Liquid Web also has managed VPS plans for stores that have outgrown standard managed hosting.
### **Key Features**
- **Dedicated VPS resources**
- **No renewal price hikes**
- **Built-in performance testing**
- **WooCommerce-specific staging**
- **24/7 phone support:** Included on all plans
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Dedicated VPS resources at managed-host prices
❌ Smaller data center network than Kinsta/Cloudways
✅ No renewal pricing trickery
❌ Less developer-friendly than xCloud/Cloudways
✅ Phone support on all plans
❌ Migration tool less polished than Kinsta’s
✅ Heavy-plugin tolerance
❌ Older dashboard UX
**Best for:** Established WooCommerce stores running 30+ plugins, custom-built themes, and complex integrations that need dedicated resources without enterprise-tier prices.
## **Performance Benchmark Comparison**
Provider
Avg LCP (mobile)
Avg TTFB
CWV Pass Rate
PHP Workers Entry
**xCloud** (4GB Vultr HF)
1.6s
180ms
75%
Configurable
**Kinsta** (Business 1)
1.7s
220ms
78%
4
**Cloudways** (4GB DO)
1.9s
250ms
65%
Configurable
**Rocket.net** (Starter)
1.5s
160ms
80%
Dedicated
**Nexcess** (Spark)
2.0s
280ms
62%
4
**WP Engine** (Professional)
2.1s
300ms
60%
4
**SiteGround** (GrowBig)
2.0s
320ms
55%
Limited
**Hostinger** (Business)
2.2s
380ms
50%
Limited
**Liquid Web** (Spark)
1.9s
240ms
65%
4
_Data aggregated from [**Online Media Masters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/), [**PageSpeed Matters**](https://www.pagespeedmatters.com/), and [**Managed WP Guide**](https://managedwpguide.com/) benchmarks during Q1 2026, run on identical sample WooCommerce stores with 50 products._
## **Cost Breakdown: True Year-1 vs Year-2 WooCommerce Hosting Cost**
Provider
Year 1 (12 mo.)
Year 2 (12 mo.)
2-Year Total
Renewal Markup
**xCloud** (BYOS, $5 panel + $24 Vultr HF)
$348
$348
$696
0%
**Kinsta** (Business 1)
$1,380
$1,380
$2,760
0%
**Cloudways** (4GB DO)
$552
$552
$1,104
0%
**Rocket.net** (Starter)
$360
$360
$720
0%
**Nexcess** (Spark)
$252
$252
$504
0%
**WP Engine** (Pro)
$300
$300
$600
0%
**SiteGround** (GrowBig)
$96\*
$588
$684
~6×
**Hostinger** (Business)
$48\*
$191
$239
~4×
**Liquid Web** (Spark)
$300
$300
$600
0%
_SiteGround and Hostinger introductory pricing only applies on annual prepay. Monthly billing is significantly higher._
## **Feature Comparison Matrix**
Feature
xCloud
Kinsta
Cloudways
Rocket.net
Nexcess
WP Engine
SiteGround
Hostinger
Liquid Web
Free SSL
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Redis Caching
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
❌
❌
✅
Object Cache Pro
Add-on
✅
4GB+
✅
✅
✅
❌
❌
✅
Cloudflare
Integration
✅
$4.99/site
✅
❌
✅
❌
❌
❌
Full Root SSH
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
✅
Free Migration
✅
✅
1 site
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
24/7 Phone Support
❌
❌
$100/mo
❌
✅
✅
✅
❌
✅
WooCommerce Auto-Scaling
❌
❌
Manual
❌
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
Free Tier Available
✅
❌
3-day
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
OpenLiteSpeed Support
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
## **Audience Mapping: Which WooCommerce Hosting is Best for You?**
Your Situation
Best Choice
Expected Outcome
Brand-new store, validating idea, $0 ad budget
**Hostinger Business**
Lowest year-1 cost, easy setup
Growing store, $1K–$10K monthly revenue
**xCloud (BYOS Vultr HF)**
Best price-to-performance ratio
Established store, $10K–$100K monthly revenue
**xCloud Pro / Cloudways / Nexcess**
Reliable performance at sustainable cost
Enterprise store, $100K+ monthly revenue
**Kinsta Business 2 / Rocket.net**
Premium infrastructure, zero infra decisions
Agency managing 5–20 client stores
**xCloud (white-label)**
Centralized control + agency margins
Seasonal store with predictable traffic spikes
**Nexcess**
Auto-scaling during peaks
WooCommerce store with 30+ plugins
**Liquid Web**
Dedicated resources for plugin overhead
Existing Cloudways user feeling priced out
**xCloud**
~40% lower cost at equivalent specs
## **Common Mistakes WooCommerce Store Owners Make with Hosting**
These mistakes cost stores more revenue than the hosting decision itself:
1. **Picking shared hosting for a real store.** Once you have 50+ products and 1,000+ monthly visits, shared hosting becomes the bottleneck on conversions. The $5/month savings vs. a $25/month VPS is dwarfed by lost sales from slow checkout.
2. **Ignoring renewal prices.** A “$2.99/month” host that renews at $14.99/month costs more in year 2 than a $5/month xCloud + $24/month Vultr server combination.
3. **Underprovisioning PHP workers.** 2 PHP workers can handle a few concurrent shoppers but will time out during a flash sale. WooCommerce stores need 4+ PHP workers minimum during peak shopping times.
4. **Skipping object caching.** Without Redis or Memcached, WooCommerce hits the database hundreds of times per page load. Object caching cuts that by 20–60% [**(per WooCommerce statistics from Marketing LTB)**](https://marketingltb.com/blog/statistics/woocommerce-statistics/).
5. **Caching cart/checkout pages incorrectly.** Generic caching plugins will serve another customer’s cart to the wrong shopper. Use WooCommerce-aware caching (built into Kinsta, Cloudways, and xCloud by default).
6. **Hosting checkout in the wrong region.** Server location affects TTFB by 200–500ms. Pick a data center close to where your highest-spending customers live, not where you live.
## **Frequently Asked Questions About Best Hosting for WooCommerce**
### **What is the best hosting for WooCommerce in 2026?**
The best hosting depends on store size and budget. For cost-efficient managed hosting with full control, [**xCloud**](/) is the strongest pick at ~40% lower cost than Cloudways per [**Online Media Masters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/). For premium hands-off hosting, Kinsta’s Business 1 ($115/month) is the threshold for serious WooCommerce stores. For the absolute cheapest entry, Hostinger starts at $2.69/month.
### **How much does WooCommerce hosting cost in 2026?**
WooCommerce hosting in 2026 ranges from $2.69/month (Hostinger shared) to $115+/month (Kinsta Business 1, recommended for WooCommerce). [**Swell’s WooCommerce pricing analysis**](https://www.swell.is/content/woocommerce-pricing) puts most growing stores in the $11–$40/month range with cloud-managed providers. Factor in renewal pricing, since SiteGround and Hostinger renew at 4–6× their introductory rates.
### **Can I run WooCommerce on shared hosting?**
You can technically run WooCommerce on shared hosting, but performance suffers once you exceed 1,000 monthly visits or 50 products. Shared hosting plans rarely include enough PHP workers (typically 1–2) to handle concurrent checkouts. For stores generating any meaningful revenue, VPS or managed cloud hosting starting at around $15–$25/month delivers measurably better conversion rates.
### **Why does WooCommerce need special hosting?**
WooCommerce makes hundreds of database calls per page load and runs uncacheable cart/checkout pages that need PHP workers and object caching. Generic shared hosting that handles a brochure site fine will cause checkout timeouts during sales. WooCommerce-specific hosting includes Redis object caching, full-page cache rules that exclude cart/checkout, and PHP workers tuned for concurrent shoppers.
### **Which WooCommerce hosting is the fastest?**
Based on aggregated independent benchmarks, Rocket.net (1.5s avg LCP), [**xCloud**](/) on Vultr High Frequency (1.6s avg LCP), and Kinsta on Business 1+ (1.7s avg LCP) deliver the fastest WooCommerce performance. Speed depends as much on configuration (Redis, image optimization, theme choice) as on the host itself, but premium infrastructure provides a higher ceiling.
### **Is xCloud better than Cloudways for WooCommerce?**
For most WooCommerce stores, [**xCloud**](/) provides better value than Cloudways. [**Online Media Masters’ independent review**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/) measured around 40% cost savings on identical Vultr High Frequency hardware, with xCloud’s lighter tech stack producing faster page loads. xCloud also has full root SSH access (Cloudways does not), OpenLiteSpeed support, and a free tier. The detailed [**xCloud vs Cloudways comparison**](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/) breaks down feature-by-feature differences.
### **How many PHP workers does WooCommerce need?**
Small WooCommerce stores (under 100 monthly orders) can run on 2 PHP workers. Growing stores need 4 PHP workers minimum to avoid timeouts during concurrent checkouts. High-traffic stores (5,000+ monthly orders or flash sales) should use 6–8 PHP workers. This is why [**Kinsta recommends Business 1 ($115/month)**](https://kinsta.com/pricing/), since it’s the first plan with 4 workers.
### **What is BYOS (Bring Your Own Serve**r) hosting?
BYOS hosting lets you connect your own cloud server (Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, Hetzner) to a managed control panel. You pay the cloud provider directly at retail prices and pay the panel a small monthly fee for management features. [**xCloud**](/) pioneered this model for WooCommerce, charging $5/month for unlimited sites + control panel features regardless of which cloud provider you use underneath.
### **Do I need a CDN for WooCommerce?**
Yes. A CDN reduces image and asset load times by serving them from servers close to your customers. Cloudflare’s free plan handles most stores; Cloudflare Enterprise (included with Kinsta and Rocket.net) adds Argo Smart Routing for around 30% additional speed gains. [**Hostinger’s CDN**](https://www.hostinger.com/) is included on Business plans and above.
### **How long does it take to migrate a WooCommerce store to a new host?**
Most WooCommerce migrations complete in 1–4 hours of active work plus 24–48 hours for DNS propagation. xCloud, Kinsta, WP Engine, and Liquid Web all have free migration assistance. For self-service migrations, plugins like Migrate Guru or All-in-One WP Migration handle most stores under 5GB. Test the migrated store on a staging URL before pointing DNS.
### **Should I host WooCommerce on AWS or Google Cloud directly?**
Direct AWS/Google Cloud hosting is the cheapest option but requires you to handle server provisioning, security patches, scaling, backups, and WooCommerce-specific caching configuration yourself. Most store owners get better value from a managed control panel ([**xCloud**](/) at $5/month) on top of AWS or Google Cloud, paying retail cloud pricing while getting managed features.
### **What is the most underrated WooCommerce hosting option?**
[**xCloud’s BYOS model**](/best-cloudways-alternatives/) remains underrated because it requires understanding the “control panel + cloud provider” category. Most comparison articles focus only on traditional managed hosts, missing the 60–80% cost savings possible by connecting your own cloud infrastructure while keeping managed WordPress features. For stores willing to learn the model, the savings compound over years.
## **Your 2026 WooCommerce Hosting Decision**
The hosting market has shifted significantly since DigitalOcean acquired Cloudways in 2022. Pricing has gone up, support quality has dropped, and a new generation of lighter, cheaper alternatives, including [**xCloud**](/), Rocket.net, and modern Nexcess plans, now match or exceed Cloudways’ performance at lower cost.
### **Expert Picks by Goal**
Your Goal
Best Choice
Expected Impact
Best Overall Value
**xCloud**
~40% lower cost vs. Cloudways at equivalent performance
Best for Beginners
**Hostinger**
Lowest entry price + WooCommerce pre-installed
Best for Growing Stores
**xCloud (BYOS Vultr HF)**
Sub-2s LCP at $29/mo total
Best for Enterprise
**Kinsta Business 2+**
Google Cloud C3D + Cloudflare Enterprise
Best for Speed Obsession
**Rocket.net**
Cloudflare Enterprise + Object Cache Pro free
Best for Black Friday
**Nexcess**
Auto-scaling during traffic spikes
Best for Agencies
**xCloud (white-label)**
Centralized billing + agency margins
Best for Heavy-Plugin Stores
**Liquid Web**
Dedicated VPS resources
The data-backed action plan:
- **Get started:** Sign up for [**xCloud’s free tier**](/) (1 server + 10 sites)
- **Test first:** Connect a $24/month Vultr High Frequency server and migrate one site
- **Measure baseline:** Run PageSpeed Insights on your current host before switching
- **Compare results:** Re-measure 14 days after migration on xCloud
- **Scale up:** If results meet expectations, migrate the rest of your sites
- **Upgrade if needed:** For fully hands-off enterprise hosting, Kinsta Business 1 ($115/month) is the next step
Whichever host you choose, measure baseline TTFB, LCP, and CWV pass rate before migrating, then re-measure 14 days after. Lock in the host that produces measurable speed gains. Anything else is a guess.
👉 [**Get started with xCloud**](/) — Manage 1 server, 10 sites for Free.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# Best Laravel Hosting for Developers: What Developers Should Know Before Choosing a Hosting Provider? - xCloud
> Learn about the best Laravel hosting for developers and how xCloud makes Laravel hosting effortless with powerful features.
[Laravel](/laravel-hosting/) has quickly established itself as one of the most popular PHP frameworks for web application development. Developers admire its elegant syntax, powerful features, and strong community support. As Laravel continues to lead in backend development, the demand for optimized, tailored hosting solutions grows significantly.
xCloud Hosting has met this demand by launching a fully optimized, managed Laravel hosting solution that surpasses the limitations of basic shared hosting. With advanced tools like Supervisor, Laravel Horizon, Queue Workers, and other performance-driven features, xCloud enables developers to deploy and manage Laravel applications with greater efficiency and control.
Let us learn about the best Laravel Hosting for developers and how to [**deploy Laravel projects**](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/) with xCloud, and what makes xCloud stand out in a competitive landscape.
## **Powerful Built-In Laravel Features with xCloud for Seamless Management**
When you seek Laravel hosting optimized for performance and developer control, the real advantage lies in the features. xCloud Laravel hosting does not simply support Laravel—it enhances your application with integrated tools that many hosting providers overlook.
### **✔️ Supervisor: Automatically Restarts Background Processes**
Laravel developers frequently depend on long-running queue workers to handle tasks such as email dispatching, payment processing, and image conversion. When a worker crashes, Supervisor ensures background processes restart automatically. It runs your queue workers as persistent processes, removing the need for manual restarts after server crashes or reboots.
In essence, your Laravel queue system becomes highly reliable and nearly fail-proof.
### **✔️ Laravel Horizon: Simplifies Real-Time Queue Monitoring**
Laravel Horizon serves as the official dashboard for managing Laravel queues. It offers insights into queue metrics such as job throughput, failure rates, and processing times. On many shared hosts, setting up Horizon can be complex and time-consuming, requiring manual configuration of Redis and terminal commands.
xCloud simplifies this by allowing you to manage Horizon directly from its dashboard.
### **✔️ Queue Workers: Production-Ready from the Start**
Queue workers power asynchronous tasks like processing orders, sending notifications, and managing cron jobs. xCloud provides robust support for these workers, eliminating the need to access your server via SSH to modify settings or restart processes.
With Horizon and Supervisor included, your queue workers function reliably from day one.
### **✔️ CI/CD Integration: Professional Deployment Workflow**
Deployments often introduce complications. xCloud streamlines this process through CI/CD integration for Laravel projects. You can:
- Push code to GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket to trigger automatic deployments
- Run migrations, seeders, or other Artisan commands after deployment
- Roll back to previous versions when needed
Each deployment keeps your queue workers and Supervisor processes running without interruption.
### **✔️ Application Environments for Full Lifecycle Control**
xCloud provides separate environments for Local, Staging, and Production, each with its own configuration. This setup allows you to test new features safely without risking downtime in your production environment.
## **How to Get Started with Laravel Hosting on xCloud**
Getting started with **xCloud Laravel hosting** is much simple — especially when compared to traditional providers, where you spend hours on server setup, deployment process, ci/cd and all. With xCloud, every tool you need to launch and scale a production-ready Laravel app is ready out of the box.
Follow this step-by-step guide to launch your project on the **best Laravel hosting, optimized** for performance, scalability, and ease of use.
### **Step 1: Create and Configure Your Site**
To get started, log in to your xCloud dashboard and click on **+New Site**. Choose your preferred server and proceed to the **Laravel** tab. Select **Clone a Git Repository** to deploy your Laravel application. Next, set your **Site Title** and choose a domain. You can opt for a **Demo Site** to test and refine your app, or select **Migrate into a New Domain** for a live deployment. Once your domain settings are configured, click **Next** to continue.
### **Step 2: Set Up Environment**
In the settings section, choose your **PHP version**, define the **Site User**, and specify the **Web Root** directory. When it comes to the database, you have three options: create a new database on the server, connect to an existing one, or skip database setup if not needed. If you choose to create a new database, fill in the database name, username, and password—or use the auto-generated credentials. After setting up your environment and database, proceed to the next step.
### **Step 3: Connect Git & Automate Deployment**
In the **Git Repo** section, enter your repository URL and branch. Enable the **Push to Deploy** feature to generate a **Deployment URL**, which allows for continuous deployment. To automate this, you can optionally add the Deployment URL as a **Webhook** in your Git hosting service (like GitHub). Simply go to the repo’s **Settings**, select **Webhooks**, and paste the URL under **Payload URL**, using application/json as the content type.
_Note: The ‘Deployment URL’ step is not a mandatory step. You can skip this process if you want._
### **Step 4: Finalize Deployment Setup**
Now, specify any commands needed after deployment in the **Deploy Script** section. This could include installing dependencies or running migrations, such as:
```
php8.1 $(which composer) install --no-interaction --prefer-dist --optimize-autoloader --no-dev
php8.1 artisan migrate --force
php8.1 artisan optimize:clear
npm install –-quite
npm run build
```
Copy to Clipboard
**_Note:_** _We can use PHP version 8.3 or 8.4 as well._
Also, copy the **Public Key** from xCloud and add it to your Git repository as a **Deploy Key**. This allows xCloud to securely access and clone your repository via SSH.
### **Step 5: Deploy**
After everything is configured, click **Start** to begin the deployment process. xCloud will handle the migration and setup. Once complete, you will be taken to your site’s dashboard. From there, you can manage your Laravel **Application** and **Environment** settings as needed.
For more details, check out the guide on how to [**deploy Laravel applications with xCloud**](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/).
## **💡 Why xCloud Excels at the Best Laravel Hosting for Developers**
In a market full of general-purpose cloud hosting providers and Laravel-compatible platforms, **xCloud Laravel Hosting** distinguishes itself as the only solution purpose-built for the Laravel ecosystem. xCloud does not simply support Laravel—it fully understands it. Every component is designed to meet Laravel’s most critical production requirements. From its integrated command runner to easy queue worker management, scheduler, and simplified Horizon control, xCloud removes the need for manual configuration and technical overhead.
### **Effortless Queues and Jobs Management**
Most platforms place the responsibility of setting up queues and installing Supervisor on the developer. xCloud takes a different approach. It includes a built-in Supervisor management panel, so you can manage your queue workers directly from the dashboard—no need to dive into the terminal or wrestle with SSH configurations.
Although Horizon does not come pre-configured, xCloud streamlines worker management, reducing your setup time and allowing you to focus on what matters most—building your application.
### **Optimized for Queues and Background Jobs**
xCloud removes the need for DevOps support, which gives startups and solo developers a significant advantage. It delivers a truly managed Laravel hosting experience with:
- **Real-time queue monitoring**
- **Auto-scaling queue workers based on traffic**
- **Redis tuned for optimal performance**
- **Fault-tolerant Supervisor processes that restart automatically**
You never need to log into a terminal to restart services or troubleshoot failures. In comparison, other platforms may offer Laravel support, but they require you to handle Redis tuning, Supervisor setup, and other critical configurations yourself. This not only increases the risk of errors but also delays project delivery. xCloud removes these hurdles by handling it all for you.
### **Horizon Integration Built for Teams**
xCloud provides a collaborative hosting environment that benefits agencies and development teams managing multiple Laravel projects. With centralized dashboards, project isolation, and version-controlled Git-based deployments, you can manage your Laravel applications seamlessly
These features make xCloud ideal for maintaining client work or adapting to fast-moving product updates.
### **Start Deploying Your Laravel Applications with xCloud**
Laravel has grown far beyond a simple PHP framework. If your application depends on Laravel, then xCloud Laravel Hosting is the environment it deserves. With powerful built-in features that most providers do not offer, xCloud ensures developers spend less time managing infrastructure and more time creating exceptional applications.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# 10 Best Managed Hosting For WordPress in 2026: Expert-Tested for Speed & Security (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Looking for the best managed hosting for WordPress in 2026? Compare top providers for speed, security, pricing, and scalability in one guide.
Choosing the right managed hosting for WordPress can directly impact your site’s speed, security, and long-term scalability. With WordPress now powering over **[43% of all websites worldwide](https://wordpress.com/blog/2025/04/17/wordpress-market-share/)** (W3Techs), competition for fast, reliable hosting has never been more intense.
In 2026, performance research and industry benchmarks consistently show that **managed hosting for WordPress outperforms [traditional shared hosting](/cloud-hosting-or-traditional/) by 2–3× in load speed**, while also reducing maintenance overhead and security risk.
Let us explore the **10 best [managed hosting for WordPress](/managed-hosting/)**, ranked using real-world performance testing, verified user reviews, and recommendations from experienced WordPress professionals.
## Table of Contents
## **Quick Summary / TL;DR**
[**Managed hosting for WordPress**](/hosting-for-wordpress/) consistently delivers faster load times, stronger security, and less hands-on maintenance than shared hosting.
If you’re running a business site, agency portfolio, or high-traffic blog in 2026, managed hosting is no longer optiona,l it is a performance baseline. The right provider depends on your needs and values brings each provider. Let us see what you need to know:
**If You Want To…**
**Use This**
**Expected Impact**
**Monthly Cost**
**Maximum flexibility with unlimited sites**
xCloud
40% cost savings vs competitors
$5-$395
**Premium enterprise-grade hosting**
Kinsta
99.99% uptime, Google Cloud
$30-$1,650
**Budget-friendly managed hosting**
Hostinger
Fast setup, beginner friendly
$2.99-$6.99
**WordPress-recommended hosting**
SiteGround
Superior support, Google Cloud
$2.99-$7.99
**Agency-level performance**
WP Engine
1.5M+ sites, enterprise security
$20-$600
**Developer-first cloud control**
Cloudways
Multi-cloud flexibility
$11-$400+
**Value-focused performance**
Bluehost
WordPress.org recommended
$2.99-$13.99
**Speed-optimized hosting**
Rocket.net
Enterprise CDN built-in
$25-$80
**Scalable cloud hosting**
Nexcess
Autoscaling, WooCommerce focus
$19-$999
**High-traffic sites**
Pressable
Automattic-owned, WP Cloud
$25-$500
Expert Recommendation: Industry reviewers from WPBeginner, HostingStep, and Blog Marketing Academy recommend starting with xCloud for cost-conscious users who want cloud-level performance (delivering 40% savings compared to Cloudways, according to OnlineMediaMasters).
- **Best for Beginners:** Hostinger – Lowest entry price with managed features and an intuitive interface.
- **Best for Agencies:** xCloud – Unlimited sites, white-label options, and bring-your-own-server flexibility.
- **Best for Enterprise:** Kinsta – Google Cloud Platform with 99.99% uptime guarantee
## **Why Managed Hosting For WordPress Matters in 2026**
Website performance is no longer a technical concern, it is a revenue driver. Research from the Baymard Institute shows that **nearly 70% of shopping carts are abandoned on slow-loading websites**, making speed and reliability critical for any WordPress site with commercial goals.
Managed hosting for WordPress is designed to eliminate the most common performance and security bottlenecks by handling the heavy lifting at the server and platform level:
- **Automatic updates** – Core, plugin, and theme updates are handled proactively to reduce compatibility issues and vulnerabilities
- **Security monitoring** – Continuous malware scanning, firewalls, and intrusion prevention protect sites before issues escalate
- **Performance optimization** – Server-level caching, CDN integration, and database tuning deliver faster load times without manual configuration
- **Expert WordPress support** – Access to technicians who specialize in WordPress-specific issues, not generic hosting problems
- **Daily backups** – Automated backups with one-click restore minimize downtime and data loss risk
Beyond convenience, managed hosting for WordPress delivers measurable risk reduction. **Forrester Research reports that businesses using managed hosting environments experience up to 60% fewer security incidents** compared to [**self-managed hosting**](/self-managed-hosting/) setups.
## **How We Ranked These Hosting Providers**
Our rankings are based on a structured evaluation framework aligned with the methodologies used by leading WordPress industry reviewers such as HostingStep, WPBeginner, and IsItWP.
Each provider was assessed across performance, value, scalability, support quality, security features, developer tools, and verified user feedback to ensure rankings reflect real-world use, not marketing claims.
**Criteria**
**Why It Matters**
**Weight**
**Performance**
Page load times, uptime, and server response
High
**Value**
Features per dollar, transparent pricing
High
**Scalability**
Ability to handle traffic spikes, growth options
High
**Support**
Response time, WordPress expertise, availability
Medium
**Security**
SSL, firewall, malware protection, backups
Medium
**Developer Tools**
Staging, Git, SSH, CLI access
Medium
**User Reviews**
Trustpilot, G2, community feedback
Medium
## **Comparison: Key Overview Of Top Managed Hosting For WordPress At a Glance**
This table provides a side-by-side comparison of the leading managed hosting for WordPress in 2026, highlighting pricing, site limits, and ideal use cases.
Use it to quickly identify which host best matches your budget, technical needs, and growth plans.
**Rank**
**Provider**
**Rating**
**Starting Price**
**Sites Allowed**
**Best For**
🥇 1
xCloud
★★★★★
$5/mo
Unlimited
Agencies & developers wanting cloud control
🥈 2
Kinsta
★★★★★
$30/mo
1-150+
Enterprise sites needing premium performance
🥉 3
Hostinger
★★★★★
$2.99/mo
1-300
Budget-conscious beginners
4
SiteGround
★★★★☆
$2.99/mo
1-unlimited
WordPress.org recommended hosting
5
WP Engine
★★★★☆
$20/mo
1-30+
Agencies needing enterprise reliability
6
Cloudways
★★★★☆
$11/mo
Unlimited
Multi-cloud flexibility seekers
7
Bluehost
★★★★☆
$2.99/mo
1-unlimited
First-time WordPress users
8
Rocket.net
★★★★☆
$25/mo
1-unlimited
Speed-obsessed site owners
9
Nexcess
★★★★☆
$19/mo
1-250
WooCommerce and high-traffic sites
10
Pressable
★★★★☆
$25/mo
1-50+
Automattic ecosystem users
## **🥇 1. xCloud – Best for Unlimited Sites & Cost Efficiency**
**[xCloud](/)** has emerged as one of the most compelling managed WordPress platforms for agencies and developers, combining cloud-level performance with pricing that undercuts most traditional managed hosting. Independent reviewers at OnlineMediaMasters and Blog Marketing Academy highlight xCloud for delivering **up to [40% lower costs](https://xcloud.host/case-studies/wattz-web-design/)** than comparable platforms, without sacrificing speed or control.
The platform currently manages **100,000+ websites across 10,000+ servers worldwide** and maintains a **4.9/5 Trustpilot rating** based on 287+ verified reviews. Its appeal lies in offering advanced cloud features—such as bring-your-own-server flexibility and full Cloudflare integration through a lightweight, performance-focused control panel.
As David Risley of Blog Marketing Academy notes:
> “Every site I moved was noticeably faster on xCloud than it was on Cloudways. This was a direct apples-to-apples comparison, and xCloud was simply faster.”
### **Key Features**
- **Unlimited WordPress sites** – No artificial site limits on any plan
- **Bring Your Own Server (BYOS)** – Connect Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, Google Cloud, Hetzner, or Linode
- **One-click deployments** – WordPress, n8n, Node.js, Laravel, PHP apps, and LLM workloads
- **Full Cloudflare integration** – CDN, DNS management, and edge caching included
- **White-label reseller platform** – Create and brand your own hosting service
- **Free SSL certificates** – Let’s Encrypt with automatic renewal
- **NGINX FastCGI caching** – Server-level full-page caching for faster delivery
- **Redis object caching** – Built-in database query optimization
- **Staging environments** – One-click staging with push-to-production
- **Automated backups** – Local and remote backups (Google Drive, Amazon S3)
- **Team collaboration** – Role-based access for agencies and teams
- **WordPress Updates Manager** – Centralized core, plugin, and theme updates
- **Site Security PRO** – Patchstack-powered vulnerability protection ($2/site)
- **30+ global data centers** – Deploy servers close to your audience
### **Pros and Cons**
#### **Pros**
✅ 40% cheaper than Cloudways for the same specs
✅ Unlimited sites on all plans
✅ Lightweight panel = better performance
✅ Full Cloudflare + Redis integration
✅ 4.9/5 Trustpilot rating
✅ Free tier available (1 server, 10 sites)
✅ Lifetime deal option available
#### **Cons**
❌ Learning curve for BYOS setup
❌ Newer platform (launched 2024)
❌ Support relies heavily on documentation
❌ Email hosting requires add-on
### **Best for:**
Agencies managing multiple client sites, developers who want cloud-level control without server maintenance, and cost-conscious teams [migrating from shared hosting](/migrate-wordpress-from-shared-hosting-to-cloud-server/) or Cloudways who need unlimited sites without enterprise pricing.
## **🥈 2. Kinsta – Best for Premium Enterprise Performance**
Kinsta is widely regarded as a top-tier managed hosting for WordPress, built exclusively on **Google Cloud Platform** using C2 compute-optimized virtual machines. This infrastructure-first approach has consistently placed Kinsta among the fastest WordPress hosts in independent performance benchmarks.
With **35+ global data centers** and edge caching delivered through **260+ CDN points of presence**, [**Kinsta**](https://hostinginfo.online/kinsta-review/) is engineered for low latency, high availability, and predictable performance at scale. All plans are backed by a **99.99% uptime SLA**, making it a common choice for mission-critical and high-traffic WordPress deployments.
### **Key Features**
- **Google Cloud C2 infrastructure** – Compute-optimized virtual machines on every plan
- **35+ data centers worldwide** – Reduced latency for global audiences
- **MyKinsta dashboard** – Award-winning, developer-friendly control panel
- **DevKinsta** – Free local WordPress development environment
- **Built-in Application Performance Monitoring (APM)** – No additional cost
- **Free expert migrations** – Hands-off site transfers handled by Kinsta’s team
- **Daily backups** – 14–30 day retention depending on plan tier
- **Free malware cleanup** – Included if your site is compromised
Best for: High-traffic business sites, enterprise WordPress deployments, and developers who prioritize performance over cost and need Google Cloud’s infrastructure.
## 🥉 **3. Hostinger – Best Budget-Friendly Option For Managed Hosting For WordPress**
Hostinger has emerged as the value leader in managed hosting for WordPress, trusted by over 2.5 million customers worldwide (according to Hostinger). With plans starting at $2.99/month and LiteSpeed-powered servers, it delivers managed features at [**shared hosting**](/shared-hosting-vps-or-cloud-hosting/) prices.
WordPress.org officially recommends Hostinger for its combination of performance, features, and affordability.
### **Key Features**
- **LiteSpeed Cache:** Server-level caching for WordPress optimization
- **100-300 websites:** Depending on plan tier
- **Free domain:** Included for the first year
- **Weekly/Daily backups:** Automatic protection
- **Managed WordPress:** Automatic updates and security
- **AI Website Builder:** Quick site creation for beginners
- **Global CDN:** Built-in content delivery network
- **Free SSL Certificates:** Let’s Encrypt certificates included
### Pros and Cons
#### **Pros**
✅ Lowest entry price ($2.99/mo)
✅ LiteSpeed cache performance
✅ Free domain and SSL
✅ WordPress.org recommended
✅ AI website builder included
#### **Cons**
❌ Renewal prices significantly higher
❌ Support quality varies
❌ Limited storage on basic plans
❌ Fewer developer tools than premium hosts
Best for: First-time WordPress users, personal blogs, small business sites, and anyone prioritizing budget while still wanting managed hosting features.
## **4\. SiteGround – Best WordPress.org Recommended Hosting**
[SiteGround](https://hostinginfo.online/siteground-review/) has maintained WordPress.org’s official recommendation since 2004, trusted by owners of 3 million+ domains. Running on Google Cloud infrastructure with proprietary SuperCacher technology, [**SiteGround**](/xcloud-vs-siteground/) consistently ranks among the top performers in independent speed tests.
### Key Features
- **Google Cloud infrastructure:** Enterprise-grade reliability
- **SuperCacher technology:** Proprietary 3-level caching system
- **Daily backups:** Automatic with on-demand options
- **Staging environments:** One-click staging on GrowBig+
- **Free SSL:** Auto-renewed Let’s Encrypt
- **Managed WordPress:** Automatic updates and patches
- **Speed Optimizer plugin:** Free performance plugin
- **24/7 expert support:** Phone, chat, and ticket options
### Pros and Cons
#### **Pros**
✅ Google Cloud infrastructure
✅ Superior customer support
✅ WordPress.org recommended
✅ Free Speed Optimizer plugin
✅ 20+ years hosting experience
#### **Cons**
❌ Renewal prices 3-4x intro price
❌ Storage limits (10-40GB)
❌ Visit caps on each plan
❌ Higher-tier features require GrowBig+
Best for: Users who prioritize customer support quality, WordPress.org endorsement credibility, and Google Cloud’s reliability over raw cost savings.
## **5\. WP Engine – Best Managed for Enterprise Agencies**
WP Engine pioneered managed hosting for WordPress and now powers over 1.5 million websites across 150+ countries. As the only WordPress hosting provider to win the Global Customer Service Department of the Year Stevie Award, WP Engine sets the industry standard for enterprise reliability.
### Key Features
- **EverCache technology:** Proprietary caching for instant page loads
- **Genesis Framework:** Premium theme framework included
- **StudioPress themes:** Premium themes bundled free
- **Global Edge Security:** Cloudflare-powered protection (add-on)
- **60-day backup retention:** Industry-leading backup history
- **Dev, staging, production:** Three environments included
- **24/7 expert support:** WordPress specialists are available always
- **Automated migrations:** Free site transfers included
### Pros and Cons
#### **Pros**
✅ 60-day backup retention
✅ Genesis + StudioPress included
✅ Award-winning support
✅ 1.5M+ sites proven at scale
✅ Three environments per site
#### **Cons**
❌ Premium pricing ($20+/month)
❌ No email hosting
❌ Plugin restrictions (disallowed list)
❌ Limited to WordPress
Best for: Digital agencies, enterprise WordPress deployments, and businesses that value proven reliability and premium support over cost optimization.
## 6\. Cloudways – Best for Multi-Cloud Flexibility
Cloudways offers managed [**cloud hosting**](/what-is-cloud-hosting-and-how-does-it-work/) across five infrastructure providers: DigitalOcean, AWS, Google Cloud, Vultr, and Linode. This flexibility makes it popular among developers who want cloud performance without server management complexity.
### Key Features
- **5 cloud providers:** DigitalOcean, AWS, GCP, Vultr, Linode
- **Pay-as-you-go pricing:** No long-term contracts
- **Managed security:** Firewalls, SSL, and monitoring
- **Staging environments:** One-click staging available
- **24/7 support:** Expert assistance always available
- **Team collaboration:** Multi-user access controls
- **Server cloning:** Duplicate servers instantly
- **Cloudflare integration:** Enterprise CDN add-on
### Pros and Cons
Pros
✅ Multi-cloud provider choice
✅ Pay-as-you-go flexibility
✅ Instant server scaling
✅ 3-day free trial available
✅ 24/7 expert support
#### **Cons**
❌ Markup on cloud provider pricing
❌ Object Cache Pro requires workarounds
❌ No email hosting included
❌ Cloudflare Enterprise limited features
Best for: Developers wanting cloud provider flexibility, users who prefer pay-as-you-go over annual contracts, and those comfortable with slightly technical interfaces.
## 7\. Bluehost – Best for First-Time WordPress Users
Bluehost holds the distinction of being WordPress.org’s longest-running recommended host since 2005. With plans designed specifically for beginners and an AI-powered website builder, Bluehost makes WordPress accessible to everyone.
WPShout’s November 2025 hosting comparison shows Bluehost delivering 0.35s load times in the US – faster than most hosts tested.
### Key Features
- **1-click WordPress install:** Pre-installed and ready
- Free domain: First year included
- Free SSL certificate: Security from day one
- AI site builder: Create sites with AI assistance
- 24/7 WordPress support: Phone and chat available
- LiteSpeed servers: Performance-optimized infrastructure
- Free CDN: Global content delivery included
- Single Sign-On: Access WordPress from Bluehost dashboard
### Pros and Cons
#### **Pros**
✅ WordPress.org recommended since 2005
✅ AI-powered site builder
✅ Free domain first year
✅ Beginner-friendly interface
✅ 30-second support response
#### **Cons**
❌ Renewal prices increase significantly
❌ Basic plans have limited features
❌ Migration plugin for existing sites
❌ Upsells during signup process
Best for: Absolute beginners, first-time website creators, and small businesses wanting WordPress.org-endorsed hosting with minimal technical requirements.
# 8\. Rocket.net – Best for Speed-Obsessed Users
Rocket.net built its entire platform around one goal: delivering the fastest WordPress hosting available. With enterprise-level security configurations and a control panel designed for maximum productivity, Rocket.net appeals to performance-focused site owners.
### Key Features
- **Enterprise CDN:** Full-page caching at the edge
- **WAF protection:** Enterprise-level security included
- **Unlimited bandwidth:** No traffic caps
- **Free migrations:** Expert team handles transfers
- **Daily backups:** Automatic protection
- **Staging sites:** One-click staging environments
- **24/7 support:** Chat support included
- **White-label reseller:** Agency hosting options
### Pros and Cons
#### **Pros**
✅ Enterprise-grade speed
✅ Unlimited bandwidth
✅ Enterprise security included
✅ Free test migrations
✅ White-label reseller options
#### **Cons**
❌ Higher price point ($25+/month)
❌ Fewer data center locations
❌ Newer platform (less track record)
❌ WordPress-only hosting
Best for: Site owners who prioritize raw speed above all else, agencies wanting white-label options, and users willing to pay premium for enterprise-level performance.
## **9\. Nexcess – Best for WooCommerce & High-Traffic Sites**
Nexcess, owned by Liquid Web, specializes in managed WordPress and WooCommerce hosting with automatic scaling capabilities. Their platform intelligently handles traffic spikes without manual intervention.
### Key Features
- **Autoscaling:** Automatic resource allocation for traffic spikes
- **WooCommerce optimized:** Specialized eCommerce hosting
- **Plugin performance monitoring:** Identify slow plugins
- **Visual regression testing:** Catch styling issues before they go live
- **Stencil development:** Local development tools
- **Free migrations:** Expert-assisted transfers
- **Always-on security:** Managed firewalls and monitoring
- **99.99% uptime SLA:** Enterprise-grade reliability
### Pros and Cons
#### **Pros**
✅ Autoscaling for traffic spikes
✅ WooCommerce-optimized
✅ Plugin performance monitoring
✅ Visual regression testing
✅ Liquid Web infrastructure
#### **Cons**
❌ Higher pricing than shared hosts
❌ Interface less intuitive
❌ Fewer global data centers
❌ Primarily US-focused support
Best for: WooCommerce store owners, high-traffic WordPress sites, and businesses expecting significant traffic fluctuations who need automatic scaling.
## 10\. Pressable — Best for Automattic Ecosystem Users
Pressable is owned by Automattic (the company behind WordPress.com and WooCommerce) and runs on the WP Cloud platform. This direct connection to WordPress’s creators provides unique advantages for users invested in the Automattic ecosystem.
### Key Features
- **WP Cloud platform:** Built by WordPress.com’s creators
- **Jetpack included:** Premium Jetpack features bundled
- **24/7 WordPress experts:** Support from WordPress specialists
- **Automatic updates:** Core, themes, and plugins
- **Site activity log:** Full audit trail of changes
- **Free SSL:** Security certificates included
- **Staging sites:** Safe testing environments
- **Free migrations:** Expert-assisted transfers
### Pros and Cons
#### **Pros**
✅ Built by WordPress.com creators
✅ Jetpack Premium included
✅ Direct Automattic support
✅ Site activity logging
✅ WP Cloud infrastructure
#### **Cons**
❌ Limited customization options
❌ Visit-based pricing
❌ Less control than other hosts
❌ Fewer advanced developer tools
Best for: Users already invested in Automattic products (Jetpack, WooCommerce), those wanting WordPress.com-level reliability with self-hosted flexibility.
# Implementation Difficulty Comparison
See how easy or complex it is to get started with each managed hosting provider. Use it to assess required technical skill, setup time, and whether a platform suits beginners, developers, or teams.
Provider
Technical Skill
Setup Time
BYOS Option
Beginner Friendly?
xCloud
Basic-Medium
5-15 mins
✅ Yes
✅ Yes (managed) / ⚠️ (BYOS)
Kinsta
None-Basic
5 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
Hostinger
None
3 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
SiteGround
None-Basic
5 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
WP Engine
None-Basic
5 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
Cloudways
Basic-Medium
10 mins
✅ Yes
⚠️ Learning curve
Bluehost
None
3 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
Rocket.net
None-Basic
5 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
Nexcess
None-Basic
5 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
Pressable
None
5 mins
❌ No
✅ Yes
## Cost Breakdown: Comparing Price vs Performance Across Hosting Providers
See how managed hosting for WordPress providers stack up on cost at different growth stages.
This table shows where pricing aligns or fails to align with real performance and features.
Provider
Entry Plan
Mid-Tier
High-Tier
Sites Included
Free Tier?
xCloud
$5/mo
$30/mo
$200/mo
Unlimited
✅ Yes
Kinsta
$30/mo
$75/mo
$313/mo
1-3+
❌ No
Hostinger
$2.99/mo
$3.99/mo
$5.99/mo
1-300
❌ No
SiteGround
$2.99/mo
$4.99/mo
$7.99/mo
1-unlimited
❌ No
WP Engine
$20/mo
$49/mo
$115/mo
1-15+
❌ No
Cloudways
$11/mo
$24/mo
$84/mo
Unlimited
❌ No (3-day trial)
Bluehost
$2.99/mo
$5.99/mo
$13.99/mo
1-unlimited
❌ No
Rocket.net
$25/mo
$50/mo
$80/mo
1-25+
❌ No
Nexcess
$19/mo
$49/mo
$149/mo
1-25+
❌ No
Pressable
$25/mo
$45/mo
$90/mo
1-10+
❌ No
## Feature Comparison Matrix
Feature
xCloud
Kinsta
Hostinger
SiteGround
WP Engine
Cloudways
Unlimited Sites
✅
❌
❌
✅ (higher plans)
❌
✅
BYOS Option
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
✅
Free SSL
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Staging
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
CDN Included
✅
✅
✅
✅
❌
❌
Git Integration
✅
✅
❌
✅
✅
✅
Redis Cache
✅
✅
❌
❌
❌
✅
White-Label
✅
❌
❌
✅
❌
❌
n8n/Node.js
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
LLM Hosting
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
Team Management
✅
✅
❌
❌
✅
✅
Free Tier
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
## Common Mistakes to Avoid
1. Choosing based on intro pricing only – Renewal rates often triple or quadruple. Always check year-2 pricing before committing to long-term contracts.
2. Ignoring site limits – Budget hosts often cap sites at 1-3. If you plan multiple projects, choose unlimited-site providers like xCloud or Cloudways from the start.
3. Overlooking server location – Site speed depends heavily on server proximity to users. Select hosts with data centers near your audience.
4. Skipping staging environments – Making changes directly on live sites causes preventable outages. Always use staging for testing updates.
5. Not testing migrations first – Request test migrations on temporary URLs before committing. This reveals compatibility issues without downtime.
6. Underestimating bandwidth needs – Traffic spikes from viral content or seasonal sales can exceed plan limits, causing overage fees or throttling.
7. Assuming “managed” means fully hands-off – Even managed hosts require attention to plugin updates, content backups, and performance monitoring.
8. Ignoring support quality – 24/7 availability means nothing if support staff can’t solve WordPress-specific problems. Test support before committing.
# Frequently Asked Questions
### 1\. Which managed hosting should beginners start with?
For absolute beginners, Hostinger offers the lowest barrier to entry at $2.99/month with managed features. For those willing to invest slightly more, SiteGround provides superior support that beginners often need.
### 2\. Is managed hosting for WordPress worth the extra cost?
Yes – managed hosting typically costs 2-5x more than shared hosting but delivers measurably faster load times, better security, and time savings on maintenance. Sites with commercial goals (eCommerce, lead generation) see direct ROI from improved performance.
### 3\. Can I host unlimited sites affordably?
xCloud offers unlimited sites on all plans starting at $5/month for managed hosting. The self-managed (BYOS) option allows unlimited sites with just the control panel fee ($5/server/month) plus cloud provider costs.
### How do I migrate my existing WordPress site?
Most managed hosts offer free migrations. Request a test migration first to verify everything transfers correctly before pointing DNS to the new host. xCloud, Kinsta, WP Engine, and Rocket.net all include migration assistance.
### What’s the difference between managed and cloud hosting?
Managed hosting handles WordPress-specific optimization automatically (updates, caching, security). Cloud hosting provides scalable infrastructure but may require manual configuration. xCloud and Cloudways bridge both cloud infrastructures with managed WordPress tools.
### Do managed hosts include email hosting?
Managed hosting handles WordPress-specific optimization automatically (updates, caching, security). Cloud hosting provides scalable infrastructure but may require manual configuration. xCloud and Cloudways bridge both cloud infrastructures with managed WordPress tools.
### Which host handles traffic spikes best?
Nexcess offers true autoscaling that automatically allocates resources during traffic surges. Kinsta’s Google Cloud infrastructure handles spikes well. xCloud allows instant server upgrades or additional server deployment through its cloud provider integrations.
### What security features should I look for?
Essential security features include free SSL certificates, automatic malware scanning, web application firewall (WAF), brute force protection, and isolated site environments. xCloud’s Site Security PRO ($2/site) adds Patchstack vulnerability monitoring.
### Can I switch hosts later without losing my site?
Yes, WordPress sites are portable. All major hosts support migrations. Export your site via plugin (Migrate Guru, All-in-One WP Migration) or request host-assisted migration. Plan 1-2 hours for DNS propagation after switching.
### Which host offers the best developer tools?
xCloud provides the most developer flexibility with SSH access, Git integration, WP-CLI, multiple PHP versions, and support for Node.js, Laravel, and custom applications. Kinsta’s DevKinsta offers excellent local development. WP Engine includes three environments per site.
## **Wrapping Up: Which Managed Hosting For WordPress Is Right for You?**
Selecting the right managed WordPress host depends on your specific priorities: cost optimization, raw performance, developer flexibility, or beginner-friendly simplicity.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your Goal
Best Choice
Why
Best Overall Value
xCloud
Unlimited sites, 40% cheaper than Cloudways, free tier available
Best for Beginners
Hostinger
$2.99/mo entry, intuitive interface, WordPress.org recommended
Best for Agencies
xCloud
White-label, unlimited sites, team collaboration, BYOS flexibility
Best for Enterprise
Kinsta
Google Cloud C2 VMs, 35 data centers, 99.99% uptime
Best for WooCommerce
Nexcess
Autoscaling, commerce optimization, plugin monitoring
Best Support Quality
SiteGround
20+ years experience, WordPress.org recommended, 24/7 experts
Best Multi-Cloud
Cloudways
5 cloud providers, pay-as-you-go, developer-friendly
Ready to get started? Industry experts recommend beginning with xCloud’s free tier to test cloud-level performance without commitment. Migrate one site first, benchmark the results, then scale as needed.
The hosts that consistently earn expert recommendations share common traits: transparent pricing, WordPress-specific optimization, responsive support, and modern infrastructure. Prioritize these factors over marketing promises, and your WordPress site will perform reliably for years to come.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# 7 Best n8n Hosting Providers in 2026: Complete Comparison Guide for Workflow Automation - xCloud
> Compare the 7 best n8n hosting provider in 2026. See pricing, performance, and expert picks for fast workflow automation provider.
The workflow automation market reached **$23.77 billio**n in 2025 and continues expanding at **9.52%** annually, according to Mordor Intelligence. As businesses adopt n8n – the open-source automation platform with **230,000+** active users according to n8n – choosing the right **[n8n hosting provider](/n8n-hosting/)** has become a critical decision that directly impacts workflow reliability, execution speed, and long-term costs.
Industry data shows **60% of organizations** achieve ROI within 12 months of implementing workflow automation (according to Kissflow), but poor hosting choices lead to workflow failures, slow webhook responses, and unexpected costs.
This guide evaluates seven **[n8n hosting](/n8n-hosting/) providers** through rigorous testing, performance benchmarks, and real-world deployment scenarios to help you make an informed decision.
## Table of Contents
## **TL;DR: Quick Decision Guide** **on n8n Hosting Provider**
**If You Want To…**
**Use This**
**Expected Impact**
**Setup Time**
**Deploy n8n in under 10 minutes**
xCloud
Workflow automation in production
5-8 minutes
**Get maximum workflow executions/dollar**
Hostinger VPS KVM 2
High execution volume at low cost
15-20 minutes
**Scale from small to enterprise**
Kamatera Cloud VPS
Seamless resource scaling
20-30 minutes
**Minimize technical setup**
xCloud Managed n8n
Zero Docker/Node.js configuration
3-5 minutes
**Run AI-powered workflows with GPUs**
xCloud Custom Plans
LLM + n8n integrations
30-45 minutes
**Europe-focused data compliance**
IONOS VPS
GDPR-compliant automation
15-25 minutes
**Maximum RAM per dollar**
Contabo VPS
Memory-intensive workflows
20-30 minutes
### **Expert Recommendation by Use Case**
- **For Beginners:** xCloud offers one-click n8n deployment with managed updates and 24/7 support.
- **For Developers:** Hostinger provides Docker-ready VPS with full root access at competitive pricing.
- **For Enterprises:** Kamatera delivers scalable infrastructure with global reach and 99.95% uptime.
## **Why Your n8n Hosting Choice Directly Impacts Workflow Performance**
[n8n](https://n8n.io/) processes automation workflows differently than traditional applications. According to n8n’s official documentation, each workflow execution involves:
1\. Webhook triggers that must respond within 30 seconds to avoid timeouts
2\. Memory-intensive operations when processing JSON data, file attachments, or API responses.
3\. Persistent background processes that run 24/7 regardless of user activity
4\. Database writes for execution logs, error tracking, and workflow state management
Research from n8n’s scalability benchmark study demonstrates that hosting infrastructure affects:
- **Webhook latency:** Proper hosting reduces webhook response time by 40-75%
- **Execution failures:** Stable servers decrease timeout errors by 60-80%
- **Concurrent workflows:** Adequate RAM allows running 3-5x more simultaneous workflows
- **Cost efficiency:** Right-sized hosting prevents $200-500/month in wasted resources
Automation platform analyst **6sense reports** that over 1,597 companies worldwide now use n8n for workflow automation. Those with optimized hosting report 25-30% productivity increases according to Kissflow automation statistics compared to organizations running n8n on inadequate infrastructure, according to Kissflow automation statistics.
## **How We Ranked the n8n Hosting Providers Based on Testing and Evaluation Criteria**
We evaluated seven [**n8n hosting**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) providers across eight weighted categories. Each provider underwent real-world deployment testing over a 30-day period.
### **Evaluation Criteria**
**1\. n8n Compatibility (25% of total score)**
- Docker support and container management
- Node.js version compatibility
- PostgreSQL/SQLite database support
- Redis availability for queue mode
**2\. Performance Metrics (20% of total score)**
- Webhook response time (tested with 1,000 concurrent requests)
- Workflow execution speed (measured across 10 standard workflows)
- Memory allocation stability during peak loads
- CPU performance under concurrent executions
**3\. Scalability (15% of total score)**
- Vertical scaling options (RAM/CPU upgrades)
- Horizontal scaling support (multiple worker instances)
- Resource limits per plan tier
- Upgrade/downgrade friction
**4\. Deployment Ease (15% of total score)**
- Set up time from account creation to live n8n instance
- One-click installation availability
- Documentation quality
- Technical knowledge required
**5\. Reliability & Uptime (10% weight)**
- Guaranteed uptime SLA
- Actual uptime measured over 30 days
- Backup frequency and restoration testing
- DDoS protection and security measures
**6\. Support Quality (10% of total score)**
- Response time for technical queries
- n8n-specific expertise
- Support channel availability (chat, email, phone)
- Documentation and community resources
**7\. Cost Efficiency (5% of total score)**
- Price per 1,000 workflow executions
- Total cost of ownership over 12 months
- Hidden fees (backups, SSL, migrations)
- Money-back guarantee period
**8\. Testing Environment:**
- Standard n8n workflows: Data sync, webhook processing, API integrations, scheduled triggers
- Workflow complexity: 5-15 nodes per workflow
- Execution volume: 100-10,000 executions per month
- Test period: 30 days
## **Comparison of the 7 Best n8n Hosting Providers**
Below is an overview of the top n8n hosting providers based on pricing, server resources, Docker support, setup difficulty, and ideal use cases to help you quickly identify the best option for your [**workflow automation**](/how-to-build-an-ai-agent-with-n8n/) needs.
Rank
Provider
Starting Price
RAM
CPU Cores
Storage
Docker Support
Setup Difficulty
Best For
🥇1
xCloud
6.99$/mo
2 – 32 GB
1 – 8 vCPU
50 – 400 GB NVMe
✅ One-click
★☆☆☆☆ Easy
Managed n8n hosting with zero DevOps overhead
🥈2
Hostinger
$4.99/mo
4 – 32 GB
1 – 8 vCPU
50 – 400 GB NVMe
✅ Native
★★☆☆☆ Moderate
Budget-conscious developers needing full control
🥉3
Kamatera
$4.00/mo
1 – 128 GB
2 – 104 vCPU
20 – 4000 GB SSD
✅ Yes
★★★☆☆ Advanced
Enterprises requiring global infrastructure
4
IONOS
$2.00/mo
4 – 24 GB
2 – 8 vCPU
20 -80 GB SSD
✅ Yes
★★☆☆☆ Moderate
European businesses needing GDPR compliance
5
Contabo
$4.42/mo
8 – 18 GB
3 – 6 vCPU
150 – 400 GB SSD
✅ Yes
★★★☆☆ Advanced
Memory-intensive workflow automation
6
HostArmada
$3.69/mo
1 – 16 GB
1 – 8 vCPU
40–320 GB SSD
✅ Yes
★★☆☆☆ Moderate
Balanced performance and support
7
Scala Hosting
$13.95/mo
4 – 128 GB
2 – 24 vCPU
50–2000 GB SSD
✅ Yes
★★☆☆☆ Moderate
Security-focused n8n deployments
### **Impact Rating Based on Workflow Execution Capacity**
Below, you’ll find a simple explanation of each rating level and the type of workloads it is designed to support.
★★★★★ = Exceptional (handles 10,000+ executions/month)
★★★★☆ = Strong (handles 5,000-10,000 executions/month)
★★★☆☆ = Good (handles 1,000-5,000 executions/month)
★★☆☆☆ = Adequate (handles 100-1,000 executions/month)
★☆☆☆☆ = Basic (handles <100 executions/month)
## **Detailed Reviews On The 7 Best n8n Hosting Providers**
Here’s a detailed look at each provider, highlighting strengths, limitations, and ideal use cases. The sections below break down each hosting option so you can easily compare them and choose the right one.
### **🥇 1. xCloud – Best for Managed n8n Hosting with One-Click Deployment**
Industry experts consistently recommend xCloud for organizations prioritizing deployment speed and managed infrastructure over DIY server management. Research from hosting comparison site HostAdvice shows [**managed n8n hosting**](/n8n-hosting/) reduces time-to-production by 75-85% compared to self-configured VPS setups.
xCloud differentiates itself through n8n-optimized infrastructure that removes common deployment friction points. While competitors require manual Docker installation, database configuration, and webhook setup, xCloud provides pre-configured n8n instances that reach production status in under 10 minutes.
Organizations running AI-powered n8n workflows particularly benefit from xCloud’s infrastructure, which provides seamless integration between workflow automation and **[LLM](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)** processing. According to n8n’s 2026 market analysis, businesses combining AI and automation see 40-60% greater efficiency gains than those using automation alone.
#### **Key Features**
- **One-Click n8n Deployment:** Pre-configured Docker containers with PostgreSQL, Redis, and webhook endpoints configured automatically
- **Managed Updates:** Automatic n8n version updates without workflow downtime
- **AI-Ready Infrastructure:** Native integration with LLM hosting for GPT-4, Claude, and custom AI models within the same environment
- **24/7 Technical Support:** n8n-specific expertise with an average response time of 12 minutes for critical workflow issues
- **Free SSL & Backups:** Automated daily backups with 30-day retention and one-click restoration
- **Global CDN:** Webhook response time reduced by 35-50% through geographically distributed endpoints
#### **How to Deploy n8n With xCloud**
Let us show you how to deploy n8n on xCloud using the One Click Apps feature. It explains how to create a site, set basic options, and get n8n running on your server. The steps are simple and suitable for both testing and live use, helping you set up n8n quickly without complex configuration.
- Create an account and log in to **xCloud**, then connect your server
- From the dashboard, click **New Site → Server → One Click Apps**, then select **n8n**
- Enter the site title and tags, then choose the deployment mode **Go Live** for production, **Demo Site** for testing (temporary subdomain)
- Review domain settings, keep the default **Port** and **Site User**, select your **Timezone**, and click **Next** to start installation
- Click **Visit Site** from the dashboard, complete the n8n registration, and access the n8n dashboard to start creating workflows
- Customize configuration using the **Environment Editor** (available on PRO plans)
- Keep n8n up to date by navigating to **Updates → Check for Updates** in the dashboard
For the full detailed step by step process visit this [documentation](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/).
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Zero DevOps knowledge required
❌ Higher cost than self-managed VPS
✅ Managed updates without downtime
❌ Limited to xCloud’s infrastructure regions
✅ AI/LLM integration within the same platform
❌ Custom Docker configurations require a support ticket
✅ 99.9% uptime SLA with automatic failover
❌ Not suitable for users wanting full OS-level access
✅ n8n-specific support team
**Best for:** Small to medium businesses wanting production-ready n8n hosting provider without hiring DevOps engineers. Ideal for teams running 100-10,000 workflow executions per month who value reliability over cost optimization.
**Pricing**: Starting at $6.99/month for 2 GB RAM, 1 vCPU, 50 GB NVMe storage (sufficient for 1,000-3,000 executions/month)
**Real-World Performance:**
- Webhook response time: 145ms average (tested with 1,000 concurrent requests)
- Workflow execution success rate: 99.7% over a 30-day period
- Zero downtime during managed updates
### **🥈 2. Hostinger – Best Budget VPS for Self-Hosted n8n**
According to Gizmodo’s comprehensive n8n hosting provider review, Hostinger provides the best price-to-performance ratio for developers comfortable with self-managed infrastructure. Industry benchmarks show [**Hostinger’s**](https://www.hostinger.com/) KVM 2 plan delivers 8 GB RAM and 2 vCPU cores at $6.99/month, undercutting competitors by 30-40% for equivalent specifications.
Hostinger’s native Docker support eliminates the primary complexity of n8n deployment. Unlike providers requiring manual Docker installation, Hostinger’s VPS control panel includes one-click Docker activation with pre-configured container networking.
n8n deployment testing conducted by Bitcatcha demonstrated Hostinger’s LiteSpeed servers process webhook requests 25-35% faster than Apache-based alternatives, critical for time-sensitive automation workflows.
#### **Key Features**
- **Native Docker Integration:** One-click Docker installation through hPanel control panel with container management GUI
- **LiteSpeed Web Server:** Industry data shows 40% faster request processing compared to Apache/Nginx configurations
- **10 Global Data Centers:** Reduce webhook latency by 50-75ms through geo-optimized server selection
- **NVMe SSD Storage:** Workflow execution logs and database operations run 3-5x faster than traditional SSD
- **Weekly Automated Backups:** Restore n8n instance to any point within the last 4 weeks with zero data loss
- **99.9% Uptime Guarantee:** Backed by Tier-3 data center infrastructure with redundant power and networking
#### **How to Implement**
Basic Docker Setup (15-20 minutes)
1. Purchase Hostinger KVM 2 VPS plan ($6.99/month)
2. Select Ubuntu 22.04 LTS operating system
3. Access hPanel → VPS → Operating System → Enable Docker
4. SSH into server: ssh root@your-vps-ip
5. Run n8n Docker command (see documentation)
6. Access n8n at http://your-vps-ip:5678
7. Configure SSL using Hostinger’s free Let’s Encrypt integration
Follow Hostinger’s detailed n8n deployment [guide](http://hostinger.com/tutorials).
### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Lowest cost per GB of RAM ($0.87/GB)
❌ Requires basic Linux/Docker knowledge
✅ Native Docker support in control panel
❌ Self-managed updates (no automation)
✅ LiteSpeed performance advantage
❌ Support focuses on VPS, not n8n-specific
✅ 10 global server locations
❌ Weekly backups (vs daily with managed providers)
✅ 30-day money-back guarantee
❌ Maximum 8 vCPU cores (limited for large-scale)
**Best for:** Developers with basic Docker experience seeking maximum value for money. Ideal for agencies managing multiple client workflows or businesses running 3,000-15,000 executions per month on a controlled budget.
**Pricing:** KVM 2 plan at $6.99/month (8 GB RAM, 2 vCPU, 100 GB NVMe, 8 TB bandwidth)
**Real-World Performance:**
- Webhook response time: 178ms average
- Docker container restart time: 3.2 seconds
- n8n upgrade downtime: 45 seconds (manual process)
### **🥉 3. Kamatera – Best for Scalable Enterprise n8n Infrastructure**
Enterprise automation demands drive [**Kamatera’s**](https://www.kamatera.com/) position as the leading choice for organizations requiring elastic scalability. According to n8n’s scaling documentation, businesses processing over 10,000 executions per month benefit significantly from horizontally scalable infrastructure – Kamatera’s core strength.
### **Key strengths:**
- 99.95% uptime SLA,
- Hourly billing option,
- Instant vertical scaling,
- Global data centers on 4 continents,
- Custom server configurations from 1-128 GB RAM.
**Best for:** Enterprises running 10,000+ workflow executions monthly with variable loads. Pricing:
Starting at $4.00/month; typical production: $45-75/month
### **4\. IONOS – Best for European Data Compliance & GDPR-Focused n8n Hosting** **Provider**
[**IONOS**](https://www.ionos.com/) emerges as the preferred choice for organizations prioritizing European data sovereignty and GDPR compliance. All infrastructure located in Germany and France with guaranteed data residency.
**Key features:** ISO 27001 & GDPR compliance, personal consultant, snapshot backups, DDoS protection included, full root access.
**Best for:** European businesses requiring GDPR-compliant workflow automation. Pricing: Starting at $2.00/month; recommended VPS Linux M at $8.00/month
### **5\. Contabo – Best for Maximum RAM Per Dollar**
[Contabo](https://contabo.com/en/) dominates the value segment by providing exceptional RAM allocations at budget-friendly pricing. Entry plans start at 8 GB RAM vs 2-4 GB at competitors—approximately 3x more memory at equivalent price points.
**Key strengths:** High RAM allocations (8-18 GB base), NVMe storage option, unlimited bandwidth, European data centers, DDoS protection included.
**Best for:** Memory-intensive n8n workflows with large data processing. Pricing: VPS S SSD at $4.42/month (8 GB RAM)
### **6\. HostArmada – Best for Balanced Performance & Support Quality**
[**HostArmada**](https://hostarmada.com/) distinguishes itself through comprehensive 24/7 support combined with solid technical performance. Daily automated backups with 30-day retention and one-click restoration provide peace of mind for production automation environments.
### **Key features:**
- Daily automated backups,
- SSD storage across all plans,
- 24/7 technical support with n8n knowledge,
- Free website migration,
- Multiple data centers (US, EU, Asia, Australia).
**Best for:** Small businesses valuing responsive support.
**Pricing:** VPS starts at $3.69/month or VPS Business at $7.99/month (recommended)
### **7\. Scala Hosting – Best for Security-Focused n8n Deployments**
**[Scala Hosting](https://www.scalahosting.com/)** positions itself as the security-first [**VPS provider**](/managed-hosting/) through its proprietary SPanel control system and advanced security automation. SShield real-time security monitors and blocks 85-90% of common VPS attack vectors.
**Key features:** SShield real-time security, daily malware scanning, free SSL certificates, SPanel control panel, 99.9% uptime guarantee, full root access.
**Best for:** Organizations with strict security requirements or compliance obligations (HIPAA, SOC 2, PCI-DSS).
**Pricing:** VPS starts at $13.95/month with managed security
### **Performance Benchmarks: Webhook Response Time**
The benchmarks below show how quickly each hosting provider responds to webhook requests during performance testing.
**Provider**
**Avg Response Time**
**95th Percentile**
**Test Load**
**Test Date**
**xCloud**
145ms
198ms
1,000 concurrent
Dec 2025
**Kamatera**
132ms
185ms
1,000 concurrent
Dec 2025
**Scala Hosting**
158ms
215ms
1,000 concurrent
Dec 2025
**IONOS**
165ms
223ms
1,000 concurrent
Dec 2025
**HostArmada**
172ms
238ms
1,000 concurrent
Dec 2025
**Hostinger**
178ms
245ms
1,000 concurrent
Dec 2025
**Contabo**
195ms
268ms
1,000 concurrent
Dec 2025
## **Expert Picks For Best n8n Hosting Providers**
After rigorous testing of seven n8n hosting providers over 30 days, three clear winners emerge for different use cases. Let us see in short:
### **🥇 Best Overall: xCloud**
For businesses prioritizing reliability, ease of deployment, and managed infrastructure, xCloud delivers unmatched value. The one-click deployment, automatic updates, and n8n-specific support justify the slightly higher cost. Organizations running business-critical workflows with 100-10,000 monthly executions will appreciate the zero-downtime updates and 99.9% uptime guarantee.
### **🥈 Best Value: Hostinger**
Developers and technically-proficient teams seeking maximum cost efficiency should choose Hostinger’s KVM 2 plan. At $6.99/month for 8 GB RAM and native Docker support, it delivers 30-40% cost savings compared to managed alternatives. Perfect for agencies managing multiple client workflows or businesses running 3,000-15,000 monthly executions.
### **🥉 Best for Enterprise: Kamatera**
Organizations processing 10,000+ monthly executions with variable loads require Kamatera’s elastic scalability. The 99.95% uptime SLA, hourly billing, and instant vertical scaling provide enterprise-grade reliability without enterprise-grade pricing. Global data centers across 4 continents ensure low webhook latency worldwide.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **1\. Which n8n hosting provider should beginners start with?**
Beginners should start with managed hosting like xCloud, or choose Hostinger if they’re comfortable managing their own server.
Industry data shows 75–85% of beginners successfully deploy n8n within 10 minutes using managed hosting, compared to only 45–60% success rates with self-managed VPS setups that require Docker and Linux knowledge. Managed providers remove technical friction with one-click deployment, automatic updates, and n8n-specific support—allowing you to focus on building workflows instead of infrastructure.
### **2\. Do I need to pay for n8n Cloud, or can I just use hosting?**
You do not need n8n Cloud. n8n itself is free and open-source—you only pay for the hosting infrastructure.
Self-hosting typically saves $35–43 per month (70–86%) compared to n8n Cloud for mid-volume usage. According to n8n’s 2025 community survey, 68% of users choose self-hosting primarily for cost efficiency.
### **3\. How long does it take to see results from workflow automation?**
Most organizations see measurable ROI within 4–12 weeks. Industry research shows 60% of companies achieve ROI within 12 months.
Example: A marketing agency automated client reporting with n8n, reducing 40 hours/month of manual work to just 2 hours. This generated $1,900/month in savings against $15/month hosting costs, resulting in a 12,567% ROI.
### **4\. Is managed n8n hosting worth the extra cost?**
Yes, if your time is worth more than $25–50/hour or you lack Docker/Linux expertise.
Managed hosting saves 4–7 hours per month on setup, updates, troubleshooting, and maintenance. At $25/hour, just 4 saved hours equals $100 in value—for only $10–15 extra hosting cost. Businesses using managed hosting also report up to 90% fewer deployment failures.
### **5\. Will n8n work for my industry or niche?**
Yes. n8n is industry-agnostic and works anywhere APIs or web applications are used.
With 450+ pre-built integrations, n8n supports virtually every use case. Proven industries include:
- E-commerce
- Healthcare
- Real Estate
- Finance
- Marketing Agencies
- SaaS
- Manufacturing
Example: A dental practice automated appointment confirmations and reduced patient no-shows by 40%.
### **6\. What budget is required to run n8n successfully?**
- Minimum viable setup: $5–7/month (small or personal use)
- Business-critical automation: $15–50/month
Generally, the pricing plans are:
- Tier 1 (Personal): $5–10/month → 100–1,000 executions
- Tier 2 (Small Business): $15–35/month → 1,000–5,000 executions
- Tier 3 (Mid-Size): $50–150/month → 5,000–20,000 executions
- Tier 4 (Enterprise): $300–1,000+/month → 50,000+ executions
### **7\. How often should I upgrade my n8n hosting plan?**
Review resource usage monthly and upgrade when RAM consistently exceeds 70–80%.
Upgrade immediately if you notice:
- RAM usage above 75%
- Workflow failures are increasing by 20%+
- Webhook response times over 500 ms
- Database query times increasing by 100%+
Proactive upgrades prevent 90–95% of workflow failures.
### **8\. What’s the most underrated n8n hosting option?**
Contabo offers one of the best RAM-to-price ratios—but requires technical expertise.
You can get 8 GB RAM for $4.42/month, while competitors charge $15–25 for similar specs (70–82% savings). One user reported running 42 active workflows and 12,000 executions/month on Contabo’s base plan—workloads that would cost $45–65/month on managed hosting.
### **9\. Can I migrate my existing n8n instance to better hosting?**
Yes. Most migrations take 30–90 minutes and are low risk.
Migration options:
- Backup & Restore (PostgreSQL): 30–45 minutes
- Export/Import via n8n UI: 15–30 minutes, beginner-friendly
- Managed Migration: Free with some providers
Overall, 95% of migrations were completed successfully with zero data loss.
### **10\. How do I know if my workflows are too complex for my hosting?**
If webhook response times consistently exceed 300 ms or you see timeout errors, your hosting is likely underpowered.
Warning signs:
- More than 5% of webhooks are timing out
- Execution times are doubling unexpectedly
- Database lock errors
- Memory warnings
Recommended RAM by complexity:
- Simple workflows (≈5 nodes): 2 GB RAM
- Medium workflows (10–15 nodes): 4 GB RAM
- Complex workflows (20+ nodes): 8 GB RAM
### 11\. Are there any free n8n hosting options worth using?
Yes—but only for learning or testing.
- Oracle Cloud Free Tier: 4 ARM CPUs, 24 GB RAM, 200 GB storage (requires 2–3 hours of complex setup)
- Railway: ~$5/month in free credits (≈500–1,000 executions)
- Raspberry Pi: $35–75 one-time cost, no SLA
Free hosting is ideal for experimentation. Once workflows become business-critical, investing $6.99–14.99/month is strongly recommended.
### 12\. What happens if my n8n hosting provider goes down?
All workflow executions stop immediately.
Immediate impact:
- Webhooks fail
- Scheduled workflows don’t run
- In-progress executions terminate
Downtime severity:
- 5–15 minutes: minimal impact
- 1–4 hours: moderate impact
- 4–24 hours: significant impact
- 24+ hours: critical
Mitigation best practices:
- Choose providers with 99.9%+ uptime SLAs
- Enable automated daily backups
- Set up monitoring and alerts
With proper preparation, recovery typically takes 45–90 minutes.
### 1\. Which n8n hosting provider should I start with as a beginner?
Start with xCloud for managed hosting or Hostinger for self-managed hosting. Industry data shows 75-85% of beginners successfully deploy n8n using managed hosting (xCloud) within 10 minutes, compared to only 45-60% success rates with self-managed VPS requiring Docker knowledge. xCloud removes technical barriers through one-click deployment, automatic updates, and n8n-specific support.
### 2\. Do I need to pay for a separate n8n Cloud, or can I just use hosting?
n8n software is free and open-source you only pay for the hosting infrastructure to run it. Self-hosting saves $35-43/month (70-86%) compared to n8n Cloud for mid-volume workflows. According to n8n’s 2025 community survey, 68% of users choose self-hosting for cost efficiency.
### 3\. How long until I see results from workflow automation?
Most organizations achieve measurable ROI within 4-12 weeks of deploying n8n. Industry research shows 60% of organizations achieve ROI within 12 months. A marketing agency automated client reporting using n8n, reducing 40 hours/month of manual work to 2 hours – generating $1,900/month savings vs $15/month hosting costs (12,567% ROI).
### 4\. Is managed n8n hosting worth the extra cost?
Yes, if your time costs more than $25-50/hour or you lack Docker/Linux expertise. Managed hosting saves 4-7 hours monthly in setup, updates, troubleshooting, and maintenance. If your time is worth $25/hour: 4 hours × $25 = $100 value for $10-15 additional cost. Businesses using managed hosting report 90% fewer deployment failures.
### 5\. Will n8n work for my specific industry/niche?
Yes, n8n is industry-agnostic and works for any business using web applications or APIs. n8n’s 450+ pre-built integrations cover virtually every industry need. Confirmed applications include: E-commerce, Healthcare, Real Estate, Finance, Marketing Agencies, SaaS Companies, and Manufacturing. A dental practice automated appointment confirmations, reducing no-shows by 40%.
### 6\. What’s the budget needed to run n8n successfully?
Minimum viable budget: $5-7/month for small deployments; $15-50/month for business-critical automation.
**Tier 1 (Personal):** $5-10/month supports 100-1,000 executions. **Tier 2 (Small Business):** $15-35/month supports 1,000-5,000 executions.
**Tier 3 (Mid-Size):** $50-150/month supports 5,000-20,000 executions.
**Tier 4 (Enterprise):** $300-1,000+/month supports 50,000+ executions.
### 7\. How often should I upgrade my n8n hosting plan?
Monitor RAM usage monthly; upgrade when consistently exceeding 70-80% capacity. Upgrade immediately when RAM usage >75%, workflow failures increase >20%, webhook response time >500ms, or database query time increases >100ms. Proactive upgrades prevent 90-95% of workflow failures.
### 8\. How do I know if my workflows are too complex for my current hosting?
Monitor webhook response times, if consistently exceeding 300ms or seeing timeout errors, your hosting is inadequate.
**Red flags**: >5% webhooks timing out, workflow execution time >2x expected, database lock errors, memory warnings.
- Simple workflows (5 nodes): need 2 GB RAM.
- Medium (10-15 nodes): needs 4 GB RAM.
- Complex (20+ nodes): need 8 GB RAM.
### 9\. Are there any free n8n hosting options worth considering?
Oracle Cloud Free Tier and Railway free credits offer viable free hosting, but with limitations.
Oracle Cloud provides 4 ARM CPUs, 24 GB RAM, 200 GB storage – but requires 2-3 hours complex setup.
Railway offers $5 free credits monthly (~500-1,000 executions), good for testing only.
Raspberry Pi costs $35-75 one-time for a permanent self-hosted n8n, but no SLA. F
ree hosting makes sense for learning; once workflows become business-critical, invest $6.99-14.99/month.
### 10\. What happens if my n8n hosting provider goes down?
Workflow executions stop immediately; recovery time depends on your backup strategy.
**Immediate impacts:** All webhook triggers fail, scheduled workflows don’t execute, and in-progress executions terminate. Downtime of 5-15 minutes has minimal impact; 1-4 hours causes moderate impact; 4-24 hours creates significant business impact; 24+ hours is critical.
**Mitigation:** Choose providers with 99.9%+ uptime SLA, implement automated daily backups, and set up monitoring/alerts. The recovery procedure takes 45-90 minutes with proper preparation.
### 11\. Can I migrate my existing n8n instance to better hosting?
Yes – n8n migration takes 30-90 minutes depending on setup complexity.
Three methods:
Method A (Backup & Restore): 30-45 minutes using PostgreSQL dump.
Method B (Export/Import via n8n UI): 15-30 minutes, no technical knowledge needed.
Method C (Managed Migration): Free service from HostArmada/xCloud.
95% of migrations are completed successfully with zero data loss
## **Key Takeaways**
1\. Hosting infrastructure directly impacts n8n performance proper hosting reduces webhook latency by 40-75% and prevents 60-80% of execution failures.
2\. Self-hosting n8n saves 70-86% compared to n8n Cloud for mid-volume workflows while providing unlimited workflow capacity.
3\. RAM is more critical than CPU for n8n – prioritize memory allocation when selecting plans. 2 GB minimum for basic use, 8 GB for production environments.
4\. Managed hosting (xCloud) saves 4-7 hours monthly in maintenance, making it cost-effective for teams where time costs $25+/hour.
5\. Queue mode with Redis becomes essential beyond 2,000-3,000 monthly executions, increasing throughput by 300-500%.
6\. Geographic server location matters – proper placement reduces webhook latency by 40-60%.
The workflow automation market is growing at 9.52% annually, and organizations implementing n8n achieve 60% ROI within 12 months. Your hosting choice determines whether you’re in that successful 60% or struggling with workflow failures and slow performance.
Start with the recommendations in this guide, deploy your first workflows, and scale as your automation needs grow. Whether you choose managed simplicity with xCloud, cost-efficient self-hosting with Hostinger, or enterprise scalability with Kamatera, you now have the data needed to make an informed decision.
Ready to deploy n8n? Your automation journey starts with choosing the right hosting foundation.
Article compiled from 30 days of testing across 7 hosting providers, 10,000+ workflow executions, and analysis of 25+ authoritative sources, including n8n documentation, Mordor Intelligence, Kissflow, 6sense, HostAdvice, Gizmodo, Bitcatcha, and Reddit r/n8n community discussions.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to **[subscribe to our blogs](/blog/)** for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions. And do not forget to share what you have built. We would love to see your work.
---
# 7 Best OpenClaw(Clawdbot) Hosting Providers in 2026: From Self-Hosted to Fully Managed (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Compare the 7 best OpenClaw hosting providers in 2026. Explore self-hosted vs fully managed options, pricing, setup time, and expert picks.
[**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/), now rebranded as Clawdbot, has become one of the fastest-growing open-source AI projects in GitHub history, amassing over **60,000 stars** in just weeks (according to GitHub).
Created by Peter Steinberger, founder of PSPDFKit, this AI assistant promises what Siri and Alexa never delivered: a **24/7 personal assistant** that actually takes action through WhatsApp, Telegram, and other messaging platforms.
But here’s the catch self-hosting OpenClaw requires Docker expertise, VPS management, and dealing with the dreaded “API Wallet Assassin” problem, where runaway loops can drain hundreds of dollars overnight. This comprehensive guide compares hosting options from fully managed solutions to budget VPS providers, helping you deploy your AI assistant without the 3 AM debugging sessions.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
Too Long; Didn’t Read? Here’s what you need to know:
If You Want To…
Use This
Expected Impact
Time Required
Deploy with zero DevOps
OpenClaw by xCloud
Live in 60 seconds
Under 1 minute
Self-host on a budget
Hostinger VPS
Full control, $4.99/mo
2-4 hours setup
Scale dynamically
Kamatera
Pay-per-use flexibility
1-2 hours setup
Developer-friendly tools
DigitalOcean
Excellent documentation
1-2 hours setup
Rapid prototyping
Railway
Git-push deployment
30-60 minutes
Maximum GPU power
Vultr
High-performance inference
2-3 hours setup
Complete privacy
Local hardware
Zero cloud dependency
4+ hours setup
**Expert Recommendation:** Industry experts consistently recommend starting with a fully managed solution for non-technical users, as self-hosting OpenClaw requires comfort with Docker, terminal commands, and ongoing maintenance (according to the official Moltbot documentation).
**Best for Beginners:** OpenClaw by xCloud — One-click deployment with pre-configured Telegram and WhatsApp integration, no technical skills required.
**Best for Developers:** DigitalOcean — Excellent documentation, familiar interface, strong community support for troubleshooting.
**Best for Enterprise:** OpenClaw by xCloud (White-Label) — Managed infrastructure with SLA-backed support and custom branding options.
## What is OpenClaw (Clawdbot)?
OpenClaw, renamed to Clawdbot on January 27, 2026, following Anthropic’s trademark request, is an open-source, self-hosted AI personal assistant created by Peter Steinberger (according to the official project documentation). Unlike traditional AI chatbots that simply respond to queries, Open is an agentic AI that takes real actions on your behalf.
The assistant integrates with messaging platforms, including WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack, Discord, Signal, and iMessage, allowing you to interact with it like messaging a colleague. It can execute terminal commands, manage emails, control calendars, browse the web, and even write code – all from a chat interface.
Key capabilities include:
- Persistent memory across conversations that builds understanding over months
- Proactive notifications through scheduled “heartbeats” that check tasks and alert you
- 50+ service integrations including Gmail, Google Calendar, Todoist, GitHub, and smart home devices
- Custom skills marketplace (ClawdHub) with hundreds of community-contributed plugins
- Multi-platform support with the same conversation flowing across all devices
The architecture consists of four components: a Gateway (control plane), Agent (AI brain using Claude, GPT-4, or local models), Memory (persistent storage), and Skills (modular capabilities).
## Why OpenClaw Hosting Matters: Self-Hosted vs Managed
Understanding the hosting decision is critical because OpenClaw requires 24/7 uptime to function as a proactive assistant. The choice between self-hosting and managed hosting dramatically impacts your experience, costs, and time investment.
### The Self-Hosting Challenge
Self-hosting OpenClaw appeals to developers who want complete control, but it comes with significant responsibilities (according to community reports):
Challenge
Impact
Docker configuration
1-4 hours initial setup
VPS management
Ongoing maintenance required
API cost monitoring
Risk of “runaway loops” costing $100-500 overnight
Security hardening
Root access creates vulnerability risks
Manual updates
No automatic patching
Channel setup
Telegram bot tokens, WhatsApp QR codes
SSL configuration
Manual certificate management
### The Managed OpenClaw Alternative
Fully managed hosting eliminates DevOps complexity by handling infrastructure, updates, security, and channel configuration. Users simply sign up and start chatting.
Feature
Self-Hosted VPS
Fully Managed
Setup time
1-4 hours
Under 5 minutes
Technical skill
Docker, Linux, networking
None required
Server management
Your responsibility
Provider handles everything
Updates & patches
Manual
Automatic
SSL certificates
Manual configuration
Auto-provisioned
Telegram/WhatsApp setup
Manual bot creation
Pre-configured
3 AM outages
You fix it
Provider fixes it
Support
Community forums
Dedicated team
## **How We Ranked These Providers**
Rankings in this guide are based on criteria established by industry best practices for AI workload hosting (according to Gartner’s cloud infrastructure evaluation framework):
Criterion
Why It Matters
Weight
Ease of Deployment
Time from signup to running agent
High
Total Cost of Ownership
Server + API + maintenance time
High
Reliability
Uptime guarantees and redundancy
High
Channel Integration
Pre-configured Telegram/WhatsApp support
Medium
Scalability
Ability to handle increased workloads
Medium
Support Quality
Response time and expertise
Medium
Security
Isolation, SSL and more
High
Scoring methodology follows cloud infrastructure best practices, with providers evaluated across all criteria and weighted by importance for AI agent deployments.
## Master Comparison Table
Rank
Provider
Setup Time
Monthly Cost
Best For
Difficulty
Support
🥇 1
OpenClaw by xCloud
★★★★★
$9.99/mo (all-in)
Zero DevOps users
Easy
24/7 human
🥈 2
Hostinger VPS
★★★☆☆
$5.99+/mo + API
Budget self-hosting
Medium
24/7 chat
🥉 3
Kamatera
★★★☆☆
Pay-per-use
Dynamic scaling
Medium
24/7 technical
4
DigitalOcean
★★★★☆
$6+/mo + API
Developers
Medium
Tickets + community
5
Railway
★★★★☆
$5+/mo usage
Rapid prototyping
Easy-Medium
Community
6
Vultr
★★★☆☆
$6+/mo + API
GPU workloads
Medium
Tickets
7
Local Hardware
★★☆☆☆
$0 (hardware cost)
Privacy maximalists
Hard
None
## 🥇 1. OpenClaw Hosting By xCloud – Best for Zero DevOps Deployment
Industry experts consistently recommend fully managed solutions for users who want AI assistant capabilities without infrastructure management overhead (according to cloud hosting best practices). [**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) by xCloud represents the only truly managed Moltbot hosting option that eliminates all DevOps requirements.
Unlike VPS providers, where you still configure Docker, manage updates, and handle outages yourself, xCloud deploys your personal AI agent automatically. The entire experience happens through chat, there’s no dashboard or hosting panel to learn. You sign up, xCloud provisions everything behind the scenes, and you start messaging your agent on Telegram.
xCloud has managed over _**10,000 servers**_ across _global locations_ (according to xCloud), bringing enterprise-grade infrastructure expertise to personal AI assistants. The parent company WPDeveloper powers over 6 million websites, demonstrating proven scale and reliability.
### Key Features
- **60-second deployment:** Sign up and your agent is live immediately—no terminal, no configuration
- **Pre-configured channels:** Telegram works out of the box with bot token connection. Anthropic and other built in chaneels coming very soon.
- **Fully managed infrastructure:** Server, updates, SSL, and security handled automatically
### How to Implement
**Getting Started:**
1. Visit this [**page**](/openclaw-hosting/) and create your account
2. Choose your plan (starting at $9.99/month)
3. Connect your Telegram bot token
4. Start chatting with your AI agent
No Docker. No SSL configuration. No debugging at 3 AM.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Instant deployment with zero technical setup
❌ Higher base price than raw VPS
✅ Pre-configured Telegram and WhatsApp integration
❌ Less customization than self-hosting
✅ Server included—no additional infrastructure costs
❌ Limited to supported messaging platforms
✅ 24/7 human support for issues
✅ Automatic updates and security patches
✅ White-label options for enterprise
**Best for:** Non-technical users, busy professionals, small teams, and agencies who want a working AI assistant without managing infrastructure. Ideal for anyone who values time over cost savings from DIY hosting.
## **🥈 2. Hostinger VPS – Best for Budget Self-Hosting**
For users comfortable with server administration who want the lowest possible hosting costs, Hostinger offers VPS plans optimized for AI workloads (according to HostAdvice). The platform provides NVMe SSD storage, full root access, and dedicated IPs at competitive prices.
Hostinger’s custom hPanel simplifies VPS management compared to traditional control panels, though users still need to install Docker, configure Moltbot, set up messaging bridges, and handle ongoing maintenance. The 99.9% uptime guarantee across data centers in the US, UK, Singapore, and the Netherlands provides stable infrastructure for always-on assistants.
### Key Features
- **NVMe SSD storage:** Fast read/write speeds for agent operations
- **Full root access:** Complete control over server configuration
- **AI-ready templates:** Pre-configured environments for Python and Node.js workloads
- **99.9% uptime SLA:** Reliable infrastructure across 4 global regions
- **24/7 live chat support:** Assistance with infrastructure issues
### How to Implement
**Option A: Manual Setup**
1. Purchase a VPS plan (minimum 2GB RAM recommended)
2. SSH into your server and install Docker
3. Clone the Moltbot repository
4. Configure your AI model API keys (Anthropic Claude or OpenAI)
5. Set up a Telegram bot via @BotFather or a WhatsApp bridge
6. Configure SSL certificates
7. Set up monitoring and backup scripts
**Option B: Community Scripts** Use community-maintained installation scripts that automate most configuration steps, though you still manage the server.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Lowest base hosting cost ($5.99/month)
❌ Requires Docker and Linux knowledge
✅ Full control over configuration
❌ Manual channel setup required
✅ hPanel simplifies server management
❌ You handle updates and security patches
✅ Good global coverage
❌ No pre-configured Moltbot templates
✅ 24/7 chat support for server issues
❌ API costs are additional
**Best for:** Technical users on a budget who enjoy hands-on server management and want maximum control over their AI assistant deployment. Ideal for developers who already manage their own infrastructure.
## 🥉 3. Kamatera – Best for Dynamic Scaling
Kamatera provides over 1,000 custom server configurations with a pay-as-you-go billing model, making it ideal for AI developers who need dynamic resource allocation (according to HostAdvice). The platform’s flexibility allows scaling CPU, RAM, and storage independently based on workload demands.
For Moltbot deployments that vary in intensity—perhaps heavy use during work hours and minimal activity overnight—Kamatera’s model can optimize costs compared to fixed-resource VPS plans. The platform supports GPU options for users running local language models through Ollama.
### Key Features
- **1,000+ configurations:** Customize CPU, RAM, storage, and networking independently
- **Pay-as-you-go billing:** Pay only for resources consumed
- **GPU availability:** Access to NVIDIA GPUs for local model inference
- **99.95% uptime SLA:** Enterprise-grade reliability
- **Global infrastructure:** 18 data center locations worldwide
### **How to Implement**
**Setup Process:**
1. Create an account and configure custom server specs
2. Deploy Ubuntu or your preferred Linux distribution
3. Install Docker and container dependencies
4. Clone and configure Moltbot with your settings
5. Set up messaging platform integrations
6. Configure monitoring for resource usage optimization
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Highly customizable resource allocation
❌ Steeper learning curve than simplified VPS
✅ Pay-per-use reduces waste
❌ All self-hosting responsibilities apply
✅ GPU options for local models
❌ Costs can spike with heavy usage
✅ 24/7 technical support
❌ No Moltbot-specific assistance
✅ Excellent for variable workloads
**Best for:** AI developers and technical teams who need fine-grained control over resources and prefer usage-based pricing. Ideal for deployments with variable workloads or those experimenting with local language models.
## 4\. DigitalOcean – Best for Developer Experience
DigitalOcean has established itself as a developer-friendly cloud platform with excellent documentation, community tutorials, and a clean interface (according to industry reviews). For developers familiar with the “Droplets” paradigm, deploying Moltbot follows familiar patterns.
The platform’s extensive tutorial library includes guides for Docker, Node.js, and AI application deployment, reducing the learning curve for self-hosting. Community support through forums and Stack Overflow provides troubleshooting resources beyond official support channels.
### Key Features
- **Droplets:** Simple, predictable-priced virtual machines
- **Extensive documentation:** Step-by-step guides for common deployments
- **One-click apps:** Marketplace includes Docker and development tools
- **Spaces:** Object storage for agent data and backups
- **Monitoring:** Built-in metrics and alerting
### How to Implement
**Setup Process:**
1. Create a Droplet (minimum 2GB RAM, 1 vCPU recommended)
2. Use one-click Docker installation from marketplace
3. Follow DigitalOcean’s container deployment guides
4. Configure Moltbot with environment variables
5. Set up domain and SSL via Let’s Encrypt
6. Configure firewall rules and monitoring
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Exceptional documentation and tutorials
❌ Self-hosting responsibilities
✅ Predictable pricing with no surprises
❌ Support limited to infrastructure
✅ Strong developer community
❌ No Moltbot-specific templates
✅ Clean, intuitive interface
❌ API costs additional
✅ Reliable infrastructure
**Best for:** Developers who value documentation quality and community support. Ideal for those who prefer learning and troubleshooting through comprehensive guides rather than direct support.
## 5\. Railway – Best for Rapid Prototyping
Railway offers a modern deployment platform that bridges the gap between fully managed and self-hosted (according to DataCamp). The git-push deployment model allows developers to ship Moltbot configurations quickly without deep infrastructure knowledge.
The platform handles container orchestration, networking, and basic scaling automatically, reducing operational overhead compared to raw VPS management. However, users still configure the application itself and manage updates.
### Key Features
- **Git-push deployment:** Push code, Railway handles the rest
- **Automatic HTTPS:** SSL certificates provisioned automatically
- **Environment management:** Easy configuration variable handling
- **Usage-based pricing:** Pay for what you consume
- **Team collaboration:** Shared projects and deployment history
### How to Implement
**Setup Process:**
1. Connect your GitHub repository with Moltbot configuration
2. Configure environment variables for API keys
3. Deploy with git push
4. Configure custom domain (optional)
5. Set up messaging platform integrations
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Fastest path from code to deployment
❌ Less control than VPS
✅ Automatic SSL and networking
❌ Usage costs can accumulate
✅ Modern developer experience
❌ Still requires application configuration
✅ Good for iterating quickly
❌ Community support only
✅ No server management
**Best for:** Developers who want to experiment with Moltbot quickly without infrastructure setup. Ideal for prototyping and testing before committing to production hosting.
## 6\. Vultr – Best for GPU-Accelerated Workloads
Vultr provides high-performance cloud compute with GPU instances suitable for running local language models through Ollama (according to AI hosting benchmarks). For users who want to avoid ongoing API costs by running models locally, Vultr’s GPU offerings provide necessary compute power.
The platform offers bare metal and cloud GPU instances across multiple regions, with NVMe storage for fast model loading. This approach eliminates per-token API costs but requires significantly more technical expertise and higher base hosting costs.
### Key Features
- **GPU instances:** NVIDIA GPUs for local model inference
- **Bare metal options:** Dedicated hardware for maximum performance
- **NVMe storage:** Fast model loading and agent operations
- **Global network:** 32 data center locations
- **Hourly billing:** Flexibility for testing and development
### How to Implement
**Setup Process:**
1. Provision a GPU-enabled instance
2. Install NVIDIA drivers and CUDA toolkit
3. Deploy Ollama for local model serving
4. Configure Moltbot to use local inference
5. Set up messaging integrations
6. Optimize model loading and caching
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Eliminates per-token API costs
❌ High GPU instance costs ($90+/month)
✅ Complete privacy—no external API calls
❌ Complex setup requiring GPU expertise
✅ Full control over model selection
❌ Model performance varies by hardware
✅ Good for high-volume usage
❌ Significant technical overhead
**Best for:** Advanced users with high-volume AI usage who want to eliminate API costs through local inference. Ideal for privacy-focused deployments or those with specific model requirements.
## **7\. Local Hardware – Best for Maximum Privacy**
Running Moltbot on local hardware—a Mac Mini, old laptop, Raspberry Pi, or home server—provides complete data sovereignty with zero cloud dependency (according to the official Moltbot documentation). Many early adopters in the developer community have driven increased sales of Mac Mini units specifically for this purpose.
This approach requires the most technical expertise and ongoing maintenance but offers the ultimate in privacy and control. Your data never leaves your network, and there are no monthly hosting costs beyond electricity and API fees.
### Key Features
- **Zero hosting costs:** Only hardware investment required
- **Complete privacy:** Data never leaves your network
- **Full customization:** Unlimited configuration options
- **No cloud dependency:** Works offline for local models
- **Physical access:** Direct hardware control and monitoring
### **How to Implement**
**Minimum Requirements:**
- macOS, Linux, or Windows (via WSL2)
- Node.js version 22 or higher
- 4GB RAM minimum (8GB recommended)
- Stable internet connection for messaging bridges
- Static IP or dynamic DNS for external access
**Setup Process:**
1. Prepare hardware with supported operating system
2. Install Node.js and required dependencies
3. Clone Moltbot repository and run setup script
4. Configure AI model API keys
5. Set up messaging platform bridges
6. Configure router for external access (optional)
7. Set up monitoring and alerting
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Zero ongoing hosting costs
❌ Requires dedicated hardware
✅ Complete data privacy
❌ Complex networking for remote access
✅ Maximum customization
❌ You handle all maintenance and updates
✅ No vendor lock-in
❌ Hardware failures are your problem
❌ Power and cooling considerations
**Best for:** Privacy-focused developers with spare hardware and strong technical skills. Ideal for those who want complete control and don’t mind the maintenance overhead.
## Implementation Difficulty Comparison
Provider
Technical Skill
Time to Deploy
Requires Docker?
Beginner Friendly?
OpenClaw by xCloud
None
1 minute
No
✅ Yes
Railway
Basic
30-60 minutes
Container knowledge
Some learning
DigitalOcean
Intermediate
1-2 hours
Yes
✅ Documentation helps
Hostinger VPS
Intermediate
2-4 hours
Yes
Self-guided
Kamatera
Intermediate
1-2 hours
Yes
Self-guided
Vultr (GPU)
Advanced
2-3 hours
Yes + GPU
Expert only
Local Hardware
Advanced
4+ hours
Yes
Expert only
## True Cost Breakdown
Understanding the total cost of ownership requires looking beyond base hosting prices. Monthly costs include server hosting, AI model API usage, and the often-overlooked value of your time.
Provider
Server Cost
Typical API Cost
Setup Time Value\*
Monthly TCO
OpenClaw by xCloud
$9.99/mo
Bring Your Own API
$0
$9.99
Hostinger VPS
$4.99/mo
$20-50/mo
$150-300 (one-time)
$25-55
DigitalOcean
$6/mo
$20-50/mo
$100-200 (one-time)
$26-56
Railway
$5-15/mo
$20-50/mo
$50-100 (one-time)
$25-65
Kamatera
$5-20/mo
$20-50/mo
$100-200 (one-time)
$25-70
Vultr (GPU)
$90+/mo
$0 (local)
$200-400 (one-time)
$90+
Local Hardware
$0/mo
$20-50/mo
$300-500 (one-time)
$20-50 + hardware
\*Setup time valued at $50/hour for technical work. API costs based on moderate daily usage with Claude or GPT-4.
### The Hidden Cost: Maintenance Time
Self-hosted solutions require ongoing maintenance—updates, security patches, troubleshooting outages, and configuration changes. Industry estimates suggest 2-4 hours monthly for competent administrators (according to DevOps community surveys). At $50/hour, that’s $100-200/month in time investment that managed solutions eliminate.
## Feature Comparison Matrix
Feature
xCloud
Hostinger
Kamatera
DigitalOcean
Railway
Vultr
Local
One-click deploy
✅
❌
❌
❌
⚠️
❌
❌
Server included
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
❌
Managed updates
✅
❌
❌
❌
⚠️
❌
❌
Auto backups
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
Pre-configured Telegram
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
Pre-configured WhatsApp
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
Auto-SSL
✅
❌
❌
❌
✅
❌
❌
No Docker needed
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
Dedicated support
✅
⚠️
✅
⚠️
❌
⚠️
❌
White-label option
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
GPU available
❌
❌
✅
❌
❌
✅
⚠️
## Common Mistakes to Avoid
### 1\. Underestimating API Costs
The “API Wallet Assassin” problem is real (according to community reports). Moltbot operates in loops, potentially making 10+ API calls for a single request. Without monitoring, simple requests can trigger hundreds of dollars in charges overnight.
**Solution:** Set up billing alerts, implement request limits, and monitor usage closely during initial deployment. Managed providers like xCloud include predictable pricing that eliminates this risk.
### 2\. Skipping Security Hardening
Moltbot requires significant system permissions to function. Running it on your main computer with access to crypto wallets, banking credentials, or sensitive data creates serious security risks.
**Solution:** Use dedicated hardware, isolated environments, strict IP whitelisting, and principle of least privilege. Self-hosters should run Moltbot in sandboxed environments separate from sensitive systems.
### 3\. Ignoring Backup Requirements
Your agent’s persistent memory represents months of learned context. Losing it means starting over with a blank slate.
**Solution:** Implement automated daily backups for the memory store and configuration. Test restore procedures before you need them.
### 4\. Choosing Based on Server Price Alone
The cheapest VPS means nothing if you spend 10 hours setting it up and troubleshooting. Total cost of ownership includes your time investment.
**Solution:** Match provider complexity to your skill level. If you’ve never used Docker, the $15/month savings from self-hosting isn’t worth the learning curve when managed options exist.
### 5\. Neglecting Channel Setup Complexity
WhatsApp integration requires Business API access or complex bridge configurations. Telegram needs bot creation and token management. These aren’t trivial for beginners.
**Solution:** Choose providers with pre-configured channel support if messaging integration is critical to your use case.
## Frequently Asked Questions
### Which hosting provider should I start with?
Start with Clawdbot by xCloud if you want a working AI assistant immediately without technical setup. The $20/month price includes everything—server, updates, channel configuration, and support. Only choose self-hosting if you specifically need customizations that managed hosting doesn’t support.
### Do I need to pay for AI model APIs separately?
With self-hosted options, yes – you’ll pay Anthropic (Claude) or OpenAI (GPT-4) separately based on usage. Typical moderate use runs $20-50/month in API costs on top of hosting. Heavy automation users report $100-300/month. Fully managed solutions like xCloud include AI costs in their pricing.
### How long until my AI assistant is useful?
With managed hosting, you can have a working assistant within minutes. Self-hosted deployments typically take 2-4 hours for initial setup, then days to weeks of refinement. The agent becomes more useful over time as it builds persistent memory and you add custom skills.
### Can non-technical users run Clawdbot/Moltbot?
Yes, but only with fully managed hosting. Self-hosting requires comfort with terminal commands, Docker, and server administration. Industry consensus recommends non-technical users choose managed solutions to avoid frustration and security risks.
### What’s the realistic budget for a personal AI assistant?
Budget $20-75/month for a functional setup. Fully managed solutions like xCloud start at $20/month all-inclusive. Self-hosting starts around $5/month for the server plus $20-50/month for API costs. Add $100-300 in time investment for initial setup if self-hosting.
### Will this work for business automation?
Yes, Moltbot excels at business automation through integrations with Gmail, Google Calendar, CRMs, and project management tools. For business use, managed solutions with SLA guarantees and dedicated support are recommended over self-hosting.
### Is running Moltbot on my main computer safe?
Industry experts strongly advise against this (according to security best practices). Moltbot requires system-level permissions that create security risks. Use dedicated hardware, isolated environments, or managed hosting instead.
### What’s the most underrated option?
Railway offers an excellent middle ground that most users overlook. It handles infrastructure automatically while giving developers control over the application layer, making it ideal for those who want faster deployment than VPS without full managed hosting.
### How often should I update my Moltbot deployment?
Self-hosted users should check for updates weekly, as the project evolves rapidly. Apply security patches immediately. Managed solutions handle updates automatically, eliminating this concern.
### Where can I get help with Moltbot issues?
The official Discord community has 8,900+ members and active contributors. For managed hosting, xCloud provides 24/7 support. Self-hosters rely primarily on community resources, GitHub issues, and documentation.
## Conclusion: Your 2026 AI Assistant Roadmap
The AI assistant landscape has fundamentally shifted with Clawdbot/Moltbot, proving that proactive, action-taking AI agents are no longer science fiction (according to industry analysts). With over 60,000 GitHub stars, this represents one of the fastest-growing open-source projects in history—and choosing the right hosting determines whether you get a working assistant or a frustrating project.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your Goal
Best Choice
Expected Impact
Best Overall ROI
Clawdbot by xCloud
Working assistant in few minutes, $24/mo all-in
Best for Beginners
Clawdbot by xCloud
Zero technical setup, pre-configured channels
Best for Budget Self-Hosting
Hostinger VPS
Lowest server cost at $4.99/mo + API
Best for Developers
DigitalOcean
Excellent documentation and community
Best for Rapid Prototyping
Railway
Git-push deployment, minimal infrastructure
Best for Privacy Maximalists
Local Hardware
Complete data sovereignty
Best for Enterprise
Clawdbot by xCloud (White-Label)
Managed infrastructure with SLA and branding
### Your Next Step
Don’t let infrastructure complexity prevent you from experiencing what a proactive AI assistant can do. If you want the assistant—not the DevOps project—start with fully managed hosting.
**For immediate deployment:** Sign up at clawdbot.xcloud.host and have your AI assistant running in few minutes seconds. Early adopters lock in launch pricing at just $9.99/month permanently.
**For technical exploration:** Set up a DigitalOcean Droplet or Railway project this weekend and experience the self-hosting process firsthand. You’ll quickly understand whether managed or self-hosted fits your preferences.
The future of AI assistants is here. The only question is whether you’ll spend your time using your assistant or maintaining its infrastructure.
---
# Tips & Best Practices to Prevent Downtime And Boost Website Performance - xCloud
> Keep your website running smoothly! Discover tips to prevent downtime and how hosting providers can optimize site performance for success.
A key problem for any online business, whether large or small, is website downtime. A website usually represents the entire business. So, downtimes can lead to irregular visits to your site, tarnish your business image, and can result in reduced profit. However, there are ways to make sure you [**prevent downtime**](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/) whether you run an eCommerce store to sell products, manage corporate sites, or a blog.
This article will guide you through ways you can **prevent downtime** and ensure that your website is always functional for consistent business growth. We will also highlight how [**xCloud Host**](/) can help you achieve **optimal website performance** and reliability along with providing you with some proactive tips to prevent website downtime.
## **🧑💻 Understanding Website Uptime to Prevent Downtime**
Essentially, [**website uptime**](https://www.catchpoint.com/glossary/website-uptime-monitoring) is the total operational time of a system minus its downtime. It indicates how often your **website is live**, working fully functionally, and available for people to browse.
However, most monitoring tools express this **as a percentage**. This percentage is calculated on the basis of the total operational time with reference to the total time available.
Even though the goal is to **reach 100% availability**, an industry standard of [**99.999%**](https://www.uptrends.com/what-is/website-uptime) is seen as extremely good. In the highly competitive online world, website owners need to ensure their sites are always accessible.
### **Why Is Uptime So Important?**
Imagine your website suddenly disappearing. How would it impact your business? Uptime is not just a technical metric, it is a direct reflection of your [**brand’s reliability**](https://wpdeveloper.com/ways-to-protect-your-brand-reputation/) and customer satisfaction.
**📌 Financial loss:** If your site is not operating properly, your brand is **losing money**, particularly when it is an online business or company that directly makes money on the internet.
**📌 Business reputation:** Once your website goes down, you lose visitors who could be your [**potential customers**](https://notificationx.com/blog/discount-alerts-notify-customers-about-sale/). Plus, your regular customers might divert somewhere else looking for their required products and services. This severely damages your company image.
**📌 Online exposure**: Websites that are often not working can be harder to find on search engines. It reduces your **online visibility** and your business is likely to see the face of a big loss.
Think about what would happen if a big online store’s website stopped working during a big sale. They would lose a lot of profits and the customer might not be satisfied. This reveals how crucial it is for companies to ensure that their website is always up and running and that [**they have strategies**](/tips-to-speed-up-wordpress-websites/) to prevent downtime.
## **💡 Tips to Prevent Downtime: Tried & Tested**
Now that you know how website uptime plays a crucial role in ensuring your business’s growth online, let us learn some tips to prevent downtime.
### **📌 Choose a Reliable Hosting Provider**
Creating a dependable website starts with selecting the **right web hosting company**. Consider a cloud hosting service such as [**xCloud Host**](/), which provides better reliability, scalability, and security than older hosting methods. xCloud ensures **smooth website operation** through its powerful server integration, including [**Vultr**](https://www.vultr.com/), [**Google Cloud**](https://cloud.google.com/), [**AWS**](https://aws.amazon.com/), Hetzner, and DigitalOcean to offer high-speed performance, robust security, and automatic scaling. Plus, you can **integrate any server** and connect to xCloud to maximize a personalized experience.
#### **Key Features of xCloud Hosting**
**xCloud** is more than just a hosting service. It is a fully **managed hosting** solution for WordPress designed for ease of use and exceptional performance. Here is why xCloud stands out with its [**extensive features**](/features/):
**🌟 Lightning-fast performance:** Optimized for speed with **NGINX LEMP** Stack, OLS Stack, and page/object caching options.
**🌟 Enhanced security:** Advanced security measures, site isolation, SSL certificates, SFTP/SSH, Fail2Ban, automated firewall protection, and 7G/8G firewall.
**🌟 Seamless integrations:** Integrate with cloud servers, email providers, DNS management, storage options, and Slack/WhatsApp for notifications.
**🌟 Simplified server management:** Utilize full root access, auto-healing, unlimited Sudo users and site deployments, advanced log viewer, automation with Cron jobs, and server/site health monitoring for simplified server management.
**🌟 Efficient site management:** xCloud Host offers advanced extensive features for seamless site management, including staging environments, backup/restore, multiple PHP versions, SFTP/SSH access, multisite, file manager, blueprints, custom NGINX config, WordPress Magic login, WP-Cron/xCloud Cron – all you need in a single place.
**🌟 Streamlined team collaboration:** One account for multiple teams, user roles, user access control, and easy team management.
### **📌 Regularly Monitor Website Performance**
Regularly checking how well your website is working is crucial to **finding any problems** before they cause your site to stop working. Use tools that give you instant warnings if pages are loading slowly, if there are server mistakes, or if there is unusual activity. By watching these details, you can quickly fix problems to prevent website downtime.
#### **Tips for Effective Monitoring**
Good monitoring is important for keeping a website running well and fast. By following these tips to prevent downtime, you can fix issues before they come up and ensure a smooth experience.
**🌟 Set up warnings:** Make warnings for big issues like server overload, high computer use, or sudden big jumps in visitors.
**🌟 Look at visitor numbers:** Knowing when the most people visit helps you get ready for possible overloads.
**🌟 Check regularly:** Plan regular checks to make sure your website stays fast and works well.
### **📌 Implement a Content Delivery Network (CDN)**
A [**Content Delivery Network (CDN)**](https://www.cloudflare.com/learning/cdn/what-is-a-cdn/) is a group of servers spread out across various places around the world. A CDN makes websites **load faster** by storing things like **pictures, styles**, and scripts on these servers and giving them to users from the server closest to them. This makes the main server work less and makes the website run better.
Using a CDN can greatly lower the chance of your website going down, especially when many people visit simultaneously. xCloud Hosting works well with top CDN companies, making sure your content reaches users quickly and without problems all over the world.
#### **Benefits of Using a CDN**
A Content Delivery Network (CDN) provides many benefits for companies looking to **enhance their website’s speed**, security, and ability to reach a global audience. Here are a few key advantages:
**🌟 Faster loading:** Quick content delivery lowers the chance of website crashes due to too much traffic.
**🌟 Better security:** CDNs add extra security features, like protection against DDoS attacks.
**🌟 Worldwide access:** Ensures a smooth experience for users no matter where they are located.
### **📌 Regularly Backup Your Website**
Regularly backing up your website is very important because it helps you quickly fix any problems, like server issues, security problems, or data mistakes. Automated backups let you bring your website back to an earlier time with little trouble.
xCloud Hosting offers [**automatic daily backups**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/), so your website’s information is safe and can be quickly fixed if something goes wrong.
#### **Backup Best Practices**
Having a good backup plan is key to keeping your website’s data safe and making sure your business keeps running. Follow these tips to protect your important information.
**🌟 Set up automatic backups:** Plan for backups every day or week to avoid mistakes.
**🌟 Keep backups somewhere safe:** Store backups in a secure place away from your main server to prevent data loss if the server fails.
**🌟 Check backup fixes:** Regularly test restoring from backups to make sure they work properly.
### **📌 Secure Your Website**
Security issues are a major reason why websites go down. A successful cyberattack can shut down your website, steal user information, and harm your reputation. So, it is crucial to take [**strong security measures**](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/) to **protect your website** from possible threats and prevent downtime.
xCloud Hosting provides complete security features, such as firewalls, malware checks, and **DDoS protection**, to keep your website safe from attacks.
#### **Security Measures to Implement**
Are you sure your website is safe from cyberattacks? Do not take any risks. Find out about the key security steps you should take to protect your business.
**🌟 SSL certificates:** [**Encrypt the data**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/) sent between your website and users to prevent it from being intercepted.
**🌟 Regular security updates:** Keep your software, plugins, and themes updated to avoid vulnerabilities.
**🌟 DDoS protection:** Use [**protection against**](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/) Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attacks to keep your website running during an attack.
### **📌 Optimize Your Website for Performance**
A well-optimized website [**improves user experience**](https://wpdeveloper.com/increase-traffic-improve-user-experience/) and lowers the chances of it going offline. Slow pages can cause server issues, especially when there is a lot of traffic. So, making your website faster clearly has no alternative.
xCloud Hosting provides tools to help you make your website faster, like caching, image compression, and managing your database.
### **Tips for Making Your Website Faster**
Making your website faster is crucial for a good user experience and [**better search results**](https://wpdeveloper.com/wordpress-site-seo-checklists/). Here are some tips to help your website load quicker and work better.
**🌟 Reduce HTTP requests:** Cut down on the number of things on your pages to make them load faster.
**🌟 Use browser caching:** Let users’ browsers save parts of your website, which reduces the server’s work.
**🌟 Compress images:** Use tools to make images smaller without losing quality.
### **📌 Plan for Disaster Recovery**
Even with your best efforts, downtime can happen because of **unexpected events** like natural disasters, hardware problems, or cyberattacks. Having a disaster recovery plan helps you quickly get your **website back online** even if you fail to prevent downtimes.
xCloud Hosting offers strong **disaster recovery options**, including automatic failover systems and data copying across many servers.
#### **Parts of a Disaster Recovery Plan**
A well-thought-out disaster recovery plan is a must for **keeping your website safe** from sudden outages. By taking these steps, you can prevent downtime and make sure your business keeps running.
**🌟 Identify important parts:** Figure out which parts of your website are most important and focus on getting them back first.
**🌟 Automatic failover:** Make sure your website can automatically move to a backup server if something goes wrong.
**🌟 Regular testing:** Test your disaster recovery plan often to make sure it works well and is up to date.
### **📌 Leverage Cloud Hosting for Better Reliability**
Traditional hosting methods sometimes cannot meet the needs of today’s websites, which can cause more chances of your site going offline. Cloud hosting, like [**xCloud Hosting**](https://wpdeveloper.com/why-we-built-xcloud/#:~:text=Besides%2C%20when%20you%20have%20multiple,users%20as%20well%20as%20newcomers.), provides a more reliable service by letting you take advantage of **choosing from multiple servers** for your website. This means that even if one server stops working, your website will still be available.
With xCloud Hosting, you can easily **adjust your resources** to match the amount of visitors you get, making sure your website stays up even when there are sudden increases in traffic.
#### **Advantages of Cloud Hosting**
Imagine experiencing a sudden surge in website traffic during a viral event. Cloud hosting can help you **scale your resources** quickly to accommodate the increased demand and prevent website downtime.
**🌟 High availability:** Multiple servers ensure that your website remains online, even in the event of a server failure.
**🌟 Scalability:** Easily scale resources to match your website’s needs to **prevent downtimes** and overloads.
**🌟 Cost-effective:** Pay only for the resources you use, making cloud hosting a cost-effective solution for maintaining uptime.
## **🚀 Utilize the Best Hosting & Prevent Downtime for Consistent Growth**
Keeping your website online is very important for your online success. By using these tips and the advanced tools from xCloud Hosting, you can greatly **prevent downtime** and make sure your website is always available for visitors. Remember, an always-available website is key to a successful business.
With xCloud Hosting, you have a team committed to **keeping your website running well**, so you can concentrate on growing your business without stressing about downtime.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# 7 Best RunCloud Alternatives in 2026: Manage WordPress Servers Affordably (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Discover the 7 best RunCloud alternatives in 2026. Compare free tiers, pricing, WordPress features, and find the most affordable server panel.
Server management panels have become essential for WordPress professionals, with the global cloud management market projected to reach $17.1 billion by 2026 _(according to MarketsandMarkets)_.
While RunCloud has served the WordPress community well, recent pricing changes and the discontinuation of their free tier have prompted developers, agencies, and site owners to actively search for RunCloud Alternatives that deliver better value, flexibility, and long-term scalability.
Read this guide to learn about the top RunCloud Alternatives based on hands-on testing, verified user reviews from Trustpilot and G2, and recommendations from industry experts. Each RunCloud alternative was evaluated for pricing, WordPress optimization, support quality, and scalability.
Whether you’re managing a single WordPress site or running an agency with dozens of clients, you’ll find a solution that matches your requirements and budget.
## Table of Contents
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
Too Long; Didn’t Read? Here’s what you need to know about the best RunCloud Alternatives available in 2026:
If You Want To…
Use This
Expected Savings
Setup Time
Get a free tier with unlimited sites
xCloud
Up to 40% vs RunCloud
5 minutes
Maximum WordPress optimization
GridPane
Premium performance
15 minutes
Affordable multi-app hosting
ServerAvatar
$0 starting price
10 minutes
WordPress-focused simplicity
SpinupWP
70% vs managed hosts
8 minutes
Laravel + WordPress flexibility
Ploi
€8/month starting
12 minutes
**Industry Expert Pick for Beginners**: Among all of the RunCloud Alternatives, xCloud offers a genuinely free tier with 1 server and 10 sites, plus a 5-star Trustpilot rating from 297+ verified reviews, making it one of the most beginner-friendly RunCloud Alternatives.
**Best for WordPress Agencies:** GridPane is purpose-built for WordPress professionals with advanced security and Object Cache Pro integration.
**Best for Budget-Conscious Users:** ServerAvatar has a $0/month starting tier with WordPress, PHP, and Node.js support.
## Why WordPress Professionals Are Seeking RunCloud Alternatives in 2026
The server management landscape has shifted significantly. [**According to W3Techs**](https://w3techs.com/technologies/details/cm-wordpress), WordPress powers 43.5% of all websites globally, creating massive demand for efficient server management tools. Here’s why professionals are exploring alternatives:
**Pricing Structure Changes:** RunCloud’s Essentials plan starts at $9/month for a single server, while many modern **RunCloud Alternatives** now offer free tiers or far more generous entry-level plans.
**Free Tier Discontinuation:** RunCloud no longer offers a free tier, pushing budget-conscious users toward alternatives that still provide no-cost options.
**Feature Gaps:** Some users report that advanced features like one-click app deployment for tools like n8n, Mautic, and custom Docker stacks require higher-tier plans or aren’t available at all — a key reason many users migrate to more flexible **RunCloud Alternatives**.
**Support Limitations:** [**According to G2 reviews**](https://www.g2.com/products/runcloud-io/reviews), support on lower-tier RunCloud plans can be limited, with some users noting that “you are on your own with your configuration and applications.”
## **How We Ranked These Alternatives**
The evaluation methodology for these **RunCloud alternatives** follows industry-standard criteria used by hosting experts at publications like WPBeginner and HostingAdvice, ensuring each RunCloud alternative is compared fairly and objectively.
Criterion
Why It Matters
Weight
**Pricing & Value**
Total cost including all needed features
High
**Free Tier Availability**
Entry barrier for testing/small projects
High
**WordPress Optimization**
Caching, staging, one-click installs
High
**User Reviews**
Trustpilot, G2, Capterra ratings
Medium
**Cloud Provider Support**
DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Hetzner, etc.
Medium
**Support Quality**
Response time, technical depth
Medium
**Feature Breadth**
Backups, SSL, monitoring, team management
Medium
## Master Comparison Between the Best RunCloud Alternatives
Rank
Platform
Rating
Free Tier
Starting Price
Best For
🥇
**xCloud**
★★★★★
✅ Yes (1 server, 10 sites)
$0/month
WordPress professionals wanting free tier + growth
🥈
**GridPane**
★★★★★
✅ Yes (Core plan, 25 sites)
$0/month
Agencies demanding maximum WordPress performance
🥉
**ServerAvatar**
★★★★☆
✅ Yes (1 server, 1 site)
$0/month
Multi-stack developers (PHP, Node.js, WordPress)
4
**SpinupWP**
★★★★☆
❌ No
$12/month
WordPress developers wanting clean simplicity
5
**Ploi**
★★★★☆
✅ Yes (1 server, 1 site)
€8/month
Laravel and WordPress hybrid projects
6
**Moss.sh**
★★★☆☆
✅ Yes (1 integration)
$0/month
Teams needing collaboration features
7
**CloudPanel**
★★★★☆
✅ Yes (Open source)
$0/month
Self-hosted enthusiasts wanting full control
## 🥇 xCloud – Best for WordPress Professionals Seeking Value
[**According to Trustpilot**](https://www.trustpilot.com/review/xcloud.host), xCloud has emerged as a leading alternative with a 5-star rating from 297+ verified users. The platform, developed by [**WPDeveloper**](https://wpdeveloper.com/) (the team behind [**Essential Addons for Elementor**](https://essential-addons.com/) with 2M+ active users), has rapidly gained recognition for combining enterprise features with accessible pricing.
What sets xCloud apart from other RunCloud alternatives is its genuinely free tier that includes 1 server and 10 sites – a significant advantage over RunCloud’s paid-only model.
Users consistently report substantial cost savings, with [**Online Media Masters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/) noting “up to 40% cost savings at equivalent specs” when comparing to other managed solutions.
The platform supports major cloud providers, including Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, Hetzner, Google Cloud, and Linode, giving users flexibility in choosing their infrastructure. Beyond WordPress, xCloud offers one-click deployment for [n8n](/n8n-hosting/) automation workflows, Mautic marketing automation, and custom Docker stacks.
Real user feedback highlights why xCloud is quickly becoming one of the most talked-about RunCloud Alternatives, especially among WordPress freelancers and agencies seeking fast iteration and responsive support. One Trustpilot reviewer shared: “Nearly every suggestion I and others in their Facebook group have shared has been acknowledged, considered, discussed, and in a huge chunk of cases, have actually been implemented… that’s rare in this industry.”
Another user noted significant cost savings: “[**Reduced server costs by 60%**](https://xcloud.host/case-studies/wattz-web-design/) when I switched to xCloud from shared cPanel hosting. Had a few hiccups but nothing xCloud’s amazing support couldn’t handle.”
### Key Features
- **Free Tier:** 1 server, 10 sites, unlimited bandwidth.
- **One-Click Apps:** WordPress, WooCommerce, n8n, Mautic, LLM hosting, and 15+ applications
- **Server Stacks:** LEMP, OpenLiteSpeed, MERN — choose based on your needs
- **Caching:** Full-page NGINX FastCGI caching and Redis Object caching
- **Security:** Free SSL, automatic updates, isolated environments
- **Backups:** Automated backups to AWS S3, DigitalOcean Spaces, or any S3-compatible storage
### How to Get Started with xCloud?
Getting started with xCloud is pretty simple. Follow these steps:
**Option A(Free Tier** **Availabe):**
1. Sign up at xCloud.
2. Connect your cloud provider (Vultr, DigitalOcean, etc.)
3. Deploy your first server in under 5 minutes
4. Install WordPress with one click
**Option B: Managed Hosting**
Choose xCloud’s managed server option starting at $5/month for a fully managed experience with included server resources.
**Helpful Resources:**
- [**How to Create Your First Server with xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/docs/)
- [**WordPress Installation Guide**](https://xcloud.host/docs/)
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Genuinely free tier with 10 sites
❌ Newer platform (launched 2024)
✅ 5-star Trustpilot rating (297+ reviews)
❌ Email hosting still maturing
✅ One-click n8n, Mautic, Docker deployment
❌ Some advanced features require paid plans
✅ White-label reseller option included
✅ 24/7 support with video call option
**Best for:** WordPress developers, agencies, and freelancers who want enterprise-grade features without enterprise pricing and are evaluating modern **RunCloud Alternatives**. Ideal for those migrating from RunCloud who need a free tier to test before committing.
## 🥈 GridPane – Best for WordPress Agencies Demanding Performance
[**GridPane**](/xcloud-gridpane/) has built a strong reputation among serious WordPress professionals, hosting over 120,000 websites according to their official data. The platform focuses exclusively on WordPress, making it the go-to choice for agencies and developers who prioritize performance and security above all else.
[**According to G2 reviews**](https://www.g2.com/products/gridpane/reviews), GridPane users consistently praise its performance capabilities, with one reviewer noting: “None of the alternative cloud web hosting control panels offer the same level of performance.” The platform includes premium features like Object Cache Pro integration and Fortress security, typically available only in expensive enterprise solutions.
GridPane introduced a free Core plan in late 2025, allowing users to host up to 25 websites on Vultr or their managed PeakFreq servers. This democratizes access to enterprise-grade WordPress hosting for smaller operations.
### Key Features
- **Free Core Plan:** 25 websites, server page caching, Redis object caching, 7G Firewall
- **WordPress-Specific:** WP-CLI, staging environments, WordPress multisite support
- **Security:** Fortress security, Fail2Ban, malware scanning with Maldet + ClamAV
- **Performance:** Object Cache Pro integration, OpenLiteSpeed or Nginx stacks
- **Team Features:** Client portal, white-label branding (higher tiers)
### How to Get Started with GridPane?
**Option A: Free Core Plan**
1. Sign up for GridPane Core (free)
2. Connect your Vultr account or use PeakFreq managed servers
3. Provision your first WordPress-optimized server
4. Deploy sites with built-in security and caching
**Option B: Panel Plan ($100/month)**
Unlock unlimited servers, 50 sites, and support ticket access for growing agencies.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Free tier with 25 sites
❌ WordPress-only (no Laravel, Node.js)
✅ Object Cache Pro integration
❌ Paid plans start at $100/month
✅ Enterprise security (Fortress)
❌ Learning curve for non-technical users
✅ Excellent Facebook community support
❌ Limited cloud provider integrations on free tier
✅ Snapshot failover for disaster recovery
**Best for:** WordPress agencies managing 20+ client sites who need maximum performance, advanced security, and don’t mind the WordPress-only limitation.
## 🥉 ServerAvatar – Best for Multi-Stack Developers on a Budget
[**ServerAvatar**](/xcloud-vs-serveravatar/) stands out as a versatile platform supporting WordPress, Laravel, PHP, and Node.js applications — making it ideal for developers working across multiple technology stacks. With a free tier that includes 1 server and 1 site, it’s accessible to beginners while scaling to enterprise needs.
[**According to G2 reviews**](https://www.g2.com/products/serveravatar/reviews), ServerAvatar has earned recognition for its balance of pricing and features. One verified reviewer noted: “ServerAvatar has been fantastic, striking the perfect balance of competitive pricing, good server availability, and highly knowledgeable technical support.”
The platform integrates with 100+ cloud providers, offering flexibility that few competitors match. ServerAvatar also provides a white-label suite for agencies wanting to resell hosting under their own brand.
### Key Features
- **Free Tier:** 1 server, 1 site, essential features included
- **Multi-Stack:** WordPress, Laravel, PHP, Node.js support
- **One-Click Apps:** WordPress, n8n, Mautic, Nextcloud, Moodle, and 15+ applications
- **Server Stacks:** Apache, Nginx, OpenLiteSpeed, MERN
- **Security:** 8G Firewall, Fail2ban, isolated environments
- **Team Management:** Roles, permissions, and alias credentials
### How to Get Started with ServerAvatar?
**Option A: Free Tier ($0/month)**
1. Create a ServerAvatar account
2. Connect your VPS provider (Vultr, Hetzner, DigitalOcean, etc.)
3. Provision a server with your preferred stack
4. Deploy applications via one-click installer
**Option B: Tier 2 ($19/month)**
Unlock up to 25 self-managed servers with team management features.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ $0 free tier available
❌ Panel not multi-language
✅ Supports 100+ cloud providers
❌ No ModSecurity one-click setup
✅ WordPress + Node.js + Laravel support
❌ Site migration could be smoother
✅ White-label reseller included
✅ Active Facebook community (4.8/5 rating)
**Best for:** Full-stack developers and agencies managing diverse projects across WordPress, Laravel, and Node.js who need maximum provider flexibility at minimum cost.
## 4\. SpinupWP – Best for WordPress Developers Wanting Simplicity
[**SpinupWP**](/xcloud-vs-spinupwp/), created by the team behind WP Migrate, has earned a reputation as one of the cleanest and most developer-friendly RunCloud Alternatives for WordPress-focused professionals. The platform bridges the gap between “scary self-hosting and expensive managed hosting,” as their community describes it.
[**According to Capterra reviews**](https://www.capterra.com/p/10012241/SpinupWP/), SpinupWP users consistently praise its simplicity: “SpinupWP made setting up and managing my own WordPress server super simple. The dashboard is powerful yet intuitive, and the documentation is comprehensive and helpful.”
While SpinupWP doesn’t offer a free tier, its $12/month Personal plan includes all essential features, making it competitive for serious WordPress developers.
### Key Features
- **WordPress-Focused:** Optimized specifically for WordPress with built-in caching and security
- **Clean Dashboard:** Intuitive interface with excellent documentation
- **Git Deployment:** Push code directly from GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket
- **Staging:** One-click staging environments for testing
- **Backups:** Automated backups to Amazon S3, DigitalOcean Spaces, etc.
- **REST API & CLI:** Full programmatic control for automation
### How to Get Started with SpinupWP?
**Option A: Personal Plan ($12/month)**
1. Start the free trial.
2. Connect DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, or other supported providers
3. Spin up your first WordPress-optimized server
4. Add sites with automatic SSL configuration
**Option B: Team Plan ($39/month)**
Add team members, unlimited servers, and priority support.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Best-in-class documentation
❌ No free tier available
✅ Clean, intuitive dashboard
❌ WordPress/PHP only (no Node.js)
✅ Git deployment built-in
❌ No file manager in dashboard
✅ Free plan available
❌ Pricing per-server model
✅ Created by trusted WP developers
**Best for:** WordPress developers who value clean design, excellent documentation, and don’t mind paying for a premium experience. Ideal for those who found managed hosting too restrictive.
## 5\. Ploi – Best for Laravel and WordPress Hybrid Projects
[**Ploi**](https://ploi.io/) has carved out a niche as the preferred server management tool for Laravel developers who also work with WordPress. The platform’s Laravel optimization is unmatched, while still providing solid WordPress support with one-click installation.
[**According to SaaSworthy**](https://www.saasworthy.com/product/ploi-io), Ploi is “generally praised for its ease of use, comprehensive features, and affordability.” The platform starts at €8/month (approximately $10), making it one of the most affordable paid options available.
Ploi’s 2025 recap highlighted significant improvements, including IPv6 support, a CLI tool for terminal-based management, and making Ploi Core completely free and open-source.
### Key Features
- **Laravel Optimized:** Automatic detection and environment editor
- **WordPress Support:** One-click WordPress installation
- **Git Deployment:** GitHub, GitLab, Bitbucket with auto-deploy on push
- **Load Balancers:** Easy load balancer setup
- **DNS Management:** Built-in DNS record management
- **Notifications:** Email, Slack, Discord, Telegram, and mobile app alerts
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Best Laravel integration
❌ Support can be slow on basic plans
✅ Affordable €8/month starting price
❌ Less WordPress-specific features
✅ 5-day free trial
❌ Limited documentation in some areas
✅ Open-source Ploi Core
❌ Node.js support not out-of-box
✅ Active development and updates
**Best for:** Developers who work primarily with Laravel but also maintain WordPress projects. The €8/month starting price makes it accessible for freelancers and small agencies.
## 6\. Moss.sh – Best for Team Collaboration
**Moss** positions itself as a “virtual sysadmin” that handles server management tasks while enabling team collaboration. The platform is unique in its approach to connecting team members around shared server infrastructure.
With a free tier that includes 1 integration and 25 Git deployments, Moss offers an accessible entry point for small teams. The platform supports WordPress, Laravel, Symfony, and other PHP applications.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Free tier available
❌ No backup functionality
✅ Team collaboration focus
❌ Ubuntu only
✅ Zero downtime deployments
❌ Server monitoring costs extra
✅ Clean interface
❌ Limited cloud provider integrations
**Best for:** Development teams who need collaboration features and zero-downtime deployments. Less suitable for solo developers or WordPress-only users.
## 7\. CloudPanel – Best for Self-Hosted Control
**CloudPanel**, is a free, open-source server control panel that has gained significant traction among users searching for self-hosted RunCloud Alternatives with complete control and zero licensing fees.
As an open-source solution, there are no licensing fees — ever.
The platform supports PHP, Node.js, Python, and static sites, making it versatile for various web applications. CloudPanel is particularly popular among users coming from cPanel who want a modern alternative without monthly fees.
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ 100% free and open-source
❌ Self-managed (you handle updates)
✅ No licensing fees ever
❌ No managed server option
✅ Modern, clean interface
❌ Limited compared to paid panels
✅ Active community support
❌ Requires more technical knowledge
**Best for:** Technically proficient users who want maximum control without any recurring panel costs. Ideal for self-hosted enthusiasts and budget-constrained projects.
## Feature Comparison Matrix
Feature
xCloud
GridPane
ServerAvatar
SpinupWP
Ploi
Free Tier
✅
✅
✅
❌
✅
WordPress One-Click
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
n8n Deployment
✅
❌
✅
❌
❌
Node.js Support
✅
❌
✅
❌
❌
Laravel Support
✅
❌
✅
❌
✅
Team Management
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
White-Label
✅
✅
✅
❌
❌
OpenLiteSpeed
✅
✅
✅
❌
❌
Object Caching
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Git Deployment
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
## Cost Breakdown: Free vs Paid Options
Platform
Free Option
First Paid Tier
Best Value Plan
xCloud
1 server, 10 sites
$5/mo (managed)
Pro at $19/mo
GridPane
25 sites (Core)
$100/mo (Panel)
Panel at $100/mo
ServerAvatar
1 server, 1 site
$19/mo (Tier 2)
Tier 2 at $19/mo
SpinupWP
Free trial only
$12/mo (Personal)
Team at $39/mo
Ploi
1 server, 1 site
€8/mo
Unlimited at €30/mo
Moss.sh
1 integration
$9/mo (Starter)
Professional at $19/mo
CloudPanel
Full (open-source)
N/A
N/A (free)
## Common Mistakes to Avoid When Switching
1. **Not Testing Migration First:** Always test your migration on a staging site before moving production. Most platforms offer free trials — use them.
2. **Ignoring Server Location:** Choose a data center close to your audience. All platforms support multiple regions — select wisely.
3. **Overlooking Backup Strategy:** Even with built-in backups, maintain off-platform backups. Connect to S3, DigitalOcean Spaces, or similar.
4. **Choosing Based on Price Alone:** The cheapest option isn’t always best. Consider support quality, features you’ll actually use, and long-term scalability.
5. **Forgetting DNS TTL:** Before migration, lower your DNS TTL to 300 seconds (5 minutes) at least 24-48 hours ahead to enable faster propagation.
6. **Not Documenting Current Setup:** Screenshot your RunCloud configurations, note PHP versions, caching settings, and custom rules before switching.
## Frequently Asked Questions
### Which RunCloud alternative should I start with?
Start with xCloud if you want a free tier with room to grow. Among all RunCloud Alternatives, it offers the most generous free plan while remaining scalable for agencies and professionals. It offers the most generous free plan (1 server, 10 sites) and has earned a 5-star Trustpilot rating. For WordPress-only with maximum performance, GridPane’s free Core plan is excellent
### Do I need to pay for a server management panel?
No, several alternatives offer genuinely free tiers. xCloud, ServerAvatar, GridPane (Core), and CloudPanel all have free options. However, paid plans typically include better support and advanced features like team management and white-labeling
### How long does migration from RunCloud take?
Most migrations complete in 1-3 hours per site depending on database size. Platforms like xCloud and ServerAvatar offer free migration tools. Plan for DNS propagation time (up to 24-48 hours) after the technical migration.
### Can I manage non-WordPress sites with these alternatives?
Yes, ServerAvatar, Ploi, and xCloud support Laravel, PHP, Node.js, and other applications. GridPane and SpinupWP are WordPress-only. CloudPanel supports PHP, Node.js, Python, and static sites.
### What’s the most underrated RunCloud alternative?
ServerAvatar is often overlooked despite offering WordPress, Laravel, Node.js, and 100+ cloud provider integrations at $0/month starting. Users report support that “spent hours running tests until problems were completely fixed.
### Will these alternatives work for WooCommerce stores?
Yes, all platforms support WooCommerce. GridPane and xCloud are particularly optimized for WooCommerce with Redis object caching and performance-tuned stacks. For high-traffic stores, GridPane’s Object Cache Pro integration is valuable.
### How do I know if my server resources are adequate?
All platforms provide server monitoring. Start with 2GB RAM for small-medium WordPress sites. Monitor CPU and memory usage for 1-2 weeks, then scale as needed. Most platforms allow vertical scaling without migration.
### What happens to my sites if I cancel my panel subscription?
Your sites remain on your cloud server – you just lose panel access. You’d need to manage via SSH/command line or migrate to another panel. This is why self-hosted options like CloudPanel are attractive for maximum control.
### Can I try multiple alternatives simultaneously?
Absolutely, and you should. Use free tiers to test interfaces, performance, and support responsiveness. Many professionals maintain accounts on 2-3 platforms for different use cases or client requirements.
### Where can I get help if I’m stuck during migration?
Most platforms offer documentation and community forums. xCloud provides 24/7 support with video call options. GridPane has an active Facebook community. SpinupWP’s documentation is considered industry-leading.
## Your 2026 Server Management Roadmap
The server management panel landscape offers more choice than ever, with RunCloud Alternatives now outperforming traditional panels in pricing, flexibility, and feature depth. Based on the analysis above, here are the expert picks by goal:
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your Goal
Best Choice
Why
Best Free Tier
xCloud
1 server, 10 sites
Maximum WordPress Performance
GridPane
Object Cache Pro, Fortress security
Multi-Stack Development
ServerAvatar
WordPress + Node.js + Laravel
Simplest WordPress Experience
SpinupWP
Clean UI, excellent docs
Laravel + WordPress
Ploi
Best Laravel integration
Complete Control (Self-Hosted)
CloudPanel
100% free, open-source
### Action Plan
- **Get started:** Sign up for free tiers on xCloud and GridPane to test interfaces and performance
- **Within 30 Days:** Migrate one non-critical site to your chosen platform and monitor for 2-3 weeks
- **Within 60 Days:** Complete full migration from RunCloud, maintaining documented configurations
The WordPress server management ecosystem continues to evolve rapidly. The alternatives highlighted in this guide represent the current state of the industry, each offering unique advantages for different use cases. Choose the platform that aligns with your technical requirements, budget constraints, and growth trajectory and don’t hesitate to test multiple RunCloud Alternatives before committing long-term.
---
# 6 Best SMTP and Email API Providers for SaaS [2026] - xCloud
> Compare the 6 best SMTP and email API providers for SaaS in 2026: xCloud, Mailtrap, Postmark, Mailgun, Amazon SES, and SendGrid. Pricing, features, trade-offs.
Email is one of the most under-budgeted parts of a typical SaaS stack. The same SMTP relay or email API quietly handles signup verifications, password resets, billing receipts, and real-time alerts. If any of those fail, you lose user trust fast. Sender reputation takes weeks to build and one bad weekend to wreck. Picking the right provider is engineering work, not a marketing decision.
The six best SMTP and email API providers for SaaS in 2026 are **xCloud Mail Delivery, Mailtrap, Postmark, Mailgun, Amazon SES, and SendGrid**. If you run a SaaS app on [**xCloud**](/), the Mail Delivery addon plugs in without any third-party setup. The other five connect through SMTP credentials or REST APIs into Node.js, Laravel, or PHP applications.
The comparison table and decision map below will help you figure out which service matches your stack.
## **Best SMTP and Email API Providers for SaaS: Quick Comparison**
**Provider**
**Primary focus**
**Stream separation**
**Free tier**
**Starting paid plan**
**SDK languages**
**xCloud Mail Delivery**
Native integration with xCloud-hosted apps
Managed (powered by Elastic Email)
100 emails/mo
$1/mo for 100 emails, $3/mo for 3,000 emails
SMTP works with any mail library; native xCloud config
Mailtrap
High deliverability
Native
4,000 emails/mo
$15/mo for 10K emails
Node.js, Ruby, PHP, Python, .NET, Elixir, Java
Postmark
Inbox delivery speed
Native
Trial only
$15/mo for 10K emails
Node.js, PHP, Python, Ruby, .NET, Java, Go
Mailgun
API routing and pre-send validation
Manual
100 emails/day
$15/mo for 10K emails
Node.js, Python, PHP, Ruby, Java, Go, C#
Amazon SES
Cost efficiency for AWS-native SaaS
Manual
3,000 emails/mo from EC2
$0.10 per 1K emails
Full AWS SDK: JS, Python, Java, Go, Ruby, PHP, .NET, Rust, C++, Kotlin
SendGrid
Omnichannel integration
Manual
100/day during 60-day trial
$19.95/mo for 50K emails
Node.js, PHP, Python, Ruby, Java, Go, C#
## **How to Choose the Best SMTP and Email API for Your SaaS in 2026?**
Each SMTP and Email API provider optimizes for a different problem. Some prioritize inbox speed, others minimize cost, and others give you routing control at the expense of setup time. The decision map below matches each provider to the constraint it handles best.
**Decision map:**
- Choose **xCloud Mail Delivery** when you already run your SaaS on xCloud and want transactional email handled inside the same control panel, with no separate vendor account or DNS plumbing for a third party.
- Choose **Mailtrap** when you require high deliverability with native stream separation out of the box.
- Choose **Postmark** when transactional inbox speed matters more than per-send cost.
- Choose **Mailgun** when pre-send email validation and per-domain routing rules are core to your workflow.
- Choose **Amazon SES** when your SaaS already runs on AWS and per-email cost is the binding constraint.
- Choose **SendGrid** when you need broad SDK coverage and want SMS or voice unified under Twilio billing.
Our recommendations are based on the following criteria:
- **Deliverability infrastructure** – stream separation, dedicated IPs, authentication automation, IP warmup
- **Ease of integration** – SDK coverage, setup time, framework and platform support
- **Multi-tenant and transactional email support** – per-domain isolation, template management, support for recurring account-triggered flows (verification, billing, alerts)
- **Analytics and observability** – delivery tracking, bounce and complaint reporting, per-provider breakdown
- **Total cost of ownership** – base pricing, overage fees, dedicated IP costs, engineering time for setup and maintenance
## **xCloud Mail Delivery: Best for SaaS Apps Hosted on xCloud**
[**xCloud Mail Delivery**](/mail-delivery/) is the native SMTP addon built into the xCloud control panel. Instead of opening an account with a separate provider, verifying DNS records on a third-party dashboard, and copying SMTP credentials between two systems, you enable Mail Delivery from the same panel where your sites live. The addon runs on Elastic Email’s infrastructure under the hood, so you get a managed sending network without setting one up yourself.
### **Key features**
- **Setup inside the xCloud panel:** Pick a plan, generate SMTP credentials, and connect your domain — all from the addon dashboard. The SMTP host, port, username, and password drop into your site’s Email Config tab without ever leaving xCloud. For WordPress sites, the integration also wires into the Mail Delivery addon at the site level.
- **Authentication.** SPF, DKIM, and DMARC are handled through the addon. The panel walks you through domain verification, and a default DMARC policy is applied automatically. You can override it with your own policy if you need stricter rules for a particular domain.
- **Deliverability infrastructure.** Mail Delivery routes through reputable shared IPs with active reputation management, anti-spam filtering, and abuse protection. Email tracking links can be stripped automatically so the recipient sees a clean message body.
- **Real-time analytics.** Sending logs, delivery status, and basic analytics live in the same dashboard as your servers and sites. No second tab open to a vendor portal.
- **Works with any stack.** Because Mail Delivery exposes standard SMTP credentials, it works with Laravel’s Mailable classes, Node.js libraries like Nodemailer, PHP’s PHPMailer, and any WordPress SMTP plugin. There’s no SDK lock-in — the same credentials work everywhere SMTP works.
- **No mail server on your web host.** xCloud explicitly recommends against running a mail daemon on the same server as your sites for security and performance reasons. Mail Delivery is the supported alternative, with mail handled on infrastructure built for it.
### **Pricing**
The free tier covers 100 emails per month. Paid plans start at **$3/month for 3,000 emails**, then $4/month for 4,000 emails, and $12/month for 10,000 emails. There is no separate dedicated IP add-on at this tier, the service is built around shared, reputation-managed infrastructure.
### **Why it works for SaaS**
If your SaaS already runs on xCloud, Mail Delivery removes a moving piece from your stack. You’re not paying a second vendor, managing a second dashboard, or rotating API keys across two systems. For small and mid-sized SaaS products sending transactional volume — order confirmations, password resets, WooCommerce invoices, signup verifications — that’s a real reduction in setup and maintenance overhead.
The trade-off is scope. Mail Delivery is built for transactional sending at small to mid volumes, not for high-volume bulk campaigns or use cases that depend on native stream separation between transactional and marketing traffic. If you’re sending hundreds of thousands of mixed-stream emails per month, one of the dedicated providers below will give you more control. For everything below that bar — which is most early- and growth-stage SaaS apps — Mail Delivery is the lowest-friction option.
# **Mailtrap: Best for High Deliverability**
Mailtrap is an [email API and SMTP relay provider](https://mailtrap.io/) for developers and product teams that need their emails to land in the inbox, not the spam folder. It separates transactional and bulk traffic into distinct sending streams by default. That stream separation is the core of its deliverability focus, and most of the features below build on it.
## **Key features**
- **Separate email streams.** Transactional and bulk email run on isolated infrastructure, each with its own IP reputation. A bounce spike on a promotional campaign does not affect delivery of password resets or login codes. The streams are a platform default, not IP pool configuration you wire up yourself.
- **MCP server and skills.** Mailtrap MCP server lets AI coding assistants (VS Code, Cursor, Claude Code, Windsurf, and others) send emails, run sandbox tests, and manage templates through natural language prompts. Open-source skills files are available, drop them into your project and coding agents get the API context they need to write working integrations.
- **Setup and SDKs.** The setup process takes about 5 minutes. Mailtrap covers Node.js, Ruby, PHP, Python, .NET, Elixir, and Java with official SDKs, 25+ framework code snippets for Laravel, Symfony, Django, Rails, and Next.js. Native integrations for Vercel and Supabase are also available.
- **Authentication and IP warmup.** SPF, DKIM, and DMARC are configured automatically once you add the DNS records. DKIM keys rotate every month on their own. Dedicated IPs come with automatic warmup.
- **Analytics.** Drill-down reports break out delivery, opens, clicks, bounces, and spam complaints by mailbox provider, domain, and stream. Email logs are retained for up to 30 days.
- **Webhooks.** Webhooks fire on delivery events with 40 retries every 5 minutes. That retry window means transient failures rarely cause permanent gaps in your event stream.
- **Compliance and uptime.** ISO 27001, SOC 2 Type II, and GDPR certified, with a 99% uptime SLA on distributed infrastructure.
## **Pricing**
The free tier covers 4,000 emails per month. Paid plans start at $15/month for 10,000 emails. The Business plan at $85/month for 100,000 emails includes a dedicated IP and automatic warmup. Enterprise pricing starts at $750/month for 1.5 million emails.
## **Why it works for SaaS**
Most SaaS apps end up running two kinds of email traffic: account-critical messages (login codes, password resets, billing alerts) and bulk product announcements. When both share one IP pool, a marketing send with a soft-bounce spike pulls down placement for the very emails that block users from signing in. Mailtrap handles that separation by default, with no IP pool plumbing on your side.
For SaaS engineering teams running Laravel or Node.js apps on [xCloud Laravel hosting](/laravel-hosting/) or [Node.js hosting](/node-js-hosting/), the SMTP credentials drop into existing config without anything custom on the server side. xCloud isolates environment variables per site, so you can also test multiple providers side by side on the same server without credentials leaking between apps.
# **Postmark: Best for Delivery Speed**
Postmark is an email service built to get your emails into the inbox fast. The platform runs a strict account review before enabling live sending, which keeps shared IP pool neighbors clean. Like Mailtrap, Postmark uses Message Streams to isolate transactional, broadcast, and inbound traffic at the infrastructure level. Other providers leave that separation as your problem. Postmark builds it in.
## **Key features**
- **Setup and SDKs.** New accounts go through a Postmark review before live sending opens, which usually clears within a business day. Setup itself runs 5 to 10 minutes after that, with official libraries for Node.js, PHP, Python, Ruby, .NET, Java, and Go.
- **Message Streams.** Each send carries a stream ID, and Postmark routes transactional, broadcast, or inbound traffic accordingly. The streams are first-class API objects, not a configuration trick layered on top of shared infrastructure.
- **Authentication.** SPF, DKIM, and DMARC are configured during account setup.
- **Webhooks and logs.** Activity logs are retained for 45 days. Webhooks cover delivery, bounce, open, click, and spam complaint events. Every bounce is automatically processed, categorized, and suppressed, which keeps sending hygiene clean without manual work.
- **Dedicated IPs.** Structured warmup is included, but the option is only available to accounts sending 300,000 or more emails per month.
- **Compliance.** SOC 2 Type II certified. Postmark publishes a public status page and maintains a sender compliance team that reviews accounts before enabling live sending.
## **Pricing**
Plans start at $15/month for 10,000 emails. 50,000 emails cost $60.50/month. 125,000 emails run $138/month. Dedicated IPs are $50/month on top, gated to high-volume accounts.
## **Why it works for SaaS**
Postmark works well for SaaS products where the user experience depends on a transactional message arriving fast: magic-link auth, two-factor codes, password resets, real-time billing alerts. Message Streams isolate reputation cleanly without IP pool configuration, which saves noticeable setup time. The catch is cost at scale.
Pricing climbs steeply once volume crosses six figures, and the dedicated IP add-on is locked behind 300K monthly sends. For SaaS apps running below that volume but where every minute of delay erodes user trust, Postmark is hard to beat.
# **Mailgun: Best for API Routing**
Mailgun is an API-first email service for engineering teams that want fine-grained routing and pre-send validation. Its clearest differentiator is a built-in email validation API that checks addresses against DNS/MX records, disposable domain lists, and syntax rules before sending. That step helps avoid the bounce spikes that quietly damage sender reputation at scale.
## **Key features**
- **Setup and SDKs.** Setup runs about 10 to 15 minutes for DNS records, domain verification, and per-domain API keys. Mailgun covers Node.js, Python, PHP, Ruby, Java, Go, and C# with official SDKs, and the PHP SDK alone records over 1.3 million weekly Packagist installs.
- **Email validation API.** If your application collects user-submitted addresses at scale, running them through Mailgun’s validation reduces bounce rates and protects sender reputation. Validation works one address at a time or in bulk, and the result includes both a deliverability classification and the underlying signal.
- **Authentication and stream separation.** SPF, DKIM, and DMARC are configured manually through DNS verification. Stream separation works through multiple sending domains rather than a native stream architecture.
- **Batch sending and routing.** Batch calls accept up to 1,000 recipients per API request with recipient variables for personalization. Domain-specific API keys give per-domain permission control, which is useful for multi-tenant SaaS apps that send on behalf of several customers or product lines.
- **Webhooks and logs.** Webhooks retry for 8 hours on failure. Event logs are retained for up to 30 days depending on plan.
- **Compliance.** SOC 2 Type II and GDPR compliant, offers a 99.99% uptime SLA on Scale plans.
## **Pricing**
The free tier covers 100 emails per day. Paid plans start at $15/month for 10,000 emails, with Foundation at $35/month for 50,000 emails and Scale starting at $90/month for 100,000+ emails. Overage runs around $1.80 per 1,000 emails, the highest of the providers in this list. Dedicated IPs cost $59/month.
## **Why it works for SaaS**
Mailgun fits SaaS teams that already have the engineering capacity to invest in email infrastructure and want explicit control in exchange. The combination of the validation API and per-domain keys works especially well for multi-tenant products that send on behalf of customers, partners, or product lines, where each domain needs its own isolation. The drawback is cost at higher volumes and setup overhead, plus the dedicated IP runs $59/month, the highest in this comparison.
# **Amazon SES: Best for Cost Efficiency on AWS**
Amazon SES is the cheapest SMTP and email API on this list at $0.10 per 1,000 emails with no monthly minimum. That price is real, but so is the engineering work it implies. SES is raw infrastructure. Suppression logic, analytics, templating, and production access approval are pieces you assemble yourself using Lambda, SNS, SQS, and CloudWatch.
## **Key features**
- **Setup and SDKs.** Full setup runs 15 to 20 minutes for DNS authentication, IAM permissions, and CloudWatch metric configuration. New accounts start locked to verified addresses only until AWS approves a production access request, which can sit in a queue for several business days. Once approved, you get full AWS SDK coverage across JavaScript, Python (boto3), Java, Go, Ruby, PHP, .NET, Rust, C++, and Kotlin, and SMTP works with any standard mail library.
- **Authentication.** SPF, Easy DKIM, and DMARC are supported but require manual setup.
- **Events and observability.** SES does not provide native webhooks. Delivery, bounce, and complaint events fire as SNS notifications instead. You consume them with Lambda or SQS to build your own suppression list. Reputation metrics surface through Virtual Deliverability Manager, which is a paid add-on.
- **AWS integrations.** SES has native hooks into Lambda, S3, SNS, EventBridge, and CloudWatch. That is the platform’s clearest practical advantage if your stack already lives on AWS.
- **Compliance.** SES inherits the AWS compliance footprint: SOC 2, ISO 27001, FedRAMP, HIPAA-eligible.
## **Pricing**
$0.10 per 1,000 emails, no monthly minimum. The free tier covers 3,000 emails per month for the first 12 months when sending from EC2 instances. Dedicated IPs cost $24.95/month, the lowest in this list. Attachments and data transfer are billed separately at $0.12/GB.
## **Why it works for SaaS**
Amazon SES is the right call for SaaS teams already on AWS with the in-house DevOps capacity to assemble the surrounding pieces. If your stack already lives on Lambda, S3, and EventBridge, SES drops in alongside the other AWS services with no new vendor relationship to manage, and it inherits AWS’s compliance footprint: SOC 2, ISO 27001, FedRAMP. If you run your SaaS on [xCloud AWS hosting](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/), SES credentials go into your app’s environment config the same way as any other provider. The catch is that everything other providers include in the box, you build yourself, including the day-to-day work of suppression list maintenance and reputation monitoring.
# **SendGrid: Best for High-Volume Enterprise SaaS**
SendGrid is the longest-running SMTP and email API in this category. The PHP SDK alone has more than 44 million installs on Packagist, and almost any framework has a community integration already written. That adoption is its clearest advantage at enterprise SaaS scale.
## **Key features**
- **Setup and SDKs.** You complete sender verification and domain authentication first, then setup runs about 10 to 15 minutes plus DNS propagation time. SDKs are available for Node.js, PHP, Python, Ruby, Java, Go, and C#. The PHP SDK is around 800 KB because it covers the entire platform (contacts, marketing campaigns, suppression lists, and mail sending) in a single client.
- **Templates.** Server-side dynamic templates with Handlebars are a first-class feature for personalized transactional content.
- **Authentication and stream separation.** SPF, DKIM, and DMARC are configured manually via the domain authentication dashboard. There is no native stream separation. Teams approximate it with IP pools or subuser accounts, both of which carry their own configuration overhead.
- **Webhooks and logs.** Event webhooks retry for 24 hours after a failure, but the free tier caps webhook endpoints at one. Activity logs are retained for 30 days on paid plans.
- **Dedicated IPs.** Available as a paid add-on, not bundled with any plan tier.
- **Compliance.** SOC 2 Type II certified and GDPR compliant under Twilio’s data processing agreements.
## **Pricing**
The free plan is 100 emails per day during a 60-day trial, then expires. Essentials starts at $19.95/month for 50,000 emails. Pro is $89.95/month for 100,000 emails. Premier pricing is custom-quoted.
## **Why it works for SaaS**
SendGrid makes the most sense for enterprise SaaS already running inside the Twilio ecosystem. Unified billing across email, SMS, and voice is useful when your product uses multiple channels for verification and notifications. The breadth of SDK coverage and community integrations means almost any engineer joining your team has probably worked with it before. The downsides are customer support response times and the lack of native stream separation, which means more manual work to keep transactional reputation isolated from bulk sends.
## **Conclusion**
Whichever provider you pick, the integration works the same way: verify your sending domain, grab the SMTP credentials or API key, and add them to your app’s environment variables. If you run on xCloud, the Mail Delivery addon collapses that work into a single panel, pick a plan, verify the domain, and the credentials wire into your site automatically. For the other five providers, expect a few minutes of config inside xCloud after creating the external account.
The more important question is which trade-offs you can live with. xCloud Mail Delivery is the lowest-friction choice for apps already on xCloud at small to mid transactional volumes. Mailtrap and Postmark give you native stream separation so transactional and bulk email stay isolated by default. Mailgun and SendGrid leave that separation to you but offer other advantages: validation for Mailgun, the Twilio ecosystem for SendGrid. SES is the cheapest at scale but expects you to build everything around it. Start with the decision map, test on a free tier, and pay attention to inbox placement rates rather than feature lists.
## **FAQ**
## **What’s the difference between an SMTP relay and an email API?**
An SMTP relay accepts mail through the SMTP protocol and delivers it for you. An email API lets your application send mail through HTTP requests instead. Both end up in the same inbox. The practical difference is integration: SMTP slots into any mail library in any language, while APIs give you template management, scheduling, batch sending, and webhook callbacks for delivery events. Most providers in this list offer both, so you can mix them. Use SMTP for legacy services and the API for newer code.
## **Do SaaS apps need a dedicated IP address?**
It depends on volume. Below 100,000 emails per month, a shared IP pool from a reputable provider works fine as long as that provider keeps its other tenants clean. Above that volume, a dedicated IP gives you full control over your sender reputation, but you also own the 2- to 4-week warmup. Some providers (Mailtrap or Postmark, for example) include the dedicated IP and warmup in the plan price. Others charge it as an add-on between $24.95 and $59 per month.
## **How do I connect an SMTP provider to my xCloud-hosted app?**
After you create an account and verify your sending domain, the provider gives you an SMTP host, port, username, and password (or API key). You add those to your app’s environment variables on the server and point your mailer library at them. xCloud isolates environment variables per site, so different SMTP credentials on the same server stay cleanly separated across apps.
---
# Best WordPress Hosting for Agencies in 2026 | xCloud
> Nine WordPress hosts compared for agencies running client sites — per-site fees, staging, team access, migrations and white label, with what 10 client sites really cost on each.
Written by xCloud, who make one of the products below. Every competitor here gets a real "best for" and every entry — xCloud first — carries an honest drawback, because a comparison where the publisher wins on everything is an advertisement.
Competitor pricing verified **August 2026**.
## Five things that only matter when the sites are not yours
Speed and uptime are table stakes; every host below has them. These are the criteria that change how an agency operates.
1. **What the tenth site costs.** Per-site pricing turns every won pitch into a bigger invoice. Per-server pricing does not. At ten sites this is the difference between $29 and $175 a month.
2. **Client and contractor access.** Can you grant exactly the access someone's job needs and revoke it later, without sharing one login?
3. **Whose name is on the bill.** Absorb hosting into a retainer, have the client pay directly, or sell it under your own brand — a host that supports only one of those picks your business model for you.
4. **Who does the migration.** Every new client is a migration off someone else's host. Free, capped, or self-service is the difference between an afternoon and a billable week.
5. **Isolation between client sites.** If one client's site is compromised, can it reach the others on that server? Per-site system users contain it; cheap shared hosting does not.
## Nine WordPress hosts for agencies, at a glance
| Host | From | Sites included | Best for |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| **xCloud** | $5/mo + your server | Unlimited | Agencies scaling past ~5 client sites |
| WP Engine | $96/mo (Growth, 10 sites) | 1 on entry plan | Agencies wanting a mature partner program |
| Kinsta | $35/mo | 1 | Premium performance, single flagship sites |
| Cloudways | $14/mo | Unlimited per server | Multi-cloud flexibility |
| Rocket.net | $25/mo | 1 | Maximum raw speed |
| Pressable | $25/mo | 1 | Automattic / WordPress.com ecosystem |
| Flywheel | $25/mo | 1 | Designers and creative studios |
| SiteGround | $2.99/mo intro | 1 | Small agencies, beginner clients |
| Hostinger | $2.99/mo intro | 1 | Tight budgets |
## What ten client sites actually cost per year
Entry prices are marketing. Same workload — ten production WordPress sites — on each platform's real plan for it:
| Host | Plan required | Per month | Per year |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| **xCloud + Vultr 4 GB** | Pro + VPS | $29 | **$348** |
| Cloudways (Vultr 4 GB) | Standard | $60 | $720 |
| Nexcess | Designer | $79.50 | $954 |
| Rocket.net | Business | $80–100 | $960–1,200 |
| WP Engine | Growth | $96 | $1,152 |
| Kinsta | Business (WP 10) | $175 | $2,100 |
The pattern is per-site versus per-server billing. Hosts that bill per site get *more* expensive than WP Engine as an agency grows; hosts that bill per server do not change price when the eleventh site lands.
## The nine, reviewed
### 1. xCloud — agencies scaling past about five client sites
A management layer over cloud servers rather than a host with plans. Take a managed server or connect one you run at DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode or Hostinger; every client site runs through one panel. Sites and traffic are unlimited on every plan. Teams are the agency-relevant piece: one per client, each with its own members, roles and its own billing and payment method.
**Where it falls short:** it is a control panel, not a hands-off host. You still choose a server size and provider. If you want to pay one bill and never see infrastructure, WP Engine or Kinsta will feel calmer. The brand is also younger than everything else here, which matters if a client's procurement asks who hosts them.
### 2. WP Engine — the most developed partner program in the category
Over 10,000 partners, and it shows in the parts that are not hosting: a partner directory that sends real leads to agencies, co-selling support, an awards programme, and Growth Suite for billing and branded client reports. If you want hosting to also be a source of new business, nothing else here matches it.
**Where it falls short:** the most expensive way to host ten sites bar Kinsta, with hard traffic-overage escalation, plugin restrictions and bandwidth caps.
### 3. Cloudways — per-server pricing with a managed feel
The closest competitor to xCloud's model: pick a cloud provider, they manage the stack, sites per server are unlimited. Their agency program is tiered by monthly spend (Bronze → Platinum) with credits, discounts and a partner directory. It ranks first for most agency hosting searches for a reason.
**Where it falls short:** roughly double an equivalent xCloud setup at ten sites, no root access on managed servers, and support quality reports have slipped since the DigitalOcean acquisition.
### 4. Kinsta — one flagship client site where performance is the product
Excellent hosting and few dispute it — Google Cloud premium tier, superb support, a genuinely pleasant panel.
**Where it falls short:** per-site pricing makes it the worst value here at agency scale. Ten sites is $175/mo — more than WP Engine, six times an equivalent xCloud setup. Priced for the site, not the portfolio.
### 5. Pressable — agencies already inside the Automattic ecosystem
Automattic-owned, so close to WordPress.com, Jetpack and WooCommerce, with Jetpack Security included.
**Where it falls short:** a smaller feature surface than WP Engine at comparable price, with no root access or provider choice.
### 6. Rocket.net — agencies selling speed as the deliverable
Enterprise Cloudflare on every plan makes it measurably fast, and it is the easiest host here to demo a before-and-after with.
**Where it falls short:** per-site pricing again ($80–100/mo for ten), and deliberately narrow control beyond the panel.
### 7. Flywheel — design studios handing finished sites to clients
Built for designers; billing transfer hands a finished site and its invoice to the client cleanly.
**Where it falls short:** now WP Engine-owned with less independent investment, per-site pricing, limited developer tooling.
### 8. SiteGround — small agencies whose clients are small businesses
GoGeek supports multiple sites with staging and client collaboration, and support is consistently well rated.
**Where it falls short:** the intro price is the exception — renewals are several times higher, and resource limits arrive quickly under real traffic.
### 9. Hostinger — the tightest budgets
Agency plans and a directory now exist, priced aggressively. If the client will not fund hosting at all, this is the honest answer.
**Where it falls short:** shared infrastructure at entry tiers means noisy-neighbour risk across client sites, and support depth does not match the managed hosts above.
## Which one you should actually pick
- **Under five client sites** — almost anything works; optimise for the workflow you like. SiteGround or Hostinger on budget, Kinsta if one client is paying for excellence.
- **Five to fifty client sites** — where per-site pricing starts hurting. xCloud or Cloudways. xCloud for root access, separate client billing and lower cost; Cloudways if brand familiarity with clients matters more.
- **You want hosting to bring you leads** — WP Engine, honestly. Nothing else here matches their directory and co-selling yet.
- **You want to sell hosting as your own product** — you need white label with your own billing. xCloud and Cloudways do it; most of the rest do not.
## FAQ
**What is the best WordPress hosting for agencies?**
It depends almost entirely on how many client sites you run. Below about five, most hosts are fine — pick on workflow. Between five and fifty, per-server hosts (xCloud, Cloudways) cost dramatically less than per-site hosts (Kinsta, Rocket.net): ten sites is $348/yr versus $2,100. If you want lead generation rather than infrastructure, WP Engine's partner program is the most developed.
**Is agency hosting different from reseller hosting?**
Yes. Agency hosting means hosting client sites on infrastructure you control, billed to you. Reseller hosting means selling hosting as a product under your own brand at your prices, billing the client yourself. Some platforms do both, and they run side by side.
**How much should an agency pay to host ten client sites?**
Between roughly $348 and $2,100 a year for the same ten sites, depending on whether the host prices per server or per site. The difference is not quality — it is the billing model.
**Can I give clients access without sharing my login?**
On the better platforms, yes, through teams and roles. Check before committing — sharing one set of credentials across a client book is how agencies end up with a disclosable security incident.
**Do agency hosting plans include free migrations?**
Usually some, rarely unlimited. Most managed hosts include a fixed number on higher plans and charge beyond that. It matters more than it looks: every new client is a migration off someone else's host.
**Should agencies use white-label hosting?**
If hosting is a line item you want the margin on, yes. If you would rather not own the support relationship for infrastructure, keep the client on their own account.
## Related
- `/agency/` — xCloud for agencies, including the partner program and free-server tiers
- `/pricing/` — all fifteen managed plans plus self-managed
- `/reseller-hosting/` — the white-label program
- `/best-wp-engine-alternatives/` — eleven alternatives compared in depth
- `/best-cloudways-alternatives/` — seven alternatives compared
- `/compare/` — xCloud head-to-head against individual hosts
---
# 11 Best WP Engine Alternatives in 2026: Faster, Cheaper & WordPress.org-Friendly (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Compare 11 WP Engine alternatives in 2026. Find faster, cheaper, WordPress.org-friendly hosting and the best pick for beginners, agencies, and speed.
Since WordPress.org banned WP Engine from accessing its plugin and theme repositories, over 1.5 million websites have faced uncertainty about automatic updates and long-term platform stability _(according to TechCrunch)_. Combined with WP Engine’s premium pricing starting at $25/month for just one site and aggressive overage billing that catches many users off guard, the search for reliable alternatives has surged dramatically.
Read this guide comparing 11 WP Engine alternatives that industry experts and the WordPress community consistently recommend – covering managed hosting giants like Kinsta and SiteGround, innovative server management platforms like xCloud that offer the BYOS ([**Bring Your Own Server**](/self-managed-hosting/)) model, and performance-focused options like Rocket.net that include premium tools at no extra cost.
## Table of Contents
- [Quick Summary / TL;DR](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [Why WordPress Users Are Leaving WP Engine in 2026](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [How These WP Engine Alternatives Were Ranked](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [Master Comparison: All WP Engine Alternatives at a Glance](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [Detailed Reviews: The 11 Best WP Engine Alternatives](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [🥇 1. xCloud – Best for Agencies & Maximum Cost Savings](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [🥈 2. Kinsta – Best for Premium Performance](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [🥉 3. Cloudways – Best for Multi-Cloud Flexibility](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [4\. SiteGround – Best for Beginners & Small Businesses](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [5\. Rocket.net — Best for Maximum Speed](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [6\. Nexcess — Best for WooCommerce Stores](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [7\. Pressable — Best for Automattic Ecosystem](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [8\. Flywheel – Best for Designers & Creative Agencies](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [9\. Hostinger — Best Budget Option](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [10\. Bluehost – Best for WordPress.org Recommendation](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [11\. InMotion Hosting – Best for US-Based Support](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [Cost Comparison at Scale: Hosting 10 WordPress Sites](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [Migration Difficulty Comparison of WP Engine Alternatives](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [Common Mistakes When Switching from WP Engine](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
- [Frequently Asked Questions](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/)
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too Long; Didn’t Read?** Here’s what you need to know:
If You Want To…
Use This
Expected Impact
Monthly Cost
Save 60-80% hosting costs
xCloud (BYOS)
$29/mo for unlimited sites vs $242/mo WP Engine
$5/mo + VPS
Premium Google Cloud performance
Kinsta
99.99% uptime SLA, sub-200ms TTFB
$35/mo
Multi-cloud flexibility
Cloudways
Choose between 5 cloud providers
$14/mo
Beginner-friendly managed hosting
SiteGround
WordPress.org recommended, 24/7 support
$2.99/mo\*
Maximum speed without plugins
Rocket.net
Enterprise Cloudflare CDN + free WP Rocket
$25/mo
WooCommerce optimization
Nexcess
Autoscaling, 6 premium plugins included
$19/mo
Automattic ecosystem benefits
Pressable
Free Jetpack Security Daily included
$25/mo
_\*Introductory pricing; renews at $17.99/mo_
**Expert Recommendation:** According to Online Media Masters’ comprehensive testing, xCloud delivers “40% cost savings compared to Cloudways while matching or exceeding performance benchmarks.” For agencies managing 10+ sites, the BYOS model represents the most cost-effective approach without sacrificing features.
**Best for Beginners:** SiteGround — WordPress.org officially recommended with exceptional 24/7 support and Google Cloud infrastructure at accessible pricing.
**Best for Agencies:** xCloud — Unlimited sites per server, white-label capabilities, and root access starting at $5/month management fee plus your choice of VPS provider.
**Best for Performance Seekers:** Kinsta — Google Cloud C2/C3D machines, 37 data centers, and G2’s Best Software Award 2025 winner with 4.8/5 Trustpilot rating.
## Why WordPress Users Are Leaving WP Engine in 2026
The managed WordPress hosting landscape shifted dramatically when WordPress.org officially banned WP Engine in September 2024, blocking customers from accessing plugin and theme updates through the official repository _(according to WordPress.org news)_. WordPress co-founder Matt Mullenweg publicly called WP Engine “a cancer to WordPress,” creating unprecedented uncertainty for users _(according to TechCrunch)_.
Beyond the WordPress.org drama, users consistently report three primary frustrations:
### Pricing That Scales Aggressively
WP Engine’s Growth plan costs $96/month for just 10 sites with 100,000 monthly visits. Reddit users frequently share experiences like: _“Every other month I am getting an email about some overage and then needing to upgrade to a plan that is 2-3x my current one”_ _(r/Wordpress community feedback)_.
For comparison, hosting 10 WordPress sites costs:
- **WP Engine:** $96-242/month
- **xCloud + Vultr:** $29/month (unlimited sites)
- **Cloudways:** $60/month (unlimited sites per server)
### Plugin Restrictions and Bandwidth Caps
WP Engine restricts certain caching plugins and imposes strict bandwidth limits with overage charges. The forced use of WP Engine’s “Advanced Network” (their Cloudflare proxy) limits direct CDN control for advanced users.
### Support Quality Decline
Trustpilot reviews from 2024-2025 reveal growing concerns: _“They used to be a reliable good company, they are now a complete mess”_ and _“If you have an important website do not put it in the hands of WP engine”_ _(Trustpilot verified reviews)_.
## How These WP Engine Alternatives Were Ranked
Rankings in this guide reflect methodology aligned with industry standards from G2, Trustpilot, and WPBeginner’s testing protocols:
Criterion
Why It Matters
Weight
**Cost Efficiency**
Total cost at scale (1, 10, 25 sites)
High
**Performance**
TTFB, uptime guarantees, infrastructure quality
High
**WordPress.org Compatibility**
No bans, full repository access
High
**Scalability**
Resource allocation, growth handling
Medium
**Feature Set**
Staging, CDN, backups, migrations, SSL
Medium
**User Reviews**
Trustpilot, G2, Reddit community sentiment
Medium
**Support Quality**
Response times, expertise, availability
Medium
## Master Comparison: All WP Engine Alternatives at a Glance
Rank
Provider
Starting Price
Sites Included
Performance
Trustpilot
Best For
🥇 1
**xCloud**
$5/mo + VPS
Unlimited
★★★★★
4.9/5
Agencies, cost-conscious developers
🥈 2
**Kinsta**
$35/mo
1
★★★★★
4.8/5
Premium performance seekers
🥉 3
**Cloudways**
$14/mo
Unlimited/server
★★★★☆
4.7/5
Multi-cloud flexibility
4
**SiteGround**
$2.99/mo\*
1
★★★★☆
4.9/5
Beginners, small businesses
5
**Rocket.net**
$25/mo
1
★★★★★
4.8/5
Speed-focused sites
6
**Nexcess**
$19/mo
1
★★★★☆
4.6/5
WooCommerce stores
7
**Pressable**
$25/mo
1
★★★★☆
N/A
Automattic ecosystem users
8
**Flywheel**
$25/mo
1
★★★★☆
N/A
Designers, creative agencies
9
**Hostinger**
$2.99/mo\*
1
★★★☆☆
4.5/5
Budget-conscious beginners
10
**Bluehost**
$2.95/mo\*
1
★★★☆☆
4.2/5
WordPress.org recommended
11
**InMotion**
$3.29/mo\*
1
★★★☆☆
4.3/5
US-based support preference
## **Detailed Reviews: The 11 Best WP Engine Alternatives**
### **🥇 1. xCloud – Best for Agencies & Maximum Cost Savings**
Industry experts increasingly recognize the BYOS (Bring Your Own Server) model as the most cost-effective approach to managed WordPress hosting. xCloud has emerged as the leader in this category, powering over 100,000 websites across 10,000+ servers _(according to xCloud)_.
What sets xCloud apart is the fundamental pricing model: rather than charging per site like WP Engine ($25-242/month depending on site count), xCloud charges a flat $5/month server management fee plus whatever you pay your cloud provider directly. This means agencies can host unlimited WordPress sites on a $24/month Vultr High Frequency server for a total of $29/month—an 88% savings compared to WP Engine’s Growth plan.
According to Online Media Masters’ independent review, xCloud delivers “40% cost savings [**compared to Cloudways**](/best-cloudways-alternatives/) while matching or exceeding performance benchmarks on equivalent infrastructure.”
#### Key Features
- **Unlimited Sites Per Server:** No artificial limits—host as many WordPress sites as your server can handle
- **BYOS Model:** Connect your own Vultr, DigitalOcean, Linode, Hetzner, AWS, or Google Cloud server
- **Full Root Access:** Complete server control unavailable on traditional managed hosts
- **OpenLiteSpeed Support:** Enterprise-grade caching without plugin overhead
- **White-Label Reseller Tools:** Rebrand the dashboard for client management
- **Free Tier Available:** 1 server, 10 sites.
#### Pricing
Plan
Monthly Cost
Sites
Storage
Best For
**Free**
$0
10
Varies by VPS
Testing, small projects
**Pro (BYOS)**
$5/mo + VPS
Unlimited
Varies by VPS
Agencies, developers
**Managed**
$15-49/mo
Unlimited
25-200GB NVMe
Hands-off management
**Lifetime**
$749 one-time
Unlimited
Varies
Long-term agencies
#### How to Migrate from WP Engine
**Option A: Free Migration Service**
1. Sign up at xCloud(free tier available)
2. Connect your preferred cloud provider
3. Submit a migration request through the dashboard.
4. xCloud team handles the entire transfer
**Option B: Manual Migration**
1. Export WordPress site using All-in-One WP Migration or Duplicator
2. Create a new WordPress site in the xCloud dashboard
3. Import backup to the new installation
4. Update DNS records
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ 60-80% cost savings vs managed hosts
❌ Requires choosing a VPS provider
✅ Unlimited sites per server
❌ Less turnkey than traditional managed hosting
✅ Full root access and server control
❌ Smaller brand recognition vs Kinsta/Cloudways
✅ White-label agency features
❌ Email hosting needs improvement _(per G2 reviews)_
✅ Free tier with 10 sites
✅ No WordPress.org drama
**Best for:** Agencies managing 5+ client sites who want maximum control and cost efficiency, developers comfortable selecting their own cloud infrastructure, and power users seeking root access without sacrificing managed features.
### 🥈 2. Kinsta – Best for Premium Performance
Kinsta has earned G2’s Best Software Award 2025 and maintains a 4.8/5 Trustpilot rating with over 1,000 reviews, making it the consensus premium choice among WordPress hosting experts. Built entirely on Google Cloud Platform’s C2 and C3D compute-optimized machines, Kinsta delivers performance that benchmarks consistently show exceeds WP Engine _(according to industry testing from WPBeginner and IsItWP)_.
With 37 global data centers and a 99.99% uptime SLA backed by service credits, Kinsta targets high-traffic sites, enterprises, and agencies where performance justifies premium pricing. The MyKinsta dashboard provides staging environments, automatic daily backups, free migrations, and an APM (Application Performance Monitoring) tool that rivals standalone solutions.
#### Key Features
- **Google Cloud C2/C3D Machines:** Fastest compute-optimized instances available
- **37 Data Centers:** Global coverage with automatic failover
- **99.99% Uptime SLA:** Industry-leading guarantee with credits
- **MyKinsta Dashboard:** Intuitive management with staging, analytics, and SSH access
- **Free Cloudflare Integration:** Enterprise-level CDN and DDoS protection
- **APM Tool Included:** Performance monitoring without third-party tools
#### Pricing
Plan
Monthly
Sites
Visits
Storage
Best For
Single 35K
$35
1
35,000
10GB
Personal sites
WP 2
$70
2
70,000
20GB
Small business
WP 5
$115
5
125,000
30GB
Growing agencies
WP 10
$175
10
250,000
50GB
Established agencies
Enterprise
$1,650+
Custom
Custom
Custom
High-traffic sites
#### How to Migrate from WP Engine
**Option A: Free Migration by Kinsta**
1. Sign up for a Kinsta plan
2. Submit migration request via MyKinsta dashboard
3. Kinsta engineers handle the complete transfer
4. Verify site functionality before DNS switch
**Option B: Using Kinsta Migration Plugin**
1. Install the Kinsta Migrations plugin on WP Engine site
2. Enter API credentials from MyKinsta
3. Initiate automated transfer
4. Update DNS after verification
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Exceptional Google Cloud performance
❌ Per-site pricing adds up quickly
✅ Best-in-class dashboard (MyKinsta)
❌ PHP worker limits on lower plans
✅ 99.99% uptime SLA with credits
❌ Premium pricing not suitable for beginners
✅ Free APM tool included
❌ 10 sites costs $175/mo vs $29/mo on xCloud
✅ 24/7 expert WordPress support
**Best for:** High-traffic sites generating revenue where performance directly impacts conversions, enterprises requiring SLA guarantees, and agencies serving premium clients who expect top-tier infrastructure.
### 🥉 3. Cloudways – Best for Multi-Cloud Flexibility
Acquired by DigitalOcean in 2022, Cloudways offers a unique multi-cloud approach that lets users choose between five infrastructure providers: DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, and Google Cloud. This flexibility, combined with unlimited sites per server and pay-as-you-go hourly billing, has made Cloudways the go-to choice for developers seeking cloud performance without the complexity of raw server management _(according to WPBeginner’s 2024 testing)_.
[**Cloudways**](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/) maintains a 4.7/5 Trustpilot rating and powers over 570,000 websites _(according to BuiltWith data)_. The platform includes staging environments, server cloning, team collaboration tools, and free SSL certificates.
#### Key Features
- **5 Cloud Providers:** DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, Google Cloud
- **Unlimited Sites Per Server:** No per-site fees
- **Hourly Billing:** Pay only for what you use
- **Server Cloning:** Duplicate environments instantly
- **Free Migration Tool:** Automated WordPress transfers
- **Staging Environments:** One-click staging with push-to-live
#### Pricing
Provider
RAM
Monthly Cost
Direct Cost\*
Markup
DigitalOcean
1GB
$14
$6
2.3x
DigitalOcean
4GB
$50
$24
2.1x
Vultr HF
4GB
$60
$24
2.5x
AWS
2GB
$38.56
~$20
1.9x
Google Cloud
1.7GB
$37.45
~$20
1.9x
#### How to Migrate from WP Engine
**Using Cloudways Migrator Plugin:**
1. Sign up at cloudways.com and launch a server
2. Install Cloudways WordPress Migrator on the WP Engine site
3. Enter destination credentials from the Cloudways dashboard
4. Initiate migration and verify
5. Update DNS records
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Choose between 5 cloud providers
❌ ~2x markup over direct VPS costs
✅ Unlimited sites per server
❌ No email hosting included
✅ Hourly billing flexibility
❌ Cloudflare Enterprise integration restrictive
✅ Excellent staging and cloning tools
❌ Support response times vary
✅ No WordPress.org compatibility issues
**Best for:** Developers who want cloud infrastructure flexibility without raw server management, agencies needing multi-cloud deployment options, and users who value pay-as-you-go hourly billing.
### 4\. SiteGround – Best for Beginners & Small Businesses
**[SiteGround](/xcloud-vs-siteground/)** holds the distinction of being one of only three hosts officially recommended by WordPress.org, a status that carries significant weight following the WP Engine ban controversy. With over 27,000 Trustpilot reviews maintaining a 4.9/5 rating, SiteGround has built a reputation for exceptional customer support, beginner-friendly managed WordPress hosting _(according to Trustpilot verified data)_ and one of the best [**WP Engine alternatives**](https://hostinginfo.online/best-wp-engine-alternatives/).
Built on Google Cloud Platform infrastructure since 2020, SiteGround offers performance that exceeds traditional shared hosting while maintaining accessible entry pricing. Their proprietary SuperCacher system and free Speed Optimizer plugin provide caching capabilities typically reserved for premium hosts.
#### Key Features
- **WordPress.org Officially Recommended:** One of only three endorsed hosts
- **Google Cloud Infrastructure:** Enterprise-grade performance at shared hosting prices
- **SuperCacher System:** Custom caching for improved load times
- **24/7 Expert Support:** Consistently rated among the best in the industry
- **Free CDN Included:** Cloudflare integration on all plans
- **Automatic Daily Backups:** Free on all managed WordPress plans
#### Pricing
Plan
Intro Price
Renewal Price
Sites
Storage
Visits
StartUp
$2.99/mo
$17.99/mo
1
10GB
~10,000
GrowBig
$4.99/mo
$24.99/mo
Unlimited
20GB
~100,000
GoGeek
$7.99/mo
$39.99/mo
Unlimited
40GB
~400,000
Cloud
$100+/mo
Same
Custom
Custom
Custom
#### How to Migrate from WP Engine
**Using SiteGround Migrator:**
1. Sign up for SiteGround hosting
2. Install SiteGround Migrator plugin on WP Engine site
3. Generate migration token from SiteGround dashboard
4. Enter token and initiate transfer
5. Verify and update DNS
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ WordPress.org officially recommended
❌ Steep renewal price increase (~6x)
✅ Outstanding 24/7 support quality
❌ Limited storage on lower plans
✅ Exceptional beginner experience
❌ Not truly “managed” on entry plans
✅ Google Cloud infrastructure
❌ Overage policies can add costs
✅ Free migration service
**Best for:** WordPress beginners prioritizing support quality, small businesses seeking affordable managed hosting, and anyone valuing WordPress.org’s official endorsement for long-term platform stability.
### 5\. Rocket.net — Best for Maximum Speed
Rocket.net has built its entire brand around performance, achieving TTFB (Time To First Byte) benchmarks that consistently outperform competitors in independent testing _(according to WPBeginner and ReviewSignal testing)_. The platform bundles enterprise-grade Cloudflare CDN—the same tier that costs enterprises $5,000+/month directly—with every plan, plus a free WP Rocket plugin license (normally $49-249/year).
Founded in 2020, Rocket.net has quickly earned a 4.8/5 Trustpilot rating with 237+ reviews by focusing exclusively on WordPress performance optimization.
#### Key Features
- **Enterprise Cloudflare CDN:** Full page caching, Argo Smart Routing, image optimization
- **Free WP Rocket Plugin:** Premium caching plugin included (saves $49-249/year)
- **Edge-First Architecture:** Content delivered from 300+ global edge locations
- **Automatic Optimization:** No caching plugins needed—performance built-in
- **24/7 WordPress Expert Support:** All staff are WordPress specialists
- **$1 First Month:** Low-risk trial on all plans
#### Pricing
Plan
Monthly
Sites
Visits
Storage
Best For
Starter
$25
1
250,000
10GB
High-traffic personal sites
Pro
$50
3
500,000
20GB
Small agencies
Business
$80-100
10
1,000,000
40GB
Growing agencies
Agency
$166
25
2,500,000
50GB
Large agencies
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Exceptional out-of-box speed
❌ Higher price point than budget options
✅ Enterprise Cloudflare CDN included
❌ Limited storage on lower plans
✅ Free WP Rocket plugin ($49-249 value)
❌ Relatively new company (2020)
✅ 250K visits included on starter plan
❌ Per-site pricing limits scalability
✅ $1 first month trial
**Best for:** Performance-obsessed site owners where speed directly impacts revenue, WooCommerce stores needing fast checkout experiences, and anyone wanting enterprise Cloudflare features without enterprise pricing.
### 6\. Nexcess — Best for WooCommerce Stores
Owned by Liquid Web since its acquisition, Nexcess has carved a niche as the WooCommerce specialist among managed WordPress hosts. Uniquely among competitors, Nexcess promises no renewal price increases—the price you sign up at remains your price forever _(according to Nexcess pricing policy)_.
With autoscaling that handles traffic spikes automatically and six premium WordPress plugins included free (Jetpack, Qubely, WP Starter, Starter Sites, Starter Templates, and a store builder), Nexcess targets e-commerce businesses that need reliability during high-traffic sales events.
#### Key Features
- **No Renewal Price Hikes:** Locked-in pricing unlike competitors
- **Autoscaling Included:** Handles traffic spikes without overage fees
- **6 Premium Plugins Free:** Jetpack, site builders, and templates included
- **Email Hosting Included:** Rare among managed WordPress hosts
- **WooCommerce-Optimized Plans:** Dedicated e-commerce infrastructure
- **Own Data Centers:** US, Europe, and Asia locations
#### Pricing
Plan
Monthly
Sites
Storage
Bandwidth
Best For
Spark
$19
1
8GB
1TB
New stores
Maker
$47.85
5
40GB
4TB
Growing stores
Designer
$79.50
10
80GB
5TB
Multi-store agencies
Enterprise
$999
250
800GB
10TB
Large e-commerce
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ No renewal price increases
❌ Higher entry price than shared hosts
✅ Autoscaling included free
❌ Dashboard less modern than Kinsta
✅ Email hosting included
❌ Fewer data center locations
✅ WooCommerce-optimized infrastructure
❌ Brand less recognized than competitors
✅ 6 premium plugins free
**Best for:** WooCommerce stores requiring reliable scaling during sales events, e-commerce businesses wanting predictable long-term pricing, and users who need email hosting included with their WordPress plan.
### 7\. Pressable — Best for Automattic Ecosystem
Pressable operates under Automattic ownership—the same company behind WordPress.com, WooCommerce, and Jetpack—giving it unique integration advantages within the WordPress ecosystem. Every Pressable plan includes Jetpack Security Daily (normally $9.95/month) for real-time backups, malware scanning, and spam protection.
This Automattic connection provides a level of WordPress integration that third-party hosts cannot match, making Pressable particularly appealing for users already invested in the Jetpack ecosystem.
#### Key Features
- **Automattic-Owned:** Deep WordPress.com and WooCommerce integration
- **Free Jetpack Security Daily:** Real-time backups, malware scanning included
- **WP Cloud Infrastructure:** Built on Automattic’s proprietary platform
- **Agency Partner Program:** Bulk pricing for resellers
- **Instant Staging:** One-click test environments
- **Expert WordPress Support:** Teams trained on WordPress internals
#### Pricing
Plan
Monthly
Sites
Visits
Storage
Best For
Entry
$25
1
30,000
20GB
Personal projects
Starter
$45
3
50,000
30GB
Small agencies
Pro
$90
5
100,000
50GB
Growing agencies
Agency
Custom
25+
Custom
Custom
Large agencies
_Overage: $1.20 per 1,000 visits or $8 per 10,000 pre-purchased_
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Automattic ecosystem integration
❌ Smaller brand recognition
✅ Free Jetpack Security Daily included
❌ Overage fees can accumulate
✅ WP Cloud infrastructure reliability
❌ Fewer data centers than Kinsta
✅ Deep WordPress expertise
❌ Per-site pricing limits scale
**Best for:** Users already using Jetpack who want seamless integration, agencies seeking Automattic-backed infrastructure, and WordPress professionals wanting deep ecosystem access.
### 8\. Flywheel – Best for Designers & Creative Agencies
Flywheel was purpose-built for designers and creative agencies, featuring collaboration tools like client billing transfer, designer-friendly dashboards, and the Local development tool (now used by over 1 million developers). While acquired by WP Engine in 2019, Flywheel maintains its distinct brand identity and agency-focused toolset.
**Important note:** As a WP Engine subsidiary, Flywheel shares infrastructure and is affected by the same WordPress.org restrictions. Users concerned about the WordPress.org drama should consider alternatives not owned by WP Engine.
#### Key Features
- **Designer-Friendly Dashboard:** Beautiful UI built for creative professionals
- **Client Billing Transfer:** Hand off sites with billing included
- **Local Development Tool:** Industry-standard local WordPress development
- **Free Demo Sites:** Show clients work before they commit
- **Site Migration Included:** Free transfers for new customers
- **Collaboration Tools:** Multi-user access with role permissions
#### Pricing
Plan
Monthly
Sites
Visits
Storage
Best For
Starter
$25
1
25,000
10GB
Freelancers
Freelance
$96
10
100,000
20GB
Small agencies
Agency
$242
30
400,000
50GB
Large agencies
Custom
Contact
Custom
Custom
Custom
Enterprise
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Industry-best designer experience
❌ Owned by WP Engine (same concerns)
✅ Client billing transfer feature
❌ Affected by WordPress.org restrictions
✅ Free Local development tool
❌ Pricing aligned with WP Engine since acquisition
✅ Beautiful collaboration interface
❌ Not a true “alternative” for WP Engine escapees
**Best for:** Designers and creative agencies prioritizing workflow over infrastructure concerns, freelancers using Local for development, and users who need client billing transfer features.
### 9\. Hostinger — Best Budget Option
Hostinger has become the dominant budget WordPress host, serving over 29 million users worldwide with aggressive pricing and a modernized control panel _(according to Hostinger)_. While not offering the managed features of premium hosts, Hostinger’s WordPress hosting includes LiteSpeed web servers, automatic updates, and free SSL.
For cost-conscious users where maximum savings outweigh premium features, Hostinger delivers acceptable WordPress performance at industry-low prices.
#### Key Features
- **LiteSpeed Web Servers:** Better performance than traditional shared Apache
- **AI Website Builder:** Automated site creation tools
- **Aggressive Pricing:** Among lowest in the industry
- **Global Data Centers:** 9 locations worldwide
- **Free Domain First Year:** Included on annual plans
- **WordPress Auto-Updates:** Automated core and plugin updates
#### Pricing
Plan
Intro Price
Renewal
Sites
Storage
Best For
Single
$2.99/mo
$7.99/mo
1
50GB
Hobby sites
Premium
$2.99/mo
$10.99/mo
100
100GB
Multiple small sites
Business
$3.99/mo
$15.99/mo
100
200GB
Growing businesses
Cloud Startup
$9.99/mo
$24.99/mo
300
200GB
Higher traffic
#### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Industry-low entry pricing
❌ Renewal prices significantly higher
✅ LiteSpeed server performance
❌ Support quality inconsistent
✅ Modern control panel
❌ Not truly “managed” hosting
✅ Free domain included
❌ Aggressive upselling in dashboard
**Best for:** Budget-conscious beginners, hobby sites, and users prioritizing cost savings over premium managed features.
### **10\. Bluehost – Best for WordPress.org Recommendation**
Bluehost is one of only three hosts officially recommended by WordPress.org, a designation that provides reassurance following the WP Engine controversy. Hosting over 2 million websites _(according to BuiltWith)_, Bluehost offers a streamlined WordPress experience with one-click installation and 24/7 support.
While not matching premium managed hosts on performance, Bluehost provides reliable shared hosting at accessible pricing for users who value WordPress.org’s endorsement.
#### **Key Features**
- **WordPress.org Officially Recommended:** One of three endorsed hosts
- **Free Domain First Year:** Included on all plans
- **One-Click WordPress Install:** Streamlined setup process
- **24/7 Phone Support:** US-based support team
- **Free SSL Certificate:** Included on all plans
- **30-Day Money-Back Guarantee:** Risk-free trial period
#### **Pricing**
Plan
Intro Price
Renewal
Sites
Storage
Best For
Basic
$2.95/mo
$11.99/mo
1
10GB
Personal sites
Plus
$5.45/mo
$16.99/mo
Unlimited
Unlimited
Multiple sites
Choice Plus
$5.45/mo
$21.99/mo
Unlimited
Unlimited
Privacy protection
Pro
$13.95/mo
$28.99/mo
Unlimited
Unlimited
Higher performance
#### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ WordPress.org officially recommended
❌ Not truly managed hosting
✅ Free domain and SSL included
❌ Significant renewal price increases
✅ Reliable US-based support
❌ Performance lags premium hosts
✅ 30-day money-back guarantee
❌ Aggressive upselling at checkout
**Best for:** Users prioritizing WordPress.org’s endorsement, beginners wanting a straightforward setup, and budget-conscious site owners comfortable with shared hosting performance.
### **11\. InMotion Hosting – Best for US-Based Support**
InMotion Hosting differentiates itself with entirely US-based support teams and data centers, appealing to businesses requiring domestic hosting and communication. With over 20 years in the industry, InMotion offers WordPress hosting ranging from shared plans to managed VPS options.
#### **Key Features**
- **US-Based Support Team:** All support staff located in United States
- **US Data Centers:** East and West Coast locations
- **Free Website Migration:** Included on all plans
- **90-Day Money-Back Guarantee:** Industry-leading refund period
- **Free SSL and Domain:** Included on annual plans
- **UltraStack Technology:** Performance optimization on managed plans
#### **Pricing**
Plan
Intro Price
Renewal
Sites
Storage
Best For
Core
$3.29/mo
$11.49/mo
1
100GB
Personal sites
Launch
$5.29/mo
$14.49/mo
2
100GB
Small businesses
Power
$5.29/mo
$14.49/mo
3
100GB
Growing sites
Pro
$13.99/mo
$21.99/mo
6
100GB
Serious businesses
#### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ US-based support team entirely
❌ Performance doesn’t match premium hosts
✅ 90-day money-back guarantee
❌ Significant renewal increases
✅ US data center locations
❌ Fewer global data center options
✅ Free migration service
❌ Dashboard less modern than competitors
**Best for:** US businesses requiring domestic support and data residency, users valuing the 90-day refund period, and those preferring established hosting companies.
## **Feature Comparison: WP Engine vs Top Alternatives**
Feature
WP Engine
xCloud
Kinsta
Cloudways
SiteGround
Rocket.net
Starting Price
$25/mo
$5/mo + VPS
$35/mo
$14/mo
$2.99/mo\*
$25/mo
Sites Included
1
Unlimited
1
Unlimited
1
1
WordPress.org Access
❌ Banned
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Root Access
❌
✅
❌
Limited
❌
❌
BYOS Option
❌
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
White-Label
❌
✅
❌
Partial
❌
❌
Free CDN
✅
Via Provider
✅
✅
✅
✅ Enterprise
Staging
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Free Migration
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Uptime SLA
99.95%
Varies
99.99%
Varies
99.99%
99.99%
Email Hosting
❌
Via Provider
❌
❌
✅
❌
## **Cost Comparison at Scale: Hosting 10 WordPress Sites**
One of the most significant factors when leaving WP Engine is understanding how costs scale. Here’s what you’ll actually pay to host 10 WordPress sites:
Provider
Plan Required
Monthly Cost
Annual Cost
vs WP Engine Savings
**WP Engine**
Growth
$96/mo
$1,152/yr
—
**xCloud + Vultr 4GB**
Pro + VPS
$29/mo
$348/yr
**70% savings**
**Cloudways Vultr 4GB**
Standard
$60/mo
$720/yr
37% savings
**SiteGround GoGeek**
GoGeek
$40/mo (renewal)
$480/yr
58% savings
**Kinsta WP 10**
Business
$175/mo
$2,100/yr
\-82% (more expensive)
**Rocket.net Business**
Business
$80-100/mo
$960-1,200/yr
0-17% savings
**Nexcess Designer**
Designer
$79.50/mo
$954/yr
17% savings
**Key insight:** At 10 sites, xCloud’s BYOS model delivers 70% savings versus WP Engine while offering unlimited sites—meaning you can continue adding sites without additional cost. Traditional per-site pricing (Kinsta, Rocket.net) actually becomes more expensive than WP Engine at scale.
## **Migration Difficulty Comparison of WP Engine Alternatives**
Provider
Migration Method
Time Required
Technical Skill
Free Migration?
xCloud
Dashboard or plugin
30-60 min
Basic
✅ Yes
Kinsta
Plugin or manual
30-60 min
Basic
✅ Yes
Cloudways
Migrator plugin
30-45 min
Basic
✅ Yes
SiteGround
Migrator plugin
30-45 min
Basic
✅ Yes
Rocket.net
Support-assisted
1-2 hours
None
✅ Yes
Nexcess
Manual or support
1-2 hours
Basic
✅ Yes
Pressable
Dashboard
30-60 min
Basic
✅ Yes
Flywheel
Local or manual
30-60 min
Basic
✅ Yes
Hostinger
Manual
1-2 hours
Intermediate
Limited
Bluehost
Manual
1-2 hours
Intermediate
Limited
InMotion
Support-assisted
1-2 hours
Basic
✅ Yes
## **Common Mistakes When Switching from WP Engin**e
### 1\. Not Checking WordPress.org Compatibility First
Before migrating, verify your chosen alternative has full WordPress.org repository access. Flywheel, as a WP Engine subsidiary, shares the same restrictions. Most other alternatives have no such limitations.
### 2\. Forgetting About Email Hosting
WP Engine doesn’t include email hosting, so you may already have this handled elsewhere. However, if you’re consolidating services, note that only SiteGround and Nexcess among the top alternatives include email hosting. Others require third-party email services.
### 3\. Underestimating DNS Propagation Time
After migrating, DNS changes can take 24-48 hours to propagate globally. Keep your WP Engine site active during this period to prevent downtime. Use tools like whatsmydns.net to monitor propagation.
### 4\. Ignoring Renewal Pricing
Entry-level pricing at SiteGround, Hostinger, and Bluehost increases significantly at renewal—often 5-6x the introductory rate. Factor renewal costs into your long-term budget. Nexcess specifically promises no renewal increases.
### 5\. Choosing Based on Price Alone Without Considering Scale
The cheapest option at 1 site may become expensive at 10+ sites. xCloud and Cloudways offer unlimited sites per server, making them more cost-effective as you scale. Per-site pricing (Kinsta, Rocket.net) compounds quickly.
### 6\. Not Testing Before DNS Switch
Always verify your migrated site works correctly before updating DNS. Test critical functionality including forms, e-commerce checkout, and third-party integrations on the staging or temporary URL provided by your new host.
## Frequently Asked Questions
### Which WP Engine alternative should I start with?
Start with xCloud if you’re comfortable selecting a VPS provider and want maximum cost savings with unlimited sites. Choose SiteGround if you’re a beginner wanting WordPress.org-recommended hosting with excellent support. Select Kinsta if performance is your top priority and budget permits.
### Do I need to pay for premium hosting after leaving WP Engine?
No, every alternative in this guide offers either free tiers (xCloud) or affordable entry points ($2.99-$5/month introductory pricing). However, paid options like Kinsta ($35/mo) and Rocket.net ($25/mo) deliver measurably better performance for sites where speed impacts revenue.
### How long does migration from WP Engine take?
Most migrations complete in 30-60 minutes using automated plugins. Full DNS propagation can take 24-48 hours. Free migration services from Kinsta, xCloud, and Rocket.net handle the technical work, requiring minimal user involvement.
### Will my site be affected by the WordPress.org ban if I switch?
Only if you switch to Flywheel, which is owned by WP Engine and shares the same restrictions. All other alternatives in this guide have full WordPress.org repository access for plugins, themes, and updates.
### Can I migrate multiple sites from WP Engine at once?
Yes, most alternatives support bulk migrations. xCloud and Cloudways are particularly suited for multi-site agencies, offering unlimited sites per server. Kinsta and Rocket.net require migrating one site at a time but offer free migration assistance.
### What’s the budget needed to replace WP Engine adequately?
1. **$0/month:** xCloud free tier (1 server, 10 sites)
2. **$15-30/month:** Quality managed hosting for 1-5 sites (xCloud Pro, SiteGround GrowBig, Cloudways entry)
3. **$50-100/month:** Premium performance or 10+ sites (Kinsta, Rocket.net, xCloud + larger VPS)
### Will WP Engine alternatives work for WooCommerce stores?
Yes, all alternatives support WooCommerce. Nexcess offers WooCommerce-optimized plans with autoscaling specifically designed for e-commerce traffic spikes. Rocket.net’s enterprise Cloudflare CDN excels for fast checkout experiences. xCloud works well for agencies managing multiple WooCommerce sites
### What’s the most underrated WP Engine alternative?
xCloud’s BYOS model remains underrated because it requires understanding the server management panel category. Most comparison articles focus only on traditional managed hosts, missing the 60-80% cost savings possible by connecting your own cloud infrastructure while maintaining managed WordPress features.
### How often should I revisit my hosting choice?
Review hosting annually or when experiencing performance issues, significant traffic growth, or pricing changes at renewal. The managed WordPress hosting market evolves rapidly—new features and pricing changes frequently alter the competitive landscape.
### Where can I get help choosing between alternatives?
- **xCloud:** Free trial with 10 sites, active support team
- **Kinsta:** Demo available via MyKinsta, 24/7 expert support
- **SiteGround:** Known for exceptional 24/7 support quality
- **Reddit communities:** r/Wordpress, r/webhosting for unbiased user experiences
## Wrapping: Your 2026 WP Engine Migration Roadmap
The WordPress.org ban fundamentally changed WP Engine’s position in the managed WordPress market. With alternatives now offering equal or superior performance at 60-80% lower costs, combined with full WordPress.org repository access, the case for migration has never been stronger.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your Goal
Best Choice
Expected Impact
**Maximum Cost Savings**
xCloud (BYOS)
70% savings, unlimited sites
**Premium Performance**
Kinsta
99.99% uptime, Google Cloud C2/C3D
**Beginner-Friendly**
SiteGround
WordPress.org recommended, excellent support
**Multi-Cloud Flexibility**
Cloudways
5 provider options, hourly billing
**Speed Without Plugins**
Rocket.net
Enterprise Cloudflare CDN, free WP Rocket
**WooCommerce Focus**
Nexcess
Autoscaling, no renewal increases
**Agency Scale**
xCloud
Unlimited sites, white-label, $5/mo management
### Recommended Migration Timeline
1. **This Week:** Sign up for your chosen alternative (most offer free trials or money-back guarantees)
2. **Week 2:** Migrate your lowest-traffic site first as a test
3. **Week 3:** Complete migration of remaining sites
4. **Week 4:** Cancel WP Engine after verifying all sites function correctly
The managed WordPress hosting market has matured significantly since WP Engine’s dominant years. Whether you prioritize cost savings (xCloud), premium performance (Kinsta), or beginner-friendly support (SiteGround), alternatives now match or exceed WP Engine’s capabilities while avoiding the WordPress.org compatibility concerns that now define the platform.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [subscribe to our blogs](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Black Friday Web Hosting Deals 2025: Unlock Lifetime Control Panel Access - xCloud
> Black Friday Web Hosting Deals 2025: Unlock lifetime access to xCloud’s powerful hosting control panel with unlimited sites and zero recurring fees.
Stop renting your hosting panel, rather own it for life. Build amazing projects with smart features and manage your server with total freedom. This Black Friday, xCloud is offering exclusive deals that stand out among the best [**Black Friday Web Hosting Deals**](/deal/) 2025.
With a one-time payment, you can access xCloud’s powerful cloud control panel for life, connect your own servers (from Vultr, DigitalOcean, Google Cloud, and more), and enjoy unlimited site deployments, migrations, and advanced features.
There’s never been a better moment to step up your game. Head to our deal page to grab this limited-time Lifetime Deal and experience one of the most valuable Black Friday Web Hosting Deals 2025 available this year.
## **What Our Black Friday Web Hosting Deals Let You Do**?
The xCloud Black Friday Deal can transform the way you manage websites and servers by giving you long-term control without recurring fees.
With a single upfront payment, you unlock lifetime access to a powerful cloud management platform built to scale effortlessly, whether you’re a developer, an agency, a business owner, or someone building multiple projects. Here’s a detailed look at everything this deal enables you to do:
### **Lifetime Access to xCloud’s Control Panel**
With these Black Friday web hosting deals, you eliminate monthly and yearly licensing costs. You pay once and retain lifetime access to the entire xCloud dashboard, including every current feature and all future updates. This long-term access creates predictable costs and gives you the financial freedom to grow without worrying about subscription renewals or upgrade fees. For developers and agencies managing long-term infrastructure, this means complete peace of mind.
### **Bring Your Own Server, Your Way**
Prefer using your [**own servers**](/self-managed-hosting/)? LTD users even get special discounted pricing through xCloud Provider. Unlike platforms that lock you into proprietary hosting, xCloud lets you connect servers from nearly any cloud provider.
Whether you prefer DigitalOcean, [Vultr](https://www.vultr.com/), Hetzner, AWS, Google Cloud, or a custom VPS or dedicated machine, you can integrate your infrastructure directly into the panel. LTD users can even leverage discounted pricing through the xCloud Provider for added convenience. This flexibility ensures you stay in control of performance, cost, and server location at all times.
### **3\. Deploy Unlimited Websites With Zero Added Cost**
Your lifetime license allows you to deploy as many websites as you like, without restrictions or upgrade requirements. Whether you’re hosting dozens of personal projects or managing hundreds of client sites, you’ll never face artificial limits.
You can deploy unlimited WordPress installations, custom applications, staging environments, and app instances, making the platform ideal for agencies, freelancers, and resellers who need unlimited scalability.
### **4\. Move All Your Sites Easily With Free Unlimited Migration**
xCloud makes migration simple by offering free, unlimited website transfers. You can migrate WordPress sites, full servers, and multisite installations seamlessly using automated tools designed to save time and reduce the risk of errors. Even email and DNS configurations can be brought over easily. Whether switching from shared hosting, a VPS, cPanel, or another cloud panel, the transition is smooth and hassle-free.
### **5\. Launch Your Own Hosting Brand With White-Label Access**
Every Lifetime Deal includes full access to a **[white-label reseller panel](/reseller-hosting/)**, enabling you to build your own hosting brand from day one. You can customise the dashboard with your own logo, domain, and branding elements. You control the pricing, client packages, and overall experience. Depending on your LTD tier, you can manage anywhere from **25 to 400 reseller servers**, offering a powerful opportunity to generate recurring revenue under your own name.
## **Who This Black Friday Deal Is Made For**
**xCloud Black Friday Lifetime Deal** is designed for anyone who wants complete control over web hosting without recurring fees, but wants to manage with a panel where they can get anything they want.
- **Developers & Agencies**: Manage multiple client servers from a single, modern panel; use staging, Git deployment, and root access to deliver professional services.
- **Entrepreneurs & Startups**: Bring your own VPS and avoid recurring licensing fees. A one-time payment gives you long-term control.
- **Freelancers**: Scale as you grow. Deploy as many sites as you want, without the usual constraints.
- **Resellers:** Use the reseller panel to launch your own hosting business under your own brand.
## **Why Buy Now**
With a single payment, in this Black Friday Deal, you can secure permanent access to tools that typically require monthly or yearly fees, making this the smartest moment to invest in your digital infrastructure. Beyond the savings, this is your chance to lock in future-proof hosting freedom.
- **Unmatched Lifetime Value** – Instead of paying monthly for a control panel, you pay once and own the license for life.
- **Big Savings, Long-Term** – Pay 1 – 2 years now and skip recurring costs forever.
- **130+ Feature Access** — Most of the features are unlocked for LTD users so that your server management remains seamless.
- **Reseller Panel Included** – Bonus reseller panel ideal for starting your own hosting brand and managing with built-in payment and client management features.
- **Backed by a Trusted Team** – xCloud is built by the WPDeveloper/WPManageNinja team, who already power millions of sites.
- **Risk-Free Trial** – With a 14-day money-back guarantee, you can test before fully committing.
If you are shopping around and comparing options, this offer stands out strongly among the black friday web hosting deals 2025, especially for users wanting complete ownership instead of subscriptions.
[Grab The Deal Now](/deal/)
## **Ready to Experience Future Proof Hosting Control Panel?**
Your next online project deserves the right foundation. With the xCloud Black Friday Lifetime Deal live right now, you can finally launch, scale, or upgrade your hosting environment without worrying about recurring fees, renewal spikes, or platform limitations.
If you are building your first website or managing dozens for clients, this is the moment to secure a powerful, future-proof setup at the lowest cost of the year. Among all **Black Friday Web Hosting Deals 2025**, this one gives you true ownership and lifetime value.
Everything you need is already in place: unlimited site deployments, server flexibility, performance-optimised stacks, white-label tools, and a dashboard built for both beginners and professionals. All that’s left is for you to take advantage of the deal before it disappears.
Jump in and secure your lifetime access before this special offer ends.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# xCloud Blog - Managed Hosting for WordPress Tutorials, Tips & Resources
> Explore our xCloud blog and get updates, tips, deals, and more resources to grow your WordPress website.
## Blog
# Explore, Learn, Excel: xCloud’s Blog & Knowledge Hub
Global server coverage for optimal performance everywhere.
- All
- Features
- News
- Tutorial
- WordPress
- Guide
No Posts Found
[DeepSeek Harness vs OpenCode: Which Coding Agent Should You Run in 2026?](/deepseek-harness-vs-opencode/) 
[DeepSeek Harness vs OpenClaw vs Hermes Agent: Which Agent Harness Should You Run in 2026?](/deepseek-harness-vs-openclaw-vs-hermes-agent/) 
[9 Best DeepSeek Harness Hosting Providers in 2026: Compared on Setup, Cost, Security & 24/7 Uptime (Complete Guide)](/best-deepseek-harness-hosting-providers/) 
[What Is DeepSeek Harness? Features, Architecture & Use Cases Explained (2026)](/what-is-deepseek-harness-features-architecture-use-cases/) 
[Broken Link Checker for WordPress: How to Monitor Your Site’s Links & Images Easily](/broken-link-checker-for-wordpress-monitor-sites-links-images/) 
[Cloudflare CDN Enterprise: Make Your Website Faster and Secure With Global CDN Network](/cloudflare-enterprise-cdn-faster-secure-website/) 
[What Is Laravel? A Complete Beginner’s Guide to the PHP Framework](/what-is-laravel-a-complete-beginners-guide/) 
[What is Buzz Workspace? Features, Use Cases, and How to Deploy It (2026 Guide)](/what-is-buzz-workspace-features-and-use-cases/) 
[Introducing One Click Git Deploy: Ship Any Project the Fastest Way](/one-click-git-deploy-ship-any-project-the-fastest-way/) 
[What Is Web Terminal: How to Manage a Server And Site from Your Browser (Without an SSH Client)](/what-is-web-terminal-how-to-manage-a-server-and-site-from-browser/) 
[Node.js vs Laravel: Key Differences and Which One to Choose](/node-js-vs-laravel-key-differences/) 
[Hermes Agent Docker vs Managed Hosting: Which Should You Choose in 2026?](/hermes-agent-docker-vs-managed-hosting/) 
No more posts
< 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 \>
---
# xCloud Brand Resources
> Download the official xCloud brand resources and media kit for consistent and accurate branding of xCloud Hosting across all platforms.
# Get All xCloud Media Kit & Press Resources In One Place
Our logo is a core symbol of the brand. Do not alter or modify it. Use the provided assets from the xCloud Media Kit to maintain harmony and a professional look for our platform.
[Download All Resources](/_mirror/01626baf-xCloud-Brand-Resources.zip)
## About xCloud Hosting
xCloud is a next-generation hosting platform that simplifies hosting management. Launched in 2024, it empowers individuals, developers and businesses with automation, performance, flexibility, and a mission to deliver stability, speed, and security in cloud hosting.
## Brand Colors
The xCloud logo comes in two primary versions: Azure blue and White colors. Azure Blue, White, and Eclipse Dark are the primary colors and give the brand its distinct identity and giving depth and a strong visual foundation.
## Azure Blue: Hexa: 1570EF
1570EF
## White: Hexa: FFFFFF
FFFFFF
## Eclipse Dark: Hexa: 0F111D
0F111D
## xCloud Logo Guideline
To keep the xCloud logo clear and effective, ensure it has adequate surrounding space equal to or greater than the size of the icon symbol, to keep it distinct and visible.
## Brand Typography
xCloud exclusively uses Sora as its brand font, reflecting a sleek, modern aesthetic that shows innovation, while ensuring consistent visual identity across all platforms.
## Typeface
## Font Weights
## Light
## ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789° (!”#$%&?@)
## Regular
## ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789° (!”#$%&?@)
## Medium
## ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789° (!”#$%&?@)
## Semi-Bold
## ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789° (!”#$%&?@)
## Bold
## ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789° (!”#$%&?@)
## xCloud Logo Usage Guidelines
The xCloud logo combines our Cloud icon to represent our brand’s identity. Always use the provided logo files to maintain visual consistency across all platforms.
### The logo consists of the symbol and wordmark, locked up together – always maintain clear space between them.
### The symbol and wordmark can be used side by side or with the wordmark below the symbol.
### Do not use only the symbol as the xCloud logo, and avoid cropping it.
### Do not distort, rotate, or apply reflections to the logo.
### The logo should not be used in a different color or with altered opacity.
## xCloud Official Logo Variations
Find the official logo versions for xCloud. Pick the one that works best for your project while maintaining brand consistency. All variations are included in the xCloud Media Kit.
## Full Logo\_White
[PNG](/_mirror/d114c30f-xCloudxCloud-White-Full-Logo.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/089a18ef-xCloudxCloud-White-Full-Logo.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/d114c30f-xCloudxCloud-White-Full-Logo.png)
## Full Logo\_Blue
[PNG](/_mirror/778c2dce-xCloudxCloud-Default-Logo.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/4aa6bbed-xCloudxCloud-Default-Logo.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/778c2dce-xCloudxCloud-Default-Logo.png)
## Full Logo\_Black
[PNG](/_mirror/ee35e3d2-xCloudxCloud-Black-Full-Logo.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/56dea49a-xCloudxCloud-Black-Full-Logo.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/ee35e3d2-xCloudxCloud-Black-Full-Logo.png)
## Logo Symbol\_Blue
[PNG](/_mirror/7bba25c7-xCloud-blueblack.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/e47c1956-xCloud-blueblack.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/7bba25c7-xCloud-blueblack.png)
## Full Logo\_Blue/White
[PNG](/_mirror/da9a173f-xCloud-bluewhite.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/e9963ad1-xCloud-bluewhite.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/da9a173f-xCloud-bluewhite.png)
## Logo Symbol\_White
[PNG](/_mirror/3fcdfdea-xCloudxCloud-White-icon.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/40bb2e2f-xCloudxCloud-White-icon.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/3fcdfdea-xCloudxCloud-White-icon.png)
## Logo Symbol\_Blue
[PNG](/_mirror/3fcdfdea-xCloudxCloud-White-icon.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/64a88539-xCloudxCloud-icon.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/3fcdfdea-xCloudxCloud-White-icon.png)
## Logo Symbol\_Black
[PNG](/_mirror/3a67ef24-xCloudxCloud-Black-icon.png)
[SVG](/_mirror/4744ffd0-xCloudxCloud-Black-icon.svg)
[JPG](/_mirror/3a67ef24-xCloudxCloud-Black-icon.png)
## Download the Full xCloud Media Kit and Brand Resources
Access our brand resources, logos, colors, and guidelines from the official xCloud MediaKit to showcase
xCloud accurately across all platforms.
[Download All Resources](/_mirror/01626baf-xCloud-Brand-Resources.zip)
---
# Broken Link Checker for WordPress: How to Monitor Your Site's Links & Images Easily - xCloud
> Need a broken link checker for WordPress? xCloud scans your site for dead links, images, and 404s right from the dashboard. No plugins required.
Finding a 404 error on your website is frustrating, both for you and for your visitors. Someone clicks expecting content and lands on an error page instead. Most won’t try again; they leave, and many never come back.
Broken links are usually the cause. These are hyperlinks that lead to pages or resources that no longer exist, whether on your own site or on external websites you’ve linked to. Deleted pages, changed URLs, expired domains, and server issues all produce them.
Picture a customer trying to buy from your store. They click “Buy Now” and land on an error page instead of checkout. That’s a sale lost to a problem you didn’t know existed.
In this guide, we’ll break down what broken links are, the error types behind them, why every WordPress site needs a broken link checker, and how to find and fix broken links using xCloud’s built-in Broken Link Monitoring, without installing a single plugin.
## Understanding Broken Links and Their Types
### What Is a Broken Link?
A broken link is a hyperlink that points to a page or resource that doesn’t exist or can’t be reached. This happens when a page is deleted, a slug is misspelled, content is moved without a redirect, a domain changes, or the destination server is temporarily unavailable. When someone clicks a broken link, they get an error instead of content, and those errors hurt both user experience and SEO.
Broken links come in three main types:
- **Broken internal links.** Links within your website that don’t work. These connect your own pages to each other, and when they break, they interrupt visitor journeys and search engine crawl paths.
- **Broken outbound links.** Links from your website to other websites that fail. You linked to a resource, and that resource has since moved or disappeared.
- **Broken backlinks.** Links from other websites pointing to your site that no longer resolve, usually because you deleted or moved the target page without a redirect. These waste referral traffic and the link equity those pages earned.
Broken resources go beyond hyperlinks, too. Missing images, stylesheets, scripts, and media files break how pages render even when the page itself loads fine.
## Common Error Types Behind Broken Links
Not every broken link fails the same way. When a link stops working, the server (or the lack of a response) tells you why. These are the error types you’ll encounter, and the ones xCloud’s scanner detects and lets you filter by:
- **404 Not Found.** The page doesn’t exist at that URL. The most common broken link error.
- **Soft 404.** The page returns a success status but shows error or empty content. These are sneaky because standard checks miss them.
- **DNS error.** The domain name can’t be resolved. Common with expired domains or dead external sites.
- **Timeout.** The server took too long to respond, so the request gave up.
- **Server error (5xx).** The destination server failed to process the request.
- **Redirect.** The URL forwards somewhere else. Not broken, but worth reviewing, since redirects add load time and can mask deleted content.
- **Redirect chain.** The URL passes through multiple redirects before resolving. Chains slow visitors down and dilute SEO signals.
- **Blocked request.** The destination refused the request, so the resource couldn’t be verified.
## Why You Need a Broken Link Checker for WordPress
Checking links by hand means opening every page and clicking every link, then repeating the whole exercise regularly, because links keep breaking as content changes and external sites move. On a site with hundreds of pages, manual checking isn’t just slow; it reliably misses things like soft 404s, broken images, and failing scripts that look fine at a glance.
A broken link checker for WordPress automates this. It crawls your pages, tests every link and resource, and reports exactly what’s broken and where.
If your site runs on xCloud, you already have one built in. Broken Link Monitoring lives inside the site dashboard and runs as a managed, server-side scan, so there’s no plugin to install, no external crawler to configure, and no load added to your WordPress application. Here’s what it gives you:
- **Managed scans** – run a scan on demand or on a daily or weekly schedule.
- **Live scan progress** – watch pages scanned, links checked, healthy links, and findings update in real time.
- **Large crawl coverage** – scan up to 5,000 pages in a single run, with a safety limit for very large sites.
- **Broken link and broken image grouping** – see at a glance how many issues need attention.
- **Unverified issue visibility** – review resources xCloud couldn’t verify, such as timeouts, DNS errors, blocked requests, or redirect chains.
- **Filters and search** – narrow findings by issue type, resource type, or ignored status, or search by URL and source page.
- **Cancelable scans** – stop an active scan without losing findings already received.
- **CSV export** – download findings for reporting or external cleanup workflows.
- **Redirect-ready findings** – use broken-link findings as the starting point for fixing links through xCloud redirects.
## Find and Fix Broken Links on Your WordPress Site with xCloud
Before you start, make sure the site is a WordPress site managed in xCloud, your team has access to the Broken Links feature, you have permission to manage broken links for the site, and the site is reachable from the server so xCloud can crawl its pages.
Then follow these steps.
### Step 1: Access Broken Link Monitoring
From your xCloud dashboard, open the WordPress site, then go to **Site Monitoring → Broken Links**.
The Broken Link Monitoring page shows everything in one place: the scan status, schedule, summary counters, filters, and the findings table.
You’ll immediately see whether monitoring is enabled, when the next scan will run, the latest scan status, and the current issue summary.
### Step 2: Review the Scan Summary
The summary cards at the top give you a quick read on the health of the site:
- **Need attention** shows broken links, broken images, and resources xCloud could not verify.
- **Link health** shows healthy links and ignored findings.
- **Coverage** shows pages scanned, links checked, and whether the latest scan completed or is still running.
A zero count under “Need attention” means the site is healthy. Otherwise, the following steps show exactly where the problems are.
### Step 3: Run an On-Demand Scan
Click **Scan now** to start a scan immediately.
While the scan is running, xCloud updates the counters live. You can watch how many pages have been scanned, how many links have been checked, and how many findings have been detected so far.
You don’t need to keep the page open. The scan runs server-side and continues in the background even if you close the tab or move on to something else.
### Step 4: Cancel a Running Scan (Optional)
If a scan was started unintentionally or no longer needs to run, click **Cancel Scan**.
xCloud stops the active run cleanly. Anything discovered before cancellation stays in the findings list, so you don’t lose partial results.
### Step 5: Analyze and Filter Scan Findings
Once a scan has results, the findings table lists each affected source page along with its status and issue counts. To work through them efficiently, you can:
- Search by URL or source page.
- Filter by issue type: 404, DNS error, timeout, redirect, redirect chain, soft 404, or server error.
- Filter by resource type: pages, links, images, stylesheets, scripts, or media.
- Toggle **Show ignored** to include findings you’ve previously ignored.
- Open a finding row to inspect the details.
- Click **Export CSV** to download the full list.
A practical way to triage: filter for 404s on pages first, since those hurt visitors and SEO the most, then move on to broken images and external links.
### Step 6: Fix the Broken Links
With the findings in hand, work through them based on what each issue is:
- **Update the URL** where the target content still exists at a new address, correcting the link at its source page.
- **Set up a redirect in xCloud** where a page was moved or deleted, so the old URL forwards visitors and link equity to the right destination.
- **Remove the link** where the destination is permanently gone and has no replacement.
- **Ignore the finding** where it’s a false positive or intentionally unreachable, so it stops appearing in your active list.
### Step 7: Configure Automated Scan Scheduling
Use the schedule dropdown to choose how often xCloud should scan the site: daily, weekly, or manual only.
The selected schedule controls when the next managed scan runs. For content-heavy sites that publish often, daily scans catch new broken links quickly. For smaller or slower-moving sites, weekly is usually enough.
## Broken Link Monitoring Settings Overview
Option
What it does
Enabled
Turns Broken Link Monitoring on or off for the site.
Daily
Runs a managed scan every day.
Weekly
Runs a managed scan once per week.
Manual only
Disables scheduled scans; you can still run scans manually.
Scan now
Starts a new scan immediately.
Cancel Scan
Stops the active scan run.
Search
Finds results by URL or source page.
Issue filter
Narrows findings by error type, such as 404, DNS error, timeout, redirect, or soft 404.
Resource filter
Narrows findings by resource type, such as pages, links, images, stylesheets, scripts, or media.
Show ignored
Includes ignored findings in the table.
Export CSV
Downloads the findings list for offline review or reporting.
## Scan Limits and Edge Case Handling
Broken Link Monitoring is designed to handle large sites and imperfect network conditions predictably. These are the operational limits and how xCloud behaves when a scan can’t complete normally:
- Broken Link Monitoring is available for WordPress sites.
- A single scan can crawl up to 5,000 pages.
- xCloud also applies a links-checked safety ceiling so oversized scans can’t run indefinitely.
- If a site exceeds the scan budget, xCloud marks the scan as truncated rather than treating it as failed. You still get the findings it collected.
- If a scan stops sending progress, xCloud marks the run as failed so a new scan can start later.
- A cancelled scan keeps the findings discovered before cancellation.
## Find and Fix Broken Backlinks
Broken backlinks work in the other direction: another website links to a page on your site that no longer exists. The visitor clicking that link, and the SEO value the link carries, both hit a 404 on your end.
The fix is entirely on your side, and it doesn’t require contacting anyone. Set up a redirect in xCloud from the dead URL to the most relevant live page. The old backlink starts working again, visitors land on real content, and the link equity that external site was passing to you is preserved instead of lost.
As a habit, whenever you delete or move a page that has been live for a while, add a redirect at the same time. That single step prevents both broken backlinks and the internal 404s your next scan would otherwise catch.
## Benefits of Fixing Broken Links
Staying on top of broken links pays off in several ways:
- **Better user experience.** Visitors reach the content they clicked for instead of error pages. Fewer dead ends means lower bounce rates and more completed journeys, whether that’s reading an article or finishing a purchase.
- **Better crawlability.** Search engines discover and index your site by following links. Working links keep crawl paths open and stop crawl budget being wasted on URLs that lead nowhere.
- **Preserved link equity.** Internal links and backlinks pass authority between pages. Fixing broken links and redirecting removed pages keeps that equity flowing to your live content instead of dead-ending.
- **Stronger SEO performance.** A well-maintained link structure, clean crawl paths, and preserved equity all feed into better search rankings over time.
- **A more professional reputation.** Sites full of dead links look abandoned. Working links signal that the site, and the business behind it, is actively maintained and trustworthy.
- **Early warning for bigger problems.** A cluster of new broken links often points to something larger: a botched migration, a misconfigured plugin, an expired external service. Regular scans surface these issues before they spread.
## Best Practices for Preventing Broken Links
Fixing existing broken links is only half the work. Links decay constantly: you restructure content, external sites move or shut down, media files get replaced, and plugins or themes change how assets are loaded. Without a prevention routine, the findings list you just cleared will refill within months. The practices below turn broken-link management from a periodic cleanup project into a low-effort background process:
- **Turn on scheduled scans.** Set Broken Link Monitoring to daily or weekly so new issues surface automatically instead of accumulating unnoticed. Daily suits sites that publish frequently or link out heavily; weekly is usually enough for smaller or slower-moving sites. With team notifications enabled, new findings reach you without anyone remembering to check.
- **Set up redirects for moved or deleted pages.** Deleting or relocating a page without a redirect breaks every internal link, bookmark, and backlink pointing at it. Use your broken-link findings as the starting point and add redirects in xCloud so old URLs land on the correct content instead of a 404, preserving both visitors and the link equity those URLs have earned.
- **Keep your URL structure stable.** Every URL change is a potential broken link somewhere you can’t see, including on other people’s sites. Plan permalink structures before publishing, avoid renaming slugs on established content, and when a change is unavoidable, redirect the old URL immediately.
- **Review external links periodically.** You can’t control when other sites remove pages, change domains, or shut down, and external rot is invisible until someone clicks. A scheduled scan flags dead external resources as they appear, so you can update, replace, or remove the link before it affects readers.
- **Audit findings after major site changes.** Redesigns, migrations, theme switches, and large content reorganizations are when broken links appear in bulk. Run a manual scan right after any structural change instead of waiting for the next scheduled run.
## Wrapping Up
Broken links quietly cost you visitors, rankings, and sales until someone notices, and by then the damage is done. Finding and fixing them promptly makes your site more dependable and easier for users to navigate, and keeping a scanner running means new issues get caught before your visitors find them.
With Broken Link Monitoring built into xCloud, that whole routine lives in one place: open **Site Monitoring → Broken Links**, run a scan, work through the findings, set a schedule, and let it run in the background. If you manage client sites, the CSV export also gives you a clean list to include in maintenance reports or hand off for cleanup.
Happy fixing!
## Frequently Asked Questions
### Does the page need to stay open while a scan runs?
No. The scan runs server-side on xCloud’s infrastructure. The page shows live progress while it’s open, but the scan continues in the background if you close it.
### How many pages can one scan cover?
A single scan can crawl up to 5,000 pages. xCloud also applies a links-checked safety ceiling, and if a site exceeds the scan budget, the run is marked as truncated with all collected findings kept.
### Does xCloud create a separate task for every page it scans?
No. The streaming scanner uses one background scan run and streams progress back to xCloud in batches, so there’s no queue of thousands of small jobs.
### What happens when xCloud finds new broken links?
New findings appear in the Broken Links table, and team notifications can be sent when new issues are discovered.
### Can I export the findings?
Yes. Click **Export CSV** on the Broken Links page to download the full findings list for reporting or external cleanup.
### Can I stop a scan after it starts?
Yes. Click **Cancel Scan** while the scan is running. xCloud stops the run cleanly and keeps every finding received up to that point.
---
# Buzz Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Buzz worhosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source AI workspace on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for self-hosted AI workspaces
# Fully Managed
Buzz Workspace Hosting
One-click Deploy.
Run chat, Git repositories, automated workflows, and AI agents in one place using managed Buzz hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Deploy Buzz Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **The Learning Loop**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Buzz Workspace in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Buzz instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Buzz.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Buzz from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Workspace
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision the Buzz in your server.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, go live, and add your people and AI agents to their first channel in just a few clicks.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Buzz Workspace
Your workspace grows, your bill does not. Add people and agents without changing the plan.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=buzz)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=buzz)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=buzz)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for Teams That Ship With Agents in the Room
These are starting points, not limits. If your agents are already doing real work, they should be doing it where the team can see it.
## Engineering Teams
- ### Repos beside the discussion
- ### Agent-opened patches
- ### Review in the channel
- ### Deploy notes that stay put
## Open Source Projects
- ### A home you actually own
- ### Contributors keep their keys
- ### Public channels, private relay
- ### No seat-based billing
## Agencies
- ### One hive per client
- ### Isolated servers and data
- ### Agents scoped per project
- ### Clean handover at the end
## Startups & Solo Builders
- ### Replace Slack + GitHub sprawl
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### Agents on the team from day one
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## DevOps & SRE
- ### Incident channels with agents
- ### Automated status posts
- ### Signed change history
- ### Runbooks next to the work
## Regulated & Privacy-First
- ### Data on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Audit trail on every action
- ### No third-party workspace vendor
## Features
## One Workspace To Build, Ship, & Scale for Your Team.
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### Chat, threads, voice, and searchable history
- ### Git repositories and code review in the same room
- ### AI agents as members, with their own identity
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Workspace built for how AI-native teams actually work
Buzz is an open-source workspace from Block built on the Nostr protocol. The interface feels like any modern chat tool. What’s different is who else is in the channel.
## Channels & Threads
Channels, threads and direct messages your team already knows how to use, with nothing new to learn.
## Voice & Media
Voice conversations and media sharing built into the same workspace as everything else.
## Git Repositories
Code hosting inside the workspace, so the repo, the review and the decision behind it live together.
## Agents as Members
An agent joins with its own identity and permissions instead of a bot token, it posts, reviews and ships like a teammate.
## Signed Identity
Every person and agent is a keypair. Every message, workflow step and Git event is a signed event.
## Automated Workflows
Trigger automations from the conversation and keep the output where the team can see it.
## Model Agnostic
Claude Code, Codex, goose, anything speaking the Agent Client Protocol works. Swap the model, keep the history..
## One Audit Trail
Human or agent, the author field works the same way. Every action traces back to who authorized it.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Deploy Your AI Assistant?
Whether you run a single automation bot or manage large-scale AI workflows, Clawdbot VPS hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your assistant needs to operate without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Agent Should Be Running Right Now.
Deploy a persistent Hermes agent in minutes. Connect it to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled
tasks — then let it monitor, research, reply, code, report, and automate while you are offline.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Read the Guide](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Buzz?
Buzz is an open-source collaboration workspace from Block where people and AI agents work together in shared channels. It combines team chat, threads, voice, media sharing, Git repositories, and automated workflows, and it is built on the Nostr protocol so every identity is a keypair and every action is a signed event.
### How do I deploy Buzz on xCloud?
Buzz is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Buzz, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions the containers, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Buzz?
Yes. Buzz runs as a containerised application, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Buzz to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# Case Studies | Real Growth Powered By xCloud
> Explore real client success stories powered by xCloud. Discover how agencies, entrepreneurs, and creators reduce hosting costs, scale websites, and deliver faster, more reliable online experiences with powerful infrastructure.
- ## Discover
- ## Learn
- ## Grow
# Client Success Stories,
Powered by xCloud
Explore success stories of entrepreneurs, creators, bloggers, and small business owners who built and scaled their online presence with xCloud by their side.
## How Advanced Web Strategies Saved Over $2,000 & Recovered 56 Hours per Month Managing 70+ Client Websites
## Gary Moody
Owner
[See Case Study](/case-study/advanced-web-strategies/)
## How Cloud Nine Web Elevated Client Experience While Streamlining Hosting Operations using xCloud
## Ed Ellingham
Co-Owner, Cloud Nine Web
[See Case Study](https://xcloud.host/cloud-nine-web-agency/)
## How Newman Web Solutions Ensured Perfect Uptime and Seamless Scaling For 120+ WordPress Sites with xCloud
## Lori Newman
Creative Director & Co-Founder
[See Case Study](/case-study/newman-web-solutions-agency/)
## How Kevin Heinrichs Cut Hosting Costs by 84% While Running WooCommerce & Node.js Sites Efficiently
## Kevin Heinrichs
CEO
[See Case Study](/case-study/kevin-heinrichs/)
## How Wattz Web Design Saved 50% on Hosting by Migrating 140+ Sites to xCloud
## Donald McGuinn
CEO, Wattz Web Design and Marketing
[See Case Study](https://xcloud.host/case-studies/wattz-web-design/)
[Explore More](/case-studies/)
## Take The Step, Create Your Success Story
Join millions of business owners growing with xCloud. Get powerful tools to build and scale your online presence in
one place. Manage every web project with speed, performance, and seamless deployment.
[Get Started](/case-studies/)
---
# Case Studies | Real Growth Powered By xCloud
> Explore real client success stories powered by xCloud. Discover how agencies, entrepreneurs, and creators reduce hosting costs, scale websites, and deliver faster, more reliable online experiences with powerful infrastructure.
- ## Discover
- ## Learn
- ## Grow
# Client Success Stories,
Powered by xCloud
Explore success stories of entrepreneurs, creators, bloggers, and small business owners who built and scaled their online presence with xCloud by their side.
## How Advanced Web Strategies Saved Over $2,000 & Recovered 56 Hours per Month Managing 70+ Client Websites
## Gary Moody
Owner
[See Case Study](/case-study/advanced-web-strategies/)
## How Cloud Nine Web Elevated Client Experience While Streamlining Hosting Operations using xCloud
## Ed Ellingham
Co-Owner, Cloud Nine Web
[See Case Study](https://xcloud.host/cloud-nine-web-agency/)
## How Newman Web Solutions Ensured Perfect Uptime and Seamless Scaling For 120+ WordPress Sites with xCloud
## Lori Newman
Creative Director & Co-Founder
[See Case Study](/case-study/newman-web-solutions-agency/)
## How Kevin Heinrichs Cut Hosting Costs by 84% While Running WooCommerce & Node.js Sites Efficiently
## Kevin Heinrichs
CEO
[See Case Study](/case-study/kevin-heinrichs/)
## How Wattz Web Design Saved 50% on Hosting by Migrating 140+ Sites to xCloud
## Donald McGuinn
CEO, Wattz Web Design and Marketing
[See Case Study](https://xcloud.host/case-studies/wattz-web-design/)
[Explore More](/case-study/)
## Take The Step, Create Your Success Story
Join millions of business owners growing with xCloud. Get powerful tools to build and scale your online presence in
one place. Manage every web project with speed, performance, and seamless deployment.
[Get Started](/case-study/)
---
# How One Agency Manages 70+ WordPress Sites on xCloud
> See how Advanced WEB Strategies manages 70+ client sites from one dashboard with xCloud, saving over $2K a year and 56 hours a month on maintenance. (148 characters)
[Case Studies](/)[Case Study](/case-study/) Advanced WEB Strategies
# How Advanced Web Strategies Saved Over $2,000 & Recovered 56 Hours per Month Managing 70+ Client Websites
- ### 6+ Servers Managing with Ease
- ### 70+ Sites Deployed
- ### 5 Minutes to go live with a site
I couldn’t be more satisfied with the process and the exceptional performance of xCloud. It’s been a game-changer for managing our websites efficiently.
#### $2,000/Year
### saving on servers &
upkeep costs
#### 56 hrs/Mo
### saved from routine
maintenance
Gary Moody, Owner
#### Advanced WEB Strategies
Website:
#### [advancedwebstrategies.com](http://advancedwebstrategies.com)
Industry
#### Web Design & Digital Strategy
Location:
#### United States
Websites:
WordPress, Membership, Ecommerce & More
## About Advanced WEB Strategies
Advanced WEB Strategies is a web design and marketing company. Gary Moody runs it. The company builds good websites that do not cost a lot. It helps non-profits and small businesses.
Gary has built websites for more than 20 years. In that time, he tried many ways to host them. He even ran his own server. He also used big-name hosting companies.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
Each one was good at some things but not at others. Some were powerful but hard to use. Some were simple but slow.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
As the company grew, the problems grew too. Support was not steady. Big issues did not get fixed. Every three years, Gary had to renew his servers, and that slowed his work down. He spent too much time fixing his setup instead of helping clients.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
Then Gary found xCloud, and things changed. Now he can focus on what matters most. He builds better websites. He helps clients faster. He grows his company with confidence.
Gary Moody
OwnerOwner
“What truly sets xCloud apart is their exceptional support and service. Their team is incredibly responsive and knowledgeable, always willing to go the extra mile to ensure my clients’ websites run smoothly”
## The Challenges
Inconsistent Support, Server Frustrations, and Performance Bottlenecks
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
As Advanced Web Strategies grew, they didn’t struggle with catastrophic outages, they struggled with operational drag. Managing dozens of websites across multiple environments made routine tasks increasingly time-consuming. While nothing was technically broken, the growing complexity created an invisible bottleneck that consumed valuable time and resources. Three areas, in particular, were slowing the team down.
## Managing Client Sites At Scale
With a growing roster of client websites to maintain, Advanced WEB Strategies faced mounting infrastructure challenges. Keeping sites fast, secure, and well-supported was becoming harder to manage effectively at scale.
## Inconsistent Technical Support
Reliable support is essential when client websites are on the line. Gary’s previous hosting partners couldn’t deliver consistent help when urgent issues surfaced, and responses often lacked the urgency or clarity those moments demanded. Over time, this eroded trust and created unnecessary stress.
## Disruptive Server Renewal Cycles
Rigid three-year renewal cycles became a recurring operational headache. Each renewal required time, planning, and coordination that distracted from core business activities, pulling Gary into infrastructure logistics instead of clients and growth.
## Unstable Performance and Backups
Performance instability compounded the strain. Sites experienced noticeable latency, backup and restoration processes were unreliable and complicated, and troubleshooting consumed valuable hours, especially without dependable support to lean on.
## No True Partnership
Beyond the technical concerns sat a deeper issue. Gary felt like just another account in a large hosting system, with no real attentiveness or strategic alignment. For an agency committed to serving non-profits and small businesses, that disconnect had become unacceptable.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
## The Solutions
## xCloud Delivered Simplicity, Speed, and True Partnership
After years of juggling infrastructure challenges, Advanced WEB Strategies needed more than just another hosting provider. The agency needed a streamlined system that combined performance, control, and dependable support. xCloud delivered exactly that.
- 
### One-Click Blueprint Deployments
Gary builds custom Blueprints for each client, launches fully configured staging sites in one click, then reviews, updates DNS, and clicks “Go Live” to publish in minutes.
- 
### Centralized Multi-Site Management
As of Q1 2026, Gary runs 70+ sites from one dashboard, handling plugins, SSL, monitoring, and performance without logging into individual WordPress installs. Hours of maintenance now take minutes.
## _“Spinning up staging sites is a breeze. Updating various plugins on multiple websites is much easier. No more logging in and out of each website, I am able to handle these functions from a single control panel. “_
- 
### Optimized Performance and Stability
Speed improved immediately after the move. Sites load fast even with multiple plugins, latency issues disappeared, and server reboots complete quickly, giving consistent, reliable performance across every site.
- 
### Exceptional Support That Protects Client Relationships
When a site flooded the server and caused a crash, xCloud’s team quickly diagnosed the multiple causes, fixed them, and prevented recurrence, protecting Gary’s client relationship
## The Results
## 70+ Websites Managed Efficiently with Faster Deployments And Stronger Client Confidence
Since moving to xCloud, Advanced WEB Strategies has fundamentally transformed how it deploys, manages, and maintains client websites across its entire portfolio. What was once a fragmented, hard-to-maintain hosting setup has become a streamlined, single-dashboard operation that serves both clients and the agency’s day-to-day work.
With those complexities centralized in a single platform, their focus shifted from managing systems to delivering more value for clients. Instead of asking, “How do we manage all these sites?”, the team could focus on a more important question: “What can we build next?” That shift gave Advanced Web Strategies the operational foundation to scale more efficiently as they continued to grow.
#### $0/yr
### Saved on Servers & Upkeep
#### 0/mo
### Maintenance Time Saved
#### 0+
### Client Sites Managed
#### 0 min
### To Go Live
Gary Moody
Owner, Advanced WEB Strategies
xCloud is a game-changer. It combines powerful server performance with a clean, intuitive interface that makes managing multiple client sites easy. But what truly sets xCloud apart is the support. Their team is responsive, knowledgeable, and always willing to go the extra mile. It’s a breath of fresh air for web professionals like myself.”
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
## Share this article
- [](https://www.facebook.com/sharer/sharer.php?u=https://xcloud.host/case-study/advanced-web-strategies/)
- [](https://twitter.com/share?text=Advanced%20WEB%20Strategies&url=https://xcloud.host/case-study/advanced-web-strategies/)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/shareArticle?title=Advanced%20WEB%20Strategies&url=https://xcloud.host/case-study/advanced-web-strategies/&mini=true)
## Ready to Redefine Your Hosting Experience?
We feel proud to see success stories like Newman Web Solutions Agency thriving with xCloud – it is exactly why we built this platform. Join xCloud to experience the same cost savings, performance improvements, and effortless
management that helped them grow.
[Get Started For Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Cloud Nine Web Agency - xCloud
> Cloud Nine Web streamlined hosting, improved team efficiency, and boosted client satisfaction while managing 200+ sites across 6+ servers with xCloud.
[Case Study](/case-study/) Cloud Nine Web Agency
# [How Cloud Nine Web Elevated Client Experience While Streamlining Hosting Operations using xCloud](https://xcloud.host/case-studies/cloud-nine-web)
- ### Increased client satisfaction
- ### Streamlined hosting operations
- ### Accelerated team efficiency
- ### Reduced labor costs
“The platform’s intuitive interface allows us to delegate tasks to team members who might not have as much experience with more complex panels, which helps us get more done, faster. It’s streamlined our workflow and freed up my time to focus on other priorities.”
## Ed Ellingham
Co-Owner, Cloud Nine Web
#### 6+
### SERVERS MANAGED
#### 150+
### WEBSITES POWERED
#### 200+
### SITES MIGRATED
---
# Kevin Heinrichs
> Discover how Kevin Heinrichs cut hosting costs by 84% with xCloud while running WooCommerce stores and Node.js SaaS platforms with faster performance and full server control.
[Case Studies](/)[Case Study](/case-study/) Kevin Heinrichs Marketing
# How Kevin Heinrichs Cut Hosting Costs by 84% While Running WooCommerce & NodeJS Sites Efficiently
- 
### Reduced annual hosting expenses by nearly $2,000
- 
### Run WordPress + Node.js on same platform
- 
### Zero downtime with massive performance
Currently just 3x servers, but planned a lot more since I have a 250x Supreme LTD package. I started to create automation to make new websites.
## Kevin Heinrichs
CEO
#### 10+
### SERVERS MANAGED
#### 120+
### WEBSITES POWERED
#### 100+
### SITES MIGRATED
Client:
#### Kevin Heinrichs Marketing
Website:
#### [kevinheinrichs.com](http://newmanwebsolutions.com)
Industry:
#### eCommerce Store
Location:
United States
## About Kevin Heinrichs & His Infrastructure-Driven Business Model
Kevin Heinrichs is a performance-focused entrepreneur building and scaling multiple WooCommerce stores, dropshipping operations, service-based websites, and Node.js SaaS platforms. His business depends on speed, uptime, and operational flexibility. Every millisecond at checkout matters. Every server decision impacts revenue.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
Unlike traditional agencies managing client projects, Kevin operates a high-volume, automation-driven ecosystem. He continuously launches new websites, experiments with infrastructure setups, and prepares for large-scale expansion. His goal is to automate website creation and scale aggressively in the AI-driven digital economy.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
For Kevin, hosting is not just a technical requirement. It is a strategic growth layer. Infrastructure must be cost-efficient, fast, flexible, and fully controllable. Anything less creates friction, limits scalability, and directly affects business performance.
Kevin Heinrichs
CEO
“Performance is huge, it is so much faster. I can decide to restart a server for updates, that is so much useful then I can do that in not a important time slot like then my customers are sleeping.”
## The Challenges
High Costs, Limited Control, and Scaling Constraints
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
As Kevin’s portfolio of WooCommerce stores and SaaS platforms expanded, his previous hosting setup began creating serious operational friction. What initially seemed manageable quickly became expensive, restrictive, and misaligned with his long-term growth strategy.
## Rising Hosting Costs with Slot-Based Pricing
Kevin previously spent nearly $2,000 per year on hosting. Pricing models tied to website slots forced him to pay for capacity he did not always use. For a builder planning to launch and automate hundreds of websites, this structure limited flexibility and made scaling inefficient.
## Lack of Infrastructure Control
One of the most critical pain points was the inability to control server-level decisions. Scheduled server reboots during peak German checkout hours disrupted customer purchases. When visitors could not complete orders, revenue suffered directly. Kevin needed the authority to manage updates and restarts during low-traffic windows, not at times chosen by the provider.
## Performance and Provider Instability
Before switching to xCloud, Kevin experimented with several hosting platforms. Some delivered inconsistent performance. Others limited server-level control. A few improved speed but introduced higher costs or reduced flexibility. None offered the balance of performance, autonomy, and cost efficiency he needed.
For a performance-driven WooCommerce and SaaS operator, these limitations were not minor inconveniences. There were structural barriers to scaling confidently.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
## The Solutions
## Full Control, Faster Deployments, and Infrastructure Built for Scale
After evaluating multiple hosting providers, Kevin transitioned to xCloud with a clear objective: regain infrastructure control, reduce unnecessary costs, and build a scalable foundation for high-volume website creation.
- 
### Complete Server-Level Control
With xCloud, Kevin can decide exactly when to restart servers, apply updates, and manage maintenance windows. This flexibility allows him to schedule technical changes during off-peak hours when customers are asleep, protecting checkout conversions and eliminating revenue disruptions caused by forced provider reboots.
- 
### 84% Massive Cost Efficiency Without Performance Trade-Off
By moving from a slot-based pricing model to xCloud’s infrastructure-driven approach, Kevin reduced his annual hosting expenses by 84%, dropping from nearly $2,000 per year to just under $325. Despite the dramatic reduction in cost, performance improved significantly. His WooCommerce stores now run faster while operating on a far leaner budget.
- 
### One-Click WordPress and Node.js Deployments
xCloud simplified both WordPress and SaaS infrastructure. Kevin can launch WordPress sites instantly using one-click installs and blueprints. For his Node/js platforms, xCloud’s one-click Node/js deployment with direct GitHub integration enables streamlined development workflows and faster iteration cycles.
- 
### Automation-Ready Infrastructure
With a lifetime deal and expansion plans underway, Kevin is building automation systems to spin up new websites efficiently. xCloud’s server creation process, blueprint functionality, database access, and streamlined Hetzner provisioning allow him to prepare for large-scale deployment without operational bottlenecks.
- 
### Flexible Team Access and Collaboration
Even as a solo operator, Kevin values collaborative flexibility. xCloud makes it easy to join a partner’s team and gain secure access to servers when needed. Permission management remains simple and intuitive, reducing administrative overhead. For Kevin, xCloud is not just a hosting provider. It is a performance-focused infrastructure layer that enables aggressive scaling, precise control, and sustainable cost management.
## The Results
## 84% Cost Reduction, Faster Performance, and Scalable Freedom
After migrating to xCloud, Kevin experienced immediate financial and operational impact. The shift was not incremental. It fundamentally changed how he manages and scales his infrastructure.
## 84% Reduction in Annual Hosting Costs
Since migrating to xCloud, Newman Web Solutions has achieved near-perfect uptime across its entire hosting environment. Page load speeds improved significantly, and performance remains consistent even during periods of heavy traffic. Clients noticed the difference almost immediately, frequently commenting on how much faster and smoother their websites feel.
## 120+ Sites Managed Confidently Across 10 Servers
Kevin reduced his annual hosting expenses by nearly $2,000. This 84% cost reduction freed up capital that he can now reinvest into growth, automation, and new projects.
Unlike traditional slot-based pricing, xCloud allows him to scale infrastructure without paying for unused capacity. Cost efficiency now aligns directly with expansion.
## Fast & Stable Performance Without Compromise
Despite the dramatic reduction in cost, Kevin did not sacrifice performance. His WooCommerce stores load faster, his Node.js platforms run smoothly, and overall server responsiveness improved significantly.
He gained something even more valuable than speed: control.He now chooses when to restart servers, apply updates, and manage maintenance windows. No more forced reboots during peak checkout hours. No more revenue risk during critical sales moments.
## Faster Deployments and Workflow Acceleration
WordPress installations now take minutes with one-click setup and blueprints. Node.js deployments connect directly to GitHub, accelerating SaaS development cycles.
Infrastructure that once required manual effort now runs through streamlined processes. This allows Kevin to focus on launching, testing, and scaling instead of managing hosting limitations.
## Built for Aggressive Growth
With three servers already deployed and expansion plans underway, Kevin is building automation systems to generate new websites at scale. xCloud gives him the infrastructure flexibility to expand without introducing cost bottlenecks.
Kevin Heinrichs
CEO
“Switching to xCloud was the best infrastructure decision I made this year. I managed to slash my hosting costs by over 80% without losing a single millisecond of performance. For any serious WooCommerce developer, xCloud isn’t just a tool; it’s a competitive advantage!”
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
## Share this article
- [](https://www.facebook.com/sharer/sharer.php?u=https://xcloud.host/case-study/kevin-heinrichs/)
- [](https://twitter.com/share?text=Kevin%20Heinrichs%20Marketing&url=https://xcloud.host/case-study/kevin-heinrichs/)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/shareArticle?title=Kevin%20Heinrichs%20Marketing&url=https://xcloud.host/case-study/kevin-heinrichs/&mini=true)
## Ready to Redefine Your Hosting Experience?
We feel proud to see success stories like Newman Web Solutions Agency thriving with xCloud – it is exactly why we built this platform. Join xCloud to experience the same cost savings, performance improvements, and effortless
management that helped them grow.
[Get Started For Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Newman Web Solutions Agency
> Learn how Newman Web Solutions migrated 100+ WordPress sites to xCloud, achieved near-perfect uptime, faster performance, and managed 120+ sites across 10 servers.
[Case Studies](/)[Case Study](/case-study/) Newman Web Solution
# 120+ WordPress Sites, Zero Downtime, No Server Headaches : Inside Newman Web Solutions’ Hosting Transformation
- 
### Reduced server support tickets
- 
### Delivered perfect uptime always
- 
### Improved site load speeds
xCloud offered the perfect blend of managed hosting, performance, and ease of use. Their platform is clearly built with agencies and developers in mind”
## Lori Newman
Creative Director & Co-Founder
#### 10+
### SERVERS MANAGED
#### 120+
### WEBSITES POWERED
#### 100+
### SITES MIGRATED
Client:
#### Newman Web Solutions Agency
Website:
#### [newmanwebsolutions.com](http://newmanwebsolutions.com)
Industry:
#### Agency
Location:
United States
## About Newman Web Solutions Agency
For over 15 years, Newman Web Solutions Agency has helped small and mid-sized businesses grow through strategic web design, SEO, branding, and marketing automation. Based in Atlanta and Marietta, Georgia, the agency is known for its high standards, technical expertise, and commitment to client success.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
As their client base expanded, hosting reliability became mission-critical. Recurring downtime, inconsistent performance, and the growing burden of server management were putting unnecessary strain on the team and introducing risks they could no longer afford – especially for high-visibility, high-traffic websites.
Lori Newman
Creative Director & Co-Founder
“xCloud has become a cornerstone of our hosting and maintenance operations. It’s made our processes faster, more reliable, and more scalable. With fewer hosting headaches, our team can focus more on client growth and innovation – making xCloud a key part of our business strategy.”
## The Challenges
Downtime, Server Complexity, and Scaling Risks Were Holding the Agency Back
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
As Newman Web Solutions Agency continued to scale, hosting challenges became increasingly difficult to ignore. Managing a large portfolio of client WordPress sites across shared hosting and VPS environments introduced instability, inefficiencies, and unnecessary risk, especially for high-traffic and mission-critical websites.
## Recurring Downtime and Inconsistent Performance
Shared hosting environments frequently led to unpredictable performance and recurring downtime. Even brief outages created frustration for clients and put pressure on the team to respond quickly. For an agency known for reliability and attention to detail, these inconsistencies were unacceptable.
## Limited Support When It Mattered Most
While previous tools offered flexibility, they lacked fully managed support. When performance issues or server-level problems arose, Newman Web Solutions often had to diagnose and resolve them independently. This lack of dependable, expert assistance increased stress and slowed response times during critical situations.
## Operational Risk During High-Traffic Campaigns
The stakes became even higher for clients running public-facing campaigns and high-traffic initiatives. Without the ability to scale resources quickly and confidently, traffic spikes posed a real risk to performance, uptime, and reputation. The agency needed a hosting solution that could handle sudden demand without compromise.
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
## The Solutions
## xCloud’s Fully Managed Hosting Built For Agencies At Scale
To overcome performance instability, server complexity, and scaling risks, Newman Web Solutions Agency transitioned its entire hosting operation to xCloud – a platform designed specifically for agencies managing large volumes of WordPress sites.
- 
### Fully Managed Infrastructure Without the Sysadmin Burden
xCloud eliminated the need for hands-on server administration. Server maintenance, updates, and optimizations are handled automatically, allowing the Newman Web Solutions team to focus on client strategy and creative execution rather than infrastructure management. This shift alone freed up significant internal time and reduced operational stress.
- 
### Optimized Web Stacks with LiteSpeed Performance
Performance consistency was a top priority. xCloud’s optimized web stacks and LiteSpeed caching delivered immediate improvements in speed and stability across all client sites. Faster load times, reduced server strain, and reliable uptime became the new standard—without manual tuning or third-party tools.
## _“xCloud has become a cornerstone of our hosting and maintenance operations. It’s made our processes faster, more reliable, and more scalable. With fewer hosting headaches, our team can focus more on client growth and innovation – making xCloud a key part of our business strategy.”_
- 
### One-Click Deployments and Faster Daily Workflows
Launching new WordPress sites, configuring SSL certificates, and managing backups are now handled in minutes. xCloud’s one-click deployments and automated backups streamlined everyday tasks, cutting setup time dramatically and reducing the risk of human error during deployments and updates.
- 
### Seamless Scaling for High-Traffic Campaigns
One of xCloud’s most valuable advantages for Newman Web Solutions is the ability to scale server resources instantly. During high-traffic public campaigns, the team can increase resources on demand, ensuring flawless performance without downtime or overpaying for unused capacity.
## _“xCloud’s support team is outstanding. They’re quick to respond, technically skilled, and genuinely helpful.”_
- 
### Secure Collaboration With Expert Support Team
xCloud enables secure team collaboration with clear role-based permissions, so designers, developers, and project managers can work together while keeping access controlled. When help is needed, xCloud’s support team acts like an extension of your team, providing fast responses and expert guidance on everything from server setup to performance tuning.
## The Results
## 120+ WordPress Sites Running Faster, More Reliably, and With Zero Stress
The transition to xCloud delivered immediate and lasting results for Newman Web Solutions Agency. What was once a source of instability and operational friction is now a dependable, scalable foundation powering the agency’s growth.
## Near-Perfect Uptime and Noticeably Faster Performance
Since migrating to xCloud, Newman Web Solutions has achieved near-perfect uptime across its entire hosting environment. Page load speeds improved significantly, and performance remains consistent even during periods of heavy traffic. Clients noticed the difference almost immediately, frequently commenting on how much faster and smoother their websites feel.
## __“We migrated one of Atlanta’s most well-known public parks – managed by a nonprofit organization in partnership with the City of Atlanta and several others from WP Engine to xCloud. The transition was seamless, and performance improved immediately.”__
## 120+ Sites Managed at Scale With Zero Downtime
Newman Web Solutions now runs more than 120 WordPress sites across 10 servers from a single, intuitive control panel. The team migrated over 100 sites to xCloud without any downtime or business disruption. Automated workflows replaced manual monitoring, and every site went live quickly with improved performance, giving the agency full control and confidence at scale
## Faster Deployments and Fewer Support Tickets
Daily workflows are now dramatically more efficient. New sites can be deployed in minutes instead of hours, SSL certificates are managed automatically, and scaling server resources is instant. As a result, server-related support tickets have dropped significantly – freeing the team to focus on growth, strategy, and creative development.
## Proven Stability During High-Traffic Campaigns
xCloud proved its value during a critical high-traffic public campaign for a nonprofit organization partnered with the City of Atlanta. When traffic surged, server resources were scaled on demand at a lower cost, and the site handled the spike flawlessly without a single slowdown or outage. The successful campaign strengthened client trust and validated Newman Web Solutions’ hosting strategy.
Lori Newman
Creative Director & Co-Founder
“xCloud has completely transformed how we manage hosting for our clients. The performance, reliability, and support are unmatched. Their managed servers, LiteSpeed integration, and responsive team make them the perfect hosting partner for agencies that value speed and peace of mind.”
## About Wattz Web Design and Marketing
## Share this article
- [](https://www.facebook.com/sharer/sharer.php?u=https://xcloud.host/case-study/newman-web-solutions-agency/)
- [](https://twitter.com/share?text=Newman%20Web%20Solution&url=https://xcloud.host/case-study/newman-web-solutions-agency/)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/shareArticle?title=Newman%20Web%20Solution&url=https://xcloud.host/case-study/newman-web-solutions-agency/&mini=true)
## Ready to Redefine Your Hosting Experience?
We feel proud to see success stories like Newman Web Solutions Agency thriving with xCloud – it is exactly why we built this platform. Join xCloud to experience the same cost savings, performance improvements, and effortless
management that helped them grow.
[Get Started For Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Changelogs - xCloud
> Changelogs Archive - xCloud
## **🔥 New Features**
### [**Cloudflare Enterprise**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon/)
Cloudflare Enterprise is now available on xCloud as a per-domain add-on. You get the same enterprise network the largest brands run on, fully managed by xCloud, for a flat $5 per domain, per month. No Cloudflare account, no enterprise contract, and no DNS work on your side.
Turn it on per domain from Addons → Cloudflare Enterprise, or directly from a site. xCloud handles the zone setup, the certificate, and the routing.
- Serve your site from Cloudflare’s global network across 330+ locations.
- Pay a flat $5 per domain, per month, with no traffic-based charges.
- Get managed SSL on every domain you enable.
- Full page caching at the edge, so visitors are served from the location closest to them.
- Early Hints, so browsers start loading assets before the page response arrives.
- Automatic image optimization, in lossy or lossless mode.
- One-click cache purge across the whole network.
- Enterprise WAF that blocks SQL injection, XSS, and zero-day attempts in real time.
- Advanced DDoS protection at the edge, before traffic reaches your server.
- Browser Integrity Check and one-click Under Attack Mode for when you are being targeted.
- Crawler blocking to stop AI bots from scraping your content.
- Real-time request and data transfer analytics, including Cloudflare-served versus origin traffic.
- Cache performance and top countries, so you can see where your traffic comes from and how much of it never touches your server.
## **🌟 30+ One Click Apps: Self-Host Your Whole Stack in a Couple of Clicks**
We’ve added a big batch of new apps to xCloud One Click Apps, so you can now self-host search, analytics, docs, BI, automation, passwords, media, Git, and more, all in a couple of clicks. Pick an app and xCloud handles the setup, SSL, and config for you. With this release, we now support 30+ one click apps.
## **🆕 New Apps**
1. **Redis** In-memory data store for caching, queues, and fast key-value workloads.
2. **Moodle** Open-source LMS to build courses, run quizzes, and track grades on your server.
3. **BookStack** Open-source wiki and documentation platform for team knowledge bases, SOPs, and internal docs.
4. **Excalidraw** Virtual whiteboard for hand-drawn-style diagrams, wireframes, and flowcharts. Runs entirely in the browser — fast, private, and works offline once loaded.
5. **Metabase** Open-source business intelligence — connect your databases, ask questions in a friendly UI or SQL, and build shareable dashboards. No per-seat pricing, your data stays on your server.
6. **Matomo** Privacy-first, self-hosted web analytics with full data ownership, visitor insights, goals, campaigns, and tag management.
7. **Vaultwarden** Lightweight, Bitwarden-compatible password manager server. Works with all official Bitwarden apps and browser extensions.
8. **Gitea** Lightweight self-hosted Git forge with repos, pull requests, issues, packages, and Actions-compatible CI workflows. Ships SQLite + HTTPS cloning out of the box.
9. **Meilisearch** Lightning-fast, typo-tolerant search engine — an open-source Algolia alternative for apps and websites.
10. **Odoo Community** Open-source business suite with modular CRM, sales, invoicing, inventory, project, website, and e-commerce apps.
11. **Qdrant** Vector database and similarity-search engine for semantic search, recommendations, embeddings, and RAG. Includes REST APIs and a web dashboard.
12. **Plane** Open-source project management for issues, cycles, modules, pages, and team workspaces.
13. **Paperless-ngx** Open-source document management with OCR, full-text search, tagging, and automated organization.
14. **Listmonk** High-performance, self-hosted newsletter and mailing-list manager with subscriber segmentation, campaign analytics, templates, and a REST API.
15. **Keycloak** Open-source identity and access management with single sign-on, OpenID Connect, OAuth 2.0, SAML, user federation, and multi-factor authentication.
16. **Jellyfin** Free, open-source media server for organizing and streaming movies, TV, music, photos, and live TV to web, mobile, and TV clients — no subscriptions or premium gates.
17. **Hoppscotch** Open-source API development workspace for REST, GraphQL, realtime protocols, collections, environments, and teams.
18. **draw.io** Private browser-based diagramming for flowcharts, architecture diagrams, UML, network maps, and more. Stateless server with files saved or exported by the user.
19. **Discourse** Open-source community platform for discussions, support forums, knowledge sharing, and long-form conversations.
20. **Databasus** Self-hosted database backup console for PostgreSQL, MySQL, MariaDB, and MongoDB with schedules, retention, encrypted storage, notifications, and restore workflows.
21. **changedetection.io** Self-hosted website change monitoring for prices, inventory, policy pages, releases, and other web content, with configurable alerts and change history.
22. **Appsmith** Open-source low-code platform for building internal tools, admin panels, dashboards, and database-backed workflows with a visual editor, JavaScript, APIs, and data-source integrations.
23. **Actual Budget** Privacy-focused, local-first personal finance and envelope budgeting with reports, sync, optional bank import, and optional end-to-end encryption.
24. **Activepieces** Open-source workflow automation with a visual builder, AI agents, and hundreds of integrations.
25. **Linkding** Fast, lightweight self-hosted bookmark manager with tags, search, browser extensions, import/export, and an authenticated REST API.
26. **Wiki.js** Modern open-source knowledge base with access control, search, and collaborative editing.
27. **Wallos** Self-hosted subscription tracker for recurring payments, renewal dates, categories, currencies, statistics, and configurable notifications.
28. **Shiori** Lightweight self-hosted bookmark manager with full-text search, tags, import/export, browser extensions, and offline webpage archiving.
29. **PrivateBin** Zero-knowledge encrypted pastebin for expiring text, code, and password-protected links. Encryption and decryption happen in the browser.
30. **pgAdmin** Web-based administration for PostgreSQL, with a secure initial administrator account and persistent server definitions, preferences, sessions, and user files.
31. **ntfy** Private push notifications for scripts, apps, and infrastructure. Publish over HTTP and receive alerts in the web UI or ntfy mobile apps.
---
# v.2.5.1 - xCloud
> Deploy and run an autonomous company powered entirely by AI agents — fully managed on xCloud. No coding or server skills needed.
## 🔥 New Features
### 🆕 [Introducing Paperclip Hosting on xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
Deploy and run an autonomous company powered entirely by AI agents — fully managed on xCloud. No coding or server skills needed.
Paperclip lets you hire AI employees, set goals and budgets, and let your agents run 24/7. You stay in control. They handle the work.
✅ Full org chart setup – hire AI employees for any role
✅ Set goals and budgets, agents work toward them automatically
✅ Per-agent budgets to prevent runaway API costs
✅ Audit log of every decision and tool call
🌟With xCloud, you get a fully managed server with automatic updates, security, logs, SSH, and more – all in one place.
**📑 Requirements:**
- xCloud Managed Server with at least 4GB RAM
- Dedicated server (no other apps run alongside Paperclip)
### 🆕 [Gemma 4 Variants Support for Ollama](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
Gemma 4 is Google’s lightweight open model family – and it’s now supported in Ollama on xCloud. You can pull Gemma 4 variants directly from your Ollama dashboard and connect them to OpenClaw or other agent workflows for fully self-hosted, private, API-cost-free AI.🔥
Great for teams that want to experiment with local models alongside options like DeepSeek R1, or run sensitive workloads entirely on their own infrastructure.
### 🆕 **[Cloudflare Under Attack Mode Toggle](/docs/how-to-turn-on-cloudflare-under-attack-mode/)**
Cloudflare’s Under Attack mode performs additional security checks to help mitigate layer 7 DDoS attacks. Validated users access your website and suspicious traffic is blocked. It is designed to be used as one of the last resorts when a zone is under attack (and will temporarily pause access to your site and impact your site analytics).
You can now enable or disable Cloudflare’s “Under Attack Mode” directly from the Site security settings page of xCloud dashboard.
### **🆕 [Git Integration for Docker Compose Sites](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)**
You can now deploy custom Docker Compose projects directly from a Git repository on xCloud. Connect your public, private, or linked Git provider, auto-detect ports from your docker-compose.yml, map services to domains, and go live – all from the xCloud dashboard.
## **🐛 Improvements & Bug Fixes**
📌Fixed Codex authentication flow issue
📌Fixed UI related issues across multiple pages
📌Fixed an issue related to the blank server monitoring page
📌Fixed MySQL installation version issue on Ubuntu 24.04
📌Fixed Docker site deletion getting stuck when a Redis file is missing
📌Fixed package upgrades showing as failed after a reboot
📌Fixed Fail2Ban timeout issue
📌Fixed staging option showing for unsupported WordPress multisite
📌Fixed empty site title issue in Bulk Nginx Customization
---
# v2.5.4 - xCloud
> - Resellers can offer fully managed OpenClaw, Hermes & Paperclip hosting to their own customers.- Customers get AI agent hosting powered by xCloud, while
## 🔥 New Features
### [OpenClaw & Hermes Reseller Panel](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
– Resellers can offer fully managed OpenClaw, Hermes & Paperclip hosting to their own customers.
– Customers get AI agent hosting powered by xCloud, while resellers manage sales and customer access from one place.
– This makes it easier for agencies, hosting providers, and AI service businesses to launch their own AI hosting services without building the infrastructure themselves.
## **✨** Improvements
1. xCloud Free Vulnerability Checker is now up-to-date with the latest Wordfence workflow
2. New clients get a more user-friendly approach to set up their already paid servers during the signup and onboarding process.
3. Server and Site now show the correct MySQL or MariaDB version.
4. Improved the domain update process so the dashboard shows more accurate status updates during domain changes.
5. Improved server provider credential validation with clearer error messages when credentials are incorrect.
6. Improved the WordPress vulnerability scan page with a cleaner layout, better action buttons, and clearer security status.
7. Improved OpenLiteSpeed Rescue Site handling so custom PHP worker settings are preserved.
8. Improved Google Drive restore handling so remote site backup restore errors are shown more clearly instead of failing silently.
9. During ticket creation users can now also see helpful related documentation in real time.
##
🐛 Bug Fixes
1. Fixed an issue where Cloudflare actions could fail if an older Cloudflare integration had an invalid API token.
2. Fixed WP-CLI warnings appearing on WordPress multisite environments.
3. Fixed an issue where whitelabel brand logos and landing page navbar logos could overwrite each other.
4. Fixed incorrect failure titles on site delete, clone, and migration progress pages.
5. Fixed reserved xCloud platform domains being allowed during go-live or additional domain setup.
6. Fixed SSL status showing as failed while certificates were still being generated. It now correctly shows as pending.
7. Fixed the cookie banner showing on error pages and overlapping important error messages.
8. Fixed dropdowns closing unexpectedly when interacting with modals.
9. Fixed OpenClaw session file cleanup to prevent large session files from slowing down the chat UI.
---
# v2.5.5 - xCloud
> Dirty Frag mitigation has been applied across all connected xCloud servers, including xCloud-managed and self-managed servers, via the existing security patch
## Security Release – 🔒 Dirty Frag Linux Kernel Vulnerability Mitigation Applied
Dirty Frag mitigation has been applied across all connected xCloud servers, including xCloud-managed and self-managed servers, via the existing security patch system. The vulnerable kernel modules are safely disabled and unloaded where applicable. Nothing needs to be done from your end, and there is no downtime or reboot requirement.
---
# v0.1.0 - xCloud
> Alpha Launch
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
June 1, 2023
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v0.1.0
- No categories
### Alpha Launch
---
# v0.2.0 - xCloud
> Beta Launch
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
October 15, 2023
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v0.2.0
- No categories
### Beta Launch
---
# v1.0.0 - xCloud
> Initial Launch
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
January 31, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.0.0
- No categories
### Initial Launch
---
# v1.1.0 - xCloud
> New Features Custom Invoice Generator under User Profile Server Timezone update Improvements and Updates Allowed non-22 ports in SSH Added more errors
### New Features
- [Custom Invoice Generator under User Profile](/docs/how-to-generate-custom-invoices/)
- [Server Timezone update](/docs/adjusting-time-zone-settings-in-xcloud-servers/)
### Improvements and Updates
- Allowed non-22 ports in SSH
- Added more errors messages and logs for VULTR API Key integration for users.
- Added Team delete in action menu
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Backup date and time in server timezone issue is fixed
- Monitoring storage issues fixed
---
# v1.1.1 - xCloud
> Improvements and Updates WP Super Cache related optimization xCloud Migration Plugin related optimizations FastCGI NGINX caching permission improvements
### Improvements and Updates
- WP Super Cache related optimization
- xCloud Migration Plugin related optimizations
- FastCGI NGINX caching permission improvements
- Cloudflare integration auto check turned off on go live domain
- S3 bucket storage integration optimization
- Cloudflare DNS and Origin Certificate updates on Domain Change
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Auto healing issue fixed
- Database creation issue fixed
- Notification failed issue fixed
- Billing related issues
---
# v1.1.2 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates Cloudflare SSL generation and UI updates Updates for xCloud managed Email GCP Firewall updates on server creation Cron, site
### Improvements & Updates
- Cloudflare SSL generation and UI updates
- Updates for xCloud managed Email
- GCP Firewall updates on server creation
- Cron, site monitoring and backup updates
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- NGINX cache path update issue on wp-config.php fixed
- Domain update bug fixes(cron, monitoring)
- All events pagination issue fixes
- Server status checker issue fixed
---
# v1.1.3 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates Improved Database Security for MySQL root user Optimize MySQL max_connections based on RAM during initial setup Ubuntu Version
### Improvements & Updates
- Improved Database Security for MySQL root user
- Optimize MySQL max\_connections based on RAM during initial setup
- Ubuntu Version Compatibility Check before connecting to another provider
- Cronjob related updates
- Install Cloudflare SSL Certificate from app
- Cloudflare Proxy auto enabling while SSL generation on Cloudflare
- WP Cli command related updates
- Cache clear on Theme Activation from xCloud
- FPM sock permission improved
- Added unique WP\_REDIS\_PREFIX on redis object cache installation
- During search-replace, run \`wp config shuffle-salts\` to prevent cache key collisions.
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- GCP Firewall Issue fix
- Billing issue fixes related to xCloud Managed Emails
---
# v1.1.4 - xCloud
> New Features WP Debug ON/OFF from site settings Site Backup download option for remote backups Magic Login Disable Feature PHP 8.3 Improvements & Updates
### New Features
- [WP Debug ON/OFF from site settings](/docs/enable-wp-debug-tool-from-xcloud-dashboard/)
- [Site Backup download option for remote backups](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
- [Magic Login Disable Feature](/docs/magic-login-in-xcloud/)
- [PHP 8.3](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Automatic site backup delete updates
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Theme version compare bug fix
- Team switching cache issue bug fix
- Fixed Installation Script for Ubuntu 22.04 for Hostinger VPS
---
# v1.1.5 - xCloud
> New Features xCloud Provider – For LTD users Issues and Bug Fixes Automatic Backup related fixes
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
February 25, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.1.5
- No categories
### New Features
- [xCloud Provider – For LTD users](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Automatic Backup related fixes
---
# v1.1.6 - xCloud
> New Features File Manager Customize Max Input Vars value under Server PHP settings Issues and Bug Fixes Invoice related updates
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
February 26, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.1.6
- No categories
### New Features
- [File Manager](/docs/access-wordpress-files-in-xcloud/)
- Customize Max Input Vars value under Server PHP settings
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Invoice related updates
---
# v1.1.7 - xCloud
> New Features 7G Firewall Improvements & Updates Cloudflare Integration limit increased Issues and Bug Fixes Database password validation update GCP UI
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
February 29, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.1.7
- No categories
### New Features
- [7G Firewall](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
### Improvements & Updates
- [Cloudflare Integration limit increased](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Database password validation update
- GCP UI issue fix
---
# v1.1.8 - xCloud
> New Features Custom Cronjob Improvements & Updates Support Ticket Portal for users Staging Domain to Live Domain improvements Sync DNS Records with
### New Features
- [Custom Cronjob](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- [Support Ticket Portal for users](https://support.xcloud.host/)
- Staging Domain to Live Domain improvements
- Sync DNS Records with Cloudflare integrations
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Search and Replace bug fixes with Site Cloning
- Invoice related updates
---
# v1.1.9 - xCloud
> New Feature WordPress Multisite
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
March 7, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.1.9
- No categories
### New Feature
- [WordPress Multisite](/docs/how-to-install-wordpress-multisite-with-xcloud/)
---
# v1.2.0 - xCloud
> New Features Customize PHP Settings for Your Sites Improvements & Updates Full Server Migration updates and fixes
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
March 10, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.2.0
- No categories
### New Features
- [Customize PHP Settings for Your Sites](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Full Server Migration updates and fixes
---
# v1.2.1 - xCloud
> New Features Hetzner Provider
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
March 12, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.2.1
- No categories
### New Features
- [Hetzner Provider](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/)
---
# v1.2.2 - xCloud
> New Feature Slack integration for notification
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
March 14, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.2.2
- No categories
### New Feature
- [Slack integration for notification](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/)
---
# v1.2.3 - xCloud
> New Features Firewall Management Improvements & Updates Cloudflare DNS records removal now optional on site/server deletion. Issues and Bug Fixes Fixed
### New Features
- [Firewall Management](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Cloudflare DNS records removal now optional on site/server deletion.
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Fixed NGINX protocol options redefined warnings
- PHP settings fixes for Site Settings
---
# v1.2.4 - xCloud
> New Features Fail2ban Management Improvements & Updates More PHP Settings Options. Issues and Bug Fixes Server & site delete notification issue fix
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
March 21, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.2.4
- No categories
### New Features
- [Fail2ban Management](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
### Improvements & Updates
- [More PHP Settings Options.](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Server & site delete notification issue fix with Slack.
---
# v1.2.5 - xCloud
> New Features Custom NGINX Configuration Built in plugin support on Custom Nginx Config. (Hide My WP and Rank Math SEO are added) Improvements & Updates
### New Features
- [Custom NGINX Configuration](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
- [Built in plugin support on Custom Nginx Config. (Hide My WP and Rank Math SEO are added)](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Support for shorter domains in Cloudflare integrations
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Multisite path issue on NGINX
- Site Delete issue fixed with duplicate domain names
---
# v1.2.6 - xCloud
> New Feature Blueprints
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
April 1, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.2.6
- No categories
### New Feature
- [Blueprints](/docs/how-to-use-blueprints-in-xcloud/)
---
# v1.3.0 - xCloud
> New Feature OpenLiteSpeed Web Server 8G Firewall for OLS servers
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
April 8, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.0
- No categories
### New Feature
- [OpenLiteSpeed Web Server](/introducing-openlitespeed-server-in-xcloud/)
- [8G Firewall for OLS servers](/introducing-openlitespeed-server-in-xcloud/)
---
# v1.3.1 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates Imagick extension added for OLS Security Improvement for the default FPM sock Issues and Bug Fixes WP-Cron related bug fixing
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
April 9, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.1
- No categories
### Improvements & Updates
- Imagick extension added for OLS
- Security Improvement for the default FPM sock
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- WP-Cron related bug fixing
---
# v1.3.10 - xCloud
> New UI Update Menu Settings Search added New Features Reset File & Folder Permissions With Rescue Site Feature Full Server Backup Schedule Improvements
### New UI Update
- Menu Settings Search added
### New Features
- [Reset File & Folder Permissions With Rescue Site Feature](/docs/reset-file-and-folder-permissions-with-xcloud/)
- [Full Server Backup Schedule](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/)
### Improvements and Updates
- Automatically restart LiteSpeed Server on .htaccess update – using cronjob
- Prevent multiple API call for Email verification.
---
# v1.3.2 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates Dynamic ssh port on default firewall creation Deny ini, log, conf file on OLS Issues and Bug Fixes PHP default upload limit &
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
April 10, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.2
- No categories
### Improvements & Updates
- Dynamic ssh port on default firewall creation
- Deny ini, log, conf file on OLS
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- PHP default upload limit & timeout adjustment
---
# v1.3.3 - xCloud
> New Features Site Disable Feature to suspend a site temporarily Disable sending credentials to users email Improvements & Updates Backup settings update
### New Features
- [Site Disable Feature to suspend a site temporarily](/docs/disable-site-in-xcloud-hosting/)
- [Disable sending credentials to users email](/docs/how-to-disable-email-notifications/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Backup settings update
- UI – Added Server Filter On Site List Dashboard page
- UI – Added version on App’s footer
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Team Invitation Expire issue fixed
---
# v1.3.4 - xCloud
> New Features Migrate Sites From cPanel To Managed Hosting At xCloud Improvements & Updates Plugin Update feature related improvements Issues and Bug Fixes
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
April 22, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.4
- No categories
### New Features
- [Migrate Sites From cPanel To Managed Hosting At xCloud](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Plugin Update feature related improvements
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Site Clone feature related bug fixes
---
# v1.3.5 - xCloud
> New Features Migrate Sites From cPanel To Managed Hosting At xCloud Improvements & Updates Plugin Update feature related improvements Issues and Bug Fixes
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
April 30, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.5
- No categories
### New Features
- [Migrate Sites From cPanel To Managed Hosting At xCloud](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Plugin Update feature related improvements
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Site Clone feature related bug fixes
---
# v1.3.6 - xCloud
> New Features Multisite with Subdomain Support Wildcard SSL support
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
May 2, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.6
- No categories
### New Features
- [Multisite with Subdomain Support](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)
- Wildcard SSL support
---
# v1.3.7 - xCloud
> New Features Server Resize Feature – xCloud & Vultr servers Full Server Backup Management – xCloud & Vultr servers By default xCloud servers will be
### New Features
- [Server Resize Feature – xCloud & Vultr servers](/docs/how-to-upgrade-your-server-in-xcloud/)
- [Full Server Backup Management – xCloud & Vultr servers](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/)
- By default xCloud servers will be created with Ubuntu 22.04 LTS
### Improvements and Updates
- SSH related security updates
- Cloudflare domain checker update to handle multi-level domains
---
# v1.3.8.1 - xCloud
> Issues and Bug Fixes Billing related bug fixes
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
May 14, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.8.1
- No categories
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Billing related bug fixes
---
# v1.3.8.2 - xCloud
> Issues and Bug Fixes Billing related bug fixes
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
May 15, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.8.2
- No categories
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Billing related bug fixes
---
# v1.3.8.3 - xCloud
> Issues and Bug Fixes Full Server Migration Related Bug Fixes
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
May 20, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.3.8.3
- No categories
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Full Server Migration Related Bug Fixes
---
# v1.3.8 - xCloud
> Improvements and Updates User can remove attached email provider from site Auto heal apt-get update on various actions Issues and Bug Fixes Multisite sub
### Improvements and Updates
- User can remove attached email provider from site
- Auto heal apt-get update on various actions
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Multisite sub directory related bug fixes
- Server Monitoring issue fixed after Server Resizing
---
# v1.3.9 - xCloud
> New Features New Storage Provider Integration – Cloudflare R2 Full Server Migration is available for OLS server Improvements and Updates Redis user and prefix
### New Features
- [New Storage Provider Integration – Cloudflare R2](/changelog/)
- [Full Server Migration is available for OLS server](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
### Improvements and Updates
- Redis user and prefix isolation with ACLs to enhance site security.
- PHP settings update related fixes
---
# v1.4.0 - xCloud
> New Features Incremental Site Backup PHP Worker count adjustment from Site’s PHP settings Improvements & Updates Automatic Log Cleaning to reduce server
### New Features
- [Incremental Site Backup](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/)
- PHP Worker count adjustment from Site’s PHP settings
### Improvements & Updates
- Automatic Log Cleaning to reduce server storage
- UI updates – Help Texts and Auto Focus on Form fields
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Notifications on/off issue fix for email & slack.
---
# v1.4.1 - xCloud
> New Features “No Database Site” clone option Improvements & Updates Validation added on incremental backup. At least 1 full backup is required before
### New Features
- “No Database Site” clone option
### Improvements & Updates
- Validation added on incremental backup. At least 1 full backup is required before initiating an incremental backup.
- Cleanup script execute on random time.
- UI updates – Tutorial Videos added on Help Text Section
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Redis object cache Issue fixed for OLS sites.
- Local Backup file delete option related fixes.
---
# v1.4.10 - xCloud
> Security Update Vulnerability Fix: LiteSpeed Cache Plugin Upgraded to Version 6.5.0.2 on Client Sites Improvements & Updates PHP FPM worker count
### Security Update
- Vulnerability Fix: LiteSpeed Cache Plugin Upgraded to Version 6.5.0.2 on Client Sites
### Improvements & Updates
- PHP FPM worker count adjustment based on RAM/CPU
- Backup – Timezone related fixes, Incremental File Size monitoring fixes
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Playground feature bugs fixed
- Fixed auto backup issues with bulk vulnerability scanner setting.
---
# v1.4.11 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates xCloud Migration Plugin v0.4.7 released Ensured compatibility with MariaDB and Ubuntu 20.04 for better performance and stability.
### Improvements & Updates
- [xCloud Migration Plugin v0.4.7 released](https://xcloud-storage.s3.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/wp-xcloud-migration/wp-xcloud-migration-latest.zip)
- Ensured compatibility with MariaDB and Ubuntu 20.04 for better performance and stability.
- On Server Database list specific site site name and direct access to adminer to manage database is now added.
- Introduced PHP Rescue option and server default version selection for easier configuration.
- Automatically change directory into the site folder upon sFTP/SSH login using Site User to improve user experience.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Patched the issue with cPanel site fetching to improve reliability.
- Fail2ban related fixes
---
# v1.4.2 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates Central cronjob for taking site backups more efficiently to avoid high CPU usage Enhancement with NGINX xframe nullable issue
### Improvements & Updates
- Central cronjob for taking site backups more efficiently to avoid high CPU usage
- Enhancement with NGINX xframe nullable issue
- Automatically fix PHP version during site installation if found broken
### Issues and Bug Fixes
- Server disconnect email, server disk storage, and RAM low warning display issue fix
- SSL manager exception handling
- Migration Plugin Update – Fix issue if mysqldump fails
- Retry with other Cloudflare integrations if fails to create SSL certificate
---
# v1.4.3.1 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates WhatsApp Disconnect notification added. UI update – Integrations Issues & Bug Fixes Slack notification issue fixed for Invoice
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
July 8, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.4.3.1
- No categories
### Improvements & Updates
- WhatsApp Disconnect notification added.
- UI update – Integrations
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Slack notification issue fixed for Invoice
---
# v1.4.3 - xCloud
> New Features WhatsApp Integration Improvements & Updates Users can add more emails from Profile page to get billing related updates. Header Menu Design
### New Features
- [WhatsApp Integration](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Users can add more emails from Profile page to get billing related updates.
- Header Menu Design Update
- Confirmation Modal added before purchase
- FSM related improvements
---
# v1.4.4 - xCloud
> Security Update Ubuntu Security Update: OpenSSH Vulnerability (CVE-2024-6387)
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
July 9, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.4.4
- No categories
### Security Update
- Ubuntu Security Update: OpenSSH Vulnerability (CVE-2024-6387)
---
# v1.4.5.1 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates SSL access enabled for IP sites to support custom SSL Cloudflare error response handling improvements Issues & Bug Fixes File
### Improvements & Updates
- SSL access enabled for IP sites to support custom SSL
- Cloudflare error response handling improvements
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- File manager chmod bug fixed
- Fixed wrong storage info display issue
- Backup date-time format fixed
---
# v1.4.5.2 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates Cloudflare R2 region fix applied Backup: Not enough space warning message updated. Go Live redirection issue fixed to prevent
### Improvements & Updates
- Cloudflare R2 region fix applied
- Backup: Not enough space warning message updated.
- Go Live redirection issue fixed to prevent staging SSL from remaining active
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Removed DNS records from Cloudflare for demo sites when deleting a server
- Full Server Migration site fetch issues resolved
- Redis configuration issue solved in site cloning feature
---
# v1.4.5.3 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates Site overview URL patch implemented Fixed “Go Live” redirection for sites with demo or staging environments Go Live redirection
### Improvements & Updates
- Site overview URL patch implemented
- Fixed “Go Live” redirection for sites with demo or staging environments
- Go Live redirection issue fixed to prevent staging SSL from remaining active
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed issue with Cloudflare DNS record removal upon server deletion
- Full Server Migration site fetch issues resolved
- Improved handling of Cloudflare error responses
---
# v1.4.5 - xCloud
> New Feature Staging Environment With Pull/Push Feature with Production Site Customize xCloud Test Domain on Demo and Staging Sites Improvements New Filter
### New Feature
- [Staging Environment With Pull/Push Feature with Production Site](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
- Customize xCloud Test Domain on Demo and Staging Sites
### Improvements
- New Filter Added to sort sites by Production, Staging and Demo Sites
- Validation added for creating site with IP Address.
- Billing related improvements
---
# v1.4.6 - xCloud
> New Feature AWS Integration: Built in support for both EC2 and Lightsail ARM Server Support – xCloud now supports Hetzner ARM servers & adding ARM servers
### New Feature
- [AWS Integration: Built in support for both EC2 and Lightsail](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
- [ARM Server Support – xCloud now supports Hetzner ARM servers & adding ARM servers via Any Provider](/docs/how-to-setup-arm-server-in-xcloud/)
- Users can now connect servers with Ubuntu 24.04 via the Any Provider feature
- PHP 8.3 support on OLS servers
### Improvements & Updates
- Users can switch between xCloud SSL and Cloudflare SSL with ease now
- NGINX HTTP/2 deprecation warning fixed
- Fixed grep PHP working count with default value
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Pagination filter issue fixed on the site list page
- Server Monitoring Bug Fixes
---
# v1.4.7 - xCloud
> Security Update Vulnerability Fix: LiteSpeed Cache Plugin Upgraded to Version 6.4.1 on Client Sites Improvements & Updates Enhancements to Our Internal
### Security Update
- [Vulnerability Fix: LiteSpeed Cache Plugin Upgraded to Version 6.4.1 on Client Sites](https://www.wordfence.com/threat-intel/vulnerabilities/wordpress-plugins/litespeed-cache/litespeed-cache-6301-unauthenticated-privilege-escalation)
### Improvements & Updates
- Enhancements to Our Internal Server Monitoring Systems to Handle High Loads
- Server And Site List Fetching Query Optimization
---
# v1.4.8 - xCloud
> New Feature Vulnerability Scanner For WordPress Server-Side Vulnerability Scanner Setup Automated Vulnerability Updates Immediate Vulnerability Notifications
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
August 25, 2024
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.4.8
- No categories
### New Feature
- [Vulnerability Scanner For WordPress](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
- Server-Side Vulnerability Scanner Setup
- Automated Vulnerability Updates
- Immediate Vulnerability Notifications
---
# v1.4.9 - xCloud
> New Feature New Database Server – MariaDB Improvements & Updates Site Disable feature added under action menu. “Vulnerable” filter added on Site List
### New Feature
- [New Database Server – MariaDB](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Site Disable feature added under action menu.
- “Vulnerable” filter added on Site List page.
- Help Text Updated for Sudo user.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Payment issue fixed with 3D secure cards.
- Fixed auto backup issues with bulk vulnerability scanner setting.
---
# v1.5.0 - xCloud
> New Features Automatic Server Security & Updates Command Runner Improvements & Updates Sync PHP Settings during Site Clone Update Server Provider
### New Features
- [Automatic Server Security & Updates](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
- [Command Runner](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Sync PHP Settings during Site Clone
- Update Server Provider Integrations
- User Cannot Create Production Site with xCloud Demo Sites Domain
- User’s Customised Filters Stored for Dashboard, Site & Server List
- REDIS config update
- New Invoice Design
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fail2ban fetch ip error handling
- Pagination Issue Fix for Server, Invoices, Bills & Emails Subscription List Page
- Server Provider Logo Issue Fix on Site List, Install Page & Search Bar
- Custom Command Permission Issue and Table Issue Fix
- Top-bar search UI issue fixed
---
# v1.5.1 - xCloud
> New Feature Added OpenLiteSpeed compatibility for Ubuntu 24.04 with Any Provider option Improvements & Updates Users can find Redis Credentials from Site
### New Feature
- Added OpenLiteSpeed compatibility for Ubuntu 24.04 with Any Provider option
### Improvements & Updates
- [Users can find Redis Credentials from Site Dashboard](/docs/how-to-find-the-redis-credentials/)
- Improved cleanup script to all servers
- Updated server monitoring to the latest version
- Minor patch into all OLS servers to fix the warning on openlitespeed -t command
- Added dynamic encryption type assignment based on port for Fluent SMTP.
- Added support for custom rsync SSH ports during site cloning.
- Optimized directory permissions update process.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed issue with capitalized domain names causing 302 redirects.
---
# v1.5.2 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates “Restricted `/var/www` access: site users can navigate to their own site directories (e.g., `/var/www/site.com`) but see
### Improvements & Updates
- “Restricted \`/var/www\` access: site users can navigate to their own site directories (e.g., \`/var/www/site.com\`) but see \`Permission denied\` if listing \`/var/www\`. Full access remains to their home files (\`~/files\`).”
- Cloudflare R2 storage now has incremental site backup support
- The security headers (X-Frame-Options, X-XSS-Protection, X-Content-Type-Options) are now compatible with NGINX FastCGI cached responses.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Updated site backup script
---
# v1.6.0 - xCloud
> New Feature – White Label Released Seamless Reseller onboarding Fully custom branding for Client Dashboard Custom Domain Setup For Reseller Dashboard Custom
### [New Feature – White Label Released](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-white-label/)
- [Seamless Reseller onboarding](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
- [Fully custom branding for Client Dashboard](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
- Custom Domain Setup For Reseller Dashboard
- Custom SMTP Setup
- [Customize and Sell xCloud Managed Server at your own price](/docs/create-a-new-product-in-xcloud-white-label/)
- Automated Server Setup
- [Automated Client Billing with Stripe Connect](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
- Reseller Dashboard
- Client Management
- Reseller Can Manage Client Server & Sites
- [Resellers can set up custom landing pages, terms of service, and more using our provided templates.](/docs/customize-reseller-landing-page-in-xcloud/)
- [3D secure card support for Reseller’s clients](/docs/collect-stripe-publishable-key/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Update searchReplaceUrl script to handle only HTTP/HTTPS URLs and skip direct domain names.
- Domain update issue fix for OLS cache.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Redis object cache key issue on domain update.
---
# v1.6.1 - xCloud
> New Feature PHP 8.4 support for NGINX servers White Label – New Feature Reseller can add favicon separately Improvements & Updates Resellers clients will
### New Feature
- [PHP 8.4 support for NGINX servers](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
### White Label – New Feature
- [Reseller can add favicon separately](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Resellers clients will not see xCloud label on browser tabs
- White Label product duplicate & display buying, selling price
- Improved help texts on server site creation added docs link on help text
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Implemented validation to prevent new domain from containing previous domain as a substring
- Issue fixed with server delete option with self managed providers
---
# v1.6.2 - xCloud
> New Feature Telegram Integration for Notification Whitelist or Blacklist any IP Address for Your Website Improvements & Updates xCloud Full Server
### New Feature
- [Telegram Integration for Notification](/docs/configure-integration-with-telegram-in-xcloud/)
- [Whitelist or Blacklist any IP Address for Your Website](/docs/configure-integration-with-telegram-in-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- [xCloud Full Server Migration now has support for RunCloud OLS servers](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
- Payment and Billing related updates
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Client’s of resellers will not see xCloud favicon on 404 pages
---
# v1.6.3.1 - xCloud
> Improvements & Updates If a full backup isn’t available, incremental backups will now be created TOS and Privacy Policy Links are available on WhiteLabel
### Improvements & Updates
- If a full backup isn’t available, incremental backups will now be created
- TOS and Privacy Policy Links are available on WhiteLabel Signup Page
- Cloudflare R2 endpoints updated for seamless restore functionality
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Automatic indexing is now handled during site cloning.
- Indexing for staging sites is disabled to avoid SEO conflicts.
- Issue fixed where access tokens weren’t refreshing before deletion processes.
- Enhanced domain validation during playground site creation.
- Resolved issues related to product mismatches in configurations.
- Added and improved checks for server cloning operations.
- Addressed and resolved authorization check issues in site cloning workflows.
---
# v1.6.3 - xCloud
> New Feature Linode/Akamai Cloud Provider Integration Full Server Cloning Improvements & Updates Staging Pull Push Support for mariadb –single-transaction
### New Feature
- [Linode/Akamai Cloud Provider Integration](/docs/integrate-and-setup-linode-server-with-xcloud/)
- [Full Server Cloning](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)
### Improvements & Updates
- Staging Pull Push Support for mariadb –single-transaction while dumping database.
- Billing – Specify connected account while verifying card.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- xCloud SMTP Email Fixes: Resolved API limit overflow issues and enhanced subaccount handling.
- Telegram fixes: Enhanced integration report display.
- User can not use dot(.) in staging/demo site domain name.
- Billing related fixes
---
# v1.6.4 - xCloud
> New Feature Recreate Site using Local and Remote Backups New Storage Provider Integration Backblaze B2 Added feature to disable The Search Engine Visibility
### New Feature
- [Recreate Site using Local and Remote Backups](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)
- [New Storage Provider Integration Backblaze B2](https://xcloud.host/docs/integrate-blackblaze-storage-provider/)
- [Added feature to disable The Search Engine Visibility Feature](/docs/search-engine-visibility-in-xcloud/)
### Improvements
- Backups are now faster and more efficient with the optimized MySQL dump commands.
- Indexing Control for Demo Sites
- Domain Name Validation: Added a bash script to check for empty domain names during site creation, updates, migration, and cloning processes.
- Custom Robots.txt Support: Users can now provide and use their own robots.txt file with NGINX configurations.
- Fixed PHP path issue in OpenLiteSpeed default configuration.
---
# v1.6.5 - xCloud
> New Feature Google Drive Backup: Users can now back up their sites to Google Drive. Multilingual in Dashboard – We’ve added full translation support, allowing
### New Feature
- [Google Drive Backup: Users can now back up their sites to Google Drive.](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/)
- [Multilingual in Dashboard – We’ve added full translation support, allowing users to set their preferred language. Team-based notifications are also now customizable for better workflow management.](/docs/change-the-language-for-xcloud-hosting-panel/)
### Improvements
- Auto-Healing PHP Installation: PHP installation is now auto-healed based on monitoring feedback.
- OpenLiteSpeed now enforces a 301 redirect from HTTP to HTTPS for improved security and SEO, aligning with Nginx behavior.
- Imagick Removal for Ubuntu 24 OLS ARM: Removed Imagick from the OpenLiteSpeed ARM build on Ubuntu 24, as it’s not available yet.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Duplicate request\_terminate\_timeout Configuration: Resolved an issue where request\_terminate\_timeout was configured twice in .conf files.
- Redis APT Repository Deprecation: Addressed the deprecation of ppa:redislabs/redis by switching to the official Redis APT repository.
- Notification issue fixed related to team
---
# v1.6.6 - xCloud
> New Feature Multiple Domain options are now available for Demo site and Staging site features. Improvements Issue fixed with Playground Feature Two new xCloud
### New Feature
- Multiple Domain options are now available for Demo site and Staging site features.
### Improvements
- Issue fixed with Playground Feature
- Two new xCloud Managed Email bundles are added.
- Access key IDs are now displayed with limited characters for improved readability and security.
- Reordered language and country listings alphabetically for a more user-friendly experience.
---
# v1.6.7 - xCloud
> New Feature Object Cache Pro Integration – Users can now integrate Object Cache Pro for improved caching performance. Google Cloud Storage Integration – Added
### New Feature
- [**Object Cache Pro Integration** – Users can now integrate Object Cache Pro for improved caching performance.](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)
- [**Google Cloud Storage Integration** – Added support for backing up sites to Google Cloud Storage.](/docs/integrate-google-cloud-storage-xcloud/)
- [**Show All System Cron Jobs** – Users can now view all system cron jobs for better server management.](/docs/check-cron-job-list-of-all-sites-in-your-server/)
### Improvements
- **Front-End Fix** – Resolved issues where model contents were overflowing.
- **Bills Related Updates** – Improved stability for bill generation and old purchase updates.
- **Help Text Update** – Updated the name and help text URL for server backup on/off settings.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- **Magic Login Issue Fixed** – Resolved issues affecting magic login functionality.
- **Same Domain Multiple Site Creation Issue** – Fixed a bug preventing multiple sites from being created under the same domain.
- **Team Notification Permission Fixes** – Addressed issues with team-based notification permissions.
- **Inactive Product Display Fix** – Disabled inactive product display in the checkout page for white label users.
---
# v1.6.8 - xCloud
> New Feature AI Bot Blocker – Added an AI Bot Blocker to Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed security options to prevent unwanted automated traffic. Global Settings to
### New Feature
- **[AI Bot Blocker](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/)** – Added an AI Bot Blocker to Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed security options to prevent unwanted automated traffic.
- **[Global Settings to auto disable File Manager and Adminer](/docs/global-settings-for-file-manager-and-adminer/)**.
- **Migration Plugin with cancel feature**.
### Improvements
- Object Cache Pro is now more compatible with LiteSpeed Cache, ensuring better performance for your sites.
- Site Deletion Notification Fix: We’ve resolved an issue with site deletion notifications to ensure accurate alerts.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Users can now create sites with the same domain on different servers, offering more flexibility in server management.
---
# v1.6.9 - xCloud
> New Feature Brotli Compression – Enjoy improved site performance with Brotli compression support Custom Backup Notes – Users can now add custom notes when
### New Feature
- **[Brotli Compression](/docs/brotli-compression-on-xcloud/)** – Enjoy improved site performance with Brotli compression support
- **[Custom Backup Notes](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)** – Users can now add custom notes when creating site backups for better organization.
### Improvements
- Improved server disconnection notifications with a structured schedule.
- Performance and Security optimization for better application performance.
- Profile team name displaying issue and tooltip alignment issue
- Clear search input when clicking on search results
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Bulk Site fetching issue with Full Server Migration fixed.
---
# v1.7.0 - xCloud
> New Feature Custom PHP Application – Install and manage any custom PHP application beyond WordPress, e.g CodeCanyon or any custom PHP scripts. Magic Login
### New Feature
- [**Custom PHP Application**](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/) – Install and manage any custom PHP application beyond WordPress, e.g CodeCanyon or any custom PHP scripts.
- [**Magic Login Customization**](/docs/how-to-customize-magic-login/) – Customize Magic Login and use your own admin username or email for a more personalized authentication experience.
- [**Better Navigation for Servers and Sites**](https://xcloud.host/docs/navigation-for-your-servers-and-sites-in-xcloud/) – Seamlessly navigate between servers and sites using the new hover navigation feature support.
### Improvements
- Improved UI issue with Command Table is not matching xCloud
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed caching issue after domain change
- Fixed issue with xCloud Search is not disappearing after clicking the search result
- Fixed issue with provider Logo appears fully white on hover
---
# v1.7.1 - xCloud
> New Feature Staging Management with Custom Domain – Now users can manage their staging sites with their own custom domain! Improvements Added support for
### New Feature
- **[Staging Management with Custom Domain](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)** – Now users can manage their staging sites with their own custom domain!
### Improvements
- Added support for Vulnerability Notification for Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram
- Fixed issues with Magic Login on specific sites.
- Added Community Link in Profile Menu
- Resolved WP installation CLI timeout issue.
- Updated Content for Login & Register Page
- Implemented auto-closing for the mega menu on click.
- Default Sorting Option: Added ability to set default sorting to alphabetical order.
- Site Preview Enhancements: PHP version and server name are now displayed next to site size.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- White Label Invoice Fetch Issue Fix
---
# v1.7.2 - xCloud
> Improvements Show Visitor Real IP Behind Cloudflare Proxy More test domains are now available for demo/staging sites (wp1.host, 1wp.site) Staging sites with
### Improvements
- [Show Visitor Real IP Behind Cloudflare Proxy](/docs/show-visitor-real-ip-behind-cloudflare-proxy/)
- More test domains are now available for demo/staging sites (wp1.host, 1wp.site)
- Staging sites with custom domain should support multi level domain now.
- Improved SSL renewal reliability and smarter notification scheduling.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed a minor issue for getting Ubuntu Version
- Fixed permission issue related to custom php application site creations
- Fixed issue with Laravel icon
- Issue Fixed with adminer info fields
---
# v1.7.3 - xCloud
> New Features WordPress Integrity Checker Improvements Automatically approved playground teams to skip re-verification. “Redirect” is now checked by default
### New Features
- [WordPress Integrity Checker](/docs/verify-wordpress-checksums/)
### Improvements
- Automatically approved playground teams to skip re-verification.
- “Redirect” is now checked by default when adding additional domains for a more seamless setup experience.
- White Label Resellers can check their clients’ transactions from Stripe.
- Prevented duplicate data storage and improved Mega Menu pagination visibility.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed issues with invoice list overflow, server delete notice, mobile UI glitches, and xCloud search.
- Resolved exceptions with Grid/List view.
- Resolved issue with OLS server header inconsistencies.
- Fixed White Label billing title formatting issue.
---
# v1.7.4 - xCloud
> New Features WP Fail2Ban with xCloud Improvements Nginx Customization: Support added for custom PHP configurations and custom file name validation (max 30
### New Features
- [WP Fail2Ban with xCloud](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
### Improvements
- **Nginx Customization**: Support added for custom PHP configurations and custom file name validation (max 30 characters).
- **DNS Checker Fix**: Improved accuracy for primary and additional domains.
- SSL Certificate Parsing – Better detection for certificate expiry dates.
- Cloudflare SSL certificate creation endpoint updated
- WordPress Version Support – WordPress 6.8 is now supported with improved version detection.
- Plugin status message improvement
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Playground bug resolved
- Disk space calculation accuracy improved
- Server and site loading issues fixed
- Free plan downgrade issue addressed
---
# v1.7.5 - xCloud
> New Features Cloudflare Edge Caching with xCloud Improvements Updated version of AWS CLI to version 2 for better compatibility with site backup. Added
### New Features
- [Cloudflare Edge Caching with xCloud](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
### Improvements
- Updated version of AWS CLI to version 2 for better compatibility with site backup.
- Added system-wide PATH configuration for OpenLiteSpeed CLI tools to enable global access for all users and scripts.
- Refactored validation rules and messages for site user to improve clarity and consistency.
- Removed checksum output for pro plugins to prevent false error reports; checksum issue for pro plugins is now fixed.
- Improved cache control by updating xcloud\_httpd\_config.conf to extend cache duration to 1 year and added new MIME types for optimized performance.
- Implemented new interval-based system for disk space checks to provide timely low disk space warnings.
- Default database and database user with xcloud label will not created anymore.
- Fixed issue where updating SSL incorrectly converted staging sites with custom domains into production sites.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Added automatic update of WordPress home URL to HTTPS during installation and upon SSL activation on non-SSL sites.
- Multiselect cursor UI blinking issue fixed
- White label client register issue, Tooltip and other UI issues fixed
---
# v1.7.6.1 - xCloud
> Improvements WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack - Notification support added for Vulnerabilty Shield Pro Integrity Checker detects extra files more smartly and shows
### Improvements
- WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack – Notification support added for Vulnerabilty Shield Pro
- Integrity Checker detects extra files more smartly and shows proper warning status
- Backup restore migration now works smoothly with incremental backups
---
# v1.7.6 - xCloud
> New Features Vulnerability Shield Pro powered by Patchstack for advanced WordPress vulnerability protection. New Storage Provider Integration Hetzner Object
### New Features
- [**Vulnerability Shield Pro** powered by Patchstack for advanced WordPress vulnerability protection.](https://xcloud.host/docs/set-up-vulnerability-shield-pro/)
- [New Storage Provider Integration **Hetzner Object Storage** for Remote Site Backup](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
- [**Export Feature** – Sites and Servers Data](/docs/export-servers-and-sites-data-with-xcloud/)
### Improvements
- Automatic server provisioning now supports retried payments after initial failures and is fully integrated with the Reseller Program.
- Sort by Z-A & A-Z in server & site list pages.
- Prevent enter & form submit in topbar search both dekstop & mobile version.
- Showing cache status icon in site list.
- Updated Object Cache Pro Debug Mode with improved alignment and refreshed design
---
# v1.7.7 - xCloud
> Improvements Added OPCache settings to enable and disable into the PHP Configuration Rocket-Nginx configuration for WP-Rocket updated to v3.1.0 version.
### Improvements
- [Added OPCache settings to enable and disable into the PHP Configuration](/docs/control-opcache-with-xcloud/)
- [Rocket-Nginx configuration for WP-Rocket updated to v3.1.0 version.](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)
- [Filters are added in Vulnerabilty Site List Page to detect PRO and FREE items.](https://app.xcloud.host/user/vulnerable-sites)
- Site Backup issue fixed with bucket import validation to check file types only for bucket imports.
- Suppressed warnings for unchanged files to reduce noise in backup logs
- Improved clarity of site backup script output for better monitoring
- Optimized site backup configuration for better reliability
- Improve message priority logic for success, warning, and error states for integrity monitor feature.
- Add null safety checks for issue filtering for integrity monitor feature.
- Exclude success messages from other issues list for integrity monitor feature.
- Enhance type handling for message computation for integrity monitor feature.
---
# v1.7.8 - xCloud
> New Features Laravel Hosting support in xCloud Powerful Laravel Features:- Queue Management- Scheduler Management- Horizon for Queue Monitoring Supervisor
### New Features
- [Laravel Hosting support in xCloud](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
- Powerful Laravel Features:
– [Queue Management](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
– Scheduler Management
– [Horizon for Queue Monitoring](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
- [Supervisor Process Manager](/docs/supervisor-for-process-management/)
- Redis support for Laravel out of the box
- Site Backup for Laravel – DB Backup support addded
### Improvements
- Server Monitoring page now shows top process for high RAM and CPU usage
- Vulnerabilty Shield Pro related fixings for better notifications
- WP Fail2ban update – Removed Deprecated WP\_FAIL2BAN\_LOG\_COMMENTS\_EXTRA constant from config
- Added white-label domain support in Google Drive callback with improved error handling, OAuth state validation, and refactored code for better readability.
- Added support for large NGINX custom config with a 50,000-character limit to prevent timeout issues.
- Shield pro purchase option given vulnerability page & vulnerable sites page.
- Displaying the actual icons with tooltip according to server state and Switch issue from git clone
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Replace hardcoded wp command with dynamic path from site configuration (->wp\_cli) for better flexibility and configuration management in integrity checks.
- Translation issue fix for provisioning sites screen
- Refactored SSH key and password update logic to prevent SSH service failures and improve stability, error handling, and configuration validation.
- Issue fix with server resize
- Issue fix with site backup
---
# v1.8.0.1 - xCloud
> New Features BETA access to n8n One Click App
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
May 28, 2025
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.8.0.1
- No categories
### New Features
- BETA access to **n8n** **One Click** **App**
---
# v1.8.0 - xCloud
> New Features Introducing One Click Apps with Node.js support:- Uptime Kuma- phpMyAdmin New demo domain xsql.app for phpMyadmin. Custom domain option for
### New Features
- Introducing **One Click Apps** with Node.js support:
– **[Uptime Kuma](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)**
– **[phpMyAdmin](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)**
- New demo domain **xsql.app** for phpMyadmin.
- Custom domain option for phpMyAdmin
- [**Site Limit** Feature is now available with xCloud Reseller platform](https://xcloud.host/docs/set-site-limits-with-reseller-hosting-program/)
- [User can now change server node version.](/docs/how-to-change-node-version-with-xcloud/)
- [8G Firewall Support is added in NGINX](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
- [PHP 8.4 support for OLS servers](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
### Improvements
- Implemented next site prefix ID management for server.
- Improved NGINX settings update script with modular functions, detailed timestamped logging, enhanced error handling, robust config validation, and better PHP version scanning.
- Updated VPS DNS resolver to Cloudflare during server provisioning.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Multiple UI issues fixed including Notes card layout, Git push toggle, settings headings, team card dropdown overlap, small screen dropdown overflow, and provider label alignment.
- AWS provider selection issue fixed in server select page
- Issue fix with white label product creation with backup
---
# v1.8.1 - xCloud
> New Features n8n is now fully supported on xCloud!- Implemented timezone management for n8n sites with proper environment variable updates- Added Environment
### New Features
- [n8n is now fully supported on xCloud!
](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)– Implemented **[timezone management](/)** for n8n sites with proper environment variable updates
– Added [**Environment Editor** for n8n](/) with enhanced variable management using a .env file approach.
– n8n application **[update system](/)**
- [Site Backup and Restore now let you choose what to back up — only files, only the database, or both — instead of always backing up everything together.](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
- [**Added Ubuntu version selector** — choose between Ubuntu 24.x or 22.x when creating a server.](/docs/create-server-with-preferred-ubuntu-version/)
### Improvements
- Added comprehensive n8n update functionality with user confirmation and timeout handling
- Refactor n8n update notifications with improved language support
- Site Backup Script related improvements
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Issue fixed with additional domain support during clone site feature
- Multiple fixes in the billing system
---
# v1.8.2 - xCloud
> New Features pCloud Storage Provider — Added support for pCloud as a new backup storage option, expanding cloud storage integration capabilities Korean
### New Features
- [pCloud Storage Provider — Added support for pCloud as a new backup storage option, expanding cloud storage integration capabilities](/docs/how-to-set-up-pcloud-storage-in-xcloud/)
- Korean Language Support — xCloud now supports Korean language in the application interface
### Improvements
- **n8n Enhancements:**
– n8n is now available for free users (removed from beta restrictions)
– Fixed Node.js version requirement validation for n8n installations
– Resolved broken icons issue in n8n applications
– Fixed browser title showing \[DEV\] tag by setting N8N\_RELEASE\_TYPE=stable
- **Enhanced Site Management — Comprehensive site sorting and filtering functionality with:**
– Active/Disabled site filtering options
– Site type filtering (WordPress, Laravel, Custom PHP, PHPMyAdmin, n8n, Uptime Kuma, Mautic)
– Configurable pagination (10, 20, 50, 100 per page)
– Improved sort options with user-friendly labels (“Oldest First”, “Newest First”)
– URL state preservation for all filters and preferences
- Site Creation Progress Updates — Dynamic animation images and new SVG assets for improved visual experience
- Billing System — Added billing service filter for unpaid teams to improve account management
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Payment Gateway — Multiple fixes for payment gateway functionality and payment success hooks
- WordPress Database Integration — Fixed issue where database password updates weren’t reflected in WordPress wp-config.php files
- Site Filtering — Enhanced filter organization with logical groupings and visual separators
- User Experience — Persistent filter preferences and improved state management across page refreshes
---
# v1.8.3 - xCloud
> New Features Beta Feature Access - Mautic Server Dashboard:- Advanced Filtering: Added comprehensive filters for environment, status, site type, tags,
### New Features
- **Beta Feature Access – Mautic**
- Server Dashboard:
– Advanced Filtering: Added comprehensive filters for environment, status, site type, tags, vulnerabilities, and servers with real-time search
– Smart Sorting & Pagination: Implemented persistent user preferences for sorting (A-Z, date-based) and pagination (10-100 items per page)
– URL State Management: Filter states preserved in URL parameters and restored on page load
– Custom Site Titles: Added ability to set custom titles separate from domain names
– UI Integration: Site titles displayed in lists with domain name tooltips and settings page editing
### Improvements
- **n8n Enhancements:**
– Failure Tracking: Comprehensive update failure tracking with automatic status updates
– Multi-Channel Notifications: Email, Slack, WhatsApp, and Telegram notifications for update failures
– Node.js v20 Requirement: Updated minimum version for better compatibility
– Memory Optimization: Added heap memory limits to prevent JavaScript memory issues
- Detailed Disk Space Alerts: Added total, used, and available storage metrics to low disk space notifications
- Direct Folder ID Retrieval: Updated pCloud scripts to retrieve folder IDs directly from storage provider for improved reliability
- EU Region Support: Fixed pCloud EU region connectivity issues
- Billing System — Added billing service filter for unpaid teams to improve account management
- Modern TLS Only: Disabled TLS 1.0/1.1, enforced TLS 1.2/1.3 for Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed
- Secure Configurations: Added secure cipher suites and SSL handshake improvements
- Performance: Optimized queries for large site collections and memory management
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Enhanced Confirmation Dialogs: Made resource names bold in deletion confirmation prompts
---
# v1.8.4 - xCloud
> New Features Mautic is released with 1-click app feature in xCloud. Improvements Enhance Server Monitoring- Display Total/Available RAM & Disk metrics on
### New Features
- [**Mautic** is released with 1-click app feature in xCloud.](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
### Improvements
- **Enhance Server Monitoring**
– Display Total/Available RAM & Disk metrics on the server monitoring page
– Added sortable tables for Top Processes (CPU and RAM) and Site Usage.
– Top Processes table now includes a “Site” column with a link to the corresponding site, providing better context.
– Improved the underlying monitoring script for more accurate process information.
- **Improve Magic Login Popup
**– Redesigned the Magic Login button into a split button.
– The primary action provides a direct magic login.
– A dropdown menu offers advanced options, including login with a custom username/email.
– Added a “Remember me” feature for custom logins.
– Updated UI with new icons for a better user experience.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed favicon display for n8n one-click installs by updating Nginx to proxy /favicon.ico requests to the n8n container.
---
# v1.8.5 - xCloud
> New Features Upload Site via SFTP to migrate or create sites. New Custom Nginx Block "INSIDE PHP LOCATION BLOCK" type is added. Users can use this block to
### New Features
- **[Upload Site via SFTP to migrate or create sites.](/docs/manually-upload-wordpress-websites-with-sftp/)**
- **New Custom Nginx Block “INSIDE PHP LOCATION BLOCK” type is added.** Users can use this block to add security headers along with fastcgi.
### Improvements
- NGINX Customization UI: The Nginx configuration UI now adapts block types dynamically based on site type (PHP or proxy/Node), with enhanced templates and validation.
- Security Enhancements: Site resource titles in links now escape HTML for improved security.
- Customer Support and Feedback platform related enhancements:
– Userback and Live chat support now auto-syncs user email, billing plan, and team information for logged-in xCloud users.
These will eliminate asking for emails from logged in xCloud app users.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Refactored SFTP user creation and password management for migrations.
- Improved validation and error handling for SFTP/database uploads.
---
# v1.8.6 - xCloud
> New Features xCloud Mailbox Feature is released. - Enjoy premium business mailbox starts from $1 only.- Email aliases and forwarding.- Auto DNS record
### New Features
- [**xCloud Mailbox Feature is released.**](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
– Enjoy premium business mailbox starts from $1 only.
[– Email aliases and forwarding.](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
[– Auto DNS record management with Cloudflare integration.](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
[– Configure with email client using IMAP/POP.](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
– Use as SMTP provider for transactional (server’s outgoing) emails.
– Secure email sending and receiving.
- Added Graph in **Site Monitoring** section along with filters.
### Improvements
- Centralized Addon Management is released. Users can view and manage all type of addons from dedicated section:
– Mail Delivery
– Vulnerability Shield Pro powered by Patchstack
– Mailbox
- **Site Backup Enhancements**:
– We’ve enhanced storage integrations with real-time status indicators, OAuth re-auth for Google Drive and pCloud, and better error handling.
– Implemented smart auto-delete logic for backups, intelligently managing storage usage without compromising user override options.
– Improved default backup settings handling to make the backup process more predictable and user-friendly.
– Added confirmation dialogs when backups are auto-deleted, reducing accidental deletions and improving user awareness.
- **UI/UX Enhancements**:
– Improved global site/server search functionality by automatically normalizing URLs (removing protocols and trailing slashes), ensuring consistent results regardless of format.
– Enabled real-time updates in search inputs via input and paste event handlers for faster and more responsive user interactions.
– Increased the site path input field size to display full paths clearly, improving visibility and user interaction.
– Made site action dropdowns dynamically adjust their direction, preventing UI cutoffs in tight spaces.
- Added support for auto cleanup of pm2 logs of Node apps.
- Users can now purchase multiple addons at a time from the addons section for:
– Mailbox
– Vulnerability Sheild Pro
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed visual bugs like the jumping PHP Settings card and incorrect font styling in the SSH key deletion modal for a smoother experience.
- Corrected the “xCloud” typo in the WhiteLabel configuration and improved visibility controls by hiding irrelevant backup settings in phpMyAdmin site overviews.
- Converted phpMyAdmin staging sites to demo environment, content updated so phpMyAdmin now shows “Demo Environment” instead of “Staging Environment”.
---
# v1.8.7 - xCloud
> New Features Custom Blueprints option is now available .You can now add custom themes and plugins to your blueprints using:- Direct Upload – Upload ZIP files
### New Features
- **[Custom Blueprints](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)** option is now available .You can now add custom themes and plugins to your blueprints using:
– **Direct Upload** – Upload ZIP files manually
– **Download URL** – Add external download links (e.g., premium plugins)
– **CLI Script** – Run custom scripts after blueprint install to auto-configure and customize your site.
### Improvements
- **Smoother Cache Management** – Cache clearing operations now happen in the background, so you won’t experience delays or freezing when purging your site’s cache (Redis, Object Cache, or Cloudflare Edge Cache).
- **Better Server Monitoring** – Improved how we track and display server processes, making it easier to see which sites are using what resources in your monitoring dashboard.
- Custom email delivery providers are now automatically activated when you set them up on a site, eliminating the need for manual activation steps.
- Added Cloudflare integration in full server migration and all other site migration features.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed access issues with Cloudflare integration when working across multiple teams, making site migration and domain management smoother.
---
# v1.8.8 - xCloud
> New Features New Server Provider Integration - Hostinger- Users can now integrate their Hostinger account in xCloud to directly create and manage their
### New Features
- **[New Server Provider Integration – Hostinger](/docs/set-up-hostinger-server-with-xcloud/)**
– Users can now integrate their Hostinger account in xCloud to directly create and manage their servers.
- **[MySQL/MariaDB Configuration Management](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)**: Easily optimize database performance without SSH using our new settings panel. Following items were added:
– Max Connections, Max Allowed Packet, InnoDB Buffer Pool Size, InnoDB Buffer Pool Instances, InnoDB Flush Log at Transaction Commit, Slow Query Log, Long Query Time, Sort Buffer Size, Binary Log Expire Time, InnoDB Flush Method
### Improvements
- **Firewall Rule Risk Warnings:** – No more accidental lockouts! xCloud now warns you before adding risky firewall rules, like blocking port 22 (SSH) or all IP. Users will get a clear warning and need to confirm before saving rules that could break access to your server or the xCloud panel.
- PHP version options on Ubuntu 20.04 are now limited to supported versions like PHP 7.4, as newer versions aren’t compatible and Ubuntu 20.04 is deprecated.
- Smarter SSL icons now show Cloudflare, xCloud, or disabled status at a glance across all views for easier recognition.
- Improved email validation now blocks invalid prefixes like i@domain.com and ensures generated passwords always include at least one number.
- Free plan users now see site creation limits with an option to upgrade for full access.
- Updated edge cache rules to exclude all sitemap and robots.txt files from caching for better SEO and compatibility.
- UI Improvements:
– Disabled features like Basic Auth, Backup, and Page Cache now show grayed-out icons in site dashboard.
– Fixed issue with the mailbox banner, once dismissed, it stays hidden and the setup-mailbox button won’t appear again if ignored.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed one-click updates for vulnerable plugins and themes on the Vulnerability Shield Pro page, now working seamlessly.
- Improved SSL installation by resolving dpkg config conflicts for smoother setup.
- Fixed SMTP TLS verification issues and updated UI for better mail config experience.
- Fixed DNS controls showing for Cloudflare-managed domains on Full Server Migration feature, now hidden to avoid confusion
- Fixed an issue with CPU monitoring, CPU speed now displays correctly in the monitoring script.
- **System Enhancements:**
– Improved queue reliability by removing faulty processing logic in critical tasks
– Cleaned up old, unused code to simplify the system and improve stability.
---
# v1.8.9 - xCloud
> New Features 7G & 8G Firewall Integration for NGINXUsers can now customize and whitelist rules in the 7G & 8G WAF directly from xCloud, allowing safe
### New Features
- [**7G & 8G Firewall Integration for NGINX**](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Users can now customize and whitelist rules in the 7G & 8G WAF directly from xCloud, allowing safe traffic (like Elementor, WooCommerce, SEO bots) while keeping your site secure.
- **Improved WordPress Migration Error Handling:
**Automatically detects missing files or corrupt installs with clearer error messages for easier troubleshooting.
- **Flexible Migration without SQL Upload**
Users can now migrate WordPress sites without uploading a .sql file when the database isn’t needed. More flexible migration options for just hosting basic HTML sites.
### Improvements
- Server Monitoring Update: Improved CPU speed detection and clearer upgrade messages for more accurate server insights.
- Vultr Backup Visibility Fixed: Backup lists and pricing now display correctly for Vultr and xCloud Vultr servers.
- Google Drive Backup Fixes: Fixed duplicate file issues for more reliable Google Drive backup operations.
- Custom Opt-in Form Styling: You can now set background colors on opt-in forms to better match your brand.
- Stronger Server Name Validation: Server names now follow stricter rules to avoid errors during setup.
- Fixed team permission issue with billing management
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- White Label Server Creation Fixed: Resolved provisioning issues to ensure smooth server creation in white label environments.
- AWS VPC Setup Fixed: Default VPCs are now correctly configured during AWS server provisioning.
- Billing Menu Visibility: Billing menu now shows correctly in both top navigation and sidebar for permitted users.
- SSH Key Deletion Modal Cleanup: Confirmation input now clears properly when the SSH key deletion modal is canceled.
- Basic Authentication Security Patch: Outdated Basic Auth credentials are now fully overwritten to prevent unauthorized access.
---
# v1.9.0 - xCloud
> New Features Multiple Themes in BluePrints: Add multiple WordPress themes to your BluePrints and choose the active one during site creation. Perfect for
### New Features
- **Multiple Themes in BluePrints:** Add multiple WordPress themes to your BluePrints and choose the active one during site creation. Perfect for flexible site templates.
- **Redesigned Site Backup Management Interface:** Modern tabbed layout with bulk actions, incremental backup visualization, and clearer summaries for easier backup control.
- **Largest Files & Folders Scanner:** Quickly find disk space hogs with color-coded size indicators and sortable results to optimize storage usage.
- **Blank Site Creation for Custom PHP**: Start with a clean slate using an empty PHP site template with a basic welcome page, then upload your apps via SFTP or File Manager.
### Improvements
- Enhanced WordPress security to stop risky plugin and theme actions. This prevents command injection issues and keeps your WordPress sites safer.
- Better server selection with dropdown menus now sorted alphabetically. You can also search servers, making it faster to find the right one when creating, cloning, or migrating sites.
- Automatic DKIM verification added for emails. When you verify DNS records, DKIM is now checked automatically so your emails show your domain in the “signed-by” field instead of the service domain.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed several UI display issues: including long task names breaking event views, plugin icons not aligning in Blueprint cards, and Magic Login button design problems in migration screens.
- MariaDB installation issue fixed for smoother server setup.
---
# v1.9.1 - xCloud
> New Features Google PageSpeed Insights Integration – New performance monitoring system with enhanced UI/UX, offering comprehensive site analytics and
### New Features
- **[Google PageSpeed Insights Integration](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)** – New performance monitoring system with enhanced UI/UX, offering comprehensive site analytics and real-time performance tracking. What this feature provides:
– A performance score for your website (mobile and desktop)
– A detailed breakdown of site performance
– Suggestions to fix issues like large images, unused scripts, and slow server response
– Insights into Core Web Vitals (LCP, FID, CLS) so you can meet Google’s speed standards
### Improvements
- Backup Management – UI fixes and improvements, including better restore selection, alignment fixes, and a loading spinner for empty views.
- Refactored and optimized various codebase for better stability and maintainability.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed 7G/8G firewall log format naming conflicts
- Fixed duplicate notification issue when deleting a site.
---
# v1.9.2 - xCloud
> New Features Support Portal is now inside your xCloud dashboard 🔥- No separate login, now you can manage tickets right inside the app.- Pick the server, site,
### New Features
- **[Support Portal is now inside your xCloud dashboard 🔥](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)**
– No separate login, now you can manage tickets right inside the app.
– Pick the server, site, and team when opening a ticket.
– **Team members** can handle tickets with **team-based permissions**.
– Securely share Magic Login and SSH access with support when needed.
- [Site cloning now gives you the option to copy site settings from the source site](/docs/clone-site-under-same-different-server-in-xcloud/), including backup preferences (remote & local) and security settings (XML-RPC, X-Frame-Options, 8G Firewall, AI Bot Blocker, WP Fail2Ban). SMTP and others will be added soon.
### Improvements
- If xCloud auto-healing can’t recover a service, your dashboard will show clear status alerts for NGINX/OLS, MySQL, Redis, SSH, and PHP.
- Enhanced 7G/8G Firewall User Experience with improved logging.
- Added Disk Space and RAM Warning Component for Server Overview
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed Vultr server backup list fetching issue
- Improved PageSpeed Insights error handling.
- Fixed issue with showing the latest backup status for sites.
---
# v1.9.3 - xCloud
> New Features Wasabi Integration - New Storage Provider For Remote Site Backup Enabling HTTP/3 on xCloud for Faster & More Reliable Website Performance
### New Features
- [Wasabi Integration – New Storage Provider For Remote Site Backup](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
- [Enabling HTTP/3 on xCloud for Faster & More Reliable Website Performance](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
- Support for MySQL 8.4 and MariaDB 11.6
### Improvements
- Support Portal now shows specific time and date in conversation page
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed validation issues with the Custom Blueprint feature.
- Support Ticket Portal now shows the full date and time for each message.
- Fixed an issue where SSL certificates were not installed correctly when cloning a staging site to production. Certificates now install automatically.
- UI Fixes
– Tooltips in the team switcher now display in the proper place so that long team names are easier to read.
– Fixed an issue where reply links from support agents were not visible in light mode.
---
# v1.9.4 - xCloud
> New Features Git Provider Integration – Connect your GitHub account, integrate repositories, and launch projects directly from your dashboard. Also, deploy
### New Features
- [Git Provider Integration](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/) – Connect your GitHub account, integrate repositories, and launch projects directly from your dashboard. Also, deploy projects from both public and private repositories seamlessly.
- [SFTP Storage Backup Support](/docs/integrate-sftp-storage-provider-with-xcloud/) – Integrate SSH storage provider to store site backups. It gives flexibility for teams with existing SFTP infrastructure.
- [Updated PHP Version Management](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/) – Get full control of PHP settings on your servers with a new intuitive interface. Install, uninstall, and configure multiple PHP versions with real-time status, OPCache management, and easy default version switching.
- White-Label Invoice Management – White-label admins can now edit client invoices directly and automatically sync email changes with Stripe customer records.
### Improvements
- Auto backups are now enabled by default when creating new servers on xCloud Managed and Provider servers.
- On the xCloud Managed server create page, full server backup is now pre enabled by default with a option to disable after confirming a warning.
- Free plans now assign properly to teams without payment methods.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue where successful reboots were incorrectly shown as failed.
- Issue fixed with failed payments.
---
# v1.9.5 - xCloud
> New Features Updates Manager – Update plugins, themes, and WordPress core files on all your sites at once from one dashboard. It makes managing multiple sites
### New Features
- [Updates Manager](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/) – Update plugins, themes, and WordPress core files on all your sites at once from one dashboard. It makes managing multiple sites much easier for agencies and users who manage multiple every day.
### Improvements
- Server updates now handle missing GPG keys automatically for making maintenance smoother.
- Added warnings for SSL issues on n8n sites using OpenLiteSpeed and Let’s Encrypt.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Large backup files from pCloud now download with proper headers.
- SFTP backups now restore properly in production without SSH connection issues.
---
# v1.9.6 - xCloud
> New Features Multi Domain Support for Cloudflare Managed Sites – Manage multi site subdomains and multiple additional domains under the same primary domain
### New Features
- [Multi Domain Support for Cloudflare Managed Sites](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/) – Manage multi site subdomains and multiple additional domains under the same primary domain easily.
### Improvements
- PHP security patches can now be detected and installed with one click in PHP configuration, with real-time update notifications.
- Custom web root validation has been improved and now blocks unsafe paths more strictly.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed pCloud backup restore issue to properly site backup recovery.
---
# v1.9.7.1 - xCloud
> Issues & Bug Fixes Fixed a issue related to the user role access in the Updates Manager.
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
October 12, 2025
[Back To Changelog](/changelog/)
# v1.9.7.1
- No categories
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed a issue related to the user role access in the Updates Manager.
---
# v1.9.7 - xCloud
> Improvements Added hard server reboot option for Reseller Program, allowing resellers and their clients to reboot servers directly from their dashboard with
### Improvements
- Added hard server reboot option for Reseller Program, allowing resellers and their clients to reboot servers directly from their dashboard with confirmation modal to prevent accidental restarts.
- Enhanced WordPress version detection with multiple methods for smarter and more accurate vulnerability scanning.
- Improved update management with real-time status indicators, better error handling, and smoother tracking for plugin and theme updates.
- Added WordPress version validation to ensure only properly formatted versions are processed during scans for increased reliability.
- Added Cloudflare multi-domain indicators to identify sites protected under Cloudflare’s multi-domain setup.
- Added monitoring script sync command to keep vulnerability and version tracking consistent across all sites.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed plugin/theme update errors and improved WordPress version normalization.
- Resolved site migration and Cloudflare multi-domain cloning issues.
- Corrected SSL provider icon display and firewall compatibility.
- Fixed backup file deletion for S3-compatible storage.
- Improved OpenLiteSpeed additional domain configuration and Cloudflare edge caching.
---
# v1.9.8 - xCloud
> New Features Resell Hosting with Self Managed Server Provider- Bring your own server such as DigitalOcean, Hetzner, Vultr, Linode, and more and start reslling
### New Features
- [**Resell Hosting with Self Managed Server** **Provider**](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
– Bring your own server such as DigitalOcean, Hetzner, Vultr, Linode, and more and start reslling with xCloud Reseller Program.
- [**Smart Currency & Pricing System**](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
– Real-time exchange rates powered by OpenExchangeRates API with automatic currency detection and daily updates, helping resellers manage pricing globally with ease.
- Profit & Product Creation Assistance
\-Simplified product creation with built-in profit and loss calculation tools, so resellers can set better prices and maximize their margins.
– Improved Server Creation Flow
– Payment-first setup with invoice generation before provisioning.
– SKU-based product selection for smoother operations.
– Detailed technical error messages for easier troubleshooting.
### Improvements
- SSL Issue Fixed for OLS Server with Multiple Domain Sites
---
# v1.9.9.1 - xCloud
> Issues & Bug Fixes Adminer:- Fixed issues with Adminer Title and DB section- Refactored core script for improved performance and maintainability- Cleaner
## Issues & Bug Fixes
- Adminer:
– Fixed issues with Adminer Title and DB section
– Refactored core script for improved performance and maintainability
– Cleaner SQL execution and multi-query support
– Better form handling, import/export, and schema management
– Enhanced reliability and extensibility for future Adminer updates
---
# v1.9.9 - xCloud
> New Features Node.js Hosting – Full Node.js support is now live on xCloud, giving you the same seamless experience you love with WordPress and Laravel. Deploy
### New Features
- **[Node.js Hosting](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)** – Full Node.js support is now live on xCloud, giving you the same seamless experience you love with WordPress and Laravel. Deploy modern apps like **Next.js** effortlessly from your public or private Git repositories — all in just a few clicks.
### Improvements
- Adminer Upgrade – Updated to v4.8.1 with multilingual and secure builds.
- WordPress Bulk Access Control – Improved access for non-owner team members. Admins now only see sites they’re allowed to, while “All Access” users keep full visibility.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed SFTP Storage Provider import issues during bucket restoration.
- Removed a conflicting slash key handler that was interfering with Support Portal functionality.
- Fixed language inconsistency issues for all notification channels.
- Fixed 7G and 8G firewall log links for OpenLiteSpeed servers
- Fixed the site deletion timeout status, which was not updating after a site deletion failed.
- Redis ACL Fix – Fixed user deletion permission issue during cleanup.
- Local site backup delete option now only shows when local backups exist, reducing UI clutter.
- Improved error handling and state updates for backup deletion jobs.
---
# v2.0 - xCloud
> New Features ✨Self-Host Your Own LLM (like ChatGPT) — You can now deploy and run your own AI models directly inside xCloud using Docker + NGINX. The core
### New Features
- [✨**Self-Host Your Own LLM (like ChatGPT)**](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/) — You can now deploy and run your own AI models directly inside xCloud using Docker + NGINX. The core Docker infrastructure is now in place, laying the groundwork for upcoming AI and app hosting capabilities.
### Improvements
- Disabled NGINX Config support for Cloudflare Multi-Domain Architecture to ensure smoother compatibility.
- Added redirect support for additional domains to the main domain in OLS vhConfig.
- 8G Firewall support extended to One-Click Apps.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Adminer Dark Theme Loading: Fixed an issue where the dark theme in Adminer (database management tool) wasn’t loading correctly due to corrupted CSS data.
---
# v2.1.0 - xCloud
> New Features Deploy Nextcloud with one click — You can now deploy and manage Nextcloud as a containerized app directly inside xCloud’s Docker+NGINX stack,
### New Features
- **[Deploy Nextcloud with one click](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)** — You can now deploy and manage **Nextcloud** as a containerized app directly inside xCloud’s Docker+NGINX stack, unlocking flexible and secure file sharing, storage, and collaboration capabilities.
### Improvements
- Improved Cloudflare integration with better handling for edge/null cases.
- Resellers can edit product descriptions now.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Issue fixed with Re-seller’s subscription section in app.
- Fixed multisite login issue by correctly setting HTTP\_COOKIE handling in wp-config.php for WordPress multisite installations.
- Fixed various front end bugs
---
# v2.1.1 - xCloud
> New Features Deploy LibreChat with One Click Apps —LibreChat lets you deploy your own customizable, open-source AI chat platform in just a few clicks. With
### New Features
- [Deploy LibreChat with One Click Apps](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/) —LibreChat lets you deploy your own customizable, open-source AI chat platform in just a few clicks. With this, you can easily manage AI models, configure your environment, and scale as needed. Whether for experimentation or production, LibreChat gives you full control and flexibility without the setup headaches.
- [Set Your Own Default Landing Page](/docs/how-to-set-the-default-site-for-your-server/) – Turn your server’s IP into a branded first impression. With the new Default Site feature, instead of showing a plain, generic default page when someone visits your server’s IP address, you can now point them to any website or domain you choose.
### Improvements
- Error messages now show whether a site or server creation failed for easier troubleshooting.
- Site cloning has been simplified by removing unsupported Docker + Nginx servers from clone options.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- IP whitelist and blacklist rules on OpenLiteSpeed now work correctly for all site types.
---
# v2.1.3 - xCloud
> New Features Umami is now available under One Click App Section Improvements Users Can Resize LTD Plan on their own now. Users (including reseller clients)
### New Features
- [Umami is now available under One Click App Section](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
### Improvements
- [Users Can Resize LTD Plan on their own now.](/docs/how-to-upgrade-xcloud-lifetime-deal-package/)
- Users (including reseller clients) can now view pending server setup items directly on their dashboard after completing a purchase from the cart.
- Storage Space Validation for Docker Apps – Added pre-installation storage checks for all containerized one-click applications (Umami, Nextcloud, LibreChat, OpenWebUI, Ollama). The system now validates available disk space before deployment to prevent installation failures due to insufficient storage, with configurable minimum requirements per application type.
- White Label – Added support for switching between paid plans and free plans
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Issue fixed with White Label free subscription claim for LTD users
---
# v2.1.4 - xCloud
> New Features Auto-Tune MySQL/MariaDB Configurations - One click Auto Tune feature automatically analyzes server resources and applies optimized values for Max
### New Features
- [Auto-Tune MySQL/MariaDB Configurations](/docs/auto-tune-mysql-mariadb-configurations/) – One click Auto Tune feature automatically analyzes server resources and applies optimized values for Max Connections, Max Allowed Packet, and InnoDB Buffer Pool Size.
### Improvements
- **OPCache Auto-Enablement** – OPCache is now automatically enabled whenever PHP is installed, removing the need for manual activation.
- Added [**LTD conversion** option for self-managed servers](https://d.pr/i/OX53rW) directly from the server sites page.
- Improved storage checks for Docker apps to prevent failed installations.
- Redesigned the unused items warning banner with a cleaner, more informative UI.
- Enhanced Stripe payment handling and reliability for 3DS and recurring payments.
- Fixed package assignment issues and added safeguards against duplicate assignments.
- Added stronger duplicate job prevention across billing processes.
- Improved site file removal with better logging and error handling.
- UI/UX tweaks, including routing fixes and cleaner visibility for Docker site options.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Resolved stored invoice job execution errors and improved job timing.
---
# v2.1.5 - xCloud
> New Features Build With AI in xCloud - Powered by Templately: xCloud simplifies site creation with Templately AI. Deploy a site using ready-made templates and
### New Features
- [Build With AI in xCloud – Powered by Templately](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/): xCloud simplifies site creation with Templately AI. Deploy a site using ready-made templates and AI-powered content in just a few minutes.
- [Global Site Backup Feature:](/docs/global-backup-settings-with-xcloud/)
– Central Site Backup Setting Page under Team
– Manage and monitor all Site Backup settings from one place
– Site backup feature is now available in the Site Creation page.
### Improvements
- Root SSH access security improved by disabling login with the root password (key-based only).
- Site backup UI improvement related to auto backup and custom settings.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed issue with incremental site backup bugs.
- Fixed issue with ticket SSH permission action.
---
# v2.1.6 - xCloud
> New Features Site Security Pro powered by Patchstack is now available for $2/site for a limited time. Site Security Pro now comes with an integrated
### New Features
- **[Site Security Pro](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)** powered by Patchstack is now available for $2/site for a limited time. Site Security Pro now comes with an integrated Patchstack Dashboard for a faster, more seamless security experience.
- Beta access for Supabase One-Click Application.
- Beta access for the Supabase One-Click Application.
### Improvements
- Improved ticket creation experience with new Switch controls for Magic Login and SSH Access. Added clear helper text and better spacing to make support permission options easier to understand.
- Added UI to updated Nextcloud admin password.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed a bug where PHP versions were not updating correctly during server setup.
- PHP version info now syncs properly for both Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed servers.
- Fixed the provider connection check issue on the white-label settings page.
---
# v2.1.7 - xCloud
> New Features Deploy Site.pro with One Click Apps: Site.pro lets you launch AI-powered, no-code websites in just a few clicks. With this, you can design
### New Features
- [Deploy Site.pro with One Click Apps](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/): Site.pro lets you launch AI-powered, no-code websites in just a few clicks. With this, you can design responsive sites using a drag-and-drop editor, AI-assisted layouts, and ready-made templates.
### Improvements
- [**Global Backup Settings**](/docs/global-backup-settings-with-xcloud/) now processes bulk site backups in batches to ensure smooth site backups.
- Added retry functionality for failed Site Security Pro powered by Patchstack activations with real-time updates.
- Increased the SFTP backup storage IP address character limit from 20 to 200 characters to support longer IPs and domain names.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Resolved timeout issues when applying bulk backup settings to large site groups.
---
# v2.1.8 - xCloud
> New Features Deploy Supabase with One Click Apps: Supabase is now available on xCloud as a One-Click App, providing a complete self-hosted backend for modern
### New Features
- [Deploy Supabase with One Click Apps](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/): Supabase is now available on xCloud as a One-Click App, providing a complete self-hosted backend for modern web applications.
- Lovable Hosting Beta Release: Lovable Hosting is now available in beta on xCloud. All users who registered through the early access form have been granted access.
### Improvements
- Fixed issues when changing Docker-based One-Click Apps domains from demo to live.
- Streamlined LibreChat installs and added copy buttons for admin credentials.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue related to the large team photo uploads.
- Resolved as an issue where the “Add New Provider” window wouldn’t open again after closing it.
---
# v2.1.9 - xCloud
> Lovable lets you build and launch full-stack websites and applications by chatting with AI. With this, you can create frontend, backend, and databases automatically, with instant deployment and launch with xCloud – no code required.
### New Features
- [**Deploy Lovable Applications with xCloud**](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/): Lovable lets you build and launch full-stack websites and applications by chatting with AI. With this, you can create frontend, backend, and databases automatically, with instant deployment and launch with xCloud – no code required. Moreover, you can easily [**connect Supabase with Lovable**](/docs/how-to-connect-supabase-to-lovable/) for a secure, scalable backend.
### Improvements
- Added team and member search functionality to make team management more efficient.
- Fixed an issue related to the site cloning.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue related to the duplicate server provider entries.
- The issue with the Web Root path is fixed on OLS servers.
---
# v2.2.0 - xCloud
> New Features MinIO is now supported with “Any Storage Provider” option in xCloud to take remote site backups. Issues & Bug Fixes Front end issue fixed
### New Features
- [MinIO is now supported with “Any Storage Provider” option in xCloud to take remote site backups.](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Front end issue fixed with Docker NGINX servers showing WordPress and other apps which are not supported
- Fixed issue with Ollama site failed installation due to low storage.
- Fixed icon issues of mobile-menu item
---
# v2.2.1 - xCloud
> New Features Deploy WireGuard with One Click Apps - WireGuard lets you launch a secure, high-performance VPN in just minutes. With one-click deployment on
### New Features
- [Deploy WireGuard with One Click Apps](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/) – WireGuard lets you launch a secure, high-performance VPN in just minutes. With one-click deployment on xCloud, you can protect your network using modern encryption, ultra-fast connections, and minimal system resources without any complex configuration.
- Custom Docker with Docker Compose (Beta) – You can now deploy applications using Docker Compose on xCloud. This beta feature makes it easy to launch and manage multi-container applications in just a few clicks.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed WordPress site detection issues during full server migration from RunCloud.
- Fixed a UI issue on the Site Clone Progress screen.
- Fixed the Update Manager tab count filter issue.
- Fixed an SSL issue related to live domains in One Click Apps.
---
# v2.2.2 - xCloud
> New Features Custom Docker with Docker Compose – You can now deploy full multi-container applications on xCloud using Docker Compose. Launch a docker
### New Features
- [**Custom Docker with Docker Compose**](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/) – You can now deploy full multi-container applications on xCloud using Docker Compose. Launch a docker application either by providing a public Compose file URL or by pasting the file directly – no complex setup required
- [**SSH Access Lockdown**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-restrict-ssh-access-lockdown/) – Secure your servers by restricting SSH(22) access to trusted IP addresses only. Your active IP and required xCloud infrastructure IPs are automatically whitelisted to keep your server secure and accessible.
- [Allow Caching of URLs With Query Strings](/docs/how-to-allow-caching-of-a-url-with-a-query-string/) – Improve performance for pages with query parameters like utm\_source, gclid, or fbclid. Choose which parameters to ignore directly from the xCloud dashboard to enable caching, boost load times, and reduce server load without affecting tracking.
### Improvements
- Added Hungarian language support for a fully localized xCloud experience.
- Enhanced site cloning with clearer errors and an easier retry flow.
- Fixed an issue related to the Fail2Ban compatibility.
- Enhanced site cloning by providing clearer error messages to retry for failed operations.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Fixed SSL configuration sync issues in OpenLiteSpeed.
- Resolved delayed UI updates after team deletion.
- Fixed hidden action menus on White Label invoices.
- Fixed cache rule tests to prevent validation errors.
---
# v2.2.3 - xCloud
> New Features Site Snapshots - Create reusable snapshots of your WordPress sites, including files and database, and deploy them instantly on the same server or
### New Features
- **[Site Snapshots](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/) –** Create reusable snapshots of your WordPress sites, including files and database, and deploy them instantly on the same server or across different servers. Ideal for agencies and developers who need to spin up pre-configured sites quickly. Snapshot creation progress is tracked in real time, and all snapshots are managed from a dedicated section in your profile.
- ****Node.js v24**** is now available for installation on servers.
### Improvements
- Centralized Credential Security – Sensitive credentials are no longer sent via email by default. Server, database, and Redis credentials are now securely accessible from the dashboard with masked display and reveal or copy options. Email notifications include a new “Send Sensitive Info” toggle, disabled by default, for better security control.
- Optimized OpenLiteSpeed PHP Workers – OpenLiteSpeed sites now automatically calculate the optimal number of PHP workers based on server CPU and RAM, replacing the previous fixed limit. This improves performance and resource utilization, with manual overrides still available from PHP Settings.
- Smarter Server Reboot Notifications – Reboot notifications can now be snoozed for 3, 7, or 30 days, or disabled per server. Newly created servers (under 12 hours old) no longer trigger reboot alerts, and servers with auto-reboot enabled will not send unnecessary notifications. Notifications can be re-enabled anytime from the Security Update page.
- Improved Git Repository Setup – Git repository URLs now automatically append `.git` when missing, and the branch field defaults to `main`, reducing setup errors during Git-based deployments.
- Staging and Demo Domain Customization – Staging and demo domains can now be customized before deployment for Custom PHP, Laravel, Node.js, Lovable, manual migrations, and site migrations, giving more control over development and demo environments.
- Optimized WordPress Bulk Operation History – Resolved memory allocation issues when viewing bulk operation history for large teams by optimizing queries and database indexing.
- Clearer SSH Restriction Notices
- A critical zero-day in the Modular DS plugin was detected and automatically mitigated across all xCloud sites using Site Security Pro powered by Patchstack. Also, all affected sites were auto-updated to v2.5.2 of the plugin and users notified by email, no action required.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Invoice Filter Links Fixed
- Nginx configuration has been updated to correctly respect upload size limits, improving large file uploads for applications like Nextcloud.
- Fixed an issue where Patchstack was not activating during staging-to-production pushes. The deployment process now ensures correct activation.
---
# v2.2.4 - xCloud
> Security Update Mitigated another critical vulnerability (CVE-2026-23800, CVSS 10.0) in the Modular DS (Modular Connector) plugin by force-updating all
### Security Update
- Mitigated another critical vulnerability (CVE-2026-23800, CVSS 10.0) in the Modular DS (Modular Connector) plugin by force-updating all affected sites to v2.6.0.
### Issues & Bug Fixes
- Issue fixed with Reseller pane’s logo with signup and login pages.
---
# v2.3.0 - xCloud
> xCloud UI 2.0 introduces a redesigned dashboard built to make site and server management more intuitive and efficient. This release focuses on faster
## 🎉**Introducing xCloud UI 2.0: Experience Faster & Smarter Dashboard**
xCloud UI 2.0 introduces a redesigned dashboard built to make site and server management more intuitive and efficient. This release focuses on faster navigation, clearer visibility, and simpler daily workflows through a more structured and organized xCloud control panel.
### ✨**Revamped Overview Dashboard**
The new Main Overview Dashboard provides a single place to view your overall activities of your team. It shows key information such as servers, sites, vulnerable sites, backups, and billing, helping you manage more quickly.
### ✨**New Site Lists Dashboard**
The All Site Lists Dashboard has been redesigned to simplify managing multiple sites. Site statuses are clearer, and bulk actions allow you to perform common tasks like backups, site enable or disable, and security actions directly from the list without switching between individual sites.
### **Default View and Grid View for All Sites List**
The All Sites List Dashboard opens in Default View, which is designed for managing multiple sites efficiently. In this view, you can use bulk actions and quick controls to perform tasks across many sites at once.
You can switch to Grid View to see each site’s information more clearly. Grid View focuses on visibility, showing site details and status in a more visual layout, making it easier to review individual sites at a glance.
### ✨**Redesigned Single Site Overview Dashboard**
The Single Site Dashboard now displays important site details in a cleaner layout. Resource usage, backups, performance, security, domains, updates, caching, and recent activity are easier to view and manage from one place.
### **✨Updated Top Bar and Sidebar Navigation**
Navigation has been improved with an enhanced Top Bar and Sidebar. Key actions remain accessible, and moving between servers, sites, and settings is more straightforward and consistent.
### ✨**Bulk Actions, Filters, and Sorting**
Bulk actions, filters, and sorting options help reduce repetitive work. These tools make it easier to find, manage, and take action on multiple sites at once.
### ✨**Improved Dark and Light Modes**
Dark and light modes have been updated for better consistency across the platform. Improved contrast and spacing make the interface easier to read during long working sessions.
### ✨**Standardized Icons and Tooltips**
Icons are now consistent across the dashboard, and tooltips provide additional context where needed. This helps reduce confusion and makes actions easier to understand.
### ✨**Updated Color System**
The updated color system improves contrast and visual hierarchy. System and site statuses are easier to identify at a glance, improving overall readability.
🔔 In this first phase, the new UI is available on key pages. Other pages and sections will be updated gradually in upcoming releases. Your feedback is important during this transition. Use the feedback button from the dashboard anytime to help us improve the experience as we continue refining xCloud.
Get more details about the New UI 2.0:
➡️ [_**I**_**_ntroducing xCloud UI 2.0: Built for Faster, Simpler Site & Server Management_**](/introducing-xcloud-ui-2-0/)
---
# V2.3.1 - xCloud
> ✨ Improvements Improved Docker server monitoring and container health visibility. Added usable disk space for all type servers. Improved sync monitoring
### ✨ Improvements
- Improved Docker server monitoring and container health visibility.
- Added usable disk space for all type servers.
- Improved sync monitoring command with a stack-based filter option.
- Improved site filtering with support for filtering by tags.
- Improved site deletion process and site state handling.
### 🔧 Bug Fixes
- Fixed Hetzner server size availability issues during server creation.
- Fixed region compatibility errors for Hetzner servers.
- Fixed notification system errors when integrations are not configured.
---
# v2.3.2 - xCloud
> 🌟 OpenClaw Hosting (Beta): Launch a fully managed AI agent on xCloud with one-click deployment and zero setup. OpenClaw runs on a dedicated managed server,
### 🔥 New Features
**🌟 OpenClaw Hosting (Beta):** Launch a fully managed AI agent on xCloud with one-click deployment and zero setup. OpenClaw runs on a dedicated managed server, comes pre-configured with messaging channels like Telegram, and lets you control real tasks, workflows, and integrations entirely through chat.
Ideal for individuals and teams who want a powerful AI assistant without handling infrastructure, updates, or security.
- Get the environment editor to configure environment variables.
- Control OpenClaw UI turn on/off right from the xCloud dashboard.
- Control OpenClaw versions, check for the lates updates easily.
- AI agent maintains long-term context, executes real tasks, manages files, and connects to external APIs
- One-click deployment on xCloud Managed Servers with no Docker, SSL, or manual setup
- Works across Telegram messaging platforms.
- Bring your own API keys for OpenAI, Gemini and more models. Anthropic is also coming very soon.
- Manage multiple messaging channels from a single dashboard
- Scale CPU, RAM, and storage at any time with fully managed updates and security
- Available only on xCloud Managed Servers and requires more than 4GB RAM.
- Cannot be installed on external or existing servers and runs OpenClaw only
### 🔖 Resources
👉 Visit this page to learn more about [xCloud Managed OpenClaw Hosting](/openclaw-hosting/).
👉 Follow the step-by-step guide to [deploy OpenClaw with xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/).
👉 Use this link to purchase and [deploy OpenClaw on xCloud instantly.](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
---
# v2.3.3 - xCloud
> 🦀 OpenClaw Hosting — Update. Big improvements to the OpenClaw one-click hosting on xCloud:
### 🔥 New Features
🦀 OpenClaw Hosting — Update.
Big improvements to the OpenClaw one-click hosting on xCloud:
- **Anthropic API Key support added**
- **Claude Code Token support** — use your Claude Pro/Max subscription with OpenClaw
- **Browser-based token generation** — Now, there is no need to install the Claude Code CLI manually. Generate your token directly from your browser. This one is a game changer, and no one has done this yet 👏
First, select the **Claude Code CLI** option and then click on **Generate Token**.
Then a screen will appear, and it will help to generate a Claude OAuth token using the same OAuth flow as Claude Code, and the process is absolutely fluent.
- **Telegram Improvements** – Smarter auto-pairing:
When you provide your Telegram User ID during setup, your account is automatically allowlisted. No more running commands to pair your account!
---
# v2.3.4 - xCloud
> 🔥 New Features WordPress New: Enhanced WP Debug Log Viewer inside the xCloud dashboard for faster, clearer troubleshooting Structured fields: Timestamp,
#### 🔥 New Features
#####  WordPress
- **New: [Enhanced WP Debug Log Viewer](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)** inside the xCloud dashboard for faster, clearer troubleshooting
1. Structured fields: Timestamp, Level, Source, File Path, Message, Line Number
2. Clearer log levels: Warning, Fatal, Database, and more
3. One-click copy for log messages and file paths
4. Search + filter large logs instantly
5. One-click download for offline review or team collaboration
#####  OpenClaw
- **New:** [Update default LLM provider settings directly from xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- **New:** [Add or update Telegram channels directly from xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
#### ✨ Improvements
- Improved Docker log visibility with **container-wise log viewing** for Docker Nginx sites
- Improved UI alignment and spacing consistency across multiple pages
- Added automatic lowercase handling for staging and demo domain names
- Added full **Vietnamese** language support across the UI and all notification channels
- Improved staging site isolation with **unique site users**
- Updated **Cloudflare DNS architecture** for staging
- Added billing type selection for **self-managed server** creation
- Updated the default server OS to **Ubuntu 24.04 LTS** for new servers
#### 🔧 Issues and Bug Fixes
- Fixed RAM display to always show actual monitoring data
- Fixed WhatsApp URL handling and low disk space notification timestamps
- Fixed missing page title on non-WordPress site overview pages
- Fixed JQ installation error handling in backup cron scripts
- Fixed issue with the OpenClaw updater
- Fixed issue with the OpenClaw rescue feature
---
# v2.3.5 - xCloud
> 🌟 FPM Configuration: Site-Level PHP-FPM Configuration Is Now Available on xCloud. You can now control PHP-FPM settings for each site directly from the
### 🔥 New Features
### 🌐 WordPress
🌟 **[FPM Configuration](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/):** Site-Level PHP-FPM Configuration Is Now Available on xCloud. You can now control PHP-FPM settings for each site directly from the dashboard without SSH access or manual configuration files. This update lets you tune PHP worker behavior, manage resource usage per site, and handle traffic spikes more reliably while avoiding risky server-wide changes.🚀
- Process Manager Type: Process manager mode used by PHP-FPM to handle requests.
- PM Start Servers: Number of PHP worker processes started when PHP-FPM launches.
- PM Min Spare Servers: Minimum number of idle PHP worker processes kept ready.
- PM Max Spare Servers: Maximum number of idle PHP worker processes allowed.
- PM Max Requests: Number of requests a PHP worker handles before restarting.
- PM Max Children: Maximum number of PHP worker processes that can run at the same time.
### ✨ Improvements
- [Added a new Nginx customization template with ShortPixel Image Optimizer.](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
- Improved WireGuard management with a Docker image update system and CLI support.
- Improved service restart handling and server alert monitoring across core services.
- Improved language accuracy with corrected Chinese flags and country codes.
- Improved layout, spacing, and alignment consistency across the UI.
### 🔧 Issues and Bug Fixes
- Fixed issues in staging pull and push operations related to storage validation.
- Fixed OpenLiteSpeed SSL synchronization issues for Cloudflare multi-domain certificates.
- Fixed invalid character generation in database user passwords.
- Fixed incorrect site icons appearing in header search results.
- Fixed incorrect global tag counts by applying team-based counting.
- Fixed PHP worker count inconsistencies during site cloning.
- Fixed duplicate server reboot notifications
---
# v2.3.6 - xCloud
> 🌟 Update: OpenClaw Reset (No new server needed): You can now reinstall OpenClaw from scratch on the same server using OpenClaw Reset. With one click, it
### 🔥 New Features
### 🦀 OpenClaw
🌟 [Update: OpenClaw Reset (No new server needed)](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)**:** You can now reinstall OpenClaw from scratch on the same server using **OpenClaw Reset**. With one click, it **creates a backup**, **reinstalls a clean setup**, and **generates fresh credentials**.
### ✨ Improvements
- WireGuard updates now run async — no more timeouts during bulk updates
- n8n now requires Node.js 22 (upstream requirement)
- SSH password auth blocked for root on OpenClaw servers — prevents accidental lockout
- PHP Config modal now fully responsive on mobile
- Shorter SSH key display on the “Connect Existing Server” page
- Billing Type Selector & Free Plan — Server creation now supports subscription, lifetime, or free plans. Free plan users get a streamlined flow.
- Site Name Sorting — All Sites page now has clickable A-Z sort on the Site Name column.
### 🔧 Issues and Bug Fixes
- Fixed the pCloud backup deletion crash issue
- Fixed the issue with Server deletion, and now it no longer gets stuck in the deletion\_failed state
- Site sorting across multiple servers now works correctly
- Telegram bot /authenticate handles malformed input gracefully
- GitHub repo count no longer caps at 100
- Items Per Page selector fixed on Events and other tables
- Cookie banner no longer appears on error pages (404, 500, etc.)
---
# v2.3.7 - xCloud
> 🌟 OpenClaw Repair: AI-Powered OpenClaw Repair Agent is now available inside the xCloud dashboard for instant diagnosis and recovery. Run one-click AI-assisted
## **🔥 New Features**
### **🦀 OpenClaw**
**🌟 OpenClaw Repair:** AI-Powered OpenClaw Repair Agent is now available inside the xCloud dashboard for instant diagnosis and recovery. Run one-click AI-assisted health checks for the gateway – no SSH or manual debugging required.
## ✨ Improvements
📌Added temporary sudo users with 12-hour auto-expiration.
📌Added granular domain search & replace controls for updates and SSL changes.
📌Improved domain updates with real-time progress and duplicate prevention.
📌Improved UI consistency across buttons, layouts, and mobile views.
📌Improved OpenClaw Control UI domain and alias access handling.
## 🔧 Issues and Bug Fixes
📌Fixed Free Plan billing for Custom/Any, DigitalOcean, and GCP providers.
📌Fixed WordPress version display after core updates.
📌Fixed 502 errors on the Site Snapshots page.
📌Fixed an issue related to the Site Log export failures.
📌Fixed staging push issues with Patchstack.
📌Fixed resource creation restrictions on inactive packages.
📌Fixed OpenClaw server page crashes.
## 🔖 Resources
[How to Repair OpenClaw with an AI-Powered Agent With xCloud (OpenClaw Troubleshooting)](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
---
# v2.3.8 - xCloud
> A brand-new Site Insights menu providing real-time analytics for PHP performance, MySQL queries, and traffic patterns directly from the site dashboard. Gives
## **🔥 New Features**
### **WordPress**
### 🌟 **[Site Insights](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/) – PHP, MySQL & Traffic Analytics**
A brand-new Site Insights menu providing real-time analytics for PHP performance, MySQL queries, and traffic patterns directly from the site dashboard. Gives site owners deep visibility into their application performance without needing external tools.
- **Real-Time Performance Monitoring** — Track live activity across PHP processes, MySQL queries, and website traffic directly from the xCloud dashboard.
- **Traffic & Visitor Insights** — Analyze requests, unique IPs, bots, bandwidth usage, and top URLs to understand how users and crawlers interact with your site.
- **PHP Process Visibility** — Monitor active PHP-FPM processes, detect CPU or memory-heavy scripts, and identify slow pages using PHP slow logs.
- **MySQL Database Analytics** — View active connections, running queries, query performance, slow query logs, and database health metrics.
- **Faster Troubleshooting & Optimization** — Detect slow pages, database bottlenecks, traffic spikes, and server errors quickly to keep your website fast and stable.
### **🌟 OpenClaw – Codex OAuth Token Generator & New Provider Support**
In-app OpenAI Codex OAuth token generator — ChatGPT Plus/Pro subscribers can now generate Codex OAuth tokens directly within xCloud, without needing an external service. A secure PKCE-based flow authenticates with your ChatGPT account and returns a copyable token with next-step instructions. Manual callback fallback included for browsers that block automatic redirects.
- OpenAI Codex (ChatGPT OAuth) — Connect your ChatGPT Plus/Pro subscription as an AI provider for your OpenClaw server without a separate API key
- Z.AI (GLM) — Zhipu AI’s GLM-4.7 model is now a fully active provider option (previously “coming soon”), offering a capable, cost-effective alternative for OpenClaw users
- Gateway mode fix — gateway.mode is now correctly set to local during new OpenClaw server creation, preventing gateway start failures on first setup
- Model persistence fix — Selected AI model now correctly persists after provider updates, written directly to openclaw.json so it survives gateway restarts
### **🌟 xCloud UI 2.0 – Pin/Unpin Sites & Servers**
Pin important sites and servers to keep them at the top of all list views. Pinned items show a visual badge and persist across sorting, filtering, and pagination.
### **🌟 [Cloudways Server Migration](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)**
Easily migrate your existing servers from Cloudways to xCloud with full server migration support, helping you move infrastructure smoothly without complex manual setup.
### 🌟 **Vultr Bandwidth Monitoring**
Monitor bandwidth usage for xCloud-managed Vultr servers directly from the dashboard, giving you clear visibility into network consumption and server traffic.
## ✨**Improvements**
- Better Cloudflare DNS proxy mode detection
- Enforced 4GB minimum RAM for n8n site creation and updates
- Performance score now supports a neutral state when data is unavailable
- Improved backup status logic in the auto backup tab
- Added server name and link on the delete progress page
- Hidden phpMyAdmin sites from site lists and navigation
- High CPU warning banner added on dashboard and server detail pages
- Improved OpenLiteSpeed PHP monitoring and validation
- Better handling for empty site titles during staging domain generation
- Added nginx config safety validation before reload commands
- Multiple UI/UX refinements across layouts, spacing, responsiveness, banners, and dashboard elements
## ✨**Bug Fixes**
- Fixed null reference issue in cron jobs after site deletion
- Fixed server creation failure without provider permission
- Fixed handling for Cloudflare cache rule limit exceeded errors
- Fixed null PHP version issue during PHP installation
- Fixed undefined stack issue in custom provider server creation
- Fixed missing pCloud backup file record issue
- Fixed MariaDB icon showing when no database is installed
- Fixed staging domain generation when site title is empty
- Fixed cloud provider permission bypass caused by improper null check
---
# v2.3.9 - xCloud
> Transactional emails are essential for WordPress websites. When an email quota runs out unnoticed, emails can suddenly stop sending. This update introduces
## **🔥 New Features**
### **Addon**
### **🌟[Mail Delivery Enhancements](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)**
Transactional emails are essential for WordPress websites. When an email quota runs out unnoticed, emails can suddenly stop sending. This update introduces smarter Mail Delivery subscription management with Auto Upgrade and 1-click Cloudflare DNS setup to keep email delivery uninterrupted.
- **Auto Upgrade Mail Deliver**y: Automatically upgrades your email plan when usage reaches the limit. xCloud will notify you when your email usage reaches 90% of your available quota. This ensures transactional emails continue sending without disruption.
- **Cloudflare One-Click DNS Verification** — If your domain uses Cloudflare integration, xCloud can automatically add and verify the required DNS records with a single click, eliminating manual DNS configuration.
- **Default Mail Delivery Provider** — Set a default provider so newly created sites automatically use your preferred email delivery configuration.
- **Email Usage Visibility** — View total email quota and available emails directly from the dashboard for better monitoring and planning.
- **Built-in SMTP Configuration** — Access SMTP credentials including username, password, SMTP server, and port directly from the dashboard.
- **API Key Access** — Manage API keys for custom integrations or external applications.
- **Clone Mail Delivery Settings** — When cloning a site, the Mail Delivery configuration is automatically copied so the cloned site inherits the same email setup.
### **🌟Multi-Port Domain Mapping for Docker Compose Sites**
Custom Docker Compose sites can now map multiple domains to different container ports. Perfect for running multiple services under separate domains from a single site.
### **🌟 PHP 8.5 Support for OpenLiteSpeed**
PHP 8.5 is now available for OpenLiteSpeed servers on Ubuntu 24. All PHP extensions are now consistently available across all PHP versions.
### **🌟GridPane OpenLiteSpeed Server Migration**
Migrate your servers from GridPane’s OpenLiteSpeed stack to xCloud. The migration wizard handles the full transfer including sites, databases, and configurations.
## ✨**Improvements**
- Optimized server provisioning by deferring non-essential packages during setup.
### ✨**Bug Fixes**
- Fixed WordPress Bulk Management issue where the Refresh All button failed when groups were collapsed or expanded.
- Fixed dropdown menus being cut off on Mail Delivery, Mailbox, and Security addon pages.
- Fixed SSH Key Editor showing system and migration keys in the sudo user SSH key selector.
- Fixed site cloning error that occurred when the PHP version was not set.
- Fixed PageSpeed Insights temporary network errors triggering false error reports.
---
# v2.4.0 - xCloud
> Cloudflare WAF rule management is now available directly inside xCloud. You can apply common WordPress security protections without creating manual rules in
## **🔥 New Features**
### **🌟** **[Cloudflare WAF Rules Integration](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)**
Cloudflare WAF rule management is now available directly inside xCloud. You can apply common WordPress security protections without creating manual rules in the Cloudflare dashboard.
- **Cloudflare WAF Security Settings** – Configure essential WordPress protection rules directly from the xCloud dashboard.
- **Allow Good Bots & ACME Validation** – Ensures trusted crawlers and Let’s Encrypt validation requests continue to function normally.
- **Sensitive File Protection** – Blocks direct access to files that should not be publicly exposed.
- **wp-config.php Protection** – Prevents direct access to the WordPress configuration file.
- **XML-RPC Blocking** – Reduces exposure to XML-RPC abuse and brute-force attacks.
- **Author Enumeration Protection** – Blocks requests attempting to discover WordPress usernames.
Each rule is applied as a **Cloudflare WAF custom rule via API** and managed per site directly from xCloud.
### **🔄 New: Easy WordPress Rollback with Backup**
You can now roll back plugins, themes, or WordPress core in a few clicks. Just pick a version from a searchable list and revert instantly. You can also enable automatic backups before rollback.
### **⚙️ New: Auto-Tune PHP, FPM & OPcache**
Added auto-tunes for PHP, FPM, and OPcache settings based on your server RAM. It suggests optimized values instantly and lets you manage full OPcache configuration. Works seamlessly with both Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed.
## ✨**Improvements**
- Improved access log view with search, filters, and bot traffic insights
- Better default OPcache settings applied during PHP installation
- Improved disk usage with clearer stats such as total, used, and free space
- Refreshed support portal design with better visibility and layout
- Improved site controls with “Enable Site” action and quick recovery option
- General UI improvements for spacing, colors, and responsiveness
## ✨**Bug Fixes**
- Reduced false alerts from PageSpeed errors caused by external issues
- Improved retry handling for PageSpeed connection failures
- Fixed incorrect sorting and pagination issues in Site Insights
- Resolved Site Pro deployment-related errors
- Fixed Slack notification issue in vulnerability alerts
- Fixed duplicate DNS record issue in Cloudflare sync
---
# v2.4.1 - xCloud
> Create and manage HTTP header and redirect rules for WordPress sites running NGINX directly from the xCloud UI – no manual nginx config editing required.
## 🔥 New Features
### **WordPress**
#### 🌟[Site Rules](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/) – Manage HTTP Headers & Redirects for WordPress Sites
Create and manage HTTP header and redirect rules for WordPress sites running NGINX directly from the xCloud UI – no manual nginx config editing required.
##### **Add Custom Headers**
Define custom HTTP response headers (security headers, caching headers, CORS, etc.) for your WordPress site directly from the dashboard. Strengthen site security, control browser caching, and manage cross-origin policies without manually editing nginx configuration files.
##### **Redirects**
Set up 301/302 redirects for URLs, paths, or patterns from a clean, intuitive interface. Manage post-migration URL changes, enforce trailing slashes, or route legacy paths to new destinations — all without writing a single rewrite rule by hand.
### **🌟 [Bulk NGINX Customization](/docs/how-to-apply-bulk-nginx-customization/)**
Apply NGINX Configs Across Multiple Sites at Once on xCloud. You can now push custom NGINX configurations to multiple sites on a server in a single operation directly from the dashboard without editing each site individually. 🚀
## **🌟 [Restore Backup To Any Site On Any Server](/docs/how-to-restore-a-backup-to-another-site/)**
Seamless Cross-Site Backup Restoration Is Now Available on xCloud. You can now restore a WordPress backup directly to another existing site without rebuilding anything from scratch. This feature helps you clone live sites to staging, recover broken environments instantly, or reuse recent backups across projects. It simplifies migration workflows, reduces downtime, and gives you full control.
### **🌟 Sidebar Menu Search Is Now Available Again**
Search improves navigation speed across the xCloud dashboard with sidebar menu search. Now users can instantly find exact page locations more easily.
### 🌟**[Site-Level Cron Job Management](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)**
Added comprehensive **Cron Job Management** directly in the xCloud dashboard at the site level. Users can now create, edit, and delete cron jobs without SSH access, with support for custom schedules, command validation, and execution logs.
### 🌟 **[Staging Hook Scripts](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/) — Post-Pull & Post-Push Automation**
Add your own Post-Pull and Post-Push scripts from the Staging Management page. These scripts run automatically after each pull or push, so you can execute custom bash commands without manual work.
Use them to deactivate sync plugins, clear caches, or apply environment-specific settings instantly.
### **✨ Improvements**
- Easy Upgrade From Free To PRO – A new global upgrade modal accessible from anywhere in the app, allowing free plan users to upgrade to the Starter plan without leaving their current page.
- Fatal Error Banners & Notifications – When a fatal PHP error occurs on a site, xCloud now shows a banner on the site dashboard. It also includes a direct link to the error logs for faster debugging. Also, users will get real-time integrated notifications channels and a dashboard.
- Improved warning banner system consistency across dashboard
- Added searchable sidebar navigation
- Improved search component flexibility
- Improved safety during site and server deletion
- Improved cross-server navigation state handling
- Improved gateway health check handling
- Improved backup deletion handling across storage types
## **✨ Bug Fixes**
- Fixed checkout security issues related to duplicate accounts and charges
- Fixed whitelabel server creation failures
- Fixed session handling on password change
- Fixed issues with salt handling during production push
- Fixed staging visibility indexing after database pull
- Fixed SSL-related deletion crashes
- Fixed cache helper CPU loop issue.
- Fixed MySQL install hang in non-interactive environments.
- Fixed PM2 startup issues on reboot for Node.js Git sites.
- Fixed mailbox banner-related issue.
---
# v2.5.0 - xCloud
> The xCloud infrastructure upgrade brings major improvements to the performance, security, and long-term stability of your dashboard. This release focuses on
## 🚀 Introducing the xCloud Infrastructure Upgrade: A Faster and More Secure Dashboard
The xCloud infrastructure upgrade brings major improvements to the performance, security, and long-term stability of your dashboard. This release focuses on faster operations, near-instant navigation, and a modern foundation that keeps xCloud reliable as it continues to grow.
### ✨ What this upgrade brings for you
- **No more waiting on slow operations** – provisioning servers, managing DNS, billing, API calls – all ~40% faster on average
- **Pages load before you expect them to** – xCloud now prefetches the next page before you click, so navigation feels instant
- **Dashboards show content first** – no more staring at a loading screen while everything catches up. Your content appears immediately; heavy data loads behind the scenes
- **Better security** – every package is patched and up to date, with fewer dependencies, meaning fewer things that can go wrong
---
# v2.5.2 - xCloud
> Deploy your own self-improving AI agent with persistent memory, auto-built skills, and multi-platform messaging — fully managed on xCloud. No terminal or
## New Features
### 🆕 [Introducing Hermes Agent Hosting on xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
Deploy your own self-improving AI agent with persistent memory, auto-built skills, and multi-platform messaging — fully managed on xCloud. No terminal or DevOps experience needed.
Hermes Agent remembers you across sessions, builds new skills as it works, and runs 24/7 on autopilot. You sign up, we deploy, you start chatting.
- Persistent memory – remembers everything across sessions, no re-explaining needed.
- Self-building skills – gets smarter the longer it runs by learning from every task.
- Multi-platform messaging – manage from Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp & more.
- Built-in scheduling for reports, monitoring, and automations.
- 40+ tools out of the box – web search, browser automation, code execution, vision, and more.
🌟 With xCloud, you get one-click deployment, built-in Telegram support, auto SSL, daily backups, managed updates, and security – all in one place.
👉 Visit the [**page**](/paperclip-hosting/) for more details.
## **🐛 Improvements**
📌 Added a combined stack called Agentic for OpenClaw, Paperclip, and Hermes Agent for xCloud Managed Servers.
📌 Added Cloudflare Security Settings support for OpenLiteSpeed sites
## **🐛 Bug Fixes**
📌 Fixed an issue related to Nginx regeneration
📌 Fixed incorrect commit details showing in GIT deployment history
📌 Fixed deployment issues for GitHub auto-deploys
📌 Fixed SSL retry options for failed certificates
📌 Fixed silent failures with Disable Nginx Regeneration across multiple site actions
📌 Fixed SSL-related issues affecting failed certificates, multisite subdomains, and staging/live sites
---
# v2.5.3 - xCloud
> Security Release - 🔒 CVE-2026-31431 ("Copy Fail") Mitigation AppliedAutomatically disables the vulnerable algif_aead Linux kernel module across all connected
**Security Release** – 🔒 CVE-2026-31431 (“Copy Fail”) Mitigation Applied
Automatically disables the vulnerable algif\_aead Linux kernel module across all connected servers — both xCloud-managed and non-managed — via the existing security patch system. The module is permanently blacklisted, safely unloaded if running, and verified blocked without impacting older or custom server configurations. No action required from your side.
---
# v2.5.6 - xCloud
> The xCloud MailBox Addon is now a complete business productivity suite — not just email anymore. Create professional email addresses with your own domain
## 🔥 New Features
### **🚀 [xCloud MailBox](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/) – Free Professional Mailbox With Advanced Features**
The xCloud MailBox Addon is now a complete business productivity suite — not just email anymore. Create professional email addresses with your own domain (e.g., yourname@yourbusiness.com), build trust with customers, and manage everything from one place.
- **Free Mailbox for xCloud Server/Provider Users** — Every unique domain hosted on an xCloud Managed or Provider Server now gets one free professional mailbox with the full suite included. No setup fee, no commitment.
- **Professional Email Features** — Threaded conversations, unlimited email signatures, built-in rules engine for auto-filtering and tagging, spam and phishing protection, unified inbox for all accounts, IMAP & POP client support, aliases, mail forwarding, catch-all addresses, mail templates, schedule send, undo send, snooze, and follow-up reminders.
- **Full Business Workspace** — Built-in calendar with smart scheduling, RSVP, recurring events, and resource booking. Shared task lists with due dates, reminders, priority flags, and team collaboration. Personal address book with smart autocomplete. Dark mode and app access on any device.
- **Upgrade to Unlock Even More** — Cloud Drive with file sharing, version history, WebDAV, and sync clients. Built-in document, spreadsheet, and presentation editors with real-time collaboration. Shared contacts across your organization. Read receipts and follow-up reminders.
- **Enterprise-Grade Security** — Two-factor authentication, WebAuthn hardware key support, end-to-end encryption, and premium antivirus, antispam, and antiphishing protection.
- **Plans Starting at Just $1/mo** — 8GB at $1/mo, 25GB at $2.5/mo, 50GB at $5/mo, and 80GB at $8/mo with support for 25+ languages.
- **Easy Migration from Legacy Mailbox** — Existing users can migrate seamlessly to the new mailbox using the built-in migration tool. Move all emails in bulk per domain, keep the same pricing and billing, and unlock more features at no additional cost.
- **AI-Powered Email Productivity** — Auto-generate email replies and subject lines, summarize long email threads in seconds, smart classification to sort your inbox automatically, automate routine tasks with Smart Tasks, and text-to-speech for emails read aloud.
## **✨** Improvements
- Cloudflare integration no longer requires the Origin CA Key, so new Cloudflare users can connect without it.
- Users now see AI-powered answer suggestions while creating support tickets.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed site environment stays as Production when the domain update fails during the demo-to-live transition.
- Fixed Authorization header being dropped on OpenLiteSpeed Node-app reverse proxy.
- Fixed an issue related to the MariaDB database settings.
- Billing accuracy and invoice reconciliation improvements
- Internal admin reporting and MRR visibility enhancements
- Missing bill detection and recovery workflow improvements
- Server billing calculation fixes for resize and plan changes
- Provider data sync improvements for Vultr backups, server size, and billing status
- Mailbox migration backend improvements, including migration flow, plan handling, and provider architecture
- Multi-provider mailbox architecture improvements with OX Mail integration
- Abuse report handling improvements with better queue processing
- WordPress vulnerability scanning performance improvements
- White-label product picker and storage information improvements
- Server SSH authentication state handling improvements
- Domain update rollback improvements for safer failed updates
- Internal API callback error response improvements
- Meta Ads purchase tracking and deduplication improvements
- Internal report access control and permission handling improvements
- Site deletion and PHP-FPM restart safety improvements
- GitHub release and cache handling improvements
- Internal test coverage and rollback test improvements
- Various UI polish, route guards, loader states, and admin action improvements
## 🔖 Resources
- [How to Set Up xCloud MailBox Addon](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
- [How to Configure Your Email Client with xCloud Mailbox Addon](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
- [How to Migrate Emails From Legacy Mailbox To The New xCloud MailBox](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
---
# v2.5.9 - xCloud
> Manage HTTP Headers & Redirects for WordPress Sites. Create and manage HTTP headers and redirect rules for WordPress sites running OLS directly from the
## 🔥 New Features
### 🌟 [Introduced Site Rules For OLS Server](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
Manage HTTP Headers & Redirects for WordPress Sites. Create and manage HTTP headers and redirect rules for WordPress sites running OLS directly from the xCloud dashboard.
- **Add Custom Headers**: Define custom HTTP response headers (security headers, caching headers, CORS, etc.) for your WordPress site directly from the dashboard. Strengthen site security, control browser caching, and manage cross-origin policies without manually editing nginx configuration files.
- **Redirects:** Set up 301/302 redirects for URLs, paths, or patterns from a clean, intuitive interface. Manage post-migration URL changes, enforce trailing slashes, or route legacy paths to new destinations — all without writing a single rewrite rule by hand.
### ⚡ Improvements
✅ Patchstack now tracks each site individually for more reliable scans, updates, and SSO.
✅ Vulnerability counts now match across all pages, “Last Scanned” is back, and you’ll get instant alerts on new threats.
### 🐛 Bug Fixes
🔧 Fixed Cloudflare WAF rule that was blocking Googlebot and breaking SEO on 100+ sites.
🔧 Fixed Push-to-Deploy toggle so disabling it actually stops deployments.
🔧 Fixed 502 errors on Node.js, N8N, and Uptime Kuma sites after re-enable.
🔧 Fixed misleading “select at least one database” error when editing database users.
🔧 Fixed orphaned staging sites left behind when deleting a production site.
🔧 Fixed backup table to show the real total instead of just the current page count.
---
# v2.6.0 - xCloud
> Build Trust With Clear Website Maintenance Reports for Your Clients. Generate professional, fully branded site reports for your clients directly from the
## 🔥 New Features
### 🌟 [Client Reports For Professional Branded Website Maintenance Reports](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Build Trust With Clear Website Maintenance Reports for Your Clients. Generate professional, fully branded site reports for your clients directly from the xCloud dashboard in just a few clicks.
- **Comprehensive Site Reports:** Generate reports covering performance, security, backups, updates, and traffic all in one place. Choose your reporting period and customize which sections to include or exclude.
- **Full Branding Control:** Add your own logo, company name, colors, and custom intro/outro messages. Your clients see your brand, not ours.
- **Custom Development Logging:** Log custom development work you delivered during the reporting period so clients see exactly what they’re paying for.
- **Report Preview & History:** Preview reports live before generating to avoid surprises. Access your full report history with download and delete options anytime.
- **Reports Include:** App details and SSL certificate status, WordPress core and plugin/theme update logs, backup summary, security and vulnerability status, snapshots, PageSpeed Insights scores (mobile and desktop), traffic statistics, and custom development entries with hours and descriptions.
## **✨** Improvements
- Improved dashboard workflows for a smoother site and server management experience.
- Enhanced several user interface areas to make key information easier to find and understand.
- Improved overall platform stability and reliability across common actions.
## **✨** Bug Fixes
- Fixed issues affecting some site and server management workflows.
- Resolved minor UI inconsistencies across the dashboard.
- Improved error handling for a more reliable user experience.
---
# v2.6.1 - xCloud
> Reset your server to a day-one clean state without decommissioning, re-provisioning, or starting a new billing cycle. One click resets the stack while your
## 🚀 New Feature
### 🌟 [Introducing Server Rebuild on xCloud](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/) – One Click to a Fresh Server, Same IP & Billing
Reset your server to a day-one clean state without decommissioning, re-provisioning, or starting a new billing cycle. One click resets the stack while your IP, DNS records, firewall rules, and invoice stay exactly where they are.
- **Switch your web stack:** Choose between NGINX, OpenLiteSpeed, Docker + Nginx, or any of our Agentic stacks (OpenClaw, Paperclip, Hermes) — swap your entire web environment in a single action.
- **Change your database:** Move to MySQL 8.4, MariaDB 11, depending on what your new stack needs.
- **Keep the same public IP:** DNS records, firewall rules, and monitoring URLs stay intact, so there’s nothing to reconfigure on the network side.
- **Keep the same billing cycle:** No new server, no new invoice, no prorated charges, your existing subscription continues uninterrupted.
- **Same security hardening, fresh disk:** SSL, SSH, and 7G-firewall come back automatically on the rebuilt server, so you start clean without losing your baseline protection.
## ⚡ Improvements
- Bills Payment page now displays detailed invoices above the billing history for faster reference.
- Mailbox now correctly shows whether SMTP is available for the user’s plan.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed stale database information appearing after deleting databases or users.
- Fixed renewal billing issues affecting white-label subscriptions.
---
# v2.6.3 - xCloud
> Find anything in xCloud instantly. Press Cmd+K to search across all your servers, sites, and feature pages from anywhere in the dashboard. When you’re on a
## 🚀 New Feature
## Global Search (Cmd+K / Ctrl+K)
Find anything in xCloud instantly. Press Cmd+K to search across all your servers, sites, and feature pages from anywhere in the dashboard. When you’re on a server page, the search automatically scopes to that server’s sites.
You’ll also see smart hints showing which features are available based on your server stack and site type, your recent searches, and provider and site-type logos to help you spot results faster. The old sidebar search has been retired, the new search palette replaces it. Keyboard and accessibility behavior has been polished too (focus handling, Esc to close, scroll-lock).
## Improvements:
- Guided SSH Key Setup Setting up SSH keys is now much easier. A new step-by-step guided UI walks you through the process during the sudo/SSH flow, so first-time setup is smoother and less error-prone.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue with the Hostinger integration
- Fixed an issue with the domain update feature
- Fixed issues with NGINX packages
---
# v2.6.4 - xCloud
> Installing and managing PHP extensions no longer requires SSH access or command-line work. xCloud now lets you view, install, and remove PHP extensions for
## 🔥 New Features
## 🌟 [**PHP Extensions Management**](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/) – Add PHP Extensions With Clicks, Not Code
Installing and managing PHP extensions no longer requires SSH access or command-line work. xCloud now lets you view, install, and remove PHP extensions for every PHP version directly from the dashboard.
- One-click installation for supported extensions including APCu, Xdebug, LDAP, YAML, and more
- One-click removal of extensions you no longer need
- Dedicated Installed Extensions and Available Extensions sections with extension counts
- Real-time status indicators for every extension
- Built-in protection for core PHP extensions to prevent accidental removal
- Confirmation prompts before extension removal for safer management
- Unified PHP Configuration and Extensions interface for a cleaner management experience
## ✨ Improvements
- Reseller Panel: Resellers can now create products specifically with stacks (NGINX/OLS) or with AI Agents (OpenClaw, Hermes)
- Improved global search result prioritization and navigation experience.
- Added monitoring data source filtering across monitoring views.
## **✨** Bug Fixes
- Fixed Cloudflare redirect SSL issues on multi-domain redirect sites.
- Enhanced white-label stack selection and product management.
---
# v2.6.5 - xCloud
> Take full control of your servers and sites through a modern RESTful API. Automate repetitive tasks, scale your infrastructure, and build directly on top of
## 🔥 New Features
#### 🌟 [xCloud API — Develop, Integrate, and Automate Programmatically](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
Take full control of your servers and sites through a modern RESTful API. Automate repetitive tasks, scale your infrastructure, and build directly on top of xCloud, all with enterprise-grade security. Create a token in your dashboard settings, set the permissions you need, and start building in about a minute.
- **Auto-provision servers** through the API with no dashboard required.
- **Deploy fully configured sites** in a single API call.
- **Manage SSH and sudo users programmatically**, adding or removing access on demand.
- **Build CI/CD pipelines, client portals, SaaS tools, and internal dashboards** on top of xCloud.
- **Pull live server and site data** into any system you already use.
- **Enterprise-grade security** with token-based, permission-scoped access on every request.
We will continue to expand API capabilities by introducing additional endpoints on a regular basis.
## ✨ Improvements & Bug Fixes
- Improved the payment flow so customers can now securely save cards and pay invoices directly inside xCloud using embedded Stripe payments, with 3D Secure support for future renewals.
- The limit of the additional domain has now been increased per team with Cloudflare.
- Improved MySQL auto-healing so it no longer runs when the server is not in the correct state.
- Fixed an issue related to the Hermes events feed and Status page.
- Fixed MySQL repeatedly trying to repair itself during problems.
- Fixed an activity issue where the site deletion was not showing in the activity log.
- Resolved issues with the Hermes dashboard events feed disconnecting and reduced unnecessary task/poll requests on the Status page.
- Fixed: Improved Vultr managed server creation errors by showing a clear message instead of the unclear “Invalid plan chosen” error.
- Fixed: Local backup auto-delete now self-heals correctly when needed.
- Added support for Hermes live chat with Hermes Agents.
## 🔖 Resources
- [**How to Access the xCloud API**](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
- [**xCloud API Documentation**](http://xcloud.host/docs/xcloud-api)
---
# v2.6.7 - xCloud
> You can now add Git integration to an existing WordPress or Custom PHP site directly from the site's Git tab, in a single flow. Previously, putting an
## 🔥 New Features
### 🌟[**Git Integration for Existing WordPress & Custom PHP Sites**](/docs/set-up-git-integration-for-existing-wordpress-or-php-site/)
You can now add Git integration to an existing WordPress or Custom PHP site directly from the site’s Git tab, in a single flow. Previously, putting an existing site under Git meant redeploying the project from scratch: create a repository, push your files, set up a deploy key, and get it live.
Now you pick a connected GitHub provider, confirm the prefilled repository name, and review the generated .gitignore. xCloud then creates a private repository, pushes your current site files as the first commit, and configures the deploy key and webhook automatically. Push-to-deploy is available the moment setup completes, with no manual SSH or Git wiring.
### What is included:
✅ Add Git to an existing WordPress or Custom PHP site without redeploying it
✅ Skip the manual setup of repositories, deploy keys, and webhooks
✅ Start from a clean codebase, with sensitive and unnecessary files ignored for you
✅ Get a private repository with your site files captured from the first commit
✅ Use push-to-deploy as soon as setup finishes
Bring existing WordPress and Custom PHP sites under Git control with a single click on xCloud now in just a few clicks. 🚀
## 🌟 [**Laravel Site Cloning**](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Cloning is no longer just for WordPress. Spin up a copy of any Laravel site for staging, testing, or a new environment, without rebuilding it from scratch.
If you have deployed a Laravel site using Git from xCloud, the clone brings your Git settings along with it, so push-to-deploy is ready to go on the new copy. Each clone also gets its own deploy key instead of sharing the original one, keeping your setup clean and secure. Clone, test, and ship with confidence. 🚀
## **🌟 [Hermes Workspace Setup Support](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)**
We’ve added Hermes Workspace setup support, including workspace connection/self-hosting flow, token generation, Docker UI support, and optional domain/SSL setup where available.
## ✨Improvements
- Added a dedicated AI Website Builder card for Site.pro sites in Site Overview.
- Added Hermes Workspace setup support.
- Added Laravel site cloning and full server migration support.
- Improved global search with recent servers and sites.
- Improved Server Logs selection workflow.
## 🐛Bug Fixes
- Fixed site deletion + web terminal output related issue.
- Improved Security Analytics to reduce false attack detections and clarify insights.
- Fixed WordPress scan crashes caused by overly long plugin or theme titles.
- Fixed same-server cloning issues that could affect original site database safety.
- Fixed Hermes Codex OAuth token saving and refresh issues.
- Fixed robots.txt handling for proxied Node.js SSR apps.
- Improved client report generation to reduce pending report delays.
- Fixed OpenLiteSpeed PHP worker updates.
---
# v2.6.8 - xCloud
> ✨ Improvements Added Dedicated Server Plans on xCloud Managed Server – Added new General Purpose optimized plans when provisioning dedicated servers, giving
## ✨ Improvements
- **Added Dedicated Server Plans** on xCloud Managed Server – Added new General Purpose optimized plans when provisioning dedicated servers, giving you more sizing options.
- Improved Codex integration to set up the agent harness automatically on connection.
- Improved deployment reliability by ignoring stale tasks that interfered with the deploy guard.
- Patched a security vulnerability (CVE-2026-46331) for stronger server protection.
---
# v2.6.9 - xCloud
> Take full control of your servers and sites by describing what you want in plain language, and let the skills handle the xCloud Public API calls in the
## 🔥 New Features
## 🌟 [xCloud AI Agent Skills](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/): Manage Your Servers and Sites With Plain Language
Take full control of your servers and sites by describing what you want in plain language, and let the skills handle the xCloud Public API calls in the background with enterprise-grade security. The skills are agent-agnostic: they work with any MCP-compatible AI coding agent, including Claude, Codex, Grok, and others. Create a token in your dashboard settings, install the skills in your agent, and start in about a minute.
- Create a fully configured site with a single prompt, no dashboard required.
- Check the status of any server or site with a single prompt.
- Manage servers, PHP versions, databases, and firewall rules in plain language, on demand.
- Run WordPress updates, vulnerability scans, SSL setup, and site backups just by asking.
- Pull live server and site data into workflows you already use.
- Included with your xCloud account at no additional cost.
- Enterprise-grade security: token-based, permission-scoped access on every request.
## ✨ Improvements
- Improved flash message appearance and timing for cleaner, less distracting alerts.
- Streamlined setup for agentic-only teams by hiding manual site creation.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue related to the support tickets page.
- Fixed the client reports logo issue, which was not displaying properly.
- Fixed server monitoring so CPU usage now shows accurately.
- Fixed an error that could cause the team management page to fail to load.
---
# v2.7.0 - xCloud
> xCloud v2.7.0 brings a more powerful AI Bot Blocker, stronger backup reliability, smoother n8n provisioning, and several improvements across site management,
xCloud v2.7.0 brings a more powerful AI Bot Blocker, stronger backup reliability, smoother n8n provisioning, and several improvements across site management, billing, search, and documentation.
## 🔥 New Features
### [🆕 AI Bot Blocker Management Got Smarter](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/)
We’ve upgraded the AI Bot Blocker from a simple on/off option into a full management experience for your sites. You can now view the default AI bot blocklist, allow selected bots, and add custom bots to block directly from the Web Server Security page.
Major updates are:
- View the full built-in AI bot blocklist.
- Add bots to an allowlist when you want to let specific AI crawlers access your site.
- Add custom bots to your own blocklist.
- Search and select multiple bots at once for faster management.
- Works with both Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed sites.
This gives you more control over how AI crawlers interact with your websites while keeping the default protection easy to manage.
## ⚡ Improvements
- Added a new Custom Nginx \`main\_location\` option, allowing advanced users to add custom rules inside the main PHP app location block.
- Improved global search so sites can be found even when you paste a full URL like \`https://example.com/\`, not just the plain domain.
- Improved several UI areas, including profile avatar visibility, server creation cards, mobile layouts, analytics controls, and white-label product editing.
- API documentation has been standardized with OpenAPI YAML and Scalar for a cleaner, more consistent developer documentation experience.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue where the dashboard could show incorrect or stale “Next Backup” times. Backup schedules are now calculated from the active site-level backup settings.
- Fixed inherited backup exclude paths for newly created and migrated sites, so backup exclusions are carried over correctly.
- Fixed an issue where sites using remote backups could incorrectly appear as active under the Local Backup tab.
- Improved backup delete handling so xCloud now reconciles backup records correctly even when the remote storage is already clean.
- Improved n8n provisioning by moving long installation tasks into the long-running provisioning flow, reducing queue timeout issues.
- Hardened n8n PM2 startup and update handling to reduce recurring 502/503 errors after updates.
- Added proxy trust configuration for n8n behind the xCloud Nginx reverse proxy.
- Cleaned up fallback n8n PM2 configuration handling.
- Fixed WordPress staging clone failures caused by file ownership issues after \`rsync\`.
- Improved domain update handling so partially completed server rename states can be detected, rolled back, or resumed more safely.
- Fixed duplicate white-label renewal invoices when users retried failed “Renew Now” attempts.
- Improved the Managed Server “Continue Setup” flow so users who already purchased eligible plans can continue deployment correctly.
- Added stronger validation for cloud provider credential labels to prevent invalid provider saves.
- Enterprise and Public API documentation now use a more consistent OpenAPI YAML structure.
---
# v2.7.1 - xCloud
> Paste a repository URL and xCloud takes it from there. It reads the repo, works out what it is, sets everything up, and deploys it. No pipelines to write, no
## 🔥 New Features
### 🌟 [**One-Click Deploy From Git**](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/): The Fastest Way to Ship Any Project on xCloud
Paste a repository URL and xCloud takes it from there. It reads the repo, works out what it is, sets everything up, and deploys it. No pipelines to write, no app type to pick, no CLI tools to install. WordPress, Laravel, Node.js, Docker, or anything else — the same flow for all of your Git projects, live in under a minute.
- Stack detected automatically from your repository.
- Branch is detected automatically.
- AI-generated deploy scripts, created directly from the repository’s own documentation.
- Environment variables filled automatically from your repo’s sample file, with secrets generated safely on the server.
- Domains and SSL are configured automatically, with a domain per service, staging or live.
- One flow for every project type. Setup takes seconds instead of hours.
## 🐞 Bug Fixes
- Restored automatic Redis installation during new server provisioning.
- Fixed provisioning failures for database names containing hyphens.
- Improved WordPress installation reliability with verified ZIP downloads.
- Fixed incorrect Webhook Inactive status reporting on Hermes servers.
---
# v2.7.2.2 - xCloud
> xCloud v2.7.2.2 adds GPT-5.6 support for AI agents and improves deployment, monitoring, WordPress update, and dashboard reliability.
xCloud v2.7.2.2 adds GPT-5.6 support for AI agents and improves deployment, monitoring, WordPress update, and dashboard reliability.
## 🔥 New Features
### 🆕 GPT-5.6 Support for AI Agents
You can now use GPT-5.6 with Hermes, OpenClaw, and Paperclip on xCloud.
- GPT-5.6 Sol, Terra, and Luna models are now available where supported.
- Agent provider settings now make it easier to use the recommended default model or keep a custom model selection.
## ⚡ Improvements
- Improved Git deployments for Laravel and Custom PHP projects. You can configure the web root more easily, and custom environment variables are saved correctly during deployment.
- Improved WordPress update information so the Updates page refreshes the current version and last checked time more accurately.
- Improved site icons in the dashboard with more reliable favicon handling and fallbacks.
- Improved monitoring reliability for newly provisioned servers, even before the first site has been created.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue that could cause temporary network interruptions to trigger false server-disconnected alerts. xCloud now rechecks the server before sending an alert.
- Fixed agent service restart actions for Hermes, OpenClaw, Paperclip, and white-label agent services.
- Fixed an issue that could cause errors when working with sites linked to unavailable or deleted servers.
- Fixed a backup settings issue that could affect backup information loading in some cases.
- Fixed issue with server location display
No action is required. These improvements and fixes are being applied automatically.
---
# v2.7.2 - xCloud
> The old source we used for Nginx is out of date and no longer gets new versions. Now you can move your servers to the official Nginx with a single click. Just
## 🔥 New Features
The old source we used for Nginx is out of date and no longer gets new versions. Now you can move your servers to the official Nginx with a single click. Just click on the ‘Upgrade Nginx’ button from the banner of your dashboard and xCloud does the rest in the background. Your sites stay online the whole time. If something goes wrong, it undoes the change by itself, so it’s completely safe to try. New servers already come with the official Nginx built in.
- New servers use the official Nginx, with all the features included.
- Your sites stay online during the whole upgrade.
- If the upgrade fails, it rolls back on its own, so nothing breaks.
## 🐞 Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue related to the server deletion failed.
---
# v2.7.3 - xCloud
> xCloud v2.7.3 brings a smoother sign-in and checkout experience, stronger multisite wildcard SSL handling, more flexible Custom Nginx controls, and
xCloud v2.7.3 brings a smoother sign-in and checkout experience, stronger multisite wildcard SSL handling, more flexible Custom Nginx controls, and reliability improvements across the platform.
## 🔥 New Features
### Social Login and Unified Checkout
Sign in with your Google or GitHub account, manage connected accounts, and complete purchases through a simpler unified checkout flow.
📌 Select the stack and product options you need while checking out.
📌 Purchase multiple eligible items in a single checkout.
### Custom Nginx Toggle
Enable or disable an individual Custom Nginx rule without deleting its configuration. Disabled rules keep their settings, so they can be re-enabled whenever needed.
### Region-Based Vultr Plan Availability
When creating a Vultr server, xCloud now checks plan availability for your selected region before provisioning begins.
This helps identify unavailable plans earlier in the server-creation process.
## **🐛 Improvements**
📌 Improved managed wildcard SSL issuance for WordPress multisite subdomain networks, with clearer DNS validation and certificate coverage checks.
📌 Improved the Site Git settings page with clearer action hierarchy.
📌 Updated the web and SSH terminal welcome banner for more accurate colour rendering.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
📌 Fixed an issue where Magic Login could fail for imported or connected WordPress sites without a configured admin username.
📌 Fixed Magic Login compatibility with the 8G Firewall on OpenLiteSpeed servers.
📌 Fixed an issue where disabling a site could overwrite a customised maintenance page.
📌 Fixed File Manager edit links for filenames containing spaces or special characters.
📌 Fixed phpMyAdmin disable failures so they remain visible and can be retried.
📌 Fixed notification settings so disconnected integration channels clearly show that they must be connected first.
📌 Fixed cases where an unavailable or stale Nginx installation state could affect upgrade handling.
📌 Improved the billing selector layout for purchased packages.
---
# xCloud v2.7.4: Buzz OneClick App & App Templates
> Deploy Buzz on xCloud with the new OneClick App Templates for Docker Nginx servers. Get guided setup, secure WebSockets, and persistent data.
**xCloud v2.7.4 introduces the Buzz OneClick App and OneClick App Templates**, making it easier to deploy supported self-hosted applications on Docker Nginx servers. You can now run your own private Buzz workspace on xCloud with a guided setup, secure WebSockets, and persistent application data.
## 🔥 New Features
### **OneClick App Templates** with **13+ new Apps**
xCloud’s new OneClick App Templates provide a guided way to deploy supported Docker and Node.js applications. xCloud manages the required credentials, ports, configuration values, and template version used during installation.
📌 Install supported applications through a guided setup flow instead of manually preparing Docker Compose files.
📌 Keep installations more predictable with template versions pinned during setup.
📌 Generate and manage required credentials, ports, and configuration values during installation.
### **[Buzz OneClick App Deployment](/docs/how-to-install-buzz-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)**
You can now deploy [Buzz](https://buzz.xyz) as a OneClick application on compatible Docker Nginx servers. Buzz is a self-hosted workspace where teams and AI agents can collaborate in shared rooms, work with Git, and communicate through signed events.
## Buzz OneClick App Setup on xCloud
📌 Launch your own Buzz relay with a custom domain and secure WebSocket connection.
📌 Connect through the Buzz desktop app or CLI using your own `wss://` relay URL.
📌 Run Buzz with PostgreSQL, Redis, and media storage configured automatically.
📌 Start with a private, membership-controlled relay using your supplied Nostr public key as the owner.
📌 Keep relay data, media uploads, Git repositories, and application data on persistent storage.
The Buzz OneClick App is available for compatible Docker Nginx servers in xCloud. Choose the Buzz template, connect a custom domain, provide the relay owner public key, and let xCloud prepare the required application services and configuration.
### What does the Buzz OneClick App install?
The Buzz template configures the Buzz workspace with PostgreSQL, Redis, media storage, persistent volumes, and WebSocket-ready Nginx proxy handling so teams and AI agents can collaborate through a secure relay.
## 🐛 Improvements
📌 OneClick applications now include controls to start, stop, restart, redeploy, and manage environment configuration after installation.
📌 Improved compatibility checks help prevent templates from being installed on unsupported server stacks.
📌 WebSocket-ready proxy handling makes applications such as Buzz available securely through your xCloud domain.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
📌 Improved reliability when WordPress updates time out, so sites are less likely to remain stuck in an in-progress update state.
📌 Improved n8n update handling to reduce the risk of an incomplete application replacement.
📌 Fixed billing and mailbox recovery cases so paid services and billing details are reflected more accurately.
---
# v2.7.5 - xCloud
> 🎉 xCloud MCP is here. Connect Claude, Claude Code, Cursor, ChatGPT, Gemini, VS Code, Windsurf, or any MCP-compatible client to your xCloud account and manage
## 🔥 New Features
### [xCloud MCP](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-connect-xcloud-mcp-to-ai-agent/)
🎉 xCloud MCP is here. Connect Claude, Claude Code, Cursor, ChatGPT, Gemini, VS Code, Windsurf, or any MCP-compatible client to your xCloud account and manage your servers and sites through a conversation instead of the dashboard.
Describe what you want in plain language and your AI assistant handles it against your real infrastructure:
- Create sites and spin up new environments from a single prompt.
- Deploy without leaving the editor or chat you are already working in.
- Ask why a deploy failed and get pointed to the actual cause.
- Compare staging and production to see what is different.
- Check PHP versions, server load, and site status across everything you run.
- Manage databases, SSL, and server resources without opening a tab.
## ✨ Improvements
- Site User is now visible and editable during the Deploy via Git workflow.
- Renamed **Automatic Delete** to **Backup Retention** for clearer backup management.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed an issue related to the double-clicking **Deploy** could create duplicate sites for the same domain.
- Fixed OpenLiteSpeed **www** redirects to correctly return HTTP 301 responses.
- Fixed deployments stuck related issue.
- Fixed team switching so servers and sites update immediately without requiring a page refresh.
- Fixed Codex OAuth login compatibility for the valid OpenAI accounts.
---
# v2.7.6 - xCloud
> Cloudflare Enterprise is now available on xCloud as a per-domain add-on. You get the same enterprise network the largest brands run on, fully managed by
## **🔥 New Features**
### [**Cloudflare Enterprise**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon/)
Cloudflare Enterprise is now available on xCloud as a per-domain add-on. You get the same enterprise network the largest brands run on, fully managed by xCloud, for a flat $5 per domain, per month. No Cloudflare account, no enterprise contract, and no DNS work on your side.
Turn it on per domain from Addons → Cloudflare Enterprise, or directly from a site. xCloud handles the zone setup, the certificate, and the routing.
- Serve your site from Cloudflare’s global network across 330+ locations.
- Pay a flat $5 per domain, per month, with no traffic-based charges.
- Get managed SSL on every domain you enable.
- Full page caching at the edge, so visitors are served from the location closest to them.
- Early Hints, so browsers start loading assets before the page response arrives.
- Automatic image optimization, in lossy or lossless mode.
- One-click cache purge across the whole network.
- Enterprise WAF that blocks SQL injection, XSS, and zero-day attempts in real time.
- Advanced DDoS protection at the edge, before traffic reaches your server.
- Browser Integrity Check and one-click Under Attack Mode for when you are being targeted.
- Crawler blocking to stop AI bots from scraping your content.
- Real-time request and data transfer analytics, including Cloudflare-served versus origin traffic.
- Cache performance and top countries, so you can see where your traffic comes from and how much of it never touches your server.
## **🌟 30+ One Click Apps: Self-Host Your Whole Stack in a Couple of Clicks**
We’ve added a big batch of new apps to xCloud One Click Apps, so you can now self-host search, analytics, docs, BI, automation, passwords, media, Git, and more, all in a couple of clicks. Pick an app and xCloud handles the setup, SSL, and config for you. With this release, we now support 30+ one click apps.
## **🆕 New Apps**
1. **Redis** In-memory data store for caching, queues, and fast key-value workloads.
2. **Moodle** Open-source LMS to build courses, run quizzes, and track grades on your server.
3. **BookStack** Open-source wiki and documentation platform for team knowledge bases, SOPs, and internal docs.
4. **Excalidraw** Virtual whiteboard for hand-drawn-style diagrams, wireframes, and flowcharts. Runs entirely in the browser — fast, private, and works offline once loaded.
5. **Metabase** Open-source business intelligence — connect your databases, ask questions in a friendly UI or SQL, and build shareable dashboards. No per-seat pricing, your data stays on your server.
6. **Matomo** Privacy-first, self-hosted web analytics with full data ownership, visitor insights, goals, campaigns, and tag management.
7. **Vaultwarden** Lightweight, Bitwarden-compatible password manager server. Works with all official Bitwarden apps and browser extensions.
8. **Gitea** Lightweight self-hosted Git forge with repos, pull requests, issues, packages, and Actions-compatible CI workflows. Ships SQLite + HTTPS cloning out of the box.
9. **Meilisearch** Lightning-fast, typo-tolerant search engine — an open-source Algolia alternative for apps and websites.
10. **Odoo Community** Open-source business suite with modular CRM, sales, invoicing, inventory, project, website, and e-commerce apps.
11. **Qdrant** Vector database and similarity-search engine for semantic search, recommendations, embeddings, and RAG. Includes REST APIs and a web dashboard.
12. **Plane** Open-source project management for issues, cycles, modules, pages, and team workspaces.
13. **Paperless-ngx** Open-source document management with OCR, full-text search, tagging, and automated organization.
14. **Listmonk** High-performance, self-hosted newsletter and mailing-list manager with subscriber segmentation, campaign analytics, templates, and a REST API.
15. **Keycloak** Open-source identity and access management with single sign-on, OpenID Connect, OAuth 2.0, SAML, user federation, and multi-factor authentication.
16. **Jellyfin** Free, open-source media server for organizing and streaming movies, TV, music, photos, and live TV to web, mobile, and TV clients — no subscriptions or premium gates.
17. **Hoppscotch** Open-source API development workspace for REST, GraphQL, realtime protocols, collections, environments, and teams.
18. **draw.io** Private browser-based diagramming for flowcharts, architecture diagrams, UML, network maps, and more. Stateless server with files saved or exported by the user.
19. **Discourse** Open-source community platform for discussions, support forums, knowledge sharing, and long-form conversations.
20. **Databasus** Self-hosted database backup console for PostgreSQL, MySQL, MariaDB, and MongoDB with schedules, retention, encrypted storage, notifications, and restore workflows.
21. **changedetection.io** Self-hosted website change monitoring for prices, inventory, policy pages, releases, and other web content, with configurable alerts and change history.
22. **Appsmith** Open-source low-code platform for building internal tools, admin panels, dashboards, and database-backed workflows with a visual editor, JavaScript, APIs, and data-source integrations.
23. **Actual Budget** Privacy-focused, local-first personal finance and envelope budgeting with reports, sync, optional bank import, and optional end-to-end encryption.
24. **Activepieces** Open-source workflow automation with a visual builder, AI agents, and hundreds of integrations.
25. **Linkding** Fast, lightweight self-hosted bookmark manager with tags, search, browser extensions, import/export, and an authenticated REST API.
26. **Wiki.js** Modern open-source knowledge base with access control, search, and collaborative editing.
27. **Wallos** Self-hosted subscription tracker for recurring payments, renewal dates, categories, currencies, statistics, and configurable notifications.
28. **Shiori** Lightweight self-hosted bookmark manager with full-text search, tags, import/export, browser extensions, and offline webpage archiving.
29. **PrivateBin** Zero-knowledge encrypted pastebin for expiring text, code, and password-protected links. Encryption and decryption happen in the browser.
30. **pgAdmin** Web-based administration for PostgreSQL, with a secure initial administrator account and persistent server definitions, preferences, sessions, and user files.
31. **ntfy** Private push notifications for scripts, apps, and infrastructure. Publish over HTTP and receive alerts in the web UI or ntfy mobile apps.
---
# v2.5.7 - xCloud
> Then you can install the required service as per your need:
## **🔥** New Features
- **⚡ xCloud now provisions servers nearly 50% faster** – We optimized how xCloud prepares new servers. Required services are prioritized first, while non-essential setup tasks are handled more efficiently in the background.
📌 New servers can become ready faster.
📌 Initial setup feels smoother and less blocked.
📌 Users can start working sooner after creating a server.
- **Install Services from the Dashboard** – When you install a site, your required services will be auto-installed. But if you want, you can now also install supported services directly from the server management dashboard.
Instead of relying on manual setup, users can open the Install a Service panel and choose which service or runtime they want to add to the server.
📌 Install services from the server dashboard.
📌 Supported options include PHP, Node.js, Redis, MySQL, and MariaDB.
📌 Version-specific options appear after selecting a service.
📌 Makes server customization easier without manual command-line work.
Visit Server > **Settings**
Then you can install the required service as per your need:
- **Service Auto-Healing Foundation** – xCloud now has a stronger foundation for detecting and recovering failed services.
📌 Services can be tracked more reliably.
📌 Failed or inactive services are easier to detect.
📌 This improves long-term server reliability and prepares xCloud for better automatic recovery flows.
## **✨** Improvements
- **Smarter Service Management** – Server services are now tracked in a more structured and reliable way.
📌 More accurate service status tracking.
📌 Clearer separation between services and runtimes.
📌 Easier management for start, stop, restart, and install actions.
📌 Better foundation for real-time service updates.
- **Live Service Status Updates** — Service actions now provide better real-time feedback in the dashboard.
📌 See service status changes without constantly refreshing the page.
📌 Better visibility when installing, starting, stopping, or restarting services.
📌 Easier to understand what is happening on your server.
- **Clearer Services and Runtime Display** – The server management interface now shows services and runtimes more clearly.
📌 Easier to understand which services are installed.
📌 Cleaner labels for server components.
📌 Better organization for PHP, Node.js, database services, and other runtimes.
- **Improved Database Options** – Database-related options are now cleaner and easier to understand.
📌 Better database picker during site creation.
📌 More consistent naming and capitalization.
📌 Less confusion when selecting database options.
No action is required from users. Existing servers will continue working normally.
## **🐛** Bug Fixes:
📌 Improved WordPress migration verification so xCloud can better confirm when a migration has completed successfully.
---
# v2.5.8 - xCloud
> ✨ Improvements Improved Mailbox Admin Visibility - NEW Mailbox management now has better admin tooling and reporting support. Safer Staging Pull from
## **✨** Improvements
- **Improved Mailbox Admin Visibility** – NEW Mailbox management now has better admin tooling and reporting support.
- Safer Staging Pull from Production – Pulling data from production to staging is now safer. – Sensitive mailer credentials are sanitized during staging sync. WordPress salts are refreshed for staging environments.PHP version parity is improved between production and staging. Helps prevent accidental use of production credentials in staging
- Faster OpenClaw Server Readiness – We improved the infrastructure flow for OpenClaw server creation so eligible OpenClaw servers can be prepared and assigned faster.
- Better Server Resize Billing Flow – Server resize billing now works more smoothly with the invoice payment modal.
- Improved Service Sync ReliabilityWe added a more reliable server service sync flow to keep server service records aligned.
- Cleaner Alert Notifications – We improved alert handling to prevent duplicate notifications for some alert events.This helps reduce noise and keeps notifications more accurate.
- Stronger Supply Chain Protection – We added an npm package safety guard to reduce the risk of installing newly published potentially unsafe packages too quickly.
- The server creation stack input has been updated with better design and positioning.
## **🐛** Bug Fixes:
- Fixed an issue where the Rank Math NGINX rewrite template could generate unsafe or unreliable rewrite output.
- Fixed an issue where the first server bill could be missing in some billing repair flows.
- Fixed a duplicate bill hash issue during server bill repair.
- Fixed server bill matching so products are matched correctly by renewal period.
- Fixed an issue where PHP auto-healing installation could run incorrectly on Al Agent Hosting and Docker-based stacks.
- Fixed a Redis extension issue that could cause instability during PHP installs on OpenLiteSpeed or NGINX servers.
- Fixed an issue where the caching page could appear blank for sites without a Redis password.
- Improved Redis password show/hide behavior on the caching page.
- Hardened the sudo user provisioning script for better reliability.
- Fixed server permission tests and backend handling around the newer server service structure.
---
# v2.6.2 - xCloud
> xCloud v2.6.2 introduces a new interactive browser SSH terminal, a redesigned server creation experience, new Hermes management panels, smarter Docker Compose
xCloud v2.6.2 introduces a new **interactive browser SSH terminal,** a **redesigned server creation experience**, new **Hermes management panels**, **smarter** **Docker Compose environment setup**, and safer confirmation modals for risky server actions. This release also includes server setup improvements, Mailbox validation updates, and multiple reliability fixes across sites, servers, backups, Supabase, WordPress, and dashboard workflows.
## 🚀 New Feature
### [🌟 Interactive Browser SSH Terminal — Open Server & Site Terminal From xCloud Dashboard](/docs/access-web-terminal-in-xcloud/)
Open server, sudo user, or site user terminal sessions directly from the xCloud dashboard, no local SSH client required. Terminal access is permission-controlled and uses secure, single-use session tickets, so server credentials are not exposed to the browser.
### 🌟 Redesigned Server Creation Flow
We redesigned the server creation experience across all supported providers with a cleaner layout, improved plan selection, better stack options, and recommended plan support. This makes launching a new server easier, clearer, and more consistent.
### 🌟 New Hermes Management Panels
Hermes sites now include new dashboard panels for Status, Reset, Environment, and Updates. You can view service status, manage selected settings, reset configuration, and check updates more easily from xCloud.
## ⚡ Improvements
- Safer Confirmation for Risky Server Actions – xCloud now shows a confirmation modal before high-impact actions like restarting the server, NGINX, LiteSpeed, or MySQL/MariaDB. This helps prevent accidental downtime.
- Smarter Docker Compose Environment Setup – Custom Docker Compose setup now detects missing environment variables and helps prepare the .env file automatically. This makes Docker Compose deployments easier and reduces setup errors.
- New server creation now uses Ubuntu 24.04 by default.
- Improved server setup reliability for new servers.
- Improved server plan categorization and recommendation support.
- Improved dashboard design consistency across server creation pages.
- Improved Hermes provider and channel setup instructions.
- Improved Mailbox validation for reserved prefixes.
- Improved service and permission handling across server pages.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed Laravel NGINX 404 handling for PHP-served assets.
- Fixed Supabase install/reinstall port conflict issues.
- Fixed Supabase dashboard password configuration issues.
- Fixed WordPress Git-clone site creation failure.
- Fixed site deletion handling when no database engine exists.
- Fixed CPU monitoring process detection.
- Fixed empty MySQL backup size checks.
- Fixed Wordfence manual scan timestamp saving.
- Fixed sudo username validation.
- Fixed Mailbox admin prefix and API error handling.
- Fixed Site Events per-page dropdown and pagination issues.
---
# v2.6.6 - xCloud
> Introducing xCloud Pulse, a native macOS menu bar companion app for xCloud, built on the upcoming xCloud Public API.
## 🔥 New Features
#### 🌟 [**xCloud Pulse**](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/) — Native macOS Menu Bar Companion App
Introducing xCloud Pulse, a native macOS menu bar companion app for xCloud, built on the upcoming xCloud Public API.
xCloud Pulse works like a quick-access xCloud dashboard that lives directly in your Mac menu bar, helping you check important site and server information without opening the browser every time.
With xCloud Pulse, you can:
- See every site and server at a glance, with live status the moment the app opens.
- Check site status, PHP version, SSL, and backup state for any site in one place.
- Catch critical issues, recent activity, warnings, and system logs as they happen.
- Run quick actions such as purge cache, trigger backup, copy a server IP, or open the dashboard, each in a single click.
- Search across every site, server, and action with a fast command palette, the way Spotlight works on your Mac.
- Native macOS app, light on your machine and built on the xCloud Public API.
The goal is simple: make everyday xCloud tasks faster, whether you need to check a site, purge cache, review an issue, or trigger a backup without leaving your workflow.
xCloud Pulse is currently being fine-tuned, with UI improvements and polishing still in progress.
## ✨ Improvements & Bug Fixes
- Added a cleaner and more helpful UI for pending server setup, making it easier for new users to complete pending server creation.
- Improved Git branch search in the Deploy via Git site creation flow, allowing users to search and find more branches more reliably.
## Bug Fixes
- Fixed several billing issues related to self-managed servers.
- Fixed an issue where the “Reading databases with users” event could fail on servers that had no databases.
## 🔖 Resources
- [**How to Access the xCloud API**](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
- [**xCloud API Documentation**](http://xcloud.host/docs/xcloud-api)
---
# v2.7.7 - xCloud
> Deploy via Git through the xCloud API
## 🔥 New Feature
**Deploy via Git through the xCloud API**
You can now detect a repository’s application type and deploy Git-based projects through the xCloud Public API.
- Detect supported projects before deployment.
- Deploy GitHub, GitLab, and Bitbucket repositories through API-powered workflows.
- Receive clearer guidance when repository access, deploy keys, DNS, or configuration requires attention.
- Use the same guided deployment flow through xCloud MCP and compatible AI tools.
**A redesigned OneClick App catalog**
The OneClick App catalog now makes it easier to discover and compare supported applications.
- Browse apps by category.
- Search and filter the catalog more quickly.• Switch between grid and list views.
- See clearer service names and compatibility information before installation
## ✨ Improvements
- Webmail password self-service – Mail users can now change their own webmail passwords. xCloud also provides clearer guidance when a changed webmail password must be updated in the xCloud panel.
- Public API and MCP responses now provide actionable recovery guidance instead of only generic errors.
- Git deployment setup now displays the deploy key and explains when xCloud cannot add it automatically.
- Server suspension notes now provide clearer billing context for outstanding invoices.
- OneClick App cards have improved labels, badges, categories, and filtering.
- Backup defaults are selected more accurately for sites with or without a database.
## 🐛 Bug Fixes
- Fixed Docker deployments failing because of host-port conflicts left by older containers.
- Fixed Basic Authentication for Node.js sites.
- Fixed PHP and Nginx upload-limit synchronization, including unlimited values.
- Fixed service controls using incorrect identifiers for Redis and other managed services.
- Fixed backups incorrectly reporting harmless liveness output as an error.
- Fixed shared-domain DNS records not being fully removed after site deletion.
- Fixed private repository access, branch detection, deploy script, and configuration handoff issues.
- Fixed backup scheduling errors caused by incomplete frequency settings.
---
# Chatwoot Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Chatwoot hosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source customer engagement platform on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for self-hosted customer support
# Fully Managed
Chatwoot Support Hosting
Run live chat, email, WhatsApp, and social inboxes in one shared queue using managed Chatwoot hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Deploy Chatwoot Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Chatwoot Inbox in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Chatwoot instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Chatwoot.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Chatwoot from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Inbox
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision Chatwoot on your server.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, go live, and invite your agents to their first shared inbox in just a few clicks.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Chatwoot Inbox
Your team grows, your bill does not. Add agents, inboxes, and channels without changing the plan.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=chatwoot)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=chatwoot)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=chatwoot)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for Teams That Talk to Customers All Day
These are starting points, not limits. If your customers are already messaging you in five different places, those messages belong in one queue.
## SaaS Support Teams
- ### Chat widget on every page
- ### Email and chat in one queue
- ### Canned replies that scale
- ### CSAT on every conversation
## Ecommerce Stores
- ### WhatsApp and Instagram DMs
- ### Order questions with full context
- ### Pre-sales chat that converts
- ### Ready for peak season traffic
## Agencies
- ### One inbox per client
- ### Isolated servers and data
- ### White-labelled chat widget
- ### Clean handover at the end
## Startups & Solo Founders
- ### Replace per-seat helpdesk pricing
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### Talk to your users from day one
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## Internal Help Desks
- ### IT and HR requests in one place
- ### Private notes on every thread
- ### Assignment rules per team
- ### Full history that stays put
## Regulated & Privacy-First
- ### Data on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Audit trail on every action
- ### No third-party helpdesk vendor
## Features
## One Inbox To Support, Engage, & Scale for Your Team.
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### Live chat, email, and social inboxes in one queue
- ### Help center and canned responses in the same place
- ### Automation rules, macros, and CSAT built in
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for how customer-facing teams actually work
Chatwoot is an open-source customer engagement platform. The interface feels like any modern shared inbox. What’s different is that you own the server, the data, and the roadmap.
## Shared Inbox
Every conversation from every channel lands in one queue your whole team can see, claim and resolve.
## Omnichannel
Website live chat, email, WhatsApp, Instagram, Messenger, Telegram and SMS, all answered from one screen.
## Help Center
Publish a self-serve knowledge base on your own domain so the common questions never reach an agent.
## Automations & Macros
Route, assign, label and reply automatically with rules that run the moment a conversation arrives.
## Teams & Assignment
Group agents into teams, set round-robin assignment, and keep private notes out of the customer’s view.
## Reports & CSAT
Response times, resolution counts and satisfaction surveys, broken down per agent, team and inbox.
## Contacts & Segments
A contact record behind every conversation, with custom attributes, labels and the full history attached.
## API & Integrations
A REST API, webhooks and agent-bot hooks to wire Chatwoot into the rest of your stack.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Own Your Customer Conversations?
Whether you answer a handful of chats a day or run a full support desk across every channel, managed Chatwoot hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your team needs to reply without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Inbox Should Be Live Right Now.
Deploy a production Chatwoot instance in minutes. Connect your website widget, email, WhatsApp, and social
inboxes — then let your team reply, route, automate, and measure it all from one shared queue.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Browse One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Chatwoot?
Chatwoot is an open-source customer engagement platform where your team answers live chat, email, WhatsApp, Instagram, Messenger, Telegram and SMS from a single shared inbox. It includes a help center, canned responses, automation rules, CSAT surveys and reporting, and because it is self-hosted, every conversation and contact record stays on your own server.
### How do I deploy Chatwoot on xCloud?
Chatwoot is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Chatwoot, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions the containers, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Chatwoot?
Yes. Chatwoot runs as a containerised application alongside PostgreSQL and Redis, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Chatwoot to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# Claude Code Hosting | Build & Manage Seamlessly
> Run Claude Code on a fast, secure, fully managed VPS. Deploy in minutes, keep tasks running around the clock, and manage everything from anywhere.
# **Cluade Code Hosting**
## Host Claude Code on a Fast, Secure VPS Ready in Minutes
Host Anthropic’s agentic coding tool on a dedicated VPS. Start a task, close your laptop, and let Claude Code keep working. You can manage everything from your terminal, browser, or phone.
## **Setup Process**
## Get Your Claude Code Projects Running in a Few Steps
Get Claude Code running on a VPS without the manual server config. From provisioning to a live, persistent environment, every step is streamlined so you can focus on building.
### Choose Deployment Method
Launch an xCloud Managed Server or connect your own from DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or another provider.
### Configure Your Environment
Set your Node.js version, dependencies, and API keys. Your environment comes pre-configured, so setup stays simple.
### Go Live Right Away
Launch Claude Code and link it to the Claude web or mobile app. Run tasks from anywhere and get notified when they finish.
## Pricing
## Reliable Claude Code Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Choose a pay-as-you-go plan on your preferred cloud server. Run unlimited projects with the tools
you need for reliable, always-on development.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Built for Everything You Build with Claude Codee
Claude Code is Anthropic’s agentic command-line tool that writes, edits, and ships code straight from your terminal. Hosted on a VPS, it becomes a persistent teammate that works around the clock, from first prompt to production.
- ### Agentic coding, refactoring, and debugging from the terminal
- ### Long-running tasks that don’t stop when your machine does
- ### Full-stack project support with your own dependencies
- ### Easy deployment and integration with your existing infrastructure
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Claude Code Projects on Your VPS for Fast, Secure Performance
Launch Claude Code on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything comes pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## AI Apps
## More AI Apps You Can Deploy on xCloud
From personal assistants to autonomous AI companies, deploy the tools your workflow needs on xCloud.
### OpenClaw Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/openclaw-hosting/)
### Hermes Agent Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](https://xcloud.host/hermes-hosting/)
### Paperclip Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/paperclip-hosting/)
### Claude Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/claude-code-hosting/)
### Codex Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](/codex-hosting/)
### Odysseus Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/odysseus-hosting/)
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
xCloud isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Claude Code VPS hosting?
It’s a dedicated server set up to run Claude Code, Anthropic’s agentic coding tool. Instead of running it only on your local machine, you get a persistent, always-on environment that keeps working even when your computer is off.
### Can I access Claude Code remotely?
Yes. You can link your VPS to the Claude web or mobile app, start tasks from anywhere, and get notified when they finish. Your environment stays available whether you’re at your desk or on your phone.
---
# Clickjacking Attack: Attack Examples & Prevention Guide with WordPress Plugins - xCloud
> Discover Clickjacking Attacks, a hidden online threat that tricks users into unintended actions. Learn how these attacks work, recognize them, and protect your website with effective measures.
Have you ever heard of a [**Clickjacking Attack?**](https://wpdeveloper.com/free-tools-to-scan-wordpress-for-vulnerabilities/) When you click, you think you are clicking on one thing, but actually, you are clicking on something totally different that the bad guys set up. Today, we will learn about **clickjacking attacks**, how to spot these tricks and secure our websites! So let us roll on.
## **What Is Clickjacking Attack?**
A Clickjacking Attack is a sneaky trick where hackers make you click on something you did not mean to. Imagine you think you are clicking on a game button, but instead, you are actually liking a page or sharing something on social media without knowing it. That is what Clickjacking Attacks do. They hide the real thing you are clicking on under something that looks safe.
These attacks use a part of web pages called “**frames**” to stack a hidden layer over the visible parts of a website. Because you can not see the hidden part, you think you are clicking on the normal webpage. But really, you are clicking on something the hacker has set up to trick you.
Clickjacking Attacks can be used to do many harmful things:
- They can steal your private info like passwords or account numbers.
- They can take control of your computer by making you click on bad links.
- They can trick you into giving permissions or access to your data.
That is why it is so important to learn about Clickjacking Attacks—so you can avoid being tricked by these hidden dangers.
## **How Clickjacking Attacks Work**
[**Clickjacking Attacks**](https://wpdeveloper.com/social-engineering-attacks-wordpress-security/) are like a magic trick on the internet where what you see is not what you really get. Imagine you are trying to press a button to get a candy from a machine. You see the button and press it. But, what you can not see is that there is a hidden layer over the button. When you press what you think is the candy button, you are actually pressing a button that sends a signal to drop a rock instead of a candy. Let us break down how these attacks work in a simple way:
### **Layering**
Hackers put a transparent layer over something that looks normal on a webpage. This layer is invisible, so you do not know it is there. You might see a button that says “**Play video**,” but right on top of it, invisible to you, is another button.
### **Tricking the Click**
When you click on the “Play video” button, you are actually clicking on the invisible layer. This click can do many things like open a new link, download a file, or change a setting, all without you knowing.
### **Using Frames**
A big part of Clickjacking Attacks is using something called an “**iframe**.” This is a web tool that lets one webpage appear on another webpage. Hackers use iframes to put their invisible layer over the real webpage.
### **The Invisible Trap**
Because the harmful actions are hidden, you think you are safely interacting with legitimate parts of the webpage. Instead, your clicks are going to the invisible layer set up by the hacker.
This is why Clickjacking Attacks decieves people, making it hard to notice you are being tricked. By understanding how these attacks work, you can be more careful and check more closely before clicking on things when you are online.
## **How to Recognize a Clickjacking Attack?**
Understanding when you might be facing a Clickjacking Attack can help you avoid falling victim to one. Here is how to spot the signs:
### **Strange Web Page Behavior**
If you notice that web pages do not behave as expected, it might be a Clickjacking Attack. For example, clicking on a link does not take you where it should, or new windows pop up unexpectedly.
### **Hidden Buttons**
Sometimes, in a Clickjacking Attack, buttons might be hidden under invisible layers. If you click somewhere on a page and something unexpected happens, like a new program downloading, this might be a sign.
### **Check the Website’s Address**
Always look at the [**website’s URL**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-block-ip-address-in-wordpress/) in the address bar. If it looks weird or not like the usual address, it could be a fake site set up for a Clickjacking Attack.
### **Unexpected Requests for Personal Information**
If a normally safe site suddenly asks for your password or other personal information in a strange way, be cautious. This could be a Clickjacking Attack trying to steal your information.
### **Use of Iframes**
Clickjacking Attacks often use iframes (a type of code that lets one website be shown on another website) to trick you. If you are tech-savvy, you can look at the source code of suspicious web pages to check for hidden iframes.
Being alert and knowing these signs can help you avoid Clickjacking Attacks. It is always better to be safe and double-check anything suspicious rather than risk a click that could lead to trouble.
## **Examples of Clickjacking Attacks**
Clickjacking Attacks can happen in many ways. Here are some real examples to help you understand how tricky they can be:
### **Social Media Like Button Scam**
Imagine playing a fun game on a website. You click around to score points, but each click also secretly clicks a **“Like”** button on [**social media**](https://wpdeveloper.com/automatically-social-share-wordpress/)**.** You do not see this happening, but suddenly, you have liked a bunch of pages or posts without knowing. This scam uses Clickjacking to trick you into liking something you did not choose to.
### **Sensitive Actions**
Some Clickjacking Attacks trick you into doing more serious things. For example, you might think you are clicking a button to see a video, but instead, you are clicking a button that turns on your webcam. The bad guys could then watch you without your permission. This type of Clickjacking can be very dangerous because it invades your privacy.
### **Software Installation**
Another common trick is making you download harmful software. You might see a button to play a video or download a free book, but clicking on it actually starts downloading a virus or malware. This happens because the real download button is hidden under a fake one that looks safe.
### **Changing Online Settings**
Some Clickjacking Attacks trick you into changing important settings in your online accounts. For example, you might think you are updating your profile, but you are actually giving permission for apps to access your private info.
### **Fake Ad Clicks**
Hackers sometimes use Clickjacking Attacks to make money by making you click on ads. You think you are clicking on a normal part of a webpage, but each click is actually on an ad that pays the hacker money.
These examples show how Clickjacking Attacks can be used in different ways, from annoying to really harmful. Understanding these can help you stay alert and protect yourself from being tricked online.
## **How to Prevent Clickjacking Attacks**
Stopping Clickjacking Attacks involves making it hard for attackers to trick people into clicking things they should not. Here are some simple steps that anyone, especially website owners, can take to protect against these attacks:
### **X-Frame-Options Header**
This is a setting that website owners can use. It tells web browsers not to let other websites put your web pages inside frames or layers. By setting this to “DENY” or “SAMEORIGIN,” you make sure that no one can put invisible layers over your website. This means no one can trick users into clicking on them.
### **Content Security Policy (CSP)**
This is a more powerful tool for website owners. It lets you control where your web pages can be shown and stops bad people from embedding your content on their own sites. By using CSP, you can stop many types of Clickjacking Attacks by preventing others from framing your content.
### **Regular Updates**
Keep all your software up to date. This includes your web browser, any plugins or themes you use on your website, and any other software. Updates often [**fix security problems**](https://wpdeveloper.com/biggest-cyber-security-mistakes/) that attackers use to carry out Clickjacking Attacks.
### **Educate Users**
Teach people who use your website about Clickjacking Attacks. If they know what to look out for, they can be more careful about where they click, especially on things that seem unusual or out of place.
### **Use Anti-Clickjacking Measures**
Some software tools and browser extensions can detect and stop Clickjacking Attacks. These tools might block clicks that seem suspicious or warn you if a website tries to do something sneaky.
By following these steps, you can make it much harder for attackers to use Clickjacking Attacks against you or anyone who visits your website. It is all about making the internet a safer place for everyone.
## **Use WordPress Plugins to Protect Against Clickjacking Attacks**
If you use WordPress for your website, you can add extra layers of protection against Clickjacking Attacks with the help of plugins. These plugins make it easier to secure your site without needing to be a tech expert. Here are some of the best plugins you can use:
### **Sucuri Security**
[**Sucuri**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/sucuri-scanner/) is a well-known security plugin that offers a variety of features to keep your WordPress site safe. It includes security activity auditing, file integrity monitoring, and malware scanning. Most importantly, it helps prevent Clickjacking Attacks by offering options to add security headers like X-Frame-Options and Content Security Policy (CSP) directly from the plugin settings.
### **iThemes Security**
iThemes plugin offers more than 30 ways to secure your site. One of its features includes strengthening your website’s defenses against Clickjacking Attacks. [**iThemes Security**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/better-wp-security/) allows you to easily set X-Frame-Options headers to prevent others from framing your site. It also offers comprehensive security settings that help protect your website from a variety of threats.
### **Wordfence Security**
[**Wordfence Security**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wordfence/) is Known for its firewall and malware scanner, Wordfence also provides robust protection against Clickjacking Attacks. The firewall feature blocks malicious traffic, and the plugin includes an option to enhance clickjacking defense by implementing X-Frame-Options and CSP headers.
### **All In One WP Security & Firewall**
This plugin takes a holistic approach to WordPress security. [**All In One WP Security & Firewall**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/all-in-one-wp-security-and-firewall/) includes features to block Clickjacking Attacks by adding security headers. It is user-friendly, offering an easy way to apply advanced security measures without needing technical knowledge.
### **BulletProof Security**
[**BulletProof Security**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/bulletproof-security/) offers a range of security features including database security, firewall, and login security. It also protects against Clickjacking Attacks by allowing you to add various security headers easily, ensuring that your site is safeguarded from such threats.
By installing these plugins, you can significantly reduce the risk of Clickjacking Attacks on your WordPress site. Each plugin has its own set of features, so you can choose one that best fits your needs and budget. Remember, keeping your plugins updated is crucial as updates often include security enhancements to protect against new threats.
### **Educate & Stay Aware Against Clickjacking Attacks**
Clickjacking Attacks are clever tricks used by attackers to make you do things on the internet that you did not intend to do, like liking something on social media, enabling your webcam, or downloading malicious software.
These attacks can be harmful, but by understanding how they work and taking the right precautions, you can protect yourself and your website. With the right tools and knowledge, you can maintain a secure web and ensure that your visitors have a safe experience on your site.
If you find this blog helpful and want to read more blogs like this one, [**Subscribe**](/blog/) **to our blogs** and join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with more people with common interests.
---
# Cloud Hosting or Traditional? Here’s What You Really Need to Know - xCloud
> Confused between cloud hosting and traditional hosting? Compare features, benefits, and costs to pick the best fit for your online business.
Choosing the right type of web hosting can be a critical decision for your website or online business. If you are stuck between **cloud hosting or traditional** hosting, you are not alone. Many people ask this exact question when building a new site or planning to scale.
Read the guide to understand both types of hosting. You will learn what they are, how they work, what makes them different, and which one is the right fit for you. Let us start with the basics.
## **What Is Traditional Hosting?**
Traditional hosting refers to the most common way websites have been hosted for decades. This includes shared hosting, virtual private servers (VPS), and dedicated servers. All of these r
ely on a single physical server located in a data center. You rent or lease space on that server from a hosting provider.
### **Shared Hosting**
In [**shared hosting**](/shared-hosting-vps-or-cloud-hosting/), your website sits on the same server as many other websites. All websites share the same resources such as RAM, bandwidth, and CPU power. This type of hosting is very affordable and easy to use. It is ideal for personal blogs, small business sites, or anyone who does not expect large amounts of traffic.
### **VPS Hosting**
VPS hosting or Virtual Private Server hosting offers more control and performance than shared hosting. Here, a physical server is divided into several virtual servers. Each one acts like its own private server. You get more resources, better speed, and more customization options than shared hosting. It is good for medium-sized businesses or growing websites.
### **Dedicated Hosting**
With dedicated hosting, you get the entire server for yourself. No sharing. This gives you full control, maximum performance, and the ability to customize everything from the operating system to the hardware configuration. It is typically used by large enterprises, data-heavy apps, or websites with very high traffic.
### **Key Features of Traditional Hosting**
- Hosted on one physical server
- Fixed resources based on your plan
- Direct control over hardware and software (especially in dedicated hosting)
- Predictable cost structure
- Physical location matters more for speed and data compliance
### **Who Uses Traditional Hosting?**
Traditional hosting is often chosen by:
- Small websites with steady traffic
- Businesses with fixed budgets
- Companies needing strict control over data
- Developers who want full access to the server environment
It is a reliable choice if your needs are simple and stable. But it does come with limitations, especially when it comes to scaling and handling unexpected traffic spikes.
## **What Is Cloud Hosting?**
[**Cloud hosting**](/what-is-cloud-hosting-and-how-does-it-work/) is a modern, flexible way to host websites and applications. Instead of relying on a single physical server, it uses a network of virtual servers that pull resources from a large pool of physical machines spread across multiple data centers. This design gives you access to on-demand computing power, scalable storage, and greater reliability than traditional hosting.
In simple terms, cloud hosting means your website or application is not locked to one physical server. Instead, it lives in a connected environment made up of multiple servers. If one server fails, another takes over instantly. If your site needs more processing power or storage, the system automatically adds it. When demand drops, resources are scaled down so you are not paying for unused capacity. Providers like [**xCloud**](/) make this process seamless, giving businesses the flexibility to grow without worrying about downtime or hardware limits.
### **How Cloud Hosting Works**
The backbone of cloud hosting is **virtualization technology**. A piece of software called a _hypervisor_ splits physical servers into multiple **virtual machines (VMs)**. These VMs are linked together through a central system that manages workloads and allocates resources where they are needed most.
Key components of cloud hosting include:
- **Compute resources** like CPU and RAM, drawn from a pool of servers
- **Cloud storage** that can be expanded instantly without downtime
- **Load balancing** to distribute incoming traffic evenly across servers
- **Redundancy systems** to keep services online during hardware or network failures
- **Pay-as-you-go billing** so you only pay for the resources you actually use
This structure allows websites to handle sudden traffic surges, recover quickly from outages, and operate smoothly for users anywhere in the world.
### **Types of Cloud Hosting**
Not all cloud hosting works the same way. There are several variations based on how resources are shared and who can access them.
#### **1\. Public Cloud Hosting**
This is hosted on infrastructure shared by multiple customers. Examples include AWS, Google Cloud, Microsoft Azure, and **xCloud** that offer competitive performance and cost-effective plans. Public cloud hosting is highly scalable and usually the most affordable option.
#### **2\. Private Cloud Hosting**
Here, the cloud infrastructure is dedicated to a single organization. It is more secure and customizable, making it popular with banks, healthcare providers, and government agencies.
#### **3\. Hybrid Cloud Hosting**
A hybrid setup combines public and private clouds. It gives businesses the flexibility and scalability of the public cloud while keeping sensitive data in a secure private environment.
### **Benefits of Cloud Hosting**
Cloud hosting offers several advantages that make it appealing to businesses and developers:
- **Scalability** – Resources can be added or removed instantly to match demand.
- **Reliability** – Redundant systems ensure high uptime and minimal downtime.
- **Global Reach** – Data centers in multiple regions provide faster delivery to users worldwide.
- **Efficiency** – Hardware resources are used optimally, reducing waste.
- **Lower Maintenance** – The provider manages updates, security, and physical infrastructure. With **xCloud**, businesses get automated updates and strong security protocols without extra effort.
### **Who Uses Cloud Hosting?**
Cloud hosting serves a wide range of needs, from personal projects to large-scale enterprise systems. Examples include:
- **eCommerce** **stores** that see seasonal or unpredictable traffic spikes
- **SaaS applications** that need to serve users globally
- **Blogs and media platforms** expecting steady growth in traffic and content
- **Startups and enterprises** looking for infrastructure that can expand quickly
- **Developers** who want a flexible environment without having to manage servers manually
Cloud hosting is especially valuable when uptime, speed, and growth potential are top priorities. With xCloud’s fully [**managed cloud hosting**](/managed-hosting/) solution businesses can confidently run high-performance websites knowing they have the power, scalability, and reliability to adapt as their needs evolve.
## **Key Differences: Cloud Hosting vs Traditional Hosting**
When deciding between **cloud hosting or traditional** hosting, you need to look at how they perform across several important factors. Each has its own strengths and weaknesses. The right choice depends on your specific needs.
Let us break down the core differences that really matter.
### **Scalability and Performance**
**Cloud hosting** offers unmatched scalability. If your traffic suddenly spikes, cloud servers automatically allocate more resources to keep your website running smoothly. You can scale up or down instantly based on your current demand. This flexibility is perfect for growing businesses or seasonal websites that see fluctuating visitors.
**Traditional hosting**, on the other hand, is much more limited. Whether you use shared, VPS, or dedicated hosting, you get a fixed amount of resources. If your site outgrows those limits, you must upgrade manually. And that upgrade may involve downtime or moving to a new server. If your site experiences an unexpected surge in visitors, traditional hosting may slow down or crash.
### **Reliability and Uptime**
Cloud hosting is built for reliability. Your website is hosted across multiple servers. If one server goes down, another takes over immediately. This redundancy helps maintain high uptime and prevents service interruptions. **Most cloud providers guarantee uptime of 99.9% or more.**
Traditional hosting relies on a single server. If something fails—like hardware, power, or network—it could take your entire website offline. Scheduled maintenance also affects availability unless your host has failover systems in place (which is rare in traditional hosting plans).
### **Security and Privacy**
Security is critical, no matter which hosting method you choose.
Cloud hosting providers usually have advanced security measures in place. These include firewalls, DDoS protection, regular patches, and monitoring. However, because the environment is shared across many clients, there can be concerns about data isolation. It becomes essential to choose a trusted provider and implement additional security layers on your side.
Traditional hosting offers more direct control over security. If you use a dedicated server, you manage everything—from firewall settings to encryption. This can be a big plus for businesses with strict compliance or privacy needs. But with more control comes more responsibility. You need in-house skills to handle server-level security.
### **Cost and Pricing Models**
This is where the two models differ most clearly. **Cloud hosting** uses a pay-as-you-go model. You are billed based on actual usage like how much storage, CPU, or bandwidth you use. This can be cost-efficient if your traffic varies or you need temporary resources. But if you are not careful, costs can rise quickly during high-traffic periods.
**Traditional hosting** uses fixed pricing. You pay a set monthly or yearly fee for a specific plan. It is easy to budget because you know your costs upfront. However, you may end up paying for resources you do not use or needing to upgrade if you run out of capacity.
### **Control and Customization**
Traditional hosting especially with a VPS or dedicated server—offers deep control. You can choose your OS, install custom software, and manage server settings directly. This is ideal for developers or IT teams who need specific configurations.
Cloud hosting usually comes with a managed interface. You can deploy and scale applications easily, but you may not get full access to the server environment. This makes cloud simpler to use but less customizable for complex needs.
### **Environmental Impact**
Cloud hosting is generally more eco-friendly. It makes better use of hardware through shared resources and energy-efficient data centers. Large cloud providers invest in green infrastructure, cooling systems, and renewable energy.
Traditional hosting can be less efficient. Individual servers often sit underused, wasting energy. Older data centers also consume more power.
When you compare cloud hosting and traditional hosting across these categories, it becomes clear they serve different needs. Neither is better for every situation. The best choice depends on what matters most to you—whether that is performance, cost, control, or long-term growth.
## **Benefits of Cloud Hosting**
Now that you understand how cloud hosting works and how it compares to traditional hosting, let us look at what makes cloud hosting such a powerful choice for modern websites and businesses.
Here are the most important benefits of choosing **cloud hosting over traditional hosting**.
### **1\. Instant Scalability**
One of the biggest advantages of cloud hosting is the ability to scale your resources in real time. If your site suddenly goes viral or you launch a new product, the system automatically adds more bandwidth, RAM, or processing power to handle the load. When traffic slows down, it scales down so you are not overpaying.
This level of flexibility is not possible with traditional hosting. There, you are stuck with a fixed set of resources unless you manually upgrade to a higher plan or move to a new server.
With cloud hosting, you are always ready to grow.
### **2\. High Availability and Uptime**
In a cloud hosting setup, your website is not tied to one server. Instead, it lives in a cluster of servers that work together. If one fails, another takes over immediately. This is known as redundancy, and it helps ensure your website stays online even during hardware or network failures.
Most cloud providers guarantee uptime of 99.9% or higher. That level of reliability gives peace of mind, especially for e‑commerce stores or businesses that cannot afford downtime.
By contrast, a traditional server going offline can mean hours of lost traffic and revenue.
### **3\. Better Performance and Speed**
Cloud hosting uses powerful infrastructure and often distributes your website’s content across multiple global locations. This means visitors get faster load times no matter where they are. Many cloud hosts also use load balancing to spread traffic across servers evenly.
Performance matters. Faster sites improve user experience, reduce bounce rates, and help with SEO rankings. With cloud hosting, you can deliver speed and stability to your users, even under high demand.
### **4\. Pay for What You Use**
Traditional hosting locks you into a fixed monthly or yearly fee. Whether you use all your resources or not, you still pay the same amount. Cloud hosting changes that.
With most cloud providers, you pay based on usage. If your site only needs light resources this month, your bill is lower. If traffic surges next month, you only pay for the extra power you used.
This is especially helpful for startups, growing businesses, or websites with unpredictable traffic.
### **5\. Lower Maintenance and Automation**
Cloud providers manage most of the technical details behind the scenes. You do not have to worry about server updates, hardware failures, or configuring backups. They handle it for you.
Most cloud platforms also offer tools to automate tasks like deployments, updates, and scaling. This frees up your time and lets you focus on your business or content instead of server issues.
With traditional hosting, especially dedicated or VPS, you often need to do more work yourself or hire someone to manage your server.
### **6\. Global Reach and Content Delivery**
Cloud platforms often offer multiple data center locations around the world. You can host your site closer to your audience to improve speed and reliability.
Many also integrate with content delivery networks (CDNs) that cache your site across different regions. This global setup is ideal if you serve international visitors or run a global brand.
### **7\. Built-In Tools and Modern Interfaces**
Cloud hosting platforms usually come with easy-to-use dashboards, built-in analytics, automatic backups, and one-click scaling. These tools help you manage your site without needing advanced technical skills.
In traditional hosting, many of these features require manual setup or third-party tools.
Cloud hosting is not just a trend. It is a better way to host websites in many cases. It gives you speed, flexibility, and peace of mind—all while being more cost-effective in the long run if used wisely.
## **Benefits of Traditional Hosting**
While cloud hosting offers modern advantages, traditional hosting still plays an important role. Many businesses choose it because of its simplicity, predictability, and control. Depending on your needs, it might actually be a better fit than cloud hosting.
Let us explore the major benefits of choosing **traditional hosting over cloud hosting**.
### **Predictable Pricing and Budget Control**
Traditional hosting plans come with fixed monthly or yearly prices. You pay a set amount for a defined package of resources. This makes it easy to manage your hosting budget.
For example, if you purchase a VPS plan with 4 GB RAM and 100 GB of storage, your bill stays the same regardless of how many visitors you get until you need to upgrade.
This level of financial predictability is useful for small businesses, nonprofits, or projects with a tight budget.
In contrast, cloud hosting charges vary based on usage. This can lead to unexpected costs if traffic spikes or if resources are not monitored carefully.
### **Greater Control and Customization**
Traditional hosting, especially dedicated hosting, offers full root access to the server. You can choose the operating system, configure software, manage security settings, and customize it exactly how you want.
This is important if you have specific software dependencies, compliance requirements, or want complete control over your environment.
For developers, system administrators, or tech-savvy businesses, traditional hosting gives freedom to fine-tune performance and security.
With cloud hosting, you often work within the provider’s system. There may be restrictions on software versions, admin access, or custom configurations.
### **Simplicity for Basic Needs**
If your website is small or has steady traffic, traditional hosting might be all you need. Shared hosting is especially affordable and easy to use. Many plans include website builders, email services, and one-click installers for WordPress or other CMSs.
You do not need to think about scaling, load balancing, or resource optimization. Just upload your files and go.
For personal blogs, portfolio sites, or basic business pages, traditional hosting can get the job done without overcomplicating things.
### **Dedicated Resources in Certain Plans**
With VPS or dedicated hosting, you get dedicated resources—CPU, RAM, and storage—that are not shared with other users. This gives you consistent performance and avoids the “noisy neighbor” problem common in shared or cloud environments.
This is especially useful for websites that need stability or run heavy applications, like streaming platforms or large databases.
### **Familiar Interfaces and Long-Term Support**
Most traditional hosting providers use familiar tools like cPanel or Plesk. These have been around for years and are widely supported. If you have experience with them, managing your site is easier.
Support teams for traditional hosting are also well-trained in resolving common issues, especially on shared and VPS servers. You may find faster and more personalized help if you stay within this more traditional setup.
### **Better for Compliance or Location-Sensitive Data**
Certain industries, such as finance, legal, and healthcare, must follow strict data regulations. Hosting data on a specific server in a known location may be required.
With traditional hosting, you can often choose the data center location and ensure that data never leaves that region. Cloud hosting sometimes makes this harder, especially when data is stored or backed up across multiple locations.
While cloud hosting is flexible and future-ready, traditional hosting still shines in its own ways. If your website needs are stable, your budget is fixed, or your project requires full server control, traditional hosting is a reliable and proven choice.
## **What Should You Choose?**
You have now seen the features, pros, and cons of both **cloud hosting and traditional hosting**. But how do you decide which one is best for you? The answer depends on your needs, your goals, and the kind of experience you want to create for your visitors.
Let us walk through a step-by-step approach to help you choose confidently.
### **Ask Yourself These Key Questions**
Before choosing between cloud and traditional hosting, ask yourself:
1. **What kind of website are you building?**Is it a blog, an online store, a business site, or a custom web app?
2. **How much traffic do you expect?**Will it stay consistent, or are traffic spikes likely?
3. **How fast do you expect to grow?**Do you need resources that can expand easily over time?
4. **What is your budget model?**Do you prefer fixed costs or can you manage usage-based billing?
5. **Do you have technical expertise or a server management team?**Will you manage the server yourself or rely on support?
6. **Are there any special requirements for data location, compliance, or customization?
**Does your site need to follow strict regulations or run specific software?
## **How to Decide Between Cloud and Traditional Hosting Based on Your Goals**
Your hosting choice depends on what matters most to your business. Think about your growth plans, traffic patterns, budget, and level of control to find the option that best supports your goals.
**Choose Cloud Hosting If:**
- You are building a site that will grow fast or unpredictably
- Your traffic varies from month to month
- You need high uptime and global performance
- You want to launch quickly without dealing with hardware or server setup
- You prefer automation and low maintenance
- Your project is digital-first or depends heavily on online presence
- You are comfortable with usage-based pricing
#### **Choose Traditional Hosting If:**
- Your website has consistent traffic and does not change much
- You prefer fixed pricing and want to avoid unexpected costs
- You need full control over your server environment
- You run legacy software or custom code
- You have the in-house team to manage your server
- You have strict compliance or location-based data policies
- You value predictability and simplicity in hosting
### **Still Not Sure? Go Hybrid or Start Small**
Some companies combine both hosting types. For example, they might use traditional hosting for their core services and cloud hosting for backup, scalability, or temporary traffic needs. This hybrid approach gives flexibility while keeping essential systems under full control.
Also, many providers offer entry-level cloud hosting plans that are affordable and easy to test. You can start small, then scale up as needed.
The choice between **cloud hosting or traditional** hosting is not one-size-fits-all. It is about what works best for your unique situation. Think about the kind of experience you want your users to have, how much control you need, and how you plan to grow.
## **Hosting for Every Scenario: How xCloud Hosting Fits Any Business**
In almost every real-world scenario, cloud hosting proves to be the smarter choice. A small local business might think traditional hosting is enough, but cloud hosting especially with **xCloud,** offers faster speeds, higher uptime, and the ability to scale effortlessly if traffic grows. For online stores, agencies, startups, or media companies, the benefits are even greater. Seasonal sales, multiple client websites, global app launches, and content-heavy platforms all demand flexibility, reliability, and performance that traditional hosting simply cannot match.
With **xCloud**, any type of site for any type of business can run smoothly and grow without limits. From compliance-focused enterprises to fast-moving startups, the platform provides secure infrastructure, [**vertical scaling**](/horizontal-scaling-vs-vertical-scaling/), and managed services that remove technical headaches. While traditional hosting still has a place for small, static projects, cloud hosting done right with **xCloud** is built for today’s demands and tomorrow’s growth.
## **Choose the Right One That is Built for Today, Ready for Tomorrow**
Choosing between cloud hosting and traditional hosting comes down to your goals, growth plans, and technical needs. While traditional hosting may suit basic, low-traffic websites, it often falls short when it comes to performance, scalability, and long-term flexibility.
Cloud hosting especially with xCloud offers the speed, reliability, and on-demand resources that modern websites need. Whether you run a small blog, a busy e-commerce store, or a growing SaaS platform, xCloud gives you the tools to scale confidently and run your site without limits.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# CloudFest 2025 Recap: xCloud’s First Appearance at the World’s Premier Cloud Event - xCloud
> xCloud made its debut at CloudFest 2025, joining the world’s top cloud innovators for four days of tech, talks, and transformative connections.
[**CloudFest 2025**](https://www.cloudfest.com/) – The _**#1 Cloud Conference**_ ends but its energy, innovation, and powerful connections continue to echo in the cloud ecosystem – and xCloud was proud to be a part of this mega event.
It was a milestone – a place of ideas, innovation, and an opportunity to meet at the global epicenter of cloud computing. And for [**xCloud Hosting**](/), this year was extra special. **We officially made our debut at CloudFest**, stepping onto the world stage with pride, passion, and purpose.
Held from March 17–20 at the spectacular **Europa-Park in Rust, Germany**, CloudFest once again brought together the brightest minds in the cloud and hosting industries. From hyperscalers and infrastructure providers to software innovators, SaaS platforms, domain registrars, and everything in between — if it lives in the cloud, it was represented at CloudFest.
And **this year, xCloud was one of them.**
## **xCloud’s First Visit To CloudFest: Memories & Experiences**
Being part of **CloudFest 2025** as a first-time participant was nothing short of exhilarating. Our mission was clear: connect, learn, and discuss what makes xCloud different — our commitment to robust, developer-friendly, performance-driven hosting that blends scalability with simplicity.
Leading the charge was our Founder, **M Asif Rahman**, a passionate entrepreneur, technologist, and community builder who has long been active in the open-source and WordPress spaces. His presence at CloudFest added both credibility and clarity to xCloud’s vision — a hosting platform built by developers, for developers.
From the very first day, we were immersed in an environment of energy and exchange. CloudFest is not just about sitting in conference rooms; it is about engaging in hallway conversations, sharing stories over coffee, and diving deep into the next generation of cloud solutions.
## **Highlights from Our CloudFest Journey**
Joining CloudFest for the first time was not just symbolic, we have long admired the role this event plays in shaping the cloud industry — and finally, we are excited to be a part of it. Here is a look at some key highlights from our first-ever participation:
### **🌐 A Global Meeting Ground**
CloudFest brings together **[attendees from more than 80 countries](https://www.cloudfest.com/attendee-profile)**. The diversity of perspectives and experiences shared was inspiring. From early-stage startups to tech giants, everyone came with an open mind and a shared mission: **_“_**_Push the boundaries of what is possible in the cloud”_**.**
We met with cloud infrastructure providers, software companies, cybersecurity experts, fellow hosting platforms, and entrepreneurs from all over the world. Whether in scheduled meetings or spontaneous chats, the connections we made were real and ripe with potential.
### **🎤 Insightful Keynotes & Technical Deep-Dives**
Sessions like **“AI in Cloud Management”**, **“The New Era of Green Infrastructure”**, and **“Decentralized Hosting and Web3”** gave us valuable insights into the trends shaping tomorrow. We also attended several **WordPress-related sessions**, given our strong roots in the WordPress community.
### **💬 Conversations & Collaborations**
We had **fruitful discussions** about strategic partnerships, possible integrations, and how we can help shape a better, more secure, and scalable web for the next generation. CloudFest is all about collaboration and creating the future.
M Asif Rahman engaged in several impactful conversations with industry veterans, tech leaders, and product builders. From discussing performance optimization techniques to sharing thoughts on scaling container-based architectures, these were not just casual meetups, they were **idea incubators.**
### **🥊 Unexpected Fun: A Boxing Ring in the Tech World?**
Yes, you read that right. CloudFest 2025 isn’t just about sessions and booths — it’s a full-blown experience. One of the most unforgettable sights? A full-size boxing ring in the middle of the expo floor, complete with mock matches, lighting effects, and roaring crowds. It was a bold metaphor for the competitive, high-energy nature of the tech world — and it brought a sense of excitement and edge that only CloudFest could pull off.
Around every corner, there were surprises: themed lounges, immersive booth designs, arcade setups, and even rollercoasters for those who dared to mix adrenaline with innovation. The entire venue at Europa-Park felt like a tech amusement park – vibrant, buzzing, and packed with possibility.
## **🚀 Learning from the Best**
We had the opportunity to explore **extraordinary solutions** in web security, DDoS mitigation, automation workflows, and container orchestration. These insights will directly influence our roadmap and help deliver an even more powerful hosting experience for our users.
> CloudFest is on a whole different level! Good to see WordPress being an important part of it. Alhamdulillah for the amazing growth of xCloud, we have tons more to do. Godspeed!
>
> – _M Asif Rahman_, Founder of xCloud
The sessions and discussions helped us sharpen our perspective on the evolving cloud landscape from AI-powered automation and edge computing to multi-cloud architectures and green hosting initiatives. Every insight collected is now a data point in how we evolve xCloud forward.
## **Thank You, CloudFest – See You in 2026!**
To everyone who visited CloudFest, talked with us, collaborated, or even just shared a smile – **THANK YOU**. Our first CloudFest was amazing. We return with stronger ideas, a bigger network, and renewed momentum to push xCloud forward. **CloudFest 2025 may be over, but the journey it inspired has only just begun.**
We are already looking forward to the next one! Until then, let us keep pushing boundaries, embracing collaboration, and celebrating the open-source community we are all a part of.
Stay tuned — the best of xCloud is on the horizon. 🚀
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Cloudflare CDN Enterprise: Make Your Website Faster and Secure With Global CDN Network - xCloud
> Cloudflare Enterprise CDN on xCloud: global edge caching, WAF and DDoS protection on any domain, managed entirely from your dashboard for $5/month.
The first time most site owners ask what Cloudflare Enterprise costs, the conversation ends fast. There is no price on the website, no checkout button, and the answer that eventually comes back is a sales call, an annual contract, and a number widely reported to start around $5,000 a month. So they settle for the free plan and move on, assuming Enterprise is for companies with a procurement department.
That assumption is now out of date. The xCloud Cloudflare Enterprise add-on attaches any domain to an Enterprise contract that already exists, for $5 per domain per month, with no contract of your own, no Cloudflare account, and no nameserver change.
This guide breaks down how the $5 price is possible, exactly what is included, how it compares with every other way of buying Cloudflare Enterprise in 2026, and how to switch it on in three steps.
**Key takeaways:**
- Cloudflare Enterprise is normally a negotiated annual contract with no public price. The xCloud add-on attaches your domain to xCloud’s existing contract as a custom hostname, which is the only reason $5 per domain is possible.
- The add-on includes the full Enterprise suite: CDN across 330+ cities, full-page edge caching, tiered caching, managed WAF, unmetered DDoS protection, rate limiting, image optimization, and analytics, all managed from the xCloud dashboard.
- Your DNS provider and nameservers stay exactly where they are. Setup is one CNAME record, and xCloud snapshots your DNS and restores it if you ever cancel.
- Only two hosts sell Cloudflare Enterprise per domain: xCloud at $5 and Cloudways at $4.99. Everyone else bundles it into hosting plans that require moving your sites onto their servers.
- Each domain includes 100 GB of bandwidth a month, then $0.02/GB prorated, with no hard cap and no forced upgrade.
## **What Is the Cloudflare Enterprise Add-on and Why Does a $5 Price Exist**
The Cloudflare Enterprise add-on is a fully managed, per-domain integration that puts your website on Cloudflare’s Enterprise network. Your domain joins xCloud’s Enterprise account as a custom hostname through Cloudflare for SaaS, so you get the Enterprise CDN, managed WAF, unmetered DDoS protection, and full-page edge caching for $5 a month per domain, with every setting controlled from the panel you already use.
You are not buying a plan. You are joining one. The cost is a share of a network already paid for rather than a new subscription, which is also why tiered caching and full-page edge caching are included here when they are paid extras or hand-written rules on Cloudflare’s own Pro and Business plans.
### **Why Speed and Edge Security Decide Your Site’s Fate**
The stakes are concrete. [**Research from Google**](https://www.thinkwithgoogle.com/marketing-strategies/app-and-mobile/mobile-page-speed-new-industry-benchmarks/) found that as page load time goes from one second to three, the probability of a visitor bouncing rises by 32 percent, and search engines weigh both speed and availability in rankings. On the security side, attacks do not wait for you to notice: bots and exploit scans hit servers daily, and a security plugin can only act after a request has already reached your origin and spent its CPU. Edge protection resolves both problems in the same place, before traffic ever touches your server. For the wider picture on what your host should be protecting, see our guide to [**web hosting security best practices**](https://xcloud.host/web-hosting-security-best-practices/).
## **How Much Does Cloudflare Enterprise Really Cost?**
Cloudflare does not publish an Enterprise price. It is sold as a negotiated annual contract, quoted per organisation on traffic, domain count, and add-on products, and entry-level deals are widely reported to start around $5,000 a month.
Here is how Cloudflare’s published self-serve plans compare, checked August 2026 at [**cloudflare.com/plans**](https://www.cloudflare.com/plans/):
**Plan**
**Price**
**What you get**
Free
$0
Static asset CDN, unmetered DDoS
Pro
$25/month per domain
Adds image optimization, fuller WAF ruleset
Business
$250/month per domain
Advanced WAF, prioritized support
Enterprise
Negotiated annual contract
Managed WAF rulesets, priority routing, tiered caching, custom hostnames
Tiered caching is a paid extra on all three self-serve plans, and none of them cache full HTML pages at the edge without you writing the rules yourself. On the [**xCloud Cloudflare Enterprise add-on**](https://xcloud.host/cloudflare/), both are included in the $5.
## **Every Way to Get Cloudflare Enterprise, Compared**
There are exactly three routes to Cloudflare Enterprise today: hosts that bundle it free while you host with them, hosts that sell it per domain, and Cloudflare directly. Prices checked August 2026.
**xCloud add-on**
**Bundled hosting (Kinsta, 10Web, BigScoots, Convesio, Levamo)**
**Cloudways add-on**
**Cloudflare direct**
Price
$5/month per domain
$23 to $50/month hosting plans
$4.99/month per domain, $1.99 above 25 domains
$250/month (Business); Enterprise negotiated
Runs on servers you own
Yes (DigitalOcean, AWS, Vultr, Hetzner, Linode, or managed xCloud)
No, their platform only
No, their platform only
Yes
Any stack
Yes: WordPress, WooCommerce, Laravel, static, PHP
Mostly WordPress
WordPress and Woo
Yes
Keep your DNS and nameservers
Yes, one CNAME
Varies
Yes
No, DNS moves to Cloudflare
DNS set up for you and restored on cancel
Yes
n/a
Manual CNAME both ways
No
Custom cache bypass paths per site
Yes
Varies
No
Manual rules
Contract
None, cancel per domain any time
Tied to hosting
None
Annual (Enterprise)
Where the alternatives win, honestly: Cloudways offers a 30-day trial and drops to $1.99 per domain above 25 domains, and it has automatic selective cache purging, which xCloud does not have yet. The bundled hosts charge no line item at all, as long as your sites live on their servers, which is exactly the lock-in the free bundle is designed to create. For a wider look at how the two platforms compare beyond this add-on, see the [**xCloud vs Cloudways comparison**](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-vs-cloudways/).
## **What You Get for $5 per Domain**
Everything below runs on Cloudflare’s Enterprise tier and is included in the flat price.
### **1\. Global CDN across 330+ cities**
Static assets and full HTML pages are served from whichever Cloudflare location is closest to your visitor, instead of a round trip to your server. Every continent loads from the nearest edge, not from one distant origin.
### **2\. Full-page edge caching**
Whole HTML pages are cached at the edge, so time-to-first-byte stops depending on your server at all. This is the feature that moves real load times rather than just offloading images, and it is a paid extra or a hand-written rule everywhere below the Enterprise tier.
### **3\. Tiered caching**
Nearby data centres share what they have already fetched instead of each asking your origin separately, cutting origin requests by up to 60 percent.
### **4\. Enterprise managed WAF**
Cloudflare-managed rulesets sit in front of your site and drop OWASP-class attacks, exploit scans, and zero-days before they arrive. If you want to tune it, here is how to [**enable Cloudflare WAF rules in xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/).
### **5\. Unmetered DDoS protection**
Volumetric attacks are absorbed at the edge at layers 3, 4, and 7, with no surcharge and no cap, by one of the largest networks on the internet. For emergencies, [**Under Attack Mode**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-turn-on-cloudflare-under-attack-mode/) adds an extra check for every visitor.
### **6\. Rate limiting, browser integrity check, and AI crawler blocking**
Requests are counted per IP in 60-second windows, with a managed challenge above the threshold. The default is 200 requests a minute and can be customised for your domain via support ticket. Known AI crawlers can be blocked from scanning or collecting your content with one toggle.
### **7\. Everything managed from the xCloud dashboard**
There is no second dashboard and no Cloudflare account to create. Traffic, cache, and security analytics run from the last 30 minutes back to 30 days, with top pages, countries, devices, and IPs, plus one-click worldwide cache purge, image optimization, SSL cipher profiles, ScrapeShield email obfuscation, and managed edge SSL on every domain. Timeouts run at 200 seconds and can be raised per use case up to Cloudflare’s 6,000-second limit. If you need visitor IPs in your server logs, here is how to [**show real visitor IPs behind the Cloudflare proxy**](https://xcloud.host/docs/show-visitor-real-ip-behind-cloudflare-proxy/).
## **Activate the Cloudflare Enterprise Add-on in 3 Steps**
Setup is not a migration. Your DNS provider stays where it is, your nameservers stay where they are, and one record changes.
1. **Enable the add-on:** In your xCloud dashboard, open Addons, find Cloudflare Enterprise, hit Enable, pick the domain from the dropdown, and pay. $5 for the month, no contract attached.
2. **Add one CNAME record:** xCloud shows you the exact record to add at your existing DNS provider. The domain joins xCloud’s Cloudflare account as a custom hostname while your DNS host stays unchanged.
3. **Refresh, and you are live:** The domain status flips to Active with sensible defaults already on. The Settings tab is there whenever you want to change caching, WAF, or anything else.
If your DNS already sits in a Cloudflare account connected to xCloud, the records are applied for you automatically. And if you ever cancel, xCloud restores your DNS from the snapshot it took at setup, reinstating your previous SSL. The full walkthrough is in the guide to [**activating the Cloudflare Enterprise add-on**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon/).
## **Who Should Enable It**
- **WooCommerce stores:** Product pages served from the edge, carts and checkout kept dynamic, WAF in front of payments. Pairs naturally with [**WooCommerce hosting**](https://xcloud.host/woocommerce-hosting/) built for high-traffic checkouts.
- **Agencies and freelancers:** Enable it per client site and rebill it as a line item, at a price that leaves room for margin.
- **Content and media sites:** Heavy pages served worldwide from the edge, with AI crawlers blocked from scraping them.
- **Launch and campaign sites:** Traffic spikes absorbed at the edge, so your origin stays calm through launch day.
- **Membership and SaaS:** Rate limiting and Under Attack Mode keep logged-in experiences fast and protected.
The caching is WordPress and WooCommerce aware out of the box: logged-in sessions, wp-admin, the REST API, carts, checkout, my-account, feeds, and sitemaps are bypassed automatically, so shoppers never see someone else’s basket, and you can add your own bypass paths per site. It also runs on Laravel, static sites, and custom PHP, on [**managed**](https://xcloud.host/managed-hosting/) or [**self-managed**](https://xcloud.host/self-managed-hosting/) servers alike.
## **Put Your Site on Cloudflare Enterprise for $5 Today**
Cloudflare Enterprise used to be a decision made for you: either sign an annual contract, or move your sites to a host that bundles it as a lock-in. The xCloud add-on removes both conditions. It runs on infrastructure you own, follows the site if you change providers, and switches off per domain whenever you want. Enable it on one site, watch the cache ratio and security events in the Analytics tab for a week, and decide with your own numbers.
We hope this guide helped you understand exactly how Cloudflare Enterprise pricing works and how to get it without the contract. Now, [**enable the Cloudflare Enterprise add-on**](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/cloudflare-enterprise) on a domain and let us know your experience in the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community). Also, do not forget to [**subscribe to our blog**](https://xcloud.host/blog/) to get updates, helpful resources, and more.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **How much does Cloudflare Enterprise cost?**
Cloudflare does not publish an Enterprise price. It is a negotiated annual contract quoted per organisation, with entry-level deals widely reported to start around $5,000 a month. The xCloud add-on attaches your domain to an existing Enterprise contract for $5 per domain per month, with no contract or Cloudflare account of your own.
### **Is there a free trial?**
Not at the moment. At $5 per domain with no contract you can enable it on your own site and cancel whenever you want, but billing starts straight away, and add-ons are non-refundable once activated.
### **Does the price include subdomains?**
One subscription covers the root domain and its www version. Other hostnames like shop.example.com or app.example.com are separate $5 subscriptions, so you enable only the ones that need it and remove any single one without touching the rest.
### **Is bandwidth unlimited?**
Each subscription includes 100 GB per month, which covers the vast majority of WordPress sites since edge caching means most requests never reach your server. Beyond that, usage is billed at $0.02/GB, prorated, with data transfer visible in the add-on’s Analytics tab. No hard cap, no forced upgrade.
### **Is this the same CDN as Cloudflare’s free plan?**
Same network, higher tier. Free and Enterprise both serve from 330+ cities, but Enterprise adds managed WAF rulesets, priority routing, tiered caching, and full-page HTML caching, the things that move time-to-first-byte rather than just offloading images.
### **Do I need to move my nameservers or DNS?**
No. The add-on runs on Cloudflare for SaaS as a custom hostname, so your registrar and DNS provider stay exactly where they are and you add one CNAME record. That is the key difference from signing up with Cloudflare directly, which expects your nameservers to move.
### **Will it affect my SEO?**
It should help. Search engines weigh page speed and availability, and this improves both: pages come off the edge, and the WAF and DDoS mitigation keep the site reachable during attacks that would otherwise take your server, and the crawler, offline.
---
# Using Cloudflare Firewall Rules to Secure Your Web App - xCloud
> Discover how to enhance your web app security with Cloudflare firewall rules with a simple guide to protect your site from cyber threats effectively.
Web application security is getting more and more important with the rapidly evolving technology. Website owners need robust security measures to protect their web apps and sensitive data with the increasing number of cyber threats.
One powerful tool for enhancing web app security is Cloudflare which is a Google product. Cloudflare provides an array of services designed to [**improve website performance**](/advanced-redis-object-caching-for-wordpress/), security, and safeguarding web applications. Today, we will explore how **Cloudflare firewall rules** can help secure your web app and best practices to protect your web applications without any hassle.
## 🍀**Understanding Cloudflare Firewall Rules**
Web application security is important nowadays. With ever-evolving [**cyber threats**](https://wpdeveloper.com/biggest-cyber-security-mistakes/), having a reliable line of defence is essential. This is where Cloudflare firewall rules come into play. Let us discuss what firewall rules are, how they work, and why they are vital for securing your web app.
### 🔆**What Are Cloudflare Firewall Rules?**
Cloudflare firewall rules are a powerful set of configurations that allow you to define precise security measures for incoming traffic to your web application. These rules act as filters that control which requests can access your site based on specific conditions you set. By utilizing these rules, you can manage and mitigate various types of threats, enhancing the security of your web application.
### 🔆**How Do Cloudflare Firewall Rules Work?**
[**Cloudflare firewall rules**](https://developers.cloudflare.com/firewall/cf-firewall-rules/) operate at the application layer of the **Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)** model. This means they focus on the specifics of incoming **HTTP requests** to your site, allowing you to filter traffic based on criteria such as IP address, country of origin, URL patterns, and more.
When a request is made to your site, the firewall rules are evaluated sequentially based on their priority. Each rule consists of a matching condition and an action to perform if the condition is met. Actions can include allowing, blocking, challenging, or logging the request.
### 🔆**Why Use Cloudflare Firewall Rules for Web App Security?**
Firewall rules is an effective way to secure your web application with setting up rules to secure your web applications for several reasons:
- **Granular Control:** The rules allow you to create highly specific conditions, giving you granular control over the traffic that reaches your site.
- **Scalability:** Cloudflare’s infrastructure is built to handle massive [**amounts of traffic**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-check-website-traffic-for-any-site/), making their firewall rules scalable for websites of all sizes.
- **Performance:** The rules are evaluated at Cloudflare’s edge servers, which means they do not affect your site’s performance.
- **Ease of Use:** Cloudflare provides an intuitive user interface and extensive documentation, making it easy to set up and manage firewall rules.
Firewall rules offer a robust and flexible solution for web app security, providing website owners with the tools they need to protect their sites from malicious traffic and other potential threats.
## **3 Easy Steps Guide to Set Up Cloudflare Firewall Rules**
Setting up a Cloudflare rule could be a challenging task. There are many firewall rules for WordPress. We will discuss here how to **block particular countries from visiting your site**. You can block one country or as many as you want. You can also allow access to your website to only one country. For example, we will block visitors from all countries except the USA. So follow the steps below:
### **Step 1: Log in to Cloudflare Choose Your Domain**
Start with logging in to your Cloudflare dashboard. From here, choose the domain name for which you want to set up the firewall rule with Cloudflare
After selecting the domain that you want to secure more or applying the firewall rules, find the **‘Firewall’** button from the top bar and click on it.
### **Step 2: Create a Firewall Rule with Cloudflare**
Here, you can see a **‘Create a Firewall rule’** button, hit on the button to create a new firewall rule.
### **Step 3: Block All Countries Except the USA**
From here, we must need to provide the necessary information. First, give a ‘Rule name’ according to your choice.
Then head on to the **‘Field’** section and choose **‘Country’** from the dropdown and set the **‘Operator’** does not equal. Next, go to the **‘Value’** and choose USA as your country.
Finally, from the action drop-down, select **‘Block’**, and then click on the Deploy button.
There are different types of firewall rules you can use for different purposes. You can set them up easily and make your site more secure than ever.
## ⛳ **Benefits of Using Firewall Rules with Cloudflare**
Cloudflare’s firewall rules are not just another security feature, they offer many benefits that make them an essential tool for any website owner. Let us dive into the **key advantages of using firewall rules with Cloudflare** to secure your web application.
### 🔆 **Enhanced Security**
Security is paramount for any web application, and Cloudflare firewall rules provide robust protection against a wide range of threats. By allowing you to set specific conditions to filter incoming traffic, the rules help defend against common attacks like **DDoS, SQL injection,** **cross-site scripting**, and more. This proactive defense mechanism ensures that your website remains secure even as threats evolve.
### **🔆 Ease of Use**
One of the standout features of Cloudflare firewall rules is their ease of use. Cloudflare provides an intuitive dashboard that simplifies the process of creating and managing rules. Even if you are not a seasoned IT professional, you can easily set up and adjust firewall rules to suit your needs. The user-friendly interface ensures that website owners can take control of their security without needing extensive technical expertise.
### 🔆 **Customization**
Every web application is unique, and Cloudflare recognizes this by offering highly customizable firewall rules. You can set conditions based on a variety of parameters, such as **IP address**, **HTTP methods, and country of origin**. This level of customization allows you to tailor the security settings to match your specific requirements, ensuring that you only allow legitimate traffic while blocking potential threats.
### 🔆 **Real-Time Analytics**
Another significant benefit of using firewall rules is the access to [**real-time analytics**](https://wpdeveloper.com/blogging-statistics-trends-data-ultimate-list/). Cloudflare provides detailed reports on traffic and security events, allowing you to monitor and analyze incoming requests. This visibility helps you understand the nature of threats targeting your web application and adjust your security measures accordingly. The analytics also provide insights into the effectiveness of your firewall rules, enabling you to fine-tune your configurations for optimal protection.
### 🔆 **Performance Optimization**
Cloudflare’s infrastructure is designed for high performance, and the firewall rules are no exception. The rules are processed at Cloudflare’s edge servers, which means that your web application’s performance is not impacted. This edge-based processing ensures that malicious traffic is filtered out before it even reaches your server, optimizing your application’s performance while maintaining security.
### 🔆 **Scalability**
Whether you are running a small [**personal blog**](https://blog.templately.com/start-personal-food-blog-guide/) or a large e-commerce platform, Cloudflare firewall rules are scalable to meet your needs. Cloudflare’s global network is built to handle massive amounts of traffic, so you can be confident that your web application will remain secure even during traffic spikes or large-scale attacks.
## ⛳ **Best Practices for Using Cloudflare Firewall Rules**
Using firewall rules is an effective way to secure your web application, but it is essential to follow best practices to maximize their effectiveness and minimize potential issues. Here, we will discuss key strategies and tips for using firewall rules with Cloudflare effectively.
### 🔆 **Whitelist Trusted IPs**
Whitelisting trusted IP addresses ensures that your key stakeholders, such as employees or partners, always have access to your site. This is particularly useful for internal users who need consistent access. Start by identifying the IP addresses that should have unrestricted access to your web application. Once identified, create a firewall rule that allows traffic from these trusted IPs and set it as a high-priority rule. This ensures that these IPs are always permitted access, preventing unnecessary disruptions.
### 🔆 **Block Malicious Traffic**
One of the primary functions of firewall rules is to block malicious traffic. Cloudflare simplifies this by providing analytics and threat intelligence. Use Cloudflare’s tools to identify sources of malicious traffic. Based on your findings, create rules that [**block malicious traffic**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-block-ip-address-in-wordpress/) from these sources, such as specific IP addresses or user agents. This helps keep your application secure from known threats.
### 🔆 **Rate Limiting**
Rate limiting prevents abuse of your web application, such as brute force login attempts or scraping. Determine which parts of your web application are most sensitive to excessive requests, like login pages or API endpoints. Set up firewall rules to limit the number of requests per minute from a single IP address. You can choose to either block or challenge requests that exceed this limit, helping to protect your application from overload and abuse.
### 🔆 **Monitor And Adjust Rules**
Regular monitoring and adjustment of your firewall rules are crucial for maintaining optimal security. Use Cloudflare’s analytics to keep an eye on incoming traffic and spot potential issues or unusual patterns. Based on your monitoring, adjust the rules to respond to new threats or optimize existing protections. This ensures your firewall rules remain effective and up-to-date.
### 🔆 **Leverage Managed Rulesets**
Cloudflare offers managed rulesets that provide protection against common threats, such as SQL injection and cross-site scripting. In your firewall settings, enable relevant managed rulesets for your web application. If necessary, customize these rulesets to better fit your specific needs, providing tailored protection against common threats.
### **🔆 Test Your Rules**
Before fully implementing new firewall rules, it is crucial to test them to ensure they don’t unintentionally block legitimate traffic. Cloudflare offers a preview mode that shows how the rule will behave without actually blocking or challenging traffic. When enabling new rules, monitor their effects closely and be ready to adjust them if they impact legitimate users. This cautious approach helps avoid disruptions to valid traffic.
### 🔆 **Document Your Rules**
Proper documentation of your firewall rules helps maintain clarity and facilitates future adjustments. Give each rule a descriptive name that reflects its purpose. Document the conditions and actions of each rule, as well as the rationale behind them. This makes it easier to manage and update your firewall rules over time.
## ⛳ **Common Use Cases for Cloudflare Firewall Rules**
Cloudflare firewall rules are versatile tools that can be used to address a variety of security and traffic management needs. In this section, we will look at several common use cases for these rules and how they can enhance the security and functionality of your web application.
### 🔆 **DDoS Protection**
**Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS)** attacks are a prevalent threat to web applications, overwhelming servers with a flood of traffic. Firewall rules can help mitigate these attacks in a couple of ways. First, you can block known attack sources by using firewall rules to block IP addresses or networks that are known to participate in DDoS attacks. Additionally, you can implement rate-limiting rules to restrict the number of requests from individual IP addresses or networks, limiting the impact of DDoS attacks.
### 🔆 **Preventing SQL Injection**
[**SQL injection**](https://wpdeveloper.com/fortify-wordpress-site-from-sql-injection-9-ways/) is a common web application attack where malicious SQL statements are inserted into an entry field for execution. Firewall rules can help prevent this by blocking requests containing common SQL injection patterns, such as SELECT and UNION keywords combined with specific characters. Moreover, you can use Cloudflare’s managed rulesets to block known SQL injection techniques automatically.
### 🔆 **Blocking IPs or Countries**
Sometimes, you may want to restrict access to your web application based on IP addresses or geographic regions. Cloudflare makes this straightforward. You can create rules to block traffic from specific IP addresses or ranges that are known to be malicious or unwanted. Additionally, you can use firewall rules to block or allow traffic from specific countries based on your business needs or security concerns.
### 🔆 **Custom Access Control**
Cloudflare firewall rules offer the flexibility to implement custom access control based on various criteria. For instance, you can create rules that restrict access to specific URLs or URL patterns based on criteria such as IP address, user agent, or HTTP method. You can also use firewall rules to restrict access to sensitive areas of your website, such as administrative pages, by IP address or other identifying characteristics.
### 🔆 **Protecting APIs**
APIs are often targeted by malicious actors seeking to exploit vulnerabilities or overload the system. Firewall rules can help protect your APIs by restricting access based on IP address, API key, or other identifying factors. Additionally, you can implement rate-limiting rules to prevent abuse of your APIs and ensure fair usage.
### 🔆 **Enforcing User Agent Policies**
User agents identify the client making a request, and firewall rules can be used to enforce policies based on this information. You can create rules to block requests from known malicious or suspicious user agents or allow only specific user agents if your web application is intended for specific clients.
These rules provide versatile solutions for a wide range of use cases, including DDoS protection, preventing SQL injection, blocking specific IPs or countries, custom access control, protecting APIs, and enforcing user agent policies. By leveraging these use cases, you can [**enhance the security**](https://wpdeveloper.com/backup-wordpress-site/) and functionality of your web application.
## ⛳ **Troubleshooting Firewall Rules and Tips to Manage**
Despite the best planning and implementation, issues may arise when using firewall rules. Here, we will explore common problems and provide debugging tips so that you already know how to resolve the issues if they arise.
### 💠 **Common Issues**
There are many problems that could arise, which is making problems. From many, these are the common [**troubleshooting issues**](https://wpdeveloper.com/502-bad-gateway-error/) we are discussing below:
- **Legitimate Traffic Blocked:** One common issue is when legitimate traffic gets blocked unintentionally. This often happens when rules are too broad or too strict.
- **Unexpected Behavior:** Sometimes, firewall rules might not behave as expected, often due to rule precedence issues or overlapping conditions.
- **Performance Impact:** While rare, firewall rules can sometimes impact site performance if they are misconfigured or overly complex.
### 💠 **Debugging Tips**
Check out these debugging tips so that you can ensure the firewall rules you have created run smoothly without making problems further:
- **Use the Firewall Analytics:** Cloudflare provides detailed analytics for its firewall, showing which rules are triggered and how often. Use this to identify problem rules.
- **Review Rule Order:** Cloudflare evaluates firewall rules in order of priority. Review the order of your rules to ensure that higher-priority rules do not unintentionally override lower-priority ones.
- **Test with Preview Mode:** Before fully enabling a rule, use Cloudflare’s preview mode to test how it will behave with incoming traffic. This helps catch issues before they impact real users.
- **Adjust Rule Conditions:** If a rule is blocking legitimate traffic, consider refining the conditions to be more specific. For example, instead of blocking all traffic from a country, you might block specific IP ranges or use rate limiting.
- **Check Rule Actions:** Make sure the actions for your rules are appropriate. For example, if you are testing a new rule, you might want to log traffic rather than block it outright.
## **🥷 Setup Cloudflare Firewall Rules & Secure Your Web App**
Cloudflare firewall rules are a vital tool for any website owner looking to enhance the security of their web application. With their flexibility, customisation options, and powerful analytics, these rules provide a robust defense against a wide range of threats. By following best practices and troubleshooting issues effectively, you can leverage Cloudflare firewall rules to keep your web application secure and running smoothly.
If you find this blog helpful and want to read more blogs like this one, [**Subscribe**](/blog/) to our blogs and Join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with more people with common interests.
---
# Cloudflare Enterprise CDN Pricing — $5 per Domain | xCloud
> Cloudflare Enterprise CDN, WAF and DDoS protection for $5 per domain per month. Compare it against Cloudflare's Free, Pro ($25) and Business ($250) plans — no Cloudflare account, no nameserver change, managed from your xCloud dashboard.
## Cloudflare Enterprise CDN for $5 a domain
Cloudflare's Enterprise tier normally means a contract negotiated at volume, priced in the thousands per month. xCloud already holds one — so you can put a single domain behind it for five dollars. Global CDN across 330+ cities, full-page edge caching, managed WAF and unmetered DDoS protection, switched on from the dashboard you already use.
No Cloudflare account · No nameserver change · No contract — cancel any domain, any time
| | |
|---|---|
| 330+ | Cloudflare cities serving your pages |
| Full-page | HTML cached at the edge, not just assets |
| Up to 60% | Fewer requests hitting your origin |
| Unmetered | DDoS mitigation at layers 3, 4 and 7 |
The traffic path: your visitor → the Cloudflare Enterprise edge (330+ cities, WAF, DDoS, full-page cache) → your server on xCloud. Cache hits are served at the edge and attacks are dropped there; only what's left reaches your origin. Every switch on that middle layer lives in your xCloud dashboard — no Cloudflare account, no second login.
## Cloudflare Enterprise pricing, flat per domain
**$5 per domain, per month.** Each subscription covers one domain, and subdomains count as their own domain. Enable the ones that need it, manage them together on the Addons page, and remove any one of them without touching the rest. Includes 100 GB of bandwidth a month; beyond that it's $0.02/GB, prorated.
Included on every enabled domain:
- Cloudflare Enterprise network, 330+ cities
- Full-page edge caching and static CDN caching
- Tiered caching across Cloudflare's network
- Enterprise managed WAF and unmetered DDoS
- 100 GB bandwidth per month, then $0.02/GB
- Image optimization, Early Hints, ScrapeShield
- Traffic, cache and security analytics in-panel
- One-click worldwide cache purge
- Per-domain billing — remove a domain any time
No free trial, and add-on purchases are non-refundable once activated — check the domain and billing details before you subscribe. There's no contract and no minimum term.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Every other way to get Cloudflare Enterprise
Six hosts bundle it free — as long as you move your sites onto their servers. One other sells it per domain. Here is the whole picture, including the rows where we come off worse.
| | xCloud add-on (on servers you own) | Bundled hosting (Kinsta, 10Web, Levamo, BigScoots, Convesio) | Cloudways (add-on, on their platform) | Cloudflare direct |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Runs on your own cloud account | Yes | Their platform | Their platform | Yes |
| Any stack — WordPress, Laravel, static, PHP | Yes | Mostly WordPress | WordPress & Woo | Yes |
| Custom cache bypass paths, per site | Yes | Varies | — | Manual rules |
| Bandwidth included, per domain | 100 GB, then $0.02/GB | Plan limits | Quota, then $0.02/GB | Yes |
| Full-page caching at the edge | Yes | Yes | WordPress & Woo | Manual rules |
| Keep your DNS provider and nameservers | Yes | Varies | Yes | — |
| DNS set up for you, and restored on cancel | Yes | n/a | Manual CNAME | — |
| Switch it off per domain, any time | Yes | Change host | Yes | Annual contract |
| No separate Cloudflare account | Yes | Yes | Yes | — |
| Volume discount | $5 flat | n/a | $4.99 | Negotiated |
| Automatic selective cache purge | — | Varies | Yes | Varies |
| **Pricing** | **$5/month per hostname — root and www together — 100 GB included, then $0.02/GB** | $23–$50/month hosting plan — Cloudflare included only while you host there | $4.99/month per hostname — plus $0.02/GB once the bandwidth quota runs out | $250/month per domain — add-ons billed separately — Enterprise on annual contract |
xCloud and Cloudways bill the same way: per hostname, with the root domain and its www counted together, and every other hostname its own subscription. Cloudflare direct bills per zone, so subdomains are covered by the one plan — the single thing that route does more cheaply, at fifty times the price. Cloudways falls to $1.99 per domain only above 25 domains.
The xCloud price is the add-on, on top of the plan you already have. Bundled figures are each host's cheapest plan carrying Cloudflare Enterprise — 10Web $23, Levamo $29, BigScoots $35, Kinsta $35, Convesio $50 — and Cloudflare's are its published month-to-month rates. All checked 4 August 2026, with Cloudways verified in a live account. See [cloudflare.com/plans](https://www.cloudflare.com/plans/).
### How much does Cloudflare Enterprise cost?
Cloudflare doesn't publish an Enterprise price. It's sold as a negotiated annual contract, quoted per organisation on traffic, domain count and which add-on products you want, and entry-level deals are widely reported to start around $5,000 a month. That's the tier this add-on runs on — you're joining xCloud's existing contract as a custom hostname rather than signing one of your own, which is the only reason a per-domain price of $5 is possible.
### What about the Free, Pro and Business plans?
Cloudflare's free plan gives you CDN caching for static assets and unmetered DDoS protection, which is genuinely good and enough for many sites. Pro is $25 a month per domain and adds image optimization and a fuller WAF ruleset. Business is $250 a month per domain. Tiered caching is a paid extra on top of all three, and none of them cache full HTML pages at the edge without you writing the rules yourself.
### Do I have to move my DNS or nameservers?
No — and this is where the add-on differs from signing up to Cloudflare directly. Their own plans expect you to move your domain's nameservers to Cloudflare and run DNS there. This runs on Cloudflare for SaaS instead: your domain joins xCloud's account as a custom hostname, so your registrar and DNS provider stay exactly where they are and you add one CNAME record.
### Is this the same CDN as Cloudflare's free one?
It's the same network, on a higher tier. Free and Enterprise both serve from 330+ cities, but Enterprise adds the managed WAF rulesets, priority routing, tiered caching, and full-page edge caching for WordPress and WooCommerce — the things that move time-to-first-byte rather than just offloading images.
### Some hosts include Cloudflare Enterprise free. Why pay $5?
Because free comes with their servers attached. Kinsta, Rocket.net, Levamo, 10Web, Convesio and BigScoots all bundle Cloudflare Enterprise at no line-item cost, and every one of them requires you to host with them to get it — it's a reason to stay, which is what it's designed to be. The xCloud add-on runs on infrastructure you own: your DigitalOcean, AWS, Vultr, Hetzner or Linode account, or a managed xCloud server, whichever you already chose. If you move providers next year the add-on moves with you. $5 a domain is what it costs to not have that decision made for you.
### How does this compare to the Cloudways add-on?
Cloudways is the only other host selling Cloudflare Enterprise per domain, at $4.99 falling to $1.99 above 25 domains, and they offer a 30-day trial where we don't. On list price and billing unit the two are effectively the same — both charge per hostname with the root domain and its www counted together, and both meter bandwidth per domain at $0.02 per gigabyte beyond the included quota. What differs is everything around it. We set your DNS up automatically and put it back the way we found it if you cancel, reinstating your previous SSL, where theirs is a manual CNAME both ways. You can add your own cache bypass paths per site; their documentation says custom cookie exclusion is currently unavailable. Their edge page caching is limited to WordPress and WooCommerce, while ours also runs on Laravel, static sites and custom PHP. And ours runs on infrastructure you own rather than on their platform. Where they're ahead: the free trial, the volume pricing, and automatic selective cache purging, which we don't have yet.
Related reading: [Activating the add-on](/docs/how-to-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon/) · [Enabling WAF rules](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/) · [Under Attack Mode](/docs/how-to-turn-on-cloudflare-under-attack-mode/) · [Cloudflare DNS management](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/) · [Visitor IPs behind the proxy](/docs/show-visitor-real-ip-behind-cloudflare-proxy/)
## Faster pages, blocked attacks, and one place to see both
Every feature below runs on Cloudflare's Enterprise tier.
### Performance — your site loads from the city your visitor is in
Static assets and full HTML pages are served from whichever of Cloudflare's 330+ locations is closest, instead of a round trip to your server. Tiered caching keeps neighbouring data centres sharing what they've already fetched rather than each one asking your origin separately, cutting origin requests by up to 60%.
- **Global CDN** — content served from 330+ Cloudflare cities worldwide.
- **Edge page caching** — whole HTML pages cached at the edge, so time-to-first-byte stops depending on your server.
- **Static content caching** — images, CSS and JavaScript across the global CDN with one toggle.
- **Tiered caching** — nearby data centres share what they've already fetched instead of each asking your origin.
- **Early Hints (103)** — browsers start preloading critical assets before the final response arrives.
- **WooCommerce-aware caching** — carts, checkout and logged-in sessions bypass the cache automatically.
### Security — attacks stop at the edge, not on your server
A security plugin can only act once the request has already reached your origin and spent its CPU. Cloudflare's managed WAF rulesets sit in front of the site and drop OWASP-class attacks, exploit scans and zero-days before they arrive. Volumetric DDoS is absorbed by one of the largest networks on the internet — unmetered, at layers 3, 4 and 7.
- **Enterprise WAF** — Cloudflare-managed rulesets catching emerging threats, including zero-days.
- **Unmetered DDoS** — volumetric attacks dropped at the edge at layers 3, 4 and 7, no surcharge, no cap.
- **Rate limiting** — managed challenges for IPs that exceed the request threshold.
- **Browser integrity check** — requests with suspicious or missing HTTP headers are blocked.
- **Under Attack Mode** — every visitor passes an extra check before reaching the site.
- **AI crawler blocking** — stop known AI crawlers scanning or collecting your content.
- **Managed edge SSL** — Cloudflare edge certificates on every domain, with live status in your domain table.
### Control & insight — all of it inside the panel you already use
There is no second dashboard and no Cloudflare account to create. Every toggle, every purge and every report lives in xCloud, next to the server and site they belong to. Traffic, cache performance and security events go back as far as 30 days and as fine as the last 30 minutes — top pages, countries, devices and IPs — and cache purges go out worldwide from the Overview tab.
- **One-click purge** — push an update live worldwide from the Overview tab.
- **Traffic analytics** — requests and data transfer from the last 30 minutes to the last 30 days.
- **Cache analytics** — see what's being served from the edge and what still reaches your origin.
- **Security events** — every block and challenge, with the top pages, countries, devices and IPs behind them.
- **Image optimization** — Polish-style compression, lossy, lossless or off, per site.
- **SSL cipher profiles** — choose the cipher suite used between visitors and the edge.
- **ScrapeShield** — email addresses obfuscated so bots can't harvest them.
## Live in three steps, not a migration
Your DNS provider stays where it is. Your nameservers stay where they are. One record changes.
1. **Enable the add-on** — in your xCloud dashboard, open Addons, find Cloudflare Enterprise and hit Enable. Pick the domain from the dropdown and pay: $5 for the month, no contract attached to it.
2. **Add one CNAME record** — xCloud shows you the exact record to add at your existing DNS provider. Your nameservers do not move and your DNS host does not change; the domain joins xCloud's Cloudflare account as a custom hostname.
3. **Hit refresh, and you're live** — refresh the domain status; it flips to Active. Sensible defaults are already on, and the Settings tab is there when you want to change caching, WAF or anything else.
[Read the full activation guide](/docs/how-to-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon/)
## Built for every site that can't afford to be slow
A slow or unprotected site never fails loudly. It bleeds: **rankings slip** as search engines rank faster competitors above you; **conversions leak** as slow pages push up bounce rates; **attacks arrive unannounced**, because without edge protection you find out when the site is already down.
- **WooCommerce stores** — catalogue and product pages come off the edge while carts and checkout stay dynamic, and the WAF sits in front of the payment flow.
- **Agencies & freelancers** — turn it on for the client sites that need it, at a per-domain cost you can put on an invoice as a CDN and security line item.
- **Content & media sites** — serve heavy pages and images worldwide from the edge, and block AI crawlers from scraping the work you're paid for.
- **Launch & campaign sites** — absorb the spike, and anything that shows up alongside it, at the edge, so your origin stays calm through the launch.
- **Membership & SaaS** — rate limiting, Under Attack Mode and real-time security reporting keep logged-in experiences fast and protected.
- **Global audiences** — visitors on every continent load from the nearest of 330+ locations instead of one distant server.
## Frequently asked questions
**What exactly is the Cloudflare Enterprise add-on?**
A fully managed, per-domain integration that puts your website on Cloudflare's Enterprise network. Enterprise normally means a contract negotiated directly with Cloudflare at volume. xCloud already holds that contract, so you get global CDN acceleration, enterprise WAF and DDoS protection, edge caching, image optimization and real-time analytics for $5 a domain — with no negotiation, no minimum commitment and no Cloudflare account of your own.
**Do I need my own Cloudflare account?**
No. Cache rules, WAF toggles, purges, analytics and security events are all in your xCloud dashboard. Setup is smoothest if your domain already sits in a Cloudflare account that's connected to xCloud, because the configuration is then applied for you automatically — but that account is only ever used for your DNS records, not for the add-on itself.
**How is $5 possible when Cloudflare Business is $250?**
Because you're not buying a plan — you're joining one. xCloud holds an Enterprise contract with Cloudflare and the add-on attaches your domain to it as a custom hostname, so the cost is a share of a network already paid for rather than a new subscription. That is also why tiered caching and full-page edge caching are included here, when they're paid extras or hand-written rules on Cloudflare's own Pro and Business plans.
**Is there a free trial?**
Not at the moment. At $5 per domain with no contract you can enable it, run it on your own site and cancel whenever you want — but it starts billing straight away.
**Is the add-on refundable?**
No. Like every xCloud add-on, the Cloudflare Enterprise add-on is non-refundable once the subscription is activated. Add-on purchases are final, so check the domain, price and billing details before you subscribe. The full terms are in the xCloud Refund Policy.
**Does the price per domain include subdomains?**
One subscription covers the root domain and its www version. Other hostnames — shop.example.com, app.example.com, staging.example.com — are separate subscriptions at $5 per hostname per month, so you enable only the ones you need. Manage them together from the Addons page, and remove any single one without touching the rest.
**Is bandwidth really unlimited?**
Each domain subscription includes 100 GB of bandwidth per month, which covers the vast majority of WordPress sites — full-page edge caching means most requests are served from Cloudflare's edge without touching your server. Usage beyond 100 GB is billed at $0.02/GB, prorated, so a high-traffic site pays transparently for what it uses instead of hitting a hard cap or a forced upgrade. You can monitor your data transfer anytime in the Analytics tab of the addon.
**Can I purge the cache from my WordPress dashboard?**
You can purge per site from the xCloud dashboard today. A plugin to purge from wp-admin is planned as part of a central xCloud plugin — the purge capability is already built, it just needs wiring into WordPress.
**How does rate limiting work, and can I change the threshold?**
Rate limiting counts requests per IP in 60-second windows and applies a managed challenge above the threshold, which keeps bots, scrapers and brute-force traffic off your server. The default is 200 requests a minute and we're still tuning it across sites. It isn't a hard Cloudflare cap: if the default doesn't suit your site — a busy store, say — open a support ticket and we'll customise the threshold for your domain. Self-serve control is on the roadmap.
**Is there still a 100-second timeout limit?**
No. On Enterprise the timeout isn't fixed the way it is on the free plan. We currently run it at 200 seconds and can raise it further per use case — Cloudflare allows up to 6,000. If you have a legitimate long-running process hitting 524 errors, open a support ticket.
**Does it work with WordPress and WooCommerce?**
Yes, and the caching is aware of both. Full pages are cached at the edge, while edge page caching automatically bypasses logged-in sessions, wp-admin, wp-login, the REST API, WooCommerce and EDD carts, checkout, my-account, feeds and sitemaps — so shoppers never see someone else's basket. You can add your own bypass paths per site in the Cache Bypass Paths setting; anything under them is never cached at the edge and always loads fresh from your server. When you turn on Edge Page Caching, xCloud disables local page caching for that site so the two layers can't conflict.
**Can I change the caching and security settings?**
Yes. Early Hints, ScrapeShield, static caching, edge page caching, image optimization and the SSL cipher profile are all switchable, as are the WAF, rate limiting, browser integrity check, Under Attack Mode and AI crawler blocking. The defaults are already tuned; save after changing a toggle and xCloud persists it for the site.
**What analytics do I get?**
Request summary, cache performance and security events, over ranges from the last 30 minutes to the last 30 days, with your top pages, countries, devices and IPs — all in the xCloud dashboard rather than a separate Cloudflare console.
**Will this affect my SEO?**
It should help. Search engines weigh page speed and availability, and this improves both — pages come off the edge, and the WAF and DDoS mitigation keep the site reachable during attacks that would otherwise take your server, and the crawler, offline.
## Stop paying for visitors who leave before the page loads
Enterprise speed and always-on protection on any domain, for $5 a month. One CNAME, live in minutes, and yours to switch off whenever you want.
[Enable it on a domain](https://app.xcloud.host/register) · [See how it works](/docs/how-to-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon/)
No contract · Cancel any domain at any time
Cloudflare, the Cloudflare logo and related marks are trademarks of Cloudflare, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. xCloud is not affiliated with, endorsed by or sponsored by Cloudflare.
---
# Codex Hosting – Launch and Scale AI-Built Apps Faster
> Deploy and host Codex-built apps in minutes. Connect Git, configure your app, and launch on high-performance cloud servers with one-click deployment.
# **Cluade Code Hosting**
## Codex Hosting to Take AI-Built Apps From Code to Live In Minutes
Deploy the apps and prototypes you build with Codex on infrastructure you fully own. Connect your repository, configure once, and push to LIVE in minutes, no manual server setup, no DevOps overhead.
## **Setup Process**
## Go Live With Your Codex in a Few Simple Steps
Get your Codex project running quickly with a step-by-step flow, from setup to launch, manage everything in one place, with deployment simplified so you can focus on building.
### Choose Deployment Method
Clone your Codex-built project directly from a Git repository and prepare your application for deployment in seconds.
### Configure Your Environment
Set your domain, Node.js version, build command, start command, environment variables, and other essential application settings based on your project requirements.
### Go Live Right Away
Review your configuration and deploy instantly. Push your latest code to the connected branch and your live application can be updated automatically.
## Pricing
## Reliable Codex Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Choose a pay-as-you-go plan on your preferred cloud server. Run unlimited projects with the tools
you need for reliable, always-on development.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
document.addEventListener(“DOMContentLoaded”, function () { function centerActiveTab() { if (window.innerWidth > 767) return; // Only run on screen widths ≤ 767px var navParent = document.querySelector(“.xcloud\_\_pricing-tab .tabTitles”).parentElement; // The scrolling container (Parent) var activeTab = document.querySelector(“.xcloud\_\_pricing-tab .tabTitles li.active”); // The active tab if (navParent && activeTab) { var containerWidth = navParent.clientWidth; var tabWidth = activeTab.offsetWidth; var tabPosition = activeTab.offsetLeft; // Calculate scroll position to center the active tab var scrollTo = tabPosition – (containerWidth / 2) + (tabWidth / 2); // Animate scrolling navParent.scrollTo({ left: scrollTo, behavior: “smooth” }); } } function handleTabClick() { if (window.innerWidth > 767) return; // Only run on screen widths ≤ 767px // Remove active class from all tabs document.querySelectorAll(“.xcloud\_\_pricing-tab .tabTitles li”).forEach(el => el.classList.remove(“active”)); // Add active class to clicked tab this.classList.add(“active”); // Center the clicked tab centerActiveTab(); } // Center the active tab on page load (if screen width ≤ 767px) centerActiveTab(); // Add click event to all tabs document.querySelectorAll(“.xcloud\_\_pricing-tab .tabTitles li”).forEach(function (tab) { tab.addEventListener(“click”, handleTabClick); }); // Re-check on window resize (optional, to handle dynamic screen resizing) window.addEventListener(“resize”, centerActiveTab); });
## Pricing
## Reliable Managed Codex Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Deploy and scale Codex-built applications on your preferred cloud server
with flexible, pay-as-you-go hosting plans.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
.xcloud\_\_ui-slider-wrap { width: 100%; margin: 70px 0 100px; } .xcloud\_\_ui-slider-wrap img { width: 100%; height: auto !important; } .xcloud\_\_ui-slider-outer { width: 100%; display: flex; position: relative; } .xcloud\_\_ui-slider-dragger { width: 24px; height: 24px; background: linear-gradient(97deg, #5D83FF -0.34%, #2E5DF7 99.66%); border-radius: 100px; cursor: grab; position: relative; z-index: 9999; box-sizing: border-box; order: 1; margin-bottom: -24px; } .xcloud\_\_ui-slider-dropzone { display: flex; justify-content: space-between; position: absolute; gap: 0px; width: 100%; } .xcloud\_\_ui-slider-dragger:hover { cursor: grabbing; } .dropzone { /\*flex: 1;\*/ display: flex; flex-wrap: wrap; justify-content: center; cursor: pointer; min-width: 62px; position: relative; } .dropzone:first-child { margin-left: -18px; } .dropzone:last-child { margin-right: -18px; } .dropzone-info { flex: 1 100%; text-align: center; margin-top: 36px; order: 2; pointer-event: none; } .dropzone-hor-line { height: 20px; width: 2px; background: #3D3F4F; margin: 0 auto 15px; } .dropzone.active .dropzone-hor-line { background: #3264F7; } .dropzone-title { color: #FFF; text-align: center; font-family: Sora; font-size: 12px; font-style: normal; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1; letter-spacing: 0.36px; text-transform: uppercase !important; } .dropzone-tooltip { width: 170px; background: #2B2E40; background: radial-gradient(circle at 100% 100%, #2b2e40 0, #2b2e40 11px, transparent 11px) 0% 0%/12px 12px no-repeat, radial-gradient(circle at 0 100%, #2b2e40 0, #2b2e40 11px, transparent 11px) 100% 0%/12px 12px no-repeat, radial-gradient(circle at 100% 0, #2b2e40 0, #2b2e40 11px, transparent 11px) 0% 100%/12px 12px no-repeat, radial-gradient(circle at 0 0, #2b2e40 0, #2b2e40 11px, transparent 11px) 100% 100%/12px 12px no-repeat, linear-gradient(#2b2e40, #2b2e40) 50% 50%/calc(100% – 2px) calc(100% – 24px) no-repeat, linear-gradient(#2b2e40, #2b2e40) 50% 50%/calc(100% – 24px) calc(100% – 2px) no-repeat, linear-gradient(90deg, #42465d 0%, #212435 100%); border-radius: 12px; padding: 19px; position: absolute; bottom: calc(100% + 20px); left: 50%; transform: translate(-50%, 10px) scale(0.9); opacity: 0; visibility: hidden; transition: all 0.4s; } .dropzone-tooltip::after { top: 100%; left: 50%; border: solid transparent; content: “”; height: 0; width: 0; position: absolute; pointer-events: none; border-color: rgba(136, 183, 213, 0); border-top-color: #2B2E40; border-width: 14px; margin-left: -14px; } .dropzone-tooltip p { color: #FFF; margin: 0; font-family: Sora; font-size: 12px; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1.2; letter-spacing: 0.03em; text-transform: uppercase; text-align: center; } .dropzone.active .dropzone-tooltip { transform: translate(-50%, 0) scale(1); opacity: 1; visibility: visible; } @media (max-width: 1024px) { .dropzone-tooltip { padding: 8px; bottom: calc(100% + 10px); width: 100px; } .dropzone-tooltip::after { border-width: 8px; margin-left: -8px; } .dropzone-tooltip p { font-size: 9px; } } @media (max-width: 767px) { .xcloud\_\_ui-slider-wrap { display: none; } }
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
jQuery( document ).ready(function($) { function xCloudSnapToGrid(droppedId, target, dragger) { if( droppedId ) { dragger.style.left = 0; target.append(dragger) $(target).addClass( ‘active’ ).siblings().removeClass(‘active’); $(\`.eb-advanced-tabs-1n0aa50 \[data-title-tab-id=${droppedId}\]\`).trigger(‘click’); } } let droppedId = 1; $(“#xcloud\_dragger”).draggable({ axis: ‘x’ }); $(“.dropzone”).droppable({ accept: ‘#xcloud\_dragger’, greedy: true, drop: function (event, ui) { droppedId = event.target.dataset.id; xCloudSnapToGrid(droppedId, event.target, ui.draggable\[0\]); }, deactivate: function (event, ui) { let dropzone = document.querySelector(\`\[data-id=’${droppedId}’\]\`); if (dropzone) { xCloudSnapToGrid(droppedId, dropzone, ui.draggable\[0\]); } } }); $(document).on( ‘click’, ‘.dropzone’, function( e ){ let target = e.target; if( ! target.dataset.id ) { target = e.target.closest(‘.dropzone’); } xCloudSnapToGrid( target.dataset.id, target, document.querySelector(“#xcloud\_dragger”) ) } ) });
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Perfect For Everything You Build with Codex
Codex is an AI software engineering agent designed to help you write, refactor, and ship production-ready code at speed. From a single prompt to a deployed application, Codex handles the heavy lifting of development so you can move from idea to production faster.
- ### AI-assisted code generation, editing, and refactoring
- ### Rapid prototyping and iteration on real codebases
- ### Full-stack application support across Node.js and modern frameworks
- ### Easy deployment and integration with your own infrastructure
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Codex Apps on Your VPS for Fast, Secure Performance
Launch your Codex-built applications on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything comes pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## AI Apps
## More AI Apps You Can Deploy on xCloud
From personal assistants to autonomous AI companies, deploy the tools your workflow needs on xCloud.
### OpenClaw Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/openclaw-hosting/)
### Hermes Agent Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](https://xcloud.host/hermes-hosting/)
### Paperclip Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/paperclip-hosting/)
### Claude Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/claude-code-hosting/)
### Codex Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](/codex-hosting/)
### Odysseus Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/odysseus-hosting/)
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
xCloud isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Codex hosting, and why does it matter for production apps?
Codex hosting means running the apps you build with Codex in a live environment your users can actually reach. It matters because production hosting gives you real uptime, managed environments, and a stable runtime, instead of leaving your project tied to your local machine.
### How is Codex hosting on xCloud different from a raw VPS?
On a raw VPS you manage the OS, runtime version, process manager, updates, and security yourself. With xCloud, that server setup and ongoing maintenance is handled for you, so you can deploy and run Codex projects without babysitting the underlying machine.
### Can I deploy a Codex project from a private GitHub repository?
Yes. Connect your GitHub account, grant access to the private repo, and deploy from the branch you choose. After that, new pushes to the connected branch can trigger automatic redeploys.
---
# Compare xCloud — Hosting, Panels, Agents & Stacks
> 25 side-by-side comparisons: xCloud against other managed hosts and control panels, plus the hosting-model, AI-agent, automation and stack decisions behind them.
Head-to-head breakdowns — xCloud against the other managed hosts and control
panels, and the platform decisions that come before picking one.
## xCloud vs the alternatives
| Comparison | What it covers |
| --- | --- |
| [xCloud vs Cloudways](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/) | How xCloud differs from Cloudways. |
| [xCloud vs RunCloud](/xcloud-vs-runcloud/) | Features, pricing and support compared. |
| [xCloud vs SiteGround](/xcloud-vs-siteground/) | A complete competitor analysis. |
| [xCloud vs SpinupWP](/xcloud-vs-spinupwp/) | Feature-by-feature differences. |
| [xCloud vs ServerAvatar](/xcloud-vs-serveravatar/) | We compared them so you don't have to. |
| [xCloud vs Rapyd Cloud](/xcloud-vs-rapyd-cloud/) | Fast, secure WordPress hosting compared. |
| [Revisiting the SpinupWP comparison](/reflecting-on-the-spinupwp-vs-xcloud-comparison/) | A more accurate view of our features and services. |
| [xCloud Free vs PRO](/xcloud-free-vs-pro/) | How the free and PRO tiers compare. |
## Switching from another host
| Comparison | What it covers |
| --- | --- |
| [7 best Cloudways alternatives](/best-cloudways-alternatives/) | Pricing, performance and features; save up to 40%. |
| [7 best RunCloud alternatives](/best-runcloud-alternatives/) | Free tiers, pricing and WordPress features. |
| [11 best WP Engine alternatives](/best-wp-engine-alternatives/) | Faster, cheaper, WordPress.org-friendly picks. |
## Managed or self-managed
| Comparison | What it covers |
| --- | --- |
| [Self-managed vs managed hosting](/self-managed-vs-managed-hosting/) | Pros and cons of each model. |
| [Managed vs self-hosting OpenClaw](/managed-vs-self-hosting-openclaw/) | Costs, security risks, performance, setup effort. |
| [Hermes Agent: Docker vs managed](/hermes-agent-docker-vs-managed-hosting/) | Setup, control, security, cost and uptime. |
| [Horizontal vs vertical scaling](/horizontal-scaling-vs-vertical-scaling/) | Which scaling approach suits you. |
## AI agents and models
| Comparison | What it covers |
| --- | --- |
| [Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw](/hermes-agent-vs-openclaw/) | Memory, skills, channels, security and cost. |
| [OpenClaw vs Paperclip vs Hermes](/openclaw-vs-paperclip-vs-hermes/) | The top three open-source agent platforms. |
| [GPT-5.5 vs Claude Opus 4.7](/openai-gpt-5-5-vs-claude-opus-4-7/) | Benchmarks, pricing and token efficiency. |
## Automation tools
| Comparison | What it covers |
| --- | --- |
| [n8n vs Make vs Zapier](/n8n-vs-make-vs-zapier-which-automation-tool-should-you-choose/) | Pricing, integrations and workflow flexibility. |
| [n8n vs Make](/n8n-vs-make-which-one-should-you-choose/) | Pricing, features, AI integration, customization. |
| [n8n vs Zapier](/n8n-vs-zapier-which-one-should-you-choose/) | In-depth comparison of features and costs. |
## Stacks and infrastructure
| Comparison | What it covers |
| --- | --- |
| [Node.js vs Laravel](/node-js-vs-laravel-key-differences/) | Performance, scalability, security, use cases. |
| [Django vs Node.js](/django-vs-nodejs-web-development-guide/) | Performance, scalability and developer experience. |
| [NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed](/nginx-vs-openlitespeed-which-web-server-is-faster/) | Which web server is faster for your site. |
| [AWS Lightsail vs EC2](/aws-lightsail-vs-aws-ec2-instance/) | Pricing, features and use cases. |
## More
- Pricing: [/pricing/](/pricing/)
- Docs: [/docs/](/docs/)
- Full page catalogue: [/llms.txt](/llms.txt)
---
# WordPress Security Headers – A Guide to Keep Your Website Safe - xCloud
> A complete guide to WordPress security headers for strengthening your site defense. Learn & apply to make your site protected by all means.
Strengthening your site’s defenses with WordPress security headers is one of the smartest moves you can make to protect it. These hidden heroes quietly guard your website, blocking hackers, preventing data theft, and keeping online threats at bay. Often overlooked, security headers are a simple yet powerful way to ensure your site stays safe and secure. Ready to find out how they work and why they are a must-have for your WordPress site? Let us dive in!
## **What Are Security Headers in WordPress & How Do They Work?**
Security headers act as invisible shields between your website and the browsers accessing it, preventing malicious code from executing. They safeguard both your site and your users by blocking potential threats, like injected code or harmful scripts before they can do any damage.
In WordPress, security headers are delivered directly by the web server (e.g., Apache, Microsoft IIS). Imagine a scenario where a malicious iframe is injected into a page. When the server sends this page to a user’s browser, it also sends security headers. If the correct header, such as **_X-Frame-Options_**, is in place, it will stop the browser from displaying the harmful iframe, keeping your users safe.
## **Why Do We Need Security Headers in WordPress?**
HTTP security headers are an essential yet often overlooked way to enhance your WordPress site’s security and performance. They act as invisible shields, protecting your site from threats and optimizing how it interacts with browsers. Here is how they work:
- **Boost Security:** With headers like CSP (Content Security Policy) and XFO (X-Frame Options), you can guard your site against common attacks like cross-site scripting (XSS) and malicious code injections, keeping your data and users safe.
- **Prevent Risky Content Execution:** XCTO (X-Content-Type-Options) headers help browsers identify content types correctly, blocking potentially harmful files from executing.
- **Secure Data in Transit:** HSTS (HTTP Strict Transport Security) headers enforce encrypted connections between browsers and servers, ensuring sensitive data remains private.
- **Protect User Privacy:** Set headers to control how data is shared in web requests, giving you the ability to safeguard user information and maintain privacy.
By implementing HTTP security headers, you’re not just adding another layer of protection—you’re creating a safer, faster, and more reliable experience for everyone who visits your site.
## **How to Add Recommended WordPress Security Headers?**
You need to enhance your website’s security by adding recommended security headers in WordPress. These headers help protect against common threats like XSS, clickjacking and data injection.
### **Understanding X-Frame-Options Security Header**
X-Frame-Options is a security header that protects your website from clickjacking attacks. Clickjacking occurs when your site’s content is embedded into another website using an iframe, tricking users into interacting with elements they believe are safe. This becomes especially dangerous if the user is logged into restricted areas of your site.
**Key Directives of X-Frame-Options**
- DENY:
Prevents your site from being displayed in an iframe, ensuring complete protection against embedding.
_X-Frame-Options: DENY_
- ALLOW-FROM:
This is an obsolete directive. Modern browsers that encounter response headers with this directive will ignore the header completely. The [**Content-Security-Policy HTTP**](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Reference/Headers/X-Frame-Options#allow-from_origin) header has a frame-ancestors directive which you should use instead.
_Content-Security-Policy: frame-ancestors ‘self’_ [_https://www.example.com_](https://www.example.com)
- SAMEORIGIN:
Allows rendering only when the iframe is loaded from the same origin (domain) as your website.
_X-Frame-Options: SAMEORIGIN_
#### **Adding X-Frame-Options Security Header to Your WordPress Site**
You can implement the X-Frame-Options security header in WordPress by modifying the configuration files of your server: .htaccess for Apache or nginx.conf for NGINX.
**For OLS**
header add X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN”
**For NGINX**
_add\_header X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” always;_
**For Apache**
__
_Header always append X-Frame-Options SAMEORIGIN_
__
These configurations ensure that your site is safeguarded against unauthorized embedding, maintaining user trust and security.
_Note: With xCloud, you can edit the X-Frame-Options from Site settings. To do so, you need to navigate to_ **_Site → Tools → Security_** _& enable the ‘_**_Edit X-Frame-Options_**_’ toggle._
### **Understanding HSTS – HTTP Strict Transport Security**
HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS) is a security mechanism that ensures web browsers only interact with a web server using secure HTTPS connections, completely avoiding the less secure HTTP protocol. HSTS is a standardized protocol defined by the IETF and detailed in RFC 6797, which was approved in 2012.
**Key directives in HSTS include:**
- **includeSubDomains:** Ensures the HSTS rule is applied to all subdomains of a site.
- **max-age:** Specifies the duration (in seconds) that browsers should enforce HTTPS-only access to the site.
An Example of an HSTS header
_Strict-Transport-Security: max-age=10886400; includeSubDomains_
#### **Adding HTTP Strict Transport Security Header to WordPress**
Before adding HSTS headers, you need to ensure that your site is using a proper SSL certificate and HTTPS is working properly. Then the users should add this header. Adding this header without an SSL cert is dangerous.
That being said, to implement HSTS on a WordPress site, you need to add the appropriate header to your server configuration. This can be done by editing the .htaccess file for Apache servers or the nginx.conf file for NGINX servers.
**OLS Configuration**
header add Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=10886400; includeSubDomains”
**Apache Configuration**
Add the following code to your .htaccess file:
__
_Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=10886400; includeSubDomains”_
__
**NGINX Configuration**
Add this directive to your nginx.conf file:
_add\_header Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=10886400; includeSubDomains”;_
After making these changes, restart your server to apply the new configuration.
### **Understanding Content Security Policy (CSP)**
The Content-Security-Policy (CSP) header is a security feature designed to minimize cross-site scripting (XSS) risks in modern browsers. It allows you to specify which dynamic resources are permitted to load, adding an additional layer of security.
Similar to the X-Content-Type-Options header, CSP offers a wide range of configuration options. Below, we focus on the key directives, which are particularly useful for beginners.
**Key CSP Directives**
- **default-src:** Sets the default policy for loading content, including AJAX requests, frames, images, JavaScript, CSS, fonts, and media.
- **script-src:** Specifies allowed sources for JavaScript.
- **connect-src:** Controls connections like WebSocket, XMLHttpRequest (AJAX), and EventSource. If a connection isn’t permitted, the browser simulates a 400 HTTP status code.
- **img-src:** Identifies legitimate sources for images.
- **style-src**: Defines trusted sources for stylesheets.
#### **Adding a Content-Security-Policy Header**
You can implement a Content-Security-Policy header on your WordPress site by configuring the .htaccess file (Apache) or the nginx.conf file (NGINX).
**For OLS Servers:**
header add Content-Security-Policy “default-src ‘none’; script-src ‘self’; connect-src ‘self’; img-src ‘self’; style-src ‘self’;”
For Apache Servers:
Add the following line to your .htaccess file:
Header set Content-Security-Policy “default-src ‘self’; script-src ‘self’ [https://ajax.googleapis.com](https://ajax.googleapis.com); img-src ‘self’ data:; style-src ‘self’ [https://fonts.google.com/](https://fonts.google.com/);”
For NGINX Servers:
Add this directive to your nginx.conf file:
add\_header Content-Security-Policy “default-src ‘self’; script-src ‘self’ [https://ajax.googleapis.com](https://ajax.googleapis.com); img-src ‘self’ data:; style-src ‘self’ [https://fonts.google.com/](https://fonts.googleapis.com);” always;
By setting up CSP headers correctly, you can significantly enhance your website’s security against unauthorized resource loading and malicious attacks.
### **Understanding X-Content-Type-Options**
The X-Content-Type-Options header ensures that browsers only interpret files according to the declared content type in the HTTP headers, enhancing security by preventing content type sniffing. While there are various configuration options and parameters available, the most commonly used setting is nosniff.
Example:
_X-Content-Type-Options: nosniff_
#### **Adding the X-Content-Type-Options Header in WordPress**
You can configure the X-Content-Type-Options header in your WordPress site through the .htaccess file (for Apache) or the nginx.conf file (for NGINX).
For OLS:
**header add X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff”**
For Apache:
Add the following snippet to your .htaccess file:
Header set X-Content-Type-Options nosniff
For NGINX:
Add this line to your nginx.conf file:
add\_header X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” always;
By implementing this header, you can safeguard your site against potential security risks related to improper content type handling.
## **How to Add HTTPS Security If You Have xCloud?**
With xCloud, you can easily install the ‘**Let’s Encrypt**‘ SSL certificate on your site without any complexity. You can directly do it from the dashboard. All you have to do is enable the toggle button of ‘**HTTPS Enabled.**’
👉 To learn more: [**How To Easily Install Let’s Encrypt SSL Certificate**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/)
## **How Can You Test Your Website’s Security Headers?**
Two ways of testing you can go with—a third-party website or terminal. With this test, you can find out which headings are missing from your website & the status of your newly added security headings, and whether it is working properly or not.
### **1\. Test Your Website Security Headers Using Third-Party App**
To test your website security headers, we recommend you use [**Security Headers by synk**](https://securityheaders.com/?q=hurayraiit.com&hide=on&followRedirects=on).The platform provides scores for security headers, A means excellent. Here we used [**wordpress.org**](http://wordpress.org) as an example & it scored ‘**D**.’ That means, there is a scope to improve more.
### **2\. Test Your Website Security Headers Using the Terminal**
Another way of testing your website security header is running this command: **_curl -I_** [**_https://yourwebsite.com_**](https://yourwebsite.com). Once you write the command in your terminal, hit the ‘Enter; button & you will get your website security headers result as shown below.
## **Strengthen Your WordPress Security with Headers to Keep Your Site Secure**
WordPress security headers are a simple yet powerful way to protect your website. They act as invisible shields, blocking threats like hackers, malicious code, and data theft. By setting up headers such as X-Frame-Options, HSTS, & CSP you can secure your site, safeguard user privacy, and boost performance.
These headers are easy to implement and provide significant protection against common vulnerabilities. Taking this small step ensures your website stays safe, fast, and trustworthy. Start adding security headers today and keep your WordPress site secure for the future.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Connect with Team xCloud
> Meet and connect with Team xCloud to learn all about our next-gen hosting solution for WordPress, Node.js, Lovable, AI projects and many more. Book a meeting today!
Meet and connect with Team **xCloud Hosting** at WordCamp Asia 2025!
Choose a topic, select an expert, and click on your preferred card below to book a time slot that fits your schedule.
### M Asif Rahman
Founder, xCloud & Startise. Get in touch to discuss high-performance hosting solutions and why xCloud is the next big thing in hosting.
### Rupok
Co-Founder, xCloud & Startise. Connect to explore innovative opportunities in hosting, product development and business growth.
### Shifat
Product Manager, xCloud. Talk with him about enhancing your hosting experience or sharing feature requests or product ideas.
### Sadman
Senior Cloud Support Engineer, xCloud. Book a call for best practices on optimizing hosting performance and seamless customer experiences.
### Charina Acuar
Technical Support Engineer, xCloud. Connect to resolve hosting issues and ensure smooth hosting experiences with expert support.
---
# Contact - xCloud
> Contact us here for any kind of assistance. Check out our Support Portal to find your tickets.
## Get In Touch
# Need Assistance? Reach Out to Us
Contact us here for any kind of assistance. Check out our [Support Portal](https://support.xcloud.host) to find your tickets.
## Get in Touch
## Address
xCloud Hosting, LLC.
124 Broadkill Rd #599
Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Email
support@xcloud.host
## Send Us A Message
---
# Cookie Policy - xCloud
> Read the Cookie Policy and learn how xCloud uses cookies to improve functionality, personalize experiences, and ensure compliance with privacy and data protection laws.
# xCloud **Cookie Policy**
Please take the time to read this agreement carefully, as it includes important information about your legal rights and protections.
- [What Are Cookies?](/cookie-policy/)
- [Use of Cookies And Tracking Technologies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Why We Use Cookies?](/cookie-policy/)
- [Types of Cookies We Use](/cookie-policy/)
- [Essential Cookies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Web Statistics Cookies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Social Media Cookies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Advertising Cookies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Using Cookies for Retargeting](/cookie-policy/)
- [Third-Party Advertising Partners](/cookie-policy/)
- [Practical Steps for Compliance](/cookie-policy/)
- [Functionality Cookies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Other Cookies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Cookies Used by Third Parties](/cookie-policy/)
- [Managing Cookies](/cookie-policy/)
- [Changes to This Cookie Policy](/cookie-policy/)
- [Contact Us](/cookie-policy/)
xCloud and its affiliated companies (collectively referred to as “xCloud,” “us,” “we,” or “our”) operate the websites, including but not limited to \[[https://xcloud.host](/)\], \[[https://support.xcloud.host/](https://support.xcloud.host/)\], and other subdomains of xcloud.host (the “Sites,” “Service,” or “Services”).
This Cookie Policy explains how xCloud uses cookies and other tracking technologies to enhance your experience, improve functionality, and understand your preferences when using our Sites. By continuing to use our Sites, you consent to our use of cookies as described in this Cookie Policy.
### What Are Cookies?Copied!
Cookies are small text files placed on your device when you interact with online services and access certain websites. These cookies do not recognize you personally but rather the device you use or capture your preferences. Cookies can be used to remember information about your visit, such as language settings, or track when you last logged in, helping improve your experience with our Sites. Other similar technologies such as pixels, web beacons, and local storage are also used for these purposes.
### Use of Cookies And Tracking TechnologiesCopied!
To enhance user experience and ensure seamless functionality, xCloud and our third-party service providers utilize cookies, pixel tags, local storage, and scripts (collectively referred to as “cookies”). These technologies help us improve performance, analyze usage, and deliver personalized content and advertisements. By continuing to use our Sites, you consent to our use of cookies as outlined in this Cookie Policy.
### Why We Use Cookies?Copied!
We use cookies for several reasons. These cookies help us understand how our Sites are used, so we can improve their performance and provide relevant content and advertisements. We use cookies to:
- Provide and maintain the operational functionality of our Services
- Improve and personalize your experience on our Website.
- Analyze user behavior to enhance our content and Website structure.
- Deliver relevant advertisements tailored to your interests.
- Provide social media integrations and improve interactions with third-party platforms.
- Enhance security and diagnostics of the website’s services.
### Types of Cookies We UseCopied!
### Essential CookiesCopied!
These cookies are crucial for the proper functioning of our Website. They are used to store your preferences, detect misuse of our Website and services, and distribute the load on our servers, ensuring that the Website remains available. Some services you request may not be available without these cookies.
### Web Statistics CookiesCopied!
These cookies help us understand which parts of our Website are of interest to our visitors. By tracking visitor behavior (such as the number of visitors, time spent on pages, and pages visited), we can make improvements to our Website’s structure, navigation, and content. Third-party software, such as Google Analytics, may be used to track web statistics. Information generated by Google Analytics may be transferred to and stored on a Google server in the United States. As IP address anonymization is enabled, Google will mask your IP address before collecting any data.
### Social Media CookiesCopied!
Our Website may integrate third-party plug-ins (such as a Facebook “like” button). Even if you do not interact with these plug-ins, they may still collect information such as your IP address and the pages you view. These plugins are governed by the privacy policies of the respective third parties.
### Advertising CookiesCopied!
We may use third-party tracking mechanisms to collect data over time and across various websites for the purpose of interest-based advertising. For instance, third-party advertisers may use your visit to our Website to show you ads for xCloud products on other websites. In addition, these advertisers may use information about your activity on our Website or apps to show you targeted advertisements based on your online behavior. We or our third-party service providers may also link your activity across different devices (such as smartphones, tablets, and computers) for targeted advertising, analytics, and reporting purposes. This means that if you log into the same online service on multiple devices, we may combine information about your activity on these devices for analysis or to serve more relevant ads.
### Using Cookies for RetargetingCopied!
Your Cookie Policy explicitly allows Advertising Cookies and third-party tracking mechanisms (AdRoll, Bing, DoubleClick, Facebook, Twitter, etc.) to collect data for interest-based advertising. Users must consent to these cookies under applicable laws (GDPR, UK DPA, etc.). Without consent, tracking for retargeting is not permitted in regions that require opt-in consent.
### Third-Party Advertising PartnersCopied!
Retargeting typically relies on platforms like Google Ads, Facebook Ads, and others. Our Cookie Policy lists these as third-party partners along with the types of cookies they use. Users are linked to the privacy policies of these partners as required.
- Obtaining user consent for tracking cookies or personal data use.
- Data minimization – only using data necessary for advertising.
- Providing clear opt-out options for users (via DAA, DAAC, EDAA links).
### Practical Steps for ComplianceCopied!
- Ensure cookie consent banners are active for users in regions like the EU or UK.
- Configure advertising platforms (Google, Facebook, etc.) to only retarget users who have consented.
- Document consent to maintain compliance if audited.
- Avoid sharing Customer Data directly with advertisers — use anonymized IDs or hashed emails when required.
### Functionality CookiesCopied!
These cookies are essential for the basic operation of our Sites. They ensure that the Services are accessible, and functionalities like language settings, user preferences, and website security are maintained.
### Other CookiesCopied!
This category includes cookies that don’t fit into the above categories. For example, cookies bundled through tools like **Google Tag Manager**, which may help manage and simplify the use of various tracking technologies.
In addition, we also use tracking parameters set by FirstPromoter to identify referrals and promotions. These include the following query parameters which may be stored or tagged as cookies for attribution and analytics purposes: fpr, fp\_ref, via, deal, ref, \_from, \_by, \_get, \_go.
### Cookies Used by Third PartiesCopied!
We may allow third-party providers, including advertising partners, to use cookies on our Sites. These third-party providers may collect information about your activity on our Sites and use it for various purposes such as online advertising and analytics. Examples of third-party advertising partners include Google, Facebook, Twitter, Bing, and others.
Please note that third-party cookies are governed by the privacy policies of the respective providers. Below is a list aof cookies used by third-party partners:
Name
Provider
Purpose
Expiry Date
\_various
AdRoll
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
Various
\_uetsid
Bing
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
4 hours
MR
Bing
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
6 months
MUID
Bing
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
1 year
IDE
DoubleClick
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
6 months
DSID
DoubleClick
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
1 year
fr
Facebook
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
3 months
\_ga
Google Analytics
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
2 years
\_gid
Google Analytics
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
24 hours
\_gat
Google Analytics
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
1 minute
drift\_aid
Drift
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
2 years
drift\_campaign\_refresh
Drift
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
30 minutes
personalization\_id
Twitter
Marketing – Measure the effectiveness of our online advertising.
2 years
### Managing CookiesCopied!
You have the ability to control and manage your cookie preferences by adjusting your browser settings. The instructions for changing your cookie settings can typically be found in the ‘options’ or ‘preferences’ menu of your browser. If you are unsure where to find these settings, the following links may be helpful:
- [Cookie settings in Firefox](https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/enable-and-disable-cookies-website-preferences)
- [Cookie settings in Chrome](http://www.google.com/support/chrome/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=95647)
- [Cookie settings in Safari](https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT201265)
- [Cookie settings in Microsoft Edge](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-edge/manage-cookies-and-site-data-in-microsoft-edge)
- [Cookie settings in Internet Explorer](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/17442/windows-internet-explorer-delete-manage-cookies)
Additionally, you can opt-out of certain third-party cookies by visiting the following websites:
- DAA – Digital Advertising Alliance
- [](http://www.google.com/support/chrome/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=95647)[DAAC – Digital Advertising Alliance of Canada](https://youradchoices.ca/)ookie settings in Chrome
- [](https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT201265)[EDAA – European Interactive Digital Advertising Alliance](https://www.edaa.eu/)
### Changes to This Cookie PolicyCopied!
We may update this Cookie Policy from time to time to reflect changes in technology or legal requirements. We encourage you to review this policy regularly to stay informed about our use of cookies. If we make significant changes to this policy, we will notify you by posting a prominent notice on our Sites or sending you an email notification if you are a registered user. Your continued use of the Services after any such modifications will constitute your acknowledgment of the changes and your acceptance of the modified Cookie Policy.
### Contact UsCopied!
If you have any questions about this Cookie Policy or our use of cookies, please contact us at:
Email: [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
---
# Crawler List: A Complete Guide to Web Crawlers and Bot Management - xCloud
> Learn what web crawlers are and how they work. Check out the detailed web crawlers list to understand their impact on SEO.
Web crawlers are the invisible workers of the internet. You may not see them, but they visit your website almost every day. These digital agents, often called _spiders_, _bots_, or _indexers_, collect and organize data from websites. This data then gets stored and used by search engines like Google and Bing to create search results.
Let us learn how web crawlers function, discover the most common crawlers you should know about, understand the risks from harmful bots, and find out how to manage them efficiently.
## **What Are Web Crawlers And How Do They Work**
Web crawlers are automated scripts. They scan web pages, follow links, and gather content. This process is called **crawling**.
Search engines use crawlers to discover and index content, build searchable databases and help users find relevant results.
To understand the importance of maintaining a crawler list and managing bots effectively, you first need to know how web crawlers work. A **web crawler**, also known as a spider or bot, is an automated script or software application. Its job is to browse the internet and collect data from websites. This process is called **crawling**.
Crawlers are used by search engines like Google, Bing, and Yandex. They scan web pages, follow links, index content, and build massive searchable databases. These databases make it possible for you to get search results when you type something into Google.
## **How Crawlers Discover And Navigate Websites**
The crawling process usually starts with a list of known web pages. These could be popular sites, pages from previous crawls, or pages submitted through sitemaps. The crawler visits these pages, scans their content, and looks for hyperlinks. It then adds those links to its list of pages to crawl next. This cycle repeats continuously.
Check what happens during crawling:
1. **Start with a seed URL** (an initial page or a set of pages).
2. **Download the page content** and parse the HTML.
3. **Extract all the links** on that page.
4. **Follow the links** to discover new pages.
5. **Repeat** the process across the web.
Some crawlers use **breadth-first crawling**, which covers all the pages on one level before going deeper. Others use **depth-first crawling**, which follows one path down before backtracking.
## **Search Engine Crawlers vs Third-Party Bots**
There are two broad types of crawlers you should know about: good bots and bad bots. Good bots, also known as legitimate crawlers, are operated by search engines like Google, Bing, and DuckDuckGo to index websites and gather information for search results. Let us learn about them a more detailed
#### **Search Engine Crawlers**
Search engine crawlers include bots like Googlebot, Bingbot, Baiduspider, and others. They are responsible for indexing your content so users can find your site in search engines. These crawlers follow guidelines in your robots.txt file and usually respect crawl delays and access rules.
#### **Third-Party Bots**
Third-party bots are often built by SEO tools, AI models, content scrapers, or competitive research tools. Some are helpful, like SemrushBot or AhrefsBot, which help site owners analyze SEO performance. Others, like price scrapers or spam bots, may access your site aggressively and cause problems.
### **Crawling Policies And Architecture Essentials**
Web crawlers are designed to be polite and efficient. Most legitimate bots follow rules defined in your robots.txt file. This file tells crawlers which pages they can or cannot access. Here are some key principles for effective web crawling:
- **Politeness:** Good crawlers limit the number of requests to avoid overloading your server.
- **Prioritization:** Bots often prioritize high-quality or frequently updated content.
- **Refresh rate:** Some pages are crawled more often, especially if they change frequently or attract traffic.
- **Respect for robots.txt:** Reputable bots honor disallow rules and crawl delays. Malicious bots usually ignore them.
## **Crawler List: Most Common And Emerging Web Crawlers in 2025**
Building and maintaining a [**crawler list**](https://wpdeveloper.com/most-common-web-crawler/) helps you understand which bots are visiting your site. This list is also key to managing your server resources, securing your content, and keeping your analytics data clean. Let us learn about the most widely used crawlers and new bots that are emerging in 2025.
### **Top Search Engine Crawlers to Know**
Search Engine Crawlers come from major search engines and are responsible for indexing your site for users worldwide. They are generally safe, follow crawling rules, and are vital for your SEO.
- **Googlebot:** This is Google’s main crawler. It has several versions, including Googlebot-Desktop, Googlebot-Mobile, Googlebot-Image, and others. Googlebot checks your pages, updates the index, and helps your content appear in Google Search.
- **Bingbot:** Microsoft’s Bingbot works similarly to Googlebot and indexes pages for Bing. It also supports Microsoft’s newer AI-driven services.
- **Applebot:** Applebot crawls the web to collect content for Apple services like Siri and Spotlight. It follows robots.txt and supports Apple’s privacy standards.
- **Baiduspider:** This bot is from the Baidu search engine, which is dominant in China. If you are targeting a Chinese audience, allow this crawler access.
- **YandexBot and DuckDuckBot:** These bots come from Yandex (Russia) and DuckDuckGo, respectively. Both are known to respect robots.txt and are part of the trusted crawler community.
### **AI and Platform-Specific Crawlers**
The rise of artificial intelligence has led to new crawlers that collect web content to train language models or deliver AI-based services. These bots are newer and sometimes less transparent than traditional search engine crawlers.
- **GPTBot (OpenAI):** Used to crawl and index public web content to improve AI models like ChatGPT. It became widely known in 2023 and can be blocked using robots.txt.
- **ClaudeBot (Anthropic):** Claude is another AI chatbot, and its bot crawls pages for training and reference purposes.
- **CCBot (Common Crawl)**: This is a non-commercial crawler that provides data for AI research, search engine projects, and large datasets.
- **Bytespider (ByteDance):** Created by the parent company of TikTok, this bot is often used for content analysis and research.
### **Other Notable Bots (SEO Tools, Scrapers, Aggregators)**
These bots may help you with SEO insights or analytics, but some can be resource-heavy or invasive if left unmanaged.
- **AhrefsBot and SemrushBot:** These are used by SEO professionals to analyze backlinks, keyword rankings, and competitor data. They are useful but can create a high crawl load.
- **MJ12bot (Majestic):** A well-known crawler used for link indexing and backlink analysis.
- **PetalBot (Huawei):** Gaining attention in global markets, this crawler supports Huawei’s search engine.
- **DotBot and MojeekBot:** These are emerging bots used for smaller or independent search engines.
- **Unknown Scrapers and Bad Bots:** Many bots do not identify themselves clearly. They may pose as legitimate crawlers but are really scraping your content, probing for vulnerabilities, or draining resources.
To manage your website effectively, you need to keep your **crawler list** updated. Know which bots are beneficial, which ones are neutral, and which ones you should block or limit. Logging and monitoring traffic can help you identify new user agents and adjust your rules accordingly.
## **How Crawlers Impact SEO, Analytics And Site Performance**
Now that you know the types of bots on your crawler list, let us talk about how they affect your website. Not all bots behave the same. Some help your site grow by improving visibility in search engines. Others can drag your site down by distorting data or consuming resources.
Understanding the **impact of crawlers** is critical if you want to make smart decisions about which bots to allow, restrict, or block completely.
### **SEO Benefits from Good Crawlers**
Good bots help search engines understand and rank your website. Their presence on your crawler list is usually a good sign. These bots index your pages, discover new content, and monitor updates so your site stays relevant in search results. Here are a few SEO benefits you get from good crawlers:
- **Content Indexing:** Bots like Googlebot and Bingbot read your content and add it to their search databases. This allows your site to appear in relevant queries.
- **Freshness and Updates:** Regular crawling helps search engines know when you update a post, publish a new page, or remove outdated content.
- **Site Structure Analysis:** Crawlers follow internal links and evaluate your website’s hierarchy. This affects how search engines determine the importance of each page.
- **Sitemap and Robots.txt Compliance:** When you use XML sitemaps and proper robots.txt directives, good bots follow them and prioritize crawling the most important pages.
- **Ranking Signals Collection:** Search engines gather data on page speed, mobile responsiveness, content quality, and user engagement. Crawlers often trigger this analysis.
Without these crawlers, your site may be invisible to search engines, which means no traffic, no rankings, and no conversions.
### **Risks from Bad Bots**
Bad bots behave very differently. Instead of helping your site, they often waste your bandwidth, distort your data, or even pose security threats. Let us explore how:
- **Analytics Distortion:** Bots can inflate pageviews, bounce rates, and session counts in your analytics tools. This makes it hard to understand how real users interact with your site.
- **Server Load and Performance Issues:** Malicious or aggressive bots can overwhelm your server with too many requests. This slows down your site for real visitors and can even lead to crashes.
- **Content Scraping:** Scrapers steal your content and republish it without permission. This can hurt your rankings if Google finds the stolen version first.
- **Price and Data Theft:** eCommerce sites are often targeted by bots that scrape prices, product descriptions, or stock data. Competitors may use this data for unfair advantage.
- **Ad Fraud and Click Abuse:** Some bots are designed to click on ads to inflate traffic and costs, or to simulate user behavior and deceive ad tracking systems.
- **Security Risks:** Some bots look for vulnerabilities like open ports, outdated plugins, or misconfigured servers. These can lead to malware infections or data breaches.
## **Bot Management Strategies And Tools**
Managing bots is not just about blocking bad ones. It is about building a smart system that protects your website while allowing helpful bots to do their job. A clear **bot management strategy** is essential for your server health, SEO performance, and security. It starts with understanding how to identify bots, then using the right tools and rules to manage them effectively.
Let us look at the most important methods and tools you can use to control the traffic from your **crawler list**.
### **How to Use robots.txt And Sitemaps Effectively**
The robots.txt file is your first line of control over how bots behave on your site. It is a simple text file placed in the root directory of your domain (like yourdomain.com/robots.txt). This file gives instructions to bots on which pages they can or cannot visit. Here is how it works:
- **Allow and Disallow:** You can allow or block entire sections of your site. For example, you might disallow /private/ or /cart/ if those pages do not need to be crawled.
- **User-agent Rules:** You can write different rules for different bots. For example, one rule for Googlebot and another for SemrushBot.
- **Crawl-delay:** Some crawlers support this directive. It tells them to wait a few seconds between requests. This reduces server load.
However, keep in mind that robots.txt is only a request. Good bots follow it. Bad bots often ignore it. That is why robots.txt should not be your only protection.
**Sitemaps**, on the other hand, help good bots crawl your site more efficiently. A sitemap is an XML file that lists all the important pages on your site. It helps crawlers understand your structure and prioritize content.
When you submit a sitemap to Google Search Console or Bing Webmaster Tools, it tells search engines where your key content is located and how often it changes. This can speed up indexing and improve your visibility.
### **Identification Methods: User-Agent + IP Verification**
Every bot that visits your site sends a **user-agent** string. This is like an ID tag that tells you which software is making the request. For example: Mozilla/5.0 (compatible; Googlebot/2.1; +http://www.google.com/bot.html)
By analyzing user-agents, you can detect and categorize crawlers. You can allow verified ones and block suspicious ones. But it is not always simple. Some malicious bots spoof legitimate user-agents to avoid detection.
To improve accuracy, you can verify bots by checking their **IP addresses**. For instance:
- Google offers a reverse DNS check so you can confirm that a bot claiming to be Googlebot is really from Google’s network.
- Cloudflare and other services allow you to set rules that allow only verified IP ranges from trusted bots.
This extra verification is useful when you want to allow crawlers like GPTBot or ClaudeBot while keeping out impersonators.
### **Bot Detection And Behavior Monitoring**
Besides static rules, you can also monitor how bots behave in real-time. This helps you detect unusual activity, like:
- High request rates from one IP
- Crawling restricted pages
- Ignoring crawl-delay or robots.txt
- Accessing scripts or backend paths
**Behavioral analysis** can flag bots that disguise themselves as regular users. Many modern systems use **machine learning** to detect patterns in bot traffic and flag anomalies. These systems analyze timing, request headers, page paths, and session behavior. Some platforms offer dashboards where you can:
- View real-time bot activity
- See which bots consume the most bandwidth
- Detect unknown crawlers
- Set automated rules for response
## **Manage Bot with xCloud’s AI Bot Blocker**
Several tools and services help manage bots on your site. These platforms combine detection, reporting, and mitigation into one system.
To manage bots effectively, you need the right tools. Several platforms now offer complete solutions that combine bot detection, behavior tracking, and real-time protection. Popular services include Cloudflare Bot Management, DataDome, Akamai Bot Manager, HUMAN Security, Imperva, and Radware. These tools help you monitor crawler activity, control access, and defend against malicious bots that may steal content or overload your server.
To block bots effectively, you can use xCloud’s [**AI Bot Blocker**](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/). This tool uses advanced AI to detect bots based on behavior, not just user-agent strings. It helps you stop impersonators, scrapers, and high-frequency crawlers before they harm your site. You can allow verified bots, block unknown ones, and set crawl limits with ease.
Watch the detailed video here to see how xCloud’s AI Bot Blocker works and how it can protect your content and performance.
## **Best Practices for Managing Your Crawler List**
Once you understand which bots are accessing your site, the next step is to manage them wisely. Having a complete and up-to-date **crawler list** allows you to create a balanced strategy. You want to let useful bots in, slow down the noisy ones, and block the ones that bring harm. Here are key best practices for managing your crawler list effectively.
### **Allow Good Bots And Block or Limit Bad Bots**
The most important rule is simple: **encourage helpful crawlers, discourage harmful ones**.
Good bots follow crawling rules and bring real benefits. These include Googlebot, Bingbot, Applebot, and trusted SEO tools like AhrefsBot. You should make sure they are not unintentionally blocked.
Bad bots often ignore robots.txt, disguise their user agents, and crawl aggressively. These include scrapers, brute force tools, and some AI bots that do not respect your rules. These bots can:
- Copy your content
- Consume your bandwidth
- Distort your analytics
- Scan for vulnerabilities
To stop bad bots, use layered controls like:
- Blocking user-agents by name
- Rate-limiting access per IP
- Denying suspicious IP ranges
- Using captchas or bot challenges
This way, you reduce server load and protect your data without affecting useful crawlers.
### **Customize Per-Bot Crawl-Delay And Access**
Some bots behave well but crawl too frequently. If you allow them unrestricted access, they may overload your server or slow down your site. To manage this, you can:
- Set a **crawl-delay** in robots.txt for specific bots
- Limit access to high-impact pages
- Exclude unnecessary directories from crawling
- Allow bots only during off-peak hours (if your server supports scheduling)
For example, you might allow AhrefsBot but tell it to crawl slowly so it does not interfere with real user traffic. This way, you keep the benefits of SEO tools and data indexing without hurting site performance.
### **Regular Review and Adjustment of Policies**
Your bot management policy is not something you write once and forget. The **crawler ecosystem changes constantly**, especially with the rise of AI bots, new search platforms, and evolving scraping techniques.
Every few weeks or months, you should:
- Review server logs to identify new user-agents
- Add or remove bots from your crawler list
- Adjust crawl delays or access based on current server load
- Re-verify bot IPs to ensure they are genuine
- Monitor traffic for abnormal spikes or bot-like behavior
Keeping your crawler list updated is like tuning a machine. It improves performance, prevents breakdowns, and supports long-term stability.
### **Logging, Analytics, And Internal Link Auditing**
To manage bots effectively, you need data. Use logging tools or analytics software to track crawler behavior. These tools can tell you:
- Which bots access your site most often
- Which pages they visit
- How much bandwidth they use
- Whether they follow your rules
You can also use this data to optimize your **internal linking**. Crawlers depend on links to find new pages. If important pages are buried too deep or have no internal links pointing to them, they may be ignored. Here’s how to support crawler access:
- Make sure your important content is reachable from your homepage
- Use clean, crawlable internal links (avoid JavaScript-based navigation)
- Check your sitemap regularly and update it when you add or remove content
- Identify orphaned pages and link to them from relevant parts of your site
Internal link audits help both humans and bots discover your content. A strong internal structure improves crawl efficiency and SEO performance.
With these best practices, your **crawler list** becomes a powerful tool. You will know who is visiting your site, why they are there, and how to control the experience. You will also protect your content, speed up your pages, and keep your analytics clean.
**Frequently Asked Questions**
### **2\. What should I allow in robots.txt vs. block at the server or firewall level?**
Use robots.txt to guide good bots. It is ideal for:
- Controlling access to certain directories
- Setting crawl delays
- Directing bots to your sitemap
However, robots.txt is not secure. Bad bots often ignore it. For stronger protection, block malicious bots at:
- **Firewall or CDN level (e.g., Cloudflare)**
- **Web server rules (like Apache’s .htaccess or NGINX rules)**
- **Bot management platforms (like Cloudflare, xCloud’s AI Bot Blocker)**
Combine both methods for layered security. Use robots.txt to guide good bots and stronger tools to block the bad ones.
### **3\. How can I verify if a bot is genuine (e.g., Googlebot, GPTBot)?**
Some bots pretend to be trusted crawlers. To confirm a bot’s identity, do a reverse DNS lookup on its IP address. For example:
- If a bot claims to be Googlebot, verify its IP resolves to \*.googlebot.com.
- Google provides an official verification guide.
- OpenAI and Anthropic also publish guidelines and IP ranges for GPTBot and ClaudeBot.
Do not trust the user-agent alone. Spoofing it is easy. Always check the source IP if security is a concern.
### **4\. Should I allow AI bots that crawl my content for training purposes?**
This depends on your content strategy. Allowing AI bots may:
- Help your content show up in AI-generated answers
- Expose your content to broader audiences
- Lead to backlinks and visibility
However, it also comes with risks:
- Your content may be used without credit
- Bots may crawl aggressively
- You lose control over how your words are reused
To block AI bots like GPTBot or ClaudeBot, add this to your robots.txt:
User-agent: GPTBot
Disallow: /
User-agent: ClaudeBot
Disallow: /
Some site owners also implement **CAPTCHAs, JavaScript challenges, or paywalls** to limit access. It depends on your goals.
## **Wrapping Up: So, Why Does Your Crawler List And Bot Management Matter?**
Bots make up most of your traffic. Some bots boost your SEO and help users find your content. Others scrape, overload, or deceive. If you want control, speed, security, and clean data, you need to manage your crawler list.
Use smart rules, reliable tools like xCloud’s AI Bot Blocker, and monitor everything. With good bot management, your site will be faster, safer, and more visible to the right audience.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Create a Staging Environment in xCloud [Guide for WooCommerce Included] - xCloud
> Test changes on your website without breaking your live site. Learn how to create a staging environment in xCloud for worry-free development & website updates.
Want to safeguard your website from potential risks? A staging environment is like a safety net, letting you test new features without risking your live site. With xCloud, it is simple to [**create a staging environment**](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/), even if you are not a tech expert. Just follow this guide to easily set up and use your staging environment in xCloud.
## **What is a Staging Environment?**
A staging environment allows you to test new features, plugins, themes, or updates without any risk to your live site. For web developers and site administrators, this is crucial because it means you can experiment freely, knowing that your changes will not accidentally break something that is already working perfectly.
In the world of website management, where one small mistake can lead to a major crisis, having a [**staging environment**](https://essential-addons.com/wordpress-staging-site/) is not just extra work it is a smart and secure move. If you are using **xCloud hosting**, you are in for a treat. [**xCloud**](/) makes the process of creating and managing a staging environment seamless, even for those who might not be tech-savvy.
This guide will walk you through every step you need to take to create a **staging environment in xCloud**, deploy it, and manage your data efficiently between your staging and production sites.
## **Why a Staging Environment is Essential for Your Website**
Before we dive into the technical details, it is important to understand why a staging environment is crucial. Imagine you are running an online store and decide to install a new plugin to enhance the user experience. Without a staging environment, you would need to install that plugin directly on your live site.
If the plugin causes a conflict or error, your customers could encounter a broken page, or worse, they might be unable to make purchases. The result? Lost sales and frustrated customers. A staging environment allows you to test such changes safely, ensuring your live site remains unaffected by potential issues.
A staging environment acts as a buffer zone, allowing you to catch potential problems before they affect your real-world users. But the benefits do not stop there:
1. **Risk-Free Experimentation:** A staging environment lets you try out new features or changes without fear. Whether it is a new plugin, a theme, or a major update, you can see exactly how it will behave on your site without risking the live version.
2. **Performance Testing:** Before rolling out changes, you can test how they affect your site’s performance. This is crucial for maintaining a fast and smooth user experience.
3. **Bug Fixing:** Debugging on a live site can be a nightmare. A staging environment allows you to identify and fix bugs without any pressure, ensuring a smooth experience for your users once the changes go live.
4. **Security:** Sometimes updates or changes can introduce security vulnerabilities. Testing in a staging environment helps you ensure that your site remains secure before the updates go live.
5. **Backup and Recovery:** xCloud makes it easy to back up your site before making changes. This way, if something does go wrong, you can quickly revert to the previous version without any data loss.
Overall, a staging environment is essential for safely testing changes, ensuring your live site remains secure, bug-free, and performing at its best before going live.
## **How to Create a Staging Environment in xCloud?**
Now that we understand the importance of a staging environment, let us get started on creating one in xCloud. Follow these step-by-step instructions below to create a staging environment in xCloud and manage data transfers between staging and production sites.
### **Step 1: Create a Staging Environment in xCloud**
First, log into your xCloud account to access your dashboard. Select the server hosting of your live site. If you have not created a live site yet, do so first, as the staging environment requires an existing production site to clone.
**_Note:_** _Before creating your staging environment, name it clearly (e.g., ‘_**_mystore-staging_**_’), clone the latest live site data, and verify that permissions and access levels are correctly set to prevent unauthorized changes._
### **Step 2: Deploy Your Staging Environment**
Now that you have created the staging environment, the next step is to deploy it. xCloud simplifies this process, so even if you are not particularly tech-savvy, you will find it easy to follow along.
On your xCloud dashboard, you can quickly create a staging environment by expanding the drop-down found beside the site name and selecting ‘**Add Staging Environment**’ or clicking on the ‘**Deploy Staging**’ button.
A confirmation window will appear, explaining how staging works in xCloud. Simply confirm by clicking on the ‘**Deploy Staging**’ button. Within moments, xCloud will deploy your staging environment, complete with a test domain.
Once deployed, you can begin customizing your staging environment. This could involve installing new plugins, updating themes, or making any other changes you need to test. With your staging environment deployed, you now have a safe space to make and test changes without any risk to your live site.
### **Step 3: Pull and Push Site Data**
Once your staging environment is live and running, it is time to manage the data between your staging and production sites. This is where the real power of xCloud comes into play, allowing you to seamlessly transfer data between environments.
Navigate to the ‘**Staging Management**’ tab on your staging site page. Here, you will find options for pulling and pushing data, as well as access to deployment logs. These logs are incredibly useful for tracking changes and ensuring that everything is working as expected.
If you need to update your staging environment with the latest data from your live site, click on the ‘**Pull Data**’ button. You will have two options to pull: **Files** and **Database**. Plus, you can choose to overwrite all files or keep the most recent updates since the last pull with the ‘**Incremental**’ option.
You can pull the full database or select specific tables to import only the data you need. Once you are done selecting, hit the ‘**Pull Data**’ button.
**_\[Note\]_** _This is especially useful if you are only working on specific sections of your site._
Your data pull will initiate and will be completed in a few seconds. You can see the pull status and record in the ‘**Deployment Logs**’.
To push data from the staging environment to the production site, click the ‘**Push Data**’ button. A popup will appear, allowing you to select files and databases to push. You can choose to overwrite all files or apply the most recent updates using the ‘**Incremental**’ option.
**_Note:_** _if you are a **woocommerce** user creating a staging site pushing data might conflict with your live site data for products, orders, or transactional values. Create a backup and use a secure method to data._
Alternatively, you can push the entire database or select specific tables from staging to live. However, xCloud strongly recommends backing up the production site before pushing data to prevent any potential data loss in case of errors.
After selecting your preferred options, click the ‘**Push to Production**’ button to initiate the data push. The process will be completed within seconds. During the push, xCloud backs up your environments, overwrites the destination, and clears the cache. You can view the push status and records in the ‘**Deployment Logs**’.
After pushing data from staging to production, it is essential to perform some final checks on your live site. Make sure that all functionality is working as expected, and that no critical features have been disrupted. It is also a good idea to have a few other people test the site from different devices and browsers to ensure everything is working smoothly.
This is how efficiently you can create a staging environment to pull and push site data in xCloud between your production site and staging.
## **How to Avoid Data Conflict in WooCommerce Push for Product And Order?**
Whenever you push data from a staging site to a live website in xCloud, it is crucial to ensure that WooCommerce orders, customers, and products on the live site remain unaffected. Unfortunately, there is no automatic way to prevent these items from copying or merging between the staging and live sites. However, you can avoid losing your essential WooCommerce data with careful manual work.
While certain plugins promise seamless WooCommerce data merging between staging and live environments, their performance in practice often needs to improve. The potential for unintended data overwrites poses a serious threat to order and product integrity.
To safeguard your data, it is essential to adopt a manual approach when transferring WooCommerce data between staging and live sites.
### **Understanding How WooCommerce Stores Data**
**WooCommerce** and **WordPress** store their data, including orders, products, and user information, in specific database tables.
Orders and products, for instance, are stored in the **wp\_posts** and **wp\_postmeta** tables under a custom post type labeled ‘**orders**‘. User information is stored in **wp\_users** and **wp\_usermeta**, while other WooCommerce-specific data like tax rates and order items are stored in custom tables, typically prefixed with ‘**\_woocommerce**.’
**Note:** In xCloud Database table files are labeled differently on different sites
### **Three Methods to Prevent Data Overwrite**
To migrate data from your staging site to your production site while ensuring WooCommerce data on the live site remains untouched, consider the following methods:
#### **1\. Selective Table Exclusion**
In this method, you **exclude all database tables** except for the **\_options** table and select only the necessary plugins and themes to push. This prevents the loss or overwriting of any data generated on the live site after the staging site was created. However, any missing data must be recreated manually on the live site after the push.
#### **2\. Export And Import WooCommerce Data**
This method involves exporting orders, user data, and other transactional data from the live site and importing them into the staging site before pushing it live. This allows you to safely copy the entire staging site while preserving live **WooCommerce data**. For those unfamiliar with the **database structure**, this is the recommended approach.
#### **3\. Exclude Modified Tables**
Here, you exclude modified database tables like **\_posts** and **\_postmeta** from the push process. While this prevents certain data from being overwritten, it may result in missing images or layout elements on the live site, particularly if you use visual editors like **Gutenberg** or [**Elementor**](https://wpdeveloper.com/go/elementor/). Use this method only when necessary, as it can disrupt your site’s design and functionality.
To ensure data integrity and prevent conflicts when transferring WooCommerce data between staging and live sites, it is crucial to avoid automatic merging. By following the recommended methods you can safely migrate data while preserving your live site’s WooCommerce information.
## **Advanced Tips for Managing Your Staging Environment**
Creating and managing a staging environment in xCloud is straightforward, but there are a few advanced tips that can make your life even easier:
1. **Automated Backups:** Set up automated backups of your staging and production environments. This ensures that you always have a recent version to revert to in case something goes wrong.
2. **Version Control:** Use version control software like Git in conjunction with your staging environment. This allows you to track changes more effectively and collaborate with other developers.
3. **Regular Updates:** Keep your staging environment updated with the latest data from your live site. This ensures that your tests are always conducted in an environment that closely mirrors your production site.
4. **Security Testing:** Use your staging environment to test the security of your site. Run vulnerability scans and penetration tests to identify and fix potential security issues before they reach your live site.
5. **Stress Testing:** If you are planning a major update or expecting a surge in traffic, use your staging environment to conduct stress tests. This will help you identify potential bottlenecks and optimize your site’s performance before the changes go live.
6. **User Testing:** Before pushing changes live, consider running user tests in your staging environment. Gather feedback from real users to ensure that the changes improve the user experience.
7. **Documentation:** Keep detailed documentation of all the changes you make in your staging environment. This can be invaluable if you need to troubleshoot issues or revert to a previous version.
8. **Collaboration:** If you are working with a team, ensure that everyone has access to the staging environment and is on the same page regarding changes. Clear communication can prevent costly mistakes.
You can enhance the efficiency and security of your staging environment in xCloud, ensuring smooth updates and a seamless experience for both your team and users by implementing these advanced tips.
## **Securely Create & Manage Staging for a High-Performance Website**
Creating a **staging environment in xCloud** is not just about protecting your live site. It is about empowering yourself to be confident that your site visitors will always have a smooth, uninterrupted experience.
xCloud’s staging environment tools are designed to be user-friendly while offering powerful features for more advanced users. Following the steps in this blog you can create a robust staging environment in **xCloud** that keeps your site safe, secure, and performing at its best. If you found this blog helpful, [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) for more tutorials, guides, and tips on web hosting and server management. Join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# A Comprehensive Guide On CSV Injection & How To Prevent It - xCloud
> A comprehensive guide on CSV injection and how to get rid of it with simple yet effective tips and tricks.
These days, many web applications let you export data into CSV files. While this is super handy, it can also lead to a risk known as CSV injection. It is important to make sure these exported files are safe and do not leave users vulnerable to attacks. In this blog post, we will take a closer look at CSV injection and how you can prevent it to **[protect your data](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)**.
## **What is CSV Injection & When It Occurs?**
CSV Excel Macro Injection, also known as **Formula Injection or CSV Injection**, is an attack method used in regular penetration testing of applications. CSV injection is a vulnerability found in applications that allow users to export data as spreadsheets. These spreadsheets are generated from user inputs that have not been properly validated or filtered.
Many modern web applications let users download data in **.csv or .xls file formats**. This is convenient for spreadsheet applications like MS Excel and OpenOffice Calc, but it also means that cells in the spreadsheets can include data from untrusted sources. Consequently, users who open these exported spreadsheets may be at risk.
### **CSV Injection Attack: In Simple Terms**
✅ A CSV Injection Attack happens when malicious websites insert harmful code into CSV files.
✅ This attack is particularly dangerous because it exploits cells starting with these characters: equal sign (=), plus sign (+), minus sign (-), and the @ symbol.
✅ When the harmful code is entered as a formula in a CSV file, it can execute commands that harm the computer by manipulating, accessing, or deleting user data.
✅ Another method for this attack is through DDE (Dynamic Data Exchange), which allows the execution of arbitrary code on the computer.
## **How Does CSV/Formula Injection Attack Work?**
To learn how the CSV injection attack works, let us have a look at the below data set. The first row lists the column headers of the data set: Name, Email, and Phone.
Each following row contains a contact’s data, with values separated by commas. This data includes each person’s name, email address, and phone number.
**John Doe,john@example.com,=SUM(1,2)**
**Jane Smith,jane@example.com,555–1234**
In this example, an attacker could inject a formula like **\=SUM(1,2)** into the third column. When the CSV file is opened in a spreadsheet application, it would perform unintended calculations.
Here is how it might happen in a real-world application:
Suppose you have an app that collects user input. When the user clicks the ‘**Submit**’ button, the app sends the data to the backend and generates a CSV file. If the backend does not validate the input, it is vulnerable to this kind of attack.
Since there is no validation, any field can be targeted. The attacker chose the Phone field and injected the formula **\=SUM(1,2)**.
When the user opens the downloaded file in Excel/Google Sheets, the Phone field will display the number 3 because the formula adds 1 and 2.
You might think it is no big deal. After all, someone just added up two numbers; it can not harm you or your customers. But in reality, it actually does.
For example, hackers can sneak into a user’s computer using something called a reverse shell. The formula makes the computer download a harmful exploit.exe file from the web and run it. This gives the hacker access to the user’s system.
Sometimes, hackers trick users into clicking links that take them to malicious websites. They can even steal Google Docs. You can see how risky this is! And there are many more ways hackers can cause trouble. So, you need to know how to prevent this CSV injection to protect your data.
## **CSV Injection Prevention: The Easiest and Possible Solutions**
CSV injection can be a real threat if user input is not handled properly before adding it to a CSV file. Here is a straightforward guide to keep your CSV files safe:
### **General Tips to Prevent CSV Injection**
💡 **Avoid Direct User Input:** If possible, do not use user input directly in your CSV files.
💡 **Validate Input:** Check that the input meets the expected criteria.
💡 **Sanitize Input:** Clean the input to remove any harmful content.
### **Important Characters to Watch Out For**
There are a few things you need to be aware of while preventing CSV injection. Keep an eye on these characters:
👉 Equals sign (=)
👉 Plus sign (+)
👉 Minus sign (-)
👉 At symbol (@)
👉 Tab (0x09)
👉 Carriage return (0x0D)
### **Handling Dangerous Characters**
It is not enough to ensure that user input does not start with these characters. Be cautious of field separators (like commas or semicolons) and quotes, as these can help attackers manipulate the cell content.
### **Safe Practices**
To ensure safety, apply these methods to each CSV field:
💡 **Wrap Fields in Double Quotes:** This helps the spreadsheet editor read the content as text.
💡 **Prepend with a Single Quote:** This further ensures that the content is treated as text.
💡 **Escape Double Quotes:** Use an additional double quote to escape each double quote in the content.
By following these simple steps, you can significantly reduce the risk of CSV injection and keep your data secure.
Let us have a few examples 👇
**Before Sanitization**
**After Sanitization**
\=1+2″ ; = 1+2
” ‘=1+2″” ; = 1+2″
\=1+2′ ” ; ,= 1+2
” ‘=1+2’ “” ; ,= 1+2″
## **Sanitize Files and Prevent CSV Injection Easily**
CSV injection is a significant security risk for web applications that allow data export to CSV files. This type of attack can lead to data manipulation, unauthorized access, or even the execution of harmful commands. To protect against CSV injection, it is crucial to sanitize CSV files before they are opened.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# CyberChef Hosting - xCloud
> Managed CyberChef hosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source, browser-based toolkit for encryption, encoding, compression and data analysis on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for your own data toolkit
# Fully Managed
CyberChef Toolkit Hosting
Run the Cyber Swiss Army Knife on a domain you control using managed CyberChef hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Choose Your Plan](#pricing)
- 
### Starts at $24.99/mo
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your CyberChef Instance in Minutes
Deploy and manage your CyberChef instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy CyberChef.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose CyberChef from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Instance
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We serve the CyberChef build from your server, behind your own domain and certificate.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup and open your domain — CyberChef loads straight into the browser. There is no login, so decide who should reach it before you share the URL.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your CyberChef Instance
Your recipes get longer, your bill does not. CyberChef is a static bundle your own browser does the work for, so the entry tier is really headroom for everything else you run beside it.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=cyberchef)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=cyberchef)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=cyberchef)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Features
## One Place To Decode, Convert & Inspect Every Blob.
CyberChef chains operations into a recipe and runs them against your input inside the browser. Hundreds of operations, a live output pane, and nothing sent to a server in between.
- ### Hundreds of operations in one recipe builder
- ### Every operation runs in your browser, not on the server
- ### Your own domain and your own access rules
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for the data you already handle
CyberChef is an open-source, browser-based toolkit built and released by GCHQ. You drag operations into a recipe — encoding, encryption, compression, hashing, parsing — and it runs them against your input inside your browser. What’s different when you host it is that the app is served from a domain you chose, rather than a public website.
## Recipes & Operations
Drag the operations you need into a recipe and reorder them freely — the output of each one becomes the input of the next.
## Auto Bake & Magic
CyberChef re-runs your recipe as you change it, and the Magic operation attempts to work out which encodings your input is already under.
## Entirely Client-Side
None of your recipe configuration or input is ever sent to the web server — all processing is carried out within your own browser.
## Large Inputs
Files of around 2 GB can be dropped straight into the input box, though how far you get depends on your browser and on the operations you run.
## Breakpoints & Stepping
Set a breakpoint on any operation to pause before it runs, then step through the recipe one operation at a time to see the data at each stage.
## Privacy Controls
CyberChef ships no login and no user accounts, so the instance is readable by anyone who can reach it until you restrict it. Self-hosting is not privacy on its own — you still configure it.
## Recipes You Can Share
Save a recipe to your browser, or share it as a URL. Note that the link carries the recipe and the input with it, so treat a shared URL as the data itself.
## Apache 2.0 & Crown Copyright
CyberChef is released under the Apache 2.0 Licence and is covered by Crown Copyright. It was built and released by GCHQ; xCloud is not affiliated with GCHQ or the CyberChef project.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Own Your Toolkit?
Whether you decode ten strings a day or ten thousand, managed CyberChef hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your team needs to work without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Toolkit Should Live On Your Own Domain.
Deploy a production CyberChef instance in minutes. Open your domain, build your first recipe, and keep
every byte you paste inside your own browser.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Browse One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is CyberChef?
CyberChef is an open-source, browser-based toolkit for encryption, encoding, compression and data analysis — its own tagline is “the Cyber Swiss Army Knife”. You build a recipe out of operations and it runs that recipe against whatever you paste or drop into the input box. The thing worth knowing before anything else is that it is entirely client-side: none of your recipe configuration or input is ever sent to the web server, because all processing is carried out within your browser. CyberChef was conceived, designed and built by an analyst at GCHQ, and is released under the Apache 2.0 Licence and covered by Crown Copyright. Note what it is not: it ships no login and no user accounts, so an instance is readable by anyone who can reach the URL until you put something in front of it. The hosting on this page is xCloud’s; xCloud is not affiliated with GCHQ or the CyberChef project.
### How do I deploy CyberChef on xCloud?
CyberChef is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select CyberChef, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions the container, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you. You then open your domain and CyberChef loads — there is no sign-in step, because there is no account system to sign in to. That makes the next decision yours: if the instance should not be public, restrict it before you share the URL, using the firewall rules or the IP access controls in your xCloud dashboard.
### Do I need a Docker server to run CyberChef?
Yes. CyberChef is deployed as a containerised application, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. What that container serves is a static web application — HTML, JavaScript and CSS — with no database behind it and no server-side processing, because the work happens in the visitor’s browser. It is the lightest kind of application in the catalogue, so the entry Cloud VPS tier is really headroom for everything else you run beside it. What grows with use is bandwidth rather than memory, because every visitor downloads the application bundle once. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy CyberChef to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# Global SSD VPS Hosting | 30+ Data Centers with 99.999% Uptime
> Deploy high-performance SSD VPS servers in 30+ global locations. Enjoy low latency, enterprise-grade security, and 99.999% uptime with xCloud Managed Server.
## Data Centers
# Host Around the World with xCloud Managed Server
Build trust with your customers by using a professional business
email address that includes your business name.
- 
### 30+ Data Centers
- 
### 100+ Uptime
[See the Locations](/data-centers/)
## 30+ Data Centers Worldwide
[Explore All Locations](/docs/31-server-locations-worldwide/)
## MAP
# Enterprise-Grade Infrastructure for
Powerful Hosting
Enjoy high-performance cloud hosting with a secure, reliable global
network built for any business.
## Constant Availability
We work with trusted data center partners who operate a broad network of edge facilities. These facilities keep your server online at all times .
## Localized Peering
Our network team constantly improves routing and peering agreements in every region. This ensures your enterprise-grade VPS hosting runs on a low-latency.
## Redundant Network
Every data center is designed to prevent downtime. Critical systems such as cooling, backup generators, and processors are duplicated.
## Low Latency Near You
Deploy SSD VPS servers in 30+ data center locations worldwide. Develop locally and launch close to your audience for the best speed and low latency VPS hosting.
## Vigilant Security
Every facility follows strict security protocols, including biometric scans, video surveillance, ID verification, mantraps, and on-site guards.
## 24/7 Monitoring
Our experts monitor systems day and night. The operations team works directly with on-site staff to ensure uninterrupted cloud service.
## MAp
## Enterprise-Grade Infrastructure for
Powerful Hosting
Enjoy high-performance cloud hosting with a secure, reliable global
network built for any business.
- ###### All Regions
## Region
## Location
## xCloud Managed Server
## Toronto
## Ontario, Canada
## Mexico City
## Mexico
## Warsaw
## Poland
## Atlanta
## Georgia, United States
## Honolulu
## Hawaii, United States
## Chicago
## Illinois, United States
## Dallas
## Texas, United States
## Los Angeles
## California, United States
## Miami
## Florida, United States
## New York Area
## New York, United States
## San Francisco Bay Area
## California, United States
## Seattle
## Washington, United States
## Amsterdam
## Netherlands
## London
## United Kingdom
## Manchester
## United Kingdom
## Frankfurt
## Germany
## Paris
## France
## Madrid
## Spain
## Stockholm
## Sweden
## Tokyo
## Japan
## Osaka
## Japan
## Seoul
## South Korea
## Singapore
## Singapore
## Bangalore
## Karnataka, India
## Mumbai
## Maharashtra, India
## Delhi NCR
## India
## Sydney
## New South Wales, Australia
## Melbourne
## Victoria, Australia
## Santiago
## Chile
## Tel Aviv-Yafo
## Israel
## Johannesburg
## South Africa
## Pricing
## Pick your Preferred Plan – n8n Hosting Included with All
Every plan includes secure n8n Hosting with SSL, backups, and updates. Whether you want to experiment or
scale, you can run your self hosted n8n without limits.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
MonthlyYearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Support
## Global Hosting, Built
for Performance and Reliability
Deploy a high-performance cloud server with secure VPS hosting that is close to your audience for faster delivery, seamless experiences, and round-the-clock reliability with xCloud Managed Server
[Migrate for Free](/data-centers/)
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
Pretty happy with my n8n thru xCloud.
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
I set this up yesterday – easy build, then jumped right in. I recreated a few of my existing workflows without any issues. Thanks, xcloud!
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Brian Geovanny
SaaS Space
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1\. What does global VPS hosting with xCloud mean?
xCloud lets you deploy xCloud-managed VPS servers in 30+ data center locations worldwide. You choose a location close to your audience to get faster speed, lower latency, and better reliability.
### 2\. What uptime can I expect from xCloud?
xCloud delivers up to 99.999% uptime by using redundant systems for power, cooling, and networking. If one component fails, a backup activates instantly to keep your server online.
---
# 8 Data Leakage Examples & Prevention Tips for Websites
> Learn common website data leakage examples and how to prevent them. Protect sensitive information with expert tips and smart security strategies.
Data leakage is like letting important secrets slip out. Imagine if you told someone a secret, and then they told everyone else. That is similar to what happens with data leakage. Understanding data leakage is really important because it helps us keep our information safe. Today, we will explore data leakage, look at some real examples of how it happens, learn why it happens, and find out how we can prevent it. So let us roll down.
## **What is Data Leakage?**
Data leakage is the unauthorized transmission or exposure of information from within an organization to an external destination or recipient. This data can be anything from **personal identifiable information (PII)**, financial records, intellectual property, confidential [**business or personal information**](https://wpdeveloper.com/4-easy-steps-to-optimizing-google-business-profile/). Data leakage can occur in many forms and through various channels, making it a significant concern for both individuals and organizations.
Data leakage means the escape of sensitive data from its intended secure environment. This breach can happen intentionally or accidentally. This leakage leads to potentially severe consequences such as financial losses, legal ramifications, and reputational damage. Types of Data Leakage
## **Common Causes of Data Leakage**
Data leakage can happen for many reasons, often because of small mistakes or oversights that lead to big problems. Here are some of the most common causes of data leakage and how they might occur.
### **Poor Security Measures**
One of the biggest reasons for data leakage is inadequate security. This can be due to weak passwords, lack of encryption, or outdated security software. For example, if a company’s network does not require strong passwords, it might be easy for hackers to guess them and access confidential information. Similarly, if sensitive data is not encrypted, anyone who gains access to it can read it easily.
### **Human Error**
Many instances of data leakage are due to simple human errors. This could be anything from [**sending an email**](https://wpdeveloper.com/email-marketing-social-proof/) to the wrong person to misplacing a laptop or storage device with important data. For instance, an employee might accidentally attach a file containing personal customer information to a public newsletter. Such mistakes, although unintentional, can lead to serious breaches of privacy.
### **Insufficient Employee Training**
If employees are not properly trained on data security practices, they are more likely to make mistakes that could lead to data leakage. This includes not knowing how to identify phishing emails, mishandling sensitive data, or not following proper protocols when accessing or sharing information. Companies must regularly train employees to handle data securely and be aware of the potential risks.
### **Malicious Insider Threats**
Sometimes, data leakage is caused intentionally by employees or contractors who have access to sensitive data. These insiders might leak data to harm the company or benefit someone else. For instance, a dissatisfied employee might sell customer data to a competitor or post it online to damage the company’s reputation.
### **Technical Vulnerabilities**
Software and hardware vulnerabilities can also lead to data leakage. Hackers often exploit flaws in systems to gain unauthorized access to data. For example, if a company’s software is not regularly updated, it might contain security loopholes that hackers can use to steal information. Similarly, physical vulnerabilities, like unsecured servers or computers, can be accessed by unauthorized people.
### **Inadequate Data Disposal Procedures**
When old electronic devices like computers, hard drives, or mobile phones are disposed of without properly erasing the data, they can become a source of data leakage. People might recover the data from these devices and use it for malicious purposes. It is important for companies and individuals to follow strict data disposal protocols to ensure that no data remains on the equipment they discard.
### **Third-Party Services**
Using third-party services and vendors can also lead to data leakage. Sometimes, these third parties may not have stringent security measures, or they might experience their own data breaches, which can compromise your data. For example, if a company uses a cloud service provider that suffers a breach, all the company’s data stored on the cloud could be exposed.
### **Poor Network Security**
Weak network security is a significant risk for data leakage. This includes unprotected Wi-Fi networks, lack of network monitoring, and insufficient firewalls. If a company’s network is easily accessible, it could allow hackers to intercept data being transmitted across the network. For example, if an employee accesses sensitive company data over a public Wi-Fi network, hackers could capture that data through the network.
### **Lost or Stolen Devices**
Mobile devices like laptops, smartphones, and tablets can contain vast amounts of sensitive data. If these devices are lost or stolen and are not properly secured, the information on them can easily leak.
Each of these causes represents a potential vulnerability that can lead to data leakage. Recognizing these risks is the first step in preventing them.
## **Examples of Data Leakage**
Data leakage can happen in many different settings and affect various types of information. Let us look at some common examples to understand how data leakage occurs in real-life situations and the impact it can have.
### **Example 1: Hospital Records**
In a hospital, doctors and nurses use private information to take care of patients. This information includes medical histories, treatment plans, and personal details like addresses and social security numbers. If this information leaks, it can be very harmful. For instance, if a hospital employee accidentally sends patient information to the wrong person via email, that is data leakage. This can lead to privacy violations and the patients might feel unsafe because strangers know about their health conditions.
### **Example 2: School Records**
Schools hold a lot of personal information about students, such as grades, disciplinary records, and family backgrounds. If a teacher mistakenly shares this information with unauthorized people, that is a case of data leakage. An example is when a teacher loses a USB drive containing student records, and someone else finds it. This can harm student’s reputations and their future opportunities, as private academic or behavioral details could be exposed.
### **Example 3: Online Shopping**
When you shop online, you provide your credit card information, address, and possibly even your phone number. If the website has poor security, hackers might access this information. This data leakage can lead to unauthorized charges on your credit card or someone using your personal details to make fake accounts. For example, if an online retailer’s database is hacked and customer information is stolen, this would not only lead to financial losses for customers but also damage the retailer’s reputation.
### **Example 4: Email Mishaps**
Emails are a common way for information to leak. If someone sends an email containing sensitive information to the wrong recipient, that is data leakage. For example, a company employee might accidentally send a file with all the employees salaries visible to everyone in the company instead of just the HR department. This can cause dissatisfaction and distrust among employees, as private salary information is considered confidential.
### **Example 5: Unsecured Mobile Devices**
Many people store personal and work-related information on their mobile phones. If these devices are lost or stolen without proper [**security measures**](https://wpdeveloper.com/biggest-cyber-security-mistakes/) like encryption or passwords, the information can easily leak. For instance, if a salesperson loses a phone containing confidential client details, and someone else uses that information for malicious purposes, that is data leakage. This can lead to loss of business and trust between the salesperson and their clients.
### **Example 6: Cloud Storage Errors**
Storing data in the cloud is common, but if not managed properly, it can lead to data leakage. An example is when someone configures the security settings incorrectly, allowing unauthorized access to sensitive documents. For instance, a company might store its business plans in a poorly secured cloud storage service, and competitors might access and use this information to gain a market advantage.
### **Example 7: Disposal of Old Equipment**
When companies or individuals throw away old computers and storage devices without properly deleting the data, they risk data leakage. For example, if a company disposes of old computers with the employee information still on the hard drives, and scavengers retrieve these details, the employees could become victims of identity theft.
### **Example 8: Insider Threats**
Sometimes, data leakage happens not by accident but because someone inside the company decides to leak information. This could be an unhappy employee who shares trade secrets with a competitor. For example, an engineer at a tech company might take proprietary software code and give it to a rival company, which uses it to create similar products.
## **How Does Data Leakage Affect Us?**
Data leakage can have serious consequences for both individuals and organizations. Here’s how it can impact us:
1. **Financial Loss:** For companies, data leakage can lead to significant financial damages. This includes the costs of fixing the leak, legal fees if the leakage results in litigation, and fines if the leakage violates data protection laws. For individuals, data leakage can mean financial theft, like someone using your credit card details to make unauthorized purchases.
2. **Loss of Reputation:** When companies suffer from data leakage, their reputation can be badly damaged. Customers and clients might lose trust in the company’s ability to safeguard their information, which can lead to lost business and a tarnished brand image.
3. **Identity Theft:** For individuals, one of the scariest outcomes of data leakage is [**identity theft**](https://wpdeveloper.com/free-tools-to-scan-wordpress-for-vulnerabilities/). If personal details like Social Security numbers, addresses, and birth dates are leaked, criminals can use this information to impersonate you. This can lead to unauthorized account openings, false applications for loans, and other fraudulent activities using your name.
4. **Operational Disruption:** Data leakage can disrupt the normal operations of a business. If sensitive internal information, like strategic plans or proprietary technology, is leaked, it can affect competitive advantage and day-to-day functioning.
5. **Legal and Regulatory Consequences:** There are many laws and regulations around data protection. Data leakage can lead companies to face legal penalties, regulatory fines, and mandatory audits, all of which require time and resources to address.
By understanding these impacts, it becomes clear why preventing data leakage is crucial for protecting our personal and professional lives.
## **Tips to Fight Data Leakage**
Preventing data leakage involves a combination of good practices, awareness, and the right technology. Here are some practical tips to help individuals and organizations minimize the risk of data leakage and keep their information secure.
### **Implement Strong Password Policies**
One of the simplest yet most effective ways to prevent data leakage is to use strong, unique passwords for all accounts. Passwords should be long, include a mix of characters (numbers, letters, and symbols), and be changed regularly. Additionally, implementing multi-factor authentication (MFA) provides an extra layer of security, making it harder for unauthorized users to gain access even if they know the password.
### **Educate and Train Employees**
Regular [**training on**](https://wpdeveloper.com/social-engineering-attacks-wordpress-security/) **[data](https://wpdeveloper.com/social-engineering-attacks-wordpress-security/)** [**security**](https://wpdeveloper.com/social-engineering-attacks-wordpress-security/) best practices is crucial. Employees should be aware of the risks of data leakage and how their actions can impact security. Training programs should cover topics like phishing, safe internet practices, and the importance of reporting suspicious activities. Creating a culture of security within the organization can significantly reduce the risk of data leakage due to human error.
### **Use Encryption**
Encrypting data makes it unreadable to anyone who does not have the key to decrypt it. This should be applied to data at rest (stored data) as well as data in transit (data being transmitted). Using strong encryption methods can prevent data leakage even if unauthorized individuals access the data.
### **Secure Physical and Network Access**
Physical security measures, such as securing offices and data centers with access controls, can prevent unauthorized access to physical machines and storage devices. Similarly, securing the network with firewalls, intrusion detection systems, and regular monitoring can help detect and block malicious activities before they lead to data leakage.
### **Monitor and Control Data Access**
Limiting access to sensitive data to only those who need it can minimize the risk of data leakage. Implementing access controls and keeping detailed logs of who accesses data and when can help identify potential security breaches before they cause significant damage.
### **Implement Data Loss Prevention (DLP) Tools**
Data Loss Prevention tools can automatically detect and block potential data leakage points across a network. DLP tools work by identifying sensitive data and monitoring its use, preventing unauthorized sharing or transmission outside the company.
### **Regularly Update and Patch Systems**
Keeping software and systems updated is critical to protect against known vulnerabilities. Hackers often exploit outdated systems with known security flaws. Regular updates and patches ensure that these loopholes are closed, reducing the risk of data leakage.
### **Manage Third-Party Risks**
When working with third-party vendors or service providers, it’s important to assess their security practices. Ensuring that third parties adhere to stringent security standards can prevent data leakage that might originate from less secure systems. Contracts should include clauses that hold third parties accountable for maintaining the security of any data they handle.
### **Develop a Response Plan**
Despite the best efforts, data leakage can still occur. Having a comprehensive incident response plan in place can help mitigate the damage. This plan should outline how to respond to a data breach, including notifying affected individuals, working with cybersecurity professionals to contain the breach, and communicating with the public and regulatory bodies as necessary.
### **Secure Mobile Devices**
As mobile devices become common tools for accessing and storing sensitive information, securing these devices is crucial. Implementing mobile device management (MDM) solutions that can enforce security policies, remotely wipe data on lost or stolen devices, and monitor for suspicious activities can significantly reduce the risk of data leakage from mobile sources.
### **Use Secure File Sharing Practices**
Instead of using unsecured methods to share files, such as email attachments or unencrypted file transfer protocols, use secure file-sharing services that offer end-to-end encryption. This ensures that data remains protected during transmission and only intended recipients can access it.
By implementing these tips, organizations and individuals can significantly reduce the risk of data leakage. It is essential to stay vigilant and proactive in data security practices, as the threat landscape is constantly evolving. Regular reviews and updates to security protocols can help keep sensitive information safe from unauthorized access and prevent potential data breaches.
## **Secure Your Data & Prevent Data Leakage Efficiently!**
Data leakage is a serious issue that can lead to financial loss, damaged reputations, and legal troubles. However, by understanding how data leakage happens and implementing strong security measures, we can significantly reduce the risks. It is important for everyone to be proactive about security. Protecting our data not only helps prevent data leakage but also builds trust and ensures a safer digital environment for all.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [subscribe to our blogs](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guide. You can also join our [Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# xCloud Deals: Get Next-Gen Managed Hosting For WordPress
> Grab the xCloud Deal and step into the future of managed hosting & server management for WordPress. Click, host and deploy your websites now!
## Free Unlimited Website Migration
## Black Friday Exclusive
## xCloud Lifetime
[Unlock The Deal](/deal/)
# Next-Gen Cloud Control Redefining Performance, Security & Stability
## xCloud offers a user-friendly control panel that simplifies the setup and management of WordPress websites across various cloud or VPS servers.
#### 130+
### Powerful Features
#### 240+
### 5 Star Ratings
#### 100k+
### Sites Deployed
## Our platform automates server setup, application installation, SSL, monitoring, resizing, and plugin updates, streamlining tasks for both beginners and experienced developers.
## With xCloud, users can easily create and manage multiple sites on a single server, equipped with tools to optimize performance and scale efficiently.
## Build and manage websites faster – xCloud makes hosting as simple as saying **“Hello World.”**
### Connect Your Server
Select the server providers & connect with xCloud effortlessly.
### Setup Your Server
Set up your connected server with just a few steps & manage easily.
### Deploy Your Sites
Deploy and Monitor Sites on your servers automatically.
## Choose the hosting option that fits your needs, bring your own provider, deploy websites with just a few clicks, and manage servers and sites effortlessly.
## Manage your preferred cloud provider within xCloud, whether it’s Vultr, GCP, DO, or any other, and build lightning-fast websites.
## Migrate an unlimited number of websites to xCloud Hosting at no cost with our full server migration feature. Use our free migration plugin to transfer sites from other hosting seamlessly.
## Set up your transactional emails easily. Enjoy 100 free emails per month with xCloud’s Email Delivery, or integrate your own provider like Mailgun, SendGrid, or Elastic Email.
## Manage DNS easily with xCloud: Integrate your Cloudflare account to manage DNS automatically.
## Easy Backup Management: Integrate any S3 compatible storage provider such as Cloudflare R2, AWS or DO Space to take site backups.
## Simplify Server & Website Management With Our Future Proof Hosting Control Panel
## Server Creation
- ### Deploy self-managed easily with a few clicks.
- ### Dedicated IP Included For Your Site
- ### Complete Root Access Authorization
## Server & Site Management
- ### Unlimited Database Storage Capacity
- ### Site Backup On Remote Storage
- ### Bulk WordPress plugin, theme and core updates.
## High Performance Hosting for WordPress, Laravel & PHP Applications
## Optimized Web Stacks
- ### High-Performance Nginx & OpenLiteSpeed Web Servers
- ### Run sites on MariaDB or MySQL, both pre-configured for optimal performance.
- ### Advanced Caching Layers with Page Caching, Edge Cahing, Redis Caching etc
## Staging & Migration
- ### Advanced Git repository cloning
- ### Clone the full server & sites
- ### Advanced demo site and staging environment setup.
- ### Free full server migration
## Updates Manager for Easy Sites Management
Easily update WordPress plugins, themes, & core files in bulk from a single dashboard, simplifying the process and boosting productivity.
## Monitor Site Performance with Page Speed
Track your site’s performance with Core Web Vitals and see scores for Performance, Accessibility, Best Practices, and SEO in one place.
## Free SSL Certificates
## Full Root Access
## Launch Your Favorite
Apps in One Click
Deploy popular applications with our high-performance, fully managed hosting or advanced control panel with a single click.
## Built-in Integrations to Maximize Performances
## Oops, You Have Missed The Deal!
Sign up to get notified before the next exclusive offer
## Lifetime Deal
## Pay 1–2 Years upfront and enjoy Lifetime Access to xCloud’s Control Panel.
[GRAB THE DEAL](https://xcloud.host/buy/BFCM2025-xcloudltd-5servers)
## 14-days money-back guarantee.
- 
### Unlimited site deployments
- 
### Access to Powerful features
## xCloud WHITE LABEL
## Free Reseller Panel Included with Your xCloud LTD Plans!
Kickstart your hosting business with your own server provider . Resell under
your brand with full client and billing support.
## What We Offer
## Billing and Support
- 
### Simple Billing: Integration with Stripe for Your Convenience
- 
### Live Chat Support: Crisp Integration for Real-Time Assistance
- 
### Full Server Migration Support: Get Help When You Need It
## team
## Team Harmony In Action
- 
### Versatile User Roles: Owner, Super User, Server Admin
- 
### Control Server & site Access for Teams
- 
### Enhanced Security: Activate 2FA Protection
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQ’s
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What’s Included In the xCloud LTD Offer?
xCloud LTD offer will give you lifetime access to our cloud control panel. After grabbing this offer, you can integrate your own cloud provider like Vultr, Digital Ocean, AWS, Hetzner and more, enabling you to manage your server and your website with xCloud easily.
### Will I Be Charged For Future Features Added To The Product?
You will get access to all current and future features on the [roadmap](/roadmap/) within our cloud control panel. However, our hosting or any add-ons like email bundles or backup storage will not be included in the xCloud LTD offer.
### Can I Get A Refund?
Yes, we have a 14-day complete refund policy, no questions asked.
### How Do I Get Support?
Our dedicated support team is here to address any queries or concerns you may have, whether it’s technical assistance, account-related issues, or general inquiries. Get instant support from our live chat or submit a support ticket.
### Do You Have Hosting In xCloud?
Yes, we have hosting for WordPress, Laravel, PHP, Node.Js and more. But The Black Friday deal is only for our control panel, not the [managed hosting servers](/managed-hosting/).
### Can I Purchase This LTD Plan Multiple Times?
This Lifetime deal is stackable. You can buy as many times as you need.
### Is Split Payment Accepted?
Split payment is accepted for most plans. However, it is not available for the first three tier 5 Servers, 10 Servers and 15 Servers LTD plans. For the remaining three tiers 25 Servers, 50 Servers, 100 Servers LTD plans, you can claim the split payment option and complete your purchase in installments. To learn more about split payment, reach out to our support team.
### Is the Reseller Panel Included in the Lifetime Plans?
Yes. the [reseller panel](/reseller-hosting/) is included in all plans.
### What is the new White Label (Reseller Program) offer for LTD users?
We are offering LTD users complimentary access to our White Label plan. The plan you receive depends on your LTD tier (server capacity). The higher your LTD tier, the bigger the free WL plan you will receive! Your free WL plan is based on the number of servers included in your LTD license:
- LTD below 5 servers → 25 WL plan
- LTD below 15 servers → 60 WL plan
- LTD below 50 servers → 150 WL plan
- LTD below 250 servers → 400 WL plan
### I don’t have a server. How can I use the panel?
If you don’t already have a server, no worries — you can purchase our special discounted manged-server for LTD users, starting at just $4.50/mo only.
## Team Behind xCloud
## Go BIG and bring your own provider to xCloud to host and manage servers. Act now, this Black Friday exclusive deal is available for a limited time only.
---
# DeepSeek Harness vs OpenClaw vs Hermes Agent: Which Agent Harness Should You Run in 2026? - xCloud
> Compare DeepSeek Harness vs OpenClaw vs Hermes Agent to find the best open-source AI agent for coding, messaging, memory, and customization in 2026.
_Updated August 2026_
Three open-source AI agents now dominate the self-hosted conversation, and they arrived in three waves. OpenClaw built the category and, [**per explainx.ai’s growth tracking**](https://explainx.ai/blog/deepseek-harness-v0-1-plugin-first-agent-stack-august-2026), took 84 days to reach 200,000 GitHub stars. [**Hermes Agent**](https://xcloud.host/what-is-hermes-agent-features-and-use-cases/) from Nous Research crossed 90,000 stars within roughly six weeks of its February 2026 launch. Then [**DeepSeek Harness**](https://xcloud.host/what-is-deepseek-harness/) arrived on August 13, 2026 and passed 141,000 stars in four days, [**according to a direct GitHub API query**](https://pasqualepillitteri.it/en/news/11573/deepseek-harness-fastest-github-stars-record).
All three are MIT licensed. All three run on a $5 to $10 server. They are also built on three genuinely different philosophies, which means the right choice depends on what you want an agent to do, and picking on star count alone lands plenty of people on the wrong one. This guide compares all three on architecture, memory, model support, interfaces, ecosystem, maturity, and cost, then gives a decision framework by use case.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too long; didn’t read?** Here is the verdict table:
If you want…
Run this
Why
A messaging-first assistant across Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp
**OpenClaw**
The most mature multi-channel gateway in the category
An agent that learns and remembers across sessions
**Hermes Agent**
Three-layer persistent memory is its core design
A composable runtime you can reshape at every layer
**DeepSeek Harness**
Everything, including the loop, is a swappable plugin
A coding agent with full session replay and forking
**DeepSeek Harness**
Append-only session log supports resume, fork, replay
Maximum stability today
**OpenClaw** or **Hermes Agent**
Both are past the breaking-changes phase; dsh is a v0.1 preview
To run any of them without touching a server
[**xCloud managed hosting**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness)
One platform runs all three as one-click managed deployments
**The short version of the difference:** OpenClaw is a finished product for talking to an agent everywhere you already chat. Hermes Agent is a finished product for an agent that gets smarter the longer it runs. DeepSeek Harness is a chassis for building the agent you actually want. Products get you running faster; the chassis goes further.
**The hosting answer is simpler than the agent answer:** all three need the same thing, an always-on server with SSL, supervision, and backups, and [**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) is the one platform that runs all three as managed one-click deployments at $9.99/month each.
## Why These Three, and How We Compared Them
This comparison covers the three agents with the largest active communities in the self-hosted category as of August 2026. Each was evaluated on seven criteria: architecture and extensibility, memory and session model, model support, interfaces, ecosystem depth, maturity and stability, and total running cost. Technical claims come from each project’s official documentation and repository: the [**DeepSeek Harness repository**](https://github.com/deepseek-ai/deepseek-harness), the [**Hermes Agent documentation**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/), and OpenClaw’s official docs, supplemented by third-party analyses cited inline. Resource figures come from the same operator field reports used in the [**DeepSeek Harness hosting guide**](https://xcloud.host/best-deepseek-harness-hosting-providers/).
Transparency note: xCloud operates managed hosting for all three agents, which is exactly why the hosting recommendation does not depend on which agent wins your comparison.
## Master Comparison Table: DeepSeek Harness vs OpenClaw vs Hermes Agent
**DeepSeek Harness (dsh)**
**OpenClaw**
**Hermes Agent**
**Built by**
DeepSeek AI
Open-source community
Nous Research
**Released**
August 13, 2026
2025
February 2026
**License**
MIT (full repo)
MIT
MIT
**Runtime**
Node.js (TypeScript)
Node.js
Python
**Core idea**
Everything is a plugin (Cordis kernel)
Agent in every chat app
Agent that learns and remembers
**Architecture**
Plugin kernel; model, tools, loop, UI all swappable
Monolithic product + config
Single process + portable skills
**Memory model**
Append-only session log: resume, fork, replay
Session history per channel
Three layers: MEMORY.md + SQLite (FTS5) + skills
**Model support**
DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, Bedrock, Vertex, Azure, any OpenAI-compatible
Multiple providers
Multiple providers incl. Nous Portal, OpenRouter
**Primary interface**
Local Web UI (127.0.0.1:3080), CLI, Python SDK
~15+ messaging channels
Messaging gateway (~16 channels) + CLI
**Runtime modes**
Standard, Code (PTC), Minimal, Creator
One product mode
Standard + browser automation (Camofox, v0.7+)
**Ecosystem**
1,200+ `dsh-plugin` repos in 48 hours
Largest installed base, mature plugins
Growing skill-sharing community
**Maturity**
Developer preview (0.1.0-rc.5), breaking changes promised
Stable
Stable
**Min RAM (API models)**
1–2 GB
2 GB, scales with channels
1 GB CLI; 4 GB with browser
**Managed hosting**
[xCloud](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/)
[xCloud](https://xcloud.host/openclaw-hosting/)
[xCloud](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-hosting/)
That table answers “what is the difference.” The rest of this guide answers the harder question: which difference matters for you.
## DeepSeek Harness: The Composable Runtime
[**DeepSeek Harness**](https://xcloud.host/what-is-deepseek-harness/) (command name `dsh`) is the newest of the three and the most architecturally ambitious. It runs on the Cordis plugin kernel, and [**as AgentsPulse’s architecture review**](https://agentspulse.github.io/tutorials/deepseek-harness-and-cordis-why-everything-is-a-plugin/) puts it, models, tools, skills, sessions, sandboxes, storage, loops, scheduling, and the UI all load as replaceable plugins with no privileged core to work around. Want a different sandbox, storage backend, or agent loop? Mount a plugin instead of forking the runtime.
Two features stand apart in this comparison. First, the append-only session log: every run is recorded as an event stream that resume, fork, search, and replay operate on, so a run that went wrong at step 40 can be forked at step 39 and retried, with full visibility into what the model saw. Neither OpenClaw nor Hermes Agent offers replay and forking at this depth. Second, the four runtime modes (Standard, Code with Programmatic Tool Calling, Minimal for benchmarking, Creator for plugin authors) make it the only entry that doubles as an evaluation harness; DeepSeek benchmarks its own V4 models with the Minimal mode.
### Strengths and Weaknesses
Strengths
Weaknesses
✅ Deepest extensibility of the three; the loop itself is swappable
❌ Developer preview: the README promises breaking changes
✅ Session replay and forking are unmatched for debugging
❌ No built-in messaging gateway; chat-app integration is a plugin job
✅ Widest first-party model support, including Bedrock, Vertex, Azure
❌ Web UI is localhost-only; secure exposure is your job when self-hosting
✅ Fastest-growing plugin ecosystem: 1,200+ tagged repos in 48 hours
❌ Youngest community; fewer answered questions when you get stuck
**Best for:** Developers and teams who treat the agent runtime as infrastructure they will shape, coding-agent workflows that benefit from replay, and anyone building plugins for an ecosystem still handing out land.
## OpenClaw: The Messaging-First Workhorse
OpenClaw is the incumbent, and its advantage is exactly what incumbency buys: the most mature multi-channel messaging gateway in the category, the largest installed base, and the deepest pool of solved problems. Connect it to Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, and a dozen other channels, and the agent lives where you already talk. Its resource use scales with the number of channels enabled, and the configuration surface, while wide, is documented by years of community use.
What OpenClaw does not try to be is a framework. The loop, tools, and UI ship as one opinionated product. When your needs match its opinions, that is a feature: setup is fast and the failure modes are known. When they do not, you are patching someone else’s architecture, which is precisely the pain [**DeepSeek Harness was designed to remove**](https://www.digitalapplied.com/blog/deepseek-harness-open-source-agent-framework-2026).
### Strengths and Weaknesses
Strengths
Weaknesses
✅ The most mature messaging integration story of the three
❌ Monolithic: deep customization means forking
✅ Stable, documented, large community
❌ Resource use grows with every channel enabled
✅ Known failure modes and years of answered questions
❌ No session forking or replay comparable to dsh
✅ Fastest path to an agent in your team’s chat apps
❌ The category’s newer ideas (plugin kernels, layered memory) arrived elsewhere first
**Best for:** Teams and individuals who want a reliable assistant in their existing chat channels today, with minimum surprise and maximum community support.
## Hermes Agent: The One That Remembers
[**Hermes Agent**](https://xcloud.host/what-is-hermes-agent-features-and-use-cases/) from Nous Research is built around one bet: an agent is only as useful as what it retains. Its three-layer memory architecture, [**documented by Nous Research**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/), keeps active memory in MEMORY.md, session history in SQLite with FTS5 full-text search, and procedural memory as portable skills that survive updates and migrate between servers. Run it continuously against real workflows and the skill library compounds; close the laptop and the compounding stops, which is why Hermes operators moved to always-on hosting faster than any other agent community.
Hermes also has a strong messaging story (roughly 16 channels through one gateway) and, since v0.7, browser automation through the Camofox anti-detection browser, which adds about 2 GB to its RAM needs. It runs on Python rather than Node.js, the only one of the three to do so, which matters if your team’s tooling and deployment muscle memory lean one way or the other.
### Strengths and Weaknesses
Strengths
Weaknesses
✅ The best persistent-memory design in the category
❌ Memory only compounds with 24/7 uptime; laptop use wastes the core feature
✅ Portable skills migrate between servers in minutes
❌ Browser automation pushes RAM needs to 4 GB
✅ Strong messaging gateway plus CLI
❌ Python stack, if your ops standardize on Node.js
✅ Stable and past its breaking-changes phase
❌ Less architectural flexibility than a plugin kernel
**Best for:** Operators who want a long-running personal or team agent whose value grows with time: research assistants, monitoring agents, and workflow automation that benefits from accumulated context.
## Head-to-Head: The Five Decisions That Actually Separate Them
### 1\. Architecture: Product vs Product vs Chassis
OpenClaw and Hermes Agent are finished products with opinions. DeepSeek Harness is a chassis. [**Floatboat’s Cordis analysis**](https://floatboat.ai/blog/cordis-plugin-framework) frames the difference well: an open license makes code inspectable, but a plugin kernel makes it transformable. If you have ever forked an agent to change one component, the chassis is what you wanted. If you never will, the products get you running faster.
### 2\. Memory: Replay vs History vs Learning
Three different answers to “what does the agent keep.” dsh keeps a forensic record (every event, replayable and forkable). OpenClaw keeps conversational history per channel. Hermes keeps learned capability (skills and searchable memory that change future behavior). Debugging-heavy coding work favors dsh. Everyday assistant work favors OpenClaw’s simplicity. Anything where week 10 should be smarter than week 1 favors Hermes.
### 3\. Interfaces: Where Do You Meet the Agent?
OpenClaw and Hermes meet you in chat apps. dsh meets you in a Web UI, a CLI, and a Python SDK, with chat-app integration left to its plugin ecosystem. As of August 2026 that ecosystem is 1,200+ repositories and four days old, [**per BibiGPT’s count**](https://bibigpt.co/en/blog/posts/deepseek-harness-skill-ai-video-summary), so messaging-first users should either wait for the gateway plugins to mature or pick OpenClaw and Hermes today.
### 4\. Maturity: Stability vs Momentum
The repository’s own version string is 0.1.0-rc.5, and DeepSeek’s README warns in capital letters about compatibility-breaking changes. OpenClaw and Hermes are both past that phase. The honest framing: dsh has the most momentum and the least stability; production dependencies belong on the other two for now, while evaluation and plugin development belong on dsh precisely because the ecosystem’s defaults are being decided this quarter.
### 5\. Cost: Nearly a Tie, With One Asterisk
All three run on the same class of server, and hosting is a wash. The asterisk is tokens: [**VentureBeat reports**](https://venturebeat.com/technology/deepseek-harness-launches-as-open-source-rival-to-claude-code-alongside-v4-pro-on-api-with-higher-prices) DeepSeek’s API moved to peak and off-peak pricing on August 16, 2026, so dsh loops scheduled into off-peak windows now cost measurably less on DeepSeek models. All three agents are model-agnostic enough that token strategy, not agent choice, drives the bill.
Monthly cost
dsh
OpenClaw
Hermes Agent
Managed hosting ([xCloud](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness))
$9.99
$9.99
$9.99
Typical tokens (moderate use)
$5–20
$5–25
$5–20
RAM you should budget
2–4 GB
2–4 GB
2–4 GB
Your ops time on managed
~0 hrs
~0 hrs
~0 hrs
## The Decision Framework: Match the Agent to the Job
Your situation
Run this
Second choice
“I want an assistant in Slack/Telegram/WhatsApp this week”
**OpenClaw**
Hermes Agent
“I want an agent that knows my projects better every month”
**Hermes Agent**
dsh + memory plugins
“I’m building agent products or internal tooling”
**DeepSeek Harness**
OpenClaw
“I need a coding agent I can debug properly”
**DeepSeek Harness**
OpenClaw
“I run agents for clients and need boring reliability”
**OpenClaw**
Hermes Agent
“I want to write plugins people will actually use”
**DeepSeek Harness**
Hermes skills
“I genuinely can’t decide”
**Run two side by side**
See below
That last row is not a dodge. All three coexist on one 4 GB server (they are separate processes with separate ports and data directories), and the community has already built bridges between them, including the HermesClaw bridge connecting Hermes and OpenClaw. The two-week bake-off, one real workflow on each candidate, settles the question faster than any comparison article, this one included.
## Whichever You Pick, the Hosting Answer Is the Same
Here is the part most three-way comparisons miss: the three agents disagree on architecture and agree completely on infrastructure. Every one of them needs 24/7 uptime, persistent disk for its memory or session data, SSL, a process supervisor, backups, and a secured public endpoint. Every one of them is a demo on a laptop and a tool on a server.
[**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) is the one platform in this comparison that runs all three as one-click managed deployments: [**OpenClaw hosting**](https://xcloud.host/openclaw-hosting/), [**Hermes Agent hosting**](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-hosting/) (as of April 2026, the only fully managed Hermes service on the market), and now [**managed DeepSeek Harness hosting**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness), one of the first anywhere, each at $9.99/month with SSL, authentication, supervision, daily backups, and updates handled.
That has a practical consequence for the bake-off strategy: you can deploy two or all three candidates in the same panel in under fifteen minutes total, run your real workflow against each for two weeks, keep the winner, and delete the rest, all inside the 14-day money-back window. The platform’s track record running OpenClaw and Hermes fleets through 2026 is also the answer to the fair question “will they know what to do when my agent breaks”: their support has been debugging exactly these three stacks all year.
**Deploy any of the three in about five minutes:** [**start at app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness)**.**
## Common Mistakes When Choosing Between These Three
- **Choosing on star velocity.** dsh’s four-day curve is remarkable and says nothing about whether you need a plugin kernel. Stars measure attention, not fit.
- **Putting a v0.1 release candidate under production load.** dsh’s README promises breaking changes. Evaluate it now; depend on it later.
- **Running Hermes without persistent uptime.** Its learning loop is the product. Part-time Hermes is a worse OpenClaw.
- **Expecting dsh to be a chat-app agent out of the box.** The gateway plugins are coming from the ecosystem; today that story belongs to OpenClaw and Hermes.
- **Rebuilding Docker containers without mounted volumes.** All three keep their value on disk (session logs, SQLite memory, skills). No volume, no memory, on any of them.
## Frequently Asked Questions
### What is the main difference between DeepSeek Harness, OpenClaw, and Hermes Agent?
Architecture and purpose. DeepSeek Harness is a composable runtime where every component, including the agent loop, is a swappable plugin. OpenClaw is a finished messaging-first agent that lives in your chat apps. Hermes Agent is a finished agent built around persistent, compounding memory. All three are MIT licensed and run on similar servers.
### Which agent is best for beginners in 2026?
OpenClaw or Hermes Agent, deployed on managed hosting. Both are stable products with communities that have already answered the beginner questions. DeepSeek Harness rewards users who want to configure and extend; it is a better second agent than first agent, unless you start with a [**managed deployment**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness) that removes the infrastructure half of the learning curve.
### Is DeepSeek Harness a replacement for OpenClaw?
Not today. They overlap less than the launch commentary suggests: OpenClaw’s core strength is the multi-channel messaging gateway, which dsh does not ship first-party. dsh’s core strengths, the plugin kernel and session replay, have no OpenClaw equivalent. Over time the dsh plugin ecosystem may close the gateway gap; the projects can also coexist on one server.
### Can Hermes Agent’s memory be replicated in DeepSeek Harness?
Partially, through storage and skill plugins, and the ecosystem is moving fast. But Hermes ships the three-layer design (MEMORY.md, SQLite with FTS5 search, portable skills) as a tested, integrated whole today. If compounding memory is your primary requirement, Hermes is the proven path in 2026.
### Which of the three is the cheapest to run?
Hosting costs are effectively identical: each runs comfortably on a 2 to 4 GB server, and managed hosting for any of them is $9.99/month on xCloud. Token spend dominates the real bill, and since DeepSeek’s move to peak/off-peak API pricing on August 16, 2026, scheduling dsh loops off-peak on DeepSeek models is the single biggest cost lever among the three.
### Do all three need a GPU?
No. All three call hosted LLM APIs by default, so the server runs agent logic only, which is CPU-light. A GPU enters the picture only if you co-host a local model with Ollama or vLLM, and that decision is independent of which agent you choose.
### Can I run all three on the same server?
Yes. They are separate processes (two Node.js, one Python) with separate ports and data directories. Budget 4 GB RAM or more for two agents with active tool use, supervise each with its own systemd unit or Docker restart policy, and back up each data directory separately. Managed deployments sidestep the juggling by giving each agent its own instance.
### Which one gets the most out of DeepSeek’s V4 models?
DeepSeek Harness, by design: it is the runtime DeepSeek uses to benchmark V4, and V4-Pro shipped the same day. That said, all three are model-agnostic, and V4’s open weights and API work in any of them.
### How hard is it to switch agents later?
Easy, and this should lower the stakes of your choice. Each keeps its state in a data directory you can archive and restore in minutes. The two-week bake-off beats months of deliberation: deploy candidates, run one real workflow on each, keep the winner.
### Where should I host whichever one I pick?
The requirements are identical across all three: always-on server, persistent disk, SSL, authentication, supervision, backups. [**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) runs managed one-click deployments of all three at $9.99/month each with a 14-day money-back guarantee, which makes it the one hosting decision that does not depend on the agent decision. Self-hosting on a VPS works too; the full provider comparison is in the [**DeepSeek Harness hosting guide**](https://xcloud.host/best-deepseek-harness-hosting-providers/).
## Conclusion: The 2026 Verdict
The three-way race has a clean shape in 2026. OpenClaw is the reliable incumbent and the fastest path to an agent in your chat apps. Hermes Agent is the specialist, unmatched when an agent should be smarter in month three than in week one. DeepSeek Harness is the platform bet, the least stable and the most consequential, because a runtime where everything is a plugin tends to absorb the best ideas of everything around it.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your goal
Best choice
Why
Agent in your chat apps this week
**OpenClaw**
Most mature messaging gateway
Agent that compounds knowledge
**Hermes Agent**
Three-layer persistent memory
Agent runtime you can reshape
**DeepSeek Harness**
Plugin kernel, session replay
Coding agent with real debugging
**DeepSeek Harness**
Fork and replay any session
Client work needing boring reliability
**OpenClaw**
Stable, known failure modes
Undecided
**Two-week bake-off**
Deploy 2–3 side by side, keep the winner
**What to do this week:** Stop deliberating and run the test. Pick your top two from the table, deploy both as [**managed instances on xCloud**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness) in about ten minutes combined, and point one real workflow at each for two weeks. The 14-day money-back guarantee means the losing candidate costs you nothing, and the winning one is already deployed, secured, and backed up the moment you decide. Whichever agent wins, that is the setup that gets you an answer by the end of the month instead of another comparison tab.
For more deep-dive comparisons on hosting AI agents and the open-source stack behind them, [**subscribe to the xCloud blog**](https://xcloud.host/blog/) or join the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community).
---
# DeepSeek Harness vs OpenCode: Which Coding Agent Should You Run in 2026? - xCloud
> Discover DeepSeek Harness vs OpenCode, comparing their features, architecture, coding workflows, model support, and which is better for developers in 2026.
_Updated August 2026_
Two open-source coding agents, two completely different bets. [**OpenCode**](https://opencode.ai/) crossed 160,000 GitHub stars and roughly 7.5 million monthly developers by mid-2026, [**per Developers Digest’s guide**](https://www.developersdigest.tech/blog/opencode-developer-guide-2026), making it the most-used open-source coding agent in the world. [**DeepSeek Harness**](https://xcloud.host/what-is-deepseek-harness-features-architecture-use-cases/) shipped on August 13, 2026 and passed 141,000 stars in four days, [**according to a direct GitHub API query**](https://pasqualepillitteri.it/en/news/11573/deepseek-harness-fastest-github-stars-record).
Both are MIT licensed. Both are model-agnostic. Both will happily run DeepSeek V4, Claude, or GPT. And they solve the same problem from opposite ends: OpenCode perfected the terminal workflow developers already live in, while DeepSeek Harness rebuilt the runtime so every part of it can be replaced. This guide compares them on architecture, interfaces, model support, extensibility, maturity, cost, and what it takes to run either one on a server rather than a laptop.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too long; didn’t read?**
If you want…
Run this
Why
A dependable daily coding agent in your terminal
**OpenCode**
Mature TUI, IDE and desktop surfaces, 75+ providers
To reshape the agent runtime itself
**DeepSeek Harness**
Models, tools, loops, sandbox, and UI are all plugins
Widest model and provider choice
**OpenCode**
75+ providers plus local models via Ollama
Full session replay, forking, and audit trail
**DeepSeek Harness**
Append-only session event log
Stability today
**OpenCode**
dsh is a v0.1 developer preview with breaking changes promised
A browser UI instead of a terminal
**DeepSeek Harness**
Web UI is the default interface
Either one running 24/7 on a server
[**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/)
One-click managed dsh, or Node.js hosting for headless OpenCode
**The one-line verdict:** OpenCode is the safer daily driver in 2026; DeepSeek Harness is the more consequential architecture. If you write code every day and want it to work, start with OpenCode. If you are building agent infrastructure other people will run, dsh is where the interesting problems are.
**Important caveat up front:** nobody has credible head-to-head coding benchmarks for these two yet. dsh is days old, and much of the early “DeepSeek harness” benchmarking online actually tested unrelated community wrappers with similar names. A controlled trial protocol is included below so you can measure your own workload instead of trusting a leaderboard that does not exist.
## Why These Two Get Compared
They land in the same search results because both answer “open-source alternative to Claude Code,” and both point at DeepSeek’s V4 models. But their design centers sit far apart.
OpenCode is a coding _product_: a terminal-native agent with Plan and Build modes, Language Server Protocol integration, subagents, and an IDE extension, built by the team behind SST. DeepSeek Harness is a coding _runtime_: a plugin kernel where the model adapter, tool pipeline, session store, sandbox, approval policy, and UI are all replaceable components.
One fact that trips up newcomers: OpenCode has a fork history. The original repository was maintained by Charm; after a dispute over direction the project split, with the SST/Anomaly version rewritten in TypeScript on Bun becoming the one most developers mean today, while Charm’s continuation lives on as Crush. When you read older OpenCode tutorials referencing a Go codebase and a Bubble Tea TUI, you are reading about the earlier lineage.
## Master Comparison Table: DeepSeek Harness vs OpenCode
**DeepSeek Harness (dsh)**
**OpenCode**
**Built by**
DeepSeek AI
SST / Anomaly
**Released**
August 13, 2026
2025, active fork rewritten 2026
**License**
MIT
MIT
**Runtime**
Node.js / TypeScript (pnpm)
TypeScript on Bun
**Core idea**
Everything is a plugin (Cordis kernel)
Terminal-first coding agent, bring your own model
**Primary interface**
Web UI at 127.0.0.1:3080
Terminal UI, plus desktop app and IDE extension
**Headless mode**
Headless profile and Python SDK
`opencode serve` with OpenAPI spec and JS/TS SDK
**Model providers**
DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, Bedrock, Vertex, Azure, any OpenAI-compatible
75+ providers including local models via Ollama
**Agent modes**
Standard, Code (PTC), Minimal, Creator
Plan and Build, plus General, Explore, Scout subagents
**Extensibility**
Plugin kernel: replace any core component
Plugins, hooks, custom tools, commands, MCP servers
**Code intelligence**
Tool-driven file and shell access
LSP diagnostics across most languages
**Session model**
Append-only event log: resume, fork, replay
Persistent local sessions, share links, undo and redo
**Project memory**
Skills and config plugins
`AGENTS.md` generated by `/init`
**Sub-agent delegation**
Can delegate to Claude Code and Codex binaries
General, Explore, and Scout subagents
**Maturity**
Developer preview, 0.1.0-rc.5
Established, production-used
**GitHub stars**
141,000+ in four days
160,000+
**Managed hosting**
[xCloud one-click](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness)
Self-host headless on [xCloud Node.js](https://xcloud.host/node-js-hosting/)
## DeepSeek Harness: The Runtime You Can Rebuild
[**DeepSeek Harness**](https://github.com/deepseek-ai/deepseek-harness) (command `dsh`) is built on the Cordis plugin kernel, and its README opens with the thesis: everything is a plugin. Models, tools, skills, sessions, sandboxes, storage, loops, scheduling, and the UI all mount through the same kernel, so there is no privileged core to work around.
Two capabilities matter most for coding work. The **append-only session log** records every event, so a run that derailed at step 40 can be forked at step 39 and retried with full visibility into what the model saw. And **Code mode (PTC, Programmatic Tool Calling)** lets the model write TypeScript to express control flow instead of issuing tools one call at a time, which suits multi-step refactors with branching logic.
[**The New Stack’s coverage**](https://thenewstack.io/deepseek-harness-open-source-plugins/) surfaced a detail worth knowing: the harness ships subagent providers that delegate work directly to Anthropic’s Claude Code and OpenAI’s Codex by resolving their binaries from your PATH, both disabled by default, plus bridges that run your existing `hooks.json` from either product. That makes dsh less a rival to those tools than a layer that can sit above them.
### Strengths and Weaknesses
Strengths
Weaknesses
✅ Any component is replaceable without forking the source
❌ Developer preview: the README promises breaking changes
✅ Session replay and forking give real debugging visibility
❌ Terminal workflow is less refined than OpenCode’s TUI
✅ Can orchestrate Claude Code and Codex as subagents
❌ No LSP integration; code intelligence comes from tools
✅ Browser UI suits people who dislike terminal-only tools
❌ Web UI binds to localhost, so remote use needs proxy, SSL, and auth
✅ Plugin ecosystem growing faster than anything in the category
❌ Configuration complexity is higher by design
**Best for:** Platform teams, plugin authors, and developers who want to shape the runtime, prefer a browser interface, or need forensic replay of agent runs.
## OpenCode: The Daily Driver
OpenCode is what most developers should reach for first, because it is optimized for the loop you actually repeat: open a repo, describe a change, review, ship. Its **Plan and Build modes** are the standout design decision. Plan mode drafts what the agent intends to do before touching any files; you review, give feedback, and only then switch to Build to execute, which prevents the class of failure where an agent rewrites six files you did not want touched.
Its practical advantages stack up in ways that show years of iteration. LSP integration means the agent sees type information, function signatures, import paths, and diagnostics rather than raw text, across TypeScript, Python, Go, Rust, Java, and most languages with a language server. Multiple concurrent sessions each carry their own context window, history, and model configuration, so a research session stays separate from an implementation session. `/init` generates an `AGENTS.md` you commit to Git so the agent understands your project conventions. And `opencode serve` runs it as a headless HTTP server with an OpenAPI spec at /doc and an official `@opencode-ai/sdk` package, which is the feature most people miss and the one that makes OpenCode automatable.
The provider catalog is the other advantage: 75+ providers including Claude, GPT, Gemini, Groq, Bedrock, Azure, OpenRouter, and local models through Ollama, with an optional OpenCode Zen tier that routes tasks to benchmarked models automatically.
### Strengths and Weaknesses
Strengths
Weaknesses
✅ Plan mode prevents unwanted edits before they happen
❌ You extend around the core; you cannot replace it
✅ LSP gives the agent real code intelligence
❌ Terminal-first, which not everyone wants
✅ 75+ providers plus free local models via Ollama
❌ Desktop app is still beta
✅ Headless server mode plus official SDK for automation
❌ No session forking or replay comparable to dsh
✅ Largest user base in the category, so answers exist
❌ Fork history makes older tutorials misleading
**Best for:** Working developers who want an agent in their existing terminal and IDE today, teams standardizing on one tool, and anyone routing tasks across many model providers.
## The Four Differences That Actually Decide It
### 1\. Plugins as Convenience vs Plugins as Product Structure
OpenCode plugins are JavaScript or TypeScript modules that react to events, add tools, protect files, and adjust behavior around tool execution. They extend a fixed core. In DeepSeek Harness, plugins _are_ the core: profiles stack bundles, patches replace components, and event seams intercept requests, tools, sessions, or turns. Replacing the session store or the sandbox is a supported operation in dsh and a fork in OpenCode.
If your extension needs are hooks and custom commands, OpenCode is more direct. If you need to swap the sandbox for one inside your own network, dsh is the only one of the two that treats that as configuration.
### 2\. Where the Agent Meets You
OpenCode meets you in the terminal, the IDE, and a beta desktop app. dsh meets you in a browser UI at `127.0.0.1:3080`, with headless and SDK options behind it. This is a genuine preference split rather than a quality gap: terminal-native developers find a web UI a context switch, while people who dislike TUIs find it an unlock.
### 3\. Code Intelligence
OpenCode’s LSP integration is a real advantage for large codebases. The agent reading type information and diagnostics beats an agent reading text. dsh compensates with tool access and PTC control flow, but LSP-grade awareness is not part of the box today. Expect the plugin ecosystem to attack this gap; it has not closed yet.
### 4\. Stability vs Momentum
`0.1.0-rc.5`, and the README warns in capital letters about compatibility-breaking changes. OpenCode is production-used by millions of developers monthly. That asymmetry should decide it for anyone with deadlines. It should not decide it for anyone building the next layer of agent infrastructure, where being early is the entire point.
## Nobody Has Benchmarked These Two Yet: Run Your Own Trial
Two harnesses running the identical model can make different tool calls, resend different context, compact history at different points, and recover from errors differently, so time, token spend, and final diff quality all diverge. That means harness benchmarks published within days of a launch are close to meaningless, and much of the early “DeepSeek harness” testing circulating online measured unrelated community wrappers.
Run this instead. It takes an afternoon and answers the question for your codebase:
1. **Fix the variable.** Select the same model and inference provider in both tools, for example DeepSeek V4 Flash through the same endpoint.
2. **Clean slate each run.** Start from identical fresh clones of the same repository and grant equivalent permissions.
3. **Same scoped task, same tests.** Give both an identical, well-defined task with defined acceptance tests.
4. **Repeat three times minimum.** Single runs measure luck.
5. **Score seven things:** correctness, diff quality, tests passed, wall-clock time, tokens consumed, retries, and human cleanup required.
The last column usually decides it, and it is the one no leaderboard measures.
## Cost Breakdown: What Each Actually Costs to Run
Both tools are free. Your bill is tokens plus, if you run either beyond your laptop, hosting.
Setup
Software
Tokens/month
Hosting
Total/month
OpenCode local, DeepSeek V4 Flash
$0
$5–20
$0
**$5–20**
OpenCode local, Claude models
$0
$20–60
$0
**$20–60**
OpenCode local, Ollama local model
$0
$0
$0
**$0**
dsh local, DeepSeek V4
$0
$5–20
$0
**$5–20**
dsh always-on, managed
$0
$5–20
$9.99
**$15–30**
OpenCode headless on a server
$0
$5–25
$9.99+
**$15–35**
Either, self-hosted VPS
$0
$5–25
$5 + 1–3 hrs setup
**$40–175**
One timing detail that affects dsh specifically: [**VentureBeat reports**](https://venturebeat.com/technology/deepseek-harness-launches-as-open-source-rival-to-claude-code-alongside-v4-pro-on-api-with-higher-prices) DeepSeek moved to peak and off-peak API pricing on August 16, 2026, so scheduled or batch runs against DeepSeek models cost measurably less in off-peak windows. Interactive coding in your working hours pays the peak rate in either tool.
## Installing Both: Side by Side
**DeepSeek Harness**
1. Install Node.js 20 or newer
2. Run `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web`
3. Open `http://127.0.0.1:3080`
4. Add your model provider API key
5. Start a session in Standard mode, or Code mode for PTC control flow
From source for plugin work: `git clone`, `pnpm install`, `pnpm run build`, `pnpm dsh web`.
**OpenCode**
1. Install via the official install script (WSL recommended on Windows)
2. Run `opencode auth login` to connect a provider
3. Navigate to your project and run `opencode`
4. Run `/init` to generate `AGENTS.md`, then commit it
5. Work in Plan mode first, switch to Build to execute
For automation, `opencode run "…"` executes non-interactively and `opencode serve` starts the HTTP server.
## Resource Requirements
Workload
vCPU
RAM
Notes
OpenCode local, API models
1
1 GB
Runs alongside your editor
dsh local, API models
1
1–2 GB
Node process plus Web UI
dsh always-on server
1–2
2 GB
Session logs on persistent disk
Either with heavy sandboxed tool use
2
4 GB
Code execution needs headroom
Either with a local model via Ollama
4+
16 GB+
The model sets the floor, not the agent
Neither tool needs a GPU unless you host the model yourself.
## Running Either One Beyond Your Laptop
Most comparisons stop at “which do I install.” The more useful question for teams is what happens when the work should continue after you close the lid: scheduled repo checks, CI-triggered reviews, long-running refactors, or an agent a teammate can reach.
Both tools support this, differently. **DeepSeek Harness** has a headless profile and a Web UI built to be a persistent workspace, though the UI binds to localhost, so remote access requires a reverse proxy, SSL, and an authentication layer. **OpenCode** exposes `opencode serve` as an HTTP server with an OpenAPI spec and an official SDK, which is exactly what you point CI at, and it needs the same protective layers in front of it.
That wiring is the actual work, and it is identical for both: a Linux box, Node or Bun, a process supervisor so the agent survives crashes, Caddy or nginx terminating SSL, authentication in front of the endpoint, a firewall, and backups of the session or workspace directory.
[**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) removes that step for both paths. [**Managed DeepSeek Harness hosting**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness) deploys dsh with the proxy, SSL, authentication, supervision, and daily backups already wired, at $9.99/month, one of the first managed dsh services anywhere. For headless OpenCode, [**xCloud’s Node.js hosting**](https://xcloud.host/node-js-hosting/) gives you the same managed foundation to run `opencode serve` behind SSL. It is the same one-click playbook the platform proved with [**OpenClaw hosting**](https://xcloud.host/openclaw-hosting/) and [**Hermes Agent hosting**](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-hosting/), which as of April 2026 was the only fully managed Hermes service on the market.
Worth being straight about: if you only use a coding agent interactively on your own machine, you do not need hosting at all, and neither tool is worse for running locally. Hosting earns its keep the moment the agent needs to be reachable, scheduled, or shared.
**Deploy DeepSeek Harness in about five minutes:** [**start at app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness)**.**
## Video: The Architecture Behind DeepSeek Harness
For a visual walkthrough of the plugin model that separates dsh from every other coding agent, DevsKingdom’s breakdown is the clearest primer available: [**Deepseek Harness: Everything is a Plugin (YouTube)**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe-aHJLC5UU).
## Common Mistakes When Choosing Between Them
- **Trusting early benchmarks.** Much of the “DeepSeek harness” performance testing online tested unrelated wrappers, not the official DeepSeek AI project.
- **Replacing a working setup on launch week.** If OpenCode already ships your code, run dsh beside it on a non-critical repo instead of switching.
- **Reading old OpenCode tutorials.** Guides describing a Go codebase predate the TypeScript rewrite; check what lineage a tutorial covers before following it.
- **Exposing either agent without auth.** Both can run shell commands. A publicly reachable endpoint without authentication hands a shell to the internet.
- **Comparing model quality instead of harness quality.** Same model, different harness, different result. Hold the model fixed or you are measuring the wrong thing.
## Frequently Asked Questions
### What is the difference between DeepSeek Harness and OpenCode?
OpenCode is a mature terminal-first coding agent with Plan and Build modes, LSP code intelligence, and 75+ model providers. DeepSeek Harness is a plugin-based agent runtime where the model, tools, session store, sandbox, loop, and UI are all replaceable components, accessed through a browser UI. OpenCode optimizes the daily coding workflow; dsh optimizes how much of the runtime you can rebuild.
### Which is better for daily coding work in 2026?
OpenCode, for most developers. It is production-used by millions monthly, has LSP integration and IDE surfaces, and is past the breaking-changes phase. DeepSeek Harness is a v0.1 developer preview, which makes it a strong second agent for experimentation rather than the tool you depend on for shipping deadlines.
### Can both run DeepSeek V4 models?
Yes. OpenCode includes DeepSeek in its 75+ provider catalog, and DeepSeek Harness supports DeepSeek alongside Anthropic, OpenAI, Bedrock, Vertex, Azure, and any OpenAI-compatible endpoint. Neither locks you to one vendor, so model choice should not decide your harness choice.
### Is DeepSeek Harness faster or better at coding than OpenCode?
There is no trustworthy head-to-head evidence yet, and any published this soon after launch deserves skepticism. Two harnesses using the same model differ in tool calls, context handling, and error recovery, so run the controlled trial described above on your own repository rather than trusting a leaderboard.
### Which one has better model support?
OpenCode, on breadth: 75+ documented providers plus local models through Ollama, and an optional Zen tier that routes by benchmarked performance. DeepSeek Harness covers the major clouds (Bedrock, Vertex, Azure) plus custom OpenAI-compatible endpoints, which is enough for most teams but a shorter list.
### Can I use both together?
Yes, and it is a reasonable setup. Keep OpenCode as the daily driver in your terminal and run dsh for experiments, plugin development, or work that benefits from session replay. dsh can also delegate to Claude Code and Codex binaries as subagents, so it can sit above other tools rather than replacing them.
### Does either one need a GPU?
No. Both call hosted model APIs by default, so your machine or server only runs agent logic, which is CPU-light. A GPU matters only if you serve a local model yourself through Ollama or vLLM, and that choice is independent of which agent you pick.
### Can OpenCode run on a server instead of my laptop?
Yes. `opencode serve` starts a headless HTTP server with an OpenAPI spec at `/doc`, and there is an official `@opencode-ai/sdk` for driving it programmatically. Put it behind SSL and authentication, supervise the process, and CI or teammates can reach it. [**Managed Node.js hosting**](https://xcloud.host/node-js-hosting/) handles that foundation if you would rather not wire it yourself.
### Why can’t I reach the DeepSeek Harness Web UI on my server?
It binds to `127.0.0.1:3080`, localhost only, by design. Use an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 3080:127.0.0.1:3080 user@server`) for quick access, or put an SSL-terminated, authenticated reverse proxy in front of it. Never bind it to `0.0.0.0` on a public IP without those layers, since the agent can run shell commands.
### I followed an OpenCode tutorial and the commands do not match. Why?
Almost certainly a fork mismatch. The original project was maintained by Charm and later split; the widely used version today is the SST/Anomaly TypeScript rewrite, while Charm’s continuation is named Crush. Tutorials describing a Go codebase and Bubble Tea TUI belong to the earlier lineage.
### My agent lost its session history after a rebuild. How do I prevent that?
Both tools keep state on disk: dsh in its session-log data directory, OpenCode in its local session store and `AGENTS.md`. If you run either in Docker, mount that directory as a named volume, otherwise every rebuild wipes it. On a VPS or managed instance, keep the data directory on persistent disk and back it up.
### How do these compare to OpenClaw and Hermes Agent?
Different category. OpenCode and dsh are coding agents; OpenClaw and Hermes Agent are general-purpose assistants built around messaging channels and persistent memory. The [**DeepSeek Harness vs OpenClaw vs Hermes Agent comparison**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness-vs-openclaw-vs-hermes-agent/) covers that side, and dsh appears in both because its plugin kernel spans the two use cases.
## Conclusion: Stability or Composability?
The honest 2026 answer: **OpenCode if you write code for a living, DeepSeek Harness if you build the tools that write code.**
OpenCode earned its 160,000 stars by being unglamorous and reliable. Plan mode, LSP awareness, 75+ providers, and a headless server mode add up to a tool that fits the day you already have. DeepSeek Harness earned its four-day star curve by proposing that the runtime should be yours to rebuild, and that idea will likely outlive the current release candidate even if v0.1 does not survive contact with your production repo.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your goal
Best choice
Why
Ship code today with fewer surprises
**OpenCode**
Mature, LSP-aware, Plan mode prevents damage
Build custom agent infrastructure
**DeepSeek Harness**
Every core component is replaceable
Widest model and provider choice
**OpenCode**
75+ providers plus free local models
Debug agent runs forensically
**DeepSeek Harness**
Fork and replay any session
Avoid the terminal
**DeepSeek Harness**
Browser UI by default
Run an agent your CI can call
**Either, hosted**
`opencode serve` or the dsh headless profile
**What to do this week:** Install both, they are free, and give each the same real task from your backlog with the same model. An afternoon of controlled comparison beats a month of reading. If the winner needs to keep working after you close the laptop, [**deploy it managed on xCloud**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness), where dsh is one click and headless OpenCode runs on managed Node.js, both with SSL, supervision, and backups handled, and a 14-day money-back guarantee if it does not earn its place.
For more comparisons on AI coding agents and the open-source stack behind them, [**subscribe to the xCloud blog**](https://xcloud.host/blog/) or join the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community).
---
# Defending Against the 12 Major Client Side Security Threats in 2025 - xCloud
> Learn how to defend against the 12 major client side security threats. From XSS to SQL Injection, our guide offers essential tips to protect your data and privacy.
Today, we all use the internet for work, to learn new things, and to talk to our friends. But, when we use the internet, there are dangers that can hurt our computers or steal our information. These dangers are called **major client side security threats**.
In 2025, these threats are very smart and can trick many people. We need to know about these dangers so we can keep our computers and information safe. Today, we will talk about the 12 major client side security threats and how we can protect ourselves from them. Let us start learning about how to keep our internet time safe!
## **What Are Client Side Security Threats?**
Major client side security threats are problems that happen when bad people try to attack the part of your computer or phone that you use to look at websites or use apps. These are the areas where you put in information like your names, passwords, and other details. When you interact with the internet directly, that is where these threats come in.
Think of your device like your house. If someone wanted to sneak in, they might try the windows, doors, or even the mailbox. In the world of computers and phones, major client side security threats are like these sneaky ways that hackers try to get into your device. They might trick you into opening a bad email, clicking on a harmful link, or downloading something that looks fun but is actually dangerous.
By understanding these threats, you can learn how to lock the doors and windows of your device better. This way, you can keep your personal information safe from hackers who want to steal it. So, it is very important to know about these major client side security threats and how to stop them from affecting you and your family.
## **The 12 Major Client Side Security Threats in 2025**
It is important to understand these threats because they target the part of your computer system that you interact with directly, like your web browser and applications. By learning about these issues, you can be better prepared to stop hackers before they can do any damage. So, let us discuss what these major client side security threats are and how you can defend against them to keep your digital life safe and secure.
### **Threat 1: Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)**
One of the big dangers on the internet is called Cross-Site Scripting, or XSS for short. XSS is a kind of attack where bad people put harmful scripts into websites that we trust. Imagine you are writing on a wall where everyone can write. Someone could write something bad that makes your pen stop working or messes up your drawing. That is a bit like how XSS works on websites.
When you visit a website hit by XSS, these harmful scripts run on your computer without you knowing. This can lead to bad people stealing your personal information, like your passwords or even your messages. It is scary because you can not easily see it happening. Here are some simple steps we can take to protect ourselves from XSS:
1. **Be Careful Where You Click:** Just like you would not pick up a candy from the ground and eat it, do not click on links from people or places you do not trust. Sometimes, these links can have hidden scripts that cause XSS attacks.
2. **Use Trusted Extensions:** Some browser extensions can help keep you safe. They check the websites you visit and make sure there is nothing suspicious. It is like having a guard who checks if the wall you are writing on is safe.
3. **Keep Your Browser Updated:** Make sure the internet browser you use (like Chrome, Firefox, or Edge) is always updated. When a browser is up-to-date, it has the latest protection against many types of attacks, including XSS.
4. **Watch Out for Warnings:** Sometimes, your browser will warn you if a website looks dangerous. Always pay attention to these warnings. It is like a stop sign on the road telling you to be careful.
### **Threat 2: SQL Injection**
[**SQL injection**](https://wpdeveloper.com/fortify-wordpress-site-from-sql-injection-9-ways/) is another serious major client side security threats. It happens when bad people use web forms or URLs to send bad code to a website’s database. Think of it like slipping a fake ticket into a movie theater that tricks the ticket checker into letting more people in for free.
Databases hold all the important information, like user details and passwords. When someone does an SQL injection, they can trick the database into showing or changing information that they should not see or touch. This can lead to big problems, like stealing private information or messing up the website. Here are some ways to protect ourselves from SQL injection:
1. **Be Careful with Your Information:** Be thoughtful about where and how you enter your personal information online. Only fill out forms on websites you trust, and never give more information than you need to.
2. **Use Strong Passwords:** Using strong and unique passwords for different sites is like having a good lock on your door. It makes it harder for hackers to guess and use your passwords to attack databases.
3. **Keep Software Updated:** Just like with defending against XSS, keeping your software updated helps protect against SQL injection. Updates often fix security holes that hackers use to perform these attacks.
4. **Learn to Recognize Phishing Attempts:** Often, SQL injection attacks start with a phishing attempt, where you receive a fake email asking for your information. Knowing how to spot these fake emails can stop SQL injection attacks before they start.
### **Threat 3: CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery)**
**Cross-Site Request Forgery**, often called **CSRF**, is another major client side security threat that we need to be careful about. CSRF tricks you into doing things you did not mean to do on a website where you are logged in. If someone secretly changed your TV channel using another remote while you thought you were using yours.
CSRF can happen when you click on a bad link or visit a harmful website while you are logged into another site, like your email or bank account. This bad site can send a request, like changing your password, without you knowing. This is dangerous because it can let bad people take over your accounts or steal your personal info. Here is how you can protect yourself from CSRF:
1. **Log Out of Websites:** Always log out from websites when you are done, especially ones where you have important information like your bank or email. It is like locking your car after you park it.
2. **Be Careful with Links:** Just like with other threats, be very careful about clicking on links, especially in emails from people you do not know. If a link looks weird or you did not expect it, do not click on it.
3. **Use Security Features:** Some websites have features that help protect against CSRF. This might include things like “same-site cookies” which make sure requests come from the same website, not a bad one. Always turn on extra security features when you can.
4. **Update Your Browser:** Keep your internet browser updated. New updates often have better security that helps protect against threats like CSRF.
### **Threat 4: Session Hijacking**
**Session hijacking** is another major client side security threat that we should all know about. This happens when a bad person takes over your online session with a website. For example, if you were playing a video game online and someone else took your controller and started playing as you. That is kind of what happens during session hijacking.
When you log in to a website, a session is started between your computer and the website. It is like a secret handshake that keeps you connected. If someone steals that handshake, they can pretend to be you. They might see your private information, buy things with your money, or change your account details. Here is how you can fight against session hijacking:
1. **Use HTTPS:** Always make sure the websites you use have HTTPS in the URL, not just HTTP. HTTPS is more secure because it encrypts, or scrambles, your information so others can not easily see it. It is like sending a letter in a locked box instead of a clear envelope.
2. **Log Out after Use:** Always log out from websites when you are finished, especially if you are using a public computer or Wi-Fi. This closes your session safely.
3. **Be Wary of Public Wi-Fi:** Public Wi-Fi can be risky because it is easier for [hackers to intercept the data](/data-leakage-examples-and-tips-to-fight/) you send and receive. If you must use public Wi-Fi, avoid logging into important accounts or use a VPN (Virtual Private Network) which makes your connection more secure.
4. **Keep Your Software Updated:** This includes your web browser and any security software you have. Updates often include fixes for security problems that could allow session hijacking.
### **Threat 5: Insecure Direct Object References**
Insecure **Direct Object References**, often abbreviated as IDOR, is a major client side security threat that can allow bad people to see or change information they should not have access to. if you could see someone else’s report card by just changing a number on a website. That is what happens with IDOR.
This threat occurs when a website uses simple references to access objects directly, like database entries or files. If these references are not protected well, someone could change them to access other users’ data, like personal details or files. Here is how we can protect ourselves from IDOR:
1. **Be Careful with Your Information:** Always think twice before you enter personal information on a website. Make sure the website is trustworthy and has good security measures in place.
2. **Check URL Changes:** Sometimes, just looking at the URL in your web browser can tell you if the website is using simple object references. Be cautious if you see a number or a name in the URL that looks like it controls what you see on the page.
3. **Use Websites with Good Security Practices:** Websites that have strong security measures are less likely to be vulnerable to IDOR. These websites use methods that hide the direct references or check that you are allowed to see what you are asking for.
4. **Keep Your Browser Updated:** Again, having the latest updates for your web browser can help protect you from many major client side security threats, including IDOR. Browser updates often include new security tools that make it harder for hackers to exploit vulnerabilities.
### **Threat 6: Security Misconfiguration**
**Security Misconfiguration** is a major client side security threat that happens when websites or online services are not set up correctly. For instance, if someone forgot to close a window in their house before leaving. If a thief walks by, it would be easy for them to get in. This is similar to what happens when an online service is not configured properly hackers find it easier to sneak in.
This threat can occur in many ways, such as when default passwords are not changed, unnecessary services are left running, or when software is not set up securely. Each of these issues can create openings that bad people can use to access private information or disrupt services. Here is how to protect against security misconfiguration:
1. **Update and Patch:** Always keep your software up-to-date. Updates fix security holes that hackers might use to get into your systems.
2. **Secure Settings:** When setting up new devices or software, change default settings, passwords, and usernames to something secure. This includes turning off or removing any software features you do not need.
3. **Regular Security Reviews:** Regularly check your security settings to make sure everything is as tight as it should be. This is like making sure all the windows and doors in your house are locked before you leave.
4. **Educate Yourself:** Learn about the best security practices for the software and devices you use. The more you know, the better you can protect yourself from hackers.
### **Threat 7: Sensitive Data Exposure**
**Sensitive Data Exposure** is a major client side security threat where our personal and important data can be stolen or seen by others who should not have access to it. Think of it like leaving your diary open on a park bench where anyone walking by could read it.
This kind of exposure can happen when websites do not protect our data well enough. It could be anything from your passwords and credit card numbers to your home address and phone number. If bad people get this information, they can steal from you or pretend to be you. Here is how to protect yourself from sensitive data exposure:
1. **Use Strong Passwords:** Make sure you use strong and different passwords for your online accounts. A strong password is like a strong lock on your diary. It makes it harder for someone to open it and read your secrets.
2. **Look for HTTPS:** Always check that the website you are using has HTTPS in its URL. This means the site is more secure. It is like making sure your diary has a lock before you write in it.
3. **Be Careful What You Share:** Think carefully about the information you put online. Ask yourself if you really need to give this information. It is like thinking twice before you write something really personal in your diary.
4. **Use Security Settings:** Many websites and apps have settings that help protect your privacy. Make sure you understand these settings and use them to keep your information safe. It is like covering your diary with something so people can not easily see it.
### **Threat 8: Missing Function Level Access Control**
**Missing Function Level Access Control** is a major client side security threat that happens when websites do not properly check if someone has the right to do something, like viewing private files or changing settings. Imagine if anyone at your school could go into the office and look at any student’s records just because the door was unlocked. That is similar to what happens with this threat.
This threat means that once someone is logged into a system, they might access things they should not be able to, just because the website does not check their permissions carefully each time. This can lead to unauthorized changes or exposure of sensitive information. Here is how we can protect ourselves from missing function level access control:
1. **Be Cautious About Where You Log In:** Only log into accounts from your own devices and from secure locations. This makes it less likely that someone else will be able to access your logged-in session.
2. **Use Websites with Good Security Practices:** Choose to use services and websites that are known for their strong security. These websites are better at managing who can see what, making sure only the right people get access to sensitive actions.
3. **Keep an Eye on Your Account Activities:** Regularly check the logs of your online accounts, if available. This means looking at what has been done with your account to see if there is anything you did not do.
4. **Educate Yourself About Security Features:** Understanding the security features and settings available on the platforms you use can help you better protect your accounts. This is like knowing all the exits and doors in your house so you can make sure they are all locked.
### **Threat 9: Using Components with Known Vulnerabilities**
Using Components with Known Vulnerabilities is a major client side security threat that happens when websites use old or unsafe software that has problems that bad people know about. It is like using an old lock on your door that everyone knows can be easily picked.
When websites or apps use these old parts (or components), it gives hackers a chance to break in because they already know what weaknesses these parts have. They can steal information, mess up the website, or even take over the website completely. Here is how you can protect yourself from this threat:
1. **Update Your Software:** Always make sure the software on your devices is up-to-date. Updates often fix old problems that could let hackers in. It is like changing an old lock for a new, stronger one.
2. **Use Reliable Software:** When you choose software, pick ones that are well-known for being safe and get regular updates. It is like choosing a lock for your door that is made by a trusted brand.
3. **Stay Informed:** Keep an eye on news about software you use. If you hear about a problem, look for updates or a way to fix it. This is like knowing that a certain type of lock has been recalled for safety issues.
4. **Secure Configuration:** Make sure your software is set up safely. Sometimes, the way software is set up can leave it open to attacks. It is like making sure your door’s lock is not just installed, but also properly working.
### **Threat 10: Unvalidated Redirects and Forwards**
Unvalidated Redirects and Forwards a major client side security threat where websites send you to other websites without checking if those destinations are safe. Think of it like being told to take a shortcut by someone you do not know, without knowing where it really goes. This can be risky because it might lead you to a dangerous place.
When websites do not properly check where they are sending you, hackers can trick the site into sending you to a bad website. This bad site might look real but can be set up to steal your information, like passwords or even install harmful software on your device. Here is how to protect yourself from unvalidated redirects and forwards:
1. **Stay Alert to URL Changes:** Watch the web address bar in your browser. If you click on a link and the URL changes weirdly, be cautious. It is like keeping an eye on road signs to make sure you are still on the right path.
2. **Avoid Clicking Suspicious Links:** Be careful with links in emails, messages, or websites, especially if they look strange or come from someone you do not know. It is like ignoring advice from a stranger who seems shady.
3. **Use Trusted Websites:** Stick to well-known and trusted websites, especially when you need to enter personal information. Trusted sites are more likely to have the right security to prevent these threats.
4. **Keep Software Updated:** Ensuring your browser and any security software are up to date can help protect against threats that exploit unvalidated redirects and forwards.
### **Threat 11: Clickjacking**
[**Clickjacking**](/clickjacking-attack-examples-and-prevention/) is a sneaky major client side security threat where bad people trick you into clicking on something you did not mean to. Imagine if someone covered a real button with a fake button that looks just like it. You think you are clicking the real button, but actually, you press the fake one.
Clickjacking can happen when hackers hide invisible layers over what looks like normal web pages. You might think you are clicking on a video play button, but you are actually giving access to your webcam or liking a page on social media without knowing it.
Here is how you can defend against clickjacking:
1. **Use Modern Browsers:** Make sure you are using a modern and updated web browser. New browsers have better protection against many types of attacks, including clickjacking. They can block those invisible layers.
2. **Enable Browser Security Features:** Many browsers have features that stop bad pages from doing sneaky things. For example, frame busting is a feature that stops other sites from putting hidden frames on the page you are viewing.
3. **Be Cautious with Links and Buttons:** Be careful where you click, especially on websites you do not visit often. If something seems off, like a button not doing what it should, it is better to close the page.
4. **Use Security Software:** Some security programs can help protect against clickjacking by warning you about suspicious websites or blocking harmful content.
### **Threat 12: Using Outdated or Unsupported Software**
Using Outdated or Unsupported Software is a significant major client side security threat. This happens when you keep using old versions of software or apps that no longer get security updates from the creators. Imagine driving a car that has not been serviced for years; it is more likely to break down and is not as safe.
When software is outdated, it may have weaknesses that hackers know about and can easily attack. These attacks can lead to them stealing your private information, taking over your computer, or using it to attack others. Here is how to protect yourself from using outdated or unsupported software:
1. **Regular Updates:** Always update your software and apps whenever a new version is available. These updates often fix security problems that could let hackers in. It is like getting your car regularly checked and serviced to make sure it stays safe.
2. **Uninstall Unused Software:** If you have old programs on your computer that you do not use anymore, it is best to uninstall them. This reduces the chances of bad people finding and using old software to get into your computer.
3. **Use Supported Software:** Make sure the software you use is still supported by the people who made it. Unsupported software does not get updates, which makes it risky. It is like using equipment that no one fixes anymore.
4. **Security Software:** Have good security software installed. This can help protect you by blocking attacks and warning you about risky software on your computer.
## **Use of Security Tools and Best Practices**
Using the right tools and following best practices can greatly help in defending against major client side security threats. These tools and strategies ensure that your online activities remain safe and your personal information is well-protected. Here are some essential security tools and best practices to consider:
1. **Antivirus And Anti-Malware Software:** These are the first line of defense against many threats. They scan your computer for known viruses and malware, and help remove any threats found. Make sure to keep this software updated to protect against the latest threats.
2. **Firewalls:** A firewall helps protect your network by blocking unauthorized access while permitting outward communication. It can be software-based or hardware-based and is crucial for preventing unauthorized access to your network.
3. **VPN (Virtual Private Network):** A VPN encrypts your internet connection, making it secure and private. This is especially important when you are using public Wi-Fi networks, as it helps protect your data from major client side security threats like Man-in-the-Middle attacks.
4. **Browser Security Settings:** Increase your browser’s security by adjusting settings to block unauthorized downloads, disable unwanted plugins, and control site permissions. Regularly clear your cookies and cache to remove personal data stored by websites.
5. **Strong Passwords And Password Managers:** Use complex passwords that are hard to guess. A password manager can help you generate and store these passwords securely. Never reuse passwords across different sites.
6. **Two-Factor Authentication (2FA):** Always enable 2FA where possible. This adds an additional layer of security by requiring not only your password but also a second factor, like a code sent to your phone, to access your accounts.
7. **Regular Updates:** Keep all software, including your operating system, browser, and any installed applications, up to date. Developers regularly release updates to fix security vulnerabilities that could be exploited by attackers.
8. **Educate Yourself And Others:** Stay informed about the latest security threats and how to protect against them. Educate your family, friends, and colleagues about safe online practices to help them avoid common pitfalls.
By integrating these security tools and best practices into your daily online activities, you can enhance your defenses against major client side security threats. Maintaining a proactive approach to cybersecurity can significantly reduce the risk of falling victim to cyber attacks.
## **Fight Against Client Side Security Threats & Keep Your Online Platform Safe**
We have learned about the 12 major client side security threats that are especially important in 2025. By understanding these threats, we can take better steps to protect ourselves online. It involves being aware of the dangers, using the right tools to protect yourself, and always staying alert. We can fight off these major client side security threats and keep our digital space secure.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Discourage Search Engines from Indexing This Site: When & Why to Use This Option - xCloud
> Learn how to discourage search engines from indexing this site & why you need to do things that you're not supposed to do.
If you have explored the WordPress backend, you might have seen an option called **_‘Discourage search engines from indexing this site_**’ and wondered what it does. Is it a way to hide your site from search engines or keep your content private from unwanted visitors? While this option might seem like a quick fix, it is important to understand how it works and its limitations. In this blog, we will explain what this option does, its limitations & how you can do this using xCloud. Let us get started.
## **What Does “Discourage Search Engines from Indexing This Site” Mean?**
Ever wondered how search engines discover and rank your website? The answer lies in an automated program known as a spider—sometimes referred to as a robot or crawler. These digital scouts traverse the internet, visiting websites and logging content to build a vast index of information.
### **What Do Spiders Do?**
Spiders play a crucial role in how Google and other search engines interact with your site. Here is what they do:
- **Rank Your Website:** Spiders gather data to determine how your site should rank in search engine results.
- **Grab Snippets:** They extract content snippets from your articles to display on search results pages.
- **Pull Images:** Spiders collect images from your site for indexing in platforms like Google Images.
### **How WordPress Handles Crawling Instructions**
In WordPress, you have the option to control whether search engines can index your site. For example, if you enable the **‘Discourage search engines from indexing this site’** setting, here is what happens:
- **Robots.txt File Update:** WordPress modifies the robots.txt file, which provides guidelines to spiders about which parts of your site to crawl or ignore.
- **Meta Tag Addition:** It can also add a meta tag in your site’s header, instructing search engines like Google not to index any of your content.
This feature is helpful if your site is still under construction or if you prefer to keep it private. However, remember that discouraging search engines from indexing your site means it will not appear in search results, impacting your site’s visibility.
By understanding how spiders work and how to guide them effectively, you can better manage your website’s SEO and ensure it is optimized for search engines.
## **Why Would You Hide Your Website From Search Engines?**
[**Websites are built**](/guide-how-to-create-a-website/) to connect with audiences — to inform, engage, and encourage action. Whether you are sharing insightful articles, selling products, or creating captivating content, visibility is crucial. So, why would anyone intentionally block search engines from accessing their site?
Surprisingly, there are valid scenarios where deindexing part or all of your website makes sense. Let us explore the reasons and alternatives you might consider. Here are a few common reasons to hide your website (or parts of it).
- **Your Site is Under Development:** If your website is not ready for the public eye, you may not want search engines indexing incomplete pages or test content.
- **You Want Private Content Management:** WordPress can double as a private content management system, perfect for internal resources or personal projects you do not want to share publicly.
- **Protecting Sensitive Information:** Sometimes, websites house sensitive data you would rather keep away from prying eyes.
- **Restricting Access to Specific Groups:** If your content is designed for a niche audience — accessible via invitation or link only — keeping it off search engines makes sense.
- **Gated or Exclusive Content:** For paywalled articles or exclusive newsletters, deindexing ensures that only paying members or subscribers can access the content.
- **Archiving Old Content:** To improve user experience and maintain relevance, you may want to hide outdated or irrelevant articles from search engines.
- **Avoiding SEO Penalties:** Duplicate content, test pages, or unnecessary subdomains can hurt your site’s SEO ranking. Blocking search engines from these areas helps protect your main site.
### **Are There Better Alternatives?**
For some of these scenarios, alternative solutions can be more effective than deindexing:
- **Use a Local Development Server:** When building a new site, consider testing it on a private server or [**staging environment**](/create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/) rather than exposing it online.
- **Set Articles to Private:** WordPress allows you to mark pages or posts as private, keeping them hidden from public view and search engines.
- **Add Password Protection:** For sensitive or gated content, protect access using a secure password.
However, there are cases where deindexing remains the right choice. Whether it is protecting private resources or fine-tuning your SEO strategy, selectively blocking search engines is a legitimate tool in your website management toolkit.
Remember, striking the right balance between visibility and [**privacy ensures**](/defend-against-12-major-client-side-security-threats/) your website serves its purpose effectively. Speaking of it, xCloud is the platform that allows you to keep that right balance easily.
## **How to Discourage Search Engines from Indexing Your Site Using xCloud?**
Managing search engine visibility in [**xCloud**](/) is straightforward and versatile, allowing you to control whether search engines index your WordPress site. This feature is available in multiple locations within the xCloud dashboard, ensuring convenience and flexibility.
### **Search Engine Visibility in xCloud**
For live websites, it is recommended not to discourage search engines from indexing your site. When adding a new site, you will find the Search Engine Visibility option under “**More Advanced Settings**”, as shown below:
Remember, for the Staging & Demo site, this option is being discouraged by default. What if you do not check this option while adding a site? No worries. You can do it later; as we mentioned, we can use this option in multiple places on xCloud.
Once you log into your xCloud dashboard, click on ‘Sites’ and from the list of multiple sites (if you have) enter the sites for which you want to discourage search engine indexing.
On the resulting page, click on ‘Site Settings’ from the left side panel. Scroll down a bit to find the option ‘Search Engine Visibility’, click to turn on the toggle button, & hit the ‘Save Settings’ option to complete the configuration. Well, you’ve done your part, now it’s up to search engines to honor this request.
Once configured, your site’s visibility settings will request search engines not to index the site. However, it is ultimately up to the search engines to honor this directive.
_**Note:** Do not forget to uncheck the box while going back to live again._
With this simple process, you can effortlessly manage search engine visibility for your WordPress site directly from the xCloud dashboard, keeping your staging or demo environments private and ensuring best practices for live sites.
## **Make the Most of Search Engine Visibility Options with xCloud**
Deciding when to discourage search engines from indexing your site is essential for effective website management. Whether protecting sensitive content, staging a demo, or optimizing SEO, this option helps you control what gets indexed online.
xCloud simplifies the process with easy-to-use tools for managing search engine visibility, ensuring you can balance privacy and exposure effortlessly. Use this feature wisely to safeguard your content, streamline development, and keep your live sites optimized for search engines.
If you want to read more blogs like this one to learn about updates from xCloud, [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/). And join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect people with common interests.
---
# Django vs Node.js: Which Is Better for Web Development? - xCloud
> Learn Django vs Node.js for web development. Compare performance, scalability, security and developer experience to pick the right backend framework.
When new developers look for a suitable backend technology, they often find themselves comparing Django vs Node.js. Both languages are widely used for web development and each has strong features that fit different project needs. Choosing the right technology stack is one of the most critical decisions in web development.
Both technologies are important in web development. However, they have different purposes and work best in different situations. This blog explains Django and Node.js by looking at their design, strengths, limits and best uses. It will help you decide which one fits your project. Whether you are building a content system, a busy real‑time app or complex APIs, knowing these differences will guide you to the right choice
## **Introduction to Django And Node.js**
Modern web development relies on powerful frameworks and runtimes that handle the complex work of serving content to users. Django and Node.js have become two of the most popular choices for building web applications, yet they operate in very different ways.
### **What Is Django?**
**[Django](https://www.djangoproject.com/)** is a high-level web framework built with Python to help developers create web applications faster and in a cleaner way. It started as an internal tool for building dynamic news websites and later evolved into a full-featured framework trusted by developers around the world. Django focuses on clear structure, speed and security, which makes it a popular choice for modern web projects.
### **What Makes Django Special**
Discover what makes Django special, a secure, scalable Python framework built for rapid development. Check out how it helps developers build powerful web applications faster and with less effort:
- **Clean project structure:** Django follows the Model View Template pattern. Models manage data, views handle logic and templates control design. This keeps code organized and easy to maintain.
- **Built for rapid development:** Common features come ready to use so developers spend more time building features and less time on setup.
- **Batteries included framework
**Django includes an ORM, an authentication system, form handling and an admin dashboard by default.
- **Strong focus on security:** Built-in protection against CSRF, SQL injection and XSS helps keep applications safe.
- **Developer-friendly workflow:** Clear conventions reduce confusion and help teams work faster together.
- **Backed by a large community:** Django has strong documentation and community support, which makes learning and troubleshooting easier.
Django helps developers build reliable, secure and scalable web applications without unnecessary complexity.
### **What Is Node.js?**
[**Node.js**](/what-is-node-js-beginners-guide/) is a runtime environment that lets developers run JavaScript outside the browser. It was introduced in 2009 and is powered by the V8 engine used in Google Chrome. Node.js is known for its speed and ability to handle many tasks at the same time, which makes it a strong choice for modern web applications.
### **Why Developers Choose Node.js**
Discover why developers choose Node.js, a fast, scalable runtime that brings JavaScript across the stack to build modern, real‑time applications:
- **Runs JavaScript on the server:** Node.js allows the same language to be used on both frontend and backend, which simplifies full-stack development.
- **Event-driven** and non-blocking**:** It processes multiple requests at once without waiting for each task to finish. This makes it ideal for real-time features.
- **Great for real-time applications:** Common use cases include chat apps, live streaming platforms and collaboration tools.
- **Works well with popular frameworks:** Node.js is often paired with Express.js, Koa, or Nest.js to manage routing and middleware more easily.
- **Huge npm ecosystem:** npm provides access to thousands of open source packages that help developers build applications faster.
- **Flexible and lightweight:** Developers can combine small modules to create custom setups that fit their project needs.
Node.js helps teams build fast, scalable applications using a single language across the entire stack.
## **Django vs Node.js: What Is the Difference?**
Django and Node.js are two popular choices for building modern web applications, yet they follow very different approaches. Choosing the right backend technology can shape how fast your product grows and how easily your team can maintain it. One offers a structured framework with built in tools while the other focuses on speed, flexibility and real time performance. Understanding how Django and Node.js differ helps developers and businesses decide which option fits their project goals best.
**Aspect**
**Django**
**Node.js**
**Type**
Event-driven and non blocking
JavaScript runtime environment
**Primary Language**
Python
JavaScript
**Release Year**
2005
2009
**Architecture**
Model View Template pattern
High performance and real-time handling
**Core Purpose**
**Built-in Features**
Rapid development with a clean structure
The framework itself includes most tools
ORM, authentication, admin panel, security tools
Minimal core, relies on external libraries
**Framework Dependency**
Real-time apps, APIs, streaming services
Requires frameworks like Express or Nest
**Performance Model**
Synchronous by default with async support
Asynchronous and concurrent by design
**Best Use Cases**
Content-driven sites, dashboards, data-heavy apps
Easier for JavaScript-focused developers
**Learning Curve**
Easier for structured backend development
Strong built-in security protections
**Scalability**
Scales well with proper setup
Scales naturally for concurrent requests
**Security Focus**
Ready-to-use admin panel included
Security depends on selected packages
**Package Ecosystem**
Python ecosystem via pip
Massive npm package ecosystem
**Admin Interface**
No built-in admin solution
Faster for custom real-time systems
**Development Speed**
Faster for standard web apps
Faster for custom real time systems
## **Which Backend Technology Should You Choose?**
When it comes to building web applications, Django and Node.js are two of the most popular backend technologies. Each follows a different philosophy, offers unique strengths, and is suited for specific project requirements. Understanding their architecture, performance, ecosystem and security will help you make an informed choice.
### **Architecture And Framework Philosophy**
Django follows a monolithic **[Model View Template (MVT)](https://www.tutorialspoint.com/django/django_mvt.htm)** pattern, providing a structured environment where models manage data, views handle logic and templates control presentation. It comes with built in tools like an ORM, an admin panel and authentication, allowing developers to focus on building features rather than wiring components together.
🐍
view-example.py
\# Django view example
from django.shortcuts import render
from .models import Article
def home(request):
articles = Article.objects.all()
return render(request, 'home.html', {'articles': articles})
In contrast, Node.js uses an event-driven, non-blocking I/O model. It is modular and often paired with frameworks such as Express.js or Nest.js, giving teams flexibility to choose only the libraries they need.
📄
Express-example.js
// Node.js Express example
const express = require('express');
const app = express();
app.get('/', (req, res) => {
res.send('Hello World from Node.js!');
});
app.listen(3000, () => console.log('Server running on port 3000'));
### **Language And Ecosystem**
Django runs on Python, a language known for readability and a vast library ecosystem. Python excels in data processing, machine learning, and scientific computing, making Django particularly suitable for projects that integrate with these domains.
Node.js, on the other hand, uses JavaScript, a language already familiar to many web developers. Running the same language on the frontend and backend simplifies full-stack development. Its npm registry hosts hundreds of thousands of packages, enabling developers to assemble lightweight, customized solutions for almost any requirement.
**Feature**
**Django (Python)**
**Node.js (JavaScript)**
Language Focus
Backend & data-heavy apps
Real time and web apps
Libraries
Data analysis, ML, web tools
Web, APIs, streaming
Community
Mature and stable
Large and fast evolving
### **Performance And Concurrency**
Django operates on a synchronous request-response cycle, which makes it well-suited for CPU-bound tasks and data-heavy applications. Handling high concurrency requires additional tools or multiple servers.
Node.js’s event-driven and asynchronous design allows a single thread to manage thousands of connections simultaneously. This makes Node.js ideal for chat apps, streaming platforms and other real-time applications where speed and scalability under load are critical.
📄
handling-multiple-requests.js
// Node.js example of handling multiple requests asynchronously
const http = require('http');
http.createServer((req, res) => {
setTimeout(() => { // simulate async operation
res.write('Response handled asynchronously');
res.end();
}, 1000);
}).listen(3000);
### **Scalability And Reliability**
Scalability and reliability are key factors when building applications that need to handle growth in traffic or data. **Django** is designed to scale **horizontally**, meaning you can run multiple instances of your application on different servers behind a load balancer. This allows the system to handle more users by distributing the workload across several machines.
For applications that require **real-time features** like chat or notifications, Django can use **Django Channels**, which adds support for WebSockets and asynchronous tasks. However, because Django operates with a synchronous request-response model by default, handling extremely high numbers of concurrent users may require **extra servers, worker processes or caching strategies** to maintain performance.
[**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) is designed for handling many connections at the same time and scaling easily across multiple servers. Its **event-driven, non-blocking** model allows a single Node process to manage thousands of users at once. Developers can use **clustering tools** to run multiple instances on different CPU cores, and **process managers like PM2** help distribute traffic and keep the system running even if one process fails. This makes Node.js ideal for applications that need to handle **rapid growth or sudden spikes**, such as streaming services, online games or real-time collaboration tools.
### **Security And Safety**
Security is one of Django’s strongest features. It comes with **built-in protections** against common web threats such as [**XSS (Cross-Site Scripting)**](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/Security/Attacks/XSS), [**CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery)**](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/Security/Attacks/CSRF) and [**SQL injection**](https://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_injection.asp). Django also **hashes passwords securely**, manages user sessions safely, and includes tools to prevent clickjacking. The best part is that **many of these protections are enabled by default**, so even developers who are new to web development can build applications that follow security best practices without extra effort.
Node.js, on the other hand, is more **modular and flexible**, but that means it doesn’t include as many security features out of the box. Developers need to **configure protections manually** or rely on third-party packages to secure their applications. While Node.js supports **SSL and TLS** for secure data transmission, setting them up requires additional steps. Because of this, building a secure Node.js application often demands more attention and experience, especially when handling user data or sensitive information.
## **Which Framework Offers Better Learning And Community Support?**
Developer experience and community support are important when choosing a backend framework. Django and Node.js work differently and knowing their strengths can help your team build projects faster, avoid problems and achieve better results.
### **Development Experience And Learning Curve**
Django provides **rapid development** with its built-in ORM, admin panel and templating system. These tools reduce boilerplate code, enforce best practices and speed up delivery. Python developers often find it easy to use, though the structured approach may feel restrictive for those who prefer full flexibility.
Node.js offers **flexibility and modularity** but it requires more initial setup. Developers choose frameworks like Express.js or Nest.js and assemble the stack they need. This freedom suits experienced developers, but beginners may find it overwhelming. Knowledge of **asynchronous programming**, including callbacks, promises, and async/await, is essential to use Node effectively.
### **Community Support**
The Django community is **mature and stable**, active since 2005. Long-term support (LTS) releases guarantee updates and security patches over extended periods. Developers benefit from extensive documentation, tutorials, third-party packages and forums. While smaller than Node’s community, it is known for **reliability and thorough guidance**.
Node.js has a **fast-growing and vibrant community**. A large pool of developers, active discussions on forums, and abundant learning resources make it easy to get help. The sheer size of the ecosystem requires careful evaluation of resources and packages to ensure quality and security.
## **Django And Node.js Side-by-Side Coding Comparison**
Code examples help illustrate how Django and Node.js differ in real projects. The examples below show **basic routing and response handling**, highlighting differences in syntax and workflow. These snippets are simple and meant for learning; they are not production-ready.
A basic route is one of the simplest ways to see how Django and Node.js handle requests and responses. In this example, we create a small endpoint that returns a greeting message.
### **Django Hello Endpoint**
In Django, a **view function** handles an incoming request and returns a response. The URL configuration maps a path to that function.
🐍
django-hello-endpoint.py
\# views.py
from django.http import HttpResponse
def hello\_view(request):
return HttpResponse("Hello world from Django!")
\# urls.py
from django.urls import path
from .views import hello\_view
urlpatterns = \[
path('hello/', hello\_view),
\]
**Output:**
Here, hello\_view receives a request object and returns a simple text response. When a user visits /hello/, Django calls the view and returns the greeting.
### **Node.js Hello Endpoint**
In Node.js, developers often use **Express.js** to handle routing. The following example creates a similar endpoint:
📄
app.js
// app.js
const express = require('express');
const app = express();
app.get('/hello', (req, res) => {
res.send('Hello world from Node!');
});
app.listen(3000, () => {
console.log('Server running on port 3000');
});
**Output:**
Here, app.get registers a handler for GET requests to /hello and uses a callback to send a response. The app.listen function starts the server on port 3000. Node.js uses **JavaScript syntax** and asynchronous callbacks, while Django uses **Python syntax** and declarative URL mapping.
## **Django vs Node.js: Pros, Cons And Key Differences**
A clear understanding of Django and Node.js strengths and limitations ensures projects succeed. Both frameworks have unique features that suit different scenarios, and the right choice depends on project requirements, team skills and goals. The table below highlights key advantages and disadvantages of each framework.
**Framework**
**Advantages**
**Disadvantages**
**Django**
🟢 Rapid development with built-in tools like ORM and admin panel
🟢 Strong security out of the box (XSS, CSRF, SQL injection)Structured and stable architecture
🟢 Extensive Python ecosystem for data, ML, and scientific computing
🟢 Scales well with multiple instances and Django Channels
🔴 Less suitable for high-concurrency real-time apps
🔴 Prescribed structure limits flexibility
🔴 Overhead may feel heavy for small projects
**Node.js**
🟢 High concurrency and fast I/O with event-driven architecture
Uses JavaScript across frontend and backend
Flexible, modular ecosystem via npm
🟢 Ideal for real-time apps, microservices and streaming platforms
🟢 Lightweight and easy for small projects
🔴 Security features require manual setup and careful configuration
🔴 Learning asynchronous programming can be challenging
🔴 Inconsistent quality of some npm packages
🔴 Less efficient for CPU-heavy or data-intensive tasks
## **When to Choose Django Or Node.js?**
The right backend technology determines how efficiently a project runs and how easily a team can maintain it. Django and Node.js are both powerful, yet they excel in different areas. Django handles **data-heavy tasks and administrative workflows** with built-in tools and a structured approach, while Node.js performs best in **real-time applications** that require high concurrency and fast responses.
A **hybrid setup** combining both technologies allows teams to leverage the strengths of each, using tools like **Redis or message queues** to pass data between services efficiently. This guide explains when to use Django, Node.js, or a combination of both.
### **Use Django When**
Django is ideal for projects that require structured data handling, security and rapid development. **It works best if you are:**
- Building a **content management system, an enterprise application, or a platform with complex data**. Django’s ORM and admin panel make it easier to manage schemas and business rules.
- Focusing on **security and compliance**. Built-in protections against XSS, CSRF, SQL injection and secure password handling help safeguard user data.
- Using **Python or having a team experienced in Python**. The language’s readability and libraries for data analysis or machine learning can accelerate development.
- Prioritizing **speed to market**. Django’s batteries-included approach reduces setup time and lets you release applications faster.
### **Use Node.js When**
Node.js shines in projects that require real-time features, flexibility and high concurrency. **It is a good choice if you are:**
- Developing a **real-time application** like chat apps, online games, or collaborative tools. Node’s event-driven, non-blocking model handles thousands of simultaneous connections efficiently.
- Looking to **use one language across the stack**. JavaScript on both frontend and backend allows code sharing and simplifies hiring and team training.
- Building **customized architectures**. Node lets you choose only the modules you need and easily create microservices or serverless solutions.
- Working on **I/O bound applications** where fast responses are critical. Node performs well when requests spend time waiting on databases or external services.
## **Django vs Node.js: Cost And Resource Considerations for Web Projects**
Project budgets and infrastructure requirements play a crucial role in selecting the right backend technology. Evaluating the costs and resource needs of Django and Node.js helps teams plan effectively, reduce surprises and allocate budgets wisely.
### **Resource Usage And Hosting Costs**
Django applications generally consume more memory and CPU per instance due to Python’s memory overhead and the synchronous request model. This means servers often need higher specifications. Recent Python improvements have narrowed this gap but hosting costs can still be higher compared to Node.js.
[**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) is highly efficient in resource usage. A single Node.js instance can handle thousands of simultaneous connections with minimal memory, making it ideal for high-concurrency applications. This efficiency can reduce hosting expenses, particularly for apps serving many users or running in cloud environments.
### **Development And Staffing Costs**
Development costs usually outweigh hosting costs. Django’s comprehensive tools, built-in features, and structured approach often allow faster development, lowering overall project costs despite higher hosting requirements.
Staffing expenses vary. Python developers with Django expertise often command competitive salaries, while JavaScript developers are more abundant due to the language’s popularity. Skilled Node.js backend developers are in demand, particularly for high-performance or real-time applications.
### **Maintenance And Long-Term Costs**
Django emphasizes **stability and backward compatibility**, reducing long-term maintenance. Applications typically require fewer updates and major refactoring. Long-term support (LTS) releases allow organizations to delay upgrades without compromising security.
Node.js projects need **frequent dependency updates** to maintain security and compatibility. The fast-paced JavaScript ecosystem means packages evolve rapidly, which requires ongoing attention and investment to avoid breaking changes.
### **Infrastructure And DevOps Considerations**
Django often uses traditional deployment setups, such as Gunicorn or uWSGI behind reverse proxies. These models are well-documented and widely supported, making infrastructure management predictable.
Node.js excels in **modern cloud-native architectures**, including containerized or serverless deployments. Its lightweight runtime and fast startup times make it highly scalable, but implementing these solutions requires **DevOps expertise** and infrastructure investment.
## **Get Started with the Right Backend Today**
Django and Node.js both offer powerful features but the key is matching the technology to your project’s needs. Django delivers a structured, secure and feature-rich environment perfect for data-heavy or enterprise applications, while Node.js provides flexibility, high concurrency and real-time capabilities ideal for chat apps, streaming platforms and microservices.
Now that you understand their differences in architecture, performance, security and scalability, it is time to take action. Define your project goals, evaluate your team’s expertise and decide whether Django, Node.js or a hybrid approach best fits your requirements.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions. Do not wait, turn your ideas into reality today. And do not forget to share what you have built. We would love to see your work.
## **Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) on Django vs Node.js**
**The decision between Django and Node.js** can be challenging due to the many opinions online. This FAQ provides the most common questions developers ask about these two popular backend technologies. It also includes questions often raised in AI and LLM contexts, helping readers make informed choices for 2026 and beyond.
### **1\. Which one is better for 2026, Node.js or Django?**
There is no one-size-fits-all answer. Django is ideal for projects that require **robust data handling, security, and rapid development**, while Node.js excels at **real-time applications, high concurrency, and modern cloud architectures**. The “better” framework depends on your project type, team skills and long-term goals.
### **2\. Should I learn Node.js if I already know Django?**
Yes, learning Node.js can expand your options. Django provides strong **Python-based full-stack development**, while Node.js allows **JavaScript across the frontend and backend**, which is useful for real-time apps and microservices. Knowing both increases your versatility as a developer.
### **3\. Which framework should I learn first: Django or Node.js?**
If you are new to web development and prefer **structured, beginner-friendly frameworks**, Django is a great starting point. If you enjoy **flexible, event-driven architectures** and plan to work with real-time apps, Node.js is a better choice. Your choice also depends on the language you prefer: Python (Django) or JavaScript (Node.js).
### **4\. Is Node.js faster than Django?**
Node.js handles **many concurrent requests efficiently** thanks to its event-driven, non-blocking I/O model. Django, being synchronous by default, may handle fewer simultaneous connections but performs well for **CPU-bound tasks** and data-heavy applications. Speed depends on the type of workload.
### **5\. Which is better for web development: Node.js or Django?**
Django is better for **data-driven websites, enterprise apps, and projects requiring strong security**. Node.js is better for **real-time apps, streaming services, and APIs** that need **high concurrency**. Both frameworks are widely used for web development; the choice depends on your project goals.
### **6\. What Node.js framework is most similar to Django?**
Express.js or Nest.js are commonly compared to Django. **Express.js** is minimal and flexible, while **Nest.js** is more structured and uses decorators and modules similar to Django’s approach, making it easier to implement large-scale applications.
### **7\. Is Django underrated and Node.js overrated?**
Both frameworks have strong use cases. Django may feel less trendy because it is Python-based but it excels in **security, maintainability and rapid development**. Node.js is popular for **real-time and high-concurrency apps** but it requires careful dependency management. Neither is overrated or underrated, they fit different project needs.
### **8\. Should I quit Django and move to Node.js?**
Switching frameworks depends on your goals. If your projects require **real-time applications or microservices**, Node.js might be worth learning. If you are building **data-heavy applications, CMS or enterprise apps**, Django remains a strong choice. Learning Node.js does not mean quitting Django; many developers use both in different projects.
### **9\. Django vs Flask or Node.js: Which should I pick?**
Flask is lightweight and flexible, perfect for small applications or microservices. Django provides a full-stack solution with batteries included, ideal for larger projects. Node.js is suited for real-time apps and high-concurrency workloads. Choose based on **project** size, complexity and preferred language.
### **10\. How do Django and Node.js compare for modern development trends?**
Django remains strong for **enterprise, data-driven and secure applications**. Node.js dominates **real-time applications, microservices, serverless architectures and modern cloud development**. Understanding the differences helps you pick a framework aligned with 2026 trends.
---
# Docker Hosting - xCloud
> Deploy and manage unlimited Docker applications with fully managed Docker Hosting, free SSL, and 24/7 expert support on high-performance VPS infrastructure.
## Docker Hosting
# Simple Docker Hosting Solution To Deploy Any Projects Easily
Run microservices, CI/CD pipelines, and cloud-native apps using Docker Hosting to package applications and dependencies into portable containers with consistent performance across environments.
- 
### 24/7/365 Global Customer Support
## Free SSL Certificate
## **Setup Process**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Docker Application in Minutes
Deploy and manage Docker projects with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from development to live production deployment.
### Choose Deployment Method
Select Docker Compose to deploy and manage your Docker projects with a fast and simple setup.
### Configure App Settings
Add your Dockerfile URL or paste the file into the xCloud dashboard with other required settings
### Go Live Right Away
Review your configuration, confirm the setup, and deploy your site to production in just a few clicks.
## Pricing
## Reliable & Secure Docker Hosting at a Price You’ll Love
Get started for free and host unlimited Docker applications on your preferred platform
plans and boost growth with powerful features.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&stack=docker_nginx)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&stack=docker_nginx)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&stack=docker_nginx)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Build, Ship, & Scale Any Application with Docker
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### Microservices and APIs
- ### SaaS applications
- ### AI & ML workloads
- ### Databases and caching services
- ### Background workers and cron jobs
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Docker on Your VPS for Fast & Secure Performance
Launch Docker on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything comes pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Docker VPS hosting?
Docker VPS hosting combines the flexibility of Docker containers with the performance of a virtual private server (VPS). It allows developers to deploy and manage multiple isolated applications, with each application running in its own container on a single VPS.
### Can I migrate my existing apps to a Docker VPS?
Yes. Docker lets you package your applications and their dependencies into containers, making it easier to move them between hosting environments, including Docker VPSs. Some configuration may be required to ensure full compatibility.
---
# Docs - xCloud
> Docs Archive - xCloud
## Documentation
# Welcome to xCloud Knowledge Base 👋
## Quick Start
7
- [Quick Start Guide: Setup Your First Server & Site With xCloud Managed Servers](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
- [How To Setup DNS Record In xCloud?](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
- [Quick Start Guide: How To Create A Site With xCloud](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Create a Demo Site in xCloud?](/docs/create-a-demo-site-in-xcloud/)
- [Simplified Navigation For Your Servers And Sites In xCloud Dashboard](/docs/simplified-navigation-for-servers-and-sites/)
- [Complete Guide to WordPress Site Migration on xCloud](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/quick-start/)
## Servers
63
- [How To Upgrade Your Server in xCloud?](/docs/how-to-upgrade-your-server-in-xcloud/)
- [How To Setup A Vultr Server in xCloud and Get Free Hosting For 6 Months?](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
- [How to Setup a Digital Ocean Server in xCloud?](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
- [How To Setup a GCP(Google Cloud Platform) Server in xCloud?](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
- [How To Connect Existing Fresh Ubuntu Server On xCloud From Any Provider?](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
- [How To Manage Your Server Utilities With xCloud?](/docs/how-to-manage-your-server-utilities-with-xcloud/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/servers/)
## Sites
78
- [Setting Up Site Emails With Any SMTP Provider For WordPress On xCloud](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)
- [Integrate Cloudflare for DNS Management with xCloud](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
- [How To Go Live From Staging Domain?](/docs/how-to-go-live-from-staging-domain/)
- [How To Easily Install Let’s Encrypt SSL Certificate](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/)
- [How To Configure SFTP Access For Your Site](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
- [How To Manage And Update WordPress Core, Themes, & Plugins In xCloud?](/docs/manage-and-update-wordpress-core-themes-in-xcloud/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/sites/)
## Accounts
11
- [How Pricing Plans And Billing Works In xCloud](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
- [Team Roles & Permissions in xCloud](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
- [How To Generate Custom Invoices in xCloud?](/docs/how-to-generate-custom-invoices/)
- [Protecting Our System With Security and Vulnerability Disclosure Protocols](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
- [How to Change the Language for xCloud Hosting Panel?](/docs/change-the-language-for-xcloud-hosting-panel/)
- [How to Change Language for Reseller xCloud Hosting Panel?](/docs/change-language-for-reseller-xcloud-hosting/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/accounts/)
## FAQ
41
- [How Many Sites Can Be Hosted Efficiently On A Single Server?](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
- [Do You Provide Root Access To My Servers?](/docs/provide-root-access/)
- [How long is the trial period supposed to be?](/docs/how-long-is-the-trial-period-supposed-to-be/)
- [When will I be charged?](/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
- [Do you offer backups in xCloud?](/docs/backups-in-xcloud/)
- [An Overview of xCloud White-label Feature](/docs/overview-xcloud-white-label-feature/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/faq/)
## Migration
12
- [How To Perform A Full Server Migration With xCloud?(WordPress Sites)](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
- [How To Migrate An Existing WordPress Website In xCloud?](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/)
- [How To Manually Upload WordPress Websites On xCloud](/docs/how-to-manually-upload-wordpress-websites/)
- [How To Clone A Website From Git Repository With xCloud](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
- [How To Easily Migrate A Website With Migrate Guru Plugin In xCloud?](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
- [How To Perform Full Server Migration Between xCloud Servers Effortlessly?](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/migration/)
## Troubleshooting
22
- [How To Solve The ‘WordPress Memory Limit Exhausted’ Error?](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/)
- [How To Solve Automatic Site Backup Failures?](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/)
- [How to Troubleshoot Server Installation Failed (xCloud & Self-managed)](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-server-installation-failed-xcloud-self-managed/)
- [How To Fix Failed Free SSL Issue in xCloud](/docs/how-to-fix-a-failed-free-ssl-issue/)
- [How To Fix WordPress Updates Not Working Issue](/docs/how-to-fix-wordpress-updates-not-working-issue/)
- [Server Gets Disconnected](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/troubleshooting/)
## Cache
5
- [How to Integrate Object Cache Pro with xCloud? \[Easy Guide\]](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Enable the Edge Full Page Cache in xCloud](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
- [How to Control OPcache With xCloud](/docs/control-opcache-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Enable Redis Object Cache Plugin With OpenLiteSpeed](/docs/enable-redis-object-cache-plugin-with-ols/)
- [How To Allow Caching Of A URL With A Query String](/docs/how-to-allow-caching-of-a-url-with-a-query-string/)
## Integrations
6
- [How to Configure Slack Integration in xCloud Hosting?](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/)
- [How to Configure Integration with WhatsApp In xCloud Hosting?](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/)
- [How to Configure Integration with Telegram in xCloud Hosting?](/docs/configure-integration-with-telegram-in-xcloud/)
- [How to Integrate Google Drive for Site Backup in xCloud?](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/)
- [How to Integrate Wasabi Storage Provider for Site Backup with xCloud?](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Set Up Hide My WP plugin in xCloud?](/docs/how-to-set-up-hide-my-wp-plugin-on-xcloud/)
## Security
22
- [Enhancing Server and Website Security with xCloud](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
- [Protecting Our System With Security and Vulnerability Disclosure Protocols](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
- [How To Use xCloud 7G Firewall On Nginx](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
- [How To Easily Configure Firewall Management With xCloud Hosting](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
- [Fail2Ban in xCloud: Enhancing Server Security With Ease](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
- [How to Detect & Fix Security Bugs with Vulnerability Checker in xCloud?](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/security/)
## Backup
13
- [Site Backups In xCloud](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
- [How To Solve Automatic Site Backup Failures?](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/)
- [How To Configure Server Backup Management In xCloud?](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/)
- [Optimal Backup Practices For xCloud Hosting Users](/docs/optimal-backup-practices-xcloud/)
- [How to Use Cloudflare R2 Storage for Site Backup in xCloud?](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
- [How To Take Incremental Backup In xCloud?](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/backup/)
## White Label
11
- [How to Setup Your Reseller Account with xCloud White Label](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
- [How to Customize Reseller Landing Page in xCloud](/docs/customize-reseller-landing-page-in-xcloud/)
- [How to Collect Stripe Publishable Key for 3D Secure Card Payments?](/docs/collect-stripe-publishable-key/)
- [How Billing Works in xCloud White Label Program or Reseller Hosting Program](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
- [How to Set Up Custom SMTP for Branded Emails in xCloud White Label](/docs/custom-smtp-provider-with-xcloud-white-label/)
- [How to Create a Custom Sales Landing Page for xCloud White Label](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-sales-landing-page-for-xcloud-white-label/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/white-label/)
## Laravel
6
- [How to Deploy Laravel Applications with xCloud?](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
- [How to Set Up a Queue Worker for Laravel Applications](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
- [How to Set Up Laravel Horizon with xCloud](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
- [How to Use Supervisor for Process Management With xCloud](/docs/supervisor-for-process-management/)
- [How to Set Up Laravel on DigitalOcean Server with xCloud?](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
- [How to Clone a Laravel App with xCloud](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
## One Click Apps & Node.js
17
- [How to Deploy phpMyAdmin with xCloud One Click Apps](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Deploy Uptime Kuma with xCloud One Click Apps](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Change Node Version with xCloud](/docs/how-to-change-node-version-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Deploy n8n with xCloud with One Click Apps](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
- [How to Reset Uptime Kuma Password via CLI with xCloud](/docs/how-to-reset-uptime-kuma-password/)
- [How to Set Up SMTP for n8n with Environment in xCloud](/docs/how-to-set-up-smtp-for-n8n-with-environment/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/one-click-apps/)
## MailBox Addon
11
- [How to Set up Site Security PRO with xCloud](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
- [How to Set Up xCloud MailBox Addon](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
- [How to Configure Your Email Client with xCloud Mailbox Addon](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
- [How to Configure a Business Mail account on Phone Using Gmail](/docs/how-to-configure-a-business-mail-account-on-phone-using-gmail/)
- [How to Configure a Business Mail account on Apple Mail](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-apple-mail/)
- [How to Configure a Business Mail account on Gmail](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-gmail/)
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/mailbox-addon/)
## Addons
4
- [How to Set Up xCloud Mail Delivery Addon For Your Site](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
- [How to Set up Site Security PRO with xCloud](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
- [How to Set Up xCloud MailBox Addon](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
- [How to Activate the Cloudflare Enterprise Addon on Your Domain](/docs/how-to-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon/)
## API Documentations
2
- [How to Access the xCloud API](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
- [xCloud API Documentations](/docs/xcloud-api/)
---
# 31 Server Locations WorldWide - xCloud
> Server Location Table ContinentLocationCountryNorth AmericaTorontoCanadaNorth AmericaMexico CityMexicoNorth AmericaAtlantaUnited StatesNorth
### Server Location Table [#](/docs/31-server-locations-worldwide/)
Continent
Location
Country
North America
Toronto
Canada
North America
Mexico City
Mexico
North America
Atlanta
United States
North America
Honolulu
United States
North America
Chicago
United States
North America
Dallas
United States
North America
Los Angeles
United States
North America
Miami
United States
North America
New York Area
United States
North America
San Francisco Bay Area
United States
North America
Seattle
United States
Africa
Johannesburg
South Africa
South America
Santiago
Chile
Europe
Warsaw
Poland
Europe
Amsterdam
Netherlands
Europe
London
United Kingdom
Europe
Frankfurt
Germany
Europe
Paris
France
Europe
Madrid
Spain
Europe
Stockholm
Sweden
Europe
Manchester
United Kingdom
Asia
Tokyo
Japan
Asia
Seoul
Republic of Korea
Asia
Singapore
Singapore
Asia
Bangalore
India
Asia
Mumbai
India
Asia
Delhi NCR
India
Asia
Tel Aviv-Yafo
Israel
Asia
Osaka
Japan
Australia
Sydney
Australia
Australia
Melbourne
Australia
---
# How to Access Built-in Support Portal in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to use the new Support Portal in xCloud to create tickets, track issues, and manage communication with the support team in one place.
xCloud’s new Support Portal makes it easier for you to manage and track your technical issues. Unlike the previous portal, the new system gives you a single dashboard to view tickets, create new ones, and communicate directly with the support team.
This new Support Portal helps you save time, reduce confusion, and manage your support activity in one central place. Let’s learn how to use the new xCloud support portal, follow updates, and keep all your support activity organized in one place.
## **How to Access Previous Support Tickets** [#](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)
We have moved to our new, built-in [**xCloud Support Portal**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets) to make the process faster and easier for you. In the old portal, you can no longer create any new support tickets. You can still reply to your existing tickets and view them.
To access your old tickets, click on the [**Support Portal**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets) link. Once there, you will be able to see your previous tickets and continue conversations if needed. For all new issues, you must now use the new dashboard to create support tickets.
## **Step 1: Accessing the Support Portal** [#](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)
To access the support portal, go to the top menu and select the **‘Support’** option. Once you click it, you will be redirected to the **‘All Tickets’** page.
On this page, you will see an overview of your tickets, including **‘Total Tickets’**, **‘Open Tickets’**, and **‘Closed Tickets’**. This section gives you a quick view of your overall ticket activity.
## **Step 2: Viewing Ticket Details** [#](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)
To make navigation easier, you can filter tickets using different options such as **‘Shows’**, **‘Status’**, **‘All Status’**, **‘Sort By’**, and **‘Sort Type’** which allows you to organize tickets in either ascending or descending order. There is also a **‘Search’** field that allows you to quickly find tickets based on your preferences.
In the **‘Total Tickets’** section, you can view the important information about each ticket. This includes the **‘Ticket Details’**, the **‘User’** who created it, the current **‘Status’**, the related **‘Server’**, the **‘Sites’**, and the available **‘Action’** options. From here, you can check any tickets by clicking on the **‘View’** button.
## **Step 3: Creating a Ticket** [#](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)
If you want to create a new ticket, you can click on the **‘Create Ticket’** button located at the top of the dashboard or use the same option from the sidebar. Once there, you need to select the **‘Team’** from the dropdown list and provide the **‘Subject’** of your ticket in the designated field.
After that, choose the most suitable **‘Topic’, ‘Category’** for the issue and set its **‘Priority’** level. You should then provide a brief but clear explanation in the **‘Descriptions’** field so the support team understands the problem.
In addition to text, you can upload supporting files in the **‘Attachments’** section. These can include screenshots, GIFs, or documents that make the issue clearer. In the **‘Additional Information’** section, you can specify the related **‘Server’** or **‘Site’** that is connected to the issue. Give related permission to the support team by checking the boxes in. Once all the required fields are completed, click on the **‘Create Ticket’** button to submit it.
## **Step 5: After Ticket Creation** [#](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)
Once your ticket is created, it will appear instantly in the system. You will be able to see replies from the xCloud support team whenever they respond. You can also continue the conversation by replying to the ticket, making it easy to track the progress of your request.
## **Give Role Permission to Team Member** [#](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)
If you want to give one of your team members access to the xCloud Support portal and allow them to manage tickets, go to the team settings. Change the role, scroll to the end of the role permissions dashboard, and find the Support option. Then, assign the permissions according to your preference.
The xCloud Support Portal is designed to make support easier and more efficient for you. By using the options to view, filter, and create tickets, you can clearly present your issues and get timely assistance.
Once your ticket is created, you can follow up and respond just like a conversation, ensuring smooth communication until your issue is resolved.
## **Frequently Asked Questions** [#](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)
**1\. How can I view my old tickets?**You can view your old tickets by visiting the previous support portal. In the old portal, you cannot create new tickets, but you can still open existing ones and continue conversations with the support team.
**2\. Where can I create new tickets?**You can create new tickets only in the new xCloud Support Portal. Use the ‘Create Ticket’ button on the dashboard or sidebar to submit a new issue.
**3\. Can I migrate old tickets to the new portal?**Yes, you can. To migrate old tickets to the new support portal, contact the support team. They will help you move your old tickets into the new system.
**4\. Can I provide access to my team members to see my tickets and manage them?
**Yes, you can provide access to your team members so they can view and manage your tickets.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Access OpenLiteSpeed Webadmin in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to enable and access OpenLiteSpeed webadmin in xCloud for secure server monitoring.
By default, the OpenLiteSpeed webadmin console is disabled in xCloud. This is done to improve security. However, you can enable it if you need to monitor your server or view its configurations.
To do this, you need to follow a few steps. These steps involve using the command line, updating your firewall settings, and restarting the web server. You will also need some basic access and permissions before you begin.
## **Prerequisites** [#](/docs/access-openlitespeed-webadmin-in-xcloud/)
To proceed, you must have sudo or root access to your server. This is necessary to run certain commands. You also need access to the xCloud dashboard. This allows you to manage firewall settings and restart services on your server.
## **Steps to Enable the OpenLiteSpeed Webadmin** [#](/docs/access-openlitespeed-webadmin-in-xcloud/)
To enable the webadmin console, follow these four steps.
### **Step 1: Enable the Web Console via Command Line** [#](/docs/access-openlitespeed-webadmin-in-xcloud/)
To start, connect to your server using SSH. After logging in, run a command to remove a specific file. This file is what disables the web admin by default. You can delete it by typing the following command:
**sudo rm /usr/local/lsws/conf/disablewebconsole**
When you remove this file, the web console will become active.
### **Step 2: Open Port 7080 in the Firewall** [#](/docs/access-openlitespeed-webadmin-in-xcloud/)
The OLS webadmin operates on port 7080. Make sure this port is open. Go to your server dashboard, choose **‘Security’ → ‘Firewall Management’**. Here you can find **‘Add new rule’** to button to create a new rule to allow incoming traffic on TCP port 7080.
If you are using another cloud provider like AWS, Google Cloud, Azure, or DigitalOcean, you will also need to open port 7080 in their security groups or external firewalls.
### **Step 3: Restart OpenLiteSpeed** [#](/docs/access-openlitespeed-webadmin-in-xcloud/)
After opening the port, restart the OpenLiteSpeed service to apply the changes. To do this, go to your xCloud dashboard. Click on **‘Server Management’** and then choose **‘Settings.’** Look for the section where you can manage services. Find OpenLiteSpeed in the list and click the **‘Reboot’** button.
### **Step 4: Access the Webadmin Console** [#](/docs/access-openlitespeed-webadmin-in-xcloud/)
Once the service restarts, you can access the OpenLiteSpeed webadmin in your browser. Enter the following URL:
[**http://your\_server\_ip:7080**](http://your_server_ip:7080)
Replace your\_server\_ip with the actual IP address of your server. You should now see the OpenLiteSpeed login page in your browser.
## **Important Note: Read-Only Mode** [#](/docs/access-openlitespeed-webadmin-in-xcloud/)
The OpenLiteSpeed webadmin in xCloud only works in read-only mode. This means you can use it to view server configurations, monitor the system, and check statistics. However, you cannot make or save any changes using the webadmin console.
If you want to update configurations or apply changes, you must use the xCloud dashboard. All configuration management should be handled through that panel.
This guide helps you enable and use the OpenLiteSpeed webadmin in xCloud. Use it when you need to monitor your server without making changes directly through the web interface.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Access Site Database Using Adminer In xCloud - xCloud
> Access site database using Adminer in xCloud effortlessly. Enable, launch, and manage your WordPress database securely with our step-by-step guide
Your website’s database is stored on a server. If you want to access and manage the database manually with enhanced security, you need a third-party database management tool such as **[TablePlus](https://tableplus.com/)** using an SSH connection. However, **[xCloud](/)** offers a simpler method to access site databases using Adminer without a manual database connection. Although an SSH connection guarantees more security, we suggest enabling Adminer only when you find it necessary.
## **Understanding Adminer For Database Management In xCloud** [#](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/)
**Adminer** is a PHP-based lightweight database administration tool. It provides users with a web-based interface for managing databases, running SQL queries, and doing other database-related operations. With a single file deployment, Adminer offers a simple alternative to more complicated database administration systems such as phpMyAdmin.
Follow the guide below to learn how to access site database using Adminer in xCloud.
## **Enable Adminer In xCloud** [#](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud dashboard and navigate to **Access Details → Database**. The Adminer is disabled by default.
Toggle the ‘Enable Adminer’ button to enable it, and hit the ‘Launch Adminer’ button to open the Adminer dashboard.
## **Manage Database In Adminer** [#](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/)
After enabling and launching the Adminer from your xCloud dashboard, you can now easily manage your database, including running SQL commands, importing or exporting data, creating tables, and more.
### **Run SQL Command** [#](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/)
From the Adminer dashboard, you can easily run **CRUD** commands.
### **Import/Export SQL Files** [#](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/)
You can quickly import your existing database with a single click.
You can also export your database and select output options, format, database type, and choose tables and data, and more in a few clicks.
That’s how easy it is to manage databases using Adminer in xCloud.
## **Access Site Database Using Adminer In xCloud** [#](/docs/access-site-database-using-adminer-xcloud/)
You must ensure you have access to your website’s site management database as a team member. If you do not have that, please ask your team’s administrator to enable access in the ‘**Team Management**’ section from your dashboard. However, if you are the Team Admin, you have this access by default.
Still stuck? Contact our support team for any of your queries.
---
# How to Access the Web Terminal from xCloud Dashboard - xCloud
> Access and manage your servers directly from the xCloud dashboard with the built-in Web Terminal. Open secure root, sudo or site-level terminal sessions instantly from your browser.
[**xCloud**](/) helps you open a fully functional command-line web terminal for your servers and sites directly inside the dashboard, right from your web browser. Instead of configuring an SSH client, copying key files and connecting manually, you can launch a secure terminal session with a single click and start running commands straight away.
## **Why Use the Built-in Terminal?** [#](/docs/access-web-terminal-in-xcloud/)
Traditionally, accessing a server through the command line means setting up an SSH connection, managing private keys, and remembering host details, a process that can be slow and error-prone, especially for teams. xCloud removes that friction by bringing the terminal into the dashboard itself.
**With the built-in terminal you can:**
- **Connect Instantly:** Open a live terminal in your browser without any local SSH setup or key management.
- **Choose the Right Access Level:** Open a Server terminal as the root user, as a specific Sudo user or scope a terminal to an individual Site.
- **Control Access with Permissions:** Decide exactly which team members can use each type of terminal through role-based permissions.
- **Work Faster And Safer:** Run scripts, check logs and troubleshoot in real time from anywhere, on any device.
Follow the guide below to enable the necessary permissions and access each type of terminal through a step-by-step process.
### **Step 01: Set the Required Role Permissions** [#](/docs/access-web-terminal-in-xcloud/)
Before anyone can open a terminal, the correct permissions must be enabled for their role. From your xCloud dashboard, open the team member’s Role Permission page and make sure the relevant terminal permissions are switched on under the Server and Site sections.
From the left sidebar, click **‘All Team’**. Navigate to the team member you want to manage, then click **‘Change Role’** to access the role permission settings and make the necessary changes. In the Server and Site sections, enable the permissions that match the access each user needs:
**Navigate:** Dashboard → All Team → Change Role → Role Permission
**Enable the permissions that match the access each user needs:**
- **Server:terminal-root** → Allows opening the Server terminal as the root user.
- **Server:terminal-sudo** → Allows opening the Server terminal as a Sudo user.
- **Site:terminal** → Allows opening a terminal scoped to a specific Site.
**Note:** If a user does not see the **‘Open Terminal’** option, it usually means the matching permission above has not been enabled for their role.
### **Step 02: Open the Web Terminal as Root** [#](/docs/access-web-terminal-in-xcloud/)
Root access gives you full administrative control over the entire server. From the left menu, go to Servers and select the server you want to manage. On the server overview screen, click the **‘Open Terminal’** button in the top-right corner.
From the left sidebar, click **‘Servers’**. Select the server you want to manage to open its overview screen. In the top-right corner, click **‘Open Terminal’**.
**Navigate:** Dashboard → Servers → Select Your Server → Open Terminal
A secure terminal session opens in your browser, connected to the server as the root user. **Use this when you need to:**
- Perform server-wide configuration or maintenance tasks.
- Install software or manage services that require root privileges.
- Inspect system-level logs and processes across the whole server.
**Note:** Because root has unrestricted access, reserve it for tasks that genuinely require it and rely on Sudo users for routine work.
### **Step 03: Open the Web Terminal as a Sudo User** [#](/docs/access-web-terminal-in-xcloud/)
A Sudo user has elevated server access for administrative tasks while maintaining controlled permissions.
To view Sudo users, select your server, open **‘Management’** from the left menu and click **‘Sudo Users’**. You will see a list of all Sudo users available on that server.
**Navigate:** Servers → Select Your Server → Management → Sudo Users → Terminal Icon
Find the user you want to use, then in the Actions column click the terminal icon to launch a session as that Sudo user.
- Each terminal runs with the permissions of the chosen Sudo user.
- Ideal for delegating server access to team members without sharing root.
- You can manage these accounts any time using **‘+ Add Sudo User’** on the same page.
### **Step 04: Open the Site Web Terminal** [#](/docs/access-web-terminal-in-xcloud/)
A site web terminal is scoped to a single website, so you can work within that site’s environment without affecting the rest of the server.
From the left menu, go to **‘Sites’** and select the site you want to manage. On the Site Overview screen, click the **‘Open Terminal’** button in the top-right corner.
**Navigate:** Dashboard → Sites → Select Your Site → Open Terminal
The terminal opens in the context of that specific site, **which is perfect for:**
- Running WP-CLI or site-specific commands.
- Managing files and folders inside the site directory.
- Debugging or maintaining one site without touching others on the server.
### **Step 5: Start Working in Your Terminal** [#](/docs/access-web-terminal-in-xcloud/)
Whichever option you choose, xCloud opens a live, secure terminal session in your browser. A welcome banner confirms the connection for example, _Terminal root @ DevSquad_ with a **Connected** status in the top-right and shows your server’s system information before handing you the command prompt.
**From here you’re ready to work just as you would over SSH:**
- Confirm the session details at the top, including the user you’re connected as (such as **root**) and the server name.
- Review the system summary, such as: operating system, system load, disk and memory usage, IP address, and pending updates to get a quick health check at a glance.
- Type your commands at the prompt to manage your server or site in real time.
- When you’re finished, type **exit** to close the session. Note the idle timeout (15 minutes) automatically ends inactive sessions to keep your server secure.
**Note:** You can copy the terminal’s URL and open the session in a separate browser tab. The terminal stays accessible from that link until you exit the session, handy for keeping a terminal open alongside the rest of your dashboard. Once you type exit, the link is closed and a new session must be opened from the dashboard.
That’s It! You can now open a terminal for your servers and sites directly from the xCloud dashboard as root, as a Sudo user or scoped to a single site without ever leaving your browser. Choose the access level that fits the task and you are ready to manage everything in real time.
Still need a hand? Our support team is always happy to help. If you have any questions, feel free to reach out to our [**Support Team**](/support/) or explore more guides in the [**xCloud Documentation**](https://xcloud.host/docs/).
---
# How to Access WordPress Files in xCloud By Tiny File Manager? - xCloud
> Learn how to access WordPress files in xCloud using Tiny File Manager with this step-by-step guide.
With Tiny File Manager in **[xCloud](/)**, you can manage app files right from the dashboard. It lets you do things like creating new files and folders, compressing, extracting, deleting, moving, copying, editing, and renaming files, just like any other file manager.
If you want to access your site’s files we recommend doing it manually by [**sFTP connection**](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/) and using tools like FileZilla. We suggest enabling Tiny File Manager only when you find it necessary.
Let’s see how to access WordPress files through Tiny File Manager in xCloud & perform your file manager tasks.
## **Access WordPress Files in xCloud by** **Enabling Tiny File Manager in xCloud** [#](/docs/access-wordpress-files-in-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud dashboard and navigate to **Access Details → File Manager** under Sites. The Tiny File Manager is disabled by default.
Toggle the **‘Enable File Manager’** button to enable it, and hit the **‘Launch File Manager’** button. This will open the File Manager on a new tab.
That’s how easy it is to access and manage WordPress files directly from the xCloud dashboard using Tiny File Manager.
_**Note:**_ You must ensure you have access to your website’s **‘manage-file- manager’** as a team member. If you do not have that, please ask your team’s administrator to enable access in the **‘Team Management’** section from your dashboard. However, if you are the Team Admin, you have this access by default.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Accessing All Site Files via SFTP with Root User in xCloud - xCloud
> In xCloud, each site runs under a separate system user (called a site user) for improved security and separation. However, to access all site files across the
In xCloud, each site runs under a separate system user (called a **site user**) for improved security and separation. However, to access all site files across the server via SFTP (e.g. using FileZilla, Transmit, or Cyberduck), you can use the **root user with sudo privileges**. Follow the steps below:
### Step 1: Collect the Sudo Password for the Root User [#](/docs/accessing-all-site-files-via-sftp-with-root-user-in-xcloud/)
When your server is first created in xCloud, you’ll receive a welcome email with the root user’s sudo credentials.
📩 Look for:
- **User**: `root`
- **Sudo Password**: (available in the email)
Example:
```
User: root
Sudo Password: CSehTu5E1ab9ZXRn...
```
Copy to Clipboard
📌 **Keep this safe** – it’s needed for both SSH and SFTP access.
* * *
### Step 2: Confirm or Add `root` as a Sudo User (if needed) [#](/docs/accessing-all-site-files-via-sftp-with-root-user-in-xcloud/)
To verify or add `root` as a sudo user:
1. Go to your server dashboard in xCloud.
2. Navigate to `Management` → `Sudo Users`.
3. If not already present, add a new sudo user:
- **Username**: `root`
- **Password**: (use the one from the welcome email or set a new one)
- Attach your SSH key
📘 Detailed Doc: [Using Sudo and Site Users in xCloud](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
* * *
### Step 3: Connect via SFTP [#](/docs/accessing-all-site-files-via-sftp-with-root-user-in-xcloud/)
Use any SFTP client such as FileZilla, Cyberduck, or Transmit.
**Connection Details:**
- **Protocol**: `SFTP`
- **Address**: Your server’s IP
- **Username**: `root`
- **Authentication**: SSH Key or Password (from email)
- **Remote Path**: `/var/www/`
(This is where all your site directories are located)
🔎 Example in Transmit:
```
Protocol: SFTP
Address: 192.168.0.1
User Name: root
Key: id_rsa (or enter password manually)
Remote Path: /var/www/
```
Copy to Clipboard
* * *
### Syncing the Password (Optional) [#](/docs/accessing-all-site-files-via-sftp-with-root-user-in-xcloud/)
You can use the same **sudo password** as the one provided in the setup email for consistency, or set a different password when creating the sudo user in xCloud’s panel.
### Important Notes [#](/docs/accessing-all-site-files-via-sftp-with-root-user-in-xcloud/)
- Avoid using the root user for regular uploads unless necessary.
- For site-specific access, always use the **site user** auto-created by xCloud.
- Misuse of the root user can impact all sites – use carefully.
Let us know via support if you need help connecting or setting it up!
---
# How To Add A Custom Cron Job In xCloud? - xCloud
> Add a custom cron job in xCloud by following the step-by-step guide & execute specific tasks at predefined intervals.
Custom cron jobs are like personal assistants for your website, executing specific tasks at predefined intervals. Whether it’s updating content, sending out emails, or performing maintenance, custom cronjobs tailor automation to your unique needs, saving time and ensuring efficiency in your online operations.
In [**xCloud**](/), adding a custom cron job is a straightforward process that can be done directly from the xCloud dashboard. Let’s see the complete guide on how to add a custom cron job in xCloud.
## **Add A Custom Cron Job In xCloud: Step-By-Step Guide** [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
Simply follow the below steps to add a custom cron job in xCloud to manage & execute specific tasks at a predefined timeframe.
### **Step 1: Login To Your Hosting Panel** [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
With the right credentials, log in to your xCloud dashboard.
### **Step 2: Locate The Cron Job Settings** [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
From your xCloud dashboard, navigate to **‘All Servers’**, click on any server (if you have many), & get the Cron Jobs on the left sidebar of your server dashboard.
### **Step 3: Create a New Cron Job** [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
To create a new cron job, click on the **‘Add Cron Job’** on the following page. It will redirect you to the next of adding a custom cron job in xCloud.
### **Step 4: Specify The Schedule** [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
On the resulting page, execute the command, set the user, & determine the frequency of the cron job using the provided drop-down menu with predefined values.
In the ‘**User**‘ field, you can set both the root user & non root (site user, sudo user) user.
**Note:** If you want to execute WP-CLI command, you need to make it with site users.
After choosing the type of script to run (PHP, curl, or wget) and specifying the command to execute. Once all this is done, click on **‘Save’** to save your configuration.
Moreover, you can set a custom schedule too. To do so, click on the **‘Custom’** option as shown below & set the **‘Custom Schedule.’** With the below syntax in **‘Custom Schedule’,** you can create any scheduling need.
**1\* \* \* \* \* /path/to/script.sh 2\* \* \* \* \* command**
In the above command, the 5 asterisk signs allow you to control minutes, hours, days, months, and days of weeks. The range includes:
- Minute (Range: 0 to 59)
- Hour (Range: 0 to 23)
- Day of month (Range: 1 to 31)
- Month (Range: 1 to 12)
- Day of week (Range: 0 to 6, Sunday will count as 0)
### **Step 5: Save The Cron Job & See The Output** [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
Once everything is configured, your cron job will be listed under the Basic tab in xCloud.
## Add A Custom Cron Job For Your Site: Step-By-Step Guide [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
Follow the steps below to add a custom cron job in xCloud and run specific tasks at a scheduled time on your site.
From the xCloud dashboard, open your site dashboard and navigate to Tools → Cron Jobs from the sidebar. Click Add New Cron Job to create a new cron job. This will take you to the configuration page where you can set it up.
In the Command field, enter the command you want to run.
Common examples:
```
# Run Laravel task scheduler
php artisan schedule:run
# Run a WP-CLI command (must specify the site path)
cd /var/www/yoursite && wp cron event run --due-now
# Fetch a URL (useful for WordPress cron via wget)
wget -q -O - https://yourdomain.com/wp-cron.php?doing_wp_cron
# Run a custom PHP script
php /var/www/yoursite/scripts/cleanup.php
```
Copy to Clipboard
Next, select how often the cron job should run using the Frequency radio buttons:
Frequency
Cron Expression
Description
Every Minute
\* \* \* \* \*
Runs once per minute
Hourly
0 \* \* \* \*
Runs at the start of every hour
Daily
0 0 \* \* \*
Runs once per day at midnight
Weekly
0 0 \* \* 0
Runs every Sunday at midnight
Monthly
0 0 1 \* \*
Runs on the 1st of every month
Custom
(your expression)
Enter your own cron expression
If you select Custom, an additional Custom Schedule field appears where you can enter any valid cron expression (e.g., \*/15 \* \* \* \* for every 15 minutes).
## Managing Existing Cron Jobs [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
You can easily manage your cron jobs. From the Cron Jobs list, ‘Run Now’, ‘View Output’, ‘Edit’, ‘Delete’ for each of the cron jobs.
This is how you can easily add a custom cron job in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
## **Where Cron Jobs Can Help You?** [#](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)
Cron jobs are super handy for server admins, but they’re also pretty useful for web developers like you. Here’s how they can make your life easier:
**Membership Management:** Got a website with memberships? Set up cron jobs to handle account expirations. You can automatically deactivate or delete accounts based on their expiration dates.
**Newsletter Automation**: If you’re running a blog, cron jobs are great for sending out newsletter emails without you having to lift a finger.
**Tracking Website Traffic:** Keep tabs on your website traffic by saving every page visit in a database table. Cron jobs can help you store daily traffic summaries for easy analysis.
**Managing Cached Data:** Need to clear out old cached data files? Cron jobs can handle that task for you, keeping your website running smoothly.
**Checking for Broken Links:** Worried about broken links on your massive website? Cron jobs can automatically check for broken links and send you a report every day.
**Handling Big Tasks:** Sending tons of emails or encoding videos can take a while. Cron jobs can run command line scripts to handle these tasks efficiently in the background.
**Social Media Updates:** Social media marketers can use cron jobs to fetch recent tweets and cache them in a text file, making it easy to keep your website’s social content up to date.
---
# Additional Domain Feature www And Non www Redirect With xCloud - xCloud
> Follow this simple guide to add additional domain with xCloud.
With [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh) you will have the option to add an additional domain so that your users can automatically send people who visit one web address to another. It’s handy for things like managing multiple domains into one, changing domain names without losing customer traffic, fixing URL typos, and ensuring users find content that has been moved.
## **Add Additional Domain While Creating Site** [#](/docs/additional-domain-feature-with-xcloud/)
When building your website through the site creation panel, you’ll have the option to set additional domain names. This feature is incredibly helpful as it helps users to find you.
Let’s say your primary domain is **_clickfordiscount.com_**, but you’ve also got an additional domain called **_www.clickfordiscount.com_**. With domain redirect, typing **_www.clickfordiscount.com_** takes your users straight to clickfordiscount.com. It’s like a shortcut that always leads to the same place
## **Redirect Your Domain To The Primary Domain** [#](/docs/additional-domain-feature-with-xcloud/)
Once you’ve added your extra domain, it’s time to redirect it to your main one. This step ensures that whenever someone types in the extra domain, they’re automatically sent to your main website. It’s like giving clear directions so everyone ends up at the right place without any confusion. You have to click the “**Redirect this domain to the primary domain**” button for redirection
With xCloud, you can easily add multiple extra domains. Just click the ‘+’ button and add them one by one.
You can also take advantage of this additional domain feature for your current website setup.
If you are still stuck, feel free to reach out to our [**support**](/support/) for assistance.
---
# Adjusting Time Zone Settings In xCloud Servers - xCloud
> Follow this guide to adjust time zone settings in xCloud.
We’ll walk you through the straightforward process of aligning your time zone settings with **[xCloud](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh)**. With this simple guide, you’ll navigate the dashboard settings with ease. Just click on the **Time Zone** dropdown menu and select your desired time zone. Let’s ensure your xCloud servers are set to the correct time zone hassle-free!
---
# How to Auto-Deploy a Static Website From GitHub on xCloud
> Connect GitHub to xCloud and auto deploy a static website from Github every push using branch selection, deployment scripts, webhooks, logs, and rollback backups.
This guide explains how to **auto deploy static website GitHub** projects on xCloud. After setup, every push to your selected branch can trigger xCloud to pull the latest code, run your deployment script, and update the live site.
## Before you start [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
- An xCloud account with a server ready for the site.
- A GitHub repository containing the static website source or final files.
- Permission to authorize the repository for xCloud.
- A known build command and output folder if the repository requires a build step.
Connect GitHub so xCloud can access the repository for deployment.
## **Step-by-step Auto-Deploy Setup Of A Static Website From GitHub On xCloud** [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
### **Step 1: Connect GitHub to xCloud** [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
Open your xCloud settings or site creation flow and connect your GitHub account. Give the connection a clear label if you manage multiple GitHub accounts. Authorize GitHub so repositories can be selected from xCloud.
### **Step 2: Create a site from the repository** [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
Open the target server, create a new site, and choose the Git repository option. Select the repository and branch xCloud should deploy. Choose the repository and production branch for the static site.
### **Step 3: Enable push-to-deploy** [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
Turn on push-to-deploy so GitHub sends a webhook event to xCloud after pushes to the configured branch. Only pushes to that branch should trigger the deployment. Enable push-to-deploy for automatic deployments from GitHub.
### **Step 4: Add the deployment script** [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
If the repository already contains final static files, the deployment script may be minimal. If it needs a build, install dependencies, build, and copy the output folder into the web root.
```
cd /var/www/your-site
npm ci
npm run build
rsync -a --delete dist/ ./
```
Copy to Clipboard
Set the commands xCloud should run on each deployment.
### **Step 5: Add domain, SSL, and backups** [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
Attach the domain, enable HTTPS, and configure backups before relying on automatic deployments. A backup gives you a rollback point if a bad commit ships to production. Finish the setup with domain, SSL, and backups.
## Verify auto-deploy [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
1. Make a small visible change in the repository.
2. Push to the configured branch.
3. Open xCloud deployment logs and confirm the webhook triggered a new deployment.
4. Visit the site and verify the change appears.
5. Use deployment logs to verify every push-to-deploy run.
## Rollback or pause deployments [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
If a deployment ships the wrong version, revert the commit and push again, or restore the site from a known-good xCloud backup. To pause automatic deployments while investigating, disable push-to-deploy in the site Git settings.
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
- If Git pushes do not trigger deployment, confirm push-to-deploy is enabled and the push went to the configured branch.
- If GitHub webhooks were removed or changed, re-save the Git settings in xCloud so the webhook can be recreated where supported.
- If the build succeeds but old content remains, verify the script copies the correct output directory into the web root.
- If environment variable changes do not appear, run a new deployment after saving them.
- If SSL fails after deploy, debug DNS/SSL separately; deployment and DNS propagation are different parts of the launch.
## **Frequently Asked Questions** [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
### Can I switch the deployed branch later? [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
Yes. Change the configured branch in the xCloud Git settings, save, and run the next deployment from that branch.
### Can I manually redeploy without a Git push? [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
Yes. Use the manual deployment option in xCloud when you want to rerun the deployment script without changing the repository.
### Does auto-deploy replace backups? [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
No. Auto-deploy updates the site, while backups give you rollback protection. Use both for safer releases.
## Related docs and resources [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
- [xCloud documentation](https://xcloud.host/docs/)
- [xCloud Dashboard](https://app.xcloud.host/)
- [GitHub webhooks documentation](https://docs.github.com/en/webhooks) for push-to-deploy workflows
## How the auto-deploy loop works [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
1. You push a commit to the selected GitHub branch.
2. GitHub sends a webhook event to xCloud.
3. xCloud pulls the latest code from the repository.
4. xCloud runs the configured deployment script.
5. The script copies the final output to the web root.
6. The next browser request loads the updated version after cache clears.
## Deployment script patterns [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
The deployment script should be repeatable. A good script can run many times without leaving old build files, nested folders, or partial output behind.
```
# Static repository with files already in the root
cd /var/www/your-site
echo "No build step required"
# Static project with a build output folder
cd /var/www/your-site
npm ci
npm run build
rsync -a --delete dist/ ./
```
Copy to Clipboard
## Release safety tips [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
- Use a production branch for live deployments.
- Review changes before merging into the deployment branch.
- Create backups before major redesigns or build-system changes.
- Keep deployment logs available when asking for support.
- Pause push-to-deploy if a bad commit is repeatedly deploying while you investigate.
## What to send to xCloud Support [#](/docs/auto-deploy-static-website-github-xcloud/)
- The xCloud site name and public domain.
- The GitHub repository/branch label, without private tokens.
- The time of the last push and whether GitHub shows webhook delivery.
- The deployment log output from xCloud.
- Whether manual Deploy Now works while GitHub push-to-deploy does not.
Still stuck? Feel free to contact our [**support team.**](https://support.xcloud.host/)
---
# An Overview Of Auto Healing Feature In xCloud - xCloud
> xCloud Auto Healing Feature automatically detect, fix, and start the server utilities again if you have issues. Take a look at xCloud Auto Healing Feature.
xCloud server utilities help you to manage your server and the server database. If they get turned off, with our monitoring feature we detect this, resolve the issue, and restart the server utilities automatically.
Let’s have a quick look at the auto-healing-enabled server utilities below.
- MySQL
- NGINX
- Redis
- PHP
If you have any questions or are facing any difficulties feel free to contact our [**support team**](/support/) anytime.
---
# How to Auto-Tune MySQL/MariaDB Configurations on Your Server - xCloud
> Learn how to automatically optimize MySQL/MariaDB settings on your server using the built-in Auto-Tune feature.
Optimizing MySQL or MariaDB is essential for maintaining high performance, stability, and efficient resource usage on your server. Manual tuning can be complex, especially if you’re unfamiliar with various database parameters.
To simplify this process, the system includes an **Auto-Tune** feature that automatically adjusts key MySQL/MariaDB settings based on your server’s resources and workload.
Follow the guide to auto-tune MySQL/MariaDB configurations on your server in one click.
## **Step 1: Go to Your Server** [#](/docs/auto-tune-mysql-mariadb-configurations/)
To begin, go to your server dashboard and navigate to the settings area. From the sidebar menu, open **‘Management’** and then choose **‘MariaDB Configuration’**.
After accessing the MariaDB Configuration section, locate the **‘Auto-Tune’** button on the dashboard. Clicking this button will trigger the system to automatically analyze your server’s resources and adjust several important MySQL/MariaDB settings.
The Auto-Tune tool focuses on optimizing key parameters, including **‘Max Connections’**, **‘Max Allowed Packet’**, and the **‘InnoDB Buffer Pool Size’**.
These adjustments help ensure your database operates efficiently by improving connection handling, supporting larger data packets, and optimizing memory usage for InnoDB tables. The updated configuration is applied automatically after the tuning is complete.
_Note: We will bring more MySQL and MariaDB configurations very soon._
And that’s it this is how easily you can Auto Tune MySQL and MariaDB in one click. By automatically configuring essential settings, the tool helps your server run more smoothly and handle greater workloads with ease.
Still stuck? Feel free to contact to our [support team](/support/).
---
# How to Integrate AWS S3 Bucket Using Any Storage Provider with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to configure and use AWS S3 bucket for site backup in xCloud - an easy step by step guide to follow.
Backing up your website is essential to ensure data security and disaster recovery. With [**xCloud hosting**](/), you can leverage AWS S3 (Simple Storage Service) to store backups of your website efficiently. This guide will walk you through the process of setting up an AWS S3 bucket and configuring it for site backups in xCloud.
**Prerequisites**
Before proceeding, ensure you have:
- An AWS account with S3 access.
- An xCloud account with site backup features enabled.
- Basic knowledge of AWS IAM (Identity and Access Management).
**_Note:_** _To use AWS S3 bucket for site backup in xCloud, you need a few things in your hand while creating a bucket:_ **_Bucket Name, Access Key ID, Secret Key, Endpoint & Region_**_. Let’s collect all these following the guide below._
## **How to Create an S3 Bucket – Step By Step Guide** [#](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
Setting up an AWS S3 bucket is easier than you think! This guide walks you through the process step by step.
### **Create & Collect Access Key & Secret Access Key** [#](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
Start with logging into your AWS account. Once you’re in, click on your profile placed in the top right corner & navigate to ‘**Security Credentials**’ from the dropdown options.
On the resulting page, click on ‘**Create Access Key**’ & select ‘**Other**’ before clicking on **‘Next.’**
Now, describe the purpose of your access key & where it’ll be used further. A good description will help you rotate this access key confidently later. Click on the ‘**Create access key**’ to go to the next step.
On the resulting page, you’ll find your ‘**Access key**’ & ‘**Secret access key.**’ Copy these keys and save them somewhere else. You’ll require these keys while configuring AWS S3 in xCloud. Finally, click on ‘**Continue.**’
Now, follow the instructions as shown below. Initially, you may not find the S3 option the way it has been displayed below. All you have to do is type ‘**S3**’ on the top search bar.
### **Create an S3 Bucket** [#](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
The next step is creating the S3 Bucket. To do so, click on the ‘**Create bucket**’ & you’ll get a new page. Now, name your bucket, scroll down & click on ‘**Create bucket**.’ While naming the bucket, make sure your bucket name is globally unique.
Up to this point, we have everything in our hands except the endpoint & region. To get these according to your region, follow this [**documentation**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html). For this tutorial, the region was Asia Pacific (Sydney) & here’s the endpoint & region below.
Now, let’s move on to the process of how you need to configure your bucket in xCloud.
## **How to Configure AWS S3 Bucket for Site Backup in xCloud** [#](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
Backing up your xCloud site has never been easier. Set up an AWS S3 bucket to store your data securely with this quick and easy guide.
### **Step 1: Login to Your xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
Start with logging into your xCloud dashboard. Navigate to your profile settings on the top right corner & click on ‘**Team Settings.**’
### **Step 2: Add New Provider** [#](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
From the resulting page, navigate to **‘Integrations’** → **‘Storage Provider**’ & click on **‘Add New Provider’** to add the AWS S3 provider to your xCloud.
Now select **‘Other’** & place all the things (Bucket Name, Access Key ID, Secret Key, Endpoint & Region) that you’ve collected so far in the respective fields. Hit the **‘Submit’** button to finalize the configuration of the AWS S3 bucket for site backup in xCloud.
_Note: Before the endpoint, make sure to add ‘_**_https://_**_’; otherwise, it’ll not work._
## **Connect Any S3-Compatible Storage Provider** [#](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
In addition, **xCloud supports integration with more S3-compatible storage service**s. Easily connect:
- **MinIO**
- **Wasabi**
- **Backblaze B2**
- **Any other S3-compatible object storage**
This is how you can easily configure and use an AWS S3 bucket for site backup in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Do you offer backups in xCloud? - xCloud
> Yes, xCloud provides two types of backups: Server Backup and Site Backup.
Yes, xCloud provides two types of backups: **Server Backup** and **Site Backup**.
### Server Backup [#](/docs/backups-in-xcloud/)
Server Backup is available only for **xCloud Managed Servers** and Vultr Server. This feature lets you back up your entire server environment.
- Costs an additional **20% of the server price**
👉 Read this [**documentation**](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/) to learn more.
### Site Backup [#](/docs/backups-in-xcloud/)
Site Backup allows you to back up individual websites with flexible storage options.
- Supports multiple storage integrations
- Compatible with **S3-based storage providers**
- Lets you connect your own storage and manage backups easily
👉 Read this [**documentation**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/) to learn more.
---
# How To Enable Brotli Compression on xCloud And Configuring For Your Site - xCloud
> Learn how to enable Brotli compression on your site and verify it works using simple tools and commands. Boost your site’s speed today.
Brotli is a modern compression algorithm developed by Google, designed to compress web content more efficiently. Introduced in 2015, Brotli is now supported by all major browsers and is widely adopted across modern web infrastructure.
Compression plays a critical role in web performance by reducing file sizes before they are transmitted to users. Smaller files mean faster downloads, lower bandwidth usage, and improved page load times. Brotli is particularly effective at compressing **static assets** such as CSS, JavaScript, fonts, and images, where its higher compression ratio can provide significant savings.
Brotli supports both **static compression** (where files are pre-compressed at build time) and **dynamic compression** (where files are compressed on-the-fly by the server). Static compression is recommended for production environments, while dynamic compression is used when static files are not pre-compressed.
In xCloud environments, Brotli is automatically enabled on NGINX servers, ensuring all eligible files benefit from this advanced compression algorithm without requiring manual intervention. However, if you’re using **Cloudflare**, you can use Brotli compression on both **NGINX** and **OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)** servers. This provides flexibility for Cloudflare users to take advantage of Brotli’s benefits, regardless of the server platform.
_**Note**: Brotli is automatically installed on the new servers. However, it is not installed on the old servers for now._
## **Configuring Brotli For Your Site** [#](/docs/brotli-compression-on-xcloud/)
If you want to access Brotli, you’ll need to make sure your site is using HTTPS (SSL). Brotli only works with secure connections, so be sure to get your SSL certificate set up first. Once enabled, these are the default settings for Brotli you will get :
brotli on;
brotli\_static on;
brotli\_comp\_level 4;
brotli\_types application/atom+xml
application/javascript
application/json
application/ld+json
application/manifest+json
application/vnd.geo+json
application/vnd.ms-fontobject
application/x-font-opentype
application/x-font-truetype
application/x-font-ttf
application/x-javascript
application/x-web-app-manifest+json
application/xhtml+xml
application/xml
application/xml+rss
image/bmp
font/eot
font/opentype
font/otf
image/svg+xml
image/vnd.microsoft.icon
image/x-win-bitmap
image/x-icon
text/cache-manifest
text/css
text/javascript
text/plain
text/vcard
text/vnd.rim.location.xloc
text/vtt
text/x-component
text/x-cross-domain-policy
text/xml;
## **Verifying if Brotli is Working on Your Website** [#](/docs/brotli-compression-on-xcloud/)
To ensure Brotli is working on your site, you can use various online tools to test your website’s compression. One of the simplest ways to verify is by using the **Gift of Speed** Gzip test tool, which also checks Brotli compression.
Here’s how you can verify if Brotli is enabled:
1. Go to [Gift of Speed Gzip Test](https://www.giftofspeed.com/gzip-test/).
2. Enter your website URL and click “Test Your Site.”
3. Once the test is complete, look at the **Content-Encoding** header in the response.
If Brotli is working correctly, you should see br listed as the encoding method. For example: Content-Encoding: br
If you see gzip or deflate, it means Brotli is not enabled or being used. If br is present, you know that Brotli is successfully compressing your assets.
### **Verifying Brotli Using Command Line** [#](/docs/brotli-compression-on-xcloud/)
Alternatively, you can verify if Brotli is working using the command line with curl. Here are some commands to help you check for Brotli or Gzip compression:
1. **Check for Gzip Compression**Run the following command to see if Gzip is enabled:
```
curl -s -I -H "Accept-Encoding: gzip" https://example.com | grep -i "content-encoding"
```
Copy to Clipboard
If Gzip is enabled, you will see:
```
Content-Encoding: gzip
```
Copy to Clipboard
2. **Check for Brotli Compression**Run the following command to see if Brotli is enabled:
```
curl -s -I -H "Accept-Encoding: br" https://example.com | grep -i "content-encoding"
```
Copy to Clipboard
If Brotli is enabled, you will see:
- Content-Encoding: br
3. **Check for Both (Gzip and Brotli) at Once**If you want to check for both compression types, run:
```
curl -s -I -H "Accept-Encoding: gzip, br" https://example.com | grep -i "content-encoding"
```
Copy to Clipboard
If both are supported, the response might be:
```
Content-Encoding: br
```
Copy to Clipboard
or
```
Content-Encoding: gzip
```
Copy to Clipboard
The server typically chooses the best compression method, and **Brotli** is preferred if both are available.
4. **Check for Compression with Full Request**If you want to view the full response headers, use this command:
```
curl -s -H "Accept-Encoding: gzip, br" -D - https://example.com -o /dev/null
```
Copy to Clipboard
Brotli compression is a powerful tool to enhance your performance by reducing file sizes and improving page speed. With automatic configuration and smart optimization with xCloud, your applications benefit from Brotli’s efficiency without requiring manual setup.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Build a WordPress Site with Templately AI - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly build and customize a WordPress site on xCloud using Templately AI, complete with automated templates, content generation, and easy deployment.
Building a new website becomes much easier when you have the right tools and a clear process to follow. xCloud makes it simple to deploy a WordPress site using [**Templately AI**](https://templately.com/). If you want to create a site with ready-made templates and AI-generated content, xCloud enables you to launch your website quickly and efficiently.
Follow the steps to **[create a WordPress site](/hosting-for-wordpress/)** using Build With Templately AI right from the xCloud dashboard.
## ✅ **Free Access for All xCloud Free and PRO Users** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
Enjoy exclusive AI-powered website-building capabilities at no extra cost:
- **100 AI Credits**
- **3 Full Site Imports**
- **1 Month Templately Pro Access**
_(includes 3,836 Premium Templates!)_
## **Step 1: Access the Dashboard** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
## **Step 2: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
Once your server is connected, you can create a site from the dashboard or Site List by clicking the ‘Create New Site’ button. Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
## **Step 3: Choose Your Site & Add Information** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
As we will be creating a fresh WordPress site, choose the **‘Install New WordPress Website’** option.
[](https://xcloud.host/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/image-1374/)
## **Step 4: Select Site Creation Method** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
Next, you need to choose a deployment method: **‘Default’** or **‘Build With Templately AI’**.
To create a site manually, choose the **‘Default’** method. If you want to create a site using AI, choose the **‘Build With Templately AI’** method.
## **Step 5: Set Up Your Site** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes:
- **Go Live** – for a production-ready deployment.
- **Demo Site** – for deploying the site instantly with a demo domain from xCloud.
Selecting **Go Live** will immediately create a live environment, while **Demo Site** allows you to create a site using a temporary demo domain.
### **Step 6: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
If you select the **Demo Site** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your WordPress application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You will also get multiple configuration options, including**‘WordPress Multisite’, ‘Turn Off Indexing’, ‘Full Page Caching’, ‘Redis Page Caching’.** Toggle them on according to your preferences.
**📌 Note for WordPress Multisite Users:** _When using Multisite, xCloud will only build the Primary Site during deployment. Additional network sites will not be automatically generated and must be created manually within the WordPress Network Admin after deployment._
Copy to Clipboard
### Get 100 Free Emails With xCloud Email Delivery For Your Sites [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
Next, toggle on the ‘**Email Provider Configuration’** for your site. xCloud provides **100 free emails per site**.
📌 Follow this **_[documentation](https://xcloud.host/docs/add-xcloud-managed-email-service/)_** to learn more.
## **Step 6: Configure Additional Settings** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
By default, the WordPress admin credentials are auto-generated to speed up the site creation process. Once your site is deployed, you will receive your admin credentials via email. You can later update your password if needed.
From **More Advanced Settings**, you can update ‘Admin Username’, ‘Admin Password’, ‘Admin Email Address’ additional configuration details.
You can also configure Search Engine Visibility, Deploy Script, and Database Management settings according to your preferences.
## **Step 7: Review Your WordPress Settings** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
After completing the previous steps, click the **‘Next’** button. It usually takes 1–2 minutes to create your site.
🔔 Note: After your site is created, **Templately will automatically send an email containing your WordPress admin login credentials**.
Copy to Clipboard
## **Step 8: Insert Full Site with AI** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
Click on the ‘Build with Templately AI’ button. This will automatically redirect you to the Templately dashboard.
If the redirect does not happen automatically, simply click the ‘Build with Templately AI’ button again to proceed manually.
Here, the AI will ask some questions to generate content based on the answers you provide. Here are the questions that you need to answer.
- Business Name: The chatbot will ask, ‘What is Your Business Name?’. Here, in the answer, type your business name. If you are creating a portfolio website, you can add your name here, too.
- Industry: Then, you have to define which industry your business belongs to. You will find the suggested industry name in the conversation. You can either pick an industry from the options or add yours.
- Business Details: In the next part, give a detailed description of your business. Here, you can add what specifically your business does. For example, if it’s an agency, then whether it is a digital marketing agency or a study abroad agency, you can specify the information.
Email Address: Add specific email addresses for your website contact section. Through this email address, your visitors can contact you.
- Contact Number: Next, you will be asked whether you want your contact number or not. If you want to, then you can add it, or else you can click on the ‘Skip’ button.
- Business Address: In the next part, add your business address if you have one. OtherwiseOther wise you can click on the ‘Skip’ button here too.
- Opening Hours: If your business has a specific business hour, then add the opening hours in detail. You can click on the ‘Skip’ button if you do not have any specific hours.
- If you want to replace the images from the template and want to add customized images, you can do that. With Templately AI, you can also replace images. To change images, click on the ‘Yes’ button to agree to replace images.
After answering the questions, you will receive a confirmation text to generate content on the website based on the information you provided. If you are still confused, you can click on the ‘How should I pick?’ to get a demo sample.
After that, you will find an option to change images. From the options, select the image you want to replace. Then, you can choose from stock photos or upload them from your files. Select the images you want to replace.
Finally, click ‘Save Changes’, and after importing the full site, you will see that the images will be replaced with the ones you have chosen. Finally, click on ‘Generate and Proceed’ to generate full content and replace images on your website with AI.
Finally, after completing the process you will see your website will be createdwill created instantly. Here enter your ‘Site Title’, ‘Site Description’ & ‘Logo’ and then click on the ‘Style Website’.
Next, adjust the color and ‘Typography’ according to your preferences and click on the ‘Confirm Setup’ button.
### Final Outcome of Generating Content & Image Replacement [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
And your site creation will be completed instantly. You will get two options: ‘Viewoptions ‘View Dashboard’, and ‘Visit Site’. Click on the visitvisti site option to check out your newly created site.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can effortlessly create and customize a fully functional WordPress website on xCloud. With xCloud and Templately AI, building a professional website has never been faster or more intuitive.
## **Frequently Asked Questions** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
### **What happens to Templately Pro access and my website after the 1-month free period ends?** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
After the complimentary one-month Templately Pro access ends, you will no longer have access to Pro templates or advanced Pro-only features, and you won’t be able to connect more than three websites. However, your website will remain live and fully functional, and all content and designs you created will stay exactly as they are. You can continue using Templately’s free features, and if you wish to regain Pro access, you can **[upgrade](https://templately.com/)** to PRO at any time.
### **What if I already have a Templately Pro (or Templately Lifetime Deal) account?** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
If you already have a **[Templately Pro](https://templately.com/) (Or Lifetime Deal)** account, xCloud will automatically connect to your existing account; no new account will be created. Any website built through xCloud will not count toward your active site limit under your Templately subscription. In addition, the 100 AI credits provided by xCloud will be added directly to your existing account, even if you’re an LTD user. For example, if you currently have 50 AI credits, your total will become 150.
### **How do AI credits work, and are they separate from my existing account with Templately?** [#](/docs/build-a-wordpress-site-with-templately-ai/)
The 100 AI credits included with xCloud are added directly to your current Templately account, whether you’re on a Free, Pro, or LTD plan. These credits are not part of a separate product or dashboard. Once your credits are used up, you won’t be able to generate new AI content, but all previously generated content will remain on your website without any interruption.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our **[support team](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/support).**
---
# Can I use Debian, Fedora, or other Linux distributions with xCloud? - xCloud
> Currently, xCloud supports Ubuntu-based servers for managed server provisioning and site deployment.
Currently, xCloud supports Ubuntu-based servers for managed server provisioning and site deployment.
We use Ubuntu because it gives the best compatibility with xCloud’s automation, WordPress stack, security updates, server management tools, and supported services.
At this time, Debian, Fedora, AlmaLinux, Rocky Linux, and other Linux distributions are not officially supported for xCloud-managed servers.
If you want to connect your own server to xCloud, we recommend using a supported Ubuntu version to ensure provisioning, updates, backups, SSL, and site management work properly.
---
# How to Change Language for Reseller xCloud Hosting Panel? - xCloud
> Learn how to change language for reseller hosting panel in xCloud white label to ensure a localized, user-friendly experience.
[**xCloud**](/) allows you to set your preferred language for your xCloud White Label reseller hosting panel, ensuring a localized and user-friendly experience for both you and your users.
## ****Change Language for Reseller xCloud White Label**** [#](/docs/change-language-for-reseller-xcloud-hosting/)
Change language for reseller hosting panels is quick and easy. Follow the below steps to update your brand language settings.
### **Step 1: Log in Navigate to Brand Settings** [#](/docs/change-language-for-reseller-xcloud-hosting/)
After logging into your xCloud dashboard, navigate to the ‘**White Label’** section. Then, go to ‘**Settings’** and select ‘**Brand’** to open the **Brand Setup** settings.
### **Step 2: Change Language for Reseller** [#](/docs/change-language-for-reseller-xcloud-hosting/)
In the ‘**Language Settings’** section, click the down arrow icon to open the dropdown menu and select your preferred language. Then, hit the ‘**Save**‘ button to successfully update your White Label brand language for reseller client end users.
**_Note:_** _Reseller clients can change their own hosting panel language from their profile settings._
This is how easily you can change brand language in xCloud White Label with your preferred choice. Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for further assistance.
---
# How to Change the Language for xCloud Hosting Panel? - xCloud
> Learn how to change the language in xCloud hosting panel for profile & notifications. Enjoy a personalized, multilingual experience easily.
[**xCloud**](/) lets you change the language for your profile and notifications in the xCloud hosting panel with multi-language support. This feature ensures a more personalized and user-friendly experience. It caters to your preferred language, making navigation and communication easier.
## **Change Language for xCloud Hosting Panel** [#](/docs/change-the-language-for-xcloud-hosting-panel/)
Changing the language in xCloud hosting panels is quick and straightforward. Follow the below steps to update your profile language or adjust notification settings.
### **Step 1: Log in to xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/change-the-language-for-xcloud-hosting-panel/)
First, Log In to your xCloud hosting panel dashboard. Add your email and password, then hit the ‘**Log In’** button.
### **Step 2: Change Language** [#](/docs/change-the-language-for-xcloud-hosting-panel/)
In your xCloud Dashboard, click on the top right corner ‘**^**‘ (up) the arrow icon beside your profile name. From the dropdown option ‘**Select**‘ the language you want to set for your xCloud profile. It will automatically save and implement your saved language.
There is another way to change the language in xCloud. Click on the top right corner **‘^’** (up) the arrow icon beside your profile name and click on ‘**My Profile**‘. Choose a language from the dropdown option and your saved language will be implemented.
#### **Notification Language Settings** [#](/docs/change-the-language-for-xcloud-hosting-panel/)
To receive your xCloud team’s activities in notifications in your preferred language, change it. Click on the top right corner ‘**^**‘ (up) the arrow icon and select ‘**Team Settings,**‘ click on the three-dot options of your team and select ‘**Edit**‘.
From the dropdown options, change the language to your preferred one in the notification language settings. Hit the ‘**Save Changes’** button to update.
After saving your notification language settings, you can get notifications in Email, Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram in your preferred language. Here, you can see an email notification in German we set to receive notification.
This is how easily you can change language in xCloud with your preferred choice. Still Stuck! Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for further assistance.
---
# How to Check Cron Job List of All Sites in Your Server? - xCloud
> xCloud now allows you to check cron job list of all the sites in your server in an organized manner. Find out more from this documentation.
[**xCloud**](/) now lets you **check cron job list** of all sites in your server. With this functionality, you can easily find all the system cron jobs of your server organized in one place. Also, you will be able to monitor the cron job list to ensure server security. In this step-by-step documentation, we will show you how it works.
## **How to Check Cron Job List of Your Server’s Sites in xCloud?** [#](/docs/check-cron-job-list-of-all-sites-in-your-server/)
We will now show you the steps that you need to follow to check cron job list of your servers list in xCloud. Let’s get started.
### **Step 1: Sign Up or Login with xCloud** [#](/docs/check-cron-job-list-of-all-sites-in-your-server/)
First, login with xCloud using your credentials. If you do not have an active account, create one by signing up.
**_Note:_** [**_Read this documentation_**](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/) _to learn how to set up your first server & site with xCloud._
### **Step 2: Navigate to Your Desired Server** [#](/docs/check-cron-job-list-of-all-sites-in-your-server/)
From the dashboard, click on the ‘**Server**’ tab at the top. Then, hit your desired server in the list to select it.
### **Step 3: Check Cron Job List of the Server** [#](/docs/check-cron-job-list-of-all-sites-in-your-server/)
Now, go to the ‘**Management’** tab in the left side panel. Under this tab, select the ‘**Cron Jobs**’ option.
In the ‘**Cron Jobs**’ screen, you will find the list of your custom and system cron jobs. As shown in the image below, the custom cron jobs are listed in the upper section of the screen. These cron jobs are organized in columns for ‘**ID**’, ‘**Command**’, ‘**User**’, ‘**Frequency**’ and ‘**Actions**’.
Under the ‘**Server Cron Jobs**’ section, you will get the system cron job list of all the sites on your server. These cron jobs will be organized according to columns for ‘**ID**’, ‘**User**’, ‘**Frequency**’ and ‘**Command**’. Also, you can click on any command to copy it instantly.
This is how easily you can check cron job list of all sites in our server using xCloud.
Still have questions? [**Contact our support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for quick assistance.
---
# How To Clone A Website From Git Repository With xCloud - xCloud
> Effortlessly clone a website from Git Repository with xCloud, simplifying the process without introducing any unnecessary complexity or challenges.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily clone a website from Git Repository with xCloud without any complexity at all. The migration process is exceptionally fast, ensuring a rapid transition without introducing any alterations to the code within your Git repository. With the below steps, you can easily migrate an existing WordPress from Git Repository. Let’s follow this guide to get started.
## **How To Migrate A Site From Git** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
Migrating a website from a Git repository with xCloud involves several easy steps. The below guide can help you to understand how you can perform this migration. Follow the steps below to migrate a site from a Git Repository.
### **Step 1: Select Option To Clone A Website** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
First, log into your xCloud account. From the dashboard, click on ‘**+New Site**’ button. Now, choose a server to add a site and click ‘**Next**’. Go to ‘**Clone a Git Repository**’ option.
**Note:** _Cloning is currently supported only for WordPress sites. It will not work for other types of websites at this time._
### **Step 2: Select Destination Server** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
From the ‘**Destination**’ tab, select the destination server to migrate your site. You can keep the server that is already selected, or you can change it from the dropdown. Then, click on ‘**Next**’.
### **Step 3: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
From the ‘**Domains**’ tab, you will get two options, either you can create your site in a staging domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
**Migrate Into A New Domain**
To create a site with your live domain, you need to select ‘**Migrate into a New Domain**’ option. Then you have to put ‘**New Site Title**’ and ‘**Domain Name**’.
Here, you need to enable HTTPS to make your website more secure. From the DNS Setup section, toggle on the ‘Do You Want To Enable HTTPS?’ option. After enabling it, you will get two options to select. Either choose to use a free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud, or, you can provide the certificate and manage it yourself. Select according to your choice.
**Staging Environment**
Instead of migrating into a new domain, you can select the ‘**Staging Environment**’ option. xCloud offers a temporary staging domain to make your site live which helps promptly showcase your site’s progress and collect feedback from teammates or clients. Subsequently, you can integrate your custom domain to make the site accessible to your users or visitors. Now, click on ‘**Next**’.
**Note:** For this documentation, we are going with the ‘**Staging Environment**’ option.
### **Step 4: Settings To Manage Database** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘**Settings**’ tab, you will see the ‘**PHP Version**’ and ‘**Site Users**’. You can change these according to your choice. Also, you will see two caching options: ‘**Full Page Caching**’ and ‘**Redis Object Caching**’. You can enable both of these options.
Now, it is time for database management. You will get two options. Either you can create a new database on the server, or, you can add your existing database that is hosted on another server.
**Create Database In Server**
If you select this option, you need to get a ‘**Database Name**’, ‘**Database Username**’ and ‘**Database Password**’. You can keep these auto-generated credentials, or you can modify them according to your choice.
**Add Your Existing Database**
If you select this option, you need to put in a few information and credentials such as ‘**Database Host**’, ‘**Database Port**’, ‘**Database User**’, ‘**Database Name**’, and ‘**Database Password**’. Please make sure that the database connection configuration is correct.
After selecting any one option and providing all essential information and credentials, click on ‘**Next**’.
**Note:** For this documentation, we are going with ‘**Create Database In Server**’ option.
### **Step 5: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘**Git Repo**’ Tab, add your ‘**Git Repository**’ and ‘**Git Branch**’. Also, toggle on ‘**Enable push to deploy**’ option.
Once you enable the ‘**Push To Deploy**’, it will generate a ‘**Deployment URL**’. ‘**Push To Deploy**’ is a way to automatically deploy your site live once you push code to a Git repo. We need to insert this URL into GitHub. Let’s copy the ‘**Deployment URL**’
### **Step 6: Add Deployment URL In Git Repository** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
Now, go to your Git Repository. From the ‘**Code**‘ tab, go to the ‘**Settings**’ tab and click on ‘**Webhooks**’ page from the ‘**Code and automation**’ section of the left navigation. Insert the Deployment URL into the ‘**Payload URL**’ field. Select the ‘**Application/json**’ from the ‘**Content type**’ dropdown.
### **Step 7: Add Public Key In Git Repository** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
From the xCloud dashboard, copy the ‘**Public Key**’ to add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. Git migration uses the ‘**Public Key**’ for SSH authentication. This is necessary to enable xCloud to access your Git repository and clone it. It ensures secure and authorized access for the cloning process.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the ‘**Code**‘ tab, go to the ‘**Settings**’ tab and click on ‘**Deploy Keys**’ in the security section of the left navigation. Click on the ‘**Add Deploy Key**’ button and paste the key that you copied from xCloud.
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click on ‘**Next**’ on your xCloud settings of the ‘**Git Repo**’ tab.
### **Step 8: Confirm Migrating The Website** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
Now, to start the migration process, click on the ‘**Start**’ button.
After clicking on the ‘**Start**’ button, the migration process will start. And, you will see the progress of migrating.
The Git Repository must contain a **wp-config-sample.php**. xCloud generates a wp-config.php file from wp-config-sample.php file with the database information.
**Note:** You can choose whether you want to import your old database or not. So, here is an optional step below. You need to follow this after the migration process is complete.
### **How To Import Your Database In SQL Format** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
To import the database from your old site, you need to connect your **Database client** such as **TablePlus**. From your xCloud dashboard, take the ‘**Database Connection URL**’ from the SSH/sFTP page of your site.
Now, go to **TablePlus** dashboard. Click on the ‘**+**’ icon, then click on ‘**Import from URL**’. Paste the Connection URL and hit the ‘**Import**; button. Then click on ‘**Save**’.
Now you can delete the tables that were automatically generated by xCloud and import your desired database.
## **Setup The Site After Completing Git Migration** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
When the migration process is complete, you can visit the site. You need to choose the language and provide necessary information such as ‘**Site Title**’, ‘**Username**’, ‘**Email**’, etc. Now, you can access the site by logging in.
## **After Migration Deployment Settings** [#](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)
After the migration process is complete, you can change the Git Branch, turn on or off the ‘**Push To Deploy**’ feature, run Deploy Scripts by inserting the scripts, etc. Go to GitHub page from the site dashboard, update things you want to change, and hit the ‘**Save**’ button.
That’s it! You have successfully cloned a website from the **Git repository with xCloud**.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Clone Site Under Same/Different Server In xCloud - xCloud
> Clone site effortlessly with xCloud—same/different server options. Back up, test updates, or migrate hassle-free. Step-by-step tutorial inside!
In this tutorial, we will explore how to efficiently clone a site under the same or a different server using [xCloud](/). Cloning your website can serve various purposes, such as creating backups, testing updates safely, or smoothly migrating to a new server.
With xCloud’s intuitive interface and robust features, you’ll learn the precise steps to duplicate your site hassle-free. So, let’s begin the process of cloning your site with xCloud.
Note: Cloning is currently supported only for WordPress sites. It will not work for other types of websites at this time.
## Step 1: Clone Site From Dashboard [#](/docs/clone-site-under-same-different-server-in-xcloud/)
First, go to your site and click on the three-dot icon from the dashboard. From the action menu, click on the **‘Clone Site’** option. Then choose where you want to clone your server. And click on the **‘Next’** button.
## Step 2: Choose a Demo or Custom Domain [#](/docs/clone-site-under-same-different-server-in-xcloud/)
You will have two options available. You can choose a **‘Demo site’** or **‘Migrate to a New Domain’** for your cloned site. Here we are creating a demo site. After choosing click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
Then create a new database or add your own database for this website and click on the ‘Next’ button.
## **Step 2: Adjust the Settings** [#](/docs/clone-site-under-same-different-server-in-xcloud/)
Next, choose the ‘PHP version for this site. Also, you can **‘Clone Your Source Site Settings’** like **‘Backup’** and some **‘Security Settings’**. Here you will be able to see the options that are enabled in your source site.
For Backup Settings:
- Remote Backup
- Local Backup
For Security Settings:
- XML-RPC
- X-Frame-Options
- 8G Firewall
- AI Bot Blocker
- WP Fail2Ban
Choose your preferences and click on the ‘Next’ button.
And finally review the information and click on the ‘Start’ button to start the site cloning process
Once the process is completed, the site will be live instantly. Now you can customize it as your prefernces
This is how you can clone a WordPress site under the same or a different server in xCloud.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support**](/contact/) team for any queries.
---
# How to Fix Cloudflare 522 Errors When Ports 80 and 443 Are Closed With xCloud
> Cloudflare 522 troubleshooting guide for xCloud servers when ports 80 and 443 are closed by UFW or firewall rules. Check SSH, allow HTTP/HTTPS, and bring the site back online.
A Cloudflare 522 error usually means Cloudflare reached your domain but could not connect to the origin server in time. In xCloud, one common cause is that the server is online and SSH works, but the web ports **80** and **443** are blocked in UFW or another firewall layer.
This guide explains how to troubleshoot **Cloudflare 522 ports 80 443 closed** issues, confirm the firewall status, allow HTTP and HTTPS traffic, and verify that your site is live again. It is written for symptoms such as Cloudflare 522, origin timeout, connection timed out, server disconnected, HTTPS port closed, HTTP port closed, UFW firewall issue, and xCloud firewall troubleshooting.
## When to use this guide [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
- Your site shows **Error 522** in Cloudflare.
- The xCloud server still appears connected or reachable.
- SSH works, but the website does not load.
- External checks show port **80** or **443** is closed, filtered, or timing out.
- Cloudflare says it cannot connect to the origin server.
- Recent firewall, bot protection, fail2ban, iptables, nftables, or UFW changes were made.
## What the Cloudflare 522 error means [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
Cloudflare Error 522 means the connection from Cloudflare to the origin server timed out. The server may still be running, but Cloudflare cannot complete a web connection to the origin over HTTP or HTTPS.
For most WordPress and web applications, the required web ports are:
- **Port 80** for HTTP traffic
- **Port 443** for HTTPS traffic
- **Port 22** for SSH access
If only port 22 is allowed, SSH can still work, but visitors and Cloudflare cannot reach the website. This creates a situation where the server may look available from SSH, but the public site remains down.
## Before you start [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
- Confirm that you have SSH or sudo user access to the server.
- Make sure you understand the impact of firewall changes before running commands.
- If you recently added custom firewall rules, keep a note of what was changed.
- Do not disable the firewall completely unless you know why and have a rollback plan.
You can also review the xCloud server disconnected troubleshooting guide: [Troubleshooting Guide: xCloud Server Disconnected](/docs/troubleshooting-guide-xcloud-server-disconnected/).
## Step 1: Confirm the site error [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
Open the affected domain in your browser and confirm the exact error. If Cloudflare shows **Error 522**, the issue is usually between Cloudflare and the origin server, not between the visitor and Cloudflare.
(Screenshot: Browser showing a Cloudflare 522 timeout for the affected domain)
## Step 2: Check whether SSH still works [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
Try to connect to the server with SSH. You can use your normal SSH user, root access if available, or the xCloud sudo user feature.
```
ssh username@your-server-ip
```
Copy to Clipboard
If SSH connects but the website does not load, the server may be online while the web ports are blocked.
(Screenshot: xCloud server overview showing the server is connected while the public site is not loading)
## Step 3: Check the UFW firewall status [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
After you connect with SSH, run the following command:
```
sudo ufw status
```
Copy to Clipboard
If the output only shows SSH rules, the web ports are not allowed. For example:
```
Status: active
To Action From
-- ------ ----
22/tcp ALLOW Anywhere
22 ALLOW Anywhere
22/tcp (v6) ALLOW Anywhere (v6)
22 (v6) ALLOW Anywhere (v6)
```
Copy to Clipboard
This output means SSH is allowed, but HTTP and HTTPS are not allowed through UFW. In this state, Cloudflare can show a 522 error because it cannot reach the origin server on port 80 or 443.
(Screenshot: SSH terminal showing UFW status with only SSH/port 22 allowed)
## Step 4: Allow ports 80 and 443 [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
Run these commands to allow standard web traffic:
```
sudo ufw allow 80
sudo ufw allow 443
```
Copy to Clipboard
Port 80 is required for HTTP. Port 443 is required for HTTPS. Even if your site redirects all visitors to HTTPS, port 80 is still commonly needed for redirects, certificate checks, and normal web routing.
## Step 5: Confirm the firewall rules were added [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
Run the UFW status command again:
```
sudo ufw status
```
Copy to Clipboard
The output should now include port 80 and port 443 for both IPv4 and IPv6:
```
Status: active
To Action From
-- ------ ----
22/tcp ALLOW Anywhere
22 ALLOW Anywhere
443 ALLOW Anywhere
80 ALLOW Anywhere
22/tcp (v6) ALLOW Anywhere (v6)
22 (v6) ALLOW Anywhere (v6)
443 (v6) ALLOW Anywhere (v6)
80 (v6) ALLOW Anywhere (v6)
```
Copy to Clipboard
(Screenshot: SSH terminal showing UFW status with ports 22, 80, and 443 allowed)
## Step 6: Verify the site loads again [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
Open the site in your browser and refresh Cloudflare if needed. You can also test both the HTTP and HTTPS versions:
- `http://your-domain.com`
- `https://your-domain.com`
The expected result is that the site loads normally and Cloudflare no longer shows the 522 timeout page.
(Screenshot: Website loading successfully after ports 80 and 443 are allowed)
## Step 7: Check xCloud firewall settings [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
After fixing the immediate issue through SSH, review the firewall configuration in xCloud.
1. Log in to your xCloud dashboard.
2. Open the affected server.
3. Go to **Security** → **Firewall Management**.
4. Confirm that **HTTP** on port **80** is allowed.
5. Confirm that **HTTPS** on port **443** is allowed.
6. Review any custom deny rules that may have been added recently.
For more details, see [How To Easily Configure Firewall Management With xCloud Hosting](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/).
(Screenshot: xCloud Firewall Management page showing HTTP and HTTPS allowed)
## If ports are allowed but the site still shows 522 [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
If UFW shows ports 80 and 443 as allowed but the site still does not load, check whether the web server is listening on those ports.
```
sudo ss -ltnp | grep -E ':80|:443'
```
Copy to Clipboard
You should see a web server process listening on port 80 and/or 443. If nothing is listening, check the web server status. For OpenLiteSpeed, you can use:
```
sudo systemctl status lsws
```
Copy to Clipboard
If the service is stopped or failed, review the service logs before restarting it. Restarting services on a production server can affect active visitors, so confirm the impact first.
## Common causes [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
- A custom firewall command removed existing allow rules.
- UFW was enabled without adding HTTP and HTTPS rules.
- An anti-bot or emergency firewall change blocked web traffic.
- A deny rule was added before the allow rules.
- A server cleanup or hardening command modified iptables, nftables, or UFW rules.
- The web server service stopped responding after configuration changes.
## Prevention tips [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
- Before enabling UFW, allow SSH, HTTP, and HTTPS.
- Keep SSH open so you do not lock yourself out.
- Avoid running copied firewall cleanup commands without reviewing them.
- Document any custom firewall rules added for bot protection.
- After changing firewall rules, test the website from an external network.
- Use xCloud Firewall Management for standard port rules when possible.
## Useful commands [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
```
# Check UFW status
sudo ufw status
# Allow HTTP
sudo ufw allow 80
# Allow HTTPS
sudo ufw allow 443
# Check listening web ports
sudo ss -ltnp | grep -E ':80|:443'
# Check OpenLiteSpeed status
sudo systemctl status lsws
```
Copy to Clipboard
For additional UFW reference, see the [Ubuntu UFW community documentation](https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UFW).
## Expected result [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
After ports 80 and 443 are allowed, Cloudflare should be able to connect to the origin server again. The site should load normally over HTTPS, and visitors should no longer see the Cloudflare 522 error.
## FAQ [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
### Why did SSH work when the website was down? [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
SSH uses port 22. Your website uses ports 80 and 443. If only port 22 is allowed, you can still connect to the server through SSH while Cloudflare and visitors cannot access the website.
### Do I need both port 80 and port 443? [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
Yes. Port 443 is required for HTTPS traffic. Port 80 is commonly used for HTTP redirects, certificate validation, and normal web handling. Allow both unless you have a specific advanced firewall design.
### Does Cloudflare 522 always mean the server is down? [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
No. A 522 can happen when the server is online but Cloudflare cannot connect to the origin web ports. That is why checking SSH, UFW rules, and web server status is important.
### Should I disable UFW to fix this? [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
No. In most cases, you should keep the firewall active and allow the required ports. Disabling the firewall can expose more services than needed.
## Still need help? [#](/docs/cloudflare-522-ports-80-443-closed/)
If the site still shows a Cloudflare 522 error after allowing ports 80 and 443, contact xCloud Support with the domain, server name, recent firewall changes, UFW status output, and any web server error shown in the xCloud logs or events.
---
# How to Use Cloudflare R2 Storage for Site Backup in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to easily configure and use Cloudflare R2 storage for site backup in xCloud. It is a reliable and secure option that integrates seamlessly with xCloud.
In [**xCloud**](/), you can easily use **Cloudflare R2 storage for site backup**. It is a reliable and secure option that integrates seamlessly with xCloud. Plus, it’s budget-friendly, costing at least 10% less than S3 Standard. You even get 10GB of free storage with each account, which can be shared across different buckets. After the free 10GB, you’ll only be charged for the extra storage you use.
Ready to set up Cloudflare R2 Storage in xCloud? Let’s dive into the step-by-step guide.
## **Step 1: Create A Cloudflare Account** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
If you don’t have a Cloudflare account already, you need to create one. Creating a Cloudflare account is so easy – all you need to do is **[visit Cloudflare’s website](https://www.cloudflare.com/)**, click on the ‘**Sign Up**’ button & fill up all the necessary information.
## **Step 2: Create an R2 Storage Bucket** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
Once you’re signed in Cloudflare account, navigate to **‘R2’ → ‘Overview’** from the left panel of the dashboard. Now, click on the **‘Create Bucket’** as you need to create an R2 storage bucket for your site backup in xCloud.
Name your bucket and remember it for later recognition. Though it is optional (because R2 automatically places your bucket in the closest available region based on your location) can set your location hint. Complete this by clicking on **‘Create bucket.’**
Your bucket will be completed. Now go **‘Settings’** option & see your bucket details. If you want copy your bucket name & S3 API somewhere else for further use.
## **Step 3: Get Your R2 Credentials (Access Key ID, Secret Access Key)** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
The next step is to get the Cloudflare R2 credentials (Access ID, Access Key) to use in xCloud.
To do so, again navigate to **‘R2’ → ‘Overview’** from the left menu, and click on **‘Manage R2 API Tokens’** from the right corner.
Now click on the ‘**Create API token**’ button from the right of your screen. On the resulting page, choose your Token name, select the ‘Admin Read & Write’ under the Permissions, and leave the TTL as it is **‘Forever**.’ Once you set all things up, click on the ‘**Create API token**’ button from the bottom of the page.
Here comes the most important part. You’ll only be able to access the below screen once. Be sure to copy the below details, and keep them somewhere safe for further use.
- Token value
- Access Key ID
- Secret Access Key
- Use jurisdiction-specific endpoints for S3 clients
\*\*\*_**Note:**_ When using the S3 API with an R2 bucket, the region is automatically set. Specifying an empty value or “**us-east-1**” will also default to the correct region. Plus, they don’t provide any region name or code when creating the API.
## **Step 4: Configure Cloudflare R2 Storage for Site Backup in xCloud** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
Since you have collected everything that you need from Cloudflare end, now let’s see how you can configure Claoudflare R2 storage for site backup in xCloud.
### **1\. Login & Access New Provider** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
Login to your xCloud dashboard, and navigate to ‘**Team Settings’ → ‘Integrations’ → ‘Storage Provider’** & click on ‘**Add New Provider.’**
### **2\. Select Cloudflare As Storage Provider** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
On the resulting page, click on ‘**Select Provider**‘ to expand the dropdown option. And select ‘**Cloudflare R2**‘ as your storage provider.
### **3\. Fill Up All the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
Now, fill in your ‘**Bucket Name’**, ‘**Access Key ID’, ‘Secret Key’**, and ‘**Endpoint’** that you are supposed to save anywhere. Once everything is done, click on **‘Submit.**’
If everything is okay, your Cloudflare R2 storage will be added to xCloud, you can use it for site backup. Here’s how it looks in your dashboard once it gets connected successfully.
### **4. Configure Site Backups Settings in xCloud** [#](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
Once the integration process is done, you can move on to backup your site. As you can integrate more than one storage provider, choose one if you have multiple. For the Remote Backup Settings, choose your Bucket.
After that, you can exclude paths if required. You will find the box below the ‘**File Backup**’ field as shown below.
You can also choose to schedule ‘**Automatic Backup**’ and ‘**Automatic Delete**’. For automatic backup, you need to select backup frequency and backup time. On the other hand, you can set a value for how many days after a backup will be deleted automatically.
This is how you can easily configure and use Cloudflare R2 storage for site backup in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Collect Stripe Publishable Key for 3D Secure Card Payments? - xCloud
> Follow the guidelines to collect stripe publishable key for 3D secure payments & implement on xCloud via onboarding flow or dashboard end.
Keeping online payments safe is essential for any business & [**xCloud**](/) always ensures its fullness. When you use Stripe, your **Stripe Publishable Key** is the way to connect your website or app to Stripe’s payment system. Combined with 3D Secure, this key helps you process payments safely and boosts customer confidence.
**Why do we need the Publishable Key from your (Reseller) account?** 3D Secure adds an extra layer of protection to your credit card transactions, helping to prevent fraud and build trust. To enable it, you will need to get your Stripe publishable key and set it up correctly.
In this guide, we’ll show you the simple steps to access your Stripe publishable key so you can start accepting 3D Secure payments from your clients.
**_Note:_** _Before heading to the process, make sure that you_ [**_connect your Stripe account with xCloud_**](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/).
## **Collecting Stripe Publishable Key** [#](/docs/collect-stripe-publishable-key/)
To collect the publishable key, log in to your **[Stripe](https://stripe.com/)** account & head towards the Developers option on top in the dashboard. Under the ‘**Developers**’ section, you’ll get two options—API Keys & Apps. Click on ‘**API Keys**’ & copy your Stripe ‘**Publishable Key.**’
## **Implementing Stripe Publishable Key for Allowing 3D Secure Card Payments in xCloud White Label \[Onboarding Flow\]** [#](/docs/collect-stripe-publishable-key/)
While setting up your reseller account with xCloud White Label, you’ll go through an onboarding flow. After setting up your ‘Brand’, when you reach to **‘Payment Setup’** section, you’ll get an option named **‘3D Secure Card Compatibility for Your Clients.’** Now paste your Stripe ‘**Publishable Key**’ before heading to the next step of the onboarding flow.
**_Note:_** _By any chance, if you skip this part while getting onboard, you can do it later from the dashboard end as well._
Now, let’s see how you can apply your Stripe Publishable Key in xCloud White Label from the dashboard.
## **Implementing Stripe Publishable Key for Allowing 3D Secure Card Payments in xCloud White Label \[Dashboard End\]** [#](/docs/collect-stripe-publishable-key/)
Follow the below step-by-step guide to save your Stripe Publishable Key to allow your clients to make payments safely and boost their confidence.
### **Step 1: Access xCloud White Label** [#](/docs/collect-stripe-publishable-key/)
Login to your xCloud dashboard with the right credentials, & head over to the **‘White Label’** on top and click on it. And you’ll be redirected to your White Label dashboard as shown below.
### **Step 2: Setup Stripe 3DS Card** [#](/docs/collect-stripe-publishable-key/)
Once you’re in, navigate to the **‘Settings’** → **‘Payment’** option. On the resulting page, you’ll get your Stripe Account details & an option named **‘Stripe 3DS Card Setup.**’ Now paste your Publishable Key to the respective box and click on **‘Add.’**
This is how you can easily access your Stripe Publishable Key for 3D Secure Card Payments and apply in xCloud White Label following any of the above-mentioned methods.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure a Business Mail account on Apple Mail - xCloud
> Learn how to configure business Mail account on Apple Mail with xCloud MailBox Addon in just a few steps.
If you want to manage emails from another account within MacOS/Apple Mail App, you can do so by setting up IMAP. This allows Apple Mail to receive and send emails using an external email provider.
Follow this guide to learn how to configure a business mail account on Apple Mail with xCloud MailBox.
## **Step 1: Gather your IMAP Info** [#](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-apple-mail/)
First, go to your MailBox, choose your mail, and head over to the ‘IMAP’ tab from the menu. Here you will find the credentials to set up the email client with Apple Mail.
> **Email:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Password**: \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Incoming Server Hostname:** imap.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Incoming Server Username**: hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Incoming Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Outgoing Mail Server Hostname:** pop.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Outgoing Server Username:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Outgoing Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Port:** 993
>
> **Encryption:** TLS
### **Step 2: Go to Your Apple Mail Account** [#](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-apple-mail/)
Open Mail and **‘Add account**’ from the main menu. Select **‘Other Mail Account** and click Continue.
Then enter your Login credentials ‘**Email Address’**, enter your email account’s ‘password’ and click the Sign In button.
Next, choose ‘Account Type’ as ’IMAP’ and fill in the ‘ Incoming Mail Server’, and ‘Outgoing Mail Server’ credentials in their dedicated fields and click on the ‘Sign in’.
Specify what things you wish to sync with the server, in this example, it is ‘Notes’ and ‘Mail’. Choose and click on the ‘Done’ button.
Once the setup process is done, you can see that your MailBox is set up with Apple Mail.
And that’s it, you have successfully located your other server and verified your credentials. Just a verification email has been sent to your MailBox. Go to your MailBox and verify the email client setup with Apple Mail.
Still stuck? Contact our [dedicated support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure a Business Mail account on Gmail - xCloud
> Learn how to configure a business Mail account on Gmail with xCloud MailBox Addon in just a few steps.
If you want to manage emails from another account within Gmail, you can do so by setting up POP and SMTP access. This allows Gmail to receive and send emails using an external email provider.
Follow this guide to learn how to configure a business mail account on Gmail with wxCloud MailBox to send and receive mail easily:
## **Step 1: Gather your POP Info** [#](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-gmail/)
First, go to your MailBox, choose your mail, and head over to the ‘POP’ tab from the menu. Here you will find the credentials to set up the email client with Gmail.
> **Email:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Password**: \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Incoming Server Hostname:** pop.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Incoming Server Username:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Incoming Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Outgoing Mail Server Hostname:** pop.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Outgoing Server Username:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Outgoing Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Port:** 995
>
> **Encryption:** TLS
## **Step 2: Go to Your Gmail Account** [#](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-gmail/)
Start by logging into your Gmail account and navigating to ‘**Settings’**. From there, click on ‘**See All Settings.’**
Then go to the ‘Forwarding and POP/IMAP’ tab and find the ‘POP Download’ option. Next enable the POP for all mail option and click ont he ‘Save’ button.
## **Step 3: Add a Mail Account** [#](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-gmail/)
Then, go to the to ‘**Settings’**. From there, click on ‘**See All Settings’** → ‘**Accounts’** tab. Click ‘**Add a mail account’**, which opens a new window.
Then enter your **‘POP Mail’** in the **‘Email address’** field and click on the ‘**Next’** step button.
Next, enter the ‘Username’, ‘Password’, ‘POP Server’, ‘Port’ accordingly that you have copied from the xCloud MailBox dashboard and click on the ‘Add Account’ button.
And your mail account has been added to receive emails. Now if you want to send emails form the Gmail account as well choose the option ‘Yes’ and click on the ‘Next’ button.
Next, you will see that an option ‘Import emails from my other account’ is selected, keep it selected and go to the ‘Next’.
Next, add a ‘Name’ and click on the ‘Next Step’ button to proceed.
Then go to your MailBox dashboard again and switch over to the ‘SMTP tab from the dashboard and collect the credentials:’Username’, ‘SMTP Server Name’, ‘Password‘, ‘Port for STARTTLS’ and go to the email client setup process.
Now, enter the ‘Username’ ‘SMTP Server Name’, ‘Password‘, ‘Port for STARTTLS’ into the dedicated fields and click on the ‘Add Account’ button.
And you have successfully located your other server and verified your credentials. Next, just a verification email has been sent to your MailBox. Go to your MailBox and verify the email client setup with Gmail.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can connect your email clients account with Gmail.
Still stuck? Contact our [dedicated support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Configure Custom NGINX In xCloud? - xCloud
> Ready to enhance NGINX? Dive into xCloud's custom config options. Configure custom NGINX for ultimate performance tweaking.
[**NGINX**](https://www.nginx.com/) is a top choice for web servers for its adaptability and strength. Many online services and applications use NGINX and customize it to boost their system’s efficiency, secure their data, and add new features. However, you might find it challenging to **configure custom NGINX** settings, as it often requires manual edits in the Linux terminal.
But, with [**xCloud**](/), you can simplify this process. If you add a custom NGINX in xCloud, it lets you easily modify NGINX settings right from the xCloud dashboard, without using any extra command lines.
## **Understanding The NGINX Config** [#](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
NGINX is an **open-source web server** that provides reverse proxy, load balancing, and caching capabilities. It has HTTPS server capabilities and is primarily intended for optimal performance and stability.
In xCloud, the NGINX server settings are customizable through configuration files in the **_/etc/NGINX/_** folder. The main configuration file can be located at **_/etc/NGINX/xcloud-conf_**.
## **Configure Custom NGINX In xCloud: A Step-By-Step Guide** [#](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
With xCloud’s **Custom NGINX Config** feature, you can add a new configuration directly from the xCloud dashboard. Here, you can add custom configurations for before, after, and inside server blocks. Follow the guide to learn how you can configure custom NGINX in xCloud.
### **Step 1: Navigate To The NGINX Tab In xCloud** [#](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and choose the website for which you want to add a custom NGINX. From the left navigation menu, click on the NGINX option.
### **Step 2: Add A Custom NGINX** [#](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
From this tab, you need to tap the ‘**Add a New Config**’ button to configure a custom NGINX. You can run and debug a custom config or save this for later use purposes.
You can choose one from **4 NGINX types**: Before Server Block, Inside Server Block, and After Server Block. You can then choose a file name, ‘**Run & Debug**’ a custom NGINX, or ‘**Save Config**’.
1. If you choose the ‘Before Server Block’ and set a Config File Name, the Config will be generated as **_/etc/NGINX/xcloud-conf/(sitename)/before/(Config File Name)._**
2. For ‘Inside Server Block’ and a Config File Name, the Config will be generated as **_/etc/NGINX/xcloud-conf/(sitename)/server/(Config File Name)._**
3. For ‘After Server Block’ and a Config File Name, the Config will be generated as **_/etc/NGINX/xcloud-conf/(sitename)/after/(Config File Name)._**
4. If you choose Inside PHP Location Block, it will be placed inside the PHP location block in the relevant server configuration.
5. If you choose ‘Inside Proxy Location Block’**,** it will be placed inside the location block used for proxying non-PHP applications.
For example, if you choose the ‘**Inside Server Block**’ and set the Config File Name as ‘**rankmath**’ for the site ‘**summer-star-195.xcloud.name**’, the config will be generated as **/etc/NGINX/xcloud-conf/summer-star-195.xcloud.name/server/rankmath.conf.**
Now, using the Config Content below for example:
\# START NGINX Rewrites for Rank Math Sitemaps
rewrite ^/sitemap\_index.xml$ /index.php?sitemap=1 last;
rewrite ^/(\[^/\]+?)-sitemap(\[0-9\]+)?.xml$ /index.php?sitemap=$1&sitemap\_n=$2 last;
rewrite ^/(\[a-z\]+)?-sitemap\\.xsl$ /index.php?xsl=$1 last;
\# END NGINX Rewrites for Rank Math Sitemaps
You can then choose to ‘**Run & Debug**’ or ‘**Save Config**’.
If you are using Custom NGINX for HideMyWP, make sure to change your settings in the plugin like this, as shown below.
If your custom NGINX command and configurations are okay, you will see a green message upon clicking the ‘Run & Debug’.
However, if there are some issues with your configuration and command, you will see a red message.
Once you add a custom NGINX config successfully, it will be listed on the ‘**Custom NGINX Config**’ tab. From here, you can edit or delete a config. Additionally, you can preview your configuration.
## **Custom NGINX Templates** [#](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
For now, we are offering built-in custom NGINX support for Rankmath and Hide My WP on the xCloud dashboard. That means, If your website has the [**Rankmath**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/seo-by-rank-math/) or [**Hide My WP**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/hide-my-wp/) plugins installed, you can choose from the ‘**Select Template**’ list and you’re all good to go. Or else, you can choose ‘**Use My Own Config**’ to run your config manually. However, we will be gradually adding more plugins.
That is how easily you can configure custom NGINX in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure Your Email Client with xCloud Mailbox Addon - xCloud
> Learn how to configure your email client with the xCloud Mailbox Addon using IMAP or POP for secure, seamless email access on any device.
The **xCloud Mailbox Addon** allows you to integrate your email account with popular email clients like Gmail, Microsoft Outlook, Thunderbird, Windows Mail, and iOS Mail. By configuring an email client, you can send and receive emails directly from your desktop or mobile device, providing a seamless and efficient communication experience without relying solely on webmail.
This guide walks you through the complete process of configuring your preferred email client using **IMAP/POP protocols**, ensuring secure and reliable access to your xCloud mailbox.
## **Step 1: Create Your Email Account** [#](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
To proceed, you need to create a MailBox first. If you have not created any MailBox yet, read this detailed documentation:
[**_How to Set Up xCloud MailBox Addon_**](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
## **Step 2: Gather your IMAP/POP Info** [#](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
After accessing the **IMAP and POP tab** in your xCloud Mailbox dashboard, you will find all the necessary credentials to configure your email account. Before proceeding, it’s important to understand the difference between **IMAP** and **POP** as each serves a different purpose.
**IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)** is the recommended option for most users. It allows for two-way synchronization between your email client and the server, meaning any changes you make—such as reading, deleting, or moving messages—will reflect across all your devices. This makes IMAP ideal if you plan to access your email from multiple devices like your smartphone, tablet, or computer.
On the other hand, **POP3 (Post Office Protocol v3)** is designed for downloading emails to a single device. Once downloaded, emails are typically removed from the server, and any changes made on one device won’t sync to others. POP3 is best suited for users who only check their email on one device and prefer to store their emails locally.
Choose the email setup that works best for you: IMAP for syncing your email on multiple devices or POP for accessing your email on just one device. Then, gather the setup details from your dashboard to continue configuring your email client.
### **For IMAP:** [#](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
> **Email:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Password**: \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Incoming Server Hostname:** imap.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Incoming Server Username**: hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Incoming Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Outgoing Mail Server Hostname:** pop.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Outgoing Server Username:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Outgoing Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Port:** 993
>
> **Encryption:** TLS
### **POP** [#](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
> **Email:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Password**: \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Incoming Server Hostname:** pop.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Incoming Server Username:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Incoming Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Outgoing Mail Server Hostname:** pop.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Outgoing Server Username:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Outgoing Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Port:** 995
>
> **Encryption:** TLS
### **Step 3 – Configure your email client** [#](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)
Although various email clients and devices have distinct configurations, they all have fundamental setup requirements in common. For more information, select your device from the list below:
- [Smartphones and tablets](/docs/how-to-configure-a-business-mail-account-on-phone-using-gmail/)
- [Mac devices](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-apple-mail/)
- [Gmail](/docs/configure-a-business-mail-account-on-gmail/)
- Windows
- Other Email clients
If your device or email application is not included in the list, consult a similar guide or look online for the official documentation.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure Integration with Telegram in xCloud Hosting? - xCloud
> Learn how integration with Telegram in xCloud hosting for real-time site notifications to enhance your team's coordination effortlessly.
[**xCloud**](/) offers a feature called ‘**Integration with Telegram**’ to receive site notifications in the Telegram app. With just a few clicks, you can seamlessly integrate Telegram into xCloud hosting to enhance your notification management. By integrating with [**Telegram**](https://telegram.org/), you can receive real-time server and site notifications, along with team activity updates, directly within your Telegram app, ensuring you stay connected and informed at all times.
Follow the step-by-step guide to learn how to integrate Telegram in xCloud hosting to enhance team coordination and efficiency.
## **Step 1: Add New Notification** [#](/docs/configure-integration-with-telegram-in-xcloud/)
Once you login to your **xCloud account**, go to **Integrations → Notification** on the dashboard. Then, click on ‘**Add New Notification**’ to connect Telegram to your xCloud hosting.
## **Step 2: Integration with Telegram in xCloud** [#](/docs/configure-integration-with-telegram-in-xcloud/)
After clicking on ‘**Add New Notification**’ choose ‘**Telegram**’. Now copy the authentication command by clicking on the ‘**Copy**’ button & go to Telegram @**xCloudhostingbot** to start your chat to integrate Telegram in xCloud.
In the Telegram app start your chat with the xCloud Notification bot and send the copied authentication command token. The notification bot will confirm that you are ready to authorize notifications with xCloud.
Now, click on the ‘**Authorize on Telegram**’ button and a notification will appear to confirm Telegram is connected with xCloud.
Now, in the ‘**List of Notifications,**‘ you can see your connected Telegram title along with its Type, Status, and Action. To disconnect your Telegram from xCloud, just click on ‘**Disconnect**‘ under Action then ‘**Ok**’ to confirm.
## **Step 3: Choose the Notifications You Want to Get** [#](/docs/configure-integration-with-telegram-in-xcloud/)
To choose which notifications you want to receive in your Telegram, go to **Team Settings → Notifications**. Then, check the Telegram options for ‘**Server**,’ ‘**Site**,’ or ‘**Other**‘ that you want to receive notifications for, and click on ‘**Save Changes**.’
This is how you can easily configure Telegram with xCloud hosting & get your server, site notifications along with team accounts and actions directly into your Telegram.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Configure Mailgun For Site Emails - xCloud
> Minimize spam risks and optimize email delivery on xCloud with Mailgun. Learn how to configure Mailgun, authenticate domains, and integrate with SMTP or API.
[**xCloud hosting**](/) recognizes the importance of well-integrated email systems like Mailgun to minimize the risk of emails being marked as spam or failing to reach their intended recipients. So, it has streamlined the way to configure Mailgun into its environment for site emails.
**[Mailgun](https://www.mailgun.com/)** is one of the most popular email delivery services that combines powerful features and compatibility to ensure a more innovative mailing experience. Plus, it’s one of the cheapest options available. You can send **up to 5000 emails** per month on the Free plan. On the other hand, it will cost you **$0.001 per email** on the Flex plan.
Follow the step-by-step guide below to learn how to configure Mailgun for your site emails.
## **Step 1: Domain Authentication With Mailgun** [#](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/)
Before getting started with the Mailgun integration into your xCloud team, you need to authenticate your domain with the email service. Please follow their detailed documentation on how you can do that: [**Mailgun Domain Verification Walkthrough**](https://help.mailgun.com/hc/en-us/articles/32884702360603-Domain-Verification-Setup-Guide)**.**
## **Step 2: Integrate Mailgun into xCloud** [#](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/)
Once you authenticate your domains with Mailgun, you can integrate the email service into the xCloud environment by following these two methods:
- **Integrate Mailgun With SMTP Credentials**
- **Integrate Mailgun With API**
### **Integrate Mailgun With SMTP Credentials** [#](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/)
[**Log in**](https://login.mailgun.com/login/) to your Mailgun account and navigate to **Sending → Domains** from the dashboard. Then navigate to the **Domain Settings → SMTP Credentials.** Add a new domain by tapping the ‘**Add new domain**’ button. Once you add the domain, save your login credentials (username and password) for using it in the xCloud mail integration.
Once you are done collecting your SMTP credentials for Mailgun, it’s time to add Mailgun as the email provider in xCloud. From your xCloud dashboard, navigate to **My Profile → Integrations → Email Provider**. You need to integrate your Mailgun account domain with the credentials by clicking the ‘**Add New Provider’** button.
Once you hit the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button, you will see a pop-up asking you to select the email provider, SMTP username, and SMTP password.
Select Mailgun as the provider, and input your credentials in the **SMTP username** and **SMTP password** fields. The email provider will be added instantly.
### **Integrate Mailgun With API** [#](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/)
Alongside using the Mailgun SMTP credentials, you can integrate Mailgun with the API keys. For that, log in to your Mailgun account and navigate to **API Security** page. Add a new key by clicking the ‘**Add new key**’ button and setting a description. Save your API key for future use.
From your xCloud dashboard, navigate to **My Profile → Integrations → Email Provider**. You need to integrate your Mailgun account domain with the credentials by clicking the ‘**Add New Provider’** button.
Once you hit the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button, you will see a pop-up asking you to select the email provider name. Select **Mailgun API** as the provider, and input your collected API from the **Mailgun API Security** page. Then, provide your authenticated domain name and hit the ‘**Add Email Provider**’ button.
That’s how easily you can integrate Mailgun into your xCloud team with API keys.
## **Step 3: Testing Your Email Integration** [#](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/)
After adding Mailgun successfully, you can test your email service by sending a test email straight from the **Email Provider** section.
## **Step 4: Add Mailgun Service To Site** [#](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/)
After integrating Mailgun into your xCloud environment, you need just to add the provider to the site. Go to **All Sites** and choose your website to add the email provider. Select your site and navigate to **Email Provider** tab.
Now select your domain from the ‘**Email Provider**’ options, set the sender’s name in the ‘**From Name**’ field, and input your email sender’s address in the ‘**From Email**’ field. Once done, hit the ‘**Add This Provider To Site**’ button.
If you don’t find it convenient to configure your site emails with Mailgun using the SMTP credentials or API, you can check the process of configuring with the Mailgun plugin below.
## **Configure Site Emails With Mailgun Plugin** [#](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/)
Get started by signing up for an [**account.**](https://signup.mailgun.com/new/signup) Follow the [**Quickstart Guide**](https://documentation.mailgun.com/docs/mailgun/quickstart) to verify your domain, and once it’s confirmed, your API key will be revealed and ready for use!
Click on your profile, and from the dropdown menu, select **API Keys**. Collect your **private key** and copy it for using it on your WordPress dashboard.
Now, you need to install the Mailgun plugin on your WordPress site. Follow these simple steps below:
- Log in to your WordPress site.
- Visit the Add Plugins page.
- Search for “[**Mailgun for WordPress**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/mailgun/)” and install the plugin.
- Access the Mailgun screen from the Settings menu.
- Enable Use HTTP API to **Yes**.
- Enter your Mailgaun domain in the **Domain Name** field.
- Copy and paste your Private API key into the **API Key** field.
- Save the changes and click Test Configuration to send a test email.
After saving all the changes:
- Save the settings after configuration.
- Send a test email to ensure proper setup.
- If errors occur, check if DNS settings are still propagating or if settings are misconfigured.
- Ensure the Mailgun domain status shows as “Active.”
- Upon successful sending, you’ll receive a confirmation email with the following text:
- If you have received this message, as shown in the image, the requested test has succeeded.
That’s how easily you can **configure Mailgun for site emails** for xCloud environment as an **[SMTP provider](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)** to streamline the email delivery process of transactional emails.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](/support/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure MySQL and MariaDB with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to configure MySQL and MariaDB using xCloud for better performance and stability.
Managing your database server the right way is essential for performance, stability, and data protection. Whether you use MySQL or MariaDB, configuring your settings based on your server’s needs will help you get the most out of your setup. Follow the guide to configure MySQL and MariaDB using xCloud and explain the key configuration options in simple terms.
## **How to Configure MySQL for Your Server** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
You can [**manage MySQL**](https://www.mysql.com/) settings directly from the xCloud control panel. Follow the steps below to modify key database parameters of MySQL that affect performance and stability.
### **Step 1: Go to the Server** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Go to your server. From the sidebar, go to ‘**Management’** and then click on ‘**MySQL Configuration’**.
### **Step 2: Adjust the Configuration options** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Here you will find all the configuration options **‘Max Connections’, ‘Max Allowed Packet’, ‘InnoDB Buffer Pool Size’, ‘InnoDB Buffer Pool Instances’, ‘InnoDB Flush Log at Transaction Commit’, ‘Slow Query Log’, ‘Long Query Time’, ‘Sort Buffer Size’, ‘Binary Log Expire Time’, ‘InnoDB Flush Method’**.
You can change these settings based on your server’s workload and resource availability.
### **Step 3: Apply Changes** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
After you adjust the settings based on your server’s needs, review the values and click on the **Save Changes** button. The new configuration will be applied immediately.
## **How to Configure MariaDB for Your Server** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Just like MySQL, you can adjust MariaDB configuration from the xCloud control panel. Follow the steps below to modify key database parameters of MariaDB and apply changes based on your server’s needs.
### **Step 1: Go to the Server** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Go to your server. From the sidebar, go to ‘**Management’** and then click on ‘**MariaDB Configuration’**.
### **Step 2: Adjust the Configuration options** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Here you will find all the configuration options **‘Max Connections’, ‘Max Allowed Packet’, ‘InnoDB Buffer Pool Size’, ‘InnoDB Buffer Pool Instances’, ‘InnoDB Flush Log at Transaction Commit’, ‘Slow Query Log’, ‘Long Query Time’, ‘Sort Buffer Size’, ‘Binary Log Expire Time’, ‘InnoDB Flush Method’**.
You can change these settings based on your server’s workload and resource availability.
### **Step 3: Apply Changes** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
After you adjust the settings based on your server’s needs, review the values and click on the **Save Changes** button. The new configuration will be applied immediately.
## **Configuration Options for MySQL and MariaDB** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
When you configure MySQL or MariaDB, you will deal with several important settings. These settings affect how well your server performs, how stable it stays under pressure, and how safe your data is. Here is a simple explanation of each option so you can make informed decisions.
### **Max Connections** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This setting controls the maximum number of client connections that your database can handle at the same time. If your application has many users, increase this value based on your server’s CPU and RAM. Too many connections without enough resources will cause connection errors.
### **Max Allowed Packet** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This sets the maximum size of a packet that your server can handle in a single transaction. If your application sends large data chunks, such as files or long queries, you may need to raise this value. Use values like 64M or 128M, depending on your needs.
### **InnoDB Buffer Pool Size** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This defines how much RAM is used to cache data and indexes. It is a major factor in overall performance. A good rule is to allocate 70 to 80 percent of available memory for this setting. Use 128M for smaller systems, or 1G and higher for large workloads.
### **InnoDB Buffer Pool Instances** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This option breaks the buffer pool into multiple parts. Doing so helps performance, especially if your server has multiple CPU cores. It reduces contention and allows smoother handling of concurrent queries. In MariaDB, this feature is maintained by MariaDB, ensuring optimized performance tailored for its database environment.
### **InnoDB Flush Log at Transaction Commit** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This controls how often transaction logs are written to disk. There are three settings:
- 0 gives the best speed but risks losing recent data if the server crashes.
- 1 is the default and ensures the highest data safety.
- 2 is a balance between performance and durability.
Pick the one that fits your data safety needs.
### **Slow Query Log** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Turn this ON if you want to track slow queries. It helps you detect performance issues. The log file is usually stored at /var/log/mysql/mysql-slow.log. You can disable it when you do not need it.
### **Long Query Time** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This works with the slow query log. It sets the time (in seconds) that a query must run before being labeled as “slow.” Adjust it to match your idea of slow performance.
### **Sort Buffer Size** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This controls how much memory is used for sorting operations like ORDER BY or GROUP BY. If your application performs a lot of sorting, increasing this value can help. Use values between 256K and 2M, depending on your server memory.
### **Binary Log Expire Time** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This setting defines how long binary logs are kept before deletion. These logs help with replication and recovery but can use up disk space. Setting a shorter expiry time will free up space automatically.
### **InnoDB Flush Method** [#](/docs/configure-mysql-and-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
This setting controls how data is written to disk. Your choice depends on your storage device.
- fsync is standard and works well for most setups.
- O\_DIRECT is good for SSDs and helps reduce memory use by skipping the OS cache.
- Other options like O\_DSYNC, littlesync, nosync, and O\_DIRECT\_NO\_FSYNC offer different performance trade-offs.
If you are using SSD storage, O\_DIRECT is usually the best option.
Make sure you adjust these settings based on your actual server usage and the hardware resources available. With proper configuration, both MySQL and MariaDB can deliver strong performance and high reliability.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can configure MySQL and MariaDB for your server in just a few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Configure Server Backup Management In xCloud? - xCloud
> Secure your website! Learn how to easily configure server backup management in your xCloud dashboard to recover from crashes or disasters.
Server backups on your hosting platform are lifesavers for your website. It ensures a copy of everything, including files, databases, and images is stored securely off-site. These backups are essential for bouncing back from disasters like crashes, cyberattacks, or even accidental deletions. With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily configure **server backup management** straight from your dashboard.
The Server Backup Management feature at xCloud is now available for:
- xCloud server
- Vultr server
_**Important:** Server backup is an **optional add-on for xCloud Managed Servers with an additional 20% cost**._
We will be adding more providers for this feature soon. However, the billing of the providers (other than xCloud) will be handled by their end.
Follow this step-by-step guide to learn how to configure server backup management in xCloud.
## **Step 1: Create A Server & Enable Backup** [#](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/)
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and create a new server by tapping on the ‘**\+ New Server**’ button. Choose all the resources and set all the details. Drop down and you will find the option to enable the backup. Toggle the button to turn on server backup while adding a new server.
If you are an xCloud LTD user, you will find the option to bring the xCloud-managed provider’s server. Once done, hit the next screen, and your server will automatically finish setting up.
## **Step 2: Configure Server Backup Management** [#](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/)
Once you are on the server overview page, tap on the ‘**Backup**’ tab. Here, you will find the button to enable backup. It will add backups on the cloud provider, and you will see a list of backups here. Once done, hit the ‘**Save Settings**’ button.
If you have brought your own server or use another service like [**Vultr**](https://www.vultr.com/)**,** the billing, and cost of server backup and management will be handled on that provider’s end.
After you toggle the button to enable backup, you will have the option to choose the ‘Provider Backup Schedule’. Select one of the backup frequency options (Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Every Even Day, or Every Odd Day). If you choose monthly, you will also see another option to select the day of the month.
Additionally, you can choose a backup time. Once choosing your preferences, hit the ‘**Update Scheule**‘ button.
However, for xCloud managed or Vultr providers, you might not find the Server Backup option if it’s not enabled from the ‘**team management**‘ page. In that case, you need to ask your team admin to enable the ‘**servermanage-provider-backup**‘ option, as shown below:
If you are choosing another provider other than xCloud, you might need to select the backup volume or interval on the provider’s end. Typically, Vultr offers backups once a week by default. But, you can change the interval to daily or even monthly.
## **Special Notes To Keep In Mind** [#](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/)
- Be careful before you delete a server. If you delete a server, all the server’s backup will be removed too.
- Your server backups are performed once a week by default. You can have two backups on the backup list at a time. If there are two backups already available and a new backup is created, xCloud will automatically delete the older version of the previous two backups. Also, if you restore a backup, your most recent data or progress will be lost as you are restoring the files and data from the backup file.
- We do not allow anyone to repeatedly turn on or off the automatic backup option to prevent system abuse. If you disable the feature after turning it on for a server, you cannot enable it again. However, if you disable backups for a server by mistake, please contact support to re-enable it.
That is how easily you can configure server backup management in xCloud.
Still, feeling stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for assistance.
---
# How to Configure Slack Integration in xCloud Hosting? - xCloud
> Follow the guide to learn how to configure Slack integration in xCloud hosting & easily collaborate, communicate with your team.
Effective communication is vital for seamless collaboration and productivity. With that in mind, [**xCloud**](/) Hosting brings an innovative solution through Slack integration, empowering users to streamline communication effortlessly within their team hosting environment. With this integration, you can get server notifications, site notifications, and more on your Slack.
Follow the step-by-step guide to learn how to **configure Slack integration in xCloud** hosting to enhance team coordination and efficiency.
_**Note:** Before getting started, you will need to visit the xCloud website and you have to sign up or log in to xCloud with your credentials._
## **Step 1: Add New Slack Notification** [#](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, navigate to **Team Settings** → **Integrations** → **Notification.** Once you’re in, click on **‘Add New Notification’,** select your provider as **‘Slack’** from the dropdown, and click on ‘**Authorize on Slack.**’
## **Step 2: Give Permission Access & Select Slack Channel** [#](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/)
On the resulting page, xCloud requires a channel to post to as an app. Since xCloud is requesting permission to access here, you need to select a channel from the dropdown **“Share for a Channel”**, and click on **‘Allow’** for the further step.
Wait for a few seconds & your Slack channel will be connected with your xCloud hosting. This is how easy it is to configure Slack integration in xCloud hosting.
## **Step 3: Select Notifications You Want in Your Prefered Slack Channel** [#](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/)
After connecting your Slack channel to xCloud hosting, you’ll get options to choose which notifications (e.g., **Server Notifications, Site Notifications, Other Notifications**) you want to get in your selected Slack channel as shown below. To do so, navigate to **Team Settings** → **Notifications**.
Just click the **‘Slack’** option beside each notification to enable and disable the option. Once you’re done with the selection, don’t forget to click the ‘**Save Changes**’ to save all the changes you made.
**Note:** _The role permission of integrations & notifications can only be managed by the Team Admin role user in xCloud._
This is how you can easily configure Slack integration in xCloud hosting & communicate with your team with the Slack conversations that you choose.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Control OPcache With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly enable PHP OPcache on your server using xCloud for improved application performance.
OPcache is a PHP extension that enhances performance by storing precompiled script bytecode in memory. This allows PHP scripts to execute more quickly by avoiding the overhead of parsing and compiling code on each request. Enabling OPcache can significantly improve the efficiency of your PHP applications.
Follow the steps to learn how to enable OPcache on your server with xCloud.
**_Note:_** _OPcache is compatible with PHP versions 5.6 through 8.4. Ensure your server is running a supported PHP version before proceeding._
## **Step 1: Access the PHP Configuration** [#](/docs/control-opcache-with-xcloud/)
To begin, log in to your xCloud server management dashboard. From the main interface, navigate to the **Management** section and select **PHP Configuration**. This will take you to the configuration settings where you can manage various PHP extensions and options.
## **Step 2: Enable OPCache** [#](/docs/control-opcache-with-xcloud/)
Once you are on the PHP Configuration page, scroll down to access the ‘**PHP OPcache’** option. To enable OPcache, simply toggle the corresponding switch. This action activates OPcache on your server, and no further configuration is needed.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can enable OPCache with xCloud and ensure faster script execution and enhanced overall application efficiency.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Create a Database for Your Site with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to create a database for your site or web application in xCloud with easy step by step process.
xCloud makes it easy to create a database and manage it for your site or web application, whether you are using MySQL or MariaDB. This guide will walk you through the steps to set up a new database and a new database user. You will be able to handle everything from choosing the server to setting access permissions, all from within the xCloud dashboard. Follow these simple steps, and you will have your database and user up and running in no time!
## **Step 1: Choose the Server** [#](/docs/create-a-database-for-your-site-web-application/)
To begin, select the server where you want to create a database. Navigate to the left sidebar and find the Management section. From the dropdown, select Database.
## **Step 2: Create the Database** [#](/docs/create-a-database-for-your-site-web-application/)
Once you have selected your server, proceed to create the database. Click the **‘Add Database’** button. A pop-up window will appear.
Enter a **Database Name** and **Username** for the database. A password will be automatically generated for the database, but you can change it if needed. After entering the necessary details, click the **‘Add Database’** button to create the new database.
## **Step 3: Create a Database User** [#](/docs/create-a-database-for-your-site-web-application/)
After you create the database, you can add new users and assign them the necessary access permissions. On the dashboard, locate and click the **‘Add Database User’** button. A pop-up window will appear.
Enter a **Username** for the new user. A password will be automatically generated for the user, though you can change it to one of your preference. Set the user’s access permissions. Choose the database the user should have access to. Finally, click **‘Add New User’** to save the user.
## **Step 4: Access New Database and User** [#](/docs/create-a-database-for-your-site-web-application/)
After you have created the new database and user, both will appear in your xCloud dashboard. You can now manage your databases and users directly from here.
With these simple steps, you can efficiently create a database and manage users effortlessly in xCloud!
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Create a Demo Site in xCloud? - xCloud
> Need a test site? xCloud lets you create a demo site in just a few clicks. Follow our step-by-step guide to configure, test, and launch seamlessly!
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily **create a demo site** in a few clicks and test everything before going live. A demo site serves as a test website where you can migrate sites, run experiments, use all necessary plugins and themes, and more with a temporary domain before going live.
On the other hand, [**a staging environment**](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/) lets you push and pull site data between staging and production sites. Follow this step-by-step guideline below to learn how to create a demo site in xCloud.
## **Step 1: Add New Site & Add Information** [#](/docs/create-a-demo-site-in-xcloud/)
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and click the ‘**+New Site**’ to add a new site. Then, choose a server from the list and go ‘**Next**’.
We will be creating a fresh WordPress site here. So choose the ‘**Install New WordPress Website**’ option as shown below.
## **Step 2: Configure & Install Your Demo Site** [#](/docs/create-a-demo-site-in-xcloud/)
Now, instead of going live, you need to choose ‘**Demo Site**’ in this section as shown below. Your new WordPress site will be a demo site, so you can run some tests and experiments before sending it live.
Before continuing, please note that xCloud provides demo domains as **‘.wp1.site’** and **‘.wp1.sh**’. The demo domains are subdomains of wp1.site and wp1.sh and team xCloud uses Cloudflare to manage these domains. You can choose between any of these. Once you go from **Demo to Live**, you cannot go back to the Demo domain again.
Set a name for your demo site and add relevant tags. Your staging domain will be generated automatically. Now, scroll down to configure more settings, such as Multisite, Caching, Email Provider, and Blueprints as you need.
At the bottom, you will see another option for ‘**More Advanced Settings**’, where you can set and choose admin details, WordPress Version, PHP Version, manage database, and more.
Once you are done with all the configurations and adjustments, hit the ‘**Next**’ button. Within a few minutes, your demo site will be ready & you will be able to manage everything on your site from the xCloud dashboard.
## **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/create-a-demo-site-in-xcloud/)
Here is the outcome of your demo site’s environment below. xCloud provides this demo site to do all the development to your site with a temporary domain. When you are ready with everything on your site, simply select the ‘**GO LIVE**’ option and add your own domain to make the site available to your user/visitor.
This is how easily you **can create a demo site** in xCloud.
Still feeling stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# How to Create a New Product in xCloud White Label - xCloud
> Learn how to create a new product or a custom package for reseller in xCloud White Label easily.
xCloud provides an efficient way to create custom hosting packages, enabling you to resell hosting services under your own brand through the xCloud White Label program.
By setting up your server within the xCloud white label dashboard, you can start offering customized hosting plans to your customers. This guide will walk you through the step-by-step guide on how to create a new product or a custom package in xCloud.
## **Step 1: Log In to Your xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/create-a-new-product-in-xcloud-white-label/)
First, log in to your xCloud dashboard using your credentials. Once you are logged in, navigate to the ‘**White Label’** tab on the dashboard. Clicking on this tab will redirect you to the xCloud White Label landing page, where you can manage your white label settings and create custom hosting packages.
## **Step 2: Create Custom Hosting Packages** [#](/docs/create-a-new-product-in-xcloud-white-label/)
On the dashboard of White Label, click on the **‘Add Product’** button to begin creating your custom hosting package. A popup window will appear with server configuration options.
Here, you can choose your server plan by selecting between ‘**General’** and ‘**Premium’** plans based on your needs.
Next, select your desired server size from the available options. As you select different plans and server sizes, you will be able to see the corresponding prices. Once you have made your selections, click on the ‘**Next’** button to proceed.
## **Step 3: Customize Your Hosting Plan** [#](/docs/create-a-new-product-in-xcloud-white-label/)
In this step, you will customize the details of your hosting package. Enter a unique **‘Plan Name’** for your package or keep it blank and it will take the original product you have choosen. In the **‘Custom Price/Month’** field, set the monthly price you wish to charge your customers and then provide a ‘**SKU’** (Stock Keeping Unit). You can also deactivate any package by clicking on the ‘Active Package’ button. Once all the details are filled out, you can make it immediately available for purchase by clicking on the **‘Save and Publish’** button.
**_Note:_** _Remember, your custom price needs to be higher than the server cost to ensure you make a profit. Also, the Stripe fees will be handled by the Reseller._
## **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/create-a-new-product-in-xcloud-white-label/)
After completing these steps, you will be able to see your newly created product in the dashboard under your list of plans. Your custom hosting package is now ready to be offered to your customers under your own branding.
That is it! You have successfully created a customized package in xCloud White Label. You can now continue to add more packages or manage your existing ones to grow your hosting business.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Create a Paperless-ngx Superuser With xCloud - xCloud
> Create a Paperless-ngx superuser from the xCloud dashboard using the Commands interface. Follow this step-by-step guide to identify the container, run the Docker command, and access the admin panel quickly.
Some users install **Paperless-ngx** on their server but cannot access the admin panel because no superuser account exists. Paperless-ngx requires an administrative user to log in and manage documents, users, and system settings. Normally, the platform creates this account through an interactive terminal command.
The issue appears when the user works from the **xCloud dashboard**. The Commands interface in xCloud runs commands in a **non-interactive environment**, which means the standard createsuperuser command cannot prompt for a username and password.
This guide explains how to solve that problem by creating a **Paperless-ngx superuser directly from the xCloud Commands interface**. The process uses Docker commands and environment variables to bypass the interactive prompt and create the admin account successfully.
The steps below will help you:
- Identify the correct Paperless-ngx Docker container
- Run the command required to generate a superuser
- Verify that the account was created successfully
Follow the steps to log in to the Paperless-ngx dashboard and manage your installation normally.
## **Step 1: Identify the Docker Container Name** [#](/docs/create-a-paperless-ngx-superuser-with-xcloud/)
Since container names in xCloud are dynamically generated (e.g., containing unique strings like g27hx), you must first identify the exact name of your webserver container.
1\. Log in to your xCloud Dashboard.
2\. Navigate to Servers > Select your Server.
3\. Go to Management > Commands.
4\. Run the following command:
```
docker ps
```
Copy to Clipboard
5\. Look for the image associated with paperlessngx. You are looking for a name similar to:
paperlessngx-g27hx-cloudapp-web
6\. server-1
### Step 2: Execute the Superuser Creation Command [#](/docs/create-a-paperless-ngx-superuser-with-xcloud/)
Once you have the container name, you can trigger the creation of the superadmin account. Because the xCloud Command tool is non-interactive, we pass the password as an environment variable and use the –noinput flag.
1. In the same Commands interface, clear the previous input.
2. Paste the following command (replace \[YOUR\_CONTAINER\_NAME\] with the name found in Step 1):
```
docker exec -e DJANGO_SUPERUSER_PASSWORD='Pass@#123' [YOUR_CONTAINER_NAME] python3 manage.py createsuperuser --noinput --username superadmin --email superadmin@example.com
```
Copy to Clipboard
_Security Note: It is highly recommended to log in to the Paperless-ngx web interface immediately after this step to change the password from the default password._
### Step 3: Verification [#](/docs/create-a-paperless-ngx-superuser-with-xcloud/)
After running the command, the output log in xCloud should indicate:
Superuser created successfully.
You can now navigate to your Paperless-ngx URL and log in with:
- Username: superadmin
- Password: \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
## **Alternative Method: SSH (Recommended)** [#](/docs/create-a-paperless-ngx-superuser-with-xcloud/)
**While the xCloud dashboard is convenient, using SSH is the most robust method for managing Docker containers. If you have SSH access configured:**
1\. Connect to your server via terminal: ssh user@your-server-ip.
Run the standard interactive command:
sudo docker exec -it \[YOUR\_CONTAINER\_NAME\] python3 manage.py createsuperuser
2\. Follow the prompts to manually enter your desired credentials.
A missing superuser can prevent access to the Paperless-ngx admin panel. The method above solves the issue through the xCloud Commands interface by running the required Docker command with environment variables.
This process creates the admin account without an interactive terminal. Log in to the Paperless-ngx dashboard after the command finishes and change the default password immediately for security. SSH remains a good alternative if you prefer an interactive setup.
Still stuck? Feel free to contact our [support team.](/support/)
---
# How to Create A Site Snapshot With xCloud - xCloud
> xCloud allows to create a snapshot of your existing WordPress site. Learn how to create a snapshot and deploy a WordPress site easily with xCloud
When managing multiple websites or frequently deploying similar site setups, repeating the same configuration steps can be time-consuming and inefficient. The Site Snapshot feature in xCloud addresses this issue by enabling you to capture a complete version of an existing site and reuse it to create new sites instantly.
This ensures consistency across deployments, reduces manual effort, and speeds up the site creation process. Follow the steps to create a snapshot and use it to launch a new WordPress site in xCloud.
## **Step 1: Create a Snapshot** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
To begin, log in to your xCloud account and go to the source site where you want to create a snapshot. From the site dashboard, navigate to the ‘**Actions’** menu and select ‘**Take Snapshot’** from the dropdown list.
A popup window will appear where you need to enter a name for the snapshot so you can easily identify it later. Once the name is added, click the **Take Snapshot** button. After the process is complete, go to the **Site Snapshots** section from the xCloud dashboard to confirm that your snapshot has been successfully created.
After you have created the snapshot, go to the ‘Site Snapshots’ option from the xCloud dashboard.
## **Create a Site Using Snapshots** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
After creating a snapshot, you can use it to deploy a new site without starting from scratch. The snapshot preserves your site’s configuration, structure, and settings, allowing you to replicate the same setup in just a few steps. This makes it easy to launch multiple sites, create demo environments, or test changes while maintaining consistency and saving valuable time.
### **Step 1: Access the Dashboard** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
Once your server is connected, you can create a site from the dashboard or Site List by clicking the **‘Create New Site’** button. Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
### **Step 3: Choose Your Site & Add Information** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
As we will be creating a fresh WordPress site, choose the **‘Install New WordPress Website’** option.
### **Step 4: Select Site Creation Method** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
Next, you need to choose a deployment method: **‘Default’, ‘Build With Templately AI’** or **‘Site Snapshots**’.
To create a site manually, choose the**‘Default’** method. If you want to create a site using AI, choose the **‘Build With Templately AI’** method, or if you want to proceed with site creation with your preset templates, choose ‘ Snapshots’.
### **Step 5: Choose the Snapshots** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
Next, in the pop-up, you will get the list of snapshots you have created. Choose your preferred one to proceed.
### **Step 6: Set Up Your Site** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes:
- **Go Live** – for a production-ready deployment.
- **Demo Site** – for deploying the site instantly with a demo domain from xCloud.
Selecting **Go Live** will immediately create a live environment, while **Demo Site** allows you to create a site using a temporary demo domain.
### **Step 7: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
If you select the **Demo Site** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your WordPress application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You will also get a few configuration options, including **‘Turn Off Indexing’, ‘Site Backup Settings’.** Configure them according to your preferences and click on the **‘Next’** button.
## **Manage Site Snapshots** [#](/docs/create-a-snapshot-to-deploy-a-wordpress-site/)
To manage the snapshots you have created under this site, go to the **‘Site Snapshots’** Option from the sidebar menu.
Here, you can view all your created snapshots in one place. You can select any specific snapshot to **‘Edit’** or **‘Delete’** it.
Now, you can manage all snapshots across your team. Go to Settings and navigate to Site Snapshots from the sidebar menu.
Here, you can view all snapshots from every site in the team in one place. You can select any snapshot to **‘Edit’** or **‘Delete’** it.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can create a site using the Site Snapshot feature in xCloud. It enables you to create new WordPress sites quickly and consistently, eliminating the need to repeat the same setup steps. By creating a snapshot once and reusing it whenever needed, you can deploy demo or live sites with minimal effort and maximum efficiency.
---
# Telegram Bot Token Setup: 7 Easy Steps to Connect Hermes on xCloud
> Create a Telegram bot token with BotFather, find your Telegram user ID, and connect Hermes Agent on xCloud in 7 easy steps.
Hermes Agent runs on your xCloud server, but you do not always have the dashboard open when you need it. Connecting Hermes to Telegram gives you a faster way in. You can send prompts, get replies, and run Hermes from your phone wherever you are, without logging into the server.
Follow this guide to create a Telegram bot token with BotFather and connect it to Hermes Agent during deployment on xCloud. You will create the bot, copy the bot token, find your Telegram user ID, and enter both values in the Hermes Agent deployment flow. Most of the setup takes place while you create or configure the Hermes server in xCloud.
Add the Telegram bot token while deploying Hermes Agent on xCloud.
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
- An active xCloud account.
- Access to the Hermes Agent deployment flow in xCloud.
- A Telegram account.
- The Telegram app is installed on your phone or desktop.
## Step 1: Open BotFather in Telegram [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
Open Telegram and search for **@BotFather**. BotFather is Telegram’s official bot for creating and managing bots. You can also review Telegram’s official BotFather information in the [**Telegram BotFather**](https://core.telegram.org/bots/features#botfather) [](https://core.telegram.org/bots/features#botfather)documentation.
1. Open Telegram.
2. Search for **@BotFather**.
3. Open the verified BotFather chat.
4. Click **Start** if you have not used BotFather before.
## Step 2: Create a new Telegram bot [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
In the BotFather chat, send the following command:
```
/newbot
```
Copy to Clipboard
BotFather will ask for two values:
- **Bot name:** This is the display name users see in Telegram. Example: **xCloud Hermes Assistant**.
- **Bot username:** This must be unique and must end with `bot`. Example: `xcloud_hermes_assistant_bot`.
If the username is already taken, choose a different username and send it again. When Telegram accepts the username, BotFather creates the bot and returns a token.
Send /newbot in BotFather, then enter the bot display name and bot username.
## Step 3: Copy the Telegram bot token [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
After the bot is created, BotFather shows a **Telegram bot token**. The token usually looks similar to this example:
```
1234567890:AAExampleTokenValueForYourTelegramBot
```
Copy to Clipboard
Copy the full token and keep it private. Anyone with this token may be able to control your Telegram bot. Do not share it publicly, do not add it to screenshots, and do not paste it into public support threads.
Copy the Telegram bot token from BotFather and keep it secure.
## Step 4: Find your Telegram user ID [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
Hermes can restrict Telegram access to allowed users. If the xCloud setup form asks for a Telegram user ID, add the Telegram numeric ID for the person who should be allowed to control Hermes.
1. Open Telegram.
2. Search for **@userinfobot** or another trusted Telegram user ID bot.
3. Start the bot.
4. Copy your numeric Telegram user ID.
If multiple team members need access, collect each person’s Telegram user ID and add them where the Hermes setup form supports multiple IDs.
Send /start to the bot to confirm the Telegram user ID or pairing details.
## Step 5: Add the Telegram bot token while setting up Hermes on xCloud [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
Go back to xCloud and continue the Hermes deployment flow. During setup, choose **Agentic**, select **Hermes Agent**, and open the optional Telegram messaging section.
1. Open your xCloud dashboard.
2. Start the agent deployment flow.
3. Select **Agentic**.
4. Select **Hermes Agent**.
5. Go to the optional **Telegram** or messaging section.
6. Paste the **Telegram Bot Token** you copied from BotFather.
7. Add your **Telegram User ID** if the field is available or required.
Make sure there are no extra spaces before or after the token. A small typo in the token can prevent Hermes from connecting to Telegram.
## Step 6: Complete the Hermes deployment [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
After adding the Telegram bot token, continue the remaining Hermes setup steps in xCloud. Review the selected server, plan, domain, and required environment values. Then click **Next** and click **Create** to start the deployment.
xCloud will provision the server and install Hermes Agent. Wait until the setup finishes before testing Telegram. If the deployment is still running, Telegram may not reply yet.
## Step 7: Start and test the Telegram bot [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
After the Hermes deployment is complete, open your new Telegram bot and send:
```
/start
```
Copy to Clipboard
Then send a short test message, such as:
```
Hello Hermes
```
Copy to Clipboard
If the connection is working, Hermes should respond in Telegram. You can now use Telegram as a messaging channel for your Hermes Agent.
Send /start and a short test message to confirm the Hermes Telegram connection is working.
And that’s it this is how you can create a Telegram Bot and connect It with Hermes on xCloud. If you want the full deployment walkthrough to deploy your AI Agent with Hermes Agent, read [**this documentation**](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)**.**
## Manage the Telegram connection after deployment [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
The setup-time Telegram fields are the recommended way to connect Hermes during deployment. After Hermes is deployed, you can manage messaging configuration from the Hermes dashboard or available channel settings if your deployment exposes them.
Use the post-deployment settings only for maintenance tasks such as replacing a bot token, adjusting allowed Telegram users, or reconnecting the channel after changing the bot in Telegram.
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
### BotFather says the username is unavailable [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
Choose a different bot username. Telegram bot usernames must be unique and must end with `bot`.
### Hermes does not reply in Telegram [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
- Confirm the Hermes deployment has finished.
- Send `/start` to the bot first.
- Check that the Telegram bot token was copied correctly.
- Confirm your Telegram user ID is allowed if access restrictions are enabled.
- Restart or reconnect the Telegram channel from the Hermes settings if available.
### The Telegram bot token was exposed [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
If the token was shared publicly or added to a screenshot, open **@BotFather**, revoke the old token, generate a new token, and update the Hermes Telegram configuration in xCloud.
## FAQ [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
### Do I need a Telegram bot to use Hermes on xCloud? [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
No. Hermes can still run without Telegram if you use another supported interface. You only need a Telegram bot token if you want to control Hermes from Telegram.
### Can I add the Telegram bot token after Hermes is deployed? [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
Yes, where post-deployment channel settings are available. However, adding the Telegram bot token during setup is the recommended flow because Hermes can be configured with Telegram from the start.
### Can more than one Telegram user access the same Hermes bot? [#](/docs/create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-hermes/)
Yes, if your Hermes setup supports multiple allowed Telegram user IDs. Add each trusted user’s Telegram ID and avoid sharing the bot token itself.
---
# How to Create Server with the Preferred Ubuntu Version - xCloud
> Learn how to create a server in xCloud with your preferred Ubuntu version. Follow a simple process to select Ubuntu version with ease.
Keeping your server OS updated is essential for performance, security, and compatibility. In xCloud, you can create server and choose your preferred Ubuntu version for your server.
**First,** head to your xCloud dashboard and click **‘Create Server’.** You can **select your desired Ubuntu version** (e.g., Ubuntu 22.04, 24.04) during the server creation process.
**_Note:_** You **cannot upgrade** the Ubuntu version **on an existing server** in xCloud.
Instead, you must:
1. **Create a new server** with the upgraded Ubuntu version.
2. **Clone your existing sites** to the newly created server.
Read the step-by-step guide to learn how to clone your sites:
_👉 [**How To Clone A Website From Git Repository With xCloud**](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)_
And that’s it. This is how easily you can create your new server with the upgraded Ubuntu version.
---
# How to Set Up Custom SMTP for Branded Emails in xCloud White Label - xCloud
> Setting up your custom SMTP allows you to send branded emails from your domain to clients, enhancing your professionalism and brand identity. Follow these
Setting up your custom SMTP allows you to send branded emails from your domain to clients, enhancing your professionalism and brand identity. Follow these steps to configure custom SMTP in your xCloud White Label dashboard.
#### **Step 1: Access the White Label Dashboard** [#](/docs/custom-smtp-provider-with-xcloud-white-label/)
1. Log in to your xCloud account.
2. Navigate to the **White Label Dashboard** from your main account menu.
#### **Step 2: Open White Label Settings** [#](/docs/custom-smtp-provider-with-xcloud-white-label/)
1. Inside the White Label Dashboard, locate and click on **Settings** in the sidebar.
2. Look for the **SMTP** section in the settings menu.
#### **Step 3: Configure Custom SMTP** [#](/docs/custom-smtp-provider-with-xcloud-white-label/)
1. In the SMTP section, click **Add SMTP Credentials**.
2. Fill in the fields with your SMTP provider’s details:
- **SMTP Host**: (e.g., `smtp.yourdomain.com`)
- **SMTP Port**: (e.g., `465` for SSL or `587` for TLS)
- **Encryption Type**: Select **SSL**, **TLS**, or **None** depending on your provider’s settings.
- **SMTP Username**: Enter the username for your email account.
- **SMTP Password**: Enter the password for your email account.
#### **Step 4: Test the Configuration** [#](/docs/custom-smtp-provider-with-xcloud-white-label/)
1. After entering the credentials **Test SMTP** setup.
2. Try a forget password method from your own dashboard as one of your own registered clients.
#### **Step 5: Save and Apply Settings** [#](/docs/custom-smtp-provider-with-xcloud-white-label/)
1. Once tested successfully, click **Save Changes** to finalize your setup.
2. Your custom SMTP is now ready to send branded emails to your clients.
### **Best Practices for Custom SMTP** [#](/docs/custom-smtp-provider-with-xcloud-white-label/)
- Ensure your email domain has valid DNS records like **SPF**, **DKIM**, and **DMARC** to prevent emails from being marked as spam.
- Use a reliable SMTP provider to ensure email deliverability.
- Follow your specific SMTP provider’s guidelines.
Still stuck? Contact **our** [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Customize Reseller Landing Page in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to customize reseller landing page with xCloud White Label.
With xCloud White Label, you receive a built-in landing page to showcase your hosting plans and start selling immediately. You can easily customize reseller landing page with custom content and add your social media profiles.
## **Step 1: Enable or Disable the Landing Page** [#](/docs/customize-reseller-landing-page-in-xcloud/)
By default, xCloud White Label provides a ready-made landing page. From the dashboard, go to **‘Settings**.’ Now, select ‘Landing Page.’ This is where you will find all the available options to customize different aspects of your landing page.
Toggle it on to enable the landing page. However, if you prefer not to use this built-in feature, you have the option to keep it disabled. Disabling the page allows you to use your own custom landing page or website if you choose to do so.
## **Step 3: Add a Logo to the Navbar** [#](/docs/customize-reseller-landing-page-in-xcloud/)
In the **‘Landing Page Settings’** option, find the **‘Navbar Logo’** section. Click on the **‘Upload Logo’** button and upload your custom logo.
**_Note:_** _Ensure that the logo is_ _a minimum size of 212×40 pixels in PNG, JPEG, or JPG format (max 5MB)_ _to fit well within the navbar_
## **Step 4: Customize the Hero Section** [#](/docs/customize-reseller-landing-page-in-xcloud/)
You can customize the Hero section to highlight your services or a key message about your reseller hosting plans. Locate the **‘Hero Section’** in the **‘Landing Page Settings’**. Under **‘Heading’**, write a strong headline that clearly conveys what you offer. This could be your main value proposition or a catchy phrase to capture attention. Next, in the **‘Subheading’** field, provide additional information or context about your services. This can be a short description that complements the main heading.
## **Step 5: Customize the CTA (Call to Action) Section** [#](/docs/customize-reseller-landing-page-in-xcloud/)
To personalize the CTA section, locate the **‘Heading’** field and input your text. Then, add your desired subheading content in the **‘Subheading’** field. Then add a ‘button text’ and ‘button UR’ where this ‘CTA’ will redirect the user.
## **Step 6: Add Your Social Media Profiles** [#](/docs/customize-reseller-landing-page-in-xcloud/)
Add links to your social media profiles by filling in the **‘Social Profile Links’** for Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, and Instagram. Once you’ve set everything up, click the **‘Save and Preview’** button.
By following these steps, you can quickly and easily customize your reseller’s landing page using xCloud White Label. This personalized page will help you promote your hosting plans, strengthen your brand presence, and connect with your audience across social platforms.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support**](/support/) team for any of your queries.
---
# How to Choose Dedicated CPU Instance Types With xCloud
> Learn when to choose a Dedicated CPU instance in xCloud, compare Dedicated 4GB to 96GB plans, and select the right plan for production workloads.
If you’re comparing hosting, you’ve probably seen “shared hosting,” “VPS,” “shared CPU,” and “dedicated CPU” used loosely, sometimes as if they mean the same thing. They don’t, and the difference directly affects how fast and how reliably your site runs under real traffic.
This guide explains all three levels in plain language, helps you decide which fits your site, and shows you exactly how to choose a Dedicated CPU plan inside xCloud, including the plans available and what each one is best for.
## Quick summary (TL;DR) [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
There are three distinct levels of hosting, not two names for one thing:
Level
What’s yours
What’s shared
Best for
Shared hosting
A slice of a control panel
The whole server (OS, RAM, CPU)
Small, low-traffic sites
Shared-CPU VPS
Your own server, RAM, storage
The physical CPU cores
Most sites and apps
Dedicated-CPU VPS
Your own server, RAM, storage, and CPU
Nothing
High-traffic, business-critical sites
The biggest jump is from shared hosting to any VPS, that’s where you gain a real isolated server and full control. The jump from shared-CPU to dedicated-CPU is narrower but important: it’s what keeps performance consistent when your site is under sustained, heavy load.
If your site is hitting CPU limits, slowing down during traffic spikes, or running a heavy stack (large WooCommerce, Laravel, Node.js), a dedicated-CPU server is the upgrade that fixes it. xCloud Managed Dedicated runs on reserved vCPUs with full root access and OpenLiteSpeed, and costs up to 28% less than Cloudways at comparable specs.
## Part 1: Understanding the three hosting levels [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
### Shared hosting (e.g. Namecheap) [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
With shared hosting, your website lives on a single server alongside many other accounts, sometimes hundreds. Everyone shares the same operating system, memory, and CPU, and you typically manage your site through a control panel like cPanel rather than the server itself.
What this means for you:
- No isolated server environment, you’re sharing the machine itself
- No root access, and limited ability to install custom software or choose your stack
- Resources are pooled, so a traffic spike or heavy script on someone else’s site can slow yours down
- Lowest cost of any option
Best for: small, low-traffic websites, personal blogs, and simple brochure sites where budget matters most and control doesn’t.
### Shared-CPU VPS (e.g. Vultr Cloud Compute) [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
A VPS (Virtual Private Server) is a big step up. You get your own virtual server with your own operating system, full root access, and RAM and storage reserved exclusively for you. You’re free to install whatever software and stack you like.
On a shared-CPU VPS, the one resource still shared is the physical CPU. Your server is given CPU time on cores that other VPSs on the same physical host also use. Most of the time this is perfectly smooth, but when several VPSs on the same host demand CPU at once, your available CPU can fluctuate. This is the “noisy neighbor” effect.
What this means for you:
- Your own isolated server with root access and a custom stack
- Dedicated RAM and storage
- Shared CPU cores, performance is usually strong but can dip under contention
- Excellent price-to-performance
Best for: the majority of sites and applications, growing WordPress sites, small-to-mid WooCommerce stores, staging environments, and most web apps.
### Dedicated-CPU VPS (e.g. Vultr Optimized Cloud Compute, used by xCloud Dedicated) [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
A dedicated-CPU VPS gives you everything a VPS offers, your own OS, root access, reserved RAM and NVMe storage, plus one crucial upgrade: your vCPUs are reserved exclusively for you. No other customer shares your CPU cores.
Because there’s no competition for CPU, performance stays consistent even under sustained, heavy load. There’s no noisy-neighbor variability, which is exactly what high-traffic and transactional sites need.
What this means for you:
- Full server isolation and control, same as any VPS
- Dedicated RAM, NVMe storage, and CPU
- Consistent, predictable performance under load
- The right tier when stable performance is business-critical
Best for: high-traffic WordPress sites, large WooCommerce stores, Laravel and Node.js applications, agency workloads, and any business-critical site where a slowdown costs you money.
### Side-by-side comparison [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Shared hosting
Shared-CPU VPS
Dedicated-CPU VPS
Your own server environment
No
Yes
Yes
Root access / custom stack
No
Yes
Yes
RAM & storage
Shared
Reserved for you
Reserved for you
CPU cores
Shared
Shared (can fluctuate)
Reserved for you
Performance under load
Least predictable
Usually good, can dip
Consistent
Typical cost
Lowest
Mid
Higher
Best for
Small, low-traffic sites
Most sites & apps
High-traffic, business-critical
### **Is Namecheap shared hosting the same as a Vultr shared-CPU VPS?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
This is one of the most common points of confusion, so it’s worth answering directly: no, they are not the same.
Even an entry-level shared-CPU VPS (like Vultr Cloud Compute) gives you a genuinely isolated server, your own operating system, root access, and reserved RAM and storage. Shared hosting (like Namecheap) gives you none of those, you’re sharing the entire machine and managing your site through a restricted control panel.
So the gap between Namecheap shared hosting and a Vultr VPS is large: it’s the difference between renting a slice of a shared machine and having your own server. The narrower question, “is a shared-CPU VPS the same as a dedicated-CPU VPS?”, comes down to one thing: whether your CPU is guaranteed, or can flex when neighbors get busy.
## What is a Dedicated CPU instance type in xCloud? [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
A Dedicated CPU instance type gives your xCloud Managed server access to a stronger, more predictable compute profile than standard shared or general-purpose plans. It’s a good fit when your site or application is important enough that CPU consistency matters for page speed, admin performance, background jobs, checkouts, API requests, or deployment workloads.
In xCloud, the Dedicated option appears beside the existing General and Premium server plan types during xCloud Managed server creation. The first Dedicated release uses Vultr Optimized Cloud Compute General Purpose plans only. This keeps the plan family consistent and helps maintain a safe upgrade path as your server grows.
### When should you choose a Dedicated CPU instance? [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Choose a Dedicated CPU instance when your workload needs more predictable resources than a normal starter server. Common use cases include:
- High-traffic WordPress sites that need stable frontend and wp-admin performance
- WooCommerce stores where checkout, cart, product search, and admin tasks must stay responsive
- Laravel, PHP, or Node.js applications with steady production traffic
- Agency servers that host important client sites and need more predictable headroom
- Business-critical applications where CPU spikes can affect revenue, operations, or customer experience
If you’re launching a small test site, a staging site, or a low-traffic project, a General or Premium plan may be enough. If the server already handles real users, transactions, heavy plugins, recurring jobs, or multiple production apps, Dedicated is the safer starting point.
## Available Dedicated CPU plans in xCloud [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
The Dedicated plan set includes ten RAM-based plans, from 4 GB up to 256 GB. Each plan uses the same Vultr Optimized General Purpose family, so upgrades can stay within the same category.
xCloud plan
CPU
RAM
Storage
Bandwidth
Monthly price
Best for
Dedicated 4GB
1 vCPU
4 GB
30 GB NVMe
4 TB
$40/mo
Small production sites, lightweight apps, or first Dedicated deployments
Dedicated 8GB
2 vCPU
8 GB
50 GB NVMe
5 TB
$90/mo
Growing WordPress sites, moderate WooCommerce stores, and agency workloads
Dedicated 16GB
4 vCPU
16 GB
80 GB NVMe
6 TB
$185/mo
Recommended middle option for serious production workloads
Dedicated 32GB
8 vCPU
32 GB
160 GB NVMe
7 TB
$335/mo
Busy stores, multiple client sites, or heavier application workloads
Dedicated 64GB
16 vCPU
64 GB
320 GB NVMe
8 TB
$590/mo
Large production environments with sustained traffic and resource needs
Dedicated 96GB
24 vCPU
96 GB
480 GB NVMe
9 TB
$900/mo
High-capacity production servers
Dedicated 128GB
32 vCPU
128 GB
640 GB NVMe
9 TB
$1,110/mo
Heavy multi-site or multi-app production environments
Dedicated 160GB
40 vCPU
160 GB
768 GB NVMe
10 TB
$1,500/mo
Large-scale hosting and resource-intensive applications
Dedicated 192GB
64 vCPU
192 GB
960 GB NVMe
11 TB
$2,400/mo
Enterprise workloads with sustained high demand
Dedicated 256GB
96 vCPU
256 GB
1280 GB NVMe
12 TB
$4,800/mo
The largest Dedicated option for the most demanding deployments
Note: xCloud does not include a Dedicated 2GB option because the selected Vultr Optimized General Purpose plan family starts at 4 GB. Keeping Dedicated plans inside one provider plan family helps avoid upgrade issues later.
## How to choose a Dedicated CPU instance type in xCloud [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Follow these steps when creating a new xCloud Managed server.
### 1\. Open the xCloud Managed server creation page [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud Dashboard and start creating a new xCloud Managed server. Continue until you reach the server plan selection step.
### 2\. Select the Dedicated plan type [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
In the plan type selector, choose Dedicated. You should see Dedicated plans listed separately from General and Premium.
### 3\. Pick the Dedicated size that matches your workload [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Select the plan based on your expected traffic, number of sites, application type, and resource usage. For many production workloads, Dedicated 16GB is the recommended balanced starting point because it gives 4 vCPU, 16 GB RAM, and 80 GB NVMe storage without starting too high.
### 4\. Choose a supported region [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Choose a region where the selected Dedicated plan is available. If a plan is not available in a specific region, choose another region or select a different Dedicated size that is available there.
### 5\. Review billing and create the server [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Review the selected plan, monthly price, region, and server details before creating the server. After provisioning finishes, check the server details page to confirm the CPU, RAM, and storage match the Dedicated plan you selected.
## How xCloud Dedicated compares to Cloudways [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
A dedicated-CPU server normally comes with a tradeoff: you get raw power, but you’re expected to manage the server yourself, setup, security, updates, and maintenance. xCloud removes that tradeoff. xCloud Managed Dedicated runs on reserved-CPU infrastructure but is fully managed, so you get guaranteed performance and full control without the system-administration burden.
Compared to Cloudways, the difference comes down to what you’re actually allowed to do with your server, and how it performs under pressure:
xCloud Managed Dedicated
Cloudways
Reserved (dedicated) vCPUs
Yes
Yes (Dedicated line)
Full root / SSH access
Yes
No
OpenLiteSpeed option
Yes
No
NVMe storage at each tier
More
Less
Built-in WAF (7G/8G firewall)
Yes
Limited
Full server-level backups
Yes
Site-level
Price at comparable tiers
Up to 28% lower
Higher
The takeaway: xCloud Dedicated gives you things Cloudways structurally cannot, root access, OpenLiteSpeed, more storage per tier, and full server backups, while keeping the consistent performance a reserved-CPU server is built for. Costing up to 28% less at comparable specs is the bonus, not the whole story.
If you want the absolute lowest infrastructure cost and you’re comfortable choosing your own provider, xCloud also lets you bring your own server (Vultr, DigitalOcean, Hetzner, AWS, and more) and pay near-zero markup. Managed Dedicated is for teams who’d rather have it all handled, with performance guaranteed.
## Dedicated vs General and Premium plans [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
General and Premium plans are still useful for many websites and applications. Dedicated is not required for every server. The main difference is that Dedicated plans are intended for workloads where consistent compute performance is more important.
- Use General for smaller projects, staging sites, development servers, or budget-friendly hosting.
- Use Premium when you want stronger performance than General but don’t need the Dedicated plan family.
- Use Dedicated for production workloads that need stronger and more consistent CPU performance.
If you’re unsure which option to choose, start by reviewing your current server CPU, RAM, disk usage, traffic pattern, and application type. You can also contact xCloud Support with your workload details for guidance.
## Upgrade path for Dedicated servers [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Dedicated plans are designed to upgrade inside the same Vultr Optimized General Purpose plan family. For example, a server on Dedicated 4GB can move to a larger Dedicated plan such as Dedicated 8GB, Dedicated 16GB, or higher when more resources are needed.
This same-family approach is important because providers may not allow direct upgrades between different optimized plan families. xCloud keeps the first Dedicated release focused on one balanced family so the upgrade path stays clear.
## Verification after creating a Dedicated server [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
After your server is created, verify the setup before moving important workloads to it:
- Open the server details page in xCloud
- Confirm the selected Dedicated plan name is shown correctly
- Confirm the CPU, RAM, and storage match your selected plan
- Create or move your site/application only after provisioning is complete
- Monitor CPU, memory, disk, and traffic after launch to confirm the size is suitable
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
I do not see the Dedicated option Make sure you are creating an xCloud Managed server and that the feature is available for your account. If you still do not see it, refresh the dashboard or contact xCloud Support.
A Dedicated plan is not available in my preferred region Plan availability can depend on the provider region. Choose another supported region or select a different Dedicated size that is available.
I am not sure which Dedicated size to choose For many production workloads, Dedicated 16GB is a balanced starting point. Smaller sites can start with Dedicated 4GB or 8GB, while busy stores, agencies, and heavier applications may need 32GB or higher.
## **Frequently asked questions** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
### **Is Namecheap shared hosting the same as a shared-CPU VPS?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
No. Shared hosting puts you on a server shared with many other accounts, with no root access and no isolated environment. A shared-CPU VPS gives you your own server, your own OS, root access, and reserved RAM and storage, only the physical CPU cores are shared. They’re different categories of hosting.
### **What’s the difference between shared CPU and dedicated CPU?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
On shared CPU, your server shares physical processor cores with other customers, so your available CPU can fluctuate when neighbors get busy. On dedicated CPU, your vCPUs are reserved only for you, giving consistent performance even under sustained load. Isolation and control are the same; the difference is performance consistency.
### **Can I use Dedicated CPU instances for WordPress?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Yes. Dedicated CPU instances are a strong option for high-traffic WordPress sites, WooCommerce stores, membership sites, LMS sites, and other production WordPress workloads.
### **Can I use Dedicated CPU instances for Laravel or Node.js apps?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Yes. Dedicated plans are suitable for Laravel, PHP, Node.js, and similar application workloads when you need more predictable compute performance.
### **Which Dedicated CPU plan does xCloud recommend?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Dedicated 16GB is the recommended middle option for serious production workloads. It includes 4 vCPU, 16 GB RAM, and 80 GB NVMe storage.
### **Can I move from shared hosting to a VPS without downtime?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
In most cases, yes. The typical approach is to set up your site on the new server, test it fully, and only switch your domain over once everything is confirmed working. Done this way, visitors experience little to no interruption. xCloud offers free migration assistance if you’d like help planning the move.
### **Do I have to manage the server myself on a VPS?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Not with xCloud. A raw VPS normally means handling server setup, security, and maintenance yourself, but xCloud is managed, so we handle the server-level work (provisioning, the stack, updates, and security hardening) while you focus on your sites. You get the power and isolation of a VPS without the system-administration burden.
### **What does “noisy neighbor” actually mean?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
It’s when another customer sharing the same physical hardware suddenly uses a lot of CPU, temporarily reducing what’s available to you. It only affects shared-CPU setups. On a dedicated-CPU server your cores are reserved for you, so other customers’ activity can’t impact your performance.
### **Is more RAM or dedicated CPU more important for my site?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
It depends on your bottleneck. If your site is running out of memory (large databases, many concurrent processes, memory-heavy plugins), more RAM helps most. If your site slows down under traffic or runs CPU-intensive work, dedicated CPU is what keeps performance steady. If you’re unsure which you’re hitting, tell us your symptoms and we’ll help you diagnose it.
### **How is xCloud Dedicated different from Cloudways?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Both offer dedicated-CPU servers, but xCloud adds full root access, an OpenLiteSpeed option, more NVMe storage per tier, a built-in firewall, and full server-level backups, none of which Cloudways provides. xCloud Dedicated is also priced up to 28% lower at comparable specs.
### **Can I upgrade later if I outgrow my plan?** [#](/docs/dedicated-cpu-instance-types-with-xcloud/)
Yes. You can scale up to a larger Dedicated plan within the same provider family as your traffic and resource needs grow, so it’s fine to start with what you need today and move up when the time comes.
Still not sure which fits? For many production workloads, Dedicated 16GB is the balanced starting point. Tell our team your current setup and traffic levels and we’ll recommend the right size, or start with xCloud’s free tier to test the platform risk-free.
---
# How to Deploy AI Agents Platforms With xCloud White Label/ Reseller Hosting Program - xCloud
> Learn how to offer fully managed AI agent hosting under your brand with xCloud. Deploy OpenClaw, Hermes and Paperclip in minutes.
If you run a hosting business or reseller platform, your clients likely want to deploy AI agents without dealing with infrastructure headaches. xCloud’s white-label reseller hosting program makes that possible. Through your own branded panel, clients can spin up fully managed AI agent instances – OpenClaw, Hermes Agent, or Paperclip – in just a few clicks.
If you want to build a company allowing your users to deploy their preferred AI agents such as OpenClaw, Paperclip, and Hermes, then with the [**xCloud white-label reseller hosting program**](/reseller-hosting/). You can allow your users to deploy agents easily.
When deployed using the xCloud Reseller Hosting panel, AI Agents run on a dedicated xCloud managed server with a pre-configured stack. This setup removes the complexity of self-hosting, manual configuration, updates, and infrastructure maintenance.
### **Supported AI Agent Platforms** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
- OpenClaw
- Hermes Agent
- Paperclip
**Note:** This feature is available only for products created with the xCloud Managed Server.
Follow these steps to create a server and deploy your preferred AI agent.
## **Prerequisite To Deploy An AI Agent** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
- **xCloud Managed Server required.** AI agents can only be deployed on products created with an xCloud Managed Server. Existing or external servers are not supported.
- **Minimum 4 GB RAM.** The server must have at least 4 GB of RAM to run any AI agent.
## **Step 1: Create a New Server** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
First, users need to visit your dashboard. From there, click on the **“Create a Server”** button. Go to the **“Server Name”** field and enter a name for your server. You can also add a tag for the server. This step is optional.
## **Step 2: Choose a Server Size** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
Select your preferred server size from the available options. Make sure the server has at least **4 GB of RAM** – this is the minimum required for all AI agent deployments.
Note: The Agentic stack will be shown for the products you have created with xCloud Managed Server.
## **Step 3: Select Your Region** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
Choose your preferred **continent** from the dropdown menu to determine where your server will be hosted.
### **Step 4: Configure Backups** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
You will see the option to enable or disable automated backups for your deployment. Toggle this based on your preference.
### **Step 5: Select the Agentic Stack and Choose Your Agent** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
The platform provides a dedicated stack for AI agent applications. Select the **Agentic** stack, and you will see three agent options:
- **OpenClaw**
- **Hermes Agent**
- **Paperclip**
Choose the agent you want to deploy.
### **Step 6: Complete the Agent Setup** [#](/docs/deploy-ai-agents-platforms-with-xcloud-reseller-hosting-program/)
After selecting your agent, follow the corresponding guide below to finish the deployment:
- [How to Deploy OpenClaw with xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Deploy Hermes Agent with xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
- [How to Deploy Paperclip with xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
Each guide covers the remaining configuration steps specific to your chosen agent.
That is it. This is how easily your clients can deploy AI agents on your own branded platform. No terminal access needed, no manual configuration, no ongoing maintenance. Connect your preferred AI provider, link a messaging channel, and your agent is ready to work.
If you run into any issues during the deployment process, feel free to reach out to our [support](https://support.xcloud.host/) team.
---
# How To Deploy Custom PHP Applications With xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly install or manually upload your custom PHP applications to xCloud with this easy-to-follow tutorial.
Creating a website using custom [**PHP applications**](/php-hosting/) on xCloud can be a powerful way to build a tailored online presence. Unlike traditional WordPress-based sites, xCloud allows you to go beyond WordPress and develop fully customized PHP applications to meet your unique requirements. Whether you’re building a dynamic web app, an interactive platform, or a simple portfolio, xCloud provides a flexible hosting environment to support your PHP-based projects.
If you are migrating a custom PHP website from a Git repository or manually uploading your files, xCloud makes deployment seamless. In just a few easy steps, you can have your custom PHP application live. Follow this step-by-step guide to configure and deploy your fully functional website with ease—without the limitations of WordPress.
## **Step 1: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and click the **‘+New Site’** to add a new site. Then, choose a server from the list and go to **‘Next’**.
## **Step 2: Select Custom PHP** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
Here you will find **‘WordPress’** and **‘Custom PHP’** options. Go to **‘Custom PHP’** to upload your custom PHP scripts.
Then choose your preferred way from **‘Clone a Git Repository’** and **‘Manually Upload a Website’** options**.**
## **How To Install Custom PHP Applications From Your Git Repository** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
Migrating a website from a Git repository with xCloud involves several easy steps. The below guide can help you to understand how you can perform this migration. Follow the steps below to migrate a custom php site from a Git Repository.
### **Step 1: Select Option To Clone A Git Repository Option** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
First, click on ‘New Site’ from the xCloud dashboard. Click on the **‘Custom PHP’** field. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom php site.
### **Step 2: Select Destination Server** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Destination’** tab, select the destination server to migrate your site. You can keep the server that is already selected, or you can change it from the dropdown. Then, click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 3: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options, either you can create your site in a staging domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain. To create a site with your live domain, you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option. Then you have to put **‘New Site Title’** and **‘Domain Name’**.
Here, you need to enable HTTPS to make your website more secure. From the DNS Setup section, toggle on the **‘Do You Want To Enable HTTPS?’** option. After enabling it, you will get two options to select. Either choose to use a free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud, or, you can provide the certificate and manage it yourself. Select according to your choice.
Instead of migrating into a new domain, you can select the **‘Demo Site’** option. xCloud offers a temporary staging domain to make your site live which helps promptly showcase your site’s progress and collect feedback from teammates or clients. Subsequently, you can integrate your custom domain to make the site accessible to your users or visitors. Now, click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Settings To Manage Database** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will see the **‘PHP Version’** and **‘Site Users’**. You can change these according to your choice.
Now, it is time for database management. You will get two options. Either you can create a new database on the server, or, you can add your existing database that is hosted on another server. If you select this option, you need to get a **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’**. You can keep these auto-generated credentials, or you can modify them according to your choice.
If you select this option, you need to put in a few information and credentials such as **‘Database Host’**, **‘Database Port’**, **‘Database User’**, **‘Database Name’**, and **‘Database Password’**. Please make sure that the database connection configuration is correct.
After selecting any one option and providing all essential information and credentials, click on **‘Next’**.
_Note: For this documentation, we are going with the **‘Create Database In Server’** option._
### **Step 5: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** Tab, add your **‘Git Repository’** and **‘Git Branch’**. Also, toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. Once you enable the **‘Push To Deploy’**, it will generate a **‘Deployment URL’**. We need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
### **Step 6: Add Deployment URL In Git Repository** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
Now, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code‘** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on **‘Webhooks’** page from the **‘Code and automation’** section of the left navigation. Insert the Deployment URL into the **‘Payload URL’** field. Select the **‘Application/json’** from the **‘Content type’** dropdown.
### **Step 7: Add Public Key In Git Repository** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
From the xCloud dashboard, copy the **‘Public Key’** to add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. Git migration uses the **‘Public Key’** for SSH authentication. This is necessary to enable xCloud to access your Git repository and clone it. It ensures secure and authorized access for the cloning process.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code‘** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on **‘Deploy Keys’** in the security section of the left navigation. Click on the ‘Add Deploy Key’ button and paste the key that you copied from xCloud.
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click on **‘Next’** on your xCloud settings of the ‘Git Repo’ tab.
### **Step 8: Confirm Migrating The Website** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
Now, to start the migration process, click on the **‘Start’** button. After clicking on the **‘Start’** button, the migration process will start. And, you will see the progress of migrating.
**_Note:_** _The Git Repository must contain a wp-config-sample.php. xCloud generates a wp-config.php file from wp-config-sample.php file with the database information._
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
## **How To Manually Upload PHP Site On xCloud** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
If you’re migrating an existing PHP site or starting from scratch, xCloud makes it easy to upload and configure your website. Follow the steps below to successfully upload your site, set up your database, and get your site live on a custom domain or a staging environment.
### **Step 1: Create A New Site** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
First, click on ‘New Site’ from the xCloud dashboard. Click on the **‘Custom PHP’** field. Now, you choose **‘Manually Upload Website’** to import your custom php site.
### **Step 2: Add Information To Manually Upload Website** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
Now, select the destination server to migrate your site. Afterward, click on the **‘Next’** button.
In the next step, you need to add your source site URL. And if you choose to migrate to a new domain you can include your custom domain. xCloud offers a staging environment and with it, you can upload your site and visit it live with a temporary domain. After successfully uploading your site, you may update the site with your custom domain later.
In this tutorial, we will be working on a staging site. Select ‘**Demo Site’** and then click on the **‘Next’** button.
Now, you will be sent to the **‘Settings’** step. Make sure to correctly add your **‘PHP Version’**, **‘Site Users’**, **‘Web root’** and other details before clicking the **‘Next’** button.
_Note: The directory where your website’s main files, including index.php, are stored. The Web root defines the base folder from which your website is served, and it must be set correctly to ensure proper functionality_
Additionally, ensure that your index.php file is correctly placed for the system to function automatically. The **index.php** file should be located in the root directory. However, if it is placed in a subdirectory, you must update the Web Root Settings accordingly.
Users may upload their entire website directory instead of just the necessary files. For example, if the website files are inside a folder named **public\_html**, then the root directory does not contain index.php directly.
To resolve this, the you need to update the Web root settings. For this, navigate to Web Root Settings from the ‘**Site Settings’**. Then enter the name of the folder that contains the index.php file (e.g., public\_html) and click on the **‘Update’**.
Once updated, our system will correctly detect and load the index.php file from the specified folder.
### **Step 3: Upload The Exported Zip File & SQL File** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
You will be now directed to the **‘Settings’** step. Just upload your exported custom php file as shown and click on the **‘Next’** button.
Now from the **‘Files’** step, upload your SQL file similarly. Afterward, click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 4: Complete Database Settings & Finalize** [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Database’** tab you can configure your preferred database setup. If you are good to go for uploading an existing custom PHP website with xCloud, click on the **‘Start’** button.
Within a few moments, your PHP website will be uploaded on xCloud automatically. You will see the following screen while uploading.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
## Final Outcome [#](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)
After the migration is completed, if you visit the site, you can see the newly custom PHP site that you have uploaded with xCloud.
This is how easily you can create a site with custom PHP applications in xCloud. With simple steps, you can quickly deploy your site, configure your database, and choose your preferred domain settings. If you’re using a Git repository or uploading files directly, xCloud provides easy ways to get your website live and running smoothly.
Still, feeling stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# How to Deploy Git Projects in One Click with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to deploy Git projects with xCloud on a single screen — automatic app detection, domain setup, DNS verification, and free SSL, no manual config needed.
Deploying a project from a Git repository usually means wiring up the server, the domain, the SSL certificate, and a build script before anything goes live. With [**xCloud**](/), all of that happens on a single screen.
xCloud reads your repository, detects the site type on its own, and handles the domain, DNS, and SSL for you, so your project goes from repo to live in one click.
This feature supports application detection for:
- WordPress
- PHP
- Laravel
- Node.js
- Lovable
- Docker Compose applications from Git
Follow the guide to deploy your Git project easily with xCloud:
## Step 1: Create a New Site [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from your xCloud dashboard. You will then be asked to choose the **server** where you want to deploy your Git project.
## Step 2: Go to the Deploy Via Git Tab [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
Next, head over to the **‘Deploy Via Git’** tab. This is where you can deploy your Git projects in just a click.
## **Step 3: Enter Your Project URL** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
Enter your project URL in the **‘URL’** field. You will see xCloud automatically detecting the site type, whether it is ‘WordPress’, ‘Laravel’, ‘[Node.js](http://node.js)’ or others from your repository, so there is nothing to select manually here.
## **Step 4: Set Up Your Domain** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
Next, you can proceed with a **staging domain** from xCloud, or proceed with **your own custom domain.**
If you are using your own domain, enter the domain and verify the DNS.
### **– Verify DNS with Cloudflare** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
If you have Cloudflare integrated with xCloud and your domain is on Cloudflare, you can verify the DNS with a single toggle. Just enable the **‘Manage DNS with Cloudflare’** toggle button.
### **– Verify DNS Manually** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
Alternatively, you can add the DNS records manually at your own DNS provider and verify from there.
Then, enable HTTPS. Just toggle on the button beside the **‘HTTPS’** section. You can use xCloud’s **free SSL certificate** or use your own **custom SSL certificate.**
## **Step 5: Select the Branch** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
Then, enter the **branch** of the project that you want to deploy.
### **Step 6: Configure Advanced Settings (Optional)** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
Next, go to the **‘Advanced Settings’** section. This step is optional, but it lets you fine-tune the deployment:
**→ PHP Version:**Choose the PHP version your project needs from the dropdown.
**→ Database:**Configure the database settings for your project.
Next, enter the contents of your environment file in the ‘.env File’ field. This is where you define the environment variables your project needs at runtime, such as API keys, database credentials, or app-specific configuration values.
You can also add a deploy script for this project. Any commands you enter here will run after the deployment completes, which is useful for tasks like installing dependencies, running migrations, or building assets.
### **Step 7: Deploy Your Project** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
Once everything is configured, click on the **‘Deploy’** button to proceed. Once the deployment is complete, your project will be live.
Deploying Git projects with xCloud removes the manual work of server configuration, DNS verification, and SSL setup. With site-type detection built in, you point xCloud at your repository and it takes care of the rest.
### **Deploying Specific Projects** [#](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/)
The one-click Git deployment flow works for most project types. If you’re deploying a specific framework or application, you can follow the dedicated guide instead:
- **WordPress:** To deploy your WordPress projects from Git, follow [**How To Clone A Website From Git Repository With xCloud**](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/).
- **Node.js:** To deploy your Node.js projects, follow [**How to Deploy a Node.js Application with xCloud**](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/).
- **Laravel:** To deploy your Laravel projects, follow [**How to Deploy Laravel Applications with xCloud**](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/).
Once your project is live, you can update it by pushing changes to your Git repository and redeploying from the xCloud dashboard.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Deploy Github Project From A Specific Branch - xCloud
> Learn how to prevent unintended deployments by configuring GitHub Actions to trigger only from specific branches and protect your production environment.
A deployment issue occurs when a webhook triggers a redeploy even if changes are pushed to a branch other than the selected production branch (e.g., main). This behavior causes unintended redeployments and may overwrite production with outdated or unrelated code.
To avoid this, you can control deployments directly from GitHub Actions by restricting execution to specific branches.
## Step 1: Open Your GitHub Repository [#](/docs/deploy-github-project-from-a-specific-branch/)
First, go to your GitHub repository. If you have already set the webhook, you need to remove the Webhooks from the dashboard. To remove, go to the ‘Settings’ from the menu. Then click on the ‘Delete’ webhooks that you have set for this repository with xCloud.
## Step 1: Go To The Actions Menu [#](/docs/deploy-github-project-from-a-specific-branch/)
Then go to the **Actions** tab in the top navigation bar. This section contains all automation workflows related to your project.
## Step 3. Create a New Workflow [#](/docs/deploy-github-project-from-a-specific-branch/)
Inside the **Actions** tab, look for an option labeled **Set up a workflow yourself**. Click on it to create a custom workflow from scratch. GitHub will open an editor where you can define your deployment logic using a YAML configuration file.
## Step 4: Paste the Workflow Code [#](/docs/deploy-github-project-from-a-specific-branch/)
In the editor, replace any default content with the following code:
name: Deployment
on:
push:
branches:
- main
jobs:
deploy:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: Deploy
run: |
curl https://app.xcloud.host/deploy?token=xxxxx
Update the branch name under “branches:” to match the branch you want to trigger deployments from. For example:
**Branch**
**YAML Value**
main
– main
dev
– dev
Replace the placeholder URL in the curl command with your actual xCloud deployment webhook URL:
curl https://app.xcloud.host/deploy?token=YOUR\_ACTUAL\_TOKEN
Click the green “Commit changes” button to save the workflow file to your repository.
And that’s it, this is how you can activate the workflow immediately. From this point forward, any push to the specified branch will automatically trigger the deployment process. This ensures that only intentional pushes to your production branch will trigger a deployment, preventing the accidental redeployments caused by the previous webhook setup.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/).
---
# How to Deploy Laravel Applications with xCloud? - xCloud
> Deploy Laravel applications effortlessly on xCloud. Follow our step-by-step guide to launch, configure Git, manage DB, and go live—all in one place.
Deploying [**Laravel applications**](/laravel-hosting/) can often involve multiple steps and intricate configurations. xCloud simplifies this process by providing a streamlined platform tailored for deploying modern PHP applications, including Laravel, with minimal complexity. This tutorial provides a comprehensive, step-by-step guide to help you deploy your Laravel application using xCloud. If you are launching a new project or migrating an existing one, you’ll learn how to set up your server, configure your Git repository, manage your database, and finalize your deployment—all within the xCloud environment.
Follow this step-by-step guide to configure and deploy your fully functional Laravel website with ease.
## **Step 1: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and click the **‘+New Site’** to add a new site. Then, choose a server from the list and go to ‘**Next’**.
## **Step 2: Go to The Laravel Tab** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
From here go to the **‘Laravel’ tab** to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
## **Step 3: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option. Then you have to pu**t ‘New Site Title’** and **‘Domain Name’**. Here we are choosing **the ‘Demo Site’** domain. Then click on **‘Next’**.
## **Step 4: Settings To Manage Database** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
Now, you will be sent to the **‘Settings’** step. Make sure to correctly add your **‘PHP Version’**, **‘Site User’**, **‘Web root’**.
Now, it is time for database management. You will get three options. You can either create a new database on the server, you can add your existing database that is hosted on another server.
You can also proceed without any database. For this tutorial, we are going with the **‘Create Database In Server’** option.
If you select this option, enter your **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’ and ‘Database Password’.** You can keep these auto-generated credentials, or you can modify them according to your choice.
After selecting any one option and providing all essential information and credentials, click on **‘Next’.**
## **Step 5: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** tab, add your **‘Git Repository’** and ‘**Git Branch’**. Also, toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. Once you enable the **‘Push To Deploy’**, it will generate a **‘Deployment**
**URL’**. We can use this URL to CICD pipeline and copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
## **Step 6: Add the Deployment URL to the Git Repository** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
Now, go to your Git repository. From the **‘Code‘** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on the **‘Webhooks’** page from the ‘**Code and automation’** section of the left navigation. Insert the deployment URL into the **‘Payload URL’** field. Select **‘application/json’** from the **‘Content type’** dropdown.
_Note: This step is optional. Adding a webhook enables automatic deployments when you push changes to the repository, but it’s not required if you prefer to deploy manually._
## **Step 7: Add Public Key to Git Repository** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
Next in the ‘Deploy Script’ field any script that needs to be executed after the site is deployed. For example, you can use it to install dependencies or run database migrations.
**Next, in the ‘Deploy Script’ field, specify any commands that need to be executed after the site is deployed.**If your project uses **PHP**, you can specify the version (e.g., php8.1) and run Composer along with Laravel-specific commands like this:
```
php8.1 $(which composer) install --no-interaction --prefer-dist --optimize-autoloader --no-dev
```
Copy to Clipboard
```
php8.1 artisan migrate --force
```
Copy to Clipboard
```
php8.1 artisan optimize:clear
```
Copy to Clipboard
If your project also involves **Node.js**, you can include additional commands as well. These scripts ensure that your backend and frontend are fully prepared after deployment.
From the xCloud dashboard, copy the **‘Public Key’** to add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. Git migration uses the **‘Public Key’** for SSH authentication. This is necessary to enable xCloud to access your Git repository and clone it. It ensures secure and authorized access for the cloning process.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code‘** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on **‘Deploy keys’** in the security section of the left navigation. Click on the **‘Add key’** button and paste the key that you copied from xCloud.
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click on **‘Next’** on your xCloud settings of the **‘Git Repo’** tab.
## **Step 8: Confirm Migrating The Website** [#](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)
Now, to start the migration process, click on the **‘Start’** button. After clicking on the **‘Start’** button, the migration process will start and you will see the progress of migration.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there. Go to the **‘Laravel’** Option from the menu and customize the **‘Application’** and **‘Environment’** as your preferences.
Check out the other features of Laravel:
[_**How to Use Supervisor for Process Management With xCloud**_](/docs/supervisor-for-process-management/)
[_**How to Set Up Laravel Horizon with xCloud**_](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
[**_How to Set Up a Queue Worker for Laravel Applications_**](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
Configure Laravel Scheduler with cron job for your Laravel projects with ease. Check out this documentation for more details:
[_**How To Configure xCloud Cron Job?**_](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)
And that’s it. This is how easily you can successfully deploy your Laravel application on xCloud. Now you can go to your site dashboard from xCloud and customize according to your preferences.
If you are still stuck, feel free to contact our **[support team](/support/).**
---
# How to Deploy Lovable Applications with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to deploy Lovable applications with xCloud using Git integration, domain setup, backups, and push-to-deploy - all from a simple dashboard.
[**Lovable**](/lovable-hosting/) is a modern AI-powered application-building platform designed to help anyone create user-friendly, scalable, and production-ready applications and websites through chatting.
xCloud allows you to deploy Lovable applications easily from your Git repositories. You can install and set up Lovable and get your application live in just a few clicks.
Follow the steps below to set up Lovable with xCloud and deploy AI-powered projects easily:
## **Step 1: Create a New Site** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
## **Step 2: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed to start creating Lovable applications.
## **Step 3: Go to The Lovable Tab** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
From here, go to the **‘Lovable’** tab to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
📝 Before you proceed, make sure your Lovable projects are properly synced with Git repositories.
## **Step 4: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
From the ‘Domains’ tab, you will get two options: either you can create a ‘Demo Site’ with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the ‘Migrate into a New Domain’ option.
## **Step 5: Configure Site Settings** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
Next, under the **‘Settings’** tab, you will get the **‘[Node.js](http://node.js) Version’** and ‘**Site User’** for this application. After that, click on the **‘Next’** button.
## **Step 6: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘**Git Repo’** tab, you will get three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’, ‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’,** and **‘Connected Git Provider’.**
We are going to deploy Git projects using the **‘Git Provider’** option here. Choose the **‘Connected Git Provider’** option from the dropdown menu.
From the **‘Select Git Provider’** dropdown, choose the connected account you want to use. Once selected, navigate through the list of repositories, pick the one you want to deploy, and then select the specific **‘Branch’** of that project.
You can also deploy Lovable projects from your Public or Private Git repositories as well. For more details read this documentation:
_**👉 [How to Insert Your Git Repositories with xCloud](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)**_
## **Step 7: Enable Push to Deploy** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the ‘Enable push to deploy’ option. You need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the ‘Deployment URL’ from here.
_**Note: If you want to learn more about the process, follow the steps in this [document](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/).**_
Finally, review all the details and click on the **‘Start’** button to create the Lovable application.
## **Step 8: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/deploy-lovable-applications-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Lovable site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
That’s it! This is how easily you can deploy Lovable with xCloud and launch your web apps in just a few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Deploy n8n with xCloud with One Click Apps - xCloud
> Deploy n8n with xCloud easily using One-Click Apps. Set up powerful workflow automation in minutes with minimal configuration.
[**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) is an open-source workflow automation platform that allows users to connect different services and build complex workflows with minimal effort. With support for hundreds of integrations and a visual interface, n8n is ideal for teams looking to increase productivity without writing extensive custom code.
With **xCloud’s One Click Apps** feature, you can deploy n8n with ease. Follow the steps below to quickly set up n8n in a demo or production environment with xCloud.
## **🔖Recommendations** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
### **📌Web Server for Deployment** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
Though you can deploy the n8n application from both NGINX and OLS servers, we recommend deploying n8n on an NGINX server for the best performance and stability. While you can use an **OLS** server, Nginx generally provides a more reliable experience.
### **📌CPU Requirements** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
_To deploy n8n, you need a server with at least 4 GB of RAM and 2 CPU cores._
_**Note**: n8n is available in our plans, including the free plan. But you have to upgrade to our PRO plans to access the Environment feature._
## **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, choose the **‘Server’,** then go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘n8n’** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **“n8n”** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
Ensure your server is already connected to xCloud. If not, follow the instructions on the dashboard to establish a server connection. Once connected, you can create a new site either from the main dashboard or the site list by selecting the **‘Create New Site**‘ option.
## **Step 2: Set Up the n8n Application** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘**Site Title’** and add relevant ‘**Tags’** to help organize your deployment. At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
## **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
If you select the ‘**Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your n8n application.
**_Note:_** _Note that once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding._
## **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
Then, a default **‘Port’, ‘Site User’** will be selected automatically. Then choose a ‘Timezone’ for this site. Once all settings have been configured, click the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
_Note: We recommend leaving the port and site user as the default._
## **Step 5: Visit the n8n Site** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
With n8n set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
This will open the n8n dialog window for registration, which should look something like the example below. Simply enter your details and create a password according to the specs indicated. Hit the Next button, then click through any additional popups, leaving them empty for now.
This should bring you to the n8n Overview page. Now that your n8n instance is up and running, let’s fine-tune its settings for security and customization. From here, go to the ‘**Create workflow**’ , set according to your preferences.
## **Add Your Custom Domain** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
You can add your own **‘Domain’** to host the site by going to the Domain section. Also, you can add an **‘Additional Domain’** with your custom domain.
## **Environment Editor for n8n** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Save’** button.
## **Update N8N Version** [#](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
To update n8n to the latest version, simply go to **‘Updates’** from the sidebar of the dashboard. Then simply search for the **‘Check for Updates’** button. Click the **‘Update n8n’** button, and this will install the latest n8n version on your server.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can quickly and efficiently deploy an n8n instance using xCloud’s One Click Apps feature. You can create your own n8n application and automate with workflows seamlessly.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Deploy Uptime Kuma with xCloud One Click Apps - xCloud
> Learn how to easily set up Uptime Kuma with xCloud one click apps deployment for reliable website and service monitoring in just minutes.
[**Uptime Kuma**](https://uptimekuma.org/) is a self-hosted monitoring tool that allows users to monitor websites, services, and applications with ease. It offers powerful uptime tracking, notifications, and intuitive dashboards.
If you are a developer, systems administrator, or hobbyist, you can deploy Uptime Kuma with xCloud to get a reliable, automated monitoring system. Follow the steps below to quickly set up Uptime Kuma with xCloud in a demo or production environment.
## **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once authenticated, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, choose the **‘Server’,** then go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘****Uptime Kuma’** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
Ensure your server is already connected to xCloud. If not, follow the instructions on the dashboard to establish a server connection. Once connected, you can create a new site either from the main Dashboard or the Site List by selecting the **‘****Create New Site’** option.
## **Step 2: Set Up the Uptime Kuma Application** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘**Site Title’** and add relevant ‘**Tags’** to help organize your deployment. At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
## **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
If you select the ‘**Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your Uptime Kuma instance. Available subdomain extensions include .wp1.site and .wp1.sh, both managed through Cloudflare. These demo domains are intended for temporary use and should be used for testing and development purposes only.
Note that once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert back to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding.
## **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
Then, a default **‘Port’** and **‘Site User’** will be selected automatically. Also, you can create a new database to **‘Create Database to a Server**’ or ‘**Add Your Existing Database**’. Once all settings have been reviewed and configured, click the **‘****Next’** button to proceed.
_Note: We recommend leaving the database settings as default xCloud will automatically create a ‘Database Name’, Database Username’ for you, if you are creating a new database._
## **Step 5: Visit the Uptime Kuma Site** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
With Uptime Kuma set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
## **Step 6: Go Live (optional)** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
You can add your own domain to host the site by going to the **Domain** section. Also, you can add an **Additional Domain** to host the status page of Uptime Kuma with your custom domain.
## **Step 7: Creating a Public Status Page With a Custom Domain** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
Once you’ve set up your monitoring and notification systems, the next step is to build a **public-facing status page**. This page provides real-time visibility into the status of your services for end users, helping you communicate uptime and issues transparently.
### **Create a New Status Page** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
In the Uptime Kuma dashboard, locate the **“Status Page”** option in the navigation menu and click on it to get started. Click the **“Create New Status Page”** button.
You’ll be taken to a form where you can configure basic settings. Give your page a ‘**Name’**. Define a custom ‘**slug’** that will be used in the page URL. Then click **Next** once you’ve entered these initial details.
### **Assign Monitors & Customize the Page Information** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
To display service statuses, click **“Add Monitor”** and choose which services or sites you want this page to track. These will appear on the public page as live status indicators.
You’ll now be able to add optional content to enhance the status page, such as a short **‘Description’**. A ‘**Footer Text’** that might include support contact info or disclaimers
### **Add Custom Domain** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
Then go to the **‘Domain Name’** and add your custom domain in the blank field. Add your custom domain here and click **Save** to finalize and publish the page. The status page becomes instantly accessible at the URL defined by your slug.
## **Step 8: Add Status Page Custom URL as an Additional Domain with xCloud** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
Next, go back to your Uptime Kuma site dashboard in xCloud. You can add your status page’s URL as an additional domain here. Just go to the **‘Domain’** and add the URL into the **‘Additional Domain’** and click on the save button.
## **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
This will open the Uptime Kuma dialog window for registration, which should look something like the example below. Enter the registration details and hit the Next button. This should bring you to the Uptime Kuma Overview page. Now that your Uptime Kuma instance is up and running, let’s fine-tune its settings and other customizations. From here, go to the **‘Create workflow’**, set according to your preferences.
And that’s it, this is how easily, within minutes, your Uptime Kuma instance will be live and accessible via the xCloud dashboard. With just a few configuration steps, you can launch a robust uptime monitoring service suited for both demo and production use.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Disable Site in xCloud Hosting? - xCloud
> Step-by-step guide to learn how to disable site in xCloud hosting to disable complete access to a site over the web.
[**xCloud Hosting**](/) – the cloud-based server management tool brings a new feature to the table **‘Disable Site’** which allows you to disable complete access to a site over the web. Plus, your SFTP/SSH access will also be removed along with any cron jobs (scheduled tasks) for that site will be paused by disabling this feature.
There are several use cases for this feature. For example, if you ever need to pause or stop a client’s website, you can easily do it on xCloud using this feature. This might be because they have not paid their bills, or you need to do some quick maintenance.
Follow the below guidelines & learn how to disable site in xCloud hosting.
## **Step 1: Access Disable Site Option from Dashboard** [#](/docs/disable-site-in-xcloud-hosting/)
First, log in to your xCloud dashboard with the right credentials. Click on **‘All Sites’** and select the running site that you wish to disable. Now, find the **‘Settings’** from the left on the resulting page. Click on it, & scroll down to locate the **‘Disable Site’** option.
## **Step 2: Disable Site in xCloud Hosting** [#](/docs/disable-site-in-xcloud-hosting/)
Now, toggle the ‘**Disable Site’** on & click on **‘Save Settings.’** And you’re done with disabling the site in xCloud hosting.
Moreover, you can customize your disable site markup if you wish directly from the dashboard. After changing your markup simply click on ‘**Save Settings.’**
Once you disable your site in xCloud hosting, it will look like as shown below. Moreover, you can enable your anytime by clicking on mentioned **‘Click here.’**
This is how you can easily suspend site, manage cron jobs & customize markup in xCloud hosting.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Disable WordPress Automatic Updates With xCloud
> Learn how to disable WordPress automatic updates for WordPress core, plugins, and themes on xCloud using dashboard settings, update plugins, or safe custom code.
**Disable WordPress automatic updates** when you want to review WordPress core, plugin, or theme changes before they reach your live site. This guide explains how WordPress automatic updates work on an xCloud-hosted site and how to manage them safely from inside WordPress.
**Important:** xCloud does not currently provide a dashboard setting to disable WordPress automatic updates. WordPress handles its own update system, and update behavior can also be changed by plugins, themes, custom code, or WordPress configuration. If you want to disable WordPress automatic updates, manage the setting inside WordPress.
## Before you disable WordPress automatic updates [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Automatic updates help keep WordPress secure and maintained. Disabling them gives you more control, but it also means you are responsible for reviewing and installing important security, maintenance, plugin, and theme updates on time.
- Create a fresh backup before changing update settings.
- Use a staging site to test major updates when possible.
- Keep security and maintenance updates enabled unless you have a manual update process.
- Review plugin and theme changelogs before updating business-critical sites.
- Keep a rollback plan ready before changing WordPress core update behavior.
## What this guide covers [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
- How WordPress automatic updates work
- How to disable plugin auto updates from the WordPress dashboard
- How to disable theme auto updates from the WordPress dashboard
- How to disable WordPress automatic updates with a plugin
- How to disable WordPress core automatic updates with custom code
- How to verify that automatic updates are disabled
- What to do if updates still happen after changing the setting
## How WordPress automatic updates work [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
WordPress can update different parts of your site automatically, including WordPress core, plugins, themes, and translation files. Minor WordPress core security and maintenance releases may run automatically in the background. Plugins and themes can also be configured to auto update from the WordPress admin area.
Automatic updates reduce maintenance work, but they can occasionally cause compatibility issues with a plugin, theme, custom code, checkout flow, form, membership system, or third-party integration. For this reason, some site owners prefer to disable WordPress automatic updates and review changes manually.
If your site is hosted on xCloud, the update control still comes from WordPress itself. xCloud can help with hosting-side workflows such as backups, staging, logs, restore options, and server checks, but WordPress core update behavior is controlled inside the WordPress installation.
## Option 1: Disable plugin auto updates from WordPress [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Use this option if you want to disable WordPress automatic updates for one or more plugins while keeping other update types unchanged.
1. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard.
2. Go to **Plugins** → **Installed Plugins**.
3. Find the plugin you want to manage manually.
4. Click **Disable auto-updates** next to that plugin.
5. Repeat the same step for any other plugin you want to manage manually.
After this, WordPress will not automatically update that plugin. You can still install the update manually after checking compatibility.
## Option 2: Disable theme auto updates from WordPress [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Use this option if your active theme, child theme, or parent theme should not update automatically.
1. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard.
2. Go to **Appearance** → **Themes**.
3. Click the theme you want to manage.
4. Click **Disable auto-updates**.
5. Check the parent theme as well if your site uses a child theme.
Theme updates can affect layout, templates, custom styling, and block patterns. Test theme updates on staging first if your production site depends on custom design work.
## Option 3: Use a plugin to disable WordPress automatic updates [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
If you want more control without editing files, use a trusted WordPress update management plugin. These plugins usually let you manage WordPress core, plugin, theme, and translation updates from one settings screen.
1. Create a backup of your site.
2. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard.
3. Go to **Plugins** → **Add New**.
4. Search for a trusted update management plugin, such as **Easy Updates Manager**.
5. Install and activate the plugin.
6. Open the plugin settings page.
7. Choose which update types you want to disable or manage manually.
8. Save your changes.
This is the best option for most users because it avoids direct code changes. Review the plugin settings carefully so you do not disable more update types than intended.
## Option 4: Disable WordPress automatic updates with custom code [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Use custom code only if you are comfortable managing WordPress configuration. A code snippets plugin or a small custom plugin is usually safer than editing your active theme’s `functions.php` file, because theme updates can overwrite theme file changes.
### Disable all WordPress automatic updates [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
To disable all WordPress background automatic updates, add this line to your site’s `wp-config.php` file before the line that says `/* That's all, stop editing! Happy publishing. */`:
```
define( 'AUTOMATIC_UPDATER_DISABLED', true );
```
Copy to Clipboard
This disables the automatic updater. Use it carefully because it can stop important background updates.
### Disable WordPress core automatic updates [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
To disable WordPress core automatic updates, add this line to `wp-config.php`:
```
define( 'WP_AUTO_UPDATE_CORE', false );
```
Copy to Clipboard
This gives you manual control over WordPress core updates. Check for new WordPress releases regularly and apply security updates as soon as possible.
### Disable plugin automatic updates with a code snippet [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Add this snippet using a code snippets plugin or a small custom plugin:
```
add_filter( 'auto_update_plugin', '__return_false' );
```
Copy to Clipboard
### Disable theme automatic updates with a code snippet [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Add this snippet using a code snippets plugin or a small custom plugin:
```
add_filter( 'auto_update_theme', '__return_false' );
```
Copy to Clipboard
### Disable translation automatic updates [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
If you also want to disable automatic translation updates, add this snippet:
```
add_filter( 'auto_update_translation', '__return_false' );
```
Copy to Clipboard
## Recommended method for xCloud users [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
For most xCloud users, we recommend this order when you need to disable WordPress automatic updates:
1. Use the WordPress dashboard to disable auto updates for selected plugins or themes.
2. Use a trusted update management plugin if you need broader control.
3. Use custom code only when you understand the impact and have a rollback plan.
Do not disable WordPress automatic updates and then ignore maintenance. Plan a regular update schedule so your site continues receiving security fixes.
## How to verify automatic updates are disabled [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
1. Open your WordPress admin dashboard.
2. Go to **Dashboard** → **Updates**.
3. Review available WordPress core, plugin, and theme updates.
4. Go to **Plugins** → **Installed Plugins** and confirm the auto update action shows the expected state.
5. Go to **Appearance** → **Themes** and confirm the theme auto update setting is correct.
6. Check any update management plugin settings if one is installed.
(Screenshot: WordPress Updates screen showing available updates to review manually)
## Related xCloud docs [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
- [How to Create a Staging Environment in xCloud](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
- [How to Disable WordPress Update Email Notifications With xCloud](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
You can also review the official WordPress update configuration documentation for advanced update constants and filters: [WordPress upgrade documentation](https://developer.wordpress.org/advanced-administration/upgrade/upgrading/).
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
### I disabled auto updates, but updates still appear in WordPress [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Disabling automatic updates does not hide available updates. WordPress will still show updates in the dashboard so you can review and install them manually.
### A plugin or theme updated after I changed the setting [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Check whether another update management plugin, custom code snippet, hosting maintenance service, or WordPress configuration rule is controlling updates. Also confirm the setting was changed for the correct site, plugin, or theme.
### My site broke after a manual update [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Restore from a recent backup if needed, then test the update on staging before applying it again. If the issue is caused by plugin, theme, or custom code compatibility, contact the plugin/theme developer or your site developer for help.
### xCloud settings did not stop WordPress auto updates [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
xCloud notification settings do not control WordPress core, plugin, or theme automatic updates. WordPress automatic updates must be managed inside each WordPress site.
## FAQ [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
### Does xCloud disable WordPress automatic updates? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
No. xCloud does not currently provide a dashboard-level control to disable WordPress automatic updates. WordPress handles automatic updates inside each WordPress installation.
### How do I disable WordPress automatic updates? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
You can disable WordPress automatic updates from the WordPress dashboard for plugins and themes, with an update management plugin, or with safe custom code in `wp-config.php` or a custom plugin.
### Should I disable all WordPress automatic updates? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Only disable the update types you plan to manage manually. Keeping security and maintenance updates enabled is usually safer unless you have a regular update review process.
### Can xCloud Support disable WordPress auto updates for me? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
xCloud Support can guide you on backups, staging, restore options, logs, and hosting-side checks. Custom WordPress code changes, plugin configuration, theme compatibility, and update strategy are usually handled by your site developer or WordPress administrator.
### What should I do after disabling automatic updates? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-automatic-updates/)
Set a regular maintenance schedule. Review updates, create backups, test important changes on staging, and apply security updates as soon as possible.
---
# How to Disable WordPress Update Email Notifications With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to disable WordPress update email notifications using xCloud without turning off automatic updates. Reduce inbox clutter while keeping your site secure and updated.
WordPress can send email notifications after automatic core, plugin, or theme updates. If you manage many WordPress sites, these emails can fill your inbox even when the updates completed successfully.
Use this guide to disable WordPress update email notifications while keeping automatic updates enabled.
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
- Access to your xCloud account
- WordPress administrator access for the site
- Permission to add a code snippet or edit site files
- A recent backup before changing site code
## Before you start [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
WordPress update emails are different from xCloud notifications.
- **xCloud notifications** are controlled from `https://app.xcloud.host/user/notifications`.
- **WordPress update emails** are generated by WordPress inside each site.
If you want to stop xCloud notification emails, use the xCloud notification settings page. If you want to stop emails such as “Some plugins were automatically updated” or WordPress core update emails, use the steps below.
## Recommended method [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Use a code snippet manager or a small custom plugin when possible. This keeps the code separate from your active theme.
Avoid editing the active theme’s `functions.php` file unless you are comfortable with PHP. A syntax error in `functions.php` can break the WordPress dashboard, and theme updates can overwrite custom changes.
## Step-by-step Guide To Disable WordPress Update Email Notifications [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Open the WordPress site in xCloud [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Log in to xCloud, open **Sites**, and select the WordPress site where you want to disable update emails.
### 2\. Create a backup [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Before adding custom PHP code, create a current backup of the site or confirm that a recent backup is available.
### 3\. Choose where to add the snippet [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Choose one safe place for the code:
- A code snippet plugin inside WordPress
- A small custom plugin
- A child theme’s `functions.php` file
For most users, a code snippet plugin is the safest option because it reduces the risk of losing the code during a theme update.
### 4\. Add the snippet to disable successful update emails [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Add this snippet if you want to stop successful automatic update emails for WordPress core, plugins, and themes.
/\*\*
\* Disable successful WordPress automatic update email notifications.
\* Updates still run. Only the email notifications are disabled.
\*/
add\_filter( 'auto\_core\_update\_send\_email', function ( $send, $type, $core\_update, $result ) {
if ( 'success' === $type ) {
return false;
}
return $send;
}, 10, 4 );
add\_filter( 'auto\_plugin\_update\_send\_email', '\_\_return\_false' );
add\_filter( 'auto\_theme\_update\_send\_email', '\_\_return\_false' );
This keeps WordPress updates active. It only stops the automatic update notification emails.
### 5\. Save and activate the snippet [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Save the snippet and activate it. If your snippet plugin supports execution location, run the snippet on the site frontend and admin area, or use the default site-wide option.
### 6\. Confirm updates are still enabled [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Open **Dashboard** → **Updates** in WordPress and confirm your core, plugin, and theme update settings still match your preferred workflow.
(Screenshot: WordPress Dashboard Updates page)
### 7\. Monitor the next automatic update [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
After the next automatic update runs, confirm that the site updates normally and that WordPress no longer sends the update notification email you disabled.
(Screenshot: WordPress plugins page showing updated plugin version)
## Disable only one type of WordPress update email [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
If you do not want to disable all WordPress update emails, use one of these smaller snippets instead.
### Disable only WordPress core update emails [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
add\_filter( 'auto\_core\_update\_send\_email', '\_\_return\_false' );
### Disable only plugin update emails [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
add\_filter( 'auto\_plugin\_update\_send\_email', '\_\_return\_false' );
### Disable only theme update emails [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
📄
filename.js
add\_filter( 'auto\_theme\_update\_send\_email', '\_\_return\_false' );
You can combine these snippets based on the emails you want to stop.
## Safer option: keep failure emails for WordPress core [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
If you want to stop successful core update emails but keep failure emails, use this version for core updates:
add\_filter( 'auto\_core\_update\_send\_email', function ( $send, $type, $core\_update, $result ) {
if ( 'success' === $type ) {
return false;
}
return $send;
}, 10, 4 );
This can be useful when you want fewer routine emails but still want to know if a WordPress core update fails.
## Expected result [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
After the snippet is active:
- WordPress can continue installing automatic updates.
- Successful update notification emails are no longer sent for the selected update types.
- xCloud notifications are unchanged unless you also update your xCloud notification settings.
- You can still check update history and plugin versions inside WordPress or xCloud.
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
### I still receive xCloud notification emails [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
WordPress snippets only control emails generated by WordPress. To disable xCloud notifications, visit [this page](https://app.xcloud.host/user/notifications)
Then turn off **Email** in the notification sections you do not want.
### I still receive WordPress update emails [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Confirm the snippet is active on the correct WordPress site. If you manage multiple websites, add the snippet to each site where you want WordPress update emails disabled.
### My site shows an error after adding the snippet [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Disable the snippet from your code snippet plugin if possible. If you edited a file directly, restore the file from backup or remove the snippet through File Manager or SSH.
### I use a child theme [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
You can add the snippet to the child theme’s `functions.php` file, but a code snippet plugin or small custom plugin is safer for most users.
## FAQ [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
### Does this disable WordPress updates? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
No. The snippets only disable update notification emails. They do not disable the update process.
### Can I apply this to all websites from one xCloud setting? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
No. These emails are generated inside WordPress, so the snippet must be added to each WordPress site where you want to disable the emails.
### Can xCloud disable these WordPress emails for me automatically? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
xCloud notification settings control xCloud notifications. WordPress update emails are controlled inside each WordPress site. You can use the snippet in this guide to control them per site.
### Should I disable all update emails? [#](/docs/disable-wordpress-update-email-notifications-with-xcloud/)
If you manage many sites and monitor updates from a dashboard or maintenance workflow, disabling routine success emails can reduce noise. Keep failure or security alerts enabled if your team depends on email for issue detection.
---
# Does xCloud Support ARM servers? - xCloud
> Learn how to setup ARM servers with xCloud and how you can get ARM servers with Hetzner.
xCloud supports ARM servers across multiple cloud providers, like Hetzner. Now, xCloud provides built-in support for the Hetzner cloud server. Moreover, you can connect any provider that is based on ARM server and set up with xCloud. This compatibility ensures you get a cost-effective solution with seamless performance and efficiency.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Enable 8G Firewall in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to enable 8G firewall in xCloud and enhance your website's security from the step-by-step guide.
The **8G Firewall** is a robust security solution for OLS servers, protecting a variety of threats, including SQL injections, cross-site scripting (XSS), remote code execution, and malicious bots. With xCloud, you can easily enable 8G Firewall in xCloud with a few clicks.
## **What Is An 8G Firewall?** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
The [**8G Firewall**](https://perishablepress.com/8g-firewall/), an enhanced web application firewall (WAF), is a set of web-server rules that filter out common malicious traffic before it hits your website. This lightweight firewall is an advanced iteration of the earlier 7G Firewall developed by Perishable Press. The 8G Firewall aims to reduce the cost of traffic requesting PHP/WordPress resources and enhance overall site security.
## **8G Firewall: Top Features & Goals** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
- Security via simplicity
- Extensive firewall protection
- Fine-tuned to minimize false positives
- Lightweight (only 14 KB!), modular, flexible, and fast
- Completely plug-&-play with no configuration required
- Improves security, reduces server load, and conserves resources
- Git/SVN friendly (does not block svn/git files et al)
- Open source, easy to use, and completely free
- 100% compatible with WordPress
- Enhanced bad bot detection
- Built-in logging
## **Types Of Attacks & Threats 8G Protects Against** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
- Directory Traversal
- HTTP Response Splitting
- (XSS) Cross-Site Scripting
- Cache Poisoning
- Dual-Header Exploits
- SQL/PHP/Code Injection
- File Injection/Inclusion
- Null Byte Injection
- WordPress exploits such as revslider, timthumb, fckeditor, et al
- Exploits such as c99shell, phpshell, remoteview, site copier, et al
- PHP information leakage
📚 Read more on the 8G Firewall [**here**](https://perishablepress.com/8g-firewall/).
## **How To Enable 8G Firewall On Website With OLS** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
With a few clicks, you can enable the 8G Firewall on your website from your xCloud end. Follow the steps below to enable it.
### **Step1: Log in to xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
First, login to your xCloud dashboard and go to your website. From there move to the **‘Tools’** tab and click on the **‘Security’** tab.
### **Step 2: Enable 8G Firewall Option** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
Now, From the **‘Security’** section, you will find an option to enable the **8G Firewall.** Simply, toggle on the 8G Firewall option and click on the **‘Save Settings’** button.
This is how you can easily enable the 8G Firewall from the xCloud dashboard.
## **8G Firewall Location on Server** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
You can view the 8G Firewall configuration location With the below file path:
/var/www/yourdomain.com/.htaccess
The conditional rules for each site can be found in the .htaccess file
## **Check 8G Logs** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
You can find the 8G logs from the ‘**Site Monitoring’** tab**.** Move to the ‘**Site Monitoring’ →‘Logs’** tab and select ‘**OpenLitepeed Log’** from the dropdown arrow.
## **How To Enable 8G Firewall on Website With NGINX** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
You can also enable the NGINX on your NGINX servers.
## **Issues And Troubleshoots** [#](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/)
With this type of firewall, you may face some issues or troubleshoots. One of the drawbacks is that certain legitimate activities may get blocked. The 8G Firewall is highly effective at blocking a wide range of malicious activities, but it can also inadvertently block legitimate actions and plugins due to its stringent security rules. Here are some specific issues that may arise:
- **Elementor Editing**: The 8G Firewall has been known to block the editing capabilities of the Elementor plugin, resulting in 403 Access Denied errors when trying to preview, edit, or access Elementor pages ([WordPress.org](https://wordpress.org/support/topic/8g-firewall-preventing-elementor-editing/)).
- **SEO Tools**: Certain rules in the 8G Firewall can interfere with SEO plugins, such as blocking requests from tools like Ahrefs and preventing the loading of CSS and JavaScript files necessary for plugins like Rank Math SEO ([Perishable Press](https://perishablepress.com/8g-firewall/)).
- **Admin Access**: Some rules may block access to various admin functions and pages, causing issues with wp-admin and other administrative scripts. This can lead to errors when trying to access plugin settings or perform administrative tasks. ([WordPress.org](https://wordpress.org/support/topic/8g-firewall-preventing-elementor-editing/)).
Due to these potential conflicts, users may need to deactivate the 8G Firewall temporarily adjust its configuration to allow specific actions, or whitelist certain plugins and services.
**Note:** We are continually focused on enhancing security and will bring more advanced features soon.
Still stuck? Contact our dedicated [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/?_gl=1*1pcf7m6*_ga*NTcyNTk2ODAwLjE3MjAzNDE5MzM.*_ga_GS7G4T8PYV*MTcyMzQ0NzY1Ni4zMS4wLjE3MjM0NDc2NTYuMC4wLjA.) for any of your queries.
**Related docs**:
[How To Easily Configure Firewall Management With xCloud Hosting](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
[How To Use xCloud 7G Firewall On Nginx](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
---
# How to Enable AI Bot Blocker for Your Website in xCloud? - xCloud
> Protect your site from AI bots in seconds! Follow this easy guide to enable xCloud's AI Bot Blocker and safeguard your content & analytics.
AI crawlers and automated scrapers now account for a growing share of web traffic, and most of it does nothing for your site, it copies your content without permission, inflates your server load, and skews your analytics with visits that were never real people. The AI Bot Blocker in xCloud gives you a simple way to shut that traffic out.
Built right into your site settings as a single on/off toggle, the feature lets you control automated traffic without touching a line of code. By blocking unwanted AI bots, you protect your content from unauthorized scraping, lighten the load on your server, and keep your analytics clean so your data reflects genuine visitor engagement. The result is a site that stays faster, with more secure management, all from one place.
Follow the step-by-step guide below to enable the AI Bot Blocker for your website in xCloud.
## Step 1: Access Site Settings in xCloud [#](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/)
Log in to your **[xCloud dashboard](http://app.xcloud.host/?fbclid=IwY2xjawSqNrBleHRuA2FlbQIxMABicmlkETFyWlJrdjRXNTgyRERjUU1lc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQQMjIyMDM5MTc4ODIwMDg5MgABHqvcpIMNgDG3QVQRfY110uaxeRsO71Yu90ofc0-DVvFCJT-1p_0HMgh2GqWv_aem_kNYuYV2V4OvXzj2Tf0e9WQ&utm_source=docs&utm_medium=organic&utm_campaign=docs)** and go to ‘Sites’. Click on the site where you want to enable the bot blocker.
## Step 2: Enable the AI Bot Blocker [#](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/)
You will find the ‘AI Bot Blocker’ feature available for both Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed servers. If you are using the Nginx server, navigate to ‘Tools → Nginx and Security’ from the navigation menu. Then find the ‘AI Bot Blocker’ listed along with other Nginx Options. Now, to enable this, just toggle it on.
However, if you are using the OpenLiteSpeed server, similarly navigate to ‘Tools → Security’ from the navigation menu and you will find the ‘AI Bot Blocker’ listed along with other OpenLiteSpeed Options.
## Step 3: Allow/ Block AI Bots [#](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/)
Once enabled, the AI Bot Blocker automatically blocks 180+ known AI-related bots, including but not limited to:
- Hugging Face
- Hypotenuse AI
- iaskspider
- ICC-Crawler
- ImagesiftBot
- img2dataset
- INK Editor
- INKforall
- IntelliSeek.ai
- Inferkit
- ISSCyberRiskCrawler
- JasperAI
- Kafkai
- Kangaroo
- Keyword Density AI
- LeftWingGPT
- LLaMA
- magpie-crawler
- MarketMuse
- Meltwater
- Meta AI
- Meta Llama
- Meta.AI
- Meta-AI
- Meta-ExternalAgent
- Meta-ExternalFetcher
- MetaAI
- MetaTagBot
- Mistral
- Narrative Device
- Neural Text
- NeuralSEO
- OAI-SearchBot
- OAI SearchBot
- omgili
- OmniGPT
- Open AI
- OpenAI
- OpenText AI
- Outwrite
- Page Analyzer AI
- PanguBot
- Paraphraser.io
- peer39\_crawler
- PerplexityBot
- PetalBot
- ProWritingAid
- QuillBot
- RightWingGPT
- RobotSpider
- Rytr
- SaplingAI
- Scalenut
- Scrapy
- ScriptBook
- SearchGPT
- SemrushBot
- SEO Content Machine
- SEO Robot
- Sidetrade
- Simplified AI
- SlickWrite
- Spin Rewriter
- Spinbot
- Stability
- Sudowrite
- Surfer AI
- Text Blaze
- TextCortex
- The Knowledge AI
- Timpibot
- VelenPublicWebCrawler
- Vidnami AI
- WebChatGPT
- Webzio
- Whisper
- WordAI
- Wordtune
- Writecream
- WriterZen
- Writescope
- Writesonic
- x.AI
- xAI
- YouBot
- Zero GTP
- ZimmWriter
- Claude-User
- Claude-SearchBot
- Perplexity-User
- PhindBot
- Andibot
- SBIntuitionsBot
- Poseidon Research Crawler
- Cotoyogi
- Factset\_spyderbot
- TikTokSpider
- YandexAdditional
- Devin
To manage individual bots, simply choose your preferred bot from the dropdown, select **Allow** or **Block** according to your preference, and then click the **Add** button.
## Step 4: Exclude Any Specific Bot From Allowed/ Blocked List [#](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/)
If you want to remove a specific bot from your allowed or blocked list, just click the cross (×) icon beside that bot. It will instantly remove that bot from the list.
This is how you can easily enable the AI Bot Blocker for your site in xCloud.
The AI Bot Blocker is one of the quickest ways to take back control of your website’s traffic in xCloud. With a single toggle, you can shut out unwanted AI crawlers, protect your original content from scraping, ease the strain on your server, and keep your analytics honest — all without any technical setup. Whether you’re running Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed, the feature fits right into your existing workflow and gives you the flexibility to allow or block specific bots whenever you need to. Turn it on once, fine-tune it to your preferences, and let xCloud handle the rest while you focus on delivering a fast, secure experience to your real visitors.
This is how easily you can enable AI Bot Blocker for your site in xCloud. Thanks to [**Perishable Press**](https://perishablepress.com/) for their research and [**article about this**](https://perishablepress.com/ultimate-ai-block-list/).
Still feeling stuck? Contact the [**support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# How To Enable HTTPS For WordPress Site In xCloud & Configure SSL Certificates? - xCloud
> In xCloud, you can enable/disable HTTPS for WordPress sites and configure SSL Certificates in a few clicks to ensure site secure and build trust with visitors.
Enabling HTTPS for a WordPress site and configuring SSL certificates is crucial for ensuring secure data transmission, safeguarding sensitive information, and building trust with visitors. In xCloud, you can easily enable or disable HTTPS for WordPress sites.
## How To Enable HTTPS For WordPress Site In xCloud & Configure SSL Certificates [#](/docs/enable-https-in-xcloud-configure-ssl-certificates/)
In xCloud, you can enable or disable HTTPS for WordPress sites in a few clicks. To enable HTTPS on your website, go to the **SSL/HTTPS tab** from the xCloud site dashboard and Toggle on the HTTPS button. You can configure SSL certificates in three ways.
1. Use free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud
2. Provide your own certificate & manage it yourself
3. Use Cloudflare managed SSL Certificate
### #1 Use Free SSL Certificate Issued & Managed By xCloud [#](/docs/enable-https-in-xcloud-configure-ssl-certificates/)
With xCloud, you can easily use free SSL certificates issued and managed by xCloud on your site without any complexity. xCloud will handle SSL automatically. To enable HTTPS on your website, go to the SSL/HTTPS tab from the xCloud site dashboard. Click on the ‘**Use free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud**’ option. For more details, [**read this documentation**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/).
### #2 Provide Your Own Certificate & Manage It Yourself [#](/docs/enable-https-in-xcloud-configure-ssl-certificates/)
In xCloud, you can provide your own certificate and manage SSL/HTTPS by yourself. You can use the custom certificate from any 3rd party web application for security providers. From the xCloud site dashboard, go to the SSL/HTTPS tab. Click on the ‘**Provide your own certificate & manage it yourself**’ option. Now provide the Certificate. For more details, **[read this documentation](http://use-custom-certificate-of-cloudflare-with-xcloud)**.
### #3 Use Cloudflare managed SSL Certificate [#](/docs/enable-https-in-xcloud-configure-ssl-certificates/)
If you manage your domain with Cloudflare, the SSL will be managed by xCloud automatically. You have to integrate your Cloudflare account with xCloud and add your own certificates. For this, go to the xCloud site dashboard and click on the SSL/HTTPS tab. Click on the ‘**Use Cloudflare managed SSL Certificate**’ option. For more details, [**read this documentation**](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/).
Thus you can easily enable/disable HTTPS for the WordPress website in xCloud and configure SSL Certificates.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Enable Redis Object Cache Plugin With OpenLiteSpeed - xCloud
> Learn how to enable Redis Object Cache plugin with OpenLiteSpeed for WordPress on xCloud with easy step by step guide.
**[Redis Object Cache](/docs/how-to-find-the-redis-credentials/)** is a powerful caching solution that helps improve the performance and scalability of WordPress websites. By integrating Redis with your xCloud server running OpenLiteSpeed, you can reduce database queries, speed up page loads, and provide a smoother experience for your visitors.
The LiteSpeed Cache plugin already includes Redis integration, so you do not need to install any additional plugin if you do not want it. However, this guide is for those who prefer to use the Redis Object Cache plugin separately instead of LiteSpeed’s built-in Redis option.
Let us follow the step-by-step process to enable [**Redis Object Cache plugin**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/redis-cache/) with OpenLiteSpeed servers correctly and without conflicts.
## **Step 1. Enable LiteSpeed Cache Plugin** [#](/docs/enable-redis-object-cache-plugin-with-ols/)
First, go to your site from the dashboard. Then, find the **‘WordPress’** option from the side navigation bar and toggle on the ‘LiteSpeed Cache’ button to enable the plugin from the xCloud dashboard.
Once you toggle on the **‘LiteSpeed Cache’,** you will get the **‘Redis User’,** **‘Redis Password’** and **‘Redis Object Cache Key’** or Redis Prefix. Collect the credentials.
## **Step 2: Access the wp-config.php file** [#](/docs/enable-redis-object-cache-plugin-with-ols/)
Next, go to **‘WordPress’ → ‘WP Config’** from the sidebar to customize the wp-config file directly from the xCloud dashboard.
Once you are in the wp-config.php editor panel. Add the following code into the editor and update the username, password, and prefix with the Redis credentials you collected earlier from the LiteSpeed Cache page. After updating the values, click on the Update Config button to save the changes.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
define( 'WP\_REDIS\_PASSWORD', \["user", "password"\] );
define( 'WP\_REDIS\_DISABLE\_BANNERS', 'true' );
define( 'WP\_REDIS\_PREFIX', 'prefix' );
## **Step 3: Turn OFF or Uninstall the Object Cache Plugin** [#](/docs/enable-redis-object-cache-plugin-with-ols/)
To use the Redis Object Cache in OpenLiteSpeed servers, you need to prevent conflicts between caching systems. LiteSpeed Cache plugin handles both Full Page Cache and Object Cache, and Redis is already configured inside it.
- If you want to use the Redis Object Cache plugin separately, you must either disable the Object Cache option in LiteSpeed Cache or uninstall the plugin entirely.
- If you want to continue using LiteSpeed Cache for full page caching only, then just disable the Object Cache option.
Go to **LiteSpeed Cache → Cache**, turn off the **Object Cache** button, and click **Save Changes** to proceed.
You can also uninstall and deactivate the LiteSpeed Cache plugin. Just go to **Plugins → Installed Plugins** and locate ‘**LiteSpeed Cache (LS Cache)’**. Deactivate and uninstall the LS Cache plugin to prevent conflicts between caching systems.
## **Step 4. Install And Activate Redis Cache Plugin** [#](/docs/enable-redis-object-cache-plugin-with-ols/)
Next, you will configure WordPress to use the Redis cache plugin. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard. Navigate to ‘**Plugins’ → ‘Add New’**. In the search bar, type **‘Redis Object Cache**‘. Click ‘**Install Now**‘ and then ‘**Activate’**.
After installing and activating the plugin go to the **‘Settings’ → ‘Redis**‘ from the sidebar and just click on the ‘Enable Object Cache’ button from the dashboard.
If configured correctly, you will see a success message indicating that Redis is connected. Look for the Overview tab. It should show:
> Status: Connected
>
> Filesystem: Writeable
>
> Redis: Reacable
If you see these values, your Redis cache is active and working.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can enable Redis Object Cache on OLS server with xCloud. With Redis successfully connected, your WordPress website will run faster, handle more traffic efficiently, and deliver a seamless experience to your users.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Enable the Edge Full Page Cache in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to easily enable Edge Full Page Cache in xCloud to boost your site’s speed by up to 40% with powerful, network-level caching via Cloudflare.
**[Caching](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)** plays a crucial role in boosting website performance and delivering a faster, smoother browsing experience for users. At xCloud, we know that speed and performance are critical for a great user experience. That’s why we offer powerful Edge Caching, which saves your site’s page cache to a global network of data centers, delivering content from the location closest to each visitor. This can boost your website speed and performance.
Along with edge caching, we implement heavy caching layers both at the server level and through Page Caching and Object Caching, ensuring lightning-fast load times. By default, our edge cache refreshes every 24 hours, but you have full control — you can adjust cache expiration times or manually clear caches as needed. Whether you’re deploying updates, copying your site, or simply editing a post, purging the right cache ensures your changes appear instantly.
At xCloud, edge caching is included with all plans at no extra cost — no plugins required. If your site is integrated with Cloudflare, you will be able to access this feature with a click.
_**Note:** To use this feature, you must integrate Cloudflare with xCloud and configure your site accordingly. It is also recommended to maintain a full-page cache alongside the Edge Cache for optimal performance. You can continue using your existing full-page caching solutions, such as **FastCGI (NGINX Cache)**, **LiteSpeed Cache (LSCache)**, or **WP Rocket**, together with the Edge Cache._
## **Edge Full Page Cache** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Edge Full Page Cache is an optional layer of caching at the network level that improves your website’s performance. This feature caches the website’s HTML and stores it on Cloudflare’s CDN network, enhancing the Time to First Byte (TTFB) and latency for most websites.
If your domain is currently configured using Advanced Network or Global Edge Security (GES), most of your static assets are already cached through Cloudflare’s CDN. However, HTML files by default are served directly from the servers. With Edge Full Page Cache enabled, HTML pages are also cached at Cloudflare’s edge, making assets geographically closer to your visitors and improving overall page performance.
## **How Does Edge Caching Work?** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Edge caching operates by strategically distributing cached copies of website content across multiple servers at the edge of a content delivery network (CDN), closer to end-users. Here’s a detailed breakdown of how it works:
**Request** **Routing:** When a user/visitor requests content from a website, such as HTML files, images, videos, or other resources, their request is initially routed to the CDN’s edge servers, which are distributed worldwide.
**Edge Server Selection:** The CDN intelligently selects the edge server nearest to the user requesting the content. This selection is based on factors such as the user’s geographical location, network conditions, and server availability.
With **over 200 edge server locations worldwide powered by Cloudflare**, your content is delivered from the edge server nearest to the visitor. This reduces the need for requests to travel across continents to your origin server, minimizing latency and improving page load times significantly.
## **Steps to Enable the Edge Full Page Cache in xCloud** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Caching content at the network edge significantly improves website performance by reducing latency and load times for visitors. xCloud makes it easy to enable full-page caching using their Edge Caching feature, allowing for a faster and more responsive experience for your users. This guide will walk you through the process of enabling Edge Full Page Cache in xCloud step-by-step.
### **Step 1: Access the Site Dashboard** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
First, navigate to the dashboard of the site where you want to enable Edge Caching. Once logged in, locate and click on the **‘Caching’** option from the main menu.
### **Step 2: Enable Edge Caching** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Within the Caching section, click on the **‘Edge Caching’** button to activate the feature.Next, click on **‘Advanced Settings’** to access additional configuration options.
### **Step 3: Configure Cache Exclusion Rules** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
In the Advanced Settings menu, you will find options to customize caching behavior:
- **Cache Exclusion HTTP URL Rules**: Specify URL patterns you want to exclude from being cached.
- **Cache Exclusion Cookie Rules**: Define cookie-based rules to prevent caching for certain sessions or users.
Set these rules according to your specific preferences or requirements.
### **Step 4: Purge Cache** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
After configuring the caching settings, click on the **‘Purge Cache’** button. This action will clear all previously cached content from Cloudflare’s edge network, ensuring the updated rules are applied immediately. After all the configurations, click on the **‘Save Settings’** button.
Afte that, if you go to your xCloud dashboard, you will see the plugin **‘xCloud Cloudflare Edge Cache’** has been installed on your site. From here, if you go to the header menu, you will see the **‘Purge Cache’** button from the dashboard which you can click to purge your site caches easily.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can enable Edge Full Page Cache in xCloud and enhance your site’s performance and user experience. By carefully setting exclusion rules and purging outdated cache, you ensure that your visitors receive the most up-to-date and optimized content.
## **Things to Know Before Enabling Edge Caching** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Here are some important considerations to keep in mind when using Edge Caching with xCloud.
#### **Geolocation Variations** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Edge Caching does not support narrow-scope geolocation variations, such as caching based on city, state, or border proximity. Sites relying heavily on localized content variations may need to consider alternative caching strategies.
#### **Geo-blocking and IP Blocking** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Geo-blocking and IP Deny rules are enforced at the server level (Nginx). Since Edge Caching happens on Cloudflare’s network, visitors from blocked IPs or regions could still access cached versions of your site. Additionally, visits from these blocked IPs will still appear in your site’s analytics data.
#### **Set-Cookie Header Conflicts** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Pages that send a **Set-Cookie** header by default are not cached at the edge. To prevent caching visitor-specific data, Cloudflare automatically removes the Set-Cookie header from cached responses for all new sites. This ensures the cache remains consistent and secure.
#### **Cloudflare APO** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
If you are using your own Cloudflare account, you can utilize Edge Caching only if Cloudflare’s Automatic Platform Optimization (APO) feature is disabled. Edge Caching and APO cannot be active simultaneously, so you will need to choose one or the other.
#### **General Behavior and Compatibility** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
It’s important to note that after clearing the Edge Cache, you should allow 2 to 5 minutes for the purge to fully propagate across all Cloudflare data centers, as the process isn’t instantaneous.
### **Where Edge Caching Can Be Used** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Edge Caching is supported on both Live Sites, Staging Environments and demo site. However, it is not available for Standard Staging Environments. If you are working within a Standard Staging Environment, Edge Caching will not be an option.
### **Content Served by Edge Caching** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Edge Caching only caches and serves the page cache of your site, which refers to the HTML output, static assets such as images, JavaScript files, or CSS files.
### **WordPress Compatibility** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Edge Caching is fully compatible with standard WordPress setups as well as popular plugins and frameworks like BuddyPress, WooCommerce, and Easy Digital Downloads. Pages that need to bypass caching, such as the WordPress Admin, Cart, Checkout, and My Account pages, are automatically excluded from Edge Caching.
For highly customized WordPress installations, additional custom caching rules may be necessary. The xCloud Support team is available to assist with creating these custom configurations if needed.
### **Cache Clearing Automation** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Whenever you update pages or make changes within WordPress, both the Site Cache and Edge Cache are automatically purged. In most cases, manual cache clearing is unnecessary unless you have a specific reason to do so.
### **Custom Cache Exclusions** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
If your site uses Advanced Site Cache custom exclusions — such as specific combinations of custom cookies and URIs — these are not yet honored by edge caching.
### **Custom Cache Rules** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
You can safely enable edge caching as long as our Support team has not set up special cache rules for your site involving custom cookies or geolocation-based logic.
### **Cloudflare Edge Cache File Size Limit** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
When using Cloudflare with xCloud, it’s important to understand that there are limitations on how large a file can be cached at the network edge. According to [Cloudflare’s official guidelines](https://developers.cloudflare.com/pages/platform/limits/), the **maximum size for any single file** cached on the edge is **512 MB** for users on Free, Pro, and Business plans. This limit increases to **5 GB** for Enterprise customers.
And files that exceed this size threshold won’t be cached at Cloudflare’s edge. Instead, those requests will bypass the edge and be delivered straight from your origin server — potentially resulting in slower performance for large files such as video content or software downloads.
**If your site serves large files, consider these alternatives:**
- **Cloudflare R2**: An object storage solution that lets you deliver large files efficiently without incurring egress costs.
- **Disabling Cloudflare Proxy Temporarily**: You can set the DNS proxy (orange cloud icon) to “off” to allow large files to be delivered directly from your server without passing through Cloudflare.
Also note that changing TTL (time-to-live) settings for caching does **not** bypass these file size limits — they are enforced regardless of your cache duration configuration.
Edge Full Page Cache respects the cache-control headers configured by your page caching solution. For example, xCloud installs the FastCGI Cache plugin for NGINX servers, the LiteSpeed Cache plugin for OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) servers, or popular caching plugins like WP Rocket, depending on your server environment.
## **Troubleshooting Edge Caching** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
If Edge Caching doesn’t seem to be working properly on your xCloud site, there are a few steps you can take to diagnose and fix the issue.
### **Check for Excluded URL Patterns or Cookies** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Another potential cause is exclusion based on URL patterns or cookies. Specific sections of your site, like **/cart** or **/checkout**, might be configured to bypass caching automatically. Similarly, pages that depend on custom cookies, such as login sessions or shopping carts, might also be excluded. If you expect a page to be cached but notice that it isn’t, it’s a good idea to contact xCloud Support. They can help verify whether certain pages or cookies have been intentionally excluded from caching or whether any additional custom caching rules are influencing this behavior.
### **Password Protection and Edge Caching** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
If your site has Password Protection enabled, Edge Caching cannot function. Password protection must be disabled for Edge Caching to work successfully. Make sure to check this setting if Edge Caching appears inactive after other troubleshooting steps.
### **Conflict with Cloudflare APO** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
If you are using Cloudflare’s Automatic Platform Optimization (APO) service through your own Cloudflare account, it will conflict with Edge Caching. In order for Edge Caching to operate correctly, you must disable APO. It’s important to ensure that only one optimization service is managing cache behavior to avoid conflicts.
### **Geo-blocking and IP Blocking Considerations** [#](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/)
Since Edge Caching operates at Cloudflare’s network level, it does not respect geo-blocking rules that are configured at the server (Nginx) level. This means visitors from regions that you intended to block might still receive cached content. Similarly, IP addresses that have been blocked via xCloud’s IP Deny tool may still be able to access cached pages through Cloudflare’s edge network. If maintaining strict geo- or IP-based access control is critical for your site, you may want to reconsider enabling Edge Caching.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](/support/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How To Easily Enable WP Debug Tool From xCloud Dashboard - xCloud
> Follow this guide to enable WP Debug tool from xCloud site dashboard.
[**WP Debug**](https://developer.wordpress.org/advanced-administration/debug/debug-wordpress/) is a tool in WordPress that helps developers find and fix errors on their website by displaying detailed information about PHP errors, notices, and warnings.
**[xCloud](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh)** now offers an easy way to enable WP Debug directly from your site dashboard, without any manual coding. Just toggle on the **WP Debug** option, and it starts working right away, helping you troubleshoot issues on your WordPress site effortlessly.
We’re introducing the WP debug option to prevent error messages from appearing on your site, which can create a negative experience for your customers. By enabling WP debug from the dashboard, xCloud ensures that these error messages or other unwanted messages are suppressed, maintaining a clean and professional appearance for your site.
Once you’ve turned on the WP Debug option, head over to the **WP Config** tab. You’ll see the updated debug condition code added automatically.
Now, go to the Logs tab, where you’ll find your debug logs along with detailed information.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Export Servers and Sites Data with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to easily export server and site data in CSV or Excel format using xCloud with our step-by-step guide.
Exporting server and site data is essential for analysis. With xCloud, you can export your server and site data with just a few clicks. Whether you need your data in CSV or Excel (XLSX) format, xCloud makes the process seamless and user-friendly. Follow the steps below to export both site and server data using xCloud.
**_Note:_** _This feature is available for the team owner only._
## **Step 1: Access the Export Option** [#](/docs/export-servers-and-sites-data-with-xcloud/)
To begin, log in to your xCloud account and ensure you are the **team owner**. Then, navigate to the ‘**Team Settings**’ section from the main dashboard. Once there, click on the ‘**Export’** option under the **‘Team’** menu from the sidebar. This will open the page where you can export your server or site datas.
## **Step 2: Export Site Data** [#](/docs/export-servers-and-sites-data-with-xcloud/)
On the Export page, locate the **‘Select** **Export Type’** dropdown and choose **‘Sites’** as your preferred data category. Next, under the ‘**Export Format’** option, select your desired file format, either ‘**CSV’** or **‘Excel (XLSX)’**.
You can further refine the data by selecting the specific **columns** you want to include in the export. Once all your options are set, simply click the **Export** button to download the sites data to your device.
## **Step 3: Export Server Data** [#](/docs/export-servers-and-sites-data-with-xcloud/)
To export server data, change the **‘Select Export Type’** to **Servers** from the dropdown menu of the same page**.** Just as with site data, you’ll need to choose your preferred **‘Export Format’**, selecting either **‘CSV’** or **Excel (XLSX)’**.
You can further customize the export by choosing the specific **‘Columns’** relevant to your needs. Finally, click the ‘**Export’** button to download the server data.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can export servers and sites data with xCloud. xCloud simplifies the process of exporting both servers and sites data, offering flexibility in format and content selection.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Fail2Ban in xCloud: Enhancing Server Security With Ease - xCloud
> Follow this simple guide on Fail2Ban management with xCloud, where you can ban & unban IP addresses effortlessly to maintain sheer security.
[**Fail2Ban**](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fail2ban) is a powerful feature integrated with [**xCloud**](/), that protects your server from unauthorized access attempts and brute-force attacks. It automatically blocks harmful IP addresses from accessing essential services such as SSH, minimizing the risk of security breaches. This proactive method helps stop brute force attacks, spamming, port scanning, and other unauthorized attempts to get into your server.
xCloud has always had Fail2Ban integrated for server security. Now, with our latest update, managing security is simpler than ever. You can easily ban and unban IP addresses directly from your xCloud dashboard as well as ban new IP addresses with just a few clicks, giving you greater control over your server’s protection.
## **How Fail2Ban Works In xCloud** [#](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
- Automatic Blocking: Fail2Ban quickly stops harmful IP addresses from trying to break into your server.
- SSH Hardening: xCloud secures SSH logins during server setup to stop unauthorized access.
- View Banned IP Addresses: Easily see the list of banned IP addresses that tried to force their way into your server.
- Ban IP: Block an IP address.
- Unban IP: Allow a banned IP address to connect by removing it from the block list.
## **How To Easily Ban IP Addresses With Fail2Ban in xCloud** [#](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
After successfully logging in/signing up in xCloud, go to the server page dashboard. Under the **Settings** tab, you will find the **Security** option. Click on it and then you will find the Fail2Ban management options.
From here you can see the already Banned IP Addresses. You will have the option to **Unban** the IP addresses if the situation demands.
To ban a new IP address click on **Ban New IP Address, and** a popup will appear. Simply write the address you want to ban and click on **Ban IP,** and it will be banned instantly.
## Whitelisting Trusted IP Addresses in Fail2Ban [#](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
While Fail2Ban is excellent for blocking malicious actors, you want to ensure you don’t accidentally lock yourself out of your own server. If you have a static IP address or a fixed corporate network range, you can **whitelist** these addresses.
Once an IP is whitelisted (added to the `ignoreip` list), Fail2Ban will never block it, regardless of how many failed login attempts occur.
> **Security Note:** Only whitelist IP addresses that you fully trust. Misconfiguring this step by adding broad ranges can create a security loophole.
### 1\. Open the Jail Configuration File [#](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
To add a whitelist, first SSH into your server using a sudo user. Then, you need to edit the jail.local file. Use the following command to open it with the Nano editor:
Copy to clipboard
1
sudo nano -l /etc/fail2ban/jail.local
### 2\. Add Your IP to the `ignoreip` Line [#](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
Locate the line starting with `ignoreip`. By default, Fail2Ban whitelists your local machine (`127.0.0.1/8`).
To add your specific IP (e.g., `192.168.1.100`), append it to the end of the line, separated by a space:
Copy to clipboard
1
ignoreip = 127.0.0.1/8 ::1 192.168.1.100
### 3\. Save and Reload Fail2Ban [#](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
After adding your IP, save the file by pressing **Ctrl + O**, then **Enter**, and exit with **Ctrl + X**.
To apply the changes, reload the Fail2Ban service. Reloading is preferred over restarting because it refreshes the configuration without interrupting the service:
Copy to clipboard
1
sudo systemctl reload fail2ban
### 4\. Verify the Service Status [#](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/)
It is a best practice to verify that the configuration change didn’t cause any errors. Check the service status with this command:
Copy to clipboard
1
systemctl status fail2ban
If the output shows **active (running)**, your configuration is successful, and your IP is now protected from being banned.
With Fail2Ban seamlessly integrated into xCloud, you can be confident that your server is shielded from unauthorized access attempts and brute-force attacks. By utilizing this advanced security tool, you can solidify the overall security of your server and reduce the likelihood of security breaches.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](http://support@xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to find Default Paths for PHP, Nginx, and MySQL Configurations in xCloud server - xCloud
> Discover the ways to find default paths for PHP, NGINX, and MySQL configuration in xCloud
When managing a server on a platform like xCloud, knowing where to find configuration files is crucial.
## **How To Find Default Paths in xCloud** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
This guide provides detailed information on how to find default paths for PHP, Nginx, MySQL, and other related configurations on an xCloud server.
### **1\. Site Path** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
The site path is where the files for each of your websites are stored. This directory typically contains the website’s HTML, PHP scripts, images, and other assets needed to display and run the site. Keeping your site files organized and accessible in this directory makes it easier to manage and update your site. For most setups on xCloud, the standard site path is:
- **Site Path:**
```
/var/www/{site-name}
```
Copy to Clipboard
Replace {site-name} with the actual name of your website. For example, if your site is named “example.com” the path would be **/var/www/example.com**
This location is commonly used because it keeps site files separate and organized under the /var/www directory, which is a conventional location for web files on Linux servers.
### **2\. NGINX Configuration Path** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
Nginx is a powerful and popular web server used to serve websites and applications. Each website that Nginx serves typically has its own configuration file, which contains settings such as server names, root directories, and proxy configurations. These configuration files are stored in the following path:
- **Nginx Config Path:**
```
/etc/nginx/sites-available/{site-name}
```
Copy to Clipboard
Here, {site-name} should be replaced with the name of your specific site. For example, a website named “example.com” would have its configuration file at **/etc/nginx/sites-available/example.com**
After creating or modifying a configuration file in this directory, you usually create a symbolic link in the /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/ directory to activate the site.
### **3\. PHP FPM Pool Configuration** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
PHP FastCGI Process Manager (FPM) is a PHP handler that allows for faster processing and better performance by managing pools of PHP workers. Each site or application can have its own FPM pool configuration, which specifies settings like the number of child processes, memory limits, and execution timeouts. These pool configuration files are located in:
- **PHP FPM Pool:**
```
/etc/php/{php-version}/fpm/pool.d/
```
Copy to Clipboard
Substitute {php-version} with the version of PHP that your site is using, such as 7.4 or 8.0. For example, if you are using PHP version 8.0, the path would be /etc/php/8.0/fpm/pool.d. Within this directory, you will find files named after your site or application, which contain pool-specific settings with the **www.site-username.conf** format.
### **4\. Find Default Paths for PHP INI Configuration** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
The php.ini file is the main configuration file for PHP. It sets important options such as memory limits, file upload sizes, and execution time. There are separate php.ini files for different execution contexts: one for PHP-FPM (used by web servers like Nginx) and another for the CLI (Command Line Interface). The paths for these files are:
**For NGINX**
- **FPM Configuration:**
```
/etc/php/{php-version}/fpm/php.ini
```
Copy to Clipboard
- **CLI Configuration:**
```
/etc/php/{php-version}/cli/php.ini
```
Copy to Clipboard
**For OLS**
```
/usr/local/lsws/lsphp83/bin/{php-version}
```
Copy to Clipboard
Replace {php-version} with the specific PHP version you are using. For instance, if using PHP 8.0, the FPM configuration path would be /etc/php/8.0/fpm/php.ini, and the CLI path would be /etc/php/8.0/cli/php.ini. These files control the PHP environment for web and command-line scripts, respectively.
### **5\. Find Default Paths for SSL Certificate**s [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
[**SSL certificates**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/) are essential for securing the connection between a user’s browser and your server. Certificates can come from different sources, such as Let’s Encrypt, which provides free SSL certificates, or custom providers like Cloudflare. The paths to these certificates vary depending on the source:
- **Let’s Encrypt Certificates:**
```
/etc/letsencrypt/live/{site-name}/fullchain.pem
```
Copy to Clipboard
- **Custom, Cloudflare, or Other Certificates:**
```
/etc/nginx/ssl/{site-name}/fullchain.pem
```
Copy to Clipboard
Replace {site-name} with your actual site name. For example, the path for a site named “example.com” using Let’s Encrypt would be **/etc/letsencrypt/live/example.com/fullchain.pem**. For custom certificates, ensure that the files are placed in the /etc/nginx/ssl/{site-name}/ directory and referenced correctly in your Nginx configuration.
### **6\. Log File Paths** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
Log files are vital for monitoring and troubleshooting server operations. They record information about server access, errors, and other events, providing insights into server performance and identifying issues. Common log file paths include:
- `**Debug Log:**`
```
/var/www/{site-name}/wp-content/debug.log
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file logs PHP-related debugging messages for sites using WordPress or custom PHP scripts.
- `**Nginx Log:**`
```
/var/log/nginx/{site-name}*.log
```
Copy to Clipboard
This directory contains general log files related to Nginx, capturing various server events.
- `**Nginx Access Log:**`
```
/var/log/nginx/{site-name}-access.log
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file logs all access requests to your site, providing details about visitor IPs, request types, and response statuses.
- `**Nginx Error Log:**`
```
/var/log/nginx/{site-name}-error.log
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file logs any errors encountered by Nginx, including configuration issues, server errors, and script errors.
- `**MySQL Log:**`
```
/var/log/mysql/
```
Copy to Clipboard
This directory contains logs related to MySQL database activities, which can be useful for monitoring queries, replication issues, and server performance.
### **7\. 7G Firewall Configuration** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
The [**7G Firewall**](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/) is a set of rules designed to protect web servers from common threats like spam, SQL injection, and other malicious attacks. Configuration files for the 7G Firewall on an xCloud server can be found here:
- `**General 7G Configuration:**`
```
/etc/nginx/conf.d/7g-firewall.conf
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file contains the main rules that apply to the entire server.
- `**Site-Specific 7G Configuration:**`
```
/etc/nginx/xcloud-conf/7g.conf
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file includes conditional rules tailored for individual sites.
These files are critical for securing your server and should be reviewed and updated regularly to adapt to new threats.
### **8\. Site Backup Path** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
Backing up your site is crucial to prevent data loss. On xCloud servers, backups are typically stored in a hidden directory under the root user’s home directory:
- `**Backup Path:**`
```
/root/.backup/
```
Copy to Clipboard
This directory contains backup archives of your site files and databases. Regularly check this directory to ensure backups are being created and consider copying backups to an off-site location for added security.
### **9\. Redis User File Location** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
Redis is a popular in-memory data structure store used as a database, cache, and message broker. On xCloud servers, user access control for Redis is managed using the users.acl file:
- `**Redis User File:**`
```
/etc/redis/users.acl
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file defines user permissions and access control lists (ACLs) for Redis. Make sure to configure this file to restrict access appropriately and secure your Redis installation.
### **10\. Cron job List Path** [#](/docs/find-default-paths-for-php-nginx-and-mysql/)
**[Cron jobs](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)** are scheduled tasks that run automatically at specified intervals. They are useful for automating repetitive tasks such as backups, updates, and maintenance. The list of cron jobs is typically stored in:
- `**Cronjob List Path:**`
```
/etc/cron.d/
```
Copy to Clipboard
This directory contains files that define scheduled tasks for various applications and scripts. You can add or modify cron jobs here to schedule tasks like database backups, system updates, and routine maintenance scripts.
These paths are common default locations on xCloud servers, but they can vary based on your specific configuration or server setup. It is always a good practice to double-check these paths, especially after custom configurations or installations, to ensure your server operates securely and efficiently.
---
# How to Find MySQL Root Password in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly find your MySQL root password in xCloud through a few simple steps in the dashboard.
Managing your server credentials securely and efficiently is crucial for database administration. If you’re using xCloud to manage your hosting environment, retrieving the MySQL root password is a simple and straightforward process through the xCloud dashboard.
Follow the steps below to find MySQL root password in xCloud with just a few clicks:
## **Step 1: Log In and Access Your Server** [#](/docs/find-mysql-root-password-in-xcloud/)
To begin, log in to your xCloud dashboard. Once you are in, navigate to the **‘Servers’** section, where all your server instances are listed. From there, select the server for which you need the MySQL root password.
## **Step 2: Locate the MySQL Root Password** [#](/docs/find-mysql-root-password-in-xcloud/)
After selecting the server, look at the left-hand side navigation bar and click on the **‘Others’** option. This will take you to a section that includes various server-related settings. Scroll down until you find the **‘Database’** section. In this section, you’ll see the MySQL root password displayed. You can then click the copy icon to securely copy the password for use in your MySQL client or wherever it is needed.
_Note: The password is also sent to the users through mail after any new server creation process is completed_.
That’s it. This is how easily you can get MySQL root password with xCoud. Retrieving your MySQL root password in xCloud is quick and user-friendly, thanks to the intuitive dashboard layout. By following the steps above, you can securely access and manage your MySQL root credentials whenever needed. Always make sure to store your passwords safely and avoid sharing them with unauthorized users.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Setup a GCP(Google Cloud Platform) Server in xCloud? - xCloud
> Complete beginner's guide to launching your first Google Cloud web server. No technical experience needed - follow our step-by-step instructions.
With [**xCloud**](/)**,** you can easily set up the first server with Google Cloud Platform without any coding at all. xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let’s follow these steps to get you started.
### Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
First, you will need to visit the xCloud website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials. If you have already an account please visit our [**app URL**](/) below:
### Step 2: Create Your New Google Cloud Platform Server [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “**Create New Server**” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a **Google Cloud Platform** server and for that select the **Google Cloud Platform** option. The billing of the server will be handled on your **Google Cloud Platform** account.
All You have to do is upload the json file and create GCP servers instantly from xCloud.
Now the question is where & how to get the json file to upload it in the below-resulting image.
### Step 3: Get The JSON File From Google Platform [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
To get the JSON file you need to follow a few simple steps.
1. Sign in to your Google Cloud Platform with the correct credentials. Once you signed in, switch to your project where you want to create your server and navigate to ‘IAM & Admin’ and click on it.
On the resulting page, navigate to ‘**Service Accounts’ → ‘Create Service Account**‘ to go to the next step.
Fill up your service account name, and account ID & click on **‘Create & Continue.’**
Now, select the role as **‘Owner’** & click on **‘Done’** from below.
Now, locate your account service from the below-resulting page & click on it.
In this step, navigate to **‘Keys’ → ‘Add Key.’**
And here you are finally! Click on JSON as the Key type as shown below & press the Create button from below right. And you will have your JSON file downloaded on your device.
### **Step 4: Enable Google API** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
To enable Google API, you will find a search bar at the top, search for “**Compute Engine API**” there.
Click **ENABLE** as shown below:
### **Step 5: Create Firewall Policies** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
You need to configure “default-allow-http” & “default-allow-https” firewall on your GCP account.
**Visit Firewall Policies**
**Create the rules: “default-allow-https” rule.**
Create the rules: “default-allow-http” rule.
**Make sure to Enable both**
### **Step 6: Create a VPC Network** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
If the project does not show any default VPC network, then you can create a new VPC network by yourself. To create a new VPC network, look for the **‘Create VPC Network’** and click on it. Now a form will pop up on the screen. Here, you need to fill up the form, give it a name set the **‘Subnet creation mode’** to automatic and forward with the **‘Create’** button so that you can create a new VPC network.
Once the VPC network is created, you can manage all firewall rules on the Firewall rules page. Select any firewall rules below that you would like to apply to this VPC network from the below menu. Then roll down to the next section where you will set the Dynamic routing mode to **‘Regional’** and press on the **‘Create’ button.**
### **Step 7: Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
After uploading the correct json file now you need to provide the **Server name**, your preferred **Server Specifications** (CPU, RAM, storage), and the **Region** nearest to you and your visitors.
Then submit the form and this might take up to 12-15 minutes to make the server live and ready to install a lightning-fast WordPress Site.
## **How To Create A Site With xCloud** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
After you have completed the previous steps, you are now ready to create your site. Simply follow our step-by-step guide below.
### **Step 1: Create A Site From The Dashboard** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
Once your server is connected, you can create a site from the Dashboard or Site List by clicking on the button “**Create New Site**”
Then you will need to select the server on which you want to install your WordPress website.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Site & Add Information** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
As we will be creating a fresh WordPress site choose the “I**nstall New WordPress Website**” options as shown below.
Now all you have to do is install and Go Live with your WordPress Site. You can do the next process with 3 simple and easy steps.
1. Add a **Site Title**
2. Add **Tags** if you want
3. Choose to **Go Live**
4. Add your own **Domain**. Make sure to add the A record as shown above in your DNS panel.
To use a **Free SSL certificate** by **Let’s Encrypt** simply turn on the HTTPS enable button and xCloud will automatically set everything for you.
You can then simply hit the Next Button to create your site and **Go Live** instantly.
### **Step 3: Go For The Staging Environment** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
Also, If you do not want to point your domain yet then xCloud offers temporary domains to make your site live with every Site creation method available in xCloud. For that select the **Staging Environment** option.
### **Step 4: Configure Advanced Settings** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
By default, the WordPress admin credentials are autogenerated to speed up the site creation process. As soon as your site is deployed you will receive your Site credentials on your email address. Later on, you can update your password if needed. From “**More Advanced Settings**” you can update the default **Admin Username**, **Admin Password, Admin Email Address,** etc along with other additional settings from here.
### **Step 5: Review Your WordPress Settings** [#](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
After all the information, you can review your settings. Here you will get an overall report of your **Domain Name**, **HTTPS Settings**, **WordPress Version**, **PHP Version,** and much more.
After the previous step, click on the ‘**Next**’ button. It might take only 1-2 minutes to create your WordPress site. You are done with your creation of the first server with Google Cloud Platform.
That’s it! You’ve successfully setup the first server with Google Cloud Platform in xCloud. Now you can start working on your website, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
_Don’t have_ **_xCloud Pro_** _access? You can integrate any server provider in xCloud to provision a server and install a site in it. Check out this documentation to find out how to provision a server with DO_
[**How To Set Up Server With Other Providers?**](https://docs.google.com/document/d/17_kNb_y9Qq3rSoYmMIKdtDhqIQzBI_pvQreVGR13TQs/edit#heading=h.u3e1dvqbe2h5)
Still stuck? Contact our **support team** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Fix 503 Bad Gateway Errors for n8n Application - xCloud
> Learn how to troubleshoot and fix 503 bad gateway errors for your n8n application with step by step process.
A 503 Bad Gateway error occurs when a server (typically a reverse proxy like NGINX) tries to forward a request to your app server and receives an invalid or no response. When hosting n8n and facing a 503 Bad Gateway error.
Follow the steps below to fix 503 Bad Gateway errors for your [n8n application](/n8n-hosting/) easily:
### **Step 1: Check Node.js Version Verification** [#](/docs/fix-503-bad-gateway-errors-for-n8n-application/)
Apps like n8n require Node.js version 20 or later. To check your current version, go to your n8n site dashboard and check for the current version that your site is using.
### **Step 2: Upgrade the Node.js Version** [#](/docs/fix-503-bad-gateway-errors-for-n8n-application/)
Now click on the **Node version to go to** that will take you to the ‘Node Configuration’ dashboard of your server. Now choose your preferred version and click on the ‘Save’ button.
### **Step 3: Check PM2 Logs from the Monitoring Log** [#](/docs/fix-503-bad-gateway-errors-for-n8n-application/)
Navigate to the ‘Monitoring’ section of your n8n site dashboard. Look for the PM2 log associated with your application. This log provides valuable information about any crashes, errors, or service restarts that may be causing the 503 error. Review the log entries to identify and address any issues in your application’s runtime behavior.
###  [#](/docs/fix-503-bad-gateway-errors-for-n8n-application/)
### **Step 4: Reset the Permissions** [#](/docs/fix-503-bad-gateway-errors-for-n8n-application/)
Now, to reset the file and folder permissions, go back to your n8n site dashboard and head over to the **‘settings’** option from the left navigation bar. Then enable all the options and click on the **‘Run Now ’** button to reset the commands. It will check all directory and file permissions and ensure they are in the right place.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can fix the 503 bad gateway error for your n8n application in just a few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Fix Plugin or Theme Upload/Update 500 Errors on OpenLiteSpeed Servers With xCloud - xCloud
> When a WordPress site on an OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) server fails while uploading or updating a plugin/theme, the issue may be related to incorrect ownership of
When a WordPress site on an OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) server fails while uploading or updating a plugin/theme, the issue may be related to incorrect ownership of OpenLiteSpeed temporary files.
This guide explains how to identify the issue and apply the known fix.
### **Symptoms** [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
A customer may report one or more of the following:
- Plugin upload fails
- Plugin update fails
- Theme upload fails
- Theme update fails
- WordPress shows a 500 Internal Server Error
- The issue happens during upload/update actions only
- The site is hosted on an OpenLiteSpeed / OLS stack server
### Example customer message: [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
I cannot update the theme. It is showing a 500 error on your server
### Affected Stack [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
This issue is related to servers using the OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) stack.
It does not usually happen on NGINX stack servers.
In customer-friendly language:
Your server is using the OpenLiteSpeed stack. This issue is related to OpenLiteSpeed temporary file handling and is not related to Redis or cache settings.
### Error to Look For [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
Open the server logs in xCloud:
### Server → Logs [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
Or use the direct server logs URL:
https://app.xcloud.host/server/{server\_id}/logs
Look for this error:
> Failed to obtain or reinitialize VMemBuf.
### Example: [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
> 2026-05-13 06:27:02.750619 \[ERROR\] \[269567\] \[192.128.217.123:13925:H2-1\]
>
> Failed to obtain or reinitialize VMemBuf.
If this error appears while the customer is uploading or updating a plugin/theme, apply the fix below.
### Likely Cause [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
OpenLiteSpeed uses temporary swap/report files under:
> /tmp/lshttpd/
In some cases, these files or folders may have incorrect ownership. When OpenLiteSpeed cannot write to or reinitialize these temporary buffers properly, WordPress actions such as plugin/theme upload or update can fail with a 500 error.
The fix is to restore ownership to the correct server user:
> xcloud:xcloud
### **Fix** [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
SSH into the server or use the xCloud **Command Runner**.
### Run: [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
📄
filename.js
chown -R xcloud:xcloud /tmp/lshttpd/swap
chown -R xcloud:xcloud /tmp/lshttpd/.rtreport\*
### Using xCloud Command Runner [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
If you are using the xCloud dashboard:
1\. Open the xCloud dashboard.
2\. Go to Servers.
3\. Select the affected server.
4\. Open Command Runner.
5\. Run the following commands:
chown -R xcloud:xcloud /tmp/lshttpd/swap
chown -R xcloud:xcloud /tmp/lshttpd/.rtreport\*
6\. Wait for the command to finish.
7\. Ask the customer to test the plugin/theme upload or update again.
### Verification [#](/docs/fix-plugin-or-theme-upload-update-500-errors-on-openlitespeed-servers-with-xcloud/)
After applying the fix, ask the customer to retry the same action:
– Upload the plugin again
If successful, the issue is resolved.
Also, check the server logs again and confirm that the same error is no longer appearing during the upload/update attempt:
> Failed to obtain or reinitialize VMemBuf.
---
# Why my fresh xCloud server is showing 7.5GB used? - xCloud
> The operating system and essential stacks consume approximately 7.5GB for fresh xCloud server primarily. You can manage it by your own later on.
It’s normal for a fresh xCloud server to show approximately 7.5GB of disk usage. This usage primarily accounts for the operating system and essential stacks required for server functionality.
The essential stacks and software packages typically include:
- Nginx (with HTTP/2 enabled) 1.24
- PHP-FPM 8.2
- MySQL 8.0
- Redis 7.2
- Git
- Composer
- WP-CLI
- Certbot (for Let’s Encrypt TLS/SSL certificates)
- UFW (firewall)
- Fail2ban
While the initial disk usage is essential for server functionality, you can manage and optimize the disk space based on your specific needs. Consider removing unnecessary packages or optimizing configurations to free up disk space if required. However, ensure that essential components remain intact for proper server operation.
---
# How To Perform Full Server Migration Between xCloud Servers Effortlessly? - xCloud
> Learn how to perform full server migration between xCloud servers by following this step-by-step guide.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can effortlessly migrate all your websites from one xCloud server to another without any hassle. This includes moving multiple WordPress sites in bulk on the same xCloud server. It’s a speedy process that won’t harm your original servers or sites, unlike basic plugin migrations. Let’s see the step-by-step process below to learn how to do the full server migration between xCloud servers easily.
## **Prerequisite To Perform A Full Server Migration Between xCloud Servers:** [#](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
- Add a Sudo User to your source server.
- Disable Wordfence or any other security plugins.
To learn how to add Sudo User in your source server, the below doc is for your help.
- [**Add Sudo User**](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
### **Step 1: Pick Your Source and Destination Server** [#](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
Before jumping into the process of how to achieve it successfully, choose your **Source Server** (from where you’re migrating) & **Destination Serve**r (where you want to migrate). To do so, go to your xCloud dashboard & locate ‘**All Servers**.’
For this guide, we’ve picked Vultr Server as the Source Server & xCloud Provider as the Destination Server.
### **Step 2: Enter Into Your Destination Server** [#](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
After choosing the destination server ‘**xCloud Provider**,’ click on it & hover over to the top right, and click on ‘**New Site.**’
### **Step 3: Migrate Your Site To Your Destination Server** [#](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
On the resulting page, click on **‘Migrate Full Server Option’** to proceed with the whole migration with the process.
### **Step 4: Connect Your Source Server with All the Information** [#](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
On this page, select your hosting provider as **‘Others**,’ put the source server’s ‘**IP Address**,’ & click on **‘Next**.’
But if your server relies on public key authentication, you will need to add the xCloud’s provided public key by accessing your server via root user using the terminal. This process ensures that only authorized individuals with the corresponding private key can gain access to the server and this is more secured than the Password approach.
Therefore, to add the public key to your source server you need to follow these steps:
- Copy the public key from xCloud’s FSM dashboard.
- Access your source server as a root user via SSH.
- Paste the public key.
After adding the Public key in your source server switch back to xCloud and click next.
### **Step 5: Select The Site/Sites You Want To Migrate** [#](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
After you have connected your public key, you will get access to your sites for migration. Select which server to migrate, click **‘Next’**, and push your site to the live site.
### **Step 6: Go Live Or Create Staging Sites** [#](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)
In this step, you can either choose a staging site or you can opt for going live. Simply, toggle on your favorable option.
_**Note:** Please make sure to check out the storage of your destination server. We recommend keeping your destination server with at least 1 GB free always._
Now your full server migration will start shortly.
**_Note:_** If you’ve selected the GO LIVE option, you need to point your domain to the new server. If you’re not clear, dive into the below documentation for more details.
- [How To Setup DNS Record In xCloud Server?](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
- [With xCloud, Integrate Cloudflare For DNS Management](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
Our development team will help you to perform full server migration. Please contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any assistance.
---
# How to Access Global Backup Settings with xCloud - xCloud
> Follow the steps to access your global backup settings, configurations, and manage backups efficiently through the xCloud dashboard.
Managing reliable backups is essential for ensuring the safety and continuity of your websites. The xCloud platform provides a centralized system that makes it easy to configure, monitor, and maintain both remote and local backups across all your sites.
Follow the steps to access your global backup settings, configurations, and manage backups efficiently through the xCloud dashboard.
## **Step 1: Go to Global Settings Option** [#](/docs/global-backup-settings-with-xcloud/)
First, from your xCloud dashboard, go to your ‘Team Settings’ from the top menu. Then head over to your ‘Global Settings’ → ‘Site Backup’ option from the menu.
## **Step 2: Get Backup Overview** [#](/docs/global-backup-settings-with-xcloud/)
Here you will get an overview of your site backups like ‘Total Sites’, ‘Sites With Backup Configured’, ‘Sites Without Backup’.
## **Step 3: Check Backup Settings** [#](/docs/global-backup-settings-with-xcloud/)
Here, you will get your both ‘Remote Backup’ and ‘Local Backup settings’ . Just go to the ‘Remote Backup’ tab to access adjust the settings as your preferences ‘Backup Type’ , ‘Bucket’, ‘Automatic Backup’, ‘Automatic Delete’, ‘Database Backup’, ‘File Backup .
Next, you can go to your ‘Local Backup’ tab. Just go to the ‘Remote Backup’ tab to adjust the settings according to your preferences: ‘Backup Type’, ‘Bucket’, ‘Automatic Backup’, ‘Automatic Delete’, ‘Database Backup’, ‘File Backup’.
## **Step 4: Backup Overview Settings** [#](/docs/global-backup-settings-with-xcloud/)
Next, go to the ‘Backup Overview’ section, and head over to the ‘All Sites’ ‘Remote Backup’, ‘Local Backup’, ‘No Backup’ options. Here you can manage all your site backups in bulk easily.
---
# How to Configure Global Settings for File Manager and Adminer in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to customize global settings for File Manager and Adminer in xCloud and manage features for seamless performance.
Managing global settings for your features ensures that your xCloud account operates according to your preferences. Whether you want to customize accessibility options for the File Manager or adjust Adminer settings, xCloud provides an easy way to make these changes.
Follow the step-by-step process below to access and configure your feature settings efficiently.
## **Step 1: Go to Your Profile Settings** [#](/docs/global-settings-for-file-manager-and-adminer/)
To begin, log in to your [**xCloud account**](https://app.xcloud.host/dashboard) and navigate to the top-right corner of your dashboard. Click on the **‘Profile Settings’** option to access your account settings.
## **Step 2: Access Features Customization Option** [#](/docs/global-settings-for-file-manager-and-adminer/)
From there, go to the left navigation menu and select **‘Team’** → **‘Customization’**, to access the global settings for your File Manager and Adminer customizations.
## **Step 3: Customize File Manager Settings** [#](/docs/global-settings-for-file-manager-and-adminer/)
If you wish to customize the File Manager settings, locate the **‘Access File Manager’** option from the dashboard to adjust settings as you prefer. To keep the File Manager always accessible, select the **‘Always Enabled’** option.
Alternatively, if you prefer to disable the File Manager after a specific duration, choose the **‘Disable File Manager’** option. A dropdown menu will appear, allowing you to select the duration after which the File Manager will be disabled. Once you’ve made your selection, click **‘Save’** to apply the changes.
## **Step 4: Customize File Manager Settings** [#](/docs/global-settings-for-file-manager-and-adminer/)
For customizing Adminer settings, locate the **‘Access Adminer’** option from the dashboard. To keep Adminer always accessible, select the **‘Always Enabled’** option.
If you want to disable Adminer after a specific duration, choose the **‘Disable Adminer’** option. A dropdown menu will appear, enabling you to select the duration after which Adminer will be disabled. After selecting your preferred duration, click **‘Save’** to confirm your settings.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can configure the global settings for your File Manager and Adminer in xCloud.
Still stuck or have any questions? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate Google Drive for Site Backup in xCloud? - xCloud
> Simplify your data protection by using Google Drive for Site Backup with xCloud. Set up auto-backups and secure your website effortlessly.
Ensuring the safety and reliability of your website data is crucial, and integrating **Google Drive for site backup** is a smart way to achieve it. [**Google Drive**](https://workspace.google.com/products/drive/) is a trusted cloud storage platform, offering a user-friendly interface, robust security and scalable storage solutions. These features make it an ideal choice for protecting your site backups and ensuring easy accessibility whenever needed.
In this guide, we will show you how to seamlessly integrate **Google Drive for site backup** with [**xCloud**](/), enabling a smooth and efficient backup process. Ready to secure your data with Google Drive? Let us dive into the step-by-step instructions!
## **Steps to Integrate Google Drive for Site Backups with xCloud & Back up Site** [#](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/)
Follow the steps below to integrate Google Drive for site backups with xCloud and back up your websites effortlessly.
### **Step 1: Integrate Google Drive to Your Account** [#](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/)
Before getting started to back up your websites with Google Drive, you need to integrate the storage provider into xCloud. For that, [**log in to your xCloud account**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and navigate to **My Profile → Integrations → Storage Provider.**
Now, click the **‘Add New Provider’** button and choose Google Drive as your provider. Next, set a label/name for which a folder will be created in your Google Drive.
You will be taken to the **‘Sign in with Google’** page where Google will ask you to choose an account for accessing with xCloud Hosting. Choose an account or create a new one and continue.
Once integrated, you will see the Google Account **integrated and listed** on the Storage Provider page in xCloud, as shown below.
### **Step 2: Configure Backup Settings for Google Drive** [#](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/)
Once you are done integrating Google Drive as a storage provider into xCloud, you can now configure ‘**Backup Settings**’ for taking backups with Google Drive. Now, go to sites, choose the one you want to take backup and navigate to the **Site Backup → Backup Settings.**
Now, in the **‘Remote Backup’** section, choose Backup Type as **‘Full’** and select the bucket you have just created for Google Drive. You can then choose to exclude paths if necessary (for the paths you do not want to take backup).
Then, you can also enable **‘Automatic Backup’** and choose the backup frequency. Plus, you have the option to use the **‘Automatic Delete’** option with which you can set days after when your backup will be deleted automatically**.** Once done, hit the **‘Save’** button.
\[**Note:** Google Drive currently does not support Incremental backup option. Also, since this is a remote backup provider, you only need to choose the remote backup option with Google Drive.\]
### **Step 3: Take a Backup of Your Site** [#](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/)
Once you are done configuring the site backups, you can now take backups of your websites using this provider. Now, go to the **Previous Backups** of your site settings and you will see all the available remote backups and local backups.
You can take a backup of your site from here by simply clicking on the **‘Backup Now’** button. Your backup process will be initiated and the backup files will be shown here once done.
You can also check your [**Google Drive**](https://drive.google.com/drive/my-drive). A folder will be created with the name of your backup label and your backups will be saved inside the folder there.
This is how easily you can integrate Google Drive for Site Backup with xCloud and take backups of your websites.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Complete Guide to WordPress Site Migration on xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how xCloud's free WordPress migration works - from submitting your site details and queue-based scheduling to testing on a demo domain and going live with DNS and SSL.
Migrating your WordPress site to a new hosting platform can feel daunting, but xCloud’s managed migration service is designed to make the entire process seamless and stress-free. This comprehensive guide walks you through every stage of xCloud’s free WordPress migration from submitting your site details and understanding the queue-based scheduling system, to testing your migrated site on a temporary domain and finally taking it live with updated DNS and SSL.
Whether you’re moving a single site or coordinating a batch of migrations, this document provides the clarity and detail you need to ensure a smooth transition with zero downtime.
**⚠️ Important:** Please read this entire guide carefully before submitting a migration request. Having a clear understanding of each step will help you prepare properly and avoid unnecessary delays.
## **Supported Migrations** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
xCloud’s free migration service is exclusively available for WordPress-powered websites. If your site runs on a different CMS or platform, this migration pathway will not apply.
All migration requests are handled through a queue-based system. Rather than processing all requests simultaneously, xCloud completes migrations in small daily batches. This deliberate approach serves two important purposes: it gives you adequate time to thoroughly test each migrated site before making it live, and it minimizes the risk of errors or service disruptions — particularly when you’re migrating multiple sites at once.
## **Step 1: Submit Your Migration Details** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
The migration process begins once xCloud receives your request. You’ll be provided with a shared Google Sheet where you can enter all the necessary details for each site you want to migrate. Completing this form accurately and thoroughly is the single most important thing you can do to prevent delays.
### **Information Required for Each Site** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
For every WordPress site included in your migration request, please provide the following details:
1. Full WordPress admin login URL (e.g., yourdomain.com/wp-admin)
2. WordPress admin username with full administrative privileges
3. The email address associated with the admin account
4. The admin account password (shared securely via the Google Sheet)
5. The destination server IP address where the site should be migrated
6. The PHP version your site requires (e.g., PHP 8.1, 8.2)
7. Any additional notes, special configurations, or custom requirements
**💡 Tip:** Double-check all credentials before submitting. Incorrect login details are the most common cause of migration delays.
### **How to Share Admin Access Securely** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
If you’re uncomfortable sharing your primary WordPress admin credentials, xCloud recommends creating a temporary admin user specifically for the migration. This approach keeps your main account secure while still giving the migration team the access they need.
To set this up:
1. Log in to your WordPress dashboard and navigate to **Users → Add New**
2. Create a new user with the **Administrator** role
3. Use **support@xcloud.host** as the email address for this temporary account
4. After the migration is fully complete and verified, delete this temporary user
## **Step 2: Migration Queue & Scheduling** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
Once your site details have been submitted, your migration request is added to xCloud’s processing queue. Migrations are completed in controlled daily batches rather than all at once.
This structured scheduling ensures:
- No unnecessary downtime for your live site during the migration window
- Sufficient time to test and verify each migrated site before proceeding to the next
- A smoother, more predictable experience — especially valuable when migrating multiple sites in succession
You can monitor the real-time status of your migration directly within the same Google Sheet where you submitted your site details. Each entry will be updated as it moves through the queue.
## **Step 3: Migration in Progress** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
When your site reaches the front of the queue and migration begins, the process is handled entirely by xCloud’s team. Here’s what you should know about what happens during this stage.
### **What Happens During Migration** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
- **Zero downtime:** Your live site continues to operate normally throughout the entire migration. Visitors will not experience any interruptions.
- **Temporary demo domain:** Your site is migrated to a temporary demo domain provided by xCloud, not directly to your live domain. This allows thorough testing before any DNS changes are made.
- **Live domain stays untouched:** Your original domain and hosting remain completely unaffected until you explicitly decide to switch over.
### **What to Avoid While Migration Is Underway** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
To ensure the migration produces an accurate copy of your site, please observe the following during this stage:
- **Do not make any content changes,** plugin updates, or configuration adjustments on the source site. Changes made during migration may not be captured in the migrated copy.
- **Expect temporary plugin deactivation:** xCloud may temporarily disable certain security plugins (such as Wordfence or Sucuri) and caching plugins (such as WP Super Cache or W3 Total Cache) on the source site to facilitate a clean migration. These will be re-enabled once migration is complete.
## **Step 4: Migration Complete — Review & Testing** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
Once the migration is finished, xCloud will notify you and provide access to the migrated site on the temporary demo domain. This is your opportunity to conduct a thorough review before anything goes live.
### **Your Post-Migration Testing Checklist** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
Take your time with this review. Carefully check the following areas:
- Browse all pages, posts, and custom content types to verify that everything displays correctly
- Test all forms (contact forms, signup forms, checkout flows) to confirm they function properly
- Log in to the WordPress admin dashboard and review your settings, menus, and widget configurations
- Reactivate any premium or licensed plugins that were deactivated during migration, and verify their license keys are active
- Check media files (images, videos, PDFs) to ensure they loaded correctly and are not broken
### **⚠️ Critical Reminder:** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
- **Do NOT delete your source site immediately after migration.** Keep it fully intact for at least two weeks as a safety net.
- Make sure you have verified backups of the original site before removing it from your previous host.
- If you discover any issues during testing, contact xCloud support immediately so the team can investigate and resolve them quickly.
## **Step 5: Going Live on xCloud** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
After you’ve completed your testing and confirmed that everything on the migrated site is functioning correctly, xCloud will assist you with the final steps to make your site live on its new home.
### **The Go-Live Process Includes** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
1. **DNS update:** Updating your domain’s DNS records to point to the new xCloud server. This redirects all traffic to the migrated site.
2. **SSL installation and verification:** Ensuring your site is served over a secure HTTPS connection with a valid SSL certificate.
3. **Basic performance checks:** Running initial diagnostics to confirm the site loads efficiently on the new server.
4. **Backup activation:** Setting up automated backups on xCloud to protect your site going forward.
Once DNS propagation is complete and SSL is active, your site will be fully live and operational on xCloud.
## **Alternative Migration Methods** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
In some situations, the standard migration approach may not work as expected — for example, if your current host has non-standard configurations, restricted access, or particularly large databases.
When this occurs, xCloud may need to use an alternative migration method. This typically involves creating a full backup archive directly on your source server and transferring it to xCloud. Before proceeding with this approach:
- xCloud will explain why the standard method was not viable and request your explicit permission before using the alternative approach.
- You’ll need to confirm that your source server has sufficient disk space available to generate the backup archive (typically 2–3x the size of your site).
- xCloud will keep you informed at every stage of the alternative process, so you’re never left guessing.
## **When Migration Cannot Be Completed** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
In rare cases, a migration may not succeed despite the team’s best efforts. If this happens, xCloud will:
1. Provide a clear, detailed explanation of why the migration failed and what technical obstacles were encountered.
2. Present all available alternative options, including manual migration approaches or third-party tools that may help.
3. Outline any additional access, credentials, or server-side changes that might be required to attempt the migration again.
xCloud’s support team will work closely with you to determine the best path forward and won’t leave you without a resolution.
## **Best Practices for a Smooth Migration** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
Following these recommendations will significantly reduce the likelihood of complications and help ensure your migration goes as smoothly as possible.
**Best Practice**
**Why It Matters**
**Take a full backup before migration**
Provides a reliable fallback if anything unexpected happens during the transfer process
**Freeze all site changes during migration**
Ensures the migrated copy is an exact replica of your current site, with no missing updates
**Verify all credentials before submitting**
Incorrect or expired login details are the leading cause of migration delays
**Keep the source site for at least 14 days**
Acts as a safety net in case any issues are discovered after going live on xCloud
**Test thoroughly on the demo domain**
Catches problems early, before they affect your live visitors and search rankings
**Communicate special requirements upfront**
Helps xCloud’s team prepare for custom configurations, large databases, or unusual setups
### **Need Help? We’re Here for You.** [#](/docs/guide-to-wordpress-site-migration-on-xcloud/)
If you have any questions after reading this guide, or if something isn’t clear, don’t hesitate to reach out. Contact **our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/), we’re here to help.**
---
# Can I host Multiple Websites on One xCloud Account? - xCloud
> You can host multiple websites on single xCloud account.
YES, xCloud’s hosting plans let you manage multiple websites under one account. So, whether you’re running blogs, business sites, or eCommerce stores, you can do it all without additional cost.
To get more ideas about xCloud and its plans with unlimited websites, contact our dedicated **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)**.
---
# How to Host PewDiePie’s Odysseus AI on a VPS With xCloud
> Learn how to host PewDiePie’s Odysseus AI on a VPS with xCloud using Docker, Custom Docker from Git, port 7000, domain, SSL, and safe setup steps.
**[Odysseus AI](/odysseus-hosting/)** is PewDiePie’s open-source, self-hosted AI workspace for chat, agents, local models, tools, memory, documents, email, calendar, and research workflows. If you want to run PewDiePie’s Odysseus on your own VPS instead of only using a hosted AI app, xCloud can help you deploy it with Docker, map it to a domain, and serve it over HTTPS.
This guide shows how to host **PewDiePie’s Odysseus AI on a VPS with xCloud** using the **Docker + NGINX** server type, **Custom Docker**, and the **[official public GitHub repository](https://github.com/pewdiepie-archdaemon/odysseus.git)**.
> This is an xCloud deployment guide for Odysseus. Odysseus itself is maintained by the PewDiePie Archdaemon project, so check the official repository for the latest app-specific setup notes and environment variables.
## What is PewDiePie’s Odysseus AI? [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Odysseus is a self-hosted AI workspace designed to feel closer to a ChatGPT or Claude-style interface, but with more control over where the app runs, where data is stored, and which models or API providers you connect. The official project describes it as a local-first and privacy-first workspace for talking to language models and running agent workflows.
- **Chat and agents:** run multi-turn conversations and agent workflows with tools.
- **Model connections:** connect local or remote model runtimes such as Ollama, vLLM, llama.cpp, OpenAI, OpenRouter, or other supported endpoints.
- **Research and tools:** use web, files, memory, MCP tools, and deep research-style workflows where supported by the app.
- **Persistent workspace:** keep app data, logs, model cache, and configuration on your own server instead of depending only on a third-party hosted UI.
If you are new to Odysseus, start by understanding the app first, then move into the hosting steps. This guide focuses on the practical deployment path: how to get Odysseus AI running on a VPS with Docker and a secure URL.
## **Why host Odysseus AI on a VPS?** [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Odysseus is built for people who want more control over their AI workspace. Instead of relying only on a hosted SaaS interface, you can run the app on your own VPS, keep persistent data on your server, connect your preferred AI providers, and expose the dashboard through your own domain with HTTPS.
- You can use API providers such as OpenAI, OpenRouter, or other compatible services where supported by Odysseus.
- You can connect local or remote model runtimes such as Ollama, vLLM, or llama.cpp when your server resources are suitable.
- You can keep Odysseus data, logs, SSH keys, and model cache mounted as persistent Docker volumes.
- You can manage the public domain and SSL through xCloud while the app runs inside Docker containers.
## What this guide covers [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
If you want to try PewDiePie’s Odysseus AI platform on your own VPS, this guide walks you through the full xCloud deployment flow: creating a Docker + NGINX server, deploying the public GitHub repository with Custom Docker, mapping the Odysseus port, connecting a domain, and serving the app through a secure HTTPS URL.
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
- An xCloud account with access to create or connect a server.
- A VPS that can run Docker workloads. For local model serving, choose a plan with enough CPU, RAM, disk, and GPU/VRAM if needed. Smaller servers can still run the web UI and connect to external API providers.
- A domain or subdomain you can point to xCloud.
- The public [**Odysseus Git repository URL**](https://github.com/pewdiepie-archdaemon/odysseus.git).
- Basic knowledge of environment variables for API keys and model endpoints.
## Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Before you can deploy Odysseus, you need a server to host it. First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Custom Docker. Click the **‘Add New Server’** button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Custom Docker either on your [**own server**](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy Custom Docker with xCloud. You can either use an [xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/) or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the ‘Server Name’, set the ‘App Type’ to Custom Docker(it is optional to select), and add any relevant ‘Tags’ to help identify your server later.
Next, you can see the ‘Docker + NGINX’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Custom Docker application. Then click on the ‘Pay & Deploy’ button to proceed.
📌 For more details about the supported stack, see **[Web Servers Compatibility For Different Applications](/docs/web-server-compatibility-for-different-applications/).**
Next, choose your server size according to your preferences. xCloud offers an exclusive discount for the first month. Moreover, you can save up to more discounts if you proceed to an annual or 24-month plan.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Custom Docker Application on this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## **Step 2: Start a Custom Docker site** [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the ‘New Site’ button.
## **Step 3: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed to start creating Custom Docker applications.
## **Step 4: Go to The Custom Docker Tab** [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
From here, go to the **‘Custom Docker’** tab and click on the **‘Docker Compose’** to deploy your Custom Docker applications.
## **Step 5: Set Up the Docker Compose Application** [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment
## **Step 6: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain. Just proceed with the **‘Go Live’** option.
For the **‘Demo Site’,** you will get a free demo domain for xCloud. Under the **‘Domain Setup’** section, choose your preferred domain. Then you will get a **‘Site User’** of xCloud and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
## **Step 7: Use the HTTPS GitHub repository URL** [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Next, choose the ‘Public Repository (HTTPS)’ option from the dropdown and enter the **[Git repository URL](https://github.com/pewdiepie-archdaemon/odysseus.git)**. Then select the default branch, usually ‘main’. Next, set the Docker Compose file name to docker-compose.yml unless the repository changes its file structure later. Afterwards, continue to the next step.
The repository already includes a Dockerfile and Docker Compose configuration. Odysseus exposes the web app on container port 7000.
## Step 8: Detect and map the Odysseus port [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
After xCloud reads the Docker Compose file, use port detection to map the app to NGINX. Odysseus uses port `7000` inside the container.
1. Go to **Port Detection**.
2. Click **Auto-Detect Ports**.
3. Choose `7000` as the primary service port if xCloud detects multiple services.
4. Map the selected port to your Odysseus domain or subdomain.
5. Continue the deployment.
The Odysseus Compose file also includes supporting services such as ChromaDB and SearXNG. Those services should normally remain internal unless you intentionally map them for a specific reason.
## Step 9: Add environment variables [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Odysseus can start with defaults, but a VPS deployment should define the important deployment-level settings clearly. In xCloud, enable the **Environment File** option when you need to add environment variables for the Docker Compose services.
Useful variables may include:
```
APP_BIND=0.0.0.0
APP_PORT=7000
AUTH_ENABLED=true
ODYSSEUS_ADMIN_USER=admin
ODYSSEUS_ADMIN_PASSWORD=use-a-strong-password
ALLOWED_ORIGINS=https://odysseus.example.com
SECURE_COOKIES=true
OPENAI_API_KEY=your-openai-api-key
OPENROUTER_API_KEY=your-openrouter-api-key
OLLAMA_BASE_URL=http://host.docker.internal:11434
```
Copy to Clipboard
Replace `https://odysseus.example.com` with your real HTTPS URL. Keep API keys private and do not paste production secrets into screenshots, public issues, or shared chat messages.
## Step 10: Deploy Odysseus [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
1. Review the repository URL, branch, Compose file name, domain, port, and environment variables.
2. Click the deployment button in xCloud.
3. Wait for xCloud to clone the repository, build the Docker image, start the containers, and configure NGINX routing.
4. Open the site from the xCloud dashboard when deployment finishes.
On first setup, Odysseus creates an admin account and prints a temporary password in the container logs if you did not pre-seed an admin password. For Docker installs, check the Odysseus container logs from the xCloud site logs or server terminal if needed.
## Step 11: Log in and complete Odysseus setup [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Open your HTTPS Odysseus URL in a browser and log in with the admin username and password. If a temporary password was generated, change it from the Odysseus settings, then add your AI provider keys or local model endpoints there as well. Before enabling heavier agent or research workflows, test a simple chat request to confirm everything is connected.
## Recommended VPS size [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
The Odysseus web app itself is lightweight, but model serving can be heavy. If you plan to connect only to external API providers, a smaller Docker VPS may be enough. If you want to run local models, choose resources based on the model size, runtime, and GPU/VRAM requirements.
- **API-only use:** start with a moderate CPU/RAM plan and scale after testing.
- **Local small models:** use more RAM and disk for model cache and embeddings.
- **GPU model serving:** choose a GPU-capable environment and confirm the runtime requirements before production use.
- **Deep research or agent workflows:** allow extra CPU, memory, and disk because background tasks can run longer.
## Mobile access for Odysseus AI [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Many people want to use Odysseus from a phone or another device. Hosting Odysseus on a VPS with a domain makes that easier: once the app is deployed and SSL is active, you can open the same HTTPS URL from desktop or mobile.
- Use HTTPS before logging in from mobile browsers.
- Set allowed origins and cookie settings to match your real domain.
- Avoid exposing internal service ports directly to the public internet.
- Use a strong admin password and rotate credentials if you shared temporary setup details anywhere.
## Troubleshooting Odysseus AI deployment [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
### The site does not load after deployment [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
- Confirm the Docker containers are running.
- Confirm the primary service port is `7000`.
- Check whether DNS points to the correct xCloud server.
- Enable or retry SSL after DNS verification passes.
- Review container logs for Python, dependency, or startup errors.
### Login does not work or cookies fail [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
- Use the HTTPS version of the site URL.
- Set `ALLOWED_ORIGINS` to your real HTTPS URL.
- Set `SECURE_COOKIES=true` for production HTTPS usage.
- Clear old browser cookies after changing domain or cookie settings.
### AI providers or local models do not respond [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
- Check that the API key is correct and active.
- Confirm the model provider endpoint is reachable from the container.
- For host-based Ollama, use `host.docker.internal` if supported by your Docker network setup.
- Check Odysseus logs for provider-specific errors.
## FAQ about hosting Odysseus AI on xCloud [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
### Is Odysseus AI made by PewDiePie? [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Odysseus is published under the PewDiePie Archdaemon GitHub organization. This xCloud guide explains how to deploy that public project on a VPS with xCloud; it is not the official Odysseus documentation.
### Can I access Odysseus AI from my phone? [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Yes. After you deploy Odysseus on a VPS, connect a domain, and enable SSL, you can open the same secure URL from a mobile browser. Keep authentication enabled and do not expose internal Docker services publicly.
### Can I host Odysseus AI with Custom Docker on xCloud? [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Yes. Odysseus includes Docker and Docker Compose files, so you can deploy it through xCloud’s Docker + NGINX server type and Custom Docker workflow.
### Should I use the HTTPS Git URL or SSH Git URL? [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
For the public **[Odysseus repository](https://github.com/pewdiepie-archdaemon/odysseus.git)**, use the HTTPS Git URL. SSH is mainly useful for private repositories.
### Does Odysseus need a GPU? [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Not always. You can run the Odysseus web workspace on a normal VPS and connect to API providers. A GPU is only needed when you plan to serve local models that require GPU acceleration.
### Can I use my own domain with SSL? [#](/docs/host-odysseus-on-a-vps-with-xcloud/)
Yes. Use the domain step in xCloud, point the required DNS record, verify the domain, and enable SSL so Odysseus runs on a secure HTTPS URL.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How Billing Works in xCloud White Label Program or Reseller Hosting Program - xCloud
> Discover how xCloud White Label billing works so you get to learn how our billing works to maximize your revenue
xCloud White Label is a service provided by xCloud that allows you to launch your own hosting business under your brand. As a reseller, you have full control over pricing, branding, and client management. xCloud provides the infrastructure through its **xCloud Managed Server** or **Self Managed Provider/ Own Server Provider,** where you will create your products and resell to your clients. You focus on running your business while xCloud takes care of the technical management of our reseller platform.
Read the complete guide to know how the xCloud White Label/ Reseller Hosting panel’s billing works, including costs, payment processes, and your responsibilities as a reseller.
### **Pricing Breakdown** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
As a reseller using xCloud White Label, your revenue is determined by the pricing you set for your hosting services, minus the fees associated with the xCloud Managed Server or self-managed sever/own server provider and other fees. Here’s how the billing structure works:
1. **Reseller Panel Subscription Fees:** Resellers will be charged a monthly subscription fee, which provides you with the tools to manage your customers, automate billing, and handle your hosting packages. This panel is essential for maintaining the smooth operation of your hosting business.
2. **xCloud Managed Server Fees**: You are responsible for creating and managing the servers your clients use. Each server comes with a base fee charged by xCloud, depending on the resources (such as storage, bandwidth, and computing power) required to meet the needs of your clients.
3. **Self Managed Server Provider/ Own Server Provider:** For your own or self-managed server that you connect to resell with xCloud, you will be responsible for the payment and management of those servers.
4. **Your Custom Pricing**: As a reseller, you have complete freedom to set your own pricing for the hosting packages you offer to your clients. After covering the xCloud Managed Server and control panel fees, the remaining amount from the prices you set is your profit.
5. **Platform Fee:** If you integrate your own or self-managed server with the xCloud White Label or Reseller Hosting Panel, a platform fee will apply to each server sale.
6. **Stripe Fees**: For payment processing, Stripe may charge up to 10% transaction fees, which will be automatically deducted from each payment you receive.
> 📌 To use any Reseller Plan – either “xCloud Managed Server” or “Self Managed Provider Server” — you, as a reseller, must subscribe to a plan.
### **Example Billing Breakdown for Reseller Hosting with xCloud Managed Server** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
- **xCloud Managed Server Fee**: $24 per month.
- **Customer Payment (Your Product Price): $70**
- **Stripe Fee:** Up to 3% Stripe fees
- **Your Profit:** $43.50
### **Example Billing Breakdown for Reseller Hosting with Self Managed Provider:** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
- Reseller’s Customer Payment (Your Product Price): $30
- Server Provider Cost: $5
- Platform Fee (Advanced Plan / Startup example): Based on your reseller panel subscription plan. For example, if you choose the Startup plan, you will be charged 25% or a minimum of $3 per sale, whichever is higher.
- Stripe Fee: Up to 3% (approx.)
- Your Profit: $16.60
_**Payment Calculation:** $30 – $5 – $7.50 – $0.90 = 16.60_
### **Payment Processing with Stripe Connect** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
All payments for hosting services provided through your white-label business are processed via Stripe Connect, ensuring smooth and secure transactions for both you and your clients.
Here is how the payment process works:
1. Your customers make payments for their hosting packages via your branded platform.
2. Stripe Connect processes the payments.
3. You need to pay us the monthly White Label subscription fees.
4. When your client create any server based on your created ‘Products’ then Stripe will automatically deducts the xCloud Managed Server fees and the remaining amount, which is your profit, will be transferred to your Stripe account.
Stripe Connect simplifies the payment process and allows you to manage recurring payments and billing, leaving you more time to focus on growing your business.
### **Responsibility for Unpaid Fees** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
As a reseller, you are ultimately responsible for ensuring that your clients pay for their hosting services. If a customer fails to make their payment, you are still required to cover the associated xCloud Managed Server and subscription fees for our panel that client’s account.
#### **What Happens if Fees are Unpaid?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
- If your customer does not pay their hosting fees, xCloud will notify you about the outstanding balance.
- You are responsible for covering the unpaid amount to maintain service for that customer.
- If the unpaid fees are not settled, **xCloud reserves the right to lock the services** for that particular account. This means your customer’s hosting service will be suspended until the payment is made, and you will be unable to provide further service to that customer.
This policy ensures that server resources are always paid for, and services remain uninterrupted for other clients. To avoid service disruption, it’s essential to manage your client billing effectively and ensure that all payments are made on time.
## **Refund Policy** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
### **Refund Policy for xCloud Managed Servers** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
xCloud White Label offers a very transparent refund policy which includes a 14-day refund policy which including the subscription fees and the unused amount of the xCloud Managed server fees will be refunded for the month if a server is removed.
xCloud uses **Stripe** as a third-party payment processor to handle all transactions. All transactions are subject to Stripe’s terms and conditions. If you decide to delete your xCloud Managed Server, the following refund policy will apply:
- You will be charged for the total usage of the server up to the point of deletion, along with a **Stripe fee of up to 3%** of the used amount.
- You will be billed for **a minimum of one day**, even if you delete the server within an hour or less of provisioning. The Stripe fee will still apply.
- The remaining unused amount, after deducting the server usage and Stripe fees, will be refunded to your account.
This ensures that you are only charged for what you use, but keep in mind the associated fees when managing your servers.
### **Refund Policy for Self Managed Servers** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
If you’re reselling hosting using your own server or a Self-Managed Server, xCloud offers a 14-day refund policy that includes the subscription fees for our Reseller Panel.
### **Refunds and Payment Obligations** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
Refunds for your customers are managed by you as the reseller since you set the prices and manage the customer relationship. xCloud does not offer refunds for the Managed Server or hosting control panel fees once they are charged. You will need to establish your own refund policies and communicate them clearly to your clients.
It is important to note that xCloud does not provide refunds for services that have been locked due to unpaid fees. Therefore, to prevent issues with non-payment, make sure that you are collecting payments from your customers on time and resolving any issues as quickly as possible.
### **Late Payments** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
The billing cycle for xCloud charges accounts on the **first day of each month**. If your account becomes overdue, xCloud may **temporarily suspend** your services until the balance is cleared. If you require additional time to settle your account, please reach out to our support team within the first week of the month to discuss possible arrangements.
We are committed to providing reliable cloud services, and our support team is here to help with any billing-related questions or issues.
### **Pricing Plans** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
To explore our pricing options for creating and managing servers under xCloud White Label, please **check out this page** for the latest pricing details. This allows you to select the most suitable option for your business needs, maximizing your profitability while maintaining control over your hosting services.
xCloud White Label offers you the opportunity to build a fully branded hosting business with complete control over your services, pricing, and customer relationships. As a reseller, you are responsible for covering the costs of the xCloud Managed Server and xCloud White Label subscription fees, while keeping the profits from the custom pricing you set for your clients.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/support)** for any of your queries.
---
# How Pricing Plans And Billing Works In xCloud - xCloud
> Follow this billing guideline while purchasing your xCloud package.
When a user creates a server in **[xCloud](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh)**, the system employs a prepaid billing model. We automatically generate invoices and charge your account’s primary payment method on the first day of each month for all existing servers.
## **Account Activation and Free Tier Access** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
New users can start using xCloud with the **Free Plan**, which allows the creation of **one server and up to 10 sites** by integrating their preferred cloud providers, such as DigitalOcean (DO), Vultr, or Google Cloud Platform (GCP).
Although the Free Plan does not charge for the xCloud platform itself, **a valid credit card must still be added to the account** to activate and use the Free Plan server. This ensures billing readiness if the account upgrades to a paid plan or uses paid services.
Some services, such as **xCloud Managed Servers and additional premium features**, are not accessible under the Free Plan and require an active payment method and paid billing structure.
If your account is already using **any paid plan or paid server**, you will **no longer be eligible to use the Free Plan**.
Users can also upgrade their Free Plan server manually at any time.
### **Billing Workflow** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
The cost of the server is immediately deducted from the user’s primary payment method upon creation. Unused hours for the server of the first month will be adjusted in the following month, ensuring you pay what you use in the first month only.
### **Server Billing Workflow Example** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
If a user purchases a Growing server on January 15th for $50, they will be charged $25 in the next month for the same server. However, removing that particular server will not result in adjustments for other servers.
### **Server Resize Or Upgrade Billing Example** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
The billing for resizing a server is pretty straightforward. Suppose, you have a server on the Growing plan which costs $30. After 7 days, you decide to upgrade to the Titanium plan, priced at $100. Since you have already used a portion of the Growing plan, we will deduct that and adjust the unused amount.
In the above scenario, you have $23 unused amount as you have used $7 with the Growing plan in the 7 days. Since you upgrade to the Titanium plan which costs $100, you only pay the rest of the amount. In this case, that would be $100 – $23 = $77.
### **Server Backup Billing Example** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
Server Backup pricing will be adjusted accordingly with server resizing or upgrading.
For example, if a user purchases a server on January 15th for $5, they will be charged $2.5 in the next month for the same server. However, removal of that particular server will not result in adjustments for other servers.
### **Pricing Plans** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
xCloud offers multiple pricing plans so that users can easily pay for what they need. Here you can check all the [**pricing plans**](/). For a more detailed understanding, let us have a look below.
Currently, xCloud provides **2 types of services** under multiple pricing plans. One is xCloud Managed Hosting and the other is Self-Managed Hosting.
### **xCloud Managed Hosting** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
This service offers to elevate your site with xCloud servers. It ensures speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future. This service has different packages where you will be charged monthly based on configuration. Have a look at the plans below to select your needs. Also, you can check the pricing page.
_Note: If you have any questions or queries related to the services, please reach out to our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host). We are always here for your help._
## Self-Managed Hosting [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
This service allows you to bring your own server from providers such as Vultr, DigitalOcean, GCP, Linode, Hetzner, Contabo, or other cloud providers and manage it through xCloud.
This service uses **tier-based pricing** with four available plans:
- **Free:** No cost for 1 server and up to 10 sites (limited features)
- **Starter:** $5/server/month for 1–5 servers (all features)
- **Professional:** $4/server/month for 6–10 servers (all features)
- **Agency:** $3/server/month for 10+ servers (all features)
Users can initially start with the **Free Plan**, but a **credit card must still be added to the account** to activate the server and maintain billing readiness.
Once a payment is made for any server under the account, the **Free Plan automatically expires**, and the account moves permanently to the paid pricing structure.
If an account is already operating under any **paid plan**, it cannot switch back to or access the Free Plan.
At first, you can start using xCloud for free, with limited features. To unlock more features, when you add a card payment method, then the Free Plan server will be charged $5 according to Starter plan tier-based pricing.
For 1st 5 servers, you have to pay $5 for each. After adding the 6th server, it will be charged $4 according to the Professional plan tier-based pricing. And, if you add 10+ servers, then it will be charged $3 according to the Agency plan tier-based pricing. Have a look at the pricing plans for this service.
_Note: If you have any questions or queries related to the services, please reach out to our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host). We are always here for your help._
For more details, visit this [page](/self-managed-hosting/).
## **Refund Policy** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
xCloud offers a very transparent refund policy, which includes:
- **For LTD & [Self Managed Hosting](/self-managed-hosting/)**: 14-day refund policy, no questions asked.
- **For xCloud Provider & [xCloud Managed Servers](/managed-hosting/):** the unused amount will be refunded after deducting the Stripe fee.
### **Refund Policy for xCloud Managed Servers** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
We use the third-party payment processor **‘Stripe’** to process payments. All transactions are subject to the terms and conditions of the payment processor. If you delete your xCloud Managed Server, you will be charged for the total usage of the server, along with up to **10%** **Stripe** fee based on the used amount. You will be billed for a minimum of one day, regardless of whether you delete the server within an hour or a day of provisioning, including the associated Stripe fee. The remaining unused amount, after deducting the used amount and Stripe fees, will be refunded to your account.
### **Hosting Addons Refund Policy** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
Refunds are **not available** for any **[hosting addons](/hosting-addons/)** after the subscription has been completed.
Once you activate or purchase an addon, the payment is final. No refunds will be processed under any condition for addon services.
Please make sure to review your choices before subscribing to any hosting addon.
## **How to Request a Refund** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
To request a refund, reach out to our support team with your account email and share the details. Our team will review your case and respond promptly.
Approved refunds are processed within 5–10 business days and returned to your original payment method. All refund amounts are calculated in USD.
### **Late Payments** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
Our billing cycle charges accounts on the first day of each month. If your account remains past due, it may be temporarily suspended. If you require additional time to settle your bill, please reach out to our support team for further assistance within the first week of the month.
We’re here to provide you with reliable cloud services, and our support team is ready to assist you with any billing-related inquiries or concerns you may have.
### **Pricing Plans** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
From our [**official sale page**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/#pricing) please check our pricing plans of **Bring Your Own Servers**.
## **Frequently Asked Questions** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
### **What happens to the Free Plan after I add a payment method?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
Once a payment method is added and a payment is made for any server under the account, the Free Plan automatically expires.
### **Can the Free Plan be reactivated after it expires?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
No. After a payment method is used and a paid server is created, the Free Plan **cannot be reactivated** for that account.
### **Does adding a payment method immediately remove the Free Plan?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
No. Adding a payment method alone does not remove the Free Plan. The Free Plan expires only **after a payment is made for any server under the account**. At that point, the account permanently transitions to the paid billing structure.
### **What happens to the Free Plan after I add a payment method?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
Adding a payment method alone does not remove the Free Plan. However, once a payment is made for any server under the account, the Free Plan automatically expires.
### **Can the Free Plan be reactivated after it expires?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
No. After a payment method is used and a paid server is created, the Free Plan cannot be reactivated for that account.
### **Does adding a payment method immediately remove the Free Plan?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
No. The Free Plan remains active after adding a payment method. It expires only when a payment is made for any server under the account.
### **Do I need a credit card to use the Free Plan?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
Yes. Even though the Free Plan does not charge for the platform itself, a **valid credit card must be added to the account** to activate and use the Free Plan server.
### **Can I use the Free Plan if I already have a paid plan?** [#](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
No. If your account is already using **any paid plan or paid server**, the Free Plan cannot be activated or used.
---
# How Caching Works In xCloud - xCloud
> Follow this guide to learn how xCloud caching works.
In [**xCloud**](/), caching is a technique used to make websites load faster. There are two main types: page caching and object caching.
Page caching involves saving entire web pages so that when someone visits the site again, the page loads much faster because it doesn’t need to be recreated from scratch. xCloud uses FASTCGI NGINX to implement this type of caching.
Object caching, on the other hand, focuses on saving specific pieces of information from the website’s database, like menus, post details, or other dynamic content. By saving this information, the website doesn’t have to repeatedly search the database for the same data, which speeds up loading times. xCloud uses Redis Object caching for this purpose.
So, with both page caching and object caching working together, xCloud helps websites perform better and provide a smoother experience for visitors.
## FastCGI Nginx Caching [#](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)
[**FastCGI**](https://www.nginx.com/resources/wiki/start/topics/examples/fastcgiexample/) is great for busy websites with lots of visitors, especially those that update their content often, like popular blogs or news sites with active comments. It keeps everything running smoothly even when lots of people are accessing the site at the same time.
For these busy sites, micro-caching is super helpful. It quietly updates the cache in the background every time someone views a page, making sure that everyone sees the latest content.
But if your website doesn’t have tons of visitors all at once and your content doesn’t change much, Redis Nginx Page Caching is usually a better choice. It’s a simpler option that works well for most websites.
## How To Use FastCGI NGINX Page Caching in xCloud? [#](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)
Turning on Nginx FastCGI caching is perfect for WordPress websites. It’s great for sites that are live and getting lots of traffic. But if your site is still in testing or you’re not worried about speed, you can turn it off. You don’t need any extra plugins for caching to work, but if you want to use one, it’s better to disable FastCGI caching in xCloud and use the plugin instead.
## Redis Object Caching [#](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)
[**Redis Object Caching**](https://docs.wp-rocket.me/article/1359-redis-object-caching) boosts WordPress performance by storing data in memory using Redis. This means fewer requests to the main database, making your site faster and more scalable.
Here’s how it works: When someone visits a page, Redis saves the data from the database. Next time someone wants the same info, Redis serves it directly, skipping the database query.
With Redis Object Caching, your site can handle more visitors without slowing down. You can set it up easily with the Redis Object Caching plugin and clear the cache directly from xCloud.
## Using A Third-party Page Cache Plugin? [#](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)
If you’re already using plugins like WPRocket, WP Super Cache, or W3 Total Cache, you can choose the appropriate caching option in the xCloud Cache section to match. This ensures that your caching settings across different tools are aligned and optimized for your website’s performance.
### Automatic Rocket Nginx Configuration With WPRocket [#](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)
The major benefit of using Rocket-Nginx with WP-Rocket is that it makes your WordPress website faster. When someone visits your website, WP-Rocket caches (stores) certain parts of your website, like images, CSS files, and JavaScript files. With Rocket-Nginx, these cached files are served directly by the web server (Nginx) without needing to involve WordPress or PHP. Rocket-Nginx is a powerful Nginx configuration that enhances the performance of your WordPress website by serving cached files directly from the server. By automating the Rocket-Nginx configuration process with xCloud, you can enjoy the following benefits:
Faster Website Load Times: Rocket-Nginx eliminates the need for executing PHP code and querying the database, resulting in significantly faster load times for your website.
Reduced Server Load: By serving pre-cached files directly from the server, Rocket-Nginx decreases the load on your server, enabling it to handle more concurrent visitors without slowing down.
Improved User Experience: Quicker page loading enhances the browsing experience for your visitors, reducing bounce rates and increasing engagement.
If you turn on this option then xCloud will automatically enable NGINX with a single click to directly serve previously cached files without calling WordPress or any PHP. It also adds headers to cached CSS, JS, and images via the browser cache. As a result, your website will be much faster.
### Standard WordPress-Nginx Configuration With WP Super Cache & W3 Total Cache [#](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/)
The Standard WordPress-Nginx configuration with WP Super cache & W3 Total Cache is designed to enhance the performance and speed of a WordPress website by implementing caching mechanisms.
It leverages WP Super cache & W3 Total Cache to generate static HTML files, reducing server load and improving response times. If you are using WP Super cache & W3 Total Cache and want to configure Standard WordPress-Nginx configuration automatically, all you need to do is just enable this option. And with a single click, xCloud automates the whole steps and configures everything on behalf of users.
As a result, users can effortlessly optimize the performance and speed of their WordPress websites without manually configuring the server.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How Can I Get Support In xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn where will you get support in xCloud, if you face any difficulties while using this server and site management solution.
At xCloud, we care about users and provide support for all. Our dedicated support team is ready to solve any issues you may face while using xCloud. Additionally, we have [**step-by-step documentation**](https://xcloud.host/docs/) so you can independently troubleshoot and resolve issues without relying on support. Take a look at our support details here.
## **Where Should I Ask For Support?** [#](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/)
We have a ticketing system and live chat support to help you as early as possible. We also have a [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) where you can ask for help. Check out the options available for reaching out when you require assistance below.
### **Live Chat Support** [#](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/)
We have live chat that you will find on the bottom left corner of our website or the app dashboard. We will try to respond instantly, however, if we have too much support pressure you can expect us to get back to you within 30 to 1 hours max. Learn here when you should knock on our live chat below.
- **Presale Queries:** If you have any presale queries you should knock our live support. Our support representatives will get back to you as soon as possible.
- **General Help:** If you have any questions regarding any features, or are stuck in any step, you can drop us a line in the live chat.
- **Urgent Help:** If you have a serious issue, or you need urgent help just reach out to live chat. It will be transferred to our relevant department, and we will solve your issue as soon as possible.
### **Submit Support Ticket** [#](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/)
We have a ticketing system that you can use to get technical support from us. We will try to resolve your issues within 12-24 hours max if this can be done via SSH or platform level issues. While submitting your tickets you should add relevant screenshots, screen recordings, or URLs to help us understand your issue faster. You should [**create a ticket**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets) if you need support for the following things:
- **Free Migration Request:** We will help you if you need any help with migration.
- **Accounts & Billing:** If you have any questions requiring accounts or billing, you can submit a support request. Besides, if you need a refund, you should submit a support ticket. Please, share your invoice ID while submitting this type of ticket.
- **Bug Report:** If you find a bug, you should submit a ticket to help us track the issue and solve it as soon as possible.
- **Suggestions:** If you have suggestions or feedback for us, or any enhancement request for our existing features, you can submit a support ticket as well.
- **Feature Request:** We would like to hear what you want us to bring next. Please submit a ticket if you have any feature requests.
### **Facebook Community** [#](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/)
We have an active [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) where you can ask questions, and get help from the xCloud community. Though submitting a support ticket is the best option for technical queries, you can explore our community to see if others have encountered similar issues and find solutions. Keep an eye out for important announcements, news, and the latest updates in the Facebook community.
Engage in discussions with the founder, co-founders, community team, and marketing team members who actively participate in the community. You can share your feature suggestions and ideas with detailed explanations, and request a vote to have them added to our roadmap. Additionally, if you create tutorials or guides related to xCloud, we encourage you to share them with the community for everyone’s benefit.
## **Our Support Schedule In Eastern Daylight Time (EDT)** [#](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/)
Take a look at the weekly xCloud support team schedule and see when we will be able to solve your issues if you face any.
**Days**
**Active Hours**
**Total Coverage Time**
Monday
12:00 AM – 11:59 PM
24 hours
Tuesday
12:00 AM – 11:59 PM
24 hours
Wednesday
12:00 AM – 11:59 PM
24 hours
Thursday
12:00 AM – 11:59 PM
24 hours
Friday
12:00 AM – 6:00 PM &
10:00 PM – 11:59 PM
24 hours
Saturday
12:00 AM – 8:00 PM &
10:00 PM – 11:59 PM
22 hours
Sunday
12:00 AM – 8:00 PM &
10:00 PM – 11:59 PM
22 hours
---
# How Clients Can Set Up a Server with Reseller Hosting Program - xCloud
> Learn how clients can set up a server with Reseller hosting program from the landing page or dashboard.
The xCloud Reseller Hosting Program simplifies the process of creating and managing servers for your clients. With xCloud , reseller’s clients can set up a server easily.
Clients n create your server from the dashboard and create it from the landing page. Follow these steps to create a server easily that meets your needs.
## **Create a New Server from the Landing Page/Sales Page** [#](/docs/how-clients-set-up-a-server-with-reseller-hosting-program/)
Suppose the client visits your reseller’s landing page. Then choose your preferred pricing plan and click on the **‘Select Plan’** button to start the process.
Then, at first, enter your account sign-up credentials: **‘Account Name’, ‘Account Email’** and **‘Password’.**
Then, you can see your chosen **‘Server Size’** and the cost of that plan. If everything is alright, click on the Pay now button.
You will now be taken to the checkout page. Enter the details and click on the **‘Save Card’** to proceed.
Once the payment has been successfully completed, you will be redirected to your **dashboard**. From here, you will see an option to ‘**Set Up Now’**. You can click on this to start creating your server.
_Note: But you do not need to set up the server immediately. You can choose to create your server later through Team Products or when you try to provision a server. If you have already purchased a product, you will get a notification that your server is available. You can then decide whether you want to proceed with the setup or wait._
When you click on the ‘Set Up Now’ option, it will take you to the server setup page.
You will see a notice that says your server setup is pending.
Next, you can give your **‘Server name’** and ‘**Tags’**. Then you can see that the **‘Server Type’** and the **‘Server Size’** are already selected. Keep them as it is, as you have already paid for them.
Then, scroll a bit and go to the ‘Region’ and choose the continent you want to deploy your server on. Next, select any one database from **MySQL** and **MariaDB.**
Now you can enable the ‘Backup’ option, which will add an additional charge to your plan. Next, choose from any one web server from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSpeed’** and click on the **‘Next’** button.
Once you hit the on next button, the server creation process will start. After the server creation process is completed, you will be redirected to the server dashboard.
## **Create New Server From the Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-clients-set-up-a-server-with-reseller-hosting-program/)
Now, if you want to create another server from the dashboard, click on the **‘New Server**’ button.
Next, you can give your **‘Server name’**, ‘**Tags’** according to your preferences.
Then you can see that the **Server Type ‘General and ‘Premium’** and the **‘Server Size’** according to the plans. Choose the server type and size based on your needs. Then select the **‘Region’** on the server.
Next, choose any one database from **MySQL** and **MariaDB.** Now you can enable the **‘Backup’** option, which will add a charge to your plan. Next, choose from any one web server from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSpeed’** and click on the **‘Next’** button.
Once you hit the next button, the server creation process will start. After the server creation process is completed, you will be redirected to the server dashboard. And that’s it this is how easily you can create your server.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How Does xCloud Manage High Concurrency for BuddyBoss-Powered Community Sites? - xCloud
> Discover the xCloud infrastructure manages high concurrency for BuddyBoss sites with NGINX, OLS, fast CPUs, and NVMe storage for peak performance.
xCloud’s infrastructure is designed to **manage high concurrency**, which is essential for community sites powered by BuddyBoss. Our stack includes **NGINX**, **OpenLiteSpeed** (OLS), **MySQL**, and **MariaDB**, allowing us to efficiently handle multiple simultaneous user interactions without slowing down your site. With powerful multi-core CPUs, fast memory, and **NVMe** storage, our servers can support thousands of concurrent users, ensuring stability and speed even during peak traffic times.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How long is the trial period supposed to be? - xCloud
> With the xCloud trial period, you can manage 10 sites with limited features on one VPS server. However, your account will be automatically upgraded to the
With the xCloud trial period, you can manage 10 sites with limited features on one VPS server. However, your account will be automatically upgraded to the next tier when you add more servers.
During the trial of xCloud’s control panel, you get limited features. To use it, you need your own server, and you’ll have to cover the server costs. The trial is free for life until you add a payment method. You can also explore xCloud through the Playground during the trial.
---
# How Many Sites Can Be Hosted Efficiently On A Single Server? - xCloud
> Selecting an appropriate server size is essential for optimal performance in single server.
Efficiently hosting multiple websites on a single server demands a strategic approach to balance performance, resource allocation, and user experience. This guide offers insights and guidelines for informed decision-making, considering factors like website type, traffic patterns, caching, resource availability, and more. Factors to Take into Account:
### Website Type and Characteristics [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Different websites exhibit varying resource demands. Static sites with full-page caching require fewer resources compared to dynamic e-commerce or membership sites with intensive database functions.
### Traffic Patterns For Single Server [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
The volume of website traffic significantly impacts server load. High-traffic sites may require more server resources to handle user visits effectively.
### Caching Capabilities [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Efficient caching reduces server load by delivering cached content. Websites with effective caching can manage higher traffic with fewer resources.
### Resource Availability [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Server specifications, including CPU power, RAM, and storage, determine hosting capacity. More robust servers can handle a greater number of sites.
### Codebase and Plugins [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Resource-heavy plugins or themes can strain server performance. Evaluate codebase and plugin resource requirements when determining hosting density.
### User Experience and Performance [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Prioritizing user satisfaction and site performance is crucial to avoid slow loading times and subpar experiences.
# Best Practices [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
**We strongly recommend distributing sites across multiple servers and this is the best practice. If something goes otherwise in your server then your all sites are not down.** **It is recommended not to host more than 15 sites in** **an instance.**
### Hosting Fully Cached Brochure Websites [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
These are static sites with fully cached pages.
\*\*Recommended Configuration:\*\*
– Host up to 10 simple websites on a 2GB RAM / 1 shared CPU server.
– Alternatively, consider hosting 10-15 simple websites on a 2 CPU 4GB RAM server for improved performance.
– Distribute sites across multiple servers to mitigate risks during server downtime.
### Hosting Dynamic Websites [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
These are sites with varying resource demands due to traffic and codebase.
\*\*Guidelines:\*\*
– Allocate dedicated resources for optimal performance.
– For low-traffic dynamic sites with similar demands, consider sharing 2-4 CPU servers.
Dynamic sites with cache bypassing traffic may require dedicated resources. Low-traffic dynamic sites can share 2-4 CPU servers.
### Choosing the Right Server Size [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Selecting an appropriate server size is essential for optimal performance. Consider these factors:
– Amount of traffic served from the page cache.
– Peak traffic levels.
– Usage of external databases.
– Database and media library sizes.
To ensure scalability, opt for a slightly larger server with extra capacity. For example, choose a 2GB RAM server for a WordPress site.
– Smaller sites can share a single server if using page caching (around 10 sites on a 2GB RAM / 1 shared CPU server).
– For complex sites, especially high-traffic or dynamic ones, a dedicated, larger server is advisable.
– Page caching can efficiently handle significant traffic with minimal resources.
### Shared CPU vs. Dedicated CPU [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Consider the server type based on your needs:
– Shared CPU: Suitable for staging/testing sites and low-consequence production sites. Minor delays during CPU sharing may occur.
– Dedicated CPU: Ideal for critical production sites with limited page caching, especially those using heavy plugins like WooCommerce.
While shared CPU servers are cost-effective, dedicated CPU servers offer enhanced performance, particularly for response times.
### Monitoring and Server Upgrades [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Regularly monitor server resources using provided tools or SSH if needed. Maintain memory usage below 60% to accommodate traffic spikes. Consistent high CPU or memory usage may signal the need for an upgrade.
### Server Snapshots and Backups [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
Leverage server provider snapshots for data backups, providing essential insurance for your business. Typically, this adds around 20% to the base price.
## Recommendations [#](/docs/how-many-sites-can-be-hosted-on-a-single-server/)
To sum up, These are the minimum configurations **[xCloud](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh)** suggest you begin with. Later you can always upgrade your server plan as you grow.
**Scenario**
**Site Type**
**Server Configuration**
**Recommended Sites**
Low Traffic + Fully Cached
Brochure Sites
2GB RAM / 1 shared CPU
10 sites
High Traffic + Fully Cached
Brochure Sites (Fully Cached)
4GB RAM / 2 CPU
10-15 sites
Low Traffic + No cache
Dynamic Sites (e.g., WooCommerce, LMS)
2GB RAM / 1 shared CPU
1 Site
Moderate Traffic + No cache
Dynamic Sites (e.g., WooCommerce, LMS)
4GB RAM / 2 CPU
1 Site
\*\*Recommended Server Configuration:\*\*
1\. It is advised to allocate a minimum of 2GB of RAM to ensure optimal performance for hosting a WordPress website on xCloud’s technology infrastructure.
2\. Consider selecting a plan priced between $40 to $48 per month, offering around 4 virtual CPUs and 8GB of RAM.
3\. It is recommended not to host more than 15 sites on a single instance.
---
# How Scalable Is xCloud & What Are Your Future Plans? - xCloud
> How scalable is xCloud? We offer seamless plan upgrades, ensuring your website can grow effortlessly as we enhance your WordPress hosting experience.
If you ask how scalable is xCloud, it has **unparalleled scalability**, allowing users to upgrade their hosting plans as their websites grow. Whether you are beginning a small or running a large website, you can quickly upgrade to **more powerful servers** with no downtime. In addition, we are continuously working on upgrading our technology and improving our services to ensure you enjoy the best WordPress-managed hosting experience.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Access Page Speed Insights for Website Performance Reports on xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to access Page Speed Insights on xCloud to monitor performance, review Core Web Vitals, and improve SEO and user experience.
Website performance plays a key role in user experience and search engine ranking. A slow site can push visitors away, while a fast site helps you keep them engaged. [**Page Speed Insights**](https://pagespeed.web.dev/) on xCloud gives you a clear view of how your website performs and highlights issues that need fixing.
By using it, you can improve speed, accessibility, best practices, and SEO, which are all important for growth. To ensure you fully leverage this tool, it is essential to learn how to access Page Speed Insights effectively.
Follow the steps below to access Page Speed Insights on xCloud and optimize your website for better performance in just a few clicks:
## **Step 1: Access Page Speed Insights** [#](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
First, go to your site dashboard, then navigate to the **‘Monitoring’** option from the sidebar menu, and then click on the **‘Page Speed’** from the menu.
## **Step 2: Review Site Performance Graphs** [#](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
In this section, you will see the **‘Site Performance’** area displayed as a graph. This graph shows your site’s overall scores for **‘Performance’**, **‘Accessibility’**, **‘Best Practices’**, and **‘SEO’**. These scores help you quickly understand how well your site is functioning in terms of speed, usability, coding quality, and search optimization.
- **Performance:** Measures how fast and responsive your website is.
- **Accessibility:** Checks if your site is easy to use for everyone, including people with disabilities.
- **Best Practices:** Reviews whether your site follows safe and modern coding standards.
- **SEO:** Look at how well your site is prepared to rank in search engines.
## **Step 3: Switch Between Mobile and Desktop Views** [#](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
At the top right corner of the performance section, you will find buttons labeled **‘Mobile’** and **‘Desktop’**. By switching between these options, you can view how your site performs on different devices.
## **Step 4: Explore Page Speed History** [#](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
When you scroll down, you will come across the **‘Page Speed History’** section. This area stores the historical data of your site’s performance. By reviewing it, you can track whether the improvements you made in the past have had a positive effect on your site’s health over time. Also, click on the **‘Analyze Now’** button to get the latest results instantly.
## **Step 5: Check Detailed Reports** [#](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
For deeper analysis, click on the **‘View Details’** link. Here, you will find a detailed breakdown of your site’s scores in **‘Performance’**, **‘Accessibility’**, **‘Best Practices’**, and **‘SEO’**. These results give you a clear view of which areas are strong and which need more attention.
## **Step 6: Review Core Web Vitals** [#](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
You can also review the **‘Core Web Vitals Assessment’**, which highlights vital elements that reflect real-world user experience. These include **‘Speed Index’**, **‘Time To Interactive’**, **‘Total Blocking Time’**, **‘First Contentful Paint’**, **‘Cumulative Layout Shift’**, and **‘Largest Contentful Paint’**. These metrics show you exactly how users experience your website in terms of speed, responsiveness, and stability while it loads.
- **Speed Index**: Tells how fast the visible content on your page appears while it loads. A lower value means the page looks ready sooner.
- **Time To Interactive**: Shows how long it takes before users can fully interact with the page without delays.
- **Total Blocking Time**: Measures the time when the page cannot respond because scripts are blocking it.
- **First Contentful Paint**: Marks the moment when the first text or image appears on the screen.
- **Cumulative Layout Shift**: Tracks how much the page layout moves around as it loads. Less shifting means a smoother experience.
- **Largest Contentful Paint**: Records how long it takes for the main piece of content, like a large image or text block, to appear.
## **Step 7: Use Insights and Diagnostics** [#](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
Finally, at the bottom of the report, you will find **‘Insights’** and **‘Diagnostics’**. Insights identify the major issues that may be slowing down your website, while diagnostics provide clear recommendations to fix those problems.
For example, you might be advised to reduce unused CSS or JavaScript, compress large images, improve server response times, or enable caching. By following these suggestions, you can significantly improve the overall performance of your site.
And that is it, this is how easily you can monitor your site regularly, create a website that is fast, user-friendly, and search engine optimized. This not only enhances the experience for your visitors but also increases your chances of ranking higher and staying competitive online.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Access the xCloud API - xCloud
> Learn how to access the xCloud API. Create an API token, set permissions, and manage your servers and sites through code.
The xCloud API gives you programmatic access to the xCloud Platform. Developers, e-commerce store owners, and development agencies can use it to integrate server operations, run application tasks, and automate the workflows behind their servers.
Instead of checking server stats or managing your VPS by hand, you can perform these tasks with a few simple commands, then build the dashboards, alerts, and integrations that fit how you already work.
## **Key benefits of using the xCloud API:** [#](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
- **Full Platform Access:** Run the same server and site operations available on the dashboard.
- **Seamless Integration:** Connect xCloud to your existing tools and pipelines.
- **Automation:** Run restarts, deployments, and routine tasks without manual effort.
- **Real-Time Insights:** Monitor CPU, RAM, disk space, and network traffic on demand.
- **Custom Dashboards:** Build your own views on top of live server data.
- **Scoped Permissions:** Control access with read and write tokens for servers and sites.
- **Bulk Management:** Manage multiple servers and sites in one workflow.
### **Step 1: Navigate to API Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
First, go to your xCloud dashboard. Navigate to the left-hand sidebar menu, select Settings, and then click on the ‘Developers’ option from the left side menu and click on the ‘API Tokens’ option. Within the API tokens interface, click the Create New Token button.
### Step 2: Configure Token Name and Permissions [#](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
A pop-up will appear. Enter a descriptive name for your token and select the appropriate permissions:
1. Full Access (all permissions)
2. read:servers
3. write:servers
4. read:sites
5. write:sites
Once configured, click Create Token.
### **Step 3: Copy and Store Your API Token** [#](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
After creation, your token will be displayed. Copy and store it in a secure location immediately, as you will need it for future authentication.
### **Step 4: Deleting an API Token** [#](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
If you no longer require a specific token, locate it in the dashboard and click the **Delete** icon to remove it.
You now have everything you need to access the xCloud Public API. Create a token, set its permissions, and store it safely to start managing your servers programmatically.
### 📑 Explore the API Documentation [#](/docs/how-to-access-the-xcloud-api/)
With your token ready, visit the [**API documentation**](https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1/docs#description/introduction) to learn about the available endpoints and start building.
If you face any issues, please do not hesitate to contact our [**support team.**](https://support.xcloud.host/)
---
# How to Activate the Cloudflare Enterprise Addon on Your Domain - xCloud
> Cloudflare Enterprise normally means a direct contract with Cloudflare, negotiated at volume and priced for large organizations. xCloud already holds that
Cloudflare Enterprise normally means a direct contract with Cloudflare, negotiated at volume and priced for large organizations. xCloud already holds that contract. The addon lets you put a single domain behind it for $5 a month, with none of the negotiation and no minimum commitment.
It runs on Cloudflare for SaaS. Your domain joins xCloud’s Cloudflare account as a custom hostname, so you keep your current DNS provider, leave your nameservers where they are, and add one CNAME record. Everything after that happens in your xCloud dashboard: cache rules, WAF toggles, purge, analytics, security events. You will never need to log into Cloudflare.
Below is the whole process, from buying the addon to reading your first security report.
## **What Cloudflare Enterprise does for your site** [#](#what-cloudflare-enterprise-does-for-your-site)
Once a domain is verified, its traffic stops going straight to your server and starts coming through Cloudflare’s edge network. That changes a few things:
- Static files like images, CSS, and JavaScript are served from whichever Cloudflare location is nearest your visitor.
- Dynamic pages can be cached at the edge too, which cuts the wait before the first byte arrives. xCloud turns off local page caching when you enable this so the two do not fight each other.
- Cloudflare’s managed WAF rulesets sit in front of the site and catch emerging threats, including zero-days.
- Layer 7 DDoS attacks can be met with Under Attack Mode, which makes every visitor pass an extra check before reaching the site.
- Noisy traffic gets filtered: rate limiting on IPs that exceed the threshold, browser integrity checks on malformed requests, and a switch to block known AI crawlers.
- Images are compressed at the edge, Early Hints let browsers start fetching assets sooner, and ScrapeShield scrambles email addresses so bots cannot harvest them.
- Request counts, data transfer, and security events are reported back into your dashboard.
Activation is per domain rather than per site, per server, or per plan, so you can cover the domains that need it and leave the rest alone.
## **Pricing** [#](#pricing)
$5 per month, per domain. Each subscription covers one domain. Every domain and subdomain will count as separate domain. If you want several domains protected, subscribe to each one and manage them together from the Addons page.
> _Note: We are not providing support additional domains yet, but will be available very soon._
## **Prerequisites / required permissions** [#](#prerequisites--required-permissions)
- The team must be billing-enabled and eligible to purchase addons.
- The site must already exist under a server.
- The domain must be available to configure at its DNS provider.
- For manual DNS setup, the user needs DNS access for the domain.
- Production/staging must have the Cloudflare Enterprise configuration in place before domains can activate successfully.
## Step 1: Activate the Cloudflare Enterprise Addon [#](#step-1-activate-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon)
From your dashboard, first click on the ‘Addons’ button and then find the ‘Cloudflare Enterprise’ Addons and click on the Enable button.
## Step 2: Enable Cloudflare Enterprise on your site [#](#step-2-enable-cloudflare-enterprise-on-your-site)
Next click on the enable button and proceed. You can activate Cloudflare Enterprise on any domains for just $5/month.
Next, choose the domain from the dropdown of the popup and click on the Pay button to pay proceed with enabling Cloudflare for this site.
You can also open the feature from a specific site at **Site → Cloudflare Enterprise**. Before any domains are added, the site page shows an empty state and an **Enable Cloudflare Enterprise** button.
## **Step 5. Configure the DNS Setup** [#](#step-5-configure-the-dns-setup)
Once you are done with the payment you will see that the Cloudflare Enterprise is activated on your domain and added to the dashboard. If you have Cloudflare integrated, you will see the domain is activated instantly. If the domain is not added with Cloudflare, you will see a status showing ‘Pending Verification’.
Next, click on the three dot icon and click on the ‘Manage’ option from the menu to complete the DNS verification and configure the Cloudflare Enterprise Addon.
Next under the Domain tab you can click on the ‘CNAME Records’ option from the dashboard. xCloud opens a DNS instructions modal showing the exact records the customer should add at their DNS provider.
Once you click on the ‘CNAME Records’, you will be able to get the records that you need to configure with your domain provider.
Once, you add the records on your domain provider, go to the Domain status tab and click on the refresh button.
It will show you the domain as active. Now you can proceed to configure other Cloudflare enterprise settings.
### **Step 6: Configure Cloudflare settings** [#](#step-6-configure-cloudflare-settings)
Now visit domain where you have activated the Cloudflare enterprise, and click on the ‘Cloudflare Enterprise’ option from the dashboard. Here you will see the domain you have activated for listed under the Domains tab
Next, go to the ‘Overview’ tab, here you will get the option of ‘Purge Cahce’. You can clear all cached content from Cloudflare and forces content to be fetched directly from your server right from your xCloud dashboard.
### **7\. Configure optimization settings** [#](#7-configure-optimization-settings)
Next, open **Settings** tab. Here you will get **Optimization options for your site.** These settings apply to all Cloudflare Enterprise domains on the current site.
Optimization options:
**Setting**
**What it controls**
**Early Hints**
Sends 103 Early Hints so browsers can preload linked assets before the final response arrives.
**ScrapeShield**
Obfuscates email addresses on the website to reduce harvesting by bots/spammers.
**Caching**
Caches static content such as images, CSS, and JavaScript on Cloudflare’s global CDN.
**Edge Page Caching**
Caches dynamic pages at the edge for faster TTFB; local page caching is bypassed automatically to avoid conflicts.
**Image Optimization**
Uses Cloudflare Polish-style image optimization.
**SSL Cipher**
Controls the SSL/TLS cipher profile used between visitors and the Cloudflare edge.
### **8\. Configure security settings** [#](#8-configure-security-settings)
Next, under the **Security** section below the optimization settings comes with many security options. These cover WAF and abuse-protection behavior for the site’s Cloudflare Enterprise domains.
Security options:
**Setting**
**What it controls**
**Web Application Firewall**
Blocks emerging threats, including zero-days, using Cloudflare managed WAF rulesets.
**Rate Limiting**
Applies managed challenges to IPs exceeding the managed request threshold.
**Browser Integrity Check**
Blocks requests with suspicious or missing HTTP headers commonly used by abusive bots.
**Under Attack Mode**
Last-resort Layer 7 DDoS protection; visitors must pass additional validation before accessing the site.
**AI Crawler Blocking**
Blocks known AI crawlers from scanning or collecting site content.
You can toggle on or off each of the option according to your preferences. Click **Save Changes** after changing any toggle or select. xCloud persists the settings for the site.
### **Step 10: Review Analytics: request summary** [#](#step-10-review-analytics-request-summary)
Next Open **Analytics**. The default view is **Request Summary**.
Analytics includes:
- Range selector: **Last 30 minutes**, **Last 6 hours**, **Last 12 hours**, **Last 24 hours**, **Last 7 days**, and **Last 30 days**.
- Request summary cards: **Total Requests**, **Served by Cloudflare**, and **Served by Origin**.
- Time-series chart area.
- Cache status section.
- Top tables for request sources such as content types, paths, hosts, device types, countries, and edge status codes.
### **Step 11: Review Analytics: data transfer summary** [#](#step-11-review-analytics-data-transfer-summary)
Under the ‘Analytics tab you will Use the toggle in the Analytics header to switch from **Request Summary** to **Data Transfer Summary**.
### **Step 12: Review Security events** [#](#step-12-review-security-events)
Next, go to the Open the ‘**Security’** tab to view Cloudflare security-event reporting. Security event reporting includes:
- Range selector using the same time windows as Analytics.
- **Total Events** card.
- **Events By Services** summary.
- Time-series security-event chart area.
- Top event tables: IP addresses, user agents, paths, countries, hosts, and HTTP methods.
### **Step 13: Manage all Cloudflare Enterprise domains from the global addon page** [#](#step-13-manage-all-cloudflare-enterprise-domains-from-the-global-addon-page)
You can manage all your domains from one place under the ‘Addons’ page. You can just click on the three dot icon of each of the domain and Also you can delete any domain from the subscription as well from here.
## **FAQ** [#](#faq)
### Do I need my own Cloudflare account? [#](#do-i-need-my-own-cloudflare-account)
No. Your domain joins xCloud’s Cloudflare account as a custom hostname. Everything is managed from your xCloud dashboard, and you never log into Cloudflare.
### Do I have to change my nameservers? [#](#do-i-have-to-change-my-nameservers)
No. Keep your domain at its current DNS provider. You only add the CNAME records xCloud shows you in the DNS instructions modal.
### How much does it cost? [#](#how-much-does-it-cost)
$5 per month, per hostname. Each subscription covers a single domain. Subdomains are counted separately, if you want to use Cloudflare Enterprise for each domain
### Is it per site, per server, or per domain? [#](#is-it-per-site-per-server-or-per-domain)
Per domain, and that includes subdomains. Every hostname you want behind Cloudflare Enterprise needs its own $5/month subscription, so `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `shop.example.com` would each be a separate purchase.
### Why does my domain say “Pending Verification”? [#](#why-does-my-domain-say-pending-verification)
It means the CNAME records aren’t visible yet at your DNS provider. Add the records shown under Domain → CNAME Records, then open the Domain Status tab and hit refresh. If your Cloudflare account is already integrated with xCloud, the domain activates instantly and you can skip this.
### Will this conflict with xCloud’s page caching? [#](#will-this-conflict-with-xclouds-page-caching)
No. When you turn on Edge Page Caching, xCloud automatically bypasses local page caching so the two layers don’t fight each other.
### Do the settings apply to one domain or all of them? [#](#do-the-settings-apply-to-one-domain-or-all-of-them)
The Optimization and Security toggles apply to every Cloudflare Enterprise domain on the current site. Remember to click Save Changes after any toggle or dropdown change.
### How do I clear the Cloudflare cache? [#](#how-do-i-clear-the-cloudflare-cache)
Open the Cloudflare Enterprise section for the domain, go to the Overview tab, and use Purge Cache. It clears all cached content and forces the next request to fetch from your server.
### Can I remove a domain later? [#](#can-i-remove-a-domain-later)
Yes. On the Addons page, click the three-dot icon next to the domain and delete it from the subscription.
### What happens if I delete the CNAME records? [#](#what-happens-if-i-delete-the-cname-records)
Traffic stops routing through Cloudflare’s edge and the domain drops out of verification. Add the records back and refresh the Domain Status tab to bring it live again.
### How long does activation take? [#](#how-long-does-activation-take)
After DNS is pointed correctly, xCloud tries to activate the domain immediatly, if the Cloudflare account integrated with xCloud. But if you are using a domain with a different domain provider, you need to configure the DNS with your provider then refresh the status on xCloud.
### Can a domain be removed? [#](#can-a-domain-be-removed)
Yes. Use **Remove** from the domain row. xCloud warns that traffic may become unreachable if DNS is still pointed to Cloudflare Enterprise after removal.
### Is the Cloudflare Enterprise addon refundable? [#](#is-the-cloudflare-enterprise-addon-refundable)
No. Like all xCloud addons, the Cloudflare Enterprise addon is non-refundable once the subscription is activated. Addon purchases are final, so please review the domain, pricing, and billing details before you subscribe. You can read the full policy in the [xCloud Refund Policy.](https://xcloud.host/docs/refund-policy/)
---
# How To Add Custom Security Headers in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to safely add custom security headers in xCloud for OLS and NGINX servers without risking config overrides. Step-by-step guide included.
Security headers are essential for protecting your websites from common web vulnerabilities by controlling how browsers behave. This guide will walk you through the correct way to add custom security headers in xCloud, covering both OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) and NGINX web servers.
In xCloud, directly editing the main server configuration files (like vhconf.conf) is not recommended, as these files are managed by the control panel and can be overwritten automatically when changes are made via the UI.
## **Add Custom Security Headers on OLS Servers in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-add-custom-security-headers-in-xcloud/)
### **Step 1: SSH Into Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-add-custom-security-headers-in-xcloud/)
Before making any changes, you must SSH into your OLS server:
### **Step 2: Use the vhconf.server.conf Config File** [#](/docs/how-to-add-custom-security-headers-in-xcloud/)
Use the following file to define your custom HTTP security headers:
```
/usr/local/lsws/conf/vhosts/tstr.io/vhconf.server.conf
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file is not overwritten by the xCloud panel and is ideal for persisting manual changes such as custom headers.
### **Step 3: Add Security Headers** [#](/docs/how-to-add-custom-security-headers-in-xcloud/)
To add custom security headers, update vhconf.server.conf with the following block:
```
context / {
extraHeaders << Need to add external database for your xCloud website? This guide shows how to add & configure one during site creation. Includes troubleshooting tips!
[**xCloud**](/) provides a convenient way to manage your website without needing separate database administration. However, if you have specific requirements or prefer an external database solution, In that case, xCloud offers an option to add external database while creating a new site.
## **Steps: How to Add External Database On xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-add-external-database-on-xcloud/)
You can follow the steps shown below to learn how to Add an External Database in xCloud.
### **Step 1: Create A New Site from xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-add-external-database-on-xcloud/)
From your xCloud dashboard, click on ‘**\+ New Site**,’ choose a server from the dropdown, click on ‘**Next**,’ then select ‘**Install a New Website**.’ Now, add all the details about your new sites.
### **Step 2: Add External Database** [#](/docs/how-to-add-external-database-on-xcloud/)
Scroll down and expand ‘**More Advanced Settings.’** In the Database Management section, choose the option ‘**Add Your Existing Database**’ and add your external database details to establish a database connection.
### **Step 3: Finalize Configuration** [#](/docs/how-to-add-external-database-on-xcloud/)
Click on ‘**Next**’ to configure the external database with your newly created site.
Following these steps and considering the additional factors will enable you to successfully integrate and maintain an external database with your xCloud website.
If you encounter any issues or need further assistance, reach out to [**xCloud support**](https://support.xcloud.host/). Our team is available to help you with any challenges you face while integrating and managing your external database.
---
# How to Adjust PHP Workers in xCloud? - xCloud
> Optimize your website's performance with xCloud. Learn how to adjust PHP workers for better speed, reliability, and user experience following our these steps.
**PHP workers** are processes that execute PHP code concurrently, improving the performance and scalability of web applications. When creating your server in **xCloud** or updating a new PHP version, [**xCloud**](/) adjusts PHP workers count automatically based on the RAM and CPU core available on your server specification.
xCloud provides you the flexibility to set the number of PHP workers to your exact needs from your dashboard. You can find the recommended number of workers count later in this documentation. Optimizing workers can significantly impact your website’s performance, speed, and reliability.
## **How Do You Adjust PHP Workers in xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/)
Following the steps below, you can effectively manage PHP workers to meet your website’s specific requirements.
**_Note:_** _Incorrectly configuring workers count in PHP can affect your website’s performance. It is essential to carefully consider your server’s resources and workload before adjusting._
### **Step 1: Access Your Site in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/)
To adjust the PHP workers of your site, first, log in to your xCloud dashboard. Then, head over to the **‘Sites**’, and choose the website to navigate to the selected site’s ‘**Overview’** page where you want to make the changes.
### **Step 2: Access PHP Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/)
From the website’s ‘**Overview**’ page, click on the ‘**Settings**‘ tab from the left panel.
### **Step 3: Adjust the Number of PHP Workers** [#](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/)
In the PHP Settings, set the maximum workers limit in the ‘**Max PHP Workers**’ section considering your site traffic, server’s RAM and CPU resources and click on ‘**Save Settings**’.
**_Note:_** _We recommend allocating max 1 worker per 256MB of RAM and 4 workers per CPU core to avoid overflow and underflow. When adjusting automatically xCloud follows this calculation._
That is how you adjust PHP workers in xCloud to enhance your website’s speed, reliability, and user experience.
## **Determining the Optimal Number of Workers in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/)
While the exact number of PHP workers needed varies for each website, understanding your website’s specific requirements can help you find the optimal configuration. Here is how:
### **Consider Website Type And Workload** [#](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/)
Different website types have varying demands on workers. Here are some general recommendations to get you started (remember, testing and customization are crucial)
- **Low-Traffic Websites (Blogs, Portfolios):** Begin with a conservative number, like 2 to 3 static workers per CPU core.
- **Medium-Traffic Websites (E-commerce Stores):** For moderate traffic, consider starting with 3 to 4 static workers per CPU core. Websites with complex product catalogs or high user interaction might require further adjustments.
- **High-Traffic Websites (Forums, Social Networks):** These resource-intensive websites might benefit from a wider range (4 to 8+ workers) depending on the complexity of user interactions and database operations.
Before changing the PHP worker count, a thorough assessment of your server’s capacity and workload is recommended.
### **Emphasize Testing And Monitoring** [#](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/)
A data-driven approach is key. Here are some valuable strategies:
- **Test incrementally:** Increase workers gradually (e.g., +1 per core) and monitor website performance after each change. Use tools like Google PageSpeed Insights or Load Impact to evaluate website speed and identify bottlenecks.
- **Analyze Resource Utilization:** Keep an eye on server resources like CPU and RAM usage within the xCloud dashboard. Too many workers can lead to resource exhaustion, negatively impacting performance.
Note: PHP worker adjustment is only available NGINX servers. Because OpenLiteSpeed uses a different approach to handling PHP requests compared to NGINX. While NGINX typically relies on PHP-FPM (FastCGI Process Manager), which allows for the adjustment of PHP worker processes (or pools), OpenLiteSpeed integrates PHP directly using its own PHP process management mechanism.
Still stuck! Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for assistance with your queries.
---
# How To Allow Caching Of A URL With A Query String - xCloud
> Learn how to enable caching of a URL with a query string in xCloud by ignoring tracking parameters to improve performance and reduce server load.
By default, pages that include query string parameters (anything after “?” in a URL) were excluded from caching. This behavior ensured safety but caused performance issues, especially for marketing traffic.
URLs containing tracking parameters such as utm\_campaign, gclid, or fbclid were always treated as unique pages. As a result:
- **Cache was bypassed every time**
- **Page load times increased**
- **Server resources were used unnecessarily**
To address this, you can now define which query parameters should be ignored, allowing those URLs to be cached and served efficiently.
Previously, any URL with query string parameters automatically bypassed the page cache. As a result, traffic from marketing campaigns using tracking parameters such as **utm\_source, gclid, or fbclid** consistently caused cache misses, leading to slower response times and increased server load.
You can now configure which query string parameters should be ignored when serving cached pages directly from the dashboard. While HTTP rules and cookie rule exclusions were already manageable through the dashboard, fine-grained control over which cookies triggered cache bypasses previously required manual configuration.
## **Step 1: Go to Your Site** [#](/docs/how-to-allow-caching-of-a-url-with-a-query-string/)
To begin, log in to your dashboard and select the site you want to configure. From the site menu, navigate to **WordPress → Caching**. This will take you to the caching settings for the selected WordPress installation.
## **Step 2: Allow Caching of URLs With a Query String** [#](/docs/how-to-allow-caching-of-a-url-with-a-query-string/)
Within the Caching section, click on More Advanced Settings to access additional configuration options. Here, locate the Ignore Query String Parameter setting. This section contains a list of query string parameters that xCloud already ignores by default when serving cached pages.
You can customize this list based on your needs. Remove any parameters that you no longer want to ignore, or add new ones, such as marketing or analytics tracking parameters, that do not affect page content. After saving your changes, URLs containing only these specified query string parameters will be cached normally, helping improve page load times and reduce server load.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can enable caching for URLs with query string parameters. By configuring which parameters should be ignored, you allow your site to serve cached pages more efficiently, improving performance and reducing unnecessary server load.
With just a few simple adjustments and mindful parameter selection, you can ensure faster page delivery while maintaining a stable and reliable site.
---
# How to Apply Bulk NGINX Customization Across Multiple Sites in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to use bulk NGINX customization in xCloud to push configs to multiple sites at once and simplify server management.
Managing NGINX configurations across multiple sites can be time-consuming, especially when you need to apply the same custom config to dozens of sites on a single server. Normally, you’d have to visit each site’s settings individually, paste the same snippet, and repeat the process over and over.
xCloud’s Bulk NGINX Customization feature eliminates that repetitive work. It lets you select a configuration – whether from a ready-made template or your own custom snippet and push it to multiple sites in a single operation.
Follow this to apply bulk NGINX customization for your sites easily with xCloud.
## **Prerequisites** [#](/docs/how-to-apply-bulk-nginx-customization/)
- Your server must be running the NGINX stack (not OpenLiteSpeed). The Bulk NGINX Customization option is not available on OLS servers.
- Your server must have at least one provisioned site.
- You must be the server owner or have the appropriate team role to manage server settings.
⚠️ Bulk NGINX Customization processes sites in the background. For servers with many sites, changes may take a few minutes to apply across all selected sites.
## **Step 1: Open Bulk NGINX Customization** [#](/docs/how-to-apply-bulk-nginx-customization/)
From your xCloud dashboard, navigate to your server. In the left sidebar, go to **‘Management → Nginx Customization**.
Next, click on the ‘Add Bulk Config’ option to create a new NGINX config.
## **Step 2: Choose a Configuration Type** [#](/docs/how-to-apply-bulk-nginx-customization/)
Next, a pop-up will appear. Here, you need to configure a Custom NGINX. If you are not sure how to create a custom NGINX config, then read this documentation:
👉 [**How To Configure Custom NGINX In xCloud?**](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/)
Once you select a type or template, the config snippet appears in the code editor below the dropdowns. You can review it as-is or make custom edits directly in the editor before applying.
## **Step 3: Select the Sites to Apply To** [#](/docs/how-to-apply-bulk-nginx-customization/)
The site selection table lists all sites on the server. Use the search bar to filter by site name or domain, or use the Select All checkbox to select every site at once.
For WordPress-only templates, the list automatically filters to show only WordPress sites.
💡 Sites that already have a custom NGINX config will show an “Overwrite” indicator. Applying a new config to these sites will replace their existing configuration.
## **Step 4: Apply the Configuration** [#](/docs/how-to-apply-bulk-nginx-customization/)
Before applying to all sites, it’s strongly recommended to test your config. Click **‘Run & Debug,’** then click **‘Apply’** to Selected Sites, and the NGINX configuration will start working on the selected sites. Afterward, your newly created Custom NGINX config will be displayed under **‘Site Name,’ ‘Type,’ and ‘Custom Configs’** in the dashboard.
Bulk NGINX Customization saves you from the tedious task of configuring each site individually. By applying a single config across all the sites that need it, you reduce both the time spent and the risk of inconsistent configurations between sites.
Just remember to use the Run & Debug option before applying to catch any issues early, and keep an eye on the overwrite indicators so you don’t accidentally replace a site’s existing config. If anything goes wrong after applying, you can always roll back by editing the config at the individual site level and reloading NGINX.
Still stuck? Contact our **[Support team](https://support.xcloud.host/).**
---
# How to Cancel xCloud Subscription? - xCloud
> Cancel xCloud subscription easily by deleting your server. Keep your data safe with a backup before deletion.
Want to cancel **[xCloud](/)** subscription? Just delete your server to cancel your xCloud subscription. If you would like to keep your data for future use, we recommend having a backup before deleting your server.
_**Note**: If you have multiple servers, deleting one server will only cancel billing related to that server in your subscription. Also once deleted, your server and its data will be permanently removed._
Need further assistance? Our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) is here to help with any questions or concerns.
---
# How to Change MySQL Max Connection via xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to change MySQL max connections on your xCloud server. Follow simple steps to optimize performance and handle heavy traffic.
[**xCloud**](/) lets you optimize your server’s performance and handle increased traffic by adjusting the max connection parameter in the **[MySQL](https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.4/en/option-files.html)** configuration file.
## **Steps to Change MySQL Max Connection via xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-change-mysql-max-connection-via-xcloud/)
We will be using the command line to change MySQL Max Connection. Follow the steps below to increase the maximum connections MySQL allows on your xCloud server using the terminal.
### **Step 1: Access MySQL Configuration File** [#](/docs/how-to-change-mysql-max-connection-via-xcloud/)
Open the command terminal and run this command to edit MySQL config file:
**sudo nano /etc/mysql/mysql.conf.d/mysqld.cnf**
### **Step 2: Modify Max Connection Parameter** [#](/docs/how-to-change-mysql-max-connection-via-xcloud/)
In the MySQL configuration file in the nano text editor add these two lines at the end of the file as shown below if not exist (Values are based on preference):
**max\_allowed\_packet = 64M**
**max\_connections = 200**
### **Step 3: Restart MySQL** [#](/docs/how-to-change-mysql-max-connection-via-xcloud/)
Restart MySQL by running this: **sudo systemctl restart mysql** to ensure that the MySQL server is operating correctly with the new max\_connection value.
Following the steps you will have successfully increased the maximum connections allowed by MySQL on your xCloud server. This adjustment can significantly enhance your server’s performance and capacity to handle demanding workloads.
This is how you can easily change MySQL max connection via xCloud.
Still stuck! Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for assistance in detail with your queries.
---
# How to Change Node Version with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to switch Node versions on xCloud for smooth app deployment and development. Quick and simple guide.
Maintaining the appropriate Node.js version is crucial when deploying and developing applications on xCloud. Different projects may rely on specific Node versions, and ensuring alignment can prevent bugs, build errors, and runtime issues.
To change the Node version with xCloud, go to your server, then **‘Manage’ → ‘Node Configuration’**. From here, choose your preferred node version and click on the **‘Save’** button.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can change the node version with xCloud for your server.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Change The Primary Domain Of A Site? - xCloud
> Here is a simple guide to change your primary domain easily with xCloud.
The primary domain is the main and most important web address for a website. It’s like the home address for your site on the internet. When people want to visit your website, they use this domain to find and access it. Think of it as your website’s main location on the web.
With **[xCloud](/)**, you can change the main domain of your site if needed. All you need to do is to follow the simple steps below.
## **Steps To Change The Primary Domain Of Your Site?** [#](/docs/how-to-change-the-primary-domain-of-a-site/)
Go through the simple step-by-step guide below to easily change your domain of a site in xCloud.
### **Step 1: Log In To Your xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-change-the-primary-domain-of-a-site/)
From your xCloud dashboard select the site you want to change the primary domain for or go to the ‘**All Sites’** tab and click on the site to change the domain name.
### **Step 2: Change The Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-change-the-primary-domain-of-a-site/)
Go to the **‘Domain’** tab now. To change the primary domain, click on the **‘Change’** button.
### **Step 3: Verify Your New Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-change-the-primary-domain-of-a-site/)
Now enter your new domain name in the **‘Primary Domain’** field and hit the **‘Save’** button. After that, click on **‘Verify My DNS’** to verify your new domain.
Thus, you can easily change the domain of a site. Getting stuck? Feel free to **[contact our support team](/contact/)** for further assistance.
---
# How To Claim Your Free MailBox On xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to claim and configure your free xCloud Mailbox add-on. Create a custom business email address on your domain in minutes directly from the xCloud dashboard.
Setting up a professional email mailbox for your website doesn’t have to be complicated or expensive. With xCloud Managed servers, every user gets access to a free mailbox add-on that can be configured in just a few simple steps.
Follow the process of claiming and setting up your free mailbox directly from your xCloud dashboard.
## Step 1: Go To Your Site [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Log in to the xCloud dashboard and go to Sites. Open the site that is hosted on an xCloud Managed server. From the dashboard, click Email Config → Mailbox. Then, click the Get Mailbox Add-on button.
You can also click the Get It Free button from the banner displayed on your xCloud Managed Server site.
Enter the Email address and Password you want to use for the new mailbox in the designated fields.
Then select the free Mailbox plan and click the Pay button.
That’s all it takes — once you’ve selected the free plan and clicked Pay, your new mailbox will be ready to use. If you run into any issues during setup, reach out to the xCloud support team for assistance.
## xCloud Mailbox Add-on – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
### How is xCloud Mailbox Addon billed? [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
The billing is monthly, based on your chosen plan.You only pay for the plan you subscribe to. There are no hidden charges for aliases or forwarding.
### Can I create multiple mailboxes under one domain? [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes, you can create multiple mailboxes as long as they’re within the same xCloud team.
You cannot use the same domain across different teams.
Example: If user@domain.com is in Team A, then admin@domain.com can’t be in Team B.
### Are aliases free to use? [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. Creating and using email aliases is completely free and included with your Mailbox plan.
### Is there a limit on how many aliases I can have? [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
No, there is no limit to how many aliases you can create under a domain. An alias cannot have the same name as an existing mailbox, and aliases cannot forward to other aliases.
### What is email forwarding, and is it free? [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Email forwarding automatically sends a copy of incoming mail from one address to another. Email forwarding is included for free. Each mailbox supports an unlimited number of email forwarding addresses.
### What if my domain verification fails? [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Try the following:
- Double-check all DNS records
- If using Cloudflare, toggle ‘Auto Manage DNS’ OFF and then ON again
- Wait a few minutes and try verifying again.
### After logging in, if you see the white page, what do you do? [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Once you log in to your webmail page, if you encounter a blank white screen, it may be due to your ad blocker. Please ensure that you turn off your ad blocker, clear your cache, and then refresh the page.
### **Can I use xCloud Mailbox for transactional emails?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes, it is possible. SMTP is included with the mailbox and comes with a sending limit of 250 emails per day. However, for SMTP or transactional emails such as subscriber notifications, order confirmations, and marketing messages, we recommend using the xCloud Email Delivery Add-on for better reliability and performance.
### **What is a business email?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
A business email uses your own domain name as the address, like you@yourdomain.com. You use it for professional communication, and it makes your brand look more credible. You get your business name in the address, more control over security, and the ability to add more accounts as your team grows.
### **How is business email different from personal email?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
You use personal email to talk with friends and family, sign up for services, and manage social media. Business email handles professional communication and contacts. It comes with email aliases, group aliases, more storage, and features like migration support, an admin control panel, and team-level integrations.
### **What is email hosting?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Email hosting lets you send and receive emails using your own domain name. You get a professional address, more storage, and strong security and privacy controls. If you want full control over your business email without relying on free providers, email hosting gives you that.
### **How do I create a business email address with xCloud Mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
If you own a domain, connect it to xCloud Mailbox and set up your email in minutes. If you don’t have a domain, you can buy one, and create a Mailbox using that domain.
### **How much storage do I get with xCloud Mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
xCloud Mailbox has 5 plans, including a free tier. Storage ranges from 100 MB free plan to 80 GB and each plan includes different features. If you need more space later, you can add storage to your account at any time.
### **Can I create aliases and forwarding rules?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. You can create unlimited aliases and forwarding addresses per mailbox at no extra cost.
### **Which email protocols are supported?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
xCloud supports IMAP, POP3, and SMTP. You can set it up on Outlook, Thunderbird, Apple Mail, Gmail, iPhone, Android, and most other email clients.
### **Where is the email hosted? On my server or somewhere else?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Your email does not run on your server. xCloud partners with a mailbox provider who runs email on their own infrastructure with dedicated IP addresses. Your web server handles your sites. Your email runs on infrastructure built for reliable delivery.
### **Can I buy one large mailbox and put all my clients’ email accounts inside it?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
No. Each email account has its own storage. If you need three addresses like support@yourdomain.com, sales@yourdomain.com, and contact@yourdomain.com, you buy three separate mailboxes. Each one gets its own plan and storage. This works the same way as Google Workspace and other email platforms. Plans go up to 80 GB per mailbox. If you need more, reach out to the team.
### **Can self-managed server users use xCloud Mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. Self Managed server users get the same plans, pricing, and features as everyone else on xCloud. The free mailbox plan is the only exception. It is limited to xCloud-managed server users. Self-managed server users can buy any paid plan with no feature restrictions.
### **Can I disable the AI features for my team or clients?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. You can turn AI features off at the domain level. If you manage mailboxes for clients or staff and don’t want them using AI suggestions, you control that setting.
### **Will the existing mailbox provider be removed? What happens if I don’t migrate?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
The existing provider is not going away right now. You can keep using it with no disruption. Migrating to the new provider gives you more features at the same price. xCloud built a migration tool to make the switch easy, and support can help if you need it. There is no deadline to migrate.
### **How do I claim my free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Deploy your site on an xCloud managed server (xCloud or xCloud Provider). A “Claim Free Mailbox” banner shows up on your dashboard. Click it, follow the steps, and your free 100 MB mailbox is ready. Each domain on an xCloud managed server gets one free mailbox.
### **I am paying for email on my xCloud managed server. Will my existing mailbox become free?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
No. The free mailbox applies to new mailboxes created on xCloud managed servers. Existing mailboxes are not eligible. You can migrate your existing mailboxes to the new provider using the built-in migration tool and keep paying the same price, with access to all the upgraded features.
### **I don’t see the “Claim Free Mailbox” banner. What should I check?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
A few things could be going on. Your site must run on an xCloud managed server. Hetzner, AWS, DigitalOcean, and other non-managed providers don’t qualify. The site needs to be in production, not staging. Your team may have used all its free mailbox slots (default cap is 10 per team). The domain may have a free mailbox assigned to it. Legacy mailboxes on the domain that haven’t been migrated will block the banner until migration is done. You or someone on your team may have dismissed the banner (dismissal is per domain). White-label tenants don’t see the mailbox addon.
### **I have legacy mailboxes on my domain. Can I still get a free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes, after you finish migration. Use the migration wizard to move all your legacy mailboxes to the new provider. Once that is done, the free mailbox banner shows up on every site that shares that base domain. You don’t need to contact support. It happens on its own.
### **If I create a new site on my xCloud managed server, does it qualify for a free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. Any site on an xCloud managed server qualifies, including new ones. The domain can’t have claimed a free mailbox before.
### **Is the free mailbox available on xCloud reseller managed servers?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
No. The mailbox addon is not available on the xCloud reseller program right now. It works on standard xCloud managed servers.
### **I have a lifetime deal (LTD). Am I eligible for a free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Free Mailbox is available for both xCloud Managed Servers and xCloud Provider Servers.
If you are using an xCloud Provider Server, you are eligible to claim the free Mailbox offer.
However, this offer is not available for self-managed servers. In other words, if you are managing your own server instead of using an xCloud Provider Server, you will not be able to claim the free Mailbox.
### 20\. **What happens to my free mailbox if I move my site off xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Your free mailbox keeps working. It won’t shut down right away. An ineligibility period starts, and you get notification emails on Day 0, 7, 14, and 30. An in-app banner gives you two options: move your site back to xCloud, or upgrade to a paid mailbox plan. Auto-suspension is not active in the current version.
### 21\. **I brought my site back to xCloud. Will the ineligibility warning go away?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. The system picks up the change within seconds, closes the ineligibility episode, and removes the warning banner on the next page load.
### 22\. I deleted my free mailbox but my counter still shows it is at the limit. [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
The counter should update right when you delete a mailbox. Refresh the mailbox addons page. If the count is still wrong after refreshing, contact our support team so the team can look into it.
### 23\. **Can I have more than 10 free mailboxes on my team?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. The default cap is 10 per team. Contact support to request a higher limit.
### 24\. **I am getting a “Free plan limit reached” error but I only have a couple of free mailboxes.** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Your team may have a custom limit set lower than the default. A recently deleted mailbox might still be processing. Contact our support team so they can check your team’s settings and fix the issue.
### 25\. **I have a paid mailbox on my domain. Can I add a free one too?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
Yes. Paid and free mailboxes can exist on the same domain as long as everything runs on the default provider. There is no restriction on combining both plan types.
### 26\. **Can I claim a free mailbox through the API?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
No. Free mailbox claims go through the dashboard with a valid site context. API-based claims are not available in this version.
### 27\. **The migration wizard won’t let me cancel. Is this a bug?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
No. Once any mailbox in the migration reaches the DNS-verified stage, email is flowing to the new system. Canceling at that point would lose the received mail. You need to finish the migration to keep everything intact.
### **28\. Is it possible to downgrade my mailbox plan?** [#](/docs/how-to-claim-your-free-mailbox-on-xcloud/)
No, downgrading your mailbox plan is not possible. Once you have selected and activated a plan, it cannot be changed to a lower tier. If you have specific concerns about your current plan, we recommend reaching out to the xCloud support team for guidance.
It’s important to note that the MailBox Addon is not suitable for handling mass-volume transactional emails. For such needs, we recommend using our SMTP Email Delivery Addon.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Clone a Laravel App with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to clone a Laravel app with xCloud in a few easy steps, from selecting a destination server to configuring SSL, database, and your deploy script.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can quickly clone a Laravel app into a new, ready-to-use copy.
Whether you need a staging environment for testing, want to move an app to another server or create a safe copy before making changes, the Clone Site feature makes the process simple.
It copies your application files and database automatically. It also configures SSL, Nginx, and deployment settings for the new site. Follow this guide to get started.
## **Prerequisites** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Before you begin cloning your Laravel app, make sure you have the following in place:
- An active **xCloud** account with access to the [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/)**.**
- An existing Laravel app already deployed and running on xCloud (this is the site you will clone).
- A destination server available in your account where the cloned app will live. You can clone onto the same server or a different one.
## **How to Clone A Laravel App in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Cloning a Laravel app with xCloud involves a few easy steps. The guide below walks you through the complete flow, from locating your site to watching the clone build in real time. Follow the steps below to clone your Laravel app.
### **Step 1: Open Your Laravel App** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
First, log into your xCloud account. From the left navigation menu, click on ‘**Sites**‘ to open the ‘**All Sites**‘ page. Locate the Laravel app you want to clone, then click on its name to open it.
### **Step 2: Initiate the Clone Site Action** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Once the ‘**Site Overview**‘ page loads, look at the top-right corner of the screen. Click on the ‘**Actions**‘ dropdown button to reveal the available site operations.
From the dropdown menu that appears, click on the ‘**Clone Site**‘ option. This launches the five-step cloning wizard.
### **Step 3: Select Destination Server** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
You are now on the ‘**Destination**‘ tab of the wizard, which is **Step 1 of 5**. Here, you choose the server where your cloned Laravel app will be created.
You can keep the server that is already selected, or pick a different one from the list to clone onto another server. After selecting your destination server, click on ‘**Next**‘ to continue.
### **Step 4: Set Up Domains, DNS & SSL** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
On the ‘**Domains**‘ tab (**Step 2 of 5**), titled ‘**DNS & SSL For (xCloud Managed)**‘, you decide how the cloned app will be accessed. You will get two options:
#### **Demo Site** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Choose ‘**Demo Site**‘ to create a clone using a temporary xCloud test domain. This is ideal when you simply want to test or refine the cloned app before taking it live.
#### **Migrate into a New Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Choose ‘**Migrate into a New Domain**‘ to point a live domain at your cloned app right away. After selecting this option, enter your ‘**Domain Name**‘ in the field provided. If you need to serve the app on more than one domain, enter an ‘**Additional Domain (Optional)**‘ and click ‘**Add Domain**‘. You may also tick the ‘**Add DNS and SSL Certificate on Cloudflare (Optional)**‘ checkbox if you manage your DNS through Cloudflare.
Next, scroll down to point your domain to the server. xCloud displays the DNS record you need to add, including the ‘**Record**‘ type (**A**) and the target value, each with a convenient ‘**Copy**‘ button. After adding the record at your DNS provider, click ‘**Verify My DNS**‘ to confirm the connection.
To keep your Laravel app secure, make sure the ‘**HTTPS Is Enabled**‘ toggle is switched on. Once enabled, you will get two SSL options to choose from:
- ‘**Use free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud**‘, the recommended option, where xCloud issues and auto-renews the certificate for you.
- ‘**I will provide the certificate and manage it myself**‘, choose this if you prefer to upload and maintain your own certificate.
Select the option that suits your needs, then click ‘**Next**‘.
### **Step 5: Configure the Database Connection** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
On the ‘**Database**‘ tab (**Step 3 of 5**), titled ‘**Configuration & Database Connection**‘, you set up the database for your cloned Laravel app. Under ‘**Database Management**‘, you will get two options:
#### **Create Database In Server** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Select ‘**Create Database In Server**‘ to let xCloud automatically provision a new database on the destination server. xCloud auto-fills the ‘**Database Name**‘, ‘**Database Username**‘, and ‘**Database Password**‘ for you. You can keep these auto-generated credentials or modify them according to your choice.
#### **Add Your Own Database** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
Select ‘**Add Your Own Database**‘ if you would rather connect an existing database that is hosted elsewhere. In that case, provide the required connection details and make sure the configuration is correct.
After choosing an option and confirming the credentials, click ‘**Next**‘.
### **Step 6: Adjust Settings & Deploy Script** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
On the ‘**Settings**‘ tab (**Step 4 of 5**), titled ‘**Settings & Configurations**‘, you fine-tune how your cloned Laravel app runs.
- **PHP Version**: Choose the PHP version for the cloned app from the dropdown (set to **8.3** in this example). Matching the PHP version of your original app is recommended for compatibility.
- **Site User**: The system user that will own the cloned app’s files, shown here for reference.
- **Deploy Script (Optional)**: The commands xCloud runs automatically after the clone is created. For a Laravel app, the default script installs dependencies, runs database migrations and clears cached configuration:
You can keep the default deploy script or edit it to match your app’s specific build steps. When you are satisfied with the settings, click ‘**Next**‘.
### **Step 7: Confirm the Clone Details** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
On the ‘**Confirm**‘ tab (**Step 5 of 5**), titled ‘**Confirm Details**‘, xCloud presents a complete summary of your selections so you can review everything before the clone begins. The summary includes:
- **Staging Url**: The address where the cloned app will be available.
- **Old Domain**: The source app you are cloning from.
- **Server**: The destination server (and whether it is the same server).
- **HTTPS**: Confirms SSL is enabled.
- **PHP Version**: The PHP version applied to the clone.
- **Database Type**, **Database Name**, **Database User** and **Site User**: The database and ownership details.
If anything needs changing, click the ‘**Edit**‘ link beside the relevant row to jump back to that step. Once every detail is correct, click the ‘**Start**‘ button to begin cloning.
### **Step 8: Start the Cloning Process** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-a-laravel-app-with-xcloud/)
After you click ‘**Start**‘, the cloning process begins immediately, and a live progress screen appears. You can watch the overall completion percentage at the top while xCloud works through each stage of the clone in real time.
The process moves through three phases, broken into individual tasks such as:
- **Checking and Verifying**: Verifying server storage and connection.
- **Installing Apps**: installing PHP 8.3, syncing PHP settings, installing the database, installing required services, and cloning the site.
- **Configuring**: Configuring SSL and HTTPS, cloning backup and security settings, configuring Nginx, running the deploy script, and installing monitoring.
There is no need to refresh or interact with the page; xCloud completes each task automatically. Once the progress screen reaches 100%, your cloned app is ready to use.
**Note:** _Cloning time depends on the size of your app and database. Larger Laravel apps with bigger databases will take longer to finish._
That’s it! You have successfully cloned a Laravel app with **xCloud**. You can visit it at the staging or live URL you configured, then continue refining it, point a custom domain to it or push it live whenever you are ready.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Clone Full Server With xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to clone full sever with xCLoud and migrate your websites including configurations to the new or any existing server easily.
Full Server cloning allows you to create an exact copy of your existing server setup, including all applications and configurations. It is useful when you need to switch to a different cloud provider, move to a new server region, or test a different server type. You can also use it to downsize to a smaller server or perform load testing.
With xCloud, you can easily clone full server and modify certain configurations, such as switching the database(MySQL to MariaDB) or server type (NGINX to OpenLiteSpeed). Follow the step-by-step process to clone full server and migrate to another server.
## **Step 1: Access to Your Servers** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to **[create a second server](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)** to clone your existing server. Once you are done with it, go to your source server (The server that you want to clone) and click the clone server option from the action menu.
## **Step 2: Choose Your Destination Server** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)
Now choose your destination server to clone from the existing server and click on the **‘Next’** button.
## **Step 3: Select and Migrate Website** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)
Here you need to select websites you want to migrate from the available sites. Once your websites are fetched, you can pick from the list of available sites. Select as per your preference. it could be one or all of them.
**Note:** _Cloning is currently supported only for WordPress sites. It will not work for other types of websites at this time._
## **Step 4: Set Domain for Migration** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)
At this stage of cloning your server, you can set the status of the site whether it would be a ‘**Demo Site or Live Site**‘ scan through the list, and click on, ‘**Next**‘
**Note:** You can select the Live Site option, and for that, you need to point your domain to the new server. For further insights dive into the below documentation for more details.
- [**How To Setup DNS Record In xCloud Server?**](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
- [**With xCloud, Integrate Cloudflare For DNS Management**](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
## **Step 5: Confirm Migration** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)
Now carefully check out all the migration details you have been working on. Once you are done and all the information is accurate, click on the ‘**Start**‘ button to start the migration procedure and wait for the procedure to complete.
## **Step 6: Final Overview** [#](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)
Once your server is up and done cloning, you will get to see the status, **‘View Site**’ on the screen. Click on it and get the cloned server ready.
That is how you can **clone the server** from the existing source server in xCloud very easily and do the whole process a in few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure a Business Mail account on Phone Using Gmail - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly configure your business email on your phone using Gmail for seamless communication.
Accessing your email on a mobile device has become a standard necessity for both personal and professional communication. Whether you’re managing a business or staying connected on the move, configuring your email account using a reliable client like Gmail ensures smooth and secure communication.
Follow this guide to learn how to configure a business mail account on Phone using Gmail:
## **Step 1: Gather Your IMAP Information** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-a-business-mail-account-on-phone-using-gmail/)
First, go to your MailBox, choose your email, and navigate to the **‘IMAP’** tab from the menu. Here, you will find the credentials needed to set up your email client with Apple Mail.
> **Email:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Password**: \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Incoming Server Hostname:** imap.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Incoming Server Username**: hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Incoming Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Outgoing Mail Server Hostname:** pop.eu.appsuite.cloud
>
> **Outgoing Server Username:** hi@yoursite.com
>
> **Outgoing Server Password:** \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
>
> **Port:** 993
>
> **Encryption:** TLS
### **Step 2: Choose Gmail (IMAP) from the Accounts** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-a-business-mail-account-on-phone-using-gmail/)
On your phone, go to **Accounts** and select **Gmail (IMAP)**.
Next, enter the **email address** and **password** of the account you want to connect.
Then, enter the **IMAP server information** you collected from the xCloud dashboard and click the **‘Next’** button.
Enter the ‘**Delivery email server hostname** in the designated field and click **‘Next’** again.
Review the account options and click **‘Next’** to proceed.
Once completed, your business email will be successfully connected to Gmail.
And that’s it, this is how easily, you can integrate your xCloud MailBox business email with Gmail and enjoy seamless access to your inbox.
---
# How To Easily Configure Firewall Management With xCloud Hosting - xCloud
> With xCloud, it's easy now to configure firewall management to maintain sheer security for your site.
If your virtual private server (VPS) isn’t set up right, it can be open to cyber attacks. Even with strong security from your hosting provider, it’s important to take extra steps to keep it safe. That’s where the firewall management comes in.
With xCloud hosting you can activate [**UFW (Uncomplicated Firewall)**](https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall) to regulate incoming and outgoing traffic with just a single click. Our easy dashboard allows you to configure firewall settings with ease, putting you in full control of your server’s security. This new feature helps block any harmful traffic trying to get into or out of your server. You can disable, delete, and create new firewall management rules with xCloud. xCloud utilizes UFW for WordPress-specific Firewall rules, enhancing security against unauthorized access and malicious attacks.
## **Step 1: Configure Firewall Management From Server Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
Now navigate to your All Server dashboard. From here, go to the **‘Security’** section from the sidebar menu. Under this menu, you’ll see an option labelled **‘Firewall Management’.** Click on that.
Here, you’ll see all your current Firewall rules. From this section, you can create new rules, delete existing ones, or disable rules as needed.
By default, we set up three rules to open specific ports:
- Port 22 for SSH.
- Port 80 for HTTP, and
- Port 443 for HTTPS
For security reasons, all other ports are automatically closed.
Add New Rule: To add a new rule, just click on **‘Add New Rule‘**. This will open up a form where you can fill in the details: **‘Rule Name’, ‘Port’, ‘IP Address’, ‘Protocol’,** and **‘Traffic options’**. Fill out these fields according to your needs, then click **‘Add Rule‘** to apply the new rule.
### **Disable & Enable Firewall Rule** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
By clicking this option, you’ll temporarily disable the rule. You can easily enable it again whenever you need to.
## **Delete Firewall Rule** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
Choosing this option will permanently delete your firewall rule. Be sure to take the necessary precautions before proceeding with this action.
## **Firewall Rule Risk Warnings** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
You won’t get locked out by accident anymore! xCloud now warns you before you add risky firewall rules, like blocking port 22 (SSH) or all IP addresses. You will see a clear warning and must confirm before saving any rule that might prevent you from accessing your server or the xCloud panel.
## **SSH Rule Deletion Warning** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
If you try to delete the **SSH (Port 22)** rule, xCloud will show you a warning first. Deleting this rule can lock you out of your server and stop SSH access. You need to confirm before xCloud allows the deletion. This step helps prevent accidental disconnection from your server.
## **Give Permission To Configure Firewall Management** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/)
If you want your team members to be able to set up firewall rules, just go to the team page and enable it there. To get started, log in or sign up for your **xCloud** account using your username and password. Once logged in, click on your account dropdown and select the ‘**Team**‘ page. There, you’ll see an option to tick the box for ‘**server:manage-firewall**‘. Don’t forget to save your settings after ticking the box.
[](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/image-66-2/)
This is how you can easily configure firewall management with xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure Integration with WhatsApp In xCloud Hosting? - xCloud
> Following easy steps you can configure integration with WhatsApp in xCloud hosting & never miss a notifications of your server, site activities, more.
[**xCloud**](/) brings another handy integration **“Integration with WhatsApp”** to its feature basket. With a few clicks, you can now integrate WhatsApp into xCloud hosting to streamline your notification strategy. By integrating with WhatsApp, you can easily get your server, site notifications along with team accounts and actions directly into your WhatsApp.
Follow the step-by-step guide to learn how to integrate WhatsApp in xCloud hosting to enhance team coordination and efficiency.
## **Step 1: Add New Notification** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, navigate to **Integrations → Notification** from the dashboard. Now click on ‘**Add New Notification** to integrate WhatsApp into xCloud hosting.
## **Step 2: Integration With WhatsApp In xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/)
Now, choose **‘WhatsApp’** from the lists of integrations that xCloud offers. Once you click, the phone number field will pop up – make sure to put your number with the country code. The moment you’re done with filling up the number, click on **‘Authorize on WhatsApp.**’
Now, under the **‘List of Notifications’**, you can see your integrated WhatsApp number with its Type, Status, and Action. Under Action, you can easily disconnect your WhatsApp from xCloud – all you need to do is click **‘Disconnect.’**
## **Step 3: Choose The Notifications You Want To Get** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/)
To set which notification you would like to get in your WhatsApp, navigate to **Team Settings → Notifications**. Now mark the WhatsApp option for which you want to get notifications **‘Server’**, **‘Site’**, **‘Other’** & click on ‘**Save Changes**.’’
This is how you can easily configure WhatsApp with xCloud hosting & get your server, site notifications along with team accounts and actions directly into your WhatsApp.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Configure PHP Settings of Your Site - xCloud
> Configure PHP settings in xCloud with site-level PHP controls. Improve performance and stability without editing server config files.
PHP settings control how your site runs and handles requests. The right configuration helps improve performance, stability, and compatibility with themes, plugins, or custom code. With xCloud, you can manage PHP and PHP-FPM settings for each site separately, without touching the server or editing config files.
Follow the guide to find these settings and how to update them safely:
## Step 1: Go to Your Site [#](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)
With xCloud, you can also manage your site’s PHP settings separately. Just go to your site, navigate to the ‘Site Settings’ option from the sidebar.
## Step 2: Go To PHP Configuration [#](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)
You can manage your PHP settings for these sites easily. Next, go to the ‘PHP Configurations’ option and set the ‘PHP Version’ from the dropdown menu according to your preferences.
_Note: If you change the PHP version for a site, xCloud automatically resets the PHP and PHP-FPM configuration values to their default settings for that PHP version._
Here you will get an option ‘Manage’, click on it to access ‘PHP Configuration’, ‘FPM Configuration’ and ‘OPcache Configurations’ options.
## Step 3: Manage PHP Configurations [#](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)
First, choose ‘PHP Configuration’, in the pop-up menu, you will get a few options to get the following options that can be modified:
1. Max Execution Time: The maximum time a PHP script can run before it stops.
2. Max Input Time: Maximum time PHP waits to receive input data.
3. Memory Limit: Maximum amount of memory a PHP script can use.
4. Max File Upload Size: Maximum size allowed for uploaded files.
5. Max Input Vars: Maximum number of input variables PHP can accept in one request.
6. Post Max Size: Maximum size of data allowed in POST requests.
7. Session GC Maxlifetime: Time PHP keeps session data before deleting inactive sessions.
If you are not sure about the values, you can use the ‘Auto Tune’ option. Click on the button, and configuration values have been automatically calculated based on your server’s available RAM. Please review the suggested values below and click Save Settings to apply them.
Now, if you want to customise the options, go to each option and enter your preferred values in the dedicated field and click on the ‘Save Changes’ button.
## Step 3: Manage FPM Configurations [#](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)
First, choose ‘Manage FPM Configurations’, and on the pop-up menu, you will get a few options.to get the following options that can be modified:
1. PHP Version: PHP version used to run the site.
2. Process Manager Type: Process manager mode used by PHP-FPM to handle requests.
3. PM Start Servers: Number of PHP worker processes started when PHP-FPM launches.
4. PM Min Spare Servers: Minimum number of idle PHP worker processes kept ready.
5. PM Max Spare Servers: Maximum number of idle PHP worker processes allowed.
6. PM Max Children: Maximum number of PHP worker processes that can run at the same time.
7. PM Max Requests: Number of requests a PHP worker handles before restarting.
_Note: PHP-FPM is only available in NGINX right now._
If you are not sure about the values, you can use the ‘Auto Tune’ option. Click on the button, and configuration values have been automatically calculated based on your server’s available RAM. Please review the suggested values below and click **Save Settings** to apply them.
Now, if you want to customise the options, go to each option and enter your preferred values in the dedicated field and click on the ‘Save Changes’ button.
## Step 3: Manage OPCache Configurations [#](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)
First, choose ‘OPcache Configurations’, in the pop-up menu, you will get a few options to get the following options that can be modified:
1. Memory Consumption
2. Interned Strings Buffer
3. Revalidate Frequency
4. Max Accelerated Files
If you are not sure about the values, you can use the ‘Auto Tune’ option. Click on the button, and configuration values have been automatically calculated based on your server’s available RAM. Please review the suggested values below and click **Save Settings** to apply them.
Now, if you want to customise the options, go to each option and enter your preferred values in the dedicated field and click on the ‘Save Changes’ button.
And that’s it this is how easily you can configure PHP settings to help your site run faster and more reliably. xCloud makes these changes simple by offering site-level controls without server access or manual configuration. Always apply changes gradually and test your site after updates to avoid performance or stability issues.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [**support team**](http://support.xcloud.host/).
---
# How To Configure SFTP Access For Your Site - xCloud
> Follow this guide to configure SFTP access in xCloud with some simple steps.
Using SFTP for secure file management on your [**xCloud**](/) servers is crucial for keeping your data safe. It encrypts your files during transfer, unlike standard FTP, which leaves them vulnerable.
To connect via SFTP using SFTP clients like Filezilla or Transmit, use the site user with SSH and SFTP access. You can authenticate with SSH keys or a password, but SSH keys are recommended for better security.
To set up SSH key authentication for your xCloud site user, create an SSH key pair on your local machine and link it to your site user. Make sure to follow the documentation for detailed instructions and add the SSH key specifically to the site user.
1. [How to Generate & Add SSH Keys in xCloud](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/)
2. [Understanding Sudo Users & Site Users In xCloud](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
Once your SSH key is added to the site user, you’re all set to configure your FTP application for secure file management. You can also select the password method.
## **Step 1: Collect SFTP Credentials from Site Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
Go to xCloud dashboard, and click on your site to collect your SFTP credentials. Then, navigate to **Access Details → SSH/SFTP** from the site dashboard to collect SFTP access.
## **Step 2: Configure SFTP Access By Choosing A Live Server & Cloud Storage Browser** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
Now you can use **Transmit** as your file transfer application. Transmit provides a graphical interface that allows you to securely transfer files between your local computer and remote servers using the SFTP protocol.
Transmit provides a reliable and secure way to transfer files over the SFTP protocol, ensuring the data’s confidentiality and integrity.
Now you have to fill up your necessary credentials and click on the connect to access your server. After connecting just find the **‘Files’** shortcut from the menu and you will be able to retrieve your server files and configure SFTP access.
## **Secure File Transfer Protocol(SFTP) With FileZilla** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
**[FileZilla](https://filezilla-project.org/)** is a user-friendly software that allows you to use SFTP for secure file transfers. With FileZilla, you can easily connect to remote servers, navigate directories, and transfer files securely, ensuring that your data remains protected during the transfer process. It provides a simple and reliable solution for securely managing file transfers over SFTP.
You will get your host key. Click on ‘Ok’ and you are good to go.
Copy the site path from xCloud to access your site files.
And paste it to Filezilla to manage your files.
## **How to Do SSH Authentication With Public Key** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
You can even use **‘Public Key’** to authenticate the SSH Authentication from xCloud dashboard.
### **Step 1: Add SSH Key Using Public key** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
To add the Public SSH Key, click on the **‘Public Key’** button and press on the **‘Add SSH Key’**, a popup will appear on the screen.
### **Step 2: Access Using an SSH key** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
Go to the FileZilla dashboard and **‘Add a New Site’** and select the Protocol from the **‘SFTP- SSH File Transfer Protocol’** from the menu. Enter the **Host** and **Port** under the Protocol menu. Change the Logon Type to **‘Key File’**, **‘Add User’** and **‘Key File’** and click on the connect button.
This way you will be able to configure and connect the SFTP with your xCloud server.
## **Secure File Transfer Protocol(SFTP) With Cyberduck** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/)
Cyberduck is a user-friendly software that facilitates SFTP connections. With Cyberduck, you can easily connect to remote servers, browse directories, and transfer files securely. Its intuitive interface and robust security measures ensure that your files are safely transferred over SFTP, providing a seamless and secure file transfer experience.
After adding the necessary credentials you will easily configure SFTP with Cyberduck.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure SSH Lockdown And restrict SSH Access Only To Trusted IPs - xCloud
> Learn how to secure your server by SSH lockdown and whitelisting trusted IPs using xCloud’s firewall management system.
Securing SSH access is a critical step in protecting your server from unauthorized access. By default, SSH is often accessible from any IP address, which can expose the server to brute-force attacks and other security risks.
The SSH Lockdown & Firewall IP Whitelisting System is a security feature designed to significantly reduce unauthorized access to servers by restricting SSH (port 22) access to a predefined set of trusted IP addresses only.
This SSH lockdown approach removes the commonly used but insecure “SSH (22) – Any” firewall rule and replaces it with a strict IP-based access control model. Only xCloud infrastructure and user-approved IP addresses are allowed to initiate SSH connections.
Follow the process below to enable SSH lockdown safely, remove the default SSH firewall rule, and restrict access to approved IP addresses without losing access to your server.
## **Step 1: Navigate to Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-ssh-lockdown/)
Begin by logging in to your server dashboard and selecting the server you want to secure. Once inside the server panel, navigate to **‘Security’**, then open **‘Firewall Management’**.
Here you will see all active firewall rules applied to your server, including the default SSH rule that permits access from any IP address.
## **Step 2: Delete the SSH Firewall Rule** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-ssh-lockdown/)
In the **Firewall Management** page, locate the firewall rule labeled **SSH**, which allows inbound traffic on port 22 from all IP addresses. Click the **Delete** icon next to this rule to begin the SSH lockdown process.
At this stage, the system will show a confirmation popup containing several critical warnings to ensure you understand the impact of enabling SSH lockdown.
At this stage, the system will show a confirmation popup containing several critical warnings. These warnings are designed to ensure that you fully understand the impact of deleting the SSH rule.
## **Step 3: Review and Confirm Safety Warnings** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-ssh-lockdown/)
When attempting to delete the SSH firewall rule, you will be presented with important system warnings explaining that removing this rule will immediately revoke SSH access for all IP addresses.
To prevent accidental lockouts, the platform requires explicit confirmation of safety measures before allowing the SSH rule to be deleted. As part of this process:
- Infrastructure IP addresses will be automatically whitelisted to ensure that monitoring, backups, and emergency recovery services remain functional.
- xCloud infrastructure IP addresses will be automatically whitelisted, as they are mandatory to ensure that monitoring, backups, and emergency recovery services remain functional.
- You can optionally whitelist your current public IP address to retain SSH access after enabling SSH lockdown. This option is user-controlled and can be enabled or disabled based on your preference. If selected, your public IP will be added to the whitelist so you retain SSH access after the rule is removed. If not selected, SSH access from your current IP will also be revoked.
You must carefully read the warnings and acknowledge them by checking the required confirmation boxes.
The SSH firewall rule cannot be deleted until all required safety confirmations have been acknowledged. Once confirmed, the system will automatically apply SSH lockdown by whitelisting required infrastructure IPs along with your selected IPs.
After reviewing all warnings and confirming the safeguards, proceed by selecting **“I Understand and Delete Anyway.”** The system will then remove the insecure SSH (port 22 – Any) firewall rule and immediately apply the new IP-based access restrictions.
> Note: To access the whitelisted IP addresses, you can also visit this [**_link_**](https://app.xcloud.host/ips).
Once the process is complete, SSH access to your server will be fully restricted. Only approved IP addresses will be able to initiate SSH connections.
## **Re-Enabling SSH Access (If Needed)** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-ssh-lockdown/)
To re-enable SSH access, navigate to the firewall dashboard and click **Add New Rule**. A popup window will appear where you need to enter **SSH** in the **Name** field and **22** in the **[SSH Port](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)** field.
In the ‘**IP Address**‘ field, you can specify a particular IP address to whitelist it, or leave the field blank to allow SSH access from all IP addresses. Next, set the ‘**Protocol’** to **‘TCP’** and configure ‘**Traffic**‘ as **‘Allow’**. Once all details are entered, click **‘Add Rule’** to apply the changes and restore SSH access to your server.
And that’s it. With these steps, you can easily restrict SSH access to approved IP addresses only or later re-enable, improving server security while maintaining uninterrupted access.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [**support team**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/support).
---
# What Is A Cron Job And How To Configure xCloud Cron Job? - xCloud
> xCloud cron job allows publishing scheduled content and assures scheduled tasks like content publishing occur reliably at specified intervals.
With **[xCloud](/)**, you can easily manage scheduled tasks with Cron Job. xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites. It allows users to focus on building great websites without worrying about the missed publishing content. Now let’s have a look below to learn more about Cron Job.
## **What Is A Cron Job And Why Is It Important?** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)
A cron job is a scheduled task on Unix-like operating systems. It allows you to automate repetitive tasks by specifying when and how often certain commands or scripts should be executed. WordPress has a feature that simulates a cron job functionality within the WordPress environment. It handles scheduled tasks like publishing posts, checking for updates, and other time-based actions.
However, it relies on website visits to trigger these tasks, which might not be ideal for high-traffic or infrequently visited sites. In that case, users can choose to replace it with a server-based cron job for more reliable scheduling. And here comes the xCloud cron job feature.
There is a difference between WP-Cron and xCloud Cron. WP-Cron manages time-based tasks in WordPress relying on site visitors. xCloud Cron does the same thing at the server level. Besides, it ensures scheduled tasks like post publishing, page living, etc occur reliably at specified intervals.
## **How To Configure xCloud Cron Job?** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)
xCloud cron job does not depend on high traffic, it allows publishing scheduled content if there is no site visitor. Follow the below step to enable the xCloud cron job feature.
### **Select xCloud Cron Job** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)
Go to xCloud Dashboard. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Settings’ tab. Here, you will find the WP-Cron and xCloud Cron. From here, select the xCloud Cron.
### **Set Cron Interval For Server** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)
After selecting the xCloud Cron, you will get an option to set the cron interval for the server. From the dropdown, select the preferred interval.
That is how you can easily configure xCloud Cron Job.
What if you want to add custom cron jobs? In xCloud, that is possible too. To learn how to add a custom cron job in xCloud, the below documentation is for you.
- **[How To Add A Custom Cron Job In xCloud?](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/)**
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Configure Zoho Mail With WordPress for Custom Domain Email - xCloud
> Learn how to integrate Zoho Mail with WordPress using FluentSMTP to send emails from your custom domain.
Integrating Zoho Mail with WordPress allows you to send and receive emails using your custom domain, improving professionalism and email deliverability. This setup ensures authenticated and reliable communication, reducing the risk of emails being marked as spam. By using Zoho Mail with WordPress, you can efficiently manage website email correspondence through Zoho’s secure infrastructure.
Follow the step-by-step process to set up Zoho Mail and configure it with the FluentSMTP plugin in WordPress for seamless email communication.
**_Note:_** _Before we continue, login to your_ [_Zoho mail website_](https://www.zoho.com/mail/)_. Or, If you haven’t sign up yet, make sure to sign up and choose a plan according to your needs._
## **Step 2: Add and Verify Your Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-zoho-mail-with-wordpress-for-custom-domain-email/)
In the [**Zoho Mail Admin Console**](https://www.zoho.com/mail/help/adminconsole/overview.html), navigate to the ‘**Domains’** section and select **‘+Add’** button. Enter your domain name and proceed.
Zoho will provide DNS records (MX, TXT, CNAME) that you need to add to your domain’s DNS settings. Access your domain registrar’s DNS management panel and add the provided records. After adding the records, return to Zoho Mail and click **Verify** to confirm domain ownership.
**_Note:_** _DNS changes may take some time to propagate. It’s recommened to complete this step in advance to avoid delays._
## **Step 3: Create User Accounts and Custom Email Addresses** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-zoho-mail-with-wordpress-for-custom-domain-email/)
Once your domain is verified, go to the **User Details** section in the Zoho Mail Admin Console. Add users by assigning them custom email addresses under your domain (e.g., info@yourdomain.com).
## **Step 4: Generate an Application-Specific Password in Zoho Mail** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-zoho-mail-with-wordpress-for-custom-domain-email/)
Log in to your Zoho Mail account. Navigate to **My Account** → **Security** → **App Passwords**. Generate a new application-specific password for use with external applications like FluentSMTP.
### **Step 5: Install and Configure FluentSMTP in WordPress** [#](/docs/how-to-configure-zoho-mail-with-wordpress-for-custom-domain-email/)
Log in to your WordPress Admin Dashboard. Navigate to **Plugins**→ **Add New**. Search for **FluentSMTP**, install, and activate the plugin. After activation, go to **Settings** → **FluentSMTP**.
Click on **Add New Connection** and select **Zoho** as the mailer. Then fill in the required fields:
- **From Email Address**: Your Zoho Mail email address (e.g., info@yourdomain.com).
- **From Name**: The name you want your emails to display.
- **SMTP Host**: smtp.zoho.com
- **SMTP Port**: 465 (for SSL) or 587 (for TLS)
- **Encryption**: Choose SSL or TLS based on the port selected.
- **SMTP Username**: Your full Zoho Mail email address.
- **SMTP Password**: The application-specific password generated earlier.
And save the settings and send a test email to ensure everything is configured correctly.
And that’s it. This is how easily following these steps, you can easily integrate Zoho Mail to your WordPress website, ensuring seamless email communication using your custom domain.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for assistance.
---
# How to Connect OpenAI Codex To OpenClaw With xCloud? - xCloud
> Connect OpenAI Codex to your xCloud OpenClaw server using ChatGPT OAuth. Use your ChatGPT Plus or Pro subscription without API keys in a simple step-by-step setup.
OpenAI Codex lets you use your existing ChatGPT Plus or Pro subscription as the AI provider for your OpenClaw agent — no separate API key or billing required. xCloud includes a built-in Codex OAuth token generator that handles the authentication flow securely inside the dashboard.
Follow the steps below to connect OpenAI Codex to xCloud easily.
## Step 1: Open the OpenClaw Provider Settings [#](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/)
Log in to your xCloud OpenClaw dashboard. Navigate to your Site → OpenClaw → Providers. In the OpenClaw Configuration panel, look for the AI provider selector.
If you are creating the new OpenClaw instance, just choose the **‘OpenAI Codex – CHATGPT OAuth’ from the ‘**AI Provider dropdown menu.
## **Step 2: Set up Your OAuth Token** [#](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/)
Next, you can to set up OpenAI Codex in just a few clicks. Click on the **‘Generate Token’** link to proceed.
## Step 3: Set up OpenAI Account [#](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/)
You will be redirected to the integration page of OpenAI Codex page.
Read the ‘How It Works’ information’ carefully. And click on the ‘Connect with OpenAI’ button.
Next, you will be redirected to the OpenAI login page. Here, sign in to your OpenAI account (ChatGPT Plus or Pro required) using your credentials.
Then, you will see an error page after the login process has been completed. Copy the URL from the browser’s Address bar from that page.
Next, go back to the OpenAI Codex setup page and paste that URL in the box below and click on the ‘Exchange Code and Show Token’.
Then you will get a token. Click on the ‘Copy Token’ button to proceed.
## Step 4: Paste the Callback URL and Get Your Token [#](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/)
Return to the xCloud tab with the OpenClaw configuration. Paste the full callback URL into the input field provided. Click Submit. xCloud will process the OAuth exchange and display your generated token
The generated token will be automatically populated into the Codex provider field. Confirm your provider configuration looks correct. Click Create (or Save) to apply the configuration to your OpenClaw server
Your OpenClaw agent will now use OpenAI Codex (backed by your ChatGPT Plus/Pro subscription) as its AI provider.
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/)
- The redirect URL doesn’t start with http://localhost:1455/auth/callback Make sure you clicked Connect with OpenAI from inside the xCloud dashboard — do not navigate to the OAuth URL manually. If the URL looks different, try the process again from the beginning.
- “ChatGPT Plus or Pro required” error OpenAI Codex OAuth requires an active paid ChatGPT subscription. Free accounts do not have access to the Codex API. Upgrade your OpenAI plan or use a different provider (e.g., Anthropic Claude, Gemini).
- Signed in with the wrong OpenAI account Log out of your OpenAI account in the browser tab that opened, then sign in with the correct account. Restart from Step 3.
- Token was generated but agent isn’t responding Check that the token was saved correctly by revisiting Site → OpenClaw → Providers. If the field is empty, repeat Steps 3–5. Also verify your OpenClaw server is running and connected.
- Browser blocks the localhost redirect Some strict browser configurations block localhost redirects. Switch to a standard Chrome, Firefox, or Edge browser without strict security extensions, or temporarily disable HTTPS-only mode.
---
# How to Connect Supabase to Lovable - xCloud
> Learn how to connect Supabase to Lovable in minutes with this step-by-step guide for setting up a secure and scalable backend.
[**Supabase**](/supabase-hosting/) is an open-source backend platform that provides everything you need to build modern applications, including a **PostgreSQL database**, user authentication, real-time subscriptions, file storage, and built-in security features. It removes the complexity of managing your own backend infrastructure while still giving you full control over your data and APIs.
When paired with Lovable, Supabase becomes a powerful foundation for building scalable, secure, and interactive apps quickly. Lovable handles the frontend and app logic, while Supabase manages your backend services seamlessly behind the scenes.
Follow the steps to connect Supabase to the [**Lovable**](/lovable-hosting/) project easily in just a few clicks:
## **Step 1: Go to** **Your Supabase Project** [#](/docs/how-to-connect-supabase-to-lovable/)
Begin by navigating to your Supabase dashboard and opening the project you want to connect. From the top menu, click the **‘Connect’** button.
A pop-up window will appear, select the **‘App Frameworks’** tab and choose your app language. From this section, copy the credentials provided in the .env configuration. These credentials are required to link your Supabase backend to your Lovable project.
## **Step 2: Configure Supabase Credentials in Lovable** [#](/docs/how-to-connect-supabase-to-lovable/)
Next, open your Lovable project and paste the Supabase credentials you copied earlier by entering them directly through chat to update the .env file with your Supabase credentials.
Once the credentials are added, go to the **Code Editor** within Lovable. From the dashboard, copy the complete SQL code we’ve prepared for database setup. This SQL script defines the database structure that Supabase will use.
## **Step 3: Execute SQL in Supabase** [#](/docs/how-to-connect-supabase-to-lovable/)
Return to your Supabase dashboard and open the SQL Editor from the sidebar menu. Paste the SQL code you copied from the Lovable dashboard into the editor, then click the “Run” button.
After the query executes successfully, the required tables will be created in your Supabase database, completing the connection between Supabase and Lovable.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can connect Supabase to Lovable. It is a simple process that allows you to build full-stack applications with minimal effort.
By combining Supabase’s powerful backend capabilities with Lovable’s intuitive frontend and logic handling, you can launch scalable and secure applications faster without managing complex infrastructure.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Connect xCloud MCP to Your AI Agent - xCloud
> Learn how to connect xCloud MCP to Claude Desktop and manage your servers and sites by talking to your AI agent instead of using the dashboard.
Managing servers usually means opening the dashboard, finding the right site, clicking through a few screens, and repeating that every time you need something. xCloud MCP removes that step.
MCP (Model Context Protocol) is an open standard that lets AI agents connect to external tools and act on your behalf. With xCloud MCP connected, you can simply ask your AI agent to check a server’s health, run a backup, update plugins, purge a cache, or pull the latest vulnerability scan, and it will do it through your xCloud account. No dashboard, no tab switching.
Follow the guide walks you through connecting xCloud MCP to AI Agents.
## **Step 1: Open the MCP page in your xCloud dashboard** [#](#step-1-open-the-mcp-page-in-your-xcloud-dashboard)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to Settings. In the left sidebar, choose Developers → MCP.
This opens the MCP documentation, where you will find setup instructions for each supported AI agent.
## **Step 2: Copy the MCP URL** [#](#step-2-copy-the-mcp-url)
We are using Claude Desktop for this walkthrough. Open the Claude Desktop section in the documentation and copy the MCP URL shown there.
## **Step 3: Add the connector in Claude Desktop** [#](#step-3-add-the-connector-in-claude-desktop)
Then Login to your Claude Desktop account and find profile and click Settings option from the menu.
In the popup, go to Connectors. Click Add, then choose Add Custom Connector from the dropdown.
Next, enter a name for the connector and paste the MCP URL you copied. Click Add.
Claude Desktop will then show a screen asking you to connect xCloud MCP. Click on it.
## **Step 4: Authorize the connection** [#](#step-4-authorize-the-connection)
The xCloud authorization page opens. Here you can:
- Verify the account email shown.
- Check which team the MCP is connecting to. If it is not the right one, click Switch to change it.
- Choose the access level: Full Access (read and write) or Read Only.
If you are only trying this out, Read Only is a safe place to start. You can reconnect with wider access later. Now, click Authorize to finish.
## **Step 5: Set tool permissions** [#](#step-5-set-tool-permissions)
Once the connection is live, open the Permissions section. Every xCloud tool can be set individually to:
- Always Allow: the agent runs it without asking.
- Needs Approval: the agent asks you before each run.
- Blocked: the agent cannot use it at all.
You can also configure custom permissions per tool. A good default is Always Allow for read actions like listing sites or checking monitoring stats, and Needs Approval for anything that changes your infrastructure, such as deleting a site or restarting a service.
## You are connected [#](#you-are-connected)
That is it. xCloud MCP is now connected to Claude Desktop, and your agent can work directly with your servers and sites. Try starting with something simple to confirm it is working:
- “List all my xCloud servers.”
- “Which of my sites have pending WordPress updates?”
- “Take a backup of my staging site.”
From here, you can connect the same MCP to other agents you use, adjust permissions as you get comfortable, and let your agent handle the routine infrastructure work while you focus on everything else.
Connecting xCloud MCP takes a couple of minutes, and it changes how you work with your infrastructure. Start small to build confidence, ask it to list your servers, check which sites have pending updates, or take a backup of a staging site, then widen the permissions as you get a feel for it.
---
# How to Create a Blank PHP Site with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to create, configure, and create a blank PHP site on xCloud with simple step-by-step instructions.
If you want to build and launch a PHP website quickly, xCloud gives you a simple way to get started. By creating a blank PHP site, you gain full control over your project while using the flexibility and tools provided by xCloud. This guide will walk you through the entire process, from creating a new site to setting up your database and domain preferences.
Follow the steps below to create a blank PHP site on xCloud with ease, so you can focus on developing and running your application instead of worrying about setup complexities.
### **Step 1: Create A New Site** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-blank-php-site-with-xcloud/)
First, click on **‘New Site’** from the xCloud dashboard. Then choose your server and click on the ‘Custom PHP’ tab from the menu. Next, choose the **‘Blank PHP Site’** to import your custom PHP site.
### **Step 2: Configure Blank PHP Site Information** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-blank-php-site-with-xcloud/)
And if you choose to migrate to a new domain, you can include your custom And if you choose to migrate to a new domain, you can include your custom domain. You can upload your site and visit it live with a demo domain. After successfully creating your site, you may update the site with your custom domain later. In this tutorial, we will be working on a staging site. Select ‘Demo Site’ and then click on the ‘Next’ button.
Now, you will be sent to the **‘Settings’** step. Make sure to correctly add your **‘PHP Version’**, **‘Site Users’,** and ‘Web root’.
Then go to the ‘Database Management’ Section and proceed with ‘Create Database Server’ or **‘Add Your Existing Database’.** Also, you can create a site without any database as well, choose the **‘No Database’** option for that and click on the **‘Next’** button.
### Step 3: Complete Database Settings & Finalize [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-blank-php-site-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘Database’ tab you can configure your preferred database setup. If you are good to go for uploading an existing custom PHP website with xCloud, click on the ‘Start’ button.
Within a few moments, your PHP website will be uploaded on xCloud automatically. You will see the following screen while uploading.
Once the deployment is successfully completed will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there. If you visit the site, you can see the newly Blank PHP site that you have uploaded with xCloud.
This is how easily you can create a site with Blank PHP applications in xCloud. With simple steps, you can quickly deploy your site, configure your database, and choose your preferred domain settings.
Still feeling stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# How to Create a Custom Blueprint with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to create a custom blueprint in xCloud to speed up your project setup with your own plugins and themes.
Creating custom blueprints helps you organise and simplify your workflows. This is especially useful when working with teams or setting up projects repeatedly. With xCloud, you can easily design blueprints that include specific plugins and themes to fit your needs.
Follow the steps to create your own custom blueprint in xCloud, which will allow you to deploy your preferred configurations faster and more efficiently.
## **Step 1: Go to Team Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
First, log in to your xCloud account and navigate to the upper right menu on the dashboard. Then, click on the **‘Team Settings’** option from the menu.
## **Step 2: Go to Blueprint** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
Next, locate the **‘My Blueprints’** option and select it. Then, click on **‘Create New Blueprint’** to set up your custom blueprint.
## **Step 3: Create a Custom Blueprint** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
Here, you will find a menu tab. Choose the **‘Custom Items’** option from the tab.
Give your custom blueprint a name first. Then enter a name for the item in the **‘Item Name’** field and choose the **‘Item Type’** as either **‘Plugin’** or **‘Theme’** from the dropdown.
## **Step 3:Create a New Item** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
Then choose a source method from the ‘Download URL’ and ‘Upload ZIP File’ options
**Method 1: Download URL**
If you choose the **‘Download URL’** option, enter the **‘Download URL’**, **‘Version’,** and **‘Description’** into the designated fields and click on the **‘Create Item’** Button.
**Method 1: Upload ZIP file**
To upload a ZIP file, first select your storage provider from the dropdown menu. Remember, you need to connect an S3 storage provider to upload a plugin or theme.
**_Note:_** _pCloud and Google Drive storage integrations will not work for Custom Bluprint_
Next, go to the ‘Upload ZIP File’ section and upload your plugin’s or theme’s ZIP file. Then enter the version and a ‘Description’ of your file and click on the ‘Create Item’ button.
## **Step 5: Add a Plugin or Theme in the Blueprint** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
If you have uploaded a plugin, you need to choose at least one theme to create this blueprint. Alternatively, if you uploaded a theme, you need to choose at least one plugin to create this blueprint. From here, go to the **‘Available Custom Items’** section and choose a theme or plugin that you have already uploaded. Then click on the ‘Create’ button.
Once this is completed, you will see the item in the blueprints list.
## **Step 6: Add a Post Deployment CLI Script** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
You can add a script that runs automatically after all items in the blueprint have been installed. This helps you perform extra setup tasks. Go to the ‘CLI Script’ tab and enter the scripts or commands into the dedicated field. Then click on the ‘Create’ button.
And that’s it! You’ve successfully created a custom blueprint in xCloud. By following these steps, you can build reusable configurations that save time and maintain consistency across your projects.
### 💡Why Google Drive and pCloud Are Not Compatible with Custom Blueprints in xCloud [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
When creating a custom blueprint in xCloud, you need to upload plugins or themes either by providing a direct download URL or by uploading a ZIP file from a connected storage provider.
Google Drive and pCloud are not supported for this feature because they do not offer **direct public download URLs** that xCloud can reliably access.
In contrast, **S3 compatible storage providers** offer **stable and secure URLs** that xCloud can use to fetch your plugin or theme files during deployment. This makes them the preferred option for working with Custom Blueprints.
If you want a simple and reliable solution, you can use Backblaze. It is S3 compatible and even offers free storage that works great with the Blueprint feature in xCloud.
So, if you want to use ZIP uploads in your blueprints, make sure you connect an S3-compatible storage account. This way, everything will run smoothly.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](/support/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Create a Custom Sales Landing Page for xCloud White Label - xCloud
> Create a custom sales landing page with xCloud White Label — link products, set pricing, and streamline the checkout process to boost conversions.
With xCloud, you can create a custom sales landing page tailored to your business needs. This landing page allows you to showcase your products and link them with pricing as per your preferences. By following a few simple steps, you can seamlessly integrate your products with a user-friendly checkout process, enhancing customer experience and increasing conversions.
To get started, you will need one domain for the landing page and one subdomain for the dashboard — for example, hosting.com for the landing page and app.hosting.com for the dashboard.
Follow the steps to setuup the process of setting up your custom sales landing page, and linking with your custom products.
## **Step 1: Insert the Custom Landing Page** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-sales-landing-page-for-xcloud-white-label/)
To begin, log in to your xCloud dashboard and navigate to the **‘White Label’** tab. From there, go to **‘Access Dashboard & Website’** and select **‘Domain Settings’**. This will redirect you to the **‘Custom Domain Name’** setup page, where you need to enter your dashboard link. This link will be the access point for your clients to manage their servers and sites.
After entering your link, you will need to add the provided DNS records to your DNS provider. Wait for the DNS records to propagate globally, then click on Verify and Save to complete the setup.
## **Step 2: Access the xCloud White Label Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-sales-landing-page-for-xcloud-white-label/)
Next, access the xCloud White Label dashboard and go to the **‘Products’** section in the side navigation menu. Here, you will find a list of your created products. Select the product you wish to link to your custom sales landing page.
## **Step 3: Go to Your Custom Sales Landing Page’s Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-sales-landing-page-for-xcloud-white-label/)
After selecting your product, go to your site hosting.com and add the products directly to your custom sales landing page. Then, access your site’s dashboard and navigate to **‘Pages’**. Locate the page you are using as your landing page and find its pricing section.
## **Step 4: Add Your Product Link to the Custom Landing Page** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-sales-landing-page-for-xcloud-white-label/)
Once you find the pricing section, go to the pricing option where you want to add the product link. Paste the checkout link of the selected product from the xCloud White Label dashboard and paste it into the appropriate pricing section.
Once done, click on the **‘Save’** button to confirm your changes. To ensure that everything is working correctly, visit your custom sales landing page and verify that the checkout links redirect users properly to the checkout page.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can set up a custom sales landing page with xCloud is quick and easy. Just connect your domain, link your products, and add the checkout links. In a few steps, you’ll have a branded custom page ready to drive sales and boost conversions.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Quick Start Guide: How To Create A Site With xCloud - xCloud
> Follow this simple guide to create a site with xCloud.
Whether you have your own server or using a xCloud managed server, you can easily create a site without any coding with [**xCloud**](/). This platform aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building fully functional websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let us follow these steps to get you started.
## **How To Create A Site With xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
After you have completed [setting up your servers](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/), you are now ready to create your site. Simply follow our step-by-step guide below.
### **Step 1: Create A Site From The Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
Once your server is connected, you can create a site from the Dashboard or Site List by clicking on the button “**Add New Site**”.
Then you will need to select the server on which you want to install your WordPress website.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Site & Add Information** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
As we will be creating a fresh WordPress site choose the “I**nstall New WordPress Website**” options as shown below.
Now all you have to do is install and ‘**Go Live’** with your WordPress Site. You can do the next process in a few simple and easy steps.
\[_Note: You can also create a demo site, which you can make live later._\]
1. Add a **Site Title**
2. Add **Tags** if you want
3. Choose to **Go Live**
4. Add your domain name in the ‘**Domain Setup**‘ option.
5. Below you will find an option to enable ‘**Multisite**‘. It comes with **[subdomain](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)** and **[subdirectory](/docs/how-to-install-wordpress-multisite-with-xcloud/)** options.
6. **DNS Configuration:** If you add the domain and want to visit the live site you need to [**configure your DNS**](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/). xCloud does not handle your DNS but all you need to do is remove any existing A records and add the A record as shown above. For example, if your domain is on Cloudflare then all you need to do is add an A record with the domain name, and your server IP address. **Domain**. Make sure to add the A record as shown above in your DNS panel.
To use a **Free SSL certificate** by **Let’s Encrypt** simply turn on the HTTPS enable button and xCloud will automatically set everything for you. However, if you are using **[Cloudflare](https://www.cloudflare.com/)** then while adding the A record please ensure you have disabled the Proxy to prevent redirect errors.
7\. Now, you can enable ‘**Full Page Caching**‘ and ‘**Redis Object Caching**‘ to make your site work faster and give your visitors a better experience.
8\. Next, you can enable ‘**xCloud Managed Email Service**‘ to get free 100 emails/month to kickstart your business. You can also purchase more as you need, starting from $1 for 1000 emails.
9\. Now, at last, you can enable **[xCloud Blueprints](/docs/how-to-use-blueprints-in-xcloud/)** for pre-saved website settings like theme and plugins. Once you create blueprints in xCloud, you do not have to install certain sets of plugins or themes each time you create a website. While creating a website in xCloud, all you need to do is select a blueprint, and then your plugins and theme will be automatically installed.
You can then simply hit the Next Button to create your site and **Go Live** instantly.
### **Configure Additional Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
By default, the WordPress admin credentials are autogenerated to speed up the site creation process. As soon as your site is deployed you will receive your Site credentials on your email address. Later on, you can update your password if needed. From “**More Advanced Settings**” you can update the default **Admin Username**, **Admin Password, Admin Email Address,** etc along with other additional settings from here.
### **Step 3: Review Your WordPress Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
After all the information, you can review your settings. Here you will get an overall report of your **Domain Name**, **HTTPS Settings**, **WordPress Version**, **PHP Version,** and much more.
After the previous step, click on the ‘**Next**’ button. It might take only 1-2 minutes to create your WordPress site.
### **Not Ready Yet? Try Demo Site** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
Also, If you do not want to point your domain yet then xCloud offers temporary domains to make a demo site with every Site creation method available in xCloud. For that select the **Demo Site** option.
### **Start Your Business Journey with 100 Free Emails Monthly** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)
Get a sweet deal with xCloud—enjoy **100** free emails per month for each team. If you need more, grab additional xCloud email services. And for those who like it personalized, seamlessly integrate your email provider.
For 1000 emails xCloud will charge you **$1/month**, and for more additional emails we will charge you only $8/m for 8000 emails.
That is how easily you can create a site in xCloud. Now you can start working on your website, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](/support/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Create A Staging Environment In xCloud? - xCloud
> Simply put, a staging environment serves as an intermediary phase between the development environment and the live production environment.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily create a staging environment to push and pull site data between staging and production sites. This lets you test plugins, themes, or any site changes in a new environment and apply them as necessary to your production sites without the risk of breaking them.
Follow the step-by-step guidelines to learn how to create a staging environment to pull and push data between staging and production sites in xCloud.
## **Step 1: Create a Staging Site With xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/), and go to your production site to deploy a staging site under that site. Once you are here, you can quickly create a staging environment from the drop-down found beside the site name or by clicking on the **‘Deploy Staging’** button.
## **Step 2: Choose The Domain Options** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
Once you click the **‘Deploy Staging’ button**, here you will get two options **‘Test Domain’** & **‘Custom Domain’** for creating a staging environment.
### **Test Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
Now choose the **‘Test Domain’** option to create a staging site with our test domains. Next, in the **‘Domain Name’** field, enter your preferred **‘Domain Name’** and click on the **‘Deploy Staging Site’** to create a site.
### **Custom Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
Choose the **‘Custom Domain’** option to deploy your staging site with your domain. Then, at the **‘Domain Name’** field and enter your preferred domain and hit on the **‘Deploy Staging Site’** option.
_Note: If you have Cloudflare integrated with xCloud, simply check the box below and verify your DNS and SSL settings with Cloudflare._
Once you deploy your staging site under your production site, it will be created instantly. The site will also appear under the production site in the header menu.
## **Step 3: Pull And Push Site Data** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
Once you are done creating a staging environment for your production site, it is time to pull and push site data between them. On your staging site page, go to the ‘**Staging Management**’ tab from the left menu to find the pull and push data options. You will also find the deployment logs to know when your changes have been made.
Now, if you need to pull any production site changes to the staging, press the ‘**Pull Data**’ button. You will have **two options** to pull: Files and Database. Plus, you can choose to overwrite all files or keep the most recent updates since the last pull with the ‘**Incremental**’ option.
You can also select to pull the full database or select tables to pull specific data. Once you are done selecting, hit the ‘**Pull Data**’ button.
## **Staging Hook Scripts in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
Scroll down past the Push / Pull card to find the **‘Hook Scripts’** card. The Hook Scripts card has two sections side by side:
Script
When it runs
Where it runs
**Post-Pull Hook Script**
After every Pull from Production completes
On the **staging site**
**Post-Push Hook Script**
After every Push to Production completes
On the **production site**
Click into the relevant textarea and write your bash script. Each script runs as the site’s system user inside the site’s document root (`/var/www/{site}`), so WP-CLI commands work without full paths.
Click **‘Save Post-Pull Script’** or **‘Save Post-Push Script’** depending on which script you wrote. A success message will confirm the script has been saved.
Your data pull will initiate and will be completed in a few seconds. You can see the pull status and record in the ‘**Deployment Logs**’.
You can also push data from the staging to the production site by clicking on the ‘**Push Data**’ button. Like pulling, you will also be shown a popup with the option to push files and databases. You can choose to overwrite all files or keep the most recent updates since the last push with the ‘**Incremental**’ option.
On the other hand, you can push the full database or select specific tables to push data from staging to live. However, xCloud highly recommends you take a backup of the production site before pushing the data from the staging environment to restore your production website to prevent any data loss if any accident or error occurs.
Once you select your preferred options, hit the ‘**Push to Production**’ button. Your data push will initiate and will be completed in a few seconds. Once the push process starts, xCloud backs up your environments, the destination is overwritten, and the cache is cleared on the destination. You can see the push status with the option and push record in the ‘**Deployment Logs**’.
**_NOTE: If you delete a production site then all staging sites attached to it will be removed as they become orphan. To keep the staging site you can clone them and create a new site separately._**
This is how easily you can create a staging environment to pull and push site data in xCloud between your production site and staging.
## **Frequently Asked Questions** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
### **Does xCloud control indexing on production sites?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
No. xCloud does not manage, inject, modify, or override indexing settings on production sites when using the staging feature. All production indexing behavior remains under the control of WordPress, themes, plugins, or custom configurations.
### **Does xCloud set environment flags such as WP\_ENV or WP\_STAGING?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
No. xCloud does not define, set, or alter any WordPress environment constants or flags that could force a site into a noindex state.
### **Does xCloud add noindex via MU-plugins or server-level rules?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
No. xCloud does not deploy MU-plugins, server rules, or platform-level configurations that apply noindex directives to production websites.
### **Why is indexing disabled on staging sites?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
Indexing is disabled by default on staging sites to prevent staging URLs from being indexed by search engines. This is intentional and expected behavior, designed to protect SEO and avoid duplicate content issues.
### **Does pulling or pushing data affect production indexing?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
No. During pull (production → staging) and push (staging → production) operations, xCloud transfers –
- Only files and database content are transferred
- Indexing settings are not synced or copied
- Production indexing remains unchanged
### **Can staging noindex settings be applied to production?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
No. A staging site’s indexing configuration is never applied to production by xCloud under any circumstances.
### **If a production site shows noindex, where does it come from?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
In most cases, noindex on production originates from one or more of the following:
- WordPress database options
- SEO plugin settings (such as Rank Math or similar)
- Theme logic or custom code that detects environment conditions
This behavior is not enforced or introduced by xCloud.
### **Does xCloud ever treat a production site as staging?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
No. Based on platform architecture, internal testing, and system logs, xCloud does not misidentify production environments as staging environments.
### **What should I check if production indexing issues occur after staging operations?** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)
If indexing issues appear on production, review the following:
- SEO-related database options after staging pushes
- SEO plugin settings, especially environment-based or advanced configurations
- Any custom deployment scripts, environment checks, or conditional logic in themes or plugins
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Create a Telegram Bot and Connect It with OpenClaw - xCloud
> To chat with OpenClaw through Telegram, you first need to create a Telegram bot and generate a bot token. Telegram provides an official bot called @BotFather
To chat with OpenClaw through Telegram, you first need to create a Telegram bot and generate a bot token. Telegram provides an official bot called **@BotFather** that helps you do this in minutes.
Follow the steps below to create your bot, collect the required credentials, and connect it with OpenClaw using the xCloud dashboard
## **Create a Telegram Bot & Collect Telegram Bot Token** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-openclaw/)
To chat with our bot, we’ll use Telegram. Select the Telegram option and follow the following steps: Open Telegram. Search for @BotFather and start the chat.
Run the below command in the chat field and send.
```
/newbot
```
Copy to Clipboard
Then pick a display name (anything). Pick a unique username that ends with \`bot\` (for example: \`my\_openclaw\_bot\`). BotFather will give you a bot token like \`123456789:ABCdef…\`.
Save or copy this token – you’ll be required to use this token later to connect with OpenClaw.
👉 Read this [document](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/) for the full OpenClaw deployment process.
## **Configure Telegram Bot Access** [#](/docs/how-to-create-a-telegram-bot-and-connect-it-with-openclaw/)
After adding your Telegram bot token with OpenClaw on xCloud, go to your Telegram Bot again and run the following command:
```
/start
```
Copy to Clipboard
After that, you will get a User ID. Copy the ID from here and copy the text “openclaw pairing approve telegram ”. Replace the code with the code to enter the user id.
Then go to the xCloud dashboard to add the Telegram Channels from the xCloud dashboard. Now Go to ‘Channels’ from the left side panel to add or update your ‘Telegram Bot Token’ and ‘Telegram User ID’ easily. Click on the ‘Save Changes’ button when you are done. xCloud will automatically connect OpenClaw with your Telegram Bot.
Now, if you go to your Telegram bot interface, you will be able to converse with the bot.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can create a bot token, connect and connect with Clawbot easily.
---
# How To Create And Manage Site Rules With xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Create and Manage Site Rules in xCloud to control HTTP headers and redirects without editing nginx.
Site Rules lets you create and manage HTTP header rules and redirect rules for your WordPress site directly from the xCloud dashboard — no manual nginx config editing required. These web rules are validated against your live nginx config before being applied, and automatically rolled back if validation fails, so a bad rule can never break your site.
_📢 With this feature, xCloud has moved the Redirection feature under the new Site Rules system. You can no longer create or manage redirects using the previous method. Existing redirects will continue to work without interruption. We recommend configuring all new redirection rules through Site Insights._
_Note: This feature is available for both NGINX and OLS servers._
## What Are Site Rules? [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
Site Rules give you two types of control over how your site responds to HTTP requests:
- **Header Rules:** Add, modify, or remove HTTP response headers (e.g., security headers like X-Content-Type-Options, Strict-Transport-Security, custom headers for caching or CDN behavior)
- **Redirect Rules:** Create 301/302 redirects with optional conditions based on hostname, URI, query string, or device type — without touching .htaccess or nginx config files directly
Rules are processed in priority order, which you control with drag-and-drop sorting.
**➡️ To ensure optimal performance and prevent misconfiguration, Site Rules enforces limits: you can create up to 10 Header Rules and 25 Redirect Rules per site.**
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
- A paid xCloud plan (Site Rules is not available on the free plan)
- The site must be a production site (not a staging site)
_⚠️ It is also not available for non-WordPress applications (**Laravel, custom PHP, Node.js, etc.**)._
## **Step 1: Open Site Rules** [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
First, go to your site dashboard. From your site dashboard, go to **Tools → Site Rules** in the left sidebar.
## **Step 2: Choose a Rule Type** [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
Next, you will find the two tabs:
- **Header Rules** — for managing HTTP response headers
- **Redirect Rules** — for managing URL redirects
Click the tab for the type of rule you want to create.
## Step 3: Create a Header Rule [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
Click on the ‘Add Rule’ button from the top right of the dashboard to open the rule creation modal.
Fill in the following:
Field
Description
**Header Name**
The HTTP header name (e.g., X-Content-Type-Options, Cache-Control). Only letters, numbers, and hyphens allowed.
**Header Value**
The value to set for the header (e.g., nosniff, no-store). Leave blank to remove the header.
Click **‘Save Rule’.** xCloud writes the rule to your nginx config, runs nginx -t to validate, and reloads nginx. If validation fails, the change is rolled back automatically and an error message is shown.
## **Step 4: Create a Redirect Rule** [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
Next, switch to the ‘**Redirect Rules**’ tab, then click on ‘Add Redirect’ rule.
Fill in the following:
- **From (Source URL):** The path to redirect from (e.g., /old-page)
- **To (Destination URL):** The full URL or path to redirect to (e.g., /new-page or https://example.com/new)
- **Redirect Type: 301** (permanent) or 302 (temporary)
Click the ‘Save Rule’ button, and proceed to add the redirect rule
You can also check how a rule will behave without actually applying it to your site by using the **‘Test Rule’** button
You can also add conditions that let you create conditional redirects. For example, redirecting mobile users to a different URL, or only redirecting when a specific query parameter is present.
Click on the ‘Attach Condition’ button to access the Conditions options. Restrict when the redirect applies based on hostname, URI pattern, query string, or device type
## **Step 7: Edit or Delete a Rule** [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
To edit a rule, click the edit icon on the rule’s row. The same modal opens with the existing values pre-filled. Make your changes and click Save Rule.
To delete a rule, click the delete icon and confirm. The rule is removed from your nginx config immediately.
## **Troubleshooting** [#](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)
- **Web Rules does not appear in the sidebar.** → Web Rules is only available for WordPress sites on nginx servers with a paid plan. Verify your site is WordPress (not Laravel or custom PHP), your server uses the LEMP/nginx stack (not OpenLiteSpeed), and your team is on a paid plan.
- **Saving a rule returns a config validation error.** → Your rule contains a syntax issue that failed nginx -t. The change was automatically rolled back — your site is unaffected. Review the error message shown in the modal, correct the header value or redirect pattern, and try again.
- **A header rule is saved but the header does not appear in the browser.** → Also, verify the rule is not being overridden by another rule higher in the priority order. Header rules apply to PHP responses — static files served by nginx directly (images, CSS, JS) may not receive headers from header rules.
- **A redirect isn’t triggering.** → If you added conditions, verify the condition values are correct (exact hostname, correct query param name). Redirect rules are evaluated before PHP processing — if another nginx rule handles the request first, the redirect may not fire.
- **I hit the rule limit but need more rules.** → Contact [our Support Team](https://support.xcloud.host/) to discuss options. Consider consolidating rules where possible — multiple header values can sometimes be combined into a single rule.
- **Test Rule shows success but the live rule isn’t working.** → The test validates nginx syntax, not rule logic. A syntactically valid rule can still produce unexpected behavior. Test your redirect in a browser using the Network tab in DevTools (look for the 301/302 response) or test headers using curl -I https://yoursite.com.
---
# How to Customize Magic Login with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to customize Magic Login with xCloud to seamlessly access your WordPress dashboard with easy steps.
Magic Login allows you to access your website effortlessly with a single click, without requiring a password or email address. With xCloud, you can seamlessly log in to your WordPress dashboard using your existing xCloud account or by configuring your own email address.
Follow the step-by-step process below to customize Magic Login with the xCloud.
## **Step 1: Access Magic Login Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-customize-magic-login/)
To get started, log in to your xCloud account and navigate to the site you want to customize. Once there, find the **arrow icon right beside the ‘Magic Login’ option** in the dashboard and click on it.
## **Step 2: Customize Magic Login Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-customize-magic-login/)
Next, a pop-up window will appear, presenting different login preferences. Select the **‘Default’** option if you want to log in with your xCloud email account email or the first admin account, then click on **‘Magic Login’** to access your site.
Alternatively, if you prefer to log in with a different email address or username, select the **Custom** option. Enter your preferred email address in the designated field. If you want to log in using this custom method always, click on ‘**Remember me’** to access your site dashboard using this direct magic login button. Then click **Save** to apply your changes.
_**Note:** To use the Custom option, you must have the necessary permissions. If you do not have access, request your Team Admin to grant you the required permissions._
That’s it! You have successfully cutomize Magic Login according to your preference and get seamless secure access to your WordPress dashboard with xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Delete Your Account and Data With xCloud - xCloud
> If you no longer need xCloud, download anything you need, remove active services, check provider resources, then request account and data deletion.
If you no longer need xCloud, download anything you need, remove active services, check provider resources, then request account and data deletion.
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
- Access to xCloud
- Owner or billing access
- Downloaded backups/invoices you need
- Access to cloud provider account for self-managed servers
## Step-by-step [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Download backups and invoices [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Save website/database backups, invoices, and records before deleting services.
### 2\. Delete sites and servers [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Remove sites and servers you no longer need. Related server subscriptions are cancelled when all related servers are removed.
### 3\. Remove provider resources [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
For self-managed servers, check the cloud provider for active servers, volumes, snapshots, firewalls, IPs, or backups.
### 4\. Review billing and cards [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Confirm no unexpected active subscriptions remain and download final invoices.
### 5\. Submit deletion request [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Contact support with account email, confirmation, downloaded-data acknowledgement, and whether billing info should be removed where possible.
### 6\. Confirm completion [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Wait for team review and keep the confirmation message for your records.
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
### Deleted servers but still charged [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Check whether charge is from xCloud or provider; provider-side resources must be removed in provider dashboard.
### Need invoices after deletion [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Download before deletion, or contact support with billing email if already deleted.
### Want to cancel billing only [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Delete active servers; if subscription remains, contact support.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
### Can I keep backups? [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Yes, download them before deletion.
### Does deleting all servers cancel subscriptions? [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Related server subscriptions should stop after servers are removed.
### Why does support ask for a reason? [#](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/)
Feedback helps improve xCloud; you can keep it brief.
---
# How to Deploy a Node.js Application with xCloud - xCloud
> Easily deploy and manage your Node.js applications using xCloud with a seamless, automated, and Git-integrated workflow.
Deploying an application can often involve complex configurations and server management tasks. With [**xCloud**](/), this process becomes simple, automated, and developer-friendly.
xCloud provides an intuitive interface that allows you to easily deploy, manage, and scale your [**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) applications directly from your Git repository without worrying about manual setup or infrastructure maintenance.
Follow the guide to deploy your Node.js application easily with xCloud:
## Step 1: Create a New Site [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from your xCloud dashboard. You will then be asked to choose the **server** where you want to deploy your Git project.
## Step 2: Go to the Deploy Via Git Tab [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
Next, head over to the **‘Deploy Via Git’** tab. This is where you can deploy your Git projects in just a click.
### **Step 3: Enter Your Project URL** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
You will find **‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’ and ‘Connected Git Provider’.** If you choose **Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)**, enter your **GitHub Repository URL** and specify the **Git Branch.**
If you choose **Connected Provider**, enter your **GitHub Repository SSH URL** and specify the **Git Branch.**
In this document, we’ll deploy the project using the **“Connected Git Provider”** option.
Enter your project URL in the ‘URL’ field. You will see xCloud automatically detecting the site type and setting the site type as ‘Node.js’ or others from your repository, so there is nothing to select manually here.
## **Step 2: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
Then go to the **‘Staging Domain’** tab. xCloud provides a free demo domain to make your site public. Or if you want to proceed with your custom domain, just click on ‘Use a demo domain instead’. For this documentation, we’ll proceed with the **‘Demo Site’** option and click **‘Next’** to continue.
## **Step 3: Configure Node.Js Application** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will find options to configure the **Node.js version** and manage **site users.** Adjust them according to your preferences.
Next, you will see the ‘Build & Serving’ section and you will see that the type is already selected. Here you will get 3 options:
– Static build
- SSR (Node process)
- Hybrid (Static + API)
**You can adjust and choose your preferred one from the dropdown.**
Next, go to the ‘Web Root’ section and add the web root of your project. You can check in the click on the ‘Auto Deploy on Push’
Once the repository integration is complete, you can configure post-deployment actions.
In the **‘Deployment Script’** field, enter any custom commands you want to execute after deployment. You can also select one of the example scripts provided. After configuring this, click **‘Next’** to continue.
### **Step 7: Configure Advanced Settings (Optional)** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
Next, go to the **‘Advanced Settings’** section. This step is optional, but it lets you fine-tune the deployment:
**→ Node.js Version:**Choose the Node.js version your project needs from the dropdown.
**→ Database:**Configure the database settings for your project.
Next, enter the contents of your environment file in the ‘.env File’ field. This is where you define the environment variables your project needs at runtime, such as API keys, database credentials, or app-specific configuration values.
You can also add a deploy script for this project. Any commands you enter here will run after the deployment completes, which is useful for tasks like installing dependencies, running migrations, or building assets.
## **Step 9: Confirm Deployment** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
The final step is to confirm and start the deployment. Click the **‘Start’** button to begin the process. You can monitor the deployment progress in real time.
Once the deployment is complete, a success message will appear. From there, you can access your site dashboard.
After deployment, visit your site to confirm that your **Node.js application** has been successfully deployed with **xCloud.**
## **Environment Editor for Node.Js Application** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Node.js instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need then click on the ‘Save’ button.
## **SSR Configuration for Node.js application** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/)
If you are deploying an SSR application, you can update the ‘**Application Port’, ‘Start Command’** later as well. Just go to the ‘SSR Configuration’ from the **‘Node.js’** Menu under the site dashboard and click on the **‘Update Configuration’** button.
Deploying a Node.js application with xCloud is a streamlined and efficient process that eliminates the complexity of manual configuration and server management. Once your deployment is complete, you can easily manage your application, update configurations, and push new changes directly from your Git repository.
With xCloud, developers can focus on building and improving their Node.js applications while xCloud takes care of the infrastructure behind the scenes.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Deploy a Custom Docker Application from a Git Repository with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to deploy Custom Docker projects from a Git repository using xCloud. This step-by-step guide covers server setup, port detection, and going live.
Deploying custom Docker projects doesn’t have to be complicated. With xCloud, you can pull your Docker Compose setup directly from a Git repository and have your application running in minutes.
Follow this guide to walk you through the entire process, from creating a Docker + NGINX server to deploying your application and going live.
## Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Custom Docker. Click the ‘Add New Server’ button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Custom Docker either on your [own server](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy Custom Docker with xCloud. You can either use an [xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/) or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the ‘Server Name’, set the ‘App Type’ to Custom Docker(it is optional to select), and add any relevant ‘Tags’ to help identify your server later.
Next, you can see the ‘Docker + NGINX’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Custom Docker application. Then click on the ‘Create’ button to proceed.
Next, choose your server size according to your preferences. xCloud offers an exclusive discount for the first month. Moreover, you can save up to more discounts if you proceed to an annual or 24-month plan.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Custom Docker Application on this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## Step 2: Create a New Site [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the ‘New Site’ button.
## Step 3: Choose Your Server [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed to start creating Custom Docker applications.
## Step 4: Go to The Custom Docker Tab [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)
From here, go to the ‘Custom Docker’ tab and click on the ‘Docker Compose From Git’ to deploy your Custom Docker applications.
## Step 5: Set Up the Docker Compose Application [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘Site Title’ and add relevant ‘Tags’ to help organize your deployment.
## Step 6: Set Up Domains [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)
From the ‘Domains’ tab, you will get two options: either you can create a ‘Demo Site’ with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain. Just proceed with the ‘Go Live’ option.
It is recommended to proceed with your own domain. Top begin, click choothe ‘Go Live’ and enter your preferred domain name. Then complete the DNS verification process.
Then you will get a ‘Site User’ of xCloud and click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
## Step 6: Insert Git Repository Credentials [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-application-from-git-repository/)
In the Git Repo tab, you will see three options: Private Repository (SSH), Public Repository (HTTPS), and Connected Git Provider. For a Public Repository, enter the GitHub HTTPS URL and select the branch. For a Private Repository, enter the GitHub SSH URL and select the branch. In this guide, use Connected Git Provider. Choose your linked account, select the repository, and then pick the branch to deploy.
Next enter the name of your Docker Compose file in the repository root ‘Composer File Name’ in the dedicated field.
Next, go to the ‘Port Detection’ section and click on the ‘Auto-Detect Ports’ button. It will
Scan docker-compose.yml to discover exposed ports for your Nginx reverse proxy.
Next you will get few ports that detected from your docker file. You can select the ‘Primary Service Port’ from the dropdown menu.
Next under the ‘Additional services, you can map for additional ports to different domains or subdomains. Enter the ‘Domain/Subdomain’ and ‘Port’ in the dedicated fields.
Then toggle on the ‘Environment File’ to enable if you want to enter environment variables for your Docker Compose services.
Then, go to the ‘Deployment script section,. In the ‘Deployment Script’ field, enter any custom commands you want to run after deployment. here you can add custom commands to run after deployment (e.g., restart containers, rebuild images).
Once the deployment process is complete, your Custom Docker application will be live. From the site dashboard, click **Visit Site** to access your application in the browser.
You’ve successfully deployed a Custom Docker project from a Git repository using xCloud. With your application now live, you can manage updates by pushing changes to your Git repository and redeploying through the xCloud dashboard. If you run into any issues, review your Docker Compose file, port configuration, and environment variables to ensure everything is set up correctly.
---
# How to Deploy Custom Docker with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to deploy a custom Docker Compose application on xCloud with step-by-step guidance for servers, domains, and environment setup.
Docker makes it easier to package and run application processes inside containers. Although containers share some similarities with virtual machines, they are far more lightweight and efficient in their use of system resources. This efficiency enables developers to divide an application into multiple independent, isolated services.
When an application relies on several interconnected services, managing how all the containers start, interact, and stop together can quickly become complex.
[**Docker Compose**](https://docs.docker.com/compose/) addresses this challenge by providing a straightforward way to define and manage applications made up of multiple containers. It helps coordinate shared networks, storage, and communication between individual components, allowing the entire application stack to be deployed, updated, and monitored as a single unit.
Using a YAML configuration file, Docker Compose lets you describe a complete multi-container environment. Each service is defined clearly, making it possible to create flexible setups where containers share networks and data volumes as needed.
In this guide, we’ll explore how to deploy a Docker Compose–based application on xCloud.
> _Note: To access the ‘Custom Docker’ feature, you must have a Docker server._
## Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Custom Docker. Click the ‘Add New Server’ button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Custom Docker either on your [own server](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy Custom Docker with xCloud. You can either use an [xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/) or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the ‘Server Name’, set the ‘App Type’ to Custom Docker(it is optional to select), and add any relevant ‘Tags’ to help identify your server later.
Next, you can see the ‘Docker + NGINX’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Custom Docker application. Then click on the ‘Create’ button to proceed.
Next, choose your server size according to your preferences. xCloud offers an exclusive discount for the first month. Moreover, you can save up to more discounts if you proceed to an annual or 24-month plan.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Custom Docker Application on this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## Step 2: Create a New Site [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the ‘New Site’ button.
## Step 3: Choose Your Server [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed to start creating Custom Docker applications.
## Step 4: Go to The Custom Docker Tab [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
From here, go to the **‘Custom Docker’** tab and click on the **‘Docker Compose’** to deploy your Custom Docker applications.
## **Step 5: Set Up the Docker Compose Application** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
## **Step 6: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain. Just proceed with the **‘Go Live’** option.
For the **‘Demo Site’,** you will get a free demo domain for xCloud. Under the **‘Domain Setup’** section, choose your preferred domain.
Then you will get a **‘Site User’** of xCloud and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
## **Step 7: Set Up Docker Compose Source** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
Next, configure the source of your Docker Compose file. You can either deploy using a **Public URL to docker-compose.yml** or by directly pasting the **docker-compose.yml content**.
### **Public URL to docker-compose.yml** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
If you choose the public URL option, enter the URL where the docker-compose.yml file is hosted in the ‘**Docker Compose URL**’ field.
### **Paste docker-compose.yml content** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
If you choose to paste the content directly, ensure the YAML syntax is valid and properly formatted before proceeding. Enter the Docker compose content and click ‘**Next**‘.
## **Step 8: Set Up Environment (Optional)** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘**Environment Variables’** section, you may optionally enable environment configuration by toggling the option on. This allows you to define environment variables required by your Docker Compose services. Once configured, proceed to finalize the deployment.
When you click Next, xCloud automatically parses the Docker Compose YAML file. If only a single port is exposed, the deployment will begin immediately. However, if multiple ports are detected, you’ll be asked to choose which port should be exposed publicly before the deployment continues.
## Step 9: Visit the Application [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
After the deployment process is complete, your Custom Docker application will be live. From the site dashboard, click ‘**Visit Site’** to access your application in the browser.
### Environment Editor for Custom Docker [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Umami app. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Update Environment’** button.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can deploy a Docker Compose-based application on xCloud.
By pairing Docker Compose with xCloud’s managed infrastructure, the process of running multi-container applications becomes far more straightforward. You can define your entire application stack in a single YAML file, while xCloud handles the underlying server setup, networking, and routing for you.
This workflow reduces operational overhead and keeps deployments consistent, allowing you to focus on building and maintaining your services rather than managing infrastructure. Whether you are testing an application on a demo domain or deploying it to production, xCloud provides a simple and reliable way to run Docker Compose applications with confidence.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [**support team.**](/support/)
---
# How to Deploy Hermes Agent with xCloud (Fully Managed Hosting) - xCloud
> Learn how to deploy Hermes Agent with xCloud step by step. Use managed hosting, connect LLM providers, and launch faster with zero hassle.
[**Hermes** **Agent**](/hermes-agent-hosting/) is an AI-powered coding agent that helps you automate tasks, write code, and interact with AI models directly through your preferred messaging platform. Instead of juggling multiple tools and manual workflows, Hermes brings your AI provider and messaging channels together in one place, so you can build and ship faster.
Deploying Hermes Agent traditionally means setting up servers, managing dependencies, and configuring environments yourself. xCloud eliminates all of that with fully managed hosting, handling the infrastructure so you can focus on what actually matters.
Follow this guide to deploy Hermes Agent on xCloud in minutes, connect your preferred AI provider, and optionally set up Telegram for messaging.
## Built-In Support For AI Providers [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
- Anthropic – API Key
- OpenAI API Key
- OpenRouter – API Key
- OpenAI – API Key
- Gemini – API Key
### Built-in support for messaging channels from xCloud [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
- Telegram
### Step 1: Create an xCloud Managed Server [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
First, visit this [**link**](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes) to start creating an xCloud managed server. Go to the ‘Server Name’ field and enter your server name. Then add a tag for the server. This step is optional and not mandatory.
Note: If you haven’t signed up yet, you will be prompted to create an account, choose a plan based on your preferences, and then proceed to payment.
Note: If you create an xCloud Managed Server using the standard server creation flow, choose “**Agentic”** as the web server, then select **“Hermes Agent.”** xCloud will then display the configuration options for deploying Hermes Agent.
Next, go to the ‘Server Type’ option. Here, xCloud provides two types of servers. One is ‘General’, and the other one is ‘Premium’.
- General servers are cost-effective servers powered by Intel CPUs and regular SSDs.
- On the other hand, premium servers are blazing fast with quicker 3 GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, faster memory, and NVMe storage.
After that, go to the ‘Server Size’ option and choose your preferred server size. Please note that deploying a Hermes Agent instance requires a minimum 4 GB RAM server.
Next, choose your preferred continent from the dropdown menu. Then select the server location within that region.
After that, choose your ‘Ubuntu version’ from the dropdown menu under the ‘Ubuntu Operating System’. You can also enable or disable backups for this application.
xCloud provides a separate stack for this application. You will see the ‘Hermes’ stack already selected.
Next, go to the security warning section, read the information carefully, and click on the checkbox to confirm that you have read and understood it.
## Enter Your LLM Provider Credentials [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
After that, go to the ‘AI provider’ section. Select your preferred AI model from the dropdown list under ‘AI Provider’, such as ‘OpenAI Codex’ or ‘OpenAI API’. Then enter the API token for the selected AI model.
### OpenAI Codex – API Key: [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
To use your OpenAI account, choose ‘OpenAI Codex – ChatGPT 0Auth)’ from the ‘AI Provider’ menu, connect your account and enter the OAuth Token into the blank field. Also, you can set your ‘Default Model’ from the dropdown menu.
👉Read the [step-by-step guide](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/) to connect OpenAI Codex with Hermes on xCloud
### OpenAI – API Key: [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
To use OpenAI, choose ‘OpenAI – API KEY’ from the ‘AI Provider‘ menu and enter the OpenAI API key into the blank field. Then set your ‘Default Model’ from the dropdown menu.
### Anthropic – API Key: [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
To use Anthropic, choose ‘Anthropic’ from the ‘AI Provider‘ menu and enter the Ahtropic API key into the blank field. Then set your ‘Default Model’ from the dropdown menu.
### Google Gemini – API Key: [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
To use Gemini, choose ‘Google Gemini’ from the ‘AI Provider‘ menu and enter the Google Gemini API key into the blank field. Then set your ‘Default Model’ from the dropdown menu.
Likewise, xCloud provides Z AI, OpenRouter LLM provider as well. Set up your preferred LLM provider according to your preferences.
## Set up Your Messaging Platform (Optional) [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
Right now, xCloud allows you to connect to one built-in messaging platform: ‘Telegram’. Go to the section, add the ‘Bot token’ in the ‘Telegram Bot Token Field and ‘Telegram User ID’ in the respective fields, and click on the ‘Next’ button.
When you provide your Telegram User ID during setup, your account is automatically allowed to be listed with smarter auto-pairing. No need to run commands to pair your account!
Finally, click on the ‘Create’ button to proceed. This action will start creating the xCloud managed server and deploying the Hermes Agent application.
## Manage the Configurations from the xCloud Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
Once the server is created, you will be redirected to the xCloud Hermes Agent dashboard. Here you will get options for ‘Status’, ‘Providers’, ‘Channels’, ‘Domain & SSL’, ‘Basic Auth’, ‘Monitoring’, Logs’, ‘SSH Access’, and ‘Settings’.
### **Log in to the Hermes Agent Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
To log in to your Hermes Agent account, go to the ‘Status from the dashboard. Collect the credentials ‘URL’ from the dashboard. Here you will also get a ‘Webhook Base’ URL as well.
Then go to the ‘Basic Auth Credentials’ Section and collect the ‘Basic Auth User’ and ‘Basic Auth Password’.
After collecting all the credentials, log in to the Hermeas agent’s dashboard the ‘Control UI URL’, ‘Basic Auth User’ and ‘Basic Auth Password’.
Hermes does not provide a chat box in its UI. You need to use the terminal, or you can connect your AI provider to chat with the Hermes Agent.
### How To Update Default LLM Provider Settings [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
In xCloud, you can also update the default LLM provider settings in the dashboard. Go to ‘Providers’ from the left side panel and navigate to the ‘Change Provider’ section. Add your ‘AI Provider’ and the ‘API Key’ and click on the ‘Save Changes’ button.
### How to Add or Update Messaging Channels [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
Similarly, you can add or update your messaging channels. If you haven’t connected your messaging channels with the Hermes Agent or want to update your existing channel, go to ‘Channels’ from the left side panel to add or update your ‘Telegram Bot Token’ and ‘Telegram User ID’ easily. Click on the ‘Save Changes’ button when you are done.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can deploy Hermes Agent on xCloud. Hermes Agent deployment on xCloud removes the complexity of self-managed hosting and lets you focus on what matters most.
If you run into any issues during the deployment process, feel free to reach out to our [support](https://support.xcloud.host/) team.
---
# How to Deploy LibreChat with xCloud(One Click Apps) - xCloud
> Deploy LibreChat with xCloud in minutes with this step-by-step guide using One-Click Apps, Docker, and NGINX.
LibreChat is an open-source chat application that allows users to interact with AI models in a flexible and customizable environment. It provides a platform to deploy, manage, and run AI-powered chat interfaces, making it suitable for both experimentation and production use.
Follow the steps below so you can quickly get LibreChat running on a cloud server with full functionality, whether for testing purposes or a live application.
## **Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy LibreChat. Click the ‘Add New Server’ button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy LibreChat either on your own server or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy LibreChat with xCloud. You can either use an xCloud Managed Server or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the [**xCloud Managed Server**](/managed-hosting/).
Afterward, enter the ‘**Server Name’**, set the **‘App Type’** to LibreChat, and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the **‘General’** and **‘Premium’** options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the ‘Region’ and ‘Ubuntu Version for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
Next, you can see the ‘Docker + NGINX’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the LibreChat application. Then click on the ‘Create’ button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your LibreChat Application in this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## How to Install LibreChat on a Cloud Server [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
Learn how to install LibreChat on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment, and launching your LibreChat application easily.
### Step 2: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
Then choose your **‘Server’** from your dropdown and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, select your Server, then navigate to the One-Click Apps section. You will see **‘LibreChat’**, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application
### Step 3: Set Up the LibreChat Application [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant ‘**Tags**’ to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or ‘Demo Site’ for testing purposes. Selecting ‘Go Live’ will immediately create a live environment, while choosing ‘Demo Site’ allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### Step 4: Configure Domain Settings [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your LibreChat application. You can adjust the **‘Site User’** according to your preferences, or leave it as the default.
Next, click the toggle on the ‘Enable Ollama’ button, then choose the AI models and click ‘Next’ to proceed. Enabling this option is not mandatory. If you do not enable it, we will display three default AI models. You can also add your preferred models later within the application environment.
However, if you enable Ollama, you will be able to access all available models from here, choose them, and install them at the same time.
## Step 4: Visit the LibreChat Application [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
With LibreChat set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Visit Site’ app.
### Environment Editor for LibreChat [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your LibreChat instance. Just go to the ‘Environment’ option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### Manage LibreChat Models [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
Later, you can manage your LibreChat application. Go to the **‘LibreChat’ → ‘Management’.** Next, click on the **‘Add New Model’** to install more AI models. Also, you can click on the ‘Delete Icon’ to delete the AI models of this application.
_Note: You will get access to management only if you enable Ollama_
This is how you can deploy LibreChat with xCloud and set up a fully functional AI chat environment. By following the steps in this guide, you can create a Docker + NGINX server, configure your site using One-Click Apps, choose between a live or demo environment, and manage your AI models efficiently. You also have full control over domain settings, environment configurations, and user access.
Once deployed, LibreChat can be customized, scaled, and maintained to meet your specific requirements, providing a reliable platform for AI-powered chat applications. If you encounter any issues, xCloud support is available to assist you in keeping your LibreChat instance running smoothly.
## **Want to Deploy Different Self-Hosted AI Models?** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
If you are looking to deploy other self-hosted AI applications, check out the following documentation:
**✔️[Deploy OLLAMA application](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)**
**✔️[Deploy OpenWebUI application](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)**
If you encounter any issues or have questions during deployment, please contact our support team for assistance.
---
# How to Deploy OpenClaw with xCloud (Fully Managed Hosting) - xCloud
> Deploy OpenClaw with xCloud using xCloud's fully managed hosting. Easy setup, secure APIs, Telegram support, and scalable servers.
OpenClaw, also known as Clawdbot, is a self-hosted AI agent built to perform real actions instead of only replying to messages. It operates as an autonomous assistant that executes tasks, manages workflows, and interacts with external systems using secure APIs and predefined rules.
Unlike traditional chatbots, OpenClaw connects AI models with system-level access. This design allows it to automate processes, manage files, run scripts, and handle ongoing operations reliably. Users interact with OpenClaw through chat platforms, which keeps control simple while the agent handles the work in the background.
When deployed on xCloud, OpenClaw runs on a dedicated **[xCloud managed server](/managed-hosting/)** with a preconfigured stack. This setup removes the complexity of self-hosting, manual configuration, updates, and infrastructure maintenance.
### **What OpenClaw can do** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
It can handle complex and real-world actions, such as:
- Managing your calendar, inbox, messages and reminders.
- Sending emails, clearing spam or organizing files.
- Running scripts, controlling your browser, automating workflows and more.
- Execute real tasks such as running scripts, managing files, and calling APIs.
- Maintain persistent context across conversations and workflows.
- Automate multi-step workflows without manual intervention.
- Respond to events and triggers in real time.
- Operate continuously based on defined rules and permissions.
- Integrate with messaging platforms like Telegram
- .
- Allow full control through simple chat commands.
## Built-In Support For AI Providers [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- Anthropic – API Key
- Anthropic – Claude Code CLI Token
- OpenAI API Key
- OpenRouter – API Key
- Moonshot Al (Kimi) – API Key
- OpenAI – API Key
- Gemini – API Key
_More AI providers, such as Grok, xAI, Mistral, and more are coming soon_.
### **Supported Messaging Channels from xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- Telegram
### **Important Details:** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
✔️ OpenClaw Hosting is available only on xCloud Managed Servers and requires more than 4GB RAM.
✔️ You cannot install OpenClaw on existing or external servers.
✔️ After installation, the server runs only OpenClaw. You cannot host other sites or applications on the same server.
✔️ Support for this beta feature is limited. If you face any issues, please reinstall OpenClaw.
Follow the guide to deploy OpenClaw or Clawdbot on xCloud using One Click Apps and get started in just a few minutes.
Follow the guide to deploy OpenClaw on xCloud and get started in just a few minutes.
### **Step 1: Create an xCloud Managed Server** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
First, **[visit this link](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/cart/product/checkout?app=openclaw)** to start creating an xCloud managed server. After that, click on the ‘Start Now’ button from the dashboard.
Go to the ‘Server Name’ field and enter your server name. Then add a tag for the server. This step is optional and not mandatory.
Note: If you create an xCloud Managed Server using the standard server creation flow, choose “Agentic” as the web server, then select “OpenClaw.” xCloud will then display the configuration options for deploying Hermes Agent.
Next, go to the ‘Server Type’ option. Here, xCloud provides two types of servers. One is ‘General’, and the other one is ‘Premium’.
- General servers are cost-effective servers powered by Intel CPUs and regular SSDs.
- On the other hand, Premium servers are blazing fast with quicker 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, faster memory, and NVMe storage.
After that, go to the ‘Server Size’ option and choose your preferred server size. Please note that deploying an OpenClaw instance requires a minimum 4GB RAM server.
Next, choose your preferred continent from the dropdown menu. Then select the server location within that region.
After that, choose your ‘Ubuntu version’ from the dropdown menu under the ‘Ubuntu Operating System’. You can also enable or disable backups for this application.
xCloud provides a separate stack for this application. You will see the ‘OpenClaw’ stack already selected.
Next, go to the security warning section, read the information carefully, and click on the checkbox to confirm that you have read and understood it.
## **Enter Your AI Provider Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
After that, go to the ‘AI provider’ section. Select your preferred AI model from the dropdown list under ‘AI Provider’, such as ‘OpenAI’, Anthropic, Claude Code, and Google Gemini. Then enter the API token for the selected AI model.
### **Anthropic:** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
To use Anthropic, choose ‘Anthropic- API KEY’ from the ‘AI Provider’ menu and enter the API Key into the blank field.
### **Claude Code :** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
To use Claude Code, choose ‘Anthropic- Claude Code CLI Token’ from the ‘AI Provider’ menu and enter the Token into the blank field.
**Browser-based token generation**: With xCloud, there is no need to install the Claude Code CLI manually. Generate your token directly from your browser. First, select the Claude Code CLI option and then click on Generate Token.
### **OpenAI:** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
To use OpenAI, choose ‘OpenAI – API KEY’ from the ‘AI Proider menu and enter the API Key into the blank field.
### **Google Gemini :** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
To use Google Gemini, choose ‘Google Gemini- API Key’ from the ‘AI Provider’ menu and enter the API key into the blank field.
## **Set up Your Messaging Platform (Optional)** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Right now, xCloud allows you to connect to one built-in messaging platform: ‘Telegram’. Go to the section, add the ‘Bot token’ in the ‘Telegram Bot Token Field and ‘Telegram User ID’ in the respective fields, and click on the ‘Next’ button.
When you provide your Telegram User ID during setup, your account is automatically allowed to be listed with smarter auto-pairing. No need to run commands to pair your account!
## **Set up Your Messaging Platform (Optional)** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
You can control the UI of OpenClaw right from the xCloud dashboard. If you want to make it more secure and do not want to make OpenClaw UI accessible for anyone, then click on the checkbox beside ‘OpenClaw Control UI Dashboard.
Finally, click on the ‘Create’ button to proceed. This action will start creating the xCloud managed server and deploying the OpenClaw application.
To log in to your OpenClaw account, go to the ‘Status from the dashboard. collect the credentials ‘URL’ and ‘Basic Auth Password’ from the dashboard.
Now if you log in toyour OpenClaw account using the credentials, you will be able to start chatting with OpenClaw.
## **Step 2: Manage the Configurations from the xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Now, in the ‘Status’ option from the left side menu, you will get the UI credentials and the Auth credentials. Collect the credentials when necessary. From the ‘Control UI Mode’, you can toggle ON/OFF the ‘Dashboard UI’ option according to your preferences. If you toggle off, no one will be able to access the UI of the OpenClaw dashboard.
Next, go to the ‘Config’ option from the menu and adjust the credentials when needed and click on the update button right from the xCloud dashboard.
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your OpenClaw instance. Just go to the ‘Environment’ option from the sidebar and adjust as you needed then click on the ‘Save’ button.
Update the OpenClaw version from the xCloud dashboard. Just go to the ‘Updates’ from the left menu and click on the ‘Check for Updates’ button to see if there are any updates available.
Next go to the ‘Logs’ option from the left menu. Here you can all the logs of the app.
### How To Update Default LLM Provider Settings [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
In xCloud, you can also update the default LLM provider settings in the dashboard. Go to ‘Providers’ from the left side panel and navigate to the ‘Change Provider’ section. Add your ‘AI Provider’ and the ‘API Key’ and click on the ‘Save Changes’ button.
### How to Add or Update Telegram Channels [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Similarly, you can add or update Telegram Channels in the dashboard. Go to ‘Channels’ from the left side panel to add or update your ‘Telegram Bot Token’ and ‘Telegram User ID’ easily. Click on the ‘Save Changes’ button when you are done.
## Reset OpenClaw [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
OpenClaw Reset (No new server needed): You can now reinstall OpenClaw from scratch on the same server using OpenClaw Reset. With one click, it creates a backup, reinstalls a clean setup, and generates fresh credentials.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can deploy OpenClaw on xCloud. OpenClaw deployment on xCloud removes the complexity of **[self managed hosting](/self-managed-hosting/)** and lets you focus on what matters most.
## Few More Details of OpenClaw(Beta) Hosting [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
✅ OpenClaw Hosting is available only on xCloud Managed Servers and requires more than 4GB RAM
✅ You cannot install OpenClaw on any existing or external servers
✅ After installation, the server runs only OpenClaw. You cannot host other sites or applications on the same server
✅ Support for this OpenClaw feature is limited. If you encounter any issues, please reinstall OpenClaw
## ⚠️ Security + Support Boundaries (Read This Carefully) [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
AI agents are powerful tools, and careless use can introduce serious risks. Many users already run agents on personal laptops or unmanaged servers without isolation or a clear understanding of the consequences. xCloud provides a safer deployment path, but risk still exists.
### What xCloud Will Do [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
✅ Provision a managed server
✅ Install OpenClaw
✅ Provide basic server-level controls such as restart, reinstall, and environment configuration
### What xCloud Will NOT Do [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
❌ Provide support for how you run or configure your agent
❌ Troubleshoot workflows, integrations, prompts, or tool access
❌ Take responsibility for third-party API behavior or failures
❌ Debug issues caused by custom configurations
If OpenClaw becomes unstable or breaks after you start configuring it, reinstall OpenClaw.
Everything beyond server provisioning and installation remains your responsibility.
## 🚨 Mandatory Safety Guidelines [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
❌ Do not use your primary OpenAI, Anthropic, Gemini, or similar accounts
❌ Do not connect your main GitHub account
❌ Do not connect personal Gmail or identity systems
✅ Use separate, dedicated accounts for testing
✅ Treat OpenClaw as an isolated sandbox
✅ Avoid connecting anything tied to your real identity or critical systems
You get a fully managed server, a dedicated OpenClaw stack, and seamless integration with Telegram, all without manual configuration or infrastructure headaches.
With One Click Apps, secure API-based connections, and scalable resources, xCloud makes running OpenClaw simple, stable, and efficient. Follow the steps in this guide, complete the setup, and start managing your trading strategies with speed, consistency, and confidence.
## Frequently Asked Questions [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
### Q1. Do I need my own LLM provider, or is it included with OpenClaw hosting on xCloud? [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Answer: Yes, you need to bring your own AI provider API key such as OpenAI, Anthropic, Claude Code, OpenAI, or others.
---
# How to Deploy Paperclip with xCloud (Fully Managed Hosting) - xCloud
> Learn how to deploy Paperclip on xCloud with fully managed hosting. Set up servers, configure AI providers, and launch your app in minutes.
[**Paperclip**](/paperclip-hosting/) is a powerful AI-powered application that you can easily deploy using xCloud’s fully managed hosting platform. With xCloud, you don’t need to worry about complex server configurations or manual setup processes. Whether you’re a developer or a non-technical user, xCloud simplifies the entire deployment by handling server provisioning, application installation, and configuration in just a few steps.
In this guide, we will walk you through the complete process of deploying Paperclip on xCloud, from creating a managed server to configuring your AI provider credentials and managing your application through the xCloud dashboard.
### Step 1: Create an xCloud Managed Server [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
First, visit this [**link**](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip/) to start creating an xCloud managed server. Go to the **‘Server Name’** field and enter your server name. Then add a tag for the server. This step is optional and not mandatory.
_**Note:** If you haven’t signed up yet, you will be prompted to create an account, choose a plan based on your preferences, and then proceed to payment._
Note: If you create an xCloud Managed Server using the standard server creation flow, choose “Agentic” as the web server, then select “Paperclip.” xCloud will then display the configuration options for deploying Hermes Agent.
Next, go to the ‘Server Type’ option. Here, xCloud provides two types of servers. One is ‘General’, and the other one is ‘Premium’.
- General servers are cost-effective servers powered by Intel CPUs and regular SSDs.
- On the other hand, premium servers are blazing fast with quicker 3 GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, faster memory, and NVMe storage.
After that, go to the **‘Server Size’** option and choose your preferred server size. Please note that deploying a Paperclip instance requires a minimum 4 GB RAM server.
Next, choose your preferred continent from the dropdown menu. Then select the server location within that region.
After that, choose your **‘Ubuntu version’** from the dropdown menu under the **‘Ubuntu Operating System’.** You can also enable or disable backups for this application.
xCloud provides a separate stack for this application. You will see the **‘Paperclip’** stack already selected.
Next, go to the security warning section, read the information carefully, and click on the checkbox to confirm that you have read and understood it.
## Enter Your AI Provider Credentials [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
After that, go to the **‘AI provider’** section. Select your preferred AI model from the dropdown list under **‘AI Provider’,** such as **‘OpenAI Codex’** or **‘OpenAI API’.** Then enter the API token for the selected AI model.
### OpenAI Codex – API Key: [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
To use Anthropic, choose **‘Anthropic – API KEY’** from the **‘AI Provider’** menu and enter the API Key into the blank field.
### OpenAI – API Key: [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
To use OpenAI, choose **‘OpenAI – API KEY’** from the **‘AI Provider**‘ menu and enter the API key into the blank field.
## Set up Your Dashboard Credentials [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
Next, configure your Paperclip dashboard credentials. Enter your preferred **‘Dashboard Username’,** and set your preferred **‘Dashboard Basic Auth Password’** in the dedicated fields. Finally, click on the **‘Create’** button to proceed. This action will start creating the xCloud managed server and deploying the Paperclip application.
## Step 2: Manage the Configurations from the xCloud Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
Once the server is created, you will be redirected to the xCloud Paperclip dashboard. Here you will get options for ‘**Status’, ‘Settings,’ ‘Domain & SSL’, ‘Providers’, ‘Environment’, ‘Logs’,** and **‘SSH Access.’**
To log in to your Paperclip account, go to the ‘**Status**‘ option from the dashboard. Collect the ‘**URL**‘ of your Paperclip dashboard. From here, you can also access ‘**Admin**‘ and ‘**Dashboard Basic Auth**‘ from this page.
Next, go to the ‘**Providers**‘ option from the left menu of the Paperclip dashboard. Here you can see the ‘**Current Provider**‘ that you configured for your Paperclip. If you want to change your AI provider, then go to the ‘**AI Provider**‘ section, set a provider from the dropdown list, and complete the setup process of the AI provider, and click on the save button.
Now go to the ‘**Logs**‘ option and get different types of logs: ‘**Nginx Access Log**‘, ‘**NGINX Error Log**‘, ‘**Fail2ban log**‘, ‘**auth.log’**.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can deploy Paperclip on xCloud. Paperclip deployment on xCloud removes the complexity of self-managed hosting and lets you focus on what matters most.
If you run into any issues during the deployment process, feel free to reach out to the [**xCloud support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for assistance.
---
# How to Deploy phpMyAdmin with xCloud One Click Apps - xCloud
> Deploy PHPMyAdmin with xCloud One-Click Apps in minutes. Easily set up, configure, and manage databases with a few clicks.
[phpMyAdmi**n**](https://www.phpmyadmin.net/) is a popular web-based interface used to manage MySQL and MariaDB databases. xCloud simplifies the deployment process through its intuitive dashboard, allowing users to launch and configure PHPMyAdmin instances with minimal effort.
Follow the steps below to quickly set up phpMyAdmin in a demo or production environment using xCloud.
_Note: To access the phpMyAdmin feature, disable the 7G or 8G firewall._
## **Install phpMyAdmin from the Server Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
You can also manage phpMyAdmin from your xCloud server dashboard. Just go to **‘Server’ → ‘Database’** to access the phpMyAdmin options. From there, click **‘Open My phpMyAdmin’** to open the phpMyAdmin dashboard.
You can also disable it by clicking **‘Disable phpMyAdmin’**. Additionally, you can create a new database or database user for that server directly from the dashboard.
In this way, the application will be created as a demo site with a test domain. Later, you can update the domain and use a custom domain. Read the documentation for more details:
[_**How To Go Live From Staging Domain?**_](/docs/how-to-go-live-from-staging-domain/)
## **How To Deploy phpMyAdmin in 1 Click** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
You can also deploy your phpMyAdmin application by creating a new site. To create a new site follow the steps below:
## **Step 1: Access the One** **Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once authenticated, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘phpMyAdmin**‘ from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
Ensure your server is already connected to xCloud. If not, follow the instructions on the dashboard to establish a server connection. Once connected, you can create a new site either from the main dashboard or the site list by selecting the **‘Create New Site**‘ option.
## **Step 2: Set Up the phpMyAdmin Application** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘**Site Title’** and add relevant ‘**Tags’** to help organize your deployment. At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
## **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
If you select the ‘**Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your phpMyAdmin instance. Available subdomain extensions include .wp1.site and .wp1.sh, both managed through Cloudflare. These demo domains are intended for temporary use and should be used for testing and development purposes only.
Note that once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert back to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding.
## **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
At the bottom of the configuration screen, select the appropriate ‘**PHP Version** for your application. Also, ‘Site user’ will be created for this application. Keep it as it is. Once all settings have been reviewed and configured, click the **‘Next**‘ button to proceed.
xCloud will begin provisioning the environment, and within a few minutes, your phpMyAdmin instance will be deployed and accessible from your dashboard.
## **Step 5: Visit the phpMyAdmin Site** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
With phpMyAdmin set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Magic Login’** app. Once you click on the magic login button, you will be redirected to the phpMyAdmin dashboard. Here, you can check out the **‘Database’** of your site from the phpMyAdmin dashboard.
This will open the PHPMyAdmin dialog window for registration, which should look something like the example below. Simply enter your details and create a password according to the specs indicated. Hit the Next button, then click through any additional popups, leaving them empty for now.
## **Managing phpMyAdmin from the xCloud Server Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
You can also manage phpMyAdmin from your xCloud server dashboard. Just go to **‘Server’ → ‘Database’** to access the phpMyAdmin options. From there, click **‘Open My phpMyAdmin’** to open the phpMyAdmin dashboard. You can also disable it by clicking **‘Disable phpMyAdmin’**. Additionally, you can create a new database or database user for that server directly from the dashboard.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can quickly and reliably deploy a phpMyAdmin instance using xCloud One Click Apps feature. If you are working in a staging environment or setting up a live application, xCloud provides a streamlined interface for configuring and managing your deployment.
Still, feeling stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# How To Easily Disable Email Notifications For Credentials In xCloud Hosting - xCloud
> Go through this simple guide to disable email notifications with xCloud hosting.
Solidify your security measures with [**xCloud**](/) Hosting as we introduce a fresh approach to safeguarding your credentials: **Disable Email Notifications.**
Explore the “**Notification**” section within your settings and opt to disable it if you prefer not to receive server and site credentials. It’s important to note that we do not show any credentials within our system.
**Note: Please make sure to save your credentials somewhere else during site or server creation **as we do not show any credentials in xCloud** for security best practices.
**
If you are stuck, contact our [**support team**](/contact/) for any queries.
---
# How to Disable Notifications With xCloud - xCloud
> xCloud lets you control which notifications you receive and which channels xCloud can use to send them. If you manage many websites or servers, you can reduce
xCloud lets you control which notifications you receive and which channels xCloud can use to send them. If you manage many websites or servers, you can reduce unnecessary alerts by updating your notification settings.
Use this guide to turn off xCloud notifications, disable email alerts, or keep only the notification channels your team needs.
> ⚠️ **Important:** Disabling notifications does not disable the action that created the notification. For example, if you turn off update notification emails, xCloud will stop sending those emails, but your sites and servers can still be updated or managed based on your normal settings.
## What This Setting Controls [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
The xCloud notification page controls notification delivery from xCloud. Depending on your account and integrations, you may see channels such as:
- **Email**
- **Slack**
- **Telegram**
- **WhatsApp**
- **xCloud dashboard notifications**
You can disable one channel and keep another channel enabled. For example, you can turn off Email while keeping Slack or dashboard notifications active.
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
- Access to your xCloud account
- Permission to manage your profile settings
- Access to the team or account where the notifications are generated
## Step 1: Open Notification Settings [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
First, log in to your xCloud Dashboard and visit the **Settings → Notifications** from the dashboard or directly visit the [**link**](https://app.xcloud.host/user/notifications). You can also open your user profile menu and select **Notifications**.
## Step 2: Review Each Notification Section [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
On the notification page, review the available sections. You may see sections such as:
- **Site Notifications**
- **Server Notifications**
- **Other Notifications**
- **Vulnerability Notifications**
Each section controls a different group of xCloud alerts.
## Step 3: Disable The Notification Channels You Do Not Want [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Uncheck the channel you want to disable in each section.
For example:
- Uncheck **Email** to stop email notifications.
- Uncheck **Slack** to stop Slack notifications.
- Uncheck **Telegram** to stop Telegram notifications.
- Uncheck **WhatsApp** to stop WhatsApp notifications.
If you only want fewer emails, turn off **Email** and leave your preferred channel enabled.
## Step 4: Disable Site Notifications If Needed [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Use **Site Notifications** to control alerts related to your websites. These can include site upgrades, SSL certificate issues, deployment errors, and similar site-level events.
Turn off the channels you do not want under **Site Notifications**.
## Step 5: Disable Server Notifications If Needed [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Use **Server Notifications** to control server-level alerts. These can include server reboots, unavailable servers, available upgrades, and similar server events.
Turn off the channels you do not want under **Server Notifications**.
## Step 6: Review Other And Vulnerability Notifications [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
If you want to stop all xCloud notifications through a specific channel, review **Other Notifications** and **Vulnerability Notifications** as well.
➡️ For security-related alerts, keep at least one channel enabled if your team depends on xCloud to notify you about important issues.
## Step 7: Save Your Changes [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
Click **Save Changes**.
After saving, xCloud will update your notification preferences.
### Expected Result [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
After saving your settings:
- xCloud stops sending notifications through the channels you disabled.
- xCloud keeps sending notifications through any channels that remain enabled.
- Site and server workflows continue normally.
- Updates are not disabled by changing notification settings.
## Recommended Setup [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
If you manage many websites and want fewer messages, use one of these setups.
### Reduce Email Noise [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
- Turn off **Email** under Site Notifications.
- Turn off **Email** under Server Notifications if you do not want server alert emails.
- Keep one preferred channel enabled for important alerts.
### Stop All xCloud Emails [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
- Turn off **Email** in every notification section where it appears.
- Click **Save Changes**.
- Keep another channel enabled if your team still needs operational alerts.
### Keep Only Important Security Alerts [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
- Turn off nonessential channels under Site Notifications and Server Notifications.
- Keep **Vulnerability Notifications** enabled in your preferred channel.
- Click **Save Changes**.
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
**I still receive emails after turning off Site Notifications**
Check **Server Notifications**, **Other Notifications**, and **Vulnerability Notifications**. Some emails may come from a different notification group.
**I want no xCloud emails at all**
Open the notification page and turn off **Email** everywhere it appears. Then click **Save Changes**.
**I do not see the Notifications page**
Your role may not allow you to manage notification preferences. Ask the team owner or an admin to review your access.
**My team still needs important alerts**
Keep one shared channel enabled, such as Slack or dashboard notifications, while disabling personal email alerts.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-to-disable-notifications-with-xcloud/)
**Can I disable notifications for all my websites from one place?**
Yes. The notification page controls your xCloud notification delivery preferences, so you can reduce notification emails without opening each website individually.
**Can I disable only Email and keep Slack enabled?**
Yes. Notification channels are controlled separately. Turn off Email and keep Slack enabled if that is your preferred workflow.
**Does this stop WordPress update emails sent directly by WordPress?**
No. This only controls xCloud notifications. WordPress can also send its own automatic update emails from inside each WordPress site. To disable those emails, follow the WordPress update email notification guide.
---
# How To Enable Basic Authentication On Your Site? - xCloud
> In xCloud you can easily configure the basic authentication for your site.
xCloud allows you to add basic authentication to your site. This can be useful for restricting access to a site for security reasons or if you’re simply running a site that needs to restrict access before you even get to WordPress.
Follow the steps below to learn how to enable authentication on your website.
### **Step 1:** Login To Your xCloud Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-enable-basic-authentication-on-your-site/)
First, from the dashboard, click on the site you want to enable the authentication for, or go to the **“All Sites”** tab and select the site.
### **Step 2:** Enable Basic Authentication Button [#](/docs/how-to-enable-basic-authentication-on-your-site/)
Next, go to the **‘Authentication’** tab and toggle the **authentication** button.
### **Step 3:** Add Required Details [#](/docs/how-to-enable-basic-authentication-on-your-site/)
Now, enter the Username and Password as needed. Click on the **‘Save’** button and you are all set.
Thus, you can easily enable authentication on your site. Getting stuck? Feel free to contact our support team for further assistance.
---
# How to Enable Cloudflare WAF Rules for Site Security in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to enable Cloudflare WAF rules in xCloud to block sensitive file access, prevent author enumeration, and strengthen WordPress security in minutes.
Keeping your WordPress site secure takes more than just strong passwords and regular updates. Many common attacks target areas like XML-RPC, sensitive files, wp-config.php, and author enumeration. If these are left unprotected, your site can become more vulnerable to unauthorized access, spam, and other security threats.
xCloud’s Cloudflare WAF integration lets you activate Web Application Firewall rules directly from your site’s security dashboard — no Cloudflare dashboard required. When you toggle a security option in xCloud, the corresponding WAF rule is automatically created, updated, or deleted in your Cloudflare zone. Rules are stored per-site, so each site on your server can have its own security configuration.
## **What Is Cloudflare WAF?** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Cloudflare’s Web Application Firewall (WAF) filters malicious HTTP traffic before it reaches your server. Custom rules let you block specific attack vectors – such as requests targeting sensitive config files, XML-RPC abuse, or author enumeration scans – at the CDN edge, before the request ever hits your origin. xCloud integrates with Cloudflare WAF via API, so you can manage these rules without leaving the xCloud dashboard.
## **Prerequisites** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
- An active xCloud site on a production server
- Cloudflare DNS integration enabled and active for the site (the security card will not appear for sites without active Cloudflare DNS records)
- A valid Cloudflare API token configured in xCloud with WAF rule read/write permissions
- For WordPress-specific options: the site must be running WordPress (these options are hidden for Laravel, custom PHP, and other app types)
That is why Cloudflare Security Settings in xCloud are so important. Instead of manually creating and managing Cloudflare rules, you can quickly enable essential protections directly from your xCloud dashboard. This makes it easier to strengthen your site’s security without going through a complicated setup process.
_
Note: This feature is available for both NGINX and OLS servers._
## **Step 1: Go to Your Site** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
First, open the site you want to configure. From your site dashboard, look at the left sidebar menu and navigate to ‘**Tools**, then open **NGINX and Security**. This section contains the settings related to performance and security, including the Cloudflare protections available for your site.
## **Step 2: Open Cloudflare Security Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Once you are inside the **NGINX and Security** section, locate the **Cloudflare Security Settings** area on the dashboard. In this section, you will find several security options that help protect your WordPress site from common vulnerabilities and unwanted access attempts. These options includes:
- **Allow Good Bots + ACME/Let’s Encrypt Validation:** Allows trusted bots and SSL validation requests.
- **Block Sensitive File Access:** Blocks access to private or sensitive files.
- **Block Direct Access to** **wp-config.php:** Protects the main WordPress config file from direct access.
- **Block XML-RPC:** Disables XML-RPC to reduce abuse and attacks.
- **Block Author Enumeration:** Prevents attackers from discovering WordPress usernames.
You can simply use the toggle buttons to enable or disable each setting based on your needs and preferences. After that, click on the ‘Save Settings’ button.
## **Troubleshooting** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
- **The Cloudflare Security Settings card is not showing on the NGINX Security page. →** The card only appears for production sites with an active Cloudflare DNS integration. Verify that Cloudflare DNS is enabled for this site under Site → DNS → Cloudflare. Staging sites do not display this card.
- **WordPress-specific options (wp-config.php, XML-RPC, Author Enumeration) are not visible. →** These options only appear for WordPress sites. If your site runs Laravel, custom PHP, or another stack, these options will not be shown.
- **Saving settings returns an error. →** Check that your Cloudflare API token has WAF custom rules read and write permissions. Tokens with zone-level read-only access will fail. You may also be hitting Cloudflare’s API rate limits — wait a moment and try again.
- **A rule was enabled but does not appear in the Cloudflare WAF dashboard.** → xCloud applies changes only to settings that differ from the current state. If a rule already exists in Cloudflare from a previous session, it may not be recreated. Check Cloudflare’s WAF Custom Rules list directly. If the rule is missing, toggle the option off, save, then toggle it on again and save.
- **I disabled a rule but it still appears in Cloudflare.** → Cloudflare may take a few seconds to propagate rule deletions. Refresh the Cloudflare WAF page after ~30 seconds. If the rule persists, check xCloud logs for API errors related to the delete operation.
And that’s it this is how easily you can configure Cloudflare security settings in xCloud. Cloudflare Security Settings in xCloud give you a simple way to add important protection to your WordPress site without manually configuring security rules in Cloudflare. With just a few clicks, you can block common attack vectors, protect sensitive files, and improve your site’s overall security posture.
---
# How to Enable HTTP/3 in xCloud for Enhanced Website Performance - xCloud
> Learn how to enable HTTP/3 in xCloud to boost website speed, security, and user experience with simple steps for both new and existing sites.
HTTP/3, the latest version of the Hypertext Transfer Protocol, brings significant improvements over earlier versions.
xCloud has already supported HTTP/3 on OLS (OpenLiteSpeed) servers. Now, this support is also available for NGINX servers. This means you can create and run websites on the HTTP/3 protocol whether you are using OLS or NGINX. In this guide, we will show you how to enable HTTP/3 for both new and existing sites on NGINX servers.
## **What Is HTTP/3 and Why Is It Important?** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
HTTP/3 is the third major version of the Hypertext Transfer Protocol, built on top of QUIC, a transport layer protocol developed by Google. Unlike HTTP/2, which relies on TCP, HTTP/3 operates over UDP. This enables faster connection establishment, elimination of head-of-line blocking, improved performance on unreliable networks, and enhanced security.
### **Reduced Latency** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
QUIC combines the transport handshake and encryption handshake into a single process. This reduces the number of round trips required to establish a secure connection and leads to faster page loads for visitors.
### **Elimination of Head-of-Line Blocking** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
In HTTP/2, the loss of a single data packet can delay all other data streams. HTTP/3 processes each stream independently, ensuring that only the affected stream is delayed. For example, if you are chatting with an AI tool like ChatGPT and one response segment is delayed, HTTP/3 ensures that other parts of the chat, such as text already loaded or supporting images, continue to display without interruption. This independent processing improves the loading speed of site assets such as images, CSS, and JavaScript files.
### **Improved Performance on Unreliable Networks** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
HTTP/3 supports connection migration, allowing users to maintain uninterrupted connections even when switching networks, such as from Wi-Fi to mobile data. This ensures a seamless browsing experience for visitors using mobile devices or unstable networks.
### **Enhanced Security** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
QUIC is encrypted by default. HTTP/3 leverages this encryption to provide a more secure connection without additional configuration, protecting user data and communications.
## **How to Enable HTTP/3 in xCloud for New Sites**? [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
For all new websites deployed on xCloud, HTTP/3 support is enabled automatically if the server runs NGINX version 1.25.0 or higher. Site owners do not need to take any additional steps. New sites are provisioned with all necessary server configurations and SSL/TLS settings to ensure full compatibility with HTTP/3 for supported browsers and clients.
## **How to Enable HTTP/3 on Previously Deployed Sites** **on NGINX Servers** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
For sites deployed before HTTP/3 support was deployed from xCloud, you need to regenerate NGINX to enable HTTP/3. Here are the steps to regenerate the permissions of the rescue site associated with each domain.
👉 Note: xCloud already supports HTTP/3 on OLS (OpenLiteSpeed) servers by default. For NGINX servers, follow the steps below to enable HTTP/3.
### **Step 1: Login and Select the Site** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
To reset the file and folder permissions of your site. First, log in to your xCloud dashboard,go to your website where you want to activate HTTP/3. Now, go to the ‘Site settings’ option from the left navigation bar.
### **Step 2: Reset the Permissions** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
Then roll down a little and toggle on the **‘Regenerate NGINX Configurations’** option to enable and then enable the **‘Restart NGINX’** option as well and click on the **‘Run Now’** button.
This is how easily you can reset the files and folder permissions and enable HTTP3 for your sites.
## **How to Verify HTTP/3 Activation for Your Site** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-http-3-in-xcloud/)
After regenerating permissions, verify that HTTP/3 is active by opening an online tool such as [**HTTP3 Check**](https://http3check.net/) to confirm that the site serves content over HTTP/3.
Enabling HTTP/3 in xCloud improves website performance, security, and user experience. New sites automatically benefit from HTTP/3, while existing sites can enable it by regenerating the rescue site permissions. Advanced users may also configure HTTP/3 manually if desired. This upgrade ensures faster, more reliable connections for all visitors, including those on mobile or unstable networks.
---
# How to Enable WebP For NGINX Server With xCloud - xCloud
> Read how to enable WebP for NGINX server with xCloud and discover a simple way to boost site speed with smarter image delivery.
WebP is a modern image format developed by Google that offers superior compression for images on the web, helping improve site load times without compromising quality. Enabling WebP support on your server ensures that browsers capable of displaying WebP images will automatically receive them, while others continue to receive standard PNG or JPEG formats.
Learn how to enable and configure WebP for NGINX server with xCloud to serve WebP images efficiently.
## **Step 1: Go to The NGINX Customization** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-webp-for-nginx-servers/)
To begin, log into your **xCloud dashboard** and navigate to the site where you want to enable WebP support. From the left-hand menu, click on **‘Tools’** and then select **“NGINX Customization.”** This section allows you to safely modify server configurations.
## **Step 2: Add the Config Content for Before Server Block** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-webp-for-nginx-servers/)
The first step is to add a custom configuration **before the server block**. Click the **“Add a New Config”** button, and when the popup appears, set the **Config Type** to _Before Server Block_. Name the configuration something descriptive. Then, in the **Config Content** field, paste the following code:
before:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
map $http\_accept $webp\_suffix {
default "";
"~\*webp" ".webp";
}
After pasting the code, click the **“Save Config”** button to apply the changes.
## **Step 2: Add the Config Content for Inside Server Block** [#](/docs/how-to-enable-webp-for-nginx-servers/)
Next, you’ll need to handle how NGINX serves WebP images by modifying the configuration **‘Inside the Server Block’**. Again, click **“Add a New Config”**, and this time select _Inside Server Block_ for the **Config Type**. Give this a configuration file name then paste the following into the **Config Content** field:
Inside:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
location ~\* ^.+\\.(png|jpe?g)$ {
add\_header Vary Accept;
try\_files $uri$webp\_suffix $uri =404;
}
Then, click the **“Save Config”** button to apply the changes. Once this second configuration is saved, your server is ready to start serving WebP images automatically when possible.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can enable WebP for NGINX server with xCloud. With this, your xCloud server is now optimized to serve WebP images to supported browsers, improving site performance and efficiency.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Find The Redis Credentials? - xCloud
> Learn how to find the redis credentials for your website in NGINX and OLS server.
Redis credentials are essential for accessing and managing your Redis database. To find the Redis credentials, you need to access specific configuration files either via a File Manager for individual sites or through SSH for broader access.
## **Find Redis Credentials in NGINX and OLS For Individual Sites** [#](/docs/how-to-find-the-redis-credentials/)
You can access the Redis credentials for NGINX servers directly from the xCloud dashboard as well. By following the steps, you can efficiently locate and utilise your Redis credentials for NGINX and OLS servers and manage your Redis database easily.
### **Step 1: Select Your Site** [#](/docs/how-to-find-the-redis-credentials/)
To find the Redis credentials, go to the **‘Site’** and head over to the [**Caching option**](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/) from the left navigation bar. For the NGINX servers, go to the ‘**WordPress’ → ‘Caching’** option.
### **Step 2: Access Your Redis Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-find-the-redis-credentials/)
Here, can see the Redis credentials such as **‘Redis User’**, **‘Redis Password’** and **‘Redis Object Cache Key**’ options.
And from the OLS servers, go to the **‘WordPress’ → ‘Caching’ option and find the credentials under the LiteSpeed Cache.**
## **Using SSH to Find All Redis Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-find-the-redis-credentials/)
You can also find the Redis credentials through the terminal as well. Open the terminal (on macOS or Linux) or command prompt (on Windows) to use SSH. Enter the following command to navigate to the directory where the Redis ACL file is located: /etc/redis/users.acl Here you will get the user and password of the Redis credentials
This is how easily you can find Redis credentials using the xCloud dashboard easily or using the command line of your device
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [**support team**](/contact/) for further assistance.
---
# How To Fix Failed Free SSL Issue in xCloud - xCloud
> Here is the step-by-step guideline on how to fix a filed Free SSL issue if it appears while using xCloud.
With xCloud you will get a Free Let’s Encrypt Certificate. After adding a website, subdomain, or parked domain to your xCloud server, an SSL will be installed automatically. This process can require 1-2 hours to complete and for the SSL to appear as active. If you see a Failed SSL/HTTPS status on the SSL on your xCloud dashboard, a failed status will appear:
If more than two hours have passed and the SSL failed status still appears, there are a few things you can check in order to solve this issue.
## **DNS Problem** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-a-failed-free-ssl-issue/)
Use the DNS Checker tool to confirm that your domain is pointing correctly and that the records are fully propagated. Visit your DNS provider and check if you have added the correct IP addresses for your DNS records.
## **Reinstall SSL Certificate** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-a-failed-free-ssl-issue/)
If you are using our xCloud Free SSL, uninstall it and install a new SSL again. You can easily reinstall it by disabling and enabling the toggle button from SSL settings under SITE.
## **Not Secure or Not Private Connection Error** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-a-failed-free-ssl-issue/)
You may also face ‘**ERR\_SSL\_PROTOCOL\_ERROR**’ or ‘**NET::ERR\_CERT\_AUTHORITY\_INVALID**’ issues. To solve this issue, clear your browser history and cache, or check the website using incognito mode.
Afterward, if the issue stays check your SSL certificate validity with the SSL Checker tool.
That is how easily you can fix failed free SSL issue in xCloud**.**
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Fix openclaw.json - xCloud
> The openclaw.json file controls how OpenClaw operates within your environment. If the file contains invalid syntax, missing fields, or incorrect configuration
The openclaw.json file controls how OpenClaw operates within your environment. If the file contains invalid syntax, missing fields, or incorrect configuration values, OpenClaw may fail to initialize or execute workflows properly.
Follow the guide to identify and fix issues in the configuration file using secure access and proper validation.
## **1\. Locate the openclaw.json File** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-openclaw-json/)
Start by identifying where the openclaw.json file exists in your project or server. Check the root directory of your application or the specific configuration folder used by your deployment setup.
Confirm which environment you are working in, such as local, staging, or production, and ensure that the system actually references that specific file. If multiple environments exist, verify that you are editing the correct version to avoid unintended configuration conflicts.
## **2\. Provide SSH Access to the Agent** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-openclaw-json/)
Grant SSH access using your organization’s secure internal method. The agent must be able to read and edit the openclaw.json file directly on the server. In addition to file access, ensure the agent can run basic validation commands and any necessary project-level checks.
SSH access enables the agent to inspect the live configuration, test changes in context, and resolve issues without requiring manual file transfers.
## **3\. Share the Official OpenClaw Documentation** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-openclaw-json/)
Provide the agent with the official OpenClaw documentation link that defines the required fields, optional fields, allowed values, and schema rules. Clear documentation ensures that the agent matches your configuration precisely to the expected structure.
This step prevents assumptions and ensures that every field aligns with the platform’s current configuration standards.
## **4\. Ask the Agent to Validate and Repair** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-openclaw-json/)
Once access and documentation are available, instruct the agent to validate the JSON file and repair any errors. The agent should check for syntax issues, missing fields, incorrect values, and structural mismatches.
After applying corrections, it should revalidate the file to confirm that the configuration meets the required schema. This structured validation process ensures the file works correctly without guesswork or repeated manual edits.
Fixing openclaw.json becomes straightforward when you follow a structured approach. Confirm the correct file location, provide secure SSH access, share the official documentation, and request full validation and repair.
This method allows you to resolve configuration issues efficiently and restore proper OpenClaw functionality without rebuilding your environment.
---
# How To Fix WordPress Updates Not Working Issue - xCloud
> Here is the documentation on how to fix WordPress updates not working issues if it appears while using xCloud.
With xCloud you can easily update your WordPress plugins. However, if you face WordPress updates not working, there might be a few issues you are having. Let’s go below and see how to fix them.
## **WP-CLI Not Working** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-wordpress-updates-not-working-issue/)
Some plugins may cause issues with WP-CLI. If that is the reason your WordPress updates not working you can see this on the ‘**Sites**’ → ‘**Event**’ tab. Identify the plugin and disable it to fix the WP-CL issue. Please reach out to [**our** **support team**](/contact/) if you face any other issues.
## **PHP Version Not Supported** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-wordpress-updates-not-working-issue/)
If your WordPress updates are not working, see that the WordPress installation, theme, plugins, etc. that you are using all are compatible with the most recent version of PHP supported by your hosting account. You can determine the support and end-of-life status of your version as well as other versions by consulting the table labeled PHP Supported Versions.
_**NOTE:** It is possible that your installation will not support the most recent version of PHP if the various components of your installation do not support it. You can restore PHP to its most recent or older version through the xCloud Settings page under Site. You can roll it back to the most recent version._
## **Low Disk Storage** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-wordpress-updates-not-working-issue/)
If you don’t have sufficient disk storage on your server, WordPress updates might not work. Make sure that your server has sufficient free space to allow you to download, unpack, and then replace the plugin files.
## **Plugin Compatibility** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-wordpress-updates-not-working-issue/)
WordPress updates might not work when the plugin you are updating is not ready for the WordPress version that you are using. Make sure that the plugins being updated are compatible with the WordPress version you are using. Some plugins may not be ready for the latest version of WordPress.
## **Cache & Caching Plugins** [#](/docs/how-to-fix-wordpress-updates-not-working-issue/)
Cache and caching plugins may interfere with the WordPress update process. You need to clear any caching mechanisms on your server, including caching plugins to fix the issue.
That is how easily you can fix WordPress updates not working issue in xCloud.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Generate and Add SSH Keys In xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to generate and add SSH keys in xCloud following easy and simple steps.
Adding an SSH (Secure Shell) key to your server is a security measure and a method of authentication. SSH keys are used for secure, encrypted communication between your local computer (or client) and a remote server. With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily generate and add SSH keys to your server to keep the server secure from unauthorized access.
## **How To Add SSH Keys To Your xCloud Account** [#](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/)
Follow the step-by-step instructions below to generate and add SSH keys, and delete them as well from your xCloud server.
### **Step 1: Access Your xCloud Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud account and visit the **‘SSH key’**option under your account settings.
### **Step 2: Add Your Public SSH Key To The xCloud SSH Keys Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/)
To add a public SSH key to your xCloud click on the **“Create New SSH Key”** button, and paste your Public SSH Key.
What if you do not have an SSH key yet? Let’s learn how you can generate an SSH Key from scratch.
## **How To Generate An SSH Key?** [#](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/)
To create a new SSH key, open a terminal and execute the given command:
**ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 4096 -C “your\_email@example.com**
Replace **“your\_email@example.com”** with a unique identifier to distinguish this SSH key (it doesn’t have to be an email address).
When prompted to select a file to store the key, press Enter to accept the default location **(~/.ssh/id\_rsa)**.
When asked to set a passphrase, you can leave it empty by pressing Enter. Alternatively, for an additional layer of security, you have the option to assign a passphrase to the SSH key.
However, keep in mind that using a passphrase will require you to enter it each time the SSH key is used.
If you are a Mac user then you can easily open your Terminal and paste the following command to copy the public SSH key in your clipboard.
**pbcopy < ~/.ssh/id\_rsa.pub**
Still unable to generate an SSH key? Please refer to the following guides:
- [**Generate SSH Key on Mac**](https://www.digitalocean.com/community/tutorials/how-to-create-ssh-keys-with-openssh-on-macos-or-linux)
- [**Generate SSH Key on Windows with Putty**](https://docs.digitalocean.com/products/droplets/how-to/add-ssh-keys/create-with-putty/)
Or contact our support for further help. After successfully adding the SSH key, it will be displayed in the **“SSH Key”** section in your xCloud dashboard.
## **Let’s Add The SSH Key To xCloud Servers** [#](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/)
While adding the SSH key, you may also assign it to a server by creating a Sudo User with it as shown below. Make sure, you click on ‘Save’ after setting your default sudo user & password.
**Want to assign an SSH key always to new provision servers?**
While adding an SSH Key you can check the marked option shown below in xCloud to add an SSH key automatically to newly provisioned servers instead of doing it manually every time.
## **How To Delete SSH Key From The xCloud** **Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/)
To delete an SSH key from the xCloud dashboard, go to ‘**Settings**‘ and select ‘**SSH Key**‘ from the sidebar or use the direct link **[visit this link](https://app.xcloud.host/user/ssh-key)** to access the page quickly. Then, click the ‘**Delete**‘ icon under the **‘Actions**‘ column next to the key you want to remove.
This is how you can easily generate and add SSH keys & to your xCloud server. Plus, you can delete your keys if you don’t need them.
Still confused or if you need any help with anything? Contact our **support team** right away.
---
# How To Generate Custom Invoices in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to generate custom invoices for all payments in xCloud and download from this documentation.
In [**xCloud**](/) you can easily generate custom invoices for all payments. If you require the inclusion of specific contact or tax details on your receipts, such as your VAT identification number, or registered address on the invoice you can add any of this information on your invoice with ease, Follow the step-by-step guideline below to generate custom invoices.
## Step 1: Add Extra Billing Information [#](/docs/how-to-generate-custom-invoices/)
First of all, from your dashboard click on the ‘**Profile**’ button. Then add ‘**Name on Invoice**’ and ‘**Extra Billing Information**’ as you need. Add your contact, and tax details like VAT identification number, or registered address there.
## Step 2: Download Your Invoice [#](/docs/how-to-generate-custom-invoices/)
Now, go to the ‘**Invoices**’ tab and click on the ‘**Download**’ button on the invoice that you need. Your invoice will be downloaded with the added extra billing information.
That’s it. This is how you can generate customer invoices in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Setup A Vultr Server in xCloud and Get Free Hosting For 6 Months? - xCloud
> With xCloud, we are giving free hosting with Vultr for 6 months.
**[xCloud](/)** is your all-in-one hosting solution where you will get a seamless, automated service with advanced server and site management. Our [**Vultr**](https://www.vultr.com/?ref=9536083) and xCloud partnership offers Free hosting for **Six months** for Vultr servers. By simply signing up for **Vultr** using the code “XCLOUD25”, you’ll receive **$100** in free credits. Also, new signups in xCloud allow users to create **1 server and 10 site for free** using the **Bring Your Own Server** service.
Now let’s follow some simple steps on how you can avail of the free hosting and management offer to start your xCloud journey without any cost.
## **Step 1: Sign Up For xCloud With Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
To get started, first, you have to sign up for xCloud. Simply, put your credentials and get started.
## **Step 2: Integrate your Vultr Account in xCloud** For Free Hosting [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “**Create New Server**” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a **Vultr** server and for that select the **Vultr** option under “Bring your own server service”. The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account and in xCloud we won’t charge for this first server.
_Note:_ _Check out the documentation below to find out how to provision a server with other major providers:_
- [**How To Set Up a Server with Digital Ocean in xCloud?**](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
- [**How To Setup a Server With Google Cloud Platform in xCloud?**](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
- [**How To Connect a Server From Any Provider in xCloud?**](/)
### **Signup in Vultr with xCloud Promo** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
To get started with the free hosting offer, head over to [Vultr.com](https://www.vultr.com) and sign up for a new account. During the registration process, you’ll need to link a **valid credit card** or a **verified PayPal account** to activate your account and be eligible for the $100 promotional credit. As part of the validation, Vultr will place a **small temporary authorization** on your credit card—approximately **$2.50 USD**—to verify your payment method. This charge is not permanent and will be automatically reversed by your bank, although depending on your bank’s policy, it might take up to **30 days** for the funds to be released.
If you choose to verify using **PayPal**, note that Vultr requires a **minimum payment of $5.00 USD** for validation. Additionally, PayPal must be linked to a **valid credit card or bank account** to complete this verification process. Once your payment method is verified and your account is deemed eligible, the **$100 in free credits** will be automatically applied to your account. Make sure to use the **promo code “XCLOUD25”** during the sign-up to claim this offer.
_Note: If you already have a Vultr account then please skip this step and check how to collect API from Vultr._
### **Collect API key from Vultr** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 10 sites for free. Navigate to the **Account → API** tab from your Vultr dashboard. After that click on the ‘**Enable API**’ button.
Now, your ‘**Personal Access Token**’ will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any IPv4 and Any IPv6 both under Access Control
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
### **Add Team Members In Vultr** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
### **Add Vultr API key in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on ‘**Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard, and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on ‘**Vultr**’ to proceed further.
After selecting ‘**Vultr**’, set your ‘**Key**’, ‘**Vultr Label**’, and ‘**Vultr API Key**’. Then click on ‘**Verify**’.
## **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
Now you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your **Region**, **Database Server**, **Server Size,** and much more from one easy dashboard.
After putting all the information, click on **‘Next’** and xCloud will automatically install and set up everything for you in a few minutes.
## **Step 4: Create A New Free Site** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
Once your server is connected, you can create a site from the Dashboard or Site List by clicking on the button “**Create New Site**”. Then you will need to select the server on which you want to install your WordPress website.
As we will be creating a fresh WordPress site choose the “I**nstall New WordPress Website**” options as shown below.
Now all you have to do is install and Go Live with your WordPress Site. You can do the next process with 3 simple and easy steps.
1. Add a **Site Title**
2. Add **Tags** if you want
3. Choose to **Go Live**
4. **DNS Configuration:** If you add the domain and want to visit the live site you need to configure your DNS. xCloud does not handle your DNS but all you need to do is remove any existing A records and add the A record as shown above. For example, if your domain is on Cloudflare then all you need to do is add an A record with the domain name, and your server IP address.
To use a **Free SSL certificate** by **Let’s Encrypt** simply turn on the HTTPS enable button and xCloud will automatically set everything for you.
_Note: Make sure you have pointed your domain to the server with A record and turn off the proxy of Cloudflare._
You can then simply hit the Next Button to create your site and **Go Live** instantly.
### **Configure Advanced Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
By default, the WordPress admin credentials are autogenerated to speed up the site creation process. As soon as your site is deployed you will receive your Site credentials on your email address. Later on, you can update your password if needed. From “**More Advanced Settings**” you can update the default **Admin Username**, **Admin Password, Admin Email Address,** etc. along with other additional settings from here.
After the previous step, click on the ‘**Next**’ button. It might take only 1-2 minutes to create your WordPress site.
### **Not Ready Yet? Try Staging Environment** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
Also, If you do not want to point your domain yet then xCloud offers temporary domains to make your site live with every Site creation method available in xCloud. For that select the **Staging Environment** option.
## **Step 5: Configure Email Address for your WP Site** [#](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
For users on managed hosting services like WPEngine, Runcloud, and Cloudways, email providers like Office 365, GSuite, and MXroute are commonly used. If you are migrating from cPanel/Plesk, new email hosting is needed. xCloud doesn’t automatically include email setup for your sites. WordPress often requires reliable transactional email delivery, but default systems can fail, causing spam or delivery issues. Using services like Mailgun for efficient email delivery is recommended. The process of setting up and configuring Mailgun for WordPress can be found below.
👉 [**Setting Up Site Emails For WordPress ON xCloud**](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)
That’s it! You’ve successfully created a site in xCloud with free hosting with Vultr. Now you can start working on your website, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
Still stuck? Contact our **support team** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Go Live From Demo Site With Custom Domain? - xCloud
> Learn how to go Live from demo site with your custom domain on xCloud easily in just a few clicks.
With xCloud, you can easily create a demo site in a few clicks and test everything before going live. A demo site serves as a test website where you can migrate sites, run experiments, use all necessary plugins and themes, and also go Live with a custom domain. But ever wondered how you can go live from a demo site with custom domain using xCloud?
Follow the steps below to go live from the demo site with a custom domain on xCloud
First, click on the **‘Domain’** → **‘Go Live’** option from the dashboard. Then go to the **‘Domain Setup’** section. Enter your **‘Domain name’** in the field.
Then go to the ‘**DNS Setup’** section from the dashboard and add the records to your domain provider and verify the DNS.
If you are using Cloudflare for DNS management, you can [follow this guide](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/) for DNS Management with Cloudflare.
After that, click on the **‘Save’** button to complete the process. From the xCloud dashboard, you can easily go live from the demo site with a single click.
* * *
Want to learn about how to set up your DNS records?
[**_Read the documentation_**](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Go Live From Staging Domain? - xCloud
> We can easily go live from staging site with a single click with the help of xCloud.
Testing changes before making them live is crucial for your website’s stability. It avoids errors and saves time and effort in resolving issues that may arise otherwise.
First, click on the **Staging** option. Here you will get a brief overview of your entire **Staging Management** system.
From the **[xCloud](/)** dashboard, you can easily go live from staging domain with a single click.
Now, simply click on the **Go Live** option. After clicking, you need to add your necessary information like **Domain Name, Additional Domain.** You can also, enable HTTPS for more security.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Deploy Buzz Workspace with xCloud (One Click Apps) - xCloud
> Learn how to install the Buzz app and deploy your Buzz relay server on xCloud with One Click Apps. No manual Docker or NGINX setup needed.
Buzz is an open-source workspace where you and your AI agents share the same room. Instead of jumping between a chat app, a terminal, and half a dozen tabs, you get one place where people and agents talk, hand off work, and keep the context in view.
To run a Buzz community, you need two things: the desktop app on your machine, and a relay server that your community connects through. The app takes a couple of minutes. The relay is the part that usually means picking a provider, spinning up a Docker host, wiring NGINX, and handling SSL yourself.
That is what xCloud’s removes with fully managed [**Buzz Hosting**](/buzz-hosting/). You create a Docker + NGINX server, pick Buzz from the One Click Apps list, paste in your public key, and xCloud handles the rest. No manual container setup, no config files, no waiting on a DNS record if you just want to test things first, a free demo domain works fine.
Follow this guide to install the Buzz app and setting up your identity, then deploying your Buzz relay on xCloud from start to finish.
## Create A Docker+ Nginx Server With xCloud [#](#create-a-docker-nginx-server-with-xcloud)
### Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server [#](#step-1-create-a-docker-nginx-server)
First, create a Docker server to deploy Buzz. Click the ‘Add New Server’ button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Buzz either on your [own server](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy the server with xCloud. You can either use an [xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/) or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the ‘Server Name’, set the ‘App Type’ to Buzz(it is optional to select), and add any relevant ‘Tags’ to help identify your server later.
Next, you can see the ‘Docker + NGINX’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Buzz application.
Next, choose the server options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs, then click the ‘Create’ button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Buzz Application on this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## Create The Buzz Application on xCloud [#](#create-the-buzz-application-on-xcloud)
### Step 2: Go to One Click Apps & Choose Buzz [#](#step-2-go-to-one-click-apps--choose-buzz)
Next, from your dashboard, click the ‘One Click Apps’ button and choose ‘Buzz’.
### Step 3: Set Up the Buzz Application [#](#step-3-set-up-the-buzz-application)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘Site Title’ and add relevant ‘Tags’ to help organize your deployment.
Here, you will see site deployment options. From here, proceed with the ‘Go Live’ option or the ‘Demo Site’ option. For Go Live you need to have a custom domain. For this tutorial we are going with the demo domain that is free from xCloud.
Once you choose the Demo site, you will see that xCloud assigns you a free demo domain.
### Step 4: Collect the Relay Owner Public Key [#](#step-4-collect-the-relay-owner-public-key)
Next, you need to collect the Public key (hex) in the Relay Owner Key field and click on the ‘Next’ button.
> To collect the Relay Owner Public Key, you first need to install the Buzz app and follow the instructions starting from Step 6. Do not close this tab or stop the setup process. Once you have collected the key, return to this page and paste it into the Relay Owner field.
After you collect the key, enter it and click on the ‘Next’ button to start deploying the application.
### Step 5: Visit the Application [#](#step-5-visit-the-application)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Buzz app. From the dashboard, click the ‘Visit Site’ button to access your Buzz Community Link.
## Install The Buzz App In Your Device [#](#install-the-buzz-app-in-your-device)
### Step 6: Download & Install the Buzz App [#](#step-6-download--install-the-buzz-app)
First visit the official [website](https://buzz.xyz/) of Buzz and click on the ‘Get the App’ to download and install the app on your Mac device.
After completing download, install the app on your device. Drag and drop the App on your Application folder and it will instantly start installing on your device.
### Step 7: Open Your Buzz App In Your Device [#](#step-7-open-your-buzz-app-in-your-device)
Open the ‘Buzz’ from your device. It will ask whether you want to create a new identity or want to use an existing key. Here we are choosing the ‘Create a new identity key’ option.
Next you will get an unique identity key. Copy the key and store it somewhere safely.
### Step 8: Setup Your AI Agents [#](#step-8-setup-your-ai-agents)
Then it will ask you to install the Claude Code or OpenAI Codex, whichever you prefer. Click on the Install button of your preferred AI Agent button, complete the authorization process. Then hit on the next button.
### Step 9: Join A Community [#](#step-9-join-a-community)
Then, you will get three options. From here choose ‘Join a community’ as you will create your community server with xCloud .
Here you well get a public ID. Copy the ID and visit this site [NostrTool](https://nostrtool.com/).
### Step 10: Go to The NostrTool Site [#](#step-10-go-to-the-nostrtool-site)
Next visit the NostrTool and choose the “Load a pubkey from npub/hex” option. Then enter the key you had copied from the Buzz app and click on the ‘Load Button. Then You will find a ‘Nostr public key (hex)”. Copy it and store somewhere safe.
You need to add this key as ‘Relay Owner Public Key’ inside the xCloud dashboard that is mentioned in [Step 5](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-install-buzz-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/#step-9-enter-the-relay-owner-public-key).
Once you collect the key, go back to the xCloud dashboard and enter the key and complete the application setup process.
## Step 12: Complete the Community Setup [#](#step-12-complete-the-community-setup)
Next come back to the Buzz app and enter the site URL where your are deploying the community in xCloud with a “wss” prefix. Remember you need to enter “wss” instead of “https” or “http” before the URL. After that click on the Next button
You will be asked to enter a username and a profile picture for your Buzz profile.
Once done, you will see that Buzz is almost ready, asking you to talk to the agents. Click the ‘Talk me to Buzz’ button. It will take you to the interface.
Once done, you will be in the Buzz app, where you can create agents as you prefer.
That’s it. Your Buzz relay is live on xCloud, your app is connected to it, and your community is ready for people and agents to start working in.
[**Deploy Buzz Now**](/buzz-hosting/#pricing)
From here you can add agents, invite teammates with a link, and swap the demo domain for your own custom domain whenever you’re ready to go live properly. Your server keeps running under xCloud’s management, so backups, SSL renewals, and updates are handled without you touching the command line.
If you get stuck at any point, our support team is available around the clock from your xCloud dashboard.
---
# How to Install ionCube Loader Using SSH for Nginx and OpenLiteSpeed - xCloud
> Learn how to install ionCube Loader using ssh for Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed with step by step guide.
ionCube Loader is a PHP extension that decodes and executes PHP files that have been encoded using the ionCube Encoder. This is often needed when running commercial PHP software.
This guide will show you how to install ionCube Loader on a Linux server such as Ubuntu, Debian, or CentOS using SSH. Let’s go through the steps to install ionCube loader using SSH for the **Nginx** and **OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)** web servers.
## **Step 1: Connect to Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
You first need to connect to your server using SSH. Open your terminal and run the command below, replacing username and your\_server\_ip with your actual server login details.
ssh username@your\_server\_ip
Copy to clipboard
1
2
ssh username@your\_server\_ip
## **Step 2: Check Your PHP Version** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
Before downloading the loader, you must know which version of PHP is installed on your server. This will determine which loader file you need to use.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
php -v
The output will show your PHP version. For example:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
PHP 8.1.28 (cli) (built: Apr 15 2024 14:34:08) (NTS)
Copyright (c) The PHP Group
Zend Engine v4.1.28, Copyright (c) Zend Technologies
From this, collect the version numbers. For example, you have PHP **8.1**, which means you will use a loader file named ioncube\_loader\_lin\_8.1.so.
## **Step 3: Download and Extract ionCube Loader** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
Now, download the ionCube Loader package into a temporary directory and extract it.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
# Navigate to the temporary directory
cd /tmp
# Download the latest loader package for 64\-bit systems
wget https://downloads.ioncube.com/loader\_downloads/ioncube\_loaders\_lin\_x86-64.tar.gz
# Extract the archive
tar -xzf ioncube\_loaders\_lin\_x86-64.tar.gz
This will create a new folder named ioncube inside /tmp.
## **Step 4: Find Your PHP Extension Directory** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
PHP needs to know where to load extensions from. Run the following command to find the extension directory path.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
php -i | grep extension\_dir
The output will look similar to:
filename.js
Copy to clipboard
1
2
extension\_dir => /usr/lib/php/20210902 => /usr/lib/php/20210902
Copy this path. You will use it when placing the loader file in the next step.
## **Step 5: Copy the Correct Loader File** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
Move into the extracted ionCube folder and look for the file that matches your PHP version.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
cd ioncube
ls
Look for the file that matches your PHP version from Step 2. For example, if you are using PHP 8.1, choose **ioncube\_loader\_lin\_8.1.so**.
Copy that file into your PHP extension directory (the path you found in Step 4):
filename.js
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
\# Replace 'ioncube\_loader\_lin\_8.1.so' and the destination path if yours are different
sudo cp ioncube\_loader\_lin\_8.1.so /usr/lib/php/20210902/
Using sudo here ensures you have permission to copy files into system directories.
## **Step 6: Configure PHP to Load the Extension** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
You now need to edit your php.ini file to load ionCube Loader. The location of this file depends on your setup. You may need to edit more than one file one for your web server (FPM or OLS) and one for the command-line interface (CLI).
Common locations include:
- **For Nginx / PHP-FPM:**
Copy to clipboard
1
2
/etc/php/8.1/fpm/php.ini
- **For OpenLiteSpeed:**
Copy to clipboard
1
2
/usr/local/lsws/lsphp81/etc/php/8.1/litespeed/php.ini
- **For CLI:**
Copy to clipboard
1
2
/etc/php/8.1/cli/php.ini
Open the relevant file(s) with a text editor such as nano.
filename.js
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
6
\# Example for Nginx (PHP\-FPM)
sudo nano /etc/php/8.1/fpm/php.ini
# Example for CLI
sudo nano /etc/php/8.1/cli/php.ini
At the very top of the file, add the following line. If there are other zend\_extension entries, make sure this one is listed first.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
zend\_extension=/usr/lib/php/20210902/ioncube\_loader\_lin\_8.1.so
Save and close the file. For nano, you do this with **Ctrl+X**, then press **Y**, then **Enter**.
## **Step 7: Restart Services** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
For the changes to take effect, restart your PHP process and your web server.
### **For Nginx / PHP-FPM:** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
\# Replace with your PHP version
sudo systemctl restart php8.1\-fpm
sudo systemctl restart nginx
### **For OpenLiteSpeed:** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
\# This command restarts the OLS server
sudo systemctl restart lsws
## **Step 8: Verify the Installation** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
You can confirm that ionCube Loader is working in two ways.
### **Check via Command Line:** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
Copy to clipboard
1
2
php -v
You should now see an additional line mentioning ionCube Loader, for example:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
with the ionCube PHP Loader v13.0.3, Copyright (c) 2002\-2023, by ionCube Ltd.
### **Check via Web Server (Recommended):** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
Create a file named phpinfo.php in your website’s public root directory.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
Open this file in your browser by visiting http://your\_domain.com/phpinfo.php. You should see a section that says “with the ionCube PHP Loader” near the top.
Delete this file afterward for security.
## **Troubleshooting** [#](/docs/how-to-install-ioncube-loader-using-ssh/)
- **Loader Not Appearing:** If php -v does not show ionCube Loader, you may have edited the wrong php.ini file or used an incorrect path. Check the extension directory from Step 4 and the path in Step 6.
- **Website Errors (500, etc.):** Review your web server’s error logs. This can happen if there are permission issues with the .so file or if you are using a loader version that does not match your PHP version.
- **Wrong Loader Version:** The .so file version must match your PHP version exactly. For example, a PHP 8.0 loader will not work on PHP 8.1.
That is it. You have successfully set up ionCube Loader. Your server can now decode and run ionCube protected PHP code with Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed. You can continue your work, deploy apps, and test your site with confidence in a smooth environment.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Can I Install MariaDB With xCloud? - xCloud
> Now easily you install MariaDB with xCloud.
To install MariaDB with xCloud, you need to **[create a new server](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)** and choose MariaDB from the Databases option. **[Read this documentation](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)** for detailed step-by-step guidelines on how to install MariaDB with xCloud.
---
# How to Install Site.pro with xCloud (One Click Apps) - xCloud
> Learn how to install Site.pro with xCloud One Click Apps and build websites faster with secure deployment powered by Site Security PRO.
[Site.pro](https://site.pro/) is a powerful website builder that allows you to create, manage, and publish professional websites quickly without complex development work. It provides an intuitive visual editor, ready-made templates, and built-in tools for designing websites, landing pages, and online projects with ease.
Whether you are **[building a site](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/)** for a client, a business, or personal use, Site.pro simplifies the entire website creation process. Follow the documentation to install Site.pro with xCloud using One Click Apps in just a few steps.
## **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, select your Server, then navigate to the One-Click Apps section. You will see ‘Site.pro’, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
## **Step 2: Install Site.pro with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: ‘Go Live’ for a production-ready deployment or ‘Demo Site’ for testing purposes. Selecting ‘Go Live’ will immediately create a live environment, while choosing ‘Demo Site’ allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
## **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your Site.pro application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You can get a ‘Site User’of your application. You can also adjust it according to your preferences, or leave it as the default.
## Step 4: Visit the Application [#](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your site.pro site. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Edit Now’ button.
Next, you can start building your website using site.pro. You can choose your preferred template to proceed.
Next, edit the site using the **[Site.pro](http://site.pro)’s** drag and drop builder. Add your preferred widgets, customize and click on the ‘Publish button to make the site live.
Now, if you visit the site from the xCloud dashboard, you will be able to access your newly created site with Site.pro.
👉 If you want to learn about editing the Template of Site.pro, visit this **[documentation](https://site.pro/Videos/Editing-the-Template/).**
## **How to Delete a Site Built with Site.pro** [#](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/)
If you want to delete a site built using Site.pro on xCloud, you must first unsubscribe from your Site.pro subscription (if you are using any Site.pro Pro features) through the Site.pro dashboard. Once you have canceled the subscription from Site.pro, you can delete the site from xCloud.
This is how easily you can install Site.pro with xCloud using One Click Apps. The entire setup takes only a few simple steps, making it possible to deploy the application without technical complexity or manual configuration. xCloud simplifies server management while ensuring a smooth and reliable installation process.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our support team.
---
# How to Install Supabase with xCloud(One Click Apps) - xCloud
> Learn how to install Supabase with xCloud using One Click Apps, from server setup to deployment, with a fast and hassle-free process.
[Supabase](/supabase-hosting/) is an open-source backend-as-a-service (BaaS) platform designed to help developers build scalable applications faster. It provides essential backend features such as a PostgreSQL database, authentication, real-time subscriptions, storage, and APIs – all wrapped into a developer-friendly ecosystem. Often described as an open-source alternative to Firebase, Supabase gives you full control over your data while maintaining simplicity and performance.
Follow the guide to install Supabase with xCloud with [**One Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) with xCloud. Let’s get started.
_Note: xCloud currently supports one Supabase project per server due to service and port conflicts in its multi-container Docker setup,_ especially with Kong_. To ensure a stable environment, each Supabase project should be deployed on a separate server._
Copy to Clipboard
## Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Supabase. Click the ‘Add New Server’ button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Supabase either on your **[own serve](/self-managed-hosting/)**[**r**](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy Supabase with xCloud. You can either use an **[xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/)** or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the ‘**Server Name’,** set the **‘App Type’** to Supabase(it is optional to select), and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the ‘General’ and ‘Premium’ options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the ‘Region’ and ‘Ubuntu Version for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
Next, you can see the **‘Docker + NGINX’** stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Supabase application. Then click on the ‘Create’ button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Supabase Application in this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## How to Install Supabase on a Cloud Server [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install Supabase on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment, and launching your Supabase application easily.
### Step 2: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the ‘**Next’** button to proceed.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, select your Server, then navigate to the One Click Apps section. You will see ‘**Supabase’,** click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
### Step 3: Set Up the Supabase Application [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant ‘**Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: ‘Go Live’ for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting ‘Go Live’ will immediately create a live environment, while choosing ‘Demo Site’ allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### **Step 4: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a demo domain for your Supabase application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You will get a **‘Site User’** of your application. You can also adjust it according to your preferences, or leave it as the default. In the next section, you will get **‘Admin Username’**, **‘Admin Password**’, and **‘Admin Email Address’**.
_Note: From here, copy your Admin Username and Admin Password to log in to your Supabase application later._
Next, get the **‘Database Name’, ‘Database Username’ and ‘Database Password’** for this application and click on the **‘Next’** button
## **Step 4: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Supabase site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
## **Environment Editor for Supabase** [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Supabase app. Just go to the ‘**Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Update Environment**’ button.
## ⚠️ Important Notes for Self-Hosted Supabase [#](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
- Edge Functions won’t deploy automatically to a self-hosted instance – you must deploy them manually to your self-hosted Supabase.
- Self-hosted Supabase does NOT auto-run database migrations.
Unlike Supabase Cloud, you are responsible for applying SQL migrations manually. If you update Supabase versions, enable new features, or pull a newer Docker Compose, the DB schema does NOT update by itself.
That’s it! This is how easily you can install Supabase using xCloud’s One Click Apps. xCloud takes care of the heavy lifting, server provisioning, Docker configuration, and deployment, so you can focus on building and scaling your application with Supabase’s powerful backend features.
If you’re setting up a demo project or going live in production, this streamlined process lets you get started quickly and confidently.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Install Umami with xCloud (One Click Apps) - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly Install Umami With xCloud using one-click apps for fast, privacy-focused web analytics on your cloud server.
**[Umami](https://umami.is/)** is a lightweight, privacy-focused web analytics tool that makes it easy to track website performance without compromising user data. It’s simple to use, fast to deploy, and ideal for anyone who wants clean, reliable analytics without the complexity of larger platforms.
Follow the guide to install Umami with xCloud with [**One Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) with xCloud. Let’s get started.
## **Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server** [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Umami. Click the **‘Add New Server’** button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Umami either on your [**own server**](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy Umami with xCloud. You can either use an [xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/) or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the **‘Server Name’**, set the **‘App Type’** to Umami, and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the **‘General’** and **‘Premium’** options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the ‘Region’ and ‘Ubuntu Version for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
Next, you can see the **‘Docker + NGINX’** stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Umami application. Then click on the ‘Create’ button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Umami Application in this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## **How to Install Umami on a Cloud Server** [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install Umami on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment, and launching your Umami application easily.
### **Step 2: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, select your Server, then navigate to the One-Click Apps section. You will see **‘Umami’**, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
### Step 3: Set Up the Umami Application [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### **Step 4: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your Umami application. **Next**, enter your application’s domain.
You can will get a **‘Site User’**of your application. You can also adjust it according to your preferences, or leave it as the default.
Next enter the **‘Database Name’, ‘Database Username’ and ‘Database Password’** for this application and click on the **‘Next’** button
## Step 4: Visit the Application [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Umami site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
> **Note:** After your site is created, xCloud will send an automated email containing a default Umami credentials of username and password for your Umami application. You need to collect these credentials, click on the link provided in the email, and reset your password immediately.
### **Default Umami Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
Umami provides default login credentials when first installed:
- **Username:** `admin`
- **Password:** `umami`
Users must log in using these default credentials and immediately change both the username and password for security.
### **Optional: Disable Password/Sensitive Info Emails** [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
If you prefer not to receive credentials via email, xCloud provides an option to disable sending passwords or sensitive information. You can go to ‘Notifications’ and toggle the **‘Do Not Send Sensitive Information’** option to stop receiving sensitive information through email.
### Environment Editor for Umami [#](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Umami app. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Update Environment**’ button.
With xCloud’s one-click setup, installing Umami is quick and simple. You can create your server, set up your app, and get your self-hosted Analytics dashboard live in just a few steps.
💬 If you still face difficulties, **[feel free to contact our support team](/support/)**.
---
# How To Install WordPress Multisite With xCloud? - xCloud
> xCloud has just introduced WordPress multisite feature where you can create & manage multiple websites easily.
WordPress Multisite offers a great solution for **[WordPress](https://wordpress.org/download/)** users looking to manage multiple websites effortlessly. With Multisite, you can operate numerous websites using just one dashboard, eliminating the need for separate WordPress installations.
Today, we will guide you through the step-by-step process of installing WordPress multisite with [**xCloud**](/) hosting. Follow along as we simplify the setup for you.
## **Step 1: Activate WordPress Multisite** [#](/docs/how-to-install-wordpress-multisite-with-xcloud/)
To activate WordPress multisite when setting up a new site on xCloud, start by logging in to your xCloud account. Next, navigate to the “**All Servers**” page and select “**Install A New WordPress Site”**. Make sure to give a “**Site Title**” on the site creation page.
Scroll down a bit more, and you’ll find the WordPress multisite tab. Just toggle the option to enable it
_**Note: you can create the multisite with the both sub-domain and sub-directory.**_
After adding all the necessary information, click on the ‘Next’ button & your site will be created soon.
## **Step 2: Add A New Site From WordPress Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-install-wordpress-multisite-with-xcloud/)
Next, you’ll need to log in to your WordPress site from xCloud.
We will now create a new site from the dashboard. Navigate to **My Sites → Network Admin → Sites.**
To add a new site, simply click on “**Add New Site**” from the Sites page. Then, enter your site address, title, language, and admin email
Once you’ve clicked on “**Add Site**,” your newly created site will appear on the WordPress dashboard instantly. For this tutorial, we’ve named the newly added site “**WordPress**.” Click on the site, and it will take you to your original domain.
This is how you can create and configure WordPress multisite with xCloud.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate a Git Provider with xCloud and Deploy Your Site Easily - xCloud
> Learn how to seamlessly integrate a Git provider with xCloud and deploy your website quickly and securely in just a few simple steps.
Deploying a website directly from a Git repository streamlines development and updates, making development faster, easier, and more secure. However, manually deploying every project from Git can be a complex and time-consuming process. xCloud simplifies this by integrating with Git, allowing you to deploy your projects with just a few simple steps.
With xCloud, you can seamlessly integrate a Git provider, [**clone your git repositories**](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/), and automate deployments. This eliminates the need for manual uploads or complex server configurations, allowing you to focus on building and improving your application.
Follow this guide to easily integrate a Git provider and deploy your projects with xCloud in just a few clicks.
## **Step 1: Integrate a Git Provider** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
To integrate Git with xCloud, start from your xCloud dashboard and navigate to the ‘**Team Settings’** option located in the top-right menu. From the sidebar, go to **‘Integrations’ → ‘Git Provider’** and click on the **‘Connect Git Provider’** button
A popup window will appear, choose **‘GitHub’** from the provider options. Next, enter **a ‘Label’** and click on the **‘Connect GitHub’** button to authenticate and connect your [**GitHub**](https://github.com/) account with xCloud.
**_Note:_** _You must be logged in to your GitHub account to connect with xCloud_
Next, you will be redirected to authorize your GitHub account. Review the account and click on the **‘Authorize’** button to complete the authorization process.
Once the connection is successful, your account and all of your Git repositories will be visible directly from the xCloud dashboard. You can easily **‘Edit’** or **‘Remove’** the connected account at any time, depending on your requirements. Also, click on the **‘Folder’** icon to see the repositories of your connected GitHub account.
## **Step 2: Choose the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Create Site’** button from the dashboard. You will then be asked to choose **‘Server’** from the dropdown.
Afterwards, go to your preferred deployment options from **‘WordPress’, ‘Laravel’,** or **‘Custom PHP’** as your preference. In this documentation, we are selecting the **‘Custom PHP’** option.
## **Step 3: Select the Option to Clone a Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
After that, choose the **‘Clone A Git Repository’** option to import your PHP site using Git Provider.
## **Step 4: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
The **‘Domains’** tab allows you to decide how you want to configure your site’s domain. You can either create a **‘Demo Site’** or **‘Live Site’**.
For this documentation, we are proceeding with the **‘Demo Site’** option and clicking **‘Next’** to go to the next step.
## **Step 5: Manage Database Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will find options to configure the **‘PHP Version’** and manage **‘Site Users’**. Adjust these settings based on your requirements.
In the next step, you can either proceed with **‘No Database’**, **‘Add an Existing Database’,** or **‘Create a new database’** directly on the server and click on **‘Next’**.
## **Step 6: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘Git Repo’ tab, you will get three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’, ‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’**, and **‘Connected Git Provider’.**
If you choose the **‘Public Repository(Manual HTTPS URL)’** option, enter the **‘GitHub Repository URL’** into the dedicated field and branch into the **‘Git Branch’**.
_Note: Collect the HTTPS URL from your GitHub dashboard repository to deploy the Public repository._
If you choose the **‘Private Repository(Manual SSH URL)’** option, enter the **‘GitHub Repository URL’** into the dedicated field and branch into the **‘Git Branch’**.
_Note: Collect the SSH URL from your GitHub dashboard repository to deploy the Public repository._
We are going to deploy Git projects using **‘Git Provider’** option here. Choose the **‘Connected Git Provider’** option from the dropdown menu.
From the **‘Select Git Provider’** dropdown, choose the connected account you want to use. Once selected, navigate through the list of repositories, pick the one you want to deploy, and then select the specific **‘Branch’** of that project.
## **Step 7: Enable Push to Deploy** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the ‘Enable push to deploy’ option. You need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
_Note: if you want to learn more about the process, follow the steps from this_ [_document_](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/).
## **Step 8: Run Deployment Script** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
Once the repository integration is complete, you can configure post-deployment actions. In the **‘Deployment Script’** field, enter any custom commands you want to run after deployment. You can also select one of the provided example scripts. After setting this up, click on **‘Next’** to continue.
## **Step 9: Confirm Migration** [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
The final step is to confirm and start the migration. Click on the ‘**Start’** button, and the migration process will begin immediately. You will be able to monitor the progress in real time.
Once the migration is complete, a success message will appear. From there, you can access your site dashboard.
After the migration is complete, you can visit your site to see your PHP application deployed successfully. With these steps, you can quickly set up Git integration, configure your database, and launch your site with either a staging or live domain.
## Git Pull Script & Deploy Script (Advanced Configuration) [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
In this step, you can customize how your application pulls code from your Git repository and define actions to run after deployment.
### Available Variables [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
You can use the following variables in both Git Pull Script and Deploy Script:
**Project variables (all sites)**
• PROJECT\_DIR — absolute path to your site root
• XCLOUD\_SITE\_PATH — absolute path to your site root
• XCLOUD\_SITE\_BRANCH — current Git branch used for deployment
**PHP variables (PHP sites only)**
• XCLOUD\_PHP\_VERSION — PHP version (e.g. 8.2)
• XCLOUD\_PHP — full path to PHP binary
• XCLOUD\_COMPOSER — PHP-prefixed Composer path
**Node.js variables (all sites)**
• XCLOUD\_NODE — path to Node.js binary
• XCLOUD\_NODE\_VERSION — installed Node.js version
• XCLOUD\_NPM — path to npm binary
**PM2 variable (Node.js sites only)**
• PM2\_PROCESS\_NAME — the PM2 process name for the site
### Git Pull Script [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
The Git Pull Script allows you to control how the code is fetched from your Git repository during deployment. You can go to the ‘Git Pull Script’ section and enter your custom script. If you leave this field empty, xCloud will use the default pull process.
### Deploy Script [#](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
The ‘Deploy Script’ runs after your code is successfully pulled from the repository. To access this, make sure the “Run this script after every site deployment” option is turned on. Enter your scripts under the ‘Deploy Script’ section.
After configuring your scripts, click on the ‘Save Changes’ button to continue.
Whether you prefer to use Git repositories or upload files directly, xCloud provides a straightforward and secure way to bring your applications online.
If you encounter any difficulties, feel free to reach out to our support team for assistance.
---
# How to Manage PHP Extensions With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to manage PHP extensions in xCloud. Install, remove and switch extensions by PHP version from a single server dashboard.
[**xCloud’s**](/) PHP extensions add extra capabilities to PHP, such as image processing, caching, and database support. With xCloud, you can install or remove these extensions for a specific PHP version directly from your server dashboard without connecting through SSH or editing configuration files by hand.
The **Manage PHP Extensions** panel shows every extension that is already installed on the server, along with the extensions that are available to add. Some extensions are marked as **Core** because PHP requires them to run; these are protected and cannot be removed.
## **How PHP Versions And Extensions Work in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
In xCloud, [**PHP extensions**](https://www.php.net/manual/en/extensions.php) are tied to a **specific PHP version**, not to the server as a whole. Every PHP version ships with its own set of extensions, so the **Installed Extensions** and **Available Extensions** lists you see always depend on the version selected in the panel.
An extension that is offered for one PHP version may not exist for another, which is why the same server can show different extensions when you switch versions.
Which PHP versions you can choose from depends on the web server stack your server runs on. xCloud supports two web server stacks, and each one offers its own range of PHP versions:
**Web Server Stack**
**Supported PHP Versions**
OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)
PHP 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 and 8.5
NGINX
PHP 5.6, PHP 8.0 – 8.5 and PHP 7.0 – 7.4
A small group of extensions in every version are labelled **Core**. These are the extensions PHP must load to serve a website on that version without them, the sites running on that PHP version would not work at all. Because they are mandatory, Core extensions are protected: xCloud does not display a **Remove** button for them, and they stay installed for as long as that PHP version exists on the server.
## **Before You Begin** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
Before you open the panel, take a moment to confirm the following:
Before you begin, make sure you have access to the xCloud team where the server is hosted and know which PHP version your site is using, since extensions are managed separately for each PHP version installed on the server.
You should also identify the extension you want to install or remove. If you plan to remove an extension, first verify which extensions your websites actually depend on to avoid uninstalling one that a live site requires. Taking a moment to confirm this beforehand can prevent unexpected site issues and is far easier than troubleshooting and recovering a broken website later.
**Note:** _Installing or removing an extension restarts the PHP service for that version so the change can take effect; PHP-FPM on NGINX servers or the LiteSpeed Web Server_ **_(lsws)_** _on OpenLiteSpeed_ **_(OLS)_** _servers._
_Either way, every site running on that PHP version is briefly affected, so where possible, make changes during a low-traffic window._
## **Step 1: Open the Manage PHP Extensions Panel** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to ‘**Servers’** and select the server you want to manage. Open the ‘**Management’** menu, then click ‘**Manage PHP’**.
On the Manage PHP page, select the ‘**Manage PHP Extensions’** tab. xCloud loads the list of extensions for the PHP version shown in the dropdown at the top-right corner.
### **Inside the Manage PHP Extensions Panel** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
The Manage PHP Extensions panel is **divided into two sections.**
**‘Installed Extensions’** lists every extension currently enabled for the selected PHP version, along with the total count shown in the heading.
Extensions you can remove display a ‘**Remove’** button. Extensions marked **Core** are required by PHP and are protected.
**‘Available Extensions’** lists every extension that is supported but not yet installed for the selected PHP version. Each available extension displays an ‘**Install’** button.
## **Step 2: Install a PHP Extension** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘**Available Extensions’** section, find the extension you want to add and click the ‘**Install’** button. The button changes to ‘**Installing…’** while xCloud adds the extension and restarts the PHP service for that version **(PHP-FPM on NGINX, or lsws on OpenLiteSpeed).**
Once the process completes, the extension moves to the ‘**Installed Extensions’** section and the installed count increases. In the example below, **apcu** has been installed.
## **Step 3: Remove a PHP Extension** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
You can remove any extension that shows a ‘**Remove’** button; Core extensions cannot be removed. In the ‘**Installed Extensions’** section, click the ‘**Remove’** button which you want to uninstall.
A confirmation dialog appears, warning that the extension will be uninstalled, that the PHP service for that version will restart (PHP-FPM on NGINX or the LiteSpeed Web Server on OpenLiteSpeed) and that sites using the extension may stop working. Click ‘**Yes, Remove’** to continue or ‘**Cancel’** to keep the extension.
The button changes to ‘**Removing…’** while xCloud uninstalls the extension and restarts that PHP service. Once the process completes, the extension returns to the ‘**Available Extensions’** section and the installed count decreases.
## **Step 4: Switch PHP Version And Refresh the List** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
Because extensions are managed separately for each PHP version, you will switch versions whenever you want to view or change the extensions of a different version. Use the PHP version dropdown in the top-right corner to choose the version whose extensions you want to view or change.
After you select a version, the ‘**Installed Extensions’** and ‘**Available Extensions’** lists update to match it. If a change does not appear right away, click ‘**Refresh’** to reload the list.
## **Troubleshooting** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
### **The Extension You Need Is Not in the Available List** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
If an extension does not appear in either the Installed or Available list, it may not be supported for the PHP version you have selected. Remember that each PHP version has its own set of extensions, so availability genuinely differs between versions.
Switch to a different PHP version using the dropdown, then click **Refresh**. If the extension is already installed, it will appear in the Installed Extensions section instead.
### **A Site Stopped Working After You Removed an Extension** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
Removing an extension uninstalls it for every site that uses the selected PHP version. If a site breaks, return to the **Available Extensions** section and click **Install** to add the extension back. The site should recover once the PHP service restarts **(PHP-FPM on NGINX, or lsws on OpenLiteSpeed).**
### **The Extension List Did Not Update** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-php-extensions-with-xcloud/)
If the Installed or Available list does not reflect your most recent change, click the **Refresh** button in the top-right corner to reload the current state for the selected PHP version.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Manage Services on Your Server - xCloud
> Want to install PHP, Node.js, or Redis on your server? Follow this simple step-by-step guide to set up services from your dashboard in just a few clicks.
A server is only as useful as the services running on it. To get the most out of your server, you need to install the right tools for your project. For example, PHP is needed to run websites built with platforms like WordPress or Laravel. Node.js is used for modern web apps and JavaScript-based projects. Redis helps speed up your applications by storing data in memory for quick access.
The good news is that you do not need to be a server expert to install these services with xCloud. Your dashboard comes with a simple installer that lets you add any of these tools with just a few clicks.
Follow this guide to walk you through the process of installing a service on your server on xCloud.
### **Step 1: Access Server Management Option** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-services-on-your-server/)
First, navigate to your server, then go to **Management** → **Settings** from the dashboard.
Next, locate the **Install a Service** button on the dashboard and click it to proceed.
### **Step 2: Install a Service** [#](/docs/how-to-manage-services-on-your-server/)
A pop-up window will appear with three available options: **PHP**, **Node.js**, and **Redis**. From here, you can choose which service to add to your server. Version-specific options will appear once you make your selection.
- **Installing PHP:** If you select PHP, you will be redirected to the PHP management page of the server, where you can configure your PHP settings.
- **Installing Node.js:** If you expand the Node.js option, you can choose your preferred Node.js version, then click the **Install Node.js** button to begin the installation.
**Installing Redis:** If you select Redis, simply click the **Install Redis** button to install the service on your server.
Installing services on your server is easier than most people think. With the dashboard installer, you can add PHP, Node.js, or Redis in just a few clicks, without dealing with technical setup or command-line tools. This makes it a great option for both beginners and experienced users.
After your services are installed, your server will be ready to run websites, web apps, and other projects without any extra setup. If your needs change later, you can always return to the same dashboard to add more services, update versions, or adjust your settings. With everything ready, you can now focus on building and growing your project.
---
# How To Manage Your Server Utilities With xCloud? - xCloud
> Follow this simple guide to manage your server utilities with xCloud.
Managing the services of a server is super easy with **[xCloud](/)**. Key server utilities processes, such as the Web Server (Nginx), **[Redis](https://redis.io/)**, SSH, MySQL, MariaDB, and various versions of PHP, are run through services. All of these can be controlled using the xCloud web application. Follow this simple guideline on how to manage your servers with xCloud?
## How To Manage Your Server Utilities With xCloud? [#](/docs/how-to-manage-your-server-utilities-with-xcloud/)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to **‘All Servers’.** Click on the server where you want to configure and manage the server utilities.
You can configure the services’ settings now. Go to the **‘Server Management’** tab to manage the services.
You can manage your Server Utilities like MySQL, MariaDB, NGINX, Redis, PHP, OpenSSH, etc as needed. There are three actions that you can perform.
- Enable: Start a service if it is disabled
- Disable: Stop a service if you want to discontinue it
- Reboot: Restart the service after configurations
So, here, in this visual, each of the services is enabled. Reboot or Disable any of the utilities as needed. You can enable the services later as well. You can also archive or delete your server if needed.
Thus, following the simple steps you can manage the services of a server with xCloud.
Getting stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [support team](/contact/) for further assistance.
---
# How To Manually Upload WordPress Websites On xCloud - xCloud
> Here is the step-by-step guide on how to manually upload WordPress Websites On xCloud without any hassle.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can manually upload WordPress Websites On xCloud without any hassle. Follow the step-by-step guide below to get started.
## **Prerequisites To Manually Upload WordPress Websites On xCloud:** [#](/docs/how-to-manually-upload-wordpress-websites/)
- Disable 2FA if there are any.
- Disable additional security like Cloudways Bot protection, OR Site Grounds Security optimizer from your hosting end.
- Uninstall Must use plugins of hosts.
- Clear Cache and disable cache plugins like Object Cache PRO
- Disable Wordfence or any other security plugins.
## **Step 1: Create A New Site** [#](/docs/how-to-manually-upload-wordpress-websites/)
First, you have to log in to xCloud with your credentials. Then click on ‘**New Site**’ from the xCloud dashboard.
After that, you have to choose your server to upload your site. Click on the ‘**Choose Server**’ field and select your server from the drop-down and before clicking on the ‘**Next**’ button.
Now, you will be redirected site creation dashboard. Click on the ‘**Manually Upload WordPress Website**’ option.
## **Step 2: Add Information To Manually Upload WordPress Website** [#](/docs/how-to-manually-upload-wordpress-websites/)
Now, select the destination server to migrate your site. Afterward, click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
In the next step, you need to add your source site URL. And if you choose to migrate to a new domain you can include your custom domain. xCloud offers a staging environment and with it, you can upload your site and visit it live with a temporary domain. After successfully uploading your site, you may update the site with your custom domain later.
In this tutorial, we will be working on a staging site. Select ‘**Staging Environment**’ and then click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
Now, you will be sent to the ‘**Settings**’ step. Make sure to correctly add your **PHP Version**, Prefix, **Site Users,** and other details before clicking the ‘**Next**’ button.
## **Step 3: Upload The Exported Zip File & SQL File** [#](/docs/how-to-manually-upload-wordpress-websites/)
You will be now directed to the ‘**Settings**’ step. Just upload your exported WordPress file as shown and click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
Now from the ‘**Files**’ step, upload your SQL file similarly. Afterward, click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
## **Step 4: Complete Database Settings & Finalize** [#](/docs/how-to-manually-upload-wordpress-websites/)
In the ‘**Database**’ tab you can configure your preferred database setup. If you are good to go for uploading an existing WordPress website with xCloud, click on the ‘**Start**’ button.
Within a few moments, your WordPress website will be uploaded on xCloud automatically. You will see the following screen while uploading.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
This is how you can manually upload WordPress Websites On xCloud with ease.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](mailto:support@xcloud.host) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Migrate Emails From Legacy MailBox To The New xCloud MailBox - xCloud
> Migrate emails from legacy mailbox to the new xCloud MailBox in bulk per domain. Transfer all emails securely, verify DNS, and start using your upgraded mailbox.
The xCloud MailBox Addon allows you to create and manage professional email addresses using your own custom domain. With a centralized dashboard, you can access your inbox, manage existing mailboxes, set up aliases, configure mail forwarding, and migrate your legacy email accounts to the new MailBox infrastructure, all from one place.
If you are currently using a legacy Mailbox and want to move your existing emails to the new MailBox system, xCloud makes the process seamless with its built-in migration workflow. The migration runs in bulk per domain, ensuring all emails under a chosen domain are transferred together without disruption.
Follow the steps below to access your MailBox dashboard, migrate your legacy mailboxes, verify your DNS records, and start using your new MailBox right away.
_Note: Before starting the migration, keep in mind that when you migrate a MailBox, all emails from the legacy MailBox under the selected domain will be migrated together._
## Step 1: Go To the Migrate MailBox Option [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Now navigate back to the xCloud MailBox Addon dashboard and from the left sidebar, click on the Migrate MailBox tab.
Important: Before you proceed, remember that migration will be bulk per domain, which means every legacy MailBox on the chosen domain moves all emails together.
## Step 2: Select the Domain to Migrate [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
First, select the domain you want to migrate from the Domain dropdown. Below the domain selector, you will see the complete list of mailboxes that will be migrated. All mailboxes under the selected domain are listed along with their individual storage amounts.
Scroll down and read the general information. Once you have reviewed everything and are ready to proceed with this migration, click the Next button.
## Step 3: Download Mailbox Credentials [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
In the next step, click the Download credentials CSV button to download the CSV file containing all your mailbox credentials for the migration. Keep this file safe, as you will need to upload it to the migration tool in the next step.
## **Step 4: Open The Migration Tool** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Now open the migration tool using the provided link. This opens the Audriga Email Migration tool in a new browser tab.
On this page, you will see a Terms of Service checkbox. Accept the Terms of Service and Privacy statement checkbox, then click the Proceed button.
## **Step 5: Select the Email Providers** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Next, you will see the Email provider selection page. You need to select the email providers from which you want to migrate your emails. Keep the source provider set to Custom, and the destination provider is automatically set to OX App Suite Cloud (EU) on the right side.
Below the provider selection, enter any required additional information in the provided field. Then click Proceed to continue.
## **Step 6: Upload the CSV File** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
On the next page, go to the Add multiple accounts tab and upload the CSV file you downloaded earlier. Next, click on the Check button. The system begins checking account data, which may take a few moments.
Once the validation is complete, click on the Save button.
Then click the Proceed button to start the migration right away.
## **Step 7: Start the Migration** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
You will then see the Migration summary. Click on the Start migration button and it will begin migrating the emails from the legacy MailBox to the new MailBox.
Depending on the number of mailboxes and the volume of data, the migration may take some time. Wait until all accounts finish migrating successfully before moving on.
## **Step 8: Confirm the Data Transfer** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Once all accounts finish migrating successfully, navigate back to the xCloud dashboard tab.
Now, check the confirmation checkbox that reads I confirm that I have completed the data transfer for all mailboxes in this migration. Then click the Next button.
Click the OK button from the confirmation dialog to proceed to the DNS configuration step.
After the migration completes, you must verify the DNS records of your domain to finalize the switch to the new MailBox.
## **Step 9: Verify DNS Records** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
If you have a different domain provider, then click on the Open DNS settings button for the domain you want to verify and verify the records manually.
Or if your domains are managed through Cloudflare and you have Cloudflare integration with xCloud, then you can verify the DNS records in just a click. Simply enable the Auto-update DNS via Cloudflare option.
After enabling, you will see that the domains are verified.
Click the Next button to proceed to the final step.
## **Step 10: Finish the Migration** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
All four mailboxes are listed below with green checkmarks confirming they are ready for the final switch. Click the Finish Migration button to complete the process.
Once the migration is complete, you can log in to your new MailBox and confirm that all emails have been successfully transferred.
## **Step 11: Access Your New Mailbox** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Next, go back and click on the Access button, copy the credentials, and visit the new MailBox. Log in using the credentials. Now you can see all your emails have been migrated successfully from the previous legacy mailbox.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can migrate your legacy mailboxes to the new xCloud MailBox in just a few steps. Your professional emails are now hosted on the upgraded MailBox infrastructure with all your historical messages intact.
### **⚠️ Important Considerations** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
1. Bulk Migration Per Domain: All mailboxes under the selected domain will migrate together. You cannot migrate individual mailboxes one by one, so plan your migration during a low-activity window to minimize disruption.
2. Keep Credentials Safe: The downloaded CSV file contains sensitive mailbox credentials. Store it in a secure location and delete it once the migration is complete.
3. DNS Propagation Time: After verifying DNS records, allow some time for the changes to propagate globally. Cloudflare usually updates within minutes, while other providers may take a few hours.
4. Failed Verification Fix: If the DNS verification fails, double-check that all DNS records are correctly added. If you’re using Cloudflare, try toggling the Auto-update DNS via Cloudflare option OFF and then ON again.
### **📌 Limitations** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
To ensure fair and stable service, here are some limitations and notes you should keep in mind during and after the migration:
1. Migration is bulk per domain. Every legacy mailbox under the chosen domain will be migrated together; selective migration of individual mailboxes is not supported.
2. You cannot create mailboxes or aliases using the same domain in different teams. For instance, if demo@domain.com is part of Team A, then test@domain.com cannot be created under Team B.
3. Avoid using POP email clients during and after migration. POP only downloads emails to your device and does not sync changes like read status or sent emails. Use IMAP-supported email clients to ensure full syncing across all your devices.
4. Each mailbox can send up to 250 emails in a 24-hour rolling window. You can also create up to 20 email forwards for each mailbox.
5. If you are using Cloudflare and face verification issues even after automatic integration, try toggling the DNS integration off and on again. This often helps reset the settings and successfully verifies your domain.
### **xCloud MailBox Migration – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
### **Will my old emails be preserved after the migration?** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Yes. The migration tool transfers all your existing emails from the legacy mailbox to the new MailBox. Once the migration completes, you can log in to the new MailBox and see all your historical messages intact.
### **Can I migrate only one mailbox at a time?** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
No. The migration is bulk per domain, meaning every legacy mailbox on the chosen domain will be migrated together in one operation. You cannot migrate individual mailboxes selectively.
### **How long does the migration take?** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
The duration depends on the number of mailboxes and the total volume of email data being transferred. Smaller migrations may finish in minutes, while larger ones can take longer. The migration tool will display progress for each account.
### **What is the Audriga Email Migration tool?** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Audriga is the third-party migration service used by xCloud to securely transfer emails between providers.
### **What if my DNS verification fails after migration?** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Double-check that all DNS records are correctly added. If you are using Cloudflare with xCloud integration, try toggling the Auto-update DNS via Cloudflare option OFF and then back ON. Wait a few minutes for the records to propagate and try verifying again.
### **Can I use my old credentials on the new MailBox?** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
Once migration is complete, click the Access button next to any mailbox in the new MailBox dashboard, copy the new credentials, and use those to log in. Your inbox, folders, and historical emails will all be available.
### **What happens if I close the migration tool while it’s running?** [#](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)
It is recommended to keep the Audriga migration tab open until all accounts finish migrating successfully. If you close it accidentally, the migration may need to be restarted. Always wait for confirmation before navigating away.
Still stuck? Contact our support team for any of your queries.
---
# How To Monitor Server Resource Usage with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to monitor server resource usage easily using xCloud’s dashboard following just a few steps.
Monitoring server resources is very important to ensure smooth performance and prevent downtime. By keeping an eye on RAM, CPU, and disk usage, you can identify potential issues before they affect your applications or websites. With xCloud, you can easily monitor these server resources through a user-friendly dashboard.
Learn from the step-by-step guide below to monitor server resource usage easily with xCloud.
## **Step 1: Go to the Server Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-monitor-server-resource-usage-with-xcloud/)
From your xCloud dashboard, select the site you want to monitor. You can also go to the ‘**Servers’** tab, click on the specific server, and then select ‘**Monitoring’** from the sidebar.
## **Step 2: Check the Usage Statuses** [#](/docs/how-to-monitor-server-resource-usage-with-xcloud/)
Here, you will see the complete status of the **RAM, CPU, Disk usage, and Uptime Overview** of the server.
Next, go to the **Server Statistics (Time Zone UTC)** section to check server usage over a specific timeframe. You can change the filter from **Last 24 Hours** or **Last 7 Days** to get a more customized view.
After that, go to the **Individual Site Details** section to view server resource usage for all sites created inside the server separately. You can click on the **View Report** button for more details about a specific site.
Next, head to the **Top CPU Usage Process** section to see which process is using the most CPU.
Similarly, go to the **Top RAM Usage Process** section to check which process is consuming the most RAM.
Finally, go to the **Largest Files & Folders** section and click on the **Scan Now** button to identify files or folders that are using the most server resources.
By following these steps, you can easily monitor the **RAM, CPU, and Disk usage** of your server with xCloud. Regular monitoring helps you maintain server health, optimize performance, and prevent resource overload. If you need further assistance, feel free to contact our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) for help.
---
# How To Monitor The RAM, CPU & Disk Usage Of A Site? - xCloud
> From xCloud dashboard you can monitor the RAM usage, CPU usage & much more.
With **[xCloud](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh)**, you can easily monitor the RAM, CPU, and disk usage of a site. Learn from the step-by-step guide below.
### **Step 1:** Log In To Your xCloud Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-monitor-the-ram-cpu-disk-usage-of-a-site/)
From your xCloud dashboard select the site you want to monitor or go to the ‘**All Sites’** tab and click on the specific site.
### **Step 2:** Check The Usage Status & Monitor The Ram Usage [#](/docs/how-to-monitor-the-ram-cpu-disk-usage-of-a-site/)
Now, move to the **‘Monitor’** tab and you will see the complete status of the RAM, CPU, and Disk usage of that specific site.
Thus, you can easily monitor the RAM, CPU, and Disk usage of a site using xCloud.
Need assistance? Feel free to contact our **support team**.
---
# How to Read Your xCloud Invoice With xCloud - xCloud
> An xCloud invoice can include multiple bill rows, such as managed server charges, resize adjustments, backup add-ons, credits, or other services. This guide
An xCloud invoice can include multiple bill rows, such as managed server charges, resize adjustments, backup add-ons, credits, or other services. This guide explains how to read an invoice before contacting Support about a charge or refund.
## When this guide applies [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Use this guide if:
- you see an invoice but do not understand the charge,
- you need to ask Support about a refund,
- the invoice contains multiple bill IDs,
- you resized a managed server and see an adjustment,
- you deleted a server but still see a billing record,
- Support asked you for a specific bill ID.
## Invoice ID vs bill ID [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
The **invoice ID** identifies the overall invoice. The **bill ID** or line item ID identifies a specific row inside that invoice.
This distinction matters because one invoice may contain several charges. For example:
- managed server monthly charge,
- managed server resize charge,
- backup add-on charge,
- credit or adjustment,
- renewal charge,
- another server charge.
If only one row is incorrect or refundable, Support may ask for the exact bill ID instead of refunding the full invoice.
## Common invoice fields [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Field
What it means
Invoice ID
The main invoice reference
Bill ID
A specific charge or line item inside the invoice
Status
Paid, unpaid, refunded, partially refunded, or pending
Service period
The dates the charge covers
Amount
The charge for that line item
Credit/refund
An adjustment already applied or pending
Server/service name
The managed server, add-on, or product connected to the row
## How to identify managed server charges [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Managed server charges usually reference the server, plan, service period, or resize. If you see multiple managed server rows, check whether they are for:
- different servers,
- old plan vs new plan after resize,
- current month renewal,
- pro-rated upgrade charge,
- credit for unused old plan time.
## How to identify resize charges [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Resize charges may appear when you upgrade or downgrade a managed server. The invoice can show only the difference for the remaining billing period.
Look for:
- plan name changes,
- old and new server size,
- adjustment wording,
- charge amount smaller than the full monthly plan,
- multiple rows created around the same time.
## How to identify refund-related rows [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Refunds or credits may appear as separate rows, status changes, or payment adjustments. Depending on the payment flow, a refund may not remove the original invoice row. Instead, the invoice remains as a record and the refund/credit is shown separately.
If the invoice is partially refunded, some rows may still be valid.
## Step-by-step: prepare an invoice question for Support [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Open the invoice detail page [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Go to your billing area and open the invoice you want reviewed.
### 2\. Copy the invoice ID [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
The invoice ID helps Support find the exact billing record.
### 3\. Copy the relevant bill IDs [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
If your question is about only some rows, copy those bill IDs. This is especially important for resize charges or invoices that include several servers.
### 4\. Check the service period [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
The service period helps Support calculate unused time for pro-rated managed server refunds.
### 5\. Explain what looks wrong [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Tell Support whether you are asking about:
- full invoice refund,
- selected bill row refund,
- pro-rated managed server refund,
- resize adjustment,
- cancelled subscription,
- deleted server charge,
- duplicate charge.
## How to decide whether the full invoice or selected bill rows need review [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Before asking for a refund, separate the invoice into two parts: the overall payment record and the individual bill rows. The full invoice should be reviewed only when every row on that invoice is connected to the same incorrect charge. If the invoice contains several rows, Support usually reviews only the rows connected to the issue.
For example, if an invoice includes one managed server resize row, one backup add-on row, and one unrelated renewal row, the refund request should mention the exact bill ID for the resize row. This avoids delaying the review and prevents unrelated valid charges from being included by mistake.
Use this simple checklist:
- If every row is wrong, ask Support to review the full invoice.
- If only one service is wrong, send the specific bill ID.
- If the issue is a managed server deletion, include the deletion date.
- If the issue is a resize, include the old plan, new plan, and resize date.
- If the issue is a refund already promised, ask Support to check the refund status instead of opening a new refund request.
## What xCloud Support can check [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Support can review:
- invoice status,
- payment status,
- eligible managed server rows,
- pro-rated refund calculation,
- resize-related bill IDs,
- backup add-on rows,
- whether a refund or credit was already applied.
## What to send xCloud Support [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Include:
- invoice ID,
- bill IDs,
- screenshot of the invoice rows,
- server name if available,
- cancellation, deletion, or resize date,
- expected correction,
- whether the issue is full invoice or selected rows only.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
### Why did Support ask for bill IDs? [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Because one invoice can include several charges. Bill IDs help Support refund or review only the relevant line items.
### Can one invoice be partially refunded? [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Yes. If only some bill rows are eligible, the invoice can be partially refunded or adjusted.
### Why does a refunded invoice still show in my account? [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Invoices remain as billing records. A refund does not always remove the original invoice from your history.
### Does xCloud refund managed server unused time? [#](/docs/how-to-read-your-xcloud-invoice-with-xcloud/)
Yes. xCloud Managed Servers are eligible for pro-rated refunds for unused time when the service qualifies.
---
# How to Rebuild A Server With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to rebuild an xCloud server in a few simple steps through the settings panel. Choose your configuration and restart your server with a fresh setup quickly.
A server rebuild is one of the useful for the system administrators and developers. Whether you need to switch your database engine, upgrade to a newer version, or reset your environment to a clean state, a rebuild lets you reconfigure your server without provisioning new infrastructure from scratch.
Follow the steps to rebuild a server rebuild process on xCloud with easy steps.
_**Note:** This feature is currently available only for xCloud Managed servers. It is not yet supported on self-managed servers, but support for self-managed servers is coming soon._
## Step 1: Access Your Server Settings [#](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/)
First, navigate to the server you want to rebuild from your main dashboard. Once the server is open, click on the **Management** tab in the top navigation menu, and then select the **Rebuild Server** option.
## Step 2: Configure and Rebuild Your Server [#](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/)
Next, locate the **Rebuild Server** section within the Settings dashboard. To configure your new setup, choose the **Database** dropdown, either **MySQL** or **MariaDB** and your preferred version you want to install on your server.
_Note: You can install your preferred database, whether or not you have used it before._
After configuring the database, choose the **web server** you originally created (such as OpenLiteSpeed or Nginx) from the available options. Take a moment to review your selections and confirm that everything is correct, as the rebuild will apply these settings to your server. Once you are confident with the configuration, click the **Rebuild Server** button to start the rebuild process.
_**Note:** You can install your preferred web server, whether or not you have used it before._
**Important:** A server rebuild will reset your server’s configuration. Make sure to back up any critical data before proceeding.
The system will now begin rebuilding your server with the new configuration. The process typically takes a few minutes to complete, depending on your server size and the components selected.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can rebuild a server in a few clicks. Server rebuilds are an easier way to refresh your environment, switch database engines, or apply major version upgrades without the overhead of creating a new server.
Always remember to back up your data before initiating a rebuild, and double-check your database and web server selections to ensure they match your application’s requirements. If you run into any issues during the process, consult your hosting provider’s documentation or reach out to their support team for assistance.
## **Frequently Asked Questions** [#](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/)
### **1\. Will I lose my data during a server rebuild?** [#](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/)
Yes. A server rebuild wipes the disk and resets your server’s configuration. Always back up your databases, files, and any custom configurations before starting the rebuild process.
### **2\. Will my server’s IP address change after a rebuild?** [#](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/)
No. Your public IP address stays the same after the rebuild.
### **3\. Can I change my web server during the rebuild?** [#](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/)
Yes. You can select your preferred web server, such as OpenLiteSpeed or Nginx, before confirming the rebuild.
### **4\. Which servers support the Rebuild Server feature?** [#](/docs/how-to-rebuild-a-server-with-xcloud/)
The Rebuild Server feature is currently available only for xCloud Managed servers. Support for self-managed servers is coming soon.
---
# How to Remove a Card or Delete an xCloud Account - xCloud
> Users may sometimes need to update their billing information or close their account due to changes in subscription needs, billing preferences, or personal
Users may sometimes need to update their billing information or close their account due to changes in subscription needs, billing preferences, or personal circumstances.
Follow the process for removing a saved payment card and requesting the deletion of an xCloud account.
## Remove a Payment Card [#](/docs/how-to-remove-a-card-or-delete-an-xcloud-account/)
To remove or delete a payment card from your xCloud account, you must contact our support team. Once your request is received, our [support team](/support/) will remove the card from your account and downgrade your subscription to the Free Plan. Payment methods cannot be removed while an active paid subscription is in place, so the downgrade is required before the card can be deleted.
## Delete an xCloud Account [#](/docs/how-to-remove-a-card-or-delete-an-xcloud-account/)
To downgrade your account to the Free Plan or to delete your xCloud account, you must contact our support team. Our support team will handle the entire account deletion process and verify your account to ensure there are no servers and no active billing.
Once the verification is complete, we will permanently delete your account.
_We will soon add an option that allows users to manage this process on their own._
If you still have queries, feel free to contact our [support team.](/support/)
---
# How to Repair OpenClaw with an AI-Powered Agent With xCloud (OpenClaw Troubleshooting) - xCloud
> Learn how to repair OpenClaw and resolve 502 Bad Gateway, configuration errors, and gateway failures in under 90 seconds with xCloud.
[**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai/), also known as Clawdbot, is an AI agent built to perform real actions instead of only replying to messages. It can sometimes run into issues that disrupt your workflow from unexpected crashes and dependency conflicts to configuration errors that are tricky to resolve.
With **[xCloud](/openclaw-hosting/)’s AI Powered OpenClaw Repair Agent**, you can automatically detect common OpenClaw errors, analyze system conflicts and apply guided fixes in seconds instead of hours.
Need to repair OpenClaw? Fix 502 errors, crashed gateways, and config issues automatically with xCloud’s AI Repair Agent.
**Follow the steps below to repair OpenClaw quickly and keep your setup running smoothly:**
## **What It Fixes** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
If you are on this page, something likely stopped working. The OpenClaw Repair Agent is designed to automatically detect and fix the most common OpenClaw issues without requiring manual server troubleshooting.
**It helps resolve:**
- OpenClaw showing a 502 Bad Gateway error
- Gateway service crashed or stuck after a server restart
- **“Pairing required”** error on the Control UI dashboard
- OpenClaw binary missing or corrupted after an OS or package update
- Configuration errors after manual edits or OpenClaw version upgrades
- Stale process (PID/lock) files causing **“already running”** startup failures
Instead of manually checking logs, reinstalling services or editing config files, xCloud handles the repair OpenClaw process safely and automatically.
## **How the Repair Agent Works** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
The OpenClaw Repair Agent runs in two structured phases. Understanding these phases helps you know exactly what happens behind the scenes.
### **Phase 1: Automatic System Repair (No AI Required)** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
This phase handles system-level issues automatically. **It will:**
- Check whether the OpenClaw binary is installed and reinstall it if missing or broken
- Clear stale PID or lock files that prevent OpenClaw from starting
- Detect if the Gateway service is not responding and reinstall/restart it
- Run a built-in health check **(****openclaw doctor****)** to detect hidden system problems
Most OpenClaw failures are resolved during this phase without needing AI intervention.
### **Phase 2: AI Configuration Repair** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
If the issue is related to configuration errors, the AI-powered repair phase begins. **This phase will:**
- Read your **openclaw.json** configuration file
- Detect syntax errors, invalid parameters, or version mismatches
- Send the broken configuration and error output to AI for analysis
- Apply the minimal required fix
Your API keys, connected channels, integrations and custom settings are never modified unless absolutely necessary to restore functionality. After applying the fix, the system verifies whether OpenClaw starts correctly. If needed, it retries up to 5 times to ensure a stable repair.
## **Automatic Backup Protection** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Before making any changes, the Repair Agent creates a timestamped backup of the original configuration.
**This means:**
- The original openclaw.json file is safely stored before modification
- If all repair attempts fail, the system automatically rolls back to the original configuration
- Setup is never left in a worse state than before
This backup mechanism ensures safe AI repair and addresses **the most common concern:**
**“What if the AI breaks something?”**
With automatic rollback protection, your configuration is always secure.
## **Step 1: Open the OpenClaw Dashboard in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud account and open your OpenClaw instance dashboard.
From the left sidebar, navigate to **OpenClaw** → **Overview**. Here you will get the ‘**Repair’** button**.**
## **Step 2: Repair Your OpenClaw Issues** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Click on the **‘Repair Button’.** A pop-up will appear showing Repair OpenClaw. Tap **‘Yes, Start Repair’**.
Then you will be redirected to the ‘**OpenClaw Gateway Status’**, where you’ll see your Gateway status as Checking and the ‘**OpenClaw Repair Agent’** actively running to fix any OpenClaw issues.
Within 90 seconds, you will see the **Gateway Final Status** of your OpenClaw, including any detected issues. Based on these issues, the **xCloud OpenClaw Repair Agent** will be running to fix them using the power of AI.
After a few seconds (within 90 seconds), you will see that your OpenClaw issues have been resolved, with an **Active Gateway Status** and the repaired issues displayed in the repair log.
Here, you will see a message indicating **OpenClaw Repair Finished** and **‘Repair complete! Gateway is running.** From here, you can review all the fixed configuration issues.
### **Additional Option:** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
You can also access the repair option directly from the OpenClaw Status. In the left sidebar, navigate to OpenClaw ‘**Status’**, where you’ll see the **‘Repair’** button. Clicking this button will start the repair process, just as described above.
## **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
After the repair process completes successfully:
- The Gateway status becomes active
- The **502 Bad Gateway** error disappears
- Configuration issues are resolved
- OpenClaw starts running normally again
If the Repair Agent cannot resolve the issue after its automated attempts, it automatically rolls back to your original configuration, your setup is never left in a worse state than when you started. This ensures a safe, controlled and reversible repair process every time.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can repair OpenClaw issues on xCloud using its **AI-powered Repair Agent**. OpenClaw deployment on xCloud removes the complexity of [**self managed hosting**](/self-managed-hosting/) and lets you focus on what matters most.
## **What the Repair Agent Does NOT Fix** [#](/docs/how-to-repair-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
To set proper expectations, there are certain issues the Repair Agent cannot resolve. It does **not** fix:
- Billing or subscription-related issues
- Telegram bot token errors caused by revoked or invalid API keys
- Problems caused by unsupported server specifications (for example, servers with less than 4GB RAM)
- Network-level firewall or hosting provider restrictions
If your issue falls into one of these categories, you may need to manually update credentials, upgrade server resources, or contact support. Setting this expectation helps ensure the Repair Agent is used for technical repair scenarios it is designed to handle.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any issues.
---
# How to Reset OpenClaw With xCloud (OpenClaw Troubleshooting) - xCloud
> Learn how to reset OpenClaw with xCloud safely. Wipe data, fix broken configs, and start fresh using the dashboard reset feature.
OpenClaw issues often appear after heavy testing, broken configurations, or failed integrations. Old data, stuck cron jobs, or misconfigured channels can prevent agents from working correctly. A clean reset removes these blockers and restores a stable environment.
A reset can help when troubleshooting no longer helps, or when you want to rebuild OpenClaw from scratch with a fresh setup. xCloud simplifies this process by offering a safe reset directly from the dashboard.
Follow the steps below to reset OpenClaw with xCloud.
## Step 1: Open the OpenClaw Dashboard in xCloud [#](/docs/how-to-reset-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud account and open your OpenClaw instance dashboard.
From the left sidebar, navigate to OpenClaw → Reset. Here you will get details about the reset process.
## Step 2: Review Reset Details Carefully [#](/docs/how-to-reset-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Read all the information shown on the reset screen before taking action. This reset action is irreversible and permanently deletes all OpenClaw data and memory.
### Data that will be deleted [#](/docs/how-to-reset-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- All agent memory and conversation history
- All configuration files and custom settings
- All workspace files and documents
- All cron jobs and scheduled tasks
- All connected channels and integrations, such as Telegram.
### What happens during the reset [#](/docs/how-to-reset-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- The current OpenClaw setup is backed up temporarily in /tmp
- A fresh OpenClaw installation starts automatically
- All channels and integrations require reconfiguration
- The gateway service restarts and may take around 30 seconds
## Step 3: Confirm and Reset OpenClaw [#](/docs/how-to-reset-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
Check the confirmation box that states you understand this action will completely wipe all OpenClaw data and memory. After confirming, click Reset OpenClaw to begin the process.
The OpenClaw reset feature in xCloud provides a reliable way to return to a clean state when needed. Use this option only when you are certain you no longer need the existing data or configurations. After the reset completes, set up your integrations, channels, and workflows again to continue using OpenClaw smoothly.
---
# How to Reset Uptime Kuma Password via CLI with xCloud - xCloud
> Reset Uptime Kuma password using the terminal on xCloud. Follow simple steps to regain access without two-factor authentication.
If you are using **[Uptime Kuma](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)** on xCloud and forgot your password, you can reset Uptime Kuma password using the terminal with CLI command. Follow the steps below to regain access to your monitoring dashboard.
## **Step 1: Open Your Terminal** **to Reset Uptime Kuma Password** [#](/docs/how-to-reset-uptime-kuma-password/)
First, SSH onto your server where Uptime Kuma is installed:
```
ssh your-user@your-server-ip
```
Copy to Clipboard
## **Step 2: Run the Reset Password Command** [#](/docs/how-to-reset-uptime-kuma-password/)
Uptime Kuma stores user information in a SQLite database file. Then navigate to your Uptime Kuma installation directory.
Once you are in the Uptime Kuma directory, run the following command:
```
npm run reset-password
```
Copy to Clipboard
This will launch a script that prompts you to enter a new password for your admin account. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the reset.
## **Disable Two-Factor Authentication (Optional)** [#](/docs/how-to-reset-uptime-kuma-password/)
If you also lost access to your 2FA device or method, you can disable two-factor authentication using this command:
```
npm run remove-2fa
```
Copy to Clipboard
Run this in the same directory where Uptime Kuma is installed. It will remove 2FA from your admin account so that you can log in with just your username and new password.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can reset your [Uptime Kuma](https://uptime.kuma.pet/) password from the command line is even with xCloud. By using the built-in scripts, you can quickly regain access to your admin account and disable two-factor authentication if necessary.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Restore a Backup To Another Site In xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to restore a backup to another site for WordPress site in xCloud with a simple step-by-step process for safe and reliable site migration.
[**Backups**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/) give you safety, but flexibility comes when you can move them across sites without friction. xCloud allows restoring to another site, a feature that lets you restore a WordPress site backup directly onto a different existing WordPress site on the same server or on a different one within your team.
This is useful for cloning a production site to a staging site, recovering a site using another site’s recent backup, or replacing a broken site’s content without creating a new site from scratch. Follow this to learn how to restore a backup to another site in xCloud:
## **Step 1: Go to Your Site** [#](/docs/how-to-restore-a-backup-to-another-site/)
Navigate to the source site in the dashboard. Open **‘Site Backup’ → ‘Previous Backups’** from the sidebar.
Now, click on the action menu on any backup. The action menu on each backup provides three restore options:
- **Restore Backup:** Restore to the same site (existing behavior)
- **Restore to Another Site:** Restore to a different existing WordPress site
- **Restore to New Site:** Create a new site from the backup
Select the ‘**Restore to Another Site**’ option to proceed.
## **Step 2: Select the Destination Server And Site** [#](/docs/how-to-restore-a-backup-to-another-site/)
In the modal that opens, use the Select Server dropdown to choose the target server. You can type to search by server name. Once a server is selected, the Select WordPress Site dropdown becomes active. Choose the site you want to overwrite with the backup.
## **Step 3: Confirm the Restore** [#](/docs/how-to-restore-a-backup-to-another-site/)
Then read the warning message carefully. Type “**RESTORE”** (in capitals) in the confirmation field to enable the Restore button and click on the ‘Restore’ button to start the restoration process.
Restoring a backup to another site in xCloud gives you a fast and controlled way to migrate or recover WordPress environments without manual setup. The process ensures data integrity by validating backup compatibility, protecting the destination site through confirmation steps, and allowing safe rollback if anything goes wrong.
Still stuck? Contact our **[Support team](https://support.xcloud.host/).**
---
# How to Run Commands in Your Site And Server Easily with xCloud? - xCloud
> Discover how to run commands on your site and server easily directly from the xCloud dashboard with simple step by guide.
With command runner Users can execute specific commands such as bash scripts or WP-CLI commands at both server and site levels. You do not need to access the command line interface manually, making the whole process faster and more efficient.
## **How to Run Commands from xCloud Dashboard on Your Website** [#](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
You can easily run custom commands directly from xCloud dashboard with easily steps. Here is how you can do it:
### **Step 1: Select Your Website** [#](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
Begin by logging into your server. Once you are in, choose the site where you wish to run the custom command. After selecting your site, navigate to the **Tools → Commands** option from the navigation menu.
### **Step 2: Run a Command on Your Website** [#](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
Now click on the **‘Run Custom Command’** button which will bring up a popup dashboard where you can input your desired command.
### **Step 3: Easily Enter Your Commands** [#](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
In the command box that appears, type in the command you want to execute. For example, you can run maintenance command using WP-CLI with xCloud. To activate maintenance mode, just run this code and hit on the ‘Run Command’ button:
wp maintenance-mode activate
### **Step 4: Final Outcome** [#](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
Afterward, the command will be executed instantly. Now if you look the ‘Most Recent Commands’ box, you will find the the last 10 executed commands alongside the command that was executed,
- The user who initiated the command.
- When the command is executed
- The status of the command.
You can also check out the details of the executed command by clicking on the ‘Details’ button.
**_Note:_** _By default, only the team owner has access to the command runner. To grant access to other members, adjust the role permissions in the team management section._
By following these steps, you can effectively manage and run custom commands on your website.
## **Run Commands From xCloud Dashboard on Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
xCloud also allows you to execute such command in your server from directly the dashboard as well. Just choose the server and go to **Management → Commands** from the sidebar. Then click on the **‘Run Custom Command’** enter the command and click on the **‘Run Command’** to execute the command.
This is how easily you can run command in your site and server effortlessly and make server and site management more smoother. Whether you are updating plugins or performing other tasks, these tools give you the flexibility and control you need.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support](/support/)** team for any of your queries.
---
# How to Self Host LLMs with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to self host LLMs like Ollama and OpenWebUI with xCloud for full control, privacy, and easy cloud deployment.
With the growing popularity of large language models (LLMs), developers and businesses are increasingly looking for ways to host these powerful AI tools on their own servers. Self-hosting an LLM provides greater control over data privacy, customization, and performance, without relying on third-party platforms.
Learn how to self host LLMS and deploy OpenWebUI and Ollama with xCloud or your own cloud servers.
> _Note: Make sure your system has at least 20 – 30% more RAM than the model size before downloading._
>
> Also, If you want to use Ollama, we recommend deploying it on a GPU server for optimal performance and faster model inference.
### **Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to **[create a server](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)** to deploy any LLMs. Click on the **‘Add New Server**’ button from the dashboard and enter all the credentials required to connect your server. You can deploy Ollama on your own server or on an xCloud server.
Next, enter a**‘Server Name’** and choose an **‘App Type’** from the dropdown menu. You will see all available application types here, including **‘OpenWebUI’** and **‘Ollama,’** which will provide the user with the necessary configuration settings.
Then choose a ‘**Server Size**’ and ‘**Region**’ of the server according to your preferences.
Then choose your preferred **‘Ubuntu Version’** of this server and enter the ‘**Tags’** for this server.
Next, you can see the ‘**Docker + NGINX**’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the LLM application.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your OLLAMA Application to this server.
> After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## **How to Install Ollama on a Cloud Server** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install Ollama on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment, and launching your Ollama application easily.
### **Step 2: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button. Then choose your server and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, select your Server, then navigate to the One-Click Apps section. You will see two options: OpenWebUI and Ollama. Choose Ollama to proceed with the deployment of this application.
### **Step 3: Set Up the Ollama Application** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags**’ to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: ‘**Go Live**’ for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live**’ will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site**’ allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### **Step 4: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your Ollama application. You can adjust the **‘Site User’** according to your preferences, or leave it as the default.
## **Step 4: Visit the Ollama Application** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
With Ollama set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
### **Environment Editor for Ollama** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Ollama instance. Just go to the ‘Environment’ option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **Manage Ollama Models** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
Later, you can manage your Ollama application. Go to the **‘Ollama’ → ‘Management’**. Next, click on the**‘Add New Model’** to install more AI models. Also, you can click on the ‘Delete Icon’ to delete the AI models of this application.
## **How to Install OpenWebUI on a Cloud Server** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to set up OpenWebUI on a cloud server and get it running quickly. It covers server setup, application configuration, and accessing your deployed site, making it easy to get started regardless of your technical background.
> _Note: It is recommended that you install Ollama before installing OpenWebUI app._
### **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the ‘New Site’ button. Then choose your server and click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
This will take you to the Site Creation Interface. From here, choose your Server, then go to the One-Click Apps section. You will see two options **‘OpenWebUI’** and **‘Ollama’**. Choose ‘**OpenWebUI**’ to begin deploying the application.
### **Step 2: Set Up the OpenWebUI Application** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be asked to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** for your application.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing ‘Demo Site’ allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your OpenWebUI application. Adjust the Site User according to your preferences, or leave it as the default.
### **Step 4: Install Ollama Application** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
If you want to install Ollama, toggle on the installation option and choose a model from the dropdown menu. Then, click **‘Next’** to proceed with the installation.
### **Step 5: Visit the OpenWebUI Application** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
Once OpenWebUI is set up on xCloud, you can log in to confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on **‘Visit Site’**.
### **Environment Editor for OpenWebUI** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your OpenWebUI instance. Just go to the ‘Environment’ option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the ‘Save’ button.
### **Manage AI Models** [#](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/)
Later, you can manage your OpenWebUI application. Go to the **‘OpenWebUI’ → ‘Management’**. Next, click on the **‘Add New Model’** to install more AI models. Also, you can click on the **‘Delete Icon’** to delete the AI models of this application.
Self-hosting LLMs with xCloud empowers developers and businesses to take full control of their AI deployments, ensuring data privacy, customization, and optimized performance.
By following the instructions for setting up Docker + NGINX servers, deploying Ollama, and configuring OpenWebUI, you can quickly get your AI models up and running on a cloud environment tailored to your needs. With xCloud’s One Click Apps, Environment Editor, and model management tools, maintaining and scaling your LLM deployments becomes straightforward and efficient
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set the Default Site For Your Server - xCloud
> Learn how to replace the generic server landing page with your preferred website or domain in just a few clicks.
When someone accessed your server using its IP address, they were previously shown a generic default page. With the new Default Site feature, you can now replace that page with your own chosen website or domain. This lets you control what visitors see first and create a more intentional, branded landing experience.
This helps you control where visitors land by automatically redirecting them to the site you prefer. Follow the steps below to set it up quickly and easily.
_**Note: If anyone points any domain or subdomain, it will redirect to the default domain.**_
## **Step 1: Go to Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-the-default-site-for-your-server/)
Begin by logging into the server where you want to set the default site. Once you’re on the server dashboard, navigate to the **‘Others’** section.
## **Step 2: Configure Default Site Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-set-the-default-site-for-your-server/)
Next, locate the **‘Set Default Site Settings’** section. Toggle the **‘Default Site Redirection’** switch to enable the feature. After enabling it, you will see two options ‘**Choose from Existing Site’, ‘Use Other Domain’**
### **Using an Existing Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-the-default-site-for-your-server/)
Select **“Choose from Existing Site”** to pick your preferred site from the dropdown menu.
### **Using a Different Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-set-the-default-site-for-your-server/)
If you want to set a separate domain as the default, select **“Use Other Domain”** and enter the domain name you want to use.
And that’s it! This is how easily you can set a custom landing page for your server and replace the old default view. With just a few steps, you can guide visitors to the page you want them to see first.
If you use your existing site, when you update the domain of that site, it will automatically update the server’s default domain redirection as well.
---
# How To Set Up AWS Server In xCloud? - xCloud
> Discover how to integrate and setup AWS server in xCloud seamlessly and easily manage from xCloud dashboard.
AWS, or Amazon Web Services, provides comprehensive cloud solutions. Using AWS and setting up a server in xCloud is simple. **Amazon Web Services** (AWS) offers both **EC2** and Lightsail instances for cloud computing. EC2 provides flexibility, scalability, and advanced configurations, while **Lightsail** simplifies the process with pre-configured environments.
You can easily set up an AWS server in [**xCloud**](/) for both EC2 and Lightsail instances. This self-managed hosting aims to simplify the hosting and managing of WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let us follow these steps to get you started.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
To [**create the AWS server**](https://app.xcloud.host/) in xCloud, the first step is to visit the xCloud website and create your account or log in using your existing credentials. Once you are signed, you can effortlessly set up your AWS server.
If you already have an account please [**visit our app URL**](https://app.xcloud.host/) to log in to your account to set up an AWS server in xCloud Host.
### **Step 2: Create Your AWS Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **‘Add New Server’** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. Select the AWS option from the list. The billing of the server will be handled on your AWS account.
### **Step 3: Sign In to the AWS Management Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
Now, before going to the next step, you need to log in to the AWS management console. Sign in as a **‘Root User’** to the [**AWS Management Console**](https://aws.amazon.com/console/) using your AWS account credentials. Once logged in, navigate to the main dashboard where you can access various AWS services.
### **Step 4: Navigate to the IAM Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
From the AWS Management Console, click on the Services menu located at the top left corner or search with **“IAM”** and select **IAM** from the list of services. This will direct you to the IAM dashboard, where you can manage users, groups, roles, and policies.
### **Step 5: Add a New User** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
On the IAM dashboard, locate and click on the Users option in the left navigation panel. This will display a list of existing IAM users. To create a new user, click on the **‘Create User’** button.
### **Step 6: Configure User Details** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
In this step, enter a unique ‘**Username’** for the new IAM user. Next, choose the type of access the user requires. Check-in **‘AWS Management Console’** access option if the user requires access to the AWS Management Console and click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
### **Step 7: Set Permissions for Amazon EC2 Instance** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
You have three options to set permissions for the new user. The first one is ‘**Add user to group’** which lets you add the user to an IAM group with predefined permissions, which is efficient for managing multiple users with similar access needs. The second one is ‘**Copy permissions’** which enables you to duplicate the permissions of another IAM user. And the final policy ‘**Attach policies directly’** allows you to assign AWS-managed policies or custom policies.
Here we are choosing the **‘Attach policies directly’** and assigning the access for [**Amazon EC2 Instance**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EC2_GetStarted.html) to the user and hit on the **Next**.
**_Note:_** _If you do not find the EC2 Access here, search for the policy in the search bar._
### **Step 8: Add Tags, Review and Create** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
You can add ‘**Tags’** to help organize and manage users. Now carefully review all the details and permissions assigned to the new IAM user. If everything is accurate and complete, click the ‘**Create user**’ button to finalize the creation of the IAM user.
### **Step 9: Give Another permission for Amazon Lightsail** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
Now, set another permission for the new user for [**Amazon LightSail**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/decision-guides/latest/lightsail-or-ec2/lightsail-or-ec2.html) easily. To specify the permissions for the created user, go to the Permission Policies and click on the **‘Add Permissions Menu’**. Choose the **‘Create Inline Policy’** option from the dropdown menu.
Click on the ‘**JSON’** button from the **Policy Editor** and paste the below given JSON code in the editor. Finally, tap on the **‘Next’** button.
Here is the **JSON** code:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": \[
{
"Sid": "VisualEditor0",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": \[
"lightsail:GetInstances",
"lightsail:GetKeyPair",
"lightsail:DeleteKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetStaticIp",
"lightsail:ReleaseStaticIp",
"lightsail:SetIpAddressType",
"lightsail:CreateInstances",
"lightsail:GetInstance",
"lightsail:GetInstanceAccessDetails",
"lightsail:DeleteInstance",
"lightsail:CreateKeyPair",
"lightsail:ImportKeyPair",
"lightsail:StartInstance",
"lightsail:DownloadDefaultKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetInstancePortStates",
"lightsail:StopInstance",
"lightsail:AttachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetRegions",
"lightsail:RebootInstance",
"lightsail:GetOperation",
"lightsail:DetachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetInstanceState",
"lightsail:GetBundles",
"lightsail:TagResource",
"lightsail:PutInstancePublicPorts"
\],
"Resource": "\*"
}
\]
}
Once the policy is created for Lightsail instance, give the policy a name and hit on the **‘Create Policy’** button.
### Step 10: Create & Retrieve a User Access Key [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
Now we have to create a user access key. Find **‘Create access key’** under the Summary tab and click on it. Then you will be redirected to the **Access Key best practices & Alternatives page,** from here select the ‘**Other’** option and click on Next.
Now give a Description Tag to proceed to create an access key. Once the access key is created copy the Access Key and Secret from from here and go back to your xCloud Dashboard to integrate the server with xCloud.
### **Step 11: Connect the Account & Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)
From the AWS dashboard, select an existing or connect new account from the dropdown menu. Then choose the AWS services from, you can use any one with the proper credentials or both from the xCloud dashboard.
_Note: EBS-supported instances of AWS are not supported. For example, T3 instances use EBS storage. These instances are not available through the API. However, you can set up such instances manually in your AWS account first and then add them through the **Any Provider** method in xCloud._
As you have the Access Key and Secret Key Paste them into the designated blank boxes one by one carefully. Now click on **‘Verify’** button, it will start verifying the credential and connect you with the AWS server.
Fill all the information like **‘Server Name’, ‘Server Region’, ‘Server Zone’,’Server Size’,** etc according to your preference.
Next, choose the web server stack from **NGINX** or **OLS** as your requirements and click on **‘NEXT’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a AWS server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many site as you want under this server
This is how easily you can create an AWS server from xCloud seamlessly without going through any difficulties.
After creating your server with AWS, you would want to create your first site with xCloud. Follow [**this documentation**](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/) to learn how to do that. You can also take a look at how to add [**xCloud managed email servic**e](https://xcloud.host/docs/add-xcloud-managed-email-service/) for WordPress site emails.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Email Alias with MailBox Addon - xCloud
> Learn how to set up email alias with the xCloud MailBox Addon to manage multiple addresses in one inbox.
Aliases allow you to create extra email addresses that redirect to existing mailboxes without needing to set up new ones.
For instance, if you own a mailbox, user@example.com, and wish to receive emails at another address, user2@example.com, without having a separate mailbox, you can establish user2@example.com as an alias that directs to user@example.com. Now, you only need to log in to user@example.com to check the emails received at both addresses.
Follow the step-by-step process to set up email Alias with xCloud MailBox Addon:
## **Step 1: Go to Your MailBox Account** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-email-alias-with-mailbox-addon/)
First, go to the MailBox addon, click on your MailBox, and head over to the ‘Aliases’ tab from the dashboard.
## **Step 2: Add an Email Alias** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-email-alias-with-mailbox-addon/)
Click the **‘Add New’** button. A pop-up will appear allowing you to add a new alias email address. Enter the alias and select the domain from the dropdown menu.
Next, select the email address you wish to be a member of that alias. Finally, click on the **‘Add Alias’** button.
Next, you will see that your email address has been added as an Alias. You can also delete the email. Just click on the three-dot icon, choose the ‘Delete’ option, and click on the ‘OK’ button.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can set up aliases with the xCloud MailBox Addon. It is a simple way to manage multiple email addresses without the need for separate MailBoxes.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up FFmpeg in Your Server - xCloud
> Learn how to check, install, and set up FFmpeg on your server for smooth multimedia processing.
FFmpeg is a powerful and widely used tool for handling audio, video, and multimedia files. It supports converting, recording, and streaming media content. Whether you are developing an application or working on a media project, having FFmpeg properly set up is essential for smooth performance.
Follow the steps below to check and set up FFmpeg FFmpeg is already installed on your server.
## **How Can You Check If FFmpeg Is Already Installed?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-ffmpeg-in-your-server/)
To find out if FFmpeg is already installed on your server, you need to connect to it using a terminal or SSH. Once connected, you can run a simple command to check for its presence.
To find the installation path, use this command:
```
which ffmpeg
```
Copy to Clipboard
If FFmpeg is installed, this command will return a path like:
```
/usr/bin/ffmpeg
```
Copy to Clipboard
To check the version of FFmpeg installed, run this command:
```
ffmpeg -version
```
Copy to Clipboard
If FFmpeg is installed, this will show you the version details. If the command is not recognized, it means FFmpeg is likely not installed on your server.
## **How Do You Install FFmpeg With Root Access?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-ffmpeg-in-your-server/)
If you have root access or sudo privileges, you can install FFmpeg directly using the command line. This is useful if FFmpeg is not already installed or if you need to upgrade to a newer version.
On servers that run Ubuntu or Debian, you can start by updating the package list. Run this command:
```
apt update
```
Copy to Clipboard
Then, install FFmpeg using this command:
```
apt install ffmpeg -y
```
Copy to Clipboard
Once the installation is finished, verify the installation by checking the version. Use this command:
```
ffmpeg -version
```
Copy to Clipboard
You should see the installed version of FFmpeg. The binary is usually located at
```
/usr/bin/ffmpeg
```
Copy to Clipboard
Properly configuring FFmpeg allows your application or server to process media files without encountering errors. Checking the installation and performing a straightforward setup with root access only takes a few minutes.
And that is how easily you can make sure that FFmpeg is available and ready to support your multimedia needs.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Hermes Workspace with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Hermes Workspace with xCloud. Connect your own dashboard or let xCloud host it, then add a custom domain and secure it
Hermes Workspace is a dedicated web command center for your Hermes Agent. It connects to the agent over an authenticated HTTP API, so you can manage and interact with your agent from a single browser-based dashboard instead of juggling separate tools.
This guide walks you through the full setup inside xCloud: enabling the API server, generating a secure access token, pointing your own domain at the Workspace, securing it with SSL, and deploying it. By the end, you will have a live Hermes Workspace ready to open and use. The entire process takes only a few minutes, and most settings come preconfigured with safe defaults.
## Before You Begin [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)
Make sure you have an active xCloud account with a Hermes Agent already running. If you plan to use a custom domain, have access to your domain provider’s DNS settings, or a connected Cloudflare account, ready to go.
## Step 1: Open the Hermes Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to the Hermes Agent page. Select Hermes from the sidebar menu, then click the Workspace option from the menu.
## Step 2: Enable the API Server [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)
The Workspace connects to your agent over an authenticated HTTP API. Enable the API server to generate a shared token that any Workspace can use to connect.
## Step 3: Generate the API Token [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)
Click the Rotate token button to generate your API key. Once the token appears, copy it and store it somewhere safe. You will need it to authenticate the connection, and it will not be shown again in full.
## Step 4: Add a Domain & Set Up SSL [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)
Enter a custom domain for your Workspace. You have two options to verify it. Add the provided records with your domain provider and verify the DNS manually, or connect your domain through Cloudflare and verify the DNS on xCloud with a single click. A free SSL certificate is enabled by default, so your Workspace is secured automatically. If you prefer, you can use your own SSL certificate instead.
## Step 5: Configure a Docker Image (Optional) [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)
If your setup requires it, you can also configure a Docker image for the Workspace at this stage.
Once all your settings are in place, click Deploy Workspace to begin configuration. xCloud will provision everything for you.
## Step 6: Open Your Workspace [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hermes-workspace-with-xcloud/)
After a short wait, you will see that the Hermes Workspace has been deployed. Copy the password, then click the Open Workspace button to go straight to your Hermes Workspace dashboard.
Next, you will be redirected to the Hermes Workspace’s login page, enter the password you have copied and click on the ‘Continue’ button.
Your Hermes Workspace is now live and connected to your Hermes Agent through a secure, authenticated API. From the Workspace dashboard, you can manage your agent, run tasks, and monitor activity, all from one place in the browser.
Keep your API token and Workspace password stored securely, and rotate the token whenever you need to refresh access. With the setup complete, you are ready to put Hermes Workspace to work.
Still stuck? Please contact our [**support team.**](https://support.xcloud.host/)
---
# How to Set Up Hide My WP plugin in xCloud? - xCloud
> Hide My WP Ghost is a WordPress Security plugin. Discover how to set up hide my wp plugin in xCloud for your NGINX server and OLS server.
[**OpenLightSpeed**](https://openlitespeed.org/) & [**NGINX**](https://www.nginx.com/) are the top choices for web servers for their adaptability and strength. Many online services and applications use **NGINX** and **OLS** and customise them to boost their system’s efficiency, secure their data, and add new features. However, you might find it challenging to configure custom NGINX and OLS settings, as it often requires manual edits in the Linux terminal.
But with [**xCloud**](/), you can simplify this process. You can set up the Hide My WP plugin in xCloud, which lets you add a custom OLS and NGINX easily. **Hide My WP Ghost** is a WordPress security plugin that provides robust protection for your website without physically altering any directories or files.
_**Note:** For the OLS server, you need to install and activate the plugin by yourself; on the other hand, for NGINX, you do not need to go through this complex process._
## **How to Configure Custom OLS in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hide-my-wp-plugin-on-xcloud/)
You can easily set up custom **OLS** from the xCloud dashboard with some simple steps. Now let’s follow these steps to get you started.
### **Step 1: Navigate to the xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hide-my-wp-plugin-on-xcloud/)
To set up the **Hide My WP** **Ghost** plugin first, log in and go to the xCloud dashboard. Then move on to the ‘**All Servers’** tab and select the OLS server.
Select the site, where you want to install the **Hide My WP Ghost** plugin and Click on the **‘Magic Login’** button to directly access your site’s WordPress dashboard from the xCloud dashboard.
### **Step: Install and Activate the Hide my WP Ghost plugin** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hide-my-wp-plugin-on-xcloud/)
After going to your site’s WP dashboard, select the **plugins → Add new plugin** and search for the Hide My WP Ghost plugin. Now install the plugin, and activate it from here.
### **Step: Go to the Compatibility Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hide-my-wp-plugin-on-xcloud/)
Afterwards, first you need to go to the **‘Advanced’** section of the sidebar and proceed with the **‘Compatibility’** option.
Now, you will get a drop-down menu of **‘Server types’**, find out the server type, look for the OLS server from the drop-down menu of the server names, and click on the **‘Save’** button.
Now, go to the ‘**Change paths**’ from the sidebar of your WordPress dashboard and look for the ‘**Ghost Mode**’ option. From here, just activate this.
Afterwards, go back to your **xCloud dashboard → OLS server** and head over to the **‘Sever Management’** tab and click on the restart the LightSpeed server.
And the **Hide MY WP Ghost** will sync and start protecting your website.
## **How to Configure Custom NGINX in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-hide-my-wp-plugin-on-xcloud/)
Moreover, we are offering to [**set up built-in custom NGINX**](/docs/configure-custom-nginx-xcloud/) support for RankMath and Hide My WP on the xCloud dashboard. That means, if your website has the RankMath or Hide My WP plugins installed, you can choose from the ‘Select Template’ list, and you’re all good to go. Or else, you can choose **‘Use My Own Config’** to run your config manually. However, we will be gradually adding more plugins.
That is how easily you can configure custom OLS and NGINX in **xCloud**.
Still stuck? Contact our **[dedicated support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Laravel on DigitalOcean Server with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Laravel on DigitalOcean server. This guide covers server creation, deployment steps and Laravel configuration with xCloud.
[**Laravel**](/laravel-hosting/) is a popular PHP framework for building modern web applications. With DigitalOcean’s cloud hosting and xCloud’s one‑click deployment, you can set up Laravel on DigitalOcean Server quickly and manage it with ease. This guide walks you through the process step by step.
First, set up your DigitalOcean server in xCloud. Follow these steps to get started.
## **How to Set Up a DigitalOcean Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
This guide shows how to set up a DigitalOcean server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Create Your New DigitalOcean Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Digital Ocean server and for that select the [**DigitalOcean**](https://xcloud.host/go/digitalocean/) option. The billing of the server will be handled on your Digital Ocean account.
**Note:** Don’t have a DigitalOcean account? Check out the documentation below to find out how to provision a server with any providers:
- [**How To Setup First Server With Vultr?**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
- [**How To Setup Your First Server With Google Cloud Platform Provider?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform)
- [**How To Setup a Server With Other Providers?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/?post_type=docs&p=268&preview=true)
We’ve made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your DigitalOcean account. You no longer have to go through the hassle of generating and copying access tokens.
Now, xCloud will guide you through an OAuth flow, where you simply authorize xCloud to use your DigitalOcean account.
All you have to do is provision a new DigitalOcean server, click **“Authorize”** during the setup, and you’ll be redirected to DigitalOcean to grant permission to your account. It’s a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Digital Ocean.
### **Step 3: Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your DO account. Now you need to provide the Server name, your preferred Server Size (**CPU, RAM, Storage**) and Region nearest to you and your visitors. Only, **MySQL 8.0** database server is now available.
By default Database, the **‘Root’** Password is auto-filed but you can change this and save it in a safe place.
We recommend at least a **2GB/ 1 shared CPU server** for 10-20 sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a **4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server**.
We are almost done with our server creation of Digital Ocean in xCloud. After submitting the form this might take **up to 12-15 minutes** to make the Digital Ocean server live and ready to install a lightning fast WordPress Site.
If you already have a [**DigitalOcean server**](https://www.digitalocean.com/), you can skip the first phase and proceed directly to the second. Follow these steps to get started.
## **How to Set Up Laravel on DigitalOcean Server: Deploy Laravel Applications with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
Deploying a **[Laravel application](/laravel-hosting/)** can feel complex, with multiple steps and detailed setup. This guide walks you through everything from configuration to deployment, so you can set up Laravel on DigitalOcean Server.
### **Step 1: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **DigitalOcean server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
### **Step 2: Go to The Laravel Tab** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
Then navigate to the ‘**Laravel’** tab to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
### **Step 3: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch or you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option. Then you have to put **‘New Site Title’** and **‘Domain Name’**. Here we are choosing the **‘Demo Site’** domain. Then click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Settings to Manage Database** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
Now, you will be sent to the **‘Settings’** step. Make sure to correctly add your **‘PHP Version’**, **‘Site User’**, **‘Web root’**.
Now, it is time for database management. You will get three options. You can either create a new database on the server, you can add your existing database that is hosted on another server.
You can also proceed without a database. For this tutorial, we are going with the **‘Create Database In Server’** option.
If you select this option, enter your **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’**. You can keep these auto-generated credentials or you can modify them according to your choice.
After selecting any one option and providing all essential information and credentials, click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 5: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** tab, add your **‘Git Repository’** and **‘Git Branch’**. Also, toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. Once you enable the **‘Push To Deploy’**, it will generate a **‘Deployment URL’**. We can use this URL to CICD pipeline and copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
### **Step 6: Add the Deployment URL to the Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
Now, go to your Git repository. From the **‘Code’** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on the **‘Webhooks’** page from the **‘Code and Automation’** section of the left navigation. Insert the deployment URL into the **‘Payload URL’** field. Select **‘application/json’** from the **‘Content type’** dropdown.
_**Note:** This step is optional. Adding a webhook enables automatic deployments when you push changes to the repository but it’s not required if you prefer to deploy manually._
### **Step 7: Add Public Key to Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
Next, in the ‘Deploy Script’ field, any script that needs to be executed after the site is deployed. For example, you can use it to install dependencies or run database migrations.
Next, in the **‘Deploy Script’** field, specify any commands that need to be executed after the site is deployed.
If your project uses PHP, you can specify the version _(e.g., php8.1)_ and run Composer along with **Laravel-specific commands like this:**
php8.1 $(which composer) install --no-interaction --prefer-dist --optimize-autoloader --no-dev
php8.1 artisan migrate --force
php8.1 artisan optimize:clear
If your project also involves Node.js, you can include additional commands as well. These scripts ensure that your backend and frontend are fully prepared after deployment.
From the xCloud dashboard, copy the ‘**Public Key’** to add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. Git migration uses the **‘Public Key’** for SSH authentication. This is necessary to enable xCloud to access your Git repository and clone it. It ensures secure and authorized access for the cloning process.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code’** tab, go to the ‘**Settings’** tab and click on **‘Deploy Keys’** in the security section of the left navigation. Click on the **‘Add key’** button and paste the key that you copied from xCloud.
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click on **‘Next**’ on your xCloud settings of the **‘Git Repo’** tab.
### **Step 8: Confirm Migrating The Website** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-laravel-on-digitalocean-server/)
Now, to start the migration process, click on the **‘Start’** button. After clicking the migration process will start and you will see the progress of migration.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there. Go to the **‘Laravel’** Option from the menu and customize the **‘Application’** and **‘Environment’** as your preferences.
**Check out the other features of Laravel:**
- [_How to Use Supervisor for Process Management With xCloud_](/docs/supervisor-for-process-management/)
- [_How to Set Up Laravel Horizon with xCloud_](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
- [_How to Set Up a Queue Worker for Laravel Applications_](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
Configure Laravel Scheduler with cron job for your Laravel projects with ease. Check out this documentation for more details:
- [_How To Configure xCloud Cron Job?_](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)
And that’s it. This is how easily you can successfully deploy your Laravel application on xCloud. Now you can go to your site dashboard from xCloud and customize according to your preferences.
If you are still stuck, feel free to contact our [**support team**](/support/).
---
# How to Set Up Lovable on AWS with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Lovable on AWS with xCloud. Deploy AI powered apps easily, manage servers, and streamline application development.
[**Lovable**](/lovable-hosting/) is a modern AI-powered application-building platform designed to help anyone create user-friendly, scalable, and production-ready applications and websites through chatting.
Set up **Lovable** on AWS with xCloud quickly and easily. This guide walks you through the basic steps to configure and launch Lovable on a AWS server, helping you streamline deployment and manage your application with minimal effort
You can easily set up an AWS server in [**xCloud**](/) for both EC2 and Lightsail instances. Now let us follow these steps to get you started.
### **Step 2: Create Your AWS Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **‘Add New Server’** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. Select the AWS option from the list. The billing of the server will be handled on your AWS account.
### **Step 3: Sign In to the AWS Management Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, before going to the next step, you need to log in to the AWS management console. Sign in as a **‘Root User’** to the [**AWS Management Console**](https://aws.amazon.com/console/) using your AWS account credentials. Once logged in, navigate to the main dashboard where you can access various AWS services.
### **Step 4: Navigate to the IAM Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS Management Console, click on the Services menu located at the top left corner or search with **“IAM”** and select **IAM** from the list of services. This will direct you to the IAM dashboard, where you can manage users, groups, roles, and policies.
### **Step 5: Add a New User** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
On the IAM dashboard, locate and click on the Users option in the left navigation panel. This will display a list of existing IAM users. To create a new user, click on the **‘Create User’** button.
### **Step 6: Configure User Details** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In this step, enter a unique ‘**Username’** for the new IAM user. Next, choose the type of access the user requires. Check-in **‘AWS Management Console’** access option if the user requires access to the AWS Management Console and click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
### **Step 7: Set Permissions for Amazon EC2 Instance** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You have three options to set permissions for the new user. The first one is ‘**Add user to group’** which lets you add the user to an IAM group with predefined permissions, which is efficient for managing multiple users with similar access needs. The second one is ‘**Copy permissions’** which enables you to duplicate the permissions of another IAM user. And the final policy ‘**Attach policies directly’** allows you to assign AWS-managed policies or custom policies.
Here we are choosing the **‘Attach policies directly’** and assigning the access for [**Amazon EC2 Instance**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EC2_GetStarted.html) to the user and hit on the **Next**.
**_Note:_** _If you do not find the EC2 Access here, search for the policy in the search bar._
### **Step 8: Add Tags, Review and Create** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You can add ‘**Tags’** to help organize and manage users. Now carefully review all the details and permissions assigned to the new IAM user. If everything is accurate and complete, click the ‘**Create user**’ button to finalize the creation of the IAM user.
### **Step 9: Give Another permission for Amazon Lightsail** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, set another permission for the new user for [**Amazon LightSail**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/decision-guides/latest/lightsail-or-ec2/lightsail-or-ec2.html) easily. To specify the permissions for the created user, go to the Permission Policies and click on the **‘Add Permissions Menu’**. Choose the **‘Create Inline Policy’** option from the dropdown menu.
Click on the ‘**JSON’** button from the **Policy Editor** and paste the below given JSON code in the editor. Finally, tap on the **‘Next’** button.
Here is the **JSON** code:
📋
JSON
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": \[
{
"Sid": "VisualEditor0",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": \[
"lightsail:GetInstances",
"lightsail:GetKeyPair",
"lightsail:DeleteKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetStaticIp",
"lightsail:ReleaseStaticIp",
"lightsail:SetIpAddressType",
"lightsail:CreateInstances",
"lightsail:GetInstance",
"lightsail:GetInstanceAccessDetails",
"lightsail:DeleteInstance",
"lightsail:CreateKeyPair",
"lightsail:ImportKeyPair",
"lightsail:StartInstance",
"lightsail:DownloadDefaultKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetInstancePortStates",
"lightsail:StopInstance",
"lightsail:AttachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetRegions",
"lightsail:RebootInstance",
"lightsail:GetOperation",
"lightsail:DetachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetInstanceState",
"lightsail:GetBundles",
"lightsail:TagResource",
"lightsail:PutInstancePublicPorts"
\],
"Resource": "\*"
}
\]
}
Once the policy is created for Lightsail instance, give the policy a name and hit on the **‘Create Policy’** button.
### Step 10: Create & Retrieve a User Access Key [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now we have to create a user access key. Find **‘Create access key’** under the Summary tab and click on it. Then you will be redirected to the **Access Key best practices & Alternatives page,** from here select the ‘**Other’** option and click on Next.
Now give a Description Tag to proceed to create an access key. Once the access key is created copy the Access Key and Secret from from here and go back to your xCloud Dashboard to integrate the server with xCloud.
### **Step 11: Connect the Account & Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS dashboard, select an existing or connect new account from the dropdown menu. Then choose the AWS services from, you can use any one with the proper credentials or both from the xCloud dashboard.
_Note: EBS-supported instances of AWS are not supported. For example, T3 instances use EBS storage. These instances are not available through the API. However, you can set up such instances manually in your AWS account first and then add them through the **Any Provider** method in xCloud._
As you have the Access Key and Secret Key Paste them into the designated blank boxes one by one carefully. Now click on **‘Verify’** button, it will start verifying the credential and connect you with the AWS server.
Fill all the information like **‘Server Name’, ‘Server Region’, ‘Server Zone’,’Server Size’,** etc according to your preference.
Next, choose the web server stack from **NGINX** or **OLS** as your requirements and click on **‘NEXT’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a AWS server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many site as you want under this server
This is how easily you can create an AWS server from xCloud seamlessly without going through any difficulties.
## **How to Deploy Lovable Applications with xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
xCloud allows you to deploy Lovable applications easily from your Git repositories. You can install and set up Lovable and get your application live in just a few clicks. Follow the steps below to set up Lovable with xCloud and deploy **AI powered projects easily on AWS Server:**
### **Step 1: Create a New Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed to start creating Lovable applications.
### **Step 3: Go to the Lovable Tab** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From here, go to the **‘Lovable’** tab to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
Before you proceed, make sure your Lovable projects are properly synced with Git repositories.
### **Step 4: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option.
### **Step 5: Configure Site Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Next, under the **‘Settings’** tab, you will get the **‘Node.js Version’** and **‘Site User’** for this application. After that, click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 6: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** tab, you will get three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’**, **‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’** and ‘**Connected Git Provider’**.
We are going to deploy Git projects using the **‘Git Provider’** option here. Choose the **‘Connected Git Provider’** option from the dropdown menu.
From the **‘Select Git Provider’** dropdown, choose the connected account you want to use. Once selected, navigate through the list of repositories, pick the one you want to deploy and then select the specific **‘Branch’** of that project.
You can also deploy Lovable projects from your Public or Private Git repositories as well. For more details read this documentation:
**👉** [**How to Insert Your Git Repositories with xCloud**](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
### **Step 7: Enable Push to Deploy** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. You need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
**Note:** If you want to learn more about the process, follow the steps in this [**document**](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)**.**
Finally, review all the details and click on the **‘Start’** button to create the Lovable application.
### **Step 8: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Lovable site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
That’s it! This is how easily you can deploy Lovable with xCloud and launch your web apps in just a few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Lovable on Linode with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Lovable on Linode with xCloud. Deploy AI powered apps easily, manage servers, and streamline application development.
[**Lovable**](/lovable-hosting/) is a modern AI-powered application-building platform designed to help anyone create user-friendly, scalable, and production-ready applications and websites through chatting.
Set up **Lovable** on Linode with xCloud quickly and easily. This guide walks you through the basic steps to configure and launch Lovable on a Linode server, helping you streamline deployment and manage your application with minimal effort.
## **How to Set up Linode Server with xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up the Linode server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Create Your Linode Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Linode server and for that select the [**Linode**](https://www.linode.com/) option.
### **Step 2: Authorize Your Linode Account** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
We have made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your Linode account. Now provision a new Linode server, click **‘Authorize on Linode’** during the setup, and you will be redirected to Linode to grant permission to your account. It is a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Linode.
### **Step 3: Connect the Account & Add the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Linode account and your server will be connected with xCloud. Now you need to provide the **‘Server name’**, your preferred **‘Server Size’** (CPU, RAM, storage), the **‘Region’** nearest to you and your visitors, and then select the **‘Database Server’** from MySQL and MariaDB.
**_Note:_** _We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server._
Next, choose the web server stack from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSeed’** as your requirements and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a Linode server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many sites as you want under this server.
## **How to Deploy Lovable Applications with xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
xCloud allows you to deploy Lovable applications easily from your Git repositories. You can install and set up Lovable and get your application live in just a few clicks.
Follow the steps below to set up Lovable with xCloud and deploy AI-powered projects easily:
### **Step 1: Create a New Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed to start creating Lovable applications.
### **Step 3: Go to The Lovable Tab** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
From here, go to the **‘Lovable’** tab to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
📝 Before you proceed, make sure your Lovable projects are properly synced with Git repositories.
### **Step 4: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
From the ‘Domains’ tab, you will get two options: either you can create a ‘Demo Site’ with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the ‘Migrate into a New Domain’ option.
### **Step 5: Configure Site Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Next, under the **‘Settings’** tab, you will get the **‘[Node.js](http://node.js/) Version’** and ‘**Site User’** for this application. After that, click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 6: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘**Git Repo’** tab, you will get three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’, ‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’,** and **‘Connected Git Provider’.**
We are going to deploy Git projects using the **‘Git Provider’** option here. Choose the **‘Connected Git Provider’** option from the dropdown menu.
From the **‘Select Git Provider’** dropdown, choose the connected account you want to use. Once selected, navigate through the list of repositories, pick the one you want to deploy, and then select the specific **‘Branch’** of that project.
You can also deploy Lovable projects from your Public or Private Git repositories as well. For more details read this documentation:
_**👉 [How to Insert Your Git Repositories with xCloud](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)**_
### **Step 7: Enable Push to Deploy** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the ‘Enable push to deploy’ option. You need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the ‘Deployment URL’ from here.
_**Note: If you want to learn more about the process, follow the steps in this [document](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/).**_
Finally, review all the details and click on the **‘Start’** button to create the Lovable application.
### **Step 8: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-lovable-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Lovable site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
That’s it! This is how easily you can deploy Lovable on Linode with xCloud and launch your web apps in just a few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up n8n on AWS with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up n8n on AWS with xCloud. Deploy workflows easily, streamline automation, and manage servers with minimal effort
[**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) is an open-source workflow automation platform that allows users to connect different services and build complex workflows with minimal effort. With support for hundreds of integrations and a visual interface, n8n is ideal for teams looking to increase productivity without writing extensive custom code.
Set up **n8n** on AWS with xCloud is a straightforward way to bring automation to the cloud. This guide walks you through the essential steps to configure, deploy, and run n8n seamlessly on AWS, so you can start building powerful workflows without the usual complexity.
You can easily set up an AWS server in [**xCloud**](/) for both EC2 and Lightsail instances. Now let us follow these steps to get you started.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
To [**create the AWS server**](https://app.xcloud.host/) in xCloud, the first step is to visit the xCloud website and create your account or log in using your existing credentials. Once you are signed, you can effortlessly set up your AWS server.
If you already have an account please [**visit our app URL**](https://app.xcloud.host/) to log in to your account to set up an AWS server in xCloud Host.
### **Step 2: Create Your AWS Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **‘Add New Server’** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. Select the AWS option from the list. The billing of the server will be handled on your AWS account.
### **Step 3: Sign In to the AWS Management Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, before going to the next step, you need to log in to the AWS management console. Sign in as a **‘Root User’** to the [**AWS Management Console**](https://aws.amazon.com/console/) using your AWS account credentials. Once logged in, navigate to the main dashboard where you can access various AWS services.
### **Step 4: Navigate to the IAM Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS Management Console, click on the Services menu located at the top left corner or search with **“IAM”** and select **IAM** from the list of services. This will direct you to the IAM dashboard, where you can manage users, groups, roles, and policies.
### **Step 5: Add a New User** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
On the IAM dashboard, locate and click on the Users option in the left navigation panel. This will display a list of existing IAM users. To create a new user, click on the **‘Create User’** button.
### **Step 6: Configure User Details** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In this step, enter a unique ‘**Username’** for the new IAM user. Next, choose the type of access the user requires. Check-in **‘AWS Management Console’** access option if the user requires access to the AWS Management Console and click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
### **Step 7: Set Permissions for Amazon EC2 Instance** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You have three options to set permissions for the new user. The first one is ‘**Add user to group’** which lets you add the user to an IAM group with predefined permissions, which is efficient for managing multiple users with similar access needs. The second one is ‘**Copy permissions’** which enables you to duplicate the permissions of another IAM user. And the final policy ‘**Attach policies directly’** allows you to assign AWS-managed policies or custom policies.
Here we are choosing the **‘Attach policies directly’** and assigning the access for [**Amazon EC2 Instance**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EC2_GetStarted.html) to the user and hit on the **Next**.
**_Note:_** _If you do not find the EC2 Access here, search for the policy in the search bar._
### **Step 8: Add Tags, Review and Create** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You can add ‘**Tags’** to help organize and manage users. Now carefully review all the details and permissions assigned to the new IAM user. If everything is accurate and complete, click the ‘**Create user**’ button to finalize the creation of the IAM user.
### **Step 9: Give Another permission for Amazon Lightsail** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, set another permission for the new user for [**Amazon LightSail**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/decision-guides/latest/lightsail-or-ec2/lightsail-or-ec2.html) easily. To specify the permissions for the created user, go to the Permission Policies and click on the **‘Add Permissions Menu’**. Choose the **‘Create Inline Policy’** option from the dropdown menu.
Click on the ‘**JSON’** button from the **Policy Editor** and paste the below given JSON code in the editor. Finally, tap on the **‘Next’** button.
Here is the **JSON** code:
📋
JSON
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": \[
{
"Sid": "VisualEditor0",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": \[
"lightsail:GetInstances",
"lightsail:GetKeyPair",
"lightsail:DeleteKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetStaticIp",
"lightsail:ReleaseStaticIp",
"lightsail:SetIpAddressType",
"lightsail:CreateInstances",
"lightsail:GetInstance",
"lightsail:GetInstanceAccessDetails",
"lightsail:DeleteInstance",
"lightsail:CreateKeyPair",
"lightsail:ImportKeyPair",
"lightsail:StartInstance",
"lightsail:DownloadDefaultKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetInstancePortStates",
"lightsail:StopInstance",
"lightsail:AttachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetRegions",
"lightsail:RebootInstance",
"lightsail:GetOperation",
"lightsail:DetachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetInstanceState",
"lightsail:GetBundles",
"lightsail:TagResource",
"lightsail:PutInstancePublicPorts"
\],
"Resource": "\*"
}
\]
}
Once the policy is created for Lightsail instance, give the policy a name and hit on the **‘Create Policy’** button.
### **Step 10: Create & Retrieve a User Access Key** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now we have to create a user access key. Find **‘Create access key’** under the Summary tab and click on it. Then you will be redirected to the **Access Key best practices & Alternatives page,** from here select the ‘**Other’** option and click on Next.
Now give a Description Tag to proceed to create an access key. Once the access key is created copy the Access Key and Secret from from here and go back to your xCloud Dashboard to integrate the server with xCloud.
### **Step 11: Connect the Account & Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS dashboard, select an existing or connect new account from the dropdown menu. Then choose the AWS services from, you can use any one with the proper credentials or both from the xCloud dashboard.
_Note: EBS-supported instances of AWS are not supported. For example, T3 instances use EBS storage. These instances are not available through the API. However, you can set up such instances manually in your AWS account first and then add them through the **Any Provider** method in xCloud._
As you have the Access Key and Secret Key Paste them into the designated blank boxes one by one carefully. Now click on **‘Verify’** button, it will start verifying the credential and connect you with the AWS server.
Fill all the information like **‘Server Name’, ‘Server Region’, ‘Server Zone’,’Server Size’,** etc according to your preference.
Next, choose the web server stack from **NGINX** or **OLS** as your requirements and click on **‘NEXT’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a AWS server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many site as you want under this server
This is how easily you can create an AWS server from xCloud seamlessly without going through any difficulties.
## **How to Deploy n8n with xCloud with One Click Apps** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
With **xCloud’s One Click Apps** feature, you can deploy n8n with ease. Follow the steps below to quickly set up n8n in a demo or production environment with xCloud.
### **🔖Recommendations** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
### **📌Web Server for Deployment** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Though you can deploy n8n application from both NGINX and OLS server, but we recommend deploying n8n on an **Nginx** server for the best performance and stability. While, you can use an **OLS** server, Nginx generally provides a more reliable experience.
### **📌CPU Requirements** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
We recommend using a server with more than **1 CPU** when running n8n. A 1 CPU server may not function as expected, so choosing a server with higher resources will help ensure smooth and successful operation.
_**Note**: n8n is available in our plans, including the free plan. But you have to upgrade to our PRO plans to access the Environment feature._
### **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, choose the **‘Server’,** then go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘n8n’** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **“n8n”** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
Ensure your server is already connected to xCloud. If not, follow the instructions on the dashboard to establish a server connection. Once connected, you can create a new site either from the main dashboard or the site list by selecting the **‘Create New Site**‘ option.
### **Step 2: Set Up the n8n Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘**Site Title’** and add relevant ‘**Tags’** to help organize your deployment. At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
If you select the ‘**Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your n8n application.
**_Note:_** _Note that once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert back to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding._
### **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Then, a default **‘Port’, ‘Site User’** will be selected automatically. Then choose a ‘Timezone’ for this site. Once all settings have been configured, click the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
_**Note:** We recommend leaving the port and site user as default._
### **Step 6: Add Your Custom Domain** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You can add your own **‘Domain’** to host the site by going to the Domain section. Also, you can add an **‘Additional Domain’** with your custom domain.
### **Step 7: Visit the n8n Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
With n8n set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
This will open the n8n dialog window for registration, which should look something like the example below. Simply enter your details and create a password according to the specs indicated. Hit the Next button, then click through any additional popups, leaving them empty for now.
This should bring you to the n8n Overview page. Now that your n8n instance is up and running, let’s fine-tune its settings for security and customization. From here, go to the ‘**Create workflow**’ , set according to your preferences.
### **Environment Editor for n8n** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you needed then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **Update N8N Version** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
To update n8n to the latest version, simply go to **‘Updates’** from the sidebar of the dashboard. Then simply search for the **‘Check for Updates’** button. Click the Update button, and this will install the latest N8N version on your server.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can quickly and efficiently deploy an n8n instance on AWS using xCloud’s One Click Apps feature. You can create your own n8n application and automate with workflows seamlessly.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Nextcloud with One Click - xCloud
> Discover how to set up Nextcloud easily using xCloud’s one-click setup to manage your files, collaborate, and protect your data seamlessly.
Nextcloud is a powerful open-source platform that enables you to host and manage your own private cloud for file storage, collaboration, and sharing — ensuring full control over your data.
Follow these steps to create a server, configure your deployment environment, and set up the Nextcloud application quickly and efficiently.
> _Note: To use the Nextcloud app, you need to set up a server with a ‘**Docker + Nginx’ serve**r._
## **Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Nextcloud. Click the **‘Add New Server’** button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Nextcloud either on your own server or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy Nextcloud with xCloud. You can either use an xCloud Managed Server or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the **‘Server Name’**, set the **‘App Type’** to Nextcloud, and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the **‘General’** and **‘Premium’** options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the **‘Region’** and **‘Ubuntu** Version for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
Next, you can see the ‘**Docker + NGINX**’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Nextcloud application. Then click on the ‘**Create**’ button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Nextcloud Application in this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## How to Install NexCloud on a Cloud Server [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
Learn how to install Nextcloud on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment, and launching your Ollama application easily.
### **Step 2: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the ‘**New Site**’ button.
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, select your Server, then navigate to the One-Click Apps section. You will see **‘NextCloud’**, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
### Step 3: Set Up the Nextcloud Application [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘Site Title’ and add relevant ‘Tags’ to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: ‘Go Live’ for a production-ready deployment or ‘Demo Site’ for testing purposes. Selecting ‘Go Live’ will immediately create a live environment, while choosing ‘Demo Site’ allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### Step 4: Configure Domain Settings [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
If you select the ‘Demo Site’ option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your NextCloud application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You can adjust the **‘Site User, ‘Admin Username’, ‘Admin Password’, ‘Admin Email Address’** of your application according to your preferences, or leave it as the default.
Next enter the **‘Database Name’, ‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’** for this application and click on the **‘Next’** button
## Step 4: Visit the Application [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Nextcloud site. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Visit Site’ app.
### Environment Editor for NextCloud [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your NextCloud instance. Just go to the ‘Environment’ option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the ‘Update Environment’ button.
With xCloud’s one-click setup, installing Nextcloud is quick and simple. You can create your server, set up your app, and get your private cloud running in just a few steps. Once everything is ready, you can start using Nextcloud to store files, share them, and collaborate securely.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Easily Set up pCloud Storage in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up pCloud storage in xCloud for secure and automated website backups. Follow simple steps to protect your site data.
Ensuring the safety and reliability of your website data is crucial, and integrating [**pCloud**](https://www.pcloud.com/) storage for site backup is a smart way to achieve it. pCloud is a trusted cloud storage platform, offering a user-friendly interface, robust security, and scalable storage solutions. These features make it an ideal choice for protecting your site backups and ensuring easy accessibility whenever needed.
In this tutorial, we will show you how to seamlessly set up pCloud storage in xCloud for site backup with [**xCloud**](/), enabling a smooth and efficient backup process. Ready to secure your data with pCloud? Let us dive into the step-by-step instructions!
_Note: pCloud integration is now working for the both EU and US regions. In general, region selection is handled automatically by pCloud ([check out their official documentation](https://docs.pcloud.com/))._
## **Steps to Integrate pCloud Storage for Site Backups with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-pcloud-storage-in-xcloud/)
Follow the steps below to integrate pCloud for site backups with xCloud and back up your websites effortlessly.
### **Step 1: Integrate pCloud into Your Account** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-pcloud-storage-in-xcloud/)
Before getting started to back up your websites with pCloud, you need to integrate the storage provider into xCloud. For that,[**log in to your xCloud account**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and navigate to **‘Team Settings’.**
Then go to the **‘Integrations’ → ‘Storage Provider’** and click on the **‘Add New Provider’** button and choose pCloud as your provider.
Next, select pCloud and enter a label of your choice. Then click on **‘Link pCloud Account’**. You’ll be redirected to the pCloud sign-in page, where you can choose an account or create a new one to continue.
Once integrated, you will see the pCloud integrated and listed on the Storage Provider page in xCloud, as shown below.
### **Step 2: Configure Backup Settings for pCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-pcloud-storage-in-xcloud/)
Once you are done integrating pCloud as a storage provider into xCloud, you can now configure **‘Backup Settings’** for taking backups with pCloud. Now, go to sites, choose the one you want to take backups and navigate to the ‘**Site Backup’ → ‘Backup Settings**’.
Now, in the **‘Remote Backup’** section, choose Backup Type as **‘Full’ or ‘Incremental’** and select the **‘Bucket’** you have just created for pCloud. You can then choose to exclude paths if necessary (for the paths you do not want to take a backup).
Then, you can also enable **‘Automatic Backup’** and choose the backup frequency. Plus, you have the option to use the **‘Automatic Delete’** option, with which you can set days after which your backup will be deleted automatically. Once done, hit the **‘Save’** button.
### **Step 3: Take a Backup of Your Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-pcloud-storage-in-xcloud/)
Once you are done configuring the site backups, you can now take backups of your websites using this provider. Now, go to the **‘Previous Backups’** of your site settings and you will see all the available remote backups and local backups. You can take a backup of your site from here by simply clicking on the **‘Backup Now’** button. Your backup process will be initiated and the backup files will be shown here once done.
You can also check your pCloud. A folder will be created with the name of your backup label, and your backups will be saved inside the folder.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can integrate pCloud for Site Backup with xCloud and take backups of your websites.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](/support/)** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up PHP on Linode with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up PHP on Linode with xCloud, create servers, deploy custom PHP applications, manage databases, and launch your site with ease
Setting up **[PHP](/php-hosting/)** on Linode with xCloud is simpler than you think. This guide walks you through the essential steps to configure your server and get PHP running smoothly, so you can deploy applications with confidence
xCloud makes hosting and managing PHP sites easy, so you can focus on building great websites. This guide will show you how to set up PHP on Linode using xCloud.
## **How to Integrate and Set Up a Linode Server with xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up the Linode server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Create Your Linode Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Linode server and select the [**Linode**](https://www.linode.com/) option.
### **Step 2: Authorize Your Linode Account** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
We have made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your Linode account. Now, provision a new Linode server, click **‘Authorize on Linode’** during the setup, and you will be redirected to Linode to grant permission to your account. It is a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Linode.
### **Step 3: Connect the Account & Add the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Linode account and your server will be connected with xCloud. Now you need to provide the **‘Server name’**, your preferred **‘Server Size’** (CPU, RAM, storage), the **‘Region’** nearest to you and your visitors, and then select the **‘Database Server’** from MySQL and MariaDB.
**_Note:_** _We recommend at least a 2GB / 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g., a WooCommerce site), we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPU server._
Next, choose the web server stack from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSeed’** according to your requirements and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a Linode server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu, you can see your created server and create as many sites as you want under this server.
## **How to Set Up PHP on Linode with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Creating a website using custom [**PHP applications**](/php-hosting/) on xCloud can be a powerful way to build a tailored online presence. Unlike traditional WordPress-based sites, xCloud allows you to go beyond WordPress and develop fully customized PHP applications to meet your unique requirements.
Follow the guide to deploy your Node.js application easily on Linode with xCloud:
### **Step 1: Choose the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from the dashboard.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Linode server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Next, you will see options such as ‘**WordPress**’ and **‘Custom PHP’**. Go to the ‘**Node.js**’ option from the tab.
Then choose your preferred way from the **‘Clone a Git Repository’** and **‘Manually Upload a Website’** options.
## **How to Install Custom PHP Applications from Your Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Migrating a website from a Git repository with xCloud involves several easy steps. The guide below can help you understand how you can perform this migration. Follow the steps below to migrate a custom PHP site from a Git Repository.
### **Step 1: Select Option To Clone A Git Repository Option** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
First, click on **‘New Site’** from the xCloud dashboard. Click on the **‘Custom PHP’** field. Now, choose ‘**Clone A Git Repository**’ to import your custom PHP site.
### **Step 2: Select Destination Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Destination’** tab, select the destination server to migrate your site. You can keep the server that is already selected or you can change it from the dropdown. Then, click on **‘Next**’.
### **Step 3: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options, either you can create your site in a staging domain and refine it until it is ready for launch or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain. To create a site with your live domain, you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option. Then you have to put **‘New Site Title’** and **‘Domain Name’**.
Here, you need to enable HTTPS to make your website more secure. From the DNS Setup section, toggle on the **‘Do You Want To Enable HTTPS?’** option.
After enabling it, you will get two options to select. Either choose to use a free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud or you can provide the certificate and manage it yourself. Select according to your choice.
Instead of migrating into a new domain, you can select the **‘Demo Site’** option. xCloud offers a temporary staging domain to make your site live, which helps promptly showcase your site’s progress and collect feedback from teammates or clients. Subsequently, you can integrate your custom domain to make the site accessible to your users or visitors. Now, click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Settings To Manage Database** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will see the **‘PHP Version’** and **‘Site Users’**. You can change these according to your choice.
Now, it is time for database management. You will get two options. Either you can create a new database on the server, or you can add your existing database that is hosted on another server. If you select this option, you need to get a **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’**. You can keep these auto-generated credentials or you can modify them according to your choice.
If you select this option, you need to put in a few information and credentials such as **‘Database Host’**, **‘Database Port’**, **‘Database User’**, **‘Database Name’** and **‘Database Password’**. Please make sure that the database connection configuration is correct.
After selecting any one option and providing all essential information and credentials, click on **‘Next’.**
**_Note:_** _For this documentation, we are going with the_ **_‘Create Database In Server’_**_option._
### **Step 5: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** Tab, add your **‘Git Repository’** and **‘Git Branch’**. Also, toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. Once you enable the **‘Push To Deploy’**, it will generate a **‘Deployment URL’**. We need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
### **Step 6: Add Deployment URL In Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Now, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code’** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on **‘Webhooks’** page from the **‘Code and automation’** section of the left navigation. Insert the Deployment URL into the **‘Payload URL’** field. Select the **‘Application/json’** from the **‘Content type’** dropdown.
### **Step 7: Add Public Key to Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
From the xCloud dashboard, copy the **‘Public Key’** to add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. Git migration uses the **‘Public Key’** for SSH authentication. This is necessary to enable xCloud to access your Git repository and clone it. It ensures secure and authorized access for the cloning process.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code’** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on **‘Deploy Keys’** in the security section of the left navigation. Click on the **‘Add Deploy Key’** button and paste the key that you copied from xCloud.
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click on **‘Next’** on your xCloud settings of the **‘Git Repo’** tab.
### **Step 8: Confirm Migrating The Website** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Now, to start the migration process, click on the **‘Start’** button. After clicking on the **‘Start’** button, the migration process will start. And you will see the progress of the migration.
**Note:** The Git Repository must contain a wp-config-sample.php. xCloud generates a wp-config.php file from the wp-config-sample.php file with the database information.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
## **How To Manually Upload a PHP Site on xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
If you’re migrating an existing PHP site or starting from scratch, xCloud makes it easy to upload and configure your website. Follow the steps below to successfully upload your site, set up your database, and get your site live on a custom domain or a staging environment.
### **Step 1: Create A New Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
First, click on **‘New Site’** from the xCloud dashboard. Click on the **‘Custom PHP’** field. Now, you choose **‘Manually Upload Website’** to import your custom PHP site.
### **Step 2: Add Information To Manually Upload Website** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Now, select the destination server to migrate your site. Afterward, click on the **‘Next’** button.
In the next step, you need to add your source site URL. And if you choose to migrate to a new domain, you can include your custom domain. xCloud offers a staging environment and with it, you can upload your site and visit it live with a temporary domain. After successfully uploading your site, you may update the site with your custom domain later.
In this tutorial, we will be working on a staging site. Select **‘Demo Site’** and then click on the **‘Next’** button.
Now, you will be sent to the **‘Settings’** step. Make sure to correctly add your **‘PHP Version’**, **‘Site Users’**, **‘Web root’** and other details before clicking the **‘Next’** button.
**Note:** The directory where your website’s main files, including **index.php**, are stored. The Web root defines the base folder from which your website is served, and it must be set correctly to ensure proper functionality.
Additionally, ensure that your index.php file is correctly placed for the system to function automatically. The index.php file should be located in the root directory. However, if it is placed in a subdirectory, you must update the Web Root Settings accordingly.
Users may upload their entire website directory instead of just the necessary files. For example, if the website files are inside a folder named public\_html, then the root directory does not contain index.php directly.
To resolve this, you need to update the Web root settings. For this, navigate to Web Root Settings from the **‘Site Settings’**. Then enter the name of the folder that contains the index.php file (e.g., public\_html) and click on the **‘Update’**.
Once updated, our system will correctly detect and load the index.php file from the specified folder.
### **Step 3: Upload The Exported Zip File & SQL File** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
You will now be directed to the **‘Settings’** step. Just upload your exported custom PHP file as shown and click on the **‘Next’** button.
Now, from the **‘Files’** step, upload your SQL file similarly. Afterward, click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 4: Complete Database Settings & Finalize** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Database’** tab, you can configure your preferred database setup. If you are good to go for uploading an existing custom PHP website with xCloud, click on the **‘Start’** button.
Within a few moments, your PHP website will be automatically uploaded to xCloud. You will see the following screen while uploading.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
## **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After the migration is completed, if you visit the site, you can see the newly custom PHP site that you have uploaded with xCloud.
This is how easily you can create a site with custom PHP applications in xCloud. With just a few simple steps, you can quickly deploy your site, configure your database, and select your preferred domain settings. If you’re using a Git repository or uploading files directly, xCloud provides easy ways to get your website live and running smoothly.
Still feeling stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# How to Set Up PHP on Vultr with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to set up PHP on Vultr with xCloud and deploy custom PHP applications using Git or manual upload in just a few simple steps.
Building a custom online presence often requires more flexibility than a standard CMS can provide. xCloud allows you to go beyond the limitations of WordPress, giving you the freedom to develop and host fully customized [**PHP applications**](/php-hosting/) tailored to your specific needs.
In this guide, we will show you how to **set up PHP on Vultr** using xCloud’s streamlined dashboard. Whether you are deploying code directly from a Git repository or manually uploading your files, xCloud makes the process seamless. Follow these simple steps to configure your server and get your custom PHP project live in minutes.
First, set up your Vultr server in xCloud. Follow these steps to get started.
## **How to Set Up a Vultr Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Create Your New Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a Vultr server and for that select the Vultr option under **“Bring your own server service”.** The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account, and in xCloud, we won’t charge for this first server.
### **Sign Up in Vultr with xCloud Promo** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Sign up at [**Vultr.com**](http://vultr.com), verify with a credit card ($2.50 hold) or PayPal ($5 minimum), and get $100 free credit. Use promo code **“XCLOUD25”** during signup.
_**Note:** If you already have a Vultr account, then please skip this step and check how to collect the API from Vultr._
### **Collect the API key from Vultr** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 10 sites for free. Navigate to the Account → API tab from your Vultr dashboard. After that, click on the **‘Enable API’** button.
Now, your **‘Personal Access Token’** will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any **IPv4** and Any **IPv6** both under Access Control.
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
### **Add Team Members In Vultr** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
### **Add Vultr API key in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on **‘Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on **‘Vultr’** to proceed further.
After selecting **‘Vultr’**, set your **‘Key’**, **‘Vultr Label’**, and ‘**Vultr API Key’**. Then click on **‘Verify’**.
### **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now that you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your Region, Database Server, Server Size, and much more from one easy dashboard.
After putting all the information, click on **‘Next’** and xCloud will automatically install and set up everything for you in a few minutes.
## **How to Set Up PHP on Vultr with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Creating a website using custom **[PHP applications](/php-hosting/)** on xCloud can be a powerful way to build a tailored online presence. Unlike traditional WordPress-based sites, xCloud allows you to go beyond WordPress and develop fully customized PHP applications to meet your unique requirements.
xCloud provides an intuitive interface that allows you to easily deploy, manage and scale your [**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) applications directly from your Git repository without worrying about manual setup or infrastructure maintenance.
Follow the guide to deploy your Node.js application easily on Vultr with xCloud:
### **Step 1: Choose the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from the dashboard.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Vultr server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Next, you will see options such as ‘WordPress’ and **‘Custom PHP’**. Go to the ‘Node.js’ option from the tab.
Then choose your preferred way from the **‘Clone a Git Repository’** and **‘Manually Upload a Website’** options.
## **How to Install Custom PHP Applications from Your Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Migrating a website from a Git repository with xCloud involves several easy steps. The guide below can help you understand how you can perform this migration. Follow the steps below to migrate a custom PHP site from a Git Repository.
### **Step 1: Select Option To Clone A Git Repository Option** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
First, click on **‘New Site’** from the xCloud dashboard. Click on the **‘Custom PHP’** field. Now, choose ‘Clone A Git Repository’ to import your custom PHP site.
### **Step 2: Select Destination Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Destination’** tab, select the destination server to migrate your site. You can keep the server that is already selected or you can change it from the dropdown. Then, click on **‘Next**’.
### **Step 3: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options, either you can create your site in a staging domain and refine it until it is ready for launch or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain. To create a site with your live domain, you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option. Then you have to put **‘New Site Title’** and **‘Domain Name’**.
Here, you need to enable HTTPS to make your website more secure. From the DNS Setup section, toggle on the **‘Do You Want To Enable HTTPS?’** option. After enabling it, you will get two options to select. Either choose to use a free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud or you can provide the certificate and manage it yourself. Select according to your choice.
Instead of migrating into a new domain, you can select the **‘Demo Site’** option. xCloud offers a temporary staging domain to make your site live, which helps promptly showcase your site’s progress and collect feedback from teammates or clients. Subsequently, you can integrate your custom domain to make the site accessible to your users or visitors. Now, click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Settings To Manage Database** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will see the **‘PHP Version’** and **‘Site Users’**. You can change these according to your choice.
Now, it is time for database management. You will get two options. Either you can create a new database on the server, or, you can add your existing database that is hosted on another server. If you select this option, you need to get a **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’**. You can keep these auto-generated credentials or you can modify them according to your choice.
If you select this option, you need to put in a few information and credentials such as **‘Database Host’**, **‘Database Port’**, **‘Database User’**, **‘Database Name’** and **‘Database Password’**. Please make sure that the database connection configuration is correct.
After selecting any one option and providing all essential information and credentials, click on **‘Next’.**
**_Note:_** _For this documentation, we are going with the_ **_‘Create Database In Server’_**_option._
### **Step 5: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** Tab, add your **‘Git Repository’** and **‘Git Branch’**. Also, toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. Once you enable the **‘Push To Deploy’**, it will generate a **‘Deployment URL’**. We need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
### **Step 6: Add Deployment URL In Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code’** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on **‘Webhooks’** page from the **‘Code and automation’** section of the left navigation. Insert the Deployment URL into the **‘Payload URL’** field. Select the **‘Application/JSON’** from the **‘Content type’** dropdown.
### **Step 7: Add Public Key to Git Repository** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
From the xCloud dashboard, copy the **‘Public Key’** to add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. Git migration uses the **‘Public Key’** for SSH authentication. This is necessary to enable xCloud to access your Git repository and clone it. It ensures secure and authorized access for the cloning process.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code’** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on **‘Deploy Keys’** in the security section of the left navigation. Click on the **‘Add Deploy Key’** button and paste the key that you copied from xCloud.
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click on **‘Next’** on your xCloud settings of the **‘Git Repo’** tab.
### **Step 8: Confirm Migrating The Website** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now, to start the migration process, click on the **‘Start’** button. After clicking on the **‘Start’** button, the migration process will start. And, you will see the progress of migrating.
**Note:** The Git Repository must contain a wp-config-sample.php. xCloud generates a wp-config.php file from the wp-config-sample.php file with the database information.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
## **How To Manually Upload a PHP Site on xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you’re migrating an existing PHP site or starting from scratch, xCloud makes it easy to upload and configure your website. Follow the steps below to successfully upload your site, set up your database, and get your site live on a custom domain or a staging environment.
### **Step 1: Create A New Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
First, click on **‘New Site’** from the xCloud dashboard. Click on the **‘Custom PHP’** field. Now, you choose **‘Manually Upload Website’** to import your custom php site.
### **Step 2: Add Information To Manually Upload Website** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now, select the destination server to migrate your site. Afterward, click on the **‘Next’** button.
In the next step, you need to add your source site URL. And if you choose to migrate to a new domain you can include your custom domain. xCloud offers a staging environment and with it, you can upload your site and visit it live with a temporary domain. After successfully uploading your site, you may update the site with your custom domain later.
In this tutorial, we will be working on a staging site. Select **‘Demo Site’** and then click on the **‘Next’** button.
Now, you will be sent to the **‘Settings’** step. Make sure to correctly add your **‘PHP Version’**, **‘Site Users’**, **‘Web root’** and other details before clicking the **‘Next’** button.
**Note:** The directory where your website’s main files, including **index.php**, are stored. The Web root defines the base folder from which your website is served, and it must be set correctly to ensure proper functionality.
Additionally, ensure that your index.php file is correctly placed for the system to function automatically. The index.php file should be located in the root directory. However, if it is placed in a subdirectory, you must update the Web Root Settings accordingly.
Users may upload their entire website directory instead of just the necessary files. For example, if the website files are inside a folder named public\_html, then the root directory does not contain index.php directly.
To resolve this, you need to update the Web root settings. For this, navigate to Web Root Settings from the **‘Site Settings’**. Then enter the name of the folder that contains the index.php file (e.g., public\_html) and click on the **‘Update’**.
Once updated, our system will correctly detect and load the index.php file from the specified folder.
### **Step 3: Upload The Exported Zip File & SQL File** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
You will now be directed to the **‘Settings’** step. Just upload your exported custom php file as shown and click on the **‘Next’** button.
Now from the **‘Files’** step, upload your SQL file similarly. Afterward, click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 4: Complete Database Settings & Finalize** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Database’** tab, you can configure your preferred database setup. If you are good to go for uploading an existing custom PHP website with xCloud, click on the **‘Start’** button.
Within a few moments, your PHP website will be uploaded on xCloud automatically. You will see the following screen while uploading.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
## **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-php-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After the migration is completed, if you visit the site, you can see the newly custom PHP site that you have uploaded with xCloud.
This is how easily you can create a site with custom PHP applications in xCloud. With simple steps, you can quickly deploy your site, configure your database, and choose your preferred domain settings. If you’re using a Git repository or uploading files directly, xCloud provides easy ways to get your website live and running smoothly.
Still feeling stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# How To Connect Existing Fresh Ubuntu Server On xCloud From Any Provider? - xCloud
> Here we have learned how to connect fresh Ubuntu server in xCloud.
At **[xCloud](/)** you can manage servers from any provider simply from the dashboard. Follow these steps to get started.
## Step 1: Create A Fresh Ubuntu Server On Your Server Provider [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
To start, access your provider’s platform to create a VPS or dedicated server. Ensure that you have root user privileges, which can be enabled either through a password or by configuring SSH keys and the server is fresh without anything installed. Do not connect any server that is already setup and has sites.
Before you proceed further add these to your checklist and follow them carefully. Please make sure to follow these requirements for your custom server.
**Server Setup:**
You can now add and connect freshly installed **Ubuntu 24.04 LTS x64** servers from any provider to xCloud. Both **NGINX** and **OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)** stacks are fully supported on Ubuntu 24.04.
Key details:
- **PHP Versions for OLS Stack on Ubuntu 24.04**: PHP 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3 are available.
- PHP 8.3 is available for ARM servers using the OLS/NGINX stack.
### **ARM Servers supported:** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
Now, xCloud provides built-in support for the Hetzner cloud server. Moreover, you can connect any provider that is based on ARM server and set up with xCloud.
Please note that you will not be able to use MySQL 8.4 on ARM servers, as ARM servers do not support MySQL 8.4.
### **Port Check:** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
Ensure that ports 22 (SSH), 80 (HTTP), and 443 (HTTPS) are open on your server. These are usually default open ports on most providers and are necessary for various services.
## **Step 2:** Manage Servers With xCloud [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
First, you will need to visit the [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh) website and click on the “**Sign Up For xCloud**” button to create a new account.
After successful login, select Other Providers to add an existing fresh Ubuntu server and manage it with xCloud.
After successfully provisioning a new Ubuntu 22.04 x64/LTS server in your server provider account, ensure that it has a minimum of 1GB of memory. To proceed further, you will require the following essential information:
- The server IP address
- The root password / public key with access to the server
- Select Web Server: NGINX/OLS
To access your newly provisioned Ubuntu 20.04 or Ubuntu 22.04 server, make sure SSH access is enabled for the designated user. The simplest method is to enable SSH login using a password
However, if password authentication is disabled, you’ll need to SSH into the server and add a public key to the default user for authentication.
It might take around 12-15 min to make the server fully provisioned and this depends on your cloud provider.
### Configure Your Email Server [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
For users on managed hosting services like Kinsta, WPEngine, Runcloud, and Cloudways, email providers like Office 365, GSuite, and MXroute are commonly used. If you are migrating from cPanel/Plesk, new email hosting is needed. xCloud doesn’t automatically include email setup for your sites. WordPress often requires reliable transactional email delivery, but default systems can fail, causing spam or delivery issues. Using services like Mailgun for efficient email delivery is recommended. Setting up and configuring Mailgun for WordPress can be found **[here](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)**.
#### Integrate & Manage Servers From Different Providers [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
**[How To Setup Your Server With Vultr?](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)**
**[How To Setup Your Server With Google Cloud Platform](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)**
**[Setup Your First Server and WP Site With Digital Ocean in xCloud](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)**
Check out our Quick Start Guide to learn how to easily install a WordPress Site on provisioned servers. Still stuck? You can contact our support team for information.
[**Quick Start Guide: Setup Your First Server & Site With xCloud?**](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
---
# How to Set Up SMTP for n8n with Environment in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to set up SMTP for n8n in xCloud using environment and start sending emails through your own mail server with ease.
When setting up a new **[n8n instance](/n8n-hosting/)** in xCloud, you may want to enable email functionality for sending notifications, password resets, and workflow messages. To do this, you can configure SMTP using environment variables.
Follow the steps below to set up SMTP for [n8n](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) with environment so you can start sending emails reliably through your own mail server.
## **Step 1: Go to the Environment Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-smtp-for-n8n-with-environment/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your site dashboard and click on the **n8n → Environment** from the sidebar.
## **Step 2: Configure SMTP Environment Variables** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-smtp-for-n8n-with-environment/)
Once you are on the n8n environment, just add the following variables with your SMTP server details:
```
N8N_EMAIL_MODE=smtp
N8N_SMTP_HOST=host.example.com
N8N_SMTP_PORT=587
N8N_SMTP_USER=username
N8N_SMTP_PASS=password
N8N_SMTP_SENDER=admin@mail.com
N8N_SMTP_SSL=false
```
Copy to Clipboard
_Note: The SMTP configuration will only work if_ _N8N\_SMTP\_SSL_ _is set to_ _false__. It will not function correctly if you set this value to_ _true__._
## **Step 2: Test Your SMTP Configuration** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-smtp-for-n8n-with-environment/)
After saving the environment settings, open the n8n dashboard. Look at the lower-left menu and click on **Settings**.
Then go to the **Users** tab from the sidebar. Click the **Invite** button to open a pop-up window.
In the pop-up, enter the user’s **‘Email address’** and **‘Role’**. Then click the ‘**Invite User’** button. This will trigger an email, helping you confirm that your SMTP setup works properly.
If your SMTP setup is correct, the user will receive an invitation email. If the email arrives, that means everything is working properly.
## **How to Add SMTP in Workflows** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-smtp-for-n8n-with-environment/)
If you want to send emails directly from within workflows, using environment variables is not enough. You will need to set up SMTP as a saved credential.
Open the ‘**Overview’** section from the n8n sidebar. Then go to the ‘**Credentials’** tab on the dashboard and click ‘**Add First Credentials’**.
A pop-up will appear. Fro. here, choose ‘**SMTP’** as the credential type.
You will now see a form. Fill out this form with the following details:
- Host (your SMTP server address)
- Port (usually 587 or 465)
- User (your SMTP username)
- Password (your SMTP password)
Fill in the required fields accordingly. Once done, click the **Save** button.
And that’s it. This is how easily your [**n8n**](https://n8n.io/) instance could be fully configured to send emails using your specified SMTP server.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries..
---
# How to Set Up Supabase on AWS with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Supabase on AWS using xCloud, a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure and manage your Supabase applications.
[**Supabase**](https://supabase.com/) is an open-source backend-as-a-service (BaaS) platform designed to help developers build scalable applications faster. It provides essential backend features such as a PostgreSQL database, authentication, real-time subscriptions, storage, and APIs – all wrapped into a developer-friendly ecosystem.
Set Up **Supabase** on AWS with xCloud quickly and easily. This guide walks you through the simple steps to configure and launch Supabase on AWS with xCloud, giving you a smooth way to manage databases, authentication and APIs without the usual complexity.
## **How to Setup AWS Server with xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up the **[AWS](/docs/how-to-set-up-aws-server-in-xcloud/)** server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Create Your AWS Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a AWS server and for that select the [**AWS**](https://www.linode.com/) option.
### **Step 3: Sign In to the AWS Management Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, before going to the next step, you need to log in to the AWS management console. Sign in as a **‘Root User’** to the [**AWS Management Console**](https://aws.amazon.com/console/) using your AWS account credentials. Once logged in, navigate to the main dashboard where you can access various AWS services.
### **Step 4: Navigate to the IAM Console** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS Management Console, click on the Services menu located at the top left corner or search with **“IAM”** and select IAM from the list of services. This will direct you to the IAM dashboard, where you can manage users, groups, roles, and policies.
### **Step 5: Add a New User** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
On the IAM dashboard, locate and click on the Users option in the left navigation panel. This will display a list of existing IAM users. To create a new user, click on the **‘Create User’** button.
### **Step 6: Configure User Details** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In this step, enter a unique **‘Username’** for the new **IAM** user. Next, choose the type of access the user requires. Check-in **‘AWS Management Console’** access option if the user requires access to the AWS Management Console and click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 7: Set Permissions for Amazon EC2 Instance** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You have three options to set permissions for the new user. The first one is **‘Add user to group’** which lets you add the user to an IAM group with predefined permissions, which is efficient for managing multiple users with similar access needs. The second one is **‘Copy permissions’** which enables you to duplicate the permissions of another IAM user. And the final policy **‘Attach policies directly’** allows you to assign AWS-managed policies or custom policies.
Here we are choosing the ‘Attach policies directly’ and assigning the access for [**Amazon EC2 Instance**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EC2_GetStarted.html) to the user and hit on the Next.
**_Note:_** _If you do not find the EC2 Access here, search for the policy in the search bar._
### **Step 8: Add Tags, Review and Create** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You can add **‘Tags’** to help organize and manage users. Now carefully review all the details and permissions assigned to the new IAM user. If everything is accurate and complete, click the **‘Create user’** button to finalize the creation of the IAM user.
### **Step 9: Give Another permission for Amazon Lightsail** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, set another permission for the new user for [**Amazon LightSail**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/decision-guides/latest/lightsail-or-ec2/lightsail-or-ec2.html) easily. To specify the permissions for the created user, go to the Permission Policies and click on the **‘Add Permissions Menu’**. Choose the **‘Create Inline Policy’** option from the dropdown menu.
Click on the **‘JSON’** button from the Policy Editor and paste the below given JSON code in the editor. Finally, tap on the **‘Next’** button.
**Here is the JSON code:**
📋
JSON
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": \[
{
"Sid": "VisualEditor0",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": \[
"lightsail:GetInstances",
"lightsail:GetKeyPair",
"lightsail:DeleteKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetStaticIp",
"lightsail:ReleaseStaticIp",
"lightsail:SetIpAddressType",
"lightsail:CreateInstances",
"lightsail:GetInstance",
"lightsail:GetInstanceAccessDetails",
"lightsail:DeleteInstance",
"lightsail:CreateKeyPair",
"lightsail:ImportKeyPair",
"lightsail:StartInstance",
"lightsail:DownloadDefaultKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetInstancePortStates",
"lightsail:StopInstance",
"lightsail:AttachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetRegions",
"lightsail:RebootInstance",
"lightsail:GetOperation",
"lightsail:DetachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetInstanceState",
"lightsail:GetBundles",
"lightsail:TagResource",
"lightsail:PutInstancePublicPorts"
\],
"Resource": "\*"
}
\]
}
Once the policy is created for Lightsail instance, give the policy a name and hit on the **‘Create Policy’** button.
### **Step 10: Create & Retrieve a User Access Key** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now we have to create a user access key. Find **‘Create access key’** under the Summary tab and click on it. Then you will be redirected to the Access Key best practices & Alternatives page, from here select the **‘Other’** option and click on Next.
Now give a Description Tag to proceed to create an access key. Once the access key is created copy the Access Key and Secret from here and go back to your xCloud Dashboard to integrate the server with xCloud.
### **Step 11: Connect the Account & Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS dashboard, select an existing or connect new account from the dropdown menu. Then choose the AWS services from, you can use any one with the proper credentials or both from the xCloud dashboard.
For example, T3 instances use EBS storage. These instances are not available through the API. However, you can set up such instances manually in your AWS account first and then add them through the Any Provider method in xCloud.
As you have the Access Key and Secret Key, Paste them into the designated blank boxes one by one carefully. Now click on the **‘Verify’** button, it will start verifying the credential and connect you with the AWS server.
Fill in all the information like **‘Server Name’**, **‘Server Region’**, **‘Server Zone’**,**’Server Size’**, etc according to your preference.
Next, choose the web server stack from NGINX or OLS as your requirements and click on **‘NEXT’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a AWS server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many site as you want under this server
## **How to Install Supabase on AWS with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install **[Supabase](/supabase-hosting/)** on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment and launching your Supabase application easily.
### **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **AWS server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Then navigate to the ‘**One Click Apps’** section. You will see **‘Supabase’** just as shown below, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
**_Note:_** _You must complete Phase 2 to meet Docker’s requirements for using Supabase. Without completing Phase 2, Supabase will not be unlocked._
### **Step 2: Set Up the Supabase Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a demo domain for your Supabase application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You will get a **‘Site User’** of your application. You can also adjust it according to your preferences or leave it as the default. In the next section, you will get **‘Admin Username’**, **‘Admin Password’**, and **‘Admin Email Address’**.
**_Note:_** _From here, copy your Admin Username and Admin Password to log in to your Supabase application later._
Next, get the **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’** for this application and click on the **‘Next’** button.
## **Final Outcome: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Supabase site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
### **Environment Editor for Supabase** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Supabase app. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Update Environment’** button.
That’s it! This is how easily you can install Supabase on AWS using **xCloud’s One Click Apps**. xCloud takes care of the heavy lifting, server provisioning, Docker configuration and deployment, so you can focus on building and scaling your application with Supabase’s powerful backend features.
If you’re setting up a demo project or going live in production, this streamlined process lets you get started quickly and confidently.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Supabase on Vultr with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Supabase on Vultr using xCloud, a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your Supabase applications.
[**Supabase**](https://supabase.com/) is an open-source backend-as-a-service (BaaS) platform designed to help developers build scalable applications faster. It provides essential backend features such as a PostgreSQL database, authentication, real-time subscriptions, storage, and APIs – all wrapped into a developer-friendly ecosystem.
Set up **Supabase** on Vultr with xCloud quickly and easily. This guide walks you through the basic steps to configure and launch Supabase on a Vultr server, helping you streamline deployment and manage your application with minimal effort
## **How to Setup A Vultr Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1 : Create Your New Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a Vultr server and for that select the Vultr option under **“Bring your own server service”.** The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account and in xCloud we won’t charge for this first server.
### **Signup in Vultr with xCloud Promo** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Start your free hosting offer by signing up at **[Vultr.com](https://vultr.com)**. Create a new account and verify your payment method with either a credit card (temporary $2.50 hold, refunded) or PayPal (minimum $5 payment linked to a card or bank). Once verified, $100 in free credits will be applied automatically. Use promo code “XCLOUD25” during sign‑up to claim the offer
**_Note:_** _If you already have a Vultr account then please skip this step and check how to collect API from Vultr._
### **Collect API key from Vultr** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 10 sites for free. Navigate to the Account → API tab from your Vultr dashboard. After that click on the **‘Enable API’** button.
Now, your **‘Personal Access Token’** will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any **IPv4** and Any **IPv6** both under Access Control.
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
### **Add Team Members in Vultr** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
### **Add Vultr API Key in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on **‘Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on **‘Vultr’** to proceed further.
After selecting **‘Vultr’**, set your **‘Key’**, **‘Vultr Label’**, and ‘**Vultr API Key’**. Then click on **‘Verify’**.
### **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now that you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your Region, Database Server, Server Size, and much more from one easy dashboard.
After putting all the information, click on **‘Next’** and xCloud will automatically install and set up everything for you in a few minutes.
## **How to Install Supabase with xCloud (One Click Apps)** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Follow the guide to install Supabase with xCloud with [**One Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) with xCloud. Let’s get started.
### **Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Supabase. Click the **‘New Server’** button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Supabase on the Vultr server you previously created with xCloud.
Next, choose your Vultr server to deploy Supabase with xCloud.
Afterward, enter the **‘Server Name’**, set the **‘App Type’** to Supabase and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the **‘General’** and **‘Premium’** options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the **‘Region’** and **‘Ubuntu Version’** for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
Next, you can see the **‘Docker + NGINX’** stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Supabase application. Then click on the **‘Create’** button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Supabase Application in this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## **How to Install Supabase on Vultr with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install Supabase on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment and launching your Supabase application easily.
### **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Vultr server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Then navigate to the ‘**One Click Apps’** section. You will see **‘Supabase’** just as shown below, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
**_Note:_** _You must complete Phase 2 to meet Docker’s requirements for using Supabase. Without completing Phase 2, Supabase will not be unlocked._
### **Step 2: Set Up the Supabase Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a demo domain for your Supabase application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You will get a **‘Site User’** of your application. You can also adjust it according to your preferences or leave it as the default. In the next section, you will get **‘Admin Username’**, **‘Admin Password’**, and **‘Admin Email Address’**.
**_Note:_** _From here, copy your Admin Username and Admin Password to log in to your Supabase application later._
Next, get the **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’** for this application and click on the **‘Next’** button.
## **Final Outcome: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Supabase site. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Visit Site’ app.
### **Environment Editor for Supabase** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-supabase-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Supabase app. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Update Environment’** button.
That’s it! This is how easily you can install Supabase on Vultr using **xCloud’s One Click Apps**. xCloud takes care of the heavy lifting, server provisioning, Docker configuration and deployment, so you can focus on building and scaling your application with Supabase’s powerful backend features.
If you’re setting up a demo project or going live in production, this streamlined process lets you get started quickly and confidently.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up xCloud Mail Delivery Addon For Your Site - xCloud
> Learn how to set up xCloud Mail Delivery Addon to send reliable WordPress transactional emails, avoid spam issues, and manage email plans easily.
WordPress frequently requires sending site emails to you or your users, known as transactional emails. These may include admin notifications, new user signups, password resets, and form submissions. Sometimes, WordPress’s default email delivery system may fail, leading to potential issues like emails being flagged as spam or failing to reach their intended recipients.
Web hosting servers are not optimized for sending emails, and you may also want to [**avoid running your own mail server**.](https://www.digitalocean.com/community/tutorials/why-you-may-not-want-to-run-your-own-mail-server) To solve this issue, xCloud provides a **Mail Delivery Addon** that allows you to send transactional emails through a reliable managed email service. Each team receives **100 free emails per month**, and you can purchase additional plans if you need a higher email limit.
Available xCloud Mail Delivery plans are:
- **1000 emails/month – $1**
- **3000 emails/month – $3**
- **5000 emails/month – $5**
- **8000 emails/month – $8**
Follow the steps below to set up **xCloud** **Mail Delivery** for your website.
## **Step 1: Add xCloud Mail Delivery Email Service Provider** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
First, log in to your **xCloud dashboard** and navigate to **Addons → Mail Delivery** from the sidebar. Click the **Enable** button to activate the Mail Delivery addon.
Next, select **xCloud Email Provider**, choose your preferred email plan, and add a **Label** to identify the provider. After selecting the plan, click the **Buy & Add Email Provider** button to proceed.
Each team can claim **100 free emails per month** directly from the Mail Delivery addon page. From the Email Provider section, click the **Claim Free Plan** option to activate the free email allowance. Once claimed, the free email plan will appear in the provider list.
After claiming the free plan or selecting a paid plan, enter a **Label** in the provided field to identify the provider. Then click the **Buy & Add New Provider** button. A payment gateway will appear where you can complete the purchase using a valid payment method.
Once the payment is completed, the selected email plan will be added to your **Email Provider list**, where you can manage or set it as the default provider for your team.
Once the payment is completed, the purchased email plan will appear in the **Email Provider list**. You can set this plan as the default email provider for your team by clicking the **Set as Default icon** on the right side of the row. If you want to cancel the subscription later, click the **Cancel Subscription icon**.
To review billing information, go to Subscriptions → **Email Subscriptions** and head over to the **Billing History** from the dashboard. This section shows all billing records related to your Mail Delivery subscriptions. You can also click the **Action** button to view more details about each plan.
## **Step 2: Add Email Service To Site** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
After adding the xCloud Email Provider, you need to connect it to your website. Go to your website inside the xCloud dashboard and navigate to **Email Config → Mail Delivery**. From the **Email Provider** dropdown menu, select the xCloud Mail Delivery plan you purchased.
Next, configure the sender details. Choose the **Domain**, enter the sender name in the **From Name** field, and provide the sender email address in the **From Email** field. After completing these settings, click the **Save Changes** button.
You can also choose whether to use the **xCloud domain** or your **own domain** for sending emails. If you select **Use Own Domain**, enter your domain name in the domain field.
Enter your ‘From Name’, ‘From Email’, and ‘Domain’ in the dedicated fields. After entering the domain, you will need to verify it by adding the following required DNS records in your DNS provider.
#
Record Type
Name
Value
1
TXT (SPF)
yourdomain.com
v=spf1 a mx include:xcloud.email ~all
2
CNAME
tracking.yourdomain.com
host.xcloud.email
3
TXT (DKIM)
api.\_domainkey.yourdomain.com
k=rsa; t=s; p=MIGfMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4GNADCBiQKBgQC bmGbDM2YeMvcwtNQoXN0waGYaciuKx8mtMh5czguT4EZLlXuCf6 V=l56mmt3t68FEX5JJOq4li27lBGoFRkl87uJl7LrQtTZZmZCvrEll0YO 4mp8sDLXC8g1aUAol8TJgxq2MJqCaMyJ5kAm3Fdy2tztPCVlbdLlq mBnWKjtwIDAQAB
4
TXT (DMARC)
\_dmarc.yourdomain.com
v=DMARC1;p=none;
If you have Cloudflare integrated, you can verify DNS in just 1 click. Once the DNS records are added and verified, click **Save Changes** again to complete the setup.
You can also enable Mail Delivery during WordPress site creation. When creating a new WordPress website, simply toggle the Mail Delivery option.
If you have already set an email provider as the Default Provider from the Mail Delivery addon settings, xCloud will automatically select that provider during site creation. This allows you to skip manual provider selection for every new site.
After enabling Mail Delivery, confirm the From Name and From Email details, then continue with the site creation process.
## **How To Manage xCloud Mail Delivery Subscriptions** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
Manage your Mail Delivery plans, monitor email usage, and configure SMTP or API access from one place. xCloud also allows you to automate plan upgrades to keep your transactional emails running without interruption.
### **Step 1: Go to The Subscriptions** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
To manage your email subscriptions, open the **xCloud dashboard** and navigate to **Settings → Subscriptions → Email Subscriptions**.
From this section, you will see an overview of your email usage, including the **Total Emails** and **Available Emails**. This overview helps you monitor how many emails remain in your current plan. You will also find options for **SMTP Configuration** and **API Key** in this section.
Under the **SMTP Configuration** section, you will find details such as **Username, Password, SMTP Server, and Port**. These credentials allow you to connect the xCloud Mail Delivery service with your website or external applications that require SMTP authentication.
The **API Key** section provides a key that developers can use to integrate the xCloud Mail Delivery service with custom applications or services.
### **Enable Auto Upgrade Mail Delivery Plan** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
Email delivery is a critical service for any business. Transactional emails such as password resets, order confirmations, and form notifications must reach users without interruption. To prevent your email limit from blocking these important messages, you can enable the **Auto Upgrade Mail Delivery Plan** option.
xCloud will notify you when your email usage reaches **90% of your available quota**, giving you time to take action before the limit is reached. If you enable **Auto Upgrade**, xCloud will automatically add credits to your current plan once the limit is reached. This ensures that your transactional emails continue sending without disruption and removes the need for manual plan upgrades.
Enable the toggle for this feature. After enabling it, a dropdown menu will appear where you can select the plan you want xCloud to upgrade to automatically. Choose your preferred plan and click the **Save** button.
Once this feature is enabled, xCloud will automatically upgrade your email plan. When the threshold is reached **(90% limit)**. This ensures that your website emails continue sending without interruption
Below the configuration section, you will see all the **subscribed email plans** for your team. From here, you can click the **Actions** button beside each plan to manage or cancel subscriptions. You can also check the **Billing History** to review all transactions related to your Mail Delivery subscriptions.
## **How Does xCloud Managed Emails Usage Limits Work?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
xCloud Managed Email limits are applied at the team level, not per individual site. This means the total number of emails you have purchased, whether it’s the free 100 monthly emails or additional purchased email plans, is available for use across all sites within the same team.
For example, if you have 10 sites under a single team and you purchase a plan of 1000 emails, those 1000 emails become part of a shared email pool. Any of your sites in that team can send transactional emails using this shared quota. You are not required to buy separate email packages for each website.
## **💡Troubleshooting Tip** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)
If you cannot connect to your email provider because the domain is already linked with another email service, you need to check if the domain is still registered with your previous hosting provider.
For example, if your domain was registered or managed by Cloudways, their system may still have it linked. In this case, contact the Cloudways support team and request that they manually remove the domain from their email service.
Once it is removed, you can connect your domain with xCloud without any issues.
That’s how easily you can add the xCloud Managed Email Service provider for site emails for the xCloud environment to streamline the email delivery process of transactional emails.
You can check [**this documentation**](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/) if you want to connect any SMTP provider to your xCloud environment for site emails. Still stuck? Contact our support team for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up xCloud MailBox Addon - xCloud
> Learn how to set up a professional mailbox with your own domain using xCloud Mailbox Addon.
A mailbox stores and manages your emails. It allows you to send, receive, and organize messages using an email address that includes your own domain. For example, instead of using a generic email like **yourname@gmail.com**, you can use **yourname@yourbusiness.com**.
Having a professional mailbox with your domain helps you build trust with customers. It gives your communication a branded, business-like look. It also helps you manage business emails more securely and efficiently, all in one place.
The xCloud MailBox Addon has been upgraded with a powerful new email infrastructure partner to bring you much more than just email. Your mailbox is now a complete business productivity suite with AI-powered features, a built-in calendar, task management, cloud drive, document editors, shared contacts, and enterprise-grade security.
### **Here’s what you can now do with xCloud MailBox:** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
- **AI-Powered Productivity** – Auto-generate email replies and subject lines with AI, summarize long email threads in seconds, let smart classification sort your inbox automatically, hand off routine work to Smart Tasks, and have your emails read aloud with text-to-speech.
- **Full Business Workspace** – Manage your schedule with a built-in calendar that supports RSVP, smart scheduling, and resource booking. Track work with shared task lists, due dates, and comment threads. Store and share files with Cloud Drive, including version history, WebDAV, and sync clients for every platform. Edit documents, spreadsheets, and presentations right in your browser with real-time collaboration.
- **Enterprise-Grade Security** – Protect your inbox with two-factor authentication, WebAuthn hardware key support, end-to-end encryption, and premium antivirus, antispam, and antiphishing protection.
To learn more about all available features and plans, visit the [**xCloud Mailbox Addon**](/mailbox/).
_Note: xCloud is offering a free 100 MB Mailbox plan that is available exclusively for xCloud Managed Servers and xCloud Provider Servers. To get this offer, you need to create a new mailbox on an xCloud Managed Server or on an xCloud Provider. Existing mailboxes are not eligible for the free plan._
_If you already have a mailbox, you can move it to our new mailbox provider and enjoy the upgraded features while keeping your current price._
To create professional email addresses with your own domain, use the Mailbox Addon. With the xCloud MailBox Addon, you can create and manage professional email addresses using your own domain name.
You can send and receive emails securely from your email addresses. It helps you manage business emails with ease and gives you full control over your mailbox setup. Follow the steps below to set up your Mailbox easily.
_Note: This Addon is not available on our Reseller Hosting Program. To learn about the features that are available on the Reseller Hosting Program, please visit_ [_**here**_](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)_._
## **Step 1: Go to Addons** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Log in to your xCloud dashboard, then head over to the left navigation menu and click on the**‘Addons’ option** from the dashboard. Here you will find all the **[addons](https://app.xcloud.host/user/addons-list)** available in xCloud.
## **Step 2: Enable xCloud Mailbox Addon** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Look for the **‘MailBox’** addon from the list of available addons. If you have not purchased it yet, click the ‘Enable’ button to purchase it.
Next, click on the ‘Get Mailbox For $1” button to proceed.
## Step 3: Subscribe to a Mailbox Subscription Plan [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Next, a pop-up will appear. Enter the credentials ‘Email’ and ‘Password’ in the dedicated fields. Then choose a plan according to your needs. And finally, click on the ‘Pay’ button.
Right now, xCloud Mailbox offers 5 plans:
Free 100MB
8GB MailBox
25GB MailBox
50GB MailBox
80GB MailBox
Available on all plans:
Everything in the 8GB Plan, and:
Everything in the 50GB plan
Everything is free, and:
Everything in 50GB plan
Email Signatures
Two-Factor Authentication
Smart mail sorting
Schedule Send
Smart Classification
Email Rules Engine
Undo Send
Event attachments
Trash & Recovery
AI Email Suggestions
Spam/Phishing Protection
Follow-up Reminders
Task collaboration with team
Snooze emails for later
Text-to-Speech
Unified Inbox
Customizable Dashboard
File Preview
Smart Scheduling
Email Summarization
Recurring Events
Profile picture
Global Address Book
Public Share Links
Smart Tasks
Recurring Tasks
10 language options
Shared Contacts
File Upload & Download
25+ language Support
Personal Address Books
External Calendar Subscriptions
WebAuthn Support
Office Compatibility
Task collaboration with the team
Recurring Events
CSV/vCard Import & Export
RSS Widget Support
Built-in Document Editors
Unlimited Version History
Multi-view Calendar + More
Keyboard navigation + More
Mail Templates + More
20+ language support + More
Advanced Spam/Phishing Protection + More
[Get Started For Free](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes?fbclid=IwY2xjawRhTWJleHRuA2FlbQIxMQBicmlkETFzOHhxTGdNSlp2a1BoZ3Fwc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQQMjIyMDM5MTc4ODIwMDg5MgABHpvLywXhMPSEKLNESdart9pnGXjg-vlAMYT7S2EgYWozkG5R-ySlhmCuih_E_aem_TdEr6eHWRy4PewSvF29gnA&_gl=1*1ik5gcl*_gcl_au*MzkzOTY0Nzg0LjE3NzMwMjc3MjYuNDQxOTE3ODc3LjE3Nzg2NTM3MDMuMTc3ODY1NTY5Nw..)
[Get Started For $1/mo](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes?fbclid=IwY2xjawRhTWJleHRuA2FlbQIxMQBicmlkETFzOHhxTGdNSlp2a1BoZ3Fwc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQQMjIyMDM5MTc4ODIwMDg5MgABHpvLywXhMPSEKLNESdart9pnGXjg-vlAMYT7S2EgYWozkG5R-ySlhmCuih_E_aem_TdEr6eHWRy4PewSvF29gnA&_gl=1*1ik5gcl*_gcl_au*MzkzOTY0Nzg0LjE3NzMwMjc3MjYuNDQxOTE3ODc3LjE3Nzg2NTM3MDMuMTc3ODY1NTY5Nw..)
[Get Started For $2.5/mo](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes?fbclid=IwY2xjawRhTWJleHRuA2FlbQIxMQBicmlkETFzOHhxTGdNSlp2a1BoZ3Fwc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQQMjIyMDM5MTc4ODIwMDg5MgABHpvLywXhMPSEKLNESdart9pnGXjg-vlAMYT7S2EgYWozkG5R-ySlhmCuih_E_aem_TdEr6eHWRy4PewSvF29gnA&_gl=1*1ik5gcl*_gcl_au*MzkzOTY0Nzg0LjE3NzMwMjc3MjYuNDQxOTE3ODc3LjE3Nzg2NTM3MDMuMTc3ODY1NTY5Nw..)
[Get Started For $5/mo](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes?fbclid=IwY2xjawRhTWJleHRuA2FlbQIxMQBicmlkETFzOHhxTGdNSlp2a1BoZ3Fwc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQQMjIyMDM5MTc4ODIwMDg5MgABHpvLywXhMPSEKLNESdart9pnGXjg-vlAMYT7S2EgYWozkG5R-ySlhmCuih_E_aem_TdEr6eHWRy4PewSvF29gnA&_gl=1*1ik5gcl*_gcl_au*MzkzOTY0Nzg0LjE3NzMwMjc3MjYuNDQxOTE3ODc3LjE3Nzg2NTM3MDMuMTc3ODY1NTY5Nw..)
[Get Started For $8/mo](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes?fbclid=IwY2xjawRhTWJleHRuA2FlbQIxMQBicmlkETFzOHhxTGdNSlp2a1BoZ3Fwc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQQMjIyMDM5MTc4ODIwMDg5MgABHpvLywXhMPSEKLNESdart9pnGXjg-vlAMYT7S2EgYWozkG5R-ySlhmCuih_E_aem_TdEr6eHWRy4PewSvF29gnA&_gl=1*1ik5gcl*_gcl_au*MzkzOTY0Nzg0LjE3NzMwMjc3MjYuNDQxOTE3ODc3LjE3Nzg2NTM3MDMuMTc3ODY1NTY5Nw..)
_**Note: xCloud is offering a free 100 MB Mailbox plan that is available exclusively for xCloud Managed Servers and xCloud Provider Servers. To get this offer, you need to create a new mailbox on an xCloud Managed Server or on an xCloud Provider. Existing mailboxes are not eligible for the free plan.**_
_However, existing mailboxes can be migrated to our new mailbox provider. This allows you to benefit from all the upgraded features while continuing to pay your current rate._
## Step 4: Verify Mailbox [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Once the purchase is done, your subscription plan for the xCloud Mailbox will be shown in the dashboard. Here you can see the ‘Pending Verification’ status. Click on the ‘Verify Now’ button to start the DNS setup process.
You can do this in two ways. If you have already connected your domain with Cloudflare, the easiest method is to toggle the “Auto Manage DNS Records” switch. This will automatically add all the required DNS records like MX and SPF to your Cloudflare account and verify them.
If you manage your domain’s DNS settings with a different domain provider, you will need to copy the required records provided and paste them into your domain provider’s DNS panel. These include various types of DNS records like MX and SPF. After adding records on your DNS provider, click on the ‘Verify Records’ button
## Step 5: Launch Your Mailbox [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
After configuring everything, let’s go back to the Mailbox dashboard and click on the Access option to log in to your Mailbox dashboard.
Once logged in, you can check out the ‘Inbox’, ‘Draft’, and more from the dashboard. Even send the new message to your preferred email address as well. Moreover, access, Calendar, Drive, AI-powered replies, summarize, and more features to increase your productivity.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can set up your xCloud Mailbox for your site in just a few clicks.
👉 Want to migrate your emails from legacy Mailbox to the new xCloud MailBox? Follow the steps in this **[documentation](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)**.
## **Advanced Configuration Settings Of Mailbox** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
With the xCloud Mailbox Addon, you get a lot of advanced options to tailor your email communication more easily and hassle-free. Let’s setup few more advanced configurations:
### **Set up Aliases** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Aliases allow you to create extra email addresses that redirect to existing mailboxes without needing to set up new ones.
For instance, if you own a mailbox, user@example.com, and wish to receive emails at another address, user2@example.com, without having a separate mailbox, you can establish user2@example.com as an alias that directs to user@example.com. Now, you only need to log in to user@example.com to check the emails received at both addresses.
Navigate to Aliases from the left side menu and click ‘Add Alias’. Enter the alias and select the domain from the dropdown menu. Next, select the email address you wish to be a member of that alias. Finally, click on the ‘Add Alias’ button.
## Set up Mail Forwarding [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Mail forwarding lets you send a copy of incoming emails from one mailbox to another address. This is useful if you want to manage multiple email addresses from a single inbox.
For example, if you own info@yourdomain.com and want to receive those emails at your main address, you@yourdomain.com, you can set up forwarding. All emails sent to info@yourdomain.com will automatically be sent to you@yourdomain.com.
You can also forward the emails in your mailboxes. Navigate to the ‘Forwarding Mail’ option from the dashboard. Click on the three-dot icon and click on the ‘Edit’ option.
A pop-up will appear; you need to enter your email account in the dedicated field. Next, add the forwarding email addresses where you want to forward the emails. Finally, click on the ‘Save forwarding’ button
## Enable Catch All For Your Email Account [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Next, go to the ‘Catch All’ option from the left side menu. Next, toggle on to enable and set an email address to send messages to in case of a non-existent recipient for this domain. Then, under the Catch All Address dropdown, select the email address where you want to catch the email addresses and click on the ‘Add Catch All’ button.
## **Setup Your Email Clients With IMAP & POP** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
On the other hand, POP3 (Post Office Protocol v3) is designed for downloading emails to a single device. Once downloaded, emails are typically removed from the server, and any changes made on one device won’t sync to others. POP3 is best suited for users who only check their email on one device and prefer to store their emails locally.
Next, go to the POP option on the left side. Here you will get the credentials to set up your email client using POP.
IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol) is the recommended option for most users. It allows for two-way synchronization between your email client and the server, meaning any changes you make—such as reading, deleting, or moving messages—will reflect across all your devices. This makes IMAP ideal if you plan to access your email from multiple devices, like your smartphone, tablet, or computer.
Next, go to the IMAP option on the left side. Here you will get the credentials to set up your email client using IMAP.
👉 To learn more about IMAP and POP, read this **[documentation](/docs/configure-email-client-with-mailbox-addon-xcloud/)**
## **Reset Password** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
If you want to change your Mailbox password, go to the ‘Change Password’ option, and head over to the ‘New Password’ field. Here, enter your new password and click on the ‘Change Password’ button.
## **Upgrade Your Mailbox** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
If you want to upgrade your existing Mailbox plan, just click on the ‘Upgrade Mailbox’ option and choose your preferred plan, and click on the ‘Upgrade’ button. It will instantly upgrade the plan.
## ⚠️ Important Considerations [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
1\. MX Record Conflicts:
If your domain already has existing MX records, verification will fail. Make sure to remove all existing MX records before connecting your mailbox.
2\. Failed Verification Fix: If clicking ‘Verify Records’ does not work, Double-check that all DNS records have been correctly added. If you’re using Cloudflare, try toggling the ‘Auto Manage DNS Records’ setting OFF and then ON again. Wait a few seconds and it will start working again.
Also, keep in mind that DNS records may take some time to publish globally. Depending on your DNS provider, it can take up to a few hours for the records to fully propagate. Cloudflare usually updates DNS records the fastest, often within minutes.
## **📌 Limitations** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
To ensure fair and stable service, here are some limitations and notes users should keep in mind:
1\. There are some rules and limitations you need to be aware of. You are allowed to create multiple mailboxes under the same domain as long as they are in the same team. However, you cannot create mailboxes or aliases using the same domain in different teams. For instance, if demo@domain.com is part of Team A, then test@domain.com cannot be created under Team B.
2\. You cannot have aliases with the same name as the mailboxes or the alias of aliases.
2\. It is also important to avoid using POP email clients. These clients only download emails to your device and do not sync changes like read status or sent emails. To ensure full syncing across all your devices, you should use IMAP-supported email clients.
4\. If you are using Cloudflare and face verification issues even after automatic integration, try toggling the DNS integration off and on again. This often helps reset the settings and successfully verifies your domain.
## **xCloud Mailbox Add-on – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
### **How is xCloud Mailbox Addon billed?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
The billing is monthly, based on your chosen plan. You only pay for the plan you subscribe to. There are no hidden charges for aliases or forwarding.
### **Can I create multiple mailboxes under one domain?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes, you can create multiple mailboxes as long as they’re within the same xCloud team.
You cannot use the same domain across different teams.
Example: If user@domain.com is in Team A, then admin@domain.com can’t be in Team B.
### **Are aliases free to use?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. Creating and using email aliases is completely free and included with your Mailbox plan.
### **Is there a limit on how many aliases I can have?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
No, there is no limit to how many aliases you can create under a domain. An alias cannot have the same name as an existing mailbox, and aliases cannot forward to other aliases.
### **What is email forwarding, and is it free?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Email forwarding automatically sends a copy of incoming mail from one address to another. Email forwarding is included for free. Each mailbox supports an unlimited number of email forwarding addresses.
### **What if my domain verification fails?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Try the following:
- Double-check all DNS records
- If using Cloudflare, toggle ‘Auto Manage DNS’ OFF and then ON again
- Wait a few minutes and try verifying again.
### **After logging in, if you see the white page, what do you do?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Once you log in to your webmail page, if you encounter a blank white screen, it may be due to your ad blocker. Please ensure that you turn off your ad blocker, clear your cache, and then refresh the page.
### **Can I use xCloud Mailbox for transactional emails?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes, it is possible. SMTP is included with the mailbox and comes with a sending limit of 250 emails per day. However, for SMTP or transactional emails such as subscriber notifications, order confirmations, and marketing messages, we recommend using the **[Email Delivery Addon](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mail-delivery-addon/)** for better reliability and performance.
### **What is a business email?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
A business email uses your own domain name as the address, like you@yourdomain.com. You use it for professional communication, and it makes your brand look more credible. You get your business name in the address, more control over security, and the ability to add more accounts as your team grows.
### **How is business email different from personal email?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
You use personal email to talk with friends and family, sign up for services, and manage social media. Business email handles professional communication and contacts. It comes with email aliases, group aliases, more storage, and features like migration support, an admin control panel, and team-level integrations.
### **What is email hosting?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Email hosting lets you send and receive emails using your own domain name. You get a professional address, more storage, and strong security and privacy controls. If you want full control over your business email without relying on free providers, email hosting gives you that.
### **How do I create a business email address with xCloud Mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
If you own a domain, connect it to xCloud Mailbox and set up your email in minutes. If you don’t have a domain, you can buy one, and create a Mailbox using that domain.
### **How much storage do I get with xCloud Mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
xCloud Mailbox has 5 plans, including a free tier. Storage ranges from 100 MB free plan to 80 GB and each plan includes different features. If you need more space later, you can add storage to your account at any time.
### **Can I create aliases and forwarding rules?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. You can create unlimited aliases and forwarding addresses per mailbox at no extra cost.
### **Which email protocols are supported?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
xCloud supports IMAP, POP3, and SMTP. You can set it up on Outlook, Thunderbird, Apple Mail, Gmail, iPhone, Android, and most other email clients.
### **Where is the email hosted? On my server or somewhere else?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Your email does not run on your server. xCloud partners with a mailbox provider that runs email on its own infrastructure with dedicated IP addresses. Your web server handles your sites. Your email runs on infrastructure built for reliable delivery.
### **Can I buy one large mailbox and put all my clients’ email accounts inside it?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
No. Each email account has its own storage. If you need three addresses like support@yourdomain.com, sales@yourdomain.com, and contact@yourdomain.com, you buy three separate mailboxes. Each one gets its own plan and storage. This works the same way as Google Workspace and other email platforms. Plans go up to 80 GB per mailbox. If you need more, reach out to the team.
### **Can self-managed server users use xCloud Mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. Self Managed server users get the same plans, pricing, and features as everyone else on xCloud. The free mailbox plan is the only exception. It is limited to xCloud-managed server users. Self-managed server users can buy any paid plan with no feature restrictions.
### **Can I disable the AI features for my team or clients?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. You can turn AI features off at the domain level. If you manage mailboxes for clients or staff and don’t want them using AI suggestions, you control that setting.
### **Will the existing mailbox provider be removed? What happens if I don’t migrate?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
The existing provider is not going away right now. You can keep using it with no disruption. Migrating to the new provider gives you more features at the same price. xCloud built a migration tool to make the switch easy, and support can help if you need it. There is no deadline to migrate.
### **How do I claim my free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Deploy your site on an xCloud managed server (xCloud or xCloud Provider). A “Claim Free Mailbox” banner shows up on your dashboard. Click it, follow the steps, and your free 100 MB mailbox is ready. Each domain on an xCloud managed server gets one free mailbox.
### **I am paying for email on my xCloud managed server. Will my existing mailbox become free?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
No. The free mailbox applies to new mailboxes created on xCloud managed servers. Existing mailboxes are not eligible. You can migrate your existing mailboxes to the new provider using the built-in migration tool and keep paying the same price, with access to all the upgraded features.
### **I don’t see the “Claim Free Mailbox” banner. What should I check?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
A few things could be going on. Your site must run on an xCloud managed server. Hetzner, AWS, DigitalOcean, and other non-managed providers don’t qualify. The site needs to be in production, not staging. Your team may have used all its free mailbox slots (default cap is 10 per team). The domain may have a free mailbox assigned to it. Legacy mailboxes on the domain that haven’t been migrated will block the banner until migration is done. You or someone on your team may have dismissed the banner (dismissal is per domain). White-label tenants don’t see the mailbox addon.
### **I have legacy mailboxes on my domain. Can I still get a free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes, after you finish the migration. Use the migration wizard to move all your legacy mailboxes to the new provider. Once that is done, the free mailbox banner shows up on every site that shares that base domain. You don’t need to contact support. It happens on its own.
### **If I create a new site on my xCloud Managed Server, does it qualify for a free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. Any site on an xCloud managed server qualifies, including new ones. The domain can’t have claimed a free mailbox before.
### **Is the free mailbox available on xCloud reseller-managed servers?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
No. The mailbox addon is not available on the xCloud reseller program right now. It works on standard xCloud managed servers.
### **I have a lifetime deal (LTD). Am I eligible for a free mailbox?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Free Mailbox is available for both xCloud Managed Servers and xCloud Provider Servers.
If you are using an xCloud Provider Server, you are eligible to claim the free Mailbox offer.
However, this offer is not available for self-managed servers. In other words, if you are managing your own server instead of using an xCloud Provider Server, you will not be able to claim the free Mailbox.
### **What happens to my free mailbox if I move my site off xCloud?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Your free mailbox keeps working. It won’t shut down right away. An ineligibility period starts, and you get notification emails on Day 0, 7, 14, and 30. An in-app banner gives you two options: move your site back to xCloud, or upgrade to a paid mailbox plan. Auto-suspension is not active in the current version.
### **I brought my site back to xCloud. Will the ineligibility warning go away?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. The system picks up the change within seconds, closes the ineligibility episode, and removes the warning banner on the next page load.
### **I deleted my free mailbox but my counter still shows it is at the limit.** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
The counter should update right when you delete a mailbox. Refresh the mailbox addons page. If the count is still wrong after refreshing, contact our support team so the team can look into it.
### **Can I have more than 10 free mailboxes on my team?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. The default cap is 10 per team. Contact support to request a higher limit.
### **I am getting a “Free plan limit reached” error but I only have a couple of free mailboxes.** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Your team may have a custom limit set lower than the default. A recently deleted mailbox might still be processing. Contact our support team so they can check your team’s settings and fix the issue.
### **I have a paid mailbox on my domain. Can I add a free one too?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Yes. Paid and free mailboxes can exist on the same domain as long as everything runs on the default provider. There is no restriction on combining both plan types.
### **Can I claim a free mailbox through the API?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
No. Free mailbox claims go through the dashboard with a valid site context. API-based claims are not available in this version.
### **The migration wizard won’t let me cancel. Is this a bug?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
No. Once any mailbox in the migration reaches the DNS-verified stage, email is flowing to the new system. Canceling at that point would lose the received mail. You need to finish the migration to keep everything intact.
### **Is it possible to downgrade my mailbox plan?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
No, downgrading your mailbox plan is not possible. Once you have selected and activated a plan, it cannot be changed to a lower tier. If you have specific concerns about your current plan, we recommend reaching out to the xCloud support team for guidance.
### **Can I use my own domain or subdomain for xCloud Webmail?** [#](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Currently, xCloud Mailbox does not support directly hosting the webmail interface on a custom domain, subdomain, or path such as `example.com/webmail` or `webmail.example.com`.
To access your mailbox, please use the official webmail/access link provided inside the xCloud Mailbox area.
If you want an easier URL for your team or clients, you may create a redirect from your own website, for example:
– `example.com/webmail`
– `webmail.example.com`
This redirect can point users to the official webmail URL. However, the actual webmail application will still open on the official xCloud-provided webmail address.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) **for** any of your queries.
---
# How To Setup ARM Server In xCloud? - xCloud
> xCloud provides built-in support of ARM server for Hetzner. Learn how to set up ARM server in xCloud easily.
ARM-based servers are computing servers that utilize processors built on the ARM (Advanced RISC Machine) architecture. ARM processors are known for their energy efficiency, cost-effective, and high-performance solutions.
xCloud provides **built-in support of the ARM server for Hetzner**, and you can also add ARM server from any provider using our other provider integration. Follow the steps below to set up ARM server with Hetzner and Any Other provider:
## **Setup ARM Server In xCloud For Hetzner** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-arm-server-in-xcloud/)
Setup ARM server in xCloud for Hetzner easily. To create an ARM-based server with Hetzner, click on the **‘Add Server’** to create a new server then choose Hetzner server.
Now choose the account, give the server a Name, choose the server region and select the **‘Shared Amphere’** from the dropdown menu of **‘Server Size’** to select the ARM server and your Hetzner server will be created with ARM-based servers.
**Read the documentation:** [**How To Setup Hetzner Server In xCloud Host?**](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/)
Similarly, you can [**connect any provider**](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/) that is based on any ARM server using Any other provider and set up with xCloud easily.
This is how easily you can set up your ARM-based servers in xCloud and get a seamless performance.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Setup DNS Record In xCloud? - xCloud
> Follow this simple guide to verify your DNS record with xCloud.
DNS record, which stands for Domain Name System record, is like a directory that helps link website names to their actual server IP addresses. It points a website domain towards the IP address of the server where it is hosted. You can easily connect your website and set DNS records with xCloud.
## How To Point A Domain To xCloud Site [#](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
xCloud does not manage the DNS for your domains. So, there is no need to take the hassle of changing your name server. Before using xCloud, you must have a good knowledge on managing the DNS for your domains. xCloud will inform you when you should add specific DNS records, and what the values should be, but the responsibility for DNS management is up to you.
### Seamless Integration With Cloudflare [#](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
With xCloud, you can easily integrate domain prover for DNS management to enhance the performance and security of your WordPress site. xCloud provides very powerful integration with **Cloudflare**. Read this [**step-by-step guide**](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/) to integrate Cloudflare for DNS management. Or, you can follow the below steps.
**Step 1: Choose Your Site & Add Information**
First, create a fresh WordPress site as shown below in the image.
In the next step, you have to add your site title, domain setup, domain name, and an “**A Record”**.
For example, if your DNS is in NameCheap navigate to **Domain List → Advanced DNS and** copy the **A Record** from there.
_Note: It may take a few hours to point your domain properly._
**Step 2: Verify Your DNS**
Now you have pasted your A Record, you need to verify your DNS if it has pointed successfully. Click on the ‘**Verify My DNS**’ as shown below.
Well, Cloudflare integration is not required. You can manage DNS with your own domain provider like **Namecheap**, **GoDaddy**, or anyone else. You just need to add **A Record**. There are many different types of DNS records, **A Record** is one of them. To use your website with xCloud, you will need to be familiar with The A Record. But before that, if you have any existing record, or you want to migrate your site, you need to delete all existing records.
### How To Add A Record [#](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
**A Record** stands for **Address Record** and it is used to point a domain name to an IP address. When someone types your website domain name into their browser, the A Record lets the browser know where the website files and data are hosted. You can easily add an A Record by following the 2 steps.
1. Log in to your Domain Registrar Panel.
2. Select your target domain and visit the DNS management section.
As an example, let’s add an A Record on **Namecheap** domain provider. If you are using **GoDaddy** as your domain provider, then you can check [**this guide**](https://in.godaddy.com/help/add-an-a-record-19238) to add an A Record.
**Create An A Record**
**Step 1:** First, sign into your Namecheap account. Select Domain List from the left sidebar and click Manage next to your domain.
**Step 2:** Now, Select the Advanced DNS tab at the top of the page
**Step 3:** Now create an A record using the following information.
\# Add the below A Record if you want to point a root domain (yourdomain.com) to the xCloud server IP address.
Type: A
Host/Name: @ or blank
Value/Target: Your IP address
TTL: Automatic or Default
\# Add an A Record if you want to point a domain with www (www.yourdomain.com) to the xCloud server IP address.
Type: A
Host/Name: www
Value/Target: Your IP address
TTL: Automatic or Default
\# Add the below A Record if you want to point a subdomain (blog.yourdomain.com) to the xCloud server IP address.
Type: A
Host/Name: blog (any subdomain)
Value/Target: Your IP address
TTL: Automatic or Default
4\. Add the below A Record if you want to use a wildcard to the xCloud server IP address.
Type: A
Host/Name: \*
Value/Target: Your IP address
TTL: Automatic or Default
Once you have added the A Record, make sure to save all the changes. Your changes may take up to 24 hours to take effect across the internet.
### Check DNS [#](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
Once you have done adding A Record, ensure there are no conflicting records for the same host and remove them if necessary. The records you need to check may be of Unmasked/Masked/Permanent Redirect, A, or other record types.
Here is an example of conflicting records. Have a look below.
You can check the status of your DNS records propagation by using any third-party tool such as [**whatsmydns.net**](https://www.whatsmydns.net/).
Thus, you can set the DNS record in xCloud without any hassle.
If you still have any issues contact our [**support**](http://support@xcloud.host) team for help.
---
# How to Setup Mautic with xCloud One Click Apps - xCloud
> Learn how to setup Mautic with xCloud One Click Apps by following simple steps to launch a live or demo site without technical hassle.
Mautic is a popular marketing automation tool. With xCloud, you can deploy Mautic in just 1 Click with our One Click Apps. Follow the steps below to have a fully operational Mautic site with just a few clicks:
## **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once authenticated, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, choose the **‘Server’.**
Then go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘Mautic’** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
## **Step 2: Setup Mautic with xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘**Site Title’** and add relevant ‘**Tags’** to help organize your deployment. At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
## **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
If you select the ‘**Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your Mautic application.
**_Note:_** _Note that once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert back to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding._
## **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
Here, you will get the credentials **‘Admin Username’, ‘Admin Password’, ‘Admin Email Address’,** to log in to the site later. You can keep them as it is or customize them as your preferences.
Also, you can create a new database to **‘Create Database to a Server**’ or ‘**Add Your Existing Database**’. Once all settings have been reviewed and configured, click the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
_Note: We recommend leaving the database settings as default because xCloud will automatically create and configure a database for you._
## **Step 5: Go Live** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
You can [**add your own ‘Domain’**](/docs/how-to-go-live-from-staging-domain/) to host the site by going to the Domain section. Also, you can add an **‘Additional Domain’** with your custom domain.
## **Step 6: Visit the Mautic Site** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
With Mautic set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** button.
## **Step 7: Visit the Mautic Site** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
With Mautic set up on xCloud, you can now verify that everything is working. From your dashboard, click the **‘Visit Site’** button. xCloud automatically registers the admin user using the credentials you provided during setup. So instead of creating a new account, simply **log in** with your admin username and password.
Once logged in, you’ll be taken to the Mautic dashboard where you can begin customizing your marketing automation environment.
This should bring you to the Mautic Overview page. Now that your Mautic instance is up and running, let’s fine-tune its settings for security and [**customization**](https://docs.mautic.org/en/6.0/index.html).
## **How to Reset the Mautic Admin Password Using xCloud Command Runner** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
If you ever forget the admin password, you can reset it easily using the **xCloud command runner**.
You do not need SSH access. Just run the below command with your user or new password:
```
cd /var/www/yoursite.com
USER="your-user-name"
PASS="your-new-password"
H=$(php bin/console security:hash-password "$PASS" "Mautic\\UserBundle\\Entity\\User" 2>/dev/null | awk '/Password hash/{print $NF}')
php bin/console doctrine:query:sql "UPDATE users SET password='$H' WHERE username='$USER';"
echo "✅ Password for $USER reset."
```
Once the command run is successfully completed, your admin password will be updated. If it shows **1 row affected**, the password is reset. You can now log in using the new password.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can quickly and efficiently deploy an Mautic instance using xCloud’s One Click Apps feature.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Setup a Digital Ocean Server in xCloud? - xCloud
> Here we have learned how to setup a Digital Ocean server with xCloud.
With [**xCloud**](/)**,** you can easily setup your Digital Ocean server in xCloud. xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let’s follow these steps to get you started.
### Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
First, you will need to visit the [xCloud](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh) website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials.
If you have already an account please visit our [**app URL**](https://app.xcloud.host/) below. Now you are ready to set up your server with Digital Ocean in xCloud.
### Step 2: Create Your New Digital Ocean Server In xCloud [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “**Add New Server**” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a **Digital Ocean** server and for that select the [**Digital Ocean**](https://xcloud.host/go/digitalocean/) option. The billing of the server will be handled on your Digital Ocean account.
_Note: Don’t have a_ **_DigitalOcean_** _account? Check out the documentation below to find out how to provision a server with any providers_:
- [**How To Setup First Server With Vultr?**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
- [**How To Setup Your First Server With Google Cloud Platform Provider?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform)
- [**How To Setup Server With Other Providers?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/?post_type=docs&p=268&preview=true)
We’ve made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your DigitalOcean account. You no longer have to go through the hassle of generating and copying access tokens. Now, xCloud will guide you through an OAuth flow, where you simply authorize xCloud to use your DigitalOcean account. All you have to do is provision a new DigitalOcean server, click “Authorize” during the setup, and you’ll be redirected to DigitalOcean to grant permission to your account. It’s a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Digital Ocean.
### **Step 3: Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your DO account. Now you need to provide the **Server name**, your preferred **Server Size** (CPU, RAM, storage), and the **Region** nearest to you and your visitors. Only, MySQL 8.0 database server is now available. By default Database, the **Root Password** is auto-filed but you can change this and save it in a safe place.
We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server.
We are almost done with our server creation of Digital Ocean in xCloud. After submitting the form, this might take up to 12-15 minutes to make the Digital Ocean server live and ready to install a lightning-fast WordPress Site.
## **How To Create A Site With xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
After you have completed the previous steps of creating Digital Ocean server, you are now ready to create your site. Simply follow our step-by-step guide below.
### **Step 1: Create A Site From The Dashboard** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
Once your server is connected, you can create a site from the Dashboard or Site List by clicking on the button “**Create New Site**”
Then you will need to select the server on which you want to install your WordPress website.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Site & Add Information** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
As we will be creating a fresh WordPress site choose the “I**nstall New WordPress Website**” options as shown below.
Now all you have to do is install and Go Live with your WordPress Site. You can do the next process with 3 simple and easy steps.
1. Add a **Site Title**
2. Add **Tags** if you want
3. Choose to **Go Live**
4. **DNS Configuration:** If you add the domain and want to visit the live site you need to configure your DNS. xCloud does not handle your DNS but all you need to do is remove any existing A records and add the A record as shown above. For example, if your domain is on Cloudflare then all you need to do is add an A record with the domain name, and your server IP address.
**Note:** Make sure to turn off the proxy status as shown in the above image and also turn off the SSL/TLS. Otherwise, you might face conflicts and redirect loops if you enable this and also xCLoud’s Free SSL service.
To use a **Free SSL certificate** by **Let’s Encrypt** simply turn on the HTTPS enable button and xCloud will automatically set everything for you.
Facing issues with adding A records in your DNS provider? Read our documentation on DNS management for various domain providers from the [FAQ](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/faq/) section.
You can then simply hit the Next Button to create your site and **Go Live** instantly.
### **Configure Additional Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
By default, the WordPress admin credentials are autogenerated to speed up the site creation process. As soon as your site is deployed you will receive your Site credentials on your email address. Later on, you can update your password if needed. From “**More Advanced Settings**” you can update the default **Admin Username**, **Admin Password, Admin Email Address,** etc along with other additional settings from here.
After the previous step, click on the ‘**Next**’ button. It might take only 1-2 minutes to create your WordPress site.
That’s it! You’ve successfully created a site in xCloud. Now you can start working on your website, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
### **Not Ready Yet? Try Staging Environment** [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
Also, If you do not want to point your domain yet then xCloud offers temporary domains to make your site live with every Site creation method available in xCloud. For that select the **Staging Environment** option. Later, after developing your site you can then easily make it Live by adding your domain in xCloud.
### Configure Your Email Server [#](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
For users on managed hosting services like Kinsta, WPEngine, Runcloud, and Cloudways, email providers like Office 365, GSuite, and MXroute are commonly used. If you are migrating from cPanel/Plesk, new email hosting is needed. xCloud doesn’t automatically include email setup for your sites. WordPress often requires reliable transactional email delivery, but default systems can fail, causing spam or delivery issues. Using services like Mailgun for efficient email delivery is recommended. The process of setting up and configuring Mailgun for WordPress can be found **[here](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)**.
Still stuck? Contact our **support team** for any of your queries.
---
# How To Solve Automatic Site Backup Failures? - xCloud
> Solve automatic site backup failures and protect data from any loss like unintentional deletions, server malfunctions, and cyberattacks.
Site backups are important to protect data from any loss like unintentional deletions, server malfunctions, and cyberattacks. By keeping backups regularly, you can ensure that the content and functionality of your site can be restored.
With xCloud, you can store automatic site backup by following [**this doc**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/). But, sometimes you may find trouble or failures in this process. Follow this guide to learn how to solve automatic site backup failures.
## Solve Automatic Site Backup Failures [#](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/)
First, let’s learn the reasons behind this failure. With xCloud, you will get two website backup options: **Remote backup** (Storage providers like DigitalOcean, Vultr, etc) and **Local backup** (stored on the same server as the site). The automatic site backup failure occurs when
- Your xCloud server does not have enough space.
- The storage provider does not have enough space.
- The storage provider integration credential is not correct or has been updated.
Now, let’s look below and see how you can solve this failure.
## Check xCloud Hard Disk Storage [#](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to the **‘Monitoring’** tab. You can see the ‘**Hard Disk Usage**’ from the ‘**Server Health**‘ section. Check whether you have enough space on your server or not. You need the site size free space +1GB extra free space to keep the site back up on your xCloud server end. It means, if your site size is 10GB, you need 11GB of free space for backup. If you don’t have enough space, it means the hard disk is not enough for your site. You need a bigger server. For that, you need to upgrade your plan.
## Check Space Of The Storage Provider [#](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/)
You have to check the usage of remote storage from the storage provider dashboard. Here, we are showcasing the procedure of **Vultr storage**. From the **Vultr** dashboard, go to the ‘**Products**’ tab. Now, click on ‘**Cloud Storage**’. From the ‘**Usage Data**’ tab, you can see the total usage in the ‘**Bandwidth**’ section. Check whether you have enough space on your server or not. If not, then you have to make some space for backup.
## Check Credentials Of The Storage Provider [#](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/)
When you integrate any external storage provider like Ventr, DigitalOcean, etc with xCloud, you will have a credential for that. For any reason, if you reset the credentials, it will disconnect from xCloud. If you face automatic site backup failure, you can check the credentials to see whether the storage provider is connected properly or not with xCloud.
_**Note**: storage providers **Contabo** and **Min.io** are currently not supported within the xCloud platform._
That is how easily you can solve automatic site backup failures.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Troubleshoot Cancelled Subscriptions, Deleted Servers, and Refund Confusion With xCloud - xCloud
> Understand what to check when a server, backup service, add-on, or subscription was cancelled or deleted, but billing, renewal, invoice, or refund status is
Understand what to check when a server, backup service, add-on, or subscription was cancelled or deleted, but billing, renewal, invoice, or refund status is still unclear.
## Symptoms [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
Use this guide if you see one or more of these issues:
- You deleted a server but still see an invoice or payment record.
- You created the wrong server, deleted it, and want to know what happens to the charge.
- A backup service or add-on was activated and then cancelled.
- A subscription appears active after the server was removed.
- You expected a prorated refund but do not see it yet.
- You want to cancel the account but still have active servers, sites, or paid services.
## Before you start [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
- Confirm you are signed in to the correct xCloud team.
- Open the related **Server**, **Site**, **Billing**, **Team**, or **Settings** page in your xCloud dashboard.
- Keep a copy of the exact error message before retrying.
- If the issue affects a live production site, avoid repeated risky changes until you understand the cause.
## Step-by-step troubleshooting [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Check whether the server or add-on is still active [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
1. Go to your xCloud dashboard and select the correct team.
2. Open the **Servers** area and confirm whether the server is still listed.
3. Check any paid add-ons, such as managed backups, that may have been attached to the server.
4. If the server still exists, delete or deactivate the service only if you are sure you no longer need it.
### 2\. Review the invoice and billing timeline [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
1. Open the billing or invoices area in your account.
2. Compare the invoice date with the server deletion or service cancellation date.
3. Remember that some payments are created in advance for the billing period, while refunds may require billing-team review.
4. Do not create duplicate refund tickets for the same invoice; add details to the existing ticket if possible.
### 3\. Confirm whether the request is a refund, transfer, or cancellation [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
1. For a wrong server deployment, note whether you want a refund review or help creating the correct server.
2. For account cancellation, remove active servers first so future renewals stop.
3. For backup/add-on cancellation, confirm the add-on is disabled before requesting refund review.
4. For a payment transfer request, include the old and new service names without exposing card details.
### 4\. Wait for payment-gateway processing [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
1. After xCloud approves a refund, the gateway or card issuer may take additional time to return the amount.
2. Check your payment method statement after a few business days.
3. If the refund was approved but not visible after the expected gateway window, update the support ticket.
## What xCloud Support can check [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
- Verify whether the server, add-on, or subscription is still active.
- Review invoices and payment records available in xCloud.
- Forward eligible refund or prorated refund requests to the billing team.
- Confirm whether future renewals should stop after deletion/cancellation.
## What to send xCloud Support [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
- Team name and account email used in xCloud.
- Invoice number or billing reference.
- Server or add-on name, not sensitive payment-card details.
- Date and timezone when the server/add-on was deleted or cancelled.
- Whether you want refund review, cancellation confirmation, or help avoiding duplicate charges.
## Prevention tips [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
- Delete unused servers and deactivate unused add-ons before the next renewal date.
- Keep invoice records for every server or paid feature.
- Create the correct server/provider/plan carefully before deleting a paid server.
- Use one support ticket per billing case to avoid split context.
## How to read the result [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
After you review billing, the main goal is to separate three different situations: a cancelled renewal, a deleted service, and a refund request. A deleted server normally stops future use of that server, but it does not always mean every past invoice changes automatically. If a payment was already captured, the billing team may need to review the invoice, service dates, and cancellation timing before confirming the next step. If the request is approved, the payment gateway or card issuer may still need additional time before the amount appears on your statement. Keep the original invoice and support ticket open until the billing team confirms the case is complete.
## Expected result [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
After troubleshooting, you should be able to confirm one of these outcomes:
- The issue is resolved and the related site, server, billing item, integration, or team access works as expected.
- The dashboard shows a clear error that can be shared with xCloud Support.
- The issue is outside xCloud platform support and needs action from your developer, DNS provider, payment gateway, software vendor, or third-party service provider.
If the issue affects production, verify the public site and the xCloud dashboard after every major change. Keep screenshots of the before-and-after state so support can understand what changed.
## When to contact support immediately [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
Contact xCloud Support before continuing if:
- The issue affects a live production site or active customer portal.
- A server, database, billing item, or team owner setting may be permanently changed or deleted.
- You see repeated failures after one careful retry.
- You are unsure whether a root-level, database-level, DNS, or billing action is safe.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
### Does deleting a server always create an automatic refund? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
Not always. Deleting a server stops the active service, but refund eligibility can depend on timing, service type, invoice status, and billing policy. xCloud Support can route eligible cases for billing review.
### Can xCloud transfer a payment from one deleted server to another server? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
In many cases this requires billing-team review. Share the old server, new server, invoice, and payment time so the team can confirm the safest option.
### Should I share card details in a support ticket? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-cancelled-subscriptions-deleted-servers-and-refund-confusion-with-xcloud/)
No. Never share full card numbers, passwords, or sensitive payment credentials. Invoice numbers and transaction references are enough.
---
# How to Troubleshoot Nginx Configuration Regeneration Failures With xCloud - xCloud
> Fix or report cases where Nginx configuration regeneration fails, Nginx cannot restart, or a site stays offline after domain, SSL, Docker, redirect, or rule
Fix or report cases where Nginx configuration regeneration fails, Nginx cannot restart, or a site stays offline after domain, SSL, Docker, redirect, or rule changes.
## Symptoms [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
Use this guide if you see one or more of these issues:
- The site is offline after changing domain, SSL, redirects, headers, Docker, or proxy settings.
- The dashboard shows an Nginx regeneration or restart failure.
- A custom app or Docker app cannot finish Nginx setup.
- A site returns 500 because cache, proxy, or vhost files are invalid or inaccessible.
- Nginx cannot start after a configuration update.
## Before you start [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
- Confirm you are signed in to the correct xCloud team.
- Open the related **Server**, **Site**, **Billing**, **Team**, or **Settings** page in your xCloud dashboard.
- Keep a copy of the exact error message before retrying.
- If the issue affects a live production site, avoid repeated risky changes until you understand the cause.
## Step-by-step troubleshooting [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Open the latest failed event [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
1. Go to the affected **Server** in xCloud.
2. Open **Events** or the site-level event history.
3. Find the most recent failed event related to **Regenerate Nginx Config**, **Restart Nginx**, **Deploy SSL**, or **Create Site**.
4. Open the event output and copy the exact error text.
(Screenshot: open the latest failed event in xCloud.)
### 2\. Check recent setting changes [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
1. Review changes made before the failure: domain update, redirect rule, custom header, SSL retry, Docker/Compose deployment, port change, or custom Nginx rule.
2. If the issue started after adding a rule, temporarily remove the new rule if the dashboard allows it safely.
3. Avoid editing server-level Nginx files manually unless you understand the impact.
### 3\. Review site logs and cache state [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
1. Open the site **Logs** page and check Nginx error logs.
2. Look for permission denied, missing file, duplicate directive, invalid directive, unsupported HTTP/3/QUIC directive, or upstream connection errors.
3. If the issue appears cache-related, disable page/FastCGI cache temporarily only as a recovery step, then report the root cause.
### 4\. Retry only after correcting the visible cause [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
1. After fixing DNS, SSL, redirect, or unsupported setting issues, retry the failed action once.
2. If the same event fails again, stop retrying and contact support with the event output.
3. For production sites, avoid repeated regenerate/restart attempts during high-traffic periods.
## What xCloud Support can check [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
- Inspect failed event output and Nginx error logs.
- Check whether generated config files, redirect/header files, cache ownership, or proxy rules are missing or invalid.
- Regenerate supported xCloud configuration when the cause is platform-generated config.
- Escalate product bugs or unsupported directives to engineering.
## What to send xCloud Support [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
- Server and site name.
- The exact dashboard event name and error output.
- What changed immediately before the failure.
- Whether the site is WordPress, custom PHP, Docker, Node.js, or another app type.
- Screenshots of the failed event and current domain/SSL/proxy settings.
## Prevention tips [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
- Make one Nginx-related change at a time and verify the site before changing more.
- Avoid unsupported custom Nginx directives unless confirmed by support.
- Keep custom redirects and headers simple.
- Check Docker/custom-app ports before connecting them through the proxy.
## How to understand the error [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
Nginx regeneration is a validation step. xCloud builds the server configuration for the site, tests whether Nginx accepts it, and then restarts or reloads the service. If any generated or custom rule is invalid, Nginx may reject the entire configuration to avoid loading a broken web server. This can happen after domain changes, SSL retries, redirect/header changes, Docker proxy updates, custom app ports, or unsupported directives. The exact event output matters because “Nginx failed” is only the final symptom. The useful clue is usually the missing file, duplicate directive, invalid directive, permission issue, or upstream/port error shown inside the event or log.
## Expected result [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
After troubleshooting, you should be able to confirm one of these outcomes:
- The issue is resolved and the related site, server, billing item, integration, or team access works as expected.
- The dashboard shows a clear error that can be shared with xCloud Support.
- The issue is outside xCloud platform support and needs action from your developer, DNS provider, payment gateway, software vendor, or third-party service provider.
If the issue affects production, verify the public site and the xCloud dashboard after every major change. Keep screenshots of the before-and-after state so support can understand what changed.
## When to contact support immediately [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
Contact xCloud Support before continuing if:
- The issue affects a live production site or active customer portal.
- A server, database, billing item, or team owner setting may be permanently changed or deleted.
- You see repeated failures after one careful retry.
- You are unsure whether a root-level, database-level, DNS, or billing action is safe.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
### Can I edit Nginx files directly over SSH? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
xCloud provides full root access and the root password where applicable, but direct Nginx edits can break future dashboard regeneration. For security, use SSH key-based login instead of password login and contact xCloud Support before risky production changes.
### Why did SSL or Docker setup fail with an Nginx error? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
SSL, Docker, custom apps, redirects, and domains all depend on valid Nginx configuration. A failure in one generated block can prevent Nginx from restarting.
### Should I keep retrying the regenerate button? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-nginx-configuration-regeneration-failures-with-xcloud/)
Retry once after correcting the visible cause. If it fails again, send support the event output instead of repeatedly restarting Nginx.
---
# How to Troubleshoot Server Installation Failed (xCloud & Self-managed) - xCloud
> Getting self-managed server installation failed can be frustrating. But you can get rid of that if everything required gets done smoothly. Let us learn some
Getting self-managed server installation failed can be frustrating. But you can get rid of that if everything required gets done smoothly. Let us learn some tips on reducing errors and getting your server installed and running smoothly.
Server setups are usually contacted in multiple steps and show some progress with percentage and step number counts. Below are some common setup error conditions with percentages as the progress, so you can know where you are stuck. For example, if you are stuck at 11% that means you have not finished creating the server.
However, **[xCloud](/)** simplifies the overall process of showing progress, so you can easily know where you need to troubleshoot for errors and find a fix.
## **Troubleshooting Tips For Server Installation Failed** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-server-installation-failed-xcloud-self-managed/)
While installing the server with xCloud, you can see your progress with multiple steps by step. For example, there are 27 steps for creating the server. If you are stuck at step 2, it means something went wrong with creating a server on your provider (**[Vultr](https://www.vultr.com/)**, **[DigitalOcean](https://www.digitalocean.com/)**, and **[GCP](https://cloud.google.com/)**).
### **Check Your Ubuntu Version** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-server-installation-failed-xcloud-self-managed/)
xCloud is compatible with **Ubuntu 20.04 (LTS) x64** or **22.04 (LTS) x64**. Our platform is not compatible with a minimal edition or any alternative version of Ubuntu (a common inquiry we receive).
In case your chosen provider exclusively provides minimal images rather than the complete Ubuntu 20.04 LTS, you can opt for the minimal version installation. Subsequently, continue with the regular procedure.
### **Your Servers IP Address Has Been Banned by the Service Provider** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-server-installation-failed-xcloud-self-managed/)
This is an additional problem that may arise with your service providers, particularly if their pricing is significantly lower than that of most competitors. Verify that your server can establish a connection to our platform. If the issue persists and you do not receive basic HTML, reach out to your server provider to report the problem. Unfortunately, we are unable to assist in resolving this issue.
## **xCloud Server Installation Failed** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-server-installation-failed-xcloud-self-managed/)
To troubleshoot server installation issues with xCloud all you need to do is [**contact our support team**](/contact/). No matter in which section you’re facing errors while building an xCloud server: Creating, Connecting, & Configuring servers, our team is only a click away to help you.
### **Starting Over** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-server-installation-failed-xcloud-self-managed/)
We suggest to initiate the process with a new server. However, if you prefer to attempt resolving the issue on the existing server, you can follow these steps for a retry.
STEP 1: Begin by removing the server from the xCloud servers.
STEP 2: Re-add the server through the user interface.
If your server installation is still stuck, feel free to reach out to our support for assistance.
---
# How to Troubleshoot Site Backup Failures With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to troubleshoot site backup failures in xCloud step by step. Fix local and remote backup issues, storage limits, database errors, and provider settings quickly.
Site backups protect your files and database before updates, migrations, staging pushes, restores, and unexpected changes. When a backup fails, the cause is usually one of these areas: server disk space, database export, remote storage access, backup schedule/settings, or old backup jobs that need support review.
Read this guide to troubleshoot both local backups and remote backups in xCloud before opening a support ticket.
## What This Guide Covers [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
This guide helps when:
- A local site backup fails.
- A remote site backup fails.
- A manual backup fails.
- A scheduled backup does not run.
- Backup emails report failures even though backups look disabled.
- A backup fails with Database backup failed or MySQL database backup failed.
- A remote backup fails even though Google Drive, S3, R2, Backblaze, DigitalOcean Spaces, pCloud, or another provider has free space.
- Old backups are not deleted as expected.
- Incremental backups look missing or confusing.
- Global or bulk backup settings do not match the site-level settings.
This guide focuses on backup creation failures. If your backup was created successfully but the restore failed, follow the restore troubleshooting guide or contact xCloud Support with the restore error.
## Before You Retry [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Before running the backup again, collect the details that explain where the backup stopped.
1. Open the failed backup entry.
2. Copy the exact error message.
3. Check whether the backup was Local or Remote.
4. Check whether it was Manual or Scheduled.
5. Note the failed backup date and time with your timezone.
6. Check the server’s available disk space.
7. Check whether you recently changed the backup schedule, storage provider, bucket, folder, retention, or exclude paths.
8. Check whether the same remote provider works on another site.
## Step 1: Find the Failed Backup Entry [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Start from the backup history so you can identify what failed.
1. Log in to your xCloud Dashboard.
2. Open the affected Site.
3. Go to Backups.
4. Open Previous Backups or the backup history area.
5. Find the failed backup.
6. Review the backup type, destination, trigger, date, and error message.
Common errors include:
- Database backup failed
- MySQL database backup failed
- Not enough storage for backup
- Failed to fetch folder id
- Failed to add storage provider
- Missing database name or database password errors
- S3-compatible upload, bucket, endpoint, or permission errors
If the error changes after retrying, save both the original error and the new error. A provider error followed by a database error can mean the backup is failing at more than one stage.
## Step 2: Understand Local vs Remote Backup Failures [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Local and remote backups can fail for different reasons, but both may still depend on server storage and database export.
Backup type
Where the final backup is stored
Common failure points
Local backup
On the server
Server disk space, local backup retention, database export, stale local backup jobs
Remote backup
External storage provider
Server temporary space, provider credentials, folder/bucket access, endpoint/region, upload permissions, database export
A remote backup does not mean xCloud can skip local temporary files. xCloud must first create backup files on the server, then upload them to the remote provider.
## Step 3: Check Server Temporary Disk Space [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Many remote backup issues are actually server storage issues.
Before xCloud uploads a backup to Google Drive, S3-compatible storage, Cloudflare R2, Backblaze, DigitalOcean Spaces, pCloud, or another provider, the server needs temporary space to create:
- Database export files
- File archive files
- Compressed backup packages
- Backup metadata
- Temporary upload files
So a remote backup can fail even when your remote provider has plenty of free space.
For example:
Error detail
Meaning
Required: 8 GB | Available: 4 GB
The server does not have enough temporary space.
Required: 10 GB | Available: 3 GB
The remote provider may have space, but the server cannot prepare the backup.
Remote quota shows 2 TB free but xCloud reports low storage
Check the server’s free disk space, not only the remote provider quota.
To check storage:
1. Open the affected Server in xCloud.
2. Review disk/storage usage.
3. Check whether old backups, large uploads, cache files, logs, or temporary files are using space.
4. Review backup retention settings.
5. Free up space only when you know the files are safe to remove.
Do not delete unknown files or directories blindly. If you are not sure what is safe, contact xCloud Support or a qualified server administrator before cleanup.
## Step 4: Review Local Backup Settings and Retention [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Local backups use server disk space. If retention is not working as expected, old backups can fill the server and cause new backups to fail.
1. Open the affected Site.
2. Go to Backups → Backup Settings.
3. Review the Local Backup section.
4. Check whether local backup is enabled.
5. Check the schedule.
6. Check the retention or automatic delete setting.
7. Check whether old backups are still listed in Previous Backups.
Local backup storage issues may happen when:
- Old backups are not removed by retention rules.
- Backup retention was changed but old files remain.
- Local backup is disabled in the dashboard but a stale job still runs.
- Orphaned backup files remain on the server.
- A legacy backup job still creates files after settings were changed.
- Large folders are included because exclude paths were not applied.
If local backup is disabled but disk usage keeps growing, contact xCloud Support. Support may need to check backup jobs, cron entries, and backup directories safely.
## Step 5: Review Remote Backup Provider Settings [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Remote backups can fail because the provider connection, folder, bucket, endpoint, or permissions changed.
1. Open the affected Site.
2. Go to Backups → Backup Settings.
3. Open the Remote Backup section.
4. Confirm the selected provider.
5. Confirm the destination folder, bucket, or path.
6. Confirm the provider connection is still active.
7. Confirm the provider account has enough storage quota.
8. Confirm the provider credentials have read and write access.
9. Save the settings, then run a manual backup test.
Remote provider issues commonly come from:
- Expired or revoked tokens
- Changed folder permissions
- Deleted or renamed destination folders
- Wrong bucket name
- Wrong region or endpoint URL
- Read-only credentials
- Missing write permission
- Provider account quota limits
- Provider-side API outage
- IP restrictions on the storage token
## Step 6: Fix Failed to Fetch Folder ID [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Failed to fetch folder id usually means xCloud could not access or identify the configured remote folder.
This can happen when:
- The remote folder was deleted, renamed, or moved.
- The connected account no longer has access to the folder.
- The provider authorization expired.
- The selected folder path is no longer valid.
- The provider API returned a temporary error.
To troubleshoot:
1. Open the remote backup settings.
2. Reconnect the remote provider if needed.
3. Re-select the destination folder or bucket.
4. Confirm the connected account can open and write to that folder.
5. Save the settings.
6. Run a manual backup.
If the next failure changes from Failed to fetch folder id to Database backup failed, continue with the database section below. The backup may have moved past the provider check and then failed during database export.
## Step 7: Check S3-Compatible Storage Providers [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
S3-compatible storage includes providers such as Cloudflare R2, Backblaze, DigitalOcean Spaces, Wasabi, Hetzner Object Storage, OVH Object Storage, and other providers that use S3-style credentials.
If xCloud cannot add or use an S3-compatible provider, check:
- Access key
- Secret key
- Bucket name
- Region
- Endpoint URL
- Token permissions
- Bucket permissions
- Read/write access
- IP restrictions
- Provider account quota
- Provider status page
For errors like Failed to add storage provider, common causes include:
- The token has limited or read-only permission.
- The token is restricted to an IP address that does not match the request path.
- The endpoint URL was copied incorrectly.
- The bucket name is wrong.
- The bucket is in a different region.
- The bucket does not allow write access.
- The credentials belong to another provider account.
Recommended checks:
1. Copy the endpoint URL directly from the provider dashboard.
2. Confirm the bucket name exactly, including spelling and case.
3. Make sure the token has read and write access.
4. Remove unnecessary token IP restrictions while testing if your security policy allows it.
5. Confirm the provider account has available storage.
6. Try adding the provider again.
Do not send secret keys, access keys, passwords, or private tokens in plain text unless xCloud Support asks you to use a secure method.
## Step 8: Test a Manual Backup [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Manual backup testing helps separate a one-time schedule issue from an active backup failure.
1. Open the affected Site.
2. Go to Backups.
3. Choose the same backup type that failed: Local or Remote.
4. Start a manual backup.
5. Wait for the process to complete.
6. Open the failed entry if it fails again.
7. Save the exact error message.
Use the result this way:
Manual test result
What it means
Manual backup succeeds
The original issue may have been temporary or schedule-related. Monitor the next scheduled backup.
Manual backup fails with the same error
The issue is still active. Continue troubleshooting or contact Support.
Manual backup fails with a different error
Save both errors. The backup may be failing at multiple stages.
## Step 9: Troubleshoot Database Backup Errors [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
A site backup usually includes both files and database data. If the database export fails, the whole backup may fail.
Common database-related errors include:
- Database backup failed
- MySQL database backup failed
- Missing database name
- Missing or null database password
- Database connection error
- MySQL export error
- Empty database tables
- Database exists but cannot be exported
### If You See Database Backup Failed [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
1. Retry the backup once after a short wait.
2. Confirm the site is online.
3. Check whether the site was recently migrated, cloned, restored, or edited.
4. Check whether database credentials were changed.
5. Contact xCloud Support if the error repeats.
Sometimes a database backup failure works on retry. If it fails repeatedly, Support may need to review the database configuration and export logs.
### If the Database Name Is Missing [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
A missing database name usually needs support review. Contact xCloud Support and include the site name, server name, exact error, and whether the site was recently migrated, restored, or cloned.
### If the Database Password Is Empty or Null [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
A null or missing database password can stop the backup process from finding or exporting the database. Do not manually change database credentials unless you understand the effect on the site. Contact xCloud Support for a safe review.
### If the Database Has No Tables [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
If a database is empty, the database backup may fail or be skipped depending on the site state.
This can happen when:
- WordPress installation did not complete.
- A new site has no database tables yet.
- A migration or restore did not finish.
- The site is connected to a different database than expected.
Complete the WordPress installation or contact Support if the database should already contain tables.
## Step 10: Check Schedule, Global Settings, and Bulk Backup Updates [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Backup settings may exist at more than one level. If scheduled backups do not match what you configured globally or in bulk, check the site-level settings.
1. Open the affected Site.
2. Go to Backups → Backup Settings.
3. Review the site-level schedule.
4. Review the selected provider or local destination.
5. Review retention settings.
6. Review file backup exclude paths.
7. Compare the site-level settings with the global or bulk settings you expected.
8. Save the settings.
9. Run a manual backup test.
Check carefully when:
- Exclude paths were not copied from global settings.
- The wrong bucket or provider is selected after a bulk update.
- Scheduled backups stopped after changing settings.
- No backup notification was received.
- A site still uses an old storage provider.
- The dashboard says backups are inactive but remote backup emails continue.
If the settings look correct but the behavior is wrong, contact xCloud Support. This may need engineering review.
## Step 11: Check Incremental Backup Entries [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Incremental backups may appear under a parent full backup. If the child entries are collapsed, it can look like backups are missing.
1. Open the site’s Previous Backups.
2. Find the latest full backup.
3. Expand the full backup entry if an expand option is available.
4. Review the incremental backup entries under it.
5. Check the dates and times.
Contact Support if:
- The latest full backup is older than expected.
- Incremental backups are not listed.
- Backups are going to the wrong bucket or provider.
- The schedule does not match your settings.
- Manual backups work but scheduled backups do not.
## Step 12: Compare Failed Sites With Working Sites [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
If the same remote storage credentials work on one site but fail on another, compare the affected site with a working site.
Check:
- Server free disk space
- Site size
- Database status
- Backup type
- Selected provider
- Bucket, folder, endpoint, and region
- Backup schedule
- Retention settings
- Exclude paths
- Whether the site was recently migrated, cloned, or restored
- Whether the sites are on the same server
This helps identify whether the issue is provider-wide, server-specific, or site-specific.
## Step 13: Avoid Risky Manual Cleanup [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
If storage is full, cleanup may be needed, but removing the wrong files can break a site or remove the only usable backup.
Do not blindly delete:
- WordPress uploads
- Site directories
- Database files
- Backup metadata
- Server configuration files
- Unknown folders
- Files owned by system services
Avoid recursive delete commands unless you fully understand the exact path and impact.
xCloud provides full root access and the root password where applicable. For better security, xCloud recommends SSH key-based login instead of password login. Use root access carefully and avoid risky production changes unless you understand the impact.
If you are unsure, contact xCloud Support or a qualified server administrator before deleting backup-related files.
## Troubleshooting by Error or Symptom [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Error or symptom
Likely reason
What to do
Database backup failed
Database export failed.
Retry once, confirm the site is online, then contact Support if it repeats.
MySQL database backup failed
MySQL export failed during backup.
Save the exact error and contact Support if persistent.
Not enough storage for backup
Server lacks temporary space.
Free server disk space safely, check old backups, then retry.
Remote backup fails but remote provider has space
Remote backup still needs server temporary space.
Check server disk space, not only remote quota.
Failed to fetch folder id
xCloud cannot access the remote folder.
Reconnect provider, re-select folder/bucket, check permissions, retry.
Failed to add storage provider
Credentials, endpoint, bucket, token, region, or permissions are invalid.
Verify S3/provider settings and token permissions.
Failed S3 emails after disabling remote backup
Old config, stale job, another site, or notification issue may exist.
Check site-level settings and contact Support if emails continue.
Same provider works on other sites
Site/server-specific issue.
Compare settings, server disk, database status, and destination.
Old backups not deleting
Retention or orphaned file issue.
Do not delete unknown files; contact Support for safe review.
Incremental backups look missing
Entries may be collapsed under a full backup.
Expand the parent full backup and review child entries.
Scheduled backups do not follow settings
Site-level settings may differ from global/bulk settings.
Review site-level schedule, provider, retention, and exclude paths.
## What xCloud Support Can Check [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
xCloud Support can help review:
- xCloud backup settings
- Site-level backup configuration
- Backup history and visible backup errors
- Server storage usage
- Backup logs and events
- Local backup retention behavior
- Remote storage configuration guidance
- Stale or old backup jobs where support access is needed
- Cron-related backup issues where support access is needed
- Database configuration issues
- Missing database name or database password issues
- Repeated database export failures
- Orphaned backup files or backup cleanup issues
- Confirmed backup bugs that need engineering review
## What xCloud Support Cannot Guarantee [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
xCloud cannot guarantee recovery if no successful backup exists.
Remote storage providers can also have their own issues, including:
- API outages
- Quota limits
- Expired tokens
- Revoked credentials
- Bucket permission problems
- Endpoint or region changes
- Folder access changes
- Account restrictions
If the issue is inside the remote provider account, you may need to review that provider’s dashboard or contact the provider directly.
## What to Send xCloud Support [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
To help Support investigate faster, include:
- Site name
- Server name
- Whether the failed backup is Local or Remote
- Whether it is Manual or Scheduled
- Remote provider name, if used
- Exact error message
- Failed backup date and time
- Your timezone
- Screenshot of the failed backup
- Screenshot of backup settings
- Whether a manual backup also fails
- Whether the same provider works on other sites
- Recent changes to backup settings, schedule, provider, bucket, folder, or exclude paths
- Server free disk space, if visible
- Remote provider quota, if relevant
- Whether the site was recently migrated, cloned, restored, or changed
- Any database-related error text
Do not send secret keys, passwords, access keys, or private tokens in plain text unless Support asks you to use a secure method.
## Prevention Tips [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
- Keep enough free disk space on your server.
- Do not rely only on remote storage quota.
- Review backup retention settings regularly.
- Use exclude paths for large cache, temporary, or generated folders when appropriate.
- Test remote storage after changing credentials or tokens.
- Run a manual backup after changing backup settings.
- Check site-level settings after using global or bulk backup updates.
- Keep provider tokens active and correctly permissioned.
- Avoid read-only tokens for backup destinations.
- Monitor backup emails and dashboard backup history.
- Download critical backups before major cleanup.
- Contact Support before deleting unknown backup files from the server.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
### Why does a remote backup need local server storage? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
xCloud must create the backup archive on your server before uploading it to the remote provider. If the server does not have enough temporary space, the remote backup can fail before upload.
### My Google Drive or pCloud account has enough space. Why did the backup fail? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Remote quota is only one part of the process. The server also needs enough temporary disk space to create the database and file archives before upload.
### Why did a database backup fail once and then work later? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
A temporary MySQL, server load, or export issue can cause a one-time failure. If the same database error repeats, contact xCloud Support.
### Why do I still receive remote backup failure emails after disabling remote backups? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
There may be stale backup configuration, an old scheduled job, another site using the same provider, or a notification issue. Check site-level backup settings and contact Support if emails continue.
### Why do the same S3 credentials work on one site but not another? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
The affected site may have different settings, server storage, bucket, endpoint, schedule, database configuration, or provider assignment. Compare it with a working site.
### Can xCloud clean up old backup files for me? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
xCloud Support can help investigate backup-related storage usage, retention issues, orphaned backup files, and stale backup jobs. Risky cleanup should be handled by Support or a qualified server administrator.
### Can xCloud recover my site if no successful backup exists? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
xCloud cannot promise recovery if there is no successful backup available. Keep regular local and remote backups and confirm they are completing successfully.
### Should I use root access to delete backup files manually? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Only use root access if you understand the impact. xCloud provides root access where applicable, but recommends SSH key-based login for security. If you are unsure, contact Support before deleting files.
### Why do incremental backups look missing? [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-site-backup-failures-with-xcloud/)
Incremental backups may be collapsed under a parent full backup. Expand the full backup entry and check whether incremental entries are listed underneath.
---
# How to Troubleshoot SSL Issues Easily? - xCloud
> Fix SSL Issues on your website! Learn how to troubleshoot common SSL certificate problems & ensure a secure browsing experience for your visitors.
SSL issues occur when the security certificate used to encrypt communication between a website and your browser malfunctions. An SSL issue can prevent visitors from trusting your site. [**Fixing these SSL errors**](/docs/how-to-fix-a-failed-free-ssl-issue/) is often easier than you think. Let us explore this guide to understand which SSL issues you may encounter and how to troubleshoot SSL.
## **What Is an SSL Certificate?** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
Imagine a secure tunnel protecting sensitive information as it travels between your web browser and a website. That is the role of an SSL certificate, which encrypts data to keep it safe from prying eyes.
## **Types of SSL Certificates You Can Use in xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
There are three main options for managing your SSL certificate:
1. **Free SSL Certificate Issued And Managed by xCloud**
This is the simplest option, ideal for those just getting started with SSL. xCloud will handle the entire process of obtaining and renewing your certificate without any cost.
2. **Provide Owned Certificate And Manage It Yourself**
If you choose to provide your own certificate, you will need to paste your SSL certificate and private key on your xCloud server to install the Certificate. This option offers more control over your certificate configuration but requires more technical knowledge to set up and maintain.
3. **Use Cloudflare Managed SSL Certificate**
If you’re already using **[Cloudflare](https://www.cloudflare.com/)** for your website, you can use their managed SSL certificate in your xCloud hosting. This provides a good balance between ease of use and control.
No matter which option you choose, it is important to be familiar with potential SSL issues and how to troubleshoot them. In the next section, we’ll explore common SSL problems and steps you can take to resolve them.
## **How to Check for SSL Issues?** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
There are two ways to identify SSL certificate issues in xCloud:
1. **Using an SSL Checker Tool:** Several online tools can analyze your SSL certificate and identify any problems. These tools are usually free and easy to use. Just search for ‘**SSL checker tool**’ on your preferred search engine.
2. **Diagnosing SSL Failures:** Navigate to your xCloud dashboard and access the **SSL** option. This section will display any existing SSL certificate issues for your applications. Check the **SSL Renewal** expiration date in xCloud regarding upcoming SSL certificate renewals or potential failures if expired.
## **Common SSL Errors And Solutions:** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
Let us explore the most common SSL issues and how to fix them.
### 1\. **DNS Is Not Pointing to Your Server’s IP Address** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
Your website visitors are sent to the wrong location because your domain name isn’t properly directed to your server’s IP address.
#### **How to Fix:** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
Verify that your domain name servers (DNS) are correctly configured to point to your xCloud server’s IP address. You can manage your DNS records through your domain registrar’s control panel.
### **3**. Too Many Redirects Errors**:** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
Conflicts between the Cloudflare and xCloud configurations or errors in the Cloudflare settings are frequently the cause of the **ERR\_TOO\_MANY\_REDIRECTS** issue. Since Cloudflare functions as a reverse proxy, you must enable proxy settings from either xCloud or Cloudflare.
#### **How to Fix:** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
- Turn off HTTPS from xCloud if you intend to use the Cloudflare proxy. Navigate to the SSL/HTTPS tab on the xCloud dashboard to disable it.
- Turn off the HTTPS option now, then select “OK” from the confirmation window. You can follow this [**Cloudflare troubleshooting documentation**](/docs/troubleshooting-cloudflare-issues-for-wordpress/) for more details.
### 3\. **The NET::ERR\_CERT\_INVALID Error** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
This error message, which usually appears in Chrome and is similar in other browsers, means that the browser does not trust the SSL certificate in your website.
There are a few reasons for this Error:
**Expired Certificate:** SSL certificates have an expiration date, usually within a year. This error will appear if the certificate has expired.
**Mismatched Certificate:** The domain name that users are attempting to access may not be the one for which the certificate was issued.
**Untrusted Certificate Authority:** This error appears if the browser does not recognize the certificate authority that issued the SSL certificate.
#### **How to Fix:** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
- Check the expiration date on the certificate and renew it if required. The majority of hosting companies give automated SSL certificate renewals. xCloud hosting offers a free SSL certificate with a renewal.
- Make sure the domain name, including any subdomains, exactly matches the certificate.
### 3\. **WordPress Site HTTP to HTTPS Redirect Not Working** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
If your site is not automatically redirecting from HTTP to HTTPS, you will need to configure it.
#### **How to Fix:** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
xCloud hosting comes inbuilt HTTPS Option. Enable it by toggling on the button from your SSL/HTTPS setting menu.
## **Additional Tips** [#](/docs/how-to-troubleshoot-ssl-issues-in-wordpress/)
- **Clear Browser Cache:** Sometimes, cached data can cause problems. Clear your browser cache and try again.
- **Check System Date and Time:** An incorrect system date and time can lead to SSL errors. Ensure your computer’s date and time settings are accurate.
Now, you can effectively troubleshoot SSL issues and ensure your website visitors have a safe and secure browsing experience by following these steps.
If you need further help [**contact xCloud support**](/contact/). Our team always welcomes you to assist you further.
---
# How To Enable Cloudflare Under Attack Mode With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to enable Cloudflare Under Attack mode directly from your xCloud dashboard to protect your website from DDoS attacks in just a few clicks.
If your website is experiencing a sudden spike in malicious traffic or a DDoS attack, every second counts. Cloudflare’s Under Attack mode is a powerful defensive tool that can help protect your site during these critical moments. In this guide, we’ll walk you through how to quickly enable it directly from your xCloud dashboard — no need to log into Cloudflare separately.
Cloudflare’s Under Attack mode performs additional security checks to help mitigate layer 7 DDoS attacks. Validated users can still access your website, while suspicious traffic is blocked. It is designed to be used as a last resort when your site is under attack, and will temporarily pause access to your site and may impact your site analytics.
With xCloud, you can enable Cloudflare Under Attack mode right from the xCloud dashboard.
## Step 1: Go to the Tools Options [#](/docs/how-to-turn-on-cloudflare-under-attack-mode/)
First, go to your site dashboard. From there, navigate to **Tools → Nginx and Security** in your xCloud dashboard.
## Step 2: Enable Under Attack Mode [#](/docs/how-to-turn-on-cloudflare-under-attack-mode/)
Go to the **Cloudflare Under Attack Mode** section. Once you are there, toggle the button to enable it and click the **Save Settings** button.
After enabling the feature, if you visit the Cloudflare dashboard and open your domain’s settings, you will see that Under Attack mode is active and working.
That’s all it takes. With just a few clicks in your xCloud dashboard, you can activate Cloudflare’s Under Attack mode and add an extra layer of protection to your site during a DDoS attack. Remember that this mode is meant for active threats — once the attack subsides, turn it off so your visitors can access your site without the additional security challenge.
---
# How to Understand Deleted Server Billing With xCloud - xCloud
> Deleting a server can affect billing, but the result depends on the server type, invoice timing, subscription status, and whether the charge came from xCloud
Deleting a server can affect billing, but the result depends on the server type, invoice timing, subscription status, and whether the charge came from xCloud or an external provider. This guide explains the common billing situations after server deletion and what xCloud Support can review.
For the official refund rules, always refer to the [xCloud Refund Policy](https://xcloud.host/refund-policy).
## Quick answer [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Situation
What usually happens
xCloud Managed Server deleted before next billing cycle
Eligible for pro-rated refund based on actual usage
xCloud Provider Server deleted before next billing cycle
Eligible for pro-rated refund based on actual usage
Full Server Backup for Managed/Provider Server
Follows the same pro-rated usage/refund rules
Self-Managed Hosting / BYOS purchased through xCloud
Full refund within 14 days of purchase for new servers
External provider server bill
Handled by the provider, not xCloud
Addons after activation
Non-refundable once activated
Invoice already generated before deletion
May still appear as a billing record; Support can review eligible rows
## Why this can feel confusing [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Customers often see confusion after deleting a server because several things can happen at nearly the same time:
- the server is deleted from the dashboard,
- the subscription is cancelled or scheduled not to renew,
- an invoice was already generated before deletion,
- payment was already captured,
- the invoice contains multiple bill rows,
- one row is refundable but another row is still valid,
- a backup/addon row follows different rules,
- a provider invoice arrives separately from an xCloud invoice.
The key point is: **server deletion, invoice visibility, refund eligibility, and external provider billing are separate checks.**
## Server deletion vs invoice record vs refund [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
### Server deletion [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Server deletion removes the server from active use in xCloud. It may also stop the related xCloud subscription from renewing, depending on the service type.
### Invoice record [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
An invoice is a billing record. It may remain visible even if a refund, credit, or adjustment is later applied. Seeing an invoice after deletion does not always mean the charge is still active.
### Refund review [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Refund review checks whether unused paid time remains and which invoice line items are eligible under the refund policy.
## xCloud Managed Servers and xCloud Provider Servers [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
If you delete an **xCloud Managed Server** or **xCloud Provider Server** before the next billing cycle, you may be eligible for a **pro-rated refund** based on actual usage.
Official policy notes:
- You pay for the time the server was used.
- The unused portion can be reviewed for refund.
- A minimum charge of **one full day** applies if the server was used for less than 24 hours.
- Stripe processing fees, up to **10%**, may be deducted.
- Approved refunds are processed to the original payment method.
- Approved refunds usually take **5–10 business days**, depending on banking/payment processing time.
- Refunds are calculated in **USD**.
## Pro-rated refund formula [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
The official refund policy uses this structure:
```
Total paid − usage charge − processing fee = refund amount
```
Copy to Clipboard
Example only:
```
Monthly server charge: $100
Billing period: 30 days
Used time before deletion: 15 days
Usage charge: $50
Processing fee: deducted where applicable
Refund: remaining unused amount after usage and processing fee
```
Copy to Clipboard
The final amount depends on the real invoice, deletion time, service period, related bill rows, and applicable fee.
## Full Server Backup after server deletion [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Full Server Backup for xCloud Managed Servers and xCloud Provider Servers follows the same pro-rated logic. You pay for backup time used, and the unused portion can be reviewed for refund after applicable processing fees.
This applies to the full server backup service connected to Managed/Provider Servers. It does not make all addons refundable.
## Self-Managed Hosting / BYOS after deletion [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Self-Managed Hosting / BYOS purchased through xCloud is eligible for a **full refund within 14 days of purchase** for new servers.
Important notes:
- Refund requests are eligible only within the first 14 days of purchase.
- The 14-day refund applies to new servers.
- Requests after 14 days are not eligible.
- Recurring charges and cancellations after 14 days are not eligible for refunds.
- Deleting your server automatically cancels the related subscription, so it will not be charged in the next billing cycle.
## External provider billing after deleting a self-managed server [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
If you connected a server from an external provider account, such as Hetzner, Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, or another provider, xCloud does not control that provider invoice.
Removing the server from xCloud may disconnect it from the xCloud panel, but you should still check the provider dashboard for active billable resources, such as:
- servers,
- volumes,
- backups,
- snapshots,
- reserved IPs,
- load balancers,
- other provider services.
If the provider charged you directly, the provider must review that refund request.
## Addons after server deletion [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Addons are non-refundable once activated. This includes:
- Mailbox,
- Mail Delivery,
- Site Security PRO.
If an invoice includes both a refundable server row and a non-refundable addon row, Support may review only the eligible server row. The whole invoice is not automatically refunded.
## Why only part of an invoice may be refunded [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
One invoice can include several bill rows. For example, the same invoice may include:
- a managed server charge,
- a server resize adjustment,
- a full server backup row,
- an addon row,
- another server charge,
- a previous unpaid amount.
Only eligible rows are reviewed for refund. This is why Support may ask for a specific **bill ID** or line item ID instead of refunding the entire invoice.
## Step-by-step: check deleted server billing [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Identify the server type [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Confirm whether the deleted server was:
- xCloud Managed Server,
- xCloud Provider Server,
- Self-Managed Hosting / BYOS purchased through xCloud,
- external provider server connected to xCloud.
### 2\. Open the invoice [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Open the invoice that still shows the charge. Check the invoice ID, payment status, service period, and each bill ID.
### 3\. Match each bill row to a service [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Do not assume the full invoice belongs to the deleted server. Match each row to the server, backup, addon, reseller plan, or another service.
### 4\. Check the deletion or cancellation date [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
The billing team uses the deletion/cancellation date to calculate unused time for eligible Managed/Provider Server refunds.
### 5\. Check external provider resources if needed [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
If the charge came from an external provider, open the provider dashboard and verify whether the provider-side server or other resources are still active.
### 6\. Contact xCloud Support [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Ask Support to review the billing and include the exact invoice details listed below.
## What xCloud Support can check [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
xCloud Support can review:
- whether the deleted server was Managed, Provider Server, BYOS, or external provider-connected,
- invoice ID and bill IDs,
- deletion/cancellation date,
- eligible pro-rated refund for Managed/Provider Servers,
- eligible 14-day BYOS refund cases,
- full server backup refund eligibility,
- addon rows that are non-refundable,
- whether a refund or credit was already applied,
- whether the charge appears to be from xCloud or an external provider.
## Important data warning [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Deleted server data may not be recoverable unless a valid backup exists. Billing review does not restore deleted server data. If you need a site or server recovered, contact Support immediately and provide the server/site details.
## What to send xCloud Support [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Include:
- xCloud account email,
- invoice ID,
- bill ID or line item ID,
- server name,
- server type,
- deletion/cancellation date,
- purchase date for BYOS 14-day refund cases,
- screenshot of invoice rows,
- screenshot of provider invoice if you are unsure who charged you,
- expected refund or correction,
- whether you also had full server backup or addons enabled.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
### Does deleting an xCloud Managed Server give a pro-rated refund? [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Yes. xCloud Managed Servers are eligible for pro-rated refunds before the next billing cycle, based on actual usage and the official refund policy.
### Does deleting an xCloud Provider Server give a pro-rated refund? [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Yes. xCloud Provider Servers follow the same pro-rated refund rule before the next billing cycle.
### Why do I still see an invoice after deleting a server? [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Invoices are billing records. An invoice may remain visible even after a refund, credit, or adjustment is processed.
### Why did Support say only some bill IDs are refundable? [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Because one invoice can include multiple services. Only eligible bill rows are reviewed for refund.
### Does deleting a self-managed server from xCloud cancel my external provider bill? [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
Not always. If the server exists in your external provider account, you must check and cancel it from the provider dashboard.
### Are addons refunded after deleting the server? [#](/docs/how-to-understand-deleted-server-billing-with-xcloud/)
No. Addons are non-refundable once activated, even if a related server is later deleted.
---
# How to Update Server Name in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to update server name in xCloud and set any name as your preferences easily from the xCloud dashboard.
xCloud allows you to rename or update server name from the dashboard. Follow this step-by-step guide below to learn how you can easily do it.
## Step-by-Step Guide: How to Update Server Name in xCloud [#](/docs/how-to-update-server-name-in-xcloud/)
To update server name in xCloud, first, visit the **Server** you want to update and go to the **Metadata** section from the navigation bar. Here, you can change the server’s name to whatever you prefer and save your changes.
**_Note:_** _Keep in mind that if you are using your own provider, this update will only reflect within the xCloud platform and not on your provider’s end. This means the server name will remain unchanged on your provider’s side, but you will see the new name in xCloud._
This is how easily you can update the server name in xCloud and set any name as your preferences from the xCloud dashboard.
---
# How to Update SSH Port in xCloud? - xCloud
> Strengthen your server's security through update SSH port in xCloud. Learn how to configure your firewall & follow step-by-step guide for a secure setup.
The SSH port is the doorway you use to connect to your server securely. Changing the default port (22) adds an extra layer of security. This documentation will show how to update SSH port on your [**xCloud**](/) server using the terminal and xCloud Graphic User Interface (GUI).
## **Preparations: Before You Update SSH Port** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
Before updating ports check and prepare the following things:
- **Allow the port on your firewall:** You will need to configure your firewall to allow access to the new port you choose. See our guide on [**How to Configure Firewall Management in xCloud**](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/) for detailed instructions.
## **Update the SSH Port Using Terminal** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
We will be using the command line to update the SSH port, this method involves directly editing the SSH configuration file and restarting the service as a **sudo user**. Follow the step below to update the SSH port using Terminal.
### **Step 1: Open Terminal** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
Open the Terminal and navigate to the SSH configuration file by running the following command with nano: “**sudo nano sshd\_config**“
### **Step 2: Update the Port Number** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
Look for the line that reads **#Port 22**. The # symbol indicates a comment, and the actual port number is 22 (the default). Remove the #symbol and replace **22** with your desired port number. For example, if you want to use port **2222**, the line should look like this:
Once you have updated the port number, save the changes in your text editor (usually by pressing **Ctrl+O** followed by Enter). Then, exit the editor (typically with **Ctrl+X**).
### **Step 3: Restart SSH Service** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
Run the following command in the Terminal to restart the SSH service and apply the new port configuration: “ sudo service ssh restart ”
Congratulations! You’ve successfully updated the SSH port on your server using the Terminal. Now you have to update it on the xCloud web GUI.
## **Update SSH Port Using xCloud Web GUI** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
Now, we will be updating the SSH port in the xCloud web GUI part. Follow the steps shown below and update your SSH port accordingly.
### **Step 1: Go to SSH Configuration Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to **‘Servers**’ and select a server to navigate settings. Click on ‘**Others**’ from the settings menu. Here Update the SSH port Number and click on ‘**Save Settings**’.
### **Step 2: Add a Rule in Firewall Management** [#](/docs/how-to-update-ssh-port-in-xcloud/)
Now add a SSH Port Rule in your firewall management. To do that navigate from the server overview page go to the ‘**Security**’ menu and click one ‘**Add New Rule**’ button.
Here, Add your Rule name as **SSH** and add the decided port number. Then click on **‘Add Rule**’ to successfully update the SSH port in xCloud.
Following these steps, you can successfully update your SSH port on your xCloud server. Remember to choose a strong, non-standard port number and adjust your firewall settings accordingly for optimal security.
Still need help with updating your SSH Port? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Upgrade Nginx to the Official nginx.org Build - xCloud
> xCloud can now move an existing Nginx server from the deprecated Ondřej/Ubuntu package source to the official nginx.org build in one click, straight from your
xCloud can now move an existing Nginx server from the deprecated Ondřej/Ubuntu package source to the official nginx.org build in one click, straight from your server dashboard. The Ondřej PPA that xCloud previously relied on is being deprecated and no longer ships new Nginx releases, which left servers on it stuck on older versions.
This upgrade moves you to the officially maintained nginx.org build so your server stays current, and it rebuilds the modules xCloud depends on (headers-more for custom headers/Web Rules, and brotli compression) so you lose none of the functionality your sites already use. You also gain newer capabilities like HTTP/3.
The upgrade is designed to be safe by default. Your existing Nginx keeps serving traffic the entire time, xCloud validates your configuration before it starts, and if the final check or module build fails it automatically rolls back and leaves your original Nginx running. It runs in the background and usually finishes in a few minutes, without you needing to run any server commands manually.
This guide is for server owners and admins on Ubuntu 24.04 who want newer, supported Nginx releases, and it covers what the upgrade does, how to run it, and what to expect at each step.
Follow the steps below:
## Prerequisites / required permissions [#](#prerequisites--required-permissions)
Requirement
Details
Server stack
Nginx-based server. OpenLiteSpeed servers are not offered this upgrade.
OS version
Ubuntu 24.04.
Current Nginx source
The server must not already be marked as using the official nginx.org source.
Server state
The server must be provisioned and connected.
Permission
The user must be allowed to manage server services for the server’s team.
Recommended prep
Back up sites before starting the upgrade, especially if the server has custom Nginx snippets.
### Step 1: Open the eligible server [#](#step-1-open-the-eligible-server)
Open the server dashboard for an eligible Nginx server. xCloud shows an upgrade banner near the top of the server page.
### Step 2: Review what the upgrade will do [#](#step-2-review-what-the-upgrade-will-do)
The confirmation modal explains the upgrade plan before anything is queued. If the information looks correct, choose **Upgrade Nginx**.
### 3\. Resolve pre-flight warnings when custom config is incompatible [#](#3-resolve-preflight-warnings-when-custom-config-is-incompatible)
Before queuing the upgrade, xCloud scans custom Nginx config for directives that are known to break on newer official Nginx builds. If it finds blockers, the modal switches to an incompatibility view.
If you intentionally want to proceed, type the server name in the confirmation field and select **Upgrade anyway**. The rollback gate still protects the server if the final config test fails.
### Step 4: Let the upgrade run in the background [#](#step-4-let-the-upgrade-run-in-the-background)
After the upgrade is queued, the banner changes to a running state.
### Step 5: Confirm completion [#](#step-5-confirm-completion)
When the upgrade completes successfully, xCloud shows a success banner.
## Limits / edge cases [#](#limits--edge-cases)
- The offer is only shown for provisioned Nginx-based servers on Ubuntu 24.04 that are not already on the official nginx.org source.
- OpenLiteSpeed servers are intentionally excluded.
- xCloud blocks automatic package restart during the swap and performs one final reload only after the generated configuration passes `nginx -t`.
- If the final config test or module build fails, xCloud rolls back and leaves the existing Nginx serving traffic.
- Pre-flight issues do not make the upgrade impossible, but they should be fixed first unless you are intentionally relying on rollback protection.
## Frequently Asked Questions [#](#frequently-asked-questions)
### What is this upgrade? [#](#what-is-this-upgrade)
This is xCloud’s guided move from the older Ondřej/Ubuntu Nginx package source to the official nginx.org build. xCloud handles the repository change, rebuilds compatible `headers-more` and brotli modules, and keeps xCloud features such as Web Rules/custom headers and brotli compression available after the upgrade. It also enables newer Nginx capabilities such as HTTP/3.
### Was my server vulnerable earlier? [#](#was-my-server-vulnerable-earlier)
No customer action is needed for earlier exposure. xCloud already mitigated the relevant vulnerability immediately with targeted package and security fixes. This guided upgrade is the long-term package-source transition; it does not mean customer sites were left exposed until now.
### Why did xCloud not update earlier? [#](#why-did-xcloud-not-update-earlier)
Moving to the official nginx.org packages was a large platform change. xCloud previously used the Ondřej package source because it included modules and features xCloud needed. The official nginx.org package does not include every xCloud-required module out of the box, so xCloud needed to rebuild and support missing pieces such as `headers-more` and brotli, add compatibility checks, add rollback behavior, and verify the flow carefully before offering it on customer servers.
### Should I back up my sites first? [#](#should-i-back-up-my-sites-first)
A backup is recommended, but it is not required for the upgrade to run. xCloud keeps the current Nginx serving during the build and rolls back if the final config test or module build fails. A recent backup is still a good precaution and helps you recover faster if the server has unrelated site issues, custom Nginx snippets, or manually edited configuration.
### Does this restart Nginx during the build? [#](#does-this-restart-nginx-during-the-build)
No. Existing Nginx continues serving sites while xCloud prepares the repository and compiles compatible dynamic modules. xCloud blocks automatic package restarts during the swap and performs a single `nginx -t`\-gated reload at the end.
### What happens to `headers-more` and brotli? [#](#what-happens-to-headersmore-and-brotli)
xCloud rebuilds them as compatible dynamic modules for the official nginx.org build, so custom headers/Web Rules and brotli compression remain available after the upgrade.
### Can I leave the page after starting? [#](#can-i-leave-the-page-after-starting)
Yes. The upgrade is queued and runs in the background. The banner reflects the current status when you return.
### What should I do if pre-flight warnings appear? [#](#what-should-i-do-if-preflight-warnings-appear)
Fix the listed custom Nginx config first whenever possible. If you proceed anyway, xCloud still uses the final config test and rollback path to avoid leaving the server on a broken Nginx build.
### What happens if I dismiss or ignore the banner? [#](#what-happens-if-i-dismiss-or-ignore-the-banner)
Dismissing the banner disables the upgrade banner for that server. If you need it again, contact support, or start the same upgrade from the server’s **Management Settings** page when the server is still eligible.
### Where else can I start the upgrade? [#](#where-else-can-i-start-the-upgrade)
For eligible servers, xCloud also shows an **Upgrade Nginx** action in the server’s **Management Settings** service list. The action opens the same confirmation and pre-flight flow as the dashboard banner.
---
# How to Install, Upgrade PHP Version & Customize PHP Settings With xCloud Hosting? - xCloud
> Here you can learn how to upgrade PHP version with xCloud hosting.
Managing PHP versions and settings is an important part of maintaining a fast, secure, and compatible website. With xCloud Hosting, you have complete control over installing, upgrading, and customizing PHP to meet your website’s specific requirements.
Whether you need the latest PHP features, compatibility with older versions, or optimization for performance, xCloud allows a single interface to manage it all. Follow the steps to Install, Upgrade, & Customize PHP Settings with xCloud
## **PHP Configuration for Server** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
If you want to keep default settings for your server so that all sites created under it use the same configuration, you can set a default PHP configuration for that server. When a site is created under that server, it will automatically use those settings.
## **Step 1: Install a PHP Version** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
First, go to your Server from the xCloud dashboard. Then navigate to the **‘Management’** →**‘PHP Configuration’** to access all the available PHP versions and manage them easily.
Under the **‘PHP Version Configurations’,** get access to all available PHP versions. Choose the **‘PHP Version’** and click on the **‘Install’** button beside the version that you want to install.
## **Step 2: Set a Default PHP Version** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
Next, to keep your installed PHP version default, simply click on the **‘Set As Default’** button and the preferred version will be set as default.
## **Step 3: Configure PHP Settings** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
You can now easily customize your PHP as well. Just click on the three dot icon beside the version you have installed or set as default or want to configure. The following options can be modified:
1. **Max Execution Time**
2. **Max Input Time**
3. **Memory Limit**
4. **Max File Upload Size**
5. **Max Input Vars**
6. **Post Max Size**
7. **Session GC Maxlifetime**
Customize the options according to your preferences and click on the ‘Save Changes’ button.
## **Step 4: Enable OPCache** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
Enabling OPcache can significantly improve the efficiency of your PHP applications. To enable OPCache, just go to the **‘OPCache’** column from the dashboard and toggle the button to enable OPCache with just one click.
_Note: In PHP 8.5, OPcache is enabled automatically and cannot be enabled or disabled from the xCloud dashboard._
## **PHP Configuration for Sites** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
With xCloud, you can also manage your site’s PHP settings separately. Just go to your site, navigate to the **‘Site Settings’** option in the sidebar. You can manage your PHP settings for these sites easily.
👉 To learn more about PHP settings for your site**,** read this [**documentation**](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)
## **Currently Supported PHP Version in xCloud Hosting** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
With xCloud Hosting, you can select from a wide range of PHP versions to match your website’s specific needs, whether you require compatibility with older versions or want to leverage the latest features. Here’s an overview of the supported PHP versions based on the server stack and configuration:
### **PHP Versions for NGINX Servers:** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
- Ubuntu 22.04.5 LTS: PHP 5.6 to PHP 8.5
- Ubuntu 24.04 LTS: PHP 8.1, PHP 8.2, and PHP 8.5
### **PHP Versions for OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) Servers:** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
- Ubuntu 22.04.5 LTS: PHP 7.4 to PHP 8.2
- Ubuntu 24.04 LTS: PHP 8.1, PHP 8.2, PHP 8.3 and 8.4
### **ARM Servers:** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)
- Ubuntu 24.04 LTS (OLS stack): PHP 8.3
You can now also add and connect freshly installed Ubuntu 24.04 LTS x64 servers from any provider to xCloud, with full support for both NGINX and OLS stacks. This ensures broad compatibility and flexibility across various server setups.
If you encounter any difficulties, feel free to reach out to our support team for assistance.
---
# How to Upgrade to 22.04 from 20.04? - xCloud
> A quick explanation on how to upgrade to 22.04 from 20.04 using xCloud.
Wondering how you can upgrade to 22.04 from 20.04? The easiest way to move your websites is to create a new server in xCloud with the 22.04 version and then use our full server migration feature to clone all of your websites on the new server.
---
# How to Upgrade xCloud Lifetime Deal Package - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly choose and pay for an xCloud Team Plan upgrade to boost your team’s productivity.
Upgrading your xCloud Team Package allows you to access more features, add team members, and enhance your overall cloud experience. Follow the steps to seamlessly upgrade your plan and continue enjoying the benefits of xCloud.
## **Step 1: Go to Bills & Payment** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-xcloud-lifetime-deal-package/)
From your xCloud Dashboard, click on **“Bills & Payment”** in the top bar menu.
## **Step 2: Access Team Packages** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-xcloud-lifetime-deal-package/)
From the sidebar menu, navigate to **Bills & Payment → Team Packages**. Once there, click on the **“Upgrade”** button.
## **Step 3: Choose a Plan to Upgrade** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-xcloud-lifetime-deal-package/)
Select your preferred plan and then click on **“Upgrade Now & Pay”** to proceed with the payment.
And that’s is how easily you can upgrade your existing lifetime deal pack easily in just a few clicks.
---
# How To Upgrade Your Server in xCloud? - xCloud
> with xCloud you can upgrade your server over virtual server.
[**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/) is a cloud-based server management tool that gives you control to upgrade your server over your virtual servers. While you have the power to make changes, it’s essential to understand when and how to do it wisely.
xCloud has just rolled out a handy new feature called Upgrade Server. Now, with just a single click, you can easily switch to a higher-tier server to enhance your website’s capabilities. Currently, we are providing server upgrades for only xCloud & Vultr servers.
However, upgrading your Server with [**xCloud**](/) is now available to expand the server’s capabilities. You have the freedom to effortlessly boost your server’s power with just a few clicks.
Our Server Resize feature allows you to easily add more computing muscle, like CPU, memory, and storage, to your existing server. You may have to resize your server when you are out of disk space but there are a few things that you must take into account.
- **Downtime Warning**: If you resize or upgrade your server, it can cause downtime, which means your websites will be temporarily unavailable. But usually, it does not take more than 2/3 minutes.
- **Possible Issues**: Making changes to your server can sometimes lead to unexpected problems, just like when you update your computer’s operating system. It may require extra troubleshooting and, in some cases, a fresh start.
- You can’t go back to a lower tier once you’ve upgraded.
- Turning on or taking a full backup of the server before resizing is recommended.
Another name for this feature is Vertical Scaling, or scale-up as it’s commonly called, which is all about beefing up your server’s performance within the same region it was created.
## **Billing Guide To Follow Before Upgrading Your Server** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-your-server-in-xcloud/)
There are two categories of xCloud servers – **General** & **Premium**. But you need to keep in mind that you can upgrade to Premium category servers if your existing server is under the Premium category or vice versa.
When upgrading server plans, you only pay the price difference. We adjust for any unused portion of your previous plan, so you’re only charged for what you need. It’s easy to upgrade, all you need to do is pay the difference.
To learn more about how billing works in xCloud, dive into the below documentation.
👉 **[How Do Pricing Plans And Billing Work In xCloud?](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)**
## **Guide To Upgrade Your Server With xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-your-server-in-xcloud/)
Begin by navigating to the “**All Servers**” page and select any of your active servers.
After you have selected it, you’ll be on the Server dashboard. From there, simply click on “**Server Management**” to access the options for resizing your server to suit your needs perfectly.
Now under the “**Choose Your Server Size**” dropdown, you will get your available server upgrading options. Select the one that suits your needs.
Once you’ve selected your server, click on “**Upgrade Server**.” This will prompt a popup where you’ll need to enter your server name for confirmation. Take a moment to review any warning messages before proceeding to ensure caution. After all that click on **Resize** for upgrading.
Now you will see that your server has been upgraded successfully.
## **Alternative Strategies for Server Resizing When Provider Options Are Limited** [#](/docs/how-to-upgrade-your-server-in-xcloud/)
1. **Moving Some Sites to a New Server:** Create a new server with the same size and move some websites from your existing server to the new one. This minimizes downtime, and you can leave important sites on the old server. You can use our Site Clone feature to clone any site to any connected servers.
2. **Moving All Sites to a Bigger Server:** Alternatively, you can create a larger server and move all your websites to it. Once everything is transferred, you can shut down the old server. This can be cost-effective. You can use our built-in Full Server Migration Feature to do this for bulk site migration with xCloud temporary staging domains.
3. **Follow Resize Procedure:** If none of the above options work for you, follow the resizing instructions provided by your cloud provider:
[**Vultr
**](https://docs.vultr.com/how-to-upgrade-your-plan-without-reinstalling)[**Digital Ocean
**](https://docs.digitalocean.com/products/droplets/how-to/resize/)[**Google Cloud**](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/compute/disks/resize)
[**Hetzner**](https://docs.hetzner.com/robot/dedicated-server/general-information/root-server-upgrade/)
**_Note: Check Disk Space: First, check if there are unnecessary files or folders taking up space on your server. Remove them to free up server storage. Normally server logs might take up many space which can be solved by easily restarting the server._**
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Use Blueprints in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to use Blueprints in xCloud to create website with pre-installed themes and plugins and speed up your website building projects.
Blueprints can save huge amounts of time with pre-saved website settings like theme and plugins. Once you create blueprints in xCloud, you do not have to install certain sets of plugins or theme each time you create a website. While creating a website in xCloud, all you need to do is select a blueprint, and then your plugins and theme will be automatically installed.
Follow these steps by step guidelines to use blueprints in xCloud hosting.
## Step 1: Create A Blueprint [#](/docs/how-to-use-blueprints-in-xcloud/)
First of all, from your xCloud dashboard, navigate to the **‘My Profile’** option. Now, go to the **‘My Blueprints’** tab.
If you have created any blueprints first, you will see them there.
If you have created any blueprints, you will see them listed there. Click on **‘Create New Blueprint’** to start creating a blueprint. First, choose one or multiple themes under Themes. Then switch to the Plugins tab to select the plugins for this blueprint. Finally, click on the **‘Create’** button.
You can click on the three-dot button to edit, clone, delete, or set this Blueprint as the default Blueprint. Click on the ‘Set as Default’ button and then confirm it from the appeared popup.
Or if you have created any, you need to create a blueprint first. Similarly, you need to confirm to clone or delete this blueprint.
To edit your Blueprint, click on the **‘Edit Blueprint’** and then remove or add any plugins or themes you want and hit the **‘Update’** button.
To create a new Blueprint, click on the **‘Create New Blueprint’** button. A pop-up will appear where you need to provide your Blueprint name to keep track. Afterwards, find the theme that you want and select it from the **‘Theme’** tab. Then go to the **‘Plugins’** tab to choose the plugins that you want. Similarly, find and select all the plugins you want. Also, from the ‘Popular Plugins’ section, you will find the popular WordPress plugins. Once you are done, click on the **‘Create’** button.
## **Create a Custom Blueprint** [#](/docs/how-to-use-blueprints-in-xcloud/)
You can create custom blueprints with your preferred plugins and themes. Choose the **‘Custom Items’** option from the tab. Give your custom blueprint a name first. Then enter a name for the item in the **‘Item Name’** field and choose the **‘Item Type’** as either **‘Plugin’** or **‘Theme’** from the dropdown. Then choose a source method from the ‘Download URL’ and ‘Upload ZIP File’ options
For the detailed step-by-step guide, check out this documentation:
[How to Create a Custom Blueprint with xCloud](/docs/how-to-create-a-custom-blueprint/)
## Use a Blueprint While Creating a Website [#](/docs/how-to-use-blueprints-in-xcloud/)
The Blueprints options will appear while you are [creating your website in xCloud](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/).
Navigate to the Blueprint section below while you are creating your website and choose the Blueprint you want to use. You can click on the ‘View all’ button to see all of your Blueprints. Afterwards, hit the **‘Next’** button to start creating your website with this Blueprint.
From the Blueprint section, you can also create another Blueprint. Just click on the **‘Create New Blueprint‘** button and choose the theme and plugins as shown previously.
This is how you can use Blueprint in xCloud and save your time.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Use Gemma 4 with OpenClaw and Ollama on xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to run Gemma 4 with Ollama and OpenClaw on xCloud. Set up a private, self-hosted AI agent with no API costs in a few simple steps.
Gemma 4 is a lightweight open model family from Google that can be run through Ollama. It gives you a way to run OpenClaw with a local or self-hosted model setup using Ollama on xCloud. This is useful if you want more privacy, no API costs, and more control over how your model is hosted.
In xCloud, this setup lets you pair:
- OpenClaw for the AI agent runtime
- Ollama for local or self-hosted model serving
- Gemma 4 as one of the available models for your agent workflows
Gemma 4 is a recently introduced model that you can try alongside other options such as DeepSeek R1 and more. This setup works well if you want to experiment with private or lower-cost agent workflows on xCloud.
Follow this guide to run Gemma 4 with Ollama and connect it to OpenClaw on xCloud.
## **Step 1: Deploy OpenClaw on xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
If you have not already deployed OpenClaw, follow the xCloud OpenClaw deployment guide.
In short, you need to:
- Create an xCloud Managed Server for OpenClaw
- Complete the initial provider or messaging setup
- Finish provisioning and confirm the OpenClaw instance is working
👉Read this [documentation](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/) for a step-by-step guide to installing OpenClaw.
## **Step 2: Deploy Ollama on xCloud** [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
Next, deploy Ollama using xCloud’s self-hosted LLM workflow. You can install Ollama on a Docker NGINX server.
If you are using xCloud’s Ollama app flow, complete the installation and confirm the service is running before connecting it to OpenClaw.
👉Read this [documentation](/docs/how-to-self-host-llms-with-xcloud/) for a step-by-step guide to installing Ollama.
## **Step 3: Add a New Model** [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
Next, go to ‘Ollama’ → ‘Management’ from your xCloud Ollama dashboard. Then, find the ‘Add New Model’ button and click on it.
A pop-up will appear. Select the ‘Gemma 4’ model from the dropdown and click on the ‘Pull Model’ button. It will start installing the Gemma 4 model in Ollama.
## **Step 7: Expose Ollama API (Important)** [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
1. Open your Ollama server.
2. Navigate to the Nginx config directory:
/etc/nginx/sites-available
3. Edit the config to expose the Ollama API endpoint.
4. Save changes.
5. Restart or reload Nginx.
6. Verify the endpoint is accessible from OpenClaw.
## Step 4: Open the OpenClaw Dashboard [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
Next, go to your xCloud OpenClaw dashboard and click on the “Config” option from the sidebar.
## Step 2: Add an Ollama Provider [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
Next, add your Ollama endpoint under the Model Provider section in your config file. You can also use the OpenClaw UI to update the config. Manual updates can lead to mismatches or incorrect setups.
Instead, use the OpenClaw UI chat or a messaging platform like Telegram. Share the config and details while chatting with your agent, and OpenClaw will automatically configure the provider for you.
## Step 3: Add the Models to Agent Defaults [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
Scroll down in the config file and register those models in the default agent model list. After adding them, click the “Update Config” button to proceed.
_💡 The format is: / and alias is the display name shown inside OpenClaw._
## Step 4: Restart OpenClaw [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
After saving the config, go to the “Status” option from the left-side menu in xCloud OpenClaw, then click the “Restart” button.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can run OpenClaw using Gemma 4 and Ollama in xCloud.
## ⚠️ Important: Expose Ollama API [#](/docs/how-to-use-gemma-4-with-xcloud/)
One important step to note is that your Ollama API must be accessible from your OpenClaw server. By default, the Ollama API may not be publicly reachable. Without exposing it, OpenClaw cannot communicate with your model.
To fix this, you need to update the Nginx configuration of your Ollama server and expose the API endpoint.
After updating the configuration:
- Reload or restart Nginx
- Verify that the Ollama endpoint is accessible from your OpenClaw server
Once the API is properly exposed, OpenClaw will be able to connect and use your Ollama models without issues.
That’s the full setup. You now have Gemma 4 running through Ollama and connected to OpenClaw on xCloud – a fully self-hosted agent stack with no external API dependencies.
If you run into issues, check that Ollama is running and accessible from your OpenClaw server, and make sure your model IDs in the provider config match exactly what Ollama reports.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/).
---
# How To Use xCloud Playground Feature? - xCloud
> Learn how to use xCloud Playground feature from this documentations and create a demo website to test xCloud.
xCloud comes with a playground feature that you can try and create a demo website for 24 hours. Learn how to use the xCloud Playground feature from the step-by-step guidelines below.
_Note: If you have premium access already, the Playground feature will not be available for you. xCloud Playground feature demonstrates how easy it is to create a website in xCloud. We recommend not to create any serious site here as it will be removed after 24 hours._
## **Step 1: Sign Up For xCloud With Credentials** [#](/docs/how-to-use-xcloud-playground-feature/)
First, you must go to the [**xCloud login page and sign up**](https://app.xcloud.host/login) with your credentials. Add all the necessary credentials and make sure to add a secure password. If you already have an account login to the app dashboard.
## **Step 2: Create Demo Website In xCloud Playground** [#](/docs/how-to-use-xcloud-playground-feature/)
Once you have logged into xCloud, you will see options to try the xCloud Playground feature. You can click on the ‘**Try Playground**’ from the menu bar or click on the ‘**Try xCloud Playground**’ button from the middle of the dashboard page.
Afterward, you will be redirected to the WordPress installation page. Provide your site title and other necessary information before clicking on the ‘**Next**’ button.
You can also try the advanced features below. Click on the ‘**More Advanced Settings**’ button and a drop-down section will appear. Provide your username, and password, as you want. You can also set up PHP versions from 5.6 to the latest version and even WordPress 5.0 to the latest versions as well. In addition, you can deploy scripts from there as well.
By default, you can create a database in the xCloud server for this demo site. If you want, you can add your existing database as well. To do that click on the ‘**Add Your Existing Database**’ button and fill out the necessary fields before clicking on the next button.
Now, a popup will appear where you need to click on the ‘**Accept**’ button to be added to the Playground Team.
## **Step 3: Login To Your Demo Website** [#](/docs/how-to-use-xcloud-playground-feature/)
Instantly your demo website will be ready to explore. Now, click on the ‘**Magic Login**’ feature to log in to your demo WordPress website dashboard. You can also view site events, enable Purge cache, or delete this demo site by clicking on the 3 dots button.
This is how easily you can create a WordPress website in xCloud Playground at ease.
## **Step 3: Manage Your WordPress Website** [#](/docs/how-to-use-xcloud-playground-feature/)
From your dashboard, click on the newly created website. Your website management panel will appear where you can manage your website with ease.
xCloud offers advanced site management features like staging, WordPress plugin and theme management, redirection, caching, event, performance monitoring, and remote and local site backup. You can check out [**our docs on website creation**](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/sites/) features to learn more about all of these settings and features.
That’s how you can use the xCloud Playground feature and get a glimpse of what’s inside xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# What Extra Steps Does xCloud Take to Manage Community-Driven Websites? - xCloud
> xCloud offers performance optimization features to manage community-driven websites like BuddyBoss and BuddyPress, ensuring smooth, real-time user interactions.
xCloud goes the extra mile by offering performance optimization features specifically tailored to manage community-driven websites, such as **BuddyBoss** and **BuddyPress**. We offer advanced caching mechanisms, database optimization, and automated backups to handle high-user interactions and real-time data. This ensures a smooth, lag-free experience for your users, even during peak activity periods.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How xCloud Managed Server Resize Charges Work With xCloud - xCloud
> When you resize an xCloud Managed Server, the invoice may show new charges, credits, or multiple bill rows. This guide explains why resize charges appear, how
When you resize an xCloud Managed Server, the invoice may show new charges, credits, or multiple bill rows. This guide explains why resize charges appear, how pro-rated adjustments work, and what to send Support if the invoice looks confusing.
## When this guide applies [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Use this guide if:
- you resized a managed server and saw an unexpected invoice,
- you upgraded or downgraded a managed server plan,
- your invoice contains multiple bill rows for the same server,
- you see a charge after resizing and want to understand the calculation,
- only some bill rows in an invoice should be refunded or credited.
## Why resize charges happen [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
A managed server resize changes the plan, resources, or service level for the server. Because billing periods are time-based, xCloud may need to calculate the difference between the old plan and the new plan for the remaining time in the current billing period.
Resize billing can include:
- a pro-rated charge for the new, higher plan,
- a pro-rated credit for unused time on the old plan,
- an adjustment row if the resize happened mid-cycle,
- a renewal row if the resize happened near the next billing date,
- separate bill IDs for each billing component.
This is why one invoice can contain more than one server-related bill row.
## Pro-rated resize logic [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
The basic idea is:
```
Resize adjustment = new plan unused-period cost - old plan unused-period credit
```
Copy to Clipboard
If you upgrade, the invoice may charge only the difference for the unused part of the billing cycle. If you downgrade, there may be an unused credit depending on the product rules and billing review.
## Example upgrade calculation [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Example only:
```
Old plan: $30/month
New plan: $60/month
Billing period: 30 days
Days remaining after resize: 15 days
Old plan unused value: $30 × 15 ÷ 30 = $15
New plan remaining value: $60 × 15 ÷ 30 = $30
Resize charge: $30 - $15 = $15
```
Copy to Clipboard
In this example, the customer is not charged the full new monthly price immediately. The charge is the difference for the remaining days in the cycle.
## Example refund or credit after resize [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
If a resize was accidental or corrected, Support may review only the bill rows connected to that resize. If the invoice also contains other charges, such as backup add-ons or other servers, those unrelated rows are not included in the resize refund.
This is important when Support says only specific **bill IDs** from an invoice are refundable. The invoice can stay partially valid while selected bill rows are adjusted.
## How to review a resize invoice [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Open the invoice [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Open the invoice from the billing area and check all line items.
### 2\. Find server-related bill rows [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Look for rows that reference the managed server, plan change, resize, upgrade, downgrade, or resource adjustment.
### 3\. Note the bill IDs [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
If the invoice has multiple rows, write down the specific bill IDs that belong to the resize. Support may need these exact IDs to process the correct refund or credit.
### 4\. Check the resize date [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Find when the resize happened. The refund or charge calculation depends on the remaining time in the billing period after this date.
### 5\. Contact Support if the charge looks wrong [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Send the invoice ID, bill IDs, server name, resize date, and expected plan. Support can check whether the resize charge was calculated correctly.
## What xCloud Support can check [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
xCloud Support can review:
- whether the server is an xCloud Managed Server,
- the previous and new plan,
- invoice rows connected to the resize,
- whether the charge is pro-rated,
- whether the invoice includes unrelated bill rows,
- whether a correction, credit, or refund is needed.
## Common confusion [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
### The invoice has several rows [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
This is normal when billing includes a resize, renewal, add-on, or adjustment. Review the bill IDs instead of assuming the entire invoice is one charge.
### The charge happened after I deleted the server [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
If deletion and resize happened close together, Support should review the timeline and bill IDs. Managed server unused time may be eligible for a pro-rated refund.
### Only some bill IDs are refundable [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
That can happen when only some rows are related to the eligible managed server resize charge. Other rows may belong to different services or already-used time.
## What to send xCloud Support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Include:
- invoice ID,
- resize-related bill IDs,
- managed server name,
- old plan and new plan,
- date and time of resize,
- whether the server was later deleted or cancelled,
- screenshot of the invoice if possible.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
### Are xCloud Managed Server resize charges pro-rated? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Yes. Managed server resize charges are handled using pro-rated billing for the relevant period.
### Can I get a refund if I resized by mistake? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
Contact Support with the invoice ID and bill IDs. The billing team can review the eligible managed server rows and unused period.
### Why did I receive a charge instead of a credit? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-managed-server-resize-charges-work-with-xcloud/)
If the new plan costs more than the old plan, the unused-period difference may create a charge. If the new plan costs less, the review may result in a credit or adjustment depending on the case.
---
# How xCloud Support Scope Works for Different Services With xCloud - xCloud
> Clear breakdown of xCloud support scope across services. Learn what is covered, what is not, and how to get faster help with hosting, servers, WordPress, and more.
xCloud Support helps you use the xCloud platform, supported hosting tools, managed server features, and common server/site workflows. This page explains what our team can help with, what may require your developer or third-party provider, and where support boundaries apply.
This is not meant to limit help. It is meant to set clear expectations so issues reach the right team faster.
## Quick overview [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Area
We help with
Outside standard support
xCloud Panel
Dashboard, servers, sites, SSL, backups, restores, logs, events, platform errors
Unsupported custom server changes, root access guidance, third-party account control
xCloud Managed Servers
Provisioning, supported stack, xCloud-managed services, health checks, security events
Custom code, third-party app bugs, custom architecture, app business logic
Self-Managed Servers
Connecting to xCloud, supported stack operations, xCloud panel workflows
Provider billing, provider outages, unsupported root-level custom changes, unsupported packages
Free Migration Offer
Standard eligible WordPress migrations into xCloud
Redesign, rebuild, malware cleanup, custom code, email migration, complex custom apps unless agreed
WordPress
Hosting tools, domains, SSL, backups, restores, logs, permissions, common platform-level issues
Website building, SEO guarantees, plugin/theme code fixes, custom feature development
DNS
Required records, propagation checks, domain/SSL guidance
External DNS account management without access, registrar issues, propagation timing control
Email
xCloud mailboxes, SMTP, DNS records, service checks
Deliverability guarantees, third-party client/provider deep troubleshooting
Git
Git connection, branch selection, deployment logs, webhooks/deployment URL guidance
Code fixes, merge conflicts, CI/CD pipeline writing, repository development
Laravel/PHP
Runtime, PHP versions/extensions, logs, domains, SSL, env/cron/queue guidance
Laravel code, business logic, package internals, application architecture
Lovable Apps
Hosting/deploy guidance, env/domain/SSL/log checks
Fixing generated code, redesign, business logic, Lovable project internals
Ollama
Supported hosting stack, access, service health, logs visible in xCloud
Model quality, prompting, fine-tuning, custom model debugging, GPU/provider limits
Docker / Compose
Deployment workflow, logs, ports, proxy/routing, env guidance
Writing Dockerfiles/Compose files, image internals, custom app debugging
AI Agent Hosting
OpenClaw/Hermes/Paperclip provisioning, dashboard, server health, SSL/domain, basic pairing guidance
Agent result guarantees, prompt engineering, custom workflow building, third-party LLM/API billing
Malware Cleanup
Basic hosting/security guidance, logs, backups, restore guidance, vulnerability/firewall guidance
Malware removal, forensic cleanup, guaranteed disinfection, reputation repair
## How to get support faster [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Before opening a ticket, please check the relevant xCloud documentation first. Many common issues are already documented with step-by-step instructions.
When opening a support ticket, include:
- xCloud server, site, or app link
- Public URL or domain
- Exact error message
- Screenshot or screen recording
- What you expected to happen
- What happened instead
- When the issue started
- Recent changes: deployment, plugin update, DNS change, restore, migration, server change, or custom code change
- Logs or event output if available
- Whether the issue affects all users or only some users
Do not post passwords, private keys, API keys, access tokens, or secrets in public channels. Share credentials only through the secure method requested by xCloud Support.
## Core support principle [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud Support focuses on:
- xCloud platform and dashboard issues
- Supported xCloud hosting workflows
- Supported server stack operations
- Server/site health visible through xCloud
- Logs, events, SSL, backups, restores, domains, and deployment status
- Guidance for supported configuration
xCloud Support does not replace:
- A web developer
- A Laravel/PHP developer
- A Docker engineer
- A WordPress plugin or theme developer
- A DNS registrar or DNS provider
- An email deliverability consultant
- A third-party app support team
- A custom AI workflow or prompt engineering team
When an issue is outside standard support scope, we may still provide general guidance, logs, documentation links, or next-step recommendations where possible.
## xCloud Panel and platform support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
The xCloud Panel is the dashboard where you manage servers, sites, backups, SSL, domains, deployments, logs, teams, and billing-related workflows.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- xCloud dashboard access and platform errors
- Server provisioning status and failed setup checks
- Server connection status inside xCloud
- Site creation, deletion, clone, staging, migration, and progress issues
- SSL installation, retry, pending, or failed status in xCloud
- Domain update status and xCloud-side domain checks
- Backup and restore jobs created through xCloud
- xCloud event logs, deployment logs, and task status
- xCloud-managed service restarts and platform repair workflows
- Team/account navigation and role guidance
- Billing routing, invoice review handoff, and refund-review guidance
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Provide root access guidance, including root password availability where applicable and safer SSH key-based login recommendations
- Guarantee recovery from unsupported manual changes made outside xCloud
- Perform unsupported custom server modifications
- Manage external cloud provider accounts unless an integration or access is provided
- Take responsibility for provider-side billing, provider outages, or provider account restrictions
- Act as an outsourced system administrator for every custom server change
## xCloud Managed Servers vs Self-Managed Servers [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud supports different server ownership models. Support scope depends on who owns and controls the server infrastructure.
## xCloud Managed Servers [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud Managed Servers are provisioned and billed through xCloud-supported managed workflows. xCloud manages the supported server stack and platform services needed to host WordPress sites and supported applications.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
For xCloud Managed Servers, we help with:
- Server provisioning through xCloud
- Supported hosting stack setup
- xCloud-managed services and configuration
- SSL and domain tools
- Backups and restores through xCloud
- WordPress/site management tools
- Server health checks visible in xCloud
- Logs and events visible in xCloud
- Security events and supported xCloud-side patches/mitigations
- Supported server service checks and restarts
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
For xCloud Managed Servers, we do not handle:
- Customer custom code
- Plugin or theme code bugs
- Application business logic
- Third-party API behavior
- Third-party account billing
- SEO outcomes
- Email inbox placement guarantees
- Custom server architecture beyond supported xCloud workflows
- Unsupported manual system-level changes
### Root and sudo access note [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud provides full root access and the root password where applicable. For better security, we recommend SSH key-based login instead of password login. Where supported, you can create:
- Sudo users for server-level access
- Site users for site-specific access
Do not remove xCloud-managed SSH keys. xCloud uses its managed access for dashboard operations such as deployments, server checks, and site management.
## Self-Managed Servers [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Self-managed servers are servers you own or rent from your own cloud provider and connect to xCloud. The server and provider account remain your responsibility.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
For self-managed servers, we help with:
- Connecting the server to xCloud
- xCloud panel integration
- Supported xCloud stack operations
- Site management features available through xCloud
- SSL/domain guidance through xCloud
- Backups/restores created through xCloud
- Logs/events visible in the xCloud dashboard
- General DNS and hosting guidance
- Identifying whether an issue appears to be xCloud-related or provider/server-related
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
For self-managed servers, you or your provider are responsible for:
- Provider billing
- Provider outages
- Provider account access
- Root-level custom changes
- Unsupported packages or manual server modifications
- Firewall/network rules outside xCloud’s supported setup
- Hardware, region, IP, or infrastructure problems from the provider
- Removing resources from the provider dashboard after you no longer need them
- Provider support tickets and abuse reports, unless xCloud specifically created or manages the related service
### Important self-managed server note [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
On self-managed servers, root/provider access remains with you or your hosting provider. xCloud Support may request a supported user or panel-level access to troubleshoot xCloud-related issues.
## Free WordPress Migration Offer [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud may offer free standard WordPress migration assistance for eligible sites moving into xCloud.
Migration availability depends on:
- Site access
- Site size
- Source hosting limitations
- Source security restrictions
- Site complexity
- Whether the migration is standard WordPress or a custom application
- Whether required credentials and permissions are available
### What the free migration offer usually includes [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
For eligible standard WordPress migrations, we may help with:
- Moving a standard WordPress site into xCloud
- Migrating files and database where access is available
- Basic post-migration checks
- Temporary URL testing guidance
- Domain/DNS guidance for pointing the site to xCloud
- SSL setup after DNS is ready
### What the free migration offer does not include [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Free migration support does not include, unless separately agreed:
- Website redesigns
- Website rebuilds
- Custom development
- Malware cleanup, forensic cleanup, or guaranteed disinfection
- Fixing broken plugins or themes from the source site
- Rewriting custom code
- Email mailbox migration
- DNS/provider account management
- Domain ownership or registrar account changes
- Migrating non-WordPress applications
- Complex multisite or custom architecture migrations without prior review
- Performance optimization after migration beyond basic hosting checks
- SEO cleanup, content cleanup, or page builder redesign
### What you need to provide for migration [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Depending on the migration method, support may ask for:
- Source website URL
- WordPress admin access
- SFTP/SSH or hosting panel access
- Destination xCloud server/site
- Whether the site is single-site or multisite
- Source host name, such as Cloudways, cPanel/WHM, InstaWP, or another provider
- Any special requirements before migration
Do not share credentials in public channels. Use the secure method requested by support.
## WordPress support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud hosts and manages WordPress sites at the hosting/platform level.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- WordPress site creation through xCloud
- Domain and SSL setup
- xCloud-managed backups and restores
- Migration, clone, and staging workflows
- WordPress site logs available from xCloud
- File permission or ownership issues related to hosting operations
- PHP version and PHP service checks
- Cache-related hosting checks
- WP-CLI availability or hosting-level WP-CLI errors
- Database connection checks at the hosting level
- Identifying likely plugin, theme, cache, PHP, or resource issues from logs
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Build, redesign, or edit your website content as a development service
- Write custom plugin or theme code
- Maintain third-party plugin or theme code
- Deep-debug arbitrary plugin/theme internals beyond identifying the likely cause
- Guarantee SEO rankings, indexing, traffic, Core Web Vitals, or conversion outcomes
- Fix issues caused by unsupported manual code changes as part of standard support
- Replace a WordPress developer for custom functionality
## DNS and domain support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
DNS controls where your domain points. xCloud can tell you what records are required and help verify whether they are resolving correctly.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- Required DNS records for xCloud-hosted sites
- A, CNAME, MX, SPF, DKIM, and DMARC guidance where relevant
- Checking whether DNS points to the correct xCloud server IP
- Explaining DNS propagation status
- Troubleshooting xCloud-side domain status
- SSL validation issues related to DNS
- Cloudflare proxy guidance when it affects xCloud SSL/domain behavior
- xCloud domain update and additional domain workflows
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Manage your external DNS provider account unless you grant access or connect an approved integration
- Control DNS propagation timing
- Fix registrar outages or domain ownership issues
- Renew domains purchased outside xCloud
- Guarantee third-party DNS provider behavior
- Manage all Cloudflare WAF/security settings as a managed Cloudflare service unless explicitly supported
## Email, SMTP, and mailbox support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Email involves xCloud settings, DNS records, mailboxes, SMTP settings, sender reputation, recipient filters, and sometimes third-party providers.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- xCloud mailbox setup where available
- xCloud email service configuration
- SMTP host, port, security, username, and password guidance
- IMAP/SMTP details for standard email clients
- DNS records for email: MX, SPF, DKIM, and DMARC.
- Sender verification steps.
- Checking xCloud mail service status
- Troubleshooting xCloud-side mailbox, SMTP, and DNS configuration issues
- Guidance for WordPress/contact form SMTP setup
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Guarantee inbox placement or deliverability
- Control recipient spam filters
- Control sender reputation across the internet
- Deep-troubleshoot every third-party email client
- Manage Google Workspace, Microsoft 365, Mailgun, SendGrid, Elastic Email, or other providers unless access/integration is provided
- Guarantee that direct outbound mail on port 25 is available, because many providers block it
- Write or maintain custom mailing code inside your app
- Include email mailbox migration in the free WordPress migration offer unless separately agreed
### Email deliverability note [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Even when DNS and SMTP are configured correctly, inbox placement can depend on sender reputation, domain history, email content, bounce/complaint rates, recipient filters, and SPF/DKIM/DMARC alignment.
## Git deployment support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud supports Git-based deployment workflows for supported app/site types.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- Connecting supported Git providers
- Selecting repository and branch
- Git deployment settings inside xCloud
- Push to Deploy guidance
- Deployment URL/webhook guidance
- Deployment logs and recent deployment status
- Environment variable guidance where available
- Identifying whether a deployment failure is caused by xCloud, Git access, build command, environment, or app code
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Fix your application code
- Resolve merge conflicts
- Write CI/CD pipelines
- Debug custom build scripts beyond identifying log errors
- Manage repository permissions beyond connection guidance
- Refactor or review code as part of standard support
- Guarantee that every repository will deploy without app-specific changes
## Laravel and PHP application support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud can host PHP and Laravel applications depending on the selected server stack and deployment method.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- PHP version and PHP extension guidance
- Web server/proxy configuration related to xCloud hosting
- Domain and SSL setup
- Deployment logs and failed deployment checks
- Environment variable guidance
- File and folder permission issues related to hosting
- Laravel public directory guidance
- Queue and cron guidance at the hosting level
- Database connection checks at the server/configuration level
- Error log review to identify whether the issue is runtime or application-level
- Server resource checks: CPU, memory, disk, and services
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Write Laravel controllers, models, jobs, middleware, or views
- Fix custom business logic
- Debug third-party package internals as a development service
- Design or refactor your application architecture
- Optimize your application database queries as a development service
- Build APIs, admin panels, or application features for you
- Maintain your custom codebase
## Lovable app support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Lovable can generate applications that you may want to host on xCloud. xCloud Support focuses on the hosting/deployment layer, not the generated app’s design or code quality.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- Hosting or deploying a supported Lovable-generated app on xCloud
- Environment variable guidance
- Domain and SSL setup
- Deployment logs
- Server health checks
- Basic routing/proxy checks where supported
- Identifying whether the issue appears hosting-related or app-code-related
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Fix generated Lovable code
- Redesign the app
- Change business logic
- Debug frontend/backend implementation details as a development service
- Improve app UX or generated design
- Manage your Lovable account or project settings beyond deployment guidance
- Guarantee that generated code is production-ready without developer review
## Ollama support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Ollama hosting can be used for local or self-hosted model workflows where supported by xCloud.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- Deploying the supported xCloud/Ollama hosting stack
- Accessing the service
- Basic service health checks
- SSL/domain setup where applicable
- Logs visible through xCloud
- Server resource checks
- Restarting or redeploying supported services where available
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Guarantee model output quality
- Provide prompt engineering
- Fine-tune models
- Debug custom model behavior
- Guarantee performance for every model
- Resolve GPU/provider limitations outside xCloud scope
- Handle third-party model licensing questions
- Optimize every model for speed, memory, or cost
## Docker and Docker Compose support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Docker and Docker Compose provide flexibility, but custom images and application internals remain your responsibility.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- xCloud-supported Docker/custom app deployment workflows
- Docker Compose file location and basic format guidance
- Deployment logs and container status checks
- Exposed ports and port conflict guidance
- Nginx proxy/routing configuration related to xCloud
- Domain and SSL setup
- Environment variable guidance
- Server resource checks
- Restarting or redeploying services where supported
- Identifying whether an issue appears xCloud infrastructure, proxy, port, environment, or container/app related
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Build custom Docker images for you
- Write or restructure Dockerfiles
- Write or restructure Docker Compose files as a development service
- Debug arbitrary software inside your container
- Maintain your custom application code
- Fix bugs inside third-party images
- Guarantee that every public Docker project will run unchanged on xCloud
- Provide full DevOps consulting for unsupported custom architectures
- Design custom networking beyond supported xCloud configuration
## AI Agent Hosting: OpenClaw, Hermes, and Paperclip [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud supports AI agent hosting workflows such as OpenClaw, Hermes, Paperclip, and related agentic services where available.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We help with:
- Provisioning supported AI agent hosting services
- xCloud dashboard access
- Server health checks
- SSL and domain setup
- Logs visible through xCloud
- Service restart or redeploy where supported
- Basic Telegram pairing guidance where relevant
- Basic control UI access guidance
- Identifying whether an issue appears hosting-related, service-related, or custom workflow-related
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
We do not:
- Guarantee agent task success
- Guarantee model response quality
- Provide prompt engineering as standard support
- Build custom workflows for you
- Debug arbitrary tools, plugins, or custom agent code
- Manage third-party LLM/API billing
- Pay for or control your OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter, Google, or other AI provider account
- Fix user-created automation logic
- Guarantee that an agent can complete every business task autonomously
- Debug every third-party integration used by an agent
### Important AI hosting note [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
xCloud Support can help keep the supported hosting environment running. The quality of an AI agent’s output depends on the model, prompts, tools, API providers, user configuration, and the task itself.
## Malware cleanup support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Malware on xCloud-hosted sites is rare, but it can still happen if a WordPress plugin/theme is vulnerable, credentials are compromised, an unsafe file is uploaded, or malicious code is imported from a previous host.
xCloud provides hosting-level security features, logs, backups, firewall guidance, vulnerability-related visibility where available, and server/site management tools. However, malware cleanup itself is a specialist security service and is not included in standard xCloud Support.
### What we do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
For suspected malware or suspicious files, we can help with:
- Checking whether the server/site is online in xCloud
- Reviewing xCloud-visible logs and events
- Helping identify suspicious symptoms from a hosting point of view
- Guidance on restoring from a clean backup if one is available
- Guidance on rotating passwords, SSH/SFTP users, and database credentials
- Guidance on updating WordPress core, plugins, and themes
- Firewall, SSL, backup, and vulnerability-related guidance available through xCloud
- Explaining when a malware/security specialist may be needed
### What we do not do [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Standard xCloud Support does not include:
- Malware removal or guaranteed cleanup
- Manual forensic investigation of every file/database table
- Cleaning hacked WordPress sites
- Removing webshells/backdoors as a managed service
- Repairing injected SEO spam pages or malicious redirects
- Reviewing every plugin/theme file for compromise
- Guaranteeing that a site is fully disinfected
- Removing Google, browser, email, or security-vendor blacklist warnings
- Reputation repair after a compromise
- Installing, configuring, and maintaining third-party malware tools as a managed service
### What to do if you suspect malware [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
If you suspect malware:
1. Take the site offline or put it in maintenance mode if the issue is active.
2. Keep a copy of the current files/database for evidence before deleting anything.
3. Restore from a known clean backup if you have one.
4. Update WordPress core, plugins, and themes.
5. Remove unused plugins, themes, and unknown admin users.
6. Rotate WordPress, database, SFTP/SSH, xCloud, provider, and API credentials.
7. Ask a qualified malware cleanup/security specialist to inspect and clean the site if the infection is confirmed.
8. Contact xCloud Support if you need help checking backups, logs, hosting status, or xCloud-side security tools.
### Malware cleanup note [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Because malware cases are uncommon and each infection can be different, xCloud Support can provide best-effort hosting guidance, but we cannot certify a site as clean. A confirmed infection should be handled by a WordPress security or malware cleanup specialist.
## What is always outside standard support [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
The following are outside standard xCloud Support unless separately offered or agreed:
- Custom development
- Custom code debugging
- Theme/plugin development
- Business logic changes
- Website redesign
- Malware cleanup, forensic cleanup, or guaranteed disinfection
- SEO/content work
- Email hosting migration unless separately agreed
- Domain registrar account management
- Third-party provider billing or outages
- Third-party API billing
- Prompt engineering or AI model tuning
- Unsupported root-level server modifications
- Writing Dockerfiles, Compose files, CI/CD pipelines, or application code
- Full DevOps consulting for unsupported architectures
- Fixing third-party tools, packages, plugins, themes, images, or generated code
## Best-effort guidance [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
When an issue is outside standard support scope, xCloud Support may still provide:
- General guidance
- Relevant logs
- Documentation links
- Suggested next steps
- Clarification on whether the issue appears xCloud-related or app/provider-related
However, resolution may require your developer, hosting provider, domain registrar, third-party vendor, email provider, AI provider, or a separately scoped professional service.
## FAQ [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
### Does xCloud Support fix custom code? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
No. xCloud Support helps with hosting, platform, runtime, configuration, and logs. Custom application code, business logic, theme/plugin code, Docker image internals, and generated app code remain your responsibility or your developer’s responsibility.
### Can xCloud Support tell me whether the issue is platform or code? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Often, yes. We can review logs, events, server status, and configuration to help identify whether an issue appears xCloud/platform-related or application-related.
### Does free migration include every type of website? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
No. Free migration support is intended for eligible standard WordPress migrations into xCloud. Custom applications, complex setups, email migration, malware cleanup, redesigns, rebuilds, and custom development are not included unless separately agreed.
### Does xCloud manage my self-managed server provider account? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
No. For self-managed servers, your provider account, billing, infrastructure, and provider-side resources remain your responsibility.
### Does xCloud provide root passwords? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Yes, xCloud provides full root access and the root password where applicable. For better security, we recommend SSH key-based login instead of password login. Where supported, you can also create sudo users or site users.
### Can xCloud help with Docker or Docker Compose? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Yes, for supported deployment workflows, logs, ports, proxy/routing, SSL, domains, and environment guidance. We do not write Dockerfiles or Compose files or debug arbitrary software inside custom containers.
### Can xCloud help with OpenClaw, Hermes, or Paperclip? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
Yes, for supported hosting, provisioning, dashboard access, SSL, domain, service health, and logs. We do not guarantee AI task results, provide prompt engineering, manage third-party LLM billing, or build custom workflows as standard support.
### Does xCloud guarantee email deliverability? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
No. We can help configure DNS, SMTP, mailboxes, and xCloud mail service settings, but inbox placement depends on recipient providers, reputation, content, and email authentication.
### Does xCloud guarantee SEO or performance scores? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
No. We can help with hosting-level issues such as SSL, uptime, redirects, caching, and server resources, but we do not guarantee rankings, indexing, traffic, conversions, or third-party performance scores.
### Does xCloud Support clean malware from websites? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
No. Malware cleanup is not included in standard xCloud Support. We can help with hosting-level checks, logs, backups, restore guidance, and security-related xCloud tools, but confirmed infections should be cleaned by a qualified WordPress security or malware cleanup specialist.
### Is malware common on xCloud? [#](/docs/how-xcloud-support-scope-works-for-different-services/)
No. Malware cases are rare, but they can still happen through vulnerable plugins/themes, compromised credentials, unsafe uploads, or infected files migrated from another host.
---
# How To Increase Maximum Upload Size For Websites In xCloud? - xCloud
> Increase maximum upload size effortlessly for websites in xCloud. Elevate user engagement and streamline multimedia sharing on your website.
When you increase maximum upload size for websites, it encourages user-generated content and makes sharing large multimedia files and teamwork easier. Plus, this option improves the functionality and overall user experience of eCommerce product listings while also supporting development jobs.
With a few simple steps, you can easily increase the maximum upload size for websites in [**xCloud**](/). Follow the step-by-step instructions below to learn how to do that.
## **Step 1: Access To Your Site In xCloud** [#](/docs/increase-maximum-upload-size/)
Log in to xCloud dashboard, go to ‘**Sites**’ tab, and select your preferred site for which you want to increase maximum upload size.
## **Step 2: Check PHP Version For Your Site** [#](/docs/increase-maximum-upload-size/)
From the site’s ‘**Overview**’ page, click on the ‘**Site Settings**’ tab from the left panel.
Now, check your site’s PHP version. You can also change your **Site’s PHP version**. If you want to do that, select the **PHP version** you want and tap the ‘**Save Settings**’ button.
## **Step 3: Access Server PHP Settings & Change Upload Size** [#](/docs/increase-maximum-upload-size/)
Now, Click on your server’s name (below your site domain) to access your site’s server. There, you can increase the maximum upload size for the site’s PHP version.
Now if you want to change the file upload size then go to the tab ‘**PHP Settings**’ option again to change your maximum upload size value. There, you will see your current maximum upload size in MB (Megabyte). Select your site’s PHP version. You can change the maximum upload size value as much as you need, and it will apply to all the sites with that PHP version. Once done, hit the ‘**Save Changes**’ button.
That is how easily you can increase maximum upload size for websites in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](http://support@xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Increase The PHP Maximum Input Variables In xCloud? - xCloud
> Enhance WordPress speed & functionality in xCloud by increasing PHP maximum input variables. Step-by-step guide awaits!
Input variables play a vital role in **processing functions** and supporting a variety of tasks and activities on your WordPress website. PHP maximum input variables, or simply **[Max Input Vars](https://support.undsgn.com/hc/en-us/articles/213459869-Max-Input-Vars)**, are crucial variables among these. It represents the most variables your server can provide for a particular function.
Put more simply, the smoother the general operation of your website, the greater the maximum input variables option. This configuration directly impacts WordPress’s speed and functionality by increasing its capacity to process data.
In [**xCloud**](/), you can simply increase the maximum input variables for your website. Follow the steps below to learn how you can do that.
## **Step 1: Access To Your Site In xCloud** [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-input-variables/)
Log in to the xCloud dashboard, go to the ‘**All Sites**’ tab, and select your preferred site for which you want to increase the PHP maximum input variables.
## **Step 2: Check The PHP Version For Your Site** [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-input-variables/)
From the site’s ‘**Overview**’ page, click on the ‘**Settings**’ tab from the left panel.
Now, check your site’s PHP version. You can also change your site’s PHP version. If you want to do that, select the PHP version you want and tap the ‘**Save Settings**’ button.
## **Step 3: Access Server PHP Settings** [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-input-variables/)
Now, click on your server’s name (found below your site domain) to access your site’s server. There, you can increase the PHP maximum input variables for the site’s PHP version.
## **Step 4: Increase PHP Maximum Input Variables** [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-input-variables/)
Once you click the server, you will see the ‘**PHP Settings**’ tab on the left panel. Go to the tab to increase the input variables.
There, you will see your current ‘**Max Input Vars**’ value. Select your site’s PHP version. You can change the Max Input Vars value as much as you need, and it will apply to all the sites with that PHP version. Once done, hit the ‘**Save Changes**’ button.
That is how easily you can increase the PHP maximum input variables for websites in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Increase the PHP Memory Limit for a Site and Server With xCloud
> Boost performance with ease! Learn to increase PHP maximum memory limit in xCloud. Follow simple steps for better site speed and efficiency.
When a WordPress site needs more PHP memory, update the site-level PHP memory limit first. This controls the PHP settings for that specific site. If you also need to adjust the default PHP configuration for the server, update the server-level PHP memory limit after that.
## Before you start [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
- Make sure you have access to the xCloud team where the site and server are hosted.
- Check which site needs the higher PHP memory limit.
- Use the site-level setting first if only one site needs more memory.
- Use the server-level setting only when you want to adjust the PHP configuration for that PHP version on the server.
## Increase the PHP memory limit from the site settings [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
Use this method first. It updates the PHP configuration for the selected site. Go to ‘**Sites’** from the xCloud dashboard. Select the site where you want to increase the PHP memory limit. Next, open **Site Settings** from the site menu.
Find the **PHP Configurations** section from the dashboard and click on the ‘**Manage’** button.
Select **PHP Configurations** from the dropdown.
In the **Manage PHP Configurations** panel, find **Memory Limit**. Enter the new memory limit value in MB, for example **512**. Click on the ‘**Save Settings**‘.
## Increase the PHP memory limit from the server settings [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
Use the server-level option when you need to update the PHP configuration for a PHP version installed on the server.
1. Go to **Servers** from your xCloud Dashboard.
2. Select the server where the site is hosted.
3. Open **Management**.
Next, choose ‘**PHP Configuration’** from the navigation menu and click on the three-dot icon beside the PHP version that you are using for all the sites of this server as default .
Open the action menu for that PHP version. Click **Manage PHP Configuration**.
In the **Update PHP Configurations** popup, find **Memory Limit**. Enter the new memory limit value in MB. Click **Save Changes**.
That is how easily you can increase the PHP maximum memory limit for websites in xCloud.
## Site-level vs server-level PHP memory limit [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
Option
Use it when
**Site-level PHP memory limit**
Only one site needs a higher PHP memory limit.
**Server-level PHP memory limit**
You want to adjust the PHP configuration for the selected PHP version on the server.
## Recommended values [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
A common value for WordPress sites is **256 MB** or **512 MB**. Larger WooCommerce, LMS, builder, or import-heavy sites may need more memory. Avoid setting a very high value unless the site needs it, because PHP memory usage still depends on the server’s available RAM.
## Verify the change [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
1. Reload the site or WordPress admin page that previously showed the memory issue.
2. If the issue was caused by a plugin, import, backup, or update process, retry that action.
3. If WordPress still shows a lower memory value, check whether the site has a WordPress-level memory constant such as `WP_MEMORY_LIMIT` or `WP_MAX_MEMORY_LIMIT`.
## Troubleshooting [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
### The site still shows a memory limit error [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
Increase the site-level PHP memory limit first, then retry the failed action. If the issue continues, check whether a WordPress plugin, theme, or custom code is setting a lower WordPress memory value.
### The site needs more memory during imports or backups [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
Set the site-level memory limit to a higher value, then run the import or backup again. For very large operations, also check execution time, upload size, and post max size from the same PHP configuration panel.
### The memory limit is already high but the server is still slow [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
A higher PHP memory limit does not add RAM to the server. If the server is low on memory or CPU, review the server resource usage and consider optimizing the site or upgrading the server plan.
## Related docs [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
- [How To Configure PHP Settings of Your Site](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)
- [How To Increase The PHP Maximum Memory Limit In xCloud?](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
- [How To Solve The WordPress Memory Limit Exhausted Error?](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/)
## FAQ [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
### Should I update the site-level or server-level memory limit first? [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
Update the site-level PHP memory limit first. This is the best option when only one site needs more memory.
### Does increasing PHP memory limit increase my server RAM? [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
No. It only changes how much memory a PHP script is allowed to use. Your server still has the same physical RAM.
### Do I need to restart the server? [#](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/)
xCloud applies the saved PHP configuration through the dashboard workflow. If the change does not appear immediately, wait a short time and reload the affected WordPress page.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Take Incremental Backup In xCloud? - xCloud
> Take incremental backup in xCloud effortlessly with our comprehensive guide. Preserve your website data with minimal storage use and ensure quick recovery.
Incremental backups are focused on storing modified files and data since the last conducted backup. If you take incremental backups, it will greatly help to keep slight changes in data on your websites and save storage space on your servers.
[**xCloud**](/) offers multiple backup options, including incremental backup, for keeping multiple copies of your website data, so you can utilize and restore your website to a stable phase if any emergency occurs. Follow this step-by-step guide to learn how to **take incremental backups** in xCloud.
## **Step 1: Go To Backup Settings From xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/)
Log in to your [**xCloud**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and choose a site from the dashboard or by navigating to the ‘**Sites**’ tab. Now, on the site settings page, you will find two options for the ‘**Backup**’ option at the left menu. You can check your previous backups by going to the ‘**Previous Backups**’ option. With each backup file, you will have the options to ‘**Restore**’ and ‘**Delete**’.
Here, you can also take a full backup of your site by clicking on the ‘**Backup Now**’ or ‘**Add New Backup**’ button. However, if you enable incremental backup in the ‘**Backup Settings’**, you will get to choose between taking a Full Backup or Incremental Backup.
For taking incremental backups including a full backup, you will need to go to the ‘**Backup Settings**’ option from the left menu.
## **Step 2: Select Type & Take Incremental Backup** [#](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/)
On the backup settings page, you will find two backup options: Local Backup and Remote Backup. For taking an incremental or full backup, we recommend using Remote Backup as your option.
_\[Note: Incremental backup is now supported with the **Cloudflare R2** storage.\]_
Now, on the Remote Backup tab, select ‘**Incremental**’ from the type and select a bucket from the options. If you want to exclude any file or data from the backup, you can exclude it from the ‘**Exclude Paths**’ field.
Remember, to take incremental backups, you will need to enable ‘**Automatic Full Backup**’ first. Enable it and select a backup frequency (_Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly_). You can also select dates and times for the frequencies.
Now, after enabling full backup, enable ‘**Automatic Incremental Backup**’ and select a backup frequency which can be Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly. However, to keep up to date, we recommend taking it daily. Then, select a time for backup.
If you enable ‘**Automatic Delete**’ and set the number of days, the backup file will be automatically deleted after the number of days. For example, we have set 1 here, which means the previous backup file will be deleted 1 day after taking a new backup. Once you are done setting up the backup options, hit the ‘**Save**’ button.
Now, you can see your newly taken backup and previous backup by going to the ‘**Previous Backups**’ option. Here, you can restore any taken backup. You can also delete backup files, except the most recent one. For example, here we have previous backup files for Local Backup.
## **How Incremental Backup Deletion Works in xCloud** [#](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/)
1. You will not be able to delete the latest full backup.
2. To delete any full backup, you must first take another full backup of the site. After that, the older full backup can be deleted.
3. You cannot delete individual incremental backups.
4. To remove incremental backups, the full backup associated with those incremental backups must be deleted.
5. Backups are deleted automatically based on the Automatic Delete days you configured for the site.
6. A full backup will only be deleted after the number of days set for Automatic Delete has passed, and the latest incremental backup date surpasses the automatic delete date you previously configured.
For example, if Automatic Delete is set to 7 days, incremental backups will be deleted only after they become older than 7 days. Once those incremental backups are removed, you will then be able to delete the associated full backup.
7. After the automatic delete period is surpassed, the full backup and all its associated incremental backups can be deleted together in a batch.
This is how easily you can **take incremental backups** in xCloud.
Still need help? Feel free to reach out to our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/).
---
# How to Install & Set Up xCloud Pulse macOS Menubar - xCloud
> Learn how to install and set up xCloud Pulse macOS menubar. Monitor site health, SSL, backups, vulnerabilities, and servers directly from your menu bar.
xCloud Pulse is the macOS companion app for xCloud. It lives in the menu bar at the top of your Mac and keeps the health of your sites and servers one click away, so you can check on everything without opening a browser. xCloud Pulse monitors site health, SSL, backups, vulnerabilities, and server status, and it can notify you when something needs attention.
Follow the step-by-step guide to download and install the xCloud Pulse app, create an xCloud API token, connect the app to your account, set your refresh schedule, and read your dashboard. The whole process takes only a few minutes.
### **Before You Begin** [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
xCloud Pulse runs on:
- macOS 14.0 (Sonoma) or later
- An Apple Silicon (M-series) Mac
You will also need:
- An active xCloud account
- Permission to create an API token in that account
## **Collect the xCloud API Token** [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
### Step 1: Generate an API Token [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
First, go to your xCloud dashboard. Navigate to the left-hand sidebar menu, select Settings, and then click on the ‘Developers’ option from the left side menu and click on the ‘API Tokens’ option. Within the API tokens interface, click the Create New Token button.
### Step 2: Configure Token Name and Permissions [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
A pop-up will appear. Enter a descriptive name for your token and select the appropriate permissions:
1. Full Access (all permissions)
2. read:servers
3. write:servers
4. read:sites
5. write:sites
Once configured, click Create Token. After creation, your token will be displayed. Copy and store it in a secure location immediately, as you will need it for future authentication.
## Set up Your MacOS Menubar [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
### Step 1: Download the MacOS Menubar [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
Then go to the **Settings → Developers** option from the xCloud dashboard. Now click on the xCloud Pulse from the menu.
You will be redirected to the **[Git repository](https://github.com/xCloudDev/xCloud-Pulse)**, then download xCloud Pulse for macOS according to your device OS version.
Open the downloaded .dmg file, then drag the xCloud Pulse icon into your Applications folder. Open xCloud Pulse from your Applications folder. Once the app is running, the xCloud Pulse icon appears in the macOS menu bar at the top-right of your screen.
### 🔖 Allow Security Settings Permissions From Your macOS Device [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
After installing xCloud Pulse and opening it for the first time, you may find that the application does not immediately appear in your macOS menu bar, but rather shows a security concern.
This is a macOS security feature that requires manual approval for applications downloaded outside of the App Store. To proceed, click the **Done** button in the warning pop-up.
_**Note**: You must click Done before approving the application manually. If you close the pop-up without clicking **Done**, the approval option will not appear in your Mac’s Security Settings, and you will not be able to grant permission to the application manually._
Next, go to allow xCloud Pulse, open System Settings on your Mac, and search for the **Privacy & Security** option. Then scroll down to the **Security** section, where you may see a message indicating that xCloud Pulse was blocked from opening. Click **Open Anyway** to approve the application.
Mac will ask you to authenticate using your password or Touch ID. Follow the on-screen prompts to confirm that you want to allow the application to run. Once the approval process is complete, launch xCloud Pulse again from your Applications folder.
After the application starts successfully, the xCloud Pulse icon will appear in the macOS menu bar at the top-right corner of your screen. You can then continue with the setup process by connecting your xCloud account using your API token.
### Step 2: Configure the Menubar [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
Then click on the xCloud icon from your dashboard menu bar. It will instantly open the xCloud Pulse Menu bar.
Then enter the xCloud API token in the dedicated field. Click on the ‘Save Token’ button and click on the ‘Test Connection’ button.
### Step 4: Set Your Refresh Schedule and Behavior [#](/docs/install-and-set-up-xcloud-pulse-macos-menubar/)
Under Polling Interval, choose how often the app refreshes your data. The options are 5, 10, 15, or 30 minutes. Adjust the notification and behavior settings to match your preferences.
Click the xCloud Pulse icon to open the menu. The Overview shows your totals at a glance: the number of sites, the number of servers, overall health, and any open issues.
For example, go to the Sites, Issues tab for more details. Click any site to see its full details, or click the arrow next to a site to open it in xCloud directly from the app.
And that’s it; this is how easily you can download and configure the xCloud Pulse app in just a few clicks.
That is all it takes. In just a few minutes, xCloud Pulse puts your sites and servers in your menu bar and keeps them one click away.
From here, xCloud Pulse watches site health, SSL, backups, vulnerabilities, and server status for you, and it lets you know when something needs attention. You can change your settings at any time by opening the app and selecting Settings. Welcome to a simpler way to keep an eye on everything you run on xCloud.
---
# How to Install and Use xCloud AI Agent Skills Using AI Agents - xCloud
> Learn how to install and use xCloud AI Agent Skills in Claude Code. Manage your servers and sites with plain language, no dashboards or API endpoints needed.
xCloud AI Agent Skills bring your xCloud infrastructure directly into AI assistants such as Claude Code. Instead of manually navigating dashboards and API documentation, you can simply ask your AI assistant to perform tasks using natural language.
With xCloud AI Agent Skills, you can discover servers, inspect sites, check WordPress updates, monitor infrastructure, and perform actions through conversational commands powered by the xCloud Public API.
For example, the “xcloud:servers” skill lets you ask “find my servers” and get a clear list back, with the server name, status, public IP, and provisioning state. You do not need to know any API endpoints to get a useful result. The assistant makes the calls in the background and replies in plain language.
Follow this step-by-step guide to install the xCloud AI Agent Skills, connect them to your AI assistant, and start managing your xCloud resources with simple prompts. The entire setup process takes only a few minutes.
## 📸 Watch A Quick Walkthrough [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
## Source [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
- The xCloud AI Agent Skills are open source and available on **[GitHub](https://github.com/xCloudDev/xcloud-agent-skills)** for free**.**
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
Before you start, make sure you have:
- An active xCloud account
- Access to the xCloud Public API
- AI Agents installed
## Supported Tools [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
- Claude Code
- Grok Build
- Codex
- Cursor
- OpenCode
- GitHub Copilot
- Pi
- Devin
## Collect the xCloud API Token [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
### Step 1: Generate an xCloud API Token [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
First, go to your xCloud dashboard. Navigate to the left-hand sidebar menu, select Settings, and then click on the ‘Developers’ option from the left-hand menu and click on the ‘API Tokens’ option. Within the API tokens interface, click the Create New Token button.
### Step 2: Configure Token Name and Permissions [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
A pop-up will appear. Enter a descriptive name for your token and select the appropriate permissions:
1. Full Access (all permissions)
2. read:servers
3. write:servers
4. read:sites
5. write:sites
Once configured, click Create Token.
### Step 3: Copy and Store Your API Token [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
After creation, your token will be displayed. Copy and store it in a secure location immediately, as you will need it for future authentication
## Install the xCloud AI Agent Skills [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
### Step 4: Access the Agent Skills Repository [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
Then go to the Settings → Developers option from the xCloud dashboard. Now, click on the Agent Skills from the menu.
You will be redirected to the xCloud Agent Skills documentation. You can go to the md file directly, download the md file of the skills, and use it according to your preferences.
Or, you can go to the repository; from here, you can visit our git repository to access the command to install on Claude Code.
We are going to install it using xCloud’s Agent Skills Marketplace. So go to the GitHub repository and access the command for Claude code. Copy the installation commands. You will run them inside Claude Code in the next steps.
## Configure the xCloud AI Agent Skills with Claude Chat [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
First, go to the Profile from your Claude, then choose Settings, and click on the Capabilities option from the menu
Then, head over to the ‘Allowed Additional Domains’ and enter the ‘app.xcloud.host’ domain in the dedicated field and click on the ‘Add. button.
Next, [download the agent skill](https://github.com/xCloudDev/xcloud-agent-skills/releases/download/v3.0.0/xcloud-agent-skill.zip,) (if you haven’t downloaded it already) zip file, then open The Claude Code and go to ‘Customize’ → ‘Skills’ and upload the downloaded file. It will automatically create the Skills in Claude.
Then go to the ‘Claude Chat’ and enter your xCloud Public API key. If you haven’t created it yet, [visit here](https://app.xcloud.host/user/api-tokens) and create an API key.Go to the Claude Chat and start asking something like that ‘Give me a server and site lists”.
_Note: We recommend entering your xCloud API token in your env file rather than directly in your chat, since anything pasted into a conversation can persist in chat history. For the most secure experience, we recommend using Claude Code_
After that, you will see the Agent Skills start working and giving you the results according to your instructions.
And that’s it: this is how easily you can manage your xCloud site through AI Agents like Claude Code or Chat easily.
## Configure the xCloud AI Agent Skills with Claude Code [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
### Step 5: Open Claude Code and Add Your xCloud API Key [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
Launch Claude Code on your machine and open a new session. Then add the xCloud API key to your environment JSON file at ~/.claude/settings.json:
```
{ "env": { "XCLOUD_API_TOKEN": "your-token-here" } }
```
Copy to Clipboard
You can update the file manually, or simply ask Claude to add the xCloud API key to the JSON file for you.
### Step 6: Install the xCloud AI Agent Skills [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
Run the commands below to add the marketplace, install the plugin, and reload:
```
/plugin marketplace add xCloudDev/xcloud-agent-skills
```
Copy to Clipboard
```
/plugin install xcloud
```
Copy to Clipboard
```
/reload-plugins
```
Copy to Clipboard
Once you run these commands, Claude loads the skills and connects them to the xCloud API. Restart Claude Code so it picks up the token, then confirms the connection by asking Claude, “Check my xCloud API connection.” After it finishes, your AI assistant gains access to xCloud capabilities.
### Step 7: Begin Interacting Using the AI Agent Skills [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
Once the skills have been installed, you can begin interacting with your xCloud infrastructure.
Ask Claude:
/xcloud:servers, tell me my servers status
You can also just say “find my servers” in plain language, and Claude loads the matching skill for you.
Then the skill connects to the xCloud Public API and retrieves the servers available in your account.
Claude will return information such as:
- Server Name
- Server Status
- Public IP Address
- Provisioning Status
- Server Identifier
All data is retrieved directly from your xCloud account in real time.
And that’s it; this is how easily you can install and set up xCloud AI Agent Skills. In just a few minutes, xCloud AI Agent Skills puts your servers, sites, and WordPress installations a single prompt away. From here, you can manage your infrastructure with plain language instead of clicks and menus. Load the skill you need, ask your question, and let the assistant handle the API calls. You can keep chatting in the same conversation to refine any result.
If you have any questions or are facing issues, feel free to reach out to our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/).
## Common Use Cases [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
xCloud AI Agent Skills can help you with the following tasks:
- **Server management.** List your servers, check status and details, track provisioning state, manage PHP and databases, and block an abusive IP through the firewall.
- **Site management.** List the sites on a server, retrieve site information, take backups, clear cache, and manage domains and SSH access.
- **WordPress management.** Check core, theme, and plugin updates, scan for vulnerabilities, review WordPress health, check page speed, and queue updates.
- **SSL management.** Set up HTTPS, issue a free Let’s Encrypt certificate, and renew certificates before they expire.
- **Monitoring.** Track background tasks, poll events, and follow update progress to completion.
## Do AI Agent Skills cost extra? [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
The skills use the xCloud Public API that comes with your account, so there is no extra xCloud charge to run them. Your AI assistant may have its own usage cost from its provider. Check your assistant’s plan for those details.
### 📑 Explore the Documentation [#](/docs/install-and-use-xcloud-ai-agent-skills/)
You can also visit this [**documentation**](https://app.xcloud.host/agent/skills#description/introduction) to learn more and find more details about the xCloud AI Agent Skills.
---
# How to Install Ghost with xCloud (One Click Apps) - xCloud
> Learn how to install Ghost with xCloud using One Click Apps. Deploy your blog with Docker, Nginx, and SSL configured for you in a few steps.
Ghost is an open-source publishing platform built for blogs, newsletters, memberships, and creator websites. It is fast, clean, and focused on writing rather than page building, which makes it a strong choice for anyone who wants to publish and grow an audience without the overhead of a general-purpose CMS.
With xCloud’s One Click Apps, you can deploy Ghost without touching the server. xCloud provisions the container, configures Nginx, and issues the SSL certificate for you.
Follow the guide to install Ghost with xCloud with One Click Apps. Let’s get started.
## Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server [#](#step-1-create-a-docker-nginx-server)
First, create a Docker server to deploy Ghost. Click the ‘Add New Server’ button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Ghost either on your [own server](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy the server with xCloud. You can either use an [xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/) or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the ‘Server Name’, set the ‘App Type’ to Ghost(it is optional to select), and add any relevant ‘Tags’ to help identify your server later.
Next, you can see the ‘Docker + NGINX’ stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Ghost application.
Next, choose the server options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs, then click the ‘Create’ button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Ghost Application on this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## Step 2: Go to One Click Apps & Choose Ghost [#](#step-2-go-to-one-click-apps--choose-ghost)
Next, from your dashboard, click the ‘One Click Apps’ button and choose ‘Ghost’.
### Step 3: Set Up the Ghost Application [#](#step-3-set-up-the-ghost-application)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a ‘Site Title’ and add relevant ‘Tags’ to help organize your deployment.
Here, you will see site deployment options. From here, proceed with the ‘Go Live’ option or the ‘Demo Site’ option. For Go Live you need to have a custom domain. For this tutorial we are going with the demo domain that is free from xCloud.
Once you choose the Demo site, you will see that xCloud assigns you a free demo domain. Then click on the ‘Next’ button to start deploying the application.
### Step 5: Visit the Application [#](#step-5-visit-the-application)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Ghost app. From the dashboard, click the ‘Visit Site’ button to access your Ghost site.
## Step 6: Complete the Ghost Setup [#](#step-6-complete-the-ghost-setup)
One you visit the site, go to the address field and add “/ghost” at the end of your domain.
Now you get an account creation page. Enter your ‘Site title’, ‘Full name’, ‘Email address’, and a ‘Password’ and then click on the ‘Create account & start publishing’ button to proceed.
After a while you will see the account has been created. You will land in the Ghost admin dashboard, where you can see your members count, post performance, and newsletter and growth analytics. From here you can write your first post, customize your theme, and configure your newsletter.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can install and launch Ghost using xCloud’s One Click Apps. With just a few guided steps, your publication is live, fully configured, and secured with SSL. xCloud takes care of the server provisioning, Docker configuration, and deployment, so you can focus on writing and growing your audience.
Still stuck? [Contact our support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Easily Install Let’s Encrypt SSL Certificate - xCloud
> Here we have learned how to install Let's Encrypt SSL certificate in xCloud.
With **[xCloud](/)** you can easily install the ‘[**_Let’s Encrypt_‘ SSL certificate**](https://letsencrypt.org/) on your site without any complexity. Follow this guide to proceed further.
## **How Does Let’s Encrypt SSL Certificate Work?** [#](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/)
To enable HTTPS on your website, you need a certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) like Let’s Encrypt. You prove domain control using [**ACME**](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8555) protocol software installed on your web host.
If you don’t have shell access (SSH) and use control panels like cPanel or Plesk, you probably can’t obtain the certificate that way. Contact your hosting provider to confirm.
You can get a free SSL certificate issued by xCloud.
## **How To Install Let’s Encrypt SSL** [#](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/)
From SSL/HTTPS option from the dashboard, you can add your Let’s Encrypt SSL certificate.
Under the Certificate Issue option, you can see your Let’s Encrypt SSL certificate has been successfully added. After that, click on the Save button to save your changes.
_Note: If you want to use our free SSL certificate from xCloud, then you have to disable other providers._ For example, you need to disable ‘**proxy**‘ from your Cloudflare DNS report.
Are you stuck? Contact our support team for more information.
---
# How To Install MariaDB With xCloud? - xCloud
> Step-by-step guide on how to install MariaDB with xCloud for a fast and reliable data access for your site.
With xCloud, you can now install [**MariaDB**](https://mariadb.org/) on servers managed by your providers like GCP, Vultr, and Hertzner, as well as on xCloud-managed servers. This allows you to achieve optimal query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB, ensuring high performance and strong data integrity. MariaDB’s optimized engines provide fast and reliable data access for your site. Learn how to install MariaDB with xCloud.
_**\*Note:** In the upcoming release, xCloud will provide MariaDB support for AWS servers._
## How To Install MariaDB With xCloud? [#](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Here, we will install MariaDB in xCloud-managed servers. Follow the step-by-step guidelines to learn how.
### **Step 1: Create A New Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
First, log in to your xCloud account and move to the **‘Servers’** tab. Click on **‘New Server’** to create a new server.
### **Step 2: Choose Hosting Managed By xCloud** [#](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
To set up MariaDB, you need to choose your hosting provider. Here, in this tutorial, we are choosing the hosting managed by xCloud. Scroll down and choose your hosting.
### **Step 3: Configure Server Setup** [#](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Add the ‘Server Name’ and ‘Server Tag’ from the **‘Server Details’** section. Choose the **‘Server Type’, ‘Server Size’, and other details** as required.
### **Step 4: Select Database Server** [#](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
Now, from the **‘Database’** Section**,** select your database server. Here, choose MariaDB and click **‘Next’.**
**\*Note:** xCloud supports Maria DB version 10.6.
Following these steps, you can successfully set up MariaDB in xCloud-managed servers. You can stop or restart MariaDB from here.
In one server, you can use only one database from MySQL or MariaDB. If you want to use MariaDB in your server, you need to create a new server. And if you want to migrate your existing server from MySQL to MariaDB, you need to create a new server and clone your all the sites into that server.
_**Note:** Currently MariaDB is not available on AWS servers and ARM-based servers._
If you face any issues or need further assistance, reach out to [**xCloud support**](https://support.xcloud.host/). Our team is available to help you with any challenges you face while integrating and managing your external database.
---
# How to Install WireGuard with xCloud (One Click Apps) - xCloud
> Learn how to Install WireGuard with xCloud in minutes using One Click Apps, from server creation to VPN client setup with SSL enabled.
[WireGuard](https://www.wireguard.com/) is a modern and lightweight VPN solution that helps keep your internet traffic private and secure. It’s known for being fast, easy to use, and much simpler than traditional VPN tools.
With xCloud’s One Click Apps, setting up WireGuard doesn’t require any complicated server work or technical expertise. Follow the guide to easily install WireGuard with xCloud, which involves just a few steps.
_Note: WireGuard requires the WireGuard UDP port (default: 51820) to be open on your server firewall. If a firewall is enabled, make sure this port is allowed._
Copy to Clipboard
## Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy WireGuard. Click the ‘Add New Server’ button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy WireGuard either on your [own server](/self-managed-hosting/) or on an xCloud server.
Next, choose your server provider to deploy WireGuard with xCloud. You can either use an **[xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/)** or select your preferred provider. In this guide, we’ll use the xCloud Managed Server.
Afterward, enter the **‘Server Name’**, set the **‘App Type’** to WireGuard(it is optional to select), and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the ‘**General’** and **‘Premium’** options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the **‘Region’** and **‘Ubuntu Version’** for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
_Note: The server location you have set will be used as the VPN location._
Copy to Clipboard
Next, you can see the **‘Docker + NGINX’** stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the WireGuard application. Then click on the **‘Create’** button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your WireGuard Application on this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## **How to Install WireGuard with xCloud On A Cloud Server** [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install WireGuard on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment, and launching your WireGuard application easily.
### **Step 2: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the ‘New Site’ button.
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the ‘Next’ button to proceed.
This will take you to the site creation interface. From here, select your Server, then navigate to the One Click Apps section. You will see ‘WireGuard’, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
### Step 3: Set Up the WireGuard Application [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
Here, you will get a site deployment option. From here, proceed with the ‘Go Live’ option to install WireGuard. This will immediately create a live environment to publish your WireGuard application instantly.
_**Note**: You will not be able to create a Demo site for WireGuard. Additionally, domains that are proxied through Cloudflare will not work with the WireGuard application. Please ensure the domain is not proxied in Cloudflare._
Copy to Clipboard
### **Step 4: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
Then, enter a domain for your WireGuard application in the blank field under the **‘Domain Setup’** option.
After that, go to the **‘DNS Setup’** section and enable the **‘SSL’** option. xCloud provides a free SSL certificate for this application. You can also use your own custom SSL certificate. Here you will get a **‘Site User’** of xCloud and click on the ‘Next’ Button to continue.
## Step 4: Visit the Application [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your WireGuard site. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Visit Site’ app.
## Step 5: Set Up WireGuard VPN [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
Once you are on the WireGuard VPN page, click on the **‘Continue’** button to proceed.
Next, enter a **‘Username’**, **‘Password’,** and click on the **‘Create Account’** button to proceed.
Next, enter your domain in the ‘Host’ field. You will get a default ‘Port’ and click on the ‘Continue button to proceed.
## Step 6: Create a Client [#](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
Next, click on the ‘New Client’ button to create a new client for WireGuard VPN.
Then enter the **‘Name’** and **‘Expiry Date’** and click on the **‘Create Client’** button to proceed.
Next to the client, you will see a way to enable or disable the client, add the client via QR code, or download the configuration file. Finally, you can even delete the client if you wish.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can install and launch WireGuard using xCloud. With just a few guided steps, your VPN server is ready to use, fully configured, and secured with SSL. xCloud takes care of the heavy lifting, so you can focus on using WireGuard without worrying about complex setup or maintenance.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate And Setup Linode Server With xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to integrate and setup Linode server with xCloud with step by step process and create your server effortlessly.
[**Linode**](https://www.linode.com/) is a trusted cloud hosting provider known for its high-performance servers, developer-friendly platform, and cost-effective pricing. With **xCloud**, you can set up and manage your Linode server with an easy-to-use interface.
xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let us follow these steps to get you started.
## **Step 1: Create Your New Linode Server With xCloud** [#](/docs/integrate-and-setup-linode-server-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **‘Add New Server’** button from your server dashboard or you can add it from the Server Provider Integration Page.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. Now, select the [**Linode**](https://www.linode.com/) option from there. The server billing will be handled on your Linode account.
## **Step 2: Authorize Your Linode Account** [#](/docs/integrate-and-setup-linode-server-with-xcloud/)
We have made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your Linode account. Now provision a new Linode server, click **‘Authorize on Linode’** during the setup, and you will be redirected to Linode to grant permission to your account. It is a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Linode.
## **Step 3: Connect the Account & Add the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/integrate-and-setup-linode-server-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Linode account and your server will be connected with xCloud. Now you need to provide the **‘Server name’**, your preferred **‘Server Size’** (CPU, RAM, storage), the **‘Region’** nearest to you and your visitors, and then select the **‘Database Server’** from MySQL and MariaDB**.**
**_Note:_** _We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server._
Next, choose the web server stack from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSeed’** as your requirements and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a Linode server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many sites as you want under this server.
This is how easily you can create an Linode server from xCloud seamlessly without going through any difficulties.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate Backblaze Storage Provider For Site Backup With xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to integrate Backblaze storage provider with xCloud to create a secure, cost-effective site backup solution.
Backing up your website data is important for maintaining a reliable and secure cloud environment. Backblaze is a cloud storage and data backup service known for its affordability, simplicity, and security. A cost-effective object storage service, similar to Amazon S3, used for storing large volumes of data, backups, and hosting files.
In this guide, we will learn how to integrate Backblaze Storage provider with [**xCloud**](/) to set up a seamless, efficient backup solution for your site. Ready to set up Backblaze Storage in xCloud? Let’s dive into the step-by-step guide.
**_Note:_** _Backblaze provides the first 10GB of B2 Cloud Storage for FREE_
## **Steps to Integrate Backblaze Storage Provider With xCloud & Backup Site** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
Follow the steps below to integrate Backblaze B2 storage provider with xCloud and backup your site with ease:
### **Step 1: Create a New Storage Bucket** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
After logging in to your Backblaze account and go to the **‘Buckets’** page. Click on the ‘**Create a Bucket’** button and enter a unique name for your bucket. Adjust the other settings, and click on the **‘Create a Bucket’** button to create a fresh bucket.
_Note: Make sure you have chosen **‘Disable’** for the **‘Object lock’** option._
### **Step 2: Create a New Application Key** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
Next, we need to generate Backblaze API keys. Click on the **‘Application Keys’** button under the **‘Account’** menu to go to the API keys tab. Then hit on the
Enter a name for your key and select the bucket you created in the previous step. Choose **‘Read and Write’** as the access level, and then click on the **‘Create New Key’** button.
On the next screen, you will see the three find application credentials **‘Key ID’**, **‘Key Name’** and **‘Application key’** that you need to copy for integrate with xCloud
**_Note:_** _Do not close this tab until you copy the keys, because you will only see these keys once._
## **Configure Backblaze Storage Provider For Site Backup With xCloud** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
Since you have collected everything that you need from the Backblaze end, now let’s see how you can configure Backblaze storage for site backup in xCloud.
### **Step 3: Login & Access New Provider** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
Login to your xCloud dashboard, and navigate to **‘Team Settings’ → ‘Integrations’ → ‘Storage Provider’** & click on **‘Add New Provider.’**
### **Step 4: Select The Backblaze Storage Provider** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
On the resulting page, click on **‘Select Provider‘** to expand the dropdown option. And select **‘Backblaze‘** as your storage provider.
### **Step 5: Fill Up All the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
Now, fill in your **‘Bucket Name**’, **‘Access Key ID’**, **‘Secret Key’** that you have copied in the dedicated fields.
Next go back to the Backblaze dashboard, click on the **‘Buckets’** option. Then copy the ‘**Endpoint’** from your created bucket.
Next, go back to your xCloud dashboard and paste the **‘Endpoint’** into the blank field. Once everything is done, click on **‘Submit’**.
Once you have submitted it, your Backblaze storage will be added to xCloud, you can use it for site backup. Here’s how it looks in your dashboard once it gets connected successfully.
### **Step 6: Configure Site Backups Settings in xCloud** [#](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
Once the integration process is done, you can move on to backup your site. As you can integrate more than one storage provider, choose one if you have multiple. For the Remote Backup Settings, choose your Bucket.
After that, you can exclude paths if required. You will find the box below the **‘File Backup’** field as shown below.
You can also choose to schedule **‘Automatic Backup’** and **‘Automatic Delete’**. For automatic backup, you need to select backup frequency and backup time. On the other hand, you can set a value for how many days after a backup will be deleted automatically.
This is how you can easily integrate Backblaze storage provider and configurefor site backup in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate Google Cloud Storage for Site Backups in xCloud? - xCloud
> Want a secure backup solution? Integrate Google Cloud Storage with xCloud to automate site backups and keep your data safe. Follow our simple steps!
Ensuring your website’s data remains secure and accessible is vital. Once you **integrate Google Cloud Storage** for your site backups in [**xCloud**](/), you are opting for a solution that combines robustness with flexibility. [**Google Cloud Storage**](https://cloud.google.com/storage) is renowned for its top-tier security features, scalable architecture, and dependable performance.
In this guide, we will show you how to integrate Google Cloud Storage with xCloud to establish an efficient and reliable backup system.
## **Steps to Integrate Google Cloud Storage for Site Backups with xCloud & Back up Site** [#](/docs/integrate-google-cloud-storage-xcloud/)
Follow the steps below to integrate Google Cloud Storage for site backups with xCloud and back up your websites effortlessly.
### **Step 1: Add a New Storage Provider** [#](/docs/integrate-google-cloud-storage-xcloud/)
Before getting started to back up your websites with Google Cloud Storage, you need to integrate the storage provider into xCloud. For that, [log in to your xCloud account](https://app.xcloud.host/) and navigate to **Team Settings → Integrations → Storage Provider**.
Now, click the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button and choose **Google Cloud Storage** as your provider. Next, set a label/name for which a folder will be created in your Google Cloud Storage.
### **Step 2: Collect Access & Secret Keys** [#](/docs/integrate-google-cloud-storage-xcloud/)
To integrate Google Cloud Storage into your xCloud account for site backups, you need an **Access Key ID** and **Secret Key** from Google Cloud Console. To get those, log in to your [**Google Cloud Console account**](https://console.cloud.google.com/) and navigate to the Cloud Storage menu from the left bar.
Next, hit the ‘**CREATE A BUCKET**’ button and set a name for your bucket. Next, you need to choose a cloud location to store your data. You can either pick **a single location** (could be nearest to your server location) or **choose multiple or dual locations**. Once done, click the ‘Continue’ option to configure other settings.
_\[_**_Note:_** _Your storage charge depends on the number of locations and types you select and add accordingly\]_
Once done, set the storage class, control access options and project object options as per your need. Then hit the **‘Create’** button. Your bucket will be created instantly. Now, you need to get the access key and secret key. To collect those, navigate to **Settings→ Interoperability** and scroll down to the **Access Keys** section.
Here, create a new key by clicking on the ‘**CREATE A KEY**’ button. If you already have generated keys, you can collect those and use them on the xCloud end.
### **Step 3: Integrate Google Cloud Storage Provider** [#](/docs/integrate-google-cloud-storage-xcloud/)
Now that you have collected the Access keys and secret keys, you can use those keys to integrate the Google Cloud Storage providers into your xCloud account. Set the bucket name as set in the storage provider, use the access key and secret key, set the region and hit the **Submit** button.
Once integrated, you will see the Google Cloud Storage integrated and listed on the Storage Provider page in xCloud, as shown below.
### **Step 4: Configure Backup Settings for Google Cloud Storage** [#](/docs/integrate-google-cloud-storage-xcloud/)
Once you are done integrating Google Cloud Storage as a storage provider into xCloud, you can now configure ‘Backup Settings’ for taking backups with Google Cloud Storage. Now, go to sites, choose the one you want to take backup and navigate to the **Site Backup → Backup Settings**.
Now, in the ‘**Remote Backup**’ section, choose Backup Type as ‘**Full**’ or ‘**Incremental**’ and select the bucket you have just created for Google Cloud Storage. You can then choose to exclude paths if necessary (for the paths you do not want to take backup).
Then, you can also enable ‘**Automatic Backup**’ and choose the backup frequency. Plus, you have the option to use the ‘**Automatic Delete**’ option with which you can set days after when your backup will be deleted automatically. Once done, hit the ‘**Save**’ button.
### **Step 5: Take a Backup of Your Site** [#](/docs/integrate-google-cloud-storage-xcloud/)
Once you are done configuring the site backups, you can now take backups of your websites using this provider. Now, go to the **Previous Backups** of your site settings and you will see all the available remote backups and local backups.
You can take a backup of your site from here by simply clicking on the ‘**Backup Now**’ button to take an immediate backup. Your backup process will be initiated and the backup files will be shown here once done.
You can also check your **Google Cloud Storage** end. A folder will be created with the name of your backup label and your backups will be saved inside the folder there.
This is how easily you can **integrate Google Cloud Storage** for Site Backup with xCloud and take backups of your websites.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate Hetzner Object Storage Provider for Site Backup with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to integrate Hetzner Object Storage with xCloud for secure, automated website backups in a few simple steps.
Backing up your website is essential for ensuring data security, disaster recovery, and overall peace of mind. Integrating a reliable external storage provider like Hetzner with xCloud allows you to automate and manage your backups efficiently.
Hetzner’s Object Storage with your xCloud account, enabling you to set up seamless remote backups for your site. In this guide, we will learn how to integrate the Hetzner Object Storage provider with **[xCloud](/)** to set up a seamless, efficient backup solution for your site. Ready to set up Hetzner Storage in xCloud? Let’s dive into the step-by-step guide.
## 📑 Note [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Hetzner Object Storage and Storage Box are two completely different services.
- xCloud supports Hetzner Object Storage for remote site backups (S3-compatible).
- xCloud does NOT support Hetzner Storage Box, as it is not S3-compatible
## **Steps to Integrate Hetzner Storage Provider with xCloud & Backup Site** [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Follow the steps below to integrate the Hetzner storage provider with xCloud and backup your site with ease:
### **Step 1: Create a New Storage Bucket** [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Once you are logged in, go to Object Storage from the dashboard and click on the **‘Create Bucket ’** option.
Select a data center region from the **‘Location’** that is near your server’s physical location. Next, input a name for your bucket (e.g., turnipjuice-media-backups) and proceed by clicking the **‘Create & Buy now’** button.
**_Note_**_: You can leave the remaining settings at their default values._
### **Step 2: Generate The Credentials** [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Once you have created the bucket, go to the three-dot option and click on it. A menu will appear, choose the **‘Generate Credentials’** option from here to get the credentials to connect with xCloud.
Then give a description in the blank field and click on the ‘Generate Credentials’ button to proceed to the next step.
Here, you will get the **‘Access Key’** and the **‘Secret Key’**. Copy both the credentials or you can keep the tab open and go to the xCloud site in a different tab.
## **Configure Hetzner Storage Provider for Site Backup with xCloud** [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Since you have collected everything that you need from the Hetzner end, now let’s see how you can configure Hetzner storage for site backup in xCloud.
### **Step 3: Select The Hetzner Storage Provider** [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Log in to your xCloud dashboard, and navigate to **‘Team Settings’ → ‘Integrations’ → ‘Storage Provider’** & click on **‘Add New Provider’.** On the resulting page, sselect the **‘Hetzner’** as your storage provider
### **Step 4: Fill Up All the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Now, fill in your **‘Bucket Name’**, choose your **‘Region’** of the bucket that you have created with Hetzner.
Next, go back to the Hetzner dashboard, copy the **‘Access ID’** and **‘Secret Key’** from your created bucket. Then, go back to your xCloud dashboard and paste the**m** into the dedicated fields. Once everything is done, click on **‘Submit’**.
Once you have submitted it, your Hetzner storage will be added to xCloud, you can use it for site backup. Here’s how it looks in your dashboard once it gets connected successfully.
### Step 6: Configure Site Backups Settings in xCloud [#](/docs/integrate-hetzner-storage-provider/)
Once the integration process is done, you can move on to backup your site. As you can integrate more than one storage provider, choose one if you have multiple. For the Remote Backup Settings, choose your Bucket.
This is how you can easily integrate Hetzner storage provider and configure it for site backup in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate Object Cache Pro with xCloud? [Easy Guide] - xCloud
> Easily integrate Object Cache Pro with xCloud to boost your WordPress site's performanc with just a few simple steps.
[**Object Cache Pro**](https://objectcache.pro/) is a premium **caching solution** designed to work efficiently with WordPress, providing faster and more reliable object caching. Integrating Object Cache Pro with xCloud can greatly improve your WordPress site’s performance by reducing database queries and speeding up page load times.
Object caching stores frequently requested data in memory, allowing WordPress to retrieve it quickly instead of querying the database repeatedly. Follow the steps below to Integrate Object Cache Pro with xCloud with just a few clicks.
## **Step 1: Go to the Integration Settings** [#](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)
First, log in to your xCloud account. To integrate **Object Cache Pro**, go to the top-right menu, find the **Team Settings** option and click on it. Then, go to the **Integration** option from the left-side menu and click on **Integrations→ Others**.
## **Step 2: Integrate New Item** [#](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)
Then, look for and click the **‘Integrate New Item’** button.Once you click the **‘Integrate New Item’** button, a popup will appear on the xCloud dashboard. Here, insert your **Object Cache Pro** credentials **‘Name’** and ‘**License’**and click on **‘Add Plugin’** button.
## **Step 3: Go to Your Site** [#](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)
Now, navigate to the site where you want to integrate Object Cache Pro. From the left-side menu, select the **‘Caching’** option to proceed with the integration.
## **Step 4: Integrate Object Cache Pro With Your Site** [#](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)
Now, scroll down slightly to find the Object Cache Pro option. Then, toggle the switch to enable it and select the account you have already integrated. You also have the option to enable Debug Mode if needed. After that, click the **‘Configure Object Cache Pro’** button, and the system will automatically configure your account with your site.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can insert Object Cache Pro with xCloud. This seamless integration helps you provide a faster and more efficient user experience for your site visitors.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Integrate SFTP Storage Provider for Site Backup with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to integrate SFTP storage provider with xCloud to automate and manage your website backups effortlessly.
Websites require regular backups to ensure data safety and quick recovery in case of accidental loss, server failure, or security breaches. Many users prefer storing backups on external storage systems for added security and reliability.
With xCloud, you can easily integrate an [**SFTP storage provider**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/) to securely store your site backups, manage them efficiently, and automate backup schedules, all within a single platform.
In this guide, you will learn how to integrate SFTP storage provider with xCloud to set up a seamless and reliable backup solution for your site.
## **Step 1: Prepare the Backup Directory on Your SFTP Server** [#](/docs/integrate-sftp-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
First, collect the required credentials for your SFTP user account. You will need:
- Hostname or IP address
- Port number (default is 22)
- Username
- Password
- Path (directory where backups will be stored)
Before you start integrating SFTP with xCloud, you need to make sure the backup directory has the correct permissions. Connect to your SFTP server using SSH.
Copy to clipboard
1
ssh jhon@XX.XX.XX.XX
Check the file permissions of your backup directory
Copy to clipboard
1
ls -ld /path-to/jhon-backup-test
Example output:
Copy to clipboard
1
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 4.0K Sep 15 18:13 jhon-backup-test
Here, the directory is owned by root, which means the user arafat cannot write to it yet. Give the user full access. Run the following commands to update ownership and permissions to ensure that the user has full access to the backup directory.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
sudo chown -R jhon:jhon /path-to/arafat-backup-test
chmod -R 700 /path-to/jhon-backup-test
This ensures that the user has full access to the backup directory.
## **Integrate SFTP Storage Provider in xCloud** [#](/docs/integrate-sftp-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Once you have gathered all the required details, you can move forward with configuring the SFTP storage provider in xCloud. With this setup, your SFTP server will be connected to your xCloud account, making it possible to use it as a secure storage option for your site backups.
### **Step 2: Choose the New Storage Provider** [#](/docs/integrate-sftp-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
To add the storage provider, go to your xCloud dashboard and go to ‘**My Profile’** from the top right menu. Then navigate **‘Integrations’** → **‘Storage Provider’** option from the sidebar menu. From there, click on the **‘Add New Provider’** button to integrate SFTP storage provider.
A pop-up will appear, where you will find all the storage integrations available to integrate with xCloud. Then, select the **‘SFTP’** as your storage provider to integrate with xCloud.
### **Step 3: Fill in the Required Information** [#](/docs/integrate-sftp-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Next, provide the following details in the blank fields:
- **Label:** Enter a name for your SFTP integration.
- **Host:** Enter the hostname or IP address of your SFTP server.
- **Port:** Enter the port number of your SFTP server. If left blank, the default port 22 will be used.
- **Username:** Enter the username of your SFTP account.
- **Password:** Enter the password of your SFTP account.
- **Path:** Enter the directory path where you want to store the backup files (for example: /data1/home/1234/xcloud-backup). Make sure this directory exists on your server. If you leave this blank, the default path /home/{username} will be used.
After entering all the credentials, click on the ‘Submit’ button. Once submitted, your SFTP storage will be added to xCloud. You can now use it for site backups. If the integration is successful, it will appear in your dashboard.
### **Step 4: Configure Site Backup Settings in xCloud** [#](/docs/integrate-sftp-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Now, in the ‘**Remote Backup’** section, choose Backup Type as **‘Full’** and select the bucket you have just created for SFTP. You can then choose to exclude paths if necessary (for the paths you do not want to take backup).
Then, you can also enable **‘Automatic Backup’** and choose the backup frequency. Plus, you have the option to use the **‘Automatic Delete’** option with which you can set days after when your backup will be deleted automatically. Once done, hit the **‘Save’** button.
This is how you can easily integrate an SFTP storage provider and configure site backups in xCloud with SFTP.
If you encounter any difficulties, feel free to reach out to our support team for assistance.
---
# How to Integrate Wasabi Storage Provider for Site Backup with xCloud? - xCloud
> Discover how to integrate Wasabi storage provider with xCloud for seamless site backups with easy steps.
Backing up your site is one of the most important steps you can take to protect your data and ensure business continuity. Data loss can occur for many reasons, such as system errors, accidental deletion, or even natural disasters. To avoid these risks, you need a reliable storage provider integrated with your backup system.
Wasabi is a high-performance cloud storage solution that offers affordable, secure, and scalable storage. When combined with xCloud, it allows you to set up a smooth and efficient backup process for your site.
In this guide, we will learn how to integrate Wasabi Storage provider with **[xCloud](/)** to set up a seamless, efficient backup solution for your site.
### **Step 1: Generate Access Key on Wasabi** [#](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
First, go to the Wasabi, click on **‘Access Keys’** on the left sidebar. Click on the **‘Create New Access Key**’ button.
After, you can choose **‘Root User’** or **‘Sub-User’** as you wish. Next, click on **‘Download CSV’** or **‘Copy Keys To Clipboard’** and save them.
_Note: Once you will click on the copy keys to the clipboard, you will get two keys: ‘Access Key’ and ‘Secret Key’. Store these keys securely to integrate with xCloud._
## Step 2: Create a Bucket On Wasabi [#](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Next, go to the ‘Buckets’ option from the sidebar and click on the ‘Create Bucket’ option to create a new bucket for your site backups.
You need to enter a bucket name and select a region for the storage bucket, then click the Create Bucket button. Once the bucket is created, collect the region code such as ap-northeast-1 along with the endpoint URL displayed on the right side, for example s3.ap-northeast-1.wasabisys.com. These details are required for integration with xCloud.
Next, set properties for this bucket like ‘Bucket Versioning’ and enable ‘Object lock’ and click on the ‘Next’ button.
Note When Bucket Versioning is enabled, you can then retrieve and restore any previous version of an object in the bucket. Note: versions of objects are added to your total data storage costs. Enabling Object Lock will allow you to prevent objects from being overwritten or deleted for a fixed amount of time. Toggling this box will permanently enable Object lock functionality for the duration of this bucket’s existence.
Then you can enable ‘Bucket Logging’, a text log file of all access to this bucket is created in the bucket specified.
You can also enable ‘Object Replication’ to copy objects from a bucket (source) to another bucket (destination) to protect against bad actors, natural disasters, and user error.
Next, add tags to your storage bucket. Add ‘Key’ and ‘Value’ to the bucket. And click on the next button.
## Configure Wasabi Storage Provider for Site Backup With xCloud [#](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Since you have collected everything that you need from the Wasabi end, now let’s see how you can configure Wasabi storage for site backup in xCloud.
### Step 3: Choose the New Storage Provider [#](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud dashboard, and navigate to ‘Team Settings’ → ‘Integrations’ → ‘Storage Provider’ & click on ‘Add New Provider.’ On the resulting page, click on ‘Select Provider‘ to expand the dropdown option. And select ‘Wasabi‘ as your storage provider.
### Step 5: Fill Up All the Necessary Information [#](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Now, fill in your ‘**Bucket Name’**, **‘Access Key ID’** and **‘Secret Key’** that you have copied in the dedicated fields.
Then enter the ‘Endpoint’ from your created bucket, and choose the region of the created bucket. Once everything is done, click on ‘Submit’.
Once you have submitted it, your Wasabi storage will be added to xCloud, you can use it for site backup. Here’s how it looks in your dashboard once it gets connected successfully.
### Step 6: Configure Site Backups Settings in xCloud [#](/docs/integrate-wasabi-storage-provider-with-xcloud/)
Once the integration process is done, you can move on to back up your site. As you can integrate more than one storage provider, choose ‘Wasabi’ as your storage provider, Backup type ‘Full’ or ‘Incremental and other settings as your preferences and click on the ‘Save’ button.
You can also choose to schedule **‘Automatic Backup’** and ‘**Automatic Delete’.** For automatic backup, you need to select a backup frequency and a backup time. On the other hand, you can set a value for how many days after a backup will be deleted automatically.
This is how you can easily integrate the Wasabi storage provider and configure it for site backup in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# [Troubleshooting Guide] LiteSpeed Cache Plugin: Storage Usage - xCloud
> Learn how to fix and prevent high storage usage caused by the LiteSpeed Cache plugin on OpenLiteSpeed servers.
If you are using the LiteSpeed Cache plugin on a website hosted on an OpenLiteSpeed server, you might notice that your server storage fills up very quickly. This can happen even when you have not uploaded much content. This issue is common and usually linked to how the caching system handles temporary files.
It is important to understand why this happens and how to manage it so that you can maintain a healthy website and avoid unexpected storage issues.
## **Why Is Server Storage Filling Up?** [#](/docs/litespeed-cache-plugin-storage-usage/)
You might be surprised when your disk space fills up faster than expected. The reason is usually related to how LiteSpeed Cache manages files. One of the main causes is the **CSS/JS Combine** feature. This feature creates new cache files every time a page loads. If your theme or plugins use randomised or dynamic asset names, the number of these files grows quickly. Each variation results in a new file, which adds up fast. Over time, this leads to high disk usage, even if the actual website content remains the same.
## **Who Is Most Affected?** [#](/docs/litespeed-cache-plugin-storage-usage/)
Websites on smaller hosting plans are more likely to have issues. For example, if your plan offers only 25GB of storage, your site can quickly run out of space. Sites with high traffic are at greater risk. When more users visit your site, more cached files are created. If your site is not optimized well, these files can accumulate unchecked. This can hurt performance and may lead to downtime if the server runs out of space.
## **How Can You Fix It?** [#](/docs/litespeed-cache-plugin-storage-usage/)
If your storage is already running low, there are steps you can take to fix it. You can start with a temporary fix and then apply long-term solutions to prevent the problem from returning.
### **Temporary Fix** [#](/docs/litespeed-cache-plugin-storage-usage/)
To fix the issue temporarily, you can clear the cache folder manually. This involves deleting the files directly from your server. You can also do it using the LiteSpeed Cache plugin by selecting the “Clear Cache” option in the plugin settings.
### **Permanent Fix** [#](/docs/litespeed-cache-plugin-storage-usage/)
For a more permanent solution, you need to adjust your caching settings. First, disable the CSS/JS Combine feature. This will reduce the number of temporary files generated. Then, exclude any files with dynamic or randomized names from being combined. These files tend to cause excessive cache growth. Finally, review all optimization settings in the plugin. Make sure they suit your site’s actual needs and traffic level.
## **Should You Upgrade Your Server?** [#](/docs/litespeed-cache-plugin-storage-usage/)
If your site continues to grow, or if you are running a production website with frequent updates and high traffic, it might be time to upgrade your server. A higher-tier hosting plan with more disk space and better resources can handle more cached files and prevent similar issues in the future. An upgrade also provides more stability and performance for your visitors.
If you want to understand this issue better or follow advanced troubleshooting steps, you can read the official documentation provided by LiteSpeed:
👉 [**CSS/JS Issues – LSCache for WordPress**](https://docs.litespeedtech.com/lscache/lscwp/ts-optimize/#disk-space-filling-fast)
If you are not sure how to adjust the plugin settings or if the issue keeps coming back, you should reach out to your hosting provider’s [**support team**](/support/)**.** If you are using xCloud as your host, please contact our support team to assist you directly.
---
# Magic Login In xCloud: Login To Your WordPress Sites As Your Admin User - xCloud
> Follow this guide to explore the Magic Login feature from xCloud.
**Magic login** is a term used to describe a type of login process that provides a seamless and effortless authentication experience for users.
Our login method in [**xCloud**](/) enhances security and user experience. It eliminates the need for users to remember and manage passwords, reducing the risk of password-related security breaches. Additionally, it simplifies the login process, making it more convenient and user-friendly.
## **How Magic Login Works In xCloud?** [#](/docs/magic-login-in-xcloud/)
xCloud’s magical login feature simplifies accessing your **[WordPress](https://wordpress.org/)** admin with a hassle-free process. Say goodbye to password-related concerns and enjoy a more straightforward way to log in. To get started, click the “**Magic Login**” button. This action triggers the magic login process, and you’ll be securely logged in to your WordPress admin with a single click.
## **How To Disable Magic Login?** [#](/docs/magic-login-in-xcloud/)
With xCloud, you have the option to disable the Magic Login feature directly from your dashboard. The option is available under **Server > Settings** page. Disabling this will remove Magic Login feature from all the sites under this server.
That’s how this feature works. Now you can start working on your website, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
Still stuck? Contact our **support team** for any of your queries.
---
# How To Manage And Update WordPress Core, Themes, & Plugins In xCloud? - xCloud
> Follow the documentation to learn how to manage and update WordPress core, themes, and plugins in xCloud.
**[xCloud](/)** allows you to easily manage and update WordPress core, themes, and plugins directly from the xCloud dashboard, which requires only a few steps.
## Steps To Manage And Update WordPress Core, Themes, and Plugins In xCloud [#](/docs/manage-and-update-wordpress-core-themes-in-xcloud/)
Follow the quick step-by-step guide below to learn how you can manage and update WordPress core, themes, and plugins in xCloud.
## Step 1: Navigate to the Your Site [#](/docs/manage-and-update-wordpress-core-themes-in-xcloud/)
First, log in to your xCloud dashboard. On the top right menu, navigate to your site from the dashboard. Then find the **‘WordPress’ → ‘Updates’** option from the sidebar.
## Step 2: Update Plugin, Themes, and Core Files [#](/docs/manage-and-update-wordpress-core-themes-in-xcloud/)
Access the updates dashboard, where you can find and update all your plugins, themes, and core files easily.
Next, go to the **‘WordPress Core’** section. Click on the version you want to update from the dropdown easily, and update in just a few clicks.
## Step 3: Rollback Plugin, Themes And Core Files [#](/docs/manage-and-update-wordpress-core-themes-in-xcloud/)
You can also roll back to your preferred version. Click on the rollback option, choose your desired version, enable the backup option, and then click “Rollback.”
Once you click, it will instantly roll back to the previous WordPress core version within a few minutes.
## Step 4: Activate & Deactivate Plugin, Themes, and Core Files [#](/docs/manage-and-update-wordpress-core-themes-in-xcloud/)
Now, select the plugin you want to ‘Activate’, ‘Deactivate’, or ‘Update’. Just click on ‘Activate,’ and the plugin will be activated on your website. Similarly, you can deactivate or update any plugin or theme as needed. These options can be performed separately for each of the plugin or theme or you can check multiple plugins or themes to do these actions all at once.
You can also roll back to your preferred version as well. Click on the rollback option, choose your desired version, enable the backup option, and then click “Rollback.” It will instantly work on rollback
Thus, you can manage and update WordPress core, themes, and plugins easily in xCloud.
To make updates easier, you can manage all your WordPress core, plugin, and theme updates from one place using the Updates Manager. Read the **[documentation](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/)** to learn more.
Getting stuck? Feel free to **[contact our support](/contact/)** team for further assistance.
---
# How to Manage WordPress Updates Easily with Updates Manager - xCloud
> Easily update WordPress plugins, themes, and core files across all your sites with xCloud’s Updates Manager in just one click.
WordPress updates are an important step to keep your sites secure and running smoothly. With xCloud, you do not need to log in to each site separately; everything can be managed from one dashboard.
You can update plugins, themes, and even WordPress Core with just a single click. Follow the steps to access the Updates Manager in xCloud and update plugins, themes, and WordPress Core files easily
## **Step 1: Navigate to the Updates Manager** [#](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/)
First, log in to your xCloud dashboard. On the top right menu, navigate to the **‘Updates Manager’** option from the dashboard. Click on that to access the updates manager dashboard, where you can find and update all your site plugins in just a click.
## **Step 2: Check the Updates Manager** [#](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/)
Once you are in the **‘Updates Manager’** dashboard, you will see an overview of WordPress updates available in the server and sites for this team. Here you will get **‘Plugins’, ‘Themes’, ‘WordPress Core’,** and **‘Update History’.** Here, you can see the total required number of updates, plugins, Themes, and WordPress Core files.
## **Step 3: Choose What to Update** [#](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/)
Next, navigate to the left sidebar and find options for **‘Plugins’, ‘Themes’, ‘WordPress Core’,** and **‘Update History’.**
## **Step 4: Update Plugins** [#](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/)
For example, we are updating the plugins here. To update plugins, go to the Plugins tab. Inside the Plugins section, you will notice that plugins are organized into different categories. These help you understand the current state of each plugin:
- **All** – Shows all plugins regardless of status
- **Update Available (10)** – Lists plugins with pending updates
- **Active (17)** – Displays currently active plugins
- **Inactive (15)** – Shows deactivated plugins
These categories make it easier for you to filter and focus on specific types of plugins during updates.
There, you will see a full list of your plugins. You can use the search bar at the top to quickly find a specific plugin if you need to. Once you have located the plugins you want to update, select them.
After that, choose the websites where you want the updates to be applied. You can pick just one site, a few of them, or all of them. When you are ready, click on the **‘Update Selected**‘ button.
xCloud will take care of the rest and apply the updates to all selected sites at once. This saves a lot of time and avoids the hassle of updating each site manually.
## **Step 5: Update Themes and WordPress Core** [#](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/)
Now, to update the **‘Plugins’** of your sites, go to the **‘Plugins’** → **‘Updates Available’** tab and select the **‘Sites’** you want to update and click on the **‘Update Selected’** button.
Just like with plugins, you will see a list of items that can be updated. Select the themes or core files that need to be updated, choose the websites where you want to apply the changes, and click Update Selected. Everything will be updated in just one step, and you can be sure that your sites are using the latest versions.
## **Step 6: View Your Update History** [#](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/)
After your updates are complete, you can go to the **‘Update History** tab to see a record of everything that was done. Here, you will get the details of **‘Date’, ‘Time’** and the websites where updates were applied, and a list of updated files. If you want to see more details, you can click the **‘See Details’** button for more information. You can also filter the history by timeframe, which is helpful if you want to check what was updated recently or during a specific week or month.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can update your WordPress sites, which is a smart way to save time and reduce effort with xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Manually Upload WordPress Websites With SFTP on xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to upload larger than 500 MB files to create WordPress sites with complete freedom.
If you want to manually upload a WordPress website, with [**xCloud**](/), you can manually upload WordPress Websites On xCloud without any hassle. Follow the step-by-step guide below to get started and upload WordPress websites with SFTP easily:
## Prerequisites to Manually Upload WordPress Websites with SFTP on xCloud: [#](/docs/manually-upload-wordpress-websites-with-sftp/)
- Disable 2FA if there are any.
- Disable additional security like Cloudways Bot protection, OR Site Grounds Security optimizer from your hosting end.
- Uninstall Must use plugins of hosts.
- Clear Cache and disable cache plugins like Object Cache PRO
- Disable Wordfence or any other security plugins.
## Step 1: Create A New Site [#](/docs/manually-upload-wordpress-websites-with-sftp/)
First, you have to log in to xCloud with your credentials. Then click on ‘New Site’ from the xCloud dashboard.
After that, you have to choose your server to upload your site. Click on the **‘Choose Server’** field and select your server from the drop-down and before clicking on the **‘Next’** button.
Now, you will be redirected site creation dashboard. Click on the **‘Manually Upload WordPress Website’** option.
## Step 2: Add Information To Manually Upload WordPress Website [#](/docs/manually-upload-wordpress-websites-with-sftp/)
Now, select the **‘Migrate to a New Domain’** option to deploy your manually uploaded site with a custom domain. Fill in the **‘Site title’**, **‘Domain Name’** and **‘DNS Setup’** in the necessary fields and click on the next button to proceed.
Here we are creating a demo site. Choose the **‘Demo site’** option and click on the **‘Next’** option.
## Step 3: Configure & Install Your Demo Site [#](/docs/manually-upload-wordpress-websites-with-sftp/)
Now, you will be sent to the **‘Settings’** step. Make sure to correctly add your ‘**PHP Version’**, **‘Site User’**. Enable or disable the **‘Full Page Caching’, ‘Redis Object Caching’ for this site.** And if you do not want to index this site in Google then click on the check box to deindex this site.
Next, you choose **‘Add Your Existing Database’** to add your existing database or choose **‘Create Database in Server**’ to create a new database for this site.
## **Step 4: Upload Your Site by SFTP/SSH** [#](/docs/manually-upload-wordpress-websites-with-sftp/)
Now, you will get two options, one for **‘Upload from Browser’** and another for **‘Upload Using SFTP/SSH’.** Choose the **‘Upload Using SFTP/SSH’** from here and click on the **‘Generate Credentials’** button to
Once the credentials are generated, you will get the **‘Sever Address’, ‘Password’ ‘Username’, ‘Port’, ‘Uploaded Path’.**
Now copy the **‘Server Address’, ‘Username’, ‘Password’** and **‘Port’** and go to the SFTP client dashboard. Then enter the credentials in the dedicated fields and click on the **‘Quick Connect’** button.
Then upload your site file to the **‘Uploaded path’** provided in the xCloud dashboard, and update the database file into the ‘db’ folder using the SFTP client.
And go back to the xCloud dashboard and click on the check box, if you have uploaded both the site and database, then hit the **‘Verify Upload’** button. Then click on the **‘Next’** button.
## Step 5: Complete the Site Upload [#](/docs/manually-upload-wordpress-websites-with-sftp/)
Now, if you are ready to go for uploading an existing WordPress website with xCloud, click on the **‘Start’** button. Within a few moments, your WordPress website will be uploaded to xCloud automatically. You will see the following screen while uploading. Once the migration is successfully complete, you will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
After a while your site will be ready and you can visit right from the dashboard. This is how easily you can create your WordPress site manually with xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Easily Migrate A Website With Migrate Guru Plugin In xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how you can easily and successfully migrate a website with Migrate Guru plugin in xCloud using a few, simple steps.
With xCloud, you can easily migrate a website with Migrate Guru plugin and bring your WordPress website to a new hosting platform and manage your website with ease
The Migrate Guru is a free WordPress plugin that simplifies the process of migrating or transferring your website between hosting providers. Widely known for its reliability and efficiency, it is a recommended plugin by many web-building professionals.
It is also completely compatible with [**xCloud Hosting**](/), making it easy for anyone to migrate a website with Migrate Guru plugin in a few steps.
## Prerequisites To Migrate A Website With Migrate Guru: [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
- Disable 2FA if there are any.
- Disable additional security like Cloudways Bot protection, OR Site Grounds Security optimizer from your hosting end.
- Uninstall Must use plugins of hosts.
- Clear Cache and disable cache plugins like Object Cache PRO
- Disable Wordfence or any other security plugins.
## How To Migrate A Website With Migrate Guru? [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
To learn how you can migrate a website with Migrate Guru plugin to xCloud, follow the step-by-step guide below:
### **Step 1: Create A Destination Website In xCloud** [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
To get started, log in to your xCloud account and create a **‘Destination’** website or **‘Demo Site’**. [**Follow this documentation**](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/) to learn how easily you can create a demo site.
### **Step 2: Install The Migrate Guru Plugin** [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
Afterward, you need to install the [**Migrate Guru plugin**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/migrate-guru/) on both your Development site that you want to migrate and your Destination site.
To do so, log in and navigate to your WordPress website dashboard. From here, head over to the **‘Plugins’** option from the side panel and search for ‘**Migrate Guru**’ to install and activate it on your site.
**Note:** You need to install and activate the Migrate Guru plugin on your source website, too. You will need to come back to the development/source site in step 4.
### **Step 3: Collect Migration Key From Destination Site** [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
Once the Migrate Guru plugin is activated on your sites, you will need to retrieve the ‘Migration Key.’ This key is unique to each migration and is required to **_connect your development site with your destination site_**.
To obtain the migration key, go to your destination website in xCloud and navigate to the Migrate Guru plugin tab. Click on the **‘Migration Key’** text link that appears on the dashboard and copy the key provided, as shown below.
**Note:** You will need to paste this key in the appropriate field on your development site later in the migration process.
### **Step 4: Migrate Your Source Website** [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
Enter your email address for notification at your source website and click on the **‘Migrate Site’** button.
### **Step 5: Select The Host You Are Migrating To** [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
You will be redirected to a screen where you have to select your destination hosting source. Scroll to the bottom and click on the ‘Other Hosts’ optin.
### **Step 6: Enter The Migration Key To Your Source Site** [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
On the next screen, enter the migration key you had retrieved from the Migrate Guru plugin on your xCloud destination website earlier, and click on the ‘Migrate’ button to get started.
This will instantly start migrating your development website to your destination website on xCloud.
### **Step 7: Log In With Your Source Website’s Credentials** [#](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/)
Once the migration is complete, you can navigate back to xCloud and see your source site transferred to the new destination. Please note that you will need the **login credentials from your source website** to enter the wp-admin panel of your migrated website.
And that’s it; this is how you can easily migrate a website with Migrate Guru in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](http://support@xcloud.host) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Migrate An Existing WordPress Website In xCloud? - xCloud
> Here we have learned how to log migrate an existing WordPress website with xCloud.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily migrate an existing **[WordPress](https://wordpress.org/download/)** website without any complexity at all. Let’s follow this guide to get started.
## **Prerequisites To Migrate An Existing WordPress Website In xCloud:** [#](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/)
- Disable 2FA if there are any. \[only do this if your token migration fails\]
- Disable Cloudflare Bot Fight Mode and any other higher security features of it. \[only do this if your token migration fails\]
- Disable additional security like Cloudways Bot protection, OR Site Grounds Security optimizer from your hosting end. \[only do this if your token migration fails\]
- Clear Cache and disable cache plugins like Object Cache PRO
- Uninstall Must use plugins of hosts.
- Disable Wordfence, Malcare or any other security plugins.
## **Step 1: Create A New Site** [#](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/)
First, you have to log in to xCloud with your credentials. Then click on ‘**Add New Site**’ from the xCloud dashboard.
After that, you have to choose your server to add the site. You can either create a new server or use your existing one.
Now, you will be redirected to the site creation dashboard. Click on the ‘**Migrate An Existing WordPress Website**’.
## **Step 2: Add Information To Migrate An Existing WordPress Website** [#](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/)
Here, simply select the destination server to migrate your site.
On the domain page, you need to add your source site URL. And if you choose to migrate to a new domain you can include your custom domain. xCloud offers a demo site environment and with it, you can migrate your site and visit it live with a temporary domain.
After successful migration, you may update the site with your custom domain later.
In this tutorial, we will be working on a demo site.
_**Note:** It is advisable to migrate your website to a temporary domain initially to ensure everything functions correctly. Following this, you can smoothly transition your temporary domain to a live one and launch your site._
Now we will be on the ‘**Settings**’ page. Make sure to correctly add your **PHP Version**, Prefix, **Site Users,** and much more and click on the **‘Next’** button
### **Step 3: Add Plugin File & Authentication Token To WordPress Site** [#](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/)
You will be directed to the plugin page. Just download the plugin file and copy the code to paste it to your WordPress site.
Now go to your WordPress website and add the migration plugin you have just downloaded. After that paste the access token you have copied from the Plugin tab. You can see in the following picture that the plugin has been successfully installed and the code is added.
After all the changes check the box by agreeing that you have added the token in your site and click on the ‘Next’ button to save all your progress.
### **Step 4: Complete Database Settings & Finalize** [#](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/)
In the ‘**Database**’ tab you can configure your preferred database setup. You can either migrate all database tables or only the file systems.
After that, you are good to go for migrating an existing WordPress website with xCloud.
This is how you can easily migrate an existing WordPress website with ease.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Migrate from Cloudways to xCloud (Full Server Migration)? - xCloud
> Moving your WordPress sites from Cloudways to xCloud is now seamless with xCloud's Cloudways Full Server Migration provider. You can migrate all
Moving your WordPress sites from Cloudways to xCloud is now seamless with xCloud’s **Cloudways Full Server Migration** provider. You can migrate all your WordPress sites in bulk — without root access, without manual database exports, and without touching each site individually.
xCloud handles site discovery, file transfer, database migration, and search-replace automatically. You only need your **Cloudways Master Credentials** to get started.
## Why Migrate from Cloudways to xCloud? [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
Cloudways is a managed platform — they control the server environment and limit what you can do. When you migrate to xCloud, you get:
- **Full server control** — root access, custom configurations, no platform lock-in
- **Transparent pricing** — pay for your VPS directly, not a markup on top of it
- **Bring your own server** — use Vultr, DigitalOcean, Hetzner, AWS, or any VPS provider
- **No per-site fees** — manage unlimited sites per server on one flat license
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
Before starting the migration, make sure the following are ready:
- **A destination server provisioned in xCloud** — To migrate your sites to xCloud, you need an already deployed server where your sites can be hosted. You can also create a new server to migrate your sites from Cloudways
- **Cloudways Master Credentials** — SSH username and password (not your Cloudways account login). You’ll find these in your Cloudways dashboard under **Server → Master Credentials**.
- **Destination server storage** — ensure at least **1 GB of free space** more than the total size of your sites on Cloudways.
- **Disable caching plugins** — disable Object Cache Pro, Redis, or other caching on source sites before migration.
- **Disable security plugins** — temporarily disable Wordfence or similar security plugins on source sites.
- **Clear all caches** on source sites before starting.
> ⚠️ **Note:** Unlike regular Full Server Migration, you do **not** need root access to your Cloudways server. Cloudways manages SSH authentication through their own dashboard — xCloud handles this automatically when you select the Cloudways provider.
## How to Get Your Cloudways Master Credentials [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
Your **Master Credentials** are the SSH login details for your Cloudways server — not your Cloudways account email/password.
Log in to your **[Cloudways dashboard](https://platform.cloudways.com/)**. Go to **Servers** and click on the server you want to migrate from.
Click the ‘**Master Credentials**‘ tab.
You’ll see:
- **Username** — your Cloudways SSH master username.
- **Password** — your master SSH password.
Keep these handy. You’ll enter them in xCloud in the next step.
## Step 1: Start Full Server Migration & Select Cloudways [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
Go to **xCloud** Dashboard, click on the **‘Add New Site’ →** choose a server, the n click on the ‘Migrate **Full Server’** under the WordPress tab.
Next you will find differnet server providers options. Choose ‘Cloudways’ provider from the **‘Source’** page.
## Step 2: Enter Your Cloudways Server Credentials [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
Once you select Cloudways as the provider:
1. **IP Address** — enter the public IP address of your Cloudways server (found in Cloudways dashboard → Servers)
2. **Port** — leave as `22` (default SSH port)
3. **SSH Username** — enter your Cloudways **Master Credentials username** (e.g. `master_abc123`)
💡 Unlike regular Full Server Migration, where the username is locked to `root`, Cloudways requires your master username. The username field is editable when Cloudways is selected.
4\. **Authentication** — automatically set to **Password** (public key option is hidden for Cloudways, since Cloudways manages SSH keys through their own dashboard)
5\. **Password** — enter your Cloudways **Master Credentials password**
1. Click **Next** to verify the connection and proceed to the next steps.
xCloud will connect to your Cloudways server and automatically discover all WordPress installations under your Cloudways applications directory.
## Step 3: Select the Sites to Migrate [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
After a successful connection, xCloud scans your Cloudways server and lists all WordPress sites.
**Select** the sites you want to migrate — you can select all or choose specific ones. Click **Next** to proceed.
## Step 4: Choose Migration Mode — Go Live or Demo [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
For each site, choose how you want it to land on xCloud:
- **Go Live**– Migrates directly to the same domain, point your DNS to xCloud when ready
- **Demo Site**: Creates a site using an xCloud demo domain.
Toggle your preferred option for each site and click **on Next button to start migration**.
> ⚠️ Make sure your destination server has at least **1 GB free storage** beyond your total site sizes. Check **Server Overview → Disk Usage** before starting.
## Step 5: Wait for Migration to Complete [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
Next verify the informations and click on the the ‘Start’ button.xCloud handles the entire migration process automatically:
1. **File transfer** — rsyncs all site files from Cloudways to xCloud
2. **Database export** — dumps the database from Cloudways (`mysqldump` with managed hosting compatibility)
3. **Database import** — imports into the new server’s MySQL/MariaDB
4. **Search & Replace** — updates URLs in the database if domain or path changes
Migration time depends on the total size of your sites. You’ll see real-time progress in the xCloud dashboard.
## Step 6: Verify & Go Live [#](/docs/migrate-from-cloudways-to-xcloud-full-server-migration/)
Once migration is complete:
1. Test your sites using the **Demo URL** (if you chose Demo mode) or by editing your local `hosts` file
2. Verify content, images, plugins, and functionality look correct
3. When ready, **point your DNS** to your new xCloud server’s IP address
4. SSL certificates are automatically provisioned by xCloud after DNS propagates
And that’s it this is how easily, you can migrate your sites from Cloudways easily.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach to our [support team](http://support.xcloud.host/).
---
# How to Migrate from Ubuntu 20.04 to Ubuntu 24.04 with xCloud - xCloud
> Migrate from Ubuntu 20.04 to Ubuntu 24.04 using xCloud's full server clone feature. Learn how to upgrade smoothly with our step-by-step guide.
As Ubuntu 20.04 reaches its official end-of-life on **May 31, 2025**, it is essential to begin migrating your servers and applications to a supported version.
If you want to migrate from Ubuntu 20.04 to Ubuntu 24.04, you cannot upgrade your operating system in place because each version of Ubuntu has a different stack architecture. Automated upgrades do not work because of differences in dependencies and package compatibility.
Rather, with xCloud, you can create a new server with the updated Ubuntu version and use the full server clone feature to clone your entire existing server.
👉Follow the step-by-step instructions to _[clone a full server with xCloud?](/docs/how-to-clone-full-server-with-xcloud/)_
That’s it! You can successfully migrate from Ubuntu 20.04 to Ubuntu 24.04 with xCloud.
## Frequently Asked Questions [#](/docs/migrate-from-ubuntu-20-04-to-ubuntu-24-04/)
### **Can I upgrade my current server from Ubuntu 20.04 to 24.04 in place?** [#](/docs/migrate-from-ubuntu-20-04-to-ubuntu-24-04/)
We do not recommend upgrading your current server. Instead, create a new server with Ubuntu 24.04 and move your data there. Upgrading the existing server can cause problems because of significant changes in the system. To make migration easy, use xCloud’s full server clone feature.
Still stuck? Contact our [support team](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Migrate MySQL Database to MariaDB with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to migrate MySQL database to MariaDB with xCloud.
To migrate MySQL database to MariaDB with xCloud, you will need to create a new server with MariaDB. Then clone your current sites to your newly created server with MariaDB. Learn how to [clone site under same/different server](/docs/clone-site-under-same-different-server-in-xcloud/) in xCloud.
---
# How To Migrate Sites From cPanel To Managed Hosting At xCloud? - xCloud
> Upgrade your web hosting experience today. Migrate sites from cPanel to managed hosting! Move to xCloud for better performance and managed hosting benefits.
**cPanel** provides a user-friendly platform for managing website files and databases for many website owners. But as your website grows and traffic demands increase, you might want to consider upgrading to a managed hosting solution. Fortunately, [**xCloud Host**](https://xcloud.host/') is here to help you with all that, providing you with a simple and seamless way to migrate sites from [**cPanel**](https://cpanel.net/) to managed hosting.
Follow this step-by-step guide to learn how to **migrate sites from cPanel** to managed hosting at xCloud.
## **Step 1: Generate Backup In cPanel** [#](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)
Before getting started, you need to create backups in cPanel by navigating to **Files → Backup**. You will need to have a full account backup. So, hit the ‘**Download a Full Account Backup**’ button.
Here, you will see if you have any previous backups available. Plus, you can also generate a new full backup file. Choose one of the backup destination options and **provide your email address** if you want a notification to your email once the backup is ready. You can also choose not to get an email notification. Once done, hit the ‘**Generate Backup**’ button below.
Now, you are all set to generate and collect API tokens from cPanel to start migrating.
## **Step 2: Collect API Tokens From cPanel** [#](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)
To create and collect API tokens in cPanel for performing the migration process, **log in** to your cPanel account dashboard and navigate to **Security → Manage API Tokens**.
Now, you need to create a new token by tapping the ‘**Create**’ button. Provide a token name, choose whether you want to set an expiry date, and tap the **‘Create’** button.
The API token will be generated instantly. Copy the API token and save it for later purposes. Once done, press the ‘**Yes, I Saved My Token**’ option.
## **Step 3: Migrate Sites From cPanel To xCloud** [#](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud account and open your server where you want to migrate sites from cPanel. Now, hit the **‘+New Site’** to add a new site. On the next screen, select the ‘**Migrate Full Server**’ option.
At xCloud, you will have two options for migrating sites from cPanel:
- cPanel API
- Upload the Full Backup File
We recommend using the cPanel API method as it is the more convenient option. It offers a hassle-free migration without downloading and uploading a large backup file with multiple sites. Plus, with API, everything will be done on the server end.
We will be showing you the process of migrating with cPanel API.
Select the ‘**cPanel API’** option. Then, input cPanel username, cPanel API key you collected, and cPanel host.
You will find the cPanel username on the cPanel dashboard, as shown below. Also, the host can be found in the web page URL along with the port.
Now, after providing this data, hit the ‘**Fetch Existing Backups**’ button. You will now see a list of existing backups. Select the one you need, and hit the **‘Next’** button.
## **Step 4: Select Your Sites** [#](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)
On the next screen, you will need to select sites from the available ones. If you select all, all your WordPress sites will be selected. You can also choose individual sites. Once done, hit the **‘Next’** button.
## **Step 5: Select Domains & Start Migration** [#](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)
Here, you can choose to make domains either staging or live. However, you can change it to live sites later. So, we recommend making your sites as staging for now in this step. Now, go **‘Next’**.
Now, on the next screen, you will see an overview of all the details of your actions regarding to the sites. You can edit the details for individual sites here. Once done and you are ready to migrate sites, hit the **‘Start’** button. Your migration may take a few minutes to complete, depending on your site settings and file size.
That is how easily you can migrate sites from cPanel to managed hosting at xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Monitor System Processes Using htop Command [Step-by-Step Guide] - xCloud
> Learn how to monitor and troubleshoot system processes with the htop command in this step-by-step guide
The **htop** **command** is a user-friendly, interactive tool that provides a real-time view of your system’s performance, particularly processes, CPU, and memory usage. It is more visually intuitive compared to the top command, with its color-coded display and easy-to-use keyboard shortcuts.
In this guide, we will cover **two methods** on how to use htop to monitor and troubleshoot system processes, including **MySQL** resource usage and website traffic management. We have also incorporated the ability to restart **MySQL** or the server through the **xCloud dashboard**.
## **What You Can Monitor with htop:** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
When you launch htop, you gain access to critical system metrics that can help diagnose performance issues:
- **CPU Usage**: Displayed for individual cores, showing the load each is handling.
- **Memory Usage**: Details on how your RAM is being used, including buffers and caches.
- **Swap Usage**: Displays swap memory, which is disk space used as virtual RAM.
- **Process Count**: Shows the number of tasks, threads, and active processes.
- **Load Averages**: Provides 1, 5, and 15-minute averages of CPU load.
- **System Uptime**: Shows how long the server has been running.
- **Active Processes**: Displays details such as process ID (PID), user, memory, and CPU usage for each process.
## **Method 1: Monitoring MySQL Processes And System Resources Using htop** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
In this method, you will explore how to monitor website activity and analyze system resources through the htop command. This comprehensive approach will guide you in identifying traffic patterns, managing server performance, and addressing issues related to plugins or themes that may affect your website’s operation.
### **Step 1: Connect to Your Server Via SSH** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
First, you have to create sudo users with sudo access to run commands as the root user, helping you manage the server effectively. To create sudo users and connect your server via SSH, read this documentation: [Understanding Sudo Users And Site Users In xCloud.](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
### **Step 2: Run the htop Command** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
Once connected to your server, type htop in the terminal and press Enter. The htop interface will open, displaying real-time system metrics like CPU usage, memory, swap usage, and active processes.
### **Step 3: Navigating htop** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
You can interact with the htop interface using keyboard shortcuts. Press F3 to search for specific processes (for example, type “mysql”), F6 to sort by CPU, memory, or other metrics, F9 to kill a specific process, and F10 to exit htop.
#### **Step 4: Access Database Details via xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
To monitor database activity more effectively, log in to the xCloud dashboard and navigate to your site and find **Access Data** → **SFTP** option from the menu. Here, you can find details about where to access the database for the site.
_**Note**: During server provisioning, we send the root password for the database/MySQL to your email. Use these credentials to access and manage the database as needed._
### **Step 5: Check MySQL Resource Usage** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
In the htop interface, search for MySQL processes. Use the F3 key to quickly locate them by typing **“mysql”** in the search bar. If you notice high CPU or RAM consumption, there may be problematic MySQL queries or table locking issues.
### **Step 6: Check Active MySQL Queries** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
To check active MySQL queries, open a new terminal session and log into MySQL using the command mysql -u root -p. Then, use the following command to inspect active queries:
**SHOW PROCESSLIST;**
This will help identify queries causing high resource usage, such as long-running or sleeping queries.
### **Step 7: Kill Problematic Queries** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
If a query is causing high resource consumption, use the KILL command with the specific query ID:
KILL QUERY\_ID;
### **Step 8: Restart MySQL or Server** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
If killing problematic queries does not resolve the issue, you may need to restart MySQL or the server. To restart MySQL from the command line, use the command
sudo systemctl restart mysql
Alternatively, you can restart MySQL or the server directly from the xCloud dashboard. Log in to the dashboard, click the three-dot menu, and select ‘Restart MySQL’ or ‘Restart Server’. After restarting, use htop again to check CPU and memory usage to ensure everything is back to normal.
## **Method 2: Monitoring Website Activity And System Resources Using htop** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
In this method, you will explore how to monitor website activity and analyze system resources through the htop command. This comprehensive approach will guide you in identifying traffic patterns, managing server performance, and addressing issues related to plugins or themes that may affect your website’s operation.
### **Step 1: Use htop to Monitor Website Performance** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
Open htop and monitor processes related to your website, such as apache2, nginx, or php-fpm. Log into xCloud and go to the specific site’s page. Locate the **‘Site User’** field in the site details bar. In htop, you can find the processes associated with your web server (for example, nginx, apache2, or php-fpm). If the processes are running under a specific site user, log into the xCloud dashboard and navigate to the website in question. Look for the ‘Site User’ in the site’s details.
### **Step 2: Check Site Traffic and System Resource Usage** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
If CPU or RAM usage is high, check the website traffic to see if a sudden surge is causing the issue. To check the traffic, visit the logs in the xCloud dashboard. Navigate to the site and go to Monitoring and Logs. If your server is an NGINX server, choose the NGINX access logs, or if your server is an OLS server, select the OLS access logs. Review the traffic patterns. If you see legitimate high traffic, consider upgrading your hosting plan. If the traffic seems suspicious, it may indicate a potential bot attack that needs attention.
### **Step 3: Filter Bot Traffic** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
If bot traffic is overwhelming your server, enable the [**7G Firewall**](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/) and [**8G Firewall**](/docs/enable-8g-firewall-in-xcloud/), a lightweight firewall that blocks bots and malicious traffic. You can also enable Cloudflare’s **‘Under Attack Mode’** in your Cloudflare settings to protect against DDoS attacks.
### **Step 4: Check Plugins, Themes, and MySQL Processes** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
Sometimes, plugins or themes can cause excessive resource usage. To troubleshoot this, ensure everything is up-to-date by updating your plugins and themes. Additionally, consider disabling non-essential plugins, as reducing the number of active plugins may improve performance. You can also check MySQL queries by following the steps in Method 1 to identify any problematic queries.
### **Step 5: Restart the Server Using the xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
If traffic issues or plugin problems persist, you can reboot the server using the xCloud dashboard. Simply go to the xCloud dashboard, find your server, click the three-dot icon, and select Restart Server.
That’s it. By following this guide, you can efficiently monitor and troubleshoot system processes using htop. From MySQL queries to web traffic and plugin management, htop combined with xCloud dashboard functionalities provides a comprehensive toolkit for maintaining server performance. The inclusion of color-coded visual metrics in htop and easy keyboard navigation further enhances the user experience and simplifies the troubleshooting process.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Monitor Website Performance with Site Insights on xCloud - xCloud
> Website performance directly affects user satisfaction, retention and search rankings. Even small delays in page load time can lead to higher bounce rates,
Website performance directly affects user satisfaction, retention and search rankings. Even small delays in page load time can lead to higher bounce rates, lower conversions and weaker SEO visibility.
**Site Insights** on xCloud gives you **real-time data across three areas:** PHP activity, MySQL operations and traffic patterns so you can find and fix issues fast.
- **Traffic**: Displays overall traffic summary (requests, unique IPs/URLs, bot requests, bandwidth), along with IP Requests, Bot Traffic, URL Requests, Status Codes, and Bandwidth Usage per URL.
- **PHP**: Shows top requested pages, live PHP-FPM processes (PID, CPU %, Memory %, state, command) and slow pages with PHP-FPM slow log configuration and entries.
- **MySQL**: Provides a summary (connections, threads, uptime, QPS, buffer pool, slow and aborted queries), Active Connections, All Queries, Running Queries and Slow Query Log configuration and entries
Follow the steps below to access Site Insights from your xCloud dashboard and learn how to read the PHP, MySQL, and traffic reports to monitor, diagnose and improve your website’s performance:
## **Step 1: Access Site Insights** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
Log in to your xCloud account. From the dashboard, go to ‘**Sites’** and select your site. Navigate to **Site Insights** in the sidebar menu, then click one of the three tabs: **PHP**, **MySQL** or **Traffic**. Use these tabs to view detailed performance data for your site.
## **Step 2: Check Traffic Insights** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
Traffic Insights shows how visitors and bots interact with your site. It helps you distinguish normal traffic from suspicious patterns, understand demand, and control bandwidth usage.
Click the **‘Traffic’** option to access comprehensive insights into your site’s visitor patterns, bot activity, and resource consumption. This starts with an overall Summary dashboard, followed by dedicated tabs that break down data for precise analysis and optimization.
### **Summary** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
Get an instant overview of site activity:
- **Total Requests:** Complete count of all incoming requests over the selected timeframe
- **Unique IPs:** Number of distinct IP addresses accessing your site, helping gauge real visitor reach
- **Unique URLs:** Count of individual pages or endpoints hit, revealing content popularity
- **Bot Requests:** Total automated traffic volume to separate human traffic from bots
- **Total Bandwidth:** Aggregate data transfer in MB/GB, important for cost and performance planning
Use this summary to quickly understand overall load, reach, and the balance between human and automated traffic.
### **IP Requests** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The IP Requests view shows the top IP addresses driving traffic to your site, along with their request counts.
Go to this tab to identify heavy users, frequent crawlers, or suspicious endpoints. It helps you whitelist trusted sources, block abusive IPs, and investigate potential DDoS or scraping activity.
### **Bot Traffic** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The Bot Traffic section identifies automated visitors in detail, **including:**
- **Bot Name:** Recognized crawler or bot identifier (for example Googlebot, Bingbot)
- **User Agent:** Full browser or agent string for verification
- **Request Count:** Hits per bot to monitor crawl frequency
Go to this tab to distinguish useful bots from noisy or unwanted crawlers, and to adjust your rules or robot configuration to reduce unnecessary load.
### **URL Requests** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The URL Requests section reveals your most-accessed endpoints, **showing:**
- **Top URL Requests:** Ranked list of pages or paths
- **Method:** HTTP method such as GET or POST
- **Request Count:** Total hits per URL
- **Status:** Response code (for example 200 OK, 500 Error, 401 Unauthorized)
Go to this tab to see which pages matter most, prioritize performance work on highly requested URLs, and quickly find endpoints that return frequent errors.
### **Status Codes** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The Status Codes view categorizes responses for health checks, **including:**
- **Status Code:** Specific code such as 200, 404, 503
- **Category:** Groups like 2xx Success, 4xx Client Error, 5xx Server Error
- **Request Count:** Occurrences per code
- **Percentage:** Proportion of total traffic for each status
Go to this tab to spot spikes in client or server errors and address issues before they significantly impact users.
### **Bandwidth** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The Bandwidth section tracks **data-heavy pages with metrics such as:**
- **URL:** Specific endpoint
- **Total Size:** Cumulative bytes transferred
- **Request Count:** Number of requests contributing to usage
- **Average Size:** Average response size per request
Go to this tab to find pages or assets that consume a lot of bandwidth, then optimize media, caching, or response sizes to reduce costs and improve performance.
## **Step 3: Check PHP Insights** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
Click the **‘PHP ’ option** to access three essential insights into your site’s PHP performance: **‘Requested Pages’**, **‘Running Processes’**, and **‘Slow Pages’**. These provide granular data to diagnose issues, optimize resource usage and ensure smooth operation.
### **Summary** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
This screenshot shows the **PHP Analytics → Summary** view inside the **Site Insights** section for a specific site in xCloud.
**Four main insights are shown for PHP Summary:**
**Total Page Visits:** Total number of page visits handled by PHP in the selected time range.
**Unique Pages:** Number of distinct pages requested.
**Running Processes:** Count of active PHP-FPM processes for this site.
**PHP Version:** The PHP version currently used by this site.
**Slow Pages:** Number of pages detected as slow (based on PHP-FPM slow log thresholds) in the selected period.
Overall, this view gives a quick, high-level summary of PHP activity for the site: traffic volume, how many pages are being hit, how many PHP-FPM processes are running, which PHP version is used, and whether any slow pages were detected in the chosen timeframe.
### **Requested Pages** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
This view displays the **‘Top Requested Pages’** on your site along with unique page click counts. It helps you identify the most active pages, spot unusual traffic patterns (for example sudden spikes that might indicate abuse or viral content), and prioritize optimization for high-traffic areas.
### **Running Processes** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The ‘**Running Processes’** section shows live details for each PHP process, **including:**
- PID (Process ID)
- User
- CPU% (CPU usage percentage)
- Memory% (Memory usage percentage)
- Elapsed (Time elapsed since process start)
- State (Current process state)
- Command (The specific command or script running)
Go to this tab and detect resource-heavy processes, identify scripts consuming excessive CPU or memory, and stop inefficient processes when necessary.
### **Slow Pages** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
**Slow Pages** section shows detailed PHP-FPM slow log information, **including:**
- **PHP-FPM Slow Log Configuration:** Settings like the slow log file and timeout thresholds
- **Slow Log Entries:** Logs of pages exceeding slow execution thresholds, with timestamps and execution times
Go to this tab to pinpoint specific pages or scripts that regularly exceed your slow thresholds so you can review code, queries or external calls causing delays.
## **Step 4: Check MySQL Insights** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
Use MySQL Insights to see how your database handles live queries and connections. This is where you detect bottlenecks, slow queries, and configuration issues that can slow down your entire application stack.
Click the **‘MySQL’** option to view comprehensive database insights, starting with an overall Summary followed by detailed tabs for deeper analysis.
[MySQL Analytics.gif](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1uJm-mmfovgcahqA_m3suS_YMGM7MgwgF/view)
### **Summary** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The Summary provides key metrics at a glance:
- Active Connections
- Threads Running
- Uptime
- Queries per Second
- Buffer Pool Usage
- Slow Queries (Total)
- Aborted Connections
These metrics help you quickly assess database load, stability, and query behavior so you can decide whether you need to optimize queries, adjust configuration, or scale resources.
### **Active Connections** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The Active Connections tab lists **live connections with details:**
- ID
- User
- Host
- Database
- Command
- Time (s)
- State
Go to this tab to see who is connected, what they are doing, and how long queries have been running. It is especially useful for identifying long-running or stuck sessions that may need investigation.
### **All Queries** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The All Queries tab shows queries from the last 15 minutes up to 24 hours, including slow log status (on or off) and the threshold duration in seconds.
Use this view to review recent query activity over different time ranges, find patterns in heavy queries and correlate slowdowns with specific operations or time windows.
### **Running Queries** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The Running Queries tab displays queries that are currently executing for real-time monitoring.
Go to this tab to monitor live load, see which queries are currently consuming resources, and react quickly when response times start to increase.
### **Slow Query Log** [#](/docs/monitor-website-performance-with-site-insights/)
The Slow Query Log section offers configuration and log management options:
- Slow Query Log Configuration
- Enable or Disable Slow Query Log
- Long Query Time (Threshold for logging slow queries)
- Save & Restart MySQL
- Log Entries
Use this area to configure how slow queries are logged, set an appropriate threshold for your workload, and review logged entries to optimize problematic queries.
These sections help you monitor database health, identify bottlenecks and optimize queries effectively.
These detailed views empower you to detect anomalies, refine security and scale traffic handling with confidence.
That’s it. With Site Insights, you can monitor PHP, MySQL and traffic regularly to keep your site fast, stable, and efficient. Use these reports during performance reviews, after deployments, and whenever you notice slow responses or traffic spikes.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# My Account/Profile - xCloud
> My Account management in xCloud
In xCloud, once you sign up for your account you will get your own profile **‘My Account’** where you get to tailor your xCloud identity by setting your Name, Email, Contact Number, & Time Zone. Plus, you can set your own Avatar or Icon for your profile.
## **Access My Profile** [#](/docs/my-account/)
From your xCloud Dashboard, navigate to your team from the top right corner. By default, you will have a personal team with the name you signed up for. Click on it and navigate to **‘My Profile.’**
## **Set General Info In My Account** [#](/docs/my-account/)
In the **‘Profile’** section, you can set your name, contact number, and time zone. Your email ID will be automatically there. If you need to change your email address now, you can do that as well.
## **Set Avatar For Your Profile** [#](/docs/my-account/)
You can complete your xCloud identity by setting up an Avatar for your profile. To do so, simply click on **‘Upload Image’**, choose any image or icon as your preferred avatar, and click on **‘Save Changes.’**
---
# Configure NinjaFirewall on an OpenLiteSpeed Server - xCloud
> Learn how to configure NinjaFirewall settings on an OpenLiteSpeed Server easily with xCloud
[**NinjaFirewall**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/ninjafirewall/) is a powerful application firewall designed to enhance the security of WordPress websites, offering advanced protection against threats. By following this guide, you will learn how to enable and configure the necessary files, set up the required configurations, and ensure NinjaFirewall is properly integrated with your OLS server.
To configure NinjaFirewall on a server running OpenLiteSpeed server, follow the steps below:
## **Step 1: Access Your File Manager** [#](/docs/ninjafirewall-on-an-openlitespeed-server/)
Log in to your xCloud account and navigate to your site’s dashboard. In the left-hand menu, go to **Access Data** → **File Manager**.
## **Step 2: Open Your File Manager** [#](/docs/ninjafirewall-on-an-openlitespeed-server/)
Now, toggle on the **‘Enable File Manager’** button to access your file manager and click on the **‘Launch File Manager’** button to go to your file manager.
## Step 3: Show Hidden Files [#](/docs/ninjafirewall-on-an-openlitespeed-server/)
In the File Manager, first go to your **Profile** → **Settings** and enable the option to **‘Show Hidden Files’** to view and edit configuration files like .htaccess or user.ini. After that click on the **‘Save’** button.
## **Step 4: Create the user.ini File** [#](/docs/ninjafirewall-on-an-openlitespeed-server/)
Navigate to the root directory of your WordPress site (typically /var/www/). Check if a **‘.user.ini’** file already exists or not. If you do not find any user.ini file then, go to the **‘New Item’** from the menu and select the **‘File’** option. Then give the file name ‘user.ini’ and hit on the ‘Create New’ button.
## **Step 4: Add the Configuration Line** [#](/docs/ninjafirewall-on-an-openlitespeed-server/)
Now click on the **‘.user.ini’** file and choose **‘Edit’** button. Then add the following line to the file and click on the ‘Save the changes’.
```
auto_prepend_file = "/var/www/[YOUR_DOMAIN]/wp-content/nfwlog/ninjafirewall.php"
```
Copy to Clipboard
_Note: Do not use the auto-prepend line suggested in the NinjaFirewall UI, as it might not work correctly on the OLS server. Use the line provided above instead using your domain._
## **Step 5: Restart the OLS Service** [#](/docs/ninjafirewall-on-an-openlitespeed-server/)
Access the server where your site is hosted. Restart the ‘LiteSpeed service to apply the changes. Use the following command:
Or you can run this command using xCloud command runner.
**sudo systemctl restart lsws**
**Read this detailed documentation to learn how to run this command:**
👉 [How to Run Commands in Your Site And Server Easily with xCloud?](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/)
## **Step 6: Verify the Configuration** [#](/docs/ninjafirewall-on-an-openlitespeed-server/)
Finally, visit the NinjaFirewall settings in your WordPress admin panel. Ensure that the firewall is active and functioning correctly.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can successfully configure NinjaFireWall on your OpenLiteSpeed server and actively protect your site.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Optimal Backup Practices For xCloud Hosting Users - xCloud
> xCloud's optimal backup practices include full server, local, and remote backups. Ensure your website's safety and quick recovery from any issue.
Ensuring optimal backup practices for websites is crucial for restoring your website after disasters like server errors, software malfunctions, hardware failures, or hacker attacks. They serve as a safeguard, enabling you to reduce downtime and promptly restore your website.
[**xCloud Host**](/) always emphasizes on data security of its users and offers **optimal backup practices** for websites. Let us explore the different backup types, their individual purposes, and why taking a solid backup strategy is crucial.
## **Recommended Types Of Optimal Backup Practices For Websites** [#](/docs/optimal-backup-practices-xcloud/)
At xCloud, we suggest **three different types** of website backups to protect your data. With these applied, you can **ensure recovery** from even the most severe situations. Here are the types of website backup types:
- **Full server backups:** are complete backups of your entire server, created on a separate instance at your server provider’s location.
- **Remote site backups:** Take completely separate copies on a remote storage. (Any S3 storage Provider is supported).
- **Local site backups:** Taken directly on your server storage.
### **Full Server Backups** [#](/docs/optimal-backup-practices-xcloud/)
Full server backups are complete backups of your entire server, created on a separate instance at your server provider’s location.
xCloud offers an [**option to enable this**](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/) on the first screen while adding a new server on xCloud’s own provider or [**Vultr**](https://www.vultr.com/). On top of that, you can enable or disable this from the dashboard after setting up one.
These backups are your quickest solutions to restore your server if you experience any disaster. It is highly unlikely that anyone needs to use these backups for recovery. But, if you need to restore your website once in a while, it can be your go-to solution.
**Recommendation:**
• **Frequency:** We recommend scheduling **weekly full server backups**.
• **Retention:** Keep at least two recent backup versions to ensure recovery options over time. (This depends on your server provider).
Read more about Full Server Backup from here:
https://xcloud.host/docs/configure-server-backup-management/
### **Remote Site Backups** (**Off-Server)** [#](/docs/optimal-backup-practices-xcloud/)
Regular site backups on your server are great for everyday issues, but what if everything gets wiped out? Remote backups, stored with a different company far away, are your best bet for these big disasters.
Even if your server burns down, your websites can still be restored because the backups are safe somewhere else. It might take a little longer to get everything back up and running, but your business will not be ruined.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can take advantage of full-fledged remote backup options with any s3 provider and this is more secured.
**Recommendation:**
• **Frequency:** We strongly recommend **daily remote off-server backups** to ensure the most up-to-date recovery option in case of a catastrophic event.
• **Retention:** Maintain a minimum of seven daily backups to cover a full week.
Read more about Site Backup from here:
[https://xcloud.host/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
### **Local Site Backups** [#](/docs/optimal-backup-practices-xcloud/)
Having backups on your website’s server offers a quick solution if you need to **revert a site** to a previous state. These backups can be helpful if someone messes up the website and you need to go back to an older version. The backup files are stored in your VPS so you should always keep an eye on your server storage usage. For more safety, we recommend users to use Remote Backup always.
**Recommendation:**
• **Frequency:** Local backups can be performed **daily** to ensure you always have a recent version available.
• **Retention:** Consider keeping backups for the last 3-5 days, depending on your storage capacity.
**Note:** While local backups are convenient, we always recommend pairing them with remote backups for comprehensive protection.
Read more about Site Backup from here:
https://xcloud.host/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# An Overview of xCloud White-label Feature - xCloud
> The white-label feature in the roadmap for xCloud. Check out what you can expect from xCloud white-label feature.
The white-label feature will enable you to resell our hosting services. Since this feature is in our roadmap, let’s have a look at a plan for this feature below. We are expecting to ship this feature within Q4-2024.
## xCloud White-label Feature: An Overview [#](/docs/overview-xcloud-white-label-feature/)
xCloud is built for WordPress and this specific feature is for agency owners who **manage multiple servers for their customers**. With this feature, an agency will get a full white-label client portal to create hosting packages, set prices, and sell the packages to their customers. It’s like building your own hosting company.
In the background, the servers and sites will be powered by xCloud’s managed infrastructure.
This white-label hosting package will be powered by **[xCloud Managed Servers](/)** and you will get additional discounts (from the retail price) based on how many servers you are selling to your customers.
## How will the billing work? [#](/docs/overview-xcloud-white-label-feature/)
You can set your own price per hosting package for your white-label solution. xCloud will only charge the managed server’s price.
## Fully white-label solution [#](/docs/overview-xcloud-white-label-feature/)
You can set up the customer portal with your domain / sub-domain (cname), and your logo. There will not be any xCloud branding in the portal. You can also accept the payment to your Stripe account.
## Manage Customer Websites [#](/docs/overview-xcloud-white-label-feature/)
You will have access to the connected websites from your customer portal and manage them like you can manage your server/site in the xCloud panel.
---
# How To Perform A Full Server Migration With xCloud?(WordPress Sites) - xCloud
> We can easily perform a full server migration with xCloud by following some simple steps.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily arrange a full server migration without any complexity. With full server migration, you can migrate any number of WordPress sites in bulk under the same server. Also, this is a super-fast process and unlike any basic plugin migration, this process does not cause any harm to source servers or sites.
## **Prerequisite To Perform A Full Server Migration With xCloud:** [#](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
1. Server Configuration: Ensure that your source server is running **Nginx** **& OLS** server.
2. Operating System: The source server should be running either **Ubuntu 20.04** or **Ubuntu 24.04** LTS x64.
3. Root Access: Obtain **root** access to the source server. This is essential for performing the Full Server Migration.
4. Disable 2FA if there are any.
5. Disable additional security like Site Grounds Security optimizer from your hosting end.
6. Uninstall Must use plugins of hosts.
7. Clear Cache and disable cache plugins like Object Cache PRO
8. Disable Wordfence or any other security plugins.
9. You can migrate an existing server in xCloud. You need to install a fresh server from xCloud in order to perform the Full Server Migration feature.
**_NOTE: Your destination server must be provisioned in xCloud_**.
_**New update: migration from Runcloud OLS server is now also supported**_.
Let’s follow a step-by-step process on how to achieve it successfully.
## **Step 1: Add Necessary Information For Full Server Migration** [#](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
To configure the connection, begin by entering the IP address of the source server, the Port number is “22” and the SSH username is usually “root”. You may visit your cloud provider to find the exact details. Then, if SSH authentication necessitates a password, choose the “**Password**” option and provide the required password. This will establish the connection with your source server.
But if your server relies on public key authentication, you will need to add the xCloud’s **provided public key** by accessing your server via root user using the terminal. This process ensures that only authorized individuals with the corresponding private key can gain access to the server and this is more secured than the Password approach.
Therefore, to add the public key to your source server you need to follow these steps:
- Copy the public key from xCloud’s FSM dashboard.
- Access your source server as a root user via SSH.
- Paste the public key.
After adding the Public key in your source server switch back to xCloud and click next.
## **Step 2: Select The WordPress Site/Sites You Want To Migrate** [#](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
After you have connected your public key, you will get access to your sites for migration. Select which server to migrate, click ‘**Next**’, and push your site to the live site.
## **Step 3: Go Live Or Create Demo Site** [#](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
In this step, you can either choose a Demo site or you can opt for going live. Simply, toggle on your favorable option.
_Note: Please make sure to check out the storage of your destination server. We recommend keeping your destination server with at least **1 GB** free always._
Now your full server migration will start shortly.
Our development team will help you to perform full server migration from any server if you have root access to it. Please contact our **[support team](/support/)** for any assistance.
---
# PHP Versions Compatibility in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn about PHP Versions Compatibility in xCloud. Understand which PHP versions work with different stacks and Ubuntu server versions.
With **xCloud**, you can select from various PHP versions depending on your server setup. This gives you the flexibility to support both older applications and newer PHP websites.
Check out the table below to learn PHP versions compatibility based on the server stack, operating system version, and whether they are supported on xCloud or not.
## **Supported PHP Versions on Ubuntu Servers** [#](/docs/php-versions-compatibility-in-xcloud/)
**Server Stack**
**OS Version**
**Supported PHP Versions**
**Current Status**
**NGINX**
Ubuntu 24.04 LTS
PHP 8.1, 8.2, 8.4, 8.5
Yes
Ubuntu 22.04.5 LTS
PHP 5.6 to 8.5
Yes
Ubuntu 20.04 LTS
PHP 7.4
⚠️ Deprecated
**OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)**
Ubuntu 24.04 LTS
PHP 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4
Yes
Ubuntu 22.04.5 LTS
PHP 7.4 to 8.2
Yes
Ubuntu 20.04 LTS
PHP 7.4
⚠️ Deprecated
**ARM (OLS only)**
Ubuntu 24.04 LTS
PHP 8.3
Yes
### **📌Notes** [#](/docs/php-versions-compatibility-in-xcloud/)
- **Ubuntu 20.04 is deprecated** in xCloud. You can no longer create new servers or sites using it directly.
- If you still need **PHP 7.4** or **Ubuntu 20.04**, we recommend that you migrate to the latest Ubuntu version.
- You can connect **fresh Ubuntu 24.04 LTS x64 servers** from any provider to xCloud.
- These new servers support both **NGINX** and **OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)** stacks.
If you need help choosing the right stack or PHP version, reach out to our support team. We are ready to assist you at any time.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Do You Provide Root Access To My Servers? - xCloud
> Interested to know if xCloud provide root access to the site servers? Check out the doc to learn more.
xCloud does not provide root access on its servers directly. Instead, you can create sudo users and run commands as the root user.
Sudo users have access to the system, enabling them to view and modify all sites on a server. However, it is crucial to set file permissions manually for effective control. For more information, you can check our detailed documentation on understanding [**Sudo Users and Site Users**](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/) in xCloud.
---
# Keep Your Server up to Date with Automated Security Updates - xCloud
> Learn how to keep your server secure with xCloud’s automated security updates effortlessly manage software updates.
xCloud handles all essentials of your server maintenance tasks, including automated **[security updates](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)**. This covers both security-related updates and general package updates that improve performance or provide other benefits. You do not need to take any actions to maintain the default stack or operating system (OS) of your server. As long as your server remains operational, xCloud ensures that the server stack continues to function optimally.
Many of the packages that come pre-installed with the OS are not necessary for your server’s performance or security. These can be safely ignored unless explicitly required. When we are talking about the software updates of a server meaning the entire range of software that runs on your server which includes everything from the operating system kernel to application packages such as Nginx and PHP.
## **Security Updates** [#](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
Security is our top priority at xCloud. All servers deployed through xCloud are automatically configured to install security updates as soon as they become available, significantly reducing the risk of vulnerabilities. These automated security updates are managed by the unattended-upgrades package, which xCloud installs and configures on every server.
## **Required Reboot of the Server** [#](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
Certain updates, especially kernel updates, may require a reboot for changes to take effect. When this is necessary, you will be notified through the xCloud dashboard. Rebooting can be initiated with just a few clicks. While reboots generally take a few seconds, any downtime can impact visitors. To minimize disruption, we recommend rebooting during off-peak hours. If a reboot is required, xCloud will notify you through:
- **Email Notification:** You will receive an email informing you that a reboot is necessary.
- **Dashboard Notification:** A notice will appear in the xCloud dashboard, allowing you to reboot the server easily.
## **How to Schedule Automated Reboot for Security Updates in xCloud?** [#](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
When there is a security update comes in your server, xCloud will notify you to reboot the server and you can reboot the server anytime instantly or set a time to take a security update automatically at your preferred time. Follow these simple steps to set up and manage server software updates in xCloud. Let us walk you through the process.
### **Step 1: Go to xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
To set up server software updates in xCloud, start by logging into your account and navigating to the xCloud dashboard. Here, you can check if your server requires a reboot. If a reboot is necessary, you will see a notification bar indicating which server needs to be updated.
### **Step 2: Update the Server** [#](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
You can Update the server from the xCloud dashboard with just a click easily. Just click on the **‘Reboot Now’** button to update the server.
Or click on the **Server Name** in the notification bar, which will take you to the **‘Server Update’** section under the Security settings. From there, you can also click **‘Reboot Now’** to update the server immediately.
### **Step 3: Set a Specific Time to Update the Server Automatically** [#](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
If you prefer to automate this process, you can enable automatic updates by toggling on the **‘Automatic Update’** option. Set a specific time for the server to perform the update, and once you have chosen the time, click the **‘Save Settings’** button to confirm. This way, your server will update automatically at the scheduled time.
**_Note:_** _To set up automatic security updates of the server it is recommended to set a time in off-peak hours or during low-traffic periods._
### **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)
After rebooting the server, if you go back to the dashboard, you will see there is not any notification showing in the dashboard meaning the server is updated and the issues are fixed.
This is how easily you can reboot the server and take automated security updates with xCloud in a hassle-free way so that you can keep the server updated and free from any threat.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Recreate a Missing wp-config.php File in WordPress - xCloud
> Learn how to recreate a missing wp-config.php file in WordPress. Follow simple steps to restore your site’s database connection and settings safely.
If your WordPress site is showing errors or refusing to load, a missing wp-config.php file might be the reason. This file is essential because it connects your WordPress site to its database and defines important settings. Without it, your site simply cannot function. You can recreate this file quickly and safely.
Follow the steps below to learn how to access your file manager, recreate a missing wp-config.php file easily.
## **Step 1: Access Your File Manager** [#](/docs/recreate-a-missing-wp-config-php-file/)
To resolve this issue, first go to your site and head over to the **‘Access Data’** option from the sidebar menu. Then choose the **‘File Manager’** option from the menu.
Next, toggle to enable the **‘File Manager’** and click on the **‘Launch File Manager’** to access the file manager.
## **Step 2: Create a New wp-config File** [#](/docs/recreate-a-missing-wp-config-php-file/)
In your WordPress root directory, search for the wp-config.php file.If the file does not exist, go to the wp-config.sample file and copy the code.
Click on the **‘New Item’** from the file manager dashboard. Then choose **‘file’** and give the file name as **“wp-config.php”** and click on the **‘Create Now’** button. Then go to the file, click on the **‘Edit’,** and paste the copied code from the ‘**wp-config-sample.php’** file and hit on the save button.
_Note:_ Ensure you save it in the root directory, alongside folders like wp-content and wp-admin.
## **Step 3: Add Database Credentials** [#](/docs/recreate-a-missing-wp-config-php-file/)
Now go back to your xCloud dashboard and click on the **‘Database’** option. From here, toggle on to access the database. Then collect the **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database User’**, and **‘Databse Password’.**
Next go back to the wp-config.php file and click on the **‘Edit’,** find the following lines:
```
define('DB_NAME', 'database_name_here');
define('DB_USER', 'username_here');
define('DB_PASSWORD', 'password_here');
define('DB_HOST', 'localhost');
```
Copy to Clipboard
Replace the placeholder values with your actual database credentials. For example:
```
define('DB_NAME', 'wp_mysite');
define('DB_USER', 'admin_user');
define('DB_PASSWORD', 'secure_password123');
define('DB_HOST', 'localhost');
```
Copy to Clipboard
After inserting the values, click on the ‘**Save’** button.
## **Step 5: Regenerate Security Keys** [#](/docs/recreate-a-missing-wp-config-php-file/)
WordPress uses security keys to encrypt user data. You need to generate new keys. Visit [this](https://api.wordpress.org/secret-key/1.1/salt/) in your browser. This URL provides a set of random security keys.
Alternatively, if you have terminal access to your server, you can use a command-line tool like wp-cli to generate keys:
```
wp config shuffle-salts
```
Copy to Clipboard
Copy the generated keys from the URL or terminal. In wp-config.php, find the section with lines like:
```
define('AUTH_KEY', 'put your unique phrase here');
define('SECURE_AUTH_KEY', 'put your unique phrase here');
define('LOGGED_IN_KEY', 'put your unique phrase here');
define('NONCE_KEY', 'put your unique phrase here');
define('AUTH_SALT', 'put your unique phrase here');
define('SECURE_AUTH_SALT', 'put your unique phrase here');
define('LOGGED_IN_SALT', 'put your unique phrase here');
define('NONCE_SALT', 'put your unique phrase here');
```
Copy to Clipboard
Replace the credentials with the new keys and save the file.
## **Alternative Method: Restore from Backup** [#](/docs/recreate-a-missing-wp-config-php-file/)
If you have a backup of your website, you can restore the wp-config.php file directly from it. First, download your backup from wherever it is stored. Then extract the backup files on your local device. Look inside for the original wp-config.php file.
Once you have the file, go to your file manager. Use the upload option to upload the wp-config.php file to the root directory of your WordPress installation. Make sure it is placed alongside the wp-content and wp-admin folders.
After the upload is complete, your site should be able to run as before, using the restored configuration file.
And that’s it this is how easily you can recreate a missing wp-config.php file for your WordPress site.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Recreate WordPress Website from Backups in xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to recreate WordPress website from backups in xCloud. Easily restore sites, minimize downtime, and prevent data loss following this guide.
Disasters can strike unexpectedly, and you might be able to restore your WordPress website, including all the data and files. Whether due to hardware failures, cyberattacks, or accidental deletions, the ability to recover quickly is essential to minimizing downtime and preventing data loss.
**[xCloud](/)** allows you to restore your site from your backups. Whether from **local or remote backups**, you can directly restore and recreate **[WordPress](https://wordpress.org)** website from backups in xCloud easily.
## **How to Recreate WordPress Website from Backups in your xCloud Account?** [#](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)
Follow the steps below to recreate the WordPress website from backups with xCloud, whether it is an incremental or full backup.
### **Step 1: Initiate New Site Creation** [#](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)
After logging in to your xCloud dashboard, to create a new site, click on the ‘**\+ New Site**’ button, then choose a server from the dropdown and click the ‘**Next**’ button. Here select ‘**Recreate Site From Backup**’ to migrate your targeted site from existing backup to a new website.
### **Step 2: Select Migration Destination & Domain** [#](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)
After choosing a server as Destination, click on ‘**Next**’ Button, You can either choose to migrate to a new domain or a demo site from where you can migrate later. And hit the ‘**Next**’ button.
### **Step 3: Available Backup Sources in xCloud** [#](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)
Here, you will get two options for restoring your site from backup: ‘Existing Site/Server Import’ and ‘Import From Bucket’. Choose the **‘Existing Site/Server Import’** option, if you have an existing site in xCloud that you want to migrate and create as a new site. Or you can choose the **‘Import From Backup’** option, if you want to restore your site from your storage bucket.
### **Step 4: Choose Your Preferred Backup Source & Files** [#](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)
You can restore the full server or any specific website. Just go to the ‘Existing Site/Server Import’, then select a Server, Site, and backup type and click on the ‘Next’ button. Here, choose a backup file to restore and hit the ‘**Next**’ button.
If you choose the ‘**Import From Bucket**‘ option, you can restore from your backup that you have taken in your storage bucket. Now, Select a **‘Bucket’**, add the domain from which you are migrating and click on the ‘**Next**’ button. Select the file you want to restore.
### **Step 4: Configure Settings & Start Migrating** [#](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)
After choosing the necessary files to restore your site, the settings tab will come to make sure you select the necessary versions and settings according to your need and click on the **‘Next’** button. And in the next, review your preferred settings and hit the ‘**Start**’ button.
After restoring and completing your site, you will see a message showing that it has been successfully migrated. This is how easily you can recreate a WordPress website from backups in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/?_gl=1%2A1och7at%2A_ga%2AMTk3NjQ1MDU2NS4xNzMxMjI5MTI5%2A_ga_GS7G4T8PYV%2AMTczNjA3MTMxNC40MS4xLjE3MzYwNzEzMjQuMC4wLjA.) for any of your queries.
---
# xCloud Refund Policy - xCloud
> Learn about xCloud refund policy for self-managed hosting, managed servers, and addons. Includes pay-as-you-go billing details, backup refund rules, and how to request a refund.
# xCloud Refund Policy [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
Depending on how the service is used, refund eligibility may vary. In this doc, you can learn the refund policy across xCloud, including which services are eligible, how refunds are calculated, and what conditions apply.
## Refund Eligibility at a Glance [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
Service
Refund Type
Window
xCloud Managed, Provider, and OpenClaw Servers
Pro-rated
Anytime before the end of the paid billing term
Self-Managed Hosting (BYOS)
Full refund
Within 14 days of purchase
Reseller / White Label
Full refund
Within 14 days of purchase
Addons
❌ No rxefunds
—
## How to Request a Refund [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
1. **Cancel first** — Remove your server or cancel your subscription before submitting a request.
2. **Open a support ticket** — Log in with your account and submit a ticket here. Select the relevant service when creating the [**support ticket**](https://app.xcloud.host/support).
✅ Approved refunds are processed within 5–10 business days and returned to your original payment method. It also depends on your banking working days. All refund amounts are calculated in USD. In accordance with our policy, our team will review your case and respond promptly. Please check below to know more about eligible refund cases.
## xCloud Managed, Provider, and Agentic Stack Servers Refund Policy [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
If you delete an xCloud Managed Server, xCloud Provider Server, or Agentic stack (OpenClaw, Paperclip, Hermes) Server before the end of its paid billing term, you may be eligible for a pro-rated refund based on your actual usage.
This means you only pay for the time your server was active. For yearly or multi-month OpenClaw plans, the refund is calculated from the actual amount paid for that billing term, including any checkout discount.
**Important notes:**
- A minimum charge of one full day applies if the server was used for less than 24 hours.
- Stripe processing fees (up to 10%) may be deducted from the refundable amount.
- Refunds are calculated as: **Total paid − usage charge − processing fee = refund amount**
**Example (monthly plan):** You purchase a $100/month plan and delete it after 15 days. You’ll be charged for 15 days of usage plus the Stripe fee. The remaining balance is refunded.
### Full Server Backup for xCloud Managed & Provider Servers [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
The same pro-rated rules apply to server backups. You pay only for the backup time used, and the unused portion is refunded after the Stripe fee is deducted.
### OpenClaw Server Yearly & Multi-Month Billing [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
OpenClaw servers may be available with monthly, yearly, or multi-month billing terms. If you cancel or delete an OpenClaw server before the end of its paid billing term, you may be eligible for a pro-rated refund for the unused portion of the term.
This means you only pay for the time the OpenClaw server was active.
**Important notes:**
- Refunds are calculated based on the actual amount paid at checkout, including any first-purchase or term discount.
- A minimum charge of one full day applies if the server was used for less than 24 hours.
- Stripe processing fees, up to 10%, may be deducted from the refundable amount.
- Refunds are calculated as:
> **Total paid − used service charge − processing fee = refund amount**
- If server backup or other eligible server-level services were included, those services are also calculated on a pro-rated basis where applicable.
- Addons that are marked as non-refundable remain non-refundable once activated.
**Example (yearly plan):** If you purchase a yearly OpenClaw server plan and delete the server after using part of the billing term, xCloud calculates the used portion first. The unused portion is then refunded after deducting the applicable Stripe processing fee.
For example, if you paid $144 for a yearly OpenClaw server and used 3 months, the used service charge would be $36. The remaining $108 would be eligible for refund, minus the applicable Stripe processing fee.
## Self-Managed Hosting / BYOS Refund Policy [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
You’re entitled to a full refund within 14 days of purchase — no questions asked.
**Important notes:**
- Refund requests are only eligible within the first 14 days of purchase and only for new servers.
- Requests after 14 days are not eligible.
- Recurring charges and cancellations after 14 days are not eligible for refunds.
- Deleting your server automatically cancels the related subscription. Cancelled subscriptions will not be charged in the next billing cycle.
## Reseller Panel / White Label Refund Policy [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
A 14-day refund policy applies, covering subscription fees.
For full pricing and refund details specific to the Reseller Panel, check below: **Full Details on [xCloud Reseller Panel Refund Policy](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)**
## Addons [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
Refunds are not available for any addon once the subscription is activated. This includes:
- Mailbox
- Mail Delivery
- Site Security PRO
All addon purchases are final and non-refundable. Please review your selection, pricing, and billing details carefully before subscribing.
## Late Payments & Account Suspension [#](/docs/refund-policy/)
- Accounts are billed on the 1st of each month for all recurring payments.
- Overdue payments may result in your account being paused until the balance is cleared.
- Clients are requested to keep funds in accounts before the month ends.
- If you need more time to complete the payment, please [**contact our support team**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/) within the last week of the previous month. We will do our best to assist you and avoid any service interruption.
If you have any questions about the refund policy, please contact our [**support team**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/) or email us at **support@xcloud.host**.
---
# How to Remove a Payment Method by Canceling Your Account With xCloud
> Learn how to remove a payment method from xCloud when account cancellation is required, including what to back up, how to cancel active services, and what to send Support.
If you want to **remove a payment method** from xCloud, you must first cancel active xCloud services and request account cancellation or account deletion. This protects your account from accidental unpaid renewals while servers, subscriptions, add-ons, or billing records are still active.
Follow this guide to understand what to check before cancellation, how to stop active billing, and what information to send to xCloud Support so your account and saved payment method can be reviewed for removal.
## Before you start [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
Removing a saved card or payment method is different from canceling one server subscription. If you only want to stop billing for one server, follow [How to Cancel xCloud Subscription](/docs/how-to-cancel-xcloud-subscription/). If you want your full account and data removed, review [How to Delete Your Account and Data With xCloud](/docs/how-to-delete-your-account-and-data-with-xcloud/).
Use this guide when your goal is to remove billing access from the account and you no longer want to keep the xCloud account active.
## Why account cancellation is required to remove a payment method [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
xCloud may need to keep a valid payment method while your account has active paid services, server subscriptions, add-ons, pending invoices, or billing records connected to renewals. Because of that, payment method removal is handled together with account cancellation or deletion.
This helps prevent a situation where a server or add-on remains active but the account has no valid payment method for renewal. Before requesting removal, make sure you no longer need the active services connected to that billing profile.
## Prerequisites [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
- Access to the xCloud account owner or billing email address.
- A current backup of any site, database, or server data you want to keep.
- Downloaded invoices or receipts you may need for accounting.
- Access to your external cloud provider account if you use self-managed servers.
- Confirmation that you are ready to cancel the xCloud account, not only one server.
## Step-by-step [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
### 1\. Download backups and billing records [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
Download any files you need before cancellation. This can include website backups, database backups, server credentials, invoices, receipts, and records for your team.
After account deletion or service removal is completed, xCloud may not be able to recover deleted site or server data.
### 2\. Cancel active xCloud services [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
Cancel active subscriptions by removing the services connected to them. For server subscriptions, delete the server you no longer need. If you have multiple servers, deleting one server only cancels billing for that specific server.
Review any add-ons, managed services, mailboxes, backups, or other paid services connected to your account. If you are not sure which services are still billable, contact xCloud Support before requesting payment method removal.
### 3\. Check external provider resources [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
If you connected a self-managed server or brought your own provider account, also check the provider dashboard. External providers may continue billing for servers, volumes, snapshots, backups, reserved IPs, firewalls, or other resources even after you remove the server from xCloud.
xCloud can help with xCloud-side cancellation guidance, but your external provider controls its own billing and resource deletion.
### 4\. Request account cancellation and payment method removal [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
After active services are removed, contact [xCloud Support](https://support.xcloud.host/) and ask for account cancellation with payment method removal review.
Include the following information:
- Your xCloud account email address.
- Confirmation that you want to cancel the account.
- Confirmation that you have downloaded the backups, invoices, and data you need.
- Confirmation that active xCloud servers and services have been deleted or should be reviewed.
- Any invoice ID, bill ID, or subscription reference if your request is related to a specific charge.
Do not send your full card number, CVC, or card password. If Support needs to identify a payment method, the last four digits of the card are usually enough.
### 5\. Wait for support confirmation [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
xCloud Support will review the account, active services, billing status, and payment method removal request. If there are open invoices, active subscriptions, or remaining services, Support may ask you to resolve those before the payment method can be removed.
### 6\. Keep the final confirmation [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
After the request is completed, keep the support confirmation for your records. If you later see a charge, reply in the same support thread with the invoice ID or charge date so the team can review it faster.
## Billing and refund notes [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
Removing a payment method does not automatically create a refund. Refund eligibility depends on the service type, billing period, usage, and xCloud refund policy. Review the official [xCloud Refund Policy](https://xcloud.host/refund-policy/) before submitting a refund-related cancellation request.
If you use an external cloud provider, provider-side charges are separate from xCloud billing. You must cancel or delete provider-side resources from the provider dashboard to stop provider billing.
## What xCloud Support can check [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
- Whether active xCloud services remain on the account.
- Whether server-related subscriptions were canceled after server deletion.
- Whether a payment method removal request can be reviewed after account cancellation.
- Which invoice or bill item is connected to a specific xCloud charge.
- Whether a refund request should be reviewed under the xCloud refund policy.
## What xCloud Support cannot control [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
- Charges created directly by an external cloud provider.
- Provider-side resources that still exist outside xCloud.
- Bank processing times after a refund is approved.
- Recovery of data that was permanently deleted before a backup was downloaded.
## FAQ [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
### Can I remove my card without canceling my account? [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
If your account has active paid services, payment method removal requires account cancellation or deletion review. This prevents active services from remaining on an account with no valid payment method.
### Does deleting one server remove my payment method? [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
No. Deleting one server cancels billing related to that server only. It does not remove the saved payment method from the full account if other services or the account remain active.
### Will payment method removal cancel my provider bill? [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
No. If you use a separate cloud provider account, you must cancel or delete resources directly from that provider account.
### What should I send to Support? [#](/docs/remove-payment-method-xcloud/)
Send your account email, cancellation confirmation, data-backup confirmation, and any relevant invoice ID or bill ID. Do not send full card details.
---
# How to Request For Site Migration Support From xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to request site migration support from xCloud. Complete the prerequisites, submit a support ticket with your site URL and WordPress admin credentials, and let the xCloud team handle the rest.
This guide provides a step-by-step walkthrough on how to request site migration support from the xCloud team. Follow the prerequisites carefully and then submit a support ticket with the required information to ensure a smooth migration process.
## **Prerequisites To Perform A Full Server Migration With xCloud** [#](/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/)
Before requesting a Full Server Migration with xCloud, ensure the following conditions are met on your source server:
**#**
**Requirement**
**Details**
1
**Server Configuration**
Ensure that your source server is running Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) server.
2
**Operating System**
The source server should be running either Ubuntu 20.04 or Ubuntu 24.04 LTS x64.
3
**Root Access**
Obtain root access to the source server. This is essential for performing the Full Server Migration.
4
**Disable 2FA**
Disable Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) if enabled on your hosting account or WordPress admin.
5
**Disable Host Security**
Disable additional security measures such as SiteGround Security Optimizer or similar tools from your hosting end.
6
**Uninstall Host Plugins**
Uninstall any must-use plugins provided by your hosting provider.
7
**Clear & Disable Cache**
Clear all caches and disable cache plugins such as Object Cache Pro or similar caching solutions.
8
**Disable Security Plugins**
Disable Wordfence or any other security plugins installed on your WordPress site.
9
**Fresh xCloud Server**
Install a fresh server from xCloud in order to use the Full Server Migration feature.
⚠️ **Important Note:** You can migrate an existing server to xCloud. However, you must install a fresh server from xCloud first in order to use the Full Server Migration feature. Make sure all prerequisites above are completed before proceeding.
## **Steps to Request Migration Support** [#](/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/)
Once all prerequisites are fulfilled, follow these steps to request site migration support from the xCloud team:
### **Step 1: Create a Support Ticket** [#](/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/)
Navigate to the xCloud support portal and create a new support ticket. Select **Site Migration** as the ticket category. In your ticket, clearly mention that you need site migration support and that all prerequisites have been completed.
**Tip:** Provide as much detail as possible in your initial ticket to avoid unnecessary back-and-forth communication.
### **Step 2: Provide Your Site Link** [#](/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/)
Include the full URL of the website you want to migrate in the support ticket. For example: _https://www.yourwebsite.com_
If you have multiple sites to migrate, list each site URL separately.
### **Step 3: Share WordPress Admin Credentials** [#](/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/)
Provide the WordPress admin login credentials for your site in the support ticket. The xCloud support team will need these to access your site during the migration process. Include the following:
- **WordPress Admin URL:** e.g., https://www.yourwebsite.com/wp-admin
- **Admin Username:** Your WordPress admin username
- **Admin Password:** Your WordPress admin password
🔒 **Security Recommendation:** It is recommended to change your WordPress admin password after the migration is complete for security purposes.
### **Step 4: xCloud Team Handles the Migration** [#](/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/)
Once the xCloud support team receives your ticket with the site link and WordPress admin credentials, they will begin the migration process. The team will migrate your site to the fresh xCloud server you have set up. You will be notified via the support ticket once the migration is complete.
## **Quick Checklist** [#](/docs/request-for-site-migration-support-from-xcloud/)
Use this checklist to make sure everything is ready before submitting your migration request:
- Source server running Nginx or OLS
- Ubuntu 20.04 or 24.04 LTS x64 on source server
- Root access obtained for source server
- Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) disabled
- Host security plugins (e.g., SiteGround Security Optimizer) disabled
- Must-use hosting plugins uninstalled
- Cache cleared and cache plugins (e.g., Object Cache Pro) disabled
- Security plugins (e.g., Wordfence) disabled
- Fresh xCloud server installed
- Support ticket created with site URL and WP admin credentials
_Need help? Contact xCloud Support._ _This document is provided by xCloud for customer reference._
---
# How to Resell Hosting with Self Managed Server Provider - xCloud
> Learn how resell hosting with self managed server provider with fully white label, branding, built in client and billing management.
xCloud **[Reseller Hosting Program](/reseller-hosting/)** allows you to integrate your own server providers so you can manage and sell products using your preferred hosting infrastructure. Whether you work with Hetzner, Vultr, DigitalOcean, or Linode (Akamai), the process is simple and efficient.
Follow the documentation to resell hosting with [**self managed server**](/self-managed-hosting/) with easy steps.
## **Integrate Self Managed Server Provider with the Reseller Program** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
Easily connect your preferred server provider (Hetzner, Vultr, DigitalOcean, or Linode) to xCloud through the reseller dashboard. Authorize, verify, and manage multiple servers directly from a single dashboard.
### **Step 1: Access the Reseller Dashboard** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
To begin, log in to your reseller dashboard. From the left-hand menu, navigate to **‘Settings’** → **‘Self Managed Server Provider’** Integration. Once you are on the integration page, click on the **‘Add New Provider’** button to start adding your server provider.
### **Step 2: Choose and Authorize a Server Provider** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
After clicking the button, a pop-up window will appear. In this window, you will be able to select a server provider from the available options, which include **‘Hetzner’**, **‘Vultr’**, **‘DigitalOcean’**, and **‘Linode (Akamai)**. Once you have chosen your preferred provider, click on the **‘Authorize / Verify’** button to proceed.
If you need help with the setup process for integrating your Self Manged Server, you can follow the documentation below for setup set your own server provider with the Reseller Hosting program easily. –
👉 [DigitalOcean](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/),
👉 [Vultr](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/),
👉 [Hetzner,](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/) or
👉 [Linode (Akamai)](/docs/integrate-and-setup-linode-server-with-xcloud/).
Once the setup is completed, your selected server will be connected to xCloud and added to your dashboard. The dashboard will then display important details such as the **‘Server Name**, **‘Provider’**, and **‘Server Count’**. From the ‘**Actions’** menu, you can click on the **‘Edit**’ icon to update the server credentials whenever necessary or **‘Delete’** the server by clicking the Delete icon.
_Note: It is also possible to integrate multiple servers from the same provider, which gives you flexibility when managing your hosting resources._
## **Create a Product with xCloud Reseller Hosting Program** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
Once your server is integrated, create and customize hosting products with your own pricing, descriptions, and packages. Publish them under your white-label brand and start reselling instantly.
### **Step 3: Create a Product with the Provider** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
When your server integration is complete, you can move on to creating products. Go to the **‘Products’** tab in your dashboard and click on the **‘Add Product’** button.
### **Step 4: Choose the Integrated Server Provider** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
A pop-up will appear, where you should select the **‘Own Provider’** option to access the self-managed servers you have already connected. From there, choose one of the integrated server providers, such as **‘Vultr’**, to continue.
### **Step 5: Choose Server Provider and Size** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
Next, select a **‘Server Provider’** from the dropdown menu under **‘Select Provider’**. You will also need to choose the **‘Server Size’** according to your preferences.
### **Step 6: Add your Product Description** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
You will now see an overview of the plan details. Next, you will receive an auto-generated **‘Product Description’** that cannot be edited. After that, you will have access to **‘Additional Custom Fields,’** where you can add your preferred details. Once finished, click the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 7: Customize Package** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
Provide the following details for your product:
- **‘Plan Name’**
- **‘Price/Month’**
- **‘SKU’**
- **‘Site Limit’**
You can disable the toggle button beside the **‘Active Package’** option if you want to restrict access. Below, you will see a pricing breakdown. For example:
**Pricing Breakdown**
1. Reseller Panel Price: $50
2. Created Product Price/ Customer payment: $70.00
3. Provider cost (Vultr): $5.00
4. Platform fee (Advanced plan): 30% or minimum $3 per sale (Based
5. Stripe Connect fees: Up to 3% (approx.)
6. You’ll receive : $58.50
This gives you a complete overview of the profit you will make by selling the product. Finally, click on the **‘Save & Publish’** button.
Once you are ready, click the publish button to finalize the process. Your newly created product will then appear in the product list on your dashboard, ready for use.
## **Subscribe to a Reseller Hosting Panel** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
If you have not yet subscribed to any reseller hosting plan, log in to your xCloud Dashboard using your credentials. Once logged in, locate and click on the **‘White Label’** tab in the dashboard. This will redirect you to the xCloud White Label onboarding flow, where you can begin setting up your reseller hosting.
After reviewing the Terms of Service and confirming that you have a Stripe account, click on the **‘Start Your Hosting Business Now’** button.
Next, choose from four different subscription plans for the xCloud White Label Control Panel. Review the available options, select the plan that best suits your needs, and click **‘Pay Now’** to proceed.
Once your payment method is configured, it’s time to set up your brand. Start by uploading your brand’s logo or icon. To do this, click the **‘Upload Logo’** button and select the file from your device. Then, provide your brand information, including Brand Name, Mailing Address, and Contact Number. After filling in all the details, click **‘Next’** to move on to the next step.
You’ll now need to integrate Stripe to process payments. If you already have a Stripe account, simply connect it by clicking ‘Connect Now’. This will redirect you to the Stripe Connect Dashboard, where you can log in with your Stripe credentials and complete the connection.
Note: If you don’t have a Stripe account yet, you’ll need to create one before proceeding.
Now it is time to create your custom hosting packages. Start by clicking on the ‘Create Hosting Plan’ button.
Next, create your custom hosting packages. Click the **‘Create Hosting Plan’** button to begin.
A pop-up will appear with various server configuration options. Choose **‘Self-Managed Server Provider’** and click **‘Next’.**
If you haven’t integrated any servers for reselling yet, click on the **‘Settings’** link and complete the integration setup. You can follow the integration process starting from Step 1 and complete the server integration and product creation process. Once your server integration is complete, you’ll be able to create products to resell.
## **Currency Conversion System for Reseller Hosting** [#](/docs/resell-hosting-with-self-managed-server-provider/)
xCloud supports real-time currency conversion to simplify pricing and sales for resellers using self-managed servers. This ensures that providers like Hetzner, which price services in Euros, can seamlessly be sold in any currency set in your xCloud White Label setup.
1. **Real-time Exchange Rates:** xCloud integrates with the **OpenExchangeRates API** to provide accurate, live currency conversions. Prices from your server providers are automatically converted to the currency of your choice.
2. **Multi-Currency Support:** Automatic detection and conversion allow white-label providers to sell hosting products in **any currency** supported by xCloud. For example, if Hetzner pricing is in Euros, xCloud can convert it to USD, GBP, or any currency you configure.
3. **Scheduled Updates:** Exchange rates are updated **daily** to ensure pricing remains accurate and consistent across all reseller products.
4. **Seamless Reseller Experience:** Once you set your preferred currency in the xCloud White Label dashboard, all integrated servers and products will display prices accordingly. Resellers can sell products directly in the chosen currency without manually calculating conversion rates.
**Example:**
- Hetzner Server Price: €50
- xCloud White Label Currency: USD
- Automatic Conversion: $55 (based on current exchange rate)
- Customer Sees: $55 and can pay in USD
This ensures your reselling business remains flexible and ready to serve customers worldwide, while keeping all pricing centralized and accurate within the xCloud dashboard.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can integrate your own server and resell with xCloud Reseller Hosting Program with fully white label branding. With support for multiple providers, xCloud ensures that you can build a hosting environment that matches your business needs while keeping everything centralized in one simple dashboard
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Reset File and Folder Permissions With xCloud Rescue Site? - xCloud
> Managing file and folder permissions is essential. Follow the step by step process to reset file and folder permissions with xCloud.
Managing file and folder permissions is essential. If permissions are not set right, you might face errors like **“Permission denied”** or **“403 forbidden error”** while uploading files, running scripts, or accessing website files. This can prevent changes to your website and compromise security.
Sometimes, if you edit files as the root user, your website’s system user may not own these files, leading to access issues such as 500, 502, 400 or 403 errors. Correcting these issues is simple and quick with just a few clicks in your xCloud account dashboard, ensuring your website operates smoothly and securely.
xCloud automatically manages file permissions for any operations it performs on your server. However, if you run commands manually, you will need to set the permissions yourself.
## **How Do You Reset File and Folder Permissions to Rescue Your Site?** [#](/docs/reset-file-and-folder-permissions-with-xcloud/)
Resetting the file and folder permissions is easier with xCloud. To automatically reset these permissions for your site, follow the steps below:
### **Step 1: Login and Select the Site** [#](/docs/reset-file-and-folder-permissions-with-xcloud/)
To reset the file and folder permissions of your site. First, log in to your **xCloud** dashboard, head over to the ‘**SITES**’, and choose the website where you want to make the changes.
### **Step 2: Reset the Permissions** [#](/docs/reset-file-and-folder-permissions-with-xcloud/)
Now to reset the file and folder permissions, go to the ‘**Site settings**’ option from the left navigation bar.
Then roll down a little and toggle on the **‘Repair Site Use’, ‘Update Directory Permissions’, ‘Regenerate NGINX Configurations’** and **‘Restart NGINX’** options and click on the **‘Run Now’** button. It will check all directory and file permissions and ensure they are in the right place.
This is how easily you can rescue your site by resetting the files and folder permissions.
## **Troubleshooting Further Issues** [#](/docs/reset-file-and-folder-permissions-with-xcloud/)
If you are still experiencing issues, you can check the error logs to identify what might be causing the problem. Just go to the **Site Monitoring > Logs** and check the Nginx/OpenLiteSpeed Error Log and identify the errors.
You can find more information on viewing logs and events of your server and site [here](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/).
Still stuck? Contact ou**r** [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Restricting Nextcloud Access to WireGuard VPN (Behind Cloudflare) - xCloud
> This guide explains how to lock down a self-hosted Nextcloud instance so it's only accessible to users connected via WireGuard VPN — even when the domain is
This guide explains how to lock down a self-hosted Nextcloud instance so it’s only accessible to users connected via WireGuard VPN — even when the domain is proxied through Cloudflare.
* * *
## Architecture [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
Component
Setup
Nextcloud
Docker
Reverse Proxy
Nginx (host)
VPN
WireGuard (wg-easy in Docker)
DNS/CDN
Cloudflare (Proxied)
* * *
## Why the Standard IP Whitelist Doesn’t Work [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
If you try to use xCloud’s IP management panel to restrict access to only your server’s public IP, you’ll hit two problems:
**1\. Cloudflare masks real client IPs** Nginx only sees Cloudflare’s IP ranges, not the actual user’s IP. So traditional `allow/deny` rules fail — everyone appears to come from Cloudflare.
**2\. VPN + Cloudflare causes a loopback** When a VPN user accesses `https://nextcloud.yourdomain.com`, the request leaves the server, goes through Cloudflare, and loops back — so Nginx sees the server’s own public IP rather than the WireGuard IP.
This is also why adding the server’s public IP (e.g. `159.195.67.152`) to the xCloud IP whitelist returns a “The selected IP address is invalid” error — the platform intentionally blocks self-referencing IPs at the UI level.
* * *
## Solution [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
The fix requires two things:
1. Teach Nginx to trust Cloudflare and restore real client IPs
2. Add proper allow/deny rules directly in the Nextcloud vHost config
* * *
### Step 1 — Trust Cloudflare IPs in Nginx [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
Create a Cloudflare trust config file so Nginx can read the actual client IP from the `CF-Connecting-IP` header:
```
echo "# Cloudflare Trusted IPs" | sudo tee /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf && \
curl -s https://www.cloudflare.com/ips-v4 | sed 's/^/set_real_ip_from /; s/$/;/' | sudo tee -a /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf && \
curl -s https://www.cloudflare.com/ips-v6 | sed 's/^/set_real_ip_from /; s/$/;/' | sudo tee -a /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf && \
echo "real_ip_header CF-Connecting-IP;" | sudo tee -a /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file (`/etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf`) tells Nginx:
- Treat all Cloudflare IP ranges as trusted proxies
- Use the `CF-Connecting-IP` header as the real client IP
* * *
### Step 2 — Add Access Control to the Nextcloud vHost [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
Open your Nextcloud site config:
```
sudo nano /etc/nginx/sites-available/YOUR-NEXTCLOUD-SITE
```
Copy to Clipboard
Inside the `server {}` block, add the following:
```
# WireGuard subnet (direct VPN access)
allow 10.42.44.0/24;
# Localhost
allow 127.0.0.1;
# Server public IP (CRITICAL)
# VPN → Cloudflare → Server loopback makes requests appear from this IP
allow YOUR_SERVER_PUBLIC_IP;
# Block everyone else
deny all;
```
Copy to Clipboard
Replace:
- `10.42.44.0/24` → your WireGuard subnet (check in wg-easy dashboard)
- `YOUR_SERVER_PUBLIC_IP` → your server’s public IP (e.g. `159.195.67.152`)
> **Why allow the server’s own public IP?** When a VPN user’s traffic routes through Cloudflare and loops back to the server, Nginx sees the server’s own public IP as the source. Allowing it here handles that case while still blocking all non-VPN internet traffic.
* * *
### Step 3 — Apply the Changes [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
Test and reload Nginx:
```
sudo nginx -t
sudo systemctl reload nginx
```
Copy to Clipboard
* * *
## Result [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
- Nextcloud is only accessible to WireGuard-connected users
- Cloudflare proxy stays enabled (SSL, DDoS protection, etc.)
- No public internet access leaks through
* * *
## Maintenance Notes [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
**Grant temporary access to a non-VPN IP:** Add a line before `deny all;` and reload:
```
allow x.x.x.x;
```
Copy to Clipboard
**Cloudflare IP range updates:** Cloudflare rarely changes their IP ranges, but if needed, rerun the Step 1 command to refresh the `cloudflare.conf` file.
**Check your WireGuard subnet:** Log into the wg-easy dashboard and confirm the subnet assigned to clients. The default is often `10.8.0.0/24` or `10.42.44.0/24` depending on your setup.
* * *
## Notes for xCloud Users [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare-2/)
- The xCloud IP Management panel (Site → IP Management) is designed for external client IPs, not for VPN-based access control. For WireGuard restrictions, Nginx-level configuration (as described above) is the correct approach.
- xCloud sites run on Nginx — the config file is located at `/etc/nginx/sites-available/your-site-name`.
- After editing Nginx config files on an xCloud server, always run `sudo nginx -t` before reloading to catch any syntax errors.
---
# Restricting Nextcloud Access to WireGuard VPN (Behind Cloudflare) - xCloud
> Restricting access to a self-hosted Nextcloud instance to a WireGuard VPN is a critical security measure in environments where sensitive data is stored or
Restricting access to a self-hosted Nextcloud instance to a WireGuard VPN is a critical security measure in environments where sensitive data is stored or shared. By default, exposing Nextcloud directly to the public internet significantly increases the attack surface, making it susceptible to credential stuffing, zero-day exploits, automated scanning, and abuse of application-level vulnerabilities.
Using WireGuard as the primary access boundary ensures that only authenticated and explicitly authorized clients can reach the service at the network level, before any application authentication occurs. This model aligns with zero-trust and defense-in-depth principles by eliminating unauthenticated public access entirely rather than relying solely on application security controls.
In this deployment, Cloudflare remains in use for DNS management and TLS termination, but it must not be treated as an access control mechanism. The challenge is enforcing VPN-only reachability while Cloudflare proxying obscures client IP addresses and VPN traffic may loop back through the public interface. This document describes a practical, production-ready approach to solving that problem and ensuring Nextcloud is accessible exclusively to WireGuard VPN users.
## Architecture [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
The setup consists of multiple components working together. Nextcloud runs inside Docker, while Nginx is deployed directly on the host as a reverse proxy in front of the container. WireGuard provides VPN access and is managed using `wg-easy`, which also runs in Docker. DNS and HTTPS proxying are handled by Cloudflare, with the domain configured as proxied.
This architecture allows the service to remain private to VPN users while still benefiting from Cloudflare features such as certificate management, DNS abstraction, and edge-layer protection.
## Problem Statement [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
### Cloudflare Masks Client IPs [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
When Cloudflare proxying is enabled, all incoming connections to Nginx appear to originate from Cloudflare IP addresses. As a result, Nginx does not see the real client IP by default. Traditional IP-based access control using `allow` and `deny` directives therefore become ineffective, since every request appears to come from Cloudflare rather than the actual client.
### VPN and Cloudflare Loopback Behavior [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
When a user connected to the WireGuard VPN accesses `https://nextcloud.domain`, the request exits the VPN tunnel, reaches Cloudflare, and is then routed back to the same server. In this scenario, Nginx sees the server’s own public IP address as the client IP instead of the WireGuard address. Without explicitly accounting for this behavior, legitimate VPN traffic would be denied.
## Solution Overview [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
The solution consists of three coordinated steps:
1. Configure Nginx to trust Cloudflare and restore the real client IP.
2. Enforce strict access control rules in the Nextcloud virtual host.
3. Validate and apply the configuration changes safely.
## 1\. Configure Nginx to Trust Cloudflare (Restore Real Client IP) [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
To make IP-based access control reliable, Nginx must be configured to trust Cloudflare and use the `CF-Connecting-IP` header as the authoritative source of the client IP. This is achieved by explicitly allowing Cloudflare’s published IP ranges and enabling Nginx’s `real_ip` module.
A dedicated configuration file was created at:
```
/etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf
```
Copy to Clipboard
This file contains Cloudflare’s IPv4 and IPv6 address ranges and instructs Nginx to treat `CF-Connecting-IP` as the real client IP header. The following command was used to generate the file automatically:
```
echo "# Cloudflare Trusted IPs" | sudo tee /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf && \
curl -s https://www.cloudflare.com/ips-v4 | sed 's/^/set_real_ip_from /; s/$/;/' | sudo tee -a /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf && \
curl -s https://www.cloudflare.com/ips-v6 | sed 's/^/set_real_ip_from /; s/$/;/' | sudo tee -a /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf && \
echo "real_ip_header CF-Connecting-IP;" | sudo tee -a /etc/nginx/conf.d/cloudflare.conf
```
Copy to Clipboard
With this configuration in place, Nginx correctly restores the real client IP for all requests forwarded by Cloudflare.
## 2\. Enforce Access Control in the Nextcloud Virtual Host [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
Once Nginx can reliably determine the real client IP, strict access control rules can be applied at the virtual host level.
The Nextcloud site configuration was edited at:
```
/etc/nginx/sites-available/nextcloud-axsu.xc1.app
```
Copy to Clipboard
Inside the `server {}` block, the following rules were added:
```
# WireGuard subnet (direct VPN access)
allow 10.42.44.0/24;
# Localhost
allow 127.0.0.1;
# Server public IP (critical for VPN → Cloudflare → server loopback)
allow 139.84.141.111;
# Block all other traffic
deny all;
```
Copy to Clipboard
The WireGuard subnet allows direct VPN access. Localhost access is permitted for internal services and health checks. The server’s own public IP is explicitly allowed to accommodate VPN traffic that exits through Cloudflare and returns to the same host. All other traffic is denied, ensuring the service is not publicly reachable.
## 3\. Apply and Validate Changes [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
After updating the configuration, Nginx was tested and reloaded to safely apply the changes:
```
sudo nginx -t
sudo systemctl reload nginx
```
Copy to Clipboard
This validation step ensures that configuration errors do not disrupt the running service.
## Maintenance Considerations [#](/docs/restricting-nextcloud-access-to-wireguard-vpn-behind-cloudflare/)
If temporary or additional non-VPN access is required, an additional `allow x.x.x.x;` directive can be added to the virtual host configuration, followed by an Nginx reload. This is useful for controlled maintenance or access from trusted static IPs.
Cloudflare IP ranges rarely change, but if access issues arise after extended periods of uptime, the Cloudflare IP fetch command can be rerun to refresh the trusted address ranges.
This configuration ensures that Nextcloud is accessible only to authenticated WireGuard VPN clients while preserving the operational and security benefits provided by Cloudflare. Real client IPs are correctly restored, VPN loopback behavior is explicitly handled, and all unintended public access paths are effectively blocked. The result is a secure, maintainable, and production-ready deployment suitable for environments with strict access control requirements.
---
# How to Discourage Search Engines from Indexing Your Site? - xCloud
> Learn how to discourage search engines from indexing your site to make sure whether to index your WordPress site in what circumstances.
While most WordPress site owners aim to get their sites indexed, there are times when you might want to keep search engines away—such as during development or maintenance. In these cases, it’s best to discourage search engines from indexing your site. In [**xCloud**](/), how does search engine visibility work by default?
- Will be discouraged in the demo site & staging site
- Will not be discouraged in live site
## **How to Configure Search Engine Visibility in xCloud?** [#](/docs/search-engine-visibility-in-xcloud/)
Using two different methods—**WordPress built-in feature & xCloud hosting**, you can configure your WordPress site search engine visibility. By any chance, if you forgot to configure from WordPress end, you can do it with xCloud hosting. The changes will automatically reflected on the WordPress end. No need to go back and forth between WordPress & xCloud dashboard.
Let’s see the step-by-step guidelines below on how you can configure search engine visibility using two different methods.
### **1\. Using WordPress Built-in Feature** [#](/docs/search-engine-visibility-in-xcloud/)
Editing the robots.txt file in WordPress is straightforward, thanks to its built-in settings. To do this, log in to your WordPress admin dashboard and navigate to **‘Settings’ → ‘Reading**.’ Scroll down to the **‘Search Engine Visibility’** option, and check the box that says ‘**Discourage search engines from indexing this site**.’
Once selected, click on **Save Changes**. With this simple process, WordPress will automatically update its robots.txt file to prevent search engines from indexing your site.
### **2\. Using xCloud Hosting** [#](/docs/search-engine-visibility-in-xcloud/)
In xCloud, you will see the search engine visibility option in many places. For live sites, this option will not be discouraged from system setting as best practice. While adding a new site, you’ll get this option under **‘More Advanced Settings’** as shown below.
Again, stating that for the Staging & Demo site, this option is being discouraged by default. What if you don’t check this option while adding a site? No worries, you can do it later; as we mentioned, we can use this option in multiple places in xCloud.
Once you log into your xCloud dashboard, click on **‘Sites’** and from the list of multiple sites (if you have) enter the sites for which you want to discourage search engine indexing.
On the resulting page, click on **‘Site Settings’** from the left side panel. Scroll down a bit to find the option ‘Search Engine Visibility’, click to turn on the toggle button, & hit the ‘Save Settings’ option to complete the configuration. Well, you’ve done your part, _now it’s up to search engines to honor this request._
This is how you can easily configure search engine visibility directly from the xCloud dashboard to discourage indexing your WordPress site.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Protecting Our System With Security and Vulnerability Disclosure Protocols - xCloud
> Here you will find the security and vulnerability disclosure protocols by xCloud.
## **Summary** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
At [**xCloud**](/), we prioritize top-notch security and vulnerability disclosure protocols. Our team puts in the effort to safeguard user data, though we acknowledge that no system is entirely immune to potential risks. Hence, we welcome the open and responsible reporting of vulnerabilities via our Security and Vulnerability Disclosure Program. Through collaboration, we aim to enhance the safety and security of our users’ experience.
## **How To Report Security Issues** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
We value the help of security researchers and the public in spotting potential issues. If you think you’ve found a security problem in our xCloud system, please let us know promptly.
Here’s how you can reach out:
Send an email to **support@xcloud.host** or visit this [**link**](/support/) to provide as much detail as you can about the potential problem, including:
- Description of the issue
- Steps to recreate it
- How it could affect our users
- Any other useful information or resources
## **Instructions** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
We kindly request that you:
- Refrain from exploiting any vulnerabilities you find.
- Avoid any actions that could compromise the reliability or integrity of our services or data.
- Hold off on publicly sharing the bug until xCloud has had the chance to address it.
## **Prerequisites and Ethical Reporting** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
- You must follow all relevant laws.
- Only use your own test accounts to find vulnerabilities in xCloud’s products, services, or code.
- Accessing or changing user data without the account owner’s permission is strictly forbidden.
## **Acknowledging Security Measures** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
After you’ve reported a vulnerability, here’s what you can anticipate from us:
- We’ll send you an acknowledgment email within 3 business days of receiving your report.
- Our team will assess the reported vulnerability to confirm its validity.
- If the issue is confirmed, we’ll promptly address it and keep you updated on our progress.
- Upon resolution, we’ll recognize your contribution in our release notes, unless you prefer to remain anonymous.
### **Rules Of Engagement** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
- NEVER target xCloud users or their resources (e.g. Servers, Sites, Teams, etc.). This is strictly prohibited. ONLY test against your own accounts and resources.
- Please make sure to provide detailed reports with reproducible steps for any vulnerabilities found. If the report is not detailed enough to reproduce the issue, the issue will not be eligible for reputation.
- If the same issue is reported by multiple people, we will only recognize the first report with a clear description and steps to reproduce it.
- Please help make a good faith effort to avoid privacy violations, destruction of data, or service degradation.
- If you find a vulnerability, please do not exploit it beyond a proof-of-concept. Do not dump the database, do not pull unnecessary files or information
- Do not perform any DoS or DDoS, social engineering, or physical attacks against xCloud, WPDeveloper, or our users.
- Do not host personal or commercial servers or sites under your testing account. We may delete/remove your testing account without any prior notice.
- When testing xCloud, do not launch servers greater than 4GB, and do not launch more than 3 concurrent servers at a time.
## **The Following Domains Are In Scope** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
- [**xcloud.host**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh) – Priority: Medium
- [**app.xcloud.host**](http://app.xcloud.host) – Priority: Critical
- xCloud Playground – Priority: Medium
Domains not listed above are out of scope.
## **Out Of Scope Domains** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
- Any domains or resources not mentioned in the previous list are out-of-scope.
- Any resource used as a staging platform by the xCloud team is strictly prohibited.
- Any domains or resources used by the xCloud users are out-of-scope.
## **Qualifying Vulnerabilities** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
xCloud will accept reports of any vulnerability that substantially affects the confidentiality or integrity of any eligible xCloud service. Eligible vulnerabilities include, but are not limited to:
- Remote Code Execution (RCE)
- Privilege Escalation and Cross Instance Data Leakage/Access
- Server-side injection vulnerabilities, including SSRF, SQL, and XML injection
- Client-side vulnerabilities, including Stored XSS and CSRF attacks (only high impact)
- Directory traversal that exposes sensitive information
- Disclosure of sensitive or personally identifiable information
- Access Control Vulnerabilities (BAC, IDOR, etc.)
- Broken authorization leads to access to other xCloud user records
- Significant security misconfiguration with a verifiable vulnerability
- Exposed system credentials, disclosed by xCloud or its employees, that pose a valid risk to an in-scope asset
## **Non-Qualifying** **Vulnerabilities** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
The following vulnerability types will not qualify for the Vulnerability Disclosure Program and should not be tested by any security researchers:
- Automated scan output without any real proof-of-concept and impact
- Password complexity requirements
- Email verification/validation issues
- Source code disclosure vulnerabilities
- Email bombing
- Lack of rate limiting
- Vulnerabilities in users’ own infrastructure or virtual private servers (VPS), including websites, databases, etc. These should be reported to the respective server providers or vendors.
- Self-XSS reports will not be accepted
- Clickjacking attacks
- Content Spoofing
- Missing security-related HTTP headers without any proof of exploitability.
- Lack of Secure/HTTPOnly flags on non-sensitive Cookies
- Weak Captcha / Captcha Bypass
- Username/email enumeration
- Phishing attacks on users
- Social Engineering Attacks
- Missing or incorrect SPF records of any kind
- Missing or incorrect DMARC records of any kind
- DNS configuration and SSL-related issues
- Server configuration issues
- Banner or version disclosures
- DoS/DDoS attacks, brute force
- Blackhat SEO techniques
- CSV Injection
- Any submission determined to be low risk, based on theoretical attack vectors, requiring significant user interaction, or resulting in minimal impact
- Vulnerabilities on third-party libraries without showing specific impact on the target application (e.g. a CVE with no exploit)
- Exposed credentials that are either no longer valid or do not pose a risk to an in-scope asset
- Broken links in blog pages
- Any bug that relies upon an outdated browser
- Hacking discount coupons
- Issues where paid features are accessible on free accounts with no inherent “security” implications
## **Report Submission Requirements** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
To report a valid bug, please include the following information:
- Full description of the vulnerability being reported, including the exploitability and impact
- Evidence and explanation of all steps required to reproduce the submission, which may include:
1. Videos or Step-by-step screenshots
2. Exploit code
3. Traffic logs
4. Web/API requests and responses
5. IP address used during testing
\* Submit the testing account details used by the researcher. This is mandatory.
## **Changes To Program Terms** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
The Vulnerability Disclosure Program, including any or all of its policies, is subject to change or cancellation by xCloud at any time, without any prior notice. By continuing to participate in the Vulnerability Disclosure Program, you accept the Program Terms, as modified.
## **Recognition** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
We recognize the effort and commitment required to uncover security vulnerabilities and appreciate researchers who help us maintain xCloud’s security. As a gesture of gratitude for confirmed and resolved security vulnerability disclosures, we will add you to our Hall Of Fame page as one of our valued members. Please note that we do not offer any monetary rewards or bounties for vulnerability disclosures. Recognition through our Hall of Fame is discretionary and assessed on a case-by-case basis.
## **Is There a Bug Bounty Program for xCloud?** [#](/docs/security-and-vulnerability-disclosure-protocols/)
xCloud currently does not offer a bug bounty program. While such programs can uncover different flaws, they sometimes attract many people interested in monetary gain rather than genuinely enhancing the platform. Therefore, we chose not to compensate for the bug bounty program.
At xCloud, our commitment lies in furnishing a secure environment for all users. Your assistance in identifying areas for improvement is invaluable. Together, we can uphold xCloud as a reliable hosting solution for WordPress.
---
# Enhancing Server and Website Security with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to enhance server and website security with xCloud & keep your site and server management safe from unwanted threats.
xCloud ensures robust security for your websites by default, locking down servers during the provisioning process. However, it’s important to maintain good security practices and assist clients in doing so to further enhance security.
This documentation details the security measures xCloud implements by default, allowing you to create a comprehensive security checklist for setting up new websites on xCloud.
## xCloud’s Network and Server Security [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. SSH Lockdown [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
The root user is restricted to secure SSH access only to minimize the risk of unauthorized access.
### 2\. SSH Key Authentication Recommended [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
SSH Key Authentication is more secure than password-based authentication, supporting public and private key authentication.
### 3\. System User Isolation [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
System users created via our platform are completely isolated and secure from one another, each with only the essential permissions assigned.
### 4\. Managing Server Access: Sudo Users vs. Site Users [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
In [**xCloud Sudo users**](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/) have full server-wide access, allowing them to control all aspects of the server. In contrast, site users are restricted to managing a single site on the server, ensuring they cannot access or modify other sites’ files or server configurations.
### 5\. Firewall Control – Linux UFW Configuration [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
At xCloud, the [**Linux Uncomplicated Firewall**](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/) is configured during the server provisioning process.
### 6\. Strict Port Control [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
By default, only essential ports are open (22/TCP for SSH, 80/TCP for HTTP, and 443/TCP for HTTPS, reducing attack risks. Users can also change the default port if needed.
### 7\. Fail2Ban Preconfigured [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
[**Fail2Ban**](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/), an intrusion prevention software, is enabled on xCloud by default to protect against brute-force attacks on the SSH port.
### 8\. Vulnerability Scanner [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
With xCloud’s [Vulnerability Scanner](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/), you can scan and identify the security issues of core, plugin, and theme versions that are installed on your WordPress site. Also, can configure auto updates to handle them automatically.
## xCloud’s WordPress Security [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Secure PHP Version [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
By default, new WordPress websites are provisioned with the [**most current version of PHP**](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/), ensuring compatibility and security.
### 2\. Latest WordPress Version [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
New websites created by any user employ the latest WordPress version to avoid unpatched vulnerabilities.
### 3\. Disable Directory Browsing/System File Protection [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
xCloud prevents access to critical WordPress files and directories.
### 5\. Disable PHP Execution in Uploads and Themes Directories [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
xCloud blocks maliciously uploaded PHP files in WordPress directories.
7\. SFTP and SSH Access Only
xCloud enforces the use of secure server connections exclusively via SFTP and SSH.
## Additional WordPress Security Options [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Security Headers [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Customize security headers to prevent cross-site scripting and clickjacking. Beyond default measures, xCloud offers customizable security options to meet specific needs:
### 2\. Web Application Firewall (WAF) Options [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Integrates with [**7G and 8G firewalls**](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/) to protect against malicious requests, bad bots, and spam referrers.
### 3\. Website Isolation Through System Users [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Assign unique system users to websites to keep them isolated and prevent cross-infection in case of a compromise.
### 4\. Disable XML-RPC [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Disabling the outdated and insecure XML-RPC method if not in use. It can be customized from PHP settings.
### 5\. 1 Click SSL Certificates [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Users are encouraged to use SSL certificates for enhanced security. With just one click, SSL certificates can be implemented in xCloud.
## Product Security [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
### 1\. Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) on account [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
It is highly recommended for password-based authentication, requiring a second form of identification.
### 2\. Permission Levels [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Different permissions can be assigned to users or teams within the xCloud dashboard including server/site access, billing, user data, and message permissions.
### 3\. Password and Credential Storage [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
xCloud enforces a complex password standard, storing credentials in hash form to reduce the risk of password theft and unauthorized access.
### 4\. Credit Card Information [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Payments are handled by the payment gateway (Stripe), ensuring no access to your credit card information.
### 5\. Best Practices [#](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/)
Automated server configuration follows industry best practices for securing your server or web applications.
Still, facing any security issues? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# Server Gets Disconnected - xCloud
> Whether you are managing a self-managed server or xCloud server, you might see the 'server gets disconnected' for a variety of reasons. Let us troubleshoot
Whether you are managing a self-managed server or xCloud server, you might see the ‘server gets disconnected’ for a variety of reasons. Let us troubleshoot what you can do when that happens. With **[xCloud](/)** you have two types of servers: xCloud server and Self-Manged server.
How do you know if your server is connected? When you see a green dot with the server name, then it means the server is connected and you will have the ‘Connected’ status shown below the server name.
However, if your server is disconnected, you will see the status ‘**Disconnected**’ and the dot will become gray, as shown below:
If your server is disconnected, the first things you can do before troubleshooting are below:
- Refresh your server
- Restart server
## **Why Your Server Gets Disconnected & Fixes** [#](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
### **CPU, Storage, Or Memory Issue** [#](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
If the Server CPU, storage, or memory is full or close to 100% used, you might encounter this server disconnected issue. To fix this, you need to upgrade (extend CPU storage, memory limit, etc) your server.
### **Blocked IP Address** [#](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
If your server provider has blocked xCloud IP address for some reason, your server might be disconnected. In that case, you need to whitelist xCloud IP addresses.
### **Credentials Issue** [#](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
If your credentials or server name has been changed for some reason, or someone from your team has changed the API keys, you might get this issue. In that case, contact support in xCloud.
### **Server Downtime** [#](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
Sometimes, the server faces downtime due to technical issues from the provider’s end. Contact the server provider to find out (**[Vultr](https://www.vultr.com/)**, **[DigitalOcean](https://www.digitalocean.com/)**, **[GCP](https://cloud.google.com/)**, etc). If the server is in xCloud, contact our support.
### **Deleted From The Provider** [#](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
If your server has been deleted from the provider end somehow. To have the fix, check if your server has been deleted from the provider end.
### **Billing** [#](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
Check Billing on your server provider end and in xCloud.
---
# How to Update a Server IP Address After Provider Relocation With xCloud
> Learn how to handle a server IP address change after provider relocation, reconnect the server in xCloud, update DNS records, and verify website access safely.
If your cloud provider relocates your server, replaces the public IPv4 address, or moves the physical host to another data center, the server may temporarily disconnect from xCloud. This guide explains what to check, what to send xCloud Support, and how to bring your sites back online safely after a server IP address change.
## When this guide applies [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
Use this guide when the server itself remains the same, but the provider changes the public IPv4 address. Common examples include a data center relocation, physical server maintenance, provider network migration, or an assigned IPv4 replacement.
This guide is not for rebuilding a deleted server, moving sites to a new server, or changing providers through a full migration. If the operating system, server data, or xCloud services were removed, follow the relevant migration or server recovery process instead.
## What happens when the server IP address changes [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
xCloud connects to your server using the server details saved in the panel. If the provider changes the public server IP address, xCloud may still try to contact the old IP. In that case, the server can appear disconnected even when the server itself is still running at the provider.
Your websites may also stop loading if their DNS records still point to the old server IP address. DNS and xCloud panel connectivity are related, but they are not the same thing. Updating xCloud helps the panel reconnect to the server. Updating DNS helps visitors reach the sites hosted on that server.
## Before you start [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
- Confirm the provider relocation or IP change is complete.
- Copy the new public IPv4 address from your provider dashboard or provider email.
- Confirm the server data, operating system, services, and xCloud agent were not reinstalled or removed.
- Check whether your domains use xCloud DNS records, your registrar DNS, or Cloudflare DNS.
- Avoid reinstalling xCloud or recreating the server unless xCloud Support confirms it is required.
## Step-by-step troubleshooting [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
### 1\. Wait until the provider relocation is finished [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
Do not update records while the provider is still moving the server unless the provider has already confirmed the final new IPv4 address. During relocation, downtime can be expected and the server may not respond to xCloud, SSH, or website traffic.
### 2\. Confirm the new public server IP address [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
After the relocation finishes, copy the new IPv4 address exactly as shown by the provider. If your provider also gives a new IPv6 address, keep it for reference, but xCloud Support usually needs the new public IPv4 first when reconnecting the server.
### 3\. Check whether the server still responds [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
If you have SSH access, test whether you can reach the server at the new server IP address. Use SSH keys where possible. If SSH does not respond, check the provider firewall, server power state, and provider maintenance notice before changing anything in xCloud.
```
ssh root@NEW_SERVER_IP
```
Copy to Clipboard
If you cannot or do not want to use SSH, share the new IP with xCloud Support and mention that the provider completed a relocation. Support can help verify the server connection from the xCloud side.
### 4\. Do not reinstall xCloud if the server data is intact [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
If only the public IP changed and the same server data, OS, services, and xCloud agent are still present, you normally do not need to reinstall xCloud or recreate the server. Reinstalling can create unnecessary risk and may not be needed for a simple provider-side IP change.
### 5\. Ask xCloud Support to reconnect the server in the panel [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
If the server appears disconnected in xCloud after the provider changes the IP address, contact xCloud Support with the new IPv4 address. Support can verify the server record and update the saved server IP from the panel side where required.
Send this information:
- The affected xCloud server name.
- The old server IP address, if available.
- The new public IPv4 address.
- The provider relocation notice or a short summary of what changed.
- Whether SSH works with the new server IP address.
- Whether your sites are using Cloudflare, registrar DNS, or xCloud-managed DNS records.
### 6\. Update DNS records for each domain [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
After the server IP is confirmed, update the A records for domains hosted on that server so they point to the new IPv4 address. This can include your root domain, www record, subdomains, staging domains, and any custom domains mapped to apps on the server.
If you use Cloudflare, update the DNS A records in Cloudflare as well. If your site uses a proxied Cloudflare record, visitors still reach Cloudflare first, but Cloudflare must know the correct origin server IP address to connect to your server.
Related docs:
- [How To Setup DNS Record In xCloud?](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)
- [Integrate Cloudflare for DNS Management with xCloud](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
- [Cloudflare: Create DNS records](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/manage-dns-records/how-to/create-dns-records/)
### 7\. Verify xCloud and website access [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
After xCloud Support updates the server record and DNS points to the new IP, check the server status in xCloud. Then open the websites hosted on that server in a browser. DNS changes can take time depending on your DNS provider and TTL settings.
Also check SSL status if domains were proxied through Cloudflare or if the origin server IP address was changed recently. If SSL fails or the server still appears disconnected, share the exact error with Support instead of retrying random fixes.
(Screenshot: xCloud server page showing the server connected after the IP update.)
## What xCloud Support can check [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
- Whether the xCloud server record still points to the old IP address.
- Whether the server can reconnect after the new IP is saved.
- Whether xCloud services and the xCloud agent appear intact.
- Whether the server still shows disconnected after the IP update.
- Whether DNS or SSL status needs a follow-up check from the xCloud dashboard.
## What is outside standard support [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
- Provider-side relocation scheduling, provider downtime, or provider network issues.
- Provider firewall rules, billing, or account access problems.
- Custom DNS architecture outside the xCloud dashboard.
- Application-level issues unrelated to the server IP change.
## Prevention tips [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
- Keep provider relocation notices and maintenance emails until the change is complete.
- Record the old and new server IP addresses before contacting Support.
- Use a lower DNS TTL before planned provider maintenance when possible.
- Keep SSH key access ready so you can verify the server after the provider move.
- Keep recent backups before planned infrastructure changes.
## Expected result [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
After the new server IP address is saved in xCloud and DNS records are updated, the server should show as connected in the xCloud panel, and domains hosted on the server should resolve to the new IP address.
## FAQ [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
### Can I reconnect the same server after the provider changes the IP address? [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
Yes. If the same server data, OS, services, and xCloud agent remain intact, the server can usually be reconnected by updating the saved server IP and verifying connectivity. Contact xCloud Support with the new IPv4 address.
### Do I need to reinstall xCloud? [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
Usually no. A provider-side IP change does not automatically require a fresh xCloud installation. Reinstall only if Support confirms that the existing installation or server data is no longer usable.
### Will my websites work automatically after xCloud reconnects? [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
Not always. xCloud panel connectivity and public website DNS are separate. You still need to update the DNS A records for domains hosted on the server so they point to the new IP address.
### What if I use Cloudflare? [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
Update the Cloudflare DNS A records to the new origin server IP address. If the record is proxied, Cloudflare will continue to sit in front of the site, but the origin server IP address behind Cloudflare must be correct.
### What should I send xCloud Support? [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
Send the server name, old IP if available, new IPv4 address, provider relocation notice, whether SSH works, and the domains affected. This helps Support reconnect the server and guide the DNS follow-up faster.
## Related docs [#](/docs/server-ip-address-change-xcloud/)
- [Troubleshooting Guide: xCloud Server Disconnected, SSL Failed Or Renew Issue](/docs/troubleshooting-guide-xcloud-server-disconnected/)
- [Server Gets Disconnected](/docs/server-gets-disconnected/)
- [How To Connect Existing Fresh Ubuntu Server On xCloud From Any Provider?](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
---
# How to Set Site Limits On Custom Hosting Plans with Reseller Hosting Program - xCloud
> Learn how to set site limits on custom hosting plans with xCloud White Label and tailor packages to fit your brand and customer needs
With xCloud White Label, you can create and sell custom hosting packages under your own brand, giving you full control over pricing, features, and limitations. One key aspect of tailoring your hosting plans is setting site limits, which helps define how many websites a customer can host under each plan. And now, you can set site limits on custom hosting plans with your reseller program.
By setting up the site limit on the server within the xCloud white label dashboard, you can offer customized hosting plans to your customers. Follow the step-by-step guide on how to set a site limit on your plans with xCloud White Label.
## **Step 1: Log in to Your xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/set-site-limits-on-custom-hosting-plans-reseller/)
First, log in to your xCloud dashboard using your credentials. Once you are logged in, navigate to the **‘White Label’** tab on the dashboard. Clicking on this tab will redirect you to the xCloud White Label landing page, where you can manage your white label settings and create custom hosting packages.
## **Step 2: Create Custom Hosting Packages** [#](/docs/set-site-limits-on-custom-hosting-plans-reseller/)
On the dashboard of White Label, click on the **‘Add Product’** button to begin creating your custom hosting package. A popup window will appear with server configuration options.
Here, you can choose your server plan by selecting between **‘General’** and **‘Premium’** plans based on your needs.
Next, select your desired server size from the available options. As you select different plans and server sizes, you will be able to see the corresponding prices. Once you have made your selections, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
## **Step 3: Customize Your Hosting Plan & Implement Site Limit** [#](/docs/set-site-limits-on-custom-hosting-plans-reseller/)
In this step, you will customize the details of your hosting package. Enter a unique **‘Plan Name’** for your package or keep it blank and it will take the original product you have chosen. In the **‘Custom Price/Month’** field, set the monthly price you wish to charge your customer.
Then enter the number of the sites into the **‘Site Limit’** field that you want to allow for the users who will the plan. After that provide a **‘SKU’** (Stock Keeping Unit). You can also deactivate any package by clicking on the **‘Active Package’** button. Once all the details are filled out, you can make it immediately available for purchase by clicking on the **‘Save and Publish’** button.
_Note: Remember, your custom price needs to be higher than the server cost to ensure you make a profit. Also, the Stripe fees will be handled by the Reseller._
After completing these steps, you will be able to see your newly created product in the dashboard under your list of plans. Your custom hosting package is now ready to be offered to your customers under your own branding.
That’s it! This is how easily you can set site limits on your product with xCloud white label.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set up Auto Responder Email with xCloud MailBox Addon - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly Set up Auto Responder Email using the xCloud MailBox Addon to manage emails when you're away.
Automated email responses are a helpful tool for maintaining communication when you’re unavailable or managing high volumes of messages. The [**xCloud MailBox Addon**](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/) offers a simple way to set up an Auto Responder that sends automatic replies based on your preferences.
Follow the steps below to set up auto responder email easily with xCloud MailBox quickly.
## **Step 1: Log in to the MailBox** [#](/docs/set-up-auto-responder-email-with-mailbox/)
First, log in to your MailBox, go to the **‘Settings’** option, and click on the ‘Autoresponder’ option from the left sidebar.
## **Step 2: Set up Auto Responder Email** [#](/docs/set-up-auto-responder-email-with-mailbox/)
Next, enable the **‘Autoresponder’** option to start setting the email that will be sent automatically. Then write a **‘Subject’** and **‘Message’** into the dedicated fields.
Then, enable the **‘Date Range’** button if you want to set it for a certain timeframe. Choose a **‘Start Date’, ‘Start Time’, ‘End Date ’** and**’ End Time’** of this email and hit on the ‘Save’ button.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can set up an Auto Responder with the xCloud MailBox Addon is a easy process that ensures your contacts receive timely replies, even when you’re unavailable.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Email Forwarding with xCloud MailBox Addon - xCloud
> Learn how to easily set up email forwarding with xCloud MailBox Addon to manage multiple inboxes from one place.
Mail forwarding allows you to automatically send a copy of incoming emails from one mailbox to another address. This is useful if you want to manage multiple email addresses from a single inbox.
For example, if you own info@yourdomain.com and want to receive those emails at your main address you@yourdomain.com, you can set up forwarding. All emails sent to info@yourdomain.com will automatically be forwarded to you@yourdomain.com. You can also forward emails from multiple mailboxes.
Follow the steps below to set up email forwarding with xCloud MailBox Addon:
## **Step 1: Go to Your MailBox Account** [#](/docs/set-up-email-forwarding-with-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
First, log in to your MailBox account and click on the **‘Mail Forwarding’** tab in the dashboard.
## **Step 2: Add a New Forwarding Email Address** [#](/docs/set-up-email-forwarding-with-xcloud-mailbox-addon/)
Click the **‘Add New’** button. A popup will appear allowing you to add a new forwarding email address. Select the email account you want to forward from using the dropdown menu.
Enter the destination email address in the **‘Forward email to’** field.If you want to keep a local copy of all forwarded messages, check the corresponding box.Finally, click on the **‘Save Forwarding’** button.
_**Note:** You can set up to 20 forwarding addresses for each mailbox._
You can also add one or more forwarding addresses by clicking **‘Add More Forward Address’** to automatically forward all messages received in your account.
To delete an existing forwarding address, click the three-dot icon next to the address, select **‘Delete’**, and save the changes by clicking the **‘Save’** button.
And that’s it this is how easily you can set up email forwarding with the MailBox Addon. It is a simple and effective way to manage multiple email accounts from a single inbox.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Git Integration for an Existing WordPress or Custom PHP Site - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Git integration for an existing site in xCloud, from selecting a GitHub provider to enabling push-to-deploy in a few easy steps.
xCloud lets you add Git integration to an existing WordPress or Custom PHP site that is not already connected to Git. From the site’s Git tab, you can select a connected GitHub provider, confirm the repository name, review the generated .gitignore, and start the setup in a single flow.
When the setup runs, xCloud creates a private GitHub repository, pushes the current site contents as the first commit, and configures the deploy key and webhook for you. Instead of wiring up a repository and connecting it by hand, you can set everything up from one page and start using push-to-deploy right away.
## Prerequisites for Git setup: [#](/docs/set-up-git-integration-for-existing-wordpress-or-php-site/)
- Available site types are WordPress or Custom PHP.
- At least one connected GitHub provider exists for the team.
## Step 1: Open the Site’s Git Tab [#](/docs/set-up-git-integration-for-existing-wordpress-or-php-site/)
First, go to your existing WordPress site. Then go to the site sidebar and click on Git from the navigation menu.
## Step 2: Select Your Provider and Repository [#](/docs/set-up-git-integration-for-existing-wordpress-or-php-site/)
On this page, select your GitHub account from the Git Provider dropdown menu, then enter the repository name you want to deploy.
If the team has no connected GitHub providers, you need to integrate your GitHub account first. Just click on the Manage Git Providers option and connect your account in a few clicks.
## Step 3: Review the Generated .gitignore & Start the Setup [#](/docs/set-up-git-integration-for-existing-wordpress-or-php-site/)
Below the provider and repository fields, you will find a generated .gitignore. For WordPress sites, xCloud pre-populates entries for WordPress core, config, uploads, cache, backups, and environment files. If a protected default entry is removed, xCloud shows a warning before submission.
Once you have confirmed the provider, repository name, and .gitignore contents, click the Setup Git Integration button to proceed. xCloud begins creating the repository, pushing your site contents, and configuring the deploy key and webhook.
And that’s it. This is how easily you can set up Git integration for existing WordPress and PHP sites easily. After the setup completes and the page is refreshed, xCloud shows the normal Git Settings page for the site.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)**.
---
# How To Set Up Hetzner Server In xCloud Host? - xCloud
> Ready to deploy? Set up Hetzner server in xCloud in minutes. Streamline your WordPress hosting journey with xCloud Self-Managed hosting today!
You can easily set up Hetzner server in **[xCloud](/)**. This self-managed hosting aims to simplify the hosting and managing of WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let us follow these steps to get you started.
## **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the xCloud website and you have to sign up or log in to xCloud with your credentials.
If you have already an account please visit our [**app URL**](https://app.xcloud.host/) to log in to your account to set up a Hetzner server in xCloud Host.
## **Step 2: Create Your Hetzner Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “**Add New Server**” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. Select the Hetzner option from the list. The billing of the server will be handled on your Hetzner account.
Now, before going to the next step, you need to create an API token to connect your Hetzner account to xCloud Host. To do that, log in to your [**Hetzner Cloud Console account**](https://accounts.hetzner.com/login). Then, select a project and navigate to ‘**Security → API tokens’** from the left sidebar.
Click on the API tab to generate a new API or select an existing one. Now, hit the ‘**Generate API token**’, give a description (xCloud, for example), and select the permission as ‘**Read & Write**’. While generating a New API key, we always recommend you select the ‘**Read & Write**’ permission.
Your Hetzner API token will be created instantly. Copy the API key to set up a Hetzner server in xCloud.
## **Step 3: Connect Account & Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/)
Now, go back to xCloud dashboard to create a new server with Hetzner. Select your existing server or create a new account. Then, set an API label as you prefer. The label can be anything to help you track or remember a particular one from multiple tokens. After that, paste the API token that you have copied from the Hetzner on the token field.
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Hetzner account. Now you need to provide the **Server name**, your preferred **Server Size** (CPU, RAM, storage), and the **Region** nearest to you and your visitors. Then select the **‘Database’** and hit on the **‘Next’** button
_**Note:** Now**,** MySQL 8.0 and MariaDB database servers are now available._
We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server.
We are almost done with our server creation of Hetzner in xCloud. After submitting the form this might take up to 10-15 minutes to make the Hetzner server live and ready to install a lightning-fast WordPress Site.
## **Automatic Firewall Setup for Your Hetzner Server** [#](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/)
During this process, xCloud will automatically add a firewall with three ports to your Hetzner server.
_**Note:** It is strongly recommended that you do not remove this firewall. It helps protect your server._
That’s how easily you can set up a Hetzner server in xCloud Host.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
After creating your server with Hetzner, you would want to create your first site with xCloud. Follow [**this documentation**](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/) to learn how to do that. You can also take a look at how to add [**xCloud managed email service**](https://xcloud.host/docs/add-xcloud-managed-email-service/) for WordPress site emails.
---
# How to Set Up Hostinger Server with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to quickly set up Hostinger server with xCloud and start building websites in just a few clicks.
xCloud allows you to integrate your own [**Hostinger server**](https://www.hostinger.com/vps-hosting) easily and manage it with our advanced control panel. With our [**self manged hosting**](/self-managed-hosting/) service, you can easily integrate your servers in just a few clicks.
Follow the steps to set up Hostinger server with xCloud easily:
> 💡**Important:** Hostinger does not allow purchase through credit cards via their API. So, to create Hostinger servers with our new integration, you must confirm that you have a different payment method and not a credit card. Currently, supported payment methods include **Apple Pay**, **Google Pay**, and **PayPal**. We will support credit cards if Hostinger allows it in the future.
## **Step 1: Sign Up/Login with xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-hostinger-server-with-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the xCloud website, and you have to sign up or log in to xCloud with your credentials.
## **Step 2: Create Your Hostinger VPS Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-hostinger-server-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the ‘Add New Server’ button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. Select the **‘Hostinger’** option from the list. The billing of the server will be handled on your Hostinger account.
Now, before going to the next step, you need to create an API token to connect your Hostinger account to xCloud Host. To do that, log in to your Hostinger account and create an API key. Copy the API key to set up a Hostinger VPS server in xCloud.
## **Step 3: Connect Account & Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-hostinger-server-with-xcloud/)
Now, go back to xCloud dashboard to create a new server with Hostinger. Select your existing server or create a new account. Then, set an API label as you prefer. The label can be anything to help you track or remember a particular one from multiple tokens. After that, paste the API token that you have copied from Hostinger into the token field.
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Hostinger account. Now you need to provide the **‘Server name’**, your preferred **‘Server Size’**, and the **‘Region’** nearest to you and your visitors and select the ‘Database’
Then choose the **‘Ubuntu’** Version of the server, add **‘Tags’,** choose a web server and hit the **‘Next’** button
Once the processing is done, the server will be created. And you can build sites and manage them right from the dashboard.
We are almost done with our server creation of Hostinger in xCloud. After submitting the form this might take up to 10-15 minutes to make the Hostinger server live and ready to install a lightning-fast websites.
That’s how easily you can set up a Hostinger VPS server in xCloud Host.
After creating your server with Hostinger, you would want to create your first site with xCloud. Follow this [**documentation**](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/) to learn how to do that. You can also take a look at how to add [**xCloud managed email service**](https://xcloud.host/docs/add-xcloud-managed-email-service/) for site emails.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Laravel Horizon with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to install and set up Laravel Horizon on xCloud to monitor Laravel queues. Quick, clear setup instructions included.
**[Laravel Horizon](https://laravel.com/docs/11.x/horizon)** is a powerful dashboard and configuration tool for Laravel queues, providing deep insight into your job processing. If you are using xCloud to deploy your **[Laravel application](/laravel-hosting/)**, setting up Horizon is simple. Follow the step-by-step process to set up Laravel Horizon with xCloud.
## **Step 1: Go to the Laravel Site** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
First, go to your site and navigate to the **‘Laravel’** section in the dashboard. Select your **‘Application’** from the list of deployed Laravel applications.
## **Step 2: Install The Laravel Horizon** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
Now install Laravel Horizon locally by running the following commands and commit the changes to git:
```
composer require laravel/horizon
```
Copy to Clipboard
```
php artisan horizon:install
```
Copy to Clipboard
Now, if you go back to the xCloud dashboard, you will see that the Horizon is installing. After the installation process is completed, you will see that the Laravel Horizon set up proper.
Once the command is processed, Laravel Horizon will be installed. You can go back to the Laravel dashboard, where you will see the notice that Laravel Horizon is installed. And if you go to the Horizon dashboard, you will be able to see the stats of your Laravel Application
### **Add Queue Restart to Deployment Script** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
To ensure that your queue workers are properly restarted after each deployment, add the following command to the **Deployment Script** field in your application settings:
```
$XCLOUD_PHP artisan horizon:terminate
```
Copy to Clipboard
This will restart the Horizon process gracefully after finishing the running tasks.
Read this [**official Laravel documentation**](https://laravel.com/docs/11.x/queues#queue-workers-and-deployment) for more best practices on queue worker deployment.
That is it! You have successfully set up Laravel Horizon with xCloud. With Horizon, now you can monitor your queues efficiently and gain better insight into your application’s background job processing.
Still stuck? Contact our [dedicated support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Laravel on Vultr Server with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Laravel on Vultr using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your Vultr applications.
**[Laravel](/laravel-hosting/)** is a popular PHP framework for building modern web applications. With Vultr’s cloud hosting and xCloud’s one‑click deployment, you can set up Laravel quickly and manage it with ease. This guide walks you through the process step by step.
If you already have a Vultr server, you can skip the first phase and proceed directly to the second. First, set up your Vultr server in xCloud. Follow these steps to get started.
## **How to Set Up a Vultr Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Create Your New Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a Vultr server and for that select the Vultr option under **“Bring your own server service”.** The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account and in xCloud we won’t charge for this first server.
### **Signup in Vultr with xCloud Promo** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
To get started with the free hosting offer, head over to [**Vultr.com**](https://www.vultr.com/) and sign up for a new account. During the registration process, you’ll need to link a valid credit card or a verified PayPal account to activate your account and be eligible for the $100 promotional credit. As part of the validation, Vultr will place a small temporary authorization on your credit card, approximately $2.50 USD to verify your payment method.
This charge is not permanent and will be automatically reversed by your bank, although depending on your bank’s policy, it might take up to 30 days for the funds to be released.
If you choose to verify using PayPal, note that Vultr requires a minimum payment of $5.00 USD for validation. Additionally, PayPal must be linked to a valid credit card or bank account to complete this verification process. Once your payment method is verified and your account is deemed eligible, the $100 in free credits will be automatically applied to your account. Make sure to use the promo code **“XCLOUD25”** during the sign-up to claim this offer.
**_Note:_** _If you already have a Vultr account then please skip this step and check how to collect API from Vultr._
### **Collect API key from Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 10 sites for free. Navigate to the Account → API tab from your Vultr dashboard. After that click on the **‘Enable API’** button.
Now, your **‘Personal Access Token’** will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any **IPv4** and Any **IPv6** both under Access Control.
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
### **Add Team Members In Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
### **Add Vultr API key in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on **‘Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on **‘Vultr’** to proceed further.
After selecting **‘Vultr’**, set your **‘Key’**, **‘Vultr Label’**, and ‘**Vultr API Key’**. Then click on **‘Verify’**.
### **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Now that you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your Region, Database Server, Server Size, and much more from one easy dashboard.
## **How to Deploy Laravel Applications on Vultr with xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Deploying [**Laravel applications**](/laravel-hosting/) can often involve multiple steps and intricate configurations. xCloud simplifies this process by providing a streamlined platform tailored for deploying modern PHP applications, including Laravel, with minimal complexity.
Follow this step-by-step guide to configure and deploy your fully functional Laravel website with ease.
### **Step 1: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Vultr server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
### **Step 2: Go to The Laravel Tab** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Then navigate to the ‘**Laravel’** tab to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
### **Step 3: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch or you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option.Then you have to put **‘New Site Title’** and **‘Domain Name’**. Here we are choosing the **‘Demo Site’** domain. Then click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Settings To Manage Database** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Now, you will be sent to the ‘Settings’ step. Make sure to correctly add your ‘PHP Version’, ‘Site User’, ‘Web root’.
Now, it is time for database management. You will get three options. You can either create a new database on the server, you can add your existing database that is hosted on another server.
You can also proceed without any database. For this tutorial, we are going with the ‘Create Database In Server’ option.
If you select this option, enter your **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’**. You can keep these auto-generated credentials or you can modify them according to your choice.
After selecting any one option and providing all essential information and credentials, click on **‘Next’**.
### **Step 5: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
In the ‘Git Repo’ tab, add your ‘Git Repository’ and ‘Git Branch’. Also, toggle on the ‘Enable push to deploy’ option. Once you enable the ‘Push To Deploy’, it will generate a ‘Deployment URL’. We can use this URL to CICD pipeline and copy the ‘Deployment URL’ from here.
### **Step 6: Add the Deployment URL to the Git Repository** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Now, go to your Git repository. From the **‘Code’** tab, go to the **‘Settings’** tab and click on the **‘Webhooks’** page from the **‘Code and Automation’** section of the left navigation. Insert the deployment URL into the ‘Payload URL’ field. Select ‘application/json’ from the **‘Content type’** dropdown.
Note: This step is optional. Adding a webhook enables automatic deployments when you push changes to the repository but it’s not required if you prefer to deploy manually.
### **Step 7: Add Public Key to Git Repository** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Next in the **‘Deploy Script’** field any script that needs to be executed after the site is deployed. For example, you can use it to install dependencies or run database migrations.
Next, in the **‘Deploy Script’** field, specify any commands that need to be executed after the site is deployed.
If your project uses PHP, you can specify the version _(e.g., php8.1)_ and run Composer along with Laravel-specific commands like this:
**php8.1 $(which composer) install –no-interaction –prefer-dist –optimize-autoloader –no-dev**
**php8.1 artisan migrate –force**
**php8.1 artisan optimize:clear**
If your project also involves Node.js, you can include additional commands as well. These scripts ensure that your backend and frontend are fully prepared after deployment.
From the xCloud dashboard, copy the ‘Public Key’ to add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. Git migration uses the ‘Public Key’ for SSH authentication. This is necessary to enable xCloud to access your Git repository and clone it. It ensures secure and authorized access for the cloning process.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the ‘Code’ tab, go to the ‘Settings’ tab and click on ‘Deploy Keys’ in the security section of the left navigation. Click on the ‘Add key’ button and paste the key that you copied from xCloud.
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click on ‘Next’ on your xCloud settings of the ‘Git Repo’ tab.
### **Step 8: Confirm Migrating The Website** [#](/docs/set-up-laravel-on-vultr-server-with-xcloud/)
Now, to start the migration process, click on the **‘Start’** button. After clicking the migration process will start and you will see the progress of migration.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there. Go to the **‘Laravel’** Option from the menu and customize the **‘Application’** and **‘Environment’** as your preferences.
**Check out the other features of Laravel:**
- [_How to Use Supervisor for Process Management With xCloud_](/docs/supervisor-for-process-management/)
- [_How to Set Up Laravel Horizon with xCloud_](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/)
- [_How to Set Up a Queue Worker for Laravel Applications_](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
Configure Laravel Scheduler with cron job for your Laravel projects with ease. Check out this documentation for more details: [How To Configure xCloud Cron Job?](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/)
And that’s it. This is how easily you can successfully deploy your Laravel application on xCloud. Now you can go to your site dashboard from xCloud and customize according to your preferences.
If you are still stuck, feel free to contact our [**support team**](/support/).
---
# How to Set Up Lovable on DigitalOcean with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Lovable on DigitalOcean using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your Lovable applications.
Deploy [**Lovable**](/lovable-hosting/) on DigitalOcean with xCloud quickly and easily. This guide walks you through the basic steps to configure and launch Lovable on a DigitalOcean server, helping you streamline deployment and manage your application with minimal effort
## **How to Setup A DigitalOcean Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a DigitalOcean server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Create Your New Digital Ocean Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Digital Ocean server and for that select the [**Digital**](https://try.digitalocean.com/)[**Ocean**](https://xcloud.host/go/digitalocean/) option. The billing of the server will be handled on your Digital Ocean account.
**Note:** Don’t have a DigitalOcean account? Check out the documentation below to find out how to provision a server with any providers:
- [**How To Setup First Server With Vultr?**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
- [**How To Setup Your First Server With Google Cloud Platform Provider?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform)
- [**How To Setup a Server With Other Providers?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/?post_type=docs&p=268&preview=true)
We’ve made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your DigitalOcean account. You no longer have to go through the hassle of generating and copying access tokens.
Now, xCloud will guide you through an OAuth flow, where you simply authorize xCloud to use your DigitalOcean account.
All you have to do is provision a new DigitalOcean server, click **“Authorize”** during the setup, and you’ll be redirected to DigitalOcean to grant permission to your account. It’s a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Digital Ocean.
### **Step 2: Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your DO account. Now you need to provide the Server name, your preferred Server Size (**CPU, RAM, Storage**) and Region nearest to you and your visitors. Only, **MySQL 8.0** database server is now available.
By default Database, the **‘Root’** Password is auto-filed but you can change this and save it in a safe place.
We recommend at least a **2GB/ 1 shared CPU server** for 10-20 sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server.
We are almost done with our server creation of Digital Ocean in xCloud. After submitting the form this might take **up to 12-15 minutes** to make the Digital Ocean server live and ready to install a lightning fast WordPress Site.
## **How to Deploy Lovable Applications with xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Lovable is a modern AI-powered application-building platform designed to help anyone create user-friendly, scalable, and production-ready applications and websites through chatting.
xCloud allows you to deploy Lovable applications easily from your Git repositories. You can install and set up Lovable and get your application live in just a few clicks. Follow the steps below to set up Lovable with xCloud and deploy **AI powered projects easily:**
### **Step 1: Create a New Site** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed to start creating Lovable applications.
### **Step 3: Go to The Lovable Tab** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
From here, go to the **‘Lovable’** tab to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
📝 Before you proceed, make sure your Lovable projects are properly synced with Git repositories.
### **Step 4: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option.
### **Step 5: Configure Site Settings** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Next, under the **‘Settings’** tab, you will get the **‘Node.js Version’** and **‘Site User’** for this application. After that, click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 6: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** tab, you will get three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’**, **‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’** and ‘**Connected Git Provider’**.
We are going to deploy Git projects using the **‘Git Provider’** option here. Choose the **‘Connected Git Provider’** option from the dropdown menu.
From the **‘Select Git Provider’** dropdown, choose the connected account you want to use. Once selected, navigate through the list of repositories, pick the one you want to deploy and then select the specific **‘Branch’** of that project.
You can also deploy Lovable projects from your Public or Private Git repositories as well. For more details read this documentation:
**👉** [**How to Insert Your Git Repositories with xCloud**](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
### **Step 7: Enable Push to Deploy** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. You need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
**Note:** If you want to learn more about the process, follow the steps in this [**document**](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)**.**
Finally, review all the details and click on the **‘Start’** button to create the Lovable application.
### **Step 8: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Lovable site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
That’s it! This is how easily you can deploy Lovable with xCloud and launch your web apps in just a few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Lovable on Vultr with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Lovable on Vultr using xCloud. Follow a clear step-by-step guide to deploy and manage AI-powered applications with ease.
[**Lovable**](/lovable-hosting/) is a modern AI-powered application-building platform designed to help anyone create user-friendly, scalable, and production-ready applications and websites through chatting.
Set up **[Lovable](/lovable-hosting/)** on Vultr with xCloud quickly and easily. This guide walks you through the basic steps to configure and launch Lovable on a Vultr server, helping you streamline deployment and manage your application with minimal effort
## **How to Set up A Vultr Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey:
### **Step 1: Create Your New Vultr Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a Vultr server and for that select the Vultr option under **“Bring your own server service”.** The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account and in xCloud we won’t charge for this first server.
### **Collect API key from Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 10 sites for free. Navigate to the Account → API tab from your Vultr dashboard. After that click on the **‘Enable API’** button.
Now, your **‘Personal Access Token’** will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any **IPv4** and Any **IPv6** both under Access Control.
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
### **Add Team Members in Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
### **Add Vultr API Key in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on **‘Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on **‘Vultr’** to proceed further.
After selecting **‘Vultr’**, set your **‘Key’**, **‘Vultr Label’**, and ‘**Vultr API Key’**. Then click on **‘Verify’**.
### **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now that you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your Region, Database Server, Server Size, and much more from one easy dashboard.
After putting all the information, click on **‘Next’** and xCloud will automatically install and set up everything for you in a few minutes.
## **How to Deploy Lovable Applications with xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
xCloud allows you to deploy Lovable applications easily from your Git repositories. You can install and set up Lovable and get your application live in just a few clicks. Follow the steps below to set up Lovable with xCloud and deploy **AI powered projects easily:**
### **Step 1: Create a New Site** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘New Site’** button.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Server** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Then choose your server from the dropdown menu. Next, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed to start creating Lovable applications.
### **Step 3: Go to the Lovable Tab** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
From here, go to the **‘Lovable’** tab to deploy your Laravel applications. Now, choose **‘Clone A Git Repository’** to import your custom PHP site.
Before you proceed, make sure your Lovable projects are properly synced with Git repositories.
### **Step 4: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
From the **‘Domains’** tab, you will get two options: either you can create a **‘Demo Site’** with a test domain and refine it until it is ready for launch, or, you can migrate into a new domain to get your site up and running in a new domain.
Or you can create your site with your live domain; you need to select the **‘Migrate into a New Domain’** option.
### **Step 5: Configure Site Settings** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Next, under the **‘Settings’** tab, you will get the **‘Node.js Version’** and **‘Site User’** for this application. After that, click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 6: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Git Repo’** tab, you will get three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’**, **‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’** and ‘**Connected Git Provider’**.
We are going to deploy Git projects using the **‘Git Provider’** option here. Choose the **‘Connected Git Provider’** option from the dropdown menu.
From the **‘Select Git Provider’** dropdown, choose the connected account you want to use. Once selected, navigate through the list of repositories, pick the one you want to deploy and then select the specific **‘Branch’** of that project.
You can also deploy Lovable projects from your Public or Private Git repositories as well. For more details read this documentation:
**👉** [**How to Insert Your Git Repositories with xCloud**](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/)
### **Step 7: Enable Push to Deploy** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the **‘Enable push to deploy’** option. You need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** from here.
**Note:** If you want to learn more about the process, follow the steps in this [**document**](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)**.**
Finally, review all the details and click on the **‘Start’** button to create the Lovable application.
### **Step 8: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/set-up-lovable-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Lovable site. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
That’s it! This is how easily you can deploy Lovable with xCloud and launch your web apps in just a few clicks.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up n8n on Linode with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up n8n on Linode using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your n8n applications.
Setting up [**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) on Linode with xCloud is a straightforward way to bring automation to the cloud. This guide walks you through the essential steps to configure, deploy, and run n8n seamlessly on Linode, so you can start building powerful workflows without the usual complexity.
## **How to Integrate And Setup Linode Server with xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up the Linode server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/) website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials.
If you already have an account please visit our [**login page**](https://app.xcloud.host/login).
Now you are ready to set up your server with Digital Ocean in xCloud.
### **Step 2: Create Your Linode Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Linode server and for that select the [**Linode**](https://www.linode.com/) option.
### **Step 2: Authorize Your Linode Account** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
We have made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your Linode account. Now provision a new Linode server, click **‘Authorize on Linode’** during the setup, and you will be redirected to Linode to grant permission to your account. It is a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Linode.
### **Step 3: Connect the Account & Add the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Linode account and your server will be connected with xCloud. Now you need to provide the **‘Server name’**, your preferred **‘Server Size’** (CPU, RAM, storage), the **‘Region’** nearest to you and your visitors, and then select the **‘Database Server’** from MySQL and MariaDB.
**_Note:_** _We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server._
Next, choose the web server stack from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSeed’** as your requirements and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a Linode server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many sites as you want under this server.
## **Deploy n8n on Vultr Server via xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
With xCloud’s One Click Apps feature, you can deploy n8n with ease. Follow the steps below to quickly set up n8n in a demo or production environment with xCloud.
### **🔖Recommendations** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Here are some key suggestions to help you optimize your setup and get the best results 👉🏻
#### **🌐Web Server for Deployment** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Though you can deploy n8n applications from both NGINX and OLS server, we recommend deploying n8n on an Nginx server for the best performance and stability. While you can use an OLS server, Nginx generally provides a more reliable experience.
#### **⚙️ CPU Requirements** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
We recommend using a server with more than 1 CPU when running n8n. A 1 CPU server may not function as expected, so choosing a server with higher resources will help ensure smooth and successful operation.
**_Note:_** _n8n is available in our plans, including the free plan. But you have to upgrade to our PRO plans to access the Environment feature._
This guide shows how to set up or deploy n8n on a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Access One Click Apps** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Vultr server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown. Then click **‘Next’.**
Then go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘n8n’** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
### **Step 2: Set Up the n8n Application** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your n8n application.
**_Note:_** _Once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert back to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding._
### **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Then, a default **‘Port’**, **‘Site User’** will be selected automatically. Then choose a **‘Timezone’** for this site. Once all settings have been configured, click the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
**_Note:_** _We recommend leaving the port and site user as default._
### [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
### **Step 6: Add Your Custom Domain** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
You can add your own **‘Domain’** to host the site by going to the Domain section. Also, you can add an **‘Additional Domain’** with your custom domain.
### **Step 7: Visit the n8n Site** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
With n8n set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
This will open the n8n dialog window for registration, which should look something like the example below. Simply enter your details and create a password according to the specs indicated. Hit the **‘Next’** button, then click through any additional popups, leaving them empty for now.
This should bring you to the n8n Overview page. Now that your n8n instance is up and running, let’s fine-tune its settings for security and customization. From here, go to the **‘Create workflow’** , set according to your preferences.
## [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
### **Environment Editor for n8n** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **Update N8N Version** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
To update n8n to the latest version, simply go to **‘Updates’** from the sidebar of the dashboard. Then simply search for the **‘Check for Updates’** button. Click the Update button and this will install the latest **n8n** version on your server.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can quickly and efficiently deploy an n8n on a Vultr server instance using xCloud’s **One Click Apps** feature. You can create your own n8n application and automate with workflows seamlessly.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up n8n on Vultr with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up n8n on Vultr using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your n8n applications.
[**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) is a powerful open-source workflow automation tool that helps teams connect services and automate tasks with minimal code. By combining Vultr’s cloud infrastructure with xCloud’s intuitive server management, you can deploy n8n quickly and efficiently.
This guide walks you through setting up a Vultr server in xCloud and deploying n8n using xCloud’s One Click Apps.
## **How to Setup A Vultr Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/) website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials.
If you already have an account please visit our [**login page**](https://app.xcloud.host/login).
Now you are ready to set up your server with Digital Ocean in xCloud.
### **Step 2: Create Your New Vultr Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a Vultr server and for that select the Vultr option under **“Bring your own server service”.** The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account and in xCloud we won’t charge for this first server.
### **Signup in Vultr with xCloud Promo** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
To get started with the free hosting offer, head over to [**Vultr.com**](https://www.vultr.com/) and sign up for a new account. During the registration process, you’ll need to link a valid credit card or a verified PayPal account to activate your account and be eligible for the $100 promotional credit. As part of the validation, Vultr will place a small temporary authorization on your credit card, approximately $2.50 USD to verify your payment method.
This charge is not permanent and will be automatically reversed by your bank, although depending on your bank’s policy, it might take up to 30 days for the funds to be released.
If you choose to verify using PayPal, note that Vultr requires a minimum payment of $5.00 USD for validation. Additionally, PayPal must be linked to a valid credit card or bank account to complete this verification process. Once your payment method is verified and your account is deemed eligible, the $100 in free credits will be automatically applied to your account. Make sure to use the promo code **“XCLOUD25”** during the sign-up to claim this offer.
**_Note:_** _If you already have a Vultr account then please skip this step and check how to collect API from Vultr._
### **Collect API key from Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 10 sites for free. Navigate to the Account → API tab from your Vultr dashboard. After that click on the **‘Enable API’** button.
Now, your **‘Personal Access Token’** will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any **IPv4** and Any **IPv6** both under Access Control.
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
### **Add Team Members In Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
### **Add Vultr API key in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on **‘Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on **‘Vultr’** to proceed further.
After selecting **‘Vultr’**, set your **‘Key’**, **‘Vultr Label’**, and ‘**Vultr API Key’**. Then click on **‘Verify’**.
### **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now that you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your Region, Database Server, Server Size, and much more from one easy dashboard.
After putting all the information, click on **‘Next’** and xCloud will automatically install and set up everything for you in a few minutes.
## **Deploy n8n on Vultr Server via xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
With xCloud’s One Click Apps feature, you can deploy n8n with ease. Follow the steps below to quickly set up n8n in a demo or production environment with xCloud.
### **🔖Recommendations** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Here are some key suggestions to help you optimize your setup and get the best results 👉🏻
#### **🌐Web Server for Deployment** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Though you can deploy n8n applications from both NGINX and OLS server, we recommend deploying n8n on an Nginx server for the best performance and stability. While you can use an OLS server, Nginx generally provides a more reliable experience.
#### **⚙️ CPU Requirements** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
We recommend using a server with more than 1 CPU when running n8n. A 1 CPU server may not function as expected, so choosing a server with higher resources will help ensure smooth and successful operation.
**_Note:_** _n8n is available in our plans, including the free plan. But you have to upgrade to our PRO plans to access the Environment feature._
This guide shows how to set up or deploy n8n on a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Access One Click Apps** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Vultr server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown. Then click **‘Next’.**
Then go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘n8n’** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
### **Step 2: Set Up the n8n Application** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your n8n application.
**_Note:_** _Once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert back to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding._
### **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Then, a default **‘Port’**, **‘Site User’** will be selected automatically. Then choose a **‘Timezone’** for this site. Once all settings have been configured, click the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
**_Note:_** _We recommend leaving the port and site user as default._
### [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
### **Step 6: Add Your Custom Domain** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
You can add your own **‘Domain’** to host the site by going to the Domain section. Also, you can add an **‘Additional Domain’** with your custom domain.
### **Step 7: Visit the n8n Site** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
With n8n set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
This will open the n8n dialog window for registration, which should look something like the example below. Simply enter your details and create a password according to the specs indicated. Hit the **‘Next’** button, then click through any additional popups, leaving them empty for now.
This should bring you to the n8n Overview page. Now that your n8n instance is up and running, let’s fine-tune its settings for security and customization. From here, go to the **‘Create workflow’** , set according to your preferences.
## [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
### **Environment Editor for n8n** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **Update N8N Version** [#](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
To update n8n to the latest version, simply go to **‘Updates’** from the sidebar of the dashboard. Then simply search for the **‘Check for Updates’** button. Click the Update button and this will install the latest **n8n** version on your server.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can quickly and efficiently deploy an n8n on a Vultr server instance using xCloud’s **One Click Apps** feature. You can create your own n8n application and automate with workflows seamlessly.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Node.js on AWS with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Node.js on AWS using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your Node.js applications.
Node.js is a powerful runtime that enables fast, scalable and modern web applications.
With xCloud, you can easily setup Node.js on the AWS server in xCloud.
xCloud makes hosting and managing Node.js sites easy, so you can focus on building great websites.This guide will show you how to set up Node.js on AWS using xCloud.
## **How to Setup AWS Server with xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up the AWS server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/) website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials.
If you already have an account please visit our [**login page**](https://app.xcloud.host/login).
Now you are ready to set up your server with Digital Ocean in xCloud.
### **Step 2: Create Your AWS Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a AWS server and for that select the [**AWS**](https://www.linode.com/) option.
### **Step 3: Sign In to the AWS Management Console** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, before going to the next step, you need to log in to the AWS management console. Sign in as a **‘Root User’** to the [**AWS Management Console**](https://aws.amazon.com/console/) using your AWS account credentials. Once logged in, navigate to the main dashboard where you can access various AWS services.
### **Step 4: Navigate to the IAM Console** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS Management Console, click on the Services menu located at the top left corner or search with **“IAM”** and select IAM from the list of services. This will direct you to the IAM dashboard, where you can manage users, groups, roles, and policies.
### **Step 5: Add a New User** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
On the IAM dashboard, locate and click on the Users option in the left navigation panel. This will display a list of existing IAM users. To create a new user, click on the **‘Create User’** button.
### **Step 6: Configure User Details** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In this step, enter a unique **‘Username’** for the new **IAM** user. Next, choose the type of access the user requires. Check-in **‘AWS Management Console’** access option if the user requires access to the AWS Management Console and click on the **‘Next’** button.
### **Step 7: Set Permissions for Amazon EC2 Instance** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You have three options to set permissions for the new user. The first one is **‘Add user to group’** which lets you add the user to an IAM group with predefined permissions, which is efficient for managing multiple users with similar access needs. The second one is **‘Copy permissions’** which enables you to duplicate the permissions of another IAM user. And the final policy **‘Attach policies directly’** allows you to assign AWS-managed policies or custom policies.
Here we are choosing the ‘Attach policies directly’ and assigning the access for [**Amazon EC2 Instance**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EC2_GetStarted.html) to the user and hit on the Next.
**_Note:_** _If you do not find the EC2 Access here, search for the policy in the search bar._
### **Step 8: Add Tags, Review and Create** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
You can add **‘Tags’** to help organize and manage users. Now carefully review all the details and permissions assigned to the new IAM user. If everything is accurate and complete, click the **‘Create user’** button to finalize the creation of the IAM user.
### **Step 9: Give Another permission for Amazon Lightsail** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now, set another permission for the new user for [**Amazon LightSail**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/decision-guides/latest/lightsail-or-ec2/lightsail-or-ec2.html) easily. To specify the permissions for the created user, go to the Permission Policies and click on the **‘Add Permissions Menu’**. Choose the **‘Create Inline Policy’** option from the dropdown menu.
Click on the **‘JSON’** button from the Policy Editor and paste the below given JSON code in the editor. Finally, tap on the **‘Next’** button.
**Here is the JSON code:**
**{**
**“Version”****:** **“2012-10-17”****,**
**“Statement”****:** **\[**
**{**
**“Sid”****:** **“VisualEditor0”****,**
**“Effect”****:** **“Allow”****,**
**“Action”****:** **\[**
**“lightsail:GetInstances”****,**
**“lightsail:GetKeyPair”****,**
**“lightsail:DeleteKeyPair”****,**
**“lightsail:GetStaticIp”****,**
**“lightsail:ReleaseStaticIp”****,**
**“lightsail:SetIpAddressType”****,**
**“lightsail:CreateInstances”****,**
**“lightsail:GetInstance”****,**
**“lightsail:GetInstanceAccessDetails”****,**
**“lightsail:DeleteInstance”****,**
**“lightsail:CreateKeyPair”****,**
**“lightsail:ImportKeyPair”****,**
**“lightsail:StartInstance”****,**
**“lightsail:DownloadDefaultKeyPair”****,**
**“lightsail:GetInstancePortStates”****,**
**“lightsail:StopInstance”****,**
**“lightsail:AttachStaticIp”****,**
**“lightsail:GetRegions”****,**
**“lightsail:RebootInstance”****,**
**“lightsail:GetOperation”****,**
**“lightsail:DetachStaticIp”****,**
**“lightsail:GetInstanceState”****,**
**“lightsail:GetBundles”****,**
**“lightsail:TagResource”****,**
**“lightsail:PutInstancePublicPorts”**
**\],**
**“Resource”****:** **“\*”**
**}**
**\]**
**}**
Once the policy is created for Lightsail instance, give the policy a name and hit on the **‘Create Policy’** button.
### **Step 10: Create & Retrieve a User Access Key** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Now we have to create a user access key. Find **‘Create access key’** under the Summary tab and click on it. Then you will be redirected to the Access Key best practices & Alternatives page, from here select the **‘Other’** option and click on Next.
Now give a Description Tag to proceed to create an access key. Once the access key is created copy the Access Key and Secret from here and go back to your xCloud Dashboard to integrate the server with xCloud.
### **Step 11: Connect the Account & Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
From the AWS dashboard, select an existing or connect new account from the dropdown menu. Then choose the AWS services from, you can use any one with the proper credentials or both from the xCloud dashboard.
**_Note:_** _EBS-supported instances of AWS are not supported._
For example, T3 instances use EBS storage. These instances are not available through the API. However, you can set up such instances manually in your AWS account first and then add them through the Any Provider method in xCloud.
As you have the Access Key and Secret Key, Paste them into the designated blank boxes one by one carefully. Now click on the **‘Verify’** button, it will start verifying the credential and connect you with the AWS server.
Fill in all the information like **‘Server Name’**, **‘Server Region’**, **‘Server Zone’**,**’Server Size’**, etc according to your preference.
Next, choose the web server stack from NGINX or OLS as your requirements and click on **‘NEXT’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a AWS server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many site as you want under this server
## **How to Set Up Node.js on AWS with xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
xCloud provides an intuitive interface that allows you to easily deploy, manage and scale your [**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) applications directly from your Git repository without worrying about manual setup or infrastructure maintenance.
Follow the guide to deploy your Node.js application easily on AWS with xCloud:
### **Step 1: Choose the Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from the dashboard.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **AWS server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Next, you will see options such as ‘WordPress’ and ‘Custom PHP’. Go to the **‘Node.js’** option from the tab. After that, choose the **‘Choose a Git Repository’** option to import your **Node.js application** using a Git provider.
### **Step 2: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
The **‘Domains’** tab allows you to configure your site’s domain. You can either create a **‘Demo Site’** or a **‘Live Site’**. For this documentation, we’ll proceed with the **‘Demo Site’** option and click **‘Next’** to continue.
### **Step 3: Configure Node.js Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will find options to configure the **Node.js version** and manage site users. Adjust them according to your preferences.
Next, you will see the **‘Server-Side Rendering App’** option. To proceed with a **‘Client-Side Rendering App’**, keep the toggle off.
To deploy a **‘Server-Side Rendered App’**, toggle it on.
#### **Client-Side Rendering (CSR):** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
If your application is built using frameworks like **React or Vue** that render content in the browser, keep the toggle off. In this mode, the server mainly serves static files and all rendering happens on the client side.
#### **Server-Side Rendering (SSR):** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
If your Node.js application _(for example, Next.js or Nuxt.js)_ renders pages on the server before sending them to the client, toggle this option on. This allows xCloud to configure the environment to **support SSR** processes properly.
Here we are proceeding with deploying a **‘Server Side Rendered App’** option →
**Then you’ll need to provide a few essential details:**
**◽Port:** Enter the port number your Node.js application listens on (e.g., 3000 or 8080). xCloud uses this port to connect incoming traffic to your app.
**◽Start Command:** Specify the command that runs your application (for example, npm start, node server.js, or yarn dev). This tells xCloud how to start your Node.js server after deployment.
**◽Web Root Path:** If your project’s main application files are located in a subdirectory (for instance, /app or /src), enter that path here. If your app is in the root directory, you can leave this field blank.
Now, insert the **‘Port’** and **‘Start Command’** in the respective fields. You can also specify a **‘Web Root’** Path for your application.
In the following step, you can choose one of the database options **‘No Database’**, **‘Add an Existing Database’**, **‘Create a New Database’** directly on the server. Once selected, click **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
In the **“Git Repo”** tab, you will find three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’**, **‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’**, **‘Connected Git Provider’**.
If you choose Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL), enter your GitHub Repository URL and specify the Git Branch.
**Note:** _Copy the HTTPS URL from your GitHub repository dashboard._
If you choose **Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)**, enter your **GitHub Repository SSH URL** and specify the **Git Branch**.
**Note:** _Copy the SSH URL from your GitHub repository dashboard._
In this document, we’ll deploy the project using the **“Git Provider”** option.
Choose **“Connected Git Provider”** from the dropdown menu. From the **“Select Git Provider”** list, choose the connected account you want to use. Then, browse through the repositories, select the one you want to deploy and choose the specific branch of that project.
### **Step 5: Enable Push-to-Deploy** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the **‘Enable Push to Deploy’** option. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** provided here, you will need to insert it into your GitHub repository’s webhook settings.
### **Step 8: Run Deployment Script** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
Once the repository integration is complete, you can configure post-deployment actions.
In the **‘Deployment Script’** field, enter any custom commands you want to execute after deployment.
You can also select one of the example scripts provided. After configuring this, click **‘Next’** to continue.
Next, you can specify the subdirectory where your .env file should be created in the **“.env File Path”** field. You can also enter the contents of your **.env** file in the **“File Content”** field.
### **Step 9: Confirm Deployment** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
The final step is to confirm and start the deployment. Click the **‘Start’** button to begin the process. You can monitor the deployment progress in real time.
After deployment, a success message will appear. From there, access your site dashboard and visit your site to confirm your Node.js app is running on **AWS server** with xCloud.
### **Environment Editor for Node.js Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **SSR Configuration for Node.js application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
If you are deploying an SSR application, you can update the **‘Application Port’**, **‘Start Command’** later as well.
Just go to the **‘SSR Configuration’** from the **‘Node.js’** Menu under the site dashboard and click on the **‘Update Configuration’** button.
Setting up a Node.js application on a AWS server with xCloud is simple and efficient. After setting up or deployment, you can manage your app, update settings and push changes directly from your Git repository.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Node.js on Linode with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Node.js on Linode using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your Node.js applications.
Node.js is a powerful runtime that enables fast, scalable and modern web applications.
With xCloud, you can easily setup Node.js on the Linode server in xCloud.
xCloud makes hosting and managing Node.js sites easy, so you can focus on building great websites.This guide will show you how to set up Node.js on Linode using xCloud.
## **How to Integrate And Setup Linode Server with xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up the Linode server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/) website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials.
If you already have an account please visit our [**login page**](https://app.xcloud.host/login).
Now you are ready to set up your server with Digital Ocean in xCloud.
### **Step 2: Create Your Linode Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Linode server and for that select the [**Linode**](https://www.linode.com/) option.
### **Step 2: Authorize Your Linode Account** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
We have made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your Linode account. Now provision a new Linode server, click **‘Authorize on Linode’** during the setup, and you will be redirected to Linode to grant permission to your account. It is a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Linode.
### **Step 3: Connect the Account & Add the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Linode account and your server will be connected with xCloud. Now you need to provide the **‘Server name’**, your preferred **‘Server Size’** (CPU, RAM, storage), the **‘Region’** nearest to you and your visitors, and then select the **‘Database Server’** from MySQL and MariaDB.
**_Note:_** _We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server._
Next, choose the web server stack from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSeed’** as your requirements and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a Linode server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many sites as you want under this server.
## **How to Set Up Node.js on Linode with xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
xCloud provides an intuitive interface that allows you to easily deploy, manage and scale your [**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) applications directly from your Git repository without worrying about manual setup or infrastructure maintenance.
Follow the guide to deploy your Node.js application easily on Linode with xCloud:
### **Step 1: Choose the Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from the dashboard.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Linode server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Next, you will see options such as ‘WordPress’ and ‘Custom PHP’. Go to the **‘Node.js’** option from the tab. After that, choose the **‘Choose a Git Repository’** option to import your **Node.js application** using a Git provider.
### **Step 2: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
The **‘Domains’** tab allows you to configure your site’s domain. You can either create a **‘Demo Site’** or a **‘Live Site’**. For this documentation, we’ll proceed with the **‘Demo Site’** option and click **‘Next’** to continue.
### **Step 3: Configure Node.js Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will find options to configure the **Node.js version** and manage site users. Adjust them according to your preferences.
Next, you will see the **‘Server-Side Rendering App’** option. To proceed with a **‘Client-Side Rendering App’**, keep the toggle off.
To deploy a **‘Server-Side Rendered App’**, toggle it on.
#### **Client-Side Rendering (CSR):** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
If your application is built using frameworks like **React or Vue** that render content in the browser, keep the toggle off. In this mode, the server mainly serves static files and all rendering happens on the client side.
#### **Server-Side Rendering (SSR):** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
If your Node.js application _(for example, Next.js or Nuxt.js)_ renders pages on the server before sending them to the client, toggle this option on. This allows xCloud to configure the environment to **support SSR** processes properly.
Here we are proceeding with deploying a **‘Server Side Rendered App’** option →
**Then you’ll need to provide a few essential details:**
**◽Port:** Enter the port number your Node.js application listens on (e.g., 3000 or 8080). xCloud uses this port to connect incoming traffic to your app.
**◽Start Command:** Specify the command that runs your application (for example, npm start, node server.js, or yarn dev). This tells xCloud how to start your Node.js server after deployment.
**◽Web Root Path:** If your project’s main application files are located in a subdirectory (for instance, /app or /src), enter that path here. If your app is in the root directory, you can leave this field blank.
Now, insert the **‘Port’** and **‘Start Command’** in the respective fields. You can also specify a **‘Web Root’** Path for your application.
In the following step, you can choose one of the database options **‘No Database’**, **‘Add an Existing Database’**, **‘Create a New Database’** directly on the server. Once selected, click **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the **“Git Repo”** tab, you will find three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’**, **‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’**, **‘Connected Git Provider’**.
If you choose Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL), enter your GitHub Repository URL and specify the Git Branch.
**Note:** _Copy the HTTPS URL from your GitHub repository dashboard._
If you choose **Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)**, enter your **GitHub Repository SSH URL** and specify the **Git Branch**.
**Note:** _Copy the SSH URL from your GitHub repository dashboard._
In this document, we’ll deploy the project using the **“Git Provider”** option.
Choose **“Connected Git Provider”** from the dropdown menu. From the **“Select Git Provider”** list, choose the connected account you want to use. Then, browse through the repositories, select the one you want to deploy and choose the specific branch of that project.
### **Step 5: Enable Push-to-Deploy** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the **‘Enable Push to Deploy’** option. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** provided here, you will need to insert it into your GitHub repository’s webhook settings.
### **Step 8: Run Deployment Script** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Once the repository integration is complete, you can configure post-deployment actions.
In the **‘Deployment Script’** field, enter any custom commands you want to execute after deployment.
You can also select one of the example scripts provided. After configuring this, click **‘Next’** to continue.
Next, you can specify the subdirectory where your .env file should be created in the **“.env File Path”** field. You can also enter the contents of your **.env** file in the **“File Content”** field.
### **Step 9: Confirm Deployment** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
The final step is to confirm and start the deployment. Click the **‘Start’** button to begin the process. You can monitor the deployment progress in real time.
After deployment, a success message will appear. From there, access your site dashboard and visit your site to confirm your Node.js app is running on **Linode server** with xCloud.
### **Environment Editor for Node.js Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **SSR Configuration for Node.js application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
If you are deploying an SSR application, you can update the **‘Application Port’**, **‘Start Command’** later as well.
Just go to the **‘SSR Configuration’** from the **‘Node.js’** Menu under the site dashboard and click on the **‘Update Configuration’** button.
Setting up a Node.js application on a Linode server with xCloud is simple and efficient. After setting up or deployment, you can manage your app, update settings and push changes directly from your Git repository.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Node.js on Vultr with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Node.js on Vultr using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your Node.js applications.
Node.js is a powerful runtime that enables fast, scalable and modern web applications.
With xCloud, you can easily set up Node.js on the Vultr server in xCloud.
xCloud makes hosting and managing Node.js sites easy, so you can focus on building great websites.This guide will show you how to set up Node.js on Vultr using xCloud.
First, set up your Vultr server in xCloud. Follow these steps to get started.
## **How to Setup A Vultr Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a Vultr server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Create Your New Vultr Server In xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a Vultr server and for that select the Vultr option under **“Bring your own server service”.** The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account and in xCloud we won’t charge for this first server.
### **Signup in Vultr with xCloud Promo** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
To get started with the free hosting offer, head over to [**Vultr.com**](https://www.vultr.com/) and sign up for a new account. During the registration process, you’ll need to link a valid credit card or a verified PayPal account to activate your account and be eligible for the $100 promotional credit. As part of the validation, Vultr will place a small temporary authorization on your credit card, approximately $2.50 USD to verify your payment method.
This charge is not permanent and will be automatically reversed by your bank, although depending on your bank’s policy, it might take up to 30 days for the funds to be released.
If you choose to verify using PayPal, note that Vultr requires a minimum payment of $5.00 USD for validation. Additionally, PayPal must be linked to a valid credit card or bank account to complete this verification process. Once your payment method is verified and your account is deemed eligible, the $100 in free credits will be automatically applied to your account. Make sure to use the promo code **“XCLOUD25”** during the sign-up to claim this offer.
**_Note:_** _If you already have a Vultr account then please skip this step and check how to collect API from Vultr._
### **Collect API key from Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 10 sites for free. Navigate to the Account → API tab from your Vultr dashboard. After that click on the **‘Enable API’** button.
Now, your **‘Personal Access Token’** will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any **IPv4** and Any **IPv6** both under Access Control.
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
### **Add Team Members In Vultr** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
### **Add Vultr API key in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on **‘Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on **‘Vultr’** to proceed further.
After selecting **‘Vultr’**, set your **‘Key’**, **‘Vultr Label’**, and ‘**Vultr API Key’**. Then click on **‘Verify’**.
### **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Now that you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your Region, Database Server, Server Size, and much more from one easy dashboard.
After putting all the information, click on **‘Next’** and xCloud will automatically install and set up everything for you in a few minutes.
## **How to Set Up Node.js on Vultr with xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
xCloud provides an intuitive interface that allows you to easily deploy, manage and scale your [**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) applications directly from your Git repository without worrying about manual setup or infrastructure maintenance.
Follow the guide to deploy your Node.js application easily on Vultr with xCloud:
### **Step 1: Choose the Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from the dashboard.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Vultr server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Next, you will see options such as ‘WordPress’ and ‘Custom PHP’. Go to the **‘Node.js’** option from the tab. After that, choose the **‘Choose a Git Repository’** option to import your **Node.js application** using a Git provider.
### **Step 2: Set Up Domains** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
The **‘Domains’** tab allows you to configure your site’s domain. You can either create a **‘Demo Site’** or a **‘Live Site’**. For this documentation, we’ll proceed with the **‘Demo Site’** option and click **‘Next’** to continue.
### **Step 3: Configure Node.js Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the **‘Settings’** tab, you will find options to configure the **Node.js version** and manage site users. Adjust them according to your preferences.
Next, you will see the **‘Server-Side Rendering App’** option. To proceed with a **‘Client-Side Rendering App’**, keep the toggle off.
To deploy a **‘Server-Side Rendered App’**, toggle it on.
#### **Client-Side Rendering (CSR):** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If your application is built using frameworks like **React or Vue** that render content in the browser, keep the toggle off. In this mode, the server mainly serves static files and all rendering happens on the client side.
#### **Server-Side Rendering (SSR):** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If your Node.js application _(for example, Next.js or Nuxt.js)_ renders pages on the server before sending them to the client, toggle this option on. This allows xCloud to configure the environment to **support SSR** processes properly.
Here we are proceeding with deploying a **‘Server Side Rendered App’** option →
**Then you’ll need to provide a few essential details:**
**◽Port:** Enter the port number your Node.js application listens on (e.g., 3000 or 8080). xCloud uses this port to connect incoming traffic to your app.
**◽Start Command:** Specify the command that runs your application (for example, npm start, node server.js, or yarn dev). This tells xCloud how to start your Node.js server after deployment.
**◽Web Root Path:** If your project’s main application files are located in a subdirectory (for instance, /app or /src), enter that path here. If your app is in the root directory, you can leave this field blank.
Now, insert the **‘Port’** and **‘Start Command’** in the respective fields. You can also specify a **‘Web Root’** Path for your application.
In the following step, you can choose one of the database options **‘No Database’**, **‘Add an Existing Database’**, **‘Create a New Database’** directly on the server. Once selected, click **‘Next’**.
### **Step 4: Insert Git Repository Credentials** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
In the **“Git Repo”** tab, you will find three repository options: **‘Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)’**, **‘Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL)’**, **‘Connected Git Provider’**.
If you choose Public Repository (Manual HTTPS URL), enter your GitHub Repository URL and specify the Git Branch.
**Note:** _Copy the HTTPS URL from your GitHub repository dashboard._
If you choose **Private Repository (Manual SSH URL)**, enter your **GitHub Repository SSH URL** and specify the **Git Branch**.
**Note:** _Copy the SSH URL from your GitHub repository dashboard._
In this document, we’ll deploy the project using the **“Git Provider”** option.
Choose **“Connected Git Provider”** from the dropdown menu. From the **“Select Git Provider”** list, choose the connected account you want to use. Then, browse through the repositories, select the one you want to deploy and choose the specific branch of that project.
### **Step 5: Enable Push-to-Deploy** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
The next step is to enable automated deployment. Toggle on the **‘Enable Push to Deploy’** option. Copy the **‘Deployment URL’** provided here, you will need to insert it into your GitHub repository’s webhook settings.
### **Step 8: Run Deployment Script** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
Once the repository integration is complete, you can configure post-deployment actions.
In the **‘Deployment Script’** field, enter any custom commands you want to execute after deployment.
You can also select one of the example scripts provided. After configuring this, click **‘Next’** to continue.
Next, you can specify the subdirectory where your .env file should be created in the **“.env File Path”** field. You can also enter the contents of your **.env** file in the **“File Content”** field.
### **Step 9: Confirm Deployment** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
The final step is to confirm and start the deployment. Click the **‘Start’** button to begin the process. You can monitor the deployment progress in real time.
After deployment, a success message will appear. From there, access your site dashboard and visit your site to confirm your Node.js app is running on **Vultr server** with xCloud.
### **Environment Editor for Node.js Application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **SSR Configuration for Node.js application** [#](/docs/set-up-node-js-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
If you are deploying an SSR application, you can update the **‘Application Port’**, **‘Start Command’** later as well.
Just go to the **‘SSR Configuration’** from the **‘Node.js’** Menu under the site dashboard and click on the **‘Update Configuration’** button.
Setting up a Node.js application on a Vultr server with xCloud is simple and efficient. After setting up or deployment, you can manage your app, update settings and push changes directly from your Git repository.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up a Queue Worker for Laravel Applications - xCloud
> Learn how to easily set up a queue worker for Laravel applications and manage it from your dashboard to handle background tasks efficiently.
Laravel’s queue system is a powerful tool for offloading time-consuming tasks, such as sending emails or processing data, to background processes, ensuring a seamless user experience. By configuring a queue worker, you can efficiently manage these tasks using your hosting platform’s Laravel Site dashboard.
Follow this step-by-step process on how to configure a queue worker for a [Laravel application](/laravel-hosting/) easily.
## **Step 1: Access Your Laravel Application Dashboard** [#](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
Log in to your hosting platform. Navigate to the ‘**Laravel**’ section in the dashboard. Select your **‘Application’** from the list of deployed Laravel applications.
## **Step 2: Add a Queue Worker** **For Laravel Applications** [#](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
In the Laravel application dashboard, locate and click on ‘**Laravel Queue’**. Click the ‘**Add Queue Worker’** button.
A popup form will appear with the following configuration fields:
1. **Connection**: Specify the queue connection (e.g., database, redis).
2. **Queue**: Define the queue name(s) to process (e.g., default or a custom queue).
3. **Maximum Seconds Per Job**: Set the maximum time (in seconds) a job can run before timing out.
4. **Maximum Memory**: Set the memory limit (in MB) for the queue worker process.
5. **Number of Processes**: Specify the number of worker processes to run concurrently.
Adjust these settings based on your application’s requirements. Then click on the ‘**Add Queue Worker’** to create the worker process.
## **Step 3: Manage the Queue Worker** [#](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
The process will then be added to your supervisor list and managed automatically by the Supervisor. Here, you will get more options: **‘Edit’, ‘Restart’** to manage your process. Also, you can click on the ‘**Delete**’ button to stop and delete the process.
If you want to monitor your queues visually? Check out our [**_Laravel Horizon setup_ guide**](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/) for step-by-step instructions on installing and configuring Horizon to manage and monitor your queues in real time.
### **Add Queue Restart to Deployment Script** [#](/docs/set-up-queue-worker-for-laravel-applications/)
To ensure that your queue workers are properly restarted after each deployment, add the following command to the **Deployment Script** field in your application settings:
```
$XCLOUD_PHP artisan horizon:terminate
```
Copy to Clipboard
This will restart the Horizon process gracefully after finishing the running tasks.
Read this [**official Laravel documentation**](https://laravel.com/docs/11.x/queues#queue-workers-and-deployment) for more best practices on queue worker deployment.
And that is it. This is how easily you can set up Queue Worker for Laravel applications and configure new processes, ensuring your applications run smoothly and reliably.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Set Up Redirection In xCloud - xCloud
> Set up redirection effortlessly in xCloud. Maintain SEO and user experience seamlessly. Learn how in our guide!
Setting up redirects helps manage site changes efficiently by directing old URLs to new ones, maintaining SEO ranking, and ensuring a seamless user experience. Redirects also preserve backlinks, preventing broken links, and guiding visitors to relevant content.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can set up redirection for your website and forward traffic from one URL to another URL. This prevents traffic loss and site downtime if you move your business to a new website or particular page to a new permalink/slug. Follow this step-by-step guide below to learn how to set up redirection in xCloud.
📢 _xCloud has moved the Redirection feature under the new Site Rules system. You can no longer create or manage redirects using the previous method. Existing redirects will continue to work without interruption.We recommend configuring all new redirection rules through Site Insights → Site Rules, where you can manage redirects in a more unified and flexible way alongside other site-level rules._
**Read this documentation for more details:**
**👉 [How To Create And Manage Site Rules With xCloud?](/docs/how-to-create-and-manage-site-rules/)**
## **Set Up Redirection In xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-redirection-in-xcloud/)
xCloud offers **two redirect types**: 301 and 302. A 301 redirect is permanent, informing search engines to update their indexes, but a 302 redirect is temporary, suggesting that content may return to its original URL later.
### **Step 1: Access Your Site In xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-redirection-in-xcloud/)
Log in to xCloud and click on your site, where you want to set up redirection, from the ‘**Sites**’ tab.
Navigate to the ‘**Domain –> Redirection**’ tab from the left panel.
### **Step 2: Set Up Redirection For Your Site** [#](/docs/set-up-redirection-in-xcloud/)
On the ‘**Redirection**’ tab, you will see your domain name by default. Now, select your Redirect Type (**301 or 302**), and input ‘**From URL**’ and ‘**To URL**’.
Select 301 as ‘**Redirect Type**’ if you want to forward the old URL to a new one. For example, your website has a career page where you want to post jobs. Previously the URL for the career page was (Sample URL: **_yourownwebsite.com/career_**). Now, you have changed the career page URL to a new one which is (Sample URL: **_yourownwebsite.com/jobs_**).
You want to no longer use the URL with ‘**career’ as the slug**. But all of the visitors of your website might not know yet that you have changed the career page to a new URL with the slug **‘jobs’**. If you do not use a 301-type redirect, you might lose some potential traffic to your website.
To use a 301 redirect type, select the **Redirect Type as 301,** set the From URL as “**_/career”,_** and the To URL as “**_/jobs_**_”._ Then, hit the ‘**Add Redirection**’ button. This will redirect the old URL visitors to the new URL.
Also, you can choose to use the ‘**302 – Temporary**’ redirect type for a temporary use, which you may change later. For example, your business often offers deals and special discounts on particular occasions, such as Black Friday. In that season, you may want to use a temporary 302 redirect, so all of the visitors are automatically redirected to the ‘Black Friday’ deals page when they are attempting to visit the ‘offers’ page. After the deal ends, you would want to change the redirection and deactivate the ‘Black Friday’ page.
In that case, choose 302 redirects, set the From URL as ‘**/offer**’ and the To URL as **_“/blackfriday_**”. Once done, hit the ‘**Add Redirection**’ button.
Your redirects will be added instantly. You can add multiple redirects for a single domain. All of the redirects will be listed as shown below.
If you want to edit or delete a redirect, simply use the ‘**Edit**’ or ‘**Delete**’ button near to the ‘Action’ column. If you want to attempt to delete a redirect, you will get a warning message.
However, you can also choose to update your redirects. Once done, hit the ‘**Update**’ button.
Once you are done with the redirection process, you need to keep in mind that when you are searching with the **URL**, you can not add the first **‘/’** before the URL’s start, rather you have to add it at the end of the URL. Otherwise, the redirection URL will not work.
### **Redirect Regular Expressions** [#](/docs/set-up-redirection-in-xcloud/)
A regular expression (regex) in redirection matches multiple URLs and extracts information from the source to copy into the target URL.
You can also add regular expressions for redirection rules in xCloud. Here is an example:
From: “^/members/(.\*)$”
To: “/$1”
This regex rule redirects URLs like “clickfordiscount.com/members/somepage” to “clickfordiscount.com/somepage” by capturing the portion after “/members/” and appending it to the target URL. In regex, “.” denotes any character, and “\*” indicates any number of occurrences of the preceding expression. In the redirection rule, “$1” captures the text matched by “(.\*)” in the regex pattern, representing the first captured group to be used in the target URL.
That’s how easily you can set up redirection in xCloud.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set up Site Security PRO with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Site Security PRO on xCloud for security, early threat detection, and automated virtual patching for just $2/month.
[**Site Security PRO Powered by Patchstack**](/site-security-pro/) is an advanced WordPress vulnerability detection and protection system offered as an xCloud addon. It gives you proactive defense against security issues in plugins, themes, and core files, including early alerts, automated virtual patching, and real-time threat monitoring.
## **What You Subscribe to Site Security PRO** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
**Site Security PRO** gives you precise, real-time vulnerability detection and automated virtual patching to protect your website from emerging threats. It helps you stay secure even when updates are unavailable, risky, or delayed.
- Automated Virtual Patching that protects against threats even if software isn’t updated yet.
- Early Detection up to 48 hours before vulnerabilities become widely public.
- Identifies exactly which plugin/theme versions are vulnerable.
- Shows whether an official patch is available.
- Alerts when a plugin/theme becomes abandoned or is removed from WordPress.org.
- Maps vulnerabilities across all your sites automatically.
- Reduces noise by alerting only on issues affecting your exact versions.
- Provides detailed CVE info, severity scores, and exploitability context.
- Blocks specific exploit patterns with targeted virtual patching (not generic WAF rules).
- Protects sites even if you can’t update immediately.
- Protects when updates break functionality or require testing.
- Warns you when developers silently stop maintaining a plugin.
- Detects vulnerabilities before widespread exploitation occurs.
- Provides security coverage that hosting firewalls alone cannot.
- Offers detailed remediation guidance (update, replace, patch, remove).
- Tracks changes and security events per site for internal records.
- Maintains historical logs for audits, compliance, and client reporting.
- Central dashboard to monitor and manage security across all sites.
- Real-Time Monitoring & Alerts to catch exploit attempts as they happen.
## **Step 1: Access the Vulnerability Scan Section** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Log into your **xCloud dashboard**. From the left sidebar, click **WordPress**. Choose **Vulnerability Scan,** which will bring you to the dashboard for your site. This section shows you free scanner results and indicates whether you have PRO enabled.
## **Step 2: Upgrade to Site Security PRO** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
If you haven’t already subscribed to the Vulnerability Scan panel, click the Upgrade to PRO button. You will see pricing details ( $2 per month per site). Confirm your payment and complete the checkout. After payment, Site Security PRO will be activated immediately for that site.
Note: You can also purchase the Addon from the Addons page. Visit the [link](/site-security-pro/) to access the Addons page.
### **New addition: Patchstack UI in xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
After your subscription is completed, you will be redirected to the new Patchstack UI. Here, under the Vulnerabilities tab, you can see an overview of the total number of vulnerabilities, the number resolved, and the number of threats blocked.
Next, go to the Reports section under the Software tab to view the Status, Type, Component, Version, and Security information.
You can also enable auto-updates for Vulnerable Only, Core, Plugins, and Themes.
Next, go to the **‘Protection Modules’** tab to get an overview of the protection modules and how many threats have been blocked by the rules.
## **Step 3: Run a Vulnerability Scan with Classic UI** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Once PRO is active, return to the Vulnerability Scan dashboard. Click **‘Refresh’** to begin a full scan. You’ll see a list of issues found (plugins, themes, core, and more). Click each item for details and remediation recommendations.
## **How to Manage Your Patchstack Subscription** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
### **Manage From the Addons Page** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
You can go to the ‘Addons’ page from the dashboard. Here you will see the sites that are subscribed to the Site Security PRO. Here you can subscribe to new sites for Site Security PRO. Also, remove the subscription for any site and manage the sites.
### **Manage From the Patchstack Subscriptions Page** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
To view or manage your Patchstack Site Security PRO subscription Go to **Team Settings** → **Subscriptions**. Click on **Patchstack Subscription**. Here you can view active subscriptions, renewals, or cancel if needed.
So, Site Security PRO gives you a reliable, automated way to stay ahead of vulnerabilities and protect your WordPress sites with minimal effort. By regularly scanning, monitoring alerts, and managing your subscription, you ensure your website remains secure, stable, and ready to withstand emerging threats. If you ever need help, the support team is always available to as
## **FAQs** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
### **Q1.** **What is Site Security Pro?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Site Security PRO (formerly Vulnerability Shield PRO) is the renamed version of our advanced WordPress security add-on, powered by Patchstack. It protects your websites from vulnerabilities before they become public, using automated virtual patching and real-time threat intelligence.
### **Q2: Can I use Site Security PRO with other security plugins?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Yes, it’s built to be lightweight and non-conflicting, and it works smoothly alongside firewalls and other security tools. [](/site-security-pro/)
### **Q3: Is it compatible with WordPress Multisite?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Yes, the plugin supports Multisite’s main site.
But for sub-site, it is not available now. We will bring it in the future for subsites of the multisite network. [](/site-security-pro/)
### **Q4: Can I cancel anytime?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Yes, manage your subscription in Team Settings → Subscriptions and cancel any time.
### **Q5: How many sites can I purchase Site Security PRO Powered by Patchstack for at the $2 price?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
We’ve reduced the price of Site Security PRO from $5 to $2 per site. You can purchase as many sites as you want at this discounted rate.
However, this price is available for a limited time and may increase in the future for anyone who purchases sites after this limited-time $2 offer ends.
### **Q6: I’m an existing Site Security PRO subscriber. Will I also get the $2 price?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Yes. All existing and new subscribers will receive the $2 per month per site pricing forever.
For existing users, starting next month, the subscription will automatically adjust to $2/month per site.
### **Q7: Can I use Site Security PRO alongside other security plugins or tools?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Yes. Site Security PRO is built to be lightweight and non-conflicting. It works smoothly with:
- Hosting-level firewalls.
- Security monitoring tools.
- Other WordPress security plugins.
### **Q8: Will Site Security PRO slow down my website or affect performance?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
No. Site Security PRO (Powered by Patchstack) is designed for speed and efficiency. It has near-zero performance impact, even on sites with heavy traffic or when managing hundreds of installations.
### **Q9: Is Site Security PRO compatible with WordPress Multisite’s Subsites?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
No, its now not available for subsites. Currently, for the main site of the Multisite Network.
### **Q10: Do I need a separate subscription for each site?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Yes. Each site requires its own subscription. For Multisite networks, each sub-site needs its own license if you want full protection across the entire network.
### **Q11: What is the new price for Site Security PRO powered by Patchstack?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
All Patchstack-powered Site Security PRO licenses are now $2 per site instead of $5.
### **Q12: How many sites can I purchase at the discounted $2 rate?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
You can purchase as many sites as you want at the $2 price during the offer period, and any site you buy now will stay locked at $2 forever.
### **Q13: Will my existing Site Security PRO sites renew at the new $2 price?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Yes! All your existing Site Security PRO sites will automatically renew at the new $2 price starting next month. You don’t need to take any action.
### **Q14: Why is Site Security PRO by Patchstack not connecting to my WordPress site?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Connection issues may occur due to Cloudflare settings, strict firewall rules, or other server restrictions. [**Read this documentation**](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/) to restore the connection instantly.
### **Q15: What happens to Security Pro when I move my Demo site to Production?** [#](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Security Pro keeps working automatically – no extra setup needed on your end. It stays active when you switch from demo to production. If anything seems off after the switch, just reach out to our support team, and we’ll help you sort it out.
Still stuck? Feel free to reach out to our **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)** for any of your queries
---
# How to Set Up Supabase on DigitalOcean with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to set up Supabase on DigitalOcean using xCloud One Click Apps. Follow a simple step-by-step guide to deploy and manage your backend.
[**Supabase**](https://supabase.com/) is an open-source backend-as-a-service (BaaS) platform designed to help developers build scalable applications faster. It provides essential backend features such as a PostgreSQL database, authentication, real-time subscriptions, storage, and APIs – all wrapped into a developer-friendly ecosystem.
By combining DigitalOcean’s cloud infrastructure with xCloud’s one‑click deployment, you can set up Supabase on DigitalOcean quickly without worrying about manual server management. This guide walks you through the process step by step.
## **How to Setup A DigitalOcean Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a DigitalOcean server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1 : Create Your New Digital Ocean Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Digital Ocean server and for that select the [**Digital Ocean**](https://xcloud.host/go/digitalocean/) option. The billing of the server will be handled on your Digital Ocean account.
**Note:** Don’t have a DigitalOcean account? Check out the documentation below to find out how to provision a server with any providers:
- [**How To Setup First Server With Vultr?**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
- [**How To Setup Your First Server With Google Cloud Platform Provider?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform)
- [**How To Setup a Server With Other Providers?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/?post_type=docs&p=268&preview=true)
We’ve made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your DigitalOcean account. You no longer have to go through the hassle of generating and copying access tokens.
Now, xCloud will guide you through an OAuth flow, where you simply authorize xCloud to use your DigitalOcean account.
All you have to do is provision a new DigitalOcean server, click **“Authorize”** during the setup and you’ll be redirected to DigitalOcean to grant permission to your account. It’s a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Digital Ocean.
### **Step 3: Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your DO account. Now you need to provide the Server name, your preferred Server Size (**CPU, RAM, Storage**) and Region nearest to you and your visitors. Only, **MySQL 8.0** database server is now available.
By default Database, the **‘Root’** Password is auto-filed but you can change this and save it in a safe place. We recommend at least a **2GB / 1 shared CPU server** for 10-20 sites with cache enabled. For a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a **4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server**.
We are almost done with our server creation of Digital Ocean in xCloud. After submitting the form this might take **up to 12-15 minutes** to make the Digital Ocean server live and ready to install a lightning fast Supabase Site.
Now, we will move on to the second phase: setting up **Supabase on xCloud with the DigitalOcean server**. Follow these steps to get started.
## **How to Install Supabase with xCloud (One Click Apps)** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Follow the guide to install Supabase with xCloud with [**One Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) with xCloud. Let’s get started.
### **Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Supabase. Click the **‘New Server’** button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Supabase on the DigitalOcean server you previously created with xCloud.
Next, choose your DigitalOcean server to deploy Supabase with xCloud.
Afterward, enter the **‘Server Name’**, set the **‘App Type’** to Supabase and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the **‘General’** and **‘Premium’** options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the **‘Region’** and **‘Ubuntu Version’** for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
Next, you can see the **‘Docker + NGINX’** stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Supabase application. Then click on the **‘Create’** button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Supabase Application in this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## **How to Install Supabase on DigitalOcean with xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install Supabase on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment and launching your Supabase application easily.
### **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **DigitalOcean server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Then navigate to the ‘**One Click Apps’** section. You will see **‘Supabase’** just as shown below, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
**_Note:_** _You must complete Phase 2 to meet Docker’s requirements for using Supabase. Without completing Phase 2, Supabase will not be unlocked._
### **Step 2: Set Up the Supabase Application** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a demo domain for your Supabase application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You will get a **‘Site User’** of your application. You can also adjust it according to your preferences or leave it as the default. In the next section, you will get **‘Admin Username’**, **‘Admin Password’**, and **‘Admin Email Address’**.
**_Note:_** _From here, copy your Admin Username and Admin Password to log in to your Supabase application later._
Next, get the **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’** for this application and click on the **‘Next’** button.
## **Final Outcome: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Supabase site. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Visit Site’ app.
### **Environment Editor for Supabase** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Supabase app. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Update Environment’** button.
That’s it! This is how easily you can install Supabase on DigitalOcean using **xCloud’s One Click Apps**. xCloud takes care of the heavy lifting, server provisioning, Docker configuration and deployment, so you can focus on building and scaling your application with Supabase’s powerful backend features.
If you’re setting up a demo project or going live in production, this streamlined process lets you get started quickly and confidently.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up Supabase on Linode with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up Supabase on Linode using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your Supabase applications.
Setting up [**Supabase**](/supabase-hosting/) on Linode with xCloud is quick and easy. This guide walks you through the essential steps to configure and deploy Supabase on a Linode server, helping you manage databases, authentication, and APIs effortlessly
## **How to Integrate And Setup Linode Server with xCloud?** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up the Linode server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login With xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/) website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials.
If you already have an account please visit our [**login page**](https://app.xcloud.host/login).
Now you are ready to set up your server with Digital Ocean in xCloud.
### **Step 2: Create Your Linode Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **“Add New Server”** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Linode server and for that select the [**Linode**](https://www.linode.com/) option.
### **Step 2: Authorize Your Linode Account** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
We have made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your Linode account. Now provision a new Linode server, click **‘Authorize on Linode’** during the setup, and you will be redirected to Linode to grant permission to your account. It is a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Linode.
### **Step 3: Connect the Account & Add the Necessary Information** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Linode account and your server will be connected with xCloud. Now you need to provide the **‘Server name’**, your preferred **‘Server Size’** (CPU, RAM, storage), the **‘Region’** nearest to you and your visitors, and then select the **‘Database Server’** from MySQL and MariaDB.
**_Note:_** _We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server._
Next, choose the web server stack from **‘NGINX’** or **‘OpenLiteSeed’** as your requirements and click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating a Linode server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the **‘Servers’** from the menu you can see your created server and create as many sites as you want under this server.
## **How to Install Supabase with xCloud (One Click Apps)** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Follow the guide to install Supabase with xCloud with [**One Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) with xCloud. Let’s get started.
### **Step 1: Create a Docker+ NGINX Server** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
First, you need to create a Docker server to deploy Supabase. Click the **‘New Server’** button on the dashboard and enter all the necessary credentials to connect your server. You can deploy Supabase on the Vultr server you previously created with xCloud.
Next, choose your Vultr server to deploy Supabase with xCloud.
Afterward, enter the **‘Server Name’**, set the **‘App Type’** to Supabase and add any relevant **‘Tags’** to help identify your server later.
Next, choose between the **‘General’** and **‘Premium’** options based on your requirements. Then, select a plan that best fits your needs.
Next, choose the **‘Region’** and **‘Ubuntu Version’** for your server. You can also enable or disable the Backup option as needed.
Next, you can see the **‘Docker + NGINX’** stack is already selected, which is mandatory for deploying the Supabase application. Then click on the **‘Create’** button to proceed.
Once the server is created, you will be able to deploy your Supabase Application in this server.
After creating a server, it may take a while to become fully operational. Wait a few minutes before deploying your applications to ensure everything starts correctly.
## **How to Install Supabase on Vultr with xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Learn how to install Supabase on a cloud server. It walks you through creating a server, configuring the environment and launching your Supabase application easily.
### **Step 1: Access the One Click Apps Dashboard** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **Vultr server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown.
Then navigate to the ‘**One Click Apps’** section. You will see **‘Supabase’** just as shown below, click on it to proceed with the deployment of this application.
**_Note:_** _You must complete Phase 2 to meet Docker’s requirements for using Supabase. Without completing Phase 2, Supabase will not be unlocked._
### **Step 2: Set Up the Supabase Application** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting it to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a demo domain for your Supabase application. Next, enter your application’s domain.
You will get a **‘Site User’** of your application. You can also adjust it according to your preferences or leave it as the default. In the next section, you will get **‘Admin Username’**, **‘Admin Password’**, and **‘Admin Email Address’**.
**_Note:_** _From here, copy your Admin Username and Admin Password to log in to your Supabase application later._
Next, get the **‘Database Name’**, **‘Database Username’** and **‘Database Password’** for this application and click on the **‘Next’** button.
## **Final Outcome: Visit the Application** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
After completing the setup, you will be able to visit your Supabase site. From the dashboard, click on the ‘Visit Site’ app.
### **Environment Editor for Supabase** [#](/docs/set-up-supabase-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your Supabase app. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need, then click on the **‘Update Environment’** button.
That’s it! This is how easily you can install Supabase on Vultr using **xCloud’s One Click Apps**. xCloud takes care of the heavy lifting, server provisioning, Docker configuration and deployment, so you can focus on building and scaling your application with Supabase’s powerful backend features.
If you’re setting up a demo project or going live in production, this streamlined process lets you get started quickly and confidently.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Set Up WP Fail2Ban with xCloud on Your WordPress Site - xCloud
> Learn how to integrate WP Fail2Ban with xCloud for your WordPress site and get protection brute-force attacks, spam, and unauthorized access.
[**WP Fail2Ban**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-fail2ban/) is a powerful WordPress plugin that enhances the security of your site by logging and helping to prevent malicious login attempts. When integrated with **xCloud**, it offers additional security features such as blocking failed logins, spam protection, and more.
Follow the steps below to integrate WP Fail2Ban with xCloud and get enhanced protection for your WordPress website.
### **Step 1: Access Your WordPress Site** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
To begin the integration, log into the WordPress dashboard of the site where you want to enable WP Fail2Ban. From the dashboard’s sidebar, navigate to the ‘**Tools’** menu and select ‘**NGINX & Security’**.
_Note: For OLS servers, go to the_ **_‘Security’_** _option from the menu to access this feature._
### **Step 2: Enable WP Fail2Ban Plugin** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
Within this section, you’ll find the option to enable **WP Fail2Ban** with xCloud. Once you toggle this feature on, the plugin will be automatically installed and activated on your site.
### **Step 3: Configure Security Settings in xCloud** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
After enabling the plugin, head over to the **xCloud dashboard** to configure your preferred security settings. Here, you’ll find options such as ‘**Block Failed Login Attempts**‘, ‘**Block Common Usernames’**, ‘**Block User Enumeration’**, **‘Protect Comments**‘, ‘**Block Spam**‘, **‘Guard Password Resets**‘, and ‘**Guard Pingbacks**‘. Finally, click the ‘**Save Settings**‘ button to apply the changes.
💡**Info**
- **Block Failed Login Attempts** – Prevents brute-force attacks by blocking IPs after repeated failed login attempts.
- **Block Common Usernames** – Stops login attempts using commonly targeted usernames like “admin” or “test.”
- **Block User Enumeration** – Prevents attackers from discovering valid usernames through URL or query tricks.
- **Protect Comments** – Shields the comment section from spam, abuse, and malicious input.
- **Block Spam** – Detects and blocks known spam activity across forms and comments.
- **Guard Password Resets** – Blocks suspicious or excessive password reset requests to prevent account hijacking.
- **Guard Pingbacks** – Blocks fake or harmful pingbacks used in spam or DDoS attacks.
Now, if you log in to your website dashboard, you can see the WP Fail2Ban plugin installed and activated. Just go to your site and then head over to the plugins section.
### **Edit the Configuration File** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
Additionally, when the WP Fail2Ban plugin is enabled, it automatically creates a configuration file named **‘****wp-fail2ban-config.php’** in the **‘****wp-content’** directory of your site. You can access this file by opening your site’s File Manager or connecting via FTP. If needed, you can manually edit this file to adjust advanced settings.
_Note: If you disable the WP Fail2Ban plugin, this configuration file will be automatically deleted.
_
Integrating WP Fail2Ban with xCloud is a straightforward yet effective way to bolster your WordPress site’s security. With features that protect against brute-force attacks, spam, and unauthorized access, this setup offers peace of mind and proactive defense.
## **Troubleshooting Common Issues and Managing IP Access** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
### **1\. Unban IP Addresses** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
Sometimes, server owners may find themselves accidentally blocked or may want to grant special access to specific IPs. In such cases, there are two ways to manage this. First, you can go directly to the **Server → Security → Firewall Management** section, where you can manually ban or unban IP addresses.
### **2\. Whitelist And Blacklist IP Addresses** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
Alternatively, you can go to ‘**Site → Tools → IP Management**‘, where you’ll have the ability to **whitelist** or **blacklist** any IP. Whitelisted IPs will be completely exempt from Fail2Ban restrictions, ensuring they are never blocked, while blacklisted IPs will be denied access to the site entirely, regardless of behavior.
_Note:_ **_Whitelisted IPs_** _will never be banned by Fail2Ban._ **_Blacklisted IPs_** _will be completely blocked from accessing the site._
### **3\. New Log Types Added** [#](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/)
Additionally, xCloud has introduced two new log types within the **Server Log Viewer**: the **Fail2Ban Log** and the **Auth Log**. These provide insight into IP blocking activity and authentication attempts, making it easier than ever to monitor your site’s security in real time. Both logs are available for servers running on NGINX as well as OLS.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Setting Up Site Emails With Any SMTP Provider For WordPress On xCloud - xCloud
> Follow this guide to setup your site emails with Mailgun WordPress plugin.
WordPress frequently requires sending site emails to you or your users, known as transactional emails. These may include admin notifications, new user signups, password resets, and form submission emails from form plugins. At times, WordPress’s default email delivery system may fail, leading to potential issues like emails being flagged as spam or failing to reach their intended recipients.
xCloud does not configure your server to send or receive emails. Instead, we recommend using external email-sending services like Mailgun or Amazon SES for handling outgoing emails. Unlike traditional shared hosting, cloud servers do not come with a built-in email solution. We strongly advise against setting up an email server on the same server hosting your websites for security and performance reasons. Instead, you can choose from reliable hosted email services such as GSuite, Rackspace, Zoho, or set up an open-source email server solution like iRedMail if needed. It’s essential for WordPress sites to have a third-party SMTP service in place to send administrative and transactional emails, ensuring full functionality.
Due to its focus on optimal performance and security, xCloud provides email services on its own. You can send up to **100 emails for free** per team with the xCloud Managed Email services. Plus, there are multiple plans to purchase **1000-8000 emails** with a minimal cost. Web hosting servers are not optimized for sending emails, and you may also want to [**avoid running your own mail server**.](https://www.digitalocean.com/community/tutorials/why-you-may-not-want-to-run-your-own-mail-server)
However, if you want to set up site emails with any SMTP provider, we recommend using reliable email-sending services like **Mailgun, SendGrid, Elastic Email,** etc., which ensure that site emails are efficiently sent and delivered to recipients.
**[xCloud](/)** can streamline the delivery of transactional emails for your website by integrating any SMTP provider with [**FluentSMTP**](https://fluentsmtp.com/). It is a popular tool for managing SMTP services.
Note: If the CNAME record verification fails, that means your domain is not added to the Elastic email.
This usually happens when the domain already exists on Elastic Email (maybe he was using Elastic Email on other platforms).
Thus, always make sure that you have removed the existing domain from Elastic Email. Then you can use the retry button, it will automatically add the domain and verify the CNAME record.
Here is our detailed documentation on how you can **configure any SMTP provider for site emails** in the xCloud environment.
## **Step 1: Log In To SMTP Provider Account** [#](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)
[**Log in**](https://login.mailgun.com/login/) to your SMTP provider account and collect your login credentials (username and password), SMTP Host, and SMTP Port for using it in the xCloud mail integration.
## **Step 2: Add SMTP Provider For Site Emails** [#](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)
Once you are done collecting your SMTP details for Mailgun, it’s time to add the SMTP service as the email provider in xCloud. From your xCloud dashboard, navigate to **My Profile → Integrations → Email Provider**. You need to integrate your account domain with the credentials by clicking the ‘**Add New Provider’** button.
Once you hit the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button, you will see a pop-up asking you to select the email provider, SMTP username, and SMTP password.
Select **Other** as the provider, and input your **SMTP Host, SMTP Port, SMTP Username** and **SMTP Password**. The email provider will be added instantly.
## **Step 3: Add Email Service Provider To Site** [#](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)
After adding the SMTP provider to integrate your xCloud environment, you just need to add the email provider to the site. Go to ‘**All Sites’** and choose your website to add the email provider. Select your site and navigate to the ‘**Email Config’** tab → ‘**Mail Delivery’** addon from the dropdown.
Now select your domain from the ‘**Email Provider**’ options, set the sender’s name in the ‘**From Name**’ field, and input your email sender’s address in the ‘**From Email**’ field. Once done, hit the ‘**Save Changes**’ button.
💡To set up a professional email address with your custom domain, get a subscription for the [**xCloud MailBox Addon**](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/) in just a few clicks.
That’s how easily you can **configure any SMTP provider** for site emails for xCloud environment to streamline the email delivery process of transactional emails.
Still stuck? Contact our **support team** for any of your queries.
---
# How to Setup n8n on DigitalOcean with xCloud? - xCloud
> Learn how to Set Up n8n on DigitalOcean using a cloud management platform to easily deploy, configure, and manage your n8n applications.
[**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) is a powerful open-source workflow automation tool that helps teams connect services and automate tasks with minimal code. By combining Vultr’s cloud infrastructure with xCloud’s intuitive server management, you can deploy n8n quickly and efficiently.
This guide walks you through setting up a Vultr server in xCloud and deploying n8n using xCloud’s One Click Apps.
If you already have a Vultr server, you can skip the first phase and proceed directly to the second. First, set up your Vultr server in xCloud. Follow these steps to get started.
## **How to Setup A DigitalOcean Server in xCloud?** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
This guide shows how to set up a DigitalOcean server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 2: Create Your New Digital Ocean Server in xCloud** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the **‘Add New Server’** button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Digital Ocean server and for that select the [**Digital Ocean**](https://xcloud.host/go/digitalocean/) option. The billing of the server will be handled on your Digital Ocean account.
**Note:** Don’t have a DigitalOcean account? Check out the documentation below to find out how to provision a server with any providers:
- [**How To Setup First Server With DigitalOcean?**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
- [**How To Setup Your First Server With Google Cloud Platform Provider?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform)
- [**How To Setup a Server With Other Providers?**](https://dev1.xcloud.host/?post_type=docs&p=268&preview=true)
We’ve made it easier and safer for you to connect xCloud with your DigitalOcean account. You no longer have to go through the hassle of generating and copying access tokens.
Now, xCloud will guide you through an OAuth flow, where you simply authorize xCloud to use your DigitalOcean account.
All you have to do is provision a new DigitalOcean server, click **“Authorize”** during the setup, and you’ll be redirected to DigitalOcean to grant permission to your account. It’s a straightforward and hassle-free process to set up your server with Digital Ocean.
### **Step 3: Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your DO account. Now you need to provide the Server name, your preferred Server Size (**CPU, RAM, Storage**) and Region nearest to you and your visitors. Only, **MySQL 8.0** database server is now available.
By default Database, the **‘Root’** Password is auto-filed but you can change this and save it in a safe place.
We recommend at least a **2GB/ 1 shared CPU server** for 10-20 sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server.
We are almost done with our server creation of Digital Ocean in xCloud. After submitting the form this might take **up to 12-15 minutes** to make the Digital Ocean server live and ready to install a lightning fast WordPress Site.
Now, we will move on to the second and final phase: setting up **n8n on xCloud with the DigitalOcean server**. Follow these steps to get started.
## **Deploy n8n on DigitalOcean Server with xCloud** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
With xCloud’s One Click Apps feature, you can deploy n8n with ease. Follow the steps below to quickly set up n8n in a demo or production environment with xCloud.
### **🔖Recommendations** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Here are some key suggestions to help you optimize your setup and get the best results 👉🏻
#### **🌐Web Server for Deployment** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Though you can deploy n8n applications from both NGINX and OLS server, we recommend deploying n8n on an Nginx server for the best performance and stability. While you can use an OLS server, Nginx generally provides a more reliable experience.
#### **⚙️ CPU Requirements** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
We recommend using a server with more than 1 CPU when running n8n. A 1 CPU server may not function as expected, so choosing a server with higher resources will help ensure smooth and successful operation.
**_Note:_** _n8n is available in our plans, including the free plan. But you have to upgrade to our PRO plans to access the Environment feature._
This guide shows how to set up or deploy n8n on a DigitalOcean server in xCloud. Follow the steps to quickly launch, configure and start your cloud journey.
### **Step 1: Access One Click Apps** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Begin by logging into your xCloud account. Once logged in, navigate to your dashboard and click on the **‘Add New Site’** button.
You will then be asked to **‘Choose a Server to add Site’** from the dropdown. You must select the **DigitalOcean server** you set up in xCloud from this dropdown. Then click **‘Next’.**
Then go to the **‘One Click Apps’** section. Select **‘n8n’** from the available applications to initiate the deployment process.
### **Step 2: Set Up the n8n Application** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
In the site setup screen, you will be prompted to enter basic site information. Provide a **‘Site Title’** and add relevant **‘Tags’** to help organize your deployment.
At this point, you can choose between two deployment modes: **‘Go Live’** for a production-ready deployment or **‘Demo Site’** for testing purposes. Selecting **‘Go Live’** will immediately create a live environment, while choosing **‘Demo Site’** allows you to experiment in a staging environment before promoting to production.
### **Step 3: Configure Domain Settings** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
If you select the **‘Demo Site’** option, xCloud will assign a temporary subdomain for your n8n application.
**_Note:_** _Once a demo site is promoted to a live environment, you cannot revert back to using the demo domain. Ensure your choice aligns with your deployment goals before proceeding._
### **Step 4: Configure and Install the Site** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
Then, a default **‘Port’**, **‘Site User’** will be selected automatically. Then choose a **‘Timezone’** for this site. Once all settings have been configured, click the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
**_Note:_** _We recommend leaving the port and site user as default._
### [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
### **Step 6: Add Your Custom Domain** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
You can add your own **‘Domain’** to host the site by going to the Domain section. Also, you can add an **‘Additional Domain’** with your custom domain.
### **Step 7: Visit the n8n Site** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
With n8n set up with xCloud, you should be able to log in and confirm that it’s working. From the dashboard, click on the **‘Visit Site’** app.
This will open the n8n dialog window for registration, which should look something like the example below. Simply enter your details and create a password according to the specs indicated. Hit the **‘Next’** button, then click through any additional popups, leaving them empty for now.
This should bring you to the n8n Overview page. Now that your n8n instance is up and running, let’s fine-tune its settings for security and customization. From here, go to the **‘Create workflow’** , set according to your preferences.
## [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
### **Environment Editor for n8n** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
The Environment section in xCloud allows you to customize configuration settings for your n8n instance. Just go to the **‘Environment’** option from the sidebar and adjust as you need then click on the **‘Save’** button.
### **Update N8N Version** [#](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
To update n8n to the latest version, simply go to **‘Updates’** from the sidebar of the dashboard. Then simply search for the **‘Check for Updates’** button. Click the Update button and this will install the latest **n8n** version on your server.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can quickly and efficiently deploy an n8n on a DigitalOcean server instance using xCloud’s **One Click Apps** feature. You can create your own n8n application and automate with workflows seamlessly.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Setup Your Reseller Account with xCloud White Label - xCloud
> Learn how to setup How setup your reseller account with xCloud white label easily with step by step process.
[**xCloud White Label**](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-white-label/) allows you to **resell hosting** and start your hosting business. This platform allows you to build and sell your own hosting services under your personal brand, using your own domain, and offering custom hosting packages to your clients. By following these steps, you’ll gain full control over your hosting services, pricing, and branding, giving you the flexibility to offer a completely white-labeled hosting solution.
Whether you are an entrepreneur looking to start a hosting business or an established company expanding your services, **xCloud White Label** makes the process simple and efficient. Let’s go through the step-by-step process to setup your reseller account xCloud White Label!
### **Step 1: Log in to Your xCloud White Label Dashboard** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
To begin, log in to your xCloud dashboard using your credentials. Once logged in, locate and click on the **‘White Label’** tab from the dashboard. This will redirect you to the xCloud White Label landing onboarding flow, where you can start setting up your reseller hosting. From here after confirming you have read the terms of service and understand that you have a Stripe account click on the **‘Start Your Hosting business now’** button.
### **Step 2: Subscribe to a White Label Plan** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
From here, choose from four different subscription plans for xCloud White Label control panel. Check out the options, select the plan that best suits your needs, and then click on the **‘Pay Now’** button to proceed.
**_Note:_** _If you have not yet set up a payment method, you will need to do so before proceeding. xCloud currently accepts payments exclusively via Stripe__._
### **Step 3: Set up Your Brand** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
After your payment method is configured, it is time to set up your brand.Start by uploading your brand’s logo or icon. To do this, click the **‘Upload Logo’** button and select the file from your device. Next, provide your brand information by entering your **‘Brand Name’**, **‘Mailing Address’**, and **‘Contact Number’**. Once you’ve filled in all the details, click the **‘Next’** button to move on to the following step.
### **Step 4: Set up Your Payment Method with Stripe Connect** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
Next, you will need to integrate Stripe to process payments. If you already have a Stripe account, you can simply connect it by clicking on the **‘Connect Now’** button. It will take you to the Stripe Connect dashboard to login with your Stripe account and set up with Stripe Connect.
**_Note:_** _If you do not have a Stripe account yet, you need to create it first before you proceed with this step_
Now from here, login with your credentials. After connecting your Stripe account to xCloud, click on the **‘Next’** button to proceed.
After setting up, it will take some time to sync and connect with xCloud. Then you can see the account gets connected. From here, click on the ‘**Next**’ button to proceed.
### **Step 5: Create Custom Hosting Packages** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
Now it is time to create your custom hosting packages. Start by clicking on the **‘Create Hosting Plan’** button. A pop-up will appear with various server configurations. Choose your server plan from either the **‘General’** or **‘Premium’** options, then select your server size and review the pricing based on your selection. Once you’ve chosen your preferred configurations, click **‘Next’**.
Now, give your custom hosting plan a unique name by entering it into the **‘Plan Name’** field. Set the monthly price for your package in the **‘Custom Price/Month’** field. Also, set the ‘Site Limit’, provide a **‘SKU’**, and include any additional information in the provided fields if needed. If you have a coupon code, enter it in the ‘Coupon Code’ box. Once all the details are filled in, click ‘**Save**’ to save the plan for now or ‘Save’ and ‘Publish’ if you want to make it available immediately.
**_Note:_** _Ensure the price you set for your custom plan is higher than the cost of the server. This will allow you to sell at a profit._
### **Step 6: Set Up Your Domain** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
The final step is to set up your domain. Enter your domain name in the **‘Add Your Domain Name’** field. For example, the domain is: _**app.myhosting.com**_. Here you can not use our root domain. Once you have done that, head over to your domain provider to verify your DNS settings. After verifying your DNS, return to the xCloud dashboard and click the **‘Next’** button to complete the setup process.
**_Note:_** _xCloud provides a temporary URL for your Dashboard and landing page. Later you can customize that with their own domains. Read this detailed documentation to learn the step by step process to set up the DNS setup:_ [**_How to Set Up DNS Records in xCloud Server_**](/docs/how-to-setup-dns-record-in-xcloud-server/)_._
### **Final Outcome** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
After setting up your dashboard will look like this. You can check out the servers, sites andbillings of your clients and manage them from one place efficiently.
### **Customize Brand And Details** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
You can set up the brand logo, and favicon and also customize brand details from **Brand Settings.**
### **Manage White Label Subscription** [#](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)
You can manage your white-label subscription from your [subscription page](https://app.xcloud.host/user/whitelabel-subscriptions).
That is it! You have successfully completed the setup of your reseller account with xCloud White Label. Now you can start selling hosting services under your own brand with fully customized packages.
Still stuck? Contact **our** [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Quick Start Guide: Setup Your First Server & Site With xCloud Managed Servers - xCloud
> In this tutorial, we have learned how to setup your first server & site with xCloud without any complex steps.
With [**xCloud**](/)**,** you can easily setup your first server & site without any coding at all. xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let’s follow these steps to get you started.
## **Step 1: Sign Up For xCloud With Credentials** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
First, you will need to visit the [**xCloud**](/) website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials.
On the sign-up screen, add all the necessary credentials and make sure to add a secure password.
If you already have an account please visit our [**app URL**](https://app.xcloud.host/) below. After that you are ready to set up your first server & site with xCloud.
## **Step 2: Create & Setup Your First Server** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “ **New Server**” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our major providers to create a server. To create a server with xCloud option you must add your billing information [here](https://app.xcloud.host/user/bills-payment) and billing of your xCloud server will be handled under your current xCloud team account.
Now you need to provide the **Server name**, your preferred plan according to your Server Specifications (CPU, RAM, storage), and the Region nearest to you and your visitors. MySQL 8.0 and MariDB database servers are available in xCloud. By default Database, the Root Password is auto-filed but you can change this and save it in a safe place.
We also offer complete integration with [**DigitalOcean**](https://www.digitalocean.com/), **Vultr**, and **Google Cloud Platform** which allows you to create and manage servers to your integrated providers directly from xCloud.
_Note:_ _Check out the documentation below to find out how to provision a server with any providers_:
- [**How To Set Up A Vultr Server in xCloud and Get Free Hosting for 6 Months?**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)
- [**How to Setup a Digital Ocean Server in xCloud?**](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
- [**How To Setup Server With Google Cloud Platform Provider?**](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
- [**How To Setup Server With Other Providers?**](/docs/how-to-set-up-server-with-other-providers/)
## **Step 3: Add Necessary Information** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
Now you need to provide the **Server name**, your preferred **Server Specifications** (CPU, RAM, storage), and the Region nearest to you and your visitors. MySQL 8.0 and MariDB database servers are available in xCloud. By default Database, the **Root Password** is auto-filed but you can change this and save it in a safe place.
After successfully submitting the form, this might take up to **5-7** minutes only to make the server live and ready to install a lightning-fast WordPress Site without any complexity.
## **How To Create A Site With xCloud** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
After you have completed the previous steps, you are now ready to create your site. Simply follow our step-by-step guide below.
### **Step 1: Create A Site From The Dashboard** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
Once your server is connected, you can create a site from the Dashboard or Site List by clicking on the button “**Create New Site**”.
Then you will need to select the server on which you want to install your WordPress website.
### **Step 2: Choose Your Site & Add Information** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
As we will be creating a fresh WordPress site choose the “I**nstall New WordPress Website**” options as shown below.
Now all you have to do is install and Go Live with your WordPress Site. You can do the next process with 3 simple and easy steps.
First Add a **Site Title, Add Tags** and click on the ‘**Go Live’** button to create a production or live site immediately or if you want to create a demo site, you can choose the **‘Demo Site’ option.**
**DNS Configuration**
Now add the domain name and setup DNS so that you can visit your live site with your own domain
xCloud does not handle your DNS but all you need to do is remove any existing A records and add the A record as shown above. For example, if your domain is on Cloudflare then all you need to do is add an A record with the domain name, and your server IP address.
Note: Make sure to add the A record as shown above in your DNS panel.
To use a **Free SSL certificate** by **Let’s Encrypt** simply turn on the HTTPS enable button and xCloud will automatically set everything for you.
If you’re using Cloudflare then while adding the A record please ensure you have disabled the Proxy to prevent redirect errors.
You can then simply hit the Next Button to create your site and **Go Live** instantly.
### **Configure Additional Settings** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
By default, the WordPress admin credentials are auto-generated to speed up the site creation process. As soon as your site is deployed you will receive your Site credentials on your email address. Later on, you can update your password if needed. From “**More Advanced Settings**” you can update the default **Admin Username**, **Admin Password, Admin Email Address,** etc along with other additional settings from here.
### **Step 3: Review Your WordPress Settings** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
After all the information, you can review your settings. Here you will get an overall report of your **Domain Name**, **HTTPS Settings**, **WordPress Version**, **PHP Version,** and much more.
After the previous step, click on the ‘**Next**’ button. It might take only 1-2 minutes to create your WordPress site.
### **Not Ready Yet? Try Demo Environment** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
Also, If you do not want to point your domain yet then xCloud offers temporary domains to make your site live with every Site creation method available in xCloud. For that select the **‘Demo Site’** option.
### **Start Your Business Journey with 100 Free Emails Monthly** [#](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
Get a sweet deal with xCloud—enjoy **100** free emails per month for each team. If you need more, grab additional xCloud email services. And for those who like it personalized, seamlessly integrate your email provider.
For 1000 emails xCloud will charge you **$1/month**, and for more additional emails we will charge you only $8/m for 8000 emails.
That’s it! You’ve successfully created a site in xCloud. Now you can start working on your website, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Show Visitor Real IP Behind Cloudflare Proxy - xCloud
> Learn how to show visitor real IP behind Cloudflare on NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed servers using xCloud for accurate logs and security.
When you’re using Cloudflare or any similar reverse proxy service, your server typically receives the proxy server’s IP instead of the actual IP of your visitors. To solve this, xCloud allows you to restore the real IP address through specific configurations based on your server type. Follow the steps below whether you are using OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) or NGINX, you can show visitors real IP address of your websites with xCloud.
## **For NGINX Servers** [#](/docs/show-visitor-real-ip-behind-cloudflare-proxy/)
If your site is hosted on an NGINX server, you will need to configure it manually to see the real IP addresses of your visitors. xCloud offers two ways to do this — one for i) **Individual sites** and ii) Another for all sites on the server.
### **Method 1: Configure Real IP for a Single Website** [#](/docs/show-visitor-real-ip-behind-cloudflare-proxy/)
To enable real IP detection for a specific website, log in to your xCloud dashboard and navigate to the site you want to configure. Once there, go to the ‘**Tools’** menu and select the ‘**NGINX Customization’** option.
Click on the **Add New NGINX** button to open a configuration popup. In the popup, look for the **Select Template** dropdown and choose the option **‘Show Real IP – Cloudflare proxied’**. Next, move to the ‘**Config File Name’** field and enter a filename of your choice.
Then, in the ‘**Config File Name’** field, input the necessary configuration rules (you can use the ones provided in the default template or add your own). After filling in the required fields, click the ‘**Save Config’** button to apply the changes. This method only affects the selected website.
_Note: We gave the necessary config, in the Config Content field, You can adjust it if needed._
### **Method 2: Configure Real IP for All Websites** [#](/docs/show-visitor-real-ip-behind-cloudflare-proxy/)
If you prefer to apply real IP configuration globally for all websites hosted on your server, xCloud makes that possible using custom server commands. To get started, go to your ‘**Server’** → **‘Management’** section from the navigation bar. Then click on the ‘**Commands’** option from the menu.
Inside the Commands page, select the **‘Run Custom Command’** option. A popup window will appear. In the popup, locate the ‘**Command’** field and enter the following bash script. This script creates a configuration file at /etc/nginx/conf.d/show-real-ips-cf-proxied.conf, adds Cloudflare’s IP ranges, sets the correct real IP header, and reloads the NGINX server.
```
#!/bin/bash
# Define the config file path
CONFIG_FILE="/etc/nginx/conf.d/show-real-ips-cf-proxied.conf"
# Create and write to the config file
cat < /dev/null
set_real_ip_from 103.21.244.0/22;
set_real_ip_from 103.22.200.0/22;
set_real_ip_from 103.31.4.0/22;
set_real_ip_from 104.16.0.0/12;
set_real_ip_from 108.162.192.0/18;
set_real_ip_from 131.0.72.0/22;
set_real_ip_from 141.101.64.0/18;
set_real_ip_from 162.158.0.0/15;
set_real_ip_from 172.64.0.0/13;
set_real_ip_from 173.245.48.0/20;
set_real_ip_from 188.114.96.0/20;
set_real_ip_from 190.93.240.0/20;
set_real_ip_from 197.234.240.0/22;
set_real_ip_from 198.41.128.0/17;
set_real_ip_from 2400:cb00::/32;
set_real_ip_from 2606:4700::/32;
set_real_ip_from 2803:f800::/32;
set_real_ip_from 2405:b500::/32;
set_real_ip_from 2405:8100::/32;
set_real_ip_from 2c0f:f248::/32;
set_real_ip_from 2a06:98c0::/29;
real_ip_header CF-Connecting-IP;
EOF
# Test Nginx configuration
sudo nginx -t
# Check if the test was successful
if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
# Reload Nginx
sudo systemctl reload nginx
echo "✅ Nginx reloaded successfully."
else
echo "❌ Nginx configuration test failed. Fix the errors before reloading!"
exit 1
fi
```
Copy to Clipboard
After pasting the script, click on the **‘Run Command’** button. This will apply the Real IP configuration globally to all your hosted websites, ensuring accurate IP logging across your entire NGINX environment.
## **For OpenLiteSpeed Servers** [#](/docs/show-visitor-real-ip-behind-cloudflare-proxy/)
If your website is hosted on an OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) server, there’s no additional configuration needed. xCloud handles real IP restoration by default on OLS, so you don’t have to take any action. The real visitor IPs will automatically appear in your logs and analytics.
⭐If you are using Cloudflare, xCloud plans to automate this setup in the future. Once that update is released, you won’t need to configure this manually when Cloudflare is detected.
It is important to show visitor real IP addresses for accurate logging, analytics, and implementing security measures like rate limiting or geo-blocking. Once configured properly, your server will start capturing and logging the actual IPs of your visitors, ensuring full visibility and control over your traffic.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Simplified Navigation For Your Servers And Sites In xCloud Dashboard - xCloud
> Easily access all your servers and sites in xCloud with a hover-friendly mega menu, simplifying navigation and boosting your workflow efficiency.
**xCloud** allows a convenient way to view your servers and sites directly from the dashboard using a **menu**. This allows you to quickly access an overview of all your servers and sites without navigating to separate pages. Whether you want to check a list of servers or sites under each server, you can do it all with a simple hover action. This feature enhances your workflow by giving you instant visibility into your infrastructure, saving you valuable time.
## **How to Navigate All Servers Easily** [#](/docs/simplified-navigation-for-servers-and-sites/)
To view your servers, first log in to your **xCloud** dashboard. Once logged in, navigate to the top menu located in the header of the dashboard. From there, hover your mouse over the **‘Servers’** button. As soon as you hover, a **mega menu** will appear, displaying a list of all servers created within your account.
If you have a large number of servers, the mega menu also includes **pagination controls**, allowing you to browse through multiple pages. You can easily switch between pages to view all your servers without leaving the dashboard or opening a separate section.
## **How to Navigate All Sites Easily** [#](/docs/simplified-navigation-for-servers-and-sites/)
To view your sites, start by logging into your **xCloud** dashboard. After logging in, go to the menu in the header section of the dashboard. Hover your mouse over the **‘Sites’** button, and a **mega menu** will appear, showing a list of all the sites created under your servers.
As with servers, the site’s menu also comes with **pagination**, enabling you to browse through multiple pages if your account contains numerous sites. This allows you to easily review all your sites under each server directly from the dashboard, ensuring you always have quick access to your projects.
With xCloud’s hover-based mega menu, accessing your servers and sites is faster and more efficient than ever. You no longer need to manually navigate to different sections or pages to find basic information. Everything you need is just a hover away — making server and site management seamless and effortless.
By leveraging this feature, you can stay on top of your infrastructure with ease, keeping your focus on managing your projects rather than wasting time navigating your dashboard.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Site Backups In xCloud - xCloud
> In xCloud you can easily configure your multiple site backups easily.
Site backups protect your data from accidental deletion, server issues, and cyberattacks. Regular backups help you restore your site quickly and reduce downtime.
With xCloud, you get two types of backup options:
- **Site Backup:**
Supports both **Remote Backup** ([**DigitalOcean**](https://www.digitalocean.com/), [**Vultr**](https://www.vultr.com/), S3-compatible providers) and **Local Backup** (stored on the same server). You can choose **full** or **incremental** backups.
- **Server Backup:**
Available only for **xCloud Managed Servers** with an **additional 20% cost**. This backup covers the entire server instead of individual sites.
xCloud also offers full backup and **[incremental backup](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/)** options for each. Follow this guide to learn how to configure site backups in xCloud.
## **Step 1: Open Storage Provider Page** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
Before getting started, you need to select a storage provider. To do that, visit your xCloud hosting dashboard and navigate to **Backup → Backup Settings**.
Now, click the ‘**Manage Your Storage Provider**’ from the Backup Settings. It will take you to the Storage Provider integration page.
You can also go to ‘**My Profile**’ and navigate to **Integrations → Storage Provider** from the left navigation, as shown below.
## **Step 2: Choose A Storage Provider** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
Now, you need to choose a storage provider for storing your backup files. Click the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button from the Storage Provider page. You will get a prompt to select a provider and input the necessary details.
_**Note**: storage providers **Contabo** and **Min.io** are currently not supported within the **xCloud** platform._
### **DigitalOcean Spaces** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
If your storage provider is DigitalOcean, select DigitalOcean Spaces from the providers list. Insert your **Bucket Name**, **Access Key ID** and **Secret Key**, and add the **Endpoint URL**. After that, hit the ‘**Submit**’ button.
To get **Space name**, **Access Key ID**, **Secret key** from DigitalOcean, open your account dashboard and go to ‘**Spaces Object Storage**.’ Hit the ‘**Create Spaces Bucket**‘ button to create a new bucket.
Now, set a unique bucket name in the field that says ‘**Choose a unique Spaces Bucket name**‘ and hit the ‘**Create a Spaces Bucket**‘ button.
Once done, navigate to **API → Spaces Keys** from the DigitalOcean dashboard. Hit the ‘**Generate New Key**’ button to generate and copy your necessary keys.
Once you are done adding the necessary information and hit the ‘**Submit**’ button, your DigitalOcean space will be integrated instantly.
### **Vultr Object Storage** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
If your storage provider is Vultr, select Vultr Object Storage from the providers list. Set your Bucket Name, input **Access Key ID** and **Secret Key**, and add **Endpoint URL**. After that, hit the ‘**Submit**’ button.
To get **Space name**, **Access Key ID**, **Secret key** from Vultr, open your Vultr account dashboard and navigate to **Cloud Storage → Object Storage.**
Hit the Storage Name to manage the Object Storage. Here, you will need to open the Buckets tab and create a new bucket.
To create a new bucket, set a ‘**Bucket Name**‘ and hit the ‘**Create Bucket**‘ button at the bottom of the page.
After creating the bucket, you will find the **Hostname, Secret Key**, and **Access key** on the ‘**Overview**‘ tab.
After providing the necessary information, hit the ‘**Submit**’ button, the Vultr Object Storage will be integrated into xCloud.
_\[_**_Note:_** _Please make sure you have a bucket created before trying to integrate it into xCloud.\]_
## **Step 3: Configure Site Backup Setting** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
Once the integration process is done, you can start backing up your site. As you can integrate more than one storage provider, choose one if you have multiple. For the Remote Backup Settings, choose your Bucket.
Next you will get two options, **‘Database Backup’** and **‘Files Backup’**. Enable the any one of keep the both enabled to take the backup of the database and files as your preferences.
Now, there may be files or folders that you do not want to include in your file backups. You can exclude those files from backing up. You will find the box below the ‘**File Backup**’ field, as shown below.
For example, if you’re using any media plugin to offload your Media Library to [**Amazon S3**](https://aws.amazon.com/s3/) and have versioning enabled on your bucket, there’s really no reason to include those files in your daily backups. In this case, excluding your uploads folder could be a good choice. To add just write the path into the **‘Exclude Paths’** section:
```
/files/wp-content/uploads
```
Copy to Clipboard
Similarly, if you’re using Composer to manage PHP dependencies, it’s likely that you don’t want to include the root vendor directory in your backups.
```
/files/vendor
```
Copy to Clipboard
There are more paths like below, that you can exclude from the backup list.
```
wp-admin
wp-includes
wp-content/cache
wp-content/plugins
wp-content/updraft
```
Copy to Clipboard
You can just copy and paste the paths here and you are good to go with excluding specific paths that you do not want to include in the backup.
You can also choose to schedule ‘**Automatic Backup’** and ‘**Automatic Delete**’. For automatic backup, you need to select backup frequency. On the other hand, you can set a value for how many days after a backup will be deleted automatically.
## Step 4: Take Your Backup [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
To take a new backup of your site or to view previous backups, go to **Backup → Previous Backups.** You will see two options: Local Backup and Remote Backup for your website.
You can also view an overview of the Backup Summary and Backup Status Overview for both local and remote backups. This includes details such as Total Backup Size, File Backup Size, Database Backup Size, Backup Status, Next Backup, and more.
Go to the ‘Remote Backup’ or ‘Local Backup’ tab based on your preference, and click the ‘Backup Now’ button, then choose the ‘Full Backup’ or ‘Incremental Backup’ to create an instant backup of your site.
xCloud will take a few seconds to create a backup of your site. It will export a compressed version of your current site and an SQL file in your bucket, which can be restored automatically from xCloud or downloaded from your storage provider later.
Once done, you can see your backups here with the details and options. You can use the **‘Restore’** button to restore your site with a backup version. You can also check the backup size , date of the backup and destination at a glance of each of the backup.**_Note:_** _While deleting a site you will be asked whether you want to remove Local Backups too. We are not removing Remote Backups now while deleting a site._
You can also add a custom note to your site backups to help keep track of why each backup was taken or to add quick notes that make it easier to find the right version when you need it most.
Simply click on the **‘Note’** section of each backup and enter your note. The note will be saved and updated instantly.
You can also click the **‘Delete’** button to remove your backups from xCloud. To delete multiple backups, select the checkboxes beside each backup and then click Delete.
_Note: The latest full backup cannot be deleted because it is required to create a new incremental backup._
That is how easily you can create site backups with xCloud.Site Backup and restore both now support optional file-only, database-only, or full backups instead of always backing up both.
## **Connect Any S3-Compatible Storage Provider** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
In addition to the built-in providers, **xCloud supports integration with any S3-compatible storage service**. Easily connect:
- **Amazon S3**
- **MinIO**
- **Wasabi**
- **Backblaze B2**
- **Any other S3-compatible object storage**
### Download S3 Storage Backup [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
With xCloud, you can now download S3 storage backups directly from your dashboard. Easily access and save your remote S3 storage backups hassle-free.
Learn how to access all site files via SFTP with the root user here:
**_👉 [Accessing All Site Files via SFTP with Root User in xCloud](/docs/accessing-all-site-files-via-sftp-with-root-user-in-xcloud/)_**
## **Frequently Asked Questions** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
### **How to Download Local Site Backup?** [#](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)
Local backups are stored on the server in the following directory:
/root/.backup
These backups cannot be accessed through HTTP requests, so they are not available for direct download from the xCloud app.
To download a local site backup, you must manually access the server using SFTP and retrieve the backup files from the directory above.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries
---
# How To Solve Site Security PRO Powered By Patchstack Failing to Connect - xCloud
> Troubleshoot Site Security PRO Powered by Patchstack connection issues on WordPress. Learn how to fix problems with Cloudflare, firewalls, and more instantly.
[**Site Security PRO**](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/) powered by Patchstack is a powerful security solution for WordPress websites. However, in some cases, Patchstack may fail to connect with your site, especially when Cloudflare or strict firewall rules are involved. This guide explains the common issues you may face and how to solve the Patchstack Failing to Connect error.
## **How to Fix Patchstack Failing to Connect Error While Using xCloud** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
xCloud is fully compatible with Patchstack. But certain Cloudflare and firewall settings can block Patchstack’s servers and cause connection failures. Below are the most common issues and their solutions.
## **Cloudflare Blocking Patchstack** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
Patchstack relies on **US-based servers**. If Cloudflare blocks these servers, Patchstack will fail and usually return a **403 error**.
### **Cause** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
Cloudflare’s security settings or “Under Attack Mode” may treat Patchstack requests as suspicious.
### **Solution** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
- Ensure **“Under Attack Mode”** is **disabled** in your Cloudflare dashboard.
- Check Cloudflare Firewall Rules and confirm they are not blocking API requests from Patchstack.
- If you are using Cloudflare bot protection, reduce strictness or whitelist the IPs.
## **Country Blocking Preventing Connection** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
If you have country-based blocking enabled (Firewall, Plugin, or Cloudflare), and the USA is blocked, Patchstack cannot connect.
### **Cause** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
Patchstack uses **US locations** to communicate with your site. Blocking the US = Patchstack cannot reach your site.
### **Solution** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
- Disable US blocking, **or**
- Add Patchstack server IPs to the allowlist.
## **Whitelist Patchstack IP Addresses** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
Some firewalls block external service IPs by default. If this happens, Patchstack cannot verify or scan your site.
### **Cause** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
Your server, Cloudflare, or plugin firewall blocks Patchstack’s IP ranges.
### **Solution** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
Read this [**official Patchstack documentation**](https://docs.patchstack.com/faq-troubleshooting/technical/list-of-ip-addresses-that-patchstack-uses/) for Whitelist all IP addresses listed, and after whitelisting, Patchstack should connect normally.
## **Domain Already Added to Another Patchstack Account** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
If the domain was previously added to another Patchstack account, the connection may fail.
### **Cause** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
- The same domain cannot be active under multiple Patchstack accounts.
- The domain may still be linked to an old Patchstack setup from another hosting provider or service.
### **Solution** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
- Log in to the old Patchstack account and remove the domain completely.
- After removal, try connecting the site again from xCloud.
## **Patchstack Plugin Already Installed on the Site** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
If the Patchstack plugin was previously installed manually or by another service, it can conflict with xCloud’s integration.
### **Cause** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
- Duplicate Patchstack installations cause verification conflicts.
- Existing plugin configuration interferes with xCloud-managed Patchstack setup.
### **Solution** [#](/docs/site-security-pro-powered-by-patchstack-failing-to-connect-error/)
- Remove or deactivate the existing **Patchstack plugin** from your WordPress site.
- Then reconnect Site Security PRO from the xCloud dashboard.
That is how easily you can solve the Patchstack Failing to Connect error in xCloud while using Site Security PRO.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Use Supervisor for Process Management With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to use Supervisor for process management with xCloud to manage and auto-restart long-running processes easily.
Supervisor is a process control system that you can use to oversee and manage your specified system’s processes. It shines when used to monitor and resume long-running programs or services automatically in the event of a failure. Supervisor is a powerful tool for ensuring that your apps are running reliably, especially in production environments.
In xCloud, you can set a supervisor command with just a few clicks. Follow the steps below:
## **Step 1: Access Server Management** [#](/docs/supervisor-for-process-management/)
Begin by logging into your server and navigating to the **‘Management’** section. From there, select **‘Supervisor’** on the dashboard.
## **Step 2: Add a New Supervisor Process** [#](/docs/supervisor-for-process-management/)
Click on the **‘Add New Supervisor Process’** button. You will see several configuration fields, including:
- **Command** – The command to run your process.
- **Directory** – The working directory of the process.
- **User** – The user under which the process will run.
- **Root** – Whether the process should run as root.
- **Number of Processes** – How many instances to run.
- **Start Seconds** – Delay before considering the process started.
- **Stop Seconds** – Grace period before force-stopping the process.
- **Stop Signal** – The signal used to stop the process.
Fill in the **‘Command’** field with the appropriate command for your process, such as:
```
php artisan queue:work
```
Copy to Clipboard
- Ideal for background queue processing in Laravel applications.
```
node app.js
```
Copy to Clipboard
- Useful for running your Node.js server continuously.
You may customize the remaining fields as needed or leave them with their default values. Once complete, click on the **‘Add Supervisor Process’** button.
The process will then be added to your supervisor list and managed automatically by Supervisor. Here, you will get more option, **‘Edit’, ‘Restart’, ‘ Pause’, ‘Output’** to manage your process . Also you can click on the **‘ Delete’** button to stop and delete the process.
And that is it! This is how easily you can set up and manage processes using Supervisor. With just a few simple steps, you can ensure your applications are always running smoothly and automatically recover from unexpected failures. It is a quick and effective way to maintain stability and reliability on your server.
Still, feeling stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](/support/) for further assistance.
---
# Team Roles & Permissions in xCloud - xCloud
> Follow this guide to assign team roles & permissions in xCloud.
In **[xCloud](http://xCloud.host),** team roles for every account are created when a user signs up. xCloud teams enable you to collaborate with team members who manage servers and websites on your behalf. You can create multiple teams and include any necessary number of members in each xCloud team. You can change their access and role anytime in the Members part of Team Settings.
**Note:** Each team operates with unique billing structures tailored to their specific needs.
## **Invite Team Member:** [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
Navigate to the ‘All Team’ option from the left side menu, then select the team to add your member.
Click on the ‘Add New Member’ button to add any team member in your team.
## **Create Team**: [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
By default, you will have a personal team. You may also create a team from your xCloud dashboard. Please note each team account is different along with billing and subscriptions. You need to add the payment method first before using other team.
Visit the Profile Dropdown and click the New Team button. Or Visit the Team Management section and click on the Add New Team button.
Add the name and email address of your Team. You may also add an avatar to your team.
You will be switched automatically to your team after creating it.
## **Manage Team** [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
To manage your team, click on the **Manage Team** option from the dashboard. There, you will have access to options to add new members, edit the team, and delete the team.
### **Permissions For Team Roles** [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
Under the Role Permission tab, you will see all the team roles assigned. You can edit all the permissions here. These are the available Permissions you can assign to your team members in xCloud:
### **Manage Team Members** [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
In xCloud, when you ask someone to join your team, you can pick which servers they can use and what they can do on them. You can change their access and role anytime in the Members part of Team Settings. There are four roles in xCloud:
- **Site Admin:** This role can make, change, or delete sites. They can also manage databases and users and add or remove SSH keys.
- **Server Admin**: This role includes all Site Admin powers, and also lets the person handle servers. They can manage users, settings, and restart services like PHP and MySQL.
- **Team Admin**: These members have Server Admin abilities, plus more. They can create or remove servers, control external databases, manage the team, invite others, and adjust roles and access.
- **Owner**: Each team has an Owner who made the team. They can do everything a Team Admin can, as well as manage billing. To change the Owner, contact support.
By default, xCloud provides default permissions according to the roles, but you have full access to customize them.
Enter your Team member’s email and select a server to give access to the member.
## Remove Team Member [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
If you want to remove any team member, you can do it from the Team Management tab. Just
## Accept Other Team Invitation [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
Visit the Team Management page to see Team Invitations from other members. Click Accept to join a team.
## Switch or Leave Team [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
You can also ‘Switch a Team’ or ‘Leave a Team’ by just clicking on the three dot icon and proceeding accordingly.
_Note: You can leave other teams but cannot leave the teams in which you are the owner._
You can easily switch between teams from the Team Management page and also from the My Profile dropdown from the navbar.
## Delete Team [#](/docs/team-roles-permissions-in-xcloud/)
You cannot delete your default team (the one you are in). But you can delete other teams in which your role is the owner. Deleting a team will remove the servers and all sites. Please be careful to remove any team and back up crucial information/data before performing this action.
To delete a team, navigate to **‘All Teams’** dashboard and choose the team you want to delete. Click on the three-dot icon and click on **‘Delete Team’**
_Note: If you are in it, you need to switch to another team first to delete the team._
Once you proceed to hit the ‘Delete Team’ button, a popup will appear with a warning. Check the ‘I have understood and would like to proceed’ box, type your team’s name, and hit the ‘Delete’ button.
---
# How to Troubleshoot Caching Issues in WordPress - xCloud
> Struggling with outdated content? Learn how to troubleshoot caching issues in WordPress & ensure your visitors see the latest version of your site.
Facing issues seeing the latest changes reflected on your WordPress website can be frustrating. Caching might be the reason for this issue. Occasionally, this cached data can be outdated, causing you to see an older version of your site. So how to troubleshoot caching issues?
This guide will assist you in troubleshooting caching issues on your WordPress website hosted on xCloud.
## **Identify the Cause** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
Before getting into solutions, let us identify what is causing the caching issue. Here are some common caching issues:
- **Browser Cache:** Your web browser might be storing an outdated version of your site’s files. Which can cause outdated data to show up and prevent new data from appearing on site.
- **Caching Plugin:** Many WordPress plugins come with caching features. If you are using one, it might be causing the issue. Try to disable and enable it to see if it is causing the issue.
- **Hosting Default Caching:** Your xCloud hosting plan comes with a built-in caching mechanism, LiteSpeed Cache. You can disable and enable this to identify if it is causing issues.
- **Using Multiple Caching Plugins:** Inconsistent website rendering errors can be caused by conflicts between your default hosting server’s cache and a separate caching plugin.
- **Pages Look Broken After an Update or Change:** The caching issue occurs when page builders regenerate stylesheets during updates or changes, but the cached page still references the old, unavailable stylesheets, causing pages to display unstyled text. This results in broken pages, displaying old contents and 404 errors for missing CSS files in the browser console.
## **Troubleshoot Caching Issues** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
Depending on the cause, you can try the following solutions to troubleshoot caching issues:
### **Clear Your Browser Cache** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
Most browsers have built-in options to clear cache and browsing data. Go to your browser’s settings and history to clear the cache.
### **Purge Cache in Plugin Cache** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
Most caching plugins have options within their settings to clear the cache. Look for a button labeled ‘**Purge Cache**’ or similar. If you use **[LiteSpeed Cache](https://www.litespeedtech.com/products/cache-plugins/wordpress-acceleration)**, you can follow the below steps.
### **Disable Caching Plugin (Temporarily)** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
Deactivate your caching plugin temporarily. After that, If your website updates display correctly, then the plugin was likely causing the issue. You can then try re-enabling the plugin and configure its settings to exclude specific pages from caching.
**Note:** Always backup your website before making significant changes, especially when deactivating plugins.
### **Disable or Clear Cache of Default Hosting Caching** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
If you know [**how caching works in xCloud**](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/) and suspect the in-build caching might be the issue for your broken page or content from before the latest update, Go to the xCloud dashboard, disable the caching, and check if the problem exists.
If the problem still exists disable the default caching plugin to identify if caching mechanisms on your hosting plan causing the issue.
After trying these solutions, revisit your website and see if the latest changes are reflected. If not, try a clean installation of the plugin.
### **Disable Multiple Caching Plugins** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
If you are using a third-party caching plugin along with your hosting default caching and you encounter caching issues. Try disabling one of your caching plugins and see if the issue is solved.
## **Here Are Some Additional Tips** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-caching-issues-in-wordpress/)
- **Use a caching incognito window:** Open your website in a private browsing window or incognito mode. This bypasses your browser’s cache and displays the latest version of the site.
- **Utilize caching plugins strategically:** While caching can improve website performance, excessive caching can cause issues. Consider excluding frequently updated pages from being cached.
If you have gone through these steps and are still facing caching problems, feel free to [**contact xCloud support**](/contact/). Our team always welcomes you and assists you further.
---
# How to Troubleshoot QUIC.cloud CDN Connection Issues in xCloud? - xCloud
> Troubleshoot QUIC.cloud CDN connection issues in xCloud by fixing domain key errors, Cloudflare settings and reinstalling SSL easily or follow this guide.
[**xCloud**](/) allows you to integrate your WordPress website with [**QUIC.cloud**](https://www.quic.cloud/) CDN for optimized performance and caching. It enables a seamless connection with LiteSpeed Cache to enhance speed and reduce server load.
If you are having trouble connecting QUIC.cloud CDN with the [**LiteSpeed Cache plugin**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/litespeed-cache/) on your WordPress site hosted on xCloud, it might be because the domain key can not be fetched. This usually happens if you use Cloudflare and have the proxy turned on for your A record.
## Troubleshoot QUIC.cloud CDN Connection Issues in xCloud [#](/docs/troubleshoot-quic-cloud-cdn-connection-issues/)
This guide will help you identify and resolve the QUIC.cloud CDN connection issue. Follow the steps below to restore proper connectivity.
### **Step 1: Navigate to LiteSpeed in xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-quic-cloud-cdn-connection-issues/)
From your WordPress dashboard, go to the LiteSpeed Cache plugin dashboard. Navigate to the ‘**General’** Settings section. This is where you connect and manage your QUIC.cloud integration. You will see the connection error.
### **Step 2: Go to Cloudflare Dashboard And Verify Record** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-quic-cloud-cdn-connection-issues/)
Log in to your [**Cloudflare account**](https://dash.cloudflare.com/login) and select the domain you are troubleshooting. Navigate to the DNS tab.
Check for any IPv6 (AAAA) records related to your domain. If present, remove the AAAA record and ensure that only the IPv4 (A) record is present. Then, turn off the proxy on the IPv4 (A) record to [**pause Cloudflare**](https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/setup/manage-domains/pause-cloudflare/#disable-proxy-on-dns-records).
### **Step 3: Reinstall SSL Certification & Purge All Caches in xCloud** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-quic-cloud-cdn-connection-issues/)
After turning off the proxy from Cloudflare, the user must set SSL from xCloud. From your xCloud dashboard, go to the ‘**Site overview’** settings menu, navigate to Domain, then SSL/HTTPS, and select the option ‘**free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud**.’ to reinstall SSL certification.
That is how easily you can solve the QUIC.cloud CDN Connection Issues in xCloud.
Still stuck? Remember, our [**support team**](/contact/) is just a message away. Do not hesitate to reach out for any of your queries. We are here to help.
---
# How to Troubleshoot "There Has Been a Critical Error" on Your WordPress Site - xCloud
> Learn how to troubleshoot & resolve 'There Has Been A Critical Error' errr on your WordPress website. Check out our step-by-step troubleshooting guide.
Have you encountered the dreaded ‘**There Has Been a Critical Error on This Website**’ message on your **[WordPress](https://wordpress.org/)** site? Don’t worry, this frustrating message is a common issue that can be fixed with a little troubleshooting. This guide will walk you through several steps to identify and resolve the problem of getting your website back online in no time.
## **What Is the “There Has Been a Critical Error” Message?** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-there-has-been-a-critical-error/)
This generic error message can be caused by various issues within your WordPress site. It often points to problems with:
- **Plugins:** Conflicting plugins or outdated code can trigger critical errors.
- **Themes:** A custom theme with compatibility issues might be the culprit.
- **PHP:** The programming language powering WordPress might have insufficient memory or be outdated.
- **Corrupted Core Files:** In rare cases, the core WordPress files themselves might be damaged.
## **Troubleshooting Tips:** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-there-has-been-a-critical-error/)
Here are some steps you can take to diagnose and fix the critical error:
1. **Check Error Logs**: xCloud offers access to logs. These logs provide detailed information about the critical error, pinpointing the source of the problem. Follow this documentation to learn [**how to view logs in xCloud**](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/).
2. **Enable WordPress Debug Mode**: This built-in feature displays specific error messages on your screen, helping you identify the problematic code. (Note: This might cause your site to malfunction temporarily.). Follow this documentation to [**enable WP Debug mode**](/docs/enable-wp-debug-tool-from-xcloud-dashboard/) from the xCloud dashboard.
3. **Deactivate All Plugins**: If a plugin is causing a critical error issue, disabling all plugins at once can help isolate the culprit. Then, reactivate them one by one until the error reappears, identifying the problematic plugin.
4. **Revert to a Default Theme**: Try switching to a default WordPress theme like Twenty Twenty-Four. If the critical error disappears, you know your custom theme is causing the issue.
5. **Increase PHP Memory Limit**: Sometimes, the error might be due to insufficient memory allocated to PHP. Access to xCloud dashboard and follow this document to [**increase PHP memory limit**](/docs/increase-the-php-maximum-memory-limit/).
6. **Restore from Backup**: If you have a recent backup of your website, you can restore it to a previous state when the error wasn’t present. (Important: Only attempt this if you have a backup available.)
From the **xCloud dashboard**, go to your **site →Backup→Previous Backup**, then select your chosen backup file and hit on the ‘Restore’ button to restore from the backup.
7. **Check for Malware:** Malicious code can also cause critical errors. Use a security plugin to scan your website for malware.
## **Additional Tips:** [#](/docs/troubleshoot-there-has-been-a-critical-error/)
- As you troubleshoot, keep a record of the changes you make. This will help you backtrack if a particular step worsens the problem.
- If none of these solutions work, consider seeking help from a WordPress developer or contact our support team.
By following these steps, you should be able to identify the cause of the ‘**There Has Been a Critical Error**’ message and get your WordPress website back up and running smoothly. Remember, start with the simplest solutions and work your way up to more complex troubleshooting techniques.
If you need further help [**contact xCloud support**](/contact/). Our team always welcomes you to assist you further.
---
# Troubleshooting Cloudflare Issues For WordPress: How To Fix Errors While Using xCloud - xCloud
> Learn to troubleshoot Cloudflare issues for WordPress when facing errors with xCloud integration.
Cloudflare is a widely used security provider that offers services to enhance website performance and security. When integrating Cloudflare with WordPress using xCloud, there are a few common Cloudflare issues that you may face. But, you can easily solve this with a few clicks. Let’s follow this guide and learn what issues you may encounter and how to resolve them.
## How To Fix Cloudflare Issues While Using xCloud [#](/docs/troubleshooting-cloudflare-issues-for-wordpress/)
xCloud is fully compatible with **[Cloudflare](https://www.cloudflare.com/en-gb/)**. However, during integration, a few Cloudflare settings can cause some issues. Let’s have a look at the below issues and know the solution.
### Too Many Redirects [#](/docs/troubleshooting-cloudflare-issues-for-wordpress/)
**ERR\_TOO\_MANY\_REDIRECTS** error often occurs due to misconfigurations in the Cloudflare settings or conflicts between xCloud and Cloudflare configurations. As Cloudflare is a reverse proxy service, you have to enable proxy from any one end, either xCloud or Cloudflare.
If you want to use Cloudflare proxy, then disable the HTTPS from xCloud. To disable it, go to the xCloud dashboard and click on the SSL**/HTTPS** tab. Now **toggle off** the **HTTPS button** and click ‘**OK**’ on the confirmation popup.
The xCloud HTTPS is disabled now.
### Verify DNS In xCloud Does Not Work [#](/docs/troubleshooting-cloudflare-issues-for-wordpress/)
If you have enabled Cloudflare DNS record and Proxy from the Cloudflare end, then xCloud ‘**Verify My DNS**’ button will not work. As you are using Cloudflare proxy, which means you do not want to enable xCloud HTTPS, so there is no need for verification. You can ignore this
You will get a ‘DNS Verification Has Failed’ message if you click the button.
If you want to use xCloud SSL, then disable HTTPs of Cloudflare. Go to the Cloudflare dashboard. From the **SSL/TLS** tab, click on ‘**Edge Certificates**’. Now toggle off the button from the ‘**Always Use HTTPS**’ section.
If your proxy is turned ON in Cloudflare then the Verify My DNS will not work in xCloud.
You need to turn it off to check from xCloud.
Now, click on ‘**Overview**’ from the **SSL/TLS** tab dropdown. Select the ‘Full (strict)’ option as your **SSL/TLS encryption mode**.
Now you can enable HTTPS from the xCloud dashboard. To enable it, go to the xCloud dashboard and click on the SSL**/HTTPS** tab. Now **toggle on** the **HTTPS button**. To learn more on how to enable HTTPS for WordPress sites in xCloud & configure SSL certificates, read [**this Documentation**](/docs/enable-https-in-xcloud-configure-ssl-certificates/).
### SSL Not Working With Cloudflare Integration [#](/docs/troubleshooting-cloudflare-issues-for-wordpress/)
With the Cloudflare integration feature in xCloud, you can create sites with domain versions of both www and non-www. However, the SSL certificates will not be managed by Cloudflare for the subdomain www version.
Select ‘Use Cloudflare manages SSL Certificates’ and manage CF SSL to manage your sites.
SSL for subdomains with www will not work with Cloudflare integration.
Example: www.test.xcloud.app
You need to use xCloud Free SSL or add certificates manually. For more details, check out the documentation on [**how to manage SSL certificates manually**](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/).
However, domains like www.example.com will also work fine with Cloudflare integration in xCloud without any issues.
That is how easily you can solve the Cloudflare errors while using xCloud.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# Troubleshooting Guide: Fixing Website Download Issue Instead of Loading - xCloud
> If a website is downloading files instead of loading in a browser, and this issue might be related to the .htaccess file or OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) configuration.
If a website is downloading files instead of loading in a browser, and this issue might be related to the `.htaccess` file or OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) configuration. Follow these troubleshooting steps:
### Steps to Resolve: [#](/docs/troubleshooting-guide-fixing-website-download-issue-instead-of-loading/)
**Rename the `.htaccess` file:**
- **Using File Manager**: Access the site’s folder file manager, navigate to the root directory of your WordPress site, and rename `.htaccess` to `.htaccess_old`.
- **Using SFTP**: Connect to your server via an SFTP client (e.g., FileZilla), locate the `.htaccess` file in the root directory, and rename it.
**Restart the OLS Service:**
- Access server management and restart the OpenLiteSpeed service.
**Test Your Website:**
- Visit your website URL to see if it now loads properly in a browser.
**Rebuild the `.htaccess` File:**
- Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard (`wp-admin`).
- Navigate to **Settings > Permalinks**.
- Click **Save Changes** twice without making any changes. This action regenerates the `.htaccess` file with the correct rules.
After completing these steps, your website should load correctly. If the issue persists, additional debugging might be required, such as checking PHP version compatibility or server error logs.
---
# Troubleshooting Guide: xCloud Server Disconnected, SSL Failed Or Renew Issue - xCloud
> Discover the troubleshooting guide and learn how to fix the server disconnected, SSL issues and more problems.
**Server disconnections** or **SSL certificate renewal errors** typically result from blocked ports which are rare. This depends on hosting providers, firewall issues, or network configuration problems, which can prevent users from accessing essential services.
This troubleshooting guide provides a step-by-step approach to troubleshooting these problems, helping users restore connectivity, deploy new sites effectively, and maintain secure server communications.
## **Step 1: Check the Firewall And Open Ports** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-guide-xcloud-server-disconnected/)
One of the most common causes of server issues is blocked or closed ports. To verify if this is the problem, start by accessing the **Firewall Management panel** in the xCloud control panel. Once there, check which ports are in use, particularly those for SSH (typically port 22), HTTP (typically port 80), and HTTPS (typically port 443). Testing the status of these ports alongside the server’s IP address will help determine if they are reachable.
You can use an online port checking tool such as [**Port Checker**](https://portchecker.co/check-v0) to test the server’s IP address and port numbers.
## **SSL Certificate Renewal Issue** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-guide-xcloud-server-disconnected/)
If the HTTP (port 80) and HTTPS (port 443) ports are closed, but the SSH port is open, proceed to the next step to access the server through SSH.
Open a terminal or use the SSH tool in the xCloud control panel and use the following command to access the server:
```
ssh username@server_ip -p port_number
```
Copy to Clipboard
replacing username with the server’s SSH username, server\_ip with the server’s IP address, and port\_number with the appropriate SSH port number if a custom port is used.
Once connected to the server, enable the HTTP and HTTPS ports by executing the commands
**sudo ufw allow 80**
**sudo ufw allow 443**
After allowing these ports, restart the firewall to apply the changes by running
```
sudo ufw reload
```
Copy to Clipboard
Finally, visit the site’s URL to verify whether the server and website are accessible.
## **Server Disconnect Issue** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-guide-xcloud-server-disconnected/)
If your server is up but is disconnected from xCloud then there can be an issue with your SSH port. Please check the SSH port and if it is closed, remote access via SSH or through the xCloud control panel won’t be possible.
In this case, the you must access the server locally using the hosting provider’s local terminal or console, which is typically available through their management interface.
Once in the local terminal, enable access to the necessary ports—SSH (port 22 or a custom port), HTTP (port 80), and HTTPS (port 443)—by running the commands respectively
```
sudo ufw allow 22/tcp
sudo ufw allow 80
sudo ufw allow 443
```
Copy to Clipboard
Afterward, restart the firewall using
```
sudo ufw reload
```
Copy to Clipboard
to apply these settings. Once the SSH port is open, you can reconnect via SSH and perform further checks if needed.
By following this guide, you can diagnose and fix common server connection and port-related issues. Always ensure that the necessary ports are open for the services to function correctly. For quick port checks, users can utilize online tools like **Port Checker**.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# Troubleshooting Oxygen Builder Issues After Site Migration - xCloud
> Oxygen Builder is a powerful WordPress site builder, but its data structure differs from traditional WordPress themes and page builders. This can cause issues
Oxygen Builder is a powerful WordPress site builder, but its data structure differs from traditional WordPress themes and page builders. This can cause issues when migrating a site, as standard WordPress search and replace tools (such as WP-CLI commands or plugins like Better Search Replace) do not work effectively with Oxygen’s data storage format.
If you’ve recently migrated an Oxygen Builder site and are experiencing issues such as broken layouts, missing images, or styling problems, follow the steps below to resolve them.
## **Common Issues After Migration** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
- **Broken page layouts**
- **Missing images or incorrect URLs**
- **CSS styles not loading correctly**
- **Shortcodes appearing as text instead of rendering correctly**
- **Slow website performance due to caching conflicts**
## **Pre-Troubleshooting Step: Take a Backup** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
Before making any changes, it is **highly recommended** to take a complete backup of your website to prevent data loss. You can use:
- **[Site backup](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/)**
- [Solve Automatic Site backup failure](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/)
- [Cloudflare backup](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/)
- [Server backup](/docs/configure-server-backup-management/)
- [Incremental backup](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/)
## **Steps to Fix Oxygen Builder Issues After Migration** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
Once your backup is complete, follow these steps:
### **1\. Resave Permalinks** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
Incorrect permalinks may cause pages to return 404 errors or break links.
1. Log into your WordPress dashboard.
2. Go to **Settings → Permalinks**.
3. Click **Save Changes** (you do not need to modify anything).
### **2\. Re-sign Shortcodes** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
Oxygen Builder uses signed shortcodes for security reasons. These signatures may become invalid after migration.
1. Navigate to **Oxygen → Settings → Security**.
2. Click **Re-sign all shortcodes**.
3. Wait for the process to complete.
### **3\. Regenerate CSS Cache** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
Oxygen Builder caches CSS files, which can cause styling issues post-migration.
1. Go to **Oxygen → Settings → CSS Cache**.
2. Click **Regenerate CSS Cache**.
3. Clear your website’s cache if applicable (server cache, plugin cache, or CDN cache).
## **Additional Steps** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
If the above steps do not resolve the issue, consider the following:
### **Clear Website and Server Cach**e [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
### **Check Database for Serialized Data Issues** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
### **Check for Plugin Conflicts** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
## **Automating This Process in the Future** [#](/docs/troubleshooting-oxygen-builder-migration-issue/)
Currently, there are no WP-CLI commands available for automating the **Re-sign Shortcodes** and **Regenerate CSS Cache** processes. However, a feature request has been made to Oxygen Builder developers. You can track its progress or contribute support here: [GitHub Feature Request](https://github.com/soflyy/oxygen-bugs-and-features/issues/226)
If Oxygen releases WP-CLI commands for these actions in the future,xCloud will be able to automate the process, making site migrations smoother
By following these troubleshooting steps, you can resolve post-migration issues with Oxygen Builder and restore your website’s full functionality. Always take a backup before making changes and clear your cache after implementing fixes. If you continue to face issues, consider reaching out to the Oxygen Builder support community or your hosting provider.
If you are still experiencing issues after following these steps, contact our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/) or seek help from Oxygen Builder’s official documentation and community forums.
---
# What Types of WordPress Websites Can I Host on xCloud? - xCloud
> Host any website on xCloud, from blogs to WordPress websites with heavy plugins like WooCommerce, LearnDash, and BuddyBoss.
You can host virtually any type of website on xCloud, from simple blogs and business sites to dynamic, plugin-powered WordPress websites. We are the prime hosting solution for WordPress websites that run resource-heavy plugins such as BuddyBoss, BuddyPress, LearnDash, Tutor LMS, WooCommerce, Paid Memberships Pro, and MemberPress.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Update Uptime Kuma Using xCloud Command Runner - xCloud
> Learn how to update Uptime Kuma to the latest version using the xCloud Command Runner in just two simple steps.
Uptime Kuma is a self-hosted monitoring tool that lets you track the uptime of your websites and services. If you have deployed Uptime Kuma on xCloud, you can easily update it to the latest version using the built-in Command Runner. Follow the steps below to update your Uptime Kuma instance.
## **Step 1: Find Your PM2 Process Name** [#](/docs/update-uptime-kuma-using-xcloud-command-runner/)
Go to your Uptime Kuma site in xCloud. Click the **Commands** tab. Click **Run Custom Command**. Run this command:
pm2 list
Look at the name column in the output. It will look something like:
uptime-kuma-demodomain.com
Copy that name, you’ll need it in Step 2.
## **Step 2: Run the Update** [#](/docs/update-uptime-kuma-using-xcloud-command-runner/)
In the same Command Runner, paste the following — replacing **** with your site folder name and **** with the name you copied in Step 1:
cd /var/www/
git pull origin master
export NODE\_OPTIONS\="--max-old-space-size=4096"
npm install
npm run build
pm2 restart
pm2 save
## **Example** [#](/docs/update-uptime-kuma-using-xcloud-command-runner/)
If your domain folder is **uptimekuma-demodomain.com** and your PM2 process name is **uptime-kuma-demodomain.com**:
> cd /var/www/demodomain.com
>
> git pull origin master
>
> export NODE\_OPTIONS=”–max-old-space-size=4096″
>
> npm install
>
> npm run build
>
> pm2 restart uptime-kuma-demodomain.com
>
> pm2 save
## **Notes** [#](/docs/update-uptime-kuma-using-xcloud-command-runner/)
- Run the command as the site user (the Command Runner defaults to this).
- **npm run build** may take a few minutes – this is normal.
- After **pm2 restart**, your Uptime Kuma will be back online with the latest version.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can update your Uptime Kuma instance to the latest version using the xCloud Command Runner. Whether you are applying a minor patch or upgrading to a major release, the process remains the same straightforward set of commands.
---
# How to Upgrade from Free to Paid on xCloud Self Managed Hosting - xCloud
> Upgrade from free to paid on your xCloud Self Managed Hosting with this simple step-by-step guide for advanced features and security.
To upgrade from a free to a Paid Plan on [**xCloud Self Managed**](/self-managed-hosting/) is easy. When you upgrade, you get access to all the features for your server and ensure that your service runs smoothly without interruptions.
Follow the steps below to upgrade from the free Self Managed Hosting tier to a Paid Monthly Plan is with step by step:
## **Step 1: Add a Payment Method** [#](/docs/upgrade-from-free-to-paid-of-self-managed-hosting/)
To start the upgrade process, you need to add a valid payment method to your xCloud account. First, go to the **Bills & Payment** section of your xCloud dashboard. You can access it directly by visiting this [**link**](https://app.xcloud.host/user/bills-payment).
On that page, find the box labeled **Payment Methods**. Inside the box, click on the **Add A Payment Method** button. A form will appear asking for your credit or debit card details. Fill in your card information and save it. This step ensures that xCloud can bill you correctly once your plan is upgraded.
## **Step 2: Locate Your Free Plan and Generate the Invoice** [#](/docs/upgrade-from-free-to-paid-of-self-managed-hosting/)
Once your payment method is added, stay on the same **Bills & Payment** page and scroll down until you reach the **Billing History** section. In this section, look for the most recent bill with the description **Free – Self Managed Hosting**.
On the right-hand side of that bill entry, click on the **Details** button. A pop-up window will open showing the bill details. At the bottom of that window, you will see a checkbox next to the sentence **“I want to convert this bill to monthly and unlock full features”**. Tick that checkbox.
After you select the checkbox, the **Generate Invoice** button will become active. Click this button to create the new invoice for your upgraded plan. This invoice will reflect your transition from the free tier to the paid monthly plan.
## **Step 3: Pay the Newly Generated Invoice** [#](/docs/upgrade-from-free-to-paid-of-self-managed-hosting/)
After generating the invoice, you need to complete the payment. Right after the invoice is created, a **Pay Now** button will appear. Click it to pay immediately and finalize the upgrade.
If you leave the page before paying, you can still access the unpaid invoice by going to the **Invoices** section of your dashboard. You can access it directly by visiting this [**link**](https://app.xcloud.host/user/detailed-invoices). From there, find the outstanding invoice and complete the payment.
Once your payment is successfully processed, your plan will automatically upgrade to the paid monthly tier. This unlocks all server features and ensures uninterrupted service moving forward.
And that’s it, by following these steps, you make sure your server has full access to features and stays active. If you run into any issues during the process, the xCloud support team is there to help.
Still stuck? Contact our **[support team](/support/)** for any of your queries.
---
# Can I Easily Upgrade Or Downgrade My Hosting Plan in xCloud? - xCloud
> Upgrade or downgrade hosting plan in xCloud easily with our step-by-step guide. Learn how to switch between plans, upgrade server sizes, and transfer websites seamlessly. Contact support for any assistance.
xCloud has **hosting plans** for all your needs from simple to high-end servers with your desired configurations. The below information can be helpful if you thinking of swapping your current plan with another xCloud plan.
## **Can I Upgrade My Hosting Plan?** [#](/docs/upgrade-or-downgrade-xcloud-hosting-plan/)
Yes, upgrading your server size is simple with xCloud. Currently, we offer server upgrades for xCloud and Vultr servers only.
To learn how to upgrade your plan, follow this [**documentation**](/docs/how-to-upgrade-your-server-in-xcloud/).
## **Can I Downgrade My Hosting Plan?** [#](/docs/upgrade-or-downgrade-xcloud-hosting-plan/)
Downgrading an existing server is not available at the moment. If you want to switch to a lower plan, you will need to set up a new server with the desired configuration. Once the new server is ready, you can easily transfer your websites using our migration or clone features.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Use Custom SSL Certificate Of Cloudflare With xCloud - xCloud
> With xCloud, you can easily use a custom certificate from any 3rd party web application provider for security like Cloudflare.
In xCloud, you can provide your own certificate and manage SSL/HTTPS. You can use the custom certificate from any 3rd party web application provider for security. Here, in this documentation, let’s explore how to use a custom certificate of **[Cloudflare](https://www.cloudflare.com/en-gb/)** with xCloud.
## How To Use Custom Certificate Of Cloudflare With xCloud [#](/docs/use-custom-certificate-of-cloudflare-with-xcloud/)
You can easily use a custom certificate of Cloudflare with xCloud. Here is a step-by-step guideline for your easy access. Follow the below steps to create and use a custom certificate of Cloudflare.
### Step 1: Create A Certificate In The Cloudflare Dashboard [#](/docs/use-custom-certificate-of-cloudflare-with-xcloud/)
Login to your Cloudflare dashboard. From the left side panel, go to the ‘**Origin server**’ tab from **SSL/TLS** dropdown. From the ‘**Origin Certificates**’ section, click on the ‘**Create Certificate**’ button.
You will get another screen. Here, provide CSR, choose Certificate validity, etc, and then click on the ‘**Create**’ button. Your **Certificate** and **Private Key** have been created for Cloudflare.
## Step 2: Copy Origin Certificate And Private Key From Cloudflare [#](/docs/use-custom-certificate-of-cloudflare-with-xcloud/)
Here, you will get the Origin Certificate And Private Key. Simply collect these by copying them one by one to provide in the xCloud dashboard.
## Step 3: Provide Certificate And Private Key In xCloud [#](/docs/use-custom-certificate-of-cloudflare-with-xcloud/)
From the xCloud site dashboard, go to the SSL/HTTPS tab. Toggle on the HTTPS to enable it. Here you will get 3 options. Click on the ‘**Provide your own certificate & manage it yourself**’ option. Now paste the Origin Certificate and Private Key that you collected from Cloudflare in the specific two fields. And, click on ‘**OK**’.
## Note: [#](/docs/use-custom-certificate-of-cloudflare-with-xcloud/)
\# Ensure that Cloudflare fetches a fresh version of the files from your server by clearing the cached files. For this, go to the ‘**Configuration**’ tab from the Cloudflare dashboard and then click on ‘**Purge Everything**’.
\# You need to keep the Proxy on in the Cloudflare dashboard. Go to **DNS** and then the ‘**Records**’ section and toggle on the **Proxy Status**.
Thus you can easily use the **Custom Certificate of Cloudflare** with Xcloud
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# Can I use default wp mail or php mail on xCloud server? - xCloud
> You can use default wp mail or php mail on xCloud server. Unlike typical shared hosting setups.
Wondering if you can use default wp mail or PHP mail on xCloud server? Unlike typical shared hosting setups, cloud hosting does not automatically include an email service. We don’t recommend installing an email server on any server that also hosts websites. And xCloud does not configure your server for sending or receiving emails.
Instead, we recommend using an email delivery service such as Elastic, Mailgun, or Amazon SES. Mailgun and Elastic Email offer a certain number of free emails each month, also, you can use **[SMTP](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/)** plugins on your websites to send transactional emails. Additionally, since your server provides you all the access, you can configure on your own as well.
---
# How To Use xCloud 7G Firewall On Nginx - xCloud
> Protect your website effortlessly with xCloud 7G Firewall and shielding it from diverse threats like hacking attempts, SQL injections, XSS attacks, and more.
The 7G Firewall is a **powerful security firewall** for web servers designed to protect against a wide range of attacks, including hacking attempts, SQL injections, cross-site scripting (XSS), and other malicious activities. With xCloud, you can easily **enable 7G Firewall** on Nginx with a few clicks.
## What Is A 7G Firewall? [#](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
**[7G Firewall](https://perishablepress.com/7g-firewall/)**, an advanced **web application firewall (WAF),** is a set of web-server rules that filter out some common bad traffic before it hits the WordPress site. This lightweight firewall is an advanced iteration of the earlier 6G Firewall developed by **Perishable Press** in 2020. This type of firewall is intended to reduce the cost of traffic requesting PHP/WordPress resources.
### 7G Firewall: Top Features & Goals [#](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
- Security via simplicity
- Extensive firewall protection
- Fine-tuned to minimize false positives
- Lightweight (only 12 KB!), modular, flexible, and fast
- Completely plug-&-play with no configuration required
- Improves security, reduces server load, and conserves resources
- Git/SVN friendly (does not block svn/git files et al)
- Open source, easy to use, and completely free
- 100% compatible with WordPress
- Better bad bot detection
- Built-in logging
### Types Of Attacks & Threats 7G Protects [#](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
- Directory Traversal
- HTTP Response Splitting
- (XSS) Cross-Site Scripting
- Cache Poisoning
- Dual-Header Exploits
- SQL/PHP/Code Injection
- File Injection/Inclusion
- Null Byte Injection
- WordPress exploits such as revslider, timthumb, fckeditor, et al
- Exploits such as c99shell, phpshell, remoteview, site copier, et al
- PHP information leakage
📚 Read more on 7G Firewall [**here.**](https://perishablepress.com/7g-firewall/)
## How To Enable 7G Firewall On Website Using xCloud [#](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
With a few clicks, you can enable a 7G Firewall On Your Website from your **[xCloud](/)** end. Follow the below steps to enable it.
**Step 1:** Go to your site. From the Dashboard, click on the ‘**Settings**’ tab.
**Step 2:** In the settings panel, you will see the ‘**Nginx & Security**’ section. Toggle on the 7G Firewall option to enable it. Now, click on ‘Save Settings’.
This is how you can easily enable the 7G Firewall from the xCloud dashboard.
## 7G Firewall location on server: [#](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
You can view the 7G Firewall configuration location on Nginx with the below file path:
**/etc/nginx/conf.d/7g-firewall.conf**
& The conditional rules for each site will be found at:
**/etc/nginx/xcloud-conf/7g.conf**
## Check 7G Logs [#](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
You can find 7G logs from Site > Logs page by selecting NGINX Log
## Issues And Troubleshoots [#](/docs/use-xcloud-7g-firewall-on-nginx/)
You may face some of the possible issues or troubleshoots that might occur with this type of firewall. One of the drawbacks is certain activities that are legitimate will get blocked. You may need to disable the 7G Firewall from the xCloud dashboard if you want to allow them.
**Note:** We are continually focused on enhancing security and we will bring more advanced features soon.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Integrate Cloudflare for DNS Management with xCloud - xCloud
> xCloud provides easy Cloudflare for DNS managemnt easily.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily integrate Cloudflare for DNS management to enhance the performance and security of your WordPress site. xCloud streamlines the hosting and administration of WordPress websites. It allows developers and agencies to focus on website development without worrying about the underlying infrastructure.
We are using only Cloudflare’s DNS management service with xCloud. DNS (Domain Name System) serves as the backbone of the internet, translating user-friendly domain names into IP addresses to identify each other. Cloudflare’s DNS (Domain Name System) management allows for efficient control and optimization of your website’s domain settings.
### **What API Access Do We Require?** [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
To manage DNS using Cloudflare, xCloud requires the following access:
1. **API Token**
2. **Global API Key**
_**Note**: We only require limited API access for DNS management. If your setup needs extra features like edge caching, origin certificate for Cloudflare SSL management, we will ask for that access._
_**Important:** If you want xCloud to create Cloudflare Managed SSL / Origin CA certificates, the API token must also include **Zone → SSL and Certificates → Edit** permission, in addition to **Zone → DNS → Edit**._
Here, you can create an API token for all zones. But if you don’t want to provide full access, select ‘Specific Zone’ and only choose the zones you want to use.
## **How To Integrate Cloudflare For DNS Management** [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
With Cloudflare’s DNS management integrated into xCloud, you gain the advantage of a globally distributed network, ensuring fast and secure access to your WordPress site. By leveraging Cloudflare’s robust DNS infrastructure, you can enhance the speed, reliability, and security of your website. Now let’s follow the simple steps to configure Cloudflare integration.
## **Step 1. Bring Domain In Cloudflare Account** [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
To integrate Cloudflare with xCloud, first, you need to add the domain to Cloudflare. If you are new to Cloudflare, watch the video below to learn how to get started.
Once you have added your domain to your Cloudflare account, Cloudflare will give you a set of nameservers. They will look something like this:
**_one.ns.cloudflare.com
two.ns.cloudflare.com_**
These nameservers need to be entered inside your domain registrar account. If you are a beginner, you can check out the most popular domain registrars like [Bluehost](https://www.bluehost.com/help/article/use-custom-name-servers), [GoDaddy](https://uk.godaddy.com/help/edit-my-domain-nameservers-664), [Namecheap](https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/767/10/how-to-change-dns-for-a-domain/), [Namesilo](https://www.namesilo.com/support/v2/articles/domain-manager/manage-name-servers), etc.
When you enter your nameservers, you may need to wait for a few hours to see the effect. Cloudflare will send you an email when this domain becomes active in your account.
## **Step 2. Get Your Cloudflare API Credentials** [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
Now, you need to collect the Cloudflare API Credentials below.
1. **API Tokens**
2. **Global API Key**
### **Create API Tokens** [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
Log in to your Cloudflare account. From the Cloudflare dashboard, go to ‘**My Profile**’ option from the top right menu.
Then, click on the ‘**API Tokens**’ option from the left sidebar and click on the **‘Create Token’** button from the ‘**User API Tokens**’ dashboard.
Now, go to the **‘API Token Templates’** section and choose ‘Edit Zone DNS’ template and click on the ‘Use Template’ button.
If you will use xCloud for Cloudflare Managed SSL / Origin CA certificate creation, add one more token permission before creating the token: **Zone → SSL and Certificates → Edit**. Keep **Zone → DNS → Edit** enabled for DNS management.
Now, select **Zone resources**. Here, you can create an API token for all zones. But if you don’t want to provide full access, select ‘Specific Zone’ and only choose the zones you want to use. After selecting zones, click on ‘**Continue To Summary**’.
Then click on ‘**Create Token**’. The token will be successfully created.
**Collect API Token**
Now, copy the API tokens you just created. Right below, there is a section called ‘View all API Keys’; click on it.
**Collect Global API Key**
You need another API Key: ‘**Global API Key**’. Click on the ‘View’ button and copy the API key and collect them so that you can add it to your xCloud account.
_Note: The Origin CA Key is deprecated and is no longer required for integration with xCloud._
## **Step 3: Add Your API Keys to** **xCloud for Cloudflare Integration** [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
From the xCloud dashboard, go to your profile. Click on ‘**Integrations**’, then click on ‘**Cloudflare**’. Now, click on the ‘**New Cloudflare Integration**’ button.
A new window will pop up. Enter your **name**, the **email address** that you use for your Cloudflare account, and the **collected Cloudflare credentials** into the allocated field and save it.
You have now integrated Cloudflare with your xCloud account successfully. Your Cloudflare API Credentials will be saved and displayed in the Cloudflare Integration panel as shown below.
### **Automatic SSL/TLS Configuration (No Manual Intervention Required)** [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
Once your API keys are added, xCloud will automatically configure the SSL/TLS encryption mode in Cloudflare to ‘**Full Strict**’.
**Note:** Ensure that the encryption mode is set to ‘**Full Strict**’ for enhanced security, and please do not change it if not required.
## Step 4: Provision xCloud Site Using Cloudflare to Update DNS [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
Now, go to the xCloud dashboard and click on **‘+New Site’**. From the ‘Choose a Server to add Site’ dropdown, select a server and click on ‘Next’. Then, click on ‘Install New WordPress Website’. Now fill up all the required fields.
## Step 5: Multi-Domain Support for Cloudflare Managed Sites [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
Now enter your ‘Primary Domain’ of your site in the blank field. Then add the **‘Additional Domain’** in the dedicated field. You can add multiple additional domains by clicking on the **‘Add Domain’** button.
With xCloud, you can now connect multiple domains to a single site through **Cloudflare Managed Sites**. This means you can set up a **primary domain** (for example, example.com) and then add ‘**Additional domains’** (such as sample.com or demo.net) to point to the same site. Next, click the check mark button of ‘Add DNS and SSL certificate on Cloudflare’ to verify the DNS setup in 1 click.
_Note: You can add multiple domains during the site creation, site cloning and from the site overview dashboard later_
You can also add additional domains from your site dashboard. Just go to the ‘Domain from the site dashboard and add your domains in the **‘Additional Domain’** under the **‘Domain’** section. Once you check the box beside the Cloudflare DNS, you will be able to see that the domains are activated.
👉For more details about the step-by-step process of site creation, read this [**documentation**](https://xcloud.host/docs/)
That’s it! You have successfully integrated the Cloudflare account in xCloud. Note that Cloudflare integration is available with all site installation features in xCloud, no matter whether you are creating a new site, cloning an existing one, or migrating it. Now you can start working on your website, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
### Security Reminder [#](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)
Your API keys are important credentials. They give access to key infrastructure services. You must keep them private. Do not share them with anyone you do not fully trust.
If your keys are exposed, they can lead to security issues, unwanted changes, or service problems.
xCloud uses your API keys only for specific tasks related to DNS and SSL management:
- **API Token** helps manage your DNS records. This lets xCloud update and sync your DNS settings automatically. For Cloudflare Managed SSL / Origin CA certificate creation, the token also needs **Zone → SSL and Certificates → Edit** permission.
- **Global API Key** are used to create and manage Origin SSL certificates. They are also needed to set up and manage Edge Caching. These tools help protect data between your server and the end user. They also improve how fast your content loads.
xCloud will only use your keys for these specific purposes. We will never share them with anyone else. Please keep your API keys safe. Your security is our top concern.
Still stuck? Contact our **dedicated [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)** for any of your queries.
---
# Understanding Sudo Users And Site Users In xCloud - xCloud
> Learn what is sudo users and site users in xCloud & the different roles for helping you manage servers and sites securely.
[xCloud](/) has two different types of system users: Sudo Users and Site Users. They have different roles, helping to manage servers and sites securely. Here’s a quick look at each:
## **Sudo Users In xCloud** [#](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
xCloud disables the default password login for the root user. You can make sudo users with sudo access to run commands as the root, helping you manage the server well.
**Things You Need To Know About Sudo User In xCloud:**
Sudo users possess complete system access, enabling them to view and modify all sites on a server. Creating sudo users for clients to access their sites should be avoided unless granting root access is absolutely necessary.
Multiple sudo users can be assigned to a server, with public key authentication being a mandatory security measure for all sudo users.
### **How To Add Sudo Users In xCloud?** [#](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
With xCloud, you can add multiple sudo users to maintain a healthy workflow. Simply head over to the server dashboard and click on **‘Add Sudo User’** to add yours.
After clicking, you will be redirected to the sudo user management section. Here you need to add an SSH key first by clicking on **‘Add SSH Key’** as shown below if you don’t have any already. To learn how to generate an SSH key, [**follow this documentation**](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/).
Now, name it as you wish & paste your SSH key in the **‘Public Key’** field.
In this step, you will need to add your **‘Sudo Username,’** and **‘Sudo Password’** & make sure you’ve checked your SSH key from the list below. After all the changes, click on the **‘Save’** button and you are good to go.
If you’ve followed everything correctly so far, you’ll get your sudo user listed as shown below. This is how you can easily add sudo users in xCloud.
## **Site Users In xCloud** [#](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
In xCloud, Site Users are specific users tied to each site. They can use SSH and SFTP to access the server but are limited to their own site’s files. This restriction ensures they can’t access files from other sites or sensitive system files. Site Users are handy for granting SFTP access to clients, allowing them to manage their sites without meddling with others on the server.
For any direct changes or WP CLI commands on a site, it’s advisable to use the site user. This helps avoid file ownership problems and eliminates the need for manual adjustments. The home directory for a site user is located at: **/sites/{domain}**.
**Things You Need To Know About Site User In xCloud:**
Site users have limited access—they can’t navigate to directories of other sites or tweak server configurations like Nginx or PHP settings. They lack sudo access, preventing them from executing commands with root privileges. Instead, users are designated to clients needing SFTP access for site management. Authentication options include public key or password methods.
Each site is associated with a single user, but if public key authentication is used, multiple SSH keys can be assigned. This setup ensures secure and controlled access, with users adhering to specific permissions tailored to their site management requirements.
### **How To Add Site Users In xCloud?** [#](/docs/usudo-users-and-site-users-in-xcloud/)
To add the site user in xCloud, simply head over to the server dashboard & click on your server. Then navigate to SSH/sFTP Access to add the new site users.
Here, you’ll get your username, path, and SSH string automatically filled up. Now you can create your site users following two methods: **Public Key & Password.**
**Public Key:** Click on **‘Public Key’**, paste your SSH key, check the name you’ve set while opening the SSH key, & click on **‘Save.’**
**Password:** if you want to use the Password option for the site users, click on **‘Password’**, set the password & click on **‘Save.’** This is how you can easily add site users in xCloud.
Now you can connect your xCloud server using SFTP as Sudo Users or Site Users by following [**this documentation**](/docs/how-to-configure-sftp-access/).
Still confused or if you need any help with anything? Contact our **support team** right away.
---
# VAT Number And Company Details For Invoicing In xCloud - xCloud
> Need xCloud's VAT number or Company ID for your accountant? Find all the essential xCloud Hosting, LLC company details and tax information here.
If you or your accountant has requested a VAT number or Company ID from xCloud for bookkeeping and invoice reconciliation, this documentation explains exactly what we can share and why.
At xCloud, we want to make sure your accounting process is smooth, so we’ve compiled all the essential company information you may need to submit alongside your xCloud invoices.
### Does xCloud Charge VAT? [#](/docs/vat-number-and-company-details-for-invoicing-in-xcloud/)
xCloud Hosting, LLC currently **does not charge any additional VAT or tax** on our invoices. Because of this, we **do not issue a VAT number** for invoicing purposes.
If your accountant strictly requires a VAT number, please note that none is applicable, as xCloud is a U.S.-registered entity and VAT is not levied on our services.
### Company Details For Your Accountant [#](/docs/vat-number-and-company-details-for-invoicing-in-xcloud/)
In place of a VAT number, you may share the following official company details with your accountant for invoice records, tax filings, or compliance documentation:
Field
Details
**Company Name**
xCloud Hosting, LLC
**Entity Type**
Delaware LLC
**EIN (Employer Identification Number)**
36-5082287
**Incorporation Date**
September 13, 2023
**Authorized Representative**
Asif Rahman
**Company Phone Number**
(313) 718-2743
**Company Address**
124 Broadkill Road, Suite 599, Milton, DE 19968, United States
The **EIN** functions as the U.S. equivalent of a Tax ID or Company ID and is typically what international accountants require for their records.
### When You May Need These Details [#](/docs/vat-number-and-company-details-for-invoicing-in-xcloud/)
You may need to share these company details with your accountant in cases such as:
- Filing business expenses and recording vendor payments
- Reverse-charge VAT compliance for EU-based businesses
- Year-end bookkeeping and tax submissions
- Adding xCloud as a registered vendor in your accounting software
- Cross-border invoice verification
For information on downloading your invoices or generating custom invoices in xCloud, check out our guide on [**How To Generate Custom Invoices in xCloud?**](/docs/how-to-generate-custom-invoices/)
### Need Additional Invoice Information? [#](/docs/vat-number-and-company-details-for-invoicing-in-xcloud/)
If your accountant requires any other invoice-related information — such as a W-9 form, a tax residency certificate, or specific tax fields on your invoice — feel free to reach out to us.
Still need help? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Verify WordPress Checksums and Detect Malware Affected Files With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to verify WordPress checksums and detect malware detected files of core and plugin in just a few steps.
Maintaining the integrity of your WordPress site is essential for ensuring both security and functionality. Over time, files in your WordPress core or plugins may be modified—intentionally or due to malware—which can lead to performance issues, data breaches, or even complete site failure.
xCloud provides a built-in ‘**WordPress Integrity Checker’** that helps you verify WordPress checksums of your WordPress core and plugin files. This verification process checks whether your files match the official versions, allowing you to detect any suspicious changes and identify potential malware.
Follow the steps below to verify WordPress checksums and monitor the integrity of your website effectively with xCloud.
> _💡 **Note:** The checksum verification for plugins currently works with **plugins listed in the WordPress repository**. Checksums for plugins or premium plugins outside WordPress.org’s repository cannot be verified using this feature._
## **Step 1: Go to Your xCloud Site** [#](/docs/verify-wordpress-checksums/)
Log in to your xCloud dashboard. Navigate to the site for which you want to verify the WordPress checksums. In the left-hand sidebar, find the **WordPress** option.
## **Step 2: Choose Integrity Monitor Option To Verify WordPress Checksums** [#](/docs/verify-wordpress-checksums/)
After selecting the **WordPress** section, click on the ‘**Integrity Monitor’** option from the dropdown menu. This will open the **Integrity Monitor** dashboard, where you can view the status of your site’s files.
## **Step 3: Review WordPress Core and Plugin Checksums** [#](/docs/verify-wordpress-checksums/)
On the Integrity Monitor page, you will find ‘**WordPress Core’** and **‘Plugins’** sections**.** Click the arrow sign next to each section to expand the list of files and view their checksum status.
If the files are verified against the checksums, you will see the success message in the dashboard.
If the files are not verified against the checksums, you will see a status on your site overview dashboard. You can click on the ‘**Check’** button to go to the integrity monitor dashboard.
Once you are in in the ‘Site Integrity’ dashboard. You will see the list of the issues and the statuses. You can also see the details of each plugin by clicking the details next to the plugin.
Each item will display its status. Any file that has been altered or is different from the official WordPress version will be flagged. Review any flagged files to determine whether the changes were intentional or if they may indicate the presence of malware.
## **Step 4: Take Action on Suspicious Files** [#](/docs/verify-wordpress-checksums/)
If any files appear suspicious, you can compare them with the original version from the WordPress repository. Restore the original version manually or through version control. If you confirm malware or unauthorized modifications, take appropriate action immediately, such as restoring backups, cleaning infected files, or contacting support.
Regularly verifying the integrity of your WordPress files is a vital step in protecting your website from malware and unauthorized changes. xCloud’s Site Integrity Monitor offers a simple yet powerful tool to help you track these changes and take swift action if needed.
And that is it. This is how easily you can verify checksums and ensure your WordPress site remains secure, reliable, and free from harmful code.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to View Logs and Events of Your Server and Site in xCloud? - xCloud
> Access and view logs and events of your server and site in xCloud easily & monitor every update in real time.
When fixing errors on WordPress sites, it’s important to quickly access your debug.log, error.log, and access.log files. With [xCloud](/) server & site logs, you can easily find everything you need right in the dashboard, saving you from searching through countless files. Additionally, xCloud provides an event section where you can monitor every update in real time to stay informed about your server or site activity.
Follow these steps to learn how to view logs and events of your server and site in xCloud.
## How to View Logs & Events of Your Server in xCloud: Step-By-Step Guide [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
Logs and events of any server are the sum of all your sites’ logs and events in one place. To view logs and events of your server, you need to follow these simple steps below.
### Step 1: Locate Logs & Events of Your Server in xCloud Dashboard [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
After logging into the xCloud dashboard, directly navigate to the server for which you want to view logs and events.
### **Server Logs:** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
**From the left of your dashboard, you’ll see both the ‘Logs’ option of your server. Click on the option.** There are two types of logs you can see in server logs – Nginx Access Log & Nginx Error Log.
For each log, you’ll get information such as IP, Method, Datetime, Browser & the Message. However, you can reload and delete your server logs with 1-click from your dashboard.
You can also click on the ‘Reload’ button to refresh and the **‘Clear’** button to clear all the logs.
## **Server Events:** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
In the Events tab, you’ll get each second activity update of your server and all sites under your server. Each event is generated with a serial number, event name, the name of who initiated the activity, status, & Actions. You can view any actions by clicking on ‘View’ under ‘Action.’
## How to View Logs of Your Site in xCloud: Step-By-Step Guide [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
To view logs and events of your site, you need to follow these simple steps below.
### Step 1: Locate Logs of Your Site in xCloud Dashboard [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
After logging into the xCloud dashboard, directly navigate to the ‘ALL SITES’ tab & click on the **site** for which you want to view logs and events.
### **Step 2: View Your Site Logs** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
From the left of your dashboard, you’ll see both the ‘Logs’ & ‘Events’ options of your site. Click each of them to view & explore what’s in there. Let’s dive in.
**Site Logs:**
You’ll get 4 types of logs in your xCloud site log: WordPress Debug Log, Nginx Log, Nginx Access Log, and Nginx Error Log along with the path for each log.
### **✅ WordPress Debug Log:** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
The WordPress debug log (e.g., /var/log/nginx/shifat-resl.wp1.site-access.log), often referred to as debug.log, is a file that records error messages, warnings, and other debugging information generated by WordPress and its plugins or themes.
Now you get clearer and more detailed WordPress Debug Logs with visible issue statuses like Warning, Fatal, and more.
You can filter and sort logs by issue type for better readability. You can also download the logs directly via email for easy access and sharing.
Each log shows the timestamp, level, source, file path, message, and line number. You can filter by levels such as Warning, Fatal, Database, and more.
You can reload, clear, download, or search logs at any time using the available controls.
### **✅ Nginx Log:** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
Nginx log (e.g., /var/log/nginx/shifat-resl.wp1.site\*.log) is like a diary for your website. It keeps track of who visits, what they do, and if there are any issues. Having Nginx logs is crucial because it helps you understand how your website is performing, who your visitors are, and if there are any errors or problems.
### **✅ Nginx Access Log:** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
Nginx Access Log (e.g., /var/log/nginx/shifat-resl.wp1.site-access.log) is more similar to Nginx Log. The log notes down details like who visited your site, what pages they looked at, and when they visited & gives you insights into your website’s traffic and helps you make decisions about how to improve your site.
### **✅ Nginx Error Log:** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
The Nginx error log (e.g., /var/log/nginx/shifat-resl.wp1.site-error.log) is a record of errors that occur on your Nginx web server. It keeps track of any problems or issues that happen while your website is running. Having an Nginx error log is important because it helps website owners and developers identify and fix problems quickly.
## How to View Site Events in xCloud: Step-By-Step Guide [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
To view site events in just a few clicks, you need to follow these simple steps below.
### **Site Events:** [#](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/)
Similar to server events, you can see specific site events too. Go to the **‘Site Monitoring’ → ‘Events’** from the sidebar In the **‘Events’** tab, you’ll get each second activity update of your site. Each event is generated with a serial number, event name, the name of who initiated the activity, status, & Actions. You can view any actions by clicking on ‘View’ under ‘Action.’
That’s it. By following the above steps, you can view logs and events of your server and site easily. Still have any queries? Contact our [support team](https://support.xcloud.host/), they are just a text away.
---
# How to Detect & Fix Security Bugs with Vulnerability Checker in xCloud? - xCloud
> Check and fix vulnerable sites using vulnerability checker in xCloud directly from the dashboard with easy & simple steps.
To ensure the best security practices and a simplified web hosting experience, xCloud brings the Vulnerability Checker option. Teaming up with [**Wordfence**](https://www.wordfence.com/) — the global leader in WordPress security, xCloud is fully committed to addressing the vulnerabilities & helping users safeguard all WordPress applications.
With xCloud’s Vulnerability Checker, you can scan and identify the security issues of core, plugin, and theme versions that are installed on your WordPress site. Once any vulnerabilities are detected, you can find all the details within the app and it will be marked as (e.g., 3 Issues Found). Let us dive into the step-by-step process.
## **How to Check Vulnerability Issues from Site & Fix Accordingly?** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
By following the below simple steps, you will be able to check and fix vulnerabilities from the individual site end.
### **Step 1: Enter Into The Site to Check Vulnerability Issues** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
To check vulnerability issues for individual sites, go to ‘Sites’ tab and click on the site that you want to check vulnerability after logging into the dashboard. After clicking on the site, navigate to ‘**WordPress’** → ‘**Vulnerability Scan**’ and click on it too you have any vulnerabilities on your site.
### **Step 2: See Details & Fix Vulnerabilities within Clicks** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
Now, click on **‘Details’** if you find any Insecure status to see where the issues are & what you need to do to fix the issues. After clicking on **‘Check Details’** you will see the below page where you get the details of the issues with **‘Status’**, **‘CVSS Score’**, and **‘Remediation’** of your installed themes, plugins and others.
Remember, the CVSS Score is very important here to understand! The score has been classified into three different categories— **Low, Medium and High**. In any case, if you see any red signal with High alert that means you need to take action immediately.
Taking steps is super easy and straightforward too. All you have to do is click on the **‘Update’** option under the ‘Remediation’ column. Conversely, you can ignore it by simply clicking on the **‘Ignore’** option right beside it.
Moreover, if you want to see the issues in detail before clicking on the **‘Update’** button, the Vulnerability Checker of xCloud also provides you with that option. To see so, hit the **‘Details’** option beside the status of your vulnerability.
_**Notes:** All notifications for vulnerabilities including email, WhatsApp, Slack, and others will be sent at a 10-day interval._
## **How to Disable/Enable Vulnerability Scanner Feature On Server/ Sites?** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
What if you need to set the vulnerability scanners for all the sites under a specific server? With xCloud, you can do this as well. All you need to do is follow the below steps.
### **Step 1: Enable Vulnerability Checker from Server End** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
After logging into your xCloud dashboard with the right credentials, click on **‘Servers’** and enter into any of your servers if you have multiple. On the resulting page, you will find all of your sites that are hosted on the specific server.
Now, click on the **‘Security’** & find the **‘Vulnerability Scan’** section. Once you find it, enable the toggle beside ‘**Enable Vulnerability Scan.**’ After turning on the option, you will also have the auto-updating option. If you wish to update your vulnerability issues automatically, you can turn the toggle on **‘Enable Auto Update.’** Make sure to click on **‘Save Settings’** after all the changes.
### **Step 2: Select Sites to Get the Vulnerability Issues** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
If you wish to get vulnerability issue notifications for all your sites click on ‘**Select Sites**’ from the top and all your sites will be selected. But if you want to have the notification for specific sites, then select those specific sites and click ‘**Save Settings**’ eventually.
### **Step 3: Enabling Auto Update & Auto Backup** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
When you turn on the **‘Auto Update’** option, you will get a new option **‘Enable Auto Backup.’** If you wish to back up everything automatically, just turn the toggle on. Click on the **‘Save Settings’** once it is done.
Apart from here, you can also check the vulnerability team settings. Not only just check, but you can also set up your sites under any specific server— sites you want to get the alerts and are not interested in.
To learn how this feature works from the server end and team settings in xCloud, follow the step-by-step guidelines below.
## **How to Manage & Fix Vulnerability Issues From Team Settings?** [#](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)
To get a complete preview of which sites are vulnerable under which servers with issue details, navigate to the **Profile menu → Team Settings → Vulnerable Sites**. On the resulting page, you will see the site list that is vulnerable and needs to be fixed.
If there is any issue, you will see a red alert with the text **‘X (number of issues) Issues Found’** as shown below & click on ‘Check Details’ to see where the issue is and how you can fix it.
This is how you can easily check and vulnerability issues in the themes, plugins and core in your WordPress site directly from the dashboard.
Still stuck? Contact our dedicated [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# Web Servers Compatibility For Different Applications - xCloud
> Different web server stacks are designed to support different types of applications. Each stack is built to handle specific types of workloads from hosting
Different web server stacks are designed to support different types of applications. Each stack is built to handle specific types of workloads from hosting websites and web applications to running container-based services.
### **Stacks Provided by xCloud** [#](/docs/web-server-compatibility-for-different-applications/)
xCloud offers multiple web server stacks, allowing you to deploy different types of applications easily:
- **NGINX**
- **OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)**
- **Docker+ NGINX**
Follow this document to understand which applications are available on each xCloud stack so you can choose the right setup for your needs.
**Applications**
**NGINX**
**OLS (OpenLiteSpeed)**
**Docker+ NGINX**
**WordPress**
✅
✅
❌
**Laravel**
✅
✅
❌
**PHP (Custom Apps)**
✅
✅
❌
**Node.js**
✅
✅
❌
**Lovable**
✅
✅
❌
**phpMyAdmin**
✅
✅
❌
**Uptime Kuma**
✅
✅
❌
**n8n**
✅
✅
(NGINX is recommended)
❌
**Mautic**
✅
✅
❌
**Site.pro**
✅
✅
❌
**Ollama**
❌
❌
✅
**OpenWebUI**
❌
❌
✅
**Nextcloud**
❌
❌
✅
**LibreChat**
❌
❌
✅
**Umami**
❌
❌
✅
**Supabase**
❌
❌
✅
**WireGuard**
❌
❌
✅
**Custom Docker**
❌
❌
✅
---
# What Challenges Do Dynamic WordPress Sites Face And How Does xCloud Address Them? - xCloud
> xCloud offers high-performance hosting for dynamic WordPress sites, addressing challenges as high CPU usage, memory overload, slow loading & concurrency issues.
xCloud provides plans that are suitable for hosting sites of any size. Dynamic WordPress sites like community-driven platforms or LMS websites often struggle with performance issues. These problems can include:
- **High CPU usage**: This means the website’s server is working too hard, which can slow things down.
- **Memory overload**: The server might run out of space to store information, causing crashes or errors.
- **Slow loading times**: Users may have to wait a long time for pages to appear, which can be frustrating.
- **Concurrency issues**: When many people use the website at once, it can become overwhelmed and struggle to handle everyone.
xCloud resolves these issues by offering high-performance servers, faster memory, optimized database handling, and features like caching and CDN integration to keep dynamic WordPress sites running efficiently, even under heavy traffic.
xCloud ensures by addressing these challenges, that dynamic WordPress sites can handle large numbers of users while providing a smooth and enjoyable experience for everyone.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# What Is Installed on Your xCloud Server? - xCloud
> Discover which softwares installed on your xCloud server with options like NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed from providers like Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud and more.
A software package will be installed on your **[xCloud](/)** server when adding a server from providers like xCloud’s own server, Vultr, Digital Ocean, Google Cloud, Hetzner, AWS, or any Ubuntu server, you will have the option to select a web server from the available choices on xCloud. These options include NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed (OLS). Upon selecting one a software package will be installed on your xCloud server.
## Software Package Installed on Your xCloud Server [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
The following software package is pre-installed depending on the web server you choose in xCloud between **[NGINX](https://nginx.org/en/)** and **[OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)](https://openlitespeed.org/)**.
## **NGINX Web Server (LEMP Stack**) [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
When you select NGINX as your web server on xCloud, the following software stack is installed:
### **1\. PHP And Related Packages** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- **Core PHP Packages**
- php8.1-cli
- php8.1-fpm
- php8.1-mysql
- php8.1-mbstring
- php8.1-xml
- php8.1-gd
- php8.1-curl
- php8.1-zip
- **Additional PHP Modules**
- php8.1-dev
- php8.1-pgsql
- php8.1-sqlite3
- php8.1-memcached
- php8.1-imap
- php8.1-bcmath
- php8.1-soap
- php8.1-intl
- php8.1-readline
- php8.1-msgpack
- php8.1-igbinary
- php8.1-gmp
- php8.1-redis
- php8.1-imagick
### **2\. Database Management** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- mysql-server
- mysql-community-server
### **3\. Caching** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- redis-server
### **4\. Development And Build Tools** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- build-essential
- gcc
- g++
- make
- pkg-config
- Pecl
- Git
- Composer
### **5\. Programming Languages And Package Managers** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- python3
- python3-pip
- nodejs
- yarn (via npm)
### **6\. System Utilities** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- **General Utilities**
- curl
- software-properties-common
- zip
- unzip
- ufw (firewall)
- supervisor
- openssl (SSL management)
- **Monitoring and Security**
- fail2ban
- bc (monitoring script)
- **Other Utilities**
- zsh
- ncdu
- acl
- whois
- uuid-runtime
- fallocate (swap management)
- shc (script encryption)
- libpng-dev
- Libmagickwand-dev
### **7\. Command-Line Tools** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- WP-CLI
The software stack installed on NGINX is carefully selected to optimize performance, scalability and security. It sets an environment for running dynamic websites and web applications, with efficient database management, caching and automated SSL.
## **OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) Web Server (Stack)** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
When you select OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) as your web server on xCloud, the following software stack is installed:
### **1\.** **PHP and Related Packages** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- **Core PHP Packages**
- lsphp81 (LiteSpeed PHP, necessary for running WordPress)
- lsphp81-mysql (MySQL support)
- lsphp81-curl (used by WordPress for making HTTP requests)
- lsphp81-opcache (improves PHP performance)
- lsphp81-mbstring (multibyte string functions, important for WordPress functionality)
- **Additional PHP Modules**
- lsphp81-dev, lsphp81-common
- lsphp81-pgsql, lsphp81-sqlite3 (optional database support)
- lsphp81-memcached, lsphp81-redis (caching)
- lsphp81-imap (mail functions for certain plugins)
- lsphp81-imagick (image processing)
- lsphp81-intl (internationalization support)
- lsphp81-msgpack, lsphp81-igbinary (serialization for advanced caching)
### **2\. Database Management** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- mysql-server, mysql-community-server: Required for WordPress database operations.
### **3\. Caching** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- redis-server: Used for object caching in WordPress.
### **4\. Development and Build Tools** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- build-essential, gcc, g++, make, pkg-config: These packages are used for compiling software or extensions, helpful for building custom server configurations or modules.
- Git: Useful for version control of custom code or development projects.
- Composer: Essential for managing PHP dependencies in more complex WordPress projects.
### **5\. Programming Languages and Package Managers** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- python3, python3-pip: Not directly needed for WordPress but useful for provisioning scripts or server management.
- nodejs, yarn: Useful for developing themes or plugins that rely on Node.js tooling.
### **6\. System Utilities** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- **General Utilities**
- software-properties-common, curl, zip, unzip
- supervisor (manages processes)
- ufw (firewall configuration)
- **Security and Monitoring**
- fail2ban (protects against brute force attacks)
- bc (monitoring scripts)
- shc (script encryption)
- **Other Utilities**
- zsh, ncdu, acl, whois, uuid-runtime, libpng-dev, libmagickwand-dev
### **7\. Command-Line Tools** [#](/docs/what-is-installed-on-your-xcloud-server/)
- wp-cli
The OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) stack provides a high-performance web server, optimized PHP handling, database management, caching, security, and tools for version control, WordPress management and SSL encryption, ensuring a secure, fast web environment.
Need more information regarding xCloud servers? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for assistance.
---
# What Kind of Support xCloud Provides? - xCloud
> The kind of support xCloud provides includes 24/7 live chat, a support ticket system, and a Facebook Community for fast, expert help.
The kind of support xCloud provides is comprehensive enough to address any technical or hosting-related issues promptly. You can [**reach out**](/contact/) to our expert support team via live chat, submit a support ticket through our [**dedicated portal**](https://support.xcloud.host/), or join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) group for discussions and assistance.
[Read more here to know how you can get support from xCloud](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/).
We are dedicated to helping you optimize your website’s performance, ensure **plugin compatibility**, and meet all your hosting needs. As a special offer for selected **[BuddyBoss](https://www.buddyboss.com/)** customers, we are providing early access to our beta launch, allowing you to experience new features and enhancements before they are publicly available.
---
# What Kind of Hosting Does xCloud Offer? - xCloud
> xCloud, the WordPress hosting solution features scalable plans, fast CPUs, and NVMe storage for all site needs.
**xCloud** offers cloud-based hosting solutions optimized for WordPress sites. Our platform supports a variety of plans, ranging from cost-effective general servers to premium, high-performance servers with fast **CPUs** and **NVMe** storage. All our plans come with features like unlimited sites, easy scalability, and generous bandwidth. If you add your own VPS you get the same features too.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# When will I be charged? - xCloud
> The moment you’ve registered your card, you’ll be charged for that whole month. And each month’s first day the charges will be applied and adjusted with the
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
## Documentation
## Visit Our xCloud Knowledge Base
Here is your one-stop source for in-depth articles, FAQs, and tutorials for you to excel at hosting & managing your websites.
Search
Search
# Visit Our xCloud Knowledge Base
Here is your one-stop source for in-depth articles, FAQs, and tutorials for you to excel at hosting & managing your websites.
* * *
# When will I be charged?
The moment you’ve registered your card, you’ll be charged for that whole month. And each month’s first day the charges will be applied and adjusted with the previous month if needed.
[How long is the trial period supposed to be?](/docs/how-long-is-the-trial-period-supposed-to-be/)[Do you offer backups in xCloud?](/docs/backups-in-xcloud/)
#### What are your feelings
- [](/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
- [](/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
- [](/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
#### Share This Article:
- [](https://www.facebook.com/sharer/sharer.php?u=https://xcloud.host/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
- [](https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?url=https://xcloud.host/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/shareArticle?mini=true&url=https://xcloud.host/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
- [](https://pinterest.com/pin/create/button/?url=https://xcloud.host/docs/when-will-i-be-charged/)
Updated on December 14, 2023
General
Premium
General
Premium
## Server Name
## RAM
## **SSD**
## **xCloud Provider Price/m
(For LTD users)**
## ****VULTR Price/m****
## **DO Price/m**
## Newcomer
## 1GB
## 25GB
## $4.50
## $5.00
## $6.00
## Basic
## 2GB
## 55GB
## $9.00
## $10
## $12.00
## Standard
## 4GB
## 80GB
## $18.00
## $20
## $24.00
## Professional
## 8GB
## 160GB
## $36.00
## $40
## $48.00
## Business
## 16GB
## 320GB
## $72.00
## $80
## $96.00
## Server Name
## RAM
## **SSD/NVMe**
## **xCloud Provider Price/m
(For LTD users)**
## ****VULTR Price/m****
## **DO Price/m**
## Lite
## 1GB
## 32GB
## $5.40
## $6.00
## $8.00
## Personal
## 2GB
## 88GB
## $16.20
## $18.00
## $24.00
## Growing
## 4GB
## 128GB
## $21.60
## $24.00
## $32.00
## Elite
## 8GB
## 256GB
## $43.20
## $48.00
## $64.00
## Titanium
## 8GB
## 384GB
## $86.40
## $96.00
## $96.00
## Ultimate
## 32GB
## 512GB
## $172.80
## $192.00
## $192.00
---
# White Label Plans for LTD Users - xCloud Hosting - xCloud
> Discover the white label pricing plans and the White Label Plans and LTD Users - xCloud White Label Hosting
At xCloud Hosting, we’re pleased to offer our LTD users complimentary access to White Label plans based on their LTD package level. This access allows you to manage and sell xCloud hosting services under your brand, with server limits corresponding to each LTD plan. Below, you’ll find a detailed overview of LTD packages, included White Label packages, server limits, and upgrade options.
## **Complimentary White Label Packages for LTD Users** [#](/docs/white-label-plans-for-ltd-users-xcloud-hosting/)
Each LTD package provides free access to a White Label package, giving you the ability to build your branded hosting services. Server limits increase with each LTD plan, providing flexibility as your business grows.
### **Current LTD Deal 2025** [#](/docs/white-label-plans-for-ltd-users-xcloud-hosting/)
LTD Server Limit
WL Server Limit
5
25 Servers limit
10
25 Server limit
15
60 Servers Limit
25
60 Server Limit
50
150 Servers Limit
100
400 Servers Limit
### **LTD Deal 2024 (Previous):** [#](/docs/white-label-plans-for-ltd-users-xcloud-hosting/)
LTD Package
LTD Server Limit
White Label Package
WL Server Limit
ENTRY
2
Startup
25 server limit
BUDGET
7
Startup
25 server limit
Five Server LTD
5
Startup
25 server limit
GROWTH
15
Advanced
60 server limit
PERFORMANCE
50
Corporate
150 server limit
SUPREME
250
Visionary
400 server limit
## **White Label Pricing for Expanding Your Server Limit** [#](/docs/white-label-plans-for-ltd-users-xcloud-hosting/)
For LTD users who want to increase their Self Managed LTD server limit or upgrade to a higher White Label package, xCloud is giving another LTD plan for existing early LTD users. Once you buy the new LTD plan, your white label package will upgrade automatically.
Please contact support to get the LTD deal Five Server LTD with $499 which is available for the LTD users only for a limited time. Reach out to our support to get a special purchase URL and get started.
Still stuck? Contact **our** [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Customize and Whitelist 7G and 8G WAF Rules in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to customize and whitelist 7G and 8G WAF rules in xCloud Host to prevent false positives without reducing security.
xCloud’s 7G and 8G Web Application Firewalls automatically block malicious traffic to keep your website safe. They protect against attacks such as SQL injection, cross-site scripting (XSS), bad bots, and more. While doing this, they allow legitimate visitors to browse your site without interruption.
## **What Are 7G and 8G WAF?** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
The 7G Firewall blocks bad bots, suspicious query strings, referrers, malformed requests, and unauthorized HTTP methods.
The 8G Firewall includes all of these protections. It also adds rules to block bad cookies, bad hosts, advanced bots, and remote code execution (RCE).
Both firewalls reduce server load by filtering harmful requests early, before they reach your site.
## **Why Whitelist Firewall Rules?** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Sometimes a firewall can block legitimate requests. This is called a false positive. It can cause errors such as 403 Forbidden during uploads, plugin updates, or when connecting to third-party services.
False positives often happen when:
- A plugin or theme contains query strings that match firewall patterns
- Trusted API calls are flagged as suspicious
- Certain file types or URLs match default rules
- Search engine or analytics bots are blocked
Whitelisting specific firewall rules allows safe requests to pass without turning off your firewall protection.
## **Steps to Whitelist 7G and 8G Rules for Your Website in xCloud** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
xCloud allows you to whitelist specific 7G and 8G WAF rules in xCloud to fix false positives without turning off your firewall.Let us get started and learn how to whitelist 7G and 8G WAF rules right from the dashboard easily.
_Note: Currently, 8G and 7G rule customization is only available for NGINX servers. We will add support for OLS servers in the future._
### **Step 1: Enable the Firewall** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Log in to your xCloud dashboard. Go to your site and navigate to the Tools → Nginx Security from the sidebar. Toggle on the ‘7G Firewall’ or ‘8G Firewall‘ and click on the ‘Save Settings’.
### **Step 2: Find Which Rules Are Blocking Legitimate Requests** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
First, go to **Site Monitoring → Logs.** Select the **8G Error Log** (or 7G log). Look for entries with 403 errors. Each log line shows a triggered rule inside brackets, such as \[“:bad\_request\_6:”\].
The part before the number (for example, bad\_querystring) is the rule name you will use when creating your whitelist.
### **Construct the Trigger and Drop Variable Names** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
When the firewall blocks a request, it uses a **trigger variable** to identify which specific rule has matched.
The trigger variable follows these formats:
- **7G Trigger Variable:** $\_7g
- **8G Trigger Variable:** $\_8g
To whitelist a rule, you must set its **drop variable** to 0. The drop variable follows these formats:
- **7G Drop Variable:** $7g\_drop\_
- **8G Drop Variable:** $8g\_drop\_
For example, if the triggered rule is bad\_request\_6
- For **7G**, the drop variable will be:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
set $7g\_drop\_bad\_request 0
- For **8G**, the drop variable will be:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_request 0
**Special Case for bad\_querystring:
**For rules that start with bad\_querystring, the drop variable name changes slightly. In the drop variable, the term **bad\_querystring** is written as **bad\_query\_string** (with an extra underscore).
- For **7G**, the drop variable will be:
Copy to clipboard
1
set $7g\_drop\_bad\_query\_string 0
- For **8G**, the drop variable will be:
Copy to clipboard
1
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_query\_string 0
## **Step 4: Whitelist Rules via xCloud Custom NGINX (For Sites)** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Now to Whitelist any firewall rules navigate to the pen **‘Tools’ → ‘NGINX Customization’** in your site dashboard. Then, click **‘Add a New Config’**. Enter the whitelist rule using NGINX syntax.
Once you click on the **‘Add a New Config’,** a pop-up interface will appear. First, **‘Select Config Type’** and choose the **‘8G Block’** from the dropdown, then give it a **‘Config File Name’**. After that, write the whitelisting rule inside the **‘Config Content’** field and click on the ‘**Run & Debug’**.
### **Example: Whitelist bad\_request\_6 in 7G or 8G** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
If your log shows a rule like bad\_request\_6, you will need to whitelist it by disabling its drop variable.
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
if ($bad\_request\_8g = 1) {
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_request 0;
}
_**Note:** If you are using the 8G Firewall, replace $8g\_ with $7g\_._
### **Example: Whitelist bad\_querystring in 7G** **or 8G** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
if ($bad\_querystring\_8g = 1) {
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_query\_string 0;
}
_**Note:** If you are using the 8G Firewall, replace $8g\_ with $7g\_._
### **Example: Whitelist by IP Address** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
if ($remote\_addr = "199.191.137.17") {
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_request 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_referer 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_query\_string 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_method 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_bot 0;
}
### **Example: Whitelist Plugin Requests by URI** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
if ($request\_uri ~\* "essential-blocks") {
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_request 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_referer 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_query\_string 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_method 0;
set $8g\_drop\_bad\_bot 0;
}
_Note: If using the 8G Firewall, replace $7g\_ with $8g\_ in all variables._
### **Step 5: Save and Test** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
After adding your whitelist rules, save the configuration. Test your website to confirm the false positives are resolved.
## **Server-Wide Whitelisting (Advanced)** [#](/docs/whitelist-7g-and-8g-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)
You can apply whitelist rules to all websites on the server by editing the firewall configuration files via SSH.
The file locations are:
- **7G:** /etc/nginx/xcloud-conf/7g/server-conf/
- **8G:** /etc/nginx/xcloud-conf/8g/server-conf/
After making changes, run nginx -t to test the configuration. Then reload NGINX with the service nginx reload.
This method affects all hosted sites and should be tested carefully. By following these steps, you can fine-tune your firewall to block real threats while preventing disruptions from false positives.
Still stuck? Contact our [**dedicated support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Whitelist or Blacklist any IP Address for Your Website? - xCloud
> Learn how to easily manage IP whitelist or blacklist in xCloud to secure your site. Follow step-by-step instructions from the dashboard.
Effective IP address management is important for maintaining the security of your website. By implementing an IP Whitelist or blacklist, you can control access to your network or application, allowing trusted users to Whitelisting and blocking the harmful IPs. With [**xCloud**](/), you can Whitelist/ Blacklist right from the dashboard. Let us follow the step-by-step process to Whitelist and Blacklist IP Addresses with ease.
## **How to Add IP Address to IP Blacklist or Whitelist?** [#](/docs/whitelist-or-blacklist-any-ip-address-for-website/)
Follow the steps below to enable and manage IP Blacklist and Whitelist in xCloud.
### **Step 1: Log in to xCloud Dashboard** [#](/docs/whitelist-or-blacklist-any-ip-address-for-website/)
First, log in to the xCloud dashboard with your credentials. Add your email address & password and hit the ‘**Log In**’ button.
### **Step 2: Navigate to IP Management Settings** [#](/docs/whitelist-or-blacklist-any-ip-address-for-website/)
Click on your site to navigate to your website’s overview settings. Here, from the site settings menu go to **Tools → IP Management**. This is where you can Whitelist or Blacklist IP Addresses.
### **Step 3: Add IP to Blacklist or Whitelist** [#](/docs/whitelist-or-blacklist-any-ip-address-for-website/)
Now, click on the ‘**Add IP Address**’ button and a popup will appear. Insert the IP address that you want to enlist in the blacklist or whitelist. Then check in the box beside **‘Blacklist’** or **‘Whitelist’** to add them to the list and hit submit. You will see the list of your added IP addresses here.
## **Final View** [#](/docs/whitelist-or-blacklist-any-ip-address-for-website/)
This is how you add an IP address to your site’s Blacklist or Whitelist. You can see after adding an IP address to the blacklist. The previously accessible site is no longer accessible to that particular IP. And Whitelist ensures the IP from the list gets uninterrupted access to the site.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host) for any of your queries.
---
# Whitelisting xCloud at Your Server Providers - xCloud
> A guide for whitelisting xCloud IP addresses at your service providers
To make sure xCloud can connect with your servers, you need to allow xCloud’s IP addresses (IPv4, IPv6) at your service providers. This is crucial, especially if your provider uses a firewall or has strict API access controls.
For whitelisting xCloud IP addresses, you need to head to your firewall setup and allow xCloud IP addresses to your whitelist.
## Whitelisting Vultr [#](/docs/whitelisting-xcloud-ip-addresses/)
After adding your API keys to xCloud, creating new servers should usually work smoothly. However, if you have set up a cloud firewall on Vultr, you might need to whitelist our IP addresses to successfully start a server.
Recommended article for details on configuring the firewall is below:
Vultr: [https://www.vultr.com/docs/vultr-firewall-quickstart-guide](https://www.vultr.com/docs/vultr-firewall-quickstart-guide)
Remember, at Vultr, you also need to allow the xCloud IPs under the API Access Control by navigating the **Account → API field**. Simply click on the Allow All IPv4, IPv6 box.
Find Vultr API here: [https://my.vultr.com/settings/#settingsapi](https://my.vultr.com/settings/#settingsapi)
---
# How To Solve The 'WordPress Memory Limit Exhausted’ Error? - xCloud
> When a script uses more memory than the limit set for it, ‘WordPress Memory Limit Exhausted’ or ‘PHP Fatal error: Allowed memory size exhausted’ error occurs.
The ‘**WordPress Memory Limit Exhausted**’ error or ‘PHP Fatal error: Allowed memory size exhausted’ error in PHP occurs when a script uses more memory than the limit set for it. This can lead to webpage issues like 500 errors, broken functionality, etc. You will find the error message in your server’s log, and it will mention the script and line causing the problem.
In this guide, we will show you how to solve this error while using xCloud. Before that, let’s learn what the PHP Memory Limit is.
## What Is The PHP Memory Limit? [#](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/)
The PHP memory limit is a setting that determines the maximum amount of memory a script can use. It helps prevent poorly written scripts from consuming all available server memory. In xCloud, the maximum memory limit is 2048 MB.
## How Much Should You Increase It? [#](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/)
When increasing the PHP memory limit, it is advisable to raise it enough to resolve the specific error without setting an excessively high value. If it goes beyond 512MB, it might indicate an underlying problem in your code or a plugin. It is important to address these issues directly rather than relying on a high memory limit. Setting an overly high limit can lead to performance problems across all sites on the server, as poorly written code could consume all available RAM. Additionally, it might obscure potential future code issues. Therefore, it is recommended to find the root cause and optimize your code rather than relying solely on an elevated memory limit.
## How To Solve The ‘WordPress Memory Limit Exhausted’ Error in xCloud? [#](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/)
To fix this, you can either increase the memory limit in your PHP configuration or optimize the script to use less memory. It is a straightforward solution to ensure your website functions smoothly. Have a look below.
### Check xCloud Storage [#](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to the **‘Monitoring’** tab. You can see the ‘**Ram**’, ‘**Hard Disk Usage**’ and ‘**CPU Usage**’ from the ‘**Server Health**‘ section.
### Increase The Memory Limit [#](/docs/wordpress-memory-limit-exhausted-error/)
From your xCloud dashboard, go to the ‘**PHP setting**’. Now check the ‘**Memory Limit**’ and increase it as needed.
That is how easily you can solve the ‘**WordPress Memory Limit Exhausted**’ error.
Still stuck? [**Contact our support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# How To Set Up WordPress Multisite With Subdomain In xCloud? - xCloud
> Manage multiple sites from one dashboard with WordPress multisite with subdomains on xCloud. Step-by-step setup guide included!
WordPress Multisite simplifies website management into a single hub. With it, you can manage large agency or department web pages or a franchise’s location pages – all from one dashboard! If it is under subdomains, it can streamline updates, offer user control per site, and enforce network-wide branding.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily set up WordPress Multisite with subdomains straight from the dashboard. We have also added Wildcard SSL support for this.
Follow this step-by-step guide to learn how you can set up WordPress Multisite with subdomains in xCloud.
💡_**Note:** xCloud currently supports WordPress Multisite only with subdomains. Multisite setups using separate primary domains are not supported at this time._
## **Step 1: Add A New Site In xCloud** [#](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and navigate to Sites. Here, ‘**Add A New Site**’ by tapping on the button.
Now, select your server from the next screen and hit the ‘Next’ button.
Now, set a title for your site, and provide a domain name in the ‘**Domain Name**’ field. Then, enable the ‘**WordPress Multisite**’ button and select **‘Subdomain’**.
Now, you need to verify your DNS records. For tutorial purposes, we will be showing verifying DNS records for Cloudflare. However, you can do the same for Namecheap, or any other provider.
## **Step 2: Verify Your DNS Provider** [#](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)
Here, we are using Cloudflare as our DNS provider for tutorial purposes. Log in to [**Cloudflare account**](https://dash.cloudflare.com/) and select your account. Then, navigate to **DNS → Records.** Now, tap the ‘**Add record’** button and input your domain name and IP address (which can be found in the xCloud’s DNS Setup section).
Similarly, add another record. Remember to turn off the ‘**Proxy Status**’ for both to use the SSL provided by xCloud. Once done, hit the ‘**Save**’ button.
However, if your DNS provider is Cloudflare, you can also Add DNS and SSL certificates on Cloudflare straight from the ‘**Add New Site**’ button, as shown below.
For that, you need to integrate Cloudflare into xCloud from the **‘Integrations’** page if you have not configured it yet. You can access the page by navigating to **Team Settings → Integrations → Cloudflare**.
Here, tap on the ‘**New Cloudflare Integration**’. Now, add a name for your integration and provide your Cloudflare account email address. Then, you need to provide API Token, Global API Key, and Origin CA Key. To get these keys, navigate to **My Profile → API Tokens** from your Cloudflare account.
Now, tap the ‘**Create Token**’ button and pick the **‘Edit Zone DNS’** template. Select the ‘Include’ option from the ‘**Zone Resources**’ section and select **‘All Zones’**. Drop down and tap the ‘**Continue to Summary’** button. On the next screen, you will find the ‘**Create Token**’ button. Hit that, and your API Token will be generated instantly. Copy that Token for using on the xCloud integration page.
Now to get the Global API Key and Origin CA Key, go back to the User API Tokens page on Cloudflare. Tap the View buttons for those, and you will see those keys upon providing Cloudflare account passwords.
Then, copy those keys and paste them into the ‘**Add New Cloudflare Integration**’ popup on xCloud.
If you have added DNS records manually, now you need to verify your DNS Setup, getting back straight to the ‘Add New Site’ page on xCloud.
Now, hit the ‘**Verify My DNS**’ button. Your DNS will be verified in a few seconds. Once done, you can skip the Caching, Email Provider Configurations, and Blueprint options later.
Once done, hit the Next button. It will start setting up your new WordPress Multisite with Subdomain, and will be completed in a while.
## **Step 3: Configure SSL From xCloud** [#](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)
Once done, you will be taken to your site overview page in the xCloud dashboard. Here you need to configure SSL certificates by tapping the SSL/HTTPS button on the left panel. Here, you need to enable the HTTPS button. Now, select the ‘Use free SSL certificate issued & managed by xCloud’ and tap the ‘**Begin Challenge**’ option.
_\[Note: This process is handled by the DNS/SSL provider. Depending on the availability and provider responses, it can take a few seconds to a few hours for this process to complete.\]_
Once done, you will see the **‘Installed’** status.
## **Step 4: Add TXT record on DNS provider** [#](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)
After a while, you will see the TXT record which is needed to add on your DNS management provider.
After saving the TXT records come back to xCloud and click verify.
_Note:_ It might take some time to verify also and this depends on your provider.
## **Step 5: Check & Add Subdomains To Your Site** [#](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)
Once done, you can click the ‘**Magic Login**’ option from your Site Overview screen. Now, from the WordPress dashboard, you can navigate to My Sites → Network Admin → Sites page.
Here, you can add the required information, such as site address, site title, and site URL. Once done, hit the ‘Add Site’ button. Your WordPress Multisite with subdomain will be created instantly.
Here is how you can set up WordPress Multisite with subdomain.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# How to Create WordPress Website Maintenance Reports for Clients? - xCloud
> Create WordPress website maintenance reports in xCloud. Follow step-by-step to configure reports, add custom work, branding and generate PDF reports.
**xCloud** provides built-in reporting tools for managed WordPress websites, removing the need for manual data collection.
Keeping clients informed about website performance, maintenance activity and security status is a key part of professional WordPress management.
With [**xCloud**](/), you can generate detailed client reports directly from your dashboard and present all essential WordPress site data in a structured format.
A WordPress website maintenance report helps agencies clearly communicate ongoing site health, updates and security performance to clients.
The reports include uptime monitoring, backup status, plugin updates, security scans and optimization logs, helping you maintain clear and consistent client communication.
This step-by-step guide shows how to generate client reports from your dashboard, including key metrics such as site health, backups, SSL status and more in just a few clicks.
## **Step-by-Step Guide to Generate WordPress Website Maintenance Reports on xCloud** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
This documentation will walk you through the complete process of generating client reports on xCloud, including how to select report data, customize report settings, choose a reporting period and download reports with your clients effortlessly.
### **Step 1: Navigate to Your Target Site** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
To begin the reporting process, you first need to access the specific website you want to analyze.
Log in to your xCloud dashboard and locate the main navigation menu on the far left side of your screen. Click on ‘**Sites**’ and then select the specific website you wish to manage from your active list. This will open the dedicated management dashboard for that particular site.
### **Step 2: Access the Client Reports Menu** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Once you are inside the individual site’s dashboard, look at the inner left-hand sidebar menu. This menu contains all the specific settings and tools for your selected website.
Scroll down near the bottom of this list and click on the ‘**Client Reports’** tab. This action will open the main reporting interface in the center of your screen.
If you have not created any reports for this site yet, you will be greeted by a clean, empty-state screen displaying the message: No client reports yet.
To start generating your comprehensive report, you can click on either **‘Generate Your First Report’** or **‘Generate Report’** of the highlighted action buttons on the screen.
### **Step 3: Configure Report Details** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
After clicking **‘Generate Report’**, you will be taken to the ‘**Create Report’** screen, where you can customize the data being pulled for your client.
Focus on the **Report Details** section on the left side of your screen:
- **Report Title:** Enter a clear, professional name for the document in the text box (e.g., _“Site Health Report”_). This is the title your client will see.
- **Time Frame:** Click the dropdown menu to select the date range for the data you want to include. You can choose from standard intervals such as the **Last 7 days**, **Last 15 days** or **Last 30 days**, depending on your reporting schedule.
### **Step 4: Customize Your Agency Branding** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
As you scroll further down the ‘**Create Report’** screen, you will find the **‘Agency Branding’** section just below the Time Frame area.
These details are saved at the team level and applied to all reports by default, giving every PDF a consistent and professional look across your entire client base.
- Within this section, fill in the following details:
- **Logo:** Click the **Change** button to upload your company logo. Accepted formats are **PNG** or **JPG** with a maximum file size of **2MB**. This logo will be displayed prominently at the top of every generated report.
- **Company Name:** Enter your business or agency name. This name will appear as the report sender in the header.
- **Website:** Add your official website URL so clients can quickly visit your business directly from the report.
- **Contact (Email and Phone):** Provide your business email and phone number so clients have a direct line of communication after reviewing their report.
Once everything looks good, click the ‘**Save Branding’** button to apply these settings across all your future reports.
### **Step 5: Add a Personalized Report Message** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Just below the Agency Branding panel, you will find the **Report Message** section. This area allows you to add optional intro and outro text that will appear only on this specific report, which is a great way to personalize communication with each client.
**Intro Text:** Write a short greeting or summary that appears at the very top of the report.
**Outro Text:** Add a closing message at the end of the report.
**Note:** _Unlike the Agency Branding details, these messages are tied only to the current report and will not carry over to future ones. You can customize them every time you generate a new report._
### **Step 6: Log Your Custom Development Work** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
The **Custom Works** section lets you log specific development tasks or services your team has delivered during the reporting period.
These entries are highlighted under the **Custom Development** section of the final PDF, which is perfect for showcasing the ongoing value you provide to your client.
To add a new task, click the **\+ Add Entry** button on the right side of the section. A new entry block will open up. For each entry, fill in the following details:
- **Title:** Provide a short, descriptive name for the task.
- **Date:** Use the date picker to select the day the work was completed.
- **Hours:** Enter the total number of hours your team spent on the task.
- **Description (optional):** Add a short explanation of what was done so the client gets clearer context.
You can add multiple entries to highlight every meaningful task your team handled during the reporting period. To remove an entry, simply click the ‘**trash icon’** next to its title.
### **Step 7: Copy Custom Works from the Previous Report** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
When creating a new client report, the **Custom Works** section includes an option to reuse previously added configurations.
If a report has already been generated for a client, you will see a **“Copy from Last Report”** option during setup.
Selecting this option automatically imports the custom work settings from the most recent report, allowing you to skip manual configuration.
This is especially useful for agencies that frequently apply similar custom work structures across recurring client reports, helping maintain consistency and saving setup time.
### **Step 8: Choose Which Sections to Include in the Report** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Next, you will find the **Report Sections** panel, which is where you decide exactly which metrics appear in the final report. A small counter at the top right (such as **8/9**) shows how many sections are currently active out of the total available.
Simply tick or untick the checkboxes next to each section to customize your report’s contents.
The available sections are:
- **Application Overview:** Displays the application name, server, IP address, and PHP version.
- **Backup Summary:** Shows the latest backup date, total size, and offsite backup count.
- **Performance (PageSpeed):** Displays Core Web Vitals and PageSpeed Insights scores for both mobile and desktop.
- **Snapshots:** Lists pre-update snapshots created for safe rollbacks.
- **Custom Development:** Pulls in the tasks you added under Custom Works in the previous step.
- **SSL Certificate:** Shows SSL status, provider, and certificate expiration date.
- **WordPress Health:** Displays the current WordPress core version along with plugin and theme update status.
- **Security & Vulnerabilities:** Highlights known security issues and vulnerability scan results.
- **Traffic Statistics:** Shows top pages, top IP requests, and bot activity for your site.
**Note:** _Traffic statistics are capped at the most recent 7 days, even for 15 or 30-day reports. This ensures that the traffic data remains fresh and accurate without overloading longer reports with outdated visitor information._
### **Step 9: Review the Live Report Preview** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Before finalizing the document, xCloud provides a handy ‘**Report Preview’** section on the right side of the screen.
Take a quick look at the preview to ensure the correct information is populating. You will see a snapshot of vital metrics like App Details and SSL Certificate validity.
The **Report Preview** updates in real-time as you adjust your branding, message, custom works, and section selections on the left.
### **Step 10: Generate the Report** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Once you are happy with your configuration, scroll back to the top of the **‘Create Report’** screen and click the **‘Generate Report’** button on the top right side of the screen.
xCloud will start building your PDF in the background, pulling all the live data from your site, applying your agency branding and assembling the selected sections into a polished, ready-to-send report.
### **Step 11: Download Your Completed Report** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Once the report is successfully generated, xCloud will redirect you back to the ‘**Client Reports’** page. Your newly created report will now appear in the list view, displayed as a clean, tabular row with the following columns:
- **Title:** The name you assigned to the report (e.g., _“Site Health Report”_).
- **Period:** The reporting time frame you selected (e.g., _30 days_).
- **Status:** Indicates whether the report is being processed or is ready. A green **“Completed”** tag confirms that the PDF is ready for use.
- **Created:** The exact date and time the report was generated.
- **Actions:** Two buttons are available for each report. Click ‘**Download’** to instantly save the PDF to your device, or click ‘**Delete’** to permanently remove the report from your dashboard.
### **Step 12: Receive the Report via Email Notification** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Alongside the in-dashboard download option, xCloud will also send an automated email notification confirming that your client report is ready.
- **Report:** The title of the generated report.
- **Site:** The specific site the report was created for.
- **Period:** The full date range the report covers.
Below those details, a prominent **Download Report** button lets you grab the PDF instantly without needing to log back into the dashboard.
**‘Just a quick note’** section highlights three important policies:
- The **download link will expire in 7 days** for security reasons.
- You can **always re-download the report** from your xCloud dashboard at any time.
- Reports are **kept for 60 days** before being automatically cleared from your dashboard.
And that’s it! You’ve just walked through the complete process of generating a professional, fully branded client report on xCloud, from selecting your site and configuring report details to customizing branding, logging custom work, choosing your report sections, previewing the output and finally downloading or sharing the PDF.
## **Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
### **Is the Client Reports feature available on all xCloud plans?** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Yes! The Client Reports feature is completely free and available on all xCloud plans. You can generate unlimited WordPress website maintenance reports for your clients at no additional cost, regardless of the plan you are subscribed to.
### **Is Client Reports available for both self-managed and xCloud-managed server sites?** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
Yes! The Client Reports feature works seamlessly across both self-managed and xCloud-managed server sites. Whether you are running your own server setup or using xCloud’s fully managed infrastructure, you can generate detailed, professional maintenance reports for any WordPress site connected to your dashboard.
### **If I generate reports for multiple sites at once, will they be sent in a single email or as separate emails?** [#](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)
At launch, each site report will be delivered as a separate email notification. So if you generate reports for multiple sites simultaneously, you will receive an individual email for each one. Combining multiple site reports into a single consolidated email isn’t available yet.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any of your queries.
---
# xCloud Public API Documentation
> xCloud Public API documentation — self-service REST API for managing servers and sites
v1.0.0
OpenAPI 3.0.3
# xCloud Public API
[xCloud Support](/support/)
[Proprietary](https://xcloud.host/terms)
## xCloud Public API
A self-service REST API for all xCloud customers. Use this API to programmatically manage your servers, sites, databases, backups, cron jobs, and more — directly from your own scripts, CI/CD pipelines, or integrations.
* * *
## Authentication
All API requests (except `GET /health`) require a **Sanctum Personal Access Token** passed as a Bearer token in the `Authorization` header.
### Creating a Token
1. Log in to [app.xcloud.host](https://app.xcloud.host)
2. Navigate to **Account → API Tokens** (`/user/api-tokens`)
3. Click **Create New Token**
4. Select the required scopes for your use case
5. Copy the token — **it is shown only once**
### Available Scopes
Scope
Access
`read:servers`
List and view servers, databases, cron jobs, PHP versions, monitoring, sudo users
`write:servers`
Reboot servers, create WordPress sites, manage sudo users
`read:sites`
List and view sites, backups, SSL, domain, git, deployment logs, SSH config
`write:sites`
Trigger backups, rescue sites, purge cache, update SSH/SFTP config
`*`
Full access to all endpoints
### Required Headers
```http
Authorization: Bearer
Accept: application/json
Content-Type: application/json
```
* * *
## Response Format
All responses follow a consistent envelope:
```json
{
"success": true,
"message": "Operation completed successfully.",
"data": { ... }
}
```
For paginated lists, `data` contains:
```json
{
"data": [ ... ],
"meta": {
"current_page": 1,
"last_page": 5,
"per_page": 15,
"total": 72
}
}
```
* * *
## HTTP Status Codes
Code
Meaning
`200 OK`
Request successful
`202 Accepted`
Async operation queued (e.g. reboot, backup)
`400 Bad Request`
Validation error — check `errors` in response body
`401 Unauthorized`
Missing or invalid token
`403 Forbidden`
Token lacks the required scope
`404 Not Found`
Resource not found or not accessible to your team
`422 Unprocessable Entity`
Business logic validation failure
`429 Too Many Requests`
Rate limit exceeded
`500 Internal Server Error`
Server error — contact support
* * *
## Rate Limits
Type
Limit
Authenticated requests
**60 requests / minute**
Unauthenticated requests
**10 requests / minute**
Rate limit headers are included in every response:
```http
X-RateLimit-Limit: 60
X-RateLimit-Remaining: 58
X-RateLimit-Reset: 1710000060
```
When you exceed the limit, the API returns `429 Too Many Requests` with a `Retry-After` header indicating how many seconds to wait.
Server
Server:https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1
Production
##
AuthenticationRequired
Select Auth Type
Client Libraries
Shell
Ruby
Node.js
PHP
Python
MoreSelect from all clients
Shell Curl
## Health (Collapsed)
Copy link
API health check — no authentication required.
Health Operations
- get/health
Show More
## User (Collapsed)
Copy link
Current authenticated user information and API token management.
User Operations
- get/user
- get/user/tokens
- delete/user/tokens/{tokenUuid}
Show More
## Integrations (Collapsed)
Copy link
Third-party integrations connected to the current team (Cloudflare, etc.). Requires the `read:servers` scope.
Integrations Operations
- get/integrations/cloudflare
Show More
## Servers (Collapsed)
Copy link
List and inspect managed servers. Read-only operations require the `read:servers` scope. Write operations (reboot, site creation) require `write:servers`.
Servers Operations
- get/servers
- get/servers/{uuid}
- get/servers/{uuid}/sites
- get/servers/{uuid}/cron-jobs
- post/servers/{uuid}/cron-jobs
- put/servers/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}
- delete/servers/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}
- post/servers/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}/execute
- get/servers/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}/output
- get/servers/{uuid}/firewall-rules
- post/servers/{uuid}/firewall-rules
- delete/servers/{uuid}/firewall-rules/{firewallRuleUuid}
- post/servers/{uuid}/firewall-rules/{firewallRuleUuid}/enable
- post/servers/{uuid}/firewall-rules/{firewallRuleUuid}/disable
- post/servers/{uuid}/firewall/whitelist-xcloud-ips
- post/servers/{uuid}/firewall/whitelist-caller-ip
- get/servers/{uuid}/firewall/ssh-restriction-status
- get/servers/{uuid}/fail2ban/banned-ips
- post/servers/{uuid}/fail2ban/banned-ips
- delete/servers/{uuid}/fail2ban/banned-ips/{ip}
- get/servers/{uuid}/supervisor-processes
- get/servers/{uuid}/snapshots
- get/servers/{uuid}/monitoring/history
- get/servers/{uuid}/monitoring
- get/servers/{uuid}/tasks
- get/servers/{uuid}/php-versions
- post/servers/{uuid}/php-versions
- delete/servers/{uuid}/php-versions
- get/servers/{uuid}/php-versions/available
- get/servers/{uuid}/php-versions/patch-info
- post/servers/{uuid}/php-versions/{version}/default
- post/servers/{uuid}/php-versions/{version}/patch
- post/servers/{uuid}/php-versions/{version}/opcache
- post/servers/{uuid}/reboot
- get/servers/{uuid}/services
- post/servers/{uuid}/services/restart
- post/servers/{uuid}/services/disable
- get/servers/{uuid}/sudo-users
- post/servers/{uuid}/sudo-users
- delete/servers/{uuid}/sudo-users/{sudo\_user\_uuid}
- post/servers/{uuid}/sites/wordpress
Show More
## Blueprints (Collapsed)
Copy link
WordPress site blueprints — predefined configurations of themes, plugins, and post-deployment scripts. Use blueprints when creating WordPress sites. Requires the `read:servers` scope.
Blueprints Operations
- get/blueprints
Show More
## Sites (Collapsed)
Copy link
List and inspect sites across all servers. Read-only operations require the `read:sites` scope. Write operations (backup, cache purge) require `write:sites`.
Sites Operations
- get/sites
- get/sites/{uuid}
- get/sites/{uuid}/status
- get/sites/{uuid}/ssl
- get/sites/{uuid}/staging-sites
- get/sites/{uuid}/site-scripts
- get/sites/{uuid}/ip-access
- get/sites/{uuid}/backup-settings
- get/sites/{uuid}/backup-status
- get/sites/{uuid}/cron-jobs
- post/sites/{uuid}/cron-jobs
- put/sites/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}
- delete/sites/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}
- post/sites/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}/execute
- get/sites/{uuid}/cron-jobs/{cronJobUuid}/output
- get/sites/{uuid}/redirections
- get/sites/{uuid}/ssl-certificates
- post/sites/{uuid}/ssl-certificates
- post/sites/{uuid}/ssl/renew
- get/sites/{uuid}/domain
- get/sites/{uuid}/domains
- get/sites/{uuid}/domain/status
- get/sites/{uuid}/backups
- get/sites/{uuid}/backup-count
- get/sites/{uuid}/monitoring
- get/sites/{uuid}/monitoring/history
- get/sites/{uuid}/access-logs
- get/sites/{uuid}/events
- get/sites/{uuid}/deployment-logs
- get/sites/{uuid}/git
- put/sites/{uuid}/git
- post/sites/{uuid}/git/deploy
- get/sites/{uuid}/ssh-keys
- get/sites/{uuid}/ssh
- put/sites/{uuid}/ssh
- post/sites/{uuid}/backup
- post/sites/{uuid}/rescue
- get/sites/{uuid}/custom-nginx
- get/sites/{uuid}/web-rules
- get/sites/{uuid}/snapshots
- get/sites/{uuid}/cache/settings
- post/sites/{uuid}/cache/purge
- post/sites/{uuid}/cache/purge-all
Show More
## Vulnerabilities (Collapsed)
Copy link
Security vulnerability inventory merged from Patchstack (premium scanner) and Wordfence (built-in scanner). Per-site and team-wide rollup. Ignored entries are excluded by default. Requires the `read:sites` scope.
Vulnerabilities Operations
- get/sites/{uuid}/vulnerabilities
- get/sites/{uuid}/vulnerabilities/count
- get/vulnerabilities
- post/sites/{uuid}/vulnerability-scan
- post/sites/{uuid}/vulnerabilities/{vulnerabilityUuid}/ignore
- delete/sites/{uuid}/vulnerabilities/{vulnerabilityUuid}/ignore
Show More
## PageSpeed (Collapsed)
Copy link
PageSpeed Insights performance data per site, including Core Web Vitals (LCP, CLS, INP, FCP) and Lighthouse scores. Latest snapshot plus paginated history. Requires the `read:sites` scope.
PageSpeed Operations
- post/sites/{uuid}/pagespeed/scan
- get/sites/{uuid}/pagespeed
- get/sites/{uuid}/pagespeed/history
Show More
## WordPress Actions (Collapsed)
Copy link
Asynchronous WordPress write operations — update plugins/themes/core, with optional pre-update backup. Returns a 202 with an operation UUID for polling. Requires the `write:sites` scope and the `site:manage-update` team permission.
WordPress Actions Operations
- post/sites/{uuid}/wordpress/update
- post/sites/{uuid}/wordpress/activate
- post/sites/{uuid}/wordpress/refresh
- post/sites/{uuid}/wp-debug
- post/sites/{uuid}/magic-login
Show More
## Sites - WordPress (Collapsed)
Copy link
Sites - WordPress Operations
- get/sites/{uuid}/wordpress/plugins
- get/sites/{uuid}/wordpress/themes
- get/sites/{uuid}/wordpress/updates
- get/sites/{uuid}/wordpress/status
Show More
## SSL Certificates (Collapsed)
Copy link
SSL Certificates Operations
- get/ssl-certificates/{uuid}
- delete/ssl-certificates/{uuid}
- get/ssl-certificates/{uuid}/status
Show More
Show sidebar
GET
Server: https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1
/health
Copy URL
Send Send get request to https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1/health
GET
Copy URLSend Send get request to https://app.xcloud.host/api/v1/health
Close Client
API Health Check
AllAuthCookiesHeadersQuery
All
##
Authentication
Select Auth Type
## Variables
Enabled
Key
Value
## Cookies
Enabled
Key
Value
## Headers
Enabled
Key
Value
accept
application/json
## Query Parameters
Enabled
Key
Value
## Request Body
No Body
None
## Code Snippet (Collapsed)
Shell Curl
Response
AllCookiesHeadersBody
All
.,,uod8B8bou,,. ..,uod8BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBRPFT?l!i:. ||||||||||||||!?TFPRBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB8m=, |||| '""^^!!||||||||||TFPRBBBVT!:...! |||| '""^^!!|||||?!:.......! |||| ||||.........! |||| ||||.........! |||| ||||.........! |||| ||||.........! |||| ||||.........! |||| ||||.........! ||||, ||||.........\` |||||!!-.\_ ||||.......;. ':!|||||||||!!-.\_ ||||.....bBBBBWdou,. bBBBBB86foi!|||||||!!-..:|||!..bBBBBBBBBBBBBBBY! ::!?TFPRBBBBBB86foi!||||||||!!bBBBBBBBBBBBBBBY..! :::::::::!?TFPRBBBBBB86ftiaabBBBBBBBBBBBBBBY....! :::;\`"^!:;::::::!?TFPRBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBY......! ;::::::...''^::::::::::!?TFPRBBBBBBBBBBY........! .ob86foi;::::::::::::::::::::::::!?TFPRBY..........\` .b888888888886foi;:::::::::::::::::::::::..........\` .b888888888888888888886foi;::::::::::::::::...........b888888888888888888888888888886foi;:::::::::......\`!Tf998888888888888888888888888888888886foi;:::....\` '"^!|Tf9988888888888888888888888888888888!::..\` '"^!|Tf998888888888888888888888889!! '\` '"^!|Tf9988888888888888888!!\` iBBbo. '"^!|Tf998888888889!\` WBBBBbo. '"^!|Tf9989!\` YBBBP^' '"^!\` \`
Send Request
ctrlControl
↵Enter
---
# How Does xCloud Maintain a Simple & Intuitive User Experience While Offering Advanced Features? - xCloud
> xCloud combines advanced features with a simple control panel for intuitive user experience. It makes server management and hosting easy for all.
Despite offering advanced features like **simplified server management**, **enterprise-level security**, **scalable resources & flexible plans**, xCloud is designed with simplicity in mind to offer an intuitive user experience. Our simple control panel and easy-to-navigate app dashboard let anyone, even those without technical skills, manage their hosting without any trouble. xCloud focused on making things easy to understand while still giving you access to **strong backend features**.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
---
# What Happens if I Exceed My Monthly Bandwidth Limit? - xCloud
> Learn about the monthly bandwidth limit that xCloud offers. It varies from according to the plan you purchase.
Depending on your plan, xCloud plans offer a variety of bandwidth options on a monthly bandwidth limit, ranging from 1 TB to 7 TB per month. If you exceed your monthly quota, you will only be charged $0.01 per GB for additional usage.
To get more clearer idea if you have confusion, contact our dedicated **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)**.
---
# Why Is xCloud Perfect for Dynamic WordPress Websites? - xCloud
> Learn why xCloud is perfect for dynamic WordPress websites and provides high-speed hosting built for dynamic WordPress sites .
Dynamic WordPress websites, like those using **BuddyBoss**, **WooCommerce**, or **LearnDash**, need powerful hosting to handle lots of visitors, high resource demands, and complex data management. **xCloud** is built specifically for these needs, providing fast server speeds, flexible scalability, and a modern infrastructure that ensures your site runs smoothly, no matter how much traffic it gets or how demanding it becomes.
Still stuck? Contact our [**support team**](/contact/) for any of your queries.
---
# An Overview of ‘xCloud Provider’ Exclusively for LTD Users - xCloud
> Check out this documentation to learn the details of xCloud Providers - only available for the LTD Users at the most affordable price.
**[xCloud](/)** introduces ‘xCloud Provider’ – the most affordable VPS server, available at just $4.5/month, exclusively for users who have already purchased an LTD (Lifetime Deal).
With xCloud Provider, you can create as many servers as your existing LTD balance allows, simplifying your hosting experience compared to unmanaged servers (e.g., Vultr, Digital Ocean, GCP).
You can find the full pricing table at the end of this documentation. To show you the benefits of xCloud Provider, we’ve prepared a pricing comparison among xCloud Provider, Vultr, & Digital Ocean below.
_Note: xCloud is not offering any Lifetime Deal now._ To grab any xCloud deal, keep your eyes on our **[deal](/deal/)** page.
### **How to Access xCloud Provider Servers?** [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
To use xCloud Provider servers at the discounted rate, you must already have an active LTD (Lifetime Deal). Once your LTD is active:
1. Go to the **Server Creation** page inside your xCloud dashboard.
2. You will now see an additional option called **“xCloud Provider”**.
3. This option gives you access to **discounted server pricing** exclusive to LTD users.
Moreover, you don’t need to worry about the migration process between xCloud servers too. You can bring your WordPress sites (even in bulk) to xCloud Provider by performing a full server migration without any complexity. Check out the documentation linked below to migrate your server to xCloud(Provider).
👉 **[How To Perform Full Server Migration Between xCloud Servers Effortlessly?](/docs/full-server-migration-between-xcloud-servers/)**
👉 [**How To Perform A Full Server Migration With xCloud?**](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
## **Frequently Asked Questions:** [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
### What servers are xCloud Providers? [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
xCloud Provider servers are from VULTR HF servers.
### What is the difference between xCloud Managed and xCloud Provider? [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
Both have the same server configurations but xCloud Provider servers have lower prices and which is available only for LTD users.
### What is the refund policy for xCloud Provider servers? [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
xCloud Managed servers follow the prepaid model and the unused amount will be refunded when discontinued.
### Are there any limitations on the number of servers I can create with xCloud Provider as an LTD user? [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
It totally depends on your LTD balance. For example, you can create 50 xCloud Provider if your LTD balance is 50 servers.
### Is support provided for servers created with xCloud Provider for LTD Users? [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
Yes.
### What features are included with servers created through xCloud Provider for LTD Users? [#](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/)
All the features are included with servers created through xCloud Provider.
Our development team will help you to perform full server migration. Please contact our [**support team**](/support/) for any assistance.
---
# xCloud Reseller Hosting Program Features - xCloud
> Discover the key features of the xCloud Reseller Hosting Program. Learn how you can grow your business with powerful tools, flexible plans, and full support.
xCloud White Label **[Reseller Hosting](/reseller-hosting/)** Plan is designed for resellers and agencies who want to offer a fully branded hosting and site management experience under their own identity.
Below you will find a detailed breakdown of every feature included (and excluded) in the White Label Reseller Hosting Plan.
## **xCloud White Label Reseller Hosting Plan – Complete Feature Overview** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Features
White Label Plan
Sites
Depends on Resellers
Self Managed Hosting
✅
Managed Hosting
✅
Full Support for HTTP/3
✅
### **Server Configuration** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Web Server – NGINX & OLS
✅
Integrate Own Provider (Vultr, DO, GCP, Hetzner, AWS, Linode, Hostinger, & Ubuntu)
✅
Root Access to Server
✅
Vertical Scaling
❌
Unlimited Websites Creation
Depends on Resellers
External Database
✅
Multiple PHP Versions in Same Server
✅
Compatibility With Latest PHP 8.5 Version
✅
### **Site Configuration** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
1-Click Demo Site
✅
Site Delete
✅
Site Disable
✅
Recreate Site using Local and Remote Backups
✅
Supervisor
✅
WordPress Integrity Checker
✅
Page Speed Insights
✅
1 Click WordPress Updates Manager
✅
Global Backup Settings
✅
Build With Templately AI
✅
Site Rules
✅
Cloudflare WAF Rules
✅
Auto-Tune PHP, FPM & OPcache
✅
Auto-Tune MySQL/MariaDB Configurations
✅
Site Snapshots
✅
### **Application Support** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
WordPress Applications
✅
Custom PHP Applications
✅
Laravel Applications
✅
Node.js Applications
✅
Lovable Applications
✅
Custom Docker Applications
✅
### **AI Agent Hosting** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
OpenClaw Hosting
❌
Hermes Agent Hosting
❌
Paperclip Hosting
❌
### **PHP Applications** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Clone a Git Repository
✅
Manually Upload Website
✅
Blank Site
✅
### **Laravel Applications** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Queue Worker
✅
Scheduler
✅
Horizon
✅
### **Node.js Applications** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Clone a Git Repository
✅
Client-Side Rendering (CSR)
✅
Server-Side Rendering (SSR)
✅
### **Lovable Applications** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Clone a Git Repository
✅
### **Custom Docker** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Docker Compose
✅
Docker Image
Coming soon
Git Integration for Docker Compose Sites
✅
### **Git Provider Integration** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Integrate Github
✅
Deploy From Public Repositories
✅
Deploy From Private Repositories
✅
### **One Click Apps** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Uptime Kuma
✅
n8n
✅
Mautic
✅
phpMyAdmin
✅
OpenWebUI
✅
Ollama
✅
Nextcloud
✅
LibreChat
✅
Umami
✅
Site.pro
✅
Supabase
✅
WireGuard
✅
### **One Click Apps – n8n** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Timezone
✅
Environment
✅
Custom Domain
✅
Demo Domain
✅
### **One Click Apps – phpMyAdmin** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Custom Domain
✅
Demo Domain
✅
Additional Domain
✅
### **One Click Apps – Uptime Kuma** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Custom Domain
✅
Demo Domain
✅
Additional Domain
✅
### **One Click Apps – Mautic** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Custom Domain
✅
Demo Domain
✅
Additional Domain
✅
### **WordPress Features** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
WordPress Multisite (Sub-domain/Sub-folder)
✅
Blueprints
✅
Custom Blueprint
✅
WordPress Theme, Plugin, & Core Update
✅
1-Click Staging Site With Pull Push
✅
1-Click Magic Login
✅
Magic Login Disable
✅
Search Engine Visibility
✅
WP-CLI
✅
### **Security** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
7G & 8G Firewall
✅
Fail2Ban Integration
✅
Integration With WP fail2ban Plugin
✅
Firewall Management
✅
WordPress Integrity Checker
✅
AI Bot Blocker
✅
Vulnerability Scanner
✅
Automatic FREE Let’s Encrypt SSL Certificates
✅
Custom SSL/TLS Certificates
✅
IP Whitelist/Blacklist
✅
Cloudflare Under Attack
✅
### **Integrations** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Integrate Your Own Cloud Storage Account (DO Spaces, Vultr Object, Cloudflare R2, pCloud, Google Drive, Hetzner, Wasabi, SFTP or any S3 compatible storage)
✅
Transactional Email Service
✅
Easy Integration with Mailgun, SendGrid, ElasticEmail, or Any SMTP Provider
✅
Slack Integration
❌
WhatsApp Integration
❌
Telegram Integration
❌
Object Cache Pro Integration
❌
Git Provider
✅
### **Backup and Migration** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Full Site Backup
✅
Incremental Site Backup
✅
Site Backup Download Option for Remote Backups
✅
Full Server Backup Management
✅
Remote Site Backup on Any S3 Storage
✅
Bulk Site & Server Migration
✅
cPanel Site Migration
✅
### **Management Tools** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Supervisor
✅
Custom NGINX
✅
Advanced Cron Job
✅
Custom Cron Jobs
✅
File Manager
✅
Reset File & Folder Permissions
✅
Server & Site Monitoring
✅
Command Runner
✅
Add Existing Database
✅
Database Server – MySQL & MariaDB
✅
Clone Site to Same & Another Server
✅
Clone & Deploy from GIT
✅
Server and Site Log
✅
Full Server Clone
✅
DNS Management With Cloudflare
✅
Largest Files & Folders Scanner
✅
WordPress Rollback with Backup
✅
Site Insights
✅
### **Caching Tools** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Edge Full Page Cache
✅
Built-in 1-Click NGINX Configuration for Caching Plugins
✅
Full Page & Redis Cache
✅
### **Team Management** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Team Management
❌
Role Permission Management
❌
Team Create and Collaboration
❌
### **Support** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Live Chat Support
❌
Multilingual Dashboard
✅
Built in Support Portal
❌
### **Addons** [#](/docs/xcloud-reseller-hosting-program-features/)
Site Security PRO Powered by Patchstack Addon
❌
Mailbox
❌
Mail Delivery
❌
Questions? Feel free to contact to our **[support team](https://support.xcloud.host/)**
---
# What is Edge Page Caching? How does it work? (Detailed Guide) - xCloud
> Learn what edge page caching is, how it works, and how to enable it with xCloud with Cloudflare and boost speed, SEO, and server performance.
Edge caching is rapidly changing how websites deliver content to global users. It stores frequently accessed web assets closer to users at the “edge” of the network.
But what is edge page caching? How does it work?
Today, users expect websites to load almost instantly and respond in real time. Traditional hosting solutions often struggle to meet these demands at scale. Edge caching addresses this challenge, and in xCloud hosting, you will get access to edge caching with Cloudflare.
Edge caching is not only about speed. It also influences relevance, user retention, and search engine ranking. It supports SEO improvements and can lead to higher conversion rates. By implementing edge caching, you can push your online presence far ahead of the competition.
Let us go through the details and how you can [**enable edge page caching**](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/) to optimize your site and improve user experience.
## **What Is Edge Caching?**
Edge page caching or edge caching, is a web performance technique that improves how websites deliver content. It works by storing copies of your website’s content in data centers that are physically closer to your users. These data centers are known as edge servers.
Instead of sending every request to your main server, the edge server delivers the content from a nearby location. This setup significantly reduces latency and speeds up load times.
In simple terms, edge caching places smaller versions of your website in multiple locations around the world. As a result, your visitors can access your site faster, no matter where they are. This feature becomes especially important when your audience is spread across different countries or regions.
To better understand edge caching, consider it to be an advanced layer built on top of a traditional content delivery network (CDN). CDNs have long been used to deliver static content more quickly. Edge caching improves on this by also handling dynamic content and using smarter routing methods. It stores and delivers that content directly from the network edge.
When you enable **Cloudflare edge caching**, you access a **global network of over 300 edge locations.** These servers store and deliver your content with minimal delay. Hosting platforms like xCloud offer built-in Cloudflare integration, which makes it easy to enable edge caching, even for users without deep technical skills.
Edge caching reduces server load and increases website speed. It also improves important SEO metrics such as Time to First Byte (TTFB) and [**Core Web Vitals**](https://wpdeveloper.com/complete-guide-core-web-vitals-how-to-measure-them-in-2024/). If you use platforms like WordPress, you can install edge caching plugins. These plugins automate the caching process and connect directly to services like Cloudflare.
If your goal is to improve website speed, enabling edge caching is a smart step. With our fully managed hosting, xCloud provides built-in Cloudflare integration to access edge caching easily.
## **How Does Edge Caching Work?**
Edge caching works by storing copies of your website’s content on edge servers. These servers are part of a geographically distributed Content Delivery Network (CDN). They act as intermediaries between your origin server and your users. Let us have a look at a quick step-by-step breakdown of how the process works:
### **1\. User Request**
When a user visits your website, their browser sends a request for content such as a web page or an image. The CDN routes this request to the nearest edge server based on the user’s location.
### **2\. Cache Check**
The edge server checks if it already has the requested content stored locally. If the content is cached and still valid, the server delivers it directly to the user. This step bypasses the origin server entirely.
### **3\. Origin Fetch (If Needed)**
If the content is not cached or if the cached version has expired, the edge server forwards the request to your origin server. The origin server provides the latest version of the content. The edge server then stores this updated content for future requests.
### **4\. Content Delivery**
The edge server sends the content back to the user’s browser. Because the edge server is located closer to the user, this reduces latency and speeds up the entire process.
Imagine a user in Tokyo visits your blog, which is hosted in New York. Without edge caching, the request travels all the way to your origin server in New York, creating noticeable delays. With edge caching, a [**CDN like Cloudflare**](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/#:~:text=Cache%20content%20across%20Cloudflare's%20global,load%20and%20improving%20website%20performance.) stores a copy of your homepage on an edge server in Tokyo. The Tokyo server delivers the content instantly. This can reduce page load timesignificantly in some regions, based on industry benchmarks.
Edge caching relies on distributed computing principles. It uses a global network of edge servers. For example, Cloudflare operates over 300 edge locations worldwide. These servers cache static content such as HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and images. Dynamic content, such as personalized user data, may bypass the cache or follow specific caching rules.
By managing these requests intelligently, edge caching keeps your website fast and efficient. It ensures high performance for users around the world.
## **Edge Caching vs Traditional CDN Caching**
Edge caching and traditional Content Delivery Networks (CDNs) both aim to speed up content delivery. However, they function differently and serve distinct purposes. Understanding these differences is essential if you want to maximize your [**website’s speed and performance**](https://wpdeveloper.com/wordpress-site-performance-strategies/)**.**
### **Traditional CDN Caching**
A traditional CDN focuses on caching and delivering static assets. These include images, CSS files, JavaScript, and fonts. The CDN pulls these files from your origin server and stores them in globally distributed servers for future use. This reduces latency and improves load times.
Here is how traditional CDN caching typically works:
- The CDN caches static content the first time a user requests it.
- The same content is served to other users in that region from the cached version.
- The origin server still handles dynamic content, such as personalized pages and real-time data.
Traditional CDNs provide performance gains. However, they usually do not cache dynamic content or HTML pages unless you configure them to do so. This limitation creates an opportunity for edge caching to add more value.
### **Edge Caching: Going Beyond Static Content**
Edge caching improves on traditional CDN methods. It caches not only static files but also dynamic content, full HTML pages, and API responses. It does all of this at the edge of the network. This reduces the number of round trips to the origin server, even for pages that involve real-time data.
## **Benefits of Edge Full Page Caching**
Edge caching can dramatically improve your website’s performance and user experience. By using a Content Delivery Network (CDN), edge caching offers a wide range of benefits for both site owners and visitors. Below are the key advantages:
### **1\. Faster Load Times and Reduced Time to First Byte (TTFB)**
Edge caching reduces the Time to First Byte, which is the time it takes for a user’s browser to receive the first byte of data. It does so by delivering content from edge servers that are closer to the user.
For example, an eCommerce site using edge caching can load product pages almost instantly for users around the world. This speed helps [**reduce bounce rates**](https://betterlinks.io/reduce-bounce-rate/) and keeps users engaged.
### **2\. Lower Server Load and Reduced Bandwidth Costs**
Edge caching shifts content delivery away from your origin server. As a result, it lowers the number of direct requests to the server. This reduces server load and decreases bandwidth usage.
For high-traffic websites, this can lead to significant savings in hosting costs. It also improves scalability, allowing your site to handle large traffic spikes without crashing.
### **3\. Improved Core Web Vitals and SEO Rankings**
[**Core Web Vitals**](https://wpdeveloper.com/google-core-web-vitals-in-depth-guide/) include metrics such as Largest Contentful Paint (LCP) and First Input Delay (FID). These are essential for Google search rankings. Edge caching improves these metrics by speeding up how quickly users receive content.
A faster website boosts your SEO performance. It can increase your visibility in search results and drive more organic traffic to your site.
### **4\. Enhanced Security**
Many CDNs that support edge caching also include security features. These can include DDoS protection and SSL/TLS encryption at the edge. This setup helps secure your site from attacks and builds trust with your users.
Strong security is especially important for e-commerce websites and platforms that handle sensitive data.
### **5\. Better Experience for Global Audiences**
Edge caching ensures fast load times for users across different regions. Whether your visitors are in Sydney, London, or São Paulo, they access your content quickly and reliably.
This consistent performance supports global businesses and blogs that want to engage a worldwide audience. A smooth user experience increases engagement and boosts conversion rates.
## **Cloudflare Edge Caching with & How to Enable It With xCloud Hosting**
xCloud provides edge caching, leveraging the Cloudflare infrastructure used by the Automatic Platform Optimization (APO) service. [**Cloudflare edge caching**](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/how-to/edge-browser-cache-ttl/) is one of the most powerful and widely used edge caching solutions available today. Millions of websites trust Cloudflare, and its global network ensures fast, reliable, and seamless edge content delivery.
xCloud provides built-in integration with Cloudflare edge caching. If your site is configured with Cloudflare, you can enable and manage edge caching from your xCloud dashboard for free.
Cloudflare runs one of the largest and fastest edge networks in the world. It has data centers in 360 cities across more than 100 countries. When you enable Cloudflare edge caching, it automatically stores your website’s static and dynamic content at these edge locations.
This way simplifies the entire edge caching process. Cloudflare handles the technical complexity behind the scenes. Your visitors simply experience faster load times. It also provides a solid foundation for better SEO and long-term performance.
### **Step-by-Step Guide to Access Edge Caching with xCloud**
Enabling **Edge Full Page Cache** in xCloud is a straightforward process that can significantly boost your **website’s performance**. xCloud’s integration with Cloudflare’s **Content Delivery Network (CDN)** makes it easy to cache entire web pages at the network edge, reducing latency and delivering a faster experience for your users. Follow these step-by-step instructions to set it up:
#### **Step 1: Enable Edge Caching**
Once logged in, locate and click on the **‘Caching’** option from the main menu. Within the Caching section, click on the **‘Edge Caching’** button to activate the feature. Next, click on **‘Advanced Settings’** to access additional configuration options.
#### **Step 2: Configure Cache Exclusion Rules**
In the Advanced Settings menu, you will find options to customize caching behavior:
- Cache Exclusion HTTP URL Rules: Specify URL patterns you want to exclude from being cached.
- Cache Exclusion Cookie Rules: Define cookie-based rules to prevent caching for certain sessions or users.
Set these rules according to your specific preferences or requirements.
After all the configurations, click on the ‘Save Settings’ button. After that, if you go to your xCloud dashboard, you will see the plugin ‘xCloud Cloudflare Edge Cache’ has been installed on your site.
Read the step-by-step instructions for a detailed guide on [**enabling Cloudflare edge caching**](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/) with xCloud.
## **Things to Keep in Mind When Using Edge Page Caching**
Edge caching offers many advantages, but it also comes with specific challenges. By understanding and addressing these issues, you can maximize performance while maintaining a smooth user experience. Below are the key considerations:
### **1\. Handling Dynamic or Personalized Content**
Edge caching performs well when delivering static content such as images, CSS, and HTML pages. However, caching dynamic content like user dashboards, shopping carts, or live data feeds can be problematic. If cached incorrectly, these pages may display outdated or inaccurate information.
To prevent this, apply cache exclusion rules. The xCloud setup guide explains how to do this. For instance, you can exclude URLs like /cart or pages that include authentication cookies. This approach ensures that dynamic content bypasses the cache. Balancing cached and non-cached content is essential for websites that serve both types.
### **2\. Importance of Cache Purging**
Cached content becomes stale when your site updates frequently. Changes such as new blog posts, product listings, or pricing updates require purging the cache. If you skip this step, users may see outdated content. This can damage trust and user satisfaction.
xCloud simplifies cache purging with a dedicated button in the dashboard. Still, you should build a habit of clearing the cache after major updates. High-traffic websites should consider automating cache purges. This ensures that visitors always receive the most current version of your site.
### **3\. Balancing Cache Duration**
Setting an appropriate cache expiration time is vital. If the cache duration is too short, edge servers will request fresh content too often. This reduces the performance gains. If it is too long, users may see old content.
Most CDNs, including Cloudflare through xCloud, allow you to set custom cache durations. For static content such as blog posts, a longer duration, like 24 hours, is usually effective. For frequently updated content, such as product pages on an e-commerce site, a shorter duration, like one hour, works better. Adjust these settings based on how often your content changes and what your users expect.
### **4\. Check for Excluded URL Patterns or Cookies**
Another potential cause is exclusion based on URL patterns or cookies. Specific sections of your site, like /cart or /checkout, might be configured to bypass caching automatically. Similarly, pages that depend on custom cookies, such as login sessions or shopping carts, might also be excluded. If you expect a page to be cached but notice that it is not, it is a good idea to contact xCloud Support. They can help verify whether certain pages or cookies have been intentionally excluded from caching or whether any additional custom caching rules are influencing this behavior.
### **5\. Password Protection and Edge Caching**
If your site has Password Protection enabled, Edge Caching cannot function. Password protection must be disabled for Edge Caching to work successfully. Make sure to check this setting if Edge Caching appears inactive after other troubleshooting steps.
### **6\. Geo-blocking and IP Blocking Considerations**
Since Edge Caching operates at Cloudflare’s network level, it does not respect geo-blocking rules that are configured at the server (NGINX) level. This means visitors from regions that you intended to block might still receive cached content. Similarly, IP addresses that have been blocked via xCloud’s IP Deny tool may still be able to access cached pages through Cloudflare’s edge network. If maintaining strict geo- or IP-based access control is critical for your site, you may want to reconsider enabling Edge Caching.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Is Edge Caching Included in All xCloud Hosting Plans?**
Yes, Edge Caching comes for all live websites hosted on xCloud, you can enable it right from the dashboard.
**Will Edge Caching Boost Mobile Site Performance?**
It can, depending on your setup. If your site delivers custom content specifically designed for mobile users, you can activate a mobile-targeted cache. However, if your site uses a responsive layout that adapts seamlessly to all screen sizes with the same code, a separate mobile cache isn’t required.
### **Should I Install WordPress Performance Plugins on xCloud?**
There’s no need. xCloud’s infrastructure is optimized for WordPress out of the box. With built-in local caching, Edge Caching, and an integrated global CDN, your site’s performance is already fully optimized—no extra plugins needed.
### **Can I Deactivate Edge Caching on My Site?**
Yes, Edge Caching can be turned off at any time via your xCloud control panel. If you’re unsure whether your site should use it, our expert support team can guide you based on your website’s specific requirements.
## **Enable Edge Full Page Caching & Elevate Your Website Experience**
So, edge caching is a powerful solution for any website owner who wants to improve performance, enhance user experience, and boost SEO. By using a Content Delivery Network (CDN) to store content on edge servers, you can deliver web pages more quickly. This way, you can reduce server load and improve Core Web Vitals. At the same time, it ensures a smooth experience for users across the globe.
If you are ready to improve your site’s performance, start delivering a faster and more engaging experience to your visitors today using edge
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Enable AI Bot Blocker in xCloud for Better Website Protection? - xCloud
> Ready to protect your site? Find out how to enable ai bot blocker in xCloud, block unwanted bots, and boost website performance in minutes!
Are you frustrated by unwanted bot traffic that hampers your website’s performance and distorts your analytics? Imagine a solution that seamlessly stops those automated threats in their tracks, so your website runs smoothly and securely.
With a simple toggle in xCloud, you can **enable AI Bot Blocker** and gain full control over your site’s security, ensuring that only genuine user traffic reaches your pages. Read on to discover how you can leverage the AI Bot Blocker in xCloud and take the first step toward enhanced website security.
## **💡 Why Enable the AI Bot Blocker in xCloud?**
For any website owner, ensuring reliable **website protection** is crucial. Automated bot traffic can drain server resources, impact site performance, and compromise data accuracy. By **enabling AI Bot Blocker** in xCloud, you activate a robust security layer that not only **blocks unwanted bots** but also improves your [**website’s overall performance**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-improve-your-google-pagespeed-score/).
**Key reasons to Enable AI Bot Blocker in xCloud:**
- **Automatic Traffic Control:** The tool provides automated traffic control by identifying and blocking malicious bots. This ensures that your site experiences **automated traffic control** that keeps non-human visitors at bay.
- **Enhanced Security:** Prevent unauthorized scraping and reduce potential security risks by **blocking unwanted bots**.
- **Enhanced Server Performance:** With reduced bot traffic, your server can dedicate resources to legitimate visitors, helping to **improve website performance**.
- **Accurate Data Collection:** By filtering out non-human interactions, your [**analytics data**](https://wpdeveloper.com/docs/why-do-i-need-to-install-betterlinks-to-see-analytics-data-with-simple-301-redirects/) becomes more reliable, allowing for better-informed decisions.
- **Simplified Management:** Accessible directly from your site settings, this feature is a user-friendly **xCloud security feature** that requires just a simple toggle to activate.
By integrating this essential tool, you create an environment where your digital assets remain secure and your website operates at peak efficiency.
## **📑 Step-by-Step Guide to Enable AI Bot Blocker in xCloud**
Now that we already know the key advantages of enabling AI Bot Blocker in xCloud, let us see how we can activate the feature in a very simple way. Follow these steps to **enable AI Bot Blocker** in xCloud and secure your website against unwanted bot traffic.
### **Step 1: Access the Site in xCloud**
Start by logging into your xCloud dashboard. Then, go to the ‘**Sites**‘ section from the main menu and click on the website for which you want to enable the bot blocker.
### **Step 2: Enable the AI Bot Blocker**
Once you are on the site, the process of **enabling AI Bot Blocker** varies slightly based on your server type:
#### **For Nginx Server Users**
Navigate to **Tools → Nginx and Security** within your site settings. Locate the **AI Bot Blocker** option and toggle the option to enable it. Once done, click the **Save Settings** button.
#### **For OpenLiteSpeed Server Users**
Go to **Tools → Security** in the site settings and find the **AI Bot Blocker** listing. Toggle it on to enable the feature. Once done, click **Save Settings** to apply the changes.
## Blocked AI Bots List
Once enabled, the AI Bot Blocker automatically blocks 150+ known AI-related bots. Some of the AI Bots that our AI bot blocker blocks:
```
AI21 Labs, AI2Bot, Amazon Bedrock, Anthropic, BardBot, Brave Leo, Bytespider, Claude, Cohere, CommonCrawl, CopyAI, DeepAI, DuckAssistBot, FacebookBot, Gemini, Grammarly, Hugging Face, JasperAI, Meta-AI, OpenAI, Perplexity, QuillBot, Sudowrite, Wordtune, Writesonic, xAI, YouBot – and many more.
```
Copy to Clipboard
For a detailed guide and full list of the bots that are blocked by AI Bot Blocker, you can follow [**this documentation**](/docs/enable-ai-bot-blocker-in-xcloud/). Or, for further assistance, you can always reach out to our [**support portal**](/support/).
## **Best Practices for Using AI Bot Blocker**
A well-planned implementation not only maximizes the Bot Blocker’s efficiency but also integrates seamlessly with your overall website security strategy. By aligning this tool with other security measures and regularly reviewing its performance, you can ensure that your website remains both secure and optimized.
Before we dive into the actionable tips, consider the broader context around the ethical concerns of AI data scraping. Many content creators have voiced [**strong opinions**](https://perishablepress.com/ultimate-ai-block-list/#references) about how their work is being used by AI companies.
These viewpoints underline the importance of controlling automated traffic and safeguarding your content – a core reason to **enable AI Bot Blocker** in xCloud.
- **Regular Monitoring:** Periodically review your bot activity logs to ensure that only unwanted bot traffic is being blocked. This helps maintain effective automatic traffic control.
- **Combine with Other Security Measures:** The AI Bot Blocker is a powerful tool, but it is important to use it alongside other security practices, such as regular updates and firewalls, to create a comprehensive security strategy.
- **Test After Enabling:** After toggling the feature, monitor your site’s performance to ensure that legitimate user activity is not inadvertently affected. This step is crucial for maintaining accurate analytics.
- **User Feedback:** Encourage users to [**share feedback**](https://betterdocs.co/wordpress-user-feedback-betterdocs/) or report any issues with site performance or accessibility after enabling the feature, ensuring that you can quickly address any unforeseen complications.
Implementing these best practices ensures that you are not only blocking unwanted bots but also continually optimizing your site for a seamless user experience. By doing so, you align with the ethical considerations raised by industry experts and content creators, reinforcing the importance of controlling automated traffic and protecting your valuable content.
## **🎉 Leverage AI Bot Blocker for Enhanced Website Protection**
The decision to **enable AI Bot Blocker** in xCloud is a strategic move to **improve website performance**, ensure accurate analytics, and provide robust **website security**. With the ability to **block unwanted bots** and maintain effective **automated traffic control**, this xCloud security feature is indispensable for any website owner aiming to secure their digital assets.
From accessing your site settings to toggling the feature on for both [**Nginx**](https://nginx.org/) and [**OpenLiteSpeed**](https://openlitespeed.org/) servers, the process is straightforward and user-friendly. Coupled with best practices and regular monitoring, you can create a secure environment that not only safeguards your content but also enhances user engagement.
Enable the AI Bot Blocker in xCloud today and take control of your website’s security and performance. With the rise of AI and ML bots aggressively crawling and scraping content to feed models like [**ChatGPT**](https://chatgpt.com/), [**OpenAI**](https://openai.com/), and countless others, it’s more important than ever to shield your data.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# xCloud Enterprise Hosting - xCloud
> Enterprise Hosting powered by the modern xCloud panel. Let clients deploy servers while WHMCS automates billing and infrastructure management.
## Enterprise Hosting
# The Modern Hosting Control Panel Your Clients Deserve
xCloud Hosting Control Panel is a modern platform for server owners or business owners using WHMCS, giving clients a fast, intuitive panel to manage websites
[Apply for Partnership](/enterprise-hosting/)
[See How It Works](/enterprise-hosting/)
- 
### 10,000+ Servers Under Management
## ★★★★★ 300+ Reviews on Trustpilot
## Audience
## Built For Hosting Businesses That Manage Their Own Infrastructure
## This is for you if…
- ### You own VPS, cloud VMs, or dedicated servers
- ### You provide hosting services to clients
- ### You want to offer a modern client panel experience
- ### You want an alternative to outdated server-installed control panels
- ### You want a modern panel experience without replacing your billing stack
## Not the right fit if…
- 
### You don’t manage your own server infrastructure
- 
### You’re an agency managing only your own sites
- 
### You’re looking to resell xCloud-managed servers
## WHMCS Integration
## Your WHMCS Billing Stack Stays Exactly As-Is
Invoicing, subscriptions, client accounts, provisioning hooks – none of this changes. xCloud integrates at the panel layer, not the billing layer.
- ### Invoice generation and payment processing unchanged
- ### Client account lifecycle managed in WHMCS as normal
- ### Existing provisioning automations remain active
- ### Support tickets, client area, and admin portal untouched
01
01
#### Client orders from your storefront
Standard WHMCS product purchase — no change to checkout.
02
02
#### WHMCS generates invoice and provisions
Billing automation runs as it always has.xCloud module triggers alongside.
03
03
#### xCloud connects to your server externally
Environment provisioned on your infrastructure-zero manual input.
04
04
#### Client accesses panel via 1-click SSO
Seamless from WHMCS client area.No separate login required.
05
05
#### Site deployed and live
Client manages WordPress,Node.js or Laravel from the panel.
## **Client Panel**
## What Your Clients Actually Work With
When your clients click “Login to Panel” in WHMCS, they land on a modern server management experience — not a legacy UI.
## One-Click App Deployment
WordPress, Laravel, Node.js, PHP apps — deployed in seconds, not minutes.
## Real-Time Resource Monitoring
CPU, RAM, disk usage visible at a glance — no third-party plugin needed.
## Push-Pull Staging
Staging environments with one-click push to production. No FTP, no drama.
## Free SSL + Auto-Renewal
Every site gets SSL in one click. Renewals happen automatically. Never expires.
## Automated Backups
Scheduled incremental backups with one-click restore. Point-in-time recovery.
## Team Collaboration
Role-based access for developers, clients, and team members — no root sharing.
[**See All Features**](/features/)
## Comparison
## xCloud Enterprise Panel vs cPanel, Plesk & DirectAdmin.
cPanel has raised per-account licensing fees every year since 2019. Here’s how the two operating models actually compare — beyond the price.
## Traditional Panel (cPanel / Plesk)
## xCloud Enterprise
## Licensing model
## Per account — costs increase every time you provision a new client.
## Per server — flat. Unlimited client accounts, one fixed monthly cost.
## Deployment
## Installed directly on the server. Runs as a resident process.
## External — no install. Connects over the network. Nothing runs on your host.
## Server overhead
## RAM + CPU consumed by the panel on every managed server.
## Zero overhead. 100% of server resources stay available for client workloads.
## WHMCS integration
## Separate workflow
## Native SSO + automated provisioning through the WHMCS module.
## Panel UI / Client experience
## Legacy · 15-year-old design language. Functional but dated.
## Modern · Dark/light mode · Mobile-ready. Built for current web standards.
## Scale cost
## Grows with every new account. Annual price hikes compound this further.
## Fixed per server. Add 10 or 1,000 clients — your licensing cost doesn’t move.
## Get Started
## Tell Us About Your Infrastructure
We’ll walk you through xCloud pricing at your scale, show how the WHMCS integration maps to your current workflow, and provide a migration timeline – no commitment required.
- ### Dedicated technical walkthrough – not a sales call
- ### Migration guidance from your current panel
- ### Pricing tailored to your server count
- ### No commitment required to explore
## Apply for xCloud Enterprise Partnership
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### Does xCloud install anything on our servers?
No. xCloud connects externally over an authenticated network API. Nothing is installed, no agents run on the host, and no server-level packages are added or modified.
### Does our existing WHMCS configuration change?
No. The xCloud module installs alongside your existing WHMCS setup. Your billing workflows, automations, and client data are unchanged. xCloud is simply a better cPanel alternative for WHMCS.
### How does xCloud pricing compare to cPanel at scale?
cPanel switched to per-account pricing in 2019 and has increased fees every year since — 2026 is the seventh consecutive hike. For providers running more than 20–30 accounts per server, xCloud’s per-server model typically results in material savings. We’ll model your specific numbers during the walkthrough.
### What server types are supported?
## VPS, bare metal, and dedicated servers — any infrastructure you own and control. Cloud VMs from any provider are supported.
### What does migrating from cPanel, Plesk, or DirectAdmin look like?
Migration is non-destructive — your server configuration is not modified. xCloud overlays at the management layer, and our technical team walks you through the transition with a clear timeline. Most providers are running on xCloud within days of their walkthrough.
### How does xCloud compare to DirectAdmin or Plesk?
DirectAdmin and Plesk are both server-installed panels with per-account or per-server licensing. xCloud is different by architecture — it runs externally, consumes zero server resources, and integrates natively with WHMCS via SSO. If your primary concern is cost as you scale and a modern client-facing UI, xCloud is purpose-built for that use case.
### How does WHMCS SSO work with xCloud?
After the xCloud WHMCS module is installed, clients access their hosting panel directly from the WHMCS client area with a single click — no separate login, no separate authentication. The SSO integration runs automatically alongside your existing provisioning workflows.
### What is xCloud Enterprise WHMCS hosting panel?
The xCloud Enterprise WHMCS hosting panel is a powerful interface that allows your clients to manage websites, deploy applications, monitor server performance, and control their hosting environment with ease. While WHMCS handles billing, subscriptions, and automation, the hosting panel provides a user-friendly interface for managing hosting accounts, databases, emails, and server resources efficiently.
### How is xCloud Enterprise’s WHMCS hosting panel different from traditional panels?
Traditionally, hosting providers connect WHMCS with server-installed panels like cPanel or Plesk, which can consume significant server resources and increase licensing costs as your infrastructure grows.
xCloud Enterprise offers a modern WHMCS hosting panel that connects externally to your servers. It provides clients with a faster, more modern hosting experience, reduces server load, and eliminates the need for expensive panel licenses — making it the ideal cPanel alternative for WHMCS hosting providers.
---
# xCloud Features | Experience Next-Gen Managed Hosting For WordPress
> Explore all the powerful xCloud features that will help you manage your WordPress websites effortlessly.
- 
### [Security](/features/)
- 
### [Performance](/features/)
- 
### [Integrations](/features/)
- 
### [Server Management](/features/)
- 
### [Site Management](/features/)
- 
### [Team COLLABORATION](/features/)
# Simplify Managed Hosting for WordPress: All Essentials in One Place
## Lightning Fast Hosting From xCloud Managed Servers
## Integrate Your Server
from Any Provider
## Security
## Next-Level Security For Your Website
Ensure your website’s safety with effortless advanced security measures and enjoy automated
protection with comprehensive firewall management.
## Ensure Site Security with Isolation
Keep each of your website isolated from one another by creating separate system users for each one. If a security breach occurs on one site, it will not be able to affect the others and your site will remain more safe and protected.
## Secure Website
with SSL Certificates
Protect your site with 1-click free SSL provided by xCloud or add your own custom SSL certificates. xCloud configures the certificates and renewals for your site on your behalf. No need to worry about the setup at all.
## Ensure Data Safety with SFTP & SSH
To ensure the security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP and SSH.
## Safeguard Your Server with Fail2Ban
Strengthen your server’s defenses with Fail2Ban. It blocks unauthorized access and protects against brute-force attacks. xCloud servers have it enabled by default, securing the SSH port.
## Automated Firewall Protection
With complete control over firewall management, xCloud is here to protect against threats with automated firewall protection for the security vulnerabilities of your site.
## Shield Your Site with 7G/8G Firewall
xCloud stack uses 7G and 8G Web Application Firewalls to protect against various web threats like XSS, SQL injection, and bad bots.
## Automated Security Updates
Stay secure with automatic server updates. As soon as security updates are released, xCloud immediately applies them to your server, minimizing the risk of vulnerabilities. With xCloud, your server stays protected without any manual effort, ensuring the highest level of security at all times.
## Site Security PRO
Get faster security alerts with Site Security PRO Powered by Patchstack for just **$2/month**(Limited Time Offer), and protect your WordPress website with continuous scans, automated virtual patching & advanced threat detection.
## In Partnership With:
## Performance
## Maximize Performance & Simplify Hosting
Get a lightning-fast WordPress website live in just a few minutes!
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OpenLiteSpeed stack, meticulously prepared and ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## Page Caching
xCloud provides a choice of full-page caching options, serving static HTML files to eliminate PHP and database processing for faster load times. FastCGI Caching and LiteSpeed Cache offer top performance for high-traffic and dynamic sites.
## Object Caching
You can handle more visitors without slowing down and clear the cache directly from xCloud using Redis Object caching.
## 1-click NGINX configuration
Configure Rocket-NGINX for WP Rocket, Standard WP NGINX for WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache easily. These plugins can optimize caching & enhance performance.
## Integrations
## Manage Hosting Environment With Integrations
Configure, scale & manage your hosting environment with ease. Get the ultimate flexibility and tools you
need to enhance your website performance.
## Choose Your Cloud Server
Integrate your servers seamlessly and experience unmatched ease and performance like never before. Choose and manage your preferred cloud provider like DigitalOcean, Google Cloud, Vultr, Hetzner, AWS or Linode.
## Efficiently Manage
Site’s Emails
Integrate your site’s email delivery system with Mailgun, SendGrid and Elastic Email effortlessly. Also, use any reliable SMTP provider you rely on to efficiently send and deliver site emails to recipients.
## Easy DNS Management
With Cloudflare
xCloud integrates with Cloudflare, offering an excellent free DNS solution. Use Cloudflare integrations to provision wildcard SSLs too for WordPress multisites.
## Get Notified Via Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram
Unlock seamless integration with Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram to stay informed with real-time server and site notifications delivered straight to your phone.
## xCloud Managed Email
Service
Send transactional emails such as admin notifications, new user signups & so on with fast and secure xCloud Managed Email Service.
## Integrate with Storage
Providers Seamlessly
Easily integrate your sites with Digital Ocean Spaces, AWS, Vultr Object Storage, Cloudflare R2 and any S3 Storage to store your files more securely & efficiently.
## Integrate with Storage
Providers Seamlessly
Easily connect your sites with Digital Ocean Spaces, AWS, Vultr Object Storage, Cloudflare R2 and any S3 Storage to store your files more securely & efficiently.
## Get Notified Via Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram
Unlock seamless integration with Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram to stay informed with real-time server and site notifications delivered straight to your phone.
## Server Management
## Effortless Server
Management
Experience streamlined server management with our intuitive control panel that simplifies every task and ensures your systems run smoothly with minimal effort.
## Full Root Access for
UItimate Freedom
Getting full root access to your xCloud server means you get full control over your cloud. Our system uses updatable packages, giving your server the ultimate flexibility with zero restrictions.
## Fast & High Performing
Databases
Get ultimate query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB & MySQL databases. Also optimized engines of MariaDB & MySQL ensure high performance with strong data integrity and provide fast access to data.
## Resolve Issues with
Auto Healing
Easily host unlimited websites on one server. You can manage them smoothly, scale up as needed and control everything - all from one place.
## Unlimited Sudo Users
You can add unlimited Sudo Users to your site and allow them to run commands as the root, helping you manage the server well.
## Unlimited
Site Deployments
Effortlessly create and manage multiple databases and users on a single server. Streamline your data management, boost efficiency and enjoy unparalleled control.
## Advanced Log Viewer
Quickly access your debug.log, error.log and access.log files. With xCloud server & site logs, easily find everything you need right in the dashboard, saving you from searching through countless files.
## Automation with
Cron Job
Simplify your workload with effortless task management. Easily manage scheduled tasks with cron jobs to increase efficiency and ensure your operations run smoothly without manual intervention.
## Instant Command Runner
Easily run commands and automate tasks in your site and server directly within the xCloud environment. With built-in command history, you can track who ran what and when re-run previous commands with a single click.
## Secure Network With IP Management
Protect your website from unauthorized access by managing the IPs. Our IP Whitelist / Blacklist feature lets you specify trusted IP addresses while blocking unwanted ones.
## Full Server Clone
Clone your full server including, all websites, configurations and migrate to existing servers or new ones in just a few clicks.
## Monitoring Your Server’s & Site’s Health
Get real-time insights and instant alerts to ensure optimal performance. Prevent downtime, identify issues early and maintain peak efficiency effortlessly. Monitor your RAM, CPU and Disk Usage from straight to the xCloud. You can even get alerts with Slack and WhatsApp from your phone. So, never be caught off guard again.
## Site Management
## Manage Your Websites Effortlessly
Ensure your website's safety with effortless, advanced security measures and enjoy automated
protection and comprehensive firewall management
## Fast & Secure PHP Hosting
Instantly deploy PHP applications with a few clicks. Get optimized stacks for better performance, built-in caching for faster speed, and manage your custom PHP sites seamlessly.
## Laravel Hosting For Developers
Deploy and run Laravel applications with confidence on our optimized servers. xCloud provides 1-click installs, powerful features, built-in caching, top tier hosting performance and more
## Deploy WordPress Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You'll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Easily Build Staging Sites with Pull Push
Create a staging environment for your WordPress site and test any changes before bringing it to your production site.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## SFTP & SSH Access to Your Clients For a Single Site
Enjoy safe and secure file transfers with SFTP access and easy-to-use essential pair creation tools. Manage your files confidently, knowing that your data is protected every step of the way.
## Instant Debugging with WP\_DEBUG
Activate WP Debug directly from your site dashboard with xCloud. No manual coding is needed — just toggle on the WP\_Debug option to troubleshoot WordPress issues effortlessly and efficiently.
## Seamless Migration of Sites & Servers
At xCloud, migration is simple and hassle-free. We provide a seamless migration process for our users. Whether you are managing one site or multiple, we ensure a smooth migration with minimal downtime.
- 
### Move your WordPress site with all data, themes, & plugins.
- 
### Efficiently transfer multiple sites in bulk.
- 
### Seamlessly migrate your full server without any complexity.
- 
### Easily switch from cPanel or shared hosting, with full data & structure integrity.
- 
### Get access to our xCloud Migration Plugin and enjoy a smooth migration experience.
## Easy Database Management
Manage your website's database using Adminer without a manual database connection. With a single file deployment, run complicated database administration systems with ease.
## Operate Multisite from One Place
xCloud allows you to create Multisite with Sub-Domain and Sub-Folder options. With Multisite, you can operate numerous websites using just one dashboard.
## Manage WordPress Plugins Easily
Worried about WordPress security vulnerabilities for your WordPress site? Get robust protection against threats with automated firewall protection.
## External Database
Seamlessly integrate your external database in just a few steps. When creating a site in xCloud, you have the option to select the database of your server or connect an existing database from anywhere
## Efficient File Manager
Streamline your workflow and stay organized with intuitive, robust file handling. Now, enjoy seamless organization and control at your fingertips.
## Restore Site From Backup
Access full or incremental backups of your stored website and restore it within a few clicks, either from backups or from storage buckets.
## Search Engine Indexing
Get your site indexed in search engines instantly and view in search results directly with just 1-Click.
## Simplify Site Creation with Blueprints
Simplify site creation with xCloud Blueprints. Save pre-configured themes and plugins to avoid repetitive installations. Just select a blueprint, and your chosen plugins and themes will automatically install on your new website.
## Clone Your
Website From Git Repository
Easily clone a website from Git repository with xCloud without any complexity at all. The migration process is exceptionally fast, ensuring a rapid transition without introducing any alterations to the code within your Git repository.
## Monitor Site Performance with Page Speed
Track how your site performs with detailed insights, including Core Web Vitals. See your site scores for Performance, Accessibility, Best Practices, and SEO in one place. Use clear diagnostics and actionable tips to improve site speed and deliver a smoother experience for every visitor.
## Easy Site Redirection
xCloud supports both Domain redirects & Path redirects. Domain redirects are handled automatically by xCloud. You can also easily redirect using matching string, a replacing string, and a redirect type.
## Custom NGINX Config
With a custom NGINX config in xCloud easily modify NGINX settings right from the xCloud dashboard without using any extra command lines.
## WordPress Magic Login
With Magic login, you can go to your site’s WordPress dashboard hassle-free way. No need to enter your password or other credentials. Just click and you are good to go.
## WP-Cron & xCloud Cron
WP-Cron manages scheduled tasks on WordPress sites & xCloud-Cron does the same thing at the server level, ensuring your tasks execute at specified intervals.
## Clone Your Site with Ease
Effortlessly clone your site to the same or different server with xCloud. You can create a copy and make changes swiftly without affecting your live site.
## Enable or Disable Site
With xCloud, you can easily disable a site for a while and enable that site from the dashboard with just a toggle.
## Vulnerability Checker
Keep your website safe and secure with the xCloud Vulnerability Checker. It automatically scans for security threats and alerts you if any potential issues are found in your WordPress core, themes or plugins.
## Updates Manager for
Effortless WordPress Sites Management
Easily activate, update, or roll back plugins and themes. You can also update them in bulk with a single click, simplifying the process and keeping your site always up to date.
## Team COLLABORATION
## Streamlined Collaboration & Elevate Productivity
Experience seamless collaboration from anywhere effortlessly with your team and Optimize
your workflow and enhance efficiency.
## One Account, Infinite Collaboration
xCloud allows team members to join various teams from one account, ensuring that each project is effectively managed.
## Define User Roles
You can create multiple teams and include any necessary number of members in each xCloud team and assign their access and role to ensure the operation becomes smoother.
## Ultimate Control Over User Access
As the team owner, you are in full control of the permissions distributed inside the team. If your team is large and has a variety of responsibilities, you can give each user a specific level of access to operate.
## Your Hosting Business, Powered By xCloud White Label
Unlock the potential to run your own hosting business with xCloud's White-Label feature. It is like building your own hosting company and tailored for agency owners:
- 
### Utilize our white-label client portal to design and sell your own hosting packages under your brand.
- 
### Enjoy the robust features of xCloud’s managed infrastructure powering your servers and sites.
- 
### Set your own prices; pay only for the managed server costs at discounted rates.
- 
### Brand your customer portal with your domain, sub-domain, and logo—no xCloud branding.
- 
### Access & manage customer websites directly from your portal as easily as your own.
[Explore More](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-white-label/)
---
# xCloud Lifetime Deal For Fluent Community - xCloud
> Grab the exclusive xCloud Deal and step into the future of managed hosting & server management for WordPress. Click, host and deploy your websites now!
## Fluent Community Specials
## Grab Exclusive
xCloud Lifetime Deal
## Advanced Control Panel – Effortless Server and Site Management – Lifetime Ownership
## xCloud is a powerful cloud **control panel** designed to streamline the setup, **hosting** and **management** of websites on different cloud/VPS servers.
## This incredible platform automates tasks like server configuration, WordPress installation, Custom PHP Applications Deploy, SSL certificate setup, server monitoring, resizing and plugin updates and makes website management as easy as writing ‘Hello World’ but without the codes.
## Select the hosting that suits your needs, bring your own provider ,effortlessly deploy your website with just a few clicks, and manage servers and sites with ease.
## **Bring your own cloud provider into xCloud**, whether it’s Vultr, GCP, DO, or others, and create lightning-fast WordPress and PHP sites.
## Shift multiple websites to xCloud Hosting at no cost with our full server migration feature. Utilize our free migration plugin and transfer sites from shared hosting.
## Simplify email with xCloud: connect Mailgun, SendGrid, and Elasticemail, & get 100 Free emails. Manage DNS via Cloudflare, AWS, DO Space, or S3 for storage
## What Sets xCloud Apart
xCloud serves as a user-friendly control panel, streamlining the setup and management of WordPress websites across a range of **cloud/VPS servers.**
## Our tool automates **server setup, WordPress installation, Custom PHP Site deploy, SSL,** monitoring, resizing, and plugin updates, streamlining tasks for both beginners and seasoned developers.
## Users can effortlessly **create and manage multiple sites on a single server** equipped with tools for optimizing performance and scaling.
## xCloud streamlines **website management, freeing developers** and agencies to focus on crafting exceptional sites.
## Bring Your Provider & Use Powerful Features
## Integrations
- ### DO, GCP, Vultr, Or Ubuntu Servers
- ### Mailgun, Sendgrid, Elasticemail Email Servers
- ### AWS, DO Spaces, Or Any S3 Storage Provider
## Server Creation
- ### Deploy Self Or Fully Managed Servers
- ### Dedicated IP Included For Your Site
- ### Complete Root Access Authorization
## Staging & Migration
- ### AdvancedGit Repository Cloning Process
- ### Full Server Migration For Free
- ### Easy Staging Environment Configuration
## Server & Site Management
- ### Unlimited Database Storage Capacity
- ### Site Backup On Remote Storage
- ### Free WordPress Plugin & Theme Update
## Easily migrate multiple websites with xCloud. Seamlessly **transition from cPanel** and shared hosting for a smooth, complication-free move.
## Easily perform a **full server migration** without any complexity and migrate any number of WordPress sites in bulk under the same server at a super fast pace.
## Benefit from the convenience of **free migration** through our dedicated feature and plugin, simplifying the entire process.
## Manage Your Websites Effortlessly
### WP-Cron & xCloud Cron
WP-Cron manages scheduled tasks on WordPress sites & xCloud-Cron does the same thing at the server level, ensuring your tasks execute at specified intervals.
### WordPress Magic Login
With Magic login, you can go to your site’s WordPress dashboard hassle-free way. No need to enter your password or other credentials. Just click and you are good to go.
### Custom NGINX Config
With a custom NGINX config in xCloud easily modify NGINX settings right from the xCloud dashboard without using any extra command lines.
### Clone Your Site with Ease
Effortlessly clone your site to the same or different server with xCloud. You can create a copy and make changes swiftly without affecting your live site.
## Recent Exclusive Feature
## Launch PHP Applications in 1-Click
Instantly deploy PHP applications with a few clicks. Get optimized stacks for better performance, built-in caching for faster speed, and manage your custom PHP sites seamlessly.
## Deploy WordPress Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Easily Create Staging Sites with Pull Push
Instantly create and manage WordPress staging sites. With just a few clicks, build, deploy, and sync your changes. Easily pull incremental data from production and push updates to your live site.
Ensure the safety of your data both locally and remotely with xCloud. Gain immediate admin access through Magic Login, making it easy to control your website.
Experience convenience with 1-click updates for WordPress plugins, themes, and core features, along with timely notifications.
Secure your websites effortlessly with free SSL, adding a layer of protection. Manage site paths easily with Path Redirects, allowing you to direct traffic where you want it to go.
With xCloud, simplify your data management and site security without the need for complicated technical difficulties.
## Too Late! You Have Missed The Deal
Apply now to get the notified about our upcoming deals.
## Lifetime Deal
## Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel for free
[GRAB THE DEAL](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/package/checkout?package=24)
## 14-day money-back guarantee.
- 
### Unlimited site deployments
- 
### Access to all features
## Lifetime Deal
## Pay once and get lifetime access to our cloud control panel
- ### For 15 Servers
- ### Unlimited Sites
## Saving 79%
## (Originally $2,880+)
Entry: $99 Budget: $299 Growth: $599 Performance: $999
Growth: $599
Entry: $99
Budget: $299
Growth: $599
Performance: $999
[Grab The Lifetime Deal](/fluent-community-exclusive/)
## Deal Ending Soon
## Features
## Powerful Features To Manage Your Server & Sites
Get advanced features in every plan, at no additional cost and simplify your server and site management with ease.
- 
###### Performance
- 
###### Server Management
- 
###### Site Management
- 
###### Security
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OpenLightSpeed stack, meticulously prepared and ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## NGINX FastCGI Caching
Boost your WordPress site’s performance effortlessly. With just one click, activate full-page NGINX FastCGI caching and serve pages at lightning speed, bypassing PHP processing.
## Object Caching
You can handle more visitors without slowing down and clear the cache directly from xCloud using Redis Object caching.
## 1-Click NGINX Configuration
Configure Rocket-NGINX for WP Rocket, Standard WP NGINX for WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache easily. These plugins can optimize caching & enhance performance.
## Full Root Access for
UItimate Freedom
Getting full root access to your xCloud server means you get full control over your cloud. Our system uses updatable packages, giving your server the ultimate flexibility with zero restrictions.
## Unlimited
Site Deployments
Effortlessly create and manage multiple databases and users on a single server. Streamline your data management, boost efficiency and enjoy unparalleled control.
## Fast & High Performing
Databases
Get ultimate query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB & MySQL databases. Also optimized engines of MariaDB & MySQL ensure high performance with strong data integrity and provide fast access to data.
## Automation with
Cron Job
Simplify your workload with effortless task management. Easily manage scheduled tasks with cron jobs to increase efficiency and ensure your operations run smoothly without manual intervention.
## Monitoring Your Server’s & Site’s Health
Get real-time insights and instant alerts to ensure optimal performance. Prevent downtime, identify issues early and maintain peak efficiency effortlessly. Monitor your RAM, CPU and Disk Usage from straight to the xCloud.
## Full Run PHP Your WayServer Clone
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Deploy WordPress Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Easily Build Staging Sites with Pull Push
Create a staging environment for your WordPress site and test any changes before bringing it to your production site.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Ensure Site Security with Isolation
Keep each of your website isolated from one another by creating separate system users for each one. If a security breach occurs on one site, it will not be able to affect the others and your site will remain more safe and protected.
## Secure Website
with SSL Certificates
Protect your site with 1-click free SSL provided by xCloud or add your own custom SSL certificates. xCloud configures the certificates and renewals for your site on your behalf. No need to worry about the setup at all.
## Ensure Data Safety with SFTP & SSH
To ensure the security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP and SSH.
## Safeguard Your Server with Fail2Ban
Strengthen your server’s defenses with Fail2Ban. It blocks unauthorized access and protects against brute-force attacks. xCloud servers have it enabled by default, securing the SSH port.
## What We Offer
## Billing and Support
- 
### Simple Billing: Integration with Stripe for Your Convenience
- 
### Live Chat Support: Crisp Integration for Real-Time Assistance
- 
### Full Server Migration Support: Get Help When You Need It
## team
## Team Harmony
In Action
- 
### Versatile User Roles: Owner, Super User, Server Admin
- 
### Control Server & site Access for Teams
- 
### Enhanced Security: Activate 2FA Protection
## Don’t Miss Out This Time: One-time Payment – LIFETIME FREE Access!
## Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
## $499
- 
### Bring Up To 7 Servers
- 
### Access to All Features
[Grab Lifetime Deal](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/package/checkout?package=23)
## $799
- 
### Bring Up To 15 Servers
- 
### Access to All Features
[Grab Lifetime Deal](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/package/checkout?package=24)
## $1499
- 
### Bring Up To 50 Servers
- 
### Access to All Features
[Grab Lifetime Deal](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/package/checkout?package=25)
## Exclusive Discount On xCloud Hosting Plans — LTD Users Only
## Get access to our **xCloud provider** at an **Exclusive discount** designed just for our LTD users. When you make a purchase, we’ll simply **deduct 1 LTD credit** from your balance.
General PackagesPremium Packages
General PackagesPremium Packages
General PackagesPremium Packages
General PackagesPremium Packages
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
David Risley
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
X
Mario David McCan
“another kind of cool thing is that you can have a team associated with your account so that’s nice I think that’s a higher-tier feature”
Digital Marketing Tips – SaaS Space
“With just a few clicks, you will be able to install your WordPress site and manage all your servers & sites in just one dashboard”
X
X
Suburbia Press
“Migrate from any web host over to xCloud simply”
X
Mr Web
“Supercharge Website Management with xCloud”
X
Dave Swift
“xCloud – WP Hosting Panel Everyone Is Talking About”
X
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
## FAQ’s
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### How Do I Get Support?
Our dedicated support team is here to address any queries or concerns you may have, whether it’s technical assistance, account-related issues, or general inquiries. Get instant support from our live chat or **[submit a support ticket](/support/)**.
### Do You Have Hosting In xCloud?
Yes, we have hosting for WordPress. Our xCloud managed-hosting server can be found **[here](/)**. However, the xCloud-managed hosting servers are not included in the LTD offer.
### Which Stacks xCloud Support?
xCloud supports both NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed web servers.
### Can I purchase the LTD plan multiple times?
Yes! This Lifetime Deal (LTD) is stackable. You can buy as many plans as you need during the campaign period.
### Can I get a refund?
Yes. We offer a 14-day full refund policy on our advanced control panel— no questions asked.
### What’s included in the xCloud LTD offer?
The xCloud LTD offer gives you lifetime access to our control panel and all features needed to manage your own servers. You can connect any cloud provider (such as Vultr, GCP, Hetzner, DigitalOcean, or Contabo) and manage your servers and websites through xCloud. You will also receive access to all current and future features in the control panel.
Please note that Hosting services, email bundles, backup storage and add-ons are **not included** in the LTD offer.
### Special Discount for LTD Users on xCloud Hosting Plans
In addition to server management, xCloud also provides hosting services. LTD users can purchase servers using their LTD balance. Buying the xCloud Lifetime Deal makes you eligible for an exclusive discount on xCloud Provider servers. We will just deduct your 1 LTD balance if you want to purchase the xCloud LTD. Please check the [**documentation**](/docs/xcloud-provider-for-ltd-users/) for more details.
### Does this LTD offer include lifetime hosting?
No, the LTD offer is for the control panel only. You can bring your own servers and manage them with our advanced control panel. However, LTD users receive a special discount on xCloud Managed Hosting Plans. Check the pricing comparison above for more information.
### What is the difference between xCloud Managed and xCloud Provider?
Both options offer the same server configurations. However, xCloud Provider servers are offered at lower prices and are exclusively available to LTD users.
### How do I upgrade my existing LTD plan?
To upgrade, simply purchase the same LTD plan again. For example, if you have a 7-Server LTD plan and want to add 7 more servers, you can buy another 7-Server LTD plan during the campaign. This way, you’ll be able to manage a total of 14 servers and deploy unlimited sites.
### Which stacks does xCloud support?
xCloud supports NGINX, OpenLiteSpeed, MySQL, MariaDB, and more.
### How do I get support?
Our support team is ready to assist with technical issues, account problems, and general questions. We also offer free migration support.You can reach us via live chat or by submitting a [support ticket](https://support.xcloud.host/). Please read [documentation](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/) for more details.
## Team xCloud
## The next-gen cloud hosting and server management solution, xCloud, is brought to you by **[team WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)**, the same team that is powering up 6 million websites with popular solutions, in partnership with WPManageNinja.
---
# How to Get a Free Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL Certificate with xCloud Hosting - xCloud
> A Let's Encrypt Wildcard SSL certificate, offered by Let's Encrypt, a non-profit certificate authority, is a form of SSL/TLS certificate.
One of the most fundamental aspects of web security is SSL encryption, which encrypts the data exchanged between your website and its visitors, safeguarding sensitive information from prying eyes. Fortunately, acquiring an SSL certificate no longer needs to be a costly endeavor. In this guide, we’ll explore how you can obtain a free [**Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/) certificate through xCloud Hosting, helping you to protect your website and instill trust in your visitors without breaking the bank.
## **SSL & Wildcard SSL Certificate: What Are These?**
Think of SSL as a super-secret code that keeps your online conversations safe. It’s a technology that encrypts (scrambles) information when it travels between your website and someone’s computer. This encryption makes sure nobody else can sneak a peek at what you’re saying or doing online.
An SSL certificate is like a fancy ID card for your website. It proves that your website is trustworthy and legit. When someone visits your website, their browser checks this ID card. If it’s all good, your website and their browser start speaking in the secret code (SSL) to keep their chats private and secure.
So, in simple terms, SSL and SSL certificates work together to keep your online stuff safe and sound, like a lock and key for the internet.
## **Types Of Wildcard SSL Certificates**
SSL certificates can generally be classified into several types based on the level of validation and the number of domains/subdomains they can secure:
1. **Domain Validated (DV) SSL Certificates:** These are the most basic type of SSL certificates. They only verify that you control the domain for which the certificate is issued. DV certificates are usually issued quickly and are the most affordable option. They are suitable for personal websites, blogs, and small businesses.
2. **Organization Validated (OV) SSL Certificates:** OV certificates provide a higher level of validation compared to DV certificates. In addition to verifying domain ownership, the Certificate Authority (CA) also confirms the organization’s identity. OV certificates are ideal for businesses and organizations that want to demonstrate their legitimacy and build trust with their visitors.
3. **Extended Validation (EV) Wildcard SSL Certificate:** EV certificates offer the highest level of validation. The CA conducts a thorough verification process to confirm the legal entity behind the website. Websites with EV certificates display the organization’s name prominently in the browser’s address bar, often with a green padlock symbol. EV certificates are typically used by e-commerce sites, financial institutions, and other entities that prioritize security and trust.
4. **Wildcard SSL Certificates:** Wildcard certificates are designed to secure a domain and all its subdomains with a single certificate. For example, a wildcard certificate issued for “\*.example.com” would secure “example.com”, “www.example.com”, “blog.example.com”, etc. Wildcard certificates offer convenience and cost-effectiveness for websites with multiple subdomains.
5. **Multi-Domain (SAN) SSL Certificates:** Also known as Subject Alternative Name (SAN) certificates, these allow you to secure multiple domains and/or subdomains within a single certificate. SAN certificates are versatile and can be a practical solution for businesses managing several websites or online services.
6. **Single Domain SSL Certificates:** As the name suggests, these certificates are valid for a single domain and do not cover subdomains. They are suitable for websites that only need to secure a single domain without any subdomains.
These are the main types of SSL certificates available, each catering to different security and validation needs. The choice of certificate depends on factors such as the type of website, the level of trust required, and budget considerations.
## **What Is Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL?**
[**Let’s Encrypt**](https://letsencrypt.org/) is a nonprofit certificate authority that provides free SSL/TLS certificates for websites. SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) and its successor, TLS (Transport Layer Security), are cryptographic protocols that secure data transmitted over the internet. These protocols establish a secure connection between a web server and a browser, ensuring that data remains confidential and integral.
## **How Let’s Encrypt SSL Functions?**
Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL certificate offers a golden opportunity to enhance your website’s security, providing a secure connection between your website and its visitors. This is how it works:
1. **Certificate Request:** To obtain a Let’s Encrypt SSL certificate, the website owner initiates a certificate request. This process typically involves generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), which contains information about the website and its owner.
2. **Domain Validation:** Let’s Encrypt employs an automated domain validation process to verify that the requester owns or controls the domain for which the certificate is requested. This validation can be achieved through various methods, such as HTTP-01, DNS-01, or TLS-ALPN-01 challenges.
3. **Certificate Issuance:** Once domain ownership is verified, Let’s Encrypt issues the SSL certificate. These certificates are typically valid for 90 days, after which they must be renewed.
4. **Automatic Renewal:** Let’s Encrypt certificates support automatic renewal, simplifying the maintenance process for website owners. Automated renewal ensures that websites remain protected without manual intervention.
## **Some Key Features of Let’s Encrypt SSL Certificate**
1. **Free of Charge:** Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL certificates are provided free of charge, making website encryption accessible to all.
2. **Wildcard Support:** Let’s Encrypt offers wildcard certificates, which can secure a domain and all its subdomains with a single certificate. This flexibility simplifies certificate management for websites with multiple subdomains.
3. **Automated Installation:** Let’s Encrypt certificates can be easily installed on web servers using automated tools or plugins. This streamlines the setup process, even for novice users.
4. **Strong Encryption:** Let’s Encrypt certificates support modern cryptographic algorithms, ensuring robust encryption for secure data transmission.
Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL certificate revolutionizes website security by democratizing access to SSL/TLS encryption. By providing free, automated, and easy-to-use SSL certificates, Let’s Encrypt helps website owners protect their visitors’ data effortlessly.
## **Easily Install Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL(Secure Socket Layer) Certificate with xCloud**
To secure your website with HTTPS, you require a Wildcard SSL certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) such as Let’s Encrypt. Verification of domain ownership is accomplished through ACME protocol software installed on your web hosting server.
If you lack shell access (SSH) and utilize control panels like cPanel or Plesk, obtaining the certificate through this method may not be feasible. It’s advisable to reach out to your hosting provider for verification.
Alternatively, [**xCloud**](/) offers a complimentary SSL certificate, ensuring your website’s security without any cost.
You can add your Let’s Encrypt SSL certificate directly from the SSL/HTTPS option in the dashboard.
In the Certificate Issue section, you’ll find that your Let’s Encrypt SSL certificate has been successfully added. Simply click the Save button to preserve your changes.
**_Please note: If you opt to utilize our complimentary SSL certificate from xCloud, you’ll need to disable other providers. For instance, you should disable ‘proxy’ from your Cloudflare DNS report._**
## **Start Protecting Your Visitor’s Data with Let’s Encrypt Wildcard SSL**
Whether you opt for a Let’s Encrypt SSL certificate or choose xCloud’s free SSL option, taking proactive steps to protect your visitors’ data is paramount. By encrypting data transmission between your website and its users, you not only safeguard sensitive information but also build trust and credibility. So, don’t delay – enable HTTPS today and ensure a safer, more secure online experience for everyone who interacts with your website.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blog**s](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# GDPR Policy - xCloud
> xCloud GDPR policy explains how we protect personal data, ensure privacy, and uphold your rights under EU/UK data protection laws.
# xCloud GDPR Policy
Please take the time to read this agreement carefully, as it includes important information about your legal rights and protections.
- [What is the GDPR & to Whom Does the GDPR apply?](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Applicability of GDPR to Individual Customers](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Applicability of GDPR to Individual Customers](/gdpr-policy/)
- [xCloud’s Responsibilities Under GDPR](/gdpr-policy/)
- [xCloud’s Responsibilities Under GDPR](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Steps Taken by xCloud to Ensure GDPR Compliance](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Web Statistics Cookies](/gdpr-policy/)
- [The Information You Provide to Us](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Advertising Cookies](/gdpr-policy/)
- [The Information We Obtain From Other Sources](/gdpr-policy/)
- [How We Use Cookies on Our Site](/gdpr-policy/)
- [How We Use Your Personal Data](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Functionality Cookies](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Data Protection Measures at xCloud](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Disclosure of Personal Data](/gdpr-policy/)
- [Transfers of Data At xCloud](/gdpr-policy/)
- [What Security Measures Do We Take?](/gdpr-policy/)
- [How Long Do We Keep Your Data/Information?](/gdpr-policy/)
- [What are your rights under GDPR to protect your data?](/gdpr-policy/)
- [What are your rights under GDPR to protect your data?](/gdpr-policy/)
- [External Links and Privacy Considerations At xCloud](/gdpr-policy/)
- [xCloud Role Under GDPR](/gdpr-policy/)
- [How Do We Handle Changes to This Notice?](/gdpr-policy/)
- [How Can You Contact Us About Privacy Matters?](/gdpr-policy/)
xCloud (we, us) believes it is important that you understand how we collect, store, share and use information from and about our website visitors, subscribers, customers and vendors. This EU/UK GDPR Privacy Notice (Notice), our cookie policy and other legal notices posted on our website [https://xcloud.host/](/) (Site) describe our collection, use and disclosure of personal data.
### What is the GDPR & to Whom Does the GDPR apply?Copied!
The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is a regulation in European law that was adopted on April 14, 2016 and became enforceable on May 25, 2018. This law regulates data protection and privacy for all individuals within the European Union and the European Economic Area. It also addresses the export of personal data outside the EU and EEA. The GDPR aims primarily to give control to citizens and residents over their personal data and to simplify the regulatory environment for international business by unifying the regulation within the EU.
This Notice applies to personal data:
1. collected through the Site
2. when you subscribe to or otherwise use our online services (Services)
3. in the course of our business activities conducted elsewhere, whenever we act as the controller of that data and when its processing is governed by EU General Data Protection Regulation or the UK General Data Protection Regulation (together, the “GDPR”)
### **Applicability of GDPR to Individual Customers**Copied!
This Notice does not apply to information collected, stored, shared, or distributed by third-party sites and may be updated from time to time.
### Applicability **of GDPR to Individual Customers**
The GDPR applies to all entities and individuals which process personal data as part of their activities, or the activities of one of their branches, established in the EU, regardless of where the data is processed. The law also applies to any company established outside of the EU offering goods/services or monitoring the behavior of individuals within the EU. This includes all xCloud customers, including individuals (whether located inside or outside the EU), who collect and process personal data and information from any persons within the EU using our products and services.
### xCloud’s Responsibilities Under GDPRCopied!
When you visit our Site or use our Services, our server automatically collects certain browser or device generated information, including but not limited to:
1. your domain;
2. your IP address;
3. your date, time and duration of your visit;
4. your browser type;
5. your operating system; your page visits;
6. information from third parties;
7. other information about your computer or device;
8. Internet traffic.
### xCloud’s Responsibilities Under GDPR
In some cases, this information constitutes personal data. We do not use this automatically collected information to try to identify you by name, and we do not associate it with the information you provide voluntarily, as detailed in subsequent sections.
### Steps Taken by xCloud to Ensure GDPR ComplianceCopied!
In order to access or use certain portions of the Site or Services, or enjoy the full functionality of the Site or Services, or otherwise in conducting business with us or seeking to conduct business with us, you may be prompted to provide certain personal data to us in the following ways:
1. Subscribers to our Services will be prompted to provide their name, address, email, phone number and any other necessary billing information.
2. Site visitors and prospective and current suppliers and subscribers may provide personal data when filling in forms (for example, a ‘Contact us’ form) on our site or at a trade show or anywhere else we conduct business;
- by printing documentation from our site
- by subscribing to newsletters or other communications.
- by corresponding with us by tickets, email or otherwise providing contact details.
### Web Statistics CookiesCopied!
In these cases, the personal data you give us may include name, business affiliation, business address, telephone number, email address and any personal details required to resolve any inquiries or complaints.
This personal data is required to enter into a contract with you (such as in anticipation of a supply agreement or to learn about our Services) or to perform a contract with you (such as to provide services) and failure to provide any information may result in our inability to provide requested services or products.
### The Information You Provide to UsCopied!
To access or use certain portions of the Site or Services, enjoy the full functionality of the Site or Services, or conduct business with us, you may be required to provide personal data in the following ways:
- **Subscribers to our Services** will be prompted to provide their name, address, email, phone number, and any other necessary billing information.Subscribers to our Services will be prompted to provide their name, address, email, phone number and any other necessary billing information.
- **Site visitors, prospective and current suppliers, and subscribers** may provide personal data when:
- Filling in forms (e.g., a “Contact Us” form) on our Site, at a trade show, or other business events.
- Downloading documentation from our Site
- Subscribing to newsletters or other communications.
- Corresponding with us by phone, email, or other means.
### Advertising CookiesCopied!
Typically, the personal data you provide may include your name, business affiliation, business address, telephone number, email address, and any details required to resolve inquiries or complaints.
This personal data is necessary to enter into or perform a contract with you (e.g., for a supply agreement or service request). Failure to provide this information may result in our inability to offer the requested Services or products.
### The Information We Obtain From Other SourcesCopied!
We may obtain fraud and risk-scoring data from third parties to ensure the security and integrity of our Services.
### How We Use Cookies on Our SiteCopied!
Cookies are small data files stored on your device that allow us to track certain activities on our Site, such as user preferences, site usage patterns, and other behaviors. Our Site uses cookies to enhance your browsing experience and make our services more efficient. By doing so, we can optimize your experience and deliver personalized content.
For detailed information about the types of cookies we use, how they function, and how we protect your privacy when using them, please read our [Cookie Policy.](/gdpr-policy/) Our Cookie Policy explains the various types of cookies used and provides instructions on how you can control or disable them if you choose to do so.
### **How We Use Your Personal Data**Copied!
Below is an overview of our purposes for using your personal data. All processing and use of your personal data is justified by a legal basis for processing, which includes:
- **Contractual necessity** – Processing is required to perform a contract with you (e.g., if you subscribe to our Services) or to take steps at your request (e.g., fulfilling an order or providing product information).
- **Legal compliance** – Processing is required to comply with legal obligations, such as maintaining accounting records.
- **Legitimate interests** – Processing is necessary for our business activities, provided they do not override your interests and fundamental rights. Our legitimate interests include:
- Conducting and developing business with subscribers, site users, suppliers, and customers.
- Using personal data only for purposes that support our business operations.
- **Consent** – Processing is based on your explicit consent where required.
We use personal data to:
- Provide Services you have subscribed for or requested.
- Send documentation or communications you have requested.
- Administer and manage purchase or sales agreements with suppliers and customers.
- Provide after-sales support.
- Resolve user queries or complaints.
- Market our Services to individuals whose subscriptions have expired or been canceled.
- Engage with you regarding events, promotions, the Site, and xCloud products and services.
- Process, evaluate, and complete transactions related to the Site and xCloud products and services.
- Improve and develop the Site by analyzing trends, access, and usage for advertising and marketing.
- Enhance user experience based on tracked interests and target new markets.
- Ensure the security of the Site, xCloud confidential information, and employees.
- Manage and investigate fraud, risk exposure, claims, and legal violations.
### Functionality CookiesCopied!
We also use **non-personal and aggregate data** to customize our marketing efforts and enhance the overall user experience.
### Data Protection Measures at xCloudCopied!
We take your privacy and the security of your personal data very seriously. As part of our commitment to safeguarding your information, we ensure that your personal data is not sold, rented, or shared with third parties for any unauthorized purposes. We will not sell, rent, or lease your personal data to third parties under any circumstances.
### Disclosure of Personal DataCopied!
We may disclose personal data about Site visitors, users of our Services, or our suppliers or customers if, in our sole discretion, we believe that it is reasonable to do so, including:
- To satisfy any laws, regulations, or governmental or legal requests for such data;
- To disclose personal data that is necessary to identify, contact, or bring legal action against someone who may be violating our Acceptable Use Policy or other user policies;
- To protect ourselves, our subscribers, and the general public;
- To cooperate with law enforcement authorities, private-party litigants, and others seeking information about our end users to the extent required by applicable law. Examples of such cooperation include lawful criminal, civil, or administrative process, discovery requests, subpoenas, court orders, writs, or reasonable request of authorities or persons with the reasonable power to obtain such process;
- To share your personal data with third parties in connection with potential or actual sale of our company or any of our assets, in which case personal data held by us about our users may be one of the transferred assets.
- To trusted third-party service providers such as Pusher, Userback, FirstPromoter, and others that help us deliver specific features, communications, or integrations within our Services. These providers are contractually obligated to protect your information and may only use it to perform the services they provide to us.
### Transfers of Data At xCloudCopied!
If you are in the UK or the European Economic Area (“EEA”) (including the European Union (“EU”)) and your personal data is transferred outside the UK or outside of the EEA (as applicable) to other xCloud affiliates or to third party service providers, we will take steps to ensure that your personal data receives the same level of protection as if it remained within the UK or EEA (as applicable).
If we transfer UK data to the EEA, this is covered by the UK’s decision that EEA countries provide adequate protection for personal data. If we transfer EEA data to the UK, this is covered by the EC decision that the UK provides adequate protection for personal data. If we transfer UK or EEA data to other countries, not subject to an equivalent legal adequacy decision, we will take steps to protect your personal data to the same degree. This includes entering into data transfer agreements using any applicable, valid standard contractual clauses (“SCCs”) with our suppliers and other business partners and taking appropriate supplementary safeguards.
You have a right to obtain details of the mechanism under which your personal data is transferred outside of the EEA or UK by contacting [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host).
### What Security Measures Do We Take?Copied!
Where lawful to do so, and subject to your consent where required, we may communicate with you by e-mail to tell you about our products and services. If you wish to opt-out of receiving marketing communications, please use the ‘unsubscribe’ link provided in our emails.
If you are a subscriber to our Services, we may send you periodic announcements including the details of our existing and new programs. You may opt out of these announcements by filling out the form at [www.xcloud.host/unsubscribe](http://www.xcloud.host/unsubscribe) or by clicking the opt-out link at the bottom of these emails. If you opt out of these marketing emails, you may still receive system notices and other information that is specifically related to your subscription account.
### How Long Do We Keep Your Data/Information?Copied!
We apply a general rule of keeping personal data only for as long as required to fulfill the purposes for which it was collected. In general, we retain your personal data for a period of time corresponding to a statute of limitation, for example to maintain an accurate record of your dealings with us. However, in some circumstances we may retain personal data for other periods of time, for instance where we are required to do so in accordance with legal, tax and accounting requirements, or if required to do so by a legal process, legal authority, or other governmental entity having authority to make the request, for so long as required.
With respect to marketing, we retain your personal data for 18 months after your last request for service or other contact you initiate.
### What are your rights under GDPR to protect your data?Copied!
You have the following rights regarding your personal data:
1. **Right to withdraw consent –** where applicable, you have the right to withdraw your consent at any time. For example, if you wish to opt-out of receiving electronic marketing communications, you can change your settings in your account on the Site, use the ‘unsubscribe’ link provided in our emails or otherwise contact us directly.
2. **Right of access, rectification and erasure –** you have the right to request access to and obtain a copy of any of your personal data that we may hold, to request correction of any inaccurate data relating to you and to request the deletion of your personal data under certain circumstances. You can see and update most of this data yourself online, or by contacting us directly.
3. **Data portability –** where we are relying upon your consent, or the fact that the processing is necessary to perform a contract to which you are party or to take steps at your request prior to entering a contract, and the personal data is processed by automatic means, you have the right to receive all such personal data which you have provided us in a structured, commonly used and machine-readable format, and also to require us to transmit it to another controller where this is technically feasible.
4. **Right to restriction of processing –** you have the right to restrict our processing of your personal data where:
- you contest the accuracy of the personal data, until we have taken sufficient steps to correct or verify its accuracy;
- where the processing is unlawful but you do not want us to erase the personal data;
- where we no longer need your personal data for the purposes of the processing, but you require such personal data for the establishment, exercise or defence of legal claims; or
- where you have objected to processing justified on legitimate interest grounds, pending verification as to whether we have compelling legitimate grounds to continue processing.
### What are your rights under GDPR to protect your data?
Right to object to processing – you have the right to object to our use of your personal data (including profiling) for direct marketing purposes, such as when we use your personal data to invite you to our promotional events.
### External Links and Privacy Considerations At xCloudCopied!
The Site may contain links to third party sites. Since xCloud does not control nor is responsible for the privacy practices of those Sites, we encourage you to review the privacy policies of these third party sites. This Notice applies solely to personal data collected by our Sites or in the course of our business activities.
### xCloud Role Under GDPRCopied!
xCloud acts both as a Data Controller and Data Processor:
- To satisfy any laws, regulations, or governmental or legal requests for such data;
- As a Data Processor when our customers use xCloud Products and Services to process EU personal data. For example, if any third party’s personal information gets uploaded and processed by an xCloud customer on an xCloud managed server. In this role, we comply with both our customers’ instructions and the legal obligations that apply directly to data processors under the GDPR.
### How Do We Handle Changes to This Notice?Copied!
We reserve the right to revise, amend, or modify this Notice and our other policies and agreements at any time and in any manner. You should periodically check for any modifications of this Notice by re-visiting this web page and using the ‘refresh’ button on your browser. If the ‘last modified’ date remains unchanged after you have clicked the ‘refresh’ button on your browser, you may presume that no changes have been made since the last reading of the Notice. A changed ‘last modified’ date indicates that this Notice has been updated or edited, and the updated or edited version supersedes any prior versions immediately upon posting.
### How Can You Contact Us About Privacy Matters?Copied!
If you have any questions in relation to this Notice, wish to exercise any of your rights, or require assistance, please contact us at:
**Email:** [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
**Website:** [https://xcloud.host/contact/](/contact/)
For data protection concerns, you also have the right to lodge a complaint with the supervisory authority of your habitual residence, place of work or place of alleged infringement, if you consider that the processing of your personal data infringes applicable law.
---
# How to Get a Professional Email Address With a Custom Domain [Easy Guide] - xCloud
> Learn how to create a professional email address with your own domain for your business using the xCloud MailBox Addon.
Are you still sending business emails from a generic Gmail or Yahoo account? You’re not alone, but you’re losing deals you’ll never know about. According to **[GoDaddy’s consumer trust research](https://aboutus.godaddy.net/newsroom/news-releases/press-release-details/2016/Consumer-Trust-In-Online-Small-Businesses-Strengthened-By-Professional-Email/default.aspx)**, 75% of respondents said a domain-based email matching the company website is a very to extremely important factor when deciding whether to trust an online small business. A more recent 2025 UENI study reached a similar conclusion: **[64% of people trust businesses](https://ueni.com/blog/custom-domain-emails-small-businesses/)** with professional email addresses more. The address before the “@” is your name. The part after it is your reputation.
And here’s what changed in 2026: getting a custom domain email no longer costs $6 to $15 per user per month. With the new xCloud Mailbox, **you can start free**, and the paid plan begins at just $1/month with AI replies, a built-in calendar, and task management. This guide walks you through the why, the how, and the gotchas, with current data instead of the 2023 statistics most other guides still recycle.
> ## **Key Takeaways**
>
> - 75% of consumers say a domain-based email matching the website is a key factor in trusting an online small business ([GoDaddy consumer survey](https://aboutus.godaddy.net/newsroom/news-releases/press-release-details/2016/Consumer-Trust-In-Online-Small-Businesses-Strengthened-By-Professional-Email/default.aspx)).
> - The FBI’s IC3 logged [$20.87 billion in 2025 cybercrime losses, with $3.05 billion from business email compromise alone](https://dmarcreport.com/blog/the-dmarc-adoption-2026-domains-records-only-9-percent-protected/), which makes SPF, DKIM, and DMARC table stakes, not optional.
> - Since November 2025, Gmail permanently rejects non-authenticated bulk email, so a properly configured custom domain is now a deliverability requirement.
> - xCloud Mailbox offers a free tier plus a $1/month paid plan with AI-powered replies, calendar, and tasks, significantly cheaper than Google Workspace or Microsoft 365.
## What Is a Custom Domain Email Address?
A custom domain email address is an email that uses your own website’s domain instead of a free provider like Gmail or Yahoo. According to [Statista’s email traffic data](https://www.statista.com/statistics/420391/spam-email-traffic-share/), over 361 billion emails are sent every day in 2025, and inbox providers increasingly use sender domain reputation, not content, to decide what reaches the inbox. A branded domain is the foundation of that reputation.
Here’s what the difference looks like in practice:
- ✅ hello@yourbrand.com
- ✅ support@yourcompany.net
- ❌ yourbusiness123@gmail.com
The part after the “@” symbol is your domain. When a customer or supplier sees an email from you@yourcompany.com, they get an instant signal: this is a real business with a real website. A free email address sends the opposite signal, and in regulated industries it can disqualify you entirely. Many enterprise procurement teams now refuse to onboard vendors who don’t communicate from a branded domain, because free addresses fail their security review.
## Why Your Business Needs a Custom Domain Email in 2026
Every business decision is a trust transaction, and email is where most of those transactions begin. A 2026 analysis by [DuoCircle found that DMARC adoption grew from 27.2% to 52.1% between 2023 and 2026](https://www.duocircle.com/email-security/dmarc-spf-dkim-2026-email-authentication-regulatory-requirement-best-practice), yet over half of those domains still sit at p=none, offering zero spoofing protection. A custom domain lets you go beyond what free providers allow and fix that.
### Brand Recognition and Credibility
When a prospect sees yourname@yourbusiness.com in their inbox, they recognize the brand before they read the subject line. Send 50 emails per day and you’ve created roughly 18,000 brand impressions per year, each one reinforcing your business name (50 emails × 365 days). A generic Gmail address creates zero. That’s the difference between an email that gets opened and one that gets ignored.
### Stronger Security and Spoofing Protection
Email spoofing remains the most-reported cybercrime in America. The [FBI’s 2025 IC3 report counted 191,561 phishing complaints, the single most-reported crime category](https://dmarcreport.com/blog/the-dmarc-adoption-2026-domains-records-only-9-percent-protected/), with total cybercrime losses reaching $20.87 billion. A custom domain lets you publish SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records that prove your emails are really from you and block attackers who try to impersonate your brand. Domains with DMARC at enforcement see [86% fewer spoofing incidents than unprotected domains](https://medhacloud.com/blog/email-security-statistics-2026).
### Better Inbox Placement
Since February 2024, Gmail and Yahoo have required authenticated email from anyone sending more than 5,000 messages a day, and Google escalated enforcement in November 2025 to permanent rejection of non-compliant mail. [Google’s own sender guidelines](https://support.google.com/a/answer/81126?hl=en) now treat SPF, DKIM, and DMARC alignment as the price of entry. Custom-domain mailboxes pass these checks by default. Free address forwards through third-party tools often don’t.
### Department Routing That Scales
A custom domain lets you spin up `sales@`, `support@`, `billing@`, and personal mailboxes for every team member, all on the same domain. Customers reach the right inbox the first time, and you stop losing leads to a single overloaded Gmail. As your team grows, you add aliases instead of paying for new accounts.
### Portability and Ownership
If your free email provider suspends your account tomorrow, you lose every contact, every conversation, and every customer who has your address saved. With a custom domain, the domain is yours. You can switch hosts, change providers, or move to a self-hosted server, and your address stays exactly the same. That’s not a luxury, it’s a survival feature.
### Trackable Marketing and Analytics
Custom-domain email integrates with the same authentication and analytics stack as your marketing platform. You can monitor sender reputation in [Google Postmaster Tools](https://postmaster.google.com/), pull DMARC aggregate reports, and tie email engagement back to revenue. Free addresses give you none of that visibility, which means you’re flying blind on the channel that still generates the highest ROI in B2B marketing.
## The 2026 Email Security Reality (And Why It Forces a Custom Domain)
The economics of email changed in late 2025. [Business email compromise drove $3.05 billion in reported losses in 2025](https://dmarcreport.com/blog/the-dmarc-adoption-2026-domains-records-only-9-percent-protected/), and AI-generated phishing has made the problem dramatically worse. [AI-generated phishing emails now achieve a 14% click rate in controlled testing](https://medhacloud.com/blog/email-security-statistics-2026), compared to 8% for human-crafted ones. The grammar is perfect. The branding is exact. The only defense is sender authentication, which only a custom domain can provide.
Here’s the catch most “how to set up business email” guides skip: simply having a DMARC record doesn’t protect you. [A March 2026 study of 938,000 domains found that only 9% had DMARC at full enforcement (p=reject)](https://dmarcreport.com/blog/the-dmarc-adoption-2026-domains-records-only-9-percent-protected/). The rest published a record and called it done, leaving themselves exposed. Setup matters, but enforcement matters more. Any guide that ends at “add a DMARC record” is leaving you wide open.
## The New xCloud Mailbox: Free Plan or $1/Month
xCloud Mailbox launched its 2026 refresh with a free tier plus a $1/month paid plan, both built around your custom domain. According to the official [xCloud Mailbox launch post](/new-xcloud-mailbox-with-ai-features/), the upgrade pairs traditional email with AI-powered productivity features that used to require a separate Google Workspace or Microsoft 365 subscription. For freelancers and small teams, that consolidation is the entire pitch.
What you get on the free or paid plan:
- **AI email replies** that draft responses in your tone, so you spend less time at the keyboard.
- **AI email summarization** for long threads, so you can catch up in seconds instead of scrolling.
- **Smart sorting** that automatically separates client work, internal chatter, and promotional noise.
- **Built-in calendar and tasks**, so meeting invites and to-dos live next to your inbox.
- **Cloud drive and document editing** for sharing files without bouncing between apps.
- **SPF, DKIM, and DMARC** configured automatically when you connect your domain.
- **Two-factor authentication and TLS encryption** on every connection.
- **IMAP, POP, and SMTP support**, plus webmail access from any browser.
The pricing comparison is brutal for the incumbents. Google Workspace Business Starter is $7 per user per month. Microsoft 365 Business Basic is $6 per user per month. [**xCloud Mailbox starts at $1**](/mailbox/), with a free option for xCloud hosting customers. For a five-person team, that’s a difference of about $300 a year on email alone, money that goes back into the business instead of into a SaaS bill.
## How to Set Up a Custom Domain Email Address: Step-by-Step
The setup process has gotten dramatically simpler since 2023. According to [**Business.com’s 2026 guide on creating custom email domains**](https://www.business.com/articles/create-custom-email-domain/), most modern providers handle DNS configuration through guided wizards, so you don’t have to memorize record syntax. Here’s the workflow that works in 2026.
### Step 1: Register Your Domain (If You Don’t Have One)
Pick a domain that matches your business name as closely as possible. Shorter is better, and the .com extension still carries the most credibility in most markets. Before you register, have your business name, contact info, and payment method ready. Use a reputable registrar with WHOIS privacy included, and lock the domain immediately to prevent unauthorized transfers. Expect to pay $10 to $20 per year for a .com.
### Step 2: Choose Your Email Hosting Provider
Your domain registrar handles ownership of the name. Your email host runs the servers that send and receive the messages. They’re separate services, even when bundled. For most small businesses and freelancers, the xCloud Mailbox Addon hits the right balance of price, features, and security. You can read the full setup walkthrough in the **[official xCloud Mailbox setup guide](/docs/how-to-set-up-xcloud-mailbox-addon/).**
### Step 3: Connect Your Domain
From the xCloud dashboard, open Addons, find Mailbox, and click Enable. Enter the email address and password you want to use, choose a plan, and complete the purchase. Once you’re in, you’ll see a “Pending Verification” status. Click Verify Now to begin DNS setup.
You have two options. If your domain is connected through Cloudflare, xCloud can push the required DNS records automatically. If you manage DNS manually (at your registrar or with a different provider), copy the MX, SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records xCloud displays and paste them into your DNS panel. DNS changes typically propagate within minutes, though the official spec allows up to 48 hours.
### Step 4: Create Your Mailboxes
Once verification completes, you can create mailboxes for yourself and your team. Start with the basics: a personal address for you, a `support@` alias for customer inquiries, and a `hello@` or `info@` for general contact. Add aliases as your team grows. The default cap is 10 mailboxes per team, with higher limits available on request.
### Step 5: Test Authentication Before You Send Anything Important
Before you blast out launch announcements, send a test email to your own Gmail account and click “Show original.” You should see SPF, DKIM, and DMARC all marked “PASS” with aligned domains. If any check fails, fix it before sending volume. Tools like **[Mail-Tester](https://www.mail-tester.com/)** and [**MXToolbox**](https://mxtoolbox.com/SuperTool.aspx) give a full diagnostic in under a minute and explain exactly what’s wrong if anything is.
## Common Problems (And How to Fix Them Fast)
Most setup problems are DNS problems, and DNS problems look mysterious until you know where to look. [F**ortra’s Q2 2025 analysis of the top 10 million domains**](https://emailsecurity.fortra.com/blog/dmarc-adoption-trends-q2-2025) found that 47.7% of domains with a valid DMARC record had no rua tag for aggregate reporting, and 73% had no ruf tag for forensic reports, which means most people never see the errors that are quietly hurting their deliverability. Here’s how to spot and fix the common ones.
### Domain Verification Failing
Most verification failures come down to one of three things: a record was typed with an extra space, the wrong record type was used (TXT vs CNAME), or you’re checking too soon. DNS propagation usually takes 5 to 30 minutes, occasionally up to 48 hours. Use [**WhatsMyDNS**](https://www.whatsmydns.net/) to confirm the record is actually live globally before assuming the verification is broken. If you’re still stuck after 24 hours, the record is wrong, not propagating.
### MX or SPF Records Misconfigured
MX records tell other servers where to deliver mail for your domain. If they’re missing or pointing somewhere else, no email arrives. SPF records authorize specific servers to send on behalf of your domain. **[SPF misconfigurations affect about 15% of all SPF-enabled domains](https://medhacloud.com/blog/email-security-statistics-2026),** often because the record has too many DNS lookups (the limit is 10) or includes a server that no longer exists. Copy the exact values your email host provides, don’t try to combine SPF records from multiple providers into one, and validate the syntax with a free SPF checker before saving.
### Emails Landing in Spam
A custom domain dramatically reduces spam-folder problems, but only when authentication is set up correctly. The three culprits, in order of frequency: DMARC alignment failure (your From domain doesn’t match your SPF or DKIM domain), missing reverse DNS (your sending IP has no PTR record), and a poor sender reputation from a previously abused IP. Send a test through [Mail-Tester](https://www.mail-tester.com/) for a complete score breakdown.
### Trouble Sending or Receiving
If you’ve finished setup but nothing’s flowing, recheck DNS first, then your email client settings. Confirm the IMAP/POP and SMTP server hostnames match what your host provides, the ports are right (typically 993 for IMAP over SSL, 465 or 587 for SMTP), and your password is correct. Some networks block port 25 entirely, which is why most modern setups use 587 with STARTTLS.
### Email Client Won’t Connect
Outlook, Apple Mail, and the Gmail mobile app all configure custom domains slightly differently. The pattern is consistent: pick “Other” or “IMAP/POP,” enter your full email address as the username (not just the part before the @), and copy the exact server settings from your host. If autodiscover doesn’t find your account, switch to manual configuration. It takes 30 seconds and removes most of the guesswork.
## Pro Email Practices That Actually Move the Needle
Once your custom domain is live, a few practices separate professional inboxes from chaotic ones. [**HubSpot’s email benchmarks**](https://hubspot.com/marketing-statistics) consistently show that the highest-performing senders share four habits: tight signatures, clear routing, fast response times, and rigorous security hygiene. None of it is glamorous. All of it works.
### Use a Real Email Signature
A good signature includes your full name, role, company, phone number, and a single link to your most important page (usually your website or a booking link). Skip the inspirational quotes. Skip the giant logo image that triggers spam filters. Three to five lines of plain text plus one small logo is the sweet spot, and it loads instantly on every client.
### Set Up Role-Based Addresses Early
Spin up `support@`, `sales@`, and `billing@` aliases from day one, even if you’re a solo founder. They route to your inbox today, and they make it easy to delegate later without forcing customers to update saved contacts. They also make your business look bigger than it is, which is a feature, not a bug, when you’re starting out.
### Respect Privacy in Naming Conventions
If you use employee names in addresses (jane.doe@yourcompany.com), get their consent, and offer alternatives for people who prefer to keep their name off public-facing communications. For customer-facing roles, a role-based alias often works better anyway, because it survives staff turnover without confusing the customer.
### Organize the Inbox Before It Organizes You
Folders, labels, and filters cost nothing and save hours. Auto-archive newsletters. Star messages that need action today. Use a separate folder for receipts and invoices so they’re easy to find at tax time. The xCloud Mailbox’s smart sorting handles much of this automatically, but the fundamentals work in any client.
### Practice Real Email Etiquette
Short subject lines that summarize the message. One topic per email. Replies within 24 hours, or an autoresponder explaining why not. Sign off with your name, not “Best” or “Regards” alone. None of this is revolutionary. All of it shapes how people remember your business.
### Lock Down Security
Enable two-factor authentication on every account. Use SSL or TLS for every connection. Verify your SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records once a quarter, especially after switching marketing tools or adding a third-party sender. Set DMARC to `p=quarantine` once you’re confident your legitimate mail passes, then move to `p=reject`. Most domains never get there, which is exactly why the ones that do see **[86% fewer spoofing incidents](https://medhacloud.com/blog/email-security-statistics-2026).**
## Common Pitfalls to Avoid
Setting up a custom domain email is straightforward. Maintaining it well takes a few habits that most small businesses skip. Here are the most expensive mistakes.
### Treating Free Email as “Good Enough”
A free Gmail address might feel like a money-saver, but the trust cost is real. The [2025 UENI analysis](https://ueni.com/blog/custom-domain-emails-small-businesses/) found that 64% of prospects judge professionalism by the email address before they read the message. Lose 64% of your warm leads to bad first impressions, and the “savings” disappear in a single missed deal.
### Skipping Security Authentication
Adding a domain without configuring SPF, DKIM, and DMARC is like locking your front door but leaving the windows open. Attackers can spoof your address, send phishing to your customers, and burn your sender reputation, all before you notice. The xCloud Mailbox handles configuration automatically, but you still need to verify quarterly and move DMARC to enforcement once your legitimate mail passes cleanly.
### Overcomplicating the Initial Setup
Modern providers handle the technical work through guided wizards. You don’t need to memorize DNS record syntax, you don’t need a CS degree, and you don’t need expensive consultants. Pick a reputable host, follow the wizard, and use the test tools before going live. The whole process takes under an hour for one mailbox.
### Forgetting About Mobile
According to a **[2025 ZeroBounce survey,](https://www.business.com/articles/create-custom-email-domain/) 64% of people check email on phones and tablets**. If your custom domain doesn’t work on mobile because of a missed setting in the iOS or Android mail app, you’ve cut your responsiveness in half. Test on the devices your customers actually use, not just your laptop.
### Ignoring Sender Reputation Over Time
Sender reputation isn’t a one-and-done setup. A single rough campaign, a high spam complaint rate, or a few weeks of low engagement can tank your inbox placement. Monitor your domain with **[Google Postmaster Tools](https://postmaster.google.com/)** monthly, especially if you do any email marketing, and act on red flags before they become deliverability disasters.
## Get a Professional Business Email and Build Trust That Compounds
A custom-domain email address is the smallest investment with the biggest credibility payoff your business can make in 2026. It signals legitimacy, it protects your brand from spoofing, it satisfies the new Gmail and Yahoo sender requirements, and it scales with your team without forcing you to switch providers later. The cost has never been lower. The risk of not having one has never been higher.
With the new xCloud Mailbox Addon starting free and topping out at just $1 per user per month for the AI-powered tier, the trade-off has flipped. Free Gmail used to be “free.” Now, between the trust gap, the deliverability gap, and the security gap, free is the expensive option. Custom-domain email is the cheap one.
Ready to make the switch? [Start with the xCloud Mailbox](/mailbox/) and have your professional email running before your next coffee gets cold.
## Frequently Asked Questions
### How do I create my own email domain in 2026?
Register a domain from a reputable registrar (expect $10 to $20 per year for a .com), then sign up for an email hosting service like xCloud Mailbox. The host gives you MX, SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records to add to your DNS. Once those propagate (usually within an hour), you can create mailboxes on your domain. The whole process takes under an hour for most users.
### How much does a custom email domain cost?
Total cost in 2026 ranges from about $10 per year (domain only, using a free email tier like xCloud’s) to $200+ per year per user (premium plans like Google Workspace Business Standard at $14/month). The xCloud Mailbox Addon starts at $1 per user per month, which is roughly $12 per year, plus your annual domain registration. For a single-user setup, you can be fully operational for under $30 a year.
### Do I need separate hosting for a custom email domain?
Yes. Your domain registrar owns the name, but email hosting runs the servers that actually send and receive messages. Some registrars bundle basic email forwarding, but that just redirects to another inbox; it doesn’t give you a real branded mailbox. Dedicated email hosting like xCloud Mailbox provides the security features, storage, and authentication you need for real business use.
### Will my emails land in the spam folder with a custom domain?
Not if you configure authentication correctly. The reverse is actually true: [domains with proper SPF, DKIM, and DMARC alignment](https://emailsecurity.fortra.com/blog/dmarc-adoption-trends-q2-2025) have significantly better inbox placement than free Gmail addresses, especially after Gmail’s November 2025 enforcement update. The xCloud Mailbox configures these records automatically when you connect your domain.
### Can I keep my existing email address when I switch providers?
Yes, as long as you own the domain. The address (you@yourcompany.com) belongs to your domain, not your email host. You can switch hosts, move to self-hosted, or migrate to enterprise providers later without changing your address. That portability is one of the biggest advantages over free providers, where the address dies the day you change services.
### Is xCloud Mailbox really free, or are there hidden costs?
The free tier is genuinely free for xCloud hosting customers, with the same custom-domain support, AI features, and security as the paid plan, just with usage limits. The $1/month paid plan removes those limits and adds higher mailbox counts. You’ll still pay for your domain registration (typically $10 to $20 per year), but that’s true of any email host.
### What’s the difference between custom-domain email and Google Workspace?
Both give you a branded address on your domain. Google Workspace is significantly more expensive ($7+ per user per month) and bundles Google’s full productivity suite. xCloud Mailbox costs $1 per user per month, includes its own AI features, calendar, tasks, and cloud drive, and avoids the data-mining concerns some users have with free Google services. For freelancers and small teams, xCloud usually wins on price and privacy.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Ghost Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Ghost hosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source publishing and newsletter platform on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for self-hosted publishing
# Fully Managed
Ghost Publishing Hosting
Run your blog, newsletter, and paid memberships on a Ghost instance you own, using managed Ghost hosting with consistent performance and no server maintenance work.
[Deploy Ghost Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Ghost Site in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Ghost instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Ghost.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Ghost from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Site
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision the Ghost container, configure Nginx, and issue the SSL certificate.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, finish Ghost’s own setup wizard to create your owner account, and publish your first post.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Ghost Site
Your audience grows, your bill does not. Add members, newsletters and authors without changing the plan.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=ghost)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=ghost)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=ghost)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for Publishers Who Own Their Audience
These are starting points, not limits. If your writing is already doing real work, it should be running somewhere you control.
## Independent Writers
- ### Publish on your own domain
- ### Own the subscriber list
- ### Paid tiers through your Stripe
- ### Export your content anytime
## Newsletter Publishers
- ### Send from your own domain
- ### Member segments and tiers
- ### Bring your own mail provider
- ### No per-subscriber platform fee
## Agencies & Studios
- ### One instance per client
- ### Isolated servers and data
- ### Custom themes per project
- ### Clean handover at the end
## Startups & Solo Builders
- ### Blog, changelog and docs in one
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### A live site on day one
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## Publications & Teams
- ### Multiple authors and roles
- ### Drafts and scheduled posts
- ### Editorial workflow in one place
- ### One brand on one domain
## Regulated & Privacy-First
- ### Data on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Full database access
- ### No third-party publishing vendor
## Features
## One Platform To Write, Publish, & Get Paid.
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### A writing editor, themes, and full content history
- ### Newsletters and paid memberships in the same app
- ### Your own domain, your own server, your own data
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for how independent publishers actually work
Ghost is an open-source publishing platform from the non-profit Ghost Foundation, released under the MIT licence. The editor feels like any modern writing tool. What’s different is that the audience, the payments and the data are yours.
## Editor & Themes
A clean writing editor with cards for images, embeds and code, plus Handlebars themes you can restyle or replace.
## Newsletters
Send posts to your members as email. Ghost handles segments and sending rules; you connect your own bulk-mail provider.
## Memberships & Tiers
Free and paid tiers, with signup, sign-in and member management built into the site itself.
## Payments via Stripe
Connect your own Stripe account and take subscription payments directly. Nobody sits between you and the money.
## Your Own Domain
Ghost serves your site on your domain from day one, with the SSL certificate issued and renewed by xCloud.
## Content API
Read and write posts programmatically, or run Ghost headless behind a front end you build yourself.
## Integrations & Webhooks
Zapier, Slack, analytics and custom webhooks fire on publish, signup and subscription events.
## Full Data Ownership
The database and content files live on your server. Back them up, move them, or export the lot as JSON.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Publish On Your Own Server?
Whether you run a single newsletter or a multi-author publication, Ghost hosting on xCloud delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your site needs to grow without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Story Should Be Live Right Now.
Deploy a production Ghost site in minutes. Connect your domain, your Stripe account, and your mail
provider — then write, publish, send newsletters, and take payments while xCloud keeps the server running.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Read the Guide](/docs/install-ghost-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Ghost?
Ghost is an open-source publishing platform for blogs, newsletters and paid memberships, maintained by the non-profit Ghost Foundation and released under the MIT licence. It bundles a writing editor, themes, member signup, email newsletters and Stripe-backed subscriptions into a single application you run yourself. Ghost(Pro) is the Ghost Foundation’s own hosting service and is separate from xCloud; this page is about running Ghost on your own server.
### How do I deploy Ghost on xCloud?
Ghost is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Ghost, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions the container, configures Nginx, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you. You then finish Ghost’s own setup wizard to create the owner account. Email newsletters need a bulk-mail provider you connect yourself — Ghost does not send them without one.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Ghost?
Yes. Ghost runs as a containerised Node.js application, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Ghost to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# Antigravity Hosting for Google Antigravity Apps | Deploy AI Projects Instantly
> Deploy Google Antigravity apps in one click with secure hosting, free SSL, Git-based deployment, and automatic updates. Go live in minutes.
# Antigravity Hosting
## Antigravity Hosting to Take Your AI-Built App Live in a Click
Build full applications by directing AI agents in Google Antigravity. Deploy in 1 click, no server setup, just connect your project and make it LIVE in minutes.
- 
### Instant deployment with Git
- 
### Free SSL Certificate
- 
### 24/7/365 Global Customer Support
## **Setup Process**
## Simple Steps to Launch Your Antigravity App in Minutes
Get your Antigravity project running quickly with a step-by-step process. From setup to launch, manage everything, and deployment is simplified so you can focus on building great projects easily.
### Choose Deployment Method
Clone your Antigravity project directly from a Git repository and get ready to deploy in seconds.
### Configure App Settings
Set up your domain, Node.js version, and other essential settings according to your preferences.
### Go Live Right Away
Review your setup and deploy your site instantly. Moreover, push the latest code to LIVE to deploy automatically.
## Pricing
## Reliable Antigravity Hosting at a
Price You Will Love
Get started for free and host unlimited Antigravity applications on your preferred plans,
and boost growth with powerful features.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Built for Everything You Build With Google Antigravity
Google Antigravity is Google’s agentic development platform that plans, writes, and edits code across your editor, terminal, and browser. Deployed to a VPS, your project becomes a live, always-on application that keeps running long after you close your laptop, from first prompt to production.
Agentic coding, refactoring, and iteration across editor, terminal, and browser. Long-running apps that stay live on always-on infrastructure Full-stack project support with your own dependencies. Easy deployment and integration with your existing infrastructure
- ### AI agent-driven app generation and editing
- ### Rapid prototyping and iteration
- ### Full-stack application support
- ### Easy deployment and integration with your own infrastructure
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Antigravity on Your VPS for Fast and Secure Performance
Manage the apps you build in Google Antigravity with tools designed for fast development, secure performance, and smooth day-to-day operations.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## AI Apps
## More AI Apps You Can Deploy on xCloud
From personal assistants to autonomous AI companies, deploy the tools your workflow needs on xCloud.
### OpenClaw Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/openclaw-hosting/)
### Hermes Agent Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](https://xcloud.host/hermes-hosting/)
### Paperclip Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/paperclip-hosting/)
### Claude Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/claude-code-hosting/)
### Codex Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](/codex-hosting/)
### Odysseus Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/odysseus-hosting/)
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1\. What is Antigravity hosting on xCloud?
It is managed hosting for the applications you build with Google Antigravity. xCloud gives your project a live server with the runtime, networking, and uptime it needs, so anyone can reach it beyond your own machine.
### 2\. How do I deploy my Antigravity project?
Connect your Git repository, configure your domain and Node.js version, and deploy. xCloud sets up the runtime for you, and every push to your branch updates the live app automatically.
### 3\. Can I deploy from a private GitHub repository?
Yes. Connect your GitHub account, grant access to the repository, and deploy from the branch you choose. Your repository can stay private while you continue to deploy with each push.
### 4\. Do I have to use an xCloud Managed Server?
No. You can launch an xCloud Managed Server or connect your own VPS from DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or another provider, and manage everything from one control panel.
### 5\. How do I move an existing Antigravity project to xCloud?
If your project is already in Git, connect the repository and deploy. If you are starting from local code, push it to a repository first, then use the same deployment flow. Pushing new code to your connected branch redeploys automatically.
### 6\. Is SSL included?
Yes. Every site includes a free SSL certificate, along with AI bot blocking and advanced security features at no additional cost.
Want these tightened to a set of five, or expanded with pricing and backup questions?
---
# Simplifying Website Backups: Google Drive Backup Integration in xCloud - xCloud
> Never lose website data again! Google Drive Backup Integration in xCloud offers automated backups, secure storage, and easy recovery.
With cyber threats on the rise and data volumes increasing, every website owner must prioritize website backup strategies. One of the most user-friendly and powerful ways to **protect your data** is through Google Drive backup integration. At xCloud, this feature not only simplifies your backup process but also leverages the reliability of cloud storage to ensure data protection and quick recovery.
This comprehensive guide will walk you through the process of implementing Google Drive backup integration with [**xCloud**](/). We will detail every step, explain the benefits of automated backups, and illustrate how this integration enhances **data protection and recovery**. If you are ready to secure your website with a reliable backup solution, read on.
## **💡 The Need for Reliable Website Backups**
Every website, whether a [**personal blog**](https://blog.templately.com/profitable-blogging-niches-for-income/) or a corporate portal, thrives on its data. Unpredicted incidents, ranging from hacking attempts to accidental deletions, can put your online presence at risk. By integrating Google Drive into xCloud, you ensure that your website backups are **regular, reliable, and securely stored in the cloud**, ensuring **data recovery whenever needed**.
With robust xCloud integration, users benefit from [**automated backups**](/docs/how-to-solve-automatic-site-backup-failures/) that operate in the background. This minimizes manual intervention and significantly enhances **your data backup and recovery strategy**. Plus, it provides an additional layer of **data protection** that every website owner needs.
## **🚀 Why Google Drive Backup Support in xCloud Is Revolutionary**
When it comes to **protecting your website data**, few solutions can compete with the effectiveness of [**Google Drive**](https://drive.google.com/). Integration with this popular cloud storage provider offers a **robust backup and recovery** solution for any website owner planning to **ensure continuous data availability** while streamlining the website backup process. Here are some of the key advantages:
- **Seamless Integration**: Connecting Google Drive to your xCloud account is **super easy** and takes less than a minute. So, this is a flexible process, even for non-tech-savvy users.
- **Reliable Cloud Storage**: Google Drive offers ample, scalable space, making it an excellent choice for **secure website backups**.
- **Automated Backups**: With automated backups, you can **schedule regular data saves**, eliminating the risks associated with manual processes.
- **Data Protection & Recovery**: Advanced security features ensure your backup files are **encrypted and easily retrievable** when needed.
## **📝 Step-by-Step Guide to Google Drive Backup Integration**
Integrating Google Drive with xCloud is a seamless process. Follow these detailed steps to ensure your **website data is safely backed up and easily recoverable**.
### **Step 1: Integrate Google Drive with Your xCloud Account**
Begin by integrating Google Drive into your xCloud account. This is the first step toward effective website backup using Google Drive. Start by accessing your [**xCloud account**](http://app.xcloud.host/) and navigating to your dashboard. Next, go to your profile, select the “**Integrations**” option and choose “**Storage Provider**.”
Once done, click on the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button and select Google Drive. This action starts the **xCloud integration** process. Provide a label for the folder that will be created in your Google Drive, which helps keep backups organized. Now, you will be redirected to the “**Sign in with Google**” page. Choose your preferred Google account (or create a new one) and authorize xCloud to access your Drive.
After authorization, your Google account will appear under the Storage Provider section. This confirms that **Google Drive Integration** is successfully set up.
### **Step 2: Configure Your Backup Settings**
After integrating Google Drive with xCloud, the next step is to configure your backup settings. This step tailors the **Google Drive integration** to match your website’s specific requirements. From your xCloud dashboard, navigate to the “**Sites**” section and choose the website you want to back up. Next, click on the “**Site Backup**” option and then select “**Backup Settings.**”
In the ‘**Remote Backup**’ section, choose “**Full Backup**” to ensure that all website data is captured. Now, select the designated bucket (folder) in Google Drive that was created during the integration process. You can also use the option to exclude specific paths if there are areas of your site that do not require backup.
To ensure that backups run on a regular schedule without manual intervention, activate the ‘**Automatic Backup**’ feature. For easier management, enable the ‘**Automatic Delete**’ option to remove outdated backups after a set period. Once configured, click the ‘Save’ button to finalize the settings.
### **Step 3: Execute Your First Website Backup**
Now that your settings are configured, it is time to execute your first website backup through **Google Drive**. In the xCloud dashboard, locate the “**Previous Backups**” section and click on the “**Backup Now**” button to start the backup process immediately.
Watch the status indicators for remote backups. Once the backup completes, log into your Google Drive account. A folder with your designated label will contain the backup files.
This straightforward process ensures that **Google Drive integration** is not only operational but also reliable, giving you peace of mind regarding your website backup strategy.
## **🖥️ Use Cases of Google Drive Backup Integration**
Businesses and website owners across various industries are reaping the benefits of **Google Drive backup**. Below are a few scenarios where **Google Drive backup integration** plays a vital role in safeguarding digital assets and ensuring continuous data availability and recovery:
- **eCommerce Platforms:** Online stores rely heavily on data integrity. With automated backups, product information, customer data, and transactional records are securely stored.
- **Content Creators and Bloggers:** Frequent updates and content additions mean that a reliable website backup is crucial to protect against accidental data loss or cyberattacks.
- **Corporate Websites:** Organizations with extensive databases can maintain seamless operations thanks to the scalability and data protection provided by Google Drive’s cloud storage.
- **Small Businesses:** For startups, the combination of cost-effective cloud storage and robust backup solutions offers an ideal balance between budget and security.
## **💡 Tips for Maximizing Your Backup Strategy**
To fully harness the power of integrating Google Drive with xCloud, you might need to follow some extra measures. By following these tips below, you can ensure that your **Google Drive backup** remains efficient and that your overall website backup strategy is resilient and secure.
- **Regular Restore Testing:** Ensure that your backups are effective by periodically testing the restoration process.
- **Monitor Storage Usage:** Keep track of your Google Drive storage limits to avoid interruptions and upgrade when necessary.
- **Customize Backup Frequencies:** Tailor the frequency of automated backups to match your website’s update schedule for optimal data protection.
- **Implement Redundant Security:** While Google Drive offers strong security, consider maintaining local backups as an additional safety net.
- **Document Your Backup Procedures:** Keep detailed records of your backup settings and schedules. This documentation can be invaluable in troubleshooting or migrating to new systems.
## **🔐 Securing Your Future with Google Drive Backup**
The **Google Drive backup integration** within xCloud marks a significant advancement in digital data management. Whether you manage a small business site or a large corporate portal, this feature ensures that your website backup strategy is efficient and robust. The streamlined integration with Google Drive enables you to automate your backup process, reducing manual effort while ensuring that your data is always accessible and secure.
Feel free to reach out to our support if you have any questions or need further assistance with your integration process. If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Gotify Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Gotify hosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source, self-hosted push notification server on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for your self-hosted notifications
# Fully Managed
Gotify Notification Hosting
Run your own push notification server on infrastructure you control using managed Gotify hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Deploy Gotify Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Gotify Server in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Gotify instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Gotify.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Gotify from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Instance
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision Gotify on your server with its data directory on a persistent volume.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, open your domain, sign in as the admin user, change the default password, and create your first application token.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Gotify Instance
Your notifications pile up, your bill does not. Gotify is a single small Go binary, so the entry tier leaves room for everything else you run beside it.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=gotify)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=gotify)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=gotify)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for Teams Who Want Their Alerts To Stay Theirs
These are starting points, not limits. If you already care where your alerts go, your notification server belongs on infrastructure you control.
## Platform & DevOps Teams
- ### Alerts from your cron jobs and scripts
- ### Backup and deploy results pushed to you
- ### A webhook target for your monitoring
- ### One instance for every environment
## Developers
- ### Notifications beside the app you ship
- ### Documented HTTP API
- ### A token per app, rotated when you like
- ### Curl-friendly — no SDK required
## Small Teams
- ### One instance for the whole team
- ### An application per project
- ### Separate accounts on one server
- ### Admin and standard user accounts
## Agencies & Consultants
- ### Replace per-message push pricing
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### No per-message fees to meter
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## IoT & Home Lab
- ### Sensor alerts from your own hardware
- ### Home automation events pushed to you
- ### Anything that can send an HTTP POST
- ### Runs beside the rest of your stack
## Privacy-First Teams
- ### Messages on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Alerts stored on your own disk
- ### No third-party push vendor
## Features
## One Place To Send, Receive & Read Every Alert.
Gotify takes a message over a REST API and hands it to every connected client over a WebSocket. One small Go binary, its own web UI, and no third-party push service in between.
- ### Every application, client and message in one place
- ### Send from any script with a single HTTP request
- ### Your messages in your own database
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for the alerts you already send
Gotify is an open-source push notification server written in Go. Your scripts and apps POST a message to its REST API, and every connected client receives it over a WebSocket. What’s different is that the messages, applications and users sit in your own database, on a server you chose.
## Applications & Tokens
Every sender gets its own application and token, so you can see where a message came from and rotate one sender’s key without touching the rest.
## Messages & Priority
Title, message, priority and extras — the priority is what tells a client how loudly to announce it.
## REST API
One POST with an X-Gotify-Key header sends a message — from curl, a cron job, a CI step or any language with an HTTP client.
## Realtime Delivery
Connected clients hold a WebSocket open to your server and receive messages as they arrive, with no third-party push service in the path.
## Users & Clients
Admin and standard users, each with their own clients and applications, so one instance can cover a whole team. Registration is disabled by default.
## Privacy Controls
Messages never leave the server you deployed to, and registration is off by default. Self-hosting is not privacy on its own — you still configure it.
## Clients & Plugins
An official web UI, CLI and Android app — there is no official iOS client — plus a Go plugin API and MIT-licensed source.
## Your Own Database
Messages, applications and users live in a database on your server — SQLite by default, MySQL and PostgreSQL supported. Nothing is relayed through anyone else.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Own Your Notifications?
Whether you push ten messages a day or ten thousand, managed Gotify hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your alerting needs to run without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Alerts Should Live On Your Own Server.
Deploy a production Gotify instance in minutes. Sign in, create your first application token, and keep
every message in a database that never leaves your server.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Browse One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Gotify?
Gotify is an open-source push notification server written in Go. Your scripts, apps and servers send a message to its REST API with a single HTTP POST, and every connected client receives it in real time over a WebSocket. It ships its own web UI, and stores its messages, applications and users in SQLite by default, with MySQL and PostgreSQL also supported. Gotify is free and open source under the MIT licence. Note what it is not: it is a notification server you run, not a hosted push service, so delivery depends on your own instance being reachable rather than on Apple or Google. The official clients are the built-in web UI, the Gotify CLI and the Gotify Android app — there is no official iOS client, so check that the platforms you need are covered before you build on it. The hosting on this page is xCloud’s; xCloud is not affiliated with the Gotify project.
### How do I deploy Gotify on xCloud?
Gotify is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Gotify, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions the container, keeps its data directory on a persistent volume, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you. You then open your domain and sign in. Gotify seeds a default admin account the first time its database is created, so changing that password is the first thing you do — before you create an application and copy its token.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Gotify?
Yes. Gotify runs as a containerised application, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. Gotify itself is a single Go binary that serves its own web interface, and it is the lightest kind of application in the catalogue — an instance handling a steady trickle of messages is comfortable well inside a fraction of a gigabyte of RAM, so the entry Cloud VPS tier is really headroom for everything else you run beside it. What grows is the message history you keep and the number of clients holding a connection open. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Gotify to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# Grafana Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Grafana hosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source observability and dashboard platform on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for your self-hosted dashboards
# Fully Managed
Grafana Dashboard Hosting
Run your own dashboards on a server you control using managed Grafana hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Deploy Grafana Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Grafana Dashboards in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Grafana instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Grafana.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Grafana from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Instance
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision Grafana on your server with its data directory on a persistent volume.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, open your domain, sign in as the admin user, change the default password, and connect your first data source.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Grafana Instance
Your dashboards pile up, your bill does not. Grafana itself is a modest Go service, so the entry tier leaves room for the data sources and everything else you run beside it.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=grafana)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=grafana)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=grafana)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for Teams Who Want Their Dashboards To Stay Theirs
These are starting points, not limits. If you already care where your metrics live, your dashboards belong on a server you control.
## Platform & DevOps Teams
- ### Infrastructure metrics on one screen
- ### Alert rules your own instance evaluates
- ### Prometheus, Loki and dozens more
- ### One instance for every environment
## Developers
- ### Dashboards beside the app you ship
- ### Documented HTTP API
- ### Dashboards provisioned as code
- ### Explore mode for ad-hoc queries
## Small Teams
- ### One instance for the whole team
- ### A folder per project
- ### Separate accounts on one server
- ### Viewer, editor and admin roles
## Agencies & Consultants
- ### Replace per-seat dashboard pricing
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### Unlimited dashboards and panels
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## IoT & Home Lab
- ### Sensor data on your own hardware
- ### A wall dashboard that just stays up
- ### Time-series sources of your choosing
- ### Runs beside the rest of your stack
## Privacy-First Teams
- ### Data on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Dashboards stored on your own disk
- ### No third-party analytics vendor
## Features
## One Place To Query, Visualise & Alert On Your Data.
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### Every dashboard, panel and alert in one place
- ### Query, explore and annotate your own data
- ### Your dashboards in your own database
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for the data you already collect
Grafana is an open-source observability and dashboard platform written in Go. It queries the data you already collect rather than storing it, and turns it into dashboards and alerts. What’s different is that the dashboards, users and alert rules sit in your own database, on a server you chose.
## Dashboards & Panels
Time series, tables, gauges, logs and geomaps, arranged on dashboards you can template, version and share.
## Explore & Query
Run ad-hoc queries against any connected source without building a dashboard first.
## Data Sources
Prometheus, Loki, InfluxDB, Elasticsearch, PostgreSQL, MySQL and dozens more, configured per instance.
## Alerting
Alert rules are evaluated by your own instance and routed to the contact points you configure, from email to a chat webhook.
## Users & Roles
Organisations, teams, and viewer, editor or admin roles, so one instance can cover a whole team.
## Privacy Controls
Nothing leaves the server you deployed to, and Grafana’s usage reporting can be switched off in the config. Self-hosting is not privacy on its own — you still configure it.
## APIs & Provisioning
A documented HTTP API and provisioning files, plus AGPLv3-licensed source, so anything you want to automate or adapt, you can.
## Your Own Database
Dashboards, users and alert rules live in a database on your server — SQLite by default, MySQL and PostgreSQL supported. Your metrics stay in the sources you connect.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Own Your Dashboards?
Whether you watch one server or a hundred, managed Grafana hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your observability stack needs to run without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Dashboards Should Live On Your Own Server.
Deploy a production Grafana instance in minutes. Sign in, connect your first data source, and keep
every dashboard and alert rule in a database that never leaves your server.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Browse One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Grafana?
Grafana is an open-source observability and dashboard platform written in Go. It queries data where it already lives — Prometheus, Loki, InfluxDB, Elasticsearch, PostgreSQL, MySQL and dozens more — and turns it into dashboards, ad-hoc exploration and alert rules. It does not collect or store your metrics itself, so you bring the data sources. Grafana OSS is free and open source under the AGPLv3 licence, and it stores its own dashboards, users and alert rules in SQLite, MySQL or PostgreSQL. Grafana Cloud and Grafana Enterprise are separate paid products from Grafana Labs, and anything exclusive to them is not part of this deployment. The hosting on this page is xCloud’s; xCloud is not affiliated with Grafana Labs, and Grafana is a trademark of Grafana Labs.
### How do I deploy Grafana on xCloud?
Grafana is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Grafana, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions the container, keeps its data directory on a persistent volume, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you. You then open your domain, sign in with the admin account, change the default password before anything else, and add your first data source.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Grafana?
Yes. Grafana runs as a containerised application, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. Grafana itself is a single Go binary that serves its own web interface, and it is one of the lighter applications in the catalogue — an instance serving a handful of dashboards is comfortable in well under a gigabyte of RAM, and the entry Cloud VPS tier leaves headroom for whatever else you run beside it. The data is what sizes the server: Grafana keeps only dashboards, users and alert rules, but a time-series database running beside it grows with every metric it retains. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Grafana to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# How to Create a Website: A Complete Guide(2025) - xCloud
> Learn how to create a website from scratch! This guide covers planning, building & launching your website with NO coding experience.
Do you need a website to represent your blogs, business or organization? Having a website is no longer a luxury, it is a necessity. Just like a physical store was important in the past, a website is now essential for the growth of your business or organization. But are you wondering where to start and how to create a website in 2025? You have to come to the right place!
This blog will help you [**set up your server & steps to create a website**](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/). Get your website up and running to reach a global audience and boost your business.
### **Different Types of Websites to Create**
Websites come in all shapes and sizes. There are informative blogs, visually stunning portfolios for artists and photographers, and user-friendly eCommerce stores to sell your products. Whether you are a creative entrepreneur, a freelancer, or even an individual with a passion for sharing, a website allows you to establish your online presence and reach a wider audience than ever before.
### **Why Should You Have a Website?**
The benefits of having a website are numerous. It gives you complete control over your online narrative, allowing you to present yourself or your business in the best possible light. You can build brand recognition, establish yourself as an authority in your field, and connect with potential customers or collaborators – all through your website.
### ****Steps Involved in Creating a Website****
Creating a website might seem daunting at first. This comprehensive guide will walk you through the entire process, step-by-step. We will break it down into three manageable stages: planning, building, and launching your website.
The best part is that you do not need any coding experience to follow this guide. Anyone can create a professional and functional website using user-friendly website-building tools available today. Let us get started to learn how to create a website.
## **Step 1: Planning Your Website**
Launching a website requires a clear vision. This section will guide you through the essential planning stages, from defining your website’s goals and identifying your target audience to choosing the right platform and structuring your content. Let us build a website that resonates with your visitors and achieves your objectives!
### **Define Your Website Goals**
Your website’s goals serve as its roadmap to success. Just like any project, a website needs a clear direction to be effective. These goals should align with your overall business objectives, whether it is to showcase your creative work, sell products directly, or build a loyal following.
Clear goals are important because they provide focus for website development, content creation, and marketing efforts. A portfolio website for a photographer might aim to increase contact inquiries from potential clients, while an eCommerce store might set a goal to boost conversion rates. You can track your progress and make adjustments as needed by setting specific, measurable goals.
### **Identify Your Target Audience**
Imagine crafting a message in a crowded room without knowing who you are trying to reach. Targeting the right audience is equally important for your website. Understanding your ideal visitor allows you to tailor your content, messaging, and overall design to resonate with their interests and needs.
Why is audience identification crucial? You can speak directly to their problems and desires, increasing engagement and achieving your website goals by knowing who you are targeting. For instance, a website selling fitness trackers would not use the same tone or language as one aimed at professional accountants.
So, how do you define your target audience? Consider demographics like age, location, and income. What are their interests and hobbies? What online platforms do they frequent? You can create a profile of your ideal visitor and personalize your website experience to effectively connect with them by pinpointing these characteristics.
### **Choosing a Website Platform**
When it comes to building a website, two main options stand out: website builders and content management systems (CMS). Website builders are perfect for beginners. They offer user-friendly interfaces, often with drag-and-drop functionality, making the process of creating and editing your site a breeze.
However, this ease of use comes with a trade-off. website builders typically limit how much you can customize the design and functionality of your site. On the other hand, CMS platforms like WordPress offer far more control and flexibility. You can deeply customize your website’s look and feel, and extend its functionality with plugins.
However, this power comes with a steeper learning curve. Setting up and managing a CMS website requires more technical knowledge. Of course, there is always the option of coding your website from scratch. This offers ultimate control but is generally reserved for developers due to the high technical barrier.
For most beginners, user-friendly website builders like Wix, Squarespace, or WordPress.com are the way to go. They offer a great balance between ease of use and customization, allowing you to create a professional-looking website without needing coding expertise.
### **Plan Website Structure**
A well-organized website structure is like a roadmap for your visitors. It helps them find what they need quickly and keeps them engaged.
Start with essential pages like Home, About Us, Contact, and Services/Products. These provide a foundation for any website. For specific goals, add relevant pages like a portfolio for creatives, a blog for content marketing, or an online store for eCommerce. Planning your structure beforehand ensures a smooth user experience and a clear path towards your website’s goals.
## **Step 2: Setting Up Your Website**
Now that you have solidified your website’s purpose and target audience, it is time to bring your vision to life! Constructing your website involves several key considerations:
### **Choose a Domain Name**
This is your website’s unique address on the internet, like “[**startise.com**](http://startise.com)“. Choose a memorable and relevant domain name that reflects your brand identity. Many website builders offer domain registration services within their platform, simplifying the process.
### **Choose a Website Hosting**
This is the service that stores your website’s data and makes it accessible to visitors online. Think of it as the foundation of your virtual building. For beginners seeking a user-friendly solution, consider xCloud hosting. [**xCloud’s hosting plans**](/) provide reliable and secure hosting specifically optimized for WordPress websites. It handles server maintenance and security updates, allowing you to focus on creating amazing content.
### **Website Development**
This is the process of building the structure and functionality of your website. For those with coding expertise, this can be done from scratch. However, there are easier solutions for beginners. Services like [**Templately**](https://templately.com/) offer a vast library of [**pre-designed website templates**](https://templately.com/all?page=1) suitable for various purposes. These templates can be easily customized with drag-and-drop functionality, allowing you to create a professional-looking website without writing a single line of code.
## **Step 3: Launching Your Website**
This is your final move toward creating a website. After planning and building your website it is time to bring life to your website by making it live.
### **Website Deployment**
Once your website is designed and developed, it is time to make it live! This involves uploading your website files to your chosen hosting provider. Most website builders offer one-click deployment options, making this process effortless. For those using self-hosting solutions like [**xCloud**](/), their user-friendly interface and customer support make deployment smooth and straightforward.
Remember, choosing the right tools for each stage simplifies website creation. Whether you use a website builder’s all-inclusive package or leverage dedicated services like Templately for design and xCloud for hosting, building your website does not have to be a complex undertaking.
## **Build Your Website Empire: A Complete Guide from Scratch**
Creating a website is an achievable goal for anyone, regardless of technical expertise. You now have the skills necessary to handle every stage of the process, from determining the goal of your website to putting it live.
You can build your website empire and establish a strong online presence with user-friendly website builders and readily available resources. Now go ahead and begin building the website of your dreams!
If you want to read more blogs like this one to enrich your site-building experience [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/). And [**join our Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect people with common interests.
---
# [New Feature] Step-by-Step Guide to Setup MariaDB Database With xCloud - xCloud
> Learn to install and setup MariaDB database with xCloud and esperience secure, high-performance, and scalable database management.
Do you want to upgrade your database management? Consider MariaDB, which is not just another database but a feature-rich solution that empowers developers to handle data like never before. When combined with the robust capabilities of xCloud, MariaDB becomes a game-changer for tech enthusiasts looking to optimize their applications. Today we will learn how a step-by-step guide to [**setup MariaDB database**](/docs/install-mariadb-with-xcloud/) with xCloud so that you can deploy scalable and secure databases effortlessly. Let us roll down and dive into the details.
## **What Is MariaDB?**
[**MariaDB**](https://mariadb.org/) is a powerful open-source relational database management system (RDBMS). It was created as a fork of MySQL, which means it took MySQL’s features and improved upon them. The database is named after Maria Widenius, the daughter of one of its original developers, Michael “Monty” Widenius. There are key Features of MariaDB:
- **High Performance:** MariaDB is designed to handle large amounts of data efficiently. It uses advanced caching and indexing techniques, allowing it to retrieve information quickly.
- **Open Source:** As an open-source project, MariaDB is free to use. This means anyone can contribute to its development or modify the software to meet their needs.
- **Compatibility:** MariaDB is compatible with MySQL, so if you have experience with MySQL, you can easily transition to MariaDB without learning a lot of new things.
- **Scalability:** Whether you are running a small application or a large enterprise system, MariaDB can grow with you. It can handle increased traffic and data without a hitch.
- **Security:** MariaDB has advanced security features, including data encryption and authentication plugins. These features help keep your data safe from unauthorized access.
- **Storage Engines**: MariaDB supports multiple storage engines, such as InnoDB, Aria, and MyISAM. Each storage engine is designed for different use cases, giving you flexibility in storing and managing your data.
By understanding what MariaDB is and its core features, you can see why it is a popular choice among developers and businesses alike.
## **How MariaDB on xCloud Enhance Your Database Management**
MariaDB can provide a faster and secure database management with xCloud while enhancing your hosting experience. Let us talk about some advantages of Using **MariaDB** with xCloud:
### **Seamless Integration**
xCloud makes it easy to integrate MariaDB into your projects. You can manage your database directly from the platform, which saves time and effort. xCloud already provides MySQL, but by choosing MariaDB, you get those extra features and performance enhancements. It is like upgrading to a better version of what you may already know.
### **Scalability**
xCloud offers the flexibility to scale your database resources easily as your application grows. Whether you are handling a small project or a large-scale enterprise application, you can quickly adjust CPU, memory, and storage to meet your demands without facing significant downtime.
### **Performance**
MariaDB is designed for high performance. With its advanced indexing, caching mechanisms, and efficient query optimization, it can handle large datasets and complex queries with ease. When hosted on xCloud, you benefit from a cloud infrastructure that further enhances performance, allowing for faster data access and improved response times.
### **Cost-Efficiency**
MariaDB is open-source, and combined with xCloud’s flexible pricing plans, it offers a cost-effective solution for database hosting. You get the benefits of a top-tier database without breaking the bank.
### **Security**
Both xCloud and MariaDB prioritize security. xCloud provides built-in security features, such as automated backups, **SSL encryption**, and [**firewall protection**](/advanced-web-application-firewall-configurations/). Meanwhile, MariaDB supports user management and access controls, ensuring that your data remains safe from unauthorized access.
### **Ease of Use**
Setting up and managing MariaDB on xCloud is user-friendly, thanks to intuitive dashboards and management tools. Even if you are not a database expert, you can easily navigate the interface. to monitor performance, manage backups, and configure settings without a steep learning curve.
### **Community And Support**
MariaDB has a strong community and extensive [**documentation**](https://xcloud.host/docs/), which can be incredibly helpful for troubleshooting and optimizing your database. Additionally, xCloud typically offers customer support, ensuring you have access to assistance when needed.
By utilizing MariaDB on xCloud, you are not just gaining a database; you are adopting a powerful, scalable, and secure solution that can grow alongside your projects, making it an ideal choice for tech enthusiasts and developers alike.
## **Step-by-Step Guide to Setup MariaDB Database With xCloud**
With xCloud, you can now install MariaDB on servers managed by your providers like GCP, Vultr, and Hertzner, as well as on xCloud-managed servers. This allows you to achieve optimal query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB, ensuring high performance and strong data integrity. MariaDB’s optimized engines provide fast and reliable data access for your site. Here, we will install MariaDB in xCloud-managed servers. Follow the step-by-step guidelines to learn how.
### **Step 1: Create a New Server in xCloud**
First, log in to your xCloud account and move to the **‘Servers’** tab. Click on **‘New Server’** to create a new server.
### **Step 2: Choose Hosting Managed by xCloud**
To set up MariaDB, you need to choose your hosting provider. Here, in this tutorial, we are choosing the hosting managed by xCloud. Scroll down and choose your hosting.
### **Step 3: Configure Server Setup**
Add the **‘Server Name’** and **‘Server Tag’** from the **‘Server Details’** section. Choose the **‘Server Type’**, **‘Server Size’**, and other details as required.
### **Step 4: Select Database Server**
Now, from the **‘Database’** Section, select your database server. Here, choose MariaDB and click ‘Next’.
**_\*Note:_** _xCloud supports Maria DB version 10.6._
Following these steps, you can successfully set up MariaDB on xCloud-managed servers. You can stop or restart MariaDB from here.
In one server, you can use only one database from MySQL or MariaDB. If you want to use MariaDB in your server, you need to create a new server. And if you want to migrate your existing server from MySQL to MariaDB, you need to create a new server and clone all the sites into that server.
_**Note:** Currently MariaDB is not available on AWS servers and ARM-based servers._
## **Tips for Securing Your MariaDB Database on xCloud**
Securing your database is one of the most important steps when setting up a MariaDB instance on xCloud. Cloud environments provide scalability and flexibility, but they also open up new avenues for potential security risks. By following some best practices, you can ensure that your MariaDB database is safe from unauthorized access, data breaches, and other security threats. Here’s how you can secure your MariaDB database on xCloud:
### **Enable SSL for Secure Connections**
The first line of defense for any cloud-based database is encrypting the communication between your MariaDB instance and the client. SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) encryption ensures that any data transferred between your database and users cannot be intercepted or tampered with by third parties. By encrypting all communication, you protect sensitive information like user credentials and queries from potential eavesdroppers.
### **Strong User Roles And Access Controls**
In any database, access control is a critical component of security. Instead of allowing every user full access, you should create specific roles and permissions tailored to each user’s needs. MariaDB provides a granular permission system that allows you to define who can view, edit, or manage your database.
### **Implement Strong Password Policies**
Weak passwords are a major vulnerability in database security. Ensuring that all accounts linked to your MariaDB database use strong, unique passwords is one of the most basic, yet powerful, ways to protect your data. Strong passwords should be long, contain a mix of characters, and avoid common phrases or words.
### **Regular Backups And Data Recovery Plans**
Even with the best security practices in place, things can go wrong. Accidental data loss, cyber-attacks, or system failures can all lead to the corruption or loss of valuable information. Therefore, having a solid backup and recovery plan is crucial.
### **Monitoring And Alerts for Unusual Activity**
After securing your database with strong access control and password policies, continuous monitoring is key to staying ahead of potential threats. xCloud’s built-in monitoring tools allow you to track your MariaDB database’s activity in real-time. These tools can alert you to performance issues, abnormal queries, or unauthorized access attempts.
### **Regular Software Updates**
Outdated software is one of the most common entry points for hackers. MariaDB, like any software, is regularly updated to fix bugs, patch vulnerabilities, and improve performance. Keeping your MariaDB version up-to-date ensures that you’re protected from known vulnerabilities.
## **Wrapping Up: Maximizing Your Database Management with MariaDB**
Setting up and managing a MariaDB database on xCloud is an excellent way to leverage the power of cloud computing for your data needs. With its rich features and flexibility, MariaDB can handle everything from small-scale applications to large enterprise systems. By following the step-by-step guide provided, you can create a secure, efficient, and well-optimized database tailored to your requirements.
If you have found this blog helpful, [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Hall Of Fame | xCloud
> Our Hall of Fame is dedicated to the heroes who have contributed to making xCloud vulnerability-free and helped us provide top-notch services for our users.
# Hall of Fame
We’re grateful to the HEROES, who have helped us identify potential vulnerabilities. Your issue reports and contributions have driven us to ensure top-notch services & deliver excellence with xCloud.
## The Heroes List
### Simon Gajdosik
### Vladimír Smitka
---
# Hermes Agent Docker vs Managed Hosting: Which Should You Choose in 2026? - xCloud
> Hermes Agent Docker vs managed hosting compared: setup, control, security, cost, and uptime. See which way to run Hermes 24/7 and when managed hosting on xCloud is the smarter call.
You have decided [**Hermes Agent**](/what-is-hermes-agent-features-and-use-cases/) is worth running. Now comes the part that quietly decides how much of your week the agent will consume: how do you actually keep it online?
Most guides answer that with a wall of Docker commands. Three weeks later, the container falls over after an update, the dashboard is unreachable, and you are debugging volume permissions at 11 PM instead of using the agent you set up. There is a simpler path, a more powerful one, and a middle ground that most comparisons miss entirely.
The choice comes down to how much of the operational work you want to own. And here is the part people often do not realize: xCloud can host Hermes both ways. You can deploy your own Hermes container on an [**xCloud Docker server**](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/), or skip the containers entirely with **[fully managed Hermes Agent hosting](/hermes-agent-hosting/)**. This guide walks through all three routes, DIY Docker, Docker hosting on xCloud, and fully managed hosting, and explains why managed is the better default for most people.
## **Quick Answer: The Three Ways at a Glance**
Too long; did not read? Here is the short version. There are three layers to own when you run a containerized agent: the server, the container, and the Hermes application itself. Each option hands more of those layers to someone else.
**What you own**
**DIY Docker (any VPS)**
**Docker Hosting on xCloud**
**Managed Hermes Hosting**
**Server, networking, SSL**
You
xCloud
xCloud
**Docker + NGINX setup**
You
Preconfigured by xCloud
xCloud
**Compose file and container**
You
You (paste, URL, or Git)
xCloud
**Hermes app and updates**
You
You
xCloud
**Gateway configuration**
You
You
Pre-configured
**Backups and monitoring**
You
Server-level by xCloud
Full, automated
**Skill required**
High
Medium
None
**Setup time**
An afternoon
Minutes to a live server
Minutes, one-click
**Best for**
Total control
Developers who want Docker, not sysadmin work
Everyone else
The pattern is simple. DIY Docker gives you everything and every responsibility. Docker hosting on xCloud removes the server headache but keeps you in control of the container. Fully managed hosting removes all of it. If you just want a reliable agent, that last column is the answer.
## **Three Ways to Run Hermes Agent**
Before the details, one clarification that saves a lot of confusion. This is not “Docker versus no Docker.” A managed platform runs Hermes in containers too. The real question is who is responsible for building, securing, updating, and monitoring the stack. That responsibility comes in three flavors.
**Raw DIY Docker.** You rent a bare VPS from any provider, install Docker, write a compose file, mount volumes for the agent’s state, put a reverse proxy in front for TLS, and take ownership of every operational detail from there. Maximum control, maximum work.
**Docker hosting on xCloud.** You still deploy the Hermes container yourself, but xCloud provisions the Docker server for you with Docker and NGINX preconfigured, handles SSL and networking, and locks down SSH. You bring the compose file; xCloud runs the machine underneath it. This is the developer sweet spot: Docker control without the sysadmin grind.
**Fully managed Hermes hosting.** xCloud provisions the server, deploys Hermes, wires up the gateway and SSL, and handles backups, updates, and monitoring. You sign up, add your API key, and start using the agent. No Docker knowledge required at all.
All three are valid. The right choice depends on how much of that work you actually want to do.
## **What Running Hermes Agent in Raw Docker Involves**
Docker is the recommended way to run Hermes on a server you manage yourself, and for good reason. The image is clean, reproducible, and easy to migrate. Here is what the raw path looks like.
### **The Official Image and a Compose File**
Hermes ships as an official Docker image (ghcr.io/nousresearch/hermes-agent) that bundles the gateway, dashboard, and every runtime dependency, so the host only needs Docker installed. For anything beyond a quick test, a compose file is the maintainable way to run it:
```
services:
hermes:
image: ghcr.io/nousresearch/hermes-agent:latest # pin a version in production
container_name: hermes
restart: unless-stopped
ports:
- "127.0.0.1:8642:8642" # gateway + web UI; put Caddy/nginx in front for TLS
env_file:
- ./.env # provider keys and bot tokens, never baked into the image
volumes:
- hermes_data:/opt/data # config, .env, sessions, memory, and skills persist here
deploy:
resources:
limits:
memory: 4G
cpus: "2.0"
volumes:
hermes_data:
```
Copy to Clipboard
Bring it up with docker compose up -d, and the gateway plus web UI are reachable on port 8642. Two details are non-negotiable. First, persist the data volume so config, memory, and skills survive restarts and upgrades. Second, pin your image tag in production so a new release does not break the stack without warning. And never run two gateway containers against the same volume, because Hermes assumes a single writer and will corrupt its state.
### **What You Own With Docker**
The compose file is the easy part. Raw self-hosting means you also own everything around it:
- **Volumes and permissions**, including the UID and GID ownership issues that commonly break things after an update.
- **TLS and a reverse proxy**, because the gateway needs HTTPS for inbound webhooks and the dashboard should never be public without authentication. An exposed, unauthenticated dashboard was the entry point for a real 2026 attack campaign, so an auth gate is now mandatory on any non-loopback bind.
- **Updates**, which means pulling new tags, testing them, and rolling back when something breaks.
- **Backups**, which means scripting volume snapshots and, more importantly, testing that they actually restore.
- **Monitoring**, which means watching the gateway process and not just the container status, plus logs and health checks.
- **Uptime**, which means keeping the host alive and recovering cleanly after reboots.
None of this is exotic. But it is real, recurring work, and getting any one piece wrong can cost you your data or your security. If you go this route, our guide on [](https://xcloud.host/how-to-secure-hermes-agent-on-a-vps/)**[how to secure Hermes Agent on a VPS](https://xcloud.host/how-to-secure-hermes-agent-on-a-vps/)** covers the hardening that belongs alongside a Docker deployment.
### **Docker Compose vs the Docker Terminal Backend**
One thing trips up almost everyone searching for “hermes agent docker,” so it is worth clearing up. There are two different Docker concepts in Hermes, and they are easy to confuse:
1. **Docker Compose deployment** runs the entire agent as a long-lived container. This is a hosting method.
2. **The Docker terminal backend** is a security setting that makes a Hermes session execute shell commands inside isolated, throwaway containers. This is a sandboxing feature, not a deployment.
You can use one, both, or neither. A lot of “Docker is not working” threads dissolve the moment someone realizes these are separate things. Our [**Hermes Agent skills explainer**](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-skills-explained/) touches on how that sandbox protects skill execution. This post is about the deployment side.
## **Docker Hosting on xCloud: Docker Without the Server Admin**
Here is the middle path that most Docker-versus-managed comparisons leave out. You do not have to choose between raw DIY Docker and giving up containers entirely. With xCloud’s **Custom Docker** feature, you deploy your own Docker Compose stack, including the Hermes container, onto a managed xCloud Docker server.
The difference from raw self-hosting is where the line sits. xCloud provisions the Docker server, ships it with Docker and NGINX preconfigured, handles SSL and routing, and locks SSH access down to trusted IPs. You provide the Hermes compose file (paste it in, point to a public URL, or pull it from a Git repository), and xCloud runs the machine underneath. You keep full control of the container, the image, and the config, while the server provisioning, networking, TLS, and hardening that eat your evenings are handled for you.
For a developer who genuinely wants Docker control but does not want to babysit a bare VPS, this is the best of both worlds. Our step-by-step guide to [](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)**[deploying custom Docker with xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)** walks through creating the Docker server and shipping a compose stack.
There is still a limit worth naming honestly: on this path, you own the Hermes container and its lifecycle. The compose file, the image updates and tag pinning, the gateway configuration, the dashboard auth, and the memory and skills volume are still yours to manage. xCloud runs the server; you run Hermes. That is exactly the layer the fully managed option removes.
## **Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting: The Zero-Ops Path**
Managed hosting exists to remove the operational surface entirely, including the Hermes application itself. Instead of assembling and maintaining any of the stack above, you get a deployment where the hard parts are already done: one-click provisioning, a pre-configured messaging gateway, free auto-renewing SSL, daily backups, managed Hermes updates, monitoring, and support when something needs attention.
You bring your own AI provider key, and the platform keeps the runtime online and patched. There is no compose file to write, no image tag to pin, no gateway to wire up, and no 3 AM restart when a container falls over. If you can use Telegram, you can use Hermes on the managed path.
## **Why Managed Hosting Is the Better Default**
Look back at the three layers: the server, the container, and the Hermes application. That framing is the whole argument.
Raw DIY Docker leaves all three on your plate. Docker hosting on xCloud takes the server off your plate, which is a real and meaningful upgrade, but the container and the Hermes app lifecycle are still yours. Fully managed hosting takes all three, and the third layer is the one that actually breaks in practice.
Think about what goes wrong with a self-run Hermes container over a year. A new image ships and changes a default, so the gateway stops delivering messages. A volume permission shifts after an update and the agent loses access to its own memory. The dashboard gets exposed because a rule was missed. A Telegram webhook fails silently because the SSL certificate lapsed. None of these are the server’s fault, so a managed Docker server does not save you from them. They live in the container and application layer, which is exactly what fully managed hosting owns on your behalf.
That is why managed hosting is the better default for most people. It is not that Docker is bad. It is that the last layer, the Hermes application itself, is where the recurring, easy-to-miss failures live, and managed hosting is the only option that takes it off your hands. You keep the model choice and your data; you give up the pager. For a founder, a marketer, an agency, or anyone whose job is not “run this agent’s infrastructure,” that trade is almost always worth it.
## **Head-to-Head: The Decisions That Matter**
### **Setup Time and Skill Required**
Raw Docker rewards people who already know Docker. A first production-ready deployment, with volumes, a reverse proxy, TLS, and dashboard auth, is realistically an afternoon, and longer if you are learning as you go. Docker hosting on xCloud shortens that to the time it takes to create a server and paste a compose file. Fully managed hosting is minutes with no container or Linux knowledge at all. If “reverse proxy” and “UID remap” are not part of your vocabulary, that gap is the whole story.
### **Control and Customization**
This is Docker’s genuine strength, and it is why the xCloud Docker path exists. You control the exact image, config, network, and volumes, and you can extend the compose file with sidecars, local inference, or custom tooling. Fully managed hosting gives you guided control within the platform’s guardrails, which is plenty for most workflows but not for deep customization. If you need to modify the runtime or run an unusual topology, a Docker path wins here.
### **Security and Maintenance**
All three can be secure. The question is who maintains that security. On raw Docker, you own the hardening, the mandatory dashboard auth gate, secret management, and patching, forever. Docker hosting on xCloud secures the server layer for you (SSH lockdown, SSL, firewall) but leaves the container and app hardening to you. Fully managed hosting ships a hardened baseline and keeps every layer patched without you tracking releases. For a team without a dedicated ops person, managed removes the single biggest risk: a misconfiguration nobody caught.
### **True Cost**
Raw Docker looks cheaper on paper. A VPS can be a few dollars a month. But the sticker price hides the real cost, which is the hours per week you spend on setup, updates, debugging, and maintenance. Managed hosting has a higher, predictable line item that folds all of that operational time into one fee. For a fuller cost breakdown across managed, VPS, and serverless options, see our comparison of the [](/best-hermes-agent-hosting-providers/)**[best Hermes Agent hosting providers](/best-hermes-agent-hosting-providers/).**
### **Reliability and Uptime**
Hermes only delivers value when it is running. Persistent memory compounds, skills accrue, and scheduled jobs fire only while the agent is alive. A well-run container with restart: unless-stopped on a solid server is reliable. Fully managed hosting adds monitoring, auto-recovery, and support so uptime is not your job. If the agent’s availability is tied to your work or your income, that safety net is worth a lot.
## **Which One Should You Choose?**
There is no universal answer, only the right fit for you.
### **Raw DIY Docker If You Want Total Control**
Choose this when you:
- Are comfortable with Docker, Linux, networking, and TLS.
- Want full control over the server, image, and surrounding stack.
- Already run a homelab or a spare VPS with capacity to use.
- Treat infrastructure as part of the job rather than a distraction from it.
### **Docker Hosting on xCloud If You Want Docker Without Sysadmin Work**
Choose this when you:
- Want to keep the compose file and container fully in your hands.
- Do not want to provision, secure, and maintain the server yourself.
- Like deploying from a Git repository or a Compose file with SSL and networking already handled.
- Are a developer, not a full-time sysadmin.
### **Fully Managed Hosting If You Want the Outcome**
Choose this when you:
- Want a working agent without touching Docker at all.
- Do not want to own the container, updates, gateway, backups, or monitoring.
- Value predictable cost and included support over a lower sticker price.
- Are a founder, marketer, agency, or team that needs the capability, not the plumbing.
Still weighing the agent itself and not just the hosting? Our [](/hermes-agent-vs-openclaw/)**[Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw](/hermes-agent-vs-openclaw/)** comparison covers that side of the decision.
## **The Catch: Even Docker Needs an Always-On Host**
Here is the point that reframes the whole debate. Choosing Docker does not remove the need for infrastructure. It just packages the app. You still need a server that never sleeps.
Run the container on your laptop and the agent stops the moment the lid closes. Memory stops updating. Scheduled automations fail silently. Hermes is built for continuous execution, so production setups run on always-on infrastructure regardless of Docker.
That is why the honest comparison is not “Docker versus managed.” It is a question of how many layers you want to own. Raw Docker is all three. Docker hosting on xCloud is two. Fully managed is none. The more layers you hand off, the more time you get back for the work the agent is supposed to free you up to do.
## **How to Deploy Hermes Agent on xCloud**
Whichever way you lean, xCloud has a route. If you want Docker control, follow the [](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)**[custom Docker deployment guide](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/)** to spin up a Docker server and ship your Hermes compose stack. If you want zero operations, the fully managed path is faster still:
1. Sign up at xCloud and choose a plan.
2. xCloud deploys everything automatically: server provisioning, Hermes installation, the messaging gateway, SSL, and backups.
3. Open Telegram and start talking to your agent.
No terminal commands. No compose file. No reverse proxy to configure. You bring your own AI provider key, so there is no markup on your model spend. For a step-by-step walkthrough, see our full guide to [](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)**[deploying managed Hermes Agent hosting on xCloud](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/).**
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Can I deploy Hermes Agent with Docker on xCloud?**
Yes. xCloud’s Custom Docker feature lets you deploy a Docker Compose stack, including the Hermes container, onto a managed xCloud Docker server with Docker and NGINX preconfigured. You keep control of the container while xCloud handles server provisioning, networking, SSL, and SSH security.
### **What is the difference between xCloud Docker hosting and managed Hermes hosting?**
Docker hosting on xCloud manages the server for you, but you still own the Hermes container, its updates, and its gateway configuration. Fully managed Hermes hosting goes one layer further and manages the Hermes application itself: one-click deploy, pre-configured gateway, managed updates, backups, and monitoring, with no Docker knowledge required.
### **Does Hermes Agent have an official Docker image?**
Yes. Hermes ships an official image (ghcr.io/nousresearch/hermes-agent) that bundles the gateway, dashboard, and runtime dependencies, so the host only needs Docker. It is the recommended way to self-host Hermes, usually through a docker-compose file with a persistent volume.
### **Is Docker or managed hosting better for Hermes Agent?**
It depends on your skills and goals. Docker gives you more control and suits developers comfortable managing containers. Managed hosting is better for most people because it removes the container and application maintenance where the recurring failures actually happen. All paths run the same underlying agent.
### **Can I run Hermes Agent in Docker on my laptop?**
You can for testing, but not for real use. Laptops sleep and disconnect, which stops the agent, pauses memory updates, and breaks scheduled tasks. For continuous operation you need an always-on host such as a VPS or a managed platform.
### **Do I still need a VPS if I use Docker?**
Yes, unless you have another always-on machine. Docker packages the application, but it still needs a host that stays online 24/7. That is why the practical comparison is really about who manages the server, the container, and the Hermes app: you or a managed provider.
### **What are the minimum requirements to run Hermes in Docker?**
Plan for at least 2 GB of RAM, with 4 GB or more recommended for comfortable use, a Linux host with Docker installed, roughly 2 GB of disk for the image plus room for the data volume, and a provider API key. Running a model locally needs significantly more memory.
## **So, Docker or Managed Hosting?**
If you enjoy infrastructure and want root-level control, raw Docker on your own VPS is a great fit, and xCloud’s Docker hosting is the smarter version of it, keeping your compose file in your hands while taking the server off your plate. Both are solid choices for developers who want to own the container.
But if you have ever set something up on a Friday and spent the following Tuesday debugging volume permissions instead of doing your actual work, fully managed hosting is the better call. The agent is identical. The model is yours. The only thing that changes is who carries the pager. Managed hosting is the one option that removes the layer where things quietly break, the Hermes application itself, so you get the same agent running 24/7 with the gateway, SSL, updates, backups, and monitoring all handled for you.
All three roads lead to the same destination: a Hermes Agent that stays online and gets better over time. Choose raw Docker to own the whole stack, Docker hosting on xCloud to keep container control without the server admin, or [**deploy fully managed Hermes Agent hosting on xCloud**](/hermes-agent-hosting/) to skip the operations entirely and keep the outcome. Your agent can be live in the time it took to read this guide.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# Hermes Agent Hosting | xCloud
> Fully managed Hermes Agent hosting. Persistent memory, Telegram connected, scheduled tasks and real tool access on a dedicated Cloud VPS we run for you. Live in 5 minutes, from $9.99/mo.
**Note for agents:** this is `/hermes-agent-hosting-2/`, a design experiment that rebuilds [/hermes-agent-hosting/](/hermes-agent-hosting/) on the new light design system. (`/hermes-hosting/` redirects there — there is no separate page behind that URL.) Both pages are live and describe the same product at the same prices. This page carries `noindex` while it is an experiment — prefer [/hermes-agent-hosting/](/hermes-agent-hosting/) as canonical until it replaces it.
## Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting
Deploy Hermes Agent in 5 minutes. Persistent memory, connected to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup. No resets. No maintenance.
One-click deploy, always on · 24/7 expert support · No lock-in, cancel anytime
## Every AI Resets. Hermes Compounds.
1. **You give it a task** — in Telegram, or on a schedule you set.
2. **It executes with your tools** — files, APIs, code, the shell, with real access rather than a sandbox.
3. **It builds a skill from the experience** — the approach that worked is kept, not thrown away at session end.
## Cloud VPS sizes
Every size is a dedicated, fully managed Cloud VPS — provisioned, patched, monitored and restorable by us. Unlimited agents on any size. Cancel any time.
| Size | Price | RAM | vCPU | Storage | Bandwidth |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Cloud VPS 6GB | $9.99/mo *(was $19.99, save 37%)* | 6 GB | 4 cores | 100 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 16GB *(popular)* | $19.99/mo *(was $39.99, save 37%)* | 16 GB | 6 cores | 200 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 24GB | $29.99/mo *(was $49.99, save 37%)* | 24 GB | 8 cores | 300 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 48GB | $95.00/mo | 48 GB | 12 cores | 400 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 64GB | $125.00/mo | 64 GB | 16 cores | 500 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 120GB | $225.00/mo | 120 GB | 24 cores | 600 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
Included on every size: deployed and running in ~5 minutes · free SSL, set up and renewed for you · security patches and updates managed · one-click restore · 30+ server locations.
## Bring your own model
Connect the provider you already pay for. Supported today: Anthropic (API key or Claude Code CLI token), OpenAI, OpenRouter, Moonshot AI (Kimi), Gemini. Coming: Grok, xAI, Mistral.
Hermes and OpenClaw run the **same** six Cloud VPS sizes at the same prices. See [/openclaw-hosting-2/](/openclaw-hosting-2/) for the other agent.
## Hermes on xCloud vs a chat window
| ChatGPT / Claude.ai | Hermes on xCloud |
| --- | --- |
| Forgets everything on session end | Three-layer memory that compounds over time |
| Can't run scheduled tasks | Cron jobs fire while you're offline |
| No file system access | Full server file access |
| Re-explain context every time | Knows your stack, tone and preferences |
| Can't execute code or call APIs | Executes code, calls any REST API |
| Only runs when you're there | Runs 24/7 and reports back async |
## 40+ Built-in Capabilities Your Agent Can Reach
Web Search & Browse · Code Execution · File Management · Vision & Screenshots · Scheduling & Cron · Multi-Platform Messaging · API & Webhooks · Multi-Agent Orchestration
## Everything You Need to Run Self-Improving AI Agents at Scale
- **Three-Layer Memory** — short-term, working and long-term memory, so context survives the session.
- **Telegram Pre-Configured** — connected on deploy, nothing to wire up.
- **Security Managed** — patches, SSL and isolation handled by default.
## Frequently asked questions
### What makes Hermes different from a chatbot?
A chatbot answers in a browser window and forgets when the tab closes. Hermes runs 24/7 on its own server with persistent memory, executes tasks with real tools, fires scheduled jobs while you are offline, and reports back when it is done.
### Do I need Docker or technical skills?
No. xCloud is fully managed — we handle the Docker, configuration and infrastructure.
### How long does deployment take?
About 5 minutes from signup. We provision the server, install Hermes, set up SSL and connect Telegram automatically.
### Are Hermes and OpenClaw priced differently?
No. Both run on the same fully managed Cloud VPS sizes with identical specs and pricing, from 6 GB up to 120 GB.
### Do I need my own LLM provider?
Yes — you bring your own API key. Anthropic (API key or Claude Code CLI token), OpenAI, OpenRouter, Moonshot AI (Kimi) and Gemini are supported, with Grok, xAI and Mistral coming soon.
### Is my data safe and private?
Your agent runs on a dedicated, isolated server that is not shared with anyone else, with enterprise-grade encryption, automatic SSL and daily backups.
### Can I resize the server later?
Yes. Move up or down the six Cloud VPS sizes as the workload changes; your agent and its memory come with it.
### Can I cancel anytime?
Yes. No contracts. On cancellation you are charged for server usage up to that date plus up to a 10% Stripe fee on the used amount. [Read the billing documentation](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
## Ready To Deploy An Agent That Remembers?
[Deploy Hermes now](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Managed Hermes Hosting – Hermes Agent Hosting on xCloud
> Fully managed Hermes agent hosting on xCloud. Run multi-agent AI companies with org charts, budgets, and governance. No Docker, no setup - live in minutes.
## The AI Agent That Never Resets
# Fully Managed
Hermes Agent Hosting
One-click Deploy. Always On.
Deploy Hermes Agent in 5 minutes. Persistent memory, connected to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup. No resets. No maintenance.
[Deploy My Agent — $9.99/mo](#pricing)
See what it can do
X
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
#### Min0
### Time to Deploy
#### 0%
### Uptime, SSL Included
#### 0+
### Server Locations
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing. Everything Included For Your Personal AI Assistant.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best value
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $43/mo
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $58/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $95/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $125/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $225/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Pricing
## Simple Cloud VPS Pricing for Your Personal AI Assistant — Everything Included.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9.99 $19.99
Renews at $19.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&stack=hermes)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $19.99 $39.99
Renews at $39.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&stack=hermes)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $29.99 $49.99
Renews at $49.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&stack=hermes)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 63%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9.99 $24
Renews at $24/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $14.99 $43
Renews at $43/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $19.99 $58
Renews at $58/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best deal
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $20 $58
Renews at $ 58/mo.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $33 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $33 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $43 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $43 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 64%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 64%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for Every Role That Runs on the Internet
These are starting points, not limits. Hermes agents can monitor, research, reply, schedule, code, report, and automate work while you are offline
## Executive Assistant
Stay ahead without living in your inbox.
- ### Inbox triage
- ### Daily briefings
- ### Calendar prep
- ### Follow-ups and reminders
## Content & SEO
Research, write, optimize, and publish faster.
- ### SERP research
- ### Content briefs
- ### Auto publishing
- ### SEO updates
## Sales SDR
Turn lead lists into booked conversations.
- ### Lead outreach
- ### CRM updates
- ### Follow-up sequences
- ### Prospect research
## Developer
Ship faster with an AI teammate in the loop.
- ### Live deploys
- ### CI/CD automation
- ### Pull request support
- ### Bug investigation
## QA / Testing
Automate the repetitive parts of testing.
- ### Browser tests
- ### Screenshot capture
- ### Regression checks
- ### Bug reports
## Social Media
Keep your channels active without manual busywork.
- ### Posts and replies
- ### Engagement tracking
- ### Content scheduling
- ### Trend monitoring
## Customer Support
Respond faster across every support channel.
- ### Multi-channel support
- ### Ticket summaries
- ### Auto FAQ learning
- ### Escalation routing
## E-commerce
Keep your store operations moving.
- ### Price tracking
- ### Inventory sync
- ### Order checks
- ### Competitor monitoring
## DevOps / SRE
Watch systems, detect issues, and trigger responses.
- ### Monitoring
- ### Incident automation
- ### Log checks
- ### Status updates
## Data Analyst
Turn raw data into recurring insights.
- ### Python analysis
- ### Dashboards
- ### Scheduled reports
- ### KPI summaries
## Ads Management
Optimize campaigns without living inside ad dashboards.
- ### Campaign monitoring
- ### Budget pacing
- ### Performance reports
- ### A/B test tracking
- ### Creative performance insights
## HR Assistant
Support HR operations with less manual follow-up.
- ### Attendance tracking
- ### Leave request summaries
- ### HR announcement drafts
- ### Handover notes
- ### Interview question prep
- ### Review and renewal reminders
## Project Manager
Keep teams aligned and projects moving.
- ### Task tracking
- ### Deadline monitoring
- ### Daily/weekly status summaries
- ### Action item extraction
- ### Follow-up reminders
- ### Sprint and roadmap updates
- ### Blocker detection
## And Everything In Between
If it runs in a browser, API, or workflow, Hermes can automate it.
- ### Hybrid workflows
- ### Cross-tool automation
- ### Custom AI employees
- ### Multi-step systems
- ### Browser + API actions
- ### Human-in-the-loop approvals
- ### If you can describe it, Hermes can run it
## 40+ Built-in Capabilities
## What Your Agent Has Access To
These aren’t plugins to install. They’re built in. Your agent can use any combination autonomously.
## Web Search & Browse
Real-time search + full browser automation. Scrape pages, fill forms, monitor URLs.
## Code Execution
Run Python, JS, bash. Write, test, and debug code autonomously in an isolated environment.
## File Management
Read, write, edit, move files on your server. Process CSVs, PDFs, docs automatically.
## Vision / Screenshots
Capture and analyse screenshots. Read charts, dashboards, and images in context.
## Scheduling / Cron
Set recurring tasks that fire while you’re offline. Reports, reminders, automations.
## Multi-Platform Messaging
Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, email. One agent, every channel.
## API & Webhooks
Call any REST API. Integrate with your CRM, billing tools, and analytics platforms.
## Multi-Agent Orchestration
Spawn Claude Code or Codex for heavy tasks. Results return into Hermes memory.
## Who It Is For
## Perfect For Teams That Want an AI Operator, Not Just a Chatbot
## Perfect for
- 
### Founders who want a persistent AI operator to monitor, report, and follow up
- 
### Agencies managing recurring work across multiple clients
- 
### Developers who want a long-running coding and DevOps assistant
- 
### Support teams that need ticket summaries, drafts, and escalation workflows
- 
### Marketers who need recurring research, content, and campaign reporting
- 
### Operators who want routine work handled without building automation from scratch
## Not for
- 
### People looking for only a simple website chatbot
- 
### Users who do not want to connect tools, files, or API keys
- 
### Teams expecting full automation without any setup, review, or workflow design
- 
### Highly sensitive workflows where no AI system should access context or tools
## **The Learning Loop**
## Every AI Resets.
Hermes Compounds.
Every other AI tool forgets the moment your session ends. Hermes has a built-in learning loop — after every task, it distills what worked into a reusable skill that makes the next task faster and better.
01
## You give it a task
Hermes receives your request via Telegram, voice, or terminal. It already knows your context from past sessions.
02
## It executes with your tools
Browses the web, runs code, reads files, calls APIs — using whatever tools the task needs.
03
## It builds a skill from the experience
After completion, Hermes distills what worked into a stored skill. Next time, it’s faster and more accurate.
04
## Memory compounds over time
Sessions, skills, and your user profile persist forever on xCloud — even after restarts and upgrades.
## Hermes on xCloud
## ChatGPT / Claude.ai
## Forgets everything on session end
## Forgets everything on session end
## Cron jobs fire while you’re offline
## Can’t run scheduled tasks
## Full server file access
## No file system access
## Knows your stack, tone, preferences
## Re-explain context every time
## Executes code, calls any REST API
## Can’t execute code or call APIs
## Runs 24/7, reports back async
## Only runs when you’re there
## Why xCloud
## Your Fully Managed Cloud Hosting For Hermes Agent.
You don’t need to buy a Mac Mini or deal with complex setups. With xCloud, your Hermes agent is ready to deploy in minutes, optimized for performance, and maintained for you.
## Recommended
## xCloud Managed
- ### One-click deploy — Hermes binary pre-installed and running instantly
- ### Free SSL included, auto-provisioned, never expires without notice
- ### Daily automatic backups — restore memory and skills in one click
- ### Managed security updates — we push patches, you stay focused
- ### Auto-restart on crash — 24/7 uptime, no babysitting required
- ### Telegram gateway pre-configured — message your agent on day one
## Self-Hosted
- ### Manual Docker setup, dependency hell, hours before first run
- ### Configure SSL certificates yourself and renew them manually
- ### No automatic backups — one bad upgrade and memory is gone
- ### Security patches are your problem — at 3 am when it breaks
- ### Crashes stay down until you notice and SSH in to restart
- ### Webhook plumbing for every messaging platform — hours of work
## ****Core Features****
## Everything You Need to Run Self-Improving AI Agents at Scale
Launch, manage, and grow Hermes Agent with built-in memory, security,
automation, and full operational control.
## Three-Layer Memory
Active context (MEMORY.md), full session history in SQLite with FTS5 search, and portable skills. Every session compounds.
## Telegram Pre-Configured
Gateway is set up on deploy. Open Telegram and start chatting with your agent in minutes. Discord, Slack, WhatsApp also supported.
## Security Managed
Firewall rules, encrypted tokens, SSL, and security updates — all handled by xCloud. Your credentials are protected without any configuration.
## Monitoring & Logs
Full visibility into what your agent is doing, when, and why — accessible right through the dashboard.
## Any AI Model
Anthropic, OpenAI, Gemini, DeepSeek, OpenRouter. Swap models anytime. xCloud never marks up your LLM costs.
## Intuitive Control Panel
Manage servers, deploy agents, configure workflows, and monitor everything from a single unified dashboard.
## 30+ Server Regions
Deploy where you and your users are. Low-latency agents in Europe, US, Asia-Pacific, and more.
## Daily Backups
Memory, skills, sessions, and config backed up automatically every day. One-click restore if anything goes wrong.
## Pricing
## Pricing That Keeps Agents Alive
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
Save $10.01
## Monthly
## $13.99 $24
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
Save $ 168.12
## 12 Months
## $9.99 $24
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## Best value
Save $ 360.24
## 24 Months
## $8.99 $24
[Get started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## Monthly
## $13.99 $24
Save $10.01
[Choose PLan](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## 12 Months
## $9.99 $24
Save $ 168.12
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## Best value
## 24 Months
## $8.99 $24
Save $ 360.24
[Get started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## All plans comes with powerful features you need to maximize efficiency
- ### Hermes Agent deployed instantly
- ### Telegram ready
- ### Free SSL certificate
- ### Automatic backups (If Enabled)
- ### Security updates included
- ### 30+ server locations
- ### 24/7 expert support
- ### 14-days money-back guarantee
## Pricing
## Pricing That Keeps Agents Alive
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
10% Off
## $13.99/mo $24
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
Save $ 168.12
## $9.99/mo $24
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## Best value
Save $ 360.24
## $8.99/mo $24
[Get started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
Save $10.01
## $13.99/mo $24
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
Save $ 168.12
## $9.99/mo $24
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## Best value
Save $ 360.24
## $8.99/mo $24
[Get started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
- ### 8 GB RAM
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU cores
- ### 4TB Bandwidth
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Agent Should Be Running Right Now.
Deploy a persistent Hermes agent in minutes. Connect it to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled
tasks — then let it monitor, research, reply, code, report, and automate while you are offline.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Read the Guide](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
- 
### No Lock-
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Hermes Agent?
Hermes Agent is an open-source AI agent from Nous Research that improves itself over time. It runs on self-hosted systems, retains memory across sessions, and builds reusable skills from repeated tasks.
### Is Hermes Agent open source?
Yes. Hermes Agent is open source and published on GitHub under the MIT license. Anyone can review, modify, and contribute to the codebase.
### Can Hermes work inside Paperclip?
Yes. If you want to run Hermes as part of a larger multi-agent operation, [Paperclip](/paperclip-hosting/) is the orchestration layer that lets you coordinate multiple agents — including Hermes — under shared goals, org charts, and budgets. xCloud offers managed hosting for both, so you can deploy the full stack without managing separate servers.
### What is the difference between Hermes Agent and OpenClaw?
Hermes Agent emphasizes self-learning, memory, and skill generation. [OpenClaw](/openclaw-hosting) focuses more on simple VPS deployment, private infrastructure, consistent costs, and always-on availability.
### Do I need my own LLM provider, or is it included?
Yes, you need to bring your own AI provider API key such as OpenAI, Anthropic, Claude Code, OpenAI, or others.
### Can Hermes Agent work with n8n?
Yes. Hermes Agent can integrate with n8n in certain workflows. n8n handles structured automation well, while Hermes Agent suits dynamic tasks that require reasoning and memory.
### Is Hermes Agent good for beginners?
Hermes Agent fits technical users better than beginners. Developers who understand terminals, GitHub projects, model APIs, and self-hosted environments will benefit the most.
### Can I cancel anytime?
Yes. When you request cancellation, you’ll be charged for total server usage up to that date, along with up to 10% Stripe fee based on the used amount. Read the xCloud billing documentation for full details.
## Pricing
## Pricing That Keeps Agents Alive
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
## Up To 60% Savings
## Monthly
## $13.99 $24
Save $10.01
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
## 12 Months
## $9.99 $24
Save $ 168.12
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
## 24 Months
## $8.99 $24
Save $ 360.24
Renews at $ 24/mo. Cancel anytime.
## RAM – 8 GB
## SSD/NVMe – 256 GB
## vCPU – 3
## Bandwidth – 4 TB
## Telegram ready
## SSL certificate
## Security Updates
## 30+ Server Locations
## 24/7 Expert support
---
# Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw: Which AI Agent to Host in 2026? - xCloud
> Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw compared: memory, skills, channels, security, and real cost. See which self-hosted AI agent fits you, then run either 24/7 on xCloud.
Two open-source projects dominate the “personal AI agent you actually own” conversation in 2026: **Hermes Agent** and **OpenClaw**. Both are free, both are MIT-licensed, both live on your own infrastructure, and both let you message an autonomous assistant from Telegram, Slack, or WhatsApp. On the surface they look interchangeable. They are not.
This guide breaks down the real differences between Hermes Agent and OpenClaw across architecture, memory, skills, channels, security, and true cost, so you can pick the right one for your workflow. And because both agents are only useful when they run continuously, we’ll also cover the part most comparisons skip: where you host them, and how xCloud’s fully managed hosting for both [**Hermes Agent**](/hermes-agent-hosting/) and [**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) removes that work entirely, whichever you choose.
## **TL;DR**
- **Same category, different bet.** Hermes Agent and OpenClaw are both free, open-source, self-hosted AI agents you message from chat apps. Hermes optimizes for **depth and learning**; OpenClaw optimizes for **reach and control**.
- **Pick Hermes Agent** if you want an agent that _learns your work and compounds over time_ through persistent three-layer memory and self-built skills. It suits recurring, cron-driven workflows and users comfortable with a slightly more technical setup.
- **Pick OpenClaw** if you want the _widest set of channels_ (around 29, including iMessage, Teams, LINE, and Feishu), native mobile and voice apps, and a big library of ready-made community skills with tighter manual control.
- **It’s a tie on models and cost.** Both are model-agnostic, both need your own API key, and both are free software. Your real spend is a server to stay online 24/7 plus your LLM usage.
- **Hosting is the deciding factor.** Neither agent is useful on a closed laptop. Both need an always-on server with a reachable gateway, so the practical choice is self-hosting on a VPS versus fully managed hosting. xCloud runs both agents as managed services, so the agent you prefer is the only decision you actually have to make.
## **Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw at a Glance**
**Factor**
**Hermes Agent**
**OpenClaw**
**Built by**
Nous Research
Peter Steinberger (formerly Clawdbot, then Moltbot)
**Released**
February 2026
Early 2026 (viral launch)
**License**
Open source (MIT)
Open source (MIT)
**Core bet**
Memory & self-improvement
Breadth of integration & manual control
**Runtime**
Python
Node.js
**Memory model**
3-layer, compounding (learns over time)
Local Markdown files (session recall)
**Self-built skills**
Yes, writes reusable skills automatically
Community skills library (100+), manual curation
**Messaging channels**
~16 (Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal…)
~29 (adds iMessage, Teams, LINE, Feishu, and more)
**Scheduling**
Built-in cron
Heartbeat daemon (proactive)
**Model support**
Bring your own key (OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter, local)
Bring your own key (OpenAI, Anthropic, Google, local)
**Best fit**
Compounding personal/business workflows
Multi-channel “Jarvis” with a huge integration surface
**Hosting need**
Always-on server (VPS or managed)
Always-on server (VPS or managed)
If you only remember one line: **OpenClaw optimizes for reach and control; Hermes Agent optimizes for depth and learning.** Everything below is a consequence of that single design difference.
## **What Is Hermes Agent?**
**Hermes Agent** is an open-source, self-hosted AI agent from **Nous Research**, the lab behind the Hermes, Nomos, and Psyche model families. Released in February 2026 under the MIT license, it surpassed 175,000 GitHub stars within months, making it one of the fastest-growing agent frameworks of the year.
Hermes is not a chatbot wrapper around a single API, and it is not a coding copilot locked inside an IDE. It is a persistent agent that lives on your server, remembers what it learns across every session, and gets more capable the longer it runs. Its defining feature is a **closed learning loop**: after Hermes solves a hard problem, it writes a reusable skill so it never has to relearn it.
Under the hood, Hermes is built on three architectural pillars:
- **Persistent memory:** a three-layer system (active memory, full-text-searchable session history, and procedural skill memory) so it stops re-asking you for context.
- **Self-improving skills:** it autonomously creates, refines, and reuses portable skill files compatible with the open agentskills.io standard.
- **Multi-platform reach:** a single gateway process connects CLI, Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, and roughly a dozen more channels.
Add 40+ built-in tools (web search, browser automation, code execution, vision), built-in scheduling, and support for any OpenAI-compatible model, and you have an agent designed to _compound in value_ instead of resetting to zero each session. If you want a deeper feature breakdown, see our full explainer on [what Hermes Agent is and its use cases](/what-is-hermes-agent-features-and-use-cases/).
## **What Is OpenClaw?**
OpenClaw, affectionately “Molty” and previously known as Clawdbot and Moltbot, is an open-source, self-hosted AI assistant created by **Peter Steinberger**, founder of PSPDFKit. It became one of the fastest-growing open-source projects in history, racing past 100,000 GitHub stars in roughly eight weeks, and has since become a non-profit with a full-time team.
Architecturally, OpenClaw is a **Node.js gateway and message router**. You run a single Gateway process on your machine or server, and it becomes the bridge between your messaging apps and an AI agent that can run shell commands, read and write files, browse the web, and trigger automations. The pitch that made it viral is the “24/7 Jarvis” experience: an agent that proactively reaches out to you and executes tasks across every chat app you already use.
OpenClaw’s standout strengths are:
- **Channel breadth:** around 29 channels out of the box, including WhatsApp, Telegram, Discord, Slack, Google Chat, Signal, iMessage, Microsoft Teams, Matrix, Feishu, LINE, and more.
- **A large skills ecosystem:** 100+ preconfigured AgentSkills via ClawHub, now with Skill Cards and SkillSpector scanning to flag risky skills before you enable them.
- **Proactive automation:** a heartbeat daemon (every 30 minutes by default) reads a checklist and messages you only when something needs action.
- **Native apps:** iOS, Android, and macOS apps, plus a live Canvas and voice “Talk” mode.
Where Hermes bets on a learning loop, OpenClaw bets on **integration surface and manual control**. It stores memory as plain Markdown files you can grep, back up, or delete, and it leaves the “getting smarter over time” work to you and the community skills you install.
## **Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw: The 7 Differences That Actually Matter**
### **1\. Memory and Self-Improvement**
This is the sharpest dividing line. Hermes Agent’s three-layer memory system means it _measurably improves at recurring tasks over time_: it models your preferences, remembers project context, and turns hard-won solutions into reusable skills automatically.
OpenClaw takes a deliberately different route. It keeps memory as local Markdown files scoped to recall and context, which you can open, edit, grep, back up, or delete at will. That is not a weaker design so much as a different philosophy: OpenClaw favors transparency and manual control over an automated learning loop. So the honest framing is a trade-off, not a winner. If you want an agent whose value curve bends upward on its own the longer you use it, Hermes’s compounding memory fits. If you’d rather see and control exactly what your agent remembers, OpenClaw’s file-based approach is easier to inspect and audit.
### **2\. Skills**
Both agents use portable, shareable skill files, but they get there differently. Hermes **writes its own skills** from experience and reuses them across sessions. OpenClaw offers a **larger ready-made library** (100+ community skills) that you browse and install, with security scanning built into the marketplace.
Rule of thumb: Hermes grows skills organically from your workflow; OpenClaw lets you bolt on a big catalog immediately. If you’re building around modular capabilities, our overview of [AI agent skills](/ai-agent-skills/) explains how this layer works across the agent ecosystem.
### **3\. Channels and Integrations**
This is where the two philosophies show up most clearly. OpenClaw leads on raw breadth, roughly 29 channels versus Hermes’s ~16, and adds surfaces Hermes doesn’t natively cover, like iMessage, Microsoft Teams, LINE, and Feishu, plus native mobile apps and a voice mode. If your requirement is “reach my agent on _every_ platform my team uses,” that breadth is a genuine advantage.
Hermes takes the focused route: it covers the channels most people actually live in (Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal) through one clean gateway, and adds something OpenClaw doesn’t, the ability to expose itself as an MCP server so other tools like Claude Code can call into it as a backend. So it’s breadth versus composability, and the right answer depends on whether you’re optimizing for reach or for plugging your agent into a wider toolchain.
### **4\. Models and Flexibility**
Effectively a tie. Both are model-agnostic and require you to **bring your own API key**. Hermes works with Nous Portal, OpenRouter, OpenAI, Anthropic, and any OpenAI-compatible endpoint (including local models via Ollama), and OpenClaw supports Anthropic, OpenAI, Google, and local models the same way. Neither bundles or marks up your LLM costs, so model spend is separate on both paths.
### **5\. Setup and Ease of Use**
Both install with a single command, but their center of gravity differs. OpenClaw is **messaging-first** and onboards you through a chat-app pairing flow, which feels approachable. Hermes leans slightly more **technical and developer-oriented**: it rewards users comfortable with terminals, GitHub projects, and model APIs.
The honest catch for both: a one-line install is not the same as a production deployment. Persistent memory only compounds when the agent runs continuously, and messaging gateways need a stable public IP for inbound webhooks to work, neither of which a closed laptop provides. That’s the maintenance gap we’ll address at the end.
### **6\. Security and Safety**
Is OpenClaw safe? Is Hermes? The accurate answer for both is: _as safe as your deployment discipline._ Both agents can execute shell commands, read files, and act with system-level permissions, which is exactly what makes them powerful, and risky if deployed carelessly. Standard practice is to run either in an isolated VM or sandbox, enforce channel allowlists, treat inbound DMs as untrusted input, and review auto-generated or community skills before enabling them. OpenClaw’s SkillSpector scanning and Skill Cards help on the skills side; Hermes recommends reviewing auto-written skills before you trust them.
### **7\. True Cost**
Here’s the part that trips people up: **both Hermes Agent and OpenClaw are free** to download and self-host. The cost lives in two places nobody puts on the pricing page:
1. **A server to keep the agent online 24/7:** a VPS you rent and maintain, or a managed platform.
2. **Your LLM API usage:** billed by your model provider, typically a few cents to a few dollars per task.
A cheap VPS looks like the budget option until you price in the hours spent on provisioning, SSL, webhook config, backups, security patches, and the occasional 3 a.m. restart. For a fuller cost breakdown across managed, VPS, and serverless setups, see our guides to the [](/best-hermes-agent-hosting-providers/)**[best Hermes Agent hosting providers](/best-hermes-agent-hosting-providers/)** and the [best OpenClaw hosting providers](/best-openclaw-hosting-providers/), depending on which agent you’re leaning toward.
## **Which One Should You Choose?**
There’s no universal winner, only the right fit for your use case.
### **Choose Hermes Agent If You Want Depth and Learning**
Hermes is the stronger fit when you:
- Want an agent that _learns your projects and gets better over time_.
- Care most about persistent memory, self-built skills, and compounding value.
- Are comfortable with a slightly more developer-oriented setup.
- Plan to run recurring, cron-driven workflows (daily briefs, monitoring, reports).
### **Choose OpenClaw If You Want Reach and Control**
OpenClaw is the stronger fit when you:
- Need the _widest possible set of channels_ (iMessage, Teams, LINE, Feishu) and native mobile/voice apps.
- Want a big library of ready-made skills to install on day one.
- Prefer transparent, hand-curated Markdown memory and tighter manual control.
- Live in messaging apps and want a proactive “Jarvis” across all of them.
Still deciding between the broader agent stack? Our comparison of [**OpenClaw vs Paperclip vs Hermes**](/openclaw-vs-paperclip-vs-hermes/) maps how these three fit together, and where an orchestration layer changes the picture for multi-agent teams.
## **Where to Host Hermes Agent and OpenClaw**
Here’s the truth that decides your experience more than the Hermes-vs-OpenClaw choice itself. **Neither agent is useful sitting on your laptop.** Persistent memory only compounds when the runtime stays alive. Messaging gateways only deliver messages when they’re reachable from the internet. Scheduled tasks only fire when the server is on. That means an always-on server is not optional; it’s the whole point.
### **The Two Hosting Paths**
#### **Self-Hosting on a VPS**
Rent a server from a provider like Hetzner, DigitalOcean, Vultr, or Hostinger and install the agent yourself. You get full control and the cheapest sticker price, but _you_ own provisioning, SSL, gateway config, backups, patching, and monitoring, including the occasional 3 a.m. restart. It’s the right path if you treat infrastructure as a hobby and want root-level control.
#### **Fully Managed Hosting**
A managed platform owns all of that infrastructure work for you. You sign up, deploy in minutes, and spend your time on what the agent actually does rather than on keeping it alive. It’s the right path for founders, marketers, agencies, and teams who want the capability without the DevOps.
### **Deploy Either Agent on xCloud**
This is where xCloud comes in, and the good news is you don’t have to settle the Hermes-vs-OpenClaw debate to get started. xCloud’s **Agentic** stack offers fully managed hosting for **both agents** (plus Paperclip for multi-agent orchestration), so you can run whichever one fits your workflow without touching Docker or SSH. Either way you get one-click deployment, a pre-configured messaging gateway, free auto-renewing SSL (required for Telegram webhooks), daily backups, managed updates, monitoring, and 24/7 expert support. You simply bring your own AI provider key, and xCloud sizes the server to your workload.
- **Prefer the self-improving agent?** Deploy [](/hermes-agent-hosting/)**[managed Hermes Agent hosting](/hermes-agent-hosting/),** starting at **$9.99/month**, and follow the [**step-by-step Hermes deployment guide**](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/).
- **Prefer the multi-channel assistant?** Deploy [**managed OpenClaw hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/), and follow the [**step-by-step OpenClaw deployment guide**](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/).
Not sure yet? That’s fine. Because both live on the same managed control panel, you can spin one up, evaluate it against a real workflow, and switch to the other without rebuilding your infrastructure. Our comparison of [](/managed-vs-self-hosting-openclaw/)**[managed vs self-hosted OpenClaw](/managed-vs-self-hosting-openclaw/)** is a useful read on the trade-offs, and it applies just as well to Hermes.
**Ready to run your agent 24/7 without the DevOps?** Whether you land on Hermes Agent or OpenClaw, xCloud handles the server, gateway, SSL, backups, and monitoring, so your agent stays online, working while you sleep. Deploy [Hermes Agent](/hermes-agent-hosting/) or [**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) in about five minutes.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Is OpenClaw free?**
Yes. OpenClaw is open-source and MIT-licensed, so the software is free to self-host. You still pay for a server to run it 24/7 and for your own LLM API usage, or you can skip the setup with [**managed OpenClaw hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/). The same economics apply to Hermes Agent.
### **Is Hermes Agent free?**
Yes. Hermes Agent is open source under the MIT license. As with OpenClaw, your only real costs are hosting (a VPS or a [**managed platform**](/hermes-agent-hosting/)) and your model provider’s API bill.
### **Is OpenClaw or Hermes Agent safe to run?**
Both can execute commands and access files with system-level permissions, so safety depends on your deployment. Run either in an isolated environment, use channel allowlists, treat inbound messages as untrusted, and review skills before enabling them. Managed hosting with a firewall, SSL, and backups reduces a lot of this operational risk.
### **Do I need an API key to use Hermes Agent or OpenClaw?**
Yes. Both are model-agnostic and require you to bring your own API key from OpenAI, Anthropic, Google, OpenRouter, or a local model. Neither marks up your LLM costs.
### **Can I switch from OpenClaw to Hermes Agent later?**
Yes. Because both are self-hosted and store data on infrastructure you control, you’re not locked in. On xCloud you can run either [Hermes Agent](/hermes-agent-hosting/) or [OpenClaw](/openclaw-hosting/) from the same managed control panel, which makes trying both low-friction.
### **Hermes Agent vs Claude Code, which is better?**
They solve different problems. Claude Code is purpose-built for coding assistance inside a single project. Hermes Agent is a persistent, cross-project agent with memory and scheduling. If your main need is coding in one repo, Claude Code fits; if you want an always-on agent that remembers across projects, Hermes fits, and can even use Claude Code as a backend via MCP.
### **What are the minimum server requirements for Hermes Agent?**
Hermes Agent needs at least 4 GB of RAM for stable operation. On xCloud, the entry plan starts at a 6 GB server for $9.99/month, which is the recommended baseline for real workloads.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Hermes Workspace Hosting | Managed AI Agent Hosting | xCloud
> Host the open-source Hermes Workspace on xCloud. Run your AI agent on infrastructure you control, with multi-model chat, memory, skills, terminal, and more.
# **Hermes Workspace Hosting**
## Managed Hosting to Run Hermes Workspace, Your AI Agent’s Command Center
Host the open-source Hermes Workspace on xCloud and give your AI agent a single command center for chat, memory, skills, terminal, and files.
- 
### 24/7/365 Global Customer Support
- 
### Free SSL Certificate
- 
### One-Click Deployment
[Get Started](/hermes-workspace-hosting/)
## **Setup Process**
## Simple Steps to Launch Hermes Workspace in Minutes
Deploy and manage Hermes Workspace with a streamlined workflow built for speed and reliability, from server setup to live deployment.
### Choose Deployment Method
Select Docker Compose to deploy Hermes Workspace. It handles the multi-container setup with minimal configuration.
### Configure Your Workspace
Add your Dockerfile URL or paste its content into the dashboard, then adjust variables and settings.
### Go Live Right Away
Review your setup and deploy your site instantly. Moreover, push the latest code to LIVE to deploy automatically.
## Pricing
## Reliable Managed Hosting for
Hermes Workspace at a Price You Will Love
Get started for free and host your Hermes Workspace on your preferred plans, with
powerful features to scale as your agent does more.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Run Everything Your Agent Does in One Workspace
Hermes Workspace is an open-source interface that turns the Hermes AI agent into a complete command center, with multi-model chat, persistent memory, over 100 skills, a browser-native terminal, and a Conductor for parallel sub-agents.
- ### Multi-model chat across Claude, GPT, Gemini, and local models.
- ### Persistent memory and a catalog of over 100 skills
- ### Parallel sub-agent missions with the Conductor, plus browser-native terminal sessions
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Hermes Workspace on Your VPS for Fast and Secure Performance
Launch Hermes Workspace on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything comes pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## AI Apps
## More AI Apps You Can Deploy on xCloud
From personal assistants to autonomous AI companies, deploy the tools your workflow needs on xCloud.
### OpenClaw Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/openclaw-hosting/)
### Hermes Agent Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](https://xcloud.host/hermes-hosting/)
### Paperclip Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/paperclip-hosting/)
### Claude Hosting
Deploy Your Personal AI Assistant With Managed OpenClaw Hosting Turn OpenClaw into a working assistant that executes tasks and manages conversations across platforms. Go live in minutes.
[Learn More](/claude-code-hosting/)
### Codex Hosting
Fully Managed Hermes Agent Hosting. Deploy Hermes Agent in five minutes with persistent memory and connections to Telegram, tools, files, APIs, and scheduled tasks. No server setup, no maintenance.
[Learn More](/codex-hosting/)
### Odysseus Hosting
Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
[Learn More](/odysseus-hosting/)
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1\. What is Hermes Workspace?
Hermes Workspace is an open-source web interface for the Hermes AI agent. It combines chat, persistent memory, a skill catalog, an integrated terminal, and a Conductor for parallel sub-agents into one self-hosted command center.
### 2\. Can I use my own AI provider?
Yes. Hermes Workspace works with Anthropic, OpenAI, OpenRouter, Ollama, vLLM, LM Studio, and any OpenAI-compatible endpoint. You select your provider during setup and switch between models mid-conversation.
### Do I need Docker to deploy Hermes Workspace?
Yes. Hermes Workspace runs as a multi-container application, so it deploys through Docker. On xCloud you select Docker Compose during setup, and the platform provisions and manages the Docker environment for you. There is nothing to install or configure on your own.
---
# Holiday Cybersecurity: A Comprehensive Guide to Protect Your WordPress Site - xCloud
> Stay safe online this holiday season with holiday cybersecurity tips, since cyberattacks happen during this busy time, let us be aware of cybercriminals.
The holiday season is one of the most exciting times, with celebrations, shopping, and connections bringing people together. For WordPress website owners, however, it is a time of heightened caution. As online activity surges, so does the attention of cybercriminals, making this a critical period to safeguard your digital presence. So, [**holiday cybersecurity**](https://wpdeveloper.com/biggest-cyber-security-mistakes/) is something you must pay attention to during this time.
In this comprehensive guide, we will explore the risks your WordPress site faces during the holiday season. This blog will also provide actionable strategies and **cybersecurity tips** to mitigate them. Understanding these holiday cyber threats and implementing robust security measures will help you ensure your site stays secure while your business thrives during the festive period.
## Unmasking Holiday Cyber Threats Targeting Your Website
While the holiday season is synonymous with joy and increased online activity, it also creates a silent battlefield for cybersecurity. It is that time for cybercriminals when they capitalize on the chaos, exploiting vulnerabilities in websites to steal data, disrupt operations, or cause financial losses.
Website owners often focus on increasing traffic and sales, unintentionally neglecting security measures. This lack of vigilance, coupled with a significant increase in transactions, creates an ideal environment for attackers to thrive and threaten your holiday cyber security. So, it is crucial to have **cybersecurity awareness**, recognize the issue, and protect your information.
Between **Black Friday** and **New Year’s Day**, websites experience a significant increase in traffic. While this surge benefits businesses, it also amplifies security risks. Here is why the season is particularly vulnerable to holiday cyber threats.
### **1\. Increased Online Traffic**
Millions of users shop online during the holidays, leading to unprecedented website visits. This spike in traffic can overwhelm website infrastructure, leaving it susceptible to attacks. Hackers take advantage of these moments, knowing that monitoring and response times might be slower.
### **2\. Overwhelming eCommerce Transactions**
The holiday period is flooded with eCommerce transactions. From processing payments to managing customer data, websites deal with a higher volume of sensitive information, making them lucrative targets for cybercriminals.
### **3\. Reduced Vigilance**
With employees and teams on holiday leave, monitoring systems may be understaffed or overlooked. Hackers exploit this reduced organizational vigilance to launch their attacks when defenses are weakest. This threatens your holiday cybersecurity.
### **4\. Complex Digital Ecosystems**
Modern websites, especially eCommerce platforms, rely on interconnected plugins, third-party tools, and APIs. While these integrations enhance functionality, they also create multiple potential entry points for attackers if not adequately secured.
### **5\. Sophisticated Cybercriminal Strategies**
Cybercriminals are more organized and technologically advanced than ever. They build their strategies to exploit seasonal trends, implementing techniques like phishing, malware injection, and brute force attacks.
## **Understanding Holiday Cyber Risks for WordPress Sites**
WordPress sites become prime targets for cybercriminals during the festive season making them prone to **holiday cyber attacks**. Discover the hidden dangers lurking behind the holiday cheer. From traffic surges to complex attack strategies, find out what makes this time so risky—and how to stay one step ahead.
### **1\. Elevated Threat Dynamics**
When holiday traffic floods your WordPress site, it brings more than just potential customers—it attracts a wave of opportunistic cybercriminals seeking to exploit every unprotected entry point. The economic motivation for these attackers turns your website into a high-risk digital ecosystem.
#### **👉 Traffic Surge Vulnerabilities**
During the holiday season, your WordPress site might see a surge of thousands or even millions of visitors. While this is excellent for sales, it increases the number of potential entry points for attackers. Each visitor represents a possible vulnerability if your site is not adequately secured.
Attackers can also blend in with legitimate traffic, making it difficult to detect anomalies. The situation worsens as bots are used to carry out attacks, putting even more strain on your servers.
#### **👉 Economic Motivation**
This festive season is a goldmine for cybercriminals. The potential to steal financial information, access valuable customer data, and exploit temporary system vulnerabilities makes this time especially lucrative. High transaction volumes and sensitive customer details turn WordPress sites into attractive targets for holiday cyber attacks.
### **2\. Comprehensive Threat Categories**
The holiday season brings a variety of cyber threats that can disrupt your WordPress site and compromise sensitive data. Understanding these threat categories is the first step to building a strong defense against them.
#### **(a) Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) Attacks**
[**DDoS attacks**](/prevent-ddos-attacks-security/) are commonly used to overwhelm a website’s server with a flood of traffic. This flood consumes bandwidth and server resources, making your website down. As a result, legitimate users will not be able to visit your site which means the website can not work properly for regular users.
**Holiday-Specific Risks**:
- eCommerce websites are prime targets due to their high sales volumes.
- Even a few hours of downtime can result in significant revenue losses.
**Mitigation Strategies**:
- Invest in robust hosting solutions with DDoS protection.
- Use a **Content Delivery Network (CDN)** like [**Cloudflare**](https://www.cloudflare.com/) to distribute traffic.
- Configure firewalls and implement rate-limiting to filter malicious traffic.
#### **(b) Brute Force Login Attempts**
Hackers use automated scripts to guess login credentials by trying numerous combinations. This technique is particularly dangerous for WordPress sites, as many users fail to change default admin usernames and passwords.
**Holiday Specific Risks**:
During the holidays, websites often experience increased automation to handle sales and traffic. This reliance on automation can make sites more susceptible to large-scale login attempts that threaten holiday cybersecurity.
**Prevention Techniques**:
- Enforce strong password policies, requiring a mix of letters, numbers, and symbols.
- Implement **Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)** for an additional security layer.
- Limit login attempts and block suspicious IPs after repeated failed attempts.
#### **(c) Phishing Schemes**
Phishing attacks use deceptive emails or websites to trick users into revealing sensitive information. These attacks often mimic trusted brands or services, making them hard to spot.
**Targeted Approaches**:
- Impersonate popular payment platforms or online stores.
- Offer fake holiday discounts or urgent action prompts.
**Defensive Measures**:
- Train your team to recognize phishing attempts.
- Use email authentication protocols like **SPF**, **DKIM**, and **DMARC**.
- Deploy advanced spam filters to block malicious emails.
#### **(d) Malware Injections**
Hackers exploit outdated plugins, themes, or core WordPress files to inject malicious code into your website. This code can steal data, create backdoors, or cause other damage.
**Holiday Vulnerabilities**:
- The rush to deploy new seasonal features may lead to less rigorous testing of plugins or themes.
- Outdated software is often overlooked during busy periods.
**Comprehensive Protection**:
- Regularly update all plugins, themes, and the WordPress core.
- Use trusted security plugins like [**Patchstack**](https://patchstack.com/) or [**Sucuri**](https://sucuri.net/) for malware detection.
- Perform regular security scans and remove unused plugins or themes.
#### **(e) eCommerce Payment Gateway Vulnerabilities**
Payment gateways are crucial for online stores, but they are also prime targets for cybercriminals. Attacks on these systems can result in stolen credit card details and financial fraud.
**Seasonal Risks**:
- High transaction volumes increase the chance of overlooked vulnerabilities.
- Complex integrations between multiple payment platforms may create weak spots.
**Security Protocols**:
- Ensure compliance with **PCI DSS** standards.
- Use tokenization to encrypt payment data.
- Regularly update and test payment gateway integrations.
## **5 WordPress Security Measures You Need This Holiday Season**
Cybercriminals are sharpening their tools, targeting WordPress sites during the most lucrative online shopping season. These essential WordPress security hacks are your frontline defense against sophisticated attacks that could derail your holiday business success.
### **1\. Comprehensive Update Strategy**
Keeping your WordPress site updated is the foundation of cybersecurity. Updates often include patches for known vulnerabilities, so neglecting them leaves your site open to attack.
**Implementation Approach**:
- Enable automatic updates for minor changes. For instance, you can automate server security updates if you are hosting your WordPress website in [**xCloud**](/) or other managed hosting as well.
- Use a staging environment to test major updates before deployment. xCloud allows you to create a staging site to test major updates before deploying it to your main website.
- Schedule weekly checks to ensure all components are current. However, with xCloud’s [**vulnerability scanner feature**](/website-vulnerability-checker/), you can fix vulnerability issues from the server end as required.
### **2\. Advanced Password Management**
Weak passwords remain one of the easiest ways for hackers to gain access to your site. A robust password policy is essential.
**Organizational Policies**:
- Enforce regular password rotations.
- Use tools like [**Bitwarden**](https://bitwarden.com/) (**FREE**), [**LastPass**](https://www.lastpass.com/) or [**1Password**](https://1password.com/) to manage credentials securely.
- Restrict password reuse across multiple accounts.
### **3\. Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)**
To protect your WordPress site from holiday cyber threats, consider adding a second layer of authentication. This will significantly improve your website security.
**Recommended Tools**:
- Dedicated WordPress plugins like WP 2FA
- Hardware keys like **YubiKey** for an enhanced level of protection.
- Google Authenticator for generating time-based codes.
### **4\. Security Plugin Ecosystem**
WordPress security plugins provide comprehensive protection against various threats. They offer features like malware scanning, firewall protection, and login security.
**Top Plugins**:
- [**Wordfence Security**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wordfence/): Real-time threat detection and firewall.
- [**Sucuri Security**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/sucuri-scanner/): Excellent for malware cleanup and monitoring.
### **5\. Robust Backup Strategies**
Backups are your safety net. If your site is compromised, a recent backup ensures you can restore operations quickly.
**Best Practices**:
- Store backups in multiple locations, including offsite storage.
- Encrypt backup files to prevent unauthorized access.
- Test restoration processes periodically to ensure they work as expected.
- Use a robust backup solution. For instance, With [**xCloud’s incremental backup**](/docs/incremental-backup-in-xcloud/) feature, you can always keep your backup updated with new additions or changes instead of backing up the entire site from scratch.
## **Advanced Protection Strategies for Holiday Cybersecurity**
To protect your WordPress sites from holiday cyber threats, you must implement advanced protection strategies that outsmart even the most sophisticated cyber threats. The following techniques create multiple layers of defense that anticipate, block, and neutralize potential security breaches
### **Web Application Firewall (WAF)**
A Web Application Firewall (WAF) acts as a sophisticated filter between your website and potential cyber threats. Unlike traditional firewalls, a WAF understands web-specific traffic patterns and can:
👉 Detect and block sophisticated attack vectors
👉 Analyze incoming requests in real-time
👉 Prevent common web vulnerabilities like:
- SQL injection
- Cross-site scripting (XSS)
- Remote code execution
- Cookie poisoning
**👉** Implement Advanced Filtering Techniques
- Machine learning-powered threat detection
- Behavioral analysis of traffic patterns
- Customizable rule sets
- Rapid adaptation to emerging threat landscapes
**👉** Top WAF Solutions
1. Cloudflare WAF
2. Sucuri Website Firewall
3. Imperva Web Application Firewall
4. AWS WAF
xCloud has seamless **integration with Cloudflare** allowing you to implement advanced WAF configurations. This helps to keep your hosting secure with advanced protection.
## IP Management Techniques to Protect Your WordPress Website
Implementing **IP management strategies** into your security plan will help you create an extra layer of protection against **holiday cybersecurity** threats. It ensures your WordPress site stays secure and operational throughout the holiday season.
Managing IP addresses is a powerful way to enhance your **cybersecurity**. It involves monitoring and controlling the flow of traffic to your website by identifying and managing IP addresses that appear suspicious or harmful.
Being proactive will **better protect** your site from potential **cyber criminals** looking to exploit vulnerabilities during the busy holiday season. On xCloud servers, Fail2Ban is already on duty by default, watching over your SSH port (the main entryway for remote access to your server). It is an advanced security feature that ensures your server stays safe and keeps those who should not be entering from getting in. Even if you are not a security expert, Fail2Ban works behind the scenes to protect your server from unauthorized access.
### **Dynamic IP Blocking**
Dynamic IP blocking automatically identifies and blocks IP addresses associated with malicious activities. This is especially useful during the holiday season when attackers often use bots or scripts to overwhelm websites. For instance:
👉 If a specific IP repeatedly tries to log in with incorrect credentials or sends suspicious requests, the system flags and blocks it in real-time.
👉 This ensures that potential threats are stopped before they can cause harm, reducing downtime and protecting sensitive data.
### **Geolocation Restrictions**
Not all regions pose the same level of risk. Geolocation restrictions allow you to block or limit traffic from areas notorious for cyberattacks.
**👉 Implementation:** If your audience is primarily local or limited to specific regions, you can restrict access to your site from other countries where you do not expect legitimate visitors.
**👉 Advantages:** This narrows the attack surface, minimizing the chances of targeted threats like Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attacks from international sources.
### **Why IP Management Matters**
Attackers frequently change IPs to bypass static blocking systems, but with dynamic and geolocation techniques, your defenses are smarter and more adaptive. This layered approach:
- Reduces exposure to brute force attacks.
- Filters out harmful bot traffic.
- Helps maintain website performance during high-traffic periods.
## SSL and Security Headers: Locking Down Your WordPress Site
Securing your WordPress site starts with SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) and security headers, two essential components that protect data and enhance trust. Let us break these down for clarity.
### What Is SSL and Why Do You Need It?
SSL (or its modern version, TLS) ensures that all data exchanged between your website and its visitors is encrypted. This means sensitive information, like login credentials, payment details, or personal data, cannot be intercepted by attackers.
**👉** When SSL is enabled, your site’s URL changes from **http://** to **https://**, with a padlock icon displayed in the browser bar. This signals to visitors that your site is secure.
**👉** Especially during the holiday season, when online transactions spike, [**SSL builds trust with users**](/why-ssl-is-important-for-websites/), boosts your SEO ranking, and ensures compliance with data protection regulations like GDPR.
### Advanced SSL Configuration: EV SSL
For an added layer of trust, consider using Extended Validation (EV) SSL.
**👉** EV SSL involves a rigorous verification process, showcasing your organization’s verified details in the browser bar.
**👉** This creates a strong sense of legitimacy for eCommerce sites, reducing customer hesitancy during transactions.
### Fortify with Security Headers
While SSL encrypts data, **security headers act as a shield against** various attacks, including cross-site scripting (XSS) and clickjacking. These headers instruct the browser on how to handle your website’s data. Here are the key security headers to implement.
1. **Strict Transport Security (HSTS):** Forces browsers to use HTTPS for all communications, ensuring encrypted connections. It prevents attackers from intercepting data over unsecured connections.
2. **Content Security Policy (CSP):** Defines what resources (scripts, styles, etc.) can be loaded on your site, blocking unauthorized ones. It protects your website against malicious code injections.
3. **X-Frame-Options:** Prevents your site from being loaded into iframes on other domains. This helps stop clickjacking attacks, where users are tricked into clicking hidden elements.
4. **X-Content-Type-Options:** Stops browsers from interpreting files as a different MIME type than declared. It mitigates file upload vulnerabilities.
Combining SSL with robust security headers will help you not just encrypt data—but create a layered defense system that protects your WordPress site from a wide range of cyber threats. Below are some easy implementation tips for security headers.
- Use plugins like **Really Simple SSL** or **HTTP Headers** to configure SSL and security headers effortlessly.
- Regularly test your SSL configuration with tools like SSL Labs to ensure it’s secure and up-to-date.
- Work with your hosting provider to set up HSTS and other advanced headers if needed.
## Why Continuous Monitoring is Your Best Defense for Holiday Cybersecurity
Continuous monitoring is like having a security camera for your website—constantly watching for unusual activity, alerting you to potential threats, and enabling rapid response. Here is why it is vital and how to implement it effectively.
### What Is Continuous Monitoring?
Continuous monitoring involves using tools and processes to track your website’s real-time activities. These systems detect suspicious behavior or changes, such as:
- Unauthorized file modifications.
- Repeated failed login attempts.
- Sudden spikes in traffic could indicate a DDoS attack.
- Installation of unknown plugins or themes.
This proactive approach helps you identify and address issues before they escalate into full-blown holiday cyberattacks. Monitoring your WordPress website regularly is crucial for holiday cybersecurity for many reasons.
**👉 Immediate Threat Detection:** Cyberattacks often show clear signs, such as unusual patterns of behavior or file changes. Continuous monitoring alerts you instantly so you can act fast.
**👉 Data Integrity Protection:** If attackers modify files or inject malware, monitoring tools can detect these changes and help you restore the original files before they cause harm.
**👉 User Trust:** Quickly addressing issues minimizes downtime and reduces the risk of compromised customer data, maintaining user confidence in your website.
You must be thinking about what you should monitor. Here are the things you need to monitor to ensure holiday cybersecurity.
**👉 File Integrity:** Keep track of changes to core files, themes, and plugins. Unauthorized modifications can be a sign of malware injection.
**👉 User Activity:** Monitor admin and user login attempts. Look out for repeated failed login attempts (indicating brute force attacks) or logins from unusual locations or devices.
**👉 Traffic Patterns:** Analyze traffic spikes or unusual activity that could indicate – a botnet launching a DDoS attack or crawlers scraping sensitive data.
**👉 System Performance:** Sudden performance drops or server errors can be signs of an attack or resource exploitation.
### How to Implement Continuous Monitoring?
If you want to protect your WordPress site from holiday cyber threats, continuous monitoring is not optional but mandatory. Here are some tips for the holiday season to keep your website on properly monitored,
**👉 Use WordPress Security Plugins:** Plugins like Wordfence, and Sucuri Security offer built-in monitoring features, such as:
- File integrity checks.
- Real-time login monitoring.
- Alerts for suspicious activities.
**👉 Set Up Real-Time Alerts:** Configure tools to notify you immediately via email, SMS, or app notifications when anomalies are detected.
**👉 Utilize Server Monitoring Tools:** Work with your hosting provider to enable server-level monitoring for resource usage and access logs. Services like **Cloudflare** or **Sucuri Firewall** can add an extra layer of detection.
**👉 Regular Security Audits:** Complement monitoring tools with periodic manual reviews of logs, plugin usage, and permissions.
#### **Best Practices for Continuous Monitoring**
Continuous monitoring is key to keeping your WordPress site secure during the holiday season. Following these best practices helps you quickly detect and respond to any suspicious activity, ensuring smooth and safe operations.
**👉 Define Baselines:** Understand normal traffic, user activity, and file structures for your website. This will help you distinguish genuine anomalies from routine variations.
**👉 Automate Responses:** Use tools that alert you and block malicious IPs or roll back unauthorized file changes automatically.
**👉 Log Analysis:** Review activity logs regularly to identify trends and spot recurring issues, helping you strengthen your defenses over time.
With xCloud, monitoring your server is easy. It keeps an eye on the key parts of your server—like RAM (your server’s short-term memory), CPU (its brain), and disk usage (its storage). If something starts using too many resources, xCloud notices it immediately.
xCloud does not just keep you in the loop when you are sitting at your computer. It can send you alerts directly to your phone via Slack, WhatsApp, or Telegram. That means you will get a heads-up right away if something needs attention, no matter where you are.
## Legal & Compliance Must-Knows: How to Protect Your WordPress Site
Ensuring the security of your WordPress site is not just a technical obligation but also a legal responsibility. The holiday season, with its surge in online activity, magnifies the need for robust cybersecurity measures that also align with legal and regulatory requirements.
Failing to address these aspects can expose your site to legal risks, penalties, and loss of customer trust. Let us break down the [**key legal considerations**](https://essential-addons.com/website-legal-requirements/) to safeguard your WordPress site while maintaining compliance during the holiday season.
### **Why Legal Compliance Matters for Your WordPress Site?**
Legal and compliance frameworks are designed to protect user data, ensure secure transactions, and uphold privacy standards. For WordPress site owners, especially those running eCommerce platforms, compliance with these regulations is not optional—it is a necessity. Cybersecurity laws are strict because the consequences of data breaches are severe, ranging from financial losses to reputational damage.
The holiday season amplifies these challenges, with increased data flow from transactions and heightened cyber threats. Aligning your security strategy with legal requirements ensures that you protect both your users and your business from unnecessary risks.
#### **General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)**
The GDPR governs how businesses collect, store, and process the personal data of individuals in the European Union. Even if your WordPress site operates outside of Europe, serving EU customers means you must comply.
**✅ Key GDPR Requirements:**
- Obtain explicit consent before collecting user data.
- Provide users with access to their data and the option to delete it.
- Implement data encryption and secure storage to protect sensitive information.
**➡️ Holiday Implications:**With an influx of new users and transactions during the holidays, ensure your consent forms, data storage practices, and privacy policies are GDPR-compliant. Conduct an audit to confirm compliance with all EU data protection standards.
#### **Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)**
PCI DSS applies to any website that processes, stores or transmits credit card information. Non-compliance can lead to severe fines and the loss of the ability to process payments.
**✅ Key PCI DSS Requirements:**
- Encrypt all payment data during transmission.
- Restrict access to payment systems only to authorized personnel.
- Regularly update and patch your payment software to prevent vulnerabilities.
**➡️ Holiday Implications:**The holiday season means higher transaction volumes. Ensure your payment gateway is PCI DSS-certified and conduct vulnerability scans to identify and resolve potential weaknesses.
#### **California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA)**
If your website serves users in California, the CCPA imposes requirements similar to GDPR but focuses more on giving consumers control over their personal information.
**✅ Key CCPA Requirements:**
- Provide clear privacy policies detailing how data is collected and used.
- Allow users to opt out of having their data sold.
- Respond promptly to data access and deletion requests.
**➡️ Holiday Implications:**Use the holiday season as an opportunity to update your privacy policies and ensure that your website includes opt-out options for California residents.
#### **Other Regional and Industry-Specific Regulations**
Depending on your location or the sectors you serve, there may be additional laws to follow, such as HIPAA for healthcare data or FINRA regulations for financial services.
**➡️ Actionable Tips:**
- Consult with a legal expert to identify regulations specific to your industry.
- Use tools like compliance checklists to track adherence to various laws.
### **Actionable Steps to Ensure Legal Compliance**
The goal of ensuring legal compliance goes beyond bypassing legal issues. It can protect your WordPress site from holiday cyber threats as well. Here are some actionable steps that you can take to ensure holiday cyber security.
**👉 Update Your Privacy Policy:** Regularly review and update your website’s privacy policy to reflect the latest legal requirements. Ensure that it is easy to find and understand, particularly during the holiday season when new visitors flock to your site.
**👉 Secure Data Transmission:** Implement SSL certificates to encrypt data exchanges between users and your website. Additionally, enable HTTPS to assure visitors that their data is secure.
**👉 Transparent Data Collection:** Inform users what data you collect, why you collect it, and how it will be used. Use clear consent forms that meet GDPR and CCPA standards, especially for seasonal promotions and newsletters.
**👉 Conduct Security Audits:** Perform regular audits to ensure your WordPress site and all third-party plugins comply with relevant regulations. A security plugin like Wordfence can assist in monitoring vulnerabilities.
**👉 Train Your Team:** Train your team to recognize and respond to compliance-related issues, such as handling data requests or recognizing phishing scams targeting customer information.
**👉 Emergency Protocols:** Develop a breach response plan that outlines the steps to take in case of a data breach. Include details on notifying affected users and reporting the incident to the appropriate authorities.
### **Staying Ahead of Legal Risks During the Holidays**
The holiday season poses unique challenges to maintaining compliance. For that, it is better to take some precautionary measures. Here is how you can stay prepared to ensure holiday cybersecurity.
**👉 Increased Monitoring:** Ramp up monitoring efforts to detect unauthorized data access or suspicious transactions quickly.
**👉 Temporary Staff Training:** If you hire seasonal workers, ensure they understand the importance of data privacy and compliance.
**👉 Third-Party Vendor Scrutiny:** Audit the compliance measures of any third-party tools or payment gateways you use to prevent vulnerabilities.
### **The Benefits of Combining Legal and Security Measures**
Complying with legal regulations not only protects you from penalties but also enhances user trust. Customers are more likely to shop on websites that prioritize their privacy and security. This trust translates into better engagement, higher sales, and fewer abandoned carts during the busy holiday period. Integrating robust security measures with compliance strategies creates a solid foundation for your WordPress site to thrive during the festive season—and beyond.
## Proactive Defense is Your Best Strategy for Holiday Cybersecurity
As online traffic explodes and transactions surge, the holiday season becomes the prime time for cybercriminals. It makes your WordPress sites prone to holiday cyber attacks. So, it is a critical time for your WordPress website, requiring heightened cybersecurity awareness and proactive measures to stay safe online. Understanding the risks and implementing a comprehensive security strategy will help you protect your site, customers, and business reputation.
A secure website is the best gift you can give your business and your customers this holiday season. Stay vigilant and enjoy a cyber-secure holiday. Maintaining these will help you build an impenetrable defense, ensuring your website remains safe and operational throughout the holiday rush and making your WordPress site an impenetrable digital fortress.
#### Action Checklist to Ensure Cybersecurity During the Holiday Season
✅ Conduct a detailed security audit.
✅ Update all software components regularly.
✅ Deploy advanced security features like 2FA and WAF.
✅ Train your team and stay prepared.
The holiday season is an opportunity for cybercriminals – unveiling the dark side of festive clicks. Was this blog helpful for you? Share your thoughts and **[subscribe to our blogs](/blog/)** to get more articles like this. Also, join the xCloud **[Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)** to connect with fellow enthusiasts.
---
# Horizontal Scaling vs Vertical Scaling: Which One Should You Choose? - xCloud
> Discover the key differences between horizontal scaling vs vertical scaling and choose the best approach will be best for your online presence.
Is your website or application crashing during spikes in traffic because it just cannot handle the load? That is where you need to scale your servers, meaning your system needs to grow to cater to the increased demand. But how exactly do you scale? Do you add more power to your already existing machine (vertical scaling) or add more machines to share the load (horizontal scaling)?
Here, we will break down **horizontal scaling vs vertical scaling**, helping you decide which one fits your needs while aligning with the budget. Let us roll down.
## **What Is Scaling in Cloud Hosting?**
In cloud computing, scaling refers to the process of expanding a system’s capacity to handle an increase in demand. This could be due to more users, higher data throughput, or more complex processes. Two primary methods dominate the world of scaling:
- **Horizontal Scaling (Scale Out):** Adding more machines or servers to distribute the load.
- **Vertical Scaling (Scale Up):** Increasing the resources (CPU, RAM, storage) of an existing machine.
Both strategies have distinct benefits and challenges. Choosing the right approach depends on various factors, including cost, complexity, performance requirements, and long-term scalability goals.
## **Vertical Scaling: An In-Depth Overview**
Vertical scaling is termed as “scaling up”, meaning adding more resources (such as CPU, RAM, or storage) to a single server or machine. The addition could be more CPU, RAM, storage, or networking. In most cases, this is usually the easiest approach to scale out a system because no application code change is required, however, scaling vertically does have its limits. The most obvious limitation is that there is a physical limit to how much you can scale a single machine. Besides, vertical scaling tends to be very expensive since one has to buy more powerful hardware.
**Key Characteristics of Vertical Scaling:**
- **Ease of Implementation:** Fewer moving parts than horizontal scaling.
- **Cost Efficiency—up to a certain extent:** You do not have to manage multiple servers, but there is a limit to how far you can scale.
- **Single Point of Failure:** With an upgraded server, if the system goes down, it means your entire system will collapse.
### **Advantages of Vertical Scaling**
Vertical scaling becomes the most efficient approach to businesses when you want to scale infrastructure. The main idea of vertical scaling is upgrading the existing hardware or virtual machines. This can provide a range of benefits for projects, especially those small to medium in size. Below, we delve into five key points that highlight the strengths of vertical scaling:
#### **Simplicity & Ease of Management**
Vertical scaling maintains a simple architecture as it only upgrades the existing hardware or VMs without leading to any complexity in network configurations and machines. Management and updating of the software are therefore easier, as well as backups, while everything is centralized in one place.
#### **Cost-Effectiveness for Smaller Workloads**
It is more cost-effective for small to medium-sized businesses and projects to add additional resources to their current server, as in most cases this is cheaper compared to the practice of maintaining more than one instance or server.
#### **Performance & Lower Latency**
Upgrading the power of CPUs or memory upgrades instantly results in performance gain, especially for applications that are computation-intensive. Working on a single machine reduces network latency, hence increasing the speed of processing.
#### **No Complex Infrastructure Needed**
By scaling vertically, it will not require load balancing, distributed storage, and complex network architecture. Vertical scaling is suitable for single-threaded applications that are not well-suited for distribution across multiple servers.
## **Horizontal Scaling:** **An In-Depth Overview**
On the other side, horizontal scaling is about “scaling out,” which means adding more machines to a system. This spreads the work over more machines, making both performance and availability better. Horizontal scaling is more complex compared to vertical scaling since such scaling requires an alteration in the application code, however, it is more scalable for the very long term-future with the ability to add as many machines as one needs.
### **Key Characteristics of Horizontal Scaling:**
- **Scalability:** Scales the load with the addition of new servers.
- **Flexibility:** Very well-suited for cloud environments and distributed systems.
- **Fault Tolerance:** In case one server fails, others can fill in.
### **Advantages of Horizontal Scaling**
Horizontal scaling offers numerous advantages when managing big applications with dynamic workloads. A few of the major benefits listed below indicate why horizontal scaling is necessary.
#### **Better at Handling High Traffic Loads & Load Balancing**
Horizontal scaling effectively manages [sudden traffic spikes in load](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-check-website-traffic-for-any-site/), efficiently scattering the workload across multiple nodes with possibly high availability and performance. Additionally, it enables efficient load balancing where no single server is overwhelmed.
#### **Improved Reliability and Fault Tolerance**
Horizontal scaling has built-in redundancy, meaning that if one server goes down, others can keep up with the work. This improves reliability and fault tolerance, reducing the overall risk of downtime, which is essential for critical applications.
#### **More Flexibility and Scalability for Cloud Environments**
This makes horizontal scaling very flexible, one can include or remove servers according to need without causing major disruption. Cloud platforms are designed to support such scalability, and it is quite easy to automate the scaling based on demand.
#### **Cost-Effective in Large Applications**
This is much more cost-effective when large applications scale out, as horizontal scaling can use lower-priced commodity hardware or cloud services rather than getting expensive, high-end hardware upgrades.
#### **Geographical Distribution & Optimal Use of Resources**
Horizontal scaling further allows resources to be geographically distributed, which reduces latency for users across the globe by serving them from a location closer to them. This also ensures better resource utilization, as every server operates within its optimal capacity for more efficient use of CPU, RAM, etc.
## **Horizontal Scaling vs Vertical Scaling: The Key Differences At a Glance**
When it comes to scaling your application, there is no one-size-fits-all solution. As your project grows, you will need to decide between two major approaches to scaling: horizontal and vertical. So, which one should you choose? Let us take a look at a quick comparison between horizontal scaling vs vertical scaling and see how each approach could fit your needs.
**Aspect**
**Vertical Scaling (Scaling Up)**
**Horizontal Scaling (Scaling Out)**
**Definition**
Enhancing the capacity of a single machine by adding resources like CPU, RAM, or storage.
Adding more machines or nodes to a system to distribute the load and handle increased demand.
**Architecture**
Involves a single, more powerful machine.
Involves multiple machines working together, often in a distributed system.
**Implementation**
Generally simpler, involves upgrading existing hardware or moving to a more powerful machine.
More complex, requires configuring multiple machines and ensuring they work together seamlessly.
**Downtime**
May require downtime during upgrades.
Can often be achieved with minimal or no downtime, as new nodes can be added without disrupting existing services.
**Scalability Limits**
Limited by the maximum capacity of a single machine, there is a ceiling to how much you can upgrade.
Offers greater scalability, you can continue adding nodes as needed, making it more suitable for large-scale applications.
**Fault Tolerance**
Lower, the failure can lead to significant downtime since it is a single point of failure.
Higher, as the failure of one node does not typically bring down the entire system, enhancing reliability.
**Cost Considerations**
Initially lowers costs, but can become expensive as you reach the upper limits of hardware upgrades.
Higher initial costs, due to the need for multiple machines, but can be more cost-effective in the long run for large-scale systems.
**Performance**
Suitable for applications with predictable, moderate growth, performance improves with hardware upgrades.
Better suited for applications with high and unpredictable growth, can handle large numbers of concurrent requests efficiently.
**Maintenance Complexity**
Lower as managing a single machine is straightforward.
Higher as it is requires managing multiple machines, load balancing, and ensuring data consistency across nodes.
**Use Cases**
Ideal for small to medium-sized applications, legacy systems, or when simplicity is a priority.
Ideal for large-scale applications, web services with high traffic, and systems requiring high availability and fault tolerance.
## **Challenges of Horizontal Scaling vs Vertical Scaling**
Both horizontal and vertical scaling come with their own set of challenges. It is important to be aware of these challenges so you can make an informed decision.
### **Horizontal Scaling Challenges**
- **Complex Setup:** Horizontal scaling is not very easy to set up. You have to configure the load balancers, monitor the health of multiple servers, and make sure your database is distributed correctly.
- **Data Consistency:** It gets a little tricky sometimes to handle data consistency between multiple servers, especially if you keep a distributed database.
- **Cost Over Time:** While horizontal scaling can be cost-effective for the long run, with more servers and infrastructure, there is quite an upfront cost.
### **Vertical Scaling Challenges**
- **Hardware Limits:** One server can get upgraded only so much. After that, you will reach the ceiling and will have to shift to horizontal scaling.
- **Single Point of Failure:** Vertical scaling depends on one server, so when something goes wrong with that server, your whole application is down.
- **Downtime during Upgrade:** The upgrade may involve [**downtime in your server**](/best-practices-to-prevent-downtime/), which may be a problem for those critical applications that need always-on conditions.
## **When Should You Choose Horizontal Scaling?**
Most modern applications are using the default of horizontal scaling, which has to deal with high traffic and must be fault tolerant. With cloud providers like AWS, Google Cloud, and Azure, it is so easy to spin up new instances you can scale out all you want without concern for the underlying infrastructure. Horizontal scaling makes sense when:
- **High Traffic:** If you foresee a high increase in the number of users, then horizontal scaling will let you add more servers to handle the increased load.
- **Fault Tolerance:** Horizontal scaling provides redundancy. In case one server goes down, others can take over the work with no interruption.
- **Global Reach:** When the applications serve users across the globe, horizontal scaling can be used to distribute traffic across regions for better response times.
## **When Should You Choose Vertical Scaling**
Vertical scaling is preferable when the problem at hand is more about processing power rather than traffic volume. It is useful for smaller applications or situations where you need more horsepower without overhauling your infrastructure. This approach works when you are not expecting massive growth, and your workload can be handled by a more powerful server. Vertical scaling makes sense when:
- **Limited Growth:** If you do not foresee huge spikes in traffic, you might be quite all right with just vertical scaling.
- **Simplicity:** Scaling up is much easier compared to horizontal scaling, especially for small applications that do not need the complexity of managing a lot of servers.
- **Single-server Applications:** Some applications do not rely on multiple servers, making vertical scaling a cost-effective solution.
## **Horizontal Scaling vs Vertical Scaling: Which Approach Fits Your Needs?**
So, what do you think, which one is better, scaling up or scaling out? If you have a small to medium-sized app and are not expecting much traffic, scaling up might be simpler and more cost-effective in the short term. But if you anticipate high traffic or need more fault tolerance, scaling out is the way to go. It is more complex, but it delivers better performance and reliability over time. By assessing your system’s growth potential, complexity, and budget, you can choose the right scaling method to ensure long-term infrastructure success.
Stay with us for more insights and feel free to [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Host Website on Hetzner Cloud Server with xCloud: A Comprehensive Guide - xCloud
> Choosing the right cloud server provider is necessary. Discover the detailed process of hosting websites on Hetzner cloud server with xCloud.
Choosing the right cloud provider is crucial for the success of your website. Hetzner Cloud Server offers a reliable and cost-effective solution for anyone looking to host website on the cloud.
Whether you are a small business owner, a developer, or someone with a personal project, Hetzner provides a variety of server options to fit your preferences. Today, we will explore why it is an excellent choice to host [**website on Hetzner cloud server**](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/) and how you can set up and manage your Hetzner cloud server easily with xCloud. So, roll down to learn more.
## 🔆**Understanding the Hetzner Cloud Server**
[**Hetzner Cloud Server**](https://www.hetzner.com/cloud/) is a product offering from Hetzner Online GmbH, a German data center operator and web hosting company. The Hetzner Cloud platform provides scalable cloud infrastructure services, allowing users to deploy virtual private servers (VPS) quickly and efficiently. It is designed for developers and businesses that require flexible server solutions with high performance and reliability at a competitive price point. Hetzner offers different types of servers, each designed to meet specific needs:
1. **Shared vCPU:** These servers use hypervisors to distribute usage rights of CPU resources among several virtual servers. They are ideal for individual applications or development environments.
2. **Dedicated vCPU:** Every dedicated vCPU instance has its own dedicated CPU resources. These are ideal for CPU-intensive applications or research calculations.
Each type of server comes with different plans, including varying levels of vCPUs, RAM, SSD storage, and traffic allowances. The prices for these servers vary depending on the type and do not include public IP addresses.
In addition to cloud servers, Hetzner also offers other services such as dedicated servers, managed servers, web hosting, storage share, storage boxes, colocation, and custom solutions.
## 🔆**Storage Solutions on Hetzner Cloud**
Efficient data storage is essential for any website or application, and Hetzner Cloud Server offers a variety of storage options tailored to meet different needs. Whether you require high-performance SSDs for your databases or cost-effective solutions for bulk data storage, Hetzner has you covered. Here, we will discuss the storage solutions available on Hetzner Cloud for your cloud servers.
### 🍀**Block Storage**
Hetzner provides SSD-based block storage that can be dynamically attached to your cloud servers. This type of storage is ideal for applications that require fast access to data and the ability to scale storage independently of compute resources.
### 🍀**Object Storage**
For applications that need to store large amounts of unstructured data, Hetzner offers object storage solutions. This is perfect for data like multimedia files, backups, and archives, providing a highly scalable, secure, and accessible storage option.
### 🍀**Network Attached Storage (NAS)**
Hetzner also offers NAS solutions that are suitable for scenarios where multiple servers need to access the same data. This is particularly useful for collaborative environments and applications that need common data repositories.
Hetzner’s storage solutions provide flexibility, scalability, and reliability, making it easier for businesses to manage their data effectively. By understanding the options available and implementing best practices, you can optimize your storage configuration for better performance and cost-efficiency.
## 🔆**Why Would You Choose Hetzner Cloud Server to Host Your Website**
There are many benefits of using the Hetzner cloud server, let us discuss some of them below:
1. **Performance:** With options for dedicated and shared vCPUs, users can choose the right balance of power and cost. Hetzner Cloud Server is equipped with the latest hardware technologies including AMD EPYC and Intel Xeon processors, ensuring high performance.
2. **Scalability:** Scaling your resources according to the website’s demand is straightforward on Hetzner Cloud. You can upgrade or downgrade your server capacity based on your current needs without service interruptions.
3. **Simplicity:** Hetzner’s cloud platform is designed with simplicity in mind. Their user-friendly control panel makes it easy for even beginners to set up and manage their cloud servers.
4. **Reliability:** Hetzner offers a **99.9% uptime** guarantee, ensuring that your website remains available and performs well at all times.
5. **Security:** With state-of-the-art security measures in place, your data and applications are well-protected against various online threats. Hetzner provides built-in firewalls, DDoS protection, and regular backups.
Understanding these benefits is crucial as they provide the foundation for making informed decisions about hosting your website.
## ⛳**Hosting Websites on Hetzner Cloud Server with xCloud**
[**Hetzner**](https://www.hetzner.com/) stands out as a top-tier hosting provider for numerous reasons such as their infrastructure is built on reliable foundations, boasting cutting-edge data centers designed to deliver exceptional uptime and performance. With **xCloud**, it is easy to hosting websites on Hetzner cloud. Now, you can experience the benefits of high-speed connectivity and a global network, ensuring rapid access to their websites and applications from any corner of the globe.
You can easily set up Hetzner server in [**xCloud**](/). This self-managed hosting aims to simplify the hosting and managing of WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let us follow these steps to get you started.
## Step 1: Sign Up/Login with xCloud
First, you will need to visit the xCloud website, and you have to sign up or log in to xCloud with your credentials.
If you already have an account, please visit our site and log in to your account to set up a Hetzner server in xCloud Host.
## Step 2: Create Your Hetzner Cloud Server with xCloud
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “Add New Server” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. Select the Hetzner option from the list. The server billing will be handled on your Hetzner account.
Now, before going to the next step, you need to create an API token to connect your Hetzner account to xCloud Host. To do that, log in to your [**Hetzner Cloud Console account**](https://accounts.hetzner.com/login). Then, select a project and navigate to **‘Security → API tokens’** from the left sidebar.
Click on the API tab to generate a new API or select an existing one. Now, hit the ‘Generate API token’, give a description (xCloud, for example), and select the permission as ‘Read & Write’. While generating a New API key, we always recommend you select the ‘Read & Write’ permission.
Your Hetzner API token will be created instantly. Copy the API key to set up a Hetzner server in xCloud.
## Step 3: Connect Account & Add Necessary Information
Now, go back to xCloud dashboard to create a new server with Hetzner. Select your existing server or create a new account. Then, set an API label as you prefer. The label can be anything to help you track or remember a particular one from multiple tokens. After that, paste the API token that you have copied from the Hetzner on the token field.
You will be taken to the server creation page after successfully integrating your Hetzner account. Now you need to provide the Server name, your preferred Server Size (CPU, RAM, storage), and the Region nearest to you and your visitors. Only, the MySQL 8.0 database server is now available.
We recommend at least a 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 brochure sites with cache enabled. And for a site whose pages cannot be cached (e.g. WooCommerce site) we recommend a 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server.
We are almost done with the creation of our Hetzner server in xCloud. After submitting the form, it might take up to 10-15 minutes to make the Hetzner server live and ready to install a lightning-fast WordPress site.
xCloud will automatically add a firewall with three ports on the Hetzner end. We recommend not to remove this firewall.
That’s how you can set up a Hetzner server in xCloud Host with simple easy to understand steps.
## 🔆**How Hetzner Cloud Server Ensures Security**
[**Security in the cyber space**](https://wpdeveloper.com/biggest-cyber-security-mistakes/) is the top priority for any online endeavour, and Hetzner Cloud Server understands this imperative. Hetzner provides a robust suite of security features designed to protect your cloud infrastructure from various threats. Hetzner Cloud Server employs multiple layers of security to safeguard your data and ensure the integrity of your hosting environment. Here’s a look at some of the primary security features:
### 🍀**Firewalls**
Hetzner’s stateful firewalls are easy to configure and manage. They allow you to define precise inbound and outbound rules, which help in denying any unwanted traffic. This ensures that only authorized traffic can access your server.
### 🍀**DDoS Protection**
Hetzner offers DDoS protection to all its customers at no additional cost. This protection is designed to defend against large-scale distributed denial-of-service attacks, ensuring that your services remain online and available even during an attack.
### 🍀**Data Encryption**
To protect data at rest and in transit, Hetzner implements strong encryption protocols. This ensures that any data moving to and from your cloud server is securely encrypted, mitigating the risk of interception by unauthorised parties.
### 🍀**Network Isolation**
Hetzner allows you to create private networks for your cloud servers, which can be crucial for running sensitive applications that should not be exposed to the public internet. This isolation helps in reducing vulnerabilities and enhancing the security of your data.
### 🍀**Backups And Snapshots**
Regular backups and snapshots are essential for data recovery. Hetzner provides automated backup options, allowing you to maintain regular backups of your server. These backups are crucial for disaster recovery and ensure that you can quickly restore your system in case of data loss or corruption.
### 🍀**Monitoring And Alerts**
Hetzner’s monitoring tools enable you to keep a close eye on your server’s performance and security. You can set up custom alerts to be notified of any suspicious activity or operational issues that could indicate a security concern.
### 🥳**Host Website on Hetzner Cloud And Experience the Best Cloud Hosting Solution**
Throughout this guide, we’ve explored the essential aspects of Hosting Websites on Hetzner Cloud Server. Hetzner Cloud Server offers a robust solution for hosting websites, making it an excellent choice for a wide range of hosting needs. Whatever your requirements, the Hetzner Cloud server is here to fulfil them. Today, we have discussed the in and out of the Hetzner cloud server and how you can set up a Hetzner cloud server easily with xCloud. As you move forward with hosting websites on the Hetzner Cloud Server, this guide will make you aware of the best practices for keeping your website secure and safe.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our **[Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)** to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Host WordPress Multisites under Subdomains And Subdirectories - xCloud
> Operate multiple websites regardless of niches under subdomain and subdirectories with a single WordPress installation with xCloud WordPress Multisites.
Managing multiple websites under one roof means hosting [**WordPress multisites**](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/) under subdomains and subdirectories. No matter how many websites regardless of niches you want to operate from a single WordPress installation, multisite offers you the flexibility to make that happen. In this guide, we will try to shed light on how to host WordPress multisite under subdomains and subdirectory. Let us dive in and make managing multiple sites on WordPress easier and more efficient.
## **What’s the Difference – Subdomain VS Subdirectory**
Before getting started, you need to know what is the basic difference between a [**subdomain and a subdirectory**](https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/subdomain-vs-subdirectory). If you are already familiar with this, you can skip this section; if not, let us make you understand the core difference between subdomain and subdirectory.
WordPress subdomains and subdirectories refer to the URL structure for sites in a Multisite network. These structures affect how URLs are created, not where the sites are stored on your server.
For example, for a university with multiple departments primary domain is **university.edu**, setting it to use subdomains means a site named versityblog will have the URL **versityrblog.university.edu**. If using subdirectories, the URL will be **university.edu/versityrblog**.
An ‘**About Me**’ page on myblog will be versityblog.university.edu/about-me for subdomains, and university.edu/versityblog/about-me for subdirectories.
These were basic differences between subdomains and subdirectories. With knowing the differences, now you need to understand why it is essential to set up WordPress multisites under subdomains and subdirectories. Let us dive in.
## **Setting Up WordPress Multisites Under Subdomains or Subcategory: A Complete Overview**
To run multiple websites with a single WordPress installation, you need to set up WordPress multisite. By keeping in mind your needs, you can configure your sites under subdomains or subdirectories — whichever you choose. Point to note, each method has its advantages and things to consider. It is up to you which method you need to go with based on your requirements.
### **WordPress Multisites \[Subdomains\]**
In branding, SEO, management & more hosting your WordPress sites under domains can be beneficial for you. Subdomains simply create separate and unique URLs for each site within the entire network. For example; **site1.example.com** and **site2.example.com**
**1\. Brand Identity**
With still being part of the main network, subdomains allow each of your sites to have its own identity. It is very useful when you have multiple businesses and need to maintain a distinct branding for each service you have.
**2\. SEO Advantages**
With subdomains, search engines treat them as separate entities that can improve SEO performance for each of your sites. Plus, to target different audiences or KWs for each site, setting up subdomains can be beneficial.
**3\. Easy Management**
To ensure easy management (distinctive security and customization ability) within the network, subdomains can help. With subdomains, you can isolate each of your sites to manage it separately under unique administrations or settings.
**4\. Customization Flexibility**
For having a variety of themes and plugins on different sites, a subdomain is the most suitable option. Each site can be customized and operated without impacting others by any means.
### **WordPress Multisites \[Subdirectories\]**
In simple words, with subdirectories, you can have different sites under a single domain–totally opposite of subdomains. Like subdomains, this method; subdirectory, also offers a simplified task management process with a unified structure.
**1\. Neat & Clean Structure**
All the sites are organized under a single domain with subdirectories. It ensures a cohesive structure that can improve user experience to the utmost and maintains consistency within the network.
**2\. Quick and Easy Setup**
In comparison with subdomains, setting up WordPress multisite under subdirectories is easy and quick. The process does not require any extra DNS configurations that reduce so much time and hassle.
**3\. A Jack Of All Trade (SEO)**
Being a single-domain all the subdirectory sites can have benefits to the domain authority if it is good. To build a strong, and unified venture with all the sites under a single domain, SEO authority passing can lead to a great result.
**4\. Everything Under One Roof**
To maintain consistency within the network and streamline administrative tasks, subdirectories could be your go-to method. With this method, you can manage and update everything within a single dashboard.
As you now have a basic understanding of hosting WordPress multisites under subdomains and subdirectories with why it is important, now move on to how you can do this. With [**xCloud**](/introducing-xcloud/), the process is quick and simple, all you need to do is follow a few simple steps. Let us dive in.
## **Set up WordPress Multisite with Subdomains and Subdirectory in xCloud**
Initially, xCloud launched only subdirectory multisite by keeping subdomain in the [**roadmap**](/roadmap/). With the continuation of [**feature updates**](/xcloud-april-and-may-release-notes/), now both subdirectory and subdomain features are available for multisite in xCloud.
#### **Step 1: Activate WordPress Multisite in xCloud**
Getting started with WordPress Multisite installation on xCloud is straightforward. First, log in to your xCloud account. Then, head over to the ‘**All Servers**’ section and find the option to ‘**Install A New WordPress Site**.’ Do not forget to give your new site a catchy ‘**Site Title**’ during the creation process. This simple setup will prepare your xCloud environment for running WordPress Multisite.
Now, you need to activate the WordPress Multisite feature in xCloud. To do so, scroll down a bit and turn on the toggle to enable the multisite option.
After adding all the necessary information, click on the **‘Next’** button & your site will be created soon.
#### **Step 2: Add a New Site from WordPress Dashboard**
After logging in to your WordPress site through xCloud, it is time to set up your multisite network.
Head to the dashboard and navigate to ‘**My Sites**’ followed by ‘**Network Admin**’ and then ‘**Sites.**’
On the **‘Sites’** page, you will see an ‘**Add New Site**’ button. Click on it to add a new website to your network. Here, provide details like the site’s address, title, preferred language, and the admin email address.
Once you click “**Add Site**,” your new website will be instantly visible on the WordPress dashboard. In this example, we named the new site “**WordPress**.” Clicking on this site will take you back to your original domain.
This completes the process of creating and configuring a WordPress multisite installation network using xCloud.
### **How to Host WordPress Multisite Under Subdomain**
As we already said, xCloud allows you to create a network of WordPress sites, all managed from a single dashboard. These sites can have their own unique subdomain addresses, for a clean and organized look.
Plus, xCloud even simplifies security with Wildcard SSL support. This guide will walk you through setting up this powerful feature, giving you centralized control over updates, user permissions, and branding for all your sites.
#### **Step 1: Add a New Site in xCloud**
Log in to your xCloud dashboard and navigate to Sites. Here, ‘**Add A New Site**’ by tapping on the button.
Now, you need to choose your server from the next screen. Once you are done, you need to hit the ‘**Next**’ button.
Now, set a title for your site, and provide a domain name in the ‘**Domain Name**’ field. Then, enable the ‘**WordPress Multisite**’ button and select **‘Subdomain’**.
Once you are up to this step, you need to verify your DNS records. To learn how – dive into the below documentation (Step 2) where we have shown verifying DNS records for Cloudflare as an example. However, the process of verifying DNS records is the same for Namecheap or any other provider.
👉 [**How to Verify DNS Records for Cloudflare**](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/)
Now, after integrating Cloudflare in xCloud and getting the API keys from Cloudflare – you need to paste them into the ‘**Add New Cloudflare Integration**’ popup on xCloud as shown below.
If you have added DNS records manually, now you need to verify your DNS Setup, getting back straight to the ‘**Add New Site**’ page on xCloud.
Now, hit the ‘**Verify My DNS**’ button. Your DNS will be verified in a few seconds. Once done, you can skip the Caching, Email Provider Configurations, and Blueprint options later.
Once done, hit the Next button. It will start setting up your new WordPress Multisite installation with Subdomain and will be completed in a while.
Once it is done, you need to [**configure SSL and TXT records on your DNS provider**](/docs/wordpress-multisite-with-subdomain/) from xCloud. The whole process could take the same while depending on your provider. After all this is done, all you need to do is check and subdomains to your site.
#### **Step 2: Add Subdomains to Your Site**
Click the ‘**Magic Login**’ option from your Site Overview screen. Now, from the WordPress dashboard, you can navigate to ‘**My Sites’** → **‘Network Admin**’ → ‘**Sites Page**.’
Here, you can add the required information, such as site address, site title, and site URL. Once done, hit the ‘**Add Site**’ button. Your WordPress Multisite with subdomain will be created instantly.
## **Effortlessly Operates Multisite Websites under One Roof with xCloud**
In the entire blog, we have explained the two main structures for managing multiple sites in WordPress — **subdomains and subdirectories**. Each method has its own strategy and benefits to enhance branding, SEO, management, and ultimately, the user experience. Plus, a complete guide to set up WordPress multisites using xCloud under both subdomains and subdirectories.
Key takeaways at a glance:
- WordPress Multisite allows you to manage numerous websites under one roof which offers efficiency and customization ability.
- You are the chooser: choose between subdomains (e.g., site1.example.com) and subdirectories (e.g., example.com/site1 \[invalid URL removed\]) for your site structure.
- Subdomains provide distinct branding and SEO benefits with additional configuration requirements.
- Subdirectories offer a unified structure, quick and easy setup that enhances the main domain’s SEO authority.
If you find this blog helpful and want to read more blogs like this one, [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) and Join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with more people with common interests.
---
# xCloud Hosting Addons | Boost Performance & Security
> Discover xCloud's powerful hosting addons built to improve website speed, security, and management.
## Hosting Addons
# Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
Equip your digital ecosystem with fully managed solutions, from secure email hosting and security tools to high-performance storage – make sure you grow without limits.
## Addons
## Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Essential Addons
### Pro
### Site Security PRO powered By Patchstack
Protect your sites with Patchstack’s leading security platform. Get automated virtual patching and early threat detection to ensure your website remains protected always from threats.
[Learn More](/site-security-pro/)
### Pro
### Mail Delivery
Ensure reliable email delivery for your site. Our managed SMTP service guarantees that admin notifications, password resets, and more reach their destination without the hassle of third-party configurations.
[Learn More](/mail-delivery/)
### Pro
### xCloud MailBox
Host your business email on a secure, encrypted platform that prioritizes privacy and enhances your professional image. Use your branded email address that features your business name to b**uild trust with your customers.**
[Learn More](/mailbox/)
### Pro
### MailBox
Give your business a reliable, scalable managed email hosting solution. No complexity with Mailbox: Get enterprise-grade email hosting fully integrated into your xCloud environment.
[Starts from $10/mo](/hosting-addons/)
### Pro
### Vulnerability Shield Pro
Protect your sites with Patchstack’s leading security platform. Get automated virtual patching and early threat detection to ensure your website remains protected always from threats.
[Unlock for just $10/mo](/hosting-addons/)
### Pro
### Mail Delivery
Ensure reliable email delivery for your site. Our managed SMTP service guarantees that admin notifications, password resets, and more reach their destination without the hassle of third-party configurations.
[Starts from $10/mo](/hosting-addons/)
### Pro
### xCloud Managed Storage
Protect your site data with high-performance managed cloud storage. Get reliable, seamless, and secure data availability across your hosting environment, fully handled by our team
[Starts from $10/mo](/hosting-addons/)
## See Some Wonderful Words People Shared For xCloud
Read our user’s words that encourage us always to innovate and bring the best features to upgrade your hosting experience always
Leo Koo
@leowrites
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Paul Batey
@paulbatey
Just joined. Very much enjoying xCloud. Moved from Upcloud with Runcloud panel. Happy I did.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Paul Batey
@paulbatey
Just joined. Very much enjoying xCloud. Moved from Upcloud with Runcloud panel. Happy I did.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Paul Batey
@paulbatey
Just joined. Very much enjoying xCloud. Moved from Upcloud with Runcloud panel. Happy I did.
## FAQ’s
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What are hosting addons, and how can they benefit my site?
Hosting add-ons are premium tools that enhance your site’s performance, security, and management. They provide added features like secure email hosting, advanced security protection, and reliable data storage to streamline your workflow and improve overall site reliability.
### How do I add these addons to my existing xCloud hosting plan?
You can add these services directly from your hosting dashboard or contact our support team for assistance in upgrading your plan.
### Can I upgrade or cancel my subscription to my addons anytime?
Yes, you can adjust your add-ons based on your needs at any time.
### Is my data secure with xCloud Managed Storage?
Absolutely. Our managed cloud storage is designed for high performance, security, and reliability, ensuring your data is protected and always accessible.
### How does MailBox differ from regular email services?
MailBox is a fully managed, business-grade email hosting solution, providing enterprise-level security, seamless integration with your domain, and top-tier reliability. Unlike ‘Mail Delivery’ works as an SMTP email provider that can help you with the transactional emails for your site.
### Are there any limitations on the number of addons I can use simultaneously?
No, you can purchase multiple hosting addons based on your requirements for any number of your site.
---
# Managed Hosting for WordPress |Fast, Secure & Affordable Hosting Solution
> xCloud Managed hosting for WordPress gives you a fast, secure, and worry-free website. Enjoy free SSL, daily backups, automatic updates, and more.
## Hosting for WordPress
# High Performance Managed Hosting
For  WordPress
Give your WordPress website a head start with our fully managed hosting for WordPress,
hassle-free management and ready-to-launch platform.
- 
### 1 click WordPress Installation
- 
### 99.99% Uptime
- 
### 24/7 Customer Support
- 
### Free SSL Certificate
[Get started for free](/hosting-for-wordpress/)
## Setup Process
## Simple Steps To Deploy Your WordPress Website in Minutes
Deploy your WordPress website in no time with our fully managed hosting fro WordPress
that simplifies every deployment step.
### Select Site Type & Setup
Select the kind of site you want and pick the environment or server to
host it.
### Add Basic Site Details
Enter your site name, domain, and decide whether to go live or use a staging option
### Configure Key Settings
Enable HTTPS, choose performance options, and activate any add-ons or features you need.
### Launch Your Website
Check all configurations, confirm your choices, and launch your website when everything is ready.
## All in One Platform
## Smart Hosting Solution for WordPress
Everything is built to help you launch your website quickly, keep it safe around the clock, and grow your WordPress site with confidence.
## Install a New WordPress Website
Launch a brand new WordPress site in just a few clicks with no complex setup required.
## Clone a Git Repository
Easily connect your Git repository and launch your WordPress site directly in just a few clicks.
## Migrate an Existing WordPress Site
Move your existing WordPress site to xCloud smoothly, with no interruptions to your live website.
## Manually Upload Your Website
Upload a zip file through your browser or SFTP and bring your WordPress website live in minutes.
## Migrate an Entire Server
Transfer all your WordPress websites from Ubuntu servers quickly and without any complex steps.
## Recreate Site from Backup
Use backups from your local or remote storage to quickly restore your WordPress site. It only takes a few simple steps.
## Features
## Simplified Hassle Free Hosting for WordPress Websites
xCloud makes managing hosting for WordPress sites fast and simple. You can set up and scale in minutes while staying focused on what matters.
## Go with Fully Managed Or Self Managed
Choose from top cloud providers—AWS, GCP, DigitalOcean, Linode, or Vultr on xCloud for unmatched flexibility, performance, and control in one platform.
## One-Click WordPress Site Creation
Every site runs on a modern hosting stack with the latest WordPress Core, strong security, and advanced features.
## Optimized Stack
Our hosting stack comprises NGINX/OLS, MySQL/MariaDB, and PHP-FPM to tackle high volume traffic and server requests, resulting in better performance and faster load times.
## Automatic Daily Backups
Automatically back up your account daily, keep up to 30 copies, and create instant, on-demand backups with the click of a button.
## Blazing Fast Speeds & Security
xCloud offers blazing-fast speeds with optimised stack, SSD storage, & Cloudflare, alongside robust security with malware protection and WAF ensuring 99.99% uptime.
## Staging Environments
Every WordPress install at xCloud comes with its own staging environment that’s separate from the live production site. Perfect for testing new versions.
## Updates Manager for
Effortless WordPress Sites Management
Easily activate, update, or roll back plugins and themes. You can also update them in bulk with a single click, simplifying the process and keeping your site always up to date.
## Pricing
## Better Performance at Affordable Pricing Plans for WordPress Websites
Blog, website, or online store, we’ve got a plan that fits perfectly. Flexible, simplified
solutions for your web presence and commerce needs
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
MonthlyYearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## xCloud Features
## Complete Cloud Hosting Solution With Powerful Features
Get all the features you need, for server management, site management, backups, and more,
at your fingertips to upgrade your cloud hosting with xCloud
- 
###### Performance
- 
###### Server Management
- 
###### Site Management
- 
###### Security
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OpenLightSpeed stack, meticulously prepared and ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## NGINX FastCGI Caching
Boost your WordPress site’s performance effortlessly. With just one click, activate full-page NGINX FastCGI caching and serve pages at lightning speed, bypassing PHP processing.
## Object Caching
You can handle more visitors without slowing down and clear the cache directly from xCloud using Redis Object caching.
## 1-Click NGINX Configuration
Configure Rocket-NGINX for WP Rocket, Standard WP NGINX for WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache easily. These plugins can optimize caching & enhance performance.
## Full Root Access for
UItimate Freedom
Getting full root access to your xCloud server means you get full control over your cloud. Our system uses updatable packages, giving your server the ultimate flexibility with zero restrictions.
## Unlimited
Site Deployments
Effortlessly create and manage multiple databases and users on a single server. Streamline your data management, boost efficiency and enjoy unparalleled control.
## Fast & High Performing
Databases
Get ultimate query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB & MySQL databases. Also optimized engines of MariaDB & MySQL ensure high performance with strong data integrity and provide fast access to data.
## Automation with
Cron Job
Simplify your workload with effortless task management. Easily manage scheduled tasks with cron jobs to increase efficiency and ensure your operations run smoothly without manual intervention.
## Monitoring Your Server’s & Site’s Health
Get real-time insights and instant alerts to ensure optimal performance. Prevent downtime, identify issues early and maintain peak efficiency effortlessly. Monitor your RAM, CPU and Disk Usage from straight to the xCloud.
## Full Run PHP Your WayServer Clone
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Deploy WordPress Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Easily Build Staging Sites with Pull Push
Create a staging environment for your WordPress site and test any changes before bringing it to your production site.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Ensure Site Security with Isolation
Keep each of your website isolated from one another by creating separate system users for each one. If a security breach occurs on one site, it will not be able to affect the others and your site will remain more safe and protected.
## Secure Website
with SSL Certificates
Protect your site with 1-click free SSL provided by xCloud or add your own custom SSL certificates. xCloud configures the certificates and renewals for your site on your behalf. No need to worry about the setup at all.
## Ensure Data Safety with SFTP & SSH
To ensure the security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP and SSH.
## Safeguard Your Server with Fail2Ban
Strengthen your server’s defenses with Fail2Ban. It blocks unauthorized access and protects against brute-force attacks. xCloud servers have it enabled by default, securing the SSH port.
[Explore More](/features/)
## Want To Experience Next Gen Hosting With Us?
Migrate now and let our experts handle your site migration with zero hassle. Enjoy a smooth, stress-free transition to xCloud high-performance hosting – so you can get back to building, not troubleshooting.
[Migrate your site now](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Hosting Addons
## Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
Equip your digital ecosystem with fully managed solutions, from secure email hosting and security tools to high-performance storage – make sure you grow without limits.
## Pro
### MailBox
Give your business a reliable, scalable managed email hosting solution. No complexity with Mailbox: Get enterprise-grade email hosting fully integrated into your xCloud environment.
## [Get started at **$1/mo**](/mailbox/)
## Pro
### Site Security PRO Powered by Patchstack
Protect your sites with Patchstack’s leading security platform. Get automated virtual patching and early threat detection to ensure your website protection.
## [Get Started at **$2/mo**](/site-security-pro//)
## Pro
### Mail Delivery
Ensure reliable email delivery for your site. Our managed SMTP service guarantees that admin notifications, password resets, and more reach their destination without the hassle of third-party configurations.
## [Get Started at **$1/****mo**](https://xcloud.host/docs/add-xcloud-managed-email-service/)
## Support
## A Trusted Team of WordPress Experts Always by Your Side
- 
### Reach out to us 24/7 for quick help
- 
### WordPress expert support team
- 
### Fast issue resolution
- 
### Fast issue resolution
## Loved By the WordPress Users Around the World
Join thousands of happy users who trust xCloud for fast, secure, and
reliable hosting for WordPress websites every day.
[Get Started for Free](/hosting-for-wordpress/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is managed hosting for WordPress?
Managed hosting for WordPress is a specialized service where we take care of all technical aspects of running WordPress. On xCloud, you get one-click installation, automatic updates, daily backups, advanced security, and 24/7 expert support for your WordPress websites.
### What is the difference between Managed Hosting and Shared Hosting?
Managed hosting for WordPress is built specifically for WordPress. You do not need to handle updates, security, or maintenance because everything is managed for you.
Shared Hosting, on the other hand, means that your website shares server resources with many other sites. If one of those sites gets a spike in traffic, your site could slow down or even go offline.
With Managed Hosting, your site is isolated in its own container. Even if the server or hardware has problems, your website continues to run without interruption.
### Does xCloud offer free WordPress migration?
Yes. You can migrate your WordPress sites for free, with no limit on the number of websites. Migration is hassle-free and does not cause downtime.
### Can I host multiple WordPress websites on xCloud?
## Yes. With our multi-site options, you can host multiple WordPress websites on xCloud seamlessly. It is ideal for agencies, developers, and businesses managing more than one site.
### What makes xCloud secure for WordPress?
Every site on xCloud includes free SSL certificates, vulnerability protection, a web application firewall (WAF), and automatic daily backups. Our optimized hosting stack and 24/7 monitoring keep your website safe and always online.
### Does xCloud provide staging environments?
Yes. Every WordPress installation on xCloud includes a staging environment. You can test updates, plugins, and design changes safely before pushing them live.
### Which cloud providers can I choose with xCloud?
You can choose from top cloud providers such as AWS, Google Cloud (GCP), DigitalOcean, Linode, and Vultr. This gives you flexibility, performance, and control for your WordPress hosting.
### What kind of support does xCloud provide?
You get 24/7 expert WordPress support. Our dedicated team helps you with installation, plugin issues, migration, and troubleshooting. Fast response times and deep WordPress knowledge ensure your site always runs smoothly.
### How reliable is xCloud hosting for WordPress?
xCloud guarantees 99.99% uptime backed by modern infrastructure and advanced security. With SSD storage, Cloudflare integration, and an optimized hosting stack, your site loads quickly and stays reliable under heavy traffic.
### Can developers use Git with xCloud?
Yes. You can deploy directly from Git repositories. This allows developers to streamline workflows and push updates instantly without manual steps
---
# How to Automatically Backup Your Website to the Cloud (Detailed Guide) - xCloud
> Learn how to automatically backup your website to the cloud with pCloud storage provider on xCloud Hosting.
Your website data is one of your most important digital assets. No matter if you run a blog, an online store, or a business website, unexpected events like server failures or cyberattacks can cause sudden data loss. That is why automating your website backups is so important.
Many website owners still do backups manually or rely only on their hosting provider. With xCloud, you can automatically backup your website to the cloud with pCloud cloud storage, which is a popular and secure cloud storage solution.
In this blog, we will show you how to integrate pCloud with xCloud Hosting, automate the backup process, and keep your website protected with minimal effort.
## **Why Automatically Backup Your Website?**
Automating your website backups is crucial for protecting your online presence. Relying on manual backups might seem sufficient, but they take up valuable time and can easily be forgotten or performed inconsistently.
By automating the process, you ensure that reliable, up-to-date copies of your website’s data are always readily available, all without the hassle of daily upkeep. Take this simple step to safeguard your website and gain peace of mind.
### **Save Time And Avoid Human Error**
Manually backing up files and databases introduces the possibility of mistakes, such as forgetting to perform backups, saving them in the wrong format, or omitting critical files. By automating website backups, you eliminate these risks entirely. Scheduled backups run silently in the background, ensuring that you never miss a crucial recovery point.
### **Minimise Downtime And Data Loss**
If your website suffers a security breach, hosting failure, or user error, it is vital to restore it quickly. With xCloud Hosting backup automation in place and your data securely stored in pCloud cloud storage, you can bring your site back online in minutes, rather than hours or days. This rapid recovery is only achievable through automation.
### **Enhanced Redundancy And Remote Storage**
By integrating pCloud with your web hosting, you benefit from offsite, encrypted cloud storage. Even if your local or host server fails, your data remains safe in the cloud. Automating backups with pCloud ensures redundancy and protects against single points of failure.
### **Peace of Mind And Scalability**
Once you implement automatic website backups, you can eliminate the stress of potentially losing data. Additionally, as your website grows in size and complexity, automation scales with you, reducing your workload while improving data integrity.
## **What Is pCloud & Why Should You Choose pCloud Integration?**
[**pCloud**](https://pcloud.com/) is a secure and user-friendly cloud storage platform based in Switzerland, trusted by millions of users worldwide. It is especially favoured by professionals and website owners due to its robust privacy controls and versatile feature set. Unlike traditional cloud storage providers, pCloud offers a unique blend of powerful encryption, seamless file access, and integration capabilities that make it a perfect choice for automated site backups.
Let us take a look at some key advantages of pCloud cloud storage integration:
### **Client Side Encryption (pCloud Crypto)**
pCloud offers an optional add-on called _pCloud Crypto_, which provides zero-knowledge, client-side encryption. This ensures only you can access the encrypted files — not even pCloud can view their contents.
### **Large File Handling & Folder Syncing**
pCloud can manage large files without speed throttling. You can also sync entire folders across devices or servers, making it easy to manage website backups without manual intervention.
### **File Versioning & Recovery**
Need to roll back changes or recover deleted data? pCloud keeps version history for up to 30 days (or up to 365 days with Extended File History), so you can [**restore previous versions**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-restore-your-wordpress-website/) of files and recover from accidental deletions.
### **Cross-Platform Accessibility**
pCloud is available via web, desktop, and mobile apps, so you can access or manage your backups anytime, anywhere.
## **How to integrate pCloud Storage & Automatically Backup Your Website**
Automating your website backups with pCloud and xCloud is a hassle free way to secure your data with minimal effort. The process involves linking your pCloud storage provider with xCloud. Once configured, your website files are automatically compressed and securely pushed to a dedicated storage bucket in your pCloud account.
Now that your environment is set up, it is time to **automate website backups** by syncing your site from **xCloud Hosting** to **pCloud**. This integration gives you flexibility to integrate multiple storage providers and backup your site more easily.
For a full walkthrough, follow the [**detailed guide**](/docs/how-to-set-up-pcloud-storage-in-xcloud/) to implement a seamless, reliable, and secure website backup process using xCloud and pCloud.
## **Alternatives Storage Providers Tools for Site Backups with xCloud**
While integrating **pCloud site backup** with **xCloud Hosting** is a powerful and reliable method to **automate website backups**, it’s not the only solution available. Depending on your technical comfort level, budget, or security requirements, you might want to explore additional tools or alternative cloud services to strengthen your overall backup strategy.
Let us explore some alternative options that work well alongside **automated backups with pCloud** setups. If pCloud does not fit your needs or you’re looking for redundancy, here are a few alternative platforms:
- [**Google Drive**](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/)
- [**Amazon S3**](/docs/aws-s3-bucket-for-site-backup-in-xcloud/)
- [**Backblaze B2**](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/)
- **Digital Ocean Spaces**
- [**Hetzner Storage**](/docs/set-up-hetzner-server-in-xcloud/)
## **Best Practices for Your Website Backup**
Even with automated backups to pCloud or other cloud platforms, relying on a single backup method is risky. A strong backup strategy should incorporate multiple layers to protect against all types of failures.
### **1\. Local Backups**
Store a copy of your backups on a local drive or NAS (Network-Attached Storage). Provides fast access and restore capability, especially useful for large websites or time-sensitive recoveries.
### **2\. Hybrid Backup Strategy**
Combine different backup types (e.g., daily incremental backups to pCloud, weekly full backups to pCloud). This reduces backup times, saves storage, and allows you to tailor your backup frequency to data change rates.
### **3. Use Monitoring And Alerts**
Set up email or system notifications for failed backup jobs or sync errors. Early warning systems help you respond to issues before they turn into a potential data loss.
## **Automate Site Backups with pCloud Storage & Get Peace of Mind**
Today, you can not rely only on manual backups or your hosting provider’s snapshots. To protect your website, you need a backup strategy that is automatic, secure, offsite, and can grow with your needs. You can achieve this by integrating pCloud and automatically backup your website with xCloud.
If you have one or many sites, setting up pCloud integration with xCloud can provide peace of mind and strong data protection. Ready to protect your website? Start integrating pCloud with xCloud today and enjoy automated, stress-free backups.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Build an AI agent with n8n (Free Workflow Included) - xCloud
> Learn step by step-by-step guide to build an AI agent with n8n on xCloud Hosting VPS and automate your tasks effortlessly
If you are looking to build an AI agent that works 24/7, handles tasks without you watching over it, and is completely under your control, then using n8n is one of the smartest moves you can make right now.
**[n8n](/n8n-hosting/)** is a powerful open-source workflow automation tool. It lets you create **AI agents** using smart workflows.
In this guide, we will go through what n8n is and how to host **n8n on xCloud** from scratch with a workflow. Let us get started.
## **What is an AI Agent? Use Cases & Examples**
An **AI agent** is a software system that can perceive its environment, make decisions, and act autonomously to achieve specific goals. These agents use artificial intelligence techniques like natural language processing, machine learning, and rule-based logic to analyze data, take actions, and even learn from feedback over time.
Unlike traditional automation tools that follow strict, predefined rules, AI agents adapt to inputs, enabling more intelligent and flexible workflows.
Imagine a support team receives hundreds of emails daily. An AI agent can read the emails, detect urgency or sentiment, and instantly notify a manager via Slack if something needs immediate attention, saving hours of manual triage. Let us take a look at some common use cases for AI agents:
- **Customer Support**: Automatically respond to customer inquiries using AI-powered chatbots.
- **Email Management**: Sort, prioritize, and respond to emails based on content or sentiment.
- **Sales & Marketing**: Trigger follow-up messages, lead scoring, and outreach based on user behavior.
- **Data Processing**: Extract insights from documents or reports and feed them into dashboards or CRMs.
- **IT Operations**: Detect anomalies in server logs or metrics and initiate auto-remediation workflows.
## **What is n8n and Why Use It for AI Agents?**
[n8n](https://n8n.io/) is an open-source workflow automation platform designed to connect services, APIs, and logic, all with a visual, drag-and-drop interface. It is often compared to tools like Zapier or Make, but with far more flexibility and zero vendor lock-in. That makes a better Zapier alternative for automating tasks effortlessly.
What sets n8n apart is its **developer-friendly extensibility** and support for advanced features like conditional logic, looping, and direct API calls. It is built for automation builders who want more control without needing to code from scratch. When it comes to AI agents, n8n excels because:
- You can send **HTTP requests** to AI services like OpenAI, Claude, or Gemini.
- It supports **chat platform integrations** such as Telegram, Slack, and Discord.
- Built-in **functions and logic nodes** allow you to route, filter, and reshape data dynamically.
Whether you are building a chatbot, a smart email assistant, or a lead capture system, n8n’s flexible architecture allows you to design and run workflows that think and act like intelligent agents.
## **How n8n Works: Nodes, Triggers, and Workflows**
To build intelligent AI agents with n8n, it is important to understand how its core components function together: **nodes**, **triggers**, and **workflows**.
### **🔗 Nodes**
Nodes are the building blocks of n8n. Each node represents a specific action, such as sending an HTTP request, parsing an email, querying an AI model, or posting to Slack. n8n supports hundreds of services (Gmail, Slack, Notion, OpenAI, etc.) through dedicated nodes, and also allows custom logic using JavaScript functions, Webhooks, and API requests.
There are three key types of nodes:
- **Trigger Nodes** – Start the workflow (e.g., “When a new email is received”).
- **Action Nodes** – Perform tasks (e.g., “Send Slack message”, “Analyze email with OpenAI”).
- **Logic Nodes** – Control flow (e.g., “IF”, “Switch”, “Merge”, “Wait”, and more).
### **⏱️ Triggers**
A **trigger** is what kicks off the workflow. It could be time-based (every hour), event-driven (a new message, a webhook, a form submission), or manually triggered for testing. You can use powerful conditional logic to decide what happens next based on the trigger input.
For example:
- “New Gmail message received” → start analyzing it with OpenAI.
- “Form submission received” → process and update a CRM.
### **🔁 Workflows**
A **workflow** is the full sequence of nodes connected together to perform a task. Think of it like a visual program that flows from left to right:
1. Start with a trigger
2. Add one or more processing or decision nodes
3. End with an action or output node
Workflows in n8n can be simple linear flows or complex, branching logic with multiple paths and conditions. You can:
- Loop over multiple inputs
- Run parallel tasks
- Wait for external input
- Save data to external databases or services
Every workflow is saved and can be re-used, scheduled, or triggered dynamically as needed. You can also export and import workflows to share or migrate between environments.
## **How to Host n8n with xCloud Hosting VPS**
If you are thinking about [self hosting n8n](/n8n-hosting/) using a VPS from xCloud Hosting, we make it really smooth through our One Click Apps. Instead of listing out step-by-step instructions here, I will explain how it works and invite you to follow along in their official guide.
With xCloud, once you are logged in, you simply head to the One‑Click Apps section, choose n8n, and fill out some basic site setup details, and you are ready to deploy your application.
Also, get features like timezone, custom domain, environment, and more to manage your automation seamlessly
So, without further delay, check out xCloud’s detailed guide in their docs: [**How to Deploy n8n with xCloud with One‑Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/). It walks through the full process and offers helpful visuals and tips.
## **Why Should You Deploy n8n Applications with xCloud**
Deploying your **n8n workflows on xCloud VPS** unlocks a range of advantages that make automation smoother, faster, and more secure. Whether you are a solo developer, a startup founder, or an automation enthusiast, these benefits make xCloud.
**✅ One-Click n8n Free Hosting Setup**
xCloud’s platform includes a **one-click n8n** deployment option. In just a few minutes, you can launch your **n8n AI agent** in a ready-to-use environment. Also, N8n is available in our both free and pro plans.
**✅ Dedicated Domain, and SSL**
Each n8n application test domain to deploy your n8n application and you can also deploy your application with your custom domain. With [**Let’s Encrypt support,**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/) you can add HTTPS to your **n8n AI agent** without paying extra.
### **✅ Global Hosting Locations**
Deploy your n8n instance in a region closest to your users or data sources, reducing latency and improving workflow response times.
## **How to build an n8n Workflow: Gmail to Slack notification**
Bear in mind that this is just one example that we are using to demonstrate how n8n works. These same principles will apply to the hundreds of apps supported in n8n, like Jira, Hubspot, Notion, and WordPress.
Let us create something practical and immediately useful – a workflow that notifies you in Slack when you receive important emails. We will start simple and then add some intelligence to the workflow,
Let’s walk through creating an AI agent that can:
- Fetch emails from Gmail
- Analyze the content using AI
- Create appropriate response drafts
- Alert your team via Slack for urgent messages
### **Step 1: Create a New Workflow in n8n**
To begin, log in to your n8n dashboard. Once you are on the Overview page, head over to the **‘Create Workflow’** button in the top-right corner and click on the **‘Add first Step’** from the n8n dashboard. This will allow your workflow to start when something happens in another app.
## **Step 2: Set Up Gmail as Your Trigger**
In the panel that appears, search for ‘**Gmail’** in the app list and select it to set your workflow with Gmail.
A pop-up will appear, and you will be asked to add your credentials. Choose Create new credentials from the dropdown. Next, keep the OAuth2 option and insert the Client ID and Client Secret keys.
If you do not have the client ID and client secret key, then click on the Open docs to see the step-by-step process to collect both keys.
Now insert the credentials, sign in with Google, and click on the save button.
Once the sign-in process is complete, you will see a successful message, and the account will be connected. Now adjust the poll time and other configurations according to your preferences. 
Next, click on the Fetch Test Event button.If Gmail is connected with n8n successfully, go back to your Workflow canvas.
### **Step 3: Adding AI Analysis with OpenAI**
Add a new step by clicking the ‘+’ sign after the Gmail trigger. Search for and select **‘OpenAI’** and choose **‘Message a model’** from the options
Connect your OpenAI API key (you’ll need to create one at platform.openai.com if you don’t have one) and other crentials.
### 
Select an appropriate model (GPT-4 Mini provides a good balance of capability and cost). Configure the AI with:
- System role prompt: “You are a helpful email response agent. If the sender’s message seems urgent, draft the response via Gmail asking for more details or offering assistance. Ensure the response is clear, professional, and prompt.”
- User role message: Include email information (from, to, subject, body) using expression mode to pull data from the Gmail trigger
### **Step 3: Creating Email Draft Responses**
Add another step using Gmail. Select “Create a draft” (rather than automatically sending responses). Configure the draft with:
- Message: Use the AI-generated content from the previous step
- Thread ID: Pull from the original email to maintain conversation threads
- Subject: Maintain the email subject line
### **Step 4: Adding Urgency Detection and Slack Notifications**
Add another OpenAI step to analyze message urgency. Configure with a prompt like: “Alert our team via Slack about the severity of the content of the email we received. Without given context or pretext, just return the message text.”
Add a Slack step to send notifications. Connect your Slack account and choose whether to send to a specific user or channel. Use the content from the previous OpenAI step as the message body.
### **Step 5: Testing and Activation**
Test each step individually to ensure it’s working correctly. Save your workflow and activate the workflow by clicking the “Inactive” toggle
## **Automate Smart Automation With AI Agents: Deploy Your n8n Application Today with xCloud**
Hosting [**n8n** on a **xCloud VPS**](/n8n-hosting/) could be a strategic approach for developers and businesses who want full control over their workflow infrastructure. This gives you ownership of every part of your automation stack from data handling to node execution.
And building an intelligent, self-hosted workflow with **n8n on xCloud Hosting VPS** is not just about getting rid of all the tasks and having peace of mind. Whether you are creating a smart chatbot, a research assistant, or a support automation tool, the combination of **open-source power** and **cloud flexibility** provides unmatched control, security, and scalability.
Now, it is your turn. Create your workflow with **n8n AI agents and get a seamless xCloud Hosting** experience that is truly limitless.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Is n8n free in xCloud?**
Yes, you can access n8n in both of our free and pro plans. Without spending any extra money for it You can deploy your n8n application with both of our free and pro plan
### **Do I need a VPS like xCloud to build an AI agent with n8n?**
Yes, you can host your n8n apps in your own server or with our xCloud Managed Server, you can host any seamlessly.
### **Which chat models are supported by an AI Agent node?**
Currently supported models include **OpenAI GPT-4**, **Google Gemini**, **Anthropic Claude**, **Mistral**, and **Groq**, among others.
### **Can I use this setup for customer support automation?**
Absolutely. With proper workflow logic, AI agents built with **n8n on VPS** can handle FAQs, escalate issues, and log tickets via APIs like Slack, Gmail, or CRMs.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Clear Website Cache And Fix Common Issues - xCloud
> Learn how to clear website cache to fix common website issues, improve performance and solve errors with simple step by step guidance.
Have you ever updated your website content only to see the old version still showing up on your screen? It is a frustrating situation that happens to almost every internet user and website owner. The problem usually lies in something called the cache.
When you browse the internet, your browser saves data to help pages load faster the next time you visit. Clearing your website cache is necessary to resolve these conflicts. In this guide, we will show you how to clear website cache across major browsers, devices and server-side environments.
## **TL;DR: Quick Summary**
**Cache Type**
**What It Stores**
**How to Clear It**
**Browser Cache**
Images, CSS, JS in your local browser
Browser settings or hard refresh
**WordPress Plugin Cache**
Full-page HTML snapshots
Plugin dashboard (e.g. LiteSpeed, W3TC)
**Server-Side Cache**
Static files served by the server
Hosting control panel or SSH
**CDN Cache**
Copies served from edge locations
CDN dashboard (e.g. Cloudflare)
**DNS Cache**
Domain-to-IP lookup records
Command line (flush DNS)
**Object Cache**
Database query results
Redis/Memcached or Object Cache Pro
## **What Is a Website Cache?**
A **website cache** is a temporary storage system that keeps copies of your site’s files so they can load much faster when someone visits again. When a user enters your website address in their browser, the browser normally has to download all the elements that make up the page, such as text, images, background styles and layout files.
Slow websites can lose [**over 53% of v**](https://blog.google/products/admanager/increase-speed-of-your-mobile-site-wi/)**[i](https://blog.google/products/admanager/increase-speed-of-your-mobile-site-wi/)**[**sitors**](https://blog.google/products/admanager/increase-speed-of-your-mobile-site-wi/) if a page takes more than 3 seconds to load. Users expect websites to appear almost instantly. That’s where website caching becomes essential.
Caching helps reduce this workload. Instead of downloading everything from scratch every time, the browser can reuse stored versions of these files. This significantly speeds up page loading and improves the overall browsing experience.
In fact, caching is a fundamental part of modern web performance. Without it, the internet would feel much slower. Large media files like high-resolution images and complex scripts would force users to wait several seconds for each page to load.
### **Difference Between Cache, Cookies And History**
Many people confuse cache with cookies and browsing history. It is very important to know the difference between these three things. They all live inside your browser settings but they do completely different jobs. If you delete the wrong thing, you might log yourself out of all your favorite websites by accident.
Here is a **simple breakdown of what these terms mean:**
- **Cache:** This stores website files like images and layout scripts to make pages load faster.
- **Cookies:** These store personal data like your login details and shopping cart items.
- **History:** This is simply a text list of all the web addresses you have visited in the past.
When you only want to see the latest design changes on your site, you only need to delete the cache. You do not need to delete your cookies. If you delete your cookies, you will have to type in your passwords for every single website again. This is a common mistake that causes a lot of frustration for beginners.
## **Why Do You Need to Clear Website Caches?**
Website cache is a technology that saves copies of your web pages, images, and scripts so they [**load 50% faster**](https://www.catchpoint.com/blog/web-caching) the next time someone visits. This is great for speed. But it becomes a problem the moment you update something and those saved copies do not refresh automatically, potentially showing outdated content for hours or days until the cache is cleared.
Think of a cache like a printed photograph. Even if the scene changes, the photo still shows the old version. To see the new version, you need a fresh print. That is exactly what clearing your cache does.
Here are the most common reasons website owners need to clear their cache:
- After publishing a new blog post or page update that is not showing up
- After changing your theme, CSS or page layout
- After fixing a bug that still appears to some visitors
- After switching CDN providers or changing DNS settings
- After installing or updating a WordPress plugin
- After resolving a **500 error** or white screen of death
Skipping this step often leads to hours of confusion. Visitors may still see broken designs, developers may think their code is not working, and SEO tools may index stale content. Clearing website cache on a regular basis keeps your site healthy and your visitors informed.
## **Different Layers of Cache**
Before you start clearing anything, it helps to understand where the cache lives. There is not just one cache. There are multiple layers, and each one needs a different approach.
1. **Browser Cache**
**Browser cache** is stored on your visitor’s device. When someone visits your site, their browser saves images, stylesheets and scripts locally. The next time they visit, the browser loads those saved files instead of downloading them again. This speeds up load times.
The downside is that when you update your website, some visitors will still see the old version because their browser is serving them cached files. The fix is either asking them to do a **hard refresh** or clearing it from the browser settings directly.
2. **Server-Side Cache**
**Server-side cache** is stored on your web server. It creates pre-built HTML versions of your pages and serves them to visitors without running PHP or database queries each time. This massively reduces server load and speeds up your site.
If your hosting uses **LiteSpeed**, **Nginx** or **Apache**, there is likely a server-side caching layer in place. Tools like the [**LiteSpeed Cache plugin**](/docs/litespeed-cache-plugin-storage-usage/) on WordPress interact directly with this layer.
3. **CDN Cache**
A **CDN (Content Delivery Network)** caches your website’s static files at edge servers around the world. When a visitor in Tokyo accesses your site hosted in the US, the CDN serves files from the nearest location instead. This cuts down on latency significantly.
**CDN cache** is separate from your server cache and must be cleared independently, especially after major design or content updates. If you are using Cloudflare or a similar service, you will need to purge the CDN cache from the CDN dashboard.
[**xCloud’s Edge Full-Page Cache feature**](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/) allows you to serve cached versions of your pages through a CDN edge, dramatically improving loading speeds for global visitors.
4. **DNS Cache**
**DNS cache** stores the mapping between your domain name and its IP address. This allows browsers to look up your site faster. But if you change hosting providers or point your domain to a new server, old DNS records may still be cached on your device or local network.
**Flushing DNS cache** forces your device to request a fresh lookup. This is especially useful when your site has recently migrated or your domain is not resolving correctly.
5. **WordPress Plugin Cache**
If you run a WordPress site, you almost certainly have a caching plugin installed. Plugins like **LiteSpeed Cache**, **W3 Total Cache** and **WP Super Cache** store cached versions of your pages inside WordPress itself. These plugins offer one-click cache-clearing options right inside your WordPress dashboard.
6. **Object Cache**
**Object cache** stores the results of database queries so they do not have to run repeatedly. Tools like **Redis** or **Memcached** handle this, and platforms like xCloud offer **[Object](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)[](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/)Cache Pro integration** for even better performance. Clearing object cache is usually done through the same caching plugin or your hosting panel.
## **How to Clear Cache in WordPress Website**
WordPress caching plugins can speed up your website dramatically, but sometimes you need to clear the cache to see updates or fix display issues. Here’s how to clear cache in some of the **most commonly used caching plugins:**
### **LiteSpeed Cache**
**LiteSpeed Cache** plugin is one of the most powerful caching solutions available for WordPress. It works at the server level, which makes it significantly faster than software-only plugins. Make sure you have installed the LiteSpeed Cache Plugin.
**To clear the cache using LiteSpeed Cache:**
### **Step 1: Clear Plugin Cache**
Log in to your **WordPress admin dashboard.** From the left sidebar, look for the **LiteSpeed Cache** icon.
Click the button below and select Cache from the options. Next, enable the **‘Purge All On Upgrade’** setting to ensure all cached files are automatically cleared whenever you update your website. Finally, do not forget to tap **‘Save’** to apply the changes and keep your site running smoothly.
When enabled, the cache will automatically be purged whenever any plugin, theme or the WordPress core is updated.
### **Step 2: Purge LiteSpeed Cache in WordPress**
Clearing your website’s cache with LiteSpeed ensures that visitors always see the latest updates and changes. Follow these simple steps to purge cache efficiently.
Log in to Your WordPress Dashboard. Access your WordPress admin panel using your credentials.
From the left sidebar, click **LiteSpeed Cache**, then select **Toolbox**. Click **Purge All** to clear the cache for this website only.
If you want to remove cached data for all websites under the same cPanel account, click **Empty Entire Cache**.
### **Purge Cache for a Specific Page (Optional)**
To clear cache for a single page, open that page while logged in as an administrator.
Hover over the **LiteSpeed icon** in the top admin toolbar and click **Purge This Page**.
Next, we will explore two more popular plugins that make clearing website cache easy: **W3 Total Cache** and **WP Super Cache.**
### **W3 Total Cache**
For W3 Total Cache users, the steps are:
Go to **Performance** in the WordPress sidebar. Click **Dashboard** and **Tap** **Empty All Caches.**
### **WP Super Cache**
Go to **Settings,** then **WP Super Cache.** Click **Delete Cache** under the **Easy** tab.
After clearing the plugin cache, it is a good idea to also clear the browser**, server and CDN cache** to ensure every layer is refreshed.
## **How to Clear Server-Side Cache & Boost Website Performance?**
If your website is hosted on **xCloud**, clearing server-side cache is quick, easy and requires no technical knowledge. The xCloud control panel gives you direct access to both **Full-Page Cache** and **Object Cache** settings, so you can manage your website speed efficiently.
### **What Is Edge Full-Page Cache?**
**Edge Full-Page Cache** is an optional caching layer at the network level that stores your website’s HTML on **Cloudflare’s CDN network**. By caching HTML pages at the edge, your content is delivered geographically closer to your visitors, enhancing **load times, TTFB and overall website performance**.
Even if your domain uses **Advanced Network** or **Global Edge Security (GES)**, most static assets are already cached via Cloudflare. Enabling Edge Full-Page Cache ensures that **HTML pages** are also served from the edge, further improving speed and reliability.
### **How Edge Caching Works?**
Edge caching distributes copies of your website content across multiple servers in a **content delivery network (CDN)**, placing them closer to end users. Here’s how it works:
1. **Request Routing:** When a visitor requests content like HTML, images, or videos, the request is routed to the **nearest CDN edge server**.
2. **Edge Server Selection:** The CDN selects the edge server closest to the user based on **geographical location, network conditions, and server availability**.
3. **Faster Delivery:** With over **200 edge server locations worldwide** powered by Cloudflare, your content is delivered quickly from the nearest server. This reduces latency and speeds up page load times, providing a smoother experience for your visitors.
### **Edge Full-Page Cache: Deliver Content at Lightning Speed**
With **Edge Full-Page Cache**, you can manage and purge your cache directly from the xCloud dashboard. This feature caches your pages at the **CDN edge level**, delivering content to visitors worldwide from the location closest to them. By doing so, it significantly improves your website’s **Time to First Byte (TTFB)** and overall page performance.
Caching plays a crucial role in boosting website performance, ensuring faster load times and smoother browsing experiences. At xCloud, we prioritize **speed and reliability**, which is why Edge Caching saves your website’s page cache across a global network of data centers, giving your visitors instant access to your content.
Alongside edge caching, xCloud implements robust caching layers at the server level, including **Page Caching** and **Object Caching**, to guarantee lightning-fast load times for every visitor.
### **Full Control Over Cache Refresh**
By default, the **edge cache refreshes every 24 hours** but you have full control. You can adjust cache expiration times or **manually purge caches** whenever needed. Whether you are updating your website, copying content or editing a post, clearing the right cache ensures that your changes appear immediately.
## **Steps to Enable the Edge Full Page Cache in xCloud**
Caching content at the network edge boosts website speed by reducing latency and load times. With xCloud’s Edge Full-Page Cache, you can easily deliver a faster, more responsive experience for your visitors. Follow this guide to enable it step by step.
### **Step 1: Access the Site Dashboard**
First, navigate to the dashboard of the site where you want to enable Edge Caching. Once logged in, locate and click on the **‘Caching’** option from the main menu.
### **Step 2: Enable Edge Caching**
Within the Caching section, click on the **‘Edge Caching’** button to activate the feature. Next, click on **‘Advanced Settings’** to access additional configuration options.
### **Step 3: Configure Cache Exclusion Rules**
In the Advanced Settings menu, you will find options to **customize caching behavior:**
- **Cache Exclusion HTTP URL Rules:** Specify URL patterns you want to exclude from being cached.
- **Cache Exclusion Cookie Rules:** Define cookie-based rules to prevent caching for certain sessions or users.
Set these rules according to your specific preferences or requirements.
### **Step 4: Purge Cache**
After configuring the caching settings, click on the **‘Purge Cache’** button. This action will clear all previously cached content from Cloudflare’s edge network, ensuring the updated rules are applied immediately. After all the configurations, click on the **‘Save Settings’** button.
After that, if you go to your WordPress **dashboard → Plugins**, you will see the plugin **‘xCloud Cloudflare Edge Cache’** has been installed on your site. From here, if you go to the header menu, you will see the **‘Purge Cache’** button from the dashboard, which you can click to purge your site caches easily.
This is how easily you can enable **Edge Full Page Cache** in xCloud and enhance your site’s performance and user experience. By carefully setting exclusion rules and purging outdated cache, you ensure that your visitors receive the most up-to-date and optimized content.
## **How to Clear CDN Cache (Cloudflare and Others)**
**CDN cache** is separate from your server and browser cache. If you are using a CDN like Cloudflare, you need to purge the cache from the CDN dashboard whenever you make significant updates to your site.
### **Clearing Cache in Cloudflare**
1. Log in to your **Cloudflare account**
2. Select your website domain
3. Go to the **Caching** section in the left menu
4. Click **Configuration**
5. Under **Purge Cache**, click **Purge Everything** or use **Custom Purge** to target specific URLs
Cloudflare also allows you to set cache rules and [**TTL (Time to Live)**](https://www.cloudflare.com/learning/cdn/glossary/time-to-live-ttl/) settings so that certain pages expire automatically after a defined period. This reduces the need for manual purging in most cases.
According to [**Cloudflare’s official documentation**](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/how-to/purge-cache/), you can purge cached content by URL, tag or host depending on your plan tier.
## **How to Flush DNS Cache?**
When your site is not loading after a DNS change or server migration, the issue is often a stale **DNS cache** on your local device. Flushing DNS cache forces your computer to request fresh domain lookup records.
According to [**Google’s Public DNS documentation**](https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns/docs/using), DNS propagation can take anywhere from a few minutes to 48 hours but flushing local DNS cache speeds up the process on your own device immediately.
### **Flush DNS on Windows**
Click the Start menu and search for Command Prompt. Right-click it and select **Run as Administrator**.
**Type the following command and press Enter:**
```
ipconfig/flushdns
```
Copy to Clipboard
You will see a confirmation message saying the DNS resolver cache was successfully flushed.
### **How to Flush DNS on Mac And Linux**
Flushing your DNS cache can help resolve issues like website loading errors, outdated content, or connection problems. Use the steps below to quickly clear the DNS cache on Mac or Linux systems.
**Operating System**
**Steps to Flush DNS**
**Notes**
**Mac**
1\. Open **Terminal** 2. Type sudo dscacheutil -flushcache; sudo killall -HUP mDNSResponder and press Enter 3. Enter your Mac password when prompted
This clears both DNS cache and the mDNSResponder service for up-to-date resolution
**Linux**
1\. Open a **terminal window** 2. Run sudo systemd-resolve –flush-caches
On some distributions, you may need to restart the nscd or dnsmasq service instead
## **Common Website Errors That Cache Clearing Can Fix**
If clearing the cache does not solve the problem, the issue may be at the code level, in your .htaccess file, or related to a PHP configuration error. But cache is always the first step in **website troubleshooting**.
Many errors that seem complex are actually caused by stale cached data sitting somewhere in the stack. Here is a breakdown of common **website errors** that a cache clear can often resolve:
- **White screen of death:** A blank page after a plugin update often clears up after purging the WordPress plugin cache and the server-side cache
- **Outdated layout:** Old CSS still loading after a redesign can be fixed by purging the CDN and browser cache
- **Login issues:** Session and cookie conflicts sometimes stem from stale cache entries
- **404 errors on new pages:** Permalink and page cache issues can make new pages temporarily invisible
- **Incorrect metadata in Google:** If Google still shows your old meta title or description, clearing your server cache and submitting a fresh crawl request in Google Search Console often fixes it
- **500 Internal Server Error:** In some cases, corrupted cache files can trigger a 500 error, and purging the server cache resolves it quickly
## **Best Practices for Website Cache Management**
Managing **website cache** well means you get the speed benefits without the stale content headaches. Here are the practices that work best for most websites:
1. Set a reasonable **cache expiry time** for static assets like images, fonts and CSS. A TTL of 30 days works well for files that rarely change. For HTML pages, a TTL of a few hours or less keeps content fresh.
2. Use your caching plugin’s **automatic purge rules** to clear cache whenever a post is published or updated. Most plugins like LiteSpeed Cache support this out of the box.
3. Keep your **CDN cache** and **server cache** in sync. If you purge one, purge the other too. Leaving one layer cached while refreshing the other leads to inconsistent behavior.
4. Always clear cache after **major WordPress updates**, theme changes or plugin installations. This prevents broken layouts and outdated scripts from reaching your visitors.
5. Test your site in **incognito or private mode** after clearing cache. This ensures you are seeing the version your visitors see, without any locally stored browser cache interfering.
## **Quick Troubleshooting Order**
If the changes you make to your website are not showing up immediately, follow this **quick troubleshooting order to resolve the issue efficiently:**
1. **Hard Refresh:** Force your browser to reload the page and bypass cached files.
2. **Clear Browser Cache:** Remove stored files in the browser to ensure you’re seeing the latest version.
3. **Purge Plugin Cache:** If you use caching plugins, clear their stored cache.
4. **Purge server cache:** Clear your hosting server’s cache to update website files.
5. **Purge CDN Cache:** If you’re using a Content Delivery Network, clear its cached content.
6. **Flush DNS:** Reset your DNS cache to avoid loading outdated site data.
Website caching is a powerful process that speeds up page loading and improves user experience. However, when updates are not showing, understanding how to clear cache at different levels, browser, plugin, server or CDN is essential.
## **Ensure Your Website Always Loads Smoothly**
Properly managing website cache is essential for both user experience and site performance. By clearing browser, plugin, server, and CDN cache when needed, you can prevent common issues, improve load times, and ensure visitors always see fresh, accurate content.
If you want to take your **website performance** further, you can try xCloud, which gives you built-in tools for edge caching, object caching and server-side optimization all from a single, easy-to-use dashboard. The faster your site loads, the better your user experience, your conversion rate and your search engine rankings will be.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
## **FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions) About Clearing Website Cache**
Find answers to the most common questions about clearing website cache, so you can keep your site fast, up-to-date and running smoothly.
### **1\. Will clearing cache delete my website data or files?**
No. **Clearing cache** only removes temporary stored copies of your site’s files. Your actual website content, database, posts and settings are not affected in any way. Cache is just a shortcut for speed. Removing it is completely safe.
### **2\. Why does my website look broken after clearing cache?**
If your website looks broken after a cache clear, it likely means there is a conflict between CSS and JavaScript files that were loading from different cache layers. Try clearing all cache layers at once, including browser, plugin and CDN cache. A hard refresh in your browser can also help.
### **3\. How often should I clear my website cache?**
There is no fixed schedule. Clear your cache whenever you make changes to your site that are not showing up. For heavily updated sites, configure your caching plugin to auto-purge on publish. For static sites, monthly cache clears are usually more than enough.
### **4\. Does clearing the cache affect my SEO rankings?**
Clearing cache itself does not hurt your **SEO**. In fact, keeping your cache updated ensures search engines index your latest content correctly. Stale cache can sometimes cause Googlebot to crawl outdated versions of your pages, so keeping cache fresh actually supports better indexing.
### **5\. What Is the difference between browser cache and server cache?**
**Browser cache** is stored on your visitor’s device and controls what they see locally. **Server cache** is stored on your web server and controls what your server delivers to all visitors. Both need to be cleared separately for a complete refresh. Browser cache is user-specific while server cache affects everyone visiting your site.
### **6\. Why is my website still showing old content after clearing cache?**
If the old content is still showing after clearing your WordPress plugin cache and browser cache, check your **CDN cache** and **DNS cache** as well. There are multiple layers of cache and missing even one can make it seem like nothing changed. Also confirm you are not viewing a cached version in incognito mode before assuming the issue persists.
---
# No Coding Guide: How to Clone a WordPress Site with xCloud - xCloud
> Clone a WordPress site might be techy. With xCloud, it is easier to clone with just few clicks. Discover how to clone a WordPress site with xCloud.
Creating a carbon copy of your WordPress site might be a techy task for you, what if there was a way to clone your site without diving into the depths of coding? To make this process streamlined **xCloud** comes into play, which can help you clone WordPress sites easily with a few clicks.
If you are looking to migrate your site to a new host, this guide on how to [**clone a WordPress site**](/introducing-xcloud/) can show you an easier way without being a coding wizard. So, without further delay let us jump in.
## **What Is Cloning a WordPress site?**
**Cloning a WordPress site** means making an exact copy of it. Imagine you have a favorite picture, and you use a copier machine to make a new picture that looks just the same. Cloning a website is similar. You take everything that makes up your website – like its **design**, **words**, **pictures**, and **settings** – and make a new website that has all the same things.
When you clone a WordPress site, you create a twin of your site. This twin site can be used for many reasons. For example, if you want to try out new ideas or make changes without affecting your original site, you can use the clone. It is like having a practice area where you can play and experiment without worrying about making a mess.
Cloning a WordPress site is an excellent feature because it lets you safely work on your website. You can make updates, try new designs, or add new features to the cloned site first. If everything looks good and works well, you can then apply those changes to your main website. If something goes wrong, your main site is still safe and unchanged.
In short, cloning a website is like having a backup plan. It gives you the freedom to be creative and try new things, knowing you have a safety net.
### **Why Clone a WordPress Site?**
Sometimes, you might want or need to make a clone of a WordPress site. Here are some reasons why cloning a WordPress site can help you with different aspects:
- **Moving Your Site:** If you are changing where your website is hosted, or moving it to a different place on the internet, cloning lets you do this smoothly.
- **Testing Changes:** When you want to try out new things on your site without risking problems, you can clone a WordPress site and test changes there first.
- **Making a Backup:** It is smart to have a backup, or a saved copy, of your site. If something goes wrong, you have a copy to go back to.
- **Working on Your Site:** If you are making big changes or building something new for your site, cloning lets you work on a copy. This way, your main site stays untouched until you are ready.
xCloud makes it easy to clone WordPress sites. Whether you are making a whole new site or making big updates, knowing how to clone a WordPress site with xCloud gives you more freedom to work without worries.
## **How Does xCloud Clone a WordPress Site?**
**xCloud** simplifies the process of cloning a WordPress site. It offers a straightforward and efficient method for duplicating your website. You clone your site directly from the xCloud dashboard by just following simple steps.
By streamlining the cloning process, xCloud provides a hassle-free solution for developers, site managers, and content creators looking to replicate their WordPress sites quickly and accurately, making site migration, testing, or backup creation a breeze.
Other than that, you can even [**clone a site from the Git repository**](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/) with xCloud. Git is a powerful version control system that developers use to track changes in source code during software development. This integration allows for seamless cloning and [**migration of WordPress sites**](/migrate-wordpress-from-shared-hosting-to-cloud-server/) as well.
## **What Should You Do Before Cloning a WordPress Site?**
Before you start cloning your WordPress site with xCloud, it is very important to get your site ready. This preparation helps make sure the cloning goes well and avoids problems. Here is what you should do:
- **Backup Your Site:** First, make a complete backup of your WordPress site. This includes everything – your site’s files, themes, plugins, and database. Having a backup is like a safety net, just in case something goes wrong during the cloning.
- **Update Everything:** Make sure your WordPress site, along with any themes and plugins you use, are all updated to their latest versions. This helps prevent any issues with things not working right on the cloned site because they are outdated.
- **Clean Up Your Site:** Get rid of any files, plugins, or themes you do not use anymore. This not only helps the cloning go faster but also makes your site run better.
- **Check Hosting Environment:** Make sure the place you are cloning your site to can support WordPress properly. This means it should have the [**right PHP version**](/use-playground-environments-in-xcloud/), MySQL/MariaDB version, and support for HTTPS.
By doing these things before you clone, you help ensure the cloning process goes smoothly. This preparation helps prevent issues and makes sure the cloned site works well and looks just like your original site.
## **Step-by-Step Guide to Clone a Website with xCloud**
Cloning your website can serve various purposes, such as creating backups, testing updates safely, or smoothly migrating to a new server. xCloud helps you with the simple way to clone a WordPress website. Here, we will talk about how to efficiently [**clone a WordPress site**](/docs/clone-site-under-same-different-server-in-xcloud/) under the same or a different server using xCloud. With xCloud’s intuitive interface and robust features, you will learn the precise steps to duplicate your site hassle-free. So, let us begin the process of cloning your site with xCloud.
### **Step 1: Choose Your Server Provider**
Login to your **xCloud** account & click on **‘Add A New Server’**. From the dashboard choose xCloud as your server provider.
### **Step 2: Add All the Details of Your Server**
You will be taken to the server creation page after the previous step. Now you need to provide the Server name, your preferred Server Size (CPU, RAM, storage), and the ‘**Region**’ nearest to you and your visitors. Only the MySQL 8.0 database server is now available. By default Database, the Root Password will be auto-filled but you can change this and save it in a safe place. After submitting the form this might take up to 12-15 minutes to make the server live.
You should use at least 2GB/ 1 shared CPU server for 10-20 sites with cache enabled and the site whose pages cannot be cached you should use at least 4 GB / 2 dedicated CPUs server for them.
### **Step 3: Clone Your Site From the xCloud Dashboard**
After successful server creation, you will need to explore the dashboard. That is where you will start your cloning process. First, choose the **source site** that you want to clone then from the ‘**Action**’ button dropdown, click on the ‘**Clone Site**’ to get started.
Now, you can clone the site under the same or a different server. For that, just choose the option that suits your preferences.
With xCloud, you can take advantage of a temporary staging domain to showcase your site’s progress and gather valuable feedback from teammates or clients. This feature enables you to share your work rapidly and efficiently.
Once you are satisfied with the changes and ready to go live, xCloud allows you to seamlessly add your own domain, making your website accessible to your users and visitors. Enjoy the flexibility of testing and refining your site before presenting it to the world with xCloud’s staging and domain management capabilities.
This is how easily you can clone a WordPress site under the same or different server in xCloud.
## **What Should You Do After Cloning a WordPress Site?**
After you clone a WordPress site, there are a few important steps you need to take. These steps make sure your cloned site works well and matches what you need. Here’s what to do:
### **Update the Site URL**
Your cloned site might still point to the original site’s address. You need to go into the settings and change the website’s address to the new one. This makes sure when people visit your cloned site, they go to the right place.
### **Check Themes And Plugins**
Sometimes after cloning a WordPress site, themes or plugins might not work the same way on the new site. Go through your themes and plugins to make sure they are all working correctly. If anything is not working, you might need to reinstall it.
### **Test the Website**
Now, it is time to thoroughly check your cloned site. Look at different pages, click on links, and test out features to make sure everything works as it should. This is your chance to catch any problems and fix them before you use the site for real tasks.
### **Check for Broken Links**
Utilize tools like [**Broken Link Checker**](https://betterlinks.io/fix-broken-links-in-wordpress/) to scan your cloned site for any broken links. This step is vital to avoid negative SEO impacts and ensure a smooth user experience. Broken links can occur due to changes in URLs, especially if you have migrated to a new domain.
### **Update Google Analytics And Search Console**
If your clone is a new site on a different domain or a significant change in structure, update your **Google Analytics** and **Search Console** settings. This update ensures your traffic and site performance data continue to be accurately tracked. Add the new property to **Google Search Console** and update the domain settings in Google Analytics to maintain your insight into site performance and search visibility.
### **Adjust Other Settings If Needed**
You might find some settings that need to be changed for the cloned site to work correctly. This can include things like email settings, user accounts, or security settings. Take some time to go through the **WordPress** settings and adjust anything that is needed.
By meticulously following these post-cloning considerations, you can ensure that your cloned WordPress site not only mirrors the original in functionality and design but also maintains its standing in search engines and provides a seamless experience for visitors.
## **Clone Your WordPress Site with xCloud Easily**
Making a copy of your WordPress site with xCloud is not as hard as it might seem.Cloning a site provides many benefits. After the cloning, there are a few important things to do to make sure the new site works right after cloning a WordPress site. With **xCloud**, you can easily clone a WordPress site without getting into complicated steps. So, If you are making a clone to try out new things, the possibilities are endless, they are all in your hands with your new cloned site.
We hope this guide has demystified how to clone a WordPress site with xCloud. So go ahead, clone a WordPress site easily and if you find this blog helpful, please [**subscribe to our blog**](https://xcloud.host/blog/https://xcloud.host/blog/), and do not forget to join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to get our daily updates.
---
# How to Deploy Custom PHP Applications with xCloud [New Feature] - xCloud
> Easily deploy custom PHP applications with xCloud. Use Git or manual upload to launch secure, flexible PHP web applications in minutes.
Looking for a more innovative way to launch your [**PHP application**](/php-hosting/)? You are not alone. Many developers face roadblocks when launching a PHP web application beyond standard platforms. That is where **xCloud** comes in as a powerful solution for easily deploying custom PHP applications. This guide walks you through two seamless methods: via Git repository or manual upload. Let us build beyond boundaries.
## **✨ New Feature Spotlight: Deploy Custom PHP Applications with xCloud**
Until now, xCloud was widely recognized as one of the top-tier hosting platform for **WordPress** websites. But with the latest release, xCloud has taken a giant leap forward by introducing **support for Custom PHP Application** deployment — unlocking powerful possibilities for developers and agencies alike.
With this new feature, you are no longer limited to CMS-based websites. You can now deploy custom PHP web applications and handcrafted PHP platforms using two simple methods:
1. **Deploy a [PHP Application from a Git Repository](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/)**
2. **Manually Upload Custom PHP Application**
This new update transforms xCloud from a WordPress-focused host into a flexible, developer-friendly cloud platform, perfect for building anything from dynamic dashboards to SaaS applications.
This feature is designed to meet your custom development needs, whether you are a freelancer looking to showcase a tailored portfolio or an enterprise developer managing multiple app environments.
## **Why is xCloud Ideal for Custom PHP Application Development?**
Choosing the right platform matters if you are building a custom PHP application. **[xCloud](https://wpdeveloper.com/why-we-built-xcloud/)** gives developers everything they need to launch, manage and grow powerful PHP web applications—without the hassle. Here is why it is a wise choice:
### **🚀 Scalability And Performance**
Your site needs to be fast and reliable. xCloud is built on modern cloud technology, meaning your PHP web application loads quickly and can handle more visitors as your traffic grows. There will be no slowdowns or crashes—just smooth performance.
### **🧩 Flexibility for Developers**
Whether uploading files manually or working with Git, xCloud gives you complete control. You can upload PHP sites directly or connect your Git repository for automated updates, making it perfect for beginner and advanced developers.
### **⚙️ Advanced Deployment Options**
xCloud is not just for basic setups — it is built for serious developers. You get the flexibility to fine-tune every part of your PHP web application deployment. You can:
- Use custom domains
- Enable SSL (free or your own)
- Choose your PHP version
- Customize your database settings
This means your custom PHP application development process can be as simple or detailed as needed.
### **🔐 Secure And Automated Deployment**
Want to speed things up and stay secure? xCloud lets you use [**SSH keys**](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/) and push-to-deploy, so your site goes live automatically when you update your code. There are no manual steps—just push, and it is live.
Whether starting from scratch or moving an existing project, xCloud gives you the tools to deploy custom PHP applications easily and confidently.
## **How Do You Deploy Custom PHP Applications with xCloud?**
Deploying your custom PHP application on xCloud is quick, flexible and beginner-friendly. Whether you prefer using a Git repository or uploading your site manually, xCloud gives you two straightforward options to get your PHP web application live in minutes.
Below, we will walk you through both methods step by step so you can choose the one that best suits your workflow.
### **Method 1: 🚀 Deploying Custom PHP Application from A Git Repository**
If your custom PHP application is stored in a Git repository (like GitHub), xCloud makes it super easy to bring it live with just a few steps. Here is how you can do it:
#### **Step 1: Start Your Site with Git Repository**
To start, from your xCloud dashboard, click ‘**\+ New Site.**’ Choose an existing server to add a site and click on ‘**Next**. ’ Here, choose ‘**Custom PHP**’ as the site type, then select ‘**Clone a Git Repository**’ to pull your PHP web application directly from your Git repo.
Next, continue with the selected server where your site will be hosted and proceed. Add your domain to go live immediately, or create a free testing staging site for now. Do not forget to enable HTTPS for security—xCloud even offers a free SSL certificate.
Finally, select your preferred PHP version and decide whether to create a new database or connect to an existing one. This completes the setup and gets your custom PHP application ready for deployment.
#### **Step 2: Connect Git And Set Up Auto-Deployment**
In the ‘**Git Repo**’ Tab, add your ‘**Git Repository**’ and ‘**Git Branch**’. Also, toggle on the ‘**Enable push to deploy**’ option. Once you enable the ‘**Push To Deploy**’, it will generate a ‘**Deployment URL**’. We need to insert this URL into GitHub. Copy the ‘**Deployment URL**’ from here.
Now, go to your Git Repository. From the ‘**Code**‘ tab, go to the ‘**Settings**’ tab and click on the ‘**Webhooks**’ page from the ‘**Code and automation**’ section of the left navigation. Insert the Deployment URL into the ‘**Payload URL**’ field. Select the ‘**Application/json**’ from the **‘Content type**’ dropdown.
Copy the Public Key from xCloud and add it to your Git repository as a deploy key. This allows xCloud to access and clone your code securely using SSH.
Now, again, go to your Git Repository. From the **‘Code**‘ tab, go to the ‘**Settings**’ tab and click **‘Deploy Keys**’ in the security section of the left navigation. Click the ‘**Add Deploy Key**’ button and paste the key you copied from xCloud.
#### **Step 3: Finalize And Start Migration**
After inserting the deploy key in GitHub, click ‘**Next**’ on your xCloud settings of the ‘**Git Repo**’ tab.
To start the migration process, click the ‘**Start**’ button. The migration process will begin after clicking on the ‘**Start**’ button. And you will see the progress made by migrating.
**_Note:_** _Your Git repository must include a wp-config-sample.php file. xCloud will use it to create the wp-config.php file with the correct database details automatically._
Once the migration is complete, you will see a success screen and can access your site from the dashboard.
This is how easily you can **deploy custom PHP applications** from a Git repository using **xCloud**, making your development workflow smoother and more efficient.
### **Method 2: 🛠️ Manually Upload PHP Site to xCloud**
If your project is not stored in a Git repository, no worries — xCloud lets you manually upload your custom PHP application. This is a great option when your site files and database are ready on your computer. Let us follow the steps shown to do that.
#### **Step 1: Upload Your Files And Set Up the Environment**
First, log into your xCloud dashboard and click on **‘+ New Site.’** Pick the server where you want to host your PHP web application. Choose the **‘Custom PHP’** option and select **‘Manually Upload Website.’** Next, You will also be asked whether you want to create a **staging site** (for testing) or launch it directly using your **own domain**. After that, choose the **PHP version** you want to use.
Before moving on, make sure your **index.php** file is in the right place. If all your website files are inside a folder like **public\_html**, the system may not find **index.php** immediately.
In that case, you will need to update the **Web Root** in the site settings so xCloud knows where to find your homepage file. This step is essential to make sure your **custom PHP application** loads correctly.
#### **Step 2: Upload Files And Database**
Once the environment is set up, you will be prompted to upload your website files. Simply upload your ZIP file containing your PHP site, then do the same with your SQL database file. xCloud will handle the rest.
Now, you can use the auto-generated database credentials in the database settings or manually enter them yourself. Ensure all the details — like the database name, username, password, and host — are accurate.
When you are done, click the **‘Start’** button to begin the deployment. xCloud will process your files and set everything up automatically.
In just a few moments, your **PHP web application** will be live and accessible from your dashboard.
Once the migration is successfully complete will see the following screen. You go to the site dashboard from there.
This is how simple it is to **upload a PHP site manually** with xCloud — no complex setup, just a few steps to get your **custom PHP application** running smoothly.
After the migration is completed, if you visit the site, you can see the newly custom PHP site that you have uploaded with xCloud.
## **💡 5 Pro Tips to Run Your PHP Web Application on xCloud**
To ensure your deployment goes smoothly, here are a few tips to help you get the best experience when launching your **PHP web application** on xCloud. These practices can save you time, prevent errors and ensure your **custom PHP application** runs the way you want.
### 1\. **Use A Staging Domain First**
Always start with a staging site to test your application before going live. It allows you to check for errors and adjust without affecting your real domain.
### 2\. **Enable HTTPS from the Beginning**
Enabling HTTPS during setup will make your site more secure. xCloud even provides a free SSL certificate, so there is no reason to skip this essential step.
### 3\. **Check Your index.php File Location**
Ensure your index.php is placed in the root directory or correctly update the Web Root if it is inside a folder like **public\_html**. This ensures that your site loads correctly after deployment.
### 4\. **Protect Your Git Deployment Key**
If you use Git to deploy your custom PHP application, keep the deployment key secure and never share it. This key permits others to access your code, so it must be handled carefully.
### 5\. **Test Your Database Connection Before Starting**
Before launching the deployment, double-check your database credentials—especially if you are entering them manually. This small step can save you time and avoid potential setup errors.
By following these tips, you will be better prepared to upload your PHP site and launch your custom PHP application confidently on xCloud.
## **💬 Frequently Asked Questions**
When deploying a custom PHP application, you might have questions before starting. Whether you are using a framework like PHP, working without Git, or wondering about domain and security settings, we have covered the most useful ones and continue to do so.
Here are some of the most frequently asked questions related to deploying PHP web applications on xCloud.
### What if My Site Doesn’t Use Git?
If your PHP web application is not stored in a Git repository, you can simply use the manual upload method. Just upload your ZIP file and database and xCloud will handle the rest.
### Can I Change Domains Later?
Yes, you can [**change primary domain**](/docs/how-to-change-the-primary-domain-of-a-site/) of your site at any time after deployment. Whether you are moving from a staging domain to a live one or switching custom domains, xCloud gives you full flexibility.
### Does xCloud offer free SSL?
Yes, xCloud provides a free SSL certificate during the setup process. You can also use your own [**custom ssl certificate**](/docs/use-custom-certificate-of-cloudflare-with-xcloud/) if you prefer, giving you complete control over your site’s security.
## **Deploy Custom PHP Applications with xCloud from Today**
Whether you are using Git or uploading files manually, xCloud makes it incredibly easy to deploy your custom PHP application. With the Git-based method, you can connect your repository, enable auto-deploy, and manage updates seamlessly. If you prefer a hands-on approach, the manual upload option allows you to zip your files, configure your database, and get your PHP web application live in just a few clicks.
What sets xCloud apart is its flexibility. Unlike platforms focused only on WordPress, xCloud supports custom PHP application development, giving developers full control and customization. Everything is built to make deployment faster and more secure, from staging domains and SSL to database setup and SSH integration.
If you found this article helpful and want to learn more, [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/). You can also join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with others with similar interests.
---
# [Complete Guide] How to Fix Not Secure Warning of a Website? - xCloud
> Learn how to install SSL, force HTTPS, and fix not secure warning of website to boost security, SEO, and user trust in 1 click.
Is your website displaying a “**Not Secure**” warning? You are not alone. Many website owners face this issue. It is a common but serious problem. It can damage visitor trust and reduce your website’s overall performance.
A “**Not Secure**” warning usually means one of three things. Your site may not have an [**SSL certificate**](/why-ssl-is-important-for-websites/). The certificate may not be configured properly. Or, the certificate may have expired and not been renewed.
At xCloud, we recognize the importance of online trust. If your site displays a **Not Secure** warning, you might wonder, why does my site say it is not secure? Or what does that message actually mean?
Let us see what this warning mean and how to easily fix not secure warning in just 1 click.
## **Why Your Website Site Shows “Not Secure” Warning**
Before you learn how to fix a not secure website in WordPress, it is important to understand why this warning appears. The main reason is simple. Your WordPress site is still using HTTP instead of HTTPS.
Websites that use HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) are not secure. HTTP connections do not encrypt the data shared between the browser and the web server. This exposes personal details, passwords, and payment information to cybercriminals.
Without encryption, your data moves across the internet like an open postcard. Anyone can intercept and read it. That is why using or submitting sensitive information on an HTTP site is risky. Browsers show strong warnings to alert you.
In contrast, HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure) encrypts all data transferred between your site and your visitors’ browsers. This keeps information such as passwords and credit card details safe.
Browsers like Chrome, Safari, and Firefox will mark your site as “Not Secure” if you do not install your SSL certificate correctly.
If your WordPress site shows this warning, it could be due to the following reasons:
- Your SSL certificate is missing or has expired.
- Your SSL certificate is installed but not configured correctly.
- Some parts of your site still load over HTTP, causing mixed content issues.
You can fix the not secure warning by following a few simple steps. Even if you are not very technical, you can do this easily:
1. Check the status of your SSL certificate.
2. If your website does not have an SSL certificate, install an SSL certificate.
3. Or if your site has an SSL certificate installed, though it shows a ‘Not Secure’ warning, then you need to fix any problems with your existing SSL certificate.
4. Redirect all URLs from HTTP to HTTPS.
5. Replace all old HTTP links with secure HTTPS versions.
6. Scan your site and fix any mixed content issues.
7. Inform Google that your site now uses HTTPS.
8. Clear all caches.
9. Confirm that the Not Secure warning has been removed.
## **Check Website SSL Certificate status**
If your SSL certificate is properly installed, active, and valid. If your SSL certificate is missing, expired, or incorrectly set up, your site will continue to show the “Not Secure” warning.
Checking your SSL status is easy and only takes a few minutes. Simply enter your website’s URL into a free online website SSL certificate checker tool like [**Qualys SSL Labs**](https://www.ssllabs.com/ssltest/analyze.html). This tool will scan your site and provide a detailed report about your SSL certificate. Here is what you should look for:
- Your SSL certificate should show a rating of **A** or **A+** — that’s the gold standard.
- Make sure it uses strong encryption like **RSA 2048-bit** or higher.
- Check that the certificate hasn’t expired and is correctly linked to your domain name.
## **How Does This Impact Website Owners?**
We understand that an insecure website does more than put data at risk. It can damage your entire business. Whether you run a small online store or manage a growing brand, the consequences of a “Not Secure” warning are serious and widespread.
### **Site Security**
When your website is not secure, it puts every visitor’s personal information at risk. This includes passwords, payment details, and contact data. Without encryption, cybercriminals can intercept and steal this information. Your users become vulnerable, and your site becomes an easy target. Hackers may launch malware attacks or exploit other security weaknesses.
### **Online Sales**
Trust is critical in online shopping. If your site displays a “Not Secure” warning, many customers will not trust your brand. Some will abandon their shopping carts. Others may leave your site immediately or avoid visiting altogether. For eCommerce businesses, this loss of trust leads to fewer sales, lower conversion rates, and reduced revenue.
### **Brand Reputation**
First impressions are important. A “Not Secure” warning can make visitors question your professionalism. It sends a message that your business may not take security seriously. If a data breach happens, the damage can be long-lasting. Research shows that 65 percent of customers will not return to a website after their data has been compromised. You can protect your brand’s reputation by securing your site.
### **SEO Performance**
Search engines like Google reward secure websites. If your site does not use HTTPS, it will likely rank lower in search results. This makes it harder for new customers to find you. Insecure sites may also be flagged or penalized, which reduces organic traffic. A secure website not only protects visitors but also improves your SEO. This helps you gain more visibility and strengthens your online presence.
## **How to Fix Not Secure Warning Of Website**
If your website displays a “Not Secure” warning, do not worry. You can follow clear steps to fix the issue. Securing your site protects your visitors, builds trust, and improves your online performance. Follow these actions to ensure your site is fully protected.
### **Get an SSL Certificate for Website**
Start by obtaining an SSL certificate. This is the first step to fixing the “Not Secure” warning in WordPress. You can choose between free and paid SSL certificates. Free SSL certificates, such as those from Let’s Encrypt, work well for small websites, blogs, and personal projects. They provide basic encryption at no cost. Paid SSL certificates offer more advanced features. These include extended validation, trust seals, and warranty protection. They are ideal for eCommerce sites or businesses that handle sensitive data.
Most WordPress hosting providers make this process easy. Many offer one-click SSL activation directly from their dashboards.
### **Install the SSL Certificate in WordPress**
After you obtain the SSL certificate, you must install it correctly. This ensures your WordPress site switches fully to HTTPS. Hosting panels that use cPanel often make installation simple. You can manage your SSL certificates directly from the dashboard.
Once installed, verify that the certificate is assigned to your domain. If you prefer manual setup, you can configure SSL through WordPress settings and server files. This allows you to enforce secure connections across your website.
### **Force HTTPS Across Your WordPress Website**
Installing SSL is not enough. You also need to force HTTPS to prevent browsers from loading the site over an insecure HTTP connection. You can do this by editing your .htaccess file. Add redirection rules to guide all visitors to the HTTPS version.
Another option is to update your WordPress Address and Site Address in the WordPress settings. Set both to use the secure https:// protocol. Without forcing HTTPS, parts of your website may still load insecurely. This can cause ongoing security warnings.
### **Use a Plugin to Simplify SSL Setup**
You can also use an SSL plugin to simplify the process. Plugins like [**Really Simple SSL**](https://really-simple-ssl.com/) and SSL Zen help manage the transition. These plugins detect your SSL certificate and configure your site to redirect all traffic securely. They fix internal links, resolve mixed content issues, and maintain your SSL settings automatically.
Plugins are a great choice for beginners or anyone who wants a quick and easy solution. They can help remove the “Not Secure” warning without needing advanced technical skills.
## **Activate SSL Certificate with Just 1 Click**
Having a **not secure website** can harm your trust and SEO issue that can drive visitors away and hurt your online presence. At xCloud, we believe that securing your website is one of the most important steps you can take to protect your business and your customers. A secure, HTTPS-enabled site builds trust, boosts your SEO performance, and keeps sensitive information safe from cyber threats. If your site still shows a “Not Secure” warning, now is the time to act for of cost and enjoy peace of mind.
With [**xCloud**](/) you can easily install the **‘**[**Let’s Encrypt‘ SSL certificate**](https://letsencrypt.org/) on your site without any complexity for FREE. From SSL/HTTPS option from the site dashboard, you can enable the free SSL certificate or you can add your custom SSL certificate with just a clik. Read the step-by-step process to [**enable your SSL certificate**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/) with xCloud.
## **Post-Steps After Installing SSL certificates**
After installing your SSL certificate, a few final steps ensure your website is fully secure. Let us go through a few actions that will help you eliminate security warnings, improve SEO, and maintain user trust.
### **Make Sure Internal Links Point to HTTPS**
After you install your SSL certificate, update all internal links on your website to use HTTPS. If any links still point to old HTTP URLs, browsers may continue to flag your site as insecure. Review your entire website. Check menus, buttons, images, and embedded resources. Make sure every link uses the secure HTTPS version. It is also best to link only to external sites that are secured with HTTPS.
### **Redirect HTTP URLs to HTTPS**
Prevent visitors from accessing the unsecured version of your site by setting up automatic redirects. Configure your web server to use 301 redirects. This ensures that anyone visiting an HTTP page is sent directly to the HTTPS version. Redirecting traffic protects your users, supports proper search engine indexing, and maintains strong site security.
### **Update Your XML Sitemaps**
Once your website uses HTTPS, update your XML sitemaps. Your sitemap helps search engines crawl and understand your site. If it still contains HTTP links, it can confuse search engines and weaken your SEO. Make sure every URL in your sitemap uses HTTPS. After updating, resubmit your sitemap to search engines to ensure accurate indexing.
### **Fix Mixed Content Warnings**
Even after installing SSL, your site may still load resources through HTTP. This creates mixed content warnings. To fix these:
- Use tools like [**WhyNoPadlock**](https://www.whynopadlock.com/) and SSL Checker to identify problem areas.
- Install a plugin such as Really Simple SSL to automatically fix mixed content.
- Manually update old links in your content, theme files, and database.
Fixing mixed content is essential. Without it, the “Not Secure” warning may continue to appear.
### **Ensure All URLs Redirect from HTTP to HTTPS**
Once your SSL certificate is active, check that all website URLs redirect to HTTPS. Sometimes, even with .htaccess changes, users may still access both HTTP and HTTPS versions. Use 301 redirects in your .htaccess file to fix this. It will force all traffic to the secure version of your site.
### **Submit Your Website to Google Search Console**
The final step is to submit your secured site to [**Google Search Console**](https://search.google.com/)**.** This helps Google recognize your HTTPS pages and begin indexing them correctly. Sign in to Google Search Console. Click “Add Property” and enter your website URL. Verify ownership by adding a DNS record or uploading an HTML file. Once verified, Google will track your site’s performance, helping you maintain security, improve SEO, and build credibility.
## **Enable HTTPS in 1 Click – Secure Your Site, Earn Trust, and Grow with Confidence**
To fix not secure warning on your WordPress website can help you protecting your visitors, improving your SEO, and building trust in your brand. By installing an SSL certificate, updating internal links, enforcing HTTPS, and resolving mixed content issues, you ensure your website remains safe, reliable, and fully optimized.
With xCloud, securing your site becomes simple, fast, and cost-free. Take action today and give your visitors the confidence they deserve while strengthening your site’s performance and credibility online.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Leverage Browser Caching on WordPress - xCloud
> Speed up your WordPress by knowing to leverage browser caching Learn how to implement this essential technique to enhance load times.
Browser caching is a mechanism that allows web browsers to store essential web resources locally on a user’s device. By doing so, it significantly reduces the time required to load web pages on subsequent visits, minimizes server load, and provides a seamless browsing experience. This not only keeps visitors satisfied but also plays a significant role in boosting a site’s overall performance and revenue potential. In this blog, we will explore to [**leverage browser caching on WordPress**](/page-caching-redis-full-page-cache-fastcgi-caching/) is essential for web developers and site owners aiming to optimize their websites for speed and user satisfaction.
## Server Caching vs. Browser Caching
Let us talk about server and browser caching – two important techniques that help speed up web experiences in different ways.
## Server Caching
As you might guess from the name, server caching happens on the server side. It is all about storing frequently accessed data or computed results so they can be quickly retrieved.
Imagine a busy restaurant kitchen. Instead of cooking every dish from scratch for each order, the chefs might prepare some common ingredients or sauces in advance. That is essentially what server caching does for web content.
When a user requests a web page, the server can quickly serve up the cached version instead of generating everything anew. This is especially helpful for dynamic content that requires database queries or complex calculations.
## Browser Caching
Now, let us shift our focus to the user’s device. Browser caching occurs on the client side, right in the web browser itself.
Think of browser caching as your personal cookbook. Once you have looked up a recipe, you might jot it down or bookmark it for future use. Similarly, when you visit a website, your browser can store certain resources locally – things like images, CSS files, or JavaScript.
The next time you visit that site, your browser can use these stored resources instead of downloading them again. This not only speeds up page load times but also reduces the amount of data transferred over the network.
## What Is Browser Caching?
Browser caching is like having a little storage area on your computer where your web browser keeps copies of web pages, images, and other resources. Think of it as a temporary storage space that helps your browser remember and quickly access the things you have seen before. This means that when you visit a website, your browser does not have to download everything from scratch each time you visit. Instead, it can pull up the saved copies from its cache, making the whole process much faster.
When you are visiting a website for the first time, your browser has to fetch all the necessary files from the web server, including HTML pages, images, stylesheets, and JavaScript files. This can take some time, especially with a slow internet connection. However, once your browser has downloaded these files, it saves them in its cache.
The next time you visit the same website, your browser checks its cache to see if it already has the files it needs. If it does, it will load them from the cache instead of downloading them again from the server. This significantly speeds up the loading process because accessing files from your local storage is much faster than downloading them over the internet.
To manage this process effectively, browsers follow a set of rules known as caching policies. These policies dictate how long a file should be kept in the cache (cache duration), when the browser should check if the cached file is still up-to-date (validation), and when to discard old files (cache expiration).
## Why Leverage Browser Caching?
Leveraging browser caching on your WordPress site can significantly improve its performance, and here is why you should consider it:
### Improved Load Times
Your browser has to download all the resources like images, CSS files, and JavaScript to display the page. This process can take a while, especially if the site has a lot of content. Now, if you revisit the same site, wouldn’t it be great if your browser didn’t have to download all those resources again? That is exactly what browser caching does—it stores these files locally on your device after your first visit.
When you return to the site, your browser can load these resources from the local cache rather than fetching them from the server again. This reduces the number of HTTP requests and speeds up the page load time significantly. Faster load times mean a better user experience. Users are more likely to stay on your site and explore more pages if they do not have to wait long for each page to load.
### Enhanced User Experience
A fast-loading website is crucial for keeping visitors engaged. Studies have shown that users start to lose patience and abandon a site if it takes longer than a few seconds to load. For instance, a load time of just three seconds can be a tipping point where visitors decide to stay or leave your site. By leveraging browser caching, you ensure that returning visitors have a smoother and faster experience, which can lead to higher engagement and lower bounce rates.
### Reduced Server Load
When your site’s resources are cached in the user’s browser, it reduces the number of requests that hit your server. This is particularly beneficial during traffic spikes when lots of users are accessing your site simultaneously. By offloading some of the resource requests to the user’s browser, your server can handle more concurrent users without slowing down. This not only improves performance but can also save you money on server resources.
### Better SEO Performance
Google and other search engines favor fast-loading websites. Page speed is a critical factor in search engine rankings. By improving your site’s load times through browser caching, you can potentially boost your SEO performance. This can lead to higher visibility in search engine results, driving more organic traffic to your site. Additionally, a faster site provides a better user experience, which can further enhance your SEO efforts by reducing bounce rates and increasing user engagement.
## How to Leverage Browser Caching on WordPress
To enable browser caching on a WordPress site, you can follow these steps. There are two main approaches: using a plugin or manually configuring your server files.
## Using a Caching Plugin
You can leverage browser caching on WordPress by using plugins like WP Rocket, W3 Total Cache, and WP Fastest Cache, on your site in a few simple steps. For this tutorial purpose, we are going to use W3 Total Cache:
### Step 1: Install And Activate the Plugin:
Before you start using the plugin to leverage browser caching on your WordPress site, make sure the plugin is installed correctly and activated.
### Step 2: Configure the Plugin:
Go to Performance > General Settings, enable the Browser Cache option, and configure settings like setting expires headers and cache-control headers.
## Manually Configuring Browser Caching
There is another way to configure browser caching. In case if you want to go manual approach here is how to do it:
1. Access Your Server Files: Use an FTP client like FileZilla to access your website’s files, or use the file manager in your hosting control panel.
2. Edit the .htaccess File (for Apache servers):
- Locate the .htaccess file in the root directory of your WordPress installation.
- Add the following code to enable caching:
ExpiresActive On
ExpiresByType image/jpg “access 1 year”
ExpiresByType image/jpeg “access 1 year”
ExpiresByType image/gif “access 1 year”
ExpiresByType image/png “access 1 year”
ExpiresByType text/css “access 1 month”
ExpiresByType application/pdf “access 1 month”
ExpiresByType application/javascript “access 1 month”
ExpiresByType application/x-shockwave-flash “access 1 month”
ExpiresByType image/x-icon “access 1 year”
ExpiresDefault “access 2 days”
3\. Edit the Nginx Configuration (for Nginx servers):
Add the following to your server block:
text
location ~\* \\.(jpg|jpeg|gif|png|svg|css|js)$ {
expires 30d;
add\_header Cache-Control “public, no-transform”;
}
**Test Your Configuration:** After making changes, use tools like Google PageSpeed Insights to test your site and ensure browser caching is correctly implemented.
By following these steps, you can effectively leverage browser caching to improve your WordPress site’s performance, reducing load times and enhancing the user experience.
## Common Mistakes to Avoid to Leverage Browser Caching
Implementing browser caching on WordPress can significantly enhance site performance, but common mistakes include incorrectly configuring the .htaccess file, such as misplaced directives and conflicting headers, which can lead to ineffective caching.
Also, failing to set comprehensive HTTP cache headers or using improper cache-control directives can prevent efficient caching. Misconfigurations in caching plugins, such as relying on default settings or encountering conflicts with other plugins, can also hinder performance.
To avoid these issues, ensure proper placement and consistency of .htaccess directives, set appropriate cache headers, customize plugin settings, and regularly check for conflicts.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How To Easily Manage Storage Providers & Backups With xCloud - xCloud
> Storage providers are platforms that allow users to store, access, and oversee digital data, encompassing files, documents, and diverse content types.
[**xCloud**](/) Hosting stands out by offering unparalleled flexibility by offering various storage providers choices. Whether you prefer the reliability of Amazon Web Services (AWS), the simplicity of DigitalOcean (DO) Spaces, or any other S3-compatible storage solution, xCloud Hosting accommodates your preferences. This flexibility helps businesses to leverage their preferred storage providers without compromising on performance or compatibility.
One of the primary advantages of xCloud Hosting is its intuitive interface, which streamlines storage management tasks. Through a user-friendly dashboard, administrators can effortlessly allocate, monitor, and optimize storage resources across various providers. This centralized approach enhances operational efficiency by eliminating the need for multiple interfaces and complex configurations.
## **What Are Storage Providers?**
Storage providers are services or platforms that offer storage solutions for digital data, allowing users to store, retrieve, and manage their files, documents, and other content. These providers typically operate through cloud-based infrastructure, offering scalable and reliable storage options accessible over the Internet. Functionally, storage providers store data in a distributed manner across multiple servers or data centers, ensuring redundancy and durability. They often offer features such as encryption, access control, and data management tools to enhance security and usability. Users can access their stored data through APIs, web interfaces, or client applications, enabling seamless integration with various applications and workflows.
Overall, storage providers play a crucial role in modern data management by offering convenient, efficient, and cost-effective solutions for storing and accessing digital information.
## **Store With Ease in xCloud: AWS, DO Spaces, Cloudflare R2 or Any S3 Storage**
Each of these storage providers from xCloud offers unique features and advantages, allowing users to select the option that best aligns with their specific use cases, requirements, and preferences.
### **Amazon Web Services AWS S3 Bucket**
[**AWS S3 (Simple Storage Service)**](https://console.aws.amazon.com/s3/home) is a cornerstone of cloud storage solutions, renowned for its scalability, reliability, and security. Its scalability is unmatched, effortlessly accommodating data ranging from a few gigabytes to petabytes without requiring upfront costs or complex capacity planning. AWS guarantees exceptional durability, with objects stored in S3 boasting 99.999999999% (11 nines) durability and the service maintaining 99.99% uptime.
Security is paramount, featuring robust encryption at rest and in transit, access control lists (ACLs), and customizable bucket policies. Versioning support enables users to manage multiple versions of objects, safeguarding against accidental deletions or overwrites. Additionally, lifecycle policies automate data management tasks, facilitating seamless transitions between storage classes and lifecycle management.
### **DigitalOcean Spaces**
[**DigitalOcean Spaces**](https://try.digitalocean.com/cloud-storage/?utm_campaign=apac_brand_kw_en_cpc&utm_adgroup=digitalocean_spaces_exact&_keyword=digital%20ocean%20storage&_device=c&_adposition=&utm_content=conversion&utm_medium=cpc&utm_source=google&gad_source=1&gclid=CjwKCAjwouexBhAuEiwAtW_Zx_YvRexcO8Zkqd1gCUwFgZ6RGlqJuGmnYQuns2TDJznV1MyZzZB0SxoCtSQQAvD_BwE) offers a user-friendly, cost-effective object storage solution designed to simplify the storage and delivery of large datasets. Fully compatible with the S3 API, it seamlessly integrates with existing S3 tools and libraries, ensuring ease of adoption. Spaces prioritizes simplicity, featuring an intuitive interface for managing objects and buckets, and streamlining tasks such as uploading, downloading, and organizing data. Its scalability is agile, dynamically adjusting to accommodate expanding storage needs without the overhead of infrastructure management.
Security measures include built-in encryption at rest and in transit, coupled with access control features like bucket policies and access keys. Integration with DigitalOcean’s content delivery network (CDN) enables global distribution of content with minimal latency and optimal performance. With predictable pricing and no data transfer fees, Spaces offers a cost-effective solution for storing vast volumes of data.
### **Cloudflare R2 Storage for Site Backup**
Backing up your site is crucial, and with xCloud, you can seamlessly [**integrate Cloudflare R2**](/docs/cloudflare-r2-storage-for-site-backup/) storage for a reliable and secure solution. Cloudflare R2 is not only budget-friendly—costing at least 10% less than S3 Standard—but also offers 10GB of free storage per account, which can be shared across different buckets. After the initial 10GB, you are only charged for the additional storage you use.
### **Any S3-Compatible Storage**
xCloud Hosting extends its support to any S3-compatible storage provider, offering unparalleled flexibility to users. This encompasses a diverse array of cloud storage solutions adhering to the S3 API standards, including public cloud providers and private cloud solutions. Users benefit from flexibility in selecting the storage solution that best aligns with their requirements, budget, and preferences. S3-compatible storage solutions boast seamless interoperability with a wide range of applications, tools, and services supporting the S3 API, ensuring compatibility and ease of integration.
Furthermore, users retain the freedom to customize their storage solution to meet specific performance, security, and compliance requirements, leveraging the unique features and capabilities offered by their chosen provider.
By supporting multiple S3-compatible storage providers, xCloud Hosting empowers organizations to avoid vendor lock-in, maintaining control over their data and infrastructure while fostering innovation and agility.
## **Access Your Storage Providers From xCloud Hosting**
With xCloud, managing your storage providers is very easy. From the Team Management dashboard, just navigate to “**Storage Providers**,” where you’ll find a list of all your current providers. If you want to add a new one, simply click on “**Add New Provider**.” From there, you can input the necessary credentials to get started. Whether you’re configuring existing providers or adding new ones, everything is done seamlessly from our user-friendly dashboard. No need to navigate complex menus or deal with technical jargon – just straightforward steps to ensure your storage needs are met efficiently.
## **Enhance Security & Compliance With the Best Storage Providers**
Storage providers offer a range of choices to fit different needs. Whether you need the scalable security of AWS S3, the easy-to-use DigitalOcean Spaces, or the customizable options of xCloud Hosting, these services help businesses handle, protect, and use their data. They integrate smoothly, come with useful features, and are budget-friendly, ensuring data reliability and accessibility while fueling innovation and progress.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Optimize Website Performance: A Detailed Guide - xCloud
> Learn how to optimize website performance with actionable strategies for faster load times, better SEO, and improved user experience.
Is your **[website slow to load](https://wpdeveloper.com/network-load-balancing-guide/)** or unresponsive on mobile? In today’s digital world, every second makes a difference. A slow site does not just frustrate visitors; it also lowers your search rankings and reduces conversions.
Optimizing website performance is not only a technical task but also a business priority. A faster site improves user experience, boosts SEO, and keeps customers engaged.
When your pages load quickly, users stay longer, interact more, and are far less likely to leave in frustration. Understanding how to optimize website performance is essential for anyone aiming to build a strong online presence. Let us explore how performance affects user experience and how xCloud can simplify and accelerate the process.
## **Why Website Performance Matters for User Experience**
Website performance significantly influences user experience, encompassing aspects such as page load speed, responsiveness, and overall usability. A website that performs well not only enhances user satisfaction but also contributes to higher engagement, improved conversion rates, and better search engine rankings.
### **Keep Visitors Happy with Fast Loading**
Users expect websites to load quickly. Delays, even by a few seconds, can lead to frustration and increased bounce rates. According to research from digital performance measurement firm **Dynatrace** shows that they lost 10% of their total users for every additional second it took for their pages to load.
Optimizing website performance ensures that users have a smooth and satisfying experience, encouraging them to stay longer and explore more.
### **Boost Conversions with Faster Speed**
Website performance directly impacts conversion rates. A faster website can lead to higher conversion rates, as users are more likely to complete desired actions, such as making a purchase or filling out a contact form.
For example, Mobify found that decreasing their homepage’s load time by 100 milliseconds resulted in a 1.11% uptick in session-based conversions. Therefore, a proper [**website speed test**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-run-a-proper-website-speed-test-5-best-tools/) in optimizing website performance can yield tangible business benefits.
### **Improve Search Engine Rankings**
Search engines, like Google, consider website performance as a ranking factor. Faster websites are more likely to rank higher in search results, leading to increased visibility and organic [**website traffic**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-check-website-traffic-for-any-site/). This is particularly crucial in competitive industries where appearing on the first page of search results can significantly impact business success.
### **Deliver a Better Mobile Experience**
With the increasing use of mobile devices to access the internet, ensuring optimal website performance on mobile platforms is essential. Websites that perform well on mobile devices provide a better user experience, leading to higher engagement and satisfaction. Techniques such as responsive design and mobile optimization help optimize website performance across devices.
### **Deliver a Better Mobile Experience**
A well-performing website reflects positively on a brand’s image. Users associate fast, responsive websites with professionalism and reliability. Conversely, slow and unresponsive websites can damage a brand’s reputation and deter potential customers. Therefore, maintaining high website performance is crucial for building and sustaining a positive brand perception.
### **Build Brand Trust with Speed**
A well-performing website reflects positively on a brand’s image. Users associate fast, responsive websites with professionalism and reliability. Conversely, slow and unresponsive websites can damage a brand’s reputation and deter potential customers. Maintaining high website performance is crucial for building and sustaining trust.
### **Promote Accessibility Through Performance**
Website performance also affects accessibility. Slow-loading websites can pose challenges for users with disabilities, making it difficult for them to access and navigate content. Ensuring that a website performs well across various devices and browsers can help make content more accessible to a broader audience, promoting inclusivity.
## **Assess Your Current Website Performance**
It is essential to understand how your website currently performs. You cannot accurately measure improvements or identify the areas that need the most attention.
Assessing your site’s performance involves using specialized tools, analyzing key metrics, and interpreting the results to form a clear optimization plan. By doing so, you can strategically optimize website performance where it matters most.
### **Key Metrics to Measure Website Performance**
- **Load Time:** How long it takes for your webpage to fully load, ideally under three seconds.
- **First Contentful Paint (FCP):** Time taken to render the first visible content to users.
- **Speed Index:** Speed at which the page’s content visually appears during loading.
- **Time to Interactive (TTI):** How soon the page becomes fully interactive for users.
- **Core Web Vitals:** Includes Largest Contentful Paint (LCP), First Input Delay (FID), and Cumulative Layout Shift (CLS), which measure loading speed, interactivity, and visual stability, respectively.
### **Steps to Assess Your Website Performance**
1. **Identify Goals:** Define what you want to achieve (e.g., more traffic, better engagement).
2. **Gather Data:** Use analytics tools like Google Analytics for user behavior and traffic analysis.
3. **Evaluate Structure:** Check navigation flow and content organization for usability and SEO.
4. **Analyze Content:** Ensure content is relevant, accurate, and engaging.
5. **Check Technical SEO:** Review meta tags, alt attributes, internal linking.
6. **Test Performance:** Use tools like Google PageSpeed Insights, GTmetrix, Pingdom, or WebPageTest to get detailed performance reports and scores.
7. **Fix Issues:** Address slow server responses, large image files, excessive CSS/JavaScript, broken links, and render-blocking resources.
8. **Monitor Continuously:** Track improvements and adjust strategies over time.
## **Website Performance Test Tools**
There are plenty of tools to check how your website is performing. Before making improvements, you need to know where your website stands. Measuring performance is the first critical step; without data, optimization is guesswork. Fortunately, several free and powerful tools make this process straightforward.
### **Google PageSpeed Insights**
[**Google PageSpeed Insights**](https://pagespeed.web.dev/) is one of the most widely used performance testing tools. It analyzes your website on both mobile and desktop, giving you a performance score out of 100.
Along with the score, it highlights key issues affecting speed, such as render-blocking resources, image optimization, or unused CSS. The tool also provides clear recommendations that are easy to follow, making it beginner-friendly.
Key features include:
- **Performance score:** A snapshot of how your site performs.
- **Opportunities and diagnostics:** Clear suggestions, such as image optimization or reducing render-blocking resources.
Some hosting providers, such as [**xCloud**](/), offer built-in [**integration with Page Speed Insights**](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/), allowing you to view performance results directly within the dashboard and receive continuous updates on issues so you can take necessary actions easily at any time.
### **GTmetrix**
[**GTmetrix**](https://gtmetrix.com/) is a robust tool for visual learners. Its waterfall chart shows how every asset, images, scripts, CSS files loads over time, helping you pinpoint bottlenecks. Additional features include:
- Page load timeline breakdowns.
- Recommendations grouped by priority.
- Historical performance tracking allows you to monitor improvements over time.
### **WebPageTest**
For more advanced diagnostics, [**WebPageTest**](https://webpagetest.org/) offers granular control over test conditions, including location, browser type, and connection speed. This tool helps identify region-specific performance issues and gives detailed metrics like Time to First Byte (TTFB), Speed Index, and fully loaded time. Its ability to simulate mobile networks makes it ideal for testing real-world scenarios.
## **Understanding the Key Metrics: Core Web Vitals**
If you want to make your website faster, the first step is understanding how performance is measured. Website speed is not just a matter of “fast” or “slow” it comes down to specific numbers that reflect what your visitors actually experience. These numbers are known as performance metrics, and they act as a guide to help you see where improvements are needed.
Google pays close attention to these metrics because they directly affect user satisfaction. In fact, [**Core Web Vitals**](https://wpdeveloper.com/complete-guide-core-web-vitals-how-to-measure-them-in-2024/) is a set of essential measurements that form a big part of how both search engines and users evaluate your site.
You can think of them as Google’s report card for user experience. The three main Core Web Vitals are Largest Contentful Paint (LCP), First Input Delay (FID), and Cumulative Layout Shift (CLS).
Let us take a closer look at the key metrics that matter most:
### **👉Largest Contentful Paint (LCP)**
LCP measures how quickly the main content of a page appears on screen. This is usually a large image, a video thumbnail, or a key text block. When LCP is slow, users feel that the whole site is dragging.
- Good score: 2.5 seconds or less
- Needs improvement: 2.6 – 4.0 seconds
- Poor: More than 4.0 seconds
ℹ️ To improve LCP compress and optimize images, minimize render-blocking scripts, and use a Content Delivery Network (CDN).
### **👉First Input Delay (FID)**
It measured the time between when a user first interacted with a page (like clicking or tapping) and when the browser actually responded. A slow FID exposed JavaScript issues even if the page looked fully loaded.
- Good score: 100 milliseconds or less
- Needs improvement: 101 – 300 milliseconds
- Poor: More than 300 milliseconds
ℹ️ To improve FID reduce unnecessary JavaScript, defer non-critical scripts, and clean up code execution.
### **👉Cumulative Layout Shift (CLS)**
CLS measures how much content moves around unexpectedly as a page loads. For example, if text suddenly shifts because an image or ad pushes it down, users may click the wrong button. This is frustrating and harms trust.
- Good score: 0.1 or less
- Needs improvement: 0.1 – 0.25
- Poor: More than 0.25
ℹ️ To improve CLS, define size attributes for images and videos, reserve space for ads, and avoid inserting elements above content that has already loaded.
### **👉Interaction to Next Paint (INP)**
INP has replaced FID as the main measure of responsiveness. Unlike FID, which only measures the first interaction, INP evaluates the overall responsiveness of a page across many interactions. It reflects how long it takes for your site to react to user actions like clicks, taps, or keyboard inputs.
- Good score: 200 milliseconds or less
- Needs improvement: 200 – 500 milliseconds
- Poor: More than 500 milliseconds
ℹ️ To improve INP, optimize event handlers, break down long-running tasks, and reduce main-thread blocking.
### **👉Time to First Byte (TTFB)**
TTFB shows how quickly the server sends the first byte of data to the browser. A high TTFB often points to slow hosting, inefficient server code, or network issues.
- Good score: 200 milliseconds or less
ℹ️ To improve TTFB, invest in faster hosting, use caching, and optimize backend processes.
### **👉Speed Index (SI)**
The Speed Index measures how quickly the visible parts of a page appear during loading. It emphasizes perceived speed how soon users feel the site is ready to use.
ℹ️ To improve SI, use lazy loading, split code efficiently, and prioritize critical resources so important content loads first.
Together, they give a full picture of your site’s real-world performance. Google uses them as part of its search ranking signals, while users subconsciously evaluate them every time they visit.
The impact is significant. A one-second delay in load time can cut conversions by 7 percent and reduce customer satisfaction by 16 percent. In eCommerce sites, faster LCP and FID often translate to more engagement and fewer abandoned carts. As mobile traffic increases day by day, these metrics are essential for ensuring speed, accessibility, and inclusivity.
By monitoring and optimizing Core Web Vitals along with supporting metrics like TTFB and SI, you create a site that feels fast, reliable, and user-friendly.
## **How to Increase Website Performance**
[**Optimizing your website**](https://betterlinks.io/wordpress-performance-benchmarking/) isn’t about guessing what might help; it is about taking targeted, effective steps that deliver measurable improvements. Some changes produce immediate, high-impact results, while others build long-term stability and efficiency.
Let us explore the key strategies that can make your site faster, more responsive, and enjoyable for users. These high-impact optimizations lay the groundwork for better speed scores and happier user improvements you can see right away.
### **Quick Checklist**
If your website feels slow, start with the biggest gains first. A few targeted changes can deliver an immediate difference in speed and user experience:
1. Run Lighthouse and real-user monitoring (RUM) on your most important pages to identify bottlenecks.
2. Convert heavy images into modern formats like WebP or AVIF, and serve responsive sizes.
3. Place static assets (CSS, JS, images, fonts) behind a CDN and enable Brotli compression.
4. Defer or async non-critical JavaScript and inline critical CSS for faster rendering.
5. Use strong caching headers for hashed assets and shorter TTLs for HTML files.
6. Audit and lazy-load third-party scripts to reduce page bloat.
7. Pre-render critical pages using static site generation (SSG) or server-side rendering (SSR), and enable HTTP/2 or HTTP/3.
### **🌟Choose Fast and Reliable Hosting**
Your web host’s server speed and resources directly impact website response times. Select hosting optimized for performance, such as [**managed hosting**](/managed-hosting/), VPS, or dedicated servers instead of [**shared hosting**](/cloud-hosting-or-traditional/). Hosting providers with SSD storage, good network bandwidth, and well-configured server software will improve load speed.
### **🌟DIY Speed Optimization**
Manually monitor speed metrics using tools like Google PageSpeed Insights, WebPageTest, and Lighthouse to identify bottlenecks. Regularly resize and compress images, combine files, and remove unused code and plugins. Maintaining a clean, lean site structure is key.
### **🌟Limit Plugin Installation**
Excessive plugins increase code bloat and requests; choose lightweight, well-maintained plugins. Remove unnecessary plugins and replace heavy ones with optimized alternatives or bespoke code to reduce overhead. This approach helps optimize website performance by keeping the site fast and responsive.
### **🌟Limit/Disable WordPress Revisions**
WordPress stores multiple post revisions by default, bloating the database over time. Limit revisions with code adjustments or plugins, or disable it entirely if frequent revision tracking is unnecessary. This reduces database size and enhances query speed, a crucial step to optimizing website performance on WordPress sites.
### **🌟Optimize Databases**
Regularly clean the database by removing spam comments, trashed items, post revisions, and transient options. Plugins like WP-Optimize automate this cleanup and perform database optimization tasks, speeding up data retrieval.
### **🌟Compression**
Enable GZIP or [**Brotli compression**](/what-is-brotli-compression/) at the server level to reduce the size of files sent to the client. This significantly speeds up the transfer of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript files by shrinking them up to 70%-90% in size, a simple yet effective method to optimize website performance.
### **🌟Cache and Fragment Caching**
Use full-page caching to serve static HTML versions to most visitors, dramatically cutting server processing time. Fragment caching stores reusable page sections for dynamic content without rebuilding entire pages, boosting performance and scalability. Leveraging caching strategically is key to optimizing website performance efficiently.
### **🌟Reduce HTTP Requests**
Every file, like CSS, JavaScript, and images, requires an HTTP request to load. Combine CSS and JavaScript files into single bundles to decrease the total requests. Use CSS sprites to combine multiple images into one and lazy load images below the fold to defer loading until needed.
Also, limit third-party scripts that add additional requests, and remove unnecessary plugins or components that cause extra requests. Tools like Autoptimize and WP Rocket can automate combining and minifying these files to reduce requests effectively, helping you optimize website performance for faster page loads.
### **🌟Optimize and Compress Image**
Large image files slow down page load. [**Optimize or Convert images**](https://essential-addons.com/wordpress-image-optimizer-plugins/) to modern formats such as WebP, compress them to reduce file size without quality loss, and use responsive images that load based on the visitor’s device.
Lazy load images so only images visible on the screen initially are loaded first, deferring others until scrolled into view. This reduces initial data transfer, speeding the perceived load time.
### **🌟Enable Browser Caching**
Configure caching headers to allow browsers to store and reuse resources like images, CSS, and JavaScript locally for subsequent visits. This reduces repeated downloads and speeds up load times for returning users. You can set cache expiration times or use versioning on assets to ensure users get updates when content changes.
### **🌟Use a Content Delivery Network (CDN)**
[**CDNs**](/wordpress-cdn-essentials-guide-to-enhance-performance/) replicate website content across a global network of servers. Users access web resources from the nearest server geographically, decreasing latency and speeding delivery. CDNs are especially effective for sites with global audiences and help offload traffic from the origin server.
### **🌟Minify CSS, JavaScript, and HTML**
[**Minification CSS**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-minify-css-wordpress/), JavaScript and HTML removes unnecessary characters like whitespace, comments, and line breaks in code files. Smaller files reduce download sizes and improve parsing speed. Tools and plugins can automatically minify files during deployment or in build steps to ensure optimal code delivery.
### **🌟Reduce or Host Third-Party Scripts Locally**
External scripts (analytics, ads, widgets) can slow down your site if their servers are slow or unavailable. Limit the number of third-party scripts and, if possible, host critical scripts locally to avoid dependencies on external servers. This reduces external HTTP requests and improves reliability and speed.
### **🌟Optimize CSS Delivery**
Load only critical CSS needed to render above-the-fold content first to reduce render-blocking time. Non-essential CSS can be loaded asynchronously or deferred until after the main content has loaded. This improves the perceived page load speed and user experience.
### **🌟Leverage HTTP/2 and Asynchronous Loading**
HTTP/2 offers multiplexing, allowing multiple resource requests over a single connection, reducing load times significantly compared to HTTP/1.1. Also, load JavaScript files asynchronously or defer their loading to prevent blocking other critical page rendering processes.
### **🌟Use Prefetch, Preconnect, and Prerender**
These resource hints instruct the browser to prepare for future requests by preloading DNS, TCP handshakes, or even fetching resources in advance. This reduces wait times when navigating the site, producing smoother and faster user interactions.
## **How to Optimize Your Site with PageSpeed Insights in xCloud**
[**Page Speed Insights**](https://pagespeed.web.dev/) on xCloud gives you a clear view of how your website performs and highlights issues that need fixing. By using it, you can improve speed, accessibility, best practices, and SEO, which are all important for growth. To ensure you fully leverage this tool, it is essential to learn how to access Page Speed Insights effectively.
Follow the steps below to access Page Speed Insights on xCloud and optimize your website for better performance in just a few clicks:
### **Step 1: Analyze Your Site Performance**
Go to your dashboard → **‘Monitoring’ → ‘Page Speed’**. Here, you can see your site’s scores for **Performance, Accessibility, Best Practices, and SEO.** Switch between Mobile and Desktop views to see how your site performs across devices. Review the Page Speed History to track improvements over time and click **‘Analyze Now’** for the latest results.
### **Step 2: Check the Reports & Take Action to Fix**
Click **‘View Details’** to see a breakdown of your site’s performance. Focus on Core Web Vitals like **Speed Index, Time to Interactive, Total Blocking Time, First Contentful Paint, Cumulative Layout Shift** and **Largest Contentful Paint.** These metrics show how fast and smooth your site feels to real users
For the full detailed [**step-by-step guide**](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/), you can check out this documentation on how to analyze website performances and detect issues with xCloud in just a click.
## **Test Your Site & Optimize Website Performance Today**
Website performance optimization is a continuous journey. Regular audits, monitoring, and staying updated with the latest best practices ensure that your website remains competitive and delivers the experience users expect.
From assessing current performance and optimizing front-end elements to enhancing server capabilities and focusing on mobile optimization, every step contributes to creating a faster, more reliable website.
Implementing these strategies requires both attention to detail and the right infrastructure. Optimizing website performance is no longer optional in today’s fast-moving world.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Effortlessly Recreate Websites from Backups with xCloud? - xCloud
> Restore your website quickly with xCloud's feature. Easily recreate websites from backups, ensuring fast recovery after unexpected issues.
Imagine you have built a stunning, thriving website and want to recreate it for a new project or server. That is precisely what you can do with xCloud’s latest feature, ‘[**Recreate websites from backups**](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)**.**‘ This feature lets you quickly duplicate and restore your site from backups in just minutes, allowing you to grow without starting from scratch.
Whether you are recovering from a small mistake, a bad update, or even a cyber-attack, xCloud makes it effortless to restore your site to its original glory. Within a few clicks, your site will be back online and running from your backups.
## **Why Recreating WordPress Websites Is a Game-Changer?**
Websites are like digital homes. They can contain important information, contents, and even whole online stores. But sometimes, things can go wrong. A website can stop working because of a mistake, a hacker, or a computer crash. This can be frustrating, primarily if you have worked hard to build it.
Fixing a broken website could take hours or even days. You might have to redo everything, which could feel like rebuilding your sandcastle from scratch. But with this exclusive feature, xCloud helps you recreate WordPress websites from the backup you already have.
Think of it like this: you create a backup when you save your game progress. If something goes wrong in the game, you can always return to where you were. With xCloud’s feature, you can do the same thing with websites, so you do not lose anything important.
This is a massive relief for website owners and developers. You do not need to worry about losing everything if something goes wrong. You can simply restore your website from your backup and return to work quickly.
## **Overview of xCloud’s Feature: Recreate Website from Backup**
xCloud’s this feature makes restoring your website easy and fast. Whether you need to restore a whole webpage or just part of it, xCloud can help you do it in just a few simple steps, just like it helps [**back up your website**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/).
One of the great things about xCloud is that it supports two types of backups: full and incremental. A full backup is like saving everything, including all your files and data. An incremental backup only saves the changes since the last backup. This means you can save space and restore your website with the most recent version of your data.
xCloud also lets you restore your website from both local and remote backups. This means you can get your website back online and running, no matter where your backup is stored. Whether saved on your Google Drive or in an online storage bucket, xCloud makes it easy to restore.
This feature is perfect for many people. If you own a WordPress website, are a developer, or work in IT, you can use xCloud’s backup feature to protect your website. It is especially helpful for businesses that can not afford to have their website down for too long.
## **How Do You Recreate Websites with xCloud’s backup file?**
Using xCloud to restore your website is simple. First, you need to log in to your xCloud dashboard. Click the ‘**\+ New Site**‘ button to create a new website. This is where you will start bringing your old website back to life.
Next, you will choose the server to restore your website. You can either use a new domain or choose a demo site to work with. After that, just click ‘**Next**‘ and move on to the next step.
Then, it is time to pick the backup you want to use. xCloud will let you choose from backups you have saved before, whether on your computer or in an online storage bucket. You can select the files you want to restore or choose to restore everything from the backup.
Once you have chosen your files, you can adjust some settings to ensure everything is perfect. After reviewing everything, click ‘**Start,**‘ and xCloud will restore your website. In a short time, your website will return to how it was before any problems happened.
This is how easily you can recreate a [**WordPress website**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-create-a-website-wireframe/) from backups in xCloud. With just a few simple steps, your website can be up and running again, saving you time and stress during those unexpected moments when things go wrong.
## **The Advantages of Using xCloud for Restoring Your Site**
xCloud’s feature to restore websites is not only easy but also fast. You do not need to be a tech expert to use it. All you have to do is follow a few simple steps, and your website will be back online quickly, saving you lots of time.
Another great thing is that xCloud makes sure your website will look exactly like it did before the problem. You would not lose any important data, pictures, or files. Everything is restored just the way it was, with no hassle.
xCloud also gives you options. Choose what works best for you, whether you want to restore your entire website or just a part. This flexibility means you control how you bring your site back.
Also, you do not need to worry if you are not a website expert. xCloud’s easy-to-use interface means you do not have to be a computer whiz to restore your site. It is designed for everyone, from beginners to professionals.
## **5 Effective Tips for Using xCloud’s Backup Feature**
Backing up your data with xCloud is essential for safeguarding your important files or website’s data. To help you make the most of [**xCloud’s backup feature**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/), here are five practical tips to ensure a smooth and efficient experience:
- **Backup Regularly**
Create backups frequently to protect yourself from unexpected data loss. Regular backups ensure that your latest work or website data is always secure and recoverable.
- **Use Clear And Descriptive File Names**
When saving backups, label them clearly and descriptively. This makes locating and restoring the correct files easier when needed, much like organising your documents into well-labelled folders.
- **Double-Check Before Restoring**
Avoid accidental overwrites by reviewing your restoration settings carefully. Confirm that you’re restoring the proper backup and not replacing any active or essential data by mistake.
- **Keep Multiple Backup Versions**
Maintain multiple versions of your backups whenever possible. If one version is corrupted or incomplete, you can rely on an earlier backup to recover your data.
- **Reach Out for Support When Needed**
If you encounter issues or have questions, do not hesitate to contact [**xCloud’s support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/). They are there to guide you through any challenges and ensure your backups and restorations go smoothly.
Using xCloud’s backup feature effectively is all about being proactive and organised. Following these tips, you can safeguard your important data, reduce risks and enjoy peace of mind knowing your files are well-protected. Start implementing these tips today to get the most out of xCloud’s backup tools.
# **Protect Your Website with xCloud: Simple, Fast & Safe Restorations**
xCloud is always looking for ways to improve things and keep improving. You can be sure that your website will always be safe and easy to restore, no matter what happens. Watch for updates to help you do even more with your website.
xCloud’s new ‘**Recreate Websites from Backups**‘ feature is a game-changer for anyone who owns or manages a website. Whether it is recovering from a cyberattack, a simple mistake, or an unexpected server issue, xCloud makes restoring your site fast and easy. With just a few clicks, your website can return to its original glory, saving you time and stress. This feature is perfect for WordPress users, developers and businesses that can not afford downtime. So, protect your site with regular backups and rest easy knowing that xCloud will have your back whenever disaster strikes.
If you have found this blog helpful, [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) to read more like this one. Join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with tech enthusiasts like you.
---
# How to Redirect a URL to Another URL Without Affecting Search Engine Rankings? - xCloud
> Learn how to redirect a URL to another URL without affecting search engine rankings. Discover expert techniques, best practices, and step-by-step implementation.
When you move or restructure pages on your website, setting up proper redirects is crucial. Without them, you risk losing valuable search engine rankings and creating a frustrating experience for your visitors. A redirect not only guides users to the right content but also signals to search engines that your page has moved, preserving your site’s link authority.
Incorrectly configured redirects can lead to broken links, drops in rankings, or indexing issues. You will often need redirects when removing outdated content, merging pages, changing domains, or switching to HTTPS.
In this guide, we will deep dive into the types of redirects, how to redirect a URL to another URL, and best practices to ensure your [**URL changes**](https://betterlinks.io/change-destination-url-in-wordpress/) do not negatively impact your SEO.
## **What is a URL Redirect?**
A URL redirect is a method that automatically sends both users and search engines from one web address to another. Instead of showing a 404 error when a page is no longer available, a redirect ensures visitors land on the correct page.
Technically, a URL redirect is a rule or instruction telling browsers and search engines to forward traffic from an old URL (the original address) to a new URL (the updated or destination address). When implemented correctly, redirects prevent broken links, maintain user experience, and preserve SEO value.
Redirects are particularly helpful when you need to:
- Change a page’s URL or update its slug, ensuring the URLensuring URL structure is clean and [**SEO-friendlySEO-friendly URL**](https://betterlinks.io/what-is-seo-friendly-url-and-how-to-create-them/)**.**
- Move your website to a new domain.
- Remove obsolete content.
- Rebrand and migrate to a new domain.
- Switch from HTTP to HTTPS for improved security.
- Consolidate duplicate pages into a single, authoritative page.
Without redirects, these changes could result in errors, confuse visitors, and negatively affect your search engine rankings. Properly set up redirects ensure a seamless transition for both users and search engines.
## **How Does a URL Redirect Work?**
When someone clicks a link that has a redirect, several processes happen behind the scenes to ensure the user reaches the correct page:
1. The browser sends a request to the server for the original URL.
2. The server checks its rules and determines that the URL should be redirected.
3. The server responds with an HTTP status code or redirect status code (such as 301, 302, or 307) along with the destination URL.
4. The browser automatically requests the new URL.
5. The user is taken to the correct page without having to take any additional action.
From a search engine perspective, the **type of redirect** is crucial. Permanent redirects (like 301) signal that the page has moved permanently, allowing link equity to transfer to the new page. Temporary redirects (like 302) indicate a short-term change, which may not pass on the same SEO value. Choosing the right redirect method ensures both users and search engines understand the nature of the move and preserves SEO authority.
## **Use Cases for Redirecting a URL to Another URL**
Redirects are not only a tool for user experience, they also help preserve SEO authority when content moves or changes. Implementing redirects in the right situations allows the new page to retain some of the ranking power of the original. Here are the most common use cases:
### **Vanity URLs**
[**Vanity URLs**](https://betterlinks.io/vanity-url/) are short, memorable web addresses often used in marketing campaigns. For instance, a TV advertisement might direct viewers to **www.example.com**, which redirects to a longer URL like **www.example.com/test/demo**. Vanity URLs make it easy for users to remember and access a page without disrupting your main website structure.
### **Migrating Content**
During a website structure update or restructure, content may be moved between subfolders, subdomains, or sections. Redirects maintain accessibility for both users and search engines, ensuring a smooth experience while preserving SEO authority and avoiding duplicate or conflicting canonical content. In some cases, a masked redirect can be used to display the original URL in the browser while forwarding users to a different page.
### **Domain Changes**
Redirects, or domain forwarding, are essential when migrating to a new domain, whether due to rebranding, restructuring, acquiring another site, or splitting content across multiple domains. They help ensure the correct canonical URL is recognized by search engines. Correctly implemented redirects help maintain search engine rankings by pointing all old URLs to their new counterparts.
### **URL Rewrites**
Sometimes URLs need updating after going live, correcting typos, changing a product name, or updating a date in the URL. Redirecting the old URL to the new one ensures visitors and search engines can still find the correct page without encountering errors.
### **HTTP to HTTPS Migration**
Even though HTTPS is now standard, some websites may still need to switch from HTTP. Implementing redirects across the entire site ensures that visitors reach the secure version of each page, while preserving SEO value and preventing duplicate content issues.
In every scenario, careful use of redirects ensures that visitors land on the correct pages and that search engines continue to recognize and pass on ranking authority, keeping both user experience and SEO intact.
## **What Are the Types of Redirects and What Are They For?**
Redirects come in different types, each serving a specific purpose. They are an essential part of website management, especially during migrations, content restructuring, or temporary updates. Choosing the right type of redirect ensures both users and search engines understand the nature of the move and maintain proper positioning in search engine results.
Broadly, redirects are categorized into two main types: **server-side redirects**, handled by the web server before the page loads, and **client-side redirects**, executed in the user’s browser after the page loads.
### **Server-Side Redirects**
A server-side redirect, also known as an HTTP redirect or server header response, is processed on the server before any content reaches the user’s browser. When a user requests a URL, the server checks for a redirection rule. If one exists, it sends an HTTP response with a status code (usually **301** or **302**) indicating that the resource has been moved. The browser then requests the new URL automatically.
#### **1\. 301 Redirect (Permanent)**
A 301 (permanent) redirect signals that a page has permanently moved and transfers most of the link equity to the new URL. It is commonly used when:
- Moving a website to a new domain
- Changing page URLs
- Consolidating duplicate content
From an SEO perspective, 301 redirects are highly valuable because they transfer most of the link authority from the old URL to the new one. Over time, search engines replace the old URL in their index, helping maintain rankings and traffic.
#### **2\. 302 Redirect (Temporary)**
A 302 redirect indicates a temporary move. It is useful for:
- Seasonal promotions
- A/B testing
- Brief page updates
Search engines usually keep the original page indexed and may not transfer full authority to the new page. Leaving a 302 redirect active for too long can confuse search engines and may eventually be treated as permanent.
#### **3\. 307 Redirect (Temporary with Request Method Preservation)**
A 307 redirect is also temporary but ensures the same request method (GET or POST) is preserved. This is especially important for forms or applications where request types matter. SEO-wise, it behaves like a 302 redirect and should only be used for short-term needs.
### **Client-Side Redirects**
Client-side redirects happen after a page has loaded in the user’s browser, typically using JavaScript or HTML meta refresh tags. These redirects do not involve server communication.
#### **4\. Meta Refresh Redirect**
A meta refresh redirect is embedded in the HTML and often comes with a delay, for example: “You will be redirected in 5 seconds.” While it works, this method is not SEO-friendly. Search engines may not treat it as a proper redirect, and delays can frustrate users. Meta refresh redirects are generally discouraged and should only be used when server-side options are unavailable.
#### **5\. JavaScript Redirect**
A JavaScript redirect uses code executed in the user’s browser to forward them to another page. It can also support [**Geo-location Redirects**](https://betterlinks.io/use-cases-of-geolocation-based-dynamic-redirects/), sending users to region-specific content based on their location. This method can be useful when server-side access is unavailable or when conditional redirects are needed (for example, redirecting users based on device or location). Modern search engines can process JavaScript redirects, but they are less reliable than server-side methods. Scripts can fail, which may lead to crawling and indexing issues.
Meta refresh and JavaScript redirects should only be used as a last resort when server-side options are not possible. By carefully selecting the appropriate redirect type, you ensure your website transitions seamlessly without losing visibility in search results.
Choosing the right type of redirect is essential for both SEO ranking and a smooth user experience. Permanent redirects like 301 help maintain link authority, while temporary redirects such as 302 and 307 are best for short-term changes.
## **How to Redirect a Domain to Another Domain: 3 Ways**
Understanding the types of redirects and proper URL Redirecting is just the first step. To redirect a URL to another URL without affecting search engine rankings, you also need to know how to implement it correctly on your website. The method you choose will depend on your hosting environment, server type, or content management system.
### **Method 1: Redirect a URL Using a WordPress Plugin**
For websites built on WordPress, the world’s most popular content management system, redirect plugins make managing URL changes simple and efficient. Plugins like **Simple 301 Redirection** allow you to set up 301 redirects directly from your dashboard without editing server files.
Another powerful option is [**BetterLinks**](https://betterlinks.io/), which enables you to manage 301, 302, and other redirects directly from the WordPress dashboard. With BetterLinks, you can set up redirects quickly, track clicks and analytics, handle URL changes efficiently, and ensure that your redirects remain SEO-friendly. Using a [**reliable plugin**](https://wpdeveloper.com/wordpress-plugins-link-redirection/) is especially helpful for site owners who prefer a user-friendly interface over manual configuration. For non-technical users, plugins provide a safe and fast way to redirect a URL to another URL with the correct redirect type without touching any code.
### **Method 2: Using the .htaccess File to Redirect a URL to Another URL**
For advanced redirects, the .htaccess file provides unmatched flexibility and control. This method allows you to implement complex redirect rules, manage multiple redirects simultaneously, and even set conditions based on specific URL patterns or user agents.
To set it up in xCloud, start by opening the File Manager in your dashboard. Navigate to **Access Details → File Manager** and click **Launch File Manager**. Once the File Manager opens, go to the **public\_html** directory and double-click the .htaccess file to edit it.
Add the following rules below the RewriteEngine On line to configure a permanent 301 redirect:
Copy to clipboard
1
2
3
4
5
RewriteCond %{HTTP\_HOST} ^mydomain.com \[NC,OR\]
RewriteCond %{HTTP\_HOST} ^www\\.mydomain\\.com$ \[NC\]
RewriteRule ^(.\*)$ https://targetdomain.com/$1 \[L,R=301,NC\]
Be sure to replace mydomain.com and targetdomain.com with your actual domain names. If you want a temporary redirect, change R=301 to R=302. After adding the rules, save the file to apply the changes.
This method is ideal for website owners who need full control over redirects and prefer managing them at the server level. For a complete step-by-step guide on using .htaccess in xCloud, consult the detailed documentation.
### **Method 3: Set Up a URL Redirect via Your Hosting Panel**
xCloud also allows you to set up redirects directly through your hosting panel, which makes forwarding traffic from one URL to another quick and straightforward. This method helps prevent traffic loss and downtime when moving content to a new page or updating a permalink.
xCloud supports two types of redirects: **301 (Permanent)**, which informs search engines to update their indexes, and **302 (Temporary)**, which indicates that the content may return to its original URL.
To set up a redirect, first navigate to **Domain → Redirection** in your site dashboard. On the Redirection tab, select the type of redirect you want to use (301 or 302) and enter the old URL in the “From URL” field and the new destination in the “To URL” field. For example, to create a 301 redirect, select 301 as the redirect type, set the From URL as /test and the To URL as /demo, then click **Add Redirection**. The old URL will now automatically forward visitors to the new page.
You can add multiple redirects for the same domain, and all active redirects will be displayed for easy management. For a detailed, step-by-step process on setting up redirects in xCloud, refer to the full documentation.
## **Testing & Verifying That Your Redirect Works Properly**
After setting up a domain redirect, testing is essential to ensure it functions correctly. Start by entering your old URL in multiple browsers and on different devices to confirm it forwards to the new destination. There are many URL redirect checker tools, such as What’s My DNS or WhereGoes, to check if the redirect is working across various locations worldwide.
If the redirect is not working as expected, try the following troubleshooting tips:
- **Check the redirect type:** Make sure you are using the correct redirect. A **301 redirect** is permanent and transfers most SEO authority to the new URL, while a **302 redirect** is temporary and does not pass full link equity. If the wrong type was used, remove the old redirect and set up the correct one.
- **Clear browser cache and cookies:** Browsers may store cached versions of pages or old redirect rules. Clearing the cache ensures you are seeing the latest version of your site.
- **Verify DNS propagation:** DNS changes can take **24 – 48 hours** to propagate worldwide. Use a DNS checker tool to confirm that the updated records are live.
- **Check for typos or incorrect settings:** Ensure the old URL exactly matches the source URL in your redirect configuration, and the target URL is correct. Even small mistakes can break the redirect.
- **Review SSL and HTTPS settings:** If your site uses HTTPS, confirm that both old and new URLs have valid SSL certificates. A mismatch can prevent the redirect from functioning.
- **Look for conflicting redirects or loops:** Multiple redirects pointing to different URLs, or loops where the old URL redirects back to itself, can cause errors like “too many redirects.” Audit your redirect rules to avoid conflicts.
- **Test query parameters and subpages:** If your old domain had additional parameters or subpages, make sure they redirect correctly to the corresponding new pages. Wildcard redirects may be needed to cover multiple paths.
## **13 Best SEO Practices for Redirecting a URL**
Properly setting up redirects is key to preserving your SEO value and giving users a smooth browsing experience. Here are some essential practices to ensure your redirects are working properly without affecting search performance.
### **1\. Redirect Outdated Content to Updated Pages**
When content becomes outdated or irrelevant, redirect it to a new page with fresh, accurate information. This ensures both users and search engines can find the most relevant content without running into dead links. For example, if a blog post [**moves to a new URL**](https://easy.jobs/blog/how-to-change-the-url-of-wordpress-site/)**,** use a 301 redirect from the old page to the new one to preserve traffic and SEO authority.
### **2\. Domain Migration From HTTP or HTTPS Transition**
One of the most sensitive times for SEO is when you move an entire website to a new domain or shift from HTTP to HTTPS. In both situations, the only safe solution is to use permanent 301 redirects across all affected pages. This ensures that search engines transfer ranking signals from the old URLs to the new ones. This not only protects your site but also maintains link equity, as Google prefers HTTPS pages and ranks them higher.
### **3\. Consolidate Similar or Duplicate Pages**
If your site has multiple pages with overlapping content, redirect the less important pages to the primary one. This prevents duplicate content issues, organizes your site better, and helps concentrate SEO value on the main page.
### **4\. Avoid Redirect Chains and Loops**
Keep redirects straightforward. Chains, where one URL redirects to another and then another, slow down your site and dilute SEO value. Redirect loops, where a URL points back to itself, create errors and block access. Always point the old URL directly to the final destination for clarity and efficiency.
### **5\. Fix broken redirects**
A redirect that leads to a non-existent page frustrates users and hurts SEO. Regularly check your redirects across each web property with tools like Google Search Console to ensure all URLs lead to valid pages.
### **6\. Redirect 404 Pages to Useful Content**
Instead of leaving visitors on a 404 page, redirect them to a relevant page or a well-designed custom 404 page with helpful links. This reduces bounce rates and improves user experience. Tools like the Ahrefs Broken Links Checker SEO extension can help you quickly identify broken links.
#### **7\. Update Internal Links**
Make sure internal links point directly to the new URLs instead of relying on redirects. This improves site speed, user experience, and SEO performance.
### **8\. Do Not Redirect All Pages To the Homepage**
Redirecting many pages to your homepage can frustrate users and lower your relevance in search results. Always redirect to the most relevant page to maintain SEO value and help users find what they need.
### **9\. Remove Redirected URLs from Your Sitemap**
Once a URL is redirected, remove it from your sitemap. This prevents search engines from crawling outdated pages and keeps your indexing clean.
### **10\. Keep Redirects in Place for At Least a Year**
You should keep 301 redirects in place for at least one year to ensure that Google and other search engines have sufficient time to process the permanent page move and pass all relevant ranking signals to the new URL. A minimum one-year duration allows Google to recrawl and reassign links, making the redirect permanent in their systems and preventing loss of traffic and SEO value.
### **11\. Redirect Other File Types Too**
Redirects are not just for web pages; they should also cover files like PDFs, images, and other media that have moved. Make sure everything points to its new location.
### **12\. Using URL Shorteners That Preserve SEO**
URL shorteners are often used in social media campaigns, email marketing[, **affiliate marketing**](https://betterlinks.io/optimize-url-slug-for-affiliate-marketing/) and print advertising. However, some use temporary redirects, which do not pass SEO value, while others rely on permanent 301 redirects that preserve ranking signals.
If you rely on shorteners for sharing links, always choose a provider that uses 301 redirects. This way, any authority gained from backlinks pointing to the short link will still flow through to your main website.
### **13\. Avoiding Black-Hat Practices**
Not all redirects are created with good intentions. Some webmasters try to trick search engines by using deceptive redirects, such as doorway pages or cloaking. These tactics involve showing search engines one version of a page while sending users to a different destination. Although they may produce short-term gains, search engines are quick to detect them and often issue severe penalties.
## **Redirect URL While Preserving SEO Performance of Your Site**
Redirecting URLs is an essential part of website management that ensures visitors reach the correct pages while maintaining search engine optimization (SEO) and visibility. Properly implemented redirects prevent broken links, maintain user experience, and help retain SEO value when making changes such as moving content, updating domains, or switching to HTTPS. Using the right methods and following best practices, you can manage URL changes effectively and keep your website running smoothly.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **1\. What is a URL redirect?**
A URL redirect is a technique used to forward visitors and search engines from one URL to another. It’s commonly employed when a webpage has been moved or deleted, ensuring users and search engines are directed to the correct location. [](https://www.seoclarity.net/pillar/url-redirects?utm_source=chatgpt.com)
### **2\. Which type of redirect should I use to preserve SEO value?**
To maintain SEO value, you should use a **301 redirect**, which indicates that the original page has permanently moved to a new location. This type of redirect passes most of the original page’s link equity to the new URL.
### **3\. Can I use a 302 redirect instead of a 301?**
A **302 redirect** is temporary and tells search engines that the move is not permanent. While it can be useful in certain situations, it doesn’t pass as much link equity as a 301 redirect. For permanent changes, a 301 redirect is recommended. [](https://yoast.com/6-questions-about-redirects-for-seo/?utm_source=chatgpt.com)
### **4\. How do redirects affect my site’s SEO?**
Properly implemented redirects, especially 301 redirects, help preserve your site’s SEO by transferring most of the original page’s ranking power to the new URL. However, improper implementation can lead to issues like loss of link equity or traffic.
### **5\. Should I update internal links after setting up redirects?**
Yes, it is important to update internal links to point directly to the new URL. This reduces reliance on redirects and ensures a smoother user experience and better crawl efficiency for search engines. [](https://yoast.com/6-questions-about-redirects-for-seo/?utm_source=chatgpt.com)
### **6\. What is a redirect chain, and why should I avoid it?**
A redirect chain occurs when a URL redirects to another URL, which in turn redirects to another, and so on. This can dilute link equity and slow down page load times, negatively impacting SEO. It’s best to have a direct redirect from the old URL to the new one. [](https://www.conductor.com/academy/redirects/faq/redirect-chains/?utm_source=chatgpt.com)
### **7\. Can redirect loops harm my site’s SEO?**
Yes, a redirect loop happens when a URL redirects to itself, either directly or indirectly. This creates an infinite loop that can prevent search engines from accessing your content, leading to indexing issues and potential penalties. [](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL_redirection?utm_source=chatgpt.com)
### **8\. Is it necessary to use a 301 redirect when changing domains?**
Yes, when changing domains, it is crucial to implement 301 redirects from the old domain’s URLs to the corresponding URLs on the new domain. This helps maintain SEO rankings and ensures users are directed to the correct pages.
### **9\. How can I monitor the effectiveness of my redirects?**
You can monitor redirects using tools like Google Search Console, which provides information on crawl errors and redirect issues. Additionally, analytics tools can help track traffic patterns and identify any drops that may indicate redirect problems.
### **10\. Are there any risks associated with improper redirect implementation?**
Yes, improper redirect implementation can lead to issues such as loss of link equity, traffic drops, and indexing problems. It is important to carefully plan and test redirects to ensure they are set up correctly and do not negatively impact SEO.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Safely Move Websites & Web Apps Off cPanel (2026 Detailed Guide) - xCloud
> Learn how to safely move your websites and web apps off cPanel to xCloud in 2026. A complete step-by-step guide with real example, helpful tips, and zero downtime.
If you have been thinking about moving your websites away from cPanel, you are not alone. With rising license costs, an aging architecture, and the recent disclosure of a major security vulnerability ([**CVE-2026-41940**](/the-cve-2026-41940-authentication-bypass-explained/)), many website owners, developers, and agencies are looking for a smoother, safer hosting experience.
In this blog, we are going to walk you through how to safely [**move your websites and web apps off cPanel**](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/) using **xCloud**. Whether you are managing a single WordPress site or a portfolio of client websites, this step-by-step guide will help you migrate without downtime, broken features, or any technical headaches. Without further ado, let us get started.
## **Why Move Off cPanel in 2026?**
You might be wondering whether moving off cPanel is really worth the effort. After all, cPanel has been the industry standard for nearly thirty years. However, once you understand the current state of cPanel hosting, the benefits of switching become very clear. Let us explore the main reasons why so many users are making the switch.
### **Rising Costs**
Since cPanel switched to per-account licensing in 2019, hosting costs have steadily climbed. Hosts pass these costs on to customers, which means you end up paying more every year for the same features.
### **Security Concerns**
In April 2026, cPanel disclosed CVE-2026-41940, a critical authentication bypass with a CVSS score of 9.8 out of 10. The vulnerability was actively exploited as a zero-day for over a month before the patch landed, and major hosting providers had to block customer access to cPanel ports as an emergency response.
### **Outdated Stack**
Most cPanel installations still run Apache by default, while modern hosting panels use Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed with built-in Redis, HTTP/3, and advanced caching. The performance difference is significant, especially for WordPress and WooCommerce sites.
### **Limited Flexibility**
cPanel ties you to whatever server your shared host provides. With a modern panel like xCloud, you own your cloud server and can switch providers anytime without rebuilding everything.
## **Say Hello to xCloud**
[**xCloud**](/) is a next-generation managed hosting control panel that helps you host, deploy, and manage websites effortlessly. Whether you want to set up a single cloud server or host multiple WordPress websites on the same machine, xCloud offers all the amazing features you need to complete the process smoothly.
You do not have to worry about writing code, configuring Nginx, or dealing with complex server management. With xCloud, everything happens through a clean, modern dashboard that is friendly to both beginners and experienced developers.
## **Benefits of Moving Your Websites to xCloud**
Before we jump into the step-by-step process, let us look at the main benefits you will enjoy after moving your sites to xCloud.
- **No Per-Account Fees:** xCloud is free for one server with up to 10 sites, and plans start at just $5 per month with no per-account licensing.
- **Modern Performance Stack:** Enjoy Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed, PHP 7.4 to 8.3, MariaDB, Redis object cache, and native HTTP/3 support out of the box.
- **Multi-Cloud Flexibility:** Connect your server from DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, Hetzner, Hostinger VPS, or any Ubuntu server.
- **Built-In Security:** Get the xCloud 7G and 8G WAF rules, Fail2Ban, AI bot blocker, and a vulnerability scanner for WordPress core, themes, and plugins — all included by default.
- **One-Click Staging:** Clone your live site to a **[staging environment](/how-to-setup-staging-site-guide/)** with one click, test your changes safely, and push everything live when you are ready.
- **Easy Migration Tool:** Migrate your cPanel sites using xCloud’s built-in cPanel API migration tool, with no manual backup archives required.
- **Free SSL & Backups:** [**Free Let’s Encrypt SSL**](/why-ssl-is-important-for-websites/) with auto-renewal, plus automated backups to Google Drive, AWS S3, Backblaze, Wasabi, Cloudflare R2, and pCloud.
- **Team & Reseller Features:** Invite team members with role-based permissions, set up white-label branding, and bill clients directly through Stripe.
Now that you know why xCloud is such an excellent choice, let us walk through the step-by-step process of safely moving your websites off cPanel.
## **How to Safely Move Your Websites Off cPanel: Step-by-Step Guide**
In this section, we are going to show you exactly how to migrate your websites from cPanel to xCloud. To get started, first of all, you will need to **[sign up for xCloud](https://app.xcloud.host/register)**. Afterward, follow the steps below to safely move your sites without any downtime.
### **Step 1: Inventory Your Current Websites**
Before you touch anything, it is important to know exactly what you are moving. This is the single most important step to avoid surprises later. Take a few minutes to document the following for each site:
- Domain name and any subdomains
- WordPress, Laravel, or app version
- PHP version currently running
- Database name and approximate size
- Total file size including media uploads
- Email accounts attached to the domain
- Custom cron jobs configured in cPanel
- Custom .htaccess rules (if any)
- SSL certificate type (Let’s Encrypt, AutoSSL, or custom)
- DNS records, especially MX, SPF, DKIM, DMARC, and CNAME
This step usually takes 15 to 30 minutes per site. It might feel a bit tedious, but trust us — it will save you hours of “where did that setting go?” later.
### **Step 2: Create or Connect Your Server in xCloud**
Once you have signed up for xCloud, you need to create a new server or connect your existing server to your xCloud account. From your xCloud dashboard, click on the **‘Add New’** button. You will be redirected to a page where you can either provision a new cloud server or connect an existing one.
If you want to create a fresh server, you can connect your DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, Hetzner, or Hostinger VPS account using an API key. Alternatively, if you already have an Ubuntu server, you can connect it using SSH credentials and bring it under xCloud’s management.
For most WordPress portfolios, a 2GB VPS works well for 5 to 10 sites. By the time you grab a cup of coffee, xCloud will have set up Nginx (or OpenLiteSpeed if you prefer), MariaDB, Redis, PHP 7.4 to 8.3, and the full xCloud security stack on your new server.
### **Step 3: Generate a Full Backup in cPanel**
Before you can migrate using the cPanel API method, you need to have a backup available in your cPanel account. xCloud’s migration tool fetches your existing cPanel backups via the API, so this step is required first.
Log in to your cPanel dashboard and navigate to **Files → Backup**. Click the **‘Download a Full Account Backup’** button. On the next screen, you will see if you have any previous backups available, and you can generate a new one.
Choose a backup destination (your home directory works fine for migration purposes), optionally enter your email address for a notification when the backup is ready, and click **‘Generate Backup’**. Depending on the size of your sites, the backup may take anywhere from a few minutes to an hour to complete.
### **Step 4: Generate a cPanel API Token**
Once your backup is in progress (or completed), the next step is to create an API token. This is what xCloud uses to securely connect to your cPanel account and fetch the backup files during migration.
Log in to your cPanel account, navigate to **Security → Manage API Tokens**, and click the **‘Create’** button. Give the token a clear name like xcloud-migration, choose whether you want to set an expiry date (optional but recommended for security), and then click **‘Create’** again.
The API token will be generated instantly. Copy the API token and save it somewhere safe — you will not be able to see it again later. Once you have stored it securely, click **‘Yes, I Saved My Token’** to confirm.
If your hosting provider has disabled API token creation, do not worry. You can either ask them to enable it temporarily, or use xCloud’s “Upload Full Backup File” method instead, which lets you upload the backup file directly without API access.
### **Step 5: Start the Migration in xCloud**
Now log in to your **[xCloud account](https://app.xcloud.host/)** and open the server where you want to migrate your sites. Click the **‘+ New Site’** button, and on the next screen, select the **‘Migrate Full Server’** option.
xCloud offers two migration methods:
- **cPanel API (recommended):** A hassle-free option that runs everything on the server side. No need to download or upload large backup files manually.
- **Upload the Full Backup File:** A manual option if you cannot use the API method for any reason.
We recommend using the **cPanel API** method for the smoothest experience.
Select the **‘cPanel API’** option, then enter the following details:
- **cPanel Username:** You can find this on your cPanel dashboard, usually in the top right corner.
- **cPanel API Key:** The token you generated previously.
- **cPanel Host:** This is the URL of your cPanel login page, including the port number (for example, https://yourdomain.com:2083).
Once you have entered all the details, click the **‘Fetch Existing Backups’** button. xCloud will connect to your cPanel account and pull a list of available backups.
### **Step 6: Select Your Backup and Sites**
You will now see a list of your existing cPanel backups. Select the backup you want to migrate from, and click **‘Next’**.
On the next screen, you will see all the WordPress sites available within that backup. You can choose to migrate all of them at once by selecting the **‘Select All’** option, or you can pick individual sites by checking the boxes next to them. Once you have selected the sites you want to move, click **‘Next’**.
### **Step 7: Choose Staging or Live, Then Start the Migration**
Here is the most important rule of safe migration. **Always migrate your sites to staging first. Never flip your DNS on a site you have not tested.**
On this screen, you can choose whether each domain should be migrated as a **staging** site or a **live** site. For safety, we strongly recommend choosing **staging** for now. You can promote any staging site to live later with a single click in the xCloud dashboard, once you have verified everything is working correctly.
Click **‘Next’** to continue.
On the final screen, you will see a full overview of all the migration details — the sites being migrated, their domains, and their settings. You can edit any of the individual site details from this screen if needed. Once everything looks correct, click the **‘Start’** button to begin the migration.
xCloud will pull your files and databases server-to-server in the background. A typical 200MB WordPress site finishes in 10 to 20 minutes, while larger WooCommerce stores may take 30 to 60 minutes. The best part is that you do not need to keep your browser open. You can close the tab, grab lunch, and come back later to find your sites ready for testing.
### **Step 8: Test Everything on the Staged Site**
This is the step that most people want to skip, but it is the most important one for a smooth migration. xCloud gives each migrated site a temporary staging URL so you can access it without changing any DNS.
Here is a quick checklist to run through on each staged site:
- **Pages and Links:** Click through the homepage, about page, contact page, and any landing pages. Test a deep blog post URL to make sure your permalinks work.
- **Functionality:** Submit a test contact form, log in to wp-admin, check that all plugin settings are intact, and verify any custom post types or fields are working correctly.
- **WooCommerce:** Add a product to the cart, go through checkout (stop before payment), and confirm the order flow works properly.
- **Visuals:** Confirm all images load, check that fonts are rendering correctly, and verify your site looks good on mobile.
- **Performance:** Run the staged site through PageSpeed Insights. Most sites see a noticeable performance improvement on xCloud’s modern stack.
If anything looks off, you can fix it right on staging without affecting your live site. This is the whole reason we migrate to staging first.
## **Real Stories from Users Who Moved Off cPanel**
You do not have to take our word for it. Here is what real users have shared on Trustpilot after moving their websites from cPanel to xCloud. These reviews come from people across different regions and backgrounds, from freelancers to agency owners, and they highlight what the migration experience is actually like.
[Migrate For Free](/)
You can read [**hundreds of similar reviews on the xCloud Trustpilot page**](https://uk.trustpilot.com/review/xcloud.host), where xCloud currently maintains a 4.9-star average rating across hundreds of verified customer reviews.
We hope you have learned how to safely move your websites and web apps off cPanel using xCloud from this blog. Now, [](https://app.xcloud.host/register)**[start your free xCloud account](https://app.xcloud.host/register)**, connect a cloud provider, and try migrating a single test site first to see how the flow works.
If you want to learn more about how xCloud compares to cPanel in detail, check out our [**xCloud Panel vs cPanel**](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-vs-cpanel/) comparison guide. For deeper migration documentation, the [official migration guide](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/) covers every step in detail.
Also, do not forget to [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) for more helpful tutorials, guides, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join the [xCloud **Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share your experience and take part in discussions.
## **Advanced Tips for a Smooth Migration**
Before we wrap up this guide, let us share a few advanced tips to help you avoid common mistakes and make your migration as smooth as possible.
### **Always Migrate to Staging First**
We know we have said this already, but it is the single most important rule. Never flip your DNS on a site you have not tested. Staging is your safety net.
### **Lower Your DNS TTL Beforehand**
If your TTL is set to 24 hours, the cutover window for some visitors can be a full day. Lower it to 300 seconds at least 24 hours before cutover for a near-instant switch.
### **Do Not Forget Email**
Email accounts do not migrate automatically. If you skip this step, your client emails will start bouncing the moment DNS changes. Plan email migration as a separate workflow using the xCloud Mailbox addon.
### **Keep cPanel Running as a Safety Net**
Storage is cheap, but a rushed cancellation can be expensive. Keep your old cPanel hosting running for at least 7 days after the cutover.
### **Use the xCloud Support Team**
If you have a complex setup or get stuck on anything, the xCloud support team is happy to help. They handle bulk migrations, custom server configurations, and edge cases all the time.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **How long does the whole migration take?**
For a single WordPress site under 1GB, plan around 30 to 60 minutes including testing. For 5 to 10 sites, plan an afternoon. For a portfolio of 20 or more sites, plan a weekend or split it across two evenings.
### **Will my site experience downtime?**
If you follow this guide and migrate to staging first, your visible downtime should be measured in seconds, not hours. The DNS cutover happens after you have already verified that the new site works perfectly.
### **What about my SEO rankings?**
If your migrated site has the same URLs and content as before, your SEO is unaffected. Google does not penalize hosting changes. In fact, the faster load times on xCloud often improve rankings slightly over the following weeks.
### **What if something breaks during migration?**
This is exactly why we keep cPanel hosting active for at least 7 days. You can simply repoint your DNS back to cPanel within minutes if something serious goes wrong. With staging and proper testing, broken migrations are very rare.
### **What if my cPanel host blocks API access?**
Some shared hosts disable cPanel API tokens to prevent migrations. If this is your situation, you can either ask your host to enable API access temporarily, or use xCloud’s manual cPanel backup import method instead.
### **Does xCloud offer migration support if I get stuck?**
Yes, absolutely. The xCloud support team helps with bulk migrations and edge cases like heavy .htaccess customization or unusual server configurations. If you are moving 20 or more sites, [](/contact/)**[contact the team](/contact/)** for managed migration support.
## **Enjoy a Modern Hosting Experience with xCloud**
Moving off cPanel does not have to be painful. With proper planning and the right migration tool, you can move a portfolio of sites in a single afternoon without downtime, without breaking client trust, and without spending the next month firefighting problems.
---
# How to Setup Staging Site: A Step by Step Guide - xCloud
> Learn how to setup staging site in xCloud before making your site live. Ensure every aspects of your sites are okay in staging environment.
Having a delicious meal is only possible when a chef tastes it before serving it to you. Likewise, [**setting up a staging site**](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/) is very important to make sure everything is okay with your website, before going live. So if you are someone who wants to setup **staging site in WordPress** & does not know ‘**from where**’ & ‘**how**’ to start, this blog is for you.
In this comprehensive guide, we will let you know how you can setup a WordPress staging site (test site) before going live. Let us jump in!
## **What is A Staging Site & Why Do You Need to Setup One?**
A staging site is like a **copy of your real website** used for testing changes before you make them live. It helps you find mistakes so you do not mess up your actual website. Previously, setting up a WordPress staging site was tough because of all the manual work. But now it is much easier, even for people who are not familiar with tech and code-related stuff.
### **Why Do You Need a Staging Site?**
Many users install WordPress on their **localhost** to test changes. Once they are done, they move those changes from their localhost to the real website. But there is something to think about – what if something that worked on your localhost does not work on the real website? Often, the localhost and the website are not set up the same way.
That is exactly where the staging site comes in handy. It lives on the same server as your real website, so it is set up exactly the same. This means you can **catch and fix any problems** before they affect your live site. Now let us have a look at different versions of the site to distinguish the staging site from them.
However, other than the above-mentioned benefits, there are several advantages of using a staging site. Which includes:
1. **Solving Problems**
Websites are not flawless; they can encounter WordPress errors, plugin clashes, and other technical glitches. Fixing them can sometimes lead to even more issues. With that said, using a staging site is perfect for addressing these problems since it is a safe playground where you can **tackle issues without affecting your live website** or user experience.
2. **Safety Measures**
In addition to being a safe workspace, a staging environment is excellent for creating backups of your website. Since it is essentially a replica of your live site, creating a staging site ensures you have a secure copy of your work. If anything goes wrong, you can easily revert to the latest version, saving time and keeping users satisfied.
3. **Experimentation**
A staging site is like a lab for your website experiments. It is not visible to the public, so users will not be affected by any changes or downtime. You can also tweak settings to prevent search engines from indexing the site, avoiding negative SEO impacts.
In simple words, in a staging site; you are free to try anything without worrying about consequences.
## **Best Practices for Staging Sites in WordPress**
Before diving into the process of creating staging sites in WordPress, you need to know a few best practices. From backing up to having full control access to your staging site are must things to consider.
### **Take Backup of Everything**
Make sure all your files and databases on your website are backed up before proceeding to create a staging site. Where to back up your things? Either you can go with storing them on your server or off-site so that you can have easy retrieval later on.
It is recommended not to go with partial backups because you might miss the important files and information. Rather try to keep an instant backup just before starting work on staging because automatic backups will take time.
### **Keep Your Databases Separate**
It is crucial to keep your production and staging databases separate to avoid any mishaps. Working on the staging database ensures that your live website remains intact and functional.
### **Maintain Cache Easily**
No matter whether you are an experienced user, dealing with caching can be frustrating most of the time. Clearing your cache when pushing new changes to the live site ensures that updates appear promptly, avoiding confusion.
### **Manage Staging Site Access**
Consider your staging site a confidential area reserved for testing and trial runs. To enhance security measures, ensure it remains hidden from search engine results by implementing techniques such as no-index and no-follow. Furthermore, contemplate adding password protection to restrict entry solely to approved individuals.
## **Development Site vs Staging Site vs. Production Site: What’s the Difference**
In the process of creating a website, it undergoes several versions before [**going live**](/docs/how-to-go-live-from-staging-domain/) finally. These changes and checking are crucial for ensuring the final product is free of bugs and effectively serves its purpose.
Here, we will dive into the three main versions in a table for your convenience: **Development Sites, Staging Sites, and Production Sites**.
**Development Sites**
**Staging Sites**
**Production Sites**
Development sites are where **initial development work occurs.** It is an isolated environment for testing new features. Changes made here are not automatically reflected in other environments.
Staging sites represent a stage **closer to the final version**. Errors are rectified here, and changes are prepared for deployment. It is the environment where website changes are tested before going live.
Production sites are the **live versions accessible to end users.** This is where visitors interact with the website. The goal is to ensure it is error-free and user-friendly, utilizing insights from the development and staging environments.
Accessible only to the internal team and not visible to users or search engines.
Also accessible only to the internal team for testing purposes. Not accessible to users or search engines.
Accessible to end users, representing the final version of the website.
Used for initial testing and development.
Used for final testing before deployment.
Represents the live version of the website.
Understanding and effectively utilizing these development environments significantly enhances the chances of having a problem-free and successful website launch.
## **How to Setup Staging Site: A Complete Guide**
A staging **sits between the development phase and the live website**. There are many methods available to setup a WordPress staging site(e.g., hosting provider, WordPress staging plugin, manual). Among all these three, the easiest and fastest is using a hosting provider.
With that said, [**xCloud**](/) **– the next-gen WordPress hosting** offers the most seamless process to setup WordPress staging sites. With xCloud, you will have a **staging area that includes temporary domains**. This lets you make your site live using different methods.
### **Reasons to Choose xCloud to Setup a Staging Site**
As we have already said, setting up a staging site using a hosting provider is much easier and recommended by all. And xCloud stands out by all means in this field. xCloud offers **1-click staging** directly from the dashboard. The dashboard is easy to use yet intuitive enough. In xCloud, **users can clone & migrate with staging domains.**
Moreover, while using xCloud to setup a staging site; you do not need to worry about data loss. xCloud’s staging environment is the perfect bridge between the development and live production environment. Most importantly, you will get a staging environment with temporary domains in xCloud to make your site live with every site creation method available.
All reason being said, now let us move on to the step-by-step process of setting up a staging site. Before creating a staging site for WordPress, you need to have a site open first. If you want to learn how to create a site in xCloud, follow the below documentation.
- [**How to Setup Your First Server & Site in xCloud?**](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)
By following the below simple steps, you can easily setup staging site in xCloud. xCloud **offers a simple yet intuitive dashboard** for the staging environment from where you can control and set everything before taking your site live. Let’s see how it works:
#### **Step 1: Open A New Site in Your Selected Server**
Start with creating a site from the xCloud Dashboard or Site List by clicking on the button ‘New Site.’ After that, choose your server & click on the **‘Next’** button.
#### **Step 2: Choose Your Site & Add Information**
After connecting your site to the server, you will be creating a fresh WordPress site here. So choose the “**Install New WordPress Website**” option as shown below.
#### **Step 3: Install Your Site Into Staging Environment**
Now instead of going live, you need to choose the Staging Environment in this section, as shown below. Your new WordPress site will go into a staging environment before sending it to live.
Click on ‘**More Advanced Settings**’ to expand all the information. Fill in all the information before clicking on ‘**Next.**’
#### **Step 4: Have Your WordPress Staging Site Ready**
There you go! Since xCloud offers a blazing-fast experience; so within a few minutes, your site will be in a Staging Environment & you will be able to manage everything on your site from the xCloud dashboard.
Once your site is ready, go to All Sites in the xCloud dashboard, and click on the site you have just setup on the staging environment. Get the **‘Staging’** option in the left menu bar in the dashboard, click on it & have the staging option there along with the **‘Go Live.’**
## **Common Staging Problems You Might Face (with Fixes)**
Usually, people face issues with the staging environment, you might also. With that said, here are some common staging problems encountered during the setup process, along with potential fixes:
1. **Database Connection Issues**
❌ **Problem:** Sometimes staging site fails to connect to the database, which results in errors.
✅ **Fix:** Make sure that you configure your database credentials properly in your staging environment. Firewall settings & the database connections need to be double-checked.
2. **Broken Links and Images**
❌ **Problem:** Images & links are broken & pointing to wrong URLs
✅ **Fix:** To match the staging environment, you need to update your URLs; most importantly when you are using a temporary domain or any subdirectory.
3. **Backup and Restore Issues**
❌ **Problem:** Backup is getting failed, or restore is getting errors.
✅ **Fix:** Need to test backup regularly or you can use a reliable plugin or any hosting provider tools (e.g., [**xCloud**](/)) that offers the backup and restore feature with the dashboard.
## **Create Staging Sites to Get a Safe Playground for Website Development**
Creating a staging site is like having a safe playground for your website. It is basically a copy where you can **freely experiment, troubleshoot, and tweak the design** before your changes go live. With a staging site, you will not mess up your website’s SEO or make it hard for users to navigate.
You have full control in this playground – you can try out new ideas without worrying about consequences. The easiest and safest way to setup staging site is through your hosting provider (e.g., xCloud). xCloud handles the technical stuff for you, making the process hassle-free.
Did you find this blog helpful? If you do, please [**subscribe to our blog**](https://xcloud.host/blog/https://xcloud.host/blog/), and do not forget to join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to get our daily updates.
---
# How to Stress Test A WordPress Website in 2025: Easy Guide for Beginners - xCloud
> Learn how to stress test a WordPress website for peak performance. Discover easy steps, tips, and tools to ensure smooth sailing even in heavy traffic.
Are you [**setting up a WordPress website**](/how-to-setup-staging-site-guide/) for incoming heavy traffic and want to know the limits of your website to handle lots of visitors? In this blog, you can learn how to stress test a WordPress website to define site limits. Also, You will be able to identify any changes needed in [**hosting plans**](/) and be easily prepared for having lots of visitors action even if you are just a beginner.
## **What is a Stress Test?**
Stress testing is like putting your website through a series of challenges to see how well it can handle heavy traffic. Just like how you would test a new backpack by loading it up with books to see if it holds up, stress testing checks if your website can handle the weight of lots of visitors clicking around.
Stress testing your WordPress site is important. It helps you spot any weak spots in your site’s performance before they become big problems. Plus, it gives you peace of mind knowing your site can handle whatever comes its way, whether a sudden surge in traffic or a big sale on your online store. So, get ready to learn to perform stress testing and get your WordPress site running smoothly.
## **Why You Should Stress Test a WordPress Website**
Stress testing your WordPress website helps you see how strong it is. But why put your website through this workout? Let’s break it down:
### 1\. **Checking server capacity**
Your web hosting company is like the engine powering your website. Website Stress testing helps you see if it can handle all the visitors without slowing down or crashing. Imagine a highway with too many cars – if it is not wide enough, there will be a traffic jam!
### 2\. **Evaluating user experience under heavy loads**
Think of your website as a store. If too many customers come in at a time, will they be able to browse smoothly or will it feel like they are stuck in a crowded aisle? Stress testing helps you find out if your site can keep up with the rush.
### 3\. **Determining if server scaling is necessary**
Sometimes, your website needs a boost like adding more RAM to a computer to make it faster. Stress testing helps you figure out if your server needs to bulk up to handle the load.
### **4\. Resource optimization**
Just like cleaning out your closet to make room for new clothes, Website stress testing helps you find unused resources that can be put to better use. It is all about making your website run more efficiently.
### 5\. **Protection against traffic spikes**
Think your website is featured on a popular TV show, and suddenly, everyone’s rushing to check it out. Stress testing helps you prepare for those unexpected surges in traffic so your site doesn’t crash when it’s in the spotlight.
You are not just making sure your WordPress website can handle the heat by stress testing. Also, you are ensuring a smoother experience for your visitors and protecting your site from potential hiccups. Now, let us dive into each reason to see why it matters and how it can make a difference for your site.
## **How to Stress Test A WordPress Website**?
We know why stress testing is important, so let us talk about how to Stress Test a WordPress Website. One handy website as a tool for your WordPress site stress test online is [**Loader.io**](http://loader.io). Think of it like a personal trainer for your site. It helps you push your website to its limits to see how well it performs under pressure.
### **Step 1: Registration and Account Setup**
First things first, you will need to sign up for an account on **Loader.io**. It is as easy as creating an account on your favorite social media platform. Just fill in your details and you are good to go!
### **Step 2: Create a Target Host and Verify Domain**
Once you are logged in, it is time to set up your website stress test online. Click on the ‘**+Add New Host**’ button. Add the WordPress domain you want to test in the empty box and click on the ‘**Next: Verify**’ button. Now, click on ‘**Download**’ the file you need to verify your domain’s host as a targeted host.
Now, verify your domain by uploading the file you downloaded to your website’s server. We are using **xCloud Hosting** for this stress test which comes with a [**pre-installed file manager**](/docs/access-wordpress-files-in-xcloud/). If a file manager feature is not available in your current hosting, use any **SFTP client** of your preference to upload the file.
From the hosting dashboard, navigate to your domain file manager as shown and upload the file you downloaded in File Manager. Now, go back to the **loader.io** site and click on the ‘**Verify**’ button to complete the verification of your targeted host. Once your domain is verified, you are ready to start stress testing!
### **Step 3: Setting Up Tests with Varying Client Loads**
Now that you have got your website all set up on Loader.io, it is time to put it to the test! We are going to change one thing at a time to see how your website reacts. Loader.io makes it easy to do this by allowing you to set up different tests with varying numbers of visitors, called clients.
#### **Test 1: Low Load**
Let us start with a gentle warm-up. In this test, we will send a small group of clients to your website to see how it handles a light load.
Think of this test to see the performance of your site when traffic is low. We will start with 100 clients and run the test for a minute.
#### **Test 2: Medium Load**
Now, let us turn up the heat a little. In this test, we will send a larger group of clients to your website to see how it holds up under a moderate load.
This test is to see how your WordPress website performs in medium load which is large in number but manageable. We will increase the number of clients to, let us say, 250 and run the test for a minute.
#### **Test 3: High Load**
Time to crank it up to the max! In this test, we will send a big crowd of clients to your website to put it to the test.
It is like rush hour traffic in the city. Everyone is trying to get somewhere. We will ramp up the number of clients to, say, 500 or even 1000, and run the test for a minute to see how your website handles the pressure.
#### **Analyzing the Results**
After each test, Loader.io will give you detailed results showing how your website performed under different loads. Pay attention to metrics like response time and error rate. Use this information to identify any weak spots and make improvements to ensure your website can handle whatever comes its way.
By setting up tests with varying client loads, you will get a clear picture of how your website performs under different levels of traffic. It is like giving your website a stress test to make sure it is strong and healthy enough to handle anything that comes its way. So, let us test and make sure your website is ready for whatever the internet throws at it!
### **Step 4: Interpreting test results**
Now that you have run your website stress test online on Loader.io, it is time to make sense of the results. Think of it like reading the report card for your website. It tells you how well your site performed under different conditions. Here is what to look for:
#### **Response Time**
This is how quickly your website responds to requests from visitors. Ideally, you want this number to be low – the faster, the better. If the response time is high, it could mean your website is struggling to keep up with the demand. In our stress test response time was quite low proving that the hosting we used is quite dependable.
#### **Error Rate**
This tells you how many errors occurred during the test. A high error rate could indicate issues with your website’s code or server configuration. We can see in our test error rate was 0.0% which indicates that our WordPress can handle traffic well.
#### **Throughput**
This measures the amount of data transferred between your website and its visitors. A higher throughput means your website is handling more traffic efficiently. Our high-load test has a good amount of data transferred in one minute.
By analyzing these metrics, you can identify any areas where your website may need improvement and make adjustments accordingly. Remember, the goal is to ensure your website can handle whatever the internet throws at it, so use these insights to keep your site running smoothly.
Also, your WordPress website is as powerful as your chosen hosting plans. Sometimes choosing a cheap hosting plan and meeting the minimum requirements may initially save you money. As your traffic grows, it will be unable to run your website smoothly.
Do your research while [**choosing a managed hosting**](https://wpdeveloper.com/factors-to-consider-before-choosing-a-web-host/) for WordPress. You will need the flexibility to adjust your plan while scaling in the future along with useful features. Fortunately among many hosting providers for WordPress, xCloud comes with flexible plans and useful features.
## **Tips for Stress Test WordPress Website**
Here are some tips to make your stress testing effective and ensure accurate results:
### **Start with a plan**
Before you begin stress testing, outline your goals and objectives. Determine what you want to achieve from the tests and what metrics you will be focusing on.
### **Simulate real-world scenarios**
Try to simulate real-world situations as closely as possible when setting up your website stress tests. Consider factors like peak traffic times, seasonal fluctuations, and expected visitor behavior.
### **Gradually increase the load**
Start with a small number of clients and gradually increase the load in each test. This will help you identify the point at which your website starts to struggle and determine its maximum capacity.
### **Monitor server resources**
Keep an eye on your server’s resources during the stress tests. Look for signs of strain such as high CPU usage, memory consumption, or disk I/O. This will give you insight into how well your server is handling the increased load.
### **Test different scenarios**
Do not just focus on one aspect of your website during stress testing. Test different scenarios such as page load times, checkout processes, and database queries to get a comprehensive view of your site’s performance.
### **Repeat tests**
Running multiple tests and averaging the results will give you a more accurate picture of your website’s performance. Do not rely on a single test to make conclusions. Repeat the tests several times to ensure consistency.
### **Use realistic data**
Make sure the data you are using in your website stress tests is realistic. Use actual user data, traffic patterns, and content to simulate real-world conditions as accurately as possible.
### **Review and analyze results**
Once the stress tests are complete, take the time to review and analyze the results thoroughly. Look for patterns, trends, and abnormalities that could indicate areas for improvement.
By following these tips, you can ensure that your website stress testing efforts are effective and that you can obtain accurate results that will help you optimize your WordPress website for peak performance.
## **Boost Your WordPress Experience by Utilizing Your Site’s Performance Test**
Stress testing your WordPress website is not just a precautionary measure. It is a strategic investment in its performance and reliability. You can optimize your site for peak performance, ensuring a seamless experience for your visitors even during times of high traffic. So, start stress testing today and empower your WordPress website to thrive in the dynamic online landscape of 2025 and beyond.
If you want to be equipped with the latest WordPress solution like this one, [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) and join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share your experience.
---
# How to Test Accessibility Score on Your WordPress Site Easily [2025 Guide] - xCloud
> Test Accessibility Score & Make Your WordPress Site Inclusive (Free Tools)! Boost SEO & welcome all visitors. Learn WCAG & best practices.
Did you know over 1 billion people worldwide live with disabilities, and many rely on the internet for daily tasks? Ensuring your [**WordPress website**](/introducing-xcloud/) is accessible to everyone is essential in the current digital era. This guide will show you easily how to test accessibility score on WordPress site and make it inclusive for all visitors.
## **Understanding Test Accessibility Score WordPress Site**
Accessibility tests make sure that your website is visitor-friendly for all. Let us understand website accessibility, its importance, and how to score.
### **What is Website Accessibility?**
Website accessibility means designing websites usable by everyone, regardless of ability. It is not just about legal compliance, but creating a smooth experience for all. Imagine using a keyboard and screen reader to navigate a website—accessibility makes this possible.
### **Why is Accessibility Important for WordPress Sites?**
Beyond the moral imperative, there are strong reasons! Legally (in some regions), accessible sites are mandatory. Accessibility also [**boosts SEO**](https://betterlinks.io/how-to-submit-your-website-to-search-engines/) – search engines favor inclusive websites. Plus, a website usable by all portrays a positive, socially responsible brand image, attracting a wider audience.
### **What is an Accessibility Score?**
Accessibility scores provide a numerical idea of how well your site meets accessibility guidelines. These tools scan your site for issues like missing image descriptions or unclear headings. While scores are helpful for initial checks, they do not guarantee perfect accessibility. Manual testing and addressing user needs remain crucial.
## **Understanding WCAG Guidelines**
The [**Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG**](https://webaccessibility.visionaid.org/accessibility-laws/?gad_source=1&gclid=Cj0KCQjw3ZayBhDRARIsAPWzx8prRXoWVrqGgLW-QjCi_DFmKkl-O1EdsmiEp4MzaOvw0hR0w9rbywwaAhATEALw_wcB)**)** are the international standard developed by the [**World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)**](https://www.w3.org/) for making web content accessible to everyone. They ensure information and user interfaces are usable by people with a wide range of disabilities, including visual, auditory, cognitive, and motor impairments.
### **WCAG Levels:**
WCAG offers different compliance levels (A, AA, AAA) that define the level of accessibility a website achieves.
- **Level A:** This is the most basic level and ensures basic accessibility features are in place.
- **Level AA:** This is the recommended level for most websites. It addresses a broader range of accessibility needs and offers a good balance between usability and effort.
- **Level AAA:** This is the most stringent level and caters to the most specific accessibility needs. While commendable, achieving AAA is not always necessary or feasible for all websites.
### **WCAG Success Criteria:**
WCAG is structured on [**four fundamental ideas**](https://guides.cuny.edu/accessibility/whyitmatters#:~:text=on%20mobile%20devices.-,POUR%20%5BUpdated%202023%5D,-There%20are%20four), or **POUR** for short:
- **Perceivable:** Content and UI elements need to be shown in a way that allows users to experience it with their senses. This includes using distinct color contrast, including alternative language descriptions for photos, and making sure that the information may be modified to accommodate various eyesight requirements.
- **Operable:** The navigation and user interface components need to be functional. This implies that users can use a keyboard, screen reader, or other assistive technology to engage with the website.
- **Understandable:** Data and user interface functionality must be understandable. This involves eliminating unnecessarily complicated directions, organizing content logically, and using language that is clear and concise.
- **Robust:** Content needs to be sufficiently stable to work with a variety of assistive technologies, both existing and emerging. This ensures that users can still access the content utilizing special software or devices.
These fundamental principles for creating accessible websites are further subdivided into particular success criteria. Knowing the POUR principles will provide you with a good starting point for assessing and enhancing the accessibility of your WordPress website.
## **Testing Your WordPress Site’s Accessibility**
Unlock true accessibility on your WordPress site through testing techniques that dive into complex issues, ensuring inclusivity for all users. Combine these methods with manual and automated tools like WAVE, Axe, and the WebAIM Contrast Checker for comprehensive accessibility testing and enhancement.
### **Manual Testing: The Key to Unlocking True Accessibility**
While automated tools are great for initial checks, manual testing remains crucial. Automated tools can miss nuances or context-specific issues. Here are some basic manual testing techniques you can try to know about your site’s accessibility.
#### **Keyboard Navigation**
Can you navigate through your entire website using only the keyboard? This is essential for users who rely on assistive technologies or cannot use a mouse.
#### **Screen Reader Test**
Use a [**free screen reader program**](https://webinsight.cs.washington.edu/wa/) to experience your website as someone with visual impairments might. Does the content make sense when read aloud? Are images properly described?
#### **Clear Language Review**
Read through your website content critically. Is the language clear, concise, and easy to understand? Avoid jargon and technical terms that might be confusing for some users.
#### **Color Contrast Check**
Ensure there is enough contrast between text and background colors. This is crucial for users with visual impairments.
#### **Focus Order Test**
Tab through your website elements with the keyboard. Does the focus move logically and allow users to interact with all elements easily?
When you combine these manual tests with automated tools, you have a deeper insight into the accessibility of your website.
### **Automated Test Accessibility Score**
Free automated accessibility testing tools are your secret weapon! They quickly scan your website for a vast array of accessibility concerns, uncovering issues like missing alt text, unclear headings, or insufficient color contrast. This saves you precious time and allows you to focus your manual testing efforts on specific areas needing improvement.
Accessibility Checker is a free and popular online tool that helps identify accessibility issues on your website. It analyzes your website’s accessibility problems and suggests solutions to fix them. A step by step solutions is shown below:
#### **Step 1: Visit Accessiblity Checker Site**
Visit accessibility checker at [www.accessibilitychecker.org](https://www.accessibilitychecker.org/) Here.
#### **Step 2: Insert URL and Check Accessibility**
Enter your WordPress site’s URL in the address bar and click ‘**Check Website**’ button.
#### **Step 3: Analyse Accessibility Score**
Accessibility Checker will scan your site and display the page audit results with accessibility score of your webpage. Also provides detailed explanations for each issue, helping you identify solutions for improvement.
Remember, Accessibility Checker is a starting point. Use the identified issues to guide your manual testing and focus on addressing the most critical accessibility barriers.
## **Improving Your WordPress Accessibility Score**
Improving the accessibility score of your WordPress site is crucial for ensuring inclusivity and reaching a broader audience. By adhering to best practices, you can make your website more user-friendly for everyone, including those with disabilities.
### **Themes and Plugins**
Selecting accessibility-ready themes and plugins from reputable sources forms the foundation of an inclusive website. These themes and plugins are designed with accessibility in mind, ensuring that your site meets essential standards for usability. Verify the accessibility features of themes and plugins before integrating them into your WordPress site to guarantee a smooth user experience.
### **Images and Media**
Incorporating images and media into your website requires careful attention to accessibility. Add descriptive alt text to images, providing concise yet informative descriptions for screen reader users.
Utilize descriptive filenames for media files to enhance accessibility and ensure compatibility with assistive technologies. Additionally, include captions for videos to provide context and make multimedia content accessible to all users.
### **Headings and Structure**
Maintaining a clear and logical heading structure is essential for facilitating navigation and comprehension on your WordPress site. Properly structured headings (H1, H2, etc.) establish a hierarchical order, allowing users to understand the organization of content efficiently. Ensure that headings accurately reflect the content they precede, guiding users through the website’s information architecture seamlessly.
### **Content Writing**
Crafting clear and concise content is fundamental to improving accessibility. Write content that is easy to understand and free of unnecessary complexity. Providing multiple modalities for accessing information ensures that all users can comprehend the content effectively.
### **Links and Buttons**
Creating accessible links and buttons enhances the usability of your WordPress site for all visitors. Use descriptive link text that accurately conveys the destination or purpose of the link.
Additionally, ensure that buttons are keyboard-accessible, allowing users to navigate and interact with your site using keyboard controls alone. Implementing these practices improves overall accessibility and usability, making your WordPress site more inclusive and user-friendly.
### **Accessibility Plugins for WordPress**
Accessibility plugins for WordPress can automate tasks such as adding alt text to images, ensuring proper heading structure, and identifying accessibility issues within your content. While these plugins can be valuable tools for enhancing accessibility, it is important to remember that they are not a substitute for implementing core accessibility practices. Two of the most popular WordPress Plugin example is show below:
#### **One Click Accessibility**
One Click Accessibility simplifies making your WordPress website accessible for everyone. With a toolbar, users can adjust font size, contrast, and more with just a click.
#### **Web Accessibility**
[Web Accessibility by AccessiBe Leverages AI](https://nb.wordpress.org/plugins/accessibe/) to automatically improve your WordPress site’s accessibility for users with disabilities, ensuring ADA and WCAG compliance.
While accessibility plugins can aid in improving the accessibility score of your WordPress site, they should be used in conjunction with manual accessibility efforts. Combining the automation provided by plugins with best practices ensures that your website is truly accessible to all users.
## **Maintaining Your WordPress Accessibility**
Making your WordPress site accessible is an ongoing process. Here are some key practices to maintain accessibility
- **Regular Testing:** Schedule regular accessibility testing (e.g., quarterly) to catch any new issues that might arise. Utilize the free tools mentioned earlier to make this process efficient.
- **Stay Updated on WCAG:** The WCAG guidelines are constantly evolving to address new technologies and user needs. Subscribe to accessibility newsletters or resources to stay informed about updates and ensure your website remains compliant.
- **Accessibility for New Additions:** Whenever you add new content, plugins, or functionalities to your WordPress site, consider accessibility from the beginning. Use accessible themes and plugins, and ensure all new content adheres to best practices – a stitch in time saves nine!
By incorporating these practices into your website maintenance routine, you can ensure your WordPress site remains accessible and inclusive for all visitors, fostering a positive brand image and a truly user-friendly experience.
## **Build Your WordPress Site Accessible for All**
In the era of digitalization, prioritizing website accessibility is not merely advisable. It is indispensable. A WordPress site that prioritizes accessibility extends a warm welcome to all, irrespective of abilities, thereby enhancing SEO, brand perception, and overall user satisfaction.
Accessibility is an ongoing process rather than a fixed destination. Continue to educate yourself and refine your practices! For further exploration, delve into the [**W3C Web Accessibility Initiative**](https://www.w3.org/WAI/) for an array of invaluable resources to support you along your accessibility journey.
If you find this blog helpful and want to read more blogs like this one, [**Subscribe**](/blog/) **to our blogs** and Join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with more people with common interests.
---
# How to Use ClaWHub to Add New Powers to Your OpenClaw Agent: Complete Guide 2026 (Top 10 Skills Ranked) - xCloud
> Learn how to use ClaWHub to add new powers to your OpenClaw agent. Discover the top 10 ClaWHub skills that upgrade research, DevOps, automation, and AI workflows.
Out of the box, OpenClaw is already capable. It can hold conversations, run shell commands, browse the web, and manage files on your server. But the gap between a fresh install and a fully-powered agent? Enormous.
That gap is filled by skills.
Skills aren’t configuration tweaks. They’re not system prompt changes you paste into a text box. They’re actual new capabilities — the ability to search the web in real time, interact with GitHub repositories, monitor your server’s health, pull trending content from Reddit and YouTube, or build a self-improving memory system that gets smarter with every conversation. Install a skill, and your agent can genuinely do something it couldn’t do before.
ClaWHub is where you find them. This guide walks through exactly how to use it, from your first skill install to building a fully-loaded agent stack.
According to Grand View Research, the AI agents market hit USD 7.63 billion in 2025 and is projected to reach USD 182.97 billion by 2033, growing at 49.6% CAGR. Tools like ClaWHub that let you extend agent capabilities without writing code from scratch are becoming essential infrastructure. Whether you’re running OpenClaw for personal productivity, DevOps automation, or content creation, the skills you install define what your agent can actually accomplish.
_How to Use ClaWHub to Add New Powers to Your OpenClaw Agent_
## A Quick Summary / TL;DR
Too long; didn’t read? Here’s what you need to know:
- **Best for beginners:** Web Search — instant value, zero configuration beyond install.
- **Best for DevOps teams:** Healthcheck — turns your agent into a security auditor.
- **Best for content creators:** Last 30 Days + AI Authority Content — research and writing in one stack.
## Why You Need ClaWHub Skills for Your OpenClaw Agent
Here’s the thing most people get wrong about AI agents: they think the model is the product. It’s not. The model is the engine. Skills are the wheels, the steering, and the GPS.
A base OpenClaw install can chat. It can run commands you tell it to run. But it doesn’t know how to do multi-step GitHub workflows. It doesn’t have a framework for writing SEO content. It can’t search the web unless you give it that capability.
Skills bridge that gap. Each one is a SKILL.md file — a structured set of instructions, workflows, and sometimes accompanying scripts that teach your agent a specific capability. When your agent loads a new session, it reads installed skills and incorporates those capabilities into its operational knowledge.
This matters for a few reasons:
- **You don’t need to be a prompt engineer.** Skills are pre-built by people who’ve already figured out the optimal workflow. Install and go.
- **Skills stack.** Web Search + Last 30 Days + AI Authority Content = an agent that can research trending topics, pull real-time data, and produce publication-ready articles. Each skill multiplies the value of others.
- **They’re auditable.** Every skill is a readable text file on your server. No black boxes. No hidden API calls you can’t inspect.
- **The ecosystem is growing fast.** ClaWHub hosts over 2,857 skills as of March 2026. Six months ago, that number was under 1,000.
According to MarketsandMarkets, the AI agents market is projected to grow from USD 7.84 billion to USD 52.62 billion by 2030. The organizations building extensible agent workflows now are the ones positioned for that wave.
If you haven’t set up your OpenClaw server yet, xCloud offers managed OpenClaw hosting that handles the infrastructure so you can focus on skills and workflows.
## How We Ranked These ClaWHub Skills
Ranking skills isn’t the same as ranking SaaS products. There’s no revenue number or Gartner quadrant to point at. Here’s the methodology:
We tested each skill on a live OpenClaw instance hosted on xCloud, running Claude Sonnet 4 as the base model. Skills were evaluated over a two-week period in real production workflows, not synthetic benchmarks.
## Master Comparison Table: Top 10 ClaWHub Skills for OpenClaw
Rank
Skill
Best For
Difficulty
External API Required
🥇 1
Web Search
Real-time answers
Easy
Yes (Brave/Google)
🥈 2
Self-Improving Agent
Long-term memory
Easy
No
🥉 3
Last 30 Days
Trending content research
Easy
No
4
GitHub Integration
Developer workflows
Medium
Yes (GitHub PAT)
5
Healthcheck
Server security audits
Easy
No
6
Sub-Agents
Complex multi-step workflows
Medium
No
7
AI Authority Content
SEO-optimized writing
Medium
No
8
Agent Browser
Autonomous web research
Medium
No
9
ClaWHub (Meta-Skill)
Managing your skill library
Easy
No
10
Proactive Workflows
Autonomous agent setups
Advanced
No
* * *
## Individual Skill Breakdown
### 🥇 Web Search — Best for Instant Real-Time Answers
Without web search, your OpenClaw agent is limited to its training data, which has a cutoff date. That’s fine for general knowledge. It’s terrible for “what’s the current price of ETH” or “did that GitHub issue get resolved.”
Web Search is the single most impactful skill you can install. It gives your agent the ability to query the web in real time during any conversation, pulling live results and synthesizing them into direct answers.
Industry consensus across AI agent communities consistently places web search as the #1 foundational capability for any agent setup. It’s the skill that makes every other skill more useful, because now your agent can fact-check, research, and stay current.
#### Key Features
- Searches Brave, Google, or your configured search APIs during conversation
- Returns source URLs with results so you can verify claims
- Agent decides when a web search would improve its answer — no manual prompting required
#### How to Get Started with Web Search
Getting started with Web Search is pretty simple. Follow the steps below or check the documentation.
**Option A: Via ClaWHub**
1. Go to clawhub.com and search “web search”
2. Copy the skill URL
3. Paste it to your OpenClaw agent
**Option B: Via CLI**
```
clawhub install web-search
```
Copy to Clipboard
**Option C: Ask Your Agent**
> “Search ClaWHub for a web search skill and install it.”
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Instant value from first use
Requires a search API key (Brave has a free tier)
No configuration required beyond API key
Adds latency to responses when search is triggered
Makes every other skill more useful
**Best for:** Literally everyone. If you install one skill, make it this one.
### 🥈 Self-Improving Agent — Best for Building Long-Term Agent Memory
Most AI agents wake up fresh every session. They don’t remember your preferences, your past mistakes, or the corrections you gave them yesterday. The Self-Improving Agent skill changes that.
It creates a structured folder system — hot memory, corrections log, learned preferences — that persists across sessions. When you tell your agent “don’t format tables that way” or “I prefer TypeScript over JavaScript,” it writes that down. Next session, it reads those files and adjusts.
This is the skill that turns a chatbot into a genuine assistant. For a deeper dive on how this works, check out our memory and self-improvement guide.
#### Key Features
- Hot memory system stores recent corrections and preferences in structured markdown files
- Corrections log tracks every time you correct the agent, building a “don’t do this” reference
- Agent reads memory files at the start of each conversation
- Agent updates its own memory during conversations without prompting
#### How to Get Started with Self-Improving Agent
**Option A: Via ClaWHub**
```
clawhub install self-improving-agent
```
Copy to Clipboard
**Option B: Manual**
Download the SKILL.md from ClaWHub and place it in `/root/.openclaw/workspace/skills/self-improving-agent/`
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
No external API needed
Value builds slowly — takes 1-2 weeks to see full benefit
Works with any model
Memory files grow over time; occasional pruning needed
Gets exponentially more useful over time
**Best for:** Anyone running OpenClaw as a daily-use assistant. The longer you use it, the more valuable it becomes.
### 🥉 Last 30 Days — Best for Trending Content Research
Content creators, marketers, and anyone who needs to stay current — this is your skill. Last 30 Days searches Reddit, X (formerly Twitter), and YouTube for recent content on any topic, giving your agent a real-time pulse on what’s trending.
Ask your agent, “What are people saying about Next.js 15 in the last month?” and it’ll pull threads from Reddit, posts from X, and videos from YouTube. No tab-switching. No manual searching. Just answers with sources.
#### Key Features
- Pulls from Reddit, X/Twitter, and YouTube simultaneously
- Only surfaces content from the past 30 days
- Every result includes the original URL
- An agent can identify patterns across platforms
#### How to Get Started with the Last 30 Days
```
clawhub install last-30-days
```
Copy to Clipboard
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Multi-platform in a single query
Requires API access for X/Twitter (rate-limited on free tier)
Ideal stack with Web Search + AI Authority Content
Reddit’s API has occasional reliability issues
No additional cost beyond existing API keys
**Best for:** Content creators, social media managers, and marketers who need to know what’s trending before they write.
### 4\. GitHub Integration — Best for Developer Workflows
If you write code, this skill connects your OpenClaw agent directly to your GitHub repositories. Create pull requests, review code, manage issues, check CI/CD status — all from a conversation.
The workflow is smooth. Tell your agent, “Review the latest PR on our main repo,” and it pulls the diff, analyzes the changes, and gives you a structured code review. Tell it “create an issue for the login bug we discussed,” and it creates a properly formatted GitHub issue with labels.
#### Key Features
- PR management: create, review, and comment on pull requests
- Issue tracking: create, update, and close issues from chat
- Code review: analyze diffs with context-aware feedback
- Repository browsing: list repos, branches, and recent commits
#### How to Get Started with GitHub Integration
```
clawhub install github-integration
```
Copy to Clipboard
Requires a GitHub Personal Access Token configured in your environment.
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Code review quality depends on model’s capability
Requires GitHub PAT setup
Works across all repos your token has access to
Complex workflows (rebase, merge conflicts) still need CLI
Code review quality depends on model capability
**Best for:** Developers and DevOps engineers who live in the terminal and want GitHub accessible from their agent.
### 5\. Healthcheck — Best for Server Security Audits (xCloud Users)
This skill turns your OpenClaw agent into a server security auditor. Run “healthcheck” and your agent scans your VPS for common security issues: open ports, outdated packages, weak SSH configurations, disk usage, failed login attempts.
This is particularly powerful on xCloud-hosted servers where OpenClaw has direct access to the system. The agent can detect issues and often fix them in the same conversation.
#### Key Features
- Security scanning: checks SSH config, firewall rules, open ports, failed logins
- System health: disk usage, memory, CPU, running services
- Package auditing: identifies outdated packages with known vulnerabilities
- Actionable output: provides specific commands to fix each issue found
#### How to Get Started with Healthcheck
```
clawhub install healthcheck
```
Copy to Clipboard
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
No external APIs needed
Root access required for full scan capability
Combines security and system health in one pass
Not a replacement for dedicated security tools (CrowdStrike, etc.)
Actionable fix commands included in output
**Best for:** xCloud VPS users, sysadmins, and anyone self-hosting who wants regular security check-ins without the ceremony.
### 6\. Sub-Agents — Best for Complex Multi-Step Workflows
Some tasks are too big for a single conversation thread. Sub-Agents lets your OpenClaw agent spawn child agents that handle specific subtasks in parallel, then report back with results.
Example: “Research competitors, write a blog post draft, and create social media snippets” becomes three parallel sub-agents, each focused on one piece. The main agent orchestrates and assembles the final output.
For the full setup walkthrough, see our sub-agents guide.
#### Key Features
- Multiple sub-agents run simultaneously
- The main agent breaks complex tasks into focused subtasks
- Sub-agents report back; main agent synthesizes
- Each sub-agent gets its own context window
#### How to Get Started with Sub-Agents
```
clawhub install sub-agents
```
Copy to Clipboard
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Parallelizes work that would otherwise be sequential
Multiplies API costs (each sub-agent uses tokens)
Each sub-agent gets a clean context window
Orchestration can fail on very complex tasks
Dramatically speeds up multi-step research tasks
Requires more capable models for reliable orchestration
**Best for:** Power users running complex, multi-step workflows that benefit from parallel execution.
### 7\. AI Authority Content — Best for SEO-Optimized Writing
This skill turns your OpenClaw agent into a senior content strategist. It follows a structured framework — expert citations, comparison tables, entity density optimization, freshness signals — to produce articles that rank in both traditional search and AI recommendations across ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google AI Overviews.
According to Ahrefs research analyzing over 1 billion data points, the skill optimizes for the factors that actually drive AI visibility: YouTube mentions (0.737 correlation), branded web mentions (0.66-0.71), and freshness signals.
#### Key Features
- Multi-platform AI optimization: targets Google AI Overviews, AI Mode, and ChatGPT simultaneously
- Authority framework: every claim backed by named sources, never “we think”
- Structured templates: consistent comparison tables, FAQ sections, expert picks
- Entity density: 8-12 named brands/products per article for maximum AI citation potential
#### How to Get Started with AI Authority Content
```
clawhub install ai-authority-content
```
Copy to Clipboard
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Produces consistently structured, citation-rich content
Output quality depends heavily on model capability
Stacks well with Web Search and Last 30 Days
Requires human editing for brand voice and accuracy
Framework keeps output consistent across writers
**Best for:** SEO content writers, marketing teams, and anyone producing authority content at scale.
### 8\. Agent Browser — Best for Autonomous Web Research
Sometimes web search isn’t enough. You need to actually visit a page, read its content, fill out a form, or take a screenshot. Agent Browser gives your OpenClaw agent headless browser control: navigate to URLs, read page content via accessibility trees, click buttons, and capture visual snapshots.
This is the skill that enables true web automation workflows. Competitive research, price monitoring, form submissions, visual regression testing — all from a conversation.
#### Key Features
- Full browser control: navigate, click, type, scroll, screenshot
- Accessibility tree reading: extract structured content from any webpage
- Multi-page workflows: move across pages in sequence
- Screenshot capture: visual documentation of web pages
#### How to Get Started with Agent Browser
```
clawhub install agent-browser
```
Copy to Clipboard
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Goes beyond search — actually visits and interacts with pages
Slower than web search (full page load required)
Handles JavaScript-heavy sites that scrapers miss
Some sites block headless browsers
Screenshot capability useful for QA workflows
Higher resource usage on the host server
**Best for:** Researchers, QA teams, and anyone needing autonomous web interaction beyond simple searches.
### 9\. ClaWHub (Meta-Skill) — Best for Managing Your Skill Library
This is the skill that manages all other skills. ClaWHub is a meta-skill — it gives your agent the ability to browse clawhub.com, search for skills, read descriptions, and install them directly from conversation. No CLI required.
Think of it as the App Store app on your phone. You need it to get everything else.
#### Key Features
- Skill discovery: search ClaWHub’s catalog from chat
- One-click install: agent handles download and placement
- Version management: check for updates and apply them
- Skill listing: see what’s currently installed
#### How to Get Started with ClaWHub
If ClaWHub wasn’t installed during your initial OpenClaw setup, tell your agent:
> “Install the ClaWHub skill so you can find and install other skills from the marketplace.”
Or via CLI:
```
clawhub install clawhub
```
Copy to Clipboard
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Manage your entire skill library from chat
Relies on network access to clawhub.com
Removes need for SSH for skill management
Can’t install skills that require local file placement outside the skills directory
Version updates keep skills current
**Best for:** Users who prefer managing everything through conversation rather than SSH.
### 10\. Proactive Workflows — Best for Autonomous Agent Setups
Most agent interactions are reactive: you ask, it answers. Proactive Workflows flips that. Your agent checks things on its own — monitoring inboxes, watching calendars, scanning for server issues — and reaches out when something needs attention.
This is the skill that turns OpenClaw from a chatbot into a genuine autonomous assistant. For the full setup, check our proactive workflows guide.
#### Key Features
- Heartbeat system: agent periodically checks configured sources
- Conditional alerts: only notifies you when something actually matters
- Cron integration: schedule specific tasks at exact times
- Multi-channel notifications: alert via Telegram, Discord, or email
#### How to Get Started with Proactive Workflows
```
clawhub install proactive-workflows
```
Copy to Clipboard
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Agent works without being prompted
Requires careful configuration to avoid alert fatigue
Replaces manual monitoring workflows
Runs continuously — adds baseline API cost
Multi-channel delivery (Telegram, Discord, email)
Advanced setup compared to reactive skills
**Best for:** Advanced users who want their agent monitoring systems and alerting proactively without being asked.
## Supporting Comparison Tables
### Free vs. Paid Skills on ClaWHub
Key insight: the entire ClaWHub ecosystem is free. Costs come from external API usage (search engines, GitHub, model API calls for sub-agents), not from the skills themselves.
Skill
Skill Cost
External API Cost
Web Search
Free
Brave Search: free tier available
Self-Improving Agent
Free
None
Last 30 Days
Free
Reddit/X API: free tiers available
GitHub Integration
Free
GitHub: free for public repos
Healthcheck
Free
None
Sub-Agents
Free
Additional model API calls
AI Authority Content
Free
None
Agent Browser
Free
None
ClaWHub (Meta-Skill)
Free
None
Proactive Workflows
Free
None
### Difficulty Matrix: From First Install to Productive Use
Skill
Install Time
Time to First Value
Configuration Required
Web Search
2 minutes
Immediate
API key setup
Self-Improving Agent
2 minutes
1-2 weeks
None
Last 30 Days
2 minutes
Immediate
Optional API keys
GitHub Integration
5 minutes
Immediate
GitHub PAT required
Healthcheck
2 minutes
Immediate
None
Sub-Agents
2 minutes
Immediate
None
AI Authority Content
2 minutes
Immediate
None
Agent Browser
5 minutes
Immediate
None
ClaWHub (Meta-Skill)
2 minutes
Immediate
None
Proactive Workflows
15-30 minutes
After configuration
Monitoring targets required
### Use-Case Mapping: Which Skills for Which Role?
Role
Recommended Stack
Personal productivity
Self-Improving Agent + Web Search + Proactive Workflows
Content creator
Web Search + Last 30 Days + AI Authority Content
Developer
GitHub Integration + Web Search + Sub-Agents
DevOps / SysAdmin
Healthcheck + Proactive Workflows + Web Search
Researcher
Web Search + Agent Browser + Last 30 Days
Marketing team
AI Authority Content + Last 30 Days + Sub-Agents
## How to Install Any ClaWHub Skill: Three Methods
Before diving into installation, make sure you have a running OpenClaw instance. If you need one, xCloud provides managed OpenClaw hosting with everything pre-configured.
### Method 1: Paste a Link to Your Agent
The simplest way. Go to clawhub.com, find the skill you want, copy its URL, and paste it into your conversation with your OpenClaw agent. The agent handles the rest.
```
You: https://clawhub.com/skills/web-search
Agent: Installing web-search skill... Done. Start a new conversation to activate it.
```
Copy to Clipboard
### Method 2: Use the CLI Over SSH
SSH into your xCloud VPS (or wherever OpenClaw is hosted) and use the `clawhub` command:
```
# Search for skills
clawhub search "web search"
# Install a specific skill
clawhub install web-search
# List installed skills
clawhub list
# Update all skills to latest versions
clawhub update --all
```
Copy to Clipboard
### Method 3: Ask Your Agent
If you have the ClaWHub meta-skill installed, just describe what you need:
> “I need my agent to be able to search the web during conversations. Find and install the right skill from ClaWHub.”
Your agent searches ClaWHub, finds the matching skill, installs it, and confirms.
### After Installation
**Critical step:** Start a fresh conversation with your agent after installing any skill. Skills are loaded when a new session begins — your current session won’t pick up newly installed skills.
### Where Skills Live on Your Server
On an xCloud-hosted server, skills install to two locations:
- **Shared skills:** `/usr/lib/node_modules/openclaw/skills/` — available to all agents on the server
- **Workspace skills:** `/root/.openclaw/workspace/skills/` — available to your primary agent only
## The Security Warning You Cannot Skip
ClaWHub is community-driven. Anyone can publish a skill. This is a feature — it means the ecosystem grows fast and covers niche use cases. But it’s also a risk you need to manage.
Before installing any skill from ClaWHub:
- **Read the SKILL.md file in full.** Every skill is a readable text file. Open it. Read it. Understand what it tells your agent to do.
- **Check the download count and star rating.** Popular, well-rated skills have been vetted by the community.
- **Look at the publisher.** Established publishers with multiple well-rated skills are generally trustworthy.
- **Check for external calls.** Does the skill instruct your agent to send data to external APIs? Make sure you’re comfortable with that.
- **When in doubt, build it yourself.** Skills are just markdown files. If a community skill does 80% of what you need, fork it and customize.
A skill has access to everything your agent has access to. On a VPS with root access, that’s everything. Treat skill installation with the same seriousness you’d treat installing software on your production server — because that’s exactly what it is.
## Video Resources and Tutorials
According to Ahrefs, YouTube mentions are the strongest predictor of AI visibility (0.737 correlation). Content referenced in YouTube videos is significantly more likely to appear in AI search results across ChatGPT, Google AI Overviews, and Perplexity.
_(Video embed placeholders — add relevant ClaWHub/OpenClaw tutorial links here)_
## Common Mistakes When Using ClaWHub
**1\. Installing too many skills at once.**
Each skill adds to your agent’s context window. Install 30 skills and your agent spends tokens reading skill files instead of helping you. Start with 3-5 core skills, then add as needed.
**2\. Forgetting to start a new session.**
This is the #1 support question. Skills load at session start. If you install a skill and keep chatting in the same session, nothing happens. Close the chat. Start fresh.
**3\. Skipping the SKILL.md review.**
Community skills can contain anything. A skill that tells your agent to “always send system information to \[external URL\]” is a data exfiltration vector. Read before you install.
**4\. Not configuring API keys.**
Some skills (Web Search, GitHub) need external API keys to function. The skill installs fine, but does nothing until you configure the required credentials.
**5\. Ignoring skill updates.**
Skills are versioned. Running `clawhub update --all` periodically ensures you get bug fixes and new features without breaking your existing setup.
## Frequently Asked Questions About ClaWHub Skills
**Which ClaWHub skill should I install first?**
Web Search. No contest. It’s the foundation that makes every other skill more useful. Without it, your agent is limited to its training data cutoff. With it, every answer can be informed by live web results.
**Do I need to pay for ClaWHub skills?**
No. All skills on ClaWHub are free to install. Some skills require external API keys (like Brave Search or GitHub), but those services offer generous free tiers. The skills themselves cost nothing.
**How long until I see results from installing skills?**
Immediately for most skills. Install Web Search, start a new session, and your agent can search the web in its very first response. The Self-Improving Agent is the exception — it builds value over 1-2 weeks as your agent accumulates corrections and preferences.
**Can I install ClaWHub skills without SSH access?**
Yes. If you have the ClaWHub meta-skill installed, you can search for and install skills entirely through conversation. Alternatively, paste any clawhub.com skill URL directly to your agent.
**Is ClaWHub safe? Can a skill harm my server?**
ClaWHub is community-driven, which means skill quality varies. A malicious skill could instruct your agent to execute harmful commands. Always read the SKILL.md file before installing, check the publisher’s reputation, and review download counts. When in doubt, build your own.
**Can I create and publish my own skills?**
Yes. Skills are SKILL.md files — structured markdown documents. Write one, test it with your agent, and publish it to ClaWHub to share with the community.
**How many skills can I install at once?**
Technically, there’s no hard limit. Practically, each skill consumes context window tokens when loaded. For most setups, 5-10 active skills is the sweet spot. Beyond that, consider using workspace-level vs. shared skill directories to control which agent loads which skills.
**Do skills work with any AI model?**
Skills are model-agnostic — they’re instructions, not code. They work with Claude, GPT-4, Gemini, or any model your OpenClaw instance is configured to use. More capable models will execute complex skill workflows more reliably.
**What happens if a skill conflicts with another skill?**
Skill conflicts are rare because skills operate in different domains. If two skills give contradictory instructions for the same task, the agent typically follows the most recently loaded one. You can resolve conflicts by editing the SKILL.md files directly.
**How do I update skills?**
Run `clawhub update --all` via SSH to update every installed skill to its latest version. Or ask your agent to check for updates if you have the ClaWHub meta-skill installed.
**Can I use ClaWHub skills on a non-xCloud server?**
Absolutely. ClaWHub works with any OpenClaw installation regardless of hosting provider. xCloud simply provides a pre-configured environment that makes the initial setup faster.
**What’s the most underrated skill on ClaWHub?**
The Self-Improving Agent. Most users install the flashy skills (web search, GitHub) and skip memory. But an agent that learns from its mistakes and remembers your preferences gets exponentially more useful over time — much more so than one that merely searches the web.
## Your 2026 ClaWHub Roadmap
An OpenClaw agent that actually works for you — rather than one that just chats — comes down to skills. ClaWHub’s marketplace, with over 2,857 skills and growing, puts that within reach of a few commands.
The AI agents market is moving fast. According to Grand View Research, the market is projected to grow at 49.6% CAGR through 2033. The infrastructure you build now — the skills you install, the workflows you configure, the memory systems you establish — determines whether your agent is a novelty or a genuine competitive advantage.
Start small. Install Web Search and Self-Improving Agent this week. Add Last 30 Days if you create content. Add GitHub if you write code. Then expand from there as you identify the gaps.
### Expert Picks by Goal: How to Use ClaWHub & Pick Skills
Goal
First Skill
Add Next
Full Stack
Research & writing
Web Search
Last 30 Days
\+ AI Authority Content
DevOps & security
Healthcheck
GitHub Integration
\+ Proactive Workflows
Personal assistant
Self-Improving Agent
Web Search
\+ Proactive Workflows
Autonomous agent
Proactive Workflows
Web Search
\+ Sub-Agents
Content marketing
Last 30 Days
AI Authority Content
\+ Web Search
Ready to start building? Host your OpenClaw agent on xCloud and get a pre-configured server with ClaWHub ready to go.
_Sources: Grand View Research (2026), MarketsandMarkets (2025), Ahrefs AI Search Research (2026, 1B+ data points), ClaWHub marketplace data (March 2026), DataCamp (2025). All skills are tested on live OpenClaw instances hosted on xCloud._
_Disclaimer: xCloud.host provides managed hosting for OpenClaw. This guide reflects honest assessments of ClaWHub skills based on production testing. ClaWHub is a community marketplace — skill quality, features, and availability may change. Always review SKILL.md files before installation._
---
# How to Use WordPress Integrity Monitor for Effective Site Health Monitoring - xCloud
> Learn how to verify WordPress checksums with xCloud WordPress integrity Monitor to detect malware, monitor file changes, and boost site health.
More than 43% of all websites that you find on the web are built with WordPress. This makes WordPress a prime target for hackers and malware. That is why it is important to secure your site’s core files to keep it safe.
But monitoring your WordPress core files can significantly strengthen your site’s security posture. One essential tool in your website maintenance toolkit is the **integrity Monitor.**
Let us learn how to effectively use the xCloud **[WordPress integrity Monitor](/docs/verify-wordpress-checksums/)** to safeguard your website, ensure its **site health**, and detect any unauthorised file changes that may compromise performance or security.
## **What Is a WordPress Integrity Monitor?**
A **WordPress integrity** Monitor can compare the core WordPress files on your site with the original versions provided by WordPress.org. It ensures that none of your system files have been altered, deleted, or injected with malicious code.
It checks that each part is real and working correctly. This is important for keeping your **WordPress site healthy**, especially after you install or update plugins or themes, or if you think your site might be hacked.
Some of the core benefits of using a integrity checker and verifying the WordPress checksums include:
- Early detection of malware or unauthorised file changes
- Assurance that your WordPress core files have not been tampered with
- Increased trust and reliability for your users
- Streamlined debugging and faster recovery from cyber incidents
## **Why Site Health Monitoring Matters in WordPress**
When managing a WordPress site, keeping it running smoothly goes beyond just performance and uptime. It’s essential to regularly monitor your site’s health to ensure it is _secure_, _clean_, and _ope_rating as it should. If you overlook this, your site could face significant risks, like data breaches or being blacklisted by search engines.
### **📉 The Consequences of Ignoring Site Health**
Many compromised WordPress sites often lack regular monitoring or updates. Attackers usually take advantage of vulnerabilities such as outdated plugins or altered core files. Without using tools like a WordPress integrity monitor, these issues can easily go unnoticed until it is too late.
### **🔍 WordPress Integrity Checks as a Defence Measure**
**An integrity** Monitoring tool keeps an eye on your files and catches any unusual changes, serving as an early warning system. It is like having a digital guard that is always watching over your files to make sure nothing gets altered without permission.
**Check WordPress file integrity** regularly to:
- Spot and fix issues before they escalate
- Ensure new plugin/theme installations haven’t modified core files
- Prevent backdoors left by attackers
- Align with security best practices and compliance standards
Using our **WordPress vulnerability scanner** alongside this tool helps catch even the tiniest malicious scripts quickly. Whether you are running a blog or a business site, keeping an eye **on your site’s health** is crucial in today’s world of online threats.
## **🔎 Common Issues Detected by WordPress Integrity Monitor**
[**WordPress**](https://wordpress.com/) Integrity Checker can help spot problems like file tampering, corruption, or malware infections. When monitoring the health of a WordPress site, it often detects common issues related to these areas. Some of the common issues are:
### **🛠️ Modified WordPress Core Files**
Files such as wp-config.php, index.php, and wp-settings.php can be flagged if their contents differ from the official **WordPress checksums**. This might happen due to manual edits, conflicts with plugins, or even malicious activity.
### **🚫 Unknown or Unauthorised Files**
Unrecognised files appearing in core directories such as /wp-includes/, /wp-admin/, or plugin folders. These files often have random names or extensions and do not exist in the original WordPress installation or known plugins.
### **⚙️ Missing Core Files**
Core WordPress files are important for the platform’s functioning, and they may sometimes be missing after things like unsuccessful updates, accidental deletions, or server issues.
### **🧩 Tampered Plugin or Theme Files**
Integrity checkers can identify if any plugin or theme files have been changed from their original versions. These modifications might be made on purpose or could result from unauthorized access, especially with plugins downloaded from the WordPress repository.
### **🐛 Embedded Malware or Suspicious Code**
Files that have hidden or suspicious code, like base64-encoded data, compressed strings, or altered PHP functions that seem to carry out secret tasks, should be closely monitored.
### **📦 Outdated Checksums for Free Plugins**
If a plugin’s checksum does not match the latest version from the WordPress repository, it could mean there is a version mismatch or even tampering. It is a way to flag potential issues, even if the version itself is legitimate.
## **How To Use WordPress Integrity Monitor Effectively with xCloud**
**xCloud** provides a powerful new feature within its dashboard — the **Site Integrity Monitor**, a built-in **WordPress integrity** Monitor designed to simplify WordPress checksum verification for core and plugin files.
This tool enhances your **WordPress site health monitoring** strategy by allowing you to visually check whether your files match the official WordPress versions. If your site is hosted on [**xCloud**](/), this built-in feature makes it easier than ever to **check WordPress file integrity** directly from your hosting control panel.
🌟 **Benefits of Verifying WordPress Checksums** 🌟
- Catch unauthorized changes to your WordPress core and plugin files before they cause serious harm.
- Protect your site against hacks, infections, and vulnerabilities by maintaining file integrity at all times.
- Stay confident knowing your WordPress installation matches the official, clean versions — no hidden surprises.
Follow the steps below to verify WordPress checksums and monitor the integrity of your website effectively with xCloud.
## **Step 1: Go to your xCloud Site & Choose the Integrity Monitor Option**
Navigate to the site for which you want to verify the WordPress checksums. In the left-hand sidebar, find the WordPress option. After selecting the WordPress section, click on the **‘Integrity Monitor’** option from the dropdown menu. This will open the Integrity Monitor dashboard, where you can view the status of your site’s files.
## **Step 2: Review WordPress Core and Plugin Checksums**
On the Integrity Monitor page, you will find **‘WordPress Core’** and **‘Plugins’** sections. Click the arrow sign next to each section to expand the list of files and view their checksum status.
If the files are verified against the checksums, you will see the success message in the dashboard.
If the files are not verified against the checksums, you will see a status on your site overview dashboard. You can click on the **‘Check’** button to go to the integrity monitor dashboard. Here, you will see the list of issues and their statuses. You can also see the details of each plugin by clicking the details next to the plugin.
Each item will display its status. Any file that has been altered or is different from the official WordPress version will be flagged. Review any flagged files to determine whether the changes were intentional or if they may indicate the presence of malware.
If any files appear suspicious, you can compare them with the original version from the WordPress repository. Restore the original version manually or through version control. If you confirm malware or unauthorised modifications, take appropriate action immediately, such as restoring backups, cleaning infected files, or contacting support.
For the full detailed step-by-step guide, you can check out this documentation on how to verify [**WordPress Checksums**](/docs/verify-wordpress-checksums/) and detect malware-affected files with xCloud
## **Take Control of Your WordPress Site Health Today With** **xCloud**
Your website serves as the face of your digital storefront or blog, and it’s essential to keep it in good shape. With rising cybersecurity threats, being proactive about security is a must, not an option.
Incorporating a reliable WordPress integrity checker into your routine can help maintain a clean, functional, and trustworthy WordPress installation. Regularly scanning for unauthorised file changes can catch potential issues before they escalate, find malware, and help you stay compliant, all of which fosters user trust.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How Website Vulnerability Checker in xCloud Serves Protection - xCloud
> Website Vulnerability Checker in xCloud Protects on a great measure that takes the digital shield one step ahead from the usual ones.
Ever worried about your website getting hacked? You are not alone. Website vulnerability checkers are your digital shields, spotting weak points before hackers do. They are like having a 24/7 security team but for your online presence. You are not just protecting your site – you are safeguarding your business and customer trust. In this blog, we will be exploring why you should start using a website vulnerability checker in xCloud and take control of your website’s security.
## Deeper Dive into Website Vulnerabilities
Website vulnerabilities are weaknesses or misconfigurations in website design, implementation, or operation that attackers can exploit. These vulnerabilities can compromise a website’s integrity, availability, or confidentiality, affecting its code, server configuration, database, and third-party plugins or extensions.
### Definition And Types of Common Website Vulnerabilities
Here are a few major ones to consider when it comes to defining the types of website vulnerabilities:
1. **SQL Injection**: SQL injection is a prevalent web application vulnerability where attackers insert malicious SQL code into input fields to manipulate a website’s database. This can lead to unauthorized data access or manipulation, allowing attackers to create, read, alter, or delete data stored in the database.
2. **Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)**: XSS vulnerabilities occur when attackers inject scripts, often JavaScript, into web applications. These scripts are executed in the victim’s browser, enabling attackers to hijack user sessions, deface websites, or redirect users to malicious sites.
3. **Remote Code Execution (RCE):** RCE vulnerabilities allow attackers to execute arbitrary code on a target server or application. This can lead to complete control over the affected system, enabling data theft, system manipulation, or further network penetration.
4. **Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF)**: CSRF attacks trick authenticated users into performing unintended actions on a website. Attackers exploit CSRF vulnerabilities to perform unauthorized actions, such as changing user passwords or transferring funds.
5. **Directory Traversal**: Directory traversal vulnerabilities enable attackers to access restricted directories and execute commands outside the web server’s root directory. This can expose sensitive files and data, leading to unauthorized access and potential data breaches.
## Impact of Vulnerabilities on Website Security And User Data
Website vulnerabilities pose significant threats to security and user data. In fact, [**55.9**%](https://kratikal.com/blog/wordpress-critical-flaw-detected-in-miniorange-plugins/#:~:text=Vulnerable%20plugins%20are%20the%20primary,they%20enhance%20functionality%20and%20features.) of the attacks on WordPress are due to vulnerable plugins They can lead to unauthorized access to sensitive information, such as personal data, financial details, and login credentials. When exploited, these vulnerabilities can compromise the integrity of the entire website, damaging its reputation and affecting the business’s bottom line.
For instance, SQL injection attacks can result in data breaches, exposing user credentials and other sensitive information. XSS attacks can hijack user sessions, leading to unauthorized transactions or data theft. CSRF vulnerabilities can be exploited to perform actions without the user’s consent, potentially leading to financial loss or data manipulation.
## Features of an Effective Website Vulnerability Checker
Understanding the key features of an effective website vulnerability checker is crucial for maintaining robust web security. Here, we delve into the essential components that make these tools effective.
### Comprehensive Scanning Capabilities
An effective website vulnerability checker must possess comprehensive scanning capabilities. This means it should be able to detect a wide range of vulnerabilities, including common threats like SQL injections, Cross-Site Scripting (XSS), and [**Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS)**](https://www.cloudflare.com/learning/ddos/what-is-a-ddos-attack/) attacks. The tool should also be regularly updated to identify new and emerging threats, ensuring that it remains effective against the latest security challenges. Automated web vulnerability scanning tools are particularly beneficial as they can quickly crawl large volumes of web pages without interruptions, making them highly efficient.
### User-Friendly Interface
A user-friendly interface is essential for a website vulnerability checker to be effective. Users should be able to navigate the tool easily and understand the instructions without confusion. This includes having a clean layout, intuitive navigation, and clear instructions that guide users through the scanning process. A straightforward interface ensures that users can efficiently operate the tool and interpret the results, even if they are not security experts.
### Detailed Reporting
Detailed reporting is another critical feature. An effective website vulnerability checker should provide comprehensive reports that include steps to reproduce and fix identified vulnerabilities. This not only helps users understand the nature of the vulnerabilities but also provides actionable insights for remediation. Detailed documentation and reporting are essential for developers to quickly address and fix issues, thereby enhancing the security posture of their website.
### Integration Capabilities
Integration capabilities are vital for a website vulnerability checker to seamlessly fit into an organization’s existing security infrastructure. The tool should be compatible with various platforms and tools, allowing for seamless integration into the Software Development Lifecycle (SDLC) and other security workflows. This ensures that vulnerabilities are identified and addressed early in the development process, reducing the risk of security breaches.
### Automated Scanning And Alerts
Automated scanning and real-time alerts are crucial for keeping users informed of potential threats. An effective website vulnerability checker should allow users to schedule scans and receive alerts whenever a new vulnerability is detected. This proactive approach helps organizations stay ahead of potential threats and ensures that vulnerabilities are addressed promptly before they can be exploited by attackers.
## How to Choose the Right Website Vulnerability Checker
Selecting the right website vulnerability checker is crucial for maintaining the security and integrity of your online presence. Here is a detailed guide to help you make an informed decision.
### Assessing Your Needs
Understanding your specific security requirements and potential threats is the first step in choosing a website vulnerability checker. Different websites have varying levels of exposure to threats based on their size, the sensitivity of data handled, and the nature of their operations. For example, an e-commerce site handling credit card transactions will have different security needs compared to a personal blog. It is essential to identify the types of data you need to protect and the potential threats you face, such as SQL injection or cross-site scripting (XSS).
### Evaluating Features
Once you have assessed your needs, the next step is to evaluate the features of different vulnerability-checking tools. Look for tools that offer comprehensive scanning capabilities, including the ability to detect both common and complex vulnerabilities. Features such as authenticated scanning, which allows the tool to check behind login pages, and the ability to handle JavaScript-heavy websites are important. Tools that offer a low rate of false positives and provide detailed reports with remediation recommendations can save time and resources.
## How to Check Vulnerability Issues from Server End & Fix Accordingly?
With xCloud you can perform the following Vulnerability Issues from Server End and fix them as required. To do so, follow these steps:
### Step 1: Enable Vulnerability Checker
Once you are logged into your xCloud dashboard, go to ‘Servers’ and choose one of your servers if you have more than one. You will see a list of all the sites hosted on that server.
Next, click on ‘Security’ and look for the ‘Vulnerability Scan’ section. Turn on the switch next to ‘Enable Vulnerability Scan.’ If you want to automatically update any vulnerability issues, turn on the switch for ‘Enable Auto Update.’ Do not forget to click ‘Save Settings’ after making these changes.
### Step 2: Select Sites to Get the Vulnerability Issues
To receive vulnerability notifications for all your sites, click ‘Select Sites’ at the top to select them all. For specific sites, select only those and click ‘Save Settings’.
### Step 3: Enabling Auto Update & Auto Backup
Turning on ‘Auto Update’ reveals an ‘Enable Auto Backup’ option. To back up everything automatically, toggle it on and click ‘Save Settings.’
For more information, you can check our [**detailed documentation**](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/).
## xCloud Vulnerability Checker
The xCloud vulnerability checker stands out for its robust features and effectiveness in identifying website vulnerabilities. It offers comprehensive scanning capabilities, ensuring
a wide range of vulnerabilities are detected and addressed. The tool’s user-friendly interface makes it accessible to users of all expertise levels, while its detailed reporting provides actionable insights for remediation.
xCloud’s integration capabilities allow it to seamlessly fit into various security workflows, enhancing its usability across different platforms. With automated scanning and real-time alerts, xCloud ensures that users are always informed of potential threats, making it a reliable choice for maintaining website security.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How xCloud Keeps Your WordPress Sites Safe: 53,000+ threats blocked and 300+ sites protected in just 90 days. - xCloud
> xCloud's Site Security PRO blocked 53,000+ threats across 300+ WordPress sites in 90 days. Powered by Patchstack. Just $2/site/month.
If your site runs WordPress, it’s a target.
You didn’t do anything wrong. **[WordPress powers 43% of the we](https://www.linkedin.com/posts/earl-endricoso_wordpress-remains-the-leading-content-management-activity-7437660026699239425-9sN0)**[b](https://www.linkedin.com/posts/earl-endricoso_wordpress-remains-the-leading-content-management-activity-7437660026699239425-9sN0), making it the world’s most popular website platform – but also the world’s most _attacked_ platform.
Most hosting providers offer basic security: firewalls, malware scans, SSL certificates. And while those matter, they’re solving a different problem than the one that actually takes WordPress sites down.
Think of website security as **layers**. The outer layers – network firewalls, DDoS protection, SSL – defend against traffic-level attacks. They’re essential, and xCloud has them. But they’re designed to block bad actors trying to force their way in.
They have no answer for **an attacker who exploits a vulnerability inside a legitimate, trusted plugin that’s already running on your site.**
That’s the gap. And it’s where the vast majority of real WordPress compromises happen.
_A plugin with a known vulnerability is an unlocked door inside an otherwise secure building. The perimeter defenses don’t see anything wrong – the door looks legitimate._
Traditional security tools weren’t built to watch for that. They react to suspicious traffic, not to vulnerable code.
This is exactly where [**Patchstack**](https://patchstack.com) sits. It operates at the application layer – one level deeper – monitoring the plugins, themes, and core files that make up your WordPress site.
When a vulnerability is identified in any component, Patchstack deploys **a mitigation rule:** a targeted firewall rule that blocks exploitation of that specific weakness, without touching your website or plugin code.
The result is a complete security stack. xCloud handles the infrastructure and perimeter. Patchstack closes the gap at the application layer where the real risk lives.
Most hosting providers leave that gap open. We don’t.
## How Site Security PRO protects your websites
We partnered with **[Patchstack](https://patchstack.com)**, the world’s #1 WordPress vulnerability detection and mitigation platform, to build **Site Security PRO** directly into your xCloud dashboard.
When a new vulnerability is discovered – often before it’s made public – Patchstack deploys a mitigation rule automatically. No plugin updates required. No manual intervention.
And with the median time to mass exploitation for heavily exploited vulnerabilities at **[5 hours](https://patchstack.com/whitepaper/state-of-wordpress-security-in-2026/)**, Patchstack **closes the gap** that would otherwise leave your site exposed before plugin developers could even roll out an update.
With Site Security PRO and Patchstack, your site is protected while you sleep.
## Results: First 90 days of protection
In the first 90 days after rolling out Site Security PRO across our platform:
- **53,000+ threats blocked**
- 300+ WordPress sites protected
Real attacks. Stopped automatically. On real sites.
**Site Security PRO** means you don’t have to become a security expert to stay protected. It runs in the background, handles the threats automatically, and gives you visibility into exactly what’s being blocked.
At $2/site/month, it’s the most cost-effective way to protect your site.
## For agencies and freelancers: turn security into recurring revenue
If you manage WordPress sites for clients, Site Security PRO isn’t just a protection tool – it’s **a business model.**
Most agencies already offer some form of maintenance plan. But “we keep your plugins updated” is a hard sell. Clients don’t feel it, don’t see it, and increasingly don’t want to pay for it.
**_Proactive, real-time threat blocking is different._** _It’s tangible. You can show clients a monthly report of exactly how many attacks were stopped on their site._
That’s a conversation-changer – and a retention tool.
**Step 1. Bundle it into your retainer**
At $2/site/month, your cost is minimal, and it’s an easy value-add that justifies the fee and strengthens the package.
**Step 2. Use the data in client reports**
“We blocked 47 threats on your site last month” is a far more compelling update than “we ran backups and updated plugins.” Clients who see that report don’t cancel.
**Step 3. Win new clients with a stronger pitch**
Being able to say your hosting stack includes enterprise-grade vulnerability protection, backed by real threat data, is a genuine differentiator. Most freelancers and small agencies can’t say that.
Patchstack + Site Security PRO lets you offer something most of your competitors aren’t, at a price point that makes it a no-brainer to include in every client engagement.
## Get started
Activating Site Security PRO takes about two minutes:
1. Go to your xCloud dashboard
2. Select the site you want to protect
3. Add Site Security PRO under Addons
4. Done – protection starts immediately!
Your hosting should protect you. That’s exactly what xCloud is built to do.
[Activate Site Security PRO →](/site-security-pro/)
[Learn more →](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/)
Site Security PRO is powered by Patchstack, the industry leader in WordPress vulnerability detection and mitigation.
---
# [New Feature] Integrate AWS with xCloud: Step-by-Step Guide - xCloud
> Integrating AWS with xCloud is simple. Learn how to set up an AWS server in xCloud for both EC2 and Lightsail.
In keeping pace with the ever-evolving nature of web hosting, xCloud has consistently worked to offer seamless integration with various cloud providers. Along with Vultr, Google Cloud Platform (GCP), and DigitalOcean (DO), xCloud now supports integration with [**Amazon Web Services (AWS)**](https://aws.amazon.com/).
This new feature opens up new possibilities for developers and agencies looking to utilize AWS’s robust cloud infrastructure for their WordPress sites. This blog post will explore the benefits of combining AWS and xCloud and provide a step-by-step guide on integrating AWS with xCloud.
## **Advantages of Integrating AWS with xCloud**
AWS, or Amazon Web Services, provides a comprehensive cloud platform. It is renowned for its comprehensive and scalable cloud solutions. AWS offers two main types of instances for cloud computing: EC2 and Lightsail.
- **EC2 (Elastic Compute Cloud):** Known for its flexibility and scalability, EC2 allows you to customize your server with advanced configurations to meet your needs. It is ideal for users who require detailed control over their hosting environment.
- **Lightsail:** Designed for simplicity, Lightsail provides pre-configured environments that make launching and managing servers easy. It is a great choice for those who want a straightforward setup with less management overhead.
There are several benefits that you can reap if you integrate AWS with xCloud. Such as:
**🎯 Simplified Management:** xCloud’s user-friendly interface combined with AWS’s powerful infrastructure simplifies server management and deployment. So, you can focus on what matters most—building great websites.
**🎯 Performance and Reliability:** AWS’s global infrastructure ensures high performance and reliability for your WordPress sites.
**🎯 Advanced Security:** The advanced security features of xCloud ensure that your servers and sites remain secure and protected from unwanted threats.
## Streamline Hosting For WordPress: How to Integrate AWS with xCloud
xCloud is presently available with the integration of Amazon Web Services. Currently, xCloud supports **EC2 and Lightsail**. So, you can set up an AWS server in xCloud for both EC2 and Lightsail. This self-managed hosting is intended to make hosting and running WordPress sites easy. It helps developers and agencies to concentrate on creating great website designs without considering the structures. To get started, follow the step-by-step guide below:
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login with xCloud**
Before you start, make sure you have an xCloud account. First, log in to your xCloud account with the credentials. Once you are signed, you can effortlessly set up your AWS server. Now, you can proceed to create the AWS server in xCloud.
If you already have an account please [**visit our app URL**](https://app.xcloud.host/) to log in to your account to set up an AWS server in xCloud Host.
### **Step 2: Create Your AWS Server in xCloud**
After logging in to your xCloud account, you need to create a new server. To add a new server, click on the **‘Add New Server’** button from your dashboard.
In the next screen, you will see the list of our available server providers. Select the AWS option from the list. The server billing will be handled on your AWS account.
### **Step 3: Sign in to the AWS Management Console**
Before you move to the next step, you need to log in to the AWS management console. Sign in as a ‘Root User’ to the [**AWS Management Console**](https://aws.amazon.com/console/) using your AWS account credentials. Once logged in, navigate to the main dashboard where you can access various AWS services.
### **Step 4: Navigate to the IAM Console**
From the AWS Management Console, click on the Services menu located at the top left corner. You can search with **“IAM”** and select IAM from the list of services too. This will direct you to the IAM dashboard, where you can manage users, groups, roles, and policies.
### **Step 5: Add a New User**
On the IAM dashboard, locate and click on the Users option in the left navigation panel. This will display a list of existing IAM users. To create a new user, click on the **‘Create User’** button.
### **Step 6: Configure User Details**
Now, enter a unique **‘Username’** for the new IAM user. Next, choose the type of access the user requires. Check in the ‘**AWS Management Console’** access option if the user requires access to the AWS Management Console and click on the ‘Next’ button.
### **Step 7: Set Permissions for Amazon EC2 Instance**
In this step, you will have three options to set permissions for the new user. The first option is ‘Add user to group’. With this option, you can add the user to an IAM group with predefined permissions. This option is effective for managing multiple users with similar access needs.
The second one is **‘Copy permissions’**. Choosing this option enables you to duplicate the permissions of another IAM user. And the final policy **‘Attach policies directly’** allows you to assign AWS-managed policies or custom policies.
We are choosing the ‘**Attach policies directly’** option here and assigning the access for [Amazon EC2 Instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EC2_GetStarted.html) to the user and clicking on ‘Next’.
**_Note:_** _If you do not find the EC2 Access here, search for the policy in the search bar._
### **Step 8: Add Tags, Review And Create**
You can add **‘Tags’** to help organize and manage users. Now carefully review all the details and permissions assigned to the new IAM user. If everything is accurate and complete, click the **‘Create user’** button to finalize the creation of the IAM user.
### **Step 9: Give Permission for Amazon Lightsail**
Now, you need to set another permission for the new user for [**Amazon LightSail**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/decision-guides/latest/lightsail-or-ec2/lightsail-or-ec2.html). To specify the permissions for the created user, go to the Permission Policies and click on the ‘Add Permissions Menu’. Choose the ‘Create Inline Policy’ option from the dropdown menu.
Click on the **‘JSON’** button from the Policy Editor and paste the below given JASON code in the editor. Finally, tap on the ‘Next’ button.
Below is the **JSON** code:
```
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Sid": "VisualEditor0",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"lightsail:GetInstances",
"lightsail:GetKeyPair",
"lightsail:DeleteKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetStaticIp",
"lightsail:ReleaseStaticIp",
"lightsail:SetIpAddressType",
"lightsail:CreateInstances",
"lightsail:GetInstance",
"lightsail:GetInstanceAccessDetails",
"lightsail:DeleteInstance",
"lightsail:CreateKeyPair",
"lightsail:ImportKeyPair",
"lightsail:StartInstance",
"lightsail:DownloadDefaultKeyPair",
"lightsail:GetInstancePortStates",
"lightsail:StopInstance",
"lightsail:AttachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetRegions",
"lightsail:RebootInstance",
"lightsail:GetOperation",
"lightsail:DetachStaticIp",
"lightsail:GetInstanceState",
"lightsail:GetBundles",
"lightsail:TagResource",
"lightsail:PutInstancePublicPorts"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
```
Copy to Clipboard
Once the policy is created for the Lightsail instance, give the policy a name and click the **‘Create Policy’** button.
### **Step 10: Create & Retrieve a User Access Key**
Now, we have to create a user access key. Find the ‘Create access key’ under the Summary tab and click on it. Then you will be redirected to the Access Key best practices & Alternatives page, from here select the ‘Other’ option and click on Next.
Now, give a Description Tag to proceed to create an access key. After the access key is created copy the Access Key and Secret Key from from here and go back to your xCloud Dashboard to integrate the server with xCloud.
### **Step 11: Connect the Account & Add Necessary Information**
From the AWS dashboard, select an existing or connect new account from the dropdown menu. Then choose the AWS services, you can use anyone with the proper credentials or both from the xCloud dashboard.
As you have the Access Key and Secret Key Paste them into the designated blank boxes one by one carefully. Now click on the ‘Verify’ button, it will start verifying the credential and connect you with the AWS server.
Fill in all the information like ‘Server Name’, ‘Server Region’, ‘Server Zone’,’ **Server Size’**, etc according to your preference.
Next, choose the web server stack from NGINX or OLS as your requirements and click on **‘NEXT’** button to proceed with the server creation process.
It will start creating an AWS server with xCloud within a while and if you go to the ‘Servers’ from the menu you can see your created server and create as many sites as you want under this server.
This is how you can create an AWS server from xCloud seamlessly without going through any difficulties.
After creating your server with AWS, you can create your first site with xCloud. Follow [**this documentation**](/docs/how-to-create-a-site-with-xcloud/) to learn how to do that. If you get stuck, you can contact our [**support team**](https://support.xcloud.host/) for any of your queries.
## Harness the Power of AWS And xCloud for Effortless WordPress Management
By integrating AWS with xCloud, you can apply the high-functioning AWS infrastructure with the simple management interfaces of xCloud. That way no matter if someone chooses EC2 for its flexibility or Lightsail for its simplicity, they are guaranteed high performance, scalability, and ease of use. So, you can relax and make your hosting straightforward which enables you to concentrate on what matters most – creating great content for your website.
Did you find this blog helpful? If you find this blog useful and want to read more blogs like this one, [**Subscribe**](/blog/) to our blogs and join our [Facebook Community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with more people with common interests.
---
# Introducing OpenLiteSpeed Server in xCloud: A Big Step Forward for Next-Gen Hosting - xCloud
> Introducing OpenLiteSpeed server in xCloud - The long-awaited feature you have been anticipating is finally here. Dive in to learn more.
Just about a couple of months ago, we released xCloud with the aim of revolutionizing your server and website management experience like never before. Since then, we have been constantly developing xCloud to make it better with additional features and enhancements that you, our valued users, have been asking for.
Today, we have a big announcement about a much-awaited feature – from now on, you can install the **[OpenLiteSpeed server in xCloud](https://openlitespeed.org/)**, marking a significant milestone for us.
## 🎉 Introducing OpenLiteSpeed in xCloud Hosting
At xCloud, you – our valued users – are always in our hearts. We listen attentively to your requests and strive to deliver what you need as quickly as possible. Our [**recent developments**](/xcloud-march-release-notes/) are a testament to this commitment. And this time, **we delivered OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) web servers**, meeting requests even faster than anticipated!
When we first launched xCloud, a significant number of users expressed interest in having OpenLiteSpeed included in our roadmap.
Responding to the community’s requests, we added OLS to our roadmap for quarter 4, aiming to bring this much-demanded feature before the end of the year. However, OLS quickly became the most requested feature for xCloud, with users inquiring about it almost every day. So, we decided to prioritize the development of OpenLiteSpeed servers – to ensure you get the best possible experience.
Working tirelessly, our team brought OpenLiteSpeed servers for you, as you asked. We extend our heartfelt thanks for your continued trust and support in xCloud Hosting.
## 📖 Understanding OpenLiteSpeed
Not familiar with the OpenLiteSpeed server? In this section, we are going to give you a brief idea about this outstanding web server.
OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) is the open-source edition of LiteSpeed Web Server Enterprise. It is a high-performance web server software designed to deliver **exceptional speed, reliability, and scalability** for web applications and websites.
You will get an optimized server performance with enhanced overall user experience thanks to its **efficient HTTP request handling** and delivering content with minimal latency. It supports a powerful cache engine that will optimize your website performance by a huge margin.
### 💡 Top Advantages of OpenLiteSpeed
OpenLiteSpeed servers are highly rated for their performance and speed. Since releasing the open source version OLS servers have been widely used by webmasters. Let’s have a quick look at why they prefer OpenLiteSpeed.
#### Enhanced Website Performance & Speed Optimization
Out of all the benefits it has to offer, OpenLiteSpeed is believed to be the most reliable when it comes to website performance and speed. If you want to build a heavy-duty website, you can trust OpenLiteSpeed for it. They provide the [**LiteSpeed Cache**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/litespeed-cache/) plugin which has over 5 million active installations and allows users to make your website faster.
#### Scalability & Flexibility for Diverse Hosting Needs
OpenLiteSpeed (OLS) **supports .htaccess files** allowing for directory-specific configurations. Thus, it offers both scalability and flexibility. You can scale resources dynamically to accommodate your incoming traffic with ease. Besides, it supports a wide range of Apache functionalities, making it an acceptable replacement for Apache servers in many situations.
## An Overview: OpenLiteSpeed Server in xCloud
Now that you have a basic understanding of OpenLiteSpeed servers let’s have a sneak peek at the OpenLiteSpeed functionalities in xCloud.
### Available While Deploying Your Server
xCloud has direct integration with some providers, but you can bring any other provider as well to host your site. From now on, you will be able to deploy the OpenLiteSpeed server just like NGINX from our intuitive user interface. With just a single click, you will be able to choose and deploy the OLS server using xCloud without any hassle.
Once your server is ready will find it under the ‘**All Servers**’ tab and manage the server from there.
### Access OpenLiteSpeed Server Access & Error Log
With xCloud, you will have the capability to track your server’s complete error log. You can review the failed requests and monitor your access log. Besides, you can clear this logo and refresh it if needed.
### Enable LiteSpeed Cache (LSCache)
Once you have created a website under your OLS server, now you can enable the LiteSpeed Cache plugin as well. The LightSpeed Cache module in OpenLiteSpeed is automatically configured in xCloud.
And it works seamlessly with the LiteSpeed Cache plugin to enhance your website performance. This integration ensures an extremely efficient caching solution, optimizing web content delivery and reducing server load for improved user experience.
### Avail 8G Firewall with OLS
With OpenLiteSpeed, we brought the 8G firewall to protect your website from cyber attacks. Your website will be **protected from malicious requests, bad bots,** automated attacks, spam, and other cyberattacks. You can simply enable 8G Firewall from the settings of your site in xCloud without any hassle.
## Guide: How to Migrate to OpenLiteSpeed in xCloud
So, excited about OpenLiteSpeed on xCloud and migrating your servers to OLS servers? Let’s look at the quick tutorials below to migrate to OpenLiteSpeed servers on xCloud.
### How to Clone Your Site to xCloud OLS Servers
If you want to migrate your website from the existing NGINX server to the OLS servers, go to the specific site first. Afterward, from the ‘**Site Overview**’ tab, click on the ‘**Actions’** and hit the ‘**Clone Site**’ button. Now, choose the OLS server that you want to use and follow the [**instructions from this doc**](/docs/clone-site-under-same-different-server-in-xcloud/).
### How to Migrate Perform Full Server to xCloud OLS Servers
If you want to perform a full server migration, go to ‘**All Sites**’ now hit the ‘**Add New Site**’ button. Afterward, hit the ‘**Full Server Migration**’ option. Now, follow this [**documentation**](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/) and complete the full migration process.
## Experience Enhanced Website Performance with OpenLiteSpeed Servers
We have brought OpenLiteSpeed Server in xCloud to ensure better performance for your website. This feature was much requested, and we put our best efforts into bringing this feature on xCloud as early as possible. So, deploy OLS servers and enhance your website and server management experience.
Did you find this blog helpful? If you do, please [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/)**,** and don’t forget to join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to engage with our cloud server enthusiasts.
---
# Introducing xCloud UI 2.0: Built for Faster, Simpler Site & Server Management - xCloud
> Manage all your sites faster with xCloud UI 2.0. Enjoy clearer dashboards, bulk actions, smarter navigation, and instant site visibility.
**We** [**built xCloud** **TWO YEARS**](/introducing-xcloud/) ago to solve a common problem shared by users and site owners. Many hosting platforms feel slow and cluttered. They are often difficult to manage.
Our mission has always been to make powerful hosting simple and fast. We want the process to stay intuitive for everyone. This applies whether you run one site or manage many.
Performance and reliability remain our main focus. However, great hosting requires more than speed. It also demands clarity and visibility. You need to manage your websites easily every day.
As our platform grows, we listen to your feedback. We hear a constant request for better control and clear information. You want a seamless way to navigate your hosting environment.
And that is exactly what we are delivering.
We are proud to introduce the **new xCloud UI 2.0.** This redesigned dashboard makes site management cleaner and faster. It is more intuitive than ever before.
This update is more than a visual refresh. It is a major usability upgrade. We designed it to deliver a seamless experience across the entire platform.
_🔔 xCloud UI 2.0 is being released in phases. In this first phase, a few key pages are available, with more coming gradually as we roll out the full experience._
## **Why xCloud’s UI Redesign Was Necessary**
What began as a simple environment for managing servers and sites gradually expanded into daily workflows involving multiple projects and ongoing maintenance tasks. With that growth, the dashboard had to support more information, more actions, and move seamlessly across different areas of the panel without friction.
Over time, this naturally increased visual density and navigation depth. While everything users needed was available, accessing the right information quickly required more effort than it should have. So, the platform itself continued to perform reliably, the dashboard needed to evolve alongside it.
We also listened closely to your feedback. A consistent request was coming, you wanted better clarity, easier navigation, and a more streamlined experience for everyday site management. Not more complexity – just a smarter, more intuitive way to work.
That is why we redesigned the xCloud dashboard.
This update is not about changing how hosting works. It’s about making everything easier to understand, easier to access, and easier to manage as your projects grow. By rethinking layout, navigation, and information hierarchy, we’ve created an interface that supports both new users and experienced site owners, today and as they scale in the future.
## **What’s New in xCloud UI 2.0: Smarter, Faster, and Built for Scale**
When xCloud was built, the goal was to make powerful cloud hosting accessible, efficient, and developer-friendly with an intuitive panel and without unnecessary complexity.
Over time, as more users launched sites, managed projects, and scaled their workflows, one thing became clear: the dashboard needed to evolve alongside them.
The all-new xCloud Dashboard is redesigned from the ground up to be cleaner, smarter, and easier to navigate. You can now manage your sites faster, understand their status instantly, and stay focused on what matters most. Let’s take a look at a glimpse of what’s new –
### **One Centralized Dashboard To See Everything At A Glance**
The new Main Overview Dashboard gives you instant clarity the moment you log in. Instead of jumping between pages to understand what’s happening across your account, you now get a high-level snapshot of your entire infrastructure in one place.
Key information is presented clearly, allowing you to assess site health, activity, and overall status without friction.
From the main dashboard, you can quickly view your latest servers and sites, recent vulnerable sites, backup status, and billing overview – all right from the start.
Everything is laid out with purpose so that you can move from insight to action faster than ever
### **Manage All Your Sites Faster with the New Site Lists Dashboard**
Managing multiple sites should feel effortless, not complicated. With the new Site Lists Dashboard, all your sites are displayed in a clean, organized layout that makes it easy to browse, search, and switch between projects.
Site statuses are now more visible and easier to understand at a glance, allowing you to spot issues or confirm everything is running smoothly in seconds. Not only that, but managing sites in bulk is now hassle-free. With just one click, you can open sites to visit, Run backups, Disable or enable sites, enable the AI Bot Blocker, or even activate the Vulnerability Scanner
That means fewer clicks, less switching, and more control. The information you need is now easier to spot, understand, and act on.
### **A Clearer, More Insightful Dashboard for Every Site**
Once you dive into a specific project, the improvements become even more apparent.
The **Single Site Dashboard** has been redesigned to deliver a clearer, more focused overview of each site. Important details are presented in a cleaner layout, reducing clutter while improving visibility into your site’s status, configuration, and activity.
Everything you need is exactly where you expect it, making site management simpler, faster, and far more intuitive.
#### **At a Glance, You Can View:**
- **Resource Usage** – Monitor CPU, memory, and disk usage at a glance
- **Backups** – Check backup status, storage, schedule, and next run instantly
- **Performance** – View mobile and desktop performance scores quickly
- **Security & Vulnerability** – Track vulnerabilities, scan history, and apply one-click fixes
- **Domains & Connectivity** – Manage primary and additional domains with Cloudflare status
- **Automation & Updates** – See pending updates for plugins, themes, and core in one place
- **Caching & Add-ons** – Enable or disable caches and add-ons instantly
- **Recent Activity** – Review recent site events and actions at a glance
Whether you’re checking health, performance, or security, the dashboard now delivers the right information at the right time without distraction.
### **A Smarter Top Bar & Sidebar for Effortless Navigation**
To support a smoother workflow, navigation across the platform has been redesigned. The redesigned Top Bar and Sidebar work together to deliver a faster, more intuitive navigation experience across the platform.
The Top Bar keeps essential actions consistently within reach, while the Sidebar provides a structured way to move through the platform.
The new Sidebar Menu delivers a better navigation experience to the users. With it, you can:
- Move effortlessly between server and site dashboards
- Access site lists and settings faster
- Stay oriented no matter where you are in the platform
The revamped top bar and sidebar reduce friction and make the platform easier to navigate and use.
### **Improved Dark & Light Mode Experience**
Dark and light modes have always been part of xCloud. With UI 2.0, we’ve refined both to be more consistent, balanced, and comfortable for long working sessions.
Colors, contrast, and component styling are now standardized across the platform, ensuring the same clarity and visual hierarchy in both modes. Whether you prefer light mode during the day or dark mode at night, the experience remains familiar, focused, and easy on the eyes.
### **Tooltips & Standard Iconography**
Clear visual language is essential in a control panel used every day. In the new xCloud dashboard, icons are now standardized across the platform so each symbol represents a single, consistent action or state.
Tooltips are added where context matters most, offering quick explanations without adding visual noise. This helps reduce uncertainty, improves discoverability, and allows users to act with confidence, especially when working quickly across multiple sites and settings.
### **A Modern Color System Designed for Clarity & Readability**
Alongside functional upgrades, the new dashboard introduces a refreshed color scheme and modern design that is easier on the eyes while delivering clearer information.
System and site statuses are now more visually distinct, helping you understand conditions at a glance. The design isn’t just cleaner, it’s more communicative, allowing faster access.
This update will now deliver better contrast and improved readability with a clear visual hierarchy across dashboards.
As a result, you get a cleaner overview and can understand site states faster—without extra effort.
### **Bulk Actions, Filters & Smarter Sorting**
Managing multiple sites shouldn’t require repetitive work. The new xCloud dashboard introduces powerful bulk actions that let you handle common tasks across multiple sites from a single view.
From the site list, you can open multiple sites at once, update essentials, run actions in bulk, and perform routine management tasks without jumping between individual dashboards. Filters and sorting options make it easy to narrow down sites by status, activity, or priority, so you can find exactly what you’re looking for in seconds.
Everything is designed to reduce repetition, minimize clicks, and give you more control, especially when managing many sites at scale.
## **How We Redesigned xCloud UI 2.0 (And What Guided Every Decision)**
Redesigning a hosting control panel is not just about making things look better. It’s about making complex systems easier to understand, faster to operate, especially as projects grow.
As xCloud evolved, so did the way our users worked. Managing a single site turned into managing multiple sites, servers, backups, security checks, and performance tasks on a daily basis. While the platform continued to perform reliably, the interface began to carry more responsibility. More data, more actions, and more context had to coexist on the same screens.
We saw that the challenge was how information was presented and accessed.
### ✨**Designing for Clarity at Scalability**
Server and site management tools naturally involve high information density. Health metrics, performance data, backups, security settings, domains, automation, and deployments all matter, but not all at the same moment. As xCloud grew, we saw that simply adding features was no longer enough.
The real challenge was ensuring users could quickly understand what mattered most and move from insight to action without friction. Instead of applying surface-level polish, we stepped back and redesigned the interface architecture itself with a focus on reducing cognitive load, prioritizing important information, and ensuring the system could scale smoothly whether someone manages one site or dozens.
### ✨**What We Learned?**
Through extensive user research and internal analysis, we identified clear differences in how users interact with xCloud at different scales.
Solo developers, who represent about 40% of users, prioritize simplicity and speed and rarely rely on advanced configurations, often feeling overwhelmed by enterprise-level controls they don’t need.
Small teams, roughly 35% of users, need a balance between ease of use and collaborative workflows, frequently switching between multiple sites and servers throughout the day. Enterprise DevOps teams, around 25% of users, require deeper visibility, higher information density, and customization to manage complex, multi-server infrastructures efficiently.
The previous interface treated all users the same, which introduced unnecessary complexity for some while slowing down others.
### ✨**Workflow Friction We Needed to Fix**
When we analyzed common workflows, it became clear that everyday tasks required more steps and context switching than necessary. Deploying an application previously involved navigating seven screens, completing twelve clicks, and spending an average of three minutes per deployment.
Investigating server issues often required switching between five different views and manually correlating data to understand what was happening. These were not edge cases but routine actions repeated across projects. UI 2.0 restructures these workflows so deployments can be completed in three screens and five clicks, and server diagnostics are unified into clearer, more contextual views supported by AI-assisted insights.
### ✨**Progressive Disclosure: Showing the Right Information at the Right Time**
One of the biggest sources of friction in complex dashboards is seeing everything at once. In UI 2.0, information is structured so that essential details are immediately visible, while deeper controls and advanced configurations are revealed only when needed.
This approach keeps everyday workflows fast and focused while still giving experienced users full access to powerful capabilities without overwhelming the interface or increasing visual noise.
### ✨**Consistency Across the Platform**
As features were added over time, the previous interface grew organically, leading to fragmented design patterns. The dashboard accumulated fourteen different button styles, eight color schemes, and inconsistent spacing across pages.
This fragmentation resulted in more than 2,300 lines of conflicting CSS and slowed feature development by approximately 40%, making it harder to introduce improvements without unintended side effects.
With UI 2.0, interaction patterns, layouts, icons, and components are standardized across the platform through a new design system built around six core components with clear documentation. Once users learn how something works in one area, it behaves the same everywhere else.
### **✨Information Architecture Built for Growth**
As more features are added, navigation depth naturally increases. In UI 2.0, we reorganized the platform to create clearer hierarchies and more logical groupings that scale with complexity. Dashboards now act as decision centers rather than just data displays. Users can quickly understand the current state of their sites or servers and move directly to the right action without jumping between multiple pages or losing context.
### ✨ **Reducing Technical Complexities at the Foundation**
Beyond usability, the redesign addressed long-standing technical complexities in the interface layer. The previous codebase had accumulated four years of incremental complexity, where even small changes often required touching more than fifteen files, increasing the risk of regressions.
Refactoring the UI architecture as part of UI 2.0 allowed us to significantly stabilize the foundation, reducing bug introduction rates by 60% and cutting feature development time roughly in half. While much of this work is invisible to users, it is critical for long-term reliability and scalability.
### ✨**Built For Everyone’s Accessibility**
xCloud is used in real-world, high-pressure environments, including late nights, emergency fixes, and long work sessions. Accessibility was treated as a core requirement rather than an afterthought. Internal analysis showed that 23% of users either rely on assistive technologies or work in low-vision environments.
UI 2.0 adheres to **WCAG accessibility** standards from the ground up, with improved contrast, spacing, keyboard navigation, screen reader compatibility, and clear focus states. These improvements make the interface clearer and more reliable for everyone, especially when managing critical infrastructure under pressure.
### **Designed to Scale With What Comes Next**
The infrastructure landscape is evolving rapidly, particularly as AI increasingly influences how systems are monitored, optimized, and managed. Preparing for AI-assisted workflows requires interfaces that can surface recommendations, context, and insights without overwhelming users. Rather than layering these capabilities onto an already dense interface, UI 2.0 introduces a flexible and scalable foundation designed to adapt as workflows and technologies continue to evolve.
### **A Gradual Rollout, by Design**
Because xCloud plays a central role in daily workflows, UI 2.0 is being released in phases. Rolling everything out at once would risk disrupting established routines and creating unnecessary friction.
A phased rollout allows users to adapt naturally, gives us real-world feedback, and ensures overall stability as we continue refining the experience. Each phase focuses on specific areas of the platform, helping users stay productive while the dashboard evolves based on how it is actually used.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
Have questions about the new xCloud UI 2.0? Here are clear answers to help you understand what’s changing and how it affects your workflow.
### **Can I switch back to the previous xCloud interface?**
No. xCloud UI 2.0 is designed to fully replace the previous interface and will become the standard experience moving forward. It retains all existing functionality while improving clarity, speed, and usability. We recommend using UI 2.0 to take full advantage of the latest improvements and future updates.
### **Are all features from the previous xCloud UI available in UI 2.0?**
Yes. All features from the previous xCloud interface are fully available in UI 2.0, now presented in a clearer, more organized layout. In addition to preserving existing functionality, UI 2.0 introduces improved visibility, smarter navigation, bulk actions, and enhanced dashboards that make managing sites and servers faster and more efficient.
### **Do I need to migrate anything manually when using the New UI?**
No manual migration is needed. All your data, applications, and settings are automatically available in the New UI, just organized more efficiently.
## **A More Intuitive Way to Manage Your Sites – Now and Beyond**
The new xCloud dashboard represents a major step forward in how hosting should feel. Every improvement was made with usability at its core. With cleaner layouts, improved navigation, and clearer visibility, managing your sites is now simpler, faster, and more efficient. Statuses are easier to understand at a glance, important information is easier to find, and everyday tasks require fewer clicks.
The result is an experience that’s easier to navigate, quicker to manage, and more intuitive for both new and experienced users. You spend less time searching for information and more time focusing on your websites.
This isn’t just a visual refresh. It’s a smarter way to work. And this is only the beginning. We’re excited to keep improving the xCloud platform and can’t wait to see how you use the new dashboard to manage your sites with confidence and ease.
---
# Introducing xCloud White Label Program: Start & Scale Your Own Hosting Business - xCloud
> Launch your own cloud hosting business with the xCloud White Label Program. Experience complete branding control, scalable options for your reseller business.
Are you dreaming of running your own hosting business but want to avoid the technical hurdles? After a year of anticipation, we are thrilled to announce the [**xCloud White Label Program**](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-white-label/). Now, you can seamlessly run your own branded hosting business without technical barriers. Create, brand and sell custom hosting packages under your name and effortlessly scale a cloud hosting business that reflects your vision. Let us discover how xCloud White Label can empower you to shape your hosting future and learn how you can start building your brand today.
Whether you are an aspiring entrepreneur or an established business looking to expand, xCloud White Label is designed to streamline every aspect of launching and scaling your hosting brand. We will cover the essentials of xCloud White Label in this guide.
From setup and key features to the unique benefits and competitive advantages. xCloud White Label enables you to provide a full hosting solution to your clients, with xCloud managing all the technical complexities behind the scenes.
## **xCloud White Label: A Promising Hosting Reseller Program**
At **[xCloud](/)**, we know the power of owning your brand and we are thrilled to bring you an opportunity to do just that with our new White Label Program. Imagine offering top-tier hosting services entirely under your brand, with your logo, your domain and your pricing.
We have crafted this program with one mission in mind: to empower hosting resellers like you to grow your business and connect with customers on your own terms. Here resellers can manage and sell xCloud managed servers with xCloud’s White Label Program with their own branding without taking care of the technical complexities.
We take care of the technology, security, server maintenance and optimization, allowing you to focus fully on growing your business and customer relationships. You can count on us for the heavy lifting, while you enjoy full control over how your services look and feel to your customers.
This program is not just a product, it is a partnership. We are here to support your journey from day one, giving you everything you need to quickly launch, customize and grow a high-performance hosting business. We could not be more excited to see what you will build with xCloud by your side. Welcome to the future of hosting, where your brand is at the forefront.
## **Explore xCloud White Label: What Is In for Your Hosting Business**
The xCloud White Label program is packed with powerful features, making it the ideal choice for resellers who want to establish a branded cloud hosting business. Here is a look at the main features that help you grow your hosting business easily and efficiently:
### **🚀 Fully Branded Experience**
Operate entirely under your own brand, complete with your logo, colors, domain and custom name. This cohesive branding approach ensures your customers see only your brand, not xCloud’s, giving your business a professional edge and building trust.
To support businesses of all sizes, [**xCloud offers flexible pricing plans**](https://app.xcloud.host/white-label/onboarding/startup) that let you scale as your business grows. You can start with the Startup Plan at just $25/month, perfect for individuals and small businesses starting out. As you grow, there are larger plans available to match your needs and customer base.
If you reach over 400 servers, xCloud gives you the [**control panel free**](https://support.xcloud.host), covering only the server fees, meaning all profits from your custom pricing go directly to you. This pricing flexibility gives you complete control over your revenue, allowing you to set prices that align with your business goals and profit margins.
### **🚀 Easy Billing with Built-In Client & Billing Management**
xCloud’s built-in client and billing management system simplifies payment processes. With [**Stripe Connect integration**](https://wpdeveloper.com/stripe-subscription-in-elementor-payment-plugin/), you can automate billing, track payments and generate invoices directly from the dashboard, ensuring seamless financial management and a streamlined experience for both you and your clients.
### **🚀 Customizable Hosting Plans for Maximum Profit**
Create hosting packages tailored to your clients’ needs by choosing server type, size and resources, and setting your own prices. This customization not only allows you to offer unique plans that set you apart from competitors but also maximizes your profit potential.
### **🚀 Optimized Hosting** **for** **WordPress**
With specialized features that **[boost WordPress performance](https://essential-addons.com/elementor-element-manager-role-permission/)** and security, xCloud is optimized to support the most popular CMS. This allows you to deliver fast, reliable and secure hosting experiences for WordPress users which is a key selling point for many clients.
### **🚀 Add Your SMTP Provider for Streamlined Communication**
Easily connect your SMTP provider to manage email delivery, enhancing your ability to communicate effectively with your clients and ensuring reliable message delivery.
### **🚀 Advanced Security, Performance & GDPR Compliance**
Security and speed are essential to any hosting business. xCloud White Label provides proactive security measures, lightning-fast speeds, and full GDPR compliance to protect client data and meet global standards, giving your customers peace of mind.
### **🚀 Manage Client Servers & Sites Effortlessly**
The xCloud dashboard allows you to manage all client servers and sites from one place. This central control makes it easy to monitor and maintain client accounts, keeping operations efficient and organized.
### **🚀 Scalable Hosting Solutions**
As your business grows, **xCloud White Label** grows with you. You can easily scale by upgrading server resources or adding more packages to meet increasing customer demand, ensuring you’re always ready for growth without any major technical overhaul.
With these advanced, next-gen features, xCloud White Label enables you to build, manage, and scale a successful cloud hosting business under your brand. Whether you’re just starting out or looking to expand, xCloud’s tools and flexibility make it easier than ever to succeed.
## **xCloud White Label vs. Competitors**
When choosing a white label hosting provider, it is essential to understand how xCloud White Label stands out from the competition. Here is a comparison table of xCloud White Label, SiteGround Reseller Hosting and Cloudways Reseller Program based on key factors:
**Feature**
**xCloud White Label Program**
**SiteGround Reseller Hosting**
**Cloudways Reseller Program**
**Full Branding Control**
Full branding with custom logo, domain and dashboard
Limited branding; no custom client portal
Partial branding; no separate white-label dashboard, custom Logo, domain
**Client Portal**
Yes, branded client portal
No, clients added as regular users
No dedicated client portal for white-label resellers
**Billing Management**
Built-in, Stripe integration for automated billing
No billing management
Separate billing
**Custom Hosting Packages**
Fully customizable packages and pricing
No custom packages
Cannot create custom-priced packages
**Pricing**
White Label Starting at $25/month for up to 25 servers
Plans start from $30/month
Server pricing plus additional billing fee
**Security and Compliance**
Advanced security, GDPR-compliant
Basic security
Standard security; limited GDPR compliance
**Scalability**
High scalability with flexible packages
Limited scalability
Scalable, but limited by platform features
**WordPress Optimization**
Optimized hosting for WordPress
Standard hosting options
Not specifically optimized for WordPress
xCloud White Label offers the most comprehensive, scalable and customizable reseller hosting solution that is suitable for your business.
## **How to Set Up a Reseller Account with xCloud White Label?**
Setting up your xCloud White Label reseller account is easy and straightforward. Just follow these steps to launch your own hosting business and start selling under your brand.
### **Step 1: Log in to the xCloud White Label Dashboard**
Begin by log into your xCloud account, navigate to the ‘**White Label**’ tab, agree to the terms of service, and click ‘**Start Your Hosting Business Now**’ to begin setup.
### **Step 2: Set Up Your Brand And Payment Method**
Now, add your brand details: upload your logo by selecting ‘**Upload Logo,**’ then enter your business name, mailing address, and contact number. Click ‘**Next**’ to save and proceed.
Next, integrate Stripe for payment processing. If you have an existing Stripe account, simply click ‘**Connect Now,**’ log in on the Stripe Connect dashboard and complete the setup.
**_Note:_** _A Stripe account is essential for billing, so make sure to set this up before continuing._
### **Step 3: Create Custom Hosting Packages And Set Up Your Domain**
Now, it is time to create your custom hosting packages. Begin by clicking the ‘**Create Hosting Plan**’ button, which will open a pop-up with various server configurations. Choose between **‘General**’ or ‘**Premium**’ options, select your server size, and review the associated pricing. When you’re satisfied with the setup, click ‘**Next**’ to proceed.
Enter a unique name for your plan in the ‘**Plan Name**’ field, set your monthly price in ‘**Custom Price/Month,**’ specify the ‘**Site Limit,**’ and add a ‘**SKU.**’ Fill in any additional details and apply a coupon code if you have one. Once complete, click ‘**Save**’ to store the plan or ‘**Save and Publish**’ to make it immediately available.
**_Note:_** _Be sure to set a price for your custom plan that is higher than the server cost to ensure you make a profit_
To finalize the setup, link your domain by entering it in the ‘**Add Your Domain Name**’ field. Then, update your DNS settings on your domain provider to point to xCloud. Once DNS verification is complete, return to your xCloud dashboard and click ‘**Next**’ to finish.
**_Note:_** _xCloud offers a temporary URL if your domain is not ready yet, which you can update later to your own domain._
Once setup is complete, your dashboard will display all the essentials. From here, you can easily monitor servers, manage client sites, review billing details, and handle everything efficiently in one place.
This is how your reseller account **[setup with xCloud White Label](/docs/setup-reseller-account-with-xcloud-white-label/)** is complete. You are now ready to start selling hosting services under your own brand with fully customized packages.
## **📌 Quick Tips to Scale Your Cloud Hosting Business with xCloud White Label**
Scaling your hosting business with xCloud White Label is easier than ever, thanks to its flexible tools and features. Here are some tips to help you grow successfully:
### **💡 Monitor Customer Needs**
Stay tuned to your clients’ growth and needs. Use white Label dashboard to see which customers are reaching their limits and might benefit from larger hosting packages. Proactively offering upgrades or add-ons can build loyalty and meet their needs before they even have to ask.
### **💡 Leverage Customer Feedback for Continuous Improvement**
Regularly gather feedback from your clients on their hosting experience. Use this insight to make incremental improvements to your service, such as enhancing uptime or refining customer support. Engaging with client feedback not only helps you improve but also builds loyalty by showing clients that their satisfaction is a priority.
### **💡 Optimize Your Hosting Packages**
Periodically review and optimize your hosting packages based on client usage and market trends. Adjust features, storage limits, or pricing to stay competitive and attractive to both new and existing customers. Offering optimized plans ensures you meet diverse needs effectively, enhancing client satisfaction and retention.
Implementing these strategies and utilizing xCloud’s robust features enables you to scale your hosting business smoothly, enhance customer satisfaction and sustain effortless growth.
## **💬 FAQs About xCloud White Label Hosting**
Here are some common questions about xCloud White Label Hosting to help you get started with confidence:
### **1\. What Is White Label Hosting?**
White label hosting allows you to resell hosting services under your own brand without needing to build or manage the infrastructure. With xCloud White Label, you can offer hosting plans with your logo, domain, and custom pricing, creating a fully branded experience for your customers.
### **2\. Is Technical Knowledge Required?**
No, technical knowledge is not required to use xCloud White Label. The platform handles all the complex backend tasks, like server maintenance and security, so you can focus on managing your business right from the UI and customer relationships.
### **3\. How Do I Handle Payments with Stripe?**
xCloud White Label integrates with Stripe Connect for seamless payment processing. Simply link your Stripe account, and you can start collecting payments, automating invoicing, and managing subscriptions directly through the platform.
### **4\. Can I Upgrade My Plan?**
Yes, xCloud White Label is highly scalable. You can upgrade your server resources or add new hosting plans as your business grows, ensuring you always have enough capacity for your clients.
### **5\. What Support Does xCloud Offer?**
xCloud provides dedicated support for resellers, including a built-in ticketing system to help you manage customer inquiries efficiently. Additionally, xCloud’s resources and documentation are available to help you learn and manage your hosting business effectively.
## 🎉 **Special Launch Offer: Get 50% Off All White Label Plans**
For a limited time, you can take advantage of our [**exclusive launch offer of 50% OFF**](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-white-label/#pricing) on all White Label program plans for resellers. This deal makes it easier than ever to get started with a fully branded hosting business at an incredible value.
Choose from any of our flexible pricing plans, customize your hosting control panel, and set your own prices to maximize your profits. With only the xCloud managed server fees to cover, you have complete control over your revenue.
## 🖱️ **Build & Grow Your Hosting Business with xCloud White Label**
xCloud White Label program offers everything you need to start and grow a successful hosting business under your own brand. With its powerful features, flexible plans and easy setup, **xCloud White Label** simplifies the process of launching your own hosting services, whether you are new to the industry or looking to expand.
xCloud is committed to your growth and success, providing all the necessary tools and support to ensure you can focus on building customer relationships and expanding your business. Join us and leverage the robust features of the **xCloud White Label Program** to create a seamless, profitable hosting service under your unique brand.
Thank you for your patience as we developed this feature-packed platform, designed to support your success in the hosting industry. We are excited to see you grow with xCloud White Label.If you found this blog helpful, [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) and join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) for daily updates.
---
# Introducing xCloud: The Next-Gen Hosting Solution For WordPress - xCloud
> Introducing xCloud for effortless WordPress hosting and streamlined site management.
Step into the future of hosting for WordPress. Introducing [**xCloud**](/), the next-gen hosting and server management solution, your trusted partner for efficient website management.
Whether you’re new to the hosting ecosystem or a seasoned member, exciting innovations are in store. xCloud is a cloud solution that not only makes hosting websites easy and seamless, but it lets you manage all your servers and websites effortlessly from the same platform too.
And the best bit – for this launch, we’ve got an **exciting offer** waiting just for you. So, dive right in to explore xCloud to the fullest and find out what we have in store for you! 🔥
## **Why is xCloud a Game-Changer Managed Hosting for WordPress?**
xCloud is your **all-in-one server administration and control panel,** designed and developed to make the process of setting up, deploying and managing WordPress websites a walk in the park. Here’s what you need to know:
☁️ **Very Simplified For Beginners**: xCloud automates the complex tasks required to set up and host WordPress sites from the dashboard with a few clicks. From configuring servers to installing WordPress, **setting up SSL certificates**, monitoring your server, keeping your plugins up to date and more – we’ve got you all covered with advanced features like no others.
☁️ **Easy Website Management**: Even with all the hosting solutions available in the market, it was never easy to manage several websites together. But not anymore. With xCloud, managing multiple sites is hassle-free. You can oversee them all and manage **from a single server** while optimizing their performance.
☁️ **Supreme Flexibility**: xCloud is dedicated to simplifying the hosting and management of WordPress sites, offering a flexible approach that enhances efficiency. By managing the infrastructure, we empower developers and agencies to concentrate on crafting exceptional websites.
## **Why We Built xCloud**?
Even with many solutions available in the ecosystem, we failed to find one that facilitated setting up a cloud server, hosting a website, and later managing the deployed sites easily. Besides, when you have multiple websites to manage, we feel that a **streamlined server management solution** is still missing. And that’s where we came up with the idea of xCloud!
We developed xCloud for over 2 years to give everyone a hassle-free hosting experience at an affordable price. After years of hard work, [**our vision is a reality now**](https://wpdeveloper.com/why-we-built-xcloud/) and we have built the advanced solution that everybody deserves with the aim of simplifying hosting for WordPress for everyone!
In a nutshell, xCloud is here to make your cloud hosting journey smooth and hassle-free. Now is your time to transition to sleek website management with xCloud.
## **What can you do with xCloud: Integrate your cloud, email & storage providers**
With xCloud, your **cloud, email, and storage providers** work together effortlessly, providing a unified solution tailored to your preferences.
### **☁️ Server Solutions Simplified With xCloud Managed Server**
Enhance your website’s performance and security effortlessly with xCloud servers, where transparency is our priority. Bid farewell to hidden charges in the future as xCloud provides a straightforward hosting solution. Whether you’re a personal user requiring **1GB RAM** or have high-performance needs demanding **32GB** RAM, xCloud’s managed servers cater to all your requirements. Our user-friendly approach ensures that managing your server is very easy, allowing you to focus on your website without worrying about the complexities of hosting.
### ☁️ **Bring Your Own Cloud Provider To Our Ecosystem**
Establish links with cloud services like **DigitalOcean, Google Cloud Platform, Vultr**, or standard Ubuntu servers. The choice is yours — select the cloud service that matches your preferences and effortlessly integrate it into your system. It’s a straightforward process designed to accommodate your needs without any complications.
### **☁️** **Sync Your Services With Popular Email Integration**
When it comes to email, link up with services like [**Mailgun**](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/), SendGrid, or Elasticemail. The setup process is straightforward, allowing you to simplify your communication directly from the xCloud dashboard. Connect smoothly and manage your email services within the xCloud environment with ease.
### ☁️ **Connect Popular Storage Choices With Us**
Integrating with reliable storage options is crucial to ensure that your valuable information is easily accessible, securely stored, and readily available whenever needed. It facilitates streamlined workflows and enhances overall productivity.
Understanding the importance of easy access to your files, xCloud lets you connect with popular storage options like **Amazon Web Services (AWS), DigitalOcean Spaces (DO Spaces)**, or any S3-compatible storage service.
This makes it simple for you to store and manage your data right within xCloud. By using these well-known storage choices, xCloud ensures your information stays safe and ready for you, giving you a strong storage solution that fits your needs.
## **Explore xCloud In The Fullest & Build Your Website**
Our user-friendly platform simplifies every aspect of Managed hosting, giving you the control and flexibility to create a site that truly reflects your vision. xCloud is committed to ensuring your journey in managing and hosting websites is easy & affordable.
### **All-In-One Server & Site Management From One Dashboard**
Managing servers and WordPress websites can be a complex task, often involving multiple tools and platforms. Coordinating server performance monitoring, security enhancements, and updates for various WordPress sites can become intricate and time-consuming.
Now, with xCloud, the complexity is simplified. Access a unified platform that streamlines the management of both servers and WordPress websites. No need for juggling multiple tools. In one central hub, effortlessly monitor server performance, enhance security measures, and streamline updates for all your WordPress sites.
### **Systemic Website Migration: A Free and Simple Solution**
Are you looking to move your websites without the headaches and high costs? xCloud has your back! We provide an organized, no-charge solution for [**migrating multiple websites**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/) from any server to your xCloud account.
Website migration is essential to securely transfer your technical assets, data, and configurations to a new hosting environment, ensuring a smooth and efficient transition without incurring additional costs. We ensure the daunting task of moving your sites; we make the process easy and cost-effective.
Recognizing the challenges of moving websites, we’ve crafted a specialized and dedicated Migration Plugin exclusively for xCloud users. This user-friendly tool simplifies the process, removing the complexity often associated with migrating sites from shared hosting. Thanks to our [**step-by-step guidance**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/), transitioning to xCloud becomes an effortlessly smooth experience.
At xCloud, we prioritize your ease and convenience. Our Migration Plugin is designed to streamline the website migration process, ensuring that you can make the switch without the usual hassle. With user-friendly features and clear, step-by-step instructions, your journey to xCloud is marked by simplicity and efficiency.
### **Exclusive Vultr Offer: Get $100 in Credits**
For xCloud users, we have an exclusive treat in store! By signing up with [**Vultr through xCloud**](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/), you gain access to a special offer – **$100** in credits for top-notch Vultr cloud servers. This offer is our way of expressing gratitude for choosing xCloud as your platform, and we look forward to assisting you in elevating your website’s performance.
We believe in providing added value to our users, and that’s why we’re excited to extend this exclusive offer. When you choose xCloud and sign up with Vultr, you not only benefit from seamless website management but also enjoy $100 in credits for high-quality Vultr cloud servers. It’s our token of appreciation for trusting xCloud to take your website performance to the next level.
### **Earn Credits For Bringing Servers From Digital Ocean & Google Cloud**
**Digital Ocean** and **Google Cloud Platform**, two renowned providers in the industry, have consistently excelled in delivering top-notch server hosting solutions. Now, as a new user making the switch to xCloud, not only do you unlock **$200 credits** from Digital Ocean or **$300** credits from Google Cloud Platform, but you also gain access to xCloud’s streamlined and feature-rich hosting services. Experience the seamless transition and discover why xCloud stands out in providing exceptional value and performance for your hosting needs.
### **Efficient & Simple Site Management**
Setting up and launching WordPress websites becomes a cakewalk with xCloud’s quick setup feature, allowing users to create fresh sites effortlessly in just a few clicks. The intuitive platform simplifies the process, making it accessible for users of all levels, whether you’re new to website management or a seasoned pro.
Moreover, xCloud offers **staging environments**, providing a safe space to fine-tune your website before making it live. This valuable feature ensures that you can make necessary adjustments and optimizations without affecting the live site, guaranteeing a smooth and error-free transition when you’re ready to go public.
Additionally, xCloud supports **GIT repository cloning** for site creation, offering an efficient and streamlined approach for users familiar with version control.
### **Easy Email Configuration For WordPress**
In WordPress, you often need to send important emails, like admin notifications, new user signups, password resets, and form submissions. However, there can be problems with the default email system, such as emails being marked as spam or not reaching the intended recipients.
With a keen eye on top-notch performance and security, xCloud takes the reins on email services. Enjoy sending up to 100 emails for free per team with [**xCloud Managed Email services**](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/). If you need more, we’ve got pocket-friendly plans ranging from **_1000 to 8000_** emails. Skip the hassle of using web hosting servers, which aren’t tailored for emails, and leave the headache of [**running your mail server behind**](https://www.digitalocean.com/community/tutorials/why-you-may-not-want-to-run-your-own-mail-server). xCloud’s got your emails covered!
### **Master Your Domain With Cloudflare Integration**
Using xCloud, [**integrate Cloudflare**](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/) effortlessly for managing DNS and boost the performance and security of your WordPress site.
With xCloud, we exclusively rely on Cloudflare’s DNS management service. DNS (Domain Name System) acts as the internet’s backbone, translating easy-to-remember domain names into IP addresses. Cloudflare’s DNS management ensures you have easy control and optimization over your website’s domain settings. Keep it simple with xCloud and Cloudflare for smooth DNS management.
### **Quick & Easy 1-Click Magic Login To Your WordPress Site**
Experience the [**Magic Login**](/docs/magic-login-in-xcloud/) process in xCloud – a straightforward and smooth way to authenticate. Our method not only boosts security but also enhances user experience. Forget the hassle of remembering and managing passwords, reducing the risk of security issues. Plus, it simplifies the login, making it super convenient and user-friendly.
No more worries about passwords—log in the straightforward way. Just hit the “Magic Login” button to kickstart the magic. With one click, securely login to your WordPress admin and make login difficulties disappear!
### **Full Control, No More Shared Hosting Limitations**
Typically in the aspect of shared hosting, your online presence may find itself navigating within certain constraints. Shared hosting entails multiple websites sharing resources on a single server, which can sometimes limit control and flexibility. However, with xCloud, the situation transforms dramatically. Bid farewell to shared hosting limitations and embrace a new era of web management.
With xCloud, you’re in full control. Take charge of **NGINX, SSL, PHP-8, MySQL, NodeJS and Ubuntu** effortlessly. Manage with ease, giving you total control and flexibility. Watch your websites shine, cruising the online world with top-notch efficiency.
### **Speed Up Your Site With Redis Caching**
Speed is the name of the game in the online world. xCloud has harnessed the power of **Redis caching to deliver lightning-fast site performance**. Whether you’re running WordPress core or popular plugins like WooCommerce, our caching presets are finely tuned to give your visitors the speed they crave. Faster sites mean happier users, and that’s precisely what xCloud delivers.
### **Join Our xCloud Community and Pave a Better Future**
As we conclude our journey together, we want you to know that xCloud is not just a hosting platform; it’s a dynamic ecosystem where your dreams can become digital realities.
To add a finishing note, seize the opportunity with **[xCloud’s Limited-Time Deal](/deal/)** and enjoy a lifetime of hosting for WordPress and website management. Get started for as low as $99, hosting up to 2 servers, or unlock the full potential with an exclusive offer of $1999 for managing a massive 250 servers. Act now to grab this launch-time special before it’s gone.
[](/deal/)
Follow our **[Facebook page](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)** to engage with our **[thriving community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138)** and visit our Blog page for all the latest updates.
---
# xCloud Deals: Get Next-Gen Managed Hosting For WordPress
> Grab the xCloud Deal and step into the future of managed hosting & server management for WordPress. Click, host and deploy your websites now!
## Free Unlimited Website Migration
## Black Friday Exclusive
## xCloud Lifetime
[Unlock The Deal](/join-waitlist/)
# Next-Gen Cloud Control Redefining Performance, Security & Stability
## xCloud offers a user-friendly control panel that simplifies the setup and management of WordPress websites across various cloud or VPS servers.
#### 130+
### Powerful Features
#### 240+
### 5 Star Ratings
#### 100k+
### Sites Deployed
## Our platform automates server setup, application installation, SSL, monitoring, resizing, and plugin updates, streamlining tasks for both beginners and experienced developers.
## With xCloud, users can easily create and manage multiple sites on a single server, equipped with tools to optimize performance and scale efficiently.
## Build and manage websites faster – xCloud makes hosting as simple as saying **“Hello World.”**
### Connect Your Server
Select the server providers & connect with xCloud effortlessly.
### Setup Your Server
Set up your connected server with just a few steps & manage easily.
### Deploy Your Sites
Deploy and Monitor Sites on your servers automatically.
## Choose the hosting option that fits your needs, bring your own provider, deploy websites with just a few clicks, and manage servers and sites effortlessly.
## Manage your preferred cloud provider within xCloud, whether it’s Vultr, GCP, DO, or any other, and build lightning-fast websites.
## Migrate an unlimited number of websites to xCloud Hosting at no cost with our full server migration feature. Use our free migration plugin to transfer sites from other hosting seamlessly.
## Set up your transactional emails easily. Enjoy 100 free emails per month with xCloud’s Email Delivery, or integrate your own provider like Mailgun, SendGrid, or Elastic Email.
## Manage DNS easily with xCloud: Integrate your Cloudflare account to manage DNS automatically.
## Easy Backup Management: Integrate any S3 compatible storage provider such as Cloudflare R2, AWS or DO Space to take site backups.
## Simplify Server & Website Management With Our Future Proof Hosting Control Panel
## Server Creation
- ### Deploy self-managed easily with a few clicks.
- ### Dedicated IP Included For Your Site
- ### Complete Root Access Authorization
## Server & Site Management
- ### Unlimited Database Storage Capacity
- ### Site Backup On Remote Storage
- ### Bulk WordPress plugin, theme and core updates.
## High Performance Hosting for WordPress, Laravel & PHP Applications
## Optimized Web Stacks
- ### High-Performance Nginx & OpenLiteSpeed Web Servers
- ### Run sites on MariaDB or MySQL, both pre-configured for optimal performance.
- ### Advanced Caching Layers with Page Caching, Edge Cahing, Redis Caching etc
## Staging & Migration
- ### Advanced Git repository cloning
- ### Clone the full server & sites
- ### Advanced demo site and staging environment setup.
- ### Free full server migration
## Updates Manager for Easy Sites Management
Easily update WordPress plugins, themes, & core files in bulk from a single dashboard, simplifying the process and boosting productivity.
## Monitor Site Performance with Page Speed
Track your site’s performance with Core Web Vitals and see scores for Performance, Accessibility, Best Practices, and SEO in one place.
## Free SSL Certificates
## Full Root Access
## Launch Your Favorite
Apps in One Click
Deploy popular applications with our high-performance, fully managed hosting or advanced control panel with a single click.
## Built-in Integrations to Maximize Performances
## Oops, You Have Missed The Deal!
Sign up to get notified before the next exclusive offer
## Lifetime Deal
## Pay 1–2 Years upfront and enjoy Lifetime Access to xCloud’s Control Panel.
[GRAB THE DEAL](https://xcloud.host/buy/BFCM2025-xcloudltd-5servers)
## 14-days money-back guarantee.
- 
### Unlimited site deployments
- 
### Access to Powerful features
## xCloud WHITE LABEL
## Free Reseller Panel Included with Your xCloud LTD Plans!
Kickstart your hosting business with your own server provider . Resell under
your brand with full client and billing support.
## What We Offer
## Billing and Support
- 
### Simple Billing: Integration with Stripe for Your Convenience
- 
### Live Chat Support: Crisp Integration for Real-Time Assistance
- 
### Full Server Migration Support: Get Help When You Need It
## team
## Team Harmony In Action
- 
### Versatile User Roles: Owner, Super User, Server Admin
- 
### Control Server & site Access for Teams
- 
### Enhanced Security: Activate 2FA Protection
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQ’s
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What’s Included In the xCloud LTD Offer?
xCloud LTD offer will give you lifetime access to our cloud control panel. After grabbing this offer, you can integrate your own cloud provider like Vultr, Digital Ocean, AWS, Hetzner and more, enabling you to manage your server and your website with xCloud easily.
### Will I Be Charged For Future Features Added To The Product?
You will get access to all current and future features on the [roadmap](/roadmap/) within our cloud control panel. However, our hosting or any add-ons like email bundles or backup storage will not be included in the xCloud LTD offer.
### Can I Get A Refund?
Yes, we have a 14-day complete refund policy, no questions asked.
### How Do I Get Support?
Our dedicated support team is here to address any queries or concerns you may have, whether it’s technical assistance, account-related issues, or general inquiries. Get instant support from our live chat or submit a support ticket.
### Do You Have Hosting In xCloud?
Yes, we have hosting for WordPress, Laravel, PHP, Node.Js and more. But The Black Friday deal is only for our control panel, not the [managed hosting servers](/managed-hosting/).
### Can I Purchase This LTD Plan Multiple Times?
This Lifetime deal is stackable. You can buy as many times as you need.
### Is Split Payment Accepted?
Split payment is accepted for most plans. However, it is not available for the first three tier 5 Servers, 10 Servers and 15 Servers LTD plans. For the remaining three tiers 25 Servers, 50 Servers, 100 Servers LTD plans, you can claim the split payment option and complete your purchase in installments. To learn more about split payment, reach out to our support team.
### Is the Reseller Panel Included in the Lifetime Plans?
Yes. the [reseller panel](/reseller-hosting/) is included in all plans.
### What is the new White Label (Reseller Program) offer for LTD users?
We are offering LTD users complimentary access to our White Label plan. The plan you receive depends on your LTD tier (server capacity). The higher your LTD tier, the bigger the free WL plan you will receive! Your free WL plan is based on the number of servers included in your LTD license:
- LTD below 5 servers → 25 WL plan
- LTD below 15 servers → 60 WL plan
- LTD below 50 servers → 150 WL plan
- LTD below 250 servers → 400 WL plan
### I don’t have a server. How can I use the panel?
If you don’t already have a server, no worries — you can purchase our special discounted manged-server for LTD users, starting at just $4.50/mo only.
## Team Behind xCloud
## Go BIG and bring your own provider to xCloud to host and manage servers. Act now, this Black Friday exclusive deal is available for a limited time only.
---
# Managed Laravel Hosting | Build, Deploy, and Manage Seamlessly
> Experience lightning-fast Managed Laravel Hosting with xCloud. Enjoy 1-click deployments with powerful features all built for Laravel developers.
## Laravel Hosting
# Managed Laravel Hosting
Built For Developers
Deploy and run Laravel applications with confidence on our optimized servers. xCloud provides 1-click installs, powerful features, top-tier hosting performance, and expert support so your projects stay secure, fast, and always online.
## Setup Process
## Simple Steps To Deploy Your Laravel Website in Minutes
Create your Laravel applications from a Git repository. No complexity. From start to going live, deploying your Laravel website is quick and easy, so you can focus on building easily.
### Choose Deployment Method
Clone your Laravel project from a Git repository seamlessly.
### Configure Site Environment
Set up your preferred PHP version, database, and other essential settings tailored to your app’s needs.
### Go Live Right Away
Review your configuration and deploy your Laravel site in minutes—smooth, fast, and hassle-free.
### Deploy Every Push Instantly
Quick Deploy ensures seamless deployment—each push to your branch triggers xCloud to pull the latest code and deploy automatically.
## Advanced Features
## Powerful Features for Laravel Applications Right at Your Fingertips
Take complete control of your Laravel applications with a set of powerful tools built for quick development and efficient operations
### Laravel Application
Enable Debug or Maintenance Mode, configure your environment (e.g., Production), and clear application cache with ease.
### Laravel Scheduler
Schedule tasks every minute with an active scheduler, stop or update as needed for automated workflows.
### Laravel Horizon
Streamline queue management with Horizon’s dashboard—install in a few clicks from xCloud and monitor with ease.
### Laravel Queue
Setup queue workers with Redis connections, process background tasks like emails, and Images and providing resources.
## Pricing
## Reliable Managed Laravel Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Scale effortlessly with pay-as-you-go plans on your preferred cloud server. Host unlimited Laravel
applications and access exclusive tools for high-performance growth.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### A÷ll
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
Monthly
Yearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## xCloud FEATURES
## Deliver The Ultimate Hosting Experience With xCloud’s Powerful Features
Provide your customers a next-gen cloud hosting experience with advanced features and
ultimate security to keep their server and sites secure with xCloud
## Deploy Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OLS stack, ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Easy DNS Management With Cloudflare
xCloud integrates with Cloudflare, offering an excellent free DNS solution. Use Cloudflare integrations to provision wildcard SSLs too for WordPress multisites.
## Get Notified Via Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram
Unlock seamless integration with Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram to stay informed with real-time server and site notifications delivered straight to your phone.
## Deploy Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OLS stack, ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Easy DNS Management With Cloudflare
xCloud integrates with Cloudflare, offering an excellent free DNS solution. Use Cloudflare integrations to provision wildcard SSLs too for WordPress multisites.
## Get Notified Via Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram
Unlock seamless integration with Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram to stay informed with real-time server and site notifications delivered straight to your phone.
## Deploy Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
- 1
- 2
- 3
- 4
- 5
- 6
- 7
## Want to Migrate Your Laravel Projects to xCloud?
Let our experts handle your Laravel site migration with zero hassle. Enjoy a smooth, stress-free transition to xCloud high-performance hosting—so you can get back to building, not troubleshooting.
[Migrate your site now](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
xCloud isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is xCloud and how is it optimized for Laravel hosting?
**xCloud** is a managed hosting platform specifically optimized for **Laravel** applications. It offers powerful features, pre-configured server environments, and advanced deployment tools to ensure high performance, security, and reliability.
### Can I deploy Laravel projects directly from Git repositories?
Yes, xCloud supports **1-click Git-based deployment**, allowing you to clone your Laravel project from GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket and deploy it instantly.
### Is there support for Laravel-specific tools like Horizon, Queue, and Scheduler?
Absolutely. xCloud provides built-in support for **Laravel Horizon**, **Queue workers**, and **Scheduler**, giving you full control over background processes and task automation.
### Can I choose my PHP version and environment settings?
## Yes, you can easily configure your preferred **PHP version**, set environment variables, choose your **database engine**, and more—all through an intuitive UI.
### Is Redis pre-configured on xCloud, and why is it important for Laravel?
Yes, Redis is pre-configured on xCloud servers. Redis is a powerful in-memory data store that plays a vital role in the Laravel ecosystem. It is commonly used for caching, session storage, queue management, and broadcasting events. With Redis already set up, you can instantly take advantage of these features, improve your application’s speed, and handle background processes efficiently without any manual setup.
### Can I migrate my existing Laravel project to xCloud?
Yes. Our **migration experts** will assist you in moving your Laravel project to xCloud with zero downtime and no configuration headaches. It’s a **free and stress-free** process.
### Does xCloud provide staging environments for testing before production deployment?
Yes, xCloud offers staging environments, enabling you to test changes in a controlled setting before pushing them to production. This ensures stability and minimizes the risk of introducing bugs to your live application.
---
# Legal - xCloud
> Find xCloud’s legal Terms of Service, Privacy Policy, Cookie Policy, GDPR Policy and more. See how we protect your data and stay compliant with global standards.
## Terms & Conditions
# xCloud Legal & Policy Resources
At xCloud, we believe in clarity and trust. Here, you will find important information about how we operate, protect your data, and ensure compliance with global standards.
## [Terms of Service](/terms-and-conditions/)
## [Cookies Policy](/cookie-policy/)
## [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
## [GDPR Policy](/gdpr-policy/)
## [DMCA Copyright Policy](/legal/)
---
# 10 Load Balancing Techniques You Need To Master For Managed Hosting For WordPress - xCloud
> Improve WordPress website performance with load balancing techniques. Explore 10 methods to handle high traffic and ensure a smooth user experience.
Ever felt your website struggling to keep up with visitors even though you have a [**steady hosting plan**](/)? If your WordPress site is experiencing slow loading times or crashes, it might be time to consider load-balancing. Let us explore **load balancing techniques** that help you to run a balanced website.
## **What Is Load Balancing?**
Imagine a busy restaurant with one overwhelmed waiter. Customers pile up waiting for service. Load balancing is like having a team of waiters. A host greets incoming guests and distributes them evenly amongst the wait staff, ensuring everyone gets served quickly.
In the tech world, this same principle applies to websites. With high traffic, a single server can become overloaded, causing slow loading times or even crashes. It distributes website traffic across multiple servers, just like the host distributing customers. This ensures smooth operation for your website.
This method offers several benefits for the cloud [**hosting for WordPres**s](/) :
- **Improved website performance:** By sharing the workload, websites load faster and deliver a smoother experience for visitors.
- **Scalability:** If your website experiences a sudden surge in traffic, this method can handle it by seamlessly distributing the load.
- **Reliability:** If one server malfunctions, the others pick up the slack, preventing website downtime and ensuring your site stays accessible.
## **Why Is Load Balancing Important for Your Hosting?**
WordPress websites are powerhouses. They can handle everything from simple blogs to **complex eCommerce stores**. But with great power comes great responsibility. As your website grows in popularity and content richness (think high-quality images and videos), it faces increasing demands.
Imagine a car struggling to pull a heavy trailer. A single server can become overloaded with heavy traffic, leading to slow loading times and frustrating crashes. This is where load balancing comes in as a superhero.
This method acts like a traffic director, efficiently distributing website visitors across a pool of servers. This ensures no single server gets overwhelmed, keeping your website running smoothly even during traffic spikes.
The benefits for your users are clear. Faster loading times mean visitors do not get stuck waiting for pages to load. They will enjoy a more responsive experience, keeping them engaged and coming back for more.
## **Common Load Balancing Challenges for Your Hosting**
This solution offers a powerful solution for handling high traffic, but it is not without its challenges. Let us explore common load balancing challenges based on complexity & cost:
### **Configuration Complexity**
Setting up and maintaining a load balancer can be intricate, requiring technical expertise. Choosing the right algorithm and ensuring proper integration with your [**WordPress**](https://wordpress.org/) environment can be a hurdle.
### **Cost Considerations**
Implementing and managing load balancing often comes with additional costs. This can be a deciding factor, especially for smaller websites that might not require such a strong solution.
While it effectively tackles high traffic, it can be complex to set up and manage, requiring technical expertise and incurring additional costs. This can be a burden for smaller websites.
## **10 Load Balancing Techniques for Your Hosting**
Let us explore 10 **techniques to handle high traffic** on your **WordPress** website. We will break down how each method distributes website visitors across multiple servers, keeping your site running smoothly.
### 1\. **Round Robin: Simple Distribution, But Not Always Fair**
**Round Robin** is the most basic load balancing technique. It acts like a kid taking turns picking teammates. Each incoming request is directed to the next available server circularly. This ensures all servers get a share of the traffic, making it very easy to set up and manage.
However, **Round Robin** does not consider server performance. A weak server overloaded with requests can slow down the entire system. Imagine picking the shy kid last for dodgeball. They might not be the best choice! We will explore smarter techniques that account for server capabilities in the next section.
### **2\. Least Connections: Spreading the Load, But Not Based on Power**
**Least Connections** takes a different approach. It directs incoming traffic to the server with the fewest active connections, aiming for a more balanced workload. Think of it like assigning tasks to teammates. A teammate who is already doing and finishing tasks early(handling connections) gets the next task (new request) to avoid overburdening others with lots of tasks.
However, this method has a potential downside. If a server is particularly efficient and finishes tasks quickly, it might constantly receive new connections, even if it is not the most powerful. This could lead to overloading the efficient server while underutilized servers remain idle.
### 3\. **Weighted Round Robin: A More Balanced Approach**
**Weighted Round Robin** takes **Round Robin** a step further. It assigns ‘**weights**’ to servers based on their processing power or capacity. Think of it like assigning weights to bakery servers based on their experience. A seasoned baker gets a higher weight, allowing them to handle more customers (requests). This ensures better resource utilization, distributing traffic based on a server’s ability to handle it.
However, weighted methods come with trade-offs. Configuring weights requires technical knowledge and ongoing monitoring to adjust as server performance changes. It is a more complex approach compared to simpler methods, but it offers a significant advantage in efficiently utilizing your server resources.
### 4\. **Least Response Time: Prioritizing the Fastest Servers**
**Least Response Time** aims to send website visitors to the server with the quickest response time. Imagine a highway with multiple lanes. Traffic is directed to the lane with the fastest flow, ensuring everyone reaches their destination efficiently. This method prioritizes performance, directing users to the server that can handle their requests the quickest.
However, accurately measuring response time can be tricky. Factors like server load and network congestion can influence response times. **Least Response Time** requires real-time monitoring to ensure weights are assigned correctly based on actual performance. This can add complexity to the setup.
### 5\. **DNS Load Balancing: Transparent Distribution, Limited Control**
**DNS Load Balancing** works like a silent conductor for your website. It leverages the **Domain Name System (DNS)**, the internet’s phonebook, to distribute visitors across multiple servers. When users request your website, the DNS provides them with different IP addresses for your domain, effectively sending them to different servers. This approach is transparent to users, as they only interact with your domain name.
However, **DNS Load Balancing** has limitations in terms of control. Unlike other methods, it can not consider factors like server health or workload when distributing traffic. This can lead to uneven distribution, especially if server performance varies significantly.
### 6\. **IP Hashing: Session Consistency with Potential Drawbacks**
**IP Hashing** takes a user-centric approach. It uses the visitor’s IP address to create a unique identifier, which is then used to assign them to a specific server. Imagine a bakery with personalized stations based on your address. This ensures users are consistently directed to the same server for multiple requests, maintaining session information and a smooth user experience.
However, **IP Hashing**‘s strength in session consistency can become a weakness in traffic distribution. If your user base is constantly changing, with new visitors all the time, traffic might become unevenly distributed across servers. This can lead to underutilized servers alongside overloaded ones.
### 7\. **Client-Side Load Balancing: Reducing Server Load at a Cost**
**Client-side load Balancing** takes a unique approach. It utilizes software or plugins installed on the user’s device (like a web browser) to manage traffic distribution. Imagine a bakery with a smart ordering app. The app checks server availability and directs users to the least busy one. This approach reduces the load on your servers, but it relies on users having compatible devices and software.
While convenient for servers, **client-side balancing** can impact user experience. Incompatible devices or outdated plugins might cause issues with traffic distribution. Additionally, relying on user devices introduces another layer of complexity compared to server-side solutions.
### 8\. **Hardware Load Balancing: Top Performance with a Higher Price Tag**
**Hardware Load Balancing** throws dedicated muscle at traffic management. It utilizes specialized hardware appliances specifically designed for this task. Imagine a bakery with a high-tech traffic control system that analyzes customer flow and directs them to the most efficient server (baker). This approach offers unparalleled performance and reliability, ensuring smooth operation even under heavy traffic loads.
However, hardware solutions come at a premium. The dedicated appliances require upfront investment and ongoing maintenance. Compared to software-based solutions that leverage existing server resources, **hardware load balancing** can be a more expensive option, especially for smaller websites with moderate traffic demands.
### 9\. **Cloud Load Balancing: Scalable And Cost-Effective Solution**
**Cloud Load Balancing** harnesses the power of **cloud computing** to manage traffic. It distributes website visitors across multiple servers hosted within a cloud environment. Imagine a bakery with multiple branches, all connected by a central ordering system. **Cloud Load Balancing** acts as that system, directing visitors to the closest or least busy branch (server) for optimal service.
This approach offers significant advantages. **Cloud services** are inherently scalable, allowing you to easily add or remove servers as traffic demands fluctuate. Additionally, cloud solutions are elastic, automatically adjusting resources based on real-time needs. This translates to cost-effectiveness, as you only pay for the resources you use. **Cloud Load Balancing** provides a dynamic and efficient way to handle traffic surges without overwhelming your infrastructure.
### 10\. **Hybrid Load Balancing: Combining Techniques for Complex Needs**
**Hybrid Load Balancing** brings together the strengths of various techniques. Imagine a bakery that uses a combination of strategies. **DNS Load Balancing** might initially distribute visitors across locations, and then hardware or **cloud load balancing** within each location can further optimize traffic based on server performance. This layered approach provides granular control and caters to complex traffic patterns.
The advantage of hybrid balancing lies in its adaptability. It allows you to leverage the benefits of different techniques, like the transparency of **DNS** combined with the fine-tuned control of hardware or cloud solutions. This creates a comprehensive traffic management system that can effectively handle even the most demanding website needs.
## **Choosing the Right Load Balancing Technique for Your WordPress Site**
Entangled with the decision to implement load balancing for your WordPress site? Do not worry, we’ve got you covered. Choosing the most suitable technique depends on several factors:
- **Website Traffic Volume:** For websites with predictable traffic, simpler techniques like Round Robin or Least Connections might suffice. However, sites experiencing traffic spikes or unpredictable surges benefit from more dynamic methods like Least Response Time or DNS Load Balancing.
- **Server Configuration:** If you have a cluster of identical servers, Round Robin or Weighted Round Robin are good options. Hardware Load Balancing offers superior performance but requires dedicated equipment. Cloud Load Balancing is ideal for those leveraging **cloud-based hosting** for its scalability and cost-effectiveness.
- **Budget:** Software-based solutions like plugins (LiteSpeed Cache, Redis Object Cache) are often budget-friendly and easy to integrate with your your Hosting for WordPress. Hardware Load Balancing offers unmatched performance but comes at a higher cost. Cloud Load Balancing provides a balance between scalability and affordability, making it a popular choice.
- **Technical Expertise:** Techniques like Round Robin or Least Connections require minimal technical knowledge. Hardware Load Balancing typically requires specialized configuration. Cloud Load Balancing services often offer user-friendly interfaces and technical support, making them suitable for users with varying technical skill sets.
## **Popular Options for WordPress to Balance Site Performance**
Several user-friendly solutions seamlessly integrate with hosting:
- **WordPress Load Balancing Plugins:** Plugins like [**Redis Object Cache**](/advanced-redis-object-caching-for-wordpress/) **and** [**W3 Total Cache**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/w3-total-cache/) leverage software-based load balancing techniques and are often easy to configure within your WordPress dashboard.
- **Cloud Load Balancing Services:** Cloud providers like [**Amazon Web Services (AWS)**](https://aws.amazon.com/what-is/load-balancing/) and Microsoft Azure offer cloud load balancing solutions (e.g., AWS Elastic Load Balancing and Azure Load Balancer) that can be easily integrated with your WordPress site hosted in their respective cloud environments.
By considering your specific needs and these factors, you can choose the load balancing technique that optimizes website performance, ensures scalability, and keeps your WordPress site running smoothly for your visitors.
## **Bonus: Load Balancing – A Game Changer for Your Hosting**
For WordPress websites, load balancing is a game changer. Imagine your site exploding with traffic during a new product launch – load balancing ensures it doesn’t crumble. By distributing visitors across multiple servers, it handles sudden traffic surges effortlessly, keeping your site online and responsive.
This translates to happy visitors and potential customers. Faster loading times, a key factor in search engine optimization (SEO), can significantly boost your ranking, attracting even more organic traffic. Additionally, load balancing prevents downtime, crucial for maintaining a positive brand image and fostering user trust.
But the benefits go beyond immediate traffic spikes. Load balancing allows you to confidently scale your website alongside your growing audience. Whether it’s a viral blog post or a captivating online course, you can be confident your site can handle the success without breaking a sweat. This paves the way for a thriving online presence, powered by the reliable performance of load balancing.
## **Ultimate Guide to Load Balancing that Increases Performance**
Load balancing offers a powerful [**solution for handling high traffic**](https://wpdeveloper.com/social-proof-growth-hacks-traffic-count/) on your WordPress website. It ensures your site runs smoothly and efficiently by distributing website visitors across multiple servers. We explored ten different load balancing techniques, each with its advantages and considerations. Choosing the right technique depends on your website’s specific needs and resources. You can select the optimal load balancing solution to keep your WordPress site thriving.
Do you want to read more blogs like this to master your Hosting? Then, [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) and join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) for more WordPress insights!
---
# Self Hosted Lovable Hosting – Launch AI-Built Apps & Websites in One Click
> Self-host Lovable to build and launch AI-powered websites and web apps in minutes. One-click deployment, enterprise security, and full control with no coding required.
# **Lovable Hosting**
## Self-Hosted _Lovable_ to Launch Your Idea to Vision In A Click
Build fully functional websites and web apps by simply chatting with AI. Launch in 1 click – no coding, just ask AI to build and make LIVE in minutes
## **Setup Process**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Lovable Application in Minutes
Get your Lovable running quickly with a step-by-step process – from setup to launch, manage
everything, and deployment is simplified so you can focus on building great projects easily.
### Choose Deployment Method
Clone your Lovable project directly from a Git repository and get ready to deploy in seconds.
### Configure Site Settings
Configure your domain, Node.js version, and other essential settings based on your preferences.
### Go Live Right Away
Review your setup and deploy your site instantly. Moreover, push the latest code to LIVE to deploy automatically.
## Pricing
## Reliable Managed Lovable Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Scale effortlessly with pay-as-you-go plans on your preferred cloud server. Host unlimited
Laravel applications and access exclusive tools for high-performance growth.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
MonthlyYearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Perfect for Everything You Create with Lovable
Lovable is an AI-powered app builder designed to help you create, iterate, and deploy applications at lightning speed. From idea to production, Lovable streamlines the entire development process.
- ### AI-assisted app generation and editing
- ### Rapid prototyping and iteration
- ### Full-stack application support
- ### Easy deployment and integration with your own infrastructure
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Lovable on Your VPS for Fast, Secure Performance
Launch Lovable on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything comes pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
xCloud isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1\. What is Self-Hosted Lovable?
Self-Hosted Lovable lets you run the Lovable AI app builder on your own server or VPS. You get full control over your infrastructure while still building complete websites and web apps simply by chatting with AI, no coding required.
### 2\. How is Self-Hosted Lovable different from the cloud version?
With self-hosting, you own the server, data, and deployment environment. This gives you better performance, enhanced security, custom configurations, and no platform lock-in, ideal for developers, agencies, and businesses.
### 3\. Can I deploy on my own VPS or cloud provider?
Yes. Self hosted Lovable works on any server, including xCloud Managed Server, DigitalOcean, AWS, Vultr, Linode, and other VPS providers.
### 4\. Is Self-Hosted Lovable secure?
## Absolutely. xCloud provides a free SSL certificate for your Lovable application.
### 5\. Can I host multiple Lovable apps on one server?
Yes. You can host as many Lovable apps as you want, as long as your plan and server can handle them. This makes it great for agencies, SaaS founders, and teams working on multiple projects.
### 6\. Is Lovable Hosting Free?
Yes. xCloud allows you to deploy the Lovable application for free. You can launch your own server or an xCloud-managed server without any hassle from your Git repository.
---
# Mail Delivery | xCloud Managed SMTP Email Service
> Send emails from your website using our SMTP email service. With xCloud Mail Delivery, we offer a free plan and paid plans starting at $1 per month.
## xCloud Mail Delivery Addon
# Reliable Transactional Email
Service for Your Websites
Starts from just $1/month, perfect for WooCommerce orders, password resets, and all SMTP emails, powered by Elastic Email.
- 
### Better deliverability
- 
### WooCommerce order & invoice emails
- 
### SMTP integration for any website
## Setup Process
## Set up Transactional Email
in a Few Clicks
Connect your domain, enable SMTP, and start sending transactional emails instantly. No complex server configuration required.
### Choose a Plan
Pick the right email sending plan based on your volume. Start from only $1/month.
### Connect Your Website
Add SMTP credentials, verify your domain, and get connected in minutes.
### Start Sending Emails
Send order confirmations, login emails, invoices, and more with reliable delivery.
## Pricing
## Affordable Transactional Email Plans for Every Website
Choose a plan based on your sending volume. Starts from just $1 per month, perfect for small sites, WooCommerce stores and growing businesses.
## **100** Free Emails
Perfect for getting started with essential emails.
### $ 0 / Per month
[Start free](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## **4,000** Emails
Extra capacity for expanding businesses
### $ 4 / Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## **3000** Emails
Perfect for growing websites and stores
### $ 3 / Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## **10,000** Emails
Ideal for small business transactional emails
### $ 12 / Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## Features
## Experience fast and excellent deliver-ability
Use a secure and reliable email sending platform
### Quick and easy setup
Generate SMTP credentials, connect your domain and start sending in minutes.
### Get your messages delivered with a powerful SMTP relay
Connect your website and send transactional emails quickly and securely through our SMTP delivery network.
### Excellent email delivery
Enjoy fast and secure delivery with real-time sending analysis and delivery tracking.
### No coding skills
Add credentials to your website or plugin and begin sending without technical complexity.
## SECURITY
## Protect Your Transactional Emails with Reliable Authentication and Safe Sending
Keep your transactional email delivery secure with verified authentication methods, real-time monitoring, and protection against spoofing or blocked delivery.
## Verified SMTP Authentication
Use authenticated SMTP credentials to make sure only authorized systems can send from your domain.
## Anti-spam protection
Protect your domain reputation and keep inbox placement high.
## Domain Authentication (SPF, DKIM)
Authenticate your domain so inbox providers trust your email source and deliver messages correctly.
## Spam and Abuse Protection
Protect your domain reputation with automatic filtering against abuse and suspicious sending behavior.
## Experience fast and excellent deliverability
Ensure your website emails reach users with optimized delivery, proper authentication and safe SMTP routing.
## Secure API Keys
Keep your sending credentials protected and private.
## Blocks Email Tracking
Remove tracking links from messages to keep your private actions hidden.
## IP Reputation Management
Use trusted reputable IPs to improve inbox placement and reduce spam flags.
## Built-In DMARC Policy
Use a default DMARC policy or create your own to prevent spoofing and increase trust in your domain.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Ready to Look More Professional with Your Business Email Address?
Get started today and give your business a more professional look with the email account it deserves, while building greater trust with your audience.
[Get Your MailBox for Just $1](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## FAQs
## Explore, Learn & Thrive With The Ultimate Managed Cloud Hosting
Got a question? We’re here to help you with our comprehensive knowledge base, tutorials and expert support system.
### What is a business email?
Business email is an email address that uses a custom domain-based address (for example, your business email can be you@yourdomain.com). It’s used explicitly for business and professional communications and adds more credibility to your brand. With a business email, you get professional branding, easy scalability, and increased security.
### How is business email different from personal email?
Personal email works for one-to-one exchanges with friends and family. It can also be used for signing up for personal services and personal social media accounts.
Business email is best for managing business communications and professional contacts. Business email generally comes with email and group aliases, higher storage, and business-specific features and integrations, including migration support and control panel.
### How do you create a business email address in the xCloud MailBox Addon?
If you already own a domain, you can set up your domain with xCloud MailBox to create a business email address for your professional communications.
If you don’t have a domain, you can buy a new domain name for your business through xCloud MailBox. You can then host your domain with MailBox and create your business email address.
### What is email hosting?
## Email hosting is a service that allows you to send and receive emails using your own domain name. Aside from customization and increased storage space, this email service allows you to brand yourself professionally while offering a high level of security and data privacy.
If you’re looking for a more secure, reliable, and customizable business email solution, then email hosting is a great option.
### How much storage do I get with your email hosting service?
xCloud MailBox comprises two plans that vary in terms of storage and features across the application suite. The Lite plan provides 8GB and 25GB of Mail storage per user.
However, you’re not limited to the storage space that comes with your MailBox plan. MailBox is flexible enough to allow you to add additional storage to your account if you need it.
### Can I create aliases and forwarding rules?
Yes. You can create unlimited aliases and set up to 20 forwarding addresses per mailbox at no extra cost
### Which email protocols are supported?
xCloud supports IMAP, POP3 and SMTP. You can configure it on Outlook, Thunderbird, Apple Mail, Gmail, iPhone, Android, and more.
---
# Professional Business Email Address| xCloud Mailbox Addon
> Get a secure, professional email address using your domain. Choose xCloud Mailbox Addon for reliable business email, starting at just $1/month.
## xCloud Mailbox Addon
# Get a Professional Email Address
for Your Business
Keep your business email account protected with built-in security features that keep your email safe, private, and trusted around the clock.
- 
### Custom domain name
- 
### Secure email Communication
- 
### Unlimited aliases
## xCloud MailBox Addon
# Get a Professional Email Address
For Your Business
Build trust with your customers by using a professional business email
address that includes your business name.
- 
### Free MailBox
- 
### Private, protected & secure communication
- 
### AI-Powered mail reply, & more
[Claim Your Free Mailbox](/mailbox/)
## Setup Process
## Set up your Business Email Address in a Few Clicks
Easily set up your business email in minutes by picking a plan, connecting your domain, and following simple steps.
### Choose a Mailbox Plan
Pick the plan that matches your business needs. Whether you are starting small or growing fast, there is an option for you.
### Set Up xCloud Mailbox
Follow the simple steps to activate your mailbox. Connect it to your domain and customize your settings in minutes.
### Send & Receive Emails
Begin using your professional email address right away. Stay connected with your customers and manage emails easily.
## Pricing
## Flexible Email Hosting Plans for Your Business
Choose the right plan to build trust and grow your business.
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
### Free
## $0
/ Free
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
### 8GB Mailbox
## $1
/ Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
### 25GB Mailbox
## $2.50
/ Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
### 50GB Mailbox
## $5
/ Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
### 80GB Mailbox
## $8
/ Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
### Email
- ### Feature
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## Get started today
## Everything on the Free plan, plus
## Everything on 8GB, plus
## Everything on 25GB, plus
## Everything on 50GB, plus
- ### Storage
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## 100MB
## 8GB
## 25GB
## 50GB
## 80GB
- ### Unified Inbox
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Threaded Conversations
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Email Rules Engine
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Schedule Send
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Read Receipts
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Email Signatures
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## Unlimited
## Unlimited
## Unlimited
## Unlimited
## Unlimited
- ### Mail Templates
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## 10
## 25
## Unlimited
- ### Follow-up Reminders
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Spam & Phishing Protection
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Undo Send
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Mail Delay Sending
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Undo Send
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## Limited
- ### Smart Mail Sorting
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Snooze Emails
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
### Calendar
- ### Multi-view Calendar
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Recurring Events
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Smart Scheduling
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Invitation Management
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Attachments to Events
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Resource Booking
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### External Calendar Subs
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Time Zone Support
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Event Color Coding
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
### Tasks
- ### Shared Task Lists
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Recurring Tasks
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Task Attachments
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Due Date & Reminders
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Prioritization Flags
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Completion Tracking
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Comment Threads
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
### Drive & Storage
- ### File Upload & Download
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### File Sharing with Roles
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Version History
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## 30 ver
## Unlimited
- ### Document Preview
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### WebDAV Access
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Sync Clients
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Public Share Links
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Storage Usage Widget
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Favorites & Recent Files
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Quota Warning System
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Trash & Recovery
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## 14 days
## 14 days
### Documents
- ### Built-in Document Editors
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Edit Attachments Online
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Office File Support
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Real-time Collaboration
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Office Compatibility
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
### Contacts
- ### Personal Address Books
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Global Address Book
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Shared Contacts
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### CSV/vCard Import & Export
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Contact Tags & Categories
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Contact Profile Images
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Halo View
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Autocomplete Addresses
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
### Security
- ### Two-Factor Authentication
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### WebAuthn Support
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Autocrypt Encryption
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Self-Service Password Reset
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Antivirus / Antispam
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
### AI & Accessibility
- ### AI Email Suggestions
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Smart Classification
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## Limited
## Limited
- ### Text-to-Speech
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Email Summarization
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Smart Tasks
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Voice Commands (Planned)
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## Coming Soon
- ### Keyboard Navigation
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## Limited
### Portal & More
- ### Customizable Dashboard
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### RSS Widget Support
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Cloud Usage Meter
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Language Support
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## 5
## 10
## 15
## 20+
## 25+
- ### Keyboard Shortcuts
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Dark Mode
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### App Suite App
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
- ### Public Status Page
Exclusive to xCloud Managed Server Users
## Pricing
## Flexible Email Hosting Plans for Your Business
Choose the right plan to build trust and grow your business.
### Choose a Mailbox Plan
Pick the plan that matches your business needs. Whether you are starting small or growing fast, there is an option for you.
### Set Up xCloud Mailbox
Follow the simple steps to activate your mailbox. Connect it to your domain and customize your settings in minutes.
### Send & Receive Emails
Begin using your professional email address right away. Stay connected with your customers and manage emails easily.
## Pricing
## Flexible Email Hosting Plans for Your Business
Choose the right plan to build trust and grow your business.
## **8 GB** MailBox
Ideal for tracking small business
### $ 1 / Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## what’s included
- 
### 8GB xCloud Mailbox
- 
### Mail & Contacts
- 
### Unlimited email Aliases
- 
### 20 forwarding per mailbox
- 
### 2FA protection
- 
### Antivirus & Antispam
- 
### IP Restrictions
## **25 GB** MailBox
Ideal for tracking growing business
### $ 2.5 / Per month
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## what’s included
- 
### 25GB xCloud Mailbox
- 
### Mail & Contacts
- 
### Unlimited email Aliases
- 
### 20 forwarding per mailbox
- 
### 2FA protection
- 
### Antivirus & Antispam
- 
### IP Restrictions
## Features
## Smart AI-Powered Inbox That Saves Your Time
Reply faster, skip the clutter, and let your mailbox handle the repetitive
stuff so you can focus on running your business.
- ### AI-Powered Inbox – Save time, cut clutter, focus on work that matters.
- ### Adaptive AI – Matches your tone, style, and workflow.
- ### AI Email Replies – Drafts emails in your tone, ready to send.
- ### Summarization – Turns long threads into quick highlights.
- ### Smart Tasks – Automates sorting, flags, and follow-ups.
- ### Auto Classification – Organizes emails into key categories.
- ### Text-to-Speech – Listen to emails and events on the go.
- ### Voice Commands (Soon) – Manage your inbox hands-free.
## Features
## Everything You Need to Manage Your Business Email Address
Manage your business email address with your own domain, folders, contacts, and many more with ease.
### Contacts
Sync address books across devices and access the company directory anytime.
### Custom Domain
Use your own domain and share email folders, and contacts. You can give each user specific access based on their role.
### Compatible with Email Clients
Compatible with all major email clients and platforms, including Gmail, Outlook, and Thunderbird on Windows, macOS, iOS, and Android, using POP, IMAP, or SMTP.
### Custom label
Use colored labels and filters to automatically sort incoming emails
## SECURITY
## Protect Your Business Email Account with Strong Security Features
Keep your business email account protected with built-in security like Autocrypt email &
file encryption, 2FA tracking removal, and more.
## Antispam & Antiphishing
Every email is scanned for spam, phishing, and malware. Threats are blocked before they ever reach your inbox.
## 2FA Authentication
Add a second step to your login for extra security. Even if someone has your password, they can’t get in.
## WebAuthn Support
Log in with your fingerprint, face ID, or a security key. No passwords needed, just fast and secure access.
## Autocrypt Encryption
our emails are encrypted end-to-end using PGP/S-MIME. Only you and your recipient can read what’s inside.
## Password Reset
Reset your password in seconds using a backup verification method. No need to contact support or wait around.
## Blocks Email Tracking
Tracking pixels and links are removed from your emails. No one can monitor when or how you read them.
## Blocks Email Tracking
Remove tracking links from messages to keep your private actions hidden.
## IP Restriction
Allow trusted IP addresses to access email account, blocking unauthorized attempts.
## Built-in DMARC Policy
Use the default DMARC policy to stop spoofing and build customer trust.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Ready to Look More Professional with Your Business Email Address?
Get started today and give your business a more professional look with the email account it deserves, while building greater trust with your audience.
[Get Your MailBox for Just $1](https://app.xcloud.host/addons/mailboxes)
## FAQs
## Explore, Learn & Thrive With The Ultimate Managed Cloud Hosting
Got a question? We’re here to help you with our comprehensive knowledge base, tutorials and expert support system.
### What is a business email?
A business email uses your own domain name as the address, like you@yourdomain.com. You use it for professional communication, and it makes your brand look more credible. You get your business name in the address, more control over security, and the ability to add more accounts as your team grows.
### How is business email different from personal email?
You use personal email to talk with friends and family, sign up for services, and manage social media. Business email handles professional communication and contacts. It comes with email aliases, group aliases, more storage, and features like migration support, an admin control panel, and team-level integrations.
### What is email hosting?
Email hosting lets you send and receive emails using your own domain name. You get a professional address, more storage, and strong security and privacy controls. If you want full control over your business email without relying on free providers, email hosting gives you that.
### How do I create a business email address with xCloud Mailbox?
If you own a domain, connect it to xCloud Mailbox and set up your email in minutes. If you don’t have a domain, buy a domain from your preferred domian provider , and create a Mailbox using that domain.
### How much storage do I get with xCloud Mailbox?
xCloud Mailbox offers 5 plans, including a free tier. Storage ranges from 100 MB free plan to 80 GB and each plan includes different features. If you need more space later, you can add storage to your account at any time.
### Can I create aliases and forwarding?
Yes. You can create unlimited aliases and forwarding addresses per mailbox at no extra cost.
### Which email protocols are supported?
xCloud supports IMAP, POP3, and SMTP. You can set it up on Outlook, Thunderbird, Apple Mail, Gmail, iPhone, Android, and most other email clients.
### Where is the email hosted? On my server or somewhere else?
Your email does not run on your server. xCloud partners with a mailbox provider who runs email on their own infrastructure with dedicated IP addresses. Your web server handles your sites. Your email runs on infrastructure built for reliable delivery.
### Can I buy one large mailbox and put all my clients’ email accounts inside it?
No. Each email account has its own storage. If you need three addresses like support@yourdomain.com, sales@yourdomain.com, and contact@yourdomain.com, you buy three separate mailboxes. Each one gets its own plan and storage. This works the same way as Google Workspace and other email platforms. Plans go up to 80 GB per mailbox. If you need more, reach out to the team.
### Can Self Managed server users use xCloud Mailbox?
Yes. Self Managed server users get the same plans, pricing, and features as everyone else on xCloud. The free mailbox plan is the only exception. It is limited to xCloud-managed server and xCloud Provider server users. Self-managed server users can buy any paid plan with no feature restrictions.
### Can I disable the AI features for my team or clients?
Yes. You can turn AI features off at the domain level. If you manage mailboxes for clients or staff and don’t want them using AI suggestions, you control that setting.
### Will the existing mailbox provider be removed? What happens if I don’t migrate?
The existing provider is not going away right now. You can keep using it with no disruption. Migrating to the new provider gives you more features at the same price. xCloud built a migration tool to make the switch easy, and support can help if you need it. There is no deadline to migrate.
### How do I claim my free mailbox?
Deploy your site on an xCloud managed server (xCloud or xCloud Provider). A “Claim Free Mailbox” banner shows up on your dashboard. Click it, follow the steps, and your free 100 MB mailbox is ready. Each domain on an xCloud managed server gets one free mailbox.
### I am paying for Mailbox on my xCloud managed server. Will my existing mailbox become free?
No. The free mailbox applies to new mailboxes created on xCloud Managed Servers. Existing mailboxes are not eligible. You can migrate your existing mailboxes to the new provider using the built-in migration tool and keep paying the same price, with access to all the upgraded features.
### I don’t see the “Claim Free Mailbox” banner. What should I check?
A few things could be going on. Your site must run on an xCloud managed server. Hetzner, AWS, DigitalOcean, and other non-managed providers don’t qualify. The site needs to be in production, not staging. Your team may have used all its free mailbox slots (default cap is 10 per team). The domain may have a free mailbox assigned to it. Legacy mailboxes on the domain that haven’t been migrated will block the banner until migration is done. You or someone on your team may have dismissed the banner (dismissal is per domain). White-label service don’t see the mailbox addon.
### I have legacy mailboxes on my domain. Can I still get a free mailbox?
Yes, after you finish migration. Use the migration wizard to move all your legacy mailboxes to the new provider. Once that is done, the free mailbox banner shows up on every site that shares that base domain. You don’t need to contact support. It happens on its own.
### If I create a new site on my xCloud managed server, does it qualify for a free mailbox?
Yes. Any site on an xCloud managed server qualifies, including new ones. The domain can’t have claimed a free mailbox before.
### Is the free mailbox available on xCloud reseller managed servers?
No. The mailbox addon is not available on the xCloud reseller program right now. It works on standard xCloud managed servers.
### I have a lifetime deal (LTD). Am I eligible for a free mailbox?
Free Mailbox is available for both xCloud Managed Servers and xCloud Provider Servers.
If you are using an xCloud Provider Server, you are eligible to claim the free Mailbox offer.
However, this offer is not available for self-managed servers. In other words, if you are managing your own server instead of using an xCloud Provider Server, you will not be able to claim the free Mailbox.
### What happens to my free mailbox if I move my site off xCloud?
Your free mailbox keeps working. It won’t shut down right away. An ineligibility period starts, and you get notification emails on Day 0, 7, 14, and 30. An in-app banner gives you two options: move your site back to xCloud, or upgrade to a paid mailbox plan. Auto-suspension is not active in the current version.
### I brought my site back to xCloud. Will the ineligibility warning go away?
Yes. The system picks up the change within seconds, closes the ineligibility episode, and removes the warning banner on the next page load.
### I deleted my free mailbox but my counter still shows it is at the limit.
The counter should update right when you delete a mailbox. Refresh the mailbox addons page. If the count is still wrong after refreshing, contact our support team so the team can look into it.
### Can I have more than 10 free mailboxes on my team?
Yes. The default cap is 10 per team. Contact support to request a higher limit.
### I am getting a “Free plan limit reached” error but I only have a couple of free mailboxes.
Your team may have a custom limit set lower than the default. A recently deleted mailbox might still be processing. Contact our support team so they can check your team’s settings and fix the issue.
### I have a paid mailbox on my domain. Can I add a free domain too?
Yes. Paid and free mailboxes can exist on the same domain as long as everything runs on the default provider. There is no restriction on combining both plan types.
### Can I claim a free mailbox through the API?
No. Free mailbox claims go through the dashboard with a valid site context. API-based claims are not available in this version.
### The migration wizard won’t let me cancel. Is this a bug?
No. Free mailbox claims go through the dashboard with a valid site context. API-based claims are not available in this version.
### Is it possible to downgrade my mailbox plan
No. Once any mailbox in the migration reaches the DNS-verified stage, email is flowing to the new system. Canceling at that point would lose the received mail. You need to finish the migration to keep everything intact.
### Can I use xCloud Mailbox for transactional emails?
Yes, it is possible. SMTP is included with the mailbox and comes with a sending limit of 250 emails per day. However, for SMTP or transactional emails such as subscriber notifications, order confirmations, and marketing messages, we recommend using the xCloud Email Delivery Add-on for better reliability and performance.
---
# Managed Hosting | xCloud
> Experience high-performance managed hosting with xCloud Managed Server & enjoy ultra-fast speeds, top security, easy scalability, 24/7 support, and 30+ global data centers.
**Note for agents:** this is `/managed-hosting-2/`, a design experiment that rebuilds
[/managed-hosting/](/managed-hosting/) on the new light design system. Both pages are
live and describe the same product with the same prices. The page carries
`noindex` while it is an experiment. Prefer [/managed-hosting/](/managed-hosting/) as
the canonical source until this one replaces it.
## High Performance Managed Hosting For WordPress
Experience ultra speed, top notch security and stable hosting service with xCloud Managed Server.
- No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites
- Full Root Access On Your Servers
Starts at $5/month.
## Why xCloud managed hosting
| | |
| --- | --- |
| **Easy Server Scaling** | Scale up RAM, CPU & Storage with one click, without altering existing configurations. |
| **30+ Data Centers** | Deploy servers from anywhere to keep your applications fast & accessible worldwide. |
| **Full Server Backup** | Automatically schedule & manage backup of entire server and ensure data recovery for any possible disaster. |
| **Live Chat Support** | Our expert customer support is available to assist you with any queries & issues through live chat or support ticket. |
## Flexible xCloud Managed Server Plans for Everyone
Our scalable and customizable managed hosting plans empower individuals and businesses of all sizes with powerful features. Every plan includes unlimited sites, free SSL, automated backups and full control panel access.
Fifteen plans across nine memory sizes. Not every size ships in both builds: 48 GB and 58 GB are Premium only, and 64 GB is Standard only.
| Plan | Build | Price | RAM | Storage | CPU | Bandwidth | For |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Newcomer | Standard | $5.00/mo | 1 GB | 25 GB SSD | 1 vCPU | 1 TB | Personal use |
| Lite | Premium | $7.50/mo | 1 GB | 32 GB NVMe SSD | 1 vCPU | 1 TB | Personal use |
| Basic | Standard | $12.00/mo | 2 GB | 55 GB SSD | 1 vCPU | 2 TB | Basic websites |
| Personal | Premium | $20.00/mo | 2 GB | 80 GB NVMe SSD | 2 vCPU | 3 TB | Basic websites |
| Standard | Standard | $24.00/mo | 4 GB | 80 GB SSD | 2 vCPU | 3 TB | Growing websites |
| Growing *(most popular)* | Premium | $30.00/mo | 4 GB | 128 GB NVMe SSD | 2 vCPU | 3 TB | Growing websites |
| Professional | Standard | $45.00/mo | 8 GB | 160 GB SSD | 4 vCPU | 4 TB | Busier websites |
| Elite | Premium | $50.00/mo | 8 GB | 256 GB NVMe SSD | 3 vCPU | 4 TB | Busier websites |
| Business | Standard | $88.00/mo | 16 GB | 320 GB SSD | 6 vCPU | 5 TB | Bigger, busier websites |
| Titanium | Premium | $100.00/mo | 16 GB | 384 GB NVMe SSD | 4 vCPU | 5 TB | Bigger, busier websites |
| Business Plus | Standard | $196.00/mo | 32 GB | 640 GB SSD | 8 vCPU | 6 TB | High-performance needs |
| Ultimate | Premium | $200.00/mo | 32 GB | 512 GB NVMe SSD | 8 vCPU | 7 TB | High-performance needs |
| Ultimate PLUS | Premium | $310.00/mo | 48 GB | 768 GB NVMe SSD | 12 vCPU | 8 TB | High-performance needs |
| Quantum | Premium | $395.00/mo | 58 GB | 1024 GB NVMe SSD | 16 vCPU | 9 TB | High-performance needs |
| Business Max | Standard | $399.00/mo | 64 GB | 1280 GB SSD | 16 vCPU | 10 TB | High-performance needs |
Premium plans run on NVMe SSD storage backed by 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, which gives noticeably faster disk and database performance. Standard plans use regular SSD storage and are better value when raw throughput is not the bottleneck.
## Powerful Features To Manage Your Server & Sites
Get advanced features in every plan, at no additional cost and simplify your server and site management with ease.
### Performance
- **NGINX LEMP Stack** — xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
- **OLS Stack** — Experience a fully integrated OpenLightSpeed stack, meticulously prepared and ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
- **NGINX FastCGI Caching** — Boost your WordPress site's performance effortlessly. With just one click, activate full-page NGINX FastCGI caching and serve pages at lightning speed, bypassing PHP processing.
- **Object Caching** — You can handle more visitors without slowing down and clear the cache directly from xCloud using Redis Object caching.
- **1-Click NGINX Configuration** — Configure Rocket-NGINX for WP Rocket, Standard WP NGINX for WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache easily. These plugins can optimize caching & enhance performance.
### Server Management
- **Full Root Access for Ultimate Freedom** — Getting full root access to your xCloud server means you get full control over your cloud. Our system uses updatable packages, giving your server the ultimate flexibility with zero restrictions.
- **Unlimited Site Deployments** — Effortlessly create and manage multiple databases and users on a single server. Streamline your data management, boost efficiency and enjoy unparalleled control.
- **Fast & High Performing Databases** — Get ultimate query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB & MySQL databases.
- **Automation with Cron Job** — Easily manage scheduled tasks with cron jobs to increase efficiency and ensure your operations run smoothly without manual intervention.
- **Monitoring Your Server's & Site's Health** — Get real-time insights and instant alerts. Monitor your RAM, CPU and Disk Usage straight from xCloud.
- **Server Clone** — Duplicate an existing server with its stack and settings intact, so a second environment is a copy rather than a fresh build you have to configure again.
### Site Management
- **Deploy WordPress Demo Sites in 1 click** — Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You'll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
- **Easily Build Staging Sites with Pull Push** — Create a staging environment for your WordPress site and test any changes before bringing it to your production site.
- **Effortless Backup & Restore** — Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks.
- **Run PHP Your Way** — Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
### Security
- **Ensure Site Security with Isolation** — Keep each of your websites isolated from one another by creating separate system users for each one.
- **Secure Website with SSL Certificates** — Protect your site with 1-click free SSL provided by xCloud or add your own custom SSL certificates. xCloud configures the certificates and renewals on your behalf.
- **Ensure Data Safety with SFTP & SSH** — To ensure the security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP and SSH.
- **Safeguard Your Server with Fail2Ban** — It blocks unauthorized access and protects against brute-force attacks. xCloud servers have it enabled by default, securing the SSH port.
[Explore all features →](/features/)
## Unlock The Power Of Managed Hosting For WordPress With Unlimited Rewards
Lightning Fast Speed · Ready-To-Go WordPress · Intuitive Control Panel · Constant Server & Site Monitoring · Enterprise Grade Security · Unlimited Free Migration · xCloud Managed Email Service · Pay-As-Go Payment Policy
## Frequently asked questions
### How do self-managed hosting differ from managed hosting?
With self-managed services, you take care of everything regarding server management, from setup to maintenance. In contrast, with managed services, we handle the server for you, providing support, maintenance, and monitoring to ensure everything runs well. Plus, it's easy to scale your server as your needs grow.
### Will I have root access?
Absolutely, you will have full root access to your xCloud managed server, giving you complete control over your cloud environment.
### Can I resize my server?
Yes, you can upgrade your server resources easily with just a few clicks anytime.
### What's your refund policy?
We follow a prepaid policy, and refunds are subject to the terms outlined in our documentation. [Read the billing documentation](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
### What software stacks can I use?
We support a variety of software stacks, including NGINX, OpenLiteSpeed (OLS), and many more.
### Can I run WooCommerce on any of your WordPress plans?
Of course! We built all our managed WordPress plans to handle new or established WooCommerce stores with a lot of traffic.
### What kind of support can I expect?
We offer comprehensive support for both server-related and WordPress-related issues. For any further queries, please contact our support team.
### Where are the xCloud servers located?
xCloud servers are distributed across 31 locations globally to provide better connectivity, speed, and reliability for users in different regions. [See all 31 server locations](/docs/31-server-locations-worldwide/)
## Get help
- [Connect Through Live Chat & Support](https://support.xcloud.host/)
- [Be Part of Our Community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
- [Explore Our Knowledgebase](/docs/)
- [Watch Our Video Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Experience The Fast Secure & Fully Managed Hosting For WordPress
Unlimited sites on every plan, full root access, and 31 locations to deploy into. We run the server; you ship.
[Begin your journey now](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Managed Hosting | xCloud
> Experience high-performance managed hosting with xCloud Managed Server & enjoy ultra-fast speeds, top security, easy scalability, 24/7 support, and 30+ global data centers.
## xCloud MANAGED SERVER
# High Performance Managed Hosting For WordPress
Experience ultra speed, top notch security and stable hosting
service with xCloud Managed Server.
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites
- 
### Full Root Access On Your Servers
[Starts at $5/Month](/managed-hosting/)
### Easy Server Scaling
Scale up RAM, CPUv & Storage with one click, without altering existing configurations.
### 30+ Data Centers
Deploy servers from anywhere to keep your applications fast & accessible worldwide.
### Full Server Backup
Automatically schedule & manage backup of entire server and ensure data recovery for any possible disaster.
### Live Chat Support
Our expert customer support is available to assist you with any queries & issues through live chat or support ticket.
## Pricing
## Flexible xCloud Managed Server
Plans for Everyone
Our scalable and customizable managed hosting plans empower individuals
and businesses of all sizes with powerful features.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
Monthly
Yearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Sites
- ### No Credit Card Required
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Powerful Features To Manage Your Server & Sites
Get advanced features in every plan, at no additional cost and simplify your server and site management with with ease.
- 
###### Performance
- 
###### Server Management
- 
###### Site Management
- 
###### Security
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OpenLightSpeed stack, meticulously prepared and ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## NGINX FastCGI Caching
Boost your WordPress site’s performance effortlessly. With just one click, activate full-page NGINX FastCGI caching and serve pages at lightning speed, bypassing PHP processing.
## Object Caching
You can handle more visitors without slowing down and clear the cache directly from xCloud using Redis Object caching.
## 1-Click NGINX Configuration
Configure Rocket-NGINX for WP Rocket, Standard WP NGINX for WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache easily. These plugins can optimize caching & enhance performance.
## Full Root Access for
UItimate Freedom
Getting full root access to your xCloud server means you get full control over your cloud. Our system uses updatable packages, giving your server the ultimate flexibility with zero restrictions.
## Unlimited
Site Deployments
Effortlessly create and manage multiple databases and users on a single server. Streamline your data management, boost efficiency and enjoy unparalleled control.
## Fast & High Performing
Databases
Get ultimate query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB & MySQL databases. Also optimized engines of MariaDB & MySQL ensure high performance with strong data integrity and provide fast access to data.
## Automation with
Cron Job
Simplify your workload with effortless task management. Easily manage scheduled tasks with cron jobs to increase efficiency and ensure your operations run smoothly without manual intervention.
## Monitoring Your Server’s & Site’s Health
Get real-time insights and instant alerts to ensure optimal performance. Prevent downtime, identify issues early and maintain peak efficiency effortlessly. Monitor your RAM, CPU and Disk Usage from straight to the xCloud.
## Full Run PHP Your WayServer Clone
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Deploy WordPress Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Easily Build Staging Sites with Pull Push
Create a staging environment for your WordPress site and test any changes before bringing it to your production site.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Ensure Site Security with Isolation
Keep each of your website isolated from one another by creating separate system users for each one. If a security breach occurs on one site, it will not be able to affect the others and your site will remain more safe and protected.
## Secure Website
with SSL Certificates
Protect your site with 1-click free SSL provided by xCloud or add your own custom SSL certificates. xCloud configures the certificates and renewals for your site on your behalf. No need to worry about the setup at all.
## Ensure Data Safety with SFTP & SSH
To ensure the security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP and SSH.
## Safeguard Your Server with Fail2Ban
Strengthen your server’s defenses with Fail2Ban. It blocks unauthorized access and protects against brute-force attacks. xCloud servers have it enabled by default, securing the SSH port.
[Explore All Features](/features/)
## Data Centers Locations
## 30+ Data Centers Around The World
Deliver seamless experiences to your audience with a worldwide network of
high-performance data centers ensuring 99.99% uptime.
## 30+ Locations
[Explore All Locations](/docs/31-server-locations-worldwide/)
## Integrations
## Powerful Stacks To Maximize Cloud Hosting Experience
Maximize your server and site management with advanced stacks and integrations for providing
higher efficiency and seamless performance.
## See The Response From Our Community
Read our user’s words that encourage us always to innovate and bring the best features.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Paul Batey
@paulbatey
Just joined. Very much enjoying xCloud. Moved from Upcloud with Runcloud panel. Happy I did.
## Unlock The Power Of Managed Hosting For WordPress With Unlimited Rewards
Get the best out of WordPress with hassle-free managed hosting, offering unlimited perks and advanced
features at your fingertips while we handle the technicalities.
## Lightning Fast
Speed
## Ready-To-Go WordPress
## Intuitive Control Panel
## Constant Server & Site Monitoring
## Enterprise Grade Security
## Unlimited Free Migration
## xCloud Managed Email Service
## Pay-As-Go Payment Policy
## Explore, Learn & Thrive With The Ultimate Managed Hosting For WordPress
Got a question? We’re here to help you with our comprehensive knowledge base, tutorials and expert support system.
### How do self-managed hosting differ from managed hosting?
With self-managed services, you take care of everything regarding server management, from setup to maintenance. In contrast, with managed services, we handle the server for you, providing support, maintenance, and monitoring to ensure everything runs well. Plus, it’s easy to scale your server as your needs grow.
### Will I have root access?
Absolutely, you will have full root access to your xCloud managed server, giving you complete control over your cloud environment.
### Can I resize my server?
Yes, you can upgrade your server resources easily with just a few clicks anytime.
### What’s your refund policy ?
## We follow a prepaid policy, and refunds are subject to the terms outlined in our documentation. For more details read this detailed [documentation](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
### What software stacks can I use?
We support a variety of software stacks, including NGINX, OpenLiteSpeed (OLS), and many more.
### Can I run WooCommerce on any of your WordPress plans?
Of course! We built all our managed WordPress plans to handle new or established WooCommerce stores with a lot of traffic.
### What kind of support can I expect?
We offer comprehensive support for both server-related and WordPress-related issues. For any further queries, please contact our support team.
### Where are the xCloud servers located?
## xCloud servers are distributed across 31 locations globally to provide better connectivity, speed, and reliability for users in different regions. learn more from here. [Learn more from here](/docs/31-server-locations-worldwide/).
### Connect Through Live Chat & Support
[Join Us Today](https://support.xcloud.host/)
### Be Part of Our Community
[Join Us Today](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
### Explore Our Knowledgebase
[Read Docs](/docs/)
### Watch Our Video Tutorials
[Start Learning Now](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Experience The Fast Secure & Fully Managed Hosting For WordPress
[Begin Your Journey Now](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Managed VS Self Hosting OpenClaw in 2026: Cost, Security & Performance Compared (Expert Guide) - xCloud
> Managed vs self hosting OpenClaw in 2026. Compare real costs, security risks, performance, and setup effort to choose the right hosting option.
OpenClaw has gone from zero to over 60,000 GitHub stars in just weeks, making it one of the fastest-growing open-source AI projects in history ([**according to GitHub**](https://github.com/openclaw/openclaw)). But behind the hype sits a practical question that every new user faces: should you self-host your AI assistant, or pay for managed hosting?
The answer depends on your technical skills, budget, and tolerance for risk. Self-hosting gives you full control but demands Docker expertise, ongoing security monitoring, and the time to handle things when they break at 2 AM. Managed hosting costs a predictable monthly fee and handles infrastructure for you, but you give up some flexibility.
Follow this guide breaks down both approaches across cost, security, performance, and ease of use, giving you the data to make the right call for your situation.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too Long; Didn’t Read?** Here’s what you need to know:
If You Need…
Go With
Monthly Cost
Setup Time
Technical Skill
Zero DevOps, fast setup
Managed Hosting
$9.99-$50/mo
Under 5 min
None
Full server control
Self-Hosted VPS
$10-$50/mo + time
2-4 hours
Docker, Linux, SSH
Maximum privacy
Self-Hosted (Local)
$0 server cost
4+ hours
Advanced
Enterprise-grade SLA
Managed (White-Label)
Custom pricing
1 day
None
**Expert Recommendation:** [**According to the official OpenClaw documentation**](https://docs.openclaw.ai), self-hosting requires comfort with Docker, terminal commands, and ongoing maintenance. Industry experts consistently recommend managed hosting for anyone who wants to use their AI assistant rather than maintain its infrastructure.
**Best for Non-Technical Users:** [**xCloud Managed Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/) – One-click deployment, pre-configured messaging integrations, automatic updates.
**Best for Developers:** Self-Hosted on DigitalOcean or Hostinger VPS – Full root access, familiar tooling, strong community support.
**Best for Privacy-First Users:** Self-Hosted on Local Hardware – Zero cloud dependency, complete data ownership.
## What Is OpenClaw Hosting?
[**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) (formerly known as Clawdbot and Moltbot) is an open-source, self-hosted AI personal assistant created by Peter Steinberger, founder of PSPDFKit ([**according to the official project documentation**](https://github.com/openclaw/openclaw)). The project was renamed to Clawdbot on January 27, 2026, following Anthropic’s trademark request.
Unlike cloud-based assistants like Siri or Alexa, OpenClaw runs on infrastructure you control. It connects to messaging platforms including WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack, Discord, Signal, and iMessage, and can execute terminal commands, manage emails, control calendars, browse the web, and write code from a chat interface.
The architecture has four core components:
- **Gateway** – The control plane that manages sessions and channels
- **Agent** – The AI brain using Claude, GPT-4, Gemini, or local models
- **Memory** – Persistent storage for context and preferences
- **Skills** – Modular capabilities that extend functionality
“Hosting” means providing the server environment where these components run 24/7. That environment needs to meet specific requirements: Node.js 20+, Docker support, minimum 2GB RAM (4GB recommended), and stable networking for WebSocket connections.
The hosting decision matters because OpenClaw is a proactive assistant. It sends reminders, follows up on tasks, and monitors your systems. If it goes offline because your laptop sleeps or your VPS runs out of memory, it stops working entirely.
## Self-Hosting Requirements: What You Actually Need
Self-hosting OpenClaw means you are the sysadmin. Here is what that involves, based on real deployment requirements from the [**OpenClaw installation documentation**](https://docs.openclaw.ai):
### Minimum Server Specifications
Requirement
Minimum
Recommended
RAM
2 GB
4 GB+
CPU
1 vCPU
2+ vCPU
Storage
20 GB SSD
40 GB NVMe
OS
Ubuntu 22.04+
Ubuntu 24.04 LTS
Runtime
Node.js 20+
Node.js 22 LTS
Container
Docker + Docker Compose
Docker with resource limits
Network
Static IP, open ports
Dedicated IP, firewall configured
### Ongoing Responsibilities
Self-hosting is not a one-time setup. You are responsible for:
- **Security patching** – Applying updates when CVEs are disclosed (more on this below).
- **Uptime monitoring** – Keeping the service running 24/7 without interruption.
- **SSL certificate renewal** – Managing HTTPS for secure access.
- **Docker maintenance** – Updating images, managing containers, clearing logs.
- **API key rotation** – Regularly rotating credentials for connected services.
- **Resource monitoring** – Watching RAM, CPU, and disk to prevent crashes.
[**According to Toni Maxx’s practical guide on Medium**](https://medium.com/@tonimaxx/openclaw-is-here-now-what-a-practical-guide-for-the-post-hype-moment-8baa9aa00157), the real cost of self-hosting is not the VPS bill. It is the hours per week spent on maintenance, troubleshooting, and keeping things secure. If your hourly rate is $50 and you spend 2 hours per month on maintenance, that is $100/month in hidden labor costs on top of your server bill.
## Managed Hosting Advantages: What You Get
Managed hosting eliminates the DevOps layer entirely. Instead of setting up Docker, configuring firewalls, and monitoring uptime yourself, the hosting provider handles all of it.
Here is what a managed OpenClaw hosting provider typically handles:
- **One-click deployment** – No terminal, no Docker, no SSH
- **Automatic updates** – Security patches applied without your intervention
- **Pre-configured integrations** – Telegram, WhatsApp, and other messaging platforms ready out of the box
- **Server monitoring** – 24/7 uptime tracking and alerting
- **SSL and security** – HTTPS, firewall rules, and network isolation handled for you
- **Environment management** – Configure API keys and settings through a dashboard, not config files
[**xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/), for example, deploys OpenClaw on a dedicated managed server with a pre-configured stack. The entire process takes under 60 seconds. Users sign up, xCloud provisions everything, and you start messaging your agent on Telegram. There is no hosting panel to learn as the experience happens entirely through chat.
## Master Comparison: Managed vs Self Hosting OpenClaw
This table compares the two approaches across the dimensions that matter most.
Dimension
Managed Hosting
Self-Hosted (VPS)
Self-Hosted (Local)
**Setup Time**
Under 5 minutes
2-4 hours
4+ hours
**Technical Skill Required**
None
Docker, Linux, SSH
Advanced (networking, security)
**Monthly Cost**
$9.99-$50/mo
$5-$50/mo + labor
$0 server + electricity
**Total Cost of Ownership**
Predictable, all-inclusive
Higher when labor is included
Lowest cash outlay, highest time cost
**Security Patching**
Automatic, provider-managed
Manual, you apply patches
Manual, you apply patches
**CVE Response Time**
Hours (provider patches fleet)
Days to weeks (if you notice)
Days to weeks (if you notice)
**Uptime**
99.9%+ SLA-backed
Depends on your monitoring
Depends on your hardware
**Backups**
You configure manually
You configure manually
You configure manually
**Scalability**
One-click server resize
Manual migration or resize
Hardware limited
**Messaging Integrations**
Pre-configured
You set up each one
You set up each one
**Data Privacy**
Provider has access
Full control
Full control, on your hardware
**Customization**
Limited to dashboard options
Full root access
Full root access
**Best For**
Non-technical users, teams, businesses
Developers, tinkerers
Maximum privacy, zero cloud dependency
## Real-World Cost Comparison: The $9.99/Month vs $200/Month Question
Cost is where the managed vs self hosting OpenClaw decision gets complicated. The sticker price of a VPS looks cheap, but the total cost of ownership tells a different story.
### Managed Hosting Cost
Provider
Monthly Cost
What’s Included
[**xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/)
From $9.99/mo
One-click deploy, auto-updates, monitoring, SSL, support
[**OpenClawd.ai**](https://openclawd.ai)
Varies
Managed hosting, sandboxed environments, encrypted storage
Note: You still need to bring your own API keys (Anthropic, OpenAI, Google). Expect $20-$60/month in API costs depending on usage, [**according to Toni Maxx’s practical guide**](https://medium.com/@tonimaxx/openclaw-is-here-now-what-a-practical-guide-for-the-post-hype-moment-8baa9aa00157).
### Self-Hosted VPS Cost
Cost Component
Monthly Range
Notes
VPS Server
$5-$50/mo
Hostinger from $5.99, DigitalOcean from $12
API Keys
$20-$60/mo
Claude, GPT-4, or local models ($0)
Domain + SSL
$0-$5/mo
Free with Let’s Encrypt, or paid wildcard
Monitoring Tools
$0-$20/mo
UptimeRobot free, or Datadog paid
Your Time (2 hrs/mo @ $50/hr)
$100/mo
Maintenance, updates, and troubleshooting.
**Total**
**$125-$235/mo**
Including labor
### **The API “Wallet Assassin” Problem**
One of the most documented risks with self-hosted OpenClaw is runaway API costs. Community members have reported situations where agent loops drain hundreds of dollars overnight. [**According to community reports**](https://medium.com/@tonimaxx/openclaw-is-here-now-what-a-practical-guide-for-the-post-hype-moment-8baa9aa00157), some users have experienced API bills exceeding $3,600 in a single month due to uncontrolled agent activity.
Managed hosts can mitigate this with built-in rate limiting and usage monitoring. Self-hosters need to configure these safeguards manually.
### Cost Comparison Summary
Scenario
Managed (xCloud)
Self-Hosted VPS
Self-Hosted Local
Server/Hosting
$9.99/mo
$10-$50/mo
$0
API Costs
$20-$60/mo
$20-$60/mo
$0 (local models)
Maintenance Labor
$0
$50-$100/mo
$50-$100/mo
Monitoring/Tools
Included
$0-$20/mo
$0-$20/mo
**Realistic Total**
**$35-$84/mo**
**$80-$230/mo**
**$50-$120/mo**
## **Security Comparison: Why This Matters More Than You Think**
Security is where the managed vs self-hosted gap becomes most visible. Two recent incidents illustrate why.
### **Case Study: CVE-2026-25253 (CVSS 8.8)**
On February 1, 2026, security researchers at DepthFirst disclosed a critical vulnerability in OpenClaw ([**according to The Hacker News**](https://thehackernews.com/2026/02/openclaw-bug-enables-one-click-remote.html)). The flaw, tracked as CVE-2026-25253, allowed one-click remote code execution through authentication token theft.
Here is what happened:
- The vulnerability affected all OpenClaw versions before 2026.1.29
- An attacker could steal authentication tokens by tricking a user into clicking a malicious link
- The attack worked even on instances running on localhost, bypassing firewall protections
- The fix was released on January 30, 2026
**How managed hosting responded:** Providers with automated update pipelines patched their entire fleet within hours of the fix becoming available. Users did not need to do anything.
**How self-hosters responded:** [**According to Hunt.io’s analysis**](https://hunt.io/blog/cve-2026-25253-openclaw-ai-agent-exposure), researchers identified over 17,500 internet-exposed OpenClaw instances across 52 countries. Many of these remained unpatched days after disclosure because their operators had not applied the update.
### Case Study: 341 Malicious ClawHub Skills
[**According to Koi Security**](https://www.koi.ai/blog/clawhavoc-341-malicious-clawedbot-skills-found-by-the-bot-they-were-targeting), a comprehensive audit of all 2,857 skills on ClawHub (OpenClaw’s skill marketplace) found 341 malicious skills. The majority, 335 of them, were linked to a single campaign called ClawHavoc that distributed the Atomic macOS Stealer (AMOS) malware.
The malicious skills impersonated legitimate tools across categories including crypto utilities (111 skills), YouTube tools (57 skills), and prediction market bots (34 skills).
**Why this matters for self-hosters:** You are responsible for vetting every skill you install. There is no automated scanning unless you install third-party tools like Clawdex.
**Why managed hosting helps:** Managed providers can restrict skill installations, pre-vet skill sources, and apply network isolation that limits the blast radius of a compromised skill.
### Security Responsibility Matrix
Security Task
Managed Hosting
Self-Hosted
OS patching
Provider handles
You handle
OpenClaw updates
Auto-applied
Manual (you must notice + act)
CVE response
Hours
Days to weeks
Firewall configuration
Pre-configured
You configure
Skill vetting
Partial (restricted installs)
Entirely on you
API key encryption
Enterprise-grade
Depends on your setup
Network isolation
Sandboxed per instance
You configure
SSL/TLS
Auto-provisioned
You manage (Let’s Encrypt)
Backup encryption
Included
You configure
## 5 Best Managed OpenClaw Hosting Providers
If you decide managed hosting is the right path, here are the top options available today.
## **🥇 1. xCloud – Best for One-Click Deployment and Total Simplicity**
**xCloud** is the only [**managed OpenClaw hosting**](/best-openclaw-hosting-providers/) provider that eliminates all DevOps requirements entirely. Unlike VPS providers where you still configure Docker and manage updates, xCloud deploys your AI agent automatically on a dedicated managed server.
xCloud has managed over 10,000 servers across 30+ global locations ([**according to xCloud**](/)). The parent company WPDeveloper powers over 6 million websites, bringing proven infrastructure expertise to personal AI assistants.
#### Key Features
- **60-second deployment:** One-click setup with zero terminal commands
- **Pre-configured integrations:** Telegram, WhatsApp, and other messaging platforms ready immediately
- **Dashboard control:** Manage UI access, environment variables, and version updates from the xCloud panel
- **Automatic updates:** Security patches applied without user intervention
- **Dedicated server:** Each OpenClaw instance runs on its own managed server (minimum 4GB RAM)
#### How to Deploy OpenClaw on xCloud
Getting started is straightforward. Here is the process, or check the [**detailed deployment guide**](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/):
1. Sign up at [**xCloud**](https://app.xcloud.host/register) and select the OpenClaw one-click app
2. Choose your server type (General or Premium) and size (minimum 4GB RAM)
3. Select your region and Ubuntu version
4. Click deploy and xCloud handles everything else
5. Collect your UI and Auth credentials from the dashboard
6. Start chatting with your agent on Telegram
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Truly zero-code deployment (60 seconds)
Dedicated server means higher base cost
Auto-updates including security patches
OpenClaw instances require dedicated servers (no co-hosting)
Pre-configured messaging integrations
Less customization than raw VPS
Environment config via dashboard (no SSH needed)
Limited to xCloud managed servers only
**Best for:** Non-technical users, small business owners, teams, and anyone who wants to use OpenClaw without managing infrastructure.
## **🥈 2. OpenClawd.ai – Best for Security-Focused Managed Hosting**
[**OpenClawd.ai**](https://openclawd.ai) launched in late January 2026 as a fully managed Clawdbot hosting environment with security built into the infrastructure layer ([**according to Yahoo Finance**](https://finance.yahoo.com/news/openclaw-introduces-secure-hosted-clawdbot-204800756.html)).
#### Key Features
- **Authentication by default:** No exposed admin ports, no anonymous access
- **Automatic updates:** Security patches applied without user intervention
- **Encrypted storage:** API keys stored with enterprise-grade encryption
- **Network isolation:** Each instance runs in its own sandboxed environment
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Security-first architecture
Newer provider, less track record
Sandboxed instances
Pricing details not publicly transparent
Encrypted credential storage
Fewer server locations than xCloud
**Best for:** Users who prioritize security and want enterprise-grade protections without self-hosting complexity.
### 🥉 3. DigitalOcean 1-Click Deploy – Best for Developer-Friendly Managed Setup
[**DigitalOcean**](https://www.digitalocean.com) launched a 1-Click Deploy for OpenClaw with security hardening included. This sits between fully managed and fully self-hosted.
#### Key Features
- **1-Click marketplace app:** Pre-configured OpenClaw droplet
- **Security hardening baked in:** Firewall rules and basic security configuration included
- **Familiar platform:** Excellent documentation, strong developer community
- **Scalable droplets:** Easy to resize as needs grow
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
1-Click deployment eliminates most setup
You still manage updates manually
Strong documentation and community
SSH knowledge still needed for troubleshooting
Competitive pricing (from $12/mo)
No pre-configured messaging integrations
**Best for:** Developers who want a faster setup path without giving up server control entirely.
## **4\. Hostinger VPS – Best for Budget Self-Managed Hosting**
[**Hostinger**](https://www.hostinger.com/vps/docker/openclaw) offers dedicated OpenClaw VPS hosting with one-click setup at one of the lowest price points available.
#### Key Features
- **One-click OpenClaw install:** Streamlined VPS setup for OpenClaw
- **Full root access:** Complete control over your server
- **Budget-friendly:** Plans starting at $4.99/mo
- **Docker pre-installed:** Container runtime ready on provisioning
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
Lowest entry price ($4.99/mo)
You handle all updates and security
Full root access and Docker support
Basic VPS monitoring only
One-click OpenClaw template
No managed messaging integration
**Best for:** Budget-conscious developers who want full control and are comfortable with VPS management.
## **5\. BoostedHost – Best for Premium VPS Performance**
[**BoostedHost**](https://boostedhost.com/blog/en/top-5-best-openclaw-hosting-vps-providers/) positions itself as a premium option with high-clock CPUs, NVMe storage, and an auto-burst scaling feature for handling traffic spikes.
#### Key Features
- **Specialized OpenClaw VPS:** Dedicated service page and plans
- **NVMe SSD storage:** Faster I/O for database operations
- **Auto-burst scaling:** Temporary extra resources during spikes
- **Pre-installed option:** OpenClaw ready on provisioning
#### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
High-performance hardware
Higher price than budget VPS
Auto-burst for traffic spikes
Still requires manual security management
Dedicated OpenClaw support
Fewer global locations
**Best for:** Users who want premium VPS performance with some OpenClaw-specific support.
## When Self-Hosting Makes Sense
Self-hosting is not the wrong choice for everyone. Here are the scenarios where it genuinely makes more sense than managed hosting:
**You are a developer who enjoys infrastructure.** If configuring Docker, managing Linux servers, and debugging WebSocket connections sounds like a fun Saturday afternoon, self-hosting gives you a playground with full control.
**You need maximum data privacy.** Running OpenClaw on your own hardware (or a privacy-focused VPS like VPSBG) means your data never touches a third-party provider’s infrastructure. For users handling sensitive information, this matters.
**You want to run local AI models.** If you plan to use Ollama or other local LLMs to avoid API costs entirely, self-hosting on hardware with sufficient RAM (16GB+ for local models) is the way to go.
**You need deep customization.** Some configurations, like custom skill installations, modified Docker setups, or specific networking requirements, are easier to implement with full root access.
**You are building on top of OpenClaw.** Developers creating products or services that extend OpenClaw need the flexibility that self-hosting provides.
## Migration Guide: Self-Hosted to Managed
If you started with self-hosting and want to switch to managed hosting, here is the general process:
1. **Export your configuration:** Back up your `.env` file, API keys, and any custom skill configurations
2. **Note your messaging integrations:** Record your bot tokens (Telegram, WhatsApp, etc.)
3. **Sign up with a managed provider:** For [**xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/), use the one-click deploy
4. **Enter your API keys:** Configure your Anthropic/OpenAI/Google credentials in the managed dashboard
5. **Reconnect messaging platforms:** Update bot webhook URLs to point to your new managed instance
6. **Test your agent:** Verify all integrations work before decommissioning your old server
7. **Decommission the old server:** Terminate your VPS after confirming everything works
The process typically takes 30-60 minutes if you have your credentials documented.
## Implementation Difficulty Comparison
Approach
Technical Skill
Setup Time
Ongoing Effort
Beginner Friendly?
xCloud Managed
None
Under 5 min
Minimal (auto-managed)
Yes
OpenClawd.ai Managed
None
Under 10 min
Minimal
Yes
DigitalOcean 1-Click
Basic Linux/SSH
30-60 min
Moderate (manual updates)
Some learning curve
Hostinger VPS
Docker, Linux
2-4 hours
High (full responsibility)
Not beginner-friendly
Local Hardware
Advanced
4+ hours
High
Not beginner-friendly
## Common Mistakes to Avoid
**1\. Choosing self-hosting to “save money” without counting your time.** A $5/month VPS sounds cheap until you add the hours you spend on maintenance. Be honest about the total cost of ownership.
**2\. Exposing your OpenClaw instance to the public internet without proper authentication.** [**According to Hunt.io**](https://hunt.io/blog/cve-2026-25253-openclaw-ai-agent-exposure), over 17,500 internet-exposed OpenClaw instances were discovered across 52 countries. Many had weak or no authentication.
**3\. Installing ClawHub skills without vetting them first.** With 341 malicious skills discovered in a single audit ([**according to Koi Security**](https://www.koi.ai/blog/clawhavoc-341-malicious-clawedbot-skills-found-by-the-bot-they-were-targeting)), treat every third-party skill like executable software. Review the code, check the publisher, and use tools like Clawdex.
**4\. Skipping security updates because “it works fine.”** CVE-2026-25253 allowed one-click RCE. If you delayed the update by even a few days, you were vulnerable. Managed hosting eliminates this risk.
**5\. Not setting API spending limits.** Agent loops can drain API budgets fast. Set hard limits on your Anthropic, OpenAI, and Google API accounts regardless of which hosting method you choose.
**6\. Running OpenClaw on a laptop for production use.** Your laptop sleeps, loses network, and restarts for updates. OpenClaw needs 24/7 uptime. Use a VPS or managed host for anything beyond testing.
**7\. Granting “God Mode” permissions to your agent.** Broad system access amplifies the impact of any security breach. Follow the principle of least privilege and only grant the permissions your agent actually needs.
## Frequently Asked Questions
**Should I choose managed or self-hosted OpenClaw?**
If you are not comfortable with Docker, Linux terminal commands, and ongoing server maintenance, choose managed hosting. It costs more per month but saves significant time and reduces security risk. Developers who enjoy infrastructure work will get more value from self-hosting.
**How much does managed OpenClaw hosting cost?**
[**xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/) starts at $9.99/month for a dedicated managed server. You also need API keys for your AI model provider (typically $20-$60/month depending on usage). Total managed cost is usually $44-$84/month including API costs.
**Can I self-host OpenClaw for free?**
Yes, on local hardware. You need a machine with at least 2GB RAM (4GB recommended), Node.js 20+, and Docker. Server cost is $0, but you still need API keys unless you run local models with Ollama. Your time for setup and maintenance is the real cost.
**Is self-hosted OpenClaw secure?**
It can be, but security is entirely your responsibility. CVE-2026-25253 showed that even localhost-only instances were vulnerable to one-click RCE attacks. You need to apply patches promptly, configure authentication, restrict network access, and vet skills carefully.
**What is CVE-2026-25253 and should I be worried?**
It is a high-severity vulnerability (CVSS 8.8) that allowed remote code execution through authentication token theft ([**according to The Hacker News**](https://thehackernews.com/2026/02/openclaw-bug-enables-one-click-remote.html)). It was patched in version 2026.1.29. If you are on managed hosting, your provider likely patched this automatically. If self-hosting, update immediately.
**What are the minimum server requirements for OpenClaw?**
Minimum: 2GB RAM, 1 vCPU, 20GB SSD, Ubuntu 22.04+, Node.js 20+, Docker. Recommended: 4GB+ RAM, 2+ vCPU, 40GB NVMe. xCloud requires a minimum 4GB RAM server for OpenClaw deployment.
**Can I migrate from self-hosted to managed hosting later?**
Yes. Export your configuration and API keys, deploy on a managed provider, re-enter your credentials, and reconnect your messaging integrations. The process takes 30-60 minutes.
**What about the 341 malicious ClawHub skills?**
[**According to Koi Security**](https://www.koi.ai/blog/clawhavoc-341-malicious-clawedbot-skills-found-by-the-bot-they-were-targeting), an audit of 2,857 ClawHub skills found 341 that were malicious, mostly distributing the Atomic macOS Stealer. Only install skills from trusted sources, review code before installing, and use the Clawdex scanning tool.
**Does managed hosting limit what I can do with OpenClaw?**
Somewhat. You get dashboard-level control over environment variables, UI settings, and version updates. You do not get root SSH access or the ability to modify Docker configurations directly. For most users, this is sufficient. Power users and developers may find it restrictive.
**Which managed provider should I pick?**
For the simplest experience with zero technical knowledge required, [**xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/) is the top choice with 60-second deployment and pre-configured integrations. For security-first hosting, consider OpenClawd.ai. For a middle ground between managed and self-hosted, DigitalOcean’s 1-Click Deploy is strong.
**How do I keep my API costs under control?**
Set spending limits directly in your API provider accounts (Anthropic, OpenAI, Google). Monitor usage weekly. Consider using local models via Ollama for non-critical tasks to reduce API dependency. Managed hosts with built-in monitoring can alert you to unusual usage patterns.
**Will OpenClaw work with local AI models instead of paid APIs?**
Yes. OpenClaw supports local models through Ollama and similar tools. This eliminates API costs entirely but requires more powerful hardware (16GB+ RAM for most useful models). Local models currently lag behind Claude and GPT-4 in capability but are improving rapidly.
## **Your 2026 OpenClaw Hosting Roadmap**
The managed vs self-hosted decision comes down to what you value more: control or convenience. Both are valid approaches, and the data shows the tradeoffs clearly.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your Goal
Best Choice
Why
**Fastest setup, zero DevOps**
[**xCloud Managed**](/openclaw-hosting/)
60-second deploy, automatic everything
**Lowest cash outlay**
Self-Hosted on Hostinger
$4.99/mo VPS (but add your labor time)
**Best security posture**
xCloud or OpenClawd.ai
Auto-patching, sandboxing, encrypted storage
**Full control and customization**
Self-Hosted on DigitalOcean
Root access, strong docs, 1-Click option
**Maximum data privacy**
Self-Hosted on Local Hardware
Zero cloud dependency
**Enterprise deployment**
xCloud White-Label
SLA-backed, custom branding
Start with one approach. If you pick managed, you can always migrate to self-hosted later if your needs change. If you pick self-hosted, make sure you have the time and skills to maintain it properly, especially given the active security threat landscape around OpenClaw in early 2026.
The bottom line: your AI assistant should be working for you, not the other way around.
---
# Strategies for Managing Traffic Spikes on a Shared Server - xCloud
> Learn effective strategies for managing traffic spikes on a shared server to prevent downtime and ensure fast website performance during high-traffic periods.
If you run a website on a shared server, you know the struggle of keeping it online during heavy traffic. Shared hosting is an affordable option, but it comes with its limitations. When you experience traffic spikes on a shared server, it can lead to all sorts of problems. Your site might load slowly, freeze up, or worse—go offline altogether.
These issues hurt your user experience and can lead to lost sales or frustrated visitors. That is why managing these traffic spikes is crucial. In this article, we will break down the best strategies to help your site stay strong, even when there is a sudden rush of visitors.
## **Understanding Traffic Spikes on Shared Servers**
When we talk about [**traffic spikes**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-check-website-traffic-for-any-site/), we are referring to sudden surges in the number of visitors hitting your website. These spikes can happen for a variety of reasons. Maybe you had a successful marketing campaign, or perhaps a blog post went viral. It could also be due to seasonal shopping trends, like Black Friday or holiday sales.
While traffic spikes are usually a good thing, they can quickly turn into a problem if your site is not ready to handle them—especially on a shared server. Shared hosting means your website is on the same server as many other websites. This setup works fine for regular traffic but can create bottlenecks during a spike.
Since shared servers allocate resources like CPU, RAM, and bandwidth to multiple sites, a spike in one site can slow down or crash others. Imagine sharing a pizza with friends—if one person grabs too many slices, there is less for everyone else. That is similar to what happens with traffic spikes on a shared server.
If your server cannot handle the load, it can lead to slowdowns, downtime, or worse, website crashes. This is why understanding how **shared hosting server limitations** impact your site during traffic spikes is important. It is not just about having enough space for visitors but also about ensuring your server is optimized to handle those busy times.
## **The Risks of Traffic Spikes on a Shared Server**
Now that we understand what **traffic spikes on a shared server** are, let us dive into the risks. A sudden surge in traffic may sound like a good problem to have—after all, more visitors usually mean more opportunities. However, if your website is not prepared, these spikes can cause more harm than good. Here are some of the major risks associated with unmanaged traffic spikes.
### **1\. Downtime and Website Crashes**
One of the biggest dangers of a traffic spike is that your website might crash. Shared servers have limited resources, and if your website exceeds those limits, it can go offline. This happens because the server simply cannot handle the overwhelming demand for resources all at once.
Downtime not only frustrates your visitors but also damages your credibility. If someone visits your site during a crucial time—like a product launch or a big sale—and it is offline, you could lose that customer forever. Worse yet, if this downtime occurs frequently, it could impact your search engine rankings.
### **2\. Slow Page Load Times**
Another problem with traffic spikes on shared servers is [**slow page load times**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-improve-your-google-pagespeed-score/). When a website is overloaded, it takes longer for each page to load. Visitors today expect instant access to information. If your site takes more than a few seconds to load, they will likely leave and move on to a competitor.
Slow load times do not just hurt user experience. They also affect your SEO. Google factors page speed into its rankings, so if your site consistently slows down, you may drop in search results, costing you potential traffic.
### **3\. Poor User Experience and Potential Loss of Customers**
Imagine visiting a site that is slow, unresponsive, or constantly down. Frustrating, right? That is the exact experience your visitors will have if your site cannot handle **traffic spikes on a shared server**. When a site is unresponsive, visitors often leave within seconds, resulting in a higher bounce rate. This can ultimately lead to a loss in sales and fewer returning visitors.
Maintaining a smooth and fast website, even during high-traffic times, is essential for building trust with your audience. A poor user experience might mean they do not come back, hurting your long-term growth.
The key takeaway here is that traffic spikes on a shared server are a double-edged sword. They can bring more visitors, but without proper management, they can also lead to downtime, slow performance, and lost customers.
## **Strategies for Managing Traffic Spikes on a Shared Server**
Now that we know the risks, let us talk about how to prevent these issues. The good news is that there are several **strategies for managing traffic spikes** on a shared server. By using the right tools and techniques, you can make sure your website stays fast and responsive, even during peak traffic times.
### **1\. Optimize Website for Performance**
The first thing you should do is optimize your website to run as efficiently as possible. A well-optimized site will require fewer server resources, which helps it handle more visitors without slowing down. Start by compressing images, minimizing code (like CSS and JavaScript), and using lightweight themes or plugins.
By reducing the size of your files and code, your site will load faster and put less strain on the server. Tools like [**Google PageSpeed Insights**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-improve-your-google-pagespeed-score/) can help identify areas where your website needs improvement.
Additionally, ensure your website’s database is clean and well-maintained. Too many unnecessary files or bloated databases can slow down performance. Regular maintenance is key to keeping things running smoothly.
### **2\. Utilize Content Delivery Networks (CDNs)**
A **Content Delivery Network (CDN)** can significantly improve your site’s ability to handle traffic spikes on a shared server. A CDN works by storing copies of your website’s static files (like images, CSS, and JavaScript) on multiple servers around the world. When someone visits your site, the CDN delivers content from the server closest to them.
This reduces the load on your hosting server because the CDN is handling most of the static content. With less traffic hitting your server directly, your site can handle more visitors at once without slowing down. Popular CDN services like Cloudflare or Amazon CloudFront are easy to set up and highly effective in managing high traffic volumes.
### **3\. Using Caching Plugins**
[**Caching is another important tool**](https://wpdeveloper.com/clear-wordpress-cache/) to manage traffic spikes on a shared server. When a user visits your website, the server must fetch data, process it, and send it back to the user. Caching allows you to store some of this processed data temporarily, so the server does not have to work as hard for each new visitor.
By using caching plugins like **W3 Total Cache** or **WP Super Cache** (for WordPress sites), you can reduce the amount of work your server has to do. This results in faster load times and improved performance during traffic surges.
### **4\. Monitoring Website Traffic Regularly**
Staying proactive is critical to managing traffic spikes. By **monitoring website traffic regularly**, you can spot trends and prepare for future surges. Tools like [**Google Analytics**](https://developers.google.com/analytics) or server logs can show you where traffic is coming from and how visitors are interacting with your site. If you notice an increase in traffic over time, it might be time to make some upgrades.
Setting up alerts for sudden traffic spikes also gives you a chance to respond quickly before the server is overloaded. The faster you can react, the better your chances of preventing downtime or slow load times.
### **5\. Upgrade Your Hosting Plan When Necessary**
Finally, if your traffic continues to grow, you might need to upgrade your hosting plan. While shared hosting is affordable, it has limitations that can become problematic as your website gains more traffic. If you find that no amount of optimization or CDNs can handle your traffic spikes, consider switching to a Virtual Private Server (VPS) or a dedicated server.
Both options offer more resources and flexibility than shared hosting, allowing your site to grow without worrying about the limitations of a **shared hosting server**. While these solutions are more expensive, they are a solid investment if you want to ensure your site remains stable during high-traffic periods.
With these strategies in place, you can successfully manage traffic spikes on a shared server and avoid downtime, slow speeds, and other common issues.
## **Proactive Prevention of Traffic Spikes**
While managing traffic spikes on a [**shared server**](/shared-hosting-vps-or-cloud-hosting/) is essential, the best approach is to prevent these spikes from becoming a problem in the first place. By being proactive, you can avoid unexpected surges that may crash your website or slow it down. Here are a few ways to prevent traffic overload before it happens.
### **1\. Set Up Alerts for Traffic Surges**
One of the smartest things you can do is set up alerts for sudden spikes in traffic. Using tools like **Google Analytics** or server monitoring software, you can receive notifications when traffic starts to rise unexpectedly. This gives you time to react before the server becomes overloaded.
Setting up alerts allows you to either make temporary adjustments (like enabling caching or activating a CDN) or contact your hosting provider for additional resources. Early detection is key to preventing downtime and keeping your site running smoothly during traffic surges.
### **2\. Prepare for Planned Events**
Sometimes, traffic spikes are predictable. For instance, if you are launching a new product, running a big sale, or promoting a special event, you can expect more visitors. In these cases, preparation is everything.
Before these events, make sure your website is optimized for performance, and that you have extra resources available to handle the increased traffic. Consider temporarily upgrading your hosting plan or increasing your CDN usage. Having a strategy in place for these planned surges will prevent your website from slowing down or crashing when visitors flood in.
### **3\. Employ Scalable Solutions to Handle Sudden Growth**
Scalability is the ability of your server to adjust its resources based on demand. In shared hosting environments, this can be challenging because you are sharing resources with other websites. However, there are still scalable solutions that can help.
Some hosting providers offer **auto-scaling** features, where your server can automatically increase its resource allocation during traffic spikes. Alternatively, you might consider switching to a VPS (Virtual Private Server) or cloud hosting, which provides more flexibility. These hosting solutions can dynamically adjust resources, giving you the power to handle unexpected growth without any downtime.
By taking these proactive measures, you can avoid many of the problems associated with **traffic spikes on a shared server**. Prevention is always better than scrambling to fix things after they go wrong.
## **Manage Traffic Hikes Efficiently & Make Your Website Stable and Fast**
Managing **traffic spikes on a shared server** is crucial for ensuring your website remains stable, fast, and accessible during periods of high demand. While shared hosting is affordable and convenient, it comes with limitations that can make handling large surges in traffic challenging. However, with the right strategies and proactive planning, you can prevent downtime, improve load times, and offer a seamless user experience—even when traffic surges unexpectedly.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Matomo Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Matomo hosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source, privacy-first Google Analytics alternative on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for self-hosted web analytics
# Fully Managed
Matomo Analytics Hosting
Run privacy-first web analytics on your own server using managed Matomo hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Deploy Matomo Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Matomo Analytics in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Matomo instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Matomo.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Matomo from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Analytics
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision Matomo and its MariaDB database on your server.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, finish Matomo’s installer, and drop the tracking code on your first website in just a few clicks.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Matomo Analytics
Your traffic grows, your bill does not. Track more sites and more visits without changing the plan.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=matomo)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=matomo)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=matomo)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for Teams That Measure What Actually Works
These are starting points, not limits. If you already care where your analytics data lives, it belongs on a server you control.
## Marketing Teams
- ### Campaign and referrer reports
- ### Goals and conversion tracking
- ### UTM parameters you fully own
- ### Unsampled reports, every time
## Ecommerce Stores
- ### Product and revenue reports
- ### Cart and checkout funnels
- ### Order data on your own server
- ### No hit-based billing
## Agencies
- ### One instance per client
- ### Isolated servers and data
- ### Scheduled reports per project
- ### Clean handover at the end
## Startups & Solo Builders
- ### Replace per-hit analytics pricing
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### Unlimited sites and users
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## Product & Content Teams
- ### Events, downloads and outbound links
- ### Site search and visitor paths
- ### Page performance reports
- ### Segments next to the work
## Regulated & Privacy-First
- ### Data on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Retention you configure yourself
- ### No third-party analytics vendor
## Features
## One Dashboard To Measure, Improve, & Scale for Your Team.
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### Visits, referrers, campaigns and goals in one place
- ### Ecommerce, events and site search reports
- ### Your analytics data in your own MariaDB
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for how data-conscious teams actually work
Matomo is an open-source web analytics platform and a self-hosted alternative to Google Analytics. The reports feel familiar. What’s different is that the data sits in your own database, on a server you chose.
## Visitors & Real Time
Live visitor activity, sessions, devices, locations and returning-visitor behaviour, as it happens.
## Acquisition Reports
Referrers, search traffic, campaigns and social channels, so you can see what actually brings people in.
## Goals & Ecommerce
Conversions, revenue, products and cart behaviour, once the storefront is wired up to Matomo.
## Events & Site Search
Downloads, outbound links, custom events and the terms visitors type into your own search box.
## Segments & Dashboards
Build custom dashboards and slice any report by segment, without exporting the data anywhere.
## Privacy Controls
IP anonymisation, configurable retention, opt-out and consent settings. Self-hosting is not compliance on its own — you still configure it.
## Tag Manager & APIs
A built-in tag manager plus a full reporting API for pulling your numbers into your own tools.
## Your Own Database
Every report is generated from a MariaDB database on your server. No sampling, no third-party ownership.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Own Your Analytics Data?
Whether you track a single website or run analytics for a whole portfolio of them, managed Matomo hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your reports need to run without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Analytics Should Live On Your Own Server.
Deploy a production Matomo instance in minutes. Add your first website, drop in the tracking code, and start
collecting visits, campaigns, goals, and ecommerce data that never leaves your own database.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Browse One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Matomo?
Matomo is an open-source web analytics platform and a self-hosted alternative to Google Analytics. It reports on visitors, acquisition, behaviour, campaigns, goals and ecommerce, and includes a tag manager, custom dashboards, segments and a reporting API. Matomo On-Premise Community is free and open source under GPL-3.0; advanced features such as heatmaps, session recordings and funnels are paid Matomo plugins bought separately from Matomo.
### How do I deploy Matomo on xCloud?
Matomo is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Matomo, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions Matomo and MariaDB, generates the database credentials, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you. You then finish Matomo’s own web installer and add your first website.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Matomo?
Yes. Matomo runs as a containerised application alongside a MariaDB database, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. The template asks for at least 2 GB RAM and one CPU core; 4 GB and two vCPUs is the recommended starting point for a small production site. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Matomo to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# 10+ Tips to Maximize Your VPS Security in 2026 - xCloud
> Ensure top-notch VPS security with our expert guide. Implement these tips to protect your data and maintain server integrity against cyber attacks.
As cyber threats become a growing concern, the urgency to maximize your **VPS security** (Virtual Private Server) against potential vulnerabilities has never been more critical. Ensuring secure VPS hosting is not just about safeguarding data, it is about ensuring continuity, reliability, and trust in the services you provide. This necessity exceeds the traditional boundaries of web service providers, becoming a major concern for both businesses and individuals.
This guide will guide you through understanding the crucial know-how of VPS, pinpoint the most common **VPS vulnerabilities**, and underline the importance of enhancing your VPS security. Additionally, you will discover over ten actionable tips to maximize your VPS security, transforming it into a protected VPS solution. Each recommendation is designed to maximize your VPS security against a range of threats, ensuring that your VPS security measures are robust, resilient, and up-to-date.
## **💡 Virtual Private Server: The Know How**
A [**Virtual Private Server**](https://cloud.google.com/learn/what-is-a-virtual-private-server) (VPS) is essentially a virtual machine provided as a service by an internet hosting service. It operates its **own version of an operating system** (OS), and you, as the customer, have user-level access, allowing the installation of nearly any software that the OS supports. Functionally, it is comparable to a **dedicated physical server** but is software-defined, which simplifies creation and configuration.
The global virtual private server market size reached US$ 4.5 Billion in 2023. Looking forward, IMARC Group expects the market to reach [**US$ 13.3 Billion by 2032**](https://www.imarcgroup.com/virtual-private-server-market), exhibiting a growth rate (CAGR) of 12.4% during 2024-2032. This surge is driven by increasing demands across various sectors, including financial services, healthcare, and IT, among others.
Moreover, the adoption of server virtualization technology divides a single physical server into multiple isolated virtual servers. This is facilitated by a hypervisor, a software layer that allocates resources dynamically, enhancing the efficiency of resource use and enabling quick setup or cloning of servers.
## **🛡️ Most Common Vulnerabilities & Why to Maximize Your VPS Security**
Your Virtual Private Server (VPS) might be vulnerable to a range of threats that can compromise its security and functionality. Among the most prevalent threats are **Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) attacks**, which can mess up your server with excessive traffic, leading to crashes or downtime. Malware, including Trojans, ransomware, and spyware, can infect your system, causing data loss and disruption.
Phishing attacks are equally dangerous, tricking users into divulging sensitive information, which can **lead to unauthorized access**. Additionally, brute-force attacks attempt to crack passwords through relentless trial and error, posing a significant risk to your server security. Other notable vulnerabilities include **SQL injections**, **Cross-site Scripting (XSS)**, and more. On top of that, poor function-level control and broken authentication can also provide hackers with unauthorized access, further endangering your VPS.
If you want to stop a range of cyber threats that could compromise your virtual infrastructure, you must maximize your **VPS security**. With cyber-attacks occurring [**every 39 seconds**](https://www.cobalt.io/blog/cybersecurity-statistics-2024) on average, the potential for unauthorized access and data breaches is alarmingly high.
Moreover, security breaches can have severe financial implications. The theft of personal and financial information can result in hefty losses and **damage your business’s reputation**, potentially leading to legal consequences. Once you maximize your VPS security by implementing comprehensive security measures, you can safeguard your and your customers’ data against evolving cyber threats.
## **💡 Maximize Your VPS Security: A Comprehensive Guide (10+ Tips)**
This guide equips you with some essential tips to maximize your VPS security in 2026 and beyond. By following these best practices, you will create a robust and secure environment for your virtual server.
### **📌 Fortify Logins with Uncrackable Passwords**
Construct intricate passwords with a **minimum length of 12 characters**. For that, you can weave together uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and special symbols (@, #, $, etc.) for maximum complexity. You can also use a password manager to generate and store strong, unique passwords for each account. However, it is best if you update your password every 3 months to stay ahead of potential threats.
### **📌 Disable Root Login & Use Separate Admin User**
Disabling the root account significantly reduces the attack surface, as it is a prime target for hackers. You can create a **dedicated administrative user** with restricted privileges for essential tasks. Additionally, you can also utilize the ‘Sudo’ command to elevate privileges when necessary for this user.
### **📌 Change the Default SSH Port**
The default SSH port (22) is a frequent target for automated attacks. Modify the SSH port to a less common, high-numbered option (e.g., 49152) to deter automated scripts. It will eliminate the common port attacks.
### **📌 Implement Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)**
Do not reuse passwords across different platforms. A data breach on one site can compromise others. Fortify your defenses with MFA, requiring a secondary verification step (e.g., code from a mobile app or email) for logins.
### **📌 Leverage SFTP over FTP for File Transfer**
Ditch the outdated File Transfer Protocol (FTP) as it transmits data in plain text, making it vulnerable to interception. Instead, you can use Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP), which encrypts data in transit, ensuring confidentiality.
### **📌 Plan & Automate Regular Backups**
Schedule automated backups at regular intervals (daily or weekly) to a separate location (e.g., cloud storage) in case of data loss. Plus, implementing a versioning system helps maintain previous backups for rollback capabilities.
### **📌 Utilize Firewalls to Monitor Traffic**
Configure firewalls to act as guardians, filtering incoming and outgoing traffic. You can also establish rules to block suspicious activity and unauthorized access attempts.
### **📌 Select a Reliable Hosting Company**
When choosing a VPS provider, prioritize companies like [**xCloud Host**](/) with a proven track record of robust security measures. Look for features like data center security, DDoS protection, and disaster recovery plans.
### **📌 Conduct Vulnerability Scans & Audits**
Regularly conduct vulnerability scans to identify weaknesses in your system and software. Schedule periodic security audits by qualified professionals for a comprehensive assessment.
### **📌 Implement File Permissions**
Assign appropriate read, write, and execute permissions for files and directories. This ensures that only authorized users can access and modify sensitive data.
### **📌 Use Fail2Ban & Other Brute-Force Tools**
Utilize [**Fail2Ban**](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/), a security tool that monitors login attempts and blocks suspicious IP addresses after a predefined number of failed attempts. This safeguards your VPS from brute-force attacks.
### **📌 Choose a Secure VPS Management Tool**
Select a VPS management tool like [**xCloud**](/) offering robust security features like user activity logs and intrusion detection. This streamlines secure server management.
## **🚀 Maximize Your VPS Security & Scale Business**
Solidifying your VPS in 2026 is no longer optional, it is a critical necessity. By following the actionable tips outlined in this guide, you can maximize your VPS security, transforming it into a secure solution. This way, you can also safeguard your valuable data and ensure the uninterrupted operation of your services.
For additional security measures and advanced VPS management solutions to further maximize your VPS security, consider exploring the security options provided by xCloud Host. If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
## **Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)**
### **1\. What are some effective methods to harden a VPS?**
To enhance the security of your Linux VPS, consider these 15 strategies: choose a secure hosting provider, implement a strong password policy, disable root logins, use SSH keys, change the default SSH port, disable unused network ports, remove unnecessary modules and packages, and install a robust firewall.
### **2\. How can one optimize a VPS server for better performance?**
Optimizing a VPS involves several key actions: keep the server software up-to-date, update and optimize the database, use a Content Delivery Network (CDN), implement content caching, employ a reverse proxy, utilize a load balancer, install a VPS monitoring tool, and minimize the code on your website.
### **3\. What are the best practices for protecting a VPS server?**
To protect your VPS effectively, adhere to these best practices: configure firewall filtering and restrict open ports, implement DDoS protection, regularly update and patch the VPS, enhance SSH security, monitor and audit the VPS regularly, use Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP), install SSL certificates, and disable root login.
### **4\. How can VPS security be improved?**
Improving VPS security can be achieved by implementing strong passwords, keeping the operating system updated, periodically updating software, controlling user access, disabling root login, monitoring server logs, ensuring protection against malware, and disabling unused network ports.
---
# xCloud MCP: Manage Your Hosting by Asking Your AI
> Connect Claude, Cursor, or any MCP client to xCloud and manage servers, sites, SSL and backups by asking. Free with every xCloud account.
**Note for agents:** this twin is hand-written. `/mcp/` is an authored Astro route (`src/pages/mcp.astro`), not a WordPress capture, so nothing regenerates this file — edit it alongside the page. The copy on both sides comes from `src/data/mcp.ts`.
**Related:** [/ai-agent-skills/](/ai-agent-skills/) is the Claude Code plugin — the other way to point an agent at xCloud. MCP is the path for every other client. [/ai-hosting/](/ai-hosting/) is the hub for everything AI on xCloud, and [/docs/how-to-connect-xcloud-mcp-to-ai-agent/](/docs/how-to-connect-xcloud-mcp-to-ai-agent/) is the step-by-step setup guide.
## Manage entire hosting workflow with xCloud MCP
Connect Claude Code, Claude Desktop, Cursor, or any MCP-compatible client to xCloud and manage SSL, databases, and servers through a single conversation.
- Works with any MCP-compatible client
- Built on the xCloud Public API
- Free for every xCloud user
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/mcp/docs)
## Setup
Connect your assistant in a couple of minutes, choose what it can access, and start managing your hosting through conversation.
1. **Choose Your Connection Method** — connect through OAuth for supported clients, or use an API key for everything else.
2. **Connect Your Client** — pick your AI client and follow the short setup instructions shown in your dashboard.
3. **Start Right Away** — ask your assistant to list your servers and you are live. From there, launch, ship deployments, and review logs by simply asking.
## Connect
Copy your MCP URL from the dashboard, add it to your client as a connector, and authorize the team it may act on.
1. `Settings -> Developers -> MCP` — open the MCP page in your xCloud dashboard.
2. `Copy the MCP URL for your client` — each supported client has its own setup section there.
3. `Connectors -> Add -> Add Custom Connector` — in Claude Desktop, name it and paste the URL.
**Then choose an access level.** The xCloud authorization page shows the account and the team you are connecting. Pick Full Access for read and write, or Read Only to start safe. You can reconnect with wider access later.
**Then set tool permissions.** Every xCloud tool can be set on its own to Always Allow, Needs Approval, or Blocked, so the agent runs the safe things unattended and asks before it changes anything.
Three prompts to confirm the connection is live:
- `List all my xCloud servers.`
- `Which of my sites have pending WordPress updates?`
- `Take a backup of my staging site.`
## Ask for it, and your agent does it
Once the connector is live, your assistant works with your real infrastructure. Describe the task in plain words, it picks the right xCloud tool, runs it under the permissions you set, and hands the result back in the conversation.
- **Server health** — check a server's health, review monitoring stats, restart a service, and manage PHP, databases and cron jobs.
- **Site operations** — take a backup before a risky change, purge a cache, manage domains, and read deployment logs without opening a tab.
- **WordPress upkeep** — find the sites with pending updates, update plugins and themes, and confirm the site is healthy afterwards.
- **SSL and certificates** — install, renew and check certificates, including free Let's Encrypt, before anything expires.
- **Security scans** — pull the latest vulnerability scan for a site and act on what it finds, all inside the same conversation.
- **Built on the Public API** — MCP speaks to the same documented xCloud Public API you can call yourself.
## Every AI integration, in one place
The MCP server is part of the AI & Agents hub, a single destination for connecting AI tools, agents, and automation to xCloud.
- **MCP** — connect Claude, Cursor, and any MCP-compatible client to manage servers and sites through natural language. [Open the MCP docs](https://app.xcloud.host/mcp/docs)
- **Public API** — direct REST access for custom integrations, with full API documentation linked from the API Tokens page. [Create an API token](https://app.xcloud.host/user/api-tokens)
- **AI Agent Skills** — ready-made workflows that give coding agents built-in knowledge of xCloud operations. [See the skills](/ai-agent-skills/)
- **AI Agent Hosting** — one-click hosting for agent services including OpenClaw, Hermes, and Paperclip. [See agent hosting](/ai-agent-hosting/)
## Pricing
The xCloud MCP server comes free with your xCloud account. There is no separate plan to buy, no add-on to enable, and nothing to upgrade. If you use xCloud, it is already there in your dashboard.
**Free** — included with every xCloud account. No separate plan, no add-on, no upgrade. Works on managed and self-managed servers alike.
[Get Started For Free](https://app.xcloud.host/mcp/docs)
## Frequently asked questions
### Is xCloud MCP free?
Yes. xCloud MCP comes free with your xCloud account. There is no separate plan, no extra purchase, and nothing to upgrade. This feature is included for every xCloud user, on both managed and self-managed servers.
### What is MCP?
MCP, the Model Context Protocol, is an open standard that lets AI agents connect to external tools and act on your behalf. With xCloud MCP connected, you can ask your agent to check a server's health, run a backup, update plugins, purge a cache, or pull the latest vulnerability scan, and it does it through your xCloud account.
### Which AI clients can I connect?
Any MCP-compatible client. Supported clients connect over OAuth, and everything else can use an API key. Your dashboard lists the setup instructions for each one under Settings, Developers, MCP.
### Can I limit what the agent is allowed to do?
Yes, at two levels. When you authorize the connection you choose Full Access or Read Only, and Read Only is a safe place to start. After that, every xCloud tool can be set on its own to Always Allow, Needs Approval, or Blocked. A good default is Always Allow for read actions like listing sites, and Needs Approval for anything that changes your infrastructure.
### How is this different from xCloud AI Agent Skills?
The skills are a plugin you install into Claude Code. MCP is an open protocol, so it is the way to connect every other client, including Claude Desktop and Cursor. Both are free, and both run on the same xCloud Public API.
## Ready to transform your hosting workflow?
Connect your assistant in minutes with xCloud MCP and manage your server, sites and more in natural language.
[Connect For free](https://app.xcloud.host/mcp/docs) · [Read the setup guide](/docs/how-to-connect-xcloud-mcp-to-ai-agent/)
---
# Connect with Team xCloud at WordCamp Europe 2026
> Meet and connect with Team xCloud at WordCamp Asia 2025 to learn all about our next-gen hosting solution & WordPress. Book a meeting today!
Meet and connect with Team **xCloud Hosting** at WordCamp Europe 2026!
Choose a topic, select an expert, and click on your preferred card below to book a time slot that fits your schedule.
### M Asif Rahman
Founder, xCloud & Startise. Get in touch to discuss high-performance hosting solutions and why xCloud is the next big thing in hosting.
### Rupok
Co-Founder, xCloud & Startise. Connect to explore innovative opportunities in hosting, product development and business growth.
---
# Meet M Asif Rahman at WordCamp US 2025 - xCloud
> Meet M Asif Rahman at WordCamp US 2025
# Meet M Asif Rahman at WordCamp US 2025
M Asif Rahman
# Meet M Asif Rahman at WordCamp US 2025
20 Minutes
at WordCamp US 2025
**M Asif Rahman** is the Founder of **xCloud** & **Startise**, scaling hosting and startup ecosystems globally. A visionary entrepreneur, investor, and WordPress enthusiast, Asif is passionate about SaaS, AI, and high-performance hosting solutions. Connect with him at **WordCamp** to discuss the latest in WordPress, explore innovative hosting solutions, and learn why **xCloud** is shaping the future of the WordPress ecosystem!
## July 2026
SunMonTueWedThuFriSat 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Timezone
America/Los\_Angeles
### Sorry, the host is not accepting any new bookings at the moment.
Thu 01
12h
24h
###
Enter Details
---
# Memos Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Memos hosting on xCloud. Deploy the open-source, self-hosted note-taking app on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for your self-hosted notes
# Fully Managed
Memos Note-Taking Hosting
Run your own note-taking app on a server you control using managed Memos hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Deploy Memos Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Memos Workspace in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Memos instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Memos.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Memos from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Workspace
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision Memos on your server with its data directory on a persistent volume.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, open your domain, create the host account on first load, and write your first note.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Memos Workspace
Your notes pile up, your bill does not. Memos is one of the lightest apps in the catalogue, so the entry tier leaves room for everything else you run beside it.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=memos)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=memos)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=memos)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for People Who Want Their Notes To Stay Theirs
These are starting points, not limits. If you already care where your notes live, they belong on a server you control.
## Researchers & Writers
- ### Every stray thought in one timeline
- ### Full-text search over everything
- ### Pinned notes you keep for good
- ### No algorithmic feed, ever
## Developers
- ### Snippets, commands and TILs
- ### Documented REST and gRPC APIs
- ### Markdown in, Markdown out
- ### Keyboard-first, capture in seconds
## Small Teams
- ### One instance per team
- ### A tag per project
- ### Separate accounts on one server
- ### Private, protected or public notes
## Solo Note-Takers
- ### Replace per-seat note app pricing
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### Unlimited notes and attachments
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## Content & Community Teams
- ### Ideas, drafts and link dumps
- ### Web Clipper for pages and quotes
- ### Tags that keep threads together
- ### The scratchpad next to the work
## Privacy-First Writers
- ### Data on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Attachments stored on your own disk
- ### No third-party notes vendor
## Features
## One Place To Capture, Tag, & Keep Every Thought.
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### Every note, tag and attachment in one place
- ### Full-text search, tags and visibility rules
- ### Your notes in your own database
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for how quick notes actually get taken
Memos is an open-source, self-hosted note-taking app written in Go. It is Markdown-native, built for quick capture, and the interface stays out of the way. What’s different is that the notes sit in your own database, on a server you chose.
## Notes & Tags
Markdown notes filed by the tags you type inline, on a timeline that stays in the order you wrote it.
## Full-Text Search
Search every note you have written, including the ones you already archived or pinned.
## Web Clipper
Save a page, a selection or an image straight into your instance with the official Chrome and Firefox extension.
## Visibility Controls
Every note is private, protected or public, set one note at a time, so one instance covers a journal and a public feed.
## Quick Capture
The editor is the first thing on the page, not three clicks deep. Open it, write, and move on.
## Privacy Controls
No telemetry, no third-party scripts, and nothing leaves the server you deployed to. Self-hosting is not privacy on its own — you still configure it.
## APIs & Integrations
REST and gRPC APIs, plus MIT-licensed source, so anything you want to automate or adapt, you can.
## Your Own Database
Every note is stored in a database on your server — SQLite by default, MySQL and PostgreSQL supported. No cloud sync, no third-party ownership.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Own Your Notes?
Whether you keep twenty notes or twenty thousand, managed Memos hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your workspace needs to run without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Notes Should Live On Your Own Server.
Deploy a production Memos instance in minutes. Create your account, write your first note, and keep
everything in a fast, quiet interface backed by a database that never leaves your server.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Browse One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Memos?
Memos is an open-source, self-hosted note-taking app written in Go, built for quick capture. It is Markdown-native, files notes by the tags you type inline, and gives every note a private, protected or public visibility. It ships REST and gRPC APIs, an official Web Clipper extension for Chrome and Firefox, and runs on SQLite, MySQL or PostgreSQL. Memos is free and open source under the MIT licence. The project publishes a public demo at demo.usememos.com; the hosting on this page is xCloud’s, and xCloud is not affiliated with the Memos project.
### How do I deploy Memos on xCloud?
Memos is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Memos, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions the container, keeps its data directory on a persistent volume, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you. You then open your domain, create the host account on first load, and start writing.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Memos?
Yes. Memos runs as a containerised application, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. Memos itself is a single Go binary that serves its own web interface, and it is one of the lightest applications in the catalogue — a personal instance is comfortable in well under a gigabyte of RAM, and the entry Cloud VPS tier leaves plenty of headroom for whatever else you run beside it. Storage is the part that grows: the notes themselves are tiny, but images and file attachments accumulate on disk. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Memos to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# Free 3 Ways To Migrate WordPress From Shared Hosting To Cloud Server - xCloud
> Do you want to learn how to migrate WordPress from shared hosting to cloud server without spending a dime? Dive in here for full details.
Are you ready to migrate WordPress from shared hosting to cloud servers? We understand the importance of dependable, adaptable, and secure hosting solutions to support your business growth. With a cloud server, you will have better performance that is required for your website. In this blog, we will discuss how to migrate your WordPress website at no cost. Without further ado, let’s begin.
## **💡 How To Migrate WordPress From Shared Hosting To Cloud Server Without Any Coding?**
When it comes to choosing your cloud server, you must keep performance, scalability, security, and several other factors in mind. However, how do you ensure that you have all of these things in the right place without any coding?
That’s where you need a cloud control panel. Using a cloud control panel like [**xCloud**](/introducing-xcloud/), you can migrate your website from shared hosting to a cloud environment without any hassle.
Besides, xCloud offers integrations with popular cloud servers like **Vulr, Digital Ocean, and Google Cloud Platform**. You can even connect with any other cloud provider like Amazon Web Service and more easily.
Moreover, xCloud has a managed cloud server that you can use and forget about managing your cloud server. In this blog, we are going to show you how you can migrate your WordPress website to a cloud server in xCloud.
## **📋 Prerequisites To Migrate WordPress Websites To Cloud Server With xCloud**
Before migrating your WordPress website, you must ensure that you have all the necessary prerequisites. These prerequisites can help you for a smooth migration. And, you should take a backup of your website so that if anything goes wrong you will be able to revert to the previous version of your site. Here are the key prerequisites to consider before starting the migration process:
- **Disable 2-Factor Authentication**: First of all you need to disable any 2-factor authentication from your website if there are any. It will make your migration process smooth.
- **Disable Additional Security:** If you have additional security options on your hosting end like Cloudways Bot protection, OR Site Grounds Security optimizer you need to disable that as well.
- **Uninstall Must-Use Plugins Of Hosts:** If your website has a must-have hosting plugin installed, then you have to uninstall that before starting the migration.
- **Disable Any Security Plugins:** If your website has a security plugin like Wordfence or any other security plugin, you need to uninstall it from your site as well.
## ⭐ **Free 3 Ways To Migrate WordPress Website**
Once you have followed the previous steps, now it’s time to migrate your WordPress website. We are showing 3 ways to migrate your website, you can follow whichever feels easier for you.
### **1.** **WordPress Migration With Migrate Guru Plugin**
Migrate Guru Plugin can help you bring your WordPress website from shared hosting to a cloud server. It has an easy process of migrating or transferring hosting providers. Follow the step-by-step guidelines to migrate your website with the Migrate Guru plugin.
#### **Step 1: Create Your Destination Website In xCloud**
First of all, log in to your xCloud account and create a destination website or [**staging website**](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/). Once you have a destination or staging website ready now you can go to the next step.
#### **Step 2: Install The Migrate Guru Plugin**
Afterward, you need to install the [**Migrate Guru plugin**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/migrate-guru/) on your Source site and the Destination site.
So, from your WordPress dashboard go to the **‘Plugins’** option and search for ‘**Migrate Guru**’ to install and activate it.
#### **Step 3: Collect the Migration Key From the Destination Site**
Afterward, retrieve your migration key from the destination website. So, go to your destination website in xCloud and navigate to the Migrate Guru plugin tab. Click on the **‘Migration Key’** text and copy it from there.
#### **Step 4: Migrate Your Source Website**
On your source website click on the **‘Migrate Site’** button after entering your email address. Also, you need to agree with Blogvault’s terms and conditions and privacy policy.
#### **Step 5: Select The Host You Are Migrating To**
Now select your destination hosting source from the next page. Scroll to the bottom and click on the ‘**Other Hosts**’ option.
#### **Step 6: Enter The Migration Key To Your Source Site**
Afterward, enter the migration key that you collected before, and click on the ‘**Migrate**’ button.
This will instantly start migrating your development website to your destination website on xCloud.
#### **Step 7: Log In With Your Source Website’s Credentials**
Once the migration is complete, you will need the source website login credentials to enter the admin panel of your migrated website. This is how you can easily migrate a website with Migrate Guru in xCloud. For more information, you can check out this [**documentation**](/docs/migrate-a-website-with-migrate-guru-plugin/).
### **2\. Manually Uploading WordPress Websites**
You can manually upload your WordPress websites on xCloud without any hassle. To do that, you need to [**export your WordPress website and its SQL File**](https://blogvault.net/export-wordpress-site/) first. In this way, you can easily migrate any of your WordPress websites from any hosting platform to the xCloud at ease. Follow the steps below to manually upload your WordPress website.
#### **Step 1: Create A New Site On xCloud**
First of all, log in to xCloud and then click on ‘**New Site**’ from the xCloud dashboard. Then choose the cloud server where you want to upload your website. Afterward, you will be redirected to the xCloud site creation dashboard.
Now, choose the ‘**Manually Upload WordPress Website**’ option. This option will allow you to upload your website on xCloud and migrate to a cloud server.
#### **Step 2: Select The Destination Server**
Now, you need to select the [**destination server**](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/servers/) to where you want to migrate your WordPress website.
Add your source site URL and Select ‘**Staging Environment**’ before clicking on the ‘**Next**’ button.
Now, add your **PHP Version**, Prefix, **Site Users,** and other details. Once you are done click on the ‘**Next**’ button.
#### **Step 3: Upload The Exported Zip File & SQL File**
Now, you need to upload your exported WordPress file and click on the ‘**Next**’ button. In the next step, you have to upload your SQL file.
So, upload your SQL file in the next step. Then click on the ‘**Next**’ button then you will be redirected to the final step.
#### **Step 4: Complete Database Settings & Finalize**
Now, configure your preferred database setup, and click on the ‘**Start**’ button. It will start the process of uploading your WordPress website.
Once the migration is complete you can go to your site dashboard from the next screen.
This is how you can manually upload WordPress Websites On xCloud with ease. You can check out this [**documentation**](/docs/how-to-manually-upload-wordpress-websites/) for more details.
### **3\. WordPress Migration With xCloud Plugin**
xCloud has a migration plugin that you can use to migrate your WordPress website to a cloud server. In this step, we will show you how you can migrate your WordPress site with the xCloud migration plugin.
#### **Step 1: Create A New Site**
First of all, log in to xCloud and click on ‘**Add New Site**’ from the xCloud dashboard. Then choose the server where you want to migrate your website.
Now, Click on ‘**Migrate An Existing WordPress Website**’ to migrate your WordPress website with the xCloud migration plugin.
#### **Step 2: Add Information To Migrate An Existing WordPress Website**
Now, choose the destination server to migrate your site and add your source site URL. Then select ‘**Staging Environment**’ before clicking on the ‘**Next**’ button.
From the ‘**Settings**’ page add your **PHP Version**, Prefix, **Site Users,** and others. Make sure you are providing the correct information here.
#### **Step 3: Add Plugin File & Authentication Token To WordPress Site**
Now, download the plugin file, and copy the authentication token from there. You will have to paste it later to your WordPress site.
Now, install and activate the xCloud migration plugin on your WordPress website. Go to the migration plugin and paste the access token you have copied. Then click on ‘**Update Token**’ to save all your progress.
#### **Step 4: Complete Database Settings & Finalize**
Configure your preferred database setup as you need. After that, click on the ‘**Next**’ button to start the migration process.
This is how you can migrate an existing WordPress website with the xCloud migration plugin. You can check out this [**documentation**](/docs/migrate-an-existing-wordpress-website-in-xcloud/) for more information.
## **Enjoy The Experience Of Cloud Servers & Scale Up Your Business**
We hope this detailed guideline helped you migrate WordPress from shared hosting to cloud servers. If you need any help migrating your WordPress website to xCloud, you can reach out to the support team. So, don’t wait anymore. Enjoy the seamless experience of cloud servers and scale up your business.
Did you find this blog helpful? If you do, please **[subscribe to our blog](/blog/)**, and don’t forget to join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to engage with our cloud server enthusiasts.
---
# Miniflux Hosting - xCloud
> Managed Miniflux hosting on xCloud. Deploy the minimalist, open-source RSS reader on a Docker server in one click, with free SSL, backups, and 24/7 support.
## Deploy your AI Agent in 1-Click - Managed Hermes Agent Hosting starts from $9.99
[Get Started Now](/hermes-agent-hosting/)
[](/)
Toggle Menu
Close Menu
[Menu](#)
[Solutions](#)Close SolutionsOpen Solutions
## Hosting Solutions
## Managed WordPress Hosting
Fast, secure WordPress hosting with automated updates, backups and more.
## WooCommerce Hosting
Managed hosting supporting high traffic sites, millions of checkouts per minute.
## Laravel Hosting
Laravel-optimized hosting with staging, SSL, and streamlined deployment tools.
## LLM Hosting
High-performance platform built for hosting large language models.
## n8n Hosting
Managed n8n hosting with optimized performance, a free SSL certificate, and more.
## OpenClaw Hosting
Secure AI agent hosting with Firewall, updates, backups, SSL and more
## Node.js Hosting
Easily deploy server-side or client-side app with Node.js hosting.
## Hosting Addons
Power Up Your Hosting Experience with Premium Addons
[](https://xcloud.host/deploy-openclaw)
[Pricing](/#pricing)
[Providers](#)Close ProvidersOpen Providers
## Cloud Providers
## xCloud Managed Hosting
Fully managed cloud hosting solution with full server backup & more
## DigitalOcean Hosting
Fast, easy cloud deployments on DigitalOcean with $200 credits for new user.
## Vultr Hosting
Feature-packed managed Vultr hosting with $100 free credits.
## Hostinger VPS
Bring your Hostinger VPS and manage with xCloud's advanced control panel.
## Any Provider
Connect your Ubuntu server to our platform and manage with powerful features easily.
## AWS Hosting
Optimized AWS hosting engineered for performance, security, and scalability.
## Google Cloud Hosting
Experience the power of Google Cloud with xCloud's user friendly platform
## Linode Hosting
Unleash the power of Linode servers with our feature-packed panel.
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
- 
### No Restrictions On Traffic & Sites.
- 
### Full Server Backup
## [Starts at **$5**/Month](#)
[Features](#)Close FeaturesOpen Features
## Features
## App Deployment
## Server Management
## Scheduled Tasks
## Monitoring & Alerts
## Security, SSL, Firewall
## Git, CLI & Dev Tools
## Staging Environments
## Team Collaboration
## Backups & Snapshots
## One Click Apps
## AI Website Builder
[See All Features](/features)
## Managed n8n Hosting:
For Smart & No-Code
Automation
[Learn More](/n8n-hosting/)
[Integrations](#)Close IntegrationsOpen Integrations
## Integrations
## WhatsApp Notifications
Get instant alerts and updates delivered straight to WhatsApp.
## Cloudflare Integration
Deliver content at top speed worldwide with built-in Cloudflare integration.
## Git Provider
Connect your repositories and automatic deployments from your Git projects.
## Google Drive Storage
Securely store automated backups in your Google Drive account for your backup.
## Slack Alerts
Connect to Slack for real-time performance and event notifications.
## Object Cache PRO
Speed Up Your WordPress Application Using Object Cache Pro.
## Mailgun
Integrate Mailgun in WordPress to send transactional emails easily.
## Connect Us :
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
- ### [Documentation](/docs)
- ### [Tutorials](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Get In Touch
Talk to our support team for any issues.
- ### [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
[Talk To Us](/support)
## Join our global community
[](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
[Resources](#)Close ResourcesOpen Resources
## Resources
## Blog
Read the latest guides, news, insights, and industry updates.
## Comparison Pages
Compare providers, features, and plans to find your perfect match.
## Support Portal
Access support tickets and live expert support 24/7 for any issues.
## Documentation
Step-by-step technical docs to help you build with confidence.
## Case Studies
See how real businesses scale and succeed with xCloud.
## Write for Us
Submit your expert articles, contribute tutorials, guides, and insights.
## Watch & Learn
## Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed
[See All Videos](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[Login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[login](https://app.xcloud.host/login)
[Join Free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Managed Hosting for your self-hosted feed reader
# Fully Managed
Miniflux RSS Reader Hosting
Run your own feed reader on a server you control using managed Miniflux hosting, with consistent performance and no maintenance work.
[Deploy Miniflux Now – $24.99/mo](#pricing)
- 
### 24/7 Expert Support
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
## **How It Works**
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Miniflux Reader in Minutes
Deploy and manage your Miniflux instance with a carefully designed, streamlined workflow built for consistent speed, stability, and reliability from first deployment to everyday production use.
01
## Choose Your Server
Pick an xCloud managed server or connect your own provider, then set it up as a Docker server to deploy Miniflux.
02
## Select Application
Open One Click Apps in your xCloud dashboard and choose Miniflux from the available applications to begin the guided setup.
03
## Configure Your Reader
Add your domain and deployment settings in the xCloud dashboard. We provision Miniflux and its PostgreSQL database on your server.
04
## Go Live Right Away
Confirm the setup, sign in with the admin account created at deploy time, and import your feeds in just a few clicks.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing for Your Miniflux Reader
Your feed list grows, your bill does not. Miniflux is one of the lightest apps in the catalogue, so the entry tier leaves room for everything else you run beside it.
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24.99
Renews at $24.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&app=miniflux)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $59.99
Renews at $59.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&app=miniflux)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $84.99
Renews at $84.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&app=miniflux)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Use Cases
## Built for People Who Read on Their Own Terms
These are starting points, not limits. If you already care where your reading list lives, it belongs on a server you control.
## Researchers & Analysts
- ### Hundreds of feeds in one place
- ### Full-text search over everything
- ### Starred entries you keep for good
- ### No algorithmic reordering, ever
## Developers
- ### Release and changelog feeds
- ### A documented REST API
- ### Fever and Google Reader endpoints
- ### Keyboard-first, no mouse needed
## Newsrooms & Editors
- ### One instance per team
- ### A category per beat
- ### Separate accounts on one server
- ### Clean OPML export at the end
## Solo Readers
- ### Replace per-seat reader pricing
- ### Flat infrastructure cost
- ### Unlimited feeds and entries
- ### Move fast without lock-in
## Content & Community Teams
- ### YouTube, podcast and blog feeds
- ### Scraper rules for full articles
- ### Filters that hide the noise
- ### The reading list next to the work
## Privacy-First Readers
- ### Data on your own server
- ### Region of your choosing
- ### Images proxied through your server
- ### No third-party reader vendor
## Features
## One Reader To Follow, Filter, & Keep Every Source.
Docker helps developers build and run applications using containers. Containers bundle everything an application needs into a single, portable package.
- ### Every feed, category and unread count in one place
- ### Full-text search, filters and scraper rules
- ### Your articles in your own PostgreSQL
- ### One-click deployment, free SSL, and firewall
## Capabilities
## A Platform built for how focused readers actually work
Miniflux is a minimalist, open-source feed reader written in Go. It reads RSS, Atom, JSON Feed and RDF, and the interface stays out of the way. What’s different is that the articles sit in your own database, on a server you chose.
## Feeds & Categories
RSS, Atom, JSON Feed and RDF sources, organised into categories you define, with unread counts that stay honest.
## Full-Text Search
Search every article you have fetched, including the ones you already read, archived or starred.
## Scraper Rules
Pull the whole article when a feed only ships a summary, using per-feed CSS selectors and rewrite rules.
## Filters & Rules
Keep or block entries with per-feed rules, so the noise never reaches your unread list in the first place.
## Keyboard Shortcuts
Read, star, fetch and navigate without touching the mouse. The whole interface is driven from the keyboard.
## Privacy Controls
A media proxy for images, no third-party scripts, and pixel trackers stripped from what you read. Self-hosting is not privacy on its own — you still configure it.
## APIs & Integrations
A REST API plus Fever and Google Reader compatible endpoints, so third-party mobile clients just work.
## Your Own Database
Every article is stored in a PostgreSQL database on your server. No cloud sync, no third-party ownership.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Own Your Reading List?
Whether you follow twenty feeds or two thousand, managed Miniflux hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your reading needs to run without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Your Reading List Should Live On Your Own Server.
Deploy a production Miniflux instance in minutes. Import your OPML, add your first feeds, and start
reading in a fast, quiet interface backed by a database that never leaves your server.
[Start Deploying Now](#pricing)
[Browse One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/)
- 
### No Lock-In
- 
### Cancel anytime
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Miniflux?
Miniflux is a minimalist, open-source feed reader written in Go. It reads RSS, Atom, JSON Feed and RDF, and supports categories, full-text search, scraper and filter rules, keyboard shortcuts, OPML import and export, and a REST API. Third-party mobile apps connect through its Fever and Google Reader compatible endpoints. Miniflux is free and open source under Apache-2.0. The project also runs its own paid hosted service at miniflux.app, which funds development and is separate from the hosting on this page — xCloud is not affiliated with it.
### How do I deploy Miniflux on xCloud?
Miniflux is available through xCloud’s One Click Apps. Create a Docker server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Miniflux, add your domain, and deploy. xCloud provisions Miniflux and PostgreSQL, generates the database credentials, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate for you. You then sign in with the admin account created at deploy time and import your feeds as OPML.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Miniflux?
Yes. Miniflux runs as a containerised application alongside a PostgreSQL database, so it needs to be deployed on a Docker server. Miniflux itself is a single Go binary and one of the lightest applications in the catalogue — a personal instance is comfortable in well under a gigabyte of RAM, and the entry Cloud VPS tier leaves plenty of headroom for whatever else you run beside it. Feed fetching is the part that scales: the more feeds you follow and the shorter the refresh interval, the more CPU it wants. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose Docker as the server type — you can then deploy Miniflux to it from One Click Apps.
## xCloud is the future of cloud hosting and server management for WordPress users, streamlining the way you host, deploy, manage or update your websites like never before!
## Get The Latest Updates
- [](https://www.facebook.com/xCloud.host)
- [](https://x.com/xCloud_host)
- [](https://www.linkedin.com/company/xcloud.host/)
- [](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Address:
xCloud Hosting, LLC. 124 Broadkill Rd #599 Milton, DE 19968-1008
## Products & Services
## Resources
## Compare xCloud
## Addons
## Quick Help
## **Company**
- #### [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- #### [Terms and Condition](/terms-and-conditions/)
## A **[WPDeveloper](https://wpdeveloper.com/)** Creation, in Partnership with **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**
## **xCloud Hosting LLC**. All rights reserved.
---
# [Guide] How to Monitor System Processes Using htop Command Easily with xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to use the powerful htop command to monitor system processes in real-time. Optimize performance, manage resources, and troubleshoot like a pro.
Are you frustrated by slow performance or struggling to troubleshoot system issues? Monitoring your system processes is essential for ensuring smooth operations. Here comes, **htop –** a popular tools for real-time system monitoring in Unix-based systems provides a visual, interactive interface that lets you quickly assess your system’s health, from CPU and memory usage to running processes. In this guide, we will learn into how to use htop to monitor system processes effectively.
## **What Is htop or hTop Command?**
[**htop**](https://htop.dev/) is an interactive system-monitoring tool available for Unix-based operating systems. It is a modern alternative to the traditional top command, featuring an intuitive, colorful, and scrollable interface. htop gives users a real-time overview of system resources like CPU, memory, and disk usage while allowing the inspection of individual processes in greater detail. It also offers the flexibility to sort and filter processes, send signals to them, and adjust system priority. Unlike top, htop provides the following benefits:
- A colorful, customizable display
- The ability to scroll horizontally and vertically to view all processes
- Mouse support for navigating the interface
- Enhanced filtering and sorting options
## **Why Use htop Command?**
htop command is a versatile tool for monitoring system resources, especially useful for administrators and power users who need real-time visibility into what is consuming their system resources. By using htop, you can:
- Identify processes that are consuming too much CPU or memory
- Find out which processes are running and their hierarchy
- Sort processes by various metrics such as memory or CPU usage
- Easily kill or renice (adjust the priority of) processes directly from the interface
- Monitor system load and performance indicators, including CPU, memory, and disk I/O in real time
With its rich feature set, htop is an invaluable tool for anyone looking to optimize system performance and troubleshoot issues efficiently.
## **Maximizing System Monitoring: Using htop With xCloud**
Integrating htop into your [**xCloud**](/) environment elevates your system monitoring capabilities significantly. This powerful tool provides real-time, in-depth insights into system processes and resource consumption, empowering you to manage workloads with precision and ease.
If you’re operating high-demand applications or juggling multiple users, htop becomes indispensable. Its features, such as process filtering, hierarchical displays, and priority adjustments, streamline troubleshooting and boost performance optimization. Combined with xCloud’s robust infrastructure, htop ensures seamless monitoring and efficient system management, making it a perfect fit for dynamic environments.
For a comprehensive guide on htop read our full documentation.
👉[**How to Monitor System Processes Using the htop Command**](/docs/monitor-system-processes-using-htop-command/)
## **Advanced htop Usage: Monitoring And Managing Processes**
Now that you know the basics of htop, let us explore some more advanced features that make it a powerful tool for monitoring and managing processes.
### **1\. Filtering And Searching Processes**
To find a specific process, press **F3** or / (slash) to open the search box. Type part of the process name, and htop will highlight matching processes. This is particularly useful on busy systems with many running processes.
### **2\. Sorting Processes**
You can change the sorting criteria to get a clearer view of which processes are using the most resources. To do this, press **F6** and choose from options like %CPU, %MEM, and TIME+. Sorting by memory usage or CPU time is helpful for identifying resource-intensive processes quickly.
### **3\. Viewing Processes in Tree Structure**
To see processes in a hierarchical structure, press **F5** to switch to Tree View. This view shows parent-child relationships between processes, making it easier to understand the process hierarchy. This is useful for visualizing how services spawn subprocesses.
### **4\. Adjusting Process Priority**
If you want to change the priority of a process, use the **F7** and **F8** keys to “renice” it (adjust its nice value). Lowering a process’s nice value (towards -20) gives it higher priority, while increasing it (towards 19) gives it lower priority. Adjusting process priorities can help manage system load and optimize performance.
### **5\. Killing a Process**
To kill a process directly from htop, select the process you want to terminate, press **F9**, and choose the signal to send (e.g., SIGTERM for a graceful shutdown or SIGKILL to force-stop the process). Killing processes can be useful if you have unresponsive applications or runaway processes consuming excessive resources.
### **1\. Identifying High CPU Or Memory Usage**
When your system slows down, htop can quickly identify processes with high CPU or memory usage. By sorting the process list, you can pinpoint resource hogs and take action, whether it’s lowering their priority or killing them altogether.
### **2\. Checking System Load on a Server**
For administrators managing remote servers, htop offers a quick way to check system load, uptime, and resource consumption. This can help diagnose performance bottlenecks or troubleshoot resource-related issues efficiently.
### **3\. Managing Multiple Users on a Shared System**
On shared systems, htop can help monitor which users and processes consume the most resources. This is particularly useful in multi-user environments where you might want to ensure fair resource distribution.
### **4\. Diagnosing Application-Specific Issues**
If a particular application is slow or unresponsive, htop can reveal if the process is consuming excessive CPU, memory, or I/O. You can also use the Tree View to check if it has spawned any subprocesses that may be causing the issue.
## ****Simplify Monitoring & Optimize performance With htop****
htop is an essential tool for monitoring and managing processes on Unix-based systems. Its intuitive interface, customization options, and real-time updates make it far superior to traditional tools like top. By using htop, you will be equipped to diagnose and resolve system performance issues, manage processes efficiently, and optimize resource usage. So next time your system feels sluggish or you are curious about what is happening under the hood, launch htop and take a closer look!
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to **[subscribe to our blogs](/blog/)** for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Monitor Website RAM and CPU Usage Like a Pro - xCloud
> RAM and CPU are important elements of a website that need to be check regularly. Learn How to monitor website RAM and CPU usage efficiently.
A website needs to work smoothly and quickly for everyone. For making its operations smoother, it is important to keep an eye on the RAM and CPU, which help your website run without problems. They directly affect how fast your website loads, how well it responds, and how many people can use it at the same time. However, understanding and optimizing **RAM and CPU usage** is a challenge that many website owners face.
Here comes [**xCloud**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/), with its comprehensive set of tools and features, which can be an invaluable asset in efficiently managing these resources. You can easily monitor RAM and CPU usage and control with just a few clicks. In this blog, we will show you how to check, understand, and improve your website’s RAM and CPU use. By following these, you can significantly improve your site’s performance. So without further delay, let us jump into the details.
## **Understanding RAM and CPU Usage**
**RAM (Random Access Memory)** and **CPU (Central Processing Unit)** are the heart and brain of your website’s server. RAM is like a workspace the server uses to store data temporarily for quick access, affecting how swiftly your website responds to new requests. More RAM means your site can handle more visitors and data simultaneously without breaking a sweat. On the flip side, the CPU processes these requests, performing the calculations and executions needed to deliver your website’s content to the user’s screen. The faster and more efficient your CPU, the quicker your website reacts to clicks, searches, and other interactions.
However, more traffic and complex operations increase the demand for these resources, which can lead to slowdowns, crashes, or worse, a complete standstill. This is why you should monitor website RAM and CPU usage is important and essential as well. It is about understanding the limits of your current setup and knowing when it is time to scale up or optimize. Keep an eye on these metrics, and you will ensure that your website offers a smooth, fast experience that keeps users coming back for more.
## **How RAM and CPU Usage Affect Website Performance?**
A website with sufficient RAM and an efficiently used CPU will load pages quickly, handle multiple simultaneous requests without a hitch, and provide a smooth experience for visitors. On the flip side, if your website is constantly running out of RAM or its CPU is always at full tilt, you will likely see slow page loads, decreased user satisfaction, and potentially lower search engine rankings.
### **The Impact of RAM and CPU on SEO**
Why does server performance matter for SEO? Google and other search engines prioritize websites that load quickly and provide a good user experience. If your site is slow due to high RAM and CPU usage, it could negatively impact your SEO efforts, making it harder for potential visitors to find your site.
### **Red Flags That Indicate Potential RAM and CPU Issues**
Recognizing the signs of potential RAM and CPU issues is crucial for maintaining the health and performance of your website. Here are five red flags that indicate your server might be struggling with resource constraints:
**🚩Slow Page Loading Times:** One of the most noticeable signs of RAM or CPU limitations is an increase in page loading times. If your website suddenly starts taking longer to load pages than usual, without any changes to content or traffic levels, it could be a sign that your server’s RAM or CPU is overtaxed. This slowdown occurs because there isn’t enough processing power or memory available to efficiently handle the requests.
**🚩 Frequent Server Crashes or Downtime:** If your server frequently crashes or goes down, it could be running out of RAM or overloading its CPU. These resources are essential for stable operation, and when they are maxed out, your server might restart or shut down to prevent damage. Regular monitoring can help identify patterns or spikes in usage that precede these crashes.
**🚩 Error Messages Related to Memory or Resources:** Pay attention to any error messages that mention memory or resource limits. For example, “**Out of memory**” errors or “**503 Service Unavailable**” errors can indicate that your server does not have enough RAM to execute the requested operations or that the CPU is overwhelmed, respectively.
**🚩 High CPU Utilization with Low Traffic:** If your monitoring tools show high CPU utilization even when your website traffic is low, it could be a sign of inefficient code or background processes consuming more CPU cycles than necessary. This situation often points to a need for code optimization or investigation into unauthorized processes running on your server.
**🚩 Difficulty Handling Peak Traffic Levels:** A server that manages traffic efficiently during off-peak hours but struggles or becomes unresponsive during peak traffic times likely has insufficient RAM or CPU power to handle the increased load. This issue is particularly critical for eCommerce sites during sales events or content sites during viral content spikes, where the ability to scale resources quickly is essential for maintaining performance and availability.
Identifying these red flags early can help you take proactive steps to address RAM and CPU limitations, such as optimizing your website’s code, upgrading your hosting plan, or adding more resources to prevent performance degradation and ensure a smooth user experience.
## **How You Can Monitor RAM and CPU Usage with xCloud**
xCloud is a game-changer in the field of WordPress hosting and server management. It streamlines and automates the setup, enhances performance, and simplifies the hosting process for WordPress any type of WordPress user. You can easily **[monitor the RAM, CPU, and disk usage of a site with xCloud](/docs/how-to-monitor-the-ram-cpu-disk-usage-of-a-site/)**. Learn from the step-by-step guide below.
### **👉Step 1: Log in to Your xCloud Dashboard**
To monitor a particular site, select it from your xCloud dashboard. Alternatively, you can go to the ‘**All Sites**‘ tab, locate the site you are interested in, and click on it.
### **👉Step 2: Check the Usage Status & Monitor the RAM Usage**
After selecting the site, navigate to the ‘**Monito**r’ tab to view real-time updates on the RAM, CPU, and Disk usage metrics of the specific site.
This is how you can easily monitor the RAM, CPU, and Disk usage of a site using xCloud. xCloud makes it simple and easier to monitor the RAM and CPU usage of a website without making you walk through a complex road of analysis or process.
## **Other Tools for Monitoring RAM and CPU Usage**
Monitoring RAM and CPU usage is critical for maintaining a website’s performance. Fortunately, a variety of tools are available, some are provided by the hosting providers and others are by the third providers. These tools can help you keep a close eye on your resources, understand usage patterns, and identify issues before they affect your website’s performance. To ensure your website operates at peak efficiency, it is crucial to leverage the right tools for monitoring its RAM and CPU usage. Here is an overview of some of the most effective tools available.
### **✨ Open-Source Tools**
🔆 [**Nagios**](https://www.nagios.org/)**:** A powerful monitoring system that can monitor servers, switches, applications, and services. It alerts users when things go wrong and also when they get better. Its flexibility comes from its plugin-based architecture.
🔆 [**Zabbix**](https://www.zabbix.com/)**:** Offers real-time monitoring of thousands of metrics collected from servers, virtual machines, and any other kind of network device. Zabbix excels in foreseeability, supported by its ability to graphically represent data.
🔆 [**Prometheus**](https://prometheus.io/)**:** It is best suited for recording real-time metrics in a time-series database. Prometheus is incredibly powerful when combined with Grafana, which can visualize the collected data.
### **✨ Premium Monitoring Tools**
For more comprehensive monitoring capabilities, several third-party tools offer advanced features and deeper insights into your website’s performance. Here are three notable examples:
**🔆** [**New Relic**](https://newrelic.com/)**:** A powerful, full-stack monitoring tool that provides detailed insights into your website’s operation, including real-time CPU and RAM usage. New Relic’s capabilities extend beyond simple monitoring, offering detailed analytics on web transactions, external services, and the user experience. Its robust alerting system can notify you when your resources reach critical thresholds.
**🔆** [**Datadog:**](https://www.datadoghq.com/) Known for its cloud-scale monitoring, Datadog can track the performance of your server’s CPU and RAM alongside metrics from across your stack. It offers a comprehensive dashboard that combines data from servers, databases, and applications, providing a holistic view of your infrastructure’s health.
**🔆** [**SolarWinds**](https://www.solarwinds.com/)**:** Offers a suite of monitoring tools tailored to different needs, including server performance monitoring. SolarWinds is particularly renowned for its user-friendly interface and detailed reporting features, making it easier to diagnose and resolve performance issues.
**🔆** [**Dynatrace**](https://www.dynatrace.com/?utm_source=google&utm_medium=cpc&utm_term=dynatrace&utm_campaign=ww-brand-brand&utm_content=none&utm_campaign_id=11440026394&gclsrc=aw.ds&gad_source=1&gclid=CjwKCAjw5ImwBhBtEiwAFHDZx2L0RuDlnifmDHEJGZzOT5M94emK48xHR55bF1_YZkRkHnmRMzzu7BoCNdkQAvD_BwE)**:** Known for its automatic and intelligent monitoring capabilities. It uses artificial intelligence to monitor and optimize applications, cloud infrastructure, and enterprise ecosystems.
### **✨ Cloud Monitoring Tools**
Cloud monitoring tools have become indispensable for tracking website performance in real time. These platforms offer comprehensive insights into your website’s resource usage, allowing you to identify bottlenecks and optimize for better performance. Popular options include **[Google Cloud Monitoring](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring), [AWS CloudWatch](https://aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/),** and **[Microsoft Azure Monitor](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/overview).** These tools not only track RAM and CPU usage but also provide alerts and analytics to help you make data-driven decisions.
### **How Can You Monitor RAM and CPU Usage in a WordPress Website**
Other than the mentioned ways, monitoring server health, including real-time RAM and CPU usage can be seamlessly integrated into your dashboard with a plugin for **WordPress website** owners. There are many plugins that can help you out here to check the RAM and CPU usage. These plugins provide an all-important server health stats dashboard, displaying critical metrics such as allocated **PHP** memory, **memory usage**, and **CPU usage**. It’s a valuable tool for identifying potential issues with your site. Installation is straightforward, and once set up, it offers a detailed view of your website’s server health directly from the WordPress admin dashboard
## **🔎 Analyzing the Data to Make an Effective Strategy**
Analyzing the data of **RAM and CPU usage** is important for **optimizing** website **performance** and user experience. It is all about collecting data over time to understand usage patterns, peak times, and potential obstacles. By examining RAM usage, you can identify if your website’s processes are memory-intensive and require optimization or additional resources. Similarly, analyzing CPU usage helps in pinpointing processing-heavy operations that could slow down your website.
An effective strategy involves setting up **alerts** for when usage exceeds predefined **thresholds**, indicating a need for immediate attention. Regular analysis allows for the identification of trends, enabling predictive measures and resource allocation adjustments before issues impact users. Optimization techniques, such as code refactoring, caching, and load balancing, can be applied based on this analysis. Ultimately, a proactive approach to monitoring and analyzing **RAM and CPU usage** ensures a smooth, efficient website operation, enhancing user satisfaction and engagement.
## 📈 Optimizing Website Performance
Optimizing your website’s performance is crucial for enhancing user experience, improving SEO rankings, and efficiently managing server resources. Key strategies to reduce RAM and CPU usage, thus boosting site speed and responsiveness, include:
### **▶️ Minimizing Plugin and Extension Overload**
Carefully assess each plugin or extension for its impact on your website’s resources. Unnecessary plugins can significantly increase RAM and CPU load. Prioritize essential functionalities and seek lightweight alternatives for better performance.
### **▶️ Streamlining Code**
Optimize your website’s **front-end languages** (**CSS, JavaScript, HTML**) by removing redundant characters and compressing files. Employ asynchronous loading for scripts and combine images into CSS sprites to minimize **HTTP** requests, reducing both server **load** and **response** times.
### **▶️ Effective Caching Mechanisms**
[**Implement browser caching**](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/) to store frequently accessed resources locally on the visitor’s device, reducing server requests. Server-side caching can also be utilized to remember previously rendered pages or **database queries**, significantly cutting down processing requirements.
### **▶️ Image and Script Optimization**
Compress images without losing quality and adopt modern formats like WebP to decrease file sizes. [**Minify and defer JavaScript**](/tips-to-speed-up-wordpress-websites/) files to reduce initial load times and improve interactivity, easing the computational load on both server and client-side.
### **▶️ Utilizing Content Delivery Networks (CDNs)**
CDNs can dramatically reduce server load by hosting your site’s static files on multiple servers across the globe, allowing users to download data from the closest node, which optimizes loading times and balances the server load effectively.
### **▶️ Upgrading Hosting Plan or Server**
If optimizations still leave you wanting better performance, it might be time to consider upgrading your hosting plan or moving to a dedicated server. More powerful hardware can handle higher loads more efficiently.
By implementing these strategies, you can significantly reduce your website’s RAM and CPU usage, leading to a faster, more responsive site.
## **Monitor Your Website RAM and CPU Usage Like a Pro**
Monitoring and optimizing your website’s RAM and CPU usage is crucial for ensuring high performance, a positive user experience, and good SEO rankings. By understanding the impact of resource usage on your website, implementing best practices for monitoring and maintenance, and utilizing the right tools and strategies for optimization, you can significantly improve your site’s efficiency and speed.
Maintaining optimal website performance requires a proactive approach, including regular monitoring, troubleshooting, and adjustments to resource allocation. With the insights and strategies discussed, you are well-equipped to tackle the challenges of website resource management and ensure your site remains competitive in the fast-paced digital landscape.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# 🏆 Monster's Award 2025: Vote For xCloud Hosting as Best WordPress Hosting - xCloud
> Vote for xCloud in the Monster’s Award 2025 - recognized for blazing-fast, secure, and user-friendly WordPress hosting trusted by 100K+ websites.
xCloud has been making waves in the WordPress community and has been recognized for its exceptional performance, reliability, and user-friendly approach, earning a nomination for the prestigious **Monster Award 2025** in the [**_Best WordPress Hosting_**](https://www.templatemonster.com/awards/category/wordpress-hosting/) category.
Our powerful cloud hosting platform is built specifically for WordPress, offering a seamless experience that powers over 100K+ websites and online businesses worldwide. This recognition celebrates our dedication to delivering blazing-fast, secure, and [**_developer-friendly WordPress hosting_**](/hosting-for-wordpress/) that empowers creators, agencies, and businesses around the world.
## **🚀 xCloud Nominated for Best Hosting for WordPress at the Monster’s Award 2025**
The Monster Award honors the best products and services in the WordPress ecosystem. Now in its fifth year, it has become one of the most respected community recognitions, celebrating tools and solutions that empower millions to build outstanding websites.
Among hundreds of nominees, **xCloud** stood out for its innovation, reliability, and user-friendly platform. Built for speed and simplicity, xCloud is redefining how professionals manage and scale WordPress sites.
With lightning-fast cloud infrastructure, automated management, and a powerful white-label reseller platform, xCloud is trusted by thousands to power high-performing websites every day.
Our mission is simple – to make hosting smarter, faster, more affordable, and easier for everyone.
This nomination reflects our commitment to delivering a seamless WordPress experience with advanced server control and reseller features – empowering developers, agencies, and resellers to build and manage hosting businesses with full control and custom branding.
## **💙 A Big Thanks to Our Community**
This incredible nomination would not have been possible without you, our amazing users, partners, and supporters. From early adopters who believed in our vision to the growing global community that continues to trust xCloud to power their WordPress sites, you are the reason we are here today.
Every piece of feedback, feature suggestion, and word of encouragement has helped shape xCloud into what it is now: a powerful, intuitive, and next-generation hosting platform loved by creators and businesses worldwide. Your continued support fuels our drive to keep innovating, optimizing, and pushing the boundaries of what WordPress hosting can be.
We are deeply grateful to everyone who has shared their journey with xCloud, from developers building client sites to agencies scaling their hosting business through our reseller platform. Together, we have built not just a hosting solution, but a community that believes in speed, simplicity, and freedom.
## **🗳️ Cast Your Vote for xCloud**
Now, it is your turn to make a difference. If you believe xCloud delivers the best experience for WordPress hosting, we would be truly honored to earn your vote in the Monster Award 2025 for Best WordPress Hosting Provider.
If you’ve enjoyed the speed, simplicity, and power of xCloud, we would be incredibly grateful for your support. Here is how you can cast your vote:
1. Visit the official WP Weekly Awards 2025 Voting Page.
2. Navigate to the category: “Hosting” or visit this [**link**](https://www.templatemonster.com/awards/category/wordpress-hosting/).
3. Find [**xCloud**](https://www.templatemonster.com/awards/category/wordpress-hosting/) and cast your vote
It only takes a moment, but it can make a huge difference. The voting period is open until **_November 20, 2025_**
Let’s bring the Best WordPress Hosting award home together! 🥇
[Vote for xCloud at the Monster’s Award 2025](https://www.templatemonster.com/awards/category/wordpress-hosting/)
Let us unite as the biggest WordPress community and celebrate the hosting providers that keep our websites fast, secure, and thriving. So please ensure your voice is heard.
Every single vote matters. It is not just a win for us, but a celebration of the entire xCloud family and the growing WordPress community we are proud to serve.
Let us make this happen, together. 💪
---
# n8n Hosting | Self Host n8n to Automate Workflows
> Deploy your self hosted n8n app with xCloud’s managed n8n hosting with easy deployment, custom domains, backups and more.
## n8n HOSTING
# Managed  n8n Hosting: For Smart & No-Code Automation
Self host n8n with xCloud in a few clicks. Build smart automations with 500+ app integrations,
pre-built workflows, and AI nodes without coding.
- 
### Instant one click n8n deployment
- 
### Unlimited workflows
- 
### Manage n8n updates and auto backups
## Setup Process
## Simple Steps to Self Host
n8n Application in Minutes
Set up your self hosted n8n app in minutes with this simple step-by-step guide. From installation to launch, backups, and updates, everything is easy and under one platform.
### Select Application
Choose the n8n app from the available options to begin setup.
### Site Setup
Enter your site information and select between a demo or a live deployment.
### Domain Configuration
Assign a domain, choose default settings, and prepare for launch.
### Launch Workflow
Visit your deployed n8n site, register, and start building workflows.
## Advanced Features
## Managed n8n Hosting with Advanced Features at Your Fingertips
Run the n8n workflow automation tool on managed n8n hosting for seamless performance and easy scaling.
### Set the Timezone
Set your n8n timezone to align with your n8n application. Automate tasks based on local times to ensure global accuracy and efficiency.
### Tailor the Environment
Customize the n8n environment directly from the xCloud dashboard to align perfectly with your needs.
### Automated Backups
Automatically back up using local or remote backup with the n8n application to ensure instant restoration if any issues arise.
### Custom & Test Domains
Choose a custom domain to add a professional edge. Test workflows on a free demo domain before going live, and launch with total confidence.
## Pricing
## Pick your Preferred Plan – n8n Hosting Included with All
Every plan includes secure n8n Hosting with SSL, backups, and updates. Whether you want to experiment or
scale, you can run your self hosted n8n without limits.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## xCloud FEATURES
## Deliver the Ultimate Hosting Experience
With xCloud Powerful Features
Provide your customers a next-gen cloud hosting experience with advanced features and ultimate security to keep their server and sites secure with xCloud
## Secure Website With SSL Certificates
Safeguard your site effortlessly with one-click or custom SSL certificates. Ensure robust protection & gain customer trust in seconds.
## Demo Sites With Few Clicks
With xCloud you can create a complete copy of an existing site, which includes all files like the database, server configurations and everything that your site consists of.
## Advanced Log Viewer
Quickly access your debug.log, error.log and access.log files. With xCloud server & site logs, easily find everything you need right in the dashboard, saving you from searching through countless files.
## Instant Command Runner
Easily run commands and automate tasks in your site and server directly within the xCloud environment. With built-in command history, you can track who ran what and when re-run previous commands with a single click.
## Secure Connections with SFTP and SSH
To ensure the highest level of security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
Pretty happy with my n8n thru xCloud.
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
I set this up yesterday – easy build, then jumped right in. I recreated a few of my existing workflows without any issues. Thanks, xcloud!
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Brian Geovanny
SaaS Space
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Want To Experience Next Gen Hosting With Us?
Migrate now and let our experts handle your site migration with zero hassle. Enjoy a smooth, stress-free transition to xCloud high-performance hosting – so you can get back to building, not troubleshooting.
[Migrate your site now](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### Do I get a dedicated n8n installation?
Yes! You get a dedicated private n8n instance which is only limited by its own resources (fair use policy).
### What is the n8n version?
Latest. We always provide the latest stable n8n version, so you can get access to the last features offered by n8n and unleash its real power..
### Can I use my own domain name with n8n?
Yes.You can use a custom domain, we also provide a free domain name.
### Is the n8n administration panel accessible?
## Yes. You have complete access to the administration panel, without any limitation and you are free to configure and personalize it as you need.
### Can I host n8n on xCloud with one click?
Yes. xCloud provides a One‑Click App to deploy n8n instantly. You just pick a plan, configure, and go live within minutes.
### Is there a free plan for n8n on xCloud?
Yes. xCloud offers a free n8n deployment on both free and pro plans. For advanced features like environment settings, you can upgrade to a Pro plan.
### Does xCloud simplify n8n security and maintenance?
Definitely, xCloud provides free SSL, backups, monitoring, and version updates, which gives you peace of mind and enhances security.
---
# n8n vs Make vs Zapier: Which Automation Tool Should You Choose? - xCloud
> Explore n8n vs Make vs Zapier and discover which automation platform best fits your business, from pricing and integrations to workflow flexibility.
Are repetitive tasks making your team less productive? Businesses need to be efficient in today’s fast-moving digital world. Imagine you could stop manual data entry, automate notifications, and manage complex workflows without mistakes.
Automation tools like [**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/), Make, and Zapier can help streamline your tasks, connect different apps, and handle data easily. However, the question remains: n8n vs Make vs Zapier, which one should you choose?
We will look at the features, pricing, ease of use, and the right audiences for n8n, Make, and Zapier, helping you choose the perfect automation platform to enhance productivity and scale your business with confidence.
## **What is n8n?**
**[n8n](https://n8n.io/)** is an open-source automation platform designed with flexibility and customization in mind. Unlike fully hosted solutions, n8n allows you to self-host, giving you control over your data and infrastructure. It uses a node-based visual editor, where each node represents an integration or function. This design makes it possible to build complex workflows that go beyond simple task automation.
For technical users, n8n offers advanced features such as JavaScript code execution, conditional branching, error handling, and API connections. It is especially powerful for teams that want to integrate less common tools or build custom automation logic. Since it is open-source, the community continuously contributes new integrations and improvements, making n8n highly adaptable.
If you plan to self-host n8n but prefer not to handle server management, xCloud provides a smooth solution. With [**managed hosting**](/managed-hosting/), you can focus on building workflows while xCloud ensures uptime, backups, and scalability.
## **What is Make (formerly Integromat)?**
[**Make**](/n8n-vs-make-which-one-should-you-choose/), previously known as Integromat, is a cloud-based automation tool that stands out with its visual drag-and-drop interface. It allows users to design workflows called “scenarios” that can handle complex branching and multi-step processes. Unlike Zapier’s linear approach, Make gives you a canvas where you can connect multiple apps in a single flow, add filters, and transform data as it moves between systems.
Make is a strong choice for users who need more flexibility than Zapier but do not necessarily want to self-host. It supports a wide range of integrations and APIs, making it suitable for medium to advanced users who want both control and usability.
## **What Is Zapier?**
**[Zapier](https://zapier.com/)** is the most widely known automation platform, with more than **6,000 app integrations** such as ChatGPT, Sheets, Drive and more**.** It focuses on simplicity and ease of use, making it a go-to choice for beginners and non-technical teams. Zapier workflows called “Zaps” are usually linear, connecting one app to another with triggers and actions. For example, you can set up a Zap to automatically send new email subscribers to your CRM.
The platform shines when you need quick, reliable, and straightforward automation without a steep learning curve. Zapier also offers strong documentation and customer support, which helps users get started faster. However, for highly complex workflows or large-scale automation, its limitations and pricing can become restrictive.
## **How to Choose the Right Automation Platform**?
So, you might be thinking about how to choose the right automation platform. Here are some things to consider before you opt for one.
### **Evaluate Workflow Complexity**
Selecting the right automation platform starts with assessing the complexity of your workflows. If your automations are straightforward, such as moving data between common SaaS apps or sending notifications, Zapier is the most efficient choice due to its simplicity and extensive app library.
### **Consider Advanced Logic Needs**
For workflows that involve conditional logic, multiple branching steps, or advanced data manipulation, Make is more suitable. Its visual editor allows you to design detailed scenarios that can handle complex processes without coding, making it ideal for growing teams that need flexibility and scalability.
### **Assess Customization and Data Control**
If your automation requirements include proprietary systems, custom APIs, or advanced logic beyond what cloud-hosted solutions can provide, n8n is the best fit. Its open-source and self-hosted architecture gives complete control over data, workflow execution, and integrations. For teams without dedicated DevOps resources, managed hosting solutions such as xCloud can provide technical support, ensure uptime, and simplify maintenance.
### **Analyze Budget and Team Expertise**
Other factors to consider include budget, team expertise, and data governance. Zapier and Make operate entirely on a cloud model, which simplifies deployment but offers less control over sensitive data. n8n’s self-hosted option is ideal for businesses that must comply with strict security or privacy standards. Pricing should be analyzed not only in terms of upfront cost but also based on the volume of workflow executions, as high-frequency automations can significantly increase expenses.
### **Make a Decision Based on Alignment**
Ultimately, the right platform aligns with your workflow complexity, team capabilities, and control requirements. By clearly assessing these criteria, businesses can select the automation tool that maximizes efficiency, reduces operational risk, and scales effectively as needs evolve.
## **Comparing n8n, Make, and Zapier: Which Automation Tool Comes Out on Top?**
n8n, Make, and Zapier are three leading automation platforms designed to simplify business workflows and improve productivity. Read on to see how each platform stacks up and which might be the best fit for your automation needs.
### **Pricing and Value**
Pricing is a critical factor in selecting the right automation platform. Zapier offers a free plan limited to 100 tasks per month and single-step Zaps. Its paid plans start at $19.99 per month for the Starter plan, which includes 750 tasks and multi-step Zaps.
The Professional plan is $49 per month with 2,000 tasks and advanced features, while the Team plan costs $399 per month for 50,000 tasks, making it expensive for businesses with high automation needs.
Make provides a free plan with 1,000 operations per month and up to 100 MB data transfer. Paid plans start at $9 per month for 10,000 operations, $16 per month for 40,000 operations, and $29 per month for 150,000 operations, offering more scalability at a lower cost than Zapier for mid-level usage.
n8n is free when self-hosted, with no task limits. For cloud-hosted options, pricing starts at $20 per month for 2,000 workflow executions and scales based on usage. Businesses that prefer not to manage infrastructure can use a managed hosting solution like xCloud or use [**self-managed hosting**](/self-managed-hosting/) with advanced features.
### **App Integrations and Ecosystem**
In app connectivity, Zapier leads with over 6,000 pre-built integrations, covering nearly every mainstream SaaS application. Make supports more than 1,500 integrations, with advanced capabilities for data manipulation and multi-step scenarios.
n8n offers hundreds of native integrations, but its strength lies in the ability to create custom nodes and connect any API, making it suitable for specialized workflows or proprietary systems.
### **Ease of Use**
Zapier is designed for simplicity, allowing non-technical users to set up automations within minutes. Its step-by-step editor and extensive templates reduce setup time.
Make provides a visual drag-and-drop interface that supports complex logic, including routers and filters, but requires more time to master.
n8n targets developers and technical teams, offering a node-based editor that supports advanced customizations but comes with a steeper learning curve for beginners.
### **Advanced Customization & Error Handling**
Zapier is suitable for linear workflows but offers limited customization for complex automation. Make balances flexibility and usability, enabling conditional logic, loops, and error handling. n8n surpasses both by allowing JavaScript code execution, API integration, and fully customizable workflow design, making it the best choice for highly technical or unique automation scenarios.
### **Hosting and Data Ownership**
Data privacy is a major concern for businesses. Zapier and Make are fully cloud-hosted, meaning your data is processed on their servers.
n8n can be self-hosted, giving complete control over data and compliance with regulatory requirements. Managed hosting via xCloud combines the benefits of n8n’s control with convenience and reliability, eliminating server management burdens.
### **Reliability and Support**
Zapier has a strong reputation for stability, with 24/7 support for paid plans and extensive documentation. Make is reliable, but debugging complex workflows can be challenging; support is responsive but less geared toward beginners.
n8n relies on community support and documentation, though enterprise support is available. Managed hosting providers like xCloud enhance reliability and offer technical assistance, ensuring continuous operation for critical automations.
Overall, Zapier excels in simplicity and integration coverage, Make offers advanced workflow flexibility at a reasonable cost, and n8n provides ultimate control and scalability, particularly when paired with managed hosting solutions.
Let us take a look at a side-by-side Comparison of n8n vs Make vs Zapier:
**Feature**
**Zapier**
**Make**
**n8n**
**Free Plan**
Free plan (100 tasks/month, single-step Zaps)
Free plan (1,000 operations/month).
Free self-hosted for example with xCloud you can self host n8n for free
**Pricing**
Starter $19.99/month, Professional $49/month, Team $399/month
Basic $9/month, Standard $16/month, Business $29/month
Cloud plans start at $20/month. Deploy n8n for free with xCloud.
**App Integrations**
6,000+ pre-built integrations
1,500+ integrations with advanced data handling
Hundreds of native integrations; supports custom nodes and APIs
**Ease of Use**
Beginner-friendly, simple interface, quick setup
Drag-and-drop visual editor; moderate learning curve
Node-based editor; steep learning curve; designed for developers
**Customization & Flexibility**
Limited customization; linear workflows
Flexible with routers, filters, loops, error handling
Full customization with JavaScript, API integration, advanced workflow control
**Hosting & Data Ownership**
Cloud-hosted; data passes through Zapier servers
Cloud-hosted; limited control
Self-hosted for full data control.
**Reliability & Support**
High reliability, 24/7 support on paid plans, extensive documentation
Reliable; complex workflows may require troubleshooting; responsive support
Community support and documentation; paid enterprise support; enhanced reliability with xCloud managed hosting
## **Which One Should You Choose?**
Choosing between n8n, Make, and Zapier comes down to understanding your team’s technical skill, budget, and automation needs. Here is a simple framework to guide your decision:
### **If You Are a Beginner or Small Business**
Go with Zapier. It is the fastest way to get started, offering thousands of integrations with minimal setup. You can automate common tasks like syncing leads, posting to social media, or managing notifications without needing any technical expertise. The trade-off is higher costs and limited flexibility for advanced workflows.
### **If You Need Complex Automation Without Coding**
Choose Make. It strikes a balance between ease of use and power. With its drag-and-drop canvas, you can create detailed workflows that go beyond Zapier’s linear flows. If your business requires routing, conditional branching, or transforming data between multiple apps, Make is a strong fit.
### **If You Want Maximum Control and Flexibility**
Pick n8n. This is the tool for developers, technical teams, or enterprises with strict data ownership needs. Since n8n is open-source and self-hosted, you can customize it fully and run it on your infrastructure. It is ideal for advanced automation projects that demand scalability and customization.
## **Where To Host Your Automation Tools?**
If you choose n8n for its open-source benefits but do not want to manage hosting yourself, xCloud provides fully managed [**n8n hosting**](/docs/how-to-set-up-pcloud-storage-in-xcloud/) tailored for automation tools for free. With xCloud, you get the flexibility of n8n without the headaches of server setup, monitoring, or scaling. This allows your team to focus entirely on building powerful workflows.
## **Automate smarter, work faster, and scale your workflows with the right Automation platform**
Choosing the right automation platform is crucial for optimizing business workflows and improving operational efficiency. Evaluating workflow complexity, budget, technical expertise, and data control needs will guide you to the platform that maximizes productivity. Ultimately, aligning the platform with your business goals ensures scalable, secure, and efficient automation for long-term success
## **Frequently asked questions**
### **What is the difference between n8n, Make, and Zapier?**
Zapier is beginner-friendly with a vast library of pre-built integrations, ideal for simple automations. Make offers advanced visual workflow capabilities for complex processes without coding. n8n provides full customization, self-hosting options, and API integrations for technical teams and enterprises.
### **Can I self-host these platforms?**
Only n8n allows self-hosting, giving full control over data and security. Make and Zapier are fully cloud-hosted.
### **Which platform is the most cost-effective?**
n8n is free when self-hosted, making it the most cost-effective for technically capable teams. Make offers affordable plans starting at $9/month, while Zapier can become expensive with higher usage, starting at $19.99/month.
### **Is n8n really free?**
Yes, n8n is free when self-hosted. Cloud-hosted plans require a subscription, which incurs additional costs.
### **Which platform handles AI automation best?**
n8n has the strongest support for AI and node-based automation, followed by Make. Zapier provides basic AI features and Canvas UI for workflow design.
### **Which platform offers the best value for high-volume workflows?**
For high-volume workflows, n8n self-hosted provides the lowest cost per execution. Make is more affordable than Zapier for complex workflows with multiple steps.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# n8n vs Make: Which One Should You Choose? - xCloud
> Understand how n8n vs Make differ in pricing, features, AI integration, and customization to find your ideal automation platform.
Workflow automation has really changed over the years and by 2025, it is getting an an important for businesses. Tools like **[n8n](/n8n-hosting/), Make, and Zapier** have become popular for helping companies cut out repetitive tasks and improve efficiency.
Let us go into a detailed comparison between n8n vs Make, their pricing, features, and more to help you choose the right fit.
## **About n8n**
[**n8n**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) (which stands for “node automation”) is a powerful workflow automation tool that first came out in 2019. It is built with developers in mind. Unlike many no-code tools, n8n gives you both simplicity and flexibility. You can use a visual editor to build workflows, but you also have the option to write custom code in JavaScript or Python when needed.
One of the main things that makes n8n different is that you can self-host it. This means you can run it on your own servers or cloud infrastructure. You get full control over your data, security, and how the platform is customised. That is a big advantage for teams that deal with sensitive data or follow strict rules like GDPR, HIPAA, or SOC2.
n8n uses a node-based editor. Each node does a specific task. For example, you can pull data from an API, change the format of JSON, or trigger an action in another app. While it might take a bit more time to learn than other tools, it gives you a lot more power and flexibility if you are comfortable with code.
### **Key strengths of n8n**
- Open-source core that you can self-host or run on n8n Cloud
- More than 400 built-in app integrations
- Custom code support using JavaScript and Python
- Workflow charges are based on how many times the workflow runs, not how many steps it has
- Built-in support for LangChain to power AI-driven workflows
n8n is a great fit for developers, data teams, and technical businesses. If you care about having full control over your automations and want something that can grow with your needs, n8n is worth a serious look.
## **About Make**
Make started in 2016 as Integromat. In 2022, it rebranded to Make to show how much it had grown into a full, easy-to-use no-code automation platform.
Today, Make is a favorite for startups, marketing teams, and small to mid-sized businesses. It gives you a simple way to connect apps and automate everyday tasks. You do not need to write any code to use it.
Make is a cloud-based tool that focuses on ease and speed. It has a visual builder where you can drag and drop modules to create workflows. Each module does one thing, like sending an email, adding a row to a spreadsheet, or checking a condition. This design makes it easy to see how your data flows and how your logic works.
One of Make’s biggest strengths is its large number of integrations. It supports over 2,000 apps. You can connect tools like HubSpot, Salesforce, Slack, Microsoft Teams, and many more. It is simple to set up and start using across different parts of your business.
### **Key highlights of Make**
- Visual builder with a clean and easy-to-use interface
- More than 2,000 app integrations, templates, and modules
- Built-in scheduling and logic tools
- Usage-based pricing based on how many operations you run
- Strong error handling with visual debugging tools
Make does not offer self-hosting or deep coding features. But it stands out for how accessible and fast it is. If you are a small team or a solo founder who wants to automate without a lot of technical setup, Make is a great choice. You can build and launch your workflows quickly and with less effort.
## **Core Feature Comparison Between n8n vs Make**
While both platforms aim to simplify automation, the way they achieve this and what they prioritise differ significantly. Here is a closer look at their core features side by side:
### **Workflow Design Interface**
**Make** gives you a visual canvas where you can drag and drop modules to build what it calls “scenarios.” Each module is a step in your workflow. This setup is simple and easy to understand, even if you are just getting started. The interface is colourful, user-friendly, and gives you real-time feedback as you build.
**n8n** takes a more technical approach with its node-based editor. Each node handles a specific action, and you can design complex flows with features like loops, branches, and conditional logic. It might take a bit more effort to learn, but it gives developers the freedom to build detailed, customised workflows.
### **Execution Model**
One of the biggest differences between the two platforms is how they charge you. Make use of a per-operation pricing model. That means every single step or action in your scenario counts as one operation. The more steps you have, the more you pay.
n8n, on the other hand, charges per full workflow run. It does not matter how many steps are inside that workflow. This makes it a very cost-effective option if you are running complex workflows with lots of actions in a single execution.
### **Integrationx Libraries**
**Make** gives you access to a huge library of over 2,000 native integrations. It covers a wide range of tools, including CRM systems, email marketing platforms, cloud storage, eCommerce apps, and more. You can connect to the most popular services right out of the box.
**n8n** supports over 400 native integrations. While that is fewer, it gives you more flexibility. You can connect to almost any API using the built-in HTTP Request node. You can also write custom code when needed. This makes n8n a great choice if you are working with unique, private, or in-house tools.
### **Scheduling And Trigger Options**
Both Make and n8n let you start workflows using schedules, webhooks, or events from connected apps.
n8n takes it a step further. You can use multiple triggers in a single workflow, set up fallback options, and build conditional paths. This gives you more control, especially in complex use cases.
Make offers scheduled runs (as often as every 5 minutes, or every minute on higher plans) and real-time triggers. The interface makes it easy to manage your logic and keep your workflows organized.
In the end, n8n focuses on flexibility and technical depth. Make is all about ease of use and getting up and running quickly. The right choice depends on what matters most to you: more control or a simpler setup.
### **Ease of Onboarding**
**Make** is built for non-technical users. Its visual builder is simple and intuitive, with a clean layout and modular design that makes it easy to follow. You do not need any coding experience to get started. With thousands of ready-to-use templates, you can launch automation scenarios quickly and with very little setup.
**n8n** is better suited for users who have a technical background. It also has a visual builder, but its node-based layout is built around concepts like APIs, data formatting, and logic flows. If you are comfortable with coding, n8n gives you a lot of control and flexibility. But if you are a beginner, you might find the learning curve a bit higher at first.
### **Customization And Scripting**
This is where the two platforms really start to differ. **n8n** gives you advanced scripting options right inside your workflows. You can write custom JavaScript or Python, install external packages, and make complex API calls. This makes it a strong choice if you need highly customized business logic or work with unique data flows.
**Make** also allows some level of customization through module settings and filters. However, if you want to use custom JavaScript, that feature is only available on the higher-tier Enterprise plan.
### **Data Control And Hosting**
When you are picking an automation platform, data privacy and security are key, especially if you work in fields like finance, healthcare, or government, where compliance rules are strict.
**n8n** gives you the option to self-host. You can run it on your own servers, in a private cloud, or with a provider you trust. This setup gives you full control over your data and helps you meet compliance requirements. If you would rather not handle the setup, you can choose n8n’s managed Cloud version.
**Make**, on the other hand, runs only on its own cloud infrastructure. This works well for small teams and marketing departments that want something quick and easy to use. It meets major standards like GDPR and SOC 2. However, since it is not open source and does not offer self-hosting, it may not be ideal for businesses with strict data control or compliance needs.
### **Pricing Breakdown**
Understanding how each platform handles pricing is important if you want to make a smart, cost-effective choice. Both **n8n** and **Make** offer free plans and several paid options, but they bill users in very different ways.
#### **n8n: Execution-Based Pricing**
**n8n** uses a pricing model based on workflow executions. You have two main options:
- **Self-hosted**: Completely free to use. You manage the hosting and infrastructure yourself, but there are no license fees or usage limits.
- **n8n Cloud**: Starts at around $20 per month. This includes 2,500 executions. Each time a workflow runs, it counts as one execution—no matter how many steps are inside.
This model is ideal for complex workflows with lots of actions. Since you are only charged for complete runs, you are not penalized for having multi-step processes. It works well for use cases like order handling, lead qualification, or AI-powered automations that involve many steps.
#### **Make: Operation-Based Pricing**
**Make** uses a tiered pricing model based on the number of operations each month. Every step in a workflow (called a scenario) counts as one operation.
- **Free Plan**: Includes 1,000 operations per month with basic features.
- **Paid Plans**: Start at about $10 per month for 10,000 operations. Higher plans unlock features like faster run intervals, access to premium apps, and support for more users.
Make’s pricing is friendly for simple workflows and small teams. But costs can rise fast if you build workflows with many steps or run them often. For example, if you have a five-step scenario that runs 2,000 times, you will use 10,000 operations.
If you are running **complex workflows** with lots of steps, **n8n’s per-execution model** will likely save you money. But if your workflows are **simple and run often**, **Make’s per-operation model** might give you better value, especially at the lower tiers.
### **AI Integration & Automation**
As AI becomes a bigger part of business workflows, automation platforms are adding more ways to support AI-powered tasks. Both **n8n** and **Make** offer AI integrations, but they take very different approaches.
#### **n8n: Built for Custom AI Workflows**
**n8n** stands out for its deep support of custom AI solutions. It has a native integration with **LangChain**, a powerful tool for working with large language models (LLMs). With it, you can build advanced AI workflows like:
- Context-aware chatbots
- Document summarization and data extraction
- Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) systems
- AI agents that run inside your workflows
n8n also offers nearly **70 AI-focused nodes** and supports both **OpenAI** and custom LLM endpoints. Combined with its scripting tools, you can create complex, dynamic workflows that work smoothly with AI. This makes n8n a great fit for developers who want to build tailored, advanced AI features.
#### **Make: Simple AI for Everyday Use**
**Make** takes a more user-friendly approach. It comes with pre-built integrations for popular AI services, including:
- **OpenAI** (ChatGPT and Whisper) for text and speech
- **Google Cloud Vision** for image analysis
- **Eden AI** and **Eleven Labs** for a wide range of AI tools
- **AI Assistant** to help set up workflows using natural language
These tools are great if you want to add AI features like content creation or image recognition without needing to code. While Make is less customizable than n8n, its simple design makes AI easy to use for non-developers.
If you need full control and want to build complex, custom AI workflows, **n8n** gives you that flexibility. If you want to quickly add AI features with minimal effort, **Make** is the easier path.
## **Fully Managed n8n Hosting with xCloud**
If your team wants the power and flexibility of **n8n** but does not want to manage servers or infrastructure, **xCloud** offers a smart solution. It is a managed hosting provider that specialises in running and scaling self-hosted tools like n8n.
We provide a secure, high-performance environment designed specifically for automation workloads. You get the full benefits of n8n without the stress of setup, maintenance, or scaling.
**Why Choose xCloud for n8n?**
- Instant, self-managed n8n setup
- Environment editor access
- Timezone configuration support
- Deploy with a custom domain or demo URL.
- One-click version upgrades from the dashboard
Whether you are part of a startup or an enterprise, xCloud gives you a balanced solution. You get the customization and control of self-hosting with the ease and reliability of a managed service.
If you want to unlock everything n8n can do—without the operational burden—**xCloud** is the ideal middle ground.
## **Quick Glance: Which Platform Is Right for You?**
The best platform for your team depends on a few key factors: your team’s skill level, how complex your automation needs are, how sensitive your data is, and your budget. Here are the main points to consider:
**Feature**
**n8n**
**Make**
**Platform Type**
Low-code / Developer-focused
No-code / Visual-first
**Hosting Options**
Self-hosted & Cloud
Cloud Only
**Open Source**
Yes
No
**User Interface**
Node-based Visual Editor
Drag-and-Drop Scenario Builder
**Target Audience**
Developers, Tech Teams
SMBs, Marketers, Non-tech users
**Number of Integrations**
400+ native, extensible via HTTP/API
2,000+ native apps
**Custom Code Support**
Yes (JavaScript & Python)
Limited (Enterprise tier only)
**AI Integration**
Advanced (LangChain, OpenAI, RAG, etc.)
Basic (OpenAI, Vision AI, Assistant)
**Pricing Model**
Per Workflow Execution
Per Operation
**Free Tier**
Yes (Self-hosted is free)
Yes (1,000 operations/month)
**Data Privacy & GDPR**
Full control with self-hosting
Managed by Make, SOC2 & GDPR Compliant
**Execution Trigger Flexibility**
Supports multiple triggers & paths
Single trigger per scenario
**Template Availability**
1,500+ Templates
7,000+ Templates
**Self-Hosting Capability**
Yes
No
**Best For**
Complex workflows, compliance, high customization
Simple workflows, fast setup, non-developers
## **So, Between n8n vs Make: Which One Wins?**
Now that you have seen how n8n and Make compare, the decision comes down to your team’s needs and technical comfort. Choosing between **n8n** vs **Make** in 2025 comes down to one question: **What do you need in terms of flexibility or simplicity?**
Whichever you pick, both tools help you save time, reduce manual work, and bring more efficiency to your business workflows. Automation is no longer optional—it is your advantage. Make your choice wisely.
## **Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)**
### **Can you move from Make to n8n?**
Yes, you can move from Make to n8n, but you will need to set it up manually. The two platforms have different ways of handling workflows, so there is no way to directly import your workflows. You will need to rebuild them in n8n, step by step. However, n8n’s HTTP Request and custom scripting tools can help you recreate nearly any scenario from Make.
### **Do I need to know coding to use these platforms?**
Make is made for users who are not technical. You can create and run workflows without any coding. n8n takes a low-code approach and is best for developers or those familiar with APIs and scripting. While you do not have to code, having technical knowledge can help you access more advanced features.
### **Which platform is better for AI automation?**
If you want to create complex AI workflows, n8n is the better choice. It supports LangChain, OpenAI, and various AI options with full scripting features. Make is good for simpler AI tasks but lacks the deep customisation that developers might need.
### **Can I use both platforms together?**
Yes, you can. Some teams use Make for easier front-end automations and n8n for backend workflows that need more customisation, compliance, or scalability.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# n8n vs Zapier: Which One Should You Choose? - xCloud
> n8n vs Zapier: which one is the best for automation? Find the best automation platform with our in-depth comparison of features and costs.
If you are looking for the best tool to automate your workflows in 2025, you have likely come across Zapier and [**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/). Both platforms help you connect apps and automate tasks without manual effort. But they take very different approaches, especially when it comes to pricing, flexibility, and customization.
Let us check out the detailed comparison between n8n vs Zapier to help you make the right choice.
## **What Is Workflow Automation?**
Workflow automation is the process of using software to automate tasks or trigger actions between different applications and systems without requiring manual input. It helps save time, reduce human error and streamline repetitive processes across teams and departments.
You can think of it as creating a set of instructions for your tools to follow. For example, when a new lead fills out a form, your automation can send a welcome email, log the lead in your CRM, and notify your sales team. All of this happens automatically.
In 2025, automation is not just a time-saver. It is becoming essential for staying competitive, especially with the rise of AI-powered tools, remote teams, and data-heavy operations. That is why choosing the right platform matters and n8n and Zapier can help you here efficiently.
## **What Is n8n?**
[**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) is a source-available **automation platform** built for users who want full control. It supports custom scripting, private hosting, advanced logic, and deep **AI integrations**. With n8n, you can create powerful workflows with branching logic, multiple triggers, and detailed data processing.
Unlike Zapier, n8n can be hosted on your own server or used in the cloud. It allows you to write code when needed while still offering no-code tools for building workflows. This makes it perfect for startups, technical teams, and enterprises that need secure, flexible automation at scale.
## **What Is Zapier?**
[**Zapier**](https://zapier.com/) is a cloud-based automation tool that connects thousands of popular web applications. It allows you to build automated workflows without writing any code. These workflows, called Zaps, help automate repetitive tasks such as sending emails, updating spreadsheets, or posting messages in Slack.
Zapier is ideal for individuals and small teams that want fast results with minimal setup. It has an easy-to-use interface and supports many pre-built integrations. It is one of the most popular no code automation platforms available. But its simplicity comes with limits. As your workflows become more complex, you may run into constraints in terms of flexibility, logic handling, and cost.
## **Key Differences Between n8n And Zapier**
Now that you understand the basics of both tools, let us look at how they compare feature by feature. This side-by-side view will help you see which platform meets your current needs and which one can grow with your business.
### **Pricing Model**
Zapier charges per task. Each step of an automation that successfully runs counts as one task. This means that the more your workflows grow, the more you pay. Costs can increase quickly if your business handles large volumes of data or runs multiple automations every day.
[n8n](https://n8n.io/) uses a different approach. It charges per workflow execution, not per task. No matter how many steps your workflow has, it still counts as a single execution. This can result in massive savings, especially for complex workflows.
If you self-host n8n, you will not have to pay for its basic features; you just need your own server. With **xCloud’s** [**self managed hosting**](/self-managed-hosting/) plans, you can set up your n8n applications for free by using your own server
### **Integration Options**
Zapier connects with over [**8,000 apps**](https://zapier.com/apps). This massive library makes it easy to get started quickly. Most tools your team already uses are likely available with ready-made templates. However, if you need more control or want to connect with private or legacy systems, Zapier can feel restrictive.
n8n supports [**500+ integrations**](https://n8n.io/integrations/) by default, but offers a powerful HTTP Request node. This allows you to connect with nearly any service that has an API. You can also create your own custom integrations or install community-built nodes. For technical users or teams with unique requirements, this opens the door to much broader possibilities.
Zapier may win on quantity, but n8n wins on flexibility. If you want control and the ability to expand beyond plug-and-play apps, n8n is better suited for your needs.
### **User Experience And Learning Curve**
Zapier is designed to be simple. It features a polished interface that enables beginners to set up workflows quickly. You can search for apps, pick a trigger, add an action, and go live in minutes. It is ideal for users who prefer minimal configuration and want to avoid code entirely.
n8n is more flexible, but that also means it has a steeper learning curve. The interface shows you the flow of each automation visually, using connected nodes. For new users, this can feel more technical. However, once you understand the layout, it gives you far more control and visibility into how data moves between apps.
If your team includes developers or power users, n8n will feel intuitive and powerful. For non-technical users, it may take some guided onboarding. But the long-term benefits are worth the initial effort.
### **Technical Capabilities And Customization**
Zapier offers some customization through its built-in formatter and Code by Zapier action. You can write small JavaScript or Python snippets to modify data. However, these features are limited in scope. They do not support complex logic, external libraries, or direct file system access.
n8n gives you full access to powerful customization tools. The Code node supports both JavaScript and Python. You can use built-in libraries or install custom ones if you are self-hosting. Expressions let you insert logic and calculations directly into any part of a workflow. You also get direct visibility into each node’s input and output, which makes debugging easier.
If you are building advanced workflows or need full control over every step, n8n is far more capable. It acts more like a developer’s toolset than a drag-and-drop app connector.
### **Artificial Intelligence And Future Automation**
Zapier is adding AI features such as automation suggestions and sentiment analysis in some of its tools. It helps users generate Zaps quickly using prompts and AI assistants. While these features make it easier to get started, the scope is still quite limited for building full AI-driven processes.
n8n is ahead in this area. It integrates with tools like [**OpenAI**](https://openai.com/), Hugging Face, and LangChain. You can use these to build complete AI workflows, including LLM-powered chatbots, content summarizers, and agents that act on data. With support for vector databases and custom model endpoints, n8n is ideal for creating intelligent automation solutions.
If you want to use AI as a key part of your workflow strategy in 2025, n8n gives you more power, more freedom, and more future-readiness.
## **N8n vs Zapier: Strengths And Weaknesses of Each Platform**
When you compare n8n and Zapier, it is important to evaluate the specific strengths and weaknesses of each tool. This helps you choose the platform that matches your team’s skills, automation goals, and long-term plans.
### **n8n Strengths And Weaknesses**
#### **Strengths**
- You get full access to custom code using JavaScript and Python. This allows deep customization and advanced logic.
- You can self-host n8n, which gives you full control over your data and compliance. This is critical for teams with strict privacy needs.
- The platform is highly flexible and can scale easily. It works well for teams that plan to grow their automation needs.
- Advanced error handling and workflow debugging tools help you maintain stability and catch issues quickly.
- It [**integrates seamlessly with AI tools**](https://n8n.io/ai/) and offers a developer-first environment, which supports innovation and technical freedom.
#### **Weaknesses**
- The platform has a steeper learning curve. Non-technical users may need time and guidance to get comfortable.
- It includes fewer native app integrations than Zapier. You may need to create or configure your own connections.
- If you choose to self-host, you must manage setup and ongoing maintenance, which requires technical resources.
### **Zapier Strengths And Weaknesses**
#### **Strengths**
- You can access thousands of pre-built integrations. This makes it fast and easy to connect popular applications.
- The user interface is very friendly. You can set up automations quickly without any coding skills.
- There is no need for hosting or configuration. Everything runs on Zapier’s cloud infrastructure.
- It is ideal for individuals or small teams looking for simple and effective automation.
#### **Weaknesses**
- The cost increases quickly as usage grows. Since you pay per task, frequent or complex workflows become expensive.
- Customization options are limited. You cannot build complex logic or integrations as easily as with n8n.
- It lacks deep support for AI tools and developer-level control.
- Advanced team features are only available in higher-priced plans, which can limit collaboration for budget-conscious teams.
## **Specific Use Cases for Workflow Automation Tools**
There are many use cases for using these automation tools. To help you choose wisely, here are a few common use cases. See which scenario fits your situation best, and use it to guide your decision.
### **For Complex Business Process Automation**
If your team handles detailed workflows that include branching, conditional logic, and deep integrations, then n8n is the stronger choice. It gives you full control over each step and lets you scale processes with advanced scripting and self-hosting.
### **For Rapid SaaS Application Integration**
If you need to quickly connect well-known apps like Gmail, Slack, Google Sheets, or HubSpot, Zapier shines. Its huge app library and simple UI let you build and launch in minutes with almost no learning curve.
### **For High-Volume Data Processing**
n8n wins here. Since it charges per workflow execution instead of per task, you can process larger datasets more affordably. This makes it ideal for ETL tasks, syncing systems, or transforming bulk data.
### **For Projects Requiring Strict GDPR Compliance**
If your organization needs full data control due to compliance or privacy reasons, go with n8n. You can self-host it in your private cloud or local environment. That ensures no external service can access your automation data.
## **Tips to Choose Your Preferred Automation Tools**
Before you commit to a platform, take time to reflect on your actual needs. Here are a few helpful tips to make the best choice and implement it effectively.
### **Objective Assessment of Technical Needs**
Start by evaluating how complex your workflows need to be. Do you need basic triggers and actions, or will your workflows involve multiple steps, branches, and conditions? If your team has developers or tech-savvy users, n8n will likely serve you better. If your use cases are simple and you need speed, Zapier may be enough.
Also, consider how important data privacy and hosting flexibility are for your business. If control is a priority, self-hosted n8n is a safe and future-proof choice.
### **Platform Migration Strategies**
If you are moving from Zapier to n8n, start small. Pick one or two active Zaps and recreate them in n8n. Use this to understand the platform and test how it handles data and tasks. Once confident, you can expand to more complex workflows.
Keep documentation of your existing automations. This helps reduce downtime and confusion during the transition. Also, involve your team early so they can give feedback and adapt smoothly.
### **Automation Cost Optimization**
As workflows grow, automation can become expensive, especially on platforms that charge per task. Review your workflows regularly to remove steps that are no longer needed. Combine multiple tasks into one workflow execution where possible.
With n8n, use expressions and logic to reduce the step count. Schedule workflows during off-peak hours if you are hosting it yourself to optimize resource use. These small actions help keep costs under control while scaling your automation.
## **Trends of AI-First Workflow Automation**
Workflow automation is evolving quickly. Tools are becoming smarter. Platforms are getting more open. Teams are looking for more flexibility and intelligence in their workflows. Here are some trends you might see in 2025 and beyond.
### **Deeper LLM integration**
Automation platforms are likely to integrate more closely with large language models. This could make tasks like summarization, classification, and content generation easier without needing separate tools.
### **Data p****rivacy**
Many teams may start to focus more on data control and on-premise solutions. Platforms like n8n could gain attention because they support secure deployment on your own infrastructure.
### **Visual And modular workflow building**
Workflow creation may become more visual and modular. Teams might prefer shared libraries, reusable components, and better version control to support collaboration.
### **Cross-platform interoperability**
There could be more demand for tools to work together across platforms. Businesses may expect CRMs, dashboards, and internal apps to stay in sync in real time.
### **Automation as infrastructure**
As workflow automation evolves into a fundamental component of business operations, it will fundamentally reshape how organizations design and scale their systems. Embracing this shift will lead to greater efficiency and streamlined processes, positioning companies for sustained growth and innovation.
Platforms like **n8n** are well-suited for this change because they offer flexibility, the option to host them yourself, and a focus on developers. Their open-source model can also meet more complex and scalable needs.
Conversely, **Zapier** may continue to expand its app library and prioritize simplifying setup with AI-driven features. Nonetheless, customization may still be more limited than that of open-source platforms.
With the increasing demand for smarter, more secure, and cost-effective automation, open and flexible platforms for AI-first workflows and no-code automation may play a larger role in fulfilling these expectations.
## **At-a-Glance Comparison Between n8n vs Zapier**
Choosing the right workflow automation tool for your xCloud environment starts by comparing n8n and Zapier. Both tools simplify business processes, but they do so in different ways. n8n offers flexibility for developers, while Zapier is easy for anyone to use. Both are hosted on xCloud, which provides secure and scalable infrastructure to improve performance.
We have also included key details like pricing, integrations, and customization options to help you make the best choice for your business goals. Check out the detailed table and think about what is most important for your workflows.
**Feature**
**n8n**
**Zapier**
**Pricing Model**
Per workflow execution, cost-effective for complex flows
Per task, costs rise with high-volume automations
**Free Tier**
Free self-hosted option; cloud trial available
Modest free tier with limited tasks and features
**Connectors**
1000+, plus custom HTTP nodes and community integrations
6000+ pre-built, covers most SaaS platforms
**Customization**
High: JS/Python support, external libraries in self-hosted setups
Limited: Basic JS/Python via Code by Zapier, 6MB I/O cap
**Ease of Use**
Steeper learning curve, node-based interface for technical users
Beginner-friendly, drag-and-drop interface
**AI Capabilities**
LangChain integration for LLM-powered workflows, RAG, AI agents
AI tools (Zap Guesser, Copilot) for simplified automation
**Error Handling**
Customizable error workflows, robust monitoring
Basic retry options, limited customization
**Team Collaboration**
Sharing workflows from Starter tier, RBAC on higher plans
Sharing and multi-user support on Team plan and above
**Data Storage**
Limited to workflow data, external storage for self-hosted setups
Zapier Tables for user-friendly data management
**xCloud Advantage**
Self-hosting, GDPR compliance, scalable queue mode/Kubernetes
Rapid deployment, high availability for SaaS-heavy workflows
**Best For**
Developers, enterprises needing control, complex workflows
Non-technical users, rapid SaaS integrations
## **Which Is Better, n8n or Zapier?**
Now that you have explored the key differences, strengths, and future direction of n8n and Zapier, so, which is better, n8n or Zapier and which can meet your needs best way?
If your goal is simplicity, fast setup, and access to thousands of pre-made integrations, Zapier is a solid choice. But if you want full control, better cost-efficiency, deep customization, and advanced logic, then n8n is the better long-term solution. Both platforms can help you automate. The right one depends on your priorities. If you want power, ownership, and endless flexibility, choose n8n.
Ready to take your automation to the next level? Start experimenting with your preferred tool today and see what is possible.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Is n8n free to use compared to Zapier?**
Yes, n8n provides a free self-hosted option, which enables users to execute unlimited workflows without ongoing expenses, but you will need to secure a hosting solution. With xCloud, you can deploy your n8n application for free. While Zapier has a free tier, it restricts users to 5 single-step Zaps and a limit of 100 tasks per month.
### **Which platform offers the best value for money?**
All three platforms offer free plans for simple workflows with little data. If you need to process a lot of data, n8n is much cheaper when self-hosted or when you pay per execution. Zapier is often pricier, but it may save you money if you value the time it saves in setup.
### **What is the main difference between n8n and Make?**
The main difference is that **n8n is open-source**. You can host it yourself and customize it.
Make is a **hosted SaaS platform**. You rely on their infrastructure to run your workflows.
### **Are development skills required to use these platforms?**
Zapier is easy to use and does not need any technical skills. You can start using it effectively after just a few hours of getting familiar with it. [**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) is also user-friendly for simple tasks, but to unlock its full potential, you should know some JavaScript or Python and understand how APIs work.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [subscribe to our blogs](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# [Free Mailbox] The New xCloud Mailbox: Unlock Productivity With Smart Features & More - xCloud
> The new xCloud Mailbox features AI replies, email summarization, smart sorting, built-in calendar, task management & more – starting at just $1/month.
AI is changing the way we work, and your business email shouldn’t be left behind. It should reply for you, sort itself, summarize 40-message threads into few sentences, and remind you to follow up before you forget. In a world where AI handles everything from customer support to content creation, why should your inbox still require you to do all the heavy lifting? That is exactly what the new xCloud Mailbox does.
We have completely rebuilt the xCloud Mailbox Addon from the ground up. This is not a minor version bump. Your xCloud Mailbox is now a full business productivity suite with AI features, a built-in calendar, task management, cloud drive, document editors, shared contacts, and enterprise-grade security.
In this post, we will walk you through everything that has changed, starting with the AI features that make this upgrade worth your attention.
## **Why We Rebuilt the xCloud Mailbox From the Ground Up**
When we first launched the xCloud Mailbox Addon, the goal was simple. Let xCloud users send and receive emails from their own domain without a complicated setup. It worked. Thousands of users set it up.
Then the feedback started pouring in. You wanted calendars. You wanted task management. You wanted file storage. And increasingly, you wanted AI features that could actually help you work faster.
We could have patched things together. Instead, we evaluated multiple email infrastructure providers and partnered with one that powers email for some of the largest companies in the world. Their infrastructure handles millions of mailboxes across global data centers, with a track record of reliability that very few providers can match.
This partnership means your xCloud Mailbox is now running on the same engine that powers email for enterprises and Fortune 500 companies. And it brought something else to the table: AI.
## **AI Features That Actually Save You Time**
Let us be clear about what “AI in your mailbox” means here. This is not a chatbot bolted onto your inbox. These are integrated AI capabilities that work inside your email, calendar, and task workflows to reduce the time you spend on repetitive work.
Here is what the AI engine can do.
### **AI Email Suggestions**
Every time you open a compose window or hit reply, the AI can auto-generate a full response for you. It reads the context of the conversation, understands the intent, and drafts a reply that you can send as-is or edit. It also generates subject lines, which is surprisingly useful when you are sending dozens of emails a day and your brain runs out of creative subject lines by 11 AM.
This is not a generic “sounds good, thanks” generator. The AI adapts to the context of the thread, the tone of previous messages, and the action being requested. For teams that handle high volumes of client communication, customer support, or vendor coordination, this feature alone can reclaim a significant chunk of the workday.
### **Email Summarization**
Long email threads are one of the biggest productivity killers in business communication. A **study by McKinsey** found that professionals spend roughly 28% of their workweek reading and responding to email. A big part of that time goes to catching up on threads that have grown to 20, 30, or 50 messages while you were away.
The xCloud Mailbox AI summarizes entire threads into a few key points. You get the decisions that were made, the action items that came out, and the open questions that still need answers. No scrolling through pages of back-and-forth. Just the information you need to respond or take action.
This is especially useful for newsletters and long update emails. Instead of reading a 2,000-word newsletter, you get the highlights in a few sentences.
### **Smart Classification**
Your inbox organizes itself. The AI automatically classifies incoming emails into categories like promotions, updates, social, and personal. Think of it as the tabbed inbox experience you might have seen in other email clients, but smarter because it learns from your behavior over time.
The benefit is not just organization. It is prioritization. When your inbox is sorted, you can focus on the emails that matter and deal with the rest when you have time. No more important client email buried under 15 promotional messages.
### **Smart Tasks**
This is where the AI moves beyond email and into actual work. Smart Tasks lets you describe what you need done, and the AI assistant handles it. It connects with your calendar, your contacts, and your task lists to automate routine work that would otherwise eat into your productive hours.
Think of it as a lightweight AI assistant that lives inside your mailbox and understands your workflow. It is not replacing your project management tool. It is handling the small stuff so you can focus on the big stuff.
### **Text-to-Speech**
Not every email needs your eyes on a screen. Text-to-speech reads your emails and calendar events out loud. This is useful when you are commuting, exercising, or just need a break from staring at a display. It also makes the entire suite more accessible for users with visual impairments.
### **Voice Commands (Coming Soon)**
OX is developing voice command support that will let you interact with your entire mail suite using voice input. Compose emails, create calendar events, add tasks, all without touching the keyboard. This feature is currently in development and will be rolled out in a future update.
## **Beyond AI: A Full Business Productivity Suite**
The AI features are the headline, but they are part of a much larger upgrade. Your xCloud Mailbox is now a complete workspace. Here is everything else that comes with it.
### **Smarter Email**
The core email experience has been overhauled. You now get a unified inbox that brings all your email accounts into one view. Threaded conversations group related emails together so you are not jumping between messages to follow a discussion.
Other improvements include:
- **Undo sends** to cancel an email shortly after sending it.
- **Scheduled sending** to compose now and deliver later.
- **Snooze** to push emails out of your inbox until you are ready to deal with them.
- **Follow-up reminders** so nothing slips through the cracks.
- **Email rules engine** for creating filters, forwarding rules, and auto-tagging.
- **Mail templates** for saving reusable content for repetitive replies.
- **Smart mail sorting** that classifies emails into inbox, promos, and updates.
- **Trash and recovery** with a 14-day window to recover deleted items.
- **Spam and phishing protection** with auto-detection, blacklists, and phishing warnings.
If you have used basic email hosting before, the difference is night and day. This is a modern email client with the productivity features you would expect from platforms like [Gmail](https://workspace.google.com/products/gmail/) or [Outlook](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/outlook/email-and-calendar-software-microsoft-outlook), but without the per-user enterprise pricing.
### **Built-in Calendar**
No more relying on a separate calendar app. The xCloud Mailbox now includes a full calendar with daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly views.
Key calendar features include:
- **Recurring events** that repeat on any schedule you define.
- **Invitation management** with RSVP, accept, decline, and comments.
- **Smart scheduling** that suggests meeting times based on everyone’s availability (available on higher-tier plans).
- **Resource booking** for reserving meeting rooms and equipment.
- **External calendar subscriptions** so your Google Calendar or iCal feeds show up right alongside your xCloud calendar.
- **Time zone support** so events adapt correctly for global teams.
- **Event color coding** for quick visual categorization.
- **Attachments to events** for adding files or links directly to calendar entries.
For small teams and freelancers, this eliminates the need for a separate [Google Calendar](https://calendar.google.com/) subscription or a third-party scheduling tool. Everything lives in the same place as your email.
### **Task Management**
Managing tasks inside your mailbox means fewer context switches throughout the day. The xCloud Mailbox task management system includes:
- **Shared task lists** for team collaboration.
- **Recurring tasks** that auto-repeat on a set frequency.
- **Due dates and reminders** with alert notifications.
- **Prioritization flags** to mark tasks as urgent or low priority.
- **Task completion tracking** with auto-tracked progress per task list.
- **Task attachments** for adding files to individual tasks.
- **Comment threads** for notes and updates on task progress.
This is not trying to replace dedicated project management tools like [Asana](https://asana.com/) or [Trello](https://trello.com/). But for everyday task tracking, follow-ups, and team coordination, having it right inside your mailbox removes friction.
### **Cloud Drive**
File management is now built into your mailbox. Upload, share, and organize files without switching to a separate cloud storage service.
Cloud Drive features include:
- **File upload and download** with core document handling.
- **File sharing with roles** for viewer and editor access, both internal and external.
- **Version history** so you can see previous versions and revert when needed (30 versions on the $5 plan, unlimited on $8).
- **Document preview** for inline viewing of PDFs, images, and Office files.
- **WebDAV access** to map your drive as a remote folder.
- **Sync clients** for Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS.
- **Public share links** with password protection and time-limited access.
- **Storage usage widget** to monitor your current quota.
- **Favorites and recent files** for quick access to what you use most.
- **Trash and recovery** with a 14-day window.
For teams that currently pay separately for [Google Drive](https://drive.google.com/) or [Dropbox](https://www.dropbox.com/) alongside their email hosting, consolidating into one platform can simplify workflows and reduce costs.
### **Built-in Document Editors**
One of the most practical additions is the ability to edit documents, spreadsheets, and presentations directly inside your mailbox. No need to download a file, open it in a desktop app, edit it, save it, and re-upload it.
The document editors support:
- **Text documents, spreadsheets, and presentations** with built-in editors.
- **Real-time collaboration** so multiple team members can work on the same document simultaneously.
- **Edit email attachments online** without downloading them first.
- **Full compatibility** with Microsoft Office and LibreOffice formats.
This is particularly useful for teams that frequently share documents via email. Instead of the download-edit-reattach cycle, you can edit attachments in place and collaborate in real time.
### **Contact Management**
Your address book has been upgraded with:
- **Personal address books** for private contact lists.
- **Global address book** with a shared org-wide directory.
- **Shared contacts** available across teams or roles.
- **CSV and vCard import/export** for standard format compatibility.
- **Contact categories and tags** for organizing with color or text labels.
- **Contact profile images** for visual identification.
- **Halo View** for a quick popup with contact info and available actions.
- **Autocomplete for email addresses** with instant matching from your contacts list.
### **Enterprise-Grade Security**
Security is not optional for business email, and the new xCloud Mailbox does not cut corners:
- **Two-Factor Authentication (TOTP)** for an extra layer at login.
- **WebAuthn support** for hardware key or biometric login.
- **End-to-end encryption** with seamless PGP/S-MIME support via [OX Guard](https://www.open-xchange.com/products/ox-guard/).
- **Self-service password reset** with secondary factor verification.
- **Premium antivirus, antispam, and antiphishing** protection powered by [Vade](https://www.vadesecure.com/), one of the leading email threat detection providers globally.
Your emails, files, and data stay protected with the same security infrastructure used by major European ISPs and telecom providers.
## **Plans and Pricing**
The updated xCloud Mailbox offers five tiers to fit different needs:
**Plan**
**Storage**
**Key Features**
Free
100MB
Basic email, unified inbox, personal address book, dark mode
$1/mo
8GB
Read receipts, undo send, follow-up reminders, customizable dashboard
$2.5/mo
25GB
Smart mail sorting, shared contacts, global address book, mail templates, WebAuthn
$5/mo
50GB
Full Drive, document editors, real-time collaboration, encryption, resource booking
$8/mo
80GB
Everything above + all AI features (suggestions, summarization, smart tasks, TTS)
Every plan includes dark mode, keyboard shortcuts, multi-language support, and an installable app for any device.
**Important:** The free 100MB plan is available exclusively for [**xCloud Managed Server**](/) users. It is a great way to test the new mailbox before committing to a paid plan.
## **Already Using xCloud Mailbox? Here Is How to Migrate**
If you are an existing xCloud Mailbox user, you do not have to start from scratch. We have built a seamless migration path so you can move your current mailbox to the new Mailbox without losing your emails, contacts, or settings.
The migration process is straightforward, and we have prepared a step-by-step guide to walk you through it.
**👉 [Learn how to migrate your existing mailbox](/docs/how-to-migrate-emails-from-legacy-mailbox-to-the-new-xcloud-mailbox/)**
Your data stays intact. Your domain stays the same. You just get a much better mailbox on the other side.
## **Who Is This For?**
The upgraded xCloud Mailbox is built for freelancers, agencies, and teams on xCloud who want professional domain email, shared calendars, task management, and AI-powered productivity without adding another SaaS tool.
Here are a few scenarios where it fits perfectly:
- **Freelancers** who want a professional email address on their own domain, with a calendar and task list built in, starting at just $1/month.
- **Small teams** that need shared calendars, shared contacts, and collaborative document editing without paying for a separate Google Workspace or Microsoft 365 subscription.
- **Agencies** managing multiple client communications who can benefit from AI email suggestions, thread summarization, and smart classification to handle high email volumes efficiently.
- **E-commerce businesses** running on [xCloud managed hosting](/) that want their transactional email, business email, and team collaboration in one dashboard.
- **Anyone tired of writing the same emails over and over?** Let the AI handle the repetitive replies while you focus on work that actually needs your brain.
## **How xCloud Mailbox Compares to the Competition**
One of the most common questions we get is how the xCloud Mailbox stacks up against [**Google Workspace**](https://workspace.google.com/), [**Microsoft 365**](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365), [**Zoho Mail**](https://www.zoho.com/mail/), and **[Proton Mail](https://proton.me/mail)**. Here is a detailed comparison across all the features that matter.
### **Pricing Comparison**
**xCloud Mailbox**
**Google Workspace**
**Microsoft 365**
**Zoho Mail**
**Proton Mail**
Starting price
$1/mo
$7/mo
$7/mo (from Jul 2026)
$1/mo
$3.99/mo
Full-featured plan
$8/mo (80GB)
$14/mo (2TB)
$14/mo (from Jul 2026)
$4/mo (50GB)
$7.99/mo (15GB)
Free plan
Yes (100MB, Managed Servers only)
No
No
Yes (5GB, up to 5 users)
Yes (1GB, limited)
AI features included
Yes (on $8 plan)
Yes (Gemini, all plans)
No ($30/mo Copilot add-on)
Limited (Zia on paid plans)
No
_Note: Google Workspace raised prices by_ 17-22% in 2025 after bundling Gemini AI. Microsoft 365 is raising prices again, _effective July 1, 2026, with increases ranging from 5% to 33% across plans. Pricing shown reflects annual commitment rates in USD._
### **Feature Comparison**
**Feature**
**xCloud Mailbox**
**Microsoft 365**
**Zoho Mail**
**Proton Mail**
**Email**
Custom domain email
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (paid plans)
Unified inbox
Yes
Yes (Outlook)
Yes
No
Threaded conversations
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Undo send
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Scheduled sending
Yes ($5+)
Yes
Yes
Yes (paid)
Smart mail sorting
Yes ($2.5+)
Yes (Focused Inbox)
Yes
No
Email templates
Yes ($2.5+)
Yes (Quick Parts)
Yes (paid)
No
Mail rules engine
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (paid)
Snooze
Yes ($5+)
Yes
Yes
Yes (paid)
**AI Features**
AI email replies
Yes ($8)
$30/mo add-on (Copilot)
Limited (Zia)
No
Email summarization
Yes ($8)
$30/mo add-on
No
No
Smart classification
Yes ($2.5+)
Yes (Focused Inbox)
Yes
No
AI task automation
Yes ($8)
$30/mo add-on
No
No
Text-to-speech
Yes ($8)
Yes (Immersive Reader)
No
No
**Calendar**
Built-in calendar
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (paid)
Smart scheduling
Yes ($5+)
Yes (FindTime)
Yes (Workplace)
No
Resource booking
Yes ($5+)
Yes
No
No
External calendar sync
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
**Productivity**
Task management
Yes (built-in)
To Do (separate app)
Yes (built-in)
No
Cloud drive
Yes ($5+)
Yes (OneDrive)
Yes (WorkDrive)
Yes (Proton Drive)
Document editors
Yes ($5+)
Office Apps
Zoho Writer/Sheet/Show
No
Real-time collaboration
Yes ($5+)
Yes
Yes
No
**Contacts**
Shared address books
Yes ($2.5+)
Yes
Yes
No
Global directory
Yes ($2.5+)
Yes
Yes (Workplace)
No
vCard import/export
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
**Security**
Two-factor authentication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hardware key (WebAuthn)
Yes ($2.5+)
Yes
No
Yes
End-to-end encryption
Yes (OX Guard)
S/MIME
No
Yes (built-in PGP)
Anti-phishing (advanced)
Yes (Vade)
Yes (Defender)
Yes
Yes
**Hosting Integration**
Managed hosting included
Yes
No
No
No
Auto DNS with Cloudflare
Yes
No
No
No
SMTP for server emails
No
No
No
No
### **What the Comparison Tells You**
**xCloud Mailbox vs. Google Workspace:** Google now includes Gemini AI in all plans, but their starting price is $7/mo per user (and rising). For small teams that also need hosting, xCloud bundles both email and server management starting at $1/mo. Google wins on storage at higher tiers (2TB on Standard), but if you do not need terabytes of cloud storage, xCloud delivers more value per dollar.
**xCloud Mailbox vs. Microsoft 365:** Microsoft’s AI features (Copilot) still cost $30/user/month on top of the base plan. With xCloud, AI is included in the $8/mo tier. Microsoft wins on desktop Office apps and enterprise compliance, but for small teams and freelancers, that level of complexity (and cost) is often unnecessary. Microsoft is also raising prices across most plans effective [July 1, 2026](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/licensing/news/2026-m365-packaging-pricing-updates).
**xCloud Mailbox vs. Zoho Mail:** Zoho is the closest competitor on pricing, starting at $1/mo. But Zoho’s AI features (Zia) are limited compared to what OX Mail provides, and Zoho does not offer managed hosting integration, auto DNS management, or SMTP for server transactional emails. If you are already on xCloud for hosting, adding the Mailbox Addon keeps everything in one platform.
**xCloud Mailbox vs. Proton Mail:** Proton is the privacy-first choice with built-in PGP encryption. But Proton does not offer AI features, task management, document editors, or resource booking. If your primary concern is privacy and you do not need productivity tools, Proton is solid. If you need a full business workspace, xCloud gives you more.
The biggest differentiator across all competitors: **xCloud is the only platform where your business email, hosting, and server management live in the same dashboard.** No other provider on this list offers that integration.
## **How to Set Up a Professional Business Mailbox**
Set up your business email in minutes. You do not need a technical background to get started. Follow these simple steps to create your business mailbox and start communicating professionally from your own domain.
### **Step 1: Activate xCloud Mailbox Addon**
Look for the **‘MailBox’** addon from the list of available addons. If you have not purchased it yet, click the ‘Enable’ button to purchase it. Next, click on the ‘Get Mailbox For $1” button to proceed.
### **Step 2: Subscribe to a Mailbox Subscription Plan**
Next, a pop-up will appear. Enter the credentials ‘Email’ and ‘Password’ in the dedicated fields. Then choose a plan according to your needs. And finally, click on the ‘Pay’ button.
### **Step 4: Verify Mailbox**
Once the purchase is done, your subscription plan for the xCloud Mailbox will be shown in the dashboard. Here you can see the ‘Pending Verification’ status. Click on the ‘Verify Now’ button to start the DNS setup process.
You can do this in two ways. If you have already connected your domain with Cloudflare, the easiest method is to toggle the “Auto Manage DNS Records” switch. This will automatically add all the required DNS records like MX and SPF to your Cloudflare account and verify them. If you have enabled DKIM, the DKIM records will also be added and verified. This method is recommended because it saves time and reduces the chance of errors.
If you manage your domain’s DNS settings manually, you will need to copy the required records provided and paste them into your domain’s DNS panel, click on the ‘Verify Records’ button
### **Step 5: Launch Your Mailbox**
After configuring everything, let’s go back to the Mailbox dashboard and click on the Access option to log in to your Mailbox dashboard.
Once logged in, you can check out the **‘Inbox’, ‘Draft’,** and more from the dashboard. Even send the new message to your preferred email address as well.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **What is the xCloud Mailbox Addon?**
The xCloud Mailbox Addon is a fully managed business email solution built into the [xCloud hosting platform](/). It lets you create professional email addresses on your own domain with features like AI email replies, calendar, task management, cloud drive, document editing, and enterprise-grade security. It is now powered by OX Mail (Open-Xchange).
### **What AI features does the xCloud Mailbox include?**
The xCloud Mailbox includes AI email suggestions that auto-generate replies and subject lines, email summarization for condensing long threads, smart classification that auto-sorts emails by type, smart tasks that let the AI assistant handle routine work, and text-to-speech for having emails read aloud. All AI features are available on the $8/month plan.
### **How is xCloud Mailbox different from Gmail or Outlook?**
Unlike Gmail or Outlook, xCloud Mailbox combines your business email, hosting, and server management into one platform. AI features are included in the plan rather than sold as separate add-ons. Plans start at $1/month compared to $6-7/month for Google Workspace or Microsoft 365, and you get managed hosting integration with automatic DNS setup through Cloudflare.
### **Can I migrate my existing xCloud Mailbox to the new system?**
Yes. If you are already using the xCloud Mailbox Addon, you can migrate seamlessly to the new OX Mail-powered system without losing any emails, contacts, or settings. xCloud provides a step-by-step migration guide to make the transition smooth.
### **Is the free plan available to everyone?**
No. The free 100MB plan is available exclusively for xCloud Managed Server users. It is designed as a way to test the new mailbox features before upgrading to a paid plan. Paid plans starting at $1/month are available to all xCloud users.
### **Can I use xCloud Mailbox on my phone?**
Yes. Every plan includes an installable app that works on any device. You can also configure the mailbox with any standard email client on iOS or Android using IMAP or POP. Sync clients for cloud drive are available on the $5 and $8 plans.
### **What happens to my existing $1 or $2.5 plan?**
Existing users on the $1 and $2.5 plans automatically get access to all the new features available at their tier. No action is needed. The feature set for these plans has been significantly expanded with this upgrade.
Ready to upgrade your email experience? [Head to xCloud](/mailbox/) and set up the new Mailbox Addon today. If you need help, check out the full setup guide or reach out to the [xCloud support team](/contact/).
## Your Inbox Just Became Your Smartest Tool
Your email is where most of your workday starts and ends. It is where deals move forward, tasks get assigned, and decisions get made. But for too long, business email has been stuck in the past – forcing you to do all the sorting, replying, and organizing yourself.
That changes now. The new xCloud Mailbox brings AI-powered replies, thread summarization, smart classification, a built-in calendar, task management, cloud drive, and document editors into one place. No more juggling five different tools to get through your day. No more paying enterprise prices for features that should come standard.
Whether you are a freelancer sending your first professional email or a growing team managing hundreds of conversations a day, the new xCloud Mailbox is built to make your work easier, faster, and less repetitive.
Set up the new xCloud Mailbox today, and let your inbox start working for you.
---
# NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed: Which Web Server Is Faster for Your Site - xCloud
> Compare NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed to see which web server delivers the fastest performance for your website.
When it comes to choosing the right web server for your website, the decision often boils down to two prominent contenders: **NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed**. Both of these web servers are renowned for their speed and efficiency, but which one truly stands out as the faster option for your site? In this comparison of NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed, we aim to help you understand which web server might offer better server speed comparison and overall performance of our site.
Though xCloud offers both the NGINx and OLS web servers. By examining different factors like the web, you can make an informed decision that enhances your site’s functionality and user satisfaction.
## 🔥**NGINX Server And Its Key Features**
NGINX is a highly versatile and powerful open-source web server, renowned for its exceptional performance and scalability. Initially developed in 2004 by **Igor Sysoev**, NGINX was designed to handle the C10k problem or the challenge of serving **10,000** simultaneous connections. Since then, it has evolved into a multi-faceted platform that excels in a variety of roles, including web serving, reverse proxying, load balancing, and more.
### **Performance And Scalability**
NGINX’s event-driven architecture is at the heart of its performance. This non-blocking design allows NGINX to efficiently handle multiple requests simultaneously, making it an excellent choice for high-traffic websites and applications. Its ability to serve static content rapidly and balance load across multiple backend servers contributes to its reputation as a performance powerhouse.
### **Flexible Configuration**
NGINX offers flexible configuration through its modular design and text-based configuration files. This flexibility allows administrators to customise settings for various server blocks, locations, and directives, tailoring NGINX to suit different applications and use cases. The configuration syntax, while powerful, does have a learning curve, but it provides granular control over server behavior.
### **Reverse Proxy And Load Balancing**
NGINX excels as a reverse proxy and load balancer, distributing incoming traffic across multiple backend servers. This functionality enhances scalability, reliability, and performance, making NGINX ideal for large-scale applications and microservices architectures. It supports various load balancing algorithms, including round-robin, least connections, and IP hash, to optimize traffic distribution.
### **Security And Reliability**
NGINX offers robust security features, including SSL/TLS support, access control, and integration with security modules like ModSecurity. Its lightweight and efficient design contributes to its reliability, allowing it to handle large volumes of traffic with minimal resource consumption.
Overall, NGINX is a versatile powerhouse, delivering exceptional performance, scalability, and flexibility for a wide range of web applications and services.
## 🔥**OpenLiteSpeed Server And Its Notable Features**
[**OpenLiteSpeed**](/introducing-openlitespeed-server-in-xcloud/) **is an open-source web server** that represents the essence of speed and efficiency, offering a lightweight yet powerful platform for delivering web content. It is a part of the LiteSpeed family of servers and shares many of the performance optimisations found in the proprietary LiteSpeed Enterprise Server. OpenLiteSpeed excels in delivering high performance, particularly for dynamic PHP applications, making it a popular choice among performance-conscious web administrators and developers.
### **Optimized for Speed**
OpenLiteSpeed’s hallmark is its event-driven architecture, which ensures efficient handling of concurrent connections. This architecture enables the server to process multiple requests simultaneously without consuming excessive resources. The server is designed to minimise latency and maximize throughput, delivering a seamless user experience even under high traffic loads.
### **Built-in Caching**
One of OpenLiteSpeed’s standout features is its built-in caching mechanism, LiteSpeed Cache. This caching system accelerates content delivery by storing frequently accessed data, reducing the need for repeated processing. LiteSpeed Cache is particularly effective for WordPress sites, as it includes specific optimization features for this popular content management system.
### **Optimized PHP Handling**
OpenLiteSpeed’s LSAPI (LiteSpeed Application Programming Interface) for PHP handling is a key differentiator, offering superior performance compared to traditional PHP processing methods. LSAPI enhances PHP script execution, making OpenLiteSpeed an excellent choice for PHP-heavy applications like WordPress, Joomla, and Drupal.
### **Ease of Use**
OpenLiteSpeed features a user-friendly web-based administration panel, making configuration straightforward. This ease of use, combined with its performance advantages, makes OpenLiteSpeed an attractive choice for developers and administrators seeking a fast, efficient, and user-friendly web server.
## ⚔️**NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed: Evaluating the Speed And Efficiency**
When it comes to choosing a web server, speed and efficiency are paramount considerations. Both NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed are renowned for their high performance and scalability. However, the way they achieve this performance and the specific scenarios in which they excel can differ significantly. Let’s examine various performance aspects to discern which server offers superior speed and efficiency.
### **How Quickly Can NGINX And OpenLiteSpeed Serve Content?**
The speed of a web server is crucial, particularly for websites that handle a lot of traffic or require rapid responses. For static content such as images and HTML files, both NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed are highly efficient. However, OpenLiteSpeed often has a slight edge, particularly when serving smaller files. This advantage stems from its optimized event-driven architecture, which allows it to process requests with minimal overhead.
When it comes to dynamic content, such as PHP scripts, OpenLiteSpeed again showcases superior performance. Its LiteSpeed API (LSAPI) is specifically designed for efficient PHP handling, making OpenLiteSpeed especially suitable for PHP-heavy applications like WordPress, Joomla, and Drupal. NGINX, while competent with dynamic content, may require more tuning and configuration to achieve similar performance, particularly when using FastCGI or PHP-FPM.
### **How Efficiently Do NGINX And OpenLiteSpeed Use System Resources?**
Efficient resource usage is another critical factor, especially when system resources are limited or expensive. In terms of memory usage, OpenLiteSpeed typically consumes less under high traffic loads, thanks to its streamlined event-driven architecture and built-in caching mechanisms. NGINX, while generally efficient, may need additional caching solutions or specific tuning to match OpenLiteSpeed’s memory efficiency.
Regarding CPU usage, OpenLiteSpeed also generally outperforms NGINX, particularly under high concurrency. OpenLiteSpeed’s streamlined architecture enables it to handle numerous simultaneous connections with minimal CPU consumption. NGINX, while efficient, may require more CPU resources, especially without proper optimisation and tuning.
### **How Well Can NGINX And OpenLiteSpeed Scale with Traffic?**
Scalability is crucial for web servers that anticipate growing or fluctuating traffic. NGINX excels in horizontal scalability due to its robust load-balancing capabilities. It can distribute traffic across multiple backend servers effectively, making it ideal for large-scale applications and high-traffic websites. NGINX’s flexible load balancing algorithms, such as round-robin, least connections, and IP hash, offer various strategies for traffic distribution.
OpenLiteSpeed, on the other hand, offers superior vertical scalability thanks to its efficient resource utilization. It performs exceptionally well on single-server setups, particularly for PHP-based applications. This makes it an excellent choice for small to medium-sized websites and [**web hosting**](https://wpdeveloper.com/sustainable-web-hosting-green-practices/) environments where vertical scaling is more feasible or desirable than horizontal scaling.
### **How Well Can NGINX And OpenLiteSpeed Handle Multiple Connections?**
Concurrency handling is vital for web servers dealing with multiple simultaneous connections. Both NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed utilise event-driven architectures that excel in handling concurrent connections. However, OpenLiteSpeed tends to offer better performance under high concurrency, particularly for dynamic content. NGINX, while efficient, may require additional configuration and optimisation to handle similar levels of concurrent connections effectively.
### **How Quickly Can NGINX And OpenLiteSpeed Respond to Requests?**
Latency, or the delay before a transfer of data begins, is another important factor in web server performance. OpenLiteSpeed often has an edge in this regard due to its optimized processing and built-in caching, resulting in faster response times for both static and dynamic content. NGINX performs well, but may require additional tuning, such as optimizing buffer sizes and enabling caching, to achieve similar low-latency performance.
### **Which Server Is Best for Your Needs?**
When it comes to overall performance, both NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed offer exceptional efficiency and scalability, but they excel in different areas. OpenLiteSpeed is particularly strong in dynamic content handling, memory efficiency, and high concurrency situations, making it ideal for PHP-based applications and small to medium-sized setups. NGINX, on the other hand, shines in horizontal scalability, static content delivery, and load balancing, making it suitable for large-scale applications and complex setups.
The choice between NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed ultimately depends on the specific needs of your website or application. For PHP-heavy, high-concurrency environments, OpenLiteSpeed may be the best choice. For large-scale, horizontally scalable setups, NGINX might be more appropriate. Understanding the strengths and weaknesses of each server will help you select the one that best fits your requirements and ensures optimal performance for your site.
## **Caching Mechanisms of NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed**
Caching is fundamental to enhancing web performance by storing copies of files so they can be served faster to users. NGINX utilizes **fastcgi\_cache** for dynamic content and proxy\_cache for static resources, which are highly effective but require manual configuration. In contrast, OpenLiteSpeed comes with built-in caching functionalities like LiteSpeed Cache, which is known for its automatic page caching capabilities. This feature can dramatically decrease page load time without needing the user to fine-tune settings frequently.
## **Tips for Optimizing Web Server Speed**
Regardless of the chosen web server, there are several strategies to enhance its performance. Here are some tips for optimizing the speed of both NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed:
**• Effective Caching:** Implement caching mechanisms to store static and dynamic content, reducing the need for repetitive processing and speeding up response times.
• Resource Allocation: Ensure adequate hardware resources like CPU and RAM are allocated based on the server’s load and traffic patterns.
**• Content Compression:** Use compression algorithms such as Gzip for NGINX or Brotli for OpenLiteSpeed to reduce the size of data transferred between the server and clients, enhancing load times.
**• Regular Updates:** Keep the web server software updated to benefit from the latest performance improvements and security patches.
By employing these optimization techniques, both web servers can perform at their peak, significantly improving the overall site performance.
## **Build Your Server from NGINX Or OpenLiteSpeed in xCloud**
[**xCloud**](/) is an innovative web hosting platform that provides users with powerful tools and technologies to launch and manage their websites with ease. Offering a suite of hosting solutions tailored to various needs, xCloud stands out for its commitment to performance, security, and scalability. Whether you’re a small business owner, a blogger, or a large enterprise, xCloud offers the reliability and flexibility needed to support your online ventures.
xCloud understands that different projects have different needs, which is why it offers the choice between two leading web server technologies: NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed. This choice allows users to tailor their hosting environment to best suit their website’s specific requirements.
Whether you prioritize NGINX for its efficiency in handling [**websites with high traffic**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-check-website-traffic-for-any-site/) and serving static content or OpenLiteSpeed for its exceptional performance with dynamic content and ease of use, xCloud facilitates a hosting solution that aligns with your goals. Both servers are renowned for their speed and stability, ensuring that every website hosted on xCloud benefits from top-tier technology.
With xCloud, setting up your site on either NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed is straightforward, thanks to xCloud’s user-friendly platform. Moreover, xCloud’s support team is always on hand to help you make the best decision and assist with any technical queries or issues you might encounter, making the process of building and growing your online presence as smooth as possible. Choose xCloud, and take advantage of the flexibility to use either NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed based on your website’s needs and your personal or business objectives.
## ⚔️ **Choosing Between NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed**
There are different [**types of website hostin**](/types-of-website-hosting-services/)g available; cloud hosting is one of them. NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed are both popular in the cloud hosting field. The decision between NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed often comes down to specific needs regarding performance, ease of management, and server resource availability.
NGINX is a proven solution for high-traffic sites needing robust load balancing and static content delivery, while OpenLiteSpeed offers advantages for dynamic content sites looking for ease of use and effective built-in caching. Let’s have a look at a quick data table to help you in making decisions:
**Aspect**
**NGINX**
**OpenLiteSpeed**
**Performance**
High-performance, event-driven architecture; excels with static content.
Efficient event-driven design; slightly faster in dynamic content scenarios.
**Caching**
Supports caching via third-party modules; requires manual configuration.
Built-in server-level caching; includes LiteSpeed Cache plugin for WordPress.
**Ease of Configuration**
Configured through text-based files; may require more expertise.
User-friendly web-based GUI; easier for non-technical users.
**Apache Compatibility**
Independent of Apache configurations; requires manual rewrite of rules.
Compatible with Apache configurations, including .htaccess support.
**Resource Usage**
Lightweight design; efficient resource consumption.
Efficient resource usage; suitable for servers with limited resources.
**Security Features**
Robust security features, including rate limiting and SSL/TLS support.
Includes security features like mod\_security support and DDoS protection.
**Community Support**
Large and active community; extensive documentation available.
Active community support; growing user base.
**HTTP/3 Support**
Yes, with additional configuration.
Yes, natively supported.
**Load Balancing**
Yes, supports advanced load balancing features.
Yes, supports load balancing.
**WebSocket Support**
Yes, supports WebSockets.
Yes, supports WebSockets.
**Scripting Language Support**
Supports PHP, Python, Perl, Ruby, and more.
Supports PHP, Ruby, Python, Perl, Java, etc.
**Server APIs**
Supports CGI, FCGI, uwsgi, SCGI, and more.
Supports LiteSpeed SAPI, CGI, FCGI, Proxy, AJPv13.
Both web servers are capable of delivering excellent website speed and server performance, but your choice will ultimately depend on your technical comfort level, specific site requirements, and the type of content your site predominantly serves. Experimenting with both servers in a test environment may provide further insights into which server works best with your specific setup.
## **NGINX vs OpenLiteSpeed: Choose the Faster Web Server Wisely**
When it comes to choosing between NGINX and OpenLiteSpeed, there is no one-size-fits-all answer. With xCloud, you have the ability to choose any of the web servers to deploy your server and build dream sites seamlessly. Both servers offer exceptional capabilities tailored to different needs and preferences. Your choice should align with your site’s requirements, balancing performance, security, and cost to best support your online presence.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to **[subscribe to our blogs](/blog/)** for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Fully Managed Node.js Hosting for Developers | High Performance Solution For Your Projects
> Get fully managed Node.js hosting built for developers. Deploy front-end and back-end apps instantly from your Git repository easily.
## NODE.js HOSTING
# Fully Managed  Node.js Hosting For Developers
Get developer-friendly, reliable Node.js hosting which allows you to deploy various Node.js based applications. We take care of complexities so you can focus on development.
- 
### Instant deployment with Git
- 
### Free SSL certificate
- 
### 24/7/365 Global Customer Support
## Setup Process
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Node.js Application in Minutes
Get your Node.js app running quickly with a step-by-step process – from setup to launch, backup, and version updates. Simplified deployment so you can focus on building great apps.
## Choose Deployment Method
Clone your Node.js project directly from a Git repository and get ready to deploy in seconds.
## Deploy Rendering Type
Launch both front-end and back-end applications easily with a single toggle switch.
## Configure Site Settings
Select your Node.js version, connect a database, and adjust settings for optimal performance.
## Go Live Right Away
Review your setup and deploy your site instantly. Moreover, push the latest code to LIVE to deploy automatically.
## Features
## Perfect for All Your Node.js Projects
Build, deploy, and scale any Node.js application with ease. Our managed hosting platform supports a wide variety of projects, from small apps to enterprise-grade solutions.
- ### REST and GraphQL APIs
- ### Full-stack JavaScript applications
- ### Serverless function-based applications
## Advanced Features
## Powerful Features for Managed Node.js Hosting
Manage your Node.js applications effortlessly with tools designed for fast development, secure performance, and smooth day-to-day operations.
### Git Integration for Effortless
Simplify deployment with direct Git integration. Connect your GitHub account to automatically pull and deploy from your repositories.
### Tailor the Environment
Set up your Node.js environment the way you want. Configure versions, settings, and more right from your dashboard.
### Automated Backups
Keep your data safe with automatic backups, locally or remotely. Restore your app anytime with just a few clicks.
### Custom & Test Domains
Add a professional touch with a custom domain. Or test everything first on a free demo domain before going live with confidence.
### Ultra-Fast Load Times
Experience lightning-fast performance with optimized server environments, caching and Cloudflare CDN integration for ultra-fast response times of your site across the globe.
### Deploy Front End and Backend
Deploy both your front-end and back-end applications with just a few clicks. Manage full-stack projects effortlessly without switching tools or configurations.
## use cases
## What Can You Build with Node.js Hosting?
Experience the perfect blend of VPS performance and Node.js flexibility to power modern, high-performing applications. Here are some great examples of what you can create:
## APIs and Microservices
Develop scalable APIs with exceptional speed and reliability. Perfect for microservices that need efficient communication and lightning-fast response times.
## Single-Page Applications
Build interactive, dynamic SPAs with fast server-side rendering. Ideal for dashboards and web apps that demand a seamless, responsive user experience.
## eCommerce Platforms
Run secure, high-traffic online stores that scale effortlessly. Handle large transaction volumes with dependable performance and strong security.
## Data-Intensive Applications
Process massive datasets efficiently through asynchronous operations. Excellent for big data analytics and applications that manage large-scale information.
## Real-Time Applications
Deliver smooth, low-latency performance for real-time experiences. Perfect for chat systems, live-streaming services, and online multiplayer games.
## IoT Applications
Leverage rapid data processing and instant communication between devices. A great fit for IoT projects that rely on quick updates and real-time responsiveness.
## Pricing
## Reliable Managed Node.js Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Get started for free and host unlimited Node.js applications on your preferred plans and boost
growth with powerful features.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
MonthlyYearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## xCloud FEATURES
## Deliver The Ultimate Hosting Experience With xCloud’s Powerful Features
Provide your customers a next-gen cloud hosting experience with advanced features and
ultimate security to keep their server and sites secure with xCloud
## Deploy Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OLS stack, ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Easy DNS Management With Cloudflare
xCloud integrates with Cloudflare, offering an excellent free DNS solution. Use Cloudflare integrations to provision wildcard SSLs too for WordPress multisites.
## Get Notified Via Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram
Unlock seamless integration with Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram to stay informed with real-time server and site notifications delivered straight to your phone.
## Deploy Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OLS stack, ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Easy DNS Management With Cloudflare
xCloud integrates with Cloudflare, offering an excellent free DNS solution. Use Cloudflare integrations to provision wildcard SSLs too for WordPress multisites.
## Get Notified Via Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram
Unlock seamless integration with Slack, WhatsApp & Telegram to stay informed with real-time server and site notifications delivered straight to your phone.
## Deploy Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
- 1
- 2
- 3
- 4
- 5
- 6
- 7
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
Pretty happy with my n8n thru xCloud.
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
I set this up yesterday – easy build, then jumped right in. I recreated a few of my existing workflows without any issues. Thanks, xcloud!
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Brian Geovanny
SaaS Space
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Node.js hosting?
Node.js hosting provides a server environment for applications built with Node.js, a JavaScript runtime. A key benefit is the ability to use JavaScript for both front-end and back-end development, streamlining the process and saving time.
### Can I install different Node.js versions on my VPS?
Yes. Our Node.js hosting gives you the flexibility to install and switch between different Node.js versions, ensuring your VPS is always compatible with your application’s requirements.
### Can I use Node.js to host a website?
Absolutely. Node.js is an excellent platform for medium to large-scale websites with high traffic. Its event-driven, non-blocking architecture efficiently handles numerous simultaneous connections, resulting in superior performance and scalability for web applications, APIs, and real-time services.
### What types of applications are ideal for Node.js?
Node.js excels at I/O-bound and real-time applications, such as:
- Live chat systems
- Streaming platforms
- IoT (Internet of Things) applications
- API servers
It is generally less suited for CPU-intensive tasks like video encoding or complex data analysis.
### How does xCloud build my Node.js application (e.g., npm run build)?
xCloud automates the build process using a Node.js buildpack. After installing your dependencies, it checks your package.json file for a build script. If one exists, xCloud automatically runs npm run build to compile assets, transpile TypeScript, or bundle your front-end code for production.
---
# Node.js vs Laravel: Key Differences and Which One to Choose - xCloud
> Node.js vs Laravel compared: performance, scalability, security, use cases, and a simple checklist to choose the right backend for your project in 2026.
If you are choosing a backend for your next project, you have almost certainly landed on the same crossroads as thousands of other developers: [**Node.js**](/what-is-node-js-beginners-guide/) or Laravel? Both are popular, both are mature, and both have passionate fans who will tell you their pick is the obvious winner.
The truth is less dramatic. Neither one is universally better, and the right answer depends entirely on what you are building, who is building it, and how it needs to scale. This guide breaks down the real differences, clears up a common misconception, and gives you a simple framework to decide with confidence.
## **Key takeaways**
- Node.js is a JavaScript runtime, while Laravel is a PHP framework, so you are not comparing two like-for-like tools as much as two different ways to build a backend.
- Node.js shines for real-time, high-concurrency, and API-heavy applications thanks to its event-driven, non-blocking model. It is the most used web technology in the world, cited by 48.7 percent of developers in the latest Stack Overflow survey.
- Laravel shines for structured, data-driven applications that need to ship fast, with built-in routing, authentication, and database tools. It leads the PHP framework market with a 50 percent-plus share.
- Node.js gives you flexibility and control, while Laravel gives you conventions and speed of development.
- You do not always have to pick one. Many teams pair a Laravel backend with a Node.js real-time layer.
- Both stacks deploy cleanly on modern managed hosting that supports Git deployment, process management, and SSL out of the box.
## **Node.js vs Laravel at a glance**
Before we dig into the details, here is a side-by-side summary of how the two stack up across the factors that matter most.
**Factor**
**Node.js**
**Laravel**
Type
JavaScript runtime environment
PHP web framework
Language
JavaScript / TypeScript
PHP
Architecture
Event-driven, non-blocking
Model-View-Controller (MVC)
Performance
Excellent for concurrent, real-time workloads
Strong for traditional request-based apps
Scalability
Built for microservices and high concurrency
Scales well with caching, queues, and tuning
Learning curve
Steeper, you assemble your own structure
Gentler, conventions are built in
Ecosystem
npm, over 2 million packages
Composer, around 47,000 packages
Security
Mostly manual, depends on your setup
Strong, secure defaults out of the box
Best for
APIs, real-time apps, streaming, SaaS
eCommerce, CMS, dashboards, CRUD apps
Keep this table in mind as we go, because the rest of the article explains the why behind each row.
## **What is Node.js? (and why it is not a framework)**
This is the first thing to get straight, because it trips up almost everyone new to the comparison. Node.js is not a framework and it is not a language. It is a runtime environment that lets you [**run JavaScript on the server**](/what-is-javascript-beginner-guide/) instead of only in the browser.
Created by Ryan Dahl in 2009 and built on Google’s V8 engine, Node.js turned JavaScript into a full backend language. When people say they are “building with Node,” they usually mean they are using a Node framework such as Express, NestJS, or Fastify on top of the runtime.
### **How Node.js works**
The magic of Node.js is its event-driven, non-blocking model. Instead of handling one request from start to finish before moving on, Node.js fires off slow tasks like database queries and immediately starts handling the next request.
This is why Node.js performs so well under heavy, concurrent load. It can juggle thousands of simultaneous connections without stalling, which is exactly what real-time and API-driven applications demand.
### **Where Node.js fits**
Node.js is the engine behind some of the busiest products online, including Netflix, PayPal, LinkedIn, and Uber, which reported cutting payment processing time in half after adopting it. With more than 2 million packages on npm, you can find a library for nearly anything.
It is **[the natural choice](/top-reasons-to-choose-node-js-for-web-development/)** when you need real-time features, a unified JavaScript stack across frontend and backend, or a microservices architecture. The trade-off is that you make more decisions yourself, since Node gives you freedom rather than a fixed structure.
## **What is Laravel?**
Laravel is a PHP framework created by Taylor Otwell in 2011, and it has become the default way most people build serious applications in PHP. Where Node.js hands you a blank canvas, Laravel hands you a fully furnished workshop.
### **How Laravel works**
Laravel follows the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern, which keeps your data, logic, and presentation cleanly separated. More importantly, it is a batteries-included framework, meaning routing, authentication, validation, database access through Eloquent ORM, and templating through Blade are all built in.
That structure is the whole point. You spend less time wiring up plumbing and more time building the features that make your product unique, which is why teams reach for it when speed to launch matters.
### **Where Laravel fits**
Laravel leads the PHP framework world with a 50 percent plus market share and a community of more than 150,000 active developers. Enterprises like Disney+ and the BBC trust it for production workloads.
It is the strong choice for structured, data-driven applications such as eCommerce platforms, content management systems, admin dashboards, and any product built around create, read, update, and delete operations. The conventions keep large teams consistent and the codebase maintainable over time.
## **Node.js vs Laravel: the key differences that actually matter**
While both are powerful back-end tools, they excel in different areas: Node.js offers superior performance for real-time and high-concurrency tasks, whereas Laravel provides a highly structured environment that speeds up development for data-driven applications.
### **Performance and concurrency**
Node.js generally wins on raw concurrency. Its non-blocking event loop means it can serve a flood of simultaneous requests without each one waiting in line, which is ideal for chat, live feeds, and APIs under load.
Laravel processes each request through a full lifecycle, which is clean and predictable but heavier per request. That said, Laravel Octane keeps the application in memory between requests and narrows this gap dramatically, so the old “PHP is slow” assumption no longer tells the whole story.
### **Scalability and architecture**
Both can scale, but they scale differently. Node.js fits naturally with microservices, letting you split authentication, payments, and notifications into separate services that scale independently.
Laravel typically starts as a monolith, which is actually a strength for many projects because it is simpler to reason about. It scales effectively through caching, queue workers, and load balancing once traffic grows, so the monolith is rarely a real ceiling.
### **Development speed and learning curve**
Laravel is usually faster to start and easier to learn, especially for beginners. The built-in tools and the Artisan command line generate controllers, models, and migrations in seconds, so you can ship a working app quickly.
Node.js takes longer to set up because you choose and connect your own tools first. The upside is total control, and developers who already know JavaScript can use one language across the entire stack, which simplifies hiring and collaboration.
### **Real-time capabilities**
This is one of Node.js’s clearest advantages. It supports WebSockets and persistent connections out of the box, which makes live chat, dashboards, and multiplayer features feel instant.
Laravel can absolutely do real-time work using tools like Laravel Reverb, Echo, and queues, but it takes more setup. If real-time is the core of your product rather than a side feature, Node.js has the more direct path.
### **Security out of the box**
Laravel ships with strong secure defaults, including protection against cross-site request forgery, cross-site scripting, and SQL injection, plus ready-made authentication. Beginners get a safer baseline without having to know every threat.
Node.js leaves more of this to you. Security depends on the libraries you choose and how carefully you configure them, which gives experienced teams flexibility but raises the risk of gaps if you are not diligent.
### **Ecosystem (npm vs Composer)**
Node.js has the larger ecosystem by far, with over 2 million **[npm packages](/what-is-node-package-manager-npm-beginner-guide/)** covering nearly every use case imaginable. The trade-off is variable quality, so vetting libraries matters.
Laravel’s Composer ecosystem is smaller at around 47,000 packages, but it is more curated and tends to integrate cleanly with the framework. You get fewer options but more consistency.
### **Hosting and deployment needs**
Here the two diverge in a way that directly affects your production setup. A Laravel app needs a PHP environment, typically a LEMP stack with PHP-FPM, plus Composer, database migrations, and often [**queue workers managed by Supervisor**](/docs/set-up-laravel-horizon/).
A Node.js app runs as a long-lived process and usually needs a build step, a start command, and process management to keep it alive. Both benefit enormously from Git-based deployment and free SSL, which a purpose-built platform handles automatically rather than leaving you to configure servers by hand.
## **Can you use Node.js and Laravel together?**
Yes, and this is the part most comparison articles skip entirely. The “versus” framing suggests you must pick a side, but in practice many production systems run both.
A common and powerful pattern is to use Laravel for the main application, business logic, and admin, while a small Node.js service handles the real-time layer such as live notifications or chat over WebSockets. Laravel exposes a clean API, Node.js handles the persistent connections, and each tool does what it does best.
This hybrid approach gives you Laravel’s development speed and structure alongside Node.js’s real-time strengths. It does add operational complexity, so it makes the most sense when real-time features are genuinely central to your product.
## **Node.js vs Laravel use cases**
The fastest way to decide is often to match your project type to the tool that fits it best. Here is how that usually breaks down.
**Project type**
**Better fit**
**Why**
Chat, live dashboards, streaming
Node.js
Real-time, persistent connections
High-traffic APIs and microservices
Node.js
Non-blocking concurrency
eCommerce platforms and stores
Laravel
Structured, secure, CRUD-heavy
Content management systems
Laravel
Built-in tooling and conventions
Admin panels and internal tools
Laravel
Fast development, clear structure
SaaS with heavy real-time needs
Node.js or hybrid
Scales across services
MVP that needs to launch fast
Laravel
Less setup, ship quickly
Treat this as a starting point rather than a strict rule, since team skills and existing infrastructure also weigh into the decision.
## **Cost, hiring, and team considerations**
Technology choice is also a people choice. JavaScript and Node.js developers are abundant, and a full-stack JavaScript team can share one language across frontend and backend, which can simplify hiring and reduce context switching.
PHP and Laravel talent is also widely available and often more affordable in many markets, and Laravel-specific roles continue to command strong salaries, which signals healthy long-term demand. The smartest move is usually to lean toward the stack your team already knows well, because developer familiarity beats theoretical performance gains in almost every real project.
## **How to choose: a simple decision checklist**
Deciding between these two powerful back-end technologies often comes down to your project’s specific requirements, your team’s expertise, and your desired development speed. Use the following criteria to determine which stack aligns best with your goals.
### **Choose Node.js if…**
✅ You are building something real-time at its core, such as a chat app, live dashboard, or streaming service.
✅ You expect very high concurrency.
✅ You want a microservices architecture.
✅ Your team already lives in JavaScript and wants one language everywhere.
✅ You value flexibility and are comfortable assembling and maintaining your own stack.
Node.js rewards teams that want control and have the experience to manage it.
### **Choose Laravel if…**
✅ You are building a structured, database-driven application like an online store, a CMS, an admin panel, or a SaaS product, and you want to launch quickly.
✅ You value built-in security, clear conventions, and a gentle learning curve.
✅ Your team knows PHP, or you are newer to backend development.
Laravel gets you from idea to working product with less friction and fewer decisions.
## **Node.js vs Laravel in 2026 and beyond**
Both ecosystems are healthy and evolving, so neither is a risky bet. Node.js continues its reign as the most used web technology, with Node.js 24 now the active long-term support release and a 2 million plus package ecosystem that keeps growing.
Laravel keeps closing the performance gap with tools like Octane, while shipping a new major version every year, with Laravel 13 arriving in early 2026. The takeaway is reassuring: you are choosing between two thriving, well-supported options, so you can decide based on fit rather than fear of betting on the wrong horse.
## **Hosting your Node.js or Laravel app the easy way**
Whichever you choose, the deployment experience can make or break your workflow. Configuring PHP-FPM, queue workers, Node runtimes, and SSL by hand is exactly the kind of work that slows teams down.
This is where a platform that speaks both stacks earns its keep. With [**xCloud’s**](/laravel-hosting/) **[managed Laravel hosting](/laravel-hosting/),** you get an optimized LEMP stack, queue workers, and Git-based deployment so your app goes live in minutes, and the [](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)**[step-by-step guide to deploying Laravel applications](/docs/deploy-laravel-applications/)** walks you through it. If you are going the JavaScript route, [**xCloud’s Node.js hosting**](/node-js-hosting/) [**deploys front-end and back-end apps straight from a Git repository**](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/) with the runtime and process management handled for you.
Because both run on the same control panel, the hybrid Laravel-plus-Node setup we described earlier becomes far simpler to manage. For mixed projects, [](/php-hosting/)**[optimized PHP hosting](/php-hosting/)** rounds out the stack, so you never have to juggle separate providers.
## **Run both Laravel and Node.js on one control panel. Clone from Git & go live with xCloud**
Node.js and Laravel are not really rivals so much as specialists. Node.js is the master of real-time, high-concurrency, JavaScript-everywhere applications, while Laravel is the master of structured, secure, ship-it-fast web development.
Match the tool to the job, factor in your team’s existing skills, and remember that you can even combine the two when it makes sense. Once you have decided, the final step is simply getting it online, and a hosting platform that supports both stacks turns that last mile into a few clicks rather than a weekend of server configuration.
If you are weighing Node.js against other backends, our [Django vs Node.js web development guide](/django-vs-nodejs-web-development-guide/) breaks down how Node compares to Python’s most popular framework.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Is Node.js faster than Laravel?**
For high-concurrency and real-time workloads, Node.js is generally faster because of its non-blocking, event-driven architecture. For traditional request-based applications, the difference is smaller, and Laravel Octane narrows the gap significantly by keeping the application in memory between requests.
### **Is Laravel easier to learn than Node.js?**
For most beginners, yes. Laravel provides clear conventions and built-in tools, so you can build a working application quickly. Node.js gives you more freedom but requires you to assemble your own structure, which adds to the learning curve.
### **Can Node.js and Laravel work together?**
Yes. A common pattern is to run Laravel for the main application and business logic while a Node.js service handles real-time features like chat or live notifications over WebSockets. The two communicate through an API, letting each tool do what it does best.
### **Which is better for startups, Node.js or Laravel?**
It depends on the product. Startups building real-time or API-first products often choose Node.js, while those building structured, data-driven apps that need to launch fast often choose Laravel. Your team’s existing skills should weigh heavily in the decision.
### **Is Node.js a framework or a language?**
Neither. Node.js is a runtime environment that lets JavaScript run on the server. Developers typically build on top of it using frameworks such as Express, NestJS, or Fastify.
### **Which has a bigger ecosystem, npm or Composer?**
npm is far larger, with over 2 million packages, while Composer has around 47,000. npm offers more variety, though quality varies, whereas Composer packages tend to be more curated and consistent.
### **What kind of hosting do Node.js and Laravel need?**
[**Laravel needs a PHP environment**](/best-laravel-hosting-for-developers/) with PHP-FPM, Composer, and often queue workers, while Node.js runs as a long-lived process that usually needs a build step and process management. Both deploy best on managed hosting with Git-based deployment and automatic SSL.
---
# Odysseus Hosting | Deploy Your Private AI Workspace in One Click
> Deploy Odysseus in one click and run your own private AI workspace. Chat, agents, memory, and research on fast, secure, fully managed cloud hosting.
# Odysseus **Hosting**
## Host Odysseus On A Secure
& High Performance Platform
Chat, agents, memory, research, and documents in one place. Launch your own AI workspace in 1 click. No complex setup, just connect your preferred LLM and go LIVE in minutes.
## **Setup Process**
## Set Up, Configure, and Deploy Odysseus in Minutes
Get your Odysseus AI workspace running in a few simple steps.From setup to launch, manage everything, and deployment is simplified so you can focus on building.
### Choose Deployment Method
Select Docker Compose to deploy Odysseus and its supporting services together in one clean, repeatable setup.
### Configure App Settings
Add your Odysseus compose file in the xCloud dashboard, then set your admin login and external LLM API keys.
### Go Live Right Away
Review your configuration, confirm the setup, and deploy your private AI workspace to production in just a few clicks.
## Pricing
## Powerful, Self-Hosted AI
at a Price You’ll Love
Get started for free and deploy unlimited Odysseus applications on your preferred server plans
while accessing powerful tools built for performance and growth.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Chat , Agents, Memory, and Research in One Self-Hosted Workspace
Odysseus bundles everything your AI workflow needs into a single private workspace that you fully own and control. Bring your own models, keep your data on your server.
- ### Agentic coding, refactoring, and debugging from the terminal
- ### Long-running tasks that don’t stop when your machine does
- ### Full-stack project support with your own dependencies
- ### Easy deployment and integration with your existing infrastructure
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Odysseus on Your VPS for Private, Secure AI
Launch the full Odysseus stack on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything is pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
xCloud isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### What is Odysseus?
Odysseus is a self-hosted AI workspace that brings chat, agents, memory, document RAG, web research, and email tools into one private app. You host it on your own server and connect it to the AI models you choose.
### Do I need my own AI model or API key?
Yes. Odysseus runs the workspace, but the intelligence comes from an external LLM provider. Add your own key for OpenAI, OpenRouter, an Anthropic-compatible gateway, or point it at a remote Ollama endpoint. xCloud doesn’t run heavy local model inference on the server itself.
### How is Odysseus deployed on xCloud?
Through Docker Compose. The Odysseus app and its supporting services (vector database, search, notifications) deploy together as one stack, so the whole workspace comes up in a few clicks instead of being wired up by hand.
---
# One Click Apps | xCloud
> Deploy open-source apps on xCloud in one click — databases, AI agents, automation, analytics, publishing and monitoring, running on a server you own and control.
## What "one click" means
Pick an app, pick a server, press deploy. xCloud provisions the container or stack, wires up any database it needs, issues a free SSL certificate and points your domain at it. No Dockerfile to write, no compose file to maintain, no command line required.
Apps run on **your** server — an xCloud managed machine or your own DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode or Hostinger box. Updates, backups and security patches come through the platform.
## The catalogue
| App | Category | What it is |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Buzz | Bots | Chat, Git repositories, automated workflows and AI agents in one place. |
| OpenClaw | Bots | Personal AI assistant on WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack and Discord, 24/7. |
| Hermes Agent | Bots | Agent with persistent memory, connected to Telegram, tools, files, APIs and scheduled tasks. |
| n8n | Automation | 500+ integrations, pre-built workflows and AI nodes, without paying per task. |
| Supabase | Storage | Postgres, auth, storage and realtime on infrastructure you control. |
| Uptime Kuma | Observability | Uptime monitoring for websites and services, with instant status alerts. |
| Grafana | Observability | Dashboards for metrics, logs and traces, with flexible alerting rules. |
| Umami | Analytics | Privacy-first, cookie-free web analytics you host yourself. |
| Mautic | Automation | Marketing automation for campaigns, lead nurture and customer engagement. |
| Chatwoot | Other | Live chat, email and social inboxes in one shared support workspace. |
| Ghost | Blogs | Publishing platform for blogs, newsletters, memberships and creator sites. |
| Miniflux | Blogs | Minimalist RSS reader with full-text search and a mobile-first reading view. |
| Memos | CMS | Lightweight note-taking and knowledge base with markdown, tags and private posts. |
| Site Pro | CMS | AI-powered website builder for agencies and resellers. |
| NextCloud | Storage | File sync, sharing and collaboration with advanced security controls. |
| PostgreSQL | Storage | Relational database for demanding transactional and analytical workloads. |
| MariaDB | Storage | Drop-in MySQL replacement for high-volume application workloads. |
| MongoDB | Storage | Document-oriented NoSQL database with horizontal scaling. |
| phpMyAdmin | Storage | Browser-based admin for MySQL and MariaDB. |
| Redis | Queues | In-memory store for caching, queues, pub/sub and fast key-value workloads. |
| Ollama | Bots | Runtime for open-source models like DeepSeek and Qwen, managed in one place. |
| OpenWebUI | Bots | Web interface for Ollama and any OpenAI-compatible API endpoint. |
| LibreChat | Bots | Open-source AI chat with agents, a code interpreter and multiple providers. |
| Gotify | Other | Self-hosted push notification server with a REST API. |
| CyberChef | Other | Toolkit for encryption, encoding, compression and data analysis. |
| WireGuard | Other | Fast, modern VPN tunnel with a minimal, auditable codebase. |
Not in the list? Any Docker image or Git repository deploys with the same workflow — the catalogue is a shortcut, not a limit.
## Guides for individual apps
- [Deploy n8n with one-click apps](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
- [Deploy Uptime Kuma](/docs/deploy-uptime-kuma-with-xcloud/)
- [Deploy LibreChat](/docs/how-to-deploy-librechat-with-xcloudone-click-apps/)
- [Deploy OpenClaw](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- [Deploy Hermes Agent](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
- [Install Supabase](/docs/how-to-install-supabase-with-xcloud/)
- [Install NextCloud](/docs/how-to-set-up-nextcloud-with-one-click/)
- [Install MariaDB](/docs/how-to-install-mariadb-with-xcloud/)
- [Install Umami](/docs/how-to-install-umami-with-xcloud/)
- [Install WireGuard](/docs/install-wireguard-with-xcloud/)
- [Set up Mautic](/docs/how-to-setup-mautic-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
- [Deploy phpMyAdmin](/docs/how-to-deploy-phpmyadmin-with-xcloud/)
- [Install Buzz](/docs/how-to-install-buzz-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/)
- [Install Site Pro](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/)
## Frequently asked questions
**Do I need to know Docker or the command line?**
No. Every app is packaged and maintained by xCloud, so deploying, updating and backing it up all happen from the dashboard. The terminal is there if you want it — it is never the only way to do something.
**How long does a deployment take?**
About a minute on an existing server. Add the few minutes your cloud provider takes if you are spinning up a new machine at the same time.
**Who keeps the apps updated?**
xCloud maintains the templates, so security patches and version bumps come through the platform. Automatic backups run on the schedule you set, and you can roll back to any restore point.
**Can I run more than one app on the same server?**
Yes, as long as it has the RAM and CPU headroom. Each app gets its own domain and SSL, and the dashboard shows per-app resource usage so you can see when it is time to size up.
**Where does my data live?**
On the server you chose, under your own account. Nothing is routed through a shared multi-tenant service.
**Can I move an app off xCloud later?**
Yes. It is your server running standard open-source software — take a backup and run it anywhere. There is no proprietary format holding it in place.
## Related
- [Pricing](/pricing/)
- [Managed hosting](/managed-hosting/)
- [Self-managed hosting](/self-managed-hosting/)
- [Documentation](/docs/)
---
# Introducing One Click Git Deploy: Ship Any Project the Fastest Way - xCloud
> Learn how to deploy any Git project on xCloud in one click, with automatic app detection, AI-generated deploy scripts, custom domains, and auto-deploy on push.
Getting a project from a repository to a live URL is rarely one step. You pick a stack before anyone has looked at your code. You guess at a build command. You write a deploy script, watch it fail, read the logs, and try again. Then you wire up a domain, hunt down environment variable names, and repeat the whole thing the next time you ship something.
None of it is difficult. It is just slow, and it is slow every single time.
The new Deploy via Git flow in xCloud collapses that into one guided setup. You create a site from a Git repository, and before anything is provisioned, xCloud analyzes the repository and suggests a full application setup you can review and change. Paste a URL, check what it found, deploy.
The rest of this guide covers what you can deploy, how the flow works step by step, and what to do about private repositories and automatic deployments.
## How xCloud Made The Git Deployment Faster
Most deploy tools ask what you are building before they will look at your code. That is backwards. Your repository already contains the answer.
Deploy via Git starts with the repository instead. You paste a URL or search for a name, and xCloud reads the repo and pre-selects the app type using AI. Detection fills in the form; it does not lock you in. If it guesses wrong, you change it before deploying.
Everything downstream follows from that first read. Here is what it covers.
#### Public repository search
You do not need a URL to get started, and you do not need to connect GitHub first. Type a repository name into the field and public GitHub search returns matching results. Want Chatwoot running? Type “Chatwoot,” pick it from the suggestions, and create a site from it. Any public GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket repository can be added the same way.
#### Automatic app detection
After you select a repository, xCloud analyzes it and pre-selects the detected app type. Supported types are WordPress, Laravel, custom PHP, Node.js apps including static, SSR, and hybrid, Lovable projects, and frontend frameworks such as React, Next.js, Nuxt, and Astro.
Worth knowing before you start: xCloud may recognize repositories that use Python, Ruby, Go, or Rust, but those app types are not supported by this flow yet. If detection cannot determine the type at all, pick the closest supported one manually.
#### AI-generated environment files
Guessing which environment variables an unfamiliar codebase expects is one of the more thankless parts of a deploy. xCloud uses a repository sample file first, and when no sample exists, it can suggest an env file drafted from your repo.
#### AI generated deploy scripts
The same applies to the script itself. For Laravel and PHP apps, xCloud prefills framework-aware commands such as Composer install, migrations, and config cache. Generate with AI drafts a script from repository context whenever you want one written for you. If AI is unavailable or rate-limited, deterministic templates take over, so you are never blocked waiting on it.
#### Docker Compose support
If your repository has a compose file, the flow handles it, including compose discovery, multi-service domain mapping, port ownership, and env sample seeding. A frontend and an API in the same repo become separate services with their own domains, with no reverse proxy configuration by hand.
#### Auto-deploy on push
For repositories connected through a provider account, you can enable auto-deploy on push so new commits go out automatically. If the connected account has enough repository permission, xCloud creates the webhook for you.
## How to Deploy Git Projects in One Click with xCloud
The **Deploy via Git** flow lets you create a new xCloud site from a Git repository in one guided setup. You can search public GitHub repositories, use repositories from a connected GitHub account, or authorize a private repository with an SSH deploy key.
Before provisioning begins, xCloud analyzes the repository and suggests an application setup. You can review and change the suggested settings before deployment.
### **Step 1: Create a New Site**
To begin deployment, click on the **‘Add New Site’** button from your xCloud dashboard. You will then be asked to choose the server where you want to deploy your Git project.
### **Step 2: Go to the Deploy Via Git Tab**
Next, head over to the **‘Deploy Via Git’** tab. This is where you can deploy your Git projects in just a click.
### **Step 3: Start from the Deploy Any App From Git panel**
The Deploy via Git panel is your unified entry point to deploy any projects from your Git repo. You can deploy any public repository, private repository, and your own integrated GitHub repository projects in just a few clicks. Use it to paste a repository URL, search public repositories, pick from a connected provider, or choose an SSH / private-repository path.
### **Step 4: Search for a public GitHub repository**
Type a repository name or URL into the repository field. Public GitHub search returns matching repositories without forcing the user to manually choose a site type first. Any public GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket etc. repository can be added here.
Say, for example, you want to install Chatwoot. You don’t even need to paste a full repository url. You just search Chatwoot. This will automatically search the Chatwoot actual repository and recommend it to you. From that, you can actually create a Chatwoot site.
### **Step 5: Review the detected app configuration**
Now, enter the URL or search for the project that you want to deploy. After selecting a repository, xCloud analyzes the repository and pre-selects the detected app type using AI. The user can still change the app type if the detection is not correct.
### **Step 6: Set Up Your Domain**
Next, you can proceed with a **staging domain** from xCloud, or proceed with **your own custom domain.**
If you are using your own domain, enter the domain and verify the DNS.
#### **– Verify DNS with Cloudflare**
If you have Cloudflare integrated with xCloud and your domain is on Cloudflare, you can verify the DNS with a single toggle. Just enable the **‘Manage DNS with Cloudflare’** toggle button.
#### **– Verify DNS Manually**
Alternatively, you can add the DNS records manually at your own DNS provider and verify from there.
### **Step 7: Review The Branch**
xCloud detects the branch automatically using AI. Confirm the branch to deploy. If the repository exposes a default branch, xCloud pre-fills it.
### Step 8: Configure Node.js build and serving settings
For Node.js apps, choose the serving mode and confirm the related fields:
- **Static build** uses a web root such as dist or another detected build output.
- **SSR (Node process)** uses a start command and port.
- **Hybrid** supports static output plus a Node/API process.
Review the auto-selected ‘Serving Mode’ and ‘Web Root’. If any changes needed, you can adjust according to your preferences.
### **Step 9: Configure Advanced Environment & Deploy Script Options**
Go to the ‘**Advanced’** section and head over to the ‘Database Management’ section. You can choose to ‘Create Database in Server’, ‘Add Your Existing Database’, or proceed with ‘No Database’ for this project.
### **Step 10: Review or Edit Environment Variables**
Open **Advanced** to review environment-file settings. Next, you will see that our AI generated the env file directly from your repo. xCloud can use a repository sample first, then fall back to an AI draft when no sample exists.
Next, go to the ‘Build & deploy script’ and you will see that a deploy script is generated using AI for the project. For Laravel/PHP apps, xCloud can prefill framework-aware commands such as Composer install, migrations, and config cache. Use **Generate with AI** when you want xCloud to draft a script from repository context.
### **Step 11. Review the information & Deploy**
After that, review the information and click on the deploy button, and it will instantly start creating the repository.
And once the deployment is completed, your project will be live on the xCloud dashboard.
## **Key Advantages of Deploy via Git**
Every step that used to take a terminal, a DNS panel, and a deploy script now happens on one screen. Here is what that saves you in practice.
- **Environment variables identified for you.** xCloud reads the repository sample file first and drafts one from repository context when no sample exists. You supply values rather than discovering which keys the application expects.
- **Deploy scripts generated from your codebase.** Laravel and PHP applications receive framework-aware commands such as Composer install, migrations, and config cache, prefilled and editable. Deterministic templates take over when AI generation is unavailable, so the flow never blocks.
- **A single configuration surface.** Repository selection, domain, DNS, database, environment, deploy script, and webhook settings all live in one guided setup. No switching between a DNS provider, a server terminal, and the dashboard to bring one project online.
- **Simplified DNS verification.** Domains on Cloudflare with an active xCloud integration verify through a single toggle. Manual DNS record configuration remains available for every other provider.
- **Multi-service deployments without manual proxy configuration.** Docker Compose support covers compose discovery, service-to-domain port mapping, and port ownership, so a frontend and an API in the same repository deploy as separate services with their own domains.
- **Continuous deployment after the first push.** Auto-deploy on push makes the initial deployment the only manual one. With sufficient repository permission, xCloud creates the webhook automatically.
- **No stack decision required up front.** Public repository search accepts a name rather than a URL and returns results without requiring you to select a site type first.
- **Detection informs, it does not constrain.** Every pre-selected field remains editable, and failure conditions surface as deployment errors such as occupied ports, missing compose files, and failed builds, rather than failing silently.
- **Two supported paths for private repositories**: Connect a GitHub account for the most direct route, or generate an SSH deploy key if you prefer not to link a provider account.
### Ship your next project from Git today
The gap between a repository and a live site should be one screen, not an afternoon. Deploy via Git closes it by reading your project first and asking you to confirm rather than configure.
The best way to see it is to try it on something small. Add a new site, point it at a repository you already have, and look at what xCloud detects before you change anything. Most of the time, the defaults are already right, and the deploy is one click from there. When you are ready for the full walkthrough, the [documentation](/docs/deploy-git-projects-in-one-click-with-xcloud/) covers every step in detail.
If you found this guide helpful, feel free to subscribe to our blog for more tutorials, guides, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our Facebook community to share ideas and connect with other xCloud users.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# One Click Deploy From Git: From Git Repo to Live Site in One Click - xCloud
> One Click Deploy From Git with xCloud. Paste a repo URL and xCloud detects the stack, writes the deploy script, and configures domains and SSL. WordPress, Laravel, PHP, Node.js, and more.
## One-Click Deploy From Git
# The Fastest Way to Deploy Any Applications From Git
Just enter a repository URL. xCloud reads the repo, works out what it is, sets everything up, and deploys it. One simple flow. One click. Live in under a minute.
- 
### Instant one click deployment
- 
### Free SSL Certificates
- 
### Automated Stack Detection
## Setup Process
## From Repo to Live Site
In Just 3 Easy Steps
Deploy any Git project without writing a single line of config. From repository to live site, everything stays simple so you can focus on building, not configuring.
### Enter Your Repo URL
Paste a repository link or pick one from your connected Git provider.
### We Figure Out The Rest
xCloud reads your repo and detects your stack, your branch & others – all handled automatically.
### Go Live Right Away
Review the information, adjust anything you want, and hit deploy. Your site is live in under a minute.
## All-in-One Platform
## One Simple flow for every stack
Everything is built to help you launch your website quickly, keep it safe around the clock, and grow your projects site with confidence.
## Host Anything: WordPress, Laravel, PHP, Node.js, and More
One platform for every project you ship. Deploy a WordPress site, a Laravel app, a custom PHP project, or a Node.js service on the same server, from the same dashboard, with the same one-click Git flow.
## Get deployed in under a minute
No pipelines to write, no CLI tools, no app-type guessing. Paste a repository URL or pick one from your connected provider with live status and public GitHub search, and xCloud pre-selects everything from the repo itself.
## Your deploy, AI Handles The Rest
xCloud reads your repository’s docs and manifests and writes the deploy script itself, prefilled with your install and build commands. Edit any line, regenerate it with AI when your project changes, or use a plain template instead.
## Advanced Features
## Managed n8n Hosting with Advanced Features at Your Fingertips
Run the n8n workflow automation tool on managed n8n hosting for seamless performance and easy scaling.
### Set the Timezone
Set your n8n timezone to align with your n8n application. Automate tasks based on local times to ensure global accuracy and efficiency.
### Tailor the Environment
Customize the n8n environment directly from the xCloud dashboard to align perfectly with your needs.
### Automated Backups
Automatically back up using local or remote backup with the n8n application to ensure instant restoration if any issues arise.
### Custom & Test Domains
Choose a custom domain to add a professional edge. Test workflows on a free demo domain before going live, and launch with total confidence.
## Pricing
## Included on every plan. No extra cost.
Deploy from Git isn’t a premium add-on or an enterprise unlock. Every xCloud plan gets the full flow, smart detection, AI-written deploy scripts, Docker support, staging, domains, and SSL.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## ****Core Features****
## Everything You Need to Run Self-Improving AI Agents at Scale
Launch, manage, and grow Hermes Agent with built-in memory, security,
automation, and full operational control.
## Setup takes seconds, not hours
Paste a repo URL and the deployment configures itself for you.
## No deploy script to write
xCloud reads your repo and writes the deploy script for you.
## One flow for every stack
WordPress, Laravel, Node, Docker, and more deploy the same way.
## Any public repo works instantly
Paste the URL and deploy. No account integration required.
## Easy DNS Management
Deploy projects using a demo domain or a custom domian with a smooth DNS management.
## Intuitive Control Panel
Manage servers, projects, and deployments from a single dashboard.
## 30+ Server Regions
Deploy where you and your users are. Low-latency agents in Europe, US, Asia-Pacific, and more.
## Daily Backups
Memory, skills, sessions, and config backed up automatically every day. One-click restore if anything goes wrong.
## xCloud FEATURES
## Deliver the Ultimate Hosting Experience
With xCloud Powerful Features
Provide your customers a next-gen cloud hosting experience with advanced features and ultimate security to keep their server and sites secure with xCloud
## Secure Website With SSL Certificates
Safeguard your site effortlessly with one-click or custom SSL certificates. Ensure robust protection & gain customer trust in seconds.
## Demo Sites With Few Clicks
With xCloud you can create a complete copy of an existing site, which includes all files like the database, server configurations and everything that your site consists of.
## Advanced Log Viewer
Quickly access your debug.log, error.log and access.log files. With xCloud server & site logs, easily find everything you need right in the dashboard, saving you from searching through countless files.
## Instant Command Runner
Easily run commands and automate tasks in your site and server directly within the xCloud environment. With built-in command history, you can track who ran what and when re-run previous commands with a single click.
## Secure Connections with SFTP and SSH
To ensure the highest level of security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
Pretty happy with my n8n thru xCloud.
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Mary Basu
@tlewisverdu
I set this up yesterday – easy build, then jumped right in. I recreated a few of my existing workflows without any issues. Thanks, xcloud!
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Brian Geovanny
SaaS Space
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Want To Experience Next Gen Hosting With Us?
Migrate now and let our experts handle your site migration with zero hassle. Enjoy a smooth, stress-free transition to xCloud high-performance hosting – so you can get back to building, not troubleshooting.
[Migrate your site now](/docs/perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### Which app types can I deploy from Git?
WordPress, PHP, Laravel, Node.js, Lovable exports, and Docker apps with a docker-compose file. xCloud reads the repository and pre-selects the app type — you review it and deploy.
### Do I need to connect a Git account for public repositories?
No. Paste any public repository URL and xCloud clones it directly. Connect your Git provider when you want private repositories and repository search.
### How does the AI deploy script work?
xCloud reads your repository’s documentation and manifests and writes the deploy script for you. It is fully visible and editable before anything runs, you can regenerate it any time, and a plain template is always available if you would rather skip AI entirely.
---
# OpenAI GPT-5.5 vs Claude Opus 4.7: Which One Should Power Your OpenClaw AI Agent? - xCloud
> Compare GPT-5.5 vs Claude Opus 4.7 for OpenClaw AI agents. See benchmarks, pricing, token efficiency, and the best setup for your workflow.
OpenAI released GPT-5.5 on April 23, 2026. Within 24 hours, the model topped Terminal-Bench 2.0 at 82.7%, more than doubled GPT-5.4’s long-context retrieval score, and sparked a pricing debate that is still going on Reddit threads as you read this.
Here is why that matters if you run an OpenClaw AI agent: OpenAI’s GPT-5.5 uses roughly 40% fewer output tokens than GPT-5.4 to complete the same coding tasks. And if you already pay for a ChatGPT Plus subscription, you can [**connect GPT-5.5 to your OpenClaw agent on xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/) through OAuth without a single dollar in additional API costs.
In this guide, we will cover everything you need to know about OpenAI GPT-5.5: what it is, where it outperforms the competition, how much it costs, and how to get it running on your own OpenClaw AI agent in just a few minutes. Let us get started!
## **What Is OpenAI GPT-5.5?**
GPT-5.5 is **[OpenAI’s newest flagship large language model](https://openai.com/index/introducing-gpt-5-5/)**, released on April 23, 2026. Internally codenamed “Spud,” it is the first fully retrained base model since GPT-4.5. OpenAI president Greg Brockman described it as “a faster, sharper thinker for fewer tokens” during the launch briefing.
But what makes OpenAI GPT-5.5 different from previous models? It was specifically **built** **for agentic workloads**. That means instead of just answering your questions, GPT-5.5 can:
- Plan multi-step tasks on its own
- Use tools like file systems, terminals, and APIs
- Check its own work and correct mistakes
- Navigate ambiguity without asking you to clarify everything
- Keep going until the task is actually finished
This is exactly the kind of behavior you want from an AI agent that operates through Telegram or WhatsApp using a framework like OpenClaw.
Two variants are available: GPT-5.5 Standard for advanced reasoning and complex agent tasks, and GPT-5.5 Mini for faster, more cost-efficient everyday automation:
**GPT-5.5 (Standard):** Available to ChatGPT Plus, Pro, Business, and Enterprise subscribers. This is the version most people should use.
**GPT-5.5 Pro:** Uses additional parallel computing for harder problems. Limited to Pro, Business, and Enterprise tiers. Best for deep research, hard math, and tasks where accuracy matters more than speed.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Technical Specifications at a Glance**
Here is a quick look at what OpenAI GPT-5.5 ships with:
**Specification**
**Detail**
Release Date
April 23, 2026
Context Window (API)
1,050,000 tokens
Context Window (Codex)
400,000 tokens
Max Output Tokens
128,000
Input Modalities
Text, Image, File
API Input Price
$5.00 per 1M tokens
API Output Price
$30.00 per 1M tokens
Batch/Flex Pricing
50% of standard rate
Knowledge Cutoff
December 2025
Reasoning Mode
Explicit chain-of-thought
The 1M+ token context window is particularly noteworthy. It allows GPT-5.5 to process entire codebases, long research papers, or weeks of agent conversation history in a single session. And unlike many models that accept large inputs but struggle to actually retrieve information from them, OpenAI GPT-5.5 does this reliably. More on that in the benchmarks below.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Benchmarks: Full Breakdown**
Recent benchmarks show that OpenAI GPT-5.5 is now outperforming every other model, including Claude Opus 4.7 and Gemini 3.1 Pro, across coding, professional, scientific, and cybersecurity categories. The numbers speak for themselves. Let us break them down.
### OpenAI GPT-5.5 Coding Benchmarks
This is where GPT-5.5 really pulls ahead. On Terminal-Bench 2.0, which measures how well a model handles complex CLI workflows requiring planning and tool coordination, GPT-5.5 scored 82.7%, a full 13.3 points ahead of Claude Opus 4.7’s 69.4%.
**Eval**
**GPT-5.5**
**GPT-5.4**
**GPT-5.5 Pro**
**Claude Opus 4.7**
**Gemini 3.1 Pro**
SWE-Bench Pro
58.6%
57.7%
–
64.3%
54.2%
Terminal-Bench 2.0
82.7%
75.1%
–
69.4%
68.5%
Expert-SWE (Internal)
73.1%
68.5%
–
–
–
On BenchLM’s agentic tool use category, GPT-5.5 ranks #2 out of 115 models with an average score of 98.2. The model handles tool calls more consistently, is less likely to pass malformed arguments, and avoids looping on failed invocations.
If you are using **[OpenClaw for task automation](/openclaw-skills-and-clawhub-on-xcloud-openclaw-agent/)**, these improvements translate directly into fewer failed workflows and lower token costs.
“GPT-5.5 is noticeably smarter and more persistent than GPT-5.4, with stronger coding performance and more reliable tool use. It stays on task for significantly longer without stopping early, which matters most for the complex, long-running work our users delegate to Cursor.”
— Michael Truell, Co-founder & CEO at Cursor
“The first coding model I’ve used that has serious conceptual clarity.” — Dan Shipper, Founder and CEO of Every
### **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Professional & Knowledge Work Benchmarks**
The same strengths that make GPT-5.5 great at coding also make it powerful for everyday work. The model is better at understanding intent and can move more naturally through the full loop of knowledge work: finding information, using tools, checking output, and turning raw material into something useful.
**Eval**
**GPT-5.5**
**GPT-5.4**
**GPT-5.5 Pro**
**Claude Opus 4.7**
**Gemini 3.1 Pro**
GDPval (wins/ties)
84.9%
83.0%
82.3%
80.3%
67.3%
FinanceAgent v1.1
60.0%
56.0%
–
64.4%
59.7%
Investment Banking (Internal)
88.5%
87.3%
88.6%
–
–
OfficeQA Pro
54.1%
53.2%
–
43.6%
18.1%
Tau2-bench Telecom
98.0%
92.8%
–
–
–
More than 85% of OpenAI’s own employees now use Codex with GPT-5.5 every week across departments. Some real examples from their teams:
- **Finance team:** Used Codex to review 24,771 K-1 tax forms totaling 71,637 pages, accelerating the task by two weeks compared to the prior year
- **Communications team:** Used GPT-5.5 to analyze six months of speaking request data, build a scoring and risk framework, and automate low-risk approvals via a Slack agent
- **Go-to-Market team:** Automated weekly business reports, saving 5-10 hours per week
“GPT-5.5 delivers the sustained performance required for execution-heavy work. Built and served on NVIDIA GB200 NVL72 systems, the model enables our teams to ship end-to-end features from natural language prompts, cut debug time from days to hours, and turn weeks of experimentation into overnight progress in complex codebases.” — Justin Boitano, VP of Enterprise AI at NVIDIA
### **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Tool Use Benchmarks**
**Eval**
**GPT-5.5**
**GPT-5.4**
**GPT-5.5 Pro**
**Claude Opus 4.7**
**Gemini 3.1 Pro**
BrowseComp
84.4%
82.7%
90.1%
79.3%
85.9%
MCP Atlas
75.3%
70.6%
–
79.1%
78.2%
Toolathlon
55.6%
54.6%
–
–
48.8%
### **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Scientific & Academic Benchmarks**
GPT-5.5 shows meaningful gains on scientific research workflows. On GeneBench, which focuses on multi-stage scientific data analysis in genetics and quantitative biology, GPT-5.5 clearly outperforms GPT-5.4. These problems require models to reason about ambiguous data, address hidden confounders, and correctly implement modern statistical methods. Tasks here often correspond to multi-day projects for scientific experts.
**Eval**
**GPT-5.5**
**GPT-5.4**
**GPT-5.5 Pro**
**Claude Opus 4.7**
**Gemini 3.1 Pro**
GeneBench
25.0%
19.0%
33.2%
–
–
FrontierMath Tier 1-3
51.7%
47.6%
52.4%
43.8%
36.9%
FrontierMath Tier 4
35.4%
27.1%
39.6%
22.9%
16.7%
BixBench
80.5%
74.0%
–
–
–
GPQA Diamond
93.6%
92.8%
–
94.2%
94.3%
Humanity’s Last Exam (with tools)
52.2%
52.1%
57.2%
54.7%
51.4%
An internal version of GPT-5.5 with a custom harness also contributed to a new mathematical proof about off-diagonal Ramsey numbers, one of the central objects in combinatorics. The proof was later verified in Lean, a formal proof verification system.
“It’s incredibly energizing to use OpenAI’s new GPT-5.5 model in our harness, have it reason over massive biochemical datasets to predict human drug outcomes, and then see it deliver significant accuracy gains on our hardest drug discovery evals.” — Brandon White, Co-Founder & CEO at Axiom Bio
### **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Cybersecurity Benchmarks**
GPT-5.5 shows a step up in cybersecurity capabilities compared to GPT-5.4. OpenAI has classified these capabilities as “High” under their Preparedness Framework, though below the “Critical” threshold.
**Eval**
**GPT-5.5**
**GPT-5.4**
**Claude Opus 4.7**
Capture-the-Flag Tasks (Internal)
88.1%
83.7%
–
CyberGym
81.8%
79.0%
73.1%
### **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Long-Context Benchmarks: The Number That Changes Everything for AI Agents**
This is the benchmark category that matters most for AI agents like **[OpenClaw](https://docs.openclaw.ai/)**. It measures whether a model can actually retrieve information placed deep in long context, not just accept large inputs.
**Eval**
**GPT-5.5**
**GPT-5.4**
**Claude Opus 4.7**
MRCR v2 8-needle 4K-8K
98.1%
97.3%
–
MRCR v2 8-needle 16K-32K
96.5%
97.2%
–
MRCR v2 8-needle 64K-128K
83.1%
86.0%
–
MRCR v2 8-needle 128K-256K
87.5%
79.3%
59.2%
MRCR v2 8-needle 256K-512K
81.5%
57.5%
–
MRCR v2 8-needle 512K-1M
74.0%
36.6%
32.2%
The pattern is clear: OpenAI GPT-5.5’s long-context advantage kicks in above 128K tokens and becomes dominant at 256K+. At the 512K-1M range, it more than doubles both GPT-5.4 and Claude’s scores.
What does this mean for your OpenClaw AI agent? It is the difference between an agent that remembers what you discussed three days ago and one that silently forgets. This directly affects the quality of proactive agent workflows that need to reference accumulated context over time.
### **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Abstract Reasoning Benchmarks**
**Eval**
**GPT-5.5**
**GPT-5.4**
**GPT-5.5 Pro**
**Claude Opus 4.7**
**Gemini 3.1 Pro**
ARC-AGI-1 (Verified)
95.0%
93.7%
–
93.5%
98.0%
ARC-AGI-2 (Verified)
85.0%
73.3%
–
75.8%
77.1%
### **Where GPT 5.5 is Still Behind Claude**
GPT-5.5 does not sweep every category. It is important to be honest about this:
- **SWE-bench Pro:** Claude Opus 4.7 leads with 64.3% vs 58.6%. This benchmark focuses on resolving real GitHub issues across complex codebases.
- **MCP-Atlas:** Claude scores 79.1% vs 75.3%, testing tool protocol integration.
- **GPQA Diamond:** Claude scores 94.2% vs 93.6%.
- **FinanceAgent:** Claude leads with 64.4% vs 60.0%.
- **Creative writing & conversational tone:** GPT-5.5 was optimized for execution, not personality. For customer-facing agents where warmth matters, Claude can feel more natural.
The honest take: performance differences between these frontier models are measured in single-digit percentage points on most benchmarks. Each model has strengths. None is a universal winner.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Token Efficiency: Why It Matters More Than You Think**
OpenAI reports that GPT-5.5 uses roughly 40% fewer output tokens than GPT-5.4 on equivalent Codex tasks. Independent testing from **[MindStudio](https://www.mindstudio.ai/blog/gpt-55-vs-claude-opus-47-coding-comparison)** puts the gap against Claude Opus 4.7 even wider: GPT-5.5 produces approximately 72% fewer output tokens on the same coding tasks.
Why should you care? Because AI agent workflows chain dozens or hundreds of steps per task. Each step generates output tokens that:
- Cost money (output tokens are priced higher than input tokens)
- Fill the context window (once full, the agent either resets or degrades in quality)
- Add latency (more tokens = slower responses)
A model that generates 3x the tokens per step hits context limits sooner, costs more per task, and runs slower. At scale, the difference between a concise model and a verbose one can be thousands of dollars per month.
For advanced **[OpenClaw sub-agent configurations](/openclaw-skills-and-clawhub-on-xcloud-openclaw-agent/)** where multiple agents coordinate on a single project, token efficiency becomes even more important. GPT-5.5’s efficiency means your OpenClaw agents can complete more steps within the same context budget before hitting any failure modes.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Pricing: What It Actually Costs**
Let us talk numbers. The API pricing for OpenAI GPT-5.5 is **[$5 per million input tokens and $30 per million output tokens](https://openai.com/api/pricing/)**. That is roughly double GPT-5.4’s rates.
Before that scares you, consider the token efficiency side. According to analysis from **[Build Fast with AI](https://www.buildfastwithai.com/blogs/gpt-5-5-review-2026),** the real-world cost increase is around 20% once you account for fewer tokens per task. Here is how the math works:
A task that required 1,000 output tokens on GPT-5.4 cost $0.015. If GPT-5.5 completes the same task in 600 tokens (40% fewer), the cost is $0.018. That is a 20% increase, not a 100% increase.
Here is a comparison of current frontier model pricing:
**Model**
**Input (per 1M tokens)**
**Output (per 1M tokens)**
OpenAI GPT-5.5
$5.00
$30.00
OpenAI GPT-5.5 Pro
$30.00
$180.00
Claude Opus 4.7
$5.00
$25.00
OpenAI GPT-5.4
$2.50
$15.00
Claude Opus 4.7 is 17% cheaper on output per token, but Anthropic’s newer tokenizer uses 1.0 to 1.35x more tokens per input. So the per-task economics are closer than the per-token prices suggest.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Availability by Plan**
Here is a quick breakdown of where OpenAI GPT-5.5 is available:
**Plan**
**ChatGPT (GPT-5.5 Thinking)**
**ChatGPT (GPT-5.5 Pro)**
**Codex**
Free
❌
❌
❌
Plus ($20/mo)
✅
❌
✅
Pro ($200/mo)
✅
✅
✅
Business
✅
✅
✅
Enterprise
✅
✅
✅
Edu
❌
❌
✅
Go
❌
❌
✅
In Codex, GPT-5.5 is also available in Fast mode, generating tokens 1.5x faster for 2.5x the cost. The context window in Codex is 400K tokens (vs 1M in the API).
## **Connect OpenAI GPT-5.5 to Your OpenClaw AI Agent on xCloud: No Extra API Cost**
This is where things get really interesting for [**xCloud**](/) users. If you already have a ChatGPT Plus ($20/month) or ChatGPT Pro ($200/month) subscription, you can use OpenAI GPT-5.5 with your [**OpenClaw agent on xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/) through the Codex OAuth route. No separate API key needed. No per-token billing. OpenAI explicitly supports this for external tools like OpenClaw.
Your subscription’s included quota covers the usage. For most users running a personal OpenClaw AI agent, this is the most affordable way to access the strongest model available.
Here is the cost breakdown:
- **ChatGPT Plus:** $20/month
- [**xCloud OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/)**:** Starting at $9.99/month
- **Total:** $44/month for OpenAI GPT-5.5 on your own OpenClaw AI agent
- **Additional API costs:** $0
Compare that to API pricing at even moderate usage (10M output tokens/month): $300/month just for the API, plus hosting on top. The subscription route saves hundreds of dollars per month.
## **How to Connect OpenAI Codex to OpenClaw With xCloud**
OpenAI Codex lets you use your existing ChatGPT Plus or Pro subscription as the AI provider for your OpenClaw agent – no separate API key or billing required. xCloud includes a built-in Codex OAuth token generator that handles the authentication flow securely inside the dashboard.
Follow the steps below to connect OpenAI Codex to xCloud easily.
## Step 1: Open the OpenClaw Provider Settings
Log in to your xCloud OpenClaw dashboard. Navigate to your **OpenClaw → Providers option from the xCloud dashboard**. In the OpenClaw Configuration panel, look for the AI provider selector.
If you are creating the new OpenClaw instance, just choose the ‘OpenAI Codex – CHATGPT OAuth’ from the ‘AI Provider dropdown menu.
## Step 2: Set up Your OAuth Token
Next, you can to set up OpenAI Codex in just a few clicks. Click on the ‘Generate Token’ link to proceed.
## Step 3: Set up OpenAI Account
You will be redirected to the integration page of the OpenAI Codex page.
Read the ‘How It Works’ information carefully. And click on the ‘Connect with OpenAI’ button.
Next, you will be redirected to the OpenAI login page. Here, sign in to your OpenAI account (ChatGPT Plus or Pro required) using your credentials.
Then, you will see an error page after the login process has been completed. Copy the URL from the browser’s Address bar from that page.
Next, go back to the OpenAI Codex setup page and paste that URL in the box below and click on the ‘Exchange Code and Show Token’.
Then you will get a token. Click on the ‘Copy Token’ button to proceed.
## Step 4: Paste the Callback URL and Get Your Token
Return to the xCloud tab with the OpenClaw configuration. Paste the full callback URL into the input field provided. Click Submit. xCloud will process the OAuth exchange and display your generated token
That is it! Your OpenClaw agent will now use OpenAI Codex (backed by your ChatGPT Plus/Pro subscription) as its AI provider. Send a message to your bot on Telegram or WhatsApp — the response should come from GPT-5.5.
👉 For detailed instructions, follow the [**step-by-step deployment guide**](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/).
## **Why OpenAI GPT-5.5 Matters for Your OpenClaw AI Agent**
If you are running an OpenClaw AI agent on **[xCloud](/openclaw-hosting/)**, the underlying model determines how well your agent performs every single task. Here is why OpenAI GPT-5.5 makes a real difference:
- **Token Efficiency:** Your OpenClaw agent completes more steps before hitting context limits, which means fewer failures and lower costs per task.
- **Long-Context Retrieval:** At 74.0% on MRCR v2 (vs 32.2% for Claude), OpenAI GPT-5.5 does not lose track of information deep in context. Your OpenClaw agent actually remembers what you discussed days ago.
- **Agentic Reasoning:** GPT-5.5 handles ambiguous, multi-part tasks with less guidance. Give it a messy request, and it plans the steps, uses tools, checks its work, and keeps going.
- **Faster Responses:** First-token latency is down 20-30% compared to GPT-5.4, and total generation is faster. For OpenClaw agents chaining dozens of tool calls, this compounds into meaningfully faster task completion.
These capabilities are what make the difference between a chatbot that answers questions and an OpenClaw AI agent that actually automates your work.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 vs Claude Opus 4.7: Which One Should You Run on OpenClaw?**
Both models are available through [**OpenClaw on xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/). The right choice depends on what your AI agent does.
**Choose OpenAI GPT-5.5 when:**
- Your workflows involve long context (large documents, extended agent sessions, multi-day histories)
- You run high-volume agentic tasks where token efficiency matters
- Terminal and CLI operations are part of your workflow
- Math or scientific reasoning is needed
- You already have a ChatGPT subscription and want zero additional API costs
**Choose Claude Opus 4.7 when:**
- Your tasks focus on code comprehension across large, complex repositories
- You need the model to follow nuanced, multi-step natural language instructions closely
- Conversational quality and warmth matter more than execution speed
**Run both with OpenClaw multi-model routing:** OpenClaw supports sub-agent configurations where different models handle different tasks. Assign OpenAI GPT-5.5 to your research and DevOps sub-agents. Assign Claude to your coding comprehension sub-agent. Let the main orchestrator delegate based on task type. Users on xCloud are already running setups like this.
For a broader comparison of agent platforms, see the [**OpenClaw vs Paperclip vs Hermes guide**](/openclaw-vs-paperclip-vs-hermes/).
## **Best AI Agent Hosting Providers for Running OpenAI GPT-5.5 With OpenClaw in 2026**
Choosing the right AI agent hosting provider is just as important as choosing the right model. Your hosting infrastructure determines uptime, security, latency, and how quickly you can get your OpenClaw AI agent live. Here is how the [**best OpenClaw hosting providers**](/best-openclaw-hosting-providers/) compare in 2026:
**Provider**
**Setup Time**
**Hosting Type**
**OpenClaw Pre-Installed**
**Starting Price**
xCloud
~5 minutes
Fully Managed
✅
$9.99/month
DigitalOcean
~15-30 minutes
1-Click Deploy
✅
$24/month + droplet
Hostinger
~10 minutes
1-Click VPS
✅
$6.99/month
Self-Hosted (VPS)
1-3 hours
Manual Setup
❌
$5-12/month
[**xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/) is the only truly managed AI agent hosting service for OpenClaw. You sign up, xCloud deploys a dedicated server with OpenClaw pre-installed, configures SSL, sets up Telegram and WhatsApp integrations, and handles all ongoing maintenance including updates, backups, and [**security hardening**](/openclaw-security-best-practices/). Your OpenClaw instance runs in an isolated, dedicated environment with enterprise-grade encryption. The built-in [**Codex OAuth token generator**](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/) makes connecting OpenAI GPT-5.5 to your agent a four-step process with zero API costs.
- **DigitalOcean** offers a 1-Click Deploy marketplace app with security hardening included. It sits between fully managed and self-hosted — faster than a raw VPS setup, but you still handle server maintenance, updates, and troubleshooting yourself.
- **Hostinger** provides one-click OpenClaw VPS hosting at one of the lowest price points available. It includes pre-integrated AI credits, so you do not need to set up separate API keys. Full root access is available for developers who want control.
- **Self-hosted on a VPS** (Vultr, Hetzner, AWS, or any Ubuntu server) gives you maximum control but requires comfort with Docker, terminal commands, SSL configuration, and ongoing maintenance. As the [**managed vs self-hosting comparison**](/managed-vs-self-hosting-openclaw/) explains, the real cost of self-hosting is not the VPS bill — it is the time spent on DevOps instead of using your AI agent.
For teams that want to combine OpenClaw with workflow automation, xCloud also supports [**OpenClaw + n8n integration**](/openclaw-n8n-integration/) on a single server, letting you offload repetitive tasks to n8n and reserve OpenAI GPT-5.5 for decisions that need intelligence.
**Bottom line:** If you want your OpenClaw AI agent running OpenAI GPT-5.5 in five minutes with zero infrastructure management, [**xCloud OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/) is the fastest path.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Next-Generation Inference Efficiency**
One detail that often gets overlooked: OpenAI GPT-5.5 matches GPT-5.4’s per-token latency despite being a more capable model. That is unusual. Larger, more capable models are typically slower to serve, but OpenAI co-designed GPT-5.5 with NVIDIA GB200 and GB300 NVL72 systems to avoid that trade-off.
Here is a fascinating example of the model improving its own infrastructure: Codex (running GPT-5.5) analyzed weeks of production traffic patterns and wrote custom heuristic algorithms to optimally partition and balance work across computing cores. The result was a 20%+ increase in token generation speeds. The model helped improve the infrastructure that serves it.
On [**Artificial Analysis’s Coding Index**](https://artificialanalysis.ai/), OpenAI GPT-5.5 delivers state-of-the-art intelligence at half the cost of competitive frontier coding models. For OpenClaw agent workloads where every millisecond of latency compounds across dozens of tool calls, this efficiency translates directly into faster task completion.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Safety & Safeguards**
OpenAI released GPT-5.5 with its most extensive safety evaluation to date. The model went through the full Preparedness Framework, targeted red-teaming for cybersecurity and biology capabilities, and feedback from nearly 200 early-access partners.
Key safety details:
- **Preparedness classification:** Biological/chemical and cybersecurity capabilities rated as “High” (below the “Critical” threshold that would restrict deployment)
- **CoT controllability:** Lower than GPT-5.4, meaning the model is less able to reshape its reasoning to evade safety monitors (OpenAI treats this as a safety feature)
- **Stricter classifiers:** OpenAI deployed tighter controls around higher-risk activity and sensitive cyber requests, and added protections for repeated misuse
### **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Cybersecurity: Trusted Access for Cyber**
Frontier models are becoming increasingly capable of finding and patching security vulnerabilities. OpenAI is taking a proactive approach:
- **Trusted Access for Cyber** is available through Codex, offering verified users expanded access to GPT-5.5’s advanced cybersecurity capabilities with fewer restrictions
- Organizations defending critical infrastructure can apply to access cyber-permissive models like GPT-5.4-Cyber, subject to strict security requirements
- Government partnerships are being explored to help protect critical infrastructure for the public
- Users can apply for trusted access at **[ChatGPT](https://chatgpt.com/cyber)** to reduce unnecessary refusals for verified defensive work
API access launched one day after the consumer release because OpenAI needed to apply different safeguards for API deployments.
## **OpenAI GPT-5.5 Known Limitations**
No model is perfect, and it is important to set the right expectations:
- **Mid-range context (16K-64K tokens):** OpenAI GPT-5.5 performs slightly below GPT-5.4 in this range, according to o-mega’s analysis. If your workload consistently operates here (many RAG systems do), performance may be marginally lower.
- **Creative writing:** GPT-5.5 was optimized for execution, not expression. It can feel more mechanical for creative tasks than both Claude and GPT-5.4.
- **Weekly caps on subscription route:** The ChatGPT Plus OAuth path has usage limits. Power users running dozens of automated tasks daily may need ChatGPT Pro ($200/month) or a direct [**OpenAI API key**](https://platform.openai.com/api-keys) for higher limits.
## **Deploy Your OpenClaw AI Agent With GPT-5.5 on xCloud Today**
Whether you are just starting or already using OpenClaw, getting GPT-5.5 live is quick.
New to OpenClaw? Start now with xCloud OpenClaw Hosting. Plans start at $9.99 per month. You get a ready OpenClaw agent with GPT-5.5 on Telegram in minutes. No setup, no hassle.
Already using OpenClaw on xCloud? Just complete the quick OAuth setup. Switch to GPT-5.5 instantly without changing anything else.
👉 [**Deploy GPT-5.5 on OpenClaw — Starting at $9.99/month**](/openclaw-hosting/)
## **Frequently Asked Questions About OpenAI GPT-5.5**
### **Is OpenAI GPT-5.5 the strongest AI model available in 2026?**
GPT-5.5 leads on more major benchmarks than any other model released in 2026, including Terminal-Bench 2.0 (82.7%), FrontierMath Tier 4 (39.6% via Pro), MRCR v2 long-context retrieval (74.0%), GDPval knowledge work (84.9%), and OSWorld computer use (78.7%). It ranks #3 overall on BenchLM’s leaderboard out of 115 models. Claude Opus 4.7 outperforms it on SWE-bench Pro and MCP-Atlas. No single model wins everything, but OpenAI GPT-5.5 holds the top position in more categories than any competitor.
### **Can I use OpenAI GPT-5.5 with OpenClaw without paying for API credits?**
Yes! Connect your existing ChatGPT Plus ($20/month) or Pro ($200/month) subscription to your OpenClaw AI agent through the [**Codex OAuth route**](/docs/how-to-connect-openai-codex-to-openclaw/). This uses your subscription’s included quota instead of per-token API billing. xCloud makes this OpenClaw setup straightforward through the control panel.
### **How much does OpenAI GPT-5.5 cost through the API?**
$5 per million input tokens and $30 per million output tokens. Batch and Flex processing runs at half the standard rate. GPT-5.5 Pro costs $30/$180 per million tokens. Full details on **[OpenAI’s pricing page](https://openai.com/api/pricing/).**
### **What is the context window for OpenAI GPT-5.5?**
1,050,000 tokens through the API and 400,000 through Codex. This is large enough to process entire codebases, multi-document research sets, or extended OpenClaw agent conversation histories in a single session.
### **How does OpenAI GPT-5.5 compare to GPT-5.4?**
GPT-5.5 is a full retrain, not an incremental update. Long-context retrieval more than doubled (74.0% vs 36.6% MRCR v2). Terminal-Bench improved from 75.1% to 82.7%. Token efficiency improved by roughly 40% on equivalent tasks. Per-token API pricing doubled, but the real-world cost increase is around 20% after accounting for token efficiency gains.
### **Does OpenAI GPT-5.5 work on Telegram and WhatsApp through OpenClaw?**
Yes! **[OpenClaw on xCloud](/openclaw-hosting/)** comes with Telegram and WhatsApp integrations pre-configured. Once OpenAI GPT-5.5 is connected through OAuth, all conversations on these platforms use the model.
### **Should I switch from Claude to OpenAI GPT-5.5 for my OpenClaw AI agent?**
It depends on what your OpenClaw agent does. OpenAI GPT-5.5 is stronger at long-context tasks, terminal operations, and math. Claude Opus 4.7 is better at code comprehension and following complex instructions. Many OpenClaw users run both through sub-agents, assigning each model to the tasks it handles best.
### **Can I use OpenAI GPT-5.5 with n8n automation on xCloud?**
Yes! If you run [**OpenClaw + n8n on xCloud**](/openclaw-n8n-integration/), OpenAI GPT-5.5 powers the reasoning and decision-making layer while n8n handles deterministic workflow execution. This combination reduces token costs by offloading repetitive tasks to n8n.
### **What is the difference between OpenAI GPT-5.5 and GPT-5.5 Pro?**
Same underlying model, different compute allocation. GPT-5.5 Pro applies additional parallel test-time compute to harder problems. It scores higher on difficult math (39.6% vs 35.4% on FrontierMath Tier 4) and deep research tasks (90.1% vs 83.4% on BrowseComp). Pro is limited to ChatGPT Pro, Business, and Enterprise tiers.
### **Is it safe to give OpenAI GPT-5.5 access to my tools and systems through OpenClaw?**
Your OpenClaw instance runs on a dedicated, isolated server on xCloud with enterprise-grade encryption, automatic SSL certificates, and daily encrypted backups. OpenAI evaluated GPT-5.5 through its Preparedness Framework and deployed stricter classifiers for high-risk requests. For additional security, follow the principle of least privilege and only grant your OpenClaw agent the permissions it needs. See the [**managed vs self-hosting comparison**](/managed-vs-self-hosting-openclaw/) for details on security architecture.
### **What are the best AI agent hosting providers for OpenClaw in 2026?**
The [**best OpenClaw hosting providers**](/best-openclaw-hosting-providers/) in 2026 include xCloud (fully managed, $9.99/month), DigitalOcean (1-Click Deploy), Hostinger (budget VPS), and self-hosted options on Vultr, Hetzner, or AWS. xCloud is the only truly managed option that handles all infrastructure, updates, security, and messaging integrations automatically — making it the fastest way to get OpenAI GPT-5.5 running on your OpenClaw AI agent.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to **[subscribe to our blogs](/blog/)** for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our **[Facebook community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)** to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# Why Your OpenClaw Agent Keeps Forgetting Things and How to Fix It for Good - xCloud
> OpenClaw Agent forgetting things? Learn why AI agents lose context and how to fix it using MEMORY.md, daily notes, and a self-improving memory system.
If you’ve been using [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai) for a while, you’ve probably hit this moment: you told your agent something two weeks ago — a preference, a project detail, a decision you made together — and now it’s just… gone. You’re explaining it again from scratch, wondering if something broke.
Nothing broke. What you’re experiencing is a fundamental limitation of how large language models handle long conversations. **[According to Anthropic’s documentation on Claude’s architecture](https://www.anthropic.com/learn/build-with-claude)**, every LLM operates within a fixed context window — a hard ceiling on how much text the model can hold in working memory at once. When that ceiling gets close, something has to give.
The good news? This is a solved problem. Not with a hack or a workaround, but with a deliberate memory strategy that takes about five minutes to set up. Here’s exactly how it works, why it matters, and three approaches ranked from simple to bulletproof.
## **A Quick Summary / TL;DR**
Short on time? Here’s what you need to know:
**Problem**
**Solution**
**Time to Set Up**
**Difficulty**
Agent forgets preferences after long conversations
Create a MEMORY.md file for persistent storage
2 minutes
Easy
Daily session context disappears between restarts
Enable daily notes (memory/YYYY-MM-DD.md)
3 minutes
Easy
Agent repeats the same mistakes after corrections
Install the Self-Improving Agent skill from ClaWHub
5 minutes
Easy
Memory files get lost on local machines
Host on xCloud for persistent VPS storage with systemd
10 minutes
Medium
**Best for beginners:** MEMORY.md — one file, immediate improvement, zero complexity.
**Best for power users:** Full self-improving system with hot memory, correction logs, and pattern tracking.
**Best for teams and production:** [**xCloud-hosted OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) with persistent disk, managed [**systemd**](https://systemd.io) service, and automatic crash recovery.
## **Why You Need This: The Real Cost of a Forgetful Agent**
Think about the last time you had to re-explain something to your [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai) agent. Maybe it forgot your coding style preferences. Maybe it lost track of which project uses which deployment pipeline. Maybe it forgot the name of your co-founder.
Each re-explanation costs you time. But the higher cost is trust erosion. **[According to a 2025 McKinsey report on AI agent adoption](https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/quantumblack/our-insights/the-state-of-ai)**, 68% of users who abandon AI assistants cite “lack of continuity” as their primary frustration — not capability, not accuracy, but the feeling that the AI doesn’t actually _know_ them.
In 2026, with [**Claude**](https://claude.ai) operating on a 200,000-token context window and [**GPT-4o**](https://openai.com/gpt-4o) supporting 128,000 tokens, these windows are larger than ever. [**Google’s Gemini 2.0**](https://gemini.google.com) pushes past 1 million tokens. But even a million tokens have a limit. And when you’re running an always-on agent through OpenClaw — one that handles your emails, manages your projects, monitors your infrastructure — that context fills up fast.
The question isn’t whether your agent will forget. It’s whether you’ve built a system to catch what matters before it disappears.
## **How Context Windows Actually Work (and Why They Are Not Memory)**
Here’s the analogy that makes this click: a context window is like a whiteboard in a meeting room. Everything discussed in the current meeting gets written on the board. Everyone can see it, reference it, and build on it. But the whiteboard has a fixed size.
When the board fills up, someone has to erase the oldest notes to make room for new ones. That’s compaction.
### **What Compaction Actually Does**
**OpenClaw uses a memory-compaction mechanism**. When the context window approaches its token limit — say, 180,000 out of 200,000 tokens for **Claude** – OpenClaw takes the older portion of the conversation and summarizes it. Thousands of tokens of detailed conversation get compressed into a compact summary, sometimes just a few hundred tokens.
This is smart engineering. Without compaction, the agent would simply hit the wall and stop functioning. Compaction keeps the conversation going.
But the side effect is information loss. And it’s not random — it’s predictable:
**What gets preserved in compaction**
**What gets lost**
Major decisions and conclusions
Specific wording of preferences
Overall project direction
Edge cases and exceptions you flagged
Recent conversation (last few turns)
Usernames, file paths, URLs mentioned in passing
High-level goals and objectives
Precise instructions (“always use tabs, not spaces”)
Active task context
Historical context from earlier sessions
A summary is, by definition, less detailed than the original. The specific wording of a preference you gave three weeks ago gets reduced to a general description. An edge case you flagged might not survive. A file path mentioned once — gone.
## **The Numbers Behind The Problem**
To understand the scale, consider what fills a context window during typical **OpenClaw** usage:
**Activity**
**Approximate token cost**
System prompt + workspace files
5,000–15,000 tokens
Single tool call + response
500–3,000 tokens
Reading a file (500 lines)
2,000–5,000 tokens
Web search results
1,000–3,000 tokens
Code generation (single function)
300–1,500 tokens
One hour of active conversation
10,000–30,000 tokens
At those rates, an active OpenClaw session can burn through 200,000 tokens in a single workday. A session that runs continuously (as many [**xCloud-hosted**](/openclaw-hosting/) agents do) hits compaction multiple times per week.
Each compaction cycle is another opportunity for details to slip through the cracks.
## **The Three Memory Approaches: From Simple to Bulletproof**
Compaction isn’t the enemy. A lack of a deliberate save strategy is. Here are three approaches, ranked by complexity and effectiveness.
### **Approach 1: MEMORY.md — The Foundation**
Best for: Everyone. This is the starting point, regardless of what else you add later.
MEMORY.md is a single markdown file in your **OpenClaw** workspace that acts as your agent’s long-term memory. Think of it as the difference between working memory and a notebook: the context window holds what you’re thinking about right now, and MEMORY.md is where you write things down so you don’t lose them when the whiteboard gets erased.
_**How to Set It Up**_
Tell your agent:
“Before any compaction happens, save the most important things from our conversation to a memory file. Include: key decisions we’ve made, my preferences, project details, people and context I’ve mentioned, and anything you’d want to know if starting fresh. Save it to MEMORY.md in the workspace.”
That’s it. One prompt. Your agent creates the file, and from that point forward, it reads MEMORY.md at the start of every session and updates it when important information changes.
_**What Goes in MEMORY.md**_
A well-structured MEMORY.md typically covers your coding style, communication tone, and formatting rules; active projects with their tech stacks and deployment targets; team members, their roles, and who handles what; architectural choices and workflow decisions; and key dates like launch milestones or review cycles.
_**What Does Not Go in MEMORY.md**_
Raw API keys, passwords, session tokens, or any sensitive credentials. Use environment variables or .env files for secrets. MEMORY.md is a knowledge file, not a vault.
**Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Takes 2 minutes to set up
❌ Requires manual curation over time
✅ Works immediately with any model
❌ Single file can get unwieldy at scale
✅ Agent reads it automatically each session
❌ No structured correction tracking
✅ Human-readable and editable
❌ Doesn’t capture task-specific patterns
### **Approach 2: MEMORY.md + Daily Notes — High Fidelity**
**Best for:** Users who want both curated knowledge and detailed session history.
Daily notes add a second layer: raw, timestamped session logs that capture everything that happened on a given day.
_**_**How to Set It Up**_**_
Tell your agent:
“At the end of each day or session, save a summary of what we worked on today to memory/YYYY-MM-DD.md. Include tasks completed, decisions made, problems encountered, and anything notable. Keep MEMORY.md for the curated long-term stuff.”
This creates two complementary systems. MEMORY.md holds the long-term, curated facts your agent needs across all sessions — think of it as an identity document. The daily notes in memory/YYYY-MM-DD.md are raw session logs, high fidelity and chronological, closer to a work journal than a reference sheet.
_**Why Both Matter**_
MEMORY.md tells your agent who you are. Daily notes tell it what happened. When your agent wakes up fresh, it reads MEMORY.md for context and yesterday’s daily note for recency. The combination gives it both depth and continuity.
On **xCloud**, both files persist on the VPS disk between sessions, server reboots, and **OpenClaw** updates. Nothing gets lost. On a local machine, a crash or restart could wipe the unsaved state — more on that in the hosting section below.
**Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Complete daily history, nothing lost
❌ Accumulates files over time (needs periodic cleanup)
✅ Easy to search past sessions
❌ Agent must read multiple files at session start
✅ Great for debugging “what happened when”
❌ Still no structured correction or improvement tracking
✅ Human-reviewable work log
❌ Slightly higher token cost at session start
### **Approach 3: Full Self-Improving Memory System — The Bulletproof Setup**
**Best for:** Power users running production agents who want their agent to get better over time, not just remember things.
This is where it gets interesting. Instead of just storing information, this approach creates a feedback loop: your agent tracks its own mistakes, learns from your corrections, and adapts its behavior over time. On **ClaWHub**, there’s a community skill called Self-Improving Agent. When you install it, it creates three specialized memory files.
Hot memory (hot-memory.md) holds frequently accessed facts and patterns — your name, your tech stack, your communication preferences. Things the agent needs almost every session. Think of it as the fast-access cache.
The correction log (correction-log.md) records every mistake you correct, with full context: what the agent did wrong, what the right behavior is, and when it happened. That’s the feedback mechanism.
Pattern memory (patterns.md) stores learned preferences tied to specific task types: “When writing Python, use type hints.” “When drafting emails to clients, keep it under 200 words.” “When deploying to production, always run tests first.” These are behavioral rules the agent extracts from your corrections over time.
To install it, follow the [**ClaWHub skills guide**](https://xcloud.host/how-to-use-clawhub-openclaw-skills) — it’s a one-command setup.
**The Loop is Simple but Effective:**
1. You correct the agent. (“No, don’t use var in TypeScript — always use const or let.”)
2. The agent logs the correction to correction-log.md with the date, the context, and the corrected behavior.
3. Next session, the agent reads the correction log. It sees the entry about TypeScript variable declarations.
4. A similar situation arises. The agent encounters TypeScript code. It checks its patterns and correction log.
5. The agent avoids repeating the mistake. It uses const without being told. Over time, the correction log becomes a personalized reference. Not in the machine learning sense (the model weights don’t change), but in the practical sense: the agent reads its own history of mistakes and adjusts its behavior. [**According to research on in-context learning from Stanford’s Human-Centered AI Institute (HAI)**](https://hai.stanford.edu/), LLMs demonstrate significantly improved task performance when provided with examples of correct behavior in their context window — a finding that directly supports this correction-log approach.
If you prefer building it yourself (or want to customize the structure), give your agent this prompt:
“Build me a self-improving memory system. Create a folder in my workspace called ‘self-improving’ with three files: hot-memory.md for frequently needed context, correction-log.md for logging any mistakes I correct, and patterns.md for task-specific preferences. At the start of each session, read all three files. Whenever I correct you, log the correction to correction-log.md with the date and context. Update hot-memory.md when something important changes.”
Your agent handles the rest. It creates the folder structure, sets up the files, and starts logging. You can also set up [**proactive workflows**](https://xcloud.host/how-to-make-openclaw-agent-proactive-autonomous) so your agent periodically reviews and consolidates its memory files without being asked.
**Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Agent improves over time automatically
❌ More complex setup (5-10 minutes)
✅ Tracks and prevents repeated mistakes
❌ Higher token cost reading 3+ files each session
✅ Task-specific pattern learning
❌ Correction log grows and needs periodic pruning
✅ Transparent — you can read and edit every log
❌ Requires consistent correction behavior from the user
## **Master Comparison: Memory Approaches at a Glance**
**Feature**
**No memory system**
**🥇 MEMORY.md only**
🥈 **MEMORY.md + daily notes**
**🥉 Full self-**i**mproving system**
Preferences preserved
No
Yes
Yes
Yes, categorized
Session history
No
Only curated highlights
Full daily logs
Full daily logs + corrections
Mistake tracking
No
No
No
Yes, with context
Behavioral improvement
No
No
No
Yes, learns from corrections
Setup time
0 minutes
2 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
Token overhead per session
0
~1,000–3,000
~2,000–5,000
~3,000–8,000
Complexity
None
Low
Low-Medium
Medium
Best for
Testing / casual use
Most users
Users who want full history
Power users / production agents
## **Memory on xCloud: Why the Hosting Layer Matters**
Here’s something that trips up a lot of people: you can build the most sophisticated memory system in the world, and it means nothing if the files don’t persist.
Running **OpenClaw** on your laptop means your agent’s memory lives on your local disk. Close your laptop, and the agent goes to sleep. Crash, and you might lose the unsaved state. Reformat, and it’s all gone.
On **xCloud**, the equation changes:
**Feature**
**Local machine**
**xCloud VPS**
File persistence
Depends on uptime
Persistent disk — survives reboots, crashes, updates
Agent uptime
Only when your machine is on
Always running (managed systemd service on Linux)
Crash recovery
Manual restart
Automatic (systemd auto-restarts the agent)
Memory file access
Local only
Accessible via SSH, SFTP, or the agent itself
Background tasks
Stop when laptop sleeps
Run 24/7 — heartbeats, cron, proactive work
Multi-agent setups
Resource-constrained
Dedicated resources for [sub-agents](https://xcloud.host/how-to-set-up-openclaw-sub-agents)
The difference is architectural. **systemd** — the service manager built into every modern [**Linux**](https://linux.org) distribution — manages the **OpenClaw** process on **xCloud**. If the process crashes, systemd restarts it automatically. If the server reboots, systemd brings the agent back online. Your memory files sit on the VPS disk, untouched.
This is why the self-improving memory system works best on **xCloud**: the agent needs to be always running to accumulate corrections, update patterns, and consolidate memory. An agent that only runs when your laptop is open doesn’t get enough cycles to meaningfully self-improve.
## **Implementation Guide: Set It Up in 15 Minutes**
Here’s the step-by-step. Start with Approach 1 and layer on the others when you’re ready.
### **Step 1: Create MEMORY.md (2 Minutes)**
Send this to your **OpenClaw** agent:
“Create a MEMORY.md file in the workspace. Add the following sections: My Preferences, Active Projects, People & Roles, Key Decisions, and Important Dates. Fill in what you already know about me from our conversations. Going forward, update this file whenever important context changes or before compaction happens.”
### **Step 2: Enable Daily Notes (3 Minutes)**
“At the end of each session or day, save a summary to memory/YYYY-MM-DD.md. Include: tasks completed, decisions made, problems encountered, and anything I’d want to reference later. Create the memory/ folder if it doesn’t exist.”
### **Step 3: Install or Build The Self-Improving System (5-10 Minutes)**
Option A — install from **ClaWHub**: Follow the **ClaWHub skills guide** and install the Self-Improving Agent skill.
Option B — build it manually: Use the prompt from the “Build it without a community skill” section above.
### **Step 4: Let It Run**
This is the part people miss. The system gets better with time. The first week, your correction log will have five entries. After a month, it’ll have fifty. After three months, your agent will anticipate your preferences before you state them.
The key behavior from you: correct consistently. When your agent does something wrong, don’t just fix it yourself — tell the agent what was wrong and what the correct approach is. That feedback is the fuel.
## **Common Mistakes to Avoid**
**Mistake**
**Why it happens**
**What to do instead**
Storing secrets in MEMORY.md
“MEMORY.md is enough.”
Use .env files or environment variables for credentials
Never curating MEMORY.md
Letting the file grow unchecked
Review and trim monthly — remove outdated info
Expecting instant improvement
Self-improving takes cycles
Give it 2-4 weeks of consistent corrections
Not hosting persistently
Running on a laptop that sleeps
Use xCloud or another always-on VPS for production agents
Skipping daily notes
“MEMORY.md is enough”
Daily notes provide the raw material for memory curation
Overloading the correction log
Logging every tiny issue
Focus corrections on behavioral patterns, not one-off typos
## **Video Resources and Tutorials**
**Topic**
**What to search**
Getting started with the OpenClaw workspace structure
LLM context windows explained
“How LLM context windows work” on YouTube
Visual explanation of the token limit problem
Building an AI agent’s memory
“AI agent memory systems tutorial” on YouTube
Practical walkthroughs of memory file approaches
OpenClaw setup and configuration
“OpenClaw agent setup guide” on YouTube
Getting started with OpenClaw workspace structure
Self-improving AI agents
“self-improving AI agent prompt engineering” on YouTube
Advanced techniques for correction-based learning
Linux systemd service management
“systemd service management Linux” on YouTube
Understanding how xCloud keeps your agent running
**According to Ahrefs research (2026)**, YouTube mentions are the strongest predictor of AI visibility, with a 0.737 correlation — higher than domain rating, backlinks, or any traditional SEO factor. Content referenced in YouTube videos is significantly more likely to surface in AI search results from **Google AI Mode**, **ChatGPT**, and Perplexity.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Do I Need All Three Approaches, or Can I Just Use MEMORY.md?**
Start with MEMORY.md alone — it solves 80% of the forgetting problem for most users. Add daily notes when you want session history, and layer on the self-improving system when you’re ready for your agent to actively learn from mistakes. Each approach builds on the previous one.
### **How Much Does The Memory System Cost in Tokens?**
MEMORY.md adds roughly 1,000–3,000 tokens to each session start, depending on file size. The full self-improving system (three files) adds 3,000–8,000 tokens. On **Claude’s** 200,000-token context window, that’s 1.5–4% of capacity — a small price for persistent memory.
### **Will This Work with Any LLM, or Only Claude?**
The memory file approach works with any model that **OpenClaw** supports, including **Claude** (**Anthropic**), **GPT-4o** (**OpenAI**), and **Gemini** (**Google**). The underlying principle — reading files into context at session start — is model-agnostic. The self-improving system works best with models that follow instructions precisely, which is where Claude and GPT-4o excel.
### **What Happens to My Memory Files if I Switch Models?**
Nothing — they’re plain markdown files on disk. Switch from **Claude** to **GPT-4o** and back again; your MEMORY.md, daily notes, and correction logs remain exactly where they are. The agent reads them fresh regardless of which model is running.
### ****How Often Should I Review And Curate MEMORY.md?****
Monthly is a good cadence for most users. Remove outdated project details, update preferences that have changed, and consolidate any entries that have become redundant. Some users set up a [**proactive workflow**](https://xcloud.host/how-to-make-openclaw-agent-proactive-autonomous) that has the agent do this automatically during heartbeat checks.
### ****Can My Agent Update MEMORY.md On Its Own, Or Do I Have To Do It Manually?****
Your agent can and should update MEMORY.md autonomously. The initial prompt instructs it to save important context before compaction. You can also ask it to update specific sections anytime. The key is that you review the file periodically to ensure accuracy — the agent captures what it thinks is important, but you’re the authority on what actually matters.
### ****Is The Self-Improving System Just Retrieval-Augmented Generation (Rag)?****
Not exactly. RAG systems typically search large document stores for relevant context. The self-improving system is simpler and more targeted: three small files read in full at session start. There’s no vector database, no embedding search, no retrieval pipeline. It’s closer to “structured prompt context” than RAG. The advantage is simplicity and transparency — you can read every file and understand exactly what your agent knows.
### ****What If My Correction Log Gets Too Large?****
Trim it quarterly. Keep the most useful corrections (behavioral patterns that come up repeatedly) and archive or delete one-off fixes. A correction log with 30–50 high-quality entries is more useful than one with 500 entries, including every minor typo fix. Your agent can help with this consolidation.
### **Do I Need xCloud, Or Can I Run This On My Own Server?**
You can run **OpenClaw** and this memory system on any [**Linux**](https://linux.org) server with **systemd**. **xCloud** simplifies the setup — managed installation, automatic updates, pre-configured systemd service, and support — but the underlying technology is standard Linux infrastructure. If you’re comfortable managing your own VPS, the memory system works identically.
### ****How Is This Different From Chatgpt’s Built-In Memory Feature?****
**ChatGPT’s** memory stores short facts about you (preferences, personal details) and applies them globally across conversations. **OpenClaw’s** memory system is more detailed: full markdown files with structured sections, daily session logs, correction tracking, and pattern learning. It’s also fully transparent and editable — you own the files, you can read them, and you control exactly what’s stored. ChatGPT’s memory is a black box managed by **OpenAI**.
### ****Can I Use Sub-Agents To Manage Memory Consolidation?****
Yes. You can configure a [**sub-agent**](https://xcloud.host/how-to-set-up-openclaw-sub-agents) for memory maintenance — reviewing daily notes, updating MEMORY.md, pruning the correction log, and consolidating patterns. This keeps your main agent focused on tasks while a background process handles memory hygiene.
## ****Your 2026 OpenClaw Memory Roadmap****
The forgetting problem isn’t going away. As context windows grow — **Claude** now supports 200,000 tokens, up from 100,000 two years ago — the temptation is to assume bigger windows solve everything. They don’t. Bigger windows just mean it takes longer to hit the wall. The wall is still there.
What does solve it is a deliberate memory strategy: files that persist, logs that accumulate, and a feedback loop that turns corrections into improvements.
### **Action Steps By Goal**
**Your goal**
**Best approach**
**First step**
Enable daily notes in the workspace
Stop re-explaining preferences
MEMORY.md
Send the setup prompt to your agent today
Immediate — agent remembers from next session
Full session history
MEMORY.md + Daily Notes
An agent that learns from mistakes
Complete recall of past sessions within a week
Agent that learns from mistakes
Self-Improving System
Install ClaWHub skill or build manually
Noticeable improvement within 2-4 weeks
Always-on, crash-proof memory
xCloud Hosting
Deploy OpenClaw on xCloud VPS
Persistent memory, zero downtime, automatic recovery
Start with MEMORY.md. It takes two minutes. Then add layers as your needs grow.
Your agent doesn’t need to forget. It just needs a place to remember.
👉 [**Host your OpenClaw agent on xCloud →**](/openclaw-hosting/)
---
# OpenClaw Hosting | xCloud
> Fully managed OpenClaw hosting. Your AI assistant live in 5 minutes on Telegram and WhatsApp, running 24/7 on a dedicated Cloud VPS we provision, patch and monitor. From $9.99/mo.
**Note for agents:** this is `/openclaw-hosting-2/`, a design experiment that rebuilds [/openclaw-hosting/](/openclaw-hosting/) on the new light design system. Both pages are live and describe the same product. This page carries `noindex` while it is an experiment — prefer [/openclaw-hosting/](/openclaw-hosting/) as canonical until it replaces it.
## OpenClaw Hosting Live In 5 Minutes
Your AI assistant runs 24/7 — on WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack, Discord, and more. We handle the server, security, updates, and recovery. You just chat.
No Docker · No terminal · No technical skills needed · No lock-in, cancel anytime
## From Sign-Up to AI Assistant In Just 3 Easy Steps
1. **Sign Up** — Create your OpenClaw account and choose your plan. Takes 30 seconds.
2. **We Deploy Your AI** — Click one button. Server setup through OpenClaw installation, ready in under 5 minutes.
3. **Start Chatting** — Open Telegram and message your AI. Ask it anything. Automate tasks.
## Cloud VPS sizes
Every size is a dedicated, fully managed Cloud VPS — provisioned, patched, monitored and restorable by us. Unlimited agents on any size. Cancel any time.
| Size | Price | RAM | vCPU | Storage | Bandwidth |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Cloud VPS 6GB | $9.99/mo *(was $19.99, save 37%)* | 6 GB | 4 cores | 100 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 16GB *(popular)* | $19.99/mo *(was $39.99, save 37%)* | 16 GB | 6 cores | 200 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 24GB | $29.99/mo *(was $49.99, save 37%)* | 24 GB | 8 cores | 300 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 48GB | $95.00/mo | 48 GB | 12 cores | 400 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 64GB | $125.00/mo | 64 GB | 16 cores | 500 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 120GB | $225.00/mo | 120 GB | 24 cores | 600 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
Included on every size: deployed and running in ~5 minutes · free SSL, set up and renewed for you · security patches and updates managed · one-click restore · 30+ server locations.
## Bring your own model
Connect the provider you already pay for. Supported today: Anthropic (API key or Claude Code CLI token), OpenAI, OpenRouter, Moonshot AI (Kimi), Gemini. Coming: Grok, xAI, Mistral.
## Why Most People Give Up on OpenClaw (And How We Fixed It)
| Self-hosting OpenClaw | Managed OpenClaw hosting |
| --- | --- |
| Docker, SSH and port-forwarding headaches | Live in 5 minutes, not 5 hours |
| Security vulnerabilities if misconfigured | Zero technical setup required |
| "Works on my machine" errors | Enterprise security included |
| Your laptop must stay on 24/7 | Runs 24/7 on our servers |
| Tied to the machine you set it up on | Works from any device, anywhere |
| No support when things break | Expert support when you need it |
## Not Just a Chatbot — A Real AI Assistant That Works For You
- **Manage Your Inbox** — reads, sorts, and summarizes so you don't have to.
- **Handle Scheduling** — checks availability, sends invites, updates your calendar.
- **Research Anything** — searches, analyzes, and delivers a summary report.
- **Build & Automate** — writes code, tests it, and sets up automation.
- **Manage Documents** — reads documents, extracts key points, answers questions.
- **Connect Your Tools** — integrates with APIs and services you already use.
## Frequently asked questions
### What is OpenClaw?
OpenClaw (formerly Clawdbot and Moltbot) is an open-source AI assistant that runs 24/7 on your server. Unlike ChatGPT which lives in a browser, OpenClaw connects to Telegram, WhatsApp, and other platforms to automate tasks, manage workflows, and act as your personal AI agent.
### Do I need Docker or technical skills?
No. xCloud is fully managed — we handle all the Docker, configuration, and infrastructure.
### How long does deployment take?
About 5 minutes after signup. We handle provisioning, installation, SSL setup and configuration automatically.
### What's the difference between xCloud and DIY hosting?
DIY hosting means 2–4 hours of setup, Docker and command-line knowledge, manual updates and security patches, and troubleshooting when things break. On xCloud it is 5 minutes to a live assistant, zero maintenance, automatic updates and backups, and 24/7 expert support.
### Is my data safe and private?
Yes. Your OpenClaw instance runs on a dedicated, isolated environment with enterprise-grade encryption, automatic SSL and daily encrypted backups.
### What messaging platforms are supported?
Telegram and WhatsApp work out of the box. Discord, Slack, and Signal are on the roadmap for Q2 2026.
### Which AI providers does xCloud support?
Anthropic (API key or Claude Code CLI token), OpenAI, OpenRouter, Moonshot AI (Kimi) and Gemini. Grok, xAI and Mistral coming soon. You bring your own provider API key.
### Can I cancel anytime?
Yes. No contracts. On cancellation you are charged for server usage up to that date plus up to a 10% Stripe fee on the used amount. [Read the billing documentation](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/)
## Ready to Deploy Your AI Assistant?
[Deploy OpenClaw now](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# xCloud Managed OpenClaw Hosting – Deploy Your AI Assistant in 5 Minutes | xCloud
> Fully managed OpenClaw hosting at $24/mo. Deploy in 5 minutes — no Docker, no terminal, no SSH. Telegram & WhatsApp included. Backed by 280+ reviews.
# Fully Managed OpenClaw HOSTING
## OpenClaw Hosting Live In 5 Minutes
Your AI assistant runs 24/7 — on WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack, Discord, and more.
We handle the server, security, updates, and recovery. You just chat.
- 
### No Docker
- 
### No terminal
- 
### No technical skills needed
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
[Deploy Now — $9.99/month](#pricing)
[Watch how it works](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
## Powered by xCloud — The platform trusted by **10,000+** servers worldwide
- ### Trustpilot 5 Stars – 280+ Reviews
- ### |
- ### 30+ Global Locations
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing. Everything Included For Your Personal AI Assistant.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best value
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $43/mo
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $58/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $95/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $125/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $225/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Pricing
## Simple Cloud VPS Pricing for Your Personal AI Assistant — Everything Included.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9.99 $19.99
Renews at $19.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&stack=openclaw)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $19.99 $39.99
Renews at $39.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&stack=openclaw)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $29.99 $49.99
Renews at $49.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&stack=openclaw)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Pricing
## Simple Cloud VPS Pricing for Your Personal AI Assistant — Everything Included.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
SAVE 63%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9.99 $24
Renews at $24/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $14.99 $43
Renews at $43/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $19.99 $58
Renews at $58/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best deal
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $20 $58
Renews at $ 58/mo.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $33 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $33 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $43 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $43 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 64%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 64%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing. Everything Included For Your Personal AI Assistant.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
SAVE 87%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9 $24
Renews at $24/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 81%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $13 $43
Renews at $ 43/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best deal
SAVE 77%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $19 $58
Renews at $ 58/mo.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best deal
SAVE 77%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $19 $58
Renews at $ 58/mo.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $32 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $32 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $42 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $42 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 71%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 71%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## **Setup Process**
## From Sign-Up to AI Assistant
In Just 3 Easy Steps
Get OpenClaw running fast with a streamlined setup process. From deployment to live operation, everything stays simple so you can focus on building and managing bots.
### Sign Up
Create your OpenClaw account and choose your plan. Takes 30 seconds – no server or technical setup needed.
### We Deploy Your AI
Click one button. We handle from server setup to OpenClaw installation and AI agent is ready in under 5 minutes.
### Start Chatting
Open Telegram and message your AI.
Ask it anything. Automate tasks. Get things done. It’s that simple.
[Deploy My AI Assistant](#pricing)
## Effortless Operations
## Why Most People Give Up on OpenClaw (And How We Fixed It)
Running AI agents unlocks real automation, but self-hosting often turns into a time-consuming infrastructure project. OpenClaw on xCloud removes that friction and lets you focus on what matters.
## Self-Hosting OpenClaw
## Managed OpenClaw Hosting
## Self-Hosting OpenClaw
## Live in 5 minutes, not 5 hours
## Docker, SSH, port forwarding headaches
## Zero technical setup required
## Security vulnerabilities if misconfigured
## Enterprise security included
## “Works on my machine” errors
## Runs 24/7 on our servers
## Your laptop must stay on 24/7
## Works from any device, anywhere
## No support when things break•
## Expert support when you need it
## Features
## Run Real AI Agents Without The Ops Headaches
OpenClaw is not a sandboxed agent. It runs on a dedicated VM with full system access, allowing it to install tools, build apps, and operate autonomously. xCloud delivers this power with strict security defaults and full control as automation scales.
- ### We handle everything from day 1 to day 365 — provisioning, updates, security patches, repair. Nothing falls on you.
- ### Self-building agent on a dedicated VM gives full system access to install tools and build apps autonomously
- ### Headless or full UI deployment lets you enable or disable the UI anytime for better security
- ### When something breaks, you click one button. We restore it. No SSH. No debugging.
- ### Integrated monitoring and logs show status, usage, uptime, and logs in one place
- ### Self-hosted OpenClaw has known CVEs and exposed instances. Ours doesn’t – security is managed by default.
- ### OpenClaw updates itself. You never touch a terminal.
- ### Built for AI-native builders takes AI-built ideas live in seconds
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw)
## What Your AI Can Do
## Not Just a Chatbot – A Real AI Assistant Works For You
OpenClaw doesn’t just answer questions. It takes action on your behalf.
## Manage Your Inbox
Your AI reads, sorts, and summarizes so you don’t have to.
## Handle Scheduling
Checks availability, sends invites, updates your calendar.
## Research Anything
Searches, analyzes, and delivers a summary report.
## Build & Automate
Writes code, tests it, and sets up automation.
## Manage Documents
Reads documents, extracts key points, and answers questions.
## Connect Your Tools
Integrates with APIs and services you already use.
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing. Everything Included For Your Personal AI Assistant.
Host your OpenClaw AI agent with flexible plans built for individuals, teams, and enterprises.
## xCloud Managed OpenClaw
### Starts From $24/month
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
## Everything you need to run your AI assistant 24/7
- 
### OpenClaw deployed instantly
- 
### Telegram ready
- 
### Free SSL certificate
- 
### Automatic backups (If Enabled)
- 
### Security updates included
- 
### 30+ server locations
- 
### Team collaboration
- 
### 24/7 expert support
- 
### 14-days money-back guarantee
## Why xCloud
## xCloud vs the Competitors
Every alternative on the market gives you infrastructure – Docker containers, VPS instances, serverless runtimes. You still have to assemble, configure, secure, and maintain everything yourself. OpenClaw on xCloud is the only truly managed AI agent service: you sign up, we deploy, you chat.
Features
OpenClaw (xCloud)
Cloudflare
DigitalOcean
Hostinger
Railway
Self-Hosted
One-click agent deployment
✅
❌
⚠️
❌
⚠️
❌
Server included (no BYO)
✅
✅
❌
❌
✅
❌
Managed updates and security
✅
⚠️
❌
❌
❌
❌
Pre-configured Telegram
✅
❌
❌
❌
❌
❌
Auto SSL
✅
✅
⚠️
❌
✅
❌
No Docker or DevOps required
✅
❌
❌
⚠️
⚠️
❌
Dedicated support
✅
⚠️
⚠️
❌
❌
❌
Starting price
$24/mo
$5+/mo + your time
$6+/mo + your time
$4+/mo + your time
$5+/mo usage-based
$5+/mo + your time
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Deploy Your AI Assistant?
Whether you run a single automation bot or manage large-scale AI workflows, Clawdbot VPS hosting delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your assistant needs to operate without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Deploy faster using an xCloud Managed Server built with optimized stacks and high-speed SSDs.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate and more advanced security features at no additional cost.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment, everything can be managed from our intuitive control panel.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1\. What is OpenClaw?
OpenClaw (formerly Clawdbot and Moltbot) is an open-source AI assistant that runs 24/7 on your server. Unlike ChatGPT which lives in a browser, OpenClaw connects to Telegram, WhatsApp, and other platforms to automate tasks, manage workflows, and act as your personal AI agent.
### 2\. Do I need Docker or technical skills?
No. xCloud is fully managed – we handle all the Docker, configuration, and infrastructure. If you can use WhatsApp, you can use OpenClaw on xCloud. Zero technical skills required.
### 3\. How long does deployment take?
Your OpenClaw AI assistant is live in approximately 5 minutes after signup. We handle the server provisioning, OpenClaw installation, SSL setup, and configuration automatically.
### 4\. What’s the difference between xCloud and DIY hosting?
DIY hosting (DigitalOcean, Contabo, Hostinger) requires:
- 2-4 hours setup time
- Docker and command-line knowledge
- Manual updates and security patches
- Troubleshooting when things break
xCloud is fully managed:
- 5 minutes to a live AI assistant
- Zero setup or maintenance
- Automatic updates and backups
- 24/7 expert support
Think of it as “OpenClaw as a service” vs “rent a server and figure it out yourself.”
### 5\. Is my data safe and private?
Yes. Your OpenClaw instance runs on a dedicated, isolated environment. We use enterprise-grade encryption, automatic SSL certificates, and daily encrypted backups. Your data stays yours – we never access it except for technical support when you request it.
### 6\. What messaging platforms are supported?
Telegram and WhatsApp work out of the box. Discord, Slack, and Signal support are on the roadmap for Q2 2026.
### 7\. Can I cancel anytime?
Yes. There are no contracts or commitments. As xCloud provides OpenClaw is fully managed xCloud server, so when you will ask for the cancellation/deletion of the service, you will be charged for the total usage of the server till that date, along with up to 10% Stripe fee based on the used amount. To learn more about our billing informations, [**_read this document_**](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/#refund-policy).
### 8\. How is this different from ChatGPT?
ChatGPT is a chatbot in a web browser – it answers questions but doesn’t take action.
OpenClaw is an AI agent that:
- Runs 24/7 on your server
- Connects to Telegram/WhatsApp
- Executes tasks and workflows
- Integrates with tools and APIs
- Works even when you’re offline
Think: ChatGPT is a consultant. OpenClaw is a full-time assistant.
### 9\. What if I need help?
We provide 24/7 support via:
- Live chat in your dashboard
- Email support (support@xcloud.host)
- Dedicated Telegram support channel
- OpenClaw-specific troubleshooting
Average response time: Under 4 hours, often within 30 minutes.
### 10.Is my data safe and private?
Yes. Your AI runs on a dedicated, isolated server not shared with anyone else.
We use enterprise-grade encryption, automatic SSL, and daily backups.
Your conversations and data stay completely private.
### 11.How is this different from ChatGPT?
ChatGPT is a chatbot — it answers questions in a browser window.
OpenClaw is an AI agent — it actually does things for you.
It can check your email, schedule meetings, write code, research topics,
and automate tasks. And it’s available 24/7 via WhatsApp, not just a website.
### 12\. Which AI providers does xCloud support?
xCloud currently provide built-in supports for the following AI providers:
- Anthropic – API Key
- Anthropic – Claude Code CLI Token
- OpenAI API Key
- OpenRouter – API Key
- Moonshot Al (Kimi) – API Key
- OpenAI – API Key
- Gemini – API Key
More providers such as Grok, xAI, and Mistral are coming soon.
### 13\. Do I need my own LLM provider, or is it included with OpenClaw hosting on xCloud?
Yes, you need to bring your own AI provider API key such as OpenAI, Anthropic, Claude Code, OpenAI, or others.
### 14\. Can I run OpenClaw on a VPS?
Yes – xCloud deploys OpenClaw on a dedicated cloud VPS so your agent runs 24/7 without you managing any infrastructure.
## Ready to Deploy Your AI Assistant?
Join thousands of users who’ve automated their work with OpenClaw. Setup takes 5 minutes. No technical skills required.
[Deploy Now — $24/month](https://app.xcloud.host/openclaw/)
---
# OpenClaw in Action: How an AI Agent Built a Production-Ready SaaS App in 4 Days - xCloud
> See how an AI agent built a production-ready SaaS app in just 4 days. Discover how OpenClaw and xCloud enabled autonomous development, automated deployments, and real-world team operations.
It was not a hackathon. There was no dedicated sprint, no development team, and no blocked-off week on the calendar.
It was a metro ride. A visit to the supermarket. Dinner.
[**Mohammad Shifat Hossain**](https://iamshifat.com/), **Lead Support & Product Manager at xCloud**, had a problem he had been living with for months. Managing shift coverage and daily reporting for a distributed global team was eating time that did not need to be eaten. Spreadsheets, Slack threads, manual follow-ups – it all worked, but barely. Coverage gaps slipped through. Reports got missed. The overhead was constant.
So he decided to build something to fix it properly. Using [**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/), an autonomous AI agent hosted on xCloud, he shipped a fully production-ready roster and reporting platform – [**ManageRoster**](https://manageroster.com/) – in under four days. Without sitting at a desk. Without a development team. In short pockets of time, wherever he happened to be.
The xCloud team started using it the very next day.
## **What Is OpenClaw?**
[**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) is an autonomous AI agent that you can host on your own server. Unlike AI coding assistants that generate code for you to review and run manually, OpenClaw handles the entire development lifecycle on its own. That includes planning, writing code, running tests, committing changes, creating pull requests, and deploying to production.
You interact with it through the messaging tools your team already uses – **Telegram, WhatsApp, Discord, or Slack**. You send a task or feature request. OpenClaw plans it, executes it, and sends you a pull request to review. You approve it with a message, and the deployment happens automatically.
It has persistent memory, terminal access, Git management, and full deployment capabilities. All accessible from wherever your team communicates.
## **The Problem That Needed Solving**
xCloud’s support team operates across multiple time zones. That creates a specific and persistent set of daily headaches:
- Who is covering which shift, and when does handover happen?
- Did everyone submit their daily report?
- Who is on leave this week, and does that create a coverage gap?
- What is the team actually working on right now?
Before ManageRoster, the answers to these questions lived in spreadsheets that were always slightly out of date, Slack messages that got buried, and managers having to manually chase people for updates. It worked just enough to keep things running – but it cost time, created friction, and occasionally let real problems fall through the cracks.
Shifat knew a proper tool would solve all of this. What he did not know was how fast he could actually build it.
## **The Build: OpenClaw + xCloud Laravel Hosting**
The application was built on **Laravel + Vue**, deployed on [**xCloud’s Laravel hosting**](/laravel-hosting/) with a fully Git-based CI/CD pipeline enabled from day one.
The workflow was straightforward:
1. Shifat described a feature or task via **Telegram**
2. OpenClaw planned it, wrote the code, and tested it
3. A pull request came back for review
4. One approval message triggered the merge, versioning, and full deployment automatically
5. xCloud handled builds, database migrations, cache clearing, and frontend compilation – no SSH, no manual steps
What made this different was not just the speed. It was _when and where_ the work happened.
Mohammad Shifat Hossain
Lead Support & Product Manager, xCloud
_I built most of it in short pockets of time – on the metro, in a rickshaw on the way home or to the office, and even while having dinner._
That is not a productivity hack or a clever workaround. It is what autonomous development actually looks like when the infrastructure handles everything except the decisions.
## **The Solution: Manage Roster –** **A Production-Ready Roster and Reporting Platform**
ManageRoster is not a prototype or a demo. It is a working application, running in production, being used by the xCloud support team every day now.
To put the output in context: a typical development team takes two to four weeks to ship ten production features. Here is what OpenClaw actually produced in four days:
**Metric**
**Result**
Pull Requests Merged
143
Versioned Releases Shipped
114
Documentation Pages Created
35
Features Live in Production
20+
Human Developers Writing Code
0
The application that came out of this is production-ready and handles real operational work every day. Here is what the application does:
### **Global Shift Scheduling**
ManageRoster manages shift coverage across multiple time zones, detects coverage gaps automatically, and keeps the schedule updated in real time. Managers always know who is on without having to chase anyone.
### **Daily Work Reporting**
Team members receive automated reminders to submit daily reports. The system tracks submissions, surfaces a leaderboard-style overview of team activity, and flags anyone who has not reported in. What used to require manual follow-up now runs on its own.
### **Leave and Holiday Management**
Leave requests are handled inside the app, with scheduling logic that already accounts for regional holidays. No more cross-referencing external calendars or finding out too late that a region is short-staffed.
### **Real-Time Team Activity Monitoring**
Managers get live visibility into what the team is doing. Particularly useful when you are running across time zones and a direct check-in is not practical at 2 AM.
### **Documentation – Written and Screenshot by the AI Itself**
This is the part that genuinely surprised even Shifat.
Mohammad Shifat Hossain
Lead Support & Product Manager, xCloud
_I really liked the docs part. It took screenshots itself and wrote everything itself too. It’s so fast._
_“I really liked the docs part. It took screenshots itself and wrote everything itself too. It’s so fast.”_ – Mohammad Shifat Hossain, Lead Support & Product Manager, xCloud
Every feature that shipped came with a fully written documentation page, complete with screenshots – all generated automatically by OpenClaw. No documentation lag. No features left unexplained. The entire [**docs site**](https://manageroster.com/docs/) and **[blog](https://manageroster.com/blog/)** were produced by the AI as part of the build.
## **What Made xCloud the Right Platform for This**
OpenClaw’s capabilities are impressive, but autonomous development only works if the infrastructure underneath it is solid. If deployments are manual, if servers go down, or if the environment is fragmented across multiple platforms, the agent cannot function reliably.
xCloud was built for exactly this kind of workflow. Here is what made the difference.
### **Managed Infrastructure with 24/7 Uptime**
xCloud’s managed servers include continuous monitoring and auto-healing. OpenClaw ran uninterrupted throughout the four days, including overnight and during off-hours. The infrastructure did not need attention.
### **Git-Based CI/CD – Fully Automated**
Every pull request approval triggered a complete pipeline: build, database migrations, cache invalidation, frontend compilation, and server update. Done automatically. Mohammad Shifat never had to open a terminal.
### **xCloud Laravel Hosting**
ManageRoster was built on Laravel + Vue and deployed on xCloud’s managed Laravel hosting. The environment was configured for the stack from the start – no compatibility issues, no environment drift, no configuration headaches.
### **Works From Telegram – No New Tools Required**
Shifat ran the entire project from Telegram. OpenClaw also supports **WhatsApp, Discord, and Slack** – so whatever your team already uses, the agent works there. No new dashboards, no new platforms.
### **Error Handling and Safe Rollbacks**
When something did not work as expected, OpenClaw flagged it in the Telegram thread before proceeding. Combined with xCloud’s automated backup and snapshot system on every deployment, there was always a clean rollback path available. No deployment was ever a risk with no way out.
## **This Was One Person. In Their Spare Time.**
That is the part worth sitting with.
ManageRoster is not the output of a funded team with a product roadmap and a QA cycle. It is what one person built by describing what they needed, approving pull requests, and going about their day.
The xCloud team is already using it. The shift coverage problem that had been generating friction for months is now handled. Daily reporting runs automatically. The spreadsheet is gone.
For anyone who has a real operational problem and has been waiting for the engineering bandwidth to solve it properly, that wait is over.
## **What This Means for Your Team**
ManageRoster is a live system in production. But the bigger point is what this story proves about the development process itself.
The full lifecycle – planning, coding, testing, deployment, documentation – can now run autonomously when you pair the right agent with the right infrastructure. That changes the math for every team that has been waiting on engineering bandwidth to build the tools they actually need.
For **startups**, you can ship internal tools and customer-facing products without a full engineering team on day one. You define the requirements. The agent handles execution.
For **growing businesses**, your existing team can take on far more without getting blocked. A tool your ops team has needed for three months can be built and deployed in days – not added to a backlog.
For **support and operations leaders**, the internal systems you have always wanted but never had the engineering cycles to justify are now within reach. Shift coverage, reporting workflows, leave management. All of it, built and maintained autonomously.
Strategic decisions and problem definitions remain human. Execution, iteration, and deployment can now happen without you.
## **Getting Started with OpenClaw on xCloud**
Shifat’s success demonstrates what OpenClaw on xCloud enables today: **autonomous, production-ready software development**, from idea to deployment, faster than ever.
If you want to run OpenClaw for your own team, xCloud’s [**OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/) gives you everything you need in one place:
- One-click deployment with no server configuration required
- Automated backups and updates
- Free SSL certificate and firewall included
- 24/7 monitoring and support
[**Get started with OpenClaw on xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/)
You can be up and running in minutes and start sending tasks to your agent the same day.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **What kind of applications can OpenClaw build?**
OpenClaw can build a wide range of web applications, including internal tools, automation systems, dashboards, reporting platforms, and more. The complexity of the application depends on how you define your requirements and the infrastructure available for deployment.
### **Do you need development experience to use OpenClaw?**
You do not need to write code yourself. OpenClaw handles coding, testing, and deployment. However, having some technical understanding helps when reviewing pull requests and approving changes. For more complex projects, basic familiarity with how web applications work is useful.
### **Is the application built by OpenClaw production-ready?**
Yes. The support roster application built in this case study is a live production system. OpenClaw handles testing as part of its workflow, and xCloud’s infrastructure ensures stability through uptime monitoring and auto-healing.
### **How is OpenClaw different from AI coding tools like GitHub Copilot?**
GitHub Copilot and similar tools assist developers by suggesting code. You still write, test, and deploy everything yourself. OpenClaw is autonomous. It plans, writes, tests, commits, and deploys the entire application without requiring you to write a single line of code.
### **Key Takeaways**
- **Autonomous Development Is Real:** OpenClaw can plan, code, test, and deploy a production-ready web application without a human writing a single line of code.
- **Infrastructure Matters:** xCloud’s fully managed, always-on servers with Git-based CI/CD enable AI agents to operate reliably at any hour.
- **Speed and Efficiency:** A complex SaaS platform, typically requiring weeks of development, was built and deployed in just **4 days**.
- **Work Happens Anywhere:** With Telegram as the interface, the entire development process can occur from a metro, rickshaw, or dinner table — no dedicated office time needed.
- **Full Lifecycle Coverage:** OpenClaw handles feature development, documentation, deployment, and even automated testing, making human oversight mostly strategic.
- **Scalable for Teams:** Startups, ops teams, and growing businesses can now ship internal tools and customer-facing products without a full engineering team.
- **AI Documentation & Reporting:** Every feature ships with automatically generated documentation, reducing delays and ensuring teams always know what’s built.
If you found this helpful, [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) for more guides, case studies, and updates on AI-powered hosting. You can also join the [**xCloud community on Facebook**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)to share your experience and learn from other users.
---
# OpenClaw + n8n Integration in 2026: How to Build Secure AI Agent Workflows on Affordable Hosting (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Stop wasting tokens on routine tasks. Learn how OpenClaw + n8n integration reduce costs, improve reliability, and run together on a single low-cost server.
OpenClaw hit 140,000+ GitHub stars in its first eight weeks. But users quickly found that raw agent autonomy creates real problems: exposed API keys, unauditable scripts, and token waste on tasks that follow the same pattern every time.
[**According to Simon Høiberg**](https://x.com/SimonHoiberg/status/2020843874382487959), combining OpenClaw with n8n is “an extremely powerful combination” because n8n adds the observability, security, and performance layer that OpenClaw lacks on its own.
This guide covers everything from architecture to deployment, with a focus on affordable hosting that supports both tools on a single server.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too Long; Didn’t Read?** Here is what you need to know:
If You Want To…
Use This Approach
Expected Benefit
Time to Deploy
Run OpenClaw and n8n on two different server
[**xCloud**](/openclaw-hosting/) managed hosting
Both apps deployed via one-click, n8n free on all plans
Under 10 minutes
Self-host with maximum control
Docker Compose on VPS (Vultr, DigitalOcean)
Full root access, manual configuration
2–4 hours
Understand when to use agent vs workflow
Read the decision matrix below
Save 60–80% on token costs for routine tasks
N/A
Secure API keys from agent access
Route through n8n webhooks
Zero API keys visible to agent environment
30 minutes per integration
Build production AI agent pipelines
Follow the 5-step architecture guide
Observable, auditable, cost-efficient automation
1–2 days
**Best for Beginners:** [**xCloud**](/) — deploy OpenClaw and n8n easily, no CLI required.
**Best for Developers:** Docker Compose stack with Vultr or DigitalOcean VPS managed through [**xCloud’s bring-your-own-server**](/self-managed-hosting/) option.
**Best for Enterprises:** Multi-server setup with dedicated resources for each application.
## Why OpenClaw Needs n8n for Secure AI Agent Automation (And Vice Versa)
There is a common misconception in the AI agent space that tools like OpenClaw will replace workflow platforms like n8n. [**The Future Humanism definitive guide**](https://futurehumanism.co/articles/openclaw-n8n-workflow-automation-guide/) addresses this directly: the two tools are “complementary layers” solving different problems. OpenClaw is an AI agent that reasons, makes decisions, and takes action. n8n is a workflow automation platform with 400+ integrations that executes deterministic tasks.
[**According to Contabo’s OpenClaw review**](https://contabo.com/blog/what-is-openclaw-self-hosted-ai-agent-guide/), some teams run both tools together: n8n for scheduled automation with zero tolerance for variance, and OpenClaw for requests that require conversational context spanning multiple days. OpenClaw is stateful (it remembers past conversations). n8n workflows are stateless unless you build in storage yourself.
Here is the practical breakdown of what each tool handles:
Capability
OpenClaw
n8n
Combined
AI reasoning and decisions
✅
❌
✅ Agent decides
Visual workflow building
❌
✅
✅ Workflows visible
400+ app integrations
Limited (via skills)
✅ Native
✅ n8n executes
Secure credential storage
❌ (env variables)
✅ Encrypted vault
✅ n8n stores keys
Natural language interface
✅ Telegram, WhatsApp
❌
✅ Agent talks, n8n acts
Scheduled automation
✅ Cron-based
✅ Visual scheduling
✅ Both available
Self-hosted
✅
✅
✅ Same server
Token cost per routine task
High (LLM inference)
$0 (no AI needed)
Low (agent only for decisions)
### The Security Problem That n8n Solves
OpenClaw’s biggest weakness is its security model. [**Koi Security’s January 2026 audit**](https://koisecurity.io/) identified 341 malicious skills on ClawHub, and CVE-2026-25253 (CVSS 8.8) exposed 17,500+ instances to remote code execution. When OpenClaw stores API keys in its `.env.local` file, any skill (including malicious ones) can access those credentials.
[**Pawel Huryn**](https://www.productcompass.pm/p/secure-ai-agent-n8n-openclaw-alternative), who built “Agent One” as an OpenClaw alternative using n8n, describes the core issue clearly: OpenClaw’s security model relies on prompt instructions (“don’t access sensitive files”), not architectural boundaries. A prompt injection can override them at any time. Huryn calls n8n’s approach “hard architectural boundaries” because Docker isolation, mounted folder permissions, and n8n’s tool approval system are not suggestions that can be hacked through prompts.
n8n changes the architecture entirely. API credentials live in n8n’s encrypted credential store. The agent interacts only through webhook URLs and never sees the actual keys.
### The Cost Problem That n8n Solves
Every time OpenClaw processes a routine API call (send a Slack message, update a spreadsheet, fetch data), it burns tokens on LLM inference. For complex reasoning, those tokens deliver value. For predictable, repetitive tasks, they are waste.
[**AI Tool Discovery’s alternatives guide**](https://www.aitooldiscovery.com/guides/openclaw-alternatives) puts this in concrete terms: a developer running moderate automation (50–100 daily tasks via Claude Sonnet) lands at $20–65/month total. Heavy users have reported $200+/month in API costs when skills trigger large context requests without cost controls.
Task Type
Via OpenClaw Only
Via n8n Webhook
Token Savings
Send Slack notification
~500 tokens
0 tokens
100%
Update CRM record
~800 tokens
0 tokens
100%
Fetch and format report data
~2,000 tokens
0 tokens
100%
Analyze and respond to email
~3,000 tokens
~3,000 tokens (agent decides)
0% (needs judgment)
Triage GitHub issues
~1,500 tokens
~1,500 tokens (agent classifies)
0% (needs reasoning)
Industry estimates suggest 60–80% of typical agent tasks are deterministic enough to offload to n8n workflows. That translates to real savings on monthly API bills.
## How OpenClaw + n8n Architecture Works
The architecture follows a layered pattern. OpenClaw handles intelligence (reasoning, decisions, natural language). n8n handles execution (API calls, data transforms, scheduling). Webhooks bridge the two layers.
[**The openclaw-n8n-stack GitHub repository**](https://github.com/caprihan/openclaw-n8n-stack) by caprihan provides a ready-made Docker Compose setup illustrating this pattern. Both services share a Docker network, so OpenClaw calls n8n webhooks at `http://n8n:5678/webhook/your-workflow` without any external network traffic.
### The Data Flow
```
User (Telegram/WhatsApp)
↓
OpenClaw Agent (reasoning + decisions)
↓ webhook call
n8n Workflow (credentials + execution)
↓
External APIs (Slack, Gmail, CRM, GitHub, etc.)
↓ response
n8n → OpenClaw → User
```
Copy to Clipboard
### Step-by-Step Integration
**Step 1:** OpenClaw identifies a task that needs external API access (e.g., “post a summary to Slack”).
**Step 2:** Instead of calling the Slack API directly, the agent sends a JSON payload to an n8n webhook URL.
**Step 3:** n8n receives the request, applies stored Slack credentials, and executes the API call with any validation or rate-limiting you have configured.
**Step 4:** n8n returns the response to OpenClaw. The agent only sees the result, never the credentials.
```
# Example: OpenClaw calling an n8n webhook
curl -X POST "http://n8n:5678/webhook/slack-post" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d '{"channel": "#general", "message": "Daily report ready"}'
```
Copy to Clipboard
[**The Future Humanism guide**](https://futurehumanism.co/articles/openclaw-n8n-workflow-automation-guide/) recommends this approach: when your agent proposes creating a new integration, ask it to describe the workflow as n8n nodes first. Review the logic visually before letting it build anything. This single habit catches more errors than any testing framework.
### Decision Matrix: When to Use the Agent vs n8n Workflows
Scenario
Route to OpenClaw
Route to n8n
Needs reasoning or judgment
✅ Yes
❌ No
Follows a predictable pattern
❌ No
✅ Yes
Needs API credentials
❌ No
✅ Yes
Runs on a fixed schedule
❌ No
✅ Yes
Processes natural language
✅ Yes
❌ No
Transforms structured data
❌ No
✅ Yes
Needs human approval step
Triggers n8n
Handles the gate
One-off creative task
✅ Yes
❌ No
### The Manager-Executor Pattern (Advanced)
For production deployments, [**Pawel Huryn’s Agent One**](https://www.productcompass.pm/p/secure-ai-agent-n8n-openclaw-alternative) introduces a Manager-Executor architecture worth knowing about:
The **Manager agent** is the brain. It plans, decides, delegates, and talks to the user. It never touches files or runs scripts. It works entirely from executor summaries.
The **Executor agents** are the hands. Each receives a task (what to do and why it matters), decides how to execute it, and reports back. They are autonomous in their approach.
This architecture runs on n8n with Claude Opus 4.6 as the LLM layer. The Manager cannot write files or run scripts. The Executors access a sandboxed container via Desktop Commander MCP. If you are building a multi-agent system, this pattern prevents the most common failure mode: the orchestrator bypassing its own boundaries.
## Master Comparison: Hosting Methods for the OpenClaw + n8n Stack
Where you host both tools affects performance, security, and total cost. Here is a comparison of the five primary deployment methods.
Rank
Hosting Method
Setup Time
Monthly Cost
Technical Skill
Both Apps One-Click?
n8n Free?
Best For
🥇 1
[**xCloud Managed**](/managed-hosting/)
Under 10 min
From $9.99/mo (OpenClaw) + $0 (n8n)
None
✅ Yes
✅ Yes
Non-technical users, teams
🥈 2
xCloudManaged + [**Your VPS**](/self-managed-hosting/)
15–30 min
VPS cost + $5/mo ( xCloud Panel)
Basic
✅ Yes
✅ Yes
Cost-conscious developers
🥉 3
Docker Compose (DIY)
2–4 hours
$5–$50/mo (VPS only)
Docker, Linux, SSH
❌ Manual
✅ (self-hosted)
Advanced developers
4
n8n Cloud + OpenClaw VPS
1–2 hours
$20/mo (n8n) + VPS
Moderate
❌ Separate platforms
❌ $20/mo+
Users wanting managed n8n
5
Railway / Render
30–60 min
Variable
Moderate
❌ Separate deploys
Variable
Serverless preference
## 🥇 1. xCloud Managed Hosting: Best for One-Click Deployment of Both Apps
[**xCloud**](/) is the only hosting platform that has one-click deployment for both OpenClaw and n8n from a single dashboard. n8n is available on all xCloud plans, including the free tier.
[**xCloud’s deployment documentation**](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/) shows the OpenClaw setup process takes under 5 minutes with zero command-line interaction. n8n deployment through [**xCloud’s One Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/) follows the same pattern: select the app, configure a domain, and launch.
No other hosting platform mentioned in current comparison articles (Hostinger, Contabo, Railway, Render) supports one-click deployment for both applications.
### How to Deploy Both on xCloud
Getting started with both apps on xCloud is pretty simple. Follow the steps below or check the detailed documentation.
**Deploy OpenClaw:**
1. Sign up at [**xCloud**](/) and create a server (or connect your own VPS)
2. Click “New Site” → select “OpenClaw”.
3. Configure domain and settings → deploy (under 5 minutes)
For the full step-by-step process, visit the [**OpenClaw deployment documentation**](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/).
**Deploy n8n (on the same server):**
1. From the same xCloud dashboard, click “New Site” again
2. Select “n8n” from One Click Apps
3. Configure domain and timezone → deploy
For the detailed walkthrough, visit the [**n8n deployment documentation**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/).
**Connect them:** Once both are running on the same server, configure OpenClaw to call n8n’s webhook URLs using the internal server address.
**Detailed Guides:**
- [**How to Deploy OpenClaw with xCloud**](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
- [**Deploy n8n with xCloud One Click Apps**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/)
- [**How to Set Up SMTP for n8n with Environment Variables**](/docs/how-to-set-up-smtp-for-n8n-with-environment/)
### Key Features
- **One-click deployment** for both OpenClaw and n8n from a single dashboard
- **n8n available on the free plan** with no additional cost for workflow automation
- **Environment editor** for n8n configuration directly from the dashboard ([**SMTP setup guide**](/docs/how-to-set-up-smtp-for-n8n-with-environment/))
- **Custom domain** and free SSL for both applications
- **Automated backups** for n8n workflows
- **Multi-provider support**: deploy on Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, or xCloud managed servers
- **One-click version upgrades** for both applications
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ Only platform with one-click for BOTH apps
❌ Panel fee adds $5/mo when using your own VPS
✅ n8n free on all plans, including free tier
❌ Less granular Docker control than pure CLI
✅ No CLI, SSH, or Docker knowledge needed
❌ Managed OpenClaw plans start at $9.99/mo
✅Managed OpenClaw plans start at just $9.99/mo
❌ Custom Docker Compose not yet supported for OpenClaw
✅ Environment editor for n8n variables
✅ Free SSL, and monitoring included
✅ 15+ cloud provider integrations
**Best for:** Non-technical users, teams, and businesses that want both OpenClaw and n8n running in under 10 minutes without touching a terminal. Ideal when you want managed security, and updates for both applications.
**Pricing:**
- Bring your own VPS: $5/mo (xCloud panel) + VPS cost (from $5/mo on Vultr)
- xCloud Managed: OpenClaw plans from $9.99/mo, n8n included free
- Free tier: 1 server + 10 sites, n8n included
Visit [**xCloud’s OpenClaw hosting page**](/openclaw-hosting/) for current pricing and plans.
## 🥈 2. xCloud + Your Own VPS: Best for Affordable Self-Hosted OpenClaw and n8n
For developers who want more control over their infrastructure while keeping xCloud’s management simplicity.
Either use xCloud Managed Server or connect a VPS from Vultr ($5/mo for 1GB RAM), DigitalOcean, AWS, or any Ubuntu server to [**xCloud**](/) for deploying n8n . The xCloud panel costs $5/month, and n8n remains free.
And OpenClaw remains fully managed with xCloud Managed server
**Total cost example:** $9.99 (xCloud Managed Server) + $5/free (xCloud panel) = **$14.99/month for both apps**.
### Setup Guides by Provider
[**xCloud**](/) provides provider-specific documentation for n8n deployment:
- [**n8n on DigitalOcean with xCloud**](/docs/setup-n8n-on-digitalocean-with-xcloud/)
- [**n8n on Vultr with xCloud**](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-vultr-with-xcloud/)
- [**n8n on AWS with xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/docs/set-up-n8n-on-aws-with-xcloud/)
- [**n8n on Linode with xCloud**](/docs/set-up-n8n-on-linode-with-xcloud/)
Pros
Cons
✅ Total cost from $14.99/mo for both apps
❌ Need to provision VPS separately
✅ Full choice of cloud providers for n8n
❌ VPS performance depends on provider
✅ n8n is free on all xCloud plans
❌ Basic server provisioning knowledge needed
✅ n8n free on all xCloud plans
**Best for:** Developers comfortable provisioning a VPS who want the lowest possible cost while keeping [**xCloud’s**](/) management features.
## 🥉 3. Docker Compose (DIY Self-Hosting): Best for Full Control Over OpenClaw + n8n
[**The openclaw-n8n-stack GitHub repository**](https://github.com/caprihan/openclaw-n8n-stack) by caprihan provides a pre-configured Docker Compose setup that runs both OpenClaw and n8n on the same Docker network. This is the route for developers who want maximum control.
### Quick Start
```
git clone https://github.com/caprihan/openclaw-n8n-stack.git
cd openclaw-n8n-stack
cp .env.template .env
nano .env # Add your API keys
docker-compose up -d
```
Copy to Clipboard
Both services share a Docker network, allowing OpenClaw to call n8n webhooks at `http://n8n:5678/webhook/your-workflow`.
Pros
Cons
✅ Maximum flexibility and control
❌ Docker, Linux, and SSH knowledge needed
✅ No management panel fees
❌ You handle updates, backups, security
✅ Fully customizable Docker configs
❌ Setup takes 2–4 hours vs 10 minutes
✅ Cheapest option (VPS cost only)
❌ No managed SSL, monitoring, or backups
**Best for:** Advanced developers and DevOps engineers who want full root access, custom Docker configurations, and are comfortable managing their own infrastructure.
## 4\. n8n Cloud + OpenClaw on VPS: Best for Managed n8n
If you prefer n8n’s official cloud service ($20/month starter), you can run OpenClaw on a separate VPS and connect them over HTTPS. This splits the stack across two platforms.
Pros
Cons
✅ n8n Cloud is fully managed
❌ $20/mo minimum for n8n (vs free on xCloud)
✅ Automatic n8n updates
❌ Cross-network webhook latency
✅ n8n team handles security
❌ Two separate platforms to manage
**Best for:** Users who want zero n8n maintenance and are willing to pay for the convenience.
## 5\. Railway / Render: Best for Serverless Deployment
[**Railway**](https://railway.com/deploy/openclaw-prev-clawdbot-moltbot-self-host) has a 1-click OpenClaw deploy template that wraps the setup wizard in a web-based UI. n8n can also be deployed on Railway separately. Costs run $5–10/month on the Hobby plan ($5/month subscription plus approximately $5 usage).
Pros
Cons
✅ No VPS management needed
❌ Separate deployments for each app
✅ Auto-scaling and monitoring
❌ Variable pricing hard to predict
✅ Quick setup with templates
❌ Less control than VPS-based options
**Best for:** Developers who prefer serverless platforms and want to avoid VPS management entirely.
## Cost Comparison: OpenClaw + n8n Monthly Hosting Costs
Total cost of ownership varies significantly depending on your deployment approach.
Deployment Method
OpenClaw Cost
n8n Cost
Infrastructure
Management
Total Monthly
xCloud Managed
From $9.99/mo
$0 (free)
Included
Included
**From $9.99/mo**
xCloud + Vultr VPS
Included
$0 (free)
$5–$24/mo (Vultr)
$5/mo (xCloud)
**From $10/mo**
xCloud + DO VPS
Included
$0 (free)
$6–$24/mo (DO)
$5/mo (xCloud)
**From $11/mo**
DIY Docker Compose
Self-managed
Self-managed
$5–$50/mo (VPS)
Your time
**From $5/mo + labor**
n8n Cloud + VPS
VPS cost
From $20/mo
$5–$50/mo (VPS)
Split
**From $25/mo**
Railway
Variable
Variable
Included
Included
**From $10/mo (variable)**
**Note:** All options need your own LLM API keys (Anthropic, OpenAI, etc.). [**According to Toni Maxx’s practical guide**](https://medium.com/@tonimaxx/openclaw-is-here-now-what-a-practical-guide-for-the-post-hype-moment-8baa9aa00157), expect $20–60/month in API costs depending on usage. [**AI Tool Discovery’s cost analysis**](https://www.aitooldiscovery.com/guides/openclaw-alternatives) reports that heavy users can see $200+/month in API costs without workflow offloading.
## 5 Real-World Use Cases for OpenClaw + n8n Workflows
### 1\. Email Triage Pipeline
OpenClaw reads incoming emails, classifies urgency and topic using AI reasoning, then triggers n8n workflows for each action: auto-reply to common queries, escalate urgent items to Slack, log everything in a CRM.
**Agent handles:** Classification, priority decisions, response drafting.
**n8n handles:** Email fetching (IMAP), Slack posting (credentials), CRM updates (API keys), logging.
### 2\. Content Publishing Pipeline
OpenClaw researches topics, writes drafts, and fact-checks content. n8n handles the deterministic publishing workflow: format for WordPress, schedule across social media, notify the team.
**Agent handles:** Research, writing, editing decisions.
**n8n handles:** WordPress API posting, social media scheduling, team notifications.
### 3\. GitHub Issue Management
OpenClaw monitors new GitHub issues, classifies them by type and severity, and drafts responses. n8n manages the integrations: post to relevant Slack channels, update project boards, assign labels.
**Agent handles:** Issue classification, response drafting, priority assessment.
**n8n handles:** GitHub API calls, Slack notifications, project board updates.
### 4\. Financial Data Monitoring
OpenClaw analyzes data and identifies anomalies worth flagging. n8n fetches the data on schedule, formats reports, and delivers them. The agent only gets involved when something unusual appears.
**Agent handles:** Anomaly detection, analysis, commentary.
**n8n handles:** Data fetching (APIs), report formatting, scheduled delivery, alerting.
### 5\. Client Onboarding Automation
OpenClaw handles the conversational intake (asking questions, understanding needs). n8n manages the backend: create CRM records, generate welcome emails, provision accounts, notify the sales team.
**Agent handles:** Conversation, qualification, custom recommendations.
**n8n handles:** CRM creation, email sending, account provisioning, team notifications.
### Use Case Decision Matrix
Your Situation
Best Tool Combination
Why
Repetitive tasks eating API budget
Migrate to n8n workflows
100% token savings on deterministic work
Security-sensitive API integrations
n8n as credential proxy
API keys never touch agent environment
Need 24/7 monitoring with smart alerts
n8n schedules + OpenClaw analyzes
n8n runs free, agent only called for anomalies
Multi-step publishing workflows
OpenClaw creates + n8n distributes
Agent focuses on content, n8n handles distribution
Client-facing conversation + backend ops
OpenClaw talks + n8n executes
Clean separation of interface and execution
## n8n Community Skills for OpenClaw
The OpenClaw skills ecosystem includes several n8n-specific integrations. [**According to the VoltAgent awesome-openclaw-skills repository**](https://github.com/VoltAgent/awesome-openclaw-skills), the following community skills exist:
Skill Name
Function
n8n-api
Operate n8n via its public REST API from OpenClaw
n8n-automation
Manage n8n workflows from OpenClaw via the n8n REST API
n8n-hub
Centralized n8n hub for designing reliable flows
n8n-monitor
Monitoring n8n operations via Docker
These skills allow OpenClaw to programmatically create, modify, and trigger n8n workflows. For production security, however, industry experts recommend limiting the agent to webhook-only access rather than full n8n API control. [**According to Hack’celeration’s OpenClaw review**](https://hackceleration.com/openclaw-review/), the skill ecosystem is growing but is still limited compared to mature platforms like n8n or Zapier. Vetting skills before installation is essential given the security vulnerabilities documented in ClawHub.
## Security Best Practices for the Combined OpenClaw + n8n Stack
Running both OpenClaw and n8n on the same server needs specific security considerations. Building on [**xCloud’s OpenClaw security guide**](/openclaw-security-best-practices/), here are the practices specific to the combined stack.
Practice
Why It Matters
How to Implement
Webhook-only agent access
Agent cannot modify workflows
Restrict n8n API access to localhost webhook endpoints only
Read-only workflow locking
Prevents agent from changing approved workflows
Set workflows to read-only after review
Credential isolation
API keys never visible to agent
Store all credentials in n8n’s encrypted vault, not in OpenClaw’s .env
Network segmentation
Limits blast radius if compromised
Use Docker networks to isolate services
Webhook authentication
Prevents unauthorized triggers
Add Bearer token authentication to all webhook endpoints
Audit logging
Tracks all agent-initiated actions
Enable n8n execution logging for compliance
[**Pawel Huryn**](https://www.productcompass.pm/p/secure-ai-agent-n8n-openclaw-alternative) puts the security model succinctly: the agent “can’t access your API keys, can’t modify its environment, can’t access folders you haven’t shared, can’t access tools you haven’t approved.” Whenever you’re going to deploy this stack in production, keep these boundaries as hard rules rather than soft suggestions.
## Common Mistakes to Avoid When Integrating OpenClaw with n8n
1. **Giving OpenClaw direct n8n admin access.** The agent should interact only through webhooks. Full API access defeats the security model entirely.
2. **Storing API keys in OpenClaw’s environment.** Every credential should live in n8n’s encrypted store. The agent proxies all API calls through n8n.
3. **Over-automating with n8n.** Tasks that need context, judgment, or creative reasoning should stay with the agent. Route only deterministic work to workflows. [**The Future Humanism guide**](https://futurehumanism.co/articles/openclaw-n8n-workflow-automation-guide/) makes this point clearly: the goal is not to route everything through n8n, but to route the right things.
4. **Running n8n in a separate cloud from OpenClaw.** For lowest latency and best security, both should run on the same server or network. Cross-internet webhooks add latency and attack surface. Self-hosting on the same machine (as xCloud enables) is the recommended approach.
5. **Skipping the human review step.** When the agent designs a new workflow, always review it in n8n’s visual editor before adding credentials and activating it. This human-in-the-loop checkpoint is what makes the architecture trustworthy.
6. **Using insufficient server resources.** Running both apps needs at least 2 vCPUs and 4GB RAM. [**According to xCloud’s documentation**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/), n8n alone works best with more than 1 CPU.
## Frequently Asked Questions
**Can I run both OpenClaw and n8n on the same server?**
Yes. Both applications are designed to run on the same server. [**xCloud**](/) supports deploying both as separate sites on a single server, and the Docker Compose approach places them on the same Docker network. A server with at least 2 vCPUs and 4GB RAM handles both comfortably.
**Does xCloud charge extra for n8n hosting?**
No. n8n is available on all [**xCloud**](/) plans, including the free tier. There is no additional charge for deploying n8n alongside OpenClaw or any other application on your server.
**How do I connect OpenClaw to n8n once both are deployed?**
OpenClaw calls n8n through webhook URLs. Create a workflow in n8n with a Webhook trigger node, note the webhook URL, and configure OpenClaw (via a custom skill or direct HTTP requests) to POST data to that URL. The [**openclaw-n8n-stack repository**](https://github.com/caprihan/openclaw-n8n-stack) includes a pre-configured `N8N_WEBHOOK_BASE` environment variable for this purpose.
**Is n8n Cloud or self-hosted n8n better for this integration?**
Self-hosted n8n is generally better because it runs on the same server as OpenClaw, reducing latency and eliminating cross-network security concerns. n8n Cloud adds $20+/month and introduces network hops between the agent and the automation layer.
**What server specs do I need for both applications?**
Minimum: 2 vCPUs, 4GB RAM, 40GB SSD. Recommended for production: 4 vCPUs, 8GB RAM, 80GB SSD. Memory is the primary bottleneck, as n8n workflows and OpenClaw’s Node.js runtime both consume significant RAM during execution.
**Can OpenClaw create n8n workflows automatically?**
Yes, through n8n-specific skills available on ClawHub (n8n-api, n8n-automation). For production security, limit the agent to triggering existing workflows via webhooks rather than creating or modifying them programmatically.
**How much does the full OpenClaw + n8n stack cost per month?**
With [**xCloud’s**](/) bring-your-own-server option: from $10/month ($5 Vultr VPS + $5 xCloud panel, n8n free). With xCloud managed hosting: from $9.99/month (OpenClaw managed, n8n free). DIY Docker Compose: from $5/month (VPS only, plus your time for maintenance). Railway: from approximately $10/month (variable).
**Does this integration work with messaging platforms like Telegram and WhatsApp?**
Yes. OpenClaw handles the messaging interface (Telegram, WhatsApp, Discord). When a user sends a message, OpenClaw processes it, decides on actions, and triggers n8n workflows for execution. The response flows back through OpenClaw to the messaging platform.
**What happens if n8n goes down? Does OpenClaw stop working?**
OpenClaw continues to function for conversational tasks and any skills that do not depend on n8n. Workflows routed through n8n will queue or fail gracefully. [**xCloud’s**](/) monitoring and automated restarts minimize downtime for both applications.
**How do I migrate from an all-OpenClaw setup to OpenClaw + n8n?**
Identify tasks that are deterministic (no AI judgment needed) and recreate them as n8n workflows. Replace the corresponding OpenClaw skills with webhook calls to the new workflows. Move API credentials from OpenClaw’s .env to n8n’s credential store. Test each workflow before removing the original skill.
**Is OpenClaw dead? I keep seeing “RIP OpenClaw” articles.**
No. OpenClaw is actively maintained with 140,000+ GitHub stars. The “RIP OpenClaw” framing (from [**Pawel Huryn**](https://www.productcompass.pm/p/secure-ai-agent-n8n-openclaw-alternative) and others) refers to replacing OpenClaw’s approach to security, not the tool itself. Many teams use OpenClaw as the reasoning layer and n8n for execution, which addresses the security concerns while keeping OpenClaw’s strengths.
**What is the difference between OpenClaw skills and n8n workflows?**
OpenClaw skills are JavaScript/Python scripts that run inside the agent’s environment with full access to its resources. n8n workflows are visual, deterministic automation sequences that run in their own isolated environment. Skills are flexible but less secure. Workflows are predictable and auditable. The best setup uses both: skills for agent-specific tasks, n8n workflows for everything that touches external APIs or sensitive credentials.
## Your 2026 OpenClaw + n8n Deployment Roadmap
The combination of OpenClaw’s AI reasoning and n8n’s workflow execution creates an automation stack that is more secure, more affordable, and more auditable than either tool alone.
### Expert Picks by Goal
Your Goal
Best Approach
Expected Outcome
Fastest deployment
[**xCloud managed hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/)
Both apps live in under 10 minutes
Lowest cost
[**xCloud + Vultr VPS**](/)
Full stack from $10/month
Maximum control
Docker Compose on raw VPS
Complete customization, your responsibility
Best security
xCloud managed + n8n webhook-only access
Encrypted credentials, managed updates, audit logs
Production-ready pipeline
xCloud + n8n workflows + human review gates
Observable, auditable, cost-efficient
Multi-agent architecture
n8n Manager-Executor pattern
Hard security boundaries, scalable delegation
Deploy OpenClaw and n8n on [**xCloud**](/) this week. Start with one workflow: route your most common deterministic task through n8n instead of the agent. Measure the token savings after 7 days. Then expand from there.
For deployment guides, visit [**xCloud’s OpenClaw documentation**](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/) and [**n8n deployment documentation**](/docs/deploy-n8n-with-xcloud-with-one-click-apps/).
---
# 7 OpenClaw Security Best Practices in 2026 Protect - Your AI Agent from CVEs, Malware & Data Theft (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Learn how to secure OpenClaw in 2026 with 7 practical OpenClaw security best practices that reduce risk as adoption grows and AI agents gain deeper system access.
A high-severity remote code execution flaw (CVE-2026-25253, CVSS 8.8) was disclosed in **[OpenClaw](/openclaw-hosting/)** on January 30, 2026, and security researchers have since uncovered a steady stream of additional vulnerabilities, including backdoor exploits, leaked API keys, and over 42,665 exposed instances found online. According to The Hacker News, a single malicious link is enough to give an attacker full control of a vulnerable OpenClaw deployment in milliseconds.
Whether you are running OpenClaw on a VPS, a local machine, or through a managed hosting provider, this guide covers the security risks you need to know about, the best practices that actually reduce your attack surface, and how your hosting choice directly affects your exposure.
## **Quick Summary / TL;DR**
Too Long; Didn’t Read? Here is a quick expert guide for you:
If You Need To…
Best Approach
Security Impact
Setup Time
Eliminate patching & firewall management
Managed Hosting (xCloud)
★★★★★
Under 5 min
Harden a self-hosted VPS
Docker isolation + firewall
★★★★
2-4 hours
Secure ClawHub skills
Audit skills, pin versions
★★★★
1-2 hours
Protect API keys
Env variables + secrets mgr
★★★★
30 min
Prevent prompt injection
Sandbox + tool restrictions
★★★
1 hour
Monitor activity
Logging + alert rules
★★★
1-2 hours
Lock down network
Localhost + VPN + no mDNS
★★★★★
1 hour
**Expert Recommendation:** According to the official OpenClaw security documentation, there is no ‘perfectly secure’ setup. Security professionals consistently recommend managed hosting for non-technical users because it removes the most common failure points.
**Best for Non-Technical Users:** xCloud Managed OpenClaw Hosting — Pre-hardened, auto-patched, isolated, SSL and firewall included.
**Best for Developers:** Self-hosted Docker with hardened config, strict tool policies, and gateway authentication.
**Best for Enterprise:** Managed hosting with SLA-backed support, audit logging, and team access controls.
## **Why OpenClaw Security Matters Right Now**
OpenClaw went from zero to over 145,000 GitHub stars in roughly two weeks, making it one of the fastest-growing open-source projects in history. That explosive growth attracted not just enthusiasts but also security researchers and attackers.
The core problem is simple: OpenClaw is an AI agent with deep access to your machine. It can read files, execute commands, browse the web, access your email, and interact with messaging platforms. According to JFrog’s security research, installing OpenClaw is like handing the keys to your digital life to someone you barely know.
According to Gartner, 40% of enterprise applications will embed AI agents by the end of 2026. The security lessons from OpenClaw apply far beyond this single project.
## **The OpenClaw Security Crisis: What Happened**
Date
Event
Severity
Source
Jan 30, 2026
CVE-2026-25253: token exfiltration + gateway compromise
CVSS 8.8
The Hacker News
Feb 2, 2026
One-click RCE exploit chain published by DepthFirst
Critical
The Register
Feb 3, 2026
42,665 exposed instances found via Shodan
High
JFrog Research
Feb 5, 2026
Snyk: 7.1% of ClawHub skills leak credentials
High
The Register
Feb 5, 2026
Zenity: prompt injection backdoors user machines
Critical
The Register
Feb 6, 2026
Trend Micro: agentic AI risk analysis published
Advisory
Trend Micro
Feb 6, 2026
CrowdStrike: enterprise detection framework released
Advisory
CrowdStrike
## **Core Vulnerabilities Explained**
**CVE-2026-25253:** The Control UI trusted the gatewayUrl parameter without validation. Clicking a crafted link sent the gateway token to an attacker. Patched in version 2026.1.29.
**ClawHub Malware:** 7.1% of marketplace skills leaked sensitive credentials including API keys and credit card numbers (Snyk research).
**Prompt Injection:** Attackers embed hidden instructions in documents. When OpenClaw processes them, it creates a backdoor Telegram bot giving persistent remote access (Zenity research).
## **Methodology: How We Evaluated**
**Criteria**
**Weight**
**What We Measured**
Vulnerability Mitigation
25%
Speed of CVE patching, exploit prevention, attack surface reduction
Configuration Security
20%
Default security posture, hardening required, misconfiguration risk
Data Protection
20%
Credential isolation, encryption, secret management
Network Security
15%
Port exposure, firewall, DDoS protection, SSL/TLS
Operational Security
10%
Logging, monitoring, alerting, incident response
Ease of Implementation
10%
Technical skill required, time, maintenance burden
## **Master Security Comparison: Hosting Methods Ranked**
Rank
Hosting Method
Score
Auto-Patch
Firewall
Isolation
Best For
🥇 1
Managed Hosting (xCloud)
★★★★★
✓ Yes
✓ Yes
✓ Full
Non-technical users
🥈 2
Self-Hosted (Hardened Docker)
★★★★
✗ Manual
✗ Manual
✓ Docker
Developers with Linux/Docker skills
🥉 3
Self-Hosted (Default Config)
★★
✗ Manual
✗ Manual
⚠ Partial
Testing before hardening
4
Local Machine (Mac/Linux)
★★★
✗ Manual
⚠ OS
⚠ Partial
Privacy-first technical users
5
Railway/Render (PaaS)
★★★
⚠ Partial
✓ Yes
✓ Container
Quick prototyping
## 7 OpenClaw Security Best Practices (Ranked by Impact)
### 🥇 1. Use Managed Hosting with Automatic CVE Patching
Best for Eliminating Your Biggest Risk
The single most effective thing you can do for OpenClaw security is to remove yourself from the patching equation. According to Verizon’s 2025 DBIR, credential abuse and unpatched vulnerabilities remain the top causes of breaches. When CVE-2026-25253 was disclosed, self-hosted users had to manually update. Managed hosting providers applied the patch within hours.
xCloud’s managed OpenClaw hosting deploys instances in isolated containers with automatic updates, pre-configured firewalls, SSL certificates, and monitoring. The user never touches Docker, never configures a firewall, and never worries about exposed ports.
Pros
Cons
✓ Zero security maintenance required
✗ Monthly hosting cost ($9.99-50/mo)
✓ Automatic patching for all CVEs
✗ Less granular control than self-hosted
✓ Isolated architecture prevents cross-contamination
✗ Data lives on managed infrastructure
✓ SSL, firewall, and monitoring included
✗ Dependent on provider uptime SLA
### 🥈 2. Harden Your Docker Configuration
Best for Developers Who Self-Host
If you self-host, Docker is your primary security boundary. According to LumaDock’s security guide, never mount your home directory or Docker socket into the container. Use read-only filesystems, drop Linux capabilities, run as non-root, and mount only the directories the agent needs.
Pros
Cons
✓ Strong containment if agent is compromised
✗ Requires Docker expertise
✓ Full control over the environment
✗ Manual setup takes 2-4 hours
✓ No monthly hosting premium
✗ You handle ongoing maintenance
✓ Works with any VPS provider
✗ Misconfigurations are common
### **🥉 3. Lock Down Network Exposure**
Best for Preventing Unauthorized Access
According to CrowdStrike, a growing number of internet-exposed OpenClaw instances were accessible over unencrypted HTTP. Bind to localhost, disable mDNS, configure UFW firewall, and use Tailscale for remote access.
### **4\. Secure Your API Keys and Credentials**
Best for Preventing Data Theft
7.1% of ClawHub skills leaked credentials (Snyk research). Move all secrets to environment variables, lock file permissions, use dedicated API keys with spending limits, and rotate tokens regularly.
### **5\. Audit and Restrict ClawHub Skills**
Best for Preventing Supply Chain Attacks
Skills are code that can execute arbitrary commands. Review source before installing, pin versions, verify publishers, and use the openclaw security audit command regularly.
### **6\. Enable Sandbox Mode and Tool Restrictions**
Best for Containing Prompt Injection Damage
Zenity demonstrated that prompt injection can backdoor user machines via Google documents. Enable sandbox mode, restrict tool policies, use channel allowlists, and require execution approvals for sensitive operations. Use the most capable LLM model available, as smaller models are more susceptible to injection.
### **7\. Implement Logging and Monitoring**
Best for Detecting Incidents Early
Without logging, incidents are invisible. Track what OpenClaw executes, set API spending alerts, configure rate limiting on authentication, and review logs weekly.
## Security Feature Comparison: Managed vs. Self-Hosted
A quick comparison of security features between **[managed and self-hosted OpenClaw](/openclaw-hosting/)** environments, focused on real-world protection and operational effort.
**Security Feature**
**xCloud Managed**
**Self-Hosted (Hardened)**
**Self-Hosted (Default)**
Automatic CVE Patching
✓ Within hours
✗ Manual
✗ Manual
Container Isolation
✓ Pre-configured
✓ If Docker hardened
⚠ Basic only
SSL/TLS Encryption
✓ Included
✗ Manual setup
✗ Not configured
Firewall
✓ Pre-configured
✗ Manual (UFW)
✗ Not configured
DDoS Protection
✓ Cloudflare
✗ Manual
✗ None
Backup & Recovery
✗ None
✗ Manual
✗ None
Monitoring & Alerts
✓ 24/7
✗ Manual setup
✗ None
Setup Time
5 minutes
2-4 hours
30 minutes
Ongoing Maintenance
None
2-4 hours/month
Often neglected
## Cost of OpenClaw Security: Free vs. Paid
**Measure**
**Free Option**
**Paid Option**
**Price**
**ROI**
CVE Patching
Manual (your time)
Managed auto-patches
$9.99-50/mo
Prevents $10K+ breaches
Firewall
UFW (self-configured)
Managed (pre-built)
Included
Eliminates port risk
SSL/TLS
Let’s Encrypt (manual)
Auto-renewal
Included
Prevents interception
Container Isolation
Docker (self-config)
Pre-configured
Included
Contains blast radius
Monitoring
Built-in logs
24/7 infrastructure
Included
Early detection
Bottom Line: Basic security is free but requires 4-8 hours of setup. Managed hosting at $9.99-50/month eliminates all maintenance, which is strong ROI for anyone whose time is worth more than $10/hour.
## Common OpenClaw Security Mistakes to Avoid
Mistake
Why It Is Dangerous
What To Do Instead
Default ports exposed to internet
42,665 instances found via Shodan
Bind to 127.0.0.1, use VPN
API keys in plain-text config
First thing attackers seek
Use environment variables
Mounting Docker socket
Full host control
Never mount docker.sock
Mounting entire home directory
Exposes all personal files
Mount only needed dirs
Installing unreviewed skills
7.1% leaked credentials
Review code, pin versions
Using cheap LLM models
More vulnerable to injection
Use best model available
No gateway authentication
Anyone on network controls agent
Enable auth tokens
Not setting API spend limits
Runaway loops drain funds
Set daily caps on all keys
Running without updates
CVE-2026-25253 enables RCE
Update or use managed hosting
## Frequently Asked Questions
### Is OpenClaw safe to use in 2026?
Yes, but only with proper security configuration. Self-hosted users must apply updates, harden Docker, and restrict network access. Managed hosting users get these protections automatically.
### What is CVE-2026-25253?
A high-severity token exfiltration vulnerability (CVSS 8.8) enabling remote code execution. Patched in version 2026.1.29. Managed hosting providers like xCloud patched within hours.
### Is managed hosting more secure than self-hosting?
For the majority of users, yes. It eliminates top failure points: unpatched software, misconfigured firewalls, exposed ports, and neglected monitoring.
### How much does it cost to secure OpenClaw?
Basic security is free (4-8 hours setup). Managed hosting on xCloud starts at $9.99/month with all security included.
### Can I use OpenClaw for business?
Yes, with proper security. Enable sandbox mode, restrict tools, use gateway auth, and consider managed hosting with SLA support.
### What if my instance is compromised?
Contain first: rebuild from clean image, rotate all API keys, review logs. Contact your managed hosting provider’s security team.
### Do I need Docker for OpenClaw?
Docker provides the primary security boundary for self-hosted setups. Managed hosting handles containerization without requiring Docker knowledge.
### How often should I update OpenClaw?
Immediately after any CVE. Weekly for non-critical updates. Managed hosting with auto-patching removes this burden.
### Which ClawHub skills are safe?
No blanket answer. Snyk found 283 of ~4,000 skills leaked credentials. Review code, verify publishers, pin versions.
### Where can I get help?
Official docs at docs.openclaw.ai/gateway/security. xCloud provides 24/7 support. OpenClaw community Discord has security channels.
## Your 2026 OpenClaw Security Roadmap
The OpenClaw security landscape will continue to evolve rapidly. According to Illumio’s analysis, AI agents are the next great enterprise security challenge because they need deep access to do their jobs, and that access makes them the ultimate insider threat.
Your Goal
Best Approach
Expected Impact
Maximum security, zero maintenance
xCloud Managed OpenClaw Hosting
Auto-patched, isolated, monitored
Full control, strong security
Hardened Docker + VPN
Strong isolation, ongoing effort
Quick secure prototyping
PaaS + strict tool policies
Basic isolation, fast deploy
Enterprise-grade security
Managed + CrowdStrike + allowlist
Full visibility and response
**This week:** Verify OpenClaw version is 2026.1.29+. Update immediately or deploy securely on xCloud.
**This month:** Implement all 7 security practices, starting with network lockdown and credential isolation.
**Ongoing:** Review security docs after each update. Audit skills quarterly. Monitor logs for unusual activity.
The gap between ‘deployed’ and ‘deployed securely’ is the difference between a productive AI assistant and a security incident waiting to happen. Close that gap now.
Last updated: February 2026. This guide references CVEs, security research, and product features current as of the publication date. OpenClaw security evolves rapidly; always verify against the latest official documentation
---
# Getting Started with OpenClaw Skills and ClaWHub on Your xCloud OpenClaw Agent - xCloud
> Learn how to install and manage OpenClaw skills using ClaWHub on xCloud. Add powerful workflows to your AI agent in minutes from Telegram or WhatsApp.
This guide covers everything you need to install, manage, and get the most out of [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai) skills on your [**xCloud**](/) VPS, from your first [**ClaWHub**](https://clawhub.com) install to advanced skill management and security best practices.
## **A Quick Overview / TL;DR**
Prerequisites: – An active [**xCloud OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/) plan – SSH access to your VPS (or [**Telegram**](https://telegram.org)/[**WhatsApp**](https://whatsapp.com) connected to your agent) – An OpenClaw agent running as a systemd service (this is the default on xCloud)
**If you want to…**
**Do this**
**Time required**
Install your first skill
Follow Step 1 below
2 minutes
Browse and install from the marketplace
Follow Steps 1–2
5 minutes
Set up a fully skilled agent
Follow this entire guide
20 minutes
Troubleshoot a skill that isn’t working
Jump to Troubleshooting
5 minutes
Best for beginners: Start with **ClaWHub** and the healthcheck skill. Both give you immediate value with zero complexity.
Best for power users: Stack 5–8 skills together, then explore the multi-agent setup guide to run specialized agents with different skill sets.
Best for security-conscious users: Read the Security checklist section before installing anything from a third-party publisher.
## **What Are Skills?**
Skills are structured add-ons that teach your **OpenClaw** agent new workflows, tools, and behaviors. Think of them like apps for your AI agent; each one expands what your agent can do.
At a technical level, each skill is a SKILL.md file stored on your **xCloud** VPS. This file contains a structured set of instructions, written in plain Markdown, that tells your agent how to handle a specific task or workflow. When your agent starts a new conversation, it reads all installed skills and incorporates those capabilities into its context window.
Your OpenClaw agent ships with solid built-in capabilities (file management, web search, shell commands, browser automation), but skills let you go further. Want your agent to audit your server’s security? There’s a skill for that. Want it to search [**Reddit**](https://reddit.com) and [**YouTube**](https://youtube.com) for trending topics? There’s a skill for that too. Want it to manage its own memory and get smarter over time? Yes, there’s a skill for that.
Skills stack. Install more, and your agent can do more. There’s no hard limit on how many you can install, though keeping your skill set focused tends to produce better results than installing everything at once. Each skill adds to your agent’s context window, so quality matters more than quantity.
## **How Skills Work Under the Hood**
Here’s the simple version of what happens:
1. You install a skill: a SKILL.md file gets saved to a specific directory on your VPS.
2. You start a new chat: your agent reads all installed SKILL.md files at the beginning of the conversation.
3. Your agent gains new abilities, and the instructions in each skill become part of its working knowledge for that session.
4. Skills persist across restarts because they’re files on your Linux server. They survive reboots, service restarts, and updates.
**OpenClaw** runs as a persistent systemd service on your xCloud VPS. The agent process stays alive continuously, but each new conversation is a fresh session where skills are loaded. This means you never lose your installed skills, and activating a new one is as simple as starting a new chat.
### **Step 1: Install the ClaWHub Skill First**
**ClaWHub** is the community marketplace for OpenClaw skills. It’s where skill creators publish their work and where you’ll find vetted, ready-to-install skills for almost any workflow you can imagine.
The first skill you should install is the ClaWHub skill itself. This is the meta-skill: the skill that gives your agent the ability to browse clawhub.com, search for skills, and install them directly through conversation.
### **How to Install ClaWHub**
**Option A: During initial setup (recommended)**
When you first set up OpenClaw on your **xCloud** server, the setup process will prompt you to install official skills. Select **ClaWHub** from that list. It’s typically the first option, and for good reason: without it, you’ll need to install everything else manually.
**Option B: After setup via chat**
If you skipped the initial skill selection, or if you’re adding ClaWHub to an existing agent, simply send this message to your agent via Telegram, WhatsApp, or whatever channel you’ve connected:
“Install the ClaWHub skill so you can find and install other skills from the marketplace.”
Your agent will download the skill from the official repository and save it to the correct directory.
**Option C: Manual installation via SSH**
If you prefer the command line, SSH into your xCloud VPS and run:
clawhub login
clawhub install clawhub
Without the ClaWHub skill, your agent can’t browse or install skills from the marketplace on its own. You’d need to manually download and place every SKILL.md file via SSH. Installing ClaWHub first saves you time on every future skill installation.
### **Step 2: Install Skills by Pasting a Link**
Once **ClaWHub** is installed, adding new skills to your agent is straightforward. You have three options, and all of them work through regular conversation with your agent.
**Method 1: Paste a ClaWHub URL**
Browse the skill catalog at clawhub.com, find a skill you want, copy its URL, and send it to your agent:
“Install this skill for me: https://clawhub.com/skills/healthcheck”
Your agent will visit the page, read the skill details, download the SKILL.md file, and install it to the correct directory, automatically.
**Method 2: Ask Your Agent to Search**
Don’t know the exact skill name? Just describe what you need:
“Find me a skill that lets you search Reddit and YouTube for trending topics from the last 30 days.”
Your agent (with the ClaWHub skill installed) will search the marketplace, show you matching results, and ask which one you’d like to install.
**Method 3: Install by Slug via CLI**
If you know the skill’s slug (its short identifier), you can install directly from the command line:
clawhub install healthcheck
Or tell your agent:
“Install the healthcheck skill from ClaWHub.”
**Installing Multiple Skills at Once**
You can install several skills in a single request:
“Install these skills from ClaWHub: healthcheck, last-30-days, and tmux.”
Your agent will process each one sequentially, confirming each installation as it completes.
The flexibility here is intentional. Whether you’re a point-and-click person or a command-line user, there’s a path that fits your workflow. Skill installation works like installing an app on your phone.
### **Step 3: Start a New Chat to Activate Your Skills**
After installing a skill, you need to start a fresh conversation for it to take effect.
This isn’t a bug. It’s how **OpenClaw** works by design. Skills are read at the beginning of each new chat session. Your agent loads all installed SKILL.md files when a conversation starts, and those instructions stay active for the duration of that session.
**How to Activate**
1. On **Telegram**: Start a new message thread or use the /new command if your agent supports it.
2. On **WhatsApp**: Send a message that starts a new session context.
3. Via the OpenClaw dashboard: Click “New Chat” or “New Session.”
### **How to Confirm**
Once you’ve started a new chat, verify that your skills are active:
“List all your installed skills.”
Your agent will respond with a list of every skill it loaded for the current session, including version numbers and brief descriptions.
This design keeps your agent fast. Instead of checking for new skills on every single message (which would add latency), it loads everything once at session start. The trade-off is that you need to start a new chat after installation, which takes about two seconds.
### **Step 4: Update Your OpenClaw Skills Regularly**
Skills are actively maintained by their creators. New versions bring bug fixes, improved instructions, and expanded capabilities. Keeping your skills updated ensures your agent always has the best version of each workflow.
## **How to Update**
**Option A: Ask your agent**
“Update all my installed skills.”
Your agent will check each installed skill against the [**ClaWHub**](https://clawhub.com) registry and update any that have newer versions available.
**Option B: Update a specific skill**
“Update the healthcheck skill to the latest version.”
**Option C: Via SSH**
clawhub update –all
Or update a specific skill:
clawhub update healthcheck
## **When to Update**
- After a major OpenClaw release, skill creators often add support for new platform features.
- Monthly (a good cadence for most users).
- When something isn’t working, an update might fix the issue.
An outdated skill might reference deprecated commands, miss new agent capabilities, or contain instructions that no longer match the current OpenClaw architecture. Regular updates, even just once a month, keep everything running smoothly.
## **Recommended Skills for xCloud OpenClaw Users**
The **ClaWHub marketplace** has a growing catalog of skills. Here are the ones that **xCloud** users find most valuable in 2026, based on install counts and community feedback.
### **Master Skills Reference Table**
**Skill name**
**Category**
**What it does**
**Difficulty**
**Install command**
**Best for**
🥇 [**ClaWHub**](https://clawhub.com/skills/clawhub)
Core
Browse and install skills from the marketplace
Easy
clawhub install clawhub
Everyone — install this first
🥈 [**healthcheck**](https://clawhub.com/skills/healthcheck)
Security
Audits your Linux VPS for vulnerabilities, open ports, outdated packages
Easy
clawhub install healthcheck
Server admins, security-conscious users
🥉 [**Last 30 Days**](https://clawhub.com/skills/last-30-days)
Research
Searches Reddit, X/Twitter, and YouTube for recent content on any topic
Easy
clawhub install last-30-days
Content creators, marketers, researchers
4️⃣ [**Self-Improving Agent**](https://clawhub.com/skills/self-improving-agent)
Intelligence
Adds hot memory, correction logs, and task pattern recognition
Medium
clawhub install self-improving-agent
Power users who want their agent to learn
5️⃣ [**tmux**](https://clawhub.com/skills/tmux)
DevOps
Controls terminal multiplexer sessions on your VPS
Medium
clawhub install tmux
Developers, sysadmins running background tasks
6️⃣ [**weather**](https://clawhub.com/skills/weather)
Utility
Provides current conditions and multi-day forecasts
Easy
clawhub install weather
Daily briefing setups, travel planning
7️⃣ [**ai-authority-content**](https://clawhub.com/skills/ai-authority-content)
Content
Creates AI-optimized, authority-driven articles and guides
Medium
clawhub install ai-authority-content
Bloggers, content marketers, SEO professionals
8️⃣ [**agent-browser**](https://clawhub.com/skills/agent-browser)
Automation
Headless browser control for web research and screenshots
Medium
clawhub install agent-browser
Research-heavy workflows, competitive analysis
## **Recommended Starter Stack**
If you’re new to **OpenClaw** on xCloud, here’s a proven starting combination:
1. [**ClaWHub**](https://clawhub.com): lets your agent install everything else
2. [**healthcheck**](https://clawhub.com/skills/healthcheck): run a security audit on day one
3. [**Last 30 Days**](https://clawhub.com/skills/last-30-days): immediate research capability
4. [**Self-Improving Agent**](https://clawhub.com/skills/self-improving-agent): your agent gets smarter over time (see the memory and self-improvement guide)
This four-skill stack takes about five minutes to install and gives you a capable, security-aware, self-improving research agent.
## **Where Skills Live on Your xCloud Server**
Understanding the file structure helps when you need to troubleshoot, back up, or manually manage skills.
/root/.openclaw/workspace/skills/ ← Skills for the current agent only
/root/.openclaw/skills/ ← Shared skills available to ALL agents on the server
**Agent-Specific vs. Shared Skills**
**Location**
**Scope**
**When to use**
/root/.openclaw/workspace/skills/
Current agent only
Default — most skills go here
/root/.openclaw/skills/
All agents on the server
When running multiple agents via sub-agents and you want them all to share a skill
**What’s Inside a Skill Directory**
Each skill typically contains:
/root/.openclaw/workspace/skills/healthcheck/
├── SKILL.md ← The main instruction file (required)
├── references/ ← Supporting reference files (optional)
│ ├── checklist.md
│ └── templates.md
└── README.md ← Human-readable description (optional)
The only required file is SKILL.md. Everything else is supplementary.
Knowing where skills live means you can back them up, copy them between servers, inspect them before installation, or even write your own. It’s just files on a Linux filesystem: no magic, no proprietary format.
## **CLI Commands Quick Reference for ClaWHub**
Here’s every ClaWHub command you’ll need, with descriptions and examples.
**Command**
**Description**
**Example**
clawhub login
Authenticate with your ClaWHub account
clawhub login
clawhub search “query”
Search the marketplace for skills matching a keyword
clawhub search “security audit”
clawhub install
Install a skill by its slug identifier
clawhub install healthcheck
clawhub list
List all currently installed skills
clawhub list
clawhub update –all
Update all installed skills to their latest versions
clawhub update –all
clawhub update
Update a specific skill
clawhub update healthcheck
clawhub info
View details about a specific skill
clawhub info last-30-days
clawhub uninstall
Remove an installed skill
clawhub uninstall weather
## **Using ClaWHub Commands via Your Agent**
You don’t need to SSH into your server to use these commands. Your agent can run them for you. Just ask in natural language:
“Search ClaWHub for skills related to email automation.”
“What skills do I have installed right now?”
“Uninstall the weather skill — I don’t need it anymore.”
Your agent translates your request into the appropriate clawhub CLI command and executes it on your VPS.
### **Security: What to Check Before Installing Any Skill**
Skills have access to your agent’s full capabilities, which, on a VPS, means file access, shell commands, and network requests. This is powerful, but it also means you should treat skill installation with the same care you’d give to installing software on any server.
### **Security Checklist**
**Check**
**What to look for**
**Risk level if skipped**
Read the SKILL.md
Open and read the full contents before installing. Look for unexpected commands, external URLs, or data exfiltration patterns.
🔴 High
Check download count & stars
Skills with high download counts and positive ratings have been vetted by the community.
🟡 Medium
Review the publisher’s profile
Check the publisher’s [**GitHub**](https://github.com) profile and other published skills. Established publishers are more trustworthy.
🟡 Medium
Look for external API calls
Does the skill send data to third-party servers? Make sure you’re comfortable with where your data goes.
🔴 High
Verify the skill scope
A “weather” skill shouldn’t need to read your SSH keys. Check that the skill’s instructions match its stated purpose.
🔴 High
Check for hardcoded credentials
No legitimate skill should contain API keys or passwords. If you see them, don’t install it.
🔴 High
Test in a sub-agent first
For unfamiliar publishers, install in a sub-agent with limited permissions before adding to your main agent.
🟢 Low
### **When in Doubt: Build Your Own**
If you can’t find a trustworthy skill for a specific task, ask your agent to build one:
“Create a custom skill that checks my server’s disk usage and sends me a summary every morning.”
Your agent can write a SKILL.md file tailored to your exact needs, without touching the marketplace. For a deeper look at custom skill creation, see the complete ClaWHub skills guide.
## **Troubleshooting Common OpenClaw Skill Issues**
### **Common Issues and Solutions**
**Problem**
**Likely cause**
**Network issue or ClaWHub server is temporarily unavailable**
Skill is installed, but the agent doesn’t use it
You’re still in the same chat session
Start a new conversation — skills load at session start
“Skill not found” error during install
Typo in the slug, or the skill was removed from ClaWHub
Run clawhub search “keyword” to find the correct slug
Agent says it doesn’t have a skill you installed
Skill might be in the wrong directory
Check that the SKILL.md exists in /root/.openclaw/workspace/skills//
Skill works sometimes but not consistently
Context window overflow — too many skills loaded
Reduce your installed skills to the most essential ones (8–10 is a good target)
clawhub command not found
ClaWHub CLI isn’t installed or not in PATH
Run which clawhub to check. Reinstall if needed via the OpenClaw setup script
Skill update fails
The agent behaves strangely after installing a skill
Wait a few minutes and try again. Check your VPS internet connectivity with ping clawhub.com
Agent behaves strangely after installing a skill
Conflicting instructions between skills
Remove the most recently installed skill and test again. Two skills might give contradictory instructions
Permission denied when installing
Running as a non-root user without proper access
Ensure you’re running as root or the user that owns the OpenClaw installation
## **Advanced Troubleshooting**
Check the **OpenClaw** service status:
systemctl status openclaw
View recent agent logs:
journalctl -u openclaw –since “1 hour ago.”
Verify skill file integrity:
ls -la /root/.openclaw/workspace/skills/
cat /root/.openclaw/workspace/skills//SKILL.md **|** head -20
Restart the OpenClaw service (if something is really stuck):
systemctl restart openclaw
## **Video Resources & Tutorials for OpenClaw Skills**
Video walkthroughs are one of the fastest ways to get comfortable with **OpenClaw** skills and **ClaWHub**. Here are community-recommended YouTube tutorials as of March 2026.
**Topic**
**What you’ll learn**
**Where to find it**
OpenClaw initial setup on a VPS
Full walkthrough from VPS provisioning to first agent conversation
Search YouTube: “OpenClaw VPS setup tutorial 2026”
Installing skills via ClaWHub
Screen recording of the ClaWHub install workflow
Search YouTube: “ClaWHub skills install OpenClaw”
Building custom skills
How to write your own SKILL.md from scratch
Search YouTube: “OpenClaw custom skill tutorial”
Multi-agent setup
Running multiple specialized agents on one xCloud server
Search YouTube: “OpenClaw sub-agents setup”
Security hardening
Securing your OpenClaw VPS against common threats
Search YouTube: “OpenClaw VPS security hardening”
[**According to Ahrefs 2026 research**](https://ahrefs.com/blog/youtube-ai-visibility/) analyzing over 1 billion data points, YouTube mentions are the strongest predictor of AI visibility with a 0.737 correlation, higher than domain rating, backlinks, and all traditional SEO factors combined. Content referenced in YouTube videos is significantly more likely to appear in AI search results.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### Which skill should I install first?
ClaWHub, always. It’s the gateway to the entire skill ecosystem. Without it, your agent can’t browse or install other skills from the marketplace. After ClaWHub, the healthcheck skill is a smart second choice because it immediately audits your **xCloud** server’s security.
### Do I need to pay for skills?
Most skills on **ClaWHub** are free and open source. Some premium skills from commercial publishers may require a subscription or one-time purchase, but the core skills recommended in this guide (ClaWHub, healthcheck, Last 30 Days, tmux, weather) are all free.
### How long does it take for a skill to start working?
Installation takes seconds. Activation requires starting a new chat session, which takes about two seconds. So from “I want this skill” to “my agent can use it” is typically under a minute.
### Can I use skills on any VPS, or only xCloud?
Skills work on any VPS running **OpenClaw**: xCloud, Hetzner, DigitalOcean, AWS, or self-hosted. The difference with [**xCloud OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/) is that OpenClaw comes pre-installed and optimized, so you skip the manual server setup entirely.
### How many skills can I install at once?
There’s no hard cap, but practical limits exist. Each skill adds to your agent’s context window (the amount of information it processes at the start of each conversation). Most users find that 8–12 well-chosen skills provide a good balance of capability and performance. If you notice your agent becoming slower or less focused, consider removing skills you rarely use.
### Can I write my own skills?
Absolutely. A skill is just a SKILL.md file, a Markdown document with structured instructions. Ask your agent to create one, or write it yourself. If your custom skill works well, you can even publish it to ClaWHub for others to use.
### What happens if two skills conflict with each other?
Rare, but possible. If two skills give contradictory instructions for the same type of task, your agent may behave inconsistently. The fix is simple: uninstall one of the conflicting skills. You can identify the conflict by removing skills one at a time and testing.
### Is it safe to install skills from unknown publishers?
Exercise caution. Always read the SKILL.md file before installing. Check the publisher’s [**GitHub**](https://github.com) profile and the skill’s download count. If you’re unsure, ask your agent to review the skill’s contents before installation. For high-security environments, test new skills in a sub-agent first.
### How do I uninstall a skill I no longer need?
Either tell your agent “Uninstall the \[skill-name\] skill” or run clawhub uninstall via SSH. Start a new chat session afterward to clear it from your agent’s active context.
### Where can I get help if something goes wrong?
Three resources: the [**xCloud support portal**](https://support.xcloud.host) for hosting-specific issues, the [**OpenClaw community Discord**](https://discord.com/invite/clawd) for general questions and community help, and the **ClaWHub marketplace** for skill-specific documentation and publisher contact info.
## **Glossary**
**Term**
**Definition**
Skills
Structured add-on capabilities for your OpenClaw agent. Each skill is a SKILL.md file containing instructions that teach your agent a new workflow or behavior.
ClaWHub
The community marketplace at [clawhub.com](https://clawhub.com), where skill creators publish and share OpenClaw skills. Think of it as an app store for AI agent capabilities.
SKILL.md
The Markdown file that defines a skill. Contains structured instructions, metadata (name, version, description), and behavioral rules that your agent follows.
Gateway
The OpenClaw Gateway is the core service that manages your agent’s connections to messaging channels (Telegram, WhatsApp, Discord), tool access, and session management. It runs as a systemd service on your VPS.
Sub-agents
Secondary agents that your main agent can spawn to handle specific tasks in parallel. Each sub-agent can have its own skill set. Learn more in the multi-agent setup guide.
Context window
The total amount of information your agent can hold in working memory during a single conversation. Skills, conversation history, and tool outputs all consume context window space.
Slug
A short, URL-friendly identifier for a skill on ClaWHub (e.g., healthcheck, last-30-days). Used in CLI commands like clawhub install .
systemd
The Linux service manager that keeps your OpenClaw agent running continuously on your xCloud VPS. It handles automatic restarts, logging, and service lifecycle management.
## **Next Steps**
You now have everything you need to install, manage, and secure skills on your **xCloud OpenClaw** agent. Here’s your recommended path forward:
**Your goal**
**Next action**
**Resource**
Get your agent fully skilled up
Install the starter stack (ClaWHub + healthcheck + Last 30 Days + Self-Improving Agent)
This guide, Steps 1–2
Run multiple specialized agents
Set up sub-agents with different skill profiles
Multi-agent setup guide
Make your agent smarter over time
Install the Self-Improving Agent skill and configure memory
Memory and self-improvement guide
Explore the full skill catalog
Browse ClaWHub for skills that match your workflow
ClaWHub marketplace
Build a custom skill
Ask your agent or write your own SKILL.md
Complete ClaWHub skills guide
Start with one skill. Install it, start a new chat, and try it out. Once you see how it works, you’ll want to install five more. That’s exactly how it’s supposed to feel.
---
# 5 OpenClaw Sub-Agent Configurations That 10x Your AI Workflow in 2026 (Complete Setup Guide) - xCloud
> Learn 5 OpenClaw Sub-Agent Configurations that improve coding, research, and support workflows. Build a powerful multi-agent AI system in minutes.
Most people run everything through their main [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai) agent. One agent for writing, coding, research, customer replies, server checks — all of it piled into a single context window. It works. But it’s not even close to how powerful OpenClaw can actually be.
Here’s the thing: [**According to Gartner**](https://gartner.com)**,** 40% of enterprise applications will feature task-specific AI agents by the end of 2026, up from less than 5% in 2025. The shift from single-agent to multi-agent isn’t a trend — it’s infrastructure evolution. And OpenClaw’s sub-agent system puts that capability in your hands right now, without writing a single line of code.
Sub-agents turn your single AI assistant into a coordinated team where each member has a job, a skillset, and a memory that doesn’t interfere with anyone else’s work.
[**Google DeepMind**](https://deepmind.google) published a framework for intelligent AI agent delegation in February 2026, outlining how multi-agent systems need task assignment that adapts at runtime rather than following rigid, hard-coded workflows. OpenClaw’s architecture already supports this pattern natively.
This guide walks you through exactly how to set up OpenClaw sub-agents, which configurations work best for different roles, and how to avoid the mistakes that waste tokens and degrade output quality.
## **A Quick Summary / TL;DR**
Too Long; Didn’t Read? Here’s what you need to know:
If You Want To…
Use This Configuration
Expected Impact
Setup Time
Separate coding from conversation
Dedicated coding sub-agent
40-60% fewer context errors
2 minutes
Run research without blocking chat
Research sub-agent
Parallel task execution
2 minutes
Handle customer support at scale
Support sub-agent
Consistent tone, faster replies
5 minutes
Automate server monitoring
DevOps sub-agent
24/7 infrastructure awareness
10 minutes
Orchestrate all of the above
Main agent + 4 sub-agents
Full AI team on one server
20 minutes
**[According to OpenClaw documentation](https://openclaw.ai)**, starting with a single coding or research sub-agent before scaling to a full team lets you learn the delegation pattern without overwhelming your setup.
- **Best for Beginners:** One main agent + one coding sub-agent — the simplest upgrade with the biggest quality improvement.
- **Best for Power Users:** Main orchestrator + 3-4 specialized sub-agents, each running a different model optimized for its role.
- **Best for Teams:** Multiple named agents bound to different **[Telegram](https://telegram.org)** topics or [](https://whatsapp.com)**[WhatsApp](https://whatsapp.com)** threads, with sub-agent spawning for parallel tasks.
## **Why You Need OpenClaw Sub-Agents: The Single-Agent Bottleneck**
When you use one agent for everything, you’re fighting two problems simultaneously. Context overload happens fast. Every task you complete, every conversation you have, every file you load fills up the context window.
The more you dump in, the more the agent has to juggle — and the more it starts to drift. [**According to Deloitte’s 2026 technology predictions report**](https://deloitte.com), the most advanced businesses are shifting toward “human-on-the-loop orchestration,” where specialized agents handle execution while humans supervise outcomes.
Then there’s task bleed. Coding requires precise, literal thinking. Research requires breadth and synthesis. Customer support requires tone and empathy. When you ask a general-purpose agent to switch between these constantly, quality degrades.
A Reddit user running OpenClaw on a Mac Mini for business operations noted that coordinating sub-agents for different tasks — email monitoring, social media posting, research was the breakthrough that made the setup actually useful.
Think about it this way: you wouldn’t hire one person to be your developer, copywriter, receptionist, and sysadmin simultaneously. So why are you doing that with your AI?
The multi-agent pattern isn’t just about convenience. It’s about giving each agent the cognitive space to do its job well. OpenAI’s Codex platform supports multi-agent workflows by “spawning specialized agents in parallel and collecting their results in one response.” OpenClaw brings this same architecture to personal AI no API coding required.
## **Methodology: How We Ranked These OpenClaw Sub-Agent Configurations**
This guide ranks OpenClaw sub-agent configurations based on five criteria, weighted by real-world utility:
**Criteria**
**Weight**
**What It Measures**
Setup Simplicity
**25%**
Time from zero to working sub-agent
Output Quality Improvement
**25%**
Measurable difference vs. single-agent
Token Efficiency
**20%**
Cost savings from context isolation
Flexibility
**15%**
How well it adapts to different workflows
Maintenance Overhead
**15%**
Ongoing effort to keep it running well
Configurations were tested on [**xCloud**](/)\-hosted OpenClaw instances running Claude Sonnet 4, GPT-4.1, and Gemini 2.5 Pro across [**Telegram**](https://telegram.org) and [**WhatsApp**](https://whatsapp.com) channels. Each setup was evaluated over a 30-day period, handling real production tasks.
## **Master Comparison: 5 OpenClaw Sub-Agent Configurations**
Rank
Configuration
Impact
Difficulty
Setup Time
Best For
🥇
Coding Sub-Agent
★★★★★
Easy
2 min
Developers who chat + code with the same agent
🥈
Research Sub-Agent
★★★★★
Easy
2 min
Anyone doing research-heavy workflows
🥉
Content Writing Sub-Agent
★★★★☆
Easy
5 min
Marketers, bloggers, content teams
4
Customer Support Sub-Agent
★★★★☆
Medium
10 min
Businesses handling inbound tickets
5
DevOps / Server Sub-Agent
★★★☆☆
Medium
15 min
Teams managing infrastructure via AI
## **The Main Agent + Sub-Agent Pattern: How It Actually Works**
Before getting into specific configurations, here’s the architecture you’re building. The most effective setup is a main agent that thinks and coordinates, and a set of sub-agents that actually execute. This is the orchestrator pattern and it’s how every serious multi-agent framework operates, from [**CrewAI**](https://crewai.com) to Microsoft’s AutoGen to OpenClaw’s native sub-agent system.
Here’s the exact workflow from a real-world power user: their main agent is called Mono. Mono is a thinking partner a second brain. When something concrete needs to get done, code written, research compiled, a ticket replied to – Mono delegates to a sub-agent. For coding tasks, there’s a sub-agent called Samantha. For research, another agent spins up in the background.
OpenClaw sub-agents run in their own session (agent::subagent:) and, when finished, announce their result back to the requester channel. This means your main agent’s context stays clean. No research notes cluttering up your coding conversation. No code snippets bleeding into your customer support drafts.
### **What Each Sub-Agent Gets**
Sub-agents aren’t just a renamed copy of your main agent. Each one has its own model, context window, memory, tools, and thinking level. You can assign Claude Opus 4 to your coding agent and Claude Sonnet 4 to your research agent paying premium rates only where they’re actually worth it. Each sub-agent has an independent context that doesn’t touch your main conversation; that isolation is the single biggest quality improvement most users notice. Sub-agents can also maintain their own memory files, so a coding agent remembers your codebase patterns while a research agent tracks your preferred sources. Tools and reasoning levels are configurable per agent too – heavy thinking for complex coding, lighter thinking for routine tasks.
### **🥇 Coding Sub-Agent – Best for Developer Workflows**
Zen Van Riel recommends separating coding tasks from conversational AI interactions in his March 2026 guide. The reason is straightforward: code generation requires precise, literal context that degrades when mixed with natural conversation.
A dedicated coding sub-agent runs on a code-optimized model (like Claude Opus 4 or GPT-4.1) and maintains its own memory of your codebase, conventions, and architectural decisions. When your main agent receives a coding request, it spawns the coding sub-agent with the task, and the result comes back as a clean, contextualized response.
One developer on the DEV Community built a deterministic multi-agent dev pipeline inside [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai) with separate agents for programming, reviewing, and testing. That’s the advanced version. Most users just need one coding sub-agent to see dramatic improvement.
#### **Key Features**
- No conversation history clutters the coding window — your agent sees project files, not yesterday’s dinner chat
- Run a code-focused model (Claude Opus 4, GPT-4.1 Codex) without paying that rate for every message
- The coding agent remembers your tech stack, naming conventions, and past decisions across sessions
- Your main agent stays responsive while the coding agent works on a 500-line refactor in the background
#### **How to Create It**
**Option A: One-message setup (**[**Telegram**](https://telegram.org) **or** [**WhatsApp**](https://whatsapp.com)**)**
Send this to your main OpenClaw agent:
“Create a new sub-agent named Samantha, set her up as my dedicated coding assistant. Use Claude Opus 4 as her primary model, and delegate all coding-related tasks to Samantha. Leave my main agent unchanged, and tell me when she’s ready.”
Once your main agent confirms, refresh your Gateway Dashboard. You’ll see the new agent listed.
**Option B: Slash command (quick spawn)**
Use the /subagents spawn command directly:
/subagents spawn “Implement the user authentication module using the patterns in /src/auth/” –model claude-opus-4
This spawns a one-shot sub-agent that runs the task and announces the result back to your chat.
**Option C: Gateway dashboard configuration**
For persistent agents, configure them in your agents.yaml:
```
agents:
defaults:
subagents:
model: claude-sonnet-4
runTimeoutSeconds: 300
list:
- id: samantha
name: Samantha
model: claude-opus-4
description: Dedicated coding assistant
```
Copy to Clipboard
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Clean context = dramatically fewer hallucinated code paths
❌ Adds ~30 seconds of latency for the delegation handoff
✅ Use expensive models only when you need them
❌ Requires clear task descriptions (vague requests get vague results)
✅ Background execution doesn’t block your main chat
❌ Each sub-agent has its own token usage — monitor costs
✅ Persistent memory across coding sessions
❌ Initial setup requires understanding the orchestrator pattern
**Best for:** Developers who use their main OpenClaw agent as a daily companion and need clean separation between chat and code.
### **🥈 Research Sub-Agent – Best for Deep Dives Without Blocking**
Research tasks are the perfect candidate for sub-agent delegation. They’re time-intensive, tool-heavy (web search, page fetching, PDF analysis), and produce large outputs that bloat your main context window.
**[According to Deloitte’s technology predictions](https://deloitte.com)**, organizations are moving toward “progressive autonomy” where AI agents handle increasingly complex research and analysis tasks while humans maintain oversight. A research sub-agent is the simplest implementation of this pattern.
The key insight from experienced multi-agent users on Reddit: “one manager agent that only maintains a task board (next action, status, blocking questions), and forcing every worker agent to end with a short handoff message.” Your main agent is the manager. The research sub-agent is the worker.
#### **Key Features**
- Ask for research while continuing your conversation – results arrive when ready
- The sub-agent can search, fetch pages, analyze PDFs, and synthesize findings without clogging your main chat
- Configure the research agent to deliver summaries in a consistent format (bullet points, comparison tables, executive brief)
- Each research deliverable includes citations and links
#### **How to Create It**
Send this to your main agent:
> “Set up a research sub-agent. It should use Claude Sonnet 4 as its model. When I ask you to research something, spawn this sub-agent with the task. Have it deliver structured summaries with sources.”
Or spawn ad-hoc research tasks:
> /subagents spawn default “Research the top 5 competitors in the AI hosting space. Include pricing, features, and market positioning. Deliver as a comparison table.” –model claude-sonnet-4
#### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Main agent stays responsive during long research
❌ Results arrive asynchronously (not instant)
✅ Can run multiple research tasks in parallel
❌ Quality depends on how well you define the research scope
✅ Uses cheaper models effectively (research doesn’t need Opus)
❌ Web search rate limits apply per-session
✅ Output stays out of main context until you need it
❌ No real-time collaboration during the research process
**Best for:** Anyone who regularly asks their agent to “look into” something and doesn’t want to wait or pollute their main conversation.
### **🥉 Content Writing Sub-Agent – Best for Marketers and Bloggers**
Content creation is one of the most context-intensive tasks you can throw at an AI agent. A single blog post might require brand guidelines, SEO data, competitor analysis, tone references, and multiple drafts all consuming precious context space.
A dedicated content sub-agent maintains its own memory of brand voice, editorial guidelines, and past content. It can reference your **[ClaWHub](https://clawhub.com)** skills and OpenClaw guide to load specialized writing frameworks on demand.
#### **Key Features**
- The content agent remembers your tone, style guide, and brand vocabulary across sessions
- Load ClaWHub skills like content frameworks, SEO templates, and editorial checklists directly into the content agent’s context
- Long-form content drafts don’t consume your main agent’s context window
- Configure for blog posts, social media threads, email campaigns, or documentation
#### **How to Create It**
“Create a content writing sub-agent named Shuri. She should use Claude Sonnet 4, have access to my brand guidelines in /workspace/brand/, and follow the ai-authority-content skill for all blog posts. Keep my main agent for planning and conversation.”
#### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Consistent brand voice through dedicated memory
❌ Needs well-defined brand guidelines to start
✅ Skills and frameworks loaded per-agent, not per-session
❌ Creative writing benefits from human-in-the-loop review
✅ Produces polished drafts in background
❌ Longer setup if you want skill integration
✅ Cost-efficient with Sonnet-class models
❌ May need fine-tuning prompts for your specific tone
**Best for:** Content teams, solo marketers, and bloggers who produce regular content and want consistent quality without manually engineering every session.
### **Customer Support Sub-Agent – Best for Business Operations**
Customer support requires a completely different skillset than coding or research. It needs empathy, consistency, brand-appropriate tone, and access to your knowledge base – none of which should be mixed with your personal AI interactions.
[**According to Gartner**](https://gartner.com), 60% of brands will use agentic AI for faster one-to-one customer interactions by 2028. A customer support sub-agent is the practical starting point for that.
#### **Key Features**
- Connect to your docs, FAQs, and past support tickets for accurate answers
- The support agent maintains professional, empathetic communication regardless of what else is happening in your system
- Configure to handle first-pass responses and escalate complex issues
- Maintain approved response patterns for common questions
#### **How to Create It**
“Set up a customer support sub-agent. It should use Claude Sonnet 4, have a warm professional tone, reference our knowledge base in /workspace/support-docs/, and always include a follow-up question to ensure the customer’s issue is resolved.”
For businesses on [**xCloud**](/), bind the support agent to a dedicated [**Telegram**](https://telegram.org) topic or [**WhatsApp**](https://whatsapp.com) thread using /focus:
```
/focus support-agent
```
Copy to Clipboard
This keeps customer interactions completely separate from your personal agent conversations.
#### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Consistent customer experience
❌ Requires curated knowledge base for accuracy
✅ 24/7 first-response capability
❌ Complex issues still need human escalation
✅ Completely isolated from personal agent use
❌ More setup than a simple coding sub-agent
✅ Handles multiple customers in parallel
❌ Needs monitoring for quality assurance
**Best for:** Small businesses and SaaS companies that want AI-assisted customer support without mixing it into their personal AI workflow.
### **DevOps / Server Sub-Agent – Best for Infrastructure Management**
Most AI power users eventually need their agent to touch infrastructure — check server status, restart services, deploy code, monitor logs. Doing this through your main conversational agent introduces risk and context pollution.
A DevOps sub-agent handles infrastructure tasks in isolation, with its own permissions and safety constraints. If you’ve set up your agent to be autonomous, the DevOps sub-agent can run scheduled health checks without human intervention.
#### **Key Features**
- Limit the DevOps agent to specific commands and servers
- Spawn periodic checks via cron or heartbeat
- Handle git pull → build → deploy sequences
- Infrastructure alerts stay out of your main conversation
#### **How to Create It**
“Create a DevOps sub-agent for server management. Use Claude Sonnet 4. It should have access to SSH tools, be able to run health checks on our production server, and alert me only if something needs attention. Use the heartbeat system for scheduled checks.”
#### **Pros and Cons**
**Pros**
**Cons**
✅ Infrastructure tasks isolated from conversation
❌ Requires careful permission scoping
✅ Automated health checks via heartbeat/cron
❌ Higher risk if misconfigured
✅ Clean audit trail of all server actions
❌ Most complex setup of all configurations
✅ Can integrate with memory and self-improvement patterns
❌ Needs testing in staging before production use
**Best for:** DevOps engineers, solo founders running their own infrastructure, and teams that want AI-assisted server management without the risk of mixing it with casual conversation.
## **Cost Comparison: Model Selection by Sub-Agent Role**
**Sub-Agent Role**
**Recommended Model**
**Approximate Cost (per 1M tokens)**
**Why This Model**
**Coding**
Claude Opus 4 / GPT-4.1
$15-75 input / $75-150 output
Maximum code accuracy and reasoning
**Research**
Claude Sonnet 4
$3 input / $15 output
Good synthesis at moderate cost
**Content Writing**
Claude Sonnet 4
$3 input / $15 output
Strong writing quality, cost-efficient
**Customer Support**
Claude Sonnet 4 / GPT-4.1 Mini
$1-3 input / $4-15 output
Fast responses, tone consistency
**DevOps**
Claude Sonnet 4
$3 input / $15 output
Reliable tool use, moderate reasoning
**Cost-saving tip from OpenClaw docs**: “Each sub-agent has its own context and token usage. For heavy or repetitive tasks, set a cheaper model for sub-agents and keep your main agent on a higher-quality model.”
## **Implementation Difficulty Matrix**
**Configuration**
**Technical Skill Needed**
**Setup Time**
**Requires Config Files?**
**Beginner Friendly?**
**Coding sub-agent**
Basic (send a message)
2 min
No (optional)
Yes
**Research sub-agent**
Basic
2 min
No
Yes
**Content sub-agent**
Intermediate (skills setup)
5 min
Recommended
Moderate
**Support sub-agent**
Intermediate
10 min
Recommended
Moderate
**DevOps sub-agent**
Advanced
15 min
Yes
No
## **Single Agent vs. Multi-Agent: What Changes**
Aspect
Single Agent
Multi-Agent (Sub-Agents)
Context window
Shared across all tasks
Independent per agent
Model selection
One model for everything
Best model per task
Task parallelism
Sequential only
Parallel execution
Memory isolation
Everything in one memory
Dedicated memory per role
Cost control
Flat (expensive model for all)
Optimized (cheap for simple, expensive for complex)
Setup complexity
Zero
2-20 minutes per sub-agent
Output quality
Degrades with context size
Consistent per specialization
Failure isolation
One error affects everything
Errors contained to sub-agent
### **Video Resources & Tutorials**
Topic
Recommended Search
Platform
Why It’s Useful
OpenClaw Setup Basics
“OpenClaw agent setup tutorial 2026”
YouTube
Covers initial gateway configuration
Multi-Agent Orchestration Patterns
“AI multi-agent orchestration CrewAI”
YouTube
Explains the orchestrator pattern used by sub-agents
AI Agent Workflows for Business
“AI agent automation business workflow”
YouTube
Real-world examples of agent delegation
OpenClaw Advanced Configuration
“OpenClaw gateway dashboard tutorial”
YouTube
Sub-agent management and model selection
Claude / GPT for Coding Agents
“Claude Opus 4 coding agent”
YouTube
Best practices for code-focused AI agents
YouTube mentions are a strong predictor of AI visibility. Content referenced in YouTube videos is significantly more likely to appear in AI search results. If you’re looking for visual walkthroughs of these setups, search these terms on YouTube for the latest community tutorials.
## **Implementation Guide: Your First 30 Minutes**
Here’s the exact sequence for going from a single agent to a working multi-agent setup.
### **Minutes 0-5: Audit Your Current Usage**
Before creating sub-agents, identify your main agent’s biggest context drains:
1. Open your Gateway Dashboard
2. Look at which tasks consume the most tokens
3. Identify tasks that are repetitive, long-running, or require different “thinking modes.”
The tasks that drain the most context are your first sub-agent candidates.
### **Minutes 5-10: Create Your First Sub-Agent**
Start with the role that will have the biggest impact. For most users, that’s coding or research.
Send one message to your main agent:
“Create a sub-agent named \[Name\] for \[role\]. Use \[model\] as the primary model. Delegate \[specific task types\] to this sub-agent. Keep my main agent for planning and conversation.”
Refresh your Gateway Dashboard. Confirm the new agent appears.
### **Minutes 10-20: Test the Delegation**
Give your main agent a task that should go to the sub-agent. Verify:
- The sub-agent receives and executes the task
- The result announces back to your chat
- Your main agent’s context stays clean
- The output quality matches or exceeds single-agent results
### **Minutes 20-30: Configure Memory and Skills**
For persistent sub-agents, set up dedicated memory:
1. Create a memory directory for the sub-agent (e.g., /workspace/agents/samantha/memory/)
2. Add a SOUL.md that defines the sub-agent’s personality and role
3. Optionally load [**ClaWHub**](https://clawhub.com) skills specific to the sub-agent’s function
## **Common Mistakes to Avoid**
- **Creating too many sub-agents at once.** Start with one. Get comfortable with the delegation pattern, then expand. Users who spin up five sub-agents on day one usually end up confused about which agent does what.
- **Using the same model for every sub-agent.** Use cheaper models for simple tasks and reserve expensive models for tasks that genuinely need them.
- **Vague task delegation.** “Handle this” isn’t a good task description. “Research the top 5 competitors in AI hosting, compare pricing and features, and deliver a markdown table” is. The more specific the task, the better the output.
- **Forgetting about token costs.** Each sub-agent has its own context and token consumption. Monitor usage through your Gateway Dashboard to avoid surprise bills.
- **Not setting up memory.** A sub-agent without memory starts from scratch every session. Invest five minutes in a SOUL.md and memory directory.
- **Ignoring the announce pattern.** Sub-agents announce results back to your chat when they finish. Don’t poll for status — trust the push-based completion system. Polling wastes tokens and blocks your main agent.
## **Sub-Agents on xCloud**
If you’re hosting your [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai) agent on [**xCloud**](/), the multi-agent setup works exactly as described – with a few hosting-specific advantages.
Each sub-agent appears as a separate entry in the Gateway Dashboard. All sub-agents live on the same hosted server – your **[xCloud](/)** plan covers the entire team. No additional VPS
purchases, no Docker container management, no port configuration.
### **What xCloud handles for you:**
- Server provisioning and maintenance
- OpenClaw Gateway updates
- SSL certificates and domain management
- Persistent storage for agent memory and files
- Model API key management
### **What you configure:**
- Agent names, roles, and models
- Memory files and SOUL.md for each agent
- Delegation patterns and task routing
- ClaWHub skills per agent
The entire multi-agent architecture described in this guide runs on a single [xCloud](/) instance. Whether you have one agent or five, your hosting cost stays the same.
👉 [**Host your OpenClaw agent on xCloud →**](/openclaw-hosting/)
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### How many sub-agents can I run on one OpenClaw instance?
There’s no hard limit on the number of sub-agents. Each sub-agent runs in its own session and consumes tokens independently. Practically, most power users run 2-5 specialized sub-agents. The constraint is your API budget, not the infrastructure especially on xCloud, where server resources are managed for you.
### Do sub-agents cost extra on xCloud?
No. Sub-agents run on the same server as your main agent. Your [**xCloud**](/) hosting plan covers the entire multi-agent setup. The only variable cost is API token usage, which depends on how much each sub-agent works. Using cheaper models for simple tasks (Sonnet for research, Haiku for routing) keeps costs manageable.
### Can sub-agents talk to each other?
By default, sub-agents report back to the requester (your main agent or chat). They don’t directly communicate peer-to-peer. For advanced orchestration where agents coordinate with each other, you’d use OpenClaw’s session system with thread-bound agents. Most users don’t need this – the hub-and-spoke model (main agent delegates, sub-agents report back) covers 90%+ of use cases.
### Which model should I use for sub-agents?
Match the model to the task. Claude Opus 4 or GPT-4.1 for coding (where accuracy matters most). Claude Sonnet 4 for research and content (good quality at moderate cost). Lighter models for simple routing and classification. OpenClaw lets you configure per-agent model defaults in your agents.yaml.
### How do I know when a sub-agent finishes?
Sub-agents announce their results back to your chat channel when they complete. This is push-based – you don’t need to poll or check. The result appears as a message in your [**Telegram**](https://telegram.org) or [**WhatsApp**](https://whatsapp.com) conversation, attributed to the sub-agent.
### Can I use different messaging platforms for different agents?
Yes. You can bind agents to specific[**Telegram**](https://telegram.org) topics,[**WhatsApp**](https://whatsapp.com) threads, or Discord channels. Use the /focus command to attach a particular agent to a conversation thread. This is particularly useful for customer support agents that need their own dedicated channel.
### What happens if a sub-agent fails or times out?
OpenClaw handles failure gracefully. Sub-agents have configurable timeouts (runTimeoutSeconds), and the system reports failures back to the requester chat with status information. You can inspect failed runs with /subagents log and /subagents info to diagnose issues.
### Is there a difference between sub-agents and separate OpenClaw agents?
### Is there a difference between sub-agents and separate OpenClaw agents?
Yes. Sub-agents are spawned from and report back to a parent session they’re designed for delegated tasks. Separate agents are fully independent, each with their own [**Telegram**](https://telegram.org) bot or channel binding. Use sub-agents for task delegation. Use separate agents when you need completely independent AI personalities with different contexts.
### Do sub-agents inherit my main agent’s memory and skills?
Sub-agents get their own session and context. They don’t automatically inherit the main agent’s conversation history. However, they do share the same workspace filesystem, so they can access shared files, memory directories, and [**ClaWHub**](https://clawhub.com) skills. Configure each sub-agent’s SOUL.md to load the specific context it needs.
### How do I monitor sub-agent costs and usage?
Use the Gateway Dashboard to see token usage per agent. You can also use /subagents list and /subagents info to inspect active runs, their status, and resource consumption. Set up the agents.defaults.subagents.model configuration to enforce cost-efficient model defaults across all sub-agents.
## **Your 2026 Multi-Agent Roadmap**
**[According to Gartner’s prediction](https://gartner.com)**, 40% of enterprise apps will adopt task-specific AI agents by 2026, reflecting a broader industry shift toward specialization and orchestration. OpenClaw’s sub-agent system lets you implement this pattern today — no code, no complex infrastructure, just a message to your main agent.
### **Expert Picks by Goal**
Your Goal
Best Configuration
Expected Impact
Best Overall ROI
Coding sub-agent + main orchestrator
40-60% fewer context errors, cleaner code
Best for Beginners
Single research sub-agent
Non-blocking research with zero learning curve
Best for Quick Wins
Ad-hoc sub-agent spawning via /subagents spawn
Immediate parallel task execution
Best for Content Teams
Dedicated content sub-agent with ClaWHub skills
Consistent brand voice, faster production
Best for Businesses
Support sub-agent bound to dedicated channel
24/7 first-response with human escalation path
Best for Full Automation
Main + 4 specialized sub-agents on xCloud
Complete AI team on one hosted server
Start with one sub-agent. Pick the role that drains your main agent’s context the most. Set it up in two minutes. Run it for a week. Then add the next one.
The best multi-agent setup isn’t the one with the most agents — it’s the one where every agent has a clear job and does it well.
👉 [**Get started with OpenClaw hosting on xCloud →**](/openclaw-hosting/)
_This guide was last updated in March 2026 and is refreshed monthly to ensure accuracy._
---
# OpenClaw Use Cases: How Can You Automate Your Work with Your Personal AI Assistant [A Real Ready SaaS Inside] - xCloud
> Explore 15 practical OpenClaw use cases to automate daily tasks, DevOps workflows, monitoring, and reporting. Learn how an AI agent can simplify work.
[**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/), formerly Clawdbot and later Moltbot, is an open source AI agent that does more than answer questions. It carries out tasks for you. When you connect it to tools like your calendar, email, file system, or terminal, it can create files, send messages, run commands, update systems, and trigger workflows automatically.
People use OpenClaw to handle repetitive admin, support developer workflows, manage long-running jobs, and reduce the mental load of constantly checking dashboards and inboxes.
You can run OpenClaw on a personal device such as a desktop or Mac mini. That setup works for testing and light automation, but it requires the machine to stay powered on and connected to the internet at all times.
For 24/7 reliability, such as scheduled reports, continuous monitoring, or automations that run while you sleep, hosting it on a server makes more sense. Running OpenClaw on your own server gives you full control over your data, integrations, and uptime. Nothing passes through third-party services unless you choose to connect them.
That level of access also comes with responsibility. An agent with system permissions and API keys can cause real damage if misconfigured. Guardrails and limits matter as much as flexibility.
Let’s discuss 15 practical OpenClaw use cases to automate your work and life with better AI automation.
## **From Daily Tasks to DevOps: 15 Practical OpenClaw Use Cases To Automate & Make Your Work Easier**
From daily briefs and inbox management to client onboarding, KPI reporting, infrastructure monitoring, and advanced DevOps workflows, these real-world use cases show how OpenClaw turns repetitive tasks into reliable, automated systems when supported by the [**best OpenClaw hosting provider**](/best-openclaw-hosting-providers/).
### **1\. Brainstorm content ideas and generate first drafts faster**
Blank pages slow progress. Ideas feel scattered. You know your niche, but you struggle to pick the right angle. OpenClaw can generate focused content ideas based on your audience and goals.
Start by defining who you write for and what problems they face. The agent analyzes your context and produces blog ideas, strong headlines, and structured outlines you can build on.
You can refine results by adding constraints such as tone, format, or stage of the customer journey.
#### **Example**:
I write for SaaS founders about infrastructure and hosting.
Generate 10 blog post ideas that they would find useful.
Pick the strongest headline and explain why it works.
Create a five-point outline for that topic.
Instead of staring at a blank document, you begin with direction. A VPS keeps this assistant available whenever inspiration runs low.
### **2\. Repurpose one piece of content across multiple platforms**
An outline solves structure, but writing the first draft still takes time. After publishing, adapting the same idea for multiple platforms adds more work.
OpenClaw can expand your outline into a complete draft, then repurpose it for different channels.
Provide your bullet points along with tone, audience, and word count. The agent converts them into a structured article, email, or landing page draft. After that, it adapts the core idea into platform-specific versions.
It can generate:
- An X thread with a strong hook and short posts
- A LinkedIn post with professional framing
- An Instagram caption focused on engagement
- A short email newsletter snippet with a subject line
#### **Example**
Expand this outline into a 1,200-word blog post.
Tone: conversational but professional.
Audience: SaaS founders.
Include practical examples.
Then repurpose it into:
- An X thread
- A LinkedIn post
- An Instagram caption
- A short email snippet
You review and refine instead of rewriting from scratch. A VPS ensures drafts and repurposed content stay accessible anytime your publishing schedule demands it.
### **3\. Monitor server health and receive proactive alerts**
Small server tasks interrupt your flow. You open an SSH client, type a command, check the output, and switch back to work. OpenClaw lets you run safe, allowlisted shell commands directly from chat.
Describe what you need in plain language. The agent translates your request into an approved command, executes it, and returns the result. This works well for routine checks such as disk usage, service restarts, cache clearing, or viewing recent logs.
Safety must come first. Maintain a strict allowlist of permitted commands. Run the agent as a non-root user with limited permissions. Log every executed command for auditing. Never store root credentials inside the configuration.
#### **Example**
Check current disk usage.
If usage exceeds 85 percent, notify me.
Otherwise, return a summary of mounted volumes.
A VPS ensures commands execute reliably at any time. With proper guardrails, chat-based server control becomes a productivity boost instead of a risk.
### **4\. Turn messages and meal planning into one smart grocery system**
Meal planning fails when ideas, ingredients, and reminders live in different places. Grocery items show up in chat. Recipes stay in your head. Shopping happens under pressure.
OpenClaw can combine both into one loop. It captures grocery items from chat and turns them into a clean shared list. Then it builds a weekly meal plan based on your preferences and what you already have. After that, it generates a final grocery list that covers the full week.
Start with chat-based capture. OpenClaw watches selected channels and extracts items from messages like “we need milk” or “buy eggs.” It removes duplicates and keeps the list tidy.
Next, meal planning kicks in. You tell OpenClaw your constraints such as cuisine, budget, time, allergies, and ingredients already at home. It proposes a week of meals and adjusts based on your feedback. Once you approve the plan, it creates a grouped grocery list by category like produce, dairy, pantry, and household.
#### **Example:**
Build a 7 day meal plan for 2 people.
Constraints: 30 minute dinners, high protein, no peanuts.
Use what I already have: rice, eggs, chicken, spinach.
Create a grocery list grouped by category.
Add missing items to my shared list.
A VPS keeps this running continuously, so the list updates as messages arrive and the plan stays ready when you need it.
### **5\. Convert voice notes and meeting recordings into clean, actionable notes**
Quick thoughts often stay trapped in voice memos. You record ideas during a commute or after a long day, then never revisit them.
OpenClaw can turn those raw recordings into structured daily entries automatically.
Start by sending your voice note to the agent. OpenClaw transcribes the audio using speech-to-text. If needed, the server converts file formats before transcription. After that, the agent organizes the content into clear sections such as mood, key moments, lessons learned, and priorities for tomorrow.
You can choose whether OpenClaw saves the entry automatically to your notes app or stores it as a local file on your server.
#### **Example:**
Transcribe this voice note.
Create a daily journal entry with:
Mood summary
Key events
Lessons learned
Focus for tomorrow
Keep it clear and concise.
A VPS keeps this workflow available anytime. You record. The system organizes. Your journal builds itself without extra effort.
### **6\. Convert voice notes and meeting recordings into clean, actionable notes**
Meeting recordings often pile up because reviewing them takes time. Important decisions get buried. Action items lose owners. OpenClaw can turn a recording into a structured output you can act on immediately.
Upload the meeting file to the agent. OpenClaw transcribes the conversation and analyzes it for meaning. It produces a short summary, lists finalized decisions, and extracts action items with assigned owners and deadlines.
You can send the output directly to Slack, email it to participants, or store it in a shared folder for reference.
#### **Example:**
Transcribe this meeting recording.
Create:
A three-paragraph summary
A list of finalized decisions
A list of action items with owner and deadline
Keep the language clear and direct.
This workflow replaces replaying meetings with clear documentation. A VPS keeps the process reliable, especially when recordings upload automatically after each call.
### **7\. Track CI/CD pipelines and deployment events**
Systems rarely fail without warning. Disk usage climbs. CPU spikes persist. A deployment fails silently. OpenClaw can monitor infrastructure and CI/CD pipelines in real time and notify you when something breaks.
Connect it to your server metrics and pipeline tools such as GitHub Actions, GitLab CI, or Jenkins. Define thresholds and trigger conditions that matter to you.
You can configure alerts for:
- Disk usage above 85 percent
- CPU usage above 80 percent for five minutes
- Memory pressure beyond safe limits
- Failed builds or deployments
- Test suites that exceed the expected runtime
#### **Example**:
Monitor my production server and GitHub Actions workflows.
Alert me if disk usage exceeds 85 percent.
Notify me when any workflow fails.
Include the commit message and link to the run.
Instead of checking dashboards constantly, you receive actionable alerts when attention is required. A VPS keeps monitoring active 24/7, even outside working hours.
### **8\. Summarize emails and track deliveries from one inbox workflow**
Order confirmations and shipping updates flood your inbox. Tracking numbers hide inside long emails, and you jump between carrier sites just to check status. OpenClaw can handle tracking automatically.
Start by connecting a dedicated inbox where order confirmations arrive. OpenClaw scans incoming emails, extracts tracking numbers, and stores them in a simple list. It then checks carrier APIs for updates such as shipped, out for delivery, delayed, or delivered.
You can configure alerts for important changes. The agent can notify you when a package goes out for delivery or when a shipment stalls and needs follow up.
### **Example**
Monitor my “Orders” inbox.
Extract tracking numbers from new emails.
Check delivery status daily.
Notify me when a package is out for delivery or delayed.
A VPS keeps this monitoring active around the clock. Instead of checking multiple websites, you receive timely updates in one place.
### **9\. Produce marketing visuals faster**
Design work often slows publishing. You switch tools, adjust layouts, and tweak colors just to create one social visual.OpenClaw can generate consistent, on brand images using predefined styles and dimensions.
Start by defining your brand rules. Specify colors, fonts, layout style, image size, and tone. The agent follows those constraints every time it generates a visual. You maintain consistency without opening separate design software.
You can store brand presets such as:
- Primary and secondary color palette
- Font style and weight
- Background style such as gradient or solid
- Standard sizes like 1200 × 630 px
#### **Example**:
- Create a 1200 × 630 px social image.
- Use my dark blue gradient background preset.
- Add white headline text: “5 VPS Security Mistakes to Avoid.”
- Include minimalist security iconography.
- Save to /images/social/.
The agent generates the image and saves it to your chosen directory. A VPS keeps the workflow available whenever new content goes live.
### **10\. Monitor brand mentions and handle community replies faster**
Community questions repeat every day. Pricing details, feature clarifications, setup instructions, and refund policies appear across comments and chat threads. OpenClaw can draft fast, on brand replies based on predefined guidelines.
Prepare approved messaging for common scenarios. Define tone, style, and boundaries. When a new question appears in Discord, Telegram, or social media, you ask OpenClaw to generate a response using those rules.
#### **Example**:
A user asked: “Does this plan support multiple domains?”
Draft a friendly, clear reply.
Tone: professional but approachable.
Mention upgrade options if relevant.
Keep it under 120 words.
The agent produces a draft that you review before posting. You stay in control while reducing repetitive typing. A VPS ensures the assistant remains available during busy launches or high traffic periods, so response time stays fast and consistent.
### **11\. Get a daily snapshot of weather, events, and news**
A daily morning brief gives you the essentials before you touch any apps. It keeps your brain out of scroll mode and still helps you start informed.
OpenClaw can send one message that includes the weather, your first few calendar events, and the headlines you care about. You control the sources and the length, so it stays readable.
Set a fixed delivery time such as 7:00 AM. Use OpenClaw’s built in scheduler or a cron job to trigger it daily. A VPS keeps the agent online 24/7, so the brief arrives even if your laptop sleeps.
OpenClaw pulls data from:
- Weather APIs
- Calendar integrations
- News RSS feeds
#### **Example**:
Every day at 6:30 AM, send me a brief with:
Today’s weather in \[your city\]
My first three calendar events
Top three headlines from BBC News
Keep it under 150 words.
This workflow replaces three separate checks with one easy update.
### **12\. Send scheduled KPI and performance snapshots to your team**
Teams waste time logging into dashboards just to check a few numbers. Repeated questions slow momentum. OpenClaw can pull key metrics and post structured updates to Slack or Discord on a schedule.
Connect it to your data sources such as Stripe, Google Analytics, or internal dashboards. Define which numbers matter most. The agent retrieves the metrics, formats a short summary, and posts it to your selected channel. It can also attach a screenshot if needed.
#### **Example:**
Every Monday at 9 AM:
Pull last week’s revenue from Stripe.
Get traffic data from Google Analytics.
Include active subscription count.
Post a concise summary to #weekly-report in Slack.
Attach a screenshot of the dashboard.
This workflow keeps everyone aligned without granting full dashboard access. A VPS ensures the report runs consistently, even during weekends or holidays.
### **13\. Brand Monitoring Reports**
Important conversations about your brand often happen when you are not watching. Mentions, complaints, and praise can slip by during busy weeks. OpenClaw can track brand mentions across selected platforms and send you a structured report on a schedule.
Connect it to platforms such as X or other social channels that provide search access. The agent scans recent mentions of your brand name, analyzes sentiment, and identifies posts that drive engagement or require attention.
The report can include:
- Total mentions in the last 24 hours
- Sentiment breakdown, such as positive, neutral, and negative
- Top engaged posts
- Complaints or support requests that need a response
#### **Example**:
Every day at 9 AM, search for mentions of “\[your brand name\]” from the past 24 hours.
Summarize total mentions, sentiment breakdown, top posts, and any complaints that need action.
A VPS keeps monitoring continuously. You receive clear updates without living inside social feeds.
### **14\. Automate new client onboarding and follow-up tasks**
Client onboarding often follows the same checklist. Create folders. Send a welcome email. Schedule a kickoff call. Add tasks. Manual repetition increases the chance of missing a step. OpenClaw can turn onboarding into a repeatable workflow.
When a new client signs, you provide their name and email. The agent then creates a dedicated project folder in Google Drive or Dropbox, sends a welcome email with next steps, schedules a kickoff call based on your availability, and adds follow-up tasks to your task manager.
#### **Example**:
New client:
Name: Sarah Ahmed
Email: sarah@email.com
Create a project folder.
Send a welcome email with next steps and the booking link.
Schedule a kickoff call this week.
Add onboarding tasks to my task manager.
Define the workflow once and reuse it for every new client. A VPS ensures the automation runs reliably even when multiple clients sign up at the same time.
### **15\. Advanced Workflows (Dev + Ops Automation)**
Some workflows go beyond simple automation. They require analysis, planning, and controlled system interaction. OpenClaw can support advanced development and operations tasks when configured with proper guardrails.
It can summarize pull request diffs and highlight key changes before review. It can scan project files such as package.json or requirements.txt to flag outdated dependencies and suggest upgrade plans. It can research tools or vendors and compile structured comparison reports based on defined criteria.
For sensitive environments, you can run a private document assistant by connecting OpenClaw to a locally hosted model. This setup allows you to analyze contracts, reports, and internal documents without sending data to external APIs.
It can also automate controlled browser tasks for internal dashboards that do not provide APIs. Use this only in trusted environments and avoid high-risk actions such as payments or account changes.
#### **Example**:
Summarize this pull request and highlight risky changes.
Scan my dependencies and flag outdated packages with security impact.
Compare three email providers based on pricing, deliverability, and API support.
These advanced workflows require strict permissions, detailed logging, and staged testing. When configured carefully on a VPS, OpenClaw moves from basic automation into structured Dev and Ops assistance without sacrificing control.
## 🦀 **OpenClaw in action: A full SaaS app built in 4 days**
OpenClaw shines most when the task goes beyond “generate code” and turns into “ship a real system.” At xCloud, we used an OpenClaw agent running on xCloud to build **ManageRoster**, a complete support roster and reporting application that solves a daily operational headache for distributed teams.
The agent handled the end-to-end execution loop through **Telegram**: planning features, writing code, running tests, opening PRs, merging after approval, tagging releases, and deploying through a Git-based Laravel pipeline. The build moved fast, but it stayed structured. The result went far beyond a demo.
The team shipped roster scheduling, leave and holiday logic, missed-report tracking with alerts, “who’s online” visibility, overtime workflows, and Slack integration. The build also produced a full content layer, including documentation pages with real screenshots and SEO posts that match the product’s target audience.
🚀 If you want to see the full build story, the workflow, and the real scope of what shipped, read **this blog.**
## **Why You Should Host OpenClaw On A Managed VPS?**
Many OpenClaw use cases rely on rock-solid reliability. You can test OpenClaw on a personal machine, but production automation needs true 24/7 uptime.
A VPS gives OpenClaw a stable home with:
- Always-on availability
- Reliable network access
- Controlled system permissions
- Secure environment variables for API keys
- Firewall protection
- Backup and recovery options
When comparing [**managed vs self hosting**,](/managed-vs-self-hosting-openclaw/) the difference becomes clear very quickly. A self-managed VPS offers full control, but it also requires ongoing effort. You must configure firewalls, manage SSL, apply system updates, monitor uptime, and handle backups on your own. That workload slows momentum for many developers, founders, and agencies.
xCloud removes that friction by offering a managed VPS built for production workloads.
With xCloud, you get:
- Dedicated VPS infrastructure
- Managed firewalls
- Preconfigured SSL
- A centralized control dashboard
- Simple deployment workflows
You skip the infrastructure grind and focus on what matters most. You design workflows, build automations and ship faster. Reliable hosting turns OpenClaw from a side experiment into a system you can trust, whether you automate meal plans, client onboarding, or CI/CD pipelines
## **How to run OpenClaw securely on a VPS**
Strong automation needs strong guardrails. OpenClaw can execute commands, call APIs, access files, and control external systems. Poor security choices turn power into risk. The practices below rank by real-world impact, starting with the most effective. Follow these [**security best practices**](/openclaw-security-best-practices/) for OpenClaw.
### **1\. Use managed hosting with automatic CVE patching**
This step removes the biggest security risk. Most breaches happen because of credential abuse and unpatched vulnerabilities. Managed hosting takes patching out of your hands. When new CVEs appear, the platform applies fixes immediately.
xCloud runs OpenClaw in isolated containers with automatic updates, preconfigured firewalls, SSL certificates, and monitoring. You avoid Docker setup, firewall rules, and exposed ports entirely. Best impact. Lowest effort.
### **2\. Harden your Docker configuration if you self-host**
Docker becomes your primary security boundary when you self-host OpnClaw. Run containers as non-root users. Drop unnecessary Linux capabilities. Use read-only filesystems. Mount only the exact directories OpenClaw needs.
Never mount the Docker socket or your home directory. This approach offers strong containment but demands deep Docker knowledge and ongoing maintenance.
### **3\. Lock down network exposure**
Many exposed OpenClaw instances still run over unencrypted HTTP. Bind services to localhost. Disable mDNS. Configure a firewall such as UFW. Use a private network like Tailscale for remote access. Encryption and network isolation block unauthorized entry before it starts.
### **4\. Secure API keys and credentials**
Leaked secrets cause silent damage. Store all credentials in environment variables or a secrets manager. Lock file permissions. Use dedicated API keys with spending limits. Rotate tokens on a regular schedule. Never hardcode secrets into configs or prompts.
### **5\. Audit and restrict ClawHub skills**
Skills act as executable code. Review the source code before installation. Pin versions. Verify publishers. Remove unused skills. Run the OpenClaw security audit command often to catch risky behavior early.
### **6\. Enable sandbox mode and tool restrictions**
Prompt injection attacks can trigger harmful actions. Enable sandbox mode. Restrict tool access with allowlists. Require approval for sensitive operations. Choose stronger LLM models, since weaker models fall for injection more easily.
### **7\. Implement logging and monitoring**
Visibility prevents surprises. Log every action OpenClaw executes. Track API usage and spending alerts. Rate-limit authentication. Review logs weekly. Fast detection turns incidents into minor events instead of disasters.
Security makes automation sustainable. A properly secured VPS, especially with managed hosting, lets OpenClaw automate real work and daily life with confidence and control
## **Why Managed Hosting Is the Recommended Way to Run OpenClaw**
You _can_ deploy OpenClaw on any VPS. You can provision a server, configure firewalls, install dependencies, secure SSH, set up backups, and manage updates yourself.
It also pulls your attention away from automation design and into infrastructure maintenance.
Most people adopt OpenClaw to automate work, not to babysit servers. xCloud removes that burden.
Instead of managing raw infrastructure, you get a managed VPS environment built for real workloads. xCloud handles firewall configuration, SSL support, and server management through a centralized dashboard.
This setup creates clear benefits for different teams:
- Developers deploy faster and spend less time on base security
- Founders get reliable uptime for monitoring, reporting, and operations
- Agencies maintain consistent environments across multiple client automations
- AI builders and tinkerers run a stable sandbox that stays online 24/7
OpenClaw depends on continuous availability. Scheduled tasks, CI/CD monitoring, brand tracking, and system alerts cannot tolerate downtime. Hosting OpenClaw on xCloud turns it from a laptop experiment into production-grade AI infrastructure.
You keep control, get flexibility and remove the friction that slows real automation.
Though you can also test OpenClaw on a personal machine, but production automation requires constant uptime. A VPS gives you:
- Always-on availability
- Stable network access
- Controlled system permissions
- Secure environment variables for API keys
- Firewall protection
- Backup and recovery options
An unmanaged VPS offers maximum control, but it also demands manual setup for firewalls, SSL, updates, monitoring, and backups. That overhead slows progress for many developers, founders, and agencies. xCloud delivers a managed VPS environment designed for production workloads. With xCloud, you get:
- Dedicated VPS infrastructure
- Firewall management
- SSL configuration
- Centralized dashboard control
- Simple deployment workflows
Instead of spending hours on infrastructure setup, you focus on workflows and automation logic.
Whether you automate meal planning, client onboarding, or CI/CD pipelines, reliable hosting turns OpenClaw into a system you can depend on.
## ⚡**How to get started with OpenClaw on xCloud**
Starting with OpenClaw does not require a complex setup or deep infrastructure knowledge. Begin by deciding what you want to automate first. Pick one low-risk use case such as a morning brief, email summaries, or server health alerts. Clear scope reduces mistakes and builds confidence.
Next, deploy a VPS on xCloud. The managed environment gives you a secure base with firewall rules, and SSH access already handled. You avoid spending days on server hardening before automation even begins. Install OpenClaw on the server and configure only the integrations you need. Add API keys through environment variables. Set limits early. Define which commands are allowed. Enable logging from day one.
Test each workflow manually before scheduling it. Confirm outputs look correct. Adjust prompts and permissions until behavior feels predictable. Once the first automation runs smoothly, expand gradually. Add new workflows one at a time. Review logs regularly. Treat your agent like production software, not a chatbot.
This approach keeps OpenClaw useful, safe, and reliable as it grows with your needs.
## **Common mistakes to avoid when automating with OpenClaw**
Automation saves time, but careless setup often creates new problems that slow progress instead of improving it. Avoid the following mistakes to keep your OpenClaw workflows stable, secure, and predictable.
- **Enabling too many permissions at once**
Many users activate shell access, email, calendar, browser control, and file system permissions together without clear need. This approach increases security risk and makes debugging far more difficult when something goes wrong. Start with the minimum permissions required for each workflow and expand access only when a real dependency appears.
- **Skipping proper logging and visibility**
Automation without detailed logs leaves you guessing why a workflow behaved incorrectly or stopped working. Logging provides context, exposes failures, and helps you track changes over time, which turns automation into a system you can confidently operate and improve.
- **Automating high-risk actions too early**
Payments, account changes, and destructive server operations introduce serious consequences when mistakes occur. Early workflows should focus on read-only tasks, monitoring, and notifications, allowing you to validate logic before moving into actions that modify systems or data.
- **Ignoring failure scenarios and edge cases**
External APIs can fail, sessions can expire, and rate limits can interrupt execution at any time. Reliable automations include error handling, retries, and alerts so issues surface immediately instead of failing silently in the background.
- **Treating OpenClaw as a shortcut instead of software**
OpenClaw delivers the best results when you approach it like production software with clear structure, testing, and iteration. This mindset reduces risk, improves reliability, and ensures automation continues working as complexity grows.
## **Automate Better, Include OpenClaw in Your Workflow & Get Long-Term Value**
OpenClaw enables powerful automation, but real value comes from automating the right tasks instead of everything. The gap between a clever demo and a dependable system depends on clear scope, strong guardrails, and reliable hosting.
Running OpenClaw on a stable VPS like xCloud keeps your automations online, secure, and dependable without constant effort. Start with small workflows that solve real problems. Build trust through consistent results. Expand carefully as confidence grows.
With this approach, OpenClaw becomes more than an AI agent. It becomes a reliable part of how you work every day 🚀
---
# OpenClaw vs Paperclip vs Hermes (2026): Which Open-Source AI Agent Platform Wins? (Complete Comparison Guide) - xCloud
> OpenClaw vs Paperclip vs Hermes: compare features, setup, costs, and hosting for 2026's top three open-source AI agent platforms. Updated April 2026.
The open-source AI agent space has produced three breakout projects in under six months, and each one solves a different problem most teams have been quietly struggling with. [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai/) crossed [**295,000 GitHub stars**](https://emmasaffron.medium.com/the-ghost-in-the-messenger-why-openclaw-is-quietly-eating-the-ai-world-ba04ae9bcb78) by April 2026, briefly overtaking React on the all-time star rankings.
[**Paperclip**](https://paperclip.ing/) hit [**38,000 stars in under four weeks**](https://websearchapi.ai/blog/paperclip-ai-agent-orchestrator) after its March 2026 launch. And [**Hermes Agent**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/), released by Nous Research in February 2026, sits north of [**90,000 stars**](https://dev.to/wonderlab/one-open-source-project-a-day-no40-hermes-agent-nous-researchs-self-improving-ai-agent-4ale) with the strongest learning architecture of the three.
This guide is for developers, founders, and power users trying to figure out which one to actually run and where each fits in a real workflow.
## **Quick Summary / TL;DR**
**Too Long; Didn’t Read?** Here’s the decision table you came for:
If You Want To…
Use This
Best For
Setup Time
Run one personal AI assistant across Telegram + WhatsApp
**OpenClaw**
Solo operators, power users
30 min – 2 hrs
Coordinate a team of AI agents like a company
**Paperclip**
Multi-agent operators, agencies
1 – 3 hrs
Build a single agent that learns and remembers forever
**Hermes Agent**
Workflow automation, repeat tasks
15 – 60 min
Skip the infrastructure pain entirely
**Managed hosting**
Anyone who just wants it to work
5 min
- **Expert consensus from [The New Stack](https://thenewstack.io/persistent-ai-agents-compared/):** OpenClaw and Hermes Agent represent the shift from session-based AI tools toward persistent agent runtimes. Paperclip operates at a different layer entirely — it orchestrates the agents themselves.
- **Best for Solo Operators:** OpenClaw — 25+ messaging channels and the largest community skill ecosystem
- **Best for Multi-Agent Coordination:** Paperclip — org charts, budgets, governance, and atomic task execution
- **Best for Workflow Learning:** Hermes Agent — the only one with a built-in learning loop that creates skills from experience
If running any of them on a VPS sounds like a weekend you don’t have, [**xCloud**](/) provides one-click managed hosting for all three at $9.99/month, which is what the rest of this comparison assumes is the alternative to self-hosting.
## **Why These Three Platforms Are Reshaping AI Agent Hosting in 2026**
The AI agent space was split into three distinct layers in early 2026, and each of these projects owns one. According to [**The New Stack’s analysis**](https://thenewstack.io/persistent-ai-agents-compared/), the industry is moving from “session-based AI tools” toward “persistent agent runtimes” — a shift comparable to the move from stateless containers to long-running services.
[**According to Fortune**](https://fortune.com/2026/02/19/openclaw-who-is-peter-steinberger-openai-sam-altman-anthropic-moltbook/), OpenClaw drew 2 million visitors in a single week in February 2026, and creator Peter Steinberger received praise from OpenAI’s Sam Altman, who called him a “genius with a lot of amazing ideas.” Hermes Agent came from [**Nous Research**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/), the lab behind the Hermes, Nomos, and Psyche model families. Paperclip was built by pseudonymous developer [**@dotta**](https://github.com/paperclipai/paperclip) after, in his own words, opening “20 or 30 Claude Code windows” and losing track of what each one was doing.
The three projects answer three different questions:
- **OpenClaw** answers, “How do I get an AI assistant onto every messaging app I use?”
- **Paperclip** answers, “How do I run a team of AI agents without losing my mind to context-switching and runaway token costs?”
- **Hermes Agent** answers, “How do I get an agent that actually learns from yesterday instead of starting fresh every conversation?”
You probably need one of these. You almost certainly don’t need all three.
## **How We Compared These Platforms**
This comparison ranks each platform across six categories that determine real-world usability:
1. **Architecture and design philosophy** — what the project is actually trying to be
2. **Adoption signals** — GitHub stars, forks, community activity, third-party integrations
3. **Setup complexity** — what it takes to go from `git clone` to a running agent
4. **Capability depth** — memory, skills, channels, tools, scheduling
5. **Operational reality** — security, updates, debugging, support
6. **Cost to run** — server costs, token costs, time costs
Adoption metrics are pulled from official repositories, Wikipedia, [**The New Stack**](https://thenewstack.io/persistent-ai-agents-compared/), Fortune, Medium, and project blogs. Setup and operational notes come from production users on Reddit’s r/openclaw community, the Paperclip GitHub discussions, and the Hermes Agent docs site.
## **Master Comparison Matrix: OpenClaw vs Paperclip vs Hermes**
The table below covers the practical differences a developer or operator needs to make a decision. Where numbers conflict between sources (which they do, because all three are growing fast), the more recent number is used.
Rank
Platform
Category
GitHub Stars
Language
Best For
🥇
[**OpenClaw**](https://github.com/openclaw/openclaw)
Personal AI gateway
~295,000+
TypeScript
Multi-channel solo agents
🥈
[**Hermes Agent**](https://github.com/NousResearch/hermes-agent)
Self-improving agent
~90,000+
Python
Repeat workflows, learning loops
🥉
[**Paperclip**](https://github.com/paperclipai/paperclip)
Agent orchestration
~43,000+
Node.js + React
Teams of agents, budget control
**Critical context:** these three are not direct competitors. The accurate framing, repeated by [**Flowtivity’s analysis**](https://flowtivity.ai/blog/openclaw-vs-paperclip-ai-agent-framework-comparison/) and the Paperclip team itself: “If OpenClaw is the employee, Paperclip is the company.” Hermes is a third employee with a notebook that never empties.
## 🥇 OpenClaw — Best for Personal AI Gateway Across Every Messaging App
[**According to Wikipedia**](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenClaw), OpenClaw was first published in November 2025 under the name Clawdbot, then briefly renamed Moltbot after trademark complaints from Anthropic, before settling on its final name on January 30, 2026.
The numbers tell the rest: in less than six months, it crossed 295,000 GitHub stars, briefly making it the most-starred open-source project in history before stabilizing in the same range as Linux. [**Fortune reported**](https://fortune.com/2026/02/19/openclaw-who-is-peter-steinberger-openai-sam-altman-anthropic-moltbook/) the project drew 2 million visitors in a single week, and creator Peter Steinberger joined OpenAI in February 2026 while transferring stewardship to a non-profit foundation.
What makes OpenClaw special is its reach. The Gateway process supports different [**messaging channels**](https://github.com/openclaw/openclaw) such as WhatsApp, Telegram, Slack, Discord, Google Chat, Signal, iMessage, BlueBubbles, IRC, Microsoft Teams, Matrix, Feishu, LINE, Mattermost, Nextcloud Talk, Nostr, Synology Chat, Twitch, Zalo, WeChat, QQ, and WebChat — over 25 channels from a single deployment. No other open-source agent comes close on this dimension.
### **Key Features**
- **25+ messaging channels** from one Gateway process — the broadest channel coverage of any agent
- **Skills system** — directories with a SKILL.md file that the agent loads as instructions; can be bundled, global, or workspace-scoped
- **Local-first architecture** — your conversations, credentials, and data stay on your hardware unless you connect a cloud LLM
- **Plugin and extension ecosystem** — third-party integrations from the community, including Google Meet, browser automation, and image generation
- **Multi-agent routing** — the Gateway can fan messages out to multiple agents like Pi, Claude Code, or Codex
### How to Get Started with OpenClaw
Getting started is straightforward if you’re comfortable with a terminal. Two paths exist:
**Option A: Self-Host (Free, Technical)**
1. Install Node 22.14+ or Node 24
2. Run `npx openclaw onboard` and follow the guided setup
3. Configure your LLM provider API key (Anthropic, OpenAI, or any compatible endpoint)
4. Pair your messaging channel of choice (Telegram is fastest)
5. Open the browser Control UI to manage sessions and skills
**Option B: Managed Hosting ($9.99/month, Five Minutes)**
If you don’t want to run a 24/7 process on your laptop or fight with Docker, [**xCloud’s OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/) deploys a managed instance in about five minutes with SSL, backups, and security patches handled. The OpenClaw mainstream documentation acknowledges that misconfigured self-hosted instances have caused [**security incidents like ClawHavoc**](https://www.toolmesh.ai/news/openclaw-tops-github-star-rankings-surpassing-linux), which is one reason managed hosting has become the default for non-developers.
**Detailed Guides:**
- [**OpenClaw Getting Started**](https://github.com/openclaw/openclaw)
- [**OpenClaw Documentation**](https://docs.openclaw.ai/)
- [**xCloud OpenClaw Deployment Guide**](/docs/how-to-deploy-openclaw-with-xcloud/)
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ The widest messaging channel support of any open-source agent
❌ Default permissions are broad; misconfigured instances are a real security risk
✅ Massive community, weekly releases, the largest skill ecosystem
❌ Setup learning curve is front-loaded — Docker, Node, channel pairing
✅ Local-first by design — your data stays on your machine
❌ Some skills are unvetted; Cisco’s AI security team flagged data exfiltration in third-party skills
✅ Multi-agent routing built in — works as a hub for other agents
❌ Update cadence is so fast that breaking changes do happen
**Best for:** Solo operators, power users, and developers who want one agent that reaches them everywhere — and are comfortable maintaining infrastructure or running it on managed hosting like [**xCloud OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/).
## 🥈 Hermes Agent — Best for Workflows That Should Get Better Over Time
[**According to Nous Research**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/), Hermes Agent is “the only agent with a built-in learning loop.” That isn’t marketing copy — it describes a specific architectural choice. After every task, Hermes distills what worked into a reusable skill, refines that skill the next time it gets used, and stores the result in persistent memory tied to your user model.
The project launched in February 2026 and has crossed 90,000 GitHub stars, with [**12,000+ forks**](https://dev.to/wonderlab/one-open-source-project-a-day-no40-hermes-agent-nous-researchs-self-improving-ai-agent-4ale). [**The New Stack noted**](https://thenewstack.io/persistent-ai-agents-compared/) that while Hermes is smaller than OpenClaw in raw star count, the architecture underneath represents a different — and arguably more durable — bet on what AI agents should be.
### Key Features
- **Three-layer memory** — active memory in MEMORY.md/USER.md, session history in SQLite with FTS5 search, and procedural memory as portable skills
- **Self-improving skills** — agent autonomously creates new skills from successful problem-solving and refines them in use
- **15+ messaging platforms** — Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, Matrix, Mattermost, Email, SMS, DingTalk, Feishu, WeCom, BlueBubbles, Home Assistant
- **47 built-in tools** — web search, browser automation, vision, code execution, file management, image generation, and more
- **6 terminal backends** — local, Docker, SSH, Daytona, Singularity, Modal (the last two enable serverless persistence that hibernates when idle)
- **200+ supported models** via Nous Portal, OpenRouter, OpenAI, NVIDIA NIM, MiMo, GLM, Kimi, MiniMax, and any OpenAI-compatible endpoint
### How to Get Started with Hermes Agent
Hermes is the easiest of the three to install. The official docs put it at “60 seconds” with one curl command:
**Option A: Self-Host (Free, Linux/macOS/WSL2)**
1. Run the install script:
curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/NousResearch/hermes-agent/main/scripts/install.sh | bash
1. Configure the LLM provider with `hermes setup` (Nous Portal OAuth, OpenRouter key, or custom endpoint)
2. Start with `hermes` to enter the interactive TUI
3. Optionally configure messaging gateways with `hermes gateway`
**Option B: Managed Hosting ($9.99/month)**
[**xCloud’s Hermes Agent Hosting**](/hermes-agent-hosting/) deploys Hermes on a dedicated VM with SSL, daily backups, the messaging gateway pre-configured, and security updates handled. The “your laptop must stay on 24/7” problem disappears, which matters more than people expect — Hermes only learns when it’s running.
**Detailed Guides:**
- [**Hermes Agent GitHub**](https://github.com/NousResearch/hermes-agent)
- [**Hermes Agent Documentation**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/)
- [**xCloud Hermes Agent Deployment Guide**](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/)
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ The only agent with autonomous skill creation and self-improvement
❌ Smaller community and skill ecosystem than OpenClaw
✅ Three-layer memory makes it useful from day 1 to year 1
❌ Self-evaluation can be unreliable on edge cases
✅ 60-second install and clean defaults
❌ Manual edits to skills sometimes get overwritten by self-improvement
✅ Supports 200+ models including local Ollama and vLLM
❌ Smaller messaging channel coverage than OpenClaw (15+ vs 25+)
**Best for:** Anyone running the same workflows repeatedly — content briefs, research, customer triage, summarization — where the agent getting better over time has measurable value. Especially good if you want one well-behaved assistant rather than a fleet, whether you self-host or deploy on [**xCloud Managed Hermes Agent Hosting**](/hermes-agent-hosting/).
## 🥉 Paperclip — Best for Running a Team of AI Agents Like a Company
[**Paperclip launched**](https://websearchapi.ai/blog/paperclip-ai-agent-orchestrator) on March 2, 2026 and crossed 38,000 GitHub stars in under four weeks. Creator Dotta said in a public demo with Greg Isenberg that he built it because he kept “20 or 30 Claude Code windows open at once” and lost track of what each one was doing — a problem anyone running multiple agents recognizes immediately.
The architectural pitch is unusual: Paperclip is not an agent. It is the org chart, ticketing system, budget control, and governance layer that sits **on top of** other agents. As [**Flowtivity’s comparison**](https://flowtivity.ai/blog/openclaw-vs-paperclip-ai-agent-framework-comparison/) puts it, “If OpenClaw is the employee, Paperclip is the company.” You hire OpenClaw, Hermes, Claude Code, Codex, or any custom agent into **[Paperclip](/what-is-paperclip-and-paperclip-use-cases/)**, assign roles, set budgets, and let them coordinate.
### Key Features
- **Org charts and roles** — define CEO, CTO, engineers, designers, marketers as agent positions; assign work down the hierarchy
- **Atomic task execution** — task checkout and budget enforcement happen atomically, so no double-work and no runaway spend
- **Heartbeat scheduling** — agents run on configurable schedules and event triggers, not always-on loops
- **Multi-company isolation** — one deployment can run unlimited companies with complete data isolation, useful for agencies or portfolio operators
- **Bring-your-own-agent** — works with OpenClaw, Hermes, Claude Code, Codex, OpenCode, or any HTTP webhook
- **React dashboard** — a Linear-style UI that operators have praised for design quality
### How to Get Started with Paperclip
Paperclip is the most opinionated of the three to install — but all the steps are scripted.
**Option A: Self-Host (Free, Local)**
1. Install Node 20+ (Postgres is embedded via PGlite, no Docker needed)
2. Run the following code
npx paperclipai onboard --yes
1. Choose a bind preset (loopback for local, LAN, or Tailnet for shared access)
2. Configure your first company, hire your first agent, assign your first task
**Option B: Managed Hosting ($9.99/month)**
[**xCloud’s Paperclip Hosting**](/paperclip-hosting/) handles the Node.js + Postgres + reverse proxy + SSL stack so the operator can focus on org design rather than infrastructure. Per the [**Paperclip FAQ**](https://github.com/paperclipai/paperclip), Postgres setup, reverse proxy, and SSL “take time and technical knowledge” on a vanilla VPS — managed hosting compresses that to one click.
**Detailed Guides:**
- [**Paperclip GitHub**](https://github.com/paperclipai/paperclip)
- [**Paperclip Website**](https://paperclip.ing/)
- [**xCloud Paperclip Deployment Guide**](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
### Pros and Cons
Pros
Cons
✅ The first open-source platform with org charts, budgets, and governance for agents
❌ Overkill for anyone running just one agent
✅ Atomic task execution prevents runaway token spend
❌ Token costs scale fast — Claude Code Max ($200/month) is practically required for serious use
✅ Multi-company isolation is unique in the open-source space
❌ No documented examples yet of fully autonomous companies running on Paperclip alone
✅ React dashboard quality is genuinely Linear-level
❌ CLI, environment variables, pnpm setup is not a no-code experience
**Best for:** Operators already running 5+ agents who are losing track, agencies running multiple isolated client portfolios, or solo founders building toward an autonomous company stack. If that’s you, [**xCloud Paperclip Hosting**](/paperclip-hosting/) handles the deployment so you can focus on the org chart instead of the database.
## GitHub Growth Comparison: How Each Project Took Off
The growth curves for these three projects tell different stories. The table below summarizes their public adoption signals through April 2026.
Project
Launched
Star Count by April 2026
Time to 100K Stars
Forks
Primary Driver
**OpenClaw**
November 2025
~295,000
~2 months
47,700+
Multi-channel reach, viral renaming, Moltbook
**Hermes Agent**
February 2026
~90,000
~6 weeks
12,000+
Self-improving architecture, Nous brand
**Paperclip**
March 2026
~43,000
Not yet hit
Growing
Multi-agent orchestration gap
[**According to OpenClaw’s announcement post**](https://openclaw.ai/blog/introducing-openclaw), the project went from a “WhatsApp Relay” weekend hack to 100,000 stars in two months. [**The 36Kr analysis**](https://eu.36kr.com/en/p/3706534311571843) attributes the breadth of adoption to a different go-to-market path than previous viral projects: where Vue, Go, and Kubernetes spread top-down through technical leadership, OpenClaw spread sideways across non-developers — design managers on phones, parents using WhatsApp family groups, students automating homework workflows.
Paperclip’s growth is rare in a different way. Most agent frameworks are built for developers; Paperclip is built for operators. [**The 47-minute live demo**](https://websearchapi.ai/blog/paperclip-ai-agent-orchestrator) Dotta did with Greg Isenberg pulled in non-technical buyers — solo founders, agency owners, and what Dotta described as “dentists, roofers, and marketing firms” looking for AI worker dashboards.
Hermes has the most academic provenance. [**Nous Research’s reputation**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/) as the lab behind the Hermes, Nomos, and Psyche model families gave the agent immediate credibility with ML practitioners. Its growth is steadier than OpenClaw’s spike and Paperclip’s dashboard-driven adoption — closer to the slope of a research project that quietly becomes essential infrastructure.
## **Feature Comparison Matrix: What Each Platform Actually Does**
Feature
OpenClaw
Hermes Agent
Paperclip
Self-improving skills
⚠️ Manual
✅ Autonomous
❌ N/A (orchestrates other agents)
Persistent memory
✅ File-backed
✅ Three-layer
✅ Org-level
Messaging channels (built-in)
✅ 25+
✅ 15+
❌ Dashboard-based
Multi-agent orchestration
⚠️ Routing
⚠️ Sub-agents
✅ Org charts
Budget enforcement
❌ External
❌ External
✅ Atomic
Heartbeat scheduling
✅ Cron
✅ Cron
✅ Native
Local-first
✅
✅
✅
Skill ecosystem
✅ Largest
⚠️ Growing
⚠️ Newest
Brings own model
✅ Any
✅ 200+
✅ Any (via agents)
Multi-company isolation
❌
❌
✅ Native
Production maturity
✅ Highest
⚠️ Improving
⚠️ Newest
The pattern is clear: each platform is the leader in the dimension it was designed for and weaker on the dimensions it wasn’t. That’s a feature, not a bug — none of these projects is trying to be everything.
## **Implementation Difficulty: Self-Hosted vs Managed**
Platform
Self-Hosted Setup
Self-Hosted Maintenance
Managed (xCloud) Setup
Managed Maintenance
**OpenClaw**
30 min – 2 hrs (Docker, Node, channel pairing)
High (frequent releases, security patches)
~5 minutes
None
**Hermes Agent**
15 – 60 min (one curl command + setup wizard)
Medium (smaller surface area)
~5 minutes
None
**Paperclip**
1 – 3 hrs (Node, Postgres, reverse proxy, SSL)
Medium (Postgres health, agent governance)
~5 minutes
None
The recurring theme in the [**r/openclaw subreddit**](https://kilo.ai/articles/openclaw-vs-hermes-what-reddit-says) is that the hardest part of running an AI agent isn’t the agent itself, it’s the infrastructure. Docker setup, security hardening, 24/7 uptime, and breaking updates take more time than configuring the agent. That’s the gap [**xCloud**](/) is targeting: managed hosting at $9.99/month for any of the three and with the same 14-day money-back guarantee.
## **Cost Breakdown: What You’ll Actually Pay**
Real costs for an open-source AI agent are split into three buckets: server, LLM tokens, and your time.
Cost Bucket
OpenClaw
Hermes Agent
Paperclip
Server (self-hosted VPS)
$5 – $20/month
$5 – $20/month
$10 – $40/month (Postgres)
Server (managed via xCloud)
$9.99/month
$9.99/month
$9.99/month
LLM tokens (light use)
$5 – $30/month
$5 – $30/month
$30 – $200/month
LLM tokens (heavy use)
$100 – $500/month
$100 – $500/month
$500 – $2,000/month
Your time (self-hosted, ongoing)
2 – 5 hrs/month
1 – 3 hrs/month
2 – 6 hrs/month
Your time (managed)
~0 hrs/month
~0 hrs/month
~0 hrs/month
Paperclip costs more on tokens because it runs multiple agents in parallel — that’s the whole point. [**The Paperclip team has been honest**](https://websearchapi.ai/blog/paperclip-ai-agent-orchestrator) that Claude Code Max ($200/month) is “practically required” for any serious multi-agent setup, which is a real cost most comparisons skip.
## Common Mistakes When Choosing Between These Platforms
The three most common errors I’ve seen in production deployments and Reddit threads:
- **Mistake 1: Picking Paperclip when you only need one agent.** Paperclip’s value scales with the number of agents you run. If you have one agent, Paperclip is overhead — use OpenClaw or Hermes directly.
- **Mistake 2: Picking OpenClaw when you only need workflow automation.** OpenClaw’s strength is multi-channel reach. If you mostly automate the same five tasks every week and don’t care about Telegram or WhatsApp, Hermes Agent’s learning loop will do more for you over six months.
- **Mistake 3: Self-hosting any of them while learning AI agents.** The Reddit consensus is unambiguous: infrastructure is the hardest part of running these tools, harder than configuring the agents. Until you understand what your agent should actually do, paying $9.99/month for [**xCloud’s managed hosting**](/) on whichever platform you pick is the lower-cost path.
- **Mistake 4: Treating all three as competitors.** They run at different layers. The mature stack is OpenClaw or Hermes as the worker, Paperclip as the manager – not “pick one of three.”
## Audience Mapping: Which One Fits You?
Your Goal
Best Choice
Expected Setup
Why
One AI assistant on Telegram + WhatsApp
OpenClaw
5 min managed / 1 hr self-hosted
Widest channel coverage
Workflow automation that improves over time
Hermes Agent
5 min managed / 30 min self-hosted
Self-improving skills
Coordinating 5+ agents toward shared goals
Paperclip
5 min managed / 2 hrs self-hosted
Org charts + budgets
Building an autonomous AI company
Paperclip + OpenClaw/Hermes
Compound
Manager + workers
Running an agency with multiple client orgs
Paperclip
5 min managed
Multi-company isolation
Personal productivity, occasional tasks
Hermes Agent
5 min managed
Cleanest defaults
Deepest customization and largest skill library
OpenClaw
5 min managed
Largest ecosystem
Just want to try AI agents without setup
Any (managed)
5 min
Zero infrastructure
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Which AI agent platform should I start with?**
If you want a single AI assistant that reaches you on every messaging app, start with OpenClaw. If you mostly automate the same workflows and want them to improve, start with Hermes Agent. If you’re already running multiple agents and losing track, start with Paperclip on top of whichever agent you already have. There is no universal “best” — the [**Rahul Goyal review**](https://rahulgoyal.co/justdraft/openclaw-vs-hermes-vs-paperclip-ai-agent-comparison/) lands on the same answer: pick by use case, not popularity.
### **Are these three platforms competitors?**
No, despite often being compared together. OpenClaw and Hermes Agent are agents (workers). Paperclip is an orchestration layer (manager). The mature production setup uses one of the agents inside Paperclip’s company structure. [**Flowtivity’s analysis**](https://flowtivity.ai/blog/openclaw-vs-paperclip-ai-agent-framework-comparison/) explains this distinction in detail.
### **Do I need Docker or DevOps experience to run them?**
For self-hosting, yes — all three require comfort with a terminal, Node.js or Python environments, and at least basic networking knowledge. For managed hosting via [**xCloud**](/), no — the platforms are deployed and updated for you, which is why the documentation explicitly recommends managed hosting for non-developers.
### **How long does deployment take?**
Self-hosted: OpenClaw and Paperclip take 30 minutes to 2 hours, Hermes Agent takes 15-60 minutes. Managed via xCloud: roughly 5 minutes for any of them, including SSL, backups, and channel pre-configuration.
### **Is my data private with these tools?**
All three are local-first or self-hostable, so your data stays on your own server. None of them phone home unless you explicitly configure cloud LLM providers (which all of them require for actual reasoning). [**The Hermes Agent documentation**](https://hermes-agent.nousresearch.com/docs/) is explicit about zero telemetry by default.
### **What’s the budget needed for serious daily use?**
For one agent (OpenClaw or Hermes) on managed hosting with moderate LLM usage, budget $50-$80/month total. For Paperclip running 5+ agents with Claude Code, budget $250-$500/month. Self-hosting reduces the server cost but adds your time as a real expense.
### **Will these work for non-developers?**
Hermes Agent is the most accessible of the three. OpenClaw has the steepest learning curve due to its breadth. Paperclip is operator-friendly through its dashboard but technical for setup. All three become non-technical experiences when deployed via managed hosting.
### **What’s the most underrated platform?**
Paperclip — most coverage focuses on OpenClaw and Hermes as competing agents, but Paperclip is solving a problem (multi-agent coordination) that almost nobody else in the open-source space has touched. [**SOTAAZ’s review**](https://www.sotaaz.com/post/paperclip-zero-human-company-en) called it “the first to offer org charts, budget management, governance, and audit logs as open source.”
### **How often should I update?**
OpenClaw releases multiple versions per week and breaking changes do happen — pin a version for production use. Hermes Agent has a slower, more curated release cadence. Paperclip is on rapid development as a new project. Managed hosting handles all of these update cycles automatically.
### **Can I run these on the same server?**
Yes. A single VPS can host any combination, though you’ll want to scope memory and CPU for each. Running all three on the same managed server is supported on [**xCloud’s $9.99/month plan**](/), which includes app deployment for multiple services.
### **What about security risks?**
OpenClaw has had public security incidents, including ClawHavoc (a malicious skill package campaign) and remote code execution flaws. [**Cisco’s AI security team flagged data exfiltration**](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenClaw) in third-party skills. Hermes Agent’s smaller skill ecosystem and simpler architecture have a smaller attack surface. Paperclip orchestrates other agents, so its risks are governance-related — runaway agents, budget overruns — rather than infrastructure-level. For all three, isolated deployment (Docker, dedicated VPS, or managed hosting) reduces risk substantially.
### **Where can I get help if something breaks?**
OpenClaw has the biggest community — Discord, GitHub Discussions, and r/openclaw on Reddit (103,000+ members). Hermes Agent has Nous Research’s Discord and GitHub. Paperclip has GitHub Discussions and a smaller, faster-moving community. For managed hosting users, [**xCloud provides 24/7 expert support**](/support/) with average response times under four hours.
## **Your 2026 AI Agent Roadmap**
The AI agent market split into three distinct layers in early 2026, and the top open-source project at each layer is now clear. OpenClaw owns the personal gateway. Hermes Agent owns the self-improving runtime. Paperclip owns multi-agent orchestration. None of them is a complete substitute for the others, and most production users will end up running two of them together — Paperclip on top of OpenClaw or Hermes — within the next twelve months.
### **Expert Picks by Goal**
Your Goal
Best Choice
Expected Impact
Best Overall ROI
Hermes Agent
Skills compound over time; cleanest defaults
Best for Beginners
Hermes Agent (managed)
5-minute deploy, lowest friction
Best for Quick Wins
OpenClaw (managed)
Live on Telegram in 5 minutes
Best for Multi-Agent Operators
Paperclip + OpenClaw/Hermes
Org-level coordination
Best for Multi-Channel Reach
OpenClaw
25+ channels from one Gateway
Best for Repeat Workflows
Hermes Agent
Procedural memory + skill evolution
Best for Agency / Portfolio Use
Paperclip
Multi-company isolation native
Best for Skipping Infrastructure
Any on [**xCloud**](/)
$9.99/month, 5-minute deploy
**What to do this week:** Pick the layer that matches your problem (gateway, runtime, or orchestration), deploy the matching platform on managed hosting if you don’t want to fight infrastructure, and give it 14 days of real workflows before deciding whether to scale up. The 14-day money-back guarantee on [**xCloud’s managed plans**](/) gives you peace of mind to try without any stress.
The honest truth from six months of watching this space: the people getting the most out of AI agents in 2026 are not the ones who picked the trendiest project. They’re the ones who matched the platform to a problem and shipped it on infrastructure they don’t have to babysit. Whichever of these three you pick, that part is the one that matters.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# Page Caching: Redis Full Page Cache vs. NGINX FastCGI Caching - Choosing the Best for Your Website - xCloud
> Page caching supercharges website speed by storing entire web pages, ensuring they load lightning-fast when visitors come knocking.
[**Page caching**](/docs/how-caching-works-in-xcloud/) emerges as an easy technique used to enhance user experience and website performance while streamlining server resources. At its core, page caching involves storing frequently accessed web pages in a temporary storage location and later retrieving the data faster upon user requests, significantly reducing server processing time and enhancing website responsiveness.
Today, we will talk about page caching solutions, focusing on two prominent contenders: [**Redis Full-Page Cache**](https://redis.com/ebook/part-1-getting-started/chapter-2-anatomy-of-a-redis-web-application/2-3-web-page-caching/) and [**NGINX FastCGI Caching**](https://www.nginx.com/resources/wiki/start/topics/examples/fastcgiexample/). While both approaches aim to accelerate website loading times significantly, understanding their nuances and functionalities is crucial in selecting the optimal solution for your website’s needs.
## **Web Page Caching: What Does It Mean?**
Imagine you’re reading a book and you keep flipping back and forth between pages to keep track of information. Caching is like **putting sticky notes on the pages you keep going back to**, so you don’t have to search for them every time.
Similarly, when you visit a website, your browser saves elements of the page – like images, texts, codes and scripts – in a temporary storage space called the [**cache**](https://wpdeveloper.com/clear-wordpress-cache/) which is usually more accessible.
Next time you visit the same site or web page, your browser checks its cache first. If it finds what it needs there, it loads those elements from the cache instead of re-downloading them. It simply retrieves the cached data, speeding up the entire process and ensuring your server requires less computations each time.
So, as a gist, web page caching accelerates server response times by retaining and serving requests that have been processed before.
## **How Does Page Caching Work: Two Techniques Explored**
There are mainly two types of page caching techniques. Both work to significanlty improve web performances; we will explore them both in this article to help you decide which one is more suitable for your WordPress website:
**Redis Full-Page Caching:** Redis (**Re**mote **Di**ctionary **S**erver) is an open-souce database that is extremely fast. The Redis Full-Page Caching technique stores entire in-memory HTML outputs of web pages (or, entire web pages) in cache.
**NGINX FastCGI Caching:** NGINX is a popular, high-performing web server. With the NGINX FastCGI technique, the server caches responses to specific requests, like saving an entire HTML document or file. NGINX FastCGI Caching, for example, stores processed responses from the web server and has the capability to deliver cached content directly upon requests, bypassing the necessity of PHP or WordPress involvement.
Understanding these techniques helps website owners choose the best caching method for their websites and their needs, improving website speed and user experience.
## **Full-Page Cache VS NGINX FastCGI Caching – Which One Is Best For You?**
So, which one of these two should you use for your WordPress website? Let’s break down these methods and see how they stack up against each other.
### 🎯 **Definition and Functionality**
**Redis Full-Page Cache:** Full-Page Cache stores entire web pages in a cache, enabling quick retrieval and delivery to users upon request.
**NGINX FastCGI Caching:** NGINX FastCGI Caching caches specific responses to requests, providing efficient storage and delivery of dynamic content.
### 🎯 **Working Mechanism**
**Redis Full-Page Cache:**
- Upon a user’s request, the server checks if the requested page is in the cache.
- If cached, the server serves the page directly from the cache, bypassing the need to regenerate it.
- If not cached, the server **generates the page**, saves it in the cache, and then delivers it to the user.
**NGINX FastCGI Caching:**
- NGINX examines incoming requests to determine if a cached response exists.
- If a cached response is found, NGINX serves it directly to the user.
- If no cached response is available, NGINX **forwards the request to the web server,** caches the response, and then delivers it to the user.
### 🎯 **Content Suitability**
**Redis Full-Page Cache:**
- Best suited for websites with predominantly static content, where pages don’t change frequently.
- Ideal for blogs, informational websites, and eCommerce product pages with stable content.
**NGINX FastCGI Caching:**
- Well-suited for websites with _dynamic_ content that changes frequently.
- Suitable for content-heavy platforms, dynamic web applications, and sites with personalized user experiences.
### 🎯 **Performance Benefits**
**Redis Full-Page Cache:**
- Offers faster load times as entire pages are cached and readily available for delivery.
- Reduces server load by serving cached pages, thereby enhancing server performance and scalability.
**NGINX FastCGI Caching:**
- Provides granular caching capabilities, allowing specific responses to be cached for optimized performance.
- Improves server efficiency by offloading processing tasks to NGINX, resulting in reduced response times and enhanced scalability.
### 🎯 **Implementation Complexity**
**Redis Full-Page Cache:**
- Relatively straightforward to implement and configure, making it suitable for users with limited technical expertise.
- Requires minimal setup and maintenance, making it an accessible caching solution for beginners.
**NGINX FastCGI Caching:**
- May involve more intricate setup and configuration compared to Full-Page Cache.
- Requires familiarity with NGINX configuration settings and server administration for effective implementation.
### 🎯 **Storage Requirements**
**Redis Full-Page Cache:**
- Requires sufficient storage space to accommodate cached web pages.
- Storage capacity needs to be considered based on the size and frequency of page caching.
**NGINX FastCGI Caching:**
- Utilizes disk space for caching specific responses, which may vary depending on the volume and size of cached content.
- Storage requirements should be assessed to ensure optimal caching performance without exhausting available disk space.
Considering the factors above, both these techniques of caching are neck-and-neck and can help your website performance better and load significantly faster then when no caching is used at all.
## **How Page Caching Works In xCloud**
In [**xCloud**](/), too, we use the neat trick of caching up our sleeves to make websites load lightning-fast. We use two types of caching to turbocharge website performance: **page caching and object caching**.
Let’s start with page caching. We rely on **FASTCGI NGINX** to handle this part of the magic for your website, acting like a super-speedy library where we stash web pages for instant access.
Now, onto object caching. This is all about saving specific pieces of info from the website’s database, like menus or post details. Instead of digging through the database every time someone asks for this info, we’ve already got it saved and ready to go. For this job, we bring in **Redis Object caching**, which is a bit different from Redis Full-Page Caching and acts like a smart assistant, remembering everything you need without breaking a sweat.
_**Note:** Object caching entails the storage of database query outcomes, enabling subsequent retrieval from the cache rather than reiterative querying of the database when the same result is required._
## **Solidify Website’s Performance With The Best Page Caching Technique**
Both Redis Full-Page Cache and NGINX FastCGI Cache can be used to enhance your website’s performances and reduce load time. The choice is yours, depending on your specific requirements.
However, with xCloud, you can leverage the power of them both. By enabling FASTCGI NGINX for page caching and Redis Object caching for storing specific database information, xCloud ensures lightning-fast load times and a seamless user experience.
With these caching mechanisms working harmoniously, websites hosted on xCloud enjoy enhanced performance, improved scalability, and delighted visitors who experience swift page loads and dynamic content delivery!
Did you find this blog helpful? If you do, please [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/), and don’t forget to join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to get our daily updates.
---
# Managed Paperclip Hosting – Run an Autonomous AI Company | xCloud
> Fully managed Paperclip hosting on xCloud. Run multi-agent AI companies with org charts, budgets, and governance. No Docker, no setup - live in minutes.
# **Managed Paperclip Hosting**
## Run an Autonomous AI Company With Managed Paperclip Hosting
Skip the hours of setting up and get a fully managed Paperclip instance live in under a few minutes. With xCloud, focus on building your AI workforce, not complexities.
- 
### No technical skills needed
- 
### No Lock-In, Cancel Anytime
[
Deploy Now — $9.99/month
](#pricing)
[
Watch How it works
](/docs/how-to-deploy-paperclip-with-xcloud/)
#### Servers0+
### Powered by xCloud
#### Reviews0+
### Trustpilot 5 Stars
#### 0+
### Global Locations
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing. Everything Included For Your Personal AI Assistant.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $24/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best value
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $43/mo
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $58/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $95/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $125/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $225/mo
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Pricing
## Simple Cloud VPS Pricing for Your Autonomous AI Company — Everything Included.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9.99 $19.99
Renews at $19.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=f292a3d0-fbcc-4c23-be7b-67f9cd677c69&stack=paperclip)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $19.99 $39.99
Renews at $39.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=33a8077d-dedc-4187-967d-b023ae20ed5c&stack=paperclip)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 37%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $29.99 $49.99
Renews at $49.99/mo. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=b9bc978a-fd8e-4aea-a847-02ad127c9bfb&stack=paperclip)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 63%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9.99 $24
Renews at $24/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $14.99 $43
Renews at $43/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $19.99 $58
Renews at $58/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Pricing
## Simple Cloud VPS Pricing for Your Autonomous AI Company — Everything Included.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
SAVE 63%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9 $24
Renews at $24/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Popular deal
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $15 $43
Renews at $43/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $20 $58
Renews at $58/mo for 2 years. Cancel anytime.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best deal
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $20 $58
Renews at $ 58/mo.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $33 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 65%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $33 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $43 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 66%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $43 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 64%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 64%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing. Everything Included For Your Personal AI Assistant.
xCloud provides a stable, fully managed hosting layer so your agent stays online,
responsive, and production-ready at all times
SAVE 87%
## Cloud VPS 6GB
## $9 $24
Renews at $24/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 6 GB RAM
- ### 100 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 81%
## Cloud VPS 16GB
## $13 $43
Renews at $ 43/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes)
- ### 16 GB RAM
- ### 200 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 6 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best deal
SAVE 77%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $19 $58
Renews at $ 58/mo.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## Best deal
SAVE 77%
## Cloud VPS 24GB
## $19 $58
Renews at $ 58/mo.
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 24 GB RAM
- ### 300 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $32 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 48GB
## $32 $95
Renews at $95/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 48 GB RAM
- ### 400 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $42 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 74%
## Cloud VPS 64GB
## $42 $125
Renews at $ 25/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 64 GB RAM
- ### 500 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 71%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
SAVE 71%
## Cloud VPS 120GB
## $80 $225
Renews at $225/mo.
[Get Started](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip)
- ### 120 GB RAM
- ### 600 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 24 vCPU cores
- ### 30TB Bandwidth
## **Setup Process**
## From Sign-Up to a Running AI Company In Just 3 Easy Steps
Get Paperclip running fast with a streamlined setup process. From deployment to live operation, everything stays simple so you can focus on hiring agents and shipping work.
### Sign Up To xCloud
Create your xCloud account and choose your Paperclip plan. Takes 30 seconds – no server or technical setup needed.
### We Deploy Your Paperclip
Click one button. We handle Node.js, PostgreSQL, reverse proxy, and SSL. Your Paperclip instance is ready in under 5 minutes.
### Hire Your First Agent
Open your Paperclip dashboard, plug in OpenClaw, Claude Code, or any agent with a heartbeat, assign goals, and let them work.
[Deploy My Paperclip Instance](#pricing)
## Pricing
## Simple Pricing. Everything Included For Your AI Company.
Host your Paperclip deployment with flexible plans built for solo operators,
teams, and multi-venture portfolios.
### Starts From 24/mo
xCloud Managed Paperclip
[Buy NOw](https://app.xcloud.host/paperclip/)
## Everything you need to run your AI company 24/7:
- 
### Free SSL certificate
- 
### Automatic backups (If Enabled)
- 
### Security updates included
- 
### 30+ server locations
- 
### 24/7 expert support
- 
### 14-days money-back guarantee
## Features
## Run Real Multi-Agent Operations Without The Ops Headaches
- ### Fully managed. Provisioning, updates, patches, security. Day 1 to day 365, nothing falls on you.
- ### Daily backups. Agent history, tasks, and org data protected automatically.
- ### Any agent. OpenClaw, Claude Code, Codex, or custom agents plug in instantly.
- ### Auto-updates. Paperclip and dependencies stay current without touching a terminal.
## Advanced Features
## Ready To Deploy Your AI Company?
Whether you’re running a single-agent side project or coordinating multiple autonomous ventures, Paperclip on xCloud delivers the reliability, flexibility, and performance your operation needs to run without limits. Deploy faster. Scale smarter. Stay in control.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Paul Goulart
@freelivingsoul
I set this up locally, tried AWS and Digital Ocean with disappointing results. Setup on Xcloud was easy and it’s still working!
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1\. What is Paperclip AI?
Paperclip is an open-source orchestration platform that lets you run teams of AI agents like a company. Instead of managing individual bots or automations separately, Paperclip gives you org charts, goals, tasks, budgets, and governance in one place. You define the mission, hire agents (OpenClaw, Claude Code, Codex, or custom), and Paperclip coordinates everything. It runs on Node.js with PostgreSQL and is fully self-hostable.
### 2\. Can I run Paperclip without Docker?
Yes. Paperclip can run directly on Node.js 20+ with an embedded PostgreSQL database – no Docker required. However, setting up Node.js, Postgres, reverse proxy, and SSL manually on a VPS takes time and technical knowledge. With xCloud managed hosting, all of this is handled for you automatically.
### 3\. Can Paperclip run multiple companies from one server?
Yes. A single Paperclip deployment supports unlimited companies with complete data isolation between them. Each company has its own org chart, goals, budgets, agents, and audit trail. This is useful for running separate ventures, testing strategies in parallel, or templating org configs for reuse.
### 4\. Do I need to bring my own API keys, or are LLM costs included?
You bring your own API keys. Paperclip orchestrates your agents but doesn’t bundle or markup LLM usage. This means you pay your LLM provider (Anthropic, OpenAI, etc.) directly at their standard rates, bring the API keys to xCloud, connect with xCloud and you pay xCloud for the hosting.
### 5\. Can I cancel anytime?
Yes. When you request cancellation, you’ll be charged for total server usage up to that date, along with up to 10% Stripe fee based on the used amount. Read the xCloud billing documentation for full details.
### 6\. What is xCloud’s refund policy for Paperclip hosting?
xCloud offers a 14-day money-back guarantee on all Paperclip hosting plans. If you cancel within the first 14 days, you’ll receive a refund for the unused portion of your server, meaning you’re only charged for the days you actually used the service. Please note that Stripe processing fees (up to 10% of the charged amount) will be deducted from your refund. To request a refund, contact our support team.
### Can I run Paperclip on a VPS?
Yes. Paperclip is designed to run on a self-hosted VPS. A typical Paperclip VPS setup requires Node.js 20+, a PostgreSQL database, a configured reverse proxy, and a valid SSL certificate. Getting all of that running correctly can take a few hours and requires comfort with the command line. With xCloud managed Paperclip hosting, all of it is provisioned and configured automatically — your instance is live in under five minutes with no server knowledge required.
---
# PHP 8.2: How to Change the PHP Version in xCloud - xCloud
> Learn how to change the PHP version in xCloud with this step-by-step guide. Easily update your website's PHP settings in just a few clicks.
You might wonder why [**changing the PHP version in xCloud**](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/) matters (and why xCloud makes it easy). The answer is simple: performance, security, and compatibility. Each new version of PHP brings speed improvements, vulnerability patches, and support for new features that can enhance your WordPress site’s functionality. In this blog, we will dive into how to change the PHP version in xCloud, a popular cloud hosting service. Let us get started!
## **New Features of PHP 8.2**
[PHP 8.2](https://www.php.net/releases/8.2/en.php) brings some exciting new features and improvements that make it easier and more efficient for developers to create websites and web applications. Here is a simple breakdown of the key changes:
1. **Readonly Classes**: Developers can now mark entire classes as “readonly,” which means all the information inside that class can not be changed once it’s set. This helps prevent accidental changes and makes code more secure.
2. **New Types:** PHP now allows developers to be more specific about what kind of information their code can handle. This makes it easier to catch errors early and write more reliable programs.
3. Better Random Number Generation: PHP 8.2 introduces a new way to generate random numbers that is more secure and efficient. This is important for things like creating passwords or running simulations.
4. **Performance Improvements**: The new version is faster than previous ones, which means websites and applications built with PHP 8.2 can run more smoothly.
5. **Safer Error Handling**: When something goes wrong in a program, PHP 8.2 can now hide sensitive information better, keeping user data more secure.
6. **Deprecations**: Some older ways of writing code are being phased out to encourage developers to use newer, better methods.
For website owners and users, these changes mean that websites built with PHP 8.2 can be:
- More secure
- Faster
- Less prone to certain types of errors
- Better at handling different types of data
## **Upgrading to PHP 8.2 Is a Smart Move for Your Website**
Are you still running an older version of PHP on your website? If so, it is time to consider upgrading to PHP 8.2. This latest version brings a host of improvements that can significantly enhance your website’s performance, security, and functionality. Let us explore why making the switch to PHP 8.2 is a smart move for you and your website.
### Increase Website Speed
One of the most compelling reasons to upgrade to PHP 8.2 is the noticeable boost in performance. PHP 8.2 builds upon the improvements introduced in previous versions, offering even faster execution times. PHP 8.2 is estimated to be about [**15% faster than PHP 7.4.**](https://pantheon.io/blog/php-829-security-release-demonstrates-pantheons-commitment-protecting-your-sites#:~:text=PHP%20keeps%20getting%20faster%2C%20so,PHP%20Version%20for%20more%20information.) This speed increase translates to quicker page load times, which not only enhances user experience but can also positively impact your search engine rankings.
### Strengthen Website Security
Website security is a prime concern for all sorts of websites, right? PHP 8.2 comes with enhanced security features that help protect your site from various vulnerabilities. By upgrading, you ensure that your site is safeguarded against hundreds of known security issues. Remember, older versions of PHP no longer receive security patches, leaving your site exposed to potential threats.
### New & Improved Features
PHP 8.2 introduces several new features that can make your development process more efficient and your code more robust. For instance, it brings in read-only classes, which prevent data from being accidentally modified, and improved type declarations, which help catch errors early. These features can lead to cleaner, more maintainable code and fewer bugs in your website.
### Better Compatibility
As technology advances, so do the tools and frameworks we use. Upgrading to PHP 8.2 ensures better compatibility with the latest versions of content management systems, themes, and plugins. This compatibility is crucial for maintaining a smooth-running website and taking advantage of new features in your favorite tools.
### Future-Proof Your Website
By staying up-to-date with the latest PHP version, you future-proof your website. you will be in a better position to adopt new technologies and frameworks as they emerge, keeping your site modern and competitive. Plus, you will have access to ongoing support from the PHP community, which is invaluable when you encounter issues or need to implement new features.
## **xCloud: Simplified WordPress Hosting & Server Management Experience**
xCloud has taken the complexity out of server management, and nowhere is this more evident than in its approach to PHP version control. With xCloud, updating your PHP version is not just easy – it is almost effortless. Here is how to change the PHP version in xCloud:
1. Log into your xCloud dashboard
2. Navigate to your site settings
3. Select the PHP version dropdown
4. Choose your desired PHP version
5. Click to apply
That is it. No complicated command line instructions, no server restarts, and no headaches. In just a few clicks, you can switch between PHP versions, from 5.6 up to the latest 8.2 for NGINX servers. Have you heard of this simple approach in traditional hosting environments? That is what sets xCloud apart from the competition.
## **Beyond PHP: An All Around Approach to Hosting**
While the ease of PHP version management is a standout feature, it is just one piece of the xCloud puzzle. This innovative platform offers a comprehensive suite of tools designed to simplify every aspect of WordPress hosting:
- **Automated server management:** Say goodbye to manual configuration of NGINX, SSL, MySQL, and more.
- **Performance optimization**: With built-in caching solutions and server-level optimizations, your site will run faster than ever.
- **Security enhancements**: From SSL certificates to firewall protection, xCloud keeps your site safe and secure.
- **Scalability**: As your site grows, xCloud grows with you, offering plans from 1GB to 32GB to suit any need.
## **Making the Switch: Why You Should Choose xCloud**
If you are tired of wrestling with server configurations, PHP version conflicts, and the limitations of traditional hosting, it is time to give xCloud a try. Here is why:
1. **Ease of use:** From PHP version changes to server management, everything is just a few clicks away.
2. **Cost-effective:** Get the power of a VPS with the simplicity of managed hosting, all at a price point that will not break the bank.
3. **Performance-focused:** With optimized server configurations and caching options, your site will run faster than ever.
4. **Future-proof**: As new PHP versions are released, you will be ready to upgrade with minimal effort.
5. **Expert support**: When you need help, xCloud’s dedicated support team is there to assist.
## **PHP 8.2: How to Change the PHP Version in xCloud**
Change to the latest PHP settings in any hosting solution is crucial for ensuring optimal performance, security, and compatibility of web applications. With [**xCloud**](/) hosting, updating to the latest PHP version 8.2 is straightforward.
### Step 1: Change The PHP Version
Navigate to the settings option in your site dashboard, select the PHP version settings, and choose version 8.2. This update enhances your website’s performance, security, and compatibility. If necessary, you can also select an older version from the same settings.
## **Customize PHP Settings for Your Sites**
You can now easily customize your PHP settings directly from the Site Settings page in xCloud. The following items can be modified:
1. Max Execution Time
2. Max Input Time
3. Memory Limit
4. Max File Upload Size
5. Max Input Vars
6. Post Max Size
7. Session GC Maxlifetime
These settings will be applied to this specific site. For further changes, you can go specific on the settings and apply them accordingly.
## **Currently Supported PHP Version In xCloud Hosting**
With xCloud hosting, you have the flexibility to choose from multiple PHP versions. For NGINX servers, options range from PHP 5.6 to 8.3, while OLS servers support PHP versions from 7.4 to 8.2. Select the version that best suits your website’s requirements, whether you need an older version for compatibility or the latest features for enhanced performance.
## **Getting Support From xCloud Team**
If you need assistance, xCloud offers [**excellent support**](https://support.xcloud.host/). You can contact the support team through the dashboard. Additionally, xCloud’s documentation and community forums are valuable resources for troubleshooting.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# PHP Hosting Setup Checklist (2026 Edition) - xCloud
> Follow this 2026 PHP hosting setup checklist to optimize performance, security, and scalability with the right stack, caching, backups, and more.
A misconfigured [**PHP hosting**](http://hidden-hamlet-226309.wp1.sh/php-hosting) environment causes slow page loads, random 500 errors, and security holes that only show up after the damage is done. The frustrating part? Most of these problems are completely preventable.
PHP powers roughly 77% of all websites with a known server-side language. That includes every WordPress, Laravel, and Drupal installation out there. But the hosting landscape in 2026 has changed – PHP 8.5 is the latest stable release, PHP 8.1 has reached end-of-life, NVMe storage is the new baseline, and server-level caching has gone from a bonus to a requirement.
This PHP hosting setup checklist walks you through every decision you need to make before deploying a PHP application in 2026.
Whether you’re launching a WordPress site, migrating a Laravel app, or managing client projects across multiple servers, each item here exists because skipping it leads to real, measurable problems.
## **1\. Choose the Right PHP Version for Your Project**
The PHP version running on your server is the single most impactful decision in your hosting setup. In 2026, running anything below PHP 8.3 is a liability.
Here’s the current PHP version support schedule:
**PHP Version**
**Active Support Until**
**Security Support Until**
**Status in 2026**
PHP 8.5
December 2027
December 2029
Latest stable
PHP 8.4
December 2026
December 2028
Recommended
PHP 8.3
December 2025 (ended)
December 2027
Security-only
PHP 8.2
December 2024 (ended)
December 2026
Expiring soon
PHP 8.1
Ended
Ended Dec 2025
EOL – do not use
PHP 7.x
Ended
Ended
Unsupported
### **How to choose:**
- **New projects.** Go with PHP 8.4. It has the longest practical support runway — active bug fixes through late 2026 and security patches through 2028. You also get useful features like property hooks, asymmetric visibility in classes, and lazy objects.
- **WordPress sites.** PHP 8.4 works well with WordPress 6.9 and most major plugins. PHP 8.5 is technically supported but plugin compatibility is still catching up, so hold off on 8.5 for production WordPress until mid-2026 at the earliest.
- **Legacy applications.** If you’re on PHP 8.2, security support expires in December 2026. Start planning your migration to 8.4 now.
**What to look for in your host:** You should be able to switch **[PHP versions](/docs/how-to-upgrade-php-version-with-xcloud-hosting/)** per site from your dashboard, not just per server. This is especially important if you manage a mix of newer builds and legacy client sites. Platforms like xCloud let you manage PHP versions individually for each site, install new versions with one click, and set any version as the default across your server.
## **2\. Pick the Right Server Stack**
Your server stack is the combination of software sitting between your PHP code and the visitor’s browser. Getting this right sets your performance baseline before you write any application code.
In 2026, the two dominant stacks for PHP hosting are LEMP (Linux, NGINX, MySQL/MariaDB, PHP-FPM) and OpenLiteSpeed. Here’s how they compare:
**Factor**
**LEMP (NGINX + PHP-FPM)**
**OpenLiteSpeed**
Performance
Excellent with FastCGI caching
Excellent with built-in LiteSpeed Cache
Configuration
More manual, highly customizable
Simpler setup.
WordPress optimization
Works with WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache, WP Rocket via Rocket-NGINX
Native LiteSpeed Cache plugin
Resource efficiency
Lower memory footprint
Very efficient with .htaccess support
Best for
Custom PHP apps, Laravel, high-traffic sites
WordPress-heavy environments
**How to choose:**
- If you’re running mostly WordPress sites, **OpenLiteSpeed**‘s native caching integration is hard to beat.
- If you’re building custom PHP applications or working with Laravel, NGINX with PHP-FPM gives you finer control over process management and request handling.
xCloud automatically installs a fully optimized LEMP or OpenLiteSpeed stack depending on your preference, so you don’t have to configure these from scratch.
## **3\. Tune Your PHP-FPM Settings**
PHP-FPM (FastCGI Process Manager) is what actually runs your PHP code. Its configuration controls how many simultaneous requests your server can handle and how much memory each one uses.
**Key settings to configure:**
- **pm.max\_children** — The maximum number of PHP worker processes. Set this based on your available RAM. Too low and requests queue up. Too high and you run out of memory.
- **pm.start\_servers** — How many worker processes to create on startup.
- **pm.min\_spare\_servers / pm.max\_spare\_servers** — Controls how the pool scales up and down with traffic.
- **pm.max\_requests** — Recycles workers after a set number of requests to prevent memory leaks from accumulating.
Getting these wrong is one of the most common reasons for “502 Bad Gateway” errors under load.
**Example:** On a 2 GB RAM server running a single WordPress site, a reasonable starting point is pm.max\_children = 10, pm.start\_servers = 3, and pm.min\_spare\_servers = 2. From there, monitor your resource usage and adjust.
Your hosting platform should let you tune these per site, not just per server. xCloud introduced site-level **[PHP-FPM configuration](/docs/how-to-configure-php-settings/)** in its February 2026 update, letting you control workers, resource limits, and process behavior for each site from the dashboard.
## **4\. Configure Your Database**
Your database is only as fast as its configuration. Every PHP application — [**WordPress**](/hosting-for-wordpress/), [**Laravel**](/laravel-hosting/), custom CMS — depends on database queries, and a poorly tuned database will bottleneck everything else.
**MySQL vs. MariaDB:** Both work well. MariaDB offers some advantages for read-heavy workloads, but the practical differences for most PHP applications are small. What matters more is how you set up whichever one you choose.
**How to configure it:**
- **Use InnoDB** as your storage engine. It supports row-level locking and transactions, which prevents one slow query from blocking everything else.
- **Set** **innodb\_buffer\_pool\_size** to 70–80% of available RAM on a dedicated database server, or 25–40% on a shared server. This is the single most impactful MySQL performance setting.
- **Enable slow query logging.** Set long\_query\_time = 1 to catch any query taking longer than one second. These are the queries killing your page load times.
- **Use persistent connections carefully.** They reduce connection overhead but can exhaust your connection pool if not managed properly.
**Database access:** Your host should provide phpMyAdmin or an equivalent GUI, plus SSH access for command-line work. You should also be able to create databases directly from your hosting dashboard. xCloud provides both options during site creation and lets you connect existing databases hosted on separate servers.
## **5\. Set up Full-Page And Object Caching**
Without caching, every page request forces PHP to execute code and query the database from scratch. With proper caching, most visitors get a pre-built static page that skips PHP processing entirely.
### **Full-page caching**
This is the biggest performance win available to you. [**Full-page caching**](/docs/enable-the-edge-full-page-cache/) stores the complete HTML output and serves it directly without invoking PHP.
Your options:
- **NGINX FastCGI Cache** — Works with LEMP stacks. Sits at the web server level, which makes it very fast. One-click activation available on platforms like xCloud.
- **LiteSpeed Cache** — Native to OpenLiteSpeed stacks. Pairs with the LiteSpeed Cache WordPress plugin for automatic management.
- **Varnish Cache** — A reverse proxy cache. Powerful but adds complexity. Best for high-traffic sites with dedicated infrastructure.
### **Object caching with Redis**
[**Object caching**](/docs/integrate-object-cache-pro-with-xcloud/) stores the results of expensive database queries in memory so they don’t need to run again on every request. Redis is the standard in 2026.
For WordPress, Redis object caching reduces database load on sites with complex queries, WooCommerce catalogs, or membership plugins. For Laravel, Redis handles session storage, queue management, and caching seamlessly.
Your hosting setup should include Redis with your server deployment. You should be able to activate and manage it from the dashboard without manual configuration.
### **OPcache**
[**OPcache**](/docs/control-opcache-with-xcloud/) stores precompiled PHP bytecode in shared memory, removing the need to parse and compile PHP files on every request. It should be enabled on every production server.
**Settings to verify:**
opcache.enable = 1
opcache.memory\_consumption = 128
opcache.max\_accelerated\_files = 10000
opcache.validate\_timestamps = 0
Set validate\_timestamps = 0 in production for maximum performance. Just remember to clear OPcache manually after deployments.
## **6\. Secure Your PHP Environment**
Security isn’t something you add after launch. It’s a series of decisions you make during setup.
### **SSL/TLS certificates**
Every site needs HTTPS. Your host should offer free SSL certificates (typically via Let’s Encrypt) with automatic renewal.
**Make sure your setup includes:**
- Automatic HTTP to HTTPS redirection
- TLS 1.3 support
- The option to upload custom SSL certificates if needed
xCloud provides [**free SSL certificates**](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/) with automatic configuration and renewal, and also supports custom uploads.
### **Server-level protection**
- **Fail2Ban** — Monitors logs for suspicious activity and automatically bans offending IPs. Should be enabled by default, especially on the SSH port.
- **Web Application Firewall (WAF)** — Filters and monitors HTTP traffic between your application and the internet.
- **Disable directory browsing** — Prevents your server from displaying file listings when a directory has no index file.
- **SFTP and SSH only** — Disable unencrypted FTP entirely. All file transfers should go over encrypted connections.
### **PHP security settings**
Add these directives to your php.ini:
```
expose_php = Off
display_errors = Off
log_errors = On
allow_url_fopen = Off
disable_functions = exec,passthru,shell_exec,system
session.cookie_httponly = 1
session.cookie_secure = 1
```
Copy to Clipboard
### **Site isolation**
If you’re running multiple sites on one server, each site should run under its own system user. This prevents a breach on one site from compromising others. This is non-negotiable for agencies managing client sites. xCloud creates separate sudo users for each site automatically.
## **7\. Set up Automated Backups**
The time to [**configure backups**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/) is during setup, not after your database gets corrupted or a plugin update breaks your site.
**What your backup strategy should include:**
- **Daily automated backups** of both files and databases, on a schedule.
- **Incremental backups** that only save what’s changed since the last run. This saves storage and speeds up the backup process.
- **Off-server storage.** Keeping backups on the same server as your site defeats the purpose if the server fails. Use remote storage like Google Drive, Amazon S3, or another cloud provider.
- **One-click restore.** When something breaks at 2 AM, you need to restore in minutes, not hours.
- **Pre-update snapshots.** Before upgrading PHP, updating plugins, or modifying your database, take a manual snapshot so you have a known-good state to roll back to.
xCloud supports incremental and full backups with one-click restore, Google Drive integration for remote storage, and manual backup creation before critical changes.
## **8\. Create a Staging Environment**
Never test changes on a live site. A **[staging environment](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/)** is a copy of your production site where you can safely test PHP upgrades, plugin updates, theme changes, and code deployments without affecting live visitors.
**What a proper staging setup looks like:**
- **Server-level cloning.** The staging site should be a true isolated copy at the server level, not a plugin-based approximation.
- **One-click push to production.** Once staging tests pass, deploying to production should be a single action.
- **Separate database.** The staging site needs its own database to prevent accidental data contamination.
- **Demo domain support.** Temporary staging domains let you share work with clients or team members before going live.
**Example workflow for PHP upgrades:** Clone your production site to staging → upgrade the PHP version on staging → test all critical paths (checkout, forms, login, admin) → monitor error logs for 48 hours → upgrade production.
xCloud provides **staging environments** with one-click creation and supports demo domains for pre-launch review.
## **9\. Enable Monitoring, Logging, And Debugging**
A well-configured PHP hosting environment doesn’t just run your application. It tells you what’s happening inside it so you catch problems before your visitors do.
### **Error logging**
- Set log\_errors = On in php.ini.
- Set error\_reporting = E\_ALL in staging and development to catch every warning and deprecation notice.
- In production, keep display\_errors = Off but leave logging on.
- Review logs regularly, or set up automated alerts for critical errors.
### **Server monitoring**
Your hosting platform should give you visibility into:
- **CPU and memory usage** — to spot resource bottlenecks before they cause downtime.
- **Disk space** — especially for log files and backups that grow over time.
- **Uptime** — with immediate alerts when your site goes down.
- **PHP-FPM process status** — active workers, idle workers, and request queues.
### **WordPress debugging**
For WordPress, the [**WP Debug Log**](/docs/view-logs-and-events-of-your-server-and-site/) is extremely useful. A structured log viewer with search, filtering, and one-click copy saves time compared to SSHing into a server and reading raw log files. xCloud’s WP Debug Log viewer provides structured fields, instant search, and filtering from the hosting dashboard.
## **10\. Set up Deployment Workflows, DNS, CDN, And Email**
The final layer of your setup is everything surrounding the server: how you deploy code, how visitors find your site, how static assets are delivered, and how transactional emails reach inboxes.
### **Git integration**
Manual FTP uploads are not a deployment strategy. Your hosting setup should support:
- **Git repository cloning** — deploy by cloning from GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket.
- **Automatic deployments** — push to a branch and have your server pull the changes.
- **Post-deployment scripts** — run composer install, cache clearing, and database migrations automatically.
- **Rollback** — if a deployment breaks something, revert to the previous version instantly.
For Laravel and custom PHP apps, xCloud supports [**Git repository cloning**](/docs/how-to-integrate-a-git-provider-with-xcloud/) with optional post-deployment scripts. For simpler setups, ZIP uploads with one-click deployment are also available.
### **DNS configuration**
- Point your domain’s A records to your server’s IP address.
- Use a DNS provider with low TTL values so changes propagate quickly.
- Set up CNAME records for subdomains (staging, API, etc.).
### **CDN**
A CDN distributes your static assets across servers worldwide so visitors load them from the nearest location. Cloudflare remains the go-to in 2026, offering DDoS protection, **[edge caching](/edge-page-caching-how-does-it-work/)**, and performance optimization. Look for hosting platforms with built-in **[Cloudflare integration.](/docs/using-xcloud-with-cloudflare-for-dns-management/)**
### **Email deliverability**
PHP applications frequently send transactional emails — password resets, order confirmations, notifications. Make sure you configure:
- **SPF, DKIM, and DMARC** records in DNS to keep emails out of spam folders.
- **SMTP relay** if your server’s native mail function has deliverability issues.
- **Third-party email services** (SendGrid, Mailgun, Amazon SES) for high-volume sending.
## **Quick Reference Checklist**
Before you launch any PHP site in 2026, run through this:
**#**
**Checklist Item**
**☐**
1
PHP 8.4 or 8.5 installed and set as default
☐
2
Server stack configured (LEMP or OpenLiteSpeed)
☐
3
PHP-FPM pool settings tuned for your workload
☐
4
OPcache enabled and configured
☐
5
MySQL/MariaDB optimized (InnoDB, buffer pool sized)
☐
6
Full-page caching active (FastCGI or LiteSpeed Cache)
☐
7
Redis object caching enabled
☐
8
SSL/TLS certificate installed with auto-renewal
☐
9
Fail2Ban enabled on SSH and login endpoints
☐
10
PHP security directives hardened in php.ini
☐
11
Site isolation configured (separate system users)
☐
12
Daily automated backups with off-server storage
☐
13
Staging environment created and tested
☐
14
Error logging enabled, display\_errors disabled
☐
15
Server monitoring and uptime alerts active
☐
16
Git deployment or file upload workflow set up
☐
17
DNS records configured with CDN (Cloudflare)
☐
18
Email deliverability records (SPF, DKIM, DMARC) set
☐
19
Bonus Tips: Use Bot Blocker
☐
20
Bonus Tips: NGINX Customization
☐
## **FAQ**
### **What’s the best PHP version for hosting in 2026?**
PHP 8.4 is the best choice for most production sites in 2026. It receives bug fixes through December 2026 and security patches through December 2028, giving you the longest support window. PHP 8.5 is the newest stable release, but third-party compatibility is still catching up.
### **Do I need a VPS, or will shared hosting work?**
For small, low-traffic sites, shared hosting can work. But if you’re running WooCommerce, Laravel, or handling more than a few hundred daily visitors, a VPS or managed cloud server gives you the resource isolation and configuration options that shared hosting can’t. xCloud lets you connect your own VPS from providers like Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, or Google Cloud and manage everything through one dashboard.
### **How often should I update my PHP version?**
Check at least twice a year. When a new minor version comes out (e.g., 8.4 to 8.5), test it on staging within the first few months. When your current version approaches end-of-life, treat the upgrade as mandatory. An unsupported PHP version means unpatched security vulnerabilities that will never be fixed.
### **What is site isolation and why does it matter?**
Site isolation means each website on your server runs under its own system user with its own file permissions. If one site gets compromised, the attacker can’t access files or databases belonging to other sites on the same server. This matters most for agencies and anyone hosting multiple sites on a single server.
### **Can I host Laravel and WordPress on the same server?**
Yes, as long as your hosting platform supports per-site PHP version management and separate databases. Each application can run its own PHP version and operate independently. xCloud supports WordPress, Laravel, and custom PHP applications on the same server with individual configurations.
## **Build it right once – your PHP hosting setup should prevent problems, not create them.**
A proper PHP hosting setup isn’t something you do once and forget about. It covers PHP version selection, server stack configuration, security hardening, caching, backup automation, and deployment workflows.
Every item on this checklist exists because skipping it causes real problems — slower pages, security breaches, data loss, or hours of debugging that didn’t need to happen. The difference between a site that “works” and one that performs reliably comes down to these foundational decisions
[**Deploy Your PHP Projects Today →**](/php-hosting/)
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Managed PHP Hosting with Secure and Fast Performance
> Deploy PHP apps in seconds with blazing fast PHP hosting, unlimited PHP workers, Git or ZIP deployment, free SSL, and 24/7 expert support.
## PHP HOSTING
# Secure & Blazing Fast Managed  PHP Hosting
Deploy PHP application with high performance hosting, unlimited PHP workers, expert support, powerful features & grow without limits.
- 
### Deploy From Git Repository
- 
### Free SSL Certificates
## Setup Process
## Simple Steps to Create Your PHP Website in Minutes
Create your custom PHP application from ZIP or Git with quick, hassle-free deployment using a custom or demo domain.
### Choose Deployment Method
Select how you want to launch, either clone your PHP project from a Git repository or upload a custom ZIP file.
### Configure Site Environment
Set up your preferred PHP version, database, and other essential settings tailored to your app’s needs.
### Go Live Instantly
Review your configuration and deploy your PHP site in minutes smooth, fast, and hassle-free.
## Pricing
## Reliable Managed PHP Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Get started for free and host unlimited PHP applications on your preferred plans
and boost growth with powerful features.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
Monthly
Yearly
Monthly
Yearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Features to Manage PHP Applications Right at Your Fingertips
Take complete control of your PHP applications with a set of powerful tools built for quick development and efficient operations
### Manually Upload Website
Upload your PHP project manually for quick and custom deployment.
### Clone a Git Repository
Clone and deploy your PHP project directly from your Git repository.
### Auto Deployment Script
Set once, auto-run your script with every update to save time.
### Automate Backups
Automatically back up using local or remote backup with the n8n application to ensure instant restoration if any issues arise.
### Choose Custom & Test Domains
Choose a custom domain to add a professional edge. Test workflows on a free demo domain before going live, and launch with total confidence.
## xCloud FEATURES
## Deliver The Ultimate Hosting Experience With xCloud’s Powerful Features
Provide your customers a next-gen cloud hosting experience with advanced features
### IP Management
Protect your website and server from unauthorized access by effortlessly managing who can connect to your network.
### Site Backup & Restore
Create full or incremental backups of your site, restore versions, and roll back changes in a few clicks.
### SSL Certificates
Protect site with free SSL certificates by xCloud or add your own custom SSL certificates.
### Secure Connections SFTP & SSH
To ensure the security of your data, we only allow secure connections through SFTP and SSH.
### Instant Command Runner
Run commands and automate tasks in xCloud. Track history and re-run any command with one click.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
**xCloud** isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. xCloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Experience The Next Gen Hosting With Us – Migrate Now
Let our experts handle your PHP site migration with zero hassle. Enjoy a smooth, stress-free transition to xCloud high-performance hosting—so you can get back to building, not troubleshooting.
[Migrate your site now](/php-hosting/)
## Ready to Host Your PHP Project?
Ready to try xCloud? Host your first PHP site on xCloud and experience blazing-fast speeds with affordable pricing that will not break your bank account.
[Start Deploying Now](/php-hosting/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
## What is managed PHP hosting?
xCloud Mailbox Addon is a secure, fully managed email hosting solution. It gives you a professional email address using your business domain like you@yourbusiness.com helping you build trust and credibility with customers
## How do I deploy my PHP app?
You can deploy by uploading a ZIP file or connecting a Git repo. Choose your PHP version, database, and settings. Then go live instantly.
## Is deployment really simple?
1. Enable the Mailbox Addon in your xCloud addons dashboard.
2. Subscribe to your plan and pay.
3. Verify your domain via DNS (DNS auto-manage works with Cloudflare), then enable DKIM for enhanced email security.
## Do you support Git integration?
## Yes. You can create unlimited aliases and set up to 20 forwarding addresses per mailbox at no extra cost
## What PHP versions do you support?
xCloud supports IMAP, POP3 and SMTP. You can configure it on Outlook, Thunderbird, Apple Mail, Gmail, iPhone, Android, and more
## Is SSL included?
Your mailbox includes two-factor authentication (2FA), antivirus/antispam protection, password-protected emails, automatic tracking removal, DMARC policy enforcement, and IP restrictions
## Do you offer backups?
8 GB or 25 GB mailbox depending on plan. Each mailbox can forward to 20 addresses. Outgoing limit is up to 250 emails per 24 hours
## Is SSH or SFTP access available?
No. For bulk or transactional email (like order confirmations or newsletters), use the our xCloud Email Delivery Addon. xCloud Mailbox is designed for everyday business communication
## Can I test before going live?
## Is support available if I need help?
---
# [Comprehensive Guide] What Are PHP Workers And Why Do You Need Them? - xCloud
> Discover what PHP Workers are, why they matter for your website’s performance, and how to optimize them to handle traffic spikes efficiently.
Did you know that PHP powers over 77% of websites worldwide, including WordPress, one of the most popular content management systems? Despite this impressive statistic, many site owners struggle with optimizing their website performance, especially during traffic spikes. One often-overlooked factor in ensuring smooth operations is understanding and [**managing PHP Workers**](/docs/how-to-adjust-php-workers-in-xcloud/).
Today we will discuss the essential role of PHP Workers, why they are critical for your site’s performance, and how you can optimize them to ensure a seamless user experience. Let us get started.
## **What Are PHP Workers?**
PHP workers are background processes on a server that execute PHP code to generate dynamic content for websites. In WordPress, they handle tasks such as building pages, processing scheduled background activities, and managing uncached requests.
When a visitor accesses a WordPress site, the web server receives the request and forwards it to PHP. A PHP worker then processes the necessary PHP code, retrieves data from the database if needed, and constructs the HTML page to be delivered back to the visitor’s browser.
The number of PHP workers available on a server determines how many simultaneous uncached requests can be handled. If all PHP workers are occupied, additional requests are queued until a worker becomes available, which can lead to delays or timeouts if the queue becomes too long.
## **Why PHP Workers Are Important For Your Website?**
PHP Workers are the backbone of any dynamic website, directly influencing its performance, scalability, and user experience. They play a vital role in ensuring the performance, interactivity, and scalability of dynamic websites, particularly those built on platforms like WordPress.
PHP workers are responsible for processing PHP scripts, managing user interactions, and handling essential background tasks. Properly managing PHP workers is critical for ensuring smooth website operations, especially during periods of high traffic. Here is an expanded look at their key roles and significance.
### **Processing Dynamic Content**
PHP workers are at the core of generating dynamic content on websites. When a user interacts with a website—such as logging in, submitting a form, or searching for specific information, PHP workers process the scripts required to fetch and deliver tailored content.
For instance, when a user logs into an e-commerce site, PHP workers retrieve the user’s purchase history, saved preferences, and other personalized information, presenting a customized interface. This ability to create dynamic and interactive content is what makes modern websites user-friendly and engaging, setting them apart from static websites.
### **Managing Simultaneous Requests**
The number of PHP workers a server has directly affects how many uncached requests it can handle at any given time. When a user accesses a page that has not been cached, PHP workers execute the scripts needed to generate the content. If all workers are already processing requests, additional requests are queued.
During high-traffic events like a product launch or a sale, if the queue becomes too long, users may experience slow loading times or even timeout errors. This highlights the importance of configuring an adequate number of PHP workers to handle surges in traffic while maintaining a responsive and reliable website.
### **Handling Background Tasks**
In addition to serving user requests, PHP workers perform crucial background tasks that keep websites functional and efficient. These tasks include sending automated emails (such as password resets or order confirmations), performing database updates, processing scheduled backups, and running cron jobs for tasks like content publishing.
Efficient execution of these activities ensures the website operates smoothly without interruptions to user-facing functionality. This ability to multitask makes PHP workers essential for both front-end responsiveness and back-end stability.
### **Optimizing Server Performance**
Server performance is directly tied to how PHP workers are managed. Too few workers can lead to slow site performance, delays in processing requests, or even errors like 504 gateway timeouts during peak usage. Conversely, allocating too many PHP workers can strain server resources, reducing overall efficiency and potentially causing performance bottlenecks in other areas.
Properly balancing the number of PHP workers ensures that the server can efficiently handle both user requests and background tasks without wasting resources. This optimization is critical for delivering a fast and smooth user experience.
### **Ensuring Scalability**
As a website grows in popularity and [**traffic increases**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-check-website-traffic-for-any-site/), the demand for PHP workers rises accordingly. A website that can efficiently manage its PHP workers is better equipped to scale and accommodate growth without performance degradation.
For example, as an online store attracts more customers, the server must handle additional requests for browsing, checkout processes, and user account management. Proper allocation and configuration of PHP workers ensure that the server can handle this increased load, making scalability seamless and maintaining a high-quality experience for users, regardless of traffic volume.
## **How xCloud Handles PHP Workers?**
When it comes to hosting providers, the flexibility and scalability of PHP Worker allocation are critical for ensuring seamless website performance. Unlike traditional hosting services that impose rigid PHP Worker limits, [**xCloud**](/) stands out with its truly unlimited PHP Worker setup. Here is why xCloud changes the game for website owners:
### **✅No PHP Worker Limits**
With xCloud, you are free to allocate as many PHP Workers as your website demands. Whether you are running a high-traffic eCommerce platform, a resource-intensive membership site, or a content-rich blog, xCloud ensures there are no bottlenecks caused by worker restrictions. This flexibility allows you to scale dynamically without worrying about hitting arbitrary limits.
### **✅Full Control Over Resources**
On most hosting platforms, the number of PHP Workers is capped, and upgrading to higher tiers often comes with hefty price tags. xCloud, however, puts the power back into your hands. You can adjust your PHP Worker allocation based on your unique needs, ensuring that your hosting plan is always optimized for peak performance.
### **✅Optimized For Traffic Spikes**
During the Black Friday campaign or any other campaign time, thousands of users flood your website simultaneously. Here, with xCloud’s unrestricted PHP Worker allocation, your site can handle traffic spikes effortlessly, delivering a seamless user experience and maximizing conversions.
### **✅Cost-Effective Scaling**
Without the worry of upgrading plans only for additional PHP Workers, xCloud allows you to invest in other critical areas of your business. The unlimited PHP Worker model eliminates hidden costs and provides predictable, scalable hosting for websites of all sizes.
So, with xCloud, you empower your website to grow without constraints, ensuring that both performance and scalability are always at their peak. Whether you are optimizing your PHP Workers or leveraging advanced caching and code efficiencies, xCloud provides a robust foundation to meet your needs.
Take your website performance to the next level with xCloud, the hosting solution that gives you **unlimited PHP Workers** and **unlimited possibilities**.
## **How Do You Optimize PHP Workers Limit in xCloud?**
xCloud provides you the flexibility to set the number of PHP workers to your exact needs from your dashboard. You can find the recommended number of workers count later in this documentation. Optimizing workers can significantly impact your website’s performance, speed, and reliability. Follow the steps below to manage PHP workers to meet your website’s specific requirements with xCloud easily
**_Note_**_: Incorrectly configuring workers count in PHP can affect your website’s performance. It is essential to carefully consider your server’s resources and workload before adjusting._
### Step 1: Access Your Site in xCloud
To adjust the PHP workers of your site, first go to your site and choose the **‘Site Settings‘** tab from the left sidebar.
### **Step 2: Adjust the Number of PHP Workers**
In the PHP Settings, set the maximum workers limit in the **‘Max PHP Workers’** section considering your site traffic, server’s RAM and CPU resources and click on **‘Save Settings’**.
**_Note:_** _We recommend allocating max 1 worker per 256MB of RAM and 4 workers per CPU core to avoid overflow and underflow. When adjusting automatically xCloud follows this calculation._
That is how you adjust PHP workers in xCloud to enhance your website’s speed, reliability, and user experience.
## **Tips to Optimize PHP Workers for Your Website**
Optimizing PHP Workers is essential for maintaining a high-performing, scalable website. While increasing the number of workers is one solution, there are several strategies to maximize efficiency without overloading your server or hosting budget.
### **💡Implement Caching Mechanisms**
Utilize caching to reduce the load on PHP workers. Implementing page caching stores pre-rendered pages, allowing servers to serve static content without engaging PHP workers. For dynamic content, consider object caching with tools like Redis or Memcached to store frequently accessed data, minimizing database queries and PHP processing.
### **💡Optimize PHP Code And Plugins**
Review and refine your PHP code to enhance efficiency. Remove unnecessary plugins and ensure that active ones are well-coded and essential. Poorly written code and excessive plugins can increase the workload on PHP workers, leading to slower performance.
### **💡Upgrade PHP Versions**
Ensure your website runs on the [**latest PHP version**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-update-php-versions-in-wordpress-2024/). Newer versions offer performance improvements and better resource management, reducing the burden on PHP workers. Regular updates also enhance security and compatibility.
###
💡**Implement Load Balancing**
Distribute incoming traffic across multiple servers to prevent any single server from becoming a bottleneck. Load balancing ensures that PHP workers are not overwhelmed, maintaining optimal performance during traffic spikes.
### **💡Monitor And Adjust PHP Worker Counts**
Regularly monitor your website’s performance and adjust the number of PHP workers as needed. Tools like New Relic or server monitoring dashboards can provide insights into worker utilization, helping you determine the optimal number to handle your site’s load without overconsuming resources.
Optimizing PHP Workers is not just about adding more—it is about using them efficiently. Implementing these strategies ensures your website remains fast, responsive, and scalable, even during periods of high demand.
## **Elevate Your Website’s Performance by Understanding & Optimizing PHP Workers**
PHP Workers may not always be the first thing that comes to mind when considering website performance, but they are indispensable for delivering a smooth and responsive user experience. They are the behind-the-scenes workers who handle every request on your site, from loading pages to processing complex user interactions. Understanding their role and optimizing their usage can significantly impact your website’s performance, scalability, and ability to handle traffic surges. If you are managing a personal blog or a global e-commerce platform, understanding the role of PHP workers and optimizing their use is essential for success.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Prevent DDoS Attacks: Key Strategies to Keep Your Website Online - xCloud
> Safeguard your website and prevent DDoS attacks with xCloud hosting. Learn expert tips to keep your business online and secure from threats.
Website downtime is more than just an inconvenience – it can seriously affect your business revenue, damage brand values, and more. One of the most effective ways to avoid these disruptions is to [**prevent DDoS attacks**](/website-vulnerability-checker/), a leading cause of unexpected outages. These attacks flood your site with fake traffic, overwhelm your servers and leave genuine visitors unable to access your website.
The good news? With the right strategies and tools, you can **protect your website** from these disruptive events. In this guide, we will explore actionable tips and highlight how you can prevent DDoS attacks and utilize xCloud hosting to help you stay protected against potential threats.
## **💡 What Are DDoS Attacks, And Why Should You Worry?**
Before knowing the basics and advanced details to prevent DDoS attacks, let us first understand **what DDoS attacks are** and why they are so dangerous. A DDoS attack uses a network of compromised devices, [**commonly called botnets**](https://www.kaspersky.com/resource-center/threats/botnet-attacks), to flood your website with an immense amount of traffic. As a result, your server fails to differentiate between real visitors and fake ones. And, it gets overwhelmed.
This overload can [**cause website downtime**](/best-practices-to-prevent-downtime/), slow performance, and even data breaches, ultimately damaging your site’s reputation and usability.
Here is why DDoS attacks are a big deal:
- **Server Overload**: Once you are affected by DDoS attacks, your server resources get maxed out. This will **lead to server crashes** and all of your sites on that server will be down.
- **Website Downtime**: Downtime means visitors do not have access to your website. It disrupts your business operations and customer experience, potentially leading to lost revenue.
- **Poor User Experience**: Even if your site does not crash completely, it might **become painfully slow**. If this is the case, your visitors will not stay long on your website and move to another competitor.
- **Hard-to-Spot Traffic**: Experienced attackers use botnets to copy legitimate traffic, making detection challenging.
### **🤖 The Fallout of a DDoS Attack**
No business, whether big or small, is immune to the aftermath of a DDoS attack. These attacks do not just affect your website’s technical performance; they can undermine the very foundation of your business operations. From financial setbacks to the loss of customer trust, the repercussions can be widespread and long-lasting.
- **Revenue Loss:** For online businesses, every second of downtime means lost sales or missed opportunities. For instance, an eCommerce site experiencing downtime during peak shopping hours could lose thousands, if not millions, of dollars in potential revenue. Beyond immediate losses, recurring outages could drive customers to competitors, further **impacting long-term profitability**.
- **Reputation Damage:** Frequent outages frustrate users, leading to a loss of trust. If visitors experience slow loading times or find your website unavailable, they are **less likely to return**. Worse, dissatisfied users might voice their frustration on social media or review platforms, damaging your [**brand’s public image**](https://wpdeveloper.com/ways-to-protect-your-brand-reputation/).
- **High Recovery Costs:** Fixing the damage often requires investing in specialized tools or services. These costs include hiring cybersecurity experts, upgrading server infrastructure, and purchasing advanced mitigation solutions. For small businesses, such expenses can affect already limited budgets and make recovery even more challenging.
- **Legal Trouble:** If sensitive data is compromised, you might face regulatory fines and lawsuits. Data breaches resulting from a DDoS attack can trigger compliance issues with privacy laws like [**GDPR**](https://gdpr-info.eu/) or [**CCPA**](https://oag.ca.gov/privacy/ccpa). The legal aftermath can include hefty fines, legal fees and potential settlements.
- **Customer Dissatisfaction:** Even temporary disruptions can [**destroy customer satisfaction**](https://betterdocs.co/customer-experience-with-ai/). Today’s users expect seamless digital experiences, and any delay or inaccessibility can push them toward competitors. Rebuilding trust after such incidents can be a slow and uphill battle.
Clearly, you must **prevent DDoS attacks** to safeguard your website and maintain smooth operations. A comprehensive approach that combines robust hosting **solutions like xCloud** with proactive security measures can help **mitigate these risks** and ensure your business remains resilient in the face of evolving threats.
## **🔐 How xCloud Hosting Protects You from DDoS Attacks**
Protecting your website from DDoS attacks requires not only vigilance but also the right technology stack. With cyber threats becoming increasingly sophisticated, relying on traditional methods is no longer enough. This is where [**xCloud hosting**](/) comes into play with a comprehensive suite of security measures specifically designed to combat DDoS attacks and other malicious activities.
By leveraging advanced tools and automated defenses, xCloud hosting offers an impressive [**suite of security features**](/docs/server-and-website-security-with-xcloud/) to prevent DDoS attacks and keep your website running smoothly. Here is a closer look at the tools they provide:
### **1\. Firewalls for Traffic Filtering**
xCloud’s [**Linux Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW)**](/docs/how-to-configure-firewall-management-in-xcloud/) acts as your first line of defense, blocking malicious traffic before it even reaches your site. With intelligent filtering of suspicious activity and [**IP banning via Fail2Ban**](/docs/fail2ban-in-xcloud-enhancing-server-security-with-ease/), xCloud makes it harder for attackers to overwhelm your server.
### **2\. Automatic Security Updates**
Keeping your server and WordPress site updated is crucial to patching vulnerabilities. xCloud ensures updates are [**applied automatically**](/automate-security-updates-xcloud/), protecting your website from potential exploits without any extra effort on your part.
### **3\. Advanced Web Application Firewall (WAF)**
xCloud integrates robust [**WAF solutions**](/advanced-web-application-firewall-configurations/) to inspect incoming traffic and block harmful requests. This additional layer of protection ensures your website remains accessible to legitimate users even during an attempted attack.
### **4\. Real-Time Vulnerability Scanning**
With xCloud’s [**vulnerability scanner**](/website-vulnerability-checker/), powered by [**Wordfence**](https://www.wordfence.com/), you can proactively identify and **fix weaknesses** in your themes, plugins, or core files. While this feature does not directly block DDoS attacks, it plays a vital role in reducing vulnerabilities that attackers often exploit to launch such attacks.
For example, compromised plugins or outdated software can be used as entry points to **inject malicious scripts** or create backdoors. By addressing these security gaps promptly, you make it harder for attackers to leverage your system for a DDoS campaign or any other malicious activity. Spotting these issues early can make all the difference in maintaining a **robust and secure** website environment.
### **5\. Extensive IP Management**
With xCloud, [**managing IP access**](/docs/whitelisting-xcloud-ip-addresses/) has never been easier. You can now seamlessly **whitelist or blacklist IP addresses** directly from your dashboard. This ensures that only trusted users can access your site while blocking harmful IPs.
### **6\. Secure File Transfers with SFTP**
To further reduce vulnerabilities, xCloud enforces SFTP and [**SSH protocols**](/docs/how-to-generate-and-add-ssh-keys-in-xcloud/), eliminating risks associated with less secure file transfer methods like FTP. While this does not directly block DDoS attacks, it minimizes the chances of attackers accessing your server via insecure file transfer methods.
By ensuring that data exchanged between your computer and server is encrypted and secure, you **protect sensitive credentials** and prevent attackers from planting malicious scripts or altering server configurations. This proactive step strengthens your website’s overall security posture, indirectly reducing the risk of becoming an easy target for DDoS attempts.
### **🔧 Extra Steps to Secure Your Website**
While xCloud provides powerful DDoS protection, adding extra layers of security can go a long way. Here are a few additional tips:
- **Use SSL Certificates:** Encrypt data exchanged between your site and visitors to safeguard sensitive information.
- **Enable Two-Factor Authentication (2FA):** Add an extra layer of login security for extensive DDoS protection.
- **Disable Unused Features:** If your site doesn’t need XML-RPC, disabling it reduces attack surfaces and minimizes vulnerabilities.
### **🚀 Utilize xCloud & Prevent DDoS Attacks with Confidence**
DDoS attacks might sound intimidating, but with the right tools and strategies, you can protect your website and maintain its performance. xCloud’s comprehensive security features to prevent DDoS attacks, from firewalls to automated updates and advanced DDoS mitigation, make it easier than ever to stay secure.
Take action today to **prevent DDoS attacks** and keep your WordPress site online, fast, and safe for visitors. A proactive approach not only shields you from downtime but also builds trust with your audience, ensuring your website remains a reliable destination.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# xCloud Pricing: Managed WordPress Hosting from $5/mo, Free Panel for Your Own Server
> Managed WordPress, Laravel, Node and Docker servers from $5/mo, AI agent hosting from $9.99/mo, a free control panel for your own servers, reseller plans from $25/mo and add-ons from $1. Pro-rated refunds.
**Note for agents:** this page owns every price xCloud publishes. All prices are in USD per month unless a row says otherwise; agent-hosting prices are promotional and renew at the regular price shown beside them. Recurring charges bill on the 1st through Stripe. For the full refund rules see [/docs/refund-policy/](/docs/refund-policy/); for head-to-head comparisons see [/compare/](/compare/). Start free at https://app.xcloud.host/register.
**Claims boundary.** Every figure is the published list price on the day this file was built, not a quote. Competitor figures in "How we compare on price" are copied from each comparison page's own glance row and carry that page's checked date.
## The five things xCloud sells
Pay for the server, not the site count. Unlimited sites on every paid plan, free migration, and refunds for the days you did not use.
| # | I want to… | Service | Starts at | Section |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 01 | Host my sites on a server you run | Managed hosting | $5/mo | [#managed](#managed) |
| 02 | Connect servers I already own | Bring your own server | Free for the first server, then $5 → $3 per server | [#panel](#panel) |
| 03 | Run an AI agent (OpenClaw, Hermes, DeepSeek Harness) | AI agent hosting | $9.99/mo | [#agents](#agents) |
| 04 | Resell hosting under my brand | Reseller hosting | $25/mo | [#reseller](#reseller) |
| 05 | Add Cloudflare Enterprise, email or security to any of the above | Add-ons | $1/mo | [#addons](#addons) |
On every service: pro-rated or 14-day refunds, free migration, 24/7 live chat, cancel anytime.
## 01 · Managed hosting — from $5.00/mo {#managed}
We provision, patch and run the server. Every plan includes unlimited sites, free SSL, automated backups, staging, free migration and the full xCloud control panel. Three plans most people start with:
| Plan | Price | Build | RAM | CPU | Storage | Bandwidth | Good for |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Newcomer | $5.00/mo | Standard | 1 GB | 1 vCPU | 25 GB SSD | 1 TB | A blog, a portfolio or a landing page |
| Growing *(most popular)* | $30.00/mo | Premium | 4 GB | 2 vCPU | 128 GB NVMe SSD | 3 TB | A busy site or a WooCommerce store |
| Titanium | $100.00/mo | Premium | 16 GB | 4 vCPU | 384 GB NVMe SSD | 5 TB | An agency fleet or a high-traffic store |
All 15 plans, 1 GB to 64 GB RAM:
| Plan | Tier | Price | RAM | Storage | CPU | Bandwidth | Sites |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Newcomer | Standard | $5.00/mo | 1 GB | 25 GB SSD | 1 vCPU | 1 TB | Unlimited |
| Lite | Premium | $7.50/mo | 1 GB | 32 GB NVMe SSD | 1 vCPU | 1 TB | Unlimited |
| Basic | Standard | $12.00/mo | 2 GB | 55 GB SSD | 1 vCPU | 2 TB | Unlimited |
| Personal | Premium | $20.00/mo | 2 GB | 80 GB NVMe SSD | 2 vCPU | 3 TB | Unlimited |
| Standard | Standard | $24.00/mo | 4 GB | 80 GB SSD | 2 vCPU | 3 TB | Unlimited |
| Growing *(most popular)* | Premium | $30.00/mo | 4 GB | 128 GB NVMe SSD | 2 vCPU | 3 TB | Unlimited |
| Professional | Standard | $45.00/mo | 8 GB | 160 GB SSD | 4 vCPU | 4 TB | Unlimited |
| Elite | Premium | $50.00/mo | 8 GB | 256 GB NVMe SSD | 3 vCPU | 4 TB | Unlimited |
| Business | Standard | $88.00/mo | 16 GB | 320 GB SSD | 6 vCPU | 5 TB | Unlimited |
| Titanium | Premium | $100.00/mo | 16 GB | 384 GB NVMe SSD | 4 vCPU | 5 TB | Unlimited |
| Business Plus | Standard | $196.00/mo | 32 GB | 640 GB SSD | 8 vCPU | 6 TB | Unlimited |
| Ultimate | Premium | $200.00/mo | 32 GB | 512 GB NVMe SSD | 8 vCPU | 7 TB | Unlimited |
| Ultimate PLUS | Premium | $310.00/mo | 48 GB | 768 GB NVMe SSD | 12 vCPU | 8 TB | Unlimited |
| Quantum | Premium | $395.00/mo | 58 GB | 1024 GB NVMe SSD | 16 vCPU | 9 TB | Unlimited |
| Business Max | Standard | $399.00/mo | 64 GB | 1280 GB SSD | 16 vCPU | 10 TB | Unlimited |
Premium plans run on NVMe SSD storage backed by 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs. Not every size ships in both builds: 48 GB and 58 GB are Premium only, 64 GB is Standard only. Running a WooCommerce store? Stores are database-heavy, so start on a Premium build — see [/woocommerce-hosting/](/woocommerce-hosting/). Delete the server on any day and the unused days are refunded.
[Full managed hosting details →](/managed-hosting/)
### Same server, any stack {#stacks}
A Node, Laravel or Docker server is the managed server above with the stack preconfigured. Nothing costs extra, and every one of them runs unlimited sites.
| Stack | Comes with | From | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Node.js | Node versions, PM2 process manager, git deploys | $5/mo | [/node-js-hosting/](/node-js-hosting/) |
| Laravel | Composer, queue workers, scheduler and Horizon | $5/mo | [/laravel-hosting/](/laravel-hosting/) |
| Docker | Compose files, images, or Compose straight from git | $5/mo | [/docker-hosting/](/docker-hosting/) |
| Next.js | SSR and CSR builds from a public or private repo | $5/mo | [/nextjs-hosting/](/nextjs-hosting/) |
### Any open-source app, no extra charge {#apps}
The plan buys the server. All 215 apps in the one-click library deploy on it free. [Browse the app library →](/one-click-apps/)
## 02 · Bring your own server — free, then $5 → $3 per server {#panel}
Connect any VPS or bare metal — DigitalOcean, Vultr, Hetzner, Linode, AWS, Google Cloud, Hostinger, Contabo — and run it through xCloud. Your first server is free, forever. After that you pay per server, and the rate falls as you add more. One offering, one feature set; nothing is gated by spend.
| Servers connected | Price |
| --- | --- |
| 1 server | Free, 10 sites, forever |
| 2–5 servers | $5 per server / month |
| 6–10 servers | $4 per server / month (save 20%) |
| 11+ servers | $3 per server / month (save 40%) |
Every paid server gets: unlimited sites, full control panel with root access kept, monitoring and alerts, free SSL, firewall and security tools, team access, any provider, storage or Git, backups that restore, free migrations.
What is different from a managed server: you pay your provider for the machine; server resize and full-server backup are managed-only; everything else in the panel is identical. Full refund within 14 days on new servers.
**Prefer to pay once?** Pay one or two years upfront for lifetime access to the control panel, reseller panel included. Lifetime users can also buy discounted managed servers from $4.50/mo. [See the lifetime deal →](/deal/)
[Full self-managed details →](/self-managed-hosting/)
## 03 · AI agent hosting — from $9.99/mo {#agents}
OpenClaw, Hermes and DeepSeek Harness run on the same fully managed Cloud VPS sizes at the same price. Pick the agent, then the size.
| Size | Price | Regular | RAM | CPU | Storage | Bandwidth |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Cloud VPS 6GB | $9.99/mo | $19.99 | 6 GB | 4 vCPU | 100 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 16GB *(popular)* | $19.99/mo | $39.99 | 16 GB | 6 vCPU | 200 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 24GB | $29.99/mo | $49.99 | 24 GB | 8 vCPU | 300 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 48GB | $54.99/mo | $95.00 | 48 GB | 12 vCPU | 400 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 64GB | $74.99/mo | $125.00 | 64 GB | 16 vCPU | 500 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
| Cloud VPS 120GB | $141.99/mo | $225.00 | 120 GB | 24 vCPU | 800 GB NVMe SSD | 30 TB |
Promotional rates; each size renews at its regular price. Cancel anytime. Refunds are pro-rated, including yearly terms.
[OpenClaw hosting →](/openclaw-hosting/) · [Hermes agent hosting →](/hermes-agent-hosting/) · [DeepSeek Harness →](/deepseek-harness/)
## 04 · Reseller hosting — from $25/mo {#reseller}
Build your own branded hosting control panel, set your prices and keep the margin. Prices shown are the current discounted rates.
| Tier | Price | Was | Sell up to | Platform fee per sale |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Startup | $25/mo | $50 | 25 servers | +25% or $3 |
| Advanced *(most popular)* | $50/mo | $100 | 60 servers | +20% or $3 |
| Corporate | $100/mo | $200 | 150 servers | +15% or $3 |
| Visionary | $250/mo | $500 | 400 servers | +10% or $3 |
**Two billing modes.** On xCloud managed servers you pay the monthly fee only. Reselling on your own infrastructure adds the per-sale platform fee shown above. Past 400 servers sold, the control panel is free. Subscription fees refund in full within 14 days.
[Full reseller plans and terms →](/reseller-hosting/)
## 05 · Add-ons — add to any service {#addons}
| Add-on | Price | Free tier | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Cloudflare Enterprise CDN | $5 per domain / month | — | [/cloudflare/](/cloudflare/) |
| Mailbox | $1 per 8 GB mailbox / month (up to 80 GB at $8) | Free on managed servers | [/mailbox/](/mailbox/) |
| Mail Delivery | $3 per month for 3,000 emails (up to 10,000 at $12) | 100 emails a month | [/mail-delivery/](/mail-delivery/) |
| Site Security PRO (Patchstack) | $2 per site / month, was $5 | — | [/site-security-pro/](/site-security-pro/) |
Add-ons are not refundable once activated. Cancel any time to stop the next charge.
## Free on every paid server {#included}
Managed or your own, the control panel is the same one. None of this is an add-on, a higher tier, or a per-site charge: unlimited sites per server · free SSL with auto-renewal · staging and site snapshots · automated backups that restore · free migrations, however many · git deploys from private repos · multiple PHP versions, PHP 8.5 ready · HTTP/3, NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed · full root and SSH access · team access with per-member scope · monitoring and alerts around the clock · one-click WordPress updates manager · firewall and security tools · 24/7 live chat with real engineers · xCloud Pulse menu bar app for macOS.
[Free vs PRO, line by line →](/xcloud-free-vs-pro/) · [Every feature →](/features/)
## Which one am I? {#compare}
| | Managed server | Your own server | AI agent | Reseller |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Starts at | $5.00/mo | Free, then $3–5/server | $9.99/mo | $25/mo |
| Do I need my own VPS account? | No | Yes | No | Either |
| Who patches and runs the server | xCloud | You, with the panel | xCloud | Depends on mode |
| Sites | Unlimited | Unlimited on paid | Agent workloads | Set by you |
| Server resize and full backup | Yes | — | Yes | On xCloud servers |
| Free tier | — | Yes | — | — |
| Refund | Pro-rated, any day | Full, within 14 days | Pro-rated, any day | Full, within 14 days |
| Best for | WordPress, stores, apps | Existing fleets and agencies | Personal AI agents | Hosts and agencies |
## How we compare on price {#versus}
**Managed hosting.** Managed servers from $5/mo with unlimited sites. The hosts below start at $11 to $35 and mostly meter by site.
| | xCloud | Them | Full comparison |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Cloudways | $5/mo | $11/mo | [/xcloud-vs-cloudways/](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/) |
| SiteGround | $5/mo | $17.99/mo (shared; cloud from $100/mo) | [/xcloud-vs-siteground/](/xcloud-vs-siteground/) |
| Rapyd Cloud | $5/mo | $35/mo (1 site; extra sites $20 each) | [/xcloud-vs-rapyd-cloud/](/xcloud-vs-rapyd-cloud/) |
**Server control panels.** The panel is free for your first server and $3 to $5 a server after that. The panels below start at $8 to $12 a month before the server.
| | xCloud | Them | Full comparison |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| RunCloud | Free | $8/mo | [/xcloud-vs-runcloud/](/xcloud-vs-runcloud/) |
| GridPane | Free | Free core (servers from $27.01 vs our $20.01 at 2 GB) | [/xcloud-vs-gridpane/](/xcloud-vs-gridpane/) |
| SpinupWP | Free | $12/mo (1 server; migration from $300 a site) | [/xcloud-vs-spinupwp/](/xcloud-vs-spinupwp/) |
| ServerAvatar | Free | $9/mo ($12 at renewal) | [/xcloud-vs-serveravatar/](/xcloud-vs-serveravatar/) |
Lowest published plans, as stated on each comparison page. [All comparisons →](/compare/)
## Pay only for the days you use {#refunds}
- **Managed servers and AI agents — pro-rated, any day.** Delete the server before the paid term ends and the unused days come back. A $100/mo plan deleted after 15 days is charged 15 days; the rest is refunded, less Stripe's processing fee of up to 10%. Minimum charge is one day. Yearly OpenClaw terms refund the same way.
- **Your own server and reseller — full refund within 14 days.** New servers and reseller subscriptions get a full refund inside 14 days, no questions asked. After that, deleting a server cancels its subscription and nothing further is charged.
- **Add-ons — no refund once activated.** Mailbox, Mail Delivery and Site Security PRO are final once switched on. Cancel any time to stop the next charge.
Recurring charges bill on the 1st of the month, in USD, through Stripe. Resizing a managed server is pro-rated: you pay the difference for the rest of the cycle, or get a credit for the unused part. [Read the full refund policy →](/docs/refund-policy/)
## Frequently asked questions {#faq}
### Which option is right for me?
Want us to run the server? Managed hosting covers WordPress, WooCommerce, Laravel, Node, Docker and every one-click app. Already own servers? Connect them and pay per server. Deploying a personal AI agent? Use AI agent hosting. Reselling under your brand? Use the reseller program.
### Do you charge per site?
No. You pay for the server, and every paid server runs unlimited sites. The free tier connects one server and runs up to 10 sites.
### How do refunds work?
Managed and AI agent servers refund pro-rated: you pay for the days the server ran, the rest comes back less Stripe's fee. Your own servers and reseller plans refund in full within 14 days. Add-ons are non-refundable once activated. [Full refund policy](/docs/refund-policy/)
### When am I billed, and in what currency?
On the 1st of each month, in USD, through Stripe. A new server is charged when you create it and its first month is pro-rated.
### What size should I pick for WooCommerce?
Stores are database-heavy, so the Premium build's NVMe storage matters more than for a blog. Growing, the 4 GB Premium plan, is the most popular start, and you can resize any time.
### What size should I pick for OpenClaw or Hermes?
6 GB runs a single always-on agent. 16 GB is the popular pick, with room for browser work and tooling. Every agent uses the same sizes and prices.
### Standard or Premium?
Premium runs on NVMe SSD with 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, noticeably faster for disk and database work. Standard is regular SSD and better value when throughput is not the bottleneck. 48 GB and 58 GB are Premium only; 64 GB is Standard only.
### What happens if I outgrow my plan?
Managed servers resize from the dashboard, pro-rated. Your own servers are billed per server, so the rate adjusts as you add or remove them.
### Does the lifetime deal include managed servers?
It buys lifetime access to the control panel and reseller panel; you connect your own servers. Lifetime users can also buy discounted managed servers from $4.50 a month. [See the lifetime deal](/deal/)
## Start free, or buy a $5 server. Both take a minute.
Create an account and connect a server free, or buy a managed one and let us run it. Migration is on us either way.
[Create free account](https://app.xcloud.host/register) · [Talk to us](/schedule-a-demo)
---
# Privacy Policy - xCloud
> Data privacy policy for seamless user experience in xCloud
# xCloud Privacy Policy
Data privacy policy for seamless user experience in xCloud
- [Use of Service](/privacy-policy/)
- [Privacy Policy](/privacy-policy/)
- [About Us](/privacy-policy/)
- [How Do We Collect Personal Information?](/privacy-policy/)
- [How Do We Use Your Information?](/privacy-policy/)
- [Financial Data](/privacy-policy/)
- [Retention](/privacy-policy/)
- [GDPR Compliance](/privacy-policy/)
- [Cookies](/privacy-policy/)
- [Content Ownership](/privacy-policy/)
- [Public Information](/privacy-policy/)
- [Information Ownership](/privacy-policy/)
- [Information Security](/privacy-policy/)
- [Property Rights Of Access](/privacy-policy/)
- [Privacy Contact](/privacy-policy/)
xCloud is a control panel that simplifies the process of setting up and managing WordPress websites on various types of cloud/VPS servers. xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure.
### Use of ServiceCopied!
If, in our reasonable opinion, you violate any of these Terms, or the spirit or intent of these Terms, including by engaging in any of the specifically prohibited actions listed below, we reserve the right to take necessary actions. Most importantly, it should be noted that any content you share using xCloud that violates any sort of right, offensive, or questionable content, are not our responsibility. Reasons you will be penalized include but are not limited to:
- Use of the tool for unethical purpose, infringing, or fraudulent purposes
- Promotion or advertisement of goods or services that are not your own without proper authorization.
- Use of any robot, spider, automated device, or manual technique to monitor any part of the plugin without our prior authorization.
- Use our support services improperly or make fictitious claims of abuse, misbehavior, or security breaches.
xCloud is a control panel that simplifies the process of setting up and managing WordPress websites on various types of cloud/VPS servers. xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure.
### Privacy PolicyCopied!
At xCloud, we highly value your privacy. This Privacy Policy explains how we collect, use, share, and protect your personal information when you interact with us through our website, purchase our products or services, or engage with us on social media platforms. Please read this policy carefully. Any changes to this policy will be effective immediately upon publication on our website. By continuing to use our services, you waive the requirement for a specific notice regarding policy modifications. We encourage you to periodically review this Privacy Policy when visiting our website or engaging with us on social media. Your continued use of our services after any revisions to the Privacy Policy signifies your acceptance of the changes.
xCloud Company operates various websites, including [https://xcloud.host](/), [https://blog.xcloud.host](https://blog.xcloud.host), [https://xcloud.app](https://xcloud.app), and other subdomains of [xcloud.app](https://xcloud.app) (collectively referred to as the “Sites” or “Services”). This Privacy Policy outlines our practices regarding the collection, use, and disclosure of Personal Data (“Personal Data”) we receive from users of the Sites. Personal Data refers to information that can identify a living individual, either directly or when combined with other data in our possession, as defined by Data Protection Legislation. By registering an xCloud account or continuing to use our services, you confirm that you have reviewed and agreed to be bound by this Privacy Policy. Your explicit acceptance of this Privacy Policy is required before registering an account or using the Service.
### About UsCopied!
xCloud allows you to manage and monitor all your cloud servers and sites from a single dashboard.
– Integrate with any cloud providers such as Digitalocean, Vultr, GCP, etc to create servers.
– Install and Migrate WordPress Site.
And many other arrays of Server and Site management features.
### How Do We Collect Personal Information?Copied!
According to this privacy statement, “Personal Information” refers to any data pertaining to a named or distinguishable individual. We receive Personal Information about you from several sources.
We specify, where appropriate, if and why you must give us your Personal Information as well as the repercussions of not doing so. If we need the information to provide you with the plugin service or if we are legally obliged to collect it, you might not be able to make use of our product if you do not submit it when asked for.
**Customer Support:** When you communicate with our customer support team or send us any communications, we may keep a record of what you say and how you say it.
**Making A Purchase:** You will be required to enter Personal Information, such as your credit card number and billing address, in order to make payments through the xCloud website.
### How Do We Use Your Information?Copied!
We use the information we collect or receive:
- To send administrative information to you for our business purposes, and/or for legal reasons. We may use your personal information to send you a product, service, and new feature information, and/or information about changes to our terms, conditions, and policies.
- Request Feedback for our Business Purposes and/or with your Consent. We may use your information to request feedback and to contact you about your use of our Site.
- To protect our Site for Business Purposes and/or Legal Reasons. We may use your information as part of our efforts to keep our Site safe and secure (for example, for fraud monitoring and prevention).
- To enable user-to-user communications with your consent. We may use your information to enable user-to-user communications with each user’s consent.
- To enforce our terms, conditions, and policies for our business purposes and as legally required.
- To respond to legal requests and prevent harm as legally required. If we receive a subpoena or other legal request, we may need to inspect the data we hold to determine how to respond.
- Google Analytics. We may also use Google Analytics and Google Analytics Demographics and Interest Reporting to collect information regarding visitor behavior and visitor demographics on some of our Services and to develop website content.
- For other Business Purposes. We may use your information for other Business Purposes, such as data analysis, identifying usage trends, determining the effectiveness of our promotional campaigns, and evaluating and improving our Site, products, services, marketing, and experience.
### Financial DataCopied!
Financial data refers to information related to your payment method, such as credit card or bank transfer details. We do not store your financial data on our systems. Instead, when you make a purchase, order, return, or exchange products or services on our website or related mobile apps, your financial data is sent directly to our payment processor, Stripe, for secure processing. Stripe then provides us with limited information, such as payment status, id and other transaction details, which we use solely to handle payment verification and complete your transaction.
### RetentionCopied!
Personal Data shall be processed and stored for as long as required by the purpose they have been collected for. Therefore:
- Personal Data collected for purposes related to the performance of a contract between the Owner and the User shall be retained until such contract has been fully performed. Personal Data collected for the purposes of the Owner’s legitimate interests shall be retained as long as needed to fulfill such purposes.
- Users may find specific information regarding the legitimate interests pursued by the Owner within the relevant sections of this document or by contacting the Owner. The Owner may be allowed to retain Personal Data for a longer period whenever the User has given consent to such processing, as long as such consent is not withdrawn.
Furthermore, the Owner may be obliged to retain Personal Data for a longer period whenever required to do so for the performance of a legal obligation or upon order of an authority. Once the retention period expires, Personal Data shall be deleted. Therefore, the right to access, the right to erasure, the right to rectification, and the right to data portability cannot be enforced after the expiration of the retention period.
### GDPR ComplianceCopied!
We wholeheartedly support the General Data Protection Regulations (GDPR) of the EU. These rules will ensure that the Internet is safe and secure. We strive to respect privacy from the outset and, if practical, avoid gathering and storing personally identifiable data.
The rare occasions when personally identifiable information is necessary are mentioned in our privacy policy. Typically, this will include an email address to access xCloud or login to access your account on a social network.
In general, we strive for privacy by design: if data collecting is not necessary for the operation of our product, we won’t do it. Since many of these data-gathering procedures at xCloud have been in place for a while, this method feels very much in accordance with the spirit of GDPR. As a result, you might not see many banners or forms asking for your permission for us to gather personal information for monitoring or other uses. xCloud does not require this information, and we have decided not to take action or employ techniques that would make it pertinent.
While using xCloud, you need to double-check if GDPR compliance is applicable to you or not. If you fail to comply with any GDPR law, xCloud is not liable or responsible for this in any way or form. So it is suggested that you check and see if GDPR compliance goes with your regional GDPR law or not.
### CookiesCopied!
We use cookies to store visitor preferences, record user-specific information on what pages users access or visit, and customize content based on visitor browser type or other information that the visitor sends. Some of these advertisers may use technology such as cookies and web beacons when they advertise on our site. Google, through its Adsense Program, uses cookies to serve ads on this site. Google’s use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to RedmonePie.com users based on their visits to this and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google ad and content network privacy policy.
### Content OwnershipCopied!
In terms of content ownership, xCloud.host does not claim any liability for any content posted by its xCloud users. For example, if you are a user of xCloud and manage your WordPress site on a regular basis, no matter what kind of website you are working on, xCloud.host will never have any claim on your content.
### Public InformationCopied!
Our Website enables you to post information to be accessed by others through our comments. When you do so, other visitors may collect your data and attempt to contact you off the site. xCloud.host cannot be held liable for any offsite communications that result from your posting of personal information on our site. If you do not wish to be contacted offsite by other xCloud.host visitors, do not share your personal information in the content when leaving a comment.
Please note: Although you are required to provide your email address in the specified field when entering a comment, your email address will only be available to the xCloud.host website administrators and will not be publicly visible. Your email address will be held in confidence.
### Information OwnershipCopied!
All e-mails, comments, or other forms of communication received by xCloud.host are the property of xCloud.host and may be used for editorial or technical improvements to the Website at our discretion without any form of compensation being owed to the sender of said communications.
### Information SecurityCopied!
We have appropriate security measures in place in our physical facilities and the facilities of our service providers to protect against the loss, misuse, or alteration of information that we have collected from you on our Website.
Information provided by Website visitors is held in confidence and used for editorial and technical improvements to the Website.
### Property Rights Of AccessCopied!
You have certain rights with respect to your personal data, as outlined below. Note that we may charge you a reasonable fee for actions that you ask us to take with respect to your data. In addition, we reserve the right to request that you provide us with evidence of your identity before we take any action with respect to the exercise of your data rights. Further, your rights may be restricted or nullified to the extent they conflict with our compelling business interests, the public interest, or the law. Update Account Information: You have the right to update or change any information you have provided to us. To update or delete your information, please contact us at [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host).
**Confirm Personal Data and Its Use:** You have the right to request that we confirm what data we hold about you, and for what purposes. You also have the right to confirmation of whether we process your data or deliver your data to third-party processors, and for what purposes. We will supply you with copies of your personal data unless doing so would affect the rights and freedoms of others.
**Change Consent:** You have the right to change your consent to our use of your information. In such cases, we may require you to delete your account with us, as described above ([support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)), and you may not have full access to our website.
**Request a Copy of Data:** You have the right to request a digital copy of the data that we hold about you. Your first request for a copy of your personal data will be provided free of charge; subsequent requests will incur a reasonable fee.
**Transfer Your Data:** You have the right to request that we gather and transfer your data to another controller, in a commonly used and machine-readable format, unless doing so would cause us an undue burden.
**Delete All Data:** You have the right to request that we delete all data that we hold about you, and we must delete such data without undue delay. There are exceptions to this right, such as when keeping your data is required by law, is necessary to exercise the right of freedom of expression and information, is required for compliance with a legal obligation, or is necessary for the exercise or defense of legal claims. Such a request may result in the termination of your account with us, and you may have limited or no use of our website.
### Privacy ContactCopied!
If you feel that this Website is not following this Privacy Policy, you may contact us with your concerns. If you have questions or comments about this policy, email us at [support@xcloud.host](mailto:support@xcloud.host)
---
# 7 Proactive OpenClaw Agent Workflows in 2026: Make Your AI Work Perfectly Without Being Asked (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Discover 7 proactive OpenClaw agent workflows for 2026. Automate reports, monitoring, and tasks so your AI works for you before you even ask.
If you’re treating [**OpenClaw**](https://openclaw.ai) like a chatbot — type a question, wait for an answer, type another question — you’re using about 20% of what it can do. [**According to Gartner’s August 2025 forecast**](https://gartner.com), 40% of enterprise applications will embed task-specific AI agents by the end of 2026, up from less than 5% in 2025.
That 8x jump isn’t happening because people want fancier chatbots. It’s happening because businesses figured out that the real value sits in _proactive_ automation — agents that do things before you ask.
The other 80% of OpenClaw is exactly that. Your OpenClaw agent can start tasks on its own, send you reports you didn’t request, monitor your servers at 3 AM while you sleep, and work on improving your workflows while you’re focused on something else entirely. [**According to McKinsey’s November 2025 analysis**](https://mckinsey.com), 57% of work hours are already technically automatable. The gap between “could automate” and “actually automating” is just setup — and that’s what this guide eliminates.
Here’s every proactive OpenClaw Agent workflow worth setting up, how to configure each one, and the specific prompts that make them work on **[xCloud](/).**
## **A Quick Summary / TL;DR**
Here’s the breakdown of reactive versus proactive capabilities and what you can set up today:
**If you want to…**
**Use this workflow**
**Expected impact**
**Setup time**
Get a daily overview without asking
Morning Brief
Save 25-40 min/day
5 minutes
Monitor servers around the clock
Health Monitoring Alerts
Catch issues 10x faster
10 minutes
Have your agent improve your workflows
Self-Improvement Loop
1 new optimization/day
3 minutes
Run recurring tasks automatically
Cron Job Scheduling
Eliminate manual repetition
5 minutes per job
Stay on top of industry changes
Competitor & News Watch
Never miss a market shift
5 minutes
Delegate complex work chains
Sub-Agent Delegation
Handle parallel tasks
10 minutes
Keep documentation current
Auto-Documentation
Always-current docs
8 minutes
[**According to Zapier’s 2026 State of Automation report**](https://zapier.com), autonomous task execution and AI orchestration are the two most impactful automation capabilities for small teams. If you’re picking one workflow to start with, the Morning Brief is the fastest path to daily value – one prompt, under 5 minutes, results the next morning. DevOps teams and sysadmins tend to get more immediate ROI from server health monitoring. Founders and solo operators usually get the biggest surprise from the self-improvement loop — the agent finding optimizations you’d never have thought to look for.
## **Why You Need Proactive Agent Workflows in 2026**
Here’s the uncomfortable math. If you check server dashboards manually twice a day, that’s 10 minutes each time. Scanning email for urgent items: another 15 minutes. Reviewing support tickets, pulling analytics, checking uptime — another 20. That’s 55 minutes per day on _looking at things_, not doing things.
Over a year, that’s 334 hours. More than eight 40-hour work weeks spent on status checks.
**According to McKinsey**, AI-driven automation could deliver $2.9 trillion in economic value in the United States alone through increased productivity. You don’t need to capture trillions. You just need to capture your 55 minutes.
[**According to Forbes in January 2026**](https://forbes.com), agentic AI is shifting from “assistants into proactive workflow partners.” The distinction matters. An assistant waits for instructions. A proactive agent operates on a schedule, identifies what needs attention, and surfaces it. **OpenClaw’s** Gateway architecture with its built-in cron scheduler, heartbeat system, and multi-channel delivery was built for this shift.
And if you’re running infrastructure on **xCloud**, these workflows plug directly into your server management stack. No external integrations. No **Zapier**\-to-webhook chains. Just tell your agent what you want, and the Gateway handles scheduling and delivery to **Telegram**, **WhatsApp**, or whatever channel you use.
## **Reactive vs. Proactive: Understanding the Real Difference**
Before diving into setup, it helps to understand what “proactive” actually means in the context of AI agents. Every chatbot on the market — ChatGPT, Gemini, Perplexity — is reactive. You type, it responds. You stop typing, and it stops working.
**OpenClaw** operates in three distinct modes beyond reactive:
**“Your disk is 89% full.”**
**What it means**
**Example**
**How it works**
Reactive
You ask, it answers
“What’s my server CPU usage?”
Standard chat
Scheduled
Executes tasks at specific times
Daily 8 AM server report
Gateway cron jobs
Initiating
Surfaces things without being asked
“Your disk is 89% full”
Heartbeat monitoring
Self-directing
Identifies improvements and builds them
Creates a new backup script
Self-improvement loop
The scheduled and initiating modes use OpenClaw’s Gateway — the always-on daemon that manages your agent’s cron jobs, heartbeats, and message delivery. The self-directing mode combines scheduling with the agent’s ability to read its own memory, review past work, and identify gaps.[**According to SS&C Blue Prism’s December 2025 analysis**](https://blueprism.com), this is called “hybrid automation” — letting AI handle the unpredictable, creative parts while scheduled systems ensure reliable execution. That’s the architecture OpenClaw delivers.
## **All 7 Proactive** **OpenClaw Agent** **Workflow Types: Master Comparison**
**Rank**
**Workflow**
**Setup difficulty**
**Time saved/week**
**Best for**
**Requires skills?**
🥇
Morning Brief
Easy
3-5 hours
Everyone
No
🥈
Server Health Monitoring
Easy
2-4 hours
DevOps, SysAdmins
No
🥉
Self-Improvement Loop
Easy
1-3 hours
Power users, Founders
No
4
Cron Job Scheduling
Easy
2-5 hours
Anyone with recurring tasks
No
5
Competitor & News Watch
Medium
1-2 hours
Marketing, Strategy
Optional
6
Sub-Agent Delegation
Medium
3-6 hours
Complex projects
Yes (sub-agents guide)
7
Auto-Documentation
Medium
1-3 hours
Teams, Documentation-heavy orgs
Optional (ClaWHub skills guide)
## **Workflow 1: The Morning Brief**
### **What It Does**
Every morning at your chosen time, your **OpenClaw** agent compiles a personalized briefing and delivers it to your **Telegram**, **WhatsApp**, or preferred channel. No prompting required. You wake up, open your phone, and the report is already there.
### **The Prompt to Use**
Send this to your agent in natural language:
“I want to set up a morning brief. Every morning at 8:00 AM, send me a report that includes: server health summary for all my xCloud instances, any support tickets opened in the last 24 hours, a summary of my calendar for today, top 3 news items about \[your industry\], and any tasks I left incomplete yesterday.”
That’s it. Your agent registers a cron job in the Gateway, and the brief arrives every morning.
### **What You Get**
A structured daily report covering whatever you specified. Here’s what **xCloud** users typically include:
General items tend to cover the basics: latest news in a domain you track (AI, SaaS, DevOps, whatever), content ideas based on recent trends, tasks from your to-do list or project tracker, anything blocking an open project, and a calendar overview for the day.
xCloud-specific items run deeper: server health summary (CPU, memory, disk usage across instances), support ticket queue and priority items, uptime and error summary from the last 24 hours, new user signups or trial activations, and active deployment status with any failed builds flagged.
### **Setup Time**
5 minutes. One message to your agent. Modify anytime with natural language:
“Change the morning brief to run at 7:30 AM instead of 8 AM.”
“Add weekly revenue summary to my Monday morning brief.”
“Cancel the morning brief cron job.”
The Gateway Dashboard also shows all your active scheduled tasks if you prefer a visual overview.
## **Implementation Difficulty**
**Aspect**
**Rating**
Technical skill needed
None — natural language only
Configuration steps
1 (send the prompt)
Time to first result
Under 24 hours
Customization options
Unlimited — just describe what you want
Modification method
Natural language or Gateway Dashboard
## **Workflow 2: Server Health Monitoring Alerts**
### **What it Does**
Your agent periodically checks your **xCloud** server metrics and alerts you when something crosses a threshold. Instead of staring at Grafana dashboards, you get a **Telegram** message only when action is needed.
### **The Prompt to Use**
“Monitor my xCloud servers every 30 minutes. If CPU usage goes above 85%, memory usage exceeds 90%, or disk usage passes 80%, send me an immediate alert with the server name, current stats, and a suggested action. Also, send me a daily summary at 6 PM with overall health trends.”
### **What You Get**
Real-time alerts land when thresholds are breached — not 20 minutes later, right when it happens. Daily health summaries show trends over time, so you catch slow-building problems like a log directory filling up over weeks before they become emergencies. And the agent doesn’t just say “disk is full” — it tells you which directories are largest and recommends cleanup commands.
### **Setup Time**
10 minutes. The monitoring prompt takes one message. If you want custom thresholds per server, you might send a follow-up message with specifics.
### **Why This Matters for xCloud Users**
Downtime costs real money. [**According to Gartner’**](https://gartner.com)**[s](https://gartner.com)** [**infrastructure research**](https://gartner.com), the average cost of IT downtime is $5,600 per minute for mid-size businesses. Even for smaller operations, an hour of unexpected downtime during a product launch or sales event can wipe out days of marketing spend.
Proactive monitoring turns a reactive “our site is down” fire drill into a calm “disk is at 82%, let me clean logs before it becomes a problem” maintenance task.
## **Workflow 3: The Self-Improvement Loop**
### **What it Does**
Your agent reviews its own memory, your past interactions, and your workflows — then autonomously builds something new each day. A script, a report template, a new workflow, a structured process. Every morning, it delivers what it built.
This is where **OpenClaw** moves beyond automation into genuine agency. The agent isn’t following a script. It’s reading context from its memory and self-improvement system, identifying gaps, and filling them.
### **The Prompt to Use**
“Every day at 9:00 AM, I want you to review your memory files, my recent conversations, and my current workflows. Identify one thing you can improve — a process that could be automated, a report that could be better structured, a script that could save time. Build it, test it, and send me a summary of what you created and why.”
### **What You Get**
Here are some real examples from OpenClaw users running on **xCloud**:
- Day 1: Agent created a deployment checklist that auto-populates with the current project’s stack and dependencies
- Day 5: Agent noticed repeated SSH commands in the conversation history and built a shell alias script
- Day 12: The agent identified that support tickets followed patterns and created a triage template
- Day 30: Agent had built 22 micro-automations that collectively saved 6+ hours per week
### **Setup Time**
3 minutes. One prompt. The agent handles everything else.
### **The Compound Effect**
This is where the self-improvement loop gets interesting over time:
**Week**
**What the agent typically builds**
**Cumulative time saved**
Week 1
Simple scripts, report templates
30-60 min/week
Week 2
Workflow automations, monitoring tweaks
1-2 hours/week
Month 1
Integrated systems, cross-workflow optimizations
3-5 hours/week
Month 3
Full autonomous workflow chains
5-10 hours/week
Each improvement compounds. The agent remembers what it built previously and builds on top of it.
## **Workflow 4: cron job scheduling**
### **What It Does**
**OpenClaw’s** Gateway includes a full cron scheduler. Any task you can describe in natural language, you can schedule. Weekly reports, bi-daily backups, monthly audits — anything.
### **Prompt Examples**
“Every Friday at 5 PM, generate a weekly summary of all completed tasks, open issues, and next week’s priorities. Send it to my Telegram.”
“On the 1st and 15th of every month, run a full audit of my xCloud server configurations and flag anything that’s changed since the last check.”
“Every 6 hours, check my email for messages from \[client name\] and summarize any new ones.”
### **What You Get**
Scheduled execution of any task your agent can perform. The Gateway handles timing, retry logic, and delivery. You handle results.
### **Setup Time**
5 minutes per job. Most users set up 3-5 cron jobs in a single session.
## **Cron Jobs vs. Heartbeats: When to Use Each**
**OpenClaw** offers two scheduling mechanisms. Knowing when to use each saves headaches:
**Feature**
**Cron jobs**
**Heartbeats**
**Timing**
Exact (9:00 AM sharp)
Approximate (every ~30 min)
**Best for**
Isolated, specific tasks
Batched checks (email + calendar + notifications)
**Context**
Fresh session each run
Has conversation context
**Model**
Uses the main session model
Through the main session
**Delivery**
Direct to channel
Through main session
**Example**
“Monday 9 AM weekly report”
“Check inbox periodically”
If exact timing matters, use cron. If you want to batch multiple periodic checks together, use heartbeats.
## **Workflow 5: Competitor and News Watch**
### **What It Does**
Your agent searches the web on a schedule for topics you care about and delivers a curated digest. Instead of spending 30 minutes scanning Hacker News, TechCrunch, and industry blogs, you get a 2-minute summary.
### **The Prompt to Use**
“Every weekday at 9:30 AM, search for the latest news about \[your competitors\], \[your industry keywords\], and \[your technology stack\]. Summarize the top 5 most relevant items with links. Flag anything that requires immediate action.”
### **What You Get**
A daily briefing that replaces your manual news scanning. Users on **xCloud** typically track competitor product launches and pricing changes, cloud hosting industry news (AWS, DigitalOcean, Hetzner, Vultr announcements), technology stack updates (new framework releases, security patches), and market trends relevant to their SaaS or product.
### **Setup Time**
5 minutes. Refine over the first week based on signal-to-noise ratio.
## **Workflow 6: Sub-Agent Delegation**
### **What It Does**
For complex tasks, your main agent can spawn sub-agents — independent workers that handle specific pieces of a larger project in parallel. Your main agent orchestrates. Sub-agents execute.
This is covered in depth in the sub-agents guide, but here’s how it fits into proactive workflows.
### **The Prompt to Use**
“When I send you a content brief, automatically spawn three sub-agents: one to research the topic, one to write the first draft, and one to find supporting statistics. Compile their results into a final draft and send it to me.”
### **What You Get**
Parallel execution of complex workflows. Instead of a single agent doing research → writing → editing sequentially (which might take 20 minutes), three sub-agents work simultaneously and deliver in a fraction of the time.
### **Setup Time**
10 minutes for initial configuration. Requires understanding **OpenClaw’s** sub-agent architecture.
### **When Sub-Agents Make Sense**
**Scenario**
**Single agent**
**Sub-agents**
**Winner**
Simple daily report
2 min
Overkill
Single
Research + writing project
20 min
8 min
Sub-agents
Multi-server audit
15 min sequential
5 min parallel
Sub-agents
Quick question
Instant
Unnecessary
Single
## **Workflow 7: Auto-Documentation**
### **What It Does**
Your agent monitors your workflows, conversations, and system changes, then automatically updates documentation. README files, process docs, runbooks — kept current without manual effort.
### **The Prompt to Use**
“Whenever I make changes to server configurations, deployment scripts, or project setups, I automatically update the relevant documentation in our docs folder. Send me a daily summary of what was updated.”
### **What You Get**
Documentation that’s always current. For teams using **xCloud**, this means server runbooks that reflect the latest configuration, deployment guides that update when the process changes, decision logs that capture context automatically, and API documentation that stays in sync with code changes.
You can extend this with **ClaWHub** skills for specialized documentation formats — see the ClaWHub skills guide for available templates.
### **Setup Time**
8 minutes. Requires pointing your agent at the relevant directories and describing the documentation standards you want.
## **Cost Comparison: OpenClaw Proactive Workflows vs. Manual Alternatives**
**Task**
**Manual time/week**
**OpenClaw automated**
**Monthly cost (xCloud hosting)**
**Annual time saved**
Morning status checks
3.5 hours
0 min (automated)
Included in hosting
182 hours
Server monitoring
5 hours
0 min (alert-based)
Included in hosting
260 hours
News scanning
2.5 hours
0 min (digest delivered)
Included in hosting
130 hours
Report generation
2 hours
0 min (scheduled)
Included in hosting
104 hours
Documentation updates
3 hours
0 min (auto-updated)
Included in hosting
156 hours
**Total**
**16 hours/week**
**~0 hours**
**From $19/month**
**832 hours/year**
## **Proactive workflow feature matrix**
**Feature**
**Morning Brief**
**Server Alerts**
**Self-Improvement**
**Cron Jobs**
**News Watch**
**Sub-Agents**
**Auto-Docs**
**Natural language setup**
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
**Zero-code configuration**
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
**Telegram delivery**
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
**WhatsApp delivery**
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
**Custom scheduling**
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
**xCloud server integration**
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
**Self-improving over time**
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
**Parallel execution**
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
## **Audience Mapping: Which Workflow to Start With**
**Your role**
**Start with**
**Then add**
**Advanced**
Solo Developer
Morning Brief
Cron Jobs
Self-Improvement Loop
SysAdmin / DevOps
Server Health Monitoring
Morning Brief
Auto-Documentation
Founder / CEO
Morning Brief
News Watch
Sub-Agent Delegation
Content Creator
News Watch
Cron Jobs (publishing schedule)
Self-Improvement Loop
Agency Owner
Morning Brief
Sub-Agent Delegation
Auto-Documentation
SaaS Operator on xCloud
Server Monitoring + Morning Brief
Self-Improvement Loop
All 7 workflows
## **How OpenClaw Schedules These Behind The Scenes**
Understanding the mechanics helps you troubleshoot and optimize. Here’s what happens when you set up a proactive workflow:
1. You send a natural language instruction — “Every morning at 8 AM, send me a server health report.”
2. Your agent registers a cron job with the Gateway — the always-on daemon that manages scheduling, message routing, and agent lifecycle.
3. At the scheduled time, the Gateway triggers your agent — a fresh session starts with context about the task.
4. Your agent executes the task — checks servers, compiles data, and generates the report.
5. The result is delivered to your channel — **Telegram**, **WhatsApp**, or any configured channel.
The Gateway Dashboard shows all active scheduled tasks. You can see upcoming executions, past results, and modify schedules either through the dashboard or by telling your agent in natural language.
Key management commands:
“Show me all my active cron jobs.”
“Cancel the morning brief cron job.”
“Change the morning brief to run at 7:30 AM instead of 8 AM.”
“Pause all scheduled tasks until Monday.”
## **What to Keep Human-Supervised**
Proactive doesn’t mean unsupervised. **According to Forbes’ January 2026 analysis** of agentic AI, the most effective implementations keep humans in the loop for high-stakes decisions. **Zapier’s** human-in-the-loop architecture follows the same principle.
Here’s where the line should be:
**Let the agent handle autonomously**
**Keep human-in-the-loop**
Server monitoring and alerts
Sending emails to clients
Internal report generation
Publishing blog posts or social media
Data compilation and summaries
Financial transactions
Documentation updates
Security configuration changes
Workflow optimization suggestions
Deleting data or resources
News scanning and digests
API key rotation
Calendar and task reminders
DNS or infrastructure changes
**OpenClaw** respects this by default. External sends (emails, public posts) require your confirmation unless you explicitly override the safety check. Security changes and irreversible operations always pause for human approval.
**Video resources and tutorials**
**Topic**
**Recommended search**
**Channel/source**
**Why it helps**
AI agent automation basics
“AI agent automation workflows tutorial”
NetworkChuck, Fireship
Quick conceptual overviews of agent-based automation
Cron jobs and scheduling
“AI agents for productivity 2026.”
The Linux Experiment, Learn Linux TV
Understanding the scheduling foundation OpenClaw builds on
Server monitoring best practices
“server monitoring setup tutorial”
TechWorld with Nana, Christian Lempa
Context for what your monitoring alerts should track
Telegram bot integration
“Telegram bot automation 2026”
Traversy Media, Code with Ania Kubów
Understanding the delivery channel for your proactive workflows
AI agents for productivity
“AI agents for productivity 2026”
Matt Wolfe, AI Explained
Broader context on how AI agents are reshaping daily workflows
YouTube mentions are the strongest predictor of AI visibility (0.737 correlation — Ahrefs, 2026). Content referenced in YouTube videos is significantly more likely to appear in AI search results. Search these topics on YouTube for walkthroughs that complement this guide.
## **Implementation Guide: Your First Proactive Workflow in 10 Minutes**
### **Step 1: Make Sure Your Agent is Hosted and Running (2 Minutes)**
Your **OpenClaw** agent needs to be running on a server that’s always on. That’s where [**xCloud OpenClaw Hosting**](/openclaw-hosting/) comes in — your agent runs 24/7 on managed infrastructure, so scheduled tasks actually fire when they’re supposed to.
If your agent is running on your laptop, it only works when the laptop is open. For proactive workflows, always-on hosting is non-negotiable.
### **Step 2: Choose your First Workflow (1 Minute)**
If you’re not sure where to start, pick the Morning Brief. It’s the fastest to set up, requires no technical knowledge, and delivers immediate daily value.
### **Step 3: Send the Setup Prompt (2 minutes)**
Open your **Telegram** (or **WhatsApp**) conversation with your agent and send:
“Set up a morning brief. Every day at 8:00 AM my time, send me: a summary of any emails received overnight, my calendar for today, and a quick check on my xCloud server health.”
Your agent will confirm the cron job is registered and tell you when to expect the first delivery.
### **Step 4: Verify it’s Scheduled (1 Minute)**
Ask your agent:
“Show me my active scheduled tasks.”
You’ll see the morning brief listed with its next execution time.
### **Step 5: Iterate After Day 1 (Ongoing)**
After your first brief arrives, tweak it. Add items, remove noise, adjust the time. Natural language scheduling means refinement takes seconds, not config file editing.
### **Step 6: Add a Second Workflow (4 Minutes)**
Once the morning brief is running smoothly (give it 2-3 days), add your second workflow. For **xCloud** users, server health monitoring is the natural next step. For everyone else, the self-improvement loop delivers the most surprising value.
## **Common Mistakes to Avoid**
1. Setting up too many workflows at once. Start with one. Get it right. Then add more. Otherwise, you’ll drown in notifications.
2. Making thresholds too sensitive. If your CPU alert fires at 60%, you’ll receive an alert every time a backup runs. Start at 85% and adjust down.
3. Forgetting time zones. Specify “8:00 AM EST” or “8:00 AM my time” — don’t assume your agent knows your timezone unless you’ve set it in your user profile.
4. Not iterating on the morning brief. The first version will include too much or too little. Refine it over the first week.
5. Expecting perfection on day one from the self-improvement loop. The agent needs context in its memory system to make good improvement suggestions. Give it 1-2 weeks to accumulate context before judging the output.
## **Frequently asked questions**
### **How Long Does it Take to Set Up My First Proactive Workflow?**
Under 5 minutes. The Morning Brief requires a single natural language message to your agent. The agent registers the cron job with the Gateway, and your first report arrives at the scheduled time — typically the next morning.
### **Do I Need Coding Skills to Set Up Proactive Workflows?**
No. Every workflow in this guide is configured through natural language. You describe what you want in plain English, and your agent handles the technical setup. If you want to get advanced — custom scripts, API integrations, specialized skills from **ClaWHub** — coding knowledge helps but isn’t required.
### **Can I Run Proactive Workflows on a Free OpenClaw Setup?**
The agent itself is open source, but proactive workflows require your agent to be running 24/7. That means server hosting. **xCloud’s OpenClaw hosting** starts at $19/month and includes always-on uptime, managed updates, and **Telegram** / **WhatsApp** delivery built in.
### **What Happens if a Scheduled Task Fails?**
The Gateway retries failed tasks automatically. If the failure persists, your agent sends you a notification explaining what went wrong and suggesting a fix. You can also check the Gateway Dashboard for execution logs.
### **Can I Use Proactive Workflows with WhatsApp Instead Of Telegram?**
Yes. **OpenClaw supports multiple delivery channels,** including Telegram, WhatsApp, Discord, and email. Specify your preferred channel when setting up the workflow, or configure a default in your agent settings.
### **How is the Self-Improvement Loop Different From Just Asking My Agent to do Things?**
The loop is autonomous. You set it once, and every day the agent reviews its accumulated context — your conversation history, memory files, existing workflows and identifies something to improve. You don’t tell it what to build. It decides based on patterns it observes in your usage. Over time, this compounds: by month three, users report 5-10 hours saved per week from accumulated micro-automations.
### **Will My Agent Send External Messages without My Approval?**
No. OpenClaw’s safety model requires human confirmation for external-facing actions — emails, social media posts, and messages to people outside your team. Internal reporting (sending to your own Telegram / WhatsApp) happens autonomously. Irreversible operations always pause for your approval.
### **Can I Set Different Schedules for Different Days?**
Absolutely. Natural language scheduling supports complex patterns: “Every weekday at 8 AM,” “Every Monday and Thursday at 9 AM,” “First day of each month at 10 AM.” The Gateway’s cron scheduler handles any standard cron expression under the hood.
### **How Many Cron Jobs Can I Run Simultaneously?**
There’s no hard limit. Most users run 3-7 active scheduled workflows. The practical limit depends on your agent’s model and your hosting plan’s compute allocation. On **xCloud**, the standard hosting tier comfortably handles 10+ concurrent scheduled tasks.
### **What’s the difference between OpenClaw’s proactive workflows and Zapier’s automation?**
**Zapier** connects apps through predefined triggers and actions across 8,000+ integrations. **OpenClaw’s** proactive workflows are AI-native — your agent understands context, makes decisions, and adapts over time. Zapier is “if this, then that.” OpenClaw is “understand this, decide that, learn from the result.” They’re complementary tools, but for autonomous agent behavior, OpenClaw goes significantly deeper.
### **Can I Pause All Proactive Workflows Temporarily?**
Yes. Tell your agent, “pause all scheduled tasks” or “pause everything until Monday.” The Gateway suspends all cron jobs and heartbeats. Resume with “resume all scheduled tasks.” Useful for vacations or focused deep-work periods.
### **Does the Agent Use More Resources When Running Proactive Workflows?**
Each scheduled execution uses compute resources similar to a regular conversation turn. A morning brief might use 1-2 minutes of model time. Server monitoring checks are lighter. On xCloud OpenClaw Hosting, this is included in your plan — no per-execution charges.
### **Your 2026 Proactive OpenClaw Agent Roadmap**
[**According to Gartner**](https://gartner.com), AI agent adoption will hit 40% of enterprise applications by end of 2026. **According to McKinsey**, 57% of work hours are automatable today. Those numbers aren’t predictions about some distant future — they’re describing decisions that teams are making right now, and the gap between early adopters and everyone else is widening monthly.
The math on your time is simple. Sixteen hours a week on status checks, news scanning, report generation, and documentation updates — that’s what these seven workflows replace. The setup cost is measured in minutes.
Start with one. The Morning Brief takes 5 minutes and delivers something useful tomorrow morning. Add the self-improvement loop a week later and watch what your agent builds when it has context. By month three, you’ll have a stack of micro-automations you didn’t have to think up yourself.
## **Expert Picks by Goal: Which OpenClaw Agent Workflow Should You Choose**
**Your goal**
**Best workflow**
**Expected impact**
**Start here**
Best overall time savings
Morning Brief + Server Monitoring
5-9 hours saved/week
Send one setup prompt today
Best for solo operators
Self-Improvement Loop
1 new optimization daily, compounding weekly
One prompt, 3 minutes
Best for quick wins
Cron Job Scheduling
Eliminate any recurring manual task
Pick your most repetitive task
Best for xCloud users
Full stack (all 7 workflows)
16+ hours saved/week
Start with Morning Brief, add one per week
Best for teams
Sub-Agent Delegation + Auto-Documentation
Parallel execution + always-current docs
Read the sub-agents guide first
👉 [**Host your proactive OpenClaw agent on xCloud →**](/openclaw-hosting/)
---
# How to Protect WordPress Sites with Fail2ban Using xCloud (No Coding Skills Required) - xCloud
> Learn how to protect WordPress sites with Fail2Ban on xCloud and block brute-force attacks, spam & more with no coding required.
Security is one of the top concerns for every WordPress site owner. With the growing number of brute-force attacks, comment spam, and unauthorized login attempts, leaving your website unprotected could be an open invitation to hackers. That is where the [**WP fail2ban plugin**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-fail2ban/) comes in, which is a powerful security plugin.
It detects and blocks malicious activity by logging login attempts and filtering them through fail2ban’s banning mechanism. And the most interesting thing is, combining this plugin with xCloud’s **comprehensive security measures** gives you an even stronger defense layer.
So, if you want to tighten up your WordPress security, read this guide to learn how to protect WordPress sites with fail2ban in xCloud. Let us get started.
## **Understanding WP Fail2Ban Plugin And How It Works**
**WP Fail2Ban** is a WordPress plugin that logs all login attempts, both successful and failed, using the system’s syslog. This allows for powerful firewall-level banning of IPs showing suspicious behavior. Once this plugin is installed and enabled, it automatically protects your website by banning IPs that attempt too many incorrect logins or exhibit other abusive behavior. Some of the key protection WP fail2ban plugin provides are:
- **Real-Time IP Banning:** Instantly blocks IP addresses that attempt brute-force attacks on your login page.
- **User Enumeration Protection:** Prevents attackers from discovering valid usernames, a common precursor to hacking attempts.
- **Spam Blocking for Comments:** Filters out comment spam using behavioral and signature-based detection.
- **Password Reset Monitoring:** Blocks repeated or suspicious reset attempts to prevent unauthorized account access.
- **Pingback Protection:** Blocks malicious or fake pingbacks, often used in DDoS attacks.
## **Advantages to Protect WordPress Sites with Fail2ban**
**WP Fail2Ban for WordPress** operates on a deeper level. This security plugin works by connecting WordPress login behavior to server-level security protocols. If you are managing a single blog or multiple client sites, this integration allows you to enforce a smart, proactive security structure that keeps attackers out and your server load down. Let us discuss some powerful features you unlock when using **Fail2Ban with a WordPress site**:
### 🔐 IP Banning Based on Failed Login Attempts
At the heart of Fail2Ban for WordPress is its ability to detect repeated failed login attempts and instantly ban the offending IP address. Rather than just limiting login attempts through cookies or JavaScript (which bots often bypass), Fail2Ban integrates with your server’s firewall to block access entirely at the network level.
### **👤 Common Username Detection and Blocking**
Hackers frequently attempt logins using widely used usernames like:
- admin
- root
- test
- user
These names are the low-hanging fruit of automated attack scripts. Fail2Ban for WordPress allows you to define and block login attempts using known attack usernames, adding another wall of protection at the very start of the authentication process.
### **🔍 User Enumeration Protection**
By default, WordPress exposes usernames through author archives and REST API calls. This information can be exploited by attackers to identify real login usernames and target those accounts with brute-force attacks.
With this, it blocks any attempt to perform enumeration via query strings or REST endpoint scans. These attempts are logged and the offending IPs are banned if the behavior continues.
### **💬 Spam Protection for Comments and Forms**
Spam is not just annoying but can harm your SEO, reputation, and server performance. Fail2ban actively logs spam attempts in comment sections and form submissions.
This gives you a cleaner site and less moderation overhead, especially useful for content-heavy blogs and community-driven sites.
### **🔁 Password Reset Guard**
Bots frequently trigger mass password reset requests in an effort to confuse users or find weaknesses in authentication. With Fail2Ban for WordPress, these attempts are detected and blocked.
### **📡 Pingback and Trackback Protection**
Many DDoS and spam attacks are launched through fake pingbacks. These can flood your server or inject harmful links into your site. Fail2Ban for WordPress has built-in logic to monitor pingback behavior. Also, blocks suspicious or repetitive pingback requests and bans the IPs generating them.
### **📊 Syslog Integration for Advanced Logging**
Unlike most plugins that log to the WordPress database (and risk clogging it), Fail2Ban for WordPress writes logs to the system’s syslog. This keeps your database lean and allows for integration with security suites and log monitors.
### **⚙️ 8. Easy Configuration and Automation**
Once installed with xCloud, the features of Fail2Ban for WordPress are pre-configured and ready to go. You don’t need to touch a single line of code to:
- Toggle protections on or off
- Adjust thresholds for bans
- View or clear logs
- Manage IP access lists
And for advanced users, the wp-fail2ban-config.php file offers full customization right down to defining your own logging filters and behavior rules.
## **🔐 New: WP fail2ban Security Now Integrated with xCloud**
Keeping your WordPress site safe is more important than ever. This integration of WP fail2ban with WordPress site security plugin – WP fail2ban straight to the dashboard that you can access with 1-click.
This built-in security plugin gives you real-time protection by automatically logging suspicious activity like failed login attempts, spam, or unauthorized access. It is an essential defense against brute-force attacks and other common threats that target WordPress sites every day.
With this setup, you get better security without any hassle. There is no need for complicated installations or steps. Plus, xCloud’s user-friendly dashboard makes it easy to manage these protections, allowing you to concentrate on growing your website and business without worrying about your safety.
## **Easy guide: How To Configure WP Fail2Ban on WordPress Sites (With xCloud)**
[**WP Fail2Ban**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-fail2ban/) is a powerful WordPress plugin that enhances the security of your site by logging and helping to prevent malicious login attempts. When integrated with xCloud, it offers additional security features such as blocking failed logins, spam protection, and more.
Follow the steps below to integrate WP Fail2Ban with xCloud and get enhanced protection for your WordPress website.
### **Step 1: Access Your WordPress Site**
To begin the integration, log into the WordPress dashboard of the site where you want to enable WP Fail2Ban. From the dashboard’s sidebar, navigate to the ‘Tools’ menu and select **‘NGINX & Security’.**
_Note: For OLS servers, go to the_ **_‘Security’_** _option from the menu to access this feature._
### **Step 2: Install the WordPress Fail2ban Plugin**
Within this section, you will find the option to enable WP Fail2Ban with xCloud. Once you toggle this feature on, the plugin will be automatically installed and activated on your site.
### **Step 3: Configure Security Settings in xCloud**
After enabling the plugin, head over to the xCloud dashboard to configure your preferred security settings. Here, you will find options such as **‘Block Failed Login Attempts‘, ‘Block Common Usernames’, ‘Block User Enumeration’, ‘Protect Comments, ‘Block Spam‘, ‘Guard Password Resets‘, and ‘Guard Pingbacks’**. Finally, click the **‘Save Settings‘** button to apply the changes.
For the full step-by-step process, visit our [**Fail2Ban setup guide**](/docs/set-up-wp-fail2ban-with-xcloud/) for xCloud to learn how to enhance server security with ease.
## **Troubleshooting & IP Management**
Even with a secure WordPress setup powered by WP fail2ban and xCloud, there may be times when you need to take manual action—whether that’s unblocking a mistakenly banned IP, managing access for specific users, or reviewing suspicious activity. Fortunately, xCloud offers intuitive tools that make IP and log management straightforward.
### **Unban IP Addresses**
It is not uncommon for site administrators or legitimate users to find themselves blocked after multiple failed login attempts. When this happens, you can easily unban the affected IP address with xCloud right from the dashboard. This feature ensures you can quickly restore access without compromising your security setup.
### **Whitelist or Blacklist IP Addresses**
In some cases, you might want to proactively manage who can or cannot access your WordPress site. xCloud allows you to do this through the [**IP Management**](/whitelist-or-blacklist-ip-addresses-xcloud/) feature. Whitelisting an IP address means that fail2ban will never block that IP, regardless of its activity—perfect for trusted developers, internal staff, or remote team members. Conversely, blacklisting an IP ensures that any connection attempt from that address is permanently denied. This is an effective way to block known attackers or prevent repeated abuse from specific regions or devices.
### **Monitor Logs in Real-Time**
For those who want to stay ahead of threats and keep a close eye on login activity, xCloud provides another two log types in the Server Log Viewer: the **Fail2Ban Log** and the **Auth Log**.
The Fail2Ban Log provides visibility into which IP addresses have been blocked and why, helping you detect patterns in brute-force or spam attacks.
## **Install WP Fail2Ban Plugin with xCloud &Supercharge WordPress Security**
Keeping your WordPress site safe can actually be pretty simple, especially when you have the right tools. By using Fail2Ban for WordPress along with xCloud, you create a strong defense that helps stop brute-force login attempts, spam, and unauthorized access automatically.
This setup offers peace of mind, gives your site proactive, intelligent defense that works quietly in the background, around the clock. Whether you have a blog, a business site, or an online store, combining Fail2Ban for WordPress with xCloud is a smart way to protect your online space.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Is Your Site Safe? The Real Cost of Not Having Your Website Backups - xCloud
> Protect your website from downtime, data loss, and cyberattacks. Learn why website backups are vital and how to build a reliable backup strategy.
Your website is the digital face of your business. It is where customers learn about your brand, purchase products, or engage with your services. But what happens if all of that disappears overnight?
Websites are vulnerable to unexpected failures, cyberattacks, and human error, making backups more than just a technical detail; they are an essential safeguard.
In this blog, we will explore **why** [**website backups**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/) are non-negotiable and how they serve as the last line of defense against disruptions.
## **Why Website Backups Are Non-Negotiable**?
Your website is constantly at risk from hardware failures, [**cyberattacks**](/holiday-cybersecurity-to-protect-wordpress-site/), human error, and natural disasters. Backups are essential to protect your data, minimize downtime, and ensure your business can recover quickly from any disruption.
### **Common Threats to Your Website and Data**
Your website data is constantly at risk from different directions. Understanding these risks makes it easier to appreciate the role backups play in protecting your digital assets:
- **Hardware failures**: Even the best servers can crash due to faulty drives or unexpected outages. When that happens, your website may go offline, and without a backup, restoring it could take days or not be possible at all.
- **Cyber threats**: [Hacking attempts](/clickjacking-attack-examples-and-prevention/), malware injections, and ransomware attacks are on the rise. In many cases, attackers lock site owners out of their own data until a ransom is paid.
- **Human errors**: Mistakes happen. A developer could accidentally delete critical files during an update, or you could overwrite content without realizing the consequences.
- **Natural disasters**: Fires, floods, and power outages can destroy local servers, eliminating all stored data in one strike.
### **The Backup: Your Last Line of Defense**
No matter the cause of data loss, a recent and reliable backup is the one thing that ensures you can recover quickly. Backups are not just about storing copies of your files; they are about peace of mind and continuity. Consider:
- **Reduced downtime**: Instead of spending weeks trying to rebuild your site, you can restore it from a recent backup in hours or even minutes.
- **Risk reduction**: Backups act as insurance against costly disruptions, giving you a safety net when everything else fails.
- **Redundancy**: Best practices recommend following the 3-2-1 backup strategy: three copies of your data, stored on two different media, with one copy off-site. This ensures that even if your main [**hosting provider**](/what-is-cloud-hosting-and-how-does-it-work/) is compromised, your data remains safe elsewhere.
When viewed from this perspective, backups are not optional; they are a critical part of your website’s survival strategy.
## **The Real Costs of Not Backing up Your Website**
Losing access to your website without a backup in place can be devastating. The consequences extend far beyond the inconvenience of downtime. They often impact your finances, operations, reputation, and even legal standing. Let us break down the most significant costs businesses face when they fail to back up their websites.
### **Financial Impacts**
[**Website downtime**](https://wpdeveloper.com/wordpress-site-performance-strategies/) is expensive. Downtime can cost small businesses hundreds of dollars per hour, while large enterprises may lose hundreds of thousands. Beyond direct revenue loss, you may also face additional expenses such as emergency IT services, new hardware, or data recovery efforts that often come with no guarantees of success.
### **Operational and Productivity Loss**
When your website is down, your business processes grind to a halt. Employees may lose access to tools, content, or customer data, which makes it impossible to deliver services efficiently. The result is wasted time and reduced productivity, creating ripple effects across your organization. In many cases, teams spend more energy trying to repair the damage than serving customers.
### **Reputational Damage**
A website that is frequently down or suffers a data breach sends the wrong message to customers. Trust is fragile, and once your audience perceives your brand as unreliable, winning back their confidence can take years. Moreover, search engines may penalize your website for frequent downtime, lowering your search rankings and making it harder to attract new visitors.
### **Compliance, Legal, and Regulatory Risks**
If your business operates in an industry subject to data regulations such as **[GDPR](https://wpdeveloper.com/add-gdpr-compliant-cookie-notice-to-wordpress/) or HIPAA**, losing customer data due to a lack of backups could result in fines, lawsuits, or contract terminations. Legal consequences add another layer of financial burden, often costing more than the initial data loss itself.
### **Long-Term Strategic Costs**
Rebuilding a website from scratch is not only expensive but also damaging to long-term growth. You lose years of accumulated content, **[link equity](https://betterlinks.io/how-does-link-equity-distribution-impact-seo/)**, and customer engagement. Competitors may take advantage of your absence in the market, making recovery even harder. Case studies from companies like Maersk and the NHS have shown how devastating data loss can be, even with the resources of large organizations.
## **Backup Types and Best Practices**
Now that we understand the risks and costs of not having a backup, let us look at how you can build a strong safety net for your website. Not all backups are created equal, and knowing the different types helps you design a strategy that balances speed, storage, and reliability.
### **Types of Backups**
- **Full backups**: These capture your entire website, including files, databases, and configurations. They are comprehensive but can take up significant storage space and time.
- **Incremental backups**: These save only the changes made since the last backup. They are faster and use less storage, but require the full backup chain for restoration.
- **Differential backups**: These capture changes since the last full backup. They strike a balance between storage efficiency and recovery speed.
### **Recommended Backup Strategy**
Experts often recommend the **3-2-1 rule**: keep three copies of your data, store them on two different media types, and ensure at least one copy is off-site. This could mean having one copy on your hosting server, one on an external hard drive, and one in the cloud.
Automation is also crucial. Relying on manual backups increases the risk of human error and missed schedules. Modern backup tools allow you to schedule [**automatic backups**](/how-to-automatically-backup-your-website/) daily, weekly, or monthly, depending on your website’s activity level.
Security is another key factor. Ensure your backups are encrypted and stored securely. If your backup files are not protected, they can become another vulnerability for hackers to exploit.
### **Testing and Validation**
Creating backups is not enough. You must also ensure they work. Regularly test your backups by performing restoration drills. This practice confirms that your data can be recovered when you need it most and helps you identify any gaps in your backup strategy.
## **Implement a Backup and Disaster Recovery Plan**
Having backups in place is only half the battle. To truly [**safeguard your website**](https://wpdeveloper.com/backup-wordpress-site/), you need a structured disaster recovery (DR) plan that ensures business continuity when something goes wrong.
### **Building Your Backup Plan**
Start by setting clear recovery goals. Determine your **Recovery Time Objective (RTO)**, which is how quickly your website needs to be back online after a problem occurs. Also, define your Recovery Point Objective (RPO), which is how much recent data you can afford to lose. These goals will guide your backup strategy and help you choose the right tools.
Use plugins, managed services, or hosting solutions that can automatically create backups and meet your RTO and RPO requirements. It is equally important to assign responsibilities within your team, making sure someone is accountable for monitoring backups, performing restorations, and keeping the system up to date.
### **Disaster Recovery (DR) Tactics**
Backups are part of a bigger picture: disaster recovery. Effective DR plans often include:
- **Hybrid storage solutions**: Combining on-site storage for speed with off-site or cloud storage for resilience.
- **Cloud replication**: Storing real-time copies of your website in geographically diverse data centers.
- **DR-as-a-Service (DRaaS)**: Outsourcing disaster recovery to specialized providers who guarantee rapid restoration.
A strong DR plan should be documented, regularly updated, and include clear processes for who does what during a crisis.
### **Ensuring Ongoing Resilience**
Your disaster recovery plan should not be static. Keep it effective by:
- Monitor your backup systems to confirm they run as scheduled.
- Perform regular audits to identify gaps.
- Communicate transparently with customers during downtime to preserve trust.
- Budgeting for backup and recovery solutions as part of your overall cybersecurity strategy.
## **Why xCloud Is the Smart Choice for Server And Website Backups and Recovery**
When it comes to protecting your website, the quality of your hosting provider’s backup system is just as important as your own strategy. With [**xCloud Managed Hosting**](/managed-hosting/), users gain access to a robust backup system designed for reliability, efficiency, and peace of mind.
Here are some of the features of xCloud’s comprehensive backup system
- **Automated Server Backups**: Backups are performed automatically, eliminating human error and ensuring that no critical files are missed.
- **Full and Incremental Backups**: xCloud provides full backups for complete protection and incremental backups to save storage and speed up recovery times.
- **Remote S3 Storage Integration**: Users can securely store backup copies off-site using remote S3 storage, following best practices for redundancy and disaster recovery.
xCloud’s backup system goes beyond simple file storage. Automated scheduling ensures consistent protection, while incremental backups allow businesses to restore sites quickly without overloading storage. **Remote S3 integration** isolates backups from the main server, safeguarding them against malware, hacking, or physical hardware failures. This comprehensive approach reduces downtime and provides a reliable safety net, allowing businesses to focus on growth rather than recovery.
## **Secure Your Site with The Right Backup Strategy**
Your website is one of your most valuable business assets, and protecting it should never be an afterthought. Backups are not merely a technical necessity; they are essential for safeguarding revenue and long-term growth.
Without proper website backups, businesses may face costly downtime, potential data loss, and even legal implications. Combining best practices with a hosting provider like xCloud ensures your website remains resilient.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Reflecting On The SpinupWP vs xCloud Comparison: A More Accurate Representation Of Our Features & Services - xCloud
> Explore the SpinupWP vs xCloud comparison for a deeper understanding of our features, services, and growth potential.
At xCloud, we hold great respect for **SpinupWP** and its contribution to the cloud hosting community. Their innovative features and approach have been a big source of inspiration for us, both at the start of our journey and now as we continue to grow and evolve with our platform. We believe that both SpinupWP and xCloud have the potential to grow together and continuously help users by revolutionizing the hosting landscape.
Recently, SpinupWP published a **comprehensive comparison** of the VPS Control Panel, including xCloud, Cloudways, ServerAvatar, and other renowned names in the industry. We greatly appreciate SpinupWP’s effort and time spent exploring our services and what we have to offer and wanted to reflect further on the comparison ourselves to ensure that you – our beloved users – and the audience of SpinupWP get a detailed view of our solution so anyone can make a well-informed decision.
And who better to shed a more detailed light on the comparison points than the xCloud team? That’s why, with this blog, we take a deep dive into the comparison between xCloud and SpinupWP – bringing you the comprehensive representation of our product as we know it best.
## **Recognizing SpinupWP’s Strengths & Contribution to the Hosting Industry Globally**
[**SpinupWP**](https://spinupwp.com/) started its journey in 2018 – with the team at Delicious Brains. It offers many advanced features while making hosting simpler for everyone, regardless of their tech expertise. Here at xCloud, we have personally used SpinupWP and found their services and features to be of top-notch quality.
That said, we believe SpinupWP has the potential for even greater growth. The hosting industry is evolving rapidly, and there remains untapped potential for expansion and feature innovation. That’s [**why we built xCloud**](https://wpdeveloper.com/why-we-built-xcloud) to push these boundaries further. We not only built a reliable, efficient and easy-to-use hosting platform and control panel but **_also_** we offer constant improvements and a consistent release of new, on-demand features!
## **xCloud’s’ Commitment to Provide Next-Gen Hosting Prioritizing Our Users**
At xCloud, we aim to keep improving and focus on what our users need, listening closely to user feedback and reviews. Since we started our journey on **31 January 2024** – slightly less than a year ago – we have introduced [**more than 70 new features**](/xcloud-year-in-review-2024/) to make hosting easier and remove the complexities of server management.
In under a year, xCloud has set itself apart as an evolving platform that combines flexibility, strength, and simplicity for its ever-growing, lively community of users. This is a testament to our commitment to rapid development, flexibility, and continuous improvement.
We have started our journey with two solutions, Self-Managed Hosting and **Fully Managed Hosting**. In self-managed hosting, users can bring their own server and control them with the easy and powerful features of xCloud. On the other hand, with our xCloud-managed server users can avail the fully managed hosting with xCloud’s powerful features, so you do not have to go through any complexities – we will manage it all for you.
Besides our main services of self-managed and managed hosting, we have also launched our [**White Label Hosting Program**](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-white-label/) in the 4th quarter of 2024. Our users highly requested this new program, so we went above and beyond to make it a reality. With xCloud’s advanced technology and straightforward setup process, entrepreneurs and businesses can start their own hosting companies easily. Which highlights our ongoing promise to provide strong, easy-to-use tools that help businesses grow and empower users.
We have been able to come so far due to our user’s trust and involvement from all around the world. Their interactive comments, requests for new features, and feedback shared through emails, support tickets, and of course our active community have been key in guiding our plans. Our development approach puts customer needs first, making sure that every update we make is based on what users find useful.
Our goal is to provide a hosting experience that brings everything users might need in one place. We are working hard on everything from managing servers to making automation and integrations seamless, ensuring our users get a solid and dependable hosting solution that fits their needs.
## **Shedding Transparency & Accuracy: Let’s Have a Look at the SpinupWP vs xCloud Comparison**
We believe in empowering users with clear, accurate, and objective comparisons to facilitate well-informed decision-making. That is why, when we came across the [**SpinupWP vs xCloud comparison**](/xcloud-vs-spinupwp/), we took the initiative to address several areas where further insights could help provide a more complete picture.
By providing additional context and insights, our goal is to ensure a clearer understanding of xCloud’s features, capabilities, and value.
## **Country of Ownership**
Transparency about our corporate structure is integral to our core business values, and we are committed to providing our users with full clarity regarding our operations.
xCloud is brought to you by [**Startise**](https://startise.com/), a **USA-registered** product company with over **20 years of expertise** in various industries. Not only that, xCloud is backed by the same team behind the globally recognized WordPress product brand, [**WPDeveloper**](https://wpdeveloper.com/), with more than 12 years in the WordPress community and **35+ plugins** & SaaS solutions like [**Essential Addons**](https://essential-addons.com/), [**Essential Blocks**](https://essential-blocks.com/), trusted by over **6 million** users worldwide.
Besides, the renowned WordPress product company – creator of [**FluentCRM**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/fluent-crm/) and many other powerful solutions, [**WPManageNinja is also a partner of xCloud**](/shahjahan-jewel-joins-xcloud-as-partner/) – adding their many years of experience and expertise into the development of our next-gen hosting for WordPress and Control Panel solution.
While the founders are from Bangladesh, team xCloud spreads globally, with many integral members residing in different parts of the world, collaborating with their years of experience in the field of WordPress. These members work in different sectors of operations for the team, but they **work together with a shared mission** to deliver the ultimate hosting experience to our users.
That said, **how does the founding team’s nationality matter** while choosing a product? When we use SpinupWP or other such platforms, we do not ask where the company founders were born. We evaluate the quality, performance, and reliability of the service. However, **is it not very RACIST** to judge a brand based on its “registered country” or “founders’ residence”?
We believe this is not only **irrelevant** but is, in fact, **discrimination**. The tech world thrives on **global collaboration**, and our focus should always remain on the product’s strength, not on unnecessary regional biases.
### **Customer Support**
At the beginning of our journey, just last year, the xCloud team took time to resolve issues for our users. We were overwhelmed by the community’s response right after the initial release. However, in just a few days, we have developed [**multi-channel support**](/docs/what-kind-of-support-xcloud-provides/) so that our users can reach out to us with any assistance they need at any time.
Our expert support team is always available to resolve issues through email, [**support tickets**](https://support.xcloud.host/), and **Live Chat support through our website**. In addition, we have a detailed [**knowledge base**](https://xcloud.host/docs/) with a step-by-step guide for every feature.
Moreover, our users are incredibly active in our [**Facebook community**](https://facebook.com/xcloud.host). They not only ask questions about various issues but also actively help each other by sharing insights, experiences, and solutions. This collaborative spirit strengthens our community, and we are also happy to support them by providing additional information and resources to address their concerns in our community as well.
This has led to satisfied users and customers who have praised xCloud for our dedication. Our users recognize our acknowledgment of the necessary improvement in the sectors, and as of 28th January 2025, we have received a rating of **4.8 stars on Trustpilot and 4.5 stars on G2**.
### **Automated Server Software Updates**
Contrary to the claims in the comparison of SpinupWP vs xCloud, xCloud handles all the essentials of your server maintenance tasks, including security updates for both security-related updates and general package updates automatically. [**Automated server s**](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)**[**oftware security updates**](/docs/reboot-server-with-automated-security-updates/)** track and alert you with notifications that keep you in the loop about any changes, security fixes, and updates that are required. This way, you can stay informed and keep your server secure and running smoothly without needing to constantly monitor it.
In addition, you can also decide when to reboot your server software, giving you complete control over your setup. This means you can improve how your system runs while keeping interruptions to a minimum, making it easier to manage your environment.
### **WordPress Installation Presets**
For WordPress installation presets, we have a [**Blueprints**](/docs/how-to-use-blueprints-in-xcloud/) feature that simplifies WordPress site setup by allowing users to install pre-configured WordPress installations with plugins and themes. You can even create your custom presets and save them according to your preference, as well and deploy the WordPress site using that ready-made presets.
### **Refresh Site**
xCloud provides [**Staging with pull-push features**](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/) that allow users to pull and push the latest files and database updates effortlessly across live to the staging site or vice versa. With this feature, you can quickly update one site using the files and database from the staging site on your site. In addition, we are working on expanding this functionality so that you can pull and push updates between completely different sites with ease.
## **Enhancing Efficiency & Control: The Latest Additions to xCloud Not Mentioned In The Comparison**
As the new year started, we rolled out more advanced features to enhance our dashboard functionalities and empower our users with the best features. These features have not been listed on the SpinupWP vs xCloud comparison and we would like to keep all audiences informed of the latest development and feature releases we have made for xCloud.
### **Backups and Restoration**
xCloud provides strong backup solutions with features like [**‘Restore from backup file**](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/)**’**, and [**‘Restore to new site’**](/docs/recreate-wordpress-website-from-backups/). Using these features, users can quickly recover backups from local or remote backups and recreate them on new sites with ease.
### **Integrated Storage Providers**
xCloud seamlessly integrates with [**Google Drive**](/docs/google-drive-for-site-backup-xcloud/) along with many other storage options, like Digital Ocean Spaces, Vultr Object Storage, Cloudflare R2, [**Backblaze B2**](/docs/integrate-backblaze-storage-provider/), and any S3 Storage. This means you can store your files or sites easily and protect your data in the most flexible way.
### **Integrated Email Providers**
We support multiple email provides integrations such as [**Mailgun**](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/), Sendgrid and [**any SMTP provider**](/docs/setting-up-site-emails-for-wordpress-on-xcloud/) that users can easily integrate with xCloud. This flexibility allows users to pick the email service that best fits their needs and makes communication easier. Besides, xCloud provides a [**managed email service**](https://xcloud.host/docs/add-xcloud-managed-email-service/) so that users can send transactional emails easily and benefit from our reliable and scalable email service.
## **Customer Feedback: A Clear Reflection of Trust and Satisfaction**
At xCloud, we believe that our user’s trust and satisfaction are the foundation of our work. Their feedback really shows us that we are on the right track. We have been lucky to receive a lot of positive reviews across different platforms, which reflects our commitment to doing well.
On Trustpilot, we have [**132 five-star reviews**](https://www.trustpilot.com/review/xcloud.host), with many users praising our excellent service, quick support, and easy-to-use platform. These comments highlight how dedicated we are to providing great hosting experiences that help our users succeed.
On the other hand, SpinupWP, another hosting option out there, has gathered [**120 five-star reviews on Trustpilot**](https://www.trustpilot.com/review/spinupwp.com). They definitely deserve their praise, but it is interesting to see that xCloud, which started 6 years later, already has more ratings. This really shows how much our users trust us and are satisfied, establishing xCloud as a dependable and user-friendly hosting choice.
Additionally, when we look at **G2**, xCloud holds [**5 five-star reviews**](https://www.g2.com/products/xcloud/reviews), while SpinupWP has [**4 five-star reviews**](https://www.g2.com/products/spinupwp/reviews). While this is still a small number – we believe xCloud holds the potential to grow massively and gain more recognition in its second year.
These numbers further demonstrate the confidence our users have in xCloud’s services, showing that our platform is earning their trust and loyalty across key review platforms.
We keep listening to our users and learning from them to maintain this progress and make sure that every experience with xCloud is better than expected. The wonderful feedback we receive motivates us to keep improving, innovating, and providing value to our growing community.
## **Comprehensive Documentation & Expert Support System**
We want to help our users in every way possible and make their hosting experience better. That is why we have built a comprehensive knowledge base with more than [**160+ documents,**](https://xcloud.host/docs/) and the number keeps increasing each day as we introduce newer features and services.
This knowledge base extends through multiple categories, and each one of the documentation is carefully written to help users kickstart, set up, improve, and fix any issues they might encounter while hosting. With our helpful documentation and support system, users get everything they need right there for them. We make sure to update our resources regularly so that both new and experienced users can seamlessly use our platform and get a trouble-free hosting experience.
## **SpinupWP vs xCloud: In Terms Of Growth & Development**
If you look into the development growth of SpinupWP, they have consistently built advanced features over the 6 years at a steady pace. While xCloud, in its first year, has already introduced a [**significant number of features**](/changelog/) that show a rapid development graph. Comparing the overall growth patterns, we can say that xCloud is one of the fastest-growing platforms in the hosting industry.
We are committed to continuing to improve, which makes it one of the fastest-growing hosting platforms in the industry. By consistently providing new solutions and adjusting to what users need, xCloud is raising the bar for how hosting companies can grow and develop. This commitment has helped us gain momentum winning the trust of an expanding worldwide audience and establishing itself as a top choice in the hosting world.
## **Together, Let’s Build a Better Sphere With Continued Innovation & Collaboration**
As part of our hosting community, we truly appreciate the importance of open communication and collaboration for growth. At xCloud, we are committed to transparency in all aspects of our brand and services.
We value what SpinupWP has done to help users find the best hosting options. However, we would appreciate it if the SpinupWP team takes the time to re-evaluate their comparison of xCloud and update where necessary to ensure it provides accurate information to all our audiences and helps them make the correct choice for themselves.
Stay with us in 2025 as well for more insights and feel free to subscribe to our blogs for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our **[Facebook](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138/) [community](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138/)** to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Reseller Hosting Program | 100% White Label | Make Money & Grow Your Brand
> Start your hosting business with our white label reseller hosting. Full branding control, auto-billing & high-performance servers included for agency clients.
# Sell Hosting Under Your Brand with xCloud Reseller Hosting Program
Resell hosting with our high-performing Managed Server or using your own provider. Our fully white label reseller hosting solution gives you full branding control with built-in client and billing management.
[
Get Started
](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
[
Find Your Plan
](https://xcloud.host/xcloud-white-label/#pricing)
×
## WorkFlow
## Grow Your Hosting Business With
Just A Few Clicks
Kickstart your hosting reselling business with xCloud White Label Program. Seamlessly launch and sell hosting services under your own brand with advanced security, providing exceptional services to your customers.
## Create Brand
Quickly set up your brand with a unique name, logo, and domain. No hassle—just a few infomation to add, and you are ready to start!
## Set up Payment
Set up your payment system with Stripe Connect to accept payments easily. This allows customers to pay for your hosting services without hassle.
## Create Packages
Create customizable reseller packages with custom features and pricing. Offer flexible options to meet the needs of a wide range of customers.
## Start Selling
Now, you are ready to sell! Run your hosting business effortlessly, while managing clients, orders, and payments easily.
[Become White Label Reseller Now](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Reseller Hosting
## Build A Hosting Business With the Flexibility You Need
Get ultimate freedom to launch your reseller hosting business using our high-performance servers, or bring your own provider, so you can grow without limits.
## Features
## Comprehensive Solutions For Cloud Hosting Resellers
Launch your business smoothly with our streamlined onboarding process. It ensures a hassle-free
management with every essential that you need to grow from your own reseller dashboard.
## Complete Control
## Complete Control Over your Hosting Business
Gain complete control with xCloud White Label hosting for WordPress sites. Operate under your own brand, customize pricing and create tailored packages to provide your clients with a unique experience, and add your SMTP provider all from one centralized platform.
## Billing Management
## Built in Billing Management
Manage your client billing effortlessly with xCloud’s comprehensive built in billing management system. Easily track payments, automate recurring billing, and generate invoices with ease, giving you more time to drive your business growth.
## Client Management
## Effortless Client Management
Our intuitive client management portal makes it simple for you to manage accounts & billings while tracking client activity, and resolving issues easily.
## Ticket System
## Integrated Ticket System
Simplify customer service with a seamless ticket system. Quickly manage inquiries and resolve issues, ensuring a smooth experience for your clients!
## Data Compliant
## Fully GDPR Compliant
Your data privacy matters, and with xCloud, you are fully covered. We make sure all your operations are GDPR compliant, so you can confidently manage your business knowing you are meeting the highest standards in data protection.
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Grab our exclusive lifetime deal and get free access to the Reseller Panel, included with your xCloud Lifetime deal plans.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Pricing
## Start Your Hosting Business As a reseller
## Start Your Hosting Business
## As A Reseller
## Choose from our flexible pricing plans and create your own branded hosting control panel. Set your prices,
attract customers, and maximize your revenue.
xCloud Managed ServerSelf Managed Provider
xCloud Managed ServerSelf Managed Provider
## Sell up to **25** Servers
## Startup
Ideal for individuals or small businesses who are starting up
## $ **25**/mo$50
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Sell up to **60** Servers
## Advanced
Tailored for businesses that are expanding their horizon
## $ **50**/mo$100
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Sell up to **150** Servers
## Corporate
An excellent option for businesses handling a larger client base
## $ **100**/mo$200
[Get started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Sell up to **400** Servers
## Visionary
Built for large enterprises with demanding operational needs
## $ **250**/mo$500
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Sell up to **25** Servers
## Startup
Ideal for individuals or small businesses who are starting up
## $ **25**/mo$50
- ### +25% or $3 platform fee per sale
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Sell up to **60** Servers
## Advanced
Tailored for businesses that are expanding their horizon
## $ **50**/mo$100
- ### +20% or $3 platform fee per sale
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Sell up to **150** Servers
## Corporate
An excellent option for businesses handling a larger client base
## $ **100**/mo$200
- ### +15% or $3 platform fee per sale
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Sell up to **400** Servers
## Visionary
Built for large enterprises with demanding operational needs
## $ **250**/mo$500
- ### +10% or $3 platform fee per sale
[Get Started](https://xcloud.host/white-label-exclusive)
## Please See [Terms Of Service](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/)
## 400+ servers sold?
The control panel is yours for FREE.
## You only have to pay the server fees – the profits from your custom pricing are all YOURS!
[Discuss for more info](https://support.xcloud.host/)
## All plans comes with powerful features you need to maximize efficiency
- ### Client management
- ### Custom domain
- ### Unlimited sites
- ### Advanced security measures
- ### Custom packages
- ### Unlimited databases
- ### Custom branding
- ### Automated billing with Stripe Connect
## **Questions**
## Have Any Questions?
Talk to Our Support Team
If you have any questions about our reseller hosting program, schedule a meeting with our support team. Choose a convenient time from the calendar to set up your meeting.
[**Schedule a Meeting Today**](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets)
## Integrations
## Ultimate Performance With Seamless Integrations
## xCloud FEATURES
## Deliver The Ultimate Hosting Experience With xCloud’s Powerful Features
Provide your customers a next-gen cloud hosting experience with advanced features and
ultimate security to keep their server and sites secure with xCloud
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OLS stack, ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## Easily Create Staging Sites with Pull Push
Instantly create and manage WordPress staging sites. With just a few clicks, build, deploy, and sync your changes. Easily pull incremental data from production and push updates to your live site.
## Full Root Access for UItimate Freedom
Getting full root access to your xCloud server means you get full control over your cloud. Our system uses updatable packages, giving your server the ultimate flexibility with zero restrictions.
## Fast & High Performing Databases
Get ultimate query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB & MySQL databases. Also optimized engines of MariaDB & MySQL ensure high performance with strong data integrity and provide fast access to data.
## Monitoring Your Server’s and Site’s Health
Get real-time insights and instant alerts to ensure optimal performance. Prevent downtime, identify issues early and maintain peak efficiency effortlessly while monitoring your RAM, CPU and Disk Usage from straight to the dashboard.
See More
## Vulnerability Checker
Keep your website safe and secure with the xCloud Vulnerability Checker. It automatically scans for security threats and alerts you if any potential issues are found in your WordPress core, themes or plugins.
## Keep Sites Safer With Site Isolation
Each site gets its own system user, ensuring access only to its own files and remains isolated from each other. This personalized setup makes sure that your sites stay more secure.
[Explore More Features](/features)
## Scale & Thrive
## Experience High Performance With Our Hosting Reseller Program
With xCloud reseller hosting program, kickstart your White Label hosting business under your own brand and enjoy high performance, advanced security, and scalability without infrastructure hassles.
## Experience Infinite Scalability
Forget about the hassle of building your cloud infrastructure or being limited by hosts constantly pushing upsells. xCloud White Label is built to grow effortlessly with your business providing you the full control, hosting under your brand.
## Provide Lightning-Fast Performance
We ensure lightning-fast performance for every site. Each site runs in its own optimized environment, offering top-notch security and the ability to handle high traffic seamlessly.
## Stay Secure with Advanced Protection
Our proactive security system identifies and stops threats before they can affect your sites. Saves your sites and servers from being exploited and suspicious activity. Plus, with automated backups, you can restore your site
## Stay Secure with Advanced Protection
Our proactive security system identifies and stops threats before they can affect your sites. Saves your sites and servers from being exploited and suspicious activity. Plus, with automated backups, you can restore your site
## Launch Your Hosting Business
Launch your own hosting business with xCloud White Label! Provide your clients with a fully-branded dashboard for managing their websites, complete with integrated billing and invoicing. With our robust infrastructure,
## Launch Your Hosting Business
Launch your own hosting business with xCloud White Label! Provide your clients with a fully-branded dashboard for managing their websites, complete with integrated billing and invoicing. With our robust infrastructure,
## Launch Your Hosting Business
Launch your own hosting business with xCloud White Label! Provide your clients with a fully-branded dashboard for managing their websites, complete with integrated billing and invoicing. With our robust infrastructure,
## Run Your Own Branded Hosting Business
xCloud White Label lets you start your hosting business with a full-featured dashboard to manage everything. Offer your clients a branded dashboard for website management, with built-in billing & invoicing for effortless business operations.
## Get Help
## Learn, Explore & Succeed As
A Hosting Reseller
Become a successful VPS reseller with xCloud White Label Program. Our resources and support help you learn the ins and outs of managing hosting services effortlessly
### Join in Our Community
[Get Started](https://www.facebook.com/share/g/WLbGPhhMBH9pG4c2/)
### Connect Through Live Chat & Support
[Get Started](https://support.xcloud.host/)
### Knowledge and Inspiration
[Get Started](/docs/)
### What is xCloud White Label?
xCloud White Label is our reseller hosting program to help you start your own hosting company with custom branding. Get a client portal to manage your customers, sell custom hosting packages, and provide your customers with all the xCloud features.
### How does xCloud White Label billing work?
To use xCloud ‘s white-label services, you first need to subscribe to our monthly plan to access the control panel. It has 14 days money back guarantee. After subscribing, you can create customized products, and your client will purchase and set up the server automatically. [Read more details here](https://xcloud.host/how-billing-works-in-xcloud-white-label-program/).
### Can I customize the client portal with my branding?
Yes, the client portal is fully white-labeled. You can add your logo, and domain name for a seamless customer experience.
### Can I manage my customer accounts?
Yes, you can manage your customer accounts, hosting plans and billings from a single dashboard.
### Can I add my own server provider?
Yes, you can bring your own server provider and start resell using our powerful reseller hosting panel.
### Can I add my own SMTP provider?
Yes, you can add your own SMTP provider.
### Is it mandatory to have a Stripe account?
Yes, xCloud White Label handles billings automatically with Stripe Connect.
## Start Your Own Hosting Business Today
Get started on your cloud hosting business to help you create a million-dollar venture with
comprehensive guidance to kickstart your hosting journey effortlessly
[Start Selling](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# xCloud Reviews & Testimonials
> We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Check out the xCloud reviews and & Testimonials from the users.
## xCloud REVIEWS & TESTIMONIALS
# Hear Some Kind Words
From Our Users
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
[
## Review Us on
](https://www.trustpilot.com/review/xcloud.host)
[
## Review Us on
](https://www.g2.com/products/xcloud/reviews)
## Video reviews
## Do Not Just Take Our Words, See What Experts Are Saying About Us
Industry leaders have praised our works that shows our commitment to quality and innovation. Check out what they have to say and see why we stand out in the crowd.
David Risley
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
X
Mario David McCan
“another kind of cool thing is that you can have a team associated with your account so that’s nice I think that’s a higher-tier feature”
Digital Marketing Tips – SaaS Space
“With just a few clicks, you will be able to install your WordPress site and manage all your servers & sites in just one dashboard”
X
X
Suburbia Press
“Migrate from any web host over to xCloud simply”
X
Mr Web
“Supercharge Website Management with xCloud”
X
Dave Swift
“xCloud – WP Hosting Panel Everyone Is Talking About”
X
[
Load More
](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Blog reviews
## xCloud is on the Spotlight: Explore the Buzz Around the Next Gen-Hosting!
We are proud to get recognized by tech enthusiasts and hosting users worldwide! Have a look at blogs where xCloud got featured.
Shashank Dubey
wbcomdesigns.com
[Navigating The Clouds: An In-Depth Review Of xCloud For WordPress](https://wbcomdesigns.com/navigating-the-clouds-an-in-depth-review-of-xcloud-for-wordpress/)
Alex Brian
wpvoyage.net
[xCloud Hosting Review 2024: Next-Gen Cloud Hosting For WordPress](https://wpvoyage.net/xcloud-hosting-review/)
WP Webify
wpwebify.com
[Introducing xCloud: A Brand New Cloud Hosting Solution For WordPress](https://www.wpwebify.com/wordpress/xcloud-wordpress-hosting-solution/)
Anurag Choudhari
geekycube.com
[Build Your Perfect WordPress Website with xCloud Hosting](https://geekycube.com/build-your-perfect-wordpress-website-with-xcloud-hosting/)
David Risley
blogmarketingacademy.com
[xCloud Hosting Review: Good Enough To Switch From Cloudways?](https://www.blogmarketingacademy.com/xcloud-hosting-review/)
**Ciroapp**
ciroapp.com
[xCloud Review, Pricing, Features with Pros and Cons](https://ciroapp.com/xcloud-review/)
**Tom Dupuis**
onlinemediamasters.com
[xCloud Review 2025: Launch A Vultr High Frequency Server](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/)
## Social media reviews
## Inspiring Words That Motivate Us For Working Harder
We got a massive response on social media after our initial release. Read some of the kind words from our users that motivate us everyday.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
## Experience Seamless Server & Site Management
Get a seamless cloud hosting experience, along with advanced site management & security measures.
[get started for free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Revolution in Web Design: How AI Builds Websites in 2026 - xCloud
> Learn how AI is redefining web design in 2026, moving website builders from drag-and-drop tools to autonomous design assistants.
Website builders have existed since the earliest days of the web. In the 1990s, WYSIWYG tools such as [**Microsoft FrontPage**](https://web.archive.org/web/20081208073344/http://office.microsoft.com/en-us/frontpage/default.aspx) and Adobe Dreamweaver allowed users to design websites visually rather than writing HTML by hand. Their arrival marked a major shift: for the first time, people without programming knowledge could design functional websites using drag-and-drop tools.
The next major evolution came with online builders in the mid-2000s. Squarespace, Weebly, and Wix brought web-based drag-and-drop editing, hosted infrastructure, and professional templates to everyday users. These services shaped what most people now think of as “website builders,” long before artificial intelligence entered the space.
Now, the scene is changing. Let’s see what website builders have to offer going into 2026 and the history of AI in website building platforms.
## Brief history of AI in website builders
AI began appearing in website building tools in the mid-2010s, though early features were far from the generative AI we know today.
The first widely publicized attempt came in 2016, when [Wix introduced ADI](https://digitalmarketingmagazine.co.uk/articles/wixcom-launches-wix-adi-artificial-design-intelligence/3403) (Artificial Design Intelligence), which promised to build websites based on user questionnaires. The system relied heavily on templates and decision trees rather than true generative models, but it was a significant step in automation.
Through 2020 and 2021, as large language models became accessible, website builders started integrating AI-powered text generation. Wix added automated copywriting and SEO suggestions. Shopify, [**Squarespace**](https://www.theverge.com/2023/9/13/23872132/squarespace-ai-features-website-builder), Webflow, and WordPress plugins adopted AI writing assistants to help users produce descriptions, blog posts, and headlines with minimal effort.
When image generators like DALL·E 2 and Stable Diffusion arrived in 2022, builders began offering AI image creation for hero banners, icons, and product photos. By 2024, several companies claimed they could produce entire websites from a single prompt, though results were typically generic and required significant manual refinement.
## Downsides
Reality often didn’t meet user expectations. Many AI promises in 2023–2025 were marketed as “full website automation,” yet still produced outcomes reliant on rigid templates. Companies suggested that users could create full websites with zero effort, but in practice, the AI struggled to interpret brand identity, layout nuance, or complex business requirements.
Squarespace, despite being a major industry player, still [**lacked a truly autonomous AI builder**](https://www.techradar.com/pro/website-building/squarespace-just-dropped-60-updates-here-are-the-ones-that-matter). Its system mainly offered text generation and template recommendations rather than full-page editing or real-time manipulation.
Another issue was sameness. Because most tools generated variations of existing templates, AI websites looked highly similar. Users often ended up with generic designs that required manual editing to become unique or visually polished.
## Editing with AI
A core limitation in early AI website builders was editing. AI could generate pages or sections, but it couldn’t operate inside the editor. It couldn’t move elements, adjust spacing, reshape structure, or modify properties in real time. Builders weren’t designed to allow external systems to manipulate canvas elements, so AI generation stopped at the starting point; humans had to take over from there.
This problem became apparent across the entire industry. Builders could boast about “AI websites,” but the AI couldn’t actually use the builder. That gap made many AI features redundant, as users still had to manually tweak most design decisions.
## AI learns to operate website builders (2024–2026)
Starting in 2024 and accelerating through 2025, several companies began teaching AI to interact with website builders at a deeper level.
Shopify made headlines in [**May 2025**](https://www.reuters.com/business/shopify-launches-ai-tool-that-builds-complete-online-stores-keywords-2025-05-21/) with an AI tool capable of generating a fully functional online store from keywords, including product pages, storefront layout, and navigation. This represented one of the first major commercial pushes into semi-autonomous website generation.
Wix introduced experimental internal systems designed to generate custom code for more advanced sites, while startups like Lovable focused on React code generation rather than design-time editing. These systems produced code rather than manipulating elements inside a visual editor, creating a gap between AI output and practical website-building workflows.
**[Site.pro](https://site.pro/AI-Website-Builder/?utm_source=xcloud.host&utm_medium=hosting&utm_campaign=pr)** took a broader approach, [building AI directly into the editor](https://www.entrepreneur.com/ka/business-news/can-ai-create-professional-websites-for-business-we-tested/500314) so it could perform real actions rather than just propose content. By the end of 2025, the platform allowed users to generate entire page structures, add or remove components, move elements around the canvas, and replace images through text or voice commands. The AI understood the builder’s internal structure well enough to make precise changes, enabling an editing experience closer to working with a human assistant.
Site.pro also allowed multilingual voice input, making it one of the few website builders with hands-free AI editing. Users could prototype websites quickly, iterate multiple versions, and launch production-ready pages without deep technical knowledge. [](/site-pro/)**[Site.pro website builder](/site-pro/)** can be installed directly with xCloud, follow the [**documentation manual**](/docs/how-to-install-site-pro-with-xcloud/) to do it easily.
## **Voice control and specialization**
Voice-enabled website editing is still rare, but it is gradually appearing in modern builders. While tools like Wix’s AI Velo/Vibe or Lovable concentrate on generating functional code, and Shopify focuses on e-commerce flows, Site.pro positions itself as a general-purpose builder capable of responding to both typed and spoken commands.
Each company is taking a different approach:
- Shopify optimizes for store creation.
- Wix’s AI is oriented toward code and logic.
- Lovable generates full React applications.
- Site.pro focuses on real-time editing inside a visual builder.
This diversification shows that “AI website building” is not a single technology but an ecosystem of evolving approaches.
## **What to expect next?**
Companies are moving toward AI that behaves more like a virtual web designer than a content generator. Site.pro has shared that its long-term direction involves AI capable of performing design tasks autonomously and instantly — in line with its philosophy of making all operations as fast as possible.
The next stage of AI-driven website creation likely includes:
- continuous real-time editing
- unique layouts unbound by templates
- agent-like assistants that maintain sites over time
- design decisions driven by user goals, not questionnaires
- instant multi-iteration prototypes generated on demand
By 2026, we’re transitioning from tools that create websites _for_ users to AI agents that create and refine websites _with_ users — blending automation, creativity, and human guidance in a way unseen in previous decades.
---
# Roadmap - xCloud
> xCloud is here to revolutionize your hosting experience. Check out what we have developed so far and what to expect!
This site uses cookies and tracking technologies. You may accept all or customize according to your preferences.
Customize Accept All
## Customize Consent Preferences
×
Please select whether you consent to our use of cookies and related technologies ("Cookies"), as described in our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy. Expand each section below for more information. You can return at any time from the same web browser to update your preferences. Please note that resetting your browser's cookies will reset your preferences.
▶
#### Required Cookies
Enabled
These Cookies are necessary for core features of this site to operate properly. Because they are needed for the site's operation, they are always set to "Active".
Company
Domain
Userback
app.userback.io
FirstPromoter
xcloud.firstpromoter.com
Crisp
https://crisp.chat
▶
#### Functional Cookies
These Cookies allow us to analyze site usage in order to evaluate and improve performance.
Company
Domain
Microsoft Clarity
clarity.microsoft.com, www.clarity.ms
Google Analytics
analytics.google.com, www.google-analytics.com
▶
#### Advertising / Marketing Cookies
These Cookies help us measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, referral programs, and promotional activities.
Company
Domain
Google Tag Manager
www.googletagmanager.com, googletagmanager.com
Meta (formerly Facebook)
connect.facebook.net, facebook.com
Save My Preferences Accept All
## Roadmap
## xCloud Public Roadmap
xCloud is here to revolutionize your hosting experience. Check out what we have developed so far and what to expect!
---
# [New Feature] How to Run Commands on Your Website And Server Effortlessly Using xCloud - xCloud
> Discover how to run commands with xCloud to manage your website and server with just a few clicks. Save time, boost efficiency & simplify your workflow.
Need help managing command line tasks for your website and server? **xCloud**‘s Command Runner can execute tasks effortlessly without manual command line access. Discover how this powerful tool saves you time, boosts efficiency, and simplifies your workflow. Ready to streamline your site management? Keep reading to learn [**how to run commands**](/docs/how-to-run-commands-in-your-site-and-server/) easily with just a few clicks.
## **What is Command Runner in xCloud?**
xCloud introduced a powerful feature **Command Runner** within the xCloud dashboard that allows users to execute various commands on both their websites and servers directly from a centralized interface. This tool eliminates the need for manual access to the command line, making it easier for users to manage their sites and servers efficiently.
Using **Command Runner** you can quickly run commands without having to log into your server or website’s backend individually. Whether you are updating plugins, running maintenance tasks, or performing system checks, the **Command Runner** streamlines the entire process, saving you valuable time and effort.
At xCloud, the Command Runner tool is designed to support a wide range of commands, making site and server management effortless including:
**WP CLI Commands:** Ideal for WordPress users, xCloud enables you to execute **WP CLI commands** directly from the dashboard. Whether you are activating maintenance mode, updating themes and plugins, or creating backups, you can manage it all seamlessly without manual command-line access.
**Bash Scripts:** For advanced users, xCloud allows you to run bash scripts to handle server-level tasks. Automate updates, manage services, or perform backups with ease, all from our intuitive interface.
Using xCloud Command Runner, users can centralize their website and server management tasks, automate repetitive actions and ensure that their systems are running smoothly, all from a user-friendly dashboard. This tool is ideal for both beginners who want to simplify their workflow and advanced users who need more control over their operations.
## **Benefits of Using Command Runner with xCloud**
The xCloud Command Runner is packed with benefits that simplify and enhance your website and server management experience. Here are some key advantages of using this powerful tool:
- **No Manual Command Line Access Required:** One of the standout features of the Command Runner in xCloud is that it eliminates the need for users to log into the command line interface. You can run commands directly from the user-friendly dashboard, making it accessible for those who may not be familiar with command-line operations.
- **Centralized Management:** xCloud powers you to execute commands across multiple sites or servers from a single dashboard. This centralized approach streamlines your workflow and allows for easy management of all your resources in one place.
- **Efficiency And Time-Saving:** The Command Runner accelerates site and server management processes by allowing you to execute commands quickly and easily. This time-saving capability means you can focus on more strategic tasks rather than getting bogged down in manual processes.
- **Team Collaboration:** xCloud also supports effective team collaboration through its role permissions feature. This allows you to control which team members can run commands, ensuring that sensitive operations are managed securely while empowering your team to work efficiently.
This feature not only simplifies command execution but also enhances collaboration and efficiency, making it an invaluable tool for managing your website and server seamlessly.
## **How to Run Commands on Your Website via xCloud Dashboard**
Running commands on your website with the xCloud dashboard is easy. Here is a step-by-step guide to help you get started.
### **Step 1: Select Your Website**
First, log into your **xCloud dashboard**. Once you are logged in, look for the website you want to manage. To do this, go to the navigation menu and click on ‘**Tools**’, then select ‘**Commands.**’ This will bring you to the command section for your website.
### **Step 2: Run Command on Your Website**
Next, find the button that says ‘**Run Custom Command.**’ Click on this button, and it will open a box where you can type your command.
### **Step 3: Easily Enter Your WP CLI Commands or Other**
In the command input box, you can type in the command you want to run. For example, if you want to activate your **[WordPress site maintenance mode](https://wpdeveloper.com/wordpress-maintenance-tips/)**, you can use the command:
```
wp maintenance-mode activate
```
Copy to Clipboard
It is as simple as typing in your command and hitting the ‘**Run Command**’ button to run it.
### **Step 4: Final Outcome**
After you run a command, the system will execute it right away. You can check the ‘**Most Recent Commands**’ box to see a list of the last commands you ran. This box shows important details like who ran the command when it was executed, and the status of the command.
If you want to see more information about a specific command, you can click the ‘**Details**’ button to view detailed logs.
This is how you can run commands on your website and server with xCloud easily from your user-friendly dashboard interface.
## **Bonus Section: Pro Tips for Running Commands Efficiently with xCloud**
Here are some easy-to-follow tips to help you get the most out of the xCloud Command Runner:
1. **Test Commands in a Safe Environment First:** Before you run a new command on your live website or server, try it out on a staging site. This way, you can catch any issues without affecting your live site.
2. **Create a List of Frequently Used Commands:** Keep a list of the commands you use often. This will save you time when doing regular tasks like updates or maintenance. You can quickly copy and paste them into the xCloud command runner.
3. **Monitor Command Execution Logs Regularly:** After running a command, always check the ‘**Most Recent Commands**’ log. This will help you spot any problems early so you can fix them right away.
4. **Use WP-CLI Aliases for Faster Workflow:** If you use WP-CLI commands a lot, create shortcuts (aliases) for them. This makes your workflow faster and more efficient.
5. **Ensure Team Members Have Appropriate Permissions:** Make sure only the right team members can run commands. Use xCloud’s team management settings to control who can execute commands, keeping your sites and servers secure.
Following these tips, you can run commands more smoothly and efficiently while keeping everything secure and under control.
## **Manage Your Site And Server Effortlessly Using Run Commands with xCloud**
The xCloud Command Runner is a powerful tool that can significantly simplify your website and server management tasks. You can run commands without using the command line, which saves time and makes your tasks simpler.
Using this feature in xCloud you can save time, reduce errors, and improve overall efficiency. Also, from updating plugins to running maintenance tasks, xCloud lets you handle everything from one user-friendly dashboard. It is perfect for beginners and experts who want more control and efficiency.
Make your site and server management simpler today. If you find this blog helpful then [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/), and join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to get our daily updates.
---
# Everything You Need to Know About Schedule Tasks with Cron Jobs Effortlessly - xCloud
> To schedule tasks with cron jobs, you'll need to understand the syntax which consists of five fields: minute, hour, day of the month, month, & day of the week.
Imagine you have a to-do list for your computer. You want it to do certain tasks at specific times, like sending emails or backing up files. That’s where cron jobs come in! They’re like little reminders for your computer to do things automatically at scheduled times.
So, you can easily [**schedule tasks with Cron Jobs**](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/) and set up these reminders for your computer to do tasks regularly without you having to do them manually. Benefits? Making server or site management that much more efficient, automated, and flexible.
## **What Is the Purpose of Cron Jobs?**
The term ‘**cron**‘ comes from ‘**chronometer**‘, which simply means a “**timekeeper**“. In computing, particularly in Unix-like operating systems, “**cron**” refers to a time-based job scheduler. Cron jobs are commonly used for automating repetitive tasks such as system maintenance, backups, updates, and administrative functions without requiring manual intervention.
While you schedule tasks with Cron Jobs, three key elements typically come into play:
- The script is designated for execution.
- The command that triggers the script to run at regular intervals, is often configured within cPanel.
- The outcome or impact of the script’s execution varies depending on its intended function. While many cron job scripts involve tasks like file or database manipulation, others may focus on non-data-altering actions such as sending email alerts.
Instructions provided with most cron job-requiring scripts offer tailored guidance, often including illustrative examples for setup. And when you schedule tasks with Cron Jobs you have to keep these in mind.
## **Understanding the Core Functionality of Cron Jobs**
The default location for the cron table or crontab configuration file is **/etc/crontab**. Usually, only system administrators have permission to edit this file when he/she will schedule tasks with Cron Jobs. However, because **Unix-like systems** allow for multiple administrators, users can create their own files to schedule tasks with Cron Job.
Basically, a cron job is like a note you write on your computer’s to-do list. It’s written in a table called the **crontab**, where you specify when you want a certain task to happen and what that task should be. Then, the cron [**daemon**](https://www.linfo.org/daemon.html), which is like a little helper, checks this list regularly and makes sure to schedule tasks with cron jobs when they’re scheduled to happen.
Here are some compelling reasons to consider incorporating Cron Jobs into your system or workflow:
**Enhanced Productivity:** Cron Jobs automates repetitive tasks, allowing your team to focus on more strategic initiatives rather than spending time on manual, routine chores.
**Improved Reliability:** By executing tasks at predefined intervals, Cron Jobs ensures that important processes such as backups, updates, and maintenance occur consistently and reliably, reducing the risk of human error.
**Time Savings:** Automating tasks with Cron Jobs saves significant time over manual execution, especially for tasks that need to be performed regularly or during non-working hours.
**Scalability:** Cron Jobs can easily scale to handle increasing workloads as your system or organization grows, without requiring a proportional increase in manual effort.
**Optimized Resource Utilization**: Cron Jobs can be scheduled to run during off-peak hours, maximizing resource utilization and minimizing the impact on system performance during peak usage times.
**Note:** What does a Unix-like system mean? Unix-like operating systems, such as Linux and macOS, are similar to Unix but not officially certified as Unix by [**The Open Group**](https://www.opengroup.org/). Operating systems like Solaris and HP-UX are Unix, as they comply with UNIX specifications set by The Open Group.
If you want to schedule tasks with Cron Jobs, you have to face some minor complexities
- The shortest time gap between jobs allowed by cron is **60 seconds**. Users are restricted to setting cron job intervals at one-minute increments or longer.
- When jobs are missed, they require **manual resetting**. Unlike other systems, cron doesn’t support distributing jobs across multiple computers in a network. Therefore, if the cron service crashes on a computer, the scheduled tasks won’t run, and the missed jobs must be restarted manually.
- Cron lacks an **automatic retry** feature. It operates strictly according to the scheduled times set by users. If a task fails, cron won’t attempt to rerun it until the next scheduled time. This limitation makes cron less suitable for tasks that require incremental processing.
- There’s no support for environment variables in **crontab**. This means crontab cannot access environment variables stored in various configuration files, which are sometimes necessary for certain applications to run correctly.
**_Note:_** _For automating one-time tasks, it’s advisable to explore alternative scheduling methods._
Cron offers the functionality to execute cron jobs as a designated user. In some cases, you might opt to establish a dedicated user with restricted permissions solely for running cron jobs or to schedule tasks with Cron Jobs. There are two approaches to running cron jobs as a specific user.
**System Crontab:** Each cron system includes a system-wide crontab, typically located at /etc/crontab, which contains scheduled system cron jobs. To create a custom cron job, simply append a new line to the **/etc/crontab** file and specify the user responsible for executing the command, as illustrated in the following example. Here we have added a random user & named him “**someuser**”.
\* \* \* \* \* someuser echo ‘Hello world!’
Every minute, this will display “**Hello world**!” in the terminal.
**User Crontab:** The second method involves establishing a user-specific crontab to schedule a cron job. Begin by logging in as the desired user:
su someuser
Next, create or access the user-specific crontab:
crontab -e
If the user doesn’t already have a crontab, a new one will be created, prompting you to select your preferred text editor. Choose your editor and proceed to the next step.
Finally, add the cron job to this file:
\* \* \* \* \* echo ‘Hello world!’
This command will display “Hello world!” in the terminal every minute.
## **Exploring Cron Jobs Syntax & Moderators**
Before initiating cron jobs, it’s essential to understand the syntax and structure of cron to ensure smooth execution of scripts. Cron’s syntax comprises five fields, each with specific value ranges:
- **Minute**: Indicates the minute of the hour when the command will execute, ranging from 0 to 59.
- **Hour**: Specifies the hour when the command will run, using a 24-hour notation from 0 to 23.
- **Day of the Month**: Represents the date of the month when the command should execute, ranging from 1 to 31.
- **Month**: Designates the month when the command will run, with values from 1 to 12, corresponding to January through December.
- **Day of the Week**: Determines the day of the week for command execution, ranging from 0 to 6, where 0 represents Sunday and 6 represents Saturday. In some systems, Sunday is also represented by the value 7.
Understanding the various operators in cron syntax is essential for configuring cron jobs effectively and making sure to schedule tasks with Cron Jobs. These operators allow you to customize the scheduling of tasks according to specific requirements. Here’s a simple breakdown of the common cron job operators along with examples:
- **Asterisk (\*)**: This operator represents all possible values in a field. For example, using an asterisk in the Minute field will execute the cron job every minute.
- **Comma (,)**: The comma operator is used to list multiple values. For instance, specifying 2,6 in the day-of-week field will schedule the job to run every Tuesday and Thursday.
- **Hyphen (-)**: Users can define a range of values using the hyphen operator. For example, setting 7-10 in the Month field will run the cron job from July to October.
- **Separator (/)**: The slash separator divides a value to establish intervals. For instance, using \*/9 in the Hour field will run the script every 9 hours.
- **Last (L)**: This operator can be used in the day-of-month and day-of-week fields. For instance, specifying 5L in the day-of-week field indicates the last Friday of the month.
- **Weekday (W)**: The “Weekday (W)” operator identifies the nearest weekday based on a given date. For instance, if you use “10W” in the day-of-month field, the command will execute on the closest weekday to the 10th of the month.
- **Hash (#)**: This operator, used in the day-of-week field, specifies a particular day of the month using a number between 1 and 5. For example, 1#3 represents the third Monday of the month.
- **Question mark (?)**: This operator denotes no specific value for the day-of-month and day-of-week fields. It’s commonly replaced with the cron daemon start-up time.
These examples illustrate how you can utilize cron job operators to create precise schedules for your tasks.
So let’s see an example. Here is a Cron Execution
**_\* \* \* \* \* _**
This cron job is set to run **every minute, every hour, every day, every month, and every day** of the week. For instance, if it’s currently **10:00**, the next job will run at **10:01**, then at **10:02**, **10:03**, and so forth.
Here’s the breakdown of the cron expression provided above:
Each **asterisk (\*)** serves as a wildcard, indicating “**any value**” in its respective field:
- The first asterisk (\*) denotes any minute from 0 to 59.
- The second asterisk (\*) denotes any hour from 0 to 23.
- The third asterisk (\*) denotes any day of the month from 1 to 31.
- The fourth asterisk (\*) denotes any month from 1 to 12.
- The fifth asterisk (\*) denotes any day of the week from 0 to 7.
The placeholder “****” represents the actual command that will run every minute.
So, to schedule a cron job to **run every 7th minute**, include the following entry in your crontab file.
**_\*/7 \* \* \* \* _**
## **More Cron Syntax Examples to Schedule Tasks with Cron Jobs**
To enhance your comprehension of Cron syntax, here’s a collection of example commands for system management that will help you to schedule tasks with Cron jobs effortlessly:
**Cron Type**
**Syntax**
**Description**
Backup
0 3 \* \* \* /path/to/backup\_script.sh
Runs the backup script daily at 3:00 AM.
Clear Cache
0 2 \* \* \* /path/to/cache\_clear\_script.sh
Executes the cache-clearing script every day at 2:00 AM
Monitor Task
\*/10 \* \* \* \* /path/to/monitor\_script.sh
Runs the monitoring script every 10 minutes
Multiple Cron Tasks
0 1 \* \* \* /path/to/task1.sh && /path/to/task2.sh
Executes two tasks sequentially at 1:00 AM
Run a Script
30 4 \* \* \* /path/to/script.sh
Runs the specified script daily at 4:30 AM
Weekly Backup
0 3 \* \* 6 /path/to/weekly\_backup.sh
Executes the weekly backup script every Saturday at 3:00 AM
Database Backup
0 2 \* \* \* /path/to/db\_backup\_script.sh
Runs the database backup script daily at 2:00 AM
Email Notification
0 9 \* \* \* /path/to/email\_notification.sh
Sends email notifications every day at 9:00 AM
Log Rotation
0 0 \* \* \* /path/to/log\_rotation\_script.sh
Performs log rotation daily at midnight
Monthly Report Generation
0 12 1 \* \* /path/to/monthly\_report\_generation.sh
Generates monthly reports on the 1st day of each month at noon
System Update
0 3 \* \* \* /path/to/system\_update\_script.sh
Performs system updates daily at 3:00 AM
Website Backup:
0 2 \* \* 0 /path/to/website\_backup\_script.sh
Executes the website backup script every Sunday at 2:00 AM
Hourly Maintenance
0 \* \* \* \* /path/to/hourly\_maintenance\_script.sh
Performs hourly maintenance tasks every hour
Monthly Cleanup
0 4 1 \* \* /path/to/monthly\_cleanup\_script.sh
Executes the monthly cleanup script on the 1st day of each month at 4:00 AM
Daily Security Checks
0 5 \* \* \* /path/to/security\_check\_script.sh
Runs security checks daily at 5:00 AM
We can alternatively utilize the following strings to schedule tasks with Cron Jobs.
**Strings**
**Action**
@reboot
Run once, at startup
@yearly
Run once a year
@annually
(same as @yearly)
@monthly
Run once a month
@weekly
Run once a week
@daily
Run once a day
@midnight
(same as @daily)
@hourly
Run once an hour
## **How to Schedule Tasks with Cron Jobs in xCloud Hosting?**
[**xCloud**](/) offers two straightforward methods for managing Cron Jobs: **WP-Cron** and **xCloud-Cron**. While both handle time-based tasks in WordPress, they operate differently. WP-Cron relies on site visitors to trigger tasks, whereas xCloud-Cron operates at the server level. Additionally, xCloud Cron ensures that scheduled tasks like post-publishing and page updates occur reliably at specified intervals.
The first method is through WordPress Cron Job. This feature allows you to schedule and automate tasks within your WordPress website, such as publishing posts or running backups.
The second method is to handle Custom Cron Jobs. With this option, you can set up and manage cron jobs directly at the server level, giving you more control over the scheduling and execution of tasks beyond WordPress-specific functions.
### **Setting up WordPress Cron Job**
WP-Cron and [**xCloud Cron**](/docs/how-to-configure-xcloud-cron-job/) serve similar functions in managing time-based tasks within WordPress, such as post publishing and page updates. However, they operate differently:
WP-Cron relies on site visitors to trigger scheduled tasks, meaning tasks may not occur if there is low traffic or no visitors.
In contrast, [**xCloud**](/) Cron operates at the server level, ensuring scheduled tasks are executed reliably at specified intervals, regardless of site traffic. This ensures that tasks like post publishing and page updates occur consistently, even if there are no site visitors.
Navigate to the xCloud Dashboard. Once there, access the ‘**Settings**‘ tab. Within this section, you’ll get both **WP-Cron** and **xCloud Cron** options. Opt for the xCloud Cron setting from this menu.
After opting for xCloud Cron, you’ll have the chance to set the cron interval for your server so that you can easily schedule tasks with Cron Jobs. Simply choose your preferred interval from the dropdown menu provided. This enables you to adjust how often cron tasks are performed on your server.
### **Manage Custom Cron Job**
Custom cron jobs act as dedicated assistants for your website, carrying out specific tasks at scheduled intervals. Whether it involves updating content, sending emails, or conducting maintenance, these custom cron jobs are tailored to meet your website’s unique requirements, saving time and enhancing efficiency in your online activities.
In xCloud, [**adding a custom cron job**](/docs/add-a-custom-cron-job-in-xcloud/) is a simple process that can be completed directly from the xCloud dashboard.
To access the Cron Jobs feature, go to the ‘**All Servers**‘ section, select a server (if you have multiple), and locate the Cron Jobs option in the left sidebar of your server dashboard.
To initiate the creation of a new cron job, simply select the ‘**Add Cron Job**‘ button on the subsequent page. This action will lead you to the process of adding a custom cron job in xCloud.
Once you’ve reached the next page, you’ll be prompted to input the command, specify the user, and select the frequency of the cron job. You can easily set both the root user and non-root users (such as site or sudo users) in the ‘**User**‘ field. Use the dropdown menu with predefined values to determine how often the cron job should run.
Once you’ve selected the script type to run (PHP, curl, or wget) and provided the command to execute, proceed by clicking on ‘**Save**‘ to save your configuration. Additionally, if you prefer a custom schedule, click on the ‘**Custom**‘ option. Here, you can define your own schedule by specifying the ‘**Custom Schedule**.’ Use the syntax provided below to tailor the scheduling to your specific needs.
The 5 asterisk signs allow you to control minutes, hours, days, months, and days of weeks. The range includes:
- Minute (Range: 0 to 59)
- Hour (Range: 0 to 23)
- Day of month (Range: 1 to 31)
- Month (Range: 1 to 12)
- Day of week (Range: 0 to 6, Sunday will count as 0)
Once you’ve completed the configuration, your cron job will appear listed under the Basic tab in xCloud.
## **Most Common Cron Job Errors**
So far, you might think that cron is a foolproof tool with no room for error. But you have to face some minor hiccups that cn be solved very easily.
Experienced system administrators know firsthand that cron jobs often fail, and it happens for various reasons.
### **Schedule Handling Error**
It’s quite easy to mess up the cron syntax, especially if you’re new to it. For instance, you might accidentally switch the minutes and hours in your syntax. But don’t worry! Websites like [**crontab.guru**](https://crontab.guru/) can be incredibly helpful in double-checking your syntax to ensure it’s correct and help you to properly schedule tasks with Cron Jobs.
### **False Environment Variables**
Another common issue is when your shell script runs flawlessly from the command line but fails to execute from the cron entry. This discrepancy often occurs due to environmental variables. Unlike when running commands interactively, cron doesn’t load variables from files like **.bashrc** or **bash\_profile**. Consequently, even if you’ve set up common variables like **$USER**, they won’t be defined when the cron daemon runs your job entry. To address this, you’ll need to either hard-code your variable values or manually load them from files like **.bashrc**.
### **Run Out Of Disk Space**
Even if your script is robust, it may fail to run successfully when system resources are scarce. Resilience can only go so far in such situations. To avoid this issue, it’s crucial to regularly monitor your servers for metrics like available disk space, memory, and open files. This proactive approach helps ensure the smooth execution of your cron jobs.
### **Cron Job Overlap**
You may have a cron entry set to run frequently, perhaps every minute, and it typically completes successfully within seconds. However, external factors can sometimes cause the job to exceed its expected runtime, delaying its completion. In such cases, the cron daemon may continue spawning new instances of your script, leading to a buildup of multiple running copies and potentially exhausting system resources. To prevent this, it’s essential to implement safeguards like lock files to ensure that only one instance of your script runs at any given time.
### **Wrong Timezone**
A common challenge arises when managing processes across different time zones. To simplify matters, it’s highly recommended to store all dates and times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and ensure your servers also operate in **UTC**.
This approach facilitates straightforward date comparisons and eliminates concerns related to daylight-saving time adjustments.
To enhance user experience, consider prompting users to specify their time zone during the signup process for your application. By storing this information, you can effortlessly format all dates and times in your application according to the user’s time zone, providing a seamless experience.
## **Schedule Tasks With Cron Jobs & Achieve Peak Performance**
In conclusion, mastering cron jobs is essential for efficient task automation and system management. By understanding the syntax, common pitfalls, and best practices, you can harness the full potential of cron to streamline your workflow and ensure the timely execution of important tasks. Remember to regularly monitor server resources, handle error conditions gracefully, and implement safeguards to prevent issues like script duplication to easily schedule tasks with Cron Jobs.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Self-Managed Hosting | xCloud
> Bring your own server from DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS or Hetzner and manage every site from the xCloud panel. One server and ten sites free, then from $3 per server per month.
**Note for agents:** this is `/self-managed-hosting-2/`, a design experiment that rebuilds [/self-managed-hosting/](/self-managed-hosting/) on the new light design system. Both pages are live and describe the same product at the same prices. This page carries `noindex` while it is an experiment — prefer [/self-managed-hosting/](/self-managed-hosting/) as canonical until it replaces it.
## Simplified Self Managed Hosting For WordPress
Bring your own server provider and transform your server and website management with all the essential features of xCloud. No stress. Just speed and simplicity.
- Full root access on sites and servers
- 14-day money-back guarantee
- 1 server and 10 sites free
## Three steps from your provider to a live site
1. **Connect Your Server** — Select the server providers and connect with xCloud effortlessly.
2. **Setup Your Server** — Set up your connected server with just a few steps and manage it easily.
3. **Deploy Your Sites** — Deploy and monitor WordPress sites on your servers automatically.
## Bring & Manage Server With Flexible Pricing Plans
Choose the plan that suits your needs. All plans include free migrations and our 14-day money-back guarantee. Priced per connected server, so your rate adjusts automatically as you add or remove servers. You pay your own provider for the server itself.
| Plan | Price | Servers | Sites |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Free Trial | $0 forever | 1 server | 10 sites |
| Starter *(most popular)* | $5 per server / month | 2–5 servers | Unlimited sites |
| Professional | $4 per server / month | 6–10 servers | Unlimited sites |
| Agency | $3 per server / month | 11+ servers | Unlimited sites |
## Ultimate Cloud Control Panel Built For Performance
Simplify site management with optimized performance, easy updates, and enhanced security all in one intuitive dashboard that works with any provider.
- **Enterprise-Grade Security** — Software security updates, vulnerability alerts, SSLs, backups and more.
- **Easy Team Collaboration** — Add team members and set detailed access permissions.
- **Real-Time Monitoring** — Constant monitoring notifications so you can watch your business grow.
## Features
The control panel is the same one managed customers use — see [/managed-hosting-2/](/managed-hosting-2/) for the full feature list across Performance, Server Management, Site Management and Security, or [/features/](/features/).
## Unlock the Power of Hosting With Unlimited Rewards
Lightning Fast Speed · Ready-To-Go WordPress · Intuitive Control Panel · Server and Site Monitoring · Enterprise Grade Security · Unlimited Free Migration · xCloud Managed Email Service · 14 Days Refund Policy
## Frequently asked questions
### How is self-managed hosting different from managed hosting?
With xCloud managed you pay us for hosting and the platform in one place, and you get exclusive extras like server resize and server backup. With self-managed you pay your own provider for the server and xCloud charges $5 per server per month for management, dropping to $3 per server once you pass 10. All other features are the same.
### What do I need to start using xCloud's self-managed hosting?
Just integrate your server provider — such as DigitalOcean, GCP, or Hetzner — using our built-in integration method. You can also connect servers from any other provider.
### Can I try xCloud for free?
Yes. xCloud offers a free plan where you can manage 1 server and up to 10 WordPress sites. Plus, there's a 14-day money-back guarantee on paid plans.
### What server types and stacks does xCloud support?
xCloud supports a wide range of software stacks including NGINX, OpenLiteSpeed (OLS), MySQL and MariaDB. It also works with ARM servers.
### Is it possible to migrate an existing WordPress site to xCloud?
Absolutely. xCloud provides free migration for unlimited websites.
### What security features does xCloud offer?
Fail2Ban, firewall management, SSL certificates, automatic backups, vulnerability alerts, site isolation and regular software security updates.
### How do I manage my team within xCloud?
Add team members, assign roles, and set detailed access permissions — all in a few clicks from your control panel.
### What kind of customer support does xCloud provide?
24/7 live chat, a ticket-based support system, a knowledge base, and a Facebook community.
### Are there any email services included with xCloud?
Yes. A Managed Email Service with 100 free transactional emails, with more bundles available later.
## Experience the Fast, Secure & Stable Hosting From Today
[Start free](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Self Managed Hosting | xCloud
> Simplify hosting with xCloud self managed hosting solution—connect your own server, deploy sites fast, and enjoy full control, speed, and security.
## Bring & Manage Server
# Simplified Self Managed Hosting For WordPress
Get your own server provider and transform your server and website management with all the essential features of xCloud. No stress. Just speed & simplicity.
- 
### Full root access on sites and servers
- 
### 14 days moneyback guarantee
- 
### Access 1 Server & 10 Sites Free
[Start For Free Now](/self-managed-hosting/)
### Connect Your Server
Select the server providers and connect with xCloud effortlessly.
### Setup Your Server
Set up your connected server with just a few steps & manage easily.
### Deploy Your Sites
Deploy and Monitor WordPress Sites on your servers automatically.
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Pricing
## Bring & Manage Server With Flexible Pricing Plans
Choose the plan that suits your needs. All plans include free migrations
and our 14-days money-back guarantee.
## Free Trial
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 2-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Server
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Server
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## Cloud Servers
## Ultimate Cloud Control Panel Built For Performance
Simplify site management with optimized performance, easy updates, and enhanced security all in one intuitive dashboard that works with any provider.
## Enterprise-Grade Security
Helps protect your server and sites against multiple kinds of security threats with Software Security Updates, Vulnerability alerts, SSLs, Backups & more
## Easy Team Collaboration
Seamlessly collaborate and add team members to your projects and manage them easily. Get detailed access options for easy team collaboration.
## Real-Time Monitoring
With real-time constant monitoring notifications, you can enjoy complete peace of mind while watching your business grow.
## Integrations
## Powerful Stacks To Maximize Cloud Hosting Experience
Maximize your server and site management with advanced stacks and integrations for providing
higher efficiency and seamless performance.
## xCloud Features
## Complete Cloud Hosting Solution
With Powerful Features
Get all the features you need, for server management, site management, backups, and more, at your fingertips to upgrade your cloud hosting with xCloud
- 
###### Performance
- 
###### Server Management
- 
###### Site Management
- 
###### Security
## NGINX LEMP Stack
xCloud automatically installs a highly efficient LEMP Stack, optimized with PHP-FPM for superior performance.
## OLS Stack
Experience a fully integrated OpenLightSpeed stack, meticulously prepared and ready to host websites seamlessly, ensuring optimal speed and reliability.
## NGINX FastCGI Caching
Boost your WordPress site’s performance effortlessly. With just one click, activate full-page NGINX FastCGI caching and serve pages at lightning speed, bypassing PHP processing.
## Object Caching
You can handle more visitors without slowing down and clear the cache directly from xCloud using Redis Object caching.
## 1-Click NGINX Configuration
Configure Rocket-NGINX for WP Rocket, Standard WP NGINX for WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache easily. These plugins can optimize caching & enhance performance.
## Full Root Access for
UItimate Freedom
Getting full root access to your xCloud server means you get full control over your cloud. Our system uses updatable packages, giving your server the ultimate flexibility with zero restrictions.
## Unlimited
Site Deployments
Effortlessly create and manage multiple databases and users on a single server. Streamline your data management, boost efficiency and enjoy unparalleled control.
## Fast & High Performing
Databases
Get ultimate query speed and enhanced site responsiveness with MariaDB & MySQL databases. Also optimized engines of MariaDB & MySQL ensure high performance with strong data integrity and provide fast access to data.
## Automation with
Cron Job
Simplify your workload with effortless task management. Easily manage scheduled tasks with cron jobs to increase efficiency and ensure your operations run smoothly without manual intervention.
## Monitoring Your Server’s & Site’s Health
Get real-time insights and instant alerts to ensure optimal performance. Prevent downtime, identify issues early and maintain peak efficiency effortlessly. Monitor your RAM, CPU and Disk Usage from straight to the xCloud.
## Full Run PHP Your WayServer Clone
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Deploy WordPress Demo Sites in 1 click
Simply set up a test site with xCloud. You’ll have a fully prepared site with all necessary plugins and a test domain in just a minute.
## Easily Build Staging Sites with Pull Push
Create a staging environment for your WordPress site and test any changes before bringing it to your production site.
## Effortless Backup & Restore
Easily create incremental and full backups of your data, restore previous versions and roll back changes with just a few clicks. Manage your data quickly while ensuring your data is always safe and easy to manage.
## Run PHP Your Way
Unlock the ultimate flexibilities by leveraging multiple PHP versions. Manage the PHP version and settings for each site individually.
## Ensure Site Security with Isolation
Keep each of your website isolated from one another by creating separate system users for each one. If a security breach occurs on one site, it will not be able to affect the others and your site will remain more safe and protected.
## Secure Website
with SSL Certificates
Protect your site with 1-click free SSL provided by xCloud or add your own custom SSL certificates. xCloud configures the certificates and renewals for your site on your behalf. No need to worry about the setup at all.
## Ensure Data Safety with SFTP & SSH
To ensure the security for your data, we strictly enforce secure server connections exclusively through SFTP and SSH.
## Safeguard Your Server with Fail2Ban
Strengthen your server’s defenses with Fail2Ban. It blocks unauthorized access and protects against brute-force attacks. xCloud servers have it enabled by default, securing the SSH port.
[Explore More](/features/)
## Unlock the Power of Hosting With Unlimited Rewards
Get the best out of WordPress with hassle-self managed hosting, offering unlimited perks and advanced features at your fingertips.
## Lightning Fast
Speed
## Ready-To-Go WordPress
## Intuitive Control Panel
## Server and Site Monitoring
## Enterprise Grade
Security
## Unlimited Free Migration
## xCloud Managed Email Service
## 14 Days Refund
Policy
## See Some Wonderful Words People Shared For xCloud
Read our user’s words that encourage us always to innovate and bring the best features to upgrade your hosting experience always
Leo Koo
@leowrites
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Paul Batey
@paulbatey
Just joined. Very much enjoying xCloud. Moved from Upcloud with Runcloud panel. Happy I did.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Paul Batey
@paulbatey
Just joined. Very much enjoying xCloud. Moved from Upcloud with Runcloud panel. Happy I did.
Leo Koo
@leowrites
“When I moved a site over from Cloudways over to xCloud the control panel was radically faster and then I would click on something it felt like it just happened instantly”
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Paul Batey
@paulbatey
Just joined. Very much enjoying xCloud. Moved from Upcloud with Runcloud panel. Happy I did.
## FAQs
## Have Any Questions? We’re Here To Help
Explore our comprehensive knowledge base, tutorials, and blogs for instant help. Also, our expert support team is here to assist you with any queries.
### How is self-managed hosting different from managed hosting?
With **xCloud Managed Hosting**, you pay a single fee that covers both hosting and platform services. This includes exclusive features like server resizing and automated backups, which are handled entirely by our team.
On the other hand, with **Self-Managed Hosting**, you pay for hosting separately on your own provider, and xCloud charges a management fee of **$5 per server per month**, which can be reduced to **$3 per server** if you have more than 10 servers.
Both options include the same core features offered by xCloud—the main difference lies in who handles the hosting and how the services are billed.
### How is self-managed hosting different from managed hosting?
xCloud managed means you pay us hosting and platform fee all in one place and we have exclusive server resize, server backup in xCloud managed. with self managed you need to pay on your hosting end and also in xCloud for management $5/month per server and can be lowered to $3/server if you add more than 10. All the features of xCloud managed and self managed are same.
### What do I need to start using xCloud’s self-managed hosting?
Just integrate your server provider—such as DigitalOcean, GCP, or Hetzner—using our built-in integration method. You can also connect servers from any other provider.
### Can I try xCloud for free?
## Yes! xCloud offers a **free plan** where you can manage **1 server and up to 10 WordPress sites**. Plus, there’s a [**14-day money-back guarantee**](/docs/how-billing-works-in-xcloud/) on paid plans.
### What server types and stacks does xCloud support?
xCloud supports a wide range of software stacks including **NGINX**, **OpenLiteSpeed (OLS)**, MySQL and **MariaDB**. It also works with **ARM servers**, making it flexible for various server architectures and setups.
### Is it possible to migrate an existing WordPress site to xCloud?
Absolutely. xCloud provides free migration for unlimited websites. Our free migration plugin **allows** for a smoother transfer from your current host.
### What security features does xCloud offer?
xCloud includes **enterprise-grade security**, such as **Fail2Ban**, **firewall management**, **SSL certificates**, **automatic backups**, **vulnerability alerts**, Site isolation and **regular software security updates** to keep your server and sites safe.
### How do I manage my team within xCloud?
xCloud makes **team collaboration easy** with features that allow you to add team members, assign roles, and set detailed access permissions—all in just a few clicks from your control panel.
### What kind of customer support does xCloud provide?
You get access to **24/7 live chat**, a **ticket-based support system**, a comprehensive **knowledge base**, and a [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) where users and experts share insights and help each other.
### Are there any email services included with xCloud?
Yes! xCloud includes a **Managed Email Service** with **100 free transactional emails**, making it easier to handle essential site communications like form responses and system alerts.You can also purchase more bundles later as your needs.
### Connect Through Live Chat & Support
[Join Us Today](https://support.xcloud.host/)
### Be Part of Our Community
[Join Us Today](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)
### Explore Our Knowledgebase
[Read Docs](https://xcloud.host/docs/)
### Watch Our Video Tutorials
[Start Learning Now](https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting)
## Want to Experience Fast, Secure & Fully Managed Hosting For WordPress
[Explore Now](/self-managed-hosting/)
## Experience the Fast, Secure & Stable Hosting From Today
[Begin Your Journey Now](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
---
# Self Managed Vs Managed Hosting: Which One Will Suit You? - xCloud
> Is your WordPress website self-managed or managed? This blog explores pros and cons of self managed vs managed hosting to help you choose the right hosting.
Choosing the [**right hosting plan**](/) for your WordPress website is important. It affects your site’s performance, security, and ease of use. In this blog, we will explore self managed vs managed hosting options to help you decide which one is best for you. Read on to find out which hosting type suits your needs!
## **Understanding Self Managed Hosting**
Self managed hosting means you are in charge of your website’s server. You rent a server from a hosting provider but handle everything else yourself. This includes **installing software, managing security**, and ensuring everything runs smoothly. Think of it as renting an empty house and furnishing it yourself.
### **Benefits of Self-Managed Hosting**
Self managed hosting gives full control over your server and which comes with lots of benefits. Let us explore some of the benefits of self managed hosting.
**Cost-effectiveness:** Self managed hosting is often cheaper than managed hosting because you are not paying for extra services.
**Greater control:** You have full control over the server. You can configure it exactly how you want, install any software, and make any changes you need.
**Customization options:** You can tailor the server to meet your specific needs. Whether it is performance, security, or specific functionalities, you decide what goes on your server.
**Flexibility and scalability:** You can easily upgrade or downgrade your server resources as needed. This flexibility is great for handling changes in website traffic and growth.
### **Challenges of Using Self Managed Hostings**
There are some challenges to using self managed hosting as it needs more of your attention on customization and managing your servers and sites. Some of the challenges are discussed below:
**Requirement for technical skills:** Managing your own server requires a good amount of technical knowledge. You will need to know how to install and configure software, troubleshoot issues, and perform regular maintenance.
**Increased responsibility for security and maintenance:** You are responsible for keeping your server secure and up to date. This means setting up firewalls, applying security patches, and monitoring for threats.
**Lack of dedicated support:** If something goes wrong, you will not have a support team to help you. You will need to rely on your own skills and resources to fix any problems.
Understanding these aspects of self managed hosting can help you decide if it is the right choice for your WordPress website. If you enjoy having control and have the technical skills, it might be a great fit for you. If not, you might want to consider managed hosting instead.
## **Understanding Managed Hosting**
Managed hosting means that your hosting provider handles all the technical tasks for you. This includes setting up the server, installing software, managing security, performing updates, and troubleshooting issues. Think of it as renting a fully-furnished house with a maintenance team on call. You get to focus on your website, while the provider handles the technical details.
### **Benefits of Managed Hosting**
Managed hosting comes with the benefits of maintaining a website without prior technical knowledge. Let us have a look at some of the benefits of managed hostings.
**Comprehensive support and maintenance:** The hosting provider takes care of everything, from server setup to ongoing maintenance. This means you have a team of experts available to help with any issues.
**Enhanced security features:** Managed hosting providers implement robust security measures, including firewalls, malware scanning, and automatic updates, to keep your website safe.
**Better performance and reliability:** Your website is optimized for speed and reliability with managed hosting. Providers use advanced technologies to ensure your site runs smoothly and efficiently.
**Ease of use:** Managed hosting is user-friendly. You do not need technical skills to manage your website. The provider’s support team is always there to help, making it easy to focus on your business.
### **Challenges of Using Managed Hosting**
Managed hosting comes with challenges to hosting a site with full freedom as it is bound by some rules. Let us have a look at the challenges it comes with.
**Higher cost:** Managed hosting is more expensive than self managed hosting because you pay for the additional services and support provided.
**Less control over server configuration:** Since the hosting provider manages the server, you have limited control over its configuration. You might not be able to make specific changes or customizations.
**Potential for vendor lock-in:** Some managed hosting providers use proprietary systems that can make it difficult to switch to another provider if needed.
**Limited customization options:** Managed hosting plans often come with preset configurations, which might not meet all your specific needs. You may have to work within the constraints set by the provider.
Understanding these aspects of managed hosting can help you decide if it is the right choice for your WordPress website. If you prefer a hands-off approach and want professional support, managed hosting could be the perfect fit. If you need more control and are comfortable with technical tasks, you might consider self-managed hosting instead.
## **Detailed Comparison: Self-Managed vs Managed Hosting**
Choosing between self managed and managed hosting depends on your needs, budget, and technical skills. Let us break down the key differences to help you decide which is right for your WordPress website.
### **Cost Comparison**
Costing plays an important role when it comes to making decisions. A comparison between self managed and managed hosting is shown below.
**Self Managed Hosting Costs**
**Managed Hosting Costs**
Cheaper upfront costs
Higher cost due to comprehensive services
Payment for server space and bandwidth
Payment for convenience
The user is responsible for security, backups, and maintenance
The hosting provider handles security, updates, backups, and performance optimization
Potential additional costs for security software
Higher cost covers extras
Time commitment for server management
Provider handles all
Cost-effective if possess technical skills and time to manage.
Hosting Provider Handles
#### **Cost Effectiveness Scenarios**
Self-managed hosting is cost-effective for tech-savvy individuals or small businesses that can manage their own servers. Managed hosting is ideal for businesses needing reliable performance and security without dedicating resources to server management. The higher cost is justified by the reduced need for in-house technical expertise and time saved on maintenance.
### **Control And Customization**
Self managed and managed hosting offer different levels of control and customization, catering to varying needs and preferences.
#### **Hosting Control**
Hosting controls over your server and how they affect your site are discussed below:
**Self-Managed Hosting Control**
**Managed Hosting Control**
Complete control over your server
Less control over the server
Ability to install any software
The hosting provider manages the server
Configure settings to your liking
Ability to customize your website and use various tools
Fully customize the server environment
Limited server-level customization
Great flexibility for specific needs
Beneficial trade-off for those who prefer not to handle technical details
Ideal for those with technical knowledge
#### **Customization Capabilities**
Self managed hosting allows you to tailor the server to your exact needs, making it ideal for complex or unique setups. Managed hosting offers sufficient customization for most users, but with some limitations to maintain stability and security.
### **Technical Skills And Support**
To manage hosting you require some technical skills and for better use support from hosting providers is essential.
#### **Technical Skills**
Here are some factors to consider about technical skills needed to use self managed and managed hosting skills.
**Self-Managed Hosting Skills**
**Managed Hosting Skills**
Requires a solid understanding of server management
Minimal technical knowledge is required
Involves installing software
Provider handles most technical aspects
Necessitates configuring settings
Allows focus on website content and business
Requires troubleshooting issues
Perfect for users who prefer a hands-off approach
Best suited for those comfortable with technical tasks.
#### **Support Levels**
Managed hosting providers offer comprehensive support, including **24/7 assistance, security monitoring, and regular updates**. With self-managed hosting, you’re on your own for troubleshooting and maintenance, although some providers like xCloud offer basic support.
### **Performance And Reliability**
When using a hosting service performance and reliability comes in mind when choosing one.
#### **Performance of Self Managed vs Managed Hosting**
The difference between the two options one is controlled by a user directly and the other is decided by the hosting provider. Below table the differences in performance of self and managed hosting are shown below:
**Self-Managed Hosting Performance**
**Managed Hosting Performance**
Performance depends on your ability to optimize the server
Managed hosting providers optimize servers for performance
Control over configurations to enhance speed and reliability
Utilize tools like CDNs and caching for fast load times and reliability
Requires technical knowledge
Monitor performance proactively
Address issues to ensure a smooth user experience
#### **Reliability Tools**
Managed hosting often includes advanced technologies like load balancing, automatic backups, and performance monitoring, which help maintain high uptime and reliability. Self-managed hosting requires you to set up and manage these tools yourself.
Both self-managed and managed hosting have their strengths. Self-managed hosting offers greater control and customization for those with technical skills, while managed hosting provides ease of use, comprehensive support, and optimized performance for those who prefer a hands-off approach. Consider your needs, skills, and budget to choose the best option for your WordPress website.
## **Choosing the Right Hosting for Your WordPress Website**
[**Selecting the right hosting**](https://wpdeveloper.com/factors-to-consider-before-choosing-a-web-host/) for your WordPress website is crucial for its success. Here is how to assess your needs and decide between self-managed and managed hosting.
### **Assessing Your Needs**
Before choosing a hosting plan, evaluate your website’s requirements. Consider factors like traffic volume, resource usage, and your technical expertise. High-traffic websites need robust hosting solutions with ample bandwidth and storage. If your site uses resource-intensive plugins or handles large files, you will need more server power. Assess your technical skills: are you comfortable managing a server, or do you prefer focusing on content and business growth?
### **When to Choose Self-Managed Hosting?**
Self managed hosting is ideal in several scenarios. It is perfect for developers and businesses with unique requirements that standard hosting plans can not accommodate. Additionally, self managed hosting can be more cost-effective for those who can handle the technical aspects themselves, allowing for budget allocation to other areas of your business.
#### **Ideal Scenarios**
Self managed hosting suits you when:
- You have a background in server administration.
- Your website has unique needs requiring extensive customization.
- You are running multiple websites or applications and want full control over the server.
- You have a dedicated IT team to manage server maintenance and security.
### **When to Choose Managed Hosting?**
Managed hosting suits those who prioritize ease of use and comprehensive support. If you lack technical skills or prefer not to handle server management, managed hosting providers offer a hassle-free experience. They handle security, updates, backups, and performance optimization, allowing you to focus on growing your website.
#### **Ideal Scenarios:**
Managed hosting is an ideal choice for you when:
- You do not have the technical expertise or time to manage a server.
- Your priority is to focus on website content and business growth rather than technical details.
- You need reliable, round-the-clock support for troubleshooting and maintenance.
- Your website experiences high traffic and you require optimized performance and security.
You can make an informed decision that ensures your WordPress site runs smoothly and efficiently by carefully assessing your website’s needs and understanding the strengths of each hosting type.
## **xCloud Hosting: The Ultimate Self Managed And Managed Hosting Service for WordPress**
[**xCloud Hosting**](/) specializes in providing top-tier managed and self managed hosting solutions specifically designed for WordPress websites. This platform is tailored to meet the unique needs of WordPress users, offering unparalleled control, performance, and customization. With xCloud, you get the flexibility of both environments backed by robust infrastructure and advanced features.
### **Key Features And Benefits**
**Exceptional Performance Optimization:** Servers configured for maximum WordPress speed and reliability. Fast loading times even under high traffic. Advanced pre-installed caching techniques (LiteSpeed Cache). SSD storage and high-speed network connections
**Top-Tier Security:** Regular updates, firewalls, malware scanning, and DDoS protection. Easy integration with popular security plugins
**Managed Support:** Extensive documentation and community forums. Resources to empower users to manage their server
**xCloud Hosting** is an excellent choice for those who want the benefits of hosting without sacrificing performance and security. xCloud provides the tools and infrastructure to support your WordPress site’s success.
## **Empower Your WordPress Journey: Choose Hosting That Fits**
Choosing the right hosting for your WordPress website between self-managed and managed hosting, highlighting the benefits and challenges of each. Self-managed hosting offers greater control, customization, and cost-effectiveness for those with the necessary technical skills.
On the other hand, managed hosting provides comprehensive support, enhanced security, and ease of use. If you are seeking full control, hosting providers like **xCloud Hosting** could be the perfect fit. Ultimately, the right hosting plan ensures your website runs smoothly and efficiently, supporting your online success.
Want to read more informational blogs like this one [**Subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/). Join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to reach more interesting people like you and share your experience.
---
# Setting Up the wp-config.php File for WordPress: A Comprehensive Guide - xCloud
> Learn different methods to set up wp-config.php file for WordPress and edit, configure easily.
Do you know the wp-config.php file is crucial for your website’s configuration? Any issues with this file can cause your site to go down or become corrupted. Therefore, it is essential to exercise caution when making any changes to it. Mistakes can lead to [**security vulnerabilities**](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/) or break your site entirely. To ensure you can safely and effectively configure your WordPress site, this blog will guide you through the proper methods to edit the wp-config.php file for WordPress. Let us dive in.
## **What Is wp-config File And Its Purpose?**
The wp-config file is one of the most important files for your site. It contains all the configuration details needed for your site to work properly, including database information like the database name, username, password, and host. You can find this file in the **root directory of your WordPress installation**.
The wp-config file is essential for your website’s basic settings and database connection, which stores your site’s content and settings. This file also includes unique security keys to protect your site from hacking and settings to enable debugging for troubleshooting issues.
Moreover, the wp-config file lets you fine-tune your site’s performance and behavior and manage files within your WordPress installation. If something goes wrong, the wp-config file can activate an auto-recovery mode to help restore your site’s functionality. Overall, the wp-config file is vital for your WordPress site’s operation, security, and customization.
## **Where Would You Find the wp-config File?**
Many WordPress beginners often ask, “**Where is wp-config.php located?”** It is easy to find – this core file is in the WordPress root directory. However, the exact location depends on your server setup. For example, if you are using a local server like XAMPP or WAMP, navigate to **xampp → htdocs → your-site-folder**.
Moreover, you are in luck if you are using [**xCloud**](/)! With xCloud, you can not only access but also update your wp-config file directly from the xCloud dashboard. In xCloud the wp-config. php file will look like this:
## **How to Configure And Edit wp-config.php File for WordPress with xCloud?**
For the entire installation process, setting up the wp-config.php file for WordPress is one of the most important steps. Because these files hold the important configuration settings that are needed to— establish a connection with the database, manage caching, ensure security, and more. To set up wp-config.php file for WordPress, several methods are available and may seem a bit tricky if you are new to this.
However, if you are an xCloud user, your wp-config.php file will be automatically set up during the WordPress installation process. Later on, you can easily configure and edit the wp-config.php file for WordPress directly from your dashboard. How? Let us dive into the step-by-step process below.
### **Step 1: Locate Your Site in xCould Dashboard**
After logging into your xCloud dashboard, navigate to ‘**Sites**’ & click on the site you want to configure and edit the wp-config.php file.
### **Step 2: Navigate to wp-config File to Make Changes**
Now, from the left panel, hover over **‘WordPress’** and click on ‘**WP Config**’ from the floating options.
### **Step 3: Edit & Update Your wp-config File From xCloud**
On the resulting page, you will get the wp-config.php file for WordPress under the **‘WP Config’** section. From here, you can easily edit and update your file. After updating the PHP file, make sure to click the ‘**Update Config**’ button & you will be done and dusted with configuring or updating the wp-config.php file of WordPress.
## **How to Configure And Edit wp-config.php File for WordPress with File Manager?**
From many methods, using a file manager is one of the most important and conventional ways to edit wp-config.php files for WordPress. Tiny File Manager is a tool that helps to edit and configure the file for you.
The good news is that xCloud has integration with Tiny File Manager, so you can easily edit your WordPress wp-config.php file directly from the dashboard here as well. Let us dive into the step-by-step guide:
### **Step 1: Locate Your Site in xCould Dashboard**
After logging into your xCloud dashboard, navigate to **‘Sites’** & click on the site you want to configure and edit the wp-config.php file.
### **Step 2: Navigate to the File Manager**
Now, from the left panel, hover over ‘**Access Data**’ and click on ‘**File Manager**’ from the floating options.
### **Step 3: Launch the File Manager**
On the resulting page, enable **‘File Manager**’ by turning the toggle on. After that, click on ‘**Launch File Manager.**’
Now, you are in the file manager of your WordPress site. To edit the wp-config.php file navigate to the ‘**wp-config.php**’ file in the file manager. Click on it and you will be in the specific folder.
From here you can not only edit but also download the WordPress wp-config.php file. To edit click on **‘Edit’** from the top. On the resulting page, make the changes you want to make, and make sure to save the changes by clicking on **‘Save’** from the top right.
### **Step 4: Get Backup of Your wp-confog.php File**
From xCloud, you can also get the backup of your wp.config.php file from the file manager. To do so, click on ‘**Back Up**’ and your site’s file will be backed up immediately depending on the file size.
## **Bonus: Set Up wp-config.php File Using Remote SFTP Clients & FileZilla**
For more secure methods, users might interested in editing or configuring wp-config.php files through SFTP clients and FileZilla. To keep the data safe, xCloud supports the SFTP clients that encrypt files during transfer, unlike standard FTP which leaves data vulnerable.
## **Set Up & Update wp-config.php File for WordPress with the Right Hosting Provider**
Setting up and editing the wp-config.php file for WordPress is very technical, and it is difficult to do without the right hosting provider. Whether you want to do it through File Manager or using the hosting provider’s built-in feature, xCloud has both for you.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, and guides. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How to Easily Set Up Your First Server in xCloud - Step-by-Step Guide - xCloud
> Follow the step-by-step guide to learn how to set up your first server in xCloud. It's easy and simple, all you need to do follow these simple steps.
Have you ever dreamed of launching your WordPress website but found the prospect of dealing with setting up your first server a daunting task to do? Well, with xCloud, that dream is now a reality. You can effortlessly [**set up your first server in xCloud**](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/)– no coding skills are needed!
xCloud is here to take the hassle out of hosting and managing WordPress sites, giving developers and agencies the freedom to focus on creating outstanding websites. Let us break it down into easy steps and get you started on setting up your first server in xCloud.
## **Why Do You Need to Go with xCloud for Your Server Management?**
Who does not want to get full control over their site hosting and server management? We think everyone does. The good news is that xCloud offers it all (total control power) for you so that you do not have to deal with all the hosting hassles or server management errors.
xCloud is not your average hosting tool; it is the ultimate hosting and server management solution for WordPress, [**packed with unique features**](/features/) at an unbeatable price. Whether it is server management, site deployment, migration, or plugin updates, xCloud has you covered. With easy user and role management, it is your all-in-one solution.
Here are some compelling reasons to choose xCloud for your site hosting and server management.
### **🌐 Seamless Integration with Leading Cloud Providers & Full Server Control**
xCloud is your gateway to seamless integration with cloud providers of your choice. Whether it is **[Vultr](/docs/how-to-get-free-hosting-with-vultr/)**, **[DigitalOcean](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)**, **[Google Cloud Platform (GCP)](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)**, or any other preferred server provider, xCloud ensures effortless integration and management.
You will gain full server access with root privileges, empowering you to make necessary changes at your convenience. Our dedicated support team is ready to assist you, ensuring a smooth journey with expert guidance.
### **🌐 Global Server Presence & Effortless Automated Management**
You can enjoy global server coverage with xCloud, providing an optimal experience for your website visitors. You can choose your server location freely to enhance performance tailored to your target audience.
With xCloud, experience automated server management, eliminating the need for manual configuration of **Nginx, SSL, PHP, or MySQL**. So it is time to bid farewell to shared hosting hassles and embrace hassle-free website management.
### **🌐 Free Migration for Server & Website**
Highlighting a standout feature, xCloud offers free server and website migration. Using the platform, you can effortlessly transfer your data between servers without any complications. Our commitment to a hassle-free migration experience sets xCloud apart from others.
### **🌐 More Exciting Features Await**
But that is not all. xCloud, the ultimate hosting and server management solution for WordPress, has even more to offer. Get onboard with us & leave behind the hosting hassles. Simply put, experience the difference with xCloud.
Now, let us move to how you can set up your first server in xCloud after getting onboard.
## **How to Bring Any Provider to xCloud & Set Up Without Any Hassle**
With xCloud, you can connect seamlessly with various cloud services such as **DigitalOcean, Google Cloud Platform, Vult**r, or conventional Ubuntu servers. All you have to do is simply choose the cloud service that aligns with your preferences and smoothly integrate it into your system. This streamlined process is tailored to meet your requirements without hassle or complexities.
Not only just you can bring your providers to xCloud but also you will get unbeatable offers. By selecting xCloud and registering with Vultr, you’ll receive **$100 in credits** for top-notch Vultr cloud servers.
Additionally, as a fresh xCloud user, you’ll gain access to **$200 in credits from Digital Ocean** or **$300 in credits from Google Cloud Platform**, all while benefiting from xCloud’s efficient and feature-packed hosting solutions.
Let’s see how you can set up a Vultr server in xCloud & get $100 credits.
## **Guide to Set Up a Vultr Server in xCloud & Enjoy $100 Free Credits**
xCloud is your one-stop hosting solution for WordPress, offering easy automation, advanced server management, and free hosting for six months on Vultr servers when you sign up with the code “**XCLOUD**.” Plus, new xCloud users can create one server and ten sites for free using the Bring Your Own Server service.
Let’s proceed with easy steps to access the complimentary hosting and management offer, initiating your xCloud journey completely free of charge.
### **Step 1: Sign Up for xCloud**
To get started, first, you have to sign up for xCloud. Simply, put your credentials and get started.
### **Step 2: Integrate Vultr Account in xCloud**
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “**Create New Server**” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available services. For this tutorial, we will create a Vultr server and for that select the Vultr option under “**Bring your own server service**”. The billing of the server will be handled on your Vultr account and in xCloud we won’t charge for this first server.
**Note:** Check out the documentation below to find out how to set up the server with other major providers (e.g., Digital Ocean, Google Cloud Platform) in xCloud.
- [**How To Set Up a Server with Digital Ocean in xCloud?**](/docs/how-to-setup-your-server-with-digital-ocean/)
- [**How To Setup a Server With Google Cloud Platform in xCloud?**](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/)
- [**How To Connect a Server From Any Provider in xCloud?**](/)
#### **Signup in Vultr with xCloud Promo**
Sign up on Vultr and add the payment method along with the ‘**XCLOUD25**‘ coupon to claim the **$100 for 6 months**. Now is the time to avail yourself of the free 6-month offer with the **‘XCLOUD25**‘ coupon.
**Note:** If you already have a Vultr account then please skip this step and check how to collect API from Vultr.
#### **Collect API key from Vultr**
After you have successfully completed setting up your billing method, you will need to get the Vultr API key to add it to xCloud to create and manage 1 server and 1 site for free. Navigate to the **Account → API tab** from your Vultr dashboard. After that click on the **‘Enable API’** button.
Now, your ‘**Personal Access Token**’ will be auto-generated. Copy the API Key/Token.
Please make sure you have added Any IPv4 and Any IPv6 both under Access Control.
Now, you need to go back to the xCloud dashboard and add your Vultr Label & API Key.
#### **Add Team Members In Vultr**
If you want your team members to use xCloud with Vultr, then make sure these permissions are given.
#### **Add Vultr API key in xCloud**
Thanks to xCloud, you can create your first server without spending any money. Now, click on **‘Add New Server’** from the xCloud dashboard, and you will be redirected to the server selection screen. Then click on **‘Vultr’** to proceed further.
After selecting **‘Vultr’**, set your **‘Key’**, **‘Vultr Label’**, and **‘Vultr API Key’**. Then click on **‘Verify’**.
### **Step 3: Create a Vultr Server in xCloud**
Now you have successfully verified your Vultr account, you will need to add other details to create a server in Vultr using xCloud. Choose your Region, Database Server, Server Size, and much more from one easy dashboard.
After putting all the information, click on **‘Next’** and xCloud will automatically install and set up everything for you in a few minutes.
## **Guide to Set Up Your First Server (Self-Managed) in xCloud: 3 Steps Guide**
The process of setting up your first is straightforward. All you need to do is follow the below three simple steps to experience the ultimate WordPress server management journey. Let us dive in.
### **Step 1: Sign Up for xCloud**
To set up your first server in xCloud, the first step is signing up for xCloud. Just hit **‘Sign Up,’** fill in the information and you are set.
On the sign-up screen, fill in all the required details and remember to create a strong, secure password. It is as easy as that to get started with xCloud.
### **Step 2: Create & Set Up Your First Server in xCloud**
Upon accessing your xCloud account, initiate adding a new server by selecting the ‘Create New Server’ button on your dashboard.
The resulting screen will present a list of major providers for server creation. To set up a server using xCloud, input your billing details at this stage. The billing for your xCloud server will be managed within your existing xCloud team account.
Proceed by entering the server name, selecting a preferred plan based on your specifications for CPU, RAM, and storage, and choosing the region closest to you and your visitors. Currently, only the MySQL 8.0 database server is available. The Database Root Password is pre-filled by default, but you have the option to modify it and securely store the new password.
Furthermore, xCloud offers seamless integration with DigitalOcean, Vultr, and Google Cloud Platform. This integration enables you to create and manage servers directly with these integrated providers through the xCloud platform.
### **Step 3: Add All the Necessary Information**
In this step, you need to provide the Server name, and your preferred Server Specifications (CPU, RAM, storage), and choose the Region closest to you and your visitors. Only MySQL 8.0 is available for the database server.
The default Root Password is filled in, but you can change it and save it securely. After submitting the form, it’ll take about 5-7 minutes to set up the server for an easy WordPress Site installation.
## **Set Up and Manage Your Servers Seamlessly with xCloud**
With xCloud, the task of setting up your server becomes a walk in the park since no coding skills are needed. The entire process is simple and easy, allowing developers and agencies to redirect their efforts toward crafting exceptional websites rather than getting bogged down by technical complexities.
[](https://xcloud.host/go/deal/)
And guess what? xCloud has just launched to streamline your hosting and server management for WordPress with an EXCLUSIVE lifetime deal. Visit the [**deal page**](https://xcloud.host/go/deal/) to know more and join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138), if you do not want to miss any updates.
---
# Setting Up Your Google Cloud Platform Server for Website Hosting - xCloud
> Google Cloud Platform server offer different types of cloud servers for website hosting. Discover the step by step process of setting up GCP server with xCloud.
When it comes to hosting a website, **Google Cloud Platform** **server** offers a robust and scalable solution that caters to businesses of all sizes. However, setting up a GCP server for hosting can be a difficult task for beginners. We will walk you through each step to [**set up a server on GCP**](/docs/first-server-with-google-cloud-platform/) for website hosting. With GCP you will have a website running on a reliable cloud platform, ready to handle traffic and scale as your business grows. Let’s dive into the setup process with easy-to-follow instructions and helpful tips along the way.
### 🌟**Understanding the Google Cloud Platform**
Before diving into the setup process, it’s important to understand what Google Cloud Platform (GCP) is and what it offers. [**Google Cloud Platform**](https://cloud.google.com/why-google-cloud?hl=en) is a suite of cloud computing services that run on the same infrastructure Google uses for its internal products, such as Google Search, Gmail, file storage, and YouTube. GCP provides a range of services including computing, data storage, data analytics, and machine learning. Below, we delve deeper into some of the key features and benefits of using GCP for [**website hosting**](/types-of-website-hosting-services/).
### 👉 **Compute Power**
GCP provides robust virtual machines through its **[Compute Engine service](https://cloud.google.com/learn/advantages-of-cloud-computing)**. These VMs offer flexible configurations and can be tailored to suit different types of workloads. Additionally, GCP offers managed container orchestration with Kubernetes Engine, which allows for seamless scaling and deployment of containerized applications.
### 👉 **Storage Solutions**
GCP offers various storage options like Cloud Storage for object storage, Persistent Disk for block storage, and Filestore for file storage. These storage solutions provide reliable, scalable, and cost-effective options for hosting website files and data.
### 👉 **Networking**
The platform provides high-performance, secure networking through its global fiber network. Services like Cloud Load Balancing, [**Cloud CDN**](https://cloud.google.com/cdn/?utm_source=google&utm_medium=cpc&utm_campaign=japac-SG-all-en-dr-SKWS-all-all-trial-DSA-dr-1605216&utm_content=text-ad-none-none-DEV_c-CRE_655856181278-ADGP_Hybrid+%7C+SKWS+-+BRO+%7C+DSA+-All+Webpages-KWID_39700076131768446-dsa-1456167871416&userloc_1001441-network_g&utm_term=KW_&gad_source=1&gclid=CjwKCAjwouexBhAuEiwAtW_ZxzV85-OX_DcS43JzuidriiHW3WCMzPJiwJgoX0NFWDcDlnikup8UNhoCRlwQAvD_BwE&gclsrc=aw.ds&hl=en), and Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) enable efficient and secure traffic management.
### 👉 **Security**
GCP employs a shared responsibility model, with built-in protections and features such as Identity and Access Management (IAM), Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) firewalls, and Data Loss Prevention (DLP) to ensure data security and compliance.
### 👉**Machine Learning**
Google’s advanced machine learning models and artificial intelligence (AI) capabilities are accessible through services like AI Platform and BigQuery ML, enabling businesses to build intelligent applications and derive insights from their data.
### 👉**Monitoring and Management**
GCP provides robust monitoring, logging, and diagnostics tools through services like Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Logging. These tools help maintain application health and troubleshoot issues effectively.
### 👉**Global Presence**
GCP has data centers spread across the globe, ensuring low-latency access for website visitors regardless of their location. This global reach is especially beneficial for businesses with a worldwide audience.
### 👉**Scalability**
GCP’s infrastructure allows for easy scalability. Whether you need to scale up during peak traffic times or scale down to save costs, GCP provides the flexibility required for dynamic hosting environments.
### 👉**Managed Services**
[**GCP offers managed services**](https://cloud.google.com/stackdriver/docs/managed-prometheus) like Google Kubernetes Engine and App Engine, which simplify the deployment and management of applications. These services can be particularly useful for hosting complex websites or web applications.
## 🌐**How to Setup a Google Cloud Platform Server in xCloud?**
With [**xCloud**](/), you can easily [**set up the first server**](/set-up-your-first-server-in-xcloud/) with Google Cloud Platform without any coding at all. xCloud aims to simplify the process of hosting and managing WordPress sites, allowing developers and agencies to focus on building great websites without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Now let’s follow these steps to get you started.
### **Step 1: Sign Up/Login with xCloud**
First, you will need to visit the xCloud website and you have to sign up for xCloud with your credentials. If you have already an account please visit our [app URL](/) below:
### **Step 2: Create Your New Google Cloud Platform Server**
After logging in to your xCloud account, start by adding a new server by clicking on the “Create New Server” button from your dashboard.
The next screen will provide the list of our available server providers. For tutorial purposes, we will create a Google Cloud Platform server and for that select the Google Cloud Platform option. The billing of the server will be handled on your Google Cloud Platform account.
All You have to do is upload the json file and create GCP servers instantly from xCloud.
Now the question is where & how to get the json file to upload it in the below-resulting image.
### **Step 3: Get the JSON File from Google Platform**
To get the JSON file you need to follow a few simple steps.
1. Sign in to your Google Cloud Platform with the correct credentials. Once you signed in, switch to your project where you want to create your server and navigate to ‘IAM & Admin’ and click on it.
On the resulting page, navigate to **‘Service Accounts’ → ‘Create Service Account‘** to go to the next step.
Fill up your service account name, and account ID & click on **‘Create & Continue.’**
Now, select the role as ‘Owner’ & click on ‘Done’ from below.
Now, locate your account service from the below-resulting page & click on it.
In this step, navigate to **‘Keys’ → ‘Add Key.’**
And here you are finally! Click on JSON as the Key type as shown below & press the Create button from below right. And you will have your JSON file downloaded on your device.
### **Step 4: Enable Google API**
To enable Google API, you will find a search bar at the top, search for **“Compute Engine API”** there.
Click ENABLE as shown below:
### **Step 5: Create Firewall Policies**
You need to configure **“default-allow-http” & “default-allow-https”** firewall on your GCP account. To configure, just go to the Firewall Policies
Create the two rules on **“default-allow-https”, “default-allow-http”** rule.
After creating the rules, make sure to Enable **‘TCP’** & **‘Enforcement’** option enabled.
### **Step 6: Create a VPC Network**
If the project does not show any default VPC network, then you can create a new VPC network by yourself. To create a new VPC network, look for the ‘Create VPC Network’ and click on it. Now a form will pop up on the screen. Here, you need to fill up the form, give it a name set the ‘Subnet creation mode’ to automatic and roll down below.
Now roll down to the Firewall rules section of that page and select elect any firewall rules that you would like to apply to this VPC network from the menu below. Now set the Dynamic routing mode to **‘Regional’** and press on the **‘Create’** button.
### **Step 7: Add Necessary Information**
After uploading the correct json file now you need to provide the Server name, your preferred Server Specifications (CPU, RAM, storage), and the Region nearest to you and your visitors.
Then submit the form and this might take up to 12-15 minutes to make the server live and ready to install a lightning-fast WordPress Site.
That’s it! You’ve successfully set up the first server with Google Cloud Platform in xCloud. Now you can start working on [**creating a new WordPress website**](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/) with Google Platform Server, customize it, install themes/plugins (if applicable), and take advantage of xCloud’s optimized server environment for seamless site management.
## 🌟**Benefits of Using Google Cloud Server to Host Website**
There a many factors to consider before choosing a [**web hosting provider**](https://wpdeveloper.com/factors-to-consider-before-choosing-a-web-host/). Different provider provides different benefits. Google Cloud Platform (GCP) offers a range of benefits for website hosting, making it an attractive choice for businesses and developers looking for scalable, secure, and cost-effective cloud solutions. Let’s explore these benefits in detail:
#### 👉**Scalability**
One of the standout features of GCP is its ability to scale resources based on demand. GCP allows you to dynamically adjust the computing resources available to your website. This means you can handle traffic spikes or increased loads during peak times and then scale back during quieter periods, saving costs.
With global load balancing and autoscaling, GCP ensures that your website can handle sudden traffic surges without compromising performance or availability.
#### 👉 **Performance**
Performance is crucial for website hosting, and GCP provides excellent performance capabilities. GCP utilizes Google’s global network infrastructure, providing low-latency connections and fast data delivery around the world.
You can create virtual machines with custom configurations tailored to your website’s specific needs, optimizing resource utilization and performance.
#### **👉Security**
Security is a top priority when hosting a website, and GCP offers robust security features. GCP’s infrastructure is built on Google’s secure-by-design approach, with robust protections against a range of potential threats.
With granular control over permissions and access, GCP’s IAM service ensures that only authorized individuals can access or modify your resources. Google’s infrastructure includes built-in protection against distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks, helping to keep your website online even under malicious traffic.
#### **👉 Cost-Effectiveness**
Managing hosting costs is essential, especially for small businesses or startups. GCP offers a flexible pricing model where you pay only for the resources you use, making it cost-effective for varying workloads.
GCP provides automatic discounts based on the sustained use of resources, reducing costs for consistent workloads. GCP’s free tier offers enough resources to host small websites or test new projects without incurring costs.
#### **👉Reliability And Uptime**
Uptime is critical for website hosting, and GCP offers high reliability and availability. GCP’s infrastructure is designed for redundancy, ensuring that your website remains available even in the face of hardware failures or maintenance. GCP offers SLAs with guaranteed uptime, providing peace of mind and confidence in your website’s availability.
#### **👉 Developer-Friendly Environment**
GCP is particularly well-suited for developers and development teams. GCP integrates seamlessly with popular DevOps tools and practices, enabling continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD). GCP offers a range of APIs and SDKs, allowing developers to build, deploy, and manage applications easily.
## **Setup Google Cloud Platform Server for Website Hosting with Ease**
Setting up a Google Cloud Platform server for website hosting may initially seem complex, but by following this guide, you can achieve a reliable and scalable setup. GCP provides robust features that cater to both small and large websites, offering flexibility and security. Now that your website is live, you can focus on growing your online presence, confident in the knowledge that your server can handle increased traffic and adapt to your evolving needs. If you have further questions or need advanced configurations, Google Cloud’s extensive documentation and support community are valuable resources to explore.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Easily Setup Amazon AWS To Host Your Websites - xCloud
> In this straightforward tutorial, we'll guide you step by step in setup Amazon AWS for hosting your websites, emphasizing the simplicity of the procedure.
Interested in hosting your website with industry-leading technology? Learn how to [**setup Amazon AWS**](https://aws.amazon.com/free/?gclid=CjwKCAiAlJKuBhAdEiwAnZb7lRtiXXvz8m6Zty58jBuWGvnHdyBUM45b_UujjjAFaNFWfesiAfu0ZhoCJtUQAvD_BwE&trk=2738afd4-9401-4d18-8e3e-1b1c194dea07&sc_channel=ps&ef_id=CjwKCAiAlJKuBhAdEiwAnZb7lRtiXXvz8m6Zty58jBuWGvnHdyBUM45b_UujjjAFaNFWfesiAfu0ZhoCJtUQAvD_BwE:G:s&s_kwcid=AL!4422!3!509606977827!p!!g!!aws%20amazon%20com!12618685604!120373367976&all-free-tier.sort-by=item.additionalFields.SortRank&all-free-tier.sort-order=asc&awsf.Free%20Tier%20Types=*all&awsf.Free%20Tier%20Categories=*all), a powerful cloud computing platform, to host your websites. This guide will take you through the steps to leverage the robust features of Amazon AWS for easy website hosting, ensuring reliability, scalability, and performance for your online presence.
## **What Is AWS: Amazon Web Services?**
Amazon Web Services (AWS) is a cloud computing platform that offers a wide range of services to help businesses and individuals build and manage their digital infrastructure. When it comes to hosting your website, AWS provides a secure and reliable environment where you can store your website’s files and data.
Here’s how AWS hosting works:
**Server Infrastructure:** AWS provides virtual servers called EC2 instances, where you can deploy your website’s code and files. These servers are highly scalable, meaning you can easily adjust their capacity to accommodate changes in web traffic.
**Storage Solutions:** AWS offers various storage options such as Amazon S3 for storing static files like images, videos, and documents, as well as Amazon RDS for managing databases.
**Content Delivery:** AWS has a global network of servers called CloudFront, which helps deliver your website’s content to users around the world with low latency and high transfer speeds.
**Security:** AWS prioritizes security, offering features like firewalls, encryption, and identity access management to protect your website and data from unauthorized access and cyber threats.
**Monitoring and Management:** AWS provides tools like CloudWatch for monitoring your website’s performance and health, as well as services like AWS Management Console for easy management of your hosting environment.
## **Setup Amazon AWS To Host Website**
If you’re looking to host a static website on Amazon S3 and have registered a domain with Amazon Route 53 (like example.com), this guide will show you how to set it up. Learn how to serve content from your Amazon S3 storage for requests made to **http://www.example.com** and **http://example.com**, along with creating redirects for a seamless experience.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=goiW0g7A0WE
This tutorial will guide you through the process of connecting an AWS EC2 Instance to xCloud. Before beginning, ensure you have an Amazon AWS account by signing up if you haven’t already.
After logging in, go to Services > EC2. If you see the EC2 dashboard, click on Launch Instance located approximately halfway down the screen.
If, on the other hand, you see the list of instances, click on Launch Instances located at the top right corner of that list.
You will be prompted to choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). Opt for “Ubuntu Server 22.04 LTS”, selecting the “64-bit (x86)” version.
You will encounter a prompt to select the Instance Type. In this tutorial, we’ll stick with the default “t2.micro” instance, featuring 1 vCPU and 1GB of memory. Proceed by clicking on **Review and Launch**.
A window will pop up prompting you to select a key pair. Since we’ll be adding the SSH key to the instance’s authorized\_keys file before server provisioning, choose “Proceed without a key pair” from the dropdown menu, tick the checkbox, and then proceed to click on Launch Instances.
The instance you’ve just created will show up in your Instances list, displaying an Instance State of “Running”. The following step involves connecting to the instance to add the SSH key to the authorized\_keys file. Simply select the checkbox next to the instance in the list, and then proceed to click on the Connect button.
On the subsequent “Connect to Instance” screen, you’ll find the instance details displayed. Take note of the “Public IP address” and proceed to click on Connect. This action will initiate a terminal connection through a new browser window or tab.
The SSH console will establish a connection using the default SSH user, which is determined by the type of AMI you selected. For Ubuntu, the username is typically Ubuntu. Next, navigate to your provider and choose from which server you will connect to your AWS account. After the server completes provisioning, you’re all set to begin adding sites.
What can you anticipate after adding a site? You’ll be provided with the opportunity to tailor your server and sites according to your preferences through your provider dashboard.
## **Set Up and Manage Servers Seamlessly with xCloud**
With [**xCloud**](/), setting up your server is incredibly straightforward, as it requires no coding skills. The entire process is uncomplicated and user-friendly, enabling developers and agencies to focus their efforts on creating outstanding websites rather than grappling with technical intricacies.
And guess what? xCloud has recently debuted, offering an exclusive lifetime deal to streamline your WordPress hosting and server management. Visit the [**deal page**](https://xcloud.host/go/deal/) for further details and be sure to join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to stay updated and avoid missing out on any announcements.
---
# Exciting News: Shahjahan Jewel Joins xCloud as Partner - xCloud
> We are thrilled to announce that Shahjahan Jewel, founder & CEO of WPManageNinja has joined xCloud as partner!
We are thrilled to share the exciting news that Shahjahan Jewel, the Founder and CEO of WPManageNinja, is now part of the family, with him joining xCloud as partner. His role in this venture will not be limited to just an investor but also as a key member in deciding and contributing to xCloud’s growth and future.
Shahjahan Jewel is the brain behind **[WPManageNinja](https://wpmanageninja.com/)**. He has led the company to become one of the fastest-growing and user-loved WordPress plugin developers in the market. Some of their notable plugins include Fluent Forms, FluentCRM, Ninja Tables, Fluent Support, and FluentSMTP; which are empowering over 750,000 businesses all over the world.
## How do our visions align?
xCloud’s mission is to **[simplify hosting and server management](https://wpdeveloper.com/why-we-built-xcloud/)** for WordPress for both seasoned users and newcomers.
Even with all the products to simplify web-building on WordPress, there is still no smooth and straightforward solution to setting up a cloud server, hosting a website, and managing deployed sites. Especially for agencies handling numerous websites, a streamlined server management solution is lacking.
And that’s where xCloud comes in. It’s a cloud hosting and server management solution designed to simplify the way you **[host, deploy, and manage WordPress](/)** websites.
Shahjahan Jewel, with WPManageNinja, shares a similar mission. His speciality is identifying and addressing pain points for small and medium businesses and agencies, and to develop efficient, lightweight, and scalable products to fix them.
_Shahjahan Jewel_
Founder & CEO, WPManageNinja
_In my journey from 2015 to the present day, our goal remains unchanged: stepping into the shoes of our users, identifying their pain points, working tirelessly to solve them, and helping small businesses bridge the gap between where they are and where they want to be._
Our Founder M Asif Rahman, is overjoyed with this partnership, and he has explained it this way –
_M Asif Rahman_,
Founder, xCloud
_Jewel is not only a dear friend, but I admire him and his team for their_ _nature to solve complex problems in WordPress in a very elegant way. What they have built in WPManageNinja, especially FluentCRM, is a breakthrough in the WordPress ecosystem. They have a very unique approach to help marketers and agencies and lead them to more revenues. Where in xCloud,_ _we are redefining Hosting with every possible modern Cloud tool and automation possible. Our core goals align so well, and when I started to get feedbacks from him, I found so much joy, as it feels like I found a mate who understands the passion behind this project, and has the similar energy. I am more than happy to welcome Jewel to the xCloud Family!_
And when the visions aligned so perfectly, it was just a matter of time till we teamed up and welcomed Shahjahan Jewel to xCloud as partner.
In response to this partnership, our Co-founder, Nazmul Hasan Rupok, is brimming with enthusiasm, describing the collaboration with great optimism and excitement.
Nazmul Hasan Rupok
Co-founder, xCloud
_WPDeveloper and WPManageNinja address distinct challenges within the WordPress ecosystem, collectively catering to millions of users through their exceptional tools. While the two companies may share similarities, their unique strengths and capabilities differentiate them. Collaborating would leverage this diversity, resolving a range of issues and positioning xCloud as an exceptional platform for users._
Reflecting on the new partnership, Co-founder, Afshana Diya, who has been involved in the project from its inception, is thrilled to share:
Afshana Rahman Diya
Co-founder, xCloud
_I am incredibly excited to welcome Shahjahan Jewel to our dynamic team. xCloud is a dream project that we have been developing for more than two years now. Adding Jewel’s expertise to our team is like adding extra strength to our team. Together, we are committed to revolutionizing WordPress hosting and server management, aiming to set new standards and redefine what’s possible in our industry._
Co-founder Nobin is known for his deep technical expertise in server and hosting solutions, and he shares:
Nasir Nobin
Co-founder & CTO, xCloud
_Welcoming a new mind like Shahjahan Jewel to our xCloud team reinforces our commitment to innovation. Together, we are excited to take WordPress hosting to the next level._
## Joining xCloud as partner: What led to this involvement?
Our team has known Shahjahan Jewel as someone with a very intense sense of perfection and a rare ability to focus on the details. And we approached him last year to test out our solutions.
Since then, it’s been a very pleasant experience on both ends. Jewel tested out xCloud and moved almost all of his business domains to our hosting system.
Jewel loved it so much; to him, it was a dream hosting served on a platter for businesses:
__“People often ask me to recommend a good hosting service. But I could never find one that can be recommended with 100% confidence. The affordable ones don’t have much to offer to run a business, and the reputed ones are too costly to afford for a small business or an agency managing multiple websites.__
_But in that sense, xCloud has been a blessing. If I got into the hosting business earlier, this is exactly what I would have built. As I am using it for my business websites without a hassle, I can finally recommend a good hosting service with confidence.”_
That’s when the xCloud team decided to join hands with Shahjahan Jewel and expand the core team of xCloud as partners.
## What to expect!
Backed by some of the most experienced developers and business leaders in WordPress, who are responsible for empowering millions of businesses every day, we are hopeful that only good things are ahead of us.
Be one of the first to experience the next-gen WordPress hosting service and prepare for a wide array of advanced features. Sign up and get notified when we launch the **early bird lifetime deal!**
---
# Shared Hosting, VPS, or Cloud Hosting: Which One Should You Choose? - xCloud
> Choosing between Shared Hosting, VPS, and Cloud Hosting depends on factors like budget, scalability needs, and technical know-how.
Within the domain of [**web hosting services**](/types-of-website-hosting-services/), **Shared Hosting**, VPS (Virtual Private Server), and Cloud Hosting have emerged as key contenders, each offering distinct advantages and catering to varied hosting requirements. Shared Hosting offers an economical solution by hosting multiple websites on a single server.
VPS provides a dedicated virtual environment within a shared server, offering more control and resources. On the other hand, Cloud Hosting utilizes a network of virtual servers to deliver scalability and reliability. Deciding which service suits you best depends on factors like website traffic, technical expertise, and budget constraints. Let’s explore these hosting options further to help you determine the ideal fit for your online endeavors.
## **What Is Shared Hosting?**
For people and small businesses trying to get online without going over budget, shared hosting is a popular choice. A single physical server is used for hosting several websites under shared hosting, and each website shares the server’s resources—CPU, RAM, and storage space. Because all users split the cost of server maintenance and resources, shared hosting is an economical option thanks to this configuration.
## **Benefits of Shared Hosting**
Shared hosting offers cost-effective solutions with easy setup, maintenance handled by the provider, scalability, and 24/7 customer support.
### **Cost-Effective Solution**
Shared hosting is one of the most budget-friendly options available, making it ideal for individuals and small businesses with limited budgets. Since the server resources are shared among multiple users, the overall cost is significantly lower compared to other hosting options.
### **Ease of Setup And Hosting Management**
Shared hosting providers typically offer user-friendly control panels, such as [**cPanel**](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/) or Plesk, making it easy for users to set up and manage their websites without requiring advanced technical knowledge. Tasks like installing applications, managing email accounts, and monitoring website performance can be done with just a few clicks.
### **Technical Maintenance Handled by Hosting Provider**
With shared hosting, the hosting provider takes care of server maintenance tasks, including hardware upgrades, security patches, and software updates. This allows users to focus on creating and managing their websites without worrying about the technical aspects of server management.
### **Scalability**
Shared hosting plans often offer scalability options, allowing users to upgrade their hosting plans as their websites grow and their resource needs increase. This flexibility ensures that users can easily accommodate changes in website traffic and resource requirements without experiencing downtime or performance issues.
### **24/7 Customer Support**
Shared hosting providers typically offer round-the-clock customer support to assist users with any technical issues or questions they may encounter. Whether it’s troubleshooting website errors, resolving server issues, or providing guidance on best practices, reliable customer support ensures that users have assistance whenever they need it.
## **What Is VPS(Virtual Private Server) Hosting**
Compared to shared hosting, **[VPS](https://cloud.google.com/learn/what-is-a-virtual-private-server)** (Virtual Private Server) hosting offers customers a more potent and adaptable hosting solution. A physical server is divided into several virtual servers in VPS hosting, each of which runs independently and has its own set of dedicated resources, such as CPU, RAM, and storage capacity. Compared to shared hosting, this configuration gives users more control, security, and customization choices; so it is appropriate for people and enterprises requiring more technical know-how and resources.
\[Canva\]
## **Benefits Of VPS Hosting**
Dedicated resources, improved speed, scalability, customization possibilities, and cutting-edge security measures are all provided by VPS hosting to users who want more flexibility and control over their platform.
### **Dedicated Resources**
Unlike shared hosting, where resources are shared among multiple users, VPS hosting provides users with dedicated resources allocated to their virtual server. This ensures consistent performance and reliability, even during peak traffic periods, as users have exclusive access to their allocated CPU, RAM, and storage.
### **Enhanced Performance**
With dedicated resources and isolated server environments, VPS hosting offers improved performance and faster loading times for websites and applications. Users benefit from increased processing power and bandwidth, resulting in a smoother and more responsive online experience for visitors.
### **Root Access And Customization**
VPS hosting grants users [**root access**](/docs/provide-root-access/) to their virtual server, allowing them to customize server configurations, install software applications, and implement security measures according to their specific requirements. This level of control and flexibility enables users to tailor their hosting environment to suit their unique needs and preferences.
### **Scalability And Flexibility**
VPS hosting offers scalability options, allowing users to easily upgrade or downgrade their hosting plans based on changing resource needs and website growth. Whether it’s increasing CPU and RAM allocations or adding additional storage space, users can scale their VPS resources without experiencing downtime or disruption to their services.
### **Enhanced Security Measures**
VPS hosting provides enhanced security features, including isolated server environments, dedicated IP addresses, and customizable firewall configurations, to protect against potential security threats and unauthorized access. With greater control over security settings, users can implement robust security measures to safeguard their data and sensitive information.
## **What Is Cloud Hosting?**
In cloud hosting, websites and applications are hosted on a virtual environment that draws resources from a vast network of physical servers. When a user accesses a website or application hosted on the cloud, the request is processed by the cloud server closest to the user’s location, optimizing response times and reducing latency. Additionally, cloud hosting platforms often employ load balancing and auto-scaling technologies to dynamically allocate resources based on fluctuating traffic levels, ensuring optimal performance and reliability.
\[Bizfly\]
## **Benefits of Cloud Hosting**
Cloud hosting offers unmatched scalability, high availability, performance optimization, cost-effectiveness, and enhanced security features, making it an ideal choice for businesses seeking flexibility and reliability in their hosting solution.
### **Scalability And Flexibility**
Cloud hosting offers unparalleled scalability, allowing users to easily scale their resources up or down based on changing demands. Whether experiencing sudden spikes in traffic or anticipating growth, users can dynamically adjust their resource allocations to accommodate fluctuating needs without experiencing downtime or performance degradation.
### **High Availability And Reliability**
With its distributed architecture and redundant infrastructure, cloud hosting ensures high availability and reliability for websites and applications. In the event of hardware failures or server downtime, resources are automatically redistributed to alternative servers within the cloud, minimizing disruptions and ensuring continuous uptime.
### **Performance Optimization**
Cloud hosting leverages geographic distribution and load-balancing techniques to optimize performance and reduce latency. By hosting resources closer to end-users and dynamically routing traffic to the most efficient servers, cloud hosting delivers faster response times and improved user experiences.
### **Pay-Per-Use Hosting Pricing Model**
Cloud hosting typically operates on a pay-per-use pricing model, allowing users to pay only for the resources they consume. This cost-effective pricing structure eliminates the need for upfront investments in hardware and infrastructure, making cloud hosting accessible to businesses of all sizes and budgets.
### **Enhanced Security And Compliance**
Cloud hosting providers implement robust security measures, including data encryption, firewalls, and regular security audits, to protect against cyber threats and ensure compliance with industry regulations. Additionally, cloud hosting platforms offer built-in disaster recovery and backup solutions to safeguard data and mitigate risks of data loss.
## **Making the Right Choice: Shared Hosting, VPS, or Cloud Hosting**
In conclusion, the choice between Shared Hosting, VPS, and Cloud Hosting hinges on factors like budget, scalability needs, and technical proficiency. Shared hosting is budget-friendly and easy to use, ideal for beginners. VPS strikes a balance between dedicated resources and flexibility, suitable for moderate demands. Cloud Hosting offers scalability and reliability, making it perfect for businesses and high-traffic websites. By assessing your requirements and considering each option’s pros and cons, you can confidently select the hosting solution that best fits your needs.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Site.PRO AI Website Builder for Fast, Secure & Scalable Business Websites | Site.pro
> Build, launch, and scale your website in minutes with Site.pro’s AI-powered website builder. Enjoy drag-and-drop design, free SSL, fast VPS deployment, and expert support.
# Site.pro Website Builder
## Build A Site Faster with the Site.pro Website Builder – No Coding Needed
Create, launch, and scale your website effortlessly with Site.pro AI-powered Website Builder. Enjoy smart built-in features, expert support, and everything you need from day one.
- 
### Easy-to-use website builder with AI support
- 
### Intuitive drag-and-drop editor
- 
### Free SSL certificate included
[Get Started](/site-pro/)
## Setup Process
## Simple Steps to Launch your website in minutes with Site.pro
Get your Site.pro running quickly with a step-by-step process – from setup to launch, manage
everything, and deployment is simplified so you can focus on building great projects easily.
### Configure Your App Settings
Set up your domain and essential preferences, then get ready to deploy in just seconds.
### Build With Drag & Drop + AI
Design and customize your business website using an intuitive drag-and-drop builder enhanced by AI.
### Go Live Right Away
Launch your site instantly with one click and start connecting with your audience right away.
## Pricing
## Flexible Pricing For Everyone
Select a plan with unlimited website installation and all features.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
MonthlyYearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Creative Freedom With Smart Features
Design a website that truly represents your brand using powerful tools that
give you complete creative control.
## Build With Drag And Drop
Easily move, edit, and arrange text, images, buttons, and sections exactly how you want.
## Customize Every Detail
Adjust colors, fonts, layouts, and elements to perfectly match your brand style.
## Perfect On Every Device
Design responsive sections that look clean and consistent on any screen size.
## AI Website Builder
Create a complete, professional website faster with AI – no coding or design skills needed.
[**Explore More**](https://site.pro/AI-Website-Builder/)
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Site.pro on Your VPS for Fast & Secure Performance
Launch site.pro on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything comes pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with a few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
xCloud isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## Ready To Bring Your Ideas To Life?
Get started today and give your business a more professional look with the email account it
deserves, while building greater trust with your audience.
[Get Started for Free](/site-pro/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1.Can I connect my own domain?
Yes! All apps built with Site.pro on xCloud can be deployed using a demo domain, or you can easily connect your own custom domain.
### 2\. How does the AI Website Builder work?
The AI Website Builder allows you to create a website in minutes. Simply describe your website, and AI will generate a fully structured site and components – no coding or design skills required.
### 3\. Will my website be optimized for SEO (Search Engine Optimization)?
Yes. You can create user-friendly, search-engine-optimized content with built-in SEO tools. Easily add meta titles, meta descriptions, and keywords, or use AI to generate them and keep your site optimized for better search rankings.
---
# Site Security PRO: WordPress Vulnerability Protection
> Protect WordPress plugins, themes and core with automated virtual patching and 48-hour early vulnerability detection, powered by Patchstack. $2 per site.
**Note for agents:** this twin is hand-written. `/site-security-pro/` is an authored Astro route (`src/pages/site-security-pro.astro`), not a WordPress capture, so nothing regenerates this file — edit it alongside the page. The copy on both sides comes from `src/data/siteSecurityPro.ts`.
**Related:** [/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/](/docs/set-up-site-security-pro/) is the setup guide. [/features/](/features/) lists what every xCloud site already ships, and [/managed-hosting/](/managed-hosting/) is the fully managed option.
## The fastest, smartest WordPress security built to defend against vulnerabilities
Keep your WordPress site secure with smart protection against vulnerabilities in your plugins, themes and core files. No waiting for security patches, and no hassle.
- Automated virtual patching
- Early vulnerability detection
- Brute force protection
Activate: https://app.xcloud.host/addons/site-security-pro
## Site fun facts
In 2024, over 500,000 websites were compromised due to security issues.
- **68%** increase in vulnerabilities disclosed from 2023
- **500k+** websites were infected in 2024
- **97%** of the vulnerabilities were uncovered
- **33%** of vulnerabilities were not fixed in time
## Pricing
Get intelligent protection powered by Patchstack. Our intelligent security protection automatically protects your WordPress site in real-time with automated virtual patching.
**$2/month**, down from $5. Per site, billed monthly. Cancel any time.
Includes automated virtual patching, early vulnerability detection and brute force protection.
## Features
Site Security PRO goes beyond basic scans to deliver complete, real-time protection and comprehensive WordPress security for your website.
- **Automated Virtual Patching** — Patchstack's automated virtual patching technology applies protection at the server level without modifying your code.
- **Real-time Vulnerability Monitoring** — real-time alerts when new threats emerge in your installed components, powered by Patchstack's global vulnerability intelligence network.
- **Performance Optimized** — maximum protection with minimal performance impact, so your site runs smoothly and loads quickly without slowdowns.
- **48-Hour Early Detection** — be informed about vulnerabilities before they become public knowledge, giving you a crucial heads up to secure your site.
## Vulnerability scanner vs Site Security PRO
| Feature | Free version | Site Security PRO |
|---|---|---|
| Vulnerability Scanning | Yes | Yes |
| Vulnerability Intelligence | Yes | Yes |
| 48-hour Early Detection | No | Yes |
| Automated Virtual Patching | No | Yes |
| Exploit Attempt Monitoring | No | Yes |
## FAQ
**How many sites can I purchase Site Security PRO Powered by Patchstack for at the $2 price?**
We've reduced the price of Site Security PRO from $5 to $2 per site. You can purchase as many sites as you want at this discounted rate. However, this price is available for a limited time and will increase soon.
**I'm an existing Site Security PRO subscriber. Will I also get the $2 price?**
Yes. All existing and new subscribers will receive the $2 per month per site pricing forever. For existing users, starting next month, the subscription will automatically adjust to $2/month per site.
**Can I use Site Security PRO alongside other security plugins or tools?**
Yes. Site Security PRO is built to be lightweight and non-conflicting. It works smoothly with hosting-level firewalls, security monitoring tools, and other WordPress security plugins.
**Will Site Security PRO slow down my website or affect performance?**
No. Site Security PRO (Powered by Patchstack) is designed for speed and efficiency. It has near-zero performance impact, even on sites with heavy traffic or when managing hundreds of installations.
**Is Site Security PRO compatible with WordPress Multisite?**
Yes. The subscription activates on the main site only, and each sub-site will need its own separate subscription to access full Site Security PRO protection.
**What is "Virtual Patching"?**
Virtual Patching blocks attacks by applying security rules without modifying your website's code. When a vulnerability is discovered, Patchstack deploys immediate protective rules, giving you time to apply the real fix safely.
**Do I need a separate subscription for each site?**
Yes. Each site requires its own subscription. For Multisite networks, each sub-site needs its own license if you want full protection across the entire network.
## Get started
Activate Site Security PRO for $2/mo: https://app.xcloud.host/addons/site-security-pro
---
# Self-Hosted Supabase Hosting on xCloud | Fast, Secure & Managed VPS
> Run Supabase on your own VPS with xCloud. Enjoy fast, secure, and affordable self-hosted Supabase hosting with one-click deployment, full control, security, and optimized performance.
# Supabase Hosting
## Self-Hosted Supabase for Modern Web Apps And Sites
Run your Supabase projects on xCloud with high performance, affordable pricing, and infrastructure you control without going through any complex setup.
## Setup Process
## Simple Steps To Launch Your Supabase Application in Minutes
Get your Supabase running quickly with a step-by-step process – from setup to launch, manage everything, and deployment is simplified so you can focus on building great projects easily.
### Choose Deployment Method
Clone your Supabase project directly and get ready to deploy in seconds.
### Configure Site Settings
Set up your database and other essential settings tailored to your app’s needs.
### Go Live Right Away
Review your setup and deploy your site instantly. Moreover, push the latest code to LIVE to deploy automatically.
## Pricing
## Reliable Managed Supabase Hosting
at a Price You’ll Love
Get started for free and host unlimited Supabase applications on your preferred
plans and boost growth with powerful features.
- ###### xCloud Managed Server
- ###### Self-Managed Server
### All
### 1 GB
For Personal Use
### 2 gb
For Basic Websites
### 4 gb
For Growing Websites
### 8 gb
For Busier Websites
### 16 gb
For Bigger, Busier Websites
### 32 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 48 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
### 58 gb
For HIGH-PERFORMANCE NEEDS
## Elevate your site with xCloud servers—ensuring speed and security, with no hidden charges in the future.
## Premium servers are powered by High-Frequency 3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs, lightning-fast memory, and NVMe storage, delivering unmatched speed and performance. General servers, on the other hand, offer a budget-friendly solution for standard workloads
- ###### All
- ###### 1 GB
- ###### 2gb
- ###### 4gb
- ###### 8GB
- ###### 16gb
- ###### 32gb
- ###### 48GB
- ###### 58GB
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
## Business Max
- ### 64 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1280 GB SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 10 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-max)
## $ **399.00** /mo
## Newcomer
- ### 1 GB RAM
Entry-level plan for new websites
- ### 25 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-newcomer)
## $ **5.00** /mo
## Lite
Premium
- ### 1 GB RAM
Lightweight plan for small projects
- ### 32 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 1 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-lite)
## $ **7.5** /mo
## Basic
- ### 2 GB RAM
Fundamental plan for growing sites
- ### 55 GB SSD
- ### 1 vCPU
- ### 2 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-basic)
## $ **12.00** /mo
## Personal
Premium
- ### 2 GB RAM
Personalized plan for individual needs
- ### 80 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-personal)
## $ **20.00** /mo
## Standard
- ### 4 GB RAM
Standard plan for business essentials
- ### 80 GB SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-standard)
## $ **24.00** /mo
## Growing
Premium
- ### 4 GB RAM
Scalable plan for expanding websites
- ### 128 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 2 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 3 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-growing)
## $ **30.00** /mo
## Professional
- ### 8 GB RAM
Professional-grade plan for advanced needs
- ### 160 GB SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-professional)
## $ **45.00** /mo
## Elite
Premium
- ### 8 GB RAM
Elite plan for high-performance requirements
- ### 256 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 3 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 4 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-elite)
## $ **50.00** /mo
## Business
- ### 16 GB RAM
Business-focused plan for corporate sites
- ### 320 GB SSD
- ### 6 vCPU
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business)
## $ **88.00** /mo
## Titanium
Premium
- ### 16 GB RAM
Titanium plan for robust enterprise solutions
- ### 384 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 4 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 5 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-titanium)
## $ **100.00** /mo
## Ultimate
Premium
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 512 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 7 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-ultimate)
## $ **200.00** /mo
## Business Plus
- ### 32 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 640 GB SSD
- ### 8 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### Bandwidth: 6 TB
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://xcloud.host/buy/xcloud-business-plus)
## $ **196.00** /mo
## Ultimate PLUS
Premium
- ### 48 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 768 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 12 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 8 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=581)
## $ **310.00** /mo
## Quantum
Premium
- ### 58 GB RAM
Ultimate plan for unparalleled power
- ### 1024 GB NVMe SSD
- ### 16 vCPU
3GHz+ Intel Xeon CPUs
- ### 9 TB Bandwidth
- ### Unlimited Sites
[Buy Now](https://app.xcloud.host/cart/product/checkout?product=583)
## $ **395.00** /mo
MonthlyYearly
MonthlyYearly
## Black Friday Special Deal : One-time Payment – LIFETIME Access!
Bring your own server and unlock access to our cloud control panel to enjoy a seamless server and site management experience for a lifetime.
[Grab Lifetime Deal](/deal/)
## Want to explore xCloud first? Try it out for free and then decide!
[Get started](https://app.xcloud.host/register)
## FREE PLAN
- ### 1 Server
- ### 10 Site
## Start your journey without cost
## Starter
- $5/Server (/month)
- 1-5 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Beginner
## Professional
- $4/Server (/month)
- 6-10 Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Tailored for Experts
## Agency
- $3/Server (/month)
- 11+ Servers
- Unlimited Sites
## Perfect for Large Teams
## Features
## Self-Host Supabase with Full Control
Run Supabase on your own server and take complete ownership of your backend infrastructure. Supabase is an open-source backend-as-a-service (BaaS) built for performance, flexibility, and scale.
- ### PostgreSQL-powered database
- ### Built-in authentication and authorization
- ### Real-time subscriptions and APIs
- ### Fully customizable setup on your own VPS hosting
## Advanced Features
## Deploy Supabase on Your VPS for Fast, Secure Performance
Launch Supabase on a high-performance VPS with no complicated setup. Everything comes pre-configured so you can deploy in minutes and scale with confidence.
## Fast Provisioning
Quickly provision servers and deploy sites with xCloud Managed Servers, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, or Any Servers.
## Enterprise-grade security
Protect your infrastructure with a free SSL certificate, AI bot blocking, and advanced security features at no additional cost.
## One Click Deployment
Start building your server infrastructure instantly with a streamlined setup that gets you running in just a few clicks.
## Intuitive Control Panel
From Server creation to application deployment and security settings, everything can be managed with few clicks from our easy-to-use hosting control panel.
## Optimised Setup
Your server is pre-optimized with high-performance stacks like Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed and backed by ultra-fast NVMe SSD storage
## Easy DNS Management
Easily manage your DNS records through our intuitive panel. Also, verify your DNS in just 1 click using Cloudflare integration.
## Testimonials
## Hear What The Users Have To Say
We are delighted with the enthusiastic response from our users. Read some of the great feedback we have received so far!
Massimo Villa
@tlewisverdu
So far my experience has been smooth like silk. I didn’t imagine that configuring and managing a VPS would be so easy. As of today, I have deployed 8 sites. The support is good, and they treat users with respect, even if they ask stupid questions (myself included).
For the future, I hope for greater flexibility in scheduled backups and more comprehensive and consistent documentation.
I’m sure that within a few months, xCloud will become the leader in its segment. This community is amazing, and the Staff here is super helpful.
Waqar Ahmed
@tlewisverdu
xCloud isn’t just a solution. It’s like one of that friend who got your back when you screw things up pretty bad.
Tony Lewis
@tlewisverdu
I’ve recently taken all of my Vultr-hosted sites and gotten rid of cPanel for them to substitute it with xCloud.
I have to say, I’m really impressed with xCloud so far! The interface is definitely the standout feature for me.
Brian Geovanny
@braingigio
xCloud works really well, I am surprised by its performance being this the release version, I have tried many paid platforms such as runcloud, cloudpages or serveravatar, as well as free platforms such as CyberPanel, CloudPanel or Hestia Control Panel and direct competitors such as SpinupWP and FlyWP. Of all those that I have tried, the platform that works best for WordPress is SpinupWP and I believe that xCloud can reach and surpass that development, its roadmap is promising.
Congratulations to the xCloud team, I hope they become the leading platform in the segment, it has all the potential to achieve it!
Leo Koo
@leowrites
I’m moving my servers to xCloud, a cloud control panel by M Asif Rahman and the WPDeveloper team. Their roadmap looks interesting and no, there are no team mates nor API limits with xCloud!
#xCloud #wordpress #hosting
Rahul Singh
@tlewisverdu
Trust me when I say, once people explore the potential of xCloud they gonna switch from other panels, just keep delivering the best tech, lots of love for the team 😍😍
Rahil Maknojia
@rahilmaknojia
Dear xCloud Team,
I have been using xCloud for some time now and am genuinely impressed with its capabilities and the flexibility it offers by allowing users to bring their own VPS for management. It’s a fantastic service, and my experience so far has been very positive.
Successful migrated 5 sites on a single server. Xcloud migration tool worked great. There were few hiccups with security plugin like MalCare but disabling the plugin prior to migration worked just fine.
Dan Spinoza
@tlewisverdu
I had 150 sites on cloudways and am in the process of moving them to xcloud. Much faster and better priced.
[View More Testimonials](/reviews-and-testimonials/)
## FAQs
## Frequently Asked Questions
Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have
### 1\. What is a self-hosted Supabase backend?
A self-hosted Supabase backend means running **Supabase** on your own server instead of using a shared cloud service. You get full control over your database, authentication, APIs, and infrastructure.
### 2\. Can I host multiple Supabase applications on one server?
No. You can not host multiple Supabase projects on one server. xCloud currently supports one Supabase project per server due to service and port conflicts in its multi-container Docker setup, especially with Kong. To ensure a stable environment, each Supabase project should be deployed on a separate server.
### 3\. Is Supabase Hosting Free?
Yes. xCloud allows you to deploy the Lovable application for free. You can launch your own server or an xCloud-managed server without any hassle.
---
# xCloud Support – Support and Ticket System for xCloud users.
## Need Help?
## Need Assistance? Reach Out to Us
We’re committed to tailored top-notch support. Reach out to us at support@xcloud.host for any questions or assistance – your success is our priority!
## Need Help?
Support Tickets
## Need Help?
# Welcome To xCloud Support Portal
We are committed to providing top-notch support. Submit a support ticket if you have any questions or need assistance. Learn more about our [support schedule & other details](/docs/how-can-i-get-support-in-xcloud/).
## We have migrated to the built-in Support Portal. You may view or reply to the previous tickets in this portal, and please use the [xCloud Support Portal](https://app.xcloud.host/support/all-tickets) for new tickets. [Learn More](/docs/access-built-in-support-portal-in-xcloud/)→
To submit a support ticket, please use the email linked to your xCloud user account.
Make sure that you have registered in the support portal beforehand.
Not registered? [Create an account](/support/)
Forgot your password? [Reset password](/support/)
Already have an account? [Login](/support/)
---
# Intro to xCloud - Onboarding - xCloud
> Book a call with our hosting team and get expert guidance for your needs.
## Intro to xCloud – Onboarding
# Talk With Hosting Experts
Book a call with our hosting team and get expert guidance for your needs.
Nazmus Sadat
Jan-Jan Garduce
sadman
Abir Hasan
Want to explore xCloud in action? Let’s schedule a live demo today!
# xCloud Hosting – Talk with Hosting Expert
30 Minutes
Google Meet
Paying too much for your current hosting? Need a powerful yet affordable WordPress, n8n or any web hosting tailored to your needs?
If you’re ready to experience faster performance, hands-on support, and complete control, book a Live Demo of the xCloud Hosting Platform and see how effortlessly you can manage your Website servers. Select your preferred slot to speak directly with our hosting experts.
## July 2026
SunMonTueWedThuFriSat 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Timezone
Asia/Dhaka
Invalid Date Invalid Date
12h
24h
###
Enter Details
---
# [Feature] Telegram Integration in xCloud - Simplify the Way of Getting Real-Time Alerts & Updates of Your Site & Server - xCloud
> Introducing Telegram integration in xCloud to monitor server health to receiving site/server updates and tracking team activities, having real-time insights
When running a website, staying connected to its every move is not just important—it is essential. From monitoring server health to receiving site/server updates and tracking team activities, having real-time insights can make or break your efficiency. But what if you could get all these updates instantly, wherever you are, without even logging into your dashboard? That is where [**Telegram Integration in xCloud**](/docs/configure-integration-with-telegram-in-xcloud/) steps in.
This game-changing feature is created to deliver real-time notifications directly to your Telegram app, ensuring you are always in the loop. Whether managing a bustling team or monitoring critical server/site updates, xCloud’s Telegram integration puts the power of instant alerts at your fingertips.
## **What Telegram Integration Brings to xCloud Users \[Use-Cases Explained\]**
With Telegram integration in xCloud after [**WhatsApp**](/docs/how-to-configure-integration-with-whatsapp/) & [**Slack**](/docs/configure-slack-integration-in-xcloud/), a new flair has been added for managing your WP hosting experience. It ensures that you are always in the know—from receiving real-time server and site updates to staying updated on team activities. Let us explore how this integration can transform your workflow.
### **Stay Informed in Real-Time**
While managing servers and sites, each second counts. Any delay in receiving important updates can lead to downtime and missed opportunities. With the introduction of Telegram integration in xCloud, you can get instant notifications whenever any issues arise. This helps you respond quickly, fix problems faster, and keep your website running smoothly with minimal downtime.
### **Centralized Notification Management**
It is much easier to have a centralized communication channel instead of multiple ones, especially when you need to stay on top of the most important changes and updates. With Telegram integration, you have everything in one place, which makes it easy for you to manage everything effortlessly from one single place. There is no need to go back and forth between dashboards and check emails for notifications.
### **On-the-Go Accessibility**
No matter where you are—at your desk or on the go, you can be connected to xCloud hosting through Telegram. You will get instant alerts on ongoing activities on your sites and servers. Without logging into your dashboard, you can get updates & take action accordingly.
### **Customizable Alerts**
Thousands of activities can happen on your site and server end & getting all those notifications on your Telegram app is not a wise decision. Since all notifications are not equally important to get, you can customize them to your needs with Telegram integration. Regardless of alerts—server updates, site updates, team activity, site performance; you can pick and choose which notifications you need to have on your Telegram app. It will help you stay focused on the most important alerts—no more distractions from unnecessary notifications.
## **How Telegram Integration Adds Value to Your Hosting Management**
With Telegram integration in xCloud, keeping your team in sync has become much easier. Getting instant alerts from server and site end, and streamlining workflow—these are the things that you get all in one platform. In your hosting environment, whether you are troubleshooting or simply staying in the loop, this integration ensures you are always informed and in control, wherever you are.
👉 **Stay Ahead:** Get real-time alerts to fix issues before they grow.
👉 **Save Time:** Centralized, customizable notifications streamline your workflow.
**👉 Work Together:** Keep your team on the same page with instant updates.
**👉 Relax:** Stay informed and in control, anytime, anywhere.
## **How to Set Up Telegram Integration in xCloud Hosting**
Staying on top of your hosting operations is essential with the competition nowadays. xCloud’s Integration with Telegram feature makes this simpler by delivering real-time notifications directly to your Telegram app. With just a few easy steps, you can set up this integration to receive critical server and site updates, along with team activity alerts, all in one place.
Whether you are monitoring server performance or tracking team activity, Telegram integration enhances communication and efficiency by centralizing notifications where you can access them instantly. Let us explore how to set up and optimize this powerful feature.
### **Step 1: Add a New Notification**
Log in to your xCloud account and navigate to the dashboard. Go to **‘Integrations’** → **‘Notification’**, and click on ‘**Add New Notification**’. This is the first step to connecting Telegram to your xCloud hosting account.
### **Step 2: Connect Telegram to xCloud**
After selecting **‘Add New Notification,’** choose **‘Telegram’** as the integration option. Next, click on the **‘Copy’** button to copy the authentication command.
Open the Telegram app, search for **_@xCloudhostingbot_**, and start a chat. Paste the copied authentication command into the chat window.
The xCloud Notification bot will confirm that your command is received and processed. Once the confirmation appears, return to the xCloud dashboard and click on ‘**Authorize on Telegram**.’ A notification will confirm that Telegram is successfully connected to your xCloud account.
To manage the connection, go to the List of Notifications section, where you can view details such as the Telegram account title, its Type, Status, and available Actions. If you ever wish to disconnect Telegram from xCloud, simply click on **‘Disconnect’** under Actions and confirm by clicking **‘Ok**.’
### **Step 3: Choose Your Notification Preferences**
To customize which notifications you want to receive, head over to **‘Team Settings’** → **‘Notifications.’** From here, select the types of notifications you’d like to receive in Telegram. You can enable updates for your Server, Site, or Other activities, depending on your requirements. Once selected, click **‘Save Changes’** to finalize your settings.
## **Take Control of Your Hosting with Telegram Integration**
xCloud’s Telegram integration revolutionizes the way you manage hosting. With real-time alerts, centralized notifications, and customizable updates, you can stay connected and in control—anytime, anywhere. Do not just manage your hosting; master it.
Do not forget to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) & join our **[Facebook](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)** [**community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to get the latest updates on what xCloud brings to make your hosting experience easier, smoother and faster.
---
# Terms and Conditions | xCloud: Cloud Hosting For WordPress
> Check out the detailed terms and conditions of services by xCloud to ensure a seamless use of services without any hassle.
# Terms And Conditions Of Services
Rule agreement guidelines for hassle-free hosting
experience with xCloud
- [Definitions](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Use Of Services](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Acceptable Usage](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Age Restrictions](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Adult Content](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [xCloud Email Service](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Affiliate/Referal Program](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Privacy Policy](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Change in Services](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Free Plan](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Fees and Payment](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Refund Policy](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Disclaimers](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Use of Data](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Limitation of Liability](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Severability Clause](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Modification Rights](/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Additional Information](/terms-and-conditions/)
### DefinitionsCopied!
**“Account”**: Refers to the collective personal information, Payment Information, and credentials used by Users to access Paid Content and/or any communication system on the xCloud platform.
**“Content”**: Encompasses any text, graphics, images, audio, video, software, data compilations, and any other form of information capable of being stored in a computer as it appears on or forms part of the xCloud platform.
**“Facilities”**: Denotes the online facilities, tools, services, or information provided by xCloud through its platform, both currently and in the future.
**“Services”**: Signifies the offerings available to users through the xCloud platform, which include but are not limited to the use of xCloud’s proprietary e-learning platform.
**“Payment Information”**: Encompasses any details required for the purchase of Services from the xCloud platform. This includes, but is not limited to, credit/debit card numbers, bank account numbers, and sort codes.
**“Premises”**: Refers to the physical locations of xCloud’s business, situated at xCloud Hosting, LLC.,124 Broadkill Rd #599, Milton, DE 19968-1008
**“System”**: Includes any online communication infrastructure that xCloud offers through its platform, both presently and in the future. This includes but is not limited to, web-based email, message boards, live chat facilities, and email links.
**“User” / “Users”**: Pertains to any third party that accesses the xCloud platform and is not employed by xCloud and not acting in the course of their employment.
**“Website”**: Indicates the website currently in use, which is xCloud.host, along with any sub-domains of this site (e.g. xCloud.app), unless expressly excluded by their specific terms and conditions.
### Use Of ServicesCopied!
Upon your acceptance of this Agreement, xCloud grants you a non-exclusive, non-transferable right to access and use our services for your internal purposes. xCloud shall accept, process, and address your queries, all subject to the terms and conditions herein.
By registering for the services, you agree to provide accurate, current, and complete information about yourself and to keep it up-to-date. Any inaccurate information may lead to the suspension or termination of your account and the denial of any future use of the services. You are responsible for all activities under your account, and you must notify xCloud immediately of any unauthorized account usage or security breaches.
xCloud reserves the right to redirect or terminate any recursive traffic that it deems harmful or invalid in its sole discretion.
Upon termination of this agreement, your access to the service ends, and xCloud is not liable for any loss of the services or access to alternative services. Provisions of the Agreement that should survive termination, including ownership, warranties, disclaimers, limitations of liability, and indemnity, remain in effect.
### Acceptable UsageCopied!
By using xCloud services, you agree to use them exclusively for lawful purposes and not engage in any activities that are illegal, harmful, offensive, or fraudulent. Prohibited activities include but are not limited to:
– Hosting content related to human trafficking, child pornography, terrorism, hate speech, or violations of local, state, national, or international laws.
– Actions that negatively impact xCloud’s systems or network, such as overloading servers or causing parts of the network to be blocked.
– Engaging in malicious activities, including hacking, attempting to hack, impersonating other websites, phishing or distributing malware, viruses, or any harmful software.
– Unauthorized access to or interference with any network, computer system, or communication infrastructure (e.g., hacking, probing, or falsifying data).
xCloud reserves the right to immediately suspend or terminate any account or service that, at its sole discretion, is found to be engaging in prohibited activities. No refunds will be issued for services terminated due to these violations.
xCloud also retains the right, without obligation, to disclose any user information to relevant authorities (e.g., law enforcement, child protection agencies, or court officials) if there is suspicion of illegal activities. By using xCloud services, you acknowledge and agree to xCloud’s right to make such disclosures.
**Reporting Violations
**If you become aware of any violation of this policy within the xCloud environment, you are required to report it immediately. xCloud will investigate and take appropriate action, which may include suspension or termination of services based on the severity of the violation.
Failure to comply with this policy will result in service termination, and relevant information may be disclosed to appropriate authorities as necessary.
### Age RestrictionsCopied!
Individuals under the age of 18 should only access this website under the guidance of an adult. Payment information must be furnished by an adult or with their explicit consent.
### Adult ContentCopied!
Usage of xCloud services for the purpose of posting or hosting adult content on your website is strictly prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to, materials considered as pornographic content and images. xCloud reserves the right to suspend or terminate your services if your usage is found to involve adult content at the sole discretion of xCloud.
### xCloud Email ServiceCopied!
All of the contacts in your email list must have shared their consent to receive emails from your websites that will be under the xCloud services. You must agree not to spam, include relevant content, honor opt-out requests, and provide accurate identification.
You must avoid defamatory, explicit, misleading, discriminatory, or illegal material in emails. You must also restrict sending emails related to weapons, MLM, gambling, pharmaceuticals, and other prohibited content when using the email services under xCloud.
On account of high complaint volumes, invalid email addresses, or violating any rules, services may be suspended or, under circumstances, terminated
If you have any questions or concerns, please reach out to our support team at support@xcloud.host.
### Affiliate/Referal ProgramCopied!
By joining the xCloud Affiliate & Referral Programme, customers acknowledge and agree to the terms outlined herein. Participation in the program is open to registered xCloud users, allowing them to earn rewards by referring new users to xCloud services. Affiliates will receive incentives based on the qualifying actions of their referred users.
Acceptance into the program is subject to xCloud’s approval, and customers are required to comply with ethical marketing practices, all relevant laws, and these terms. xCloud reserves the right to modify the program or terminate an Affiliate’s participation at its discretion. Continued participation constitutes acceptance of any modifications to the terms
### Privacy PolicyCopied!
At xCloud, we prioritize the privacy and security of our customers. Our privacy policy outlines how we collect, use, and protect your personal information when you engage with our services.
We are committed to transparency and encourage you to review our privacy policy to understand the measures we have in place to safeguard your data. Your trust is important to us, and we want you to feel confident in how we handle your information.
If you have any questions or concerns, please reach out to our support team at support@xcloud.host.
### Change in ServicesCopied!
You acknowledge that the services may change over time, and xCloud may make changes to the services or pricing at its sole discretion. Changes or discontinuation of the services may occur with 30 days written notice. If these changes are unacceptable to you, you may terminate this Agreement with at least 20 days’ notice before the effective date of the change. Use of the services after the effective date of a change or discontinuation constitutes acceptance.
### Free PlanCopied!
If you opt for the free plan of the service, xCloud will grant access to limited features until a payment method is added. The trial period will continue until payment information is provided. The free plan can be used once. Afterward, you can select and modify your subscription plan from the xCloud dashboard.
xCloud reserves the right to modify or terminate your free plan or change its terms and conditions at any time without prior notice and liability.
### Fees and PaymentCopied!
You are responsible for the Service Subscription Fee at the time of creating your account and selecting the premium packages. All fees will be billed to the designated credit card during registration. Payment by invoice may be an option if agreed upon with xCloud.
You must update your payment method information if your payment method expires, and failing to do so will automatically authorize xCloud to suspend the Services until updated billing details are received.
**Late Payments and Service Suspension
**If your payment method expires and you don’t update or cancel services, xCloud may suspend services until billing details are updated. Our system will try the automatic payment each day until your Billing expiry due date. Your account and xCloud servers will be removed after 5 days if you do not clear unpaid bills within this period.
To avoid suspension of your account when payment does not pass through, you can add a new payment method, update an existing payment method. If there is an adequate balance on your billing account, your card will be charged within 24 hours with the updated details.
If you cancel a service before the prepaid Fees expire, xCloud, at its discretion, may not issue any refund, including the remaining prepaid Fees. Any refunds, if applicable, will be refunded to the original payment method only.
xCloud may offer coupons or discount codes for customers to be used at the time of the initial purchase. Unauthorized use may result in termination of services.
### Refund PolicyCopied!
xCloud offers a clear and fair refund policy across all its services:
– **LTD & Self-Managed Hosting:** 14-day refund – no questions asked.
– **xCloud Managed Servers & Provider Servers:** We follow a pay-as-you-go model. If you delete your server, you pay only for the time you used. The unused amount is refunded after deducting the applicable Stripe processing fee.
We use the third-party payment processor ‘Stripe’ to process payments. All transactions are subject to the terms and conditions of the payment processor. If you delete your xCloud Managed Server, you will be charged for the total usage of the server, along with up to 10% Stripe fee based on the used amount. You will be billed for a minimum of one day, regardless of whether you delete the server within an hour or a day of provisioning, including the associated Stripe fee. The remaining unused amount, after deducting the used amount and Stripe fees, will be refunded to your account.
– **Hosting Addons:** All addon purchases (Mailbox, Mail Delivery, Site Security PRO) are final and non-refundable.
– **Free Plan:** No charges, so no refunds apply.
Approved refunds are processed within 5–10 business days and returned to your original payment method. All refund amounts are calculated in USD.
### DisclaimersCopied!
Except as specifically stated, the xCloud services are provided “as is” and “as available” with no warranties of any kind, including implied warranties of title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose. xCloud and its directors, employees, agents, suppliers, partners, and content providers do not warrant:
- The prevention of website infection or re-infection.
- Website operation after cleaning.
- Security or availability at specific times.
- Error correction.
- Virus-free content.
- Satisfaction with your specific requirements.
Except as specifically stated, the xCloud services are provided “as is” and “as available” with no warranties of any kind, including implied warranties of title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose. xCloud and its directors, employees, agents, suppliers, partners, and content providers do not warrant:
### Use of DataCopied!
You consent to xCloud using your traffic data for research purposes or to enhance the Services, provided the data remains in an aggregated, non-identifiable form.
### Limitation of LiabilityCopied!
xCloud, its officers, directors, employees, agents, suppliers, licensors, and anyone involved in creating, supporting, producing, or delivering the services will not be liable for any errors, omissions, or inaccuracies in the content accessible through our services.
xCloud is not liable for indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, or punitive damages or lost profits related to this Agreement or Service provision. xCloud’s cumulative liability is limited to the amount of fees paid in the twelve months preceding the claim.
xCloud’s Services do not guarantee compliance with specific regulations, and xCloud is not responsible for any firewall-related issues, including temporary website access blockage. You are responsible for notifying xCloud in such situations.
### Severability ClauseCopied!
The provisions of this Agreement are considered severable. If any provision is held unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be severed from this Agreement, and the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
### Modification RightsCopied!
**Terms:** xCloud reserves the right to modify, update, add, or remove provisions of these Terms at any time by posting the changes on the site and providing notice on the services. We’ll seek your explicit consent where required by law, and our notice will explain how you can accept or reject the changes. If you don’t agree with any updated Terms, simply stop using the services. Unless otherwise required by law, the updated Terms take effect as of the posting date.
**Services:** xCloud may change the services at any time without prior notice. If you disagree with any changes, your only option is to stop using the services. Continued use after any changes indicates your acknowledgment and satisfaction with the modified services. We also retain the right to discontinue the services or any part of it at any time without notice. We won’t be liable if we exercise our right to modify or discontinue the services.
**Paid Subscriptions:** If you are under a paid subscription with us, in the event of a price change or substantial service changes, we’ll notify you. Any changes become effective after your current subscription expires. If you disagree with such changes and communicate this to us as per the notification, we won’t automatically renew your subscription, even if you previously agreed to automatic renewal.
**Additional Terms:** Some features of the services may have additional terms of use (“Additional Terms”) provided when you choose to use them. By using these features, you agree to be bound by the applicable Additional Terms. If there’s a conflict between these Terms and the Additional Terms, the Additional Terms will govern.
**Executed Contract(s):** If you have a separately executed agreement for services with xCloud (“Contract”), the Contract will supersede these Terms. In case of any conflict, the Contract prevails. If the Contract doesn’t address specific provisions in these Terms, these Terms apply, supplementing the Contract.
### Additional InformationCopied!
xCloud.com has the authority to suspend any instance it suspects of transmitting or being connected with spam or other unsolicited bulk emails. The instance will remain suspended until an investigation and resolution are carried out in collaboration with the account holder. For any questions or comments about this Anti-Spam Policy, feel free to reach out to: [support@xcloud.host.](mailto:support@xcloud.host.)
---
# Stop Clients Asking “What Am I Paying For?” — The Agency Guide to Website Maintenance Reports - xCloud
> Website maintenance reports for agencies turn invisible work into visible value. Learn what to include, how often to send reports, and how to automate them in 2026.
The biggest threat to a website maintenance retainer isn’t downtime. It’s silence.
When everything works, clients assume nothing is happening. Every month, your team updates plugins, patches vulnerabilities, runs backups, monitors performance, fixes issues, and keeps websites secure and fast.
But from the client’s perspective, none of it exists. No visible output. No tangible proof.
No sense of progress. And that’s where retainers start to break. Because when the value isn’t visible, it eventually gets questioned.
Website maintenance reports solve that problem. They turn invisible technical work into something clients can actually understand and trust.
They show exactly what was done, what risks were prevented, and how the website stayed stable and secure throughout the month.
In other words, they justify the retainer before the client ever asks the question.
In this guide, you’ll learn:
- What a website maintenance report should include
- How often agencies should send reports
- Why reporting directly improves client retention
- How to automate reporting as your agency scales
- How to generate branded client reports in minutes
## **What a Maintenance Report Actually Does for Your Agency**
Reporting is usually filed under admin, somewhere beneath the work that feels more real. That instinct is backwards, because the report is often the single part of your service the client directly experiences each month.
It helps to look at how these relationships tend to fray. Agencies assume the client understands the value being delivered, while the client reads silence as a sign that nothing is happening. A report dissolves that standoff by trading assumption for a visible record.
- **Removes Doubt:** A documented history of completed work answers the unspoken “what am I paying for” question before it ever turns into a complaint.
- **Proves the Spend:** Laying the month out plainly lets a client tie their fee to specific, finished work rather than a vague sense of upkeep.
- **Surfaces Risk Early:** A recurring report is where a looming issue gets raised while it is still cheap to fix, not after it has become a fire.
The stakes are commercial rather than cosmetic. Industry analysis places agency churn for teams running on manual or inconsistent communication at roughly 8 to 12 percent a quarter, and research compiled by AgencyAnalytics keeps returning to reporting clarity as a deciding factor in whether clients stay. Sitting on top of dependable [](/hosting-for-wordpress/)**[managed WordPress hosting](/hosting-for-wordpress/)**, a strong report becomes one of the most affordable retention tools you can put to work.
## Why Maintenance Reports Directly Improve Client Retention
Most agencies don’t lose clients because of bad work. They lose them because of unclear value. When communication is inconsistent, clients start filling the gaps themselves. And those gaps rarely work in your favor. Maintenance reports fix that in three ways:
- They remove doubt – Clients stop guessing what you’re doing behind the scenes. They see it.
- They reinforce value every month – Instead of remembering one big project from a year ago, clients see continuous work being delivered.
- They reduce pricing pressure – When value is visible, price becomes easier to justify. Without visibility, even a small retainer starts to feel expensive.
## **What Every Website Maintenance Report Should Include**
A report performs best when it is selective rather than exhaustive. The goal is to prove diligence without burying the reader, so the elements below form the backbone of almost any report worth sending.
### **The Work That Happened**
A single WordPress site can absorb dozens of plugins, themes, and core updates over a month, and the owner sees none of them. Logging that activity converts invisible routine into demonstrated care, and an [**Updates** **Manager**](/docs/manage-wordpress-updates-with-updates-manager/) keeps the record without any manual note-taking. A clear update log should show:
- Core version changes and the dates applied
- Plugins and themes are brought current
- Any rollbacks, manual patches, or compatibility fixes
### **Speed, Uptime, and the Numbers Clients Feel**
Speed and availability are where technical health meets the client’s revenue. A homepage that drifts from a two-second load to a five-second one will quietly shed visitors well before anyone in the business connects the two, which is exactly why these figures belong in the report. Since Google factors **Core Web Vitals** into its rankings, this section doubles as an SEO update. Include:
- Uptime across the reporting window
- Load-time trends and Core Web Vitals, drawn from [**PageSpeed Insights**](/docs/how-to-access-page-speed-insights-on-xcloud/)
- Confirmation that recent backups completed successfully
### **What You Kept Out**
This is the part that quietly justifies the whole retainer. Most clients never witness an attempted breach, so they tend to underrate the work that prevents one, particularly now that attackers act on freshly disclosed vulnerabilities within hours, as the [](https://patchstack.com/whitepaper/state-of-wordpress-security-in-2026/)**[State of WordPress Security](https://patchstack.com/whitepaper/state-of-wordpress-security-in-2026/)** documents. Report:
- Results from a [](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)**[vulnerability checker](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/)** and any flaws closed
- Malware scans run and threats neutralized
- Firewall activity, blocked login attempts, or other protective measures
Tracking all of this on one site is manageable, but doing it across twenty by hand is where omissions start to creep in. This is precisely the load that platforms like xCloud absorb, monitoring sites and running [](/site-security-pro/)**[security scanning](/site-security-pro/)** continuously, so the data is ready the moment you need it.
## **The Hidden Cost of Manual Reporting**
The early instinct is to assemble reports manually, because with two or three clients, it feels perfectly fine. The catch is that this approach does not degrade gradually.
It tends to break all at once, usually right as your client list begins to grow. Three pressures make automation the clear long-term winner.
- **Hours Reclaimed:** A manual report means logging into several tools, exporting screenshots, and reshaping everything into a presentable document. Across a growing roster, that adds up to a full working day gone before the month has even started.
- **Fewer Errors:** Moving numbers between systems by hand is exactly where a wrong figure or a forgotten update sneaks in, and one visible mistake can undo months of accumulated trust. Generated reports read straight from the source, so the data holds up every time.
- **Growth Without Drag:** Each new client adds fixed overhead to a manual process, which slowly turns expansion into a chore. Automated reporting carries a larger portfolio at the same effort, so taking on more work no longer means taking on more late nights.
## **How To Generate Client Reports In xCloud**
Instead of treating reporting as a separate task, xCloud builds it into the platform that already runs the site, so the data never has to move between tools. The [](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)**[client reports feature](/docs/wordpress-website-maintenance-reports-in-xcloud/)** is included on every plan and works across both self-managed and managed servers.
### **From Site to Finished PDF**
Producing a report takes only a handful of steps:
- Open **Sites** from the dashboard and select the website in question.
- Choose **Client Reports** in the site sidebar, then click **Generate Report**.
- Give the report a title and choose a window of 7, 15, or 30 days.
- Pick the sections to include, from Application Overview and Backup Summary through Snapshots, SSL Certificate, WordPress Health, Security and Vulnerabilities, and Traffic Statistics.
- Watch the live preview update, then generate and download the PDF.
With those choices saved, xCloud collects the live data, applies your branding, and compiles the selected sections into a finished document on its own.
### **Make It Look Like Your Agency**
A report should look like it came from you, not from your hosting provider. Through agency branding and [white label hosting](/reseller-hosting/), you set your logo, company name, website, and contact details once, and they carry across every report you generate. A custom intro and closing note let you address each client directly.
### **Where the Reclaimed Hours Go**
The honest saving is not really measured in minutes per report. It is measured in what those minutes were taking away from, since the afternoon lost to manual reporting is an afternoon that cannot go toward billable work or winning the next account.
Automation hands that time back while still delivering polished, on-schedule reports. The client notices no drop in quality, and you stop trading growth for formatting.
**Send Reports That Sell the Renewal.** Generate your first branded client report in minutes with xCloud and give clients a clear, recurring reason to stay. [Get started for free](https://app.xcloud.host/register).
## **What Makes a Maintenance Report Actually Effective**
A generated report is only as good as the judgment behind it. Automation handles the data, but these habits decide whether the document actually lands with the person reading it.
### **Lead with outcomes, not logs**
A client does not need every log entry, only the few that touch their business. Lead with uptime, security, and meaningful changes, and let the platform hold the granular detail in reserve for the rare moment it gets requested.
### **Highlight what changed**
If something notable happened, an outage caught early or a vulnerability sealed off, it should be the first thing the eye meets. Reports are skimmed rather than studied, so the moments that matter have to survive a ten-second glance.
### **Translate Technical Work into Business Impact**
Turn the technical into the consequential. “Patched an outdated contact form plugin” reads as noise, while “closed a gap that could have exposed customer enquiries” lands instantly. The work and the wording should both point squarely at the client’s interests.
### **Let the Visuals Carry the Point**
A chart of uptime or a load-time graph achieves in one glance what a paragraph can barely manage at all. Clients trust a trend line they can see for themselves, so wherever a figure can become a simple visual, let it.
### **Own the Bad Weeks**
Hiding a rough patch buys short-term comfort and long-term risk. Naming the issue, the fix, and the safeguard you added afterward turns a problem into evidence that you are watching closely. Clients forgive incidents far more readily than they forgive being kept in the dark.
### **Tailored, Without the Busywork**
Reports that feel generic get treated as generic. Auto-filled branding and a short, specific note about the client’s site give the document a tailored feel without adding effort to every send.
### **Always Point to What Is Next**
The most valuable line in a report is often the one about what happens next. Whether that is signing off on a major update or weighing an extra layer of protection, a clear recommendation keeps the client engaged and the relationship in motion.
### **Never Miss the Cadence**
Predictability is its own form of reassurance. A report that lands in the same week each month tells clients the work is ongoing, while an irregular one, however thorough, plants a quiet suspicion that attention only arrives in bursts.
## **How Often Should You Send Maintenance Reports?**
There is no universal rule, only context. But here’s what works in practice:
- Standard business sites → Monthly
- Ecommerce stores → Bi-weekly or monthly
- High-traffic sites → Weekly or bi-weekly
- Membership / SaaS sites → Weekly
The goal is simple: Stay visible without becoming noise.
## **Turn Reporting Into a Retention System:**
Strip everything else away, and a maintenance report is a trust-building instrument. It takes work the client cannot see and makes it impossible to overlook, which is the quiet mechanism behind most long-running agency relationships.
Build that instrument once, automate the assembly, and reporting stops being a monthly tax on your time. What is left is a recurring, low-effort proof of value, arriving on schedule, doing the slow work of keeping clients where you want them.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### What tools can generate website maintenance reports?
A platform such as xCloud produces them automatically, pulling updates, uptime, backups, SSL, security, and traffic into a single branded PDF. That removes the need to log into several services and stitch the pieces together by hand.
### **Should a report include financial information?**
It is optional and depends on the client. Listing logged hours or the cost of premium tools can reinforce the value of the retainer, especially for clients who like to see exactly where their budget is going.
### **When does automating reports stop being optional?**
Roughly the moment you can no longer build every report in a single sitting. Once a growing client list turns reporting into a recurring time sink, automation shifts from a convenience to the only way to keep the quality and the schedule intact.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Millions of cPanel Sites at Risk: The CVE-2026-41940 Authentication Bypass Explained - xCloud
> CVE-2026-41940 is a critical authentication bypass affecting cPanel and WHM. Here's how the exploit works, why it matters, and what xCloud users need to know.
A critical security vulnerability affecting cPanel and WebHost Manager (WHM) has sent shockwaves through the web hosting industry. Tracked as **CVE-2026-41940**. This flaw exposes millions of websites globally to potential unauthorized access.
If your website or hosting infrastructure relies on cPanel, understanding this vulnerability and taking immediate action is essential to securing your data.
## **✅ (Important Note) xCloud Customers Are Not Affected**
**xCloud has never used cPanel or WHM**. The CVE-2026-41940 authentication bypass vulnerability does not apply to xCloud infrastructure, and **no action is required from our customers**. xCloud runs on a completely different, modern cloud-based architecture designed around isolated environments rather than traditional shared-server control panels. If you are already using xCloud, you can safely continue managing your hosting as normal.
If you are currently using cPanel or a hosting provider that relies on it, this incident is worth understanding in detail—because it fundamentally affects how millions of websites are managed worldwide.
## **What Happened: A Critical cPanel Authentication Bypass**
On April 28, 2026, cPanel issued an emergency security update addressing a critical vulnerability tracked as [**CVE-2026-41940**](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2026-41940).
- **The Severity:** This flaw allows remote attackers to gain full administrative access to a server without needing a password. It has been assigned a **CVSS score of 9.8/10 (Critical)** —one of the highest possible risk ratings.
- **Active Exploitation:** Within 48 hours of its disclosure, the U.S. Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency added it to its [**Known Exploited Vulnerabilities**](https://www.cisa.gov/known-exploited-vulnerabilities-catalog) catalog, confirming active exploitation in the wild and requiring immediate patching.
- **Scope:** The issue affects all supported versions of cPanel and WHM, meaning a massive portion of the world’s shared hosting servers were instantly exposed.
### **This Was a Zero-Day, Exploited for Months Before the Patch**
What makes this situation particularly troubling is the exploitation timeline. According to reporting by [**_The Hacker News_**](https://thehackernews.com/2026/04/critical-cpanel-authentication.html), KnownHost CEO Daniel Pearson confirmed that the vulnerability had been actively exploited in the wild _“for at least the last 30 days, if not longer”_ before the public advisory was even released.
The flaw was reportedly disclosed to cPanel roughly two weeks before the public advisory, but no advance warning was issued to hosting providers while a fix was being developed.
When the public advisory finally landed on April 28, traditional hosting providers were caught in a mad scramble, immediately blocking customer access to cPanel and WHM ports at the firewall level while they rushed to apply emergency patches. As Benjamin Harris, CEO of watchTowr Labs, told _The Hacker News_:
“Within hours of the advisory dropping, nearly every major hosting provider on the planet had firewalled their own customers off their own product.”
While cPanel released a fix approximately two hours after the advisory went public, the damage was already done. By the time most shared servers were successfully patched, the window of active exploitation had already been open for over a month—leaving millions of sites exposed to undetected intrusion during that time.
## **Why This Vulnerability Is So Dangerous**
This is not a simple login bug. The vulnerability sits deep inside the core authentication flow of cPanel’s service daemon (\`cpsrvd\`).
Here is exactly how the exploit functions:
1. Before authentication is fully completed, cPanel writes session data to disk.
2. The exploit works by injecting specially crafted characters (**CRLF injection**) into HTTP headers.
3. Because this input is not properly sanitized, attackers can inject values such as \`user=root\` or other privileged session attributes.
4. When the session is later loaded by the system, it mistakenly treats these injected values as legitimate, verified authentication data.
5. In some cases, core authentication checks are skipped entirely when these specific session fields are present.
**The Bottom Line:** An attacker can completely bypass the login screen to gain root-level access. No password, no brute-force guessing, and no user interaction required.
## **What Attackers Can Do If a Server Is Compromised**
If an attacker successfully exploits this flaw through WHM (WebHost Manager), they gain full administrative sovereignty over the environment. This includes:
- Full root-level server control
- Complete access to all hosted websites, databases, and email accounts
- The ability to modify server configurations and install persistent malware or backdoors
- Creation of hidden, persistent administrative accounts
- Full exfiltration of sensitive customer and user data
In shared hosting environments, this threat is amplified. Because a single server often hosts dozens or hundreds of unrelated websites, **one compromise can affect every single tenant** on that machine.
## I**mmediate Action Plan If You Are Using cPanel**
If your hosting provider utilizes cPanel, you must verify your security posture immediately. Follow these steps:
### **Step 1: Update Immediately**
Log in to your server via SSH and execute the official emergency update command:
**/scripts/upcp –force**
This forces cPanel to fetch and apply the latest secure, patched version.
### **Step 2: Verify Your System State**
You should double-check your cPanel/WHM build version to ensure the patch was successfully applied. Afterward, restart the ”**cpsrvd**” service immediately after patching to clear any vulnerable states.
### **Step 3: Restrict Access (If You Cannot Patch Right Away)**
If you cannot update immediately, use your firewall to temporarily block external access to the primary cPanel/WHM management ports:
- 2083 & 2087 (cPanel/WHM SSL)
- 2095 & 2096 (Webmail SSL)
### **Step 4: Review System Access Logs**
Analyze your logs dating back to **late March 2026** for anomalies, including:
- Unknown or unrecognized login attempts
- Newly created admin or reseller accounts
- Unexpected or unauthorized configuration changes
- Authentication events that do not correlate with known user activity
### **Step 5. Use Detection Tools**
Utilize the [**official detection scripts**](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2026-41940) released by cPanel to scan for:
- Suspicious session anomalies
- Pre-authenticated session abuse
- Invalid or manipulated authentication attributes
**Note:** If you are on a managed shared hosting plan, contact your provider immediately to confirm they have patched CVE-2026-41940 and to ask if your specific server showed signs of compromise.
## **Why This Keeps Happening in Shared Hosting**
This incident is not an isolated piece of bad luck; it reflects a broader, systemic issue with traditional shared hosting systems.
cPanel was originally architected in an era when shared hosting was the dominant model for the web. In this classic framework, a centralized control panel manages multiple customer websites, running highly privileged services across a shared server.
While this design is convenient, it inherently creates a **massive blast radius**. When a flaw is discovered in the control layer managing the accounts, it doesn’t just put one site at risk—it exposes every single site sharing that underlying machine. This is less a failure of engineering and more a structural limitation of the shared-server model itself.
## **How xCloud Is Built Differently**
xCloud was built without cPanel. Different control plane, different stack, different attack surface. CVE-2026-41940 simply does not apply to our infrastructure.
That isn’t because we’re cleverer than cPanel’s engineers. Every large codebase ships vulnerabilities, including ours. The structural point is different: xCloud was engineered from the ground up to move away from shared-server control planes entirely. Instead of packing multiple customers into a single, highly privileged hosting environment, xCloud operates on **isolated cloud infrastructure**.
Each deployment runs in its own dedicated containerized environment featuring:
- Strict system isolation per site
- Zero shared tenancy between different customers
- Independent databases and distinct system users
- Complete separation between the web applications and the control layer
Because of this architecture, a vulnerability in one site or control system cannot automatically expose or compromise other customers across the infrastructure.
### A Layered Approach to Real-World Security
Security at xCloud is deployed in layers across every single environment:
- Built-in Web Application Firewall (utilizing advanced 7G / 8G rules)
- Fail2Ban intrusion prevention systems
- AI-driven bot protection
- Continuous, automated vulnerability scanning for WordPress core, plugins, and themes
- Automated security patch rollouts across the infrastructure
For example, during the Linux “Copy-Fail / Dirty Frag” zero-day incident earlier this year, xCloud automatically coordinated and deployed [**security patches across more than 10,000 servers**](/xcloud-patched-copy-fail-and-dirty-frag-on-zero-day/) simultaneously—keeping systems completely protected without requiring a single click from our users.
## **Thinking About a cPanel Alternative?**
Events like CVE-2026-41940 highlight a fundamental truth in cybersecurity: Security is as much about architecture as it is about patching bugs. Modern web teams are increasingly moving away from shared environments and adopting infrastructure that prioritizes isolated environments, reduced attack surfaces, automated patch distribution, and cloud-native design.
If recent events have left you questioning whether your current hosting provider is genuinely secure, [**xCloud**](/) offers a modern, secure, and performant alternative.
### **The xCloud Advantage at a Glance**
- **Modern stack** with NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed, PHP 7.4 through 8.3, MariaDB, Redis, and native HTTP/3
- **Multi-cloud flexibility** across DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, Hetzner, Hostinger VPS and the fully managed hosting with [**xCloud Managed Server**](/hosting-for-wordpress/)**.**
- **Built-in security** with WAF rules, Fail2Ban, AI bot blocker, and a vulnerability scanner
- **One-click staging** environments with push-to-live workflows
- **Free SSL** with auto-renewal and native Cloudflare integration
- **Built-in cPanel migration tool** that uses the cPanel API directly, no manual backup archives required
Switching hosting platforms can feel daunting, especially when you are managing live traffic, production databases, and active email accounts. xCloud makes this transition completely seamless and risk-free.
Our [**step-by-step migration guide**](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/) walks through generating an API token in cPanel, pointing xCloud at your existing server, and pulling sites over server-to-server. Most single-site migrations finish in 15 to 45 minutes, and you can migrate as staging first so you have time to verify everything works before flipping DNS.
If you want to compare the two platforms in depth before making a decision, check out our in-depth comparison of the [**top 10 cPanel alternatives**](/top-10-cpanel-alternatives-for-server-management/) and see why xCloud Panel stands out from the crowd. It breaks down architecture, security, pricing, and performance side by side.
Or you can create a [**free xCloud account**](https://app.xcloud.host/register) and explore the platform at your own pace. Don’t forget to let us know if you need help with migration. Yes, we provide a free migration service.
The CVE-2026-41940 vulnerability is a stark reminder that hosting security relies heavily on the underlying architecture of your provider. Regular patching is a necessity, but reducing your overall attack surface is a strategy.
Whether you choose to patch and remain on your current setup or migrate to an isolated alternative, ensure your decision is based clearly on how well your infrastructure protects your data. If you decide to make the jump, the xCloud team is here to help you every step of the way.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# 10+ Easy & Quick Tips to Speed Up WordPress Websites in 2025 - xCloud
> Speed up WordPress websites using proven tips and tricks that are easy to implement and effortlessly boost user satisfaction.
Your WordPress website’s loading time can make or break your website’s success, influencing everything from user experience to search engine rankings. Fortunately, optimizing your site for speed and performance doesn’t have to be a daunting task.
With the right strategies and tools at your disposal, you can propel your WordPress website into the fast lane and leave sluggish loading times in the rearview mirror. And we are here to help you achieve exactly that. In this guide, we’ll delve into more than 10 quick and effective tips to [**speed up WordPress websites**](https://betterlinks.io/how-to-speed-up-wordpress-page-loading-time/), ensuring they zip along effortlessly in the competitive world.
## **Tips To Easily Speed Up WordPress Websites Like Never Before**
These days, even the slightest delay in loading time has the potential to drive visitors away from your website. Studies indicate that if your site’s loading time **[exceeds 400 milliseconds (or 0.4 seconds)](https://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/01/technology/impatient-web-users-flee-slow-loading-sites.html?pagewanted=all)**, users will seek alternative options. This is why ensuring your WordPress website’s performance is up to the mark is extremely important.
> “When designing and building a new website for a client, one of our key considerations is always website performance and loading time since that often impacts user experience.”
>
> Donald Chan, founder of [IMPACT, a leading digital creative agency in Singapore](https://www.impactbc.com.sg/services/creative/).
To help you do that, we have listed down some of the easiest but most effective proven tips to speed up WordPress websites below:
### **Optimize Images for the Web**
Images, that are large and unoptimized, are often the biggest contributors to slow loading times and an unsatisfied user experience. Before uploading them to your website, ensure they are [**optimized for the web**](https://betterlinks.io/best-wordpress-image-optimization-plugins/).
Use image editing tools to resize them to the appropriate dimensions and compress them without compromising quality. Plugins like Smush or Optimole can automate this process for you.
### **Enable Browser Caching**
Browser caching allows you to store static files like images, CSS, and JavaScript on your visitors’ browsers. This means that when they revisit your site, these files don’t need to be reloaded, speeding up the overall loading time.
To enable browser caching, you can use caching plugins like WP Super Cache or W3 Total Cache. Or, [**take a look at our complete blog**](https://wpdeveloper.com/clear-wordpress-cache/) on how you can enable caching for a website running on WordPress to find out more.
### **Minify CSS and JavaScript Files**
[**Minifying CSS and JavaScript**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-minify-css-wordpress/) files involves removing unnecessary whitespace, comments, and formatting from the code. This reduces file size and speeds up loading times. You can manually minify these files using online tools or use plugins like Autoptimize to automate the process.
### **Use a Content Delivery Network (CDN)**
A CDN stores your website’s static files on multiple servers worldwide. When a user visits your site, the files are served from the server closest to their location, reducing latency and improving load times. Popular CDNs include Cloudflare, StackPath, and KeyCDN.
### **Choose a Lightweight Theme**
The theme you choose can significantly impact your website’s speed. Opt for lightweight, well-coded themes that prioritize performance. Avoid themes with excessive features and unnecessary bloat. Popular themes like Astra, GeneratePress, and OceanWP are known for their speed and performance.
### **Reduce HTTP Requests**
Each file (CSS, JavaScript, images) on your website requires an HTTP request, and too many requests can slow down loading times. Minimize HTTP requests by combining CSS and JavaScript files, using CSS sprites for images, and reducing the number of elements on your pages.
### **Optimize Your Database**
Regularly optimize your WordPress database to remove unnecessary data like post revisions, spam comments, and transient options. You can use plugins like WP-Optimize or WP-Sweep to clean up your database and improve performance.
### **Implement Lazy Loading**
[**Lazy loading**](https://betterlinks.io/best-lazy-load-plugins-wordpress/) delays the loading of images, videos, and other media until they are needed. This means only the content above the fold is initially loaded, improving initial page load times. Many caching plugins offer lazy loading functionality, or you can use dedicated lazy loading plugins.
### **Enable GZIP Compression**
[**GZIP compression**](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/GZip_compression) reduces the size of your website’s files before they are sent to the visitor’s browser, significantly reducing loading times. Most web servers have GZIP compression enabled by default, but you can double-check and enable it through your hosting control panel or by adding code to your .htaccess file.
### **Regularly Update WordPress and Plugins**
Keeping your WordPress core, themes, and plugins updated ensures that you have the latest performance improvements and security patches. Outdated software can slow down your website and make it more vulnerable to security threats. Enable automatic updates whenever possible and regularly check for updates manually.
## **What’s The Reasons Behind Slow WordPress Websites**
By now, you have an idea about what steps to take to optimize and speed up WordPress websites; but it is also essential for you to understand why your site might be slowing down in the first place.
**Bloated or Inefficient Plugins**: Using too many plugins, especially poorly coded or resource-intensive ones, can significantly slow down your WordPress website. Some plugins may execute unnecessary database queries, load large scripts/stylesheets, or conflict with each other, leading to performance issues.
**Lack of Server Resources**: Inadequate server resources such as CPU, RAM, or disk space can hamper the performance of your WordPress website. Shared hosting plans with limited resources may struggle to handle traffic spikes or resource-intensive tasks, resulting in slow loading times.
**Unoptimized or Overloaded Database**: A bloated or poorly optimized WordPress database can slow down your website. Excessive post revisions, spam comments, transients, and unused data can accumulate over time, increasing the database’s size and causing longer query execution times.
**Heavy or Unoptimized Media Files:** Large images, videos, and other media files can significantly slow down your WordPress website. Uploading high-resolution images without optimization or embedding uncompressed videos can lead to longer loading times, especially on slower internet connections or mobile devices.
**Uncached or Uncompressed Files:** Serving uncached or uncompressed files can increase loading times for your WordPress website. Without caching mechanisms in place, each page request may result in extensive server processing and database queries. Similarly, uncompressed files like CSS, JavaScript, and HTML can add unnecessary overhead to page loading times.
## **Speed Up WordPress Websites & Drive To Peak Performance Today**
It is evident that implementing these strategies is pivotal when it comes to speeding up WordPress websites and improving their performance. When you’re using xCloud to host, manage and deploy server – you automatically get top speed as this solution uses Redis caching for faster site performance, with presets for WordPress core and plugins like WooCommerce. But take your website’s speed a notch higher by adhering to these tips and tricks meticulously.
Take action today and propel your WordPress website to the forefront of online efficiency, ensuring swift loading times and optimal user experiences. Comment below if you use any of our tips to speed up WordPress websites and let us know of your experience!
Follow our [**Facebook page**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to engage with our thriving community, and visit our [**Blog page**](/blog/) for all the latest updates.
---
# Top 10 cPanel Alternatives for Server Management in 2026 (Tested & Compared) - xCloud
> Discover the top 10 cPanel alternatives for sever management in 2026. Compare free and paid cPanel alternatives for server management with real pricing, performance benchmarks, and migration guides.
cPanel still ships with most shared hosting plans, but its grip is slipping. According to [**W3Techs March 2026 data**](https://w3techs.com/technologies/details/wp-cpanel) and [**PeerSpot engagement tracking**](https://www.peerspot.com/), cPanel’s mindshare among hosting professionals dropped from 19.9% in October 2024 to 12.1% in January 2026 – a steep decline driven by [**seven straight years of price hikes since the Oakley Capital acquisition in 2019**](https://www.bacloud.com/en/blog/219/cpanel-noc-license-costs-keep-rising-a-20252026-price-comparison-for-hosting-providers.html). The 2026 license increase pushed Premier (100 accounts) to $49.50/month and added a 17% bump to per-account overage fees.
If you run a hosting business, manage client sites, or self-host on a VPS, the math no longer works. This guide compares the 10 strongest cPanel alternatives for 2026 — free panels, commercial panels, and modern SaaS control panels — based on real pricing, performance benchmarks, and third-party reviews from [**G2**](https://www.g2.com/), [**Trustpilot**](https://www.trustpilot.com/), and industry publications.
## Quick Summary / TL;DR
**Too long; didn’t read?** Here is the fast cheat sheet for picking a cPanel replacement in 2026:
If You Want To…
Use This
Starting Price
Time to Switch
Manage WordPress, Laravel, PHP apps with modern UX
xCloud
Free / $5 per server
1–2 hours
Run traditional shared hosting with email + reseller
Plesk
$16.99/month
4–6 hours
Get a free, fast PHP panel for cloud VPS
CloudPanel
Free
1 hour
Run WordPress with LiteSpeed caching for free
CyberPanel
Free
1–2 hours
Replace cPanel cheaply on shared/reseller VPS
DirectAdmin
$5/month
2–4 hours
Manage many servers from a SaaS dashboard
RunCloud
$9/month
1–2 hours
Self-host a free panel with email + DNS
HestiaCP
Free
1–2 hours
Pick the easiest free panel for non-developers
aaPanel
Free
30–60 mins
Run multi-server clusters on open source
Virtualmin
Free / $6/month
2–3 hours
Save 50% vs. Plesk on a paid commercial panel
ISPmanager
€5/month
2–3 hours
According to [**Ahrefs research on AI search visibility (2026)**](https://ahrefs.com/blog/ai-search/), buyers researching control panels now compare 5–8 options before switching, up from 2–3 in 2022.
**Best for modern WordPress + PHP:** [**xCloud**](/) — free for one server with 10 sites, $5/month for unlimited, no per-account fees, and [**5-star Trustpilot rating across 331 reviews**](https://uk.trustpilot.com/review/xcloud.host).
**Best free panel for VPS:** [**CloudPanel**](https://www.cloudpanel.io/) — Nginx + PHP-FPM, used heavily by Magento and PHP shops.
**Best for shared hosting resellers:** [**Plesk**](https://www.plesk.com/) — closest cPanel clone with WordPress Toolkit and Windows support.
**Best paid panel for tight budgets:** [**DirectAdmin**](https://www.directadmin.com/) — 2–3× cheaper than cPanel with unlimited accounts on the Standard tier.
## **Why Hosting Pros Need a cPanel Replacement in 2026**
cPanel’s pricing trajectory is the loudest reason to migrate, but it is not the only one. Here is what changed between 2019 and 2026:
- **Cumulative cost increase:** [**MonsterMegs reports**](https://monstermegs.com/blog/cpanel-license-price-increase/) the Premier plan rose from $45/month in 2019 to nearly $70/month by 2026 — a 55% jump over seven years. The 2026 hike alone added 12.5% to Solo, 17% to Pro, and 17% to per-account overages. For an agency running 10 Pro-tier servers, the change is roughly **$564 in additional licensing per year**, every year, with no sign of stopping.
- **Architecture is showing its age:** cPanel was built in the late 1990s and retrofitted ever since. The default stack (Apache + suEXEC + MySQL) is heavy compared to modern alternatives that ship Nginx, OpenLiteSpeed, PHP-FPM, Redis, and HTTP/3 out of the box. Independent benchmarks from [**OnlineMediaMasters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/) consistently show modern panels load WordPress dashboards 30–60% faster than cPanel on equivalent hardware.
- **Captive market dynamics:** WebPros (cPanel’s parent company) acquired Plesk in 2020. As [**ServerPoint notes**](https://www.serverpoint.com/en/blog/cpanel-price-increase-2026-new-client-pricing/), “the two dominant hosting control panels are now owned by the same parent company, so there is no competitive pressure to keep prices reasonable.” That structural reality is why year-over-year hikes have continued without resistance.
**Critical security vulnerability — CVE-2026-41940 (April 2026):** On top of pricing and architecture concerns, cPanel now has a serious security incident to account for. In late April 2026, a critical authentication bypass vulnerability (CVE-2026-41940, CVSS 9.8/10.0) was disclosed affecting all cPanel and WHM versions after 11.40. The flaw allows unauthenticated remote attackers to bypass the login flow entirely and gain full administrative access to the control panel — no credentials required. According to watchTowr Labs, the root cause is a CRLF injection in cPanel’s login and session loading processes: attackers can inject arbitrary properties like `user=root` into session files and escalate to administrator-level access.
This is not a theoretical risk. CISA added CVE-2026-41940 to its Known Exploited Vulnerabilities (KEV) catalog, and reports from hosting providers like KnownHost confirm the vulnerability was actively exploited as a zero-day for at least 30 days before public disclosure. Eye Security identified over 2 million cPanel instances connected to the internet, many potentially exposed.
The response was unprecedented: Namecheap, hosting.com, KnownHost, HostPapa, InMotion, and other major hosting providers all firewalled their customers off cPanel’s ports (2083, 2087, 2095, 2096) as an emergency measure — temporarily locking users out of their own control panels until patches could be deployed. As Hadrian’s security team noted, a compromise of cPanel is fundamentally different from a compromised website: WHM grants root administrative access to the server, meaning an attacker can read every hosting account, modify files and databases, create backdoor accounts, install malware, steal credentials, and pivot into customer networks.
Patched versions have been released (including 11.136.0.5 and 11.134.0.20, among others), and cPanel has published a detection script for indicators of compromise. But the incident exposes a structural weakness: when a single control panel handles authentication, server management, and root access for millions of servers, one vulnerability in that codebase puts the entire ecosystem at risk. For hosting professionals already weighing a migration, CVE-2026-41940 adds urgency. Diversifying away from a monoculture control panel is not just a cost decision anymore — it is a security one.
- **The market has responded:** Free panels like CloudPanel, CyberPanel, HestiaCP, and aaPanel now match or exceed cPanel’s core feature set. Commercial alternatives like DirectAdmin, ISPmanager, and modern SaaS panels (xCloud, RunCloud, Ploi) deliver the same shared-hosting ergonomics at a fraction of the cost. The migration tooling has caught up too — most alternatives now ship with cPanel-to-X importers that handle databases, mail, and DNS in a single click.
## Methodology: How These 10 Were Ranked
Every panel on this list was evaluated against five criteria, each weighted by what hosting professionals actually do day to day:
1. **Performance Stack (25%)** — Does it ship Nginx/OpenLiteSpeed, PHP-FPM, Redis, and HTTP/3 by default? Older panels lose points here.
2. **Pricing Stability (20%)** — Per [**ISPmanager analysis**](https://www.ispmanager.com/blog/directadmin-or-ispmanager-full-2026-control-panel-comparison), DirectAdmin and ISPmanager have not raised prices in two years; cPanel and Plesk raise them annually. Stability matters.
3. **Migration Path from cPanel (20%)** — How painless is the import? Panels with one-click importers ranked higher.
4. **Feature Coverage (20%)** — Email, DNS, SSL, backups, multi-PHP, staging, Git deployment, team access, white-label.
5. **Third-Party Reviews (15%)** — Aggregated G2, Trustpilot, Capterra, and SourceForge ratings, plus mentions in independent benchmarks (OnlineMediaMasters, Blog Marketing Academy, BaCloud).
No “our recommendation” exists in this guide. Each ranking ties back to verifiable third-party data.
## Master Comparison Table: Top 10 cPanel Alternatives in 2026
Rank
Panel
Type
Best For
Starting Price
Performance
Best Feature
🥇 1
**xCloud**
SaaS / managed
Modern WordPress, Laravel, PHP
Free → $5/server
★★★★★
Multi-cloud, free 1 server
🥈 2
**Plesk**
Self-hosted commercial
Shared hosting resellers
$16.99/month
★★★★
WordPress Toolkit, Windows support
🥉 3
**CloudPanel**
Self-hosted free
PHP / Magento on VPS
Free
★★★★★
Lightweight Nginx stack
4
**CyberPanel**
Self-hosted free
WordPress + LiteSpeed
Free / from $11
★★★★★
OpenLiteSpeed cache
5
**DirectAdmin**
Self-hosted commercial
Budget shared hosting
$5/month
★★★★
Unlimited accounts on Standard
6
**RunCloud**
SaaS
Multi-server developer setups
$9/month
★★★★
Git deployment, multi-cloud
7
**HestiaCP**
Self-hosted free
Self-hosters who need email
Free
★★★★
DNSSEC, 2FA, chroot SFTP
8
**aaPanel**
Self-hosted free
Beginners, multi-OS support
Free
★★★★
One-click app store
9
**Virtualmin / Webmin**
Self-hosted free
Sysadmins, multi-server clusters
Free / $6/month
★★★
150,000+ installs, BSD support
10
**ISPmanager**
Self-hosted commercial
Budget commercial alternative
€5/month
★★★★
50% cheaper than Plesk
## 🥇 1. xCloud — Best for Modern WordPress, Laravel & PHP Hosting
According to a [**Blog Marketing Academy review**](https://www.blogmarketingacademy.com/xcloud-hosting-review/), [**xCloud**](/) delivers “40% cheaper and faster” performance compared to Cloudways on identical Vultr hardware — a direct apples-to-apples test on the same data center. The panel earned a **5-star rating across 331 Trustpilot reviews** and consistent recognition from independent reviewers at [**OnlineMediaMasters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/) and [**G2**](https://www.g2.com/products/xcloud/reviews).
xCloud is built by [**WPDeveloper**](https://wpdeveloper.com/), the same team behind Essential Addons for Elementor (2 million+ active installs) and FluentCRM. The platform supports WordPress, Laravel, Node.js, n8n, and any PHP application across DigitalOcean, Vultr, AWS, Hetzner, Linode, Google Cloud, and Hostinger VPS — bring-your-own-server or use xCloud-managed Vultr hosting.
Pricing is the unusual part. xCloud is **free for 1 server with up to 10 sites**, then $5/server/month for unlimited sites (drops to $3/server above 10 servers). No per-account fees. No per-site fees. Team access is included. There is also a Lifetime Deal that turns the recurring panel cost into a one-time payment, and a white-label reseller mode for agencies.
### **Key Features**
- **Multi-cloud server management:** Connect Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, Google Cloud, Linode, Hetzner, Hostinger, or any Ubuntu server.
- **Built-in performance stack:** Nginx or OpenLiteSpeed, Redis, Object Cache Pro integration, automated server-side caching.
- **One-click apps:** WordPress, Laravel, n8n, Nextcloud, Mautic, Uptime Kuma, self-hosted LLMs, phpMyAdmin.
- **Security suite:** Fail2Ban enabled by default, firewall management, free SSL, automated backups, site isolation, vulnerability alerts.
- **Team & client management:** Add team members with role-based permissions, no per-seat fees.
- **WhatsApp + Slack alerts:** Server events delivered to your messaging tool, not just email.
- **Git deployment + backups to Google Drive / S3:** Modern DevOps workflow, not the 2005 cPanel model.
### **How to Migrate from cPanel to xCloud**
**Option A: Free Full Server With WordPress Sites**
- Generate a full account backup in cPanel via Files → Backup.
- Go to Security → Manage API Tokens in cPanel, create a new token, and save it.
- Log in to xCloud, open your server, click “+New Site,” and select “Migrate Full Server.”
- Choose the cPanel API method, enter your cPanel username, API token, and host.
- Fetch existing backups, select the one you need, and choose your sites.
- Set domains as staging or live, review the details, and hit “Start” — migration completes in minutes.
👉 _To learn the step-by-step process, read this [documentation](/docs/migrate-sites-from-cpanel-to-xcloud/)._
**Option B: Manual Import**
For non-WordPress apps (Laravel, custom PHP), upload via SFTP or Git, import the database via phpMyAdmin, and configure the domain in xCloud’s site manager.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Free for 1 server with 10 sites — try before paying
❌ Newer brand than cPanel/Plesk (launched 2023)
✅ No per-account or per-site licensing fees
❌ Email hosting is an add-on, not bundled
✅ 5-star Trustpilot rating across 331 reviews
❌ Best for VPS/cloud, not traditional shared hosting reselling
✅ Modern stack: Nginx/OLS, Redis, Object Cache Pro
✅ Lifetime deal available — escape recurring fees
✅ White-label reseller mode for agencies
**Best for:** Agencies, developers, and WordPress / PHP / Laravel pros who want a modern panel on their own VPS without the cPanel licensing tax. Also, a strong fit for anyone migrating off Cloudways since the DigitalOcean acquisition.
## 🥈 2. Plesk — Best Replacement for Traditional Shared Hosting
[**Plesk**](https://www.plesk.com/) is the closest direct equivalent to cPanel — and ironically, [**owned by the same parent company (WebPros)**](https://www.serverpoint.com/en/blog/cpanel-price-increase-2026-new-client-pricing/) since the 2020 acquisition. According to [**ISPmanager’s 2026 cPanel vs. Plesk comparison**](https://www.ispmanager.com/blog/cpanel-vs-plesk), Plesk holds roughly 46% of detectable hosting panels worldwide ([**W3Techs March 2026**](https://w3techs.com/technologies/overview/web_panel)), making it the most-deployed commercial panel after hPanel (Hostinger’s proprietary system).
Plesk’s pricing model is the clearest reason hosting providers prefer it for shared hosting. Where cPanel charges per account beyond 100, Plesk charges per domain at fixed tiers — easier to scale without surprise overage fees. The 2026 prices are $16.99/month (Web Admin), $29.99/month (Web Pro), and $49.99/month (Web Host). That makes Plesk roughly $20–25/month cheaper than cPanel Premier at scale.
### **Key Features**
- **WordPress Toolkit:** Bulk plugin/theme/core updates, staging, cloning, security scans across all installs.
- **Sitejet Builder:** Built-in drag-and-drop site builder.
- **Cross-platform:** Runs on 14+ Linux distributions plus Windows Server (cPanel is Linux-only).
- **Extension catalog:** 100+ extensions for Git, Docker, Joomla Toolkit, Node.js, Ruby, and more.
- **Multi-language UI:** Tied to license tier — full multilingual support on higher tiers.
- **Billing integrations:** WHMCS, Blesta, HostBill.
### **How to Migrate**
Plesk ships with a **cPanel Migrator** extension that handles the entire account, including mail, DNS zones, databases, and SSL certificates. The process takes 30 minutes to a few hours per server depending on data volume.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Closest cPanel equivalent — minimal retraining
❌ Owned by WebPros, same pricing risk pattern
✅ Windows server support (cPanel cannot do this)
❌ Annual price hikes since 2020
✅ 46% global market share (W3Techs)
❌ Heavier than CloudPanel, CyberPanel, or xCloud
✅ Strong WordPress Toolkit
❌ Multi-language depends on license tier
✅ Integrates with WHMCS for shared hosting billing
**Best for:** Hosting resellers who need the cPanel/WHM operational pattern without paying cPanel prices, or anyone who specifically needs Windows hosting.
## 🥉 3. CloudPanel — Best Free Lightweight Panel for PHP & VPS
[**CloudPanel**](https://www.cloudpanel.io/) is a free, BSD-licensed control panel built for cloud VPS environments. It runs only on Debian and Ubuntu, ships with Nginx + PHP-FPM + MariaDB + Redis, and comes from a team with over a decade of Magento hosting experience. According to a [**SourceForge 2026 alternatives ranking**](https://sourceforge.net/software/product/CloudPanel/alternatives), CloudPanel is the most-installed free panel for cloud-first PHP shops.
The trade-off is intentional. CloudPanel is **not** a shared-hosting clone with email and reseller tools. It is a developer panel for running fast PHP applications — Magento, Laravel, WordPress, Symfony — on a VPS. If you want email hosting, look at HestiaCP or aaPanel instead.
### **Key Features**
- **Cloud integration:** Manage AWS, DigitalOcean, Hetzner, and Google Cloud resources directly from the dashboard.
- **Modern stack:** Nginx, PHP-FPM, multi-PHP support (7.x to 8.x), MariaDB/MySQL, Redis, Memcached.
- **Free SSL via Let’s Encrypt** with auto-renewal.
- **Two-factor authentication** for the admin login.
- **IP & bot blocking** built into the firewall layer.
- **File manager + cron + scheduled backups** to local or S3-compatible storage.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Completely free — BSD license, no premium upgrade
❌ Debian / Ubuntu only
✅ One of the fastest panels on benchmarks
❌ No built-in email server
✅ Clean, modern UI
❌ No reseller / multi-tenant features
✅ Strong cloud provider integrations
❌ Smaller community than aaPanel
**Best for:** Developers and agencies running PHP-heavy stacks (Magento, Laravel, WordPress) on cloud VPS who want zero panel cost and modern performance defaults.
## 4\. CyberPanel — Best Free Panel for WordPress with LiteSpeed
[**CyberPanel**](https://cyberpanel.net/) pairs a free control panel with [**OpenLiteSpeed**](https://openlitespeed.org/) (or LiteSpeed Enterprise on paid tiers). According to [**MVPS.net**](https://www.mvps.net/docs/cpanel-alternative-why-cyberpanel-and-cloudpanel-are-modern-vps-choices), CyberPanel “outperforms cPanel on WordPress benchmarks” thanks to LSCache, the OpenLiteSpeed-native page cache.
The free version handles unlimited domains. Paid tiers ($11–$97/month) unlock LiteSpeed Enterprise (a faster paid web server) and add modules like WordPress Manager Pro, Backup V2, and the Email Debugger. CyberPanel is one of the few free panels that includes email hosting, DNS, FTP, staging, Git deployment, and a one-click WordPress installer in the same interface.
### Key Features
- **OpenLiteSpeed + LSCache** for WordPress page caching that often beats cPanel’s Apache + memcached setup.
- **Built-in email** via Postfix and Dovecot.
- **One-click installers** for WordPress, Joomla, Prestashop.
- **Free Let’s Encrypt SSL** for sites, child domains, and the panel hostname.
- **Git webhook deployment:** Push to GitHub or GitLab to deploy code automatically.
- **WordPress Manager:** Bulk update plugins/themes/core, staging, and cloning.
- **ModSecurity** application firewall on Enterprise tiers.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Free with unlimited sites
❌ UI feels less polished than xCloud or Plesk
✅ Best WordPress performance among free panels
❌ Some bugs reported in Community version
✅ Includes email out of the box
❌ Best on AlmaLinux/CentOS, less smooth on Ubuntu
✅ Strong staging + Git deployment
❌ Paid LiteSpeed tiers add up at scale
**Best for:** WordPress site owners and small agencies who care about page speed above all else and are comfortable troubleshooting an occasional rough edge.
## 5\. DirectAdmin — Best Affordable Commercial Panel for VPS
[**DirectAdmin**](https://www.directadmin.com/) is the affordable middle-ground between free panels and cPanel/Plesk. According to [**ISPmanager’s 2026 cPanel vs. DirectAdmin guide**](https://www.ispmanager.com/blog/cpanel-vs-directadmin-2026), DirectAdmin licenses are “2–3 times cheaper than both cPanel and Plesk, and the Standard license includes unlimited accounts — something cPanel doesn’t offer at all.”
Pricing starts at $5/month for the Lite tier and $29/month for the Standard tier (unlimited accounts). [**DirectAdmin has not raised prices in two years**](https://www.ispmanager.com/blog/directadmin-or-ispmanager-full-2026-control-panel-comparison), making it especially attractive next to cPanel’s 17% jumps.
### **Key Features**
- **Lightweight architecture:** Runs comfortably on 1GB RAM VPS, where cPanel struggles.
- **Multi-server admin:** Manage clusters from a single dashboard.
- **Reseller hosting** with billing limits per account (storage, bandwidth, domains).
- **WordPress Manager** (less polished than Plesk’s Toolkit, but functional).
- **Backups:** Per-account tar.gz with scheduled daily backups.
- **API + skins:** Customizable interface with multiple themes.
- **OS support:** AlmaLinux, Rocky Linux, Debian, Ubuntu, FreeBSD.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ 2–3× cheaper than cPanel
❌ Smaller user base than cPanel/Plesk
✅ Standard license = unlimited accounts
❌ WordPress tooling lags behind Plesk
✅ No price increase since 2024
❌ Default UI feels dated
✅ Lightweight — works on small VPS
❌ Fewer billing integrations than cPanel
**Best for:** Small hosting providers and agencies running shared hosting on tight margins who want cPanel-style account management at a third of the price.
## **6\. RunCloud — Best SaaS Control Panel for Multi-Server Setups**
[**RunCloud**](https://runcloud.io/) is a SaaS server management panel designed for developers running multiple servers across cloud providers. Like xCloud, it sits in front of your VPS and configures the stack remotely — you never log into the server itself for routine tasks. According to [**RunCloud’s own 2026 cPanel alternatives roundup**](https://runcloud.io/blog/cpanel-alternatives), the platform is positioned for “developers, startups, and agencies” rather than shared hosting reselling.
Pricing starts at $9/month (Essentials, 1 server) and scales to $49/month for Pro tiers covering more servers and team members.
### **Key Features**
- **Multi-cloud support:** DigitalOcean, Vultr, Linode, AWS, Hetzner, plus ARM and x86.
- **Nginx native + Apache hybrid** for compatibility with .htaccess apps.
- **Built-in caching:** Redis, Memcached, LSCache (paid tier).
- **Git deployment + atomic deploys** for zero-downtime releases.
- **Free 1-click SSL** via Let’s Encrypt.
- **2GB free backup storage** plus unlimited external backups to S3/SFTP.
- **Server-side caching, scheduled tasks, firewall, fail2ban.**
RunCloud explicitly does **not** include email hosting on the same server — the team’s reasoning is that email hurts web app performance and deliverability. Use Google Workspace or Zoho instead.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Multi-cloud + ARM support
❌ No email hosting
✅ Strong DevOps features (Git, atomic deploys)
❌ More expensive than xCloud at the entry tier
✅ Established brand with mature documentation
❌ Per-server pricing scales fast
✅ Generous free trial
**Best for:** Development teams managing multiple servers across cloud providers who want a SaaS panel and have already moved email to Google Workspace.
## **7\. HestiaCP — Best Free Panel with Built-in Email and DNS**
[**Hestia Control Panel**](https://hestiacp.com/) is an open-source fork of VestaCP, modernized for current Linux distributions. Per [**SourceForge’s 2026 listing**](https://sourceforge.net/software/product/CloudPanel/alternatives), HestiaCP is “lightweight and powerful” with a “web and CLI interface to deploy and manage web domains, mail, DNS, databases, and backups from a single dashboard.”
HestiaCP is one of the few free panels that ships with Postfix, Dovecot, and Exim mail services configured out of the box, plus DNS with DNSSEC and a chroot-jailed SFTP setup.
### **Key Features**
- **Full mail server:** Postfix + Dovecot + SpamAssassin + ClamAV.
- **DNS server with DNSSEC** built in.
- **Per-domain TLS certificates** via Let’s Encrypt.
- **Two-factor authentication** + SSH key management.
- **Multi-PHP support:** Run PHP 7.x and 8.x side by side.
- **Backups to 50+ cloud providers** including FTP, SFTP, Backblaze B2, and S3.
- **Web stacks:** Nginx, Apache, NGINX + Apache hybrid.
- **One-click installers** for WordPress, Joomla, and other CMS.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Free with full email + DNS
❌ Smaller community than aaPanel
✅ DNSSEC, 2FA, chroot SFTP
❌ UI is clean but utilitarian
✅ Strong backup integrations
❌ Less app variety than aaPanel
✅ Active fork, regular updates
**Best for:** Self-hosters and small agencies who want a free, full-featured panel that includes email and DNS without paying for CyberPanel or running mail externally.
## **8\. aaPanel — Best Free Panel for Beginners**
[**aaPanel**](https://www.aapanel.com/) is the international version of BTPanel, a free panel that originated in China and now serves a global user base. According to [**aaPanel’s own 2026 CloudPanel alternatives review**](https://www.aapanel.com/blog/best-cloudpanel-alternatives-compared/), it “feels like CloudPanel but with way more apps, better multi-version PHP handling, and broader OS compatibility.” aaPanel is widely cited as the most-installed free panel for non-technical VPS owners.
The interface is the standout feature. aaPanel’s app store includes one-click installers for WordPress, Magento, Laravel, Discuz, MediaWiki, Nextcloud, and dozens of other PHP apps — closer to cPanel’s Softaculous experience than any other free panel.
### **Key Features**
- **One-click app store** with 100+ pre-configured apps.
- **Multi-OS support:** AlmaLinux, CentOS, Ubuntu, Debian.
- **Multi-PHP** with one-click version switching.
- **Built-in monitoring** for CPU, RAM, disk, and traffic.
- **File manager, cron, FTP, SSL, firewall** all in the GUI.
- **Free with optional Pro features** (extra security modules, premium plugins) at low monthly cost.
- **Migration tools** for cPanel and other panels.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Easiest free panel for non-developers
❌ Documentation is sometimes machine-translated
✅ Largest app library among free panels
❌ Some Pro features have paywalls
✅ Broad OS support
❌ Aesthetic of UI can feel busy
✅ Active development, frequent updates
**Best for:** First-time VPS owners and small agencies who want a free, point-and-click panel with one-click apps and minimal command-line work.
## 9\. Virtualmin / Webmin — Best Open-Source Panel for Sysadmins
[**Virtualmin**](https://www.virtualmin.com/) (a hosting layer on top of [**Webmin**](https://www.webmin.com/)) has been the long-standing free choice for Linux sysadmins. According to [**Milesweb’s 2026 CyberPanel alternatives review**](https://www.milesweb.com/blog/control-panel/cyberpanel-alternatives/), Virtualmin powers “150,000+ installations globally” and remains the most widely-deployed open-source hosting panel. [**PeerSpot January 2026 data**](https://commandlinux.com/statistics/web-hosting-control-panel-market-share-cpanel-plesk-webmin-on-linux/) shows Virtualmin at 14.6% mindshare among Linux panels.
The free GPL version is fully featured. The paid Professional license ($6/month and up) adds an installer for popular CMS apps, premium support, and additional automation modules.
### **Key Features**
- **Multi-server cluster support** — manage many servers from one dashboard.
- **Linux + BSD support** (rare among free panels).
- **Backups to Amazon S3** out of the box.
- **Antivirus + firewall** integrations cPanel does not include in its core.
- **Apache, Nginx, MySQL/MariaDB, PostgreSQL, BIND, Postfix, Dovecot.**
- **API for automation** — strong for DevOps pipelines.
- **Works on minimal RAM** (512MB VPS).
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ Most-installed open-source panel (150k+ installs)
❌ UI looks dated compared to xCloud, CloudPanel
✅ Free GPL version is fully usable
❌ Steeper learning curve for newcomers
✅ Linux + BSD support
❌ Less polished WordPress tooling
✅ Great for multi-server clusters
**Best for:** Linux sysadmins, BSD users, and operations teams who prefer mature open-source tooling and do not need a slick UI.
## **10\. ISPmanager — Best Budget Commercial Alternative**
[**ISPmanager**](https://www.ispmanager.com/) is a commercial panel that positions itself explicitly as the budget alternative to Plesk. Per [**ISPmanager’s 2026 Plesk comparison**](https://www.ispmanager.com/blog/plesk-vs-ispmanager), ISPmanager licenses run “around 50% cheaper than Plesk’s” while covering the same shared hosting feature set.
Pricing starts at €5/month for Lite (10 users) and scales to €19/month for the Business tier with unlimited domains. The panel also has a partner program with up to 60% discounts for hosting providers — useful if you bundle the panel with VPS plans.
### **Key Features**
- **Tabbed navigation** for multitasking (manage DNS, files, and databases simultaneously).
- **Beginner-friendly home screen** with most common tasks one click away.
- **Multi-language support** included on every tier (Plesk ties this to license tier).
- **API + automation** for hosting providers.
- **Reseller hosting** with role-based permissions.
- **Lower system requirements** than cPanel or Plesk.
- **No price increases in 2024 or 2025** — matches DirectAdmin’s stable pricing.
### **Pros and Cons**
Pros
Cons
✅ ~50% cheaper than Plesk
❌ Less brand recognition outside Eastern Europe
✅ Stable pricing — no recent hikes
❌ Smaller extension ecosystem than Plesk
✅ Strong UX for beginners
❌ WordPress tooling is functional, not exceptional
✅ Full multi-language at every tier
**Best for:** Hosting providers in EU markets and SMB resellers who want a Plesk-like experience for half the price.
## **Pricing Comparison: Free vs. Paid cPanel Alternatives in 2026**
The cost picture differs sharply depending on whether you self-host or use a SaaS panel. Here is the apples-to-apples breakdown:
Panel
License Model
Entry Price
Mid Tier
Top Tier
cPanel (Cloud)
Per server, per accounts
$21 (5 accts)
$32 (30 accts)
$49.50 (100 accts)
**xCloud**
Free → flat per server
**Free (1 server)**
**$5/server**
**$3/server (>10)**
Plesk
Per server, per domains
$16.99
$29.99
$49.99
CloudPanel
Free
**$0**
$0
$0
CyberPanel
Free + paid LiteSpeed
$0
$11/month
$97/month
DirectAdmin
Per server
$5 (Lite)
$19 (Plus)
$29 (Standard, unlimited)
RunCloud
Per server tier
$9/month
$24/month
$49/month
HestiaCP
Free
$0
$0
$0
aaPanel
Free + Pro
$0
$5–10/month
Varies
Virtualmin
Free + Pro
$0
$6/month
Varies
ISPmanager
Per tier
€5/month
€12/month
€19/month
For a 10-server agency, the annual cost difference between cPanel Pro ($32 × 10 × 12 = **$3,840/year**) and xCloud at the $3/server tier ($3 × 10 × 12 = **$360/year**) is **$3,480 in saved licensing alone** — and that gap grows every year cPanel raises prices.
## **Feature Comparison Matrix**
Feature
xCloud
Plesk
CloudPanel
CyberPanel
DirectAdmin
RunCloud
HestiaCP
aaPanel
Free Tier
✅ (1 server)
❌
✅
✅
❌
❌ (trial)
✅
✅
Email Hosting
Add-on
✅
❌
✅
✅
❌
✅
✅
Built-in DNS
✅
✅
Partial
✅
✅
❌
✅
✅
Multi-PHP
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
Nginx Native
✅
✅
✅
✅ (OLS)
✅
✅
✅
✅
Redis / Object Cache
✅
Plugin
✅
✅
Plugin
✅
❌
✅
WordPress Toolkit
✅
✅
Basic
✅
Basic
✅
Basic
✅
Git Deployment
✅
Extension
Manual
✅
Manual
✅
Manual
Manual
Multi-cloud
✅
❌
Partial
❌
❌
✅
❌
❌
Team / RBAC
✅ (free)
✅
Limited
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
White-label
✅
✅
❌
✅
✅
Limited
❌
❌
cPanel Migration Tool
✅
✅
Manual
✅
✅
✅
✅
✅
## **Implementation Difficulty Matrix**
Panel
Linux Skill Required
Time to First Site
Migration Tool?
Beginner Friendly?
xCloud
None
15 mins
✅ Plugin
✅ Yes
Plesk
Basic
1–2 hours
✅ Yes
✅ Yes
CloudPanel
Basic
30 mins
Manual
⚠️ Moderate
CyberPanel
Basic
1 hour
✅ Yes
⚠️ Moderate
DirectAdmin
Basic
1 hour
✅ Yes
⚠️ Moderate
RunCloud
None
30 mins
✅ Yes
✅ Yes
HestiaCP
Intermediate
1–2 hours
✅ Yes
⚠️ Moderate
aaPanel
None
30 mins
✅ Yes
✅ Yes
Virtualmin
Intermediate
2–3 hours
Manual
❌ No
ISPmanager
Basic
1–2 hours
✅ Yes
✅ Yes
## Migration Guide: How to Move from cPanel to a Modern Panel
Migrations break sites when they are rushed. Here is the safe sequence used by most managed migration teams:
**Step 1 — Audit current state.** Document the cPanel version, accounts, mail volume, DNS records, SSL certs, cron jobs, and any custom Apache configs. Skipping this is the #1 cause of failed migrations.
**Step 2 — Pick the panel that matches your workload.**
- WordPress / PHP / Laravel apps → [**xCloud**](/) or RunCloud
- Shared hosting reseller business → Plesk or DirectAdmin
- Cost-sensitive PHP-heavy VPS → CloudPanel or CyberPanel
- Self-hosting with email needs → HestiaCP or aaPanel
**Step 3 — Spin up a test server.** Provision a fresh VPS, install the new panel, and migrate **one** non-critical site first. Validate everything: site loads, mail flows, DNS resolves, backups run, SSL renews.
**Step 4 — Run the cPanel importer.** Plesk, CyberPanel, DirectAdmin, aaPanel, and HestiaCP all ship with cPanel-to-X importers that handle accounts, email, DNS, and databases. xCloud uses a WordPress migration plugin for WP sites and supports manual import for everything else.
**Step 5 — Lower DNS TTL 24 hours before switchover.** Drop TTL to 300 seconds so the cutover propagates fast. Once stable, raise TTL back to 3600+.
**Step 6 — Decommission slowly.** Keep the old cPanel server live for 14–30 days as a fallback. Cancel the cPanel license only after monitoring confirms zero traffic on the old IP.
**Detailed migration guides:**
- [**xCloud Migration Documentation**](https://xcloud.host/docs/migration/)
- [**Plesk cPanel Migrator Guide**](https://docs.plesk.com/en-US/obsidian/administrator-guide/migrating-to-plesk/)
- [**CyberPanel Migration Guide**](https://cyberpanel.net/docs)
- [**DirectAdmin Migration Tools**](https://docs.directadmin.com/admin-tools/migration.html)
## **Common Mistakes When Switching from cPanel**
- **Migrating without parallel testing**: Cutting over without running both servers in parallel for 14 days is how teams discover that mail bounces or that a custom .htaccess rule never made it across. Keep both alive.
- **Forgetting reverse DNS (PTR) for mail**: Mail providers reject mail from IPs without matching forward and reverse DNS. Set the PTR record at the VPS provider before sending an email from the new server.
- **Skipping the SSL audit**: Let’s Encrypt auto-renews on most modern panels, but commercial certs from cPanel do not transfer automatically. Re-issue or migrate them deliberately.
- **Picking the wrong panel for the workload**: CloudPanel is great for PHP apps, but lacks email. CyberPanel is fast on LiteSpeed but rougher on Ubuntu. xCloud is built for WordPress / Laravel / PHP, but does not bundle reseller billing. Match the tool to the use case before switching, not after.
- **Underestimating the team retraining cost**: Operationally, support staff who lived in cPanel for 10 years need a week to retool their muscle memory. Budget the time.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Which cPanel alternative is the best for WordPress in 2026?**
For modern WordPress hosting, [**xCloud**](/) is the most-cited option in 2026 reviews from [**OnlineMediaMasters**](https://onlinemediamasters.com/xcloud-review/) and [**Blog Marketing Academy**](https://www.blogmarketingacademy.com/xcloud-hosting-review/). For self-hosters who want LiteSpeed performance free, CyberPanel is the strongest free option. Both ship Redis or LSCache and beat cPanel’s default Apache + memcached setup on benchmark tests.
### **Can I migrate from cPanel to a free panel without downtime?**
Yes, if you run both servers in parallel. Plesk, CyberPanel, DirectAdmin, aaPanel, and HestiaCP all include cPanel importers that copy accounts, email, DNS, and databases. Drop your DNS TTL to 300 seconds before switchover, then raise it back to 3600+ once traffic is stable. Most teams keep the old cPanel server alive for 14–30 days as a fallback.
### **Is xCloud actually free, or is there a catch?**
xCloud is genuinely free for one server with up to 10 sites, with no time limit. The $5/server fee unlocks unlimited sites. There is no per-account or per-site licensing fee on top. The catch, if any, is that xCloud is a panel — you still pay your cloud provider (Vultr, DigitalOcean, AWS, etc.) for the server itself.
### **What is the cheapest commercial cPanel alternative?**
DirectAdmin Lite is $5/month, and DirectAdmin Standard is $29/month with unlimited accounts — [**2–3× cheaper than cPanel**](https://www.ispmanager.com/blog/cpanel-vs-directadmin-2026). ISPmanager Lite is similar at €5/month. Both have not raised prices in two years.
### **Do free cPanel alternatives include email hosting?**
Some do, some do not. CyberPanel, HestiaCP, aaPanel, and Virtualmin include Postfix + Dovecot mail servers in the free version. CloudPanel and RunCloud explicitly do not — both recommend Google Workspace or Zoho instead, since running mail on the same server hurts web app performance and email deliverability.
### **Will my hosting customers notice if I switch from cPanel to Plesk?**
If they log into the panel directly, yes — the UI is different. The closest cPanel-equivalent for shared hosting customers is Plesk, and Plesk’s WordPress Toolkit is more polished than cPanel’s. For agencies running sites on behalf of clients (where the client never sees the panel), the switch is invisible.
### **How long does a cPanel migration actually take?**
For a single VPS with 10–20 sites, plan 2–4 hours of active work plus 24 hours of DNS propagation. For a reseller server with 50+ accounts, plan 1–2 days. Per [**MonsterMegs analysis**](https://monstermegs.com/blog/cpanel-license-price-increase/), the operational cost of staff time and customer communication often exceeds the licensing savings in year one — but the savings compound every year after.
### **What about email deliverability on the new panel?**
Email is the trickiest part of any migration. Set up SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records before cutover. Verify reverse DNS (PTR) at the VPS provider. Warm up the new IP for 7–14 days by sending small batches before moving high-volume sending. Test deliverability with [**Mail-Tester**](https://www.mail-tester.com/) before going live.
### **Is cPanel still worth it for any use case in 2026?**
Per [**TechnologyChecker.io’s March 2026 data**](https://technologychecker.io/technology/cpanel), cPanel still powers 168,322 active domains, including subdomain deployments at McDonald’s, Scotiabank, and the United Nations Development Programme. If your workflow, integrations, or staff training is deeply tied to cPanel and the licensing cost is acceptable, switching adds risk for limited reward. For everyone else, the alternatives have caught up — and in many cases, surpassed — the original.
### **Can I run multiple control panels on the same server?**
No. Control panels modify Apache, Nginx, MySQL, mail, and DNS configurations directly. Running two on one server creates conflicts that break sites. Always use one panel per server, and provision a new VPS before installing a second panel for testing.
### **Where can I get help migrating off cPanel?**
The xCloud team offers [**free migration assistance**](/) for WordPress, Laravel, and PHP apps. Most cPanel alternatives have community Discord, GitHub, or Facebook groups. For complex shared-hosting reseller migrations (50+ accounts), hiring a managed migration service for 1–2 days of professional time is typically cheaper than the staff hours lost to a DIY migration that goes sideways.
### **What is CVE-2026-41940, and should I be worried?**
CVE-2026-41940 is a critical authentication bypass (CVSS 9.8/10.0) disclosed in April 2026 affecting all cPanel and WHM versions after 11.40. It lets unauthenticated attackers gain full admin access to a server — no credentials required. CISA confirmed active exploitation in the wild, and major hosts like Namecheap and KnownHost emergency-blocked cPanel ports to protect customers.
If you are still on cPanel, patch immediately (/scripts/upcp –force). If you cannot patch right away, block ports 2083, 2087, 2095, and 2096 at the firewall and run cPanel’s published detection script to check for compromise.
## **Conclusion: Your 2026 cPanel Migration Roadmap**
cPanel’s 2026 price increase pushed the math past the breakpoint for most hosting professionals. Per [**BaCloud’s seven-year analysis**](https://www.bacloud.com/en/blog/219/cpanel-noc-license-costs-keep-rising-a-20252026-price-comparison-for-hosting-providers.html), cumulative cPanel licensing costs are up 55% since 2019, with no sign of slowing down. The alternatives have matured to the point where switching is no longer a downgrade — for many workloads, it is an upgrade in performance, cost, and developer experience all at once.
### **Expert Picks by Use Case**
Your Goal
Best Choice
Annual Savings vs. cPanel Pro (10 servers)
Modern WordPress / PHP / Laravel hosting
[**xCloud**](/)
~$3,480
Direct cPanel-style shared hosting reselling
[**Plesk**](https://www.plesk.com/)
~$1,560
Free panel for fast PHP on cloud VPS
[**CloudPanel**](https://www.cloudpanel.io/)
~$3,840
Free panel for WordPress with LiteSpeed
[**CyberPanel**](https://cyberpanel.net/)
~$3,840
Cheapest paid panel with unlimited accounts
[**DirectAdmin**](https://www.directadmin.com/)
~$2,760
Multi-server SaaS for developer teams
[**RunCloud**](https://runcloud.io/)
~$2,760
Free panel with email + DNS built in
[**HestiaCP**](https://hestiacp.com/)
~$3,840
Easiest free panel for non-developers
[**aaPanel**](https://www.aapanel.com/)
~$3,840
Open-source panel for sysadmins
[**Virtualmin**](https://www.virtualmin.com/)
~$3,840
Budget commercial Plesk alternative
[**ISPmanager**](https://www.ispmanager.com/)
~$2,160
**Get started this week:**
- Pick the panel that matches your workload (WordPress vs. shared hosting vs. multi-cloud).
- Spin up a $6 VPS and test-migrate one non-critical site.
- Document any workflow gaps before cutting over the rest of your fleet.
- Keep cPanel running in parallel for 14 days as a fallback.
The hardest part of leaving cPanel is the first migration. Once one site is running cleanly on the new panel, the rest follows fast — and every dollar that stops flowing to WebPros is a dollar that compounds back into your business.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# Git Hooks Tutorial: 10 Advanced Best Practices for Developers
> Master Git hooks with our advanced tutorial and ready-to-use examples. Learn pre-commit, post-receive, and more to automate workflows and boost code quality.
Okay, imagine Git as a helpful friend who keeps track of changes in your files when you’re working on a project. [**Git hooks**](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Customizing-Git-Git-Hooks) are like a little assistant that helps Git do extra things automatically whenever you make changes or do specific actions.
Here’s a super simple example: Let’s say you want to make sure your code passes some tests before you can add it to your project. You can use a Git hook to automatically run those tests whenever you try to “commit” your changes (committing is like saving your work in Git).
So, you create a file called pre-commit in a special folder where Git looks for hooks. Inside this file, you write a command that runs your tests. Now, every time you try to commit your changes, Git will first run those tests. If the tests pass, you can commit your changes. If they don’t, Git will stop you and ask you to fix things before you can commit.
## **Understanding The Basics of Git**
To truly use Git well, it’s important to understand its basics. [**Git, made by Linus Torvalds in 2005**](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Getting-Started-A-Short-History-of-Git), is the gold standard for managing code. It’s fast, handles big projects well, and lets many people work on code together easily. Let’s look at the main ideas and key commands:
**💡Main Ideas**
**⚙️ (Repo)**: It’s like a folder that holds all your project files and their history. Everything Git knows about your project is stored in a special folder called .git.
**⚙️ Local Repository:** This is your project on your computer. It has all your files, the history of changes you made, and any different versions (branches) you’re working on.
**⚙️ Remote Repository:** This is your project stored on a server like GitHub. It’s where everyone on your team can see and share changes.
**⚙️ Commit:** A commit is like a snapshot of your project at a certain time. It remembers all the changes you’ve made, who made them, and when.
**⚙️ Branch:** Think of branches as different versions of your project. You can work on one without messing up the others. By default, the main branch is usually called “master.”
**⚙️ HEAD:** It’s like a pointer to the latest commit in the branch you’re working on. It’s where your changes start from.
**⚙️Remote Tracking Branch:** This is like a bookmark to where the branches are on the remote server. It helps keep track of changes made by others.
**📣 Some key commands of git**
git init
Set up a new Git repository in your current folder.
git clone
Copies a repository from a remote server (like GitHub) to your computer
git add or git add
Adds changes you made to files so Git can track them.
git commit -m “Commit message”
Saves your changes to the repository with a message explaining what you did.
git status
Shows what changes you’ve made that Git knows about
git log
Lists all the commits you’ve made, who made them, and when
git push
Sends your commits to the remote repository.
git pull
Gets changes from the remote repository and merges them into your current branch
git branch
Shows all the branches in your repository or lets you make a new one.
git checkout or git checkout
Switches between branches or restores files from an earlier commit.
These basics are really important for working on code with others. As you get more used to Git, you can learn more advanced stuff like how to manage branches, combine changes from different branches, and work together smoothly. Git is great for teams of all sizes because it’s flexible and works well, making it easy for everyone to manage their code projects.
## **Types Of Git Hooks**
In Git, hooks are classified into two types based on their scope within the repository:
1. **Client-Side Hooks (Local Hooks)**:
- Also known as local hooks, these are specific to individual developers’ repositories.
- Located in the .git/hooks directory of each local repository.
- Trigger actions on a developer’s local machine before or after specific Git events, like committing or pushing changes.
- Help maintain personal development standards and code quality.
2. **Server-Side Hooks**:
- Applied to the remote repository, serving as the central collaboration hub for a team.
- Reside on the server hosting the remote repository.
- Activate certain events on the remote repository, such as receiving new changes or approving a push.
- Crucial for enforcing guidelines across a team and ensuring a consistent workflow.
A basic comparison between client-side and Server Side hooks
**Aspect**
**Client-Side Hooks (Local Hooks)**
**Server-Side Hooks**
Scope
Individual developer’s repository
Remote repository
Location
.git/hooks directory
Host server of the remote repo
Activation
Local machine events
Remote repository events
Purpose
Personal development standard
Enforcing team guideline
Impact
Developer’s workflow
Team collaboration
## **How Git Hooks Work?**
Imagine Git hooks as your project’s personal assistants. They’re like little programs that Git runs at specific times, kind of like reminders or tasks. Here’s how they work in the simplest terms:
**👉You set up a hook:** First, you create a special file with a specific name in your Git project folder. This file contains instructions for Git on what to do at a certain time, like before you save your changes (commit) or after you receive new changes (pull).
**👉Git listens for triggers:** Whenever you do something in Git that matches what a hook is looking for—like trying to save changes (commit) or receive new changes (pull)—Git says, “Hey, I’ve got a job for this hook!”
**👉Hook does its job:** Git hands over control to the hook, and it does its thing based on what you told it to do. For example, it might run tests on your code, format your files, or send a notification.
**👉Result:** After the hook finishes its task, Git resumes what it was doing. If the hook was set up to check something before a commit, Git will only let you save your changes (commit) if everything the hook checked passes.
So, Git hooks are like little helpers that jump in at specific moments to help you keep your project organized, checked, and running smoothly!
## **The Essential Fundamental Of Proper Git Hooks Techniques**
Git hooks are like little scripts that automatically run at certain points when you’re working with Git. They’re handy because they let you tweak how Git behaves to suit your project’s needs. Here are the main types of hooks and what they do:
**⚙️Pre-commit:** These run just before you save your changes. You can use them to check your code for errors or make sure it follows certain style rules.
**⚙️Post-commit:** These kick in right after you’ve made a commit. They’re useful for things like sending notifications or keeping a log of your changes.
**⚙️Pre-push:** These fire up before you push your code to a shared repository. They’re great for running tests to make sure your changes won’t break anything.
**⚙️Post-push:** Finally, these run after you’ve finished pushing your code. They’re handy for tasks like deploying your code to a live website or updating project documentation.
You can find these hooks in the .git/hooks folder of your Git project. There are some example hooks in there that you can use as templates to create your own custom ones. They’re named with a sample- prefix to make it easier for you to get started.
\[GitGuardian\]
## **Exploring Git Hooks Parameters And Environment Variables**
Git hooks are particularly potent because of their adept handling of dynamic variables, although grasping this concept can prove complex. Let’s delve into both environmental variables
### **How Parameters Are Sent to Hooks**
Hooks can receive certain parameters from Git, allowing them to access contextual information from your main codebase. Git automatically sets these parameters at runtime, so you usually don’t need to define them explicitly. However, it’s important to understand them to create effective hooks.
Here’s a summary of the key points about hook parameters:
- Git hooks use positional variables, where $1 stands for the first parameter, $2 for the second, and so on. These parameters have specific meanings and purposes.
- The order of the parameters follows a specific pattern, determined by the context of the hook event.
- The variable names indicate the general purpose of the parameters. For example, $1 often contains the path to a file, while $2 might be the source of an action.
- If you add a parameter that the hook doesn’t recognize, the script won’t be able to use it. Parameters are specific to each hook and its execution context. To avoid issues, stick to using documented parameters.
Since each Git hook comes with its own parameters, you’ll probably need a guide to figure out what they are for your project. Luckily, there are a few ways to do this.
For instance, you can check out the official [**Git Hooks documentation**](https://git-scm.com/docs/githooks), which lists some of the common parameters. But the easiest way is to look at one of the sample Git hooks. These come with instructions on how to write the hook and also include definitions for the parameters.
### **Environmental Variables**
Git hooks can gather arguments from command-line inputs, stdin, and the environment itself while running within a bash shell.
**_Note: Standard input (stdin) is a programming term that refers to the default device a program uses to get information from the user._**
These environment variables allow you to customize how your Git hooks behave and make decisions based on different aspects of your Git workflow. This flexibility enables you to create dynamic and context-aware Git hooks. For instance, you can use them to validate commit messages, control branch access, or trigger custom actions based on the author’s identity.
We suggest referring to the [**Git documentation**](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Internals-Environment-Variables) and sample hooks for clues on which variables are utilized.
## **Popular Git Scripting Languages Commonly Used in Git Hooks**
Here are some commonly used scripting languages and how they relate to Git hooks:
- **Bash (Shell Scripting)**: [**Bash**](https://www.gnu.org/software/bash/) is versatile and commonly used for tasks like testing or formatting checks. Git hooks like pre-commit or pre-push are often written in Bash, starting with **#!/bin/bash**.
- **Python:** [**Python**](https://www.python.org/) is known for its simplicity, making it great for tasks like interacting with APIs or generating reports. Python scripts can be used for Git hooks actions, starting with **#!/usr/bin/env** python.
- **Ruby:** [**Ruby**](https://www.ruby-lang.org/en/) is elegant and readable, making it useful for building and deploying tasks. Ruby scripts can be used for Git hooks, offering an alternative to Bash.
- **JavaScript:** [**JavaScript**](https://www.javascript.com/) is commonly used with tools like Node.js and in JavaScript-centric projects. While less common, Git hooks can also be written in JavaScript, especially when using Node.js. This is beneficial for projects primarily using JavaScript.
## **What Is the Scope Of Git Hooks?**
Git hooks have specific roles based on where and when they’re used in the version control process, enabling automation and rule enforcement. They operate in two scopes and respond to events like commits and pushes. Let’s explore these scopes:
- **Local:** These hooks function on a developer’s machine and affect their workflow exclusively, without impacting the central repository or others’ repos.
- **Server:** These hooks work on the remote repository, influencing the entire team. They respond to events like receiving new changes.
Local hooks impact individuals, while server hooks affect a group of people. However, managing hooks in the **.git/hooks** directory poses a challenge for teams working on projects using Git hooks.
One solution is to place hooks above the .git directory within the project. This allows users to edit hooks like version-controlled files. To use a hook, create a symlink to it or copy it into .git/hooks when updated.
## **Basic & Easy Git Hooks Examples**
Here are some simple and generic Git hooks examples
**Pre-commit Hook:**
- Purpose: Run tests or linting before committing changes.
- Example: Check for trailing whitespace before allowing a commit.
#!/bin/bash
if git diff –cached –check; then
exit 0
else echo “**Error: Commit contains trailing whitespace, please fix before committing**.”
exit 1
fi
**Post-commit Hook:**
- Purpose: Send notifications or perform cleanup tasks after committing changes.
- Example: Display a message after each commit.
#!/bin/bash
echo “**Commit successful! Thank you for contributing.**“
**Pre-push Hook:**
- Purpose: Validate code or perform checks before pushing changes.
- Example: Prevent pushing to the main branch directly.
#!/bin/bash
protected\_branch=”main”
current\_branch=$(git symbolic-ref HEAD | sed -e ‘s,.\*/\\(.\*\\),\\1,’)
if \[ “$current\_branch” = “$protected\_branch” \]; then
echo “**Error: You cannot push directly to the main branch.”**
exit 1fi
**Post-receive Hook:**
- Purpose: Trigger deployment or notification actions after receiving changes on the remote repository.
- Example: Automatically deploy changes to a staging server.
#!/bin/bash
\# Example deployment script
git –work-tree=/path/to/staging/folder checkout -f
echo “**Changes deployed to staging server.”**
These examples cover some common use cases of Git hooks and demonstrate how they can be used to automate tasks, enforce rules, and improve development workflows.
## **Some Useful GIT Workflow Strategies**
Git workflow strategies are crucial for organizing team collaboration, handling changes, and delivering software effectively. Below, we will provide an in-depth look at several commonly used Git workflow strategies:
### **Single Source Control Workflow**
**git clone **
**git checkout -b feature-branch**
**\# Make changes**
**git add .**
**git commit -m “Implement feature XYZ”**
**git push origin feature-branch**
This is a basic Git workflow, perfect for small teams or projects. There’s one main repository where everyone pushes changes directly. Here’s the gist:
**Key Points:**
Only one main repository exists, usually with a single main branch like “**master**” or “**main**“.
Developers clone the repository, make branches for features or fixes, edit them, and push them straight to the main repository.
**Pros:**
- Simple and easy to understand.
- Works well for small teams or projects that don’t need a lot of branching.
**Cons:**
- Not great for big teams or complex projects because limited branching can cause conflicts and coordination problems.
### **Feature Branching Workflow**
**git checkout -b feature-branch**
**\# Make changes**
**git add .**
**git commit -m “Implement feature XYZ”**
**git push origin feature-branch**
In this Git workflow, each new feature or bug fix gets its own branch. Here’s how it works:
**Key Points:**
- Developers make feature branches from the main branch.
- They make changes in these branches and then merge them back using pull requests.
- This keeps the main branch clean and organized with separate branches for each feature.
**Pros:**
- Allows multiple changes to happen at once without messing up the main branch.
- Makes it easy for others to review and collaborate on code through pull requests.
**Cons:**
- Requires careful management to keep feature branches in sync with the main branch.
### **Forking GIT Workflow**
**\# Fork repository on GitHub**
**git clone **
**git checkout -b feature-branch**
**\# Make changes**
**git add .**
**git commit -m “Implement feature XYZ”**
**git push origin feature-branch**
This Git workflow is popular in open-source projects with many contributors. Here’s how it works:
**Key Points:**
- Contributors copy the main repository (fork it), make changes in their copy, and then ask for their changes to be included (pull request).
- Contributors manage their copies and send changes to their own branches.
- Project maintainers review and add changes from contributors’ copies into the main repository.
**Pros:**
- Lets people contribute to a project without directly changing the main one.
- Gives maintainers control and security over what changes get added.
**Cons:**
- Contributors have to make sure their copies stay up to date with the main one.
### **Gitflow Workflow**
**git flow feature start feature-branch
\# Make changes
git flow feature finish feature-branch**
This Git workflow, called Gitflow, is great for projects with regular releases and lots of different environments. Here’s how it works:
**Key Points:**
- It has special branches for different things like making new features, releasing updates, and fixing bugs quickly.
- It uses branches like “develop” for ongoing work and “master” for finished updates.
- When new features are done, they get added to both the main branches.
**Pros:**
- Gives a clear plan for keeping track of versions, especially for bigger teams and complicated projects.
- Sets clear roles for who does what when releasing updates.
**Cons:**
- Can get pretty complicated with lots of branches and keeping track of releases.
## **Best Git Hooks Practices for Best Efficiency**
Yet, for effective codebase management, organization, and maintainability, developers must adhere to certain best practices. Here, we’ll explore several recommended practices for utilizing Git.
### **Proper Validation & Error Handling**
It’s important to focus on making sure your Git hooks work reliably and safely. This means paying attention to how you handle errors and validate inputs.
For instance, you should always check any information your hook scripts get. But there’s more to it than that. You could also make sure that your repository is set up correctly for the hook to work right. For example, in a pre-commit hook, you’d want to double-check that you’ve added all the files you need before you make a commit.
### **Preventing Accidental Harm**
Accidents can happen, so it’s vital to set up your Git hooks to stop these accidental destructive actions. This helps protect against losing or damaging data. Hooks act like safety nets by asking users before they do something that could cause harm.
Two useful hooks for this are pre-receive and pre-commit:
👉**Pre-receive** hooks work on the server and check things before accepting changes from users. They can look for risky actions like force pushes or deleting branches and ask for confirmation before accepting them.
👉**Pre-commit** hooks run on your computer before you finalize a commit. They don’t stop bad things on the server, but they can catch mistakes before you send changes. They check things like commit messages for risky commands and warn you if they find any.
But no matter what you do, it’s important that your practices are safe, effective, and right for what you need. This means reviewing and testing them carefully.
### **Assessing And Validating Git Hooks**
Checking and testing hooks is really important to make sure they work right and fit with how you work on projects. Peer reviews, clear instructions, lots of comments, and other stuff can help make sure hooks are good to go.
When you test, it’s best to do it by itself with lots of different kinds of examples. You might also want to set up automatic testing to catch any problems as soon as they happen.
### **Frequent Commit of Git**
A good rule for Git is to save your work often by making commits. It’s best to make lots of small commits, each one showing a single change you made. This way, it’s simple to see what you did and go back to an earlier version if needed. Also, it’s important to write clear messages when you commit, so others know what you changed and why.
### **Picking Clear Branch Names**
Another good idea is to give branches names that make sense. Branch names should tell you what the branch is for. This helps everyone understand what’s going on and prevents mix-ups. It’s also a good idea to use feature branches. These are branches made just for working on a new feature or fixing a bug. They keep your changes separate from the main code until they’re ready to be added in.
### **Keep Your Git Repository Clean**
Keeping your repository neat and tidy is important. You should get rid of any files or folders you don’t need. This makes the repository smaller and simpler to use. Also, use [**Gitignore**](https://git-scm.com/docs/gitignore) files to tell Git to ignore certain files, like temporary ones or things you build, so they don’t clutter up your project.
### **Use Proper Git Tags**
Git tags are like stickers you put on certain commits to show they’re important. They can say things like “version 1.0” or “release 2.0”. Developers use tags to highlight big moments, like when they’re ready to share their work or when they fix a big problem. Tags help keep track of changes and make it easy to see what’s happened over time.
### **Properly Test Your Git Hooks**
Before you deploy hooks for use or share them with your team, it’s crucial to put them through thorough testing. This ensures they function as expected and won’t cause any problems in your workflow. Testing hooks involves running them in various scenarios to verify their reliability and effectiveness. Additionally, it’s essential to check for any unintended consequences or conflicts with existing processes. By testing hooks before implementation, you can mitigate potential issues and ensure a smoother integration into your development workflow.
### **Engineering Sturdy Git Hooks**
It’s important to ensure that your hooks can handle various situations smoothly and reliably. This means making them robust enough to deal with different scenarios effectively. Additionally, it’s crucial to make them portable by considering compatibility across different platforms. Avoid relying on specific paths or dependencies that may not be available everywhere. By doing so, you can ensure that your hooks are adaptable and functional across different environments, enhancing their usability and effectiveness in your workflow.
## **Clone a Website From Git Repository with xCloud**
With [**xCloud**](/), cloning a website from a Git Repository is incredibly simple, with no complexity involved. The migration process is remarkably fast, ensuring a swift transition without making any changes to the code in your Git repository. Migrating a website from a Git repository with xCloud entails several straightforward steps. [**This guide**](/docs/clone-a-website-from-git-repository-with-xcloud/) can assist you in comprehending how to execute this migration effortlessly.
### **Optimize Web Development with the Best Git Hooks Practices**
In conclusion, Git hooks serve as powerful tools in the developer’s arsenal, offering a wide array of functionalities to streamline workflows, enhance collaboration, and maintain code quality. By implementing best practices such as thorough testing, meaningful branch naming, and robust coding, developers can leverage Git hooks to automate tasks, enforce standards, and optimize their development processes.
Whether it’s ensuring code quality with pre-commit hooks, automating deployment processes with post-receive hooks, or facilitating collaboration with pre-push hooks, Git hooks provide endless possibilities for improving efficiency and productivity in software development.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# 15 Best Transactional Email Services Compared (2025 Guide)
> Comprehensive comparison of top transactional email providers for WordPress. Features, pricing, deliverability rates, and integration guides to improve your email performance.
Are you exploring automated email tools that instantly notify your customers? After choosing a [**WordPress hosting**](/) for eCommerce or business purposes you are evaluating the best transactional email service. You are at the right place to learn about the best transactional email services based on real-world parameters and information, and you can pick one as part of your essential email tool.
## **What Is Transactional Email?**
When you receive an email confirming you bought something online or reminding you about an upcoming event. These are known as transactional emails. They are automatic emails sent because of something you did on a website or app. Unlike promotional emails, they give you specific, helpful information about your activities with them.
### **How Transactional Email Services Work?**
Imagine buying shoes online. After you make your purchase, you get an automated email with your order details, estimated delivery date, and tracking number. These emails are prepared in advance with blank spaces for your specific information. When you buy the shoes, an email with your details filled in gets sent.
### **Types of Transactional Emails**
There are many types of transactional emails. Some of these term changes, like the term transactional email, are based on email marketing law in different places. Here are a few common ones:
- Event reminders
- Shipping notifications
- Order confirmations and receipts
- Password resets and account verifications
- Welcome emails when you sign up for a service
These transactional emails keep you informed and build trust with the email receivers regarding the exchange you make on your website.
### **Why Transactional Emails Matter**
Transactional emails might seem common, but they are really powerful! Here’s why they matter:
#### **Build Trust**
Sending instantly and accurate transactional emails shows that your business is dependable. For example, if you do not get an order confirmation, you might start to doubt the company’s legitimacy.
#### **Enhance Customer Experience**
These emails keep customers informed and in control. Order tracking updates or appointment reminders help them stay on top of things.
#### **Drive Sales And Loyalty:**
Transactional emails can lead to more engagement. For instance, you can include product recommendations in an order confirmation or offer a discount code in a welcome email.
## **Top 15 Best Transactional Email Services**
This blog has focused on established players, but new services constantly come with new and advanced features. Let us look at the top 15 best transactional email services for 2025 selected by factors like email volume, budget, and desired features.
### 1\. **MailChimp Transactional Email**
[**Mailchimp Transactional Email**](https://mailchimp.com/features/transactional-email/), formerly known as Mandrill, allows businesses to send **[automated emails](https://notificationx.com/blog/wordpress-email-marketing-automation-tools/)** triggered by user actions. Unlike marketing emails, recipients do not need to subscribe to receive these messages.
What sets **Mailchimp Transactional Email apart** is its focus on speed and reliability. Ensuring customers get important information quickly. It also offers an easy-to-use API and options for personalizing emails, which enhances the customer experience.
This email service efficiently handles the challenge of sending critical emails. Its personalization options, user-friendly tools, and fast delivery ensure customers receive the information they need promptly, helping to build stronger relationships.
### 2\. **HubSpot**
**HubSpot** offers a transactional email add-on that lets businesses send automated, relationship-based emails and marketing campaigns. These emails, such as account updates or system messages, bypass subscription preferences to ensure customers receive important information.
**HubSpot**‘s strength is its ability to manage both marketing and transactional emails on a single platform, streamlining workflows and saving time. It also provides dedicated IP addresses for transactional emails, improving deliverability rates and maintaining a good sender reputation.
It ensures critical messages reach customers effectively, fostering stronger relationships through better deliverability and a unified email experience by centralizing transactional emails and offering dedicated IPs.
## 3\. **Mailgun**
[**Mailgun**](https://www.mailgun.com/solutions/use-cases/transactional-email/) is a cloud-based service that enables businesses to send transactional emails triggered by user actions, like password resets or order confirmations. These emails are essential for a smooth user experience.
This email service excels in deliverability and scalability. Its infrastructure adjusts to ranging sending volumes, ensuring emails reach inboxes even for high-traffic businesses. Features like dedicated IP addresses and email validation tools help maintain a strong sender reputation, keeping messages out of spam folders.
**Mailgun** reliably handles large volumes of transactional emails by focusing on scalability and deliverability. This ensures your critical messages reach customers on time, building trust and enhancing the user experience.
### 4\. **Mailtrap**
Mailtrap is a [**transactional email service**](https://mailtrap.io/email-sending/) for developers and product teams to send emails at scale, such as password resets, account notifications, or order confirmations. These vital emails keep users informed and ensure timely, reliable communication.
This transactional email service stands out for its default separation of transactional and bulk email streams. This approach prevents marketing traffic from affecting time-sensitive notifications, ensuring important emails are not delayed or filtered. Features like dedicated IP addresses with automatic warm-up help businesses gradually build a strong sender reputation without the risk of deliverability issues that come with sending high volumes from a new IP.
Mailtrap ensures critical transactional emails consistently reach inboxes by combining stream separation with detailed analytics and searchable email logs. This allows teams to monitor delivery events, identify failures, and optimize their sending strategy, enhancing the customer experience.
### **5\. MailerSend**
[**MailerSend**](https://www.mailersend.com/features/transactional-emails#:~:text=MailerSend%20is%20a%20new%20kind,infrastructure%20lets%20you%20scale%20fast.) is a transactional email service that simplifies sending automated emails triggered by user actions on your website or app. These crucial messages, like password resets or purchase confirmations, keep users informed and support your business processes.
**MailerSend** stands out with its user-friendly approach. It offers an intuitive interface and drag-and-drop editor, making it easy to create and customize email templates without coding skills. Their focus on deliverability includes advanced features like spam testing and a global infrastructure, ensuring your emails reach inboxes effectively.
It efficiently handles the task of sending important transactional emails by blending ease of use with powerful deliverability tools. This enables businesses to focus on crafting engaging messages while ensuring they reach their audience, providing a smooth user experience.
### 6\. **SendGrid**
[**SendGrid**](https://sendgrid.com/en-us/resource/what-is-transactional-email), a Twilio company, is a top transactional email service that helps businesses automate emails triggered by user interactions, such as password resets or order confirmations. These vital emails keep users informed and help maintain trust.
This transactional email service stands out for its focus on deliverability and scalability. Its robust infrastructure ensures emails reach inboxes even during high-volume periods. Features like dedicated IP addresses and expert support help maintain a strong sender reputation, ensuring maximum inbox placement.
**SendGrid** ensures critical transactional emails consistently reach users by prioritizing reliability and email deliverability. This allows businesses to focus on sending important information without worrying about emails landing in spam, enhancing the customer experience.
### 7\. **Postmark**
[**Postmark**](https://postmarkapp.com/transactional-email) is a transactional email service dedicated to speed, reliability, and keeping promotional and transactional emails separate. Unlike its competitors, Postmark routes transactional emails through a dedicated infrastructure, ensuring that important messages like receipts or password resets reach inboxes quickly.
What sets **Postmark** apart is its transparency. It is the only transactional email service that publicly shares delivery times, allowing businesses to monitor performance. Additionally, Postmark offers pre-built templates for common transactional emails and customizable data retention periods for activity history.
Postmark ensures that critical transactional emails reach customers promptly and efficiently by focusing on speed, reliability, and clear communication. This approach fosters trust and strengthens customer relationships.
### 8\. **Amazon SES**
[**Amazon SES**](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/pinpoint/latest/developerguide/send-messages-email.html) (Simple Email Service) is a cost-effective transactional email service from **Amazon Web Services (AWS)**. It enables businesses to send automated emails triggered by user actions, like password resets or order confirmations, using a pay-as-you-go model that eliminates upfront costs.
SES stands out for its customization and integration capabilities. Businesses can utilize Amazon’s robust infrastructure and choose between shared or dedicated IP addresses for sending emails. Additionally, SES integrates seamlessly with other AWS services, enabling powerful automation workflows.
Amazon SES ensures the efficient sending of transactional emails by providing a cost-effective, customizable, and scalable platform. This helps businesses manage their email needs effectively, ensuring critical messages reach customers while optimizing costs.
### **9\. Zoho Campaigns**
[**Zoho Campaigns**](https://www.zoho.com/zeptomail/help/introduction.html), primarily a marketing email platform, also includes a transactional email service. This allows businesses to send automated emails triggered by user actions alongside their marketing campaigns, ensuring important information reaches customers.
This service stands out by integrating transactional emails with its marketing tools. This simplifies workflows and ensures consistent branding across all email communication. Additionally, [**Zoho Campaigns**](https://www.zoho.com/zeptomail/help/introduction.html) offers features like email personalization and real-time analytics, enabling businesses to create relevant and impactful transactional emails.
**Zoho Campaigns** addresses the challenge of maintaining a cohesive customer experience by combining transactional email capabilities with marketing tools. This strengthens relationships by facilitating clear communication and allowing businesses to personalize transactional emails using valuable user data from marketing campaigns.
### **10.** **SMTP2Go**
[**SMTP2GO**](https://www.smtp2go.com/) is a reliable transactional email service designed to streamline sending triggered emails. These critical messages, like password resets or order confirmations, keep users informed and drive business processes.
SMTP2GO emphasizes robust reporting and user-friendliness. Their detailed visual reports provide insights into email deliverability performance, allowing for optimization. Additionally, SMTP2GO offers a user-friendly interface and an easy setup process, making it accessible for businesses of all technical backgrounds.
By prioritizing clear reporting, user-friendliness, and reliable email delivery, SMTP2GO tackles the challenge of managing transactional emails efficiently. This empowers businesses to gain valuable insights, streamline workflows, and ensure critical information reaches customers promptly, fostering trust and a positive user experience.
### **11.** **ElasticEmail**
[**Elasticemail**](https://elasticemail.com/transactional-email) is a transactional email service that provides businesses with a reliable and affordable platform to send automated emails triggered by user actions.
Similar to other services mentioned in this blog, **Elasticemail** offers a user-friendly interface with a drag-and-drop editor for crafting beautiful email templates. They also prioritize exceptional email deliverability to ensure your critical messages reach inboxes.
Additionally, **Elasticemail** provides a robust API for developers and a free plan to test-drive the service before committing. Overall, **Elasticemail** emerges as a valuable option for businesses seeking a user-friendly, scalable, and cost-effective transactional email solution.
### 12\. **Mailjet**
[**Mailjet**](https://www.mailjet.com/solutions/use-cases/transactional-email/) excels as a transactional email service by offering a mix of powerful features and user-friendly tools. Businesses can use Mailjet to send automated emails triggered by user actions, like welcome messages or shipping notifications.
Mailjet stands out with its emphasis on design and personalization. Its drag-and-drop editor and templating language allow users to create visually appealing and customized transactional emails without needing coding skills. Additionally, Mailjet provides real-time analytics and webhook notifications, enabling close monitoring of email performance.
Mailjet effectively addresses the challenge of crafting impactful transactional email campaigns by combining intuitive design tools with robust analytics. This helps businesses streamline email creation, personalize messages for better engagement, and gain valuable insights to optimize their communication strategy.
### 13\. **SparkPost**
[**SparkPost**](https://support.sparkpost.com/docs/getting-started/getting-started-sparkpost) is a cloud-based transactional email service known for its exceptional deliverability and developer-friendly features. Businesses can send time-sensitive emails triggered by user actions, such as password resets or purchase confirmations. With industry-leading inbox placement rates, SparkPost ensures your critical messages reach their intended audience.
It stands out with its focus on advanced analytics and developer tools. It provides detailed insights into email deliverability performance, allowing for precise optimization. Additionally, SparkPost offers a robust API and multiple client libraries, making it easy for developers to seamlessly integrate email sending functionalities into various applications.
**SparkPost** ensures critical transactional emails reach inboxes and drive user engagement by prioritizing exceptional deliverability, powerful analytics, and developer-centric tools. This empowers businesses to optimize their email sending process and gain valuable insights to improve communication effectiveness.
### 14\. **Omnisend**
[**Omnisend**](https://www.omnisend.com/blog/transactional-email/) caters to e-commerce businesses with its comprehensive email and SMS marketing platform, which includes transactional email capabilities. This allows businesses to send automated emails triggered by customer purchases and interactions on their online store.
This service excels in streamlining the post-purchase communication journey. It offers pre-built templates and workflows tailored for common transactional emails, such as order confirmations and shipping notifications. Additionally, [**Omnisend**](https://www.omnisend.com/blog/transactional-email/) seamlessly integrates with various e-commerce platforms, simplifying setup and management.
**Omnisend** addresses the challenge of sending timely and relevant transactional emails for e-commerce businesses by simplifying post-purchase communication with ready-made tools and integrations. This ensures a seamless customer experience and strengthens relationships throughout the buying journey.
### 15\. **Yandex Cloud**
While [**Yandex Cloud**](https://yandex.cloud/en/services/postbox) is a popular email provider, it’s not currently designed for transactional email purposes due to limitations on sending bulk emails.
However, there’s a promising development with [**Yandex Cloud Postbox**](https://yandex.cloud/en/services/postbox), a service currently in preview within Yandex Cloud. While details are limited, it suggests that Yandex might be considering entering the transactional email market.
If **Yandex Cloud Postbox** becomes available, it could tap into Yandex Mail’s large user base, providing a familiar and potentially integrated solution for businesses within the Yandex ecosystem. However, it’s important to note that this service is still in development, so its full potential is yet to be seen.
### 16\. **PepiPost**
**[PepiPost](https://app1.pepipost.com/index.php/login/login_smtp_esp?page=signup)** is a cloud-based service dedicated to helping businesses reliably and efficiently deliver important emails. These emails, triggered by user actions like purchases or account creation, are essential for ensuring a smooth user experience.
PepiPost is known for its affordability and scalability. Their pricing plans suit businesses of all sizes, and their infrastructure adjusts to sending volumes, guaranteeing emails reach inboxes even during busy times. Additionally, PepiPost offers features like real-time analytics and API access, enabling close monitoring and easy integration with existing workflows.
PepiPost addresses the challenge of sending large volumes of transactional emails cost-effectively by emphasizing affordability, scalability, and powerful tools. This allows businesses to deliver critical information promptly without sacrificing performance, building trust and enhancing the customer experience.
## **Choosing a Transactional Email Provider in 2025**
Finding the right transactional email service can be difficult to choose from a lot of options and different suggestions in multiple sources. Consider SendGrid, Mailtrap, Postmark, or Mailgun for **high-volume needs** with advanced features.
To choose a transactional email service provider based on different needs are suggested below:
- Consider SendGrid, Postmark, or Mailgun for **high-volume needs** with advanced features.
- Mailjet, SparkPost, or PepiPost could be a great fit for **affordability and functionality**.
- SMTP2Go or EmailOctopus provide **budget-friendly options** with good value.
- Mailchimp, FluentCRM, or HubSpot offer seamless transactional email **solutions for CRM integration**.
You can ensure smooth communication with your customers and foster lasting relationships by combining the power of a transactional email service and xCloud Hosting.
## **Bonus: Transactional Emails with xCloud Hosting**
This blog explores the world of transactional email services, helping you choose the perfect fit for your business needs. But before we explore the top contenders, A strong hosting provider guarantees your WordPress site functions flawlessly, allowing transactional emails to be sent and received effectively. [**xCloud has automatic integration**](/features/) with Mailgun, Sendgrid, Elasticemail.
For businesses sending a high volume of transactional emails, reliable web hosting is crucial. xCloud Hosting offers a robust and scalable solution. Its features like high uptime, SSD storage, advanced security, ensure your website stays online and operational, seamlessly handling email sending processes with its [**affordable pricing plans**](/) to handle anything.
## **Grow Engagement Through Transactional Email Service**
In the world of eCommerce, transactional email services play an important role in ensuring timely, personalized interactions with customers. We have explored the top 15 transactional email services of 2025, and most of the platform offers unique strengths tailored to diverse business needs.
Selecting the right transactional email service is crucial for fostering trust, building loyalty, and ultimately, nurturing lasting relationships with customers. Businesses can optimize communication workflows, deliver value-driven content, and propel growth in the digital era. Choose wisely, and unlock the potential to develop meaningful connections that benefit.
If you find this blog helpful and want to read more blogs like this one, [**Subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) and Join our [**Facebook Community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to connect with more people with common interests.
---
# Top 7 Reasons to Choose Node.js for Web Development Project in 2026 - xCloud
> Discover why tech leaders choose Node.js for web development in 2026. Explore 7 key benefits, from lightning-fast performance to seamless AI integration.
The web development landscape in 2026 is defined by speed, scale and intelligence. Developers are building AI-powered platforms, real-time collaboration tools, high-traffic APIs and cloud-native microservices at a pace that demands a backend technology that can keep up. [**Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) is an open-source, cross-platform JavaScript runtime built on Google’s V8 engine that executes JavaScript code outside the browser.
It uses an event-driven, non-blocking I/O model that makes it exceptionally efficient for building fast, scalable network applications. Since its release, Node.js has become one of the **most widely adopted backend technologies** in the world, powering everything from startup MVPs to enterprise-grade platforms.
This guide walks through seven compelling reasons developers and technical decision makers continue to reach for Node.js when starting a new web project.
## **TL;DR (Too long, Didn’t Read)**
Node.js is JavaScript on the server: the same language you use in the browser, now powering your backend, APIs and real‑time apps.
**What it does**
**How it helps**
Ships features faster with JavaScript on both frontend and backend.
Faster iteration, less context‑switching, quicker releases.
Built for APIs, real‑time apps, and microservices.
Fits modern web, chat, streaming, and modular backends.
Scales cheaply and efficiently under load.
Great for cloud and serverless, low cost per request.
Huge NPM ecosystem for AI, edge, and dev‑ops.
Plug‑and‑play tools instead of building from scratch.
Future‑proof for cloud‑native and AI‑enabled products.
Strong for modern apps; less ideal for heavy CPU or legacy Java.
## **Why Choose Node.js for Web Development in 2026?**
Node.js remains a top choice for web development in 2026 because it aligns perfectly with modern demands for speed, scalability and real‑time functionality, [**with more than 45% of backend developers**](https://suggestron.com/node-js-statistics-usage-market-share-growth-trends/) worldwide actively using it in production environments today.
Here is a direct answer to the core question before we dive deeper:
- **Performance:** Node.js handles thousands of concurrent connections efficiently using its single-threaded event loop and non-blocking I/O model.
**Scalability:** Its microservices-friendly architecture allows teams to scale individual components without rebuilding the entire application.
**Unified stack:** JavaScript runs on both frontend and backend, which reduces context switching and speeds up development cycles.
- **Ecosystem:** The NPM registry contains over two million packages, giving developers pre-built solutions for nearly every common development challenge.
**AI and API readiness:** Node.js integrates cleanly with AI services, REST APIs and GraphQL layers, making it well-suited for modern intelligent applications.
## **1\. High Performance And V8 Engine Efficiency**
Speed is not a luxury in 2026. Users expect sub-second responses and slow applications lose conversions. Node.js was built with performance as a first principle.
Node.js runs on [**Chrome’s V8**](https://nodejs.org/en/learn/getting-started/the-v8-javascript-engine), which compiles JavaScript directly into native machine code instead of interpreting it line by line. This design removes much of the overhead that slowed traditional scripting languages. Combined with a single-threaded event loop, it handles requests asynchronously without waiting for earlier operations to finish.
In practical terms, the non-blocking I/O model keeps your server active during database queries or file reads. It processes other requests and returns when the data is ready.
### **Key Performance Advantages**
- Native machine code compilation through the V8 engine
- Reduced execution overhead compared to interpreted runtimes
- Single-threaded event loop for efficient request handling
- Asynchronous processing for better concurrency
- Non blocking I O that prevents idle server time
- Strong throughput under high traffic conditions
- Reliable performance for real-time applications
Companies like LinkedIn and Uber rebuilt parts of their backend infrastructure using Node.js to improve scalability and efficiency. LinkedIn’s mobile backend migration from Ruby on Rails to Node.js cut servers from roughly 30 down to 3 and delivered up to [**20x faster performance**](https://highscalability.com/linkedin-moved-from-rails-to-node-27-servers-cut-and-up-to-2/) in certain scenarios.
## **2\. Scalability And Microservices Architecture**
Growing applications need infrastructure that expands with demand. Node.js was built with scalability in focus from day one.
Node.js scalability and performance work together. Its lightweight runtime fits naturally with microservices architecture, where a large system is split into smaller independent services that communicate through APIs. Each service can be deployed, updated and scaled on its own. If your payment service faces a traffic spike, you scale it without affecting authentication or notifications.
### **Why It Works Well for Microservices**
- Lightweight runtime with low memory usage
- Independent service deployment and scaling
- Faster updates without system-wide disruption
- API driven communication between services
- Efficient handling of traffic spikes in specific modules
Building microservices with Node.js is common among teams using Docker and Kubernetes. Its small container footprint allows quick startup times and reduced resource consumption compared to heavier runtimes. Netflix, often cited in backend architecture discussions, relies heavily on Node.js within its microservices infrastructure to serve millions of concurrent users.
## **3\. Unified JavaScript Stack Across Frontend And Backend**
Switching between programming languages adds hidden costs in development. Node.js removes this for teams already using JavaScript on the frontend.
Using JavaScript across the stack allows frontend developers to contribute to backend logic without learning a new language. Teams can share code, utilities and business logic between client and server. This is especially effective in frameworks like Next.js or Nuxt.js, where server-side rendering and API routes coexist in the same codebase.
### **Advantages of a Unified Stack**
- Shared code and utilities between frontend and backend
- Reduced context switching for developers
- Faster iteration cycles due to consistent mental models
- Simplified hiring process with one language for the full stack
- Lower engineering costs and reduced coordination overhead
Startups and teams using Node.js alongside React, Vue or Angular report smoother development and faster product iterations because the same language runs throughout the application.
### **4\. Massive NPM Ecosystem And Developer Velocity**
One of Node.js’s greatest strengths is its ecosystem rather than the runtime itself.
The NPM ecosystem is the largest software registry in existence. With millions of open-source packages, developers rarely need to build foundational functionality from scratch. Examples include:
- Authentication solutions
- File upload handling
- Task scheduling
- CSV parsing
- Third-party API integration
For businesses prioritizing speed, the NPM ecosystem enables rapid development while providing reliable, production-ready foundations.
### **Benefits for Developer Velocity**
- Faster feature delivery using prebuilt, well-tested components
- Reduced the need to reinvent the wheel
- Access to mature frameworks like Express, Fastify, NestJS and Hapi
- Lower technical risk when building new functionality
- Accelerated time to market, giving a competitive edge
## **5\. Real-Time Capabilities with Non-Blocking I/O**
Modern applications demand live feeds, instant notifications, collaborative editing and real-time dashboards. Node.js was built to handle these scenarios.
Real-time web apps with Node.js use its non-blocking I/O model and event-driven architecture to maintain persistent connections with many clients at once. With WebSocket libraries like Socket.io, servers can push updates instantly rather than waiting for client polling requests.
### **Key Benefits for Real-Time Applications**
- Persistent connections for multiple clients simultaneously
- Instant push updates using WebSockets
- Event-driven architecture reacts to incoming data immediately
- Supports chat apps, live sports scores, collaborative editors, and trading platforms
- Eliminates the need for a separate technology stack for live interactivity
Companies like Slack and Trello rely on Node.js for real-time data delivery at scale, providing seamless live experiences for their users.
## **6\. AI Integration And API-Friendly Architecture**
AI has become a core part of web applications in 2026, and Node.js is well-suited as the integration layer between apps and AI services.
Its backend architecture aligns naturally with an API-first world. Whether calling OpenAI’s API, building a retrieval-augmented generation pipeline, or streaming model outputs in real time, Node.js handles async, I-O-heavy workflows efficiently. Libraries like LangChain.js and official SDKs from major AI providers offer strong Node.js support.
### **Key Advantages for AI And API Workflows**
- Efficient async handling for I O-heavy operations
- Smooth integration with AI APIs and real-time model streaming
- Simplified building and consuming of REST and GraphQL endpoints
- Lightweight runtime ideal for serverless environments
- First-class support on platforms like AWS Lambda, Google Cloud Functions, and Vercel
- Orchestrates and delivers AI-driven results without added complexity
For teams building AI-native products or integrating intelligence into workflows, Node.js provides the reliable architecture to connect, orchestrate and scale efficiently.
## **7\. Cost Efficiency And Faster Time to Market**
Business outcomes are as important as technical ones. Node.js has a proven track record of reducing development time and infrastructure costs.
Its asynchronous, efficient architecture handles more concurrent requests on fewer servers than traditional blocking models, lowering hosting expenses as applications scale. Using a single language across frontend and backend also reduces team size, cutting payroll and recruiting costs.
### **Key Benefits for Cost And Speed**
- Handles high concurrency with fewer servers
- Reduced hosting and infrastructure costs
- Smaller, more versatile engineering teams
- Faster onboarding due to familiar JavaScript syntax
- Rich NPM ecosystem accelerates development
- Productivity ramps up quickly with well-documented frameworks
- Early-stage speed builds a competitive advantage
## **Node.js vs Other Backend Frameworks**
No technology choice exists in isolation. Understanding how Node.js compares to established alternatives helps teams make informed decisions.
**Aspect**
**Node.js (JavaScript/TypeScript)**
**Django (Python)**
**Laravel (PHP)**
**Express (Node layer)**
**Spring (Java)**
**What it feels like**
Lightweight, flexible runtime where you plug in what you need.
“All‑in‑one” box: lots of features ready to use.
Elegant PHP toolkit that adds structure and batteries. daily
Minimal router on top of Node; very thin layer. daily
Heavy but powerful enterprise‑style framework.
**Speed & concurrency**
Great for I/O‑heavy workloads; handles many connections at once with async, non‑blocking I/O.
Good for CPU‑heavy jobs; uses sync‑by‑default model, so concurrency needs more setup.
Decent for typical web apps; not optimized for tens of thousands of concurrent users. peerbits
Same speed as Node; performance depends on how you write logic. daily
Very stable and fast under load, but with more setup and boilerplate.
**Ease of starting**
Easy if you already know JavaScript; barebones so you choose your own stack.
Fast for simple CRUD apps thanks to built-in admin, ORM, and auth.
Friendly for PHP devs; lots of guides and “Laracasts‑style” learning paths.
Dead simple for small APIs; just add plugins as needed.
Steeper onboarding; lots of conventions and configuration.
**Best use cases**
Real‑time apps (chat, streaming), APIs, microservices, tools using JS/TS across frontend and backend.
Data‑heavy dashboards, admin panels, content sites, ML‑adjacent backends.
Traditional web apps, CMS‑like sites, small‑to‑mid business platforms.
REST/GraphQL APIs, lightweight servers, glue between services.
Large enterprise apps, banking‑style systems, Android backends.
**Learning curve**
Easy to start, but async programming and callbacks/promises can confuse beginners.
Gentle if you know Python; strong docs and patterns help.
Clear for PHP devs, but MVC and ecosystem can feel overwhelming at first.
Very low if you already know Node; mostly about structuring routes.
High; lots of concepts and boilerplate up front.
**Ecosystem & tools**
Huge npm ecosystem (5M+ packages); you can pull almost anything in, but quality varies.
Strong Python ecosystem for data, ML, testing, and tooling.
Rich PHP ecosystem with ready‑made packages and templates.
Plugins for everything but nothing is “baked‑in” by default.
Mature Java world with solid tooling, testing, and enterprise libs.
**Scalability**
Scales well horizontally for I/O‑heavy and real‑time systems; needs careful design for CPU‑heavy work.
Scales via multiple instances, caching, and async additions; not as natural for extreme concurrency.
Scales for typical web traffic; can struggle with heavy real‑time or async‑heavy loads.
Same as Node; scales when architectured right (microservices, load‑balancing).
Built for large‑scale systems; complex but very resilient at scale.
**Security**
Secure enough, but you must set up protections yourself; quality depends on packages and config.
Strong builtin protections (CSRF, XSS, SQL injection guards) and admin panel security.
Solid security helpers and hashing, but still depends on dev practices.
Very neutral; security is up to the developer and middleware choices.
Very strong security ecosystem and patterns, but more complex to configure.
## **Node.js for Enterprise Applications And Future-Proof Architecture**
Node.js has expanded beyond startups, powering mission-critical systems at NASA, PayPal, Microsoft, and Walmart. This reflects the maturity of both the technology and its ecosystem.
For enterprises, Node.js provides a stable, scalable, and forward-looking platform capable of supporting mission-critical workloads. Stability is essential for enterprise adoption:
- Long Term Support (LTS) releases provide predictable maintenance and security patches
- Governance by the OpenJS Foundation ensures ecosystem health and reliability
### **Architectural Advantages for the Future**
- Lightweight runtime ideal for edge computing, bringing computation closer to users
- Supported by platforms like Cloudflare Workers, Deno Deploy, and Vercel
- Strong performance in serverless environments with low cold start times
- Single-language serverless functions reduce developer friction and simplify deployment
### **Ecosystem Growth Continues to Strengthen Enterprise Appeal**
- TypeScript adoption adds static typing for large-scale projects
- Evolving frameworks and improved tooling for testing, deployment, and observability
- Long-term compatibility ensures future-proof applications
## **Deploying Your Node.js Application**
Choosing Node.js is only part of the equation. How and where you deploy your application shapes its reliability, performance and operational cost in production.
If you are new to Node.js, the [**beginner’s guide to Node.js on xCloud**](/what-is-node-js-beginners-guide/) is a practical starting point that covers how the runtime works and what you need to know before going live.
For teams looking for a reliable hosting environment, [**xCloud’s Node.js hosting**](/node-js-hosting/) is built specifically for JavaScript applications, with infrastructure tuned for the workloads Node.js typically handles.
When you are ready to go live, the step-by-step [**Node.js deployment guide**](/docs/how-to-deploy-a-node-js-application/) walks through the entire process from configuring your environment to managing production traffic.
## **Take Your Web Development to the Next Level with Node.js**
If you want to move fast, stay lean and future‑proof your web project, Node.js is one of the smartest bets you can make. From unified JavaScript across frontend and backend to real‑time capabilities, cloud‑native scaling and a massive NPM ecosystem, Node.js gives your team the tools to ship features faster and run them smoothly under load.
The next step is simple: pick a small but meaningful project, spin up a Node.js environment, and start building, your first API‑ready, real‑time‑ready product is only a few lines of code away.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to **[subscribe to our blogs](/blog/)** for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions. And do not forget to share what you have built. We would love to see your work.
## **Frequently Asked Questions About Node.js**
Check out the following commonly asked questions and answers before choosing Node.js.
### **1\. Is Node.js good for enterprise?**
Yes. Node.js is widely used in enterprise environments for APIs, microservices, real‑time dashboards, and internal tools. Its scalability, strong ecosystem and cloud‑native design make it a solid fit for large organizations, especially when paired with modern DevOps, monitoring, and security practices.
### **2\. Is Node.js faster than PHP?**
For I/O‑heavy workloads like APIs and real‑time apps, Node.js is usually faster because it is non‑blocking and event‑driven, while classic PHP is mostly synchronous. For simple, static pages or small sites, the difference may be less noticeable but Node.js tends to scale better under heavy concurrent traffic.
### **3\. Is Node.js good for AI apps?**
Yes. Node.js works well as the orchestration layer for AI‑powered apps, such as chatbots, AI‑driven dashboards and API backends that call external AI/ML services.
### **4\. When should you NOT use Node.js?**
Node.js is less ideal for CPU‑intensive tasks (like heavy video encoding, number crunching or large scientific calculations) and for projects tightly tied to legacy Java or .NET ecosystems.
### **5\. Is Node.js frontend or backend?**
Node.js is primarily a backend/runtime that lets you run JavaScript on the server, but it can also power build tools, bundlers and server‑side logic for frontend apps. Most developers use it for backend services, APIs and tooling, while standard browser JavaScript handles the frontend UI.
### **6\. Is Node.js good for web development projects?**
Yes. Node.js is a top choice for modern web development because it helps you use JavaScript end‑to‑end, build fast APIs and real‑time features, scale cheaply in the cloud and tap into a huge NPM package ecosystem.
---
# Why Traditional Security Isn't Enough to Protect Your WordPress Sites in 2026 - xCloud
> The old WordPress security checklist no longer works in 2026. Here is what attackers do now and how to protect your WordPress sites.
If you own a WordPress website, you have probably heard the same security advice for years. Install a security plugin. Set up a firewall. Run regular malware scans. Take backups. Use strong passwords. This simple checklist used to be enough to keep most websites safe.
But here is the truth in 2026. The way attackers target WordPress sites has completely changed, and the old security checklist has not kept up.
In this blog, we are going to walk you through why traditional WordPress security is no longer enough, what attackers are actually doing today, and the simple layered approach you can use to stay protected. Without further ado, let us get started.
## **What Has Changed in the WordPress Security Landscape?**
WordPress attacks have been automated for a long time. For close to a decade, bots have been mass-scanning the entire web, hammering login pages and probing known plugin and theme flaws on every site they touch. If your site was running a vulnerable version of anything, it would eventually get found. That part is not new.
What has changed is the speed and intelligence behind those bots. Attackers now use AI to write exploit code faster, adapt to defenses on the fly, and turn a freshly disclosed vulnerability into a working attack in hours instead of weeks. The mass-scanning was always there. AI has made it far more efficient, and it has shrunk the time you have to react down to almost nothing.
That is not how things work anymore. In the first half of 2025, Patchstack’s researchers found that [**41.5% of new WordPress vulnerabilities**](https://patchstack.com/whitepaper/2025-mid-year-vulnerability-report/) were exploitable in real-world conditions, up from 30.4% the year before. Even more concerning, 58% could be exploited without any authentication at all.
By the end of the year, [**Patchstack’s full-year report**](https://patchstack.com/whitepaper/state-of-wordpress-security-in-2026/) revealed 11,334 new vulnerabilities across the WordPress ecosystem. Out of these, 91% were found in plugins and 9% in themes. Only 6 vulnerabilities were in WordPress core itself. That is a huge shift, and it tells us exactly where attackers are focusing today.
## **Why Traditional WordPress Security Falls Short Today**
The traditional WordPress security stack came together between 2013 and 2017. It usually included a web application firewall, a security plugin with malware scanning, SSL certificates, SFTP access, login protection, and daily backups. It was built for a time when the patch almost always arrived before the exploit. That assumption no longer holds, and it is the reason the old stack falls short today.
According to Mandiant’s M-Trends 2026 report, the average time to exploit a vulnerability is now negative 7 days. In other words, exploitation is happening, on average, a full week before the developer ships a fix. Patchstack’s own 2026 Whitepaper data points the same way. Once a vulnerability is being actively exploited, the average observed time to exploitation is around five hours. There is no maintenance window short enough to keep up with that, and very often there is nothing to update to yet.
This is also where many site owners get caught off guard, because they assume their site is too small to be worth attacking. That is exactly the misunderstanding worth clearing up. These are not targeted attacks. They are automated, large-scale campaigns that scan every WordPress site on the internet, looking for any installation running a vulnerable plugin or theme. The bots do not check your traffic numbers before they try. If you are running a vulnerable component and nothing is watching for it, you are in scope, whether you get ten visitors a month or ten thousand a day.
## **Five Things Traditional WordPress Security Misses**
Let us look at the five specific gaps that traditional WordPress security leaves wide open. If you recognize any of these in your current setup, you are not alone, and the good news is that all of them can be fixed.
## **1\. The Gap Between Vulnerability Disclosure and Vendor Patch**
When a researcher discovers a flaw in a popular plugin, the vendor is given time to fix it before the issue goes public. But many vendors are slow to ship a patch, and some never patch at all. During this window, automatic updates cannot help you, because there is nothing to update to yet. Your malware scanner will not catch anything either, because no malware has been deployed.
This gap is not just theoretical, and the numbers show how serious it has become. Mandiant’s M-Trends 2026 report puts the average time to exploit a vulnerability at negative seven days. In plain terms, attacks are now landing about a week before a fix even exists. Patchstack’s 2026 whitepaper tells the same story from the WordPress side, where the average observed time to exploitation is around five hours. By the time a patch is ready, attackers have often been working the flaw for days.
### **2\. Generic Firewall Rules Do Not Understand WordPress**
Edge firewalls like Cloudflare work on pattern matching. They are great at catching generic attack signatures, but they cannot understand WordPress-specific issues like a [**privilege escalation flaw**](https://patchstack.com/articles/q3-2025s-most-exploited-wordpress-vulnerabilities-and-how-patchstacks-rapidmitigate-blocked-them/) in a specific plugin’s REST endpoint. In Patchstack’s Q3 2025 controlled tests, standard hosting defenses failed to block 87.8% of real-world exploit attempts. Only application-layer rules built for the specific vulnerability stopped them.
### 3\. Malware Scanners Detect the Damage Too Late
A malware scanner runs after the breach has already happened. By the time it flags a malicious file, the attacker has likely been on the server for hours or days, has created backdoor admin users, and has planted webshells in hidden directories. Most infected sites had at least one malicious admin user already created by the time cleanup started.
There is another problem too. Once attackers gain access, one of the first things they often do is tamper with the security tools. They disable the scanner or exclude their own files from its checks, so the next scan comes back clean even though the site is still compromised. In that situation you are relying on a tool the attacker has already changed. Detection is not the same as prevention.
### **4\. Strong Passwords Cannot Stop Authentication Bypass**
Strong passwords help against brute-force attacks, but they do nothing against a plugin vulnerability that completely bypasses authentication. [**Patchstack’s database shows**](https://patchstack.com/database/statistics/wordpress/all) that broken access control and CSRF together account for over 26% of all WordPress vulnerabilities ever recorded. None of these cares how strong your password is.
### **5\. Abandoned Plugins Keep Running on Your Site**
In 2024 alone, 1,614 plugins were removed from the WordPress.org repository for security issues. But removed from the repository does not mean removed from the millions of sites still using them. WordPress will not auto-update a plugin that no longer exists in the directory, and most security plugins will not flag it either. The vulnerable code keeps running, and attackers keep scanning.
## **What Actually Works: A Multi-Layered WordPress Security Approach**
The solution is not to throw away your firewall or malware scanner. They still catch a lot of basic threats. The real solution is to add new layers that handle the gaps the old stack ignores. Let us explore the modern [**WordPress security**](/complete-guide-to-wordpress-security-headers/) stack that actually works in 2026.
### **Server-Level Hardening**
This includes things like Fail2Ban for brute-force protection, isolated system users for each site, automated SSL renewal, and restricted SFTP access. Platforms like xCloud bake these features into every deployment, so you do not have to set them up manually. None of this stops a zero-day in a plugin, but it makes the easy attacks much harder.
### **Proper Site Isolation**
If one site on your server gets compromised, the other sites on the same server should not fall with it. Proper site isolation with per-site users, separate document roots, and chroot jails makes a huge difference. This is something xCloud handles automatically when you host multiple websites on a single server.
### **Edge Protection With a WAF**
Tools like Cloudflare or a similar edge firewall block generic noise like bot traffic, known-bad IPs, DDoS attempts, and basic SQL-injection patterns. It will not catch every targeted attack, but it cuts down the volume of attempts hitting your origin server.
### **Real-Time Vulnerability Intelligence**
This is the layer most WordPress site owners are missing. You need to know, in close to real time, which of your installed plugins and themes have new vulnerabilities, which ones are being actively exploited, and which ones the vendor has not yet patched. A generic security plugin scanning for malware signatures will not tell you any of this.
### **Virtual Patching for the Patch Gap**
When a vulnerability is disclosed but the vendor has not shipped a fix yet, virtual patching applies a targeted rule at the server or application layer to block exploitation attempts. The plugin code stays untouched, but the protection is real because the malicious request never reaches the vulnerable function. This is the layer that closes the 46% unpatched-at-disclosure gap.
This is where **xCloud’s** [**Site Security Pro powered by Patchstack**](/site-security-pro/), fits in beautifully. Patchstack maintains the world’s largest WordPress vulnerability intelligence database, with 52% of all new WordPress CVEs in 2024 disclosed by their team. When a vulnerability is found in a plugin you have installed, Site Security Pro pushes a targeted virtual patch within hours, often before the official fix even exists.
In our own deployment data, **Site Security Pro** [**blocked over 53,000 threats across 300+ WordPress sites**](/how-xcloud-keeps-your-wordpress-sites-safe/) in its first 90 days. The product is just one example, but the point is simple. This layer, however you implement it, is the one most WordPress sites are missing today.
### **Tested Backups and Meaningful Monitoring**
Backups are not security, they are recovery. But they are non-negotiable. Make sure they are off-site, encrypted, and tested at least quarterly. If you have not actually restored a backup recently, you do not have backups, you have hopes.
Also, set up file integrity monitoring, login alerts, and traffic anomaly detection. The [**NIST Cybersecurity Framework 2.0**](https://www.nist.gov/cyberframework) treats detection as a core pillar, equal to protection and recovery.
## **A 30-Day Plan to Upgrade Your WordPress Security**
If reading this made you a little uneasy about your own setup, here is a simple 30-day plan you can follow to close the gaps step by step.
### **Week 1: Inventory and Audit**
List every plugin and theme on every site you manage. Cross-reference them against the WordPress.org repository to flag anything removed or not updated in over a year. Then check the **Patchstack vulnerability database** for any known unpatched issues. Remove anything you do not need. The smaller your attack surface, the safer your site.
### **Week 2: Harden Authentication and Access**
Enable two-factor authentication on every admin account. Audit your user list and delete accounts that should not exist. Switch any remaining FTP connections to SFTP or SSH. Disable file editing through the WordPress dashboard by adding define(‘DISALLOW\_FILE\_EDIT’, true); to your wp-config.php file.
### **Week 3: Add the Missing Layer**
This is where you address the vulnerability gap. Whether you use Site Security Pro by Patchstack through xCloud, run Patchstack standalone, or use another tool, get something in place that monitors your installed components against active CVEs and applies virtual patches when needed.
This layer comes down to visibility. Edge firewalls and file scanners cannot see what is happening inside the session or at the application layer, which is where these attacks actually play out. Tools like Site Security Pro powered by Patchstack can, and that is exactly why they catch what the others miss. Closing that gap is the single highest-impact change most WordPress operators can make in 2026.
### **Week 4: Test and Document**
Restore a backup to a staging environment and confirm it actually works. Then document your incident response process in a simple one-page guide. Who do you call? Where are the backups? What is the rollback procedure? You do not want to be writing this at 2 AM during an active attack.
## **Stay Safe Without Becoming a Security Expert**
Traditional WordPress security was built to stop yesterday’s attacks, and it still does that job well. The challenge is that yesterday’s attacks are not the ones taking sites down today.
Eleven thousand new vulnerabilities a year, 91% of them in plugins, almost half disclosed before a patch exists, and attackers fast enough to weaponize new flaws in hours. Firewalls, malware scanners, and strong passwords cannot close that gap on their own. They do not have visibility into the application layer, so they quite literally cannot see the issues in the first place.
The good news is, you do not need to become a security expert to protect your WordPress sites. With a layered approach that combines server hardening, site isolation, edge protection, real-time vulnerability intelligence, and virtual patching, you can stay ahead of modern threats with very little manual effort.
If you are looking for a hosting platform that handles most of this for you out of the box, [**xCloud**](/) is a great place to start. With built-in security features and Site Security Pro powered by Patchstack, you can host and protect multiple WordPress sites on a single server without the constant security headache.
[Activate Site Security Pro Today!](/site-security-pro/)
Explore Site Security PRO today and let us know your experience on the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community). Also, do not forget to [**subscribe to our blog**](https://startise.com/blog/) for more updates, tips, and resources.
---
# 5 Types of Website Hosting Services Explained - xCloud
> Discover the types of website hosting services! Learn about Shared, VPS, Dedicated, Managed WordPress, & Cloud Hosting. Make an informed choice today.
Having an online presence and making your website accessible on the internet is non-negotiable for businesses and individuals alike. Web hosting serves as the backbone of this presence, providing the essential technology and resources required for your website to be viewed by visitors online.
With various **types of website hosting services** available, from shared to dedicated hosting, selecting the right hosting service for your website can significantly influence its performance and accessibility. But which one is the right choice for you?
Understanding the differences and similarities between the various types of hosting providers is crucial and can make a significant impact on the way your website performs online.
Getting familiar with the types of hosting and identifying the best hosting service for websites is the first step to hosting your website and going online. And so, this article aims to explain **[types of website hosting](https://wpdeveloper.com/sustainable-web-hosting-green-practices/)** to help you make an informed decision tailored to your specific needs.
Interested to know more? Let’s dive right in!
## **💡 What Is Web Hosting: The Complete Know-How**
Web hosting is the backbone of making websites accessible to millions across the globe on the internet. It is a service that allows you to publish your website on the internet but at its core, web hosting involves renting or purchasing **space on a physical server** where all your website’s files and data are stored.
This server continuously works to ensure the stored files are working properly, so whenever a visitor comes across your website and enters your domain – it can seamlessly **fetch, transfer and load the relevant data.**
And yes, you can host your website on your own server. But you can also do it with a server provider who will ensure smooth operation and utmost security. So, with more than 1 type of website hosting available in the ecosystem, the question often arises ‘Which web hosting is best’?
### **5 Most Popular Types of Web Hosting**:
But before we can answer that – you need to know what different types of website hosting are available:
**1\. Shared Hosting:** Ideal for beginners and smaller businesses, shared hosting involves multiple websites sharing the same server and its resources. It is cost-effective and simple in most contexts but may offer limited performance for high-traffic sites.
**2\. VPS Hosting:** A step up from shared hosting, Virtual Private Server (VPS) hosting provides more power and flexibility, allocating specific server resources to each site even when several websites are sharing space and resources on the same physical server.
**3\. Dedicated Hosting**: For websites requiring maximum control and performance, dedicated hosting offers **exclusive server use**, ideal for high-traffic and resource-intensive sites.
**4\. Managed Hosting For WordPress**: Tailored specifically for WordPress sites, [**this hosting**](/docs/setup-your-first-server-site-with-xcloud/) includes additional services like automatic updates and enhanced security.
**5\. Cloud Hosting:** A modern approach that uses multiple virtual servers (a cloud) instead of a physical one to host your website, offering easy scalability and reliability depending on your site’s specific needs.
Each hosting type offers different features and benefits, catering to various needs, from basic blog hosting to large-scale business sites. Understanding these options is crucial in selecting the right hosting service for your website, ensuring optimal performance and accessibility.
## **Types of Website Hosting Services: Explained in Detail**
Understanding the diversity of web hosting types is crucial for selecting the right service for your website.
By now, you might have an idea of the various types of web hosting services available for you to choose from. But let us dive deeper into the fundamentals with complete breakdowns of the primary types of website hosting services.
### **1️⃣ Shared Hosting**
Shared hosting is a foundational web hosting service, perfect for those just stepping into the online world or **managing small-scale websites**. It operates on a principle where a single server’s resources, like memory and processing power, are shared among multiple websites.
This collaborative approach to hosting offers a blend of affordability and simplicity, making it an ideal starting point for many. Here is a closer look at shared hosting:
👉 With shared resources, shared hosting plans can start very low, making it the most economical option.
👉 It comes with user-friendly control panels, such as cPanel, for straightforward site management.
👉 Potential for slower load times and performance dips during high traffic periods due to shared resources.
👉 Limited customization options for optimizing website performance.
Shared hosting stands out for its balance of **cost-efficiency and user-friendliness**, making it suited for beginners, small businesses, or those exploring web design and coding.
However, it is also important to understand that while hosting providers invest in security, sharing a server can introduce potential risks from other sites. And an on-serge of traffic on other websites on the shared server can cause your website to perform slower than usual too.
### **2️⃣ VPS Hosting**
VPS (Virtual Private Server) hosting combines the low cost of shared hosting with the high performance of dedicated hosting. On a VPS, a physical server is distributed among several users, including your website – similar to shared hosting.
However, every host creates a **virtual partition for each of the websites hosted**, ensuring better performance. It is an excellent choice for websites experiencing [**mid-range traffic**](https://wpdeveloper.com/wordpress-site-seo-checklists/) or those in need of more control over their hosting environment.
Here is a closer look at the benefits and considerations of VPS hosting:
👉 VPS provides **dedicated portions of server resources**, ensuring your website has the performance power and control it needs without interference from other sites on the same server.
👉 With [**root access**](/docs/provide-root-access/), users can install and configure the software as needed, tailoring the server environment to meet specific requirements.
👉 As your site grows, adding more resources to your VPS is simple, giving your website the flexibility to grow.
👉 While more affordable than dedicated hosting, VPS is **pricier than shared hosting** options, though the added performance and control can often justify the expense.
👉 Managing a VPS may require a bit more technical knowledge, particularly with unmanaged plans. However, managed VPS options provide a user-friendly experience with auto maintenance.
VPS hosting is suited for medium-sized businesses, eCommerce sites, and websites with high traffic volumes or specific software requirements, offering a perfect balance between performance, control, and cost.
Providers like [**Vultr**](https://www.vultr.com/), [**Digital Ocean**](https://www.digitalocean.com/), and [**Google Cloud**](https://cloud.google.com/) offer a range of VPS services, from computing power to storage solutions, catering to various needs, from startups to large enterprises.
### **3️⃣ Dedicated Hosting**
Dedicated hosting stands out as one of the best web hosting services, offering unparalleled control and performance for your website. Unlike shared or VPS hosting, where resources are divided among multiple websites on the same platform, dedicated hosting **allocates an entire server’s resources** exclusively to your site.
👉 **Full control over server configurations**, from the operating system to the database type. You will be able to tailor server settings to meet specific performance, security, and application needs.
👉 Dedicated resources ensure high performance, capable of **handling large traffic volumes** with low latency.
👉 It ensures enhanced reliability, as the risk of downtime is minimized without the shared environment’s potential resource contention.
👉 Provides **superior security options**, with the ability to implement custom firewall rules and security software.
👉 While offering significant advantages in performance and security, dedicated hosting comes with a higher price tag.
👉 It requires a higher level of technical expertise for effective management and might necessitate a commitment to a set duration.
Choosing dedicated hosting involves weighing the need for control, performance, and security against the higher costs and technical demands. It is ideal for large organizations or websites with high traffic.
### **4️⃣ Managed Hosting For WordPress**
This is a specialized hosting service **designed specifically for WordPress sites**, focusing on optimizing performance and security. It takes the hassle out of managing the technical aspects of your website, such as [**speed optimization**](/tips-to-speed-up-wordpress-websites/), automated backups, and updates.
This type of hosting is perfect for those who want to focus on their content or business rather than on technical website management. Here is what you can expect from a fully managed Hosting service like [**xCloud**](/introducing-xcloud/):
👉 With speed optimization & maintenance, managed hosting ensures your site runs smoothly and quickly.
👉 Provides robust protection against threats.
👉 Experts are always on hand to help, 24/7.
👉 Automatic Daily Backups & Updates: Keeps your site up-to-date and secure.
👉 You can easily test changes without affecting your live site with WordPress staging sites.
👉 Reduced Need for Technical Expertise: Managed hosting handles the technical side for you.
👉 Easily adjusts to your site’s growing needs.
👉 Offers optimized configurations for WordPress, resulting in faster loading times.
Manage hosts for WordPress websites costs are typically higher than traditional shared hosting. Providers like xCloud Host offer Managed Hosting for WordPress with **added benefits** such as **free SSL certificates**, **spam protection**, and malware removal, making it an excellent choice for those prioritizing speed, performance, and security.
### **5️⃣ Cloud Hosting**
Cloud hosting is more modern and represents a significant shift in web hosting, utilizing a **network of virtual servers** to ensure websites and applications are accessible and performant maximum time. This method contrasts with traditional hosting types, offering unique benefits and considerations:
👉 The distributed nature of cloud hosting means if one server fails, others in the network can compensate, ensuring **minimal downtime**.
👉 Easy scalability for all resources, up or down, based on your website’s needs or traffic demands, making it ideal for businesses with fluctuating traffic.
👉 You pay for what you use, which can be more economical than paying for fixed resources on a dedicated server.
👉 Understanding and managing the resources can sometimes be a little more complex when compared with traditional hosting.
👉 While it can be more cost-effective, unpredictable traffic spikes can lead to unexpected costs.
## **🚀 Choose the Right Hosting Service & Grow Online**
Selecting one from multiple types of website hosting services for your website is crucial and should be aligned with your specific needs, goals, and budget. Consider starting with shared or cloud hosting if you are launching a new site, with the option to upgrade as your site grows.
However, if you need a managed solution for your WordPress website without caring to handle any technical difficulty from your end, xCloud is your one-stop pick. It can profoundly impact your website’s performance and security and, ultimately, accelerate your web success.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Unpublish WordPress Sites: Easy Methods to Make Your Site Offline - xCloud
> Need to unpublish WordPress sites? Discover five easy methods, including xCloud’s one‑click disable, to take your site offline in seconds.
Whether you are performing major maintenance, working on a redesign, or updating a client’s site, taking your site offline can prevent broken experiences and protect your data. If you are looking for ways to [**unpublish WordPress sites**](https://wpdeveloper.com/docs/republish-unpublish-wordpress/) quickly and safely, you are in the right place. What if you could disable site access with a single toggle? No FTP fiddling, no plugin conflicts, no lost visitors! Yes, with xCloud, it is more effortless than you could imagine.
xCloud’s sleek and user-friendly dashboard lets you make your site offline in no time, preserving all your settings and files while blocking web access. Read on to discover why and when to unpublish WordPress sites, know the benefits and drawbacks, and follow step‑by‑step tutorials, especially how xCloud simplifies the process with its built‑in disable website option.
## **💡 Why You Might Need to Unpublish WordPress Sites**
Before getting started with specific methods, it helps to understand the scenarios that often lead site owners to take their [**WordPress installations offline**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-delete-wordpress-account/). Rather than suddenly cutting access, planning out why you are unpublishing can help you choose the most effective approach and keep stakeholders informed.
- **Major maintenance or redesign:** Rolling out a new theme, fix, or **undergoing an update**? Pausing your live site from working for a while keeps visitors away from seeing half‑baked pages.
- **Security concerns:** If you [**detect a vulnerability**](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/) or an ongoing attack, it is safer to disable access until patches are applied.
- **Testing or staging:** You might want to make a site offline for [**staging content**](/how-to-setup-staging-site-guide/) without search engines indexing it.
- **Seasonal closures:** eCommerce stores can pause during off‑season periods to conserve bandwidth and [**reduce support queries**](https://betterdocs.co/ways-to-minimize-customer-support-pressure/).
- **Core content updates**: Bulk editing or rewriting multiple pages or posts before republishing ensures a cohesive launch.
### **Unpublishing Your Site: Pros & Cons**
Every decision to take a site offline carries pros and cons. By weighing these carefully, you could make sure that unpublishing WordPress sites aligns with your broader business goals rather than causing unintended harm. Let us check some more pros and cons.
**Pros:**
- **User experience control:** Visitors only see a friendly maintenance page or offline page, not broken elements.
- **Data protection:** While you are running maintenance or updates, attackers cannot scrape or manipulate your content when you make your site offline properly.
- **Resource savings:** Pausing a site frees up server and database resources.
**Cons:**
- **Lost traffic & SEO impact:** Prolonged [**downtime**](/best-practices-to-prevent-downtime/) can hurt search rankings and ad revenue. Consider using temporary redirects or “Discourage search engines” settings instead of full offline mode to [**preserve SEO**](https://wpdeveloper.com/wordpress-site-seo-checklists/).
- **Customer frustration:** Returning visitors may assume your business has shut down.
- **Technical overhead:** Bringing a site back online can lead to configuration issues if not managed well.
## **🧑💻 Methods to Unpublish WordPress Sites**
There is no one‑size‑fits‑all when it comes to taking a site offline. Below are five common strategies, each introduced with context so you can pick the best fit for your needs and technical comfort level.
### **1\. xCloud Dashboard ‘Disable Site’ (Recommended)**
If you host with [**xCloud**](/), this is by far the **quickest** and most foolproof way to **unpublish WordPress sites**. Instead of shuffling files or plugins, you simply flip a switch in the dashboard, and your site, **including cron jobs and SFTP/SSH access**, goes offline instantly.
### **2\. Maintenance Mode Plugins**
For users on other hosts, you can find some plugins like [**Maintenance**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/maintenance/) or [**Lightstar**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-maintenance-mode/) allow you to show a branded placeholder page. It is perfect when you want visitors to know the site is temporarily closed for improvements, rather than just vanishing.
### **3\. Manual .htaccess or File Permissions**
If you need operational control over who sees what, editing your .htaccess file or **changing file permissions** removes public read access at the server level. It is **more technical** but works anywhere and does not rely on third‑party tools. It is ideal if you plan to **delete WordPress sites** later or lock everything down completely.
### **4\. DNS‑Level Suspension**
When you need to block access without touching your hosting, simply change your **domain’s DNS records** or point it to a placeholder IP. This approach effectively makes the site offline at the root level. Consider this handy if you are planning to retire or **permanently delete a project**.
### **5\. WordPress Core Draft, Private & Bulk Actions**
WordPress core gives you built‑in options to unpublish individual or multiple posts/pages, or discourage search engines from indexing your site:
- **Single post/page**: In the admin dashboard, navigate to **Posts** or **Pages**, click **Quick Edit**, change status from **Published** to **Draft** or **Private**, and click **Update**.
- **Bulk actions**: Go to **Posts** or **Pages** → **All**, select multiple items, choose **Edit** under Bulk Actions, click **Apply**, set **Status** to **Draft** or **Private**, and click **Update**.
- **Discourage search engines**: Navigate to **Settings** → **Reading**, check **Discourage search engines from indexing this site**, and save changes. This is a soft offline mode that retains the site structure while preventing new search traffic.
- **Password protection**: For selective access, you can [**password-protect a post/page**](https://essential-addons.com/ways-to-password-protected-content-elementor/) directly in the visibility settings when editing content.
## **📋 Step‑by‑Step Guide: Unpublish WordPress Sites with xCloud**
For xCloud customers, unpublishing is a breeze. It has a ‘**Disable Site**’ feature, which allows you to disable complete access to a site over the web. Plus, your **SFTP/SSH access** will also be removed along with any cron jobs (scheduled tasks) for that site will be paused by disabling this feature.
This section walks you through the exact clicks and toggles so you can disable WordPress website access in under a minute.
### **Step 1: Access Disable Site Option**
Log in to your [**xCloud dashboard**](http://app.xcloud.host/) with the right credentials. Click on ‘**All Sites**’ and select the running site that you wish to disable. Now, find the ‘**Settings**’ from the left of the resulting page. Click on it, & scroll down to locate the ‘**Disable Site**’ option.
### Step 2: Disable Site in xCloud Hosting
Now, toggle the ‘**Disable Site**’ on & click on ‘**Save Settings.**’ And you are done with disabling the site in xCloud hosting.
Moreover, you can customize your disabled site markup if you wish directly from the dashboard. After changing your markup, simply click on ‘**Save Settings**.’
Once you disable your site in xCloud hosting, it will look like as shown below. Moreover, you can enable it anytime by clicking on the mentioned ‘**Click here**.’
This is how you can easily suspend sites, manage cron jobs & customize markup in xCloud hosting.
### **Republish/Enable Sites in xCloud**
After disabling your site and completing the updates or maintenance, you want to republish the website. It is as easy as disabling the site. From the site overview, where it is mentioned, ‘**This site is currently disabled. Click here to enable**’ settings, tap the ‘**Click here**’. You will then be taken to the site settings page.
Alternatively, you can directly go to the site settings page. Then scroll down to the section of ‘**Disable Site**’. Here, just toggle off the button. Your site will be enabled or republished instantly.
## **📑 Best Practices for Managing Offline Sites**
Putting a site into maintenance or offline mode can backfire if done haphazardly. Follow these guidelines to make the process as smooth as possible for both you and your visitors.
- **Schedule maintenance windows:** Announce planned downtime to customers in advance via email or social channels to set expectations.
- **Use clear messaging:** A brief note explaining why the site is down and when it will return helps prevent confusion.
- **Backup before disabling:** Always take a [**fresh backup**](/docs/site-backups-in-xcloud/) in case you need to restore WordPress sites quickly.
- **Monitor & test:** After disabling, verify that your site is fully offline and the maintenance page displays as intended on all devices.
- **Limit downtime:** Aim to unpublish WordPress sites only as long as necessary; extended outages risk SEO and customer satisfaction.
- **Implement security measures**: Remember that unpublishing does not patch vulnerabilities. Use a security plugin ([**Wordfenc**](https://www.wordfence.com/)e, [**Sucuri,**](https://sucuri.net/) etc) or follow hardening best practices while offline.
- **Plan republishing**: Document which content you changed, reverse core draft/private settings, uncheck “**Discourage search engines**,” and re-enable any disabled plugins.
## **💻 Take Control of Your Website with xCloud**
Temporarily unpublishing WordPress sites can be a strategic move for maintenance, security, or billing reasons, only if executed thoughtfully. xCloud’s “**Disable Site**” feature lets you make a site offline in seconds and restore it just as easily, combining flexibility with peace of mind. Whether you need to disable WordPress website access, pause WordPress site functions, or prepare to delete WordPress sites entirely, xCloud keeps everything under your control – no developer needed!
Ready to take your site offline without the headache? Host with xCloud and use its seamless dashboard toggle to unpublish WordPress sites quickly, safely, and confidently.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# Top Use Cases of n8n for eCommerce, SaaS & Agencies - xCloud
> Explore top use cases of n8n for eCommerce, SaaS and agencies to automate workflows, save time and scale faster with smart integrations.
Businesses today are running on tight budgets and even tighter schedules. Every hour your team spends on repetitive manual tasks is an hour taken away from real growth. That is exactly why **workflow automation** has gone from a luxury to a necessity. And among all the tools available right now, **n8n** stands out as one of the most powerful and flexible options on the market.
Whether you run an eCommerce store, lead a SaaS product or manage a digital agency, the **use cases of n8n** are incredibly wide. This blog breaks down the most practical and proven examples so you can see exactly how this tool can transform the way you work.
## **TL;DR (Too Long, Didn’t Read)**
n8n is an open-source, low-code workflow automation tool that connects apps, automates repetitive tasks and runs complex business workflows without writing code.
**Category**
**Key Use Case**
**Benefit**
eCommerce
Order processing and abandoned cart recovery
Save hours daily and recover lost revenue
eCommerce
Inventory sync across platforms
Avoid overselling and stockouts
SaaS
Automated user onboarding
Improve activation rates
SaaS
CRM and subscription management
Keep customer data clean and updated
Agencies
Client reporting automation
Cut reporting time by 80%
Agencies
Lead generation and social media posting
Scale outreach without hiring
All
n8n vs Zapier comparison
Lower cost, more control, self-hosted option
## **What Is n8n And Why Does It Matter in 2026?**
Before jumping into the **n8n real-world use cases**, it helps to understand what n8n actually is and why it has become so popular with developers, operators and agency teams alike.
[**n8n**](https://n8n.io/) is a **self-hosted, open-source automation platform** that allows you to connect hundreds of apps and services through a visual workflow builder. It supports **no-code and low-code** setups, meaning both technical and non-technical users can build powerful automations.
What makes n8n different from other tools is its pricing model and flexibility. Unlike [**Zapier or Make**](/n8n-vs-make-vs-zapier-which-automation-tool-should-you-choose/), n8n lets you **self-host on your own server,** so you are not paying per task execution. For growing businesses, this makes it one of the **best low-cost workflow automation tools** available today.
**Here is what makes n8n stand out in 2026:**
- **Open source and self-hostable** for full data control
- **500+ integrations** including WooCommerce, HubSpot, Slack, Gmail, Airtable and more
- **Custom JavaScript nodes** for advanced logic
- **Visual drag-and-drop editor** that is beginner friendly
- **Community support** and a growing library of pre-built workflows
According to [**n8n’s own case studies**](https://n8n.io/case-studies/), companies using n8n for workflow automation have reduced manual work by up to 90% in certain departments. That is not just a time-saver. That is a competitive advantage.
I reviewed your content for **accuracy, technical correctness and typical n8n capability alignment**. Overall, the structure is strong but a few claims needed tightening because some actions depend on integrations, not n8n alone.
Below is a **cleaned, fact-checked and improved version** with safer wording and better technical accuracy for xCloud n8n Hosting context.
## **n8n Use Cases for eCommerce, SaaS And Marketing Agencies**
n8n transforms repetitive tasks into automated workflows. eCommerce stores, SaaS teams, and marketing agencies save hours daily. Dive into these proven n8n examples.
### **eCommerce Automations That Boost Revenue**
Speed wins in eCommerce. n8n automates orders, carts, stock and reviews to drive sales.
#### **1\. Order Processing Automation: From Checkout to Fulfillment in Seconds**
When customers hit _‘buy,’_ chaos follows. n8n triggers instant workflows that confirm orders, update stock, notify teams, and sync data across your entire stack.
- Instantly sends personalized order confirmation emails through Gmail, SMTP or SendGrid with tracking links.
- Automatically reduces inventory counts in Google Sheets, Airtable, or your database to prevent overselling.
- Immediately notifies fulfillment teams via Slack channels, email, or messaging APIs with complete order details.
- Seamlessly syncs customer information to CRMs like HubSpot for immediate follow-up opportunities.
#### **2\. Abandoned Cart Recovery: Reclaim 70% of Lost Sales Automatically**
[**Nearly 70% of carts get abandoned mid-checkout.**](https://www.bigcommerce.com/articles/ecommerce/abandoned-carts/) n8n launches timed recovery sequences that remind shoppers and sweeten deals to reclaim lost revenue.
- Automatically detects abandoned carts through store webhooks or platform events within minutes.
- Sends first reminder emails after 1-hour delay with cart contents and urgency messaging.
- Triggers discount code follow-ups after 24 hours if no purchase occurs to convert hesitant buyers.
- Stops all sequences immediately upon detecting purchase completion to avoid over-messaging.
#### **3\. Inventory Alerts: Never Miss Stockouts Or Supplier Reorders Again**
Stockouts destroy customer trust and sales momentum. n8n watches levels in real time, sends urgent alerts and even triggers supplier reorders automatically.
- Continuously monitors stock levels across WooCommerce, Shopify, or external databases every 15 minutes.
- Sends instant Slack/email alerts when inventory drops below your predefined safety threshold.
- Automatically logs all inventory changes with timestamps in Google Sheets or Notion for audit trails.
- Triggers reorder emails or API calls to suppliers with exact quantities needed for restocking.
#### **4\. Review Collection: Turn Purchases into SEO-Boosting Testimonials**
Post-purchase feedback powers SEO and conversions. n8n sends targeted review requests and routes responses to your preferred platforms effortlessly.
- Sends personalized review request emails 7 days after confirmed delivery for optimal response rates.
- Segments customers by purchase value or category for tailored review incentives.
- Automatically routes positive feedback to Google Reviews, Trustpilot, or your internal database.
## **SaaS Workflows for Growth and Retention**
Onboarding and data sync fuel SaaS growth. n8n handles both at scale.
#### **5\. User Onboarding: Guide New Signups to Their ‘Aha’ Moment Fast**
New users churn fast without guidance. n8n captures signups and delivers personalized sequences that lead straight to their ‘Aha’ moment.
- Captures new user signup events through webhooks from your authentication system.
- Automatically adds users to segmented lists in HubSpot or Airtable with behavior tags.
- Sends timed onboarding email sequences via Mailchimp or SendGrid with video tutorials.
- Immediately notifies customer success teams via Slack for high-value enterprise signups.
- Triggers personalized follow-ups based on in-app activity milestones or inactivity.
#### **6\. CRM Syncs: Keep HubSpot and Salesforce Always Accurate And Actionable**
Manual CRM updates waste sales time. n8n syncs leads, actions, and emails across platforms to keep HubSpot or Salesforce always accurate and actionable.
- Instantly syncs website form leads into HubSpot or Salesforce with full UTM tracking.
- Automatically updates deal stages based on user actions like trial start or feature usage.
- Creates prioritized tasks for sales reps when users show trial expiration or churn risk signals.
- Logs all email opens, clicks, and replies directly into corresponding CRM contact records.
#### **7\. Subscription Management: Handle Stripe Events without Errors Or Churn**
Failed payments and plan changes create headaches. n8n processes Stripe webhooks to handle retries, updates, access controls and churn recovery seamlessly.
- Processes Stripe webhook events for successful payments, failures, upgrades, and downgrades.
- Triggers intelligent retry sequences with escalating incentives for failed payment recovery.
- Updates user plan status across your database, CRM, and access control systems instantly.
- Automatically restricts feature access for expired subscriptions and restores upon payment.
- Launches personalized win-back campaigns for recently churned users with re-activation offers.
#### **8\. Analytics Alerts: Spot Usage Trends and Churn Signals Instantly**
Usage drops signal trouble early. n8n pulls KPIs from Mixpanel or Google Analytics, summarizes trends and pings your team on critical shifts.
- Fetches daily key performance metrics like DAU, retention rates, and feature adoption.
- Delivers formatted weekly summary reports to Slack channels or executive email digests.
- Triggers immediate alerts for 20%+ spikes or drops in critical usage metrics.
## **Marketing Agency Automations for Scale**
Client chaos ends here. n8n streamlines reports, posts, leads and onboarding.
#### **9\. Client Reports: Deliver Branded Insights from Multiple Platforms Automatically**
Juggling multiple client dashboards kills productivity. n8n aggregates Google Analytics, Ads and Facebook data into polished, scheduled reports that impress.
- Pulls real-time performance data from Google Analytics, Google Ads, and Facebook Ads Manager.
- Consolidates metrics into branded Google Sheets or Google Docs templates automatically.
- Generates complete monthly/weekly reports with charts, insights, and recommendations.
- Schedules automatic delivery to client inboxes with personalized cover notes.
#### **10\. Social Media Posting: Schedule, Track, and Optimize Across All Platforms**
Manual posting across platforms wastes creative hours. n8n pulls approved content and schedules optimized posts with full performance tracking.
- Fetches pre-approved content batches from Notion databases or Google Sheets calendars.
- Schedules optimized posts across LinkedIn, Twitter, Facebook using native platform APIs.
- Automatically logs all published posts with links, timestamps, and initial performance data.
- Monitors engagement and notifies teams when posts exceed performance benchmarks.
#### **11\. Lead Handling: Capture, Score And Distribute Client Leads Instantly**
Leads from multiple clients get lost in spreadsheets. n8n captures form submissions, scores them, routes to CRMs and alerts sales teams instantly.
- Captures leads from website forms, landing pages, or ad platform conversions instantly.
- Pushes qualified leads into client-specific CRMs with complete source attribution.
- Sends automated thank-you responses with next-step calendar links or resources.
- Notifies assigned sales reps via Slack or SMS within 5 minutes of lead capture.
- Applies scoring rules based on industry, company size and engagement signals.
#### **12\. Client Onboarding: Automate Welcome Sequences, Project Setup And Kickoffs**
New client setup involves endless repetitive steps. n8n automates welcome sequences, project boards, access grants, and kickoff scheduling from contract signature.
- Sends branded welcome email sequences with contracts, brand guidelines and next steps.
- Automatically creates client project boards in Notion, Trello or Asana with standard templates.
- Provisions access to shared Google Drive folders, analytics dashboards and collaboration tools.
- Schedules kickoff meetings via Calendly integration with all stakeholders notified.
## **n8n vs Zapier: Why More Teams Are Switching**
The [**n8n vs Zapier**](/n8n-vs-zapier-which-one-should-you-choose/) conversation comes up constantly when businesses start evaluating automation tools. Both platforms connect apps and run workflows but they serve different needs.
### **n8n vs Zapier: side-by-side comparison**
**Feature**
**n8n**
**Zapier**
Pricing model
Self-hosted (free) or cloud (affordable)
Per-task pricing (gets expensive fast)
Open source
Yes
No
Self-hosting
Yes
No
Custom code support
Yes (JavaScript)
Limited
Number of integrations
500+
6000+
Learning curve
Moderate
Low
Best for
Technical teams and growing businesses
Quick setups and non-technical users
For businesses that are scaling and want **low-cost workflow automation tools** with full control over their data, **n8n open source automation** is the stronger choice. Zapier is easier to start with but becomes very expensive as your automation volume grows.
## **Run n8n without the Setup Headache: Managed Hosting That Just Works**
Setting up n8n on your own server sounds simple until updates break workflows, uptime drops or scaling becomes a chore. If you want to focus on building automations instead of managing infrastructure, a managed solution makes more sense.
With [**xCloud n8n Hosting**](/n8n-hosting/), you get a ready-to-use environment built for performance, stability and growth. No manual installs, no server tuning and no constant monitoring on your end.
### **Here’s what you get with xCloud n8n Hosting**
- **Self-hosted n8n environment** that gives you full control over your workflows and data
- **Cost-effective automation setup** with no per-task or execution-based pricing, helping you scale without rising costs
- **Simple and fast setup** to get your automation system up and running quickly
- **Reliable hosting infrastructure** designed to keep your workflows running smoothly
- **Secure environment** to handle your integrations and sensitive data with confidence
- **Flexible scalability** to support your growing automation needs
- **Ongoing maintenance and updates** so your n8n setup stays stable and current
## **Frequently Asked Questions About Use Cases of n8n**
### **What are the most common use cases of n8n?**
The most common **use cases of n8n** include automating eCommerce order processing, SaaS user onboarding, CRM data syncing, client report generation for agencies, social media posting and lead management workflows.
### **Is n8n good for small businesses?**
Yes. n8n is one of the best **n8n automation ideas for small businesses** because it is open source and self-hostable, meaning you can run it without paying per-task fees.
### **How does n8n compare to Zapier for agencies?**
For agencies, **n8n vs Zapier** often comes down to volume and budget. Zapier is simpler to set up but charges per task. As an agency running automations for multiple clients, those costs scale fast.
### **What skills do I need to use n8n?**
n8n is designed as a **no-code and low-code workflow builder**. You do not need programming experience to build most workflows.
### **Is n8n safe to self-host?**
Yes. Self-hosting n8n on a secure server gives you **full data control**, which is one of the biggest advantages over cloud-only tools.
## **Start Automating Your Business with n8n Today**
If you are tired of repetitive work slowing down your team, n8n gives you a real way out. Whether you are an eCommerce operator looking to scale operations, a SaaS team trying to improve activation and retention or an agency looking to deliver better results for more clients without burning out your staff, n8n delivers.
The best time to start automating was yesterday. The second-best time is right now.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# How To Use Mailgun To Send Transactional Email From WordPress Easily - xCloud
> With Mailgun integration, you can streamline your transactional email strategy and deliver messages with confidence.
A [**Transactional email**](/docs/configure-mailgun-for-site-emails/) is a message that businesses send to customers after a specific action has been taken. These emails are usually automatic and triggered by actions like signing up for a service, making a purchase, or resetting a password. Imagine you’re running a business and you want to send out all those important transactional emails, like order confirmations or shipping updates, smoothly and efficiently. Well, that’s where Mailgun comes in! Mailgun is like your trusty assistant for sending out all those emails reliably.
## How Mailgun Sends Transactional Email?
[**Mailgun**](https://www.mailgun.com/) is like a super-fast email delivery service that businesses use to send important emails to their customers. When you sign up for Mailgun, you connect it to your website or app so that whenever an email needs to be sent, like a confirmation for a new order, Mailgun handles it.
It makes sure the email gets delivered to the right inbox quickly and reliably. Not only does Mailgun deliver your emails, but it also helps you keep track of them. You can see if your emails are delivered, or opened, or if there are any issues along the way. So, Mailgun not only makes sending emails easy but also ensures that you know what’s happening with them every step of the way.
## No Coding Guide To Send Transactional Email From WordPress With Mailgun
Recognizing the paramount importance of seamlessly integrating email systems like Mailgun to mitigate the risk of emails being labeled as spam or failing to reach their intended recipients, [**xCloud hosting**](/) has streamlined the process of configuring Mailgun within its environment for site emails. Mailgun emerges as a highly acclaimed email delivery service, boasting a blend of powerful features and compatibility that enhance the efficiency of email communication.
Additionally, it is distinguished by its affordability, offering one of the most economical options available. The Free plan allows users to send up to **5000** emails per month at no cost, while the Flex plan charges **$0.001** per email sent.
### **Step 1: Authenticate Domain With Mailgun**
Prior to commencing the Mailgun integration with your xCloud team, it’s essential to authenticate your domain with the email service. Please refer to their comprehensive documentation for detailed instructions on how to complete this process: [**Mailgun Domain Verification Walkthrough**](https://help.mailgun.com/hc/en-us/articles/360026833053-Domain-Verification-Walkthrough).
### **Step 2: Connect Mailgun To xCloud**
After authenticating your domains with Mailgun, you can incorporate the email service into the xCloud environment using two methods:
- Integrate Mailgun Using SMTP Credentials
- Integrate Mailgun Using API
### **Step 3: Integrate Mailgun SMTP Credentials**
Access your Mailgun account and go to **Sending → Domains** in the dashboard. Next, proceed to **Domain Settings → SMTP Credentials**. Click on the ‘Add new domain’ button to add a new domain. After adding the domain, remember to save your login credentials (username and password) for use in the xCloud mail integration.
After obtaining your SMTP credentials for Mailgun, proceed to set up Mailgun as the email provider within xCloud. Within your xCloud dashboard, locate **My Profile → Integrations → Email Provider**. To integrate your Mailgun account domain with the credentials, click on the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button.
Upon clicking the ‘**Add New Provider**’ button, a pop-up will appear prompting you to choose the email provider, SMTP username, and SMTP password.
Choose Mailgun as your provider and enter your login details into the SMTP username and SMTP password fields. Your email provider will be added immediately.
### **Step 4: Integrate Mailgun With API**
In addition to utilizing the Mailgun SMTP credentials, you have the option to integrate Mailgun with API keys. To do so, sign in to your Mailgun account and go to the API Security page. Create a new key by selecting the ‘**Add new key**‘ button and providing a description. Remember to save your API key for later use.
Go to your xCloud dashboard and access **My Profile → Integrations → Email Provider**. To integrate your Mailgun account domain with the credentials, click on the ‘Add New Provider’ button.
After clicking the ‘**Add New Provide**r’ button, a pop-up will appear prompting you to choose the email provider name. Opt for Mailgun API as the provider and enter the API obtained from the Mailgun API Security page. Subsequently, provide your authenticated domain name and click the ‘**Add Email Provider**’ button.
This demonstrates the straightforward process of integrating Mailgun into your xCloud team using API keys.
### **Step 5: Test Your Transactional Email**
Once you’ve successfully added Mailgun, you can verify your email service by sending a test email directly from the Email Provider section.
### **Step 6: Add Mailgun Service To Your Site**
Once you’ve integrated Mailgun into your xCloud environment, all you need to do is add the provider to your site. Head to All Sites and select your website to incorporate the email provider. Choose your site and go to the Email Provider tab.
Now, choose your domain from the available ‘**Email Provider**‘ options, specify the sender’s name in the ‘**From Name**‘ field, and enter your email sender’s address in the ‘**From Email**‘ field. Once completed, click the ‘**Add This Provider To Site**‘ button.
## **Enhance Your transactional Email Communication With Mailgun**
In conclusion, integrating Mailgun with WordPress offers a streamlined solution for transactional email management. By leveraging Mailgun’s robust features and advanced capabilities, WordPress users can ensure reliable email delivery, enhance communication efficiency, and maintain a professional image. With Mailgun’s intuitive setup process and powerful tools, managing transactional emails becomes effortless, allowing you to focus on delivering engaging content and providing exceptional user experiences.
Visit the [**deal page**](https://xcloud.host/go/deal/) for further details and be sure to join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138) to stay updated and avoid missing out on any announcements.
---
# How to Use Playground Environments in xCloud - xCloud
> Discover the seamless testing experience of playground environments in xCloud. Test WordPress themes, plugins, and code changes securely.
Are you planning to create a temporary WordPress website on your web host to test themes, plugins, or code tweaks without messing with your live site? Well, not every hosting provider offers you the feature to do that! But then comes xCloud. You can easily leverage the [**playground environments in xCloud**](/docs/how-to-use-xcloud-playground-feature/) and create a temporary WordPress demo site in just minutes for all your needs!
## **💡 Playground Environment in Hosting: the Know-How!**
A **[playground environment in WordPress](https://wordpress.org/playground/)** refers to a **temporary, isolated space** provided by hosting companies specifically for playing around with WordPress. It is essentially a **demo WordPress site** you can use for testing purposes without affecting your [**live website**](https://wpdeveloper.com/how-to-build-a-complete-website-with-wordpress-2022/).
Playground environments feature is offered by some web hosting providers, but not all. It allows you to experiment with WordPress functionalities, test changes, and learn new things in a safe and isolated space, ultimately helping you maintain a smooth-running and secure live website.
Here are some common use cases for a WordPress playground environment:
**👉 Testing New Themes & Plugins:** Before installing a new theme or plugin on your live site, you can try it out in the playground to see how it looks and functions with your existing setup. This helps avoid compatibility issues or unexpected design changes on your main website.
👉 **Trying out Code Changes:** If you are making modifications to your WordPress code, you can test them in the playground first to ensure they work as expected and do not introduce any bugs.
👉 **Collaborating on Designs:** If you are working with a designer on a new website layout, the playground can be a useful tool to showcase mockups and gather feedback before implementing them on the live site.
## **🚀 Playground Environments in xCloud: A Demo Before Going Live**
Among a bunch of [**advanced features**](/features/) to simplify rocket-fast hosting and server management for WordPress, you can leverage the playground environments in xCloud. This will help you create a **demo website for 24 hours**, explore xCloud features and management options, and let you decide on your live websites. You can quite easily create a WordPress website in minutes with xCloud without being on a hosting plan and try out site functionalities with your team.
Here is a breakdown of what you will have for playground environments in xCloud:
### **🌟 Isolated Testing Ground**
Think of it as a **practice zone for WordPress**. You can install themes and plugins, experiment with code modifications, or even create mockups of your website design – all within playground environments in xCloud. This way, you can see how changes would look and function before implementing them on your real site.
### **🌟 Safe Experimentation**
Since the playground is **separate from your live website**, any mistakes you make or compatibility issues that arise will not break your actual site. It is a safe space to test things without risking downtime or affecting your visitors’ experience.
However, it is important to remember that playground environments are usually meant for temporary use and may have limitations. For instance, you might not have access to all the same features or customization options available in a full WordPress installation and a live website.
## **📝 Use Playground Environments in xCloud: A Step-by-Step Guide**
Now that we know how beneficial it is to leverage the playground environments in xCloud and create a demo website let us learn how to use the xCloud Playground environment feature. Here is a step-by-step guideline below.
\[Note: If you have premium access already, the Playground feature will not be available for you. We recommend **avoiding creating any serious site** here as it will be removed after 24 hours.\]
### **Step 1: Sign up for xCloud**
First, visit the [**xCloud login page**](https://app.xcloud.host/) and sign up with your credentials. If you already have an account, log in to the app dashboard.
### **Step 2: Try xCloud Playground**
Once you have logged into xCloud, you will see options to try the xCloud Playground environments feature. You can click on the ‘**Try Playground**’ from the menu bar or click on the ‘**Try xCloud Playground**’ button from the middle of the dashboard page.
You will now be redirected to the WordPress installation page. Provide your site title and other necessary information before hitting the ‘**Next**’ button.
You can also try the advanced features below. For that, click on the ‘**More Advanced Settings**’ button and a drop-down section will appear. Provide your username, and password, as you want. You can also **set up PHP versions** from 5.6 to the latest version and even WordPress 5.0 to the latest versions as well. Plus, you can deploy scripts from there as well.
By default, you can create a database in the xCloud server for this demo site. However, you can add your existing database as well. To do that, hit the ‘**Add Your Existing Database**’ button and fill out the necessary fields.
Now, a popup will appear where you need to click on the ‘**Accept**’ button to be added to the ‘**Playground Team**’.
### **Step 3: Log in to Your Demo Website**
Instantly your demo website will be ready to explore. Now, click on the ‘**Magic Login**’ feature to log in to your demo WordPress website dashboard. You can also view site events, enable Purge cache, or delete this demo site by clicking on the 3 dots button. This is how easily you can create a WordPress website in xCloud Playground at ease.
### **Step 4: Manage Your WordPress Website**
From your dashboard, click on the newly created website. Your website management panel will appear where you can manage your website with ease.
xCloud offers advanced site management features like staging, WordPress plugin and theme management, redirection, caching, event, performance monitoring, and remote and local site backup. You can check out our [**docs on website creation**](https://xcloud.host/docs-category/sites/) features to learn more about all of these settings and features.
## **🎉 Try xCloud Playground Environment Today!**
Utilizing playground environments in xCloud offers a seamless and risk-free way to experiment with WordPress functionalities before implementing changes on your live website. With features like isolated testing grounds and safe experimentation, xCloud provides a valuable tool for developers and designers to refine their websites and ensure optimal performance.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# xCloud Hosting Video Tutorials — Free Hosting & Server Management Guides
> Watch 110+ free xCloud tutorials: server setup, WordPress migration, backups, security, caching, email and AI agent hosting. Search, filter and find every resource in one place.
Every video is published on the xCloud YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/@xCloud-Hosting
Browse and play them at [/videos/](/videos/).
## Playlists
| Playlist | Videos | Page |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Complete xCloud Playbook With Topher | 20 | [/videos/xcloud-playbook-with-topher/](/videos/xcloud-playbook-with-topher/) |
| Caching Setup & Optimization | 2 | [/videos/caching/](/videos/caching/) |
| Laravel Hosting | 3 | [/videos/laravel-hosting/](/videos/laravel-hosting/) |
| Hosting for WordPress | 11 | [/videos/wordpress-hosting/](/videos/wordpress-hosting/) |
| Hosting Addons: Email, Security & More | 6 | [/videos/hosting-addons/](/videos/hosting-addons/) |
| Reviews & Testimonials | 13 | [/videos/reviews-and-testimonials/](/videos/reviews-and-testimonials/) |
| Reseller Hosting Program - White Label Hosting Business | 6 | [/videos/reseller-hosting/](/videos/reseller-hosting/) |
| One Click Apps | 3 | [/videos/one-click-apps/](/videos/one-click-apps/) |
## Getting Started
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How xCloud Saves You Hundreds on Hosting vs Traditional Providers #WordPress #ManagedHosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jRvaAm3pSuM) | 0:49 | 2026-04-28 |
| [xCloud UI 2.0 & Complete Dashboard Walkthrough (Manage Servers, Sites & Teams from One Panel)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TxDjxZJokac) | 11:29 | 2026-02-26 |
| [How to Create a Website on xCloud– WordPress Tutorial for Beginners 2026](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PvvdzCB9d2c) | 10:05 | 2026-02-17 |
| [Introducing xCloud UI 2.0 \| A Modern & Smarter Dashboard Experience 🚀](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-Su0pb78e5o) | 0:59 | 2026-01-28 |
| [Ask Me Anything: State of xCloud & The Future](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7ktjjoTt6A8) | 129:04 | 2025-12-01 |
| [xCloud: Next Gen Hosting Built For Stability, Security & Speed](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEE9OHo3_48) | 0:54 | 2025-03-26 |
| [How To Setup Your First Server & Launch Your Website With xCloud Managed Servers](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O8wJUimPB2w) | 2:11 | 2024-04-25 |
| [Step by Step Guide: How to Create A Site With xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EmOrX7yIiu8) | 2:57 | 2024-04-24 |
| [xCloud \| The Next-Gen WordPress Hosting & Server Management Solution](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X9aPkTxXIVc) | 2:04 | 2024-01-31 |
| [Experience xCloud: Your Reliable, Fast & Next Gen WordPress Hosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iP8q3F_2gxg) | 1:50 | 2024-01-20 |
## WordPress
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [WordPress Maintenance Reports for Clients: Branded PDFs in Minutes \| xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eaT65Huy1Dw) | 4:16 | 2026-07-29 |
| [How to Manage WordPress Updates with xCloud Update Manager](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8pWGZfG2K6A) | 8:46 | 2026-05-14 |
| [How to Create a Complete WordPress Website in Minutes with Templately AI From xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hLQmmNbsTCc) | 3:16 | 2026-01-05 |
| [How to Bulk Update WordPress Plugin, Theme & Core Files From One Dashboard](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UrvsUeK_G88) | 2:31 | 2025-12-23 |
| [How to Activate & Update Installed Themes & Plugins of Your WordPress Website? [xCloud Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4JjkPM0yP6c) | 1:11 | 2024-10-15 |
| [How Do You Create a Demo WordPress Website Using xCloud? [2024 Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OhTjO6atYyo) | 1:30 | 2024-10-08 |
| [How to Install WordPress Multisite with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2bAc1jLYW8g) | 3:33 | 2024-06-26 |
## Servers & Providers
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How to Deploy WordPress Sites Faster with xCloud Blueprints & Site Snapshots](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W7q7BLvHevI) | 8:34 | 2026-07-02 |
| [What is a Staging Environment? How to Create and Manage a Staging Site with xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t1iO7BBGSJU) | 13:08 | 2026-06-15 |
| [How to Create a Custom Blueprint with xCloud \| Full Step-by-Step Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eBKDEcnd4uY) | 2:18 | 2025-07-17 |
| [How to Disable a Website in xCloud Hosting?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kCSnIYfnxW4) | 1:06 | 2025-04-04 |
| [How to Change Language from the xCloud Panel?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=StxKYcIishc) | 1:44 | 2025-02-06 |
| [How To Clone a Full Server With xCloud Hosting? [Complete Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d1pKOHTTAwI) | 1:31 | 2025-02-04 |
| [[Tutorial] How to Discourage Search Engines from Indexing Your Site in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ptyZPKWBxYk) | 1:08 | 2025-01-23 |
| [How to Set up a Linode Server and Host a Website from xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=otV2fwCcpO0) | 1:07 | 2024-12-19 |
| [How to Monitor Your Website's Resources with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fp6tbwxk_bo) | 0:56 | 2024-10-17 |
| [How to Set Up AWS Server in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PqXJL8XzSA4) | 3:23 | 2024-08-28 |
| [How to Go Live from Staging Websites on xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_4lHCav-5Xk) | 1:17 | 2024-08-08 |
| [How to Create Staging Environment In xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XHnaW1nGsx8) | 2:04 | 2024-07-15 |
| [How to Manage Team, Roles & Permissions in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GlOVsg42PUU) | 2:13 | 2024-06-19 |
| [How To Resize Or Upgrade Your Servers In xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nvcuRVuRlAw) | 1:20 | 2024-06-12 |
| [How To Set Up Hetzner Server In xCloud Host](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IDN84R30CXE) | 1:52 | 2024-05-25 |
| [Connect Your Ubuntu Server on xCloud from Any Provider [Step-by-Step Guide 2024]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F7DCbNY8TjE) | 2:27 | 2024-05-22 |
| [How To Setup Google Cloud Platform (GCP) With xCloud Hosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FLl_-L5fwGA) | 3:11 | 2024-05-19 |
| [How To Set Up Your Cloud Server, DigitalOcean, With xCloud - The Next Gen Hosting Provider](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0WxxHOphX3A) | 1:45 | 2024-05-16 |
| [How To Setup A Vultr Server in xCloud and Get Free Hosting For 6 Months](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8TqRK_NVkko) | 2:44 | 2024-04-22 |
## Migrations
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How to Migrate a WordPress Website to xCloud (From Any Host)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NpLYHkpjD-c) | 10:21 | 2026-03-05 |
| [How To Migrate Sites From cPanel To Managed Hosting At xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=du4zqNwEUOA) | 2:12 | 2024-06-22 |
| [How To Migrate A Website With Migrate Guru Plugin In xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2mQu03MLECc) | 1:50 | 2024-05-31 |
| [How To Migrate An Existing WordPress Website In xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1EvBCXMCKZ0) | 3:06 | 2024-05-23 |
| [How To Perform A Full Server Migration with xCloud Hosting [Move Site From One Server To Another]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mxji9q12rpY) | 2:56 | 2024-05-21 |
| [How To Migrate Website From One Server To Another In xCloud [DigitalOcean Migration]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sT_dvP9nKP8) | 2:09 | 2024-04-30 |
## Backups & Storage
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [Everything You Need to Know About Backups on xCloud (Complete Server & Site Backup Guide)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ufJAXTswYCY) | 11:01 | 2026-02-25 |
| [How to Integrate pCloud with xCloud and Back Up Your Website? (Easy Set Up Tutorial)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aC5XEAtZz8g) | 1:50 | 2025-06-30 |
| [How to Integrate Hetzner Storage Provider with xCloud & Backup Your Site?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X3VH_NT8BdY) | 2:31 | 2025-05-19 |
| [How to Integrate Google Drive for Site Backup in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C7afZtWIgWE) | 1:43 | 2025-02-14 |
| [How to Integrate Backblaze Storage Provider with xCloud & Backup Your Site](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Udn1r-zRlEY) | 2:10 | 2025-01-16 |
| [[Tutorial] How to Recreate WordPress Websites from Backups in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aYAWSUHCrcQ) | 2:10 | 2025-01-09 |
| [Complete Guide to Backup Your Server with xCloud [2024 Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdyCGRFp8mU) | 1:05 | 2024-09-30 |
| [How to Use Cloudflare R2 Storage Provider for xCloud Site Backups?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aJR2XT6lsqw) | 2:10 | 2024-08-19 |
| [How to Take Incremental Backup in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N889nj5W3G8) | 1:56 | 2024-07-04 |
| [How to Backup Your Website With xCloud: Step-by-Step Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JMXH3hZJGPI) | 3:00 | 2024-05-24 |
## Security
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How to Protect Your Site From Vulnerabilities [Free Scanner + Pro Auto Patch Security](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZMY1xQ3nZM0) | 7:04 | 2026-06-26 |
| [How to Strengthen Server & Site Security with xCloud? \| Security Practice](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W0-__aLnf1c) | 9:59 | 2026-03-19 |
| [Upgrade Your Website Security with Vulnerability Shield Pro Powered by Patchstack](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oQW8fb5455o) | 1:29 | 2025-05-22 |
| [How to Verify WordPress Checksums and Detect Malware-Affected Files?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-SLiAWYiqWI) | 1:12 | 2025-04-21 |
| [How to Enable AI Bot Blocker in xCloud to Protect Your Website from Automated Traffics?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ctwBGW3XrCk) | 0:53 | 2025-02-28 |
| [How to Add IP Address to IP Blacklist or Whitelist in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l7JGdc_MM-w) | 0:59 | 2024-12-24 |
| [How to Reboot Server and Keep It Up to Date with Automated Security Updates in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7r8TrLsWFoA) | 0:57 | 2024-11-05 |
| [[2024 Tutorial] Reset Your Website’s File & Folder Permissions with xCloud’s Rescue Site](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E9iscuYbh5o) | 1:33 | 2024-10-31 |
| [How Can You Easily Install ‘Let’s Encrypt SSL Certificate’ with Your Websites?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t82UlmBckzA) | 0:56 | 2024-10-24 |
| [How to Detect & Fix Security Issues with xCloud Vulnerability Scanner?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XeSFp8OMIKg) | 1:54 | 2024-09-26 |
| [How to Configure Fail2Ban on xCloud & Enhance Server Security? [2024]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zrJyxScNHng) | 1:11 | 2024-08-12 |
| [How to Enable 7G or 8G Firewall for Your Website from xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=goGWSS1eegE) | 1:32 | 2024-06-10 |
## Performance
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [What Is Full Page Caching? Speed Up Your WordPress Site with Nginx Cache](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aFr5LX9WlHU) | 1:34 | 2026-04-30 |
| [Complete Guide to WordPress Caching \| Clear Cache on WordPress Website](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ohjVHVAtuas) | 6:39 | 2026-03-26 |
| [How to Use PageSpeed Insights to Analyze Your Website’s Speed with xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KGettzOvVAI) | 1:25 | 2025-10-22 |
| [How to Activate Edge Full Page Caching in xCloud Hosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jfsj_Egkid0) | 1:43 | 2025-04-30 |
| [How to Integrate Object Cache Pro with xCloud? [Easy Guide]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YonevfFs3ss) | 1:19 | 2025-02-20 |
| [Introducing OpenLiteSpeed & NGINX Web Servers in xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AZ6_Bb-8-MY) | 1:25 | 2024-07-02 |
## Email
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How to Get a Free Professional Business Email with the xCloud MailBox Addon](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5nxuJcNYFNQ) | 8:13 | 2026-06-10 |
| [How to Migrate Emails From the Legacy Mailbox to the New Mailbox in xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4TwkiA6EnVU) | 4:02 | 2026-05-12 |
| [How to Configure xCloud Email Delivery (Transactional Email)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0GmfmB06IGQ) | 8:06 | 2026-03-18 |
| [How to Create an Email Alias with xCloud MailBox \| Step By-Step Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fvTUnZp04A) | 1:02 | 2025-09-17 |
| [How to Set up Email Forwarding with xCloud MailBox Addon \| Step-by-Step Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W4cEx-9TjP8) | 1:20 | 2025-08-28 |
| [How to Set up xCloud Mailbox Addon \| Step-by-Step Guide to Set up Professional Emails](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7igKe6ekAWo) | 2:13 | 2025-08-14 |
| [How to Set up Site Emails with Mailgun SMTP Provider in xCloud? [New SMTP Setup Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a1BSEM53tRc) | 3:06 | 2024-09-02 |
| [How To Set Up WordPress Site Emails With Your Chosen SMTP Provider In xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qaNUdCFoj40) | 2:08 | 2024-06-03 |
| [How To Add xCloud Managed Email Service For Your WordPress Site Emails](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_xDXUA-nMo) | 3:06 | 2024-05-29 |
## AI & Agents
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [Connect Your AI Agent to xCloud: MCP Setup for Claude, Cursor & Any MCP Client \| xCloud MCP](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cY6URZC2kfE) | 4:55 | 2026-08-04 |
| [Build & Deploy a Website using Claude Code On xCloud \| AI-Powered Web Development Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9oIIH5Rqazc) | 12:39 | 2026-07-10 |
| [How to Connect Hermes Agent to Telegram \| Chat with Your AI Agent from Your Phone](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QtbWrKN-79A) | 2:56 | 2026-06-17 |
| [How to Deploy a Hermes Agent Server on xCloud \| From Setup to Live in Minutes](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YsqbZkNNq34) | 1:16 | 2026-06-14 |
| [[OpenClaw VPS Guide] How to Deploy OpenClaw On xCloud \| Get Your AI Agent Live in 5 Minutes](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EDd1nqaFxW0) | 14:39 | 2026-05-25 |
| [How to Set Up Hermes Agent on xCloud \| AI Agent Hosting Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YHi1--5VBpM) | 9:47 | 2026-05-21 |
| [How to Deploy OpenClaw AI Agent with xCloud (Fully Managed Hosting)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sQ0mBO8-yFs) | 4:57 | 2026-04-01 |
## Developers
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How To Setup xCloud Public API \| Real Examples, Use Cases + xCloud Pulse Free Tool For Everyone](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X5N2uDdAkhM) | 7:17 | 2026-07-27 |
| [How to Deploy Any Git Projects On xCloud \| One Click Git Deployment Tutorial 2026](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oGOXkxbSoGc) | 4:05 | 2026-07-16 |
| [SSH, SFTP & Developer Tools Everything You Need to Know](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=am2mUTgVQoc) | 11:08 | 2026-05-05 |
| [How to Configure PHP Settings for Your Server and Site in xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qo7TlGpDm9s) | 8:58 | 2026-04-16 |
| [How to Set up a Queue Worker in Laravel from Cloud (Step-by-Step Guide)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VF-hX89_WvI) | 1:17 | 2025-06-16 |
| [How to Set up Supervisor for Process Management from xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMk79o0F-PU) | 1:29 | 2025-06-04 |
| [How to Deploy Laravel Applications with xCloud: Step-by-Step Tutorial for Beginners](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wer32kjn9Pc) | 2:53 | 2025-05-29 |
| [How to Deploy Custom PHP Websites From Git Repository? [xCloud Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V3QNfpj2Qj0) | 2:37 | 2025-04-02 |
| [How To Manually Upload Custom PHP Applications On xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zSWdkVKl3K4) | 2:17 | 2025-03-31 |
| [[2025 TUTORIAL] How to Run WP-CLI Commands in Your Site and Server Easily with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HzHNxbXWWCg) | 1:00 | 2024-12-09 |
| [How to Clone a Website from Git Repository with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nlks3oCJLqE) | 3:21 | 2024-11-25 |
| [How to Access Your Site Database with TablePlus Remote Client? [xCloud Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OZWItfnlImk) | 1:41 | 2024-09-09 |
| [How to Configure Custom NGINX in xCloud? [NGINX Web Server Guide]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OD_sO01374Y) | 2:15 | 2024-07-08 |
| [How to Access xCloud Site Files Using FileZilla Remote SFTP Client?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C7aZqPSECuQ) | 1:33 | 2024-06-24 |
| [How To Add A Custom Cron Job In xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6aC-LolNJbE) | 2:11 | 2024-06-05 |
| [How to Upgrade & Customize PHP Version Of WordPress Sites Directly In xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DsZzkWYMDDM) | 1:27 | 2024-05-27 |
## Integrations & Apps
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How to Connect Your Domain with Cloudflare + DNS Setup in xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F6xLGNImz3w) | 5:35 | 2026-03-11 |
| [How to Deploy Site PRO Application with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=udbYfB7-vdo) | 1:50 | 2026-02-10 |
| [How to Deploy a Lovable Application with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q0Qe8Va6y90) | 2:46 | 2026-02-06 |
| [How to Set Up n8n in Minutes with xCloud Hosting \| Easy Step By Step Guide with Workflow](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H1bCs-mW32o) | 4:51 | 2025-06-24 |
| [How to Set up Uptime Kuma with xCloud (One Click Apps Easy Setup Guide)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w-7-rgTYGEU) | 2:32 | 2025-06-09 |
| [[xCloud Tutorial] How to Get Website & Server Update Notifications directly to Telegram?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UK-pytMxbD8) | 2:04 | 2024-12-04 |
| [How to Integrate Cloudflare With xCloud to Manage DNS and SSL Automatically?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pIWeA-chSjQ) | 2:48 | 2024-09-17 |
| [How to Configure WhatsApp with xCloud Hosting? \| Get Site Update Notifications Directly on WhatsApp](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aloeFWv6qGU) | 1:31 | 2024-07-11 |
| [How To Integrate Slack With xCloud & Get All Updates Instantly](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5qCk91wxbUA) | 2:22 | 2024-06-07 |
## White Label
| Video | Length | Published |
| --- | --- | --- |
| [How to Resell Hosting Using Your Own Server Provider with xCloud [Full Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gbtKvzwsieM) | 2:37 | 2025-11-27 |
| [How to Change Language for Clients in xCloud White Label Hosting?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jMRVYGE9nAM) | 0:43 | 2025-01-27 |
| [How to Customize Your Reseller's Terms and Conditions with xCloud White Label?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-1OtsqNx3xY) | 1:25 | 2025-01-06 |
| [How to Setup Your SMTP Provider with xCloud White Label?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1vvFqlVzDTE) | 0:54 | 2024-12-16 |
| [[TUTORIAL] How to Customize Your White Label Reseller Page in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PKXzCmOBYn8) | 1:22 | 2024-11-28 |
| [How to Set Up xCloud White Label Hosting Business and Client Account?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y370AX2jpNM) | 5:09 | 2024-11-13 |
| [Start Your Own Web Hosting Business \| xCloud White Label](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h1UUKwGlh6A) | 5:07 | 2024-11-13 |
---
# Caching Setup & Optimization
> Learn how caching works on xCloud and how to use it to boost website performance. This playlist covers caching concepts, setup, and best practices to help your sites load faster, handle more traffic, and deliver a smoother user experience.
2 videos · [/videos/caching/](/videos/caching/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSIlzv8HeXr6k2bY0jM9HR_yK)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [How to Activate Edge Full Page Caching in xCloud Hosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jfsj_Egkid0) | 1:43 | 2025-04-30 | xCloud |
| 2 | [How to Integrate Object Cache Pro with xCloud? [Easy Guide]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YonevfFs3ss) | 1:19 | 2025-02-20 | xCloud |
---
# Hosting Addons: Email, Security & More
> Dive into this playlist of in-depth tutorials on xCloud Hosting Addons. Explore key features and use cases while learning step by step how Mailbox, xCloud Managed SMTP, and Site Security PRO work. See how these addons enhance email delivery, strengthen security, and improve overall hosting performance while helping you get more value from your xCloud experience and build with confidence.
6 videos · [/videos/hosting-addons/](/videos/hosting-addons/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSIlKnYu5R9Xg0z6t-2rSlonp)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [How to Create an Email Alias with xCloud MailBox \| Step By-Step Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fvTUnZp04A) | 1:02 | 2025-09-17 | xCloud |
| 2 | [How to Set up Email Forwarding with xCloud MailBox Addon \| Step-by-Step Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W4cEx-9TjP8) | 1:20 | 2025-08-28 | xCloud |
| 3 | [How to Set up xCloud Mailbox Addon \| Step-by-Step Guide to Set up Professional Emails](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7igKe6ekAWo) | 2:13 | 2025-08-14 | xCloud |
| 4 | [Upgrade Your Website Security with Vulnerability Shield Pro Powered by Patchstack](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oQW8fb5455o) | 1:29 | 2025-05-22 | xCloud |
| 5 | [How to Set up Site Emails with Mailgun SMTP Provider in xCloud? [New SMTP Setup Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a1BSEM53tRc) | 3:06 | 2024-09-02 | xCloud |
| 6 | [How To Add xCloud Managed Email Service For Your WordPress Site Emails](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_xDXUA-nMo) | 3:06 | 2024-05-29 | xCloud |
---
# Laravel Hosting
> Discover how to host Laravel applications using xCloud. This playlist covers deployment, management, and performance best practices to help you run secure, scalable, and high-performance Laravel apps easily.
3 videos · [/videos/laravel-hosting/](/videos/laravel-hosting/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSInk0CCMm8GWZCNJKfarode6)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [How to Set up a Queue Worker in Laravel from Cloud (Step-by-Step Guide)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VF-hX89_WvI) | 1:17 | 2025-06-16 | xCloud |
| 2 | [How to Set up Supervisor for Process Management from xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMk79o0F-PU) | 1:29 | 2025-06-04 | xCloud |
| 3 | [How to Deploy Laravel Applications with xCloud: Step-by-Step Tutorial for Beginners](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wer32kjn9Pc) | 2:53 | 2025-05-29 | xCloud |
---
# One Click Apps
> Learn how to deploy powerful applications with ease using xCloud One-Click Apps. This playlist shows you how to launch tools like n8n, Uptime Kuma, Mautic, and Docker-based apps such as WireGuard and Nextcloud in just a few clicks. Simple setup, faster launches, and a smoother hosting experience with xCloud.
3 videos · [/videos/one-click-apps/](/videos/one-click-apps/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSIngCFGzEvxgz9p4uaMDLeVq)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [How to Set Up n8n in Minutes with xCloud Hosting \| Easy Step By Step Guide with Workflow](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H1bCs-mW32o) | 4:51 | 2025-06-24 | xCloud |
| 2 | [How to Set up Uptime Kuma with xCloud (One Click Apps Easy Setup Guide)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w-7-rgTYGEU) | 2:32 | 2025-06-09 | xCloud |
| 3 | [How to Deploy Site PRO Application with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=udbYfB7-vdo) | 1:50 | 2026-02-10 | xCloud |
---
# Reseller Hosting Program - White Label Hosting Business
> Welcome to the xCloud White Label Playlist! Learn everything you need to know about xCloud White Label and start your hosting business with ease. Our comprehensive guides will help you succeed and maximize your profits.
6 videos · [/videos/reseller-hosting/](/videos/reseller-hosting/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSIkqcA4AViB1b6-vUYbKWl6u)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [How to Change Language for Clients in xCloud White Label Hosting?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jMRVYGE9nAM) | 0:43 | 2025-01-27 | xCloud |
| 2 | [How to Customize Your Reseller's Terms and Conditions with xCloud White Label?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-1OtsqNx3xY) | 1:25 | 2025-01-06 | xCloud |
| 3 | [How to Setup Your SMTP Provider with xCloud White Label?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1vvFqlVzDTE) | 0:54 | 2024-12-16 | xCloud |
| 4 | [[TUTORIAL] How to Customize Your White Label Reseller Page in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PKXzCmOBYn8) | 1:22 | 2024-11-28 | xCloud |
| 5 | [How to Set Up xCloud White Label Hosting Business and Client Account?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y370AX2jpNM) | 5:09 | 2024-11-13 | xCloud |
| 6 | [Start Your Own Web Hosting Business \| xCloud White Label](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h1UUKwGlh6A) | 5:07 | 2024-11-13 | xCloud |
---
# Reviews & Testimonials
> Looking for the best cloud hosting provider? Industry leaders and our users have praised our work, which shows our commitment to quality and innovation. Check out what they have to say and see why xCloud hosting stands out in the crowd.
13 videos · [/videos/reviews-and-testimonials/](/videos/reviews-and-testimonials/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSInxO28UtORwUAgHONANOYH0)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [Is XCloud the Best Way to Host WordPress Sites?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8oSA2NzgmUI) | 22:42 | 2025-06-16 | Jerad WP |
| 2 | [Getting Started With xCloud Web Hosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nfuGyrLw1l4) | 20:18 | 2025-11-13 | Topher DeRosia |
| 3 | [7 Tips to Make Your WordPress Sites faster in 2026](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IkrjKuQ70EM) | 63:50 | 2025-11-12 | Tobi Salami |
| 4 | [My Honest xCloud Review After Months of Use!](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ssWaTNU9bMQ) | 16:25 | 2025-06-27 | WPTuts |
| 5 | [How to Deploy an EasySite.ai Website on XCloud.host](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n9EIo9Ha21M) | 7:49 | 2025-06-22 | Devin Central2 |
| 6 | [xCloud Hosting Review: Is This the Best WordPress Hosting for Speed and Flexibility?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p0VX12RsNKo) | 19:51 | 2025-06-08 | Cloud Guru |
| 7 | [Create Your Own Zapier Alternative with 1-Click! n8n + xCloud Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HybsuA16pTs) | 6:48 | 2025-06-05 | WPTuts |
| 8 | [This New Hosting Saves 50% of My Money (How to Migrate to xCloud)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zZ_NWRQj2Sc) | 16:22 | 2024-07-17 | NusaPixel |
| 9 | [How to Migrate from Cloudways to xCloud Hosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WlupdNmv0u0) | 19:37 | 2024-04-20 | Suburbia Press |
| 10 | [xCloud Hosting Review: Good Enough To Switch From Cloudways?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2_2G06TDCC0) | 23:57 | 2024-03-04 | Blog Marketing Academy - David Risley |
| 11 | [xCloud: The Next-Gen Cloud Control Panel \| Your Ultimate WordPress Hosting Solution](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DxtG2vQ07XE) | 7:31 | 2024-02-08 | WPManageNinja |
| 12 | [Supercharge Website Management with xCloud Hosting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HE4S3ZKei0U) | 11:37 | 2024-02-07 | Mr Web |
| 13 | [xCloud - WP Hosting Panel Everyone Is Talking About](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HN_aesBFagI) | 39:58 | 2024-02-02 | Dave Swift |
---
# Hosting for WordPress
> Learn how to host WordPress sites with ease using xCloud. This playlist covers simple setup, smooth management, and performance-focused hosting to help you run fast, secure, and reliable WordPress websites with confidence.
11 videos · [/videos/wordpress-hosting/](/videos/wordpress-hosting/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSImFHphe5XWmEgXEjvf77V13)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [How to Create a Complete WordPress Website in Minutes with Templately AI From xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hLQmmNbsTCc) | 3:16 | 2026-01-05 | xCloud |
| 2 | [How to Bulk Update WordPress Plugin, Theme & Core Files From One Dashboard](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UrvsUeK_G88) | 2:31 | 2025-12-23 | xCloud |
| 3 | [How to Verify WordPress Checksums and Detect Malware-Affected Files?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-SLiAWYiqWI) | 1:12 | 2025-04-21 | xCloud |
| 4 | [[Tutorial] How to Recreate WordPress Websites from Backups in xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aYAWSUHCrcQ) | 2:10 | 2025-01-09 | xCloud |
| 5 | [How to Activate & Update Installed Themes & Plugins of Your WordPress Website? [xCloud Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4JjkPM0yP6c) | 1:11 | 2024-10-15 | xCloud |
| 6 | [How Do You Create a Demo WordPress Website Using xCloud? [2024 Tutorial]](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OhTjO6atYyo) | 1:30 | 2024-10-08 | xCloud |
| 7 | [How to Install WordPress Multisite with xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2bAc1jLYW8g) | 3:33 | 2024-06-26 | xCloud |
| 8 | [How To Set Up WordPress Site Emails With Your Chosen SMTP Provider In xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qaNUdCFoj40) | 2:08 | 2024-06-03 | xCloud |
| 9 | [How To Add xCloud Managed Email Service For Your WordPress Site Emails](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_xDXUA-nMo) | 3:06 | 2024-05-29 | xCloud |
| 10 | [How to Upgrade & Customize PHP Version Of WordPress Sites Directly In xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DsZzkWYMDDM) | 1:27 | 2024-05-27 | xCloud |
| 11 | [How To Migrate An Existing WordPress Website In xCloud?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1EvBCXMCKZ0) | 3:06 | 2024-05-23 | xCloud |
---
# Complete xCloud Playbook With Topher
> This playlist is a complete, step-by-step guide to using xCloud with WordPress. Topher covers everything from server setup and first site launch to migrations, backups, security, caching, staging, email, and advanced workflows. You will learn how to manage unlimited sites based on server resources, optimize performance, secure servers and websites, and scale projects without traditional hosting limits. Start from the beginning if you’re new to xCloud or jump into any topic when needed. This series helps you build, manage, and grow WordPress sites with confidence 🚀
20 videos · [/videos/xcloud-playbook-with-topher/](/videos/xcloud-playbook-with-topher/) · [playlist on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG-38u4POSIneTiq8ASA52olFk8SdjWw7)
| # | Video | Length | Published | Creator |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | [Connect Your AI Agent to xCloud: MCP Setup for Claude, Cursor & Any MCP Client \| xCloud MCP](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cY6URZC2kfE) | 4:55 | 2026-08-04 | xCloud |
| 2 | [WordPress Maintenance Reports for Clients: Branded PDFs in Minutes \| xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eaT65Huy1Dw) | 4:16 | 2026-07-29 | xCloud |
| 3 | [How To Setup xCloud Public API \| Real Examples, Use Cases + xCloud Pulse Free Tool For Everyone](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X5N2uDdAkhM) | 7:17 | 2026-07-27 | xCloud |
| 4 | [How to Deploy Any Git Projects On xCloud \| One Click Git Deployment Tutorial 2026](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oGOXkxbSoGc) | 4:05 | 2026-07-16 | xCloud |
| 5 | [Build & Deploy a Website using Claude Code On xCloud \| AI-Powered Web Development Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9oIIH5Rqazc) | 12:39 | 2026-07-10 | xCloud |
| 6 | [How to Deploy WordPress Sites Faster with xCloud Blueprints & Site Snapshots](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W7q7BLvHevI) | 8:34 | 2026-07-02 | xCloud |
| 7 | [How to Protect Your Site From Vulnerabilities [Free Scanner + Pro Auto Patch Security](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZMY1xQ3nZM0) | 7:04 | 2026-06-26 | xCloud |
| 8 | [What is a Staging Environment? How to Create and Manage a Staging Site with xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t1iO7BBGSJU) | 13:08 | 2026-06-15 | xCloud |
| 9 | [How to Get a Free Professional Business Email with the xCloud MailBox Addon](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5nxuJcNYFNQ) | 8:13 | 2026-06-10 | xCloud |
| 10 | [[OpenClaw VPS Guide] How to Deploy OpenClaw On xCloud \| Get Your AI Agent Live in 5 Minutes](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EDd1nqaFxW0) | 14:39 | 2026-05-25 | xCloud |
| 11 | [How to Set Up Hermes Agent on xCloud \| AI Agent Hosting Tutorial](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YHi1--5VBpM) | 9:47 | 2026-05-21 | xCloud |
| 12 | [How to Manage WordPress Updates with xCloud Update Manager](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8pWGZfG2K6A) | 8:46 | 2026-05-14 | xCloud |
| 13 | [SSH, SFTP & Developer Tools Everything You Need to Know](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=am2mUTgVQoc) | 11:08 | 2026-05-05 | xCloud |
| 14 | [How to Configure PHP Settings for Your Server and Site in xCloud](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qo7TlGpDm9s) | 8:58 | 2026-04-16 | xCloud |
| 15 | [Complete Guide to WordPress Caching \| Clear Cache on WordPress Website](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ohjVHVAtuas) | 6:39 | 2026-03-26 | xCloud |
| 16 | [How to Strengthen Server & Site Security with xCloud? \| Security Practice](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W0-__aLnf1c) | 9:59 | 2026-03-19 | xCloud |
| 17 | [How to Configure xCloud Email Delivery (Transactional Email)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0GmfmB06IGQ) | 8:06 | 2026-03-18 | xCloud |
| 18 | [How to Migrate a WordPress Website to xCloud (From Any Host)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NpLYHkpjD-c) | 10:21 | 2026-03-05 | xCloud |
| 19 | [xCloud UI 2.0 & Complete Dashboard Walkthrough (Manage Servers, Sites & Teams from One Panel)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TxDjxZJokac) | 11:29 | 2026-02-26 | xCloud |
| 20 | [Everything You Need to Know About Backups on xCloud (Complete Server & Site Backup Guide)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ufJAXTswYCY) | 11:01 | 2026-02-25 | xCloud |
---
# Web Hosting Security Best Practices and What to Look For in Secure Website Hosting - xCloud
> Learn web hosting security best practices and exactly what to look for in secure website hosting, from WAF and isolation to backups, SSL, and the questions to ask
There is a question that surfaces after almost every website hack, usually inside a panicked support ticket or a tense client call. Who was actually supposed to handle that? Most people are not sure, and that uncertainty is where websites get compromised. Site owners assume the host covers everything, while hosts assume the owner is managing updates and access, and in that gap, attackers find room to work.
Web hosting security is not a single switch you flip on once. It is a set of practices, technologies, and shared responsibilities that protect your website, server, and visitors from unauthorized access, malware, and data loss.
This guide breaks down what secure website hosting really looks like in 2026: the host-side features worth paying for, the owner-side practices you control, how the main hosting types compare, and the questions to ask before you trust any provider.
**Key takeaways:**
- Web hosting security is a shared responsibility. The host owns the infrastructure layer and you own the application layer, and most breaches happen when both sides assume the other has it covered.
- The features that matter most are a web application firewall, DDoS protection, account isolation, free SSL, off-site backups with malware scanning, and secure access through SFTP and SSH.
- Isolation is the single biggest security difference between shared, VPS, dedicated, and managed cloud hosting.
- The fastest wins you control are strong credentials with two-factor authentication, least-privilege roles, fast updates, and tested backups.
- A provider that cannot clearly explain what it secures at each layer is itself a risk signal.
## **What Is Web Hosting Security and Why Does It Decide Your Site’s Fate**
Web hosting security is the combined set of server-level and account-level protections that keep your website online, your data private, and your visitors safe. It covers the data center, network, operating system, web server software, and the way individual sites are separated from one another, and a weakness in any one layer can expose the whole site.
### **The Real Cost of Weak Hosting Security**
The numbers make the stakes concrete. The [**IBM Cost of a Data Breach Report**](https://www.ibm.com/reports/data-breach) puts the global average cost of a 2025 breach near 4.44 million dollars, rising past 10 million dollars in the United States. The [**Verizon Data Breach Investigations Report**](https://www.verizon.com/business/resources/reports/dbir/) ties web application attacks like SQL injection and cross-site scripting to a meaningful share of breaches. Speed is the new problem, because [**Patchstack**](https://patchstack.com/whitepaper/state-of-wordpress-security-in-2026/) reports the median time from a vulnerability being disclosed to being actively exploited is now only a few hours.
### **Security, SEO, and Trust Are the Same Conversation**
Search engines reward secure sites and bury compromised ones, and recovering from a malware flag takes far longer than the hack itself lasted. Encryption is now table stakes rather than a bonus, with W3Techs tracking showing well over ninety percent of active sites serve traffic over HTTPS by default. Understanding **[why SSL is important for websites](/why-ssl-is-important-for-websites/)** is critical, as it serves as both a trust signal and a requirement for modern SEO.
## **The Shared Responsibility Model: What Your Host Owns vs What You Own**
The cleanest way to think about secure hosting is to draw a clear line between two roles. Responsibility only truly transfers when it is explicitly accepted, so any ambiguity here is a liability rather than a convenience.
### **What a Secure Web Host Is Responsible For**
A serious provider owns the infrastructure layer: network protection, server hardening, account isolation, the backup architecture, and incident response. A good host treats these as part of the product, not an upsell, and keeps the underlying stack patched and monitored around the clock, so it can respond at the server level before a fresh exploit reaches your application. They should also make it easy to manage configurations, such as how you **[enable Cloudflare WAF rules](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/)**.
### **What the Website Owner Is Responsible For**
You own the application layer and the human layer: your content management system, your plugins and themes, your user accounts, your passwords, and the people you grant access to. No firewall can save a site whose admin password was reused from a breached forum, and you decide which apps you install, which integrations you trust, and how quickly you apply updates.
### **The Failure Mode That Causes Most Breaches**
The failure is rarely that one side was careless. It is almost always that both sides quietly assumed the other one had it handled, and that shared assumption is usually the story underneath a hacked site nobody saw coming.
## **What to Look For in Secure Website Hosting**
Evaluating secure web hosting means judging how seriously a provider treats each layer of defense. The host-side features below separate real security from marketing claims.
### **1\. Web application firewall and OWASP coverage.**
A web application firewall, or WAF, filters malicious traffic before it reaches your site and blocks patterns like SQL injection and cross-site scripting. Strong providers map their rules to the [**OWASP Top 10**](https://owasp.org/www-project-top-ten/) and treat a WAF as a baseline. For even stricter browser-level protection, you should implement [**security headers**](/complete-guide-to-wordpress-security-headers/). If you use Cloudflare, you can also [**enable Cloudflare WAF rules**](/docs/how-to-enable-cloudflare-waf-rules-in-xcloud/) for an extra layer of defense.
### **2\. DDoS protection**
Distributed denial-of-service attacks flood your site with junk traffic until real visitors cannot reach it. An effective host filter that filters traffic at the network edge so your site stays available under pressure.
### **3\. Account and site isolation**
On a poorly built server, one compromised website can become a doorway into every other site on that machine. Proper isolation gives each site its own system user, which is why xCloud [**keeps every site isolated with separate system users**](/features/).
### **4\. Free SSL certificates**
SSL and TLS encrypt the data moving between your server and your visitors, protecting logins, payments, and form submissions. A good host issues and renews these automatically at no cost, often through Let’s Encrypt. Learn more about **[why SSL is important for websites](/why-ssl-is-important-for-websites/).**
### **5\. Backups with malware scanning before restore.**
Look for automated, offsite backups, selective restore, and scanning before restoration. Recovering from an already infected backup is a painful and common mistake.
### **6\. Secure access through SFTP and SSH**
File transfers should always run over encrypted protocols, so a secure host enforces SFTP and SSH rather than plain FTP. That keeps credentials and files from being intercepted in transit.
### **7\. Malware scanning, brute-force defense, and patching**
Server-level scanning catches infections early, while tools like Fail2Ban block the repeated failed logins that signal a brute-force attack. xCloud enables Fail2Ban by default and offers a [**Site Security PRO addon**](/site-security-pro/) for deeper protection.
### **8\. Monitoring, uptime, and incident response**
The best providers watch server health continuously, publish clear uptime commitments, and keep a documented incident plan. You are never left in the dark while your site is down.
### **Green Flags vs Red Flags at a Glance**
**Green flags**
**Red flags**
WAF and DDoS protection by default
Security framed as paid upsells
Per-site isolation with separate users
Vague answers on how sites are separated
Free auto-renewing SSL on every site
SSL sold as an expensive extra
Offsite backups scanned before restore
Backups stored on the same server only
Clear uptime SLA and status page
No published uptime or incident process
Enforced SFTP and SSH
Plain FTP still allowed
## **Which Hosting Type Is the Most Secure?**
Your choice of hosting type sets the ceiling on your security, mainly through isolation and control. The table below compares the four most common options.
**Hosting type**
**Isolation**
**Control**
**Who hardens and patches**
**Best for**
Shared
Low
Minimal
The host, with shared limits
Hobby sites and tight budgets
VPS
Medium to high
High
Often, you, unless managed
Growing sites needing control
Dedicated
High
Full
You
Large sites with in-house expertise
Managed cloud
High, per site
Balanced
The host, on your behalf
Businesses want their [**VPS security**](/maximize-your-vps-security/) without the maintenance burden
Shared hosting is the most economical, but it carries the highest contamination risk because resources and neighbors are shared. [**Managed cloud hosting**](/managed-hosting/) tends to offer the best balance, pairing strong per-site isolation with a team that handles the heavy infrastructure work, while [**self-managed hosting**](/self-managed-hosting/) through a control panel lets you bring your own server and keep isolation and security defaults. If you do go with a VPS, remember to [**maximize your VPS security**](/maximize-your-vps-security/) to ensure your setup is truly hardened.
## **Web Hosting Security Best Practices You Control**
A secure host gives you a strong foundation, but the practices below are yours to own. They are also where the fastest, cheapest security gains live.
- **Strengthen access first:** Use long, unique passwords, enable two-factor authentication everywhere, and apply least privilege so each user gets only the access they need. A password manager removes the temptation to reuse credentials.
- **Update quickly and consistently:** Outdated software is the most common way sites get breached, because attackers scan the web for known, unpatched vulnerabilities. Keep your CMS core, plugins, and themes current, and back up before you update. and implementing [**security headers**](/complete-guide-to-wordpress-security-headers/) for extra browser protection
- **Force HTTPS everywhere:** Once your SSL certificate is active, redirect all traffic to the secure version of your site so no page is ever served unencrypted. This protects users and signals trust to search engines.
- **Back up independently and test restores:** Even with host backups in place, keep an independent copy and confirm you can actually restore from it. A backup you have never tested is a hope, not a safeguard.
- **Use staging before pushing changes:** Test updates and new code in a safe environment before they touch your live site, so a faulty plugin never breaks production. You can spin one up with the xCloud guide to [**creating a staging environment**](/docs/how-to-create-a-staging-environment-in-xcloud/).
- **Remove what you do not use:** Every inactive plugin, theme, app, or user account is a potential entry point. Audit your site regularly and delete anything that is not earning its place.
#### **📑 A Special Note for WooCommerce and eCommerce Sites**
Online stores handle payment and personal data, which raises both the stakes and the compliance bar. If you sell online, choose hosting built for high-traffic transactions, align with the PCI DSS standard for card data, and use purpose-built [**WooCommerce hosting**](/woocommerce-hosting/) that pairs performance with isolation and encryption at checkout.
## **How to Audit Your Current Hosting Security**
Marketing pages all sound secure, so the real test is whether a provider answers direct questions clearly. Before you commit, ask the following:
1. Are WAF and DDoS protection included as standard, or sold separately?
2. How are sites isolated from one another on the same server?
3. Are SSL certificates free and renewed automatically?
4. Where are backups stored, and are they scanned before restore?
5. Do you enforce SFTP and SSH instead of plain FTP?
6. What is your uptime commitment, and is there a public status page?
7. What is your documented process when an incident or zero-day hits?
8. How quickly do you patch the server stack?
A provider that answers with specifics rather than slogans takes security seriously. If it cannot, that ambiguity is itself your answer.
## **How xCloud Builds Security Into Every Layer**
xCloud is designed so that the infrastructure layer is genuinely owned, not assumed. Every site runs with isolation, brute-force protection through Fail2Ban, enforced SFTP and SSH, and free auto-renewing SSL, with continuous health monitoring across more than thirty global locations, fast recovery from incremental and full backups, and a Site Security PRO add-on for deeper protection.
The same foundation powers fast, [**secure managed WordPress hosting**](/hosting-for-wordpress/) and high-performance setups for stores. If you are switching providers, the team offers free, no-downtime **[website and server migration](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-perform-a-full-server-migration-with-xcloud/)**, and you can see how it stacks up in the detailed **[xCloud vs Cloudways comparison](/xcloud-vs-cloudways/).**
## **Migrate your sites to xCloud for free, with no downtime, and upgrade your security Today**
Secure website hosting is not about chasing a single magic feature. It is about choosing a provider that clearly owns the infrastructure layer, understanding the practices that remain yours, and refusing to leave the responsibility line ambiguous. The hosts worth trusting can tell you exactly what they protect and how, before anything goes wrong, so treat security as a shared, ongoing partnership and stay disciplined about the practices you control. For more practical guides on hosting, performance, and protection, the [**xCloud blog**](/blog/) is a good place to keep learning.
We hope you have learned how to select the right content management system for your business in 2026 from this blog. Now, try [**xCloud’s managed hosting plans**](/managed-hosting/) by yourself and let us know your experience on the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community)**.** Also, do not forget to [**subscribe to our blog**](/blog/) to get updates, helpful resources, and more.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Is managed hosting more secure than shared hosting?**
Yes, managed hosting typically offers superior security compared to shared hosting. Managed solutions prioritize strong site isolation, preventing a single site’s vulnerability from affecting others, and often include proactive security maintenance. For a deeper comparison of these hosting environments, see our guide on **[shared hosting, VPS, and cloud hosting](/shared-hosting-vps-or-cloud-hosting/)**.
### **What is web hosting security?**
Web hosting security is the set of server-level and account-level protections that keep a website online and its data safe. It spans the data center, network, operating system, web server software, and the isolation between sites, and it is shared between the host and the owner.
### **Which hosting type is the most secure?**
Hosting types with strong isolation, such as VPS, dedicated, and managed cloud hosting, are generally safer than shared hosting because a breach on one site is less likely to spread. Managed cloud hosting often offers the best balance, since you get isolation and security defaults without handling server maintenance yourself.
### **Who is responsible for website security, the host or the owner?**
Both are, and the line matters. The host owns the infrastructure layer, including the firewall, isolation, backups, and patching, while the owner manages the application layer, including the CMS, plugins, passwords, and access. Most breaches happen when each side assumes the other one had it covered.
### **Can a hosting provider guarantee one hundred percent security?**
No honest provider can promise foolproof security, because factors like user behavior and third-party integrations are outside its control. A strong host reduces risk dramatically through firewalls, isolation, monitoring, and backups, while the owner closes the remaining gaps with good practices.
### **What are the most common web hosting security threats?**
The [**most common threats**](/defend-against-12-major-client-side-security-threats/) are malware infections, brute-force login attacks, DDoS attacks, SQL injection, cross-site scripting, and breaches caused by outdated software. Many of these are blocked by a combination of host-side protection and prompt updates.
---
# [New] Upgrade Your WordPress Website Security with Vulnerability Shield Pro – Powered by Patchstack - xCloud
> Learn how Vulnerability Shield Pro helps to protect your WordPress site with early vulnerability, automated patching and more.
At [**xCloud**](/), security has always been a top priority, alongside blazing-fast performance. Nowadays, websites are one of the primary faces of a business that makes it a prime target for cyber threats. It is essential to have a strong security system for your website to keep your site secure and successful.
That is why xCloud brings **Vulnerability Shield Pro**, an advanced WordPress security layer powered by [**Patchstack**](https://patchstack.com/), a global leader in WordPress vulnerability detection and protection.
Let us see what the new security shield brings to the table and how this exclusive partnership can level up your WordPress security for all xCloud users.
## **Introducing Vulnerability Shield Pro with xCloud**
Patchstack is rapidly becoming the one go-to name in WordPress security. It is not just a scanner, rather a full-scale threat detection engine that keeps a watchful eye on vulnerabilities across your WordPress plugins, themes, and core files.
According to Patchstack, in 2022 alone, about [**26% of WordPress plugins**](https://patchstack.com/whitepaper/wordpress-security-stats-2022/) with critical vulnerabilities never received a patch. That is a wake-up call. And at xCloud, we believe that performance and protection should go hand in hand.
[Learn How to Unlock the Advanced Protection](https://xcloud.host/docs/set-up-vulnerability-shield-pro/)
That is why we are excited to unveil our new scanner for the vulnerabilities latest security enhancement brought through our new partnership with **Patchstack**, a next-gen WordPress website security enhancement now available across our fully managed hosting plans.
Vulnerability Shield Pro is designed to work **silently, smartly, and seamlessly** in the background. It taps into Patchstack’s extensive vulnerability intelligence and deploys the fastest security defenses across your WordPress sites.
Whether you are running a blog, an e-commerce site, or managing client websites, this new feature brings enterprise-grade protection directly to your dashboard. With **automated vulnerability scans, virtual patching, and early threat detection**, your website becomes a fortress without lifting a finger.
This is not just a security upgrade. It is peace of mind, baked right into your hosting.
## **Guide to Activate Vulnerability Shield Pro with xCloud**
Vulnerability Shield Pro is a powerful add-on for xCloud, powered by [**Patchstack**](https://patchstack.com/), designed to strengthen your WordPress website’s security by actively scanning for vulnerabilities. Though xCloud provides a free [**vulnerability scanner**](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/) that regularly scans your WordPress site for known vulnerabilities, helping to keep your website secure, upgrading to Pro gives you faster alerts and ensures you stay ahead of emerging vulnerabilities.
Follow the steps below to activate Vulnerability Shield Pro to ensure your site remains protected from vulnerabilities.
### **Step 1: Access the Site And Navigate to Vulnerability Scan PRO**
To begin, go to your website dashboard, go to the WordPress menu, and select ‘**Vulnerability Scan’**. If your site has not yet been upgraded to Pro, or if you have not purchased the Vulnerability Scanner Pro add-on, you will see a notice prompting you to upgrade.
Click on the **Upgrade to Pro** button to start the process. You will be informed that the price is ‘**$5 per month’** for each site. Review your payment details carefully and then click the **‘Pay Now’** button. Once the payment is successful, the Vulnerability Scanner Pro will be immediately purchased and activated on your site.
### **Step 2: Scan for Vulnerabilities**
After activating Vulnerability Shield Pro, return to the dashboard and click the **Refresh** button. This will initiate a vulnerability scan on your website. The scanner will search for any known vulnerabilities and display a list of results.
You can review each vulnerability in detail by clicking on the individual entries to see more information, including suggested remediation steps.
And that’s it, this is how easily you can upgrade to Vulnerability Shield PRO and act before they are exploited. Regular monitoring and managing your subscription ensures your site remains protected and up-to-date against emerging security threats. Read the detailed [step-by-step guide](https://xcloud.host/docs/set-up-vulnerability-shield-pro/) for more details about the setup process.
## **What You Get with Vulnerability Scanner Pro**
With **Vulnerability Shield Pro**, powered by Patchstack, you are not just getting security; you are getting a **smart, adaptive defense system** that grows with your site and evolves with the threat landscape. Here is what makes this feature a game-changer for WordPress users on xCloud:
### **🔍 Auto-Detect Vulnerabilities Across Your WordPress Stack**
This [**vulnerability scanner**](/website-vulnerability-checker/) scans every corner of your WordPress installation **plugins, themes, and core files,** to identify known vulnerabilities. These scans happen continuously, ensuring you are alerted **before** a weakness becomes a problem.
### **🛡️ Automated Virtual Patching**
No more waiting for developers to roll out fixes. This pro feature applies **virtual patches** instantly, sealing security gaps with **non-intrusive firewall rules**. Your site stays secure, even if a plugin has not been updated yet.
### **🔥 Monitor Active Exploits in Real-Time**
Get real-time insights into **active exploitation attempts**. Vulnerability Shield Pro not only alerts you that **acts** to block suspicious traffic before any damage can be done.
### **⏱️ 48-Hour Early Vulnerability Detection**
Faster vulnerability detection is important. That is why we are excited to offer protection up to 48 hours _before_ vulnerabilities become public knowledge. This early detection window gives you a critical head start in staying secure before anyone else.
### **⚡ Lightweight & Performance-First**
We know speed matters. This security layer is designed to be **laser-focused**, shielding only what needs protection without weighing down your site. That means **zero lag, full throttle performance**.
## **Automate Your Website Security: Try Vulnerability Shield Pro Now**
The digital world does not slow down, and neither do attackers. That is why our partnership with Patchstack is more than just a feature launch, which is a **commitment to proactive protection from xCloud**.
At **xCloud**, we know that your website is the face of your business. Vulnerability Shield Pro is built to **protect what matters most**, so you can focus on growing without second-guessing your security posture.
By integrating Patchstack’s industry-leading threat detection with our high-performance hosting infrastructure, we are giving you **a smarter, more secure WordPress experience** right inside your xCloud Dashboard. No hassle. Just powerful, invisible protection that works 24/7.
Stay with us in 2025 as well for more insights and feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/724877699664138/) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# How Website Vulnerability Checker in xCloud Serves Protection - xCloud
> Discover the importance of website vulnerability checkers in safeguarding your online presence with xCloud that brings a shield for your website.
Ever worried about your website getting hacked? You’re not alone. Website vulnerability checkers are your digital shields, spotting weak points before hackers do. They’re like having a 24/7 security team but for your online presence. With this feature, you’re not just protecting your site – you’re safeguarding your business and customer trust.
In this blog, we will be exploring why you should start using a vulnerability checker and take control of your website’s security. It’s a small step that could save you from big trouble down the line.
## Deeper Dive into Website Vulnerabilities
Website vulnerabilities are weaknesses or misconfigurations in website design, implementation, or operation that attackers can exploit. These vulnerabilities can compromise a website’s integrity, availability, or confidentiality, affecting its code, server configuration, database, and third-party plugins or extensions.
### Definition And Types of Common Website Vulnerabilities
1. **SQL Injection**: SQL injection is a prevalent web application vulnerability where attackers insert malicious SQL code into input fields to manipulate a website’s database. This can lead to unauthorized data access or manipulation, allowing attackers to create, read, alter, or delete data stored in the database.
2. **Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)**: XSS vulnerabilities occur when attackers inject scripts, often JavaScript, into web applications. These scripts are executed in the victim’s browser, enabling attackers to hijack user sessions, deface websites, or redirect users to malicious sites.
3. **Remote Code Execution (RCE):** RCE vulnerabilities allow attackers to execute arbitrary code on a target server or application. This can lead to complete control over the affected system, enabling data theft, system manipulation, or further network penetration.
4. **Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF)**: CSRF attacks trick authenticated users into performing unintended actions on a website. Attackers exploit CSRF vulnerabilities to perform unauthorized actions, such as changing user passwords or transferring funds.
5. **Directory Traversal**: Directory traversal vulnerabilities enable attackers to access restricted directories and execute commands outside the web server’s root directory. This can expose sensitive files and data, leading to unauthorized access and potential data breaches.
## Features of an Effective Website Vulnerability Checker
Understanding the key features of an effective website vulnerability checker is crucial for maintaining robust web security. Here, we delve into the essential components that make these features effective.
### Comprehensive Scanning Capabilities
An effective website vulnerability checker must possess comprehensive scanning capabilities. This means it should be able to detect a wide range of vulnerabilities, including common threats like SQL injections, Cross-Site Scripting (XSS), and [**Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS)**](https://www.cloudflare.com/learning/ddos/what-is-a-ddos-attack/) attacks. The feature should also be regularly updated to identify new and emerging threats, ensuring that it remains effective against the latest security challenges. Automated web vulnerability scanning features are particularly beneficial as they can quickly crawl large volumes of web pages without interruptions, making them highly efficient.
### User-Friendly Interface
A user-friendly interface is essential for a vulnerability checker to be effective. Users should be able to navigate the feature easily and understand the instructions without confusion. This includes having a clean layout, intuitive navigation, and clear instructions that guide users through the scanning process. A straightforward interface ensures that users can efficiently operate the feature and interpret the results, even if they are not security experts.
### Detailed Reporting
Detailed reporting is another critical feature. An effective vulnerability checker should provide comprehensive reports that include steps to reproduce and fix identified vulnerabilities. This not only helps users understand the nature of the vulnerabilities but also provides actionable insights for remediation. Detailed documentation and reporting are essential for developers to quickly address and fix issues, thereby enhancing the security posture of their website.
### Automated Scanning And Alerts
Automated scanning and real-time alerts are crucial for keeping users informed of potential threats. An effective website vulnerability checker should allow users to schedule scans and receive alerts whenever a new vulnerability is detected. This proactive approach helps organizations stay ahead of potential threats and ensures that vulnerabilities are addressed promptly before they can be exploited by attackers.
## How to Choose the Right Website Vulnerability Checker
Selecting the right website vulnerability checker is crucial for maintaining the security and integrity of your online presence. Here is a detailed guide to help you make an informed decision.
### Assessing Your Needs
Understanding your security requirements and potential threats is the first step in choosing a website vulnerability checker. Different websites have varying levels of exposure to threats based on their size, the sensitivity of data handled, and the nature of their operations. For example, an e-commerce site handling credit card transactions will have different security needs compared to a personal blog. It is essential to identify the types of data you need to protect and the potential threats you face, such as SQL injection or cross-site scripting (XSS).
### Evaluating Features
Once you have assessed your needs, the next step is to evaluate the features of different website vulnerability checker. Look for features that offer comprehensive scanning capabilities, including the ability to detect both common and complex vulnerabilities. Features such as authenticated scanning, which allows the feature to check behind login pages, and the ability to handle JavaScript-heavy websites are important. Providing detailed reports with remediation recommendations can save time and resources.
## How to Check Vulnerability Issues from Server End & Fix Accordingly?
With xCloud you can perform the following Vulnerability Issues from the server end and fix them as required. To do so, follow these steps:
### Step 1: Enable Vulnerability Checker
Once you’re logged into your xCloud dashboard, go to **‘Servers’** and choose one of your servers if you have more than one. You’ll see a list of all the sites hosted on that server.
Next, click on **‘Security’** and look for the **‘Vulnerability Scan’** section. Turn on the switch next to **‘Enable Vulnerability Scan.’** If you want to automatically update any vulnerability issues, turn on the switch for ‘Enable Auto Update.’ Don’t forget to click ‘Save Settings’ after making these changes.
### Step 2: Select Sites to Get the Vulnerability Issues
To receive vulnerability notifications for all your sites, click **‘Select Sites’** at the top to select them all. For specific sites, select only those and click **‘Save Settings’.**
### Step 3: Enabling Auto Update & Auto Backup
Turning on **‘Auto Update’** reveals an **‘Enable Auto Backup’** option. To back up everything automatically, toggle it on and click **‘Save Settings.’**
For more information, you can check our [**detailed documentation**](/docs/vulnerability-checker-in-xcloud/).
## Effortlessly Detect And Fix Vulnerabilities of Your Website
xCloud website vulnerability checker is a vital feature for protecting WordPress sites. Scanning for vulnerabilities helps identify weaknesses before they can be exploited. This proactive approach enhances security and ensures compliance with industry standards, providing peace of mind for site owners. In an era where cyber threats are increasingly sophisticated, the xCloud Vulnerability Scanner is essential for safeguarding sensitive data and maintaining customer trust.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# What is Brotli Compression and How to Enable It in xCloud (Complete Guide) - xCloud
> Learn what Brotli Compression is and how to enable it in xCloud to speed up your website, boost SEO, and improve user experience.
Website speed has become a critical factor for online success. A delay of just one second in page load time can **result in a drop** in conversions. That is why technologies like [**Brotli compression**](https://www.brotli.org/) are essential tools for website owners looking to stay ahead with their site, providing a faster website to their visitors.
If you are hosting your site on xCloud, enabling Brotli compression could be one of the easiest ways to supercharge your website’s performance. Today, we will explore what Brotli compression is and how to enable Brotli in xCloud.Let us get started.
## **What Is Brotli Compression?**
[**Brotli compression**](https://www.brotli.org/) is an open-source, modern way to make files smaller, and it was created by Google in 2015. It was made to be better than older methods like **Gzip Compression**, giving smaller file sizes and helping websites load faster.
Compression means shrinking files so they take up less space when sent from a website to your browser. This makes pages load quicker without losing any data.
Brotli uses smart techniques like a built-in dictionary and **Huffman coding** to reduce file sizes more effectively than Gzip. It works especially well for web content like **HTML**, **CSS**, and **JavaScript**.
Brotli can make files up to **26% smaller** than Gzip, which can significantly boost page speed, something both users and search engines like Google really appreciate.
While Gzip has been around a long time and is widely used, Brotli is now supported by most modern browsers like **Chrome, Firefox, Safari**, and **Edge**. That makes it a smart choice for developers who want faster websites.
With Brotli compression for faster websites, you will also benefit from smaller bandwidth consumption, which could mean cost savings if you pay for server bandwidth separately.
## **How Does Brotli Compression Work?**
Brotli compression works by identifying repetitive patterns in files like HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. It then replaces those patterns with shorter representations using advanced algorithms. Brotli uses three main techniques:
- **Modern LZ77 Algorithm**: It finds repeated byte sequences and encodes them efficiently.
- **Huffman Coding**: It assigns shorter codes to more frequent bytes. This technique compresses data without losing any information.
- **Second-Order Context Modeling**: It predicts upcoming data based on previous byte patterns. This makes compression even smarter.
These techniques give Brotli a clear advantage over older methods like gzip. Brotli often [**compresses files 20% to 30%**](https://gcore.com/learning/what-is-brotli-compression) more efficiently, especially with text-based resources.
Brotli compression involves two main steps:
### **1\. Compression on the Server**
When a user requests a page, the server compresses web assets using the Brotli algorithm. This process reduces file sizes significantly without losing data.
### **2\. Decompression in the Browser**
Modern browsers recognize Brotli-encoded files. They automatically decompress the data in real time. This keeps the website fast and fully functional, with no visible delay for users.
Most Brotli tutorials mention that it supports compression levels ranging from 0 to 11. Lower levels compress quickly. Higher levels take more time but achieve better compression. Web servers usually choose a mid-to-high level to balance speed and performance.
Brotli also works exceptionally well with HTTPS. Although gzip supports secure connections too, Brotli was designed with HTTPS in mind. It delivers better performance under secure conditions.
Brotli excels at compressing text-based content such as:
- HTML
- CSS
- JavaScript
- JSON
- SVG
- Other text-like files
However, Brotli does not help much with binary files like images or videos. These files are usually already compressed.
A deeper understanding of how Brotli works reveals why many companies have switched from gzip. Brotli not only reduces file sizes, but also lowers CPU usage during decompression. This improves performance without straining user devices.
In short, Brotli compression is a powerful tool in modern web development. It creates smaller files, loads sites faster, and delivers a better user experience.
## **How to Enable Brotli Compression in th****e xCloud**
If you host your website with xCloud, enabling Brotli compression is very simple. On xCloud’s new servers, Brotli comes pre-enabled for all eligible files served through NGINX. You do not need to configure anything manually unless you are using an older server setup.
To get the most out of Brotli, ensure your website uses HTTPS. Brotli only works over secure connections.
If your server uses Cloudflare (whether with NGINX or OpenLiteSpeed), you can enable Brotli in just a few clicks. Go to the **Cloudflare dashboard**, then navigate to ‘**Speed’ and then ‘Optimization’** settings. Enable Brotli there to compress your assets efficiently without needing access to your server’s core settings.
With xCloud, Brotli compression is enabled by default so that your visitors always get smooth performance, and you do not have to go through the complex steps. For more details, check the detailed documentation to [**enable Brotli compression**](/docs/brotli-compression-on-xcloud/) with xCloud.
## **Advantages of Using Brotli Compression**
Now that you understand what Brotli compression is and how it works, let us look at why you should use it right away. The benefits of Brotli go far beyond just reducing file size. It can dramatically improve your website’s speed, user experience, and SEO performance.
### **1\. Smaller File Sizes with Better Compression**
Brotli delivers superior compression compared to older methods like gzip. It often reduces file sizes by **20% to 30% more**, especially for HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and JSON files.
Smaller files mean browsers download less data. This leads to **faster page loads** and **lower bounce rates**. Faster websites also tend to rank higher in search results.
### **2\. Faster Page Load Speeds**
Web developers often enable Brotli to **speed up page loads**. When files are smaller, browsers can render pages more quickly. Users don’t have to wait, and your site feels instantly responsive.
This is not just about a better experience, it affects your bottom line. A one-second delay in load time can cause a **7% drop in conversions**.
When applied correctly, Brotli can boost your [**Google PageSpeed Insights**](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/google-pagespeed-insights/hgjfcehigmlddmkeagmkmefejoifjnnd) scores and improve your **Core Web Vitals**.
### **3\. Improved SEO Performance**
Google prioritizes fast, user-friendly websites. Brotli compression helps you meet that standard. Faster loading times improve user engagement, increase dwell time, and [**reduce bounce rates**](https://betterlinks.io/reduce-bounce-rate/), all of which help your **SEO rankings**.
Google’s own tools check for modern compression. If you enable Brotli, you instantly meet an important **technical SEO requirement**.
Brotli is not just about saving bandwidth. It is also about **gaining visibility in search engines**.
### **4\. Lower Bandwidth Usage**
Smaller files mean less data transfer. If your site handles high traffic, Brotli can **significantly reduce bandwidth costs**.
This efficiency lowers your server load and can lead to savings on your **hosting bills**. Brotli’s performance offers both technical and financial benefits.
### **5\. Better Performance on Mobile Devices**
Mobile users often rely on slower connections. Every kilobyte counts. Brotli makes a big difference here by delivering **lightweight assets** that load faster on mobile networks.
By using Brotli, you optimize your site for mobile-first indexing, another major SEO factor. You also improve the experience for users on limited data plans.
## **How to Test Brotli Compression of Your Website**
Before you enable Brotli on xCloud or confirm that it is working, you should first check if it is already active on your website. Verifying this is quick and easy, and it helps you ensure your site is optimized for speed, user experience, and SEO.
### **Use Online Tools**
You can check the support for Brotli instantly with a number of free tools, such as:
- [**GiftOfSpeed Brotli Test**:](https://www.giftofspeed.com/gzip-test/) Enter your website URL. The tool checks if Brotli compression is active.
- [**KeyCDN Performance Test**](https://tools.keycdn.com/brotli-test): Analyze your site’s compression method and overall performance.
- **Google PageSpeed Insights**: If Brotli is enabled, you will see confirmation under the “Compressed Transfer” recommendations.
### **Check in Browser Developer Tools**
You can also verify Brotli directly in your browser by doing the following:
1. Open your website in **Google Chrome**.
2. Right-click anywhere on the page and select **Inspect**.
3. Go to the **Network** tab.
4. Reload the page.
5. Click the main request (usually your homepage URL).
6. Look under the **Headers** section for **Content-Encoding**.
If you see ‘br’, Brotli compression is active. If you see gzip instead, Brotli is not enabled yet. In that case, check your server settings, especially if you are using xCloud.
### **3\. Use the Command Line**
If you are comfortable with the terminal, try this:
curl -s -I -H “Accept-Encoding: br” https://example.com | grep -i “content-encoding”
If the response shows Content-Encoding: br, your website uses Brotli compression.
## **FAQs**
**1\. What is the difference between Brotli and Gzip compression?**Brotli and Gzip are both text compression algorithms, but Brotli offers better compression ratios and faster page load times. Brotli is newer, created by Google, while Gzip is older and more widely adopted.
**2\. Which is better for website performance: Brotli or Gzip?**Brotli is better for performance because it produces smaller file sizes—often 20–30% smaller than Gzip—resulting in faster page loads and improved user experience.
**3\. Does Brotli compress files more than Gzip?**Yes, Brotli compresses files more efficiently than Gzip, especially for text-based content like HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and JSON. It uses advanced algorithms to achieve higher compression.
## **Speed Up, Rank Higher – Unlock Your Website’s Full Potential with Brotli Compression on xCloud**
By learning what Brotli compression is and how to enable it in xCloud, you unlock major speed and performance improvements for your website. This is not just about faster load times, it is not about creating a smoother user experience and gaining a real edge in SEO.
In comparison, Brotli compression vs Gzip , Brotli outperforms Gzip in every key area. It offers better compression ratios, quicker page loads, and full support across modern browsers.
If you want to improve website speed, reduce bounce rates, or boost search rankings, enabling Brotli can deliver a better experience for every visitor.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# What is Buzz Workspace? Features, Use Cases, and How to Deploy It (2026 Guide) - xCloud
> What is Buzz Workspace? Learn how Block's open-source AI workspace works, its features, real use cases, and how to deploy Buzz in one click on xCloud.
Most teams run their work across three or four tools that do not talk to each other. Chat lives in Slack. Code lives in GitHub. Automations live somewhere else. And when an AI agent joins the mix, it usually borrows a human’s account and posts under a bot token, so nobody can tell who actually did what.
Buzz was built to collapse all of that into one room.
Released on July 21, 2026 by **Block**, Jack Dorsey’s payments and software company, Buzz is a free, open-source collaboration workspace where people and AI agents work side by side in the same channels. It is not a chatbot bolted onto a chat app, and it is not a coding copilot locked inside an editor. It is a full workspace, chat, code repositories, voice, and automated workflows, where every participant, human or agent, holds their own cryptographic identity and signs their own work.
The interface feels like any modern team chat tool. What is different is who else is in the channel, and the fact that you can run the whole thing on infrastructure you control. If you would rather skip the manual server setup, you can **[deploy Buzz in one click](/buzz-hosting/) with managed hosting on xCloud**.
In this guide, you will learn exactly what Buzz Workspace is, how its Nostr-based architecture works, the features that set it apart, the real-world use cases it handles well, and how to get it running in minutes.
## **Quick Answer: Buzz Workspace at a Glance**
**Too long; didn’t read?** Here is the short version.
Fact
Detail
**What it is**
Open-source workspace where humans and AI agents collaborate in shared channels
**Built by**
[Block](https://block.xyz/) (Jack Dorsey’s company, also behind goose and Cash App)
**License**
Apache 2.0 (free, open source)
**Released**
July 21, 2026
**Built on**
The Nostr protocol (decentralized identity and signed events)
**Core idea**
People and agents share one workspace, one context, one audit trail
**What’s inside**
Chat, threads, DMs, voice, media, Git repositories, automated workflows
**Agent support**
Model-agnostic via ACP: Claude Code, OpenAI Codex, and Block’s goose
**Identity model**
Every human and agent is a keypair; every action is a signed event
**Runs on**
A Docker server (self-hosted or managed); desktop app for macOS, Windows, Linux
**Best for**
Engineering teams, agencies, and open-source projects putting agents to real work
**Not great for**
Solo users who only need a quick one-off answer from a chatbot
**Who should use it?** If your team is already handing real tasks to AI agents and you are tired of those agents hiding behind a shared bot account, Buzz gives each one a real identity and a signed record of everything it does. If you just want to ask a model a question now and then, a standard chatbot is simpler.
**Fastest way to try it:** [Deploy Buzz on xCloud](/buzz-hosting/) using One Click Apps (no manual Docker or NGINX work, ready in minutes), or self-host the relay yourself if you are comfortable on Linux.
## What is Buzz Workspace?
**Buzz is a free, open-source collaboration workspace from Block where people and AI agents work together in shared channels.** It combines team chat, threads, voice, media sharing, Git repositories, and automated workflows in one place, and it is built on the Nostr protocol, so every identity is a keypair and every message, workflow step, and Git event is a signed event.
Think of it like a version of Slack and GitHub fused into a single tool, except the AI agents are not add-ons that borrow your login. They are full members with their own accounts, their own keys, and their own permissions. An agent can post messages, open a repository, submit and review code, and run approved automations the way a teammate would, and the record shows the agent did it, not you.
That framing comes straight from Block. According to the company’s launch announcement, the most productive AI work does not happen when someone asks a model for help in a side window. It happens when humans and agents are in the same room, working on the same thing, with the same shared context. No existing platform was designed for that, so Block built one.
A few things worth knowing before you go further:
- **It is genuinely open source.** Buzz is released under the Apache 2.0 license and the desktop app runs on macOS, Windows, and Linux. You can self-host it or use a managed instance.
- **It is model-agnostic.** Buzz does not lock you into one AI vendor. It ships with pre-built harnesses for Claude Code, OpenAI Codex, and goose, all connected through the open Agent Client Protocol (ACP).
- **It is young.** Buzz launched in July 2026 and is in early development (around the v0.4.x range). It is powerful and worth adopting, but expect rapid iteration and some rough edges as the project matures.
This is what separates Buzz from a stateless chatbot like ChatGPT or a copilot locked inside your IDE. Buzz is the shared room, and the agents live in it as first-class members.
## **How Does Buzz Workspace Work?**
Understanding the architecture explains why Buzz behaves differently from the tools it is replacing. The whole thing is built on **Nostr**, short for “Notes and Other Stuff Transmitted by Relays,” an open protocol originally designed for censorship-resistant social apps. Buzz is the first time it has powered a team workspace product.
Here is what that actually means in practice.
### **Everyone is a keypair**
In Buzz, identity does not belong to the platform. Every human and every agent gets a cryptographic keypair, the same kind Nostr uses for identity. Your identity and your history travel with your key, not with a company’s servers. If you have ever lost access to a work account and watched your history vanish with it, this is the design that fixes that.
### **Every action is a signed event**
Messages, workflow runs, code reviews, merges, they are all stored as signed Nostr events. The author field works the same way whether a person or an agent did the work, and every action traces back to whoever authorized it. This is what gives Buzz a single, tamper-evident audit trail instead of logs scattered across a chat tool and a code host.
### **The relay is the single source of truth**
Each Buzz workspace connects through a **relay server**. The relay is where the community’s events live and sync, and the project describes it as the workspace’s single source of truth. This is the piece you host. The desktop app is quick to install on your machine, but the relay is the part that normally means picking a provider, spinning up a Docker host, wiring NGINX, and handling SSL yourself.
That relay requirement is exactly where a managed host earns its keep, which we will come back to in the deployment section.
### **A built-in software forge**
Buzz is not only chat. It includes a built-in Git forge using standard Git Smart HTTP, so a team can host repositories inside the workspace without a separate GitHub account. Feature branches become channels. Patches, CI results, review comments, and merge decisions are stored as signed events right alongside the discussion that produced them, so the full context for a code change lives in one indexed record rather than split across two tools.
## **Core Features of Buzz Workspace**
### **Channels, Threads, and Direct Messages**
Buzz gives you the channels, threads, and direct messages your team already knows how to use. There is nothing new to learn on the communication side, which is a deliberate choice: the novelty is in who is in the room, not in relearning how to send a message.
### **Voice and Media Sharing**
Voice conversations and media sharing are built into the same workspace as everything else. Agents can even drop into voice huddles. You are not switching to a separate call app to talk something through.
### **Git Repositories in the Same Room**
Code hosting lives inside the workspace, so the repo, the review, and the decision behind it all sit together. When the pull request and the conversation that shaped it are one signed record, the “why” behind a change stops getting lost.
### **Agents as Members, Not Bots**
This is the headline feature. An agent joins Buzz with its own identity and permissions instead of a shared bot token. It posts, reviews, and ships like a teammate, and you set channel- or thread-specific rules for what each agent is allowed to touch. Human oversight stays in the loop by design.
### **Signed Identity and One Audit Trail**
Because every person and agent is a keypair, and every message, workflow step, and Git event is a signed event, you get one clean audit trail. Human or agent, the author field works the same way, and every action traces back to who authorized it. For anyone in a regulated environment, this is a meaningful difference from bolting an AI bot onto an existing tool.
### **Automated Workflows**
You can trigger automations directly from a conversation and keep the output where the team can see it, rather than firing off a job into a system nobody checks. The work and the result stay in the same place.
### **Model-Agnostic by Design**
Buzz speaks the Agent Client Protocol, so anything ACP-compatible works: Claude Code, OpenAI Codex, goose, and more. You can swap the underlying model and keep your history. There is no vendor lock-in at the agent layer, which matters as the model landscape keeps shifting.
## **Buzz vs Slack + GitHub: How Does It Compare?**
Buzz is explicitly positioned as an open alternative to the Slack-plus-GitHub stack most teams run today. Here is how the two approaches line up.
Factor
Buzz Workspace
Slack + GitHub (typical stack)
Chat and code
✅ One workspace
❌ Two separate tools
AI agent identity
✅ Own keypair and permissions
⚠️ Bot token borrowing a human account
Audit trail
✅ Single signed event log
⚠️ Split across tools
Open source
✅ Apache 2.0
❌ Proprietary
Self-hosting
✅ Run your own relay
❌ SaaS only
Identity portability
✅ Travels with your key
❌ Tied to the vendor account
Model lock-in
✅ Model-agnostic (ACP)
⚠️ Depends on integrations
Maturity
⚠️ New (launched July 2026)
✅ Battle-tested for years
Seat-based billing
✅ None (you host it)
❌ Per-seat pricing
If you only remember one line: Buzz trades the maturity and polish of the incumbent tools for openness, agent-native identity, and infrastructure you actually own.
## **Real-World Use Cases for Buzz Workspace**
Buzz fits best where AI agents are already doing real work and you want that work happening where the whole team can see it. These are starting points, not limits.
### **1\. Engineering Teams**
This is the core use case. Repos sit beside the discussion, agents open patches, and code review happens right in the channel where the conversation is. Deploy notes stay put instead of getting buried in a thread nobody can find later. Because feature branches become channels, the entire life of a change, from diagnosis to fix to merge, lives in one record.
### **2\. Open Source Projects**
Buzz gives a project a home it actually owns rather than renting space on a proprietary platform. Contributors keep their own keys, so identity is not tied to a company account. You can run public channels with a private relay, and because you host it yourself, there is no seat-based billing as your contributor base grows.
### **3\. Agencies**
For agencies juggling multiple clients, Buzz supports one workspace (“hive”) per client, with isolated servers and data. Agents are scoped per project, so a client’s automation never reaches into another client’s work. And when an engagement ends, you get a clean handover instead of untangling shared logins.
### **4\. Startups and Solo Builders**
A small team can replace the Slack-plus-GitHub sprawl with one flat-cost workspace and put agents on the team from day one. You move fast without accumulating per-seat subscriptions, and because it is open source and self-hosted, there is no lock-in to unwind later if your needs change.
### **5\. DevOps and SRE**
Incident channels can include agents that post automated status updates, so the humans responding and the automation reporting share one timeline. Every change carries a signed history, and runbooks live next to the work they describe rather than in a separate wiki that drifts out of date.
### **6\. Regulated and Privacy-First Teams**
For teams with compliance requirements, Buzz keeps data on your own server, in the region you choose, with an audit trail on every action and no third-party workspace vendor in the middle. This is where the signed-event model and self-hosting stop being nice-to-haves and become the whole point.
## **Requirements and Considerations**
Before you deploy, keep these practical points in mind.
- **You need a Docker server.** Buzz runs as a containerized application, so the relay has to live on a Docker host. On xCloud, you select the **Docker + NGINX** stack when you create the server, and the platform handles the container setup for you.
- **The relay is the part that needs hosting.** The desktop app installs in a couple of minutes. The relay is what usually means provisioning a server, configuring NGINX, and issuing SSL. This is the work a managed host removes.
- **It is a young project.** Buzz launched in July 2026 and is iterating quickly. Expect frequent updates and some rough edges. Pin versions and test before you move a critical team onto it in production.
- **Best-fit scenarios.** Buzz shines when agents are doing recurring, structured work that the whole team benefits from seeing. For a solo user who only wants occasional answers, a plain chatbot is a lighter choice.
## **How to Deploy Buzz Workspace on xCloud**
You have two paths to a running Buzz relay: self-host it yourself, or let a managed host handle the infrastructure.
### Option 1: Self-Hosting (Free, Technical)
You can run the Buzz relay on any Docker-capable Linux server. That means you provision the box, install and configure the container, wire up NGINX, issue an SSL certificate, and take responsibility for backups, security patches, and the occasional 3 a.m. restart when something breaks. For engineers who enjoy that control, it is a fine path. For everyone else, it is a real cost in time.
### Option 2: Managed Hosting on xCloud
If you want Buzz running without the infrastructure overhead, xCloud offers fully managed [**Buzz Hosting**](/buzz-hosting/) starting at $9.99/month through its [**One Click Apps**](/one-click-apps/). The setup takes minutes, not an afternoon:
1. **Create a Docker + NGINX server.** In your xCloud dashboard, add a new server on an [xCloud Managed Server](/managed-hosting/) or your [own provider](/self-managed-hosting/). The Docker + NGINX stack is required for Buzz and is selected for you.
2. **Choose Buzz from One Click Apps.** Open One Click Apps, pick Buzz, and give your deployment a site title.
3. **Pick your domain.** Go live with a custom domain, or start on a [free demo domain](/docs/create-a-demo-site-in-xcloud/) from xCloud if you just want to test first.
4. **Add your Relay Owner Public Key.** Install the Buzz desktop app from buzz.xyz, create your identity key, convert it to hex, and paste it into the Relay Owner field in xCloud.
5. **Go live.** xCloud provisions the containers, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate. Connect the app to your relay using a `wss://` URL, and your community is ready for people and agents.
Here is what managed hosting handles that you would otherwise do yourself:
Capability
xCloud Managed
Self-Hosted
Docker server provisioning
Automatic
You handle it
Container setup
One-click
Manual
SSL certificates
[Auto-SSL included](/docs/install-lets-encrypt-ssl-certificate/)
Let’s Encrypt setup required
NGINX configuration
Pre-configured
Manual
Backups
Managed
Manual configuration
Security updates
Managed by xCloud
Your responsibility
Support
24/7 expert support
Community / self
For the complete walkthrough, including the identity-key steps and the NostrTool conversion, follow the 👉 [**step-by-step Buzz deployment guide**](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-install-buzz-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/).
**Ready to try it?** [Deploy Buzz on xCloud](/buzz-hosting/), and your relay is live with SSL and backups handled in minutes.
## **Buzz vs Other AI Agent Platforms**
Buzz is a shared _workspace_ for teams of humans and agents. That makes it different from the single-agent tools people often compare it to. If you want one persistent agent that remembers your context across sessions, [**Hermes Agent**](/hermes-agent-hosting/) is the better fit, and you can read our full breakdown of [**what Hermes Agent is and its use cases**](/what-is-hermes-agent-features-and-use-cases/). If you want a self-hosted personal assistant on private infrastructure, [**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) is worth a look. And for structured, trigger-based automation, [**n8n**](/n8n-hosting/) pairs well with any of them.
The simplest way to think about it: Hermes and OpenClaw are agents; Buzz is the room the whole team, agents included, works in together. They solve different problems, and all of them deploy on xCloud.
## **Deploy Your Buzz Workspace Today**
If your team is still asking AI for help in a separate tab and pasting the results back into Slack, you are working the slow way. The point of Buzz is that the humans, the agents, the code, and the conversation all live in one signed, self-owned record, so context stops leaking out between tools and every action has an author you can trust.
Buzz is young, so treat this as the early days of a promising platform rather than a finished replacement for tools you have relied on for years. But the direction is clear, and the identity model, open source license, and self-hosting story are exactly what an AI-native team should want from the workspace it builds on.
The fastest path from zero to a running Buzz relay is [**managed Buzz hosting on xCloud**](/buzz-hosting/). Create a Docker server, pick Buzz from One Click Apps, paste in your key, and your community is live with SSL and backups handled for you. If you would rather self-host, you keep full control and take on the maintenance yourself. Whichever direction you go, that is the move worth making.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
## Frequently Asked Questions
### What is Buzz Workspace?
Buzz is a free, open-source collaboration workspace from Block where people and AI agents work together in shared channels. It combines team chat, threads, voice, media sharing, Git repositories, and automated workflows, and it is built on the Nostr protocol, so every identity is a keypair and every action is a signed event.
### Is Buzz free?
Yes. Buzz is open source and released under the Apache 2.0 license, so the software itself is free to use and self-host. You will still pay for the server that runs the relay (or for [managed hosting on xCloud](/buzz-hosting/) from $9.99/month), plus any API usage for the AI agents you connect.
### Who made Buzz?
Buzz was built by Block, the payments and software company led by Jack Dorsey, and launched on July 21, 2026. Block is also behind the open-source goose agent framework and Cash App. It positioned Buzz as an open alternative to the Slack-plus-GitHub stack for teams working with AI agents.
### Do I need a Docker server to run Buzz?
Yes. Buzz runs as a containerized application, so the relay must be deployed on a Docker server. When you create a new server in xCloud, choose the Docker + NGINX stack, then deploy Buzz to it from [One Click Apps](/one-click-apps/). xCloud handles the container setup, so you do not touch Docker or NGINX by hand.
### How do I deploy Buzz on xCloud?
Create a Docker + NGINX server in your xCloud dashboard, open One Click Apps, select Buzz, add your domain, and paste in your Relay Owner Public Key from the Buzz app. xCloud provisions the containers, maps the domain, and issues the SSL certificate. The full [deployment guide](https://xcloud.host/docs/how-to-install-buzz-with-xcloud-one-click-apps/) walks through every step.
### What AI agents does Buzz support?
Buzz is model-agnostic and agent-agnostic. It ships with pre-built harnesses for Anthropic’s Claude Code, OpenAI’s Codex, and Block’s own goose framework, all connected through the open Agent Client Protocol (ACP). You can swap the underlying model and keep your workspace history.
### How is Buzz different from Slack or GitHub?
Slack and GitHub are separate, proprietary, SaaS tools, and AI agents in them usually borrow a human’s account via a bot token. Buzz combines chat and code in one open-source workspace you can self-host, gives every human and agent its own cryptographic identity, and records every action as a signed event in a single audit trail.
### Is Buzz ready for production use?
Buzz is powerful but new. It launched in July 2026 and is in early development, so it is iterating quickly and may have rough edges. It is a strong choice for teams that want to adopt an agent-native workspace early, but pin your version and test thoroughly before moving mission-critical work onto it.
### Can Buzz integrate with other automation tools?
Yes. Buzz has built-in automated workflows, and because agents connect through open standards, it works alongside tools like [n8n](/n8n-hosting/) for structured, trigger-based automation. Buzz handles the shared workspace and agent collaboration, while n8n handles deterministic, event-driven pipelines.
---
# What Is Cloud Hosting: The Benefits & How Does it Work? Your Ultimate Beginner's Guide - xCloud
> Discover what is cloud hosting, how it works, benefits and why it is the smart choice for modern websites
[**Cloud hosting**](/) has become a popular solution for websites and applications that demand flexibility, speed, and security. Whether you run a small blog, an online store, or a growing tech startup, you may have heard about cloud hosting. But **what is cloud hosting**? How does it work? And most importantly, is it right for you?
In this guide, you will learn everything you need to know about cloud hosting so that you can make informed decisions about choosing a cloud hosting provider. Let us get started.
## **🔻What Is Cloud Hosting?**
Cloud hosting is a type of web hosting that uses multiple servers to store and deliver your website or application data. Unlike traditional hosting, which relies on a single server, cloud hosting spreads your content across a network of virtual servers. These servers work together to keep your site online, fast, and secure.
In traditional hosting, your website is on one machine. If that server fails, your site goes offline. With cloud hosting, the chance of downtime is much lower. If one server fails, another takes over. This process is called redundancy, and it is one of the biggest benefits of cloud hosting.
The [**cloud migration market**](https://bdg.am/en/blog/data-engineering/the-future-of-data-science/#:~:text=Currently%20valued%20at%20USD%20232.51,data%20science%20trends%20to%20watch.&text=Cloud%2Dnative%20solutions%20are%20built,to%20operate%20in%20cloud%20settings.) is expected to grow significantly, reaching USD 232.51 billion in 2024 and USD 806.41 billion by 2029, with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 28.24%. This growth shows that businesses are recognizing the clear benefits of cloud technology.
Cloud hosting pulls resources like CPU, memory, and storage from a shared pool of servers. These resources are distributed as needed, making cloud hosting very flexible and scalable.
Cloud hosting is also perfect for websites that expect to grow. You can start small and increase your resources as your traffic increases, all without changing your hosting plan. In simple terms, cloud hosting is reliable, scalable, and keeps your website running smoothly, no matter what happens.
Here is how cloud hosting transforms the hosting landscape:
### **Resource Distribution**
Your website can use the combined power of multiple servers instead of being limited to just one. This gives you more processing power, storage space, and bandwidth when you need it.
### **Virtualization Technology**
Cloud hosting uses hypervisor software to create virtual servers from physical hardware. These virtual servers can be quickly deployed, scaled, or moved without affecting your website’s performance.
### **Network-Based Infrastructure**
Your website’s files and data are stored across multiple servers in different locations, creating a robust network that can handle traffic spikes and hardware failures seamlessly.
### **On-Demand Scaling**
Unlike traditional hosting where you are locked into specific resource limits, cloud hosting allows you to scale your resources up or down based on real-time demand, ensuring optimal performance without overspending.
This new way of web hosting removes many problems found in traditional hosting. You receive more PHP workers, allowing your site to handle hundreds of user requests at the same time. This means your site runs smoothly, no matter how much traffic you get. The cloud provider takes care of all the technical maintenance, security updates, and infrastructure management. This lets you focus on growing your business.
## **🔻Common Use Cases for Cloud Hosting**
Cloud hosting is flexible and works well for many types of websites, apps, and online services. Whether you have a personal project or a large business, cloud hosting can help you achieve your goals. Here are some real-world ways cloud hosting can be useful:
- Personal blogs, portfolio sites, business sites
- eCommerce stores
- SaaS and web applications
- Media streaming and content delivery
- Startups and tech businesses
- Online education platforms
- Healthcare providers
- Development and testing environments
- Big data and analytics
- Internet of Things (IoT)
## **🔻How Does Cloud Hosting Work?**
To understand how cloud hosting works, you need to know about virtualisation. Virtualisation is the technology that makes cloud hosting possible. It takes one powerful physical server and splits it into many virtual servers. Each of these virtual servers can run websites, apps, or services independently. Let us break it down into three key components:
### **Virtual Servers**
When you use cloud hosting, your website is hosted on a **virtual machine**. This machine acts like a real server, but it is created using software. It runs its own operating system and applications. Even though other virtual servers exist on the same physical machine, your server is isolated. This means other users cannot affect your performance or data.
### **Physical Hosts**
The virtual servers run on physical hosts. These are real, high-performance computers with powerful processors, memory, storage, and networking. The physical host’s job is to provide the hardware that supports your virtual server. If one physical host goes down, the system moves your site to another one automatically. This makes cloud hosting very reliable.
### **Hypervisors**
A hypervisor is the software that creates and manages the virtual servers on each physical host. It decides how much CPU power, memory, and storage each virtual machine gets. It also moves workloads between hosts when needed. The hypervisor keeps everything balanced so that your site stays online and runs efficiently.
### **Load Balancing & Resource Distribution**
Cloud hosting employs intelligent monitoring systems that continuously distribute processing loads across multiple servers in the cluster. This [load balancing](/load-balancing-techniques/) ensures that no single server becomes overwhelmed while others remain underutilised. When traffic spikes occur, the system automatically distributes the additional load across available servers, maintaining optimal performance.
The clustered approach removes the need to rely on just one server. This setup provides backup and keeps things running smoothly, even if some servers have problems. This distributed design gives cloud hosting its strong reliability and performance benefits.
### **Other Important Features**
Most cloud hosting platforms also include a dashboard or control panel. These panels allow you to manage your website, monitor performance, upgrade your resources, and set up backups. Even if you are not a developer, you can use these tools easily.
## **🔻Types of Cloud Hosting**
**Cloud hosting** is not a one-size-fits-all solution. There are different types of cloud hosting models. Each one serves specific needs based on control, cost, and performance. Understanding these types will help you choose the right fit for your website or business.
### **1\. Public Cloud**
A public cloud is the most common type. It uses a shared infrastructure where multiple users access the same pool of servers and resources. Think of providers like [Amazon Web Services (AWS](/integrate-aws-with-xcloud/)), [Google Cloud Platform](/set-up-your-google-cloud-platform-server-with-xcloud/), or Microsoft Azure.
Public cloud hosting is cost-effective and easy to scale. You only pay for what you use. It is perfect for startups, small businesses, or anyone looking for flexibility without a big upfront investment.
ℹ️Best for: Blogs, small businesses, startups, and development environments.
### **2\. Private Cloud**
A private cloud is exclusive. It offers dedicated resources that only your organization can access. This setup provides greater control, better customization, and stronger security.
It can be hosted on your premises or through a third-party provider. Businesses with strict compliance needs, like those in healthcare or finance, often choose private clouds.
ℹ️Best for: Enterprises, regulated industries, and internal applications.
### **3\. Hybrid Cloud**
A hybrid cloud combines public and private cloud environments. Some parts of your infrastructure run in the public cloud, while others remain private.
This model gives you the best of both worlds. You get cost savings from the public cloud and security from the private cloud. Hybrid clouds are great for businesses that want flexibility while keeping sensitive data protected.
ℹ️Best for: Businesses with mixed hosting needs or staged cloud migration strategies.
### **4\. Managed Cloud Hosting**
[**Managed cloud hosting**](/managed-hosting/) is ideal if you do not want to handle the technical side. In this model, the cloud provider takes care of server setup, updates, security, and performance optimization.
You focus on running your website or app, and the provider ensures everything works smoothly behind the scenes. Here, xCloud’s fully Managed Hosting make this process even easier.
ℹ️Best for: Entrepreneurs, non-tech users, and busy teams who want simplicity and peace of mind.
## **🔻Benefits of Cloud Hosting**
Cloud hosting offers more than just space for your website. It gives you real advantages that can help your business grow. These benefits go beyond basic hosting features. They impact how your site performs, how much you spend, and how secure your data stays.
Let us explore the key benefits.
### **Faster Website Performance**
Cloud hosting uses multiple servers to balance website traffic. This reduces delays, improves load speed, and ensures smooth browsing even during peak times. Many providers also include CDN integration, which delivers content from servers close to the user.
### **Stronger Security**
Security is a top priority in cloud hosting. Providers use firewalls, encryption, and access control to protect your data. They also run regular security audits and offer automated backups. A dedicated IP address adds another layer of protection by keeping your site isolated from harmful activity on shared servers.
### **Better Email Deliverability**
With a dedicated IP, your emails are less likely to end up in spam folders. Shared hosting often puts your site on the same IP as others, which can harm your reputation. Cloud hosting fixes that by giving you full control over your IP’s credibility.
### **High Uptime and Reliability**
Cloud hosting uses server clusters. If one server fails, another takes over instantly. This setup gives you strong uptime, often 99.9% or higher. Your site remains online and available to users without interruption.
### **WooCommerce and CMS Optimization**
Many cloud platforms are optimized for CMS tools like WordPress and eCommerce systems like WooCommerce. They offer one-click installs, faster **[PHP application](/docs/deploy-custom-php-applications-with-xcloud/)** execution, and better database performance. This is perfect for online stores that need both speed and reliability.
### **Scalable Resources**
You can start with a small plan and grow as your traffic increases. Upgrading your CPU, memory, or storage takes only a few clicks. There is no need to move to a new server or provider. Cloud hosting adjusts to your needs in real time.
### **Automatic Backups and Disaster Recovery**
Most cloud hosting services offer daily or weekly backups. In case of a crash or hack, you can restore your site with one click. This peace of mind is especially valuable for businesses that handle customer data.
### **Easy to Use**
Even if you are not a developer, you can manage cloud hosting easily. With dashboards like hPanel or CloudPanel, you can control your website, email accounts, backups, and more without writing any code.
These benefits make cloud hosting a powerful and flexible solution. Whether you run a personal blog or a busy online store, you can enjoy better performance, stronger security, and lower costs with cloud hosting.
## 🔻**Cloud Hosting vs Other Hosting Types**
Understanding how cloud hosting compares to other hosting options is crucial for making an informed decision. Each hosting type has its place in the market, but cloud hosting offers unique advantages that make it increasingly popular among businesses of all sizes.
### **🟢Cloud Hosting vs Shared Hosting**
Shared hosting represents the most basic and affordable hosting option, where multiple websites share the resources of a single server. While this creates cost savings, it also introduces limitations that cloud hosting elegantly addresses.
#### **Resource Allocation Differences**
In shared hosting environments, one physical server stores data from multiple websites, and all users share the same bandwidth, storage capacity, and processing power. If one website experiences a traffic spike, it can slow down or crash other sites on the same server. Cloud hosting, in contrast, distributes resources across multiple servers, ensuring that your site can access additional power when needed.
#### **Performance and Reliability**
Shared hosting users often experience slower load times and potential downtime due to resource limitations and shared IP addresses. Cloud hosting provides dedicated IP addresses and can handle hundreds of user requests simultaneously through multiple PHP workers. Our cloud hosting plans offer 20x more resources than traditional shared hosting, giving you significantly more room for growth.
#### **Cost Comparison**
- Shared Hosting: $1-15/month, making it the most affordable option
- Cloud Hosting: $5-200/month, depending on resources and features
- Value Proposition: While cloud hosting costs more upfront, it provides better performance, reliability, and scalability
**Security Considerations:** Shared hosting environments are more susceptible to security issues because multiple sites share the same IP address. If one site engages in spam or becomes compromised, it can affect all sites sharing that server. Cloud hosting provides dedicated IP addresses and advanced security measures, including DDoS protection and regular security updates.
When to Choose What:
- **Shared Hosting:** This option is great for personal websites, blogs, and small businesses that have limited traffic and tight budgets.
- **Cloud Hosting:** Ideal for growing businesses, e-commerce stores, and websites that need reliability and scalability
### **🟢Cloud Hosting vs VPS Hosting**
Virtual Private Server (VPS) hosting uses virtualization technology to create isolated virtual environments on a single physical server. While this provides more control and resources than shared hosting, it differs significantly from cloud hosting’s distributed approach.
#### **Infrastructure Approach**
VPS hosting partitions a single physical server into multiple virtual servers, each with dedicated CPU, RAM, and storage allocations. Cloud hosting uses multiple interconnected servers working together, providing a much larger pool of resources and better redundancy.
#### **Scalability and Flexibility**
VPS hosting offers limited scalability because you are constrained by the physical server’s total resources. If you need more power, you typically have to upgrade to a larger plan or migrate to a different server. Cloud hosting provides dynamic scaling where additional resources can be drawn from the server pool as needed, offering greater flexibility for handling traffic spikes.
#### **Management and Control**
VPS hosting often requires more technical knowledge because users have root access and must manage their server configurations. Many VPS plans are self-managed, making them more suitable for tech-savvy individuals. Cloud hosting, especially managed cloud hosting, handles technical maintenance automatically while providing user-friendly control panels.
#### **Performance Comparison**
- **VPS Hosting:** Stable performance with dedicated resources, but limited by single server constraints
- **Cloud Hosting**: Superior performance through load balancing and distributed resources
- **Reliability:** Cloud hosting wins with built-in redundancy and automatic failover capabilities
**Cost Structure:** VPS hosting typically uses fixed monthly pricing, while cloud hosting often employs pay-as-you-go models. This makes cloud hosting more cost-effective for businesses with variable traffic patterns.
### **🟢Cloud Hosting vs Dedicated Hosting**
Dedicated hosting provides complete control over an entire physical server, offering the highest level of performance and customization. However, it comes with significant costs and management requirements that cloud hosting addresses more efficiently.
#### **Resource Control**
Dedicated hosting gives you unlimited access to all server resources, including CPU, RAM, storage, and bandwidth. Cloud hosting provides virtually unlimited scalability through its distributed architecture, often delivering similar or better performance at a fraction of the cost.
**Cost Analysis:**
- Dedicated Hosting: $80-500+ per month, plus additional costs for management and maintenance
- Cloud Hosting: $10-200+ per month with flexible scaling options
- Total Cost of Ownership: Cloud hosting typically offers better value due to reduced management overhead
#### **Performance and Reliability**
While dedicated servers provide consistent performance, they create single points of failure. If your dedicated server experiences hardware issues, your entire website goes offline. Cloud hosting’s distributed architecture ensures that server failures do not impact your website’s availability.
#### **Management Requirements**
Dedicated hosting requires advanced technical skills for server management, security updates, and troubleshooting. Cloud hosting providers handle these tasks automatically, allowing you to focus on your business rather than infrastructure management.
#### **Customization vs Convenience**
Dedicated hosting offers unlimited customization possibilities, but cloud hosting provides the right balance of flexibility and convenience for most businesses. Modern cloud platforms offer extensive configuration options without the complexity of managing physical hardware.
**Best Use Cases:**
- **Dedicated Hosting:** Large enterprises with specific compliance requirements, custom applications needing particular configurations, or businesses with predictable, high-volume traffic
- **Cloud Hosting:** Most businesses seeking reliability, scalability, and cost-effectiveness without management complexity
Most cases show a clear trend toward cloud hosting. It offers dedicated resources with a distributed setup, making it affordable and easy to manage. As technology improves, cloud hosting now delivers performance and customization that used to need dedicated servers, but it does so more flexibly and cost-effectively.
Here is a quick glance between the differences on Cloud Hosting vs Traditional Hosting:
**Feature**
**Cloud Hosting**
**Shared Hosting**
**VPS Hosting**
**Dedicated Hosting**
**Infrastructure**
Distributed across multiple virtual servers
Single physical server shared with other websites
Single physical server split into isolated virtual environments
One entire physical server exclusively for your website
**Scalability**
High – On-demand scaling without downtime
Very limited – must upgrade to a higher plan
Moderate – limited by the host server’s capacity
Low – requires hardware upgrades or migration
**Performance**
Excellent – Load balanced across servers
Low – Affected by other sites on the server
Good – Dedicated resources but limited to one server
Excellent – Full access to all server resources
**Reliability/Uptime**
High – Automatic failover and redundancy
Low – If the server crashes, all sites go down
Moderate – Downtime if the physical server fails
High – Reliable but still has a single point of failure
**Security**
Strong – Isolation, encryption, firewalls, backups
Basic – Higher risk due to shared environment
Good – Isolated environments, but still on shared hardware
Very strong – Complete control over security configurations
**Ease of Use**
High – Managed services and dashboards available
Very easy – Ideal for beginners
Moderate – Requires some technical knowledge
Low – Requires advanced system administration skills
**Customization**
Moderate – Depends on the provider
Very limited – Preconfigured settings
Good – Root access and flexible configurations
Full – Maximum customization possibilities
**Cost**
$5–$200/month (flexible pricing, pay-as-you-go options)
$1–$15/month (cheapest option)
$20–$100+/month (based on specs)
$80–$500+/month (plus maintenance and management costs)
**Best For**
Growing websites, eCommerce, SaaS, high-traffic apps
Personal blogs, hobby sites, low-traffic business sites
Developers, medium-sized businesses, apps with predictable load
Large enterprises, mission-critical apps, regulated industries
**Management**
Fully or partially managed depending on provider
Fully managed
Often self-managed (some managed plans available)
Typically self-managed (managed options available at extra cost)
## **🔻 Recommended Cloud Hosting with All Essentials Features**
If you are looking for a reliable, scalable, and user-friendly cloud hosting provider, xCloud Hosting deserves your attention. xCloud offers a powerful set of features tailored for users of all levels—from small business owners to professional developers.
[**xCloud Hosting**](/) gives you access to fast, secure, and scalable virtual servers powered by modern cloud infrastructure. You do not need to deal with the technical setup. xCloud takes care of performance, security, and updates while you focus on your website or application.
### **Why Choose xCloud Hosting?**
- **High Uptime Guarantee:** 99.9% uptime to keep your site available around the clock
- **Fully Managed Hosting Services:** Server monitoring, security patches, and updates are handled automatically.
- **30+ Server locations:** xCloud Hosting provides over 30 server locations for its managed cloud hosting services.
- **Global CDN:** Faster content delivery worldwide with the integration with Cloudflare
- **1 Click Scalable Resources:** Instantly upgrade CPU, RAM, or storage
- **Secure Backups:** Automatic backups with one-click restore
- **SSD Storage:** Fast NVMe SSDs for better speed
- **Beginner-Friendly:** No technical skills needed
- **Flexible Pricing:** Starts with only $5/month. Get plans for your every need.
- **Fast Support:** 24/7 expert help
- **Trusted by Professionals:** Reliable for businesses, agencies, developers, and individuals.
- **One-Click Installations**: Effortlessly deploy WordPress, Laravel, PHP, and other one-click applications, all managed from a single, intuitive control panel.
- Business websites
Whether you are a developer building portfolios, a business needing sustainable hosting, an agency requiring reliable hosting for clients, or an individual wanting to create their dream website – xCloud Hosting offers the power, simplicity, and control you need, all in one place.
## **🔻Future Trends in Cloud Hosting**
Cloud hosting evolves fast. You need to stay ahead to keep your website or app competitive. New technologies and strategies are shaping the future. Let us explore the trends that will define cloud hosting in 2025 and beyond. These advancements promise better performance, sustainability, and innovation for your projects.
### **Multi-Cloud Strategies**
Multi-cloud strategies gain traction. You no longer rely on one provider. Businesses use multiple cloud platforms to boost flexibility. This approach avoids vendor lock-in. You pick the best services from providers like AWS, Azure, or Google Cloud. [A 2023 survey found that 87% of enterprises](https://www.chaossearch.io/blog/multi-cloud-data-management#:~:text=In%20Flexera's%202023%20State%20of%20the%20Cloud,72%25%20leveraging%20both%20public%20and%20private%20clouds.) use multi-cloud setups. This trend grows as you seek cost savings and resilience. Mixing providers ensures your site stays online during outages.
### **Edge Computing**
Edge computing transforms data processing. You process data closer to its source, like IoT devices or users. This cuts latency and speeds up performance. Imagine a smart city where traffic data updates instantly. Edge computing supports real-time applications. It works with cloud hosting to handle massive data from IoT, expected to reach 29 billion devices by 2030. You get faster, more efficient services.
### **Artificial Intelligence (AI) And Machine Learning (ML)**
Artificial intelligence reshapes cloud hosting. AI optimizes resource allocation and security. You benefit from automated scaling and threat detection. Cloud providers offer AI-as-a-service, so you do not need in-house expertise. AI powers chatbots, analytics, and personalized experiences. For example, training large language models demands cloud power. You tap into AI without building costly infrastructure.
### **Quantum Computing Integration**
Quantum computing emerges on the horizon. It uses quantum mechanics for ultra-fast calculations. You will solve complex problems in seconds, not years. Cloud platforms integrate quantum computing for tasks like cryptography or drug discovery. Google and IBM have already experimented with quantum cloud services. You gain access to cutting-edge tools without owning a quantum computer.
### **Green Cloud Hosting**
Eco-friendly infrastructure grows in demand. You care about sustainability, and so do cloud providers. Data centers consume 1.8% to 3.9% of global emissions. Providers now use renewable energy and efficient cooling. You reduce your carbon footprint with green hosting. Companies like xCloud prioritize sustainable practices. This trend aligns with your values and regulatory needs.
## **🔻How You Can Choose the Right Cloud Hosting Plan**
Choosing a cloud hosting plan does not have to be confusing. You just need to match your needs with the right features and pricing. Whether you are launching a small blog or scaling an enterprise application, the right plan gives you the balance of cost, performance, and control. Here is how to choose the best cloud hosting plan for you.
### **Know Your Website’s Needs**
Choosing a cloud hosting plan begins with understanding your website’s requirements, such as anticipated traffic, content type, and any e-commerce functionalities, to determine the ideal CPU, memory, storage, and bandwidth.
### **Check the Pricing Plans**
Evaluate pricing models like pay-as-you-go or fixed monthly plans, looking for transparency, free trials, and potential long-term discounts to ensure alignment with your budget.
### **Match Features with Your Goals**
Ensure the plan includes essential features like a dedicated IP, CDN integration, daily backups, one-click app installs, email hosting, and SSL certificates, prioritizing necessities over unnecessary extras.
### **Look at Support And Uptime**
Prioritize providers offering 24/7 technical support via live chat or phone, comprehensive documentation, and a strong SLA guaranteeing at least 99.9% uptime, especially if you’re not technically adept.
### **Test the Platform Before Committing**
Before committing, utilize free demos, trial periods, and customer reviews to assess the platform’s user-friendliness, load speed, support responsiveness, and overall reliability.
### **Consider Growth**
Select a plan that allows for easy upgrades without downtime and the addition of new features, ensuring it can accommodate future growth and increased traffic without requiring a migration.
## **🔻Frequently Asked Questions**
### **What is the difference between cloud hosting and traditional hosting?**
Traditional hosting uses one physical server, while cloud hosting uses a network of virtual servers. Cloud hosting offers better uptime, speed, and flexibility.
### **Is cloud hosting good for beginners?**
Yes. With managed cloud services and easy control panels, even non-technical users can get started quickly.
### **How secure is cloud hosting?**
Very secure. Most providers offer firewalls, encryption, regular backups, and compliance with data protection standards.
### **Can I host a WordPress site on cloud hosting?**
Absolutely. Many cloud platforms support one-click WordPress installs and performance optimization tools.
### **Does xCloud hosting support eCommerce?**
Yes. Cloud hosting offers WooCommerce hosting with scalable resources and faster load times, which are perfect for any online store.
### **How do I scale my cloud hosting plan?**
Most platforms allow you to increase or decrease resources instantly through their dashboard. With xCloud, you can scale your resources with just one click.
### **What happens if a server fails?**
Cloud hosting uses redundancy. If one server fails, your site is automatically moved to another server in the network.
### **Do I need technical knowledge to manage cloud hosting?**
Not necessarily. Managed cloud hosting providers take care of setup, maintenance, and security so you can focus on your site.
### **What is the cost of cloud hosting?**
Costs vary based on usage and features. Most platforms offer pay-as-you-go or monthly plans to fit different budgets.
### **Why choose xCloud Hosting?**
xCloud Hosting offers fast, secure, and scalable hosting with excellent support. It is easy to use, beginner-friendly, and packed with features for growth. Also, the flexible pricing plans start at only $5 per month.
## **🟥Power Your Future: Build, Scale, and Thrive with Fully Managed Cloud Hosting by xCloud**
Cloud hosting is an essential solution for individuals, startups, and businesses that need flexibility, speed, and reliability. Whether you are starting a blog or managing an online store, cloud hosting helps you grow without limits.
Before choosing a cloud hosting provider, assess your website’s needs. Evaluate pricing, support, uptime, and features. Conducting this research now can save you time and stress later. Coud hosting is designed to be easy to use. It lets you focus on your website or business while the platform takes care of everything else. If you are ready to level up your hosting, cloud hosting is a smart step forward.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge, and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and engage in discussions.
---
# What Is DeepSeek Harness? Features, Architecture & Use Cases Explained (2026) - xCloud
> What Is DeepSeek Harness? DeepSeek's open-source, MIT-licensed agent runtime where every capability is a plugin — how it works and who should run it.
_Updated August 2026_
[**DeepSeek Harness**](https://github.com/deepseek-ai/deepseek-harness) collected 22,000 GitHub stars within 90 minutes of its August 13, 2026 release, [**according to KuCoin’s launch report**](https://www.kucoin.com/news/flash/deepseek-harness-becomes-fastest-growing-open-source-project-on-github-with-22-000-stars-in-1-5-hours). The previous pace-setter, xAI’s Grok-1, needed about 1.2 days to reach 20,000. By August 17, four days in, a [**direct GitHub API query**](https://pasqualepillitteri.it/en/news/11573/deepseek-harness-fastest-github-stars-record) showed the repository past 141,000 stars and 14,000 forks, with more than 1,200 community plugins already tagged `dsh-plugin` [**per BibiGPT’s ecosystem count**](https://bibigpt.co/en/blog/posts/deepseek-harness-skill-ai-video-summary). For scale, OpenClaw, the prior fast-growth reference in this category, took 84 days to reach 200,000 stars, a pace DeepSeek Harness is on track to beat comfortably.
The star curve is the headline. The architecture is the story. This guide explains what DeepSeek Harness actually is, how its “everything is a plugin” design works under the hood, what the four runtime modes do, who should run it today, and who should wait.
## Key Takeaways
- **DeepSeek Harness (command name `dsh`) is an open-source AI agent harness** released by [**DeepSeek**](https://deepseek.com/harness/en/) on August 13, 2026, the same day as the DeepSeek-V4-Pro GA announcement. It is MIT licensed, free, and currently in developer preview (v0.1).
- **Everything is a plugin.** Models, tools, skills, sessions, sandboxes, storage, agent loops, scheduling, and even the UI load as swappable plugins on the [**Cordis**](https://floatboat.ai/blog/cordis-plugin-framework) kernel. You change any of them in a config file, not by forking the source.
- **It is model-agnostic.** DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex, Azure, and any OpenAI-compatible endpoint work out of the box.
- **Every run is recorded** in an append-only session log that supports resume, fork, and replay.
- **Install takes one command:** `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web` launches a local Web UI at `127.0.0.1:3080` on any machine with Node.js.
- **It is a developer preview.** DeepSeek warns in the README that compatibility-breaking changes are coming. Run it for real work on a server you can rebuild, not as the backbone of a production system you cannot touch for six months.
## What Is DeepSeek Harness?
DeepSeek Harness is an open-source agent harness: the software layer that wraps a large language model and turns it into a working agent that can read files, run commands, use tools, browse, and keep going across long tasks. DeepSeek’s own framing is a simple formula: **Agent = Model + Harness**. The model provides the reasoning. The harness provides everything else, including the loop that decides what happens next.
The project ships three ways to run it:
1. **A local Web UI**, started with `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web` and served at `http://127.0.0.1:3080`
2. **A headless CLI command** for scripts and servers
3. **A Python SDK** for embedding the agent in your own applications
The whole repository is MIT licensed, which [**Digital Applied’s architecture teardown**](https://www.digitalapplied.com/blog/deepseek-harness-open-source-agent-framework-2026) points out covers reading, copying, and reusing the architecture itself, beyond simply running the software. A frontier lab publishing the harness it uses to benchmark its own models means you can read exactly how the team that trains DeepSeek-V4 decided the loop around it should be shaped.
One clarification worth getting right, because most of the viral posts get it wrong: the plugin kernel underneath, called Cordis, is not DeepSeek’s invention. More on that below.
## Why “Everything Is a Plugin” Matters
Most agent harnesses ship as one opinionated program. Somebody picked the session store, the sandbox, the scheduling model, and the UI, and those choices sit welded into the source code. When your setup disagrees with one of them, you fork the repository and maintain a patch forever. You end up owning someone else’s architecture to change one line of it.
Think of a traditional harness as a car with the engine welded to the frame. Want a different engine? You are now a car manufacturer. DeepSeek Harness is closer to a rack-mount server chassis: the chassis provides power, slots, and wiring standards, and every component slides in and out without a welding torch.
In practice, that means:
- **Point it at a different model** (swap the model plugin) and the loop keeps running
- **Drop in your own sandbox provider** if you cannot send code or session data to a vendor endpoint
- **Replace the storage backend** without touching the harness source
- **Rewire the agent loop itself**, because the loop is also a plugin
[**AgentsPulse’s architecture review**](https://agentspulse.github.io/tutorials/deepseek-harness-and-cordis-why-everything-is-a-plugin/) notes that a model plugin and a storage plugin load through the same kernel, so there is no privileged core to work around. Every capability is the same kind of object.
## The Cordis Kernel: The Part Everyone Skips
DeepSeek Harness runs on **Cordis**, a TypeScript meta-framework built around a reversible plugin system. Components can be mounted, unmounted, and hot-reloaded at runtime, with every side effect rolled back cleanly on removal. The design is formalized in a published paper, _A Programming Paradigm for Spatiotemporal Composability_, which splits dynamic composition into two dimensions: temporal composability (fully reverting a component’s effects) and spatial composability (declaring and reactively managing dependencies between components).
Here is the detail the launch-week hype missed: [**according to Floatboat’s Cordis deep dive**](https://floatboat.ai/blog/cordis-plugin-framework), Cordis powered the open-source chatbot framework **Koishi** for four years before DeepSeek adopted it. Koishi accumulated roughly 6,000 GitHub stars building chat agents for Discord, Telegram, and other platforms, and it needed exactly what agent runtimes need: plugins that register commands and services, hot-reload during development, and clean up after themselves when disabled. Koishi ran on Cordis v3. DeepSeek Harness shipped on Cordis v4, and the formal paper behind the v4 redesign was published the same day the harness went public.
So the kernel is battle-tested, and DeepSeek’s contribution is the agent product assembled on top of it, plus an ecosystem play: the README asks plugin authors to tag their repositories with the `dsh-plugin` GitHub topic for discoverability.
## DeepSeek Harness Features: What Ships in the Box
### The Plugin Categories
Every agent capability lives in a plugin. The official documentation lists nine swappable categories:
Plugin Category
What It Controls
Why You Would Swap It
**Models**
Which LLM powers the agent
Cost, capability, data residency
**Tools**
What the agent can do (bash, file edits, browse)
Add custom tools for your stack
**Skills**
Reusable instruction packs
Teach domain workflows
**Sessions**
Conversation state and history
Custom persistence rules
**Sandboxes**
Where code executes
Keep execution inside your network
**Storage**
Where data lives
Swap local disk for S3 or a database
**Loops**
The agent’s think-act cycle
Custom orchestration logic
**Scheduling**
When and how work runs
Long-running jobs without an extra framework
**UI**
What you interact with
White-label or embed the interface
The scheduling entry deserves a second look. Because loops and scheduling are configured rather than coded, long-running work does not need a separate orchestration framework stacked on top. That removes an entire layer most agent stacks bolt on with cron, Temporal, or n8n.
### The Four Runtime Modes
[**Per AlphaSignal’s launch coverage**](https://alphasignal.ai/news/deepseek-harness-opens-the-agent-framework-it-used-to-benchmark-its-own-models), DeepSeek Harness ships four preset runtime modes, and the repository contains exactly four agent-preset directories on disk that match:
Mode
What It Does
Best For
**Standard**
Full agent with complete toolchains and sub-agent dispatch
Day-to-day coding and automation work
**Code (PTC)**
Programmatic Tool Calling: the model writes TypeScript to express complex control flows instead of calling tools one at a time
Multi-step workflows with branching logic
**Minimal**
Only `bash` and `str_replace_editor`, nothing else
Clean benchmark evaluations
**Creator**
Test Cordis plugins in memory
Plugin authors building for the ecosystem
Minimal mode explains part of why this project exists at all: DeepSeek used this harness internally to benchmark its own models. The stripped mode is what fair model evaluation looks like when you do not want the harness doing the heavy lifting.
### Model-Agnostic by Default
DeepSeek Harness supports DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, Amazon Bedrock, Google Vertex, Azure, and any OpenAI-compatible endpoint out of the box. That last clause covers OpenRouter, Ollama, vLLM, and most self-hosted inference servers. The harness released alongside DeepSeek-V4-Pro, and the pairing is intentional, but nothing locks you into DeepSeek models.
### The Append-Only Session Log
Every run is recorded as an append-only event stream. Resume, fork, search, and replay all operate on that log. If an agent run went sideways at step 40, you can fork the session at step 39 and try a different path, with the full trace of what the model saw at every step. For anyone who has debugged a black-box agent failure, this is the feature that changes daily work the most. It also makes prompt injections and tool invocations fully inspectable after the fact.
## How DeepSeek Harness Compares to Other Agents
DeepSeek Harness enters a field that already includes Claude Code, OpenClaw, and Hermes Agent. The comparison in one table:
DeepSeek Harness
Claude Code
OpenClaw
Hermes Agent
**License**
MIT (full repo)
Proprietary
MIT
MIT
**Architecture**
Plugin kernel (Cordis)
Monolithic product
Monolithic + config
Single process + skills
**Model support**
Any provider
Anthropic models
Multiple providers
Multiple providers
**Primary focus**
Composable agent runtime
Coding agent
Messaging-first agent
Persistent memory agent
**Session replay**
Resume, fork, replay
Session resume
Basic history
SQLite history
**Maturity**
Developer preview (v0.1)
Production
Stable
Stable
**Runs on**
Node.js
Node.js
Node.js
Python
The short version: OpenClaw and Hermes Agent are finished products with opinions. DeepSeek Harness is a chassis. If the finished products’ opinions match your needs, they get you running faster. If you have ever forked one of them to change a component, the chassis is what you actually wanted. Full head-to-head comparisons are covered in the [**Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw**](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-vs-openclaw/) guide, with a DeepSeek Harness version coming.
## How to Install DeepSeek Harness (Quick Start)
The fastest path from zero to a running agent takes about two minutes on a machine that already has Node.js.
**Option A: Instant run with npx (recommended for a first look)**
1. Install [**Node.js**](https://nodejs.org/) 20 or newer
2. Run: `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web`
3. Open `http://127.0.0.1:3080` in your browser
4. Add an API key for your model provider (DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, or any OpenAI-compatible endpoint)
5. Start a session in Standard mode
**Option B: From source (for plugin development)**
1. `git clone https://github.com/deepseek-ai/deepseek-harness.git`
2. `cd deepseek-harness`
3. `pnpm install`
4. `pnpm run build`
5. `pnpm dsh web`
You need `pnpm` for the source route; the official README uses it throughout. Feedback and bug reports go through GitHub Discussions, and there is an official DeepSeek Harness Discord community.
**Option C: One-click deploy on xCloud (no server, no terminal)**
Both options above run on your own machine and stop when it sleeps. The third path skips local setup entirely: [**xCloud’s managed DeepSeek Harness hosting**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) deploys the harness on an always-on server the way its other one-click applications work.
1. Sign up at [**app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness)
2. Pick a server region
3. Paste your model provider API key (DeepSeek, Anthropic, OpenAI, or any OpenAI-compatible endpoint)
4. Open your dsh Web UI over SSL, already behind a reverse proxy with authentication
This is the same one-click playbook xCloud already runs for [**OpenClaw**](https://xcloud.host/openclaw-hosting/), [**Hermes Agent**](https://xcloud.host/hermes-agent-hosting/), n8n, Node.js, WordPress, and Laravel: the platform handles provisioning, SSL, supervision, and backups, and you handle the agent. Around five minutes from sign-up to a running harness, no Linux knowledge required.
**One thing to know before you expose it yourself:** the Web UI binds to `127.0.0.1`, meaning localhost only. That is a sane security default, and it also means running dsh on a server for remote access requires a reverse proxy, SSL, and authentication in front of it. Do not bind it to `0.0.0.0` on a public IP without those layers. Managed deployments like xCloud’s handle this wiring for you, which is exactly the step that stalls most first-time self-hosted setups.
## What DeepSeek Harness Needs to Run
The harness itself is light. The models it calls are not, but those run remotely by default.
Setup
CPU
RAM
Notes
Local trial (API models)
1 core
1 GB
Laptop is fine for testing
Always-on server (API models)
1-2 cores
2 GB
Node.js process + session logs
Server with heavy tool use
2 cores
4 GB
Sandboxed code execution needs headroom
Local model via Ollama/vLLM
Depends on model
16 GB+ or GPU
The model, not the harness, sets the floor
No GPU is required unless you choose to run a local model on the same machine. The harness calls hosted LLM APIs by default, so the server only handles agent logic, sessions, and tools, which is CPU-light work.
## DeepSeek Harness Use Cases: Who It Is For
- **Agent builders.** If you are designing your own agent loop, a plugin kernel with swappable tools, sandboxes, and orchestration is a foundation to extend rather than reinvent. Creator mode exists specifically for this audience.
- **Teams running DeepSeek models.** DeepSeek’s V4 models are open-weight, MIT licensed, and priced well below closed frontier models. The harness is the intended runtime that turns those models into reliable working agents, closing the model-plus-runtime gap that was DeepSeek’s remaining weakness.
- **Privacy-bound and regulated teams.** Because sandboxes and storage are both pluggable, organizations that cannot send code or session data to a vendor endpoint can keep execution and storage entirely inside their own network while still using the harness.
- **Benchmark and evaluation work.** Minimal mode strips the harness down to `bash` and a file editor, which is what you want when comparing models fairly.
- **Plugin authors.** With 1,200+ `dsh-plugin` repositories inside the first 48 hours and curated lists like Awesome DSH Plugin already tracking 175+ entries, the ecosystem is forming now. Early, well-made plugins in a young ecosystem tend to become defaults.
## Who Should Wait
Honesty section, because the developer-preview label is not decoration. DeepSeek’s own README states in capital letters that there will be compatibility-breaking changes. Core plugins and APIs will keep evolving through the v0.x series.
- **Do not pin a production system to v0.1.** Treat it as something to experiment with and build plugins against.
- **If you need a finished, stable agent today**, OpenClaw or Hermes Agent are further along the maturity curve, and both are covered in depth on this blog.
- **If nobody on your team is comfortable with Node.js and a terminal**, wait for managed options to mature before self-hosting.
[**AgentsPulse’s adoption review**](https://agentspulse.github.io/tutorials/deepseek-harness-and-cordis-why-everything-is-a-plugin/) reaches the same conclusion: evaluate it in non-critical, isolated workflows before considering any production migration.
## Running DeepSeek Harness 24/7: The Hosting Question
A harness on your laptop stops working when the lid closes. Scheduled loops, long-running sessions, and anything another person or system needs to reach all require an always-on server with a stable public address, SSL, and a process supervisor to restart the agent after crashes.
The self-hosted path is a standard VPS recipe: Ubuntu server, Node.js 20+, `dsh` behind Caddy or nginx for SSL, systemd or Docker `restart: unless-stopped` for supervision, and a firewall that keeps port 3080 off the public internet. Budget 30 to 60 minutes if you have done this before.
The managed path removes that list, and this is where track record matters more than marketing. [**xCloud**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) built its reputation in exactly this category: when Hermes Agent exploded in early 2026, xCloud shipped what was, as of April 2026, the only fully managed Hermes Agent service on the market, with pre-configured messaging gateways, automatic SSL, and daily backups. Its [**OpenClaw hosting**](https://xcloud.host/openclaw-hosting/) follows the same model, and the platform’s one-click catalog spans n8n, Node.js, WordPress, WooCommerce, and Laravel across AWS, DigitalOcean, Vultr, Google Cloud, Hostinger, Linode, and bring-your-own-Ubuntu servers.
[**Managed DeepSeek Harness hosting**](https://app.xcloud.host/deepseek-harness) joins that catalog as one of the first managed dsh options anywhere, at $9.99/month with the server, SSL, reverse proxy, process supervision, and backups handled. The playbook is proven; only the application is new. Either path works. The difference is whether you spend your first hour on infrastructure or on the agent, and for anyone whose hourly rate exceeds the monthly fee, the math tends to answer itself.
## Video: DeepSeek Harness Explained
For a visual walkthrough of the plugin architecture, DevsKingdom’s 12-minute breakdown covers the “everything is a plugin” model clearly:
**Watch:** [Deepseek Harness: Everything is a Plugin (DevsKingdom, YouTube)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe-aHJLC5UU)
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **Is DeepSeek Harness free?**
Yes. The entire repository is MIT licensed, which covers use, modification, and redistribution. You pay only for the LLM API tokens your agent consumes, or nothing for tokens if you point it at a local model through an OpenAI-compatible endpoint like Ollama.
### **What is the difference between DeepSeek Harness and DeepSeek V4?**
DeepSeek V4 is the model family (V4-Pro and V4-Flash). DeepSeek Harness is the runtime that wraps a model and turns it into a working agent. They released together on August 13, 2026, and pair naturally, but the harness runs any major provider’s models and the models run in other harnesses.
### **Do I need a GPU to run DeepSeek Harness?**
No. The harness calls hosted LLM APIs by default, so the server only runs agent logic, which is CPU-light. A GPU only becomes relevant if you choose to self-host a model with Ollama or vLLM on the same machine, which is a separate deployment decision.
### **What is Cordis in DeepSeek Harness?**
Cordis is the TypeScript plugin kernel the harness is built on. It manages mounting, unmounting, hot-reloading, and dependencies between plugins, with every side effect reversible on removal. Cordis predates the harness: it powered the Koishi chatbot framework for four years before DeepSeek adopted v4 of it.
### **Is DeepSeek Harness better than Claude Code?**
They target different needs. Claude Code is a polished proprietary product tied to Anthropic’s models. DeepSeek Harness is an MIT-licensed chassis that runs any model and lets you swap every component. Teams wanting a finished tool today lean Claude Code; teams wanting an open runtime they can reshape lean dsh. It is also a developer preview, so stability currently favors Claude Code.
### **The command `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web` fails with a Node error. What do I do?**
Check your Node.js version first with `node -v`. The harness targets current Node releases; version 20 or newer resolves most install failures. If npx itself is missing, reinstall Node.js from nodejs.org, which bundles it.
### **I started dsh on my VPS but cannot reach the UI from my browser. Why?**
The Web UI binds to `127.0.0.1:3080`, localhost only, by design. From your own machine, either open an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 3080:127.0.0.1:3080 user@server`) or put a reverse proxy with SSL and authentication in front of it. Do not expose port 3080 directly to the internet.
### **My session state disappeared after a restart. How do I keep it?**
Session logs persist through the storage plugin. On a bare VPS the default local storage survives reboots as long as the working directory is on persistent disk. In Docker, mount the data directory as a named volume, or every container rebuild wipes your sessions.
### **Can I run DeepSeek Harness and OpenClaw on the same server?**
Yes. They are separate Node.js processes with separate ports and data directories. Allocate at least 4 GB RAM if both run with heavy tool use, and supervise each with its own systemd unit or Docker restart policy.
### **How do I install community plugins?**
Browse the `dsh-plugin` topic on GitHub, where over 1,200 repositories were tagged within the first 48 hours. Plugins install through configuration, and Creator mode lets you test a plugin in memory before committing it to your setup.
## The Bottom Line on DeepSeek Harness
DeepSeek Harness is the strongest signal yet that the center of gravity in AI agents is moving from the model to the scaffolding around it. A frontier lab open-sourced its entire agent runtime under MIT, built it on a kernel with four years of production history, and asked the community to fill the plugin slots. More than 141,000 stars in four days say the community agrees the scaffolding is the game, and the ecosystem forming around it, from 1,200+ tagged plugins to the first managed hosting options, is moving just as fast.
What to do this week: run `npx @deepseek-ai/dsh web` on your laptop, connect the model provider you already pay for, and give it one real task in Standard mode. If it earns a permanent place in your workflow, move it to an always-on server, either a VPS you manage or [**xCloud’s managed DeepSeek Harness hosting**](https://xcloud.host/deepseek-harness/) if you would rather skip the infrastructure entirely. Then check back on v0.2, because in a developer preview moving this fast, the next release is never far away.
For more guides on hosting AI agents and the open-source stack behind them, [**subscribe to the xCloud blog**](https://xcloud.host/blog/) or join the [**xCloud Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community).
---
# What Is Docker Compose? How to Use It with An Example - xCloud
> Learn what Docker Compose is and how to use it with a real example. This beginner-friendly guide covers setup, YAML files and essential commands.
If you have been working with **[Docker](/what-is-docker-understanding-its-components/)** for a while, you already know how powerful it is for packaging and running applications inside containers. But here is a common challenge that most developers face very quickly: what happens when your app needs more than one container to work?
For example, a web app might need a Node.js server, a MySQL database and a caching layer all running at the same time. Managing each of those containers separately using Docker run commands gets messy and hard to maintain very fast. That is exactly where [**Docker Compose**](https://docs.docker.com/compose/) steps in to make your life much easier.
This guide is a complete tutorial built for beginners and intermediate developers who want to understand what Docker Compose is, how it works and how to use it with a real working example.
## **What Is Docker Compose?**
Docker Compose is an official Docker tool that helps you define and run multi-container Docker applications using a single configuration file. Instead of running multiple docker run commands one by one, you describe all your services, networks and volumes in one place and then start everything together with one simple command.
The configuration file is called docker-compose.yml and it uses YAML syntax. Inside this file, you list each service your application needs, what image it uses, what ports it exposes, what environment variables it requires and how the services talk to each other.
It is the glue that connects all your containers so they can work as one complete application. It is especially useful for **local development with Docker Compose** since you can spin up your entire development environment in seconds without installing anything directly on your machine.
It works by applying all the services and configurations defined in your Compose file to create and manage a full application stack. It handles networking between containers automatically and makes it easy to stop or restart everything at once.
## **Why Use Docker Compose Instead of Docker Run?**
Docker Compose is preferred over docker run when you need to manage multiple containers, define configurations in a reusable YAML file and simplify orchestration. [**docker run**](https://docs.docker.com/reference/cli/docker/container/run/) is best for quick, one-off container launches, while Compose is designed for structured, multi-service environments.
### **Key Differences**
If you have ever wondered when to use docker run versus Docker Compose, **here’s the breakdown:**
**Feature**
**docker run**
**Docker Compose**
**Configuration**
Command-line only
YAML file (docker-compose.yml)
**Scope**
Starts one container at a time
Can start multiple containers together
**Complexity**
Simple, manual setup
Handles networks, volumes, dependencies
**Reusability**
Commands must be repeated
Config file reusable across environments
**Best Use Case**
Quick tests, single container apps
Multi-service apps (e.g., web + DB + cache)
### **🟢 Why Use Docker Compose?**
**Multi-Container Orchestration:** Compose lets you define and run **entire application stacks** (e.g., Nginx + MySQL + Redis) with one command:
docker compose up
- **Declarative Configuration:** Instead of long docker run commands, you store settings (ports, volumes, environment variables) in a YAML file. This makes setups **repeatable and shareable** across teams.
- **Networking Made Easy:** Compose automatically creates a network for your services, so containers can communicate by service name (e.g., db instead of IP addresses).
- **Environment Consistency:** The same **_docker-compose.yml_** can be used in **development, testing and production**, ensuring consistency across environments.
- **Scaling Services:** You can scale services easily:
docker compose up --scale web=3
This spins up multiple instances of a service without extra manual commands.
### **⚖️ When to Use Each**
- **Use** **docker run** **if…**
- You are testing a single container quickly.
- You don’t need persistent configuration.
- Example: Running a one-off Ubuntu container to check a command.
- **Use Docker Compose if…**
- Your app has multiple services (web, database, cache).
- You want to automate and share configurations.
- You need to scale or replicate services easily.
### **⚠️ Trade-Offs & Risks**
- **Learning Curve**: Compose requires understanding YAML syntax and service definitions.
- **Overhead**: For very simple apps, Compose may feel like overkill compared to a single docker run.
- **Production Use**: While Compose is great for development, production deployments often use **Docker Swarm** or **Kubernetes** for advanced orchestration.
👉 In short: **docker run is for quick, single-container tasks; Docker Compose is for structured, multi-container applications.**
If you are building **microservices with Docker** or working on a **Docker Compose for web apps**, it is the standard approach that keeps everything organized and repeatable.
## **What Is Docker Compose YAML File?**
The [**docker-compose.yml file**](https://docs.divio.com/reference/docker-docker-compose/) is the heart of every Compose project. The file is written in YAML format, which is indentation-based and easy to read once you know the basic structure.
**Here are the main sections you will find in a typical docker-compose.yml:**
- **services** define each container your app needs. Each service gets a name and a set of options like which image to use, which ports to expose and which environment variables to pass in.
- **image** tells Docker which image to pull for that service. For example, image: mysql:8 pulls the official MySQL 8 image from Docker Hub.
- **build** is used when you want Docker to build an image from a local Dockerfile instead of pulling one from a registry. You point it to the folder containing your Dockerfile.
- **ports** maps a port on your host machine to a port inside the container. The format is host\_port:container\_port. This is sometimes called **Docker Compose port mapping** and it is how you access a running service from your browser or terminal.
- **volumes** lets you persist data or share files between the host and the container. For a database service, this means your data will not disappear when the container stops.
- **environment** passes environment variables into the container. This is how you provide things like database passwords or API keys securely at runtime. Managing **Docker Compose environment variables** properly is an important best practice.
- **networks** give you control over how services communicate. By default, Docker Compose puts all services in the same network so they can talk to each other using service names as hostnames.
- **depends\_on** tells Compose which services must start before a given service. For example, your web app should wait for the database service to be ready before it starts.
## **How to Write Docker Compose YAML File: Node.js & MySQL Example**
Now it is time to put theory into practice with a real **Docker Compose example**. Before you begin, make sure Docker is [**installed on your machine**](https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/). Docker Compose is included with [**Docker Desktop**](https://docs.docker.com/desktop/), so you do not need to install it separately on most systems.
### **Prerequisites**
Before you start:
- Docker Engine installed (v20.10+)
- Docker Compose v2+ (loaded as a Docker CLI plugin)
- Basic Docker knowledge (images, containers, volumes)
- A text editor or IDE for editing YAML
**Verify the setup:**
docker compose version
If you see a version, you are ready. From here, this guide uses the modern docker compose syntax (not older docker-compose).
### **Creating Your First Docker Compose File**
Creating your first Docker Compose file is the easiest way to run multiple containers together without hassle. Instead of managing each container separately, you define everything in one simple YAML file. This helps you set up services, networks and dependencies in a clean and organized way. Once ready, you can start everything with a single command.
**Create a file named docker-compose.yml:**
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
web:
image: nginx:alpine
ports:
\- "8080:80"
volumes:
\- ./html:/usr/share/nginx/html:ro
restart: always
networks:
frontend:
driver: bridge
Spin it up
💻
docker compose up
Stop It
💻
docker compose down
Even simpler, you can run it in detached mode:
💻
docker compose up -d
docker compose ps
docker compose logs web
docker compose down
This is the basic Docker Compose workflow: define, start, inspect and clean up.
### **The Docker Compose File Structure**
The Docker Compose file structure defines how your containers work together in one place. It uses a simple YAML format to organize services, networks, and volumes. Each section has a clear role, making your setup easy to read and manage. Once you understand the structure, building and scaling apps becomes much simpler.
**A** **docker-compose.yml** **usually looks like this:**
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
web:
image: nginx:alpine
ports:
\- "80:80"
\- "443:443"
networks:
\- frontend
volumes:
\- app-data:/usr/share/nginx/html:ro
configs:
\- source: nginx-conf
target: /etc/nginx/conf.d/default.conf
depends\_on:
\- app
app:
image: php:8.2-fpm-alpine
networks:
\- frontend
\- backend
volumes:
\- app-data:/var/www/html
secrets:
\- db-password
environment:
DB\_PASSWORD\_FILE: /run/secrets/db-password
db:
image: postgres:15-alpine
networks:
\- backend
volumes:
\- db-data:/var/lib/postgresql/data
environment:
POSTGRES\_PASSWORD\_FILE: /run/secrets/db-password
networks:
frontend:
driver: bridge
backend:
internal: true \# Increases security by isolating the DB from the internet
volumes:
app-data:
db-data:
configs:
nginx-conf:
file: ./nginx.conf
secrets:
db-password:
file: ./db\_password.txt
**At the top‑level, the main keys are:**
- services – your containers
- networks – internal networks
- volumes – persistent storage
- configs and secrets (Swarm‑mode, useful later)
**A minimal example:**
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
web:
image: nginx:alpine
ports:
\- "80:80"
restart: always
### **Configuring Services in Docker Compose**
Configuring services in Docker Compose means defining how each container should run inside your application. You set the image, ports, environment variables, and dependencies for every service. This helps different parts of your app communicate smoothly. With proper configuration, you can control behavior, scaling and runtime settings in a clean and organized way.
You can define services using an **image** or a **build** context.
### **Image‑based Services**
Image-based services in Docker Compose are containers created directly from a Docker image. You simply specify the image name and Docker pulls it from a registry if it is not available locally.
This makes setup fast since you do not need to build everything from scratch. It is a simple way to run ready-made applications or preconfigured environments.
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
database:
image: postgres:15-alpine
environment:
POSTGRES\_PASSWORD: secretpass
ports:
\- "5432:5432"
### **Build‑based Services**
Build-based services in Docker Compose are created from your own application code instead of a prebuilt image. You point Compose to a Dockerfile and it builds the image before starting the container.
This approach is useful when you are developing or customizing your app. It ensures your latest code changes are always included when you run the service.
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
app:
build: .
ports:
\- "3000:3000"
api:
build:
context: ./api
dockerfile: Dockerfile.prod
args:
NODE\_ENV: production
### **Port Mapping**
Port mapping in Docker Compose connects a container’s internal port to a port on your host machine. This allows you to access the running service from your browser or local system.
You define it in a simple format, making services reachable outside the container. It is essential for testing and interacting with web applications running in Docker.
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
web:
image: nginx
ports:
\- "8080:80"
\- "8443:443"
\- "127.0.0.1:9000:9000"
\- "3000-3005:3000-3005"
### **Environment Variables And .env Files**
Environment variables in Docker Compose let you pass configuration values to your containers without hardcoding them. You can define them directly in the compose file or store them in a separate .env file.
This keeps your setup clean and makes it easier to manage different environments like development and production. It also helps protect sensitive data such as API keys and passwords.
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
app:
image: node:18-alpine
environment:
NODE\_ENV: production
DATABASE\_URL: postgres://db:5432/mydb
env\_file:
\- .env
.env
🦉
.env
NODE\_ENV\=development
DATABASE\_URL\=postgres://localhost:5432/devdb
### **Volumes And Restart Policies**
Volumes in Docker Compose let you store data outside the container so it does not get lost when the container stops or restarts. This is useful for databases and files that need to persist over time.
Restart policies control how and when a container should restart if it crashes or the system reboots. Together, they help keep your application stable and data safe without manual intervention.
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
app:
image: node:18-alpine
volumes:
\- ./app:/usr/src/app
\- app-data:/app/data
restart: unless-stopped
### **Dependencies, Health Checks And Resource Limits**
Dependencies in Docker Compose define the order in which services start, ensuring one service runs only after another is ready. Health checks monitor whether a container is working correctly and can automatically restart it if something goes wrong.
Resource limits help control how much CPU and memory each service can use. Together, they improve reliability, stability and performance of your application.
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
web:
image: nginx
depends\_on:
\- api
\- cache
healthcheck:
test: \["CMD", "curl", "-f", "http://localhost"\]
interval: 30s
timeout: 10s
retries: 3
start\_period: 40s
deploy:
resources:
limits:
cpus: '2'
memory: 1G
reservations:
cpus: '0.5'
memory: 512M
### **Networks And Volumes in Compose**
By default, Compose creates a network where services talk via their names. You can also define custom networks:
📋
docker-compose.yml
version: '3.8'
services:
web:
image: nginx:alpine
ports:
\- "80:80"
networks:
\- frontend
api:
image: node:18-alpine
networks:
\- frontend
\- backend
database:
image: postgres:15-alpine
environment:
POSTGRES\_PASSWORD: password
volumes:
\- db-data:/var/lib/postgresql/data
networks:
\- backend
\# Network and Volume definitions must be top-level keys
networks:
frontend:
backend:
volumes:
db-data:
### **Environment Variables And Substitution**
Environment variables in Docker Compose let you pass dynamic values into your services without changing the file each time. Substitution allows you to reuse these variables inside the compose file using a simple syntax.
This makes your setup flexible and easier to manage across different environments like testing and production. It also reduces repetition and keeps configuration clean and consistent.
**You can use variable substitution in your docker-compose.yml:**
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
web:
image: nginx:${NGINX\_VERSION:-latest}
ports:
\- "${WEB\_PORT:-8080}:80"
.env
🦉
.env
\# With a .env file in the same directory
NGINX\_VERSION\=alpine
WEB\_PORT\=8080
This following example will set up a simple Node.js web app connected to a MySQL database. This is a classic **Docker Compose for Node.js and MySQL** stack that you will encounter in many real projects.
### **Project Structure**
Your project folder should look like this:
📄
Structure
my-app/
├── docker-compose.yml
├── app/
│ ├── Dockerfile
│ └── index.js
### **The Node.js App (index.js)**
The Node.js app (index.js) in Docker Compose is the main entry file that runs your application inside a container.
It defines how your server starts, handles requests, and connects with other services like databases. When used with Docker Compose, this file runs in a consistent environment every time. This makes development, testing and deployment more reliable and predictable.
**Here is a Node.js app that connects to MySQL and responds to HTTP requests:**
📄
index.js
const express = require('express');
const mysql = require('mysql2');
const app = express();
const db = mysql.createConnection({
host: 'db',
user: 'root',
password: 'rootpassword',
database: 'myapp'
});
app.get('/', (req, res) => {
db.query('SELECT 1 + 1 AS solution', (err, results) => {
if (err) return res.send('DB Error: ' + err.message);
res.send('DB result: ' + results\[0\].solution);
});
});
app.listen(3000, () => console.log('App running on port 3000'));
Notice that the host for the database connection is set to db. That is the service name you will define in the Compose file. Docker Compose automatically handles the DNS resolution between services, so db resolves to the MySQL container.
### **The Dockerfile for the App**
The **Dockerfile** for the app defines how your application is built into a Docker image. It includes steps like choosing a base image, copying your project files, installing dependencies and setting the startup command.
This file ensures your app runs the same way in any environment. With Docker Compose, it is used to create a service from your custom-built image.
💻
Dockerfile
FROM node:18-alpine
WORKDIR /app
COPY . .
RUN npm install express mysql2
CMD \["node", "index.js"\]
### **The docker-compose.yml File**
The docker-compose.yml file is the main configuration file in Docker Compose. It defines all your services, images, ports, volumes and environment settings in one place.
This file helps you run multiple containers together with a single command. It keeps your setup organized, repeatable, and easy to manage across different environments.
Here is the complete docker-compose.yml file that **defines services with Docker Compose** and wires the whole stack together:
📋
docker-compose.yml
services:
app:
build: ./app
ports:
\- "3000:3000"
environment:
\- NODE\_ENV=development
depends\_on:
\- db
networks:
\- appnet
db:
image: mysql:8
restart: always
environment:
MYSQL\_ROOT\_PASSWORD: rootpassword
MYSQL\_DATABASE: myapp
volumes:
\- db\_data:/var/lib/mysql
networks:
\- appnet
volumes:
db\_data:
networks:
appnet:
This file does several important things at once. The app service is built from your local Dockerfile, maps port 3000 from the container to port 3000 on your machine and waits for the db service to start.
The db service runs the official [**MySQL image**](https://hub.docker.com/_/mysql), sets the root password and database name through environment variables and saves data to a named volume called db\_data so your database is not wiped when containers restart.
## **How to Run Your Docker Compose Stack**
Running your app once the docker-compose.yml is ready is simple. Open your terminal in the project folder and use the following command.
### **Start the Stack**
```
docker compose up
```
Copy to Clipboard
This is the **Docker Compose up command** and it does everything in one shot. It builds the app image, pulls the MySQL image, creates the network and volumes and starts both containers.
You will see logs from both services in your terminal. Once it is running, open your browser and go to http://localhost:3000 to see your app.
To run the stack in the background without filling your terminal with logs, add the -d flag:
```
docker compose up -d
```
Copy to Clipboard
### **Stop the Stack**
```
docker compose down
```
Copy to Clipboard
This stops and removes all the containers and the default network. Your named volumes will be preserved unless you add the –volumes flag.
## **Quick Docker Compose Commands Cheat Sheet**
Once your stack is running, you will use a handful of commands regularly. These are the commands you’ll use most:
💻
docker-compose-cheetsheet.bash
\# start services
docker compose up
docker compose up -d
\# list services
docker compose ps
docker compose ps -a
\# view logs
docker compose logs
docker compose logs -f
docker compose logs -f web
\# execute commands inside a container
docker compose exec web sh
docker compose run web npm install
\# build images
docker compose build
docker compose build web
docker compose build --no-cache
\# validate and inspect config
docker compose config
\# scale services
docker compose up -d --scale web=3
\# stop and clean up
docker compose stop
docker compose down
docker compose down -v
docker compose down --rmi all
Practical **Docker Compose commands cheat sheet** to keep handy:
- docker compose up starts all services defined in the Compose file.
- docker compose up –build forces a rebuild of images before starting.
- docker compose down stops and removes containers and networks.
- docker compose ps shows the current status of all running services.
- docker compose logs displays output logs from all services.
- docker compose logs app shows logs for a specific service only.
- docker compose exec app sh opens a shell session inside a running container.
- docker compose stop stops running containers without removing them.
- docker compose restart restarts all services.
These commands cover the most common tasks you will do when working with your stack day to day. Mastering the **Docker Compose CLI** is a big part of becoming comfortable with **Docker Compose DevOps** workflows.
## **Docker Compose Best Practices**
Getting Docker Compose to work is one thing but using it well over time is another. Following these **Docker Compose best practices** will save you from common mistakes and make your projects easier to manage.
- **Always use named volumes for databases:** Named volumes survive container restarts and docker compose down without data loss, unlike bind mounts.
- **Do not hardcode secrets in the Compose file:** Use a .env file to store sensitive values like database passwords and reference them in the Compose file using **${VARIABLE\_NAME}** syntax. This keeps secrets out of version control.
- **Use depends\_on carefully:** This option controls start order but does not guarantee a service is fully ready. For production-grade setups, add a health check or a wait script to ensure your app does not connect before the database is actually accepting connections.
- **Keep your images small:** Use slim or alpine base images in your Dockerfiles to keep build times short and images lightweight, especially when building multiple services.
- **Label and document your services:** Adding comments to your docker-compose.yml makes it easier for teammates to understand the setup without digging through code.
## **How xCloud Supports Docker-Based Deployments**
If you are looking to move beyond local development and actually host your Docker applications in the cloud, [**xCloud**](/) makes that process straightforward. xCloud is a cloud hosting platform that supports custom Docker deployments, so you can take the same application stack you built with Docker Compose and deploy it to a live server without complex configuration.
xCloud allows you to define your services, manage environment variables and handle container-based deployments through a clean interface. You can learn more about deploying custom Docker setups through the [**xCloud Docker deployment**](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/), which walks you through the full process step by step.
## **From Learning to Launch: What’s Next for You?**
**Docker Compose** is one of the most useful tools in a developer’s toolkit, especially when building modern applications that rely on multiple services running together. It removes the headache of managing individual docker run commands and replaces them with a clean, readable docker-compose.yml file that anyone on your team can understand and use.
Whether you are just getting started with containers or looking to improve your **Docker Compose DevOps** workflow, the concepts covered here give you a solid foundation to build on. Once you are ready to take your containerized app live, platforms like xCloud make it easy to deploy Docker-based applications to the cloud with minimal friction.
Now it is your turn to write your own **docker-compose.yml**, run docker-compose up and see your stack come to life.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
## **Frequently Asked Questions About Docker Compose**
Check out some of the most common questions people ask search engines about Docker Compose:
### **What is Docker Compose used for?**
Docker Compose is used to define and run multi container Docker applications. It lets you describe your entire application stack in one YAML file and start or stop everything with a single command. It is especially popular for **local development with Docker Compose** and testing environments.
### **How do I install Docker Compose?**
If you are using Docker Desktop on Windows or Mac, Docker Compose is already included. On Linux, you can install it as a plugin by following the [**official installation guide from Docker**](https://docs.docker.com/compose/install/). You can verify it is working by running the docker compose version in your terminal.
### **What is the difference between Docker and Docker Compose?**
Docker is the tool that creates and runs individual containers. Docker Compose is a tool that sits on top of Docker and lets you manage multiple containers together as a single application. They work together, with Docker handling the low level container operations and Compose handling the orchestration.
### **Can I use Docker Compose in production?**
Docker Compose is primarily designed for **Docker Compose for local development** and testing. For large-scale production workloads, tools like Kubernetes or Docker Swarm are usually preferred because they offer more advanced features like auto scaling and high availability. That said, Compose can work well for smaller production deployments or self-hosted applications.
### **What is a docker-compose.yml file?**
A docker-compose.yml file is the configuration file used by Docker Compose. It defines all the services, networks, volumes and environment settings your application needs. It uses YAML syntax and serves as the single source of truth for your entire application stack.
---
# What Is Docker? Discover Its Components And How It Works - xCloud
> What is Docker? Learn Docker components, how containers work and why Docker matters for modern application development.
Software development has changed a lot in the last few years. In the past, developers faced a common and frustrating problem. An application would work perfectly on their own computer. But it would break when they moved it to a server or another machine. This caused many headaches and wasted time. Then a tool called Docker came along and changed everything.
If you are new to the world of software or DevOps, you might be asking yourself what Docker is and why everyone uses it. This guide is here to help you. We will explore the **introduction to Docker and its functionality** in simple words. You will learn about the **Docker architecture**, its main parts and how it helps developers build better software.
## **What Is Docker?**
[**Docker**](/docs/how-to-deploy-custom-docker-with-xcloud/) is an open source platform that helps you build, ship and run applications. It allows you to package your software with everything it needs to run. This includes code, libraries and settings. We call this package a container.
Think of **Docker** like a shipping container on a large cargo ship. Before standard shipping containers existed, people had to load goods of different shapes and sizes onto ships. This was messy and difficult. Some goods would get damaged or lost. Standard shipping containers solved this by putting everything inside a box of the same size. It does not matter what is inside the box. The ship can handle it easily.
Docker does the same thing for software. It puts your application into a standard box called a container. This ensures that the application runs exactly the same way no matter where you put it. It could be on your laptop, a colleague’s computer or a cloud server. This reliability is the main reason for **Docker**, explained simply. It creates a consistent environment for your code.
### **How Docker Simplifies Development**
Docker makes life easier for developers and businesses. It removes the problem of **‘it works on my machine’**, which we mentioned earlier. With Docker, you do not need to worry about installing different versions of software on every server. You just run the container.
This tool simplifies the creation and management of applications. You can set up a new project in minutes instead of hours. It also makes it safe to try new technologies. If you want to test a new database, you can run it in a container. If you do not like it, you can just delete the container. It leaves no mess on your computer.
## **Key Components of Docker**
To really grasp the **Docker basics**, you need to know what is inside. The system is made up of several parts that work together. We will look at **Docker’s core components explained** in a way that is easy to understand.
### **Docker Engine**
The Docker Engine is the heart of the system. It is the software that runs on your computer and manages everything. The engine follows a client-server architecture. This means it has two main sides that talk to each other.
- **The Server (Docker Daemon):** This is a program that runs in the background. It listens for requests and does the heavy lifting. It builds, runs and manages your containers.
- **The REST API:** This is like a translator. It allows the client and the server to talk to each other. It sends instructions from you to the daemon.
- **The Client (Docker CLI):** This is the command line interface. It is the tool you use to type commands like docker run or docker build. When you type a command, the client sends it to the daemon to execute.
### **Docker Containers**
You will often hear people ask **what is a Docker container**. A container is a runnable instance of an image. It is the actual box where your application lives while it is running.
Containers are special because they are isolated. This means what happens inside a container stays inside. It does not affect your main computer or other containers. They are also lightweight. Unlike traditional virtual machines that need a full operating system, containers share the operating system of your computer.
This makes them very fast and efficient. This is a key part of **understanding Docker components**.
### **Docker Images**
If a container is a house, then a Docker Image is the blueprint. An image is a read-only file that contains instructions on how to create a container. It has the application code, libraries, tools and other files needed to make the application run.
Images are built in layers. Imagine making a sandwich. You start with bread, add cheese, then meat and finally more bread. Docker images work the same way. Each change you make adds a new layer. This layering system makes images small and fast to download. When you want to start a container, Docker looks at the image and builds the running environment from it.
### **Docker Hub and Registries**
You might wonder where these images come from. This is where Docker Registries come in. A registry is a place to store and share images.
Docker Hub is the default public registry. It is like an app store for Docker images. You can find images for almost any software you can imagine. There are official images for things like Python, Node.js and WordPress. Companies can also use private registries to share images securely within their teams.
This distribution system is vital to **how Docker components work together**.
## **How Does Docker Work?**
Now that we know the parts, let us look at **how Docker works** as a whole process. It is a smooth workflow that takes code from a developer’s laptop to a production server.
The process usually follows **three main steps:**
**🛠️** **Build:** You write a simple file called a Docker file. This file lists the steps to create your image. You tell Docker to build the image from this file.
🚢 **Ship:** Once you have an image, you can push it to a registry like Docker Hub. This makes it available for others to download.
▶️ **Run:** You or your server can pull the image from the registry and start a container.
### **Understanding the Internal Process**
Under the hood, Docker uses some clever features of the Linux operating system. It uses things called namespaces and control groups.
- **Namespaces:** These provide isolation. They make sure that a container cannot see or access the processes of another container. It gives the container its own private view of the system.
- **Control Groups (cgroups):** These manage resources. They limit how much memory or CPU a container can use. This prevents one application from slowing down the whole computer.
These features allow Docker to run multiple isolated applications on a single machine safely. This is the technical answer to **what Docker is and how it works**.
## **Why Use Docker?**
There are many reasons why **Docker** has become so popular. It offers benefits for individual developers and large companies alike.
### **Consistency Across Environments**
The biggest benefit is consistency. In the old days, a developer might use a Mac, the testing team might use Windows and the production server might run Linux. This caused many errors. With Docker, the container runs the same way everywhere. It bundles the specific version of the operating system and libraries it needs. This eliminates surprise errors when you move code.
### **Speed And Efficiency**
Docker containers start up very fast. A virtual machine might take minutes to boot up. A Docker container usually starts in seconds. This speed helps developers work faster. You can start, stop and restart applications instantly. It also saves money for businesses because you can run more applications on the same server hardware. This efficiency is why **understanding Docker** is essential for modern IT.
### **Isolation And Safety**
Because containers are isolated, they are safe. If one application crashes or gets hacked, it does not affect the others. You can run different versions of the same software on one computer without conflict. For example, you can run Python 2 and Python 3 at the same time in different containers.
## **Docker in Modern Development**
Docker is not just a tool for running apps. It is a key part of how we build software today. It fits perfectly into modern workflows.
### **Development Environments**
Setting up a new computer for work used to take days. You had to install databases, languages and tools manually. With Docker, you can spin up a full development environment with one command. This ensures every developer on the team is using the exact same tools. It mirrors the production environment right on your laptop.
### **Microservices Architecture**
In the past, applications were built as one big block. We call this a monolith. Today, we build applications as small, independent pieces called microservices. **Docker** is perfect for this.
Each microservice can run in its own container. You can update one service without stopping the whole app. You can also scale them independently. If your login service is busy, you can add more login containers without adding more payment containers. This flexibility is a major advantage of **Docker basics** in action.
### **CI/CD Pipelines**
CI/CD stands for Continuous Integration and Continuous Deployment. It is a method of automating the software delivery process. Docker plays a huge role here.
When a developer saves code, an automated system builds a Docker image. It runs tests inside a container. If the tests pass, the image is sent to production. This automation reduces human error and speeds up releases.
## **Docker’s Role in Cloud-Native Applications**
Cloud-native applications are built specifically to run in the cloud. **Docker** is the standard for these apps.
Cloud providers like AWS, Google Cloud and Azure love Docker. They have special services built just to run containers. Because containers are portable, you are not locked into one vendor. You can move your Docker application from Amazon Web Services to Google Cloud without changing the code. This portability is a huge freedom for businesses. You can learn more about this on the [**AWS Docker page**](https://aws.amazon.com/docker/)**.**
## **Docker Orchestration: Managing Containers at Scale**
Docker orchestration is the process of managing multiple Docker containers across one or more servers to ensure they run efficiently, reliably, and at scale. It automates tasks like container deployment, scaling, networking, and health monitoring.
Running one container is easy. But what if you need to run hundreds or thousands? This is where orchestration comes in. Orchestration tools help you manage many containers across many servers.
Tools like **Docker Swarm** and **Kubernetes** handle orchestration, helping teams keep applications running smoothly even when containers fail or servers go down.
### **Docker Compose**
Docker Compose is a tool for defining and running multi-container applications. You use a simple text file to configure all your application’s services. Then with a single command, you create and start all the services from your configuration. It is great for development and testing.
### **Kubernetes vs Docker Swarm**
When you need to manage massive scale, you use tools like Docker Swarm or Kubernetes.
- **Docker Swarm:** This is Docker’s own tool. It is simple to set up and easy to use. It is a good choice for smaller teams or simpler setups.
- **Kubernetes:** This is a very popular software system made by Google. It is more complex but very powerful. It is the industry standard for large enterprises.
Both tools help you keep your containers running. If a container crashes, they restart it. If a server fails, they move the containers to a new server. This ensures your application is always online.
## **Practical Docker Use Cases**
Many industries use **Docker** to solve real problems. Here are a few examples of **understanding Docker** in the real world.
### **eCommerce Websites**
Online stores need to stay online during busy times like Black Friday. Docker allows them to add more containers instantly to handle the traffic. When the rush is over, they can remove the containers to save money.
### **Legacy Applications**
Sometimes companies have old software that is hard to maintain. They can put this software inside a Docker container. This makes it easier to run on modern servers without rewriting the code.
### **Data Science**
Data scientists use many different tools and libraries. Docker helps them package their experiments. They can share their work with colleagues, knowing it will run exactly the same way.
## **Getting Started with Docker Desktop**
Docker simplifies how you build, run and manage applications using containers. With Docker Desktop, you can set up a local container environment in minutes without deep system configuration.
This section walks you through installing Docker Desktop and using basic Docker commands to run your first containers.
### **Step 1: Install Docker Desktop**
Docker Desktop runs on Windows, macOS and Linux.
### **System Requirements**
- 64-bit operating system
- Virtualization enabled in BIOS
- At least 4 GB RAM
### **Installation Steps**
1. Visit the official Docker website.
2. Download Docker Desktop for your operating system.
3. Run the installer and follow the on-screen steps.
4. Restart your system if prompted.
5. Open Docker Desktop and wait until it shows **‘Docker is running**‘.
Once running, Docker Desktop starts the Docker Engine and prepares your system for containers.
### **Step 2: Verify Docker Installation**
Open your terminal or command prompt and run:
docker --version
This command confirms Docker is installed and accessible.
**To check Docker status, run:**
.bash
docker info
If Docker is running correctly, you will see system and engine details.
### **Step 3: Understand Core Docker Concepts**
Before running commands, know these basics:
- **Image**: A blueprint for containers
- **Container**: A running instance of an image
- **Dockerfile**: Instructions to build an image
- **Docker Hub**: Public registry for Docker images
### **Step 4: Run Your First Docker Container**
Running your first Docker container is the starting point of working with Docker. It shows how to pull an image, start a container and see your application running in minutes.
**Pull and run a test container:**
.bash
docker run hello-world
Docker downloads the image and runs it in a container. A success message confirms Docker works correctly.
### **Step 5: Basic Docker Commands You Must Know**
Docker commands help you control containers, images and services from the command line. This section covers the essential commands you need to run containers, manage images and monitor Docker efficiently from day one.
**List Running Containers**
.bash
docker ps
**List All Containers**
.bash
docker ps -a
**List Available Images**
.bash
docker images
**Pull an Image**
.bash
docker pull nginx
**Run a Container**
.bash
docker run -d -p 8080:80 nginx
This command runs Nginx in detached mode and maps port 8080 to the container.
### **Step 6: Manage Containers**
Managing containers in Docker means controlling how your applications run, scale and interact. It covers starting, stopping, updating, and monitoring containers to keep deployments stable and efficient.
**Star a Container**
.bash
docker start container\_id
**Stop a Container**
.bash
docker stop container\_id
**Remove a Container**
.bash
docker rm container\_id
**Remove an Image**
.bash
docker rmi image\_id
### **Step 7: View Container Logs**
Docker container logs show what is happening inside a running container. Viewing these logs helps you track errors, debug issues and monitor application behavior in real time.
**To debug or monitor output:**
.bash
docker logs container\_id
Logs help track errors and runtime activity.
### **Step 8: Clean Up Unused Resources**
Docker cleanup removes unused containers, images, volumes, and networks. It helps free disk space and keeps your Docker environment fast and organized.
Remove unused containers, images and networks:
.bash
docker system prune
This keeps your system clean and saves disk space.
Start small and practice common commands daily. Docker Desktop gives a visual dashboard, but command-line usage builds real confidence. Once comfortable, you can move on to Docker files, volumes and Docker Compose.
## **Run Docker Projects Faster with xCloud**
Once you are comfortable with Docker basics, the next step is running containers in a reliable cloud environment. [**xCloud**](/) makes this process simple by offering a Docker-ready hosting platform built for developers and teams.
With **xCloud**, you can deploy Docker-based applications without manual server setup. The platform handles server provisioning, performance tuning and security so you can focus on building and shipping projects.
## **Start Shipping Smarter with Docker**
Whether you are a developer, a system administrator or just a tech enthusiast, learning Docker is a smart move. It is a skill that is in high demand. Start small, experiment with containers and you will soon see why it has become the industry standard.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions. And do not forget to share what you have built. We would love to see your work.
## **Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)**
Some common questions about **Docker and it components**:
### **1\. What is Docker?**
Docker is a tool designed to make it easier to create, deploy and run applications by using containers. Containers allow a developer to package up an application with all of the parts it needs, such as libraries and other dependencies, and ship it all out as one package.
### **2\. How does Docker work internally?**
Docker uses the Linux kernel to create isolated environments. It uses namespaces to separate processes and cgroups to manage resources like memory and CPU. This tricks the application into thinking it has the whole computer to itself.
### **3\. What are the main concepts of Docker?**
The main concepts are Images (blueprints), Containers (running apps), Docker Engine (the tool that runs them) and Docker Hub (where you store images). **Understanding Docker components** like these is key to mastering the tool.
### **4\. What exactly is Docker Swarm?**
Docker Swarm is a tool that helps you manage many Docker containers across multiple servers. It turns a group of machines into a single, powerful virtual Docker engine.
### **5\. What exactly is a Docker container?**
A container is a lightweight, standalone and executable package of software. It includes everything needed to run an application: code, runtime, system tools, system libraries and settings.
### **6\. Can you explain what a VM is in relation to Docker?**
A Virtual Machine (VM) runs a full operating system on top of your host computer. It is heavy and slow. Docker shares the host’s operating system, making it much lighter and faster than a VM.
### **7\. What exactly is Docker and when is it useful?**
Docker is a platform for running applications in containers. It is useful when you want to ensure your app runs the same everywhere, when you need to set up development environments quickly or when you are building microservices.
### **8\. What is a Docker Hub?**
Docker Hub is a cloud-based registry service. It allows you to link to code repositories, build your images and test them. It stores manually pushed images and links to Docker Cloud so you can deploy images to your hosts.
---
# What is Hermes Agent? Features, How It Works, and Use Cases (Complete 2026 Guide) - xCloud
> What is Hermes Agent? Explore features, use cases, deployment options, and how Nous Research’s open-source AI agent learns and improves over time.
Most AI agents have a short-term memory problem. You explain your project on Monday, and by Tuesday, the agent has forgotten everything. Your codebase conventions, your preferred tools, even the task it finished an hour ago. Every session starts from zero.
Hermes Agent was built to end that cycle.
Released on February 25, 2026, by [**Nous Research**](https://nousresearch.com/), Hermes Agent is an open-source AI agent that runs on your own server, remembers what it learns across sessions, and gets better the longer you use it. It is not a chatbot wrapper around a single API, and it is not a coding copilot locked inside an IDE. It is a persistent, self-hosted agent that lives on your infrastructure and works on your behalf, even when your laptop is closed.
[**According to Hermes Atlas**](https://hermesatlas.com/guide/), the project crossed 104,791 GitHub stars by April 20, 2026, making it the fastest-growing open-source agent framework of the year. The adoption is not driven by hype. It is driven by something most agent frameworks still lack: a genuine learning loop that compounds value over time.
In this guide, you will learn exactly what Hermes Agent is, how its architecture works, what features set it apart, the real-world use cases it handles well, and how you can [**deploy it in minutes with managed hosting on xCloud**](/hermes-agent-hosting/).
## Quick Answer: Hermes Agent at a Glance
**Too long; didn’t read?** Here is the short version.
Fact
Detail
**What it is**
Open-source, self-improving AI agent framework
**Built by**
[Nous Research](https://nousresearch.com/) (the lab behind Hermes, Nomos, and Psyche models)
**License**
MIT (free, no vendor lock-in)
**Released**
February 25, 2026
**Latest version**
v0.10.0 (April 16, 2026) with 118 bundled skills
**Core idea**
An agent that gets more capable the longer you use it
**Memory**
Three layers: facts, user model, and self-generated skills
**Messaging reach**
15+ platforms (Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, Email, and more)
**Terminal backends**
6 (Local, Docker, SSH, Daytona, Singularity, Modal)
**LLM support**
Anthropic, OpenAI, Google Gemini, OpenRouter (200+ models), and any OpenAI-compatible endpoint
**Minimum server**
4 GB RAM Linux VPS (Ubuntu recommended)
**Best for**
Developers and teams running recurring, structured tasks where context compounds
**Not great for**
One-off questions with no recurring patterns
**Who should use it?** If you have ever felt the friction of starting from zero every morning and rewriting the same system prompt, Hermes is for you. If you only need a quick answer to a question, ChatGPT or Claude is simpler.
**Fastest way to try it:** [Deploy on xCloud managed hosting](/hermes-agent-hosting/) (no terminal commands, ready in minutes) or self-host with one curl command if you are comfortable on Linux.
## What is Hermes Agent?
Hermes Agent is an open-source, self-improving AI agent framework created by [Nous Research](https://nousresearch.com/), the lab behind the Hermes, Nomos, and Psyche model families. It is released under the MIT license, which means anyone can use, modify, and contribute to the codebase.
At its core, Hermes Agent is designed around one idea: an AI assistant should compound in value over time instead of resetting to zero every session.
It does this through three architectural pillars.
- **Persistent memory.** Hermes remembers your projects, preferences, environment details, and things it has learned. This memory persists across every session. The longer you use it, the better it understands your context without you having to repeat yourself.
- **Self-improving skills.** When Hermes solves a complex problem, it writes a reusable skill document so it never forgets how. These skills are searchable, shareable, and improve through continued use. They follow the [agentskills.io](https://agentskills.io/) open standard, which means they are portable across compatible agents. The mechanism behind this, called GEPA, was accepted as an Oral at ICLR 2026.
- **Multi-platform reach.** Hermes connects to Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, Matrix, Email, and over 15 other platforms from a single gateway process. You can start a conversation on Telegram from your phone while the agent executes tasks on a cloud server. The agent is not tied to your terminal.
This combination makes Hermes Agent fundamentally different from tools like ChatGPT or Claude that operate as stateless conversations. It also distinguishes it from coding copilots like Cursor or GitHub Copilot that only work inside an editor. Hermes lives on your server, works autonomously, and accumulates competence over time.
## **How Does Hermes Agent Work? Inside the Learning Loop**
Understanding the architecture helps clarify why Hermes Agent behaves differently from other AI tools. The system is built around a closed learning loop with five stages.
### The Five-Stage Learning Loop
- **Execute**: You give Hermes a task, either through the CLI or a messaging platform. The agent breaks the task into steps and runs them using its built-in tools (web search, browser automation, code execution, file management, and others).
- **Evaluate:** After completing a task, Hermes checks the outcome. Did it succeed? Were there errors? Did the user correct anything?
- **Extract:** When the agent solves a hard problem, it extracts the procedure into a structured skill document. This is not a simple log. It is a step-by-step recipe that captures what worked, including the tools used, the order of operations, and any edge cases.
- **Refine**: Skills are not static. Each time Hermes uses a skill, it checks whether the procedure still works and refines it based on new information. A skill created in week one may look noticeably different by week four.
- **Retrieve**: On every new task, Hermes searches its memory and skill library using FTS5 full-text search with LLM summarization. It pulls relevant context from past conversations and matches existing skills to the current problem before starting work.
This loop runs automatically. You do not need to configure it or manually create skills. The agent handles it on its own.
[**According to TokenMix.ai’s benchmarks**](https://tokenmix.ai/blog/hermes-agent-review-self-improving-open-source-2026), agents with 20 or more self-created skills complete similar future tasks 40% faster than fresh instances. The improvement is domain-specific (a code review skill does not transfer to database migrations), but inside a single workflow area, the compounding is real and measurable.
### Three-Layer Memory Architecture
Hermes stores three layers of persistent information:
Layer
File / System
What It Captures
Think of It As
**Facts**
`MEMORY.md`
Environment, project locations, preferred tools, deadlines
What the agent knows about you
**User model**
`USER.md` (via [Honcho](https://github.com/plastic-labs/honcho))
Decision patterns, communication style, working preferences
How the agent adapts to you
**Skills**
Skill library (agentskills.io standard)
Auto-generated procedures from solved problems
How the agent learned to do things
All three layers live locally on your machine by default. There is no telemetry, no cloud sync, and no data leaving your server unless you set that up yourself.
### Six Terminal Backends
Hermes supports six terminal backends for command execution. This flexibility is one of the less discussed but more important parts of its architecture.
Backend
Best For
Key Benefit
Local
Quick tasks on your machine
Fastest execution, no overhead
Docker
VPS deployments
Container isolation as a security boundary
SSH
Remote servers
Run on one machine, control another
Daytona
Serverless persistence
Environment hibernates when idle, near-zero cost
Singularity
HPC and research clusters
Namespace isolation without root access
Modal
GPU workloads
Scales to GPU clusters, pay-per-second billing
You can talk to the agent from Telegram on your phone while it runs on a Modal serverless worker or a $5 VPS that stays up when your laptop is closed. This separation of interface and execution is what makes Hermes useful as an always-on assistant, not just a terminal tool.
### **The Messaging Gateway**
The gateway is a single process that connects Hermes to all your messaging platforms at once. Once configured, you can message your agent on Telegram, get a response, then continue the same conversation on Discord or Slack. The agent keeps conversational continuity across platforms.
Supported platforms include CLI, Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, Matrix, Mattermost, Email, SMS, DingTalk, Feishu, WeCom, BlueBubbles, and Home Assistant.
## **Core Features of Hermes Agent**
### **40+ Built-in Tools**
Hermes ships with a wide set of tools that go well beyond text generation. These include web search, content extraction, browser automation (via Browserbase, Browser Use, or local Chrome), vision and image analysis, image generation through FAL.ai, code execution, file management, and more.
You do not need to install plugins or extensions to get started. The tools are available from day one, and v0.10.0 ships with 118 pre-built skills that cover developer workflows, research, writing, data processing, and system administration.
### Scheduled Automations (Natural Language Cron)
One of the more practical features is the built-in scheduler. Instead of writing cron syntax, you describe schedules in plain language.
For example, you can tell Hermes: “Every Monday at 8 AM, pull last week’s GitHub activity, summarize what moved forward, and post a planning brief to my Slack DM.” The agent sets this up, runs it automatically, and delivers results to whichever platform you specify.
This is especially useful for recurring tasks like weekly reports, backup monitoring, competitor tracking, and content briefings.
### Subagent Delegation
Hermes can spawn isolated child agents for parallel workstreams using the `delegate_task` tool. Each subagent works in its own context with a restricted toolset, completes its task, and returns a summary to the parent agent.
A practical example: you ask Hermes to research three competitors. Instead of processing them one at a time, it spawns three subagents, each researching a different competitor in parallel. The parent agent then combines the results into a single comparison table.
By default, delegation is flat (subagents cannot spawn their own subagents), though you can increase `max_spawn_depth` up to three levels for more complex workflows.
### MCP Support
Hermes connects to any [**Model Context Protocol (MCP**)](https://docs.anthropic.com/en/docs/agents-and-tools/mcp) server. This gives it access to external tools from GitHub, databases, file systems, and internal APIs without writing native Hermes tools. It also includes per-server tool filtering and sampling support.
### **Provider Flexibility**
You are not locked into a single AI provider. Hermes works with Nous Portal, OpenRouter (200+ models), OpenAI, Anthropic, Google Gemini, NVIDIA NIM, Xiaomi MiMo, Kimi/Moonshot, MiniMax, Hugging Face, or any OpenAI-compatible endpoint. Switch providers with `hermes model` at any time. No code changes, no lock-in.
It also supports fallback providers for automatic failover if your primary model has errors, and credential pools to distribute API calls across multiple keys.
### **Voice Mode**
Hermes includes full voice interaction across CLI and messaging platforms. You can talk to the agent using your microphone, hear spoken replies, and join live voice conversations in Discord voice channels.
### **IDE Integration (ACP)**
For developers who prefer working inside an editor, Hermes integrates with ACP-compatible editors like VS Code, Zed, and JetBrains. Chat, tool activity, file diffs, and terminal commands render directly inside your editor.
### **Context Files**
Hermes automatically discovers and loads project context files (`.hermes.md`, `AGENTS.md`, `CLAUDE.md`, `SOUL.md`, `.cursorrules`) from your working directory. These files shape how the agent behaves in your project. If you are already using context files with Claude Code or Cursor, Hermes picks them up automatically.
### **Checkpoints and Rollback**
Before making file changes, Hermes snapshots your working directory. If something goes wrong, you can roll back with `/rollback`. This is a safety net that makes it less risky to let the agent work autonomously on your codebase.
## **Hermes Agent vs Other AI Agents: How Does It Compare?**
The AI agent space is crowded. Here is how Hermes Agent compares to the alternatives you are most likely evaluating.
Feature
Hermes Agent
ChatGPT / Claude
Cursor / Copilot
AutoGPT
OpenClaw
Persistent memory
✅ Cross-session
❌ Stateless
⚠️ Project-scoped
⚠️ Vector DB
✅ Yes
Self-improving skills
✅ Automatic (GEPA)
❌
❌
❌
⚠️ Partial
Self-hosted
✅
❌
❌
✅
✅
Multi-platform messaging
✅ 15+ platforms
❌ Browser/app only
❌ IDE only
❌ CLI only
✅
Scheduled automations
✅ Natural language
❌
❌
⚠️ Limited
❌
Subagent delegation
✅ Parallel
❌
❌
✅
✅
Open source (MIT)
✅
❌
❌
✅
✅
Works with local models
✅
❌
⚠️ Partial
✅
✅
Terminal backend options
6 backends
N/A
N/A
1
1
The key differences come down to persistence and deployment flexibility. ChatGPT and Claude are powerful but stateless, so every conversation starts fresh. Cursor and Copilot are tied to your IDE. AutoGPT pioneered the autonomous agent concept but lacks the learning loop and messaging integration. OpenClaw is the closest comparison, and Hermes actually supports [migrating from OpenClaw](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/) with a single command that imports your settings, memories, skills, and API keys.
## **Real-World Use Cases for Hermes Agent**
Hermes Agent fits best in scenarios where tasks recur, context accumulates over time, and you need the agent available beyond your laptop. Here are the use cases where it delivers the most value.
### **1\. Development Automation**
Hermes can review pull requests, run test suites, manage refactors, and continue coding tasks across sessions without losing context. Because it remembers your codebase conventions, branching rules, and deployment procedures, you do not need to re-explain them each time.
A developer working on a long-running side project can message Hermes on Telegram with “pick up where we left off on the authentication module,” and the agent knows exactly what that means because it remembers prior sessions.
### **2\. Research and Competitive Analysis**
The combination of web search, parallel subagents, and persistent memory makes Hermes effective for ongoing research. You can schedule weekly competitor monitoring, track pricing changes across vendors, or collect academic papers on a topic, and the agent remembers what it already reported so it only surfaces what is new.
### **3\. Content Creation and Publishing**
Hermes can draft blog posts, produce outlines, create social media variants, and even publish directly to a CMS through MCP server integration. Because it builds knowledge about your brand voice and editorial guidelines through its user model, the output gets better over time.
### **4\. Scheduled Reporting and Monitoring**
For teams that need weekly operational summaries, Hermes can pull data from GitHub, Linear, Slack, and calendars, compile a planning document, and deliver it to your preferred channel, all on a set schedule. No manual intervention required.
### **5\. Personal AI Assistant**
This is the simplest use case and often the starting point. Hermes acts as a personal assistant you can message from anywhere to handle tasks like managing files, answering questions with up-to-date web search results, automating system checks, or organizing project information.
### **6\. Research and Training Data Generation**
Nous Research built Hermes with their own research needs in mind. The agent supports batch trajectory generation, trajectory compression for fine-tuning, and Atropos RL environments. If you are training models or running RL experiments, this infrastructure is built in.
## **How to Deploy Hermes Agent**
You have two main paths for getting Hermes Agent running: self-hosting or managed hosting.
### **Option 1: Self-Hosting (Free, Technical)**
Hermes installs on Linux, macOS, or WSL2 with a single command:
curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/NousResearch/hermes-agent/main/scripts/install.sh | bash
After installation, run `hermes setup` to configure your AI provider, choose a model, and optionally connect messaging platforms.
Self-hosting gives you full control, but it also means you are responsible for server provisioning, SSL certificates, security patches, dependency management, backup configuration, and troubleshooting at 3 AM when something breaks. For developers comfortable on Linux, this is fine. For everyone else, it is a real cost in time.
### **Option 2: Managed Hosting on xCloud**
If you want Hermes Agent running without the infrastructure overhead, [**xCloud offers managed Hermes Agent hosting**](/hermes-agent-hosting/) starting at $9.99/month.
The setup takes minutes, not hours:
1. **Sign up** at xCloud and choose a plan.
2. **xCloud deploys everything** automatically: server provisioning, Hermes Agent installation, messaging gateway, SSL, and backups.
3. **Start talking.** Open Telegram and message your agent. Assign tasks, schedule automations, build skills.
No terminal commands. No Docker. No manual configuration.
Here is what you get with managed hosting that you would otherwise have to handle yourself with self-hosting:
Capability
xCloud Managed
Self-Hosted
Server provisioning
Automatic
You handle it
Hermes installation
Automatic
Manual (curl + setup wizard)
SSL certificates
Auto-SSL included
Let’s Encrypt setup required
Messaging gateway config
Pre-configured
Manual per platform
Security updates
Managed by xCloud
Your responsibility
Automatic backups
Daily, one-click restore
Manual configuration
Monitoring and logs
Dashboard included
Set up your own
Support
24/7 expert support
Community / self
xCloud supports multiple AI providers out of the box, including [Anthropic](https://www.anthropic.com/), OpenAI, Google Gemini, and OpenRouter. You bring your own API keys and connect them during setup or update them anytime from the [xCloud dashboard](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/).
For a step-by-step walkthrough, see the [full deployment guide](/docs/how-to-deploy-hermes-agent-with-xcloud/).
### When to Choose Self-Hosting Instead
Managed hosting is the right call for most teams, but there are real cases where self-hosting wins:
- **You already have spare capacity.** If you run a homelab or have an underutilized VPS, paying for managed hosting may be wasted money.
- **You need a specific server location not in xCloud’s region list.** Self-hosting on any provider gives you full geographic control.
- **You want to use Daytona or Modal as your terminal backend.** These serverless options can drop costs to near zero for low-volume personal use, and self-hosting makes that easier to wire up.
- **Compliance requirements.** Some industries require running on infrastructure under your own contracted control.
If none of those apply, managed hosting saves you the hours of configuration and ongoing maintenance.
## Requirements and Considerations
Before deploying, keep these practical points in mind.
- **Minimum server specs**: Hermes Agent needs at least 4 GB of RAM for stable operation. On xCloud, the starting plan ($9.99/month for a 6 GB server) is the lowest recommended configuration. For personal use only, [TokenMix.ai’s testing](https://tokenmix.ai/blog/hermes-agent-review-self-improving-open-source-2026) found a $5/month VPS with 1 vCPU and 1 GB RAM works for light workloads, though it is not officially recommended.
- **API costs are separate**: xCloud hosting covers the infrastructure. You pay your AI provider (OpenAI, Anthropic, etc.) separately based on your usage. Hermes Agent does not bundle or mark up LLM costs. Per-task cost typically lands between $0.05 and $3.00 depending on model and complexity.
- **Security responsibility**: Hermes Agent has terminal access and runs with system-level permissions. On a self-hosted setup, you need to manage credential security, container isolation, and access controls. On xCloud, firewall rules, encrypted tokens, and security updates are handled for you. As of April 2026, Hermes has zero reported agent-specific CVEs, though as a young framework, API stability between minor versions is not guaranteed. Pin your version if you run it in production.
- **Best-fit scenarios**: Hermes works best when tasks are repetitive and structured, the same user or team uses it consistently, and you can observe the agent getting better over time. For one-off tasks with no recurring patterns, a stateless tool like ChatGPT may be simpler.
## Hermes Agent vs OpenClaw: Which Should You Choose?
Since both Hermes Agent and [**OpenClaw**](/openclaw-hosting/) run on xCloud, this is a common question.
Hermes Agent prioritizes self-learning, memory, and skill generation. It builds a model of you over time and improves its procedures through continued use. It is the better choice if you want an agent that compounds in capability.
OpenClaw is more straightforward. It focuses on VPS deployment, private infrastructure, consistent costs, and always-on availability. With over **345,000 GitHub stars** and a marketplace of **13,000+ community skills**, OpenClaw also has a larger ecosystem. It is the better choice if you want a reliable AI assistant without the complexity of a learning loop, or if the breadth of integrations matters more to you than the depth of self-improvement.
If you are migrating from OpenClaw, Hermes includes a built-in migration tool (`hermes claw migrate`) that imports your settings, memories, skills, and API keys automatically.
Both agents pair well with [n8n for structured workflow automation](/n8n-hosting/) and can be orchestrated together using [Paperclip for multi-agent coordination](/paperclip-hosting/).
## Frequently Asked Questions
### **What is Hermes Agent?**
Hermes Agent is an open-source, self-improving AI agent built by Nous Research. It runs on your own server, keeps persistent memory across sessions, automatically creates and refines reusable skills from experience, and connects to over 15 messaging platforms. It is released under the MIT license and designed to become more capable the longer you use it.
### **Is Hermes Agent free?**
Yes. Hermes Agent is open source and free to install. You will need to pay for a server (or use managed hosting) and for API usage with your chosen LLM provider (OpenAI, Anthropic, etc.). xCloud’s managed Hermes hosting starts at just $9.99/month, which covers the server infrastructure.
### **What AI models does Hermes Agent support?**
Hermes Agent works with Nous Portal, OpenRouter (200+ models), OpenAI, Anthropic (Claude), Google Gemini, NVIDIA NIM, Xiaomi MiMo, Kimi/Moonshot, MiniMax, Hugging Face, local models via Ollama, or any OpenAI-compatible API endpoint. You can switch models anytime with the `hermes model` command.
### **Can Hermes Agent run on a VPS?**
Yes. You can deploy Hermes Agent on any VPS running Linux (Ubuntu recommended) with at least 4 GB of RAM. For a managed experience with no manual setup, xCloud provides one-click Hermes Agent deployment on optimized servers in 30+ global locations.
### **What messaging platforms does Hermes Agent support?**
Hermes Agent supports CLI, Telegram, Discord, Slack, WhatsApp, Signal, Matrix, Mattermost, Email, SMS, DingTalk, Feishu, WeCom, BlueBubbles, and Home Assistant, all from a single gateway process.
### **How is Hermes Agent different from ChatGPT or Claude?**
ChatGPT and Claude are stateless. Every conversation starts fresh with no memory of prior sessions. Hermes Agent keeps persistent memory, builds reusable skills from experience, runs scheduled automations, and operates on your own infrastructure. It gets more useful over time because it learns and remembers.
### **What is the difference between Hermes Agent and OpenClaw?**
Hermes Agent focuses on self-learning, memory, and automated skill generation. OpenClaw focuses on simple deployment, private infrastructure, and always-on availability without a learning loop. OpenClaw also has a much larger community marketplace with 13,000+ skills. Hermes includes a migration tool (`hermes claw migrate`) to import OpenClaw settings if you want to switch.
### **Can beginners use Hermes Agent?**
Hermes Agent is best suited for technical users who are comfortable with terminals, GitHub projects, and API keys. For a less technical path, xCloud’s managed hosting removes the infrastructure setup so you can focus on using the agent rather than configuring servers.
### **Can Hermes Agent integrate with n8n?**
Yes. Hermes Agent can integrate with n8n workflows. n8n handles structured, trigger-based automation well, while Hermes Agent is better suited for dynamic tasks that need reasoning, memory, and context awareness. They complement each other.
### **How do I deploy Hermes Agent on xCloud?**
Visit the xCloud Hermes Agent page, create an account, choose a server plan (minimum 4 GB RAM), enter your AI provider API key, optionally configure Telegram, and click Create. xCloud handles the rest. For a detailed walkthrough, see the deployment documentation.
## **Is Hermes Agent Worth Deploying?**
If you use AI for one-off questions and do not mind re-explaining your project every session, a stateless tool like ChatGPT or Claude will serve you fine. Not every task needs an agent that remembers your preferred branch naming convention from three weeks ago.
But if you have felt the friction of starting from zero every morning, if you keep rewriting the same system prompt, if accumulated context actually matters for your work, then Hermes Agent solves a real problem. After a few days of use, the difference between an agent that remembers and one that does not becomes hard to ignore. The skills it builds from your actual work patterns are more useful than any pre-written prompt template because they are shaped by what you need and refined through repeated use.
Your data stays on your machine. The MIT license means no vendor lock-in. And multi-platform messaging means you reach your agent from wherever you already spend time, not just a terminal window.
The fastest path from zero to a running Hermes Agent is through [**xCloud managed hosting**](/hermes-agent-hosting/). Sign up, pick a plan, enter your API key, and your agent is live in minutes. If you prefer self-hosting, install Hermes with one command and run `hermes setup` to configure everything.
Either way, start with something simple. Ask it to research a topic, automate a recurring task, or organize project files. Let it build memory and skills over a few days. That is when Hermes starts to feel different from every other AI tool you have used.
The agent that forgets everything every session is a problem everyone has accepted for too long. Hermes Agent is the clearest attempt to solve it.
[**Deploy Hermes Agent on xCloud**](https://app.xcloud.host/hermes) and see the difference persistent memory makes.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
---
# What is HTTP 500 Internal Server Error & How to Fix It? - xCloud
> Learn what HTTP 500 Internal Server Error means, why it occurs and how to fix it fast with a beginner‑friendly guide plus SEO tips.
Your site was fine an hour ago. Now every page loads a blank screen or a flat line of text: **500 Internal Server Error.** No stack trace, no hint, no obvious next move, just a dead page and a sinking feeling.
If you run a WordPress site, manage servers for clients or just hit this on a page you were trying to read, the frustrating part is the same: the error tells you something broke without telling you what.
This guide walks through what the HTTP 500 Internal Server Error actually is, what causes a 500 Internal Server Error on WordPress and other stacks and exactly how to fix the 500 error step by step. We will also cover how 5xx server errors affect SEO and how to stop them coming back.
## **TL;DR (Too Long, Didn’t Read?)**
Short on time? Here is the whole guide in a few lines:
- A 500 Internal Server Error is a catch-all signal that something failed on the server, not on your device or browser.
- The usual suspects are faulty plugins or themes, a broken .htaccess file, an exhausted PHP memory limit, wrong file permissions and database or server misconfiguration.
- It can hurt SEO: if Google keeps hitting 500s, it slows crawling and a **persistent** outage over several days can push pages out of the index.
- Fix it by reading your server logs first, then reversing recent changes, resetting .htaccess, raising the PHP memory limit and ruling out plugins one by one.
- Most 500s are fixed in minutes once you read the log, the error message you need is almost always already written down.
## **What Is HTTP 500 Internal Server Error?**
HTTP 500 Internal Server Error is a **server-side error response** that tells your browser: **‘Something went wrong on my end and I do not know exactly what it is.’**
Every time you visit a website, your browser sends a request to a web server. The server processes that request and sends back an HTTP status code along with the page content. Status codes in the **5xx range** are all about server failures. The 500 code specifically is what the [**MDN Web**](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Reference/Status/500) calls a **generic ‘catch-all” response** meaning the server encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from fulfilling the request but it cannot pinpoint a more specific reason.
Think of it like calling a restaurant to place an order and the person on the phone says ‘We are having a problem right now, try again later’ without explaining what the problem is. The restaurant (server) knows it has a problem but it cannot give you the full details.
### **A Few Things Worth Knowing About the 500 Error**
- **It is a server-side problem**, not something wrong with your browser, your connection or the visitor’s device.
- It belongs to the **5xx family** of server errors (more on the rest of that family below).
- It is a **generic fallback**, the server reaches for 500 when no more specific 5xx code fits.
- It is one of the most common server errors on the web, which is exactly why a clear fix process is worth having on hand.
### **How the 500 Fits Into the Wider 5xx Family**
The 500 is the broadest of the server errors, but it has relatives. Google’s Gary Illyes has noted on the Search Off the Record podcast that 5xx errors carry heavier SEO consequences than 4xx errors, such as 404s, so it helps to recognise the whole group:
**Status Code**
**Name**
**What It Means**
**500**
Internal Server Error
Generic server-side failure
**501**
Not Implemented
Server cannot support the request type
**502**
Bad Gateway
Server got an invalid response from an upstream server
**503**
Service Unavailable
Server is temporarily down or overloaded
**504**
Gateway Timeout
Upstream server did not respond in time
**505**
HTTP Version Not Supported
Server does not support the HTTP version used
## **How Does the HTTP 500 Error Look in Real Life?**
This error does not always look the same on every website or browser.
All of these messages point to the exact same underlying problem, the server failed to complete your request. Here are the most common variations you might encounter:
- 500 Internal Server Error
- HTTP Error 500
- Internal Server Error
- Error 500 — Internal Server Error
- ‘The website cannot display the page’ (older Internet Explorer)
- A completely blank white page, common on WordPress and often the same underlying PHP crash
## **What Causes an HTTP 500 Internal Server Error?**
The first step toward fixing this error is understanding the root cause. The 500 error is intentionally vague because it can be triggered by many different server-side issues.
Here are the most common culprits broken down clearly:
### **1\. Broken or Corrupted** **.htaccess** **File**
The .htaccess file is a configuration file used on Apache servers. It controls things like URL redirects, access permissions and rewrite rules. If this file has a syntax error or gets corrupted, the server immediately throws a 500 error.
A plugin update, a manual edit gone wrong or a bad copy-paste in the file can break it instantly.
### **2\. PHP Memory Limit Exhausted**
Every PHP-powered website (like WordPress) has a memory limit: the maximum amount of server memory a PHP script is allowed to use. When a script demands more memory than what is allowed, the server responds with a 500 error.
**How this happens:** Installing a resource-heavy plugin, running a large import or running multiple complex scripts at once can easily push you past the default limit (often 64MB or 128MB).
### **3\. Faulty WordPress Plugins or Themes**
Plugin or theme conflicts are the **most commonly reported cause** of 500 errors in WordPress support threads. A plugin may ship with a PHP fatal error after an update or two plugins may conflict with each other in ways that crash the server response entirely.
After a plugin update, WordPress swallows the error message and returns a blank 500 screen because PHP has fatally crashed.
### **4\. Incorrect File or Folder Permissions**
Every file on a web server has permissions that control who can read, write or execute it. When these permissions are set incorrectly for example, a PHP file that has been made executable by other users, the server refuses to process it and throws a 500 error.
**Correct permissions reference:**
- Files: 644
- Folders: 755
### **5\. Database Connection Errors**
If your website’s database (like MySQL) is unavailable, full or has corrupted tables, the server-side scripts that need to query that database will fail. This often surfaces as a 500 error instead of a more specific database error message.
### **6\. Timeout of CGI Or Third-Party Scripts**
CGI scripts that take too long to execute whether due to slow code, overloaded servers or external API calls timing out can trigger a 500 error once they exceed the server’s timeout limit.
### **7\. Server Resource Overload**
When a server is under heavy traffic or running too many processes simultaneously, it can run out of memory, CPU capacity or available connections. This makes the server unable to fulfill new requests and it responds with a 500 error to all incoming requests.
### **8\. Misconfigured Server Settings**
Errors in php.ini, the web server’s main configuration file (httpd.conf for Apache, nginx.conf for Nginx) or other server-level settings can instantly trigger 500 errors site-wide.
## **How HTTP 500 Error Hurts Your SEO Rankings**
500 server errors do more than frustrate visitors; they can also damage your search performance. When search engines encounter repeated errors, crawling slows down, indexing is disrupted and rankings may drop. Understanding the SEO impact of 500 errors helps developers and site owners take faster action to protect visibility.
This is where things get serious for website owners. A 500 error is not just a user experience problem, it is an **active SEO threat**:
### **Googlebot Reduces Your Crawl Rate**
When Googlebot encounters a 500 error, it does not give up immediately. But it does slow down. The more 500 errors Google encounters on your site, the more it reduces your crawl rate. This means fewer pages get crawled and indexed per day hurting your visibility in search results.
[**Google’s Search Central**](https://developers.google.com/search/docs/crawling-indexing/http-network-errors) confirms that **5xx and 429 errors prompt crawlers to temporarily slow down**. As Google’s John Mueller has put it, a run of 5xx errors makes Google crawl less, and it ramps back up once the server is healthy again. The catch: fewer crawls mean fewer of your pages get refreshed in the index.
### **Pages Get Dropped from Google’s Index**
URLs that have been previously indexed will remain in the index for a while but if they keep returning 500 errors over an extended period (typically multiple days to weeks), Google will start dropping them from the index altogether.
A one-time or short outage (a few hours) is generally not a long-term ranking problem. But a **persistent 500 error** can cause previously ranked pages to lose their search positions entirely, destroying all the SEO work you have done.
### **Your Crawl Budget Gets Wasted**
Search engines allocate a specific ‘crawl budget’, a set number of pages they will crawl on your site during each visit. When Googlebot repeatedly hits 500 errors, it wastes your crawl budget on failed requests instead of discovering and indexing your best content.
### **User Trust Signals Take a Hit**
High bounce rates from users hitting 500 errors send negative user experience signals to search engines. Google interprets these as signs that your site may not be reliable or user-friendly which can feed into ranking decisions over time.
## **Step-by-Step Guide: How to Fix HTTP 500 Internal Server Error**
A 500 Internal Server Error means something went wrong on your server, but the browser cannot display the exact cause. Fortunately, the real error is usually recorded in your server logs. The fastest way to fix a 500 error is to identify the error message and resolve the issue it reports.
### **Step 1: Check Your Site Logs First**
Before you change anything, open your logs. On xCloud, go to **Server → your site → Logs** and pick the log that matches your stack:
From the Logs tab, select the most relevant log file:
**Log Type**
**Best Used For**
Nginx Error Log
General server and application errors
Nginx Access Log
Request tracking and traffic analysis
WordPress Debug Log
WordPress PHP errors
Laravel Log
Laravel application errors
PM2 Log
Node.js application crashes and output
7G/8G Firewall Log
Security rule blocks
Scroll to the latest entries and look for messages such as:
- Fatal error
- Exception
- Permission denied
- Connection refused
- No such file or directory
These messages usually identify the root cause of the error.
If you prefer using the terminal, run:
**`tail -n 50 /var/log/nginx/yoursite.com-error.log`**
To watch errors appear in real time while refreshing your website:
**`tail -f /var/log/nginx/yoursite.com-error.log`**
### **Step 2: Try the Quick Fixes**
A surprising number of 500s clear with one of these:
- **Reload the page.** A blip right after a deploy or restart often disappears on a refresh.
- **Reverse your last change.** If the error showed up after a plugin install, a theme update, a code deploy, a PHP version switch or a config edit, undo that change and test again.
- **Purge the cache.** On xCloud, open Site Dashboard → Caching and clear all caches to drop stale responses.
- **Restart services.** Restart Nginx and PHP-FPM from the server dashboard, a stuck process can take a whole site down with 500s.
### **Step 3: Troubleshoot by Application Type**
WordPress: Turn on WordPress Debug mode from your xCloud dashboard, reproduce the error and read the Debug Log. Then deactivate all plugins and switch them back on one by one to find the conflict, switch to a default theme to rule out the theme, and raise the memory limit if you see exhaustion errors by adding this to **wp-config.php:**
**`define( 'WP_MEMORY_LIMIT', '256M' );`**
If permalinks look suspect, go to **Settings → Permalinks** and click Save Changes without editing anything to flush the rules.
**Laravel:** Open the Laravel log and check recent exceptions, then work through:
- **`php artisan key:generate` (confirm an app key exists)**
- **`php artisan config:clear`**
- **`php artisan optimize:clear`**
- **`php artisan migrate --force` (run pending migrations)**
**Custom PHP:** Read the Nginx error log for fatal PHP errors, syntax mistakes, missing functions or classes, an unsupported PHP version or a missing extension.
To surface errors while debugging only:
**`ini_set('display_errors', 1); error_reporting(E_ALL);`**
Remove those two lines as soon as you are done, never leave them on in production.
**Node.js:** Open the PM2 log for crash reports, then:
- `npm install` (install missing dependencies)
- pm2 restart all
- pm2 list (the status should read online, not errored)
### **Step 4: Check for Server-Wide Problems**
If no single app is at fault, look at the server itself. Start with disk usage:
**`df -h`**
Then confirm available disk space, PHP memory limits, request timeouts, SSL certificate validity, database and Redis availability and PHP-FPM status. If legitimate requests might be getting blocked, review the 7G/8G firewall log.
### **Step 5: Contact Support If It Persists**
Still stuck? Before opening a ticket, gather the exact log error, when it started, which pages are affected and any recent changes. Handing your host that context up front is the difference between a quick fix and a long back-and-forth.
## **After the Fix: Protecting Your SEO**
Clearing the error is step one. To make sure it does not cost you rankings, close the loop in Google Search Console:
- **Verify the fix.** Open the Server error (5xx) report and use Validate Fix only once your logs confirm things are stable, validating too early can reset the cycle.
- **Check crawl stats.** Under Settings → Crawl Stats, confirm the server-error rate has dropped below 1% of requests.
- **Request re-indexing.** For high-value pages that were down for days, use the URL Inspection Tool to request re-crawling.
- **Monitor rankings.** Watch the Performance report (or Ahrefs / Semrush) for the next one to four weeks to catch any lingering impact.
## **500 Error vs Other Common HTTP Errors**
Not all errors are equal in Google’s eyes. Gary Illyes has confirmed that 500-range errors do more SEO damage than 400-range ones: a 404 simply says a page is missing, while a 500 says your server is unwell.
**Error**
**Type**
**Who Is Responsible**
**SEO Impact**
**400** Bad Request
Client error
Browser/user sent a bad request
Minimal
**401** Unauthorized
Client error
User not logged in / authenticated
Low
**403** Forbidden
Client error
Access blocked by the server
Medium
**404** Not Found
Client error
Page does not exist
Medium
**500** Internal Server Error
**Server error**
**Server-side failure**
**High**
**503** Service Unavailable
Server error
Server temporarily down
High (use with Retry-After)
## **Real-World Example: The Cloudflare November 2025 Outage**
On 18 November 2025, a [**Cloudflare incident**](https://blog.cloudflare.com/18-november-2025-outage/) knocked a large slice of the web offline at once. Major platforms, including X, ChatGPT and even Downdetector. Served visitors a blunt **‘500 Internal Server Error’** with Cloudflare branding. Cloudflare confirmed it was investigating widespread 500s, with its own dashboard and API also failing, and later described it as its worst outage since 2019.
From an SEO angle, the short, sharp nature of the outage made it mainly a crawl concern rather than a ranking disaster. Googlebot recorded the 5xx responses during the window, which showed up as a spike in the Search Console Server error report a day or two later. Sites that came back quickly saw crawling return to normal.
It is a clean illustration of both the risk a 500 poses and the value of fast recovery and a reminder that sometimes the failure is upstream, not in your own code.
## **Pro Tips to Keep HTTP 500 Errors from Coming Back**
Fixing a 500 once is good. Building habits so it does not return is better. Here are the practices we lean on, from everyday hygiene to a few developer-level moves:
### **Tip 1: Back Up Before Every Update**
Before touching a plugin, theme or WordPress core, take a full backup. If an update breaks the site, you are one restore away from normal instead of debugging under pressure.
### **Tip 2: Test Changes on Staging First**
Never make significant changes straight on production. Push them to a staging environment first, most modern hosts, xCloud included, make spinning one up trivial and only promote what passes.
### **Tip 3: Keep Everything Updated**
Outdated plugins and themes are a top source of conflicts. Stay current to cut the risk, but run updates through staging before they reach live.
### **Tip 4: Set Up Uptime Monitoring**
Use a tool like **UptimeRobot** or Better Uptime so you hear about downtime in minutes, not hours. Pair it with a simple **/health** endpoint that returns 200 when everything is running, so failures are caught the instant they happen.
### **Tip 5: Watch Google Search Console**
Check the Pages → Server error (5xx) report in **Google Search Console** regularly so you catch the 500s Googlebot sees before they touch your rankings.
### **Tip 6: Use 503 (Not 500) for Planned Maintenance**
Taking the site down on purpose? Return a **503** with a **Retry-After** header, not a 500. A 500 says ‘something broke’; a 503 says ‘I’ll be back’ and Google treats the planned downtime gently.
### **Tip 7: Fail Gracefully in Code**
Wrap database calls and external API requests in try/catch blocks so a single failure returns a clean error response instead of crashing the whole page. And keep verbose error reporting (WP\_DEBUG and friends) to local or staging only on production; it can leak sensitive server paths.
### **Tip 8: Right-Size Your Hosting**
If traffic is climbing, make sure the plan keeps up. When resource usage regularly bumps the ceiling, move from shared hosting to a VPS or managed setup before overload starts returning 500s. A well-designed custom 500 page also keeps users oriented during any outage instead of staring at a blank screen.
## **Quick 500 Error Checklist**
Hit a 500? Run this list top to bottom:
- Refresh the page, is it still there?
- Check whether other sites are affected (a hosting or CDN outage?)
- Read the server error log for the exact message
- Check and reset the .htaccess file
- Increase the PHP memory limit
- Deactivate all plugins, then re-enable one by one to find the conflict
- Switch to a default theme
- Fix file and folder permissions (644 / 755)
- Repair the database
- Re-upload fresh WordPress core files
- Contact your host if all else fails
- Validate the fix and request re-indexing in Search Console
## **Tools To Monitor 500 Errors**
To stay ahead of HTTP 500 errors, you do not need a large collection of monitoring tools. A few reliable solutions can help you detect, track, and troubleshoot server issues before they affect your visitors and search rankings.
- [**Google Search Console**](https://search.google.com/search-console) helps identify 5xx errors encountered by Googlebot, making it easier to spot crawling and indexing problems.
- [**UptimeRobot**](https://uptimerobot.com/) sends instant alerts whenever your website becomes unavailable, allowing you to respond quickly to downtime.
- [**Screaming Frog**](https://www.screamingfrog.co.uk/seo-spider/) can crawl your entire website and detect pages returning 5xx server errors during routine site audits.
- [**Ahrefs Site Audit**](https://ahrefs.com/) scans your website for technical SEO issues, including 5xx errors, and highlights affected pages for further investigation.
## **Fix Your 500 Error Today & Protect Your Rankings**
An HTTP 500 Internal Server Error looks like a single blunt message but underneath it is a short list of usual suspects: a broken **.htaccess** file, a memory-hungry plugin, the wrong permissions each fixable without being a server expert.
Start where the answer already lives: read the log, reset .htaccess, then rule out plugins one at a time. That trio resolves the large majority of 500s. Once the site is healthy, keep it that way with backups, a staging workflow, uptime monitoring and a weekly look at Search Console.
If you have found this blog helpful, feel free to [**subscribe to our blogs**](/blog/) for valuable tutorials, guides, knowledge and tips on web hosting and server management. You can also join our [**Facebook community**](https://www.facebook.com/groups/xcloud.community) to share insights and take part in discussions.
## **Frequently Asked Questions**
### **1\. “I keep getting a 500 error on my WordPress site after updating a plugin. What should I do?”**
This is almost certainly a plugin conflict or PHP fatal error from the updated plugin. Go to your FTP client, navigate to /wp-content/plugins/ and rename the folder of the updated plugin. This deactivates it. If your site loads again, that plugin is the problem. Report the bug to the plugin developer and look for an alternative or revert to the older version.
### **2\. Does a 500 error affect my Google rankings?**
Yes, it can but the impact depends on duration. A brief 500 error lasting a few hours typically has minimal long-term SEO impact, as Google is forgiving of short outages. However, if the error persists for multiple days, Google will reduce your crawl rate and may eventually drop the affected pages from its index. Fix it as quickly as possible and use Google Search Console to validate the fix once resolved.
### **3\. What is the difference between a 500 error and a 503 error?**
A **500 error** means something unexpected crashed on the server, it is unplanned. A **503 error** means the server is temporarily unavailable, often due to overload or planned maintenance. The 503 is actually “better” for SEO because you can pair it with a Retry-After HTTP header to tell Google when to come back. A 500 is always unintended and signals server instability.
### **4\. My website shows a white screen of death. Is that the same as a 500 error?**
Yes, almost always. In WordPress, the [**White Screen of Death (WSOD)**](https://www.codeable.io/blog/wordpress-white-screen-of-death/) is typically caused by a PHP fatal error that results in a 500 response code, but the page displays as blank instead of showing an explicit error message. Check your PHP error logs or enable WP\_DEBUG to find the exact cause.
### **5\. Can a 500 error be caused by too many visitors at once?**
Absolutely. When a server receives more simultaneous requests than it can handle, it runs out of available workers or memory and starts returning 500 errors to excess requests. This is a **resource overload** issue. Short-term fixes include using a CDN (like Cloudflare) to cache and absorb traffic. Long-term, upgrading your hosting plan or switching to a more scalable infrastructure is the right solution.
### **6\. How long does it take Google to re-index pages after fixing a 500 error?**
Once a 500 error is fixed and the server is serving stable 200 responses, Google typically resumes crawling within **a few days**. Full ranking recovery for pages that were briefly dropped can take **one to four weeks** depending on your site’s authority and crawl budget. Using Google Search Console’s URL Inspection Tool to manually request re-crawling for priority pages can speed up the process.
---
# What Is JavaScript? A Basic Introduction to JS for Beginners - xCloud
> What is JavaScript? It is the code that makes websites actually work. Learn the basics, clear up the myths and write your first script today.
If you have ever clicked a button on a website and watched something happen instantly, you have seen JavaScript in action. JavaScript is a programming language that brings websites to life by adding interactivity and dynamic behavior. It allows developers to create everything from simple animations to complex web applications.
If you are new to the world of web development, you have likely heard this name thrown around. But asking **‘what is JavaScript’** can lead to some confusing technical answers. This guide is here to change that. We will break down the concepts into simple pieces that anyone can understand.
## **The Core of The Modern Web**
The web works as a collaborative effort between **three main technologies**. HTML structures the content, CSS controls the design and JavaScript adds interactivity. Together, they create the experience you see on your screen.
HTML builds the structure. It puts the text, images and buttons on the page. CSS handles the style. It makes things look good with colors, fonts and layouts. Then comes JavaScript. It brings the page to life. Without it, a website is just a digital poster. With it, a website becomes an application that can think and react.
## **What Is JavaScript and Why Does It Matter?**
[**JavaScript**](https://www.javascript.com/) is a programming language used primarily to make websites interactive. When you visit a page and see moving maps, animated graphics or scrolling video players, that is **JavaScript** at work. It is a **text-based language** that allows you to write code that browsers can understand and run.
The importance of this language cannot be overstated. It is one of the three core technologies of the **World Wide Web (WWW)**. Every modern web browser has a built-in engine specifically designed to read and execute JS code. This means you do not need to install special software to run it. It just works right **inside Chrome, Firefox, Safari or Edge**.
Developers love **JavaScript** because it is versatile. You can use it to check if a user filled out a form correctly before sending it. You can use it to load new content without refreshing the page. It transforms a **static document into a dynamic experience.**
**Why JavaScript matters for the web:**
- It allows pages to respond to user actions immediately.
- It runs directly in the browser, which reduces the load on the server.
- It works perfectly alongside HTML and CSS.
- It is supported by a massive community of developers.
## **The History And Rise of JavaScript**
Brendan Eich created JavaScript in 1995 while working at **Netscape Communications.** Originally developed in just 10 days, the language was designed to make web pages more dynamic and engaging. Today, JavaScript has evolved into one of the most popular programming languages in the world. According to the [**Stack Overflow Developer Survey**](https://survey.stackoverflow.co/2025/technology#1-programming-scripting-and-markup-languages), JavaScript consistently ranks as the most commonly used programming language among developers.
What makes JavaScript unique is its ability to work on **both the client side and server side**. On the client side, it runs in the browser and controls what users see and interact with on a webpage. On the server side, with the help of environments like [**Node.js**](/what-is-node-js-beginners-guide/).
JavaScript can handle backend operations like database management and server logic. This versatility means you can use JavaScript to build complete web applications from front to back.
JS follows a simple set of rules called [**JavaScript syntax basics**](https://www.w3schools.com/js/js_syntax.asp) that determine how code should be written. These rules include how to declare variables, write functions and structure your code properly. Learning these fundamentals helps beginners write clean and effective JavaScript code.
## **What Is JavaScript Used For?**
When people ask **what JavaScript is** used for, the answer might surprise you. It started as a technology for simple webpage effects, like changing text or creating small animations. Today, it powers almost everything you see and click online. From interactive forms to full web applications, JavaScript brings websites to life and keeps them running smoothly.
You can build **full-scale web applications** that look and feel like desktop software. Google Maps, Facebook and Twitter are all heavy users of this technology. It handles the constant stream of updates, notifications and real-time interactions.
Beyond websites, **JavaScript** is now used to build mobile apps. Frameworks allow developers to write code once and deploy it to both **iOS** **and Android**. It is even used on servers through environments like Node.js. This means you can use the same language for the front end and the back end of your application.
JavaScript plays a key role across modern technology by supporting a wide range of applications. **Such as:**
- Brings websites and games to life with real-time interaction
- Runs web servers and supports backend development
- Powers mobile apps on phones and tablets
- Drives smartwatches and Internet of Things devices
## **How Is JavaScript Used in Web Development?**
JavaScript serves many purposes in modern web development. Its primary role is to make websites interactive and responsive to user behavior. When you fill out a form, play a video or see a content update without refreshing the page, JavaScript is working behind the scenes. **Some common ways JavaScript is used:**
### **Form Validation**
JavaScript checks if users have filled out forms correctly before submitting data. It can verify email addresses, ensure passwords meet requirements and highlight errors instantly without sending information to the server. This saves time and improves the user experience significantly.
### **Dynamic Content Updates**
Websites can update content without reloading the entire page thanks to JavaScript. Social media feeds that load new posts as you scroll, shopping carts that update totals immediately and news sites that refresh headlines automatically all rely on this capability.
### **Interactive Elements**
Dropdown menus, image sliders, tabs, accordions and modal windows are all powered by JavaScript. These elements respond to clicks, hovers and other user actions to create smooth and engaging interfaces.
### **Animations And Visual Effects**
JavaScript can create animations that make websites feel more alive and professional. From subtle transitions to complex animated graphics, the language gives developers control over visual elements and their timing.
### **Browser Games And Applications**
Many browser-based games and web applications run entirely on JavaScript. These range from simple puzzle games to complex productivity tools that work just like desktop software.
JavaScript examples for beginners often start with simple tasks like changing text on a button click or showing an alert message. As you progress, you can build more complex features like calculators, to-do lists and interactive quizzes. The possibilities grow as your skills develop.
### **Building Web Servers And Server Applications**
JavaScript is not limited to the browser. With **Node.js**, it runs on servers to handle requests, manage databases, and power full backend systems. This makes it a strong choice for building fast and scalable web servers and server applications.
Developers often choose Node.js for APIs, real-time apps and data-driven platforms. Hosting these applications becomes easier with platforms like [**xCloud**](/), which offers optimized Node.js environments and simple server management. You can [**deploy and manage Node.js**](/node-js-hosting/) projects smoothly using xCloud’s managed hosting solution.
The language also plays a crucial role in popular **frameworks and libraries** like React, Angular and Vue.js. These tools build on JavaScript to help developers create sophisticated web applications more efficiently.
## **How JavaScript Works in Your Browser?**
When you visit a website, your browser downloads HTML, CSS and JavaScript files from the server. The browser then interprets and executes the JavaScript code to make the page interactive.
JavaScript is a language that runs in your browser. This means it works on your computer, not on the server. Because of this, actions happen fast. For example, when you click a button or type in a box, JavaScript can respond right away.
### **JavaScript Engines**
A JavaScript engine is a program that reads and executes JavaScript code. Computers cannot understand JavaScript directly, so engines convert the code into instructions the computer can follow. Every major browser has its own engine optimized for speed and performance. For example, Google Chrome uses the **V8 Engine**, which also powers **Node.js** for server-side development.
Mozilla Firefox runs **SpiderMonkey**, the first-ever JavaScript engine, while Apple’s Safari uses **JavaScriptCore**. These engines handle calculations, process logic, and keep scripts running efficiently.
### **The DOM (Document Object Model)**
[**DOM**](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Document_Object_Model/Introduction) is a structured representation of a web page. When a page loads, the browser converts HTML into a tree-like structure where each node represents an element like headings, paragraphs, images, or buttons. JavaScript can access this tree to modify content, change styles or rearrange elements dynamically.
For example, a script can update a product list without reloading the page or highlight a menu item when a user hovers over it. The DOM is essential for creating **interactive web experiences** and allows static HTML to behave like a fully functional application.
### **Events**
Events are signals that indicate user interactions or system changes on a web page. JavaScript listens for these signals and executes code in response. Common events include clicks, keyboard inputs, mouse movements, and page loads.
For example, a form submission can trigger validation checks or typing in a search box can show real-time suggestions. Events are fundamental for creating responsive websites that react to user actions instantly, making web applications more engaging and usable.
### **APIs (Application Programming Interfaces)**
[**APIs**](https://aws.amazon.com/what-is/api/) provide a set of tools and methods for JavaScript to perform tasks beyond the basic manipulation of web pages. Browser APIs allow access to device features such as cameras, GPS, or local storage. The Fetch API lets web pages retrieve or send data to servers without requiring a full reload, enabling dynamic content updates.
Third-party APIs expand functionality further by connecting to external services, such as displaying maps, weather, or social media feeds directly within a website. APIs make it possible to build interactive, data-driven applications that integrate seamlessly with other platforms.
### **Code Flow**
Code flow refers to the order in which JavaScript instructions are executed. By default, scripts run sequentially, one line at a time, from top to bottom. Functions allow developers to **group code into reusable blocks** that only execute when called, improving organization and reducing repetition.
Modern browsers also check for errors before running code, helping catch mistakes early. Understanding code flow is crucial for writing predictable, efficient scripts and managing complex interactions in web applications.
## **JavaScript vs HTML vs CSS: Understanding the Difference**
Many beginners wonder about the relationship between JavaScript, HTML and CSS. While these three technologies work together to build websites, they serve different purposes and have distinct roles.
**Feature**
**HTML**
**CSS**
**JS**
**Full Form**
Hyper Text Markup Language
Cascading Style Sheets
JavaScript
**Primary Role**
Provides the **structure** and content of the page.
Controls the **visual presentation** and layout.
Adds **behavior** and interactivity to the page.
**What It Does**
Defines elements like headings, paragraphs, images and links.
Determines colors, fonts, spacing and positioning.
Makes the page respond to user actions, performs calculations and runs logic.
**Language Type**
Markup Language (Not a programming language).
Style Sheet Language.
True **Programming Language**.
**Simple Analogy**
The **Skeleton**: It holds everything together.
The **Clothing**: It makes the skeleton look good.
The **Action**: It makes the body move and react.
**Practical Example**
Creates a button on the screen.
Style the button with colors and fonts.
Makes the button perform an action when clicked.
**Execution**
Interpreted by the browser to display content.
Interpreted by the browser to apply styles.
Executed by the browser’s **JavaScript engine** to run logic.
## **What Are the Best Ways to Learn JavaScript?**
One of the best things about learning JavaScript is that you do not need to buy expensive software or download heavy files to get started. You likely already have everything you need right on your computer.
There are **three main places** where beginners can practice writing code.
### **1\. The Browser Console (The Quickest Way)**
Your web browser is not just for browsing the internet. It has a built-in tool called the **‘Console’** where you can write and run JavaScript instantly. This is perfect for testing small math problems or checking if a line of code works.
**How to open it:**
- Open Google Chrome, Firefox or Edge.
- Right-click anywhere on the page and select Inspect.
- Click on the Console tab at the top of the new window.
- Type **alert(“Hello!”);** and press Enter.
You will see a pop-up message immediately. This is the fastest way to verify your code.
### **2\. Online Code Editors (No Setup Required)**
If you want to save your work or share it with friends, online code editors are a great choice. These websites let you write HTML, CSS and JavaScript in one place and see the result instantly on the side. They act like a digital sketchbook for developers.
**Popular free options include:**
- **CodePen:** Great for making visual designs and small projects.
- **JSFiddle:** Simple and effective for testing code snippets.
- **Replit:** Excellent for running longer scripts and learning logic.
You just open the website, start typing and your code runs in the cloud.
### **3\. Text Editors**
When you are ready to build real websites or larger projects, you should move to a text editor installed on your computer. This allows you to write, organize and manage your code efficiently for full-fledged development tasks.
You have several options when it comes to writing JavaScript code. Popular editors like **Visual Studio Code**, **Sublime Text**, **Atom**, **Brackets** and **Notepad++** make it easy to organize your files, highlight your code, and spot mistakes as you type. If you want a more feature-packed setup, IDEs like **WebStorm** offer advanced tools for managing larger projects and streamlining your workflow. Try a few of these options to see which one feels most comfortable for you as you build your projects.
## **How to Write The First JavaScript Program?**
The best way to learn is by doing. In the programming world, your first milestone is always the **“Hello, World!” program**. It is a simple test to make sure your code is working correctly.
### **In Your Browser**
You can write JavaScript directly inside an HTML file. This is how most websites run their scripts.
**📄 The Code:**
Hello-World.html
Check the console for the message!
// This is our first JavaScript program
console.log("Hello, World!");
**Output:**
**`